i
i
k
▲
»
micRD PHOTO Division
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
February 1, 1972 Volume 895 Number 1
CONTENTS
t
Page
Issue of February 1, 1972 1
Patent and Trademark Notices
Robert Gottschalk Appointed Commissioner of Patents 2
Title 37 — Access to Pending Applications 2
Patent Suits 2
Patent Notices
Certificatesof Correction for the Week of February 1, 1972 - 4
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale 4
Condition of Patent Applications •. . . . 7
Patents Granted
General and Mechanical 8
Chemical , 227
Electrical 318
Design Patents Granted 382
Index of Patentees PI 1
Index of Designs PI 50
Classification of
Patents PI 51
Designs PI 54
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents PI 55
Designs PI 57
The foUowinc are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, to whom all subscriptions should be made payable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEBIARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
j^r annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional; single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION re r err nine PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each.
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cents each;|^
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington. D.C., 20231.
Printing authorized by Section ll(a)3 of Title 36, U.S. Code P.O.
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Robert Gottschalk Appointed Commissioner of Patents
The Office of the White House Press Secretary released
the following on January 4, 1972 :
The Whitb Hocsb
The President today announced the recess appointment of
Robert Gottschalk as Commissioner of Patents. He will suc-
ceed William E. Schuyler, Jr., whose resignation was accepted
efTectlve August 25, 1971. On November 12, 1971. the Presi-
dent nominated Donald W. Banner of Chicago, Illinois for
this position. The nomination was not confirmed prior to
Senate adjournment, and Banner has asked that for personal
reasons his name not be resubmitted to the next session.
Gottschalk Is presently the First Assistant Commissioner
of Patents, a position to which he was appointed by the
President on May 20, 1970. E^om 1965 to February 1970,
Gottschalk served as Director of Patents for GAF Corporation
In New York City. He was graduated from McGlll University
In 1931 and received his law degree from St. Lawrence Uni-
versity in 1934.
Following graduation he entered into the private practice
of patent and trademark law. In 1941, he became the patent
and trademark counsel for the Corn Products Company. From
1946 to 1961 he was employed by Standard Oil of Indiana —
first as assistant manager of the patent department, and finally
as director of contract and legal matters. In 1961 he became
the general patent counsel for the Canteen Corp6ratlon. From
1964 to 1965, Gottschalk was the managing director of his
own firm, Robert Gottschalk Associates.
He is married to the former Elizabeth Papenhausen. They
have one son and reside in McLean, Virginia.
» ■ • • • • ;
Oath of Office administered Friday, January 7, 1972.
Effective date. This amendment is effective on the date of
its publication in the Federal Register (12-31-71).
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting CommitBioner of Patents.
December 21, 1971.
James H. Wakblin^ Jr.,
Assistant Sec-etary for
Science and Technology.
December 22, 1971.
The text of the revised section Is as follows :
{ 2.27 Pending trademark applicati<yn index; access to ap-
plications.
(a) An index cf pending applications Including the name
and address of the applicant, a reproduction or description
of the mark, the goods or services with which the mark Is
used, the clriS^ number, the dates of use and the serial number
and filing date of the application will be available for public
Inspection as soon as practicable after filing.
(b) Access to the file of a particular pending application
will be permitted prior to publication under | 2.81 upon
written Request.
(c) Decisions of the Commissioner and the Trademark Trial
and Appeal Board in applications and proceedings relating
thereto are published or available for inspection or publi-
cation.
(d) After a mark has been registered, or published for
opposition, the file of the application and all proceedings re-
lating thereto are available for public inspection and copies
oftthe papers may be furnished upon paying the fee therefor.
[F.R. Doc. 71-19081: Filed 12-30-71; 8:45 a.m.]
Published in F.R. 24506, Dec. SI, 1971
TITLE 37— PATFNTS. TRADEMARKS, AND
COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I— Patent Office. Department of Commerce
Part 2 — Roles of Pbacticb in Tbademabk Cases
Access to Pending Applications
A proposal was published at 36 F.R. 16194 to amend { 2.27
by deleting the requirement to show good cause in order to
obtain access to a pending application file.
After consideration of all comments and suggestions sub-
mitted by interested persons, the amendment as proposed Is
hereby adopted, subject to the following changes :
1. The title of { 2,27 is changed by inserting the word
"trademark" after the word "pending."
2. In paragraph (b) of { 2.27 the word "trademark" after
the word "pending" Is deleted..
Access to a pending application will be granted upon oral
request at the office of the Director of the Trademark Examin-
ing Operation. The files will be ordered at 2 p.m. each day
and will usually be available for inspeotfon by 3 p.m. the
same day. Files must be Inspected in the presence of office
personnel and papers may not be removed without authoriza-
tion. Copies of the contents of files may be made only in the
Trademark Search Room or by the Document Service Branch.
Written requests for copies of the contents of application files
may be addressed to the Document Service Branch ; the cost
Is 30 cents per page.
The procedure for access to published and registered files
and terminated Inter partes proceedings will remain un-
changed. Access to a published application is granted by re-
quest in the Trademark Docket Section. In order to obtain
access to a registered file or terminated inter partes proceed-
ing, an order must be placed in the Trademark Docket Section.
These files are available either the same day ob the morning
of the following day.
Patent Salts
Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 ; Patent Act of 1952
2,611^13, Sharpless and Elchert. Jr., MAGNETIC DATA
STORAGE SYSTEM, filed May 22, 19«8, D.C. Md. (Baltimore),
Doc. 19515, Technitrol, Inc. v. Scientific Data Systems, Inc.
{Xerox Corporation substituted for Scientific Data Systems,
Inc.). Agreed, settled, satisfied and dismissed with prejudice
as to Xerox Corporation, Sept. 2, 1971.
2,690,518, Fyler and Rowe, COLOR PICTURE TUBE;
3,179.838. J. Gluffrida, COMPENSATION FOR EARTH'S
MAGNETIC FIELD BY COLOR DOT DISPLACEMENT:
3.222,172. same. METHOD FOR MAKING COLOR TELEVI-
SION PICTURE TUBES, filed Mar. 15, 1971, D.C, N.D.N.Y.
(Utlca), Doc. 71-CV-118 and 119, General Electric Company
v. Columbia Broadcasting System, Inc. ■.
2»750.055, J. D. Hufflnes, REFUSE COMPRESSOR MECHA-
NISM FOR VEHICLES, filed Aug. 24. 1971, D.C, W.D. Pa.
(Pittsburgh), Doc. CA71-789, James Donle Hufflnes v. Thiele,
Inc. et al.
2.771,759. Leath and Bobo, Jr., TEXTILE PRODUCT AND
METHOD, filed Jan. 5, 1971, D.C Puerto Rico (San Juan),
Doc. C-3-71, Patentex, Inc. v. Manhattan Hosiery Corp. and
United Hosiery Mills, Ltd.
2.779.399, Zlnk and Reed, FLARE STACK GAS BURNER;
3.134,424. same, FLARE STACK GAS BURNER ASSEMBLY,
filed Aug. 2, 1971, D.C, S.D. Tex. (Houston), Doc. CA71-H-
844, John Zink Company v. National Airoil Burner Co., Inc.
2.798.621. L. W. Tracy, SELF-LOADING VEHICLE, filed
June 25, 1971, D.C Oreg. (Portland). Doc. 71-454, Ray Reese,
doing business as Advance Axle <t Trailer Co., and E. Dale
Frodsham v. Commercial Bodybuilders, Inc. et al.
2.948.928. Ebneth and Falk, PROCESS FOR MANUFACTUR-
ING FOAMED POLYURETHANE ARTICLES, filed Mar. 11,
19T1, D.C.N. J. (Newark), Doc. 363-71, Mobay Chemical Com-
pany and Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschajt v. Hudson
Foam Plastics Corporation et al. Consent order of dismissal,
June 23, 1971.
k
f
FEBRUARY 1, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
3
2,950,818, S. H. Shapiro, PROCESS FOR THE PRODUC
TION OP QUATERNARY AMMONIUM COMPOUNDS ;
3,222,402, M. C Cooperman, PREPARATION OF N-ALI-
PHATIC TRIMETHYLENE DIAMINES, filed Feb. 26, 1968,
D.C, W.D. Tenn. (Memphis), Doc. C-68-40, Armour <f Com
pany and Armour Industrial Chemical Co. v. Enenco Inc.
Plaintiffs' motion to dismiss the counterclaim on 3,222,402
be denied, July 15, 1971.
, 2.981.689, E. Albers Schoenberg, SQUARE LOOP FERRITES,
filed Feb. 22. 1971, D.C. N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 71c478,
Electronic Memories d Magnetics Corp. v. Control Data Corp.
On motion of the plaintiff, cause is dismissed, June 23, 1971.
3.011,057, H. O. Anger, RADIATION IMAGE DEVICE, filed
June 21, 1968, D.C. Conn. (New Haven), Doc. 12618, Hal 0.
Anger, Nuclear Chicago Corporation v. Intertech, Inc. and
Picker Corporation. Consent judgment, defendant has in-
fringed each of claims 1 and 3 through 18. Injunction entered,
July 1, 1971.
3,037,659, W. H. Frederick, NESTING AND STACKING
BASKET, filed Sept. 2, 1971, D.C, E.D. Tex. (Tyler), Doc.
5352, William H. Frederick; Nathan Gilbert and Banner
Metals. Inc. v. AAA Wire Products, Inc.
3.050.087, D. M. Caplan, FLEXIBLE HOSE ; 3,194,705, same,
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING REINFORCED
CORRUGATED HOSE, filed June 23, 1971, DC, W.D. Pa.
(Pltsburgh), Doc. 71-587, Carlisle Corporation v. H. K.
Porter Company, Inc.
3.000,300. L. G. Dubult, SILK SCREEN PRINTING MA-
CHINE, filed Aug. 18, 1969, D.C, W.D.N.C (Charlotte), Doc.
2525, Louis Gilbert Dubuit, Machines Dubuit and American
Screen Process Equipment Company v. Harwell Enterprises,
Inc., and Roy M. Harwell, Jr. Motion for summary judgment
granted to defendant, Aug. 30, 1971.
3.095,777, R. L. Hallock, DRIVEN FASTENER HAVING
PENETRATING POINT FOR ATTACHING OBJECTS TO
METAL, filed Dec. 11, 1970, D.C, S.D. Ohio' (Dayton), Doc.
3981, Gripnail Corp. and Robert L. Hallock v. H. A. Jones
Co., Inc.
3,098,748, Noznlck and Tatter, WHIPPING AND POW-
DERED SHORTENING COMPOSITIONS, filed May 17, 1968,
D.C N.J. (Trenton), Doc. No. 485-68, National Dairy Products
Corporation v. Beatrice Foods Co. Judgment declaring patent
invalid and dismissed counterclaim, Sept. 16, 1971.
3,134,424. (See 2,779,399.)
3,153,254, Lenz and Sclnta, WINDSHIELD WIPER, filed
July 12, 1971, D.C. Conn. (Bridgeport), Doc. B-323, Trico
Products Corporation v. Roberk Company.
3,179.836. (See 2,690,518.)
3,194,705. (See 3,050,087.) ^
3,222,402. (See 2,950,318.)
3,249,384, R. M. Tlmms, SPRING SUPPORTED SADDLE,
filfd July 28, 1971, D.C. Conn. (Bridgeport), Doc. B-33li
The Troxel Manufacturing Company v. Mesinger Manufactur-
ing Company, Inc.
3.261,380, P. Arant. INTERLOCKED WATER AND FUEL
SYSTEM FOR STEAM CLEANERS AND THE LIKE, filed
June 30, 1971, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los Angeles), Doc. 71-1527-
R, Clayton Manufacturing Co. v. Manufacturers Motor Prod-
ucts Co. and Homestead Industries, Inc.
3.326.692, Lombard and Blaese, METHOD OF AND APPA-
RATUS FOR COOKING, filed May 17, 1971, DC, N.D. Ill,
(Chicago), Doc. 71c24, Restaurant Technology, Inc. v.
Geropco Inc.
3,329.852. Saussele and Menzel, DIRECT-CURRENT MOTOR
WITH PERMANENT-MAGNET ROTOR AND SEQUEN-
TIALLY ENERGIZED STATOR WINDINGS, filed Aug. 18,
1971, D.C.N. J. (Newark), Doc. 1241-71, Gebr. Beuhler Nach-
folger GmbH, etc. v. Siemens-Schuckertwerke Aktiengetell-
schaft, etc.
3.332.544, A. H. Wllllnger, PACKAGING ARRANGEMENT
FOR AN AQUARIUM, filed Mar. 19, 1969, DC, E.D.N.Y.
(Brooklyn), Dbc. 69-C-294, Metaframe Corp. v. Miracle Pet
Products, Inc. et al. Consent judgment for injunction, Aug.
4, 1971.
3.379.228. Carlberg and Slegal, PORTABLE SAW TABLE;
3.379,229, B. L. Siegal, same, filed July 30, 1971, D.C, N.D.
111. (Chicago), Doc. 71cl875, PortaTable Corporation v.
Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Sales, Inc.
3.379.229. (See 3,379,228.)
3,402.657. (See Re. 26,240.)
3.448,178, T. P. Flanagan, HOT MELT ADHESIVES COM-
PRISING ETHYLENE/VINYL ACETATE COPOLYMERS
AND ALPHA-PINENE/PHENOL CONDENSATION PROD-
UCTS, filed Sept. 21. ;971, National Starch and Chemical
Corporation v. Findley Adhesives, Inc.
3.527.018. D. E. Jahnke, VACUUM PACKAGING OF POUL-
TRY, filed Sept. 24, 1970, D.C. E.D. Wis. (Milwaukee), Doc.
70-C-525, Vac-Air, Inc. v. John Mohr rf Sons, Inc. Judgment,
defendant permanently enjoined, July G, 1971.
Re. 26,240, C I. Wasserman, HIGH -SPEED PRINTERS
WITH COLUMN SPANNING HAMMERS; 3,402.657. Potter,
Foley and Antonuccl, HIGH SPEED BELT PRINTER WITH
PRINTING SLUG SUPPORTING MEANS, filed Sept. 9, 1971,
D.C.R.I. (Providence), Doc. CA4711, Potter Instrument Com
pany. Inc. v. ODEC Computer Systems, Inc.
D. 171,968. L. Blum, RAIL, filed June 25, 1969, D.C, S.D.
Fla. (Miami), Doc. 69-797-JK, Blumcraft of Pittsburgh v.
Metallic Engineering Co., Inc. Judgment with consent, entered
in favor of plaintiff, July 29, 1971.
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 1, 1972
3,438,335
3,475,239
3,484.228
3.491,864
3,516,991
3,529,408
3,535.403
3,538,101
3,538,227
3,541,086
3.547,670
3.549,010
3.551,060
3,554.336
3.554,563
3.555,035
3.555.055
3,555,734
3,559,199
3,500.167
3,.")64.290
3,565,686
3.567,627
3,572,751
3.572.969
3,573.072
3.,-)74,604
3.574.751
3.575.127
3,575,587
3,577,473
3,578,778
3.579,373
3,380.308
3.580.854
3,580,869
3,581,993
3.582.561
3.582,786
3,583.339
3.583,463
3.583,544
3,584,641
3,585, .395
3.585,510
3,586,753
3,586,930
3,587,052
3.587,317
3.587,640
3,587,046
3,.jS7.691
3.587.818
3,587.969
3.588,070
3,5SS
3,589
3,589
3,589
3,590
3,591
3,591
3,591
3,591
3,591
3,592
3,593
3,593
3,594
3.594
3.594
3.594
3.594
3.594
3..'j94
3,594
3.594
3,595
3,595
3,595
3,595
3,595
,723
.355
.640
,734
,358
,165
,301
,312
,578
,731
788
,018
,910
,111
.192
.411
,510
,533
.559
,608
.847
.991
,390
,7*71
,861
,903
950
3,596,087
3.596,362
3,596,471
3,596,537
3..j96,709
3,590,755
3,596,799
3,596.940
3.597,073
3,597,203
3,597,225
3,597,301
3,598,108
,3,598,386
3,598,719
3,598,738
3,598.903
3.599,959
3.600.090
3. 000.212
3.600.215
3,600.278
3.601.194
3,602,847
3,602,895
3,602.929
3.603.218
General Electric Company Is prepared to grant non-exclusive
licenses under the following 50 patents upon reasonable terms
to domestic manufacturers.
Applications for license under the following patent may be
iKldressed to : Division Patent Counsel, Swltchgear Equipment
Business Div., General Electric Companv, 0901 Elm wood Ave.,
Philadelphia Pa.. 19142.
3. .594,524.
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale
2 925 617. WINDSHIELD WIPER. Zelmer L. Williams.
Kte. 2. Box 382. Olympia. Wash., 98501.
3.102.721. ^ANTAGRAPH EQUILIBRIUM SPRING
MECHANISM. ^:uil D. Lcvle. 2333 N. Central Ave.. Phoenix.
Ariz.. S5004. \
3.455 301 MALE GENITAL APPLIANCE. Briico P.
CLARK. 133 17th St.. Oal<land. Calif.. 94012.
3.458.893. ARTIFICIAL TREE LIMB TAPERING METH-
OD. Correspondence to : Seymour H. Miller, executive vice
president. Masterpiece. Inc.. 29 Elm Ave., Mount Vernon. N.Y..
10550.
3.563.237. DISTAL PHALANX BANDAGE. Edwin L. Max
well. Washington. D.C. Correspondence to : Miilen, Raptes &
White 503 Crvstal Mall. Bldg. 1, 1911 Jefferson Davis High-
way. Arlington. Va.. 22202.
3 572.41.'{. METHOD FOR ASSEMBLING MOLDING
FLASKS WITH SAND CORES. Fritz Winter Eisenglesserei.
■-.Vllendorf. Gerinanv. Correspondence to : Michael S. Strilver.
300 Lexington Ave., New York. NY.. 10017.
»
3.384,500. FLOW METER. Kamekichi Shlba, Tokyo, .Japan.
Correspondence to : Michael S. Striker. 360 Lexington Ave.,
New York. N.Y.. 10017.
3.5S9,562. PRESSURE POWERED AEROSOL TIMER,
Willard E. Buck. Lake Havasu City. Ariz. Correspondence to :
I'red Briggs, .Jr.. P.O. Box 1437. Lake Havasu City. Ariz.,
•>t;403.
3.59C.307. ADU.ISTABL1; MOUNTING FOR DOORS. Sam-
uel Kolmetsky, 17 Marlon Ave., Westville, N.J., 08093.
3.000.856. CICI,0 AMPHIBIOUS. Ernesto O. Moraga.
Correspondence to : Sherman Levy. Suite 035- Washington
Bldg., 15th and New York Ave. NW Washington. D.C.
20005.
3.611.633. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OUTDOOR
FLOWER ARRANGEMENTS. Clarice W. Shackelford. 3628
lUh St. NW., Washington. D.C, 20010.
:i.C12.070.
KR. Robert
!)0033.
■
.'^.r)27,ll!>, .JACKETED BUNDLES OF RIGID BEVELED
STRIP MATEKIAL, Willirtiii T, Pearce. 7994 E. Evans Creek
Road. Rogue River. Oreg., 97537. .
1
Tlie following 3 patents are offered by : Phillip M. Wilson.
133 Whitel.Tw Ave,. Wood River. 111.. C2095.
3.390,950. MECHANICS PORTABLE STEP FOR VEHICLE
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR.
3.518,024. ONE HAND BOAT CANOE SCULLING PADDLE.
3.618.230. RETREADERS TIRE DkvER AND CONDITION-
ING MACHK
VACUUM-TYPE
ER.
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT BREAK-
POWER DRIVEN. HAND HELD HAIR CURL-
M. Reyes, 614 Forest Ave., Los Angeles. Calif.,
Applications for license under tlie following 3 patents mav
be addressed to ; Department Patent Counsel. Apollo anil
Ground Systems. General Electric Co.. P.O. Box 2500, Davtona
Be.ach. Fin.. 32015.
3.575.616. SIGNAL CONDITIONER.
3.591.854, SIGNAL PHASE AND MAGNITUDE MEASURE
MENT CIRCUIT.
3,593,150. FREQUENCY DOUBLER.
Applications for license under the following 46 patents may
be addressed to: Patent Counsel Contractor Equipment Busi-
ness Division. General Electric Co., 1285 Boston Ave.. Bldg,
21ES, Bridgeport. Conn., 06602.
2..S2S.250. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE ELEC-
TROLYTIC OXIDATION OF COPPER WIRE.
i.S31,050. CREPE PAPER INSULATION.
2.S41.033. ELECTRICAL CABLE STRUCTURE.
2.922.^04. BASIC LEAD p NITROSOPHENOLATE.
2.!>30.083. EXTRUSION OF CROSS-LINKED POLYETHYL
ENE AND PROCESS OF COATING WIRE
THEREBY.
2,i)91.26S, CURABLE COMPOSITION OF POLYETHYLENE.
DI-aCUMYL PEROXIDE, CARBON BLACK.
COAL DUST AND CURED PRODUCT THERE-
OF.
3.00S.201. APPARATUS FOR THE CONTINUOUS FORMA
TION OF INTERMEDIATES.
3,O(>0.053. .METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCRETING
MOLTEN COPPER ON A MOVING MEMBER
3.060.054. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCRETING
MOLTEN MATERIAL ON A MOVING MEM-
BER.
3.060.055, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCRETING"
MOLTEN MATERIAL.
3.060.050, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINU-
OUSLY ACCRETING MOLTEN MATERIAL.
3,094.752. DIP FORMING TUBING.
3.134.150. SUSPENSION SYSTEM.
3.145.119. FLOAT CASTING.
3.14S.169. CURABLE POLYETHYLENE COMPOSITION
COMPRISING PEROXIDE CONTAINING TER-
TIARY CARBON ATOMS. CLAY FILLER. AND
AN ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR INSULATED
WITH THE COMPOSITION.
3.153.954. WIRE ROLLING SYSTEM AND METHOD.
3,161,541. SYNTHETIC RESI\ AND CONDUCTORS INSU-
' LATED THEREWITH.
3,164.896. PROCESS FOR CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURE
OF TUBING.
3,171,8««. PEROXIDE CURED POLYETHYLENE WITH
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE FILLER AND WIRE
COATED WITH THE SAME.
3,188.305, CROSSLINKING OF VINYL HALIDE RESINS.
3.207.719. PO L Y V I N Y L CHLORIDE COMPOSITIONS
CURED WITH TIN HALIDES.
3.207.720. P O L Y V I N Y L CHLORIDE COMPOSITIONS
CURED WITH A METAL HALIDE.
3.207.721. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE COMPOSITIONS
CURED WITH A COBALT HALIDE
3.207.825. PROCESS FOR EXTRUDING POLYTETRAFLU-
OROETHYLENE - SILICONE RUBBER COM
POSITION.
3,235,960. PROCESS FOR THE CONTINUOUS FORMA-
TION OF INTERMEDIATES.
3.264,692 INLET ORIFICE FOR CONTINUOUS CASTING
APPARATUS.
3.286.018. POWER CABLE CONDUCTOR FOR REDUCING
WINDAGE, I
3.286.019. POROUS CONDUCTOR JACKET,
3.280.020. COVERING FOR POWER LINE CONDUCTORS
TO REDUCE WINDAGE. CORONA LOSS AND
RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE.
3.288.744. VINYL HALIDE RESINS STABILIZED WITH
T R I S (HYDROXYMETHYL) AMINOMETH
ANE.
3.288.764. CURING OF CHLOROSULFONATED POLYETH-
YLENE.
February 1, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
3,288.879.
3,290,189.
3,334,080.
3.340,444.
3.396,231.
3,424,130.
3, 461,21s.
3.466,186.
3.484,280.
3.4U.4„SS3.
3.510.315.
3,538, J<84.
.3. 540. 014.
3. 5 53. 3 4 S.
3.5S2,534.
VULCANIZATION OF RUBBER WITH AN OR-
GANO HYDROGEN POLYSILOXANE AND A
CHLORO-PLATININ ACID CO.MPOUND.
CHEMICALLY CROSS-LINKED POLYETHYL
ENE STABILIZED WITH POLYMERIZED
TRIMETHYL QUINOLINE.
CURABLE COMPOSITION COMPRISING POLY-
ETHYLENE AND 2,5-BIS(t-BUTYLPEROXY)-
2,5-DIPHENYLHEXVNE-3.
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE POLYMERS
AND PROCESS OF PRODUCING THE SAME,
STRESS GRADED CABLE TERMINATION.
ENTRY PORT MEMBER FOR DIP CRUCIBLE
APPARATUS.
CRYOGENIC AC. CABLE.
DIP FORMING METHOD,
ATMOSPHERE Co.Vl'ROL IN DIP-FORMING
PROCESS.
POLYOXYMETHYLENE PQtVMERS CROSS-
LINKED WITH TRIALLYCANURATE AND A
PEROXIDE.
APPARATUS; AND METHOD FOR AUTO.MATI
CALLV CONTROLLING THE M O L T E N
METAL BATH LEVEL IN A METALLURGI-
CAL PROCESS. Z-
CONTINUOUS FORMATION OF INTERMEDI-
ATES.
method for making thin wall insu-r
lXted wire.
polymeric blends for insulation com-
position.
stress cascade graded cable tt:rmina
TION.
The RCA Corporation offers to grant nonexclusive licenses
on reasonable terms and condiiions under tlie following 76
p.i tents.
hKpiiries respecting .these patents should be addressed to:
RC.\ Corporation. Staff' Vke President. Domestic Licensing.
li;'.3 Avenue of the Americas. New York, N.\',, 10036.
3.017.320.
.!. 617. 3,^1.
3,617.621.
3.<!17,622.
:i. 01 7.821.
.'..•il 7.823.
3.017,889.
.3.017,892.
3.617.919.
3.018,049.
3.01 ,S. 132.
3.618.185.
3.618,841.
3.019,024.
,S. 019,025.
! ■
3,^19,031.
3.019,285.
3.619,487.
3.619,488.
3,619.489.
3,619,492.
3,619.509.
3.619,517.
BRANDING SILICON PLASTIC
mt-:thod of
SURFACE,
METHOD OF EPITAXIALLY GROWING SIN
GLE CRYSTAL FILMS OF METAL OXIDES,
COLOR COMPENSATING CIRCUITS.
OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS FOR PR0V1D1N(; A
VARIABLE AMPLITCDE OUTPIT SIGNAL
UNDER CONTROL OF AN INJECTED INPUT
SIGNAL. ♦
HIGH-VOLTAGE TRANSISTOR STRUCTURE
HAVING UNIFORM THERMAL CHARACTER
ISTICS.
SELF-SCANNED PHOTOTRANSISTOR ARRAY
EMPLOY 1 NG COMMON SUBSTRATE.
TIME FREQUENCY-PHASE IN-BAND CODED
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM.
FREQUENCY MODULATION SYSTEM FOR
SPREADING RADIATED POWER.
CANONICAL ORTHOGONAL FJUVfER.
HOLOGRAM MEMORY. * I '
FREQUENCY SHIFT OSCILLATOR WHICH
AVOIDS THE GENERATION OF TRAN-
SIENTS.
OVAL LOUDSPEAKER BASKET AND METHOD
OF MANUFACTURING SAME.
ENDLESS LOOP TAPE CARTRIDGE.
PACKING 'OF HOLOTAPE.
E L I M I N A T I O N OF THE EFE*CTS OF
SCRATCHES AND TWISTING IN A HOLO-
t GRAPHIC MOTION PICTURE TAPE.
ELECTRO OPTIC PARITY CHECKER.
METHOD OF MAKING A PATTERNED METAL
FILM ARTICLE.
SELECTIVELY OPERATED TINT CORRECTION
CIRCUITS.
VIDEO AMPLIFIERS.
SHADOWING SYSTEM FOR COLOR ENCODING
CAMERA.
AUTOMATIC FINE TUNING CIRCUITRY.
BROAD SLOPE DETERMINING NETWORK,
LABYRINTH FOR UNIDIRECTIONAL MICRO-
• PHONE.
3,019,569. OPTICAL CARD READING APPARATUS.
3,619,585. ERROR CONTROLLED AUTOMATIC RE-INTER-
ROGATION OF MEMORY.
3,619.647. STAIRCASE VOLTAGE GENERATORS. /
3,019,665. OPTICALLV SETTABLE FLIP-FLOP. '
3.619,660. TRIGGER CIRCUITS HAVING UNIFORM TRIG-
GERING VOLTAGES.
3,619,089. CATHODE-RAY TUBE WITH ELECTRODE SUI'^
I'ORTJiD BY STRAPLIKE SPRINGS.
3,619,707. ASTIGMATISM CORRECTION FOR ELECTRON
BEAM DEVICES.
3,019,725. ELECTRICAL FUSE LINK.
3.019,731. MULTIPLE PELLET SEMICONDUCTOR DE
VICE.
3.019.733. SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE WITH MULTI-
LEVEL METALIZATION AND METHOD OF
MAKING THE SAME. ,
3.619.734. ASSEMBLY OF SERIES CONNECTED SEMI-
CONDUCTOR ELEMENTS HAVING GOOD
HEAT DISSIPATION.
3,(;i9,811. GAS LASER TUBE MOUNT.
3,620,467. ENDLESS LOOP TAPE CARTRIDGE.
3,020,092. MOUNTING STRUCTURE FOR HIGH-POWER
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES.
3,620,799. METHOD FOR METALLIZING A CERAMIC
BODY.
3.621,220. ANALOG MULTIPLIER IN WHICH ONE INPUT
SIGNAL ADJUSTS THE TRANSCONDUCT-
ANCE OF A DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER?-
3.621,297. MONOSTABLE MULTIVIBRATOR.
3,02^,367. FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER EMPLOYING IN
PUT AND OUTPUT STRIP TRANSMISSION
LINES WITHOUT SPATIALLY COUPLING
. THEREBETWEEN.
3.(i21.462. AMPLIFIERS AND OSCILLATORS COMPRISED
OF BULK SEMICONDUCTOR NEGATIVE RE
SISTANCE LOADED SLOW-WAVE STRUC-
TURE.
3,021,487. SEQUENCER.
3.022.220. LIQUID CRYSTAL CELLS IN A LINEAR AR-
RAY.
3.022,322. PHOTOGRAPHIC METHOD FOR PRODUCING
A METALLIC PATTERN WITH A METAL
RESINATH.
3.022.341. ZIN€ OXIDE AND TITANIUM OXIDE SENSI-
TIZED BY" AZO DYES. :
3,<i22.690. ELECTRONIC SCANNER UTILIZING A LASER
FOR THE SIMULTANEOUS SCANNING AND
REPRODUCING OF IMAGES.
3,622,712. DEVICE EMPLOYING SELENIUM-SEMICON-
DUCTOR HETEROJUNCTION.
3.622.758. ARTICLE LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
SYSTEM.
3,022, ,S26. PHOSPHOR SCREEN COMPRISING TWO
KINDS OF PARTICLES. EACH HAVING
PHOSPHOR CORE AND PHOSPHOR COAT-
ING.
3,022,903. HIGH-GAIN DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER.
3,622.906. LIGHT-EMITTING rtODE ARRAY'
3.622.913. FREQUENCY MODULATED PHASE LOCKED
OSCILLATOR HAVING LOW- AND HIGH-
FREQUENCY RESPONSE.
3.623.620. FIRST-IN FIRST OUT BUFFER REGISTER,
3.623,117. COLLAPSIBLE STRUCTURE TO SUPPORT AN-
TENNA ELEMENTS.
3.623,120. MAGNETIC DRUM SYSTEM.
3.023.219. METHOD FOR ISOLATING SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICES FROM A WAFER OF SEMICON-
DUCTING MATERIAL.
3,623.392. VISUAL DISPLAYS UTILIZING LIQUID CRYS-
TALS.
3,623,795. ELECTRO-OPTICAL SYSTEM,
3,623,867. PHOTOGRAPHIC METHOD FOR PRODUCING
A CATHODE RAY TUBE SCREEN STRUC-
TURE.
3.623,994. VERY SHORT LUMINESCENT DECAY-TIME
PHOSPHOR.
3.024.279. COLOR TELEVISION RECEIVER HUE CON-
TROL.
3.624.280. TELEVISION AMPLIFIER CIRCUITS.
3.024. 286. NOISE CANCELLATION IN VIDEO SIGN\L
GENERATING SYSTEMS.
/
I-
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,C24.419
3,C^4.423.
3,624,425.
3.624,428.
3,624,465.
BALAN'CED OPTICALLYSETTABLE MEMORY
CELL.
CLOCKED SET-RESET FLIP FLOI"
CAPACITANCE MULTIPLICATION NETWORK.
ELECTRIC SIGNAL PROCESSING CIRCUIT
E M P L O Y I N G CAPACrnVELY-SCANXED
PHOTOTRANSISTOR ARRAY.
HETEROJUNTION SE.MICONDUCTOR TRANS-
DUCER HAVING A REGION WHICH IS
PIEZOELECTRIC
3 624,490. TWO TERMINAL CURRENT REGULATOR.
3,624,510. THRESHOLD DIGITAL SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR
REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM.
3.624.512. AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CONTROL SYSTEM.
3,624,554. ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY OSCILLATOR UTI
LIZING TRANSMISSION LINE TUNAHLE
RESONANT CIRCUITS.
3.624,5.59. PHASE OR FREQUENCY MODULATOR USING
PIN DIODES.
3,624,573. BLUE LATERAL MAGNET STRUCTURE.
3,624,634. COLOR DISPLAY.
\
./
/
/
\
<>:
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
F. H. BRONAUGH, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF JANUARY II. 1972
V
PATENT EXAMINING GBOUPS
Actual
Filing Dat«
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY, GROUP 110-M. STERMAN. Director 1-04-7!
Inorganic Compouxids; Inorganic Compositions; Organo-Metal and Organo-Metallold Chemistry; Metaliurgy; Metal Slock;
Electro Chemistry; Batteries; Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions;
Fuel and Igniting Devices.
GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, GROUP 120—1. MARCUS, Director . 7-20-70
Heterocyclic; Amides; Alkaloids; Aio; Sulfur; Misc. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicides; Poisons; Medicines; Cosmetics; Steroids;
0x0 and Oxy; Qulnones; Acids; Carboiyllc Acid Esters; Acid Anhydrides; Acid Halldes.
HIGH POLYMER CHEMISTRY, PLASTICS AND MOLDING, GROUP 140— L J. BERCOVITZ, Director.... 10-21-70
Synthetic Resins; Rubber; Proteins; Macromolacular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin Compositions; Synthetic Resins
With Natural Polymers and Resins; Natural Resins, Reclaiming; Pore-Forming; Compositions (Part) eg,: Coating; Molding;
Ink; Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes.
COATING AND LAMINATING, BLEACHING, DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY, GROUP 160-A. P. KENT, Director l-lS-71
Coating; Processes and Misc. Products; Laminating Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; Adhesive Bonding; Special Chem-
ical Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.
SPECIALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, GROUP 170-W. B. KNIGHT, Director.. 7-30-70
Fertilizers; Foods Fermentation; Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper Making; Glass Manufacture; Gas;
Heating and Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purification; Distillation; Preserving; Liquid and Solid Separation; Gas
and Liquid Contact Apparatus Refrigeration; Concentratlve Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus; Misc. Physical Processes.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, GROUP 210— N. ANSHER, Director . 6-10-71
Generation and Utilization; General Applications; Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Conductors; Switches;
Miscellaneous.
SECURITY. GROUP 220-R. L. CAMPBELL, Director 7-27-70
Ordnance, Firearms and Ammunition; Radar, Underwater Signalling, Directional Radio, Torpedoes, Seismic Exploring, Radlo-
Actlve Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy, Rocket Fuels; Radio-Active Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL, GROUP 230-J. F. COUCH, Director 2-01-7U
Communications; Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processiag, Computation and Conversion; Storage Devices and
Related Arts.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 260-W. L. CARLSON, Director 3-01-70
Seml-Conductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Lines and
Networks; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring.
PHYSICS, GROUP 280-R. L. EVANS, Director , _ 11 03-70
Photography; Sound and Lighting; Indicators and Optics; Measuring and Testing; Geometrical Instruments.
DESIGNS, GROUP 290— R. L. CAMPBELL. Director 12-03-70
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS i -' /
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310-A. BERLIN, Director. 1-04-71
, Conveyors; Hoists; Elevators; Article Handling Implements; Store Service; Sheet and Web Feeding; Dispensing; Fluid Sprinkling;
,| Fire Extinguishers; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solttis; Boats; Ships; Aeronautics;
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Railways and Railway Equipment; Brakes; Rigid Flexible and Special Recep-
tacles and Packages.
MATERIAL SHAPING, ARTICLE MANUFACTURING, TOOLS, GROUP 320-D. J. STOCKING, Director 12-01-70
Manufacturing Processes, Assembling, Combined Machines, Special Article Making; Metal Deforming; Sheet Metal and Wire
Working; Metal Fusion— Bonding, Metal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus; Plastics Working Apparatus; Plastic Block
and Earthenware Apparatus; Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; Work and Tool Holders Woodworking; Tools; Cutlery;
Jacks.
AMUSEMENT, HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT, INFORMATION, GROUP 330-A. RUEGO, Director 12-01-70
Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering; Earth Working and Excavating;
" \ Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; Jewelry; Surgery; Toiletry; Printing; Typewriters; Stationery;
Information Dissemination.
HEAT. POWER AND FLUID ENGINEERING, GROUP 340-M. M. NEWMAN, Dlrector„ 2-01-71
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Pumps; Turbines; Heat Generation and Exchange; Refrigeration; Ventilation;
Drying; Vaporizing; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements; Power Transmlssioir Fluid Handling; Lu-
brication; Joint Packing.
CONSTRUCTIONS, SUPPORTS, TEXTILES, CLEANING, GROUP 3«0— T. J. HICKEY, Director 1-04-71
Joints; Fasteners; Rod, Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Boildlng Structoree; Closure Operators;
Bridges; Closures; Earth Engineering; Drilling; Mining; Furniture; Receptaclee; Supports; Cabinet Structures, Centrifugal
Separations; Cleaning; Coating; Pressing; Agitating; Foods; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines; Winding and
Reeling.
Espintion of patents: The patents within the range of ntunl)«n indicated below expire dorinc January 1972, except those which may have
expired earlier due to shortened terms under the provisions of Pabllc Law 800, 70th Congress, approved August 8, 1M4 (00 Stat. 940) and Public Law
die, 83rd Congress, approved August 23, 19M (08 Stat. 704), or which may have had their terms cortailed by disolaimer under the provisions of
3fi U.S.C. 2fi3. Other patents, issued after the dates of the range of numbers indicated below, may have expired t>efore the full term of 17 years for
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the proTisions of 30 U.S.C. 161.
Patents Ntimbers 2,698,434 to 2.700.763, Indnaive
Plant Patents ^ _ _ Nombers 1,339 to 1,344, InclnsiTe
■X
/
PATENTS
GRANTED FEBRUARY 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,638^39
BLOUSE CONSTRUCTION
Katherine L. Wikox, Box 834, Lacombe, Alberta, Canada
Filed Apr. 30. 1970, Ser. No. 33,495
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 6, 1969,
22,969/69
z Int. CI. A41d IJ22
U.S. CI. 2- 105
6 Claims
I2A
23
I3A
Two squares of material are sewn together along a pair of
shoulder seam lines and a pair of side seam lines intermediate
the ends of the edges of the material. Pairs of dome fasteners
or the like may then be engaged inwardly to form a draped
sleeveless blouse.
3,638,240
VENTED GOGGLES
James V. Militello, Buffalo, N.Y., assignor to American All-
safe Company, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 703,^7
Int. CI. A61f 9102
U.S. CI. 2-14N 2 Claims
N/
' 3,638,241
FOUL WEATHER OUTER GARMENT
Kenneth E. Holmes, Holmes Road, Andover, Mass.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,121 '
Int. CI. A41d J/0«
U.S. CI. 2-88 2 Claims
A foul weather ojter garment is provided to be worn over
conventional outer garments. It comprises a sacklike body
portion without arns. having a split turtle neck pervious to
air and moisture, adjustable as desired, the body portion
being substantially impervious to air and moisture and open
at the bottom to permit the circulation of air through the gar-
ment and about the neck portion from which the air and
moisture are exhausted to the atmosphere.
I I
3,638,242
BELT-TYPE SIDE POCKET WAIST ADJUSTMENT FOR
GARMENTS
Frank Herter, 2817 Cypress Ave., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,787
Int. CI. A41d 1/06
U.S. CI. 2-237 4 Claims
I
Vented goggles of the type having a frontal lens portion
and a molded plastic frame extending about the lens portion
and rearwardly to the face of the wearer. The vent structure
is entirely of molded plastic comprising an oblong opening in
the plastic frame having a surrounding wall extending out-
wardly from the frame, together with an oblong plastic cap
which secures over the wall in sealing engagement with the
front portion thereof. The cap has an opening along the
lower part of its rear wall whereby venting air may pass
through such opening and upwardly over the outwardly ex-
tending wall of the frame.
A garment is disclosed which includes a front section hav-
ing a front waistDand and a rear section having a rear
waistband A pocket pouch extends downwardly from a seam
at the top of the front waistband. The rear waistband is
received in the pocket pouch for sliding movement in the
pocket pouch The seam at the top of the front waistband
guides the rear waistband in the pocket pouch to maintain
the rear waistband in aligned overlapping relation to the
front waistband Elastic means retains the rear waistband in
the pocket pouch and urges the rear waistband against the
seam to maintain alignment.
8-
February 1, 1972
j GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
9
3,638,243 v 3 638 245
SURGICALLY IMPLANTABLE PROSTHETIC JOINT TRUSS BEAM SWIMMING POOL
WlUiam B^ Campbell, Jr., Columbus, Ohio; Jack E. Bur- George R. BIrkemeler. Portland, Oreg., assignor to Timber
roughs. Fort Worth, Tex., and Joe K. Cochran, Jr., Colum- Structures, Inc., Portland, Oreg.
bus, Ohio, assignors to The Ohio State University, Colum- Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,685
bus, Ohio Int.CI.E04hi76,i//*
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,173 U.S. CI. 4-172.19 n Claim*
IntCI.A61f //24 . wi^^iaims
^^•S- CI. 3-1 2 Claims
,(2 10
A surgically implantable hinge joint for replacing a
damaged or diseased natural hinge joint in the skeletal struc-
ture of humans and other animals and composed of relatively
rotatable ball- and socket-members each having elongate
shank portions for implantation in the proximal end portions
of the bones which are severed from the removed natural
joint, and which provides for at least limited axial rotation of
one of the joint members relative to the other together with
relative hinging or pivotal swinging movement of such mem-
bers in a given plane
3,638,244
WATER CLOSET
John H. Schmid, and Arthur E. Thomas, both of Erie. Pa., as-
signors to Zum Industries, Inc., Erie, Pa.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,896
Int. CI. E03d 5/07.5/0/6
U.S.CI.4-17 22 Claims
! • ,
b.— — .-Tfe^^-^t-,!
w 9' at
A truss-beam swimming pool includes slightly bowed truss
beams 52 and 53 secured together at their ends b> joints 70
and forming a self-restraining rectangle The beams take
lateral thrust from tops of posts 28, which support continu-
ous sidewalls 26 which support sidewalls 24 of a plastic pool
member 20. The joints 70 rest on comer posts 30 and tie
together inner chords 46 and end webs 60 of the beam The
joints also support the inner ends of comer beam members
78, The beams are supported by posts 28. 30 and 43 and
have duckboards nailed to the chords thereof to form a deck
The lower ends of the posts are secured together by tierods
and by bottom frame members 41.
A water closet for collecting and disposing of waste materi-
als is disclosed The water closet includes a receptacle having
a top opening therein. A bowl is mounted within the top
opening and the bowl is adapted to be pivoted from a posi-
tion wherein the interior of the bowl faces upwardly to col-
lect waste to a position wherein the bowl faces downwardly
to empty the contents of the bowl into the receptacle A
spray head is located beneath the bowl to direct a flushing
solution against the interior of the blow when the bowl is in
its inverted position.
' 3,638,246
COLLAPSIBLE COMBINATION BED AND CLOSET
William A. Jewell, 3747 Cambridge, Kansas City, Kans.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16392
^ Int. CI. A47c/i/i<S, / 7/40
U.S.CI.5-2R ^ . 6 Claims
A ..ilapsible combination bed and closet comprising up-
standing sidewalls connected by inwardly foldable end walls,
A sleeping platform in the nature of a padded spnng support
IS pivoted to the top of one of the sidewalls so as to be swung
to a storage condition between the sidewalls that does not in-
terfere with inward folding of the end walls Shelves and
clothes rod are detachably mounted to extend between the
end walls, and a closable opening is provided in one of the
sidewalls for access to the shelves and rod, A collapsible bot-
10
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
torn wall including a fixed section is provided and there is 3,638,248
sufficient space above and on the fixed bottom wall section APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A ROCKING MOTION
Jack Silverglate, 6 Roanoke St., Woodbridge, N J.
. • Filed Jan. 14, 1971, Ser. No. 106,418
1 Int. CI. A47d 9/02. 13110; A47c 3102
U.S. CI. 5-105 5 Claims
' 221
■>026 28 51
The apparatus comprises a plurality of rods and levers and
spnngs interconjiected by a cable so that a crib or the like,
moved by hand initially, causes the apparatus to apply a
force to the surface on which the apparatus is mounted to
cause the rocking motion to continue.
(when the end walls are folded) to accommodate storage of
the shelves, rod and a ladder.
3,638^7
BABY'S CRIB
Frands Alan Kennedy, Miami, Manitoba, Canada
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,856
Int. CI. A61g 7110; A47d 7103, 9100
U.S. CI. 5— 11
3 Claims
0101,
I 3,638,249 I
CABINET BED
Stylianos G. Katsigarakis, 214 Vaughan Road Apt.
Toronto 347, Ontario, Canada
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,138
Int. CI. A47c / 7/60
U.S. CI. 5-159 11 Claims
/
When one side of the crib is pushed down, linkage raises
one end of the base frame and the mattress so that the mat-
tress is inclined with .e head of the baby raised almost level
with the top of the ■ .pped side. As the side is moved up to
the normal closed position, the mattress lowers to the
original horizontal position. *
\
A cabinet bed comprising a cabinet having a box mounted
on a base, said box being formed of two halves which are
respectively hinged to the base for opening and closing.
When closed, the box contains a folding bed which is
comovably coi^jled to both box halves for unfolding and
folding coincidentally with the opening and closing of the
box halves, the bed in its unfolded state being supported at
an optimal level
3,638,250
FOOTREST STRUCTURE FOR BEDS
Charles B. Johnson, 1600 E. University, Des Moines, Iowa
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,326
Int. CI. A47c2/yO0
U.S. CI. 5—327 7 Claims
A footrest structure for beds of ordinary construction to be
provided as a brace or support for the feet of the bed occu-
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
, 3,638,252
FITTED BEDSHEET
pant, particulariy when he is in a sitting or partially sitting
position. This footrest includes an adjustable mounting . .. .i^»^ uci^dnttj
bracket which is attachable to footboards of varying Carlton L. Palenske,"N«^h,"wir"iLignor to Kimberlv-
th.cknesses A footrest cushion is attached to the mounting Clark Corporation, Neenah, WU. »^nil>erly
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,830
Int. CI. A47g 9/00
U.S. CI. 5-334 4 Claims
46 «
bracket by a scissor-type jack mechanism so that the cushion
can be moved longitudinally of the bed to accommodate per-
sons of different heights. The adjustment mechanism is pro-
vided with a suitable locking device to hold it immovable in
any adjusted position
3,638,251
COMBINATION BEDSHEET AND PILLOWCASE
Sidney Matthew Weiss, c/o The Griswold-Eshleman Co. 625
Madison Ave., New York, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 190
Int. CI. A47g 9100
U.S. CI. 5-334 C 4 Claims
The disclosure relates to a combination bedsheet and pil-
lowcase. A fitted-contour bedsheet is provided adjacent its
head end with a transverse gore, either integral or as a
separate panel, providing a pocket bulge at the head portion
of the sheet. One or more pillows, depending on the configu-
ration of the sheet, may be received between the mattress
and the bedsheet within this pocket bulge, and, in one ad-
vantageous form of the invention, the front of the pocket
tucks under the front edge of the pillow, providing the ap-
pearance of a conventional separate sheet and pillow ar-
rangement. The fitted-contour sheet is self-holding on the
mattress, so that the pillow or pillows are totally enclosed
and secured in place. To particular advantage, the new com-
bination bedsheet is constructed of knitted fabric, mechani-
cally preshrunk in the length direction; in this way, a "no
iron" sheet may be constructed using ordinary knitted cotton
fabrics, which are to be preferred over synthetic or resin-
fixed fabrics for the same purposes.
,-'(^
A contoured bedsheet readily adaptable to folding and
compact packaging which can be directly applied to a mat-
tress without turning it inside-out prior to application. The
bedsheet comprising a central rectangular portion, two side
panels each of which has a common edge with the central
portion, at least one end panel having a common edge with
the central portion, and at least two comer sections each of
which has a common edge with both a side panel and an end
panel. In forming the sheet, the comer sections are inwardly
folded and, for each section, the common edge between the
section and the end panel is secured to the side panel along a
line which extends from the intersection of the common
edges of the comer section toward the edge of the side panel
at an angle which is greater than 90° and less than 1 20° from
the common edge between the comer section and the end
panel.
3,638,253
DEVICE FOR nLLING AND SEALING FLEXIBLE
CONTAINERS
Paul R. Stumpf, Menasha, Wis., assignor to Kimberiy-Clark
Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed SepL 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,041
Int. CI. A47c 27/05
U.S. CI. 5—337 9 Claims
/
There is aisclosed a tubular valve used to fill and seal mex-
pensive, disposable, inflatable containers such as pillows and
the like. Sealing of this valve is accomplished by folding it to
collapse its walls.
3,638,254
SPRING
Vernon A. Faikenau, Mishawaka, Ind., assignor to Uniroyal,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37.755
Int. CI. A47c 23104, 25100
U.S. CI. 5-351 6 Claims
A plastic spring having two longitudinal sides joined by
transverse sides having curved portions The upper and lower
V
12
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
halves of the spnng are symmetrical. Upper curved portions ui iri^i^rnn^T
arp HisDTK^ed directly over lower curved portions to cause ncr«i iii^u b^ai ;
Int. CI. B63b 35!00
U.S. CI. 9- 5
10 Claims
^ts^ss
response to load A mattress foundation utilizing such springs
has border springs so mounted as to tend to slant outwardly
but held in a vertical position by the foundation cover,
thereby keeping the cover taut.
3,638^55
SEAT CUSHION OR PILLOW
Eugene L. Sterrett, 2835 Letrkia Drive, Hacienda Heights,
Calif. ,
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,245
Int. CI. A47g 9100; A47c 7/74
U.S. CI. 5-337 10 Claims
" :4
A seat cushion or pillow including an outer porous cover-
ing containing a mass of cushioning material, and with the
pillow or cushion being formed at least partially of, or carry-
ing, an odor adsorbent substance, preferably activated char-
coal.
A low -profile hull without substantial vertical surfaces con-
forms substantially to the body of an occupant in a reclining
position and can aJso accommodate the occupant in a sitting
position The hull has a convexo-concave bottom which
slopes upwardly at the stern and a convexo-concave deck
which IS ciH^xtensivc with the bottom and is provided amid-
ships with an opening for the occupant The deck also has
blisters for the occupant's feet, and grooves serving as gun
rests Fillers of buoyant material are provided in the bow,
stern and amidships, and the stem filler is recessed to form
storage ccwpartmcnts. The hull is covered with camouflage
matenal permanently attached as by gluing to all above water
surfaces of the huil
3,638,258
RESCUE I ICHT FOR A LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM
Richard I. Black, (ioster. NJ., assignor to Remington Arms
Company. Inc., Bridgeport. Conn.
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,201
Int. CI. B63c9//A
U.S. CI.9-321 1 Claim
3,638,256
MOTOR-PROPELLED nSHING FLOAT
Hubert L. Mclntyre, 1406 E. Tonkawa, Tonkawa, Okla.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,399
Int. CI. B63b 35100
U.S.CI.9-1R 5 Claims
In a fishing float a" horizontally disposed open framework
reinforced polygonal-shaped buoyant body is provided with a
seat-equipped central opening. An upstanding transom, at
one end of the body, supports an outboard motor. An up-
wardly open recess, in the other end portion of the body,
receives a battery for providing electrical energy to the mo-
tor. " f
I I
The combination of a rescue light attached to a life sup-
port system, such as a life vest, life raft, or life preserver. The
lighting device consists of a transparent envelope containing
a chemiluminesccnt element which is activated by the admis-
sion of a gas The gas serves the additional purpose of inflat-
ing said envelope to form a substantially rigid wand of light
Means may be provided to quickly detach the wand from the
support system ^ ,
February 1, 1972
•■ GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
13
3,638,259
METHOD FOR MAKING BLIND RIVETS
Carl B. H. Eibes, deceased, late of Schaittenbach, Germany;
Ursula Eibes geb. Waschau; Christian Eibes, both of
Schnaittenbach; Carl-Herwig Eibes, Berlln-Schoneberg, and
Maria-Theresia Wagner geb. Eibes, all heirs, Amberg, all of
Germany, assignors to Kerb-Konus-Gesellschaft Dr. Carl
Kibes & Co., Schnaittenbach am opf.. (ierman\
Filed Jan. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 701,490
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 1, 1967, E 33312
Int.CI. B21k //5S,B23g9/00
U.S. CI. 10-27 4 Claims
facing the said first wall portion, the track means being de-
void of any surface overhanging this second ledge portion
/
The disclosure relates to blind rivets and to an improved
method of making such rivets Symmetrically disposed slots
are formed in the plain end of the rivet by means of chisel-
type or edge-cutting tools so as to form several segments or
lugs which, in use, may be spread apart by a spreading pin or
the like to secure two or more members together
3,638.260
FEEDER FOR SCREW BLANKS AND SERRATED
WASHERS
John B. Brown, and Raymond L. Alexander, both of Indi-
anapolis, Ind., assignors to Moorfeed Corporation, Indi-
anapolis, Ind.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,635
Int. CI. B21k 2 7/00. B23p I9/0S
U.S. CI. 10-162 11 Claims
-' i
8o' I -^^ 8a
56 ^^50
Vibratory track means for serially feeding washers, the
track means including means providing an upwardly facing
first ledge portion for supporting penpheral edge portions of
the washers, an upwardly extending first wall portion extend-
ing along and bounding the first ledge portion, and an over-
hanging, downwardly facing portion extending outwardly
from the first wall portion by an amount preferably not sub-
stantially greater than the cross-sectional width of the first
ledge portion. The track means also includes means provid-
ing a second upwardly facing ledge portion for supporting the
diametrically opposite peripheral edge portions of the
washers and an upwardly extending second wall portion ex-
tending along and bounding the second ledge portion and
3,638,261
APPARATUS FOR APPLYING INK OR OTHER LIQUIDS
TO SOLES OR OTHER FREE FOAM ARTICLES
James Johnson, Plaistow, N.H., and Richard S. Ordway,
Haverhill, Mass., assignors to Circle Machine Co., Inc.,
Haverhill, Mass.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,270
Int. CI. A43d
U.S. CI. 12-1 A 30 Claims
Apparatus is disclosed for applying licfuids. inks and adhe-
sives, for examples, to or otherwise treating the margins of
shoe soles or other free form articles TTie apparatus has first
means to support an article in an elevated position and
adapted to be opened to enable an article to be introduced or
removed and. when closed, operable to turn the article to a
desired extent and to apply a liquid to or otherv,ise treat its
margins Conveyor means, desirably including a dryer when
the treatment is with a liquid, includes a transfer device at its
infeed end operable to remove a treated article from the first
means Control means actuated when an article is introduced
into the supporting means first closes the supporting means
and then opens it when an article has been turned to the
desired extent and operates the conveyor means.
3,638,262
METHOD OF MAKING SLIPPERS
Winalee G. Mitchell, and James G. Mitchell, both of 205
Famsworth Road, Waterville, Ohio
Original application Apr. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 720.016, now ;
Patent No. 3,523,378. Divided and this application Mav 1,
1970, Ser. No. 43,660
Int. CI. A43d 9/00
U.S. CI. 12-142 MC 5 Claims
/
Slippers having an upper joined to a lower blank of
elastomeric sheeting matenal which increases in width but
14
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
FEBRUARY 1, 1972
the marginal edges thereof taper inwardly and upwardly
toward the heel where the left and right sides are joined in a
heel seam which is at least partly forwardly mclined Also, a
method of making such slippers including the steps of simul-
taneously cutting and bonding an upper with a lower blank
having lateral edges which, in the rearward direction are
from about parallel to divergent, folding the lower blank on
about its longitudinal axis and bonding the folded left and
right sides together along a heel seam which is at least partly
forwardly inclined.
parts for the aforesaid assembly being wholly contained
within a single casing, thus enabling the implement to be effi-
3,638^63
SHOE UPPER DRAFTING APPARATUS
Harold Albert Boddy, Leicester, England, assignor to Ralphs
Uniried Limited, Leicester, England ~ |
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,214
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 4, 1968,
26,540
Int. CI. A43d 27/00, i/00
U.S. CI. 12-8.8 12 Claims
'j^,-C
. \
Apparatus for applying a drafting pull to a shoe upper on a
last-carried bottom uppermost on a support which enables
the last to pivot heightwise of the last about its heel end por-
tion compi^ses a pair of pincers for gripping opposite sides of
the forepart of the upper. The pincers can be swung towards
and away from each other. The pincers are mounted on a
carriage for movement lengthwise of the last, relative to the
last and a member is provided for pressing on the bottom of
the last to cause the last to pivot about the support, so that
the upper can be drafted lengthwise of the last and across the
last.
3,638,264
COMBINATION ROTARY BRUSH, DETERGENT
DISPENSER AND DRIER
Frank Roosevelt Walton, 7939 Dellwood Ave., Lanham, Md.
Filed Mar. 20, 1 970, Ser. No. 2 1 ,389 ,
Int. CI. A46b UlOA, F26b 19100 '
U.S. CI. 15-4 4 Claims
A portable implement combiriing therein a powered brush
element, a detergent chamber capable of releasing a brushing
agent and directing the same to a point of discharge adjacent
the brush element together with a drying means, all operative
ciently employed in the washing and drying of objects to be
cleaned and subsequently dried.
3,638,265
VEHICLE-SCRUBBING DEVICE
Heinrich Fuhring, Augsburg; Rkhard Fleschhut, Goggingen,
and Hans Wollter, Augsburg, all of Germany, assignors to
Bowe, Bohler & Weber, Augsburg, Germany
Filed Dec. 1, 1969. Ser. No. 881,155
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 3, 1968, P 18 12
324.5
U.S. CI. 15-21 D 10 Claims
A rotary scrubbing brush for cleaning the surface of an au-
tomotive vehicle moving relatively to a supporting structure
is mounted on that structure through a guidance system, such
as an articulated linkage or a guide track, enabling a
generally diagonal displacement of the brush from a starting
fxjsition outwardly or upwardly under the pressure of an on-
coming vehicle to sweep and eventually clear the front sur-
face of that vehicle, the guidance system is then swung,
through an angle of about 90° or less, into a substantially
symmetrical angular position in which a restoring force act-
ing upon the brush holder causes a return sweep along the
rear surface of the vehicle
3,638,266
ELASTIC WHEEL CONSTRUCTION FOR CARPET
SWEEPER
Hiroshi Fukuba, 2-320-82 Matsugaaka, Nagareyama City,
Japan
Original appUcation May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,570. Divided
and this application Mar. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 121,012
Int. CI. A47I ///i2
U.S. CI. 15-41 R 1 Claim
A carpet sweeper to be moved back and forth by operating
a handle is provided with a rotary cleaning briish adapted to
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
15
be moved in contact with the floor by means of four support-
ing spoked drive wheels each integrally formed of flexible
rubber and mounted on a sweeper body. The frame cover of
the sweeper body is of a double-wall structure made of a
thin, lightweight synthetic resin plate. The sweeper body
further comprises dust receptacles covering the under por-
lJ€^
in operation, and offers the twofold advantage of cooling the
motor to increase its life expectancy and at the same time
^^l>-
tion and positioned to the front and rear of the rotary brush,
means for elevating the drive wheels and comb members to
clean the rotary brush. The operating members for opening
or closing the dust receptacles and for elevating means are
disposed on the upper surface of the frame cover.
\
A
warning the water to improve the efficiency of washing and
polishing glass elements.
\
3,638^67
FLOOR TREATING APPARATUS
Johannes Liebscher, Nassau/Lahn, Germany, assignor to
Gunter Leifhdt K.G., Nassau/Lahn, Germany
FUed June 13, 1969, Ser. No. 832,950
Int. CI. A47I \1133
U^.CI. 15-41 R
11 Claims
3,638,269 \
VERTICAL SHAKEOUT FOR SUSPENDED CASTINGS
W. Wayne Campbell, Columbia, Pa., assignor to Peerless In-
dustries, Inc., Boyertown, Pa.
FUed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,39^
Int. CI. B22d 43100
U.S. CI. 15-94 10 Claims
V
A carpet sweeper having a support which mounts several
ground-engaging wheels rotatable in clockwise and counter-
clockwise directions in response to movement of the support
in opposite directions. Each wheel drives a rotary brush by
way of one or two spur gears in such a way that the brush
rotates in a single direction irrespective of the direction of
rotation of the respective wheel.
3,638,268
GLASS WASHER AND POLISHER
GUbert N. Van Horn, Pompano Beach, Fla., assignor to Bar
Maid Corporation, Pompano Beach, Fla.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,764
InL CI. A47I 15138, B67c 1108
U.S. CI. 15— 76 7 Claims
A glass washer and polisher is shown having a base com-
prising a top plate and a bottom plate with premolded bear-
ing sections therein. A plurality of gear and brush holders
which are also molded are mounted within the bearing por-
tions of the top plate and bottom plate of the base. A sub-
mersible drive motor is oriented with its axis perpendicular to
that of the base and through its drive gear and an idler drives
the gear and brush holders. An overflow drain is provided
through the base to accommodate the smaller sink sizes
customarily found in bars, kitchens, and chemical research
facilities which may be quite small. The motor is provided on
a short shaft which renders the unit considerably more stable
An article shaking apparatus includes a plate across the
face of which castings are moved longitudinally in a
suspended manner. The plate is inclined from the vertical in
a direction transverse to the casting travel and includes
means imparting vibration thereto. ,
' 3,638,270
MONOFILAMENT PILE CLEANING TOOL
Norman C. Schlegel, Jr., and Edward F. Engd, both of
Rochester, N.V.
Original application Sept. 25, 1967, Ser. No. 674.078. now
abandoned. Divided and this application Oct. 22, 1969, Ser.
No. 871,445
Int. CI. A46b 3100, A47I 131 12, D03d 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 15-114, 12 Claims
A cleaning tool is formed with a base, a woven backing
fabric secured to the base, and a monofilament of resilient
resm woven into the backing fabric so that lengths of the
monofilament turn away from the plane of the backing fabric
16
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
and extend outward from the backing fabric at a predeter- buffing and polishing machines, comprising an outer accom-
mined uniform angles to form a sparse pile of bristles stiff mcxiating merrber and at least one inner clamping member,
the former being made of a material which is stable in shape,
such as plastics, while the latter is preferably made of wood
which is adapted to swell on effect of a polishing or abrading
i
enough to stand free and resiliently self-supporting in a regu-
lar array for cleaning.
3,638,271
MANDREL CONStlJLCTION FOR PAINT ROLLER
John A. Pharris, Milwaukee, Wis., and Giacinto C. DErcoli,
Park Forest, 111., assignors to EZ Paintr Corporation
FUed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,671
Int. CI. BOSc 1108: B44d M28
U.S. CI. 15-230.11 7 Claims
suspension used in the machine The outer member has a
groove for receiving part of the inner member or members
The members of the clamping device may be circular or
rectangular, up to four mncr member parts are suggested,
particularly in the rectangular embodiment.
3,638,273
STRIKEOFF ROD
WiUiam S. Haivaia, 1716 N. Cabin, Wichita, Kans.
Filed May 8. 1970, Ser. No. 35,631
Int. CI. EOlc 10112
U.S. CI. 15-235.4
'8, 22
2 Claims
An improved mandrel construction for paint rollers
characterized by the provision of a laterally movable inboard
mandrel and a fi.xed outboard mandrel with the outboard
mandrel having generally yieldable fingers normally engaging
the interior of a replacement roller cover telescoped
thereover. Mating locking surfaces are provided on the in-
board and outboard mandrels so that when the two are
brought together by relative axial movement and the locking
surfaces thereof interengage, the fingers on the outboard
mandrel are contracted to permit the roller cover to relative-
ly freely faJl therefrom
3,638,272..
DEVICE FOR CLAMPING OF BUFFING AND POLISHING
CLOTHS
Horst Poieska, and Horst Fleischhauer, both of Rathenow,
Germany, assignors to VEB Rathenower Optische Werke,
Rathenow, Germany
Filed July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 839,862
Int. CI. BOSc 1100
L.S. CI. 15-230.19 11 Claims
A device for clamping or securing buffing and polishing
cloths, such as used on the disks of rotary and vibratory
A strikeoff rod comprising an elongated hollow member
having two walls intersecting generally at right angles to each
other Each of said walls has a beveled portion sloping in-
wardly starting on a line parallel to but spaced from the inter-
section of said walls The extremities of said walls are remote
from said intersection, and are connected by an undulant
waJI I ;
3,638,274
WINDOW WIPER AND SCRAPER BLADE
Alfred Farver, 1 106 Haven St., Mount Morris, Mich.
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,802
Int. CI. B60s 1102; A471 1100
U.S. CI. 15-250.41 17 Claims
A combination wiper and scraper blade for cleaning
curved and/or straight window surfaces comprising a pair of
elongated resilient members, such as rubber blades, having
parallel wiping edges extending lengthwise thereof with a
plastic member disposed therebetween and having a wiping
edge parallel to the wiping edges of the resilient members.
The plastic member is so constructed that it is uniformly
reversibly flexi:?le throughout its lengthwise wiping edge in a
plane generally perpendicular to the window surface to be
1
k
February l, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
17
wiped such that the wiping edge will conform to the contour
of the window surface while being relatively mflexible in a
plane which is generally at right angles thereto In a second
embodiment, means are provided for retracting and extend-
ing the plastic member to selectively engage and disengage
the window surface
3,638,275
METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR THE MANUFACTURE
OF COLOR CATHODE-RAY TUBE SCREE!<S
John F. Larson, Seneca Falls, N.Y., and Walter A. Polashen-
ski, Roanoke, Va., assignors to Sylvania Electric Products
Inc.
Original application Apr. 22, 1%8, Ser. No. 723,098. Divided
and this application Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,170
Int. CI. A47I 7100
U.S. CI. 1^-304 . ,, . 5 5 Claims
L.
"T
6
Methods for drying the upstanding walls of a cathode-ra>
tube faceplate, particularly around the area of the mask sup-
porting studs are disclosed The methods utilize an accurately
controlled and automatically positionable head for removing
excess liquid from the walls and stud area after a processing
step. The liquid may be that remaining from either a prerinse
in which case either forced air or a vacuum system may be
utilized for the liquid removal; or after a developing step in
the actual screen formation when a vacuum principle along is
utilized for drying the wall area TTie described apparatus for
carrying out the method comprises a free-floating, self-
orienting head which is pivoted to provide arcuate movement
in a given substantially vertical plane, and reciprocatable
shaft means connected to the free-floating head for indexing
the head in a substantially perpendicular direction. Cam
means associated with the reciprocatable movement causes
engagement and disengagement of the head with the
faceplate in accordance with the direction of movement
thereof. The cam means causes the head to pivot in a sub-
stantially horizontal plane to bring the head into engagement
with the faceplate wall.
3,638,276
HINGE ASSEMBLY
Woodson H. Vance, Hartsville. Tenn.. assignor to V.S. Indus-
tries, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867.625 /
Int. CI. E05d 7^12
U.S, CI. 16-149
\
8 Claims
«
^1:''
^ I *' j^i
30
A metal hinge is mounted on a plastic base of a carrying
case or the like for supporting an instrument or machine (eg
a sewing machine) for pivotal movement relative to the base.
The hinge comprises a pivot support member carrying a pivot
pin on which the instrument or machine is pivotally mounted
The pivot support member is received and secured in place
in a suitable channel in the base member and the pivot pin is
secured in suitable slots in the base member disposed ad-
jacent to the aforementioned channel.
3,638,277
SPRING HINGE CONSTRUCTION
William H. Coe, Rockford, lU., assignor to Keystone Con-
solidated Industries, Inc., Peoria, III.
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,460
Int. CI. E05f //y2
U.S. CI. 16—190
\
\
3 Claims
A spring hinge construction for an overlay door for a metal
cabinet or other enclosure where the hinge provides the door
with a positive closed position and a positive holding 90°
open position, with the hinge having a toggle with an over-
center position for both the 90° open and the closed posi-
tions Tlie hinge includes an L-shaped cabinet wing and a
channel-shaped door wing joined at a pivotal axis, an elon-
gated toggle having one end adapted to project through a
wall of the door wing during opening or closing movement
and an enlarged opposite end engaging the cabinet wing ad-
jacent the pivot axis. A compression spring encompasses the
toggle with one end engaging the enlarged end of the toggle
and the opposite end abutting the above-mentioned wall of
the door wing
18
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638^78 . to define extreme positions for the supports and are actuated
COILING TEXTILE STRANDS when the supports reach the extreme positions to reverse the
Ame Johneis, Boras, Sweden, assignor to I.W.S. Nominee position of the control device
Company Limited, London, England
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,608 ' <
Clairospriority, application Great Britain, June 7, 1968, i 3,638,280
27,199/68
Int. CI. B65h 54180
\}S.C\. 19-159
POCKET CLIP FOR WRITING INSTRUMENT
Gino C. Di Spirito, Hasbrouck Heights, NJ., assignor to
4 Claims kreisler Manufacturing Corporation, North Bergen, N J.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,590
Int. CI. B43k 25100
L^. CL 24-11 S ' 1 Claim
Strands of textile fibers, such as slivers, are coiled in cans
at controlled density and more especially at even density
throughout, by employing a guide eye which does not merely
rotale above the can mouth but has in addition a radially
reciprocating component of motion. The coiling device
achieves this motion by means of a radially movable slide on
a rotary guide member, the slide carrying the guide eye and
being actuated by a cam and follower mechanism. The shape
of the cam determines the packing density in different por-
tions of the can.
3,638,279
CROSS LAPPER
Harrison G. Swados, Snyder, N.Y., assignor to MSL Indus-
tries, Inc.
Piled Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,438
Int. CI. D04h UIOO
U.S. CI. 19-163 10 Claims
^ms=:^
27 I
/
A cap and pocket clip assembly for a writing instrument in
which the clip body has an offset located over the end of the
cap and a bracket which extends through the cap wall and
into the bore of the cap to receive a retaining spring thus to
mount the clip for limited pivotal movement of the clip body
away from the cap against the action of the spring.
V 3,638,281
BELT SPLICES
Edgar Francois. Wayne, N.J., assignor to Uniroyal, Inc., New
York, NY.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,444
Int. CI. F16gi/00
U.S. CI. 24-31 B 13 Claims
A cross tapper for making a multilayer fibrous mat and in-
cluding a frame, first and second endless driven conveyors
respectfvely carried by reciprocating supports which are
moved between extreme positions on the frame by a fluid
ram having its cylinder connected to the frame and its piston
rod connected to one of the supports. A fixed rack is carried
by the frame and a second rack is carried by one of the sup-
ports with a pinion engaging the respective racks and has its
axis aligned with the axis of a fluid ram. The means for sup-
plying pressure fluid to opposite ends of the cylinder is in the
form of a fluid circuit having a fluid-actuated control device
interposed between a pressure fluid source and the cylinder
with first and second flow paths between the source and op-
posite ends of the control device, each of the flow paths hav-
ing a control valve therein. The control valves are positioned
The invention disclosed is a splice for connecting the ends
of conveyor belting and the like formed from at least two
relatively rigid fasteners Each fastener is attached to at least
one of the belt ends to be spliced by rivets through the
fastener and the belt end The rivets are arranged in two or
more rows The first row of rivets is mounted in holes in the
fastener of such a shape as to allow substantially no relative
movement between the fastener, the belt and the rivets
passing therethrough. At least one other row of rivets is posi-
tioned further from the end of the belt than the first row and
is mounted through the fastener in elongated slots inclined at
an angle to the longitudinal centerline of the belt so that lon-
gitudinal movement between the rivets and the fastener in a
direction along the belt is allowed concurrently with the
transfer of load between the belt and the fastener.
February 1, 1972 GENERAL AND MECHANICAL > 19
3,638,282 . ! 3,638,284
PAPER HOLDDOWN CLIP ' GOLF CLUB HEAD COVER TEMPORARY RETAINING
Ake L. Larsson, Redondo Beach, Calif., assignor to Mattel, DEVICE
Inc., Hawthorne, Calif. Robert H. Baker, 3612 Pallos Verdas. Dallas, Tex.
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,072 Filed Oct. 15, 1969. Ser. No. 866,573
Int. CI. B42f / 100 Int. CI. A44b 2 / !00
U.S. CI. 24-67 J 1 7 Claims U.S. CI. 24-73 CF
■ \
8 Claims
\
-42
2&.
22-
ry^
3o IS
x:^
^7-z^4X^s
+-- '
An economical drawing board including a sheet-holding
frame with brackets formed thereon, and a pair of clamps for
sliding along the brackets to hold down a sheet of paper
against the frame Each bracket has an inclined guide wall,
and each clamp has a pair of runners for moving along the
guide wall and a paper-engaging portion depending from one
end of the runners to engage and hold down a sheet of paper.
In order to prevent removal and loss of the clamps, the frame
has a slot below each guide wall, and one runner has an elon-
gated retainer member that abuts an end wall of the slot
when the clamp is slid in a direction to remove it from the
bracket.
3,638,283 i
INTERCONNECTING MEMBER FOR TENSION LOADS
Anthony L. Moretti, San Rafael, Calif., assignor to E. D. Bul-
lard Company, Sausaiito, Calif.
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,524
Int.CI. A43c 11/08
U.S. CI. 24-73 HR 3 Clainw
An interconnecting member having a figure-8 configura-
tion by which two loops or eyes are formed. Two S-shaped
bodies constitute the principal parts of the member and are
pivotally connected so that the loops or eyes can be opened
for access to the loops. The pivotal connection is formed by a
keyed pin that is spring biased to a position to lock the two
members into a figure-8 shai>e The pin is axially slidable to
permit the loop to be opened and is provided with a locking
device that prevents inadvertent sliding movement.
20^^/^ '.16
ao
5<J
i
TJ
h^
7o
28
•¥
fc
/ /<
A convenience holding device on a golf bag for temporari-
ly holding removed golf club head covers as the club»s are
being used.
* 3,638,285
TWO-PART LOCK BUTTON
Jose Humberto Sanchez Giraldez, .4m Rathenaupark 3. D-
2000, Hamburg, Germany
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,577
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21, 1969, P 19 42
535.5; Mar. 3, 1970, P 20 09 760.3; Jan. 24, 1970,
P 20 03 164.5
Int. CI. A44b//i5, 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 24-108 7 Claims
Or
A two-part lock button consists of a male and a female
button half and the male part comprises a locking bolt
member which is provided with one or several locking
grooves and can be inserted into an oF>ening in the female
part. The female button half comprises one p>air or several
pairs of retaining discs which upon insertion of the male but-
ton half into the female button half will come into engage-
ment with the one or several locking grooves of the male part
thus firmly locking together these two parts. Release of the
button halves can be effected by means of a mechanical or
magnetic key. , .
•V
20
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638^86 j ' 3.638,288
SELF-LOCKING SEPARABLE SEAM ASSEMBLY * ' GRIPPER
Frank D. Eichberg, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Walter A. Dale H. Pryor, Houston, Tex., assignor to Youngstown Sheet
Plununer, Sherman Oaks, Calif. and Tube Company, Youngstown, Ohio «
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,368 Original application Sept. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859.489.
Int. CI. A44b 11100, 19114 Divided and this application Jan. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 107,124
L.S. CI. 24-201 6 Claims Int. CI. B65h / 7134
L.S. CI. 24-263 D ! 9 Claims
I ■ . .
A self-locking separable seam assembly comprising a pair
of strips of identical J-shape in cross section extruded from
semirigid thermoplastic material featuring a thick semirigid
return bend portion bordered by a relatively thin low-height
lip positioned to interfere with the corresptinding lip of the
other strip as the strips are pulled crosswise of one another
into interiocking engagement. The seam separates as the two
stnps are forced past one another in a direction opposite to
the assembly operation, |
i ;. ■ . •
3,638.287
PARACHUTE DEPLOYMENT SYSTEMS
David A. Wright, Fort Erie, Ontario, Canada, and Lorenz
Palm. Manhattan Beach, Caltf.. assignors to Irvin Air
Chute Limits, Fort Erie, Ontario, Canada
Filed May 24, 1968. Ser. No. 731, "'66
Claims priority, application Canada, May 25, 1967. 991,444
Int. CI. A44b 21100, B64d / 7 154
L.S. CI. 24-230 5 Claims
/
sr
A retractor having an endless train made up of a plurality
of grippers The gnppers have contoured gripping faces
which are contoured to grip pipe of different sizes and the
degree of movement of the grippers toward and away from
pipe engaging positions is selectively controlled relatively to
the si/e of pipe being gnpped. The grippers are mounted on
pivot pins at positions to either side of the center line of the
piston supplying the gripping force to increase the resultant
gripping force exerted by the grippers
3,638,289
TENTER FRAME ASSEMBLY
Peter Dornier. and Fritz Gageur. both of Lindau, Germany,
assignors to Lindauer Dornier Gesellschaft mbH, Lindau,
Germany
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,317
Claims priority, application Germany, May 17, 1969. P 19 25
. 284.7
Int. CI. D06c 3104
U.S. CI. 26-^61 B 9 Claims
A parachute deployment system and a connector for use in
this system. The deployment system utilizes a pyrotechnic
device to launch a weighted projectile which is connected to
the ripcord and pilot chute of a parachute pack. The connec-
tor is to be interposed between the projectile and the ripcord
and comprises a mounting plate and a support releasably
retained thereon. The support carries a movable member
which, when pressurr is exerted on a part thereof, releases
the support from the mounting plate and completes a con-
nection between the projectile and the ripcord and pilot
chute.
This invention relates to a clip chain assembly for tenter
clips comprising a vertical guide rail, a plurality of connected
tenter clips each supporting a clip table on one side of the
guide rail, first guide roller means secured to each tenter clip
and being supported by the guide rail, and second guide
roller means mounted between the tenter clips and contact-
ing the side of the guide rail facing away fr6m the clip table.
\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
21
3,638»290
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING NONWOVEN FABRICS
Ralph A. Johnson, Moore. S.C, assignor to Deering MilUken
Research Corporation, Spartanburg, S.C.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,847
Int. CI. D02g 3100: D04h 3108
U.S. CL28— ICL 7 Claims
i 32 12
O^'
"18 U
"mi
^20 TT
22\,
n* -58
62
3,638,292 ■
ROLL FOR APPLYING UNIFORM PRESSURE
Stephen B. Gaghan, Franklin Lakes, N J., assignor to Van VI-
aanderen Machine Company, Paterson, N J.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,202
Int. CI. B21b J/ J2
U.S. CI. 29- 1 1 3 AD 4 Claims
4£ 2t <f '' !<> a iC K 24 is 2t
\
Apparatus for producing nonwoven scrim fabrics wherein
the weft thread sheet-forming support means comprises a
helical member having a centrally disposed thread support
element extending along the axis of the helical member for
supporting the weft thread reaches during weft sheet forma-
tion. -N^ ^
3,638,291
YARN-TREATING JET
Paul Wesley Yngve, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E.I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Oct. I, 1970, Ser. No. 77,140
Int. CI. D02g 1/16
U.S. CI. 28— 1.4 \ 8 Claims
\
\
A roll for applying uniform pressure has a stationary inner
structure mounted between two supporting shafts A cylindri-
cal outer structure surrounds the stationary inner structure
and is rotalably mounted on the shafts. A plurality of inner
rollers is disposed in a slot formed in the inner structure and
contacts a colinear senes of locations along the inside of the
outer structure. An inflatable bag is disposed within the slot
and, when inflated with a fluid, applies a uniform pressure to
the inner rollers. These rollers prevent the outer structure
from deflecting and cause it to apply a uniform pressure to
an opposing surface.
A yarn-treating jet comprising a body and a flat cover
clamped together and having two air conduits of equal
rectangular cross section for directing heated fluid on a yarn
advancing through a passage in the surface of the jet body
contiguous with the cover. The passage includes an expan-
sion zone located downstream from the air conduits which
has an entrance larger than its exit for the purpose of provid-
ing an extended static pressure zone in the jet to improve
heat transfer between the heated fluid and the yam. The
cover plate has a guiding surface adjacent the exit of the jet
for diverting fluid and entrained yam outwardly away from
the jet exit.
3,638,293
HIGH-DENSITY TUNGSTEN-RHENIUM-NICKEL
ALLOYS AND ARTICLES
Sven Torsten Lennart Peterson, Vendelso, Sweden, assignor to
Lumalampan Aktiebolag, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Sept. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857.478
Int. CI. B22f 3100
U.S. CI. 29— 182 14 Claims
0 I J\3 * iA 7 8 9 10
Sintered alloys of tungsten containing between about 1
percent and 7.5 percent rhenium and between about 0.15
percent and 0.3 percent nickel and electrical articles, par-
ticularly contacts, prepared from said alloys Tlie invention
also includes a method of improving the density of tungsten
alloys.
22
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638^94
WHEEL PULLER
Walter F. Durant, 664 Noank Road, Mystic, Conn.
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,353
Int. CI. B23p/ 9/04
L.S, CI. 29—252 8 Claims
r -'fc
A wheel puller based on a cylinder containing at least two
telescoping pistons. The cylinder has a peripheral flange A
U-shaped collar slips over the cylinder and engages the
flange. A second U-shaped collar slips over a shaft and en-
gages a wheel to be pulled. Tie rods connect the two collars
and a piston rod connected to one of the pistons engages the
shaft end.
3,638,295
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURE OF A GRIP FOR HAND-
POWERED EQUIPMENT
William J. Sparks, 5129 Granada Blvd., Coral Gables, Fla.
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 62,140
Int. CI. B23q / 7100
U.S. CI. 29-407 10 Claims
This disclosure relates to a process for manufacture of
grips for hand-powered equipment in which an assortment of
grips are manufactured, each having a hardness within the
range of that of the human hand. The hardness profile of the
hand contact area of an individual operator who is to use the
grip is measured, and a grip is selected, the hardness of which
is correlated with the hardness of the hand contact area of
the individual This grip is installed on the hand-powered
equipment for the use df that individual.
3,638,296
CONTAINER CLOSURE TOOL AND METHOD FOR USE
THEREOF
George Yates, Jr., Glendale, Calif., assignor to Growth Inter-
national Industries Corp., Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 781,556, Dec. 5,
1968, now Patent No. 3,499,574, dated Mar. 10, 1970. This ,
application Feb. 9, 1 970, Ser . No. 9,6 1 7
Int. CI. B23p 17100, 19/00
U.S. CI. 29-400 6 Claims
16 34 22
comprises a nm corresptmding in shape to the configuration
on the closure but having dimensions slightly larger than the
closure so that it may be slipped downwardly thereover. A
handle is attached to the rim, and a series of studs disposed
on the inner surface of the rim are adapted to contact the
movable sealmg member and move it into a locked position
when the rim is lowered over the closure. A method of using
the tool to lock a closure having a movable sealing member
over the open end of the container body comprises placing
the closure over the open end of the container body with the
sealmg member in an unlocked ptisition, positioning the tool
over the closure so that the series of studs contacts the clo-
sure member and causing relative movement between the
tool and the closure so that the tool causes the sealing
member to move to a locked position
• ' 3,638,297
METHOD OF MAKING A LOOM REED
Friedhold Ditscherlein, Bocholt, Germany, assignor to Max
Spaleck GmbH, Bocholt, Germany
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,731 ,
Claims priority, application Germany, July 22, 1968, P 17 60
943.7
Int. CI. B23p \IIQ2; D03d 49/62
U.S. CI. 29-446 3 Claims
The dents of a reed have ends tied by wire to the backs
and shaped so that one of the two parallel faces is convex,
the other concave The dent ends are assembled under
resilient, compressive stress to compensate for dimensional
inaccuracy in the dents and the binding wire.
3,638,298
STRESS-ORIENtED FILAMENT WINDING IN
COMPOSITE PANELS
David I. Sinizer, Piayadel Rey; Albert Toy, Gardena; David
G. Atteridge, Santa Monka, and Louis H. Fandii, Los An-
geles, ail of Calif., assignors to North Amerkan Rockwell
Corporation
Filed Feb. 9. 1970, Ser. No. 9,771 ^
Int. CI. B23k 1120
U.S. CI. 29-470.9 2 Claims
I r
A tool which may be used to lock a closure having a mova- Removable terraced peripheral edges on a rotating man-
ble sealing member over the opening of a contamer body drel are adapted to receive successive windings of thin fila-
/
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
23
ment in a plurality of separate layers to form reinforced com-
posite panels. The mandrel edges are reversed in position
between each winding step to permit winding of filaments at
stress-oriented cross-ply angles with a minimum of filament
wastage, after which the workpiece components are diffusion
bonded together. Rare earth oxides are used in stopoff
coatings to prevent bonding of workpiece materials in man-
drel surfaces.
: 3,638,299 •
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MOLDS
Paul Johnson Gamer, and Thomas Robert Stephen Collins,
both of Welwyn Garden City, England, assignors to Imperi-
al Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,463
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec 30, 1968,
61,659/68; Nov. 3, 1%9, 53,693/69
Int. CI. B23p / 7100, 25100
U.S. CI. 29-527.2 17 Claims
3,638301
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURTSG A VARIABLE
CAPACITANCE DIODE
Shigeo Matsuura, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Hitachi,
Ltd., Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
nied June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,810
Claims priority, application Japan, June 27, 1969, 44/5041 1
InL CI. BOlj 17100; HOll 7102
U.S. CI. 29-589 8 Claims
P"" N* N"
2 I 5
Producing a mold by forming a metal shell around a
model, the model being provided with a lip around its base
over which the metal shell is formed to key it to the model.
3,638300
FORMING IMPURITY REGIONS IN SEMICONDUCTORS
George Frederic Foxhall, Spring Township, Berks County,
Pa., and Robert Alan Moline, Gillette, NJ., assignors to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill,
NJi
Filed May 21,1 970, Ser. No. 39378
InL CI. BOlj 1 7100, HOll 7102
U.S. CI. 29—589 , 5 Claims
m.--!- Si
yPEtABRuPT JUNCTION
m*. 3
ABRUPT JJNCTION
m = i/2
GRADED JUNCTION
ni = i/3
LOG V
The specification describes a technique for fabricating
hyperabrupt silicon diodes with unusually sharp C-V charac-
teristics and with a high degree of control. The technique
employs an ion bombardment predeposit and a thermal diffu-
sion "drive-in" according to specifically prescribed condi-
tions.
A variable capacitance diode having an improved stepped
junction therein formed by epitaxially depositing a P type
layer on a N-l- silicon substrate, forming an N+ type layer on
the P" type layer, heating the produced segment to a high
temperature to cause the impurities contained in the N-l- type
layer and the N-l- type substrate to diffuse into the P" type
layer, whereby the P" type layer is converted to an N" typ>e
layer, and thereafter forming a P-l- type layer on the N-l- type
layer.
3,638302
METHOD OF MAKING ELECTROMAGNETIC CORES
Edmund J. Wilk, Adams, Mass., assignor to General Electric
Company
FUed SepL 21, 1967, Ser. No. 669,624
InL CI. HOlf 7/06
U.S. CI. 29-606 3 Claims
^Z^^U--^:^^'^^^,.'^^
A concentric magnetic core is assembled from a plurality
of precut laminations formed into the desired shap>e and an-
nealed. A pilot hole is then drilled in the cenlerline of the
uncut yoke of the formed core. The core is then linked w^th a
preformed coil or coils, with the pilot hole being used to in-
sure positive registration of the laminations during lacing
about the preformed coil or coils. A second pilot hole may be
drilled within the cut yoke to aid in closing the joints if
desired. A vibrating pilot pin may be used in the second pilot
hole to assure positive closure of the joint in each lamination
, 7
24
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638303
METHOD OF MAKING SENSING ELEMENTS FOR
RESISTANCE-TEMPERATURE PROBES
Mitsuaki Mochizuki, Kobe, Japan, assignor to Okazaki Manu-
facturing Company, Kobe, Japan
Filed Sept. 2, 1 969, Ser. No. 854.4 1 5
Claims priority, appUcation Jap«i, Sept. 6, 1968, 43/064097
Int. CI. HOlc 7/00,7 7/00
U.S. CI. 29-614 . 1 Claim
3,638,305
METHOD FOR FORMING THE VACUUMTIGHT
CLOSURE OF A THROUGH-CONNECTION
Karl-Heinz Bottcher, Munich-Schwabing, Germany, assignor
to U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuatiop of application Ser. No. 687,672, Dec. 4, 1967,
now abandoned. This application May 7, 1970, Ser. No.
37,384
Int. CI. HO\r 43/00
U.S. CI. 29—628 R 2 Claims
/
/
Resistance temperature probes having novel sensing ele-
ments are disclosed The resistance element is not wound on
a rigid support but is supported in a body of particulate,
dielectric refractory material. The disclosure includes
methods of fabricating the probes including calibration of the
resistance in situ.
An important feature resides in the method of incorporat-
ing the particulate refractory material into the probe Since it
is important to provide the most direct path for exchange of
heat between the environment and the sensing element, this
latter is allowed to be free-standing cind the space between
the same and the sheath, is filled with the refractory material.
In order not to deform or displace the sensing element, the
particulate material is deposited in a manner calculated to
provide such support, but not to subject the delicate re-
sistance wire to injurious forces.
A method of hermetically sealing a wire, such as a lead-in
conductor for an electrical device, in a metal tube in which
the wire is passed through the tube, a portion of the tube
constricted about the wire, and forcing the wire into one end
of the tube which causes the tube to bulge out and the wire
thickened beyond the initial diameter of the tube.
; 3,638,304
SEMICONDUCTIVE CHIP ATTACHMENT METHOD
Carl-E^sBleil, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corpdf'ation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,516
Int. CI. HOSk 3/30
U.S. CI. 29-626 5 Claims
3,638306
METHOD OF MAKING A COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
Henry N. Padowicz, Chatham Township, Morris County, N J.,
assignor to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated,
Murray Hill, NJ.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,072
Int. CI. HOlb 13/26
U.S. CI. 29-624 3 Claims
/
Thermoplastic .-^
1 >, aluminum
THERMOPLASTIC
P_A5TlC
iOl STEEL ''^"^ *"*''
(UNSOLDERED)
■ / ,.
A communications cable comprises a waterproof core of
conductors and a sheath including an unsoldered steel layer
for providing mechanical and rodent protection. The steel
layer is stretch-formed to attain a tightly registered longitu-
dinal seam which eliminates the necessity of soldering or
other means of mechanically joining the seam. Coatings of
appropriate thermoplastic materials are placed on the sur-
faces of the steel layer and drawn into the seam by capillary
action to provide a seal against water ingress.
A method for mounting a semiconductive chip on a sub-
strate, using integral leads, and a method for making the
leads. The techniques described are particularly useful in
making integral leads on a semiconductive chip which can be
flipped onto a complementary conductor network. The leads
are preferably, formed on the chip while the chip is still part
of a slice. The leads are simultaneously formed on the slice
by progressive solidification from a melt material, and the
slice subsequently diced to form the individual leaded chips.
, 3,638307
CUTTING SHEARS
Charlie G. Stewart, P.O. Box 327, Fairfield, Ala.
Filed Oct. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 872,615
Int. CI. B26b 13/26
U.S. CI. 30-193
7 Claims
A pair of shears including relatively swingable jaws and
relatively swingable levers The jaws are pivotally connected
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
25
for relative swinging about a first axis stationarily positioned
relative to both jaws and the levers are also connected for
relative swinging movement. The levers are further opera-
V
tively connected to the jaws for relative swinging of the latter
in response to relative swinging of the levers with the axis of
relative swinging of the jaws shifting relative to both levers
during relative swinging of the jaws.
I 3,638,308 ' /
RAZOR BLADES
Irwin W. Fischbein, Canton, Mass.; John D. Galligan;
Anthony M. Schwartz, both of Washington, D.C., and Wil-
liam S. Youngquist, Belmont, Mass., assignors to The Gil-
lette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed Feb. 1 , 1 968, Ser. No. 702,2 1 2
Int. CI. E26h 2 1/54; B30b 15/08
U.S. CI. 30-346.53 19 Claims
The present invention is concerned with improving the
shaving properties of razor blades. Generally the improve-
ments are brought about by applying a solid, water-resistant
polymeric polyether coating to the blade edge.
3,638,309
ARTinCIAL DENTURE
John P. Fnish, 704 Highland Drive, Pasadena, Calif.
Filql Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,904
Int. CI. A61c 13/00
U.S. CI. 32-2
16 Claims
A denture is constructed with molars in a first denture base
having flat chewing surfaces in a common plane. Elongated
ridges on opposing molars in a second denture base provide a
biting edge which makes continuous linear contact in centric
occlusion with the fiat surfaces in the same common plane.
TTie plane passes through upper portions of the retromolar
pads and the incisal edges of the central incisors, and is also
substantially parallel to a line passing through the hamular
notches. Parallel transverse ridges on the upper first or
second bicuspids engage the lower posterior biting edge in
protrusive movement to keep the denture bases seated
/ ■ , .
3,638,310
DENTAL HANDPIECE CONTROL '
George K. Austin, Jr., 604 Holly Drive, Newberg, Oreg.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,088
Int. CI. A61c9/00
U.S. CI. 32-22 21 Claims
A plurality of module control block assemblies individually
control to a plurality of dental handpieces the supplies of
drive air to the handpiece motors, and air and water coo-
lants, and also supply drive air pressure to a gauge The con-
trol block assemblies are clamped in series between distribut-
ing end blocks. A hanger assembly normally adapted to actu-
ate a control block assembly when a handpiece is lifted from
the hanger assembly has a manually operable lockout lever
which prevents such actuation to permit changing of burrs of
the handpiece or to inactivate that control block assembly.
3,638311 y
NAVIGATIONAL CALCULATOR
Henry Chin, 1 Davida Road, Buriington, Mass.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,109
Int. CI. G09b 29/00; G06g 1/00
U.S. CI. 33-1
6 Claims
\
A calculator for solving navigational problems, particulariy
adaptable for use by pilots of light planes The calculator is a
\
26
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
single sheet of nexible, transparent material having a set of
curves which, when used in conjunction with a navigational
chart, provide direct readings of speed, distance, time and
direction
\
3.638312
APPARATUS FOR CONCENTRATING ULTRAVIOLET
RADIATION, FOR CURING POLYMERIZABLE
COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR HARDENING
FILLING COMPOSITIONS IN DENTAL CAVITIES
John J. Swarc, North Versailles, Pa., and Thomas E. Doyle,
Port Washington, Wis., assignors to Freeman Chemical
Corporation, Port Washington, Wis.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,350
Int. CI. A6 Ik 5/02
U.S. CI. 32-15 1 Claim
shaped arch wire for resting on the front teeth of the wearer
and having a center portion pivolally attached by a wire to
the front portion of the bite plate for limiting the travel of the
elastic band.
/
3,638,314
AMALGAM CARRIER AND DISPENSER WITH
PRELOAD CAPSULE
Oscar lx)pez. 50 Edgewater Road, Cliffside Park, NJ., and
Juan Cesar Valdes, 404 46th St., Union City, N J.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,653
Int. CI. A61c5/04
U.S. CI. 32-60 5 Claims
J^
Method for curing polymerizable compositions employing
ultraviolet radiation exposure. The concentrated ultraviolet
radiation may be employed to cure certain polymerizable
resinous compositions which can be initiated by exposure to
ultraviolet radiation. The method is particularly useful for
curing dental cavity filling compositions quickly and with
nearly insignificant polymerization exotherm.
An amalgam carrier and ejector with preload capsule com-
pnses two parallel, elongated tubular members. The tubular
members each have a plunger and a common nozzle. One
member is adapted to receive an amalgam capsule from
which amalgam is extruded into the nozzle by the plunger of
one tubular nember and is ejected by the plunger of the
other tubular member The capsule has a tubular body, the
intenor of which is of increiising area toward the nozzle end
thereby elimirating any tendency to clog during the extrusion
of the amalgam
3,638^313
EXTRA ORAL DENTAL RETRACTOR AND BITE
OPENER
Alberto J. Cervera, Miquei Angel, 1, DPDO, Madrid, 10,
Spain
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,729
Int. CI. A61c 7100
U.S. CI. 32-14 D . 5 Claims
An extra oral dental retractor and bite opener having a L-
shaped outer arch wire for coupling to a wearer's neckband
and the U-shaped inner arch wire coupled in the center por-
tion thereof to the center portion of the U-shaped outer arch
wire; a flat bite plate coupled to the center portion of one or
both U-shaped arch wires and extending rearwardly
therefrom for separating the upper and lower front teeth of
the wearer; an elastic band coupled across the inner U-
3,638315
DAM RETAINING DENTAL BAND ASSEMBLY
I. Edward Brenner, 800 West Amerige Ave., FuUerton, Calif.
Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,397
Int. CI. A61c J//2
U.S. CI. 32— 63 . 5 Claims
An elongate resilient dental band that may be disposed to
form a tensioned loop that encircles a patient's tooth, and
when so situated have an apertured pliable sheet guided
downwardly thereover to contact the gingival, and the sheet
acting as a dam to isolate the banded tooth to maintain the
latter in a dry condition. An elongate appliance is provided
that is operatively associated with the band, with the ap-
pliance serving a twofold purpose, first to apply a desired
degree of tension to the band to maintain it in an encircling
position about a tooth, and secondly, to act as a guide to per-
mit an apertured dam to be slid longitudinally therealong,
and then downwardly over the banded tooth to engage the
gingival of the patient. The band is provided with dam-retain-
ing means that permit downward movement of the dam
thereover, but which engage the portion of the dam adjacent
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
27
the band to prevent the dam being inadvertently dislodged
from the tooth by an upward force being exerted thereon by
the patient's tongue.
, 3,638316 ^
PLIER-TYPE BAND PRY AND CUTTING TOOL FOR
ORTHODONTISTS
Anthony J. Cusato, Closter, NJ., assignor to Henry Mann,
Inc.. Feasterville, Pa.
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,131
Int. CI. A61c 7100
U.S. CI. 32— 66 I 10 Claims
vey indicia graduations carried in the external surface of the
hollow member The lower end of the hollow member is
sized and shaped to accommodate the upwardly extending
exposed end of a survey stake to support the rod in substan-
tially vertical position, facilitating one-man surveying opera-
tions. In one embodiment, a second hollow member is coaxi-
ally telescoped within the hollow member described above
and manually displaceable resilient stop means formed in the
outer member are provided to releasably position the inner
hollow member at a fully telescoped position and at a raised
position.
'• :■ r
K 36
/
3,638,318
DRAFTING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF USE
THEREOF
Thomas R. Herrmann, 5256 46th S.W., Seattle, Wash.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,988
Int. CI. A47b 27/00
U.S. CI. 33— 75 19 Claims
-' This invention pertains to a plier-type handtool for
orthodontists in which is provided jaws having either two
separate mating pairs or a dual purpose single pair of spe-
cially contoured jaws. In the preferred embodiment in which
the jaws have separate mating pairs on of the pairs is beak-
shaped to provide a pincer or pry means disposed to enter
the crack between a thin stainless steel band mounted on the
tooth of a patient and by urging the jaws toward each other
to hend or displace the band locally outwardly from the
tooth. The other pair of specially contoured jaw members are
cutting members disposed to compression cut the band at the
locally displaced area previously formed by the beak-shaped
pair of jaw portions. In another embodiment the beak-shaped
jaw pry portions are combined with compression-type cutting
segments or portions to provide means for simultaneously
prying from and cutting a thin metal band mounted on a
tooth of a patient.
ERRATUM . r '^
For Class 33 — 1 see:
Patent No. 3,638,311
I 3,638317
SURVEY ROD
Paul A. Felix, P.O. Box 32, Codidge, Ariz.
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,671
Int. CI. GOlc 15/06
U.S. CI. 33—74
A curved drawing board and an associatedly curved
rectangular parallel ruling slider mounted thereon. The
rectangular parallel ruling slider including glides extending
from each comer and making substantially point contact with
the curved drawing board such that when all glides are in
contact with the drawing board the edges of said parallel rul-
ing slider assume a constant spatial relationship with the sur-
face of said board such that lines drawn on a sheet of paper
on said board along these edges are either horizontal or verti-
cal.
^ A method of drawing horizontal or vertical lines by posi-
Udning a rectangular frame on a curved drawing board and
using the edges of said frame as a guide for drawing said
lines.
1 Claim
\
A lightweight survey rod assembly which includes an elon-
gate hollow formed of fusible plastic and having visible sur-
3,638319
DESIGNING TOY
Gordon A. Bariow, Evanston; Burton C. Meyer, and Marvin
I. Glass, both of Chicago, all of III., assignors to Marvin
Glass & Associates
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 848,856
Int. CI. B431 13/00
U^. CI. 33-18 R , 7 Claims
A mechanized drawing device which includes a frame on
which is mounted a plurality of power-operated movable
members such as a pair of wheels for moving the frame about
a marking surface. A battery-operated motor is mounted on
the frame to rotate the wheels and move the frame in a given
direction or path. A cam-operated device is driven by the
motor and is associated with one of the wheels to intermit-
tently render that wheel inoperative whereby the frame will
intermittently pivot about that wheel to move the frame out
of the given direction of travel A marking member is
\
28
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
mounted on the frame to trace the pattern of movement of
the frame on the markmg surface The cam device is readily
the viewing field of a telescope or refiex sight, in the form of
radial line markings. The radial line markings are associated
with at least one lead curve which is movable relative to the
line markings and is driven only as a function of the elevation
3.638,320
DRAFTING MACHINE SCALE LOCKING DEVICE
Allister L. Baker, Denville, N.J., assignor to Keuffel & Esser
Company, Morristown, N J.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,845
Int. CI. B43I 13102
U.S. CI. 33-79 R 7 Claims
replaceable by other cams having different configurations so ^
as to provide for varying tracing patterns.
aiming movement of the weapon Two lead curves are pro-
vided, each assigned to a respective different target speed
The lead curve assigned to the faster target speed is driven in
accordance with the sine function of the elevation angle of
the weapon, and the lead curve assigned to the slower target
speed IS driven in accordance with the cosine function of the
elevation angle of the weapon The radial line markings
present lead markings formed by interruptions therein as well
as by their inner ends adjacent the cross hairs of the viewing
field
r 3,638322
GUIDEBAR
Elmer Harold Cunningham, Box 552, Bowie, Tex.
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,536
Int. CI. B43I 1124 •
U.S. CI. 33— 81
8 Claims
The jam-fit connection between the tapered channel of a
drafting machine protractor head scale arm and a like-
tapered chuckplate of a drafting scale or rule is relieved by a
split in the channel portion of the scale arm A detachable
retainer clip laterally containing the split portion of the scale
arm ensures a firm union between the scale arm and the scale
chuckplate during drafting operations, yet may readily be
removed to allow the channeled portion of the scale arm to
spread and release the engaged scale chuckplate Scales may
thus be readily removed and replaced without excessive force
being applied to the protractor head.
3,638,321
AIMING DEVICE FOR LIGHT WEAPONS
PARTICULARLY FOR COMBATING MOVING AIR
TARGETS
Hans Egiin, Geneva, ^tzerland', assignor to Mathema Cor-
poration, reg. Trust, Vaduz, Liechtenstein
Filed Nov. S 1969, Ser. No. 874.232
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1968, P 18 15
992.7 I
Int. C\.F4lg 3 108
L.S. CI. 33-49 B * Claims
A device for determining lead values, appears with the lead
directions being represented as apparent fiight directions, in
A guidebar which may be positioned . at intervals over a
work surface by affixing fastening elements on the ends of
the guidebar to evenly spaced mating members positioned
along the margins of the work surface. The guidebar has two
or more fastening elements on each end. The fastening ele-
ments on each end are at an interval unequal to that between
the mating members along the margins so that the guidebar
may be fixed at intervals on the work surface which are equal
or unequal to the distance between the mating members posi-
tioned along the margins of the work surface.
\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
29
~\ 3,638323
MEASURING DEVICE
Robert O. Groe, 3328 N. Page St., Chicago, III.
. . ■ Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 5,779
Int. CI. GOlbi/20
U.S. CI. 33-162
■
'^ 3,638,325 I
VERTICAL ALIGNMENT GAUGE
Albert V. Petrik, 2866 Joyce Road, Roslyn. Pa.
Filed Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No'. 866.995
Int. CI. GOlc 15/W
9 Claims U.S. CI. 33-216
2 Claims
iv
».
r
3,638,324
GAGE
Cass Kaifesh, 9947 Corella, Whittier. Calif.
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,356
U.S. CI. 33-
Int. CI. GOlb 5/12, 5116, 5/28
174 *
A gage including a supporting structure, a first finger ele-
ment mountable in fixed relationship on the supporting struc-
ture and a second finger element movably mounted on the
supporting structure. The finger elements are insertable into
a bore to provide a measurement thereof A squaring
member is mounted on the supporting structure and is en-
gageable with the outer face of the work to control the angle
at which the fingers project into the bore.
^
A measuring instrument comprising a pair of tnangular
relatively suitable blocks having hypotenusal mating surfaces
and parallel base surfaces, correlated registering measuring
indicia on respective sides of the blocks, a tongue and groove
interlock between said blocks, and a resilient deformable
material such as nylon interposed between the tongue and
groove releasably holding the parts in incrementally adjusted
positions as the blocks are relatively moved along the mating
surfaces, and a screw threaded through one block and en-
gageable with the tongue on the other block for locking the
blocks against accidental displacement
A telescopically adjustable tubular constructjon for upnght
arrangement having a central opening in its upper end and
permanent magnet means extending laterally from an upper
region of the tubular construction for holding engagement
with a doorjamb or the like, a standoff member adjacent to a
lower region of the tubular construction, a window provided
in a lower region of the tubular construction, and plumb bob
means suspended interiorly of the tubular construction
visually accessible through the window
23 Claims
3,638326
ROLLER LEVELER WITH QUICK LIFT UPPER ROLL
UNIT
Elbert Gordon Thompson, State College, and Max F. Alters,
Pleasant Gap, both of Pa., assignors to Sutton Engineering
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. t^
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,749
Int. CI. G01bJ/J«
U.S.CL 33-182 ^ , 6 Claims
^' \
A roller leveler housing has end frames at the opposite
ends of a bed and vertically movable top beam Between the
30
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
bed and beam is a vertically spaced pair of roll units, the
upper one of which is suspended from the beam. At the ends
of tf\e housing there are vertical screws, the lower ends of
which are connected to the upper part of the end frames for
limited vertical movement. Nuts mounted on the screws are
rotatably connected to the top beam, and means are pro-
vided for turning the nuts to adjust the beam up and down
the screws. Connecting the top beam to the bed of the hous-
ing are fluid pressure operated means that normall> hold the
screws in their lower position, but can be reversed to quickly
lift the top beam until the screws reach their upper position.
3,638329
I APPARATUS FOR TREATMENT OF SHEET
STRUCTURES
William Geoffrey Parr, Pontypooi, England, assignor to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,521
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 19, 1969,
25,492/69
Int. CI. F26b 11102
U.S. CI. 34 122 10 Claims
3,638^27
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ALUMINUM
CHLORHYDROXIDES
Edward F. Levy, Newtonville; Roy H. Karlson, Newton, and
Ursula E. Homig, Jamaica Plain, all of Mass., assignors to
The Gillette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,153
Int. CI. F26b 5106
U.S. CI. 34-5 2 Claims
The present invention is concerned with novel aluminum
chlorhydroxides which have substantially improved solubility
in alcohols and with processes for preparing such chlor-
hydroxides. Generally, the chlorhydroxides of the present in-
vention are produced by freeze drying aluminum chlor-
hydroxides from aqueous solutions.
3,638,328
FEED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING
EQUIPMENT
Paul E. Solt, Allentown, Pa., assignor to Fuller Company
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,447
Int.Cl. F26bi/0*
U.S.CL 34-10 10 Claims
-^=;^.-n
Apparatus for the continuous treatment of sheet structures
with a gaseous fluid under low controlled mechanical pres-
sures, in which the sheet structure is supported between a
nondeformable, impervious movable member and a porous,
conformable, movable member, the porous member forming
for at least part of the distance over which it and the rigid
member are in contact with the sheet structure a wall of a
chamber within which the treatment fluid is maintained.
3,638330
WEB SUPPORT NOZZLES FOR DRIER
Arthur G. Stout, Lincolnwood, 111., assignor to Web Press En-
gineering, Inc.
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,855
Int. CI. F26b 13100
U.S. CI. 34-156 12 Claims
Xg ^
:> I
An arrangement for controlling the supply of material to
processing equipment such as a fluidized bed reactor The
system employs a material-regulating valve which is respor-
sive to the flow of gaseous fluid through the system. The
gaseous fluid entrains the material and feeds it to the
processing equipment. A condition such as the temperature
of the processing equipment is continuously monitored and
compared to a standard. The difference between the stan-
dard and the actual condition is used to control a variable
restriction in the gaseous fluid supply line which in turn con-
trols the amount of material admitted to the gaseous fluid
supply line.
A nozzle structure for a web-drying apparatus, in which a
web is supported between upf>er and lower pressurized air-
flows, is provided by a plurality of airflow passageways ar-
ranged in a honeycomb configuration, each passageway
being supplied through a supply orifice of smaller cross sec-
tion than the cross section of the passageway, and with the
honeycomb providing multiple transverse rows in juxtaposi-
■^
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
31
tion so as to provide an elongated layer of air between the stantially half that of the first writing band for separating
nozzle and the web which operates to prevent contact each of the series of colored lines, the second writing band
between the web and the nozzle during high-speed transport being colored so as to visibly distinguish the second wriung
through the drier. band from the fir^t writing band.
\
3,638331 * 3 638333 \
GRAIN-DRYING DEVICE SNOWSHOE AND HARNESS
Vincent B. Steffen, 3 N. Walnut Ave., New Hampton, Iowa Hans W. Sprandel, 7715 Beach St. N.E., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,985
Int. CI. F26b 19100; AOlf 25100
U.S. CI. 34-231
V
\'
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,543
Int. CI. A63c 13100
9 Claims U.S. CI. 36—4.5
8 Claims
r
4 —
^^7 If
'Z
An improvement for drying grain in a grain bin is disclosed
herein. This improvement comprises a plurality of staves hav-
ing, in cross section, an undulating configuration. Tlie staves
are disposed in an upright manner and in spaced relation in a
drying bin. Dry ^ir from the plenum chamber moves verti-
cally up the staves in the undulations and creates a vertical
drying front in addition to the horizontal drying front. Addi-
tionally, dry air is introduced into the apex of the bin by
these staves thereby keeping it dry and minimizing spoilage
of the upper layers.
3,638332
WRITING READINESS PAPER
Ann M. Jones, Route 1, Box 286, Greenville, N.C.
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,067
Int. CI. G09b 11104
U.S. CI. 35-37
A molded plastic snowshoe including a frame with webbing
therebetween and a transversely extending pivot with a
horizontal opening defined in the snowshoe immediately in
front of the pivot. A one-piece molded plastic harness in-
cludes two straps which encircle the pivot and extend around
the rear of a boot and a third strap that forms a loop to
receive and hdd the toe of the boot. Thus, the harness
pivotally engages the boot on the snowshoe and the opening
in the snowshoe allows the toe of the boot to pass
therethrough during perambulation.
3,638334
TRAINING GARMENT
5 Claims *^**»*' ^*- Malikowski, South 150 Chestnut, Spokane, Wash.
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,812
Intel. G09by/00
U.S.CI.35-8R 2 Claims
\
Writing readiness paper for aiding teachers in teaching
very young children to print on the proper lines thereof con-
sisting of a sheet of paper having a plurality of series of dif-
ferent colored horizontal parallel lines thereon, each of the
series of colored lines comprising an upper green line and a
lower red line, the green and red lines being separated by a
first writing band, a yellow line dividing the first writing band
substantially in half, a second writing band of a width sub-
A training garment for assisting in teaching persons to
fasten articles of clothing. A simulated vest or trouser front is
provided with sensory identifying fastening elements cor-
responding to those found on conventional articles of
clothing. Indicia such as color is used to assist in the recogni-
tion of the proper operative relationship of the fastener ele-
ments. Specifically, matching colors, buttons and buttonholes
and contrasting zipper elements are provided.
32
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638335
EDUCATIONAL DEVICE
Allan A. Gundersen, Sinking Spring, and Fred T. Ramsey,
Oley, both of Pa., assignors to Wyomissing Corporation
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,777
tat. CI. G09b 7 7/04
U.S. CI. 35-36 i 9 Claims
A self-instructive, autocorrective device is provided as may
be useful, for example, for teaching the formation of charac-
ters, such as letters, geometric shapes and indicia. The device
comprises a work surface having first and second areas ini-
tially indistinguishable from each other. A color change or
formation can be induced in either the first or second area by
contacting them with a marking element. The areas differ
from each other in that the color change or development in
the first area is substantially instantaneous while the color
change or development in the second area does not become
visible for a delayed period of time. Accordingly, the device
is self-instructive since it provides an immediate reward to
the student when the writing instrument is moved within the
first area, and it is autocorrective since, after the exercise has
been completed, a color change or development becomes
visible in the second area to indicate the extent to which the
student may have strayed from the first area in performing
the prescribed exercise.
ERRATUM
For Class 36 — 4.5 see:
Patent No. 3,638,333
3,638336
PROTECTIVE SHOE INSERT
Jack J. Silverman, 15 Cypress Road, Eastchester, N.V.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,345
Int. CI. A43b 13/38
U.S. CI. 36— 44 ! 3 Claims
■V
to conform to the insole of the shoe and having a sculptured
heel portion to cup the heel of the wearer in the space
between the counter of the shoe and the insole. The insert is
formed by an underlayer of foamed, closed-cell, flexible
plastic material of high density, laminated to a face layer of a
fabnc which is longitudinally stretchable to facilitate sliding
of the foot within the shoe.
3,638,337
' SHOE CLEAT CONSTRUCTION '
Harry C. Dollar, Jr., Mebane, N.C., assignor to Econo-Kleat
Company, Incorporated
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,042
Int. CI. A43c 15100 •
U.S. CI. 36-67 R 8 Claims
A shoe having one or more cleats rigidly secured to the
outer surface thereof by adhesive. Each cleat includes in-
tegral shank and base portions of plastic or metal having
depressions with the base portion positioned adjacent the
shoe sole or heel
3,638338
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEEP SEA DREDGING
Arthur J. Nelson, 3304 Shasta Drive, San Mateo, Calif.
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873,985
Int. CI. E02f 3/88
U.S. CI. 37-65 11 Claims
»-
-*
r>-
;.<, '-/ ,/*
^
A pair of cutters and a dredge pump mounted to a lower-
most pc:)ntoon is immersed to penetrate the floor of a body of
water employing an indicator to limit the depth of cut for the
pendulous traverse over a selected floor area. Anchors are
selectively embedded into the floor remote to the dredged
area to which wires are connected extending from powered
winches mounted on the lowermost pontoon. The extended
I anchored wires are intermediately supported by a buoyed
A protective insert for a shoe, the insert being contoured pendant so as to elevate those wires off the, floor to avoid
/
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
33
prolonged dragging and contaminating effect to them. Con-
sequential with the catenary curve resulting from that eleva-
tion, a tension is developed creatmg an artificial demand of a
slacked wire paid off one of a pair of identical winches at a
greater rate than the opposite wire hauled-in to effect the
pendulous swing established by a wire fixed to an anchor axi-
ally central with but remote to the selected area. Each p)en-
dulous swing is at a radius shortened by a winch oriented in
mounting with the two identical winches so that all wires lead
from the winch as tangent lines direct to the anchor. The
anchors are relocated by towing on a surfaced conduit pen-
dant extending to a lower buoy of cidjustable support capaci-
ty secured by a cable pendant to the anchor whereby the
buoy lift capacity is increased to free the embedded anchor
off Uie floor.
An articulatfve conduit in fluid communication hfetween
the pump and a delivery terminal on a surfaced service sta-
tion is supported as a suspended tensioned array stabilized by
immersed pontoons of selected and automatically adjusted
support capacity responsive to changes encountered. An ar-
rangement of hoists, structural provisions and utilization of
pontoons common with the array facilitate the transfer of ob-
jects to and from the service station and the array to modify
the dredging apparatus
3,638339
SLIT TRENCH DIGGING APPARATUS
Albam M. Vik, New Brighton, Minn., assignor to Inventors
Engineering Inc., Fridley, Minn.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 732,970, May 29, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No.
61,828
Int. CI. E02f 5/02
V.S. CI. 37-98 I 9 Claims
3,638340
COMBINATION LABEL FOR PACKAGED PRODUCT
AND PRINTED-ON REMOVABLE DECAL
Lawrence A. Gottschalk, Montrose, N.Y., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Fikd Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,574
Int. CI. A44c 3/00
U.S. CI. 40-2 3 Claims
Disclosed is the novel combination of a label for a
packaged product and a removable, .water-soluble decal
printed onto the label.
3,638,341
ROTARY SIGN DEVICE
John E. Holmes, Leeds, N. Dak.
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873,981
Int. CI. G09f 7 7/02. 7/02
U.S. CI. 40-39
2 Claims
An excavating t»lade projects downwardly from a
framework into the earth with an energizing mechanism con-
nected to the blade for intermittently forcing portions of the
blade laterally against the sidewalls of the trench to compress
the earth adjacent to the blade. TTie trench is in this way
formed by lateral pressure. The blade can be mounted for
oscillation through an arc of 20° about a vertical axis. A
motor oscillates the blade about this axis at a frequency of
about 150-400 cycles per minute
.^.
The invention comprises a transparent sign having a pair of
transparent center panels fitted into a sleeve. The center
panels surround a display card and the sign has wind receiv-
ing recesses which receive the wind for rotating the sign
3,638342
DISPLAY APPARATUS
Frank T. Winslow, 4611 South Whipple, Chicago, 111., and
Robert B. SUnish, 3023 South Farrell, Chicago, III.
Ji'iled Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,925
Int. CI. G09f 7.^/24
U.S. CI. 40-106.21 13 Claims
A liquid that is opaque or translucent and colored is drawn
out of passageways in one or several aligned transparent
plastic vacuum-formed passageway panels from one or more
S95 O.G.— 2
34
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Febkuary 1, 1972
than one outlet in each panel to uncover hnes and areas on
one or several design panes, which lines and areas overlie
portions of the passageways to form a design of either of two
types, which are: ( 1 ) formed of lines that are opaque on an
opaque background of different color with the design being
positioned behind a passageway panel so that the lines of the
design are uncovered to daylight as the liquid is drained out
of the passageway panel; and (2) with the lines forming the
accommodated, which closes the well and conforms to the
outside surface of the butt on the right-hand side thereof. De-
tent means are carried by said magazine and said butt and
■7
y-7
/s '/
3c
design being transparent or translucent with an opaque
background and aligned with a lamp so that the passageways
permit light to shine through the transparent or translucent
lines and areas as the liquid is withdrawn. In each of the em-
bodiments special display effects are obtainable through the
use of bubbles, ultraviolet light and color mixing.
3,638343
OCCASIONAL CARD
Qyde S. West, 620 Comet Drive, San Mateo, CaUf.
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,121
InLCI.G09f //OO
U.S. CI. 40-124.1
13 Claims
releasably hold said magazine in position in said well. Said
detent means comprise at least one spring-loaded detent ele-
ment which is carried by said magazine and interlocks with
said butt
' 3,638345
ADJUSTABLE PURSE RING STRIPPER
Morris L. Whaley, 4140 The Hill Road, Bonita, CaliL
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 864,138
Int. CI. AOlk 73112
U.S. CI. 43-8 9 Claims
h~i3
16
An occasional card comprises a flat back panel having a
front panel portion secured at marginal edges thereof to the
back panel to form a pocket therebetween. A cover panel is
hingedly connected to the front panel portion by a scoreline
to form a receptacle along with the pocket adapted to have
an insert card positioned therein.
3,638344
RIFLE STOCK WITH A DETACHABLE SPARE
MAGAZINE CONTAINED THEREIN
Kari Wagner, and Horst Wesp, both of Steyr, Austria, as-
signors to Steyr-Dalmler-Puch Aktiengesellschaft, Vienna,
Austria
FUed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 857,637
Claims priority, application Austria, Sept. 27, 1968, A
9422/68
Int. CI. F41c 23100. 25100
U.S. CI. 42-71 R 4 Claims
The butt of the rifle is formed on its right-hand side with a
well, in which a drum-shaped spare magazine is removably
'
M *^*.- 44
10 '•'
t
2
. It
' \2
In the operation of recovering a purse seine loaded with
fish, a pickup line is passed through the gathered purse rings
and attached at one end to a prong mounted on the side of
the boat By hoisting the other end of the pickup line the
rings are made to slide on the prong and are retained in
order, without the need for manual handling. When the
empty net is being stowed, the rings strip off the prong in
proper order The prong is adjustable to an angularly up-
wardly extending position for purse seining, wherein the net
is hauled through an overhead power block for stowage, and
to a generally horizontal position for drum seining, wherein
the stowed net is rolled on a drum.
February l, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
35
3,638346
FISHING TRAP
Julian Stein, 338 Farrway Drive. Franklin Square, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 770.032. Oct. 2.^.
1968, now Patent No. 3,494,064. This application Feb. 9,
1970, Ser. No. 9,539
Int. CI. AOlk 79/02, 71100
U^. CI. 43-17.1 11 Claims
/
A fishing trap enclosure having a trapping section and a
storage section connected thereto by a gate. The trapping
section has an opening with cone-shaped guide ends con-
nected to it. The enclosure is held with the opening facing
the direction of current flow. Simulated flotsam and/or chum
pots are located in a gathering area in front of the opening.
Long-range directional sonic repelling devices are spaced
around the gathering area so as to concentrate the fish into
the gathering area. Other directional sonic devices drive the
concentration of fish into the trap.
3,638347
SINKER
Rudolph J. Kochevar, 252 Arbolada Drive, Arcadia, Calif.
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,823
Int. CI. AOlk 85100^ ^
IJ.S. CI. 43-42.39 ' 17 Claims
A sinker comprising a particulate mass of sinker composi-
tion of readily manually moldable, substantially heavy
material is attachable to a fishing line assembly. The sinker
composition has a generally puttylike consistency and may be
of the hardening or nonhardening type. A readily deformable
binder may be used with the sinker composition to hold the
particles together.
3,638348
EVERSET ELECTRIC RODENT TRAP
WiUiam J. Lusk, 9452 W. 130th St., StrongsviUe, Ohio
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,863
Int. C|. AOlm 23138
U.S. CI. 43-75
1 Claim
/r
A base having an inclined forward wall, a housing mounted
upon the base with a forward end of the housing extending
over the inclined wall, the lower end of the housing having an
access opening for a rodent, the housing containing an elec-
tric solenoid for closing together a pair of jaws against a
rodent therebetween and who has been reaching toward a
bait in a bait chute above the jaws, the tugged bait closing an
electric switch for completing an electric circuit to the sole-
noid and closing the jaws.
3,638349 j
OIL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING COPOLYMERS OF
ETHYLENE AND VINYL ESTERS OF C^ TO C^
MONOCARBOXYLIC ACID ETHYLENICALLY
UNSATURATED
Max J. Wisotsky, Edison, and HaroM N. Miller, Millington,
both of NJ., assignors to Esso Research and Ejigineering
Company
Filed Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 717,914
InLCI. CIOI 1114
L.S. CI. 44-62 4 Claims
Copolymers of 6,500 to 50,000 and preferably of 7,000 to
1 5,000 number average molecular weight, comprising 3 to 40
molar proportions of ethylene per molar proportion of vinyl
ester of C2 to Cj monocarboxylic acid are flow improvers for
distillate mineral oil, e.g. middle distillate fuel oil
3,638350
TOY
Lyie A. Wiggen, Fort Collins, Cok>., assignor to Fantastic Fu-
tures Inc., Fort Collins, Colo.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,955
Int. CI. A63h 1132
U.S. CI. 46-47 1 Claim
A toy of the type in which movement of a plurality of balls
or marbles is controlled by manipulation of a ball-supporting
surface. A hollow annular casing is supported upon a resilient
pedestal with the casing axis in a normally maintained verti-
4
i'
36
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
cal position. By tilting the casing upon its pedestal, balls or
marbles within the casing may be set into or maintained in
motion in one or more circular paths defined by annular
shoulders within the casing.
3,638351
DUAL ACTION PHONETIC DOLL
VVitold W. Kosicki, Columbia, and Charles M. Hollingsworth,
West Columbia, both of S.C, assignors to Horsman Dolls
Inc., Columbia, S.C.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,861
Int. CI. A63h 5/00
U.S. CI. 46-117 . 13 Claims
-^-^
nng which grips the shaft A hub element is detachably
secured to the wheel, with the spring occupying a recess
between wheel and hub elements to limit their movement on
the shaft i
A The Problem
Small children playing with mechanical toy building sets
often have difficulties in securing pinions, pulleys, discs and
similar wheel elements on shafts when building vehicles or
other mechanical devices Fastening such wheel elements on
the shafts generally requ res the use of tools or accessories
which are difficult to handle for small children.
B The Solution
Two essential features are required for solving this
problem, and the invent. on consists in the combination of
these features
a. To provide a shaft having a noncircular cross section
and v\heel elements having a complemcntarv hole, so as to
enable the child to mount the u heels on the shaft by pushing
them thereon from one end. thereby fixing the v\ heels on the
shaft so as to prevent relative rotational movement
b. To provide a frictional fit between the shaft and the
wheels so that axial displacement can onK be effected b\
overcoming the friction therebetueen. To this end a cylindri-
cal recess is provided in the wheel element surrounding the
central hole therein and an annular spring is located in the
cylindrical recess in such a manner as to exert a radial pres-
sure against the shaft. thereb\ increasing the frictional resist-
ance against axial displacement of the wheels relatively to the
shaft. The functioning of this spring is automatic and requires
no skill or attention on tne part of the user.
c. The shaft may be tapered at one end. so as to facilitate
the mounting of the wheels.
d The width of the cylindrical recess or cavity within the
wheel is greater than the thickness of the spring to prevent >
the spring from being jammed withm the cylindrical recess.
e. The cylindrical cavity or recess is closed so as to totally
enclose the annular sprirg by means of a hub element assem-
bled with the side of the wheel
A dual action phonetic doll in which a single tweeter
mechanism is actuated both by gravity when the doll is laid
on its back and in response to squeezing of dlie or both of its
arms to cause the doll to emit a cry, the character of which
can be modified by varying the manner in which the arrr.s are
squeezed. ,
3,638,353
AQUANAUT TOY PROPULSION ASSEMBLY
Oidrich Fryc. IngleHood. Calif.; David T. Okada, Piscataway,
N J., and George E. Robson, Torrance, Calif., assignors to
Mattel. Inc.. Hawthorne. Calif.
Filed Feb. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 8,279
Int. CI. A63h2J//(;
U.S. CI. 46-^92 2 Claims
3,638,352
SPLi5jED shaft AND WHEEL RETAINED THEREON BY
SPRING AND HUB ELEMENT
Godtfred Kirk Christiansen, Billund, Denmark, assignor to
Interlego A.G., Zug, Switzerland
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,718^
Claims priority, application Denmark, Feb. 3, 1969, 573/69
Int.CI. A63h JJ//0
U.S. CI. 46-23 1 Claim
A toy propulsion unit which pulls an aquanaut figure
through the water, the figure being bendable so that it can be
angled to cause the unit to dive or run in a circle. A frame
for coupling the figure to the drive unit includes a pair of
laterally spaced pontoon-shaped members joined together by
A construction toy including a splined shaft and a wheel a pair of vertically spaced connecting members, the drive
element nonrotatably fitting thereon and retained by a spring unit being held between the connecting memb)ers. Each pon-
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
37
toon-shaped member has a hollow rear end for receiving a 3,638356
hand of the aquanaut figure, and a vertically oriented pin WHEEL FOR A TOY CAR
that traps the hand of the figure therein. Harvey W. La Branche, Palos Verdes Peninsula. Calif., as-
signor to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Aug. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 66,671
3,638354 \ % * Int. CI. A63h 1 7/26
MOBILE TOY L.S. CI. 46-221 7 Claims
Howard J. Morrison, Highland Park, III., assignor to Marvin
Glass & Associates
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,575 \
Int. CI. A63h / / 04 ^
U.S. CI. 46-132 5 Claims
A mobile toy of the type having suction cups connected
medially to tandem axles pivoted in a frame The ^iles are
paired together for rotation Feet members are mounted on
opposite ends of each of the axles to hold one axle against
rotation while the frame pivots abt^ut the axle and the other
axle pivots relative to the frame and first axle Fingerlike pry-
ing members project forwardly and rearwardly from above
and below the frame for prying the suction cups loose from
the supporting surface as the mobile toy advances in an end
over end fashion The toy is particularly suited for end over
end movement downwardly of a generally upright supporting
surface with the movement of the toy being responsive to the
force of gravity.
3,638355
WHISTLE FOR MOVING THROUGH AIR
Carl E. Stoecklin, 4171 Homelawn Ave, Cheviot, Ohio
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,838
Int. CI. A63h / 1100
U.S. CI. 46— 179 7 Claims
1
It • 1? .
JA
'y^7
'^v-^/'
^/
v.^/
^f\^>^v|ii"'v^^
^/'-■j.---
r
A wheel which simulates a wide track tire with a decora-
tive hub comprising a tire member which can receive a
variety of different "mag wheels" or hubx:ap members. The
tire member is cup shaped, with tapered inner walls for
tightly receiving a hubcap member pressed therein Tlie hub-
cap member has a tubular portion which receives a protrud-
ing hub portion of the tire member as the hubcap member is
pressed into place, to prevent tilting of the hubcap member.
3,638,357
MECHANISM WHICH INCLUDES AN OBJECT
ARRANGED TO TRAVEL FREELY ON A SURFACE
Karl Heinz Gcoh, 2. 8752 Mainsschaff uber Aschaffenburg.
•Sandweg, Germanv .
Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838399
Claims priority, application Germany, July 8, 1968, P 17 03
770.6
Int. CI. A63h iJ/26
U.S. CI. 46-240
•«.-;-.^*
A air whistle which includes spaced annular plates, a tubu-
lar wall connecting the plates and surrounding openings in
the plates, and a tubular stem mounted on one of the plates
surrounding the opening thereof and extending outwardly
thereof When the whistle is drawn through the air, stem first,
it emits a piercing sound.
A device for use as a toy or in driver instruction in which a
toy or model vehicle is guided over a marked upper surface
by a motor-driven object that is freely movable over an un-
derlying lower surface. A magnetic link is established
between the object and the toy or model vehicle and the ob-
ject is steered by controlling the speeds of rotation of its
wheels. A flat striplike cable supplies electric power to the
object and tangling of the cable is avoided by surrounding
the object with a member which is rotatable relative thereto,
the cable extending between said member and a fixed control
panel.
\'
38
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638^58 ' 3,638360
WINDOW-OPERATING APPARATUS PIVOT WINDOW
Gordon A. Masons 41 Lamont Ave., Agincourt, Ontario, Dyre Vaa. 3890 Ytre Viiye, Norway
Canada Filed May 7. 1970, Ser. No. 35,328
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,194 Claims priority, application Norway, May 19, 1969, 2040/69
Int. CI. EOSf y J/00 Int. CI. EOSd J 5/40
U.S. CI. 49-325 10 Claims U.S. CI. 49-248 2 Claims
: \
A push-pull actuator device for opening and closing win-
dows and the like. The actuator device consists of a housing
having a winding drum rotatably mounted therein and a flexi-
ble extensible member mounted on the winding drum. The
flexible extensible member is in the form of a tightly coiled
spring which may be stored within the housing by winding it
on to the winding drum or it may extend from the housing in
a straight line to open a window and hold the window in the
open position.
I ' 3^38359
PROTECTIVE SEALING STRIP
Werner Knischwitz, Viersen/Rhincland, Germany, assignor to
Draftex, GmbH, Viersen, Rhineland, Germany
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,709
Claims priority, application Germany, July 24, 1969, P 19 38
, . s 223.1
Int. CI. E06b 7/2i
U.S. CI. 49-490 6 Claims
Pivot window which, at two opposing comers of the sash,
preferably the two upper corners, is slidably connected to the
frame by means of a groove/pivot means; a mounting on both
sides of the window supporting the window sash during
pivotal movement thereof beyond the frame. The mountings
are arranged at the center of the frame portions which are
provided with grooves, and the mountings are constituted by
extendible arms which are rigidly connected to the frame and
articulated to the sash The extendible arms are effected on
the lazy-tong principle i
3,638,361
RUBBER MOLDINGS FOR AUTOMOBILE WINDOWS
Herman S. Church, Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio, assignor to
Teledyne Mid- America Corporation, Hartville, Ohio
Filed May 11, 1970TSer. No. 36342
Int. CI. E06b 7/23
U.S. CI. 49-479 6 Claims
A U-shaped protective sealing strip adapted to be mounted
on a support, especially for sealing doors and trunk lids of
automobiles, comprising a sealing profile connected to one
leg of the U-shaped sealing strip and having a portion extend-
ing about such one leg into the space between such one leg
and the other leg of the U-shaped sealing strip, the profile
portion being provided with holding ribs for engagement with
the support.
V
A generally triangular reinforced rubber gasket for au-
tomobile quarter vent windows having a metal reinforcing
strip embedded and molded in two of the triangular gasket
leg members The diagonal reinforcing strip leg has integral
offset attachment .means and a bendable end tab for mount-
/ !
February 1, 19"2
/
, GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
\
39
ing the gasket in a window frame The reinforced horizontal are presented in proper sharpening relationship to the end
gasket leg is formed with dram means and an opening for a face of the stone There is also means for mdexing the knife
window pivot post. The reinforced gasket has usual flanges
for sealing with the window frame and also with the window
glass when the latter is in closed position.'
' 3,638362
PORTABLE GRINDER APPARATUS
Gottlieb Stoll, Wakdackerweg 58, 73 Esslingen am Neckar,
Germany
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,643
Claims priority, application Germany, July 29, 1969, P 19 38
350.7
Int.CI. B24b2i,00
U.S. CI. 51-170 MT 9 Claims
A portable grinding apparatus has a working plate movably
mounted on a casing and oscillatable by a motor carried by
the casing. The plate includes a top member having
downwardly directed flanges and a bottom member adapted
to carry on its lower surface on abrasive material and closing
the open bottom of the top member. A pipe for connection
to a suction device extends through the top member into the
interior of the space between the top and bottom members.
The bottom member and the grinding material have aligned
holes to allow the flow of air and entained chips through the
space to the outlet pipe.
cylinder to present a new knife for sharpening after sharpen-
ing of one knife has been completed.
3,638364
GUARD DEVICE FOR MACIflNE TOOLS
George L. Grove, Cincinnati; Irving J. Stewart, Montgomery,
and Lloyd W. Helson, MHford, all of Ohio, assignors to Cin-
cinnati Milacron Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,619
Int. Ci. B24b 55/04
U.S. CI. 51-269 3 Claims
/
.&^
3,638363
SHARPENERS FOR CUTTING REELS
WUmer E. Witt; Eugene A. Sousek, and Clyde A. Clish, all of
/ Appleton, Wis., assignors to Koehring Company, Milwau>
kee.Wis.,
Continuation of application Ser. No. 687,528, Dec. 4, 1967.
This application June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,192
Int. CI. B24b 19/00
U.S. CI. 5 1 —249 20 Claims
A rotatable grinding disk is supported on the frame of a
cutting reel for movement in a straight line, back and forth
across the knife cylinder assembly. It is also supported, in
conjunction with a cover, for swinging movement into and
out of operative position. There is means including a cam rod
and mechanical linkages for transmitting rotary motion to the
knife cylinder as the grinding stone progresses axially so that
all portions of the cutting edge of an angled or helical knife
An improved cutting lool guard system utilizing a deforma-
ble spacer as an energy dissipator. The deformable spacer is
placed between a cutting tool guard and rigid structure by
which the guard is secured to the machine base. In the event
of a sudden energy release caused by cutting tool fracture,
the deformable spacer dissipates excess energy dunng defor-
mation by allowing displacement of the cutting tool guard.
40
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972"
3.638,365
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING FITTING
COVERS
Dillard Breeding, Nashville. Tenn.. assignor to Breeding Insu-
lation Company. Inc., Nashville, Tenn.
Original application June 3, 1968, Ser. No. 734.017, now
Patent No. 3.574.972. Divided and this application Apr. 30,
1970. Ser. No. 43.620
Int. CI. B24by/6)0
U.S. CI. 51-281 8 Claims
Abrasive means are employed to shape covers for conduit
fittings from blocks of insulation material, illustratively foam
plastic or fiberglas. The covers are formed in hsilf sections
and are employed in pairs; and
Apparatus for use in a system of forming insulation for
pipe fittings such as elbow and T-sections, the apparatus in-
cluding a work support and a rotalable shapping element
projecting thereabove, in which a block of insulation material
is moved against the shaping element in a controlled path of
travel.
3.638366
LAPPING METHOD FOR METALLIC WORKPIECES
Norman M. Gamache, Worcester, Mass., assignor to Norton
Company, Worcester, Mass.
FiledDec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,867 {
Int.CI. B24b//00
IJ.S. CI. 51-326 1 Claim
A process for providing clean lapped surfaces on metallic
workpieces supported in operative relation to the working
surface of a bonded abrasive lap for sliding and rotary move-
ment relative to such working surface throughout a single
continuous lapping operation including a first predetermined
time period during which an abrasive slurry is supplied to the
working surfaces of the lap and a second predetermined time
period during which the working surface of the lap is flooded
continuously with a nonabrasive cleaning fluid effective to
wash clean the working surface of the lap and the lapped sur-
faces of the workpieces.
r'
I 3.638367
ABRASIVE PLUMBER S TOOL
Erich .A. Dreger, 32 School Lane. Cherry Hill. N J.
( Filed Nov. 29. 1968, Ser. No. 779,677
Int. CI. B24d 15100
U.S. CI. 51-392 1 3 Claims
r^
^'j-V
r
.L.
lib
.L'°
The mventiDP is concerned with an abrasive plumber's tool
for precleanmg metal surfaces, particularly tubes and fittings,
preparatory to soldenng The inventive plumber's tool com-
prises a strap of abrasive material for cleaning the end por-
tions of tubes or pipes and having a cylindrical plug of abra-
sive material connected to each end for cleaning mating por-
tions of standard fittings, each plug being dimensioned for a
different size fitting. Essentially, the plug diameters are
designed slightly oversize to insure a uniform abrasive pres-
sure about the intenor circumferential area of a fitting and
the lengths are designed to insure cleaning of the tube or
pipe stop within the fitting A shoulder is provided extending
radially from each plug to fix the extent of insertion within
the fitting and to abut and clean the traverse end of the
fitting.
3,638,368
INFLATABLE SHELTER AND METHOD OF ERECTION
Robert M. Pierson. Hudson. Ohio, assignor to Environmental
Structures. Inc., Cleveland. Ohio
Filed Mar. 9. 1970. Ser. No. 17,675
Int. CI. E04b 11345
U.S. CI. 52-2 19 Claims
A lightweight flexible inflatable shelter for enclosing large
areas in applications such as greenhouses, warehouses,
recreation areas and other large enclosures, and in various
methods of air and water pollution control. The shelter has
an envelope of lightweight, low-modulus sheet material such
as stretchable fabric or plastic film having high elongation
properties The sheet material is restrained by a cable grid
system having heavy-duty, longitudinal parallel cables
running in one direction and lighter parallel cables running
transversely across the longitudinal cables. The cable grid
system is tethered to restraint cables or masts at spaced
points throughout the structure to restrain the grid system
and the sheet material at predetermined elevations from the
ground and cause the building, when inflated, to form a plu-
rality of substantially identical dome-shaped roof sections,
with the cable grid system and the tether restraint means
uniformly distributing stresses throughout the structure. The
shelter may be completely assembled on the site by erecting
a series of perpendicular masts, draping the cable grid system
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
41
across the tops of the masts, attaching long strips of sheet
material between the rows of draped cables, anchoring the
ends of the cables and the sheet material to the ground and
inducing internal inflation pressure into the assembled struc-
ture.
3,638369 I
DEVICE FOR PREVENTING THE CLOGGING OF
GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS
Robert E. Albrecht, '^7 Thorncliff, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82.941
Int. CI. E04d 13100
channeled studs secured to each other, web to web. at local-
ized areas and spanned by wallboards by inserting the mount-
ing hooks of the brackets into slots formed at the end of the
long arm of a T-shaped spline forced between the webs A
marker attached to an end of the spline constitutes a
reference point for determining the location of the slots in
the spline As these slots are concealed after insertion of the
spline between the webs of the studs such reference point
facilitates the attachment of the brackets to the wail
U.S. CI. 52-16
12 Claims
! 3,638371
PRECAST PANEL BUILDING STRUCTURE AND
METHOD OF ERECTING THE SAME
Vladimir D. Liska, 2335 Broadway, Long Island City, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 773.752
Int. CI. E04c J,'22, E04g 2///2
U.S. CI. 52-91 16 Claims
IS.
tS ^
This invention comprises a device for preventing the
clogging of gutters and downspouts with leaves and other
debris and includes an auger means which extends into the
mouth of the downspout, and means responsive to the wind
for rotating the auger means within the mouth of the
downspout in a direction to drive the leaves and other debris
downward through the downspout. ,
-AJ ■■ |J
Disclosed are panel twins having a pair of stressed steel
bars of tendons extending over the entire span of the twins
and being transversely deflected to increase tension forces
therein and thereby prestress the twins and a method of post-
tensioning panel twins by means of adjustable couplers and
turn buckles.
3.638370
FASTENING STRUCTURE FOR SECURING SUPPORT
BRACKETS TO A WALL
Peter H. Miller, Newark, NJ.. assignor to Evon Industries^
Inc., Newark, N J.
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49.434
Intel. E04b 1141
U.S. CI. 52—36 9 Claims
. 3,638,372
WINDOW SASH REBATE PROnUE WITH A
CONDENSATE RECEPTION GUTTER
Carl Rosenthal, Willem de Zw\jgerplantsoen 3, Utrecht,
Netherlands
Filed July 2, 1969. Ser. No. 838.432
Int. CI. E06b 7114
U.S. CI. 52—97 5 Claims
5 ,-'6
,>^
A window sash rebate profile adapted to be made from
plastic matenal and comprising a longitudinal condensate
eduction channel having parallel sidewalls supporting the
window rim sash the channel bottom being continued out-
wardly from the channel from wall into a window frame
cover plate, a condensate reception gutter being attached to
the outer side of the channel backwall at a short distance
below the rim sash bottom, slit-shaped apertures through said
backwall just above the bottom of said gutter leading into the
Shelf brackets having a mounting hook at one end are said channel and similar openings through the channel front
releasably secured Co a wall constructed of spaced pairs of wall leading to the outside above the said cover plate.
42
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638373
COLLAPSABLE ROOF FOR PREASSEMBLED BUILDING
Grosvenor Chapman, Washington, D.C., assignor to Chap-
man & Miller Architects, Washii^on, D.C.
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,551
Int. CLE04b//J2, 7//6
U.S. CI. 52—92 3 Claims
3,638375
HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND METHOD OF USE
Mikhail Ivanovich Vasiliev, Varshavskoe shosse, 10, kv. 141,
and Evgraf Vladimirovich Gruzinov, 3-y Nizhne-Likhobor-
sky proezd, 2/12. kv. 77, both of Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 60,904
Int. CI. B66f 11102- E04h 12134
U.S. CI. 52— 116 6 Claims
The purpose of the invention is to provide a system for
using normal and high-pitched roofs for buildings preassem-
bled in boxhke units at a factory and transported to the
building site over the highway or other means, wherein low
road clearances and other restrictions prohibit the use of as-
sembled units exceeding a certain height and width The in-
vention permits the roof, which otherwise would exceed the
height limitation, to be unfolded after delivery at the building
site in such a manrtsr that it will assume the desired position
with a minimum of site labor. The system is not limited to
any particular structural, roof deck, or roofing material nor
to a building of any particular size or number of stones.
3,638374
WALL BASE MEMBER
Bernard M. Harby, West Vancouver, British Columbia,
Canada, assignor to Bernard Harby Limited, Vancouver,
British Columbia, Canada
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,170
Claims priority, application Canada, Dec. 8, 1969, 069,251
Int. CI. E04f /9/04
U.S. CI. 52-100 4 Claims
,^LL^
The present invention relates to hoisting equipment, and
more specifically to a method of mounting a long-size heavy
object into vertical or close to vertical, position by turning
this object about a fixed axle, and to a device for realizing
this methcxl
The invention can most successfully be used for mounting
into vertical position, or close to it, column- and tower-type
apparatuses, transmission line and cableway supports, metal
smoke and air chimneys, masts of communication means,
pile drivers, and other vertical-type constructions with a
weight of 1.000-1,500 tons and more, with lateral dimen-
sions of up to 10 m. and more, and a length of up to 1 50-200
m. and more. *
The methcxi according to the invention provides for mov-
ing the bottom ends of frame supports in a definite succes-
sion towards the supposed axis of turn of the object to be
erected, whereto the frame supports are attached by their
span pieces
The method cuts the time of erection, and permits using
winches of relatively small load capacity, j
3,638,376
PORTABLE PARTITION
Edward P. Howes, Hayward, Calif., and John A. Gillham, Be-
loit. Wis., assignors to Hough Manufacturing Corporation
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 721
Int. CI. E04b 2172
U.S. CI. 52" 122 11 Claims
A skirting member for fitting around the base of a wall or
partition comprising an elongated plastic molding having a
vertical forwardly facing decorative flange, a rearwardly ex-
tending base fiange and a flexible flap for concealing the cut
edges of flooring material, this flap being in effect a con-
tinuation of the decorative flange. The base flange may either
be attached to a floor by rivets or screws, or may be held in
place by being inserted into the gap under a partition
A portable partition for providing removable partitions for
rooms, in which the partition is in the form of separate panel
units each having an expansion element in the form of a grip
member that engages the room ceiling to abut the panel units
in place, in which the grip member is spring pressed against
the ceiling by a spring mechanism that provides an increase
in upwai;^ spring pressure as the grip member moves toward
its extended position. The side rails of the panel units are of
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
43
complementary configuration so that adjacent units can be
erected in edge to edge interconnected relation, with an in-
terconnecting adapter element being employed between the
grip members of adjacent panel units. The bottom rail or
shoe of each panel unit is adjustable to accommodate canted
floors. The grip members of the respective units are arranged
to provide an upward movement on the order of 3 inches
relative to the panel, with the upward spring pressure and
grip member stabilization being such that the panel units
have significant ability to withstand lateral loadings and ac-
commodate seismic and/or ceiling load deflection conditions
' 3,638377
EARTHQUAKE-RESISTANT MULTISTORY STRUCTURE
Marc S. Caspe, 1^09 Ralston Ave., Belmont, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 767,767, Oct. 15,
1968, now abandoaed. This application Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No.
881,810
Int. CI. E04h 9102 '
U.S. CI. 52-167 24 Claims
I
An earthquake-resistant multistory structure that effective-
ly isolates the superstructure from the ground motions during
a major earthquake by permitting relative displacement
between the superstructure and the foundation, the structure
incorporating means which effectively control both the mag-
nitude of the base shear force required to initiate relative dis-
placement and the magnitude of relative displacement.
3,638378
WALLED STRUCTURES SUCH AS SWIMMING POOLS
WiUard J. Russ, Jr., c/o Pacific Pool and Contracting, Inc.
4761 Route 8, Allison Park, Pa. .
Filed Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,058
Int.CI. E04by//S
U.S. CI. 52-169
5 Claims
formed to the desired wall contour and having an exposed
face surface, a series of vertical ribs on the sheet opposite the
face surface, a series of spaced support members engaged in
a base support having a U-shaped receptacle on the top
thereof receiving the bottom edge of said sheet to hold the
bottom edge in a desired selected p>osition, a plurality of
spaced vertical standards engaged in said base support and
extending to a point adjacent the top edge of the vertical
sheet and engaged with the ribs on said sheet and a continu-
ous cast concrete layer surrounding the vertical sheet op-
posite the face surface from a point adjacent the top edge to
the base support and extending beneath and engaging a por-
tion of the lower edge of said sheet
3,638379
DWELLING
Thomas V. Williams, 415 Dreshertown Road, Fort Washing-
ton, Pa.
Filed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,145
Int. CI. E04h 1104
U.S. CI. 52-185 3 Claims
I
V
A trileve! dwelling unit comprising a monolevel residence
and two bilevel residences. Each residence is connected to
the exterior of the dwelling unit by a separate passageway
thereby eliminating the need for a common passageway. In
addition, each residence is separated from its adjacent re-
sidences by partitions of masonry construction
3,638,380
MODULAR HIGH-RISE STRUCTURE
Joseph G. Perri, New York, N.Y., assignor to Walter Kidde
Constructors Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,284
Int. CI. E04h 1104
U.S. CI. 52-236 6 Claims
A walled structure of cast concrete is provided having a The invention is directed to new and improved structural
vertical sheet of flexible corrosion-resistant sheet material concepts for so-called high-rise buildings, providing for op-
44
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
timum utilization of prefabricated apartment modules and
providing for highly economic construction techniques and
economic utilization of space. The structure is of generally
peristylar form, in that all of the principal vertical support
columns are located about the exterior of the structure A
unique arrangement is provided for supporting prefabricated
apartment modules, comprising special horizontal support
beams, extending transversely in the structure and which are
supported at their ends by longitudinal beams engaging the
vertical support columns. The transverse beams are so
designed that their webs and flanges lie in two intersecting
planes, and T-beams are ideally suited for this purpose The
prefabricated apartment modules are supported by their
edges on the transverse beams, in such manner that the webs
and flanges of the beams are received between very narrow
vertical and horizontal clearance spaces between apartment
modules. To great advantage, the longitudinal support beams
of the peristylar structure are comprised of Vierendeel
trusses located at alternate story levels of the structure and
spanning a vertical distance of one story The arrangement of
Vierendeel trusses is structurally advantageous and has pleas-
ing architectural characteristics I
3,638381 '
INSULATED MASONRY BUILDING WALL
CONSTRUCTION
Alan L. Robertson, Newington, Conn., and Arthur A. Rady-
Pentek, Metuchen, NJ., assignors to BASF Corporation.
New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 766.794
Int. CI. E04c2//6). E04b //62
U.S. CT. 52-309 10 Claims
— V-
Highly heat insulated masonry building walls are made
economically with required strength yet with less thickness
and much less weight than a typical cavity wall by building
up a masonry structure of limited thickness having the com-
pressive strength but not all the lateral strength required,
erecting metal reinforcing rods at intervals next to a side of
the masonry structure; then attaching over it, as by strips of
adhesive, preformed stiff panel sections made of a durable
lightweight heat insulating material, e.g., of polystyrene
foam, which form with the masonry structure separate verti-
cal pockets enclosing the rod locations and shallow anticon-
densation cavities between them; and finally filling the
pockets with a masonry binder such as grout and hardening
the cast masses of binder about the rods to form in the
pockets reinforcing ribs bound monolithically to the masonry
structure. A new form of molded, mating insulating panel
sections is provided for constructing the walls.
3,638.382
FORM FOR A CONCRETE WALL STRUCTURE
Ronald E. Merrill. 153 Terra Linda, Eugene, Oreg.
* Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,175
Int. CI. E04b 5152
U.S. CI. 52-359 2 Claims
t
\
A permanent wall form for construction of a concrete wall
including expanded metal lath side members tied in spaced-
apart relationship b> wire taiss members in place inter-
mediate the metal laths Channels on the lath receive the in-
serted truss members for secure assembly of the lath side
members The lath permits migration ^if the concrete
therethrough kn subsequent smooth finishing by troweling.
Provision is made for the including of insulative strips on one
side of the form prior to concrete p<iunng.
3,638,383 /
LOUVER WK)R WITH FIXED LOUVER- OR LUFFER-
BOARDS
Enrique Escudero Ribas, Calk Aushas March, 94-96, Bar-
celona, Spain
Filed Mar. 27. 1970, Ser. No. 23,384
Claims priority, application Spain, Mar. 27, 1969, 365788
Int. CI. E06b 7108
U.S. CI. 52-^473 6 Claims
Louver door with fixed louver- or luffer-boards, made of |
prismatic hollow elements of plastic material, which
are
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
45
formed into door stiles and door rails defining a frame, and a
number of lou\er- or luffer-boards located within the frame "s
interior joined together by means of nbs and slots
Between the dtx>r stiles and louver- or luffer-boards are
located intermediate longitudinal pieces provided with
lengthwise ribs which fit, through sliding, the corresponding
slots of the stiles' and louver-boards' or luffer-boards" ends
\
3,638384
STRUCTURAL CEMENT-WOOD FIBER PANEL
Charles A. Martin, WilliamsviUe, N.Y., assignor to Martin
Fireproofing Corporation, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,578
\n\.Q\.'EQAc 1110,2110,2138 „ ■
U.S. CI. 52-589 10 Claims
"I
other panels forming :)art of the screen. Assembly of the
frame uses a minimum of screwed fixtures, most of the parts
being sprung or slid into position
A cement-wood fiber panel comprising a body portion of
substantially solid rectangular configuration having a pair of
oppt)sed faces and four edges, a gr(H)ved configuration
formed in a pair of adjacent edges and a tongue configura-
tion formed in another pair of adjacent edges, preformed
metal edge members having portions which cover said edges
in complementary mating relationship and have flanges
thereon received in slots in the opposite faces of the body
ptirtion. and welded joints at adjacent mitered ends of the
metal edge members.
3,638385
FACADE SCREEN
Yvan M. L. C. Nobels, 80 rue Joseph Bens, and Elie P. Mas,
107 rue De Koninck, both of Brussels, 8. Belgium \
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,608
Int. CI. E04b 2188; E06b 3162: F16b 7118
U.S. CI. 52-665
3 Claims
3,638386
SLEEVE ELEMENT AND APPURTENANT BOLT
ELEMENT
Thor Waerner, Graf. Reckstr. 160, Dusseldorf, Germany
Filed Dec. 12, 1969. Ser. No. 884,608
Int. CI. E04b 1141
U.S. CI. 52-704 1 Claim
A universally utilizable mounting anchor, particularly for
cementing into a concrete element, is provided A bolt ele-
ment having a locking wing formed on one end is msertahle
in a sleeve element, the said kxking wing being adapted to
be engaged in a locking grcxive in the sleeve, the locKing
groove being formed on the rear side of an intermediate bot
tom in the sleeve, said bottom being prt)vided with an open-
ing for through passage of the locking wing when the hc\\ is
inserted into the sleeve
3.638.387
METHOD OF ERECTINCi A W ALL PANEL SUPPORTING
STRUCTURE
Roberr Paul Lickliter. Hamburg, and John F. Ree>es. Tona-
wanda. both of N.\ .. assignors to Flangeklamp Corpora-
lion, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 10. 1970. Ser. No. i 8.073
Int. CI. E04b 2;30. 2ibO
U.S. CI. 52—741 7 Claims
X
f^
s
«
% .
A facade screen for a building which can be assembled on
site. Each screen consists essentially of I-shaped vertical
members, sliding supports running on fins on the vertical
members, and horizontal members affixed to the supports
Both vertical and horizontal members are adapted to receive
A method of erecting a wall panel supporting structure
formed of honzontally and vertically extending panel con-
nector assemblies by suspending the supporting structure
from a ceiling for free lateral swinging movement thereof to
flexible seals which extend between the members and glass or automatically achieve self-plumbing prior to wall panel at-
46
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
tachment When correct plumb is achieved, an adjustable
channel member connected to the lower honzontally extend-
ing panel connector assembly is lowered against the floor to
provide a supporting structure accurately plumbed and posi-
tioned from ceiling to floor for receiving wall panel members
toward the outside is inserted into the body cavity of the
poultry, a vacuum is created in the body cavity and the bag
by means of a vacuum device equipped with a vacuum
mouthpiece, the mouthpiece is withdrawn and the bag
sealed, the tube either remaining in the bag or being
withdrawn together with the vacuum mouthpiece. .
.. 3,638388
METHOD OF APPLYING SHINGLES
Anthony J. Crookston, 302 Beaver St., Akron, Ohio
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,933
Int. CI. E04g2///4
IJ.S. CI. 52-748
5 Claims
The method includes applying a vertically overlapped
course of undercover shingles to the valley formed between
two adjoining roof sections and then applying conventional
courses of top shingles which are of shorter vertical extent
than the undercover shingles to the adjacent roof sections
and progressively partially covering the undercover shingles
with courses of top or cover shingles whereby an improved
shingle covering unit is provided for the valley formed
between the roof sections.
to W.
3,638389
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR VACUUM
PACKAGING POULTRY
Robert Edward Sherwood, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor
R. Grace & Co., Duncao, S.C.
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,080
Int. CI. B65bJ//06
U.S. CI. 53-22 B 3 Claims
3,638390
PACKAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Vytautas Kupcikevicius, Chicago, III., assignor to Union Car-
bide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,542
Int. CI. B6Sb 5100
U.S. CI. 53-35 6 Claims
A methixl and apparatus for packaging an article in a flexi-
ble bag comprises the use of a conveyor for transporting the
article to a loading station where the article is raised from the
conveyor to a bagging position by a plurality of horizontally
disposed, vertically movable fingers supporting the article. A
flexible bag is placed oveV the article and over the fingers,
the fingers arc then lowered tc a slack bag pulling position
and thence to their initial position while depositing the
bagged article onto the conveyor which removes it from the
fingers and from the loading sta'.ion
3,638,391 1
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INSERTING BISCUITS
INTO BOXES
Rene Fluck, Neuhausen am Rheinfall, Switzerland, assignor to
Schweizerische Industrie-Gesdlschaft, Neuhausen am
Rheinfall, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 67,083
Claims prioritv. application Switzerland, Sept. 1, 1969,
13,241/69
Int. CI. B65b 5//0, 2J;/-^, 2J//6
U.S. CI. 53-35 .. II Claims
A process for vacuum packaging poultry in bags of shrink-
ing films in which the eviscerated poultry is placed in the
bag, a vacuum is created in the bag and the bag is hermeti-
cally sealed, the novel features being that a tube protruding
A longitudinal rectangular open box having a bottom wall
and upright walls of which the end walls are vertically slit in
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
4Y
their center is folded downwardly about the longitudinal cen-
terline of the bottom wall, while moved lengthwise along a
horizontal guide bed so that the downwardly folded one-half
of the box will have its bottom half disposed vertically and its
longitudinal sidewall horizontally.
Now vertical stacks of biscuits are slidably inserted, either
by hand or by feeding devices placed along the guide bed,
into the upper half of the box and into the lower half of the
box. Then the filled lower half of the box is folded upwardly
again so that both bottom wall halves are disposed in the
same horizontal plane and the box is closed by a cover, by a
sleevelike wrapper, or by merely attaching an adhesive strip
over the slit in the end walls.
3,638392
AUTOMATICS SLUSH DISPENSING MACHPJE
Harry Logue Welker, Jr., 3240 S. Cincinnati, Apt. 351, and
Mkhael Blaker Burton, 3818 S. Ann, both of Tulsa, Okla.
Fikd Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,249
Int. CI. B65b 6i/0*
U.S. CI. 53-123 13 Claims
for cyclic movement of the other, free end around a closed
path through an article supply station and past an article
receiving station; valve means for selectively applying a
vacuum to the bore of said member during movement
through the supply station and to the receiving station
whereat the vacuum is cut off from said member; and means
for vibrating and applying draught over said member after
movement through said supply station and before reaching
said receiving station.
3,638394
PACKAGING APPARATUS
Louis L. Winokun Evanston, lU., assignor to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14338
Int. CI. B65b 5/04, 39102, 67104
U.S. CI. 53—255 10 Claims
I
A measuring container of defined volume employs elec-
trodes for premeasuring slush for constant volume slug
discharge into an underlying vend cup. Multiple safety fea-
tures are incorporated in the electronic circuitry of the
completely automated coin operated dispenser to shut down
operation under emergency conditions.
3,638393
SEED HANDLING
Rai\jit Kanti Datta, Reading, England, assignor to National
Research Development Corporation, London, England
FUed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,463
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 14, 1969,
2,270/69
Int. CI. B65b 9/04, 47/70
U.S. CI. 53-180 12 Claims
A method and an apparatus for packaging articles in flexi-
ble bags comprise the use of a conveyor for delivenng an ar-
ticle to a gripping assembly intermediate the conveyor TTie
assembly comprises at least two gripping members laterally
positioned on opposite sides of the conveyor and movable
towards and away from each other and vertically with respect
to the conveyor. The gripping members clasp the article,
elevate it above the conveyor and hold it until a bag has been
placed thereover. The gripping members then lower the arti-
cle in the bag onto the conveyor, release their grip of the ar-
ticle which is then transported in the bag by the conveyor
and removed from the gripping assembly.
3,638395
STIRRUP LEATHER BUCKLING SYSTEM
Guy M. Reidhead, 406 South First St., Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,737
Int. CI. B68C///6
U.S. CI. 54—46
2 Claims
Apparatus for handling seediike small articles, comprising:
a longitudinally bored elongate member mounted at one end
A top and a bottom stirrup leather are secured against
relative longitudinal movement through the utilization of a
rigid buckle member having a shank extending substantially
perpendicular from the bottom stirrup leather and terminat-
ing in a tongue formed integrally therewith extending approx-
imately parallel to the stirrup leather. A tab is also provided
and extends perpendicularly to the bottom stirrup leather.
The top stirrup leather is provided with a plurality of regu-
larly spaced holes aligned along a centerline thereof. The
shank and tab prevent longitudinal relative movement
between the stirrup leathers while the tongue maintains the
two in approximate contact to prevent the shank and tab
48
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
from moving out of the holes. A leather strap is utilized to v«;,c^«it?4M AND MFTHOD
augment the tongue and IS secured to the bottom stirrup CAS ANALYSIS SYSTEM AND METHOD
* Kyle W. Charlton, Oxnard. Calif., assignor to California In-
stitute of Technology, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,770
, ' Int. CI. BOld /5/0«
U.S. CI. 55-16 8 Claims
leather and is looped through a pair of holes in the top stir-
rup leather ...
3,638396
GAS CHROMATCXiRAPH INTERFACING SYSTEM AND
METHOD
James E. Lovelock, Bowerchaike, Wilts, England, assignor to
California Institute of Technok)gy, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,690
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 1 1, 1%8.
43,260/68
Int. CI. BO Id 15108
II.S. CI. 55-16
/
16 Claims
A giis sample dispersed in a first carrier gas such as
hydrogen is enriched by introducing into the dispersion at a
controlled flow rate a mixture of a second carrier gas such as
helium diluted with first carrier gas and passing the disper-
sion through a gas transfer device such as a heated palladium
tube which is selectively permeable to the first carrier gas.
3,638398
METHOD OF SEPARATION BY SUBSTANTIALLY
ISOTHERMAL SELECTIVE ADSORPTION OF A
' GASEOUS MIXTURE
Daniel Domine. Meudon, and Leon Jay, Paris, both of France,
assignors to L .4ir Liquide, Societe Anonyme pour I'Etude
et I Exploitation des precedes Georges Claude
Filed Aug. 1. 1969, Ser. No. 846,668
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 8, 1968, 162344
Int. CI. BOIdi/614
U.S. CI. 55—25 1 Claim
SAMPLE
..t
A gas-analyzing system including in sequence a chromato-
graphic gas separator, a second carrier gas inlet, a earner gas
transfer device and a gas component detector such as a gas
density balance, thermal conductivity, ionization cross sec-
tion detector or a mass spectrometer A minor amount of
sample dispersed in a major amount of a first carrier gas is
flowed through the chromatographic separator and the ef-
fluent from the separator mixes with the second carrier gas
before entering the transfer device. The transfer device is
selectively permeable to the first carrier gas and in the case
of hydfogen may be a heated palladium tube. The hydrogen
selectively and totally transfers through the tube and a
stream enriched in a sample dispersed in the second carrier
gas remains writh no loss of sample
rh
b
Ui
f
\ methixi of separation by substantially isothermal adsorp-
tion of a gaseous mixture in the presence of an impurity, with
desorption by the sole action of a vacuum, in which there is
admitted through a first /one of a chamber, a gaseous mix-
ture to be separated, a gaseous fraction enriched in the less
adsorbable main constituent being extracted through a
second zone of the chamber by expansion, a gaseous fraction
enriched in the more adsorbable main constituent and in im-
purity is extracted through the first zone by the action of a
vacuum, and the gaseous fraction enriched in the less ad-
- sorbable mam constituent separated out during the previous
cvcle is admitted through the second zone.
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
49
3,638399 \ I
PROCESS FOR THE PURIHCATION OF
HYDROCARBON PYROLYSIS GAS STREAMS
David G. Walker, Baytown, Tex., assignor to Tenneco Chami-
cals Inc.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,062 ,
Int. CLB01d5i/04 C07c /y/24 I
U.S. CI. 55-59 "» Claims
Acetylene-containing pyrolysis gases are purified by con-
tacting them with activated carbon. In this process the ac-
tivated carbon adsorbs triacetylene and other polyacetylene
precursors and catalyzes their polymerization and at the
same time adsorbs naphthalene and other foulants that are
present in the gas stream.
3,638,400
SEPARATION OF ALKALI-RICH DUST FROM CEMENT
KILNS
Thorbjom Heilmann, Copenhagen-Valby, Denmark, assignor
to F. L. SrnidUi & Co., New York. N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 566,547, July 20, 1966,
now abandoned. This application Feb. 14, 1969, Ser. No.
805,937
Claims priority, application Denmark, Julv 22. 1965. 31.^30 65
Int. CI. BOld 46/02; B03c"j/0/
U.S. CI. 55-69 4 Claims
without contamination of the primary system A gas
passageway is connected to the primary evacuated system. A
valve spring loaded to the normalK closed position, is pro-
vided in the gas passageway closing same The secondary
evacuated stpjcture, to be connected to the primary evacu-
ated system, is sealed by means of a diaphragm An O-ring
seal is provided for sealing the secondary replaceable evacu-
ated structure to the wali of the gas passageway A cutting
tool is provided in the gas passageway between the valve and
the diaphragm for cutting the diaphragm, thereby opening
same. The cutting tool also engages the valve for opening the
valve against the spring bias to place the secondary evacu-
ated structure into gas communication with the primary
evacuated system through the valve Removal of the secon-
dary evacuated structure causes the spnng bias force to close
the valve, thereby sealing the primary evacuated system for
subsequent connection lo a second replaceable secondary
evacuated device.
3.638.402
VENT FOR SOIL PIPE STACK
Clarence H. Thomas. 18240 Sycamore Ave., Roseville, Mich.
Filed June 2, 19 0. Ser. No. 42. of
Int. CI. fc03f 5 0*
U.S. CI. 55-307 \ 15 Claims
y^yTV
The alkali content of cement clinker is controlled by
recycling a fraction of dust having a particle size larger than
5 to 1 5 microns recovered from the exhaust gas of the ce-
ment kiln ccx)led to below the precipitation temperature of
the alkali.
]
• ' 3,638,401
VACUUM CONNECTOR FOR CONNECTING
REPLACEABLE EVACUATED DEVICES TO AN
EVACUATED SYSTEM
Donald J. Kabler, Fremont, Calif., assignor to Varian As-
sociates, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,858
Int. CI. BOld 5J/22. 50/00
U.S. CI. 55-158 1 Claim
MEMBRANE
GAS <
SEPARATOR
A vacuum connector is disclosed for connecting secondary
replaceable evacuated devices to a primary evacuated system
11 J.*
f -
y^.'^My
tt'
-Ml
. »
2g lu 'r-*-}0
i
\
A soil pipe vent stag's ha\ing a cartridge -type filter tcle-
scopically arranged within the pen upper end thereof^ the
filter being adapted to copit' the emission of obnoxious
gases from the vent stacK.
3,638,40:.
GAS- ADSORBING ELEMENTS. THEIR METHOD OF
MANUFACTURE, AND DEVICES INCORPORATING
SUCH ADSORBENT ELEMENTS
Pierre Delacour, Novarey; Pierre Langlade, and Michel Re-
nard, both of Grenoble, all of France, assignors to L'Air
Liquide, Societe Anonymc pour 1 etude et lexploitation des
procedes Georges Claude
Filed June 30. 1 969. Ser. No. 837,5 1 7
Claims priority, application France. July 5, 1968, 1581 1 1
Int. CI. BOld 53;04: B05b 7/4
U.S. CI. 55—389 24 Claims
A gas-adsorbing element associated with a thermal source
which is successively a cold source and then a hot source,
and so on. The gas-adsorbent element is constituted by a
ductile metallic support having an extended sarface and, on
at least one surface of said support, a coating of a gas-adsorb-
ing product such as zeolite, constituted by matenal in the
form of particles incrusted by compression between each
other and on the support of ductile metal This adsorbent ele-
ment is prepared, for example by passing an aluminum tape
between two cylinders of a rolling mill on which particles of
50
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
the adsorbent product are deposited by hoppers An adsor- I 3,638,405
bent element of this kind can be incorporated in a vacuum LAWNMOWER SUSPENSION
Hugo S. Ferguson, Averill Park, N.Y., assignor to Reel Vor-
tex, Inc., Poestenkjil, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,659
Int. CI. AOld 53102
U.S. CI. 56-10.4 7 Claims
pump, m a purification device, a compressor or a refrigera-
tor
3,638,404
VERTICAL LAMINAR-FLOW CLEAN ROOM OF
FLEXIBLE DESIGN
Charles J. Moll, and William C. Anderson, both of Grand
Rapids, Mich., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corpora-
tion, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Sept 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,430
Int. CI. BOld J//00
L.S. CI. 55-473 6 Claims
A vertical laminar-flow clean room is contained within a
bounding enclosure which is substantially airtight. The clean
room floor is raised and has apertures therein. The floor and
the bottom of the bounding enclosure form an air-receiving
plenum. A dropped ceiling is formed of an assembly of
blower-hood-filter units, with the space directly above the
dropped ceiling Constituting an air-supply plenum. Air return
plenums are contained entirely within the bounding enclo-
sure and preferably incorporate prefilters and air-condition-
ing equipm«nt, and the air return plenums connect the air-
receiving plenum to the air-supply plenum. The blower-hood-
filter units and air return plenums are all of a similar size, in
order to facilitate a modular-type of construction and flexi-
bility of design.
A suspension is provided for a lawnmower having a reel
and blower conduit forming a crossflow blower which mows
without the aid of a fixed bed knife. The front of the mower
IS supptmed by a pair of side support members rotatably
mounted on respective sides of the mower at points in ap-
proximate vertical alignment with the reel axis. Front and in-
termediate rolling means are mounted on the side support
members forwardl> and rearwardly of the reel axis,
preferab!) a pair of front wheels and an intermediate roller
Rear rolling means is provided, preferably a pair of wheels
For height adjustment, the side support members are
mounted on angularly adjustable lever arms.
/■
3,638,406
HELD CHOPPING MACHINE ATTACHABLE TO A
TRACTOR
Lorenz Scherer, Oberelchingen; Heinrich Bellan, Thairingen;
Rudolf Wohrle. Rieden, and Alfred Eggenmuller, Ulm, all
of Germany, assignors to Gebruder Eberhardt, Ulm, Ger-
many
Filed July 24, 1968, Ser. No. 747,285
Claims priority, application Germany, July 26, 1967, E
25545
Int. CI. AOld 45102
U.S. CI. 56-14.9
14 Claims
A field chopping machine including a chaff-cutting device
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
51
provided with feeding, pressing, cutting implements, and a
pickup or receiving apparatus, said device and apparatus
being of substantially the same width and attached to a trac-
tor, oriented in the longitudinal axis thereof and disposed
laterally adjacent the rear wheel of the tractor, the pickup
apparatus comprises a tandem cutting assembly which is
separable, honzontally arranged in operating position and
upwardly pivolable to a travel position, the tractor drive
means is coupled to the field chopper such as to enable at-
taching a wagon thereto and to operate the field chopp>er off
the tractor drive, the total width of tractor and field chopper
during travel being no more than 2 73 yards, thereby meeting
public road traffic regulations for vehicles with hitched-on
equipment. )"•
3,638,407
PLATFORM KNIFE-CUTTING ANGLE ADJUSTMENT
Paul G. Togami, East Moline, III., assignor to International
Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,427
Int. CI. AOld 4//02
l>^. CI. 56— 1 5.6 7 Claims
grain or other agricultural plant being harvested and sweep
them across the cutter assembly without undue shattering
and loss of the product. Short stalked plants are prevented
from falling forward out the harvesting assembly after being
cut.
/
A quick detachable apparatus for connecting a hlirvesting
platform to its feeder housing at various angles thereto. The
location of the upper coupling element carried by the feeder
housing is adjustable about an underlying axis and the arcu-
ate abutting surfaces of the lower coupling are generated
about this same axis. Thus regardless of the location of the
upper coupler, the abutting surfaces of the lower coupler are
always aligned.
3,638,408
REEL ASSEMBLY FOR HARVESTER
Garland L. Swanson, P.O. Box 324, lone, Oreg.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,439
Int. CI. AOld 57100
U.S. CI. 56-219
10 Claims
A noncircular reel apparatus for use with agricultural har-
vesting equipment is described. The reel assembly is posi-
tioned above the cutter bar of a harvesting machine header.
A plurality of slats traverse a substantially triangular path to
sweep the agricultural product onto the header. The slats are
maintained at a predetermined pitch through the use of a
crank and eccentnc apparatus, the crank travelling in a path
substantially congruent to that of the noncircular path of the
slats. The reel apparatus is supported at each end by a pair of
support arms, each of which is pivotally attached to the
header at one end and to the reel mechanism at the other
end, permitting the raising and lowering of the reel assembly
without changing angular orientation of the reel with respect
to the header. The path of the slats causes them to enter the
; ■ ;
^
3,638,409
FRUIT PICKER
Henry Kuska, 2810 South Harvey, Berwyn, III.
Filed Aug. 12," 1970, Ser. No. 63,154
Int. CI. AOlg 1910S
U.S. CI. 56-339
1 Claim
1
A fruit picker includes a container having an open end, a
handle on the container and a slotted stripper member on the
open end of the container. An individual holds the handle to
raise the container into position to encompass a piece of
fruit. The container is then moved laterally to cause the stem
to enter the slot, whereupon the individual pulls downwardly
causing the piece of fruit to bear against the interior surface
of the stripper member until it becomes separated and falls
into the container.
I
/
52
t
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February l, 1972
3.638,410
METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR THE PRODLCTION
OF CRIMPED SYNTHETIC FILAMENTS
Herbert Scher£berg; Hirbtrt Neumann; Robert Schnegg, and
4 Theo Dietrich, all o^ Dormagen. Germanv, assignors to Far-
benfabriken Ba>er Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
in<in>
Filed Aug. 12. l%y. Svr. No. 849.377
Claims priority, application German\. Aug. 2, 1968, P 17 85
180 8
Int. CI. D«2g 1:<j2. ! 06
L.S. CI. 57-34 HS 3 Claims
The yarn led from the supply package is passed through feed
rollers, a first heating device, a false twist spindle, a broken
yarn detector, first delivery rollers, a twist adjuster, a second
heating device, second delivery rollers, and third delivery rol-
lers, and further fourth delivery rollers if need be, and the
yarn is finally led to a takeup device. TTie yarn thus false
twisted with this false twist machine has the woollike bulki-
ness. stretch, and covering power to be used as the yam for
various fabrics.
4
»=f^
if •
8-
3.
A
■U
* 3,638.411
FA LSE TWIST CRIMPIN(, APPARATLS
Kazuyuki Tsugawa, and Vasuhiro Sato, both of MaLsuyama-
shi, Japan, assignors to Teijin Seiki Co., Ltd.. Higashi-ku.
Osaka, Japan
Filed Dec. 8. 1969, S<;r. No. 882,878
Int. CI. D02g 1102. D02j 13/00
U.S. CI. 57-34 HS i 4 Caims
o >
3,638,412
TEXTILE MACHINE
Arthur Rebsamen. East Greenwich, R.I., assignor to Leesona
Corporation, Warwick, R.I.
Filed May 1 . 1 970, Ser. No. 33,682
Int. CI. DO Ih 9/ 76/
VS. CL 57-52 17 Claims
•no 80 KB
_3-J
'2 inn ■.•);. ''D
58 '0
This invcfit.v ■ ^elates to a meth.nl for the production of
crimped endless filaments pf synfhetic high-molccular weight
polymers bv fixing the crimp hy twist displacement which
comprises twisting twd filaments hv means ot a cording spin
die
Strand handling apparatus including a system for con^
trolling a cycling carriage which scans and services b<ibbin
winding stations on a spinning machine, or the like The con-
trol system provides a signal indicating when a station being
scanned is operational and service signals indicating when
the station requires servicing Upon receipt of both the
operational and servicing signals the control system initiates
a work c>cle of the carriage to service the station. The ser-
vice signals include both a full bobbin signal and a strand in-
terruption signal If there are more than a predetermined
numtier of interruption signals during a cycle, the control
system does not cause servicing of the stations responsive to
this signal If a roll-wrap (x;curs on a drafting roll of a station
the str;md is broken and does not enter the drafting rolls and
the operational signal is not provided at this station so that
the carnage bypasses the station until it is again placed m
operational condition by an attendant. Upon starting-up with
fresh bobbins at all of the stations, most of the stations would
be reads to have their full bobbins doffed at about the same
time, and the carriage would be overworked Therefore, at
startup the control system provides for doffing the stations in
succession at timed intervals, and in conjunction with the
operational and the servicing signals, to randomize the future
doffmg cycle of the stations
- ~ A false twist device to impart faLse twist to thermoplastic
synthetic filament yarn such as ptijyesters polyamides, etc.
3,638,413
MAGNETIC FALSE TWIST SPINDLE
Josef Raschle, Oberdorf, Switzerland, assignor to Moulinage
& Retorderie de t havanoz, Chavanoz, France
Filed Aug. 17. 1970, Ser. No. 64,51 1
Int. CI. IK)2g 3/00, DOlh 7/92
U.S. CI. 57-77.45 2 Claims
An improved magnetic false twist spindle comprising a tu-
bular spindlette having a locking means for the false twist, a
single driving roller attached to a dnving shaft, said roller
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
53
being capable of rotating at high speeds, and annular mag- The rings ma> be of porous material for passage of the lubri-
nets, said magnets holding the spindlette against the driving cant therethrough, or they may be nonporous material having
roller such that the spindlette is centered axially and
laterally The improvement resides in that the annular mag- \
^
f
T / . s
z3
;/
■^\^^ I
nets are coaxially located at the two ends of the driving roller '
and in close contact with the enveloping support of the spin- p^^j^ f^^ passage of the lubricant to the \am The rings are
die. The poles of the magnets are so located that a complete generally applicable to spinning frames and an> other equip-
magnetic circuit results. ^gp( ^^ which control of a ballooning strand is desired.
3,638.414
PROGRAMMED SPINDLE SPEED
David M. Williams, Greenville, S.C., assignor to Fiber Indus-
tries, Inc.
Filed Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 874,742
Int. CI. DOlh H26, 1136
U.S. CI. 57-93 t I 10 Claims
A^ improved method and apparatus for programming the
slowdown period of a yarn overend winding apparatus in-
cluding draw rolls and a spindle wherein the draw roll and
spindle are programmed in relationship to each other until
the draw rolls reach a set predetermined low speed and then
the spindle is brought to rest after the draw rolls have
become stationary.
3,638,415
BALLOON BREAKER
Bernard Andrews, Johnston, R.I., assignor to Leesona Cor-
poration, Warwick, R.I.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,528
Int. CI. DOlh //42.7//*. /J/JO
L.S. CL 57— 108 I . 6 Claims
A ring twister having lubricated balloon control rings
which facilitate handling yarns at substantially higher speeds.
; 3,638,416
TUNING FORK DRIVE FOR CLOCKS
Klaus Kaltenbach, Triberg, Germany, assignor to Firma
Jahresunhren-Fabrik GmbH, Aug. Schatz & Sohne,
.Triberg. Black Forest. Germanv
Filed Apr. 13. 1970. Ser. No. 27,470
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 29, 1969, P 19 21
795.9
Int. CI. G04c 3 00
U.S. CI. 58-23 TF
8 Claims
•\
)S
\
.CJ
'' %J^%
''^1%,^
\\\-
]
A timepiece is provided with a dn\e mechanism comprises
a tuning fork having an electromagnetic oscillator located
between the bight thereof.- energized by an electronic ampli-
fying system connected to a battery stiurce of current One
tine of the tuning fork is magnetically connected to a spviked
gearwheel forming in combination therewith an escapement
mechanism for the timepiece The other tine is provided with
a permanent magnet extending transverseU to the direction
of oscillation and which cooperates with a magnetic polar
piece to create an isochronous compensator for the tuning
fork
54
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,417
TIMEPIECE WITH AN AUTOMATIC HAND-SET
MECHANISM BY STANDARD TIME ANNOUNCEMENT
Yoshiyuki Hirose, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Daini Siekosha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,807
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 17, 1969, 44/19626
Int. CI. G04c 13/08. 9102
L.S. CI. 58-26 5 Claims
The present invention relates to a timepiece which is auto-
matically corrected by responding to the standard time an-
nouncement on radio, television, etc., every hour at "zero"
time. In the invention, the timepiece is previously adjusted to
be slightly fast. As soon as the radio set receives a standard
time signal, a stopper stretches out at a certain point i.e , at
the point of 30 seconds) on the dial and the second hand in
motion stops against this stopper at the point. On the other
hand, the stopper is released by means of an electronic timer
at a certain time interval (30 seconds) after said radio set
receives a standard time signil and the second hand starts at
the correct time.
3,638,418
ALARM WRISfWATCH
Paolo Spadini, 88, Avenue Leopold-Robert, La Chaux-de-
Fonds, (Canton of Neuchatel), Switzerland
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,596
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 17, 1968,
8968/68
Int. CI. G04c2y/i4
U.S. CI. 58-57.5 15 Claims
t
The alarm device of the watch comprises a switch con-
trolled by the watch movement for switching on the alarm at
the desired time. This switch is mounted directly on the
watch movement coaxially to the watch hands. The remain-
ing elements of the alarm device (buzzer, battery, switch, in-
ten-upter, setting mechanism) are all together carried by a
supportmg member arranged for receiving the watch move-
ment and holding it firmly within the watch case.
I .
3.638,419
HOROLO(;iCAL HAIRSPRING REGULATOR
Gunther Rudolph Diersbock, Waterbury, Conn., assignor to
Timex Corporation, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,741 \
Int. CI. G04bV7//4
U.S. CI. 58109 1 6 Claims
T
1 *
^'<^^ ^'-^
A horological instrument includes an oscillator assembly
and a hairspring The hairspring is fastened at one end to the
oscillator assembly and is anchored to the frame or bridge at
its opposite end A regulator includes two spaced apart arms
having slots which surround the hairspring. The regulator is
designed to impart a positive isochronism characteristic to
the hairspring in order to permit synchronizing of the balance
wheel motor The frequency of balance oscillation is thus
made dependent on amplitude of oscillation.
3,638,420
THERMAL ISOLATION FOR STIRLING CYCLE ENGINE
MODULES AND/ MODULAR SYSTEM
Donald A. Kelly, 5806 67th Place, Maspeth, N.Y., and James
J. HIadek. 35 Avenue A, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,876
Int. CI. F03g 7/06
U.S. CI. 60-24 5 Claims
The Stirling cycle engine module is a conventional single
cylinder, twin-piston displacer-type engine, with the addition
of a rotary valve/crankdisc which times and isolates the ther-
mal phases of the cycle, s<i that effective thermal separation
is maintained for maximum operating effectiveness.
Multiple hot and cold conduction threaded rods are
uniformly placed within the respective displacer zones for
more effective heat transfer.
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
55
A modular system is adopted of ganging individual engine
modules into a custom power package, to suit various appli-
cations. Each module is secured in a cradle frame with each
fly wheel drive gear meshing with pinions on a common drive
shaft extension
An evaporative cooling arrangement is included for more
effective heat sinking and reduced cooling surface area.
A "V" engine module type is described which features
thermal isolation techniques as an alternate engine modular
system.
/
3,638,421 /
ENGINE INSTALLATIONS
John Alfred Chilman, Painswick, England, assignor to Dowty
Rotal Limited, Gloucester, England
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,214
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 3, 1969,
22,682/69
InL CI. F02c 7/20
U.S. CI. 60— 39.31 9 Claims
/ ■ '
reference so that on an increase in called for speed or load
the gas turbine is able to dynamically respond in an improved
manner. The steady-state temperature limits are exceeded
transiently without damage to the gas turbine until the system
returns to its new steady-state condition
Also provided for the two-shaft gas turbine is an accelera-
tion limiting control whereby the overall gas turbine is al-
lowed to accelerate at the maximum allowable value of either
of the two shafts. Further provision is made for a blowoff
valve control whereby excess energy from a regenerator is
diverted from the turbines so that the speed and load control
will remain in command, thus preventing overspeed condi-
tions and/or subsequent shutdown.
An engine installation including an engine, a hollow sup-
porting strut connected to the engine and at least one acces-
sory unit mounted within the hollow strut and drivable by
power takeoff means from the engine.
3,638,422
TWO-SHAFT GAS TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Ame Loft, Scotia, and Daniel Johnson, Schenectady, both of
N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,286
Int. CI. F02c 9108: B63h 3110
MS. CI. 60-39.28 6 Claims
-^.r^
3,638,423
PNEUMATIC TOOL
WiUem Jan Van H«Ust, Delft, Netherlands, assignor to N.V.
Industriede Handelscombinatie, Netherlands
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,833
Claims priority, application Netheriands, Apr. 24, 1969,
06350
Int.CI. F 15b/ /02
U.S. CI. 60-51 3 Claims
In a two-shaft gas turbine having an adjustable nozzle
between the compressor high-pressure turbine and the load
turbine, a control system is provided in which a biasing signal
is added to the fuel temperature control increasing its base
A reciproca(tory pneumatic tool has a positive displace-
ment pump for introducing a constant volume of liquid into
the tool side of the piston upon each return stroke, and a
valve operated in timed sequence with the pump for exhaust-
ing liquid upon each return stroke. The air on the opposite
side of the piston is confined and of constant quantity, so that
when the tool encounters high resistance, the tool will not
advance as far on the working stroke and liquid will tend to
accumulate on the tool side of the piston and the air will be
more greatly compressed to deliver a more powerful working
stroke. Conversely, when the tool encounters less resistance,
the tool advances farther on the working stroke and more
liquid is pumped out than is pumped into the cylinder, so that
the compressed air is expanded and delivers a less powerful
stroke. The force of impact is thus automatically adjusted in
accordance with the resistance encountered. In a modifica-
tion, liquid can be pumped through the piston one way in the
direction of the air, and an outlet port normally covered by
the piston can be exposed when the piston moves too far in
either direction.
3,638,424
DEVICE FOR DRIVING A HUB DS CONTINUOUS
UNIDIRECTIONAL ROTATION BY MEANS OF
RECTILINEAR TOOTHED RACKS
Alfred Valantin, Oise, France, assignor to Charbonnages De
France, Paris, France
I FUed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,083
InL CI. F03c 1106
U.S. CI. 60—51 7 Claims
A device for driving a hub in continuous rotation in one
single direction by means of two rectilinear actuating racks
56
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
which have alternating rectilinear movements simultaneously
in opposite directions and of two altematelv rotating driving
members coupled to the hub when they rotate in a given
direction.
Each driving member is provided with a curved tooth rack
continuously engaging with one of the rectilinear actuating
racks s while two rectilinear synchronizing racks arc each
rigidly fixed for translation to one of the actuating racks and
are simultaneously and continuously engaged with a toothed
synchronizing pinion having an axis of rotation fixed with
respect to the said rectilinear racks.
I
3,638,425
ASSISTED CONTROL ESPECULLY FOR AUTOMOBILE
VEHICLES
Jean Maurice, Paris, France, assignor to Societe Anonyme
Francaise Du Ferodo. Paris, France
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,514
< Claims priority, application France, Jan. 5, 1970, 7000121
Int. CI. F15b 7100
U.S. CI. 60-54.5 P 7 Claims
-^4^; i^--- '^^•;
i7
1?^-:
■y%.
ts 3- 36 jcae,. jj?'
ifs 2<:
A device for the assisted control of two braking or
declutching circuits having independent master cylinders,
especially for automobile vehicles, of the kind comprising an
operating pedal, at least one master cylinder in which a
master piston is adapted to slide under the action of said
operating pedal, an assistance cylinder in which slides a
piston coupled for movement, at least unidirectionally, to
said master piston, means for applying pressures on the two
faces of said assistance piston, and a piloting valve which,
when at rest, ensures equality of the pressures applied to the
two faces of the piston of said assistance cylinder and which,
responsive to the movement of said operating pedal, ensures
an unbalance between said pressures so as to permit the
piston of said assitance cylinder to act on said master piston
In this device, each of said braking circuits is associated with
an independent master cylinder arranged parallel to the
master cylinder of the other braking circuit, the assistance
cylinder being disp<ised between said brake pedal and said
master cylinders, a distribution compensating bar is provided
in said assistance cylinder and is interposed between the
master pistons of ^aid master cylinders and the piston of said
ass. stance cylinder, said piloting valve being controlled by a
pressure equal to the pressure existing in at least one of said
braking circuits. i .
3,638,426
P0WT:r ASSISTED BRAKE V *
Juan Beiart. Walldorf, Germany, assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y. j
Filed Feb. 13. 1970, Se^. No. 11,045 1
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 25, 1969, P 19 09
399.3
Int. CI. F 15b 7/00 •
U.S. CI. 60-54.6 P
« 3 Claims
^sfifR'stai^^ji-^ — ^
y-"-\-?^
^\
'-S?^
^i ^ K 'S ■:<(
A power assisted brake of the type in which a booster
pump supplies brake fluid to a booster chamber between the
master cylinder piston and the actuator to supplement the
brake pedal effort including an easily removable booster
valve subassembly comprising a movable part which is slida-
ble in a control sleeve to provide throttling of the flow from
the booster chamber to the system reservoir. ♦
3,638,427
SPOOL \ ALVE CONTROL FOR A HYDRAULIC POWER
BOOST
Robert E. Meyers, South Bend, Ind., assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
Filed Apr. 27. 1970, Ser. No. 32,241
Int. CI. F15b 7100
U.S. CI. 60-54.6 P / 12 Claims
ilk 1 iT'l 0." ti iJ ■: ■-' T i < P-^T< ^ ^
'-3?''5!TTrT%s^— i*^ ""^-f
n i
./
A control for a hydraulic power boost assembly in a brak-
ing system [ ocalcd within a housing of the boost assembly is
a control piston which has a projection extending therefrom
for abutting a spool valve in a valve chamber. The spool
valve IS responsive to movement of a brake pedal and regu-
lates hydraulic fluid pressure to move a power piston which
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
57
activates the master cylinder which in turn supplies fluid
pressure to the wheel cylinders of a vehicle The control
piston is a stepped diameter piston which has one end thereof
exposed to the fluid pressure in the master cylinder and the
other end thereof exposed to the fluid pressure acting on the
power piston Upon manual activation by the brake pedal,
the fluid pressure from the master cylinder moves the
stepped control piston into engagement with the spool valve
thereby preventing it from moving until the brake pedal is
released Such an arrangement prevents sudden surges of
hydraulic fluid to the power piston in the power chamber
which would cause an abrupt stop of the vehicle
below the vrater surface, thereby preventing the floating
material from moving over or under the barrier The restraint
strap limits the movement of the upper section from a sub-
3,638,428
BYPASS VALVE MECHANISM ^
Gerald E. Shipley, and Robert R. Girard, both of Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to General Electric Company
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,071
Int. CI. F02k 3104: F04d 27102
U.S. CI. 60—226 V ' 8 Claims
stantially horizontal position adjacent the lower section to a
substantially vertical position when subjected to wave mo-
tion
3S!SS^ S^^:!-.
3,638,430
HIGH-STRENGTH FIRE-RESISTANT SPILL CONTROL
BOOMS
Millard F. Smith, P.O. Box 295, Saugatuck, Conn.
Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,663
Int. CI. E02b I5i04
U.S. CI. 61 — IF \. 9 Claims
A bypass valve arrangement for a gas turbine engine hav-
ing two independently rotatable axial flow compressors ar-
ranged in serial flow relationship along a common flow
passage, the valve arrangement includes a plurality of bypass
passages opening to the flow passage intermediate the com-
pressors. Each bypass passage is provided with a hinged valve
member which is movable between a closed position,
wherein the valve member forms a streamline continuation of
the passage outer wall, and a variably open position. Means
including an actuator, unison ring and bellcranks are pro-
vided for positioning the valve members.
' 3,638,429
APPARATUS FOR CONFINING MATERIAL FLOATING
ON WATER
Theodore E. Sladek, La Mesa; John E. Palmer, Santa Ana,
and Michael F. Steele, Costa Mesa, all of Calif., assignors to
The Susquehanna Corporation, Fairfax, Va. f
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,1 1 1
I Int. CI. E02b 75 04
U.S. CI. 61- IF 8 Claims
Apparatus for confining material floating on water, com-
prising a floating barrier having upper and lower pivotally
connected sections. The upper section is buoyant and thus
seeks the water surface, and the lower section is of neutral
buoyancy so as to provide ballast and to remain below the
surface of the water. A restraint strap is connected to the
upper and lower sections to limit the relative movement
therebetween. In operation, when there is an upward move-
Inent of the water surface, the upper section pivots upwardly
to seek the water surface and the lower section remains
=3-
Rugged high-strength fire-resistant floating booms, each in-
corporating a continuous flexible fin suspended at and ex-
tending below the surface of a body of water, supported by
short floats formed of highly fire-resistant material, such as
foamed aluminum blocks, spaced apart longitudinally along.
the upper edge of the fm to permit flexing and accordion
folding of the structure and to provide flexible articulating
movement with surface waves, all parts of each spill control
boom being formed of highly fire-resistant and high-strength
materials substantially impervious to impact. b>ending or
snagging between vessels, docks, pilings and similar struc-
tures, and optionally incorporating resilient fender materials
protecting the hulls of adjacent vessels and barges as well as
docks and pilings from impact damage, while retaining
spilled petroleum products or other floating matenals
discharged from a dockside vessel in the immediate vicinity
of the spill, and preventing the movement of such spilled
material under docks and other structures.
3,638,431
STORAGE TANK
Charles P. Shelander, Dix Hills, N.Y.. assignor to Preload
Company, Inc., Garden City, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,753
Int. CI. B65g 5100
U.S. CI. 61-.5 3 Claims
A storage tank for storing liquid is adapted for construc-
tion in soil having a high- water table The tank has sidewalls
I
58
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
and a floor with the upper level of the floor being set below
the height of the water table in the soil. To stabilize the tank
■*7 ZZ
T V.
^ "V ^ k ' ''V^
and counter the effect of the uplift of the water in the soil, a
ballast voided fill is placed within the tank.
3,638,432
STATIONARY DREDGING APPARATUS
Townsend L. Schoonmaker, 265 Sammit Ave., San Rafael,
Calif.
Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,715
Int. CI. E02b 3102: E02f 5128
U.S. CI. 61-2
10 Claims
-^^
This application discloses apparatus for removing sand and
other sedimentary materials from waterways and other sub-
merged locations comprising a generally horizontal per-
forated pipe extending across the bottom of the waterway
and connected .to a suction pump above the water level with
a high-volurne clear water supply conduit entering the per-
forated conduit near the perforations closest to the pump
The clear water supply may be provided by a suction ap-
paratus or a pressure apparatus, and where the {perforations
are provided in the bottom of the perforated pipe, the pipe
may dig its own channel in the bottom of a waterway.
3,638,433
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING
STRUCTURES IN THE GROUND
James L. Sherard, 70 Hillcrest Road, Berkeley, Calif.
Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 812,574
Int.CI.E02di// 2, 5/34,5/72
U.S. CI. 61-11 14 Claims
A method for making an elongated liquid-filled hole ex-
tending downwardly in the ground- which may be used in the
construction of foundation piling, water wells, sand drains,
tension anchors and related installations, the method com-
prising generally the steps of providing a rigid, elongated
drive member or mcindirel having a drive foot on its lower
end; forcing the mandrel drive foot through and displacing
the soil to form a space with a cross-sectional area greater
than the mandrel stem in the wake of the drive foot, and
simultaneously filling this space with a preselected liquid sup-
plied at the ground surface, the liquid thereby flowing
downwardly with the mandrel behind its drive foot. For some
embodiments of the m\ention, the liquid is left in ftie hole
formed where it becomes part of the body of the completed
structure, such as in cast-in-place concrete piles or sand
I
I
drains The drive foot of the mandrel in all cases is left within
the hole and in some instances the mandrel stem is detacha-
ble from the dnve foot and is removed from the hole formed,
either before or after additional liquid is applied, depending
on the type of structure being built.
3,638,434
FLEXIBLE STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPES AND THE LIKE"
Albert Henri Delaere, Waterloo, Belgium, assignor to Davum,
Villeneuve La Garenne, France
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,371
Int. CI. F16I 9/22, E21d 11120
U.S.CL 61-16 8 Claims
A curved quadrilateral corrugated plate for constructing
fiexible segmented curved -section structures such as struc-
tural plate pipes The plate comprises on each of its four
edge portions assembly apertures which are formed in the
flanks of the corrugations The positions of the apertures on
the flanks are such that when two identical plates are assem-
bled by overlapping their edge portions, all the pairs of aper-
tures of the plates are respectively in coaxial superimposed
relation to each other
A flexible curved-section segmented structure comprising
an assembly of said corrugated plates is disclosed.
3,638,435
METHOD FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A RETAINING
WALL
Edward E. Mason, 314 Marine BIdg., Vancouver, III, British
Columbia, Canada
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,510
Int. CI. E02d 5118, 5/36
U.S. CI. 61-39 7 Claims
A retaining wall for supporting the embankment of a cut
excavation The wall structure consists of a skin of concrete,
an array of rows and columns of dowels or tendons extending
from the skin into the cut embankment and rows of wale
beams at the juncture of dowels and the face of the skin tying
the components together The retaining wall is built as the
cut prctceeds A cut to a selected depth is covered by a skin
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
59
of pneumatically applied concrete The dowels are formed as
reinforcing, grout-filled boreholes and the wale beams are
/
formed as reinforced
sprayed against the skin.
concrete members pneumatically
3,638,436
REVERSED SLOPE SKIRT PILE MARINE PLATFORM
ANCHORING
Ivo C. Pogonowski, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,244
Int. CI. E02b / 7100
U.S. CI. 61— 46.5 6 Claims
J I ' I
I
The invention relates to a marine platform for supporting a
deck or a similar working structure above the water's surface
at an offshore location. The platform includes an uprightly
positioned support jacket that extends to the sea floor, hav-
ing anchoring means at the lower end for fixedly positioning
the jacket in place. The anchoring means is so arranged with
respect to the jacket to firmly locate the latter even though
the anchoring substratum be underconsolidated, or charac-
terized by generally poor holding ability. Said anchoring
means embodies a series of peripherally located skirt piles
that are sloped inwardly at an angle toward the support
jacket interior to increase the resistance of the jacket to
being displaced or upset from a vertical disposition. Lateral
storm loads imposed against the jacket are thus transferred to
:he foundation strata by axial pile loads.only Safety, stability
against overturning and total collapse of the entire marine
structure is thereby improved.
3,638,437
FLOATABLE CASTING FOR WORKING ON HULL
STRUCTURES BELOW WATER LEVEL
Shozo Fukuda, Nagasaki, Japan, assignor to Mitsubishi Juko-
gyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan /
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,757
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 13, 1968, 43/91445
Int. CLB63C //02
U.S. CI. 61— 64 6 Claims
A floatable casing which is adapted to be positioned
around two hull sections of a vessel to be joined while they
are in the water includes two sections or portions which are
hinged together centrally and each of which includes a plu-
rality of tanks which are adapted to be filled or emptied of
sea water for the purposes of floating them, or positioning
them in place around the bottom and sides of a hull section
to be welded to another section. Each section includes a ver-
tically elongated tank at each side which is adapted to extend
upwardly on each side of the vessel to be joined together
Each section defines a continuous beltlike working space
preferably at least as high as a man which is adapted to be
enclosed in a watertight manner when the device is applied
around the hull sections to be joined in a manner such that
the separation plane of the hull sections lies in the working
space. The device is first floated to the area of the two hull
sections and then is submerged by filling the tanks at each
end to cause the sections to pivot to an opened form and per-
mit them to be inserted below the bottom of the vessel sec-
tions. The sections are moved together and the tanks of the
38, I6v
23
30 3
casing structure are then ballasted to give suffiQient buoyan-
cy to the dev ice to cause it to bear with resilient water proof
portions thereof tightly against the two hull portions which
are to be joined together Thereafter the working space
which IS aligned with the dividing plane of the two hull sec-
tions is freed of sea water by pumping the water out of the
space The side sections are sufficiently high to permit entry
of workmen from either side of the vessel and complete
movement of the workmen in the passage space defined by
the device, to effect the joining of the vessel parts together
' 3,638,438
TRENCH-FORMING, PIPELAYING AND TRENCH W ALL
SUPPORTING MACHINE
Walter F. Kinnucan, Jr., 140 Blackstone, La Grange. III.
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,334
Int. CI. F16I //OO. E2 Id 11/00
U.S. CI. 61— 72.1 6 Claims
t
A generally U-shaped body has a pump mounted near one
end to displace a digging plate having a semicircular profile.
This produces a trench with a semicircular bottom, shaped to
receive and supfx)rt a pipe section of approximately the same
radius as the radius of the curved trench bottom
60
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638.439
EMBEDDING CABLELIKE MEMBERS
Otto C. Niederer, Old Lyme, Conn., assignor to Aqua-Tech,
Inc., Norwick, Conn.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,853
Int. CI. F 161 1 100. E02f 5/02
U.S. CI. 61-72.4 . 18 Claims
Cable embedment with apparatus comprising a water bed
contacting support assembly, an entrance guide having a lon-
gitudinal axis, a depressor extending generally along a con-
tmuation of the axis rearward of the entrance, a jet assembly
extending beneath the depressor, and, connected to the jet
assembly, a source of tluid under pressure for creating a jet
flow at a flow rate sufficiently high and a pressure sufficiently
low to temporarily liquify water bed soil in the path of the
cable without substantial permanent soil displacement
3,638,440
CLOSED-CYCLE ELECTROCALORIC REFRIGERATOR
AND METHOD
William N. Lawless, Corning, N.Y., assignor to Corning Glass
Works, Corning, N.Y. *
Filed Nov. 20. 197W, Ser. No. 91,445
Int. CI. F25b J/ 'U^
IJ.S. CI. 62-3 22 Claims
I
TO
VACUUM ■_____
PUMP-^
II
7.i
A closed-cycle solid state refrigerator is disclosed that is
capable of accurately and efficiently achieving extremely low
temperatures. A second stage of the refrigerator comprises
an evacuated chamber in which is disposed a stilid state
refrigerant that is connected by a first thermal valve to a first
stage such as a cryostat and by a second thermal valve to a
heat generating load that is to be cooled. The refrigerant
consists of a polarizable electrocaloric material, the entropy
of which can be substantially reduced by changing an electnc
field set up therein by a pair of electrodes disposed on op-
posite sides thereof The refrigerant and the load are cooled
by cycling the refrigerator through a given sequence of steps
including opening and closing the thermal valves and chang-
ing the value of the applied electric field
3,638.441
DEVICE FOR PRODLCING COLD AT LOW
TEMPERATURES
Johan \driaan Rietdijk. Eindlwven, Netherlands, assignor to
L.S. Philips Corpt)ration. New York. N.Y.
Filed Mar. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 16,150
Claims priority, appiication Netherlands, Mar. 6, 1%9,
69,03436
Int. CI. F25b 9/00
L.S. CI. 62— <•
9 Claims
\
A c,ild gas refrigerator operable with an expansion device
where a fiuid niciliuni »> further expanded and ciniled. and a
compressor to raise the pressure of said further expanded
medium, the compressor formed of a compression chamber
withir the axially movable displacer of the refrigerator and a
piston fixed to the refrigerator housing and extending into
the chamber
: 3,638.442
CRYO(iENK LIQIID LEVEL CONTROL
Albert V. Hedstrom. Pinole, Calif., assignor to Almac
Cryogenics. Inc.. Oakland. Calif.
Filed Aug. 1. 1968. Ser. No. 749,363
Int. CI. F17c 7/00
U.S. CI. 62-49 7 Claims
A pneumatically operated automatic control for the liquid
level of cryogenic liquids in which a start valve controls the
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
61/
starting of cryogenic liquid delivery which continues until the
level of the cryogenic liquid reaches a temperature-sensitive
sensor A delivery valve for the cryogenic liquid is held open
by a body of entrapped gas under pressure which is first pres-
surized by the start valve A metering valve may be employed
to release the entrapped g^ at a predetermined rate to limit
the duration of each filling cycle regardless of the height ol
liquid level reaches after operation of the start valve. A
second temperature-resjxjnsive means may be employed for
operating the start valve to provide automatic incremental
control of liquid level between minimum and maximum
levels, and the delivery valve may be employed for con-
trolling the main line valve where evaporative cooling in the
mam line valve has a tendency to condense pressurized gas at
the control port of the line valve. . /
• ' • r< /
: "S,443
SPRAY REFRIGERATION SYSTEM FOR FREEZE-
SENSITIVE PRODUCT
David Paul Maurer, Williamsville, N.Y., assizor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original application Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,424, now
Patent No. 3,525,235. Divided and this application Jan. 22,
1969, Ser. No. 871,187
Int. CI. F25dJ//(>
U.S. CI. 62-52 V 5 Claims
■■■-t
A system for spray refrigeration of freeze-sensilive product
to avoid freeze damage and provide more uniform refrigera-
tion, in which a heat-conductive metal extended surface
member joins the thermally insulated vaponzer and overhead
spray conduits, and spaced nozzles preferably communicate
with the spray conduit upf>er portion to insure only gas-phase
refrigerant discharge when liquid fiow is terminated
3,638.444
HOT GAS REFRIGERATION DEFROST STRUCTURE
AND METHOD
Herbert S. Lindahl, Danville, III., assignor to Gulf & Western
Metals Forming Company. Detroit, Mich.
Filed Fefc. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,933
Int. CI. F25b4yYW
U.S. CI. 62-81 20 Claims
A hot gas refrigeration defrost system is disclosed includ-
ing a compressor and condenser in series with a plurality of
series expansion means and evaporators connected in paral-
lel, and a plurality of diverting valves connected between the
evaporators and compressor input in parallel and connected
in series between the compressor output and condenser The
diverting valves are operable to change the fiow of the hot
gas from the compressor to one of the evaporators to defrost
the one evaporator and are simultaneously operable to iso-
late the concenser from the compressor output A check
valve is provided in the high side of the refngeration system
between the condenser and evaporators and a check valve is
provided around each of the expansion means whereby hot
compressor gas passed through an evaporator tc defrost the
evaporator is bypa.ssed around the associated expansion
ftCCJMUl-VO*' 1 T
-1 8
means, is prevented from returning to the condenser and is
passed through the expansion means associated with the
remaining evaporators and back to the compressor. An accu-
mulator is provided between the evaptirators and compressor
to prevent slugs of liquid refrigerant returning to the com-
pressor at the end of the defrost cycle when the cooling cycle
is resumed.
3,638,445
AIR-COOLED CONDENSER APPARATUS
William J. Lavigne. Jr., and Gordon L. Mount, both of
Syracuse. N.Y.. assignors to Carrier Corporation, Syracuse,
N.Y.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,973
Int. CI. F25b 39/04
U.S. CI. 62-184 4 Claims
A pair of fans are employed for circulating a fiow of cool-
ing air over a condensing coil The fans are dnven by con-
stant speed reversible electric motors. A number of pressure
responsive switches are installed in the coil and are operating
successively upon rise and fall of pressure in the coil The
switches actuate motor control relays for selectively operat-
ing the motors in forward and reverse direction to vary the
volume of airflow over the condensing coil according to the
pressure therein.
}
'. ; 3.638,446
LOW AMBIENT CONTROL OF SUBCOOLING CONTROL
VALVE
Robert T. Palmer, 15 Pleasant St., Sharon, Mass.
Filed June 27, 1 969, Ser. No. 837. 1 72
Int. CI. F25b4y 04
U.S. CI. 62-202 18 Claims
A refrigeration system has a condenser coil cooled by out-
door air, and has a subcooling control valve with iLs thermal
62 \
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
bulb in heat exchange contact with the hquid line from the
condenser coil. The bulb is normally heated by an electric
heater, and the valve is adjusted to provide a desired amount
of subcooling of the liquid when the heat applied to the bulb
A programmer controls the operation of the pump and drain
valve for operation through a cleaning cycle involving circu-
1 •
r
THERM*l BULB a
^rn
TMERMfSTOR UNIT TU
J
EVAPORATOR
COIL
by the electric heater is maximum. At low outdoor tempera-
tures when the condenser pressure decreases so that a con-
ventional subcooling control valve would not open suffi-
ciently, the electric heat is automatically reduced so that the
valve opens wider
3,638,447
REFiUGERATOR WITH CAPILLARY CONTROL MEANS
Yoritsune Abe, Tochigi-ken, Japan, assignor to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,215
f laims priority, application Japan, SepC. 27, 1968, 43/69455
Int. CI. F25b4//04
IJ.S. CI. 62-^222 2 Claims
A refrigerator having a refrigerating vessel divided into a
plurality of compartments comprising either cold storage
compartments or at least one cold storage compartment and
one freezing compartment each of which is provided with an
evaporator for the refrigeration thereof Capillary tubes are
p>rovided for supplying the refrigerant to the individual
evaporators in the compartments, and heating coils are
wound around portions of the capillary tubes. An electric
current is caused to flow through the heating coils in order to
provide individual control of the supply of the quantity of
refrigerant. . i j
3,638,448
CLEANING SYSTEM FOR THE ICE MAKER OF A
VENDOR
Doyle Raymer, High Ridge, Mo., assignor to UMC Industries,
Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
FUed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,078
Int. CI. F25c 1 114
L.S. CI. 62-233 19 Claims
A cleaning system for the ice maker and appurtenant water
lines of a postmix cold drir.k vendor in which provision is
made for connecting the outlet of the water pump of the ven-
dor to the ice maker for circulating water through the ice
maker, and having a drain valve for draining the ice maker
lation of water with a cleaning agent therein through the ice
maker followed by draining of the ice maker and rinsing with
clear water. i
3,638,449
REFRIGERATION APPARATUS
Harley Lichtenberger, Evansville, Ind., assignor to Whirlpool
Corporation
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28J877
Int. CI. F25d2//.90
L.S. CI. 62 272
6 Claims
A refrigeration apparatus for chilling a storage chamber
comprismg air movmg means for moving air through an air
permeable refrigerant evaporator for chilling air flowing into
the chamber and a duct air bypass exteriorly of the evapora-
tor for flowing air around the evaporator in the region of the
air entrance thereto and then back into the evaporator prior
to the exit thereof in order to provide continuous flow and
chilling of air through the exit portion of the evaporator in
spite of frost accumulation on the evaporator. A method of
chilling air in a storage space comprising directing the air
from the space through a subfreezing chilLng means having
an entrance and an exit and bypassing the air around this en-
trance and back into the chilling means upon accumulation
of frost at the entrance with the result that :he chilling of the
air is continued during the accumulation of the frost and
prior to its eventual removaS. X
— — — /
3,638,450
FLEXIBLE PARTITION FOR REFRIGERATED STORAGE
CHAMBER
Henry J. Falk, Grand bland, N.Y., assignor to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,633
Int. CI. F25d 23/08
U.S. CI. 62-329 8 Claims
A flexible convection partition for dividing a refrigerated
storage chamber into multiple nongastigfit compartments.
/
February 1, 1972
/
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
68
which partition is substantially vertically retractable and is flowing in series in heat exchange relation, first with the
coolest portion of an absorber, then with the condenser and
I
u
storable near the ceiling of said refrigerated chamber.
3,638,451
APPARATUS FOR STORING HOLLOW ICE BODIES
William L. Brandt, Lebanon, Mo., assignor to OUn Corpora-
tion
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,643
Int. CI. F25c 5/18, B65 / '06
U.S. CI. 62-344
7 Claims
i
Storage of frangible, hollow bodies of ice which are usedas
targets for shooters is accomplished by feeding the bodies so
as to tumble them or change their relative attitudes with
respect to each other thus preventing the stored bodies from
adhering to each other. A conical supporting plate or floor is
mounted in a chamber and constantly rotates therein. An an-
nular side plate is mounted in the chamber, the side plate
being spaced apart a predetermined distance from the side
edge of the supporting plate, and the side plate is preferably
immobilized in the chamber. Bodies are fed onto the support-
ing plate where they migrate toward its edge due to its coni-
cal shape. The combination of the moving supporting plate
and immobile sideplate acting upon the bodies causes them
to move through the chamber and to tumble as they move.
3,638,452
SERIES WATER-COOLING CIRCUIT FOR GAS HEAT
PUMP
Roy W. Kruggel, SL Joseph, Mich., assignor to Whiripool
Corporation
Filed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,748 j
Int. CI. F2Sb 15/04
U.S. CI. 62-485 5 Claims
A heat pump for an absorption refrigeration system which
efficiently extracts heat from the system with coolant liquid
then with the hottest portion of the absorber In the preferred
structure, the coolant is then directed through a reflux con-
denser in the gaseous refrigerant section of the generator
j 3,638,453
' RETAINER SEAL FOR GEAR-TYPE FLEXIBLE
COUPLINGS
John B. Ehret, 20860 Greenwood Drive, Olympia Fields, 111.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,005
Int. CI. F16di/y«
U.S.CI.64-9R 19 Claims
A retainer for securing gear-type coupling sleeves and hubs
together against endwise separation. A tapered key of flexi-
ble material such as nylon, polyurethane or other plastic
which has physical characteristics that permit the key to be
pushed endwise, with its smallest end first, through an exteri-
or opening in the coupling sleeve into a compiementarily
tapered keyway groove between the coupling parts, and to be
pulled out of the groove when desired. The key fills the
groove, has ends mated, and acts as a key and a seal against
loss of lubricant from within the coupling parts.
64
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,454
FLEXIBLE COLTLING
Louis Paul Croset, Fixby, England, assignor to Forjors A.G.
Zug, Switzerland
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,540
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 12, 1968,
18548/68
Int. CI. F16di/64
secured to the back surface of the splined end region of the
tube.
The foregoing abstract is not to be talcen either as a
complete exposition or as a limitation of the present inven-
tion, and in order to understand the full nature and extent of
the technical disclosure of this application, reference must be
had to the following detailed description and the accompany-
ing drawings as well as to the claims.
L.S. CI. 64-14
10 Claims
A flexible coupling comprises two concentric (coaxial)
flanged members with alternate blades which define circum-
ferentially spaced apertures m which arc fitted the radial
arms of an elastic load transmission member. The load trans-
mission member has a central annular or ring portion to
which the radial arms are secured and at the junction of the
arms with the central ring, there are axial recesses to main-
tain contact between the annular ring and the confronting
circular inner blade surfaces' when the radial arms are
deformed during torque transmittance.
\ 3,638,455 ^
FILAMeNT-WOlfND RESIN TORSION TUBES WITH
MOLDED END SPLINES
Edgar Francois, Wayne, N J., assignor to L'niroyal, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed July 8, 1 ^70, Ser. No. 53,07 1
Int. CI. FI6dJ/06
U.S. CI. 64-23 23 Claims
.!
r i
/ A cylindrical, open-ended, filament-wound resin tube
capable of use as a torsion bar or spring, a drive shaft, etc ,
and having in at least one end region thereof a set of integral
molded splines designed to provide for a positive connex;tion
of the tube to a cooperatively splined adjunct of the struc-
tural members to be interconnected, is disclosed. The splines,
which are formed without machining by applying radially
directed pressure to the respective end region of the tube,
before the final curing thereof, to shape the same against an
appropriately contoured mold, are contoured in width along
at least a part of their length in the direction away from the
proximate open tube end, to provide for a gradual stress
transfer to the splines over the entire effective lengths
thereof Added support for the splines may be provided by
means of a backup sleeve of metal or filament-wound resin
3,638,456
DEVICE FOR CIRCULAR KNITTING MACHINES
Jose Maria Dalmau Guell, Badalona, Spain, assignor to Jum-
berca, S..A., Barcelona, Spain ■.
Filed Oct. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,046 j
Claims priority, application Spain, Oct. 31, 1968. 359,788:
Oct. 24, 1968. 359,468
U.S. CI. 66 50 R • 3 Claims
A circular knitting machine pattern mechartism comprising
a plurality of jacks each having one only intermediate jack
between a selector jack and the needle. Cams operating the
jacks have two notches, and a locking lever fits into one tuf
the notches of each cam when m ItKking position
to
r 3,638,457 ■
ELECTROMECHANICAL INTERLOCK
Edmund H. Filipak, Lexington, Ohio, assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 6. 1968, Ser. No. 735,123
Int. CI. UOftl 37118,37142
U.S. CI. 68— 12 R 4 Claims
r
Interlock for the access door of a clothes washing machine
which prevents opening of the door during certain portions
of :he operating cycle, for example, the spin portion thereof.
A catch member carried by the door cooperates with a sole-
noid-actuated latch bar to lock the door during the spin por-
tion of the cycle. The catch also serves to actuate, in the lid-
February 1, 1972',
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
65
closed position, a microswitch which enables the washer
motor to function. A tab member provided as part of the
latch bar prevents inadvertent actuation of the microswitch
while the door is open and a cam provided on the catch
member enables closure of the door, during normal use even
though the latch bar has been actuated
\ 3,638,458
\ TANK FOR TREATING FIBERS
Pierre Libbrecht, Toumai, Belgium, assignor to Teinturerie
des Francs, Tourcxting, France, a part interest
Filed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,395
Claims priority, application Belgium, Nov. 22, 1968, 724,291
Int. CI. B05c 8102
U.S. CI. 68-189
1 Claim
■^
t ^^i JA-i^-^fl:/^ g--: :■ -^i^ >>^
ai>^
M
A working tank for treating fibers has distributor means
located along the inner wall of said working tank to provide a
flow extending substantially at right angles to sleeves consist-
ing of rolled fibers and located inside the tank.
, <
' ■ 3,638,459
DEVICE FOR APPLYING A LIQUID AGENT TO A FLAT
MATERIAL
Peter Zimmer. I ntere Sparchen 54. .A -6330 Kufstein. .Austria
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 882,877
Claims priority, application Austria, Dec. 10, 1968, A
12026/68
InL CI. B05c 5100
U.S. CI. 68-200 , 5 Claims
V-*''^7
\
surface of the sheet material to which the liquid agent is afv
plied. In this latter form, both of said rollers rotatively work
together in a common rotative direction, with said doctor
squeegee rolling in a counterdirection to a depending fiow of
the liquid agent issuing from the rotary screen adjacent to the
external doctor roller
3,638,460
LOCKING BARS
Daniel Victor Berry, Bracknell, and Stanley Gerald Thomas
Knott, Wadhurst, both of England, assignors to Ingersoll
Locks Limited, London, England
Continuation of application Ser. No. 73, Jan. 2. 1970. This
application Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 95,257
Claims priority, application Great Britain.
Jan. 3, 1%9, 521 69 , i
Int. CI. E05b6 7/02, 67/22 | I
U.S. CI. 70-52
7 Claims
An improved device for applying a liquid agent such as dye
in the form of a thin film to and more uniformly across the
whole breadth of a flat sheet material, such as textile fabrics,
which material is moved relatively past and separated from
the applying device. The novel applying device includes a ro-
tary screen cylinder positioned above the sheet material and
having an internally disposed pressure or stow squeegee act-
ing on the inner wall thereof in cooperation with an exter-
nally disposed doctor or counterpressure squeegee engaging
the outer surface thereof and preferably with the squeegees
arranged perpendicularly below the axis of the rotary screen.
The opposed squeegees may be cylindrical or generally flat
or combinations of both and preferably are magnetically at-
tracted to one another through the rotary screen. Another
form utilizes a further cylindrical roller disposed parallel to a
cylindrical external doctor squeegee and placed below the
-i>
'>^
A locking bar adapted to cooperate with a shackle of a
padlock, which locking bar comprises a shackle-receiving
orifice and an abutment provided on the surface of said bar,
the arrangement being such that with the padlock secured to
the bar by means of a padlock shackle passing through said
orifice, the abutment is adapted to engage with the body
and/or shackle of the padlock to restrain substantial rotation
of said padlock about the orifice in said bar.
3,638,461
DOOR LOCK
George Watson, 4520 Gothard St, Vancouver 16^ British
Coiumbia, Canada
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,006
Claims priority, application Canada, May 14, 1969. 051538
Int. CI. E05c 15102; E05b 15102
U.S. CI. 70—92 4 Claims
A door lock is provided which is capable of use as a night
latch. It includes a pin tumbler cylinder lock so that the key
can only be removed when the lock is in a locked position, a
895 O.G.— 3
66
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
pinion engaging with a rack on a bolt adapted to be retained
in a recess in the jamb of the door frame, when the door is
closed, by a latching mechanism, lying perpendicular to the
bolt. The latching mechanism is provided with a release
mechanism whereby the door lock can be easily opened in an
emergency by, for example, a child whereby the door can be
quickjy opened and the child escape through the door open-
ing.
3.638,462
COINCIDENTAL LOCK
Robert L. White. Frankenmuth. and John W. Creed. Jr.,
Saiginaw. both of Mkh., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,622
Int. CI. B60r 25102
IJ.S. CI. 70-186 3 Claims
A coincidental lock adapted for vehicle steering column
applications includes a steering shaft lock bolt movable
between locking and unlocking positions, lock means opera-
ble by a key to move the lock bolt between its positions, and
inhibitor means operable to prevent locking movement of the
lock bolt as long as the key is inserted in the lock means, the
inhibitor means including an inhibitor pin, a slipring, a key
bezel rotatable with the key, cam means on the key bezel en-
gageable on the slipring, and means connecting the slipring
and the inhibitor pin. The key, when inserted in the bezel,
displaces the cam means to a position depressing the slipring
and the latter, when so depressed, functions to yieldingly
urge the inhibitor pin to a position preventing locking move-
ment of the lock tK>lt once the latter achieves the unlocking
position. ' ,
3,638,463
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTURING
APERTURED STRIP
Philip L. Cala, Jamestown, N.Y., assignor to Sylvania Electric
Products Inc.
Filed May 28. 1970, Ser. No. 41,318
Int. CI. B21b 37100; B21d 38100; B26d 5120
U.S. CI, 72-12 7 Claims
An improvement in the process for manufacturing aper-
tured stnp can be achieved by stamping a metal stnp at a
pitch less than desired, advancing the strip to a pitch-sensing
station, wherein the growth of the pitch is measurec, indent-
ing the carrier strip a sufficient amount to achieve the
desired pitch. A subassembly is useful in the process compris-
ing a stamping means for stamping at less than the ultimate
desired pitch, a pitch-sensing means that measures the
growth of the pitch spaced apart from said stamping die, an
February 1, 197f
indenting means for indenting the carrier strips a sufficient
amount to achieve desired pitch said indenting means being
J
spaced apart from said pitch-sensing means and a cutting
means for cutting said strip into predetermined lengths.
3,638,464
SHOT PEENING
Phillip M. Winter, White Bear Lake, and Gary A. Gardner,
St. Paul, both of Minn., assignors to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed ,Jul> 22, 1%«, Ser. No. 746,366
Int. CI. C2 Id 7/06
U.S. CI. 72-53 8 Claims
A rotary wheel, in which spheroidal peening particles are
affixed to radially extending circumferentially spaced flaps of
fibrous sheet matenal. is used to impart compressive stress
to, or aid in shaping, metallic substrates.
3,638,465
METHOD OF FORMING A STRUCTURAL ELEMENT
Robert Paul Lickliter; Earl Abbot, both of Hamburg, and
John F. Reeves, Tonawanda, all of N.Y., assignors to Flan-
geklamp Corporation, Buffalo, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 777,438, Nov.
20, 1968, now Patent No. 3,537,222, which is a continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 703,955, Feb. 8, 1968, now
Patent No. 3,537,217. This application Mar. 10, 1969, Ser.
No. 805,542
Int. CI. B21d 5/05 ;
U.S.CI.72-181 ^ 5 Claims
A method of forming a structural element comprising feed-
ing a continuous stnp of material through a series of forming
rolls to progressively bend the elongated strip into a desired
transverse configuration Insulating material is applied to the
../
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
67
material as it is being formed vThe continuous strip of materi- space between the top and bottom rolls to provide for a roll-
al is notched to provide /fongitudinally spaced transverse changing operation The spacer is automatically operated in-
cident to the roll-changing operation, to form the space
between the top and bottom rolls
3,638,468
ROLL-CHANGING MeANS FOR FOiR-HlGH ROLLING
MILL
Kakichi Fukui, and Shiro Imai, both of Hitachi-shi, Japan, as-
signors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,331
''^ ^ I ,r Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 2, 1968, 43/7112 1
Int. CI. B21b J///J
grooves in the strip prior to forming and is severed at the U.S. CI. 72— 238 17 Claims
grooves after the strip has been formed into the desired
shape. f .. . '
I
r
3,638,466
RECOIL DEVICE FOR A ROTARY FORGING MILL
Jean-Paul Calmes, ¥.n Pernessv. Le Mont-sur-Lausanne.
Switzerland
Filed June 19, 1969, Ser. No. 834,832
Claims priority, application Germany, June 20, 1968, P 17 52
603.3
Int. CI. B2Ij 9//2
U.S. CI. 72—208 6 Claims
I
Operating a rotary forging mill with a gas recoil device by
compressing the recoil gas to a limit pressure and' then keep-
ing the recoil gas at approximately the same pressure as the
recoil piston continues its rearward travel.
I 3,638,467
ROLLING MILL
Nobuhiro Fiyino, Hitachi-shi, Japan, assignor to Hitachi, Ltd.,
To4(yo, Japan >.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,066
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 30, 1968, 43/78506
Int. CI. B21bi///0
U.S. CI. 72-237 I 9 Claims
. -^ \ ^ ■ - .
A rolling mill in which a spacer is permanently incor-
porated in a roll housing to be used for forming a required
Roll changing means for a four-high rolling mill for auto-
matically and rapidly changing top and bottom working rolls
and top and bottom backup rolls without necessitating the
use of a crane by combining a working roll changing truck
and a backup roll changing truck in a dcuble-sled shifted
sidewise manner
3,638,469
EXTRUSION APPARATUS AND METHOD
Herbert Allen, Houston, Tex., assignor to Cameron Iron
Wtirks, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,542
Int. CI. B21c 23100; A23b , A23I 3134
U.S. CI. 72-263 14 Claims
A preform of the material to be extruded is positioned in
the die between the platens of a press, when the press is in a
vertical pxjsition. In this position the sides of the die that
require lubrication do not support the preform and the
preform can be better aligned with the die As extrusion
begins, the die is rotated to extrude the preform in a horizon-
tal direction where it can be supp>orted conveniently as it
leaves the die
68
■a,
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,470 /
METHOD OF MAKING A FAN
Allen Gilbert Ostrognai, Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to
General Electric Company »
Filed June 6, 1 969, Ser. No. 83 1 ,072
Int. CI. B21d 43128; B21c i7/02, B21k 3104
U.S. CI. 72-324 3 Claims
A setscrew aperture is produced on the surface of a sheet
metal workpiece by deforming a portion of the workpiece
surface, as by lancing and crimping or by bending a pair of
spaced, aligned punched tabs, to define a setscrew
passageway which may be threaded coincSdentaily with the
deforming step or in a later step.
I J
3,638,471?
HEAVY PRESS FORGING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Wayne A. Martin, Wilkins Township, Allegheny, Pa., assignor
to United States Steel Corporation
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 860,628 ,
Int. CI. 82 Ij 9/02 '
U.S. CI. 72—377 , 21 Claims
\ -I \ :
3,638,472
FASTENER INSTALLATION AND CRIMPING TOOL
John F. Orloff, Mt. Clemens, and William E. Pinkerton, Dear-
born Heights, both of Mich., assignors to Huck Manufactur-
ing Company, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Jan. 30, 1 970. Ser. No. 7, 1 13
Int. CI. 82 Id 9105: 823p / 1 100
U.S. CI. 72 391 . 2 Claims
The present invention relates to improvements in crimping
tools particulariv of the type which are used for the installa-
tion of fasteners
3,638,473
8LOCK AND DIE SHOE CLAMPING ASSEMBLY
Howard J. McElroy, South Holland, III., assignor to Wyman-
Gordon Company, Worchester, Mass.
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,160
Int. CI. m\A 37114
U.S. CI. 72-448 9 Claims
A heavy press forging apparatus and method according to
which a contoured lower die in a fixed vertical position is
rotated in a horizontal plane relative to a contoured upper
die, which is vertically reciprocated to forge a heated blank
on the lower die, the contours of the upper and lower dies
being formed to the desired shape of opposite sides of a forg-
ing. The uppec die has a smaller working surface compared
to that of the lower die, and the rotating movement of the
lower die between verticaf forging strokes renders the upper
die effective to forge a heated bloom over the entire surface
of the lower die.
A die-clamping arrangement for a large forging press. The
die-clamping arrangement includes a die-clamping assembly
and a die shoe clamping assembly, each of which clamps a
corresponding die or die shoe in place with great spring force
effective through clamping means. To relieve the spring
force, the springs are hydraulically loaded and compressed.
Threaded adjustment pins or rods can then be turned. In the
die-clamping assembly, this backs off the spring support, al-
lowing the spring to expand freely when hydraulic pressure is
relieved In the die shoe clamping assembly, this unkeys the
clamping heads.
I
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
69
1 I 3,638,474
CONSTRUCTION OF PUNCH DIES
Hedley G. Hannaford. 936 Port Road, Woodville West, South
Australia (5011), Australia
Filed Aug. 13, 1969. Ser. No. 849,750
Int. CI. B21d i7/2t»
U,S. CI. 72-476 7 Claims
determined by withdrawing from said pipeline a portion of
the oil and separating water and other separable contami-
nants while registering the total flow of oil, the amount of
water and other separable contaminants and the net amount
ir
■■ rf^^i l,,f
^W^
/3
\
^
.10
A punch die for punching depressions in a member for the
separation by length of grain or the like, in which the
punching face comprises a plurality of balls secured within a
substantially common plane and in a fixed spaced relation-
ship by being affixed to a backing plate.
3,638,475
METER-PROVING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Marvin H. Grove, and Lyie R. Van Arsdale, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to M & J Valve Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 26,834
Int. CI. GO If 25100
U.S.CI. 73-3 12 Claims
I ' 3,638,476
OIL AND SAMPLING SYSTEM
Gerald E. Paterson, 1 1756 Duart, Houston, Tex., and Daniel
D. Compton, 9012 Greiner,JIouston, Tex., assignors to Esso
Research and Engineering Co.
I . I Filed Dec. 8. 1969. Ser. No. 882,982
Int. CI. GOln ///0,ii/26
U.S. CI. 73—6 1 . 1 R 11 Claims
The amount of oil in an oil stream containing water an;
other separable contaminants flowing through a pipeline is
. C.
»0» B(L
E
D
:.::,:.
T.
of oil over a selected period of time. Apparatus for separat-
ing water and other separable contaminants from a represen-
tative sample of oil and for determining the amount of water
and other separable contaminants automatically and register-
ing the several amounts is described.
3,638,477
DEVICE FOR DETERMINING THE CENTER OF
GRAVITY AND/OR THE WEIGHT OF AIRPLANES
Hans Brummer, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignor to
Bevauge A.G., Zug, Switzeriand
Filed Feb. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 798,922
Int. CI. GOlm 1112; GOlg 3114
U^. CI. 73-65 15 Claims
Rh-
.^B ^Hi v"H;
Meter-proving method and apparatus for calibrating liquid
flow metering devices. It employs a metering pipe or loop
through which the flow is diverted. A plug or sphere is
launched into the inlet end of the pipe and is propelled
through the pipe by the liquid fiow during a proving run. A
special sphere-launching device is provided to launch the
sphere into the inlet end of the metering pipe, and also to
retain the sphere after it has cleared the pipe, whereby it is
ready for the next prover run This device is constructed to
establish seals between the inlet and outlet ends of the prov-
ing pipe during and after a run. Its inner shuttle part is mova-
ble between sphere retaining and launching positions, and in
both positions line flow occurs directly through the device.
The inner shuttle part can be withdrawn for replacement of a
sphere. Leak detecting means is associated with the seals of
the device to detect any leakage.
u HlZh
■^Ur;
Device for determining the center of gravity and the
weight of airplanes with polentiometric pressure indicators
by means of which latter the bearing loads being transmitted
to the landing gear may be represented as electrical re-
sistance values, comprising an analog computing circuit
being charged with a constant input voltage and in the "form
of a counter coupled of)erational amplifier equipped with a
series resistance and a feedback resistance, wherein the ratio
of the feedback resistance to the series resistance is deter-
mined by the pressure-indicating potentiometers and whose
output voltage serves as indication for the location of the
center of gravity and the weight.
3,638,478 /
STRUCTURE FOR SAND TESTING
Harry W. Dietert, Kerrville, Tex., and Ralph E. Steinmuelier,
Detroit, Mich., assignors to Harry W. Dietert Co., Detroit,
Mkh.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 864,078
InL CI. GOln 5/02. J/05
U.S. CI. 73-73 / 4 Claims
Automatic structure is disclosed for sequentially testing
moisture content and compactability, permeability, and
v
70
1
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
deformation and strength of a sample of foundry sand The
moisture content and compactabihty and the deformation
and strength of the sand may be tested simultaneously The
sample of foundry sand is positioned in a cylmder and com-
pacted by a pair of opposed plungers movable into and out of
the cylinder One of the pistons includes moisture-ser.smg
probes therein The compacted sand sample is exactly posi-
zTlj
^ PBESSjSt 1 L_i
\^y^ TBANSOJ[
168
162 i06
,4'
tioned in the cylinder and air is blown therethrough to deter-
mine the permeability of the sand after which the specimen is
moved out of the cylinder into contact with one of the
pistons and the sand specimen is deformed and broken. The
compactability, deformation and strength of the sand sample
are determined through the use of linear differential transfor-
mers registering movement of the pistons with respect to
each other. 1
3,638,479
TESTING DEVICE FOR THREADED ASSEMBLING
MEANS OR FASTENERS
Jean Boutet, Chatou, France, assignor to Chrysler France,
Paris, France
Filed Mar. 30, 1970. Ser. No. 23,837
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 2, 1969. 6910022
Int. CI. GOlni/0,^
U.S. CI. 73—88 F 10 Claims
posite ends of which are screwed to a common base member
Said gauge consists of a hollow cylindrical body, the internal
space of which is filled with a liquid and communicates with
an external capillary tube
1
3,638,480
DLAL-STATOR INDUCTION MOTOR TORQUE SENSOR
AC DYNAMOMETER
Romeo T. Caiud, Beloit, Wis., assignor to Bucyrus-Erie Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
1 Filed Nov. 21. 1969, Ser. No. 878,860
Int. CI. GOlli/00
U.S. CI. 73-134 4 Claims
/
/
A dual-stator induction motor has a rotor and a stator,
which has two segments mounted for relative rotatable ad-
justment The rotatable stator segment has a gear sectdr on it
which meshes w[th a pinion of an actuator motor. The stator
segments are energized from a three-phase line Stator cur-
rent and voltage are inductively sensed by a watts transducer
the output of which is connected to an ammeter. The watts
transducer originates at its output an electrical signal propor-
tional to primary watts which accurately reflects torque out-
put An embodiment of the invention is employed as a
dynamometer. i
} ■
3,638,481
PRESSURE SENSOR '
Leslie B. Wilner. Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Becton Dickin-
son Electronics Company, Pasadena, Calif.
tailed Mar. 4. 1969. Ser. No. 804,066
Int. CI. GOll //22 GOlb 7//6
U.S. CI. 73 141 A 11 Claims
• I
/5<?.
/ae--
m-
■s>up
/00\
^
■/40 /^-^ -25.
A
-/??-
'S-
/3?a~
-^ T
-/^-
^-^
/36
-//<?-
■32t
33-
F
3^
"/'(<}
^
A threaded assembling means to be tested is mounted
between a rotatable annular plate and a stationary endpiece
respectively earned by one end of a generally tubular fixture
and the corresponding end of an extensometer gauge, the op-
A pressure sensor is provided with a resilient diaphragm
responsive to pressure which produces a corresporiding ac-
tuating force on a unitary piezoresistive semiconductor ele-
ment which is prestressed to exhibit a conductance that is a
February 1, 1972
/
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
71
linear function of the actuating force over an extended range
of compression forces so that electrical signals produced by
the p'essure sensor are a linear function of the applied pres-
sure or force.
3,638,482
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING TRACK
CONDITIONS
Egon Schubert, Vienna, Austria, assignor to Franz Plasser
Bahnbaumaschinen, Vienna, Austria
Filed May 8, 1969, Ser. No. 822,966
Claims priority, application Austria, June 25, 1968, A
6104/68
Int. CI. B61k9/0«
U.S.CL 73-146 8 Claims
Changes in acceleration caused by local track condiAons
are directly or indirectly measured as a car moves over a
track section. The resultant signals are totalled to produce a
signal or parameter characteristic of the track section condi-
tion, and this is compared with a comparison signal charac-
teristic of a track condition norm.
3,638,483
METHOD AND MEANS FOR REDUCING POWER >
REQUIREMENTS OF SUPERSONIC WIND TUNNELS
Ahmad R. Shouman, 17 10 S. Pecos St., Las Cruces, N. Mex.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,264
Int. CI. GOlm 9/00
U.S. CI. 73-147 . 6 Claims
i ■
34-,
lU"^ ^'
/»'
.jix4^^frn^^^^
^
-4^.
-^^ I — ^-.
3^J \ k\ ^
'40
3e
ment, porosity data derived from sonic, neutron and forma-
tion density logging tools are combined' with noninvaded
zone resistivity data and various "assumed value" parameters
to produce computed indications of shale or clay content,
total and effective, nonclay filled porosity, hydrocarbon and
water saturation, and formation pressure In other embodi-
ments, porosity data from only two of the three pvorosity tools
can be combined with resistivitv data and "assumed value '
A system for reducing the power requirements of super-
sonic wind tunnels of the type having variable geometry dif-
fusers which involves especialfy a pumping system which is
capable of creating the pressure ratio across the tunnel
necessary for starting conditions in a blow down configura-
tion at small mass flow rate of air and which at the same time
is sufficiently variable or flexible that it is capable of pump-
ing the designed mass flow rate of air through the tunnel at a
lower pressure ratio when the tunnel achieves a steady-state
condition. " •
3,638,484
METHODS OF PROCESSING WELL LOGGING DATA
Maurice P. Tixier, Houston, Tex., assignor to Schlumberger
Technology Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed No*. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 773,592
Int. CI. E21b47/0S
U.S. CI. 73- 1 52 44 Oaims
In accordance with illustrative embodiments of the present
fnvention, techniques for determining certain formation
characteristics in shaly sands are disclosed. In one embodi-
parameters to produce the computed indications. In all em-
bodiments, the computed indications are tested for feasibili-
ty, and if not feasible, certain ones of the "assumed value"
parameters are adjusted to make the computed indication
feasible. Additionally, spontaneous potential, natural gamma
ray, and borehole diameter data mdy be used to inhibit the
computations under certain borehole and formation condi-
tions.
3,638,485
APPARATUS FOR TOTALIZING LIQUID VOLUMES IN A
PLURALITY OF CONTAINERS
Waiter T. Knauth, 1334 W. Grey, Houston, Tex.
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,760
Int. CI. E21b47//0
U.S. CI. 73— 155 23 Claims
c^C
The apparatus provides a turning moment that is prop>or-
tional to the total volume of liquid in the liquid containers
If;
\
>■,
72
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
JPEBRUARY 1, 1972
being monitored. This turning moment controls the pressure
in a conduit by controlling the rate gas can bleed from the
conduit so the pressure in the conduit is proportional to that
total volume of the containers
1 3,638,486
VALVE SPRING TESTER
James H. Lambert, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Frank L. Kehr,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed Apr. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 724,522
Int. CI. GOll U04
U.S. CI. 73-161 3aaims
member varying as tension forces imposed on the upstream
portion of the strain member and the resistances of strain
gages at a downstream portion of the strain member varying
as the compression forces imposed on the downstream por-
tion by fluid flowing therethrough The Wheatstone bridge
provides an output voltage or signal which varies in ac-
cordance with the velocity of flow of the fluid through the
strain member if the velocity of flow may vary and thus acts
as a flow meter, or which varies in accordance with the
viscosity of the fluid flowing through the strain member if the
velocity of the fluid is constant and its viscosity may vary.
The sensing device may also include means for sensing the
temperature of the fluid to provide an output signal to a com-
puter to which the output of the Wheatstone bridge is also
transmitted so that the computer may provide an output
signal, which is indicative of a certain characteristic of the
fluid flowing therethrough, to a controlled device, such as a
transducer, electrically operable valve, recorder and the like.
3,638,488
FLUID VELOCITY MEASURING DEVICE AND METHOD
Robert S. Meijer, Chicago, III., assignor to AInor Instrument
Company, Div. of Illinois Testing Laboratories, Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,312
Int. CI. GOlf //OO
U.S. CI. 73-194B 8 Claims
A device for testing the strength of a spring at a predeter-
mined installed height comprising a movable cylinder having
a pressure gauge secured thereto and a piston slidably
disposed in the cylinder such that force exerted on the piston
is registered on the _gauge. An adjustable height limiter is
secured to the device so that the force exerted by a spring
being tested, when compressed to the height set on the
limiter, is registered on the gauge.
3,638,487
FLUID CHARACTERISTIC SENSING DEVICE
Seymour H. Raskin, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Sands Measure-
ment Corporation, Dallas, Tex.
TUed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,628
Int. CI. GOlf y/06
U.S. CI. 73-194 E 18 Claims
A device for sensing a characteristic, such as velocity or
viscosity, of a fluid flowing through a flow conductor, the
device having a housing connectable to the flow conductor
and a tubular strain member having a longitudinal passage of
the same internal diameter as the flow conductor disposed
within the housing and constituting a section of the flow con-
ductor, the strain member and the housing providing an an-
nular chamber about the strain member, the fluid pressure of
a fluid flowing through the flow conductor being commu-
nicated to the annular chamber by ports in the strain member
or by a bypass conductor, and a plurality of strain gages
spaced longitudinally of and bonded to the strain member
and connected in a Wheatstone bridge circuit, the resistances
of the strain gages at an upstream portion of the strain
For the measurement of low-fluid velocities, especially
velocities which are very low, a probe is oscillated in the
stream of fluid in a simple harrhonic motion and in a plane
that is parallel to the fluid flow The probe carries a trans-
ducer of a type whose output is some function of relative air
flow over the transducer The frequency or amplitude of the
oscillation is chosen so that at some point in the cyclic move-
ment, the velocity of the transducer relative to the fluid
stream will be zero. The output of the transducer is com-
pared with the mechanical oscillation of the probe to find the
angular positions of the probe at which there is zero relative
speed and these positions are related to fluid velocity in ac-
cordance uith the expression
Vf= A(u cos 0, J
where Vf is the velocity of the fluid medium, A is the am-
plitude of the vibration of the probe, oj is the angular
frequency of the vibration and d is the angular jxKition of the
probe when velocity of transducer relative to the fluid medi-
um is zero.
3,638,489
STABLE lONIZATION-TYPE ANEMOMETER HAVING
AN OPTIMALLY ADJUSTABLE MEASUREMENT RANGE
Vojtech Buran, Brno; Jaromir Kuba, Troubsko Ubma; Adolf
Uncovsky, and Kar^ Zouhar, both of Brno, all of
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Vyzkumny a vyvojovy ustav
Zavodu vseobecneho strojirenstvi, Brno, Czechoslovakia
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,901
Int. CI.GOlf //OO
U.S. CI. 73-194 E 4 Claims
A gas whose velocity is to be measured is passed through
an ionization tube, and a first voltage proportional to the
r
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
73
resulting ionization current is applied to one of two measure-
ment arms of a bridge. A second voltage equal in magnitude
to the first voltage when the velocity of the gas through the
tube is zero is applied to a second arm of the bridge to set a
zero reference on an ionization current meter connected
between corresponding points on the measuring arms The
meter is then adjusted for full-scale deflection when the first
voltage is reduced to zero to set the upper limit of the mea-
suring range. The ionization current read on the meter during
actual gas flow will now be accurately indicative of the flow
velocity irrespective of the density and composition of the
gas. . ,
3,638,490
FLUID FLOW MEASURING DEVICE
Carl F. Buettner, 9501 Pine Spray Court, Crestwood, Mo.
Filed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 791,948
Int. CI. GO If 1 100
U.S. CI. 73— 212 21 Claims
is
aircraft through a zener diode. The output of the oscillator is
supplied to a capacitance bridge, one leg of which is formed
by the concentric tubes. The output of the capacitance
bridge is in turn supplied to an amplifier which includes op-
positely disposed transistors, namely, a PNP- and NPN-
transistor, connected in a manner to compensate for tem-
perature changes in the transistor characteristics The output
of the amplifier is supplied through a \oltage divider to the
Means for determining the velocity and depth of a flowing
body of fluid such as fluid flowing in a water or sewer main,
said means including conduit means immersed in the flowing
fluid, means forcing gas out through the immersed conduit
means into the fluid, and other means responsive to the force
or pressure required to force gas into the stream, said last-
named means being calibrated to indicate and/or record in-
formation from which the depth and/or velocity of the fluid
body can be determined.
3,638,491
FUEL-GAUGING DEVICE
Atlee S. Hart, 8776 Woodside Park Drive, Oak Park, Mich.
Filed Dec. 4, 1967, Ser. No. 687,724
Int. CI. G01f2i/26
U.S. CI. 73-304 C 18 Claims
A fuel-gauging device including concentric tubes that are
adapted to be mounted within the fuel tank and circuitry
positioned within the inner tube and connected to an exter-
nal gauge. The circuitry includes an oscillator to which direct
current is supplied from a source such as" the battery of the
fuel-indicating meter.
Means are provided for metering the flow of fuel into and
out of the space between the concentric tubes to provide for
a damping action and thereby prevent undue fluttering or er-
ratic action of the fuel-indicating meter
For use in fuel tanks provided in the wings of airplanes
having a substantial dihedral angle, two fuel-gauging sensors
are connected in a bridge circuit to operate a single fuel-in-
dicating meter.
3,638,492
LIQUID LEVEL MEASURING DEVICE
Thomas A. Fling, 524 Post St., San Francisco, Calif., and Wil-
liam F. Fling, 351 South Fuller St., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,333
Int. CI. G01f2J/(?6
U.S. CI. 73-315 3 Claims
A liquid level measuring device is provided with a frame
and a float member in near association with a guide A
gripper member is mounted on the float and engages the
74
.A
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
guide. Means connected to the guide selectively disengage 3,638,495
the gripper member from the guide METHOD FOR DETECTING AGING OF ARTICLES
Donald R. Sessler, Temple City, Calif., assignor to Dynamet-
I ' t ric. Inc.. Pasadena. Calif.
3,638,493 Filed Aug. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 750,810
FLUID LEVEL GAUGE ASSEMBLY Int. CI. GOlk i/04, 7/24
Charles F. Schoepflin, 8321 Crenshaw Blvd., Los Angeles, U,S. CI. 73— 362 AR
Calif.
Filed Dec. 28, 1 970, Ser. No. 1 0 1 ,450
Int. CI. GOlf 2i//2 ■ ,
U.S. CI. 73-317 3 Claims ^
2 Claims
An easy to construct and install gauge assembly for con-
tinuously monitoring the level of fluid in a tank in response
to movement of a float secured to a lower shaft of the as-
sembly. The assembly comprises a gauge on a suppwrt body
over a small opening in the top of the tank and responsive to
turning of an upper shaft within the support body. Upper and
lower brackets connected by a support arm extend from the
body within the tank The upper bracket is releasably
secured in a vertical bore in' the body adjacent the gauge
The upper and lower brackets include a pair of upper and
lower open-ended slots, respectively, for receiving the upper
and lower shafts and sprockets for supporting a continuous
loop of chain. The pairs of upper and lower slots and hence
the upper and lower shafts are angularly displaced at an
angle greater than 90° and less than 180° whereby the chain
is twisted to remove undesired slack and such that vertically
extending portions of the chain are spaced from the support
arm from each other.
3,638,494
RADIOMETER SYSTEMS
Georges Broussaud, and Claude Tinet, both of Paris, France,
assignors to Thomson-CSF
Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 829,995
Claims priority, application France, June 20, 1968, 155733
Int. CI. GOlj 5/00: GOlr 23/00
U.S. CI. 73-355 R 5 Claims
- 1 s
Wftsfni
SOURCE I
. .— J8»CP»iil _U)tTtCTOfl|
d ."LTEP I STSTEn
lERJ
ic 1*
«il CtTtCTOPl.
ttnwmai
STSTEn
V
iv 6c X 6c X /a: ,«,- lap ,3c?i-!c
* An age indicator which indicates the effect of temperature
on the useful life of articles, particularly unused photosensi-
tive sheet material, is exposed to the same temperature con-
ditions as the article itself. The age indicator deposits metal
or other material by electrochemical deposition in ac-
cordance with Faraday's law. The rate of deposition is made
propc:)rtional to the known aging rate of the article at various
temperatures, so that a correct indication of aging can be ob-
tained even though the article is exposed to unknown, widely
variable, temperature conditions. The age indicator is con-
veniently placed in close proximity to the article, such as in-
side a container with the article, thereby being exposed to
the same unknown, widely variable, temperature conditions
as the article iLself Such temperatures occur, for example, in
the transportation or storage of articles through or in zones
of extremely high temperatures. During the period of expo-
sure, the age indicator will provide an indication of the
remaining or consumed useful life of the article.
V
A radiometer system comprising two filters, for respective-
ly selecting two adjacent spectrum portions of the signals
respectively radiated by the source whose temperature is to
be measured and by a reference source, and two other filters
for sepa4;ating said spectrum portions after amplification in a
single amplifier. The corresponding energy fractions are then
detected and applied to a differential comparator.
3,638,4%
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Earle C. King, Evans City, Pa., assignor to Mine Safety Ap-
pliances Company, Pittsburgh, Pa. i
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 45,995 '
Int. CI.GOll 9//0
U.S. CI. 73—398 R 3 Claims
A pressure transducer has a chamber partitioned into two
compartments by a movable wall, one compartment is open
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
75
to the fluid pressure to be measured, the other compartment tion of the stream into a sample chamber. At desired inter-
is closed and filled with a liquid and a predetermined amount vals, the control section actuates valve means to isolate fluid
20 ^J 14
of gas The movable wall assumes a position that equalizes
the pressure in the two compartments and electrical means
indicate the position of the movable wall.
3,638,497
PRESSURE AND FORCE TRANSDUCER MEANS
Amotz Frehkel, Lansdale, Pa., assignor to Transducer
Systems, Inc., Willow Grove, Pa.
Filed July 16, 1969, Ser. No. 842,100
Int. CI. GOll 9/10 F
U.S. CI. 73-398 R e H Claims
in the sample chamber and to allow gas from the gas elimina-
tor to displace the fluid from the chamber into a sample con-
tainer
3,638,499
DEVICE FOR SAMPLING FLUID OF HYDRAULIC
CIRCUIT
Robert Saint-Andre, 95, av. de Naugeat. 87 Limoges, France
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,172
Claims priority, application France, May 13, 1968. 151567
Int. CI. GOln l/IO
U.S. CI. 73-422 R 9 Claims
A transducer means including a tubular housing having a
resilient diaphragm mounted therein and extending
thereacross adjacent one end of the housing A mounting
block is secure in the other end of the housing. A proximity
transducer is mounted on the mounting block and extends
into the housing. The proximity transducer has a core which
projects from the end of the proximity transducer which is
adjacent the diaphragm. A deflection core of metal is
secured to the surface of the diaphragm which faces the core
of the proximity transducer. A closure member is secured in
the one end of the housing and includes means for applying
to the diaphragm the pressure or force to be measured.
I
3,638,498
FLUID STREAM SAMPLING APPARATUS
Jinunie J. Nelms, Luling, Tex., assignor to Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion
Filed Mar. II, 1968, Ser. No. 712,015
Int.CI. GOln ///O
U.S. CI. 73—422 TC 5 Claims
An apparatus for obtaining samples from a fluid stream
having a gas-eliminating section, a sampling section, and a
control section. A prob>e is positioned in the main conduit
through which the stream flows to continuously divert a por-
/
A device for taking samples of fluid from a hydraulic cir-
cuit while operating under pressure comprises a hollow body
having a chamber which is connected into the circuit through
a very small opening which is normally closed by a point at
the end of a spring-pressed plunger slidable in the chamber
and having near its fwint lateral channels leading into a cen-
tral longitudinal channel through which the sample is
discharged when the plunger is pulled down against its spnng
so as to open the opening. A controlled-leakage passage
prevents accumulation of solid particles and keeps the device
clean so that subsequent samplings are not contaminated.
3,638,500
APPARATUS FOR TAKING SAMPLES OF MOLTEN
METAL
Mayo R. Wetxel, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignor to Kennecott
Copper Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,247
Int. CI. GOln I 14
U.S. CI. 73—423 10 Claims
A sample of molten metal is taken by swinging an elongate
arm over the molten metal from a safe distance and by lower-
. I
76
OFFICIAL GAZETTE \
February 1, 1972
ing a carried sampling tube into the molten metal to extract al
sample The sample-containing tube is raised and swung to a
collecting station, where it is released. The sampling arm is
pivotalK mounted to swing on a vertical axis and ha.s a
receiving clamp at its free end for holding an evacuated sam-
pling tube Means are also provided for lowering the sam-
pling tube into and lifting it from the molten metal In-
dividual aemptv sampling tubes are successively inserted into
the receiving clamp by injecting mechanism IcKated at a
work station a safe distance from the molten metal but within
the lateral swing path of the free end of the arm The tubes
are individually supplied, to the injecting mechanism,
preferably from storage, by dispensing mechanism. The ap-
paratus can be programmed to execute its sampling cycles
automatically at desired frequency, and is preferably
mounted uptin a movable platf^m for convenient placement
with respect to molten metal
sampled.
' 3,638,501
SENSOR
Otakar P. Prachar. Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
i Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,090
Int. CI. GOlp 15/04; HOlh 35/14
, L.S. CI. 73-492 6 Claims
A bidirectional sensor having an operator mounted within
a tubular guide and spring biased in one direction. The
operator is constrained against movement by the engagement
of a plurality of bails with a shoulder thereof The balls arc
held against being cammed outwardly through apertures in
the guide by an internal annular wall of a seismic mass.
Spring seats extending between spaced annular walls of the
mass and a common stop on the sensor housing are engagea-
ble by opposing threshold springs
3,638,502
I STABILIZED CAMERA MOUNT
John N. l^avitt. West Flamboro, Ontario; Raigo Alas, Hamil-
ton. Ontario, and Edwin C. Dafoe, Dundas, Ontario, all of
Canada, assignors to Canadian Westinghouse Company
Limited. Hamilton, Ontario, Canada
Filed Dec. I. 1969, Ser. No. 881,244
Int. CI. GO Ic 19/30
U.S. CI. 74-5.34 7 Claims
Vehulc -mounted cameras require stabilization to com-
pensate for the erratic movement of the vehicle This inven-
tion prt)vides a stabilized platform for mofl^^ling on a vehicle
and supporting a camera The platform is matie slightly pen-
dulous so that it is self-erecting to the local l|grtical and is
stabilized first hv meiins of plurality of gyroscopes which pro-
vide an artificially amnlified mass, and secondly by the move-
ment of suitable real masses, the whole assembly t>eing ar-
ranged within a protective fairing and controllable from a
remote operators position
^ 3,638,503
DUST BOOT FOR TREAD BRAKE UNITS
Joseph G. Stipanovic, McKeesport, and Earl E. Allan, Mon-
roeville, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Air Brake
Company, Wilmerding, Pa.
Filed Oct. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 863,550
Int. CI. FI6j 15/50
U.S. CI. 74-18 4 Claims
A split- or seam-type cone-shaped replaceable dust boot
for surrounding the brake rod of a tread brake assembly
wherein the boot is dispt^ed in surrounding relation to the
brake rod so as to be readily removable and replaceable
without disassembly or removal of the associated brake as-
sembly parts This seam-type dust boot is installed in sur-
rounding relation to the brake rod while the edges of the split
0,
February 1, 1972
/
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
77
seam are separated, following which these edges are secured
together in a sealed relationship by overlapping and inter-
locking ribs on the mating edges. If desired, a slide-fastener
element may be employed to effectuate the interlocking of
the ribs on the mating edges
/
particularly for transfernng rotational motion to linear mo-
tion. The device is particularly designed for transmitting mo-
tion from a power source or motor drive shaft to a pump
piston and may be quickly and easily adjusted to provide sub-
stantially any desired length of linear movement or reciprocal
movement for the pump piston. The device may be con-
3,638,504
VARIABLE PITCH LINEAR ACTUATOR WITH
VARIABLE THRUST
Wenzel Zaruba, East Paterson, NJ., assignor to Textol
Systems Inc., Meadow Lane, N.J.
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,421
Int. CI. F16h2///6
U.S.CL 74-25 10 Claims
nected directly to the drive shaft of the motor and carries an
adjustable cam drive member for connection with the pump
piston for transmitting the linear motion thereto The cam
drive member may be substantially infinitely adjusted to pro-
vide substantially any desired drive or speed ratio between
the drive shaft and piston
3,638,506
VARIABLE PULLEY ASSEMBLY
David L. Wolf, and Robert A. Stelzer, both of Coldwater,
Ohio, assignors to Avco Corporation, Coldwater. Ohio
Filed Aug. 3, 1970. Ser. No. 60,521
Int. CI. F16h 55/52
U.S. CI. 74-230.17 6 Claims
A linear actuator which has a housing with a longitudinally
extending cylindrical bore and a plurality of wheels mounted
in the housing. A shaft is rotatably and slidably mounted in
the bore with the wheels being disposed adjacent the bore
and urged against the shaft for controlling the movement of
the shaft with respect to the housing. The wheels are urged
against the shaft by a pressure controlled diaphragm. Thrust
of the linear actuator can therefore be varied from a remote
source.
The disclosure illustrates a variable pulley assembly that
may only be adjusted io a nonrotating state When the pulley
assembly is tightened i^ this state one of the sheaves making
up the pulley is displaced away from the other sheave against
a spring. The spring retams the displaced sheave to its proper
position when the pulley assembly rotates.
3,638,505
MOTION TRANSFER DEVICE
Stewart W. Wortley, 1814 S. Cheyenne, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,453
Int. CI. F16h 25/08; G05g 1/00
U.S. CI. 74—54 5 Claims
An adjustable motion transfer device for transmitting
movement from a drive member to a driven member, and
, 3,638,507
PRELOADED BALL-BEARING SCREW AND NUT
MECHANISM
Harry Orner, 2479 Glenn Canyon Road, Altadena, Calif.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,372
Int. CI. F16h 1/18, 55/18, 55/02
U.S. CI. 74-424.8 14 Claims
This invention is a device for adjustably preloading a ball
bearing screw and nut mechanism The nut structure is pro-
vided with an intermediate reduced area section including an
annular member with acoacting screu mechanism adjustabh
78
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
actuated to axially stress the reduced area section to change actuation of the contact can be controlled mu::h more accu-
the relative position of the helical groove m the nut structure rately than by actuating the contact directly from the first
10 13-, 2S. !3
\ .
on each side of the intermediate section, relative to the helical '*''^^'^^' Pr'^^'^ed it is acceptable to actuate the contacts dur-
groove of the screw, to remove the end plav of the nut to the '"^^'"'> ^^'^^'" '"^l^'^^ intervals of time,
screw. ■
3,638,510 ,
3,638,508 SHIFTING ARR \NGEMENT USING A REVERSIBLE
INTERMITTENT DRIVING DEVICE GENEVA DRIVE
Tomoyasu Ikeda, 2600, Imaizumicho, Utsunomiya-shi, •^^'■*' J**" Staller. Rutherford, NJ., assignor to International
Tochigi-ken, Japan Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,648 *"'•"* ^°^'- 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,256 ,
Int.CI.F16h//y6 Int. CI. F16h 27/06, J/40 ' //
IJ.S. CI. 74-426 2 Claims IS. CI. 74-436 _ 10 Claims
Intermittent driving structure comprising a worm gear, a
worm meshed with the worm gear having teeth, each includ
ing an arcuate portion which portions are aligned axially of
the worm and which together extend the length of the worm
engaged with the worm gear and which arcuate portions have
no pitch whereby the teeth over this arcuate portion of the
worm extend perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the
worm so that on each rotation of the worm the worm gear is
driven intermittently.
3,638,509
GENEVA DRIVE REPEAT CYCLE TIMER
Charles A. Hunt, 512 Bound Line Road. Wolcott, Conn.;
assignor to North American Philips Corp., New York, N.Y.
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,356
Int. CI. F16h 55104; GOlc 22100; G06c 7110
U.S. CI. 74-436 8 Claims
A timer having means to rotate a shaft on which there is a
first geneva wheel that engages the geneva pinion for a
limited part of each revolution. The pinion is in mesh with a
second wheel and moves that second wheel in short intervals
of motion spaced by relatively long intervals of no motion. If
the wheels are the same diameter, the second wheel will
rotate at the same instantaneous speed as the first wheel dur-
' ing the time the first wheel drives the pinion. The wheel and '
pinion may be arranged to provide an overall stepdown speed
ratio of, for example. 10:1 between the first and second
wheels but by arranging the second wheel to move at the
same speed as the first wheel and by locating the electrical
contact to be actuated by the second wheel, the timing of the
An arrangement to shift a carriage carrying characters of
printers from one position to another by means of a geneva
drive The same drive is used to reverse the shift of the car-
nage by means of a control camming means such that only
one driving pin can engage the geneva gear at a given time.
3,638,511
ASSEMBLY UNIT OF TOOTHED ELEMENTS FOR
MOTOR VEHICLES
Peter Kirschner, Wolfsburg, Germany, assipwr to Volk-
swagenwerk AKG, Wolfsburg, Germany
Filed Apr. 23, 1970^ Ser. No. 43,298
Claims priority, application G^^inany, Apr. 25, 1969, P 19 21
099.2
Int. CI. F16h 55118; F16d 3118. 3/54
U.S. CI. 74-440 3 Claims
An assembly unit of toothed elements for motor vehicles
and particularly for passenger cars having cooperating tooth
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
79
elements and a spring to brace the elements counter to the
operational direction of rotation.
3,638^12
WINDSCREEN WIPERS
Derek Norman Stevens, and Peter James Underwood, both of
DunstaMe, England, assignors to General Motors Corpora-
tion, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,440
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 12, 1969,
45,228/69
Int. CI. B60s //i4
U.S. CI. 74-595 3 Claims
angle of indexing by means of a driving Geneva motion,
which is kinematically connected with the index plate
through a four-link crank-and-rocker mechanism
The indexing attachment is intended mainly for use in hob-
sharpening machines.
3,638,514
METHOD FOR PRODUCING THREAD ROLL DIES
Mark Richard Carpenter, Oreland, and Albert P. Ludwig,
Richboro, both of Pa., assignors to Standard Pressed Steel
Co., Jenkintown, Pa.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,873
Int. CI. B2 Ik 27/00
U.S.CI. 76-101 B 11 Claims
tami.
■^U
In contrast to the customary windscreen wiper actuator
mechanisms in which a rotary spindle, joumaled in a fixed
housing, carries a crank at one end and has a wiper arm fixed
on the other end, the present invention provices an arrange-
ment in which a rotary tubular housing is joumaled on a
fixed spindle secured to a frame member, the housing being a
hollow cylinder closed at one end and serrated at the closed
end so as to carry the wiper arm and the open end of the
cylinder having a radial flange to which the crank is secured.
3,638,513
INDEXING ATTACHMENTS USED IN MACHINES FOR
SHARPENING MULTIPOINT TOOLS
Vladimir Romanovich Poludetkin, ulitsa I Smolcnskaya, 8,
Korpus 4, kv. 93; losif Donatovich Menitsky, ulitsa Pravdy,
49, kv. 60, and Jury Abramovich Kaplan, ulitsa Zhestkova,
21. kv. 4, all of Vitebsk. L.S.S.R.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,61 1
Claims priority, application U.S.S.R., Oct. 19, 1969, 1374231
Int. CI. B23b 29/32
U.S. CI. 74—820 1 Claim
The invention relates to indexing attachments in multipoint
tool-sharpening machines
The indexing attachment according to the invention is
characterized in that the index plate is turned through the
92 17
A method for making a thread roll die which is adapted to
roll a single continuous pitch thread having two dissimilar
thread form sections on a cylindrical bolt blank. A crusher
roll having two groups of equally spaced ridges and grooves
on its cylindrical surface is pressed against, and rolled over,
the top surface of a pair of spaced die blanks. The bijmks are
positioned at an angle to the path of travel of the roll which
is equal to the lead angle of the threads to be rolled and each
blank is associated with the only one of the groups of the
ridges and grooves on the crusher roll. As the crusher roll is
moved over the blanks a complementary pattern of ridges
and grooves is formed on each blank by each of the groups.
After the rolling operation is completed, the blanks are
clamped together along adjacent sides to form a completed
unitary thread roll die.
3,638^15
FLUID-DEFLECTING CAP REMOVER
Albert P. Lentz, 9125 Borson St., Downey, and Danny J. Pool,
6512 Rhaeton Ave., Pico Rivera, both of Calif.
Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,327
Int. CI. B67b 7/44; B25b 29/00
U.S. CI. 81-3.1 R 4 Claims
This invention relates to a safety device for the removal of
caps from radiators and the like, and provided mechanism
for the remote manipulation of a cap for its removal and
which incorporates a deflection shield that turns any dan-
gerous flow of fluid in harmless directions, whereby a person
can safely open a radiator even when under abnormal pres-
sures that would present dangerous conditions
y
80
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
^ 3,638,516
TWEEZER WITH ADJUSTABLE PRECISION GRIP
Raymond S. Wondowski, 17 B Hampton Arms, Hightstown,
NJ.
Filed Aug. 27. 1970, Ser. No. 67,312 '
Int. CI. B25b 9102
U.S. CI. 81-43 7 Claims
u
There is disclosed a tweezer for gripping small fragile elec-
tronic parts and the like with a determined maximum
gripping force One of the jaw ends of the tweezer is the
distal end of an intermediate leg member attached at and by
its other end to a shortened leg member of the tweezer. The
opposing jaw end is the distal end of the other leg member
which also carries a stop screw disposed to engage the shor-
tened leg member to adjustably limit the movement of the
outer leg members and the jaw ends toward each other.
3,638,517
APPARATUS FOR SEVERING AND STRIPPING.
/ INSULATED WIRE
Jo&ph Averbuch, 10 Rechov Dizengoff, Td Aviv, Israel
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,609
Int. CI. H02g ///2
U.S. CI. 81-9.51 ; 1 4 Claims
Apparatus for severing and stripping insulated wire com-
prises a reciprcxating advancing device, a cutter for periodi-
cally severing a predetermined length of the insulating wire, a
slitter for simultaneously slitting insulation at a kx;ation ad-
jacent to the cut end. and a back-stepping device for periodi-
cally moving the unsevered part of the insulated wire while
holding the slit portion of the insulated wire, thereby to strip
It from the wire.
3,638,518
STRIPPING MACHINE FOR ELECTRICAL
CONDUCTORS
Gilbert R. Parker, Lorain, Ohio, assignor to Lorain Products
Corporation
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,733
Int. CI. H02g ///2
U.S. CI. 81-9.51 12 Claims
A machine for stripping the insulation from the end of an
electrical conductor. An insulated conductor is placed
between first and second cutter blades each having a size and
shape suitable for use with the size of conductor being
stopped and betweer first and second gripping jaws. Cam
followers are attached to each cutter blade and each gripping
jaw A control member having a tapered end and a cylindri-
cal body IS longitudinally driven against the followers. The
cutter blades are arranged to travel inwardly to sever an end
section of the insulation when the followers associated
therewith are in moving contact with the tapered end of the
control member and 1 1 trap the severed end section of the in-
I.
80^ 8e
--
1
wmm
i
1
1 r^^^**
/
USSum
i>
9 ' ll'^ 12^''
sulation when the followers are in contact with the cylindri-
cal b<idy of the control member The gripping jaws are ar-
ranged to grip the conductor with increasing pressure when
the followers asscKiated therewith are in moving contact with
the tapered end of the control member. As the latter fol-
lowers travel along the taper, the gripping jaws and the con-
ductor held therebetween move with the control member
away from the cutter blades to pull the main body of the con-
ductor away from the trapped end section of insulation.
3,638,519
SOCKET RELEASE CONSTRUCTION FOR SOCKET
WRENCH
Jerome I. Rebold, Timonium, Md., assignor to Hie Black and
Decker Manufacturing Company, Towson, Md.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,048
Int. CI. B25b 13/00; B25g 1/00
U.S. CI. 81-177 G 14 Claims
r —
1
i
•
■
t
''
"1
,41
A wrench comprising an elongated housing having a trans-
verse output rotary shaft at one end thereof. An oscillating
pneumatic motor is disposed within the housing and is con-
nected by a one-way clutch to the shaft to rotate the latter. A
socket shaft extends through the output shaft and is adapted
to extend beyond one end or the other of the output shaft
and to have a stxrket mounted thereon. The socket shaft in-
cludes novel detent means to retain the socket thereon and
to readily release the socket therefrom when desired.
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
81
3,638,520 I
MACHINE TOOL
Jack D. Martin, 5157 Osceola Drive, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Sept. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,001
Int. CI. B23b2//00
U.S. CL 82-24
3 Claims
slicing blade and traversing the products and the blade rela-
tive to each other in a cutting path. The moisture film may be
applied by subjecting the blade to an aqueous mist or by
directing against the blade a spray of steam. In the latter
case, a sufficient temperature differential is maintained
between the blade and steam to cause the steam to condense
on the blade, thereby producing the desired moisture film
Additionally, a lubricating and cleansing oil film may be
applied by subjecting the blade to a mist of an edible ail
suspended m a gaseous vehicle therefor.
(MHf" (f
i;
An eccentricity-correcting machine tool comprising a
reference surface-following bearing member and a cutter in
fixed spacial relationship to said bearing which, in response
to the influence of the bearing, will cut in a predetermined
pattern in constant relationship to the reference surface re-
gardless of the eccentric or other erratic mounting or move-
ment of the total workpiece of which the reference surface is
a part.
3,638,522
CUTTING DEVICE WITH ZIGZAG KNIFE
Hans-Ulrich Bolli, Schaffhausen, Switzerland, assignor to
Schweizerische Industrie-Gesdlschaft, Neuhausen am
Rheinfall, Switzerland
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33.229
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 6, 1969,
6924/69
Int. CI. B26d 1/40
U.S. CI. 83-345
3,638,521 I
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SLICING BREAD AND
OTHER BAKERY PRODUCTS
Edward I. Marckx, Portland, and Harvey F. Stines, Gresham,
both of Oreg., assignors to Stinemark Corporation,
Gresham, Oreg.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 836.485, June 25.
1969. now abandoned, which is a continuai:ion-in-part of
application Ser. No. 681,870. Nov. 9. 1967. now abandoned.
This application Nov. 5. 1970, Ser. No. 87.255
Int. CI. B26d 7/08
U.S. CI. 83-22
8 Claims
1 Claim
/
A cutting device comprising two oppositely rotating roller
sectors of which one has attached thereto an axially extend-
ing knife with a zigzag-shaped cutting edge which during the
rotation of the roller sectors enters an axially extending
groove in the other roller sector so as to cut effectively
through one or more layers of foil-shaped material which is
clamped between the circumferences of said roller sectors.
3,638,523
SHEARING MACHINE OF THE INTERCHANGEABLE
KNIFE-HOLDER-TYPE
Tetutaro Yasuda, and Tsuneo Nakanishi, both of Hitachi,
Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,757
Claims priority, application Japan, May 14, 1969, 44/36561
Int. CI. B26d 7/26
U.S. CI. 83-700 4 Claims
Raisin bread, fruit cake, and other sugar, bakery products A shearing machine of the interchangeable knife-holder-
are sliced by applying a film of moisture continuously to a type in which the knife holders are able to be laterally
82
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
removed together with the movable and stationary knifes
supported thereon out of the machine The movable and sta-
tionary knife holders are provided with adjusting wedges
respectively so that each wedge disposed in the knife holder
may independently adjust the clearance at the knife holder
slide guide and the clearance between the movable and sta-
tionary knives. Thus is obviated the adjusting operation of
the above-described clearances after the knife holders are
mounted to the machine
enough on its face to cover the fret board of the guitar and
the body is half round in form with a resilient finger fitting
ring that mav be elastic or a split plastic to permit mounting
on the finger but retain a frictional gnp, said guitar steel or
glide bar formed of a hard material such as metal or plastic
to present a frictionless face in contact with the strings of the
musical instrument.
3.638,524
MULTITLNE MUSIC BOX
Paul A. Martin, East Aurora, N.Y., assignor to The Quaker
Oats Company
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,849
Int. CI. GlOf //06
L.S. CI. 84-95 31 Claims
kP
A multitune music box of the drum and comb type has an
improved means for axially shifting the drum to play different
tunes. The drum is axiaJly movable on a supporting shaft hav-
ing a stop for limiting the movement of the drum in one axial
direction. The shaft is also axially movable, and a cam and
follower limits the axial motion of the shaft in the opposite
direction. A first spring between the drum and the cam nor-
mally urges the drum against the stop, and a second spring
urges the drum against the bias of the first spnng to press the
first spring against the cam and the cam against the follower
Such spring support of the drum prevents any breaking of
comb teeth as the drum and its pins are moved axially to shift
tunes. ' /
' 3,638,525
nNGER GLIDE BAR
Edward Sciurba, Lyndharst, and SaJ Chiappone, BeUviUe,
both of N J., assignors to Ring Products, Newark, N J.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,941
Int. CI. GlObi/00
U.S. CI. 84-319 . 4 Claims
' 3.638,526
CI N BARREL MOVING DEVICE
Hans Klapdohr, Dusseldorf, Germany, assignor to Rhein-
metall GmbH. Dusseldorf. Germany
Filed May 15, 1969, Ser. No. 824,852
Int. CI. F41f /9//4
U.S. CI. 89-43 . , Claim
A guitar steel or glide bar for the finger of a guitar player
in which the body of the guitar steel or glide bar is long
•^ 5
b^
Lmi .Mim^
/
A barrel-moving device for guns which comprises a pneu-
matic counter-recoil cylinder having a hydraulically operated
barrel-moving cylinder A driver connects operatively the
counter-recoil cylinder with a gun barrel. The barrel-moving
cylinder is in communication with the counter-recoil cylinder
hydrauhcaJly and pneumatically and a hydraulic connection
conduit is disposed between the barrel-moving cylinder and
the counter-recoil cylinder Finally, a manually operated
pump is effective selectively in two feeding directions and is
disposed in the connedtion conduit.
3,638,527
INDEXING nXTURE
Bruno Weissenberg. Valhalla. N.Y., assignor to Wood Indus-
trie*. Inc.. Plainfleld. N J.
Filed Oct. 20. 1969, Ser. No. 867,521
Int. CI. B23f 23/08
L.S. CI. 90-57 < 4 Claims
/7-
^^"
The fixture has a conventional three -clamp scroll chucking
device for clamping it at the end of a shaft or a pinion, and a
dial attached to this device A vernier plate with a water level
or a similar leveling means is rotatably mounted on the dial
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
83
plate for precisely indexing the shaft or pinion to which the
device is attached, to any required angular setting for
machining operations on the shaft or pinion such as milling,
dnlling, planing and the like operations
3,638,528
HYDRAULIC BOOST DEVICE WITH AUXILIARY FLUID
SUPPLY
Richard L. Lewis, South Bend, Ind., assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,066
Int. CI. FOlb 25100
U.S. CI. 91-6 . 13 Claims
3,638,530
HYDRAULIC COUNTERWEIGHT
John I. Hollister, Tampa, Fla., assignor to Jackson Products
Company, Tampa, Fla.
Filed Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,263
Int. CI. F15b y//0«, U1042, FOlb I lOO
U.S. CI. 91 — 172 ' 6 Claims
/
a 64
-T— ^ Y' ^' 1
32 X it sc '--is a
».~-^TT
A hydraulic brake booster is disclosed which provides a
power assist to the vehicle operator during a brake applica-
tion. Pressurized hydraulic fluid is supplied to the booster
from the vehicle's power steering pump A charging valve
carried in the booster housing permits flow of fluid into an
accumulator when the fluid pressure level at the booster inlet
exceeds the fluid pressure level in the accumulator. When
flow of fluid to the inlet is terminated the charging valve is
opened during a brake application to permit flow of fluid
from the accumulator to the booster thereby allowing normal
operation of the booster for a limited numl^er of brake appli-
cations.
3,638,529
APPARATUS FOR GENERATLNG AN OSCILLATORY
MOTION
Donald MacDougal Paterson, London, England, assignor to
Paterson Products Limited, London, Engiand
Filed July 23, 1968, Ser. No. 746,891
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 26, 1967,
34,366/67
Int. CI. FOll 2//02, F15b 15122; FOll 15102
U.S. CI. 91— 50 \ 6 Claims
"^ '"
'2
/
Hydraulic fluid counterbalance system employing a piston
and cylinder one of which, being arranged for connection to
the load to be counterbalanced, is connected to the panto-
graph motion translating mechanism of a position controller
or transfer machine. The piston and cylinder are part of a
hydraulic system employing check and relief valves to insure
constant pressure in the cylinder at any piston position. A
pilot-operated check valve response rapidly to system pres-
sure loss to preclude flow from the cylinder and continue the
counterweight function despite loss of system pressure.
3,638,531
MINING PIT PROP ADJUSTING DEVICE \
Hans Rieschel, Miltenberg, and Oskar Jacobi, Blankenstein,
both of Germany, assignors to Bergwerksverband GmbH,
Essen, Germany
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,062
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 26, 1968. P 18 10
869.5
Int. CI. F15b Wilt
U.S. CI. 91-189 7 Claims
>.*
\
A fluid piston/cylinder mechanism for generating oscillato-
ry motion consists of a cylinder having an inlet port in one
end and outlet ports in its walls, uncovered when the piston is
remote from that one end. and an outlet port for fluid in the
piston, which can be closed to hinder flow of fluid from the
cylinder when the piston is adjacent the said one end of the
cylinder, but opens when the outlet ports in the walls of the
cylinder are uncovered. The closure member for said port
may be a freely moveable ball located in the cylinder.
A control system for adjusting the angular disposition of
pit props of a traveling mine-roof support system comprising
a command pendulum-type switch which has a rockable
housing in which is a plumb-bob from which dep>ends a
swinging element. When the p umb-bob rocks to a position
for measuring the angle of incidence, actuating means is ac-
tivated for accordingly moving the switch housing and move-
84
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ment of the latter operates to emit signals to switching position adjacent the closed end of the cyhnder aijd a bottom
devices carried by the individual pit props for determining dead center position in which vapor outlet ports are un-
the correct angular disposition thereof in accordance with covered and the vapor escapes. The engine includes a valve
that of the command switch. located in the cylinder head and in communication with the
. source of vapor, this valve being disposed in a cavity having a
3,638,532
FASTENER DRIVING TOOL
Raymond F. Novak, Schiller Park, III., assignor to Fastener
C orporation, Franklin Park, III.
. Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,696 ' '
Int. CI. FOlb 25104, FOll 21104, 25/06
U.S. CI. 91-220 19 Claims
t.
'fJ^fea^l
■• J
r
cylindrical caging surface and facing a valve seat. The valve
is arranged in spaced relation to the cylindrical surface so as
to permit freedom of opening and closing movement and tilt,
and the valve and valve seat define cone-to-sphere cooperat-
ing surfaces providing full seating engagement despite tilt of
the valve body.
V '-]- ^Jl
st>»
3,638,534
FASTENER DRIVING TOOL WITH IMPROVED
PNEUMATIC PISTON RETAINING MEANS
Howard B. Ramspeck, Chicago, III., assignor to Fastener Cor-
poration, Franklin Park, III.
Filed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,809
InL CI. F15b 15122, 15117, 13/042
U.S.CL91-399 20 Claims
,se so * 18
There is provided a fastener driving tool having a control
valve arrangement including a trigger valve, a cycling valve
and a safety valve. The cycling valve is adapted to repetitive-
ly cycle the driving piston oC-the fastener driving tool through
power and return strokes or to provide for single-cycling of
the piston through a drive and return stroke in response to
the position of the trigger. In addition there is provided an ar-
rangement wherein the ojjeration of the piston is arrested
when the bumper cushioning the power stroke of the piston
is excessively worn.
3,638,533
CONDENSABLE VAPOR ENGINE CONSTRUCTION
David Carl Sheridan, Utica; Charles A. Amann, Bloomfield
Hills, and James M. Ricketts, Chdord, all of Mich., as-
signors to General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,980
Int. CI. FOll 25/06, 15/16
U.S. CI. 91-241 2 Claims
A condensable vapor engine, such as a steam engine,
wherein the piston reciprocates between a top dead center
A fastener driving tool includes a cylinder slidably receiv-
ing a piston for operating a driver to drive fasteners succes-
sively supplied beneath the driver. A main valve selectively
supplies compressed air to and exhausts air from above the
top of the cylinder to control movement of the piston
between normal and displaced positions. The piston is
February 1, 1972
GENERjAL AND MECHANICAL
/
85
returned by air supplied from a return air space communicat-
ing with the bottom of the cylinder when the top of the
cylinder is exhausted. Since this return air leaks to the at-
mosphere as or after the piston is returned, the uppermost
part only of the cylinder is provided with different diameter
portions cooperating with two spaced sealing means on the
piston which trap or are supplied with compressed air to pro-
vide an upwardly directed pneumatic bias for releasably
holding the piston in its normal position, this bias being
removed as soon as the piston moves downwardly into the^
uniform diameter portion of the cylinder. The piston biasing
air is derived directly from the reservoir air or from a valve
earned on the piston.
tion capable of performing mechanical work, which com-
prises a pressunzable variable capacity chamber This
chamber is wholly or partly formed by a bag-shaped
V 3,638,535
y ■ • LEVEL MEANS
Robert J. Fonter, Glenshaw, Pa., assignor to Ritter Engineer-
ing Company
Filed Oct. I, 1970, Ser. No. 77,057
Int. CI. F 15b 11/22
U.S. CI. 91-411 R
5 Claims
diaphragm which is elastically stretchable in preferably only
one direction and attached to at least two rigid relatively
movable members.
3,638,537
TRAY FORMING MACHINE
Carl P. Cato, Lywchburg, Va., assignor to Dacam Corpora-
tion, Lynchburg, Va.
Filed Apr. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 815,474
Int.CI.B31b//iO. 7/46, ; 7/26
U.S. CI. 93— 51 R 19 Claims
,i 1. »
A system for raising and lowering a platen, which is hinged
along one edge, by a plurality of rams which have their piston
rods pivoted adjacent to the opposite edge of the platen
while maintaining the platen in a substantially level condition
even if the platen is unequally loaded. The system includes a
master ram.jand a plurality of slave rams. The master ram is
operated inl^response to a command signal which is modu-
lated by an error correcting feedback signal. The feedback
signal is generated by an angular position-sensing poten-
tiometer. The slave rams are operated in response to a signal
generated in respon^T© transient fluid pressures developed
in the master ram so that the slave rams all attain the same
pressure as that present in the master ram. A level-comparing
device is provided which compares the actual extended level
of at least one slave ram on the one hand with the actual ex-
tended level of at least one other slave ran-i on the other
hand. A signal is generated in response to any difference in
the level of the slave rams and this signal is employed to cor-
rect and modulate the signal generated in response to pres-
sure in the master ram.
-Z.
7;%y^i-^-^yi-
\r:
y
L I
3,638,536
DEVICE WITH A PRESSURIZABLE VARIABLE
CAPACITY CHAMBER FOR TRANSFORMING A FLUID
PRESSURE INTO A MOTION I
Hans Kleinwachter, 105, Kreuzstrasse, 785 Lorrach, and Jens
Geerk, Lorrach, both of Germany, assignors to said Klein-
wachter, by said Geerk
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,763
Claims priority, application Germany, July 23, 1969, P 19 37
402.8
Int. CI. F16j 3/00
U.S. CI. 92-92 8 Claims
A device for the transformation of a fluid pressure, that is
to say of the pressure of a liquid, a vapor, or a gas, into a mo-
A box forming machine comprises a pair of box forming
dies and a double-ended ram which engages and inserts a
blank into one die, and on its withdrawing movement from
that die inserts a blank into the other die. The blank is ini-
tially stored in a substantially vertical stack and moved from"
that stack to a conveyor during which time a part of the
blank is folded. The blank is then positively delivered to the
die by means also effective to mjiintain the folded part of the
blank in its folded condition.
3,638,538
CONTAINER MACHINERY
John Anthony Sullivan, Stockport, England, assignor to
Henry Simon Limited, Stockport, England
FUed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,919
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 24, 1%9,
37,202/69
Int. CI. B65h 33/00
U.S. CI. 93—93 DP 1 5 Claims
A method of forming a stack of cases from a moving line
of cases in shingled configuration comprising the steps of
providing means to engage the trailing edge of a case in said
86
\
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
)
February 1, 1972
line and progressing said means forwardly at a speed greater 3,638,540
than the speed of movement of said line so that successive PHOTfK'ELL CRADE SENSOR AND BLOYANCY SLOPE
trailing edges are in turn engaged by said means whereby that SENSOR
Loren Williams, C alhoun. III., assignor to Blaw-Knox Con-
i struction t^iuipment Company, Inc., Mattoon, III.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888.672
Int. CI. EOlc /9/4<^
U.S. CI. 94-46 R 3 Claims
^ i
* portion of the line forward of said first-mentioned trailing
edge is gathered to form a stack of horizontal supenmposed
'. cases, and a machine for performing such method.
3,638,539
ROAD BASE BUILDING AFF^^RATUS
VYilliam Hurst Lewis, Norwalk, Calif., assignor to Gerald L.
Revell, Roiling Hills, Calif.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,342
Int. CI. EOlc /9/y2
U.S. CI. 94-44 30 Claims
A road base building apparatus is described that is adapted
to be attached to the support ring of a conventional road
grader. The apparatus includes a mounting frame for sup-
porting a plurality of rotating scarifiers, a shoveling assembly
and a split moldboard strikeoff with the two portions thereof
oscillating in opposite directions. The scarifiers are adapted
to loosen and/or mix the rock base material to a uniform
consistency. The shoveling assembly functions to laterally
distribute the material while the pair of strikeoff portions
operate to effect a leveling and smoothing of the material. A
V-plow is also adapted to be attached to the conventional
road grader forward of the rotating scarifiers for laterally dis-
tributing the earth or base material deposited ahead of the
apparatus. The various components of the apparatus are
driven by. hydraulic motors operatively connected to a
hydraulic pump which, in turn, is connected to the engine of
the road grader through a power takeoff located at the rear
of the grader.
f.
)
In a paving machine having a tractor and a screed means
extending transversely across the rear end and connected to
the tractor pulling arrr.s on each side thereof, a control
system automatically mamtains the grade and slope of the
screed as the tractor moves over an irregular surface. A
photcxilectric sensmg means measures vertical deviation from
a reference plane, produces a signal that is amplified to actu-
ate an electrically operated valve means actuating a power
means that controls the grade of one side of the screed. A
second phott>electric sensing means measures the vertical
movement of the opposite side relative to the first side, and
produces a signal that is amplified to control a second electri-
cally operated valve means that controls a second power
means and said opposite side of the screed, thereby maintain-
ing the screed at a constant slope
3,638,541
METHOD FOR RECORDING JUSTIFIED LINES OF
TYPOGRAPHIC CHARACTERS
Dong W. Lew, Briarcliff Manor, N.Y., and Ralph A. Proud,
Jr.. Sommerset, NJ., assignors to Harris-Intertype Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio, by said Proud
Filed Nov. 20. 1968, Ser. No. 784,987
Int. CI. B41b 19/08
U.S. CI. 95-4.5 2 Claims
In the present method a digital computer receives a "raw"
test input, which it justifies line by line, and stores in its
memory the coded identity and location of each typographic
character in the justified text. Also stored in the computer
memory are the character-generating data for every typo-
graphic character which may appear in the text. The com-
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
87
puter is programmed to scan its memory electronically in ac- the camera shutter, with the automatic diaphragm In this
cordance with the scanning operation of a photographic manner, the correct exposure is ensured, since the division of
recorder to provide binary output signals to the recorder
which cause the latter to record narrow segments of the typo-
graphic characters at the proper locations on the record
page
3,638,542
PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA WITH AUTOMATIC
EXPOSURE CONTROL
Karl Wagner, Ottobrunn, Germany, assignor to Agfa-Gevaert
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Mar. 26,1970, Ser. No. 22,773
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 28, 1969, P 19
15 871.5
Int. CI. G03b 7/08
U.S. CI. 95-10 CT 15 Claims
\
/? M
the camera-to-object distance into the guide number is done
automatically by the current-limiting effects of the first and
second resistors.
3,638,544
SHUTTER OPERATING MECHANISM
Kiyoshi Kitai. 54. Tomihisa-cho, Shinguku-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 12, 1969. Ser. No. 884.473
Claims priority, application Japan. Dec. 16, 1968, 43/91849
Int. CI. G03b 7!08. 9/62
U.S. CI. 95-10 CT 10 Claims
An exposure control for photographic cameras wherein a
ring-shaped setting member can influence the exposure of a
photosensitive resistor to scene light as a function of film
speed and is also designed to connect in the exposure control
circuit a resistor which is variable as a function of the film
speed. The influencing of the expt)sure of photosensitive
receiver to scene light accounts for the film speed during ex-
posures in daylight and the variable resistor influences the
exposure time when an exposure is made with artificial illu-
mination of the subject or scene
3,638,543
AUTOMATIC EXPOSURE SYSTEM FOR
PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA
Isao Kondo, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Olympus Optical Co.
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,839
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 25, 1969, 44/67068;
44/67069; Oct. 27. 1969, 44/86183; Oct. 28, 1969, 44/102847;
Oct. 3, 1969, 44/87785: Nov. 6. 1969, 44/89580; No>. 20, 1%9.
44/93434
Int. CI. G03b 9/70
U.S. CI. 95— lOCE 11 Claims
An automatic exposure system for use with a camera of the
type which includes a light-sensing device and a diaphragm-
adjusting mechanism actuated thereby The exposure system
includes a first variable resistor serially connected to the
diaphragm-adjusting mechanism but mechanically altered as
the focus of the camera is altered. The flash unit with which
the camera operates includes a second variable resistor
which is adjusted according to the guide number of the flash
unit. When the flash unit is coupled to the camera, the first
and second variable resistors are placed in series, via the
same leads that connect to the synchronization contacts on
A, shutter ojjerating mechanism with an electrically con-
trolled shutter has three modes of operation, namely an auto-
matic mode in which the rate of opening of the shutter is
controlled by a governor and the exposure time is controlled
by a photocell sensing the brightness of the subject being
photographed, a semiautomatic mode in which the aperture
is set manually and the expKJSure time is controlled according
to the setting for the aperture and the bnghtness of the sub-
ject, and a nonautomatic mode in which both the ap>erture
and exposure time are set manually. Selection is made by
concentric rings for controlling aperture and exposure time
respectively. Each of the rings can be set for automatic
operation or for a selected value.
\
88
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638^45
DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING A FLASH CIRCUIT IN A
CAMERA
Tatsuo Kobayashi, Kaizuka-shi, and Yoshikazu Hasegawa,
Osaka-shi, both of Japan, assignors to Minolta Camera
Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed JuJy 30, 1969, Ser. No. 845,951
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 7, 1968, 43/56247
Int. CI. G03b 19102
U.S.CL 95-11 R 3 Claims
5b i3o 13 130 lie
9 8 9c 9o 5a
A device for controlling a flash in a camera in accordance
with depression of the shutter release mechanism, a desired
diaphragm setting, a predetermined range of movement of a
distance adjusting mechanism, and a predetermined setting
of an exposure control mechanism. The flash circuit is actu-
ated when a first switch contact, moved by rotation of a
pointer keeper mechanisrn in accordance with the setting of
the distance adjusting mechanism, contacts a second switch
contact, moved by rotation of a control lever rotated in ac-
cordance with the setting of the diaphragm control means.
3,638,546
CONSTANT SCALE PANORAMIC CAMERA
Robert Aaron Rubenstein, and John Thaxter Watson, both of
Framingham, Mass., assignors to Itek Corporation, Lexing-
ton, Mass.
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,251
, Int. CLG03bi 7/00
^U.S.CL 95-15 10 Claims
A method and apparatus are disclosed for maintaining a
constant image scale in a panoramic camera by modifying
the size of the image at the film in a first direction as a func-
tion of the scan angle and in a second direction as that func-
tion squared of the scan angle.
film winding sptxil in the film back, a clutch pawl provided
on the rotation member and another ratchet wheel which
causes the clutch pawl to engage with or disengaged from the
ratchet wheel for film winding With the use of this apparatus
3,638,547
FILM WINDING APPARATUS IN CAMERA WITH
INTERCHANGEABLE RLM BACK
Minoru Sekida, Sakai, Japan, assignor to Minolta Camera
Kabushiki Kaisha, Minamiku, Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,233 >.
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 16, 1968, 43/71043:
Oct. 25, 1968, 43/78101: Apr. 23, 1969, 44/31618
Int. CI. (;03b 19104. 17142. 1162
U.S. CI. 95— 31 R 10 Claims
A film^winding apparatus comprises a reciprocal rotation
member in a film back which is rotated interrelatedly with a
winding knob in a camera bod>(, a ratchet wheel to drive a
\
\
20 2<i?72,St5
the film back can be mt)unted on the camera bcxJy irrespec-
tive of the state of shutter and film before or after effecting
exposure The apparatus also includes means for making
multiple exptisures.
3,638,548
EXPOSURE METER SYSTEM FOR CAMERAS
Makoto Kurihara, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,123
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 29, 1968, 43/78714
Int. CI. G03I 19/12
U.S. CI. 95-42 ^, 1 Claim
A device for measunng the intensity of exposure light by a
photometric element placed so as to receive light reflected
by a semitransparent reflecting mirror interposed between a
hinged mirror of a single-lens refiex camera and a film plane
thereof .
3.638,549
PHOTOGRAPHING SYSTEM FOR OSCILLOSCOPE
Kazu Suzuki, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Hewlett-Packard
Company, Pak) Alto, Calif.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,391 \
Claims priority, application Japan, July 29, 1969, 44/71400
Int. CI. G03b 27/54
U.S. CI. 95-44 3 Claims
A pair of light beams are projected at an angle onto a dis-
play surface such as the display screen of a cathode-ray tube
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
89
in order to provide regions of illumination of the display
screen which move apart or together as the light beam source
and photographic apparatus mounted to move with the light
beam source is moved normal to the display surface When
the regions of illumination are just overlapping and the oscil-
loscope surface is evenly illuminated, the camera is in focus
3,638,550 *
ROTARY ELECTROMAGNETIC ACTUATOR
John R. Hereford, 2400 Bluegrass Lane. Florissant, Mo.
Filed Dec. 30, 1966, Ser. No. 606,184
Int. CI. G03b9/y0
U.S. CI. 95—53 E 10 ClaiVns
An electromagnetic actuator of the limited travel rotary-
type having general servomechanism application. The actua-
tor directly produces torque through the rotation of a rotor
in a magnetic field, the rotor being formed of a pair of offset
semicircular rotor portions.
3,638,551
FRESH AIR DEVICE FOR POWER VEHICLES
Wolfgang Morchen; Wolf Heinrich Hucho, and Lutz Joachim
Janssen, all of Wolfsburg, Germany, assignors to Volk-
swagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft, Wolfsburg, Germany
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,070
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 1, 1969, P 19 16
638.2
I i
U.S. CI. 98-2.16
Int. CI. B60h 1124
4 Claims
3,638^52 '
AUTOMOBILE TRUNK LID WITH VENTILATION
MEANS
Richard L. Dettk>ff, Harper Woods, and Victor HIavaty.
Royal Oak, both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 9. 1970, Ser. No. 70,861
Int. CI. B60h y/24 .
U.S. CI. 98-2.18 4 Claims
A fresh air ventilator for power vehicles mounted below
the windshield of the vehicle having an air inlet channel lead-
ing to a fan blower connected through fiap valves to two out-
let vents, one directed toward the inside of the windshield
and the other into the interior of the vehicle.
In preferred form, a trunk compartment deck lid for an au-
tomobile having a two-way ventilation system for the pas-
senger compartment including an opening to atmosphere
through the exterior of the automobile. The deck lid has
spaced interior and exterior panels with an opening to at-
mosphere in the exterior panel and openings to the trunk
compartment in the interior panel. Ribs formed in the interi-
or panel and offset toward the exterior panel provide a
curved flow |>ath for separating water flow from airflow and
causing the water to collect in a troughlike space near the
rear edge of the deck lid. The ribs extend laterally between
the troughlike space and the openings in the interior panel to
prevent movement of water into the trunk compartment
upon deceleration of the automobile
3,638,553
METHOD OF TREATMENT OF COCOA BUTTER-
CONTAINING MOLTEN CHOCOLATE MASS
Walter Kreuter, Essener Str. 104, Hamburg 62, Germany
Fikd Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,318
Int. CI. A23g/00
U.S. CI. 99-23 1 1 Claims
A method of treatment of substances containing cocoa
butter, particularly chocolates, which is suitable for coating
machines, wherein the material containing cocoa butter is
first heated slightly above the highest melting point of cocoa
butter, then subjected to a two stage cooling step whereby
the material in first cooled to a range approximately 30° to
31° C. by a cooling medium having a temperature only
slightly lower than this range and secondly cooling the mass
to 28° to 29° C. by a cooling medium having a temperature
only slightly lower than this range, and then heating the
material to 33° to 34° C. and subjecting to further processing
(i.e. coating). The material after this treatment is in a ther-
mostable condition, has a substantially constant viscosity and
may be stored indefinitely under stirring and when maintain-
ing the temperature of the temperature of the material.
3,638,554
PRODUCTION OF COOKED MEATS
Harry Briggs Ackroyd, Bktchley, England, assignor to Scot
Meat Products Limited, Bletchley, England
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,267
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 13, 1969,
7,880/69
Int. CI. A22c 18100- A23b 1 100
U.S. CI. 99-107 7 Claims
Cooked meat in units having uniform cross section and
quality is prepared by arranging meat in a trough, evacuating
the trough and compressing the meat therein into a unit of
the desired cross section, sliding the unit of meat bodily into
a container of the desired cross section while maintaining
^
90
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
vacuum and compression, and cooling and cooling the meat ' 3,638^56
while maintaining compression thereon A container is used ' TOASTER
composing a tubular body containing two slidable plugs Hosei Sato, Nishinomiya; Katsuyuki Natsumeda, Shyonawate,
between which the meat is confined, and a spring maintain- and Kaichi Murakami, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma-shi,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,960
Claims priority, applkation Japan, Sept. 2, 1969, 44/70861
Int. CI. A47j J7/0«
p ^ U.S. CI. 99-329 6 Claims
-. iii
^^^'
ing pressure on the meat, and a meat press to fill the con-
tainers comprising an evacuable trough in which the meat is
arranged, and oppositely acting rams of unequal force opera-
tive to compress the meat in the trough and slide it bodily
«, from the trough into the container
3,638,555
DEVICE FOR PRODUCING AN INFUSED LIQUID,
PARTICULARLY COFFEE
Luciano Mancioli, Altopascio, Lucca, Italy
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,675
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 30, 1968, 4872 A/68
Int. CI. A47j J//057, ;
U^. CI. 99—303 > 4 Claims
A device for producing an infused liquid, particularly cof-
fee, comprises a sealed vessel in which the liquid is heated
An outlet for the heated liquid from the vessel comprises a
first tube extending upwardly from the bottom portion of the
vessel into a cup which contains an infusible substance, for
example ground coffee, and a second tube extending up-
wardly from the container and having apertures through
which infused liquid is discharged. The tube extends through
a tubular inlet of a container removably supported on the
vessel, infused liquid discflarged from the tube being col-
lected in the container. In order to prevent penetration of
liquid between the tube and the inlet, the upper end portion
of the tube extends through a passage in a sealing element
which acts as a shield to prevent such penetration, both the
upper end portion of the tube and the passage in the element
being tapered. The element which has a depending skirt sur-
rounding the end portion of the inlet, is removed by the end
of the inlet from the tube upon removal of the container
from the vessel, Ihd is replaced upon the tube upon replace-
ment of the container.
I
A toaster so designed that when a slice of bread has been
toasted, the end of the toasting operation is detected by a
toasting detector and a weight is dropped by the motion of
the toasting detector, so that a bread carrier frame latching
mechanism is released by the dropping force of the weight,
whereby the bread earner frame is returned from a bread
toasting or lower pv)sition to a bread removing or upper posi-
tion
^ 3,638^57
MACHINE FOR PREPARING MASHED POTATOES
Per-Henrik Ljung, Skoigatan 20, 21 1 52 Malmo, Sweden
Filed July 14. 1969, Ser. No. 841,364
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 7, 1969, 1 16/69
Int. CI. A47J27//7
U.S. CI. 99 348 4 Claims
A method of prepanrig mashed jxatatoes from a powdery
or flaky potato matenal comprising mixing the material and
the liquid, subjecting the mix to a superatmospheric gas pres-
sure, and maintaining said pressure during the time the mix is
kept in readiness for serving and also during the intermittent
dispensing of the mix
\
February i; 1972 GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
'\ 3,638,558
COOKING APPARATUS FOR COMESTIBLES
IMMERSED IN HEATED OIL
Alden H. Bennett, and Leslie G. Williams, both of Miami,
Fla., assignors to Burger King Corporation
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,888
Int. CI. A47ji7/y2
U.S. CI. 99-408
91
weight of each upper platen is counterbalanced by a cor-
responding lower platen.
j 3,638,560
APPARATUS FOR BONDING BRAKE BLOCKS
Thomas E. Morgan, Sr., and Thomas E. Morgan, Jr., both of
14 Claims 4815 Bdlevue, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,650
Int. CI. B02c / / 108
U.S. CI. 100-93 PB 15 Claims
p O O
o bo. b
Heated cooking oil is continuously circulated from
laterally spaced outlets adjacent the one end of a cooking pot
through a heating unit mounted immediately below the bot-
tom of the ccxjking p)ot and returned to the cooking pot
through laterally spaced inlets opening through the wall at
the opposite end of the ccxiking pot A fuel burner is
disposed in the lower open end of a combustion chamber,
such chamber enclosing the heating unit and a^ substantial
part of the lower end of the cooking pot A removable basket
for comestibles to be ccwked constructed of imperforate
sheet material has limited portions thereof cut out and
covered by perforate material and the forward front wall of
such basket is slotted and covered with perforate material to
enable safe insertion and removal of sucli basket from the
cooking pot during continuous circulation of the hot cooking
oil. \
\
3,638,559
PRESS
Russell A. Parker, Pasadena, Calif., assignor to L & F
Machine Co., Huntington Park, Calif.
Continuation-in-pari of application Ser. No. 845,341, July 28,
1969, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-pari of
application Ser. No. 801,622, Feb. 24, 1969, now abandoned.
This application Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,690
Int. CI. B30b 7/02, 15/34
U.S. CI. 100—93 P 20 Claims
<?o
An apparatus for bonding brake blocks to brakeshoes and
particularly that type of brake block which is used for large
vehicles and has a changing radial dimension such that it is
thicker at one end than the other. The concept includes a
very high pressure system using a pressure band which encir-
cles two opposed brakeshoes, these being separated by
manually operated spreaders, there being an improved means
for bridging the bands at the opposed ends of the brakeshoes
to insure positive contact with, and uniform pressure on, the
brake blocks in relation to the shoes during the bonding ac-
tion, this means including relief holes in the band and a stress
absorbing plate overlying the bndging portion to iransmit-
force while eliminating destructive distortion and a strain ab-
sorber for lateral pressure distribution.
3,638361
REFUSE COMPACTOR
Howard Price, Kings Point, N.Y.; Seymour Wallick, Clifton.
N J., and Irwin Math, Beechhurst, N.Y., assignors to Inter-
national Patents & Development, Kings Point. N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,705
Int. CI. B30b/5/J0, 15/32
U.S. CI. 100-215 13 Claims
jd
*'^
A hydraulic press having a stationary center platen secured
to a supporting framework and a plurality of movable platens
disposed above and below the center platen. The movable
platens are supported from the framework by a differential
gearing system comprised of fixed-length roller chains
secured to the platens and engaged with variable -sized over-
head sprocket wheels mounted on a common shaft. The
A vertical refuse compactor in which the ramming piston
used to compact the refuse also ejects the refuse from the
;]
92
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
compactor after it has been compressed into a reduced bale
A vertical tubular housing is held in place through structural
fnembers and contains the hydraulicaily operated ramming
piston Refuse enters the ramming chamber from a hopper
and through an opening below the piston when retracted A
door at the bottom, of the tubular cylinder serves simultane-
ously as the ejecting door and the base upon which the refuse
is compacted The door is pivotally mounted and operated
through hydraulic sjjinders supported by the structural mem-
ibers. A refuse receiving can or container located beneath the
ejecting door receives the compacted bales of refuse ^fter the
door has been swung open through actuation of the respec-
tive hydraulic cylinders.
bossing punches corresponding to each character, and index-
ing means for moving the card past each embossing punch.
3,638^64
METHOD AND APPARATIS FOR SILK SCREENING A
PATTERN ON AN UNDERLYING SUBSTRATE
Bernard H. Prange. and Dean VV. Gintert, both of Hollidays-
burg. Pa., assignors to PP(; Industries, Inc.. Pittsburgh. Pa.
Filed Dec. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,867
Int. CI. B4If / 7100, B65h 29124
U.S. CI. 101-35 10 Claims
3,638,562 .
SAMMYING PRESSES
Milin Karaghiosoff, Genoa, Italy, assignor to Paolo Bocciardo.
Genoa, Italy
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,340
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 8. 1968. 7464 A/68;
Oct. 7, 1969, 7365 A/69
Int. CI. B30b 9124. 5104
U.S. CI. 100-118 5 Claims
-V' V - - -
tQi
'' r
This invention relates to continuous sammying presses, i e ,
machines for squeezing moisture from hides, leather or the
like. Ordinarily, such presses employ endless revolving belts
made of porous material, such as felt, and have two straight
runs, one above the other, between which the hide is sand-
wiched The belts are moved in the same direction and at the
same speed between cooperating press rolls that are pressed
one against the other. In order to reduce pressure on the
belts, which is brought about by the use of the normal single
pair of press rolls, the invention provides that there shall be
at least two pairs of sequentially arranged press rolls. This ar-
rangement enables the pressure at any one point to be
reduced but without, however, increasing the time of
processing.
i
3,638^63
HIGH-SPEED AUTOMATIC CARD EMBOSSER
Jacob H. Drillick, Hackensack, NJ., assignor to Data Card
Corporation, St. Paul, Minn. ,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 769,245, Oct. 21,
1968, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 861,432,
Sept. 26, 1969. This application July 24, 1970, Ser. No.
57,960 I
Int. CI. B41j 7140 '
U.S. CI. 101-18 3 Claims
• \ \
An elongated worktabic has an ^ndless foraminous con-
veyor belt with an upper conveying run supported on the
tabletop surface The worktable has an orienting station and
a coating station A glass sheet is conveyed by the conveyor
belt to the orienting station where a pair of edge engaging
members and a pair of end engaging members engage the
glass sheet and orient the glass sheet longitudinally and
laterally on the conveyor belt A positive air pressure is ap-
plied upwardly through the conveyor belt to urge the glass
sheet away from the upper surface of the conveyor belt while
the engaging members are orienting the sheet. After the
sheet IS oriented, the positive upwardly flowing air pressure is
stopped and a suction is applied to the conveyor belt to en-
gage the oriented sheet to the upper conveying run of the
belt The conveyor belt, with the glass sheet engaged thereto,"
is moved a precise measured distance along the work table to
the coating station A silk screen with a predetermined pat-
tern thereon is lowered onto the upper surface of the
oriented glass sheet after the upper surface of the silk screen
has been flooded with a coating material. A wiper is moved
across the upper surface of the silk screen and coating
matenal is forced therethrough onto the upper surface of the
glass sheet While the sheet is being coated, it remains
oriented and engaged to the conveyor belt by suction. After
the sheet is coated, the silk screen is raised and the coated
glass sheet is conveyed along the table while the upper sur-
face of the silk screen is again flooded with coating material.
3,638,565
PRINT TYPE CARRIER
John E. Drejza; Michael A. Hendd, both of Endwell, N.Y.,
and William F. Morgan, Saratoga, Calif., assignors to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,206
Int. CI. B41j //20
U.S. CI. 101-111 2 Claims
iXZ^
A machine for embossing credit cards having data reading A type carrier comprises a flexible, toothed timing belt
means, a computer controlling selectively operable em- having U-shaped type carrier members which are attached to
\'
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
93
the belt by pins through the legs of each member on either
side of a belt tooth and which have flexible supports secured
thereto each with a type character at the free end.
3,638,566
STENCIL RECORDING APPARATUS
Robert B. Greenly, Santa Clara, Calif., assignor to Singer-
General Precision, Inc., Binghamton, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 788,150
Int. CI. B41f /5/00
U.S. CI. 101-114 4 Claims
3,638368
ROTARY NEWSPAPER PRINTING PRESS HAVING
AUTOMATIC INTERRUPTERS FOR PRESS CYLINDERS
Wallace H. Granger, P.O. Box 157, Kentfield, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 650,453, June
30, 1967, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 735,388, June 7, 1968, now abandoned ,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 784.599. Dec. 18,
1968. This appUcaUon Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,985
Int. CI. B41f 13140,31136, 33114
U.S. CI. 101-219 7 Claims
.rv-l8
The device of this invention uses electrostatic recording to
apply original titles, legends, or other indicia to discrete
record receivers. The system includes changeable stencils
which, for the purposes of this description, are constructed as
counters. The desired information is set up, a voltage is ap-
plied between the stencil and an electrode behind a record
receiver, ionized pigmented particles are attracted through
the stencils to the record receiver, and the record receiver is
moved to a fixing station. By rendering the individual items
of information changeable, any desired information within
the range of the apparatus can be applied to an appropriate
record receiver.
3,638^67
METHOD OF PREPARING AND UTILIZING A GRAVURE
PRINTING MASTER
Lewis E. Walkup, and Rexford W. Jones, both of Columbus,
Ohio, assignors to Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 834,576
Int. CL B41m ///O, 5/00, G03g /i/06
U.S. CI. 101 — 170 10 Claims
n:.
There is disclosed a method of preparing a gravure printing
master wherein a photosensitive imaging composition is in-
terpositioned between two substrates to form a dual elec-
trode imaging configuration. Upon selective exposure to
electromagnetic radiation in the presence of an electric field
and subsequent separation of the configuration complemen-
tary images are formed on the respective surfaces. At least
one of said images may then be transferred selectively to a
uniformly prepared gravure member so as to selectively oc-
clude specific areas and produce the gravure master.
*l MO-
A rotary printing press is provided including an impression
cylinder and a plate cylinder and wherein a continuous web
passes between the impression and plate cylinders. Auto-
matic means are provided to move two of the cylinders in the
event of a break in the web whereby contact between all
cylinders of the press is broken and damage from excessive
windup of the broken web on one or more cylinders is
avoided. Upon breakage of the web of paper the contifmous
flow of ink to the press is also stopped.
3,638,569
METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE ELIMINATION
OF MINE BLOCKADES
Frank Rudolf Thomanek, Sandizell, Germany, assignor to
Messerschmitt-Bolkow Gesellschaft Mit Beschrankter
Hoftung
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,148
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 1, 1968, P 17 03
, 933.7
\ Int. CI. F42d 3/00
U.S. CI. 102-22 11 Claims
A method for eliminating mine blockades or similar obsta-
cles comprises arranging a blasting charge in the form of an
explosive gas or gas mixture or a liquid and/or solid com-
ponent-gas mixture, such as a foam, over the area to be
cleared; and igniting the charge to cause a detonation over
the area to effect a detonation of the mines to render them
harmless. The explosive is applied to the area by means of an
elastic grid formed of a plurality of interconnected hose ele-
ments which are gastight and pressuretight and which may be
unwound such as by inflation so as to extend outwardly
across the mined area. The hose elements of the grid form a
receptacle for the blasting gases or the explosive gas liquid or
gas solid mixtures such as a foaming material forming the ex-
plosive. Alternatively the explosive may be applied to the
minefield by means of a rocket or other vehicle containing
the explosive foam or its ingredients through a discharge noz-
zle for ejecting and spreading the explosive over the
K
94
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
blockaded area The recoil from the ejected explosive is util-
ized to propel the rocket forward and or upward The explo-
sive may also be ejected through a nozzle gun connected to a
container on a land vehicle such as a tank.
with a projectile having a rearwardly opening central bore
communicating with radial bores opening against an annular
propellant charge surrounding a portion of the projectile.
The practice cartndge case is provided with a bottom piece
havmg one or more bores for receiving a detonator for igni-
'•■' . • JJ^
3,638^70
SECONDARY BLASTING CHARGE AND CONTAINER
THEREFOR
Raymond A. Johnson, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignor to Inter-
mountain Research and Engineering Co., Inc.
Filed Feb. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 803,206
Int CI. F42b 3/00
VS. CI. 102—24 1 Claim
A secondary blasting charge for removing "hang-UR^" of
ore, protruding rock formations, and other problem forma-
tions in mines and other blasting areas, comprises a molded
plastic container designed to be supported on a pole or prop
stick and capable of holding a blasting charge of adequate
size and suitable configuration. A hole or socket element,
which can be formed integrally with the container, is pro-
vided for receiving a supporting stick or pole. It serves also to
house a primer or booster in detonating position within the
charge and can serve also as a closure for a filler of)ening.
3,638,571
RECOILLESS PRACTICE CARTRIDGE
Heinz Gawlick, and Rudolf Stahlmann, both of Furth, Ger-
many, assignors to Dynamit Nobel Aktiengesellschaft,
Troisdorf, Germany
Filed Sept. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 757,902 '
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 6, 1967, D 54039
Int. CI. F42b 5/22
VJS. CI. 102—41 13 Claims
The recoilless practice cartridge is to be fired from the
subcaliber barrel insert of a recoilless firearm and is provided
tion the propellant qharge by passing a flame through the
bores of the projectile and for thereafter conducting the
propellant gas rearwardly through the cartridge case Xo coun-
teract the recoil of firing the projectile from the cartridge
case. Tamping means are provided for the propellant charge
on the projectile and for the bottom piece bores.
3,638,572
DELAY TRAIN FOR ORDNANCE FUSE
Vincent J. Menichelli, Panorama City, Calif., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Filed Feb. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 800,203
Int. CI. F42c 9/10; F42b 1/04; F42c 19/08
U.S. CI. 102-75 2 Claims
A delay train for an ordnance fuse having a body with two
tandem chambers at the front end communicating via^n
axial bore with the main charge located in the rear encnA
cup with an apertured bottom fits in the first of the tandem
chambers and, except for the aperture, closes the second of
the tandem chambers. A primer mix fills the cap and a delay
composition fills the second chamber. Initiation of the primer
mix by a firing pin is propagated via the cup aperture to the
delay composition which reacts at a known slow rate, thus
contributing the greater part of the time delay. Lead azide in
the axial bore is initiated by the delay composition and, in
turn, initiates a length of pyrocore along which the initiation
is propagated to a main charge.
February 1, 1972
■ •• GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
95
3,638,573
SELF-DESTRUCTIBLE HONEYCOMB LAMINATES
Hugh W. Campbell, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Mar. 25, 1968. Ser. No. 715,761
Int. CI. F42b 11/24
U.S. CI. 102-90 10 Claims
trols upon said carnage during movement The platform is
supported upon wheels in direct contact with a supporting
floor and has separate wheels engaging a guiding track upon
the side of the table. Interconnection with the carriage is by a
collapsible self-storing bar which is operative position is an-
gled at approximately 45° with resp)ect to the horizontal In
inoperative position, the bar is stored within a recess in the
platform, and a major portion of the platform may be rotated
about a horizontal axis to be latched in a vertical orientation
to means on a side of said table, whereby it may be out of the
way when not required Bumper means ts provided on each
end of the platform which telescopes on contact with an ob-
ject lying in the path of travel of the platform, this motion
being utilized to open a circuit providing power to the car-
nage, whereby the interconnected carnage and platform are
immediately stopped
This disclosure is direcl€d to on-command, self-destructi-
ble, laminated honeycomb structures, e.g., printed circuit as-
semblies, having a honeycomb core the polygonal cells of
which contain a material capable of rapid yet nonexplosive
combustion e.g., incendiary or pyrotechnic material, and
wherein the cell walls are substantially perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of substantially parallel facing sheets which
can be secured directly or indirectly thereto. One of the fac-
ing sheets can constitute or contain a printed circuit and a
portion or all of the incendiary material can be encapsulated
to render it inactive at ambient conditions u!itil the desired
time for ignition. Ignition wells and igniters can be provided
to communicate with a portion of the incendiary composition
and the honeycomb cell walls can have small openings to in-
terconnect some or all of the cells for migration of gases and
flame propagation therebetween. An edge sealant, e.g.,
potting comf>osition, can bejised to aid in insulating the in-
cendiary material from exposure to degradative influences
and directionally channel the burning to the major desired
area(s) to be destroyed, e.g., the facing sheet area(s) con-
taining the printed circuitry. '
3,638,574
PLATFORM FOR CLOTH-LAYING MACHINES
Stephen Paterson, Forest Hills, N.Y., assignor to Cutting
Room Appliances Corp., New York, N.Y.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,765
Int. CI. B65h 29/00
U.S. CI. 104-1 , \ 4 Claims
. /'.r,.- ^^^:^=^-h
A selectively operable platform interconnected to a cloth-
laying machine carriage and the cloth-laying table upon
which it is supported for reciprocation with the former and
with respect to the latter, whereby an operator may stand
upon the upper surface of said platform to manipulate con-
K
3,638,575
ANALOG CONTROL SYSTEM
Ralph R. Griner. Mount Clemens. Mich., assignor to Palmer-
Shiie Company, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 838,767
Int. CI. B65g 43/00
U.S. CI. 104-1 71 Claims
•KfasnTTTtp Sf^^^
A feedback control system for use in connection with au-
tomatic material-handling apparatus for controlling the ac-
celeration and/or deceleration curve of a movable material-
handling assembly, as for example, an automatic or semiauto-
matic robot used in conjunction with delivering and retriev-
ing material from a storage warehouse, wherein the distance
from a fixed or variably selectable point is sensed and utilized
to generate a speed curve for controlling the incremental
variation in speed of the material-handling apparatus up to a
preselected maximum speed or down to zero speed
3,638,576
TRANSFER SYSTEM
Peter P. Schauffler, 7701 Cresheim Road. Philadelphia, Pa.
FUed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 876,004
Int. CI. B61by/00
U.S. CI. 104-1 8 Claims
In a transportation system which interconnects multiple
origin and destination points, coupled seat and baggage units
for individual passengers are carried by different types of
vehicles. Automatic sorters at transfer points uncouple and
\
96
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
sort and recouple these units for transfer from one type of ing wheel carried thereby, the engagement of the wheel with
vehicle to another, so that a passenger and his baggage can j g k ci i ui uic wncei wiin
J 6
t fZ tA .t I A
'f iZ i4
the track bed being controlled to rollingly consolidate the
track bed as the vehicle moves.
^T(*. .^T»
3,638,579
CONVERTIBLE RAIL-HIGHWAY SHUNTING
LOCOMOTIVE
William James Yard. Cavan, Australia, assignor to Aresco
Trak-Chief Proprietary Limited, Cavan, Australia
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,758
Int. CI. B61c 13100- B61d 15100; 86 If 9100
U.S. CI. 105-26 R 5 Claims
travel from his origin to his destination on several different
vehicles without leaving his assigned unit.
3,638,577
MOBILE APPARATUS FOR LAYING TRACK TIES
Frani Plasser, and Josef Theurer, both of Johanneseasse 3
1010 Vienna, Austria ^^ '
Filed Oct. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 864,383
Claims priority, application Austria, Oct. 18, 1%8, 10087/68
Int. CI. EOlb 29lli, B65g 7112
U.S. CI. 104-6 ,7 Claims
\
A shunting vehicle for positioning trucks on a railway line
wherein the coupling is rotatable, not about a central pin as
an axis but by movement guided by angled slots to thereby
throw the center of rotation forwardly and avoid displace-
ment of the shunting vehicle wheels from the rails.
In a mobile track renewal apparatus which includes a se-
nes of cooperating tie conveyors leading to and from the
track section where ties are to be picked up and/or laid, con-
trol means is arranged in the tie conveyor path and actuata-
ble by a tie in the path for controlling the movement of
selected conveyors.
3,638,580
CONVERTIBLE RAIL-HIGHWAY VEHICLE
William James Yard, Cavan, Australia, assignor to Aresco
Trak-Chief Proprietary Limited, Cavan, South Australia,
Australia
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,368
Claims priority, application Australia, Mar. 4, 1969,
51,409/69
Int. CI. B61d 15100; B61f 9/00, B62d 61112
L.S. CI. 105-215 C 6 Claims
3,638,578
APPARATUS FOR CONSOLIDATING A TRACK BED
Heinrich Helgemeir, Munich, Germany, assignor to Robd &
Co., Munich, Germany
Filed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816,548
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 24, 1968, P 17 59
i„# nx ^l\?x. -.T/ ,>. ^^^^ ^^^ retaining flanged wheels in contact with rails on
US n 104-17 '"t-^'-*-" lb 2 7// 6 a convertible rail-highway vehicle tn which traction is ef-
Apparatus for consoUdat.ng a track bed comprising^'vlT whTefs^ ndmf o'n' TTa' Is'^Sm^'f roT^^r '"'
cle movable along the track with at least one pLurlapp.y- p.v::id totf Z^^J^^S^l L^t^T^S. ^
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
97
tion of the weight of the vehicle is applied to the flanged 3,638,583
wheels thereby reducing danger of derailment APPARATUS FOR BAKING DOUGHNUTS A GOODY-ER
DONUT BAKER
'\ Vera M. Goodier, and Kenneth C. Goodier. both of 135 12th
, 3,638,581 St. S.E., South East Puyallup. Wash.
CONVERTIBLE RAIL-HIGHWAY VEHICLE TILT Filed Feb. 4, 1%9, Ser. No. 796,443 -
CONTROL Int. CI. A47j 3 7/01
William James Yard, Cavan, Australia, assignor to Aresco U.S. CI. 249-122
Trak-Chief Proprietary Limited, Cavan, Australia
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16369
Claims priority, application Australia, Mar. 4, 1969,
51,408/69 ^
Int. CI. B61d 15/00; B61f 9/00; B62d 61/12
U.S. CI. 105— 215C 10 Claims
1 Claim
.J7
ULJLJ'LJ'LdUJl>.JliJUJL-J Lu'vti^ i^
Tilt control means for a rail vehicle effective in making the
vehicle chassis tilt upwardly in the direction of displacement
while negotiating a curve so that the vehicle leans into the
curve, by utilizing pivoted control arms between the chassis
and the vehicle wheels, the control arms diverging
downwardly.
3,638^82
RESILIENT BEARING MOUNTING
Joseph A. Beebe, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to The Buckeye
Steel Castings Company, Columbus, Ohio
Fikd Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,641
Int CI. B61f 5/30, 5/38, 15/02
U.S. CL 105-218 R 2 Claims
An elastomeric pad positioned between the bearing as-
sembly and the load bearing portion of a railway truck side
frame. The pad is deformed when the truck negotiates a
curve to accommodate a nonparallel condition of the axles
and thereby avoid slippage between the wheels with respect
to the rails. The elastomeric element is stressed during such
displacement of a truck axle and this energy serves to restore
the axle to a position at right angles to the track when the
truck proceeds onto a track section which is tangent to the
curve.
Apparatus for producing donuts by a baking rather than
frying process in the form of a baking tin having a plurality of
spaced apart wells or bowllike member, each with a prong
extending axially therein. In use each well receives a proper
amount of baking dou^ with the prong assisting by main-
taining a hole in the center of the dough. After baking, each
well contains a donut which can be easily removed for
further decoration, icing and/or eating
/ • 3,638,584
DRAFTING TABLE CONSTRUCTION
Ear\ J. Cisler, and William A. Gdbuda, both of Two Rivers,
Wis., assignors to American Hospital Supply Corporation,
Evanston, III.
Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,478
Int.Cl. A47f5/y2
U.S. CI. 108-6 8 Claims
\
A drafting table including a pedestal, support columns
mounted on said pedestal for generally vertical movement,
and a drafting board mounted for tilting movement on the
upper end of said support columns. The tiltable mounting for
the drafting board includes pivotally connected first and
second parts, the first part being secured to the board and
the second part being secured to the support columns by a
fastener and wedge arrangement A counterbalancing
mechanism is provided between the p>edestal and the support
columns to assist in raising and lowering the columns and the
board. The mechanism includes means for adjusting the
amount of counterbalancing force by braking or anchoring
one end of a spring and raising or lowering the column as-
sembly.
895 O.G.
98
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638^85 . 3,638,587
COMBINATION LECTERN AND TABLE TRAY FOR GAME TABLE
James Clyde Futrdi, 1007 Drake St., Roanoke Rapids, N.C. Tim M. I'yeda, S.' San Gabriel, Calif., and Harry W. Thur-
Filed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877,734 man, Murfreesboro, Tenn., assignors to Samsonite Cor-
InL CI. A47f 5112 poration. Denver, Colo.
U.S. CI. 108-9
1 Claim
/
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,612
Int. CI. A47b 1/00
U.S. CI. 108-66
9 Claims
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
99
3,638,589
PROTECTIVE DOOR STRUCTURE
James D. Shoop, Canton, Ohio, assignor to Diebold, Incor-
porated, Canton, Ohio
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,506
Int. CI. EOSgy /02
U.S. CI. 109—76 14 Claims
3,638,591
BURNER HAVING MEANS INCLUDING UNDERFIRE AIR
MEANS FOR ELIMINATING SMOKE
Jerry S. Lausmann, P.O. Box 1608, MedfordvOreg.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 828,1 13, May 26,
1969. This application Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,576
Int. CI. F23g 7100
U.S. CI. 110— 7 A 11 Claims
A combination lectem and table having a two-part base
and a two-part top with a supporting shaft Each of the halves
of the top may be disposed horizontally or at a desired angle,
the entire table may be adjusted vertically and the base may
be supported on one-half and both the base and the top may
be detached from the supporting post or column
.i 3,638386 j
PALLET
Anthony E. Elshout, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Crown
Zellerbach Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,682
Int. CI. B65d 19/18
U.S. CI. 108—58 5 Claims
I
■dr.r-
I J nz
m c
cr
CD t
rDi
-rvC*— :c:
r
~ en
Ot—ncz
rr c
:: tz
r-: (— r: cr— r r— 3 cr-:
~ r
:_r^=-c^c-^
~i r-
~ I r-t r^r: oc^r rrr
A lightweight, arcuate plastic tray for a circular table, a se-
ries of which may be secured to the edge of the table to out-
stand therefrom Each tray includes a suitable arrangement
of depressed sections or wells to hold poker chips, glasses
and fcx'-d dishes The tray has radial ribs which engage the
outside of a depending edge structure of the table and an in-
side lip adapted to rest on the edge structure The tray is
reinforced at its underside by a framework adapted to rigidify
the same and permit it to be securely connected to the table,
as by a latch engaging the inside of the edge structure This
framework includes a radial bar, attached to the underside of
the center of the t'ay and adjacent the inner end of which the
latch is mounted, and a chord bar attached centrally to the
radial bar and at each end to the underside of the tray The
three points of attachment of the framework, in a tnangular
arrangement, rigidify the tra) sti that it may be formed of
thinner plastic and thus appreciably reduce its weight.
3,638,588
COLLAPSIBLE STOOL
Bobby R. Abbott. 3808 S.W. 40th PI., Oklahoma City, Okla.
Filed Nov. 19, 19^9, Ser. No. 877,941
Int. CI. A47c 4/JO
U.S. CI. 108-128 4 Claims
A four-way entry pallet of a constructioi^ien^ling it to be
made of molded plastic material to provide lightness without
sacrifice of strength, comprises top and bottom walls, two
pairs of opposite sidewalls having openings for receiving tines
of a lift fork, reinforcing connecting columns between the
top and bottom walls, and openings in the top and bottom
walls, providing lightness. The top wall comprises T-shaped
reinforcing ribs which provide strength and rigidity Some of
the openings in the bottom wall are enlarged to accom-
modate supporting wheels on tines of a lift fork, and have op-
posite bevelled edges providing ramps for such wheels, and
lower edges of openings in the sidewalls are also bevelled to
provide such ramps
"%
A plurality of part -cylindrical legs are pivotally joined to a
like plurality of struts so that the legs and struts extend away
from each other in diverging directions for respectively rest-
ing on the earth and supporting a seat. When the struts are in
a collapsed position they form a cylindrical seat nesting tube
telescopicall> received by the tube formed by the legs when
collapsed
The protective dcx)r structure for filing cases, safes, vaults,
and the like to protect against illegal, forced or surreptitious
entry has a central body portion composed of a metal plate
with a metal ring secured thereto with a casehardened steel
platt located within the ring A matrix of urethane plastic
material completely encases the central btxly portion of the
door and forms the external door shape The plastic portions
exposed to attack have a tight pattern of hardened steel balls
or shot embedded in the matrix The entire assembly is
formed with properly spaced openings for housing the l(x:k
mechanism.
3,638390
WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM
William F. Roberts, and Edmund L. Kaminsky, both of 150
Strafford Road, Wayne, Pa.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,510
InLCI. F23b//2*
U.S. CI. 110-7 16 Claims
In a shipboard system, wastewater is withdrawn from a
storage tank and is comminuted to reduce the size of waste
solids. Coagulant is added, and the wastewater is centrifuged
Solid wastes are incinerated. The liquid wastes are disin-
fected and dissolved organic material is adsorbed in activated
carbon. An effluent of tertiary quality is discharged.
Tepee burners having means for concentrating, collecting
and reintroducing unburned partic es are provided with un-
derfire air systems which uniformly distribute air to the fire
piles. An early underfire air system ! FIG 1 ) includes inclined
pipe sections having downwardly directed nozzle tubes A
later underfire air system (FIG 10) includes nozzles having
partially embedded, slotted burner pots and caplike grates
having difFuser plates setting in the slots in the pots A latest
underfire air system (FIGS. 16 -and 18) includes partiaiiv em-
bedded burner pots and caps having radial nozzles positioned
on the pots. The means for concentrating, collecting and
reintroducing the unburned particles include crown collec-
tors from which ducts lead to blowers which draw the un-
burned particles and gases from the collectors and blow them
with ambient air chordally into the burners so as to aid the
coriolis effect, one of the burners < RGS. 13-15) having ad-
justable blower outlet nozzles.
3,638,592
FOLDING OF FLEXIBLE SHEET MATERIALS
Leslie Alva Fryatt, 24 Highergate Road, Huncoat, Accrington,
Lancashire, England, J. H. Fenner & Co. Limited. Marfleet,
Hull, Yorkshire, England
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,799
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 27. 1969,
32,495/69
Int. CI. D05b 3/00, 35/02
U.S. CI. 112-121.14 14 Claims
r
--^
22
20 12
\^.
■::(^A^-
?
The present invention provides apparatus for forming
fold in a length of flexible sheet material compnsing
100
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
horizontal support for supporting a length of flexible sheet
with a portion thereof to be folded lying over a transverse
edge of the support, a horizontal cord arranged above and
beyond said edge of the support, means for downwardly
deforming the cord so that at least a portion thereof lies
below the level of said support beneath said portion of the
sheeVvto be folded when a sheet is present on the supp<irt,
and means for tensioning, the cord against the action of said
deforming means to straighten the cord and to thereby raise
said portion of the sheet, forming a fold therein around the
cord. The apparatus is intended to be used primarily in a
hemming machine having a machine head, for forming a
seam in a fold made in the sheet, displaceably mounted for
movement in a direction parallel to said transverse edge of
the support, such that the head traverses longitudinally along
a fold formed by the cord.
3,638^93
ZIGZAG SEWING MACHINE
Kurt Voilmar, Lambsbom, and Herbert Wenz, Kaiser^lau-
tem, both of Germany, assignors to G. M. Pfaff AG.,
Kaiserslautem, Germany
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,996
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 16. 1969, P 19
46 700.6
Int. CI. D05b 27/00
U.S. CI. 112-210 3 Claims
\
Zigzag sewing machine having a setting member controlled
by a rotatably driven control disk, the position of which
determines the magnitude and direction of the feeding move-
ments of the feed dog, and a setting arrangement having a
setting shaft connected in the transmission train between the
scanning member of the control disk and the setting member,
for changing the transmission ratio of the control impulses
emitted by the control disk, in which the setting shaft of the
resetting device is joumaled in a lever arm that is pivotally
mounted in the machine housing, and extends essentially
parallel to a link disposed in the transmission train and en-
gages the pivot point between the transmission train and the
setting device, and where the axis'of the setting shaft extends
through one end point of the rocking range of this pivot point
produced by the. control disk.
3,638,594
SEWING MACHINE COOLING SYSTEM
George B. Armstead, Jr., Glastonbury, and Edward A. Kelly,
Wethersfieid, both of Conn., assignors to The Merrow
Machine Company, Hartford, Conn.
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,062 i
Int. CI. D05b 71/00; F24h 3/00
U.S. CI. 1 12-218 R 9 Claims
A cooling system for an industrial sewing machine of the
overseaming type, including a hollow, shell-like shroud posi-
tioned over and closely surrounding the sewing machine
housing; and a fan mounted on the machine's main drive
shaft adjacent an opening in the shroud to force air through
the shroud over the outer surface of the machine and out
through open spaces along the bottom of the shroud and at
the end of the machine opposite the fan. The shroud being
spaced from the surface of the machine is ctxil to the touch
and assists in muffling the sound of the machine.
3,638,595
MULTIPURPOSE PRESSER FOOT
Ramon Casas-Robert, Geneva, Switzerland, assignor to
Mefina S.A., Fribourg, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 69^87
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 9, 1%9,
14151/69
Int. CI. D05b 29/00
U.S. CI. 112-235 . 4 Claims
/^-^ jif 0yj
A multipurpose presscr foot for sewing machines com-
prises a sole pivotally mounted to a flange-plate for attaching
the fcxit to a presser bar with an alignment so that, in opera-
tion, a part of the lower surface of the sole is adjacent to
completed stitching So as to facilitate passage thereunder of
raised stitching, this part is retractable from the lower plane
of the sole against the action of a spring. The retractable part
is connected to the rest of the sole in the manner of a
deformablc pa'allelogram by means of a set of articulated
members so that the retractable part, when displaced,
remains parallel to the said plane.
3,638.596
DEVICE FOR FORMING SHEET METAL JOINTS AND
SEAMS
Joe H. Kemp, 204 West Dallas Road, Grapevine, Tex.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,320
Int. CI. B21d 31/06
US. CI. 113-54 ., i 10 Claims
A rotary hammer device for working sheet metal, particu-
larly for closing sheet metal joints of the typie commonly
known as "Pittsburgh Li^x:k," wherein the hammer is reversi-
i
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
101
ble and is operable from both sides, so as to be movable in
either longitudinal direction along the seam or joint.
3,638397
METHOD OF FORMING A RIVET
Omar L. Brown, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to Ermal C. Fraze,
Dayton, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 617,128, Feb. 20,
1%7, and a continuation-in-part of 704,766, Feb. 12, 1968.
This application Sept. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 866,064
Int.CLB21dJy/00,5//26
U.S. CI. I13-116FF 72 Claims
are adapted to cooperate with the arm handles to permit the
water vehicle to be mounted to the sides of a boat or the like
whereby the water vehicle functions as a ladder to permit
entry into the boat.
3,638,599
ADJUSTABLE CHAIN STOPPER
Harold E. Nilsen, 1425 Homestead Ave., Metairie, La.
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,886
Int. CI. B63b2///*
U.S. CI. 114-200 11 Claims
A hollow rivet is formed in sheet metal by first forming a
dimple or hollow boss and then converting the dimple into
the hollow rivet. Attenuation of sheet metal to form the dim-
ple is carried out by initially stretching metal and sub-
sequently squeezing the sloping wall of the dimple to extrude
the sheet metal in opposite directions. The squeezing step to
complete the attenuation makes it possible to keep the
stretching of the metal within acceptable limits by a wide
margin.
3,638,598
WATER VEHICLE
John J. Vlad, 30232 Tecia Drive, Warren, Mich.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,251
Int. CI. B63g 8/00
U.S. CI. 114- 16 A
15 Claims
An improved chain stopper that will eliminate the need for
using a devil's claw, pelican hook, or other device for
properly holding a vessel's anchor in stowed position or for
measuring tension in a vessel's anchor chain when it is riding
at anchor. A pawl on the chain stopper is carried by a frame
which is adjustable to bring the pawl into position immediate-
ly adjacent to one of the chain links to hold the chain
3,638^00
APPARATUS FOR TREATING FERROUS SURFACES
Henry J. Modrey, 158 Eagle Drive, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 851,920
Int. CI. B63b 59/00
U.S. CI. 114-222 9 Claims
'-^
'-^
A water vehicle on which a rider may be towed by a boat
or the like cither on or beneath the surface of the water. The
water vehicle comprises a substantially U-shaped frame
member having the arm members of a pair of plane or planar
members rotatably mounted to each leg thereof and includ-
ing a pair of handles carried by each arm member to permit
the rider of the water vehicle to independently rotate the
planes relative to one another and to the frame member to
thereby control the motion of the water vehicle while it is
being towed by the boat. The ends of each leg of the U-
sha[>ed frame member are curved outwardly therefrom and
This disclosure teaches a device for treating a ferrous sur-
face and contemplates such applications as painting or
scrubbing a ship's hull. Preferably, one or more rollers are
engaged to the ferrous surface by magnets which are con- ^
nected to the rollers within the width thereof by means of
spring members. Thus engaged, the rollers are easily moved
over the surface. Suitable paint applying devices or scrubbing
brushes with drives are furnished on the rollers.
3,638,601
ACOUSTICALLY TRANSPARENT HYDRODYNAMIC
TOWED BODY FOR UNDERWATER EXPLORATION
AND THE LIKE
Neville E. Hale, Port Credit, Ontario, and Kenneth Gardner,
Mimico, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Fathom
Oceanology Limited, Port Credit, Ontario, Canada
FUed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 848,877
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 3, 1968,
41,756/68
Int. CI. B63b 27/00
U.S. CI. 1 14-235 B 7 Claims
A submersible towable body for underwater acoustic pur-
poses comprising an acoustically transparent shell which is
\
\
102
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
supported by an internal body structure in the form of an
acoustically transparent compartment for receiving a trans-
ducer and having a transducer removably mounted in the
compartment so that the towed body retains its structural m-
tegrity mdependently of the transducer
• I
• 3,638,602
EDUCATIONAL TOY
Fernando Carreno, 10225 Traylor Way, Garden Grove, Calif.
FUed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,964
Int. CI. GO Id 2/ /OO
U.S. CI. 116-114 8 Claims
This invention relates to educational toys for attachment to
infants' cribs. In one embodiment which is explained in detail
in the specification, the toy includes a resilient line terminat-
ing in hooks by which it is extended taut across the crib in a
position and at a level for yigagement by the feet of an infant
occupying the crib. It includes a second elastic line con
nected at one end to a point along the length of the first and
having a hook at its other end by which it can be connected
to the side of the crib and there held taut in a position and at
a level for engagement by an arm of an infant occupying the
crib. The toy also includes a bell and brightly colored discs
and connected to and carried by the elastic lines so that the
bell is rung and the discs are moved when the elastic lines are
moved as an incident to engagement by the infant "s limbs.
Another embodiment includes a frame connected to the
crib so that it extends upright above the crib wall An arm of
the frame extends over the crib and carries a mobile which is
actuated by a cord interconnecting the mobile with an elastic
cord which is stretched across the crib in position for engage-
ment by one of the infant's limbs. ,
3,638,603
» CONTAINER FOR STORING AND DISPENSING
MEDICATION
McCldlan B. Conover, 1209 Kensington Ave., Flint, Mich.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17388
Int. CI. G09f 9/00
U.S. CI. 116-121 16 Claims
A container for stonng and dispensing medication having
means for recording and indicating the number of times such
medication is dispensed during a selected period of time,
comprising a plurality of compartments arranged in a side-
by-side fashion, each compartment having a hinged locked
cover to permit individual access to interior A disc is
rotatablv mounted on an interior wall of each compartment
and has a portion viewable through an opening in the for-
ward wall of each compartment A locking mechanism ear-
ned by each container cooperates with the disc to unlock the
cover as the disc is rotated to the next position and at each
position of the disc information in the form of an indication
of successive time intervals is provided on the portion of the
disc viewable through the wall of the container to provide a
record as to the dispensing of the medication.
3,638,604
APPARATUS FOR COATING STRIP-FORM SUBSTRATES
Peter Herzhoff, Leverkusen; Hans Gref, Cologne-Stammheim;
Rolf Behr, Leverkusen: Fritz Maus. Cologne-Flittard; Wolf-
gang Schweicher; Willi Wasser, both of Leverkusen; Josef
Friedsam, Langenfeld, and Kurt Browatzki, Opiaden, all of
Germany, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft,
l^everkusen, Germany
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 797,809
Int. CI. B05c 5/02
U.S. CI. 118-50 2 Claims
A machine for coating a layer of a viscous emulsion on a
movable supptirt having a feed means operatively associated
with the support with a narrow gap between the feed means
and the support for forming the viscous emulsion into a layer
on the movable support The feed means contains a chamber
opening into the narrow gap, and the machine is arranged so
that the viscous emulsion fed from the chamber and formed
by the narrow gap is under an adjustable static differential in
pressure between the inlet end of the narrow gap which has a
lower pressure on the emulsion and the outlet end of the gap
which has a higher pressure A cavity in a wall-adjoining the
chamber in the feed means has one opening into the chamber
sidewall and containing a compressible gas acts as an air
cushion and reduces the variations in pressure on the feed
matenal during feeding as the gas is enclosable within the
cavity by the passage of feed material through the chamber.
' I
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
103
3,638,605
FABRICATION OF PRINTED CIRCUITS
Pierre J. Grandgirard, L'vry-Gargan, France, assignor to
Societe Industrielle Bull-GeneraJ Electric (Societe
Anonyme), Paris, France
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 42.943
Claims priority, application France, June 5, 1968, 6918464
Int. CI. B05C 11/00
U.S. CI. 118-50.1 6 Claims
buildup on the article Coolant is circulated through the
jacket to maintain temperature of certain regions of the
member and jacket below the melting temperature of the
coating material In this way, the selected surfaces of the arti-
cle are efficiently and effectively masked while at the same
time certain components, such as the member having the ex-
tensions, may be rapidly disassembled and reassembled
without disturbing the sealed nature of the jacket
An assemblage for lacquering metallized boards provided
with metallized holes therethrough, wherein, in a dustproof
enclosure each board is first dehydrated by heating, lowered
vertically into a tank of lacquer, moved through the lacquer
in a direction perpendicular to the plane of the board, raised
vertically from the tank, and passed through a drying
chamber. Said drying chamber includes a lacquer setting
chamber having a hot air feed therein and surmounted
thereon a drying passageway including radiant and convec-
tion-tyf>e heaters.
3,638,606
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE COATING OF
SELECTED SURFACES OF AN ARTICLE OF
MANUFACTURE
Louis W. Pieper, and Robert O. Kerr, both of Fort Wayne,
Ind., assignors to General Electric Company
Original appUcation Mar. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 710,103. Divided
and this application Nov. 21, 1%9, Ser. No. 878,624
Int. CI. B05b 15/04
U.S. CI. 118-69 2 Claims
3,638,607
RUBBER COATING APPARATUS WITH EXCESS
RUBBER RECOVERY MECHANISM
Heinz K. E. Jaffke, Adapazari, Turkey, assignor to Uniroyal
Endustri Turk, A.S., Adapazari, Turkey
Filed Aug. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 848,508
Intel. B05c 1'08
U.S. CI. 118-249 11 Claims
21- -'
'777/
0////^^////fJ^^7/7/j/f/^^ff///z////rr^
In rubber-coating apparatus including calender rollers
which define a coating gap therebetween for applying rubber
to a fabric web, and in which excess rubber accumulates out-
side the lateral edges of the web, a new type of excess rubber
recovery apparatus includes a pair of excess rubber control
bodies, each having the shape of a solid of revolution. Each
of these bodies is suspended by a flexible rotary dnve shaft
from a drive unit connected by a universal joint to a carnage
which IS adjustable along a horizontal rail The mechanism
rotates the control bodies in a manner tJTdisplace the excess
rubber toward the central region of the fabric and permit it
to be conveyed back to the coating gap by one of the
calender rollers.
3,638,608
TRAILING BLADE STRIPING APPARATUS
Henry Gabbard, Xenia, Ohio, assignor to The Standard Re-
gister Company
Filed Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,115
Int. CI. B05cJ/02, 1 1 lb
U.S. CI. 118-406 12 Claims
Apparatus for masking selected surfaces of an article of
manufacture, for instance restricted entrances and beyond of
stator cores, while other selected surfaces are being coated
with coating material. A member havmg extensions formed
with enlarged free ends disposed beyond the restricted en-
trances in spaced relationship therewith is detachably
mounted in heat exchange relation on a cooling jacket sealed
at a number of locations. During the coating of the other
selected surfaces, fluid is supplied in the spaces between the
member and the selected article surfaces to prevent material
Coating apparatus of the trailing blade type which includes
means for providing a coating to a surface of a continuous
web, in which the coating consists of one or more stripes
thereof Each stripe may be relatively wide or relatively nar-
104:
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
row. The coating material may be of the hot melt type, m
which the coating material is solid at norma] room tempera-
ture and is a liquid only at temperatures considerably above
room temperature. The coating material may be of the sol-
vent type or ot the water emulsion type, or which is a liquid
at normal room temperatures and in which a drying process
removes a vehicle from the material and a solid coating
»remains. A thin flexible shield which engages selected por-
tions of the web is disposed between the trailing blade and
the web to prevent coating of the web in the portion thereof
which is engaged by the shield.
3,638,609
ELECTROSTATIC IMAGE DEVELOPING DEVICE
Sadanao Ando, and Funihiro Miyagawa, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kakha Rkoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 3, 1968rSer. No. 780.673
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 4, 1%7, 42/77802;
42/77803; Dec. 13, 1967, 42/79948; 42/79949;
42/79950; 42/79951
Int.CI. B05c ////4
VS. CI. 1 18—426 3 Claims
loe
.(5)L-r_r_j ^ -j5.
114 >-^
113 , '^l
117
^
An electrostatic image developing device has a photosensi-
tive copy paper transporting body rotatable about a horizon-
tal axis and having a plurality of photosensitive copy paper
receiving plates equiangularly disposed and extending radi-
ally peripherally of the body. Copy papers bearing electro-
static images are held in position between adjacent receivmg
plates by hinged holding plates which press them against the
receiving plates. Rotation of the transporting body sweeps
them through a developing tank.
3,638,610
DEVELOPMENT APPARATUS
James M. LyIes, Fairport; Robert E. Hewitt, Penfield; Glenn
L. Hilt, and James E. Britt, both of Webster, all of N.Y., as-
signors to Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.V.
Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 838,778
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
VS. CI. 1 18—636 14 Claims
Apparatus for developing a latent electrostatic image on an
image support member in which a series of electrically iso-
lated electrodes are supported in close parallel relation with
the member to form a continuous, enclosed, development
zone A continuous flow of two-component developer
material is passed through the development zone and the
electrodes biased so that the distribution of material in the
flow stream is controlled to first develop and then clean the
photoconductive plate surface.
3,638,611
ELECTRODED DEVELOPMENT DEVICE
Ernest A. Weiier. Rochester, and Frederick W. Hudson, West
HenrietU. both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 838,818
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 118-637 4 Claims
. / \
A development system is herein disclosed for making visi-
ble a latent electrostatic image supported on an image retain-
mg member The apparatus includes an elongated biased
electrode positioned in close parallel relation to the image-
retaining member to form an enclosed development zone in
which a- flow of two component developer material is main-
tained A series of pins are mounted on the electrode and ex-
tend into the development zone to disperse the developer
material while the material is under the influence of an elec-
troded force field wherein the concentration of toner in the
flow stream is controlled
3,638,612 '
APPARATUS FOR MARKING CONDUCTOR CABLES
Hans Joachim Haise, Ditzingen, and Hans Harbort, Ludwig-
sburg, both of Germany, assignors to International Stan-
dard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,903
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 24, 1969, P 19 20
966.6
Int. CI. B05b 5/00 V
UJS. CI. 1 18-625 j 9 Claims
A longitudinally advancing conductor cable freshly ex-
truded with plastic insulation is marked by a stream of a fluid
material of a predetermined color as follows: The stream is
first ejected from a high-pressure nozzle, sinusoidally
deflected by electrical deflection means, and then the deflec-
tion is amplified to be substantially larger than the cross-sec-
tional dimension of the cable by an electrical amplifying
means before the stream is applied transversely to the cable.
■K,
I \
\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
105
Where a complete band mark needs to be made around the
cable, a second stream may be applied to the cable opposite
to the side being mark'ed by the first stream, by deflecting
and amplifying the second stream in the same manner as the
first stream. Using a displacement electrode and varying the
DC potential applied thereto, the band marks made by each
stream may be matched more precisely by bending the
second stream toward the advancing direction of the cable
and by controlling the degree of bending to match the first
stream as the two streams hit the cable A plurality of
streams of different or the same color materials may be ap-
plied to the cable simultaneously at given intervals after
being deflected £md amplified in the same manner as the first
stream.
3,638,613
TONER DEVELOPER SYSTEM
Uklis Klavsons, Pittsford; William D. Rerun, Webster; Denzel
D. Stoops, Rochester, and David M. Terr}, Webster, all of
N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Piled Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,766
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 118— 637 7 Claims
be electrically biased, is positioned between the magnetic
developing rollers adjacent the electrostatic latent image
bearing surface to enhance image development.
3,638,615
METHOD OF GROWING OYSTERS
William W. Budge, Hillsborotigh, and Makolm Donald,
Woodside, both of Calif., assignors to Pacific Mariculture,
Inc., Pescadero, Calif.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,253
Int. CI. AO Ik 67/00
U.S.CI. 119—4
8 Claims
A developer apparatus wherein a transfer or donor roller
triboelectrically attracts to its surface toner contained in a
sump or reservoift The toner in the sump is prevented from
agglomerating by an agitator device. A fur brush picks up
toner from the transfer or donor roller and deposits it upon a
charged surface whereby the image thereon is rendered visi-
ble.
' 3,638,614
ELECTROSTATIC LATENT IMAGE DEVELOPMENT
APPARATUS
Eugene F. Young, Henrietta, and Ryland F. Rogers, Webster,
both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Rochester,
N.Y.
Filed Sept. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 855,002
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 118-637 12 Claims
Apparatus for effecting development of an electrostatic
latent image comprising a plurality of magnetic developing
rollers positioned with intersecting magnetic force fields for
effecting a blanket of developing material extending about
and between the developing rollers adjacent an electrostatic
latent image-bearing surface. A cylindrical roller, which may
Apparatus for growing oysters m sea water comprising a
member mounted in sea water so that it is above the bottom
level of the sea water at all times and below the top surface
of the sea water for a substantial period of each 24 hours. A
plurality of seed oysters are provided and a cement other
than that excreted by the oyster seed secures the oyster seed
to the member. The oysters are arranged in a predetermined
pattern and are spaced in such a manner that the oysters can
grow to a substantially larger size on the member without
deforming each other.
In the method, a member is positioned in the sea water so
that it is disposed above the bottom level of the sea water'
and for a substantial period of time of each 24 hours, below
the top surface of the sea water. Seed oysters are secured to
the member using an adhesive and the oysters are arranged
in a predetermined pattern and are spaced in such a manner
so that they can grow to a substantially larger size without
deforming each other.
3,638,616
nSH-GROWING AQUARIUM
William Jeter Carmouche, 353 Stanford Ave., Baton Rouge,
La.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,762
Int. CI. AOlk 6i/00
U,S. CI. 119-5 1 Claim
An aquarium with fresh water supply above for growing
large quantities of fish in a minimum of space A screen
106
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
f
across aquarium confines fish to upper levels and prevents
them from mixing descending waste particles below with
fresher water above. Slanted bottom of aquarium converges
to an adjustable outlet through which sediments are forced
by the weight of water above. An air pump releases bubbles
at end of tubing near screen to aerate water and create circu-
lation causing contaminants to fall by gravitational and cen-
trifugal forces. A ball vaJve with float closes outlet when
water level falls too low. A siphon and auxiliary tank
prevents overflow Fresh water entenng presses water with
contaminants away from fish through screen below and out
of discharge opening, removing pollutants and replacing
water at required intervals to ^pfixirnt the crowded fish to
grow for years A fiKcTfetaKK the returri of4he heavrer parti-
cles of pollutants and nitrogenous substances to the space ck-
cupied by the fish A small propeller aerator strengthens the
circulation
3,638,617
DEER AND WILD TURKEY FEEDER
MaUh«w G. White, P.O. Box 1601, Uvalde, Tex.
Piled Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,577
Int. CL A01k5/00
U.S. CI. 119-51
1 1 Claims
A granular feed hopper Jar animals including a lower
downwardly opening gravit3yButlet. A generally horizontal
panel member is disposed in vertical registry with the outlet
only slightly spaced below the latter such that the angle of
repose of granular feed being gravity discharged through the
outlet will fall within the plan area of the panel member.
However, the spacing of the panel member below the outlet
is appreciably greater than the largest dimension of in-
dividual feed particles to be dispensed from the hopper and
the panel member is mounted for rotation about an upstand-
ing axis, whereby the feed being discharged from the outlet
and resting upon the panel will be disturbed and moved from
beneath the pile of feed resting upon the panel member as
the latter is rotated. In addition, the panel member includes
peripherally spaced portions which are disposed appreciably
radially outwardly from the axis of rotation of the panel
member and exposed for attachment of feed thereto. These
outer peripheral portions of the panel member attract the
birds to be fed and the birds, by pecking at the feed sup-
ported from these outer peripheral portions of the panel
member, cause the latter to rotate and thus feed from the
hopper to be pulled from the bottom of the pile of feed rest-
ing upon the panel member.
3,638,618
AUTOMATIC PET FEEDER
John Strotber, 175 W. 137th St., New York, N.Y.
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 60,074
Int. CI. AOlk 5/02
U.S CI. 119-51.12 1 Claim
An automatic pet feeder controlled by a timer which
releases a door to a feed compartment and simultaneously
rings a bell to signal the pet that the door has been opened. A
second door is released by the same timer at a later time for
a second feeding also with a simultaneous ringing of the bell
A supply of water is released by the same timer simultane-
ously with the opening of one of the doors with the water
i'f-"- ..•■^-
supply being fed into one of the feeder dishes to moisten dry
pet fcxxi at the time of its being made available to the pet.
3,638,619
THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED LIQUID-
HEATING TANK
Henry B. Hall, Hamilton, Mass., and Norman W. Hill,
Rochester, N.H., assignors to International Telephone and
Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,054
Int. CI. F22b 5/00
U.S. CI. 122- 13 A 6 Claims
An apparatus for heating a liquid for use in medical, dental
and other services comprising a receptacle for heating the
liquid, thermostatic means for determining the temperature
of the liquid as it exits from the receptacle, inlet and outlet
means for said receptacle, said inlet and outlet means extend-
ing into the interior of the receptacle for some distance. The
thermostatic control means are lc>cated adjacent the outlet
means, and the heater means for the liquid are disposed ad-
jacent the inlet means
' I 3,638,620
STEAM OR HOT-WATER BOILER
Nils Axd Ambjom Ostbo, Goteborg, Sweden, assignor to
Gotaverkens Angtekniska AB (Gotaverken Heat Engineer-
ing Co. Ltd.), Goteborg, Sweden
FUed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,623
Claims priority, appUcation Sweden, Apr. 23, 1969, 5756/69
Int. CI. F22b 9/04
U.S. CI. 122-115 2 Claims
In a steam or hot-water boiler of the type, which consists
of a radiant heat combustion chamber and at least one con-
vection part connected directly thereto, the end plate of the
convection part turned towards to the combustion chamber
will be intensely heated In order to ensure that this plate is
efficiently cooled one baffle plate within the water space of
the convection part is more closely placed with respect to the
end plate than the ordinary spacing between the baffle plates.
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
107
in such a manner that an increased velocity of the waterflow
is obtained, which means a higher rate of heat transfer and
\
^
3,638,622
RETURN FLOW BOILER
Nils Axel Ambjom Ostbo, Goteborg, Sweden, assignor to
Gotaverkens Angtekniska AB (Gotaverken Heat Engineer-
ing Co. Ltd.), Goteborg, Sweden
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,622
Claims priority, application Sweden, Apr. 23, 1969, 5757/69
Int. CI. F22b7/i2
U.S. CI. 122-182 R 1 Claim
also a safe removal of possible steam bubbles from the inside
of the end plate.
' 3,638,621
COMBINATION nRE AND WATER TUBE BOILER
Glenn D. Craig, Menomonee Falls, Wis., assignor to Aqua-
Chem, Inc., Waukesha, Wis.
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,023
Int. CI. F22b 7/06
U.S. CI. 122-140 R ^ 17 Claims
In return flow boilers the gases flowing along the wall of
the flue tube will be cooled, whereby the combustion in the
marginal portions of the flame will be considerably less
complete than in the core thereof, which will have undesira-
ble consequences when the flame emerges into the return
chamber. In order to bring about a complete combustion also
of the marginal portions of the flame the outlet of the flue
tube is considerably restricted as compared to the main part
of the tube, whereby the portions of the flame having flown
along the wall of the flue tube will be forced into the core of
the flame, when this emerges into the return chamber.
[ 3,638,623
^PINNING PISTON ENGINES AND SYSTEM 4ND
PROCESS OF OPERATION
James A. Weinheimer, P.O. Box 1365, Panhandle, Tex.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,665
Int. CI. F02b 53100; F16h 1 130; F04b / 7/00
U.S.CL 123-45 10 Claims
A natural circulation, shockproof, horizontal furnace,
combination water tube and fire tube boiler The water tubes
comprise a plurality of membrane-connected, ring-shaped
tubes, defining a substantial portion of the primary com-
bustion cylinder for the -burner flame, surrounded by a larger
diameter, secondary combustion cylinder which defines the
remaining portion of the longitudinal combustion zone, and
which redirects the combustion gases in a return path b^ck
over the outer surface of the water tube-membrane structure.
The secondary combustion cylinder is connected only at one
end and is free to expand and cipntract due to temperature
changes without stressing the boiler or the combustion
cylinder. The combustion gases then reverse direction a
second time in a reversal chamber to pass through horizontal
fire tubes extending the length of the boiler directly through
the large outer shell containing the water to be heated, and
then out through the flue gas outlet. This novel boiler unit
can be used to generate steam, or for hot water applications
with minor modifications.
The piston shaft of an internal combustion engine, which
shaft moves in a straight line path powered by combustion
gasses within a cylinder, connects to a gear train assembly
108
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
rotatably attached to the cylinder and continuously rotates
the piston about its straight line path during its motion in
such path and provides for reversible direction and variable
speed of the engine output shaft
' 3,638,624
ENGINE VALVE CONTROL MEANS
Donald J. OGrady, 7634 W. Clarence Ave., Chicago, III.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,658
Int. CI. FOII 7/ 34, 1108
L.S. CI. 123-90.18 12 Claims
3,638,626
ENGINE SPARK TIMING CONTROL DEVICE
John R. Marshall, Taylor, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,326
Int. CI. F02p 5106
ILS. CI. 123- 117 A 5 Claims
^^- ^f^ ■ '/A^^ '•'
■'*' -*> ;\r 5it
An engine valve operating control mechanism for an inter-
nal combustion engine having a transmission output driven
gear pump and governor controlling the output of the oil
pressure from the pump in direct proportion to the engine
load whereby a hydraulic cylinder and piston unit operated
by the pump pivots a cam-shifting lever which shifts the
camshaft to move one of three different contoured cam lobe
means in contact with the engine vaives for opening and clos-
ing the intake and exhaust valves at one of three operatmg
conditions for low, medium or high engine speed operation
under load conditions.
3,638,625
EXHAUST MANIFOLD HEAT VALVE CONTROL
SYSTEM
Angeio Jaimee, Union Lake, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,369
Int. CI. F02mi//00
U.S. CI. 123-122 H 2 Claims
J6
An) internal-combustion engine has a vacuum servo con-
nec^d to the distributor breaker plate for moving it as a
function of the change in carburetor spark port vacuum as
controlled by a mechanical device between the servo and
spark port having sintered metal fow restriction and a one-
way check valve in parallel flow circuits, the check valve un-
seating durmg rapid vehicle accelerations to quickly reduce
the spark advance setting to a lower level, for better per-
formance, the sintered metal flow restriction providing a
delayed rate of return to an advanced spark timing setting
during relatively slower accelerations, to minimize the emis-
sion of undesirable exhaust gas elements.
3,638,627
VARIABLE ADVANCE ENGINE IGNITION TIMING
CONTROL
Garry E. Beard, Livonia, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor Com-
pany, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,164
Int. CI. F02p 5110, FOIb 19100
U.S. CI. 123-117.1 12 Claims
An exhaust heat valve control system for an internal com-
bustion engine in which the position of the heat valve is de-
pendent on the carburetor flange temperature. A tempera-
ture responsive bimetal valve opens and closes a vent to a
vacuum chamber in response to the carburetor flange tem-
perature. A vacuum motor connected to the vacuum
chamber displaces the exhaust heat valve in response to
variations in the vacuum chamber pressures.
A dual diaphragm servo has one diaphragm operatively
connected to the engine distributor advance plate and opera-
tively interconnected with the other, the two diaphragms
being operatively controlled in their movements by vacuum
from induction passage ports at opposite sides of the carbure-
tor throttle valve, the vacuum to the diaphragms being selec-
tively controlled as functions of changes in vehicle speed and
for engine or ambient operating temperatures, to modulate
the timing advance in a variable manner with changes in
vacuum level t
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
109
3,638,628
FUEL CONTROL ASSEMBLY FOR INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES HAVING FUEL INJECTORS
Henry Stafford Stolworthy, Box 1508, Chelan, Wash.
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,297
Int. CI. F02m 39100, r02b 77108
U.S. CI. 123— 139R 6 Claims
V
^
A fuel control assembly is described for injector fed inter-
nal combustion engines having a common injector control
tube connected to a plurality of injector racks to normally
move the racks in unison. Control rack levers are mounted
on the control tube and extend radially therefrom to connect
with the racks. A safety feature is provided to enable the
control tube to move the remaining racks to an idle position
when one of the racks become frozen to prevent the engine
from overspeeding. The safety feature is incorporated in the
control rack levers to release the connection between the
tube and the frozen rack and enable the tube to control the
remaining racks.
\ 3,638,629
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Charles L. Moon, BrecksviUe, Ohio, assignor to White Motor
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863310
\ Int. CI. F02m i 9/00. F02d//04
U.S. CI. 1 23-139.6 9 Claims
}l it S 3?
3,638,630
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE IGNITION
DISTRIBUTOR CAP AND COIL ASSEMBLY
Lewis R. Hetzler; Robert E. Campbell; Charles R. Carlson,
and Gerald O. Huntzinger, all of Anderson, Ind., assignors
to General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 38,988
Int. CI. F02p 7 '00
U.S. CI. 1 23- 1 48 D 2 Claims
An internal combustion engine ignition distributor cap and
coil assembly. An intermediate member of insulating material
supports a plurality of elongated electrical terminals arranged
in a circular pattern, one for each cylinder of the engine, and
an equal number of elongated conductors, each of which is
connected to one end of a corresponding one of the elon-
gated terminals and extends substantially normal to the axis
of the circular pattern of terminals. An ignition coil housing
member, within which the ignition coil windings are en-
closed, is secured to a cap member with the intermediate
member disposed therebetween and the free end of each ter-
minal extending through a corresponding terminal accom-
modating opening through the closed end portion of the cap
member to provide a three-section assembly.
I 3,638,631
RPM. REGULATOR FOR FUEL INJECTION PUMPS
Franz Eheim, Stuttgart, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,085
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 8, 1969, P 19 1 1
913.2
Int. CI. F02n 17108, 39100; F02d 1/04
U.S. CI. 123— 179 L 3 Claims
A fuel injection system for an internal combustion engine
is disclosed. The system includes a fuel supply tank, a fuel
supply system between the lank and the engine, a fuel return
system for returning fuel to the tank from the engine and a
fuel flow governor controlling fuel flow in the supply system
in response to fuel pressure in the return system.
The supply system includes a fuel injection pump which
normally supplies quantities of fuel to fuel injectors in excess
of the fuel injected into the engine. The flow governor in-
cludes a fuel control valve for modulating the flow of fuel to
the injectors in response to the level of fuel pressure in the
fuel return system to prevent oversupply of fuel to the en-
gine. ''
In an r.p.m. regulator, the cutoff of additional fuel quanti-
ties required for the starting of an internal combustion en-
gine, is effected by an r.p.m. -dependent pressure "which dis-
places a starting piston against the force of a starting spring
.\ 1
no
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
In this manner, the starting spring, which, during starting
r p m,s. causes the delivery of said additional fuel quantities,
is neutralized and does not affect the fuel quantity control
during normal engine operation.
3,638,632
MOTORCYCLE COMPRESSION RELEASE
James Willard Boling, 2060 Abnanor St., Oxnard, Calif.
Filed May 6, 1970. Ser. No. 35,058 :
Int. CI. Foil /J/06, 13/08 I ' *
U.S. CI. 123-^182 10 Claims
A compression release structure for a motorcycle includes
the customary exit valve communicating with the combustion
cylinder interior and may be lifted from its seat by manual
operation of a pull cable in order to expel combustion
product and gases under compression from the cylinder.
When the cylinder pressure is diminished to a point where
ambient air would otherwise tend to enter the cylinder with
its contaminants the air is prevented from entering and foul-
ing the cylinder and lubricants by a spring-biased one-way
check valve.
The one-way check valve is self-centering and of conical
shape to swiftly establish a positive seal with its seat and
block out the atmospheric air.
■■ 3,638,633 ^
TOY CATAPULT
Alvena F. Clark, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada, assignor
to Catapult Toy Co., Ltd., Saskatoon, Saskatchewan,
Canada
Fikd Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 14,958
Int. CI. F41bi/02
U.S. CI. 124-4 2 Claims
A toy catapult comprising a supporting structure upon
which slides a pair of parallel side members. The side mem-
bers are moved by a pair of pivoted brackets which are both
interlocked with each side memb)er, A crossbar attached
between the side members engages a cam on the underside of
a sling component. When the brackets are pivoted forward,
the side members and crossbar are slid forward causing the
crossbar to engage the cam near the pivot to the sling com-
ponent which in turn causes the sling component to be
flipped forward in a vertical arc.
I 3,638,634
BROILER
Walter J. Bditho, 30005 West 13 Mile Road, Farmington,
Mich.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,492
1 Int. CI. A47j i 7/00, F24c J/04
U.S. CI. 126-41 R 7 Claims
A gas-fired broiler having a compacted volume of trap
rock interposed between a grill which supports the edibles
and a primary source of heat which cooks the edibles. The
trap rock provides both a substantially uniform temperature
cix)king surface and a noncombustible collector and ab-
sorber of liquid animal fats. A member capable of being
heated to incandescence is positioned between the primary
source of heat and the trap rock pack acting as a distributor
of the heat from the burner to the whole area of the trap
rock pack.
3,638,635
SPLIT GAS BURNER . .
Wendell M. Drennan, Evansville, Ind., assignor to Arkla In-
dustries, Inc., Evansville, Ind.
Filed Sept. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 859. 156
Int. CI. A47j 37/07, F23d 13/00
U.S. CI. 126-41 R 8 Claims
A gas-fired ctxiking grill includes a cooking and smoke-
retaining enclosure ard a gas burner within the enclosure,
the burner being an integral cast hollow structure having two
distinct, independently controlled burner portions serving
different parts of the cooking rack. _
3,638,636
AIR HEATER
William A. Marshall; Bernard Paul Lunkwicz, both of Cen-
traiia, and Henry Meresz, Wheeling, all of III., assignors to
Lear Siegler, Inc., Santa Monica, Calif.
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,881
Int. CI. F24h J/06
U.S. CI. 126-110 R 17 Claims
A plurality of adjacent shell-type heat exchange shells are
disposed in a furnace casing above a blower with an air
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
111
passage between adjacent heat exchange shells. Each heat
exchange shell includes a lower combustion chamber which
opens into an intermediate heat exchange section, and a flue
gas collector duct above the heat exchange section con-
nected to a vent. Gas burners are disposed in each com-
bustion chamber to create products of combustion which
flow upwardly through each heat exchange shell. The walls of
each heat exchange section are convoluted to produce a ser-
pentine passageway with considerable heat transfer surface
for the rising combustion gases. A baffle located at the inlet
to the collector duct produces even gas flow through the heat
exchange section and diverts gases to heat the walls of the
duct. Each heat exchange shell is constructed of sheet metal
and comprises a pair of complementary half-shells welded
together such that an outer peripheral seam is formed. The
seam follows the line of the convoluted walls of the heat
exchange section to reduce thermal stresses. The heat
exchange shells are mounted in the casing with the use of a
floating joint to enable vertical expansion of the shells.
3,638,637
SPRAY HUMIDIFIER
William H. Coffman, Jr., Mt. Pleasant, Pa., assignor to Lew-
bill Industries Inc., Scottdale, Pa.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,445
Int. CI. F24f J//4
U.S. CI. 126-113 3 Claims
\
means for connecting it in the fan circuit of a forced warm
air furnace so that the timer will of>erate whenever the fan is
running.
3,638,638
LATCHING AND LOCKING ARRANGEMENT FOR SELF-
CLEANING OVEN DOOR
Clarence Gary Phifer, Columbia, S.C, assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,495
Int. CI. F24c 15/02
U.S. CI. 126-197 10 Claims
A bimetal-operated locking arrangement for a latched
door of a self-cleaning oven which includes a second bimetal
means having negative deflection characteristics below a cer-
tain temperature cooperating with the mam bimetal means to
aid the movement of the locking means toward a locked posi-
tion during a p>eriod of oven temperature rise, and to aid the
movement of the locking means away from the locked posi-
tion during the period of falling oven temperatures following
a heat cleaning of)eration.
3,638,639
APPARATUS FOR REMOVING LIPIDS FROM THE
HUMAN BLOODSTREAM
Edward W. Merrill, Cambridge, Mass.; assignor to Hans H.
Estin; Leonard W. Cronkhite, Jr., and William W ., trustees
of The Charles Riber Foundation Wolbach
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,279
Int. CI. A61b 05/14
U.S. CI. 128-2 F 6 Claims
A normally closed solenoid valve connects a source of
water under pressure to the spray nozzle of a humidifier. An
electric switch is connected with the solenoid for energizing
it to open the v£ilve. This switch is actuated between on and
off positions by means of a normally inactive timer that in-
cludes means for holding the switch in each of its positions a
predetermined length of time. The timer is provided with
A catheter for monitoring the concentration of lipids in the
bloodstream made from a material that selectively absorbs
lipids. The catheter is inserted in the bloodstream while the
interior wall of the catheter is washed continuously or
periodically with a nontoxic solvent delivered through a lipid-
impermeable fiber to dissolve the absorbed lipids. The lipid-
rich solvent is contacted with an absorbent located at the
OF>en end of the catheter and outside the epidermis to
evaporate the solvent. The absorbent is analyzed periodically
for lipids.
112
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
and practice of medical examinations within the purview of
the process.
3,638,640
OXIMETER AND METHOD FOR IN VIVO "
DETERMINATION OF OXYGEN SATURATION IN
BLOOD USING THREE OR MORE DIFFERENT
WAVELENGTHS 3,638,642
Robert F. Shaw. 2316 Leavenworth St., San Francisco, Calif. PATIENT MONITORING SYSTEM WITH BEDSHEET-
Filed Nov. 1 , 1 967. Ser. No. 679,920 MOUNTED ANTENNA
l!« ri o« -,0 Int. CI. A6 lb 5/00 Albert E. Heflin, Sr. El C^jon, Calif., assignor to Tdedoc
V.9.K.I. iza—ZK 36 Claims Corporation, El C>jon, Calif
• ^^^lA
Oximeter method and apparatus uses a test appliance that
includes a source for directing radiation into skm tissue or
other blood-confining container at three or rrrore
wavelengths and a detector for sensing the radiation intensity
emanating from the skin tissue or other container at each
wavelength. The oximeter method and apparatus also uses
circuitry for combining the detector outputs in a predeter-
mined manner to provide an indication of the oxygen satura-
tion of the blood independently of position or movement of
the test appliance on the patient and without first calibrating
the indication on each patient.
3.638,641
MULTIPHASIC MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS SCREENING
LABORATORY CONSTRUCTION
John C. Abromavage, Tempe, and James F. George, Phoenix,
both of Ariz., assignors to Arcoa, Incorporated, Phoenix,
Ariz.
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878.094
Int. CI. A61b 05//0
U.S. CI. 128-2 R 13 Claims
Multiphasic medical examinations screening laboratory of
a type where a test sequence phase is separated from a self-
administered history phase, wherein a plurality of wedge-
shaped test chambers surround a central core area and con-
stitute the test sequence phase area, each test chamber con-
taining all instruments and leads to perform predetermined
tests, inexpensive instruments ^being located in each test
(!hamber and expensive equipment being centraJly located in
the central core and interconnected with each test chamber
via a cable, with still further expensive equipment mounted
on a track above the wedge-shaped test chambers adapted
for selective placement in each chamber, wherein the 'con-
struction and arrangement of various features are such as to
provide optimum facility use, convenience, privacy, safety
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,439
Int. CI. A6 lb 5/05
U.S. CI. 128—2.1 A
\
3 Claims
A patient monitoring system in which biological data are
sensed by a scif-contamed unit attached to the patient, the
unit contammg a very low-powered radio transmitter. A
radio receiver is coupled to a(n antenna which is incorporated
m the bed covermg m such, a manner as to pickup signals
from the transmitter regardless of the position of the patient
on the bed, the antenna being flexible to avoid discomfort to
the patient and to withstand motion of the patient. The metal
bedframe acts as a shield against unwanted radio frequency
signals Suitable display and recording apparatus can be con-
nected to the receiver at the bedside or at a remote location.
V
3,638,643
ENDOSCOPE FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDING
John E. Hotchkiss, Corte Madera, Calif., assignor to
Hotchkiss Instruments, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 675,81 1, Oct. 17.
1967. now abandoned. This application Aug. 29, 1968. Ser.
No. 756,112
Int. CI. A61b 1122, 1104
U.S. CI. 128-9 13 Claims
An endoscope having a housing with a viewing aperture
aligned with a sight aperture and a sight passage
therebetween A light source directs focusing and photo-
graphic flashlight rays onto a mirror mounted to the housing
between the apertures for the coaxial reflection of such light
rays along the axis of the sight passage and through the sight
aperture A mounting member connects a camera with the
\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
113
endoscope so that the optical axis of the camera is aligned
with the sight passage whereby the exact area being photog-
raphed is coaxially illuminated by both focusing and photo-
graphic flashlight rays. Terminals electrically couple a light
source mounted to the housing for illumination of a cavity to
be photographed with an electric p>ower source. The ter-
minals furthermore mechanically secure the mounting
member to the housing. A universally movable support struc-
ture mounts the camera and the endoscope £ind permits their
alignment with the organ.
other for the adjustment of the angle between the centerline
of the angle of swing of the backboards and the plane of the
3,638,644
ILLUMINATED SURGICAL SPECULUM
Franklin G. Reick, Westwood, NJ., assignor to Mkhael El-
bert, Mamaroneck, N.Y.; Frederick R. Picut, Mountainside;
Franklin G. Rekk, Westwood, NJ. and Joseph R. Wikler,
New York, N.Y., part interest to each
Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,530
Int. CI. A61b 1106
U.S.CL 128-16 4 Claims
An illuminated medical appliance for surgical and diag-
nostic purposes, the appliance including an applicator, such
as a tongue depressor or retractor blade, formed of a strong,
heat-resistant resin capable of withstanding the mechanical
stresses to which the device is subjected when inserted. The
inner surface of the applicator is contoured to engage tissue
or whatever other organic material forms the wall of the cavi-
ty or region of insertion. Detachably mounted on the outer
surface of the applicator and conforming to the curvature
thereof, is a plastic, light-transrffitting strip whose front end
portion is adapted to disperse light laterally over a relativeFy
broad zone adequately to illuminate the region of interest,
the other end being optically coupled to a light source which
is housed and energized in the handle of the appliance.
3,638,645
APPARATUS FOR REHABIUTATIVE EXERCISE OF
FEET
Isao Kitada, 7-10, Sanban-cho, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,674
Int. CI. A61h 1102
U.S. CI. 128-25 B 9 Claims
Apparatus for rehabilitative exercise of feet is comprised
of a cabinet having a pair of motor-driven footboards which
swing up and down on their common shaft in the alter-
natingly opposite directions, while a rehabilitant with his feet
on these footboards reclines against a backboard secured to
the cabinet. The motor adapted to drive the footboards has a
speed control device thereby to controllably vary the speed
of their swinging movements. Two additional mojors^are pro-
vided inside the cabinet, one for the adjustment of the angle
through which the backboards are permitted to swing and the
horizon, so that the rehabilitant may have his feet exercised
the way most suiting his particular case of disability.
3,638,646
THERAPEUTIC TABLE
Marcel M. Draux, 57 rue de Rempart, 59 Valenciennes,
France
Filed Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,416
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 16, 1968, 170146
Int.Cl. A61h 1100
U.S. CI. 128-33 13 Claims
' I
A therapeutic table having a frame and at least three pa-
tient supporting platforms slidably mounted on the frame.
The table is characterized by the frame being pivolable about
a pedestal so that either end of the patient supporting portion
may be elevated. The table is fiHther characterized by a
vibrator supported from the frame and being operatively con-
nected to means for supporting an extremity of a patient on
the table.
3,638,647
TOILET SYNCOPE GUARD
Raymond C. Creelman, 532 Fifth St., Bremerton, Wash.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 736,659. June
13, 1968, now abandoned. This appikatkm Mar. 2. 1970,
Ser. No. 15,467
InL CI. A6 If 5/i7
U.S. CI. 128-133 18 Claims
A syncope guard is disclosed for use with a p>erson sitting
on a toilet, or chair, or some other form of seat above a floor.
The guard comprises a stand that is adapted to be mounted
adjacent the seat, and a harness which is attachable to the
body of the person sitting on the seat, and interconnected
with the stand so that when the person has a syncope reac-
tion, his head and upper trunk can fall forward from the
sitting position into a slumped downward condition above the
floor, but once he is in the latter position, the harness arrests
his fall and retains his head and upp>er trunk above the floor.
114
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
i
February 1, 1972
It also comprises an aJarm device, and an actuator which is
connectable to the body of the person and operative to sound
the alarm when the person's body slumps into the aforesaid
downward position above the floor.
3,^38,648
BREATHING BAGS
Layton A. Wise, Washington, Pa., assignor to Mine Safety Ap-
pliances Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,202
Int. CI. A62b 7/00
U.S. CI. 128-202 6 Claims
tors or the like. The device incfudes a roughened synthetic
resinous member that courses through the skin and subcu-
taneous tissues and mto the body This special roughening
promotes tissue mgrowth and thus effects a firm mechanical
seal Animal experimentation and clinical success imply that
the seal is also dry and germproof. One form of svfch a device
f /' /
A single strip of flexible and impervious material is folded
lengthwise upon itself to form a double-thickness member,
which is provided midway between its ends with a recess ex-
tending inwardly from one edge. The edges of the strip and
\ substantially all of the area between the recess and the other
)edge of said member are sealed together so that two longitu-
'dinally spaced breathing bags are formed that are integrally
' connected at their inner ends by a band adapted to extend
around the back of the neck to suspend the bags over the
chest. Each bag has an opening therein near its outer or
lower end.
V :
is an arteriovenous shunt for use in artificial dialysis. A
roughened plastic cannula passes through the skin into the
bkxxi vessel itself A ball joint fitting for connection to the
external circuits allows for one-handed operation by a
trained patient. A special reamer is provided for use with the
shunt
1
3,638,650
SY RINGE AND NEEDLE ADAPTER ASSEMBLY AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME
George K. Burke, and Kenneth Raines, both of Bethlehem,
Pa., assignors to Burron Medical Products, Inc., Bethlehem,
Pa.
Filed Apr. 29. 1970, Ser. No. 32,789
Int. CI. A61m 5/00
U.S. CI. 128-221 7 Claims
3 «6
A needle adapter is supported in surrounding relationship
to the boss on a synnge and has attaching portions to mount
a hypodermic needle having attaching flanges on the hub
thereof. The needle adapter includes a plurality of tapered
spaced portions which are ultrasonically fused to spaced por-
tions of the annular shoulder on the barrel of the syringe sur-
rounding a boss extending therefrom.
3,638,649
IMPLANTABLE PROSTHETIC PASS-THROUGH DEVICE
Robert A. Ersek, St. Louis Park, Minn., assignor to The Re-
gents of the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed July 7, I%9, Ser. No. 839,297
IntCl.A61m 05/00,25/00 i
U.S. CI. 1 28- 2 14 R 11 Claims
An implantable through-the-skin prosthetic device for the
permanent entry into the body for passage of liquid, conduc-
3,638,651
DIAPERS
David Torr, Oyster Bay, N.Y., assignor to Georgia-Pacific
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,836
Int. CI. A61f yi//6 U
U.S. CI. 128-284 15 Claims
Disposable diapers, to be used without pins, which have a
pressure-sensitive adhesive area at at least one comer at each
\>
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
115
side of the diaper and have surface layers of release agent tion. The suture storage chamber includes a storage spool
which serves to seal the storage chamber, store the thread.
which are in contact with the adhesive areas when the
diapers are packed in a carton ^
3,638,652
SURGICAL INSTRUMENT FOR INTRALUMINAL
ANASTOMOSIS
James L. Keiiey, 3111 Kellogg, San Diego, Calif.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,075
Int. CI. A61b 17132, 17/11
UACl. 128-305
8 Claims
An instrument for use by surgeons particularly in cases in-
volving resection and anastomosis of vascular and digestive
tract organs. The instrument is dimensioned for insertion of
the principal parts of the instrument into the open ends of or
through stab wounds in the lumena after resection and the
actual anastomosis is by stapling the tissue entirely around
the stoma which is formed by an endless knife, illustrated as
annular, and the tissue cut away to form the stoma is con-
veniently removed with instrument. The staples and knife are
in a replaceable cartridge. Remote power means connected
by a flexible conduit allows maximized ease of maneuvera-
bility of the principal parts of the instrument during actual
surgical procedure.
3,638,653
SUTURING DEVICE
H. Lee Berry, 1414 Laburnum St., McLean, Va.
Filed July 3 1 , 1 969, Ser. No. 846,566
Int. CI. A61b 17/06; A61I 17/02; D05b UOO
U.S. CI. 128-340 1 Claim
A combination of elements for use in surgery, particularly
suturing. The combination includes a conventional needle
holder with a second element, namely a needle-suture as-
sembly combining a suture storage chamber and a hollow
needle through which the suture is drawn. The needle-suture
assertroly is associated with the needle holder in order that
suturing is accomplished by manipulation of the handles of
the needle holder. The needle-suture assembly is attached to
the needle holder by grasping the needle with the needle
holder and also by means associated with the suture storage
chamber, which attaches the unit to the needle holder on the
opposite side of the pivot point from the needle. The latter
attaching means serves also to effectively lock the needle
holder against inadvertent opening during the suturing opera-
and to restrain the suture against rapid, undesirable
dispensing.
3,638,654
SUTURING INSTRUMENT
Uche Akuba, 30 Park Ave., Suite 19F, New York. N.Y.
Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 841,051
Int. CI. A61b /7/04,.D05b 91/00; D05c 15/00
U.S. CI. 128—340 10 Claims
74 70 ^2 N / 2C
f-Se 22 62^'
A surgical suturing instrument for applying sutures to a
wound or the like comprising a first handle movably mount-
ing a second handle which is operable to rotate a shaft when
moved from a first position to a second position Needle
means including a needle is affixed to the shaft so that move-
ment of the second handle affects rotation of the needle. Pro-
vided in the needle is a suture-retaining slot which carries a
suture so that as said needle is rotated through tissue it auto-
matically threads the sutures.
3,638,655
INTUBATION TUBES
George O. Doherty, 2301 River Road, Missoula, Mont.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 628,593, Apr. 5, 1967,
now abandoned. This application May 18, 1970, Ser. No.
37,462
Int. CI. A61m 25/00
U.S. CI. 128-351 13 Claims
An intubation, endotracheal, or other tube having a tubu-
lar portion provided with a bulbous cuff encirclingly disposed
on its distal end. The cuff is formed from an easily compressi-
ble or distortable material which constantly seeks to revert to
its onginal shape, yet, -when distorted, exerts pressure of
116
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
small magnitude on the distorting object. The cuff sealing- the plate circuit through the screen grid to the control grid
wise engages the walls of a patient's encircling tracheal lin- and compnses an impedance for coupling the screen grid to a
source of controJ signals for controlling the power delivered
by the coil to a patient undergoing treatment.
ing. The cuff of one embodiment is reduced in diameter at its
center for accommodation of the -patient's vocal cords.
3,638^56
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING AND
STIMULATING THE ACTIVITY OF THE HEART
Theo GrancUean, Lausanne; Juan Ulrich Zumstein, BoUtgen.
and Alfred Liechti, Bern, all of Switzerland, assignors to
Fred Liechti AktiengeseUschaft, Bern, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,1 16
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 26, 1968,
' 12746/68
Int. CI. A61n 1/34
DJS. CI. 1 28-4 19 P 9 Claims
The intensity of the stimulation pulses from the output
stage is increased step-by-step to an adjustable maximum
value by a regulating stage. The latter is fed pulses derived
from the activity of the heart. When these pulses arc absent
or late, the value of a shunt combination of resistances is in-
creased in steps until an adjustable maximum value is
reached, as determined by a potentiometer connected in
parallel with these resistances and also connected to the con-
trol electrode of a component in the output stage.
3,638.657
SHORT WAVE DIATHERMY CIRCUIT
Hal C. Mettler, 680 Westbridge Place, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,012
Int. CI. A61n//4C)
grid oscillator circuit. A coil is placed in the tuned plate cir-
cuit for applying short wave signals to a patient undergoing
treatment. The tube has at least a control grid connected to
the tuned grid circuit and a screen grid. A circuit is coupled
to the screen grid for enabling a signal to be fed back from
CI. 128-422 11 Claims
diathermy having a vacuum tube in a tuned plate, tuned
3,638,658
GIRDLE GRIPPING SURFACE
Marvin Becker, 276 Newtown Turnpike, Wilton. Conn., and
Harold l^imuth, 8 Highwood Lane, Westport, Conn.
RIed Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 849,007
Int. CI. A41c 1/00
U.S. CI. 128-535 1 Claim
A girdle fnction or gripping surface for stockings, panty
hose or the like, the surface being applied directly to the leg
portion surfaces bounding the garment leg openings rather
than being applied to lace or other fabric which is sewn to
the completed garment. The friction surface, in a preferred
embodiment, consists of a dispersion of small mass or
deposits of latex, elastomeric or plastic material which pro-
ject through the stocking interstices and, in this manner,
prevent the stockings from falling.
3,638,659
GRAIN LOSS MONITORING DEVICE
Robert L. Dahiquist, Rock Island, and Maurice Klee,
Rockton, both of III., assignors to J. I. Case Company
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,421
Int. CI. AOlf 12/44
U.S. CI. 130-27 W 12ClainK
A monitoring device for indicating the loss of grain across
the exit end of a crop separating mechanism supported
within a crop receiving passageway. The monitoring device
includes a conveyor extending across and below the exit end
of the crop separating mechanism with the conveyor deliver-
ing any grain received therein to a flowmeter in communica-
tion therewith. The flowmeter is in the form of a vertical
passageway with a platen disposed in the passageway and
having a convex suriface exposed to the path erf" flow of the
grain. The platen is pivoted adjacent the side of the
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
117
passageway and has an end portion extending beyond the
pivot to cooperate with signal-generating means for indicat-
ing flow of grain through the flowmeter.
In one embodiment, the signal generating means takes the
form of a circuit having a warning light and a switch with the
switch actuated by the paddle in response to the flow of grain
through the flowmeter. In another embodiment, the signal
generating means is a circuit having an indicator and a varia-
ble resistor, the resistance of which is controlled by the pad-
dle.
3,638,660
METHOD FOR MAKING A TOBACCO SUBSTITUTE
COMPOSITION
Howard J. Davis, 8 Old Farm Road, RD. 2, Martinsville, N J.
Continuation-in-part of applicatton Ser. No. 473,916, July 21,
1%5, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
32,21 1, May 27, 1960, now abandoned , whkh is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 9,763, Feb. 9,
1960, now abandoned. This appikatbn Sept. 10, 1968, Ser.
No. 758,872
Int.CI. A24bOJ//4
U.S. CI. 131-2 5 Claims
v*W)t *H*W rm>y aw^fc'U.iLt *'jrr%
• COUUOClAi. iiO«-r>i.Tti CK*H' ai^
., 1»H M1SO4 '
1}\H(S04
••;C' ) rk 0^413 VC« - ..-k WOIS^UK - TC ffV CIt.l..i.^S(
1 7\ OCt ■ J r. T»«4lW4 - !»*■ tlOiSTJW -
A method of making a tobacco substitute material is dis-
closed which involves the use of fibrous woodpulp which
contains at least 90 percent of alpha cellulose. The selected
wood pulp of high alpha cellulose count is lightly beaten to a
Canadian Standard Freeness of between 400-700 ml. and is
then combined with a nontoxic combustion modifier and
formed into a sheet having a density of 12-35 Ibs./ft.^. The
combustion modifiers useable are the potassium, sodium and
magnesium sulphates, magnesium and potassium chlorides,
sodium, potassium, magnesium and ammonium carbonates
and bicarbonates, potassium nitrate, ferric oxide, ferric
hydroxide, alumina, magnesium gluconate, citrate, citrate
and acetate and gluconic acid. The metallic compounds util-
ized are preferably used in their hydrated form.
3,638,661
METHOD OF FORMING HLTER CIGARETTES
Jesse R. Pinkham, Winston-Salem, N.C., assignor to R. J.
Reynolds Tobacco Company, Winston-Salem, N.C.
Filed Nov. 13, 1%9, Ser. No. 876,237
Int. CI. A24c 05/48, 05/52. 05/58
U.S. CI. 131-94 2 Claims
Vj,.'
A smoke filter is provided which is adapted to be com-
bined with a tobacco rod to form a filter cigarette The filter
includes an elongated core piece of smoke impervious
material, a first sleeve of thin perforated material encom-
passing said core piece, and a second sleeve of smoke imper-
vious material encompassing said first sleeve and an end of
the tobacco rod. The second sleeve has a portion thereof
spaced from the first sleeve and cooperating therewith to
form a first sleeve and coop>erating therewith to form a first
elongated annular passageway, one end of which commu-
nicates with the tobacco rod end The perforations of the
first sleeve form a core piece-encircling row which is in regis-
tration with a second elongated annular passageway formed
by the first sleeve and an exterior portion of the core piece.
The smoke passes at a high velocit> from the first passageway
to the second passageway through the row of perforations
and impinges against the exterior portion of the core piece.
The space between the first and second sleeves is formed by
a short third sleeve interposed between the first and second
sleeves. A method of forming the article is provided in which
a multiple length filter is formed with said first sleeve being
continuous and said third sleeve being applied as axially
spaced portions around said first sleeve, after which the as-
semblage is severed into double length filter portions which
are interposed between two cigarette portions and joined
thereto bv said second sleeve.
3,638,662
SMOKE FILTER
Jesse R. Pinkham, Winston-Salem, N.C, assignor to R. J.
Reynolds Tobacco Company, Winston -Salem, N.C.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,745
Int. CI. A24d 01/04; A24f 07/04, 13/06 *• '
U.S. CI. 131-261 B 5 Claims
A smoke filter is provided which is adapted to be affixed to
one end of a tobacco rod. The filter includes an elongated
core piece formed from smoke impervious material and hav-
ing a cylindrical upstream end section, a cylindrical center
section of lesser diameter than said end section, and a fiuted
downstream end section. The fluted section is provided with
a first set of elongated flutes extending downstream from the
center section and a second set of elongated flutes annularly
offset from said first set and extending downstream
therefrom. One set of flutes is of greater depth than the other
and forms a trap for smoke particles. The core piece is en-
compassed by an inner sleeve provided with a plurality of
118
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February- 1, 1972
perforations arranged in encircling relation with respect to
the center section The inner sleeve cooperates with the
center section to form a shallow annular first passagewa> An
outer sleeve encompasses the inner sleeve and is spaced
therefrom to form an annular second passageway which com-
■ -22
municates with the first passageway only through the perfora-
tions. Tfit smoke flows through the perforations as high
velocity jets which impinge against the exterior of the core
piece center section. Subsequent to the jet impingement, the
smoke flows downstream past the fluted end section
3,638,663
ADJUSTABLE HAIR FOUNDATION
Ddoris J. Harbison, 2500 Independence Ave., Kansas City,
Mo.
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser.l^o. 46,777
Int. CI. A41g5/00
U.S. CI. 132-54 8 Claims
„
17
^^2 7
26 2«
# 1
8 \
^ S5
..J"
— 56
'24
— 27
■ 2i
32--
— 35
26,
^24-,
29
35-^
?
A hair foundation or lift for application to a lady's head,
having spaced-apart slats which extend upwardly front the
scalp, and over which the hair, located between the slats, is
drawn for bouffanting or puffing the hair The foundation m-
cludes a base member or bar to which the slats are
detachably and adjustably connected, enabling the slats to be
disposed in vertical planes or inclined in a direction cor-
responding to the direction that the hair is drawn over the
slats. The base member may include detachable sections,
each capable of supporting a slat for increasing the length of
the foundation and the number of slats utilized A rod
detachably engages through the ends of the slats, disposed
remote from the base member, for confining the hair
between said rod and the base member. Clips carried by the
base member are clamped to the hair for securing the foun-
dation in a desired location on the head.
3,638,664
(IPMBINATION DISPLAY, STORAGE AND DISPENSING
MEANS
Jerry Cohn, 1546 Broadway, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,101 j
Int. CI. A45d 40100
U.S. CI. 139-79 C 7 Claims
The present invention relates to a combination display,
storing and dispensing instrumentality, in particular for use in
connection with coloring matters, cosmetic, and semisolid
and similcir plastic masses and applies more specifically to
lipstick testing and like makeup equipment, which ts
generally exposed to view and generally tested when em-
ployed in specialty stores on counters thereof and other
establishments
Such equipment is of simplified construction and affords
after use by successive persons that through separation of the
top surface layer of superposed, preferably absorbent sheet
matenaJ stapled or adhesively maintained in pad formation,
the aesthetic outer appearance and ready function of the
equipment will be at all times kep! in a clean, antiseptic and
tidy array.
3,638,665
HAIR COMB WITH ADJUSTABLY TAPERED TEETH
Broussard Staff as, St., 2100 St. Bernard Ave., New Orleans,
^ Filed Mar. 25, 1 97 1 . Ser. No. 1 27,975
Int. CI. A45d 24136
U.S. CI. 132-129 7 Claims
^^—
A comb having combination teeth in which two sets of
teeth are congruently pivoted adjacent their free ends to
swing angularly about said pivot to adjustably vary the taper
of said combination teeth, and a bar slidably mounted inter-
mediate said sets of teeth for varying the effective lengths of
said teeth directly with said adjustable taper.
3,638,666
APPARATUS FOR ULTRASONIC PIPET WASHING
Sherman S. Fishman. 1961 Stockton St., San Francisco, ^'alif.
Filed Oct. 24, 1965. Ser. No. 504,777. The portion of the term
of the patent subsequent to Aug. 1, 1988, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. B08b7/02,i//0
1I..S. CI. 134—57 R 6 Claims
An ultrasonic pipet washer for very complete decon-
tamination of laboratory glass pipets, functioning to give an
ultrasonic wash and more importantly an' ultrasonic rinse;
standard acoustic intensities are obtained with transducers on
the bottom of the tank and high intensity is obtained by
putting additional transducers on the sidewall. Transducers
on the sidewall must be inactive when the solution level
lowers past it during emptying and this is done with a liquid
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
119
level switch Emptying is through a siphon whose inside arm
extends to about I inch above the bottom which assures that
I
\^
\
\
depth of solution remaining in the tank allowing the bottom
transducers to remain active.
3,638,667 \
LOADING DOCK SHELTERS
Cyril P. Frommdt, and Sylvan J. Frommelt, both of Dubuque,
Iowa, assignors to Dubuque Awning & Tent Company, Du-
buque, Iowa
FiJed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,793
Int. CI. E04f Hm
U.S. CI. 135— 5 A 7 Claims
An extensible loading dcx:k shelter having side curtains
which are pulled into draping engagement with the sides of a
truck retracting the shelter.
3,638,668
FOLDING UMBRELLA
Nobutoshi Kida, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Wakabayashi &
Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan, a part interest
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,630
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 19, 1968, 43/81727
Int. CI. A45b 1 1 100. 19104, 19/10
U.S. CI. 135—20 R 1 Claim
A folding umbrella which compnses a contractile pole on
the top end of which an upper rib holder of an elongate form
is fixedly mounted, a plurality of main ribs having an end rib
each and pivotally held at their ends by said upper rib holder
on its both sides in the manner of twofold division, a lower
rib holder having an elongate form and slidably secured to
said pole piercing t|»erethrough and support nbs supporting
said main ribs and pivotally held at their ends by said lower
rib hoider on its both sides in the manner of twofold division.
» . A
thereby enabling the folding umbrella to be folded in a fiat
and compact form
3,638,669 \
CANTILEVERED BREAKAWAY FUEL AND OXIDIZER
RELEASE
Robert A. Feight. Canoga Park; be Lacy F. Ferris, Van Nuys,
and Frank B. Hunter, Woodland Hills, all of Calif., as-
signors to The United States of America as represented by
the Secretary of the Navy
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,839
Int. CI. F02c 7/26 F16k 17,40
U.S. CI. 137— 68 7 Claims
■16 '? 14
2^ _/
6S.- J
iZ^J-'-V^.^.^'^n. -^
«^ j}^T^
A normally closed propellant isolation valve utilized in a
missile propulsion system is actuated by propellant tank pres-
sure to rupture a diaphragm and allow pressurized gas to fiow
into a cavity between two opposed pistons which are joined
by a frangible tie. When the cavity pressure reaches a
predetermined level, the tie fractures and allows the pistons
to separate. Each piston then strikes and breaks an adjacent
cantilever cup to simultaneously open oxidizer and fuel ori-
fices. Each piston also moves its cup out of the fiow path,
thereby eliminating the effect of any pressure drop variation
on the system mixture ratio. \
3,638,670
LOW TO HIGH FLUID PRESSURE INTERFACE
APPARATUS
Clifford W. Allen, Lexington, Ky., assignor to Westinghouse
Air Brake Company, Wilmerding, Pa.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,562 \ '
Int. CI. F15c 1/14,3/04
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 4 Claims
A piloted low to high pressure analog interface valve
device is provided having a gain factor determined by the
area relationship of a diaphragm piston subject to a dif-
ferential control force and a bellows connected to the piston
and subject to delivery pressure acting in a direction opF>osite
to the control force. A two-way, metering-type supply valve
controlled by movement of the piston/bellows assembly is
\
120
V
/
OFFICIAL GAZfeTTE
February 1, 1972
adapted to control the supply of fluid pressure to delivery A
bleed port continuously vents delivery chamber pressure
which is established at a value determined by the valve gain
factor and which is maintained against the bleed by metering
action of the supply valve when the piston/bellows assembly
stabilizes at some intermediate position as determined by the
point at which the rate of supply pressure being metered to
-35
T^36
./
ing Its supply inlet and its outlet connected respectively to
upstream and downstream sections of the conduit, a further
valve sensitive to flow conditions in the condi#it and con-
trolling a flow line from the conduit to the control inlet of the
' \T ' / U '■ , i'-*-
vortex valve, the further valve being normally closed and ar-
ranged to open when the flow in the conduit attains a
predetermmed magnitude, and a restrictor in the conduit
between the mlet to the flow line and the supply inlet to the
vortex valve.
the delivery is able to precisely match the rate of bleed The
interface valve is also adapted to be driven by the differential
outputs of a pure fluid proportional amplifier to further in-
crease the overall gain of the interface. Valve performance
may be improved at the expense of gain through a feedback
signal corresponding to delivery pressure connected to op-
pose the control signal at the fluid amplifier.
3,638,673
WAX-CONDITIONING APPARATUS
Virgii V. Stanciu, Rocky River, Ohio, assignor to Lampcraft
Tool & Moid, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 23. 1969, Ser. No. 887^89
Int. CI. B29f 1/08
U.S. CI. 137- 205 1 Claim
3,638,671
ELECTROFLUIDIC TRANSDUCER
Wirt T. Harvey, Phoenix, and John W. Merritt, Scottsdale,
both of Ariz., assignors to The Garrett Corporation, Los
Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 5, 1 968, Ser. No. 78 1 ,555
Intel. F15ci/00
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 ' 8 Claims
This transducer includes the usual fluid beam-forming noz-
zle and output ports from which variable fluid streams are
designed to issue The proportion of fluid output is deter-
mined by an electromagnetically actuated deflector disposed
between the nozzle and output ports for movement in
response to electrical signals. The deflector has a rounded
fluid beam deflecting surface movable relative to the path of
the fluid beam.
A^ wax-melting and conditioning device comprises an air-
tight tank of matenal providing fast heat transfer, heating
means for the tank, inwardly extending fins to increase the
heat transfer to the wax, outwardly extending fins, if necessa-
ry, to cool the wax quickly to suitable injection temperature,
means for agitating the wax in the tank and a vacuum pump
for deaerating the wax during the melting and curing period.
The tank is also equipped with at least one heated flexible
hose for direct connection to a hot wax reservoir of a wax-in-
jection machine equipped to transfer the wax from the melt-
ing tank to the injection machine reservoir free of air by
moving a piston in the reservoir in a manner to suck wax
over from the tank
■I 3,638,672
VALVES I
Charles Philip Smith, Woverhampton, and Stanley George
Glaze, Brierley Hill, both of England, assignors to H. M.
Hobson Limited, London, England
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,069
Int. CI. F15c n 16, 3/02
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 4 Claims
Mechanism for providing constant or near constant flow of
fluid in a conduit which comprises a fluidic vortex valve hav-
3,638,674
GASTIGHT DAMPER HAVING AN INFLATABLE SEAL
Donald L. Forst, Barberton, and Edwin B. Schrengauer, Wad-
sworth, both of Ohio, assignors to The Babcock & Wilcox
Company, New York, N.V.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,987
Int.CI. F16ki/02
U.S. CI. 137-375 4 Claims
A structural member defining an opening. Pivotally
mounted within the opening is a damper blade, the blade
being movable between open and closed; means for so mov-
ing are also provided An inflatable sealing member having a
sealing surface for contact with the edge of the damper blade
and responsive to changes in pressure within the sealing
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
121
member is attached in sealing relationship to an internal sur-
face of the structural member and is positioned in a plane
an inlet line to the distributor tank without agitating sediment
on the hKJttom of the storage tank, and with a minimum of
transverse to gas flow through the opening. There is further
provided a means for inflating and deflating the sealing
member.
/
3,638,675
PNEUMATIC CLAMP
Denzd J. Dockery, G-4142 Fenton Road, Flint, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 710,856, Mar. 4,
1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 673,662, Oct. 9, 1971, now Patent No.
3,434,994. This application July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,119
Int. CI. F16I 33/16; B63c 11/00
VS. CI. 137-550 13 Claims
A fitting for providing a connection between a tank of
compressed gas and a diving mask including a body provided
with an arm arranged to loosely embrace the outlet valve of
the tank of compressed air. A piston is slidably mounted with
respect to the bore and includes an inlet disposed to register
with the outlet valve of the compressed air tank and an outlet
adapted for connection to the diving mask. A filter is
disp>osed within the inlet. A spring urges the piston and the
body toward a position in which the arm clamps about the
outlet valve of the compressed air tank and the inlet of the
piston receives air from the outlet valve. A passage bypassing
the filter and connected with the inlet directs air to an area
of the piston to aid the spring in producing a tight engage-
ment between the inlet provided in the piston and the outlet
valve.
3,638,676
INLET DISTRIBUTOR FOR STORAGE TANKS
Charles O. Burch, 645 S. Walnut Ave., Arlington Heights, 111.,
and David H. May, 1336 Central Ave., Wilmette, 111.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,551
Int. CI. B65d 25/04; B67d 5/04
U.S. CL 137—576 8 Claims
A small distributor tank with perforated top is provided
for installation on the floor of a larger storage tank, whereby
petroleum products to be stored can be introduced through
^^1^^
£e .-2 '* «
■^
splashing friction which in conventional tank-filling devices
tends to generate static electricity Optional flow-directing
baffles nay also be included within the distributor tank
3,638,677
DEVICE FOR USE WITH APPARATUS FOR THE
COUNTING OF PARTICLES IN SUSPENSION
Soemia Baccarini, Via Costantino Mias 89, Rome, Italy
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,845
Int. CI. GOln 27/02, 27/06
U^. CI. 137-576 5 Claims
Device for use with apparatus for counting microscopic
particles, which apparatus includes a phial having a ruby in a
wall thereof wherein the ruby has a microscopic hole through
which must pass a suspension of the particles to be counted,
which device comprises an apertured plug removably seated
in the wall of the phial, and wherein the ruby is itself
removably mounted in the aperture of the plug, whereby the
ruby is easily removed for replacement or for unblocking of
the hole.
3,638,678
DUPLEX VALVE
Paul C. Symmons, Newton, Mass., assignor to Symmons In-
dustries, Incorporated, Braintree, Mass.
FUed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,053
Int. CI. F16k///y0
U.S. CI. 137-595 6 Claims
A hot and cold water supply valve for a washing machine
adapted bj» operation of a single control lever to (a) prevent
122
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
flow of both hot and cold water to the machine, (b) pass only trolled by a relay having a control circuit. The circuit in-
cold water, or (c) pass both hot and cold water eludes a pressure-sensitive switch means operated through a
3,638,679
INDUCTION SYSTEM HAVING VARIABLE PRIMARY
VOLUME AND VARIABLE INDUCTION
Dimiter Gorchev, c/o Mitco Corporation, 440 Somerville
Ave., Somerville, Mass.
Filed Nov. 20, 1969, S«r. No. 878,433
Int. CI. F16k 19100
U.S. CI. 137-604 - 3 Claims
/
fljpid-containing control tube line a pressure-applying trigger
means and a diaphragm to permit facile control of the valve.
An induction-type fluid supply apparatus having an input
for primary fluid under pressure, an induction means
downstream of the primary input which introduces secondary
fluid, and an output downstream of the induction means
which emits mixed primary and secondary fluids. Between
the primary fluid input and the induction means there is an
adjustable valve of the type which, for each adjustment posi-
tion, will pass fluid at a rate that is constant over a cor-
responding range of differential pressures. This valve is to be
governed by a control device to indicate the rate at which the
primary fluid is to be supplied, and means responding to the
control device to adjust the valve to different positions. The
induction means has a primary orifice through which the pri-
mary fluid flows and, adjacent to and downstream of the pri-
mary orifice, a secondary orifice through which the seconda-
ry fluid flows. Means for oppositely varying the areas of the
primary and secondary orifices are provided to change the
rate of flow of the induced secondary fluid. In one embodi-
ment the primary and secondary orifices have their areas
controlled by adjustable valves interlinked to simultaneously
and oppositely change the areas. Flow of primary fluid
through the adjustable valve, and flew of secondary fluid into
the induction means, are interrelated by means interconnect-
ing the adjustable valve and the means for varying the areas
of the primary and secondary orifices. The interconnection,
by means of mechanical linkages or reference to a common
control, increases the rate of induction as the flow rate of pri-
mary fluid is decreased so that the output will be maximum.
When the flow of primary fluid is maximum, induction is
minimum, or completely closed off.
3,638,680
TABLE WITH LIQUID OUTLET
Hans W. Kopp, c/o Oederlln and Co., Ltd., Baden, Switzer-
land
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,057
Int. CI. F16k 19100
U.S. CI. 137—606 15 Claims
The present invention relates to a washing table with a
liquid or water outlet apparatus having a supply line with an
electrically operated valve, such as a solenoid valve, con-
3,638,681
REGULATOR CONTROLLING VOLUME OF ONE OR
MORE STREAMS OF FLUID
Paul A. Moore, and Homer T. Boyles, both of Duncan, Okla.,
assignors to Halliburton Company, Ehmcan, Okla.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,835
Int. CI. F 1 6k 7/04, / 9/00
U.S. CI. 137-607 9 Claims
/
This invention relates to regulators, and more particularly
to noncorrosive and nonclogging regulators which can con-
trol the volume of one or more separate streams of fluid
passinp therethrough.
I
3,638,682 I
TIMER VALVE
William T. Heyer, 225 Mohawk Road, and Dale F. Soukup,
318 Mohawk Road, both of Santa Barbara, Calif.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,763
^ Int. CI. F 16k 2/ /06
U.S. CI. 137-624.12 17 Claims
A timer for actuating a device for a preselected period of
lime, and a timer valve incorporating said timer. The timer
includes a windable driving spring engaged to a shaft. The
shaft carries an actuator element such as a cam for actuating
a device such as a valve Turning the shaft in one direction
winds the spnng, and the wound spring will drive the shaft in
the other direction A clock-ring is rotatable in a reservoir
that contains a silicone fluid. The silicone fluid fills a
peripheral spacing between an outer wall on the clock-ring
and an inner wall of the reservoir. The walls are concentric
surfaces of revolution A clutch couples the shaft and the
clock-ring for mutual revolving motion, but enables them to
be disengaged in at least one direction of rotation in order
/
February 1, J972
that the shaft may turn in that direction without the clock-
ring. A, preferred timer valve incorporated in this timer has
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
/•
123
^
its valve workings disposed in the flow passage of a conduit
with a cam means of the timer also disposed therein.
3,638,683
HYDRAULIC DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Horst Krieter, Stoilenweg, Germany, assignor to
Westinghouse Bremsen- und Apparate-bau G.m.b.H., Han-
nover, Germany
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,787
Claims priority, application Germany, May 29, 1969. F 19 27
465.8
Int. CI. F16k 11107
U.S. CI. 137-624.27 8 Claims
3,638,684
METHOD OF REPAIRING TUBE STRUCTURES
SUnley J. Pavilon, Shaker Heights, Ohio, assignor to Arthur
G. McKee & Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Mar. 16. 1970, Ser. No. 19,61 1
Int. CI. Fl 61 55/ /A
U.S. CI. 138-97 5 Claims
A method for repairing tubes that, during use, develop on
the tube surfaces contaminating layers that prevent joining of
new tube sections, as in fluid circulating heat transfer instal-
lations for chemical reactors. At least two surrounding pro-
tective sleeves are initially joined as by welding, to a tube at
spaced locations on the tube to protect underlying portions
of the tube from development of such layers. If a defect oc-
curs between the sleeves, the defective tube may be removed
by cutting through the sleeves and the tube underneath,
removing the cut tube section, removing the remaining cut
sleeve portions from the adjacent tube ends, and then joining
a replacement tube section to the portions of the unremoved
tube that were protected by the sleeves, preferably with new
sleeves fixed in place over the resulting joints.
3,638,685
WEFT YARN INSERTING GRIPPER
Vladimir Svaty, Liberec, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Elitex-
Zavody Textilniho strojirenstvi generaini reditelstvi, Liberec,
Czechoslovakia
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,123
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Apr. 30, 1969,
3053
Int. CI. D03J 5106
U.S. CI. 139-125 5 Claims
s s
jQ:
OJ
^'
This invention relates to a manually operable spool-type
fluid pressure control vaJve that has a releasable locking
mechanism to maintain the spool valve in certain of its posi-
tions until subjected to an axial force in excess of a chosen
valuei This locking mechanism comprises a plurality of balls
and a pair of cam surfaces along which the balls roll when
the spool valve is manually moved from one position to
another. A fluid pressure force effective on one of the cam
surfaces biases it against the balls to maintain them in either
of two positions until the spool valve is subject to an external
force in excess of the chosen value.
^
z-5 y
An inserting gripper for weft yam comprising a body hav-
ing a sliding surface and a rib extending normally thereto
along the length of the body A spur is located on the body
and the body is provided with a flat spnng arranged to
cooperate with the spur for receiving and holding the yam
The flat spring has a longitudinal recess which is adapted to
receive the rib to which it is fastened.
124
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3.638,686
CARRIERS FOR FILLING INSERTION IN A WEAVING
MACHINE
Ramon Sole, and Othmar Bnihwiler, both of Brugg, Switzer-
land, assignors to Georg Fischer AG., Aargau, Brugg, Swit-
zerland
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91.988
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 27, 1969.
17767/69
Int. CI. D03d47//,«^
L.S. CI. 139-127 R 5 Claims
The invention relates to a pair of carriers for filling inser-
tion from a filling supply package positioned outside of the
warp shed in a weaving machine, said carriers consisting of
an inserting carrier and of a withdrawing carrier, both of
which are provided with a thread clamping device or thread
end holding means.
3,638,687
WIRE-FORMING MACHINE
Gerald B. Bardo, Nichols, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,338
Int. CI. B21f //OO
U.S. CI. 140-71 24 Claims
\
VJ
A wire-working machine in which the mSe end of a strand
of wire is forced through a tunnel in a bending die to form a
loop. The end of the strand of wire is held rigid by a brake
mechanism and a movable wire guide. A drive mechanism
moves the bending die forward causing the wire guide to be
displaced longitudinally along the wire, thus forcing the end
of the wire through the tunnel A clamp and cut bar operated
by a variable stroke toggle mechanism clamps the leading
end of the wire as it emerges from the die tunnel. The biend-
mg die is driven in reverse from the die tunnel. The bending
die is driven in reverse direction to draw wire from a supply
through the wire guide which moves with the bending die a
portion of the return distance. The clamp and cut bar is again
;
operated by the variable stroke toggle to sever the loop from
the strand and to unclamp the severed loop to permit
removal by an article carrier to a subsequent work station.
3,638,688
CODED ORAL SOLIDS MAGAZINE AND I^SPENSER
Robert M. Conkiin, Muskegon; Albert P. Rogers, Spring
Lake, and Walter L. Bessinger, Muskegon, all of Mkh., as-
signors to Brunswick Corporation, by said Conkiin and said
Rogers
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,465
Int. ClBbSb 1104,3104
t.S. CI. 141-98 12 Claims
A pill-containing magazine and dispensing receptacle com-
bination for use in pill-dispensing systems of the type having
a plurality of receptacles, each for dispensing a different type
of pill Each magazine is provided with a code representing
the type of pill contained therein and each receptacle from
which the pills are to be dispensed is provided with a code
sensing means that precludes operative association of a
magazine bearing the wrong code, and therefore containing
the wrong type of pill, with the receptacle to insure that only
the correct type of pill can be dispensed from a given recep-
tacle i
3,638,689
AUTOMATIC DISPENSING NOZZLE
Hans Erik Ekiund, Malmo, Sweden, assignor to AB Ljung-
mans Verkstader, Malmo, Sweden
Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 828,940
Int. CI. B67d 5/373
U.S. CI. 141-214 4 Claims
A lightweight, pistol-grip, automatic shutoff dispensing
nozzle having a valve mechanism that is finger trigger actu-
ated to control fluid flow through the nozzle with a fluid level
sensing means at the discharge of the nozzle for automati-
cally deactivating the valve mechanism upon fluid detection
at a predetermined level or upon tilting of the nozzle beyond
a predetermined angle thereby precluding fluid flow without
resetting the valve mechanism or repositioning of the nozzle.
February 1, 1972
\
3,638,690
TIGHTENING BODY FOR GAS DISPENSERS
Pool Bjerregaard, 32 Neptunvej, Aarhus, Denmark
Continuation of applkation Ser. No. 529,430, Feb. 23, 1966,
now abandoned. This application Mar. 19, 1969. Ser. No.
871,412
Int. CI. B65b 1/04
U.S. CI. 141-354 12 Claims
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
125
pressure At the predetermined correct measuring position,
the piston closes this intermediate port, temporanly stopping
the bumper and the tree trunk Dunng cutting, the more
remote port is opened and oil is supplied to the near port to
retract the bumper out of the way.
f
A gas dispenser used for filling gas lighters carries a
tightening body enclosing a filling tube extending form the
neck of the dispenser. The front end of the tightening body
fits around the front end of the filling tube and is resiliently
adjustable so as to enclose the filling opening of a gas lighter
and be adaptable to various shapes of gas lighters. The rear
end of the tightening body is adapted to fit upon the neck of
the dispenser and has a lesser axial resiliency than the front
end.
3,638,691
POSITIONING SYSTEM WITH BUMPER RECEDING
FROM STOPPED POSITION
Robert A. Larson, L'anse, Mich., assignor to Pettibone Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 9, 1 970, Ser. No. 9,6 1 2
Int. CI. B27b5/(;2, J//00
U.S. CI. 143-46 F 6 Claims
3,638,692
SHADOW LINE DEVICE
Andrew G. Carter, and Charles L. Morgan, both of Grand
Rapids., Mich., assignors to Carter Products Company, Inc.,
Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879.730
Int. CI. B27b 27/02
U.S. CI. 143—168 B 6 Claims
A shadow line device having a group of independent pro-
jector units, each of these including a light source, a shadow-
producing line, and a carrier. The carriers are mounted on a
guideway transverse to the shadow lines, and are positioned
along the guideway by a cable system to produce movement
of the shadow line corresponding to the movement of a
selected machine component associated exclusively with that
particular shadow line.
3.638,693
FOREST HARVESTER
Ulf Hjalmar Sundberg, 36, Villavagen, Stocksund, Sweden
Filed Mar. 4, 1970. Ser. No. 16,536
Int. CI. AOlg 2i/02
U.S. CI. 144-3 D 11 Claims
In a bumper system suitable for stopping tree trunks fed
lengthwise in positions for cutting successive equal lengths
from the trunk, a bumper system is provided which absorbs
tree trunk momentum by dissipation of energy and stops the
tree trunk in position for sawing. Subsequent binding of the
cut lengths between the face of the bumper and the saw is
prevented by further receding movement of the bumper.
Using a three-port cylinder, the impact moves the piston in-
ward to expel hydraulic fluid through the intermediate port
in series with a relief valve which provides resistive back
A forest-harvesting machine of the type intended for
separating standing trees, for processing the trees thus
separated and for collecting the trees thus processed or parts
thereof The invention, more precisely, relates to a forest
harvester comprising a mobile carrying structure which is
upright in operation position and supports thereon a tree-
processing arrangement comprising at least separating and
limbing means, preferably also cutting and/or barking means.
J
126
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
, 3,638,694
PUSH ARM
Ramon H. Robinson, Dallas; Charies A. Ramsel, Giddings,
and Charles A. Deckert, Deer Park, all of Tex., assignors to
Youngstown Sheet and Tube Company, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,381
Int. CI. A01g2i/02
U.S. CI. 144-34 A 3 Claims
\ . - :
jjj. 3,638,696
> MEANS FOR PEELING PINEAPPLES
Malcolm W. Loveland. Orinda, Calif., assignor to Atlas
Pacific Engineering Company
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 612,584, Jan. 30,
1967, now Patent No. 3.473,588. This application Aug. 22,
1969, Ser. No. 852,251
Int. CI. A23n 7/00
U.S. CI. 146-6 11 Claims
•^
A shear for timber harvesting having a push arm for push-
ing the tree being felled in the desired direction dunng the
shearing operation = a
^V
3,638,695
APPARATUS FOR PREPARING CITRUS HALVES
Hans W. Grotewald, Sebring, Fla., and Don S. Bryan, Box
154, Bartow, Fla. .^
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,61 1
Int. CI. A23n 15/02
U.S. CI. 146—3 R 8 Claims
\
\
\ J
Means are provided for peeling and preparing pineapples
with a mmimum of hand lab^irttnd a maximum yield of fruit
for cannmg and other uses
3,638,697 w
APPARATUS FOR TOPPING ONIONS OR SIMILAR
BULBCROPS
Gerardus Wilhelmus Marie Krekelberg, Roerzkrht 36, Roer-
mond, Netherlands
Filed Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 814,750
Claims priority, application Belgium, Apr. 11, 1968, 713,522
Int. CI. A23n 15/04
U.S. CI. 146-83 5 Claims
An apparatus and method are provided for preparing citrus
halves such as grapefruit for the table, comprising a Vee
trough conveyor means receiving and transferring a generally
spherical fruit with its axis transverse to its path of travel, a
, cutter in the path of said conveyor bisecting the angle of the
' Vee trough and cutting the fruit carried thereby, a moving
table receiving the cut portions of fruit from the Vee con-
veyor and moving such portions away from the cutter, a
cutter table adjacent said moving table, a first driven shaft
moving vertically axially beneath said table, said shaft having
a radial arm on the upper end thereof, a vertical cutter ad-
justable on said arm, an annular opening in the table through
which said cutter projects when said first shaft is raised,
means acting on said first shaft selectively to raise and lower
the same, a second driven shaft spaced from the first, mova-
ble vertically axially beneath the table, a hole cutter on said
shaft, an opening in the table through which said hole cutter
extends when said second shaft is raised, means acting on
said second shaft selectively to raise and lower the same, stop
means on the tabletop adjacent each of the annular opening
and the hole cutter opening whereby halves of fruit are posi-
tioned and drive means acting on each of the first and second
shafts.
I
k.^
SM
-\ T
u
10
Tl
The present invention provides a device for cutting the
tailings from onions or other bulblike crops and generally
provides for a sieve which is driven by a mechanism so as to
impart to the sieve a three-dimensional movement.
Preferably, the motor which drives the sieve also serves as
the means for driving the cutters.
3,638,698
CROSSLINKED CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE
NITRATES PROPELLANTS
Alan L. Woodman, and Arnold Adicoff, both of China Lake,
Calif., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Sept. 30, 1966, Ser. No. 584,059
Int. CI. C06c 5102; C06d 5/06
U.S. CI. 149-2 6 Claims
1 . The composition consisting essentially of carboxymethyl
cellulose nitrate, pentaerythritol trinitrate, ethyl centralite,
and a cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting
of ethylene bis(2-metyl-l-aziridine carboxylate), tris(2-
i
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
121
methyl- 1 -aziridinyDphosphine oxide, bisphenol A-
epichlorohydrin diepoxide, and a mixture composed of butyl
glycidyl ether and bisphenol-epichlorohydrin diepoxide
3,638,699
STRUCTURE FOR TRANSPORTING AND STORING
FLOWABLE MATERIALS
Bruno Hillinger, Vienna, Austria, assignor to Waagner-Biro
Ag., Vienna, Austria
Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,173
Claims priority, application Austria, Aug. 2, 1%8, A 7537/68
Int. CI. B65d iJ/ '4
U.S. CI. I50-.5 5 Claims
V .
A structure for transporting and storing fiowable materials.
The structure includes a silo compartment, which has a cen-
tral axis, this compartment being adapted to receive and
discharge fiowable materials when its axis is upright and
being adapted to transport the matenals when its axis is in a
substantially horizontal attitude The silo compartment is
made of a foldable sheet matenal so that it can be readily
placed in a collapsed condition when it is not used A sup-
porting framework extends around and is operatively con-
nected with the silo compartment to support the latter both
with its axis upright and with iLs axis in the substantially
horizontal attitude.
3,638,700
FASTENER AND METHOD OF FORMING SAME
George R. Onufer, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., assignor to Rus-
sell, BurdsalljSLiVard Bolt and Nut Co., Port Chester, N.Y.
Fildd Mar. 1 1 , 1 969, Ser . No. 806, 1 1 9
Int. CI. F16b 29/00.37/00. 39/02. 39/22
U.S. CI. 151-69 3 Claims
■ J^'
i r'
A nut member having a relatively smooth walled aperture
for receiving a male threaded member, and a pair of radially
extending spiral lip portions adjacent the opening to the
aperture, which receive the threaded portion of the male
member and guide it into the aperture, forming a female
thread. The male threaded member may have an unthreaded
cylindrical end which has a diameter approximately equal to
the diameter of the aperture, which is the pitch diameter of
the threads, which prevents inadvertan: removal of the male
member after it is threadably received through the aperture.
The mcde member may then be partially withdrawn, deform-
ing the crest portions adjacent the cylindrical end of the male
member, permanently locking the assembly
The method disclosed herein includes fornung the body
portion of the unthreaded member including the circular
aperture, and forming the spiral lip portions b\ impacting the
end A mandrel having radial slots may be disposed within
the aperture to form the lip portions
3,638,701
EMERGENCY RLTSNING RING FOR TUNELESS
VEHICLE TIRES
Heinrich Georgi F. Rossier, Baden-Baden; Heinrich Bau-
mann, and Falk Zeidler, both of Gaggenau. all of Germany,
assignors to Daimler-Benz Aktiengeseilschaft, Stuttgari-Un-
terturkheim, Germany
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12.326
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 19. 1969. P 19 08
204.3
Int. CI. B60c / 7/04
U.S. CI. 152-158 12 Claims
An emergency running ring for tubeless vehicle tires in
which several hollow ring segments abutting against one
another with the end faces and having a cross section
matched to the tube shape, are provided with expanding in-
serts arranged on the inside of the hollow ring segments, the
expanding inserts are supported at the hollow nng segments
and are clamped against the rim bed by means of a clamping
screw or bolt, whereby a spacer sleeve is associated with
each expanding insert and the clamping bolt or screw en-
gages in the spacer sleeve.
3,638,702
TIRE TREAD COMPOSITIONS
Norman G. Endter, Cuyahoga Falls, Ohio, assignor to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Feb. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 707,487
Int. CI. B60c / y/00, C08g 5//0S
U.S. CI. 152-330 10 Claims
Vehicle tires possessing a tread composition containing
rubbery polymers, a methylene acceptor, a methylene donor
and a low level of sulfur.
3,638,703
HEAT STABLE POLYESTER CORD REINFORCED
RUBBER STRUCTURE
Norman G. Endter, 5 Rue Albert Roze, Amiens 80, France,
and Frank J. Jenkins, 564 Alandale Drive, Tallmadge, Ohio
Filed Jan. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 701,093
Int. CI. B60c 1/00; B29h 5/01
U.S. CI. 152-330 9 Claims
Polyester cord reinforced rubber structures such as pneu-
matic tires are protected against heat degradation by the use
of an acid reaction product of a methylene donor such as
hexamethylenetetramine in combination with a methylene
acceptor such as resorcinol.
\
128
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1 February 1, 1972
^,638,704
PNEUMATIC TIRE
Jacques Boiieau, Clermont-Ferrand, France, assignor to Com-
pagnie Generate Des Etablissements MJcheiin, raison sociale
Mjchelin & Cie, Clermont-Ferrand (Puy-de-Dome), France
Filed Dec. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 780,841
Claims priority, application Fran«5e, Dec. 18, 1967. 132766;
Feb. 3. 1968. 141171
Int. CI. B60c UIOO i
U.S. CI. 152-353 4 Claims
so as to terminate at least at two different points in the bead
zone; ( 3 ) a plurality of chafers having staged upper ends ter-
minating at a plurality of different points in the transition
zone, and (4) one or more flippers which encircle the bead
wire bundle and at least a portion of an apex strip adjacent to
the bead wire bundle. j
^
A tire of the radial-carcass-type having a decorative cir-
cumferential band or ring on one sidewall is formed with
grcxives in the sidewall on either side of the circumferential
ring to relieve the elastomer of which the ring is formed from
the alternating stresses of tension and compression when the
tire is in service and thereby retard the aging of the
elastomer.
3,638,705
PNEUMATIC TIRE
Andre Devienne, and Jean Trzepaez, both of Compiegne
(Oise), France, assignors to Uniroyal Englebert France S.A.,
Neuilly sur Seine, France
FUed Nov, 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,112
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 31, 1968, 182,994
Int. CI. B60c 15106
U.S. CI. 152—356 10 Claims
A heavy-duty, radial ply, pneumatic tire having normally
flexible sidewall zones, reinforced, rigid bead zones, and
transition zones of gradually decreasing stiffness extending
outwardly from the bead zones to the sidewall zones. Each
side of the tire includes: ( 1 ) an inner group of radial carcass
plies, the ends of such plies being turned outwardly over a
bead wire bundle and being staged so as to terminate at least
at two different points in the transition zone; (2) an outer
group of radial carcass plies, the ends of such plies being
turned inwardly over the bead wire bundle and being staged
3,638,706
MACROFILAMENTARY TIRE YARNS
Donald James Wilson, and Derek Kenyon, Harrogate, En-
gland, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited,
London, England
Filed Nov. 3, 1 969, Ser. No. 874,088
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 11, 1968,
52,416/68
Int. CI. B60c 9100; D02g 3148
U.S. CI. 152-359 9 Claims
A pneumatic tire reinforcement element comprising a sin-
gle bundle of continuous macrcrfilaments of synthetic
polymeric material selected from the group consisting of
polyester and polyamide, wherein each macrofilament has a
denier in the range 100 to 1,500, and the bundle has a total
denier of 1,000 to 10,(K)0 and a twist level not exceeding 4
turns per inch.
3,638,707
LOCALLY STRENGTHENED TIRE FLAPS
Jacques Le Gall, Compiegne, France, assignor to UniroyaJ En-
glebert France S.A., Paris, France
Filed Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 790,409
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 16, 1968, 140249
Int. CI. B60c2//04
U.S. CI. 152-365
9 Claims
A novel construction for locally strengthened tire flaps
made of rubber and having circumferentially uniform cross-
sectional characteristics is disclosed, together with a method
of producing such flaps In the preferred form of the inven-
tion, the major portion of the flap is made of a standard soft
rubber stock, while the remaining minor portion of the flap,
in which the valve-stem-accommodating hole is provided, is
made of a different rubber stock having, when cured, a
greater hardness and resistance to distortion or tearing
stresses than the standard rubber stock. The flap i^ produced
by splicing the two ends of an appropriately short length of
the raw hard rubber stock to the respective ends of an ap-
propriately longer strip of the raw soft rubber stock, thereby
forming a ring, and then introducing the ring into any suita-
ble annular mold, eg a compression mold, for final shaping
and curing by which the two rubber sections are vulcanized
into an integral continuous structure, i
3,638,708
METHODS OF MULTIPLE STAGE EVAPORATION
FROM HEAT SOURCES OTHER THAN STEAM
William (i. Farin. 707 Elm St., Neenah, Wis., Marathon Engi-
neering Inc., Menasha, Wis.
Filed June 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 832,309
Int. CI. BO Id 1100, 1116
U.S. CI. 159-47 WL 3 Claims
A method of multiple stage evaporation incorporating
direct contact evaporation, with the flue gas utilized to heat
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
129
water, the heated water utilized to heat liquor for flash jacent the track entering and leaving the gate provide means
evaporation to a vacuum. The condensed vapors are then for raising the gate. An over-the-center arrangement holds
-'"-?*
used to heat liquor that is air contact evaporated to provide 3
stages of evaporation. Low-quality flue gas heat is also used
to heat liquor for air contact evaporation.
3,638,709
METHOD OF SUSPENDING IMMOBILIZED
BIOLOGICAL SPECIMENS IN A TRANSPARENT GEL IN
A TRANSPARENT CONTAINER
John H. Brown, Jr., and Bobby L. Atkins, both of Lake
Jackson, Tex., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mkh.
-- Filed Dec. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 884344
IntCLAOln 1/00,3/00
VJS. CI. 156-57 7 Claims
A visible immobilized specimen suspended in a stable, con-
tinuous gel where the gel is a transparent adduct of a cross-
linked vinyl polymer and a water-soluble aldehyde. Such im-
mobilized specimen is prepared by providing an optically
transparent container, introducing into the container a liquid
phase containing a water-soluble vinyl monomer, a water-
soluble aldehyde, a cross-linking agent and a free radical
producing catalyst. A specimen is positioned in the liquid
phase and held in position' until the polymerization of the
liquid phase produces sufTi^ent gel strength to immobilize
the specimen. The container is then sealed to prevent
evaporation.
ERRATUM
For Class 159 — 471 see:
Patent No. 3,638,708
3,638,710
LIFTING GATE
Henry L. Sundermann, Box 79, Rte. 4, Sioux Falls, S. Dak.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,023
Int. CI. E06b 3/92
U.S. CI. 160-144 5 Claims
A farm gate adapted to be opened by collapsing vertically
Ropes fastened to the gate and runover pulleys to posts ad-
the gate open until another pull on the rope triggers a release
mechanism to close the gate.
3,638,711
CUBICLE CURTAIN SUSPENSION APPARATUS
Victor A. Mazzardk, West Covina, Calif., assignor to Kassler
Investment Corporation, Covina, Calif.
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,849
Intel. A47h 1/00
U.S. CI. 160-330 5 Claims
An apparatus for suspending cubicle curtains or the like,
particularly those used in hospitals, nursing homes, etc from
a plurality of carriers mounted for sliding movement along an
overhead track. A cord is suspended at its upper end from
the carriers and connected at its lower end to the upper por-
tion of the curtain. The cord comprises a plurality of strands
directed diagonally to each other to form a sawtooth pattern
which provides automatic self-alignment of the carriers. The
cord is preferably formed of synthetic material which is capa-
ble of being cleaned.
3,638,712
BILLET-MARKING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF
MARKING
Walter B. Rudov, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to United States
Steel Corporation
nied Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,480
Int. CL B22d 11/12; B44b 5/02
U.S. CI. 164—76 24 Claims
A marking device for a continuous billet-casting apparatus
and a method of marking a billet are disclosed. The marking
device is associated with a shearing device of the continuous
billet-casting apparatus for sheanng a longitudinal member
and such marking device has a marking member on one
r
S95.0.Q.— 5
130
'--^
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
blade of the stationary blade and the movable blade The
marking member is operable by relative movement between
the stationary blade and the movable blade to shear the lon-
gitudinal member into a billet and to mark a predetermined
indicia on the longitudinal member and the billet
The method of marking a billet formed from a longitudinal
'\
member produced by a continuous billet casting apparatus
includes the steps of simultaneously shearing the longitudinal
member into a billet of predetermined length and rtjarking
one member of the billet and the longitudinal member, mov-
ing the billet to a marking station and further marking the
billet at the marking station.
3,638,713
CONTINUOIIS CASTING METHOD INCLUDING STRAND
SUPPORT ADJUSTMENT
Bernard Knell, Thalwil, Switzeriand; Paul Desfossez, Dillin-
gen-Saar; Walter Hess, and Hans-Dieter Schuiz, both of
Dusseidorf, all of Germany, assignors to Concast Aktien-
gesellschaft, Zurich and Schloemann Aktiengesellschaft,
Dusseklorf , Germany
Filed Apr. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 814,247
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 9, 1968,
5272/68
int. a. B22d ////2
U.S. CI. 164-82 , 2 Claims
^p^
^c
member to stop movement of each member toward the
strand at a point at which the contact elements can engage
the thmnest portion of the strand, or the dummy bar used for
starting the casting In the form Jlustrated the members are
guided, and may be moved, by pistons and cylinders. Gravity,
fluid pressure or sprmg pressure may be utilized to urge the
contact elements into engagement with the strand.
3,638.714
METHOD AND APPARATUS FX>R OSCILLATING A
CONTINUOUS CASTING MOLD
Henry S. Newhall, Allison Park, and Rufus Elaston, Pitt-
sburgh, both of Pa., assignors to K^pers Company, Inc.
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 639
Int. CI. B22d ///02, 27/05
U.S. CI. 164-83 13 Claims
A continuous casting method wherein a support and guide
for a continuously cast metal strand that has a still-molten
core within a solidified shell includes a plurality of members
each mounted for movement toward and away from the
strand at one side thereof, ^ch member carries a number of
rolls or other contact elements adapted to engage the strand,
and each has one stop adjtistably positioned to stop move-
ment of the member, and its contact elennents, away from the
strand at a specific predetermined point and thereby limit
bulging of the strand (from ferrostatic pressure of the core I
to an acceptable amount. Another stop is provided on each
A continuous casting mold, having either a straight or a
curved casting cavit), is pivotally mounted to a frame that
reciprcKates vertically and pivots upon a horizontal axis
through the mold as it reciprocates. A cast strand emerging
from the mold curves toward the horizontal under the com-
bined influence of the pivotal and reciprocal motion of the
mold.
3,638,715
METHOD FOR THE CONTINUOUS CASTING OF TUBES
Willi Simons, Duesseklorf, Germany, assignor to Schloemann
Aktiengesellschaft, Duessddorf, Germany
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,298
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1969, P 19 09
881.8
Int. CI. B22d UIOO
U.S. CI. 164-85 3 Claims
j'.'/.' 'i
Apparatus for the continuous casting of tubes includes a
mandrel which extends into the mold. The diameter of the
1
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
181
mandrel is expandable and contractable, suitably by having
the mandrel composed of radially movable segments. During
casting the diameter of the mandrel is expanded when there
is no relative movement between the tube being formed and
the mandrel, and is contracted when the tube moves relative-
ly off the mandrel. In oscillating molds, in which the mandrel
also oscillates, there would be no relative movement between
the mandrel and the tube during the downward movement of
the mandrel, during which the mandrel is expanded On the
upward movement the mandrel would be contracted.
by insulated partitions in a first position, the partitions being
movable to a second position to change the airflow path so
3,638,716
REGENERATOR SEAL
Jack P. Hart, Hinsdale, 111., assignor to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mkh.
Filed No\. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,729
Int. CI. F28d 19104
U.S. CI. 165-9 . 3 Claims
^'-'.a
that the meat keeper compartment space is converted to sup-
plemental freezing space
3,638,718
APPARATUS FOR THE AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF
BLOWERS FOR THE CONTROLLED VENTILATION OF
HEAT EXCHANGERS
Manfred Illg, Aldingen, Germany, assignor to Firma Sud-
deutsche Kuhlerfabrik Julius Fr. Behr, Stuttgart-Feuer-
bach, Germany
Filed Mar. 11. 1970, Ser. No. 18,527
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 12, 1%9, P 19
12 613.7
Int. CI. B60h 1100
U.S. CI. 165-39 « ' 6 Claims
•/
A rotary regenerator of the drum-matrix-type The
regenerator matrix is located and supported by two parallel
rollers engaging the matrix nms at the inner or hot face of
the matrix adjacent the bulkhead The mair seals are pivoted
adjacent the drive rollers so that they can rotate to align with
the matrix notwithstanding expansion and distortion. The an-
gular position of the main seals is determined by aligning rol-
lers engaging the outer or cold face of the matrix and
mounted on the main seal frame. These are bicised into en-
gagement with the matrix by springs. The particular subject
matter is improved structure of the main seals including the
frame, roller mounts, cooling provisions, side seals, the
secondary seal, and connection of the frame to the regenera-
tor bulkhead.
3,638,717
REFRIGERATOR-FREEZER WITH MEAT KEEPER
Philip F. Harbour, and Anthony J. Swaneck, both of Colum-
bus, Ohio, assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporation,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 725,853, May 1, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No.
852,628
Int. CI. F25b 29/00
U.S. CI. 165-30 14 Claims
A side-by-side refrigerator-freezer having a meat keeper
compartment located at the bottom of the freezer section in
a space substantially isolated from the ma:n freezer section
Apparatus for automatically controlling ventilators of heat
exchangers, especially for ventilating condensers of an air
conditioning plant with two heat exchangers having each a
blower with a temperature controlled changeover switch
( 1 1 ) in the current supply line for the blower motors (8. 9)
for shifting the blower motors from series to parallel opera-
tion when a selectable temperature is exceeded
3,638,719
HEAT EXCHANGER
Rodney McGann, Northridge, Calif., assignor to Texaco, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 20, 1964, Ser. No. 346,197
Int. CI. F28d 7104
U.S. CI. 165— 164 5 Claims
A heat exchanger comprising a bundle of substantially
parallel pipes, the ends of said pipes presenting a convex con-
figuration at one end of the bundle and a concave configura-
tion at the other end of the bundle, the length and the rela-
tive displacement of the pipes in said bundle being such that
132
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
the total transverse area of the pipes in any transverse plane 3,638,721
through said bundle is substantially less than the total pro- FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FOR ROTATING BLOWOUT
jected transverse area of the pipes of the bundle, input PREVENTER
II [ r (^() 1^- Harrison, New Orleans, La., assignor to Esse Produc-
j tion Research Company
^ Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,727
Int. CI. E2lbii/0i3
U.S. CI. I66-.5 ^ 7 Claims
header means supplying fluid to one end of the pipes in said
bundle, and outlet header means withdrawing fluid from the
other end of the pipes in said bundle.
3,638,720
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING OIL
FROM UNDERWATER WELLS
Thomas, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Ocean Systems,
John P
Inc.
I
Filed Sept. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 762,050
Int. CI. E2 lb 7/12,43/01
U.S. CI. 166-.5
10 Claims
*?
A buoyant capsule for producing oiPfrom a plurality of un-
derwater wells, the buoyant capsule being held in submerged
position by conduit means anchored in the floor of the body
of water which permit controlled Jateral movement of the
capsule resulting from wave action. The pressure within the
capsule is regulated to maintain an ambient environment,
and means are provided within the capsule for compounding
a nonexplosive, noncombustible gas mixture conductive to
human operation.
/
A rotating blowout preventer or wellhead mounted on and
above but not ngidly attached tc a blowout preventer stack.
The attachment between the blowout preventer and the
blowout preventer stack is flexible but pressuretight. The at-
tachment allows lateral movement of the blowout preventer
or rotating head and the drill stnng or kelly so that stresses
resulting from a crooked or nonaligiied kelly or eccentric lo-
cation of a dnil string are not created in the rotating blowout
preventer or head while stationary or while rotating
3,638,722
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REENTRY OF SUBSEA
WELLHEADS
William A. Talley, Jr., Dallas, Tex., assignor to Mobil Oil
Corporation
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 884,1 10
Int. CI. E2 lb ii/0i5 i
U.S. CI. 166-.5 8 Claims
J .
^»«5»,<»»i!50BW*«i»;.«?a«Jf'
A lubricator for use in reentry of a subsea well and a wor-
kover tool enshrouded within the lubrication are lowered
from the surface to a subsea wellhead on a wire line. The
lubricator is then connected to the wellhead by a hydrauli-
cally actuated latch and the workover tool is lowered into the
well to perform a workover operation.
h
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
133
\ 3,638,723 |
LOCATOR DEVICES
Albert W. Carroll, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Otis Engineering
Corporation, Dallas, Tex.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,264
Int. CI. E21b 23/00
U.S. CI. 166-215 j 24 Claims
£•->
A locating tool for use in a well flow conductor for locat-
ing each or any one of a plurality of oppositely facing shoul-
ders in said conductor and usable with well tools for locating
said tools at predetermined positions with respect to selected
ones of said shoulders, and more particularly usable in con-
nection with a running tool and a well locking and sealing
mandrel device for locating said locking and sealing mandrel
device in registry with any one of a plurality of receptacles in
said conductor for supporting a well tool therein. The
running tool is operable to set the locking and sealing man-
drel device in the selected receptacle only after the locator
device has located the receptacle and is releasable from the
mandrel device only after the same has been locked in place
in the receptacle. The locking device is also operable to en-
gage and shift any one of a plurality of sliding sleeve side
opening valves in a flow conductor The locator device is
adapted to be operated by either flexible line mechanism or
by through flow line pumpdown operating mechanisms.
3,638,724
SAFETY SHUTOFF VALVE FOR CONTROLLING FLUID
FLOW FROM GAS STORAGE WELLS AND RESERVOIRS
John V. Salemi, Whittier, Calif., assignor to Baker Oil Tools,
Inc., Commerce, Calif.
Original application Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,403, now
Patent No. 3,580332. Divided and this application Apr. 27,
1970, Ser. No. 31,974
Int.CI. E21bii/00
U.S. CI. 166-224 26 Claims
to the well bore casing. A plug is set in the valve, after which
a tubing is connected to the plug and fluid pressure applied
thereto to open the valve so that gas from the well or reser-
voir can flow through the packer, or the like, and open valve
into the tubing-casing annulus and into a gas delivery line at
the top of the well bore. The valve is tapered to provide a
greater annular area between it^'smd the well casing to allow
unrestricted flow of gas from the well at a very high rate. In
the event of damage to the surface equipment, the well pres-
sure automatically closes the control valve
3,638,725
DIRECT DRIVE CASING HANGER APPARATUS
Arthur G. Ahlstone, Ventura, Calif., assignor to Vetco
Offshore Industries, Inc., Ventura, Calif.
Fikd May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37^27
int. CI. E2 lb i J/00
U.S. CI. 166-226 16 Claims
Well bore casing hanger apparatus in which a hanger body
has a pack-off or seal structure threadedly mounted thereon,
the seal structure also being threadedly connected to a lower
portion of a running tool swivelly related to an upper portion
of the running tool, the upper running tool portion being
secured to a running siring for lowering the apparatus to
bring its body into engagement with a seat within an un-
derwater wellhead housing, at which time a fluid circulation
path or passage between the body and housing is open. The
upper running string portion is rotated to thread the seal
structure downwardly along the body to passage-closing |X)si-
tion and to also unthread the seal structure from the lower
running tool portion, which permits the running string and
running tool to be elevated from the hanger apparatus and
withdrawn to the drilling rig.
/
3,638,726
WELL SCREENS
David L. Sibley, Woodwyn Lane, Paragould. Ark.
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874^15
Int. CI. E03b 3/20; E21b 43/08
U.S. CI. 166-236
4 Claims
A control valve is run and set in a cased well bore, and
preferably in connection with a packer, or the like, secured
/
The well screen has an outer tube and a telescoping inner
tube. The tubes have identical honzontal series of slots
134
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
\
therein. The outer tube is initially adjusted longitudinally
with respect to the outer tube to gauge the slot openings
through the communicating slots of the tubes. Solvent ce-
ment is used f6r securing the tubes in adjusted position.
3,638,727
METHOD OF TREATING A SUBTERRANEAN
HYDROCARBON-BEARING FORMATION
Joseph C. Alien, Bellaire, Tex., and Charles L. Bauer, New
York, N.Y.. assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed SepL 27, 1968, Ser. No. 786,791
Int. CI. E21b4J/24
U.S. CI. 166-259 4 Claims
Improved treatment of a subterranean hydrocarbon -bear-
ing formation is effected by fracturing the formation using a
fracturing mixture composed of a hydrocarbon liquid con-
taining, in addition to a particulate propping agent, finely
suspended charcoal, whereby additional fracturing is attained
after a conventional fracturing procedure by in situ com-
bustion of the fracturing mixture, and thereafter quenchmg
the combustion with water.
r
3,638,728
SECONDARY OIL RECOVERY PROCESS WITH
INCREMENTAL INJECTION OF SURFACTANT SLUGS
Harold J. Hill, Houston, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil Company,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,734
Int. CI. E2 lb 4i/22
U.S. CI. 166—273 6 Claims
An improved method for recovering oil from underground
formations by prior to waterflooding, treating said formations
with at least two chemical slugs each containing a synergistic
mixture of particular surfactants namely sulfonate-sulfate
mixture wherein one slug is compatible with water- of high
salinity and hardness and the other slug is compatible with
the floodwater which optionally can contain a thickener.
• 1/
3,638,729
WATER FLOODING METHOD USING GEL AND
VISCOSITY-INCREASING MATERIALS
Harry W. Parker, Lubbock, Tex., assignor to Phillips Petrole-
um Company
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,066
Int. CI. E2 lb 4i/22
U.S. CI. 166-273 9 Claims
A water flooding method wherein gel and viscosity-increas-
ing materials are. separately, intermittently injected into a
stream of floodwater being injected into one or more wells to
develop and maintain a uniform flood front.
3,638,730
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CEMENTING A WELL
CONDUIT
Hubert Irvin Smith, Houstoi>, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,543
Int. CI. E2IbJi//i,ii//6
U.S. CI. 166-291 6 Claims
A method and apparatus for cementing a well conduit
disposed within a well borehole extending into a subterrane-
Febbuary 1, 1972
1
an earth formation, the conduit being open at the bottom
thereof and havmg drilling mud therein and an annulus
formed between the conduit and the well borehole. A
solidifiable slurry is pumped down the well conduit thereby
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
135
\
L»
^
\
-SiS,:
displacing the drilling mud out the bottom of the conduit and
up the annulus A displacement fluid is pumped down the
well conduit thereby displacing the solidifiable slurry out the
opening at the bottom of the conduit during the displacement
of at least an initial portion of the solidifiable slurry.
3,638,731
MULTIPLE PRODUCING INTERVALS TO SUPPRESS
CONING
Vance J. DriscoU, Fort Worth, Tex., assignor to Amoco
Production Company, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,451
Int. CI. E2Ib4i/00, 4J///9
U.S. CI. 166314 , 10 Claims
In wells subject to water and/or gas coning, hydrocarbons
and undesired fluids are produced into the well in commin-
gled form from separate spaced intervals. The well is
produced at such a rate that an equal pressure drop — and
therefore the same pressure profile for a given distance away
from the well —occurs at all producing levels. This permits
the oil-prcxlucing levdl to be rate independent provided un-
desired fluids from the other producing level(s) are produced
in the proportion required.
3,638,732
UNDERWATER WELLHEAD ELECTRIC CONNECTION
APPARATUS FOR SUBMERGED ELECTRIC MOTOR
DRIVEN WELL PUMPS AND METHOD OF
INSTALLATION
Fritz R. Huntsinger, and James W. E. Hanes, both of Ventu-
ra, Calif., assignors to Vetco Offshore Industries, Inc., Ven-
tura, Calif.
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,241
Int. CI E2lh 33/035,43/01,23/04
U.S. CI. 166-315 29 Claims
An underwater bottom hole electrically driven well pump
has an electric power cable extending to the wellhead, a con-
nectable and disconnectable electrical connection being pro-
vided at the wellhead between the cable and the p>ower cable
adapted to extend to a power source, the connection being
'N
3,638,734
REINFORCED FUSIBLE ELEMENT
Wayne E. Ault, Aurora, Ohio, assignor to A-T-O Inc., Wil-
loughby, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 806,123, Mar.
11, 1969. This application Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,810
Int. CI. A62c J 7/iO
U.S. CI. 169-42
disconnectable and connectable at the wellhead to permit the
pump to be pulled from the well, or run back into the well,
through the wellhead and production tree without necessitat-
ing removal of the wellhead and production tree.
' 3,638,733
HEAT OPERATED FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Matthew De Rouville, Kinneton; Alfred John Munn, Wayne,
both of NJ., and Ame H. Hansen, New City, N.Y., as-
signors to Walter Kidde & Company, Inc., Belleville, N.J.
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No<I 6,039
Int. CI. A62cJ7/06
U.S. CI. 169— 19 - 4 Claims
•9
A heat operated fire extinguisher wherein a piston closing
the mouth of the extinguishing agent pressure vessel is held
in the sealing position by a plug of heat fusible material. This
plug melts releasing the piston and discharging the pressure
vessel when the ambient temperature indicates the presence
of a fire.
6 Claims
A reinforced fusible element useful in fire extinguishing
sprinklers, fusible links on fire doors and the like is disclosed
wherein the fusible material usually solder of a lead alloy or
the like is provided with a thin frangible covering for stabiliz-
ing its size and shape by acting to prevent cold flow of the
alloy as a result of compressive or tension forces
thereagainst. Specifically a fusible element may be provided
with a thin plated metal coating restricting growth due to
"cold flow in any direction.
3,638,735
ROCK PICKUP MACHINE
Nkk Deneky, General Delivery, Stirling, Alberta, Canada
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,098 /
Int. CI. AOIb 43/00
U.S. CL 171-63 21 Claims
48-^
A pickup reel has tracks and rollers which position pickup
fingers as the reel is rotated. A step formed in the track
causes the fingers to shake during rotation thus clearing same
and the fingers are resiliency hinged to clear immovable ob-
jects they might encounter.
3,638,736
CORNER BIT STRUCTURE
Frederick C. Hahn, Beaverton, Oreg., assignor to Elsco Cor-
poration, Portland, Oreg.
Filed June 25, 1 969, Ser. No. 836,539
I InLCl.Mlb 15/00,35/32
U.S. CI. 172-719 3 Claims
A corner bit for an earth-working element such as a dozer
blade adapted to be mounted forwardly of a tractor or the
136
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
like, the bit t>eing an essentially triangular plate having
flanges providing a mounting groove and releasably secured
to the earth-working element by means of a shear block cen-
trally of the plate
cessive slugs of water are dropped under pressure to impart
successive down blows to the apparatus, which blows are
transmitted to the casing or piling, whereby increased blows
can be imparted with a minimum weight for the apparatus.
3,638,739
PNEUMATIC TRANSDUCER
Gordon H. Burke, 6115 Noland Road, Shawnee, Kans.
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,814
Int. CI. B25d 9/00, E21c 3100
U.S. CI. 173-114 12 Claims
3,638,737
PNEUMATIC DRILL NOISE MUFFLER AND DUST
REMOVAL APPARATUS
David G. Moates, P.O. Box 2352, New Bern, N.C.
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,538 '^
Int. CI. E21c 7/02
U.S. CI. 173— 60 1 Claim
• \
.i
A modified pneumatic drill muffles the exhaust air noise
and chanfiels the air either by itself or combined with other
compressed air to create a suction effect which removes drill
dust, small rock bits and the like from the hole being drilled
3,638,738
PILE DRIVING APPARATUS
Dexter L. Vamell, 4200 Scotland St., Apt. 82, Houston, Tex.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,289
Int. CI. E02d 7/00
U.S. CI. 173— 90 10 Claims
u
\ '
jM!4>Miaiii^iiu flffiiiniiiii
mm
IT I I tiiihiLym,ll,j'*ii'i<i' 'f~4r~^
\ ■
An elongated cylinder having an axially extending rod pro-
jecting from one end and adapted for attachment to a tool
such as a punch or the like A massive piston in the cylinder
and slidabie on the rtxl is forced by air pressure into impac-
tive engagement with a collar anvil mounted on the rod. The
force of impact drives the rod longitudinally to operate the
tool and valves control the air for reciprocating the piston to
and from its initial, latched position. The striking faces of the
piston and anvil are tapered to avoid damage from the forces
of impact
3,638,740
RAISE DRILLING BIT
Dan B. Justman. Houston, Tex., assignor to G. W. Murphy
Industries, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,583
Int. CI. E21b 9/22 *^
U.S. CI. 175-53 7 Claims
/
Pile driving apparatus adapted to apply a driving force to
casing or piling to force same into the ground, wherein suc-
A rotary drill for producing a raise bore including a body
having roller cutter assemblies arranged to cut the working
face of an earth formation so that the plane of an inner por-
tion of the working face inclines downwardly and inwardly
towards a pilot hole, and the plane of an outer portion of the
working face inclines downwardly and outwardly towards the
FEBRtSlRY 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
137
gage of the raise bore, and the plane of an intermediate por-
tion of the working face extends between the inner and outer
inclined portions. This abstract is neither intended to define
the invention of the application which, o'" course, is measured
by the claims, nor is it intended to be limiting as to the scope
of the invention in any way
w 3,638,741
/ POST HOLE BORER
Joseph P. Zizak, 5791-2'/(2 St. N.E., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17368
Int. CI. E21b 2//00
U^.CL 175-215 9 Claims
1 1 '.
A hydraulic boring tool or post hole borer in the form of a
cylindrical structure having an inner cylinder member spaced
therefrom to define an area into which water under pressure
is introduced with a discharge of the water to take place at
the bottom of the structure and on an inclined plane to erode
the soil within the cylindrical structure and below the same
for the purpose of digging post holes.
3,638,742
WELL BORE SEAL APPARATUS FOR CLOSED FLUID
CIRCULATION ASSEMBLY
William A. Wallace, 2438 Lord Baronof Ave., Anchorage,
Alaska
FUed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 850
Int.CI. E21b/7/)0, E21c9/00
U.S. CI. 175— 325 , 7 Claims
\
closed fluid circulation assembly so that air, drilling mud,
water and other fluids are sealed off from the annulus during
drilling operations. This invention is especially suitable for
drilling in permafrost, solid frozen ground and other solid
formations which might be adversely affected by the
presence of fluid in the annulus during drilling The seal ap-
paratus may also serve as a stabilizer during drilling, particu-
larly when seal means are disf>osed at longitudinally spaced
points on the assembly.
A well bore seal apparatus for a closed flufd circulation as-
sembly, wherein one or more seal means are disposed to en-
gage a well bore for sealing off the annulus externally of the
3,638,743
BELT CONVEYOR WEIGH SCALE
Edwin J. Douglas, Whittier, Calif., assignor to Hardy Scales
Company, May wood, Calif.
Filed Mar. 5. 1970, Ser. No. 16,695
Int. CI. GOlg 11114
\}S. CI. 177—16 14 Claims
A base platform is suspended from within a supporting
framework by load cells, preferably arranged as a three-pnaint
suspension. Belt conveyor pulleys, mounted between uprights
rising from the base platform, provide a flat and elongate
upper run for a conveyor belt adapted to receive and convey
material such as parcel post packages to be weighed. Drive
means are also supported by the base platform, and special
belt-aligning means are provided to keep the belt tracking
properly.
3,638,744
VEHICLE SPEED-CHANGE AND STEERING
APPARATUS
Yoshikazu Washizawa, FiOimi-machi, Iruma-gun, Japan, as-
signor to Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,020
Claims priority, applicatictn Japan, Apr. 18, 1969, 44/29636
Int.CI. B62d UllO
U.S. CI. 180-6.2 7ClainB
A vehicle speed-change and steenng apparatus compnses a
pair of right and left stepless speed-change mechanisms each
having a stationary pulley, a movable pulley and a belt inter-
posed between the two pulleys, the pulleys being mounted on
a driving shaft. A pair of rack rods are respectively con-
nected to the right and left movable pulleys, and the rack
rods are meshed with a single common pinion, such that the
right and left movable pulleys are constrained to be moved in
equal quantities in mutually opposite directions by the opera-
138
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
139
tion of a rotation detecting mechanism on the driving shaft
and engaging the moving pulleys. Additionally, the nght and
left pulleys may be moved in the same directions by moving
the pinion to the right or left to effect differential variation of
speed of the belts of the speed-change mechanisms.
3,638,745 t
HYDRAULIC POWERED STAIR NEGOTIATING WHEEL
CHAIR OR UNEVEN TERRAIN NEGOTIATING VEHICLE
Johnnie E. Floyd, 2609 East Side Drive, Austin, Tex.
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,239
Int. CI. B62b 5102
U.S. CI. 180-8 A 11 Claims
The vehicle comprising an adjustable length chassis, rotary
spider arm wheel assemblies, including rotary peripheral
minor wheels, a central propulsion means including a power
source, a motor, and a pump which through a hydraulic
system of flow dividers, check and control valves "T" and
conduits applies a controlled differential action through a
hydraulic wheel transmission to the wheefcassemblies driving
spider arms and rotating the peripheral wheels as required to
accomplish a desired maneuver. The vehicle is capable of
ascending and descending stairs or negotiating uneven ter-
rain, maneuvering and spinning in place.
3,638,746
MOTORCYCLE HAVING TWO TANDEM DRIVING
WHEELS
Lawrence A. Gostomski, Thorp, Wis., assignor to Right-Way
Mfg. Corp., Owen, Wis.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,359
s Int. CI. B62k 5100
li^. CI. 180-25 R 8 Claims
"^
^ V ^ ^\\'v\v\v\vvv \^ \vv\^ v^ V^V^^^^^^^^
A three-wheeled motorcycle for use on rough terrain has a
main frame- and a front guide wheel pivotally mounted
thereto. A pair of linkage arms are pivotally mounted at front
ends to an intermediate point on the main frame. Rear ends
of these arms pivotally support a wheel support frame includ-
ing a pair of parallel spaced-apart bolsters. Two rear wheels
are tandem mounted between the bolsters, the axle carrying
the forward wheel of the pair forming the pivot for the con-
nection between the arms and the bolsters, and the axle for
the rear wheel of the pair being carried in bearings at rear
ends of the bolsters. A pair of parallel, substantially vertical
main frame support links are pivotally mounted to the wheel
support frame at the bolsters one-third of the bolster length
from the rear thereof emd are pivotally mounted to the main
frame substantially directly above the connection to the
wheel support frame. A positive chain drive is provided from
sprockets pivotally mounted concentrically with the mount-
ing pomt of the linkage arms to the main frame to sprockets
driving on said wheel axles. Means is provided for limiting
downward pivotal movement of the linkage arms during
steep hill climbing use of the vehicle on rough terrain.
3,638,747
WALKING MECHANISM FOR MOVING HEAVY LOADS
Heinz Althoff, Dehme, Germany, assignor to Eisenwerk
Wescrhutte A. G., Bad Oeynhausen, Germany
^.Filed Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,958
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 27, 1968, G 57
51 749; (; 67 51 750; G 67 51 752
Int. CI. B62d 57102
U.S. CI. 180-8 D 5 Claims
This invention relates to a walking mechanism for moving
heavy loads comprising variable length lifting legs and varia-
ble-length moving legs articulated to at least one baseplate,
each of the moving legs being connected, by means including
universally movable articulation means, at one end to a load
and at the opposite end to one of the lifting legs at the axis of
the latter
3,638,748
AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS-FRAME STRUCTURES
Michel Tixier, Billancouri, France, assignor to Regie Na-
tionale Des I sines Renault, Billancourt and Automobiles
Peugeot, Paris, France
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,035
Claims priority, application France, July 22, 1969, 6924906
Int. CI. B62d 21 100
U.S. CI. 180-64 R 7 Claims
Chassis-frame structure of automotive vehicle, notably of
vehicle having a front power unit and transmission
mechanism assembly, with driving front wheels connected
through thrust links to the chassis frame, characterized in
that it comprises a compound chzissis consisting of an as-
sembly of three main elements, that is, a front element con-
stituted by a pair of lower parallel longitudinal members up-
swept at their front ends, and by a pair of upper longitudinal
members each ngidly assembled at two junction nodes with
one of said lower longitudinal members so as to double same
along a portion corresponding to the cradle of the power
unit, transmission and front-wheel assembly by means of an
upswept curved portion having an outswept forward exten-
sion beyond said lower longitudinal members and their ends
assembled by means of a curved horizontal cross member,
said lower longitudinal members having rear extensions, the
\
i
second element consisting of an intermediate chassis member
in the form of a steel pressing formed in the conventional
fashion with pressed reinforcing ribs and constituting the
floor of the passengers" compartment and comprising
likewise pressed wells for the feet of the rear seat passengers,
and finally a third or rear element consisting of a pair of
parallel longitudinal members having a different relative
spacing in comparison with said front longitudinal members
3,638,749
VEHICLE CAB MOUNTING
Stanford G. Graham, Fort Wayne; Ernest R. Sewelin, Water-
loo; Richard L. Staadt, Fort Wayne, all of Ind., and Jimmie
D. Pinney, Phoenix, Ariz., assignors to International Har-
vester Cortipany, Chicago, 111.
Filed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,594
Im.CI. B60k 11102
U.S. CI. 180-68 12 Claims
P8-V
Motor truck body structure and radiator mounting means
for resiliently supporting the engine heat exchanger or radia-
tor and the vehicle body structure, which includes an opera-
tor's compartment, hood, fenders and radiator grille panel,
on the chassis frame whereby such motor truck components
and parts are movable in a controlled manner with respect to
the chassis frame as a structural composite unit in order to
mitigate the transmission of forces, shocks and vibrations
thereto. The mounting means includes a subframe to which
the aforesaid motor truck parts are directly connected and a
single helically wound compression spring and shock ab-
sorber assembly for interconnecting the subframe and the
chassis frame.
3,638,750
RACK-STEERING MECHANISM WITH HYDRAULIC OR
PNEUMATIC STEERING ASSISTANCE, PARTICULARLY
FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
LeopoM F. Schmid, Uharstrasse 8, 7000 Stuttgart 1, Ger-
many
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,587
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 8, 1969, P 19 17
789.0
Int.CI. B62d5/y0
U.S. CI. 180-79.2 R 3 Claims
a piston formed by a tubular rolling bellows or diaphragm,
one end of which is sealingly connected to the steering gear
housing and the other end to the toothed rack extending axi-
ally trough the steering gear housing. The end of the
diaphragm connected to the toothed rack is provided with an
annular enlargement through which the toothed rack ex-
tends. A ball and socket joint connected by a rack rod with
the steering knuckle has a housing with an axial threaded
projection thereon which is threadedly connected with one
end of the toothed rack and locked thereto by a countemut
which at the same time axially compresses the enlargement
on the diaphragm and clamps it in sealing engagement with
the toothed rack.
t 9 10 II 13 13 "I
I) II X II
3,638,751
APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY STEERING
^' POWERED VEHICLES
Hans H. Moll, and Werner Hundt, both of Munich. Germany,
assignors to Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktien-
gesellschaft, Munich, Germany
Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 817,715
Int. CI. B62d 1/24
U.S. CI. 180-98 4 Claims
Vehicles steered by signals received from a line placed
along a roadway have impulse-receiving means sensitive
across the width of the vehicle to signals received from said
line.
3,638,752
SEISMIC SIGNAL GENERATOR
Ralph V . Wakefield, Terre Haute, Ind., assignor to Commer-
cial Solvents Corporation, Terre Haute, Ind.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 755,457, Aug.
26. 1968, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 591,243, Nov. 1, 1966, now abandoned ,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 800332, Jan. 24,
1969, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 639,941, May 15, 1967, now abandoned ,
Continuation-in-part of appikation Ser. No. 415,876, Dec. 4,
1964, now abandoned. This appikation Sept. 13, 1968, Ser.
No. 795,368
Int.CI.G01v 7/00
U.S. CI. 181—0.5 R 38 Claims
A rack-steering mechanism for a motor vehicle is provided
with a hydraulic or pneumatic steering assistance comprising
An assembly for creating pneumatic impulses, eg, form-
ing a seismic signal comprising a casing including a gas dif-
ferential pressure system defining a main chamber and a
smaller control chamber connected by an onfice, each
adapted to contain a high-pressure gas Impulse producing
exhaust ports are provided in the main chamber, gas inlet
140
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
means are included for either of the main and control cham-
bers and secondary exhaust means are provided for the con-
trol chamber. The differentia! pressure system includes a
slidable element for opening and closing the impulse produc-
ing exhaust ports responsive to a force differential across the
main and control chambers, the force applied to the slidable
element in closed position from the control chamber bemg
greater than that applied from the main chamber, and exter-''
nal valve means for rapidly reducing the control chamber
pressure. Different embodiments of the assembly include
means for directing the impulse and assemblies wherein high-
i pressure gas may be continuously fed to the main chamber.
3,638,75>
BARREL SPEAKER ENCLOSURE
Paul E. Cunningham, 22 Curtis St., Athens, Ohio
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,199
Int. Ci. GlOk lilOO; H04r 1128
U.S. CI. 181-31 B
5 Claims
22
26
30
20
I'r^'^— ^^^=^i,f.^gfB>a.
S — H
P 14 i
-^ — ^=^
21- \,
28 \
24 >
\ 32
40
., -34
-38
36
A speaker enclosure having a barrel-shaped drum with an
open front end and an open rezir end. The speaker is axially
mounted across the open front of the drum and an
aerodynamically curved, dome-shaped reflector is mounted
to surround the rear portion of the drum and is spaced
therefrom. The open end of the reflector is thus aligned to
direct sound emitted from it in a substantially forward axial
direction. • ,
^ : ^
3,638,754
PRESSURE AND SOUND SHIELD FOR BLAST
EXCAVATION OF TUNNELS AND THE LIKE
Edward J. Sosnowicz, Colwyn, Pa., and Frank M. Willis,
Hedgesville, W. Va., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company, Wilmington, Dei.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,826
Int. CI. FOln i/00, E21c 23100; E21f 5100
U.S. CI. 181-33 R 11 Claims
-?«6 iJ 5« K'
An apparatus for attenuating pressure and sound compris-
ing a frame mounted on motion-transmitting means, and a
transverse barrier mounted on said frame, said barrier com-
prising a rigid core and a deformable sealing member
completely surrounding the periphery of said core, said seal-
ing member being extensible and retractable with localized
radial variability, thereby giving the barrier a variable edge
contour
3,638,755
OUTER ENERGY ABSORBER FOR AIR-BAG-
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
John J. Sack, Bkramfield Hills, Mich., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 14. 1970, Ser. No. 97,635
Int. CI. FOln \I22; B60r 21/02, 21108
U.S.Ci. 181-36 R 7 Claims
Energy absorption in a two-bag air bag combination, one
bag contained within the other.
3,638,756 ^
VEHICLE MUFFLER AND METHOD OF ASSEMBLY
Robert E. Thiele, Franklin Township, Westmoreland CouiTty,
Pa., assignor to United States Steel Corporation
Filed Dec. 30. 1969, Ser. No. 889,102
Int. CI. FOln //02, 1108, 7/18
U.S. CI. 181-57 8 Claims
A muffler for vehicles propelled by internal combustion
engines The muffler is formed of two pieces, preferably
metal stampmgs. in which the various chimbers and passages
are indented or embossed The two pieces are joined at their
peripheral edges The muffler is tuned by adjusting the rela-
tive size and arrangement of chambers and passages In one
modification the position of the pieces may be adjusted rela-
tively to each other to permit variable tuning.
3,638,757
MOBILE ELEVATING SCAFFOLDS
Ralph D. Sampson. 145 Penfield St., Guelph, Ontario,
Canada
Filed May 22. 1970, Ser. No. 39,614
Int. CI. E04g///S
U.S. CI. 182-63 9 Claims
A mobile elevating scaffold includes an elongated scaffold
platform or walkway which is supported by a scaffold frame
structure which can be raised or lowered within a fixed
upright frame structure mounted on a truck chassis. Move-
ment of the scaffold frame structure is effected by flrst and
\
S >
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
141
second cables extending from winch drums mounted on the
chassis and over first and second primary cable pulleys and
terminally connected to the scaffold fra.me structure to pro-
vide a two-point suspension for that structure. The scaffold
platform or walkway is usefully longitudinally adjustably sup-
ported on arms extending transversely outwardly from the
scaffold frame structure.
3,638,758
OVERHEAD GUARD
Alexander Welsker, Easton, Conn., assignor to C & M Manu-
facturing Company, Inc., Bethesda, Md.
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,257
Int.CI. E04g//26
U.S. CK 182— 112 13 Claims
pairs of slots close to the ribs, and each rung has a cross sec-
tion in the form of a hollow parallelogram, with two spaced
paralle' tabs projecting at each end The tabs are inserted
\
73\ -
i
22
15 '■20
through the slots and crimped over the outer ribs, and the
sidewails of the rungs locate against the ribs on the inwardly
facing surfaces of the stiles.
3,638,760
OIL TANK FOR A ROTARY PISTON INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINE WITH DRY-SUMP
LUBRICATION
Heinz Lamm, Esslingen-St. Bernhardt. German), assignor to
Baimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkheim,
Germany
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,279
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 2, 1969, P 19 16
967.6
Int. CI. F16n 39/00
U.S. CI. 184—6.23 18 Claims
An operator's platform which moves up and down with a
carriage on a stacker mast has an overhead guard which is
hinged for lowering so that the operator's platform and car-
riage may be moved close to the roof of a warehouse. The
operator moves the guard over to a p>osition where it rests
upon the mast. Upward movement of the carriage lowers the
guard, and downward movement of the carriage raises the
guard to an intermediate position. The operator returns the
guard to the protective position. Switches prevent upward
movement of the carriage beyond a predetermined mast posi-
tion when the guard is up and prevent downward movement
of the carriage below a predetermined mast position when
the guard is inoperative.
\ 3,638,759
METAL LADDERS
Robert Anton Englhardt, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Indal Canada Limited, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,738
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 16, 1970,
2,138/70
Int. CI. E06c 7/50
U.S. CI. 182- 194 4 Claims
A metal ladder, in which each stile has a pair of spaced
parallel ribs on its inner and outer faces, and is formed with
An oil tank for a rotary piston internal combustion engine,
especially of trochoidal type of construction, with a dry sump
lubrication for the drive unit and with a metered fresh oil
lubrication for the piston cam surface in the housing casing,
the oil tcmk for the dry sump lubrication includes inlet, out-
let, venting and filler connections whereby a second tank for
the fresh oil lubrication is arranged on the inside of the oil
tank at a place substantially directly below the filler inlet and
is in communication with the oil tank by way of an overflow
while having its own outlet.
3,638,761
THREE-STAGE MAST ASSEMBLY FOR A LIFT TRUCK
Shi^i Ohta, Toyohashi, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho, Aichi Prefecture, Japan
Filed Feb. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 10,481
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 25, 1969, 44/14404
Int. CI. B66b 9/20
U.S. CI. 187—9 2 Claims
A three-stage mast assembly for a lift truck, consisting of
an outer mast channel, an intermediate mast channel and an
inner mast channel, all of I- or L-shaped cross section,
\
142
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
wherein the forward and rearward flanges, resp>ectively, of
the intermediate mast channel are arranged rearwardly from
positely facing recesses having inclined sides are provided in
each of the members, and force-transmitting elements are
received m these recesses. One of the members carries a nut
which advances mto engagement with the actuating piston of
the brake when the one member is rotated relative to the
brake housmg When a parking application is effected, the
the forward and rearward flanges, respectively, of the outer
and inner mast channels.
one member is first rotated relative to the housing to move
the nut into engagement with the piston, whereupon the
other member is rotated relative to the one member to drive
the force-transmitting elements up the sides of the recesses to
3,638,762
DOOR-COUPLCMG APPARATUS FOR ELEVATORS
Calvin Edward Johns, Tucker, Ga., assignor to Otis Elevator urge the one member and the piston in a brake-applying
Company, New Yorli, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 848,981
Int. CI. B66d 13/16
U.S. CI. 187-52
direction.
8 Claims
3,638,764
BRAKESHOE FOR SPOT-TYPE DISC BRAKES
Hans Joachim Anders, Frankfurt, am Main, Germany assignor
to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation,
.New York
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,274
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 23, 1969," P 19 20
582.4
Int. CI. F16d 66/02
U.S. CI. 188-73.1 4 Claims
Door interlock and coupling apparatus for an elevator in-
stallation for coupling an elevator car sliding door to a hoist-
way sliding door for movement of the doors between open
and closed positions, wherein the door interlock and
coupling apparatus includes an interlock mechanism and a
coupling mechanism. The interlock mechanism has a catch
portion fixedly mounted adjacent to the hoistway door and
has a locking lever pivotally mounted on the hoistway door
for locking the hoistway door in its closed position. The
coupling mechanism includes a vane and a magnetized roller
assembly, wherein tlie vane is composed of a magnetic
material and is mounted on the car door, and wherein the
magnetized roller assembly is supported by the locking lever
and is operative to apply a magnetic force on the vane for
coupling the vane and the car door to the hoistway door for
movement of the coupled doors between the open position
and the closed position until the locking lever operates to
lock the hoistway door in its closed position.
A spot-type disc brakeshoe having a brake lining and a
backing plate with the backing plate having lateral lugs, at
least one of which is bent toward the brake disc "while the
others are chamfered to form an acute angle with respect to
the actuator piston whereby the brakeshoe will rotate
thereby creating an audible signal when the brake lining is
worn down and the bent lug contacts the brake disc.
3,638,763
MECHANICAL ACTUATING MECHANISM FOR DISC
BRAKE
Bernard Laverdant, Vincennes, France, assignor to Societe
Anonymc D^.A.
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,726
Claims priority, tfppiicatioa France, Apr. 22, 1969, 6912597
Int. CI. F16d 55/26
VS. CI. 188-72.6 4 Claims
A parking actuator for a disc brake is disclosed which in-
cludes a pair of relatively rotatable actuating members. Op-
3,638,765
DISC BRAKE WITH NOISE ARRESTER
Bernard M. Flaherty, Birmingham, and Lewis L. Knight,
Allen Park, both of Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Com-
pany, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,692
Int. CI. F16d 65/00
U.S. CI. 188-73.5 7 Claims
A disc brake including a noise arrester means that dam-
pens vibrations between the brake pad backing plate and the
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
143
caliper assembly. The noise arrester comprises a spring metal through the second chamber to adjust the throttle passage
clip that engages the end of the backing plate and exerts a and to surround it with a reset piston movable in the second
/
I
^o t
J 4- ^ja
spring force on an abutment tab protruding from the
backside of the brake pad backing plate.
3,638,766
MANUAL CONTROL FOR AUXILLVRY BRAKE DEVICE
Kirk Besoyan, BIythe, Calif., assignor to Safety Vee Brake,
Inc., BIythe, Calif.
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,795
Int.CI. F16d65/J4
U.S. CI. 188- 106 P 8 Claims
V
An auxiliary brake device comprising a continuous flexible
cable extending about a pair of sheaves secured to opposite
ends of a vehicle axle, friction elements carried by the cable
and engaging the sheave walls for braking the vehicle as the
cable is drawn tight, a manual control means for optionally
operating an automatic control to actuate the cable for ap-
plying the brake in the event of automatic control failure.
3,638,767
MECHANICAL DELAY DEVICE
FriU Eisner, Sieglar; Franz Becker, Bonn, and Heinreich
Kolf, Troisdorf, all of Germany, assignors to Dynamit Nobel
Aktiengesellschaft, Troisdorf, Germany
Continuation of application Ser. No. 744,095, July 1 1, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No.
11,936
Int. CI. F16f 9/30
U.S. CI. 188—268 8 Claims
A mechanical delay device provided with a throttle
passage between two sealed chambers, with a piston in one
chamber to displace a plastically deformable flowable mass
from the one chamber to the second chamber. A pin extends
annular chamber by relative rotation of two housing parts to
move the flowable mass back into the first chamber.
3,638,768
HYDROSTATIC BRAKE
Fritz Ostwald, Buchschlag, Germany, assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,853
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 29, 1969, P 19
16 333.8
Int. CI. F16d 57/06
U.S. CI. 188—294 8 Claims
A hydrostatic brake having a swashplate which actuates a
series of circulariy spaced pistons movable in cylinders hav-
ing energy dissipating suction and discharge valves. The
angle of the swashplate is variable in response to a brake
signal to increase the stroke of the pistons and thereby the
load on the shaft rotating the swashplate
3,638,769
DASHPOT ASSEMBLY
Arthur M. Cohen, Westport, Conn., assignor to Airpot Cor-
poration, Norwalk, Conn.
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,697
Int. CI. F16f 9154
U.S. CI. 188—298 17 Claims
The cylinder of a dashpot is formed from an accurately
dimensioned rigid tube which is received within a soft plastic
144 ^
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
sheath, the latter surrounding the sidewalls of the tube and
aJso closing the end of that tube. The sheath is preferably
"^-c
provided with a downwardly extending part which facilitates
the mounting of the assembly on an appropriate support.
3,638,770 '
BRAKE AND PROPULSION CONTROLLER
Richard K. Frill, Pittsburgh, and Michael T. Zoric, North
Versailles, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Air Bral(e
Company, Wilmerding, Pa.
Filed Oct. 6, 1 969, Ser. No. 863,95 1
Int.CI.F16d6 7/02
L.S. CI. 192-2 7 Claims
s i« M 7, »
An improved railway vehicle operator's brake and propul-
sion controller con>^ining the use of fluidic devices and light-
responsive devices with fluid pressure responsive devices for
controlling bralcing^as well as propulsion functions of the
vehicle, such arrangement thus providing a compact con-
troller requiring less space than present controllers when in-
stalled. Operation of the several devices is effected by a
manually rotatable shaft having rotary cams arranged
thereon for operating certain ones of the devices and which
also carries perforated disc members by which light-respon-
sive elements are selectively exposed to or shielded from a
light source, depending upon the angular position of the
respective disc members to thereby^ontrol closing or open-
ing of respective electrical control circuits.
4
3,638,771 1
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND CONTROLS
Howard E. Chana, Flint, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 880.779, Nov.
28, 1969. This application July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,467
Int. CI. F16d 67/00, F02d 11102; B60k /7/02
U.S. CI. 192-3.33 12 Claims
Power transmission having torque converter drivingly con-
nected to a planetary gear unit conditionable by selective en-
gagement of friction dnve establishing devices to provide for
four forward dnves and one reverse drive. A converter clutch
normally held from engagement by the feed of fluid into the
converter through a clutch control chamber can be engaged
by converter pressure in response to an upshift signal and
subsequent exhaust of fluid from the control chamber to per-
mit mechanical dnve of the gear unit. A shift valve forming
part of hydraulic controls provides a signal pressure to open
a converter feed restrictor valve \.o permit the converter to
be fed with operatmg oil through a second feed passage. The
signal from this valve also activates an accumulator valve
system which controls the engagement of the converter
clutch sti that converter clutch capacity is gradually in-
creased to a maximum There is a detent valse which pro-
vides for 3-2 and 4-3 part throttle downshifts and 4-2, 3-2
and 2-1 full throttle downshifts.
3,638,772
MEANS FOR PREVENTING REVERSE DRIVE THROUGH
A HYDROSTATIC TRANSMISSION
Kei\ji Ninomiya. Kawasaki-shi, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Komatsu Seisakusho (Komatsu Ltd.), Akasaka,
Tokyo, Japan
Piled Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,644
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 27, 1968, 43/95521
Int. CI. F16d 67/00, B60k 29100, 21/00
U.S. CI. 192-4 8 3 Claims
A means for automatically preventing a motor, which is
hydraulically dnven by a pump and mechanicatly drives an
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
145
inertial load from a pumping action of the motor caused by
being driven by said inertial load, comprismg blocking a
reverse power transmission. The blocking may be done by
brake disc fixed to a transmission shaft or by declutching a
pair of clutching members arranged across the shaft. The au-
tomatic actuation of the blocking action may be either
mechanically or electrically effected.
3,638,773
CLUTCH BRAKE UNIT
William E. Lewis, Fairfield, and Dennis Dobrinich, Cincin-
nati, both of Ohio, assignors to Force Control Industries,
Inc., Fairfield, Ohio
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,191
Int. CI. F16d UI06
U.S.CI. 192-18A 9 Claims
cur. If the starter is energized during engine coastdown, the
pawls may be moved into engagement with the ratchet teeth
by centrifugally responsive actuating means in addition to the
resilient force.
3,638,775
REPEAT ACTION MECHANISM FOR PO>VER.
OPERATED TYPEWRITERS
Yukio Hishida; Takami Kato, and Hisao Kurachi, all of
Nagaya, Japan, assignors to Brother Industries Ltd.,
Nagaya, Japan
Filed Jan. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 789,776
Int. CI. B41j 2i/05
U.S. CI. 197-17 5 Claims
A clutch-brake unit incorporates a clutch disk pack, and a
separate brake disk pack with an interposed piston unit
which is coupled in one direction to engage the clutch and in
the opposite direction to engage the brake. The housing is
formed in three major sections which includes an input sec-
tion generally enclosing the input shaft and the clutch pack.
An output housing generally contains the output shaft and
the brake pack, and an intermediate piston housing generally
contains the actuated piston and associated fluid pressure in-
puts. The output shaft is provided with integral impellers and
oil access apertures for delivering a constant supply of oil to
the clutch and brake packs and for providing an inlet in
which the oil may flow by centrifugal force when the output
shaft is not turning. A heat exchanger consists of a heat
exchange sii^a^mbly forming a series of fmned tubes which
assembly may be inserted in surrounding relation to the
clutch pack. A shrouded fan assembly may be substituted
where thermal capacity does not require internal cooling.
3,638,774
PAWL AND RATCHET CLUTCH
Darrd W. Burch, and Arthur H. Jacomet, both of Phoenix,
Ariz., assignors to The Garrett Corporation, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,955
Int. CI. F16d 13/04
U.S. CI. 192-42 14 Claims
A pawl and ratchet clutch for use between a starter and a
gas turbine engine in which the pawls of the clutch are held
in engagement with ratchet teeth by both resilient and cen-
trifugal force, during the engine starting operation. After self-
sustaining engine speed is attained, the pawls are disengaged
and held in such condition, atso by centrifugal force, during
engine operation. When engine operation is. discontinued and
its speed is reduced sufficiently, the pawls will be resiliently
urged toward the ratchet teeth and a light ratcheting will oc-
1
A repeat action mechanism for operating a type bar having
a part operatively connected to said type bar, a control lever
pivotally mounted on a key lever depressible to first and
second positions, the control lever including a first portion
for initiating a transitory connection with said part and a
power roll upon depression of the key lever thereby to begin
operating said type bar, and a second portion for repeatedly
causing said transitory connection upon depression of the
key lever to the second position. The second position is ad-
justable independently of the first position.
3,638,776
STENOGRAPHIC MACHINE WITH COLLAPSIBLE
PAPER WEB HOLDERS
Ben C. Ridge, 2107 Sir Francis Drake Blvd., Fairfax, CaliL
FUed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,426
Int. CI. B41j 29/02
U.S. CI. 197—186 A 2 Claims
A stenographic machine with collaf>sible paper web hol-
ders that reduces the overall height of the secretarial
machine by about 1 Vi inches and reduces the height of the
court reporter model by about 2^ to 3 inches. This permits
the improved stenographic machine to be carried in a casing
of considerably less width than is now possible with the stan-
146
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
dard stenographic machine. Novel means is provided for
mounting the improved stenographic machine on a tripod
support, the actual connection between the machine and the
i
support being made at one side of the collapsible paper web
holders so as not to interfere with these holders when they
are enlarged for holding the^aaper web.
3,638,777
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SEPARATING ARTICLES
ARRANGED IN CLOSE SUCCESSION ON A CONVEYOR
Rene Pluck, Neuhausen am Rheinfail, Switzeriand, assignor to
Schwerzerische Industrie-GeseUschaft, Neuhausen am
RheinfaU, Switzerland
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,075
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, May 8, 1969,
7029/69
Int. CI. B65g 47/00
U.S. CI. 198-20 8 Claims
x^ t
A method and device for separating closely successive arti-
cles which are fed by an input conveyor toward a packaging
machine. Each article reaching the end of the input conveyor
is transferred to a movable bottom member lying initially
flush with the conveyor. A first vertically movable holding
post holds the last article on the end of the conveyor while a
second holding post engages the preceding article on the bot-
tom member and when the latter is tilted with the second
holding post and the article therebetween the two mentioned
articles, which may stick together, are separated along an
axis forming the line of contact Ijetween said articles. The
preceding article is then transferred from the bottom
member to a lower disposed stationary slide track extending
at a right angle to the input conveyor. The second holding
post releases the article which then is moved by a tappet
along the slide track to a packaging machine.
3,638,778 I
APPARATl'S FOR SWITCHING OBJECTS BETWEEN
TWO PATHS
Franz Remensperger. St. Gcorgen, Black Forest, Germany,
assignor to Fr. Winkler Kg. Spezialfabrik fuer
Baeckereimaschinen und Backoefen, Villingen, Black Forest,
(;erman\
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,234
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 17, 1969, G 69 40
463
Int. CI. B65g 47/26
IJ.S. CI. 198-31 AC 9 Claims
Successive pieces of dough are fed to a mechanical dis-
tributing switch which is shifted by alternate pieces between
two end positions for guiding the pieces altematingly
between two different paths. Dead-center-arresting means in-
cluding a movable weight, hold the distributing switch in
either end position until the same is shifted by the next fol-
lowing piece to and beyond a dead center position and as-
sumes the respective other end position.
' 3,638,779
CONVEYOR
Carl J. Milazzo, Tonawanda, N.Y., assignor to Hohl Machine
& Conveyor Co., Inc., Buffak), N.Y.
Piled June 27. 1969, Ser. No. 837,118
Int. CI. B65g 13/02
IJ.S. CI. 198-127 7 Claims
30
5ffi
An accumulating transfer conveyor comprising a series of
live rollers driven by an endless drive member having one
side in frictional contact with said rollers adjacent one end
thereof A pair of pads are secured to the other side of the
endless drive member at equally spaced-apart distances. As
the pads move along with the drive member, they engage de-
tent means which snub the pads and the underlying drive
member radially against the rollers to increase the frictional
contact between the endless drive member and the rollers.
n
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
147
3,638,780
CONVEYOR SYSTEM
Clarence P. Snow, 868 E. Snedden Drive, Sandy, Utah
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,164
Int. CI. B61b niOO; B65g 17/20
U.S. CI. 1 98- 1 30 1 S Claims
A conveyor system which includes an endless conveyor
link supported above ground level with spaced supports; at
least one support bracket affixed to the link to extend out-
wardly away from one side thereof and the downwardly
below the link; turning means coacting with the link for
changing its direction of travel away from the one side of the
link; turning means coacting with the link for changing its
direction of travel towards the opposite side of the link, and
drive means coacting with the link for longitudinally
propelling it.
3,638,781
CONVEYOR BELT-TENSIONING MEANS
Peter Donald Hey wood Comley, Glasgow, England, assignor
to Movor & Coulson Limited, Great Britain -
Filed Jan. 29, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 0,827
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 30, 1970,
04,525/70
Int. CI. B65g 15/30
U.S. CI. 198—208 7 Claims
mobile support having front and rear ends. The mobile sup-
port includes front and rear lift arm assemblies having free
ends swingable through upright planes extending longitu-
dinally of the mobile support and to which one pair of ends
of a pair of support arm assemblies are pivotally secured for
relative oscillation about horizontal transverse axes Further,
the other pair of ends of the support arm assemblies are
pivotally attached to longitudinally spaced portions of the
conveyor assembly and structure is provided to control rela-
tive oscillation between one of the lift arm assemblies and the
corresponding support arm, whereby uncontrolled longitu-
dinal shifting of the conveyor assembly relative to the lift arm
assemblies is prevented. Also, the mobile support is provided
with means for selectively swinging both the front and rear
lift arm assemblies relative thereto whereby the front and
rear ends of the auger conveyor assembly may be adjusted in
elevation
3.638,783
PEN AND PENCIL BOX
Richard K. Enseki. Glen Rock, and Michael P. Arnone, North
Bergen, both of NJ.. assignors to Kreisler Manufacturing
Corporation, North Bergen, N J.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,249
Int. CI. B65d 23/70,25/54
U.S. CI. 206-45.14 1 Claim
Sy-Lgjpr^^
e s
&'
An endless conveyor has belt-tensioning means comprising
two devices adapted and arranged to sense and signal varia-
tions in the tensions in the working and return runs of the
belt respectively due to change of load conditions, a drum
around which the return run of the belt passes and which is
displacable so as to vary the tensions in the belt, speed-varia-
ble driving gear adapted to effect said displacement of the
drum, and means adapted to effect ^actuation of said driving
gear in response to signals emitted by^^d devices when said
tensions are not at a predetermined ratio, and to effect varia-
tion in the speed of said gear, and hence of the displacement
of the drum, in accordance with the signal characteristics
which vary in accordance with the rate at which tension
change in the belt takes place due to variation in load condi-
tions.
> 3,638,782
TRA<!tOR MOUNTED GRAIN AUGER
Sidney S. Cotton, Box 386, and Richard A. Cotton, P.O. Box
502, both of Glasgow, Mont.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,859
Int. CI. B65g 47/00
U.S. CI. 198-233 6 Claims
64 30
A box for storing and displaying elongated articles such as
pens and pencils in which an elongated flat base has a
laterally extending recess in its upper surface provided with
eccentrically positioned spaced holes for receiving locating
pins on an article holder boss adapted to mate with the recess
so as correctly to orient the article tips with relation to the
box. The holder is formed with one or more resilient sockets
tapered in the direction toward which the article tips are to
be oriented. A transparent cover pivoted on the base in-
cludes means for receiving snap-locking bosses on the base
when the cover is closed.
A mobile grain elevator including an elongated auger con-
veyor assembly disposed above and extending lengthwise of a
3,638,784
TWO COMPARTMENT UNITARY BAG
William A. Bodolay, 15 Fern Glen Road, East Longmeadow,
Mass., and Stephen M. Bodolay, 15 Daviston St., Spring-
field, Mass.
Continuation-in-pari of application Ser. No. 743,140, July 8,
1968, now Patent No. 3,540,183. This application June 4,
1970, Ser. No. 43,335
Int. CI. B65d 25/00
U^. CI. 206-45.34 7 Claims
A bag IS formed having a double fold of transparent
material so that there are two separate compartments. The
header label may be inserted between two of the layers and
the material may be inserted between the double layer and a
single layer or this procedure may be reversed as desired.
The bag that is formed is a two compartment bag. The bag
148
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
is especially designed for use with hardware items, such as container and a manually rupturable sealed inner container,
safety pins, bolts, screws, nuts, etc. In one compartment is said package containing
I . A. an'aqueous dispersion of a foamable composition.
B. hydrogen peroxicle,
■ C. a reductant composition, : '\
< /JA
the advertising media and in the compartment oppiisite this
compartment are the hardware items or the like
3,638,785
KIT FOR MODIFYING FOOTWEAR TRACTION
Charles P. Casteel, 719 Grand Ave., and Roy E. Vanderhoof,
Box 490, both of Glenwood Springs, Cok).
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,289
Int. CI. B65d5//i2,<SJ/00
U.S. CI. 206— 47 R \ 9 Claims
ZZ2
.^s
^^
A kit and process for applying a highly slip resistant sur-
face to the soles and heels of ordinary footwear of a great
many types including fishing boots and shoes used for boat-
ing. The kit includes a quantity of very hard grit particles, an
elastic cement, a substance to remove resinous impregnants
from the surface of soles, and ordinary sandpaper. In use, the
soles of conventional footwear are cleaned, and roughened
with the sandpaper, the surface is treated with a resin remov-
ing substance, and then treated with a chlorme bleach. Then
the adhesive is applied. The grit is applie^n that adhesive
and covered with another layer of the adhesive. For soles of
felt and the like a prime coat is first applied and dried before
applying the coat for the grit. The so treated soies give a very
sure and safe grip on a wide variety of different surfaces, and
are comparatively resistant to wear and deterioration.
3,638,786 ^'
PACKAGE FOR PREPARATION AND DISPENSING OF
HEATED FOAM
William Joseph Borccki, and Frederick John Gradishar, both
of Wilmington, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company, Wilmington, Dei.
FUed Nov. 12, 1969,.Ser. No. 875,649
Int. CI. C09k 3130; A61k 7114
VS. CI. 206—47 A 5 Claims
A package adapted for preparing and dispensing heated
foam, which comprises a manually openabie sealed outer
I
D. an organic prope'lant selected from
* a. l.ZDichiorohexafluoropropane
b. 1 .2-Dichloro- 1 Z.Z-trifluoroethane
c Perfiuiirodimethyicyclobutane
d 1 .2-Dichk)ropcrfluorocyclobutane
wherein materials (Bi dnd (C) are isolated from each other
in the separate containers of said package.
"' 3,638.787
PACKAGE FOR HOLDING TWO CAN UNITS AND A
MORE FRAGILE L NIT AND BLANK FOR MAKING
SAME
Floyd L. Phillips, Jr., Winston-Salem, N.C., assignor to R. J.
ReynoMs Tobacco Company, Winston-Salem, N.C.
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,976 '
Int. CI. B65d 65/24, 5148, 5/54
U.S. CI. 206—47 R 6 Claims
( ^
A package for holding two chime-ended can units with a
more fragile unit, comprising a wrapper extending longitu-
dinally around the can units and provided at one end with a
set of flaps and a partition wall to define a storage space for
the fragile unit. Each of the can units is locked in the
wrapper by chime-lockmg tabs. The can unit aligned with the
packaging space for the more fragile unit is shorter than the
other can unit Either can unit may consist of a single can or
may be two cans taped together.
3,638,788
CASSETTE COVER
Nathan L. Solomon, P.O. Box 550, Englewood, NJ.
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,125
Int. CI. B65d §5/67; B65h 55/00
U.S. CI. 206—52 R 6 Claims
A sheet of material which can be bent to enclose a tape
cassette, engaging means coupled to the material, and, if
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
\
149
desired, positioned to pass through the centers of the tape
spools of the cassette to lock the bent material to the cassette
A mitt or glove is provided with a sponge or pad on one
face thereof and is detachably sealed within an envelope in a
sterile condition. The finger engaging cuff of the mitt extends
from the envelope so that the mitt can be engaged over the
finger of the user wherefrom the protective envelope can be
peeled back and removed. ^
3,638,790
PALLETIZED PACKAGING OF CYLINDRICAL OBJECTS
Richard O. Schmid, East Brunswick, and Harold Alda,
CokMiia, both of N J., assignors to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y. ,.
j Filed Dec. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 888,673
Int. CI. B65d 71/04, 85/62
VS. CI. 206—65 S 37 Claims
Cylindrical objects, particularly end-capped rolls of sheet-
ing and the like, are loaded on a pallet in the vertical p>osition
and bouna into a stable unit by honzontal strapping and baf-
fles placed between rows of the cylindncaJ objects The sta-
bilized unitized group of cylindncal objects is secured to a
pallet by strapping or by a heat-shrunk plastic shroud cover-
ing and protecting the cylinder, or by both.
to form an enclosure. The sheet of material can be composed
of plastic and molded having lines of reduced thickness
which provide bending of the plastic along defined lines.
3,638,789
DISPOSABLE nNGER PROTECTING CLEANSING MITT
Marian SUnislak Tuszewski, 915 49th Ave. S.W., Calgary,
Alberta, Canada
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,590
Int. CI. A47k 7/03. A61b 19102
VS. CI. 206—63.2 R 10 Claims
3,638,791
METHOD FOR TREATMENT OF HEAVY MEDIA
Marvin H. Harrison, Carlsbad, N. Mex.. assignor to Intema-
tionai Minerals & Chemical Corporation
\ Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27.81 1
Int. CI. B03b 9/00
U.S. CI. 209-12 8 Claims
iS^ssr*
1 rT-H^I
^1^
In heavy media beneficiation magnetite is nnsed from ore
fractions and recovered from rinse liquor by magnetic
separators The efficiency of the magnetic separation step is
improved by separating the wash liquor in a hydrocyclone
into a first fraction substantially free of ore contaminants and
a second fraction containing most of the ore contaminants in
the wash liquor. The contaminant-free wash liquor is treated
conventionally in magnetic separators and the contaminants
are recycled to the rinse screens or other suitable separation
device.
3,638,792
GRINDER-FEEDING SYSTEM
Georges A. Bikicq, Plessisville, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Forano Limited, Plessisville, Quebec, Canada
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101365
Int a. B65g 47/22, 47/18; BO Id 37/00
VS. CI. 209-73 13 Claims
A grinder-feeding system including a log aligning device
comprising a log-feeding box adapted to receive logs, and a
conveyor including at least two power-driven upwardly slop-
ing chains carrying a plurality of transverse cross pieces for
receiving the logs from the feeding box and aligning such logs
as they are moved up the slope by the chains. A butting wall
is mounted parallel to the chains and on one side of the con-
veyor, and spiral rolls synchronized with the chains are
mounted between each pair of chains for pushing the logs
against the butting wall.
150
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,793
SEWAGE TREATMENT SYSTEM
Lawrence J. Peck, 4 Barney Road, Elnora, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,676
Int. CI. BO Id J 7/04
3,638,795
POWER HOOD
Henry A. Feddern, and John A. Sabd, both of Miami, Fla.,
assignors to Precision Naive Corporation, Yonkers, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13 1969, Ser. No. 876,392
The effluent from a conventional primary or secondary
sewage treatment plant is passed through a self-cleanmg
mechanical strainer and then mto a high-rate, granular, pres-
sure filter A portion of the filtered effluent is recirculated
through the strainer and filter in order to maintain a uniform
flow rate on the filter. Suspended solids collected by the
strainer and the high-rate filter are returned to the entrance
of the primary treatment area for retreatment
3,638,794
WATER SOFTENER
Walter Holzer, Meersburg, Germany, assignor to Holier
Patent AG, Zug, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,335
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 5, 1968, P 17 92
469.5
Int. CI. BOld -<5/2
U.S. CI. 210-98 2 Claims
16
I I
J-OiM
P\
"i a
,.i
y
A covering hood for an aquarium tank incorporates water
and air pumps, a filter, heater means, ultraviolet irradiation
means, lights and an organic-material-removal device into a
two-section structure wherein the front section is hinged for
access to the aquarium The hood is particularly adapted to
cooperate with a gravel bed filter unit located near the bot-
tom of the aquanum to Form therewith a complete aquarium
water treatment and circulation system.
' 3,638,796 '
APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING OIL POLLUTION
Ray Tuggle; Richard H Graves, both of Houston, Tex., and
Ray J. De Rouen, Nev. Iberia, La., assignors to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 816,876
Int. CI. BOld 2//24
U.S. CI. 210-170 5 Claims
A water softener having two equal sized ion exchangers
programmed with a regenerating unit so that one ion
exchanger is regenerating while the other ion exchanger pro-
vides soft water. The two ion exchangers being so dimen-
sioned tilat the time for the maximum production of soft
water of one ion exchanger corresponds exactly to the time
which is required to regenerate the other ion exchanger. The
outlet of the regenerating unit is connected to each ion
exchanger to give impulses to a program control unit to con-
trol the cycling of the water softener.
•«:
An oil pollution control apparatus that isolates a ptmion of
a substantial body of water The portion isolated extends
from above the surface to near the bottom of the body of
water A structural example is a vertical caisson with its base
extending into the bottom of the body of water and with
openings just above that bottom to permit circulation of the
water at that level.
I
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
151
3,638,797 '
NONCELLULAR ROTARY VACUUM FILTER
Wolfgang Heckmann, Bergisch-Gladbach, Germany, assignor
to Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz Aktiengesdischaft, Cologne-
Mulheim, Germany
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,207
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr, 29, 1969, P 19 21
717.5
Int. CI. BOId 33m
U.S. CI. 210-393 9 Claims
A noncellular vacuum filter is provided in its interior with
a blast chamber supplied with compressed air which is used
for removing the filter cake from the outer circumference of
a cylindrical filter drum. The blast chamber is formed by two
telescoping sealing frames, both of which carry each a con-
tinuous flexible sealing bar extending all around the frames
and which are adapted to engage the inner wall of the filter
drum when the frames are radially moved outwardly by ec-
centrics on an eccentric shaft mounted in bearings carried by
a baseplate closing the outer sealing frame opposite the side
which has said sealing bar mounted thereon. A slot in the
upper portion of the sealing bar attached to the inner sealing
frame is in communication with apertures in said inner seal-
ing frame so that compressed air from the blasting chamber
is jetlike discharged and directed through the wall of the
filter drum to remove the filter cake from the outer face of
said drum.
3,638,798
FILTER STRUCTURE
Klaus BasfeM, and Heinrich Schreiber, both of Grevenbroich,
Germany, assignors to Maschinenfabrik Buckau R. Wolf
Aktiengesellschaft, Grevenbroich, Germany
FUed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 863,417
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 18, 1968, P 17
86 325.1
Int. CI. BO Id 33J06
U.S. CI. 210-404 12 Claims
A rotatable filter drum has a plurality of internal filter ceils
which orbit about the axis of rotation of the drum in an
endless path in which they are alternately immersed into and
emerge from a bath of liquid to be filtered. Suction means
communicates with the cells for drawing liquid in form of the
initial filtrate into the cells when the same are immersed,
with concomitant buildup of a filter cake on the exterior of
the drum in the area of the respective cells Dispensing
means dispenses a wash solution onto the cells when the
same are emerged from the bath so that the wash solution
penetrates the filter cake and enters into the cells as a wash
filtrate. A leading and a trailing conduit communicate with
each of the cells in the resf>ective leading and trailing regions
thereof for evacuating the initial and wash filtrate therefrom.
Control valve means defines two concentric annular interior
channels one of which communicates with the leading con-
duits and the other of which communicates with the trailing
conduits First and second outlet means communicate with
both of the channels, and adjustable control means in the an-
nular channels is operative for diverting initial filtrate into
the first outlet means and wash filtrate into the second outlet
means to thereby separate the initial filtrate and the wash fil-
trate from one another
I
3,638,799
CLAMPING UNIT AND DRAIN RLTER FOR WASHING
MACHINE DRAIN LINES
Gilbert J. Serowiecki, 5552 N. Luna Ave., Chicago, III.
Filed Sept. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,371
Int. CI. BOId 23100
U.S. CI. 210-462 5 Claims
I
A clamping unit and drain filter for washing machine drain
lines including a three-walled frame, a bracket for detachably
mounting the frame to a laundry tray, a filter basket with a
screen element for trapping lint, and an adjustable clamp for
securing the drain line to the frame above the filter basket,
including a concave support mounted to the frame with a
backface and a concave front face forming a seat for the
drain line and an adjustable ring clamp for securing the drain
line to the concave support. The concave support includes a
narrow width clamping portion at the top and a relatively
wider width seat portion at the bottom so as to accommodate
various sizes of washing machine drain lines.
3,638,800
STORAGE DEVICE FOR ROLLABLE OBJECTS
Martin B. Frederick, Brooklyn, and John P. Posa, Mineola,
both of N.Y., assignors to Supreme Equipment & System
Corporation
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,392
Int. CI. A47g 29100
U.S. CI. 211-40 15 Claims
A support is adapted to receive a rollable object in a nor-
mal position behind a stop. Means responsive to the applica-
tion of rearward force to the object are provided behind the
152
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
obiect When a rearward force is applied to the object, the member is secured to the upper end port.on of the lower
meSl.mpart sumcTnt forward mot'on to the object to per- standard member to prevent the trash contamer. from rotat-
4
mit the object to roll over the stop, at which point the object
is readily retrievable.
3,638,«01
ADJUSTABLE HANGER DEVICE
Charles O. Larson, Sterling, III., assignor to Chas. O. Larson
Co., Sterling, Ui.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,644The portion of the term
of the patent subsequent to Oct. 20, 1987, has been
disclaimed.
Int. CI. A47f 7100
l].S. CI. 211-57
5 Claims
A hanger device comprises a support member with two
spaced-apart, substantially parallel arms, and a sleevelike
member which includes an upper portion and two side por-
tions. The upper portion is disposed on the arms and the side
portions are disposed therearound to enable the sleevelike
member to be slid along the support member A longitu-
dinally extending ridge is formed in the upper portion to
center hanging articles. There may also be provided an ex-
tension hook including two spaced-apart, substantially paral-
lel arms also sFidably disposed in the sleevelike member
ing about the standard The telescoping standard members
can be lockec to prevent relative movement during use.
3,638303
MODULAR CONSTRUCTION FRAME
Daniel C. MacMUIan, Rte. 1, Box 856, Winter Haven, Ra.
Original applicaUon June 20, 1969, Ser. No. 842,770, now
Patent No. 3,545,625, which is a division of appiication Ser.
No. 685,064, Nov. 22, 1967, now abandoned. Divided and
this application July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,673
Int. CI. A47f SlOOi F16b 7100
U.S. CI. ^11-148 5 Claims
A shelf support apparatus for use with comer lock joints
having a prong extending into a tube for locking therein. The
shelf support has a sleeve slidably mounted on the prong
between the end of the tube and the base of the comer lock
)oint and a projection extending from the sleeve to form a
shoulder, which shoulder may support elongated tubular
members for supposing shelves, table tops or similar struc-
tural members for use in modular construction, furniture, or
the like.
ERRATUM
For Class 211—177 see:
Patent No. 3,638,814
3,638,802
TRASH CONTAINER HOLDER
Elmer L. WesterfieW, 2184 Cypress Drive, Lexington, Ky.
Filed Oct. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 863,463
Int. CI. A47g 29100
U.S. CI. 211-71 1 Claim
A trash container holder for supporting a pair of trash con-
tainers on a base. A telescopic standard extends up from the
base and has a U-shaped bottom flange engaging member
rigidly secured to the standard with the legs of the U project-
ing upwardly slightly from the base. A second inverted U-
shaped member is secured to the upper member of the
telescoping standard with its legs projecting downwardly to
engage over the upper edges of a container A spacer
3,638304
HOISTING APPARATUS
Carman H. Blalceway, and Darotd D. Stone, both of Sacra-
mento, Calif., assignors to Pacific Gas Equipment Company
Filed Sept 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,609
Int. CI. B66c 23104
U.S. CI. 212-8 5 Claims
A telescoping btxjm is pivotally mounted at one end on a
base framework, the other end of the boom carrying a sheave
over which is led a cable connected at one end to a power
winch The other end of the cable carries a hook, or the like
for attachment to a load. A remotely operated clamping
mechanism on the boom controls the lifting and lowering of
the load in conjunction with operation of the winch, the
/■
/
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
153
clamping mechanism selectively serving to grip or release a four corners to house sheaves and cable flights of an exten-
translatable portion of the boom at the appropriate juncture, sion cable system that provides a mechanical advantage
.JOOv
as determined by the operator and depending upon the at-
titude of the boom and the horizontal location of the load.
C 3,638,805
MOBILE CHASSIS FOR CARRYING A TOWER CRANE
Andre Gamier, Artaix, France, assignor to Potain, Chevilly
Larue (Val de Marne), i^rance
Filed Sept. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,691
Claims priority, appiication France, Sept. 19, 1968, 50404
Int. CI. B60s 9ll2i B62d 61108
U.S. CI. 212— 38 4 Claims
A traveling crane is provided with three bogies, one front
and two rear, to provide for the support and transport of the
crane. Support arms having retractable jacks are pivoted to
the base of the crane to provide additional stabilizing support
on opposite sides of the front bogie. The rear bogies may be
mounted at opposite ends of a transverse beam or may be
mounted on the free ends of two pivoted arms. In either case,
the bogies are connected by means of a pivoted lever ar-
rangement to provide for leveling of the chassis. The bogies
may be provided with endless tracks or wheels.
3,638,806
PORTABLE CRANE WITH EXTENDABLE BOOM
Wilbum L. Hippach, San Gabriel, Calif., assignor to Bliss &
Laughlin Industries, Incorporated, Oakbrook, III.
Filed Aug. 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 846,825
Int. CI. B66c 23106
U.S. CI. 212-55 18 Claims
Portable crane with extendable boom of concentrically and
eccentrically disposed telescoping tubes in which the first
section is a. rigid, high-strength square tube and the remain-
ing sections are of progressively reduced diameters with a
large diameter cylindrical tube as a second section defining
with the first section triangular channels therebetween at the
greater than two to one for extending the second section and
the remaining telescoped tube sections proportionately.
3,638307
I HYDRAULIC FRICTION DRAFT GEAR
Robert L. Carlson, Chicago, and Rolf A. Madland, Pakts
Heights, both of III., assignors to Miner Enterprises, Inc.,
Chkago, lU.
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,663
Intel. B61g 9//0, ;///4
U.S. CI. 213— 22 2 Claims
4-'
^^^SSSSSS^^
^ss^^^^
-h"
A hydraulic friction draft gear having a movable hollow
ram casing defining with an interior floating accumulator
piston assembly a gas chamber which is charged with gas
through the accumulator piston assembly.
j 3,638308
' BALE WAGON
Donakl M. Grey, Sdma; Lee D. Butler, Kingsburg; Jerry W.
Welker, Selma, all of Calif., and Jack W. Crane, New Hol-
land, Pa., assignors to Sperry-Rand Corporation, New Hol-
land, Pa.
Original application Aug. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 755,141, now
Patent No. 3302,230. Divided and this application June 6,
1%9, Ser. Na 870328
Int. CI. B65g 60100
U.S. CI. 214-6 B 4 Claims
A bale wagon which unloads bales one at a time The
wagon js provided with a bale pickup, a bale tier former, and
a load rack which receives the tiers of bales from the bale
tier former. A cross conveyor is mounted on the bale tier
former, and when discharging the bales are dropped a tier at
154
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
a time from the load rack onto the bale tier former, the
lowest layer of bales on the tier being engaged by the cross
conveyor and discharged, while the layer next above the
lowest layer is held from interference with the lowest layer
3,638,809
PLLPWOOD GANTRY RAKE
John L. Gnindon, E. 16th & Howard Drive, Des Moines,
Iowa
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72384
Int. CI. B65g 67126
U.S. CI. 214— 57 5 Claims
The invention has a gantry frame structure including an
elevated platform on which is mounted a crane unit for rota-
tional movement" about a vertical axis. The frame assembly
extends across a flume or conveyor means and is self-
propelled longitudinally of the conveyor means. Open to one
end of the frame structure and mounted thereon for move-
ment transversely of the frame structure is downwardly and
inwardly inclined chute means of a length to extend between
the conveyor and a car fX)sitioned along one side of the
gantry frame structure. The cute means is movable to an
inner position, whenever the gantry frame structure is moved
longitudinally of the conveyor means, and to an outer posi-
tion contiguous with a flat car deck to be unloaded, when the
gantry frame structure is in a moved position. i
3,638,810
LOAD HANDLING VEHICLE
Leonard Stanley Mathew, Sutton Place Farm, Abtnger
Hammer near Dorking, Surrey, England ,
Filed May 8, 1969, Ser. No. 822,928 '
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 13, 1968,
22,699/68
Int. CI. B60p/ /52 '
U.S. CI. 214-75 G 4 Claims
A vehicle for handling a freight container, comprises a
wheeled chassis, a carriage which is traversible on guide
means across the width of the vehicle at or adjacent one end
of the vehicle, a vertica mast structure mounted for rotation
about a vertical axis on said carriage and a clamping frame
for supporting a container by its upper comers and/or edges.
The clamping frame is supported for up-and-down movement
l\ 2* 243.
on the mast structure so that the clamping frame can be
disposed to handle a container disposed beyond said one end
and to either side of the vehicle, and the vehicle having a
deck or equivalent supporting means on which a container
can be placed by the clamping frame. ,
3,638311
VEHICLE LIFT WITH TRAILER HITCH OR THE LIKE
Morris D. Robinson, 1509 W. 132nd St., Gardens, Calif.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,905
Int. CI B60p 1144
L.S. CI. 214-77 P i 8 Claims
■39 .^ 3S <yy
A trailer hitch or other auxiliary member is attached to the
rear end of a vehicle (e.g. a cargo truck) in associated rela-
tion to a rear end lift, such that the hitch is free to move in-
dependently of the lift linkage when the lift is lowered for
loading or unloadmg its deck, whereby the hitch may assume
a noninterfenng relation botbto the ground surface and the
lift linkage in such lowered position; whereas the movement
of the lift to a stored position will automatically lock the
hitch to the vehicle in rigid relation thereto such that it will
properly function as a hitch when towing a trailer.
i 3,638312
TILTING GRAIN AUGER
William G. Ryczek, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to Allis-Chal
mers Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,221 J_
Int. CI. B60p 1142.
U.S. a. 214-83.26
This disclosure relates to a power-operated
auger conveyor which can be moved from
1 Claim
swtn^ble
operative
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
155
discharge jxjsition to an inoperative discharge position resiliently bear against the notched portion of the cross-
member, much in the manner of a spring clip, and will thus
firmly hold the crossmember in position. The tubular
member can further be urged radially inward to facilitate
entry or removal of the crossmember into or out of the aper-
ture during assembly or disassembly of the support stand An
without the operator leaving his station .in the combine and
without breaking the power train from grain bin to auger.
3,638,813
WHEELCHAIR LIFTING DEVICE
John H. Strong, 1049 10th Ave., Sacramento, Calif. (Irene
Strong, Sacramento, California, surviving wife and benifici-
ary under the Last Will and Testament of said John H.
Strong, deceased.)
Filed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,651
Int. CI. B66c 23/00
U.S. CI. 214-148 5 Claims
STTp
A chair lift having a mount, lifting arms supporting a chair
platform, and horizontal swivel arms for rotating the chair
platform about the mount, a power supply and electrical cir-
cuitry being provided for controlling hydraulic pressure in
cylinders connected to move the lifting and swivel arms.
3,638,814 If
SUPPORT STAND
Mae H. Lowery, Cherokee Apa|rtments, Oneonta, Ala.
Filed June 18, 1990, Ser. No. 47,281 ^
Int CI. A47f 5/ 10
U.S. CI. 211-177 8 Claims
The disclosure relates to a knockdown support stand hav-
ing a plurality of upright members adapted to interlockingly
engage a plurality of interconnecting crossmembers. The
ends of each crossmember is notched and yieldingly retained
within an aperture in the upright member. The upright
member is fabricated from pliable tubular material and is
provided with a longitudinal slot to permit flexibility in the
diametrical direction. The tubular member is molded to
»
4
extension member is provided for attachment to one or more
of the upright members in order to anchor the support stand
to the surrounding surface. The notched portions of the
crossmember and the apertures in the upright members are
shown in several modified embodiments and furthermore the
general configuration of the support stand as shown may be
rectangular, circular, or triangular.
3,638315
PORTABLE CARPET LIFT
Ray Fincher, 8570 Sweetwater, Dallas, Tex.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,007 f
Int CI. B60p 3/40 \
U.S. CI. 214-390 1 Claim
^/5
Tliis device is used in pairs to support, raise and lower car-
pets. The devices include a slideable frame which is movea-
ble vertically by a manually operated wench and the base
portion of the device carries casters so that the devices may
be easily moved about.
I' I 3,638316
HINGED UNLOADING AUGER FOR GRINDER-MIXER
William W. Mann, Talmage, Pa., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation, New Holland, Pa.
I Fikd Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,546
Int. CI. B60p//42
U.S. CI. 214-521 7 Claims
A hinged auger extension for a portable grinder-mixer. The
main auger assembly is hingedly secured to the grinder-mixer
for swinging movement about vertical and horizontal axes,
156
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
and the auger extension is hinged /or swinging movement
between an extended position and a folded position. Winch
ment in which the power (hydraulic fluid) is applied to only
one of the actuators so that the shovel is lowered at a faster
rate than if the same quantity of fluid were applied to both
the actuators ■, i
3,638,819
CHILD-SAFE CLOSURE
Gerald L. Roy. L^ancaster, Pa., assignor to Kerr Glass Manu-
facturing Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 812,004, Apr. 1, 1969,
now abandoned. This application July 22, 1970, Ser. No.
64,037 i
' Int. CI. A61j 1100; B65d 55102
U.S. CI. 215-9 2 Claims
means Hre provided for supporting the auger in various posi-
tions of adjustment.
3,638,817
CONTAINER HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING DEVICE
Antoine Corompt, Saint-EUenne, France, assignor to Bennes
Marrel, Saint-Etienne, France
Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848.293
Int. CLB60p//64
U.S. CI. 214— 517 . 2 Claims
A device for loading heavy containers on to a semitrailer
comprises a false chassis connected to the chassis of the
semitrailer by two pairs of pivoted levers, and adapted to be
raised and lowered by a ram-and-cylinder device. The
pivoted lever Arrangement provides a deformable quadri-
lateral such that when the false chassis is lifted from a tilted
position where it receives the container, it also moves for-
wardly on the chassis of the semitrailer.
. • ^ \
3,638,818
TRACTOR SHOVEL-FAST LOWERING
James F. King, Cupertino, Calif., assignor to Clark Equip-
ment Company
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,740
Int. CI. B66r 9/00
U.S.CL 214-762 ! 1 Claim
The closure is made to require a certain manipulation to
remove the closure from a container and, hopefully, this
manipulation is beyond the skill of a child. The closure com-
prises an inner metal cap and an outer plastic cap. A one-way
engagement means between the metal cap and plastic cap
permits the closure to be placed upon the bottle, but
prevents removal of the closure from the container. An inter-
lock structure requiring the downward movement of the
plastic cap relative to the metal cap for engagement is used
for removal of the closure from the container. The resiliency
of the dome of the plastic cap keeps the interlock structure
normally out of engagement.
3,638320
VACUUM BOTTU:
SadayM)u Misu, 2-12, Ohtsukacho 3-chome, Takatsuki,
Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,761
Int. CI. A47J4//00
U.S. CI. 215-13 3 Claims
A tractor shovel having a pair of actuators for raising the
shovel, and power down means for lowering it in an arrange-
A vacuum-type bottle having a single-layer glass bottle
forming the liquid-receiving container thereof, and having a
heat- reflecting layer on the outer surface thereof. The outer
shell is positioned around the outside of the single-layer glass
bottle and is spaced -.herefrom, and a heat-reflecting layer is
positioned on the inner surface of the outer shell. The space
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
157
between the glass bottle and the outer shell is evacuated. The
heat-reflecting layers are separated from each other in the
vicinity of the mouth portions of the glass bottle and the
outer shell to prevent cohduction of heat therebetween.
3,638,821 '
CLOSURE FOR BOTTLES AND SIMILAR CONTAINERS
Piergiacomo Guala, Alessandria, lUly, assignor to Soc. Angelo
Guala Di PiergkKomo & Roberto Guala & C.S.A.S., Ales-
sandria, Italy
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,905
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 1, 1970, 68095-A/70
Int. CI. B65d 39/00
U.S. CI. 215-48 7 Claims
disposed rivets which slideably engage in longitudinal slots of
the shorter band whereby the latter may be pulled outwardly
and then swung upwardly to form a bail.
3,638,823
BAIL BAND ASSEMBLY FOR INTRAVENOUS LIQUID
CONTAINERS
John J. McCoy, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Charter Manu-
facturing Company, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,493
Int. CI. B65d25/;0
U.S. CI. 215— lOOA 7 Claims
^^
^^
'6 ,
ri.-(rf)
-•1
t|n±c
BMiiiiiimiii
^
A closure for a container with an internal undercut in its
neck consists in a flexible main member and rigid auxiliary
member. The main member has a top flange which seats on
the mouth of the container and a stopper portion in the form
of an inner and an outer coaxial wall, separated by a
clearance. A bulge is formed on the outer surface of the
outer wall, and when the closure is fitted in place engages in
the undercut. The auxiliary member has a tubular wall which
extends into the clearance, with an external annular projec-
tion near its end. When the closure is in place the two annu-
lar projections are aligned, and the closure cannot be
removed intact. For removal, the auxiliary member is pressed
further in to force the projection on its tubular wall to pass
the projection on the outer wall of the main member and
allow the main member to be deformed and withdrawn.
3,638,822
BAIL BAND ASSEMBLY FOR INTRAVENOUS LIQUID
CONTAINERS
John J. McCoy, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Charter Manu-
facturing Company, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Rted Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27352
Int. CI. B65d 23/10
U.S. CI. 215-100 A 10 Claims
A thin, flexible attaching band is detachably connected
beneath a shoulder at the lower end of a bottle. A shorter
flexible bail-forming band having a finger recess is superim-
posed on the first band and connected thereby oppositely
A thin, flexible attaching band is detachably connected
beneath a shoulder at the lower end of a bottle. A shorter
flexible bail-forming band is superimposed on the first band
and pivotally connected thereto by nvets at the ends of the
bail-forming band, at least one of which is slidably engagea-
ble in a longitudinal slot in the first band whereby the shorter
band may be pulled outwardly and then swung upwardly on
the rivets to form a bail.
3,638,824
PLASTIC CONTAINER
Takashi Sekiguchi, Sagamihara-shi; Shohei Tokiura; Sadahide
Ogihara; Rokuro Yamamoto, all of Osaka-fu, and Akihiro
Ikeuchi, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to Dainippon Ink
and Chemicals, Inc., Tokyo, Japan and Ube Industries,
Ltd., Ube-shi, Japan
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,888
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1968, 43/1 14492
Int. CI. B65d 1/24.21/02
U.S.CL 220-21 10 Claims
The improvement of a rectangular, bottomed container of
plastic opening upwardly and having a plurality of bottle
compartments divided by means of a latticelike partition.
The underside of each of said divided compartments com-
prises, with the diagonal thereof as a boundary, a fiat triangu-
lar zone and a triangular zone which gradually rises to an
apex with said diagonal as a base, at least one of said triangu-
lar zones which gradually rise to an apex sloping in a
direction different from the others.
158
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,825 ' Suppcirting posts are provided adjoining opposite ends of
CAN ENDS each tray or container, the walls of which slopes to permit
Jozef Tadeusz Franek, and Peter Rhodes, both of Boreham nesting The supporting posts terminate on a common plane
Wood, England, assignors to The Metal Box Company
Limited, London, England
Piled June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,003
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 16, 1969,
35755
Int. CI. B65d 7142
I I.S. n. 220—66 10 Claims
I? '3
A sheet metal end for a container has a chuck wall which
fits in a container and a seam-forming panel by which the
end is end seamed to the container. The lower end of the
chuck wall merges into a radiuscd portion which defines a
channel and in accordance with the invention the radiused
portion merges into a raised zone of the end through con-
tiguous first and second portions which slope upwards from
the radiused portion to a third portion which is contiguous
with the second portion and merges into a central portion'of
the end. The second portion slopes upwards less steeply than
the first portion. The third portion may be connected with
the central portion through a fourth portion which slopes
downwards less steeply than the third portion A score for
easy opening may be provided in a convex portion connect-
ing the second and third portions. i
3,638,826
VESSEL WITH STABILIZER
Arthur Frederick Barker, Newark, and Edward John Nack,
Wilmington, both of Del., assignors to E. 1. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,543
Int. CI. B65d 25120
IJ.S. CI. 220-69 6 Claims
T T
3 5 4
A vessel with a convex bottom having adhered to said con-
,vex bottom a stabilizing member of a low-density rigid plastic
Paulsen,
Plastics,
3,638,827
NESTABLE TRAY
John F. Lau, Jr., Minneapolis, and Glen E.
Bloomington, both of Minn., assignors to T. O.
Inc., Hennepin, Minn.
rUed June 12, 1969, Ser. No. 832,657
\ni.C\.Wt5A 21 104
\}S. CI. 220—97 D 7 Claims
A nestable tray is provided having tapered side and end
walls which slope upwardly and outwardly to nest together.
below the level of the side and end walls. The supporting
posts at one end of the tray are located differently from those
at the other end When turned end for end, the supporting
posts of the lower tray support the bottom of the upper tray.
3,638,828
DEVICE FOR SELECTING AND REMOVING STACKS OF
FLAT ITEMS FROM A MAGAZINE
Lester .M. Koelsch, Brookfield, Wis., assignor to Ro-Band
Corporation, Menomonee Falls, Wis.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,836
Int. CI. B65h 5100
U.S. CI. 221-176 16 Claims
An eccentric having a top cam surface is rotatable from a
position in which it supports laminations in a magazine to a
position in which a stack of laminations of predetermined
height IS permitted to fall onto a locating nest, the eccentric
being then movable to shift the selected stack into a laterally
offset located position on the nest from which it can be
deposited by the nest onto a transfer platform. During the
latter movement the eccentric either moves an uppermost
critically positioned lamination beneath a cutoff blade at the
bottom of the magazine, or if said lamination will not pass
beneath the cutoff blade, a spring allows the cam surface to
move beneath said lamination so that lateral movement of
the selected stack is accomplished without interference from
the critically positioned lamination, the eccentric then sup-
porting the laminations in the magazine until the next select-
ing cycle begins \
\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
159
3,638,829
nNGER-TYPE PLANTER
Roland J. Erase, Rosdle, and Gordon R. O'Neil, Westmont,
both of III., assignors to International Harvester Company,
Chicago, 111.
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,231
Int. CI. AOlc 7112
3,638,831
DISPENSING OF HARDENABLE LIQUIDS
William A. Pauwels, Southfield, Mich., and Robert G. Nys-
trom, Glastonbury, Conn., assignors to Loctite Corporation,
Newington, Conn.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,456
Int. CI. B65d 83100
U.S. CI. 221-219
4 Claims U.S. CI. 222-1
10 Claims
Seed rrtetering apparatus for planters which includes a
housing having a seed supply and a seed selecting disk rotata-
ble in the housing with its lower peripheral portion disposed
in the seed supply, the disk having spring fingers mounted
thereon with seed clasping portions yieldable to an open or
seed receiving position and axially biased to a closed or seed
clasping position, actuating means being provided in the
housing and successively engageable with the fingers to open
and close the seed clasping portions thereof.
3,638,830
PILL DISPENSER WITH TOP ROTATABLE RELATIVE
TO BASE
Paul Bdokin, Jr., 6919 W. 43rd St., Berwyn, III.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,998
Int. CI. B65d~^J/04
L.S. CI. 221-246 11 Claims
An enclosed vessel for containing a supply of hardenable
liquid to be dispensed together with selectively operable
pressurizing means for introducing air into the container to
exert a superatmospheric pressure on the surface of said
liquid, whereby to discharge such liquid from the container
into the atmosphere through a discharge line controlled by a
dispensing valve and having an intake end submerged within
the liquid. There are provided evacuating means operable
during discontinuance of the pressurizing operation to evacu-
ate air from the container whereby to withdraw liquid from
the discharge line back into the vessel and, optionally, to
maintain a reverse flow of air through the discharge line so
that the air is introduced into the liquid at a submerged loca-
tion to thence bubble upwardly through the liquid. In a
modified version, the pressurizing air also is introduced into
the vessel at a location beneath the surface of the liquid so
that it, too, bubbles up through the liquid.
3,638332
AUTOMATIC SLOWDOWN AND CUTOFF SYSTEM
Charles R. Sauber, Raleigh, and Roy A. Parker, Fayetteville,
both of N.C., assignors to Aerotron, Inc., Raleigh, N.C., by
said Sauber
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,612
Int. CI. B67d 5130
U.S. CI. 222-16 6 Claims
Pocket-size, easy-operating and simply constructed pill or
tablet boxes are disclosed having two essentially flat disc-
shaped cover and bottom members rotatable relative to each
other and defining a central pill compartment and outlet
openings between nested interlocking depending sidewalls
wherein movement of the cover and bottom members to one
position encloses the pills against dust and dirt, movement of
the members to a second position entraps a selected pill in a
walled recess, and movement of the members to the first
position again closes the compartment and dispenses the
selected pill or tablet.
HUMKQS
[— " TDK
^-" jum
ca*rDi
' oxma
awro
SDfiE
; ^°a
race
awma
^ . . «"™-
M^ coimia
l±:r-rTi. » >r^e
A system for dispensing a precise quantity of a fluid. When
power is applied to a motor, the motor drives a pump to
dispense fluid at a relatively high rate. However, in response
160
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
to an indication that a quantity of fluid, slightly less than the
desired quantity, has been dispensed, power to the motor is
substantially reduced. This slows the dispensing rate so that
power may be removed from the motor and the pump
stopped when precisely the desired quantity of fluid has been
dispensed.
3,638,833
MEANS FOR CHLORINATING SWIMMING POOLS
Robert S. Lucas, Harbor City, Calif., assignor to Purex Cor-
poration, Ltd., Lakewood, Calif.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,900
Int. CI. B67d 5108
U.S. CI. 122— SI "j 14 Claims
container being adapted to be folded to collapsed condition
by folding which is so arranged that the spout and handle are
enclosed within the folds and accommodated in recesses
between folded portions, the container being automatically
opened out when it is filled with liquid and being self-sup-
porting when thus filled The foldable handle has an inclined
outer edge and the handle is adapted to open out so that its
inclined edge tilts the container toward the spout when the
container in the dispensing cabinet is partially emptied, and
the handle has an opening in a comer which is adapted to
receive the dispensing tube during trsyisit^of the filled con-
tainer.
^
V
3,638,835 y^
COLLAPSIBLE SANIT^R¥^OfNTAINER
Eugene E. (k)odrich, 819 S;-W^rn Ave., Park Ridge, III.,
and Paul J. Daniels, 880 SicsU Drive, Sarasota, Fla.
Original application Feb. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 702,257. Divided
and this applicadon Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,276
Int. CI. B65d 25116
U.S. CI. 222-107 4 Claims
Apparatus for sanitizing swimming pools in which the
sanitizing agent such as chlorine-containing powder or tablets
is metered into circulating water »o avoid undue concentra-
tions of agent in water. The treated water is withdrawn to the
pxx)l and not permitted to stand in the lines between filtering
cycles, separately valved inlet and outlet ports in the agent-
water mixing chamber are opened or closed by independent
floats which maintain a desired water level in the mixing
chamber during water circulation and ehables closing of the
chamber outlet after gravity draining of water from the
chamber. 1' • -
lU.
3,638,834
COLLAPSIBLE SANITARY CONTAINER
Eugene E. Goodrich, 819 S. Western Ave., Park Ridge,
and Paul J. Daniels, 880 Siesta Drive, Sarasota, Fla.
Filed Oct. 24, 1 969, Ser. No. 869, 1 1 7
Int. CI. B65d 35108
U.S. CI. 222-105 ^ 9 Claims
A generally rectangular polyethylene container for liqui(j^
such as milk having a retractable spout with spaced annular
supporting ribs and adapted to be folded to collapsed condi-
tion and sealed promptly after manufacture, the material
being so constructed and of such nature as to permit said
folding but having sjfficient strength that the container may
be suspended from one of the supporting ribs of the spout
pnor to filling so that it may be filled without bottom sup-
port, the container being automatically opened out by the
filling process and being self-supporting when filled with
liquid.
/
3,638,836
^COMBINED FLASHLIGHT AND CHEMICAL EXPELLING
DEVICE
Charles W. Vickers, III, Jacksonville, Fla., assignor to Percy
Rosenbloom, Jr.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 757,856, Sept. 6, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 9,254
Int. CI. B67d 5166
U.S. CI. 222-113
10 Claims
A generally rectangular polyethylene container for liquids
such as milk having a collapsible spout along one comer of
the top and having an integral foldable handle on the top, the
A can of aerosol expelled chemical is combined with a
fiashlight. and chemical from the can passes through a con-
duit and out through a dispensing nozzle arranged so that the
chemical is dispensed toward the same point on which the
flashlight beam impmges. Means are provided for selectively
dispensing the chemical from the can.
A
\
\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
161
3,638,837 entrained in a Jetstream of primary fluid in a common outlet
PROPORTIONING AND CLEANING DEVICE nozzle
Donald E. FuUerton, Miami, Fla., assignor to B & B Chemical
Company, Inc., Miami, Fla.
Filed June 20, 1969, Ser. No. 835,153 3,638,839
Int. CI. B67d 5146 APPARATUS FOR DISPENSING POWDER SUCH AS
U.S. CI. 222-134 3 Claims ABRASIVE POWDER
Herbert G. Wdghtman, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to
Comco Supply, Inc., Burbank, Calif.
Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 842,881
Int. CI. B65g 53! 16
U.S. CI. 222-193 12 Claims
-5^-
;
A device to preselect and maintain a ratio of two liquids
and have the ratio remain substantially constant and to main-
tain sufficient pressure to supply cleaning equipment, posi-
tioned up to several hundred feet away, with the correctly
proportioned mixture, the device being composed of three
systems, one for feeding the two liquids, one for mixing the
two liquids and the third for pumping the mixture to the
cleaning equipment, the first two systems being adapted to be
shut off completely while the third system is tonnected to a
source of supply of a chemical such as a paint stripper for
pumping same to a remote point for usage. The two liquids
are preferably a chemical and a solvent therefore.
^ 3,638338
TWO FLUID AEROSOL DISPENSER WITH EXTERNAL
SECONDARY FLUID CONTAINER
Leonard L. Marraffino, deceased, late of Fori Lauderdale,
Fla., and Roger H. Harper, executor, 2560 S.E. 9th St.,
Pompano Beach, Fla.
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,276
Int. CI. B67d 5152
U.S. CI. 222-136 1 Claim
\'
A primary fluid is held in a pressurized container having a
conventional outlet valve. An attachment container for a
secondary fiuid is constructed for coupling engagement with
the pressurized container so that an integral dispenser may
be formed. The discharge of secondary fluid is regulated by a
distortable valve element and the secondary fluid becomes
Apparatus for dispensing powder, such as abrasive powder,
at a controlled rate from a supply tank to a mixing chamber
within a conduit through which flows a gas for conveying the
powder to a point of use. A gas pressure modulating valve is
installed within the conduit upstream of the mixing chamber
for alternately opening and closing the conduit passage at a
selected cyclic frequency to modulate the pressure within the
mixing chamber between selected high- and low-pressure
levels. The powder tank is continuously pressurized to a pres-
sure level greater than the lower pressure level within the
mixirvg chamber, whereby the pulsating pressure within the
mixing chamber effects intermittent dispensing of powder at
a controlled rate from the tank to the mixing chamber
Valves of unique design and arrangement are provided for
controlling gas flow through the apparatus. The principal ap-
plication of the apparatus involves controlled dispensing of
abrasive powder in a high-precision abrasive cutting tool.
3,638340
SAFETY VALVE FOR AEROSOL CONTAINERS
Mitsuo Ishida, 9, Ageba, Shiiyuku-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Fikd July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840355
Int. CI. B65d47/;0
U.S. CI. 222-402.24 9 Claims
A safety valve for an aerosol container which permits the
discharge of the residual propellant gases in a used container
895 O.G.— 6
162
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 197^''^ ^1
when the valve stem is broken off. The container is thereby
rendered safe from explosion caused by heat and also cannot
be refilled.
1
3,638,841
MATERIAL FOLDING AND CREASING DEVICE
Anthony G. Tucci, 96^2 103rd Ave., Ozone Park. N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 7 11, 007, Mar. 6,
1968, now Patent No. 3,491,926. This application Jan. 19,
1970, Ser. No. 3,970
Int. CI. A41h 33/00
U.S. CI. 223-38 5 Claims
A device for folding and creasing cloth in the manufacture
of garments and specifically to a device for folding the edges,
in fixed position, of a piece of suitable material, such as, for
example, in the manufacture of cloth belts, pockets, pocket
flaps, epaulets and the like. The device comprises means for
folding a piece of material into the desired configuration in
combination with holding means which serve to hold the
material in folded condition until it can be creased, the fold-
ing and holding means acting in association with a movable
^conveyor belt, the actuation of which draws the workpiece
into a suitable pressing unit resulting in the folds being
rendered in a creased condition. The device is also shown
having means for operating the folding and holding means
automatically in predetermined timed relationship.
3,638342
PANTS TOPPER COMBINATION
Nonnan A. Buckley, Wauwatosa, and Peter D. Rasmussen,
Cedarburg, both of Wis., assignors to McGraw-Edison
Company, Elgin, III.
Filed Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 84,992
Int CI. D06c 5100
VS. CI. 223-73 16 Claims
/
seat surrounding means for discharging a conditioning fluid
such as steam and/or air upwardly of the seat, the topper
combination including a hollow form disposed on the finisher
seat and conveying the conditioning fluid for discharge to
within a downwardly depending bag about which a pair of
pants can be dressed a front support and a movable rear sup-
port being provided inside the bag opening fully the waist of
diffenng size pants, and the front support having vertically
spaced support areas of differing size with the smallest area
at the bottom so that even small pants can fit over the sup-
port areas, and the bag being free to inflate against the pants
dressed thereon and having a vent open to the fly area of the
pants . ,
1
3,638343
WEARABLE HSHERMAN'S LURE AND FLY CARRIER
Samuel J. Ortynski, 9717 Dedaker St., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,665
InL CI. A45f 5/00
VS. CI. 224-5 G 6 Claims
A carrier for holding lures and flies has a box divided into
compartments, and is received in an open top holder which
has a backwall, a shorter front wall and sidewalls. Tlie box is
slidably secured in the holder through pins cooperating with
elongated slots in the sides of the holder. Remote from the
pins, the box has an outfolding lid hinged thereto and stops
below the hinges so that the lid can serve as a horizontally
disposed handling surface. Belt receiving slots are provided
in the sidewalls of the holder adjacent thd backwall for
slidably receiving a belt secured to the wearer. The respec-
tive dimensions of the box and holder define a space
therebetween which provides a sliding channel for the belt.
3,638,844
CAR TOP CARRIER STRUCTURE WITH LOCKING
MEANS
Joseph Bronson, 1 5397 Cruse Ave., Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 732378, May 27,
1968, Pat No. 3,525,461. This application Aug. 14, 1%9,
Ser. No. 850,185
Int. CI. B60m 9/00
VS. CI. 224-42. IF 15 Claims
A pants topper combination suitable to be operatively as- A earner structure for carrying articles above the roof of
sociated with a steam air finisher having a horizontal annular an automobile including a frame for the articles which
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
163
mounts transversely of the roof by a pair of clamping devices
that are attachable with the rain gutters along the sides of the
roof A key-operated lock on each clamping assembly
prevents unauthorized removal of the carrier structure from
the vehicle In a second embodiment, a ski carrier is dis-
closed having a key-operated lock for secunng the skis to the
carrier and the carrier to the automobile
3,638,845
DEFLECTING GUIDE MECHANISM FOR BANDS
COATED ON ONE SIDE
Peter Herzhoff, Leverkusen; Wolfgang Schweicher, Lever-
kusen-Wiesdorf; Fritz .Vlaus, Cologne: Willi Wasser, Lever-
kusen; Kurt Browatzki, Opiaden, and Hans Gref, Cologne,
all of Germany, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft.
Leverkusen, Germany
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,855
Claims priority, application Germany, July 16, 1969, P 19 36
175.2
Int. CI. B65h 17/32
U.S. CI. 226-97 3 Claims
In a deflecting guide mechanism for webs coated on one
side, especially for drying chambers, a fixed support is ar-
ranged transversely of the direction of travel of the web in
the vicinity of the guide loop and carries at both its ends side
screens which are arranged perpendicularly of the surface of
the web parallel to one another and which have openings ar-
ranged on an arc concentnc to the deflection axis of the web.
Means are provided for supplying compressed air to the
space formed between the support, the side screens and the
web, whose reverse side is guided over part of the periphery
of the guide rollers.
3,638,846
FEEDING APPARATUS USING RACK AND PINION
MECHANISM HAVING DWELL PERIODS
Chester M. Wiig, Lincolnwood, III., assignor to F. J. Littell
Machine Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62.523
Int. CI. B65h / 7/22
VS. CI. 226— 1 42 20 Claims
For intermittently feeding strip material the invention pro-
vides rack and pinion mechanism, the rack operating on the
pinion as the rack is caused to reciprocate by crank arm
structure including a trunnion member carried in an adjusta-
ble manner on a rotating faceplate by means of a threaded
shaft journaled for rotation within the faceplate. The
threaded shaft can be rotated during operation of the ap-
paratus to vary the position of the trunnion member on the
faceplate for obtaining the desired feed lengths. A constantly
rotating camshaft carrying conjugate cams produces intermit-
tent rotation of the cam follower shaft which carries the
faceplate, the said intermittent rotation being characterized
by a dwell period at the end of each reciprocating stroke.
The pinion is part of clutch structure which is duplicated for
the lower and upper feed rolls. Each reciprocation of the
rack produces a power stroke since on the downstroke one
clutch structure is rendered operative and on the upstroke
the other clutch structure is made operative
In operation of the present apparatus, the stnp material is
fed or advanced by the rotatirvg upper and lower feed rolls
■IJ-ir—'-T r,^%^
-■^ '^Ji., ,- ... .... Z Jw-
^
•w^'.
for a predetermined feed length on each up and down
reciprocating power stroke of the rack Dunng the dwell
periods, the feed rolls and also the strip matenal remain at
rest
L
3,638,847
RATCHET-DRIVEN CARTRIDGE FOR SURGICAL
INSTRUMENTS
Douglas G. Noiles, Ridgefidd, and Graham W. Bryan, New
Canaan, both of Conn., assignors to United States Surgical
Corporation, Baltimore, Md.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,337
Int. CI. B25c5//6
U.S. CI. 227-120 11 Claims
A disposable staple-housing cartridge adapted for mount-
ing on a surgical instrument and particularly suited for
stapling skin and fascia. The cartridge comprises, basically, a
stationary sawtooth staple-retaining member, a sawtooth sta-
ple-driving member mounted for reciprocating movement, an
anvil, and a staple pusher. For each reciprocation of the sta-
ple-driving member, each of the staples housed in the car-
tridge is driven forward from one tooth to the next successive
tooth of the retaining member. The pusher element controls
the movement of the reciprocating drive member, advances
each of the staples, ejects a staple from the cartridge and
164
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
bends the ejected staple around the anvil; this occurs for
each drive cycle of the pusher The pusher is, in turn,
operated by the associated surgical instrument.
3,638,848 I
CARTON FOR BULBOUS ARTICLES
Ernest R. Heyworth, Horseheads, N.Y., assignor to Corning
Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,076
Int. CI. B65d 5I0H
U.S. CI. 229-16
9 Claims
■»
A protective carton for bulbous articles having substan-
tially parallel end surfaces of polygonal configuration con-
nected by planar rectangular wall portions to form a compact
septrahedronal prismatic carton closure. i
3,638349
FOLDING PLASTIC TRAY
\ Harford E. Goings, 5428 Center Drive, Camp Springs, Md.
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,688
Int. CI. B65d 1136
U.S. CI. 229-28 R
3,638,850
PAPERBOARD CONTAINER
VVilliam B. Dubev. Rockville Centre, N.Y., assignor to Alford
Industries Incorporated, Ridgefield Park, N.J.
Piled Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,812
Int. CI. B65d 5132
U.S. CI. 229-33 10 Claims
A contamer for cigars consisting of a tray and a cover that
are made from corresponding paperboard blanks which are
coated and prepnnted on one surface. The tray front wall
and sidewalls are double paneled. The cover includes a rigid
triple-panel lid and a multipanel attaching unit which defines
a pocket, is secured to the tray rear wall and constitutes, in
effect, part of the contamer rear wall. One panel of the lid is
hmged to the attachmg unit along a first foldline and another
panel of the lid is hinged to a tongue along a second foldline
that IS parallel and closely adjacent to the first foldline, said
tongue projecting freely into the pocket.
3,638,851
CARTON FOR CYLINDRICAL ARTICLE
Robert J. Offer, and Eugene J. Samalon, both of Racine, Wis.,
assignors to Tenneco Inc., Racine, Wis.
Piled Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,785
Int. CI. B65d 5102
U.S. CI. 229-40 4 Claims
5 Claims
A folding plastic tray for supporting solid food and
beverages in cups, bottles, or cans on the seat of a motor
vehicle. The tray has side members which fold down to en-
gage the seat with the side members each having a lower
edge which is straij'ht for a portion of its length and curves
downwardly for the remaining portion of its length. A locking
flap is hjngedly connected to the straight portion of the edge
of the side member and has male snap elements integrally
formed thereon which snap through openings in the tray bot-
tom to lock, the sides in their erected position. Ribs in the
bottom x)f the tray support the solid foodstuffs above the
snaps to prevent accidental disengagement of the snaps from
the snap openings due to the pressure of foodstuff thereon.
A carton for packaging a cylindrical article such as an au-
tomotive air filter The carton comprises an open-ended con-
tainer of thin material such as cardboard having inwardly
folding tab portions to retain the cylindrical article in the car-
ton The open ends of the carton provide a view of the con-
tents of the carton The carton and open ends may be
covered with a transparent film.
i
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
165
3,638,852 end. It is compHjsed of a plurality of slightlv spaced axially ad-
FULLY COLLAPSIBLE CORRUGATED BOX AND BLANK jacent rings each of which has an outer circumferential sur-
THEREFOR face and an inner circumferential surface with the latter con-
Joseph Sdanka, Baltimore, Md., assignor to Wagner Brothers tinuously diverging in direction towards the opening Each of
Containers, Inc., Baltimore, Md. the rings has a rpinimal inner diameter greater than the
Piled Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,075
Int. CI. B65d 5136. 5142
U.S. CI. 229-41 5 Claims
l!v'
*1;
y
a
'2
■O
■ /'^ 4}
SI t?
The bottom panel of the box is cut diagonally from one
corner to the opposite diagonal corner, except for a pair of
holding tabs, and the tw6 similar, right triangle-shaped panels
thus provided are creased along fold lines which bisect the
right angle of the triangles and extend to the diagonal cut.
After the box is erected, it may be fully collapsed by pushing
inwardly or outwardly on the bottom panel to break the hold-
ing tabs and then folding the triangular-shaped panels on the
fold lines thereof to collapse the erected panels.
3,638353
BOXBOARD CARTON CLOSURE
George S. Perry, Nashua, N.H., assignor to Universal Packag-
ing Corporation, Concord, N.H.
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,001
Int. CI. B65d 5/54, 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 229-5 1 TS 7 Claims
minimal inner diameter of the respective axially preceding
nng and an axial end face facing said outlet end and extend-
ing from the inner to the outer circumferential surface. Ad-
mitting means admits mixture to be separated into the drum,
and drive means rotates the drum about its axis.
■ • \ -
3,638,855 \
NUMERAL PIN SETTING MECHANISM IN
CALCULATING MACHINES AND THE LIKE
APPARATUS
Ketyi Miyake, Kunitachi-shi, Japan, assignor to Citizen
Watch Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,153 \
Claims priority, application Japan, May 15, 1969, 44/37618
Int. CI. G06c 23/04
U.S. CI. 235-60 TK 3 Claims
A boxboard carton has a closure which is sealed by activa-
tion of adhesive applied to facing surfaces of closure fiaps
near a comer of the carton, the facing surfaces being on the
same side of the boxboard sheet from which the carton is
made, the carton being openable without rupturing the adhe-
sive seal.
3,638354
CENTRIFUGE CONSTRUCTION
Rudiger Eisner Von Gronow, Park Forest, III., assignor to
Krauss-Maffei Aktiengesellschaft, Munich, Germany
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,699
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 14, 1969, G 69
10 274
Int. CI. B04b/ /OO
U.S. CI. 233-27 12 Claims
A drum for a centrifuge is mounted for rotation about its
longitudinal axis and has a circumferential wall and an outlet
A numeral pin setting mechanism in a calculating machine
or the like apparatus, wherein a mechanism is provided for
operating a column shifting mechanism, and is operatively as-
sociated with the individual numeral keys by the drive of a
motor.
3,638,856
^ WHEEL SLIP DETECTOR HAVING FLUID LOGIC
DEVICES
. Edward T. Dressier, Jr., Mars Elstates, Md., assignor to
Westinghouse Air Brake Company, WUmerding, Pa.
Piled Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,129
Int. CI. G06m 3/02
U.S. CI. 235-201 4 Claims
A fiuidic wheel slip detector circuit for monitoring the
synchronization or relative frequency of rotation of
wheel/axle units of a railway vehicle by comparing the rela-
tive condition of a pair of fiuidic binary counters driven in
accordance with the rotational speed of the wheel/axle unit
166
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
with which each counter is associated Fluidic digital decod-
ing circuitr^is provided to continuously sense and indicate
the progression of the counters. Ruidic decision logic cir-
cuitry including comparator means responds to a predeter-
mined signal from the decoding circuitry for comparing the
progression ^f the respective counters a.ssociated with each
wheel/axle unit and controls fluidic memorv means which
f.
produces an indication of which wheel/axle unit 's rotating at
the higher frequency in the absence ut synchronization
therebetween and maintains the signal until synchronization
is restored. The decision logic circuitry also includes fluidic
reset means responsive to another predetermined signal from
the decoding circuitry to assure that the counters are reset in
phase each cycle when either one of the counters first
reaches a predetermined count. i »^
3,638^57
PRESSURE DISCRIMINATOR
Joseph E. Hogd, River Grove, and Donald H. Spethmann,
Arlington Heights, both of III., assignors to Honeywell, Inc.,
Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,944
Int. Cl.*'24f ///OS
U.S.CI.236-1B : 5 Claims
A pneumatic pressure responsive apparatus utilizing
diaphragm logic which selects and transmits the lowest pres-
sure of a plurality of input pressures.
' 3,638,858
TEMPORARY HEATING SYSTEM FOR MULTILEVEL
BUILDINGS
Erhard E. Alms, 419 Valencia Ave., Barrington, III.
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 543
Int. a.-F24d 5/02
U.S. CI. 237-50 2 Claims
A temporary heating system for buildings under construc-
tion requiring hot air for drying plaster, paint, mortar and the
like A portable high-capacity burner is placed in a doorway
leading to the outside of the building on the lowest floor to
be heated The burner is baffled to have the burner intake
outside the building and the hot products of combustion and
V^^'k
\
air blown inside into an elevjitoF shaft which then conducts
the hot air to the upper levels. The elevator doors and the
windows of the building are used as flow regulators for their
respective floors
3,638,859
FLUID ATOMIZERS
John James MacFarlane, Church Crookham, England, as-
signor to National Research Development Corporation,
London, England
Filed Aug. I. 1969, Ser. No. 846,841
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 6, 1968,
37,396/68
Int. CI. B05bJ//4
U.S. CI. 239-102 \ 6 Claims
^^
^^*^
Air issuing at high velocity from an annular nozzle under
choked flow conditions is directed at a resonator constituted
by a well formed in a cup spaced from the nozzle and coaxial
with It The airflow is thus induced to vibrate and liquid is in-
jected within the annular curtain and in the same direction to
impinge on the vibrating air mass by which it is atomized into
fine droplets.
3,638,860
AGRICULTURAL APPARATUS
Richard A. Carlyon, Jr., 1000 Sharrow Way, Carson City,
Nev.
Original application Oct. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 768,038, now
abandoned. Divided and this application May 26, 1970, Ser.
No. 40,610
Int. CI. B05b 9100
U.S. CI. 239-127 2 Claims
Improved agricultural apparatus is provided which, for ex-
ample, may be mounted on the back of a truck, and which
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
167
may be used to mulch, fertilize and seed an area conveniently
and efficiently. The apparatus to be described includes a tank
containing a slurry of the seed, mulch and fertilizer. A circu-
lating pump is coupled to the tank for circulating the slurry
through the tank, and a spray-dispensing hose is coupled to
the recirculating line for receiving a portion of the circulating
3,638362
THRUST NOZZLE OF TURBOJET ENGINES
Walter Wildner, Munich, Germany, assignor to Motoren-Und
Turbinen-Union Muenchen GmbH, Munich, Germany
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,702
Claims priority, application Germany, July 19, 1969, P 19 36
800.4
Int. CI. B64c 15106
US. CI. 239-265.39 14 Claims
4
slurry to be sprayed thereby over the aforesaid area. The
present invention is particularly concerned with an improved
valve assembly for use in the apparatus, and which is posi-
tioned in a tangential manner with respect to the circulating
conduit, so that there is no tendency for the cellulose in the
mulch to congreg;9te behind the valve and clog the valve, as
is prevalent in the prior art structures.
y
3,638361
MICROMIST AND AEROSOL GENERATORS
Pierre Nikel, Nice, France, assignor to Laboratoire
Phagogene, Nice, France
Filed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,606
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 25, 1968, 22218
InL CI. B05b il02
U.S.CI. 239— 216 8 Claims
A thrust nozzle at a tapering fuselage or nacelle tail section
of an aircraft which is located downstream and adjoins an af-
terburner tailpipe of a turbojet engine, the exhaust gas
discharge cross section of the nozzle can be adjusted by
means of nozzle flaps which are pivotal about axes disposed
transversely to the flow direction of the engine exhaust gases;
the flaps are adapted to be actuated by an axially displacea-
ble shroud which includes one or more tapering sections
adapted to be extended out of the engine cowling for increas-
ing the exhaust gas discharge cross sectjpn, to engage in
recesses provided in the nozzle flaps.
3,638,863
SPRINICLER UNTT
James C. Roberts, I860 Jeffrey, Escondido, Calif.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109^74
Int. CI. A62c i//22
U.S. CI. 239—276
5 Claims
r
A generator of micromist and aerosols is disclosed herein,
and has a chamber for condensing and stabilizing a mist. The
chamber is defined by a first dome which is disposed inside a
second dome, so that there is provided an annular cavity
between the two domes for housing electrical components. A
baffle is provided inside the condensing chamber for limiting
the size of particles expelled by the device.
A sprinkler unit compnsing a one-piece peglike element,
which is inserted in the ground at the desired location The
upper end of the unit has a plug that fits into a water supply
hose and the plug has a restricted channel that directs a
stream of water against a platform that is open at one side
and has angled walls to direct the spray out over a controlled
area.
. 168
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,864
TORCH HOLDING LATCHING ARRANGEMENT
Georg Rqeder, Frankfurt/Main, and Heinz Ginsberg, Rup-
pertshain/Taunus, both of Germany, assignors to Messer
Griesheim GmbH, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,845
Claims priority, application Germany, June 6, 1969, P 19 28
851.8
Int. CI. B05b 15106
U.S. CI. 239—280.5 -. 6 Claims
" 15
A holding arrangement for multiple machine cutting
torches has a holder for each torch that includes a sleeve
receiving the body of the torch; and latching means are pro-
vided between the holder and the torch body releasably
latching the torch in an operating position.
3,638365
FUEL SPRAY NOZZLE
Gregory E. McEneny, and Edward E. Ekstedt, both of Cincin-
nati, Ohio, assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,194
Int. CI. BOSb 7106
MS. CI. 239-424 5 Claims
j^ M
/
A fuel spray nozzle for delivery of a conical spray of fuel
droplets into a gas turbine engine combustion apparatus in-
cludes a shrouded and shielded discharge head arranged to
establish a stable fiiel spray angle, maintain low-operating
temperatures and prevent accumulations of deleterious
matter on the surfaces of the nozzle which are exposed to the
combustion process.
3,638366
NOZZLE FOR MOUTH-FLUSHING APPARATUS
Robert J. Walker, 2942 Linden Ave., Berkeley, Calif.
Original application Aug. 17, 1966, Ser. No. 572,966, now
Patent No. 3,507,275, dated Apr. 21, 1970. Divkled and this
application Jan. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 5,422
Int. CI. BOSb 1126
U.S. CI. 239-544 , . 5 Claims
v,^^^
^^
Apparatus and method for flushing the teeth and gum tis-
sues with a moving stream of water to remove debris
therefrom The apparatus includes a nozzle with a plurality of
angularly related supply passages converging at a single ori-
fice through which such stream of water discharges. The
stream cyclically and repetitively traverses a path of travel
while the orifice remains in a fixed position because of
changes in the relative volumetric flows of water through the
supply passages
3,638,867
VARIABLE DISCHARGE AEROSOL SPRAY NOZZLE
Frank Venus, Jr., Watertown, Conn., assignor to The Risdon
Manufacturing Company, Naugatuck, Conn.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,979
Int. CI. B05b 1132
U.S. CI. 239-573 8 Claims
A spray nozzle is disclosed for a fiuid dispenser, consisting
of a button mounted on the end of a product discharge tube
or valve stem of the dispenser. The button has a discharge
orifice through which the fluid product is sprayed, and the
button and stem are formed in their mating surfaces to pro-
vide a variable restriction to discharge of fluid from the ori-
fice in different relative rotated positions of the button on the
stem.
3,638,868
PULP GRINDING MACHINE HAVING A TAPERED
CONTROL ROLL
Piero Bersano, Torino, Italy, assignor to Norton Company,
Worcester, Mass.
Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,602
Int. CI. B02c 11108
U.S. CI. 241-44 13 Claims
A log-gnnding apparatus and process for making pulp in-
cluding an improved process and log-grinding machine for
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
169
compressing and releasing of pressure on the surface of a log
in the presence of fluid to cause the natural lignin and resin
fiber binders to be softened and dissolved whereby excellent
wood fiber or pulp is formed and then readily separated from
the log by a grinding roll The log is rotatably driven through
the machine lengthwise by the interaction of a group of angu-
larly spaced rolls bearing upon the periphery of the log while
liquid is applied to the log. The rollers engage the surface of
the log at spaced points around the periphery thereof to
apply pressure and squeeze fluid out of the log's surface and
when pressure is released fluids are absorbed into the log's
surface so that fluid is flushed in and out of the wood so that
the fibers are thereafter easily separated from the log by the
grinding roll that engages the log progressively from end-to-
end.
3,638369
SEWAGE COMMINUTOR INSTALLATION
Lawrence C. Zimmerman, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to F. B.
Leopold Company, Inc., Zelienople, Pa.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,532
Int. CI. B02c 131282
U.S. CI. 241-46 12 Claims
>jf.'#5^i:>*'^iKf5ag«»3..'^<i>8.>«vf ?v-'*<-»:i.'y.;.s "S
mounted at its lower wide end on a drive shaft having end
shaft extensions eccentric to the axis of the shaft and sup-
ported by the sides of the frame, the shaft extensions extend-
ing outwardly of the frame and each carrying a pulley The
jaw crusher is vertically centrally positioned in the frame and
is mounted on an upper shaft for swinging movement about
the axis thereof The ends of the shaft extend through slots in
the same sides of the frame and are mounted in bearing
blocks, each supported by a spring above and below the same
to provide a resiliently mounted floating support for the
upper shaft. The jaw crusher occilates within the frame under
the action of the eccentrically driven drive shaft. Opposite
each inclined side of the jaw crusher is a vertical stationary
jaw element each slidably supported by the frame sides and
mounted on the rear of each jaw element is a horizontally
/
A ba^in and housing structure is disclosed for use with a
generally cylindrical comminutor rotatable about an upright
axis. The comminutor housing is generally scroll shaped to
define a fTow passage of progressively diminishing width
wrapped around the cylindrical comminutor, and at least a
major portion of the comminutor housing comprises a wall
structure which is removable so as to provide improved or in-
creased access to the comminutor and thereby facilitate
maintenance and service work, especially when replacing
comminutor comb bars, shear bars and cutting teeth.
movable inner wedge also slidably supported by the frame
sides. A coacting vertically movable outer wedge having a
vertical side is in sliding engagement with an end sidewall of
the frame. Upper and lower tie bolts extend through the ver-
tical jaw elements and through the wedges and outwardly of
the end sidewalls, each tie bolt carrying a compression coil
spring engaging the end sidewall and a nut-held washer on
the tie bolt. The outer wedges are each provided with elon-
gated vertical slots through which the tie bolts extend. A ram
at the top of each outer wedge is operative to effect a
downward vertical movement thereof to move the stationary
jaw element towards the side of the jaw crusher opposite
thereto so as to narrow the gap therebetween. This adjust-
ment of the size of the gap will control the size of the parti-
cles of the rock being crushed and discharged from the bot-
tom of the frame.
3,638,871
GRAIN GRINDER
Ddos R. Barger, P.O. Box 221, Downey, Idaho
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,071
Int. CI. B02c 7/06
U.S. CI. 241-255
9 Claims
3,638,870
ROCK-CRUSHING MACHINE
Ford Ferris, Staten Island, N.Y., assignor to David Bourne,
Brooklyn, N.Y. and Gail C. Moore, Wyalusing, Pa., part in-
terest to each
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,564
Int. CI. B02c 1102
U.S. CI. 24 1 - 1 40 4 Claims
A rock-crushing machine having a rectangular frame open
at its top and bottom. A wedge-shaped jaw crusher is
A grain grinder having a rotor stone rotated by a power
source and a stationary stator stone. The rotor stone has
170
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
novel tapered and spirally configurated grooves therein for
evenly distributing grain about the rotor stone so that grind-
ing takes place uniformly around the periphery of the stone.
Novel external adjustment structure is provided to vary the
clearance between the stator stone and the rotor stone so
that various grains may be ground to a desired texture by
selecting a position on an indicator or display device which
visually displays the clearance set between the rotor stone
and the stator stone
sociated with preselected yarn lines for generating output
signals indicative of yam tension. A comparator controller
system is coupled to the transducers to process and combine
the transducer output signals to provide an error signal. A
control unit responsive to the error signal changes the output
of the windup motor power supply which, in turn, changes
motor speed and, consequently, yarn tension. Circuitry is
provided to monitor the error signal and inactivate the con-
trol unit if the error signal exceeds predetermined limits.
3,638,872 3,638,874
PROCESS FOR WINDING A YARN PACKAGE REEL BRAKE FOR AN ENDLESS TAPE CARTRIDGE
Ud Duane Jennings, Signal MounUin, Tenn., assignor to E. I. Nobuatsu Naito, Tokyo; Kasuhiko Nak^ima, Fujisawa-Shi,
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Mar. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 716,731
Int. CI. B65h 54138
IIS. CI. 242-18.1
1 Claim
and Yoshio Watanabe, Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to
Pioneer Electric Corporation and Apollon Music Industrial
Corporation, both of Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 13. 1969, Ser. No. 866,674
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 14, 1968, 43/88809
Int. CI. B65h 17/48
.U.S.CL 242-55.19 A 4 Claims
A process for winding yam into a cylindrical-bodied sub-
stantially straight-ended package wherein the yarn is traverse
wound in layers of helical coils on a bobbin and the helix an-
gles of the coils are cyclically- Varied from a minimum to a
maximum and back to a minimum value during a spaced
periodic excursion by periodically increasing the traverse
rate to a value above that used for ribbon breaking. The max-
imum value of the helix angle in the excursion is greater than
the maximum positive value used in the ribbon-breaking por-
tion of the cycle. Thread line tension variations due to these
wide variations in helix angles may be compensated for by
periodically decreasing the rate of peripheral package wind-
ing speed coincidently with and proportional to the periodic
increases in traverse rate.
3,638,873 '
APPARATUS FOR WINDING YARN
HaroM Wade Cde, Doneison, Tenn., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Dei.
Pited Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,102
Int. a. B65h 59/38
US. CI. 242-45 4 Claims
An endless tape cartridge which comprises a rotatable reel
carrying an endless tape, a tape guide roller, a pad and a
pinch roller for feeding and guiding the endless tape, is
further provided with a spring-bia.sed, reciprocating reel-
braking lever movable along a keyway guide groove in the
bottom of the cartridge casing, with one toothed arcuate end
engageable with a tcwthed annular recess within the reel and
the other end engageable with a push rod mounted on the
tape player to automatically release the brake acting on the
reel upon insertion of the cartridge
3,638,875
STRIP FILM PROJECTOR
Morris Schwartz; William Castedelk), both of Plainville,
Conn., and Edward K. Kaprelian, Mendham, NJ., as-
signors to The Kalart Company, Inc., Plainville, Conn.
Filed June 17, 1968, Ser. No. 737,697
Int. CI. G03b 23/02,27/00
II.S. CI. 242-71.2 1 Claim
L_«L
I
y^
A system to control yarn tension in a multiposition winding A compact lightweight strip film projector in which the
apparatus in which a plurality of tension transducers are as- strip of still pictures is carried in a magazine attachable to
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
171
and detachable from the projector, and in which the film is
rewound into its initial condition upon completion of projec-
tion by means of a power train driven by a motor in the pro-
jector. A film metering sprocket ends the rewinding step by
stopping the motor after all film has been rewound. Projec-
tion is frame-by-frame and is accomplished manually or
remotely through the action of the motor.
3,638,876
WATER SKI TOWROPE REEL
WiUiam W. BulkKk, 1507 Ridgeway, Medford, Oreg.
Filed Mar. 9,1967, Ser. No. 621 ,820. The portion of the term
of the patent subsequent to Feb. 1, 1987, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. B65h 75/38, 75/40
U.S. CI. 242-106 5 Claims
\
A winding reel assembly including a rotatable winding
member including appreciably different major and minor
dimensions in right angularly disfXKed directions in a plane
extending generally normal to the axis of rotation of the
winding member and a mounting assembly for the winding
member whereby its axis of rotation may be angularly dis-
placed approximately 90° or a greater or lesser amount as
desired.
3,638,877
DEREELING APPARATUS
Donakl George Clark, Bideford, and Derek J. Hicks, Woolfar-
disworthy, both of England, assignors to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed May 4, 1 970, Ser. No. 34,229
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 14, 1969,
24,519/69
Int. CI. B65h 49/00
U.S. CI. 242-128 5 Claims
3,638,878
nSHING LINE SPOOL HOLDER
Heber L. Morris, 3591 Roslyn Ave., Kettering, Ohio
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,160
Int. CI. B65h 49/00
U.S. CI. 242-129.8 10 Claims
7 ^, r IK .4' <4
For holding fishing line spools in position for convenient
dereeling of the line, a spindle is supported by a suction cup
The spool is slidably mounted on the spindle between a pair
of slidably mounted retaining plates held on the spindle by a
spiral spring coiled about the spindle and a retaining clip
passing through an aperture in the spindle. The spring is
compressed to resist rotation of the spool. Plural apertures
are provided in the spindle for accommodating different
lengths of spools. The spindle is of substantially the same
diameter as the bores of commercially available spools and
the retaining plates have hubs projecting from one surface
thereof to provide bearings for spools having larger dia^ieter
bores.
3,638,879
TAPE RECORDER THREADING CONTROL
Albert L. Eischen, Arlington Heights, Ul., assignor to War-
wick Electronics Inc.
Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,702
Int. CI. Glib /5/i2, 15/66
U.S. CI. 242-192 14 Claims
Dereeling apparatus including a dereeling head and a fioat- Mechanism for effectively braking, or retarding, a tape
ing plate adapted to pivot in response to force exerted supply reel, such as in a tape supply cartridge, to prevent
through a dereeling arm, the pivotal movement of the plate tearing or deformation of the tape as may be caused in an au-
serving to increase or decrease the frictional force on the tomatic threading operation where the end portion of the
spool of material being dereeled. tape is dereeled, indiscriminately bunched up, or otherwise
172
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
f
February 1, 1972
undesirably loose in the cartridge. The retarding operation is
effected herein as a concomitant of the self-threading opera-
tion. A portion of the mechanism for effecting the self-
threading operation also functions to effectively positively
operate the retarding means to assure concurrent self-thread-
ing and supply reel retardation and to provide an improved
initial feed of the tape in the self-threading operation. A con-
necting link is provided which is pivotally mounted to be
responsive to the operation of the self-threading means for
actuating the retarding means. .
3,638380
TAPE TRANSPORT APPARATUS AND CARTRIDGE
THEREFOR
Ashley J. HoUingsworth, Atherton, Calif., assignor to Newell
Industries Inc.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,283
Int. CI. Glib 15132,23110
U.S. CI. 242-192 6 Claims
A tape transport wherein supply and takeup rolls are en-
gaged by a resilient drive body disposed between the rolls,
and urged against the rolls by means mdependent of the tape
Unidirectional brake means restrain rotation of the supply
roll so as to tension a span of tape disposed between the rolls
durmg feeding thereof In one embtxiiment, a motor drives
the rotating body directly. The brakes, applied at the hub of
the supply roll, are individual to that particular supply roll to
be carried therewith for use on all machines. In another em
bodiment, the drive body serves as a transfer roller to
transfer forces between the rolls whereby one of two motors
respectively connected to supply and takeup rolls drives the
takeup roll while the other motor applies a r'nu to the rota-
tion of the supply roll. In reverse feeding of tape, the func-
tions of the two motors aye reversed.
means with respect to th^ fulcrum of the lever. The position
of the brakeshoe with respect to the lever means fulcrum
3,638^81
BRAKE APPARATUS
Ninko Tihomir Mlrkovic, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 866,949
Int. CI. Bllb 15132; G03b 1104
U.S. CI. 242-204 5 claims
A braking arrangement wherein the amount of braking ef-
fected on a moving member is determined by the direction of
movement of the braked member. Braking is applied to the
member via a brakeshoe which is movably coupled to a lever
means. In response to the contacting relation with the mov-
ing member, the brakeshoe is positioned along the lever
determines the effective braking force transmitted to the
moving member.
3,638,882
THUNDERSTORM OBSERVATION SATELLITE
Jean Emile Turriere, Paris, France, assignor to International
SUndard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 712,102, Mar.
1 1, 1968, now abandoned. This appUcatMHi Feb. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 12,791
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 31, 1967, 100914
Int. CI. B64g//00
U.S. CI. 244-1 SS 7 Claims
\-
This relates to equipment on board a spin-stabilized satel-
lite for locating and counting lightning discharges. The
discharges are detected by a plurality of nXn photocell
matrices to deliver two quantized angles which define unam-
biguously the position of the discharge projected on the sur-
face of the earth The matrices effectively divide the earth
surface into 2Hx2H km. zones (// being equal to the altitude
of the satellite) centered along the subsatellite great circle
and each zone is quantized into nXn quadrilaterals. The angle
values are processed to obtain coordinate values defining the
quadnlateral where the discharges occurred. The coordinate
value are stored in the appropriate one of nXn portions of the
appropriate one of a plurality of zone memory. Further
processing allows discrimination between long and short
discharges which information is stored in the appropriate one
of the nXn portions of the proper memory during the time
the quadrilateral corresponding to the memory portion was
observed by the satellite The content of the memories are
sent to ground stations at regular intervals.
3,638383
CROSS-RATE AXIS SENSOR
Andre Lanzaro, Albany, Calif., assignor to Dynasciences Cor-
poration, Blue Bell, Pa.
Filed May 21, 1968, Ser. No. 730,776
Int. CI. B64g 1/00
U.S CI. 244-1 nCMms
A cross-rate axis sensor is provided for use with a moving
vehicle, such as an elongated space vehicle, which undergoes
^
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
173
both spinning and coning motion. The sensor which may be
rotatably mounted about the longitudinal axis of the vehicle
continually aligns itself with the instantaneous direction of
transverse angular velocity or cross-rate axis of the vehicle
due to coning motion, and the angular position of the rotala-
ble sensor relative to the vehicle can be used to phase the
torques provided by a thrust-producing nozzle mounted on
the vehicle to reduce and eventually eliminate the coning
helicopter rotor blade while leaving essentially unaffected the
induced one p>er revolution frequency motion when the rotor
is subjected to the combination of these motions The
damper comprises a hydraulic cylinder, a metering-type load
valve connected via flow paths to either side of the cylinder
piston, a three-way spool valve connected via flow paths to
the load valve and to the flow paths connecting the load
valve and the hydraulic cylinder, and a control cylinder con-
nected mechanically to the piston rod of the hydraulic
cylinder and via flow paths with the spool valve The dis-
motion. The sensor includes a rotatively driven momentum
wheel, the axis of rotation of which continuously follows the
cross-rate axis, and a cylindrical member rotatably mounted
about an axis parallel to the vehicle axis of the elongation
within the vehicle and having a hollow interior within which
the momentum wheel is rotatably mounted as a gyroscope
element in a balanced single degree of freedom gimbal
system.
3,638384
THRUST VECTORING LOUVER CASCADE
Eugene L. Timpemum, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the SecreUry of
the Air Force
Filed SepL 15, 1969, Ser. No. 862,627
Int. CI. B64c 15108
U.S. CI. 244-12 D 2 Claims
A thrust vectoring louver cascade is provided for a lift fan
employed in the propulsion of V/STOL Airc^Aft. The V-
shaped louvers of the cascade are pivoted abojft their apexes
to provide increased mass flow of the propulsive gas stream,
particularly when it is vectored to angle its output thrust
from the vertical.
placement of the valve spool is proportional to the time in-
tegral of the displacement of the hydraulic cylinder piston.
Consequently, when the hydraulic piston rod velocity and the
valve spool displacement are both in the extended or
retracted mode or sense, the fluid displaced by the hydraulic
piston is forced across the load valve. If, however, the piston
rod velocity and valve spool displacement are in the opfKJsite
sense, the spool valve provides a low resistance bypass
around the load valve. This selective bypass provides im-
proved low frequency damping when the damper is subjected
to the combined natural and forced vibratory motion.
3,638,886
WING WITH SLOTTED FLAP MOUNTED AT THE
LEADING EDGE AND/OR AT THE TRAILING EDGE
Herbert Zimmer, Friedrichshafen, Germany, assignor to
Domier G.m.b.H., Friedrichshafen, Bodensee, Germany
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,790
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 5, 1969, P 19 17
532.7
Int. CI. B64c 9/14
U.S. CI. 244—42 D 3 Claims
3,638,885
LAG FREQUENCY SELECTIVE DAMPER
Donald A. Reed, Springfield, Pa., assignor to The Boehig
Company, Seattle, Wash.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,554
Int. CI. B64c 27/42
U^. CI. 244— 1 7.27 1 1 Claims
A frequency selective damper for damping the low
frequency natural lead-lag vibrations of an articulated
This invention relates to a slotted flap adapted to be
mounted on at least one edge of a wing and adapted to be
pivoted outwardly therefrom, comprising a first portion posi-
tioned uppermost in the retracted condition, and a second
lower porti(Mi mounted on said first portion for pivotal move-
ment about The outer edge of said first portion, both portions
constituting independent slotted flaps in the extended condi-
tion thereof.
174
■J
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
'"V
\
February 1, 1972
AIRPLANE RETRArTlRfl I ANiniMr rs-A» the entire holder and bag to a vertical position and allow the
novi^ B W^t^ **F ■ . w . ^^NDING GEAR debns to fail to the bottom of the bag.
David B. Thurston, Springvale, Maine, assignor to Thurston
Aircraft Corporation, Sanford, Maine ~
Filed Oct. 21, J 969, Ser. No. 867,998 3,638,889
Int. CI. B64c 25// 4
U.S. CI. 244-102 SL
MOUNTING BRACKETS FOR CAMERAS AND OTHER
8 Claims OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
David W. Samuelson, London, England, assignor to Samuel-
son Film Service Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 23, 1 969, Ser. No. 887,6 1 8
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 10, 1969,
1,570/69
Int. CI. G03b/ 7/56
U.S.CI.248-206R 2 Claims
The main landing gear for an airplane includes a pair of
retractable wheels. The wheels are retracted by hand opera-
tion of a lever. The landing gear mechanism also includes a
pair of air cylinders and a release device which is operated to
release the cylinders when the wheels are lowered in water.
The mvention relates to an adjustable mounting bracket
for a photographic or television camera or other optical in-
strument designed to enable the instrument to be supported
on any vertical inclined or horizontal surface whether flat or
curved, for the purpose of sighting or shooting.
3,638,888 l* 3.638,890
LEAF BAG HOLDER HOLDER FOR A HANDBAG AND COMPLEMENTARY
John A. Ross, WInthrop Harbor, lU., assignor to Hall Indus- WEARING APPAREL
tries. Inc., Chicago, 111. Dean Wm. Burrell, 35 Jefferson St., and Addie M. Burell 65
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,855 Elizabeth St.. both of Ellicottville, N.Y.
Int. CI. B65b 67/00 Filed June 3, 1 970, Ser. No. 42,993
U.S. CI. 248-97 J 1 Claims Int. CI. A47j 51/08
U.S. CI. 248-215 , , 4 Claims
96. M
A foldable wire framework is disclosed for supporting a
plastic refuse bag in either a vertical or horizontal attitude
which facilitates its use. The bag holder in one embodiment
compnses top and bottom rectilinear frame members that are
pivotally attached to a rectilinear upright. The top and bot-
tom frame members fold, respectively, downwardly and up-
wardly flat against the back side of the upright member for
convenient storage. The holder is adapted to support a
plastic bag in such a manner that it can be laid on its side
with the upright member upon the ground whereby the open-
ing of the bag is in a convenient position to receive leaves
and debris that are swept into the opening. The holder is
lightweight and after a portion of debris has been swept
therein the top frame functions as a handle by which to raise
A holder including an arcuate band portion having raised
portions along the curved marginal edges thereof for support-
ing the handle of a handbag; a crossbar portion joining the
ends of the band portion for supporting a piece of wearing
apparel, such as a scarf; and a suspending hook portion ex-
tending upwardly from adjacent a curved marginal edge of
and overlying the center of the band portion.
3,638,891
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT ARM STRUCTURE
Frands G. Schlosser, Ridgefield Park, NJ., assignor to Pfaff
& Kendall, Newark, N J. ^^
Piled Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,616 -
Int. CI. E04h 12/00
U.S. CI. 248-221 4 Claims
An adjustable support arm structure, for adjustable exten-
sion of a support arm in a frame, such as an adjustable arm
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
175
or arms supporting a device on the outwardly extending end accessible through said openings A support means is posi-
thereof, having novel structural features permitting sim- tioned below the valve ball to hold a neck of a bottle and
plified, convenient and efficient adjustment and extension of
4--
said structure in order to accommodate use with equal effi-
ciency in connection with a variety of products of various
dimensions and various conditions of use of the supported
device.
place the o{>ening of the bottle in closable cooperation with
3,638,892 the valve ball. An opening claw can be provided below the
FASTENING CLIP INTENDED TO BE FASTENED WITH support means
NAIL-DRIVING TOOL
Erhard Boye, and Eric Landin, both of Gunnebobruk,
Sweden, assignors to Gunnebo Bniks Aktiebolag, Gun- 3,638,894 ^
ne^nlk Sweden TEMPORARY SIGN BRACKETS
Filed June 12, 1969. Ser. No. 832.632 Nicolas W. Leutenegger. 2334- 15th Ave., Monroe, Wis.
Claims priority, application Sweden. July 18, 1968. 9841/68 Fil«l June 22, 1970 Ser No. 48,406
Int. CI. F16I 3/00 l"*- C- G09f / 7/00
US CI 248-300 4 Claims US. CI. 248-221 2 Claims
A fastening clip for fastening wires, pipes, etc. to a support
comprises a plate including an opening from the edges of
which two tongues of equal length extend. These tongues
have a substantially S-shaped lengthwise cross section and
are partly bent so as to extend with their ends over the open-
ing in the plate thereby forming a passage for a nail to be
driven into the support by a nail-driving gun. The clip,
together with the nail which protrudes between the ends of
the tongues, is retained in the muzzle of the gun by matching
the outer outline of the tongues to the inner diameter of the
muzzle. A washer is placed upon the end of the tongues for
steadying the nail in the clip while the same is retained in the
muzzle. The washer also serves to flatten the tongues against
the support with the head of the nail /pf essing against the
washer when the gun is fired.
3,638,893
MULTIPURPOSE HOLDER FOR
Gertrud Wendland, Neckarsteinacher Str. 58, Hirschhom.
Germany
FUed May 4. 1970. Ser. No. 34.207
Claims priority, application Germany. May 7. 1969. P 19 23
332.0
Int. CI. A47j 45/04
U.S. CI. 248—312 1 1 Claims
A multipurpose holder for bottles having a base support
and a housing releasably attached thereto. The housing has a
frontal opening cooperating with an extended opening in the
base support. An elastic valve ball is rotatably mounted to
sidewalls of the base support so that a part of the valve ball is
A
A sign bracket for temporarily hanging a sign board on a
substantially upright post. The bracket has upper and lower
panels that pivot about vertically spaced hinges having
horizontally aligned axes. The upper and lower panels have
recesses opening to one side for receiving and gripping the
post.
3,638,895
SPEED MOUNT CAMPER BRACKET
Samuel H. Henson, P.O. Box 488. 1201 W. Prospect St..
Kewanee, III.
Filed Mar. 24, 1970. Ser. No. 22.242
Int. CI. B60p 3/32; B65j 1/22
U.S. CI. 248-361 R 9 Claims
A bracket for attaching camper bodies to stake pocket
equipped truck beds, wherein the bracket includes a portion
fitting into the stake pocket of the truck having an outwardly
and downwardly extending plate attached at the top thereof,
a bore at the outer end of said plate and a hook-receiving
member projecting outwardly from said plate pivotably at-
tached thereto through said bore, the hook-receiving
member having an angled abutment surface for contacting a
176
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
portion of the hook assembly and an elongated slot corresponding to a setting on an elevation selector. Seat is
therethrough normal to said surface, the hook assembly in- automatically maintained at the selected elevation regardless
of changes in the external load on the platform.
3,638,898
RACK AND STAND THEREFOR
George Shaw, Fresh Meadows, N.Y., assignor to Illumino
Devices, Inc., Mew York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 787,498
Int. CI. A47b 19100
U.S. CI. 248-441
16 Claims
eluding a J-bolt with an adjustable nut for enclamping an
abutment washer against said abutment surface.
3,638,896
SHOCK ABSORBING DEVICE FOR A BOAT SEAT
John Werner Lindstrom, Rockneby, Sweden
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,732
Claims priority, application Sweden, May 22, 1969, 7227
Int. CI. FI6m 13100
IJ.S. CI. 248-399 3 claims
A shock absorbing device for a boat seat supported by a
link system to move vertically downwardly against the action
of spring means and damping means cooperating with the
link system to damp upward and downward movements of
the seat.
3,638,897
ELEVATION-ADJUSTING ASSEMBLY FOR SEAT
Arthur J. Harder, Jr., Franklin Park, and Raymond A. Btlan-
cia, Palatine, both of III., assignors to Coach and Car
Equipment Corporation, Elk Grove Village, III.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876^97
Int. CI. B60n 1102
U.S. CI. 248-400 24 Claims
» 2
This disclosure is directed to a rack having detachably con-
nected hangers to provide a two-point support for the rack
on a suitable supporting surface with provision for adjusting
the vertical height of the rack on such support. The rack is
particularly constructed so as to be used independently or in
combination with a stand, and in which a lighting means is
provided for illuminating sheet music or the like supported
thereon.
3,638,899
OUTSIDE MIRROR FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
Herbert Bonisch, Darmsheim; Heinz Gaiser; Guntram Huber,
and Erwin KoUe, all of Sindelfingen, all of Germany, as-
signors to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesdlschaft, Stuttgart-Un-
terturkheim, Germany
Filed Aug. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 751,519
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 11, 1967, P 16 30
338.1
Int. CI. B60r 1106
U.S. CI. 248-483 5 Qaims
Seat for vehjfcle operator is mounted on an assembly which An outside mirror for motor vehicles which includes a base
automatically moves seat vertically to a selected elevation portion adapted to be secured at the vehicle body, in particu-
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
177
lar, to the outer wall of a front door, and a head portion that
carries the mirror glass; the head portion is adjustably
retained at the base portion at a place which is located on the
sid« of the vehicle in relation to its vertical center axis, and is
rotatable with respect to the base portion about an essentially
vertical axis while a resistance opposes the relative rotary
movement about this axis which is larger than the
aerodynamic forces that occur normaJly.
3,638,900
TAMPERPROOF MIRROR MOUNTING
David A. Hard, Fenton, Mich., assignor to The Engineered
Products Company, Flint, Mich.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,050
Int. CI. A47f 7114
U.S. CI. 248-488 1 Claim
A tamperproof mirror mounting with vertically and
horizontally extending channel sections adapted to underlie a
mirror and be secured to a supporting wall with hooks at-
tached to the channel sections and adapted to engage around
the edges of the mirror. In mounting a rectangular mirror the
hooks on two adjacent edges are fixedly attached to the
channels. The hooks on the two opposed edges have legs
with saw toothed abutments which are received by the chan-
nels and restrained from being removed by yieldably biased
locking Fingers on the channels
A form system based on a group of panels interconnected
by junction beams preferably extending downward from the
panels to form at least part of waler beam means normally
secured to fastenings engaging the concrete. The jupction
beams have a cross section producing a ridge in the concrete
intersected by the securing tie system holding the forms in
position.
3,638,902
SYSTEM OF DOMES FOR USE IN MOLDING CONCRETE
SLABS
Philipp O. Bergan, Box 747, Centralia, III.
FUed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879.124
Int. CI. E04gy//40
U.S. CI. 249-28 14 Claims
A system of domes for use in pouring voided (1 e., ribbed)
concrete slabs comprising relatively short end domes for use
at the ends of a s{>an and two or three relatively long inter-
mediate domes for use between two end domes, and involv-
ing a set of different length end domes and a set of different
length intermediate domes adapted, by suitable combination
of the lengths, to bridge spans in a series of lengths differing
by an increment such as 6 inches or 1 foot.
3,638,901
WALL FORM SYSTEM
Chester I. Williams, 347 Greenbriar S.E., Grand Rapids,
Mich.
Filed Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 810,251
Int. CI. E04g /y/22
U.S. CI. 249-20 4 Claims
3,638,903
FREEZING CONTAINER WITH SPILLGUARD
Joe P. Pietrzak, Kettering; Lewis B. Campbell, Miamisburg,
and Robert M. Strahan, Dayton, all of Ohio, assignors to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,748
Int. CI. F25c 1124
U.S. CI. 249—69 3 Claims
In the preferred form, spilling is diminished in a freezing
container by providing sidewalls which are substantially
upright at the top and extend downwardly and inwardly
therefrom in a circular arc to the bottom wall of the con-
tainer. The tops of the side and end walls are encircled with a
continuous intumed U-shaped flange containing a large in-
wardly open groove having a width and height equal to about
one-fifth the depth of the container.
3,638,904
CONE ELEMENT FOR CONCRETE FORMS
James W. Franklin, Albuquerque, N. Mex.; David R. Wells,
and Elmer H. Schell, both of Westminster, Colo., assignors
to Form-Eze Systems, by said Wells
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 563,01 1, June
11, 1966, now Patent No. 3,482^13, Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 51 1,480, Dec. 3, 1965. This application
Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 827,443
Int. CI. E04g / 7106
U^. CI. 249-213 5 Claims
A cone-type device for use with form ties in concrete-
forming systems to prevent escape of concrete and to
facilitate form tie placing and form spacing operations. A
cone device of size slightly smaller than the size of tie
openings in the form elements is disposed on a form tie and is
provided with a tapered end to facilitate introduction of said
cones through the openings in the forms whereby the ties
may be emplaced from a work station outside the form struc-
178
1
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ture The cone device is further used cooperatively with a lar packing serving to firm the fastening of the corporation
form tie and a form lock as a spacer component to maintain cock to the water-service pipe and prevent leakage of water
through the threaded connection.
3,638,907
QL1CK COUPLING APPARATUS
Harold R. Graham, Houston, and Gtrald A. Graham, Smith
County, both of Tex., assignors to said Raymond L.
Graham, by said Gerald A. Graham
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,393
Int. CI. FI6I 29100
U.S. CI. 251-148 3 Claims
accurate spacing of the form walls before concrete is poured
notwithstanding its freedom from engagement with the form
walls.
3,638,905 ' "
PROPULSION SYSTEM SAFETY VENT
De Lacy F. Ferris, Van Nuys, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,945
Int. CI. FI6k 35100
U.S. CI. 251-94 5 Claims
STfiRT
CMAfiGE
CAVITY
A spring loaded missile poppet valve is located adjacent
the gas generator of a missile and is adapted, during missile
storage, to vent overboard any fluid or gas the pressure of
which exceeds the valve spring preload. During firing opera-
tions, the ignited starting charge creates a fuel and oxidizer
expelling pressure which seals the vent by locking the poppet
closed. Such action prevents loss of pressurization gas
3,638,906
CORPORATION COCK FASTENING ARRANGEMENT
Shinkichi Yano, 137-1, Sakurazuka Dori, 7-chome,
Toyonaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,166
Int. CI. F16k 51100; F16I 29100
U.S. CI. 251-145 3 Claims
An assembly, including a male member for receiving a
coupling latch mechanism mounted with a female member
and a valve means mounted with the male member respon-
sive to pressure to thereby open the valve means to enable
fluids or gases to fiow therethrough.
3,638,908
GATE VALVE BODY RIB REINFORCEMENT
Marvin H. Grove, Houston, Tex., assignor to M&J Valve
Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 33,012
Int. CI. F 16k 27/04
U.S. CI. 251-329 3 Claims
V^«
a
^
.33
33<
27 28 29 27^ 39
.^
•12 \V
>*■/■'////
3
27 28 29
'33
W'
o
«* B
The externally threaded portion of the lower part of a cor-
poration cock main body is screwed into a threaded hole
bored in a part of a water-service pipe, with an annular
packing of highly elastic material interposed under compres-
sion between the corporation cock main body and the water-
service pipe, the repelling recovering elasticity of said annu-
A gate valve having a fabricated body comprising flat
parallel end walls with aligned openings (i.e., fiow passages)
adapted to be connected to associated piping. The end walls
are reinforced against forces applied to the piping which tend
to defiect the end walls The reinforcement consists of ribs
which are applied to the end walls to reinforce them against
both outward and inward deflection.
3,638,909
GRIPPING MEANS
Herbert Oliver Richard Dew, "Ross," George Street, Hint-
lesham, Ipswich, England
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,386
Int. CI. E2 lb 19100
U.S. CI. 254—29 A 23 Claims
In a gnpping means composing a gripping jaw, or a pair of
gripping jaws, mounted in a slot in a support means, said slot
having an open mouth into which an object to be gripped can
be entered for engagement by the gripping jaw or jaws and
\ .
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
179
opjxjsed plane walls converging towards said open mouth,
the or each gripping jaw has an inwardly facing surface com-
prising inner and outer portions inclined to one another at an
obtuse angle and an outwardly facing surface comprising
inner and outer portions also inclined to one another at an
obtuse angle such that the gripping jaw has the inner portion
of its inwardly facing surface inclined to the outer portion of
its outwardly facing surface at an angle B which is smaller
beams are connected at their ends to the lower ends of the
support legs. A series of wheeled plant sections are sequen-
tially moved laterally across the framework across the lifting
beams and the lifting beams and the plant sections are
sequentially raised to the upper ends of the support legs to
support the lowermost plant section T^e process is repeated
until all of the plant sections have been assembled and raised
than the angle C between the outer portion of its inwardly
facing surface and the inner portion of its outwardly facing
surface and spring means is provided normally urging the
outer portion of the inwardly facing surface of the or each
gripping jaw in a direction towards the object to be gripped.
The gripping means is particularly suitable for use in
withdrawing piles from the ground. It may also be used in
quick-release shackles and tensioning devices.
3,638,910
CAR WHEEL SUPPORT
Guy I. Nellis, and Eugene E. Wiesenhofer, both of Phoenix,
Ariz., assignors to said Nellis, by said Wiesenhofer
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,990
Int. CI. B66f /WOO
U.S. CI. 254—88 4 Claims
29 ^^
A compact telescopic lightweight car wheel support.
3,638,911
ASPHALT PLANT ERECTOR
Erbie G. Mize, and James D. Brock, both of Chattanooga,
Tenn., assignors to CMI Corporation, Oklahoma City,
Okla
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,171
Int. CI. B66f 7112
U.S. CI. 254-89 R 7 Claims
An erector system and apparatus for erecting sectional
asphalt plants, or the like. A wheeled support frame is posi-
tioned at the plant site and lowered into contact with the
ground surface. Four support legs are moved from inclined
traveling positions on the framework to upright spaced
rectangular f)ositions. A pair of parallel horizontal lifting
tCm
rSk
.^^^
-t
whereupon plant support legs are positioned beneath the
lowermost plant section and the assembly is lowered to rest
upon the plant support legs The framework support legs are
then lowered to their inclined positions, the framework
raised back onto its wheels, and the framework and its re-
lated apparatus is then moved from beneath the assembled
plant.
3,638,912
TENSIONING DEVICE FOR GUY WIRES
Albert M. Moreno, 2601 Sea Island Dr., Fort Lauderdale,
Fla.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,313
Int. CI. B66f 13/00
U.S. CI. 254— 161 3 Claims
A tensioning device for guy wires, cables and the like con-
sisting of a substantially U-shaped bracket holding a spindle
or bolt which is both rotatively and axially movable in the
legs of the bracket. A nonround or square opening in one of
the legs of the bracket normally engages a complementary
nonround or square part of the spindle and prevents the spin-
dle from normally turning. The spindle or bolt, when axially
and manually moved, causes the nonround portion of it to be
shifted out of the nonround opening in the bracket and the
spindle can then be turned to wind up the guy wire upon it to
the extent necessary to bring the wire to the required tension.
A bracket mounted on the spindle carries a screw which en-
gages the bracket and causes the same to clampingly hold the
wire attached to the spindle or bolt.
3,638,913
HIGHWAY GUARDRAIL DEVICES
Gunter Persicke, Dartford, England, assignor to Christiani &
Nielsen Limited, London, England
FUed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3.837
Int. CI. EOlf 15100
U.S. CI. 256-13.1 9 Claims
A guardrail support comprising a ground anchor with a
bracket pivoted at one end thereto, at least two guardrail
180
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
connectors secured one to the free end of the bracket and
the other between the ends of the bracket, and a resilient
device between the anchor and bracket to maintain the
-t-r
ble tube. This packed tube is conveyed to the mixing
chamber in form of an endless rod and the tube is removed
bracket at rest supporting the rails by the connectors with the
upper rail closer to the highway than the lower rail and an
impact of a vehicle from the highway permitting upward
movement of the bracket and the rails.
3,638,914 :
ROTATING PNEUMATIC VIBRATOR
Theodore S. Wadensten, 26 Snyder Ave., Ramsey, N.J.
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,791
Int. CI. BO If ///OO
just before the fillers are introduced into the mixing
chamber
U.S. CI. 259-1 R
6 Claims
I
3,638,916
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BLENDING
MATERIALS
Juan S. Ursic. Bogota, Colombia, and Cloral O. Rains, Bart-
lesvilie, Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,641
Int. CI. BO If 15/04
U^CI. 259-4 5 Claims
I
A rotating pneumatic vibrator in which a cylindrical hous-
ing is provided with an axial shaft spaced inwardly from the
walls of the housing to provide a circular space between the
shaft and the housing. A cylindrical rotor having a diameter
greater than the shaft and smaller than the housing is
mounted on the shaft for movement thereabout. A longitu-
dinally extending radially moveable vane is mounted in the
shaft and is arranged to be pneumatically pressed against the
rotor. Air forces the vane against the rotor and escapes into
the chamber formed between the shaft and the rotor; the sfir
forces the rotor to move about the shaft and then escapes to
the atmosphere with the rotor and vane returned to their
beginning point. The motion is continuous and produces
vibrations due to the movement of the rotor on the shaft.
3,638,915
APPARATUS FOR INTRODUCING SUBSTANCES INTO A
FOAMABLE MIXTURE FOR FORMING A FOAM
MATERIAL
Karl Breer, Cologne, and Udo Lauterbach, Leverkusen, both
of Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,700
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 26, 1969, P 19 21
387.7
Int. CI. BOlf 15/02
US. CI. 259-4 10 Claims
For supplying a foamable mixture for the production of
foam material with fillers, these fillers are packed in a flexi-
A blender continuously receives a plurality of components
from material hoppers, continuously blends the components
together at a preselected ratio, and discharges the blended
material to a blended-material feeder which continuously
discharges the blended material at a controlled rate to as-
sociated apparatus The blended-material feeder is regulated
to continuously discharge the blended material at a rate sub-
stantially equal to the summation of the rates of the material
components entering the hopper
3,638,917
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY
DISPERSING MATERIALS
James C. Osten, 317 Sleepy Hollow, Temple Terrace, Fla.
Filed June 18, 1969, Ser. No. 834,470
InL CI. BOlf 7/16
U.S. CI. 259-8 22 Claims
The method and apparatus of continuous high-shear
dispersion of materials such as paint pigments in conven-
tional vehicles and the like comprising: establishing a rotating
zone of high-shear action along a horizontal plane with a
conventional high-shear agitator, continuous admitting below
the plane a supply of materials to be dispersed, inducing the
materials to enter the zone, forming a consistent dynamic es-
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
181
sentially curved laminar flow path for said materials after
leaving the influence of said zone, repeating the influence of
the high-shear action of said zone upon the same materials
for a predetermined time to cause the matenals to pass con-
tinuously through said path, confining the materials with the
shape of the vessel to remain within said path to force said
materials to repeatedly contact said zone, an outlet for
When the plunger, also of plastic, is depressed into the
receptacle, it engages and squeezes the sack, expelling its
contents into the receptacle, and thereafter sandwiches the
sack between the plunger and a sidewall of the receptacle.
3,638,919
SLURRY AGITATOR
Larry K. Phipps, Richardson, Tex., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
FUed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,874
Int. CI. BOlf 5// 2
U.S. CI. 259-95 2 Claims
/
withdrawing a portion of said materials continuously from
above said zone during the movement of said materials near
said zone and prior to a reentry into said zone, whereby to
provide highly dispersed materials having been subjected re-
peatedly to the action of said zone which controls the period
of retention within the vessel by means of the location of the
exit path and by controlling the input and withdrawing.
^\
3,638,918
MIXING OF SUBSTANCES
Melvin Denholtz, Livingston, NJ., assignor to Dental Design
Systems, East Orange, N J.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,465
Int. CI. B65d 25/08, 81/32; BOlf 3/12
U.S. CI. 259-48 10 Claims
A slurry agitator includes a slurry container and an up-
wardly extending passageway The passageway interconnects
an opening at the bottom of the container and an open top
positioned over the container. Slurry is continuously circu-
lated through the passageway by a vane pump mounted in
the passageway. The pump is driven by a motor mounted
over the container. The motor is coupled to the pump by a
shaft that extends through the opening. The position of the
container is micrometer adjustable to control the position of
slurry flowing out of the top of the passageway.
3,638,920
MATERLU^MIXING APPARATUS
Ramsey H. Davis, 626 N. Nettleton, Bonner Springs, Kans.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,243
Int CI. BOlf 7/04
U^. CI. 259-104 11 Claims
:^r^^"^
Method and apparatus for the intermixing of substances
using a capsule formed by a receptacle with an internal sack
and a movable, desirably hollow plunger that acts tangen-
tially against the sack
The recepta,cle, illustratively of plastic, contains a first sub-
stance, such as a powder, and the sack, which is metallized to
prevent loss of its contents, contains a second substance,
such as a liquid. Illustratively, the liquid is monomer and the
powder is a resin constituent. When the two substances are
mixed, they produce a composite resin which may be used,
for example, for dental fillings.
A material-mixing apparatus for mixing feeding ration in-
cludes an agitator rotatably mounted in a mixing chamber
182
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
and adapted to operate submerged beneath a mass of maten-
aJs to be mixed and having a first plurality of upwardly and
forwardly directed paddles and a second plurality of
downwardly and rearwardly directed paddles and a screw
conveyor adjacent each of opposed sidewails of the mixing
chamber with the screw conveyors being positioned at a
higher level than the agitator and having edge portions of a
flight thereof below an upper surface of the mass of maten-
als. The agitator and the screw conveyors are rotated at dif-
ferent speeds to thoroughly blend the mass of materials
within the mixing chamber.
3,638,921
APPARATUS FOR TREATING ELASTOMERIC
MATERIALS
Dean K. Bredeson, and Robert Kent Slaby, both of Piqua.
Ohio, assignors to The.J'rench Oil Mill Machinery Com-
pany, Piqua, Ohio
Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 802,029
Int. CI. BO If 7108
U.S.CI.259-109 . 3 Claims
i
;-^~^^^^s^^^w
Apparatus for adding liquids such as oils to elastomeric
materials such as rubber includes a continuous screw press
with intermediate chambers where the material is worked
under pressure. Liquid is supplied near the center of the
chamber through injector bars, and is mixed into the material
as it proceeds out of the chamber toward the press exit. The
elastomeric materials may be first processed in the press to
remove included moisture.
3,638,922
PROPORTIONATING BLENDER
Henry G. Guglietti, FItchburg, Mass., assignor to Plastics
Materials Systems, Inc., Fitchburg, Mass.
Filed Nov. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 775,265
I InL CI. B28c 7104
U.S. CI. 259-154 11 Claims
3,638,923
MULTIPURPOSE CART AND MIXER
Pierre Pommier, 162 rue du Marechal Foch 95, Tavemy,
France
Filed Oct. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 80,940
Claims priority, application France. Feb. 11, 1970. 7004889;
Oct. 16, 1%9, 6935964
Int. CI. B28c 5118
U.S. CI. 259-177 10 Claims
A blender is provided for proportionating and mixing
fluid-particulate materials such as thermoplastic particles,
wherein streams of material are dispensed from a plurality of
hoppers to a plurality of vibrating channels, the channels
converging to a final vibrating channel which blends all the
materials.
A cart havufg two coaxial wheels and two columns
mounted on a frame supports a hopper consisting of two
trough-shaped receptacles connected by releasable hinges, a
latch, and a gasket One of the troughs is rotatably mounted
on the frame by trunnions and may be turned about the trun-
nion axis by bail handles provided on each trough or by a
crank on the frame connected to one trunnion by a chain-
and-sprocket drive A removable partition in the container
facilitates manual turning of the container by dividing the
load
3,638,924 "^
SCRUBBERS WITH ADJUSTABLE VENTURIS
Ralph R. Calaceto, Ridgewood; Reuben H. Durst, Washington
Township, Bergen County, and David Millar, Ridgewood,
all of NJ., assignors to Slick Industrial Co., Summit, NJ.,
by said Calaceto and said Millar
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 620,383, Mar. 3,
1967, now Patent No. 3,405,918. This application Aug. 22,
1968, Ser. No. 754,559
Int. CI. BOlf i/04, BOld 47//0, 47106
U.S. CI. 261-62 1 Claim
A gas scrubber having an adjustable Venturi throat which
receives the gas which is to be cleaned and which also
receives a liquid for cleaning the gas. The adjustable Venturi
throat has a pair of inner straight parallel edges which extend
perpendiculariy with respect to the central axis of the Ventu-
ri and which are situated in a plane normal to the latter axis,
these inner edges being equally and oppositely displaced by
the adjustable Ventun to define the smallest throat area of
the Venturi. This adjustable Venturi throat structure includes
a pair of tillable baffle plates having inner edges which define
the inner edges of the Venturi throat and being equally and
Febjruary 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
183
oppositely tumable about parallel turning axis which are also
in a plane normal to the central Venturi axis. The liquid is
supplied in sheets between which the gas flows centrally
through the Venturi, so that the liquid is directed transverse-
ly across the gas at the Venturi throat with the accelerated
gas bursting through the liquid so as to shatter it into minute
droplets
3,638,925
ADJUSTABLE ANNULAR VENTURI SCRUBBER
Frank C. Braemer, Teaneck, N.J., assignor to Chemical Con-
struction Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,444
Int. CI. BO Id 47/ /(?
U.S. CI. 261-62 9 Claims
An annular venturi scrubber for scrubbing an impurity-
laden gas stream with a liquid, in which spaced horizontal
baffles are provided at the base of the central conical baffle
and the lower extremity of the approach section, with the
conical baffle being rotatable or adjustable about a vertical
axis, so that the throat opening may be modified to compen-
sate for chahges in the gas flow rate.
3,638,926
HUMIDIFICATION
Alfred W. MelviUe, 255 Shirley Rd.; Frank W. Shackkxrk, 16
Watson Place, both of Papatoetoe, Auckland, and David H.
O'Hare, 47 Litten Road, Howick, Auckland, all of New Zea-
land
Filed Sept. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 762,683
Claims priority, application New Zealand, Sept. 27, 1067,
150,212
Int. CI. BOlfi/04
U.S. CI. 261-130 15 Claims
-t^
and one side in thermal contact with a sheet of water absor-
bent material. Both plate and matenal are partially immersed
in water in a tank the lid of which is sealingly engaged with
the spiral plate. When used for artificial respiration air from
a respirator is admitted and discharged from the tank at
points such that it must travel along the spiral passage
formed by the plate, water surface and lid thus picking up
heat and water vapor to emerge preferably substantially satu-
rated at a temperature which does not exceed the maximum
desired input temperature at the patient. To prevent conden-
sation en route to the end user, sufficient further heat is im-
parted to balance that lost in passage. Preferably the inter-
connecting apparatus between the humidifier and patient is
heated at least in portions along its length and preferably by
electrically heated elements embedded in the wall of the
usual fiexible tube leading from the humidifier to the patient.
3,638,927
SLICE CONVEYOR FURNACE
Wallace Ogden Wells, Garland, Tex., assignor to Texas In-
struments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,855
Int. CI. F27b 9114; F27d 3100
U.S. CI. 263-6 R
7 Claims
^r* 22- «a> 90
MM 9PM
^
In a continuous flow asher furnace, an organic material
removing environment is continuously maintained in a fur-
nace chamber. Integrated circuit slices are continuously
transported through the environment by lead screws posi-
tioned within the chamber. Disks mounted at opposite ends
of the chamber are periodically indexed to rotate mdividual
slices into and out of the furnace.
3,638,928
PALLET HEAT RIB SHIELD
Hartman Mitchell, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Koppers Com-
pany, Inc.
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,652
Int. CI. F27b9/00, 2//02
U.S. CI. 263-28 4 Claims
.n
XL
4^
is-
"o'cj
IP"
31
„j>^i,r _
//-^
Humidification and heating apparatus preferably including The ribs of a pallet used in sintering machines and the like
a spirally wound resistance-heated plate with its axis vertical has loosely fitting heat shields arranged in spaced-apart rela-
184
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
tion,over the upper surface of the ribs, and such heat shields
contact the pallet ribs only at selected spaced-apart loca-
tions.
3,638,929
DISCOVERY IN APPARATUS FOR COOLING A WALL
SURFACE
PauJ Bnilhet, Nilvange, France, assignor to Societe VVendel-
Sidek>r, Societe Anonyme, Hayange, France
Filed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,084
Claims priority, application France, May 14, 1969, 6915586
Int. CL F23m 5108, C21b 7//6
U.S. CI. 263—44 8 Claims
H^
'2Trrrxz2=
IY^'/ .'y.^, , , , • • 1 • f • -r-rr
J
sheet attached therein to form an integral compartmentalized
boat TTie corrugated sheet is locked to the boat in such a
manner as to permit thermal expansion thereof indepen-
dently of the boat
Each curved hollow of the corrugated sheet can contain a
plurality of coils m such a manner as to prevent distortion
thereof durmg heat treatmg.
3,638,930
*" REFRACTORY METAL BOAT FOR HCAT TREATING
COILS
Halver Allen Hart, Jr., Waldoboro, Maine, assignor to Syl-
i vania Electric Products Inc.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,559
^ Intel. F27b2y/04,F27d5/0(^
U.S. CI. 263-47 R 5 Claims
3,638,931
PORTABLE HAND GUIDED CUTTING TORCH
Gerhardt Lange. Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignor to
Messer (iriesheim GmbH, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Piled Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,831
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 11, 1969, P 19 06
732.4
Int. CI. B23k 7I\0
U.S. CI. 266-23 R 11 Claims
I
\
1^
Apparatus for cooling a device that is exposed to extreme-
ly high temperatures (such as might be found, for example,
within a blast furnace), characterized by the provision of
means defming a helicoidal conduit adjacent the wall of the
device. In accordance with an important feature of the inven-
tion, the cross-sectional area of the helicoidal conduit
decreases as it approaches the hottest part of the device,
whereby the flow speed of the cooling fluid at this point will
be a njaximum. In one embodiment, the cooling means com-
prises a tubular' member that is inserted within an annular
jacket that surrounds the nozzle means of a blast furnace
tuyere. In a second embodiment, the cooling means is
adapted for insertion in a blast furnace casing or cooling box
to define a circulation passage for the cooling fluid, said
passage including a helical outer supply portion arranged
concentrically about an inner return portion.
A portable hand guided cutting torch comprising a handle,
a guiding device connected to one end of the handle, a car-
riage carrying the torch and movable along the guiding
device and a driving device connected to the carriage for
driving same along the guiding device.
3,638,932
COMBINED BURNER-LANCE FOR FUME SUPPRESSION
IN MOLTEN METALS
Anthony J. Masella, Chicago, and Edward A. Grobel, Mun-
delein, both of 111., assignors to Chemetron Corporation,
Chicago, III.
Filed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,727
Int. CLC21C 7/00
U.S. CI. 266—34 L I Claim
A boat for heat treating refractory wire coils comprises a
molybdenum enclosure having a corrugated molybdenum
A burner-lance apparatus for burning large volumes of
fluid fuels and especially adapted to fume suppression during
refining of molten metals wherein a double flared passageway
with a straight wall section therebetween is disposed in the
nozzle for intermixing oxygen and natural gas. A tubular
member for conveying oxygen terminates upstream of the
passageway and natural gas is directed around the tubular
member with the natural gas stream converging into the ox-
ygen in the converging portion of the passageway. The inter-
mixed gases pass through the straight wall section and then
expand in the second flared or divergent passageway.
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
185
3,638,933
PRECISION X-Y POSITIONING TABLE
Robert W. Bumette, Berkeley; Harold L. Hoffman, San
Pablo, and Richard V. Lukes, El Cerito, all of Calif., as-
signors to Yosemite Laboratory
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 69,510
Int. CI. B23qi//«
U.S. CI. 269-60 1 1 Claims
An X-Y positioning table assembly having a lead screw for
advancing a follower to pxjsition at least one table or stage,
the axis of the lead screw being slightly misaligned relative to
the direction of stage travel, said assembly further comprising
means interconnecting the follower with the table or stage as
to allow the follower to be rotated, the axial misalignment of
the lead screw producing a rotation of the follower to com-
pensate for cumulative lead error in the lead screw. Addi-
tionally, a resilient member interconnects the follower with
the table or stage, said member being vertically flexible to ac-
commodate a slightly bowed lead screw and prevent a bind-
ing of parts in the positioning mechanism.
3,638,934
PRECISION POSITIONING TOOL
James Blum, Pasadena, Calif., and Robert P. Johnson, Pon-
tiac, Mich., assignors to Bell & Howell Company, Chicago,
lU.
Original application Nov. 6, 1967, Ser. No. 680,830, now
Patent No. 3,575,366. Divided and this application Mar. 3,
1970, Ser. No. 18,807
Int.CI. B23qJ//«
U.S. CI. 269— 31 1 10 Claims
bonding agent from flowing from the space as the agent
cures. The tool comprises a rigid base such as, for example,
granite on which are mounted fittings, each of which has a
surface in a precisely predetermined position, and in a
preferred embodiment the precisely positioned surfaces are
in a common plane or a pair of parallel common planes.
Each of these fittings receives one of the mounting bosses in
engaging relation with the precisely positioned surface, and
resiliently biases a seal around the mounting boss to sea! the
fiuid bonding agent within the annular space.
A production process for equipping~a rough casting with a
plurality of highly accurate surfaces at precisely predeter-
mined locations on the casting without machining the cast-
ing, llie casting includes a plurality of laterally spaced holes
and is placed on a tool which supports a plurality of mount-
ing bosses in the holes of the casting. The tool locates the
bosses generally coaxial with the holes so that annular spaces
are provided between the exterior of the bosses and the walls
of the holes, which spaces are then filled with a bonding
agent to secure the bosses to the casting. The tool positions
selected faces of the bosses in desired relation to each other,
preferably parallel to a reference surface defined by the tool.
The tool seals an end of each annular space to prevent the
3,638,935
PHYSICIAN S EXAMINING TABLE CONSTRUCTION
Joseph J. Leiugas, Two Rivers, and Gene B. Lokken,
Mishicot, both of Wis., assignors to American Hospital
Supply Corporation, Evanston, III.
FUed Aug. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 854,212
Int. CI. A61g 12100
U.S. CI. 269—324 8 Claims
A physician's examining table having an upholstered top
and cabinet, wherein the top has head and foot sections at
least one of which is pivotable with said one section sup-
ported in inclined and horizontal fXK'tJons. Said one head
section has a frame member supported by support means
located only at one side of the table and for this purpose is
reinforced. A torsion bar having one end secured to said one
section and the other end secured to the cabinet counter-
balances the weight of said one section The other section
has support means comprising a support link which pivots on
the frame of the section and engages the cabinet to hold the
foot section in inclined positions.
3,638,936
METHOD FOR SEPARATING A BUNDLE OF PLURAL
SHEETS
Charles H. Hari, Nazareth, Pa., and George R. Cashau,
Philipsburg, NJ., assignors to American Newspaper
Publishers Association Research Institute, Incorporated,
Easton, Pa.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,099
Int. CI. B65h 5130
U.S. CI. 270-57 8 Claims
Method of separating a bundle of plural sheets of material,
such as a folded newspaper, including lineally advancing the
186
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
S]
EBRUARY 1, 1972
same relative to the concealing mirrors. Simulated artificial
bundle in a vertical plane, rotatably grabbing the bottom apparent disembodied hands themseKcs are mounted for
edges of said bundle during said advancing, and pointedly directional movement such that their orientation remains the
probing the leading edge of said bundle at the top during said 1^.... ... .u, r. ; o:_..i_.-j -_.:rr_:_i
advancing so as to separate said sheets laterally from said
vertical plane.
The method is particularly adapted to separating a printed
newspaper prior to stuffing with inserts such as a TV guide,
classified advertising, book review supplements, and the like.
3,638,937
COLLATOR
Leo J. Schuiz, Woodbury Township, Washington County, and
George L. Warner, Roseviile, both of Minn., assignors to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,791
Int. CI. B65h 39/06
U.S. CI. 270-58 , 10 Claims
i
\
A collation distributor for use with a document-copying
machine, a printer, stack feeder or the like which distributor
is adapted to receive and collate sheets according to a
predetermined pattern. The distributor comprises a plurality
of shelves for receiving the copies, a conveyor of varying
length for distributing sheets to the shelves of the receiver ac-
cording to a predetermined pattern, and a transport conveyor
which directs sheets fed the collating machine into the dis-
tributing conveyor or passes sheets through the collating
machine into cooperating similar machines in accordance
with a predetermined pattern. The collator can be adapted to
accept sheets fed from either of two sides of the collator thus
retaining or inverting in the receiver the uppe?"most side of
the sheets as fed to effect a desired sheet orieritation in the
receiver.
3,638,938
MAGICAL DISPLAY APPARATUS
James Mark Wilson, 4149 Regal Oak Drive, Encino, Calif.
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 795,837
Int. CI. A63j 5/00
U.S.CI.272-13 6 Claims
ihe device or apparatus of the invention is a magical dis-
play apparatus in which a pair of hands appears to be disem-
bodied, yet capable of movement and manipulation of physi-
cal devices. The apparatus provides members having
openings through which human hands can be inserted, the
human being concealed behind the apparatus by way of mir-
rors which reflect surfaces making it appear that the ap-
parent disembodied hands extend from members spaced
from the background. The members having openings for the
limbs (hands) are displayed. Means are provided to momen-
tarily obscure or obstruct from view the openings while the
said itiembers are moving and at this moment live animate
hands are substituted for the simulated inanimate ones.
1
3,638,939
BODY-ENGAGING EXTENSIBLE EXERCISING DEVICE
Charles J. Langley, 6649 Tower Drive, Alexandria, Va.
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,403 i
Int. CI. A63b 23/04, 23/02 ^
U.S. CI. 272-79 R 3 Claims
\
A device which is used for stretching various muscles of
the anatomy including, a handle having two spaced rollers
which are placed on the inside areas of the legs of the user
and pulled toward the abdomen forcing the legs farther and
farther apart thus stretching the muscles associated
therewith The distance the legs are forced apart can be regu-
lated by the adjustable telescoping extensions on which the
rollers are mounted. The telescoping extensions are ad-
justably fixed in position by means of a spring'detent locking
mechanism.
\
( ERRATUM
For Class 350—184 see:
Patent No. 3,638,996
3,638,940 ^
PORTABLE SPRING-BUSED INDOOR JOGGING
MACHINE
Thomas M. Mehaulic, 32 East Wine St., Uniontown, Pa.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,892
Int. CI. A63b2//00
U.S. CI. 272-83 R 6 Claims
Spring-loaded platform provides a workload for jogging in
place. The platform is attached to an upright post and to a
counter positioned in the post at visible level. The counter
<
^\
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
187
only operates upon a predetermined jog stroke length. The
post is foldable and the platform pivotable into a handy car-
socket into which an end of the shaft of a broken hockey
stick can be inserted after the material has been heated to
i
' "''.
rying case A horizontally positioned diaphragm provides a
limit stop for the platform.
3,638,941
PHYSICAL EXERCISE APPARATUS WITH USER-
ACTUATED ARM WHICH IS MOVABLE AGAINST A
VARIABLE BIAS
Franz Kulkens, Kammeg 6, 4962 Obernkirchen, Germany
Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856^78
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 10, 1968, G 67
50 684
Int. CI. A63b 27/02. 2//yO
U.S. CI. 272-83 R 6 Claims
I
render it pliable, a secure fit between the shank and shaft
resulting upon cooling of the material to a rigid condition.
3,638,943
HANDLE FOR A RACKET
Karel Snauwaert, Roeselare, Belgium, assignor to Pirma
Snauwaert en Depla, Bevern, Roeselare, Belgium
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,149
Claims priority, application Belgium, May 9, 1969, 73850
Int. CI. A63b 49/08
U.S. CI. 273-73 J 3 Claims
A stationary frame carries one or more actuating members
which are forcibly movable with reference to the frame from
a normal inactive position to a plurality of active positions in
response to the application of requisite force upon an en-
gagement portion provided. Springs are associated with the
members and oppose their movement to active positions. Ad-
justing arrangements permit the opposing force offered by
the springs to be v£U'ied.
k.
3,638,942
REPLACEABLE BLADE AND SHANK FOR HOCKEY
STICK AND A HOCKEY STICK MADE THEREWITH
Frank W. Bassett, St. Catharines, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Cooper of Canada Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,367
Int. CI. A63b 59/14
U.S. CI. 273-67 A 10 Claims
A replaceable blade and shank for a hockey stick is made
of a thermoplastic synthetic polymeric material and has a
i
A racket having a frame with a handle extension and a
shank secured on the handle extension A one-piece handle
fits on the shank, and the handle forms a tube open at both
ends and provided on its inner side with ribs extending the
longitudinal length of the handle. The handle is provided at
its end nearest the frame with two lugs engaging the shank on
opposite sides. The shank is provided between the lugs with
an opening which runs transverse to the shank, and a plug ex-
tends through this opening. A screw is threadedly engaged in
each lug at each end of the plug. The screws secure the han-
dle to the shank. The end of the handle farthest from the
frame projects inwardly and a bottom plate closes the handle
at this farthest end and helps this end to hold its form.
188
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,944
SIMULATED GOLF GAME
James T. McQueen, Memphis, Temn., assignor to George L.
Rush, Memphis, Tenn., a part interest
Piled June 17. 1969, Ser. No. 834,035
Int. CI. A63f 7106
U.S. CI. 273-87 R 12 Claims
Indoor game apparatus particularly operative for simulat-
ing a regular outdoor game such as golf. The apparatus em-
ploys a playing field or golf course having a green-colored
translucent plastic sheet simulating the golf course ground
surface. Underneath the translucent ground surface sheet is
arranged light beam means focused upwardly through the
green plastic translucent sheet and exhibiting a small white
spot of light on the top surface of the sheet and simulating a
golf ball. The game apparatus includes means for guidingly
supporting the light beam for movement in a horizontal plane
and includes two bidirectionally operative electric motor
units operative each motor unit for movenipnt of the light
beam in a direction perpendicular to the direction of light
beam movement caused by the other motor. The light beam
is arrangeable at any horizontal point by coordinated actua-
tion of the two motors. The game apparatus includes selec-
tively operative electric switch means for causing movement
of the light beam "golf ball" in a desired direction. The game
apparatus also includes selectively operative timer switch
means for controlling the duration of movement of the "golf
ball" light spot and thus the simulated distance or travel of
the "ball." The timer switch means also preferably includes a
series of automatically sequentially operative switch elements
operative for causing an angular path of "ball" movement.
3,638,945
, GAME DEVICE
Jeffrey D. Bresiow, Chicago, lU., assignor to Marvin Glass &
Associates
Filed Aug. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 848,573
Int CI. A63f 7102
U.S. CL 273-95 R
4 Claims
with openmgs in opposed faces of the enclosure for at-
tempted interception of the playing piece as it travels
through the tortuous passage The openings are preferably
misaligned A supptirting base is provided having separate
compartmenLs for sto'age of intercepted playing pieces and a
further compartment for reception of those playing pieces
which have completed traversal of the tortuous passageway.
Sccx>plike interception tools are provided for insertion
through the apertures in the enclosure for attempted inter-
ception of playing pieces.
3,638,946
BOARD GAME APPARATUS
Bruce N. Bain, 3250 198 S.E., issaquah. Wash.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,626
int. CI. A63f 3102
U.S. CI. 273-134 AC
8 Claims
A game apparatus including a game board illustrating a
map of the United States designating states and various loca-
tions, such as certain cities, interconnected by a network of
graduated routes; playuig cards eagh designating a city and
state, an airplane flight time schedule book revealing depar-
ture time and route information corresponding to the loca-
tions and a clock indicating 24 hours of the day divided into
12 hours a.m. and 1 2 hours p.m.
Each player will move or travel via a route from one loca-
tion to another as per playing cards in his possession. The
travel is accomplished by moving an object an equal total of
route graduations as counted on a chance number indicator
with the exception of predetermined travel acceleration
when place of departure, time and destination are coincident
with schedule book information and clock time indication.
The winner is the first player to accomplish a predetermined
total of trips
3,638,947
GEOMETRIC PATTERNED BOARD GAME
Floyd W. Hardesty, 1238 2nd Ave., San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,989
Int. CI. A63fi/00
U.S. CI. 273-135 AC [ 7 Claims
A game device of the type having an enclosure affording a A board game comprising a board divided into a multiplici-
tortuous passage for a playing piece to be deposited therein ty of contiguous equal sized hexagonal areas marked in a
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
189
variety of colors and playing members in the form of dif-
ferent subdivisions of the board's hexagonal areas also
marked in the same colors, the playing members comprising
triangular members and diamond-shaped members, some of
the latter being of one color and others of two colors. The
board areas and playing members are matched in shape and
color in a sequence of plays among opposing players.
3,638,948
CHANCE-CONTROLLED MARBLE GAME
Rkhard D. Smith, 913 North Liberty St., Arlington, Va.
Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,582
Int. CI. A63f 3100
\}S. CI. 273— 1 35 AA 6 Claims
the exterior faces of each group having a designated numeral
thereon so that the numerical total on the faces of adjacent
cubes after being assembled is always the same along the
several columns and rows of the six overall cube faces
3,638,950
GOLFER S STANCE GAUGE INCLUDING UNDUE SWAY
INDICATOR
William Kenneth Hyotlaine, 461 West Ocean Blvd., Jupiter,
Fla.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,017
Int. CI. A63b 69136
U.S. CI. 273- 187 R 10 Claims
Chance-controlled game apparatus comprising a plurality
of differently colored sets of marbles which are individually
captured and retained by receiving cells in a base to form a
like plurality of random-shaped patterns, a transparent cover
overlying the base for viewing the patterns, upstanding posts
on the cover in vertical alignment with each receiving cell,
and color-matched rubberbands for selective connection of
adjacent pairs of posts to form closed loops on the cover cor-
responding in color and shape to each of the patterns. Relo-
cation of the marbles among the cells changes the shapes of
the patterns.
3,638,949
COMPOSITE CUBE PUZZLE FORMED OF NUMERAL-
BEARING COMPONENT CUBE GROUPS
Robert 1. Thompson, 7444 St. Charles Ave., Apt. 3 F, New
Orleans, La.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,447
Int. CI. A63f 9108
U.S. Ci. 273- 157 R 3 Claims
The stance gauge has a first strip to be straddled by the
golfer's feet substantially normal to the desired line of fiight
of a golf ball. A replaceable rod is mounted on the front end
of the strip for indicating the proper teeing position of the
golf ball prior to swinging. A cross-strip is adjustable inter-
mediate its ends on the first strip intermediate the ends of the
first strip. A left foot positioning pad is pivotally adjustably
mounted on the cross-strip to be engaged by the toe of the
shoe of the golfer's left foot. A right foot positioning pad is
pivotally and axially adjustably mounted on the cross-strip
and is adapted to be engaged by the toe of the shoe of the
golfer's right foot. A vertical rod is adjustably secured to the
rear end of the first strip adapted to be positioned in rear of
the golfer's left knee to indicate undue sway of the golfer's
body during swinging. First indicia on the cross-strip
cooperates with an edge of the left foot pad for indicating its
proper angle adjustment; other indicia on the cross-strip
cooperates with an edge of the right foot pad for indicating
the spacing between the golfer's feet in relation to the golf
ball during back swing. Further indicia on the cross-strip
cooperates with an edge of the first strip for indicating lateral
positioning of the cross-strip on the first strip Still further in-
dicia on the cross-strip cooperates with an edge of the first
strip for indicating prof>er angular positioning of the said
strip to allow for "hooking" and "slicing" the golf ball. And
pins are provided for securing the strips down upon the
ground surface after stance adjustments have been made
A puzzle comprising a plurality of cube units several of
which are interconnected into groups of cubes so that each
group is capable of being assembled to form an overall cube.
3,638,951
PHONOGRAPH MOUNTING STRUCTURE
James L. Hess, Jr., Moorestown, NJ., and Harrison E. Dow,
Wycombe, Pa., assignors to Phiko-Ford Corporation,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,858
Int. CI. Glib/ /OO
U.S. Ci. 274-2 3 Claims
A phonograph turntable and record changer apparatus
rigidly mounted upon cabinet structure provided with a dust
190
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
cover. Operating levers for control elements of the apparatus 3,638,953
are accessible without removing the cover, since they extend RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS USING
through apertures in the front of the cabinet structure, and MAGNETIC TAPE CASSETTE
Makoto Kodama, Kanagawa-ken, and Haninori Yamamolo,
Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Sony Corporation,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 39,992
Claims priority, application Japan, May 29, 1969, 44/42218
Int. CI. Glib 75/24
U.S. CI. 274—4 E 10 Claims
J<J 27
("^V^^
the entire structure is resiliently supported upon a base by
foamed polyurethane spacer means disposed between con-
fronting peripheral portions of the cabinet structure and its
base.
3,638,952
TAPE DRIVE SPEED CHANGING APPARATUS
Itsuki Ban, 829, Higashi-Oizumimachi, Nerimu-ku, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,599
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 17, 1969, 44/34690
Int. CI. Glib 15129, 1 5144
U.S. CI. 274-4 D .7 Claims
1
In an apparatus for recording and/or reproducing signals
on a magnetic tape contained in a cassette, a cassette-han-
dling mechanism includes a cassette holder into which a cas-
sette is slidably inscrtablc while actuating devices that load
first, second and third sprmgs. Upon the full insertion of the
cassette into the holder, the first spring force is released to
shift or depress the holder and the cassette therein from an
elevated positnin to an operative position with respect to
tape-dnving elements and a recording and/or reproducing
head Uptin actuation of an ejection control, the force of the
second loaded spring is released to return the holder and the
cassette therein to the elevated position of the holder,
whereuptin the ft)rcc of the third loaded spring is automati-
cally released to slidably propel the cassette substantially out
of the holder
V
A tape drive speed changing apparatus for a magnetic tape
player, comprising a motor attaining high or low speed, small
and large drive pulleys connected to the output shaft of the
motor, a fiywheel attached to capstan for driving a magnetic
tape, a belt normally trained between the small drive pulley
£md the flywheel, shift means moving the belt to the position
where the belt is shifted from the small drive pulley to the
large drive pulley, a changing switch actuated by the shift
means to change over the rotational speed of the motor from
low to high, lock means locking the shift means in the condi-
tion that the belt is moved to the position where the belt is
trained to the large drive pulley, and control means con-
trolling operation of the lock means whereby the magnetic
tape may be rotated at normal playing speed or fast speed in
relation to operation of the shift means.
3,638,954
SPIRAL TRACK TYPE MAGNETIC RECORDING AND
REPRODUCING DEVICE
Saburo Kato, Kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 818,255
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 24, 1968, 43/27556
Int. CI. Glib 5/.V0
U.S. CI. 274-4 J 3 Claims
A spiral track type magnetic recording and reproducing
device of the type in which upon depression of a first push-
button (11) the recording or reproduction operation is
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
191
started; upon completion of said operation, a head is auto-
matically returned to its initial position and said device is also
stopped; upon depression of said pushbutton at an arbitrary
time during the course of said operation, said operation can
be interrupted temporarily upon depression of said pushbut-
ton again, said interrupted operation can be restarted; and
only a desired portion of the recording can be repetitively
reproduced by depressing a second pushbutton ( 1 ) at an ar-
bitrary time during said operation, keeping depressing for a
desired time and then releasing said second pushbutton.
3,638,955
CASSETTE TAPE RECORDER
Eiichi Wada, Yokohama-shi, Japan, assignor to Pioneer Elec-
tronic Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 864,431
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 8, 1968, 43/87851
Int. CI. Glib 5/75
U,S. CI. 274-4 C 1 Claim
////.-■// /////' ///]//' -'/y///
A tape recorder includes a light source disposed below a
cassette for illuminating the tape occupying the takeup and
return spools through a hole in the cassette wall and refiects
the image toward a recorder viewing opening coplanar with
the visible outer edge of the cassette.
3,638,956
STUFFING BOXES
Harold Lloyd Dagwell, London, England, assignor to Henry
Sykes Limited, London, England
Filed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,381
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 14, 1968,
12,486/68
Int. CI. F16j 15/16
U.S. CI. 277-30 2 Claims
material around the cylindrical body. The stuffing box also
comprises a gland member formed with a peripheral recess to
receive a stop in the form of a rubberlike sleeve on a bolt to
hold the gland member and thus the stuffing box against ten-
dency to turn with a rotating shaft but to permit limited radi-
al movement of the stuffing box
3,638,957
MECHANICAL SEAL WITH LUBRICATING MEANS
Joseph A. Marsi, Baldwin Park, Calif., assignor to Borg-
Warner Corporation, Chicago, III.
r Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 20.954
Int. CI. F16j 15134
U.S. CI. 277-96 9 Claims
A mechanical seal assembly of the type having a stationary
sealing ring and a rotary sealing ring biased one toward the
other to form an annular sealing interface between the rela-
tively rotatable radial faces of the rings, one of the rings in-
cluding a reservoir in its annular surface consisting of a
lubricating groove or grooves providing groove portions
oblique to the path of rotation of the rotary sealing ring, and
having sealing face surfaces between the groove or grooves
and the inner and outer peripheries of the annular interface.
3,638,958
FRONT JAW FOR SAFETY SKI BINDINGS
Hans DoMer, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to A. Attenhofer
AG, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,839
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 11, 1%9,
8935/69
Int. CI. A63c 9100
U.S. CI. 280- 1 1 .35 T 7 Claims
A stuffing box assembly between a driving device and a
driven device is provided with an annular seal which encir-
cles the cylindrical body of the stuffing box to provide flexi-
ble sealing between the cylindrical body and a socket in
which it is accommodated, said seal comprising a length of
rubberlike material formed into a ring with the then-adjacent
ends of the length virtually abutting, whereby the seal can
readily be replaced by feeding a fresh length of rubberlike
A front jaw for safety ski bindings and provided with a sole
holder overlapping the shoe sole comprises a swnvel jaw car-
rying the shoe sole holder and having a horizontal spring con-
taining housing pivotally connected at its front end while the
other end of the jaw has two downwardly extending projec-
tions which limit the horizontal swivel movement of the jaw
relatively to a baseplate which is attachable to a ski. A spring
operated roller in the spring containing housing engages the
192
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
\
February 1, 1972
inner face of a V-shaped guiding surface provided on the rear
end of the swivel jaw. The roller is normally disposed in the
curved face formed at the apex between the leg portions of
the V-shaped guiding surface for holding the jaw in its nor-
mal centered position with respect to the baseplate The
spring containing housing is pivotally mounted with its rear
end on a vertical pin projecting from the baseplate
3,638,959
TOE STOP MEMBER FOR SKI SAFETY BINDINGS
Henri Reuge, 26, rue des Rasses, 1450 Sainte-Croix, Vaud,
Switzerland
Filed Aug. 19. 1970, Ser. No. 65.021
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Sept. 5, 1969,
12821/69
Int. CI. A63c 9/00
li.S. CI. 280- 1 1.35 T 5 Claims
frame -section having a seat with a front frame section includ-
ing a steenng column and a rear frame section connected to
opposite ends of the central frame section. A front steering
ski is pivotally connected to the steering column and a rear
ski is pivotally connected to the rear frame section which in-
cludes a resilient shock absorber The frame is flexible to a
degree that the front ski will extend forwardly from the rear
ski in response to weight applied to the seat, a factor which
increases runnmg stability.
3,638,961
STR\DDLE ASSEMBLY
Kurt K. Larsen, King, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Blue
Giant Equipment of Canada Limited, Brampton, Ontario,
Filed June 25, 1%9, Ser. No. 842,429
Int. CI. B60n 27/00
U.S. CI. 280-150C . 2 Claims
wJJ*^**;
¥*J* JS ■*
A toe stop member of a safety ski binding comprises a
frame fixable onto a ski so as to be angularly fixed against
movement in the plane of the ski. First and second rear-
wardly extending jaws are pivotally mounted on the frame
about first and second axes perpendicular to the said plane of
a ski, a front end of each jaw having a camlike surface com-
prising a hollow. Elastic means urge first and second rollers
along lines of action passing at least approximately through
the first and second axes into the hollows so as to releasably
hold the jaws in an operative boot-gripping position in which
the jaws can fit around at least a part of the toe end of a boot
placed on a ski to which the stop member may be fitted.
Abutment means, such as one or more rollers or even part of
the jaws, are provided to bear against the toe end of a boot
thus fixed to prevent forward motion thereof in relation to
the ski. Part of the frame may be hinged about an axis in the
plane of the ski to enable adjustment of the height of the
jaws, for example to accommodate for a layer of snow
between the boot and the ski.
An adjustable straddle assembly for a materials-handling
device which is telescopically adjustable to enable the device
to be used with a variety of loads within its design limitations
and which facilitates repairs to be made to the straddle mem-
bers of the assembly without the necessity of taking the
device itself out of service during the entire time required to
make the repairs The leg components of the assembly con-
nect with the body components of the assembly in a close
tolerance connection.
3,638,962
SUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR TANDEM AXLES OF
AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES
Edwin F. Gardner, 1228 West 8450 South, West Jordan,
Utah
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 855,990
Int. CI. B60g 19/02
U.S. CI. 280- 104.5 R 10 Claims
3,638,960
FOLDABLE SKI-BOB
Earl V. Eaton, Petaluma, Calif., assignor to George E. Garcia,
Novato, Calif.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,923
Int. CI. B62b 13/04
U.S. CI. 280-16 ^ 17 Claims
A ski-bob that is collapsible from its normal operating con-
figuration to a folded configuration comprises a central
A superior riding suspension system for tandem axles of
automotive vehicles, such as trucks, truck tractors, and
trailers. Bellcranks are provided back-to-back between the
axles, a set thereof being provided at each set of axle ends at
opposite sides of the vehicle. The bellcranks are fulcrumed
intermediate their lever arms to the frame of the vehicle,
thereby individually suspending respective axles. Cor-
responding lever arms of the sets of bellcranks have their
ends pivotally attached to the respective axle end portions;
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
193
the other corresponding lever arms of the sets of bellcranks
are coupled together for cooperative action and reaction,
respectively. In this way the system provides for equalization
of road shocks as well as a predetermined degree of self-
steering. Either or both the coupling means and the coupled
sets of corresponding-^rms have shock absorbing charac-
teristics, so as to cushion k)ad shocks.
tor assembly to thereby tend to eliminate "peak
sively high rates of expansion of the confinement
or exces-
3,638,963
SPRING SYSTEM
Gerrit Hendrik Van Leeuwen, Soesterenweg 2-4, Soestdyk,
Netheriands
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 888,199
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 3, 1968,
6817259
Int. CI. B60g 3/00
U.S. CI. 280-124 8 Claims
3,638,965
VEHICLE OUTRIGGERS
Samuel G. Cassady, Decatur, Ga., assignor to Roy A. Martin
and W. R. Martin, Atlanta, Ga.
FUed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,647
InL CI. B60s 9/02
U.S. CI. 280-150.5 8 Claims
f^
• 'l* 3o I (a X
A spring suspension system comprises a first spring device
and a spring arm adapted to turn about a pivot or a pivotal
line of the spring-supported mass, and a second spring device
connected between the spring arm and the spring-supported
mass, the second spring device being capable of preferential
action with respect to the first spring device.
3,638,964
VEHICLE SAFETY APPARATUS HAVING EXPANDABLE
CONnNEMENT
Richard Chute, Huntington Woods, Mich., assignor to Eaton
Yale & Towne Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,394
Int. CI. B60r2//00
U.S. CI. 280-150 AB 16 Claims
An improved safety apparatus for protecting an occupant
of a vehicle during the occurrence of an accident includes an
expandable confinement having a collapsed condition and an
expanded condition for restraining an occupant of the vehi-
cle during an accident. A unitary assembly for effecting ex-
pansion of the confinement includes a fwrcussion-actuated
explosive valve which is impacted with an actuator in
response to the occurrence of an accident to effect operation
of the valve to an open condition. Opening the valve enables
fluid to flow from a source of fluid to the confinement to ef-
fect expansion of the confinement. The actuator can be
either a mass which is impacted against the valve in response
to the occurrence of an accident or a fixed member against
which the valve is impacted The flow of fluid from the
source of fluid is at least partially stabilized by a flow regula-
895 O.Q.— 7
An outrigger mechanism for a truck or similar vehicle
which includes a generally rectangular framework connecta-
ble to a vehicle and having generally vertical side portions
and a generally horizontal top portion. Support legs are
pivotally connected at their inner ends to the lower portion
of each side of the framework and are moveable between up-
wardly extending stored positions and outwardly extendmg
ground engaging positions on opposite sides of the vehicle. A
locking link is pivotally connected to each support leg and is
moveable between a position resting upon the upper horizon-
tal surface of the framework when its support leg is in its
upper stored position and a wedging position against the ver-
tical side portion of the framework when^jts support leg is in
its outwardly extending ground engaging position to lock the
support leg in this position.
3,638,966
METHOD OF ROUNDING THE BACKS OF BOOKS AND
A MACHINE FOR PERFORMING THE SAME
Frans Wiersma, Reiden, Switzeriand, assignor to Firma Jos.
Hunkeier, Wikon, Switzeriand
Filed Dec. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 883,482
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 17, 1968,
18702/68
Int. CI. B42d 1/00; B42c 5/00
U.S. CI. 281-21 10 Claims
A method and a machine for rounding the backs of books
by first rounding one side of the backs with a first set of shap-
X
V
194
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
V
^?
February 1, 1972
ing rolls progressively approaching the median central plane
of the books; whilst the books are conveyed through the
machine and by then rounding the other side of the backs
with a second preferably similar set of shaping rolls as the
books continue to be conveyed through the machine.
3,638,967
LOOSE LEAF RING BINDER
Donald L. Mullins, Wichita, Kans., assignor to Sanderson
Films, Inc., Denver, Colo.
RIed Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 80,2«7
Int. CI. B42d 3118
IJ.S. CI. 281-33 ! 9 Claims
t;
A loose leaf ring-type binder which also functions as a rigid
viewing stand for a plurality of pages or flipover cards. The
two covers of the binder include offset leg portions terminat-
ing at the hinge points with the back of the binder. When the
covers are folded back at a certain angle, the leg portions of
the covers are brought into juxtaposed contact with the back
of the binder thereby restricting any movement of the back
about the two hinge points to provide a rigid supF>ort for the
cards carried in the binder.
3,638,969
FLUID CONTROLLED PIPE CONNECTOR
Francisco M. Serrano, Paris, France, assignor to Compagnie
Francaise des Petrotes Sodete Anonyme, Paris, France
Piled Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,475
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 22, 1968, 174885
Int. CI. F 161 17102
U.S. CI. 285-18 11 Claims
IS ,. 17 28 2i
lL.J._.±I:__ii-
A fluid controlled pipe connector which is capable of
providing a removable connection between two adjoining
pipe lengths regardless of their respective sizes. The connec-
tor utilizes a series of wedges that are activated in a gripping
or nongrippmg position by motive fluid introduced into the
appropriate orifice of the connector. Various sealing mem-
bers are positioned between the connector and the pipes to
provide a fluidtight connection.
3,638,970
JOINT FOR DOUBLE- WALLED DRILL PIPE
Alvin V. Sandquist, and Floyd Walter Becker, both of Calga-
ry, Alberta, Canada, assignors to Becker Drilling (Alberta)
Ltd., Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Filed Feb. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 704,815
Int. CI. F161 J5/00
U.S. CI. 285-24 5 Claims
3,638,968
FAUCET ADAPTER
Robert W. Barks, 112 Washington St., Delaware City, Del.
Filed Aug. 21, 1%9, Ser. No. 851,979
InL CI. E03c 1100, F16I lliOO
U.S. CI. 285-8 4 Claims
This invention relates to a faucet adapter device for flex-
ibly connecting a pliant hose to a rigid faucet. The device in-
cludes a flexible tube having at one end a fastener made of
elongated strips of flexible material which is wound around
the joint between the device and a rigid faucet and secured in
place. Affixed at the other end of the device is a rigid hose-
threaded male coupling adapter for connection with a cor-
responding female structure located on the end of a pliant
hose.
A length of double-wall pipe for a reverse circulation drill
string having an outer pipe and a concentrically disposed
inner pipe, the outer pipe of which has threaded box and pin
ends and the inner pipe fixed coaxially in the outer pipe and
disposed concentrically to provide an annular flow passage
between said pipes by longitudinal spacing members engag-
ing said inner and outer pipes and bridging said flow passage.
A connector tube joining sections of inner pipe comprising a
central portion having an inner diameter the same as the
inner diameter of the inner pipe and having sleeve end por-
tions formed with a coaxial bore having an inner diameter
larger than the exterior diameter of the inner pipe for engag-
ing the inner pipe as a free sliding fit and fluid seal means in
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
195
said sleeve end portions for frictionally engaging the ends of
the inner pipe of adjacent pipe lengths connected together by
threaded engagement of said box and pin ends.
The
3,638,971
COUPLING
Charles Harry Smith, Glendale, Calif., assignor to
Rucker Company, Oakland, Calif.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,148
Int. CI. B60d 1108
U.S. CI. 285-74 5 Claims
A coupling having identical collars on adapters with over-
lapping lugs and bolts to tighten the joint by exerting axial
force tending to separate the overlapped lugs.
3,638,972
BRANCH PIPE nTTING FOR FLUID PRESSURE
PIPELINE
Albert Elarl Alpine, Norristown, Pa., assignor to Certain-Feed
Products Corporation, Ardmore, Pa.
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873,831
Int. CI. F16U//00
U.S. CI. 285-156 1 Claim
15 "l4 '">
-^
The device disclosed includes a conduit piece adapted to
be connected into a pipeline and having an aperture in the
sidewall for a branch connection, and a circumferentially un-
broken and apertured sleeve surrounding the apertured por-
tion of the circuit piece, with circumferentially unbroken
packing rings between the sleeve and conduit piece at op-
posite sides of the apertures, providing for pressure equaliza-
tion inside and outside of the conduit piece in the region of
the connection.
3,638,973
JOINT MEANS FOR USE IN WORK SUPPORTING ARM
Charles EUis Poletti, 5400 Pooks Hill Road, Bethesda, Md.
Filed June 4, 1969, Ser. No. 830,422
Int. CI. F 161 27/00
U.S. CI. 285-184 17 Claims
A joint means for coupling two elements forming part of a
work-supporting arm wherein the joint means is OF>erable
between a relaxed condition in which relative movement is
permitted between the elements of the work-supporting arm
and a rigidified condition in which the elements of the work-
supporting arm are secured against relative movement Pres-
surized fluid is utilized to effect rigidification with a continu-
ous pressurized fluid system being operable to ngidify a plu-
1*1
rality of joint means in a single work-supporting arm Such a
work-supporting arm is shown to be particularly useful in a
surgical retractor wherein the arm includes retractor-retain-
ing means, operable by the same pressurized fluid system to
permit removal of the surgical retractor from the work-sup-
porting arm.
3,638,974
MECHANICAL ROTARY SELF-INTERLOCKING DEVICE
Andrew Stratienko, 8503 EUiston Drive, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Apr. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 130390
Intel. F16d//06
U.S. CI. 287-52.06 3 Claims
A keyless bushing comprises inner and outer wedge rings
and securely holds a hubbed part, such as a gear, pulley,
wheel, coupling and the like, on a shaft for transmitting
torque and axial thrust. No key or keyway is required on
either the hubbed part or the shaft Calibrated springs
preferably conical disc springs, of preselected size and
number are provided and are used during the initial installa-
tion to avoid overloading and cracking of the hubbed part
while at the same time assuring adequate gripping force to
obtain the required clamping force between the hubbed part
and the shjift.
3,638,975
WIRE ROPE FERRULE
Guenther Buettner, R.R. No. 1, Hemmingford, Quebec,
Canada
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,702
Intel. F16gy//02./ 7/74
U.S. CI. 287-75 5 Claims
The invention relates to a swage ferrule for use in enclos-
ing the end of a wire rope. The ferrule comprises a swagable
metal body having a longitudinally extending bore preformed
to provide integral, parallel, longitudinally extending, al-
ternate ridges and grooves, the inner portions of the ferrule
196
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ndges being adapted to lie within a circle of slightly less
diameter than an imaginary circle enclosing the outermost
ing said beam sections for relative pivotal movement thereof
between these positions about a vertical axis, laterally offset
portion of the rope wires whereby, prior to swaging, the inner
ferrule ridge portions lie within the grooves of the rope, caus-
ing straightening of the rope.
3,638,976
BALL JOINT
John R. Andrew, ColumiNis, Ohio, assignor to The Columbus
Auto Parts Company, Columbus, Ohio
Piled Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 813,900
Int. CI. F16C///06
U.S. CI. 287-90 C 4 Claims
A flexible joint construction such as is used in automotive
steering linkages or the like wherein upper and lower electri-
cally conductive housing portions are fused together at a
junction such that the space between the inner housing sur-
faces is substantially equal to the stacked dimensions of the
internal elements of the joints. The resulting swivel joints are
characterized by precisely controlled swivel torque values
and extended fatigue life during operational use.
3,638,977
PIVOT ASSEMBLY FOR HAYMAKING MACHINES AND
THE LIKE
Josef Purrer, Gottmadingen, Germany, assignor to Maschinen-
fabrik Fahr .Aktiengesellschaft, Gottmadingen, Germany
Filed June 19, 1967, Ser. No. 647,065
Claims priority, application Germany, June 24, 1966, M
69954
Int. CI. F16C///00
U.S. CI. 287-99 4 Claims
A pivot assembly for the inwardly swingable outrigger
beam of a rotary-rake haymaking implement having a pair of
hollow beam sections relatively swingable to include an angle
of 90° between them in one position thereof and axially
aligned in another position thereof, a shaft extending through
the beam sections and axially subdivided into a pair of inter-
connectable shaft sections disengaged from one another in
said one position and mutually interconnected in said other
position of the beam sections, and a ball joint interconnect-
i
from the shaft in said other position and perpendicular to the
axis thereof, and a horizontal axis generally parallel to one of
the shaft sections, the axes intersecting one another.
3,638,978
SLEEVE JOINT FOR CONNECTING STEEL INSERTS IN
STEEL-CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
Hans Guntermann, Essen-Steele, Germany, assignor to Elek-
tro-Thermit G.m.b.H., Essen, Germany
Filed Dec. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 692,526
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 24, 1966, D
34794
Int. CI. F16b 7100
U.S. CI. 287- 108 10 Claims
This invention relates to a sleeve joint for connecting steel
inserts in steel-concrete construction which comprises
shaped metal bodies secured to the ends of the inserts to be
connected, sleeve means enclosing at least part of both of the
shaped metal bodies and being of larger diameter than said
bodies, and aluminothermically produced metal in the space
between the sleeve means and said bodies.
3,638,979
FORCE-TRANSMITTING SYSTEMS
Edgar Francois, Wayne, N J.; Edwin C. Uhlig, deceased, late
of South Bend, Ind., and Doris L. Uhlig, administratrix.
New Haven, Conn., assignors to Uniroyal, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,046
Int.CI. F16d7/06
U.S. CI. 287-124 15 Claims
A force-transmitting system including a cylindrical fiber-
reinforced resin tube to which stress is transferred simultane-
ously via both the outside and inside surfaces of the tube, is
disclosed. The system utilizes a drivable fitting which in-
cludes an external rigid coupling sleeve and an internal radi-
ally expansible circumferential arrangement of elongated
wedge elements, defining between the former and the latter
an annular cylindrical space in which one end region of the
tube wall can be received and radially clamped. Distribution
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
197
of stress transfer over the entire expanse of the clamped por-
tion of the tube is provided for by means of a pair of substan-
tially coextensive, circumferentially continuous, uniform
thickness layers of elastomeric material bonded to the out-
side and inside tube surfaces, respectively. An expansible
metal liner sleeve is bonded to the inner surface of the inner
elastomer layer to prevent the latter from being extruded
between the wedge elements, and the external surfaces of the
3,638,981
STRUCTURAL LOCK FOR CONNECTING HORIZONTAL
AND VERTICAL MEMBERS
John J. Welder, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to Speedrack
Inc., Skokie, lU.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,1 16
Int. CI. F16b 7100
U.S. CI. 287- 189.36 4 Claims
latter may be roughened for positive gripping engagement
with the inner surface of the liner sleeve.
The foregoing abstract is not to be taken either as a
complete exposition or as a limitation of the present inven-
tion, and in order to understand the full nature and extent of
the technical disclosure of this application, reference must be
had to the following detailed description and the accompany-
ing drawings as well as to the claims.
3,638,980
SELF-RETAINED BOLT ASSEMBLY
Walter H. Kleinhenn, Flourtown, Pa., assignor to Standard
Pressed Steel Co., Jenkintown, Pa.
Filed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 270
Int. CI. FI6b 5102, 39/04, 39134
U.S. CI. 287- 189.36 6 Claims
A structural lock for connecting a horizontal arm to a ver-
tical column designed to positively prevent inadvertent disen-
gagement. Two separate connections are made at opposite
sides of the column to lock the end of the horizontal arm to
the column. The first connection is pivotal about a vertical
axis, and it is then required that the arm be pivoted into fxjsi-
tion to subsequently make the second connection on the op-
posite side of the column Loading of the arm causes firm-
ness of the lock to increase.
3,638.982
CHAIR WITH TILTABLE SEAT
Howard D. Chapman, and Vincent \. Panico, assignors to
Ciarin Corp., Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 850^29
Int. CI. A47c •//:(>
U.S. CI. 297-332
6 Claims
A self-retained bolt assembly including a bolt having a cir-
cumferentially compressible plastic ring carried in a groove
at or adjacent the thread runout. The ring compresses as the
bolt is inserted into or withdrawn from a workpiece With the
bolt installed in an aperture in a workpiece, with the ring
having been passed completely through the workpiece, the
A spring device for lifting a chair seat into an upright
position when not in use. The spring is an elongate flat
strip of metal attached at one end to the chair frame The
ring diameter is greater than the diameter of the aperture, opposite free end of the spring is m sliding pressure contact
thereby holding the bolt in the workpiece even in the with the underside of the chair seat so as to cause the seat
absence of a nut turned onto the bolt.
to move to an upright position in a smooth motion.
198
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,638,983
LOCKING MECHANISM AND ACTUATING MEANS
THEREFOR
James W. Floumoy, and Gary F. Heyden, both of Atlanta,
Ga., assignors to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation, Burbanit.
Calif.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,266
Int. CI. E05c 19100, EOSb 51102: E05c 15100
lis. CI. 292-302 9 Claims
There is provided herein a receptacle base with self-alig-
ning conical stud wh<6h is mutually retained by a pin contain-
ing an internal, concentrically mounted hydraulic actuator to
permit maximum locking and unlocking force in minimal
space. Double eccentric bushings in conjunction with double
axial nuts provide three mutually perpendicular adjustments
for the stud and receptacle. Conical male and female lock
members provide repeatability of location one member to the
other which in conjunction with the three mutually perpen-
dicular adjustments minimize the required accuracy of loca-
tion of the several elements which comprise the mechanism
3,638,984
ELECTRIC RELEASE STRIKE
Robert E. Davidson, Santa Susana, Calif., assignor to Adams
Rite Manufacturing Company, Glendale, Calif.
Filed Jan. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 790,61 1
Int. CI. EOSb 15102; EOSc 3106
U.S. CI. 292-341.16
3 Claims
^
as
eb
^
_,ea
W.
W-i
Y-
An electric release strike in which a strike bolt is sup-
ported for swinging movement to a position projecting
through a casing opening and to a retracted position, the bolt
being spring urged to its projecting position. A latch in the
casing is pivoted for swinging movement to latching and non-
latching positions, and in the latching position, to which it is
spring urged, is pivoted overcenter to occupy a position m
the path of movement of the strike bolt towards its retracted
position The latch is movable to a nonlatching position by a
coupled actuator in the form of a solenoid plunger operative-
ly ass<.x:iated with an energizable solenoid coil positioned ex-
tenorly of the casmg, the coil assembly being removably
mountable from the extenor of the casing to permit ease of
replacement or change to a coil having a different charac-
teristic. /
3,638,985
ENERGY ABSORBING BUMPER
David W. Barton, Birmingham, and George H. Muller, Ann
Arbor, both of Mich., assignors to Ford Motor Company,
Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,895
Int. CI.B60r 19108
U.S. CI. 293-71 4 Claims
An energy adsorbing bumper particularly adapted to shield
motor vehicle structural members from impact damage. The
bumper includes a resiliently deformable, arcuate member
secured to one of the structural members and defining
therewith a chamber Web means extend from the arcuate
member and into the chamber Initial collapse of the arcuate
member as a whole due to an impart face is followed by a
secondary collapse of the web means due to contact with the
structural member, thereby providing for the adsorption of
large amounts of impact energy. The connection between the
arcuate and structural members is hidden from view by a flap
integrally formed with and extending from the arcuate
member.
3,638,986
COMBINATION PICK AND SHOVEL
Joseph R. Palagonia, 7229 67th St., Glendale, N.Y.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,322
Int. CI. A01b//00, A01d9/00
U.S. CI. 294-49
4 Claims
A pick, soil strainer, and shovel combination consisting of
a pair of spaced-apart parallel channels which taper to a
point at one end for penetration into the soil and which con-
' \
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
199
verge at their opposite end for securement to the handle ot
the tool. One of the channels includes a plurality of p>erfora-
tions which f>ermits the soil to be sifted and strained. Con-
nected to the lower end of the handle and extending between
the channels is a soil pick which works in conjunction with
the parallel channels.
3,638,987
OPEN-MESH WOVEN WIRE TUBE
Alfred W. Fidrych, Stonington, Conn., assignor to Harvey
Hubbell, Incorporated, Bridgeport, Conn.
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,822
Int. CI. F16g lim
U.S. CI. 294-86 CG 9 Claims
member which is slidably supported on a mandrel The man-
drel carries a split latch ring for engagement with the collet
member in response to relative movement of the mandrel in
order to effect release of the latch assembly from the well
tool when desired.
3,638,989
APPARATUS FOR RECOVERING A DRILL STEM
Alvin V. Sandquist, Calgary, Alberta, Canada, assignor to
Becker Drills Limited, Calgary, Alberta, Canada
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,866
Int. CL E21c 19100; E2lh 3 J 100
U.S. CI. 294-86.24 * 4 Claims
An open-mesh wire grip having the wire strands so woven
that at an intermediate place adjacent to that end thereof op-
posite to the draft end of the grip there is provided a section
of predetermined high-angle weave located between and
joined to sections of larger mesh. Preferably in that section of
the grip forming such opposite end thereof the weave is such
that the strands form a gradually increasing mesh size from
said section of high-angle weave.
3,638,988
LATCH ASSEMBLY FOR WELL TOOLS
Cicero C. Brown, c/o Brown Oil Tools Inc., P.O. Box 19236,
Houston, Tex.
Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,563
Int. CI. E21bJ//02
U.S. CI. 294-86.18 5 Claims
i:
A latch assembly which is designed to be inserted into the
bore of a well tool having a preexisting landing shoulder and
a latching groove spaced below the shoulder for engagement
by cooperating seating and gripping elements of a collet
"ir^l
A tool is disclosed for recovering a drill pipe embedded in
the ground and detached from a drill string extending from
the pipe to a p)oint above ground. The tool has an upjper and
a lower body portion in axial alignment and a fluid chamber
in the tool between the body portions. Each body portion has
longitudinal cavities spaced radially about the axis of the
body portions and communicate with the fluid chamber. The
cavities are at acute angles to the axis of the tool the vertex
of each angle being on the side of the cavity nearest the fluid
chamber and each cavity having an opening at the end
remote from the chamber which defines a groove along the
body portion. A wedging member is positioned in each cavity
and is slidable therein so that the shank of the wedging
member projects laterally and outwardly from the body por-
tion when fluid is passed into the cavities. The shank of each
wedging member has a flat toothed portion from gripping the
inner wall of a drill pipje. The tool is connected to the end of
a drill rod and lowered down the upper drill siring until the
upper body portion is positioned in the upper drill string and
the lower body portion is positioned in the detached drill
pipe. Fluid is passed down the drill rod and into the longitu-
dinal cavities whereby the wedging member is projected and
grips the inner wall of the upper drill string and drill pipe.
The drill rod upper drill string and drill pipe can then be
raised from the ground.
3,638,990
CARRIER FOR TUBS OR POTS
Jean Huault, Paris, France, assignor to Lever Brothers Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,016
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 2, 1969, 6904400
Int.CLB65d7//00
U^. CI. 294-87.2 7 Claims
A carrier for use with two or more containers having
generally square tops with outwardly projecting lips. The car-
.1
200
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ner blank comprises a central panel and two opposing side a collision or violent movement of the vehicle, the liner corn-
panels downwardly foldable along fold lines interrupted by pnsing a foam sheet which may be variously designed so to
cuts which receive the lips of the containers, erection cuts include air pockets for additionally absorbing shock.
i 5 i
being provided at the ends of the cuts coinciding with the
comers of the tops of the containers to allow the side panels
to be folded down without tearing the carrier.
3,638,991
PICKUP TRUCK AND TRAILER PASSAGEWAY DEVICE
Milton R. Hathaway, Jr., 30 Pariee Road, Chelmsford, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 716,040, Mar.
26, 1968, now abandoned. This application July 10, 1970,
Ser. No. 53,971
Int. CI. B60p 3/32
U.S. CI. 296-23 3 Claims
The invention comprises a pickup truck having a box at
the rear with a camper mounted on said box. The pickup
truck having a cab, with a doorway in the rear of said cab
and camper has a doorway in its front and a sleeve connects
the doorways together, the cab has a movable door for said
cab doorway and the camper has an enclosure in the door-
way of said camper
3,638,992
AUTO AND AIRCRAFT SAFETY LINERS
Lloyd T. Forshee, 1219 Fischer Drive, Saginaw, Mich.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 870,321
Int. CI. B62d 25/00
U.S. CI. 296-39 R
3,638,993
CANOPY FOR VEHICLES
John R. Sullivan, 4286 Bennion Road, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,403
Int. CI. B60j 7/00
U.S. CI. 296-95 R 3 Claims
5 Claims
A liner bonded to the inner side of a vehicle body so to aid
in protecting passengers against hard impact therewith during
A device for installation on pickup trucks and the like,
having a forwardly and rearwardly slidable top member, the
top member serving to prevent snow and ice from adhering
to the windshield This device includes a pair of rails in which
roller assemblies are carried to allow for the smooth position-
ing of the top member and the rails are secured to side
frames that are bolted in a suitable manner to the truck body.
3,638,994
INSTALLATION FOR CLOSING OR OPENING
APERTURES IN VEHICLES
Gerhard Heim, Sinddfingen, Germany, assignor to Daimler-
Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkheim, Ger-
many
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,305
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21, 1969, P 19 42
576.4
Int. CI. B60j 7//0
U.S. CI. 296- 137 E 12 Claims
!
An installation for closing and opening apertures in vehi-
cles, such as openings for sliding roofs, in which a chamber
adjustable in its height and its volume and adapted to be con-
nected with a vacuum source is formed between an outer
covering and a support part; the sidewalls of the chamber are
formed by sectional members of approximately X-shaped
cross section with four leg portions which extend elastically
along the adjacent top and bottom walls of the chamber.
3,638,995
RECLINING CHAIR
Joseph P. Flanagan, 23 Maple St., Broadalbin, N.Y., and
Allan H. Crawford, 72 Evelyn Ave., Amsterdam, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,446
Int. CI. A47c 1/02
U.S. CI. 297-85 4 Claims
A reclining chair having a one-way locking means; the
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
201
•\
locking means being carried on the movable chair portion ported at end portions thereof by spaced-apart chairs and
readily removed from the chairs.
The combination of spaced-apart chairs supporting such a
temporary seat.
3,638,998
and not being dependent on cooperating means on the sta- STADIUM CHAIR WITH FOLDING SEAT
tionary chair frame Paul G. Anderson, 655 D S. Indian Hill Blvd., Claremont,
Calif.
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,695
Intel. A47cy/02,;/06, y/y2
3,638,996
PANCRATIC OCULAR FOR MICROPHOTOGRAPHY u s CI 297-332
Walter Klein, Wissmar, Germany, assignor to Firma Ernst
Leitz GmbH, Wetzlar, Germany ,
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,402
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 12, 1968, P 18 14
132.7
Int. CI. G02b 15/00
U.S. CI. 350-184 2 Claims
X
2 Claims
ri'd.'irj'lr^'S ^^ r^
A pancratic Huygens-type ocular system, preferably for
use with microphotography apparatuses, composed of a sta-
tionary front lens and a stationary eyelens between which
two lens elements are displaceable in the direction of the op-
tical axis. The first displaceable lens element is a negative
lens movable from the real image plane towards the front
lens, while the second displaceable lens element is a positive
lens movable from the real image plane towards the eyelens.
A stadium chair has spaced pairs of vertical side members
with means at their bottoms for attachment to the riser face
or the horizontal platform of the row. The vertical members
support hinge plates at the level of the seat. Fiber glass,
plastic or sheet metal seat surfaces secured to metal outside
frames are pivotally mounted to the plates. The rear edge of
each seat is weighted. The front of each vertical member has
a seat stop against which the seat frame registers when the
seat is occupied. A backrest similar to the seat is attached to
spaced support members extending from the vertical mem-
bers. The support members may be either ngidly or articu-
lately attached to the front vertical members
3,638,997
TEMPORARY SEAT SUPPORTED BY SPACED-APART
CHAIRS
Scott N. Shapiro, 3530 N. Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, III.,
and William G. Wilkin, Oak Park, III., assignors to said
Shapiro, by said Wilkin
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,486
Int. CI. A47c 15/00
U.S. CI. 297-232 14 Claims
A temporary, portable seat constructed to be readily sup-
3,638,999
VEHICLE SEAT CONSTRUCTION
Henry J. Tischler, BkMMnfield Hills, Mich., assignor to Young
Spring & Wire Corporation, Detroit, Mkh.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,760
Int. CI. B60n 1/02; A62b 35/00
S. CI. 297— 379 IS Claims
A vehicle seat construction comprising a seat back which
mounted for swinging movement between a generally
upright position and a forward folded position with resf)ect to
a seat base. A seat lock assembly is provided that permits
normal swinging movement of the seat back for ingress and
egress to the area behind the seat back and is operable upon
deceleration or impact on the vehicle to lock the seat back
against forward swinging movement A shoulder belt lock as-
U
is
202
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
sembly is provided on the seat back aind is operable to permit 3,639,001
normal movement of the person seated on the vehicle and is METAL CORE PLASTIC CHAIR
Victor F. Anderson, Wenonah, NJ., assignor to Shell Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,043
Int. CI. A47c 4/02, 7100. 7120; B44f 9102; E04c 2120
;-s2
\}S. CI. 297-445
16 Claims
aoB
further operable upon relative rapid movement of a seated
person to lock the shoulder belt against movement with
respect to the seat back.
3,639,000
SHOULDER CROSS SEATBELTS WITH CONTROLLED
PASSEV^ER DECELERATION
Raymond O. Keltner, 8700 Pawnee Lane, Leawood, Kans.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,290
Int. CI. A62b 35100
U.S. CI. 297-386 15 Claims
A composite furniture structure having an inner relatively
rigid load-supporting core frame at least partially covered by
outer decorative facing means, which are preferably molded
from plastic. The invention p)ermits low-cost mass production
of furniture of various types and styles from the relatively
simple modem styles to highly ornate provincial styles.
3,639,002
SEAT CONSTRUCTION
Henry J. Tischler, Bloomfield Hills, Mich., assignor to Gulf &
Western Metals Forming Company, Southfield, Mich.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,832
Int. CI. A47c 7102. 23/00
U.S. CI. 297-452 14 Claims
A protective harness worn by an occupant of a vehicle
which controls the deceleration of the wearer in the event of
a sudden stop or decrease in the speed of the vehicle, as
would occur on impact with another vehicle or a stationary
object. The belts of the harness are coupled with pistons
within fluid-containing cylinders anchored to the vehicle.
Each piston and cylinder device permits limited movement of
the harness under the momentum of the wearer, but also
produces a braking action to oppose such movement and ar-
rest the harness, thereby subjecting the wearer to a reduced
rate of deceleration rather than a sudden stop. The device
may be conveniently released by the wearer to permit free
movement when desired or necessary, and the harness con-
struction assures that the belts will ride flatly against the
body of the wearer.
A seat construction comprising a frame including a base
and a back. Each of the base and back have a frame with
spaced siderails and a spring assembly mounted on the frame.
Each spring assembly comprises a plurality of longitudinally
extending wires, a plurality of transversely spaced wires hav-
ing intermediate portions extending between the spaced
wires and free ends extending beyond the longitudinally ex-
tending wires at an acute angle to the intermediate portion.
Each spring assembly further comprises a longitudinal wire
along each side edge connecting the free ends of said trans-
versely spaced wires. Each spring assembly is resiliently sup-
ported on its respective frame.
February 1, 1^72
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
^
203
3,639,003
PROCESS FOR LEACHING METAL VALUES FROM
MINERAL-BEARING EARTH MATERIAL
Henry Rush Spedden, and Emil Edward Malouf, both of Salt
Lake City, Utah, assignors to Kennecott Copper Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852^73
Int. CI. E21b4i/25
U.S. CI. 299—5 8 Claims
A rotary unit, which may be dragged by a tractor, is formed
with radial guides in spaced wheels with bars parallel to the
axis of the wheels and mounted in the guides for free radial
A high-pressure stream of leach solution from, for exam-
ple, a hydraulic monitor, is directed Eigainst a mine waste
dump or other mass of mineral-bearing material to be
leached, for the purpose of dislodging and breaking up the
material, while, at the same time, leaching metallic values
therefrom. It is preferred that material dislodged by the pres-
surized leach solution be formed into piles and that other
high-pressure streams of leach solution be used to further
agitate the piled material and to complete the leaching of
metallic values therefrom.
3,639,004
TUNNELING MACHINES
Peter Lockwood, and Gerald R. O. Pentith, both of Darling-
ton, England, assignors to Greenside Machine Company
Limited, Darlington, England
Filed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 308
Int. CI. E21c 27/24; EOlg 3/04
U.S. CI. 299-10 3 Claims
movement. The bars drop sequentially down against the ice
surface and fall back again towards the center as the ap-
paratus rotates.
3,639,006
MACHINERY FOR DRIVING TUNNELS, GALLERIES OR
THE LIKE
Willi Steufmehl, Erkelenz, Germany, assignor to Maschinen-
Und Bohrgeratt-Fabrik Alfred Wirth & Co. K.G., Er-
kelenz, Germany
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,714
Int. CI. EOlg J/04
U.S. CI. 299-31 11 Claims
A tunneling machine has a radially extending arm mounted
at its center to a rotatably torque shaft. Each half of the arm
mounts a respective rotary cutting head which is traversable
over that half. In use, the cutting heads are equally spaced
from the torque shaft axis, and the torque shaft is rotated
through 1 80° to remove mineral from a face. The arm is then
returned to its original position, equally spaced radial posi-
tions and a further cutting movement performed. Other
cutting procedures may be employed.
3,639,005 I
APPRATUS FOR BREAKING SHEET ICE
William J. Holm, 26 East Lane, SpringfieM, Vt.
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,414
InL CI. EOlh 5//2
U.S. CI. 299—25 7 Claims
Apparatus is provided for breaking surface ice formed over
a snow cover as sometimes develops on ski slopes or the like.
Circular section tunnels are bored out by a stepped series
of concentric longitudinally displaced boring heads mounted
on separate units, the leading head being circular and of the
smallest diameter and succeeding heads b>eing annular and of
progressively greater external diameter, such that the total
cross-sectional area of the series of heads is equal to the area
of the tunnel working face. Each boring head is mounted on
a separate frame and is readily interchangeable, the frame
clamping and advancing means and the boring heads for each
unit being independently hydraulically or electrically driven
and controlled from a common power supply and control
unit, allowing wide flexibility of operation of the unit. The
frame of each successive unit is guided through the tunnel
section bored out by the immediately preceding unit and the
larger diameter boring head of such unit is located in the rear
thereof. With the most usual arrangement of such tunnel bor-
ing machines consisting of a leading unit and one follower
unit, the mounting of the boring head of the follower unit in
the rear portion thereof affords the advantage of most con-
venient disposal of the spoil.
204
v^
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,007 3,639,009
FLUIDIZING HOPPER SLOPE SHEET PAD ASSEMBLY ANTISKID BRAKE SYSTEM FOR VEHICLES
Roy R. Dare, St. Charles, and John L. Carney, Jr., St. Louis, Hans-Christoff KJein, Hattersheim, Germany, and James E.
both of Mo., assignors to ACF Industries, Incorporated, Byrne, New Canaan, Conn., assignors to International
New York, N.Y. Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,276 Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,051
Int. CI. B60p 1162, B61d 7128, B65q 3114 Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 14, 1969, P 19 01
U.S. CI. 302-52
7 Claims
477.8
Int. Ct.B60t«/00. 5/72
U.S. CI. 303-21 F
17 Claims
TO OTHER
WHEEL BR«KE
CYLINDER
A fluidizing or aerating pad for a covered hopper railway
car mounted on a hopper slope sheet immediately above a
bottom outlet structure The fluidizing pad extends across
substantially the entire width of individual slope sheets and
comprises a flat base sheet in face-to-face contact with the
associated slope sheet and a fluid permeable outer member
having a peripheral flange secured to the base sheet. The
fluid permeable member is formed of a woven wire mesh and
is additionally secured to the base sheet at predetermined
positions inwardly from the peripheral flange.
3,639,008
POWER BRAKE SYSTEM
Stanley I. MacDuff, Daytona Beach, Fla., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation
Original application Sept. 27, 1962, Ser. No. 226,614, now
Patent No. 3,514,163, dated May 26, 1970. Divided and this
application Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,8 1 5
Int. CI. B60t 13114
U.S. CI. 303— 10 2 Claims
An antiskid system for conventional master cylinder
hydraulic brake systems for vehicles in which loss of brake
pressure due to repeated discharge of fluid from the master
cylinder as the system cycles is prevented by connecting the
wheel cyhnder to a pressurized reservoir after each reduction
in pressure so that pressure can be restored without move-
ment of the master cylinder piston. This is accomplished by
means of a valve arrangement responsive to wheel accelera-
tion and deceleration thresholds.
3,639,010
FLUID PRESSURE AND DYNAMIC BRAKE INTERLOCK
VALVE WITH VARIABLE LOAD CONTROL
Gary T. Mayer, Deerfield, III., and Daniel G. Scott, Apollo,
Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Air Brake Company, Wil-
merding, Pa.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,237
Int. CI. B60t 8118
U.S. CI. 303-22 A 15 Claims
A braking system having a manually operated master
cylinder for supplying the energizing force to activate the
73 79 74 99 7C
K
^c3>-
FROM a>*>ot SSOP
This invention relates to a triple-diaphragm pressure-
wheel brakes of a vehicle in the absence of power boost operated vanable-load-type brake control valve for rapid
device being inoperative. transit vehicles wherein the body of the vehicle is supported
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
205
on air springs, the pressure in which is varied to maintain the
body at a substantially constant height above the rails ir-
respective of the load on the body Furthermore, air spring
pressure varies the effective area of that one of the three
diaphragms that is subject to brake cylinder pressure
whereby the brake cylinder pressure required to effect move-
ment of the brake control valve to a lap position subsequent
to any reduction of brake pipe pressure effective on one side
of a second one of the diaphragms relative to a substantially
constant control reservoir pressure effective on the opposite
side of this second diaphragm, varies directly as the load car-
ried on the body of the vehicle. The third diaphragm is sub-
ject to a fluid pressure that corresponds to the degree of
dynamic brake and acts thereon in the same direction as
brake pipe pressure acts on the second diaphragm. Con-
sequently, as the speed of the vehicle diminishes and the
dynamic brake fades Qyt, the brake control valve operates to
control the blending therewith of the pneumatic brake in
such a manner as to bring a rapid transit train, each car of
which is provided with this brake control valve, to a proper
stop at a predetermined rate of deceleration.
3,639,011
MULTIWHEELED LOCOMOTION DEVICE
Walton W. Cushman, Eraser, Mich., and Martin Tucker,
trustee. New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,106
Int. CI. B62d 55108
U.S. CI. 305-35 EB 19 Claims
^11
A multiwheeled locomotion device has a pair of hubless
wheels or rollers for effectively engaging a surface along
which the wheels propel the device; a first rotatable wheel or
roller placed intermediate of the hubless wheels is operative-
ly connected to such wheels by means of a load belt which
also encircles a substantial portion of the periphery of each
of the hubless wheels; and second and third reaction-type rol-
:^ior
e Wst
lers or wheels are situated generally above the rwst roller and
between the hubless wheels; a plurality of constraining belts
looped about the reaction and first rollers tend to draw them
together and in so doing cause upper and lower runs of the
load belt which pass between the reaction and first rollers to
be urged toward each other thereby creating a tension in the
load belt.
3,639,012
TREAD BELT AND ASSEMBLY
Walton W. Cushman, Fraser, Mich., and Martin Tucker, as
trustee. New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 881,975
Int. CI. B62d 55124
U.S. CI. 305-35 EB 1 5 Claims
An endless tread belt adapted to pass about two or more
surface locomotion wheels is formed of an elastomeric
material and has a plurality of spaced cleat portions extend-
ing generally transversely of the tread belt body; a generally
medially situated constraining belt is contained generally
within the belt body and positioned so as to have the medial
portion thereof coextensive with the pitch diameter of the
belt body, the constraining belt or strap is effective for assur-
ing tracking means formed on the tread belt to be closely
received within coop>erating guide means formed in the sur-
face locomotion wheels; the sides of the tread belt are pro-
vided with integrally formed passage-type locking means for
receiving therein fingerlike locking members of side closure
walls connectable to the tread belt at opposite sides thereof
in order to form an enclosed chamber containing the
locomotion wheels.
3,639,013
HAND TOOL WITH SELF-LOCKING WEDGE
CONNECTION
George W. Merrow, Bkwmfield, Conn., assignor to The Stan-
ley Works, New Britain, Conn.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,355
Int. CI. B25g 3128
U.S. CI. 306-33 10 Claims
A hand tool having a tool head and a handle is provided
with a self-locking wedge embedded within said handle to ef-
fect a secure interconnection between the wedge, the handle
and the tool head. The self-locking wedge is a single multiele-
ment member of high shear strength having a tapered central
body and a plurality of integral wedge-shaped side arms in-
tersecting the central body and projecting outwardly from
opposite sides thereof. At least one of the sid^arms extends
from the central body for a greater distance on one side
thereof than on the opposite side thereof. Locking shoulders
projecting from the central body are disposed inwardly of the
side arms and cooperate with the side arms to interlockably
retain the resilient grained structure of the handle and
restrict removal of the wedge therefrom.
3,639,014
DAMPED BEARING
Herbert Sixsmith, Oxford, England, assignor to National
Research Development Corporation, London, England
FUed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,774
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 26, 1968,
14,555/68
Int. CI. F16c/ 7//6
U.S. CI. 308-9 10 Claims
A bearing assembly, in which the bearing is located
between the fixed and rotatable members in such a manner
206
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
/
February 1, 1972
that it can adjust to a certain extent to radial movement of the race receiving same, thus providing between the lip or
the movable member, is damped against vibration or shock lips of said seal and the surface associated therewith a
w^
1-
by housing a seismic mass in the bearing with limited
freedom of radial movement.
chamber adapted to be filled with a substance for improving
the frictional contact while isolating said seal.
# 3,639,017 t
STABLE BALL CAGE
George J. Schoen, Danbury, and Lewis W. McKee, Ar-
rowhead Point, both of Conn., assignors to The Barden
vJ
3,639,015
RESILIENT MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT
Otto Robert Maas, Russdsheim/Hessen, Germany, assignor to Corporation, Danbury, Conn
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich. Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17^25
Filed May 4, 1 970, Ser. No. 34,438 Int. CI. F 1 6c 33138
Claims priority, application Germany, May 10, 1%9, G 69 MS. CI. 308-201 13 Claims
19 078.9
U.S. CI. 308-26
Int. CI. F 16c 35106
3 Claims
A propeller shaft bearing is carried in an inner ring con-
nected to an outer ring by a resilient annular membrane. The
outer ring is secured to a vehicle body portion. An annular
member extends from one of the rings towards the other and
upon relative displacement of the rings resiliently engages the
other ring to provide an increased spring rate for the mem-
brane to resist further relative displacement of the rings.
3,639,016
ROLLING CONTACT BEARING SEALS
Claude Raymond Bourgeois, Annecy (Haute Savoie), France,
assignor to Socicte Nouvelle de Roulements, Annecy (Haute
Savoie), France
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 19,020
Claims priority, appUcation France, Mar. 12, 1%9, 6907020
InL CI. F16j 15132
U.S. CI. 308— 1 87.2 5 Claims
Seal for ball and roller bearings, of the type wherein the
seal consisting of rubber or similar material is associated v^th
one of the bearing races and comprises at least one lip coact-
ing with an associated surface of the other race, such as a
baffle plate, characterized in that the seal comprises an annu-
lar portion or bead force fitted to a surface associated with
A bearing cage for a ball bearing in which the annular cage
body has a plurality of radially extending ball pockets and a
centrally located annular groove in its inner surface or in its
outer surface, the depth of the groove relative to its width
being sufficiently great that in operation of a ball bearing in-
corporating the cage the balls engage the cage only at the
radially extending edges formed by the sides of the groove at
the pockets and not at the edge formed by the base of the
groove at the pockets so as to drive the cage by forces which
are at an angle to the direction of cage rotation.
3,639,018
TAPERED ROLLER BEARING ASSEMBLY
Donald F. Wilkes, Albuquerque, N. Mex., assignor to
Rolamite Incorporated, San Francisco, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 762,013, Sept.
24, 1968, now Patent No. 3,527,295, dated Mar. 2, 1971.
This application Oct 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,903
Int. Ci. F16C/9//4
U.S. CI. 308-214 15 Claims
A tapered roller bearing assembly in which load-bearing
rollers are spaced apart from each other by idler rollers. The
idler rollers are supported at their opposite ends in bearing
races which are mounted on the outer bearing race for the
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
207
load rollers. A shoulder adjacent the inner bearing surface rotation or tilting movement of the hook hanger member,
for the load rollers cooperates with a conical surface on the The hook of each such hanger member is fixed or formed in
the center of the upper portion of the file folder In the filing
end face of the load rollers to urge the load rollers to remain
in alignment as they progress around the bearing races.
3,639,019
RADIAL BALL BEARINGS
Georg Schaeffler, Herzogenaurach, Germany, assignor to In-
dustriewerk Schaeffler OHG, Herzogenaurach, Germany
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 45,979
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, July 1, 1969, G 69 25
f 932.1; Aug. 22, 1969, G 69 33 092.3
Int. CI. F 16c/ 9/05
U.S. CI. 308— 193 7 Claims
» 5
A novel radial ball bearing particularly adapted for mount-
ing a water pump shaft provided with two rows of balls
spaced from each other and which roll in grooves in the shaft
to be mounted.
'7
3,639,020
SUSPENSION nLE
Sydney M. Nesbitt, 4310 S.W. 104th Ave., Miami, Fla.
Filed Nov. 22, 1%8, Ser. No. 778,050
Int. CI. A47b 63100; B42f 15100
U.S. CI. 312-184 6 Claims
In the suspension of a plurality of file folders, such as
required in an office filing system an elongated horizontally
disposed metal or wooden rod, which is square or rectangular
in cross section, is provided, and is installed between the
walls of a standard metal stationary cabinet or the walls of a
room or closet and fixed in any desired position. This square
rod is fixed with its diagonal dimension in substantially verti-
cal pK>sition and will accommodate a companionately shaped
hook hanger member in a close-fitting manner. This fit is
loose enough to permit lateral sliding movement of the hook
hanger member along the length of the horizontally disposed
square rod, but is snug enough to prevent any substantial
of exceptionally heavy and bulky material in the file folder to
be carried by the hanger member, such as large bulky blue
prints, hospital X-ray negatives, computer print outs or the
like, my file is especially useful.
3,639,021
CLOSURE FOR FLY TACKLE FISHING BOX
WiUard E. Fee, One W. Santa Inez Ave., San Mateo, Calif.
FUcd June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,286
Int. CI. A47b 81 100; B42f 2 1/00
U.S. CI. 312-234.1 4 Claims
^
A fishing tackle box having a pan-shaped compartmented
body open at the top, and separate openable covers for each
compartment. Said covers have a shelf for receiving a name
plate, and a well for receiving a fishing tackle fiy. Seated
thereover is a removable transparent window. Pins mounted
on the covers engage bearings on the compartment walls. A
depression on the front edge of the covers receives a horizon-
tal protruding ridge, securing cover closure.
3,639,022
NECKTIE RACK AND ACCESSORY CHEST
Frank S. Elmo, 1505 Idaho St. #0, LA Habra, Calif.
Filed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,605
Int. CI. A47f 5/08; A47b 67/00
U.S. CI. 312-245 2 Claims
A case for storing a selection of neckties, the case having a
pivotable front door having a mirror upon the outerside
1
208
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
thereof so that a gentleman can see himself while tymg a
necktie, and the case including drawers for containing bow
neckties, cuff links, tie pins and associate jewelry
3,639,023
POWER RLE LEVELING DEVICE
Walter G. Anders, and Jon S. Skolmutch, both of Canton,
Ohio, assignors to Diebold Incorporated, Canton, Ohio
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,228
Int. CI. A47b 49100
U.S. CI. 3 1 2- 268 17 Claims
tuator mounted on each pan for directly controlling the
stopped location of such pan The mechanism stops the con-
veyor so that any selected pan will have a location within one
thirty-second of an inch of a desired location regardless of
the direction of movement of the conveyor or of unbalanced
loading of the conveyor pans or system.
3,639,025
FREESTANDING APPLIANCE WITH BREAK-OPEN
DOOR
Edward H. Donselman, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 795,906
Int. CI. A47b«//00
U.S. CI. 312-276 3 Claims
'",4
J
-
-—1 —
,^.i «yC
58
- 1
- r
V
,
?
^
' — 1
pj_
'.. ^^J,
''/"^Z • • • r :
A leveling control mechanism for a power filing appliance
wherein a number of pan assemblies travel on an endless
conveyor in a continuous path. The leveling control
mechanism stops the conveyor so that any selected pan will
have a location within one thirty-second of an inch of a
desired location regardless of the direction of movement of
the conv^or or of unbalanced loading of the conveyor pans
or system.
3,639,024
LEVELING DEVICE FOR POWER RLE
Walter G. Anders, Canton, Ohio, assignor to Biebold, Incor-
porated, Canton, Ohio
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,833
Int. CI. A47b 49100
U.S. CI. 312-268 II Claims
A leveling control mechanism for a power filing appliange
wherein a number of pan assemblies travel on an endless
conveyor in a continuous path. The leveling control
mechanism has adjustable and movable components
mounted on the file frame or support and a simple single ac-
A freestanding appliance such as a portable dishwasher
having a swing-down access door has means which resists
opening of the door beyond its normally open horizontal
position and which yields when a downward force is imposed
upon the dcxir which exceeds that downward force imposed
upon the door in its normal use and which would tend to
cause the appliance to tip but for the yielding, which permits
the door to swing down until stopped by the floor.
3,639,026
STEEL SHELVING CLOSURE
Irwin J. Ferdinand, Glencoe, and Irwin R. Kulbersh, Morton
Grove, both of III., assignors to The Hirsh Company,
Skokie, III.
Filed July 27. 1970, Ser. No. 58,356
Int. CI. A47b5//00
IJ.S. CI. 312-295 8 Claims
A frame assembly for sliding doors is disclosed which is ad-
justably secured to a desired level around the front openings
of knockdown steel shelving having a plurality of vertically
spaced shelves supported by corner posts. Each shelf has
front and rear flanges extending above and below the shelf
FEBRUi^RY 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
209
I
surface Avith cutout comers engaging the supporting posts
and defining therebetween the front openings. The assembly
induces a frame member having bottom and top box-type
longitudinal flanges and a pair of elongated, channeled clip
"^innembers to hold the frame member against and between the
front flanges of any desired pair of shelves.
Detent means are provided between contiguous walls of
3,639,028
DRAWER STOP
Colon C. Black, Muskegon, Mich., assignor to E. H. Sheldon
and Company, Muskegon, Mich.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 47,965
Int. CI. A47b 95/00
U.S. CI. 312-348 4 Claims
the flanges of the frame member and the walls of the clip
members. The upper clip member engages the upper shelf
flange in a vertically slidable relationship so that the as-
sembly, with or without the sliding doors within the channels,
can be moved in a vertical plane to disengage the lower clip
member from the shelf flange. In this position the upper clip
member is readily disengaged from the upper shelf flange by
lowering the assembly.
3,639,027
DRAWER FRAME
Joseph W. Higdon, Jr., P.O. Box 978, Quincy, Fla.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,212
Int. CI. A47b 88100
D.S. CI. 312-330
13 Claims
In combination with a drawer having a rear wall recessed
to provide a rear abutment, a flexible plastic stop member
has a lower portion anchored to the rear wall below its top
and has a stop portion extending above the rear wall for en-
gagement with a frame member at the forward end of the
drawer opening, the slop member having a rearwardly ex-
tending brace fitting within the recess and engaging the abut-
ment at the rear of the recess.
3,639,029
ONE-STEP ORTHOSCOPIC IMAGE RECONSTRUCTING
TECHNIQUE FOR A HOLOGRAM CONSTRUCTED
THROUGH A DISPERSIVE MEDIUM
Kenneth A. Haines, Middletown, Dei., assignor to Holotron
Corporation, Del.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 875,768, Nov.
12, 1969, whkh is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 809,171, Mar. 21, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 730337, May 20, 1968, now
abandoned , whkh is a continuation-in-part of applkation Ser.
No. 649,337, June 27, 1967, now abandoned. This application
Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,758
Int. CI. G02b 27/00
U.S. CI. 350—3.5 6 Claims
i-C
This invention relates to the construction of drawers for
chests, desks, etc. A drawer frame is injection molded of
plastic material in fiattened blank form. The blank includes
weakened zones dividing the blank into back and side sec-
tions, the lower part of the frame is provided with an out-
wardly projecting rib assembly including noncontinuous rib
sections which are discontinued at the weakened zones to
permit folding of the blank into a U-shaped frame. The rib
assembly forms an interior longitudinal groove adapted to
support the side and end edges of a drawer bottom. A drawer
front dovetails with the side terminals and is secured thereto.
A drawer guide is formed in the back of the drawer frame.
A technique for reconstructing an orthoscopic image of an
object from a hologram that has been constructed of that ob-
ject through a radiation dispersion medium. The technique
includes reconstructing from the hologram a first order dif-
fracted beam with a wave front conjugate to that of the
dispersed object bearing wave front recorded on the holo-
gram. The first order diffracted beam is reconstructed in a
manner to form in real space an image of the dispersive
medium used during the hologram construction. A phase
conjugate of the dispersive medium used in the hologram
construction is positioned in the reconstructed beam. An
orthoscopic image of the object is thereby formed.
210
u
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,030
HOLOGRAPHIC METHOD OF FARMING CONTOUR
LINES IN AN IMAGE UTILIZING LIGHT OF LIMITED
COHERENCE LENGTH
Tadao Tsuruta, and Yoshinobu Ito, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Nippon Kogaku K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,841
Claims priority, application Japan, June 24, 1969, 44/49298
Int. CI. G02b 27100: GOlc 11 100
U.S. CI. 350-3.5 1 Claim
This invention provides a device for forming hologram
Fabry-Perot etaion is interposed in the parallel reference
light rays. The distance D of Fabry-Perot etaion is made sub-
stantially equal to the coherent length L of the light to be
used, so as to produce a number of reference light ray groups
having a light path difference of 2D for increasing the depth
of reproduction.
Further, by making the distance D satisfying 2D>L, con-
tour lines in terms of 2D are formed for measuring the depth
of an object.
3,639,031
HOLOGRAM COPYING FOR RECONSTRUCTION OF AN
ABERRATION-FREE WAVEFRONT AT A WAVELENGTH
DIFFERING FROM THE COPYING WAVELENGTH
Lawrence H. Lin, Chatham, N J., assignor to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,202
Int. CI. G02b 27/00
U.S. CI. 350-3.5 5 Claims
A first thick hologram of the wave front from an object is
formed at a first wavelength to which a first hologram-
recording medium is sensitive. A second hologram is
recorded on a second recording medium sensitive to a
second wavelength by placing the second recording medium
adjacent the first and illuminating the first hologram with
radiation at the second wavelength. This second hologram
can then be illununated with radiation of the first wavelength
to reconstruct with minimum aberration the wave front as-
sociated with the object recorded on the first hologram.
X
3,639,032
TECHNIQUES FOR HOLOGRAM DATA REDUCTION
Kenneth A. Haines, Runnymede, Del., assignor to The Battdle
Development Corporation, Columbus, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 730337, May 20,
1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 649,337, June 27, 1967, now abandoned.
This application Mar. 21, 1%9, Ser. No. 809,171
Int. CI. G02b 27/00
U.S. CI. 350-3.5 30 Claims
A technique for reducing the space-bandwidth product,
recorded at the hologram plane in the method of holography
in which the object wave front is dispersed before reaching
the hologram plane such that the space-spatial frequency
product of mterference fringes recorded at the hologram
plane is reduced without reducing the angle of viewing the
image upon reconstruction
3,639,033
HOLOGRAPHIC DATA REDUCTION WITH PERIODIC
DISPERSIVE MEDIUMS AND METHOD OF
ORTHOSCOPIC IMAGE RECONSTRUCTION
Kenneth A. Haines, Middletown, Dei., assignor to The Battelle
Development Corporation, Columbus, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 809,171, Mar.
21, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser..
No. 730,337, May 20, 1968, now abandoned , which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 6493^< June 27,
1967, now abandoned. This application Nov. 12, 1969, Ser.
No. 875,768
Int. CI. G02b 27/00
U.S. CI. 350-3.5
12 Claims
/^"^
39
'±f^..
A method of holography in which the object wavefront is
dispersed before reaching the hologram detector for recorda-
tion thereon and an image -carrying diffracted wavefront
reconstructed from the hologram detector is dispersed in a
manner related to the dispersion of the object wave front
during the hologram's construction. Several specific
techniques are disclosed for reconstructing an orthoscopic
(actual) image of the object. A preferred technique for
reconstructing an orthoscopic image includes making from
such a hologram a second hologram without dispersion of the
wave front recorded on the second hologram. Dispersion
techniques for reducing the space-spatial frequency product
of the information holographically recorded are also dis-
closed wherein a penodiccilly phase-varying diffusion plate
etched on one side thereof is utilized for wave front disper-
sion.
X
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
211
3,639,034 is detached from its normal operative position on a vehicle it
OPTICAL PERSPECTIVE GENERATION SYSTEM can act as a light-reflecting safety device. A preferre^^S^ap
Joseph A. La Russa, Yonkers, N.Y., assignor to Farrand Opti-
cal Co., Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,716
Int. CI. G02b I3m
U.S. CI. 350-31 19 Claims
15-
,.A
An optical image generation system, for use in aircraft and
other simulators, including two or more perspectiveless input
objects each contributing a different component to a com-
posite output image having perspective. The persf)ectiveless
input objects, each to a different scale, are passed through a
perspective generation system which is constructed in ac-
cordance with Scheimpflug principles. At least one of the
component output images from the perspective generation
system resulting from the input object is compressed, by an
anamorphic lens system, before being combined to form the
composite output image. The compression contributed by the
anamorphic lens system in combination with the scale dif-
ference between the perspectiveless input objects and the
power of the persp)ective generation system is such that the
perspective generated in each component is the same. When
those components are combined, therefore, into the com-
posite output image, that composite output image has a sin-
gle correct perspective.
3,639,035
SYNTHETIC RESIN STRUCTURES FOR LIGHT
CONDUCTION AND PRODUCTION THEREOF
Masanori Irie, Amagasaki-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippon Sel-
foc Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,669
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 23, 1969, 44/4957
InLCI.G02b 5// 4,7/04
U.S. CI. 350-96 R lO Claims
A polymer in the form of a transparent bar or fiber having
bridges due to ionic bonding of carboxylic groups and metals
and having a compositional distribution wherein the concen-
trations of at least two of the metals vary progressively from
the central axis toward the outer surface of the bar or fiber,
whereby the refractive index thereof varies progressively in
directions transverse to the axis. A bar or fiber of this
character can be produced by immersing a polymer bar or
fiber having bridges due to ionic bonding of carboxylic
groups and metals in a medium containing ions of at least
one other metal different from any of the first-mentioned
metals to cause ions of the metals originally in the resin body
to be substituted by ions of the other metal.
3,639,036
LIGHT-REFLECTIVE WHEEL COVERS
Edward J. Rosebach, Jr., 48 MiU St., Abington, Mass.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,830
Int. CI. G02b5//2
U^. CI. 350—97 6 Claims
A conventional vehicle hubcap is provided on its inside
surface with a light reflective means so that when the hubcap
support means for supporting the hub cap when used as a
safety device comprises a compact plastic stand
3,639,037
DIRECTIONAL OR REFLEXIVE PROJECTION SCREEN
Yoshio Fukushlma, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,952
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 28, 1969, 44/15573
Int. CI. G03b2//60
U.S. CI. 350— 1 26 2 Claims
LUMNANCE
A directional or reflexive projection screen having a
reflecting surface consisting of at least two or more kinds of
glass beads having different refractive indexes The optimum
image viewing area may be arbitrarily adjusted.
3,639,038
OPTICAL-ELECTROMECHANICAL APPARATUS FOR
GENERATING AND COLLAPSING CHIRP PULSES
Roberi Stanwood Duncan, Winston-Salem, N.C., assignor to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill,
NJ.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 66,021
Int. CI. G02f liiA
U.S. CI. 350-161 6 Claims
uSr sixSct c
TOtSCMc
»J?3a£CI»lC
tM:Tc m.»iRiE(i
A beam of collimated light is reflected from a torsionally
pulsed acoustic delay medium. Successive portions of the
light reflected from the medium pass through a nonuniform
transmission grating to a photomultiplier device. The device
212
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
output comprises either a chirp pulse or a collapsed chirp color rays pass through the main objective lens and the focal
pulse depending on the torsional pulse applied to the medium length of the main objective controls the focal point of the
and the orientation of the grating
3,639,039
APPARATUS UTILIZING SPATIAL PLANE FILTERING
FOR PERFORMING OPTICAL IMAGE ENHANCEMENT
Joseph E. Rhodes, Jr., Marietta, Ga., assignor to Locliheed
Aircraft Corporation, Burtuinli, Calif.
Filed Oct. 22, 1964, Ser. No. 405,802
Int.CI. G02b27/iS
U.S. CI. 350- 162 SF 3 Claims
\*-S
J,
An optical image processor utilizing filtering in the spatial
image plane to enhance selected details of an optical image
such as a photographic transparency. Spatially coherent light
is passed through an optical train including a transparency of
a scene to be enhanced and the image of the light source is
focused onto a plane containing a spatial filter which may
consist of a slit of variable dimension and onentation The
geometric patterns of the scene on the transparency function
as diffraction gratings for the coherent light and the desired
diffraction patterns are selected by a spatial filter of the ap-
propriate dimension and location. The filter may be rotated
to provide a cyclically recurring enhanced image.
A
color rays The color system uses all colors of the spectrum
and results in an improved color balance with resultant flat-
ness of field to the edge of the aperture.
3,639,041
SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCANNING THE DEPTH
OF THE OPTIC FUNDUS
Tom N. Comsweet, Atherton, Calif., assignor to Stanford
Research Institute, Menlo Park, Calif.
Piled Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,990
Int. CI. A61bi//0, GOlb 11130, 9/00
U.S. CI. 351-14 8 Claims
k
JtMD MULL
OtTScrotv
ERRATUM
For Class 350—184 see:
Patent No. 3,638,996
3,639,040
LENS SYSTEM FOR COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
John Tylka, Sr., 1865 N. Curson Ave., Hollywood, Calif.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,541
Int. CI. G02b 5/02, 27/00
U.S. CI. 350-193 7 Claims
The color lens system includes a main objective lens and
an annular series of independent color lenses positioned for-
wardly of the main objective lens; the inner diameter of the
annular series of independent color lenses being equal to or
slightly greater than the diameter of the main objective lens
Prismatic lenses are provided for each color lens, which len-
ses collect light rays from the object being photographed and
direct the light rays to the color lenses, the rays from the
color lenses being directed to the main objective lens. The
A system and method for obtaining a depth profile of the
fundus of the eye in which first and second alternately
excited light sources image an aperture on a portion of the
optic disk The refractive power of the eye is held approxi-
mately constant by having the eye look at a fixation point. A
detector is provided for sensing the degree of overlap of the
aperture images due to the first and second light sources. In
one embodiment the aperture is displaced in a Z-direction
with respect to the eye until the images of the aperture
completely overlap The aperture is then successively dis-
placed honzontally m an X-direction and/or vertically in a Y-
direction with respect to the eye and in each position the
aperture is adjusted in the Z-direction until the first and
second images of the aperture completely overlap. The posi-
tions of the aperture where the first and second images
thereof overlap correspond to the depth of the respective
portions of the optic fundus from any arbitrary point at the
front of the eye
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
213
3,639,042
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING THE ACUITY OF LOW-
VISION PATIENTS
Bernard Grolman, Worcester, Mass., assignor to American
Optical Corporation, Southbridge, Mass.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,190
Int. CI. A6 lb i/02
U.S. CI. 351-30 5 Claims
62 60
An optical system for measuring the acuity of a low-vision
patient has a variably magnified image of a reference
character displayed on a rear vision screen. The image is ef-
fectively rotatable in order to provide the operator with a
verification of the response of the patient.
3,639,043
AN ADJUSTABLE HOUSING FOR APPARATUS FOR
DETERMINING CORNEA CONTOUR
Malcolm G. Townsley, Park Ridge, III., assignor to The Plastic
Contact Lens Company, Chicago, III.
Division of Ser. No. 778,965, Nov. 26, 1968
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,131
Int. CLA61bi/00, F16I 11112
U.S. CI. 351-38 4 Claims
An apparatus for determining the contour of the human
cornea comprising a substantially opaque target having a plu-
rality of light-transmitting gaps through which light beams
can be projected onto the eye of a patient. The pattern of
light beams reflected in the eye can then be photographed
with the particular configuration providing a basis for deter-
mining mathematically the contour of the eye. The target
structure comprises a pair of hollow plastic shells provided
with an opaque coating. The coating is removed in selected
areas to provide the light transmitting gaps. The shells are
mounted at one end of an adjustable housing, and a camera
and through-the-lens focusing means are located at the op-
posite end of the housing. The adjusting means comprise
double joint ball and socket means which permit the operator
to make finite adjustments for accurate alignment while
viewing the eye.
3,639,044
SEMIRIMLESS GLASSES
Famham Blair, Alexandria, Va., assignor to Benton Blair,
Sanlbel Island, Fla., a part interest
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,097
Int. CI. G02c 1104
U^. CI. 351-103
4 Claims
A brow bar formed of zyl or other plastic material, or of
metal, is provided with a pair of anchor members at the of>-
posite sides of the center thereof and secured thereto, the
bottom of each anchor member having a cushion member af-
fixed thereto by a thermosetting adhesive. The upper edges
of a pair of lenses are secured to the cushion members by a
thermoplastic adhesive. In a modification of the invention,
the cushion members are secured directly to the brow bar by
the thermosetting adhesive.
3,639,045
nLMSTRIP
Hildegard Haefeli, Fribourg, Switzerland, assignor to Calottan
AG, Basel, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 1, 1967, Ser. No. 679,886
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Nov. 10, 1966,
16216/66
Int. CI. G03bjy/02
U.S. CI. 352-37 2 Claims
^a^\
The invention involves a filmstrip which includes at least
one strip of picture film, at least one line of perforations and
214
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
at least one soundtrack. The filmstrip is dimensioned and ar-
ranged so that for a filmstrip width of 35 mm. the picture
strip width exceeds 20.9 mm., for a strip width of 17.5 mm. it
exceeds 10 mm., and for a strip width of 16 mm. it exceeds
9.7 mm.
3,639,046
PICKOFF DEVICE
Angek) Boudouris, Sylvania, and Harold M. Plumadore,
Toledo, both of Ohio, assignors to Eprad Incorporated,
Toledo, Ohio
nied Nov. 3, 1969, Scr. No. 873,394
Int. CI. G03b 2/ /50
IJ.S. CI. 352-92 11 Claims
^?^^J^
A pickoff device for a motion picture projector can be sub-
stituted directly for a backup roller associated with a
sprocket of the projector. The pickoff device can be installed
without modification in almost any commercially available
projector produced in the United States. When a conducting
tab or strip on the motion picture film completes a circuit
between the pickoff device and the sprocket, an impulse is
provided for external controls which can change over the
film to a second projector, lower or raise the lights,
background music, or curtain, etc.
3,639,047
AUTOMATIC FOCUSING DEVICE FOR SLIDE
PROJECTORS
Werner Holle, Wetzlar, Germany, assignor to Ernst Leitz
GmbH, Wetzier, Germany
Filed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,024
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 17, 1969, P 17
97 347.6
Int.C!. G03bi//00
U.S. CI. 353—101 5 Claims
cover glass remote from the slide face whereon the light
beam is projected are the first in each cycle to impinge on
the photoelectric receiver. A bistable multivibrator is con-
nected to the receiver which multivibrator is set in response
to the pulses from the receiver exceeding a predetermined
threshold value and is reset at the end of the cycle by a
reference pulse. And means are provided which initiate the
motion of a motor for displacing the slide along the optical
axis in dependence on the time interval between successive
setting and resetting pulses when this time interval differs
from a predetermined value.
3,639,048
AUTOMATIC RANGING AND FOCUSING PROJECTOR
Paul R. Heaney, and Gad E. Stnibel, both of Rochester, N.Y.,
assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,662
Int. CI.G03bJ/00.2///4
U.S. CI. 353-101 14 Claims
il St
'^-- —
-^
J*l»^'>-«»ll>MW.OTtl^l
?^^
A projector having an optical ranging system for automati-
cally optically sensing the screen-to-lens distance and in
response thereto establishing a predetermined film-to-lens
distance for placing a projected film image in focus. The pro-
jector further has an optical focusing system operative in
conjunction with the optical ranging system for sensing the
established predetermined film-to-lens distance in the projec-
tor, and if any change occurs therein to automatically move
the projection lens and/or film to refocus the projected film
image. ♦
3,639,049
COPY SYSTEM
Warren L. Rhodes, Rochester, N.Y., and Vernon L.
Marquart, Oklahoma City, Okla., assignors to Xerox Cor-
poration, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67^12
Int. CI. G03g/ 5/00, 1 5! 1 4
U.S. CI. 355-3 5 Claims
iV^ VACUUM 1 . / fyfO
In a slide projector means are provided for projecting a
light beam obliquely onto one face of the slide from which it
is reflected to a photoelectric receiver. Scanning means in
the path of the light beam guide the reflected beam in cycles
to the receiver in such a manner that the reflections from the
A rapid copy-making system for producing copies for ex-
ample on photographically slow material such as a diazo,
vesicular "Kalvar" or contact speed silver halide by produc-
ing an intermediate image from photoelectrophoretic materi-
al and more or less immediately using this intermediate
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
215
image to contact print the slow photographic material. A
separate light source of high intensity exposes the recently
created photoelectrophoretic intermediate image for imaging
the photographically slow material. ;
3,639,050
PARTICLE-APPLICATING DEVICE
Karel Jan Staller, Rutherford, N J., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed Jan. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 793,034
Int. CI. G03g 15/00
U.S. CI. 355-3 7 Claims
latent electrostatic image is conveyed face down past a ser-
rated roller provided with magnetic means for holding parti-
cles of magnetic material carrying toner so oriented as to
brush the surface of the copy material in a direction opposite
to the direction of the advance of the matenal. The
developer system further comprises a clapper for holding the
copy material into contact with the particles on the roller
A particle-applicating device for printing apparatus having
a printing surface on which is formed electrical or magnetic
charge patterns for attracting the particles. A fir^t flat vibrat-
ing plate is provided proximate to the printing surface and is
pivotally coupled to a vibration generating arrangement. A
particle dispenser is arranged to deposit, near one end of the
vibrating plate, successive uniform quantities of particles to
be applied to the charge pattern. The vibrating motion im-
parted to the plate enables a uniform movement of the parti-
cles along the plate's upper surface and a uniform projection
of the particles onto the printing surface situated thereabove.
A second vibrating plate and arrangement is provided below
the first plate to collect the unattracted particles and return
them by oppositely directed vibratory motion to the particle
dispensing area.
3,639,051
ELECTROSTATIC COPIER
E. Paul Charlap, Scarsdale, N.Y.; Fritz Baumgarten, Giessen-
Heuchelheim, and Lothar Fischer, Giessen Wiesck, both of
Germany, assignors to Savin Business Machines Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Original application June 30, 1964, Ser. No. 379,232, now
Patent No. 3,490,843. Divided and this application Mar. 3,
1969, Ser. No. 823,225
Int. CI. G03g 15/08
VJS. CI. 355-3 4 Claims
3,639,052
APPARATUS FOR ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHICALLY
PRODUCING AN IMAGE ON A SINGLE SHEET OF
MICROHLM
Toshiharu Sasaki, Toyonaka-shi; Ryuzo Miyano, Osaka-fu,
and Yasutaka Naki^inia, Moriguchi-shi, all of Japan, as-
signors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co. Ltd., Kadoma,
\ Osaka, Japan
Filed July 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 839,843
Claims priority, application Japan, July 9. 1968, 43/49293;
43/94344; 43/49294; 43/49295; 43/492%;
July 23, 1968, 43/52646; Aug. 28, 1968. 43/62166
Int. CI. G03b 15/04
U.S. CI. 355— 3 14 Claims
A photographic apparatus for producing a microvisible
image of any original on an electrophotosensitive film by
means of an electrophotographic method.
The apparatus includes means for positioning a successive
film having a transparent organic photoconductive layer
thereon in a predetermined path and charging means for ap-
plying a uniform electrostatic charge lo a portion of the film.
The charged portion is exposed to a microprojected image of
the original through a light source and an optics system to
form an electrostatic microlatent image on the portion. Driv-
ing means is provided for intermittently advancing said film
by a length equivalent essentially to the longitudinal length of
the portion. Means for cutting then cuts the portion from the
successive film into a single sheet of film. Processing means
then transports the single sheet of film having said latent
image through processing agents including a liquid developer
and a liquid fixer, thereby producing a visible image from
said latent image. Takeout means then ejects the single sheet
of film having said visible image from the processing means
to an outlet.
■<*^ S34
4te
3,639,053
WEB CUTTING AND FEEDING APPARATUS
Merton R. Spear, Jr., Penfield, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821^77
Int. CI. G03g 15/00; B26d 7/00
lie U.S. CI. 355—13 2 Claims
Apparatus for cutting and feeding cut sheets of material
from a continuous web to a remote processing station. A first
set of feed rollers are arranged to advance the web at a
predetermined rate under a cutting means and then into a
%► second set of feed rollers. The second set of feed rollers, in
A J J , , ^""'' ^^ arranged to forward the web material delivei^H
A dry developer system for applying toner particles to therein at a rate slower than that of the fiSfS^ of f^d rnl
copy matenal in which a sheet of copy matenal carrying a ler. so that a buckle is fonned in the web LtlSn tlilluting
216
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
means and the second set of rollers. When a desired amount
of material has been advanced past the cutting means, the
first feed rollers are inactivated and, simultaneous therewith,
moving In order that the paper might be severed while sta-
tionary, a variable speed drive is provided which accelerates
the cutter activated to sever a sheet of material from the
leading edge of the web. The severed sheet is forwarded to a
subsequent processing station by the continually driven
second feed rolls.
the paper to form a loop therein, and then stops the paper for
3,639,054
PHOTO REPRODUCTION APPARATUS
Joseph H. Wally, Jr., Shawnee Mission, Kans., assignor to
Western Blue Print Co., Kansas City, Mo. sevenng
Piled June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,317
Int. CI. G03b 2 7132 ,27136 3,639,056
U.S. CI. 355-18 25 Claims PROGRAMMED PLATE-MAKING MACHINE
Albert Gerson. Baldwin Road, Yorktown Heights, N.Y.
Piled June 17, 1970. Ser. No. 47,051
Int. CI. G03b 27/62
,w-> - U.S. CI. 355-40 6 Claims
^"^'^i^.
Photo reproduction apparatus having a motor-driven
camera-projector optical head depended from spaced over-
head rails on which it moves toward and away from a back-
and front-lighted subject holder which supports one end of
the rails. The optical head carries a light source on one board
and an objective lens on a second board which depend from
supporting parallel spaced rods along which they are mova-
ble toward and away from the condenser lenses fixed
therebetween. One of the condenser lenses supports a film
holder; and a rotatable shaft differentially moves both the
light source and objective lens so as to permit optimum light
convergence at the nodal point of the objective lens during
projection and resolution and image definition at the dif-
ferent spatial settings of the film holder from the subject
holder during both the negative exposure and the enlarging
and printing operations.
3,639,055
PAPER FEED MECHANISM FOR PHOTOCOPYING
MACHINE
Karl Schleifenbaum, Haiger, Germany, assignor to Meteor-
Siegen Apparatebau Paul Schmeck G.m.b.H., Haiger, Ger-
many
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,056
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 24, 1968, P 18 02
744.6
Int. CI. G03b 27/45
U.S. CI. 355—29 21 Claims
A photocopying machine has copy paper supplied from a
continuous roll, and printing is effected while the paper is
A photo-offset plate-making machine particularly adapted
for the exposure of a senes of prints by successively locating
a negative carrier in predetermined horizontal and vertical
positions relative to a plate-supporting frame for repeated ex-
posure Illuminated adjustable signal means is provided to in-
dicate the arrival of the negative carrier to said predeter-
mined locations, the signal means being powered by extenda-
ble power cords having means for retractmg the same de-
pending upon the location of the negative carrier.
\
3,639,057
COPYING MACHINE FOR MAKING REDUCED-SIZE
COPIES
Herbert P. Thomas, Miami; Thomas E. Hartman, Opa Lock,
and Torulf F. Aasen, Hollywood, all of Fla., assignors to
Copystatics Manufacturing Corporation, Miami Lakes, Fla.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,794
Int. CI. G03b 27/42
U.S. CI. 355-51 16 Claims
A copying machine for making reduced-size copies. An
original document to be copied is moved by rollers past a
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
217
scanning station faster than a copy sheet is moved past an ex-
posure station. An optical system reduces the size of the
image of the original document at the exposure station. The
machine is based on another machine originally designed to
make full-size copies. In the latter machine, the original
document and the copy sheet move at the same speed. To
minimize changes in the conversion of the machine, the
original transport speed is increased, but movement of the
3,639,059
GRAPHIC-PROCESSING APPARATUS
Mathew A. Strumor, New Rochelle, N.Y.; Ervin J. Rachwal,
Framingham; Douglas B. Campbell, Natrick, and Robert
W. Marculewicz, Manchester, all of Mass., assignors to
Matrographics, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,088
Int. CI. G03b 27/04
U.S. CI. 355— 86 15 Claims
« </ /
original is interrupted (while the copy sheet continues to
move ) at some point before the original reaches the scanning
station. The machine is also capable of making multiple co-
pies of an original; by slightly decreasing the speed of the
original in the reverse direction (relative to the speed in the
full-size copying machine), it is not necessary to interrupt
movement of the original in the forward direction in all cy-
cles after the first.
3,639,058
AUTOMATIC PHOTOGRAPHIC GRADATION-
MEASURING SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING AUXILLVRY
EXPOSURE MEANS
Tsutomu Kimura, Kanagawa, Japan, assignor to Fi^i Photo
Pilm Co., Ltd., Ashigara-Kamigun, Kanagawa, Japan
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,669
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 25, 1%9, 44/5581
Int.CI.G03b27/7S
U.S. CI. 355-83 I 1 Claim
;1
T
A process and apparatus for making printing plates with
composite images for lithography and the like in which an
imaging head is adapted to carry a series of photographic
images to be registered on a printing plate. The head is
mounted on apparatus for setting it to a set of positions each
in registry with a different location on the plate, and includes
a flash lamp for exposing the plate to the several images,
whereby the need for manual imposition is eliminated.
3,639,060
APPARATUS FOR PHOTOGRAPHICALLY
DUPLICATING INFORMATION-BEARING MEDIA
Jorg Jaskowsky, Ruit, Wurttember, Germany, assignor to
Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N J.
Filed SepL 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,309
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Sept. 28, 1968, G 67
53 683
Int. CI. G03b 27/22
U.S. CI. 355-104 9 Claims
ISHUTTERhB
\ (U) — "cowtrou-ErH ft"""^ I
9 15 14
The focal plane on which the photographic negative image
is focused is divided into a number of parts respectively con-
nected to light-transmitting members. The ends of the light-
transmitting members are arranged in a circle and scanned
by another light-transmitting member which is connected to
a light receptor. The output photocurrent from the light
receptor is a measure of the photographic gradation of the
negative image.
Apparatus is disclosed for duplicating information-bearing
media onto strips or pieces of photographically sensitized
materials. The apparatus includes a first cylinder made of a
suitably transparent material and a belt disposed to press an
information-bearing medium and a photographicaJly sen-
sitized material against a portion of the transparent drum. A
source of radiation is disposed within the transparent drum
and a mechanism such as a cylinder with a slit therein is pro-
vided for directing a slit of light onto the information-bearing
medium and the piece of photosensitized material after they
218
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
/
have been brought to a stop at an exposing station. The expo-
sure is then made and the information-bearing medium and
the exposed sensitized material are advanced from the expo-
sure station to allow a second exposure to be made.
3,639,061
DEVICE FOR DETERMING THAT AN UNEXPOSED FILM
5^ IS DEVELOPED BY THE PROPER PROCESS
Robert J. O'Brien; Norman B. Woodall, and Donald H. An-
derson, all of Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,736
Int. CI. GO In 27 /JO
U.S. CI. 356—72 6 Claims
window having two multiplicities of alternating zones with
different conveymg characters for the radiation flux to be
analyzed and such that the pattern of the zone boundaries
has an axis of symmetry in that plane and a center of sym-
metry, the spectrometer also comprising an image-forming
apparatus made up of a dispersive system having a spectrum-
scanning movement and a collimating system, a receiver for
the radiation flux, and means to modulate the radiation flux.
The pattern of the zone boundaries and the image-forming
apparatus are such that this apparatus casts, in the plane of
the single window, a plurality of monochromatic enan-
tiomorphous images of the window provided respectively by
the monochromatic radiations constituting the flux to be
analyzed, the center of one of these images being, for each
position of the dispersive system, coincident with the center
of the window.
3,639,063
INTERFERENCE FRINGE MOVEMENT DETECTOR
:/> Reuben S. Krogstad, and Victor Vali, both of Seattle, Wash.,
assignors to The Boeing Company, Seattle, Wash.
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,100
Int. CI. GO lb 9/02
U.S. CI. 356-- 106 8 Claims
A device is disclosed which alarms against the inadvertent
processing of one film-type by processing solutions compati-
ble with another type of film. A common radiation source, to
which the film to be processed is photographically insensi-
tive, shines through both a reference filmstrip and film to be
processed, thereby to produce respective signals for com-
parison purposes. The film to be processed passes over a cir-
cumferentially slotted pulley disposed at the entrance to the
processing equipment, the radiation source being within the
periphery of the pulley; and the off-axis location of the radia-
tion source within the periphery of such pulley permits com-
pactness for the device.
3,639,062
SPECTROMETRIC INSTRUMENT WITH
TRANSPOSITION OF RAY PATHS
Andre J. Girard, Chatilion sur Bagneux, and Jean Botineau,
Paris, both of France, assignors to Office Nationale
d Etudes et de Recherches Aerospatiaies (parabreviation
O.N.E.R.A.)
Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,819
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 11, 1968, 177,594
Int CL GO 1 j J/42, i// 2
U.S. CI. 356—97 10 Claims
^ ..-
\
An improved fringe movement detector in which a radia-
tion interference pattern is deflected by a galvanometer mir-
ror to illuminate two photoelectric cells with selected por-
tions of the interference pattern. As the interference pattern
shifts, the change m output of the photoelectric detectors is
differentially amplified and applied to the galvanometer coil
to defiect the mterference pattern back to the original or
reference position on the photoelectric detectors. The mag-
nitude of the electrical signal required to return the gaF-
vanometer mirror to the reference position is proportional to
the amount of shift of the interference pattern. After a shift
of a predetermined amount, reset means are used to return
the galvanometer mirror to approximately its original posi-
tion to illuminate the photoelectric detectors with selected
portions of the next following fringe.
Spectrometer for the analysis of a polychromatic radiation
flux which comprises, in a plane, a single radiation-conveying
3,639,064
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING THE
FLATNESS OF SHEET MATERIAL WHEREIN A SCALE
IS SUPERIMPOSED UPON THE SHEET
Derrick J. Haines, Swansea, Wales, assignor to University
College of Swansea
Filed Aug. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 60,414
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 5, 1969,
39,045/69
Int. CI. GOlb UI24, 11130; GOln 21118
U.S. CI. 356-120 8 Claims
A method of measunng the flatness of rigid, moving sheet
material, for example sheet metal as it is produced in a
rolling mill, comprising supporting the sheet on two substan-
tially horizontal supports spaced apart in the direction of
movement of the sheet material, arranging above or below
the moving sheet material a scale graduated to indicate the
degree of flatness of the sheet material, preferably in terms of
mon numbers and producing an image of the scale gradua-
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
219
tions by reflection in the upwardly facing or downwardly fac-
ing surface of the sheet material in a region between said
supports. Apparatus for performing the method is also
described.
3,639,065
MONITOR FOR LASER OPTICAL PUMPING MEANS
Larry R. Rothrock, Poway, and Raymond E. Wilder, Escon-
dido, both of Calif., assignors to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,079
Int. CI. GO Ij 1142
U.S. CI. 356—225 6 Claims
microinhomogeneities. These microinhomogeneities are
locatable by exposing the material to a laser pulse which
preferably has a pulse duration of approximately 0.1 to 10
microseconds. '
3,639,067
GLASSWARE INSPECTION APPARATUS EMPLOYING
HBER-OPTIC GUIDES
Edward J. Stephens, Manchester, Conn., assignor to Emhart
Corporation, Bloomfield, Conn.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 827.106, May 15, 1969,
now abandoned , Continuation of application Ser. No.
403,837, Oct. 14, 1964, now abandoned. This application
June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 56,092
Int. CI. GOln 2/ /J2
U.S. CI. 356-240 3 Claims
— «
A device for monitoring the output of optical pumping
means of laser devices in the light frequency regions useful in
pumping the laser material which comprises a sample of laser
material between two light filters. The first filter passes all
frequencies except the laser material fluorescent frequency
while the second filter passes only the laser fluorescent
frequency. The intensity of fluorescent light passing through
the second filter is detected and provides a measure of the
useful output of the pumping means.
Optical glassware inspection apparatus with rotating
upright ware at an inspection station and fiber-optic bundles
employed for light source and/or reflected light pickup
devices with light source and pickup centerlines tangential to
the ware and perpendicular to each other, the pickup de\ice
having a vertically elongated scanning head.
3,639,068
MECHANICAL PENCIL HAVING MEANS TO PREVENT
BREAKAGE OF SMALL DIAMETER LEADS
John C. Lockwood, Atlanta, Ga., assignor to Scripto Inc., At-
lanta, Ga.
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55308 /
Int. CI. B43k 2/ /02. 2/ /0«
U.S. CI. 401-58 4 Claims
,/
3,639,066
METHOD OF TESTING OPTICAL MATERIALS FOR
MICROINHOMOGENEITIES
Joseph W. Kantorski, Southbridge, Mass., and Charles Gil-
bert Young, Storrs, Conn., assignors to American Optical
Corporation, Southbridge, Mass.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,197
Int. CL GOln 2///6,2//J2
U.S. CI. 356-237 10 Claims
a-) 22 ^ .30, 2« ,20 ,2«.2»)^3« r* _/i . ^
>2 "^ 30 24 20 ^2« 2»;
///czzz] !*i gj a in 3 saso
r* f
i^C===^
Solid optical materials such as glass which are to be used in
laser systems may fail catastrophically due to the presence of
The present disclosure is directed to a mechanical pencil
having an internally threaded barrel, a slotted tube for con-
taining a writing lead, means to cause relative rotation
between the tube and the barrel, a lead propelling means, a
clutch member for normally maintaining the vmting lead in
engagement with the propelling means, and means to prevent
breakage of small diameter leads.
220
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,069
COMBINED PEN OR PENCIL AND COMPARTMENT
Ralph S. Gordon, 24 W. 57Ui St., New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,885
Int. CI. B43k 29100
L.S. CI. 401 — 195 10 Claims
and face for promoting the uniform ink laydown or trace dur-
ing writing or markmg
An attachment or container for use with a pen or pencil.
The container comprises a housing disposed atop the pen and
it actuates the pushbutton of said f>en when the container is
depressed. The container is also provided with a secret com-
partment for holding pills, coins, tokens, a perfume bottle, or
the like.
3,639,070
MARKING-PENTYPE WRITING INSTRUMENT
Henry Davidson, Huntington Beach, Calif., assignor to The
Gillette Company, Santa Monica, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 846,375, July 31,
1969, now abandoned. This application Jan. 13, 1971, Ser.
No. 106,197
Int. CI. B43k 8100
U.S. CI. 401 — 199 4 Claims
^^
A writing and marking tip comprising a handle of synthetic
fibers disposed in generally longitudinally aligned relation,
such fibers being bonded to each other at zones of contact by
an adhesive, the tip being preformed to a predetermined
cross section and being provided with longitudinally extend-
ing sidewalls and a planar end face lying in a plane inclined
to the tip axis at an angle of from approximately 60° and
comprising the marking face, such marking face having
chamfered or beveled edge portions connecting the sidewalls
3,639,071
MACHINE TOOL TABLE POSITION LOCATING
Walter J. Breitkopf, Scottsdale; Jack L. Bayer, and Leon F.
Bayer, both of Phoenix, all of Ariz., assignors to Bayer In-
dustries, Inc.
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 26,811
Int. CI. B23b 39106
U.S. CI. 408-91 15 Claims
>
A machme tool table position locating means adapted to
provide stop positions for work-holding table which is mova-
ble relative to a machine frame on which tool holding and
driving means is adapted to machine work held on the work-
holding table The p>osition locating means comprising a plu-
rality of pm-holding plates having a plurality of stations each
including a plurality of openings disposed to carry pins, the
pins being placeable in a receiver on a movable position
locatmg carriage so as accumulatively to dispose variously
dimensioned pms in the receiver to be engaged between an
engaging member coupled to the work-holding table and a
stop means supported on the table carriage of the machine.
3,639,072
DEVICE FOR LIMITING THE MOVEMENTS OF THE
WICKET GATES IN A WATER TURBINE
Nils Eric Munkstrand, Trollhattan, Sweden, assignor to Ak-
tiebolaget Nohab, Trollhattan, Sweden
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,204
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 15, 1969, 497/69
Int. CI. FOld 25//6
U.S. CI. 415-9 6 Claims
The turbine wicket gate regulator ring is connected to a
crank secured to each wicket gate stem and comprising an
inner portion securely connected with the crank hub and an
r
February l, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
221
outer portion which is connected with the inner portion by
means of a shear pin. A crank extension extends from the
inner crank arm portion with a length which is such that the
adjacent crank hub and a portion of the regulator ring pro-
jects into the range of oscillation of the extension to act as a
barrier against movement thereof and by contact to restrict
the angle of oscillation. '
axis of the rotor, the auxiliary vents suitably being spaced
equidistantly around the circumference of the casing and
3,639,073
CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
Richard Beck, Jr.; Homer E. Gravelle, both of Denver, and
James A. Ferguson, Arvada, all of Colo., assignors to Sund-
strand Corporation
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,197
Int. CI. F04d 29108
U.S. CI.415-I09 12 Claims
A two-stage centrifugal pump assembly adapted to
produce high pressures from the second stage with a plurality
of centrifugal sealing impellers associated with the second
stage for the purpose of reducing the pressure drop across a
mechanical seal associated with the second stage to minimize
the second-stage sealing loss, there being provided a bypass
from the low-pressure side of the first stage impeller to the
sealing impellers of the second stage for delivering pumped
fluid to the second-stage sealing impellers in a manner to
prevent heating and boiling in the second-stage sealing impel-
lers, there being also provided an alternate provision for sup-
plying a noncorrosive compatible buffer fluid as the sealing
fluid to the inlet of the sealing impellers in the second stage
which also maintains the sealing imp)ellers cool and at the
same time isolates the impellers and the main impeller shaft
from the corrosive fluid being pumped.
3,639,074
TURBINES
Herbert Percy KiUick, Poulton-le-Fylde, England, assignor to
C.M.W. Laboratories Limited, Blackpool, England
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,048
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 23, 1969,
26,510/69
Int. CI. F03b 13104; A61c 1110; F16c 7104
U.S. CI. 415-110 3 Claims
This invention provides a small high speed gas driven tur-
bine of the gas-bearing tyjse having a vent in the top plate of
the casing surrounding the bearing to vent the upper bearing
of the turbine, wherein the upper bearing chamber is addi-
tionally vented by one or more auxiliary vents in the casing
and extending generally at right angles to the longitudinal
from 0.005 to 0.05 inches in diameter The invention also
provides a dental handpiece having such a turbine
3,639,075
TURBOMACHINERY VANE ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM
John R. Erwin, Paradise Valley, Km., and Nicholas G. Viule,
Arlington, Mass., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,559
Int. CI. F04d 27/00, 15100
U.S. CI. 415— 163 4 Claims
A radial flow compressor is shown with unique adjusting
means for the diffuser vanes. The leading end portion of each
blade is pivoted on the casing. Pintles project from the blades
into eccentrics which are joumaled in shafts mounted on the
casing. The shafts are rotated, to get a highly accurate angu-
lar {xjsition of the vanes through the offset relation of the
axes of the shafts, the eccentrics and the pintles.
3,639,076
CONSTANT POWER CONTROL SYSTEM FOR GAS
TURBINE
William I. Rowen, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,512
Int. CI. B63h 3110, F02c 9108
U^. CI. 4 1 6— 30 10 Claims
A gas turbine control system has a plurality of closed loop
controls each responsive to a different operating condition
and an additional loop%control which sets the fuel control
signal in accordance with a desired power setting. A gating
device allows only one of the fiiel control signals generated
by each loop control to control the fuel flow servo means,
that signal being the one calling for the smallest fuel flow. A
222
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
cubic function generator is positioned in circuit with the
propulsion lever and modifies the desired power signal to
produce a ship speed which is lineal with respect to the
propulsion lever position. A feedback signal indicative of ac-
tual fuel flow is also in circuit with the propulsion lever A
first propeller pitch control is responsive to the propulsion
tti7j./_ .:=?"'^"
lever position and brings the pitch from zero to full as the
power setting is concurrently increased
A second propeller pitch control is responsive to an actual
shaft speed signal and is operative to hold the shaft speed
relatively constant by varying pitch.
There are three modes of operation, each having a certain
minimum power level and other modifications so as to im-
prove vessel-maneuvering characteristics.
3,639,077
BELT-DRIVEN PI-PITCH CYCLOIDAL PROPELLER
Elmer F. Slates, Ridgecrast, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,739
Int.CI. B63h///0
U.S. CI. 416-111 6 Claims
with water-lubricated plastic bearings. Plug-in, pullout type
plastic breakway propeller blades are used for ejisy repair
and replacement.
3,639,078
FLEXIBLE-BLADED FAN WITH EXTENDED BLADE
STRUCTURE
Shrinivas V . Pratinidhi, Chatham, Ontario, Canada
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 18,855, Mar. 12,
1970, now abandoned. This application Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No.
86,750
Int. CI. F04d 29/JS
U.S. CI. 416-132 12 Claims
A fan having a hub. a plurality of arms each extending
radially outwardly of the hub and at an acute angle to the
rotational plane of the fan, and blade structures, one secured
to each arm, each blade structure having a flexible, resilient
trailing airfoil portion, comprising the major portion of the
blade structure, which decambers as rotational speed in-
creases, and a less flexible leading airfoil portion comprising
a slat extending forward of the respective arm and disposed
at an angle thereto lying within the above specified acute an-
gle, with the trailing and leading portions mutually con-
structed to have the leading and trailing edges of the blade
define therebetween a chord disposed at a predetermined
chord angle to the rotational plane of the fan.
3,639,079
FLEXIBLE-BLADED FAN WITH IMPROVED
REINFORCING CAP
Shrinivas V. Pratinidhi, Chatham, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Fram Corporation, East Providence, R.I.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,856
Int. CI. F04d 29136
U.S. CI. 416-132 6 Claims
A cycloidal propelling device for use on submersibles
which operates in a flooded sea water environment and
thereby eliminates the need for a protective sealing housing
containing oil While the propeller blades of the device are
being driven in an orbital path, if a change in blade pitch is
desired, a control shaft is rotated. Rotation of the blade pitch
control shaft rotates a central pinion gear which drives a tim-
ing belt. Movement of the timing belt simultaneously and in
synchronization rotates propeller blade gears and changes
the pitch of the propeller blades which are mounted thereon
A fan having a hub, a plurality of arms extending radially
outwardly of the hub, blade structures, one secured to each
arm, each comprising resilient trailing portions which
decamber as rotational sfx:ed increases, and a reinforcing cap
secured to each arm and blade which has a decamber-limit-
ing portion extending partially coextensively with the trailing
c>
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
223
blade portion at an acute angle thereto, and two integrally
formed upstanding lips, one disposed along each opposed
radially spaced edge of the cap and of the decamber-limiting
portion thereof which reduce metal fatigue in the cap.
3,639,080 I
FRANCIS-TYPE RUNNER
Masahiro Yamabe, Hitachi, Japan, assignor to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,078
Int. CI. FOld 5/04
U.S. CI. 416-186 1 Claim
The length of the entrance edge of each blade on the side
of the crown ring is made longer than that on the side of the
shroud ring; and the runner satisfies the following three con-
ditions;
15°« 0S: 35°
y,c ^ y,i
where
# = an angle between the centerline of the runner and a line
connecting the points at which the entrance edge of the
blade contacts with the crown and shroud rings re-
spectively:
-yic = an angle between the line passing through the center of
the runner and a point at which the entrance edge of the
blade contacts with the crown ring and the normal to the
tangent at said contact point to the curved surface of the
blade:
-yij= an angle between the line passing through the center of
the runner and a point at which the entrance edge of the
blade contacts with the shroud ring and the normal to the
tangent at said contact point to the curved surface of the
blade:
Dic=an outer diameter of the blade at a point where the
blade contacts with the crown ring: and
Di.v = an outer diameter of the blade at a point where the
blade contacts with the shroud ring.
3,639,081
LIQUID PRESSURE BOOSTER SYSTEM WITH CUTOFF
FOR MINIMUM FLOW LEVELS
John Gray, Oak Park, and Gene W. Anderson, Downers
Grove, both of III., assignors to Liquitrol Systems, Inc.,
Brookfield, III.
rUed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 788,574
Int. CI. F04b 47/06,49/00
U.S.CL 417—7 5 Claims
A water pressure booster system includes a plurality of
constant-speed pumps which are sequenced according to
system demands to maintain the pressure in a discharge con-
duit at a constant level for all flow rates. Pressure-regulating
valves couple the output of each pump to the discharge con-
duit. To the output of one of the pumps is connected a reser-
voir of water stored in a collapsible container which is
mounted in a tank pressurized with air. Control circuitry
sensing both the flow rate in the input conduit and the air
pressure in the pressurized tank deenergizes all pumps only
when the flow is below a predetermined minimum level and
the air pressure within the pressunzed tank is above a
predetermined level sufficient to maintain the desired
discharge or system pressure. This permits all pumps to be
deenergized during periods of nonuse, while maintaining the
system output pressure at design level. A pump is then turned
on only when the tank pressure falls below its preset
minimum value. An advantageous construction for the reser-
voir and tank is also disclosed.
3,639,082
LIQUID METERING DEVICE HAVING AN
AUTOMATICALLY VARIABLE DISCHARGE
Howard Russell Corwin, North Caldwell, NJ., assignor to
Curtiss-Wright Corporation
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15^93
Int. CI. F04b 49/00
U.S. CI. 417-214 4 Claims
-X> J/ ^J
44 iy-
in a liquid metering device of the type having piston-
cylinder assembly connected for receiving pressurized liquid
and discharging slugs of the liquid alternately from opfxisite
ends of the cylinder of the piston-cylinder assembly upon
reciprocative movement of the piston therein, the improve-
ment comprising a regulating means for automatically con-
trolling the length of travel or stroke of the piston in response
to the change in angular velocity of a rotating mechanism.
The regulating means includes a valve actuatable by an iner-
tia means which senses the r.p.m. of the rotating mechanism.
1/
224
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,083
VALVE MEANS FOR COMPRESSORS AND THE LIKE
Bert W. Romerhaus, Haubstadt, Ind., assignor to Whirlpool
Corporation
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,799
Int. CI. F04b 49100
L.S. CI. 417-282 6 Claims
ble space to provide a means for increasing the flow of fluid
into the pulsatile pumping means.
A valve having means for adjusting the movable member
relative to the valve seat as a function of the temperature
causing the movable member to be more closely spaced to
the valve seat at low temperatures. The valve is adapted for
use in a compressor for controlling a pressure equalizing
passage permitting the mass flow of the compressible fluid to
more easily close the passage at low-ambient temperatures
whereat the density of the fluid is relatively low.
3,639,084
MECHANISM FOR CONTROL PULSATILE FLUID FLOW
Richard Paul GoMhaber, Chicago, III., assignor to Baxter
Laboratories, Inc., Morton Groove, III.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,782
Int. CI. F04b 43110, 45/00; A6Ib 19/00; A61m
U.S. CI. 4 1 7-394 6 Claims
3,639,085
ELECTROMOTOR AND PUMP UNIT
Richard Bertsch, Asperg; Paul Fussner, Sindelfingen; Man-
fred Glaser, Neckarweihingen, and Hermann Nusser,
Asperg, all of Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH,
Stuttgart, Germany
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39^08
Claims prioritv, application Germany, May 28, 1969, P 19 27
073.6
Int. CI. F04b / 7/00, 35/04; F03c 3/00
U.S. CI. 417-410 9 Claims
An electromotor and hydraulic pump unit with a sealed
housing has a common drive shaft projecting with one end
into a balancing pressure chamber in the pump stator. Pres-
sure fluid flows along the shaft into a cavity of the housing in
which the electromotor and the other shaft end are located
so that the motor is cooled, the shaft bearings in the cavity
lubricated bv the pressure fluid, and the axial force acting on
the bearings is reduced
3.639,086
CONCRETE PUMP
Wayne Otto Robbins, Granada Hills, Calif., assignor to Tubu-
lar Structures Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Apr. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 727,119
Int. CI. F04b 1/00
U.S. CI. 417-454 6 Claims
This application relates to an apparatus for imparting a
pulsatile flow to fluid in a conduit, which has pumping means
for providing the pulsatile flow of fluid therein. The ap-
paratus includes an elastic tubular section defining a portion
of the conduit and located downstream of the pulsatile flow
providing means. The tubular section is surrounded by a
sealed sleeve to define a pressurizable space about the tubu-
lar section. The space is pressurizable so that the pulsatile
fiow pattern of fluid passing through the tubular section is
controlled in a manner responsive to the pressure within said
space. If desired, a portion of the flow conduit upstream of
the pumping means is of enlarged transverse dimension and
sealed within a second sleeve to define a second pressuriza-
Xi "^ ^ lOi! i06'~
The invention is an improvement in joints between con-
duits and/or fittings The invention is exemplified particularly
as embodied in a concrete pump. The concrete pump has a
pair of cylinders that discharge into a manifold, the manifold
having a flapper valve in it, and a single discharge conduit.
The manifold is hinged to the concrete pump so that it can
be swung and locked in a position wherein its passageways
are joined to the cylinders and the joint can be opened by
swinging it about its hinge. Similarly, the discharge conduit is
provided with a hinge hinging it to the manifold so that it can
be swung into a position forming a joint with the manifold
February 1, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
225
and a continuous passageway formed from the manifold
through the discharge conduit and this joint may be opened
by swinging the discharge conduit away from he manifold.
\ 3,639,087
SOLUTION PUMP WITH SUPERCHARGED SUCTION
FOR ABSORPTION AIR CONDITIONER
Edwin H. Frohbieter, Stevensville, Mich., assignor to Whirl-
pool Corporation
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,129
Int.CI. F04b2i//4
U.S. CI. 417-572 I Claim
3,639,089
PUMP
Thomas Lock, Parma, Ohio, assignor to Borg-Wamer Cor-
poration, Chicago, 111.
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,964
Int. CI. FOlc 2//06, F03c 3/00
U.S. CI. 418-93 4 Claims
A pump for a liquid including a volatile material and par-
ticularly adaptable for an absorption refrigeration system
with the pump having means for subjecting the liquid at the
inlet side of the pump to a supercharged pressure tending to
prevent vaporization of the volatile material of the liquid at
the intake of the pump.
3,639,088
CASE PRESSURIZATION CONTROL FOR A POSITIVE
DISPLACEMENT DEVICE DRIVEN HYDRAULICALLY
BY A FOUR-WAY CONTROL VALVE
William C. Moog, Jr., Aurora, N.Y., assignor to Moog Inc.,
East Aurora, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 864,094
Int. CI. F01cy//5.2//;6
U.S. CI. 418— 74 9 Claims
The case pressure in a chamber of a positive displacement
hydraulically driven device having a pair of control ports
operatively associated with a four-way control valve, is regu-
lated always to be just below the lower pressure in the con-
trol ports by a constant amount so that backlash between the
mechanically coupled movable members of the device is
unidirectionally preloaded out at all times and breakout fric-
tion and internal leakage are reduced.
A dual-function pump assembly for pumping liquid with
solid contaminants. The primary portion or section of the
pump pumps liquid from an inlet to an outlet across a self-
cleaning wash flow filter to a location of use. The secondary
portion or section pumps clean liquid, which has passed
through the filter, to lubricate and purge the running
clearances and rubbing surfaces of the assembly
3,639,090
ROTARY FLUID DEVICE WITH AXIALLY EXPANSIBLE
VANE
Alma A. Hutchins, 49 North Lotus Ave., Pasadena, Calif.
Continuation of applkation Ser. No. 725,019, Apr. 29, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No.
26,764
Int. CI. F04c 27/00
U.S. CI. 418-111 16 Claims
A rotary device including a rotor turning in a fluid
chamber and containing slots slidably receiving vanes which
project into engagement with the walls of the chamber Each
vane includes at least two sections which are relatively axially
movable to assure that the assembly occupies the full axial
extent of the chamber, with one section having a tongue pro-
jecting axially into and slidable within a groove formed in the
other section, and with pressure fluid being conducted
through a passage which extends through the interior of the
latter section and into its groove to urge the sections axially
apart. 0
895 O.G.— S
226
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,091
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMP
Reginald T. Lewkki, Dearborn Heights, Mich., assignor to
Ford Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67.444
Int. CI. FOlc 5100, F03c 5100, F04c 1 100
U.S. CI. 418-156 4 Claims
A positive displacement pump comprising a pump body
having a pump bore, a rotor mounted for rotation in said
bore and cooperating with that bore to define at least one
pumping cavity, a plurality of slippers or pumping elements
in the form of flat leaf springs carried by the periphery of the
rotor, each slipper having its intermediate portion sealingly
engaged with the surrounding bore wall, one end of each leaf
spring being anchored on the rotor and the other being
adapted for sliding movement on the rotor to compensate for
changes in the working height of the spring as the spring is
carried through a pumping arc.
3,639,092
APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING HYDRAULIC OR
PNEUMATIC ENERGY INTO KINETIC ENERGY OR
VICE VERSA, SUCH AS A ROTARY MULTICHAMBER
VANE-TYPE MOTOR OR PUMPS
Gaston Sauvaget, 14 Allee de I'Oseraie, 94 Fresnes, France
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,353
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 31, 1968, 182549
Int. CI. FOlc 1 100
U.S. CI. 418— 175 21 Claims
0 y 26 ^ifNy
Apparatus for converting hydraulic or pneumatic energy
into kinetic energy and vice versa. An inner element carrying
sliding vanes is mounted in an outer element defining a plu-
rality of recesses defining variable-volume chambers with the
easier element and the vanes The elements are relatively
rotatable Inlet and outlet conduits are provided in the inner
element on each side of each vane. Means including a dis-
tributor valve put independent groups of said inlet and for
outlet conduits m communication with a high-pressure fluid
source or a low-pressure fluid source. Means connect the
housings to a source of fluid under pressure.
3,639.093
CONTROL MECHANISM FOR FLUID TRANSLATING
DEVICE
Birger F. Jansson, Racine, Wis., assignor to J. I. Case Com-
pany
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27.823
Int. CI. FOlc 1100: F03c 3100. F04c 1100
U.S. CI. 418-177 4 Claims
A fiuid translating device having a fixed stator and a rotor
cooperating to define at least one fluid chamber. The device
incorporates fluid conducting means for supplying and ex-
hausting fluid from an external source to the working
chamber The fiuid conducting means is remotely controlled
and is normally maintained in a first position by automatic
means The fiuid conducting means is in the form of a mova-
ble valve member and the remotely controlled means in-
cludes additional fiuid conducting means cooperating with
the valve member to move the valve member from the first
position and vary the output of the fiuid translating device.
3,639,094
SPACE-HEATING BURNER
Gerard Pierre Marie-Joseph Dupont, Chemin des Postes, Sin
le Noble (Nord), France
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,716
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 30, 1969, 6901978
Int. CI. F23m 9100
U.S. CI. 431-115 2 Claims
The invention concerns a space-heating burner particularly
for furnaces, which produces optimum mixing of the two
combustion components, characterized by the fact that the
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
227
oxidant is stored under pressure in an enclosed space com-
prising a delivery tube lengthened on the outside by a drip-
fiap or lip set at a tangent to the outlet, then progressively
turned back so that the jet is directed perpendicular to the
outlet direction of the delivery tube, a standard type of fuel
outlet nozzle being positioned close to this drip-fiap in such a
way that the oxidant thus injected draws up by suction the
carburant forced out of the nozzle, to form a homogenous
combustion mixture.
3,639,095
BURNER ASSEMBLY PRODUCING RADIANT HEAT
John Smith Zink, and Robert D. Reed, both of Tulsa, Okla.,
assignors to John Zink Company, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,405
Int. CI. F23c5//0
U.S. CI. 431-177 2 Claims
A burner assembly producing radiant heat by discharging
the burning fuel towards the surface of a refractory structure
from which the heat radiates onto objects or articles to be
heated. The face of the ceramic structure is provided with
fissures into which the burning fuel enters and recycles to in-
crease the temperature of the^-refractory structure from
which heat radiates. *^
CHEMICAL
3,639,096
PROCESS OF TREATING DIRECT DYED CELLULOSIC
TEXTILES WITH A MIXTURE OF AMINOPLAST
CREASEPROOHNG AGENTS AND PRODUCTS
RESULTING THEREFROM
Ernest Linwood Wright, III, Danville, Va., assignor to Dan
River Inc., Danville, Va.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 290338, June
25, 1963, now abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1964,
Ser. No. 404,900
Int. CI. D06p 5100: D06m 13154
U.S. CI. 8-74 12 Claims
Cellulosic textiles dyed with a direct dye characterized by
a wrinkle-resistant finish which is resistant to degradative ef-
fects of retained chlorine, the finish comprising a cured com-
position which in the uncured state conuiined N,N'-
dimelhylol-4,5-<iihydroxyethyleneurea and a methylated
melamineformaldehyde condensate, said composition being
cured with an acid catalyst and heat. Processes of manufac-
turing such textiles are alst) disclosed.
3,639,097
IMINE-TERMINATED POLYMERS IMPROVE COTTON
DURABLE PRESS PRODUCTS
Joseph S. Bruno, Chalmette; Robert J. Harper, Jr., Metairie,
and John D. Reid, New Orleans, all of La., assignors to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
Agriculture
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,252
Int. CI. D06m 13148, 13/54, 13/34
U.S. CI. 8-116.2 3 Claims
Imine-terminated polymers having polyalkylene ether
moieties with a molecular weight between 500 and 10,000
have been used to improve the wet and conditioned wrinkle
recovery and smooth-drying characteristics of cotton fabrics.
Durable press performance can then be achieved by treat-
ment with said polymers in combination with a less than
usual amount of cross-linking agent. Such a system produces
a fabric with higher conditioned and wet wrinkle recovery
and better breaking strength, tearing strength, and abrasion
resistance than conventional treatment. These polymers also
have been used in combination with preferential cross-linking
and wet fixation methods to produce fabric with improved
wrinkle recovery and increased abrasion resistance.
3,639,098
STABILIZATION OF TEXTILE HBRES
Jack Delmenico, Belmont, Victoria, and Hllbert John Katz,
Highton, Victoria, both of Australia, assignors to Com-
monwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization,
East Melbourne, Vktoria, Australia
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,276
Claims priority, application Australia, Dec. 5, 1968,
47352/68
Int. CI. D06ra 3/02, 3/06, 3/10
U^. CI. 8-127.5 10 Claims
A method of treating wool or cotton fibers to improve
their resistance to, and recovery from, deformations encoun-
tered, for example, in the wrinkling of garments during wear-
ing and in the deterioration of dimensions and shape of such
articles during use or washing, which method comprises sub-
jecting the fibers to a heat treatment while maintaining the
regain within the range corresponding to the range of relative
humidities encountered under normal use and for a period
sufficient to allow the rearrangement of at least a proportion
of the hydrogen bonds in the fibers in their minimum energy
configuration.
The method may form part of a process for rendering the
articles dimensionally stable to machine washing and drying,
in accordance with which the fibers treated as above are
reacted with a reagent capable of forming permanent cross-
links between reactive groups in the fibers.
3,639,099
PREPARATION OF HIGH-SILICA FAUJASITE
Curtis Homer Elliott, Jr., Baltimore, and Cari Vance Mc-
Danicl, Laurel, both of Md., assignors to W. R. Grace &
Co., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,657
Int. CI. COlbJi/25
U.S. CI. 23-112 6 Claims
Faujasite having a silica to alumina molar ratio greater
than 4 is prepared by forming a reaction mixture having
specified proportions of Na,0, AljOj, SiOj and H,0 using as
reactants solutions of sodium silicate, sodium aluminate. and
an aluminum salt to provide a proportion of the alumina, and
crystallizing the reaction mixture in the presence of nuclea-
tion centers (zeolitic seeds). Suitable aluminum salts are alu-
minum sulfate, chloride, and nitrate.
228
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
3,639,100
MOLTEN SALT PRE-TREATMENT OF REACTANTS FOR
TiCI, OXIDATION
Christian E. Rkk, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours »nd Company, Wilmington, Del.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 551,226, May 19, 1966.
This application July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,604
>^ Int. CI. COlg 23/04
U.S. CI. 23-202 V 6 Claims
The production of metal oxide powders by the reaction of
vaporous halides of titanium, zirconium, iron, aluminum, sil-
icon and the like with oxygen is improved by preheating and
conditioning at least one of the reactants by contact with
molten salt prior to the reaction. The method permits carry-
ing out the reaction in the presence of salt vapor as well as
condensed particles of these salts.
r
February 1, 1972
3,639,101
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING SILICON OXYNITRIDE
Malcolm E. Washburn, Princeton, Mass., assignor to Norton
Company, Worcester, Mass.
Piled June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,939 I
Int.CI. C01b2//06 '
U.S. CI. 23-203 R 5 Claims
The production of silicon oxynitride bodies from solid
reaction mixes of silicon and silica is facilitated, in terms of
strength of product and dimensional stability by controlling
the amount of gaseous nitrogen available during reaction.
The maximum reaction rate, which can be controlled by con-
trol of the partial pressure of nitrogen, can vary from 26 per-
cent per hour for furnace loads of 10 pounds, to 3 percent
per hour for loads of 10,000 pounds. Argon has been found
particularly useful to control the reaction.
3,639,102
METHOD OF PREPARING FLUORINE PERCHLORATE
Vytautas Grakauskas, Arcadia, Calif., assignor to Aerojet-
General Corporation, El Monte, Calif.
Original application July 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 744,621, now
Patent No. 3,556,726, which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 204,663, June 19, 1962, now abandoned.
Divided and this application Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,756
Int. CI. C01b////4, 11/24
U.S. Ci. 23-203 R 5 Claims
Process of preparing fluorine perchlorate by reacting ele-
mental fluorine with an alkali metal perchlorate in a liquid
moderator and recovering fluorine perchlorate as a product
of the process.
zone to a catalyst regeneration zone. The invention is ap-
plicable to the production of unsaturated nitriles by the
OISEHGAOIKG
10X130
ntwox
&^=.^-
RECOVEPT
n
BfGESEBITiON
vapor phase reaction of oxygen, ammonia, and an olefin, as
well as to other catalytic vapor phase reactions.
3,639,104
PREPARATION OF MAGNESIUM ALUMINUM HYDRIDE
Eugene C. Ashby; Walter E. Foster, and Horace E. Redman,
all of Baton Rouge, La., assignors to Ethyl Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 29. 1963, Ser. No. 269,849
Int. CI. C01b6/i2, 6/24, BOld 11/00
U.S. CI. 23-365 10 Claims
1 A method for the preparation of magnesium aluminum
hydride which comprises reacting sodium aluminum hydride
with an anhydrous magnesium halide in an ether as reaction
solvent said ether being selected from the group consisting of
unsubstituted alkyl ethers, diethylene glycol dialkyi ethers,
and tetrahydrofuran mechanically separating the impure
solid reaction products, separating magnesium aluminum
hydride etherate from said reaction product by treatment
with an ether as extractant for said etherate said ether being
selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted alkyl
ethers, diethylene glycol dialkyi ethers and tetrahydrofuran
removing said extractant from the extract by evaporation
thereof to dryness, removing the complexed ether by heating
said etherate under reduced pressure to a temperature not in
excess of 100° C and recovering essentially ether-free mag-
nesium alummum hydride.
3,639,103
FLUID BED REACTORS
HaroM R. Sheely, Newton, Mass., assignor to The Badger
Company, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,456
Int. CI. BOlj 9/20, 11/04; C07c 121/02
U.S. CI. 23-288 S 9 Claims
Improved fluid bed reactors characterized by downcomers
for increasing the rate of catalyst turnover from the reaction
3,639,105
PREPARATION OF HYDROSILANES
William H. Atwell; Rudolf M. Salinger, and Richard P.
Scibert, all of Midland, Mich., assignors to Dow Corning
Corporation, Midland, Mich.
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,443
Int. CI. C07f 7/02; COlb 33/04
U.S. CI. 23—366 10 Claims
Hydrosilanes are produced by contacting a disilane with
hydrogen gas under pressure and thereafter heating the mix-
ture in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as pal-
ladium on charcoal. The recovered hydrosilanes are particu-
larly useful as precursors in the production of other useful
materials.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
229
1 3,639,106
ACOUSTIC PANEL
ReginaM W. Yate, Watford, England, assignor to Burnley En-
gineering Products Limited, Burnley, Lancashire, England
Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,661
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 6, 1968,
21,441/68: May 16, 1968. 23.207/68; 23.208/68;
July 17. 1968. 34.136/68
U.S. CI. 29-191 5 Claims
weight of a nonionic surface active agent selected from the/
group consisting of polyoxyethylene sorbitan trioleate,
polyoxyethylene sorbitan dioleate and polyoxyethylene sor-
bitan monooleate, and from 15 to 40 percent by weight of
the said latex of a p)our point depressant selected from the
group consisting of ethylene glycol, glycerine and formamide
said latex having not less than 60 percent by weight of rubber
solids, in such quantity that the rubber solids content of the
said fuel is 3 to 17 percent by weight.
A method of joining together in sandwich manner a unit
comprising a first metallic sheet and a second metallic sheet
with a cellular metallic core between them is effected by
welding the first sheet to suitable prominences on the cell
walls of the core and brazing the second sheet to the core in
such a way that brazing material enters and so reinforces the
corners of the cells but is not permitted to flow on to the first
sheet. The unit constitutes an acoustic panel in which the
first sheet is an acoustic sheet which is welded to the
prominences on the cell walls of the core while the second
sheet is brazed to the core with brazing material having been
caused to flow into comers of the core cells to reinforce said
comers and effectively secure the second sheet to the core,
but without the braze material having been permitted to flow
on to said acoustic sheet.
3,639,107
HOT-DIP-ALUMINIZING ALLOY
Charles B. Thompson, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Aluminum
Company of America, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,826
Int. CI. B23pi//0
U.S. CI. 29-196.2 2 Claims
An aluminizing alloy consisting essentially of about 0.75 to
4.0 percent manganese and the balance aluminum and impu-
rities. The alloy when applied to a ferrous article by immer-
sion of the ferrous article in a molten bath of the alloy
providing a surface coating of higher brightness and uniform
smoothness. The impurities may include up to 0.20 percent
silicon, up to 0.35 percent iron and up to 0.02 percent
copper. A composite article having a ferrous core and a coat-
ing of the aluminum base manganese alloy. A method of
producing a hot dip aluminized ferrous article having a bright
finish comprising providing a molten bath of an aluminum
base alloy at about 1 ,250° to 1 ,400° F. and immersing a fer-
rous article in the bath for about 1 to 6 minutes. The alu-
minum base alloy consisting essentially of 0.75 to 4.0 percent
manganese and the balance aluminum and impurities.
ERRATUM
For Class 44 — 62 see:
Patent No. 3,638,349
3,639,109
SMOKE SUPPRESSANT COMPOSITIONS FOR
PETROLEUM FUELS
Elmer J. Badin, Hightstown, NJ., assignor to Cities Service
Oil Company, Bartlesville, Okla.
Filed Jan. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 694,819
Int.CI. CIOI 1/18, 1/30
U.S. CI. 44—66 20 Claims
The invention disclosed herein is a liquid fuel comF>osition
having reduced soot and smoking characterized comprising a
major proportion of a liquid hydrocarbon fuel and a minor
proportion of Group ILA and Group IIB metal salts of carbox-
ylic acids. A preferred fuel composition is from 0 1 to 0.6
percent by weight of barium- and zinc 2-ethylhexanoates ad-
mixed in diesel fuel, wherein the weight ratio of barium to
zinc is about 10 to 1. Further improvement in smoke and
soot reduction is obtained in hydrocarbon fuels when an
ether is additionally incorporated into the salt and fuel mix-
ture. A mixture of from about 0.1 to 0.6 percent by weight of
barium 2-ethylhexanoate and zinc 2-ethylhexanoate, from
between 0.2 to 0.5 percent by weight of the monomethyl
ether of ethylene glycol and the balance, a diesel fuel, has
substantially reduced smoke and soot forming characteristics.
3,639,108
GASOLINE THICKENED WITH LATEX COMPOSITION
Leo Finkelstein, Aberdeen, and John J. Blissd, Kingsville,
both of Md., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed Feb. 9, 1956, Ser. No. 564^86
IntCL CIOI 7/02
U,S. CI. 44-7 E 1 Claim
I. A flame thrower fuel consisting essentially of gasoline,
natural rubber latex about .05 percent to 1.5 percent by
3,639,110
DETERGENT GASOLINE COMPOSITION
Arthur Lee Larsen, Denver, Colo., assignor to Marathon Oil
Company, Findlay, Ohio
Filed Dec. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 780,573
Int. CI. CIOI 1/22
U.S. CI. 44-72 8 aaims
Improved detergent gasoline composition is obtained by in-
corporating within the gasoline stock from about 0.0001 to
about 1.5 weight percent of the reaction product obtained by
reacting an N-secondary-alkyl trimethylene diamine (e.g. can
contain 10-20 carbon atoms in the alkyl group) and a
phosphate ester obtained, e.g., by reacting equal molar
amounts of polyphosphoric acid and a condensation product
of an alcohol (can contain three to six carbon atoms) and
1-10 moles of ethylene oxide.
3,639,111
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING
FORMATION OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS IN THE
COMBUSTION OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
David L. Brink, and Jerome F. Thomas, both of Berkeley,
Calif., assignors to The Regents of the University of Califor-
nia
Filed Jan. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 795,288
Intel. C10ji//0,i//4,i/20
U.S. CI. 48-111 12 Claims
Organic material, such as kraft black liquor, organic fuels,
garbage and organic wastes, is destructively distilled and
pyrolyzed at an elevated temperature and for a time suffi-
cient to break down the material to noncombustible solids
and to a stable gaseous clean burning fuel. The temperature
is maintained to preclude recombination of intermediate
N
-i
230
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
products formed during the pyrolysis and which would other-
wise pollute the atmosphere. A controlled amount of oxygen
is continuously introduced during the cracking to provide
energy by exothermic oxidative reactions but the oxygen is
insufficient to effect stoichiometric or in other words
complete combustion.
3,639,112
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING GLASS
WINDSHIELDS
Jagadecsaii V. Poola, Bridgeport, W. Va., assignor to PPG In-
dustries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,384
Int. CI. C03b 33102; GOlb / 1130
\}S. C\. 65—29 4 Claims
^ -fto
a
.3o
OtSTOeriON ANALVZEB.
EfunCNT
57
CUTTING
,0(?AW
MACHINE
24
Windshields are made from vertically drawn glass in ac-
cordance with a method that involves scanning substantially
the entire width of the glass with a distortion-analyzer ap-
paratus that produces a trace or other record proportional to
the second derivative with respect to distance traversed of
the thickness of the glass, and then cutting from the glass so
scanned at least one piece of windshield blank, with the
windshield blank being taken from a portion of the piece
wherein said derivative is at a minimal value.
3,639,113
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING TAPE POSSESSING
SEMICONDUCTING PROPERTIES
Margarita Semenovna Aslanova, Kamianitsky per. 10, kv. 3,
and Maria Aiexandrovna Yakovleva, 3 Parkovaya ulitsa,
48, kv. 47, both of Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 475,252, July 27,
1965, now abandoned. This application Jan. 31, 1969, Ser.
No. 795,689
Int. CI. C03c 15100; C03b 29100; C03c 23120
U.S. CI. 65—30 5 Claims
A method of producing a fiberglass tape with semi-con-
ducting properties, according to which from a glass melt
comprising 40 to 60 weight percent of SiOj, 5 to 1 6 weight
percent of A 1 2O3, 1 5 to 40 weight percent of CuO, 0 to 1 6
weight percent of CaO, 0 to 10 weight percent of MgO, 0 to
2 weight percent of NaO, and 0 to 10 weight percent qf BjOj
glass fibers are obtained, from which a fiberglass tape is
produced which is subjected to heat treatment in a reducing
medium at 100 to 800°C.
^
i
3(,639,114
METHOD OF RESHAPING AND ION-EXCHANGING
GLASS
David G. Loukes, Prescot, England, assignor to Pilkington
Brothers Limited, Liverpool, England
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,592
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 14, 1968,
22,901/68
Int. CI. C03b 23100; C03c 2//00
U.S. CI. 65-30 4 Claims
A molded glass article is produced by pressing a body of
molten glass which is sufficiently hot to be electrically con-
ductive between two complementary mold parts to produce
an article of a required shape, and passing an electric current
through the glass between solid electrically conductive elec-
trodes in direct contact with the molded faces of the glass to
impart a desired surface characteristic to at least one of the
molded faces of the glass.
3,639,115
N-(CHLOROPHENOXYACETYL)ETHYLENEUREA
HERBICIDES
Edwin D. Little, Convent Station, NJ., and Clarence A.
Hirsch, Indianapolis, Ind., assignors to Allied Chemical
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 19, 1969, Ser. No. 825,986
Int CL AOln 9122; C07d 49130
U.S. CI. 71-92 y 4 Claims
N-(Chlorophenoxyacetyl)ethylene ureas are prepared by
reacting ethylene urea with a chlorophenoxyacetyl chloride.
The products are useful herbicides.
3,639,116
LANTHANUM-CONTAINING POWDERS FOR MAKING
OXIDATION-RESISTANT METALLICS, METHOD OF
MAKING SAME, AND METALLIC PRODUCTS MADE
THEREFROM
Robert Blanchard Herman Herchenroeder, Kokomo, Ind., as-
signor to Cabot Corporation, Boston, Mass.
FUed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 917
Int. CI. B22f 1100
U.S. CI. 75-0.5 BB 5 Claims
A powder blend suitable for compaction and metallurgical
bonding which contains at least 10 percent chromium and
preferably at least 15 percent chromium, more than 30 per-
cent and preferably more than 38 percent of either nickel,
cobalt, or any combination thereof, and a lanthanum-silicon
alloy containing at least 0.4 percent silicon, the lanthanum-
silicon alloy being present in sufficient quantity such that the
lanthanum content of the total powder mixture is about 0.2
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
231
to 0.2 percent and preferably 0.02 to 0.1 percent
weight).
Of B&Sf POWDf" •>«O0Uf
Wf^ T>oiT Of CNB'CHED POWOCM ffWOOUCT
y 1^
^
MR
■OWOf* ••OCH^'?
(by 3,639,119
COPPER BASE ALLOY
Charles D. McLain, Alton, III., assignor to Olin Corporation
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 648,946, June
26, 1971, now abandoned. This application May 4, 1970, Ser.
No. 34,605
Int. CI. C22c 9/00, 9102
U.S. CI. 75-157 10 Claims
The present disclosure teaches an improved copper base
alloy containing iron and tin and a material selected from the
group consisting of phosphorous and zinc and mixtures
thereof. The alloys of the present invention are characterized
by improved physical properties, in particular high strength
and high conductivity
3,639,120
TWO-LAYERED PHOTOCONDUCTIVE ELEMENT
CONTAINING A HALOGEN-DOPED STORAGE LAYER
AND A SELENIUM ALLOY CONTROL LAYER
Christopher Snelling, Penfield, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y. «
Fded June 16, 1966, Ser. No. 557,930
Int. CI. G03g 5104
U.S. CI. 96-1.5 9 Claims
Products made from this blend as wel
making same are also disclosed.
as the method of
^>2
10
—13
3,639,117
METHOD FOR PRODUCING BEARING GRADE ALLOY
STEELS
Albert L. Lehman, Center Valley, Pa., assignor to Bethlehem
Steel Corporation
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,297
Int CLC21b7//0, 7/06
U.S. CI. 75—49 2 Claims
This invention is an improvement in a method for produc-
ing alloy steel which may contain, for example about 1.00%
carbon, about 0.45% manganese, about 0.25% silicon and
1.50% chromium. The steel has a lower incidence of non-
metallic inclusions than steel produced in a conventional
method, for example an air-melt electric furnace, open
hearth. The steel is melted and tapped and then vacuum
tteated by any one of several well-known methods. The steel
is deoxidized and a fluoride-containing acid slag is added to
the steel. The steel and the slag are intimately mixed. The
steel is then teemed into molds which can be relatively large.
A xerographic plate having a double layered photoconduc-
tive portion, the lower layer being designated as a storage
layer and the upper layer a control layer. The storage layer
consists of halogen doped selenium in a thickness from about
20 to 200 microns. The control layer consists of undoped
selenium alloys in a thickness of about 0.1 to 5 microns. The
plate utilizes the optimum photoconductive properties of
each layer.
3,639,121
NOVEL CONDUCTING LACQUERS FOR
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC ELEMENTS
William C. York, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 803,708
Int CI. G03g 5100; C09d 5124
U.S.CL 96—1.5 14 Claims
3,639,118
PROCESS FOR PURIFYING MERCURY
Austin O'Grady, Samia, Ontario, Canada, assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,891
Int CI. C22b 43100
U^. CL75— 121 9 Claims
Mercury is purified with regard to iron, calcium and
similar metallic impurities by contacting the mercury with "-
nascent" chlorine and with an aqueous phase capable of
generating nascent chlorine. The contact step may be carried
out, for example, by electrolyzing a chloride brine which is in
contact with the mercury; or by washing the mercury with a
mineral acid and the metal salt of an oxychloride acid. Impu-
rity metal values are solubilized into the aqueous phase
which is separated from the mercury. The process generally
involves only two steps (i.e., contacting and separating), is
easy to perform, and can be carried out within a relatively
few minutes.
\
CONDUCTING LACOUO—;
'^-L
_^.^^— PHOTOCONOUC^IfE Ltrt"
V — 10
"r~V— CONDUCTING L Are If
-^><> SUPPORT
^12
Novel electrically conducting lacquers are coaled on the
edge of electrophotographic elements to maintain conducting
layers at ground potential during charging by providing an
electrical path from the conducting layer to a grounding
means. Typical conducting lacquers include mixtures of elec-
trically conducting carbon black and graphite in a polymeric
resin binder.
232
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,122
VINYLAMINO RESIN INTERLAYER FOR
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC MEMBER USED IN OFFSET
PRINTING
Sakae Shimizu; Fumiaki Arai, and Tuneo Kurotori, all of
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Ricoh Co. Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828.375
Claims priority, appikation Japan, June 7, 1968, 43/39147
InL CI. G03g 5100, 7100
U^. CI. 96— 1.8 1 Claim
An electrophotograpic material for offset printing having
an interlayer, which comprises a reaction product of vinvl
resin and amino resin, between a support and a photocon-
ductive layer, said vinyl resin being vinyl polymer having
hydroxy! group in the terminal of the long side chain thereof
and said amino resin being melamine resin, urea resin,
aniline-aldehyde resin, polyacrylamide, polymethylolacryla-
mide or their derivatives such as methj^lated-ethylated- or bu-
tylated-methylolmelamine, polymethacrylamide or
polymethylolmethacrylamide is disclosed.
areas of the coating. The coating is then heated at a tempera-
ture of at least 250° C. to remove the silver-free areas of the
3,639,123 i
DOUBLE-TRANSFER PROCESS FOR *
PHOTOHARDENABLE IMAGES
Russdl Houston Gray, Rumson, N J., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,948
Int. CI. G03C////2
U.S. CI. 96-28 9 Claims
An image-forming process comprises, in order, ( 1 )
imagewise exposing a photohardenable layer to actinic radia-
tion to harden the layer throughout the exposed areas while
leaving the underexposed areas unhardened, (2) transferring
the underexposed material at a temperature between the sof-
tening point of the exposed and underexposed areas to a
receptor surface, and (3) heating the exposed areas to a tem-
perature above their softening point and transferring said
areas to a second receptor surface. The invention provides
both positive- and negative-working processes.
3,639,124
PRETRANSFERRED SILVER DEPOSIT RECEIVING
ELEMENT
Carole L. Groncki, Lynnficid, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,978
Int. CI. G03c 5154
U.S. CI. 96—29 6 Claims
Photomechanical procedures for forming ink reproduc-
ti(>ns from an inking master obtained by silver diffusion
transfer whereby continuous tone subject matter is
reproduced to provide ink reproductions thereof of improved
tonal quality.
3,639,125
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING PHOTOGRAPHIC RELIEF
PATTERNS
Nirmal Chand, South Burlington, Vt., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 790,334
Int. CI. G03c 5100
U.S. CI. 96—35 9 Claims
A process for producing photographic patterns on a sub-
strate, such as a glass photographic mask, in which a heating
step is used to selectively remove areas of a gelatin coating
on a substrate. After a developed silver image is formed in
the gelatin coating, a silver-removing reagent is applied to
the coating to remove the silver from the exposed (image)
gelatin coating from the substrate and to harden the
remainder of the coating A reversal process is eJso disclosed.
3,639,126
PHOTOGRAPHIC TANNING DEVELOPMENT AGENT
PRECURSOR IN LIGHT-SENSITIVE ELEMENT
Johan Lodewyk Verelst, Kontich; Joref Frans Willems, Wil-
rijk, and Raymond Leopold Rorens, Edegem, all of Belgi-
um, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa N.V., Mortsd, Belgium
Filed July 19, 1968, Ser. No. 745,979
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 19, 1967,
33,260/67; 33,261/67
Int. CI. G03C//06
U.S. CI. 96-95 10 Claims
Light-sensitive photographic materials are provided in the
light-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer or in a separate
colloid layer in water-permeable relationship with the emul-
sion layer, with a tannmg development agent precursor con-
stituted by an O-dihydroxybenzene derivative having at least
one of its hydroxy! groups esterified to form a halogenated
acyloxy group or etherified to form an a-tetrahydropyrany-
loxy group. Such precursor compounds are stable during
storage and do not result in discoloration of the emulsion
layer On treatment with an alkaline activating liquid, a
tanning photographic developing agent is released. The O-
dihydroxybenzene derivatives per se are also disclosed.
3,639,127
SILVER HALIDE EMULSIONS CONTAINING A DYE
DERIVED FROM 4,6-DIARYL SUBSTITUTED
PICOLINIUM SALTS AS DESENSITIZER
Leslie G. S. Brooker; Daniel S. Daniel, and Robert C. Taber,
all of Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,831
Int. CI. G03c 1136, 1108
U.S. CI. 96— 101 19 Claims
Photographic silver halide emulsions containing cyanine,
styryl and merocyanine dyes derived from 4,6-diaryl sub-
stituted picolinium salts, which either sensitize or desensitize
silver halide emulsions and photographic elements containing
said emulsions are described. 3'-EthyM,4,6-triphenyl-2-
pyndothiacyanine iodide, 2-(3-nitrostvryl)-l,4,6-triphenyl-
pyndinium iodide and 3-ethyl-5-{[ 1 .4.6-tri(4-methoxy-
phe^yl)-2( ! H)-pyridylidene)-ethylidene} rhodanine are
illustrative of the dye compounds employed.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
233
3,639,128
FERROUS COMPLEX OF N-CONTAINING
HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND AS SILVER LATENT
IMAGE STABILIZER
Reinhard Mat^ec; Rudolf Meyer, both of Leverkusen, and
Wolfgang Himmelmann, Opiaden-Luetzenkirchen, all of
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,533
Claims priority, application Germany, July 19, 1968, P 17 72
903.2
Int.CI.G03c//i4
U.S. CI. 96-109 2 Claims
Photographic material comprising at least one silver halide
emulsion layer, which is improved with respect to the stabili-
ty of the latent image and the final silver image by addition of
a complex compound of iron with a nitrogen-containing
heterocyclic compound having a five- or six-membered
heterocyclic ring as ligand.
3,639,131
PERFORMANCE AND STORAGE LIFE OF RAIN
REPELLENTS
David W. Clarke, Renton, Wash., assignor to The Boeing
Company, Seattle, Wash.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,458
Int. CI. C09ki//5
U.S. CI. 106-2 4 Claims
An alcohol and water solution of a silicone polymer con-
sisting of an acid neutralized cationic polysiloxane copolymer
containing amino functional groups is heated in an enclosed
aluminum container to form a barrier coating inside the con-
tainer and to enhance the performance characteristics of the
polymer in imparting visibility through a transparent surface
during water impingement.
3,639,129
PRODUCTION OF VEGETABLE PROTEIN BEVERAGE
BASE
Gus C. Mustakas; William J. Albrecht, and George N. Book-
waiter, all of Peoria, HI., assignors to The United States ol
America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,184
Int.CI. A23C///00
U^. CI. 99-64 5 Claims
A rapid continuous process which utilizes vegetable
protein flour to produce a highly nutritive protein beverage
base powder that can be easily converted to a liquid product
by merely adding water.
3,639,132
TITANIUM DIOXIDE CERAMIC COMPOSITION AND
HOT-PRESSING METHOD FOR PRODUCING SAME
Lawson Egerton, Sarasota, Fla., and John Thomson, Jr.,
Spring Lake, NJ., assignors to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,893
Int. CI. C04b 33100
U.S. CI. 106-39 R 7 Claims
A polycrystalline ceramic body of rutile (TiO,) has been
produced which has a density of at least 4.23 grams per cubic
centimeter (99.5 percent of theoretical density) and an elec-
trical quality factor of at least 10,000 at frequencies in the
/gipfiertz range. The body is produced by hot pressing TiO,
tinder reducing conditions, the TiOj containing minor
amounts of certain trivalent cations such as Fe'*, followed by
heating in oxygen and slow cooling. Applications include use
as a dielectric resonator in microwave filters.
ERRATA
For Classes ^—23 and 99—107 see:
Patent Nos. 3,638,553 and 3,638,554
3,639,130
SHIRRED CASING STICK
Harry Paul Eichin, Western Springs, III., and Kenneth Moritz
Jones, Bayamon, P.R., assignors to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,452
Int. CI. B6Sb 67/00
U.S. CI. 99— 175 4 Claims
22 18
A shirred casing stick having a bore is sheathed and lined
within a binding adapted to maintain the integrity of the stick
and the compaction of the shirred wall thereof throughout
the handling and water soaking operations preceding stuffing.
The binding comprises a tubular length of fiexible, reticu-
lated material extending under tension over the outside sur-
face of the stick and through the bore, both extremities of
the tubular length being secured to each other at one end of
the stick.
3,639,133
PROCESS FOR MAKING SILICA-COATED LEAD
CHROMATE PIGMENTS AND PRODUCT THEREOF
Howard R. Linton, Scotch Plains, NJ., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 681^23, Nov. 8, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No.
83,674
Int. CI. C09c/ /20
U.S. CI. 106-298 14 Claims
Silica-coated lead chromate pigments having improved sta-
bility in use under abrasive conditions are prepared by
processes in which the lead chromate pigment particles, in a
liquid slurry, are subjected to intense shear to break up ag-
glomerates, and are thereafter coated with dense silica, op-
tionally in combination with alumina.
3,639,134
PROCESS FOR TREATING THE SURFACE OF A
STRETCHED FILM
Gerhard Stegmeier, Mainz- Welsenau; Helga Lenhart,
Wiesbaden; Horst GcMer, Wiesbaden-Bierbrich, and Horst
Diener, Frankfurt-Hochst, all of Germany, assignors to
Kalle Aktiengesellschaft, Wiesbaden-Biebrich, Germany
Filed June 4, 1969, Ser. No. 830,505
Claims priority, application Germany, June 6, 1968, P 17 69
534.0; July 29, 1968, P 17 69 872.5
Int. CI. B44d 5104; ^^Ih 27132
U.S. CI. 117— 7 7 Claims
This invention relates to a process for treating the surface
of a stretched film of a polyester or polypropylene or
copolymers or polymer mixtures of the latter containing at
least 60 percent by weight, calculated on the total polymer
weight, of propylene, in order to improve the adhesion of the
film surface to a heat-sealable coating, which comprises sub-
jecting the film surface to a corona discharge in an at-
mosphere consisting essentially of nitrogen or carbon dioxide
containing not more than about 1 5 percent by volume of ox-
/
234
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ygen, at a film temperature in the range of room temperature
to about 25° to 50° C. below the softening point of the
stretched film. The invention also relates to the films so
treated
3,639,135
METHOD OF ADHERENTLY BONDING NEOPRENE TO
METAL
Alvin E. Hohman, Dallas, Tex., and William L. Kennedy,
Kansas City, Mo., assignors to LTV Aerospace Corpora-
tion, Dallas, Tex.
Filed June 3, 196«, Ser. No. 733,803
Int. CI. B32b 15106, 15108; B44d 1/14
U.S. CI. 117-10 6 Claims
Disclosed is a method of adherently bonding a neoprene
(polychloroprene) composition to a metal substrate compris-
ing the use of a primer containing a chlorinated rubber and
an epoxy resin. A liquid neoprene composition is applied to
the dried primer, the composition and the primer are inter-
mixed to redissolve the primer, and the resultant coating is
dried and cured.
3,639,136
DURABLE PRESS FINISH FOR WOOL/CELLULOSIC
FABRICS (MELAMINE/URON RESINS)
Philip B. Roth, Bridgewater Township, Somerset County,
Somerville, NJ., assignor to Koratron Company, Incor-
porated, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed July 29, 1968, Ser. No. 748,175
Int. CI. B44d 1/44; D06m 15/70
U.S. CI. 117-10 13 Claims
A method for imparting durable press properties to textile
fabrics containing wool and cellulose, comprising impregnat-
ing the fabric with a methylated trimethylol melamine,
bis(methoxymethyl)uron, a member selected from the group
consisting of pentamethylol melamine and hexamethylol
melamine, and a delayed action catalyst, and subsequently
curing said melamines on said fabric, the composition for the
method and the treated textile.
3,639,138
PHOSPHOR SCREEN FABRICATION
Samuel R. Shortes, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed May 27, 1968, Ser. No. 732,328
Int. CI. H01ji///0
U.S. CI. 1 17-33.5 CS 8 Claims
This specification discloses a method of applying first and
second phosphor particles to a display screen wherein first
phosphor particles are smaller in diameter than the second
phosphor particles characterized by the steps of:
a. immciMng a transparent screen in water.
b. suspending the first and second phosphor particles in
the water.
c addmg a silicate to the water, and effecting a pH in the
range of 7-8 to form gelatinous silicic acid and envelope the
largei phosphor particles with the gelatinous silicic acid.
d allowing time tor the second phosphor particles and
their gelatinous silicic acid envelope to settle onto said screen.
c adding an acid to the water to effect a pH of 1-5 and
form nongelatinous. semicrystalline. precipitating form of
silicic acid which entraps the small first phosphor particles,
settling the first phosphor particles onto the second phosphor
particles,
f allowing time for the precipitating silicic acid and the
small phosphor particles to settle onto said second particles
on the screen,
g. removing the supernatant liquid, and
h. heating said screen and said phosphor particles to drive
off the water and hi>nd the phosphor particles and the screen
to effect a unitary color display screen.
3,639,137
METAL FASTENING COATED WITH PRESSURE-
ACTIVATABLE ENCAPSULATED SEALANT SYSTEM
Nicola Marinelli, Kettering, Ohio, assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,123
Int. CI. B32b 15/08; F16b 19/04; B44d 1/16
U.S.CL 117-26 14 Claims
3,639,139
ALUMINUM PLATING PROCESS
Roger G. Schneggenburger, Freeland, and Reinhold Hell-
mann, Midland, both of Mich., assignors to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed Oct. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 765,621
Int. CI. C23c 3/04
U.S. CI. 1 17-37 R 10 Claims
A process for depositing a metallic aluminum film on a
substrate material which comprises: depositing a transition
metal catalyst on said substrate; depositing an aluminum
hydride compound on said substrate in contact with said
catalyst; contacting said treated substrate in a heated bath
consisting of an inert liquid, thereby decomposing said alu-
minum hydride material and providing a metallic aluminum
coating on said substrate, removing said aluminum coated
substrate from said bath and removing said inert liquid to
provide said metallic aluminum coating on the substrate.
PRESSURE - RuPTuRABlE
CAPSULES
Curing agent • conta
Film material
CURING AGENT-
CONTAINING ADHESIVE
26
SEALANT S^fSTEW
COATING
FATING SURFACE
T PARTICLES
A pressure-activatable, curable sealant coating system is
disclosed. The sealant coating comprises a multitude of
minute capsules containing polymerizable polymeric material
wherein each of the minute capsules is held to a workpiece-
— preferably to a fastening or to a substrate to be fastened-
— by means of adhesive or coating material having dispersed
therein finely divided particles of curing ^ent material for
the polymerizable polymeric material.
3,639,140
PROCESS FOR CARBONIZED CELLULOSE HBER OR
THE PRODUCTS THEREOF
Kazuo Miyamichi, Koriyama-shi, Japan, assignor to Nitto
Boseki Co., Ltd., Fukushima-shi, Japan
Filed Oct. 3. 1969, Ser. No. 863,518
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Oct. 12, 1968, 43/74455;
.Sept. 5, l%9. 44/70437; 44/70438; 44/70439
Int. CI. COlb J//07
U.S. CI. 1 17-46 CB 6 Claims
Cellulose fiber or the product thereof is treated with a
strength increasing agent selected from the group consisting
of (A) ammonium sulfate, ammonium bisulfate, ammonium
sulfite, ammonium bisulfite, ammonium thiosulfate, ammoni-
um sulfamate, ammonium imidosulfonate, and mixtures
thereof, (B) a mixture of at least one compound selected
from the group consisting of ammonium sulfate, ammonium
bisulfate, ammonium sulfite, ammonium bisulfite, ammonium
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
235
th.osulf.te, ammonium sulfamate and an^^;-'^-;^" ^jrts:^:!:^:^^^^^^^^^
3,639,143
ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATING ON
NONCONDUCTIVE SUBSTRATES
Robert O. Lussow. Wappingers Falls, and Ixjuis H. Wirtz,
Poughkeepsie, both of N.Y., assignors to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 19, 1969. Ser. No. 800,597
Int. CI. B44d 1/092, C23c 3/02
U.S. CI. 117-54 8 Claims
^0 *~^ ec 2ap 2ec XV
the group consisting of sulfunc acid, sulfurous acid and
sulfamic acid, and heat treating the product in an inert at-
mosphere at a temperature of at least about 400° C. for a
period of time sufficient to bring about carbonization.
■id 5' UMI****!
aL.''0« COfl-*i»»«
i'umbjs loai
/
3,639,141
HEPARINIZATION OF PLASTIC
Manfred F. Dyck, North Miami, Fla., assignor to Cordis Cor-
poration, Miami, Fla.
Filed Sept. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 762,376
Int.CI.B44d///6
U.S. CI. 117-47 A 2 Claims
Plastics are rendered nonlhrombogenic by hepannizing
them following a treatment with an amino alkyl tri alkoxy
silane in an inert solvent. The solvent is preferably one capa-
ble of swelling the plastic. In the treatment of fiuorocarbon
plastics, a preliminary treatment with sodium is employed.
The amino groups which become attached to the plastic are
thus caused to bond heparin to the surface effectively to im-
part anticoagulating properties.
wiTBtaiTKktsi titc«L
^Twt Wi-vmrn
T6 0t»OVT«ca. 1l»0«
tk-rmt \\M^*a
Bi » rMKOBVS ■C* tlCKW« >« *
• * ItfVKA^MB
■ *«EtaM*«CK^ mWWvl
HOI'JM »« '■•■H*..-
cxwD-'Cfwcai
1 .
l»i.Tii»»Tiv.K»i*' STt^i ; Tc I n.
in*'-*
lLiCT»Oi.tiS[)t»o»''»w'TO»*t •«:«.
■xfis- «>(>"o»*. wcai rt'.-tm
. riLii CM »»*wi f u»'»a o» s««5ti*ti «
tttmL iUWkCJ or n«ST«»T ••■
■•CHM.1'1 wttntwwt ■•!?(.*
iBC«Mt«-5 «• CICIEWW 'OW
A process for electroless deposition of uniform and con-
sistent dense nickel films on nonconductive substrates utiliz-
ing conventional techniques. The process requires at least
two repetitive cycles of activation, electroless plating of
nickel and heating.
^ 3,639,142
^ METHOD OF GALVANIZING
Herris M. Maxwell; John E. Sowers, both of Bethlehem, and
John Neil Laidman, Coopersburg, all of Pa., assignors to
Bethlehem Steel Corporation
FUed June 10, 1968, Ser. No. 735,740
Int. CI. B44d 1/092; C23c 1/02
U.S. CI. 117-51 5 Claims
3,639,144
ORGANO-PHOSPHORU'S COMPOUNDS CONTAINING
PERFLUOROALKYL RADICALS AND THEIR
APPLICATION TO CELLULOSIC TEXTILES
Leon H. Chance, and Jerry P. Moreau, both of New Orleans,
La., assignors to The United SUtes of America as
represented by the SecreUry of Agriculture
Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 843,200
Int.CI. B44d 1/092
U.S. CI. 117-56 6 Claims
Cotton is treated with an aqueous solution of zinc
fiuoroborate catalyst, and thereafter with a solution of a per-
fluoroalkyl aziridinyl phosphine oxide to impart oil and water
repellency thereto.
Elongated structural steel members are conveyed in a con-
tinuous operation longitudinally through a spray washer, a
shot blast cabinet, an acid spray, an acid blowoff, a chloride
flux spray and finally a flux blowoff to remove excess flux.
The members are then passed through a preheat furnace to
dry the flux and preheat the members and are then dipped
into a molten zinc bath and removed therefrom supported
upon C-hooks which are designed to be vibrated to remove
excess molten zinc from the coated material. The structural
materials are then passed to a reflow and quench dfcvice
which rotates the structural members by dropping them off
the end of a conveyor onto inclined skid means upon which
3,639,145
ARTIFICIAL LEATHER AND METHOD OF PRODUCING
THE SAME
Kaiui Fujiu, Ibaragi-shi, and Yoshiaki Sakata, Nishi-
Yodogawa-ku, both of Japan, assignors to The Toyo Rubber
Industry Co., Ltd., Nishi-ku, Osaka, Japan
Filed July 18, 1968, Ser. No. 745,669
Claims priority, application Japan, July 18, 1967. 42/46482
Int. CI. B29d 27/00; D29h 7/20, R44d 1/44
U.S.CL 117-62 8 Claims
A method of producing artificial leathers which comprises
coating a fibrous base material with a polymeric solution
containing, as the principal ingredient, a polyurelhane-urea
elastomer and then treating the coated fibrous base material
with a nonsolvent for the polymer to coagulate the polymer.
236
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
Certain critical methods for producing the polyurethane-urea
elastomer, broadly described as either a "prepolymer"
process or a "one-shot" process are described in the specifi-
cation.
3,639,146
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A MULTILAYER
SHEET MATERIAL
Klaus Andra, Eschenhahn; Herbert Pomnann, Konigshofen,
and Elfriede Hutschenreuter, Wiesbaden-Bicbrkh, all of
Germany, assignors to Kalle Aktiengesellschaft, Wiesbaden-
Biebrich, Germany
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,212
Claims priority, application Germany, July 31, 1969, P 19 38
i 990.3
Int. CI. B44d 1 1 10; D06n 3100
U.S. CI, 117-68 6 Claims
3,639,148
POLYMER FILM SUBSTRATE WITH VINYLIDENE
CHLORIDE BASE COATING AND WAX ANTISTICKING
TOP COATING
Carl Moore; Dak S. Gibbs, and John W. Vanderhoff, both of
Midland, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
Filed Apr. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,261
Int. CI. B32b 27/05, 2 7/iO
U.S. CI. 117-76 F 4 Claims
A composite article and method for preparing the same
wherein such article is composed of a macromolecular or-
ganic sbbstrate having at least one surface wherein the con-
tact angle of water to such surface is less than about 80°, a
base coating for such surface of a copolymer consisting prin-
cipally of a normally crystalline vinylidene chloride polymer
coating and a top coating containing an antisticking agent.
3,639,149
COMPOSITE LAMINATE OF WATER-EXTENDED
UNSATURATED POLYESTER
Richard Elliot Thornton Spalding, South Norwalk, Conn., as-
signor to American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,918
InL CI. B32b 27106; B44d 1114
U.S. CI. 117-76 F 10 Claims
A process for producing a laminated article that is either
flat or thermoformed comprising prime coating a ther-
moformable or thermoformed flexible thermoplastic sheet
with a neat unsaturated polyester resin composition and
depositing on said prime coating at least one layer of
fiberglass reinforced water-extended polyester resin composi-
tion and permitting the two polyester resins to convert to the
thermoset state.
This invention relates to a process for the production of a
gas-permeable multilayer sheet material, and to the materia!
so produced, the process comprising applying a liquid layer
of a solution of a polymer in a water-miscible solvent to the
surface of a moving web of fiber fleece which is free from
chemical binders and allowing part of the solution to
penetrate into the fleece; incorporating an aqueous disper-
sion of synthetic material in the fleece from the uncoated
surface thereof, the dispersing phase of the dispersion acting
as a coagulating agent upon part of the polymer solution con-
tained in the fleece; causing a coagulating agent to act upon
the liquid layer of polymer solution on the surface of the
fleece, upon the still uncoagulated portion of the polymer
solution in the fleece, and upon the dispersion of synthetic
material contained in the fleece; removing any excess of
coagulating agent and solvent, and drying the multilayer
sheet material.
3,639,150
ELECTRIC EXPLOSION METAL SPRAYING FOR
SUBSTRATE
Toshiro Sahara, 9-12 Komuin Jutaku, Miyuki-machi, Kashii,
and Shigehisa Fukuda, 1479-3 Hakozaki, Hakata, both of
Japan
Filed July 25. 1%8, Ser. No. 747,675
Int. CI. B44d 1102
U.S. a. 117-93 2 Claims
-C
^^
I I r
i.i . W i » */■ i < i ^ 1 I J I
'y^f^f^i
'/7
>/
3,639,147
ARTICLE HAVING MULTILAYER COATING AND
PROCESS FOR PRODUCWG SAME
James William Benefid, Livonia, and Anthony William
Opipari, Sterling Heights, both of Mich., assignors to
Celanese Coatings Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 763,972, Sept. 30, 1968.
abandoned.
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8^89
Int. CI. B44d 1/14; B32b 15/08
U.S.a. 117-73 15 Claims
Product and process for producing^ multilayer coating
composition by depositing a nonaqueous, pigmented, cellu-
lose ester containing polymeric base film on a substrate and
before baking, depositing (wet-on-wet) a transparent
polymeric topcoat composition on the base film and baking
the resulting multilayer system.
This invention relates to an improved process for coating a
metal substrate with metallic particles by exploding a con-
sumable metal wire in atmosphere or an inert gas of normal
pressure by a heavy current.
3,639,151
VAPOR RANDOMIZATION IN VACUUM DEPOSITION
OF COATINGS
Richard C. Krutenat, Middletown, Conn., assignor to United
Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,636
Int. CI. C23c 11/02
U.S. CI. 117-93.4 4 Claims
In the processes for forming protective coatings on metal
substrates, particularly the nickel-base and cobalt-base su-
peralloys, by deposition in a vacuum, an electrically biased
^
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
237
substrate, in conjunction with a sustained plasma discharge
between the source and the substrate, is utilized to ran-
[I3.'
domize the coating vapor cloud and allow non-line-of-sight
deposition.
3,639,152
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FLUID
IMPREGNATION UTILIZING SONIC MECHANICAL
VIBRATION
Albert G. Bodine, Jr., 7877 Woodley Ave., Van Nuys, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 454,335, May 10,
1965, now abandoned. This application Mar. 28, 1966, Ser.
No. 538,062
Int.CLB44d 1/06
U,S. CI. 117— 113 14 Claims
3,639,154
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING FIBROUS
STRUCTURE HAVING EXCELLENT RECOVERY FROM
EXTENSION BY TREATMENT WITH
POLYORGANOSILOXANE AND A POLYETHYLENE
GLYCOL OR DERIVATIVE THEREOF
Yoshio Sawa, Kobe; Takashi Itoh, Toyonaka; Minoru Kojima,
Osaka, and Mikio Sotomura, Settsu, all of Japan, assignors
to Kanegafucki Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha. Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,499 V
Claims priority, application Japan, July 20. 1%8. 43/51267;
43/51268; 43/51269
Int. CI. D06m 75/66
U.S. CI. 117-138.8 A 17 Claims
This invention is directed to fibrous structures such as
crimped yarns and fabrics made therefrom having excellent
extensibleness, recovery from extension and no water repel-
iency. The process of the invention comprises applying to
said structures an aqueous emulsion of polyorganosiloxane
comprising essentially methyl hydrogen polysiloxane having
specified viscosity and subsidiarily dimethyl polysiloxane if
required, polyethylene glycol or a derivative thereof and a
catalyst for polymerization of polysiloxane and curing
preferably in a dry condition. Important fibrous structures
are composed of composite fibers or of conventional
mechanically crimped fibers. Crimp developing for the
former or heat setting of the latter can be advantageously ef-
fected simultaneously with the aforementioned curing.
A solid material to be impregnated with a liquid material is
held in intimate contact with such liquid material. High-level
sonic energy is applied to the materials to cause thorough im-
pregnation of the solid by the liquid. This sonic energy is pro-
vided from a resonant vibration system which is vibrationally
excited at a resonant frequency by means of an orbiting mass
oscillator which is coupled thereto, such oscillator automati-
cally adjusting its frequency to maintain resonant vibration of
the system.
3,639,153
PROCESS OF MODIFYING A HYDROHALOGEN
POLYMER SURFACE
Terry Bill Waggoner, Royal Oak, and Edgar John Seyb, Jr.,
Oak Park, both of Mkh., assignors to M & T Chemicals
Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Aug. 25, 1966, Ser. No. 574,954
Int CI. C23c 3/02
U.S.CL 117-118 2 Claims
This invention relates to methods of modifying a
hydrohalogen polymer surface which comprises contacting a
hydrohalogen polymer surface with an alkali metal alkoxide
MOR wherein M is an alkali metal and R is an alkyl group
thereby forming an alkoxide-activated surface and contacting
said alkoxide-activated surface with an oxidizing agent
thereby forming an oxygen-activated alkoxide-activated sur-
face which is capable of accepting an electroless metal
deposit.
3,639,155
DIRT-RESISTANT SILICONE RUBBER
Robert C. Hartlein, and Harokl L. Vincent, both of c/o Dow
Coming Corp, Midland, Mich.
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881320
Int. CI. B32b 25/20
U.S. CI. 117-138.8 A - 7 Claims
A silicone rubber having a cured coating on a surface
which is exposed to the atmosphere where said coating is a
room-temperature vulcanizable organosiloxane block
copolymer curable through an acetoxy, ketoxime or alkoxy
functionality is resistant to dirt pickup. A room-temperature
vulcanizable organosiloxane block copolymer curable
through an acetoxy, ketoxime or alkoxy functionality is ap-
plied to a siTicone rubber surface and allowed to cure to pro-
vide a dirt-resistant coating.
3,639,156
SILOXANE POLYMERS FOR SOIL-REPELLENT AND
SOIL-RELEASE TEXTILE FINISHES
Allen G. Pittman, El Cerrito, and William L. Wasley,
Berkeley, both of Calif., assignors to The United SUtes of
America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture
FUed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,899
Int. CI. D06m 15/66
U.S. CI. 117- 139.5 A 34 Claims
Fluorocarbon silanes are copolymerized with silanes which
contain two or more alkyleneoxy groups. The copolymers are
useful for application to fibrous materials to provide both soil
repellency and soil releasability.
3,639,157
PROCESS FOR FINISHING TEXTILE MATERIALS WITH
A POLYMER OF A VINYL COMPOUND AND THE
REACTION PRODUCT OF A POLYOL AND AN
ORGANIC POLYISOCYANATE
Walter Wunder, Cologne-Flittard; Wolfgang Klebert, Lever-
kusen; Heinz Herlinger, Cologne-Flittard, and Karl Schafer,
Opladen, all of Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Continuation of application Ser. No. 438,102, Mar. 8, 1965,
now abandoned. This applkation July 18, 1968, Ser. No.
750,999
Int.CLC08j y/44,C10m
U.S. CL 1 17- 139.5 A 10 Claims
Textile materials which have been treated with an aqueous
liquor containing a polymer of a vinyl compound and the
\
238
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
reaction product of excess organic polyisocyanate with a
polyol. The textile materiaJs have improved crease resistance
3,639,158
MAGNESIUM-HYDROXIDE^ONTAINING PAPER
John Maskal; Ivan M. Thompson, and Henrik R. Hdkel, all of
Ludington, Mkh., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.
Filed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773350
Int. CI. D21h 1122
U.S. CI. 117-152 I Claim
Paper possessing outstanding opacity, whiteness and gloss
characteristics containing a magnesium hydroxide pigment
having about one to five weight percent calcium ion concen-
tration in solid solution therewith and methods of manufac-
turing such paper are provided. The pigment is contained
either as a paper filler or as a component of a coating pig-
ment composition
3,639,159
STRUCTURAL CARBONACEOUS MATERIALS HAVING
IMPROVED SURFACE EROSION CHARACTERISTICS
Emery T. Rose, and Larry V. Pezzanite, both of
Lawrenceburg, Tenn., assignors to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion
Filed Oct. 31, 1967, Ser. No. 679,567
Int. CI. F02k 1124, 11/02; B44d 1/09
U.S. CI. 117-161 8 Claims
Structural carbonaceous materials, such as graphite, hav-
ing improved resistance to oxidation and corrosion at
elevated temperatures are obtained by impregnating a solid
carbonaceous material with a high boiling point hydrocarbon
resin which leaves little or no residue on volatilization, such
as a poly phenyl resin
3,639,160
METHOD OF MAKING A CELLULAR STRUCTURE
HAVING A DECORATIVE TEXTURED SURFACE
Dorsey C. Nelson, Springfiekl, Pa., assignor to FMC Corpora-
tion, Philadelphia, Pa.
FUed Apr. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 722,098
Int. CI. B44d 1/09
U.S. CI. 117-161 C 7 Claims
3,639,161
MELT-RESISTANT WELDING ELECTRODES
Hermann Trattner, Munich, and Rudolf Klar, Augsburg, both
of Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin
and Munich, Germany
Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800.767
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 23, 1968,
^ 2687/68
Int. CI. B23k 35/34
U.S. CI. 117-202 7 Claims
A melt-resistant, reliably performing electrode for low-
power electric arcs composed of a high-melting metallic sub-
stance, such as tungsten or thoriated-tungsten. having at least
the welding tip thereof coated with a layer of high-melting
metal-nonmetal compound, such as metal oxides, carbides or
nitrides, le , thorium dioxide, hafnium carbide, tantalum
nitride, etc The process for producing such an electrode is
also disclosed
3,639,162
ELECTROCONDUCTIVE COATING
Harris J. Bixler, Lexington, Mass., assignor to Amicon Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Oct. 20, 1966, Ser. No. 588,005
Int. CI. B44d 1/18; G03g 5/00
U.S. CI. 117-215 ,0 Claims
Paper having a surface coating of exfoliated three-layer
clay exhibiting a surface conductivity of IC-IO'* ohms/sq. at
relative humidities from 12-15 percent may be used for mak-
ing a copy sheet for electrophotography by providing an
overcoating of zinc oxide. An aqueous dispersion of ex-
foliated three-layer clay together with water soluble elec-
troconductive inorganic compound is described.
3,639,163
BLOCK POLYMER INSULATION FOR ELECTRIC
CONDUCTORS
Eugene T. Bishop, Moraga; Walter R. Haefefe, PlacerviUe,
and Willis R. Hendricks, Palos Verdes Peninsula, all of
Calif., assignors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 506,526, Nov. 5,
1965. now abandoned. This application Nov. 26, 1969, Ser.
No. 880,405
Int. CI. B44d 1/42
U.S. CI. 117-217
3 Claims
Blowing ascnt
BLOWING AGENT
ACCC ^ERATOW
CHIPS Of NEGENtKATEO
CELLULOSE fILM
PLASTisOl
MIXTURE
SHEET FORMING
MEAT APPLICATION TO
DECOMPOSE BLOWING AGENT
PROVIDE SURFACE BLISTER EFFECT
AND CURE FOAMED RESIN
CELLULAR VINYL STRUCTURE
WITH
DECORATIVE TEJTuREO SURFACE
A method of making a cellular structure having a decora-
tive textured or grained and leatherlike surface formed by
foaming a vinyl resin plastisol containing a blowing agent and
chips of regenerated cellulose film having^absorbed moisture
followed by curing of the foamed structure.
'BLOCK COPOUMER
An insulated electric conductor comprising an electric
conductor and as insulation therefor, a hydrogenated block
polymer such as polystyrene-polyisoprene-polystyrene. The
electric conductor may comprise said block copolymer hav-
ing dispersed therethrough a particulate conductive metal
such as copper •
3,639,164
ENAMELED METAL SUBSTRATES AND METHOD OF
FORMING
Roland T. Girard, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Dec. 15, 1969. Ser. No. 885,206
Int. CI. C23d 5/02
U.S. CI. 117-222 8 Claims
Pinhole-free enamel coatings have a dielectric breakdown
above 2,500 volts are formed atop a multiperforated metallic
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
239
substrate by the addition of an inert refractory additive, e.g.,
silicon dioxide, magnesium oxide, calcium fluoride, etc., to
the enamel slurry utilized to coat the substrate. The inert ad-
ditives comprise between 10 and 35 percent by weight of the
3,639,167
TRANSITION METAL DOPED EUO FILMS
Kie Y. Ahn, Bedford, N.Y., assignor to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,404
Int. CI. HOlf 10/02
U.S. CI. 117-240 12 Claims
enamel frit in the slurry and remain physically unaltered dur-
ing subsequent firing of the substrate to increase the viscosity
of the fired enamel thereby assuring an edge coverage of at
least 5 mils for enamel coatings less than 10 mils thick.
3,639,165
RESISTOR THIN nUMS FORMED BY LOW-PRESSURE
DEPOSITION OF MOLYBDENUM AND TUNGSTEN
John R. Rairden, III, Niskayuna, N.Y,, assignor to General
Electric Company
FUed June 20, 1968, Ser. No. 738,563
Int. CI. HOI c 7/00
U.S. CI. 117-227 I 12 Claims
NiTPoaeM ^ncssuft {michons Hg)
High resistivity, low temperature coefficient of resistance
films are formed by evaporating a molybdenum or tungsten
source in a low-pressure atmosphere, e.g. 5x10* torr, of a
nitrogen bearing gas, a carbon bearing gas or an inert gas and
depositing a resistor film atop a preferably unheated dielec-
tric substrate. '
200
EtOO
b
F«-DOPED EuC FILM
T(«K1
150 200
There is disclosed a ferromagnetic article of manufacture
compnsing a crystalline EuO film disposed on a substrate
such as glass and quartz. The film is doped with a metal
selected from Fe, Co, Ni and Cr. The doped film has an in-
creased Curie temperature of about 180° K., its optical ab-
sorption peak occurs at about 5,800 A and has a sharply in-
creased absorption coefficient of about 2.4x1 0^/cm The arti-
cle also has a high-magneto-optic Faraday rotation at higher
temperatures.
Fabrication of the article is by the simultaneous vacuum
evaporation of Eu, Eu^Oa and an inner transition metal.
3,639,166
COATED TRANSFER MEDIUM FOR PRODUCING
SCRATCH AND SMUDGE RESISTANT MARKS
Charles T. Fellows, Kettering, and Stanley R. Hermann,
Xenia, both of Ohio, assignors to The National Cash Re-
gister Company, Dayton, Ohio
FUed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,230
Int. CI. B41m 5/10; C04b 35/00
U.S. CI. 117-234 26 Claims
A transfer medium comprising a base having a transferable
coating composition thereon. The coating composition com-
prises about 3 to 40 percent by weight of an olefinic polymer;
about 3 to 40 percent by weight of a wax; about 1 5 to 70 per-
cent by weight of a thermoplastic aminotriazine-sulfonamide-
aldehyde resin; and about 1 to 45 percent by weight of a sen-
sible material.
3,639,168
DIRECT COMPRESSION VEHICLES
Anthony Monti, Irvington; John P. Troy, HicksviUe, both of
N.Y., and Charles B. Broeg, Short HUls, NJ., assignors to
SuCrest Corporation, NY, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,283
InLCI. C13f J/00
U.S. CI. 127-29 10 Claims
Direct compression vehicle useful for preparation of
tablets by the direct compression technique is obtained by
dispersing a diluent such as sugar, in a fully hydrated
hydratable polymer, such as starch, drying the resulting
dispersion, and reducing the dried product to particles of the
desired size. The vehicle can be admixed with the active
material and. if desired, a lubricant, and the resulting mixture
compressed without prior granulation or slugging to form a
tablet
3,639,169
DIRECT COMPRESSION VEHICLES AND METHOD
THEREFOR
Charles B. Broeg, Short HUls, NJ.; Anthony Monti, Irving-
ton, and John P. Troy, HicksviUe, both of N.Y., assignors to
SuCrest Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 820,287
IntCI.C13fi/00
U.S. CI. 127—29 1 1 Claims
A granular, multicompnjnent direct compression vehicle is
made by uniformly blending at least one compactible materi-
al with other materials, compacting the blend to a sheet,
breaking the sheet up into particles of a desired size and, if
necessary, screening. The resulting product when blended
with an active material and, to the extent necessary, a lubri-
cant, can be directly formed into a tablet.
240
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,170 to separate sludge and oil from the solution. Then concen-
LACTOSE PRODUCT AND METHOD trated makeup detergent solution is added, the makeup and
Jerry T. Hutton, Glen Ellen, and Gaylord M. Palmer, Castro
Valley, both of Calif., assignors to Foremost-McKesson.
Inc., San Francisco, Calif.
, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 393,877, Sept. 2, _«.«iMn.miaL .'* ^jm
1964, now abandoned. This application May 1, 1970, Ser. No. p^q j | ""l?
33,704 ' "»
Int. CI. C 13k 5/00
U.S. CI. 127-31 5 Claims
LartoM conctntrtitt
'2 to ytttd fn« cryvtoilvM
Fint loctoM
porticlM
porticl*«
1
i
Slurry compnunfl 1\n%
cryttollint portictrs of loctoM -
ond wat«r contolnmq kxtota
in tolutton
1
i
Miimg
J
Atommng to form coorM
dropJtti and diiparttoo
of droptatt in hot drying
Product
14
A dry lactose product in the form of spherical granules
each consisting of lactose crystals bonded together by lactose
in glass form. It has excellent free-flowing properties with
relatively high solution rate and good physical stability Also
a method of making the product in which an aqueous slurry
of fine lactose crystals is spray dried.
L
3,639,171
METHOD OF ISOLATING D-XYLOSE FROM
HARDWOOD SULPHITE LIQUOR
George J. Paabo, and Ants-Michael Uesson, both of Malmo,
Sweden, assignors to Sydkemi Aktiebolag, Malmo, Sweden
Filed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,480
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 5, 1968, 16624/^8
Int. CI. C13k 9100, 1102- D21c 3120
U.S.CL 127-37 2 Claims
d-Xylose is isolated from hardwood sulphite liquor by
means of azeotropic isopropyl alcohol.
3,639,172
CLEANING OIL-LADEN METAL»WASTE TO RECOVER
THE METAL AND RECLAIM THE OIL
James R. Keogh, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to FMC Cor-
poration
Continuation-in-part of applicatfen Ser. No. 693,298, Dec. 26,
1967, now Patent No. 3,544,369, dated Dec. 1, 1970. This
application July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,261
Int. CI. B08b 7104
U.S. CI. 134-25 5 Claims
Oil-laden metal waste such as turnings, chips and the like
are cleaned to remove oil and other impurities from the
metal waste enabling recovery of the metal and reclaiming of
the oil. The cleaning is achieved through counterflow of a de-
tergent solution in a wash bath, removing the cleaned metal
waste from the bath and separating a substantial quantity of
the remaining moisture therefrom, and removing the deter-
gent solution from the wash bath and running it through a
rehabilitation circuit where it is subjected to centrifugal force
?^
I
restored detergent stilution heated and returned from the
rehabilitation circuit to the wash bath
3,639,173
METHOD OF CONTROLLING ZINC DENDRITE
GROWTH
Zbigniew Stachurski, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Vardney In-
ternational Corp., New York, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 675,617, Oct. 16, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No.
878,971
Int. CLHOlm 4i/00, 45/04
U.S. CI. 136-3 9 Claims
The growth of zinc dendrites during charge of a silver-zinc
cell is a particularly undesirable feature of the zinc electrode
as it eventually leads to shorting of the cell through growth of
metallic trails of zinc through the separator. A method is dis-
closed of preventing the growth of zinc dendrites and more
particularly of preventing zinc dendrite penetration of the
separator. The method involves controlling the overpotential
in the cell, i.e , limiting the overpotential to a value below the
critical magnitude at which the zinc deposits as dendrites in-
stead of as a moss When zinc deposits as a moss, penetration
of the separator does not occur. The new method involves so
limiting the charge overpotential and using a charge rate that
the cell is fully charged by the time the critical overpotential
is reached The overpotential is measured between the work-
ing zinc electrode and a built-in zinc reference electrode.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
241
When the critical overpotential is reached, charging is ter-
minated.
The subject matter of the invention also includes an im-
proved electrochemical apparatus whose efficiency and use-
ful life derive from the prevention of zinc penetration of the
separator.
3,639,174
VOLTAIC CELLS WITH LITHIUM-ALUMINUM ALLOY
ANODE AND NONAQUEOUS SOLVENT ELECTROLYTE
SYSTEM
Matthew R. Kegelman, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wihnington, Del.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 744,916, July 15, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No.
28,292
Int. CI. HOlm i5/02
U.S. CI. 136-20 15 Claims
Half cells comprised of a lithium aluminum alloy anode
and a lithium hexafluorophosphate-inert nonaqueous solvent
electrolyte, and voltaic cells utilizing such half cells with
compatible cathodes, particularly elemental sulfur and rever-
sibly reducible iron, nickel and copper compounds having a
solubility in the electrolyte solvent at 25° C. of less than 200
p. p.m. by weight, such voltaic cells being useful as primary
and/or secondary batteries.
3,639,176
ZINC ELECTRODE CONTAINING AN ADDITIVE TO
REDUCE GASSING AT THE ZINC ELECTRODE IN A
HEAT STERILIZED SILVER-ZINC ALKALINE BATTERY
George F. NordUom, Yardley, and Herbert I. James, Levit-
town, both of Pa., assignors to ESB Incorporated
Filed Sept. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 758,652
Int. CI. HOlm J9/00
U^. CL 136—30 7 Claims
A zinc electrode containing a mercuric sulfide additive to
reduce gassing at the zinc electrode which is used as the
negative electrode in a heat sterilized silver-zinc alkaline bat-
tery. The mercuric sulfide effectively reduces gassing at the
zinc electrode without adversely affecting the capacity of the
heat sterilized battery, whereas the conventional mercuric
oxide additive reduces the capacity of the heat sterilized bat-
tery. The mercuric sulfide additive may be used in combina-
tion with a lead sulfide additive.
3,639,177
FERROUS METAL SUBSTRATE WITH DENSE, BLACK
GLOSSY OXIDE COATING AND PROCESS FOR
COATING PREPARATION
Craig S. Tedmoo, Jr., Scotia, and Henry S. Spacil, Schenec-
tady, both of N.Y.
Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 811,213
Int. CI. C23c / 7100
U.S. CI. 148— 6J 3 Claims
A composite structure is described in which a substrate is
covered with an adherent protective/ornamental layer con-
sisting of single phase cobalt oxide containing iron in solid
solution therein. By way of example, a ferrous metal sub-
strate to which a layer (at least about 0.5 mil thick) of cobalt
has been applied is treated to provide a black, dense,
coherent scale possessing a deep luster and high refiectivity
This enamellike coating is produced by (a) heat treatment of
the plated substrate in an atmosphere not oxidizing to either
cobalt or iron in order to interdiffuse the cobalt and iron and
produce a cobalt-iron surface composition in which the iron
content may range from about 2 to about 20 percent by
weight and (b) oxidation of the plated substrate after it has
been heated to temperatures m the range of 900° to 1 ,200°
C.
3,639,178
THERMOCHEMICAL CUTTING OR SCARHNG
PROCESS
Jacques Birr, Paris; Georges Colson, Noisy -le-grand; Bernard
Abel, Eptinal, and Patrice Charbonnier, Pointe Noire, (Con-
go), all of France, assignors to L'Air Liquide, Sodete
Anonyme pour 1 'etude et I'exploitation des procedes
Georges Claude
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,897
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 2, 1968, 161765
Int CI. B23k 7/06
U.S. CI. 148-9 C 2 Claims
3,639.175
ADDlTlVfeS FOR DRV CHARCiED BATTERIES .
Frederick L. Marsh, Minneapolis. Minn., assignor to (iould-
Nationai Batteries, Inc., Saint Paul, Minn.
" Filed July 2. 1969. Ser. No. 838.693
Int. CI. HOlm 9j00: HOlm .?9/04
U.S. CI. 136-154 4 Claims
A container having a zirconium affording substance
that dissolves upon activation by water to precipitate the
phosphates out to the electrolyte formed from the activation
of a water activatable. boron phosphate sulphuric acid
gel used in a dry charged battery.
/////////////////////.
Scarfing or cutting with a scarfing or cutting torch com-
prising a central duct of oxygen, a coaxial plurality for fiame-
producing ducts and, around this plurality of ducts, powder
jets producing ducts. The powder jets approximately con-
verge on the central duct axis, between the torch and the
part being scarfed, at the hottest part of the flames.
3,639,179
METHOD OF MAKING LARGE GRAIN-SIZED
SUPERALLOYS
Steven H. Reichman, and John W. Smythe, both of Ann Ar-
bor, Mich., assignors to Federal-Mogul Corporation
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,895
Int. CLC21d
U.S.CI. 148-11.5F 7 Claims
^WWd/f
"l
/fU t^/ri
fF/'rrfyMtf
///jf rnv/
A process for making nickel-base superalloys possessing
superior high -temperature properties which employs powder
•242
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
I February 1, 1972
metallurgical techniques and includes the steps of densifying
the powdered alloy into a blank approaching 100 percent
theoretical density, cold working the blank at a controlled
temperature, recrystallizing the cold-worked blank for a
period of time sufficient to nucleate new grains and
thereafter heat treating the recrystallized blank at a con-
trolled temperature for a period of time sufficient to attain
the desired magnitude of grain growth.
The magnet and/or magnetizing field are moved in at least a
single plane through the angle 6 which can range up to ±45°.
Such movement is terminated with the magnet in a position
in which its predetermined direction of magnetization is sub-
stantially parallel to the direction of the magnetizing field.
3,639.180
NIOBIUM-BASE ALLOYS
Robert William Kelcher. Sutton Coldfield, England, assignor
to Imperial Metal Industries (Kynoch) Limited, Bir-
mingham, England
Filed Dec. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 883,424
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 14, 1968,
60,428/68
Int. CI. C21d 7114; C22c 27100
U.S. CI. 148-12.7 7 Claims
Tonf/,
«r
4
St -ess
301
roars
.TO
23^PP-.S,
Xop* ^
■rvC
-C^SOrr-tt-Cr
ERRATUM
For Class 149—2 see:
Patent No. 3,638,698
Niobium-base alloys containing tungsten, hafnium and car-
bon are improved in respect of their strength in the range
300°- 1,000° C by the addition of silicon and by restriction of
the atomic ratio of hafnium to carbon to certain cntical
limits. At least 100 parts per million of silicon is necessary to
produce an upward trend in the ultimate strength of the al-
loy
3.639,183
GAS GENERATOR COMPOSITIONS
Frank G. Crescenzo, and Robert L. Dow, both of China Lake,
Calif., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Apr. 16. 1965, Ser. No. 450.249
Int. CI. C06d 5/06
U.S.CI. 149 18 8 Claims
1. A gas generator composition consisting essentially of a
fuel selected from cellulose acetate, nitrocellulose and
mixtures thereof:
an energetic plasticizer selected from the group con-
sisting ot tnmethMolethane trinitrate, pentaerythritol
trinitrate, dicthylene glycol dmitrate and mixtures
thereof;
a nonenergetic plastici/cr selected from the group con-
sisting of hydroxy propylglycerol, diethyl phthalate and
dihut\l phthal.ito:
a stahiii/cr selected from the group consisting ot N-
methyl-p-nitroanilinc.cthvlcentraliteandresorcinol: and
a ballistic modifier selected from the group consisting oi
dibutvl tin maleate. lead salicylate, manganese dioxide,
stannic oxide, zinc carbonate, monobasic cupric
-salicylate, monobasic lead beta resorcylatc, monobasic
lead salicylate and mixtures thereof.
3,639,181
SINTERED COBALT-RARE EARTH BODIES AND
METHOD OF PRODUCTION
Robert E. Cech, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,090
Intel. HOlf //OS
U.S. CI. 148-100 13 Claims
By infiltrating liquid calcium metal into a green compact of
single-phase CosR powder of high-coercive force during the
early stages of a sintering operation, the coercive force of the
powder particles of the compact are preserved or increased
and a new sintered product having high-coercive force and
high-magnetic saturation is obtained
3,639,184
METHOD FOR PREPARING GELLED SLURRY
EXPLOSIVE COMPOSITION CONTAINING DISTINCT
LIUQID AND SOLID PHASES
Charles H. Grant, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 705,523, Feb. 14,
1968. now Patent No. 3,475,238. This application Aug. 19,
1969, Ser. No. 851,491
Int. CI. C06b/9/04, I/IOO
U.S. CI. 149-44 7 Claims
A method is provided for preparing gelled slurry explosive
compositions characterized as containing separate liquid and
particulate phases intimately mixed together. The liquid
phase containing a gelling agent is prepared and the gelling
agent is cross- linked This provides a component having ex-
tended periods of stability Prior to the intended use of the
explosive the cross-linked gum is broken down, the solid par-
ticulate constituents are dispersed in the liquid phase and the
gelling agent is recross-linked.
3,639,182
METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF A
MAGNETIC FIELD FOR MAGNETIZING PERMANENT
MAGNETS
Joseph J. Becker, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 818,465
Intel. HOlf 13/00, 1 1 10, 1104
U.S. CI. 148-103 10 Claims
A method for increasing the coercive force of a permanent
magnet produced by a given magnetizing field. The magnet is
subjected to the magnetizing field with the initial position of
the magnet being no greater than an angle d of ±45° formed
between a predetermined direction of magnetization of the
magnet and the direction of the applied magnetizing field.
3,639,185
NOVEL ETCHANT AND PROCESS FOR ETCHING THIN
METAL FILMS
Lucas A. Colom. Bloomingburg, and Harold A. Levinc,
Poughkeepsie, both of N.Y., assignors to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 30. 1969, Ser. No. 837,571
Intel. C23g//20, C23f/ /02
U.S. CI. 156— 13 lOClaims
A composition for etching thin films of metal, such as
chromium or molybdenum, comprising alkaline metal salts of
weak inorganic acids which yield solutions having a pH in the
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
243
range of 12 to 13.5, e.g. sodium or potassium-meta or
orthosilicates or sodium orthophosphate, and oxidizing
agents active in alkaline solutions, such as potassium perman-
ganate or sodium ferricyanide. Also, the method of selective-
ly etching away portions of such metal films by masking said
films with positive alkali-developed photoresists and treating
with the etching compositions described above.
3,639,186
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF FINELY ETCHED
PATTERNS
Theodor Forster, ThaJHii, Zurich, and Theodor (). Mohr.
Gattikon, Zurich, both of Switzerland, assignors to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk. N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,519
IntCLHOll 7150, 7144
U.S. CI. 156-17 6 Claims
member, braiding a sheath of inorganic fibrous material onto
the vulcanized jacket to form a packing stock strip, coating
MEEM
JZ
Br*dei^
n
iCrwENT
r^triNrL^!!!
"^-^
'WWlDEO I
Stocx
r^ DifY t~*~^^EWE>IT
glJSPWTE-
CuT ! — I
LfieWrTtU-iT^ESS
Cure
-IgwPw iTB — — .'^"'IjcsiS
said strip with a lubricant material and press-shaping said
strip into a desired cross-sectional configuration
3,639,188
METHOD OF MANUFACTURE OF A MAGNETIC DISK
AND RECORDING SURFACE
Marcel J. Vogel, San Jose, Calif., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,204
Int CI. B44c 3102; B29d 14100; B44d 5104
U.S. CI. 156-231 lOClaims
n*-Si
Si-
/■ / t-i
.^nis^^^L^''
62
'"i^'inr'^^^r^^^
A method for fabricating finely etched patterns is dis-
closed.. The steps include the etching of closely spaced win-
dows in an oxide layer (Si02) which covers the surface of a
semiconductor substrate. The substrate with the exposed
semiconductor is then subjected to vapor etching which un-
dercuts the oxide at the interface between the oxide and the
semiconductor. The original exposed semiconductor area is
enlarged as a result and the spacing between windows nar-
rowed to dimensions not attainable using ordinary
photolithographic techniques. By subsequently masking the
exposed semiconductor surface with a material which does
not dissolve in an etchant for the oxide and etching the ox-
ide, the oxide can be removed forming an exposed region on
the semiconductor surface which is extremely narrow. A
method for fabricating a Schottky barrier field effect
transistor is also disclosed.
3,639,187
METHOD OF FORMING A RESILIENT AND HEAT-
RESISTANT PACKING
Emil Jacob Poltorak, Somerville, N J., assignor to Johns-Man-
ville Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original application Dec. 23, 1965, Ser. No. 515,891, now
Patent No. 3,481,824. Divided and this application May 9,
1969, Ser. No. 843,254
Int CLD04c/ /OO
U^. CI. 156-149 ^Claims
A method of forming a resilient and heat-resistant packing
which comprises forming a metal mesh as a core member and
extruding an elastomer composition onto core member
thereby forming a jacket, vulcanizing the jacket and core
A continuous method of manufactunng a magnetic disk
comprising the steps of ( 1 ) coating a smooth surface of a
temporary substrate, such as Mylar, with a magnetic coating,
(2) overcoating the magnetic coating with an adhesive coat-
ing, the combination of the magnetic coating and the adhe-
sive overcoating comprising a transfer coating, ( 3 ) placing at
least the first surface of a disk-shaped substrate, such as an
aluminum substrate, into contact with the transfer coating;
(4) applying sufficient pressure between the first surface and
the transfer coating to cause the transfer coating to adhere to
the first surface, the adherence of the transfer coating to the
first surface being greater than to the temporary substrate,
and (5) removing the temporary substrate Both sides of the
disk-shaped substrate can be coated at the same time in a
preferred embodiment utilizing as the adhesive either a ther-
moplastic or thermosetting material.
3,639,189
ADHESIVE COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING
POLYETHYLENE AND OXIDIZED POLYETHYLENE
Paul F. Hartman, Wayne, NJ., assignor to Allied Chemical
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,494
Intel. C08f 29//2
U.S. CI. 156-244 13 Claims
Compositions of a polyethylene melt blended with from 1
to 15 percent of an oxidized linear polyethylene having a
melt index of 10 to 3.500, molecular weight of from 6,500 to
20.000 and a crystalline melting point of from 125°-130°C
These^lends have excellent adhesion to various substrates,
particularly to metals and can be applied directly as an adhe-
sive protective coating from the melt The blends may addi-
tionally contain an elastomer.
1
244
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,190
MANUFACTURE OF SHEET MATERIAL
Thomas Andrew Brooke, Prescott, and Peter Michael Robin-
son, Widnes, both of England, assignors to Dunlop Rubber
Company Limited, London, England
Original application Nov. 30, 1965, Scr. No. 510,695, now
Patent No. 3,471,352. Divided and this application Aug. 6,
1969, Ser. No. 870,730
Int. CI. B29d 29100; B29c 27112
U.S. CI. 156-272 3 Claims
A method for use in the manufacture of mechanical belt-
ing, of molding a plastics material in which the temperature
of the plastics material is first raised to a temperature below
molding temperature by subjecting the plastics material to
microwave energy at a frequency of at least 1,000 megacy-
cles per second, and the temperature of the composition is
then raised to molding temperature while compressing the
belting between heated surfaces in a molding press.
to
3,639,191
PROCESS OF MAKING LAMINATED SHEET PRODUCTS
Erich Bader, Hanau/Main, and Hubert Koert, Grossauheim,
both of Germany, assignors to Deutsche Gold-Und Silber-
Scheideanstalt Vormals Roessler, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
Filed July 24, 1%9, Ser. No. 844,670
Claims priority, application Germany, July 25, 1968, P 17 03
887.8
Int. CI. B32bi///2
U.S. CI. 1 56- 284 23 Claims
A laminated sheet product which includes at least one
sheet of an absorptive material is made by moistening the ab-
sorptive sheet with a liquid polymerizable organic compound
and then applying a finely divided thermoplastic polymeric
substance in a substantially uniform manner to the faces or
one face of the absorptive sheet, the said polymer being at
least swellable in said liquid polymerizable composition, then
superposing the several sheets and finally subjecting the com-
posite laminate to pressure and elevated temperatures suffi-
cient to cause curing of the polymerizable organic composi-
tion and forming of a substantially coherent polymer coating
on the sheet.
Wood types can thus be used for the laminates which
could not be impregnated with polymerizable lacquers.
.Also, laminates can be made from or including pressed
materials and a lamination is possible without the use of
the conventional adhesives. .Also, decorative outer sheets
can be included in the lamination and profiles can easily
be formed in a pressing operation. The process is also use-
ful for improving the appearance of one single sheet of
products.
3,639,192 ^
BONDING WITH THERMOPLASTIC POLYACETAL
ADHESIVES
Kariheinz Burg, Hofheim, Taunus; Uarald Cherdron.
Wiesbaden; Heinz Lehmann, Kriftel, Taunus, and Eieonore
Lutz, Frankfurt, Main, all of Germany, assignors to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt, Main, Germany
Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 802,200
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 5, 1968, P 17 19
125.2
InL CI. C09j 3114
U.S.CL 156-327 7 Claims
Polyacctals, consisting of homo- or copolymers of formal-
dehyde or trioxane and having a good flowability as well as a
resistance to alkali and solvents, are used as thermoplastic
adhesives for textiles, paper and wood.
3,639,193
APPARATUS FOR FORMING A WIRING SYSTEM
Paul Maddison Hawkins, Stillwater, Minn., assignor
General Alarm Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 3, 1968, Ser. No. 733,854
Int. CI. B65h 65/00
U.S. CI. 156-433 14 Claims
\
Method and apparatus for installing electrical wire or the
like along a predetermined path on the surface of a base
member by providing a groove in the surface of the base
member along the predetermined path, simultaneously posi-
tioning in the groove guide means for laying said electrical
wire and nozzle means for applying a material for maintain-
ing the electrical wire within the groove, and then feeding
electncal wire and said material to said guide means and noz-
zle means while moving the guide means and said nozzle
means along said groove.
3,639,194
APPARATUS FOR MAKING DOUBLEFACED
CORRUGATED BOARD WITH FINE PRINTING
THEREON
Robert L. Plunkett, Harrington Park, and John A. Bradshaw,
Hillsdale, both of NJ., assignors to Carlin Container Cor-
poration, Inc., Hackensack, N J.
Filed Feb. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 798,619
Int. CI. B31f 1128; B32b 31104
U.S. CI. 156-470 8 Claims
The upper face of the corrugated board has a preprinted
face of fine printing thereon. The machine supplies individual
pieces of preprinted sheet material to a travelling web of a
fiat-face material and adhered corrugated material. The in-
dividual pieces are supplied in a timed sequence through a
photoelectric system so that the individual pieces are accu-
rately oriented on the travelling web for subsequent severing
of the completed stream into a plurality of double-faced cor-
rugated board blanks
3,639,195
BONDED FIBROUS MATERIALS AND METHOD FOR
MAKING THEM
Arthur Joseph Sanders, Cwmbran, England, assignor to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Sept. 18, 1967, Ser. No. 668,642
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 20, 1966,
41,859/66
Int. CI. B29j 1102
U.S. CI. 156-62.2 6 Claims
A bonded fibrous material is made by heating a fibrous
structure in which some of the fibers are special composite
fibers containing a potentially adhesive component. The
composite fibers comprise at least two components, at least
one of which is fiber-forming and at least one of which is
dispersed in the remainder of the components.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
245
3,639,196
COLLAPSIBLE ARTinCIAL TREE
Terry Hermanson, New York, N.Y., assignor to Mr. Christ-
mas Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of applicatk>n Ser. No. 800,218, Feb. 18,
1969, now Patent No. 3,574,102. This appUcation Nov. 6,
1970, Ser. No. 87,402
Int. CI. A47g 33106
U.S.CL 161-14 14 Claims
A collapsible artificial tree construction particularly
adapted for Christmas decoration in which simulated
branches are freely foldable substantially parallel to the simu-
lated tree trunk in one direction and freely pivot to an un-
folded laterally extending direction when the artificial tree is
to be erected and used, and in which the branches freely
gravitate to an unfolded condition whereby insertion of the
tree trunk into a tubular container automatically folds the
branches upwardly and along the trunk, and removal of the
tree from a tubular container results in the branches being
automatically unfolded. Also, the branches may be folded
against the trunk by gravity by turning the tree upside down.
3,639,197
CARBON COMPOSITE STRUCTURE INCLUDING A
BAND OF HELICALLY WOUND CARBON FIBERS
Raymond G. Spain, Raleigh, N.C., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 866,1 16
Int. CI. D04h 3102
U.S. CI. 161-35 4 Claims
3,639,198
GLASS ARTICLES HAVING IMPROVED BREAKAGE
CHARACTERISTICS
Emile Plumat, Gilly; Francois Toussaint, LodeUnsart, and
Jean Schottey, Montignies-Sur-Sambre, all of Belgium, as-
signors to Glaverbel S. A., Watermad-Boitsfort, Belgium
FUed Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,568
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 15, 1969,
40,891/69
Int. CI. B32b / 7106
U.S.CL 161-43 10 Claims
An article containing at least one glass sheet which has
been chemically tempered to create tensile stresses in an in-
ternal zone thereof and compressive stresses in external
layers thereof, the chemical tempering being carried out in
such a manner that, for at least a portion of the sheets, the
arithmetic product of the thickness of such internal zone and
of the maximum tensile stress in such zone is within a given
range of values for which the sheet will fracture into large
fragments under the impact of a small projectile and will
fracture into small noncuning fragments under an impact of
a large body approximating a human being.
3,639,199
REINFORCED LAMINATE PRODUCT
Thcodonis Gcrardus Brandts; Joseph Alois Lichtenberger,
both of Grand 'Mere, Quebec, Canada, and Joseph Maria
Bentvelzen, Raleigh, N.C., assignors to Consolidated Paper
(Bahamas) Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 817,927, Apr.
21, 1969, now abandoned. This applkation Dec. 15, 1969,
Ser. No. 885,201
Int. CI. B32b 5112, 27110; D04h 1104
U.S.CL 161-57 7 Claims
A laminated, nonwoven fabric product and method of
making same comprising a central reinforcing web of fibril-
lated sheet plastic material having a plurality of substantially
parallel fibers integrally interconnected at spaced points
along their length and outer layers formed of cellulosic
material.
A substantially all-carbon planar structure is provided
which comprises essentially continues carbon fibers in a car-
bonaceous matrix. The fibers in the region adjacent to the
periphery of the structure are ordered in a direction which
substantially follows the contour of the periphery thereby
providing increased strength against stresses in the region ad-
jacent to the periphery. The fibers in the remainder of the
structure may or may not be ordered.
3,639,200
TEXTURED WOOD PANEL
Armin Elmendorf: Thomas W. Vaughan, and Roland Etzold,
all of 860 Charleston Road, Palo Alto, Calif.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 403,448, Oct. 9, 1964,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No.
889342
Int. CL B271 11100; B32b 5116, 21/02, 21/12, 21/14
U^.CL 161-116 7 Claims
The invention relates to a ligno-cellulosic building board
having a nonrepetitive textured surface on at least one side.
246
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
This side consists of a layer of ligno-cellulosic particles with
elevations and depressions, the specific gravity of the parti-
cles of the elevations being substantially the same as the
specific gravity of the particles in the depressions. The densi-
ty of the fibers at the surface has therefore been equalized
over the entire area of the board. In one form of the inven-
equal mechanical properties at both faces of the sheet. The
stratified sheet is then hardened and has density of load (par-
ticulate filler) increasing from the center toward the surfaces
of the sheet. The sheet is preferably produced between outer
"^ •^^5^«L." . >/ v^ /:.
-T-jTr-r^
tion a layer of coarse particles is used, the sharpness of the
edges of the coarse particles being concealed with fine parti- pellicles of organic plastic, eg cellulosic, which can be
j,lg5 removed before use Such sheets serve as roofing and wall
The product is produced by pressing a layer of binder paneling and may be corrugated or otherwise shaped during
coated ligno-cellulosic particles on a substrate in a hot plate manufacture
press with a cushion, preferably of silicone rubber, between
the hot platen of the press and the layer of particles
3,639^01
SEAL FOR MULTIWIRE STRAND
Darral V. Humphries, Allentown, Pa., assignor to Bethlehem
Steel Corporation
Filed Nov. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 779,536
Int. CI. H02g 15100
U.S. CI. 161-143 1 Claim
3,639,203
HIGHLY CRIMPABLE POLYAMIDE COMPOSITE
FILAMENTS
Yoshio Tamura, and Satoshi Ando, both of Osaka, Japan, as-
signors to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiid Kaisha, Tokyo,
Japan and Snia Viscosa Societa Nazionale Industria Ap-
plicacioni \ iscosa S-p-.A., Milan, Italy
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 671,217, Sept.
28, 1967, now Patent No. 3,551,227. This application July
23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,770
Int. CI. D02g 3102
U.S. CI. 161-173 13 Claims
Production of polyamide composite filament having high
crimpability, one component of which is polycapramide and
the other component of which is a copolyamide consisting of
0 01 to 5 percent by weight of nylon salt composed of a
dicarboxylic acid and a polyfunctional diamine having the
general formula
H2N-(CHj)„-R(CHj„-NHj. wherein
R is > CHCI or > CHBr and n is .^ to II, 3 to ZO^r by
weight of another nylon salt and 75 to 959? by weight
of polycapramide forming components.
A short length of a multiwire strand is surrounded with a
mold to provide an annular space about said length Said
space is filled with a thermosetting plastic sealant and pres-
sure is applied to force said sealant into and along the in-
terstices of said strand. During said application of pressure,
the strand is circumferentially heated at the ends of said
mold to provide a radial temperature gradient across said
ends. Pressure is applied to said sealant until the ends of the
seal are substantially convex.
3,639,202
COMPLEX PRODUCTS OF RESIN AND MINERAL FIBER
AND PROCESS FOR MAKING SAID PRODUCTS
Albert Simon, Mont-Saint-Aignan, France, assignor to Com-
pagnie de Saint-Gobain, Neuilly sur Seine, Seine, France
Filed June 20, 1 966, Ser. No. 558,98 1
Claims priority, application France, July 2, 1965, 23260
Int. CI. B32b5/y4, 17/04
U.S. CI. 161-158 17 Claims
Rigid panels are made by pressing a layer of mineral fibers
into a loaded stratum of hardenable resin, pressing smother
loaded stratum of hardenable resin into the mineral fiber
stratum of the first pressing, the constitution or quantity of
the third stratum differing from that of the first to provide
3,639,204
COMPOSITE POLYACRYLONITRILE FIBER
Makoto Ohki; Hisashi Irie, and Kazuo Okamoto, all of Osaka,
Japan, assignors to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,056
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 24, 1968, 43/94767
Int. CI. D02g 3102
U.S. CI. 161-173 13 Claims
A drawn composite filament consisting of two acrylic com-
ponents differing in heat shrinkability eccentrically disposed
along the filament axis, which is capable of developing, upon
heating in relaxed condition, a uniform crimp having a high
frequency, high degree of elasticity and large retention of the
degree of elasticity The higher shrinking component consists
of a copolymer or terpolymer comprising 65-95 percent by
weight of combined acrylonitrile and 35-5 percent by weight
of a combined higher alkyl acrylate having five to 14 carbon
atoms in its alkyl group, the lower shrinking component com-
prises acrylonitrile homopolymer, or copolymer or ter-
polymer containing up to 25 percent by weight of at least one
combined monoethylenically unsaturated addition type
monomer, and the product of the difference in shrinkability
between the two components and the residual shrinking
stress is at least 50.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
247
3,639^05 '
PROCESS FOR TREATING CELLULOSIC MATERIALS
FROM WHICH METAL IONS HAVE BEEN REMOVED
WITH ALKALI AND OXYGEN IN THE PRESENCE OF
COMPLEX MAGNESIUM SALTS
Sture Erik Ok>f Noreus, Sundasen, and Hans Okrf Samuelson,
Goteborg, both of Sweden, assignors to Mo och Domsjo Ak-
tiebolag, Ornskoldsvik, Sweden
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 869,875, Oct. 27,
1969. This application May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,670
Int. CI. D21cJ/00
U.S. CI. 162-23 33 Claims
Cellulosic materials from which metal ions have been
removed by acids or complexing'agents is delignified with al-
kali in the presence of oxygen, and particularly air, and in the
presence of magnesium compounds such as, for instance,
chelates of magnesium and aliphatic alpha- and beta-hydrox-
ycarboxylic acids. TTie invention is of particular application
to the reduction of lignin content in cellulose pulps without
causing deleterious degradation of the cellulose, the magnesi-
um compounds reducing or entirely preventing attack of ox-
ygen on the hemicellqjpse and cellulose carbohydrates,
without appreciably diminishing the oxidation of the lignin
and its dissolution in the course of the process. The process is
also useful to obtain a controlled dissolution of the hemicel-
lulose.
3,639,206
TREATMENT OF WASTE WATER FROM ALKALINE
PULPING PROCESSES
Edgar L. Spruill, Jonesboro, La., assignor to Continental Can
Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,809
Int. CI. D21f //66
U.S. CI. 162-29 6 Claims
Waste water effluent derived from the alkaline pulping
processes and discharged from pulp and paper mills contain-
ing suspended wood fibrous solids and discolored with dis-
solved wood degradation products is treated first with calci-
um salts, such as CaO or Ca(OH)j to cause a substantial
reduction in the fiber solid and color content of the effluent.
The partially clarified effluent is then contacted with CO, gas
to precipitate any dissolved calcium salts and the remainder
of the wood degradation products and color bodies
3,639,207
METHOD FOR DRYING NONWOVEN FABRIC
Heinz Genz, Willich; Dieter Berger; Dieter Pfleidcrer, and
Horst Seeliger, all of Lahnstein, all of Germany, assignors
to Feldmuhle Aktiengesdischaft, DusseMorf, Oberkassel,
Germany
Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 841,076
Claims priority, application Germany, July 15, 1968, P 17 61
850.7
Int. CI. D21fi/00, D21h5//2
U.S. CI. 162-146 3 Claims
A nonwoven web, formed on a continuous screen paper-
making machine and including heat shnnkable fibers, is
delivered onto an endless coarse wire screen and exposed to
infrared radiation to heat the fibers and dr\ the web Water
vapors evolved in the drying process are swept from both sur-
faces of the web by forced streams of dry air
3,639,208
POLYAMPHOTERIC POLYMERIC RETENTION AIDS
Fannie S. Varveri, Johnstown; Robert J. Jula, Ambridge, and
Merwin Frederick Hoover, Bethel Park, all of Pa., assignors
to Calgon Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 709,959
Int. CI. D21h J/55
U.S. CI. 162-168 5 Claims
The preparation and composition of certain amphotenc
polymers, useful as retention aids in the paper industry, is
disclosed. The polymers are formed from acrylamide and di-
ailyl quaternary ammonium monomer?, in which some of the
amide groups are subsequently hydrolyzed to adjust the ratio
of quaternary and carboxylic acid groups in the p>olymer
molecule and wherein the diallyl compound undergoes an in-
tramolecular cyclic polymerization The polymer function as
retention aids over wide ranges of alum loading and pH
ranges
3,639,209 /
A PROCESS OF MAKING PAPER USING CATIONIC
STARCH COMPLEXES
Stanley J. Buckman; Richard W. Lutey, and George M.
Jennings, all of Memphis, Tenn., assignors to Buckman
Laboratories, Inc., Memphis, Tenn.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,434
Int. CI. D21hi/25
U.S. CI. 162-175 12 Claims
Cationic starch complexes prepared by reacting an aque-
ous starch slurry with a water-soluble cationic polymeric
polyelectrolyte are useful in treating cellulosic matenals and
as flocculating agents in aqueous systems
y 3,639,210
FERMENTATION PROCESSES UTILIZING GASEOUS
HYDROCARBONS
Katsunobu Tanaka, Machida-shi; Kazuo Ohshima, Tokyo;
Kazuo Kimura, and Masaki Yamamoto, both of Machida-
shi, all of Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 2, 1968, Ser. No. 726,228
Claims priority, application Japan, May 15, 1967, 42/30402
Int. CI. CI 2d 13/06
U.S. CI. 195-28 R 7 Claims
A process for producing organic compounds, such as for
example, amino acids, various organic acids, vitamins.
/
/
248
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
saccharides, nucleic acid-related substances, cells of micro-
organisms, and the like, which comprises culturing a micro-
organism capable of producing said organic compounds in an
aqueous nutrient medium under aerobic conditions and in
the present of gaseous hydrocarbons as the main carbon
source. Hydrocarbon-assimilating strains of the genus
Brevibaclenum, preferably Brevibacterium keloglutamicum,
are employed.
3,639^11
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF CREATINE
PHOSPHATE
Kiaus Beaucamp, Tutzinglobb, Germany, assignor to
Boehringer Mannheim GmbH, Mannheim-Waldhof, Ger-
many
Filed Nov. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 792,182
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 29, 1967, P 16 43
701.7
Int. CI. CI 2d 13/06
IJ.S. CI. 195-29 11 Claims
Process for preparing creatine phosphate comprising incu-
bating in an alkaline medium creatine and 3-phosphoglycenc
acid with an aqueous muscle extract in the presence of a
catalytic amount of adenosine triphosphate, heating the
resulting mixture for a short period of time to a temperature
of 70° to 100° C. and recovering the creatine phosphate
which is thereby formed.
3,639,212
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ESTRANE
COMPOUND BY FERMENTATION
Makoto Shirasaka; Katsumi Tanabe; Atsushi Naito, and
Masako leki, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Sankyo Com-
pany Limited, Tokyo, Japan
FUed Aug. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 751,735
Int. CI. C07c 767// 4
U.S. CI. 195-51 F 3 Claims
Estrane compounds that are known to be useful as sex hor-
mones or as intermediates thereof are prepared by subjecting
19-hydroxyandrostane starting compounds to the action of
Corynebacterium equi or to the action of the enzyme
produced by said micro-organism under aerobic conditions in
the presence of a surface active agent of the fatty acid ester
series such as Tween 80, said starting compound being incor-
porated into a culture medium at a concentration of 2 to 3
w/v percent.
3,639,213
STREPTOKINASE CHEMICALLY BONDED TO A
CARBOHYDRATE MATRIX
Leonard George Ginger, Glenvicw, and Adaline Nicoies
Mather, Evanston, both of III., assignors to Baxter Labora-
tories, Inc., Morton Grove, III.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,632
Int. CI. C07g 7/02; A61k 19/00
U.S. CI. 195-63 16 Claims
One part by weight of streptokinase is chemically bonded
to 1 to 500 parts by weight of a carbohydrate, to form a
material which has improved stability compared with free
streptokinase.
reofaciens NCIB 9501, Streptromyces aureofaciens
NC1B9502, and mutants and variants thereof aerobically in
an aqueous fermentation medium containing a source of car-
bon and nitrogen and mineral salts, and recovering the an-
tibiotic from the medium.
3,639,214
PRODUCTION OF 6-DEMETHYLTETRACYCLINE
Clive Kenneth Mercer, and George Desmond Wilkin, both of
Nottingham, England, assignors to The Upjohn Company,
Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed June 4, 1964, Ser. No. 372,696
Int. CI. CI 2d 9// «
U.S. CI. 195-80 1 Claim
This invention relates in an improved method for manufac-
turing antibiotics of the tetracycline group by growing a
micro-organism of the class consisting of Streptomyces au-
3,639,215
METHOD OF JOINING PARTS BY PLATING
Herbert D. Van Sciver, II, Merion, and Michael Mattia,
Upper Darby, both of Pa., assignors to The Budd Company,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,549
Int. CI. C23b 7/00, 5/56
U.S. CI. 204-16 3 Claims
20 \9
A method of joining a number of parts by electrodeposi-
tion is provided The component parts are accurately posi-
tioned on a fixture in spaced-apart relationship. The spaces
between adjacent parts are filled in first wittr a resinous
matenal and then with a conductive coating after which a
metal is then deposited on the adjacent parts bridging the
spaces therebetween
3,639,216
IMPROVING ADHESION OF ELECTROPLATED METAL
ON GRAFT COPOLYMERS
Toramitsu Sakuma, Osaka-fu, Japan, assignor to Sumitomo
Naugatuck Company, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 752,470
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 11, 1967, 42/72464
Int. CI. C23b 5/60, C08f 15/00
U.S. CI. 204-30 5 Claims
A synthetic thermoplastic composition having excellent
plate adhesion (of electroplated metal deposited on an elec-
troless metal coating) is obtained by adding 0.5 to 5.0 parts
by weight of a synthetic diene rubber to 100 parts ther-
moplastic graft copolymer produced by graft copolymeriza-
tion of vinylic monomers onto a synthetic diene rubber. Typi-
cally a latex of the graft copolymer is blended with a latex of
the synthetic diene rubber, the blend is coagulated, and the
coagulum is dried The uniform, intimate mixture of the latex
blended polymers is formed in any suitable way into a
molded body When this molded plastic body is electroplated
by conventional techniques involving forming an electroless
coating of copper or nickel followed by electroplating, sig-
nificantly enhanced plate adhesion is achieved.
3,639,217
METHOD OF PRODUCING IN SERIATIM SEPARATE
COATINGS ON A CONDUCTOR
Harold Barry Shukovsky, Lawrenceville, and Theodore Elwyn
Torok, Raritan Township, Hunterdon County, both of N J.,
assignors to Western Electric Company, Incorporated, New
York, N.Y.
Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,142
Int. CI. C23G 5150; BOIR 3/00; Gl Ig 5/00
U.S. CI. 204-35 R 3 Claims
Selected, spaced regions of a conductor having a continu-
ous, electncally sensitive film coated thereon are subjected
f
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
249
to electrolytic deplating to completely remove the film from
\*BiABlE
PJLSE
GCNERATOO
the selected regions and expose the underlying conductor
3,639,218
SHELF LIFE IMPROVEMENT OF ELECTROPLATED
SOLDER
Leo Missel, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y. .
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,863
Int. CI. C23b 5/50
U.S. CI. 204-40 1 Claim
The coating of electroplated solder, applied in preparation
for a solder reflow of)eration, has a short shelf life. TTie shelf
life can be greatly extended, without raising the melting point
or detracting from the bond strength, by electroplating a
layer of bright tin over the coating of electroplated solder
3,639,219
IRIDIUM PLATING
Robert M. Skomoroski, Paterson, N.J., assignor to The Inter-
national Nkkel Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 888,039
Int. CI. C23b 5/24
U.S. CI. 204-47 4 Claims
An iridium electroplating bath is prepared by digesting an
aqueous solution of iridium trichloride and sulfamic acid in a
molar ratio of sulfamic acid to iridium of at least 7 at 100° C.
for an extended period of time then adjusting the iridium
content of the bath to about 3 to 20 grams per liter, adding
about 3 to 20 grams per liter of ammonium sulfamate and
electrodepositing iridium from the bath upon a conductive
substrate with a bath pH of about I to 7 (adjusted by am-
monia additions) and at a temperature of about 50° to 75° C.
with insoluble anodes and a cathode current density of about
0. 1 to 8 amperes per square decimeter to produce adherent
crack-free iridium deposits.
3,639,221
PROCESS FOR INTEGRAL COLOR ANODIZING
Geoffrey Austin Dorsey, Jr., Danville, Calif., assignor to
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation, Oakland, Calif.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,145
Int. CI. C23b 9/02
U.S. CI. 204-58 4 Claims
A process for integral color anodizing of aluminum and
aluminum alloys wherein the aluminum piece is subjected as
an anode to electrolysis in an aqueous solution containing
sulfuric acid, and at least one compound selected from the
group consisting of molybdates. tungstates, vanadates and
manganates, a portion of which exists in a polyacid species.
3,639,222
EXTRACTION OF MERCURY FROM MERCURY-
BEARING MATERIALS
Bernard J. Scheiner, Sparks; Roald E. Lindstrom, and
Thomas A. Henrie, both of Reno, all of Nev., assignors to
The United States of America as represented by the Secreta-
ry of the Interior
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,573
Int. CI. COlg 13/04, C22d 1/10
U.S. CI. 204-94 3 Claims
to
«
M
TO
: (0
I »
I »
* 201-
Mercury is leached from mercury-bearing materials by
electrolytic oxidation of the material in a NaCI electrolyte
solution.
3,639,223
CHLORATE CELL
Richard J. Blanchfield, Chateauguay, Quebec, and John F.
Smith, Montreal, Quebec, both of Canada, assignors to
Standard Chemical Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Tiled Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73308
Int. CI. COl b ///26, BO Ik 1/00
U.S. CI. 204-95 3 Claims
3,639,220
ELECTRODEPOSITION OF NICKEL
Charles F. Fuchs, Evanston, III., and Henry Brown, Hunting-
ton Woods, Mich., assignors to Udylite Corporation, War-
, ren, Mich.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,700
Int CI. C23b 5/08, 5/46
U.S. CI. 204—49 16 Claims
It has been found that certain unsaturated aliphatic sul-
fonic acids characterized by having four aliphatic carbon
atoms and two separate aliphatic unsaturated linkages, such
as the allene sulfonic acid CM, C C— CH2SO3H are excel-
lent when used in acidic nickel plating baths in making it
possible to obtain lustrous ductile nickel plate over a very
wide plating range. These sulfonic acids do not have critical
upper concentration limits.
.^ ^±
An iiiiprovement in the operation of chlorate cells is
described in which the product liquor fiow from one or a plu-
250
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
rality of electrolytic alkali metal chlorate cells is fed to a col-
lection zone provided with a baffling arrangement such that
hydrogen gas disengaging from the cell liquor does so under
a liquid seal that separates it from the gases in the cell liquor
outlet. The liquid seal for disengaging hydrogen from the
liquor insures that there is no direct communication between
the gases being disengaged and the gases in the mterior of the
cells and in the cell liquor outlet lines. The descnbed im-
provement prevents any explosion or fires which may occur
m hydrogen vents and/or collection equipment from reaching
the intenor of the alkali metaJ chlorate cells. Thus, fires
which may occur in hydrogen gas lines as the result of sparks,
lightning and other similar phettomena are prevented from
reaching the interior of the cells.
placing the electrode tool m the holder. The entire operation
is designed tn be automatically performed without the neces-
3,639^24
PHOTOELECTROPHORETIC IMAGING SYSTEM
Robert W. Gundlach, Victor, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 2, 1 969, Ser. No. 829,624
\ Int. CI. G03g 13/22
U.S. CI. 204-181 10 Claims
•7 a
"^ a
^•-
A photoelectrophoretic imaging system is disclosed
wherein a thermoconductive material such as polyethylene is
used as the blocking electrode of the system. The thermocon-
ductor is heated to discharge static electricity accumulated
on its surface and cooled to restore its high insulating proper-
ty. The heating and cooling i§ accomplished by using heated
rollers, gas streams and ipfrared radiation.
3,639,225
TOOL-CHANGING DEVICE
Leonard R. Malkowski, La Grange, and Sigmund H. Bielak,
Downers Grove, both of III., assignors to Anocut Engineer-
ing Company
FUed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,209
Int. CI. C23b 5/65, B23p 1/12; C23b 5/70
U.S. CI. 204— 212 25 Claims
Mechanism for replacing electrode tools supported in a
holder of an electromechanical machining device and in
which the holder clamps the tool and automatically provides
an electrolyte flow path as well as an electrical current flow
path to the tool. The tool changer is capable of releasably
supporting a plurality of electrode tools, with each tool capa-
ble of being selectively aligned with the tool holder The tool-
changing device further includes mechanism for automati-
cally removing the electrode tool from a tool support and
sity of an operator making any connections or disconnec-
tions.
3,639,226
SYNERGISTIC DEW AXING AND COMPOSITION
Richard O. Henselman, North Plainfield, and Herbert G. Bur-
kard, Convent Station, both of NJ., assignors to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
Continuation of application Ser. No. 795,357, Jan. 30, I%9,
now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 539,326, Apr. 1, 1966, now abandoned.
This application June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,557
Int. C\.C\0^ 43/06, 43/08
U.S. CI. 208-37 9 Claims
A wax modifying comp<.)sition comprising the combination
of ( 1 ) a Friedel -Crafts condensation product of a
halogenated paraffin with an aromatic hydrocarbon and (2)
an oil soluble copolymer of ethylene and a C3-C30 alpha
olefin, or a terpolymer of ethylene with a Cj-Cso alpha olefin
and a minor amount of a nonconjugated diolefin. The
copolymer and terpolymer may be improved by oxidation to
form hydroperoxy materials followed by reduction to form
reduced oxygenated compounds.
3,639,227
CHLORIDE ADDITION DURING HYDROGENATION
Robert L. Jacobson, Pinole, and Burweli Spurlock, Lafayette,
both of Calif., assignors to Chevron Research Company,
San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Nov. 17. 1969, Ser. No. 877,429
Int. CI. ClOg 23/04
U.S. CI. 208-143 7 Claims
A process for hydrogenation of an unsaturated hydrocar-
bon feedstock at an elevated temperature and pressure in a
hydrogenation zone by (a) contacting the feedstock, in the
presence of hydrogen, with a hydrogenating catalyst contain-
ing at least one noble metal on an alumina support and con-
taining no essentially irreversibly sulfided metal (such as
nickel, cobalt, or molybdenum), and (b) adding a chloride to
the hydrogenation zone and reacting the chloride with the
catalyst in an amount sufficient to increase hydrogenation ac-
tivity of the catalyst.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
251
3,639,228
FCC PROCESS UTILIZING DIVIDED CATALYST
INJECTION
Norman L. Carr, Allison Park; John A. Paraskos, Pittsburgh,
and Daniel Y. Ko, Monroeville, all of Pa., assignors to Gulf
Research & Devek>pment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 870,046
Int. CLC0IbJJ/2*;C10g////5. 11/20
U.S. CI. 208-153 6 Claims
3,639,230
HYDRODESULFURIZATION OF HEAVY PETROLEUM
HYDROCARBON OIL DM A FLUIDIZED REACTION
ZONE
Yutaka OgiKhi, and Junichi Kubo, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Yoshio Tomonaga President of Agency of Indus-
trial Science and Technology, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 810,108
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 30, 1968,
43/20415. The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
June 8, 1987, has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. C10g2J/06
VS. CL 208-213 6 Claims
A fluid catalytic cracking system in which hydrocarbon
feed and a zeolite catalyst or a catalyst of comparable activi-
ty and/or selectivity to gasoline is charged to a reactor having
a short residence time is improved by charging only a portion
of the fresh or freshly regenerated catalyst which is used to
the inlet of the reactor together with the hydrocarbon feed
and charging the remainder of the freshly regenerated
catalyst substantially without hydrocarbon feed downstream
in the reactor. This arrangement results in a higher gasoline
yield and a higher selectivity to gasoline in the reactor.
3,639,229
REFINING OF USED LUBRICATING OILS
Darrdl W. Brownawell, Scotch Plains, and Remi H. Renard,
North Brunswick, both of N J., assignors to Esso Research
and Engineering Company
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,976
Int. CI. CI Og 2 7// 00
U.S. CI. 208— 181 10 Claims
Used lubricating oils, particularly those containing addi-
tives such as V. I. improvers, dispersants and the like, are
reclaimed by a preliminary treat with a C^ to Gi aliphatic al-
cohol, which causes the separation of a layer of sludge which
contains polar additives and oxidation products. The
desludged oil is then subjected to conventiondtTubricating oil
refining steps such as treatment with fuming sulfuric acid fol-
lowed by neutralizing, washing, and clay treating steps. Alter-
natively, the desludged oil is subjected to a hydrogenation
treatment rather than the sulfuric acid treatment. Extraction
with phenol, furfural, etc. can also be included, as weJl as
redistillation or fractionation. Advantages over prior art oil
reclaiming processes include higher yields of finished
reclaimed oil, the formation of appreciably less byproduct
sludge, and the obtaining of a more oxidation-resistant
reclaimed oil.
A process for hydrodesulfunzing heavy petroleum
hydrocarbon oil wherein the heavy oil and hydrogen-contain-
ing gas are heated to reaction temperature and introduced
into a reactor containing a hydrodesulfurization catalyst and
wherein the reaction mixture is introduced into a fluidization
initiating zone. Fluidized mixture passes upward in a fluidized
reaction zone where hydrodesulfurization of the oil is carried
out; the mixture is separated in a separating zone from which
liquid hydrodesulfurized product is withdrawn free of sub-
stantially all of said catalyst, and catalyst is allowed to settle
in a catalyst settling zone The reactor is designed so that ( 1 )
the sectional area of said separating zone is at least 1 I times
the sum of the sectional areas of said fluidized reaction zone
and said catalyst settling zone and (2) the volume of said
catalyst settling zone is smaller than the volume of said
fluidized reaction zone.
3,639,231
DESALINATION PROCESS
Sidney A. Bresler, New York, N.Y., assignor to Bresler and
Associates Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,429
Int. CI. BOld 13/00, 15/04
U.S. CI. 210— 23 12 Claims
'O^
N.- .. r -4"
/J /5 i — . i L
/s
■25
Z5 \22
\\
19
>
r^
27
~22
Brackish water is desalinated by contacting it with one or
more ion exchange resins followed by reverse osmosis. Brine
rejected in reverse osmosis treatment can be used to
regenerate a used ion exchange resin.
252
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639^32
FIRE-RET ARDANT FINISH FOR NYLON
Claus Wyman Busch, Jr., Greensboro, N.C., assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 723,951
Int. CI. C09d 5118; C09k 3128; B32b 27/08
U.S. CI. 252-8.1 3 Claims
A composition for imparting fire retardancy to nylon tex-
tiles, comprising highly methylolated urea, thiourea and am-
monium chloride; the method of imparting fire retardancy to
nylon textiles, and a nylon textile having fire-retardant pro-
perties.
3,639,233
WELL DRILLING
Roger L. Schultz; James C. Baggett, and Raymond E. Mc-
Glothiin, all of Houston, Tex., assignors to Dresser Indus-
tries, Inc., Dallas, Tex.
Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,344
Int. CI. C 10m 1108
U.S. CI. 252-8.5 M 8 Claims
Method for preventing the settling out of a weighting agent
from a drilling fiuid when the drilling fiuid is substantially
water free by using certain hydroxy compounds such as 1 ,2-
ethanediol, and the drilling fluid formed by the method. Also,
a method for preventing plugging of wells containing substan-
tial amounts of sulfur. I
3,639,237
EXTREME PRESSURE GREASES
George G. Curtis, Westfield, NJ., assignor to Esso Research
and Engineering Company
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,675
Int. CI. ClOm 1/30, 1/10
U.S. CI. 252-13 10 Claims
A lubricating grease having extreme pressure (e.p.) pro-
perties compnsmg a major amount of lubricating oil and
minor amounts of colloidal asbestos, finely divided polymeric
fluorocarbon powder having a melting point (m.p.) above
450° F. and a powdered inorganic grease thickener. The col-
loidal asbestos is characterized by its chrysolite configuration
and by its separate distinct fibers. The polymeric fiuorocar-
bon is selected from the group consisting of
polytetrafluoroethylene and fluorinated ethylene propylene
copolymer The inorganic thickeners are selected from the
group consisting of talc, graphite and Group I, II and IV
metal oxides and carbonates.
3,639,234
VICINAL GLYCOL BORATES AS TEXTILE SOFTENERS
Harold Eugene Wixon, New Brunswick, and George Vane
Scott, Scotch Plains, both of N J., assignors to Colgate-Pal-
molive Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,383
Int. CI. D06n 13/20
U.S. CI. 252-8.6 7 Claims
A textile softening composition containing effective
amounts of vicinal glycol borates.
3,639,238
LUBRICANTS CONTAINING HALOGEN-SUBSTITUTED
ORGANOSILICON COMPOUNDS
Edgar D. Brown, Jr., Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Original applkration Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,51 1, now
Patent No. 3,557,175. dated Jan. 19, 1971, which is a
continuation-inopart of application Ser. No. 666,948, Sept. II,
1967, now abandoned. Divided and this application June 10,
1970. Ser. No. 45,231
Int. CI. C 10m 1/50
U.S. CI. 252-49.6 9 Claims
Lubricating compositions useful for lubricating high-tem-
perature alloys are prepared by adding organosilicon com-
pounds containing silicon-bonded ethyl groups substituted
with itxline. with bromine or chlorine, and with alkoxy,
acyloxy or hydroxy groups to oils of lubricating viscosity. The
organosilicon compounds are prepared by adding Ij and Brj,
I2 and CI2, IBr, or ICI to vinyl-substituted silanes and silox-
anes in the presence of alcohols or carboxylic acids or with
subsequent water treatment.
3,639,235
ANTISTATIC CARDING LUBRICANT
Gerhart Karg, Pompton Lakes, NJ., assignor to Witco
Chemical Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 710,759
Int. CI. D06m 13/00
U.S. CI. 252-8.75 16 Claims
A water-emulsifiable antistatic carding lubricant for textile
processing comprising a mixture of a mineral oil, a phosphor-
ic acid ester of an ethyoxylated linear aliphatic alcohol, an al-
kanolamine, a long chain fatty acid, sulfonated sperm oil, an
ethoxylated linear aliphatic alcohol and oleic diethanola-
mide.
3,639,236
COLLOIDAL ASBESTOS-COMPLEX ALUMINUM SALT-
ALKALl-ALKALINE EARTH METAL MIXED SALT/SOAP
LUBRICANT
Arnold J. Morway, Clark, and Albert J. Bodner, Watchung,
both of N.J., assignors to Esso Research and Engineering
Company
Filed Mar. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 715,529
Int.CI.C10m 1/24, J 1 10
U.S. CI. 252-13 8 Claims
A lubricating grease containing lubricating oil, a complex
fatty acid salt thickener, a complex aluminum salt and col-
loidal asbestos demonstrates excellent structural stability, ex-
treme pressure properties and resistance to hardening under
static conditions at high temperatures. The colloidal asbestos
is distinguished over art-known asbestos by its randomly
oriented, mattelike fiakes and agglomerates of visible
asbestos filaments.
3,639,239
B1S(TRIORGANOSILYL)PHOSPHATE COMPOSITIONS
Eugene D. Groenhof, Midland, Mich., assignor to Dow Com-
ing Corporation, Midland, Mich.
Filed SepL 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,886
Int.CI. C10m//50. y/46
U.S. CI. 252—49.9 2 Claims
Disiloxy derivatives of fluoroalkyl acid phosphates of the
general formula
X(CF,),„(CH,)„OP(OSiCH,CH,Rf),
II I
O R,
are disclosed as corrosion inhibitors for fluorosilicone lubri-
cants.
3,639,240
CORROSION INHIBITORS FOR OIL MEDIA
John Powell Mutchler, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Atlas
Chemical Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
Filed Sept 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,887
Int. CI. C 10m/ /22
U.S. CI. 252—52 R 6 Claims
A rust-inhibiting oil composition is disclosed comprised of
a mineral oil and an alkali-acid stable rust inhibitor which is
represented by the formula;
I
[R-Z-R,-OU-R>
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
253
where R is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkaryl or alkenaryl radical; Z is ing a relatively high-electric resistance and a low-dielectric
oxygen or a methylene radical; > is a number from 1 to 4, R2 constant.
is
H OH H H H
III I
-C-C -C- or -C-C-
III ,1
H H H H CH,OH
and R3 is a radical which remains when y hydroxyl groufjs are
removed from a polyhydric alcohol anhydride. The base
polyhydric alcohol anhydrides for R3 contains at least one
hydroxyl group and at least four carbon atoms and the rust
inhibitor contains at least one alkyl or alkenyl radical of at
least eight carbon atoms. The rust inhibitor is used at levels
of from 0.09 to 10 weight percent based upon the oil.
3,639,241
GREASE COMPOSITIONS
Joseph F. Messina, Havertown, and Henry Gisser, Philadel-
phia, both of Pa., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,486
Int.CI.C 10m 7/25, 7/24
U.S. CI. 252-54.6 2 Claims
Stable grease compositions for use with equipment at ex-
tremely low temperatures, the greases consisting of about
64.1 to 69.4 weight percent bis(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate, the
balance being tetrafluoroethylene polymer having a molecu-
lar weight of 10,000-50,000, a softening point of 321. 1° C, a
particle size less than 30 microns in diameter, and supplied as
a 7.5 percent suspension in trichlorotrifluoroethane.
3,639,242
LUBRICATING OIL OR FUEL CONTAINING SLUDGE-
DISPERSING ADDITIVE
William Monroe Le Suer, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to The
Lubrizol Corporation, Wickliffe, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 717,429, Mar.
29, 1968, now abandoned. This applkation Dec. 29, 1969,
Ser. No. 4,180
Int. CI. C 10m 1/26
U.S. CI. 252—56 R 13 Claims
High molecular weight, oil-soluble, mono- and polycarbox-
ylic acid esters are posttreated with mono- or p>olycarboxylic
acid acylating reagents to provide compositions useful as
dispersants in lubricants and fuels. Esters of polyisobutenyl-
substituted succinic anhydride and pentaerythritol post-
treated with maleic anhydride exemplify the process and
compositions of this invention.
3,639,243
LIQUID DEVELOPER ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY
Zei\jiro Okuno, and Hazime Machida, both of Tokyo, Japan,
. assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
FUed Nov. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 682,512
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 21, 1966, 41/76102
Int. CI. G03g 9/04
l]JS. CI. 252—62. 1 5 Claims
A liquid developer for electrophotography, which is
prepared by dispersing, in a suitable carrier liquid, either in-
dependently or together with a surface active agent, a toner
which is obtained by the so-called graft-copolymerization
technique by a direct chemical bonding between a pigment
and unsaturated compounds having a dispersing effect and a
large electric charge polarity controlling ability, or more
specifically, unsaturated compounds capable of chemically
bonding to pigment, resulting in a large and distinct electric
charge polarity of said toner in the carrier liquid and also
capable of facilitating the dispersion of said particles in said
carrier liquid which consists of a paraffinic hydrocarbon (in-
cluding both isoparaffinic and paraffinic hydrocarbons) hav-
3,639,244
LIQUID DEVELOPER FOR USE IN
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY
Hazime Machida, and Zei^iro Okuno, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 8, 1968, Ser. No. 727,651
Claims priority, application Japan, May 15, 1967, 42/30426
Int. CI. G03g 9/04
U.S. CI. 252-62.1 5 Claims
A liquid developer for use in electrophotography, compris-
ing a cop)olymerically grafted pigment toner dispersed in a
carrier liquid consisting of a paraffinic or an isoparaffinic
hydrocarbon having a high-electric resistance and a low- V
dielectric constant, said toner being prepared by subjecting
the particles of at least two kinds of pigments each having a
benzenoid ring to graft copolymerization with at least three
kinds of unsaturated compounds each being capable of con-
tributing to the stable regulation of the polarity of said parti-
cles of pigments, their uniform dispersion in the carrier liquid
and the satisfactory adhesion of the particles onto the surface
of electrophotographic copying papers thereby chemically
uniting said compounds directly to said particles of pigments.
3,639,245
DEVELOPER POWER OF THERMOPLASTIC SPECIAL
PARTICLES HAVING CONDUCTIVE PARTICLES
RADIALLY DISPERSED THEREIN
Robert B. Nelson, Lake Elmo, Minn., assignor to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, Saint Paul, Minn.
Filed July 22, 1968, Ser. No. 746,691
Int. CI. G03g 9/02
U.S. CI. 252-62.1 8 Claims
,vnjcc net£ oc ya. rycm
Flowable, heat fusible, dry powder suitable for use as a
developer powder in electrographic recording which com-
prises thermoplastic, essentially spherical particles, the ther-
moplastic material of which has a conductivity of at most
10"'* mho/cm., in which are essentially completely em-
bedded electricaily conductive particles forming a radially
disposed zone, said essentially spherical particles having:
a. an electronic conductivity ranging monalonically
without decreasing from between about 10" and
10 ' mho/cm. in a 100 v. /cm. DC electrical field to
between about 10" and 10 ' mho/cm. in a 10.000
v,/cm. DC electrical field.
b. a number average particle diameter below 15 microns,
and
c. a volume ratio of said electricaily conductive particles
to said total particle volume of between 0.01/100
and 4/100.
254
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639^46 I
LIQUID DEVELOPERS FOR ELECTROSTATIC
PHOTOGRAPHY
Tetsuro Otsuka, Takatsuki-shi; Isao Ota, Osaka-shi, and
ShinJchi Ogo, Moriguchi-shi, all of Japan, assignors to Mat-
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Continuation of applKation Ser. No. 526,713, Feb. 11, 1966,
now abandoned. This application July 19, 1968, Ser. No.
747,020
Int. CI. G03g 9104
U.S. CI. 252-62.1 4 Claims
An improved liquid developer composition fcr converting
a latent electrostatic image into a visible image and for fixing
the visible image into a permanent visuaKrecord, consists es-
sentially of carrier liquid comprising e.g. trichloro-
trifluoroethane or carbon tetrachloride and having a high
electrical resistance. 0.005 to 0.1 percent by weight of
finelv divided pigment powder (FejO^, TiOj, graphite)
disf jrsed or suspended in said liquid, 0.001 to 0.3 percent by
weight of metal naphthenate (cobalt naphthenate, nickel
naphlhenate, manganese naphthenate) which dissolves in
said liquid and which comprises 4 to 10 percent by weight of
metal ions, and 0 to 1 percent by weight of insulating oil.
3,639^47
CALCIUM-VANADIUM SERIES FERRIMAGNETIC
GARNETS
Hideo Takamizawa; Ketichi Yotsuyanagi, and Takashi Okada,
all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company
Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,491
Claims priority, application Japan. Feb. 7,1%9, 44/9410,
June 27, 1%9, 44/51190
U.S. CI. 252—62.57 3 Claims
Calcium-vanadium ferrimagnetic garnets having the com-
positions expressed by the formula:
{Ca,.vyJ[Fe..|<Fei -, ,. -,x.o -,v<^je,-V, -, o-,r o-,u)0,j. wherein
values of x and y lie within the polygonal area A-B-C-D-h
shown in Fig. 7 of the drawing which is bounded by the
lines connecting the coordinates:
3,639,249
BIS-OXALIC ACID FJ»TER AMIDES FOR USE AS.
ULTRAVIOLET STABILIZERS
Christian Luethi, Muenchenstein; Hans Rudolf Biland, Gelter-
kinden, and Max Duennenberger, Frenkendorf, all of Swit-
zerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
Filed May 13, 1968, Ser. No. 728,836
Clainis priority, application Switzerland, May 16, 1967,
6902/67
I Int. CI. F21v9/06
U.S. CI. 252-300 6 Claims
The present invention provides a process for protecting or-
ganic materials that can be damaged by ultraviolet light from
the effects of ultraviolet rays, characterized in that a bis-oxal-
ic acid amide ester is incorporated with, or applied to the
surface of the materials to be protected, or a filter layer con-
taining the bis-oxalic acid amide esters is placed in front of
said materials, the said bis-oxalic acid amide ester cor-
responding to the formula A, -O-CO-CO- NH - W, -
NH-( ()-CO-0-B, in which A, and B, are identical
or different and each represents an organic residue and
should not displace the absorption maximum of these com-
pounds to values above 370mpt; W, represents an organic
residue and .X, represents an alkylene group containing
one to four carbon atoms or a bridge member - () - . - S - .
_N_ or -SO.-.
Furthermore >the invention discloses a certain class of
novel symmetnc bis-oxalic acid amide esters as defined by
formula (6) of the specification and a process for the manu-
facture of the symmetric bis-oxalic acid amide esters defined
above.
X
y
A
0.05
0.05
B
0.8
0.05
C
1.8
I.I
D
0.5
2.4
E
0.05
2.4
and wherein the range expressed by the relation 0.95
S 1 .05 IS excluded from said area.
/
3,639^50
PHOTOTROPIC COMPOSITION OF MATTER
John B. Schutt, Silver Spring; Joe A. Colony, Lanham, and
Donald R. Lepp, District Heights, all of Md., assignors to
The United SUtes of America as represented by the Na-
tional Aeronautics and Space Administration /
Filed Aug. 1 , 1968, Ser. No. 749,320 /
Int CI. F21v 9/06 /
\]S. CI. 252-300 8 Claims
The invention provides a phototropic composition of
matter suitable for use in producing directly a positive photo-
graphic image comprising at least one member of the group
consisting of lithium and lithium-containing substances with
at least one member of the group consisting of titanium diox-
ide, and alkaline earth titanates, and with at least one
member oi the group consisting of elements from groups
lA, 2A, 38, 48, 58, 68, 78. 8, IB. 28, 3A, 4A, 5A, and the
rare earth or outer transition series including cerium through
lutecium in the penodic table, and compounds thereof, the
mixture being heated until it is sensitive to ultraviolet light
upon cooling.
3,639,248
BLEACHING COMPOSITION
John R. Moyer, and William G. Moore, both of Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
Filed Mar. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 712,363
Int. CI. C07c 731 10-, D061 3102
U.S. CI. 252-186 14 Claims
In a method for preparing dry stable bleaching and oxidiz-
ing compositions containing at least one peroxygen com-
pound and at least one organic acid anhydride, the improve-
ment which comprises: absorbing the organic acid anhydride
on a particulate inert absorbent material, providing said ab-
sorbed material in a predetermined granulated size range,
and mixing said granulated product with at least one perox-
ygen compound to prepare a novel solid bleaching and ox-
idizing composition which is stable over prolonged periods of
time
3,639,251
LIQUID DYE nUTERS WITH NARROW PASSBANDS
Karl Wurm, Oberaudorf/Inn, Germany, assignor to The
United States of .America as represented by the Secretary of
the Air Force
Filed July 22, 1968, Ser. No. 74 j,467
Int. CI. G02b 5124
U.S. CI. 252-300 3 Claims
Liquid dye filters for passing narrow spectral bands in as-
trophysical observations where combinations of various com-
pounds in solution in methanol and acetone are used as dyes
in thin layers between Pyrex glass plates to produce a
homogeneous filter which selectively absorbs the major por-
tion of the spectrum in and near visible light allowing only a
narrow band in the X3,000 to X4,500 A. range to pass.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
265
3,639,252
ORANGE-RED EMITTING EUROPIUM-
ACTIVATED YTTRIUM STANNATE PHOSPHOR FOR
WARM-WHITE BLENDS
Ernest Paul Riedd, Murrysville, and Thelma J. Isaacs, Pitt-
sburgh, both of Pa., assignors to Westlnghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,901
Int. CI. C09k 1156
\}S. CI, 252-301 .4 F 3 Claims
The luminescent composition Y,Sn207:Eu*^, exhibits a
spectral energy distribution which principally comprises two
lines at about 588.6 nanometers and 596.7 nanometers. This
composition can be used as a specialty phosphor for this
orange emission, or as a blend constituent in efficiently
providing well-balanced white light.
3,639,253
PREPARATION OF HALOPHOSPHATE PHOSPHORS
USING ANTIMONY-DOPED CALCIUM
PYROPHOSPHATE
George R. Gillooiy, Cleveland Heights, Ohio, assignor to
General Electric Company
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,584
Int. CI. C09k 1136
U.S. CI. 252-301.4 P 9 Claims
Antimony-doped calcium pyrophosphate is used as the an-
timony-supplying ingredient in the manufacture of calcium
ttalophosphate phosphors activated with antimony or an-
timony plus manganese. The extreme fineness and high reac-
tivity of the antimony-supplying materials and their low
volatility at lower temperatures are significant advantages in
the manufacture of the phosphors.
3,639,254
ALKALINE EARTH THIOGALLATE PHOSPHORS
Hiomas E. Peters, Levittown, N.Y., assignor to GTE Labora-
tories Incorporated
Filed July 1, 1969, Ser. No. 838,065
Int. CI. C09k///2
U.S. CI. 252-301.4 S 19 Claims
A phosphor system consisting of alkaline earth and alkali
metal thiogaliates activated by europium, lead, or cerium
These phosphors are photoluminescent and cathodolu-
minescent and are suitable for use in fluorescent lamps or
cathode-ray tube screens.
3,639,255
PROCESS OF DISPERSING OIL SLICKS
Guy Boardman, and Fred Dawson, both of Manchester, En-
gland, assignors to Imperial Chemkal Industries Limited,
London, England
FUed Apr. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 723,881
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 3, 1967,
20,589/67
Int. CI. BOlj 13100
U.S. CI. 252-312 6 Claims
A process of dispersing oil slicks on natural water areas
using a water-insoluble condensate of 1 mole of monohydric
aliphatic alcohol having 11 to 20 carbon atoms (or mixtures)
with from 1 .5 to 6.0 moles of ethylene oxide as an emulsifier
is disclosed.
3,639,256
ENCAPSULATION PROCESS BY COMPLEX
COACERVATION USING INORGANIC POLYMERS
Georg Horger, Steppach, Germany, assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,1 10
Int. CI. A61k 9104; BOlj 13102; B44d 1102
U.S. CI. 252-316 5 Claims
A process is disclosed for manufacturing capsules, en
masse, by use of a liquid-liquid phase separation which in-
cludes certain inorganic material as complexing, phase-
separation-inducing, polymer TTie disclosed process is con-
ducted in an aqueous capsule manufacturing vehicle and the
material which emerges as a liquid phase is an aqueous solu-
tion of organic hydrophilic polymenc matenal and inorganic
polymeric material complexed together. The liquid-liquid
phase separation of this invention is the type generally named
"complex" coacervation wherein the separated, emergent,
liquid phase includes a major portion of both, the organic
hydrophilic polymeric material and the phase-separation-in-
ducing material; in this invention, inorganic polyacid
polymeric material. The organic polymeric material and the
inorganic polymeric material are complexed together by vir-
tue of opposite electncal charges, the complex is at least par-
tially immiscible with the manufacturing vehicle, and the
manufacturing vehicle contains only a minor amount of
either polymeric material Preferred matenals for use in
practicing the present invention include gelatin as the or-
gaTtic hydrophilic polymeric material and polymolybdates
and polytungstates as the inorganic polymenc phase-separa-
tion-inducing material.
3,639,257
MICROCAPSULES AS CARRIERS FOR COLOR
REACTION COMPONENTS IN COLOR REACTION
PAPER AND PROCESS OF MAKING SAID
MICROCAPSULES
Ludwig Harbort, Hannover, Germany, assignor to Gunther
Wagner Pehkan-Werke, Hannover, Germany
Filed June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,363
Claims priority, application Germany, June 23, 1967, W
44228; June 24, 1%7, W 44240
Int CI. BOlj 13102, B44d 1102
U.S. CI. 252-316 2 Claims
^J ^1 ^ w^
SI
i"" I-
^^:;
^-^^ .
..Q'.
iftm m
Process of making microcapsules as carriers for encapsu-
lated solid or liquid color components in color reaction
papers, wherein particles of finely divided solid subsUnces
are incorporated in the capsule walls during the formation of
the capsules by chemical reaction from a film forming com-
ponent dissolved in the dispersed phase of a liquid dispersion
system, which contains dissolved in its continuous phase a
low-molecular weight reactant for the film-forming com-
ponent; also contained in the dispersion system are said solid
particles to be incorporated into the walls of the microcap-
sules. Very high percentages of solid particles, i.e., con-
siderably higher than 100 percent calculated on the weight of
the capsule wall, can thus be incorporated into the latter
thereby increasing the resistance of the walls to mechanical
stress far above the limit of known microcapsules.
256
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639^58
GELLED FLOATING ROOF FOR STORAGE TANKS AND
PITS AND PROCESS FOR FORMING SAME
Edward R. Corino, BcUevUle, and Gerard P. Canevari, Cran-
ford, both of N.J., assignors to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company
Filed July 30, 1968, Ser. No. 748,587
Int. CL BOli 1/18, 13100- CI 01 7/00
U.S.CL 252-316 13 Claims
A novel and inexpensive floating roof for lank and pit
storage of crude oil and other petroleum products is formed
in place by gelling a thin surface layer of oil using gelling
agents in low concentration. The gelling agent employed is
the reaction product of a diisocyanate and either an amine or
an alcohol, which reaction product is a urea-type molecule
which ultimately forms the gel with the oil. The layer of
gelled oil floats on the surface of the material being stored
and follows changes in its level. In sloping-wall pits the gelled
layer readily adjusts to the changing wall contours while at
the same time substantially reducing volatile and wind en-
trainment losses, fire hazards and water entrapment.
supplied to the gas generation zone as part of the feedstock
for the production of synthesis gas.
3,639,262
EMULSIFYING AGENTS
John G. Milligan, Austin, Tex., assignor to Jefferson Chemical
Company, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 420,179, Dec. 21, 1964,
now abandoned. This application June 5, 1968, Scr. No.
734,558
Int.CI. AOIn / 7//0, BOIf /7//2, BOlj 13/00
U.S. CI. 252-355 8 Claims
An emulsifymg agent for use in the preparation of water
dispersible toxicant solutions which is storage stable on
standing and which consists essentially of a mixture of an
anionic surface active agent component and a nonionic sur-
face active agent component, viz., an ethylene oxide adduct
of an aJkylphenol, the anionic component consisting essen-
tially of amine salt of alkyl aromatic sulfonic acid; the amine
being a diamine or triamine wherein the amine groups are
separated by carbon atoms, oxygen atoms and/or very weakly
basic nitrogen atoms, at least five in number.
3,639,259
ENZYMATIC TREATMENT OF GELLED
PROTEINACEOUS nLM MATERIAL
« Joseph A. Scarpelli, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 814,824
Int CL BOIj 13/02; B44d 1/44
U.S.CL 252-316 10 Claims
A method is disclosed for treating proteinaceous films or
preformed capsule walls with proteolytic enzymes to afford
cold-water solubility. According to the process of this inven-
tion, preformed films or capsule walls are partially degraded
enzymatically, in an aqueous vehicle, to such a degree that
the degraded proteinaceous material is rendered soluble in
cold water at some desired or required temperature of use.
Such treatment of already made films or capsule walls is con-
trasted with enzymatic treatment of proteins before manufac-
ture of the films or capsule walls themselves.
3,639,260
METHOD OF PREPARING ANTIFOAMING AGENT
Raymond J. Michalski, Riverdale, III., assignor to Naico
Chemical Company, Chicago, III.
FUed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816,796
Int. CI. BOId 19/04; BOlj 13/00
U.S. CI. 252-358 2 Claims
The activity of hydrophobic silica antifoamers in an oil^
dispersion is greatly enhanced by the presence of a
polyfluorosilicate.
3,639,261
PROCESS FOR THE GENERATION OF SYNTHESIS GAS
FROM OIL
William L. Slater, La Habra, Calif., assignor to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
FUed Mar. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 716,448
Int.CLC01b2//4
U.S. CI. 252-373 3 Claims
Process for the production of synthesis gas from hydrocar-
bon liquids by direct partial oxidation with oxygen-containing
gas and steam wherein oil containing carbon recovered from
the process is supplied to a fiow-type synthesis gas generator
maintained at an autogenous temperature within the range of
1,800-3,000° ., effluent gas from the reaction zone is
cooled by indirect heat exchange to a temperature above the
dew point ofthe product gas stream, and the product gas
stream scrubbed with liquid hydrocarbon at a temperature
above the dew point of water vapor contained in said product
gas and below the boiling point the hydrocarbon liquid and
resulting hydrocarbon liquid containing recovered carbon is
3,639,263
CORROSION INHIBITION WITH A TANNIN,
CYANOHYDRINATED LIGNOSULFONATE, AND AN
INORGANIC METAL SALT COMPOSITION
Edwin S. Troscinski, Oak Lawn, and Reed S. Robertson, Glen
Ellyn, both of III., assignors to Nalco Chemical Company,
Chicago, III.
Filed July 31, 1968, Ser. No. 748,916
Int. Cl.C23f ///74
U.S. CI. 252-389 9 Claims
A corrosion-inhibiting composition and process consisting
of (a) a water-dispersible tannin, (b) a cyanohydrinated
lignosulfonate or naphthalene sulfonate, and (c) a polyvalent
metal ion masking agent for the chelating system, e.g., zinc
nitrate.
3,639^64
LIQUID LEAD STABILIZERS FOR VINYL CHLORIDE
POLYMERS AND COPOLYMERS
Michel Roussos, Lyon, and Yves Bourgeois, Paris, both of
France, assignors to Melie-Bezons, Melle (Deux-Sevres),
France
Filed Apr. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 724,274
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 27, 1967, 104340
Int. CI. C08f 45/62
U.S. CI. 252—400 12 Claims
Stabilization of vinyl chloride polymers and copolymers
against heat or light decomposition and composition for use
in the practice of same wherein the composition is formed of
a solution of a basic lead salt having the general formula (R-
COOjPb nPbO, in which R is a branched-chain alkyl radical
having from seven to 12 carbon atoms and n is a number of
from 0.5 to 2 and in which solution is in a hydrocarbon sol-
vent having a boiling point within the range of 100° to 180°
C. or in a plasticizer ester.
3,639,265
METHANE FOR REGENERATING ACTIVATED CARBON
Homer R. Johnson, Charieston, S.C, assignor to Westvaco
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,501
Int. CI. BO Id 15/06; BOlj 11/02
U.S. CI. 252-411 R 2 Claims
In a process where sulfur oxides have been removed from
gas streams by adsorption onto activated carbon in the form
of sulfuric acid, regeneration of the sulfuric acid laden ac-
tivated carbon is accomplished in two stages by first contact
the carbon at a temperature below 570° F. with hydrogen sul-
fide to form sulfur dioxide, which is recovered, and elemental
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
257
sulfur which remains adsorbed on the carbon. The carbon
with elemental sulfur adsorbed thereon is then contacted in
the second stage with methane or natural gas at temperatures
between from 800° to 1 ,300° F. to form hydrogen sulfide for
the first stage and carbon disulfide. The addition of water, as
steam, to the second stage converts the carbon disulfide to
additional amounts of hydrogen sulfide for use in the first
stage.
3,639^66
CARBONIZATION OF COMPRESSED CELLULOSE
CRYSTALLITE AGGREGATES
Oriando A. BattisU, Yardley, Pa., assignor to FMC Corpora-
tion, PhUadclpUa, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 435,744, Feb, 26,
1965, now abandoned. This application Apr. 8, 1968, Ser. No.
719,717
lnt.CLC01bi//05
U.S. CL 252-421 5 Claims
Shaped, pure carbon structures are formed by compacting
a binderless mass of cellulose crystallite aggregates to solidify
the mass and heating the solidified mass to a carbonizing
temperature in an oxygen-free atmosphere. The structure
may be activated by heating in steam or carbon dioxide.
3,639,267
ORGANOZINC CATALYST COMPOSITION
Edwin J. Vandenberg, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Hercules
Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 18.862, Mar. 31,
1960, now Patent No. 3,536,634, dated Oct. 27, 1970. This
application Dec. 19. 1%9, Ser. No. 886.774
InL CI. C07f 3/06
VS. CL 252-431 7 Claims
New catalysts are provided for the polymerization of epox-
ides and episulfides by reacting a dihydrocarbon zinc, such as
a dialkylzinc, with water, a polyol or a polyhydric phenol in a
molar ratio of said compound to the dihydrocarbon zinc
within the range of from about 0.2 to about 1.2 and
preferably within the range of 0.4 to 1 .0. The exact nature of
the zinc compound produced by the reaction is not known
but it is essential that it retain some of the zinc-to-carbon
bonds present in the dihydrocarbon zinc being so reacted.
3,639,268
CATALYST COMPRISING A FLUORINE-CONTAINING
LAYERED CRYSTALLINE ALUMINOSILICATE, AND
PREPARATION AND USE THEREOF
Joseph Jaffe, Berkeley, and James R. Kittreill, El Cerrito,
both of Calif., assignors to Chevron Research Company,
San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Aug. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 754,491
Int. CL BOlj 11/82,11/40
VS. CI. 252—437 10 Claims
A hydrotreating catalyst comprising fluorine-containing
layered crystalline aluminosilicate particles in a matrix com-
prising at least one solid oxide and at least one hydrogenating
component, said hjfdrogenating component being selected
from Group VI metals and compounds thereof and Group
Vin metals and compounds thereof, and processes for mak-
ing and using said catalyst.
3,639,269
CATALYST FOR THE OXIDATION OF ALKENES
Edgar Koberstein, Alzenau; Theodor Lussling, Gross-Auhdm;
Ewald Noll, Gross-Krotzenburg; Helmut Suchsland, Gross-
Auheim, and Wolfgang Weigert, Offenbach, Main, all of
Germany, assignors to Deutsche Gold und Silber Scbeidean-
stalt vormals Roessler, Frankfurt (Main), Germany
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,932
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 31, 1968, P 17 92
424.2
Int. CL BOlj 11/82
VJS. CI. 252—437 6 Claims
A catalyst for the oxidation of alkenes to unsaturated al-
dehydes and carboxylic acids containing Ni, Co, Fe, Bi, P,
Mo and O is improved by adding tantallum oxide or samari-
um oxide. The caUlyst can be employed on a carrier.
I
3,639,270
CATALYST COMPOSITION FOR OXYCHLORINATING
HYDROCARBONS AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE
CATALYST COMPOSITION
Shunichi Koyanagi; Kinya Ogawa, and Fumio Akiya, all of
Niigata-ken, Japan, assignors to Shin Etsu Chemical Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 21, 1968, Ser. No. 730,926
Claims priority, application Japan, May 23, 1967, 42/32744
Int. CL BOlj 11/78
VS. CL 252-441 3 Claims
Catalyst composition suitable for the oxychlorination of
hydrocarbons. The catalyst composition has superior thermal
stability, a long-lasting catalytic activity and essentially con-
sists of cupric chloride and a tantalum fluoride salt which are
deposited on a porous carrier.
3,639,271
METHOD FOR MAKING MLLTI-COMPONENT
CATALYSTS
James R. Kittrdl, El Cerrito, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Frandsco, Calif.
Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,883
Int. CL BOlj 11/78,11/40
VS. CL 252-441 3 Claims
Method for producing a coprecipitated solid comprising a
crystalline zeolitic molecular sieve, at least one metal oxide
having isomerization activity, at least one hydrogenating
component and a component comprising titanium, compris-
ing coprecipitating at a pH of 8.2 to 10.2 a mixture compris-
ing said crystalline zeolitic molecular sieve, a precursor com-
pound of said metal oxide, a preci^psor compound of said
hydrogenating component, and a^^mpound of titanium, at
least of one of said compounds being a metal chloride, reduc-
ing the chloride content of the resulting coprecipitate below
about 0.25 weight percent of the whole weight thereof, and
drying the resulting coprecipitate to produce said
coprecipitated solid.
3,639,272
PREPARATION OF HYDROGENATION CATALYSTS
George E. Elliott, Jr.; Jean Salomon, both of Oakmont, and
Roger F. Vogel, Pittsburgh, all of Pa., assignors to Gulf
Research & Devek>pment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 1, 1969, Ser. No. 838334
Int. CL BOlj 11/78,11/40
VS. CL 252—442 10 Claims
A method of preparing supported nickel-tungsten and
nickel-tungsten-fluorine catalysts of superior hydrogenating
activity, by separately impregnating and calcining a porous
support material with a water-soluble tungsten salt and a
solution of a nickel salt in which the support is washed fol-
lowing impregnation with the nickel salt prior to calcination
to fix the nickel.
3,639,273
CATALYST COMPOSITION COMPRISING A MIXTURE
Robert J. Houston, San Rafael, and Sigmund M. Csicsery,
Lafayette, both of Calif., assignors to Chevron Research
Company, San Frandsco, Calif.
FUed July 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 840,916
Int CL BOlj y//40
U.S. CL 252-455 R , -^ ^ Claims
A composition of matter useful particularly for reforming
comprising a physical particle form mixture of ( 1 ) a layered
crystalline clay type aluminosilicate and ( 2 ) a platinum group
component in association with an alumina carrier or a silica
carrier.
,896 O.Q.— 9
258
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,274
ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE COMPOSITION
Ivan L. Brandt, Fox Point, and Orville R. Penrod, Milwaukee,
both of Wis., assignors to Allen Bradley Company, Milwau-
kee, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 573,856, Aug.
22, 1966, now abandoned. This application Sept. 6, 1967,
Ser. No. 667321
Int.CI. H01b//02
U.S. CI. 252—514 1 1 Claims
An electrical resistance composition comprising finely di-
vided metals such as the noble metals dispersed in a glass
matrix and further including an additive taken from the
group consisting of gallium, indium, thallium, arsenic, an-
timony, bismuth and combinations thereof so as to improve
the electrical properties of the composition— particularly the
TCR.
composition: (a) from about 71.5 to about 90 percent aque-
ous medium; (b) up to about 30 percent hydrocarbon; (c) at
least about 4 percent of surfactant sufficient to impart micel-
lar characteristics to "a" and "b" and, (d) from about 0.001
to about 20 percent cosurfactant. Extreme pressure agents,
antifoam agents, corrosion and oxidation inhibitors, bacteri-
cides, scale inhibitors, added alkalinity, etc. can be incor-
porated within the composition.
1
3,639,275
STABLE DIELECTRIC FLUID FOR ELECTRICAL
DISCHARGE MACHINING COMPRISING A MINERAL
OIL, A METAL SULFONATE AND A PHENOLIC
ANTIOXIDANT
Robert A. Stayner, Paios Verdes Estates, Calif., assignor to
Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Calif,
riled June 10, 1968, Ser. No. 735,578
Int. CI. HO lb i/22
U.S. CI. 252-63.5 5 Claims
Dielectric fluids are provided for electrical discharge
machines comprising a primarily aliphatic light oil of low
viscosity having in minor amounts an oil soluble metal sul-
fonate detergent and a phenolic antioxidant.
3,639,276
CORROSION-INHIBITING THERMAL INSULATION FOR
STAINLESS STEEL
Arthur P. Mueller, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Panacon
Corporation, Cincinnati, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 846,591, July 31,
1969, now abandoned. This application Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No.
86,970
Int. CI. C04b 43/04, 35/16, 43/02
U.S. CI. 252-62 13 Claims
Molded thermal insulation material for use in contact with
austenitic stainless steel chemical-processing equipment, to
inhibit stress corrosion cracking thereof, consists of at least
60 percent by weight of cellular expanded perlite, bonded by
a dried, inorganic, water soluble binder. The binder consists
of a major proportion of a mixture of sodium silicate and
potassium silicate and a minor proportion of sodium hex-
ametaphosphate, and the molecular ratio of the silica to the
alkaline oxide is at least 3.6 to 1.0. The potassium silicate
consists of at least about 40 percent, by dry weight, of the
total silicate in the dried binder, and the total binder con-
stitutes at least about 20 percent, by weight, of the total insu-
lation composition. In the manufacture of the molded insula-
tion, the mixture of perlite and the binder, in slightly damp
condition, is placed in the mold cavity and subjected to light
molding pressure, sufficient to compact the material into the
exact configuration of the mold cavity without expelling
water from the mixture. The molded insulation is removed
from the mold and oven dried at a temperature of about 250°
F.
3,639,278
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR INHIBITING AND
REMOVING SCALE USING GLYCOLIC ACID AND
LIGNOSULFONIC ACID
Chih M. Hwa, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to W. R. Grace
& Co., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 27, 1967, Ser. No. 693,770
InL CI. C02b 1/20, 5/06
U.S. CI. 252-82 8 C^ms
Alkaline earth salt scale formation from aqueous solutions
of the respective salts is inhibited by maintaining glycolic
acid alone or together with lignosulfonic acids in the aqueous
solutions. Existing alkaline earth salt scales can be removed
from surfaces by contacting the scaled surfaces with aqueous
solutions of higher concentrations of the glycolic acid and
the lignosulfonic acid. Both lignosulfonic acid and its water-
soluble salts can be used in the composition.
3,639,277
HIGH WATER CONTENT MICELLAR DISPERSIONS
USEFUL AS HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
Fred Pocttmann, and Stanley C. Jones, both of Littleton,
Colo., assignors to Marathon Oil Company, Ftaidlay, Ohio
Filed Apr. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 725,488
Int CI. C09k 3/02
{JJS. CI. 252-78 12 Claims
An oil-external micellar dispersion exhibiting good fire-re-
sistant properties and viscosity properties is obtained by the
3,639,279
SCALE REMOVAL COMPOSITION AND METHOD
USING SALT OF DIGLYCOLIC ACID AND BASE AT PH
ABOVE 5
Tommy R. Gardner; Reginald M. Lasat«r, and John A. Knox,
all of Duncan, Okla., assignors to Hklliburton Company,
Duncan, Okla.
Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,436
Int. CI. C02b 5/06; C23f 13/00; C23g 1/18
U.S. CI. 252-86 40 Claims
Methods and compositions for removing scale from sur-
faces, particularly from subsurface and surface equipment as-
sociated with oil and gas wells, and industrial equipment such
as heat exchangers, condensers, boilers and the like. The
scale to be removed is dissolved in aqueous basic solutions of
diglycolic acid salts, mixtures of diglycolic acid salts and
hydroxy acid salts, and mixtures of diglycolic acid salts and
substituted acid salts of diamines or tertiary amines.
3,639,280
AIR nUTER COATING COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
MIXTURE OF SILICA AND MAGNESIUM SILICATE
GELLING AGENTS
Charles Andrew Lynch, Jr., Sevema, and James P. Hamilton,
Pasadena, both of Md., assignors to FMC Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
FUed SepL 28, 1967, Ser. No. 671,222
Int. CI. COlb 33/14, 33/22; C09k 3/22
MS. C\. 252-88 3 Claims
This application discloses triorganic phosphate coating
compositions for viscous-impingement air filters in which the
triorganic phosphate is thickened by a combination of about
0. 1 to 1 .0 parts of a magnesium silicate, with at least 1 0 per-
cent of its particles which are less than 1 micron in any
dimension and whose silica to magnesia ratio is about 1 .05 to
about 1.30 to 1, and O.I to 3 parts of pyrogenic silica having
a particle size no greater than 0.025 microns. These gel com-
positions have good high-temperature viscosity stability and
exhibit low syneresis losses. Satisfactory gels can be prepared
using as little as one percent pyrogenic silica with 0.5 percent
of the magnesium silicate.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
259
3,639,281
BUILT DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
TRIS(METHYL PHOSPHONIC ACID) PHOSPHINE OXIDE
AND ITS SALTS
Ludwig Maier, Tiergartenstrasse 17, Kikhberg, Zurich, Swit-
zerland, assignor to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Original application Dec. 14, 1967, Ser. No. 690,418. Divided
and this application Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 7,431
InL CI. C02b 5/06; CI Id 3/36
U.S. CI. 252-89 1 Claim
Phosphorus compounds containing the skeleton P— {-
C-P), or P-(C-P)3 of the formula P(0)a(R')»(rwP(
0)(R*R'b-3-6 and method for making by reacting a compoun^
of the formula P(0)„(R')6(CH,CI)3-6 with a compound of
the formula P(R)*)(R«)OR' to split off R*C1. Also uses of the
products as threshold agents, sequestering agents, detergent
composition additives, peroxy solution stabilizers and
chlorine releasing agent stabilization is claimed.
3,639,282
HYPOCHLORITE BLEACHING OF MONOELERNIC
HYDROCARBON SULFONATES
Samuel H. Sharman, Kensington, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed July 1, 1968, Ser. No. 741,656
Int.CI.Clld///2
U.S. CI. 252-95 6 Claims
In the reduction of color in an aliphatic sulfonate detergent
by heating an aqueous solution containing the sulfonate and
hypochlorite bleach, improved decolorization is obtained by
concurrently aerating the mixture.
3,639,283
FOAM-CLEANING ADDITIVES, COMPOSITION AND
METHODS
Homer Edward Crotty, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to W. R.
Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 540,212, Apr. 5,
1966, now abandoned. This application Oct. 10, 1969, Ser.
No. 865,527
Int. CI. C lid 7/06, 7/OS, 7/56
U.S. CL 252-98 5 Claims
The invention disclosed is for a new improved foamable in-
dustrial cleaning composition having either a highly acid or
highly basic character and containing an effective foam
generating and stabilizing assistant.
stant at 25° C. for the first hydrogen of at least ixlO'. The
mixtures can be protectively coaled with water removable
coatings. Magnesium salts enhance the bleaching effect of
diperisophthalic acid.
3,639^86
SYNTHETIC DETERGENT IN BAR OR CAKE FORM AND
THE METHOD TO MANUFACTURE SAME
Mario Ballestra, Corso Buenos Aires 92, and Domenico
Triberti, Via Burlamacchi 1 1, both of Milan, Italy
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 487^28, SepL
14, 1965, now abandoned. This application May 28, 1968,
Ser. No. 732,537
Int. CI. Clld 9//0
U.S. CI. 252- 109 2 Claims
The invention concerns a solid detergent product in bar or
cake form prepared by mixing an organic detergent material
with an alkali salt of trimetaphosphale, water and a/i alkali
metal hydrate.
3,639,287
MANUFACTURE OF SPRAY-DRIED DETERGENTS
CONTAINING SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE
Helhnut Gabier, Morlenbach; Heinz Harnisch, Wdden-
Lovenich; Gero Heymer, Knapsack near Cologne: Karl
Merkenich, Hurth near Cologne, and Wolf-Dieter Pirig,
Euskirchen, all of Germany, assignors to Knapsack .Aktien-
gesellschaft. Knapsack bei Cologne, Germany
FUed Aug. 16, 1967, Ser. No. 660,928
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 1, 1966, K 60149
Int. CI. Clld i/06, U/00, 11/02
U.S.CL 252-135 3 Claims
Sodium tripolyphosphate-containing detergents are
produced by the spray-drying of a spray slurry containing the
detergent components, the slurry h>eing prepared with the use
of sodium tripolyphosphate formed at least partially of
material with a crystal water content between a maximum of
less than 22.7 percent by weight and a minimum of 17.0 per-
cent by weight.
3,639,288
DETERGENT SLURRY PROCESS
Frederik Johan Kerkhoven, and Seyer Troost, both of
Vlaardingen, Netherlands, assignors to Lever Brothers
Company, New York, N.Y.
FUed Mar. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 714,523
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 21, 1967,
6704145
Int. CI. CI Id i/06, 11/02
U.S.CL 252-135 3 Claims
3,639,284
BLEACHING COMPOSITION
Alfred Long, New Haven, and Duane L. SawhUI, Orange, both
of Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation
FUed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,225
Int. CL Clld 7/56
U.S. CL 252-99 8 Claims
Bleaching compositions, substantially free from "pin-
holing" textiles are prepared by mixing calcium hypochlorite,
sodium tripolyphosphate and diluent salts in particulate form
and in specified ratios, compacting to form aggregates, disin-
tegrating the aggregates to form homogeneous granules and
sizing the granules.
3,639,285
NOVEL BLEACHING COMPOSITIONS AND USE
THEREOF
Donald R. Nielsen, Corpus Christi, Tex., assignor to PPG In-
dustries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation of appUcatlon Ser. No. 584,969, Oct. 7, 1966,
now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
308,323, Sept. 12, 1963, now abandoned. This application
July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 859,521
Int. CL Clld 7/54
U.S. CI. 252-100 7 Claims
Stability of perphthalic acids is improved by alkali metal or
alkaline earth metal salts of an acid with an ionization con-
Detergent compositions are produced by heat-drying a
slurry containing small crystals of sodium tripolyphosphate
260
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
hexahydrate. The small crystals are formed by dispersing an-
hydrous sodium tripoiyphosphate in water prior to its hydra-
3,639;291
SURFACTANT COMPOSITION AND LIQUID
DETERGENT FORMULATIONS CONTAINING SAME
Edward A. Casey, St. Louis, and James M. Huggins, St. Ann,
both of Mo., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis,
Mo.
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,871
InLCI.Clld//iS. ///2
U.S. CI. 252 - 548 9 Claims
Surfactant compositions comprising from 25 to 75 percent
by weight of alkyl vicinal alkyl ether sulfates having the for-
mula:
H H
I I
H-(CH,)^-C -C-(CH,),H
OSOiM OR
.^7
tion with the water and subsequently other constituents of
the composition are admixed with the slurry. An apparatus
for forming detergent slurries is described.
3,639,289
PROCESS FOR THE MAP^FACTURE OF NONCAKING
BLENDS COMPRISING SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE
HEXAHYDRATE AND SODIUM NITRILO TRIACETATE
MONOHYDRATE OR DIHYDRATE, AND THEIR USE AS
DETERGENTS, CLEANSING OR RINSING AGENTS
Gero Heymer, Knapsack near Cologne; Herbert Landgraber,
Lechenich, and Karl Merkenich, Effern near Cologne,
all of Germany, assignors to Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft,
Knapsack bei Cologne, Germany
Filed June 16, 1969, Scr. No. 833,666
Claims priority, application Germany, June 18, 1968, P 17 67
780.4
Int.CI.Clld 7//6,7/i2,///00
U.S. CI. 252-137 7 Claims
Production of noncaking blends comprised of sodium
tripoiyphosphate hexahydrate and sodium nitrilotriacetate
monohydrate or dihydrate. The sodium tripoiyphosphate is
used in the form of its high- and/or low-temperature modifi-
cation(s) and a fine mist of an aqueous sodium
nitrilotriacetate solution having a temperature between about
0° and 80° C. is sprayed thereonto. When an excess of water
is used, a gas and/or air stream is simultaneously passed over
the sprayed material to evaporate the water in excess.
3,639,290
COMBINED CLEANING AND ANTISOILING
COMPOSITIONS
Charles Feamley, Romiiey, and Thomas Ivor Jones, Poynton,
both of England, assignors to Geigy Chemical Corporation,
Ardsley, N.Y.
Piled Apr. 10, 1967, Ser. No. 629,431
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 14, 1966,
16,308/66
Int.CI.Clldi//5
U.S. CI. 252 - 526 27 Claims
Combined cleaning and antisoiling compositions contain-
ing a stabilizing aqueous nonfilm-forming dispersion of
homo- or copolymer of styrene and a detergent-mixture com-
prising sulphate-type detergent and foam stabilizing agent,
which compositions are useful for cleaning fiber and fiber as-
semblies and at the same time leaving on the treated material
an antisoil finish; a method of treating the said materials to
improve appearance or inhibit deterioration thereof; and
fibers and fiber assemblies treated by such method.
where x and y are integers from 0 to 15, the sum of x+y
being from 1 3 to 1 5, R is an alkyl group containing from one
to eight carbon atoms, and M is an alkali metal or ammoni-
um and, correspondingly from 75 to 25 percent by weight of
a linear aikylbenzene sulfonate when utilized in liquid deter-
gent formulations provide improved performance as com-
posed to either ingredient of the surfactant composition
when used alone in a comparable formulation.
3,639,292
INHIBITING THE PRECIPITATION AND/OR
DEPOSITION OF FERRIC HYDROXIDE IN AQUEOUS
SYSTEMS
Patricia G. Gilby, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Hercules In-
corporated, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887^81
Int. CI. C02b 5/06
UJS. CI. 252- 1 79 11 Claims
Disclosed is a process for inhibiting the precipitation
and/or the deposition of ferric hydroxide on the internal sur-
faces of the equipment (e.g. heat exchangers and pipes) in
aqueous systems, particularly aqueous cooling systems. The
process comprises adding certain resin polymers, namely
those of U.S. Pat. No 3.2 1 5.654, to the aqueous systems.
3,639,293
SLIME CONTROL METHOD AND COMPOSITION OF
BETABROMO-BETANITROSTYRENE AND BIS-
(TRICHLOROMETHYD-SULFONE
Bernard F. Shema, Glenside; Robert H. Brink, Jr.,
Doylestown, and Paul Swercd, Philadelphia, all of Pa., as-
signors to Bctz Laboratories, Inc., Trevose, Pa.
Filed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 435 I
Int. CI.C02b//;S
U.S. CI. 252-180 12 Claims
The present invention relates to certain processes and
compositions useful for inhibiting the growth of slime in
water employed for industrial purposes, particularly water
employed in the manufacture of pulp paper, water employed
in cooling water systems, as well as other industrial waters.
The novel processes and compositions of the present inven-
tion are processes or mixtures which show unexpected syner-
gistic activity against micro-organisms, including bacteria,
fungi and algae, which produce slime in aqueous systems and
bodies which are objectionable from an operational or
aesthetic point of view. Sp>ecifically, the invention is directed
to compositions comprising a mixture of bis-
(trichloromethyl)-sulfone and bromonitrostyrene and their
use.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
261
<- 3,639,294
FLAME-RETARDANT, POLYURETHANE COATING
COMPOSITIONS
Joseph P. Bums; Joseph Fdtzin, and Erich Kuehn, all of
Wilmington, Del., assignors to Atlas Chemical Industries,
Inc., Wilmington, Del.
Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,409
Int.CI.C09dJ/;5
U.S. CI. 252-182 8 Claims
Polyurethane coating compositions are provided which,
after application to substrates, yield transparent coatings hav-
ing superior flame retardancy and resiliency. The coating
compositions comprise a solvent and a polyurethane reaction
product of halogen-containing polyol, phosphorus-containing
product, and organic polyisocyanate.
particularly vinyl chloride homo- or copolymer disper-
sions. According to the invention it is essential to add to
the polymer dispersions a substance containing a plurality
of hydroxyl groups such as glycerol, a substance to pro-
duce a stable foam and a heat stabilizer common for
vinyl polymers. The foamed polymer may be covered
with sheets or films of polyvinyl chloride or other
material.
3,639,295
FLAME-RETARDANT, POLYURETHANE COATING
COMPOSITIONS
Joseph P. Burns; Joseph Feltzin, both of Wilmington, Del.,
and Frank T. Sanderson, Huntington Valley, Pa., assignors
to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc., Wihnington, Del.
Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,484
Int. CI. C09d 5/18
U.S. CI. 252-182 9 Claims
Polyurethane coating compositions are provided which,
after application to substrates, yield transparent coatings hav-
ing superior flame retardancy and resiliency. The coating
compositions comprise a solvent and a polyurethane reaction
product of halogen containing polyol, phosphorus containing
polyol, and organic polyisocyanate.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—390 see:
Patent No. 3,639,431
3,639,296
ANTISTATIC COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD OF
RENDERING TEXTILES ANTISTATIC
Herbert Frotscher, Langenfeld, Rhineland, and Manfred
Petzold, Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany, assignors to
Henkel & Cie GmbH, Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 26, 1967, Ser. No. 693,077
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 13, 1967,
H 61,551
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct 16, 1984, has been disclaimed
Int CI. C08g 23/00
U.S. CL 260—2 R 9 Claims
A novel method of providing fabrics made partially
or entirely of synthetic fibers with wash resistant and dry
cleaning resistant antistatic finish and the fabrics pro-
duced thereby and novel compositions used in said proc-
ess. Said compositions are condensation products of (A)
an amine with (B) a di- and/or polyhalohydrin ether of
a di- or polyalcohol, at least one of (A) and (B) being
at least partially substituted with a lipophilic radical of
8 to 22 carbon atoms.
3 639 297
FOAMED plastics' FROM VINYL POLYMER
DISPERSIONS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
MANUFACTURE
Robert Steffen, Amo Crombach, and Hermann Lossen,
Bnrgldrcben (Alz), and Johann Bieringer, Brack (AIz),
Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft Tormals Melster Lucitis & Braning, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 702.177
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 10, 1967,
F 51 482
Int CI. C08f 29/18. 47/08
U3. CI. 260—2.5 L 17 Claims
TTie present invention provides a process for the manu-
facture of foamed plastics from vinyl polymer dispersions,
3,639,298
FLAME RESISTANT LATEX COMPOSITIONS,
ARTICLES MADE THEREFROM AND PROC-
ESSES FOR PRODUCING SAME
Fred Lister and Ludwig A. Wax, Dover, Del., assignon to
Standard Brands Chemical Industries, Iocm Dover, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 709,208
Int a. C08j 1/18
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 FP 2* Claims
A flame retardant composition suitable for preparation
of films, foams, adhesives, coatings and the like com-
prising a rubbery latex of a copolymer prepared from a
monomeric mixture of an aliphatic conjugated diene, a
halogen-containing aliphatic ethylenically unsaturated
monomer and a copolymerizable monomer containing car-
boxyl groups admixed or compounded with certain weight
proportions of a flame retardant additive of a hydrated
alumina. Preferably, one or more curing agents are also
compounded with the latex.
3,639,299
NOVEL FLAME RETARDANT COMPOSITIONS
AND METHOD OF APPLYING
Kenneth R. MacDowall, Manhattan Beach, Calif., as-
signor to North American Rockwell Corporation
No I>rawing. Filed Mar. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 710,649
Int CI. BOlj 13/02; C08J 1/14
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 FP 8 Claims
A flame retardant composition wherein said composi-
tion comprises an essentially flame resistant binder having
intimately and homogeneously proportioned therein at
least two inorganic flame retardants; at least one organic
flame retardant; at least one non-resinous carbonific
agent; at least one organic, nitrogenous intumescent ad-
jutant; at least one spumific agent and a neutralizing and
halogen absorbing reagent and wherein said ingredients
are interdependent and coacting to produce the desired
flame resistant composition of matter.
3,639,300
SPONGE RUBBER SOLE FOR PREVENTING
SLIPPAGE
Akira Takahashi, Ibaragi-ken, and Gentaro Nem»to, Ota*
kn, Japan, assignors to Showa Rubber Co., Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 716,308
Oaims priority, application Japan, Aug. 22, 1967,
42/53,907
Int CI. A43b 13/22; C08c 77/05; C08d 13/08
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 R 1 Claim
The present invention relates to a sponge rubber sole
containing a slippage preventive additive. The rubber
sole contains, for each 100 parts of rubber, 30 parts or
less (5 to 30 parts, preferably 10 to 30 parts) of silicon
carbide of 95 to 98% SiC content. Silicon carbide is
of 100-300 mesh which is of about the same grain size
as the reinforcing filler usually used in rubber and can
thus be uniformly mixed with the reinforcing filler.
262
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,301
HEAT-AGED NEOPRENE LATEX
Mortimer A. Youker, Clearwater, Fla., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
571,992, Aug. 12, 1966, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 468,554, June 30, 1965.
This application Apr. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 725,520
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
June 17, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08d 5/00. 13/OS. 3/14
U.S. a. 260—2.5 L 6 Claims
An improved polychloroprene latex, useful for making
polyisocyanate-modified foams, comprises the product
produced by heating a freshly prepared polychloroprene
latex, having a pH higher than 11, at a temperature in
the range of 60 to 90° C. until the pH is lowered to the
ran^ of 9.5 to 10. In a preferred embodiment the heating
is carried out on a latex containing about 50% solids and
the latex is subsequently creamed to about 60% solids.
/-_ 3,639,302
FLAME.RETARDANT RESIN COMPOSITIONS
Joseph Patrick Brown, Geufron, Llangollen, and William
Rees Foster, Croesyceiliog, Cwmbran, England, as-
signors to Monsanto Chemicals Limited, London, Eng-
land
No Drawing. Filed May 16, 1968, Ser. No. 729,523
Int. CI. C08j 1/18
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 FP 5 Qaims
BisCar-halo-ar-alkenyloxyphenyl) compounds wherein
the aromatic rings are linked by a covalent bond, a sul-
fur or oxygen atom, a secondary or tertiary amino group,
or a divalent aliphatic group; processes for preparing such
compounds by reacting an alkenyl halide with an appro-
priate bis (ar-halo-ar-hydroxyphenyl) compound or with a
salt thereof; and the use of such compounds as flame-
retardant agents for normally flammable synthetic resins,
especially foamed synthetic resins.
r
3,639,303
PHENOLIC FOAMS
John Penfold, Runcorn, England, assignor to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed June 10, 1968, Ser. No. 735,777
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 15, 1967,
27,734/67; May 27, 1968, 25,158/68
InL CI. C08f 47/08; C08j 1/14
U.S. a. 260—2.5 F 15 Claims
■ "DAm 'ao** _ONvs<
Oh*; "HtiKJl-'CWHAOfH
OfiaiTT or KMM (lb/cu rr)
3,639,304
SELF-EXTINGUISHING POLYETHYLENE FOAMS
COMPRISING AN ANTIMONY COMPOUND,
A HALOGEN-CONTAINING AUPHATIC OR
CYCLO-ALIPHATIC COMPOUND AND A BRO-
MINE-CONTAINING AROMATIC OR ACYCLIC
COMPOUND
Charles F. Raley, Jr., Midland, Mich., asdgnor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
606,577, Jan. 3, 1967. This application June 27, 1968,
Ser. No. 740,622
Int. CI. C09k 3/28; C08f 3/04; B29d 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 FP 10 Claims
The invention relates to the reaction product of formal-
dehyde and a mononuclear phenol with a polynuclear di-
phenol to produce a foam.
A flame retardant or self-extinguishing foamed poly-
ethylene useful as insulation is described. This new com-
position contains a ternary mixture of flame-retardant
agents containing certain amounts of (1) an antimony
compound, (2) a halogen-containing aliphatic or cyclo-
aliphatic compound having certain specificities, and (3)
a bromine-containing aromatic or acyclic compound of a
particular class.
3,639,305
FLAME-RETARDANT RESIN COMPOSITIONS AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME
William Rees Foster, CroesyceiUog, Cwmbran, England,
and Joseph Patrick Brown, Geufron, Llangollen, Wales,
assignors to Monsanto Chemicals Limited, London,
England
No Drawing. Filed July 18, 1968, Ser. No. 745,681
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 8, 1967,
36,413/67
Int CI. C08j 1/18, J/26
VS. CI. 260—2.5 FP 10 Claims
ar-Halo ar-alkenyloxy aromatic acids and derivatives
thereof, such as the ester, salt, halide, and anhydride
derivatives; processes for preparing such compounds by
reacting an alkenyl halide with an appropriate ar-halo-
ar-hydroxy aromatic acid or derivative thereof; and the
use of such compounds as flame-retardant agents for
normally flammable synthetic resins, especially foamed
synthetic resins.
3,639,306
ENCAPSULATING PARTICLES AND PROCESS
FOR MAKING SAME
Shmuel Sternberg, Hyde Park, and Harris J. Bixler and
Alan S. Michaels, Lexington, Mass., assignors to
Amicon Corporation, Lexington, Mass.
nied Ang. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 751,251
Int. CI. BOIJ 13/02: C08j 1/28
U.S. a. 260—2.5 B 20 Claims
Anisotropic polymer particles comprising a thin skin
which forms either a microporous or diffusive barrier
layer and a substantially hollow interior which interior,
/f
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
263
however, comprises sufficient macroporous polymer sup-
port structure to substantially enhance the physical
strength, particulariy the resistance to compression, of
the particles. These particles have excellent utility for
encapsulating various materials for controlled release
therefrom, for immobilizing some chemical reactants
while allowing free access and egress of other reactants
or reaction products from the particle, and for effecting
separations based on diffusion of different-size molecules
therethrough. The versatile process by which these par-
ticles are formed is also a subject of the instant invention.
3,639,307
URETHANE FOAMS WITH REDUCED SMOKE
LEVELS
Herman P. Doerge, Verona, and Marco Wismer, Gibsonia,
Pa., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,638
IntClCOSg 22/44, 51/58
U.S. CI. 260 2.5 AJ 20 Claims
This invention relates to fire retardant polyurethane
foams having reduced smoke levels. The invention com-
prises incorporating fumaric acid into a fire-retardant
foam formulation.
3,639,310
WAX-RESIN-HYDROXYPROPYL CELLULOSE
THERMOFLUID VEHICLES
Ray Andrews, Wadiington, Pa^ asrignor to Hercules
Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. FDed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,845
Int CI. C03c 7/00
U.S. a. 260—17 R , 2 Claims
Thermofluid vehicles of the wax-resin type for vitreous
enamel color compositions are described. The vehicles
contain a fatty alcohol or fatty amide wax, a resin binder
and a small amount of hydroxypropyl cellulose and give,
with enamel colors, compositions which do not run or sag
during firing and which produce enamel coatings free of
stencil markings.
3,639,311
METHYL METHACRYLATE-NTTROCELLULOSE
ADHESIVE COMPOSITION
Harold O. Buzzell, Wollaston, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Rled Jan. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 697,019
Int. CI. C08f 29/46; C09J 3/16
U.S. CI. 260—17 2 Claims
Many of the physical problems encountered m the
production of an optically perfect lamination between
polymethyl methaciylate and cellulose acetate butyrate
may be obviated by utilizing an adhesive comprising
approximately 95% methyl methacrylate monomer,
approximately 4% nitrocellulose having a viscosity with-
in the range of 600 to 1000 seconds-^ and about 1% of an
initiator for the monomer.
3,639,308
TUBELESS TIRE INNER LINER COMPOSITION
COMPRISING NATURAL RUBBER, BUTYL
RUBBER AND MEDIUM THERMAL BLACK
Barry Topcik, Somerville, N J., assignor to Cities
Service Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,888
InL CI. C08c 9/10. 9/04
U.S. a. 260—5 12 Claims
Compositions for use as an inner liner in pneumatic ve-
hicle tires to reduce the rate at which air escapes from a
tire by permeating through the body thereof, comprising
from about 50 to about 90 parts by weight of natural
rubber, from abo^t 10 to about 50 parts by weight of
butyl rubber and from about 40 to about 120 parts by
weight of carbon black. At least about 40 parts by weight
of the carbon blSck has a surface area below about 20
m.'/gm. and a dibutylphthalate absorption below about
50.
^ —
3,639,309
SPRAY STARCH CONTAINING WATER-SOLUBLE
POLYURETHANE
Jesse H. Starkman, Deerfield. and William J. Brown,
Chicago, ni., assignors to Starkman Associates, Inc.,
' Deerfield, HI.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 808,686
Int. ChCOSg 41/04
U.S. CI. 260—9 5 Claims
An improved spray starch formulation is prepared by
incorporating at least about 30% of a film-forming,
water-soluble polyurethane, based on the weight of the
dry starch. At this level, the polyurethane addition pro-
duces increased ironing ease, improved scorch resistance,
and improved soil release properties.
3,639,312
OLEFIN POLYMERS CONTAINING SUGARS
Robert B. Turner, Lake Jackson, Tex., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 802,233
Int. CI. C08f 45/67, 29/10; C08b 29/30
U.S. CI. 260—17.4 SG 9 Claims
Fabricated articles of olefin polymers having improved
optical properties are prepared by incorporating a small
amount of a sugar such as sucrose into an olefin polymer
such as polyethylene prior to fabricating an article from
the polymer.
3,639,313
MODIFIED POLY AMIDE RESINS
Arnold H. Gruben, Cedar Grove, and Daniel J. Carlick,
Berkeley Heights, NJ., assignors to Sun Chemical Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FOed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,435
Int CI. C08g 20/20
VJS. CI. 260—18 N 9 CTalms
A modified polyamide resin particularly suitable for use
in printing inks and laminating inks comprises a poly-
amide resin which is the reaction product of at least one
polymeric fatty acid and at least one diamine or poly-
amine and up to about 40 weight percent of a cyclic
lactam, such as e-caprolactam.
3,639,314
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF HIGH-
VISCOSITY ALKYD RESINS
Martin Cherubim, Rheinkamp-Elck-West, and Friedrich
Henn, Homberg (Lower Rhine), Germany, assignors
to Rheinpreussen Aktiengesellschaft fner Bergbau und
Chemie, Homberg (Lower Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
750,746, Aug. 7. 1968. This application Apr. 28,
1970, Ser. No. 31,819
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 9, 1967,
R 46.680
Int. CI. C09d 3/64
U.S. a. 260—22 EP }? .Claims
Process for the preparation of alkyd resins of high vis-
cosity, characterized in that 100 weight parts of alkyd
264
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
resin are mixed with 0.1 to 10 weight parts of a nitrogen-
containing glycidyl compound which contains at least
two glycidyl groups bonded to amine nitrogen, and^ the
mixture is condensed at temperatures between 20° C
and 200° C. to the desired viscosity.
3,639.315
PROCESS FOR MODIFYING HYDROXYL-CON-
TAINING ALKYDS AND POLYESTERS IN
WATER DISPERSION
Jaime Rodriguez, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to
Ashland Oil, Inc., Ashland, Ky.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 705.019
Int. CI. C08g 22106; C09d 3172
U.S. CI. 260—22 TN 3 Claims
Process and products formed by reacting hydroxyl-
containing, water-dispersible resins such* as alkyds and
polyesters with organic isocyanate in water dispersions by
the addition with agitation of 0.1 to 20.0% of an organic
isocyanate to the dispersed resin over a period of about
5 to 180 minutes at a temperature of 60° to 200° F. The
products are water-dispersible coating resins capable of air
drying in a short time.
3.639.316
COMPOSITION FOR REDUCING FRICTION ON
COATED ABRASIVE CLOTH
Thomas J. Argiro, 1454 Fairview Place,
Alliance, Ohio 44601
Original application Mar. 16, 1966, Ser. No. 534,783. now
Patent No. 3,413,106. dated Nov. 26, 1968. Divided
and this application June 13, 1968. Ser. No. 750,667
Int. CI. C08g 17/16; C08j 3/16, 3 '26
U.S. CI. 260—22 R 5 Claims
3,639,318
PLASTICIZED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE FILM
Donatas Tijunelis and Edward A. Shiner, Chicago, HI.,
assignors to Union Carbide Corporation
Filed May 29, 1968, Ser. No. 733,086
Int. CI. C08f 45/28; B65b 25/22
\}&. CI. 260—23 XA 15 Claims
A highly plasticized polyvinyl chloride film is biaxially
oriented to obtain a film which, after shrinking, exhibits
residual elasticity and improved stress characteristics
thereby providing an improved wrapping or packaging film
for food items, particularly food items that are subject
to frequent customer handling. The biaxially oriented
plastic film obtained is utilized as a packaging film for
storing food items at refrigerator or freezing temperatures,
or for cooking the packaged food items at elevated tem-
peratures, followed by storage at refrigerator or freezer
temperatures.
3,639,319
PELLUCID HALOGEN-CONTAINING RESIN
COMPOSITIONS
Kenneth C. Bergman, Cleveland Heights, and Thomas C.
Jennings, Willowick, Ohio, assignors to Synthetic Prod-
ucts Company, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed July 14. 1969, Ser. No. 841,542
Int. CI. C08f 45/62
U.S. CI. 260—23 7 Claims
Pellucid halogen-containing resin compositions con-
taining a vinyl halide resin such as polyvinyl chloride
and, as pellucid metallic stabilizers, a combination of
stannous and zinc salts of organic acids dispersed in the
resin. These plastic compositions can be processed or
molded under the action of heat into films, sheets and
solid objects such as bottles without deterioration of the
vinyl halide resin to provide colorless, transparent plastic
articles.
ABRASIVE GRITS
SANOSIZE COAT
BIHDER COAT
IMPREGNATED CLOTH
FRICTION REDUCING
BACK CCAT
A composition adapted for application to the back of
coated abrasive cloth to provide a friction reducing back
coat thereon comprises an organic solvent solution of a
wax lubricant and a curable soluble alkyd resin binder,
in a weight ratio of binder to lubricant in the range of
about 2:1 to 10:1. The lubricant preferably includes a
major proportion of a paraflFin base wax and a minor
proportion of carnauba wax. The composition is applied
to the cloth, solvent is evaporated, and the resin is cured
to provide the back coat.
3,639.317
SURFACE TREATMENT COMPOSITION
AND METHOD
Duane W. Gagle and Richard J. Bennett. Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Companv
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 717,042
Int. CI. C08f 29/02; EOlc 11/24
U.S. CI. 260—23 H 11 Claims
A concrete or other porous surface anti-spalling, water
repellent, surface treatment competition, e.g. amorphous
polypropylene, as can be obtained in the production of
crystalline polypropylene, linseed oil and Stoddard solvent
which can be brush-applied to the surface will impart
to the surface anti-slip or ice-rejecting properties relative
to untreated surface areas, with inhibit frost penetration.
and is stable against oils, salts and high and low pH
solutions.
3,639,320
WAX COMPOSITIONS
Alphonse Faure, Claude Gigou, and Robert Mingat,
Rhone, and Michel Ruaud, Isere, France, assignors to
Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
Filed Mar. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 713,583
Claims priority, application FYance, Mar. 30, 1967,
100,863
Int. CI. C08c 11/70; C08f 45/52
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 6 Claims
The invention provides novel wax compositions suitable
as hot melt adhesives comprising a minor proportion of
a terpolymer of ethylene, vinyl acetate, and a vinyl ester
of a higher carboxylic acid and a major proportion of
microcrystalline or paraffin wax.
3,639,321
POLYESTER MOULDING AND COATING
MATERIALS WHICH CAN BE HARDENED
BY UV-IRRADIATION
Karl Fuhr. Krefeld. Hans Rudolph. Krefeld-Bockum, and
Hermann Schnell and Manfred Patheiger, Krefeld-
Uerdingen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellscbaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 723,621
Claims prioritv, application Germany, May 6, 1967,
F 52,340: Mar. 9, 1968. F 55,020
Int. CI. C08f 45/52
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 8 Claims
Compositions which can be hardened by ultraviolet
irradiation and have improved dark storability compris-
ing an unsaturated polyester of an a,/3-unsaturated dicar-
boxylicacid and a polyol, a copolymerizable monomeric
compound and, as photosensitizer, a benzoin ether of a
secondary alcohol.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
265
3,639,322
METHOD OF TREATING ASPHALTENES PRIOR
TO HIGH TEMPERATURE PROCESSING WITH
VARIOUS HIGH POLYMERS
Robert J. Bathgate, Media, Pa., and Jackson S. Boyer,
Claymont, Del., assignors to Sun Oil Company, Phila-
delphia, Pa.
No Eh-awing. Filed June 13, 1958, Ser. No. 736,578
Int. CI. C08f 45/52; C08g 51/52
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 A 5 Claims
A process for forming improved asphaltene-high molec-
ular weight thermoplastic polymer products wherein the
asphaltene prior to mcorporation into the polymer is
subjected to a heating treatment, and further the products
formed by the improved process.
r^
3,639,323
PREBLENDINd OF ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUB-
BER AND WAX FOR INCORPORATION IN
HIGHLY UNSATURATED RUBBER
Gerrard Morrisey, Watertown, Conn., assignor to
Uniroyal, Inc., New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,686
Int. CI. C08c 11/70
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 B 6 Claims
The incorporation of ethylene-propylene rubber (EPM
or EPDM) and wax into highly unsaturated rubber (e.g.,
NR, SBR) is accomplished more readily if the ethylene-
propylene rubber and wax are first preblended before
mixing into the highly unsaturated rubber. Use of the
ethylene-propylene rubber and wax in the form of a pre-
blend also results in improved distribution of these addi-
tives in the highly unsaturated rubber, and improved
ozone resistance in the total blend.
3,639,324
COATING COMPOSITION OF COPOLYMERIC
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE, PROCESS OF
PREPARATION THEREOF, AND ARTICLES
COATED THEREWITH
Daniel Kenyon Owens, Bon Air, Va., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,982
Int. CI. C08f 45/24, 45/52
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 D 11 Claims
A coating composition is provided comprising behenic
acid and a copolymer of vinylidene chloride wherein the
copolymer is of between about 60 parts and about 95
parts by weight of vinylidene chloride and includes a
non-ionic surfactant said composition being especially
adapted for coating film structures of organic thermo-
plastic polymeric material. A process for preparing said
compositions characterized by continuous addition of
monomeric materials into an aqueous dispersion contain-
ing a reduction-oxidation initiator, a non-ionic surfactant
and behenic acid also is provided.
3,639,325
POLYVINYL ACETATE LATEX WHITE PAINT
BASE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING A DIS-
PERSANT FOR PAINT TINT COLORANTS
Donald L. Marion, Homewood, Dennis G. Anderson,
Chicago, and Robert C. Strand, Homewood, III., as-
signors to Atlantic Richfield Comoany
No Drawing. Hied Mar. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 713,291
Int. CI. C08f 3/70^29/48; C09d 3/76
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 4 Claims
Improved color development and a wide range of
paint tint colorant compatibility is achieved in polyvinyl
acetate latex white paint base compositions containing
a white pigment and a dispersing agent, by the addi-
tion thereto of a small amount eff'ective as a colorant dis-
persant, of an ammonium salt of a partial ester of a
styrene-maleic anhydride polymer esterified to about 75
to 100% half ester with an alkylphenyl ether alcohol
of the formula
R_C6H4— (OCHjCHj),— OH
where R is alkyl of 8 to 9 carbon atoms and x is 1 to
30, such as p-tertiary octylphenyl polyethoxy alcohol of
9 to 10 ethoxy groups, the styrene-maleic anhydride
polymer prior to esterification containing a molar ratio
of polymerized styrene to polymerized maleic anhy-
dride of about 1:1 to 4:1, and preferably of about 1:1,
and having an average molecular weight of about 600 to
5000, preferably about 1500 to 2000. Optimum color de-
velopment is obtained when the dispersing agent com-
prises a small eflfective amount of an ammonium salt of
a partial ester of the aforesaid styrene-maleic anhydride
polymer esterified to about 75 to 100% half ester with
an alkyl ether of ethylene glycol or of diethylene glycol,
such as the monobutyl ether of ethylene glycol. This
dispersing agent and the colorant dispersant can be
mixed together to form an effective colorant tint paint
dispersant composition for addition to polyvinyl acetate
latex white paint base compositions. The paint tint
colorant is subsequently added to the polyvinyl acetate
latex white paint base composition containing the color-
ant dispersant resulting in excellent compatibility and
color development.
3,639,326
VINYL TERPOLYMER COMPOSITIONS
Raymond J. Kray, Berkeley Heights, Marvin T. Teten-
baum, Convent Station, Wilbert M. Wenner, Rockaway,
and Oliver A. Barton, Florham Park, NJ., assignors
to Allied Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 20. 1968, Ser. No. 730,644
Int. CI. C08f 45/00
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 5 Claims
Latices prepared by the emulsion copolymerization of
vinyl chloride, ethylene and a third ethylenically unsatu-
rated carboxylic ester monomer afford films having a com-
bination of desirable properties. Additionally, such latices
can be formulated into paints which are fire and mildew
resistant.
3,639,327
ADHESIVE COMPOSITION
Arthur H. Drelich, Plainfield, and Patricia M. Condon,
East Brunswick, N J., assignors to Johnson & Johnson
Filed May 27, 1968, Ser. No. 732,454
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 NR 7 Claims
An adhesive system having improved adhesive strength
and derived from a colloidal dispersion of a latex adhe-
sive and a cationic material.
3,639,328
POLYMERS OF TETRAFLUOROETHYLENE
John Michael Downer, Harpenden, England, assignor to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1968, Ser. No. 741,240
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 5, 1967,
30,990/67
Int. CI. C08f 3/24, 45/22
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 3 Claims
Tetrafluoroethylene is polymerized in aqueous medium
in the presence of an internally unsaturated perfluoro-
alkene having the formula
Ri r«
\ /
c = c
/ \
R2 R«
in which R' and R3 are perfluoroalkyl and R' and R*
are fluorine or perfluoroalkyl in the presence of a water
266
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
soluble organic peroxide as initiator and in the presence of
a highly fluorinated aliphatic carboxylic or sulfonic acid
salt as emulsiiier.
3,639,329
BENZENE POLYCARBOXYLIC ACID ESTERS
Morice William Thompson, Maidenhead, England, as-
signor to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, Lon-
don, England
No Drawing. Filed May 27, 1968, Ser. No. 732,028
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 30, 1967,
24,926/67
Int CI. C08f 45/42
UJS. CI. 260—31.4 7 Claims
New esters of structure
^c-o-x^-
\
C-O-X -0.
•C-B,
\^'
prepared by esterification of benzene polycarboxylic acids
are mixed in coating compositions as plasticizers having
particularly low volatility and resistance to water spotting.
3,639,330 I
METAL COATING COMPOSITIONS AND METAL
COATED THEREWITH
Andrew F. Fitzhugh and Rodney M. Huck, Longmeadow,
Mass., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Oct. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 864,304
Int. CI. C08c 1/36; C08f 45/42; C08g 51/42
U.S. CI. 260—31.4 9 Claims
Enamels suitable for use in coating metal or enamelled
surfaces to impart not only electrical insulation thereto,
but also the capacity to thermally bond to other surfaces.
Coatings so bonded display unusually high rupture
strength at elevated temperatures. The enamels use a
mixture of (1) a condensate of amine-modified novolac
resin and (2) a polyvinyl acetal.
at high temperatures, for example, 100-200" C. The
oriented crystalline polystyrene of the invention is em-
inently suitable for use as a photographic support. The
crystalline polystyrene of the invention can be obtained
by polymerizing styrene at a temperature within the range
of about 20 to about 130° C. and a pressure within the
range of about 0 to 1000 p.s.i. in the presence of an ionic
catalyst comprising ( 1 ) a halide of a transition metal from
Groups IV-B and VI-B of the Periodic Table and (2)
and aluminum alkyl. As an embodiment of the invention
it has been found that one of the particular catalyst
combinations provides a methylene chloride-soluble
crystalline isotactic styrene polymer which permits the
preparation of valuable polystyrene fibers from the
ordinary dry-spinning equipment commonly used by fiber
manufacturers.
3,639,333
ALIPHATIC AMIDES AS LIGHT STABILIZERS
FOR PIGMENTED POLYMERS
William Frederick Baitinger, Jr., Belle Mead, NJ., as-
signor to American Cyanamid Company, Stamford,
Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 17, 1965, Ser. No. 480,468
Int. CI. C08f 45/04, 45/60
U.S. CI. 260 — 41 B 8 Claims
A polymeric composition comprising:
(1) a polymer selected from the class consisting of
poly (vinyl chloride), polystyrene and polyolefins
having 2-4 carbon atoms and
(2) at least 0.5% of titanium dioxide based on the
weight of the polymer and
(3) an amide of the formula:
o
II .
R-C-N
/
\
R'
R'
3,639,331 ^
GLASS FIBER REINFORCED RESINS CONTAINING
DISPERSION AID
Kiyoshi Hattori and Elby Leon Richardson, Evansville,
Ind., assignors to Dari Industries Inc., Los Angeles,
Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 25. 1968, Ser. No. 715,574
Int. CI. C08f 45/10
U.S. CI. 260—31.8 20 Claims
Novel glass fiber reinforced thermoplastics having better
dispersion of the glass fibers therein and process consist-
ing of incorporation of an additive such as a lubricant,
plasticizer or low molecular weight resin to reduce the
melt viscosity of the resin surrounding the glass fiber rela-
tive to the viscosity of the unreinforced resin at the melt
temperature.
3,639,332
CRYSTALLINE POLYSTYRENE COMPOSITIONS
Harry W. Coover, Jr., and Donald J. Shields, Kingspori,
Tenn.. assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Roches-
ter, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
595.564, Nov. 16. 1966, which is a continuation of
applicaHon Ser. No. 41.723. July 11. 1960. This
appUcation Aug. 5. 1968. Ser. No. 751,693
Int CI. C08f 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—33.8 3 Claims
Oriented crystalline polystyrene having heat distortion
temperatures of at least 200° C. which will not disorient
wherein R is alkyl (C,-Ci8, alkenyl (Cz-Cig), carboxy-
alkyl (Ci-Cis), carb(lower alkoxy)alkyl (Ci-Cia),
(R')2N— (CH2)n. (R')2NCO(CH2)n
or R'CON(R')CH2— (CHa)n; R' is hydrogen, alkyl
(Ci-Cig), hydroxy(lower alkyl), lower alkoxy(lower
alkyl) of cyano{ lower alkyl); and n is zero to eighteen
inclusive, said amide being present in a concentration of
0.1-10.0% of the weight of the polymer. These composi-
tions have improved light stability and can be formed
into shaped articles as for example by molding, extru-
sion, or spinning. |
3,639,334
STABILIZATION OF POLYPHENYLENE ETHERS
Klaus E. Holoch, Psald, Germany, assignor to General
Electric Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 425,330, Jan. 13, 1965. This appUcation
May 14, 1968, Ser. No. 728,914
Int. CI. C08g57/5S. 57/6<?
VS. CI. 260—45.9 15 Claims
A polyphenylene ether composition stable to oxygen
containing atmosphere at elevated temperatures com-
prising a polyphenylene ether and a stabilizing quantity
of a material selected from the group consisting of phos-
phites, hydrazines, and mixtures thereof.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
267
3,639,335
THERMALLY-STABLE POLY AMIDE
COMPOSITIONS
Shigeru Fuji] and Iso Saito, Nagoya, Japan, assignors to
Toray Industries, Inc., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,897
^ Int CI. C08g 57/55, 57/62
U.S. CI. 260—45.75 C 19 Claims
Nylon compositions which are formed from polyamides
such as polycaprolactam have improved heat and light sta-
bility by incorporating a copper salt derived from the
reaction of a coper halide and xylenediamine. The result-
ing polyamides which are color-free may optionally con-
tain a hindered phenol antioxidant.
3,639,336
HEXAHYDRO-l,3,5-TRIS-(4-HYDROXYARYL)-s-
TRIAZINES
Warren L. Beears, Brecksville, Ohio, assignor to The
B. F. Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Oct 31, 1968, Ser. No.
772,363, now Patent No. 3,567,724, dated Mar. 2,
1971. Divided and this application Mar. 18, 1970, Ser.
No. 14,860
Int CI. C08f 45/60; C08g 57/60,- ClOm 7/i6
U-S. CI. 260—45.8 N 13 Claims
Novel hexahydro-l,3,5-tris-(4-hydroxyaryl)-s-triazines
have been prepared. These compounds are effective sta-
bilizers for organic materials, such as a-olefin polymers
and copolymers, acetal polymers, polyamides, polyesters
and polyurethanes, against the deleterious effects of oxy-
gen, heat and light.
3,639,337
COPOLYMERS OF POLY(2,6-DIPHENYL-
1,4-PHENYLENE OXIDE)
Johann F. Klehe, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company
No Drawing. Hied Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,811
Int CI. C08g 23/20
U.S. CI. 260—47 ET 10 Claims
Poly(2,6-diphenyl-l,4-phenylene oxide) is converted to
a copolymer by metalating the meta position of some of
the phenylene rings which, through a series of reactions,
leads to introduction of a quinoid substituent in the meta
position or to ring closure with conversion of the phenyl-
ene unit to a fluorene or fluorenone unit. Because of the
completely aromatic nature of the copolymer it is very
oxidation resistant. The introduction of these new re-
peating units along the chain of the initial polymer in-
troduces an irregularity so that the polycrystalline nature
of the initial polymer is destroyed resulting in a copolymer
which is readily moldable without necessity for rapid cool-
ing to prevent embrittlement.
3,639,339
REACTIVE POLYMERS AND PROCESS FOR THE
PRODUCTION THEREOF
John Beaton and Douglas C. Edwards, Samla, Ontario,
and Richard Helmut Wunder, Corunna, Ontario, Can-
ada, assignors to Polymer Corporation Limited, Samia,
Ontario, Canada
No Drawing. Filed May 20, 1968. Ser. No. 730.662
Claims priority, application Canada, June 28, 1967,
944,149
Int CI. C08d 5/02; C08f 27/02, 27/08
U.S. CI. 260—47 1 Claim
A starting polymer of an olefinically-unsaturated com-
pound and containing more than one halogen per
polymeric molecule, particularly as an allylic halogen
group, is treated with a multifunctional agent to form a
polymer which is then curable with isocyanate. The multi-
functional agent has as a first functional group a tertiary
amine or a hydrocarbyl oxide of an alkah metal or mer-
captide of an alkali metal; the agent has at least one other
functional group which is less active than the first group
and has a labile hydrogen atom capable of reacting with
isocyanate.
3,639,340
THERMOSTABLE POLYMERS OBTAINED FROM
PHENOLS AND AROMATIC TETRACARBOXYLIC
ACID ANHYDRIDES
Maurice Balme and Maurice Ducloux. Lyon. France, as-
signors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed July 8, 1968, Ser. No. 743,009
Claims priority, appUcation France, July 13, 1967,
114,382
Int CI. C08b 33/10
U.S. CI. 260—47 CP 9 Claims
Novel thermostable polymers are made by polycon-
densing a phenol or polyphenol with a dianiydride of
formula:
CO
f^ad
/%
CO
/
\
\o^ V^co^
or a corresponding tetracid, in which R represents a simple
valence bond or one of the following divalent radicals:
— O— , — S— , — SOj—, — NH— , — NR'— , — N=N— ,
Ri
R«
Ri
Ri
-N=N-. -Si-. -0-Si-O-, -0-P-O, -P-
0 Ri R» O O
— CHOH-
-,— C(CH3):
and — CHOH— C8H4— CHOH— , Ri representing a lower
alkyl, cycloalkyl or aryl radical.
3,639,338
REACTIVE POLYUREAS, PROCESS OF PREPARING
SAME, AND USE THEREOF IN CURING EPOXY
RESINS
Robert C. Kuder, Excelsior, Minn., assignor to
General Mills, Inc.
No Drawing. FUed May 6, 1968, Ser. No. 727,031
Int CI. C08g 30/14
U.S. CI. 260—47 EN 21 Claims
Reactive polyureas prepared from diprimary diamines
containing at least one secondary amine group and di-
isocyanates derived from C36 to C44 dimerized fat acids.
Process of preparing said polyureas using chlorofrm or
trichloroethylene as reaction solvent. Use of the poly-
ureas to cure epoxy resins.
3,639.341
LINEAR POLYURETHANE RESIN
Heinrich Krimm, Krefeld-Bochum, Hermann Schnell,
Krefeld-Uerdingen, and Giintfaer Lenz, Krefeld, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer AktiengeseU-
schaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1968, Ser. No. 748,634
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Aug. 3, 1967,
F 53,136
Int CI. C08g 22/26
U.S. CI. 260—47 CZ 5 Claims
Linear high molecular weight polyurethanes are pre-
pared by polycondensation of binuclear N-alkylsubstituted
hydroxy amines in which the hydroxyl group and the
amino groups are aromatically bound in form of their
monocarbonic acid derivatives or with bifunctional car-
bonic acid derivatives if desired in the presence of a
catalyst.
268
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639.342
METHOD FOR PREPARING HETEROCYCLIC
POLYMER FROM DIAMINO-DIAMIDO COM-
POL^DS AND POLYCARBOXYLIC ACID
DERIVATIVES
Yasuo Miyadera. Tatuo Masuko, Tadashi Muroi, Shinichi
Okada, and Hiroshi Noguchi, Hitachi-shi. Japan, as-
signors to Hitachi. Ltd., Hitachi Chemical Company,
Ltd., and Hitachi Cable, Ltd.. Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 749,581
Int. CI. C08g 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—47 CP 22 Claims
A solid heterocvclic polymer capable of forming cast
film and fiber, especially useful for heat-stable insulating
wire. ha\ing a novel aromatic nucleus-fused bis(4-thia-l,?-
diazine oxide). bis( 1.3-diazine oxide) ring or combination
thereof in its repeated unit. The polymer is produced by
reacting aromatic 0-diamino-diamido compounds with
aromat"ic or aliphatic polybaMC acid anhydrides or halides
to form a nev\ polyamide. and cyclizing under dehydration
the polyamide.
3,639,343
POLYIMIDES AND COPOLYIMIDES FROM
AROMATIC DIAMINES AND ALICYCLIC
DIANHYDRIDES
George Chung-Chi Su, Devon, Wilmington, Del., assignor
to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilming-
ton, Del.
No I>rawing. Filed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798,436
Int. CI. C08g 20/32
US. CI. 260—47 7 Claims
Polyimides and copolyimides in which the radicals to
vvhich'the four carbonyl groups are attached are alicyclic
and contain either 6 or 10 carbon atoms and in which
the radicals that are singly bonded to two separate nitro-
cen atoms are aromatic.
verized to a dry powder for fluidized bed or dry spray
coating of heated objects to provide tough flexible protec-
tive coatings. The composition comprises a high-melting
diglycidyl ether of a dihydric phenol and an adduct of
one mol of trimellitic anhydride per hydroxyl equivalent
of a polyalkylene glycol, especially polyethylene glycol.
3,639,346
VINYL KETONE POLYMERIZATION
Henrv L. Hsieh and WilUam R. Busier, Bartlesville, Okla.,
" assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed July 11, 1968, Ser. No. 743,960
Int. CI. C08g 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—63 R ' Claims
Vinyl ketones are polymerized in the presence of a cata-
lyst formed by an organoaluminum compound and a
metal salt of an organic acid or a beta-diketone. Water
can be added to the polymerization system. In addition,
the vinyl ketones can be copolymerized with alkene oxides.
3,639,347
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF HIGH
MOLECULAR WEIGHT POLYOXY.METHYLENE
Shotaro Sugiura and Takami Ishii, Ube-shi, Japan, as-
signors to Ube Industries, Ltd., Yamaguchi-ken, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 22, 1968, Ser. No. 746,264
Claims priority, application Japan, July 28, 1967,
42 48,181
Int. CI. C08g7/20
U.S. CI. 260—64 12 Claims
Process for the preparation of high molecular weight
polyoxymethvlene. which comprises polymerizing formal-
dehyde or a mixture of formaldehyde with a comonomer
copolymerizable therewith, in the presence of a catalytic
quantity of a mono- or dithio-ji-diketone complex.
3,639,344
COATING COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING AN
EPOXY RESIN AND ALIPHATIC AMINE RE-
ACTION PRODUCTS
William P. Kinnneman, Jr., Suffem, N.Y., and John R.
Uram, Jr., Fairfield, NJ., assignors to Sika Chemical
Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 852,109
Int. CI. C08g 30/14
U.S. CI. 260—47 EN 9 Claims
This invention relates to a coating composition suitable
for coating or painting wet or damp substrates which is
capable of curing to a hard film under water comprising
an epoxy resin and a substantially water-insensitive curing
agent for said resin comprising a reaction product of a
polyamine and a monofunctional epoxide-containing ma-
terial.
3,639,345
SHELF-STABLE EPOXY RESIN COMPOSITION OF
EPOXY RESIN AND ADDUCT OF TRIMELLITIC
ANHYDRIDE AND POLYALKYLENE GLYCOL
Charles A. Whittemore, Denver, Colo., and Robert E.
Spangler, White Bear Lake, Minn., assignors to Minne-
sota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. xNo. 880,910
Int. CI. C08g 30/121
U.S. CI. 260—47 EA 4 Claims
Shelf-stable epoxy resin composition that can be pul-
3,639,348
COPOLYMERS OF PROPARGYL METHACRYLATE
AND ACRYLATE
Gaetano F. D'Alelio, South Bend, Ind., assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 28, 1968, Ser. No. 740,972
Int. CI. C08f 15/18
U.S. CI. 260—67 9 Claims
The copolymers disclosed herein are of propargyl
acrylate and melhacrylate. Polymerization of propargyl
acrylate and methacrylate in free radical systems gen-
erally results in crosslinked or gelled products smce the
free radicals will activate polymerization through the ace-
tylenic as well as through the acrylic unsaturation. There-
fore the copolymers are advantageously prepared by
anionic polymerization. The comonomers are those which
are copolvmerizable with acrylates and methacrylates in
anionic polymerizations. The comonomers are styrene, its
homologs and derivatives, and monounsaturated acrylates
and methacrylates. The copolymers are particularly valu-
able for post-treatment and post-reactions, such as bromi-
nation. decaboronation. thermal and radical crosslinking,
Mannich reaction with an aldehyde and ammonia or a
mono- or di-substituted amine, or reactions with nitrile
oxides, aldehydes, ketones, epoxides, sodamide, etc. The
copolymers can be tailored to give ultimate properties ac-
cording to the type and the proportion of comonomers
and the proportion of acetylenic groups as well as the type
of poslreactant or post-treatment.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
269
3,639.349
TRIOXANE COPOLYMERS
Karlheinz Burg, Hofheim. Taunus, and Klemens Gutweiler
and Hans Dieter Hermann, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1968, Ser. No. 739.666
Claims priority, application Cermanv. June 27, 1967,
F 52,805
Int. CI. C08g;/74, 1/16
U.S. CI. 260—67 10 Claims
Cop>olymers of trioxane are prepared by copolymeriz-
ing trioxane with cyclic ethers or cyclic or linear acetals
and, if desired, a tercomponent, and polyethylene oxide
having an average molecular weight in the range of from
300 to 25,000 in the presence of a cationically active
initiator.
3,639,350
ESTERinCATION OF TEREPHTHALIC ACID W ITH
AN ALKYLENE GLYCOL IN THE PRESENCE OF
GUANIDINE OR AN ALKYL GUANIDINE
Stanley D. Lazarus, Petersburg, and Ian C. Twillev,
Chester, Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporatioin,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
755,451, Aug. 26, 1968. This application Apr. 15, 1970,
Ser. No. 28,938
Int. CI. C07c 67/00; C08g 17/013
U.S. CI. 260—75 R 16 Claims
A process for the direct esterification of terephthalic
acid with an alkylene glycol which comprises esterifying
terephthalic acid with an alk\lene glycol containing 2 to
about 10 carbon atoms per molecule under direct esterifi-
cation conditions in the presence of an amount of guani-
dine or an alkyl guanidine sufficient to suppress the for-
mation of aliphatic ether groups.
3,639,351
ADAMANTANE POLYESTERS
Irl N. Duling, West Chester, Abraham Schneider, Over-
brook Hills, and Gary L. Driscoll, Boothwyn, Pa., as-
signors to Sun Oil Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
586,825, Oct. 14, 1967, now Patent No. 3,467.627. This
application Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,340
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Sept. 16. 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08g 77/05
U.S. CI. 260-75 R 6 Claims
Linear polyesters having good temperature, hydrolytic
and U.V. stability are prepared from hydrocarbon ada-
mantane diols and cycloalkyl organic diacids. TTie hy-
droxy! groups are bridgehead positions in the adamantane
moiety and preferably the adamantane moiety contains
substituents at the remaining bridgehead positions thus
removing all tertiary hydrogen-atoms therefrom. The
polyesters are useful for preparing coatings, films and
fibers.
phosphonate. phosphinate and carboxyiate groups in the
form of a metal salt thereof and a minor amount of at
least one aliphatic compound having a carbon to oxygen
double bond or a carbon to carbon double bond con-
jugated with another carbon to carbon double bond.
3,639.352
POLYESTERS OF IMPROVED DYEABILITY AND
LIGHT FASTNESS
Kanji Katsuura and Keishiro Igi, KurashIki, Japan, as-
signors to Kurashiki Rayon Co., Ltd., Kurashiki,
Ukavama. Japan
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25. 1969. Ser. No. 879,945
Claims orioritv. application Jap»n, Nov. 26, 1968
43/86,560; Mar. 24. 1969, 44/22.626, 44/22,627 '
Int. CI. C08g 77/74
U.S. CL 260-75 P 5 claims
Modified film- or fiber-forming polyesters having a hieh
aflinity for basic dyes and imnroved light fastness com-
prising a linear polyester modified with radicals contain-
ing at least one group selected from sulfonate, sulfinate,
3,639,353
POLYMERS CROSSLINKED WITH
POLYCARBODUMIDES
Harold P. Brown, Kirkwood, Mo., assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
368,395, May 18, 1964. This application Mar. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 21,488
Int. CI. C08g 22 00
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 R 9 Claims
Aromatic polycarbodiimides are reacted with polymers
containing functional groups solely derived from organic
acids. The gelled, crosslinked products are insoluble in
alkaline solutions.
3.639,354
ELASTOMERIC POLYURETHANES FROM
POLYCARBONATES
Erwin Miiller, Leverkusen, and Wilhelm Thoma, Cologne-
Flittard, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Gerraanv
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 707,479
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 28, 1967,
F 51.656
Int. CI. C08g 22 /OK
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 AP 2 Claims
Polyurethanes prepared by reacting diisocyanates, low
molecular weight compounds containing at least two hy-
drogen atoms which are reactive with isocyanates and
higher molecular weight, linear hydroxyl-containing poly-
carbonates based on 1,6-hexanediol and an alkoxylated
1,6-hexanediol of the formula
HO-(CHj)e-0-CH-rHr- OH
I
R
wherein R is hydrogen or CH3.
3,639,355
POLYURETHANE COATING COMPOSITIONS HAV-
ING IMPROVED VISCOSITY CHARACTERISTICS
George S. Wooster, Hamburg, and Frank M. Delgado,
Tonawanda, N.Y., assignors to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
729,378, May 15, 1968. This application Oct. 8, 1968,
Ser. No. 765,970
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Dec. 7, 1988. has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08g 22/06
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 AP 5 Claims
Novel polyurethane coating compositions characterized
by excellent curing properties and low viscosities are pre-
pared from 4,4'-methylene bis (cyclohexyl isocyanate)
and mixtures of polyether triols.
3.639.356
TRICYCLO-DECENE TETRACARBOXYLIC ACID
DIIMIDE POLYMERS
Jerald S. Bradshaw. Richmond, Calif., assignor to
Chevron Research Company. San Francisco. Calif.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 12, 1965, Ser. No.
495.345, now Patent No. 3,413,316, dated Nov. 26,
1968. Divided and this application Dec. 21, 1967, Ser.
No. 705.585
Int. CI. C08g 20 '32
U.S. CI. 260—78 TF 3 Claims
Process for the production of polyimide polymers hav-
ing a molecular weight less than 10^ units obtained by the
270
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
pyropolymerization of tricyclor4.2.2.02 5].9-R.dec-9-ene-
3.4,7,8 tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride in which R is an
alkyl group having from 7 to 20 carbon atoms and a
Cj-Cia polymethyiene diamine.
presence of alkali and of an azo dye of the formula
R — R' wherein
3.639,357
PROCESS FOR PREPARING SUBSTITUTED
MALEIMIDE POLYMERS
Hyman L. Cohen, Rochester, X.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 1, 1968, Ser, No. 709,793
Int. CI. C08g 20/38
U.S. CI. 260—78 UA 5 Claims
Process for reacting a polymer containing units of a
maleimide with a compound having a primary amine
group. In one aspect polymers are produced thereby
which are good dye mordants.
3,639,358
METHOD OF PREPARING AROMATIC
POLYAMIDES
Gus Nichols, Baltimore, Md.
(622 Pierce Ave., Apt. 6, Fort Wayne, Ind. 46807)
No Drawing. Filed June 28, 1968, Ser. No. 741,209
Int. CI. C08g 20/20
VS. CI. 260—78 R 18 Claims
Preparation of fiber forming polyarylene amides by
reacting
(1) N-aiiphatic acyl amino carboxylic-aliphatic anhy-
hydride or by reacting
(2) an arylene dicarboxylic acid-dialiphatic acid an-
hydride with
(3) an arylene diamine N,N'-aliphatic diacylate.
3,639.359
ANIONIC POLYMERIZATION OF LACTAMS
Johan W. Garritsen and Sebastiaan E. M. Kooijman.
Geleen, Johannes H. C. M. A. Gregoire, Beek(L), and
Henny Cerbrugge, Geleen, Netherlands, assignors to
Stamicarbon N.V., Heerlen, Netherlands
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809.401
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 21. 1968.
6804056; Dec. 4, 1968, 6817424
Int. C\.CQ%g 20/ 18
U.S. CL 260—78 L 8 Claims
A process for the anionic polymerization of lactams is
disclosed, wherein the lactams are polymerized in the
presence of a catalyst and a promoter, with the promoter
being di - € - caprolactim - ether - dihydrochloride or
di - e - caprolactim - ether - monohydrochloride, which
latter compound may contain up to 90 mole percent of
di - « - caprolactim - ether. The promoters of the present
invention allow the polymerization time to be reduced.
The polymerization of lactams produces useful poly-
amides.
3,639,360
METHOD OF PREPARING COLORED
POLYAMTOES
Zbynek Bukac and Jan Sebenda, Prague, Czechoslovakia,
assignors to Ceskoslovenska Akademie Ved, Prague,
Czechoslovakia
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
804,320, Mar. 4, 1969. This appUcation Sept. 3, 1969,
Ser. No. 855,040
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Mar. 4, 1968,
1,702/68
Int. CI. C08g 20/12, 51/66
US. CI. 260—78 L 3 Claims
Colored polyamides are formed rapidly by polymeriza-
tion of lactams having rings with 7 to 9 members in the
R is
-C»H4— N=N-CH
I
\
C 0-NH— Kj
CO-Rj
R' is R, hydrogen, lower alkyl, phenyl, di-lower-alkyl-
amine, lower alkoxy, or lower acylamine;
R; is alkyl Ci^n or phenyl; and
Rj is aryl, alkyl Ci_i8, or alkoxy-phenyl.
3,639,361
FLUOROCYANOACRYLATES
Jerry E. Robertson, North Oaks, Joseph Kenneth Harring-
ton, Edina, and Elden H. Banitt, Woodbury Township,
Washington County, Minn., assignors to Minnesota
Mining & Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 1, 1967, Ser. No. 687,111
Int. CI. C08f 3/42
U.S. CI. 260—78.4 12 Claims
Fluorinated cyanoacrylates having the formula
CN R
=C-COt-CU-CF:K'
CUr
wherein R is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl, R' js fluorine.
— CF3 or — (CF2)nH, and n is an integer from 1 to 3
have been found to be useful adhesives which when ap-
plied as monomers to adherends rapidly polymerize in
the presence of even small amounts of e.g. moisture to
form strong bonds. The monomers also polymerize to
films and can be used biologically as hemostatics and
tissue adhesives.
3,639,362
ADAMANTANE ACRYLATE AND METHACRY-
LATE ESTERS AND POLYMERS THEREOF
Irl N. Duling, West Chester, and Abraham Schneider,
Overbrook Hills, Pa., and Robert E. Moore, Wilming-
ton, Del., assignors to Sun Oil Company, Philadelphia.
Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
625,581, Mar. 24, 1967, now Patent No. 3,518,241.
This application Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,068
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
June 20, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08f 15/16
U.S. CI. 260—78.5 11 Claims
Novel copolymers having low mold shrinkage properties
are prepared from adamantane acrylate and methacrylates
of the structure • ;
0 R
0-C-C=CH.
where R is hydrogen or methyl and Rj, R2 and R3 are
preferably alkyl or cycloalkyl radicals having 1-20 car-
bon atoms and a second polymerizable unsaturated mono-
mer such as methyl methacrylate, styrene, acrylonitrile,
and vinyl chloride.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
271
3,639,363
REMOVAL OF 5-ETHYL-2-METHYLPYRIDINE
FROM PYRIDINE POLYMERS
Richard A. Marshall, Baytown, Tex., assignor to
Esso Research and Engineering Company
Filed Mar. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 712,791
Int. 61. C08f 7/12, 13/02
U.S. CI. 260—80.3 8 Claims
- The process of removing 5-ethyl - 2 - methylpyridine
from an aqueous reaction mixture containing polymers
produced at least from 2 - methyl - 5 - vinylpyridine
monomer wherein a portion of the mixture is vaporized
after polymerization efl^ective to remove the 5-ethyl-2-
methylpyridine, such as by passing steam through it,
and the vapxir containing the 5-ethyl - 2 - methylpyridine
is withdrawn from the reaction mixture. The polymer,
substantially free of 5-ethyl - 2 - methylpyridine, is then
separated from the remaining reaction solution and dried
to a free-flowing product.
3,639,364
PREPARATION OF N-ALLYL IMINODIACETIMIDE
DIOXIME AND POLYMERS THEREOF
Donald Edward Jefferson, Sykesville, Md., assignor to
W. R. Grace & Co., Clarksviile, Md.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,597
Int. CI. C08f 7/12, 15/14
U.S. CI. 260—80.3 12 CUims
N - allyl iminodiacetamide dioxime and N,N - diallyl
aminoacetamidoxime are synthesized by the reaction of
N-allyl iminodiacetonitrile and N,N-diallyl aminoaceto-
nitrile with hydroxylamine. TTiese oximes and dioximes
are then further polymerized to yield hard resins.
3,639.365
ETHYLENE-VINYL ACETATE-ALLYL GLYCIDYL
ETHER TERPOLYMER AND PLASTICIZED COM-
POSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
Robert Leonard Adelman, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
441,354, Mar. 19, 1965. This application July 22, 1969,
Ser. No. 843,858
Int. CI. C08f 15/40
U.S. CI. 260—80.72 4 Claims
Specific copolymers of ethylene, a vinyl ester, and allyl
glycidyl ether are disclosed as being particularly suitable
plasticizers for polymers such as polyvinyl chloride. The
copolymers have a molecular weight of about 400-3000
and comprise 15-40 weight percent ethylene, 35-70
weight percent vinyl ester, and 15-35 weight percent
allyl glycidyl ether.
3,639,366
PETROLEUM RESINS
Jacques Broca, Waterloo, and Jean-Paul Loree, Brussels,
Belgium, and Ralph Howard Schatz. Westfield, NJ.,
assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed June 11, 1968, Ser. No. 735,970
Claims priority, application France, June 12, 1967,
110,033; Great Britain, July 28. 1967, 34,855/67
Int. CI. C08f 7/70
U.S. CI. 260—82 8 Claims
Petroleum resins having low color and excellent color
stability are prepared by polymerizing a light steam
cracked naphtha having a final boiling point below 70°
C. in a homogeneous medium in the presence of a liquid
ternary catalyst comprising substantially equimolar quan-
tities of an aluminum halide, a hydrogen halide, and an
aromatic hydrocarbon and catalytically hydrogenating
the resin resulting therefrom at elevated temperature and
pressure.
3,639,367
JOINING LIVE POLYMERS BY MEANS OF
MONOHALOGEN COMPOUNDS
Adel F. Halasa, Bath, Ohio, assignor to The Firestone
Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 575.967,
Aug. 30, 1966. This appUcation Oct 8, 1969, Ser.
No. 864,584
Int. CI. C08d 5/04, 3/OS. 3/12
U.S. CI. 260—85.1 6 Claims
TERMINALtr LITHIATEO POLYBLTTaDIENE
JOINEDWITM 2-CMUOROBUTANE
Rubber molecules are joined by an organic compound
which comprises a single halogen atom.
3,639,368
CATALYSTS FOR POLYMERIZING OLEFINS
Jean Teitgen, Arthez-de-Beam, and Philippe Momet, Pau,
France, assignors to Societe Natlonale des Petroles
d'Aquitaine, Tour d'Aquitalne, Courbevoie, France
No Drawing. Filed June 20, 1968, Ser. No. 738,408
Oalms priority, application France, June 20, 1967,
111,091
Int. CI. C08f 1/56, 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—88.2 13 Claims
An activator for catalytic systems which comprise an
organo-metalic compound of a metal belonging to any
of Groups I to III of the Periodic System and a compound
of a transition metal and which are used for the polym-
erisation of olefins, consists of a halogenated derivative
of 5,8-dioxo-A 1.4-methylene-hexahydronaphthalene, con-
taining at least 4 halogen atoms in the molecule.
3,639.369
ALLENE POLYMERIZATION AND DERFVATTVES
Charies J. Norton, Berkeley, Calif., and Byron C. Diehl,
Indian Hills, Colo., assignors to Marathon Oil Com-
pany, Findlay, Ohio
Filed Sept. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,638
Int. CI. C08f 15/40
VS. CI. 260—88.2 ^ 9 Claims
Polymers having molecular weights above 250 are pro-
duced by contacting an organic cumulene compound hav-
ing the following structure :
R R
\ /
C = (C)„=C
with a Lewis acid at about —50° to 500° C. R can be
aryl, alkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynes, halides,
and hydrogen, and the R's may be the same or different,
and n is from about 1 to about 20. The polymer contains
from about 1.0 to about 1.33 moles of hydrogen per mole
of carbon, is resinous and useful, inter alia, in formula-
tions of paints, varnishes, plasticizers, binding agents, and
as intermediates in the formation of iop exchange resins.
272
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February ''l, 1972
3,639,370
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZATION OF
OLEFTNIC COMPOUNDS
Wolfgang Edl, 3 Marienstrasse, 8021 Grosshesselohe, Ger-
many; Heinz W. Meyer, 1 Amimstrasse, 8 Munich,
Germany; and Dieter Schmid, 11 Habenschadenstrasse.
8023 Pullach, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 27. 1968. Ser. No. 787.591
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 28, 1967,
6717760
Int. CI. C08f 3/62, 3/76, 7/04
L'.S. CI. 260—88.7 10 Claims
A process which comprises polymerizing olefinic com-
pounds in presence of a polymerization initiator compris-
ing, in combination, a peroxy compound selected from an
organic perc-ter containing the structure
o o
" ' ' Ji J,
-C-C==C-C-0-0-G-
and a diacyl peroxide containing the structure
In one embodiment, polymers having 50% or more of
the chain carbon atoms contained in isobutylene units are
obtained by the polymerisation of cyclic olefins.
3,639,372
METHOD FOR THE POLYMERIZATION OF
ALKENYL AROMATIC MONOMERS
Winfield Scott Hayncs, Jr., Freeland, and Carroll T.
Miller, Midland. Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical
Companv, Midland, Mich.
Filed June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,416
Int. CI. C08f If 06, 1/98, 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—93.5 S 6 Claims
Styrene-type monomers are polymerized in a plurality
of heat exchange vessels connected in series. In a polymeri-
zation system for styrene-type monomers where the mono-
mer is polymerized in a polymerization train consisting
of at least three polymerization vessels connected in series,
increased polymerization capacity is obtained by recircu-
lating the contents of a second heat exchange vessel.
o o o o
I 11 " i i II
:=c— c -0-0-c-c^c-c-
-c-c=
and an activating compound selected from the classes
(I) polyfunctional sulfhydryl compounds
(II) compounds with sulfhydryl radicals bonded to hetero-
polybonds selected from
(a) salts of thiocyanic acid
(b) thiocarboxylic acids and thiocarbonamide
(c) dithiocarbamates and mercaptothiazoles
(d) thioureas, substituted thioureas, thiobarbituric
acids, thiosemicarbazides and mercaptoimidazoles
(e) 0.0-diesters of dithiophosphoric acid and dithio-
phosphinic acid
(III) alkyl and aryl sulphonyl hydrazides
(IV) 4-hydroxy pyridines and their tautomeric 4-py-
ridones, and
(V) compounds having the formula (R)3P and (ROs?
wherein R is selected from an alkyl group having from
1 to 6 carbon atoms and an aryl group. When the acti-
vating compound of classes (I) to (V) contains an
acidic hydrogen atom, a base reacting substance, e.g.,
an amine, therefor included in the initiator.
3,639,373
DYE ABLE POLYOLEFTN COMPOSITIONS
Orwin G. Maxson and Mack W. Hunt, Ponca City, Okla.,
assignors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca City,
Okla. ^ ^^
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
746,763. Julv 23, 1968. This application June 1, 1970,
Ser. No. 42,547
Int. CI. C08f 29/02
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 13 Claims
Polyolefin compositions containing 0.5 to 20 weight
percent of a metal sulfonate composition, which, pref-
erably, is a 50:50 mixture of water-soluble metal sul-
fonate and oil-soluble metal alkaryl sulfonate. Also,
improved method of dyeing polyolefins wherein the im-
provement comprises u>e of the metal sulfonate composi-
tion described in the foregoing. The polyolefin com-
positions described herein provide good color develop-
ment on dyeing and retain their color when subjected to
extraction with chlorinated dry cleaning solvents.
3,639.371
POLYMERISATION OF CYCLOOLEFINS USING
MOLYBDENUM OR TUNGSTEN HALIDE OR
OXYHALIDE AND ALUMINUM HALIDE
CATALYSTS
Philip Ronald .Marshall and Brian John Ridgewell, Hythe,
Southampton, England, assignors to The International
Synthetic Rubber Company Limited, Southampton,
England
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 800.255
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 23, 1968,
8.961/68
Int. CI. C08f 7/02
U.S. CI. 260—93.1 23 Claims
A process for the polymerisation of at least one cyclic
olefin containing 4. 5 or 7 or more ring carbon atoms in
the substantial absence of polar compounds and under
non-oxidising conditions comprises contacting the said
olefin(s) with a catalyst comprising
(a) a halide or oxyhalide of molybdenum or tungsten,
wherein the oxidation state of the metal is 4, 5 or
6 and
(b) an aluminium trihalide
3.639,374
PROCESS FOR FLASHING PROPYLENE DILUENT
FROM POLYPROPYLENE IN CYCLONE SEPA-
RATOR
Abner B. Stryker, Jr., Sevema Park, Md., assignor lo
Rexall Drug and Chemical Company, Los Angeles,
Calif.
Filed Apr. 11, 1963, Ser. No. 272,449
Int. CI. C08f 3/08, 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 2 Claims
This invention is directed to an improved process for
producing polypropylene. In particular, this invention re-
lates to a process for producing polyproplene of low
volatile content in a diluent free process.
3,639,375
PRODUCTION OF a-OLEFIN POLYMERS
Gerhard Staiger, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), and Joachim
Stedefeder, Lampertheim, Germany, assignors to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen am Rhine, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 701,078
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 11, 1967,
P 17 20 262.9
Int. CI. C08f 1/56, 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 . 2 Claims
Polymerization of a-olefins having two to eight carbon
atoms in the presence of a catalyst consisting of a complex
February 1, 1972
^
CHEMICAL
273
compound of a titanium (III) halide and an aluminum
halide and an organoaluminum compound and, option-
ally, an organozinc compound, plus a secondary or ter-
tiary amine and also an organic phosphorus compjound of
the formula below, said catalyst being produced by grind-
ing at least said complex compound with one or both of
said amine and said phosphorus compound.
3,639,376
POLYOLEFIN CRYSTALLIZATION ADDITIVES
William G. De Pierri, Jr., and Hulen L. Wilder, Baytown,
Tex., assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Com-
pany
No Drawing. Filed July 24, 1968, Ser. No. 747,108
Int. CI. C08d 3/04; C08f 3/08, 3/02
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 7 Claims
The rate and temperature of crystallization of crystal-
lizable polyolefins is increased by including therein nu-
cleating amounts of esters, polyesters having molecular
weights of up to the order of 2000. or mixtures thereof, all
structurally derived from certain mono-, di-, and tri-hy-
dric alcohols and polycarboxylic acids having two car-
boxyl groups separated by a chain of less than 6 carbon
atoms.
3,639,377
PRODUCTION OF PROPYLENE POLYMERS
Hans-Georg Trieschmann, Hambach, Karl Wisseroth,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Richard SchoII, Gruenstadt, and
Rudolf Herbeck, Frankenthal. Pfalz, Germany, as-
signors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
Filed Aug. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 750,941
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 10, 1967,
^ P 17 20 292.5
W Int. CI. C08f 3/10, 3/06
U.S. Cl. 260—93.7 5 Claims
a trihydrocarbon aluminum that has been reacted with
0.05 to 1.5 moles of water and optionally also with 0.05
to 1.5 moles of an alcohol or a phenol, the total amount
of water and alcohol or phenol being such that some
aluminum-to-carbon bonds remain. Preferably, the chro-
mium oxide-on-silica catalyst is chromic oxide that has
been partially reduced to form about 55% to about 90%.
3,639,379
POLYMERIZATION OF PROPYLENE WITH A
CHROMIUM OXIDE CATALYST ACTIVATED
WITH GROUP IV-A METAL HYDROCARBON
Wendell P. Long, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,353
Int. Cl. C08f 1/42, 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 9 Claims
Propylene is polymerized to isotatic polypropylene in
high yields and at a high rate with a chromium oxide ex-
tended on a silica catalyst and activated by the addition of
a tetrahydrocarbon lead, tin or germanium. Preferably the
catalyst is chromic oxide extended on silica and partially
reduced to from about 55 to about 90%.
3,639.380
PREPARATION OF MICROCRYSTALLINE WAXES
Constantinos G. Screttas, Gastonla, N.C., assignor to
Lithium Corporation of America, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FHed Jan. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 699,994
Int. Cl. COM 1/74,3/06
U.S. Cl. 260—94.9 R 3 Claims
Method of preparing microcrystalline waxes by the
telomerization of ethylene in the presence of an aromatic
or alkyl-aromatic hydrocarbon telogen such as benzene
or toluene and of an organolithium-active ether complex
such as a butyllithium-tetrahydrofuran complex.
Process for the polymerization of propylene in the gas
phase in which propylene in liquid form is introduced
into a reaction zone, vaporized therein and polymerized
with a catalyst having high activity.
3,639,378
POLYMERIZATION OF PROPYLENE WITH A
CHROMIUM OXIDE CATALYST ACTIVATED
WITH A TRIHYDROCARBON ALUMINUM
MODIFIED WITH WATER
Wendell P. Long, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,354
Int. Cl. C08f 5/OS, 1/34
U.S. Cl. 260—93.7 12 Claims
Propylene is ix)lymerized to isotactic polypropylene in
high yields and at a high rate using as the catalyst a
chromium oxide extended on a silica and activated with
3,639,381
POLYETHYLENE PROCESS AND CATALYST
William J. Craven, Passaic, N J., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 10, 1968, Ser. No. 728,336
Int Cl. C08f 7/66, i/06
U.S. Cl. 260—94.9 D 1 Claim
This invention relates to an improved method of pre-
paring polyethylene as a slurry in an inert hydrocarbon
diluent. In accordance with the present invention, linear
polyethylene having a relatively high melt index is ob-
tained by employing a novel catalyst system which is a
mixture of chromium oxide on a silica base and an organo-
aluminum compound prepared by partially oxidizing a tri-
alkyl aluminum compound with an oxygen-containing
gas. Polymerization is carried out in the presence of hy-
drogen. The polyethylene of this invention is readily
processed and can be used in the preparation of films,
molded articles and other known uses for polyethylene.
3.639,382
O-ETHYL THREONINE DERFVATTVES
Burton G. Christensen, Scotch Plains, NJ., and William
J. Leanza, Staten Island, N.Y., assignors to Merck &
Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1967, Ser. No. 692,699
Int. CI. C07c 103/52. 101/30
U.S. Cl. 260—112.5 2 Claims
This disclosure relates to new compounds represented
by 0-ethyl threonine, as well as N-substituted and carboxy-
substituted derivatives thereof. Several of the compounds,
and especially the L-isomers, are useful in the treatment of
livestock to control infection by pleuropneumonia-like
organisms.
274
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,383
COMPLEXES OF A.C.T.H. PEPTIDES AND
POLYPHOSPHORIC ACIDS
Leo Geller, Basel, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba
Corporation, New Yoric, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 699,777
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 9, 1967,
1,954/67; May 3, 1967, 6,439/67; Dec. 12, 1967,
17,435/67
Int. CI. A61k 17/16: C07c 103/52
U.S. CI. 260— 112.5 15 Claims
Complexes having a prolonged adrenocorticotropic
activity, consisting of adrenocorticotropically active
peptides and polyphosphoric acids containing on an
average at least 7 phosphorus atoms, or their salts.
3,639,384
MONOAZO COMPOUNDS CONTAINING A 3-ACYL-
AMIDOANILINE COUPLING COMPONENT
Max A. Weaver and Herman S. Pridgen, Kingsport, Tenn.,
assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, JSf.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 12, 1968, Ser. No. 744,335
Int. CI. C09b 29/06; D06p 1/02
VS. CI. 260—152 12 Claims
Monoazo compounds having a heterocyclic diazo com-
ponent and a 3-acylamidoaniline coupling component in
which the aniline nitrogen atom is substituted with an
aralkyl group are useful as dyes for polyester textile ma-
terials.
3,639,385
HETEROCYCLIC MONOAZO COMPOUNDS FROM
N,N-DIARALKYL ANILINES AND POLYESTER
TEXTILE MATERIALS DYED THEREWITH
Max A. Weaver and Herman S. Pridgen, Kingsport, Tenn.,
assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 26, 1968, Ser. No. 747,813
Int. CI. C09b 29/08, 29/26; D06p 3/52
U.S. CI. 260—158 9 Claims
Monoazo compounds having a heterocyclic diazo com-
ponent and a 3-acylamido-N,N-diaralkylaniline coupling
component are useful as dyes for polyester textile ma-
terials on which the compounds exhibit improved build-
up and fastness properties, such as fastness to light and
resistance to sublimation.
3,639,386
MONO AZO PARAZOLONE DYES HAVING
THIOSULFATE GROUP
Hubbard Taylor Busby, Jr., Charlotte, N.C., assignor to
Martin Marietta Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,927
Int. CI. C09b 29/38; D06p 1/02
U.S. CI. 260—163
Water-soluble azo dyes of formula
8 Claims
o
II
R-O-C-
OH
I
-N=N-C=C
\
/
xV—
-SSOjNa
CHj-C=N
are prepared by coupling equimolar amounts of
OH. ,
HC=C ^^
CH,-C=N
and a diazotized aminobenzoate of the formula
o
R-0-(!i-<
<o>-
-NHi
wherein R is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl,
n-butyl or /9-chloroethyl. Bright golden yellow dyeings re-
sult on cotton textiles when aqueous compositions of the
dyes are applied thereto and subsequently fixed with the
aid of Na2S4.
3,639,387
DISPERSE MONOAZO DYES OF THE
5-AMINOPYRAZOLE SERIES
Hans Juergen Sturm, Gruenstadt, Kurt Mayer, Ludwigs-
hafen, Gerhard Kilpper, Mannheim, and Herbert Arm-
brust, Gruenstadt, Germany, assignors to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigs-
bafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,899
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1968,
P 18 16 043.5
Int. CI. C09b 29/38; D06p 1/02
U.S. CI. 260—163 3 Claims
Disperse dyes having a l-benzyl-5-amino-pyrazole or a
l-substitued-benzyl-5-aminopyrazole as coupling compo-
nent. They are useful for dyeing polyamide material and
particularly polyester material. .
3,639,388
TRIDESOXYPYRANOSIDES AND PROCESS FOR
THEIR MANUFACTURE
Werner Haede and Ulrich Stache, Hofheim, Taunus,
Werner Fritscb, Neuenhain, Taunus, and Kurt Rad-
scheit, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignors to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,905
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 6, 1968,
. P 17 68 164.0
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
\}&, CI. 260—210.5 8 Claims
2',3',4'-tridesoxypyranosides of the formula
wherein Ri, R2, R3, and R4 are each hydrogen or hydroxy
and R5 is lower alkyl. The method of making the same
by reaction of LiAlH4 with a corresponding 2'-alkyl-2'-
carboalkoxytetrahydropyranyl ether having a methyl, hy-
droxymethylene, or formyl group in the 10-position.
3,639,389
LOW D.E. STARCH HYDROLYSATE DERXVATTVES
Glenn Arden Hull, Oak Park, III., assignor to
CPC International Inc.
No Drawing. Filed May 15, 1968, Ser. No. 729,399
Int. CI. C08b 19/01
U.S. CI. 260—233.3 R 4 Claims
Covers derivatives of low D.E. starch hydrolysates, in-
cluding those of the cationic, anionic and noa-ionic types.
\
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
275
Also, covers prevention of haze formation in highly con-
centrated low D.E. starch hydrolysate syrups by having
present therein the above derivatives.
wherein R is a cardenolide or bufadienolide ring and Ri
is —OH in the /S-position or keto. Methods of making such
compounds. As specific oxido-bufatrienolides: 3-oxo-
14,15^ - oxido - bufa - 4,20(21),22(23) - trienolide; 3/9-
hydroxy- 14, 1 5^-oxido-buf a-4,20( 2 1 ) ,22 (23 ) -trienolide.
3,639,390
AZABICYCLOALKANE DERTVATTVES
Vishwa Prakash Arya, Bombay, India, assignor to
Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 19, 1967, Ser. No. 691,705
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Dec. 30, 1966,
18,844/66; Nov. 15, 1967, 15,961/67
Int. CI. C07d 47/00
U.S. CI. 260—239 BA 7 Claims
Compounds of the formula
Ri
I
Ar-C-CH-CHj-Het
I I
Rj Ri
Ar: aromatic carbocyclic radical or monoazacyclic aro-
matic radical, particularly aryl-lower alkoxy-substituted
phenyl;
Rj: H, aliphatic or aromatic radical;
R2: H, free or functionally converted carboxyl; or
Ri-fRj: 0x0 group;
R3: aliphatic radical, particularly lower alkyl;
Het: N - azabicycloalkyl, particularly 3 - aza - 3 - bicy-
clo[3,2,2]nonyl radical;
or salts thereof, have antitussive effects.
3 639 393
3fl,14^-DIHYDROXY-c'ARDA-4,20(22)-DIENOLIDES
AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM
Werner Fritsch, Neuenhain, Taunus, and Ulrich Stache
and Werner Haede, Hofheim, Taunus, and Kurt
Radscheit, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignors to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 816,389
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 24, 1968,
P 17 68 275.6
Int. a. C07c 173/02
U.S. CI. 260—239.57 2 Claims
A process for preparing 3/3,14/3-dihydroxy-carda-4,20-
(22)-dienolides which comprises reducing 3-oxo-carda-
4,14,20(22)-trienolides by means of complex metal hy-
drides to the corresponding 3/3-hydroxy-carda-4, 14,20-
(22)-trienolides; treating these compounds with acylat-
ing agents; reacting the resulting 3^-acyloxy-carda-4,14,
20(22)-trienolides with N-bromo-acyl amides; and cata-
lytically hydrogenating the 4/3-acyloxy-3/3.14/?-dihydroxy-
5a,15a-dibromo-card-20(22)-enolides so obtained in the
presence of a precious metal catalyst at a pH in the
range from 4.5 to 7.5. The products of the invention
are valuable therapeutics for oral administration in dis-
eases of the heart and circulation.
3,639,391
PROCESS FOR REARRANGEMENT OF CYCLO-
ALKANONE OXIME TO LACTAM
William F. Yates, Chesterfield, Ronald O. Downs, Creve
Coeur, and James C. Burleson, Clayton, Mo., assignors
to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,502
Int. CI. C07d 47/06
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 6 Claims
Boron trioxide supported on thoria having a surface
area of at least about 1(X) square meters per gram- pro-
vides a catalyst particularly useful in the vapor phase,
catalytic rearrangement of cyclic ketoximes to the corre-
sponding lactams; for example, in the vapor phase process
for the rearrangement of cyclohexanone oxime to capro-
lactam.
3,639,392
CARDIOACTIVE OXIDO-BUFATRIENOLIDES
Werner Fritsch, Neuenhain, Taunus, Werner Haede,
Hofheim, Taanus, Kurt Radscheit, Kelkheim, Taunus,
Ulrich Stache, Hofheim, Taunus, and Ernst Lindner,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frank^rt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,583
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1968,
P 18 12 946.9
Int. CI. C07c 173104
U.S. CI. 260—239.57 2 Claims
Cardioactive oxido-cardadicnolides and oxido-bufa-
trienolides of the formula
3,639,394
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF 14^-
HYDROXY.3-OXO-5a.CARD-20(22).ENOLIDES
Ulrich Stache, Hofheim, Taunus, Werner Fritsch, Neuen-
hain, Taunus, Werner Haede, Hofheim, Taunus, and
Kurt Radscheit, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignors
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,656
Claims priority, application Germany, July 2, 1968,
P 17 68 800.5
Int. CI. C07c 77i/00 ^
U.S. a. 260—239.57 1 Claim
A 14^-hydroxy-3-oxo-5a-card-20(22)-enolide is pre-
pared by ketalizing a 3-oxo-5o-carda-14,20(22)-dienolide,
converting the 3-ketal so obtained with an N-halogeno-
amide under -weakly acid conditions into a 3-ketal of a
3 - 0x0 - 14^ - hydroxy - 15a - bromo - 5a - card - 20(22)-
enolide, catalytically hydrogenating this ketal to form the
corresponding 3 - 0x0 - 14^ - hydroxy - 5a - card - 20
(22)-enolide, the pH value being between 4.5 and 7, and
splitting off the 3-ketal group under weakly acid condi-
tions.
The products of the invention have valuable pharma-
cological properties.
(I)
3 639 395
2,2'.ALKYLENEBIS.2.0XAZOLINES
AND OXAZINES
Donald A. Tomalia, Midland, Mich., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1969. Ser. No. 833,765
Int a. C07d 85/36, 87/20
VS. CI. 2«0— 240 E 4 Clalnw
^^ 0 ^^^^
m=2 or 3
n=l-3
R=H or alkyl Ci_4
f:
276
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
¥
useful as latent curing agents in polyepoxides to produce
epoxy resins; to homopolymerize, or to copolymerize with
dithiols; to homopol>merize or copolymerize ethyleni-
cally, or any combination of these.
3,639,396
DERIVATIVES OF 7-AMINOCEPHALOSPORANIC
ACID
Hans Bickel, Binningen, Rolf Bosshardt, Arlesheim, Bruno
Fechtig, Binningen, Enrico Menard, Basel, Johannes
Mueller, Arlesheim, and Heinrich Peter, Riehen, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Ciba Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1968, Ser. No. 739,628
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 5, 1967,
9,497/67; Oct. 27, 1967, 15,074/67
Int CI. C07d 99124
U.S. CI. 260—243 3 Claims
Process for the manufacture of 7-acylamino-3-acyloxy-
methyl-3-cephem-4-carboxylic acids which contain in 3-
position an acyloxymethyl group other than acetoxy-
methyl wherein an amino-protected 0-desacetyl-cephalo-
sporin C-dibenzhydrylester is acylated with an acid other
than acetic acid, then the side chain in 7-position is elimi-
nated, the benzhydrylester group split off and the 7-amino
group acylated.
3,639,398
QUATERNIZED REACTIVE ANTHRAQUINONE
DVESTL'FFS CONTAINING TRIAZINE AND
NICOTINIC ACID GROUPS
Sandro Ponzini, Castelli Saronno, Monza Paolo, and Jean
Stanislao Lawendel, Milan, Italy, assignors to Aziende
Colon Nazionali Affini ACNA S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Application June 5, 1968, Ser. No. 749,899,
now Patent No. 3,522,232, dated July 28, 1970, which
is a division of application Ser. No. 472,668, July 16,
1965, now Patent No. 3,416,875, dated Dec. 17, 1968.
Divided and this application Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No.
21,222
Int. CI. C07d 55(22
U.S. CI. 260—249 2 Claims
Reactive triazine dyestuffs having the formula:
Chromogen — NH
I
CI
3,639,397
2.AMINO-3-AMIDINO-QUINOXALINE-DI-N-
OXIDES AND THEIR PRODUCTION
Florin Seng, Cologne-Buchheim, Kurt Ley, Odenthal-
Globusch, Karl-Georg Metzger, Wuppertal-EIberfeld,
and Dieter Fritsche, Wuppertal-Vohwinkel, Germany,
assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1968, Ser. No. 748,153
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 17, 1967,
F 53,259
Int. CI. C07d57/7S
U.S. CI. 260—247.5 R 8 Claims
New compounds are provided having antibacterial activ-
ity and which are 2-amino-3-amidino-quinoxaline-di-N-
oxides prepared from 2-amino-3-cyano-quinoxaline-di-N-
oxides as by means of reaction with piperidine. A typical
compound is:
T NH CHj
\
NH
X/\n^
h i
(*
wherein the chromogen is an anthraquinone dyestuff
residue, said chromogen being attached to the — NH —
bridging group through a carbon atom of an aromatic
nucleus selected from the group consisting of the nuclei
of the phenyl series, wherein X is selected from the
group consisting of H. CH3, OCH3 and OC2H5, n is an
integer from 1 to 4, and m is 1 or 2, are effective for dye-
ing cellulose fibers. The dyestuffs may be absorbed and
fixed onto the cellulose fibers by known hot or cold
dyeing techniques. Intense dyeings having very good fast-
ness to washing are obtained.
or a compound in which the benzene ring is substituted
by lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or halogen. The dimethyl-
amino group can be replaced by various heterocyclic radi-
cals, by hydroxyalkyl, etc. The compounds are active
against E. coli, Klebsiella, S. aureus, Diplococcus pneu-
moniae, Proteus mirabilis, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, etc.
at a dosage of 25 to 500 mg./kg. and may be combined
with usual carriers or vehicles.
3,639,399
PREPARATION OF AMINO-s-TRIAZINES
Hiram Gerald Daugherty, Mcintosh, and William J.
Evers. Mobile, Ala., and Philip G. McCracken, Baton
Rouge, La., assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation,
Greenburgh, N.Y.
Filed July 10. 1969, Ser. No. 840,746
Int. CI. C07d 55/18
U.S. CI. 260—249.5 ' 6 Claims
A new and improved multi-stage process is provided
for preparing amino-s-triazines and particularly,^ 2,4-
dichloro-6-amino-s-triazines which are useful as inter-
mediates. The process involves reacting cyanuric chloride,
a selected primary or secondary amine and an alkali
metal hydroxide, in two or more stages, wherein about
80 to about 97*^0 of the cyanuric chloride is converted
to the 2,4-dichloro intermediate product in the first stage
and additional minor proportions of the alkali metal
hydroxide are added to the second, and any succeeding
stages of the process to complete the desired conversion.
By employing such a reaction system, it is possible to pre-
pare intermediate reaction mixtures with insignificant hy-
drolysis losses and such intermediate reaction mixtures
can then be readily converted to the final products, i.e.,
2-chloro-4,6-diamino-s-tria2ines which are useful in in-
hibiting the growth of plants and are t;onsequently wide-
February 1, 1972
r
CHEMICAL
277
ly employed as herbicides. The present procedure repre-
sents a marked improvement in the process for preparing
the 2,4-dichloro-6-amino-s-triazine intermediate products
since not only are higher yields and purities of the de-
sired intermediate products obtained but in addition, the
process is suitably adapted for large scale production.
3,639,400
3-CARBOXYLIC ACID-AMIDO-QUINOXALINE-DI-
N-OXIDES-(l,4) AND THEIR PRODUCTION
Roland Nast, Cologne-Buchheim, Kurt Ley, Odenthal-
Globusch, Ulrich Eholzer, Cologne-Stammheim, Karl-
Georg Metzger, Wuppertal-EIberfeld, and Dieter
Fritsche, Cologne-Lindenthal, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,917
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 30, 1968,
P 17 95 264.6
Int. CI. C07d 57/75
U.S. CI. 260—250 8 Claims
3-carboxylic acid-amido-quinoxaline-di-N-oxides-(l,4)
of the formula:
3,639,402
PROCESS FOR MAKING PIPERAZINES
FROM AZIRIDINES
Clarence R. Dick, Lake Jackson, Tex., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company. Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 12, 1967, Ser. No. 689,782
Int. CI. C07d 57/70
U.S. CI. 260—268 10 Claims
A process for the preparation of 1 ,4-disubstituted piper-
azines which comprises reacting an N-substituted aziridine
in the presence of a hydrohalide acid and the correspond-
ing soluble metal halide salt, or in an excess of a soluble
metal halide salt and a strong non-hydrohalide acid.
3,639.403
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF PIPER-
AZINE AND SUBSTITUTED PIPERAZINES
Herbert George Muhlbauer, Austin, Tex., assignor to
Jefferson Chemical Company, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Mar. 26, 1969. Ser. No. 810,737
Int. CI. C07d 57/70
U.S. CI. 260—268 SY 4 Claims
Vi 5 1" '
^1-.=^^
-u
Lr^^
l^--: trjtJ
I »■.!».€'-*' ■.•t«*l<1tl I
ur^
wherein:
Rj is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxy or
an acyloxy moiety of a lower aliphatic carboxyhc
acid and wherein Rj is from 1 to 5 such moieties,
R2 is hydrogen, an aliphatic moiety or an aliphatic
moiety substituted by hydroxy, lower alkoxy, car-
balkoxy, monoalkylamino or dialkylamino,
R3 is hydrogen, an aliphatic moiety or an aliphatic
moiety substituted by hydroxy, lower alkoxy, car-
balkoxy, monoalkylamino or dialkylamino, or R2
and R3 are each lower alkyl linked together with
the amide nitrogen to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered
heterocyclic ring or R2 and R3 are each lower alkyl
linked together with an amide nitrogen to form a
5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclic ring having N or
O as a second heteroatom, and
R4 is hydrogen, lower alkyl or substituted or unsub-
stituted phenyl,
are useful for their antibacterial activity.
An improved method for preparing piperazine and
N-substituted piperazines from an ethylene oxide-ethylene-
diamine reaction product characterized by a more efficient
use of by-products of the ethylene oxide-ethylenediamine
reaction.
3,639,404
ALKYLTHIOCARBONYLDECAHYDRO-
QUINOLINES
Sidney B. Richter, Chicago, and Alfred A. Levin, Skokie,
ni., assignors to Velsicol Chemical Corporation, Chi-
cago, 111.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,713
Int. CI. C07d 33/62
U.S. CI. 260—283 S 3 Claims
This invention discloses new chemical compounds of
the formula
3,639,401
6-ARYL-2,7-BIS[(TRIALKYLSILYL)AMINO]PYRIDO
[2,3-d]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS
Robert F. Meyer, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Parke.
Davis & Company, Detroit, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,530
Int. CI. C07d57/¥6
U.S. CI. 260—256.4 3 Claims
6-phenyl- and 6-(p-methoxyphenyI)-2,7-bis[(trialkyI-
silyl)amino]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines. These compounds
are diuretic agents and produce increased urinary excre-
tion of water and sodium. A particular feature, advan-
tageous for some applications, is that they are highly solu-
ble in non-polar organic solvents. The compounds can be
produced by reacting 2,7-diamino-6-phenyl- or 6-(p-meth-
oxyphenyl)pyrido[2,3 -d]pyrimidine with a silylating
agent, preferably a hexaalkyldisilazane.
0 = c - s
wherein X^ and X^ are alkyl; m and n are integers from
0 to 3, provided that m + n ;s from 0 to 3: and R is alkyl.
The compounds of the above description are useful as
herbicides.
3,639,405
PROCESS FOR PREPARING 3'-HYDROXYQUINO.
PHTHALONE.5-CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Richard L. Walker, Pennsville, NJ., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington. Del.
No Drawing. Filed June 17, 1968, Ser. No. 737,298
Int. CI. C07d 33/48
U.S. CI. 260—287 R 3 Claims
An improved condensation of trimellitic anhydrides and
3-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline-4-carboxylic acids to yield
278
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3'-hydroxyquinophthalone-5-carboxylic acids useful as
dye-stuff intermediates, said improvement comprising
carrying out the condensation of reactants, in approx-
imately equimolar portions, in a slurrying quantity of a
fatty and/or rosin acid, at a temperature of 160° C. to
the boiling point of the fatty and/or rosin acid.
a l-azatricyclo[3.2.1.02 ''] octane and an indoleacetic acid
anhydride, briefly and stereospecifically.
3.639,406
3-AMINO-s-TRIAZOLO[3,4-a]ISOQUINOLINES
Hans K. Reimlinger, Brussels, and Jan Joseph Maurice
Vandewalle, Mortsel, Belgium, assignors to Union Car-
bide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-ith-part of application Ser. No.
634,077, Apr. 27, 1967. This application July 10, 1968,
Ser. No. 743,619
Int. CI. C07d 35/36
U.S. CI. 260—288 1 Claim
3-amino-s-triazolor3.4-alisoquinolines are prepared by
several methods. First, they are prepared by reacting a 1-
hydrazino-s-triazolo[3,4-a1isoquinoline with a dichloro-
methylene acylamine to produce an intermediate com-
pound which is then hydrolyzed with aqueous base or
acid. Second, they are produced by reacting a 1-hydrazino-
isoquinoline with an alkylthiouronium salt. Third, they
are produced by reacting a l-chloroisoquinotine with 5-
aminotetrazole. And fourth, they are produced by react-
ing a 1-hydrazino-isoquinoline with cyanogen bromide.
The 3-amino-s-triazolo[3,4-a]isoquinolines can be hydro-
genated to 5,6-dihydro-3-amino-s-triazolo[3,4-a]isoquino-
lines. The compounds of thef'^^vention are useful as cor-
rosion inhibitors, as acid acceptors, and as reaction inter-
mediates in preparing surfactants, plastics and other use-
ful compositions.
s s
3,639,407
NOVEL l,2,3.4,5,6-HEXAHYDRO-6-PHENYL.
2,6-METHANO-3-BENZAZOCINES
Fnok H. Clarke, Jr., Armonk, Fred B. Block, Hartsdale,
and William G. Kofron, Dobbs Ferry, N.Y., assignors
to Geigy Chemical Corporation, Greenburgh, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1965, Ser. No. 453,491
Int. CI. C07d 29/10. 29/16. 29/20
US. CI. 260—293.54 8 Claims
This invention relates to novel organic compounds and
to novel intermediates employed in their preparation. In
particular, the present invention is directed to 1,2,3,4,5,6-
hexahydro-6-phenyl-2,6-methano-3-benzazocines, a new
class of compounds possessing unexpected and useful
pharmacological properties.
3,639,408
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
ISOQUINUCLIDINE DERIVATIVES
Hatani Nagata, Nishinomiya-shi, and Sboichi Hirai,
Ibaraki-shi, Japan, assignors to Shionogi & Co., Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1968, Ser. No. 732,520
Claims priority, application Japan, June 3, 1967,
42/35,647; Feb. 7, 1968, 43/7,620
Int. CI. C07d 39/00
L\S. CI. 260—293.53 » 20 Claims
An improved method for totally synthesizing isoqui-
nuclidine alkaloids useful as medicaments, starting from
3,639,409
1.3,8-TRIAZA-2.0XO- OR THIOXO-3-SUBSTITUTED-
4-0X0 OR IMINO-7,7,9,9.TETRAALKYL SPIRO
[4,5]DECANES
Keisuke Murayama, Syoji Moriraura, and Toshimasa
Toda, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Sankyo Company
Limited, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed J[une 19, 1968, Ser. No. 738,104
Claims priority, application Japan, June 22, 1967,
43/19,265, 43/19.266; May 31, 1968, 44/37,145,
44/37,146
Int. CI. C07d 29/36
U.S. CI. 260—293.66 19 Claims
New piperidine-spiro-heterocycles; namely, piperidine-
spiro-imidazolidines, piperidine-spiro-hydantoins and pi-
peridine-spiro-oxazolidines are valuable light stabilizers
for the prevention of the photo-deterioration of various
synthetic polymers such as polyolefin, polyurethane. poly-
amide and the like. These piperidine-spiro-heterocycles
are prepared by reacting 4-cyano-4-hydroxy (or -amino)-
2.2.6,6-tetrasubstituted piperidine derivative with isocy-
anate derivative followed by heat treatment in the pres-
ence or absence of a strong mineral acid.
3,639,410
1.2,3,4.5.6 - HEXAHYDRO - 8 - SUBSTrrUTED-6-
ALKYL-11-(H OR ALKYL) - 2,6-METHANO-3-
BENZAZOCINES
Noel F. Albertson and David Rosi, East Greenbusb, N.Y.,
and Armando J. Merola, Township of Liberty, Dela-
ware County, Ohio, assignors to Sterling Drug Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 26, 1968, Ser. No. 747,848
Int. CI. C07d 39/00
U.S. CI. 260—293.54 17 Claims
1.2,3,4,5.6 - hexahydro - 3 - (Yi) - 8 - (Y^) - 6 - (R»)- ^
1 l-(R^)-2,6-methano-3-benzazocines wherein Y^ is (1,3-
dioxacycloalkyDalkyl, gem-dialkoxyalkyl, alkanoylalkyl,
or (carboxy-, esterified carboxy, or hydroxy )-(alkyl or
alkenyl), which are useful as antagonists of strong
analgesics, are obtained by alkylation and various other
reactions from the corresponding 3-(H) compounds.
3,639,411
l-SUBSTITUTED-2-CPHENYL OR BENZYL)-2. OR
3,3 - PIPERIDINE(MONO OR DICARBOXYLIC)
ACIDS AND ESTERS THEREOF, AND OCTAHY-
DROBENZO{g] - QUINOLINES AND HEXAHY-
DRO - 5H - INDENO[l,2-b]PYRIDINES PRODUCED
THEREFROM
Noel F. Alberison. East Greenbush, and William F.
Michne. Colonie, N.Y., assignors to Sterling Drug Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed May 9, 1968, Ser. No. 728,044
Int. CI. C07d 29/04
U.S. CI. 260—293.54 3 Claims
^l,2,3,4,4a,5. 10,10a - octahydro - 5-(Y^)-5-(Y*)-benzo
[glquinolines and l,2,3,4,4a-9t) - hexahydro - 5 - (Y^)-5-
(Y*) - 5H - indenof 1,2-blpyridines wherein Y^ and Y* are
lower alkyl or phenyl, which are useful as antagonists of
strong analgesics, are obtained by cyclizing derivatives of
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
279
2 - (phenyl or benzyl) - a - (Y^) - a - Y*)-3-piperidine-
methanols. The latter are obtained from corresponding
3-piperidinecarboxylic acids.
3,639,412
CERTAIN N-SUBSTITUTED BIS-ARALKYL
DERIVATIVES OF THIOISONICOTINAMIDE
Manfred Schorr, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, Hubert
Mieth, Vienna, Austria, and Wolfgang Raether, Dreiei-
cbenhain, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst
Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,961
Claims priority, application Germany, May 28, 1968,
P 17 70 513.4
Int. CI. C07d J//50
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 E 3 Claims
Thioisonicotinic acid amides of the formula:
3,639,414
l.[2 - (2.SUBSTITUTED - 3 - INDOLYL)ETHYLl-4-
SUBSTITUTED-PIPERIDINES AND 4 - SUBSTI-
TUTED.l,2,5,6-TETRAHYDROPYRIDINES
Sydney Archer, Bethlehem, N.Y., assignor to Sterling
Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
732,250. May 31, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of appUcation Ser. No. 634,899, May 1. 1967. both
now abandoned. This application Sept. 16, 1969, Ser.
No. 858,500
Int. CI. C07d 37/42
U.S. CI. 260—295 B 3 Claims
Novel l-[2-(2-substituted - 3 - indolyl) ethyl ]-4-sub-
stituted piperidines and 4-substituted-l,2,5.6-tetrahydro-
pyridines having psychomotor depressant activity.
.^
CH2-CH-CH2-NH-CS-r'^ y
(CHp)
2'n
'ti
in which X and Y are hydrogen or chlorine and n stands
for zero or one, have been found to have chemotherapeutic
activity against infections caused by protozoa.
3.639,413
(THIO-. SULFINYL- AND SULFONYL) CONTAIN-
ING PYRIDINE COMPOUNDS
Penelope B. Domenico, Danville, Calif., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Compaav, Midland. Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 26. 1969, Ser. No. 861,506
Int. CI. C07d 57/50
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 F 6 Claims
The present disclosure is directed to (thio-, sulfonyl-
and sulfonyl) containing pyridine compounds correspond-
ing to the formula
wherein R represents hydrogen, alkyl, monohalolower-
alkyl, alkenyl, monohaloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, monohalo-
cycloalkyl, phenyl, aralkyl, alkaryl or monohalophenyl; Q
represents sulfide (-
or sulfonyl
), sulfinyl
I
(-SO)
3,639,415 >
PHOSPHORIC ACID SALT OF 4-METHYL-5-;3-
CHLORO-ETHYL-THIAZOLE
Lajos Guczoghy, M^a Puklics, Gyorgy Kelemen, and
Gyorgy Leszkovsky, Budapest, Hungary, assignors to
Chinoin Gyogyszcr-es Vegyeszeti Termekek Gyara RT,
Budapest, Hungary
No Drawing. Filed May 4, 1966, Ser. No. 547,402
^Int. CI. C07d 91/32
U.S. CI. 260—302 E 1 Claim
New phosphoric acid salt of 4 - methyl - 5 - ^ - chloro-
ethyl-thiazole and pharmaceutical compositions contain-
ing said salt, which are useful as sedatives, antiepleptic,
hypnotics, and anticonvulsants.
3,639,416
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
BIS-ISOXAZOLINE
Daniel Batigne, Villeurbanne, and Jacques Boichard,
Michel Gay, and Raymond Janin, Lyon, France, as-
signors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 710.401
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 16, 1967,
99,101; Mar. 1, 1968. 142,055
Int CI. C07d 55/76
U.S. CI. 260—307 3 Claims
Bis-3,3'-isoxazoline is made by oxidizmg ethylene m
an aqueous medium with nitric acid or a nitrogen oxide.
3,639,417
2-tetrazolylthiohydroquinont:s
Ralph Frederick Porter. Judith A. Schwan. and John
W. Gates, Jr., Rochester, N.Y.. assignors to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester. N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 28. 1963. Ser. No.
261,835, now Patent No. 3,379,529. dated Apr. 23,
1968. Divided and this application Oct. 26. 1967, Ser.
No. 705,869
Int. CI. C07d 55/62, 57/00, 99/10
U.S. CI. 260—308 D 5 Claims
Certain 2-tetrazolylthiohydroquinones and their use as
photographic inhibitor releasing developers.
(-SO2)
each X independently represents chlorine, bromine, or
fluorine; Z represents on^tSif cyano ( — CN). carbamoyl
(— CONH2) or carboxV ( — COOH) or the non-phyto-
toxic metal salts thereof; n represents an integer of 0 to
3, inclusive; m represents an integer of 1 to 3, inclusive; p
represents an integer of 1 or 2 and the sum of n-\-m + p
equals an integer of 2 to 5, inclusive, with the proviso
that when Q is other than sulfide ( — S — ), R is other
than hydrogen and when R is H, m is not greater than 2.
The preparation of these compounds anii their utility as
pesticides is also taught.
3.639,418
BISHYDANTOINS
Rudolf Merten, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany «,,..,
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706,621
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 1, 1967,
F 51.675
Int. CI. C07d 19/32
U.S. a. 260—309.5 . 4 Claims
Carboxylic acid esters containing hydantion or thio-
hydantoin groups which can be prepared by reacting an
280
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
V
ethylene-l,2-carboxylic acid diester with a primary poly^
amine to yield an amino succinic acid group containing
intermediate, further reacting the intermediate with a
monoiso(thio)cyanate and cyclising the resulting reacted
intermediate immediately or subsequently.
3,639,419
ARYLP\'RAZOLINE SULPHONIC ACID ESTERS
Siegfried Rosenberger, Domat Ems, Graubunden, Eduard
Troxler, Basel, and Heinrich Hausermann, Riehen, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 18, 1967, Ser. No. 691,209
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 23, 1966,
18,479/66
Int. CI. C07d 49/18
U.S. CI. 260—310 D 7 Claims
Di- and tri-arylpyrazoline sulphonic acid esters are de-
scril>ed which have unexpectedly a very good aflfinity to
cellulose ester fibers and optically brighten these fibers in
pure white, free from undesirable greenish or greenish-
blue hues even when applied in higher concentrations; com-
positions containing such novel esters as well as other
substances, especially detergents, are also described; and
a process for optically brightening cellulose ester and par-
ticularly cellulose acetate fibers is also disclosed.
February 1, 1972
3,639,422
4-PHENYLINDOLE-l (AND 7)-ACETlC ACIDS
Clifton John Blankley, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to
Parke. Davis & Company, Detroit, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,529
Int. CI. C07d 27/56
U.S. CI. 260—326.13 R 5 Claims
4-phenylindole - 1 - acetic acid, 4-phenylindole-7-acetic
acid, a-methyl derivatives, and carboxylate salts. The
compounds are anti-inflammatory agents useful in reliev-
ing or preventing inflammation. They can be produced
from the corresponding lower alkyl esters by hydrolysis,
or from the corresponding a-cyano lower alkyl esters by
hydrolysis and accompanying decarboxylation of one of
the two resulting carboxyl or carboxylate groups.
3,639,420
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
2,3,3-TRIMETHYL INDOLENINES
Hugo Illy and Lance Harmon Funderburk, Toms River.
N.J., assignors to Toms River Chemical Corporation,
Toms River, NJ.
Filed Feb. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 707,073
Int. CI. C07d 27/56
U.S. CI. 260—319.1 4 Claims
A process is provided for the preparation of 2,3,3-tri-
methyl indolenines of the formula
wherein ring A can contain substituents such as halogen,
illustratively chlorine or bromine, lower alkyl, such as
methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, lower alkoxy. such as
methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy, comprising react-
ing a methyl-isopropyl-ketone-phenylhydrazone contain-
ing at least one hydrogen in ortho position to the hydra-
zine group with an acid having a pK value of less than
1.3 in a mol ratio of 1 to 10 mole equivalents of acid
per mole of the methyl-isopropyl-ketone-phenylhydrazone
at a temperature of 65° to 100° C.
3,639,421
DIAZOTYPE MATERIALS
RafiquI Islam, Sidney George Garnish, Murray Flgov, and
Henry Mustacchi, London, England, assignors to GAF
(Great Britain) Limited
No Drawing. Filed May 10, 1966, Ser. No. 548,840
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 14, 1965,
20,490/65
Int CL C07c 113/00; C07d 27/00; G03c 1/52
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 4 Claims
4-(N-pyrrolidino) - 3 - substituted anilines wherein the
3-substituent is a benzyloxy, carboxy, acetoxy, benzoyloxy
or trifluoromethyl.
3,639,423
TRICYCLIC AMINOMETHYL DERIVATIVES
Werner Winter and Max ThicI, Mannheim, Kurt Stach
and Wolfgang Schaumann, Mannheim-Waldhof, and
Annemarie Ribbentrop, Mannheim, Germany, assignors
to Boehringer Mannheim Gesellschaft mit beschrankter
Haftung
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1967, Ser. No. 689,319
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 23, 1966,
B 90,455
Int. CI. A61k 27/00; C07d 9/00, 65/16
U.S. CI. 260—328 4 Claims
Novel compounds possessing valuable pharmacologi-
cal properties and useful as muscle relaxants, tranquiliz-
ing agents, anti-convulsives, etc. are disclosed. The com-
pounds are defined by the following formula:
rv/^Y^
\
-Ri
CH-Rj
Ri
N
\
R«
wherein X is sulfur, oxymethylene, thiamethylene, thia-
ethylene, iminomethylene, propylene - 1,3 or alkylated
iminomethylene; Rj is hydrogen, lower alkyl, halogen,
alkoxy trifluoromethyl, or alkyl mercapto and R2, R3 and
R4 are each hydrogen or lower alkyl; or a physiologically
acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
There are also disclosed compositions containing the
above compounds as active ingredient and methods of
using the same.
3,639,424
EXTRUDABLE AND MOLDABLE PLASTIC COM-
POSITIONS REINFORCED WITH HEAT SET
POLYESTER FIBERS
Theodore F. Gray, Jr., James C. Weaver, and Robert L.
Combs, Kingsport, Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,854
Int. CI. C08g 37/18. 37/34. 39/10, 45/14
U.S. CI. 260—873 10 Claims
A molding composition including a polymer such as a
polyolefin, and uniformly dispersed therein at least about
10% by weight of the composition staple length fiber hav-
ing a denier of from about 1 .5 to about 25, the fiber being
of man-made polymers, such as poly(ethylene terephthal-
ate) or polyf 1,4-cyclohexylenediroethylene terephthal-
ate). Uniform dispersion is achieved'by heat setting fiber
in the above denier range, preferably at constant length,
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
281
and cutting it to staple length. The composition is pro-
duced by the steps of (a) heatsetting the fiber, (b) cutting
the fiber to staple length, (c) fluffing the staple fibers to
separate them, and (d) blending the fibers with a polymer.
3,639,425
PEROXYGEN COMPOL^ND
Robert C. P. Cubbon and John E. Braid, Luton, and
Colin Hewlett, Harpenden, England, assignors to
Laporte Chemicals Limited
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 718,354
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 5, 1967,
15,543 67
Int. CI. C07c 73/06; C07d 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—340.2 l Claim
The invention provides hydroperoxides of ;3- or 7-keto-
esters or /3- or 7-keto-acids, advantageously, of the
formula
R.C0.(CH2)xC00R^
R and R' being radicals that maintain their fdentity in
the presence of hydrogen peroxide and hydrogen ions.
3,639,426
4-OXO-9-HYDROXY-7.(3-METHYL.2.0CTYL)- 1,2,3,4-
TETRAHYDROCYCLOPENTA[c][l]BENZOPYRAN
Raj K. Razdan, Belmont, Felix E. Granchelli, Ariington,
and Harry G. Pars, Lexington, Mass., assignors to
Arthur D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
642,192, May 29, 1967. Thb appUcation Jan. 8, 1970,
Ser. PfD. 1,535
Int. CI. C07d 7/26
IJA CI. 260—343.2 R i Claim
4-oxo-9-hydroxy-7-(3-methyl - 2 - octyl)-l,2,3,4-tetra-
hydrocyclopenta[cl[l]benzopyran. used as an inter-
mediate in the preparation of 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrocyclo-
penta[c]f Ubenzopyrans and 1,2,3,4,12,13-hexahydro-
cyclopentalcUnbenzopyrans which have C.N.S. activity.
3,639,427
NOVEL 1,2,3,4-TETRAHYDRO - (AND 1,2,3,4,12,13-
HEXAHYDRO)CYCLOPENTA[c][l]BENZOPYRANS
Raj K. Razdan, Belmont, Felix E. Granchelli, Arlington,
and Harry G. Pars, Lexington, Mass., assignors to
Arthur D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
642,192, May 29, 1967. This application Jan. 8, 1970,
Ser. No. 1.536
Int. CL C07d 7/18
U.S. CI. 260—345.3 3 Claims
New 1,2,3,4 - tetrahydrocyclopenta[c] [l]benzopyrans
and 1,2,3,4,12,13 - hexahydrocyclopenta[c] [IJbenzopy-
rans having C.N.S. activity.
3,639,428
4-(TETRAHYDROPYRAN-2'-YLOXY).PENTYL-
PHOSPHONATES
John H. Fried, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Syntex
Corporation, Panama, Panama
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 4, 1967, Ser. No. 687,502
Int. CI. C07f 9/40
U.S. CI. 260—345.9 2 Claims
Preparation of a,/3-unsaturated carbocyclic ketones by
reacting an enol lactone with a carbanion generated by
treatment of a methvlphosphonate or a mono-substituted
methylphosphonate with base.
s
3,639,429
PROCESS FOR OXIDIZING POLYFLUORINATED
OLEnNES
Viktor W'einmayr, Landenberg, Pa., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Companv, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed July 9, 1963, Ser. No. 293,899
Int. CI. C07c 53/36, 51/38; C07d 1/06
VJ&. CI. 260—348.5 R 8 Claims
1. A process for preparing predominantly COF2 which
process comprises contacting in a reaction zone and at a
temperature range from 170° C. to 190° C. the compound
CF2=^F2 with a mixture consisting essentially of molec-
ular oxygen and oxygen difluoride, said mixture having
a ratio of approximately 24 volumes of oxygen difluoride
per 1000 volumes of molecular oxygen, wherein part of
the product COF2 is recycled and mixed with said
CF2=CF2 prior to the entry of said CF2=CF2 into said
reaction zone; and recovering the product COF2 from
the reaction mixture.
2. A process for preparing predominantly the compound
H(CF2)iCF CFj
which process comprises contacting at a temperature
range from 50° C. to 120° C. the compound
H(CF2)6CFa=CH2
with a mixture consisting essentially of molecular oxygen
and oxygen difluoride, said mixture having an oxygen
difluoride concentration of from 1.6 to 670 volumes of
oxygen difluoride per 1000 volumes of molecular oxy-
gen; and recovering the product
H(CF2)iCF CFi
from the reaction mixture.
3,639,430
VAT DYESTUFFS
Hans Altermatt, Reinach, Basel-Land, Switzerland,
assignor to Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
337,516, Jan. 14, 1964, which is a continuation-in-part
of applications Ser. No. 147,139, Oct. 24, 1961, and
Ser. No. 216,749, Aug. 14, 1962. This application Jan.
16, 1968, Ser. No. 698,141
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 28, 1960,
12,112/60
Int. CLC09b7/5^, 1/56
U.S. CI. 260—368 2 Claims
New water-soluble vat dyestuffs containing aryloxy- or
arylmercapto groups and two anthraquinone radicals or
a vattable chromophor containing at least 4 fused rings.
3,639,431
PRODUCTION OF BENZOTRIAZOLES
Ludan W. McTeer, South Charleston, and Robert G.
Kelso, St. Albans, W. Va., assignors to Union Carbide
Corporation
No Drawing. Filed May 24, 1968, Ser. No. 731,718
Int. CI. C07d 55/04; C23f 11/14
U.S. CI. 252—390 3 Claims
In a process for recovering benzotriazole that is pro-
duced by reacting an ortho-phenylenediamine with nitrous
acid in aqueous media, the improvement which comprises
adding a polyhydroxy compound to crude benzotriazole
sepvarated from the aqueous phase of the product mix-
ture and codistilling the benzotriazole and the polyhy-
droxy compound, thereby increasing the yield and less-
ening the danger- of explosive decomposition of the benzo-
triazole during cfistillation. In a preferred embodiment of
282
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
the improvement a substantially water-insoluble alkanol is
initially added to the aqueous product mixture containing
the benzotriazole in order to facilitate the separation of
the benzotriazole from the aqueous layer of the product
mixture.
3,639,432
2-HYDROXY.l,4-NAPHTHOQUINONE
AMINOBENZOATES
Ciancarlo Berti, Pisa, Italy, assignor to Finanz und
Kompensations Anstalt, Vaduz, Leichtenstein, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
493,245, Oct. 5, 1965. This application June 12, 1968,
Ser. No. 736,285
Claims priority, application Austria, Oct. 5, 1964,
8,472/64
Int. CI. C07c 79/46, 101/62
U.S. CI. 260—396 R 14 Claims
2 - hydroxy - 1,4 - naphthohydroquinone aminobenzo-
ates, prepared by catalytically hydrogenating the conden-
sation product of a 2-hydroxy-l,4-naphthoquinone and
a nitrobenzoyl halide, are useful as antihaemorrhagic and
capillary protective agents.
3,639,433
22-GUANIDYL STEROIDS AND METHOD OF
MAKING AND USING THE SAME
Rainer Philippson, Bergkamen, Heinz Gibian, Berlin,
Mahmud Muftic, Genf, and Emanuel Kaspar, Kamen,
Germany, assignors to Schering Aktiengesellschaft,
Berlin, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 13, 1968, Ser. No. 742,473
Int. CI. C07c 169/14
U.S. CI. 260—397 8 Claims
A compound of the formula
«
CIIj-NH-C-NH,
MX
wherein X denotes
/
\
CH;, C = 0,
or
Oft
H
OR
3,639,434
i7-ACYLOXYSTEROIDS AND THEIR
MANUFACTURE
Peter Oxiey and John Rosindale Housley, Nottingham,
England, assignors to Boots Pure Drug Company Lim-
ited, Nottingham, England
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1967, Ser. No. 613,454
Int. CI. C07c 169/32
U.S. CI. 260—397.45 , 2 Claims
The invention concerns novel steroids having valuable
properties as anti-inflammatory agents in veterinary and
human medicine.
The new steroids are 17a - acyloxy-/3-hydroxy proges-
terones and their A^, A«. A'«, 21-halo-Ai and 21-halo-A»'«
derivatives.
Processes for their preparation include the conversion
of a compound of the general Formula II into the corre-
sponding 11 ^-nitrate ester III,
R is hydrogen or acyf, and rings A and B may be in trans
or cis position relative to each other, is produced by react-
ing a compound of the formula
\y
CHiNHj
M^
wherein X has the same meaning as in the formula above
with a substance selected from the group consisting of
cyanamide and salts of S-alkyI- and S-aralkylisothiourea;
and esterifying a 3-hydroxl group or saponifying a 3-acyl-
oxy group of the thus obtained reaction product. Such
compound is effective in the treatment of certain infec-
tious conditions including fungus infections.
CH R^
I
CO OH
OH
.III
where R' is chlorine, bromide, alkanoyloxy, an alkane-
sulphonyloxy- or arenesulphonyloxy-group and R^ A and
the symbol = are as hereinbefore defined, and there-
after
(a) replacing the group R' by hydrogen, then convert-
ing the 17a-hydroxyl group into the group G.COR^
and finally reducing the 11/3-nitrate group to an 11/3-
hydroxyl group; or (b) converting the 17a-hydroxyl
group into the group O.COR', then reducing the
1 l;3-nitrate group to an 11^-hydroxyl group and final-
ly replacing the group ¥? by hydrogen; or (c) con-
verting the 17a-hydroxyl group into the group
O.COR2, then replacing the group R' by hydrogen
and finally reducing the llj3-nitrate group to an 11^-
hydroxyl group.
3,639,435
3-OXYGEN ATED 2 Ii3-HYDR0C ARBONSULFONYL-
5a-PREGNA-17(20),20-DIENES AND 1,3,5(10)-TRIS.
DEHYDRO 19 - NOR DERIVATIVES CORRE-
SPONDING
Walter R. Benn, Deerfield, III., assignor to
G. D. Scarie & Co., Chicago, HI.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
773,273, Nov. 4, 1968. This application Dec. 22, 1969,
Ser. No. 887,426
Int CI. C07c 769/05. 169/20
U.S. CI. 260—397.5 H Claims
3-oxygenated 21/3 - hydrocarbonsulfonyl-5a-pregna-17
(20),20-dienes and 1,3,5{ 10)-trisdehydro 19-nor deriva-
tives corresponding possessing anti-microbial, e.g. anti-
protozoal, properties are prepared by contacting the cor-
responding 17a-ethynyl-17i3-hydroxy starting material
with the appropriate hydrocarbonsulfinyl halide and sub-
jecting the resulting 17-hydrocarbonsulfinate ester to heat-
ing at elevated temperature.
3,639,436
OMEGA,OMEGA-DINITROALKANOIC ACIDS,
ESTERS, AND ESTER-SALTS
Hans D. Holtz, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1967, Ser. No. 689,302
Int. CI. C09f 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—404.5 2 Claims
Novel compounds, omega,omega-dinitroalkanoic acids
are prepared by initially reacting certain oxygen-contain-
ing cycloalkane derivatives with aqueous nitric acid in the
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
283
presence of a catalyst composition, such as ammonium
vanadate (V), having one or more metallic elements se-
lected from Sc, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Y, La,
Ce, Pr, Nd, and Sm, preferably V and Cu, and recovering
the desired novel acids from the reaction product. Novel
esters and alkali metal salts of these esters can be pre-
pared from the novel acids by suitable reactions. The novel
acids and derivatives thereof are useful intermediates for
the production of omega-amino acids which are useful in
the synthesis of polyamide polymers, such as nylon 12.
3,639,437
PRODUCTION OF CARBOXYLIC ESTERS OF
/3-FORMYLCROTYL ALCOHOL
Roman Fischer and Horst Pommer, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik
Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (RMne), Germany
No Drawing. Hied July 31, 1968, Ser. No. 748,911
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 8, 1967,
P 12 97 597.2-42
Int. CI. C07c 67/00; Cllc 3/14
VJS. CI. 260—405.6 6 Claims
A process for the production of carboxylic esters of ^-
formylcrotyl alcohol in which a carboxylic ester of 2-
formyl-2-hydroxybutene-(3) or an acetal or acylate of
the same is rearranged in the presence of metallic copper
or a copper (I) or copper (II) compound or a mixture of
the same with or without hydrolysis of the products ob-
tained.
3,639,440
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF SILICON
CONTAINING NEUTRAL POLYPHOSPHORIC
ACID ESTER DERIVATIVES
Klaus-Dieter Kampe and Edgar Fischer, Frankfurt am
Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Original application Oct 23, 1965, Ser. No.
504,187. Divided and this application Apr. 14, 1969.
Ser. No. 841,644
Clauns priority, application Germany, Oct 28, 1964,
F 44,326
Int CI. C07f 7/04, 7/18. 7/08
U.S. CI. 260—448.2 E 4 Claims
Neutral polyphosphoric acid ester derivatives are pre-
pared by reacting organosilicon compounds with phos-
phorus pentoxide at a temperature within the range of
—78° C. to -fHO" C. in the absence of moisture the mole
ratio of organisilicon compound to phosphorus pentoxide
being from 0.01 to 9 moles organosilicon compound to 1
mole phosphorus pentoxide. The neutral polyphosphoric
acid ester derivatives are useful as catalysts for the pro-
duction of polyacetals.
3,639,438
a-POLYFLUOROALKYL ACRYLIC ACIDS AND
DERIVATIVES
Kenneth C. Smeltz, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. L du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmiagton, Del.
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 706,803
Int. CI. Cllc i/00
U.S. CI. 260-408 3 Claims
a-Polyfluoroalkyl acrylic compounds of the formula
R'(CH,)„-C=CH,
I
V
where R, is perfluoroalkyl, m is 2 to 12, and V is
—GOGH, — COOR, — CONR3, —COX or — CN.
Homopolymers of the above compounds formed by
polymerization through the double bond of the acrylic
moiety.
Copolymers of the above compounds with other vinyl-
idene monomers.
The polymers are useful in treating substrates to im-
part oil and water repellency thereto.
3,639,441
PENTAERYTHRITOL-DI- AND WTRA-PIVALOYL-
DIORTHOSILICIC ACID-HEXA-ALKYL ESTERS
Hans Feichtinger, Dinslaken, and Herbert Gothel, Ober-
hausen-HoIten, Germany, assignors to Ruhrchemie
Aktiengesellschaft, Oberhausen-Holten, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Oct 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,315
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 3, 1968.
P 18 00 875.8
Int CI. C07f 7/09 /
U.S. CI. 260— 448.8 R ' 5 Claims
Diorthosilicic acid esters of the formula:
A(OSi)2(OR')8 /
wherein A is a monopentaerythritol-dicarboxylic acid
ester or a dipentaerythritol-tetra-carboxylic acid ester
which acid has a quaternary carbon atom therein and
R' is an alkyl group of more than 3, preferably at least
8, carbon atoms; and lubricants containing such.
/
3,639,442
PREPARATION OF ORGANIC ISOCYANATES
FROM ISOCYANIDE DIHALIDES
Dieter Arlt Cologne-Buchhelm, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer AktiengeseUschaft Leverkusen.
Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 3, 1968, Ser. No. 742,172
Claims priority, application Germany, July 6, 1967.
P 16 43 975.1
Int CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260-453 P 4 Oalms
Organic isocyanates are produced by reacting organic
isocyanide dihalides with anhydrous strong acids contain-
ing dissociable hydrogen attached to oxygen. The iso-
cyanates produced are useful in the preparation of in-
secticides, coatings, adhesives, films, fibers, foams, elas-
tomers and the like.
3,639,439
RHODIUM (I) HALIDE COMPLEXES
Kenneth C. Dewhirst, San Pablo, Calif., assignor to Shell
Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
^°>,R'^??:;°8- Original appUcation Dec. 10, 1964, Ser. No.
ill'^^h ^^^ '*"*«"* ^o- 3.489,786, dated Jan. 13,
1970. Divided and this application Nov. 30, 1967, Ser.
No. 705,582
Int CI. C07c 11/26; C07d 103/00 /
U.S. a. 260—429 R g Claims
Ari improved homogeneous hydrogenation catalyst com-
position comprises rhodium halide complexes incorporat-
ing stabilizing phosphine or arsine ligands, and excess
ligand.
/
3,639,443
4-PHENYLBICYCLO[2.2.2]OCT-2.EN.l.YL
URETHANS
Walter A. Gregory and James C. Kauer, Wihnhigton,
Del., assignors to E. I. du Ppnt de Nemours and Com-
pany. Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
467,753, June 28, 1965, now Patent No. 3,413,348.
This application Jan. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 700,695
Int CI. C07c 125/06
U.S. a. 260—471 C 2 Claims
4-phenylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-en-l-yl urethans as interme-
diates in the preparation of phenylbicyclo[ 2.2.2 ]oct-2-
ene-1 -amines.
284
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
Preparation of the 4-phenylbicyclo[:.2.2]oct-2-en-l-yl are decamethylene did di-[bis-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hy-
urethans by a modified Curtius reaction. droxyphenyl) acetate], and hexamethylene diol di-[bis-
( 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) acetate].
3,639,444
NITRO ALKYL-N-PHENYL CARBAMATES
Richard Wessendorf, Hilden, Rhineland, Heinz Giinter
Nosier, Monheim, Rhineland, and Horst Bellinger,
[hjsseldorf, Germany, assignors to Henkel & Cie
GmbH, Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany
No Drawing. Original application July 25, 1968, Ser. No.
747,453. Divided and this application Feb. 3, 1970.
Ser. No. 12,513
Claims priority, application Germany, July 25, 1967.
H 63,380
Int. CI. C07c 125/06
U.S. CI. 260 — 472 10 Claims
Compositions and method for killing bacteria and fungi
having as the active ingredient a nitro alkyl-N-phenyl
carbamate and to novel bromo-nitroalkyl - N - phenyl-
carbamates.
3,639,445
PROCESS FOR MAKING SUBSTITUTED
CROTONATES
Chester E. Pawloski, Bay City, Mich., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 8, 1968, Ser. ISo. 696,158
Int. CI. C07c 69/66
U.S. CI. 260—473 A 3 Claims
Esters of crotonic acid having an ether substituent in
the 3-position are prepared by reacting an acetoacetic
ester with an acetal under acid esterification conditions
whereby low boiling reaction byproducts are distilled from
the reaction mixture substantially as they are formed.
3,639,446
4,4'-DIBROMO- AND 4.CHLORO-4'-BROMO-
BENZILIC ACID ESTERS
Kurt Gubler, Riehen, Switzerland, assignor to Geigy
Chemical Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
589,530, Oct. 26, 1966. This application Jan. 26, 1968,
Ser. No. 700,750
Claims priority, application Switzerland. Dec. 13, 1965,
17,135/65; Feb. 2, 1967, 1,566/67; May 17, 1967,
6,921/67
Int. CI. AOln 9/02; C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260—473 A 9 Claims
Certain esters of 4,4'-dibromo- and 4-chloro-4'-bromo-
benzilic acids are disclosed as having useful acaricidal,
and in the case of certain esters, also insecticidal activ-
ities superior to those of the corresponding esters of 4,4'-
dichloro-benzjlic acid. The preparation of the new esters,
and compositions containing them as active ingredients
as well as a method of controlling, in particular, Acarinae
with the aid of the new esters, and a method of controlling
certain insects, in particular the Colorado beetle on
potato plants, with the aid of isopropyl 4,4'-dibromo-
benzilate are also described.
3,639,447
ALKYL DIESTERS OF 3,5-DIALKYL-4-HYDROXY-
PHENYLALKANOIC ACID
George Wright Taylor and Derek Harold Wood, Harro-
gate, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical Indus-
tries Liknited, London, England
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 28, 1966, Ser. No.
537,690, now Patent No. 3,422,059, dated Jan. 14,
1969. Divided and this application Mar. 7, 1968, Ser.
No. 736,865
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 3, 1965,
18,516/65
Int. CI. C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260—473 R 4 Claims
Phenolic esters having antioxidant properties are dis-
closed. The esters are diol dialkanoates. Typical examples
3,639,448
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING BIS(^-HYDROXY-
ETHYD-TEREPHTHALATE AND/OR PRE-
POLYMER THEREOF
Katsuto Matsuzawa and Kazuo Matsui, Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Mitsubishi Chemical Industries, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 692,524
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 30, 1966,
42/85,798
Int. CI. C07c 69/82
U.S. CI. 260 — 475 P 5 Claims
An improvement of process for producing bis(^-hy-
droxyethyD-terephthalate from terephthalic acid and
ethylene glycol in which terephthalic acid dissolved or
dispersed in a liquid, which is an alkyl terephthalate
and/or bis(/9-hydroxyethyl)-terephthalate is reacted with
ethylene glycol at a temperature above the dew point of
ethylene glycol.
3,639,449
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURE OF ESTERS OF
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Taiseki Kunugi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Mitsui Petro-
chemical Industries, Ltd., and Taiseki Kunugi, both
of Tokyo, Japan, fractional part interest to each
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 712,925
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 18, 1967,
42/16.718; Mar. 27, 1967, 42/18,626
Int. CI. C07c 69/54, 69/80
VS. CI. 260—475 N 15 Claims
A new process for the manufacture of esters of carbox-
ylic acid to commercial and technical advantage by cata-
lytically reacting a wide range of alcohols, their mixtures,
or mixtures consisting of these alcohols or their mixtures
and aldehydes in the copresence of molecular oxygen in
the presence of a catalyst selected from the group con-
sisting of metals of Group 8 of the periodic table having
an atomic number from 44 to 78, oxides of these metals,
pretreated products of these metals and pretreated prod-
ucts of these metal oxides, with the proviso that when
alcohols alone are reacted with molecular oxygen, at
least one primary alcohol should be present in said alco-
hols. I
3,639,450
PUTIIFICATION OF BIS-HYDROXYALKYL ESTERS
OF BENZENE DICARBOXYLIC ACIDS USING
HYPOPHOSPHOROUS OR ORTHOPHOSPHOROUS
ACID AND A GROUP VIII CATALYST
Lita L. Koh and Enrique R. Witt, Corpus Christi, Tex.,
assignors to Celanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 29, 1968, Ser. No. 732,818
Int. CI. C07c 69/82
U.S. CI. 260—475 PR 12 Claims
A process for treating impure bis-hydroxyalkyl esters
of benzene dicarboxylic acids by treating a hypophos-
phorous or orthophosphorous acid-containing aqueous
solution of the diester with a catalyst of a Group VIII
metal. This treatment reduces the amount of impurities
comprised of hydroxyalkyl esters of carboxybenzaldehyde.
3,639,451
PROCESS FOR ESTERIFYING AROMATIC
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
David A. Ebert, Cheektowaga, N.Y., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing Filed Mar. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 715,550
Int. CI. C07c 69/78. 69/82
U.S. CI. 260—475 R 10 Claims
This specification discloses a novel process for esteri-
fying aromatic carboxylic acids whereby the carboxylic
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
285
icid is heated with a mixture containing at least a stoichio-
metric amount of a saturated orthoester of an aliphatic
alcohol having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms and a stoichio-
metric excess of a lower saturated alcohol in the
presence of a strong acid catalyst. This process improves
the rate of esterification and eliminates colored by-prod-
ucts. The process is particularly suitable for the esteri-
fication of partially esterified alkyl terephthalates to di-
alkyl terephthalates of high purity, as evidenced by a
lack of colored by-products.
i
3,639,452
PHENOL PROCESS
Edwin J. Strojny, Midland, Mich., and William D. Guro-
witz, Ithaca, N.Y., assignors to The Dow Chemical
Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 715,967
. Int. CI. C07c 69/78, 39/04
U.S. CI. 260—476 R 4 Claims
Less tar is produced in the copper catalyzed oxidation
of benzoic acid to phenyl benzoate when at least ten per-
cent by weight each of benzoic acid and benzoic anhy-
dride is present in the reaction mixture. Preferably, a
magnesium compound is also present as a reaction
promoter.
3,639,455
PRODUCTION OF HYDROXYETHYLENE-
CARBAMATE ETHERS
Harro Petersen and Klaus-Christian Renner, Frankenthal.
Pfalz, and Hans Diem, Mannheim, Germany, assignors
to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1968, Ser. No. 748,912
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 5, 1967,
P 16 43 635.4
Int. CI. C07c 125/04
U.S. a. 260—482 C 8 Claims
Production of hydroxyethylenecarbamate ethers by the
reaction of ethylene glycol monoethers with urea in the
presence of nickel salts. The products are valuable start-
ing materials for the production of textile finishes.
3,639,453
2-HYDROXY AND 2 - CARBAMYLOXY DERIVA-
TIVES OF 1,1,1-TRICHL0R0.3-CARBAMYL0XY.
ALKANES
Laszlo L. Darko, Yorktown Heights, N.Y., assignor to
Ciba-Geigy Corporation
^'J.B'^r'i''^' Conflnuation-ln-part of application Ser. No.
786,750, Dec. 24, 1968. This appUcation Apr. 2, 1970,
Ser. No. 25,282
. „ Int. CI. C07c 125/06
U.S. CI. 260-482 B ,3 claims
l,l,l-trichloro-2-hydroxy - 3 - carbamyloxyalkanes and
their 2-carbamyloxy derivatives such as l,l,l-trichloro-2-
hydroxy-3-carbamyloxypropane, 1,1,1-trichloro - 2 - hy-
droxy-3-carbamyloxybutane and l,l,l-trichloro-2,3-dicar-
bamyloxybutane are depressants of the central nervous
system and useful as muscle relaxants.
3,639,456
PREPARATION OF ETHER ESTERS OF
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Robert A. Dombro, Chicago, 111., assignor to Univenal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, HI.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 702,799
Int. CI. C07c 69/66
U.S. CI. 260—484 R 12 Claims
Ether esters of carboxylic acids are prepared by treating
a lactone with a borate ester in the presence of an acidic
catalyst to prepare the desired ether ester of the carboxylic
acid.
3,639,454
BENZYL ESTERS OF N-PERFLUORO METHYL
CARBAMATE
Sidney B^ Richter, Chicago, HI., assignor to Velslcol
Chemical Corporation, Chicago, HI.
No Drawing. Filed July 17, 1968, Ser. No. 745,404
wro ^. - Int. CI. C07c 125/06
U.S. CI. 260-482 C g claims
This mvention discloses new chemical compounds of the
formula
3,639,457
N-SUBSTITUTED-/9-0XYBUTYRAMIDE SEMISUC-
CINATE AND ITS SALT HAVING EFFECTS OF
INCREASING PARADOXICAL SLEEP AND TRAN-
QUILLIZING
Akira Sakuma, 5-7 Zaimokuza, 6-chome, Kamakura-sfai,
Japan; Shizuo Torii, 16-18 Omori Nishi, 4-chome, Ota-
ku, Tokyo, Japan; and Isamu Yanagisawa, 731 Otagaya,
Tsurugashima-machi, Irima-gun, Japan
Filed Apr. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 722,749
Claims priority, application Japan, May 15, 1967,
42/30.710
Int. CI. C07c 103/34
U.S. CI. 260-485 J 5 claims
N-substituted - /3 - oxybutyramide semisull^^alg^and its
salt having efl^ects of increasing paradoxical sleep and
tranquillizing, and their utilizations.
x„
^
(CH,).
O H
.o-J!-
N-CFj
3,639,458
CATALYTIC OXIDATIVE DEHYDROGENATION
OF ESTERS
Robert W. Etherington, Pennington, and Koei-Liang
Liauw, Clark, NJ., assignors to Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 715,188
Int. CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. CI. 260—486 D 6 Claims
Esters having at least one pair of hydrogen atoms on
the alpha and beta carbon atoms of the acid portion are
oxidatively dehydrogenated to the corresponding ethyl-
wherein X is selected from the group consisting of alkvl t^Ur\ ""'^'"''^'''^ "^" ^^ contacting the ester and
alkoxy halogen and dialkvlaminn ^ V IT f * molecular oxygen-containing gas with a catalyst contain-
0 t^S anZ U .rjntf ! f w' T ^^".'"^eser from ,ng gold metal in the vapor phase (400-750° C ) The
o?,hrabordescr°pUon'l ''"°' °' ' """^"^ "^^'^^ '""^™" "^f"' '<"■ making exmided or molded
Hcj-m)
286
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,459
METHOD OF PREPARING POLYMERIZABLE
MONOMERIC ESTERS
Joseph S. Nissan, Watertown, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporadon, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 723,890
Int CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. a. 260—486 R 10 Claims
Monomeric diesters of glycols and a,/3-unsaturated
carboxylic acids are prepared by reacting the glycol and
an excess of acid in a solvent-free system in the presence
of an acid catalyst and polymerization inhibitor at a tem-
perature not exceeding about half the boiling point of the
acid. The crude reaction product obtained is neutralized
and purified by treatment with a relatively concentrated
aqueous solution of an alkali metal hydroxide.
3,639,463
15(R).PGEi AND RELATED COMPOUNDS
John E. Pike and William P. Schneider, Kalamazoo,
Mich., assignors io The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo,
Mich.
No Drawhig. Filed May 22, 1968, Ser. No. 731,314
Int CI. C07c 67/56, 69/OS
U.S. CI. 260—488 R 5 Claims
The invention relates to three new prostanoic acid de-
rivatives, 15(R)-PGEi, 15(R)-PGEi 15-formate, and
15(S)-PGEi 15-formate, and to methods for producing
those. 15(R)-PGEi is useful as a smooth muscle stimula-
tor. l5(S)-PGEi 15-formate is useful to inhibit blood
platelet aggregation. 15(R)-PGEi 15-formate is used to
make 15(R)-PGEi.
3,639,460
ESTERIFICATION OF METHACRYLIC ACID
Franz Wenzel, Darmstadt, and Karl Heinz Riemann,
Darmstadt-Eberstadt, Germany, assignors to Rohm
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Darmstadt,
Germany
No Drawing. Hied July 3, 1968, Ser. No. 742,149
Claims priority, application Germany, July 11, 1967,
R 46,448
Int. CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. CI. 260—486 R 1 Claim
Improved method for continuously esterifying meth
acrylic acid by introducing equivalent amounts of the
acid and esterifying alcohol into a sump phase in a column
at, at most, a rate equal to the rate of formation of ester,
and removing the ester in azeotropic admixture with
water. The sump phase initially comprises methacrylic
acid and a sulfuric and/or sulfonic acid catalyst.
3,639,461
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF a,)3-UN-
SATURATED MONOCARBOXYLIC ACID ESTERS
Hlroo Ito and Kaoru Kimura, Nagoya, Japan, assignors
to Toa Gosei Chemical Industry Co. Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1968, Ser. No. 748,909
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 17, 1967,
42/52,433; Oct. 17, 1967, 42/62,313
Int CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. CI. 260—486 R 6 Claims
The alkyl ester of an a,/3-unsaturated monocarboxylic
acid, is prepared by the vapor-phase esterification of the
corresponding monocarboijdic acid and an aliphatic
monohydric alcohol havinjpfrom 1 to 8 carbon atoms
in the presence of a catalyst, such as a titanium oxide
catalyst, a titanium-antimony-oxygen catalyst, a titanium-
silicon-oxygen catalyst, and a titanium-antimony-silicon-
oxygen catalyst.
3,639,464 r
ALPHA-(p-HYDROXYPHENYL) CUMIC ACIDS
AND ESTERS
Bryce C. Oxenrider, Florham Park, and Morton H. Litt
and Ferdinand M. Slavik, Morristown, NJ., assignors
to Allied Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original application Aug. 17, 1964, Ser. No. 389,849, now
Patent No. 3,398,121, dated Aug. 20, 1968. Divided
and this appUcation Mar. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 735,942
Int CI. C07c 65/14
U.S. CI. 260—520 2 Chdms
This invention relates to a novel class of hydroxy
substituted aromatic acids which includes alpha- (hydroxy-
phenyl) cumic acid and substituted derivatives thereof.
These hydroxy substituted aromatic acids can be em-
ployed as starting materials in the preparation of useful
polyesters.
3,639,465
PURIFICATION OF AROMATIC POLYCARBOX-
YLIC ACIDS BY CATALYTIC REDUCTION
USING PREHUMIDIFIED HYDROGEN
George P. Olsen, Highland, Ind., and Philip H. Towie,
Chicago, and Richard H. Baldwin, Oak Lawn, III.,
assignors to Standard Oil Company, Chicago, HI.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 456,218,
May 17, 1965. This application June 18, 1968, Ser.
No. 737,875
Int CI. C07c 51/42
U.S. CI. 260—525 6 Claims
Use of prehumidified hydrogen-containing gas for puri-
fication of aromatic polycarboxylic acids contaminated
with reducible impurities including aldehydic aromatic
acids in processes including the step of contacting aqueous
solution substantially saturated with impure aromatic
polycarboxylic acid and hydrogen with noble metal-con-
taining catalyst by percolation of the solution through
a bed of the catalyst. ,
3,639,462
13,14-SECO-l,2,3,4.TETRAHYDRO-
PHENANTHRENES
WUIIam McCrae, Los Altos, John H. Fried, Palo Alto,
and John A. Edwards, Los Altos, Calif., assignors to
Syntex Corporation, Panama, Panama
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 714,007
Intel. C07c 67/25, 67 /i2
U.S. CI. 260—488 B 12 Chiims
New 13,14-seco-13,14-oxido-, 1 3,1 4-seco- 13,1 4-methyl-
ene-, 13,1 4-seco- 1 3, 14-dichloromethylene- and 13,14-seco-
13,14-difluoromethylene - 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrophenanthrene-
2-carboxylic acids and derivatives thereof having estro-
genic activity.
3,639,466
PRODUCTION OF ACRYLIC ACID FROM RESI-
DUES OBTAINED IN WORKING UP ACRYLIC
ACID
Otto Leichtle, Ludwigshafen (Rhhie), Germany, assignor
to Badische AniUn- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany ..^«„,
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 716,295
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 3, 1967,
P 16 18 129.6
Int CI. C07c 57/04
VS. CI. 260—526 W 8 Clahns
An improved process for the production of acrylic acid
by heating residues containing acryloylhydracrylic acid,
/3-acetoxypropionic acid, hydracrylic acid, dihydracrylic
February 1, 1972
[e:mi
CHE>IICAL
287
acid and polymerized hydracrylic acids, such as are ob-
tained in working up acrylic acid, at temperature of from
130° to 250° C. in the presence of catalysts, the improve-
ment consisting in using a catalyst a compound contain-
ing a secondary or tertiary amino group, or a tertiary
phosphine. Acrylic acid, as such and in the form of its
esters, is used for the production of polymers.
3,639,467
METHOD OF RECOVERING GLUTAMIC ACID
FROM A FERMENTATION BROTH
Toshiaki Nagai and Isao Yamaura, Kawasaki-shi, Kana-
gawa-ken, Japan, assignors to Ajinomoto Co., Inc.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
675,802, Oct 17, 1967. This application Apr. 2, 1968,
Ser. No. 718,192
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. I, 1966,
41/72,179
Int CI. C07c 99/72
U.S. CI. 260—527 N 3 Claims
The mother liquor obtained after crystallization of
glutamic acid from a fermentation broth at pH 3.2 is
passed over a column of a strongly acidic cation exchange
ion, preferably in the H-form, which adsorbs the residual
glutamic acid from the mother liquor. The glutamic acid
is eluted from the resin by another batch of the fermenta-
tion broth having a pH of 5 or higher, and the broth, thus
enriched with glutamic acid, is adjusted to a pH near 3.2
to induce crystallization of glutamic acid. The mother
liquor obtained after separation from the crystals is passed
over the ion exchange column. Glutamic acid is thus re-
covered almost completely from the broth.
3,639,468
PROCESS FOR PREPARING AMPHOTERIC
SURFACE ACTIVE AGENTS
Noburo Hayashi, Mamoru Katsumi, Yuzuru Ogata, Sumio
Aral, Yoshiakj Kurita, and Yoshihiro Inamori, Waka-
yama-shl, Japan, assignors to Kao Soap Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1968, Ser. No. 748,633
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 1, 1967,
42/49,391
Int CI. C07c 707/20. 101/30
U.S. CI. 260-534 E 6 Claims
A process for preparing N-alkyl N-hydroxyethyI-/3-ami-
noethoxyacetic acid or N-alkyl N,N-bis (ethoxyacetic
acid) in which a diethanolalkylamine is reacted with
monochloracetic acid or its alkali metal salts, either
(1) In a substantially anhydrous condition after sub-
stituting the active hydrogen of the diethanolalkylamine
with an alkali metal, or
(2) In the presence of a caustic alkali in an amount
sufficient to neutralize the generated HCl in a substantially
anhydrous condition.
3,639,470
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MIXED
CARBOXYLIC-SULFONIC ACID CHLORIDE
DERrVATTVES OF BENZENE
Shigeto Suzuki, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1968, Ser. No. 725,950
Intel. C07c 57/55
U.S. CI. 260—544 R 5 Claims
Mixed acid chlorides of the formula
XC6H3(S02C1)(C0C1)
are prepared by the reaction of the corresponding diacid
with carbon tetrachloride. Relative to each other, the
acid groups must be of the meta orientation. The use of
a strong mineral acid catalyst, an elevated reaction tem-
perature and a pressure sufficient to maintain carbon tet-
rachloride in the liquid phase are necessary conditions.
3,639,471 «k
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF SULFEN-
YLATED CARBAMIC ACID FLUORIDES
Erich Klauke, Odenthal-Hahnenberg, and Engelbert
Kuhle, Bergedorf, Gladbach, Germany, assignors io
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 3, 1968, Ser. No. 742,176
Claims priority, application Germany, July 5, 1967,
F 52,861
Int CI. C07c 57/55, 101/10, 125/00
VS. CI. 260—544 C \ 20 Claims
Reacting N-mono-( substituted- ahd unsubstituted-ali-
phatic, e.g. lower alkyl; -cycloalipKatic, e.g. Cs.g cyclo-
alkyl; and -aromatic, e.g. phenyl and halo-, nitro-, lower
alkyl-, lower alkoxy-, lower alkylmercapto- and/or tri-
fluoromethyl-phenyl) -substituted carbamic acid fluoride
with (substituted- and unsubstituted-alkyl, e.g. haloalkyl;
and -aryl, e.g. halo-, alkyl- and/or nitro-aryl, especially
-phenyl )-sulfenic acid chloride or sulfur dichloride or di-
sulfur dichloride. in the presence of a tertiary amine a.'
acid binding agent, e.g. at a temperature of about 0-100'
C. optionally in the presence of an inert organic solvent
using about one mol of the carbamic acid fluoride pel
mol of said sulfenic acid chloride or at least two mols per
mol of the sulfur dichloride or disulfur dichloride, to
form the corresponding aforesaid N-( substituted- and
unsubstituted-aliphatic, -cycloaliphatic and -aromatic)-
N-[ (substituted- and unsubstituted-alkyl and -aryl)-sul-
fenyl] -carbamic acid fluoride and bis[(N-substituted- and
unsubstituted-aliphatic, -cycloaliphatic or -aromatic]-N-
fluorocarbonyl) -amino] -sulfide and -disulfide, which are
particularly new compounds which possess arthropo-
dicidal, e.g. insecticidal and acaricidal, as well as fungi-
cidal properties, and which may be used as intermediates
in organic synthesis.
3,639,469
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
4,4'.BIPHENYL DISULFONYL CHLORIDE
Shigeto Suzuki, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco. Calif.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1968, Ser. No. 725,951
Int CI. C07c 143/70
V.S. CI. 260—543 R n Claims
At elevated temperature carbon tetrachloride in the
liquid phase reacts with 4,4'-biphenyl disulfonic acid to
yield disulfonyl chloride. Sulfuric, phosphoric and poly-
phosphoric acids catalyze the reaction at a temperature
in the range 130 to 225° C.
3,639,472
PROCESS FOR THE HYDROLYTIC SPLITTING OF
CARBOXYLIC ACID VINYL ESTERS INTO ACET-
ALDEHYDE AND CARBOXYLIC ACID
Kurt Sennewald, Knapsack, near Cologne, Alexander
Ohorodnik, Liblar, and Hans-Joachim Hardel, Bruhl-
Vochem, Germany, assignors to Knapsack Aktiengesell-
schaft, Knapsack, near Cologne, Germany
Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,116
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 30, 1968,
P 17 68 095.4
Int CI. C07c -^5/00, 57/00
U.S. CI. 260—541 5 Claims
Carboxylic acid vinyl esters are hydrolytically split into
acetaldehyde and carboxyUc acid in liquid phase, at
50-120° C, and in contact with an organic sulfonic or
phosphonic acid and a mercury salt thereof as the catalyst.
288
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,473
ACETIC DIPHENYLPHOSPHINIC ANHYDRIDE
AND METHOD OF PREPARING SAME
David L. Venezky, Alexandria, Va., assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 713,299
Int CI. C07f 9/30
U.S. CI. 260 545 P ^ Claims
Acetic diphenylphosphinic anhydride is prepared by
dissolving diphenylphosphinic acid in a large excess of
acetic anhydride under heating to form a solution at a
temperature of about 50 to 60° C. The mixed anhydride
is isolated by flash evaporation of the excess acetic anhy-
dride and the acetic acid from the reaction solution. High-
er yields of the mixed anhydride are obtained when a
mixture of the diphenylphosphinic acid and a large ex-
cess of acetic anhydride are heated to a reflux tempera-
ture of about 140° C. in the presence of an added small
amount of acetic acid which is sufiicient to repress dis-
proportionation of the mixed anhydride at temperatures
of about 100° C. and higher up to the reflux temperature.
• 3,639,476
SUBSTITUTED 1 -DIMETHYL AMINO PENTANES
AND HEPTANES
Jeannie Eberle, Chafou, MIcheline Sergan, Clamart,
Claude Fauran, Paris, and Gerard M. Huguet, Males-
herbes, France, assignors to Delalande S.A., Cour-
bevoie, Hauts-de-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 29, 1967, Ser. No. 686,722
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, Dec. 13, 1966,
55,671/66
Int. CI. C07c 57/25
U.S. CI. 260—563 4 Claims
Compounds of the formula
R'
Ar-CH(R)-X-N
/
\
in which
Ar is H or an aromatic which may be mono- or poly-
substituted or a heterocyclic,
R is an aliphatic having 1-5 carbon atoms,
X is —CO or — CHz,
R' and R" are each H an aliphatic having 1-3 carbon
atoms or
R'
3,639,474
N-SUBSTITUTED PERFLUOROALKANE-
SULFONAMIDES
Joseph Kenneth Harrington, Edina, Donald C. Kvam,
North Oaks, Arthur Mendel, Vadnals Heights, and
Jerry E. Robertson, North Oaks, Minn., assignors to
Minnesota Mhiing and Manufacturing Company, St.
Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
588,338, Oct. 21, 1966. This application June 12, 1969,
Ser. No. 832,829
Int. CI. C07c 143/74. 121/52, 133/02
U.S. CI. 260—556 F 10 Claims
N-substituted perfluoroalkanesulfonamides of the
formula:
RfSOzNHYJ^
wherein Rf is a perfluoroalkyl group containing one to
four carbon atoms, each Y is a non-cyclic group which
can contain only carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, sulfur, nitro-
gen and halogen and m is 1-5, provided that all of the Y
groups together contain not more than about twenty
carbon atoms and that at least one of the Y groups con-
tains a heteroatom selected from oxygen, sulfur, nitro-
gen and halogen. Also included are salts of these com-
pounds, compositions containing the compounds of the
present invention and processes for their preparation and
use. The compounds are active as herbicides and plant
growth modifiers.
— N
/
J
\
is a heterocyclic. I
The compounds possess cardiovascular, diuretic and
spasmolytic properties.
3,639,477
NOVEL PROPOXYGUANIDINE COMPOUNDS AND
MEANS OF PRODUCING THE SAME
Yvon J. L'lUlien, Plymouth, Mich., assignor to Parke,
Davis & Company, Detroit, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
420,439, Dec. 22, 1964. This application June 17, 1968,
Ser. No. 737,286
Int CI. C07c 129/00
U.S. CI. 260—564 A 3 Claims
The novel free base 3 - (p - fluorophenoxy)propoxy-
guanidine and its acid salts are prepared by reacting 3-
(p-fluorophenoxy)propoxyamine with an acid addition
salt of a reactive guanidine compound Z — C(NHj)=NH,
where Z is an alkoxy or alkyl thio group or a triazolyl
group or similar heterocyclic displaceable group. The
products are pharmacological agents having anoretic and
depressant properties.
3,639,475
SUBSTITUTED 5-HALO-3-PHENYLSALICYL-
I ANILIDES
Jack D. Early, Bethesda, and John P. Cbupp, Kirkwood,
Md., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Application Aug. 8, 1967, Ser. No. 659,040,
now Patent No. 3,525,766, which is a division of ap-
pUcation Ser. No. 495,678, Oct. 13, 1965, now Patent
No. 3,382,145. Divided and this. appUcalion Nov. 10,
1969, Ser. No. 871,311
Int. CI. C07c 103/30
U.S. CI. 260—559 S 3 Claims
Compounds characterized by a 5-halo-3-phenylsalicyl-
anilido nucleus, the anilido group of which having sub-
stituents of the group nitro, cyano and trifluoromethyl.
These compounds are useful as gastropodicides.
3,639,478
N,N-ALKYLENEBIS[2-LOWER ALKOXY) - 2.SUB-
STITL'TED-ALKANAMIDINES] AND THEIR
PREPARATION . c* «
Denis M. Bailey, Greenbush, N.Y., assignor to SterUng
Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,193
Int. CI. C07c 123/00
ILS. CI. 260—564 R . ^ Claims
A 2 - (lower - alkoxy) -2-phenylalkanamidme, havmg
hypoglycemic activity, or an N,N"-alkylenebis[2-(lower-
alkoxy) - 2 - phenylalkanamidine], having antibacterial
activity, are respectively prepared by reacting a lower-
alkyl 2-(lower-alkoxy) - 2 - phenylalkanimidate with a
monoamine or diamine or by reacting a 2-(lower-alkoxy)-
2-phenylalkanenitrile with two molar equivalent quanti-
ties of a monoamine. The intermediate lower-alkyl 2-
(iower-alkoxy)-2-phenylalkanimidate as the hydrohalide
is prepared by reacting the corresponding 2-(lower-
alkoxy)-2-phenylalkanenitrile with a lower-alkanol in the
presence of ethereal hydrogen halide. The intermediate
2-(lower-alkoxy)-2-phenylalkanenitrile is prepared pref-
erably by first reacung a benzaldehyde with a tn- (lower-
alkyl) orthoformate to form the aldehyde di-( lower-alkyl)
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
289
acetal, reacting the latter with an acyl halide to form the
corresponding o-halobenzyl lower-alkyl ether and reacting
said ether with an alkali cyanide to yield said intermediate
nitrile.
3,639.479
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2-CHLORO-
ALKYL ISOCYANIDE DICHLORIDES IN ADDI-
TION TO DICHLOROALKANES
Dieter Arit, Cologne-Buccheim, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 711,219
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 7, 1967,
F 52.056
Int. CI. C07c 119/00
U.S. CI. 260—566 D 5 Claims
Production of 2-chloroalkyl-isocyanide dichlorides hav-
ing the formula
Ri
I
Ri-C-Cl
I
R}-C-N=CClj
I
R4
in which R, to R4 each individually is a radical selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl,
cycloalkenyl, aryl, with the proviso that two of such
radicals when taken together with the
-U-
I I
/
group form a member selected from the group consisting
of an alicyclic ring moiety containing said
-i-i-
group and such alicyclic ring moiety containing both said
group and an — SOj — group, and such Rj to R4 mem-
bers which are substituted with substituents selected from
the group consisting of NO2, halo — N^CClj and alkoxy,
in addition to dichloroalkanes, which comprises reacting
an olefin having the formula
Ri Ri
\ /
c
Ri R4
in which Ri to R4 each individually is a radical selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl,
cycloalkenyl, aryl, with the proviso that two of such
radicals when taken together with the >C=C< group
form a member selected from the group consisting of an
alicyclic ring moiety containing said yC^=C<. group
and such alicyclic ring moiety containing both said
>C=C< group and an — SOj — group, and such Ri to
R4 members which are substituted with substituents
selected from the group consisting of NO2, halo
— N=CCl2 and alkoxy, with at most that quantity of
a chlorinating agent selected from the group consisting of
chlorine and sulfuryl chloride which is required for satis-
fying one olefinic double bond and with at least the
stoichiometrically necessary quantity of cyanogen chlo-
ride at a temperature substantially between about —30
to +50° C, whereby to form the corresponding 2-chlo-
roalkyl-isocyanide dichloride;
the reaction optionally being carried out at elevated
pressure and/or in the presence of an inert organic
solvent;
such compounds being novel when at least one of the
radicals Ri to R4 does not represent hydrogen; and
all of said compounds being usable as intermediates
for preparing plastics auxiliaries, or directly for pre-
paring isocyanates and in turn by conversion of such
isocyanates with amines for preparing ureas in known
manner, or as plant protection agents per se.
3,639.480
NOVEL ALKOXY-SUBSTITUTED SCHIFF BASES
Anne-Marie W. Kubanek, Basking Ridge, NJ., assignor
to Allied Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawmg. Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,703
Int. CI. C07c 119/00
VS. CI. 260—566 F 5 Claims
Novel compounds of the structure:
OR
; H-C-N=CH '
V V
I 1
NOj NO}
wherein R is a Cj to C5 alkyl radical, are obtained by re-
acting para-nitrobenzaldehyde with alcohol and ammoni-
um acetate. These compounds have insecticidal and nema-
tocidal properties.
3,639,481
ARYL- AND ARALKYL-AMINOBENZOPHENONES
John Edwin Innes, Bridgewater Township, Somerset
County, NJ., assignor to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed May 16, 1968, Ser. No. 729,520
Int. CI. C07c 87/48
U.S. CI. 260—570 ^ 10 Claims
Compounds of the formula:
(CH8)m-NH-(CH,)n
k
»
-(^=
in which m and n are each separately 0 to 4, inclusive and
the sum of m and n is at least \, q is from 1 to 4 inclusive,
and the bonds to each of the benzophenone moiety and
the polyphenylene moiety is in the 3 or 4 position are a
new class of compounds which are useful in solid solution
in a plastic, matrix as photochromic materials, in which
the color changes when subject to an activating radiation.
Instead of benzophenones, xanthones and triphenylenes
are also disclosed.
\
3,639,482
PREPARATION OF FLUOROAMLINES
John W. Churchill, Mouut Carmel, Ehrenfried H. Kober,
Hamden, and Peter H. Scott, Guilford, Conn., assignors
to Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,692
Int. CI. C07c 85/10
U.S. CI. 260—580 5 Claims
Fluoroanilines are prepared by the deoxygenation and
hydrofluorination of the corresponding nitrobenzenes
which are reacted in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride at 0°
to 230° C. under pressures of from 15 to 1500 p.s.i.a. in
the presence of carbon monoxide and a noble metal cata-
lyst.
895 O.Q.— 10
290
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,483
METHOD OF PRODUCING 2,4.DIHYDROXY-
BENZOPHENONE AND THE DERIVATIVES
THEREFROM
Hirohisa Shioda, Isamu Namiki, and Hisako Hori, Yoko-
hama, and YoshJhisa Katsuyama, Zushi, Japan, as-
signors to The Furukawa Electric Company Limited.
Tokyo, Japan
FUed July 8, 1968, Ser. No. 743,169
Claims priority, application Japan, July 11, 1967,
42/44,598; May 17, 1968, 43/33,217
Int CI. C07c 49182
U.S. CI. 260—591 4 Claims
Cycloh«xanon«, I IO*C
Saoi- CydohMonon*, I49*C
I v-y -^ < ' 1
Mathyt l-an«yl k«1a(w.l32*C
Mttltyl l-butyl iMtofM.IIO'C
2 3 4 9 6
Rtoctlon tlm« (hr)
2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone is prepared by reacting
resorcinol with benzotrichloride in a mixed solvent of
water and a water-miscible organic solvent such as a lower
aliphatic alcohol at 10° to 90° C. 2-hydroxy-4-alkoxy-
benzophenone is prepared by reacting 2,4-dihydroxy-
benzophenone, produced by the above process, with an
alkyl halide in saturated ketone having six or more car-
bon atoms and containing an alkali carbonate or with
an alkyl ester of benzenesulfonic acids in an aqueous
alkaline solution.
3,639,484
PREPARATION OF 1-THIOALDITOLS, I-THIO-
ALDITOL DISULFIDES AND RELATED HY-
DROXY THIOLS
Alan R. Procter, North Vancouver, British Columbia,
Canada, assignor to MacMillan Bloedel Limited, Van-
couver, British Columbia, Canada
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1968, Ser. No. 744,648
InL CL C07c 149/06, 149/12
U.S. CI. 260—608 6 Claims
The invention is concerned with the preparation of
1-thioalditols, 1-thioalditol disulfides and related hydroxy
thiols by treating solutions of sugar aldoses or ketoses
with hydrogen sulfide in the presence or absence of
various bases or basic salts.
3,639,485
ANTI-OZONANT
Roland Nast, Cologne-Buchheim, Kurt Ley, Leverkusen,
Wolfgang Redetzky, Opiaden, and Theo Kempermann,
Cologne-Lindentbal, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed July 16, 1968. Ser. No. 745,091
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 5, 1968,
F 54,738
Int. CI. C07c 7-^9/00, 43/18
VS. CI. 260—609 R 19 Claims
[Cyclohexen-(3)-ylidene-methyl]-hydrocarbon ethers
and thioethers and their corresponding 2,5-endomethylene
derviatives, preparation thereof and their use as anti-oz-
onants.
3,639,486
TREATMENT OF CUMENE HYDROPEROXIDE
FOR USE IN EPOXIDATION REACTIONS
Rudolph Rosenthal, Broomall, Pa., Ming Nan Sbeng,
Cherry Hill, N J., and John G. Zajacek, Strafford, Pa.,
assignors to Atlantic Richfield Company, Philadelphia,
Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 15, 1967, Ser. No. 690,787
Int. CI. C07c 73/08
U.S. CI. 260—610 A 5 Claims
Method for the treatment of cumene hydroperoxide for
use in epoxidation reactions by diluting the cumene hy-
droperoxide with a hydrocarbon which forms an azeo-
trope with water, washing the diluted cumene hydro-
peroxide and removing the hydrocarbon-water-azeotrope.
3,639,487
SUBSTITUTED ALLYL PHENOLS
Edward D. Weil, Lewiston, and Hans L. Schlicbting,
Grand Island, N.Y.. assignors to Hooker Chemical
Corporation, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 20, 1963, Ser. No.
260.076, now Patent No. 3,385,899, dated May 28,
1968. Divided and this application May 3, 1968, Ser.
No. 736,894
Int. CI. C07c 43/20
U.S. CI. 260—613 R 17 Claims
Compounds of the general formula
OH
R»
R
CH(j-a,)[(CH2),,ZR«]m
\
R»
R»
CH=CH(:-p)((CH:)„ZR«]p
which are useful as oxidation inhibitors, fungicides, anti-
microbial agents and chemical intermediates and processes
for preparing said compounds.
3,639,488
PREPARATION OF NITRO-HEXAFLUORO-
CLIMINOLS
Stephen Joseph Kubn, Samia, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed May 8, 1968, Ser. No. 727,736
Int. CI, C07c 31/14
U.S. CI. 260—618 D 7 Claims
New nitro-hexafluorocuminols are produced in the ex-
clusive meta-nitration of the a,a-bis(trif1uoro methyl)
benzyl alcohols by a mixture of fuming nitric and con-
centrated sulfuric acids at temperatures of 0-50° C. The
nitrated compounds are useful as strong acids and bac-
tericides.
3,639,489
METHOD FOR PREPARING HEXACHLOROPHENE
Edwin B. Michaels, Gregory Court,
East Norwalk, Conn. 06855
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
644,476, June 7, 1967. This appUcation Feb. 6, 1968,
Ser. No. 703,257
InL CI. C07c 39/16, 37/00
U.S. CI. 260—619 A 10 Claims
A novel process is provided for preparing hexachloro-
phene by admixing a lower alkyl monocarboxylic acid
or the anhydride thereof with 2,4,5-trichlorophenol either
in its pure or technical form and, thereafter, condensing
the same with both a formaldehyde-yielding substance
and an acid-condensing agent, said reactants and ad-
juvants being present in critically recited proportions.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
291
3,639,490
HEPTYL PHENOL ALKYLATION
Rene P. Brown, Birt Allison, Jr., and Paul D. Meek. Big
Spring, Tex., assignors to Cosden Oil & Chemical Com-
pany, Big Spring, Tex.
Filed Feb. 25, 1966, Ser. No. 529,979
Int CI. C07c 39/06
U.S. CI. 260—624
'■r^:
^\
c
4 Claims
A C7 heart cut of catalytic gasoline containing large
quantities of olefines and cycloolefines is converted to a
substantially saturated dehydroaromatization feedstock
composed predominantly of C7 paraffins and cycloalkanes
while simultaneously producing highly economically a
mixture of alkyl phenols by using up the olefine and cyclo-
olefine content of the unsaturated C7 heart cut in an
alkylation reaction upon phenols.
3,639,491
OXYCHLORINATION OF l,l,2.TRICHLORO.
ETHANE TO TRICHLOROETHYLENE
Larry F. Wright, Lake Jackson, Tex., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Hied July 19, 1968, Ser. No. 745,973
Int. CI. C07c 21/10. 17/10
U.S. CI. 260—654 D 4 Claims
The present invention relates to the production of tri-
chloroethylene from 1,1,2-trichloroethane (^-trichloro-
ethane) by passing the latter in the vapor phase over an
oxychlorination catalyst in the presence of oxygen at an
elevated temt)erature and under super-atmospheric pres-
sure. The method of the present invention allows in-
creased productivity per catalyst volume than heretofore
disclosed by the art processes as well as greater selectivity
of the /3-trichloroethane to trichloroethylene per pass.
3,639,494
HYDROCARBON CHLORINATION AND
ALKYLATION PROCESS
Richard E. Crocker, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Atlantic
Richfield Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1966, Ser. No. 528,108
Int. CI. C07c 3/52
U.S. CI. 260—671 B 9 Claims
A method for reducing the production of polychloro-
hydrocarbons in a hydrocarbon chlorination comprising
forming a solution of the hydrocarbon with a non-olefinic
aprotic solvent such as benzene, halobenzenes. benzenes
and naphthalenes having electron donating substituents and
carbon disulfide, and passing chlorine into contact with the
solution in the presence of an initiator is disclosed. The
resulting monochlorohydrocarbons are particularly useful
for alkylating aromatic hydrocarbons to prepare detergent
alkylates,
3,639,495
CATALYTIC HYDROCRACKING PROCESS
Charles C. Brewer and Charles R. Killian, Baton Rouge,
La., assignors to Foster Grant Co., Inc., Leominster,
Mass.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
706,806, Feb. 20, 1968. This application Mar. 9, 1970,
Ser. No. 17,901
Int. CI. C07c 3/58
U.S. CI. 260—672 16 Claims
A feed stock of aromatic alkylation residues is sub-
jected to hydrocracking by the use of a catalyst which
may be a mixture of oxide or molybdenum and cobalt,
molybdenum and nickel, or molybdenum, cobalt and
nickel, and a carrier, such as alumina.
3,639,492
DEHYDROHALOGENATION OF HALOGENATED
COMPOUNDS
John B. Campbell, Hockessin, Del., assignor to E. I. dn
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 708,801
Int CI. C07c 27/02. 27/20
U.S. CI. 260—655 8 Claims
Halogen-containing organic compounds are treated with
aqueous inorganic alkaline materials in the presence of a
catalytic amount of a sulfonium compound to split off hy-
drogen halide.
3,639,493
DEHYDROHALOGENATION OF HALOGENATED
COMPOUNDS
John B. Campbell, Hockessin, Del., assignor to E. I. dn
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 712,896
Int CI. C07c 21/04. 21/20
U.S. CI. 260—655 5 Claims
Halogen-containing organic compounds are treated with
aqueous inorganic alkaline material in the presence of
a catalytic amount of a quaternary phosphonium com-
pound to split oflf hydrogen halide.
3,639,496
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ^
NAPHTHALENE
George J. Rozman, Ashland, Ky., assignor to
Ashland Oil, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed July 17, 1968, Ser. No. 745,517
Int CI. C07c 3/58. 7/10
VS, CI. 260—674 N 19 Claims
Naphthalene is produced from hydrocarbon fractions
containing substamial volumes of polycyclic aromatics,
such as light tycle oils from a catalytic cracking unit,
by contacting the hydrocarbon feed with an organic sulf-
oxide, such as dimethylsulfoxide; separating an extract
phase and a first raflRnate phase from one another; mix-
ing the extract phase with water; passing the extract, sol-
vent and water mixture to a clarifier to separate a sec-
ond rafiinate phase therefrom; passing this second raffinate
phase to a dryer to remove water; passing clarified ex-
tract, solvent, and water to a first vacuum distillation
unit to separate a solvent and water overhead from an
extract bottoms; passing the bottoms from the vacuum
distillation unit to a hydrodealkylation unit to produce
naphthalene; mixing the first raffinate from the extractor
with water; passing the mixture of first raffinate and
water to a clarifier to separate the raffinate therefrom;
J
292
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
passing the first raffinate to a dryer to remove residual
water therefrom; combining clarified water and solvent
from the clarifier with the water and solvent from the
first vacuum distillation unit; passing the combined sol-
vent and water streams to a second vacuum distillation
unit to separate the water and the solvent; and recycling
the solvent to the solvent extractor.
tions characterized by increased moduli or stiffness, and
also increased tensile strength and hardness.
3,639,497
EXTRACTION AND MULTI-STAGE FRACTIONAL
DISTILLATION WITH LNDIRECT HEAT EX-
CHANGE OF LIQUID AND VAPOR PROCESS
AND SYSTEM FOR RECOVERING AROMATIC
PRODUCTS
Eugene H. Martel, Bromley, Kent, and Gerald T. Schuch,
Surrey, England, assignors to The Badger Company,
Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Aug. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 754,625
Int. CI. BOld 3/00
U.S. CI. 260—674 SE 6 Claims
{tKT.n^rtwr wpoouc'
A system for recovering high purity aromatic products
from mixed hydrocarbon feedstocks comprising an aro-
matic extraction unit and an aromatics fractionation unit
integrated by heat exchange whereby substantial savings
in operating costs are realized. The aromatics are ex-
tracted from the feedstocks by means of a selected solvent
and the resulting extract is stripped to produce an aro-
matic-rich stream which, in lurrf, is fractionated into
specification aromatic products. The basis of the inte-
grated system is utilization of the overhead vapors from
the aromatic fractionation towers as a source of reboil
heat in the extraction unit.
3,639,498
PREPARATION OF CROSSLINKED ORGANOPOLY-
SILOXANES IN A SUSPENSION MEDIUM
Theodore Vlismas, Barry, Glamorgan, Wales, assignor to
Midland Silicones Limited, Reading, England
No Drawing. Hied June 17, 1968, Ser. No. 737,341
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 22, 1967,
28,941/67; Feb. 22, 1968, 8,721/68
Int. CI. C08g 47/02, 53/08
US. CI. 260—825 4 Claims
Particulate crosslinked organosilicon materials are pre-
pared by reacting in suspension in an inert liquid of an
organopolysiloxane containing silicon-bonded olefinically
unsaturated groups with a hydrogen substituted organo-
polysiloxane. Such materials having a microporous struc-
ture are suitable as a packing material in the columns
of gas chromatographs.
3,639,499
POLYPHENYLENE OXIDE RESINS BLENDED
WITH COUMARONE-INDENE RESINS
Hugh E. Snodgrass, Mishawaka, and Robert L. Lauchlan,
Granger, Ind., assignors to Uniroyal, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,297
Int. CI. COSf 31/04
U.S. CI. 260—829 4 Claims
Blends of poly(phenylene ether) resins with high melt-
ing hydrocarbon resins provide thermoplastic composi-
3,639,500
curable pressure sensitive adhesive con-
taining a polvepoxide, a carboxylated
dient: polymer and an acrylic ester
tackifier
Richard P. Muny, Painesville, and David W. Wilson,
Mentor, Ohio, assignors to Avery Products Corporation
Filed Mav 9, 1968. Ser. No. 727,780
Int. CI. C08g 45/04
U.S. CI. 260—837 25 Claims
There is provided an adhesive composition which is
initially pressure-sensitive and which is characterized by
he presence therein of an elastomer containing highly
polar groups, for example those known to open or asso-
ciate with the reactive portion of resins capable of forming
a structural bond, e.g. a "carboxylated rubber"; an epoxy
resin; a reactive tackifier; and a latent curing agent which
is substantially nonreactive at temperatures below about
75° C, but becomes effective to promote interaction of
components of the adhesive composition at temperatures
above about 140° C. to provide a strong structural
adhesive.
3,639,501
ART OF PRODUCING SHAPED, MODIFIED,
CONDENSATION POLYMERS
Saunders E. Jamison, 27 Constantine Place, Summit, NJ.
07901, and Michael Dunay, 363 Midway Ave., Fan-
wood, N.J. 07076
No Drawing. Application Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,898,
now Patent No. 3,532,778, which is a continuation of
application Ser. No. 489,401, Sept. 22, 1965. Divided
and this application June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,609
Int. CI. C08g 41/04
VS. CI. 260—857 3 Claims
Extrudable liquid compositions and wet formed, e.g.
filamentary material of enhanced dyeability based upon
the combination with a wet formable difficultly meltable
condensation polymer such as poly (polymethylene) ter-
ephthalamide of from 0.5 to 30 percent of a basic nitro-
gen polymer such as a vinylpyridine polymer produced
with a solution thereof in a solvent therefor.
3,639,502
ANTISTATIC SHAPED ARTICLES CONTAINING
POLYETHERPOLYA.MIDE BLOCK COPOLYMER
AND A POLYAMIDE, POLYESTER OR POLY-
OLEFIN
Kaoru Okazaki, Yoichi Shimokawa, and Taneo Maeda,
Nagoya, Keisuke Igawa, Aicbi-ken, Chlkatsu Okagawa,
Nagoya, and Koichi Kato, Ohtsu-shi, Japan, assignors
to Toray Industries, Inc., Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 19, 1968, Ser. No. 746,124
Claims priority, application Japan, July 27, 1967,
42/47,905
Int. CI. COSg 41/04
U.S. CI. 260—857 R 6 Claims
A synthetic resin polymer such as polyamide, polyester
and polyolefin and polyether-polyamide block copolymer
are shaped in a blended condition to obtain a shaped
article. In the shaped article, the block copolymer is dis-
persed in the form of slender particles as an independent
phase wherein the longitudinal axes of the particles are
arranged in parallel relationship with the direction of the
molecular orientation of the shaped article. At least 80%
by weight of the dispersed particles of the block copoly-
mer have a diameter at cross section of not more than
1.0 micron and a length in the direction of longitudinal
axes at least 20 times the diameter at cross section. Poly-
mer blend shaped articles having such an internal struc-
ture have very excellent properties as a synthetic resin
and also excellent antistatic properties.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
293
3,639,503
BLOCK COPOLYCARBONATES CONTAINING
POLYLACTONE BLOCKS AND CYCLO-
BUTYLENE POLYCARBONATE BLOCKS
Markus Matzner, Edison, N.J., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 801,152
Int. CI. C08f 45/32: C08g 17/13, 39/10
U.S. CI. 260—860 10 Claims
This invention relates to improved block copolycar-
bonates containing an amorphous, soft, rubbery segment
or block composed of lactone units and another crystal-
line, hard, thermoplastic segment of block composed of
cyclobutylene polycarbonate.
3,639.504
PROCESS FOR PREPARING HARDENED POLY-
ESTER RESINS USING MIXTLTIES OF ORGANIC
METAL DERIVATIVES OF VANADIUM AND
ZIRCONIUM AS ACCELERATORS
Teo Paleologo and Silvio Vargiu, Milan, Italy, assignors
to Societa Italiana Resine S.p.A.. Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed July 10, 1968, Ser. No. 743,606
Claims priority', application Italy, July 17, 1967,
18,472/67
Int. CI. C08f 2//02
U.S. CI. 260—863 5 Claims
Unsaturated polyester resins are hardened in the
presence of peroxide catalysts and mixtures of organic
metal derivatives of vanadium and zirconium as ac-
celerators.
3,639,507
PLASTIC PATTERN MATERIAL FOR
INVESTMENT CASTING
Stuart Z. Uram, Canton, Ohio, assignor to
TRW Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 7, 1966, Ser. No.
577,786, now Patent No. 3,465,808, dated Sept. 9,
1969. Divided and this application Jan. 21, 1969, Ser.
No. 828,020
Int. CI. C08f 29/12; C08g 43/02
U.S. CI. 260—874 2 Claims
A pattern for a precision investment process, the pattern
being relatively stiff and being cleanly removable from the
investment mold formed therearound by steam autoclav-
ing, the pattern consisting of a mixture of polystyrene and
a water soluble ethylene oxide polymer having a molec-
ular weight of from 100,000 to 2,000,000, the polymer
constituting from 10 to 50% by weight of the mixture.
3,639,505
POLYOLEHN FIBERS OF IMPROVED DYE RECEP-
TIVITY CONTAINING TOLUENESULFONAMIDES
James K. Hughes and Tsung-Yuan Su, Bartlesville, Okla.,
assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mav 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,393
Int. Cl.'C08f 29/70
U.S. CI. 260—873 16 Claims
The dyeability of polyolefin fibers and films is improved
by forming a polymer alloy comprising an intimate blend
of polyolefin, a minor amount of polyethylene terephthal-
ate and from 0.2 to 5 parts per hundred parts of polymer
of toluenesulfonamide compound. Shaped objects pre-
pared from such blends have improved receptivity to dis-
perse dyes.
3,639.506
FLAME RETARDANT COMPOSITION OF POLY-
PHENYLENE ETHER, STYRENE RESIN, ARO-
MATIC PHOSPHATE AND AROMATIC HALOGEN
COMPOUND
William R. Haaf, Voorhesviile, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company
Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,579
Int. CI. C08g 43/02
U.S. CI. 260—874 19 Claims
This invention is for a blend of a polyphenylene ether
and a styrene resin characterized by the addition of a flame
retardant combination comprising an aromatic phosphate
and an aromatic halogen compound. The polyphenylene
ethers are known to have excellent flame retardant prop-
erties while the styrene resins are known to have poor
flame retardant properties. Tlie admixture of a poly-
phenylene ether with a styrene resin destroys the flame
retardancy of the polyphenylene ethers. In accordance
with the present invention, it has been found that the
addition of a combination of an aromatic phosphate and
an aromatic halogen Compound in small amounts to a
blend of a polyphenylene ether and a styrene resin im-
proves the flame retardant properties of the blend to a
point where it satisfies the requirements set forth by the
Underwriters' Laboratory.
3.639,508
THERMOPLASTIC BLENDS OF POLYARYLENE
OXIDE AND BLOCK POLYMER, AND METHOD
FOR MAKING THEM
Roger P. Kambour, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company
Filed Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788,769
Int. CI. C08f 29/72; C08g 43/02
U.S. CI. 260—876 B 29 Claims
Liquid phase blending of a polyarylene oxide and a
monovinyl aromatic block polymer provides for the pro-
duction of a variety of thermoplastic materials having im-
proved heat distortion.
3,639,509
SHAPED ARTICLES ON THE BASIS OF
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
Hans-Joachim Andrascheck and Erich Zentner, Burg-
kirchen (Alz), Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bnining, Frankfurt am Main. Germany
No Drawing. Filed May 5. 1969, Ser. No. 821,994
Claims priority, application Germany, May 17, 1968,
P 17 69 390.2
Int. CI. C08f 47/72, 29/22
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 12 Claims
The invention relates to shaped articles on the basis of
polyvinyl chloride having a high transparency, high ther-
mal stability under load, good deep drawing properties and
a high impact strength. The shaped articles consist main-
ly of a copolymer of predominant proportions of vinyl
chloride and certain N-substituted maleic acid imides,
smaller proportions of known elastomers on the basis of
butadiene and styrene, and optionally, certain proportions
of a graft copolymer of vinyl chloride on a butadiene
elastomer.
3,639,510
REACTION OF FLUORINE WITH
POLYPERFLUOROPOLYENES
T. O. Paine, Administrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration, with respect to an invention
of Madeline S. Toy, Fountain Valley, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,815
Int. CI. C08f 3/20. 27/03, 29/22
VS. CI. 260—877 7 Claims
Polyperfluoropolyenes such as polyperfluorobutadiene
are reacted with fluorine to either provide a saturated
polymer chain and/or create reactive sites on the polymer
chain which is then followed by exposure to a monomeric
species which undergoes free radical polymerization to
graft the monomer onto the polyperfluoropolyenc.
;
294
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,511
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF IMPACT-
RESISTANT STYRENE MIXED POLYMERS
Kurt Kreibich, Marl, Germany, assignor to Chemische
Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft, Marl, Kreis Reckling-
hausen, Germany I
No Drawing. Filed May i\, 1965, Ser. No. 457,833
Claims priority, application Germany, June 10, 1964,
P 12 47 021.2-44
Int. CI. C08f 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—878
2 Claims
An improvement in the process for making impact-
resistant styrene mixed polymers and the product ob-
tained thereby wherein a terpolymer of ethylene, propyl-
ene and non-conjugated diolefins with at least 5 carbon
atoms is prepared in the presence of Ziegler copolymeri-
zation catalysts and the terpolymer has 1 to 3 double
bonds per 1000 carbon atoms, mixing 2 to 20 percent
of the terpolymer with 98 to 80 percent of styrene in an
aqueous suspension and without preliminary ozonization
polymerizing the mixture.
3,639,512
PROCESS FOR PREPARING AN IMPACT RESIST-
ANT VINYL CHLORIDE RESIN COMPOSITION
Katsumi Sugimoto and Sacbio Fukui, Yokohama, Japan,
assignors to Tbe Japanese Geon Company, Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 10, 1967, Ser. No. 629,360
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 15, 1966,
41/23,504
Int CI. C08f 15/00, 29/24, 37/00
U.S. CI. 260—878 R 5 Claims
A process for preparing a vinyl chloride resin compo-
sition, characterized by polymerizing a monomer mix-
ture of vinyl chloride and at least one monomer selected
from the group consisting of alkylvinyl ether, ethylene,
propylene and butene, in the presence of a copolymer of
ethylene and vinyl ester or acrylic acid ester. Such vinyl
chloride resin compositions per se exhibiting excellent im-
pact strength, weatherability, heat stability and processa-
bility are also provided.
3,639,513
POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS OF IMPROVED DYE-
ABILITY CONTAINING A TERPOLYMER OF A
VINYLPYRIDINE AND ALKYL ACRYLATES OR
METHACRYLATES
Kazuo Sadakata, Mitaka-shi, Minoru Sasaki. Ohtake-shi,
Masabiro Hirose, Yamaguchi-ken, and Yasuo Naka-
mura, Yukio Mikida, Kazuo Ito, and Kuninobu Kimura,
Obtake-shi, Japan, assignors to Mitsubisbi Rayon Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 1, 1967, Ser. No. 642,701
Claims priority, application Japan, June 16, 1966, f
41/39,107; June 17, 1966, 41/39,306; July 6, /
1966, 41/44,018 /
Int. CI. C08f 29/12. 33/08
U.S. CI. 260—878 R 5 Claims
A dyeable polypropylene fiber comprising polypro-
pylene in admixture with a copolymer composed mainly
of vinylpyridines and alkyl acrylates or alkyl methacry-
lates having an alkyl group containing 16 to 20 carbon
atoms, and a process for dyeing said fiber characterized
in that the fiber is treated with phosphite esters or alkyl-
phenols to make the fiber excellent in fastness to light.
3,639,514
HYDROPHILIC GRAFT POLYMERS OF ETHYL-
ENE V IN YLPYRROLIDONE COPOLYMER
WITH ACRYLONTTRILE GRAFTED THERE-
ON BY POLYMERIZATION
Karl-Erwin Scbnalke, Cologne-Flittard, Carlbans Suling
and Heino Logemann, Leverkusen, and Raoul Resz,
Cologne-Stammbeim, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 667,354
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 19, 1966,
F 50,232
Int. CI. C08f 15/22
U.S. CI. 260—878 1 Claim
The invention relates to new acrylonitrile graft poly-
mers and to a process for this production, using as a graft
basis a copolymer of ethylene and vinylpyrrolidone and
grafting acrylonitrile thereon.
The acrylonitrile graft polymers have an improved
affinity for water and, at the same time, a high softening
point.
3,639,515
PREPARATION OF o-OLEnN BLOCK
COPOLYMERS
Hugh J. Hagemeyer, Jr., and Marvin B. Edwards, Long-
view, Tex., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
28,826, May 13, 1960, which is a continuation-in-part
of applications Ser. No. 615.775, Oct. 15, 1956, now
Patent No. 3,067,183, and Ser. No. 668,840, July 1,
1957. This application Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,246
The portion of tbe term of the patent subsequent to Oct.
12, 1988, has been disclaimed and dedicated to the
Public
Int. a. C08f 1/30, 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—878 B 4 Claims
This invention relates to the solution polymerization ot
a-olefins to form block copolymers. The polymerization
is conducted in the presence of a catalyst comprising
titanium trichloride and a lithium component.
3,639,516
GRAFT COPOLYMERS
Gordon A. Sarfaty, Doncaster, Victoria, and Geoffrey
W. Tregear, Heidelberg, Victoria, Australia, assignors
to Cancer Institute Board, Melbourne, Victoria, Aus-
tralia
No Drawing. Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,781
Claims priority, application Australia, July 19, 1968,
40.848/68
Int. CI. C08f 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—818 R 8 Claims
A graft copolymer comprising a polymeric nucleus and
surface grafted on to it copolymeric side chains compris-
ing a multiplicity of mer units of the formula
wherein X is at least one group which is reactive with
carbonylic steroids and Y is one or more optional sub-
stituents which is non-reactive with carbonylic steroids
characterised in that substantially the bulk of said polym-
eric side chains surrounds said nucleus in a thin continuous
and homogeneous layer.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
295
3,639,517
RESINOUS BRANCHED BLOCK COPOLYMERS
Alonzo G. Kitchen and Frank J. Szalla. Bartlesville.
Okia,, assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Sept. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,861
Int. CI. C08f 19/08
U.S. CI. 260—879 12 Claims
DECREASING MOLECULAR WT
Monovinyl-substiluted aromatic hydrocarbons and con-
jugated dienes are sequentially poiymerized with multiple
additions of initiator and monovinyl-substituted aromatic
monomer and subsequently treated with a polyfunctional
treating agent to form resinous branched block copoly-
mers which are polymodal in regard to molecular weight
distribution.
3,639,518
ANTI-STATIC POLYMER COMPOSITIONS WITH
DISCOLORATION SUPPRESSORS
Thomas Ellis Davies, Barry, Glamorgan, and Hubert
Brian Hopkins, Swansea, Glamorgan, Wales, assignors
to Dow Chemical Company Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 29, 1967, Ser. No. 671,618
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 19, 1966,
46,728/66
Int. CI. C08f 45/56; C09k 3/16
U.S. CI. 2(50—880 R 8 Claims
An antistatic composition for use with polystyrene,
polyolefins and other hydrocarbon polymers comprising
an alkanolamide of organic acid and, as discolouration
suppressor, an oxide, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate
or carboxylate of ammonium or metals such as sodium,
potassium, magnesium or calcium.
3,639,519
PROCESS FOR PREPARING BLOCK COPOLYMERS
BY REACTING LACTONE WITH A POLYMER
Henry L. Hsieh, Bartlesville, Okla., and Francis X.
Mueller, Jr., Louisville, Ky., assignors to Phillips Petro-
leum Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser No.
679,991, Nov. 2, 1967. This application May 2, 1968,
Ser. No. 726,241
Int. CI. C08f 15/04. 17/02, 19/02
U.S. CI. 260—880 6 Claims
A copolymer is formed by prosiding a polymer having
at least one
-C-M
I
group wherein M is an alkali metal such as lithium, react-
ing the polymer with one of an alkene oxide such as
ethylene oxide, an aldehyde such as propanal, an epoxy-
aldehyde such as 2,3-epoxypropanal, a polyaldghyde such
as 1,3,5-trioxane, a ketone such as 2-butanone, and an
epoxy ketone such as 2,3-epoxy-5-hexanone, and con-
tacting at least the reaction product thereof '^ith at least
one lactone such as epsilon-caprolactone to polymerize
the lactone and form a lactone polymer block on the
first provided polymer.
3,639,520
PRODUCTION OF BUTADIENE-STYRENE GRAFT
COPOLYMERS WITH A NICKEL CARBOXYLIC
ACID SALT OR NICKEL ORGANIC COMPLEX
COMPOUND-TITANIUM TETRACHLORIDE-TRI-
ALKYLALUMINUM CATALYST
Akira Onishi, Shiro Anzai, and Motoki Ishii, Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Bridgestone Tire Company Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
474,483, July 23, 1965. This appUcation July 2, 1968,
Ser. No. 741.908
Int. CI. C08d 1/30; C08f 11/08
U.S. CI. 260—880 6 Claims
A process for manufacturing rubbery or plastic buta-
diene graft copolymers having a cis-1,4 content of at least
85% and substantially no gel. which comprises polym-
erizing butadiene, and copolymerizing styrene at a tem-
perature of from 80° C. to 180° C. with a catalyst sys-
tem consisting of (A) an organic carboxylic acid salt or
an organic metal complex compound of nickel, (B) tita-
nium tetrachloride and (C) a trialkyl aluminum.
3,639,521
POLAR COMPOUND ADJUVANTS FOR IMPROVED
BLOCK POLYMERS PREPARED WITH PRIMARY
HYDROCARBYLLITHIUM INITIATORS
Henry L. Hsieh, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818.804
Int. CI. C08f 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—880 4 Claims
High raw tensile strength radial and linear block poly-
mers are prenp-ed by the incremental addition of mono-
mers employing a particular sequence of addition using
primary hydrocarbyllithium initiators with small amounts
of polar compound adjuvants.
3,639,522
SELF-EXTINGUISHING HIGH IMPACT STYRENE
POLYMERS
Munisamappa Narayana and Henno Keskkula, Midland,
and Jerry E. Mason. Hemlock, Mich., assignors to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed June 4, 1969, Ser. No. 830,514
Int. CI. C08f 29/22
U.S. CI. 260—880 R 3 Claims
The disclosure concerns self-extinguishing high impact
styrene polymers containing dibromocarbene modified
butadiene polymers.
3,639,523
BLOCK COPOLYMERS HAVING IMPROVED
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Roy G. Hayter, Berkeley, and Eugene T. Bishop, Moraga,
Calif., assignors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,385
Int. CI. C08f 15/04, 15/40
U.S. CI. 260—880 8 Claims
The green strength, building tack, and high tempera-
ture properties of block copolymers are substantially im-
proved by the presence of certain relatively low molec-
ular weight polymer blocks of polymerizable monomers.
296
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,524
HYDROPHILIC GEL POLYMER INSOLUBLE IN
WATER FROM POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE
WITH N-VINYL.2-PYRROLIDONE AND METH-
ACRYLIC MODIFIER
Maurice Seiderman, 3306 Deronda Drive,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90028
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,499
Int. CI. C08f 15/40
U.S. CI. 260—885 8 Claims
A plastic or resin product obtained by mixing com-
minuted polyvinylpyrrolidone, vinylpyrrolidone. a modifier
such as an organic methacrylate, optionally a crosslinking
agent, and optionally a catalyst; and causing polymer-
ization to take place by elevating the temperature. The in-
ventive product is insoluble in water but is hydratable with
water, and may take up as much as 90% by weight of
water. The hydrated product is optically transparent and
especially suitable for contact lenses.
copolymers from which dimensionally stable shaped ar-
ticles having a high impact strength can be produced.
3,639,525
RAW MIXTURE OF RUBBERY ISOBUTYLENE
POLYMER WITH CRYSTALLINE TRANS-1,4.
CONJUGATED DIOLEFIN POLYMER
Eric G. Kent, Sarnia, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Polymer Corporation Limited
No Drawing. Hied Nov. 27, 1967, Ser. No. 685,954
Claims priority, application Canada, Dec. 14, 1966,
977,956
Int. CI. C08d 9/08
VS. a. 260—888 4 Claims
A protective covering composition, suitable for use
as an electrical tape, which comprises (A) a solid raw
piolymer mixture of 60-90 parts by weight of a rubbery
polymer of isobutylene and (B) 40-10 parts by weight
of a high molecular weight polymer of a C4-Cg conjugated
diolefin. said diolefin polymer having at least 85% of
the diolefin units in the trans- 1,4 configuration, said parts
being parts per 100 parts total polymer.
3,639,526
CHLORINATED VINYL CHLORIDE RESIN
COMPOSITIONS
Michihiro Kameishi, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Kanega-
fuchi Chemical Industry Company Limited, Osaka,
Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 622,026, Mar. 8,
1967. This application Feb. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 12,897
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 22, 1966,
41 10,956; Mar. 4, 1966, 41/13,472
Int. CI. C08f 29 '24: C08d 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—891 1 Claim
Chlorinated vinyl chloride resin compositions compris-
ing chlorinated vinyl chloride resins of at least 61%
chlorine content mixed with vinyl chloride resins com-
bined with or in alternation with chlorinated vinyl chlo-
ride resins, of less than 61% chlorine; and to uhich mix-
ture, for other embodiments, rubbery butadiene poly-
mers-vinyl compound interpolymers may be mixed; and
methods of preparing the same.
3,639,527
POLYESTER-IONIC COPOLYMER THERMO-
PLASTIC MOULDING COMPOSITIONS
Ludwig Brinkmann and Walter Herwig. Frankfurt am
Main. Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 751,030
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 5, 1967,
P 16 94 190.5
Int. CI. C08f 29/36; C08g 39/10
U.S. CI. 260—873 13 Claims
The invention provides thermoplastic moulding compo-
sitions comprising linear saturated polyesters and ionic
3,639,528
DYEABLE POLYOLEFINS CONTAINING ACID
SALTS OF POLYVINYLPYRIDINES
Tad L. Patton, Baytown, Tex., and Raymond R. Haynes,
Laurel, Md., assignors to E^o Research and Engineer-
ing Company
No Drawing. Filed July 5, 1968, Ser. No. 742,504
Int. CI. C08f 33/08; D06p 3/00
U.S. CI. 260—895 13 Claims
Uniform deep acid dyeing of shaped polyolefin articles,
such as poiv propylene fibers, is achieved by blending into
the polyolefin. before shaping, vinyl pyridine polymers
that have been reacted with either sulfuric acid, a sulfonic
acid, a phosphoric acid, or certain derivatives thereof.
3.639,529
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING CROSS-LINKED
CHLORINATED POLYMERIC SYSTEMS
Burton T. MacKenzie, Jr., Monroe, and Joseph E. Betts,
Westport, Conn., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,095
Int. CI. C08f 29/12
US. CI. 260—897 C 8 Claims
PA* OUT netL >2
,t«T1M)€« »
TAKI UP RCCl £2
CURiMC OVEN 16
A chlorinated polymer is compounded with a lead salt
stabilizer and a cross-linking agent, and then cured under
steam pressure to eflFect cross-linking of the polymer. The
resulting cross-linked product, bearing white surface areas
or spots, is passed through a polar organic solvent, where-
by the spots appearing on the surface of the cross-linked
product are removed therefrom by the action of the solvent.
3,639,530
HIGH TENACITY RESINOUS PACKAGING STRAP
Daniel J. Ryan, Chester, Pa., assignor to
FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Original application May 27, 1965, Ser. No. 459,165.
Divided and this application May 22, 1969, Ser. No.
852 957
Int. CI. C08f 29/12
VS. CI. 260—897 B 4 Claims
A high tenacity packaging strap of a monoaxially
oriented mixture of isotactic polypropylene and a small
amount of a metal ionized alpha-olefin/unsaturated car-
boxylic acid copolymer.
3,639.531
REACTIONS WITH ELEMENTAL PHOSPHORUS TO
PRODUCE PHOSPHORUS ACID ESTER PROD-
UCTS AND THE REACTION PRODUCTS SO
PRODUCED
Chisung Wu, New Brunswick, NJ., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 15, 1966, Ser. No.
527,492. Divided and this application May 21, 1969,
Ser. No. 826,674
Int. CI. C07f 9/08. 9/40
U.S. CI. 260—920 4 Claims
Organophosphorus compositions produced by reacting
(a) elemental phosphorus (b) an epoxide or an eipsul-
fide, and (c) an alcohol or a mercaptan, in the presence
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
297
of a catalytic quantity of a base, and thereafter reacting
the product of (a), (b) and (c) with oxygen or other
oxidizing agent in proportions, at a temperature and for
a period of time sufficient to convert substantially all
trivalent phosphorus to p)entavalent phosphorus. The com-
positions are useful as intermediates for the production
of useful surfactants and also as epoxy resin hardeners.
3,639,532
ESTERS AND/OR AMIDES OF ACIDS OF PHOS-
PHORUS CONTAINING A GROUP HAVING THE
FORMULA ROCH2NHCO—
Gunter Oeriel, Cologne-Flittard, Hans Holtschmidt,
Leverkusen-Steinbuechel, and Wolfgang Carl, Dorma-
gen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 723,584
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 25, 1967,
F 52,234
Int. CI. C07f 9/24; C07d 105/02; C08f 45/85
U.S. CI. 260—923 4 Claims
Sulfur free esters and/or amides of acids of phosphorus
which contain at least one group having the formula
ROCH2NHCO — , wherein R is alkyl, useful as additives
for resins to impart flame-resistance.
3,639,533
TRIORTHOPHOSPHATE ESTERS OF TRIMETH-
YLOL PROPANE AND SALTS THEREOF
William G. De Pierri, Jr., Baytown, Tex., assignor to
Esso Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 718,901
Int. CI. C07f 9/02; C02b 5/ 06
VS. CI. 260—928 7 Claims
Triorthophosphate ester of trimethylol propane and the
alkali metal and ammonium salts thereof.
3,639,534
HYDROXY TERMINATED PHOSPHORUS-CON-
TAINING HALF ESTERS OF BENZOPHENONE
TETRACARBOXYLIC ACID
Harold E. Reymore, Jr., Wallingford, and Adnan A. R.
Sayigh, North Haven, Conn., assignors to The Upjohn
Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
556,559, June 10, 1966. This application Nov. 5, 1968,
Ser. No. 773,650
Int. CI. C07f 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—930 1 Claim
Polyols are described which are the half esters derived
by reacting 3,3',4,4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid
dianhydride with 2 moles, per mole of dianhydride, of
the adduct of 1 mole of 105 percent phosphoric acid and
5.8 moles of propylene oxide. The polyols so obtained
have 1 free carboxy group for each anhydride moiety in
the starting material. The polyols are intermediates in the
preparation of high temperature resistant polyurethane
foams.
3,639,535
TETRAPHOSPHONATES OF DIALLYL
CHLORENDATE
Erich Kuehn, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Atlas
Chemical Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed May 3, 1968, Ser. No. 726,538
Int. CI. C07f 9/40; C08g 22/44
U.S. CI. 260-932 3 Claims
Phosphorus-containing compounds of diallyl chloren-
date. The compounds have the properties of imparting
flame-retardancy and intumescence to polymeric ma-
terials.
3,639,536
STABILIZED SALIGENIN CYCLIC
PHOSPHORUS ESTERS
Noboru Muramoto, Ikeda-shi, and Johan Saiga and
Yoshitsugu Suzuki, Takarazuka-shi, Japan, as^gnors to
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 794,395
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 6, 1968,
43/14,828; Nov. 7, 1968, 43/81,427
Int. CI. C07d 105/04r AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—937 3 Claims
A stabilized compx)sition consisting essentially of a sali-
genin cyclic phosphorus ester represented by the formula,
/V'^x
O X
^\^ \
wherein X represents oxygen or sulfur and Y represents
methoxy. a lower alkylthio having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,
a lower alkenylthio having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a phenyl-
thio,
-N
R>
wherein Ri is a lower alkyl having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, or
-N
./
R'
\
R»
wherein R^ and R^ are a lower alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon
atoms; and a stabilizer compound of a secondary aryl-
amine including a compound having a pyrrole nucleus in
the structural formula, the amount of the stabilizer com-
pound being 0.1 to 20% by weight based on the weight
of said esters, which is advantageously employed for the
manufacture of insecticides.
3,639,537
ORGANO GLYOXYLONITRILE OXI.MINO
PHOSPHATES
Harold A. Kaufman, Piscataway, NJ., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 11, 1966, Ser. No. 585,742
Int. CI. C07f 9/02; AOln 9/36
V.S. CI. 260—940 5 Claims
Pesticidal compounds classed as phenyl- and substi-
tuted-phenylglyoxylonitrile oximino phosphates and phos-
phonates. Typical of the compounds provided are the
0,0-dialkyl 0-(4 - halophenylglyoxylonitrile oximino)
phosphates and the S-alkyl 0-(4 - halophenylglyoxylo-
nitrile) alkylphosphonates. The invention further pro-
vides methods using said compounds as pesticides, as well
as pesticidal compositions containing the new compounds
and p»esticidal carriers therefor.
3,639,538
HINDERED PHENOLIC DERIVATIVES OF CER-
TAIN PHOSPHINODITHIOIC ACIDS OR AN O.O-
DIESTER OF PHOSPHOROTHIOLOTHIONIC ACID
Eduard K. Kleiner, Dobbs Ferry, N.Y., assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Eh-awing. Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,696
Int. CI. C07f 9/16. 9/32, 9/40
U.S. a. 260—941 10 Claims
Hindered phenolic derivatives of certain phosphinodi-
thioic acids and O.O-diesters of phosphorothiolothionic
acids are prepared by the addition of (a) an alpha, beta-
unsaturated ester of a hindered hydroquinone and (b) a
298
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
February 1, 1972
phosphinodithioic acid or an 0,0-diester of phosphoro-
ihiolothionic acid. Compounds are obtained which have
the formula
Q..-P(S)S-
wherein — Q is — R* or OR*
— R is
R' Rs
R» COOR
(lower) alkyl
-OH
I lower) alkyl
where said (lower) alkyl has from 1 to 6 carbon atoms;
— R^ R2, — R3 are each hydrogen, lower alkyl from
1 to 6 carbon atoms, phenyl, benzyl or
— C„H2:,C00R
where ni is 0 to 6;
— R* IS alkyl from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl
from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, phenyl and benzyl and
when Q is — OR* the two — R* groups can be
— (CHt In — • where /; is 2 or 3, forming a cyclic 0,0-
diester of phosphorothiolothionic acid.
The compounds are useful as stabilizers for organic ma-
terials which are subject to oxidative and thermal de-
terioration. '
3,639,539
PHOSPHORLS-CONTAINING N,N-DIMETHYLOL-
CARBOXYLIC ACID AMIDES
Hermann Nachbur, Dornach, and Arthur Maeder,
Therwil, Swit2erland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel,
Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 715,980
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 11, 1967,
5.131/67
Int. CI. C07f 9/40
U.S. CI. 260—942 6 Claims
Phosphorus-containing N,N-dimethylolcarbo.xylic acid
amides of the formula
O CII:OII
■I /
RiO CIl2-CH»-CH-C-N
\ / I \
P Xi CHjOH
/ ^
RiO 0
wherein Ri is an alkyl or halogen alkyl residue and Xj is
hydrogen or a group of the formula
-H2C-CO-N
\
cn2-0H
cih-ori
These amides are suitable for rendering cellulose-contain-
ing fibrous materials flameproof. The flameproof finish is
resistant to washing and dry-cleaning and improves the
dry crease angle of the finished material.
3,639,540
SLLFINYL PHENYL ESTERS OF THIONOPHOS-
PHORIC OR THIONOPHOSPHONIC ACIDS
Richard Sehring, Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany, assignor
to C. H. Boehringer Sohn, Ingelheim am Rhein, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 780,870
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 4, 1967,
P 16 43 706.2; Feb. 27, 1968, P 16 43 764.2
Int. CI. C07f 9/18; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—949 2 Claims
Sulfinylphenyl esters of thionophosphoric acid or
thionophosphonic acid and are useful as insecticides and
acaricides.
3,639,541
ESTER-CONTAINING POLYOLS HAVING HALO-
GEN AND PHOSPHORUS ATOMS
Arthur L. Austin, Southgate, Louis C. Pizzini, Trenton,
and William W. Levis, Jr., Wyandotte, Mich., assignors
to BASF Wyandotte Corporation, Wyandotte, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed May 13, 1968, Ser. No. 728,813
Int. CI. C07f 9/08: C08g 22/44
U.S. CI. 260—952 8 Claims
Ester-containing polyols are prepared by the reaction of
(a) polyhydroxyl-containing compounds with (b) acids
or oxides of phosphorus, (c) halogen-containing organic
acid anhydrides, and (d) alkylene oxides. The polyols
are particularly useful in the preparation of fiame-retard-
ant polyurethane foams.
3.639,542
ESTER-CONTAINING POLYOLS HAVING HALO-
GEN AND PHOSPHORUS ATOMS THEREIN
Louis C. Pizzini, Trenton, and William W. Levis, Jr.,
Wyandotte. Mich., assignors to BASF Wyandotte Cor-
poration, Wyandotte, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed May 13, 1968, Ser. No. 728,840
Int. CI. C07f 9/08, 9/50: C08g 22/44
U.S. CI. 260—952 6 Claims
Ester-containing polyols are prepared by the reaction
of polyhydroxyl-containing phosphorus compounds with
halogen-containing organic acid anhydrides and alkylene
oxides. The 1 :>lyols are particularly useful in the prepara-
tion of flame-retardant rigid polyurethane foams.
3,639,543
PROCESS FOR MAKING PHOSPHORUS-CONTAIN-
ING POLYETHER POLYOLS AND PRODUCT OF
THE PROCESS
Robert A. Newton and Donnell A. Ballard, Lake Jackson,
Tex., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706,623
Int. CI. C07f 9/08; C08g 22/44
U.S. CI. 260—953 9 Claims
Phosphorus-containing polyether polyols are made by a
process comprising reacting an alkylene oxide with a mix-
ture of a polyether polyol and a phosphoric acid. The
phosphorus-containing polyether polyols produced by this
process are useful in making fire resistant polyurethane
foams.
3,639,544
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING HIGH
MOLECULAR WEIGHT TRIARYL PHOS-
PHATES AND REACTION PRODUCTS
THEREOF
Albert L. Smith, Middleport, Ohio, assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 22, 1967, Ser. No. 684,969
Int. CI. C07f 9/12, 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—966 4 Claims
A composition of matter and its phosphate derivatives
consisting essentially of a high boiling point aromatic ma-
terial containing from 9 to IK carbon atoms and 3,4
xylenol and from 10 to 50% by weight of a lower boil-
ing point aromatic material consisting essentially of 2,6
xylenol and a process of manufacturing the same.
3,639,545
PROCESS FOR MAKING CYCLIC ALKYLENE
PHOSPHATE. ALKYLENE ESTERS
Robert D. Wilcox, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company. Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 715,993
Int. CI. C07f 9/05
U.S. CI. 260—971 6 Claims
Cyclic alkylene phosphate, alkylene esters are pre-
pared by reacting a bis-alkylene pyrophosphate with an
i'
CHEMICAL
299
equimolar proportion of a vicinal alkylene oxide, R20. preventing the particles from falling directly to the bottom
This reaction can be represented as follows: of the atomizing chamber. The particles may then be col-
lected in the dry state, rather than in a fluid as shown by
0000 the prior art. The gas stream in the disclosed embodiment
y \ii ii/ \
R' P— O— P Ri -f R20 ►
O O
(I) —
o o
\ /
o
o o
-o-F •^B
(II)
where R' and R^ are vicinal alkylene groups. The com-
pound of Formula II can be reacted with various active
hydrogen compounds such, for example, as alcohols, gly-
cols, water or the like, to open its rings and form alkylene
phosphate esters useful as fire retardants in polyure-
thanes.
3,639,547
METHOD FOR PREPARING 0-METHYL-S-METHYL
PHOSPHORO AMI DOTHIO ATE
Philip S. Magee, San Rafael, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
468,986, July 1, 1965. This appUcation Jan. 21, 1969,
Ser. No. 792,785
Int. CI. C07f 9/24; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—989 14 Claims
Stable O-methyl-S-methylphosphoroamidothioate, use-
ful as an insecticide, is prepared by ammoniating 0,0-
dimethylhalophosphorothioate with aqueous ammonia to
form 0,0-dimethylphosphoroamidothionate and reacting
the 0,0-dimethylphosphoroamidothionate with dimethyl
sulfate or a methyl sulfonate at about 20 to 100° C.
3,639,548
METHOD OF PRODUCING METAL POWDERS
Terry S. Ullman, Royal Oak, and Chester J. Lecznar,
Warren, Mich., assignors to Alloy Metals, Incorporated,
Troy, Mich.
Original application Jan. 16, 1967, Ser. No. 609.562, now
Patent No. 3,501,802. Divided and this application Oct.
31, 1969, Ser. No. 871,378
Int. CI. BOlj 2/04
VS. CI. 264—12 4 Claims
This disclosure relates to a method of producing metal
powders in a swirling gas stream. Molten metal is intro-
duced into a downwardly directed swirling gas stream
having a greater pressure at the vortex or axis of the
gas stream than at the perimeter or slip stream. The gas
stream simultaneously atomizes the molten metal and
suspends the atomized particles in the swirling slip stream.
3,639,546
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
PHOSPHATE ESTERS
William W. West, EI Cerrito, Robert O. Bolt. San Rafael,
and Chester D. Gordon, El Sobrante, Calif., assignors
to Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1968, Ser. No. 748,206
Int. CI. C07f 9/12: C09k 3/00
U.S. CI. 260—974 7 Claims
A process for the production of a mixed alkyl aryl
phosphate ester, useful as a hydraulic fluid or other func-
tional fluid, which comprises reacting POCI3 and an
alkanol at low temperature while purging with nitrogen,
thereafter stripping product HCI from the reaction mix-
ture with nitrogen at a temperature of 115^-125° F.
under pressure of not more than 100 mm. Hg, the HCI free
mixture is designated PCM, followed by reaction of the
PCM with an alkali metal arylate to produce the ester.
"^^^
V
enters the atomizing nozzle tangentially to its axis, and
the velocity of the swirling gas is increased by the nozzle
configuration to produce a self-sustaining tornado-effect,
rolling and shearing the atomized metal particles and
forming a relatively dense metal powder.
ERRATUM
For Class 264 — 41 see:
Patent No. 3,639,567
3,639,549
SHATTERED RESINS
Lewen B. O. Tugwell, Famham, England, assignor to
Shattaline Limited, Evanton, Ross and Cromarty, Scot-
land
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
794,351, Jan. 27, 1969, which is a continnation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 498,093, Oct. 19, 1965. This
application May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,289
Int. CI. B29c 25/00: C08g 51/26: C08j 1/14
U.S. CI. 264—51 3 Claims
A method of producing a decorative body of an un-
saturated polyester resin includes shaping a settable liquid
mixture containing the resin and water, and allowing the
mixture to set, the setting of resin generating sufficient
heat to evaporate the water and thereby causing internal
cracks in the set shape to give a decorative effect.
3,639,550
METHOD OF FORMING RECTANGULAR CROSS-
SECTION FOAM POLYURETHANE BY VIBRAT-
ING THE SIDES OF THE FORMING CONVEYOR
Heinz Darmochwal, Memmingen, Germany, assignor to
Metzeler AG, Munich, Germany
Filed Aug. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 753,503
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21, 1967,
P 17 04 845.2
Int. CI. B29d 27/04
U.S. CI. 264—51 5 Claims
A continuous slab of foam material is produced by
pouring free-rising polyurethane foam into a confining
path defined by a liner of release paper which travels with
a substantially horizontal bottom wall between two up-
k>
300
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
standing side walls to convey the loaf through a foaming
zone where the loaf rises to form a slab. The side walls
are vibrated to prevent adherence of rising loaf to the
liner in regions adjacent to the side walls and to thus in-
sure the formation of a slab having a substantially rec-
. r /-f ■ T
core. A funnel is temporarily provided at the upper end
of the external mold for receiving concrete.
tangular cross-sectional outline. The means for vibrating
the side walls may include cams and followers, crank
drives, eccentrics or analogous vibrating devices which im-
part to side wails vertical vibratory movements at right
angles to the direction of advance of the loaf.
3,639,551
CYCLIC METHOD FOR PRODUCING LOW-
DENSITY POLYSTYRENE FOAM BEADS
Irby H. Leach, 2094 Emerson, Napa, Calif. 94558
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,344
Int CI. B29d 27100
U.S. CI. 264—55 5 Claims
■■U
ERRATUM
For Class 264 — 75 see:
Patent No. 3,639,573
3,639,553
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING SHEETS OF
POLYMERIZED RESINOUS MATERIAL
Hideo Sueda, Takeshi Yamawaki, and Keiichi Kida,
Tokyo-to, Masahiro Hayashi, Yokohama-shi, Kazuo
Endo, Tokyo-to, and Mamoni Kaneko, Yokohama-shi,
Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha (also trading as Mitsubishi Chemical Industries
Limited). Tokyo-to, Japan
Fded July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,644
Claims priority, application Japan, July 17, 1968,
43/50,372, 43/50,373, 43/50,374; May 7, 1969,
44/35,050
Int. CI. B29c 5100
U.S. CI. 264—90 21 Claims
ataos
''^AN5»0*»T COOL AND
POEEIOANOeO BEADS
hClD and S-ABilZE
— PPEEXOANOEC PAR-'-Al.LY
COU-APSED 9EA0S
REMOVE FOAMED,
p— LOW aCNSiT.
1 OART.CLES
'!
(
L- STEAM
• MOT AJH ]
1
1
Polystyrene beads are subjected to heated water vapor
to partially expand the beads and they are thereafter
transported to a holding chamber. During transportation,
a partial collapse of the pre-expanded beads takes place.
In the chamber the beads are subjected to heated air to
stabilize their volume. From the holding chamber the pre-
expanded beads are recycled a plurality of times until the
beads have a density of about 0.5 pounds per cubic foot
or less. The temperature of the water vapor is raised dur-
ing each successive cycle.
3,639,552
METHOD OF PRODUCING FERRO-CEMENT PIPES
Michal Sandowicz, Ul. Dabrowicka 12,
Warsaw 33, Poland
FUed Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 769,476
Int CI. B28b 1108
\}&. CL 264—71 3 Claims
A method of molding a ferro-cement pipe with a multi-
layer mesh reinforcement therein comprising moving an
annular piston element downwardly within and in en-
gagement with the interior surface of an external mold,
an internal core surrounded by the multi-layer mesh rein-
forcement moving with the piston element, wet cement
being introduced into the upper end of the mold cavity
between the external mold and the internal web while
vibrating the concrete, and then removing the internal
A method of polymerizing polymerizable resinous ma-
terial in a cell including a pair of templates and a pack-
ing member sandwiched between them. The packing mem-
ber is made of a compressible thermoplastic material,
antj/by compressing the packing member, subatmospheric
pressure is created in the cell, thus firmly holding the tem-
plates without using any mechanical clamping means.
3,639,554
METHOD OF MAKING SYNTHETIC-RESIN FOILS
WITH PAPER-LIKE CHARACTERISTICS
Thomas Gough Hutt, 936 Pretorius St., Pretoria,
Transvaal, Republic of South Africa
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,500
Claims priority application Republic of South Africa,
July 29, 1968, 68/4,893
Int. CI. B29c 17/ 07
U.S. CI. 264—95 5 Claims
A method of making synthetic-resin foils, especi^ly
foils consisting in substantial part of a thermopla^ic
wherein 5 to 209o by weight of the mixture adapted to be
formed into the foil is made up of a masterbatch or color
concentrate consisting of 50 to 75% by weight of a pig-
ment (organic or inorganic), preferably titanium dioxide,
and 50 to 25% by weight of a wax, the latter making
up the remainder of the color concentrate or masterbatch.
The wax is a saturated hydrocarbon having more than 33
carbon atoms per molecule (with a carbon number of at
least 33) and an average molecular weight of about 750.
3,639,555
METHOD OF MAKING A CONCRETE PLUG
William J. Steffan, Fremont, Calif., assignor to Burke
Concrete Accessories, Inc., Burlingame, Calif.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,786
Int. CI. B28b 3100
U.S. CI. 264—140 9 Claims
A method of making a concrete plug comprising the
steps of providing an anhydrous cement mix, moisturizing
this mix slightly to partially hydrate the mix and provide
for particle growth, pressing the partially hydrated mix
into a slug and then grinding the slug to create a mix hav-
*
%
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
301
ing a predetermined particle size larger than that of the weight polymers the masses are filtered through a filter
starting mix, pressing the mix into plugs of final form, pack containing a finely divided material which is inert
wetting the plugs to start complete hydration, and com-
pletely hydrating the plug under ambient conditions.
3,639,556
METHOD FOR SPINNING COMPOSITE FILAMENTS
Masao Matsui, Takatsuki, Susumu Tokura, Osaka, and
Masahiro Yamabe, Neyagawa, Japan, assignors to
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Original application Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,585.
Divided and this application Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No.
7,434
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 21, 1967.
42/82,256, 42/82,257; Oct. 9. 1968, 43/73,752
Int. CI. B29f 3110
\}&. CI. 264—171 3 Claims
A composite filament suitable for manufacturing ladies'
stocking having a crimpability comprising at least two
fiber-forming components differing in shrinkability, which
has such a particular cross-section that one component is
interposed into the other component, for example, in a
wedge-shape and occupies only 5 to 30% of the peripheral
surface of the filament, is manufactured by flowing two
independent same or different spinning materials in opv-
posite directions to each other in two ducts each connect-
ing to a common conduit and combining them and inter-
posing a thin layer-like flow of another spinning material
different from the above-described spinning materials be-
tween the two spinning material flows at the combined por-
tion in the above-described particular cross-sectional shape
and then extruding the thus combined spinning materials
through the conduit from a common orifice.
towards the spinning mass and the mean fineness of grain
of which increases in the direction to the spinneret accord-
ing to an exponential function.
3,639,558
IMMUNOLOGICAL REAGENT PARTICLES
HAVING PROTEINACEOUS MATERIALS
COVALENTLY BONDED THERETO
Louis Csizmas, 1737 Inwood Court, and Virendra Patel,
1424 Locust St., both of Elkhart. Ind. 46514
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706,688
Int. CI. G01ni7/00, i5/76
U.S. CI. 424—12 7 Claims
Reactive particles of controlled reactivity and size which
are capable of direct chemical attachment to biological
substances can be made by coating solid carrier particles
with at least one coat of a proleinaceous material by the
use of a first coupling agent and then attaching to said
proteinaceous coat through covalent bonding a second
coupling agent capable of attachment to biological sub-
stances through covalent bonding. Insolubilized biological
reagents may be produced from such reactive particles
merely by mixing these particles with biological sub-
stances which will be bound thereto through the second
coupling agent. With the use of diff"erent coupling agents
varying reactivity can be attained, and the desired final
particle size will depend upon the number of coats of the
proteinaceous material employed.
3,639,559
METHOD OF ISOLATING ANTIGENS AND/OR
ANTIBODIES FROM PROTEIN MIXTURES
Barbara Tax, Goethestrasse 7, Graz, Austria
No Drawing. Filed July 9, 1968, Ser. No. 743,302
Claims priority, application Austria, Aug. 22, 1967,
A 7,706/67
Int. CI. A61r 27100
U.S. CI. 424—12 2 Claim.'!
Insoluble antigen and antibody derivatives are produced
by adding formaldehyde to solutions or sera containing
antigen or anti-body protein. These insoluble derivatives
are stable specific immuno-adsorbents which are suitable
for isolating homologous antibodies or antigens from
mixtures with other proteins, and which can be repeat-
edly used. For eluting antibodies and antigens bound to
immuno-adsorbents aqueous propionic acid has proved to
be a generally applicable agent.
3.6.19557
PROCESS AND DEVICE FOR FILTERING MELTS OF
FIBER-FORMING HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT
POLYMERS
Otto Pfannenschmid, Bobingen, Germany, assignor to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main. Germany
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,729
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 12, 1969,
P 19 18 686.8
Int. CI. B28b 3/20; DOld 1110
U.S. CI. 264—176 8 Claims
To remove impurities and inhomogeneities from spin-
ning masses of fiber- and film-forming high molecular
3,639.560
VETERINARY TREATMENT
David Martin Moran, Felpham. Bognor Regis, and Jack
Vivian Croucher, Crawley, England, assignors to
Beecham Group Limited, Brentford, Middlesex, Eng-
land
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52.925
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Juh 8, 1969,
34,256 69
Int. CI. A61j 3. 02; A61m 3100; A61k 27/12
U.S. CI. ^1\—11 9 Claims
Method and composition of sustained release form for
treating mammary disorders such as bovine mastitis. Bead
302
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
February 1, 1972
lets of 1 to 500 microns in diameter and containing a
therapeutic agent are administered during the animal's dry-
period via the streak canal so that substantially all the
therapeutic agent is released in the mammary gland be-
fore commencement of the lactation period.
3,639,561
VAGINAL SUPPOSITORIES AND IMPREGNATED
TAMPONS
Maxwell Gordon, Philadelphia, Pa., and Carleton C.
Stewart, Tumersville, NJ., assignors to Smith Kline
& French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 33,051
Int. CI. A61j 13/08; A61k 9/02, 17/00
U.S. CI. 424—28 13 Claims
Contraceptive compositions comprising prostaglandin
F2a or E2, oxytocin, adenosine triphosphate and ethyl-
ene diamine tetraacetic acid in the form of vaginal sup-
positories and or impregnated tampons and methods of
preventing conception or implantation by inserting in an
animal organism said compositions after exposure to con-
ception.
3,639,562
VAGINAL SUPPOSITORIES AND IMPREGNATED
TAMPONS
Maxwell Gordon, Philadelphia, Pa., and Carleton C.
Stewart, Tumersville, N J., assignors to Smith Kline
& French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 33,052
Int. CI. A61j 3/08; A61k 9/02, 17/00
U.S. CI. 424—28 11 Claims
Contraceptive compositions comprising oxytocin, aden-
osine triphosphate and ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid
in the form of vaginal suppositories and/or impregnated
tampons and methods of preventing conception or im-
plantation by inserting in an animal organism said com-
positions after exposure to conception.
3.639,565
GASTRIC-RESISTANT TABLETS COATED WITH
ERYTHROSINE AND HYDROXYPROPYL-
ETHYLCELLULOSE
Elliott Prillig, Waukegan, III., assignor to Abbott
Laboratories. North Chicago, III.
No Drawmg. Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,915
Int. CI. C08d 27/76, 27/02; C09d 11/14
U.S. CI. 424—35 1 Claim
A composition consisting essentially of hydroxypropyl-
methylcellulose and erythrosine has been found to be
substantially insoluble in gastric juices but readily soluble
in intestinal juices. It therefore provides an excellent
coating composition for tablets, granules and powders
intended for dissolution in the intestines and for tablets,
granules and powders containing a drug sensitive to the
acidic environment of the stomach.
3,639.563
MOUTHWASH CONTAINING POLYMERIC POLY-
OXYETHYLENE NONIONIC SURFACE ACTIVE
AGENT AND CHLOROFORM
Joseph Paul Januszewski, Somerville, NJ., assignor to
Colgate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 734,544, June 5, 1968. This application July 23,
1970, Ser. No. 57,767
Int. CI. A61k 7/16
U.S. CI. 424—49 16 Claims
The present invention provides an alcoholic aqueous
mouthwash having superior taste characteristics. The
mouthwash contains between about 0.5% and 3% of a
polymeric polyoxyethylene containing nonionic surface
active agent wherein the polyoxyethylene component of
the polymer comprises at least about 40% of the polymer.
The mouthwash also contains a small effective amount
of chloroform to effect a stimulation of the taste char-
acteristics thereof.
3.639,564
METHOD OF SUGAR COATING TABLETS
Ryuichi Kawata and Hiroitsu Kawada, Tokyo, Tadayoshi
Ohmura, Niiza, and Sumio Uematsu, Urawa, Japan,
assignors to Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90,105
Int. CI. AOln 17/00; A61k 9/00
U.S. CI. 424—35 6 Claims
Tablet cores containing medicaments, particularly, hy-
groscopic medicaments are coated by applying directly
thereto sugar syrup containing a sucrose higher fatty acid
ester without applying water proof coating or other sub-
coating treatment.
3,639,566
VAGINAL SUPPOSITORY CONTAINING LACTO-
BACILLI ACIDOPHILUS DOEDERLEINI
Ryoichi Naito, Ibaragi. Yoshigoro Oguro, Osaka, and
Takuji Doi, Kyoto, Japan, assignors to The Green
Cross Corporation, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59.354
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 12, 1970,
45/3,666
Int. CI. A61j 3/08; A61k 9/02: C12k 1/08
U.S. CI. 424—37 8 Claims
Strains of Lactobacillus acidophilus Doederleini iso-
lated from healthy young women's vagina had been con-
tinuously and successively cultured in culture media con-
taining various kinds of antibiotics to make the strains
antibiotics-resistant; the bacilli are cultivated in an ade-
quate liquid culture media under a semi-anaerobic condi-
tion; culture media with grown bacilli are mixed with
sterilized starch, which is separated from said media;
starch with absorbed bacilli is added with dried sterilized
starch and sealed in gelatin capsules after addition of
estriol. ^
3,639,567
METHOD FOR CABLE-BLOCKING WITH
POLYURETHANE FOAM
Harold C. Hervig, Maplewood, Minn., assignor to Minne
sota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul.
Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 773,628
Int. CI, B29d 27/04; H02g 15/20
U.S. CI. 264—45 5 Claims
An improvement in the method for in situ formation of
gas-tight cable blocks in pressurized multi-conductor
cables, the improvement comprising forming the cable
block from a self-curing mixture of polyurethane precusor
ingredients that exhibits a controlled foaming as it cures
and thus a controlled expansion that forces the mixture
between the conductors in the cable. The polyurethane
composition reaches a viscosity of at least about 50,000
centipoises before a major amount of foaming and during
foaming expands to between 5 and 25 percent of its
original size.
3,639,568
GAS-RELEASABLE AND FOAMABLE
COMPOSITIONS
William H. Schmitt, Elmhurst, III., assignor to Alberto-
Culver Company, Melrose Park, III.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,876
Int. CI. A61r 7/00, 7/06, 9/02
U.S. CI. 424—43 22 Claims
Gas releasable and foamable compositions, adapted to
be packaged in conventional non-pressurized containers
as, for example, metal or plastic collapsible or squeezable
tubes, comprising substantially anhydrous compositions
containing a compressible water-insoluble gas, particular-
ly in the form of an aliphatic hydrocarbon or halogenated
CHEMICAL
303
hydrocarbon, dissolved in an organic solvent, such as a
polyethylene glycol, which organic solvent is also water-
soluble, and supplemental agents to complete the com-
positions for their intended uses, such as solid detergent
tablets, suppositories, shaving creams, mouthwashes, ene-
mas, drain cleaners, etc. When said compositions are
wetted or admixed with water, said dissolyed compressi-
ble gas is displaced from said organic solvent and is re-
leased in the form of a gas or, in certain cases, a gas to
form a foam.
3,639,569
ORAL COMPOSITIONS FOR CALCULUS
RETARDATION
Ralph F. Medcalf, Jr., Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to The
Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706.685
Int. CI. A61k 7/16, 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—48 8 Claims
Oral compositions, such as toothpaste, mouthwash, and
the like, containing certain tris(phosphonoalkyl)amines
and their salts which retard dental calculus formation
without damaging tooth structure.
3,639,570
ORAL HYGIENE WITH AMINOPOLYUREYLENE
RESIN
Paul Sheldon Grand, South Bound Brook, and Joseph
Gerald Becker, Martinsville, N J., assignors to Colgate-
Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90,134
Int. CI. A61k 7/16
U.S. CI. 424—54 10 Claims
A method of improving oral hygiene by inhibiting
growth of streptococci and inhibiting formation of calcu-
lus and caries comprising intermittently contacting the
oral cavity with a composition comprising an effective
amount of an aminopolyureylene resin having a molecu-
lar weight in the range of about 300 to 100,000 in a com-
patible, nontoxic carrier and compositions for use in the
method. — ^
3,639,571
COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR RETARDING
PLAQUE AND DENTAL CALCULUS
Samuel Turesky, 84 Wallis Road, Chestnut Hill, Mass.
02167, and Irving Glickman, 24 Manor House Road,
Newton, Mass. 02159
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
530,781, Mar. 1, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 679,994, Nov. 2. 1967, which in
turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
763,491, Sept. 23, 1968. This application Jan. 29, 1970,
Ser. No. 6,933
Int. CI. A61k 7/16
U.S. CI. 424-54 13 Claims
Formation of bacteria, e.g. of the type resulting in for-
mation of bacteria, e.g. of the type resulting in the for-
mation of dental plaque and dental calculus, is retarded
by exposing surfaces to be protected to a composition
containing compounds of the formula:
I
Ri-P==0
i.
Where one of Rj, R2 and R3 is an amine group or sub-
stituted amine group and R2 and R3 are physiologically-
tolerable organic radicals.
3,639,572
EYELINER COMPOSITION
Herbert W. Heinrich, Ridgewood, NJ., and Ingeborg .M.
Schmitt, Flushing, N.Y. (hoth % Chas. Pfizer & Co.,
235 E. 42nd St., New York, N.Y. 10017)
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
419,575, Dec. 18, 1964. This appUcation Feb. 27, 1967,
Ser. No. 619,018
InL CI. A61k 7/02
U.S. CI. 424—63 1 Claim
Water-resistant liquid makeup for the skin of the eye-
lids may be formulated on the basis of an aqueous dis-
persion of water-insoluble addition polymer in combina-
tion with polyhydric alcohol, pigment, water-insoluble
inorganic silicate and optional ingredients as detailed
in the disclosure.
\
3,639,573
METHOD FOR MAKING A MULTICOLORED
SPLIT POLYOLEFIN YARN
Morton I. Port, West End, N J., assignor to
Avisun Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Sept 12, 1967, Ser. No. 667,140
Int. CI. B29c 17/14; B29f 3/12
VS. CI. 264—75 \ 8 Claims
A multicolored split yam usable in decorative fabrics is
produced by concurrently extruding at least two layers of
polymeric material which are adapted to be differently
colored, the layers being joined into a composite film-like
web which is then slit into parallel tapes and stretch-
oriented to produce mono-filament yarns of high strength,
the yarns being fibrillated whereby each yarn is composed
of a cluster of fine multicolored filaments whose edges are
exposed as well as on the faces thereof.
3,639,574
STABLE HYDROGEN PEROXIDE GELS
Irving R. Schmolka, Grosse He, Mich., assignor to BASF
Wyandotte Corporation, Wyandotte, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
580,204, Sept. 19, 1966. This application Oct. 25, 1967,
Ser. No. 677,884
Int. CI. A61k 27/00, 7/12
U.S. CI. 424—78 7 Claims
Aqueous hydrogen peroxide gels possessing enhanced
stability, useful in treating surface cuts and bleaching
hair, are prepared employing certain polyoxyethylene
polyoxypropylene block copolymers as gelling agents.
3,639,575
SILVER ION GEL COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD
OF USING THE SAME
Irving R. Schmolka, Grosse He. Mich., assignor to BASF
Wyandotte Corporation, Wyandotte, Mich,
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
580,204, Sept. 19, 1966. This application June 19, 1968,
Ser. No. 738,110
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—78 7 Claims
Compositions, particularly effective in the treatment of
burns, are prepared from water-soluble silver salts and.
304
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
as a matrix therefor, aqueous gels of certain polyoxyeth-
ylene polyoxypropylene block copolymers.
3,639,576
RESTERILIZING CONTACT LENS SOLUTION
Hans H. Kaspar and Paul F. Kirk, Sunnyvale, Calif.,
assignor to Baraes-Hind Pharmaceuticals
No Drawing. Hied June 19, 1968, Ser. No. 738,131
Int. CI. A61k 27100
\5&. CI. 424—78 9 Claims
A rapidly resterilizing contact lens solution havmg a
high degree of comfort for the user, and good retention of
these properties on extended storage, is provided, utilizing
a combination of partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl alcohol,
an anti-microbial organic quaternary ammonium com-
pound, and a small amount of EDTA.
destroyed by the oxidizing action of the oxidases on the
tissue and by the production of oxygen. The oxygen is
produced, in some instances, by the action of the tissue
itself, or a catalase enzyme may be added to the prepara-
tion which will decompose the hydrogen peroxide which
is present into water and oxygen.
3 639 577
INJECTABLE ADJUVANT,' METHOD OF PREPAR-
ING SAME AND COMPOSITIONS INCLUDING
SUCH ADJUVANT
John T. Urton, Prairie Village, and Max E. Glass, Kansas
City, Kans,, and Stephen F. Donahue, Kansas City, and
Arthur Carlson. Jr., Overland Park, Mo., assignors
to Haver-Lockhart Laboratories Incorporated, St.
Shawnee, Kans. ,
Filed Feb. 23, 1968. Ser. No. 707,671
Int CI. A61k 23100, 27/12
U.S. CI. 424—88 . 2 Claims
An injectable medicinal composition compnsmg a liq-
uid substance containing a pharmaceutical agent com-
bined with a novel adjuvant therefor capable of enhanc-
ing the effect of the agent. The pharmaceutical agent is of
the type having nitrogen atoms and the adjuvant in its
preferred form includes a macromolecular synthetic resin
complexing material such as an acrylic acid polymer
across-linked with a polysaccharide, an ingredient having
amine groups, e.g. reconstituted collagen, and an emulsi-
fier including polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, sorbi-
tan monolaurate, and cottonseed oil in water. The ad-
juvant is useful with various medicinal agents including
antigens, hormones, allergens and serums of the type
which will complex with the synthetic resin material.
3,639,578
VIRUS INSECTICIDE
Othmer F. Batzer, Libertyville, 111., assignor to Interna-
tional Minerals & Chemicals Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,446
Int. CI. A61k 17/00: C12k 1/06. 7/00
U.S. CI. 424—93 20 Claims
Disease insect larvae containing inclusion bodies with
occluded virions are contacted with polar organic sol-
vents to provide a dehydrated, substantially lipid-free pow-
der that is readily dispersible.
3,639,580
ANTIBIOTIC TUBERACTINOMYCIN AND PROCESS
FOR PREPARING SAME
Akio Nagata, 421-1 Ohito, Ohito-cho, Tagata-gun;
Takuji Ando, 744 Yoshida, Ohito-cho, Tagata-gun;
Rokuro Izumi, 632-1 Mifuku, Ohito-cho, Tagata-gun;
and Hideo Sakakibara, 6-3 Taisha-cho, Mishima-shi,
all of Shizuoka-ken, Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 766,820, Oct. 11,
1968. This application Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 3,584
Int. CI. A61k 21/00
\]S. CI. 424—116 5 Claims
A new antibiotic of basic peptide Tuberactinomycin
and the manufacturing process thereof which comprises
the steps of: cultivating Slreptomyces griesoverticillatus
var. tnheracticiis NRRL 3482 or equivalents thereof in a
nutrient culture medium; cultivating the said culture
medium aerobically until substantial antibiotic activity
is imparted to said medium; isolating the said antibiotic
from the culture medium; obtaining the said antibiotic in
its essentially crystalline powder having an antitubercu-
losis activity.
3,639,581
MELINACIDIN ANTIBIOTIC COMPLEX AND
PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME
Alexander D. Argoudelis, Portage, John H. Coats. Kala-
mazoo, and Fritz Reusser, Portage, Mich., assignors to
The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Oct. 25, 1967, Ser. No. 678,046
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—117 8 Claims
Melinacidin antibiotic complex (U-26.362) producible
by culturing Acrostalagmus cinnabarinus var. melinacid-
inus in a nutrient medium. Melinacidin antibiotic complex
is antibacterially active and can be used to inhibit the
growth of various microorganisms, for example, Bacillus
substilis. Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonella pullorum,
Streptococcus hemolyticus, Streptococcus faecalis, and
Proteus vulgaris.
3,639,579
PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATION
Matthew C. Urbin, 4524 La Barca Drive,
Tarzana, Calif. 91356
No Drawing. Continaation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 864,526, Oct. 7, 1969. This application Dec. 10,
1970, Ser. No. 96,998
Int. CI. A61k 79/00
U.S. CI. 424—94 5 Claims
A pharmaceutical preparation is provided for the treat-
ment of hemorrhoids, and which contains oxidase
enzymes, such asmonoamine oxidase, or diamine oxidase,
or both. The object of the invention is to destroy the
amines formed in the colon by bacteria. The amines are
3,639,582
ANTIBIOTIC LASPARTOMYCIN
Hamao Lmezawa, Masa Hamada, Hiroshi Naganawa,
Tomio Takeuchi, Kenji Maeda, and Yoshiro Okami,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Zaidan Hojin Biseibutsu
Kagaku Kenkyu Kai, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 718,671
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 14, 1967,
42 23,397
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—118 4 Claims
This invention relates to a process for the production of
laspartomycin by fermentation method which comprises
cultivating a strain of Streptomyces viridochromogenes
var. komabensis in an aqueous carbohydrate solution con-
taining a nitrogenous nutrient under submerged aerobic
condition until substantial antibacterial activity is imparted
to said solution and then recovering said laspartomycin
from said solution.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
305
3 639 583
BIOCIDAL ELASTOMERIC COMPOSITIONS
Nathan F. Cardarelli, Copley, and Harry F. Neff, Medina,
Ohio, assignors to The B. F. Goodrich Company, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
515,154, Dec. 20, 1965. This application June 28, 1968,
Ser. No. 741,223
I^t. CI. AOlm 9/38; A61k 27/72
U.S. CI. 424-^125 15 Claims
A vulcanized elastomeric composition comprising an
organic elastomer, an organic toxicant dissolved therein,
and selected proportions of compounding ingredients in-
cluding carbon black, wax, fillers, etc.. and vulcanized to
an intermediate degree are biocidal materials having a
low, controlled and tailor-made rate of toxicant re-
lease for long-extended biocidal activity. Organic elas-
tomers employed are natural rubber, neoprene. ni-
trile rubbers, butyl, SBR, polybutadiene, etc. Or-
ganic toxicants appreciably soluble in such elastomeric
composition for such use include the organo-tin com-
pounds, nitrosalicylanilide compounds, chlorinated hydro-
carbons, organo-phosphorous compounds, etc. Such com-
positions are useful in sheet-like coverings thicker than
about 0.05 inch for antifouling protection of submerged
marine structures; as larvacides in the form of pellets,
chunks, sheets, strips, tapes, etc., which on immersion in
infested water or air liberate toxicant killing the adult,
larvae and egg forms of mosquitos. midges, black flies,
schistosome cercariae and their snail hosts, other gastro-
pods, and other disease-causing and/or disease transmit-
ting organisms and insect pests; as bacteriocidal, fungicidal
and algicidal surfaces and coverings; and an animal- and
insect-repellants. Certain ingredients of elastomer and vul-
canizable rubber compositions, notably fatty acid mate-
rials, very materially enhance biocidal efficiency of com-
positions containing the organo-tin compounds.
3,639,586
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF MIXED
ANHYDRIDES CONTAINING ALKALI CHLO-
RIDE, OF SORBIC ACID WITH PALMITIC OR
STEARIC ACID AND THEIR USE AS PRESERVA-
TIVES FOR BREAD AND PASTRY
Hans Femholz, Fischbach, Taunus, and Hermann Neu,
Neu-Isenberg, Germany, assignors to Farbwerkc
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806.313
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 16, 1968,
F 55,088
Int. CL AOln 77/02. 75/00
U.S. CI. 424—153 5 Claims
Mixed anhydrides of sorbic acid with palmitic acid or
stearic acid are manufactured by reacting the acid chlo-
ride in a nonpolar organic solvent with sodium sorbate
or potassium sorbate, the resulting anhydride containing
10 to 20^c by weight of the alkali chloride. The mixture
is used for preserving bread and pastry.
3,639,584
METHOD FOR PROMOTING WEIGHT GAIN IN
BRONZE TURKEYS
Eldon W. Klenholz, Fort Collins, Colo., assignor to
Colorado State University Research Foundation, Fort
Collins, Colo.
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1968. Ser. No. 741,263
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—127 2 Claims
This invention relates to a novel method for improv-
ing the weight gain in bronze turkeys, both male and
female, which comprises dissolving in their drinking
water a substantial concentration of sodium nitrate for
their continued consumption from the hatching date or
shortly thereafter up through not less than approximately
two nor more than approximately six weeks of age.
3.639,585
METHOD OF PREVENTING CORTTCOSTEROID-
INDUCED ADVERSE EFFECTS ON BONE AND
COMPOSITIONS USEFUL IN SAID METHOD
Robert H. Hesse, Winchester. Mass., assignor to Research
Institute for Medicine and Chemistry, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 717,408
Int. CI. A61k 77/00, 77/76
U.S. CI. 424—128 10 Claims
A method of preventing the adverse effect on bone
metabolism usually encountered with corticosteroid ther-
apy comprises administering to an animal being treated
with a corticosteroid, substantially simultaneously with
said corticosteroid, a non-toxic, assimilable, phosphorus-
containing substance, preferably neutral phosphate.
Described are pharmaceutical formulations useful in
the prevention of corticosteroid-induced adverse effects on
bone.
3,639,587
MEDICINAL COMPOSITIONS FOR ADMINISTRA-
TION TO ANIMALS, AND PROCESS FOR AD-
MINISTERING SAME
Stanley R. Ames, Rochester, N.Y.. assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester. N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 625,467, Mar. 23,
1967. This application Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 871,590
Int. CI. A61k 75/02. 75/70
U.S. CI. 424—173 28 Claims
An essentially non-aqueous medicinal preparation for
injection into animals, comprising a medicinal and either
a polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, or a polyoxy-
ethylated ricinoleate (e.g. polyoxyethylated castor oil).
The preparation can also include an organic ester as a
viscosity reducing agent. Among the medicinals are
vitamins A and E: and others such as hormones, steroids,
detoxifiers, and anthelmintics.
3,639,588
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAIN-
ING FERRIC HYDROXIDE COMPLEXED WITH
DEXTRAN OR DEXTRIN HEPTONTC ACIDS
Ranulph Michael AIsop, Alderley Edge, England, and
Ian Bremner, Cults, Scotiand, assignors to Fisons
Pharmaceuticals, Limited, Loughborough, England
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 16, 1967, Ser. No.
675,343, now Patent No. 3,536,696, dated Oct. 27,
1970. Divided and this application Mar. 27, 1970, Ser.
No. 23,476
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 22. 1966,
47,466/66; Dec. 21, 1966, 57,323/66; Aug. 16, 1967,
37,691/67
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—180 16 Oaims
An aqueous solution of a complex of ferric hydroxide
with dextran heptonic acid or dextrin heptonic acid for
parenteral administration to man and animals for treating
iron-deficiency anemia.
3 639 589
PHARMACOLOGICALLY EFFECTIVE SUBSTANCE
AND PROCESS FOR ISOLATING IT FROM
HAZVISTA CRAUUFLORA
Alfred Groebel, Bad Soden, Taunus. Germany, assignor
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
Filed Feb. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 705,117
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 16, 1967,
F 51.541
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—195 2 Claims
A pharmacologically active substance having spasmolyt-
ic and vasodilatatory effect isolated from Hazunta gracili-
306
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
flora and a process for isolating said substance from the
plant mateinal by alcohol extraction.
3.639,590
ANTIBACTERIAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING
(— ) (CIS-1.2-EPOXYPROPYL) PHOSPHORIC ACID
David Hendlin Springfield, and Edward O. Stapiey, Spots-
wood, N.J., and Sagrario Mocliales del VaJ and Justo
Martinez Mata, Madrid, Spain, assignors to Merck &
Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
655.757. July 25. 1967, and Ser. No. 679,165, Oct. 30,
1967. This application May 9. 1968, Ser. No. 728.059
Int. CI. A61k 21/00
U.S. CI. 424—203 9 Claims
( — )(Cis - 1,2 - epoxypropyl ) -phosphoric acid, a water
soluble acidic substance, and its salts are active against
both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria. The anti-
biotic is produced b\ growing newly-found and hitherto
undescribed strains of Streptomyces on suitable fermenta-
tion mediums.
3,639,591
METHOD FOR DESTROYING SOIL NEMATODES
David L. Gerwitz and John P. Chupp, Kirkwood, Mo.,
assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, >Io.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 859,178
Int. C\. AOIn 9'36
U.S. CI. 424—216 6 Claims
Nematocidal usage of O-methyl S-(4-chlorophenyl-
thiomethyl ) methylphosphonodithioate.
3,639,592
METHODS FOR DESTROYING NEMATODES WITH
0,0 ■ DIETHYL S - [(CHLORO-SLBSTITUTED
ALLYL) THIO.METHYL] PHOSPHOROTHIOATES
John P. Chupp, Kirkwood, and Robert L. Balske, Creve
Coeur, Mo., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis,
Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,563
Int. CI. AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 424—216 3 Claims
Nematocidal usage of 0.0-diethyl S-[(chloro substi-
tuted allyl; thiomeihyl] phosphorothioates.
3,639,593
SOIL INSECTICIDE OF PARATHION AND
PARAFORMALDEHYDE
David Eugene Garrison, P.O. Box 173,
Greeley, Colo. 80631
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 821,079
Int. CI. AOln 9/36. 9/24
U.S. CI. 424—218
5 Claims
The invention is a soil pesticide which combines para-
thion and paraformaldehyde into a carrier, preferably a
granular clay. In a preferred blend, approximately equal
parts of parathion and paraformaldehyde are used and
these active ingredients constitute approximately 10% of
the blend.
3,639,594
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAIN-
ING 6-PHOSPHOGLUCONTC ACID AND SALTS
THEREOF
Aurelio Filippo Notarianni and Giuseppe Ghielmetti,
.Milan, Italy, assignors to SPA — Societa Prodotti Anti-
biotici S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed June 5. 1967, Ser. No. 643,374
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 6, 1966,
25,026 66
Int. CI. \6lk 27/00
L\S. CI. 424—224 2 Claims
There are described new salts of 6-phosphogluconic
acid with metals and simple organic bases and new phar-
maceutical compositions containing 6-phosphogluconic
acid and or the new salts thereof, these new pharmaceu-
tical compositions possessing valuable therapeutic prop-
erties, especially for the regeneration of the liver.
3,639,595
ANIMAL FEED COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
FOR I SING THE SAME
James Joseph Drain, Lawreoceville, N.J., assignor to
.\merican Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. .Application Sept. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 759,214,
now Patent No. 3,472,934, dated Oct. 14, 1969, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 457,798,
May 21, 1965. Divided and this application Oct. 13,
1969, Ser. No. 865,955
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct. 14. 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. A61k 2//()0
U.S. CI. 424—227 4 Claims
Composition of matter and method for promoting
growth, controlling disease, and relieving the deleterious
effects of stress in ruminant animals, such as calves. The
composition comprising a medicated feed supplement for
the fortitication and improvement of standard, nutri-
tionally-balanced feeds and designed to provide ruminant
animals with an optimum dosage of a combination of a
tetracycline antibiotic and sulfamethazine. The feed sup-
plement also containing crude protein and other edible
animal feedstuffs.
3,639,596
METHOD OF TREATING LEG WEAKNESS IN FOWL
WITH 25-HYDROXYCHOLECALCIFEROL
Hector F. De Luca and Milton L. Sunde, Madison, Wis.,
assignors to Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation,
Madison, Wis.
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,592
Int. CI. A61k 15/02
U.S. CI. 424—236 2 Claims
A method of treatment and prophylaxsis for leg weak-
ness in fowl which comprises internally administering 25-
hydroxycholecalciferol to the fowl.
3,639,597
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAIN-
ING CHOLANTC ACID CONJUGATES
John Hannah, Matawan, N.J., assignor to
Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J.,
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 702,509
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—238 12 Claims
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a 5/3-glyco-
cholanic acid or 5/i-taurocholanic acid as the active in-
gredient. The compositions reduce plasma cholesterol and
triglyceride levels in blood serum and, therefore, are use-
ful in the treatment of conditions associated with
atherosclerosis.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
307
3,639,598
ANTI-INFLAMMATORY COMPOSITIONS
AND METHOD
Paul D. Klimstra, Northbrook, III., assignor to
G. D. Searie & Co.. Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 808,643
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—238 8 Claims
Compositions containing 17^-[N-(aminoalkyl)amino]
androstan-3-ols. 5-dehydro and acyl derivatives thereof
are useful for the treatment of inflammatory states.
3,639,602
2,4-DI-(4.ARYLPIPERAZINO)-3-PENTANONESFOR
TREATING SCHISTOSOMIASIS
Herschel D. Porter, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Eli
Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879.631
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—250 2 Claims
2,4-di-f4-arylpiperazino) - 3 - pentanones represented
by the formula
CHi
CH,
3 639 599
UTEROTROPIC COMPOSITION
Werner Mehrhof, Klaus Irmscher, Giorgio Hecht-Lucari,
Hans-Guntber Kraft, and Hartmut Kieser, Darmstadt,
Germany, assignors to Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung, Darmstadt, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
766,316, Oct. 9, 1968. This application Apr. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 30,222
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 19. 1967,
P 16 17 654.8
Int. CI. A61k 77/06
U.S. CI. 424—239 16 Claims
A combination of salts of:
(a) estrone sulfate, and ,
(b) estradiol-3-sulfate |
yields a synergistic uterotropic effect much higher than
that of estrone and is indicated for climacteric discom-
forts and the like.
3,639,600
PROCESS OF ESTABLISHING CYCLICITY IN A
HU.MAN FEMALE
John W. Hendrix. Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
519,412, Jan. 10, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 351.857, Mar. 13. 1964. This
application Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,983
Int. CL A61k 27 00
U.S. CI. 424—242 1 Claim
Improved methods of systemically administering estro-
gens to human females wherein the estrogen is adminis-
tered sequentially in gradually increasing amounts over a
predetermined span of time. The estrogen administration
is advantageously supplemented with concomitant sys-
temic administration of a progestrogen. Beneficial results
are achieved in contraceptive regimens and in menopausal
and perimenopausal regimens.
J\-x A-:
\n^ O
CII3-CH-C-
/N
\n/
-CH-CH3
wherein X is halo, and R is hydrogen or methyl. The com-
pounds of this invention are useful for the treatment of
schistosomiasis.
3,639,603
METHOD AND COMPOSITION EMPLOYTSG
MIXED ETHER COMPOUNDS FOR ALLEVI-
ATING CARDIAC ARRHYTHMIAS
Franklin N. Marshall, Indianapolis. Ind., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 804,984
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—250 8 Claims
A method useful for alleviating cardiac arrhythmias
such as tachycardias in animals by administering to
arrhythmic mammals an antiarrhythmic amount of a
mixed ether compound such as 2-[(4-amino-2.6-dibromo-
phenoxy) methyl ]-2-imidazoline or a pharmaceutically-
acceptable salt thereof.
3,639,601
BACTERIOSTAT AND FUNGISTAT COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING CYCLIC 0,N-ACETALS
Rudolph Junghahnel, Witten-Bommem, and Gustav
Renckhoff and Klaus Tbewalt, Witten (Ruhr). Germany,
assignors to Dynamit Nobel Aktiengesellschaft, Trois-
dorf, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 16, 1968, Ser. No. 745,110
Claims priority, application Germany, July 20, 1967,
D 53,634
Int. CI. AOln 9/22; A611 ] /OO
U.S. CI. 424—244 7 Claims
The use of N-acylated cyclic 0,N-acetals as bacterio-
stats and fungistals. Used alone or with a carrier, they
are effective in inhibiting the growth of bacteria and fungi.
The acetals are especially effective against gram-positive
bacteria.
3,639,604
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING AN ORGANIC
THIOCYANATE AND 2-HYDROXY ALKYL
ESTERS OF ORGANIC THIOSULFONIC
ACIDS AND PROCESSES OF LTTLIZING THE
SAME
Stanley J. Buckman, John D. Buckman, John D. Pera,
and Fred W. Raths, Memphis, Tenn., assignors to
Buckman Laboratories, Inc., Memphis, Tenn.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 711.507
Int. CI. AOln 9/12, 9/22
U.S. CI. 424—270 6 Claims
A 2-hydroxy alkyl ester of an organic thiosulfonic acid
is added to a microbicidal composition containing an or-
ganic thiocyanate to combine with the hydrogen cyanide
formed by the decomposition of the thiocyanate.
3.639.605
WAX-COATED AND MICRONIZED ACETOXY-
METHYL BENZYLPENICILLINATE
Arthur W. T. Rule, Westboume, West Sussex, Roy E.
Shimmin, Bellmont Park, Maidenhead, and Timothy
Laundy, Wargrave, Reading, England, assignors to John
Wyeth & Brother Limited, Taplow, England
Filed July 23, 1968, Ser. No. 746,849
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 8, 1967,
36,336/67 |
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 414— in 8 Claims
Acetoxymethyl benzylpenicillinate of improved proper-
ties in respect to ease of handling and blood levels attain-
able is prepared by micronizing the known (bulk) prod-
308
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
A
uct; preferably the micronized product is also admixed or
coated with a compatible and pharmaceutically acceptable
wax. The novel product may be administered as an aque-
ous suspension or as a solid in capsules or tablets. Desir-
ably higher blood levels of penicillin result from its ad-
ministration than are achieved by use of the prior art un-
micjonized acetoxymethyl benzylpenicillinate.
' 3,639,606
METHOD FOR THE PREVENTION OR CURE OF
OXALIC LITHIASIS, AND PHARMACEUTICAL
COMPOSITIONS THEREFOR
Jean-Marie Melon, Paris, and Jean Thomas, Saint Mande,
France, assignors of a fractional part interest to Labo-
ratoires Sauba, Montreuil-sous-Bois, France
No Drawing. Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46.553
Claims priorit>, application France, June 24, 1969,
6921210
Int. CI. A61k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—274 2 Claims
The invention relates to a method of preventing and
treating oxalic lithiasis and a pharmaceutical composition
therefor.
3,639,607
METHOD FOR TREATING THE TOBACCO
SMOKING HABIT
Jack E. Phillips, 3470 AUantic, NE.,
Warren, Ohio 44483
No Drawing. Continuation*in'part of application Ser. No,
825,422, May 16, 1969. This applicaHon Nov. 2, 1970,
Ser. No. 86,275
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—273 9 Claims
Treatment with an anticonvulsant drug, preferably one
effective to prevent or retard grand mal and/or petit mal
seizures in epileptic patents, allows a tobacco smoker to
materially reduce, and in many instances totally eliminate,
his smoking habit. During withdrawal, the normally ac-
companying anxiety is reduced or eliminated by the use
of such a drug.
3,639,608
METHOD OF KILLING FUNGUS ON PLANTS
Bobby F. Adams, Pasadena, Tex., and William J. Pyne
and James M. Gullo, Painesville, Ohio, assignors to
Diamond Shamrock Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Original application June 1, 1967. Ser. No.
642,708. Divided and this application Jan. 19. 1970.
Ser. No. 8,151
Int. CI, AOln 9/22
U.S. CI. 424—274 i Claim
Pyrrolidinyl carboxanilides and pyrrolidinyl thiocarbox-
anilides are disclosed along witt) their preparation, e.g..
from unsubstituted or ring substituted phenylisocyanate^
and phenylisothiocyanates reacted with unsubstituted or
alkyl substituted pyrrolidines. The compounds have bio-
logical activity and especially herbicidal activity.
I 3,639,609
DRUG OF ADRENO-BLOCKING ACTION
Sergei Sergeevich Krylov, Ul. Zamshinu 54, kv. 8;
Nadezhda Timofeevna Starykh, Ul. Bolshaya Porok-
hovskaya 54, korpus 2, kv. 80; Alexandr Grigorievich
Chigarey, Ul. Blagodatnaya 53, kv. 21; and Andrei
Vasilievich Eltsov, Pos. Pesochnoe 2, ul. Leningrads-
kaya 70/L kv. 51, all of Leningrad, U.S.S.R.
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,597
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-274 4 Claims
A drug of adreno-blocking action is proposed, con-
tainmg as active principle w-(3i-phenylpyrrolidyl-li)-
(>-propionylbenzo-l,4-dioxan hydrochloride of the for-
mula
-CeH,
CHjCH:C-
O
N
HCl
\Ao/
A process for the production of the active principle w-
( 3 ^-phenylpy rrolidyl- 1 ^ ) -6-propionylbenzo- 1 ,4Kiioxan hy-
drochloride comprises reacting 3-phenylpyrrolidene with
6-acetylbenzo-l,4-dioxan and paraform in the molar ratio
of 1:1:2.6 in the presence of hydrogen chloride in al-
coholic solution at a temperature of 60-120° C, remov-
ing the unreacted 6-acetylbenzo-l,4-dioxan, alkalizing the
reaction mixture, extracting with ether the (3^-phenylpyr-
rolidyl - P) - 6-propionylbenzo- 1,4-dioxan base formed,
isolating the base and recrystallizing from ethyl ether,
then dissolving in acetone and reacting with hydrogen
chloride and isolating and purifying the final product by
recrystallizing from ethanol acidified with hydrogen chlo-
ride.
3,639,610
CONTROLLING NEMATODES WITH N-CAR-
BAMYL-2.IMINO-1,3-OXATHIOLANES
Bernard Pflugf elder, Artix, France, assignor to Societe
Nationale des Petroles d'Aquitaine, Tour Aquitalne,
France
No Drawing. Application Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 782,775,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
478,763, Aug. 10, 1965. Divided and this application
Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 877,576
Int. CI. AOln 9/12
U.S. CI. 424—276 2 Claims
A method is provided for controlling nematodes with
N-carbamyl-2-imino- 1 ,3-oxathiolanes.
3,639,611
INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS
OF COMBATTING INSECTS USING CARBAMO-
YLOXIMES
Ian Trevor Kay, Brancknell, England, assignor to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Nov, 7, 1968, Ser. No. 774,198
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 21, 1967,
52,950/67
Int. CI. AOln 9/00, 9/12
U.S. CI. 424—275 12 Claims
There are provided pesticidally active carbamoyloximes
which are applicable to a broad range of pests and may be
applied from compositions to the soil, locus of plants and
locus of seeds which are to be protected from the pests.
An example of the present oxime is isopropyl-5-methyl-
thio-2-thienylketone O-(dimethylcarbamoyl) oxime.
3,639,612
CHALCOGEN CONTAINING HETEROCYCLICS AS
AN IN VITRO ANTI-VIRAL AGENT
Donald C. De Long and Charles J. Paget, Jr., Indian-
apolis, Ind., assignors to Eli Lilly and Company, Indian-
apolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825,402
Int. CI. AOln 9/00
U.S. CI. 424—276 4 Claims
Derivatives of tricyclic chalcogen containing hetero-
cycles useful as anti-viral agents and in differentiating
Polio III from other polio viruses.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
309
3.639,613
COMPOSITION AND METHODS FOR CONTROL-
LING COCCIDIOSIS IN POULTRY EMPLOYING
NITROTHIOPHENE DERFVATIVES
George L. Dunn, Wayne, and John R. E. Hoover, Glen-
side, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French Labora-
tories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 755,781
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—275 10 Claims
Anti-coccidio and growth promoting compositions com-
prising optionally substituted nitrothiophene sulfonamides,
nitrothiophene carboxamides, and nitrothiophene dicar-
boxamides.
and ball milling the dispersion until the particle size of
at least 90 percent of the pesticide is reduced to less than
5 microns and then spray drying the mixture. The prod-
uct obtained has a relatively high bulk density and is
readily dispersible in water.
3,639,614
ARYLTHIETE-l,l-DIOXIDES AS ANTI-
INFLAMMATORY AGENTS'^
Melvin Harris Rosen, Madison, and Herbert Morton
Blatter, Springfield, NJ., assignors to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
poration, Summit, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768,525
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—275 1 Claim
2-aryl-3-amino-thiete-l,l-dioxides, e.g. those of the for-
mula
Am-
-Ri
Rj-i SO3
Ri=halogenated phenyl or heterocyclic aryl
Am=teit. amino
R2=H, alkyl, aralkyl or aryl
exhibit anti-inflammatory effects.
3,639,615
PROCESS FOR THE TREATMENT OF BENIGN
PROSTATIC HYPERTROPHY
Edward Y. Domina, 61 Highland Ave.,
Arlington, Mass. 02174
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
277,096, May 1, 1963, which is a continuation-m-
part of application Ser. No. 684,857, Sept. 19,
1957. This appUcation Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No.
815,216
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
VS. CI. 424—280 2 Claims
Disclosed is a preparation for the treatment of benign
prostatic hypertrophy in adult male humans consisting of
glutamic acid, 45% to 65% by weight; alanine, 15% to
30% by weight; glycine, 7% to 15% by weight; and as-
corbic acid, 5% to 15% by weight.
3,639,616
PESTICIDAL FORMULATIONS
Irwin A. Lichtman, Oradell, Milton R. Johnson, Somer-
ville, and Leo F. Sekula, Somerset, NJ., and Robert
W. Dom, Modesto, Calif., assignors to Shell Oil Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
502,550, Oct 22, 1965. This application Apr. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 30,250
Int. CI. AOln 9/22, 17/08
U.S. CI. 424—300 22 Claims
Carbamate pesticides generally insoluble in common
agricultural solvents are increased in solubility by the
addition of a phenolic compound.
3,639,617
PROCESS FOR PREPARATION OF A PESTICIDE
EMPLOYING SULFONATED LIGKINS
Ellis Gray King, Bellingham, Wash., assignor fo Geoi^a-
Pacific Corporation, Portland, Oreg.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 707^286
Int. CL AOln 9/12, 9/20. 9/34 "
U.S. CL 424—300 9 Claims
A process for the preparation of a pesticide in dry form
by dispersing the pesticide in a sulfonated lignin solution
^
3,639,618
FUNGICIDAL METHOD AND COMPOSITION CON-
TAINING SUBSTITUTED BENZYLTHIOCYANATES
John J. Barch, Crestwood, N.Y., assignor to
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 28, 1966, Ser. No.
582,489, now Patent No. 3,476,790. Divided and this
appUcation Oct. 27, 1969. Ser. No. 871,114
Int. CI. AOln 9/18
U.S. CI. 424—302 6 Claims
This invention relates to a composition and method of
protecting living plants from attack by fungi with sub-
stituted benzylthiocyanates.
3,639,619
NTMATICIDAL AND FUNGICIDAL CYANIC
DERIYATTVES
Daniel Demozay, Villeurbanne, Rodolphe Caffiero,
Francheville-le-Bas, and Daniel Pillon, Lyon, France,
assignors to Pechiney-Progil, Lyon, France
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 781,969
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 8, 1967,
49,419
Int CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424—304 1 Claim
A cyanic derivative having the formula
r
CO-CN
and utilization thereof in parasiticidal compositions.
3,639,620
INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITION AND A METHOD
OF USE COMPRISING CYANOALKYLTHIO
OXIME CARBAMATES
Cyril Donninger, Sittingboume. John H, Davies, Faver-
sham, and Royston H. Davis, Rainham, England, as-
signors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. AppUcation July 23, 1968, Ser. No. 746,750,
now Patent No. 3,522,287, dated Dec. 29, 1969. which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 591,986,
Nov. 4, 1966. Divided and this appUcation Feb, 13,
1970, Ser. No. 14,894.
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Nov, 10. 1965,
47,675 65
Int. CI. AOln 9/12
U.S. CI. 424—304 2 Claims
Cyanoalkylthio oxime carbamates, such as 1-cyano-
methylthioacetaldoxime N-methyl carbamate, having in-
secticidal activity, are described.
3,639,621
METHOD OF IMPROVING FEED UTILIZATION IN
RUMINANTS
Roger C. Parish, King of Prussia, and John E. Trei,
Malvern, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French Lab-
oratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,919
Int. CI. A23k;/00
U.S. CI. 424 304 ^ Claims
Haloalkanoic acids, amides, or nitriles are administered,
preferably with animal feeds, to ruminants to improve
feed utilization. They inhibit methanogenesis without
adversely affecting total fermentation.
310
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
311
3,639,622
VASOCONSTRICTING AND BRONCHODILATING
COMPOSinOxNS AND METHODS UTILIZING
GALLIC ACID AND ALKYL GALLATES
Paul Greengard, Hamden, Conn., and Barbara Petrack,
Briarcliff Manor, N.Y., assignors to Geigy Chemical
Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 509,611, Nov. 24, 1965. This application
Nov. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 778,320
Int. CI. A61k 21/00
U.S. CI. 424—308 16 Claims
p Pharmaceutical compositions containing alkyl gallates
or gallic acid and adapted for administration to the res-
piratory system can be employed for treating nasal de-
congestion and bronchospasms.
{
3.639,623
TOPICAL PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
COMPRISING CERTAIN QUATERNARY AM-
MONIUM COMPOUNDS
Wolfgang A. Ritschel, Saeckingeii«Cermany, and Johanna
Fischer, Ulrich Jahn, and Twpdor Wagner-Jauregg,
Zofingen, Switzerland, assignors to Siegfried Aktien-
gesellschaft, Zofingen, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 719,668
Claims oriority, application Sweden, Apr. 6, 1967,
4,899/67
Int. a. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—311 7 Claims
An antimicrobial pharmaceutical composition in par-
ticular for dermatological purposes and a method of treat-
ing with such pharmaceutical compositions infections of
the skin and mucous membranes of animals and particu-:
larly human beings, the said pharmaceutical compositions
containing as an essential ingredient a quaternary am-
monium compound of dicyclopentylacetic acid diethyl-
aminoethyl ester with an alkyl halide having from 5 to 12
and particularly 6 to 10 and most preferably 8 carbon
atoms.
\
3,639,624
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND
METHODS OF TREATMENT
Tsung-Ying Shen, Westfield, William V. Ruyle, Scotch
Plains, and Bruce E. Witzel and Gordon L. Walford,
Westfield. NJ„ assignors to Merck & Co., Inc.. Rah-
way, N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
836,620, June 25, 1969. This application Apr. 20, 1970.
Ser. No. 30,289
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—317 13 Claims
This invention relates to new pharmaceutical composi-
tions having as an active ingredient substitute tricyclic
carboxylic acids and their derivatives.
These pharmaceutical compositions are useful as anti-
inflammatory compounds. Also included are methods of
treating inflammation by administering these particular
compositions to patients.
V
3,639,625
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING LITHIUM
SUCCINATE
Lewis Sherwin, 4580 Kensington Ave.,
Montreal, Quebec, Canada
No Drawing. Filed July 13, 1967, Ser. No. 653,029
Int CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424-317 3 ^^^^
Therapeutic compositions containing lithium succinate
for treating dermatitis and for producing an antipruritic
effect.
V 3,639,626
SUPPRESSING THE ACTTVTTY OF PLASMIN IN
HUMANS AND ANIMALS WITH TRANS-4-
(AMINOM^THYL).CYCLOHEXANE . 1 - CAR-
BOXYLIC ACID
Fujio Nagasawa, Shosuke Okamoto, Eiichi Takagi, MiUo
Yokoi, and Mitsuo Mangyo, Tokyo, Japan, assignors
to Mitsubishi Chemical Industries Limited, Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
388,016, Aug. 6, 1964, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 108,245, May 8, 1961, now
Patent No. 3,268,405, dated Aug. 23, 1966. This ap-
plication Aug. 25, 1967, Ser. No. 663,447
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Aug. 23, 1983, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. AOln 9/20; A61k 15/12
U.S. CI. 424—319 6 Claims
A method of suppressing the activity of plasmin in vivo
comprising introducing an effective amount of traqs-4-
faminomethyl)-cyclohexane-l -carboxylic acid into the
living body of humans and animals; said trans-acid having
the melting point of 380-390° C. (decomposed), the
characteristic infra-red absorptions at 1637, 1535 and
1383 cm.~^ and the following conformation:
nHjCH J
and the melting point of the hydrochloric acid salt thereof
[C8H15NO2.HCI], the gold salt thereof
[CaHisNOa.HCl.AuClg]
and the platinum salt thereof [(CsHisNOa.HCDjPtCU]
being 238-240° C. (decomposed), 204-206° C. (decom-
posed) and 254-255° C.
3,639,627
METHOD OF COMBATTING CHEWING INSECT
LARVAE SPECIES OF THE ORDER LEPIDOP-
TERA USING N,N'-DICYCLOPROPYL DITHIO-
OXAMIDE
Gerhard H. Alt, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 775,918
Int. CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424 — 320 4 Claims
N.N'-dicyclopropyl dithiooxamide which is useful in
combatting chewing insect larvae species of the order
Lepidoptera, particularly species of the family Noctuidae.
3,639,628
METHOD OF LOWERING ABNORMALLY HIGH
LEVEL OF BLOOD UREA
William J. H. Butierfield, Richmond, Surrey, England,
assignor to Beecham Group Limited, Brentford, Mid-
dlesex, England
No Drawing. Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,845
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—320 2 Claims
A method of lowering an abnormally high level of
blood urea in a human patient suffering from diabetes
mellitus with associated hyperuraemia wherein the com-
pound 4-guanidino-butyramide and/or its physiologically
compatible acid addition salts are administered in non-
toxic but effective amounts.
3,639,629
METHOD OF INHIBITING THE GROWTH OF
FUNGI BY APPLYING A COMPLEX OF
ORGANIC AMINE WITH A COMPLETELY
HALOGENATED ACETONE
Karoly Szabo, Syracuse, N.Y., and Ashley H. Freiberg.
Santa Clara, Calif., assignors to StaufTer Chemical
Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 802.740.
Feb. 17, 1969, which is a continuation of application
Ser. No. 308,362, Sept. 13, 1963, which in turn is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 221,456,
Sept. 5, 1962. This application June 18, 1970, Ser.
No. 47,570
Int. CI. AOln 9/00
U.S. CI. 424—325 2 Claims
The use of a chemical complex of the following for-
mula:
3,639,631
METHOD OF CONTROLLING FUNGI ANT>
BACTERIA
George Gerald Badcock, New Brighton, and Wilfred
James Cecil Dyke, Upton-by-Cbester, England, as-
signors to Evans Medical Limited, Liverpool, Lanca-
shire, England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
481,122, Aug. 9, 1965. This application Jan. 15, 1970,
Ser. No. 3.206
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 24, 1964,
34,538/64
Int. CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424—326 9 Claims
Compositions for horticultural or agricultural use con-
taining as an active ingredient, a compound of the general
formula:
wherein Ri and R2 are hydrogen: an alkyl radical of from
1 to 18 carbon atoms; an alkyl radical of from 1 to 18
carbon atoms; an alkynyl radical of from 1 to 9 carbon
atoms; a non-aromatic carbocyclic radical of from 5 to 6
carbon atoms; an aralkyl radical wherein the alkyl portion
is lower alkyl and the aryl portion is a phenyl or naphthyl
radical; phenyl radical: naphthyl radical; an amino radi-
cal; cyano or a heterocyclic radical; and when taken to-
gether Ri and Rj may form a heterocyclic ring system; it
being provided that the aforesaid radicals may have at-
tached thereto the functional moiety; halogen, — CN,
— SCN, — COOR, — SO2NR2, — SOR, — SO3R,
^ — CONR2. — CONHR
—OH, — SH, — NR2, — NHR, — NH2, —OR, — SR,
CHO,
— OC(0)R
O OR
II /
-C-. -CH
\
OR
— NO2 and — N=N, wherein R can be an organic radical
of the type above defined for Ri and R2; X and X' are
fluorine or chlorine, and n and m are integers of from 1 to
3 with the proviso that n and m are identical when equal
to unity as a gungicide.
NH
H:N-C-NH-(CHj)m-NH-
r„-s„i
NH
II
(CH:)„-NH-C-NH:
or acid addition salts thereof, wherein R is alkylene of 3
to 6 carbon atoms, m is 3 to 12. and « is 0 to 2, in an
amount effective to control or prevent attack by plant
pathogens, and a non-phytotoxic carrier, extender or
diluent.
3,639,632
ANTIMICROBIAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
1,1'-HEXAMETHYLENEBIS I5-(2 - ETHYLHEXYL)
BIGUANIDE] DIHYDROCHLORIDE AND 4-
CHLORO-2-HYDROXYPHENYL 2,4 - DICHLORO-
PHENYL ETHER
Thomas F. McNamara, North Caldwell, and Meyer Mala-
koff, Dover, NJ., assignors to Warner-Lambert Com-
pany
No Drawing. Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,552
Int. CI. A61k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—326 2 Claims
A synergistic antimicrobial composition containing 1,
I'-hexamethylenebis [5 - (2-ethylhexyl)biguanide] dihy-
drochloride and 4-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl. 2.4-dichloro-
phenyl ether. Such compositions are useful against bac-
teria, such as Staphylococcus aureus.
3,639,630
NONAQUEOUS LIQUID PESTICIDAL
COMPOSITIONS
Bruno Sander and Heinrich Sperber, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 794,364
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 3, 1968,
P 17 17 103.8
Int. CI. AOln 9/25
U.S. CI. 424—325 4 Claims
Nonaqueous liquid formulations for pest control which
contain cyclic diethers or triethers and polyhydric alcohols
as solvents for the pesticide.
3,639,633
SUBSTITUTED O-CARBAMYLHYROXAMATE
PESTICIDES
James B. Buchanan, Wilmington. Del., assignor to E. I. du
PoBt de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
670,494, Aug. 31, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of applications Ser. No. 361.277. Apr. 20. 1964. and
Ser. No. 602,134, Dec. 16. 1966. This application Apr.
27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,410
Int. CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424—327 23 Claims
Substituted 0-carbamylhydroxamates such as methyl
0-(methylcarbamyl)thiolacetohydroxamate are useful in
controlling a variety of pests.
3,639.634
CARDIAC ANTIARRHYTHMIC METHOD AND
COMPOSITION EMPLOYING ALKYL AMINO-
ALKOXYHALOPHENOL COMPOUNDS
Franklin N. Marshall, Indianapolis. Ind., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Companv. Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 6. 1969, Ser. No. 804,983
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—330 10 Claims
A method useful for alleviating cardiac arrhythmias
such as tachycardias in animals by administering to ar-
rhythmic animals an antiarrhythmic amount of an alkyl-
aminoalkoxyhalophenol compound such as 3.5-dibromo-
4-(2-dimethylaminoethoxy) phenol or a pharmaceutically-
acceptable salt thereof.
312
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ti
3,639,635 lubricating plastic may be burnished to penetrate the pores.
PROCESS FOR THE LIQUEFACTION OF MUCUS The cermet impregnated with the lubricating plastic is
James W. Bolger, Canoga Park, Calif., assignor to Riker
Laboratories, Inc., iNorthridge. Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798,463
Int. CI. A61k 25100
U.S. CI. 424—335 2 Claims
A process for the liquefaction of mucus which comprises
the contacting of said mucus with l,4-dimercapto-2,3-0-
isopropylidene-2,3-butanediol in an amount sufficient to juf^
induce in said mucus a state of liquefaction.
3,639,636
METHOD OF LOWERING SERUM CHOLESTEROL
James W. Barnbart, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to The
Dow Cbemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Hied June 1, 1967, Ser. No. 642,682
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
\jS. CI. 424—346 7 Claims
Methods useful for lowering serum cholesterol in ani-
mals comprising administration to the animal of an effec-
tive amount of a tetraalkylbiphenol compound, prefer-
ably 2.2',6.6'-tetra-tert-butyl-p,p'-biphenol, and composi-
tions to be employed in practicing the method.
"* 3,639,637
WATER DISPERSIBLE DIETHYLSTILBESTROL
^ COMPOSITIONS
James A. Campbell, Ashland, Ohio, assignor to
Richardson-Merrell Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 723,599
Int. CLA61k 27/00, I7i06
U.S. CI. 424—346 3 Claims
Water-dispersible diethylstilbestrol compositions com-
prising finely-divided diethylstilbestrol and 70 to 95 per-
cent of a water-dispersible. gel-forming microcrystalline
cellulose hydrocoUoid and preferably also containing
small amounts of a dispersing agent such as sodium car-
boxymethylcellulose and other similar hydrocolloids.
The dry mixture is simply mixed with water for from 5 to
30 minutes to obtain a stable aqueous suspension of the
diethylstilbestrol. l
3,639,638
CORONARY VESSEL DILATION
John C. Krantz, Jr., Gibson Island, and Raymond M.
Burgison, Catonsville, Md., assignors to The Chatta-
nooga Medicine Company, Chattanooga, Tenn.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
791,159, Jan. 14, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 428,556, Jan. 27, 1965, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
33,380, June 2, 1960. This application July 30, 1969,
Ser. No. 848,408
Int. CI. A16k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—349 8 Oaims
This invention relates to the dilation of coronary ves-
sels and more particularly coronary arteries, and more
particularly to the achieving of coronary vessel dilation
by sublingual or subcutaneous administration of a halo-
glyceryl dinitrate, most particularly chloroglyceryl di-
nitrate.
3,639,639
CERMET HAVING LUBRICATING PROPERTIES
AND PROCESS
Henry W. McCard, 208 Rodman Ave..
Jenkintown, Pa. 19046
Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,154
Int. CI. B44d 1/08; D06f 47/00
U.S. CI. 117— 71R 13 Claims
An antifriction object having a porous cermet surface
and a lubricating plastic such as Teflon impregnated in the
pores. In applying the process to make the object, the
heated just below the off-gassing temperature for the
plastic.
ERRATA
For Classes 117—71 thru 260—397 see:
Patent Nos. 3,639,640 thru 3,639,670
3,639,640
ELECTROSTATOGRAPHIC RECORDING ELEMENT
Morgan E. Gager, South Hadley, Mass., assignor to The
Plastic Coating Corporation, South Hadley, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 803,103
Int. CI. G03g 5100
U.S. CI. 117—224 10 Claims
An electrostatographic recording element containing a
lithopone pigment in the dielectric, insulating layer of said
element. The electrostatographic recording elements of
this invention are useful in both direct and transfer elec-
trostatic recording processes.
3,639,641
METHOD FOR RAPID MANUFACTURE OF
NITRIDED THICK LAYER OF SUPER HIGH
HARDNESS ON FERROUS METAL ARTICLES
Shinzoh Satoh, 548 Kichisboji, Musashino-shi,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
573,499, Aug. 19, 1966. This application Mar. 20, 1969,
Ser. No. 810,441
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 31, 1965,
40/52,738
Int. CI. C23c 9/14
U.S. CI. 148—15.5 6 Claims
A method for the rapid manufacture of a thick nitrided
layer of super high hardness on ferrous metal articles
which comprises the steps of providing a ripened fused
salt bath in a ve<rsel, said salt bath being produced by
adding a chloride to a cyanide compound or mixture of
cyanide compounds and repeating the cycle of successive-
ly heating said bath to the boiling point thereof and cool-
ing it to room temperature several times, and treating
said ferrous metal article with said ripened fused bath.
In a prefrred embodiment, the fused bath contains a
catalyst comprising a compound of titanium or zirconium.
3,639,642
PROCESS FOR COUNTERACTING THE BRIGHTEN-
ING EFFECT DUE TO AN OPTICAL BRIGHTENER
Max Matter, Basel, Othmar Weldele, Aesch, Basel-Land,
and Giuseppe Raspantl, Neuallschwil, Basel-Land,
Switzerland, assignors to Sandoz Ltd., Basel, Switzer-
land
Filed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,320
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 30, 1968,
3,916/68; Aug. 30, 1968, 13,049/68
Int. CI. D21d 3/00
U.S. CI. 162—158 10 Claims
The brightening effect produced by optical brighteners
on organic substrates, particularly macromolecules of
natural origin containing hydroxyl groups (such as na-
tural or regenerated cellulose, especially in the form of
i, 't
(■ '
FebrI'ARY 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
313
paper, or textile fibres), is nullified by the incorporation
in said substrates of an acid addition salt or quaterniza-
tion product of a cyclic amidine or of a polycondensation
100 '/.BRIGHTENING FLUORIMETER
VALUE OF BRIGHTENED PAFtR
WITHOUT COMPOUND ll)
0''. BRIGHTENING FLUOWMETER
VALUE OF PAPER WITHOUT
BR'GHTENER
COMPOUND OF EXAMPLE A
COMPOUND OF EXAMPLE B
excellent structural stability. A particularly suitable poly-
ethylene is one having a number average molecular weight
of between 14.000 and 18,000. The colloidal asbestos is
distinguished over art-known asbestos by naturally occur-
ring extremely small tubular fibers.
PARTS OF COMPOUND
PER 100 PARTS CELuULOSE
product of such a cyclic amidine; the cyclic amidine it-
self has the Formula I
Ri-N-
-<0
Y N
(I)
wherein:
Y is an alkylene chain with 2 to 4 carbon atoms be-
tween the two nitrogen atoms,
Ri is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or aralkyl with up to 7 car-
bon atoms and
X is hydrogen or a radical of the formula
-N-R,
_i
and the polycondensation product contains a plurality of
units corresponding to the amidine of Formula I, though
in that case the radical Rj is an alkylene chain with up to
8 carbon atoms and the radical X is — CO — NH — and/or
the divalent hereterocycle shown in Formula I.
3,639,643
METHOD FOR ELIMINATION OF THE 32° C.
PHASE TRANSITION IN GRANULES AND PRILLS
CONTAINING FREE AMMONIUM NITRATE AND
PRODUCTS PRODUCED THEREBY
Bengt O. P. Mollerstedt and Eduard Sulcs, Ljungaverk,
Sweden, assignors to Fosfalbolaget, Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 802,210
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 26, 1968,
2,455/68
Int. CI. COlc 1/18; C05c 7/02,' C06b 1/04
U.S. CI. 252—1 14 Claims
This invention relates to a method for elimination of
the 32° C. phase transition in granules containing free
ammonium nitrates by incorporating into the liquid
nitrate solution, prior to conversion of the nitrate into
solid form, a colloidal hydrate or hydroxide of silicon
or iron or aluminum.
3,639,644
COLLOIDAL ASBESTOS POLYETHYLENE GREASE
Arnold J. Morway, Clark, and Albert J. Bodner,
Watchung, NJ., assignors to Esso Research and Engi-
neering Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
717,939, Apr. 1, 1968. This application Mar. 19, 1969.
Ser. No. 808,670
Int. CL ClOm 1/18, 1/10
U.S. CI. 252—13 5 Claims
A lubricating grease comprising a major amount of
lubricating oil, about 3.0 to 20.0 wt. percent of a poly-
ethylene of a number average molecular weight of 10,000
to 50,000 and about 1 to 25.0 wt. percent of colloidal
asbestos exhibits a markedly long lubrication life and
3,639,645
SCALE LNHIBITING COMPOSITION AND METHOD
USING PHOSPHONIC ACID AND DI- OR HY-
DROXY-CARBOXYLIC ACID
Glyn Miller, Oldbury, Wariey, and Graham Michael
Smart, Haley Green, Halesowen, England, assignors to
Albright & Wilson Limited, Oldbury, Warwickshire,
England
No Drawing, nied Feb. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 803,457
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 28, 1968,
9,655/68
Int. CI. C02b 5/06; C07c 55/02
U.S. CI. 252—180 23 Claims
Synergistic threshold composition comprising an alkyl-
ene polyamino methylene phosphonic acid such as
EDTMP and a di- or hydroxy-carboxylic acid.
3,639,646
ANTI-TARNISH PROCESS USING DICYANDI-
AMIDE FORMALDEHYDE CONDENSATION
PRODUCT
Peter Jochen Borchert, Elkhart, Ind., James Edward
Slager, Edwardsburg, Mich., and Ronald George Som-
mer, Mishawaka, and Mitchell Frank Zienty, Elkhart,
Ind., assignors to Miles Laboratories, Inc., Elkhart, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,602
Int, CI. C02b 5/06; C08g 9/14
U.S. CI. 252—180 6 Qaims
The clean surface of metals, such as copper and cop-
per-containing alloy articles, can be protected from tarn-
ishing by contacting such surface with a condensation
product of dicyandiamide and formaldehyde. The pre-
ferred composition for use in this process contains the
condensation product and a nonionic or anionic surfac-
tant. This composition is generally mixed with water and
the clean surface is dipped in or otherwise contacted
with the aqueous solution.
3,639,647
HIGH SURFACE AREA ALLOYS OF NICKEL
WITH MOLYBDENLTVi AND TLTNGSTEN
William L. Kehl, Indiana Township, Allegheny County,
Frank E. Lutinski, West Deer Township, Allegheny
County, and Harold E. Swift, Gibsonia, Pa., assignors
to Gulf Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh,
Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Julv 3, 1968, Ser. No. 742,163
Int. CI. BOlj U/74
U.S. CI. 252—439 18 Claims
Highly dispersed alloy materials of nickel and molyb-
denum and/or tungsten having a very high surface area are
made by the controlled reduction of a mixture of com-
pounds of the metals in a reducing atmosphere. These al-
loys and their sulfides are useful in catalysis such as hy-
drocracking, hydrogenation-dehydrogenation and hydro-
isomerization.
3.639,648
IMPROVEMENTS IN CATALYSTS
Thomas Nicklin, Middleton, Manchester, Frederick Far-
rington. Sale, and James Houghton, Bramhall, Eng-
land, asdgnors to The Gas Council. London, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,930
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 4, 1968,
16,350/68
Int CI. BOlj 11/ 32, 11/06
U.S. CI. 252 — 465 9 Claims
A catalyst composition particularly suitable for the
reforming or treatment of hydrocarbons comprises nickel
3U
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
oxide, triuranium actoxide UaOg and includes a compound
of an alkali metal, which compound is in the form of an
alkali metal uranate. In one method of manufacturing the
catalyst shaped carriers are impregnated with a solution
of salts of nickel uranium and alkali metal compound in
a weak acid at a temperature below the decomposition
temperature of the compound and the carriers are sub-
sequently calcined at a temperature sufficient to form a
uranate of said compound.
3,639,649
MANUFACTURE OF POLY AMIDE FOAMS USING
AN OXYACID OF PHOSPHORUS
Harry McGrath, Raymond Frederick Moore, and Eric
Smith, Manchester, England, assignors to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar, 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,973
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 29, 1968,
15,393/68
Int. CI. C08g 53/10
VS. CI. 260—2.5 N 19 Claims
Production of nylon foam by heating a nylon above
its working temperature with an oxyacid of phosphorus,
e.g. orthophosphoric acid and a metal carbonate or bi-
carbonate, especially lithium carbonate.
3,639,652
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING
URETHANE PREPOLYMERS
Henri Albert Mommaerts, 17 Rue Paul Emlle Janson,
Brus-sels, Belgium, and Wilfred Jean Melaerts, Kruis-
kensveld 2, Halle Essen Beek, Belgium
Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,050
Claims priorit>, application Great Britain, Mar. 18, 1968,
12.934/68
Int. CI. C08g 22/04
U.S. CI. 260—30.8 DS 15 Claims
This invention is a continuous process for the produc-
tion of solutions of substantially linear polyurethanes
useful to produce filaments and other articles. In the
process there is passed into a first reaction zone an or-
ganic solvent, a substantially linear isocyanate-terminated
prepolymer and at least one chain extension agent hav-
ing at least two hydrogen atoms to produce a solution of
a semi-polymer. The prepolymer is present in the first
reaction zone in an amount less than the stoichiometrical
amount, so that there is obtained in the first reaction
zone a degree of reaction in excess of about 80%. but
less than 100%. The semi-polymer is then passed cori-
tinuously into a second reaction zone where there is
added an amount of prepolymer sufficient to complete
the polymerization of the semi-polymer.
The process also involves the recycle to the first reac-
tion zone of a portion of the semi-polymer solution pro-
duced therein.
3,639,650
MANUFACTURE OF MALEYL-FATTY ACID
ADDUCT
Lowell O. Cummings, San Anselmo, Calif., assignor to
Pacific Vegetable Oil Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,609
Int. CI. C09f 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—18 R 10 Claims
An adduct of an unsaturated unconjugated fatty acid
or an ester thereof, such as a glyceride oil, and a maleyl
compound is produced by reacting these components at a
temperature between 300° F. and 350° F. in the presence
of sulfur dioxide. TTiis adduct is lower in viscosity, lighter
in color and of higher acidity than prior-art adducts of
such components, and therefore gives better results in
coatings.
3,639,651
COVULCANIZABLE RUBBER COMPOSITION
Keiji Komuro, Tokyo, Masaaki Inagami, Kohoku-ku.
Yokohama, and Yoshiomi Saito, Kanagawa-ken, Japan,
assignors to The Japanese Geon Company, Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 804,274
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 9, 1968,
43/14,956
Int. CI. C08d 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—23.7 M 3 Claims
A covulcanizable composition which comprises a mix-
ture of 5-95% by weight of butadiene-acrylonitrile co-
polymer rubber and 95-5% by weight of epichlorohydrin
polymer rubber, and a vulcanization agent consisting of.
per 100 parts by weight of the first mixture, (I) 0.5-5.0
parts by weight of a member selected from the group con-
sisting of aromatic polyamines, their salts, aliphatic poly-
amines, their salts, cycloaliphatic polyamines, 2-mercapto-
imidazoline, 2 - mercaptopyrimidin, thiourea and substi-
tuted thiourea, (II) 1.0-10.0 parts by weight of an oxide,
aromatic carboxylate, aliphaTTc, carboxylate or phosphate
of a metal selected from the group consisting of mag-
nesium, calcium, zinc, cadmium, lead and tin. and (III)
0.3-3.0 parts by weight of an organic peroxide.
3,639,653
PROTECTTVE COATING FOR METAL AND
WOOD SURFACES
Trevor P. Clark. North Vancouver, British Columbia, and
Paul C. Trussell, Vancouver, British Columbia, Can-
ada, assignors to British Columbia Research Council,
Universit> of BriHsh Columbia, Vancouver, British
Columbia, Canada
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19. 1969, Ser. No. 808,649
Int. a. COM 29/50.45/04.45/30
VS. CI. 260 33.8 R ^^ Claims
There' is described a co.iting composition that can be
applied to wood and metal surfaces in the air or under
water. This coating includes liquid chlorinated paraffin
and/or low molecular weight polystyrene, polyester resin,
and a suitable hydraulic cement or gypsum.
3.639,654
GASEOUS HALO-SULFONIC ACID ANHYDRIDE
CATALYSTS FOR CURING FURFURYL ALCO-
HOLS AND FURAN RESINS
Janis Robins, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to
Ashland Oil, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,817
Int. CI. B22c 1/22; C08g 13/00, 51/04
U.S. CI. 260 37 R ' Claims
Ha'ogenated sulfonic acid anhydrides (e.g. trifluoro-
methyl sulfonic acid anhydride) are used to cure furfuryl
alcohol or furan resins, optionally containing a silane. The
method finds particular utility where the resins are used
as foundry core binders, since the catalyst can be intro-
duced in gaseous form, at room temperature.
3,639.655
PREPARATION OF HYDROXY-SUBSTITUTED
POLYESTERS
Faber B. Jones, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,395
Int. CI. C08g 77/007, 33/10
V.S. CI. 260—47 C 9 Claims
Theromplastic hydroxy-substituted polyesters are pre-
pared by reacting a diepoxide with a dicarboxylic acid
in the presence of a polar organic solvent and a basic
catalyst.
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
315
3,639,656
FORMATION OF POLYPHENYLENE ETHERS
James G. Bennett, Menands, and Glenn D. Cooper, Del-
mar, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,126
Int. CI. C08g 23/18
U.S. CI. 260—47 ET 8 Claims
A process for the formation of high molecular weight
polyphenylene ethers by the oxidative coupling of a phe-
nolic precursor in the presence of a catalyst comprising an
anhydrous non-basic cupric salt and a primary or second-
ary amine. The process is characterized by the choice of
catalyst which provides high molecular weight polymer
in a given reaction time or substantially decreased reac-
tion time. I
3,639,657
PRODUCTS OF ACID ANHYDRIDES AND POLY-
AMINES USED AS LATENT HARDENERS FOR
EPOXY RESINS
Raymond Michael Moran, Jr.. Bricktown, and Henry
Thomas Belekicki, Convent Station, NJ., assignors to
Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 547,442, May 4, 1966. This application
Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 808,698
Int. CI. C08g 30/14
US. CI. 260—47 EN 6 Claims
The reaction products of approximately equimolecular
proportions of an acid anhydride, such as phthalic anhy-
dride, and a polyamine, such as diethylenetriamine, are
latent hardeners for epoxy resins having more than one
1,2-epoxy groups per molecule and, when combined with
an epoxy resin, provide systems which are stable for long
periods when stored at ambient or moderately elevated
temperatures while providing on curing for relatively short
periods at elevated temperatures, on the order ojf 100-
150° C, hardened products of good properties.
/
3,639,658
PHENOLIC RESIN COMPOSITIONS MODIFIED
WITH AN EPSILON CAPROLACTONE
Anthony C. Soldatos, Kendall Park, N J., assignor to
Union Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,343
Int. CI. C08g 5/18
U.S. CI. 260-;-59 9 Claims
This invention relates to phenolic resin compositions,
containing an epsilon caprolactone, which are character-
ized by an excellent balance of properties, that is, by excel-
lent flow characteristics and by excellent cure speed and
are particularly suited for use in molding applications to
form thermoset products having excellent chemical and
physical properties and are also particularly suited for use
as binders in the production of fiber reinforced laminates
and composite structures.
3,639,659
CONTINUOUS EXTRACTION OF GRANULAR
POLYAMIDES
Werner NIeswandt, Welnheim, Hermann Linge, Carlsberg,
Hans Pirzer, Frankenthal, and Werner Hoerauf and
Herbert Heiz, Ludwigshafen, Germany, assignoBS to
Badlsche Anilln- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,650
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 30, 1968,
P 17 70 097.9
Int CI. C08g 20/38
VS. CI. 260—78 L 4 Claims
Process for the continuous extraction of low molecu-
lar weight constituents from granular polyamides in an
extraction zone in whose upper part the extractant is
recycled.
3,639,660
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERISATION OF
CYCLOMONOOLEFINS
Karl Nutzel, Opiaden, Karl Dtnges, Odenthal, and Fried-
rich Haas, Cologne-Buchheim, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 802,241
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 7, 1968,
P 17 20 797.5
Int. CI. C08d 3/06; C08f 3/02
V.S. CI. 260—82.1 7 Claims
Cycloolefins are polymerised with a catalyst compris-
ing an organic compound of a metal of Groups IV to VT
of the Periodic Table, a Friedel-Crafts catalyst and op-
tionally an oxygen compound.
3,639,661 '
POLYMERIZATION OF ISOBUTYLENE
Miroslav Marek and Jan Pecka, Prague, Czechoslovakia,
Miroslav ChmeluF, Mainz, Germany, and Milena
Roosova, Vienna, Austria, assignors to Ceskoslovendta
Akademie Ved, Prague, Czechoslovakia
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 803,519
Int CI. C08d 3/04
VS. CI. 260—94.8 9 Claims
The polymerization of isobutylene is readily controlled
to produce a polymer of high molecular weight in the
presence of a catalyst which is either a reaction product
of titanium tetrafluoride with a chlorine bearing Friedel-
Crafts catalyst soluble in isobutylene or a reaction prod-
uct of titanium tetrachloride or boron trichloride with a
fluorine bearing compound whose fluorine atoms are
capable of partly replacing chlorine atoms in the titanium
tetrachloride or boron trichloride.
3,639,662
AZO DYES OF THE TRIAZINE SERIES
Geofib-ey Griffiths and Cecil Vivian Stead, Manchester,
England, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 804,020
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 7, 1968,
1,184/68
Int CI. C09b 62/08; D06p 1/02
VS. CI. 260—146 T 6 Claims
Reactive dyestuffs represented by the general formula:
N
^ \
D-N-C C-NH
I I II
R N N
I
CI
y\
-OCHjCHjO-
/Nn
N
\x
JH-C
i
N
SO,H HOjS
x/
c
C-N-D
II I
N R
wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
and
D— N—
I
R
represents the radical of a water-sojuble coloured com-
pound containing a — NHR group. These dyes are dis-
tinguished by the high degree of fixation achieved during
dyeing processes.
316
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,663
THIOALKYLTHIOBENZOTfflAZOLES
Kamal Naguib Ayad, Wrexham, Wales, assignor to Mon-
santo Chemicals Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Original application July 1, 1965, Ser. No.
468,950, now Patent No. 3,455,676, dated July 15,
1969. Divided and this application Aug. 28, 1968, Ser.
No. 801,876 ^
Int CI. C07d 91/44
U.S. CI. 260—306 4 Claims
1. A benzothiazole derivative having the formula
/%/
N
;R")y-
\
C-SvCR,)n-S-R'
sulfur trioxide complex for about 20 to 60 minutes at tem-
peratures of about 0 to 35° C. Presoaking of the cellulose
is carried out under agitation and the cellulose may con-
tain up to about 10% by weight of water.
3,639,666
SPIROADAMANTANETfflAZEPINONES AND
DERIVATIVES THEREOF
Venkatachala Lakshmi Narayanan, North Brunswick,
N J., assignor to E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,448
Int. CI. C07d 93/40
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 B 9 Claims
New antidepressants have been found which have the
general formula
where each R independently is selected from a group con-
sisting of hydrogen an^ lower alkyl; n is an integer at
least 1 but not more tiian 2; R' is lower alkyl; R" is
selected from the group consisting of R', R'O, chlorine,
bromine, amino, and nitro; and >■ is an integer from zero
to 2, inclusive.
3,639,664
MONOGLYCOL ETHER DERIVATIVES OF
ALUMINUM HALIDES
Horst W. Schmank, Ringgold, Ga., and Benjamin H.
Gross, Chattanooga, Tenn., assignors to Chattem Chem-
icals, Division of Chattem Drug & Chemical Company,
Chattanooga, Tenn.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 802,271
Int. CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—448 AD 6 Claims
Monoglycol ether derivatives of aluminum having the
formula:
X-Al-OCH;CH:OCHj
where X is a chloride, bromide or iodide ion, and Y is
either a glycol ether group (OCH2CH2OR where R has
from 1-4 carbon atoms) or an alkoxy radical containing
from 1 to 18 carbon atoms are disclosed which are useful
as intermediates for the synthesis of alkoxyaluminum hy-
drides and as antiperspirants.
3,639,665
PROCESS OF PREPARING A GELLABLE
COLLODIAL CELLULOSE SULFATE
Richard G. Schweiger, Muscatine, Iowa, assignor to
Keico Company, San Diego, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
467,738, June 28, 1965, which is a continuation-in-part
of abandoned application Ser. No. 347,351, Feb. 26,
1964. This application Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,187
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Nov. 30, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08b 5/14
U.S. CI. 260—215 13 Claims
Process for preparing cellulose sulfate having a degree
of substitution ranging from 1 to 3, preferably 2 to 3
and a viscosity in a 1% aqueous solution in excess of 20
cps., the process comprising presoaking the cellulose in
a lower N-dialkyl amide for at least about 10 minutes at
a temperature of about 0 to 25° C. and then reacting
the presoaked cellulose with a lower N-diaJkyl amide-
3,639,667
l,2.DIHYDRO-l-HYDROXY.4-PHENOXY. .^
PYRIMIDINES •*'
Joseph J. Ursprung, Portage, and William C. Anthony,
Kalamazoo, Mich., assignors to The Upjohn Company,
Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 21, 1966, Ser. No.
528,790, now Patent No. 3,464,987, dated Sept. 2,
1969. Divided and this appUcation Mar. 10, 1969, Ser.
No. 805,811
Int. CI. C07d 51/34
U.S. CI. 260—256.4 C 6 CUums
1.2 - dihydro - 1 - hydroxy-4-phenoxypyrimidines, the
corresponding acid addition salts, and the carboxylates
are disclosed. These compounds are useful in the treat-
ment of hypertension and shock.
3,639,668
N-(2,2.4,4-TETRAFLUORO-l,3-BENZODIOXANYL).
UREAS
Hans-Uhich Alles, Leichlingen, Erich Klauke, Odenthal-
Hahnenberg, Engelbert Kiihie, Bergisch-Gladbach, Lud-
wig Eue, Cologne-Stammheim, and Helmuth Hack,
Cologne-Buchbeim, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Apr. % 1969, Ser. No. 814,815
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 19, 1968,
P 17 68 244.9
Int. CI. C07d 15/08
U.S. CI. 260—340.3 7
N - (2,2,4,4 - tetralluoro - 1,3 - benzodioxanyl)
i.e. N - (2.2,4.4 - tetrafluoro - 1,3 - benzodioxan -
N' - (optionally alkyl substituted) - N' - alkyl
which possess herbicidal properties, and which may be pro-
duced by conventional methods.
Claims
- ureas,
6 - yl)-
- ureas
c
February 1, 1972
CHEMICAL
317
I 3,639,669
DEHYDROHALOGENATION OF
HALOTETRAHYDROPYRANS
Paul R. Stapp, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,935
Int. CI. C07d 7/08, 7/10
\}JS. CI. 260—345.1 12 Claims
Dihydropyrans are formed by catalytic dehydrohalo-
genation of halotetrahydropyrans in the presence of an
alkali metal halide.
3,639,670 I
4-PHENYLAMINO-3-NITRO BENZENE N-(3-
ACETYLPHENYL) SULFONAMIDES
Andrew Fono, Montclair, and Robert E. Eagle, Metuchen.
NJ., assignors to Otto B. May, Inc., Newark, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,862
Int CI. C07c 143/80
U.S. CI. 260—397.7 R 6 Claims
This disclosure relates to certain new dye compounds
which are 4 - arylamino - 3 - nitrobenzene-N-f 3-acety]-
phenyD-sulfonamides. This disclosure also relates to
polyester-containing shaped articles, e.g.. fibers, dyed with
these compounds. 1
ELECTRICAL
3,639,671
FILTER ARRANGEMENT IN COMPRESSED-GAS-
INSLLATED ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS
Robert M. Clark, Ligonier, Pa., assignor to l-T-E Imperial
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Aug. 31. 1970, Ser. No. 68,152
Int. CI. H02g 5/06 HOlb 9/06
U.S. CI. 174-14 R 4 Claims
3,639,673
VERTICALLY DISPOSED ISOLATED PHASE BUS
Yoshio Fujisaki; Akira Suzuoki, both of Hitachi, and Eiichi
Ishibashi. Mito, all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61.316
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 15, 1969, 44/64183
Int. CI. H02g 5106
U.S. CI. 174 -16 B 8 Claims
A microporous filter is located within the hollow inner
conductor of a high-voltage gas-insulated transmission system
including two concentric conductors The filter prevents
metallic dust particles, which may be present in the conduc-
tors, from migrating through the system to prevent any
reduction in the dielectric breakdown voltage level of the
system.
3,639,672
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
Wilhelm Kafka, Tennenlohe, Germany, assignor to Institut
fur Plasmaphysik G.m.b.H., Garching, Germany
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,123
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 21, 1969, P 19 08
885.8
Int. CI. HOlb 7/i4, 5/00
U.S. CL 174- 15 C 24 Claims
VerticalK disposed isolated phase bus whose length
reaches to hundreds oi yards including a conductor bar, a
sheath concentrically enclosing the bar so as to define an an-
nular space therebetween substantially uninterrupted over
the whole length of the bar and supporting insulators sup-
p<irting the bar on the sheath, wherein substantially uninter-
rupted successive small turbulent free -convection flows are
formed along the longitudinal direction of the annular space,
when the bar conducts electric current.
3,639,674
SHIELDED CABLE
Ronald L. Stier, Aurora, III., assignor to Belden Corporation,
Chicago, III.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,823
Int. CI. HOlb 11106
U.S. CI. 174-36 13 Claims
A cryogenic electric conductor formed from a plurality of
superconducting wires arranged in a twisted configuration
The conductor is enclosed in a vacuumtight sheath and the
gaps between conductor and the sheath and between the in-
dividual wires are filled with a low-temperature cooling medi-
um, preferably helium. Each of the wires has one or more su-
perconducting cores surrounded by a metal e.g. copper, in
efficient heat-conducting contact therewith. The sheaths may
be formed of a low-conducting metal or from a plastic.
A low-noise coaxial cable is formed with an elongated
inner electrical conductor about which is an elongated,
dielectnc insulating layer of polymeric material which may
be either a solid or foamed polymeric material. A thin elec-
troless deposited shield of metal is intimately bonded to the
outer peripheral surface of the insulating layer even if the
same has surface irregularities therein. The' insulating layer
may be made with a constant uniform cross-sectional
thickness, usually being annular in cross section, and bent
and flexed without experiencing discontinuities in the shield
which would destroy its effectiveness. The cable may be
318
February 1, 1972
[i
h^^
ELECTRICAL
319
produced with ordinary commercially feasible techniques to
obtain consistently good low-noise characteristics which are
maintained even with substantial use and flexing over pro-
longed periods of time I I
3,639,675
LAMINATED GLASS STEM AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Yoku Kaino, Kodaira-shi, Japan, assignor to Hitachi. Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,513
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 27, 1%9. 44/5254;
Oct. 2, 1968.43/71107
Int. CI. HO Ij 5/00
U.S. CI. 174-50.61 10 Claims
47
4543 41
A stem having a metal cylinder, at least one metal lead ex-
tending through the cylinder, a glass body interposed
between the cylinder and the lead for supporting the lead,
electrically insulated from the cylinder, and a glass layer hav-
ing a surface of greater resistivity than that of the glass body
and covering at least a portion of the surface of the glass
body so as to prevent a reductian of insulation resistance
between the lead and the cylinder.
1 3,639,676
FEEDER BUS DUCT WITH IMPROVED HOUSING
STRUCTURE
George A. Dempsey, Jr.; Martin F. Koenig, both of Milwau-
kee, Wis.; Manuel Issa, deceased, late of Milwaukee, Wis.,
and Patrick T. Sheedy, administrator. Fox Point, Wis., as-
signors to Cutler-Hammer, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis., by said
Dempsey and said Koenig
FUed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,146
Int. CI. H02g 5/06
U.S. a. 174-68 B 9 Claims
\\V.'.V\'.V ■ ■ ■ '.V
A plurality of wide flat insulated bus bars are compressed
in flatwise adjacent relationship between inwardly bowed alu-
minum side members and formed sheet metal edge caps The
side members have reflex portions formed along opposite
edges which extend angularly outward and are cammed in-
ward by rail portions on the caps to compress the sides sub-
stantially flat on the bus bars and bias the bus bars firmly
together. The resiliently bowed sides and reflex portions
compensate in assembly for an accumulation of tolerances in
the bus bars and their insulation Bolts are used to secure the
sides and caps together, and exaggerated clearance openings
are provided for the bolts to permit the caps to be forced
firmly against the bus bars with the bolts loosely in place be-
fore being finally secured
3,639,677
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT COUPLING MEANS
Andrew Bain, 2440 Greenwich, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,107
Int. CI. H02g 15108
U.S. CI. 174-84 S 12 Claims
Coupling means for coupling a spirally wound flexible con-
duit to an electrical conduit or conduit box including a dou-
ble-walled housing having projections thereon adapted to
mate with the spirally wound surfaces of the flexible conduit
and locking means for both further securing the flexible con-
duit within the walls of the housing and forming an electrical
ground between the double-walled housing and the flexible
conduit via the locking means
3,639,678
BUSHING PROTECTIVE GUARD
Peter W. Muschong, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Central
Transformer, Inc., Pine Bluff, Ark.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,902
Int. CL HOlb 7 7/00
U.S.CL 174-145 11 Claims
A protective guard for attachment to a bushing of high-
voltage electrical apparatus, for enclosing and guarding a
connector assembly attached to the bushing A sleeve of
resilient electrically insulating matena! surrounds the con-
nector assembly and has lips which engage the connector as-
sembly and secure the sleeve thereto A first knockout pro-
W
320
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
vides an aperture toward which a projecting portion of the
connector assembly may extend to act as a gap electrode and
a second knockout provides an aperture for accommodating
a conductor to be laterally connected to the connector as-
sembly A cap of electncally insulating material has a top and
a sidewall which fit respectively over and around the sleeve
in engagement therewith. An aperture in the top accom-
modates a conductor to be vertically connected to the con-
nector assembly and at least one aperture in the sidewall of
the cap provides access to one of the knockouLs
3,639.679
SEMICONDUCTOR MICROPHONE
Sune Lambert Overby, Stockholm, Sweden, assignor to
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,551
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 21, 1969, 752/69
Int. CI. H04r 23100
U.S. CI. 179-110 B 5 Claims
3,639,681
BUSHING TERMINAL GUARD
Louis F. Ettlinger, Conover, N.C., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,888
Int. CI. HOlb 17100
U.S. CI. 174-138 F 2 Claims
A microphone includes a permanent magnet having an air-
gap in which a semiconductor diode sensitive to a varying ex-
ternal magnetic field is suspended. The diode is connected to
a sound-responsive element so that when the sound-respon-
sive element is vibrated by acoustic waves, the diode will
oscillate in the airgap of the permanent magnet so thai the
current through the diode will vary according to the vibra-
tions.
3,639,680
INSULATED BUS BAR ASSEMBLY
George A. Dempsey, Jr.; Martin F. Koenig, and Clyde F. Rob-
bins, all of Milwaukee, Wis., assignors to Cutler-Hammer,
Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,617
Int. CI. HOlb 7102, 7108, H02g 5/06
U.S. CI. 174-117 FF 6 Claims
Individual bus bars are insulated between their offset ends
by two pairs of preformed U-shaped insulator strips having
unequal length legs, the insulators of the respective pairs
being slipped over the bar from opposite edges with the
longer leg of each adjacent, and preferably tucked under, the
shorter leg of the other and the second pair being disposed
oppositely of the first pair The offset ends are insulated
either by a spiral wrap of insulating tape or a dip coating of
insulation, each applied to overlap the ends of the preformed
insulators. Three or four individually insulated bus bars are
assembled with offset ends fiared apart and have a preformed
elongated rectangular insulator, slit along one side, disposed
around the assembly between the innermost bends of the off-
set ends. The complete assembly between the offset portions
is then tightly encased within a metallic housing.
A bushing terminal guard for a high-voltage bushing to
prevent contact with the line terminal. The guard is made of
a rigid plastic material and is provided with internal fingers
having notches which snap in place over the bushing terminal
cap An opening is provided to receive the high-voltage line
which is to be connected to the high-voltage terminal of the
bushing.
3,639,682
TELEGRAPH LINE SCANNING SYSTEM
Henri Benmussa, Meudon; Ngoc-Sanh Bui, L'Hay-les-Roses,
and Gerard Troubac, Paris, all of France, assignors to In-
ternational Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,432
Int. CI. H04I 7 7/76
U.S. CL 178-3 8 Claims
SCAHNEA
BL
EX
^
gro-^
.V
gri -^
-^
grm -^
^imeMtrm,
aertcmi^ nr pi;
u?--^
'LAP
TT
la'p
^TP
MGR
MLR
FAR
f/tocissmo
A system for detecting transitions and reconstituting
characters for slow telegraph lines. Normally, a character is
reconstituted at the receiving of the "start" of next
character Therefore a "cam function" has been provided,
which reviews one by one the line memories at intervals
longer than the duration of a character, so that any character
which has been completely received is processed regardless
of the lack of a next character
3,639,683
COLOR KILLER CIRCUIT
John B. Sutherland, Villa Park, III., assignor to Zenith Radio
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,812
Int. CI. H04n 9148
U.S. CI. 1 78-5.4 CK 4 Claims
Improved color killer circuitry for disabling the
chrominance processing channel during monochrome or very
weak color signal reception. The circuit includes a high-
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
321^
\
speed semiconductor switching device interposed in the
signal path of the chrominance channel and poled to conduct
color information therethrough when the signal level is at a
predetermined magnitude. At signal levels below threshold,
the semiconductor switch is effectively reverse-biased. The
disclosed circuitry further includes actuating means respon-
sive to a source of potential wherein vanations in signal level
^ Bjrst AFC Phow ^ Reoc'once _ Retere
___J flfnpliliH ~" D»teclO' "1 Control "" 05C"IC
ence
lotor
are indicative of instantaneous amplitude of the reference
burst signal and which further represent received signal
strength. When the chrominance information extracted from
the received composite signal reaches a predetermined level,
i.e., threshold, the semiconductor switching device becomes
forward-biased thereby opening the signal path to pass ap-
propriate chrominance information to subsequent stages in
the chrominance channel.
3,639,684
FIELD SEQUENTUL LASER SCAN FOR NIGHT COLOR
TELEVISION
Arnold M. Levine, Chatsworth, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,614
Int. CI. H04n 9104, 9106, 9/34
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 R 10 Claims
A system for closed circuit or other television in low am-
bient light condition, said system being arranged for opera-
tion in either of two modes.
A color television camera is equipped with red, blue and
green filters which are applied field sequentially in a first
mode of system operation and are unused in a second mode.
Laser beam generating means are included and are
adapted to generate three laser beams of colors correspond-
ing to the filter colors. The laser generator is adapted to
produce the three beam colors simultaneously during each
frame in the first mode and field sequentially in the second
mode.
The laser beams are all directed into a common beam path
which is passed through honzontal and vertical laser beam
deflection devices to scan the laser beams synchronously
with the camera scan.
The deflection devices illustrated are preferably birefrin-
gent crystal devices which receive suitably amplified camera
sweep signals and correspondingly vary their coefficients of
refraction to produce laser beam scanning congruent with
the camera scan.
Economical illumination in a single-camera system is
thereby effected, and the system is adapted to future
developments in multicolor lasers.
3,639,685
SIGNAL SUPPLYING CIRCUIT FOR A COLOR PICTURE
TUBE
Minoru Morio, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Sony Corporation,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,889
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 7, 1968, 43/72980
Int. CI. H04n 9150
U.S. CI. 1 78—5.4 MA 9 Claims
/-.t*.*W»-»^J.ff i.nfc-*v,«-«),* U-i»..»r.«r;I.*
In a signal supplying circuit for a color picture tube, the lu-
minance signal component of a color signal is divided into a
high-frequency component and a low-frequency component,
the low-frequency component is supplied to a demodulator
for the chrominance signal component of the color signal so
that the output of the demodulator which is supplied to the
output amplifier contains the demodulated chrominance
signal component mixed with the low-frequency luminance
signal component, and the high-frequency luminance signal
component is separately applied to an input of the amplifier
for mixing in the output of the latter with the chrominance
signal component and the low-frequency luminance signal
component so as to constitute therewith a complete color
video signal for application to a co\ot picture tube.
3,639,686
TELEVISION RECEIVER CUT-IN DEVICE
Harold R. Walker, Metuchen, N.J., and Ira Kamen, New
York, N.Y., assignors to Homarket Inc., Bridgeport, Conn.
Filed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,232
Int. CLH04b 7/06
U.S. CI. 178-5.8 R 18 Claims
AffTMUMA
A market-testing television system which may be utilized
with present day television systems and is capable of select-
895 O.G.— 11
322
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ing specific sections of a general audience listening to a con-
ventional channel and providing an auxiliary program for the
selected sections
3,639,687
ARRANGEMENT FOR VIDEO SIGNAL TRANSMISSION
AT A PICTURE TELEPHONE CONNECTION
Curt Daneli, Johanneshov, and Nils Olof Johannesson,
Bandhagen, both of Sweden, assignors to Telefonak-
tieboiaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Sept. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,166
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 9, 1968, 13597/68
Int. CI. H04h 7//2
U.S.CL 178-6 1 Claim
tertrack spacing intervals is enhanced for continuous incre-
menting by a servosystem comprising a pair of electromag-
netic transducers spaced apart along one portion of the tape
at an interval of one-half (or an t)dd multiple) of the incre-
ment and a generator establishing a reference pulse at a time
of predetermined, preferably maximum velocity of the tape
as it is being incremented That reference pulse is applied to
one of the transducers for recording on one portion of the
tape As that portion of the tape is incremented the other of
the transducers reproduces that pulse and it is compared in
time with a subsequent reference pulse from the generator
for producing an error signal The error signal indicates con-
current, leading, or lagging conditions for operating conven-
tional speed controlling servosystems. Address information
for direct access of information stored on the tape is
recorded and reproduced with the same two servomechanism
sensing transducers and conventional access mechanism con-
trt)l circuitry.
3,639,689
JITTER CORRECTION SYSTEM FOR MAGNETIC
RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS
Toshio Doi, Hamamatsu, Japan, assignor to Victor Company
of Japan, Limited, Yokohama, Japan
Filed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,278
Claims prictrity, application Japan. No\. 21, 1968,43/84825;
Feb. 14. 1969,44/10507
Int. CI. H04n 5/04, 5/14. 5/78
U.S. CI. 1 78-6.6 TC 9 Claims
An arrangement in a picture telephone connection for ob-
taining optimal quality of the picture both when the connec-
tion is used for transmitting a picture of an object which only
requires a sharp contrast for example a page of text and
when the connection is used for transmitting a picture of an
object which requires a wider range of different light intensi-
ties for example a face. In the first case the video signal is
compressed in a compressing amplifier in the transmitter and
supplied to the transmission medium leading to the receiver
via a low-pass filter having a steep transition from passband
to suppressed band and an expanding corresponding to the
compression is carried out in the receiver in the second case
the video signal is supplied to the transmission medium un-
compressed via a low-pass filter having a flat transition from
passband to suppressed band
3,639,688
SERVOMECHANISM FOR INCREMENTING STRIP
RECORD TRANSPORTING SYSTEMS
Robert Gordon Nelson, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,202
Int. CI. Glib /5/52,H04ni/7«, Glib i/40
U.S.CL 178-6.6 P 15 Claims
51 61 I 60 62
■3 _fv smc] I
An audio-video signal storage device of the type in which a
magnetic tape is advanced in increments of one or more in-
A jitter correction system effectively corrects jitter in a
television picture recorded and reprcxiuced by a magnetic
recording and reprcxlucing apparatus. The system comprises
a first phase comparator means for comparing the phase of a
synchronizing signal of a reproduced video signal with the
phase of an outside synchronizing signal for the vertical
synchronizing interval A phase mtxiulation of either the out-
side synchronizing signal or the reproduced video signal
resptjnsive to the output of the first phase comparator means
represents a detected phase difference. A second phase com-
parator means compares the phase of the rest of the outside
synchronizing signal and the reproduced video signal with the
phase of the output signal of the phase modulator means, for
the horizontal synchronizing interval. The output of the
second phase comparator means represents a detected jitter
component corresponding to the distortion of the reproduced
television picture This output is utilized for effecting a cor-
rection of the Jitter of the reproduced television picture.
February 1, 1972
I
ELECTRICAL
323
3,639,690
DIGITAL PRIVACY SYSTEM
William V. Braun, and Albert J. Leitich, both of Chicago, III
assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, III.
Filed Sept. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,714
Int. CI. H04I 9/04
U.S. CI. 178-22
t;:^^
3,639,692
SUBSCRIBER TERMINAL UNIT FOR TELEPHONE
CARRIER SYSTEM
Lester Q. Krasin, Dallas, and Clifford E. Greene, Fort Worth,
', both of Tex., assignors to Superior Continental Corporation
Original application Aug. 2, 1967, Ser. No. 660,165, now
15 Claims Patent No. 3,510,584, Continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 549,399, May 11. 1966, now abandoned. Divided and this
application Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,271
Int. CI. H04j l/OO
U.S.CL 179-
2.5 R
8 Claims
A digital voice-privacy system uses a delta modulator to
convert voice information to digital data which then is en-
coded by combining the output of the delta modulator with a
digital signal derived from selected stages or a shift register
and a programmable code memory with the resultant data
train being fed back as the input signal train for the shift re-
gister. The output of the last stage of the shift register is the
encoded data. The data is deccxied by a similar system, with
the received signals being supplied to the input of a shift re-
gister and programmable ccxie memory circuit comparable to
the one used in the encexier to form a decoding signal which
is combined with the enccxied digital data to provide an out-
put to a delta demodulator, the output of which then is the
desired decoded voice information
3,639,691
CHARACTERIZING AUDIO SIGNALS
William J. Beninghof, Jr., Roslindale, Mass., assignor to Per-
ception Technology Corporation, Winchester, Mass.
Filed May 9, 1969, Ser. No. 823,372
I I Int.CLG10iy//2
U.S. CI. 179-1 VS 13 Claims
SPEECH
9GNAL ,
SOURCE \
EAR TRANSFER
fUNCTlO FILTER
SPECTRAL MEAN
CIRCUITRYl
SYNTHESIZER,
r
GLOTTAL
REDUCTION
FILTER
50
i
INTENSITY x-
EXTRACTING--^' —
^-^
|a^-
4
COLOR
TELEVISION SET,
60, '
TvErtical
1 RETRACE
*51S7f3NTSr">STTBStE
"■SUBS CJROiT A
The disclosure relates to a subscriber terminal for a
telephone communication system which is adapted for con-
nection to a cable transmission pair from a central office to
supply an additional facility without affecting the original
system. The subscriber terminal utilizes a rechargeable bat-
tery which furnishes power to its receiver and transmitter
sections which operate at frequencies different from those of
the physical communication system The batterv is controlled
by a charging circuit so as to be charged by the central office
power supply during nonoperation of the physical system
3,639,693
TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEX DATA SWITCH
William F. Bartlett, Rochester, and William A. Oswald,
Brighton, both of N.Y., assignors to Stromberg-Carlson
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 22, 1968. Ser. No. 784,991
Int. CI. H04j i/00
U.S. CI. 179— 15 AT 12 Claims
The loudness, spectral mean and spectral spread of speech
signals are represented in the visual domain similar to
brightness, hue and saturation of a color, respectively. The
above parameters of a sf>eech signal are extracted, and, by
various operations, adapted for use in, and/or with other
systems. As in color, the values of these parameters are
defined relative to reference frames such that the parameters
so extracted are to a large degree insensitive to extraneous
ambient noises, speaker differences and overall (wideband)
filterings.
A time division multiplex data switch wherein any one of a
plurality of input channels forming a plurality of input groups
may be switched to any one of a plurality of output channels
forming a plurality of output groups, which includes in-
dividually synchronized bit distributors associated with each
input group, for distributing the bits to a plurality of single-
bit stores, each associated with a channel, and a single-time
division highway controlled by a dynamic memory.
324
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639.694
TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATIONS
SYSTEM
Herman Deutsch; Edgar H. Steward, and Walter D. Van
Gieson, Jr., all of Raleigh, N.C., assignors to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791,334
Int CI. H04j 3100
U.S. CI. 179-15 AL 9 Claims
UlTltl
lOUT-
TERMINAL
COMPLEX
:0MuiiciiTio«
^ Lll'S
, PULSE
TERM
PULSE
tlRIVER
4i
SHIFT
REOISTER
UTlLIZ»TIO«
OeviCES Tl
^
REMOTE
Co I TERMINAL
signal-processing system of the invention comprises a con-
verting device for modifymg the duration of a signal without
affecting its waveform and another transmission device hav-
ing dispersive characteristics for further modifying the dura-
tion of the envelope of said signal. Since the above-men-
tioned converting device is capable of supplying more than
one signal for each processed pulse, gating means are cou-
pled to the converting means for gating out unwanted signals.
3,639,696
MULTISTATS VOLTAGE BOOSTER CIRCUIT FOR
TELEPHONE SYSTEMS
Charles W. Chambers, Jr., Amherst, Ohio, assignor to Lorain
Products Corporation
Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 811,992
Int. CI. H04b i/00
U.S. CI. 179-16 F 14 Claims
' — 9^1° — I r~° i°~^ '^^ jic »"
Vl7c
''i r M5 'i«<< ^iAr
A
A closed loop two-wire serial communications system for
providing two-way communications between a plurality of
serially connected terminal complexes and a central control
station. The communications system including a plurality of
time multiplexed channels each having switching or mul-
tiplexing information, control information and data to effect
bidirectional data flow between the terminal complexes and
the central
3,639,695
SYSTEMS FOR PROCESSING FREQUENCY
MODULATED SIGNALS
Jean Bertheas, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSF
Filed Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,503
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 5, 1%8, 138699
Int. CI. H04b 1166
U.S. CI. 1 79- 1 5.55 R 1 5 Claims
A circuit t\)r increasing the flow of telephone line current
in telephone systems which utilize reverse battery supervision
and the grounding oi the telephone line at the subscriber sta-
tion for supervisory or control purposes. Power bcx)ster net-
works connected in series with respective sides of a
telephone line each include a semiconductor switch for con-
trolling the flow of current toward the subscriber station and
a semiconductor switch for controlling the flow of current
away from the subscriber station A DC auxiliary source is
connected in series with one switch in each power botister
network Ihc conduction of the different switches is con-
trolled in accordance with the voltages present in the
telephone system to direct telephone line current flow
through that one of the DC" auxiliary sources which is in
p<.)wer aiding relationship to said current flow despite
changes in the direction of current flow in one or both sides,
of the telephone line
The invention relates to devices for either compressing or
3,639,697
MAGNETIC TAPE CARTRIDGE CONTAINING
ENGAGING MEANS FOR ROTARY HEAD
Kazumasa Koguma, Tokyo; Hiroshi Takeuchi, Kanagawa-
ken, and Yuichi Kanamaru, Saitama-ken, all of Japan, as-
signors to Sony Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,750
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 28, 1969,44/15781;
Apr. 23, 1969, 44/31402
Int. CI. Glib 2i/04
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 Z 22 Claims
A magnetic tape recording and reproducing device having
a tape guide drum and a rotary magnetic head for recording
and reprsducmg signals on a tape wrapped about the drum is
provided with a magnetic taf)e cartridge adapted to be
removably mounted on the device and having a housing con-
taining the tape and an assembly by which, when the car-
extending the duration of frequency modulated pulses. The tridge is removed from the device, a loop of the tape is
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
325
securely supported and, when the cartridge is mounted on
the device, such tape loop is released to engage in wrapped
legs IS provided with each leg having one layer of magnetic
materia) of higher permeability and lower saturation flux
density than the second layer of that leg The read-write con-
ductor means is positioned between the two legs and is
thereby inductively coupled to the core The higher permea-
bility layer is narrow in a direction perpendicular to both the
length of the leg and the thickness of the layer, is adjacent
relation about the guide drum for recording or reprcxiucing
operations
3,639,698
DUAL-GAP MAGNETIC FLUX RESPONSIVE HEADS
Saburo Uemura, Kanagawa-ken; Toyohiko Fuse, and
Yoshitaka Hashimoto, both of Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors
to Sony Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,924
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1968, 44/1592
Int. CI. Glib 5/iO
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2CF 15 Claims
/5t
In a dual-gap magnetic flux responsive head comprised of a
saturable magnetic core with coils thereon and a pair of mag-
netic yokes forming a loop path for magnetic flux in connec-
tion with the core disposed therebetween and having dual
gaps defined between one end of the core and the adjacent
ends of the yokes, the core includes a first member having a
lateral portion or crosspiece at one end from which a plurali-
ty of parallel, spaced-apart legs integrally extend to receive
the coils wound apart from the core, and a second member in
the form of a crosspiece joined to the free end portions of the
legs after the coils have been mounted on the latter
'. 3,639,699
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER HAVING A COMPOSITE
MAGNETIC CORE STRUCTURE
Jerome J. Tiemann, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
I Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 14,945
' Int. CI. Glib 5/22
U.S. CI. 179—1 00.2 C 7 Claims
A magnetic transducer for read-write applications is dis-
closed in which a composite core having two closely spaced
the conductor means and is saturated at fiux densities en-
countered in wnting so that the wider lower permeability
outer layers of the two legs are effective during writing and
the higher permeability narrower layers are effective or
dominant during reading. In a modification, a composite
shim is employed in the gap of a more conventional stacked
lamination head to obtain some of the advantages of the
present invention.
3,639,700
MULTIELEMENT MAGNETIC HEAD OF ALL OXIDE OR
SINTERED QUALITIES
Takashi Shiraki, Neyagawa; Sadao Masuoka, Hirakata, and
Minoru Morita, Toyonaka, all of Japan, assignors to Mat-
sushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,946
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 22, 1969, 44/22487
Int. CI. Gllb5//4
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 C 4 Claims
A multielement magnetic head for magnetic recording
and/or reproducing operations. The tape-engaging face of the
head includes magnetic cores each having a gap, preformed
sectioned spacers of nonmagnetic material surrounding the
magnetic cores, and a shield plate of magnetic material
disposed between the adjacent cores The materials of aH the
members composing the tape-engaging face are sintered ox-
ides.
3,639,701
MAGNETIC RECORDING HEAD HAVING A
NONMAGNETIC FERRITE GAP
Duane R. Secrist, and Harold L. Turk, both of San Jose,
Calif., assignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,928
Int. CI. Glib 5/74,5/42
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 C 12 Claims
A magnetic head assembly is claimed The magnetic head
assembly compnses a pair of magnetic femtes having mating
326
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
surfaces and a transducing gap compnsing a nonmagnetic filter means, attenuation means and summing means. Oscilla-
crystalline ceramic, which may particularly be a nonmagnetic tor means and modulator means may be included to increase
ferrite, formed as a bond between the mating surfaces. More
particularly, the bond is formed by solid-state diffusion.
ERRATUM
For Class 179—110 see:
Patent No. 3,639,679
3.639.702
COMMLNICATION SYSTEM TRAFFIC SURVEY
ARRANGEMENT
Harold K. Thompson. San Anselmo, Calif., assignor to Amer-
ican Telephone and Telegraph Company. New York. N.Y.
Filed Aug. 19, 1970. Ser. No. 65,164
Int. CI. H04m 3122, 3136
L.S. CI. 179-175.2 C 20 Claims
TEST S'CN
CENiftATOi
iCOWUUhlCATIONl
riiANi
rM riLTEB I— -•
GAIN
375
aANDPASS]
LTEK
75MI
1 ..STi.. II l.» P^
SAIN
2879
SUMMING
NCTWONM
tokI—
the trequencv level of the communication band at the output
of the link prior to measunng the weighted noi.se.
3,639,704
AUTOMATIC CURRENT-REVERSING SWITCH
Gilbert L. Alinder, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Clinton
Supply Co.. Chicago, III.
Filed May 26. 1970, Ser. No. 40,660
Int. CI. HOI h 67/20
U.S. CI. 200-1 V 12 Claims
11N[
, S'EPi»«IC r \ LINE
i'HCui' t_~|ci«CUIT
.\ <nPI»« ■??
StITC" S»J
UVtL •
«
f4
IS
13
jriii'
h Jtfl
Ht
%
f
®
/J
c c
/Jo,
o o
l.i
r. I- r
•/3< li
*
®!''o ^
1> 0 0
1,
9
f
•
5S
O
a
?j
In order to obtain a count of the number of ineffectual at-
tempts which are made to seize a trunk in a direct progres-
sion communication system trunk subgroup in which all the
trunks are busy, current detectors are inserted into the path
between the hunting switch stepping relay of each selector
level to be studied and the sleeve leads of the ninth (next to
last) and tenth (last) trunks. The current detectors are ar-
ranged such that in normal operation when the associated
trunk is activated the detector remains off. However, when
the selector switch steps past a busy trunk the current from
the stepping relay enables the detector. Circuitry is provided
to insure that a count will be recorded only dunng the hunt-
ing interval of the selector switch and not during the release
interval.
3,639,703
METHOD AND MEANS FOR MEASURING WEIGHTED
NOISE IN A COMMUNICATION LINK
Gerald T. Bergemann, and Ernest N. Dulaney. both of
Marion, Iowa, assignors to Collins Radio Company. Dallas.
Tex.
Filed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816,728
Int. CI. H04b 3146
U.S. CI. 179-175.3 7 Claims
Disclosed is a means for measuring weighted noise in a link
having a test signal spectrum concurrently present including
A current-reversing switch having four angularly disposed
bus bars separated at the inner ends thereof A power-actu-
ated switch subassembly including a reciprocable shaft carry-
ing switching contacts disposed on opposite sides of the bus
bars The switching contacts are disposed out of phase so
that in one position of the reciprcKable shaft the contacts on
one side of the bus bars are operative to effect a current flow
in one direction and in a second position on the opposite side
the contacts are operative to reverse the current flow
through the bus bars
3,639,705
JOYSTICK CONTROL SWITCH
Wilfred H. G. Rayner, London, England, assignor to Clarke
and Smith Manufacturing Company Limited
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,745
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 17, 1969,
19,617/69
Int. CI. HOlh 25104
U.S. CI. 200-6 A 9 Claims
in a joystick control switch having an operating lever
rotatable about a point intermediate the length of the lever,
the lever is positively indexable in each of a plurality of posi-
tions of rotation by means of a collar slidably mounted on the
lever and resiliently biased into engagement with a gate
member defining the plurality of positions of rotation, and in
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
327
each of the plurality of positions of rotation the lever
operates a depressible-plunger-type switch by conUct of the
lever with the plunger either directly or through the inter-
mediary of a single lever member A button located in one
cally positions the locations for boring, parts mounting or
cutting. In this numerical control apparatus, a command
23 (9
.- 17
end of the lever is depressible to slide a shaft extending lon-
gitudinally of the lever to depress the plunger of an addi-
tional switch at the other end of the lever, in one position of
rotation of the lever
I 0* 3,639,706
RECIPROCATING SWITCH MECHANISM WITH
IMPROVED THUMBWHEEL ACTUATOR INCLUDING
RACK AND PINION STRUCTURE
Harold L. Purdy, Hummelstown, Pa., assignor to Stackpole
Carbon Company, St. Marys, Pa.
Filed Mar. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,377
Int. CI. H01hi/0«, 15116
U.S. CI. 200-17 R 8 Claims
A slide is movable lengthwise of a housing to move contact
means therein along conducting means. Secured to the hous-
ing is a stationary rack bar that is longer than the housing
and supports a carrier movable along the bar. A rack bar,
which is movable lengthwise along the stationary bar and car-
rier, is connected with the slide for moving it. Rotatably
mounted on the carrier is a pair of rigidly connected coaxial
gears, one of which is smaller than the other. The large gear
meshes with the stationary rack bar and the smaller gear
meshes with the movable rack bar. When the gears are
rotated, the one engaging the stationary bar will move the
carrier along the bar, and the other gear will move the mova-
ble bar along the stationary bar a shorter distance than the
carrier moves so that the slide will be moved only the shorter
distance.
\.
24- -^ ^
25'
X
>,
24"
26
26
signal for controlling the automation is generated by actua-
tion of a multiplicity of microswitches by code pins which are
sequentially moved to their microswitch actuating positions.
3.639.708
ROTARY SWITCH LOCK
SUnley C. Wolniak; Herbert J. Kincaid, and Marshall A.
Johnson, all of The Illinois Lock Co. 301 West Hintz Road,
Wheeling, III.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,559
Int. CI. HOlh 27/00
U.S. CI. 200—44 16 Claims
3,639,707
TIMER SWITCH APPARATUS WITH IMPROVED
FLEXIBLE CHAIN WITH CODED MOVABLE PINS
Hirotugu Takano, Kyoto, Japan, assignor to Matsushita Elec-
tric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,820
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 21, 1969, 44/30938
Int. CI. HOlh 7100; D04b 15166; D03c 15102
U.S. CI. 200—33 C 4 Claims
A numerical control apparatus for use in an automation
such as an automatic positioning apparatus which automati-
A key-operated rotary switch lock having movable roller
contacts which roll along the surface of terminal contacts
upon making contact therewith. The terminal conucts are
mounted to, and project outwardly from, an insulator sur-
face. The roller contacts comprise annular discs rotatably
mounted on an elongated shaft which in turn is mounted for
rotation about an axis normal to both the shaft axis and the
insulator surface for translating the roller contacts to and
away from the terminal contacts A spacer member projects
outwardly from the insulator surface along the axis of switch
rotation to maintain a clearance between the roller contacts
and the insulator surface.
328
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,709
OUTPUT ADAPTOR FOR ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION
TRACKS
Derek James Hart, and Robert Davis, both of London, En-
gland, assignors to British Lighting Industries Limited,
London, England
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,822
Int. CI. HOlr ii/JO
U.S.CL 200-51 2 Claims
,6/
,0 vi.
An output adapter intended for use with electricity dis-
tribution tracks provided with exposed track conductors has
an on-off switch and a resilient clamp which can be moved
outwardly from the adapter to engage a track and lock the
adapter thereto in a position in which the contacts of said
switch can be moved to the "on" position in abutment with
the track conductors
3,639,710
TRIGGER SWITCH FOR MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY
DEVICES
lakashi Haruna, \ okusuka, and Akira Shimano, Yokohama,
both of Japan, assignors to Nissan Motor Company .
Limited, V okohama, Japan
Filed Feb. 19, 1971, Ser. No. 116,962
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 18, 1970, 45/26023
Int. CI. H0Ihi5//4
U.S. CI. 200-61.48 9 Claims
28
A tngger switch mechanism for motor vehicle safety
devices which senses deceleration of a given magnitude
resulting from a collision of the motor vehicle in order to ac-
tuate the safety devices. The mechanism comprises an
upright cylinder within which an electrically conductive
rockable weight is normally kept aligned with respect to the
surrounding cylinder in a depending manner by a rodlike
spring and a coiled spring. An arcuate contact is provided on
the inner wall of the upright cylinder in front of the rockable
weight at a suitable space therefrom. An arcuate damper is
also provided on the inner wall of the upright cylinder op-
posite to the arcuate contact in such a manner as to partially
surround the rockable weight thereby serving to absorb the
usual shocks and vibrations of the rockable weight developed
during operation of the vehicle In operation, if the trigger
switch mechanism is subjected to deceleration of a given
magnitude resulting from a collision, then the rockable
weight swings and strikes against the arcuate contact, thereby
establishing an electrical connection therebetween.
3,639.711
VACUUM-OPERATED TIMING DEVICE WITH
SOLENOID-CLOSABLE VENT IN VALVE CHAMBER
Leslie H. Jordan, 2021 East Broadway, Vancouver, British
Columbia, and John Arden, 6049 Portland Ave., Burnaby,
British Columbia, both of Canada
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,060 j
Int. CI. HOlh 35134. 43I2H. 7102
U.S. CI. 200-83 H 2 Claims
A timing device having a vacuum chamber enclosing a
diaphragm which is mechanically connected to a switch in an
electnc circuit The vacuum chamber is connected to a
source of vacuum through a port controlled by a check valve
and alst) through an adjustable restricted pa.ssage which
bypasses the port When vacuum at the source drops below a
predetermined level, air is evacuated from the chamber after
a delay determined by the selected size of the restncted
passage A vent in the valve chamber wall normally is open
to atmosphere and the circuit includes a control device
which closes the vent when the circuit is energized.
3,639,712
GAS BLAST CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER HAVING
CONDUCTING ORIFICE MEANS
Georges Balmat, Grenoble, and Jean Jaillet, Saint-Egreve.
both of France, assignors to Merlin Gerin, Grenoble,
France
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,229
Int. CI. HOlh ii/70
U.S. CI. 200-148 A 20 Claims
A puffer-type circuit interrupter having a composite orifice
member with a restricted inner opening defining a takeover
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
329
arcing contact. In order to prevent the production of a great
quantity of ionized gas the arc length is limited and arc
drawn between a pair of separable contact rods within the
orifice member is transferred to the takeover arcing contact
to cause the extinction of the arc by cross blasting the con-
stant length arcing gap. i
3,639.713
OPERATING MECHANISM FOR A CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER
William H. Fischer, Pittsburgh, and Wayne S. Aspey, Mon-
roeville, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 782,631
Int. CI. H01hJ3/i*
U.S. CI. 200-148 R I 13 Claims
J
aiit!
A dual-acting piston operable within an operating cylinder
is mechanically connected to the moving contact structure of
a circuit breaker. The piston has a portion constantly acted
upon in the closing direction by a high-pressure operating
fluid. A large portion of the piston structure is at low pres-
sure, and the opposite face of the piston structure is al-
ternately pressurized or exhausted to effect, respectively, an
opening or a closing operation of the circuit breaker.
A portion of the piston structure fits into a recess thereby
affording a shock-absorbing function during the closing
operation. Another portion of the piston structure traps high-
pressure operating fluid so as to constitute a shock absorber
during the opening of)eration of the interrupter.
In the case that a gas is used, which tends to liquefy, provi-
sion is made for the removal of the liquefied gas during the
operation of the mechanism.
' 3,639,714
PUSHBUTTON ALTERNATE ACTION SWITCH WITH
PUSHBUTTON SHAFT UNCONNECTED TO ALTERNATE
ACTION ACTUATOR BLOCK
Hiroji Fi^imoto, and Kei^ji Nakakura, both of Kawasaki,
Japan, assignors to Fi^isoku Electric Co., Ltd., Kanagawa-
ken, Japan
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,805
Int. CI. HOlh 13156, 13/38
U.S. CI. 200— 153 J 8 Claims
A pushbutton switch of snap-action type completes a cir-
cuit on the first push and holds the circuit in locked condi-
tion while allowing the pushbutton shaft to return to its
original position On a second push, the switch breaks the
27 2J t-L ' ' •■
" ik„ .Nj ^,.
circuit and completes another circuit and again allows the
pushbutton shaft to return to its original position
3,639,715
FIXED AND MOVABLE CONTACT STRUCTURE FOR
DISCONNECT SW ITCHES
Paul M. Christensen, West Orange. NJ.. and Robert J. Petit-
jean, West Simsbury, Conn., assignors to Arrow-Hart, In-
corporated
Filed May 15. 1970, Ser. No. 31,363
Int. CI. HOlh 1 154
U.S. CI. 200-166 E 9 Claims
""J^yH-
? i
6?
78
7lp^
5^-
64
\
An insulation carrier of one or more pairs of similar U-
shaped contact members is movable toward and from one or
more pairs of spaced parallel flat fixed contact blades so that
a pair of said blades are engageable and disengageable by a
pair of said movable contact members, with the ends of the
one of the U-shaped members engaging the outside surfaces
of said fixed contact blades while the ends of the other of the
U-shaped members engage the inside surface of said blades,
causing electromagnetic forces incident to heavy current
flow to be concentrated around the movable contacts and to
create a pinching effect against the fixed contact blades in
fully engaged position.
The outer of the pair of movable contacts is longer so that
its ends engage the fixed contact blades first, creating (prior
to the pinching effect) a weakening of their pressure against
the fixed contact blades during initial engagement to
facilitate movement into full engagement in case of heavy
current flow.
3,639,716
TRANSFER SWITCH PACKAGE ASSEMBLY
Harry R. Rasmussen, 422 Fife Heights Drive N.E., Tacoma,
Wash.
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 128,758
Int. CI. HOlh 9m
U.S. CI. 200- 168 B 4 Claims
*7 i?
A transfer switch package assembly employs a printed cir-
cuit panel support buned in the assembly base and support-
330
V
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
ing on one end a plurality of binding posts and at the other tion of each rod, to monitor the operation within the furnace
metal-surrounded holes for quick and accurate connection of by TV. and to control the operations within the furnace from
conductive paths from said posts to connector Laps or pins on a remote location,
a transfer switch body
3,639.717
SWITCH ACTUATOR FOR AN ELECTRONIC COOKINC
DEVICE
Masayukj Mochizuki, Shizuoka, Japan, assignor to Mitsubishi
Denki Kabushlki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,294
Int. CI. HOI hi/6/2
U.S. CI. 200-172 A
2 Claims
A spring biased door arm pivoted at one end to a door for
an enclosure includes a protrusion on its lower side normally
engaging a door switch to put it in the closed position The
protrusion responds to the opening of the door to ride on a
roller normally contacted by the door arm, for causing the
protrusion to disengage from the switch to deactuate a device
such as a magnetron used for electronic cooking.
3,639,718
PRESSURE- AND TEMPERATURE-CONTROLLED
CRYSTAL GROWING APPARATUS
Roger A. Castonguay, Salem; Bernard C. Hanley, Chestnut
Hill; Francis J. Mallahan, Woburn, and Joseph F.
Wenckus, Needham, all of Mass., assignors to Arthur D.
Little, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,096
Int. CI. H05b 5100
U.S.CL 219-10.67 20 Claims
y 691.
Furnace assembly providing a working volume the pressure
in which may range from 10^ torr to 100 atmospheres. Con-
trolled temperatures up to 4,000° C. are attainable. Two
load-beanng rcxis extending into the furnace are rotated and
moved along their vertical axes over a wide speed range
Means are provided continuously to indicate the precise posi-
3.639,719
ELECTRODE GUIDE
Italo Caroli, Westmount, Quebec, Canada, assignor to DBM '
lndu.stries limited
Filed Dec. 9, 1969. Ser. No. 883,384
Claims priority, application Canada, Mar. 25, 1969, 046,694
Int. CI. B23k9//6
U.S. CL 219-69 E
8 Claims
k.tl9
r- ■
'•i
-i-
}
^
0
o
Apparatus for use in guiding and supporting the free end of
an electrode carried by an electrode discharge machine, and
having a main bt)dy portion preferably connected to a sup-
porting stand A support sleeve is rotatably and adjustably
mounted in a central aperture in the body portion. A yoke is
supported in the support sleeve and has means for position-
ing the same Preferably, guide rollers are provided on the
yoke to guidingiy engage and effect fine adjustment of the
electrode An adapter head can also be provided on the yoke
to accommodate electrodes of quite small dimensions
3,639,720
METALLIZP<JG GUN
Roger Malivoir, Pont-a-Mousson, France, assignor to Centre
de Recherches de Pont-a-Mousson, Pont-a-Mousson, France
Filed Aug. 24. 1970, Ser. No. 66,508
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 30, 1%9, 6933299
Int. CI. B23k 9104
U.S. CI. 219-76 6 Claims
2i
.^jX ;.„-■ . , , I r«-^
Metallizing gun employing an electric arc and having two
wire guides and a compressed air nozzle fixed to a head. The
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
331
head is detachably fixed to a support by a single screw The
wire guides are adapted to align with a wire-feeding device
which feeds two wires through the wire guides. The wire
guides are adapted to be connected to an electric power
supply when the head is fixed to the support 1 he wire guides
and nozzle can be easily replaced by substituting a replace-
ment head having wire guides and a nozzle for the old head
beginning or end of a welding operation by obtaining a con-
' 3,639,721
METHOD OF INSTALLING BRAZING RINGS
Edward F. Hubbel, Howell. Mich., assignor to Aeroquip Cor-
poration, Jackson, Mich.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970. Ser. No. 89.382
Int. CI. B23k 11 1 10
U.S. CI. 219— 91 1 Claim
.V
7-3
A method of installing segmented brazing rings in the
recessed beads of pipe fittings. The fitting is cleaned to
eliminate surface contamination, a preformed brazing ring
segment is inserted in the bead, and the segment is spot-
welded in position using a capacitor discharge impulse
welder. The remaining brazing ring segments are then
similarly spotwelded in position
' 3,63^,722
PROCESS FOR JOINING WIRES TO SHEETS OF
REFRACTORY MATERIALS
Gasper Pagnotta, and Allan J. Kiesler, both of Schenectady,
N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed June 17, 1970. Ser. No. 46,972
' Int. CI. B23k 9100
U.S. CI. 219— 127 3 Claims
zz-
stant increase and decrease in the welding current at the
beginning and end of the welding operation.
3,639,724
WELDING THORIA DISPERSED NICKEL
Francis C. Gerath, Canton, Conn., assignor to United Aircraft
Corporation. East Hartford, Conn.
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,638
Int. CI. B23k 9/00
U^.CL 219-137 12 Claims
-XT
Sheets of thoria dispersed nickel are joined bs a filler
matenal consisting of a solid solution hardened alloy using
inert gas arc welding techniques The filler material is sized
to provide the desired weld bead configuration and to main-
tain a sufficient separation between the sheet edges during
joining to allow continuous welds of indefinite length, addi-
tionally the filler material is compatible with subsequent ther-
mal processing of the sheets during the application of a
chromium outer coating. The final coated assemblies have
strong welds, free of porosity, and agglomeration of thoria is
also avoided
3.639,725
STEAM-GENERATING APPARATUS
Thomas J. Maniscaico, 7 Orian PI.. Glen Cove, N.Y
Filed Mar. 3, 1971. Ser. No. 120.449
Int. CI. A21b im
U.S. CI. 219-401 f
5 Claims
A tungsten reflector for a regenerative lamp is secured to a
tungsten sup|x>rt rod by cross wire welding a molybdenum
wire to the support rod and inserting the free end of the wire
into an opening m the sheet and finally arc spot welding the
free end of the wire to the side of the sheet facing away from
the support rod.
1 3,639,723
I WELDING CONTROL
Horst Keller, Kottingen/Wissen (Sieg); Gunter Hahn. Hausen,
both of Germany, assignors to .Messer (.riesheim GmbH.
Frankfurt am Main, (iermany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 720,984, Apr.
12, 1968. This application June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,503
Int. CI. B23k 9/06, G05f
U.S. CL 219-131 R 8 Claims
A welding control prevents crater formation at the
\
Apparatus particularly useful for preparation of foods
wherein a portable steam-generating unit is adapted for
cooperation with a proximate dry heat oven chamber to pro-
332
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
I
February 1, 1972
vide steam for controlled periods of time, and at controlled
pressures l
3,639,726
SELF-CLEANING OVEN OVERHEAT SAFETY CONTROL
CaJvin J. Hottkamp, Mansfield, Ohio, assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,485
Int. CI. F27d 11102
L'.S. CI. 219-413 8 Claims
r
1
1
1
^2
r
^.¥ 1
J
»>=
»-'
■-.V--C ',
■'--7-*,
M*
'?.
■
^^.
?.r---.
c
U
\
An arrangement in which a switch responsive to oven tem-
peratures is operable to cut oflf the heatmg in the oven when
in a ctxjking operation the oven temperatures exceed the
normal cooking temperatures from a failure such as a ther-
mostat malfunction or failure, the safety switch being effec-
tively recalibrated to an overheat limit for a self-cleaning
temperature by operation of latching means for the oven
door.
3,639,727
POSITIVE TEMPERATURE CONTROL DOOR LOCK
SYSTEM
James A. Leach, Shelby, Ohio, assignor to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 28, 1970. Ser. No. 58.793
Int. CI. H01hi7/00
L.S. CI. 219-491 8 Claims
An oven upper temperature safety control is provided in
the instant invention by utilization of the door lock thermo-
stat during the cooking modes of the oven to prevent the
temperature of the oven reaching an unsafe level if failure of
the temperature sensor control system occurs. The operation
of the door lock thermostat as a temperature safety control is
positively interrupted by actuation of the door locking system
for the oven ,
3,639,728
MATERIAL CONTAINER SORTING APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Fredric E. Hetfand, and Marvin B. Baer, both of Cocoa
Beach, Fla., assignors to Scan Systems, Inc.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,884
Int. CI. G06k 7110; B07c 5134
U.S.CI. 235-61.11 E 15 Claims
'^f^
A method and apparatus for sorting, routing and otherwise
categonzing material containers, such as luggage, freight,
cargo and the like, comprising conveyor means upon which
to place the matenal containers, labels adapted to be secured
to the material containers and having alphanumeric code in-
formation thereon, electro-optical conversion means posi-
tioned adjacent the conveyor means, photoelectric means
positioned adjacent the conveyor means and the electro-opti-
cal conversion means for conditioning a programmed logic
system for operation The electro-optical conversion means is
adapted to read the alphanumeric code to produce an output
signal to be fed to the programmed logic system which is in
turn connected to and adapted to activate electromechanica
equipment means to sort, route, weigh, tabulate, or otherwise
categonze the individual matenal containers placed on the
conveyor means.
3,639,729
DATA READING APPARATUS
Ray A. Marshall, Park Ridge, III., assignor to SCM Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 799,733
Int. CI. H04I 15118, HOlj 1152, GOln 2 1 130; G06k 7/14;
Glib 19/00
U.S. CI. 235 61.11 E 15 Claims
»*JUVOELXTE
Data groups are read from a perforated medium by an
array of light emitting diodes Light from the diodes passes
through a cylmdncal lens, through the perforated medium,
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
/
333
and onto an array of photodetectors whi'-h detect the per-
forations. Illumination power for the lig^^ t emitting diodes
comes from a capacitor which is connected to the diodes by
a controlled rectifier The data reading prtKess and the mo-
tion of the medium are synchronized either by controlling
tape motion with a switch-tail ring counter controlled
stepping motor, or by inductively sensing magnetic elements
which move synchronously with the perforated medium
Data bits retrieved from the medium are placed into a shift
register, and are then shifted out of the register in the form ol
a teleprinter code. A new data group is automatically read as
soon as this shift register becomes empty. The shift register
may be easily reprogrammed so as to generate any desired
telepnnter code A NULL and DELETE data group detec-
tion circuit erases these groups from the shift register and
thereby greatly speeds up the telepnnter code generation
process. i
; 3,639.730
OPTICAL READER SYSTEM
Roy F. Higginbotham, Plantation; Fred D. Blonder, Ft. Lau-
derdale, and David E. Snyder, Hollywood, all of Fla., as-
signors to Datatype Corporation, Miami, Fla.
Filed Sept. 1 1 , 1 970, Ser . No. 7 1 ,505
Int. CI. G06k 7/10
U.S. CL235-61.il E
19 Claims
\ IV
l\
A system for optically reading data printed in transversely
extending lines on a document comprising a scanning head,
means for supporting the scanning head for transverse move-
ment relative to such a document, first dnve means for
reciprocating the scanning head on the supporting means,
second drive means for moving such a document longitu-
dinally relative to the scanning head, the secofid dnve means
including friction dnve roller means for engaging and moving
such a document, a motor, electrically operated clutch
means for drivingly connecting the roller means to the motor,
and electrically operated brake means for stopping the roller
means, and control means for the first and second drive
means. The control means includes means for optically de-
tecting a line of data on such a document and operating the
clutch means and brake means to stop such longitudinal
movement of such a document and to start movement of the
scanning head away from its initial starting position. The first
drive means includes a drive pulley, at least one idler pulley,
flexible means trained about the pulleys, a continuously
running drive motor, and clutch means for drivingly connect-
ing the drive pulley to the drive motor The flexible means is
fastened to one point on the periphery of the drive pulley and
the scanning head is fastened to a point on the flexible
means. A coiled tension spring is provided for returning the
scanning head to its initial starting position when the drive
pulley is disengaged from the drive motor
3,639,731
ANALYSIS SYSTEM FOR MOBILE EQUIPMENT
Jon J. McNeill, Redwood City. Calif., assignor to Textron
Inc.. Belmont, Calif.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969. Ser. No. 882,206
Int. CI. B6 II HOG
U.S. CI. 235-61.11 E 3 Claims
^
-'t
^nu/r^
%
An analysis and indicating equipment for mobile equip-
ment such as locomotives or the like providing visual indica-
tions of equipment conditions and inclu.ing exterior indica-
tion for scanning and remote readout at distant locations.
3.639.732
DATA CONTROL DEVICE
Norman Robert Grain, Huntington Beach, and Donald E. Rea,
Santa Ana, both of Calif., assignors to Documentor Sciences
Corporation, Santa Ana, Calif.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,576
InLCI. G06k 19,06
U.S.CL 235-61.12 1 1 Claims
liiTi : a i H S'B
— ^'SfVifi.'. '.\ T! ': ;: ;t^
-h--|-j --;■:■■']
c « v*^ c« ^ '■''*
v
A data control device adapted for controlling data in con-
nection with an optical or magnetic detection device is dis-
closed. The main body of a paper structure of predetermined
dimensions has a plurality of horizontal rows extending
across a plurality of vertical columns formed by pairs of
separated contrast stripes One vertical column provides tim-
ing or reference signals for the data contained in the honzon-
tal rows. Data is entered by connecting at least two vertical
stripes in a horizontal row with a connecting indicia. The
space between the stripes may have numbered indicia means
for indicating the value entered. In one embodiment, por-
tions of the control device are provided with detection means
for absorbing energy of an incident light source, thus, provid-
ing means for optical detection The control device is par-
ticularly adaptable for use in restaurants and hotels and
similar business where bill totalization is required
.334
)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Febri'ary 1, 1972
3,639,733
NEGATIVE LOGARITHM-DECIMAL CONVERSION
Gustav Olof Larson, Big Rapids, Mich.
Filed Aug. 18. 1970, Ser. No. 64,752
Int. CLG06C 27/00
U.S. CI. 235-69 16 Claims
3,639,735
MLLTIPLE PRODLCT FLUID DISPENSING SYSTEM '
John H. Bickford, Middletown, Conn., assignor to Veeder In-
dustries Inc., Hartford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 17. 1970. Ser. No. 64,302 •
Int. CI. B67d 5/22. 5/06
U.S. CI. 235-94 16 Claims
-■*.
1 1 •'*W(l.?"«*f/«9«f/
^ -"Sti' 23456789 ro II I? I3I4IE. | ,.
I- , .- . ' >
■m>^\^
]^m
1 1 1" — ' -r*f "I 1
1«* SELECTOR V-i
■ ^ZA CIRCUIT *■
Z2P
Devices preferably having two scales which relate whole
number negative logarithms to a negative power of 10 which
is one more than the whole number, and two scales which re-
late logarithms less than I to a decimal expression of 10
times the reciprocal of the antiiogarithm. The devices are
useful as inexpensive and convenient tools to convert values
of pH and other figures similarly expressed
3,639,734
POSITIONAL INDICATING DEVICE FOR NUMERICAL
VALUE
Takehiko Kimura, Tokyo, and Yoshiaki Niizawa, Kawasaki-
shi, both of Japan, assignors to Canon Camera Kabushiki
Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 29, 1965, Ser. No. 517.251
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 30. 1964, 39 74770
Int. CI. G06k \5/l8
U.S. CI. 235-92 EA 4 Claims
A multiple product gasoline dispensing pump with two
multiple product gasoline delivery subsystems independentl>
operable from opposite sides of the pump for selective!)
dispensing a plurality of different grades of gasoline and for
computing the cost of the gasoline dispensed in accordance
with the established unit volume price for the selected grade.
A single-price programming unit comprising three rotary
price decades for each grade is provided for both delivery
subsystems for establishing and posting the unit volume
prices The price decades are coaxially mounted for rotation
about a vertical axis and each comprises a number wheel
with two numeral sequences of 0-9 providing for posting the
unit volume pnces on the opposite sides of the pump. The
price decades have binary switches providing encoded signals
of the established unit volume prices and are connected via a
selector circuit for setting each delivery subsystem to com-
pute the cost of gasoline dispensed in accordance with the
established unit volume pnce for the selected grade.
aa^^^a^^^^^^^
LSO
3,639,736 ]
DISPLAY WINDOWING BY CLIPPING
Ivan E. Sutherland. 69 University St.. Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed Nov. 19. 1969. Ser. No. 878,018
Int. CI. G06f 7/i8
U.S. CI. 235-152 11 Claims
4S
^
tC^
TEST
,PQ j OAT A
5 V5 T£l>/t
-I ia'
** 44:
SYS re M
— t,
-^.
UNIT _r
A numencal value indicator comprising an indicating
device for grouping the digits of a numerical value into
groups of "n" digits with respect to the variable position of
the decimal point. A decimal point indicator is operated to
indicate the position of the decimal point within a numencal
value, means being provided for selecting from a plurality of
digit grouping indicators the one indicator which includes the
digit grouping indicator positioned at the same location as
the operated decimal point indicator.
A computation system is disclosed, as for interpolating
lines with specific application to the selection of a portion of
a line which is to be presented in a fragmentary display. The
system as disclosed eliminates those portions of lines that are
contained within a drawing (as defined in computer storage)
which lie outside a rectangular "window" (defining a portion
of the drawing) by computing vector coordinates for the ter-
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
335
minal ends (start and end) of the visnle portions of each
such lines. The described embodiment utilizes a binary
system of shifting coordinate differential data to clip and di-
vide the lines which are defined by their end points Repeti-
tive operations attain the desired definition
3,639,737
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING THE CHANGE IN THE
THERMAL ENERGY OF A FLOWING FLUID
Fount E. McKee, Houston, Tex., assignor to Delta-X Corpora-
tion, Houston, Tex.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970. Ser. No. 81,386
Int. CL GO Ik 17/08
U.S. CI. 235-151.3 5 Claims
r i
* X r<J ccrr-r r^
Mn/r
An apparatus for measuring the change in the thermal
energy of a flowing fiuid in which the fiow rate and dif-
ferential temperature are measured by providing an accurate
measurement with an analog converter receiving the dif-
ferential temperature signals and providing pulses from an
oscillator based upon the change in thermal energy each time
a predetermined volume of fiuid is measured. An analog
comparator receiving a differential temperature signal from a
temperature measuring means and alst receiving a signal
from a digital to analog converter which is reset each time a
predetermined volume of fiuid is measured by the fiow rate
measuring means with an oscillator providing output pulses,
the output from the oscillator being controlled by the com-
parator and being connected to a counting means when the
differential temperature signal is greater than the signal from
the converter whereby the counting means gives a measure-
ment in the change of thermal energy of the flowing fiuid
3,639,738
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECORDING SPECTRA
Gunther R. Laukien. Am Silberstreifen, Karlsruhe-
Forchheim, Germany
Filed Oct. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 872,712
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 2, 1968, P 18 06
615.5
Int. CI. GOld 1/14
U.S. CI. 235-151.35 19 Claims
An arrangement for controlling the scan of a spectrometer
employs a computer and associated equipment for initiating
one complete scan of the spectrometer During this scan
where partial ranges of signal values are detected, said ranges
being of particular interest, repeated scans of these ranges
occurs until a sufficient number to provide useful informa-
tion is obtained and, thereupon, the continuous scan of the
spectrometer is continued. The equipment employed in-
cludes address registers and comparison circuitry for indicat-
ing and storing the addresses of those signal values which the
computer has selected after a determination has been made
that a partial range exists. Where signal values far exceed the
S^CTftOVETEM
I }
t
!'
r
_
■
1
t f
, kOOMCSt
4D0IICSS
STOHf
1^
r
1
■l~'" \
1
COW'Wt.
1
1
1
JCOMP*
■ *-o.
-1^
— tCOM»««iO»
ISCAOttiM*
1 COwliTI*
iEShOlC
»EWf*TO^
threshold value which defines a partial range, no repeated
scanning is employed or is necessary.
3,639,739
DIGITAL LOW-PASS FILTER
Roger M. Golden. Santa Monica, and Stanley A. \N hite.
Yorba Linda, both of Calif., assignors to North American
Rockwell Corporation. El Segundo. Calif.
Filed Feb. 5, 1 969, Ser. No. 796,679 '
Int. CI. G06f 15134
U.S. CI. 235-152 9 Claims
x"
-^
COWVBTTO'
-J
OjOCh
SUBTRACTOR —LJ
/
Means for low^pass filtering sampled digital data compris-
ing a recirculating accumulator operated at a preselected
sampling rate and having an output; and comparator means
having a first sampling input coupled to an output of said ac-
cumulator and further having a second sampling input
adapted to be connected to a digital signal to be filtered, an
output of said comparator means being fed to an input of
said accumulator, and the sampling rate of said first input of
said comparator being substantially slower than that of said
second input The low relative sampling rate of the feedback
arrangement serves to reduce the band-pass of the low-pass
filter, while selective variation of such sampling rate cor-
respondingly vanes such band-pass
336
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3.639.740
RING COUNTER APPARATLS
Raymond P. Escoffier, VVylie, and Milton R. Watson,
Richardson, both of Tex., assignors to Collins Radio Com-
pany. Dallas. Tex.
Filed July 15. 1970. Ser. No. 54.959
Int. CI. G lie 29100, G06f IliOO
U.S. CI. 235-153 6 Claims
A plurality of low-speed flip-flops connected to provide
high-speed nng-counter-type operation through the use of
parallel operating ring counter and shift register stages. The
circuit also comprises means for assuring one and only one
logic I in the device.
3,639.741
AUTOMATIC HIGH-RESOLUTION MASS
MEASUREMENT
Alan Carrick, Teddington. England, assignor to National
Research Development Corporation
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844.983
Claims priority, application Great Britain. July 26. 1968,
35.894/68
Int. CI. H03k 13102
U.S. CI. 235-154 9 Claims
-— TO
i run I
PUKH
A hybrid analogue-digital analyzer for the online digitiza-
tion of electrically recorded mass spectra The device, which
does not incorporate a digital computer, accurately selects
peak maxima to provide tnggering pulses for timing circuitry,
and uses directly controlled buffer storage to reduce the ef-
fective rate of data acquisition to that of the average speed of
the associated output channel. The analyzer is primarily in-
tended to provide records of complete high resolution mass
spectra suitable for off-line computer processing. For real
time production of jwiuced and annotated spectra the
analyzer may be used as an active interface directly coupled
to a computer.
3,639,742
NUMBER POSITIONING DISPLAY FOR ELECTRONIC
CALCULATING MACHINES
James John Drage, and Norbert Kitz, both of Uxbridge, Mid-
dlesex. England, assignors to Bell Punch Company Limited,
Uxbridge, Middlesex. England
Filed Feb. 28. 1969, Ser. No. 803,144
Claims priority, apphcation Great Britain, Mar. 1. 1968.
10.002/68
Int. CI. G06f 7/46
U.S.CL 235-160 7 Claims
, VISUAL OtSPLAT
BUFFER
T so
:x— i:'
-1 i.'^'Ts, ]^
CARRY STORf I HW!4
66
rr-|4i;(.. PO
COUNTER.
J r 5^
■£>— SO so — g {.HW9
A calculating system employing a numerical display is
described with a plurality of number display tubes each hav-
ing a ct)rrespunding register for storing the number to be dis-
played Numbers may be transferred from one register stage
to another and the value of each of the digits is determined
to present the highest significant digit at a predetermined
stage by way of transfer in the stages.
3,639,743
CALCULATING MACHINE WITH KEY-CONTROLLED
GATES SETTING FUNCTION COUNTER STATES
Norbert Kitz, Uxbridge. Middlesex, England, assignor to Bell
Punch Company Limited. London. England
Filed July 29, 1969. Ser. No. 845,831
Int. CI. G06f 7!48
U.S. CI. 235 160 12 Claims
S^/>f
y-3tt,ns^r-
FT'^T/TTap^ i/|';<^rij'| i,Wt\ v
IC 30
t:'W
<>>«•
0^» ...
C'c^^nfe^
Oates
'^^^^K^^
Oat as
Key-controlled electronic calculating apparatus has a func-
tion state counter controlling various arithmetic calculations.
The states are established by function keys gating signals to
set the counter into predetermined states. Each function key
produces a signal of predetermined duration that may com-
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
337
prise a sequence of pulses. The counter states may be con-
trolled by feedback gating signals from a previous counter
state.
3,639,744
MAGNETOOPTIC PHASE CORRELATOR
Fred G. Hewitt, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Sperry Rand Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,782
Int. CLG06g 7/7 9, 9/00
U.S. CI. 235-181 28 Claims
CONVtRTtB
»
Y
^60
1
OtTECTOR
\
-68
RECOROCR
riLTEO
*
t
PufiTE
♦
(y„
t
I <a
MASK
*
"~50
LiGmT
A data plane and a methcxi of analyzing the data stored
therein for use in a data signal recording and correlating
system whereby received data signals are written into the
data plane in a two-dimensional spatial relationship (along X,
Y axes) The data plane includes a magnetizable recording
medium which provides, upon readout, a Faraday rotation of
orthogonally incident light beams that spatially conform to
the received data signals. The degree of Faraday rotation is a
function of the degree or level of the partial switching of the
recording medium's magnetization through the thickness
thereof and is, along the orthogonally oriented X. Y axes of
the data plane, a linear function only if the received data
signals are of a prescribed waveform With such a linear
Faraday rotation, the parallel light beams are passed through
a quarter wave plate, an analyzer filter, and suitable optics to
be fcKused upon a detector array. The detector array
presents, as an output, signals that are indicative of the X, Y
axes parameters.
3,639,745
MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT FOR ELECTRICAL
DEVICE
Mitsuyuki Shiki, Kyoto-fu, Japan, assignor to Omron Tateisi
Electronics Co., Kyoto, Japan
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,646
Claims priority, application Japan, June 13, 1969, 44/56132
Int. CLF21viJ/00
U.S. CI. 240-2 SP 15 Claims
5550 12
■12
45a
unit is detachably arranged at a predetermined position in
the mounting opening on a panel through resilient legs in-
tegrally formed at one end of resitient plate units of which
resilient mounting members at its other end are detachably
inserted in the corresponding slits formed in the sidewalls of
said housing.
3,639,746
SEGMENTED LIGHT TABLE
Thomas F. Adams, Encino; Lyk T. Mattes. Torrance, and
Poul B. Roulund, Redondo Beach, all of Calif., assignors to
FMA, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,914
Int. CL F21v am
U.S. CI. 240-2 R 10 Claims
An array of selectively energiz^ble, elongated lamps that
are arranged in parallel relationship The lamps are disposed
in individual compartments formed in a housing Each com-
partment has a light reflective wall that opens toward a light
diffusing plate covenng one side of the housing When a
lamp is energized, it illuminates a segment of the plate that
coincides in area with the opening of the corresponding com-
partment. One switch controls the energization of successive
numbers of lamps from one edge of the array Another
switch controls the deenergization of any single lamp
between the edges of the array.
3,639.747
DIAL DISPLAY DEVICE
Hans Schmidt, Riverwoods, III., assignor to Warwick Elec-
tronics Inc.
Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,342
Int. CI. GOId 11128, H03j 1104
U.S. CL 240-2.1 16 Claims
A dial display for providing an indication corresponding to
__ I an input signal such as corresponding to the tuning of a radio
' device. The dial display utilizes a series of light transmitting
A mounting arrangement for an electrical device in which elements for piping light from a light transfer member to a
a housing therein accommodating a pushbutton-type actuator front display position. The light transmitting elements are
338
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
grouped to have a front portion thereof effectively define a
visually observable dial indicator The light transfer member
is selectively positionable by means of a suitable indicatmg
mechanism such as a meter movement. The transfer member
receives light from a light source to produce a localized high
level of light emission from the dial display corresponding to
the position of the indicating mechanism The light source is
further utilized to provide a background low level illumina-
tion emission from the dial display which may be of a color
differing from that of the localized high level emission The
transfer member may comprise a piped light member, an
apertured member, a filter member, etc , to provide the lo-
calized indication in the dial display. The transfer member
may also take the form of an opaque element and in effect
cast a shadow on the light transmitting elements as an indica-
tion of its position The light transmitting elements may be
formed in groups for facilitated assembly
movement by a latch that operates in response to the cessa-
tion of electric power to the lamp to seize the lamp. A motor
3,639,748
BUMPER STRUCTURE HAVING A LIGHT FIXTURE
ASSOCIATED THEREWITH
Charles J. Pearson, Akron; Keith D. Robinson, Mogadore,
and William O. Sassaman, Akron, all of Ohio, assignors to
The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Continuation of application Ser. No. 763,207, Sept. 27, 1968.
now abandoned. This application Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No.
93,422
Int. CI. G60g 1 100
U.S. CI. 240-7.1 G 2 Claims
can be provided for motivating the arcuate movement of the
lamp.
3,639,750
COMBINATION OF A REFLECTOR AND A HALOGEN
LAMP
Edwin Maximiliaan Constantgn Anthonysz, Emmasingel,
Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y. i
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873,885
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 9, 1968,
6K16(M)6
Int. Ci. F21I 15102, GQlb 5110
U.S. CI. 240-11.4R
2 Claims
X D
This invention relates to a bumper structure having a light
fixture associated therewith where the bumper body has one
face of resilient, translucent material in the areas where the
light would shine through, means for attaching the bumper
structure to the vehicle, means for attaching the lights to a
signal activator and a power supply.
3,639,749
IMITATION CANDLE
Bengt Eriing Beckman, Alstensgatan 90, Bromma, Sweden
Filed Jan. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 789,816
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 10, 1968, 309/68
Int. CI. F21p 1102
U.S. CI. 240-10 B 8 Claims
An imitation candle having a substantially cylindrical body
with an electric incandescent lamp mounted therein such
that the bulb protrudes from one end of the body. The lamp
is suspended within the body by an elastic material, a plurali-
ty of arms, or a spring, and is capable of substantially free ar-
cuate movement about a point in the proximity of one end of
the body. The degree of arcuate movement is limited by
stops engaging the lamp, and the lamp is locked against
A condenser mirror formed as a glass socket defining an
ellipsoidal refiector, with a slot present in the socket in which
the pinch part of a halogen filament lamp is secured. This
socket includes a number of axially extending external rein-
forcement ribs or otherwise thickened portions.
3,639,751
THERMALLY DISSIPATIVE ENCLOSURE FOR
PORTABLE HIGH INTENSITY ILLUMINATING DEVICE
Mariowe A. Pichel, Altadena, Calif., assignor to Pichel Indus-
tries, Inc., Pasadena, Calif. .
Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27,213 '
Int. CI. F2 1 V 29/00
U.S. CI. 240-47 9 Claims
A sealed, thermally dissipative enclosure for a portable
high-intensity illuminating device is disclosed. The enclosure
includes a housing shell having an exterior surface equipped
with a plurality of outwardly extending fins and which is con-
figured to form a cavity. A reflector having a specular mir-
rorlike surface is situated in the cavity of the housing shell.
An aperture, extending through the housing shell and the
reflector and generally aligned along the longitudinal axis of
the enclosure, is provided to accommodate a light source. A
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
339
cup-shaped receptacle is included to provide a lamp socket,
or other power connection, and to seal the aperture by hav-
ing a pt^rtion thereof secured to the shell housing The cavity
is sealed by a faceplate which is securely retained in the
mouth of the cavity. The dissipation of thermal energy is
facilitated by positioning the refiector, in the cavity of the
housing shell, to obtain optimal transfer of thermal energy
from within the enclosure through the housing shell to the
surrounding atmosphere
3,639,752
EXPLOSIONPROOF FLEXIBLE FIXTURE HANGER
Arthur I. Appleton, 1701 Wellington Ave., Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,112
Int. CI. F2 Is 1102
U.S. CI. 240—78 R 10 Claims
3,639,753
SYSTEM FOR GOVERNING THE SPEED OF RAILWAY
VEHICLES
Simon Reich, New York, N.Y., assignor to General Signal
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,974
Int. CI. B61li/00G01p i/y2
U.S. CL246-182C
5 Claims
Traction and braking of a train is governed by comparing a
desired speed signal with digital speed signals that are
periodically generated indicative of actual speed of the train.
The digital speed signals are attained by counting frequency
pulses of an axle driven frequency generator during succes-
sive time gate penods Means is provided for modifying the
time duration of the time gate in accordance with changes in
diameter of a wheel of the vehicle The digital output is in
miles per hour and is also used to control a speed indicator.
3,639,754
SYSTEM FOR COMPUTING A STOPPING PATTERN
SIGNAL FOR A VEHICLE
Vincent P. Kovalcik, and Robert F. Anderson, both of
Rochester, N.Y., assignors to General Signal Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,851
Int. CI. BOH 3108
U.S. CI. 246- 1 82 B 6 Claims
' '.«i>- 2
ro--
An explosionproof fixture hanger is disclosed which is
adapted to support a depending explosionproof fixture in a
manner providing resilient cushioning and lateral fiexibility
An annular housing, formed for mounting on a junction box,
is fitted with a laterally resilient stem. The stem protrudes
through a housing hub and is telescopically carried on a
resilient member within the housing for limited axial move-
ment. The inner surface of the housing hub and the outer
surface of the stem define a pressure-dissipating explosion-
proof joint. A lighting fixture is mounted at an opposite end
of the resilient stem. i
A system is provided for computing a stopping pattern
signal for a vehicle initiated upon the vehicle passing a
wayside marker in approach of a stopping point A digital
storage is provided for storing a number corresponding to the
square root of the distance from the marker to the stopping
point. A delta counter is provided for periodically updating
the digital storage as the vehicle progresses from the wayside
marker toward the stopping point, and a digital-to-analog
converter is provided for converting the digital storage into
340
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
an analog signal which
generate a pattern signal
is combined with a constant to with a particular mass number, are distributed to a number of
circuit locations and stored. Upon occurrence of signals of a
sufficient magnitude at selected ones of these locations a
3,639,755
REMOTE CONTROL OF A LOCOMOTIVE
Warren R. Wrege, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to General
Signal Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 341
Int. CI. H04b;/(^0
U.S. CI. 246- 187 B 5 Claims
:jN^'*oc ^oiN'
A communication apparatus has been provided for trans-
mitting multicomponent input signals over a common carrier
from a plurality of control stations to one or more remotely
controlled locomotives each having a unique call-on address
means. The call-on address means is responsive only to input
signals having the same call-on address component and each
control station includes transmitting means for selectively
transmitting control signal components for governing the
operation of the locomotive and the call-on addresses The
improvement includes means at each control point coupled
to the transmitting means for providing a unique assignment
address component to the input signal indicative of the as-
sociated control point. Address receiving means on the
locomotive having multiple channels is selectively responsive
to the associated assignment address and provides a manifes-
tation of the identity of the source of the input signals
Switching means is further included for governing the inputs
to the address receiving means and the call-on address means
and is responsive to unique address command components of
the input signals provided by an assignment address com-
mand means located at the control point, for coupling the ap-
propriate address receiving means channel associated with
the control station and subsequently decoupling the call-on
address means so that only input signals from the first control
station to transmit valid input signals are accepted by the ad-
dress receiving means and thereby all input signals from the
other control points are locked out thus assuring exclusive
control of the locomotive by the engaged control point at any
one time.
3,639,756
MASS SPECTROMETER EQUIPMENT FOR AUTOMATIC
GAS ANALYSIS
Hansrichard Schuiz, Villingen am Black Forest, Germany,
assignor to Saba Schwarzwalder Apparate-Bau-Anstalt
.August Schwer Sohne GmbH, Villingen am Black Forest,
Germany
Filed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 792,042
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 20, 1968, P 16 73
060.2
Int. CI. HOlj J9/i6
U.S. CI. 250— 41.9G 12 Claims
Mass density signals furnished by a mass spectrometer,
each signal corresponding to the mass density of particles
CONOOCNCC NMTttn
^PLT BACK AML
signal is generated by an AND circuit, which may start an
alarm The circuit locations are selected to correspond to
mass density signals resulting from the presence of particles
found in poison gas
3,639,757
APPARATUS AND METHODS EMPLOYING ION-
MOLECULE REACTIONS IN BATCH ANALYSIS OF
VOLATILE MATERIALS
David I. Caroll, Lantana; Roger F. Wernlund, Lake Worth,
and Martin J. Cohen, West Palm Beach, all of Fla., as-
signors to Franklin GNO Corporation, West Palm Beach,
Fla.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,1 15
Int. CI. HOlj 39134, BOld 59144
U.S. CI. 250-41.9 TF 43 Claims
/
M-> '40
30 12 5«
a-.
SMOOUT
se • 6fl
Discrete (nanogram) samples of organic materials are
volatilized, and trace molecules of the samples are converted
to ions by ion-molecule reactions, the ions being subject to a
dnft field and analyzed by a mass analyzer The ions passed
to the mass analyzer may be subjected to preliminary
separating, filtenng and focusing. The mass analyzer output
device may include an electron multiplier and a multichannel
analyzer Mass analyzer is performed under high-vacuum
conditions, while ion formation and drift take place under
relatively high-pressure conditions.
3,639,758
X-RAY STRESS MEASURING APPARATUS
Yoshihiro Shimura, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Rigaku Denki
Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,300
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 7, 1969, 44/16875
InL CI. GOln 23120
U.S. CI. 250-51.5 6 Claims
The present invention provides an X-ray stress measuring
apparatus wherein two X-ray detectors are simultaneously
February 1, 1972 ELECTRICAL
movable on a circular arc about the incident point of X-rays
341
Ci),-/i'27 25— r'
.i i * 12
3,639,761
FILM CASE FOR X-RAY CAMERA
Michele Morichetto, Spanga, Sweden, assignor to Incentive
Research & Development AB, Bromma, Sweden
Piled Aug. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 62.941
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 12, 1969, 11222/69
Int. CI. G01n2J/2L/
U.S. CL 250-68 6 Claims
from an X-ray tube in a plane including iaid incident point
and two targets.
3,639,759
DOUBLE CRYSTAL X-RAY SPECTROMETER
Yoichi Goshi, and Yoshiro Fukao, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi,
Japan
Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,842
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 2, 1968, 43/54845
Int. CI. GOln 23122
U.S. CI. 250-51.5 4 Claims
DETECTOR /O
In an X-ray spectrometer comprising a first crystal, a
source of X-rays to project X-rays upon the first crystal, a
second crystal disposed to receive X-rays reflected by the
first crystal and a detector disposed to receive X-rays
reflected by the second crystal, the second crystal is revolved
about a definite point equally spaced from the first and
second crystals at an angular speed of 6, and the detector is
revolved about the second crystal at the angular speed of 0,
about the definite point at the angular speed of d and about
the first crystal at the angular speed of 8.
3,639,760
X-RAY DIFFRACTION APPARATUS FOR MEASURING
STRESS IN A SPECIMEN
Mamoni Mizunuma, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Rigaku Denki
Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,258
Int. CL GOln 23120
U.S. CL 250-5 1.5 2 Claims
l-M
The present invention provides a stress continuously
recording apparatus comprising an X-ray tube, two diffracted
X-ray detectors and two automatic tracing mechanisms and
continuously recording the internal stress of a specimen at its
various points by moving it.
The present invention relates to a film casing for an X-ray
camera, the casing being of the type generally constituting a
cylindric tube into which a film carrier of an X-ray picture is
to be introduced for exposure in close contact with the inter-
nal surface of the tube. On both sides of the space for a film
introduced into the tube for exposure, as seen in the axial
direction of the tube, the casing comprises an annular clamp-
ing means to hold edges of the film in position inside the
tube, said clamping means comprising a flange protruding ax-
ially into the tube from the end thereof and being provided
with slots allowing for radial widening and compressing of
the clamping means for fastening and loosening, respectively,
a film introduced between the flange and the internal surface
of the tube. The annular clamping means further comprise an
abutment surface arranged to cooperate with an abutment
surface of the tube to restrict the movement of the annular
clamping means in the axial direction of the tube, the clamp-
ing means further being cooperative with an axially adjusta-
ble member by abutment means, of which at least one con-
stitutes an acute angle with the axis of the tube as seen in a
radial plane through said axis in the longitudinal direction
thereof.
3,639,762
MARKING CONSUMER ITEMS BY RENDERING
COLORLESS MARKINGS PERMANENTLY COLORED
WITH RADIATION EXPOSURE
Burton B. Hughes, 47 Little Fox Lane, Wilton, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 563340, July 1,
1966, now abandoned. This application Feb. 14, 1969, Ser.
No. 801,244
Int. CLB44d 1150
U.S.CL 250-71 9 Claims
Consumer items are marked with two or more colorless
markings each of which can be rendered colored by exposure
to different levels of radiation. Exposure to one level of
radiation selectively changes one marking to a substantially
permanently colored, visible state without affecting the
colorless state of the other markings
342
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,763
DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE THICKNESS OF
METALLIC LAYERS UTILIZING BETA RAY
BACKSCATTERING
Ludwig Streng, 7036 Schonaich, Fulkenstr. 9, Germany
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,903
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1969, P 19 59
008.0
Int. CI. GOlt /// 7 GOln 23106
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 D 7 Claims
A device for measuring thickness of layers when a radioac-
tive nuclide bombards the layer to produce an irradiation
having an energy level corresponding to the thickness of the
layer A detector absorbs radiation backscattered from the
layer and possibly from a earner material if present, and
produces output pulses at a rate between that corresponding
to a layer of zero thickness and that corresponding to a
quasi-endlessly thick layer An integration stage coupled to
the output of the detector produces a voltage proportional to
the rate of pulses from the detector A voltage compensation
stage connected to the integration stage output prcxluces a
voltage equal to and opposite in sign with respect to the out-
put voltage of the integration stage, which corresponds to the
pulse rate of the backscattering pertaining to the zero
thickness of the layer The output voltages of the integration
and voltage compensation stages are conducted at a common
point which, in turn, is connected with a network controlla-
ble in its transmission gain and loss. The network is con-
nected with an equalizer for linearizing a mathematical func-
tion which represents a family of calibration curves correlat-
ing thickness with measured backscattering A recording
device connected to the equalizer amplifier permits readings
of layer thickness to be obtained.
3.639,764
BONE-DENSITY MEASURING INSTRUMENT
Robert E. Olson, Glen Ellyn, and Joseph R. Toman, Naper-
ville, both of III., assignors to Packard Instrument Com-
pany, Inc., Downers Grove, III.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,657
Int. CI. GOlt //76
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 D 10 Claims
beam transmit! hri)ugh the bone section produces an elec-
trical output sign, < representing the intensity of the detected
beam The scanning a.ssembly is moved along a predeter-
mined path relative to the bone to scan a selected section of
the bone, with the electrical signal varying in accordance
with variations in the density of the scanned bone section.
The scanning movement is automatically stopped at a
preselected stop piwition, which is adjustable, and the
scanning assembly is then automatically returned to a start
position, which is also adjustable. Thus the scanning move-
ment of the scanning assembly can be limited to the selected
bone section Means are prt)vided for returning the scanning
assembly from the stop position to the start position at a rate
su+)stantially faster than the scanning rate. The electrical pul-
ses representing the detected beam intensity are fed into a
scaler which counts the pulses, and the counting operation is
periodically interrupted for a bnef interval to permit the ac-
cumulated count to be transferred into a buffer storage The
counting is then resumed, while the data is read out of the
buffer sttirage means at the relatively slow rate required by
the output mechanism, such as a printer, tape punch, or the
like. A radiograph template is also disp<ised which permits
two different X-rays to be made of the same bone, from two
different positions, on a single radiograph film One radio-
graph IS used to kx:ate the selected bone section on a screen
on the front of the instrument, where an illuminated dot in-
dicates the position of the scanning beam, and the other
radiograph permits measurement of the thickness of the par-
ticular bone section that is canned to permit calculation of
the bone density Various adapters are provided for receiving
different bodv extremities in the instrument, so that a
number of different bones can be scanned in the same instru-
ment
3,639,765
INFRARED IMAGE CONVERTER
Marcos Kleinerman, Point Breeze, Webster, Mass.
Filed July 1. 1969, Ser. No. 838,088
Int. CI. GOlt 1116
U.S. CI. 250 83.3 H
19 Claims
20
7
B—
20
' v^
34 J6
S^^^-^ i
Device for converting light in the infrared portion of the
spectrum into visible light based on the phenomenon of ther-
A bone density measuring instrument including a scanning mal quenching of visible fluorescence comprising a conver-
assembly having means for transmitting a radiation beam sion screen which contains an ultraviolet irradiated tempera-
through a selected bone section The attenuated radiation ture-sensitive phosphor.
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
343
3,639,766
ELECTRICAL-OPTICAL COORDINATE INSPECTION
MACHINES
Harry Ogden; Neil Rutherford Laidlaw, both of Edinburgh,
Scotland, and William Clarke Bradford, Islington, Ontario,
Canada, assignors to Ferranti Limited, Hollinwood, En-
gland
Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,570
Int. CI. GOld 5/38, G05b 1/06, HOli i//4
U.S. CI. 250-202 7 Claims
-2 |"«8
n^rhrfr.w.
GTit:
s- » _...
-.^ J
11'-^
I'B
A probe structure for an inspection machine to check the
location of workpiece holes includes a probe shaft having a
radial arm traversed by a carriage from which the probe
proper extends parallel to the shaft axis at distances mea-
sured by a pulse count. The carriage is spring urged out-
wardly to maintain the probe in engagement with the hole
surface throughout a manual rotation of '.he shaft. An opti-
cal-electric transducer defines X- and Y-coordinates with the
shaft axis as origin and switches the pulses to X- and Y-coun-
ters so as to cause their readings to define the coordinates of
the hole center at the end of such rotation.
3,639,767
PHOTOELECTRIC TRACER COMPRISING TWO
LENSES OR APERTURES LOCATED ALONG A
COMMON RADIUS FROM AN AXIS OF ROTATION
Valentin Mikhailovkh Sitnichenko, ulitsa, Odesskaya, 58/16,
kv. 14, and Alexandr Mikhailovich Zamuruev, ulitsa,
Tereshkovoi, 12, kv. 24, both of Odessa, U.S.S.R.
Filed Sept. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,388
Int. CI. G01n2//iO,G06k 11102
U.S. CI. 250-202
2 Claims
A photoelectric tracer unit is disclosed for tracing an out-
line or pattern, and adapted to be incorporated in the
photoelectric control apparatus of a work-performing
machine, such as a gas-cutting machine and the like, wherein
the axes of a pair of modulating means of a modulator
member lie in a plane passing through the axis of rotation of
this modulator member, to one side of this axis of rotation,
whereby this tracer unit is capable of supplying information
representing an immediately coming change of the position
of the outline being traced in respect of a pair of coordinate
axes.
3,639,768
FEEDBACK CONTROLLED PHOTOSENSITIVE OBJECT
DETECTING SYSTEM
Ronald A. Mancini, Riviera Beach, Fla., assignor to Corning
Glass Works, Corning, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 766,142
Int. CI. GOlj 1/32, 1/36: H05b 37/02
U.S. CI. 250-205 1 Claim
tsov
A system for detecting the presence of an object passing
between a photosensitive resistance and a light source A DC
feedback amplifier connected to the photosensitive re-
sistance controls the intensity of the light source so that the
system functions properly under wide variations in ambient
conditions without requiring operator adjustments.
3,639,769
PHOTOCONDUCTIVE POTENTIOMETER USING
VARIABLE TRANSMITTANCE CONTROL STRIPS
William D. Clark, 5560 Centinela Ave., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,019
Int. CL HO II 75/00
U.S. CI. 250-211 6 Claims
A light control member in the nature of a photographic
wedge having varying light transmittance charactenstics
along its length, is interposed between a light source and a
photoconductive cell. The light transmittance charactenstics
are made to vary along the length of the control member in
accordance with a predetermined function of resistance.
Means are provided to position the control member so that
344
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
various portions thereof are placed in the light path between
the light source and the cell, thereby varying the light in-
cident on the cell in accordance with the predetermined
function. In this manner, the effective resistance of the cell
can be controlled in accordance with the light iransmittance
variation along the length of the control member, this varia-
ble resistance being usable for a desired control function.
3.639.770
OPTOELECTRONIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
Walter Zizelmann, Alpirsbach, Germany, assignor to Telefun-
ken Patenverwertungsgesellschaft mbH, L Im (Uanubei,
Cierman\
FUed Sept. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,685
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 27, 1%7, T
34891
Int. CI. GOln 21126, 21/46, G02h 2 1 100; HOlj J9iU2
L.S. CI. 250-218 7 Claims
birefringence characteristics When such a body is disposed
between a source of polarized light and a f>olarization
POLARIZER
ELECTRICAL
PULSE SOURCE
UGMT
SOURCE
i '*
ELECTRICAL
BIAS SOURCE
30
PHOTOMUlTIPLIER
ANALYZER ( AKIPLiriER
i I
-20
a.
2±
26
I— b
SEMICRYSTALLINE
ELECTRO -OPTIC
ELEMENT
analyzer, the light output from the analyzer is determined by
the polanty of the field that was last applied to the body.
,1
-Tv
*■ -^ i
~r"
H
-i
! ^ (
An optoelectronic or photosensitive semiconductor device
in which a light-emitting element and a light-responsive ele-
ment are arranged in a common casing, the degree of
photocoupling between the two elements being dependent
entirely on conditions exterior of the casing. In one embodi-
ment, the two elements are embedded in a light-permeable
mass, the boundary surface of which, together with a medium
surrounding the mass, forms a surface whose reflection
characteristic is dependent on the indices of refraction of the
mass and of the medium, the elements themselves being so
arranged that when the index of refraction of the medium is
sfich that the boundary reflects the light coming from the
light-emitting element, the reflected light is picked up by the
light-responsive element, with the amount of light being
picked up being dependent on, and thus an indication of, the
medium surrounding the mass. In another embodiment, light
emitted by the light-emitting element is free to exit the mass
and, if reflected by an object outside the mass, is picked up
by the light-responsive element.
3,639,771
BISTABLE OPTICAL ELEMENTS USING TRANSPARENT
FERROELECTRIC GLASS CERAMICS
Nicholas F. BorreUi, 935 West Water St., Ebnira, N.Y., and
Margaret M. Layton, 2970 Olcott Road, Big Rats, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,141
Int. CI. G02f 1118
U.S. CI. 250-225 12 Claims
A bistable light switch including a transparent ferroelectric
glass-ceramic body which exhibits ferroelectric hysteresis
The body can be prepolarized so that the application of elec-
tric fields of equal amplitude but opposite polarity switches
the device between two stable states vvhich exhibit different
3,639,772
IGNITION SWITCHING DEVICE
Zade Wilson, 1 1 105 Bdsay, Flint, Mich.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,648
Int. CI. H02g 3/00
U.S. CI. 307-10
20 Claims
An ignition switch for vehicles and the like having a hous-
ing with a rotatable lock cylinder disposed therein and mova-
ble in response to a key adapted to be inserted therein to
open and close a first electrical circuit adapted to connect an
ignition coil to a ptiwer source A pair of electrical solenoids
mounted on the housing are respectively operable to open
and close a second electrical circuit adapted to separately
connect the ignition coil to the power source, one of the sole-
noids being responsive to the movement of the rotatable lock
cylinder, the other solenoid having means responsive to the
removal of the key from the rotatable lock cylinder to ener-
gize the same.
3,639,773
THERMAL BATTERY INITIATION SEQUENCER
Frank J. Ayd, III, and Stephen E. Long, both of Baltimore,
Md., assignors to Catalyst Research Corporation, Bal-
timore, Md.
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21^44 |
Int. CI. H02j 7/34, 9/00
U.S. CI. 307-48 7 Claims
Electrical circuitry for initiating or firing a series of ther-
mal batteries in sequence at predetermined time intervals,
thereby enabling a series of small thermal batteries to deliver
a fixed voltage output over a period of time equal to a multi-
ple of the operating time of each individual battery. Small
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
346
battenes capable of delivering a high-current density may array of acoustic transducers A second device is an optical
thus be used in place of a more expensive larger battery frequency shifter employing light scattering from the mixed
s,~,
V-I^
TRAhSOUCtB
ANNWLA*
.TtMKMriON
^«
.{"
'l^
r
-"
sou.
^«
-^
'■'L^" *
HL
J — o
which cannot produce the current density of a smaller bat-
tery.
3,639,774
TECHNIQUE FOR STIMULATING THE EMISSION OF
FAR-INFRARED RADIATION
Peter Adalbert Wolff, Berkeley Heights, N J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,004
Int. CI. H03f 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-88.3 8 Claims
There is disclosed a method and an apparatus for stimulat-
ing the emission of far-infrared optical radiation by backscat-
tering microwaves from a relativistic electron beam having
energy in the 1 to 10 Megaelectron-volt range and having
direction along a magnetic field of magnitude chosen to
make the electron cyclotron frequency approximately equal
to the microwave frequency and by resonating the scattered
radiation. A van de Graaf generator generates the electron
beam.
3,639,775
ACOUSTICALLY CONTROLLED OPTICAL DEVICES
Chandra Kumar Naranbhai Patel, Summit, N J., assignor to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Murray Hill, N J.
FUed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,583
InL CI. H03f 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-88.3 4 Claims
The acoustically controlled optical devices disclosed em-
ploy an optically transparent piezoelectric medium, such as a
^-quartz. The devices disclosed include an optical beam
deflector in which the deflected beam is the second harmonic
of two like-frequency input beams, which are phase-matched
for generation of the second-harmonic beam propagating in
the desired direction by an acoustic wave generated by an
LASE»
PUMP
souncE
vADiABa rpEo
ACOUSTIC
DPIVE SOURCE
7k
"EfLEaOS
33
UTfLI^ATfOM
APMAATUS Ftn
SCATTtRO)
RAOIATION
AXIS roR
ANGULAR Tuning
RUMP LIGHT
FILTER
3t
excitations called polaritons The acoustic wave controls the
frequency of the polaritons that do the light scattering.
3,639,776
LITHIUM NIOBATE HARMONIC GENERATOR AND
METHOD
Homer Fay; Wilbur J. Alford, and Howard M. Dess, all of
San Diego, Calif., assignors to Union Carbide Corporation
Original application June 8, 1967, Ser. No. 644,537, now
Patent No. 3,528,765. Divided and this application Aug. 7,
1968, Ser. No. 750,805
Int. CI. H02m 3/00
U.S. CI. 307-88.3 3 Claims
C-AXIS
This disclosure relates to an improved harmonic generator
system utilizing a lithium niobate crystal having an elevated
phase matching temperature. The system is especially suited
for harmonic generation of visible coherent radiation from
fundamental radiation of 1 .06/i wavelength. By reason of its
higher phase matching temperature, the crystal can be used
in the harmonic generator system at temperatures where a
radiation caused optical damage does not affect the opera-
tion. A method for operating the lithium niobate harmonic
generator system at the higher phase matching temperature
of the crystal is also provided.
3,639,777
FLASHER CIRCUIT
John F. Bolinger, Michigan City, Ind., assignor to Meridian
Industries, Inc., Southfidd, Mich.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48^75
Int. CI. H02h 7/20; H03k 3/282
U.S. CI. 307-202 2 Claims
\
*^ ^ ^i VT^A
vr '-^ ^ '
»-^
'^^ '^u^^K,
ze-
T
!^.-J1^4pV^
A flasher circuit has a power transistor controlling a circuit
with a load therein; a multivibrator produces a timed pulse
V
*.
346
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
signal applied to the power transistor for turning the power
transistor "on"; and additional voltage-sensing silicon-con-
trolled rectifier means coupled to the load and sensitive to a
reduction in the voltage therethrough, due to a short, is
operatively connected to the power transistor for preventing
the power transistor to be turned "on" in the presence of
such a short.
3,639.778
TESTING A SIGNAL VOTER
Bruce R. Cereghino, Thousand Oaks, and Paul M. Rostek,
Fountain Valky, both of Calif., assignors to Lear Siegier,
Inc.
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,923
Int. CI. H03k 19100; GObf 11108
L.S. CI. 307-204 19 Claims
/-J
* J9
aocmct r
-J^
ca>man
1 H
\>^-
A signal voter having a plurality of inputs and a single out-
put is tested by applying to its inputs alternating current
tracer signals that vary differently as a function of time The
resultant waveform formed at the output of the signal voter
responsive to the tracer signals determines whether the voter
is operating normally. In one embodiment, the resultant
waveforms produced at the output of two voters responsive
to the same tracer signals are compared with each other to
determine whether the voter is operating normally In
another embodiment, a group of logic gates responsive to a
square wave signal produces binary tracer signals that
reproduce the square wave signal at the output of the voter
in normal operation
3,639.779
LIMITER CIRCUIT WITH ENABLE FUNCTION
Kenneth A. Garrigus. Foxboro, Mass., a.ssignor to (i.T.K.
S>lvania Incorporated
Filed Mar. 15, 1971, Ser. No. 124,241
Int. CI. H03k 5108
U.S. CI. 307-237 7 Claims
8-^
.'riM^
A limiter circuit employmg two high-gain differential volt-
age comparators. A positive reference voltage is established
at the noninverting input of one comparator and a reference
voltage of ground is established at the inverting input of the
other Input signals are applied at the inverting input of the
one comparator and at the noninverting input of the other
The output of the one comparator is connected to an input of
a flip-flop compt)sed of two cros.s-connected NAND gates.
The output of the other comparator is connected through an
inverter circuit and a triggering circuit to another input of
the flip-flop The output of the flip-flop and the output of the
inverter circuit are connected to an output NAND gate. The
flip-flop IS set by the action of the one comparator when a
piisitive-going input signal exceeds the threshold of the posi-
tive reference voltage, thus enabling the output NAND gate
Subsequent passing of the negative-going input signal
through the zero voltage threshold causes the output NAND
gate to switch producing a square-wave output. This nega-
tive-going signal also causes the triggering circuit to reset the
flip-flop.
3,639,780
VIDEO SIGNALLING PROCESSING APPARATUS
Ralph E. Lovelace, North Reading, Mass., assignor to GTE
Sylvania Incorporated
Original application June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,323. Divided
and this application June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 54,068
Int. CI. H03k 5120
U.S. CI. 307-235 3 Claims
Video signal processing apparatus which amplifies the
composite video signal from the video detector of a television
receiver and charges a capacitance to the peak voltage of the
synchronizing pulses The composite video signal is com-
pared with the voltage stored in the capacitance by a com-
parator and an output pulse is produced when the voltage of
the composite video signal is high enough to indicate the
presence of a synchronizing pulse. The composite video
signal is also compared with the stored voltage by a second
comparator, and a noise-cancelling signal which prevents
noise from affecting the voltage stored on the capacitance of
the first comparator is generated when the voltage of the
composite video signal is high enough to indicate the
presence of noise.
3.639,781
SERIES GATED MULTIPLEXER CIRCUIT
Robert R. Marley, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Fairchild
Camera and Instrument Corporation, Mountain View,
CaUf.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,999
Int. CI. H03k 19100; H04j 3100
U.S. CI. 307—243 4 Claims
A multiplexer of the series-gated-type wherein the min-
terms of two variables are generated in positive logic, each of
these minterms being used to control one pair of four current
i
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
347
path pairs in one level of the multiplexer, is described. Each capacitor including a third thynstor The capacitor charges
of the paths in said four pairs of paths controls a separate one when the second thyristor conducts, the capacitor voltage is
of eight inputs in another level of the series gated structure, reversed when the third thynstor conducts and the first
thyristor is turned off by the capacitor when tht second
The gate of another level selects one current path of said
selected pair in said one level and thereby selects one of said
inputs. A single current source supplies the current for the
one-out-of-eight selected current path.
3,639,782
MAGNETIC SLAVE GATING CIRCUIT FOR FULL WAVE
PHASE-CONTROLLED THYRISTOR CIRCUITS
Harold W. Lord, Mill Valley, Calif., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,391
Int. CI. H03k / 7100
U.S. CI. 307-252 T 3 Claims
A relatively simple magnetic gating circuit for phase-con-
trolled inverse-parallel thyristors has a small error between
control and slaved gating pulses. A nonlinear inductor is
reset in the phase delay angle before the master SCR con-
ducts and saturates at the same angle in the opposite half
cycle to supply gating current to the slave SCR. For a reac-
tive load, this basic circuit provides clipped alternating cur-
rent gating signals to a saturable gate transformer which
selectively supplies gate current to a pair of inverse-parallel
high-power thyristors connected for example to a power
transformer. A magnetic phase control circuit is shown for
the low-power master thyristor. An application is a single
phase or polyphase heater control.
3,639,783
THYRISTOR CIRCUITS
Michael Ainley Thompson, Birmingham, England, assignor to
Joseph Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 884,010
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 23, 1968,
60,990/68
Int. CI. H03k / 7100
U.S. CI. 307-252 M 1 Claim
A known thyristor circuit has a first thyristor connected in
series with a load between a pair of DC terminals. Connected
across the first thyristor is a second thyristor and a capacitor
in series, and there is a further circuit connected across the
thyristor conducts again. In such a circuit, the invention con-
sists in providing a timing circuit for firing the third thyristor
at a predetermined fixed time after the second thynstor is
fired, this period being chosen to be sufficient to allow the
second thyristor to charge the capacitor
3,639,784
PULSE GENERATOR WITH STORAGE MEANS TO
MAINTAIN OUTPUT TRANSISTOR IN SATURATION
AFTER REMOVAL OF TRIGGER PULSE
John J. Kelleher, Jr., Tewksbury, Mass., assignor to Raytheon
Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,400
InL CI. H03k 5100
U.S. CI. 307-260 4 Claims
/:"
C^"p;0 JL\ ■
A high-voltage pulse generator responsive to pairs of "on"-
"off trigger signals wherein a first or second voltage supply
is selectively coupled to an output terminal during the time
interval between such pairs of tngger signals The 'off
trigger signal drives a first output transistor into saturation to
thereby couple the first voltage supply to the output terminal
Such output transistor is maintained in saturation after
removal of the "off' trigger signal by a low-voltage base
drive transistor During the time the first voltage supply is
coupled to the output terminal a capacitor coupled to such
terminal becomes charged with low-voltage potential energy,
such voltage being limited by a zener diode When the "on"
trigger signal drives a second output transistor into saturation
the first voltage supply is decoupled from the output terminal
and the second voltage supply becomes coupled thereto The
second output transistor is maintained saturation after
removal of the "on" trigger signal by a second low-vollage
base drive transistor, such base drive transistor being sup-
348
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
plied voltage b> the voltage previously stored in the capaci-
tor When an "off tngger signal is applied to the first output
transistor, the voltage developed between the emitter-collec-
tor electrtxies of the second low-voltage base drive transistor
IS limited to a low voltage by the zener diode.
3,639.785 t ,-
PULSE GENERATOR
Hiro .Moriyasu, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Tektronix, Inc.,
Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,502
Int. CI. H03k / 7/60
U^. CI. 307-288 11 Claims
r ^i
IJ <ui e '
■»%-,
J^
i."
3e |„Jo
i- ■
A pulse generator includes first and second pairs of
transistors forming current switches wherem each pair
receives current at a common emitter connection A load is
connected to the collector terminals of the second transistor
of each pair, while the collector of the first transistor of each
pair drives the base of the second transistor in the opposite
pair.
3,639,786
VIDEO SIGNALLING PROCESSING APPARATUS
Ralph E. Lovelace, North Reading, Mass., assignor to GTE
Sylvania Incorporated
Original application June 24, 1%8, Ser. No. 739,323. Divided
and this application June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 54,067
Int. CI. H03k 5/20
U^. CI. 307-303 . 2 Claims
parator and an output pulse is produced when the voltage of
the composite video signal is high enough to indicate the
presence of a synchronizing pulse. The composite video
signal IS also compared with the stored voltage by a second
comparator, and a noise-cancelling signal which prevents
noise from affecting the voltage stored on the capacitance or
the first comparator is generated when the voltage of the
composite video signal is high enough to indicate the
presence of noise.
3,639,787
INTEGRATED BUFFER CIRCUITS FOR COUPLING
LOW-OUTPUT IMPEDANCE DRIVER TO HIGH-INPUT
IMPEDANCE LOAD
Harry Charles Lee, West Lafayette, Ind., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed Sept. IS, 1969, Ser. No. 858,073
Int. CL Hon 19/00
U.S. CI. 307-303 8 Claims
_ToP MOS
CIRCUIT
The combination in a common substrate, of a lateral
bipolar transistor operated in the common base mode and a
field-effect transistor whose source (or drain) electrode is the
collector electrcxie of said bipolar transistor. A signal applied
to the emitter of the bipolar transistor causes a current to
How through the conduction channel of the field-effect
transistor The voltage thereby developed at the electrode
common to both transistors, even in response to a small
signal current, is of sufficient amplitude to drive a high-input
impedance load such as other field-effect transistors em-
bedded in the same substrate. i
3,639,788
HIGH-IMPEDANCE POWER FOR ENGINE IGNITION
AND EXHAUST-SYSTEM PARTICULATE REMOVAL
John J. Horan, Willow Grove, Pa.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,419
Int. CI. HOI V 7/00
U.S. CI. 310— 8.1 64 Claims
U'J'LJ f ^M
130P
25^21 2*3 31J 39J le'o 35!? 341? 105 1 3gR 45'r
60P >J9F?
127R ,
t48J
■37J
Video signal processing apparatus which amplifies the
composite video signal from the video detector of a television
receiver and charges a capacitance to the peak voltage of the
synchronizing pulses. The composite video signal is com-
pared with the voltage stored in the capacitance by a com-
This invention discloses unitary assemblies employing
novel means for generation, via ferroelectrics, of timed en-
gine-ignition impulses and of high-impedance impulses for
removing particulate pollutants entrained in exhaust gases.
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
349
3,639,789
INSULATED ARMATURE CONSTRUCTION AND
METHOD
Thaddeus E. Bednarski, Timonium, Md., assignor to The
Black and Decker Manufacturing Company, Towson, Md.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,825
Int. CI. H02k 1/04
U.S.CL 310-43 8 Claims
An armature including a sleeve of insulating material
bonded in place between the armature shaft and the arma-
ture laminations. The insulating sleeve may extend under the
commutator if desired. A method of providing this armature
is also described which comprises holding the laminations,
the sleeve and the shaft in their relative positions and inject-
ing a bonding material between the sleeve and the shaft and
between the sleeve and the laminations.
^ 3,639,790
MOTOR CASE
Kei\ji Yatsushiro, Chicago, and George F. Kuchuris,
Westchester, both of III., assignors to Controls Company of
America, Melrose Park, lU.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,414
Int. CI. H02k 5/00
U.S. CI. 310-89 1 Claim
exhaust passage centrally between the sets of ports so as to
effectively decouple the high-pressure regions in the vicinity
of the ports and effectively divide the bearing into two por-
tions each of which attains optimum compliance by having
an effective length-to-diameter ratio of one.
3,639,792
MOTOR-GENERATOR
Robert F. Anderson, St. Louis Park, Minn., assignor to Elec-
tro-Craft Corporation, Hopkins, Minn.
Filed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,759
Int. CI. H02k 47/20
U.S. CI. 310-113 . 8 Claims
" Q O-
The motor case has a cylindrical sidewall which receives
and centers the dividerlike gearcase pressed into the motor
case. The cover is centered by and seats on the motor case
which is staked to retain the cover without transfer of staking
pressures to the gearcase. Since the motor case centers the
gear case and the cover, concentricity is readily attained and
shafts joumaied in the parts are assured alignment.
3,639,791
HYDROSTATIC AIR BEARING
Keith R. Jenkin, Warren, Mich., assignor to Speedring Cor-
poration, Warren, Mich.
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,106
Int. CI. H02k 5/16; F16c / 7104
U.S.CL 310-90 14 Claims
A laser scanner employing a reflective polyhedron which is
rotatably supported relative to a stator shaft by means of a
hydrostatic air bearing. The bearing is constructed to provide
at least two axiaily spaced sets of high-pressure ports and ex-
haust passages on opposite sides of the ports and including an
«o
The armatures and commutators of a DC motor and a DC
generator are mounted coaxially on a common shaft with the
two commutators being positioned adjacent to each other
between the two armatures. The commutators are enclosed
by a nonmagnetic housing containing brushes for making
electrical contact therewith. Each of the armatures are en-
closed by a corresponding housing containing field magnets
therefor. The brushes are mounted in a fixed position on the
nonmagnetic housing, and the housings containing field mag-
nets are rotatably attached to opposite ends of the housing
containing the brushes so that the field magnets can be
aligned relative to their respective brushes for commutation
along a neutral axis and for minimizing electromagnetic in-
teraction between the motor and the generator
350
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,793
SLPERCONDUCTING HOMOPOLAR
DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINES
Anthony Derek Appleton; Michael Burke Wood, and Brian
Edward Mulhali, all of Fossway, Newcastle upon Tyne 6,
England
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,040
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 2, 1969,
27,863/69
Int. CI. H02ki//00
t.S. CI. 310-178 12 Claims
screws and buses being also insulated from the rotor shaft
and the bushing to which they are fixed with the help of keys
A homopolar machine having a superconducting annular
field coil within which is mounted a rotor having a conductor
assembly consisting of a single frustoconical conductor or a
group of conductors in a frustoconical array, the outer end of
the conductor assembly being located in the region of high
field strength immediately within the field coil and the inner
end of the conductor assembly being thus displaced axially
away from the center of the coil into a region of low field
strength whereby the provision of current transfer surfaces of
small diameter and large axial extent with the risk of large
circulating currents can be avoided
lb r?
disposed in the axial and transverse slots provided in the
bushing
3,639,795
COLOR CATHODE-RAY TUBE WITH PLURAL
CATHODES AND THREE COMMON GRIDS EACH
HAVING SAME PLURALITY OF BEAM-DEFINING
APERTURES
Piet Gerard Joseph Barten, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Nether-
lands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 743,765, July 10,
1968, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 745,551,
July 17, 1968. This application Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No.
66,375
Int. CI. HOlj 29/50, 29/00
U.S. CI. 313 70 C 6 Claims
3,639,794
STRUCTURE FOR FIXING THE CURRENT SUPPLY
ASSEMBLY IN THE ROTOR OF ELECTRIC MACHINES
David Bentsionovich Karpman, ulitsa Frantisheka Krala, 49,
kv. 54; Boris Volkovich Spivak, ulitsa Kosiora, 56, kv. 55;
Boris Leonidovich Konovalov, ulitsa 12 Aprelya, 10/46, kv.
16; Jury Vladimirovich Bednarchuk, ulitsa 2 Pyatiletki, 42,
kv. 61; Alexandr Abramovich Chigirinsky, ulitsa
Kuibysheva, II, kv. 8; Leonid Vasilievich Ugrjumov,
Faninsky Pereutok, 3, kv. 39; Evgeny Khaimovich Glider,
prospekt Ordzhonikidze, 18, kv. 55, and Oleg Borisovich
Gradov, ulitsa Kosiora, 6, kv. 1, all of Kharkov, U.S.S.R.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 751,567, Aug. 9, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No.
29,755
Int. CI. H02k 13100
U.S. CI. 310-231 9 Claims
A structure for fixing the current-supply assembly in the
rotor of an electric machine, such as a turbogenerator and
for insuring high reliability of the current supply assembly
The device insures high mechanical strength of the supply as-
sembly as well as satisfactory electric contact. The current-
supply assembly comprises a rotor shaft whose central hole
accommodates current-conducting bars; a bushing fitted on
the rotor shaft and sliprings fitted on the bushing and electri-
cally insulated therefrom; current-conducting screws making
electrical connection between buses coupled to the sliprings
and the current-conducting bars, said current-conducting
A single gun cath(xle-ray tube for the display of color
television images including a separate cathode for each elec-
tron beam and common first, second, third and fourth grids,
each having apertures for each beam. The distance between
successive centers of the apertures in the third grid is less
than 7 mms and the dimension of the third grid at the aper-
tures in the direction of the axis of the gun is not more than 4
mms.
3,639,796
COLOR CONVERGENCE SYSTEM HAVING
ELONGATED MAGNETS PERPENDICULAR TO PLANE
OF PLURAL BEAMS
Yuzo Fuse, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Sony Corporation,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 805^40
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 11, 1968, 44/15348;
44/15349
Int. CI. HOlj 29/72, i//20
U.S.CL 313-77 3 Claims
In a color picture tube, particularly of the single-gun, plu-
ral-beam-type, in which a central beam and two side beams
lying in a common plane are focused on the color phosphor
\
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
351
screen, the side beams are angled with respect to tiie central
beam to converge with the latter at a common point on the
beam-selecting grid or mask, and the beams are simultane-
ously deflected to scan the screen, misconvergence of the
beams is corrected by permanent or electromagnets arranged
at opposite sides of the central beam and producing respec-
tive magnetic fields having lines of magnetic flux extending
generally perpendicular to the common plane of the beams
and in opposed directions, and the effects of such magnetic
fields on the adjacent side beams and on the central beam
are varied either by independent displacement of the mag-
nets toward and away from the central beam or by con-
trolling the strengths of the fields
3,639,797
CATHODE-RAY TUBE HAVING A PLATED INNER
METAL LAYER OF HIGH-TENSILE STRENGTH
Masakazu Fukushima, Hachioji-shi, and Katuhiro Kimura,
Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo-to,
Japan
FUed Sept. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,7%
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 23, 1967, 42/67854
Int. CI. HO Ij 19140,29102
U.S.CL 313-82 6 Claims
ments are attached to the upper portion of the barrier frame
and have depending springs attached thereto The spnngs
^36
have apertures formed therein to mate with studs formed on
the tube envelope inner wall.
3,639,799
SHADOW MASK WITH REINFORCING RING FOR
COLORED TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE
Myron C. Kirchner, Itasca, III., assignor to Tubal Industries,
Inc., Elk Grove Village, III.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 822,792
Int. CI. HOlj 2914b
U.S.CL 313-85 10 Claims
/
A shadow mask for color TV picture tubes contains the
conventional foraminous or translucent area formed by a
multiple of miniature apertures in a curved portion of a thin
metal sheet through which the electron beams pass in travel-
ing from the electron guns at the rear of the tube to the view-
ing face at the front of the tube. Around the translucent area
is an imperforate section formed into a wall and a flange and
containing strengthening ribs. A reinforcing ring rigidly at-
tached to the flange provides additional stability.
3,639300
LAMP TO ELIMINATE SINGLE FRAME CURTAIN
Nicholas J. Rainone, Clifton, NJ., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 3,078
Int. CI. HOlk U3Q
U.S.CL 313-113 3 Claims
A cathode-ray tube in which the conductive thin film on
the inner surface of the glass tube is formed of a high-tensile
strength metallic-plating layer.
3,639,798
SHADOW MASK SUPPORT COMPRISING FLAT,
BIMETALLIC ELEMENT ATTACHED TO INWARDLY
PROJECTING FRAME FLANGE
Larry R. Miller, Waynesboro, Pa., assignor to Sylvania Elec-
tric Products Inc.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,163
Int. CI. HOlj 29/06,31/20, 19/52
U.S.CL 313-85 S 5 Claims
Parallax barrier supporting means comprising substantially
flat, rectangular bimetallic elements are disclosed. The ele-
A projection lamp for use in a motion picture projection
system. The lamp comprises a primary incandescible filament
one end of which is electrically connected to a lamp lead-in,
a first ballast filament one end of which is electrically con-
352
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
nected to a lamp lead-in, with the other ends of these fila-
ments being electrically connected. The improvement com-
prises disposing within the lamp a second ballast filament one
end of which is serially electrically connected to the primary
incandescible filament and the first ballast filament, and the
other end is connected to an individual lead-in. The second
ballast filament is thus adapted to be connected as part of the
series load with the operating potential applied thereacross to
cause the primary filament to incandesce with a low level of
mtensity to permit an individual film frame to be viewed.
ture equal to R«/2 With this relationship, all of the electrons
of the beam have substantially the same angular velocity and
3,639301
HIGH-PRESSURE MERCURY VAPOR IODIDE
DISCHARGE LAMP
Cornells Adrianus Joannes Jacobs; Louis Bei\jainin Beuer,
and Antonuis Jozephus Gerardus Cornells Driessen, all of
Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,279
Claims priority, application Netherlands, June 27, 1969,
6909891
Int. CI. HO Ij 17/20,61/12
U.S. CI. 313-223 4 Claims
^C3:
travel around the drift space in equal times. This minimizes
any velocity slip in the beam.
3,639,803
CASCADED ELECTRON OPTICAL SYSTEM
Sterling P. Newberry, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Original application Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788,770, now
Patent No. 3,534,219, dated Oct. 13, 1970. Divided and this
application Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 14,850
Int. CI. HO Ij 29/4/
U.S. CI. 315-12 8 Claims
A high-pressure mercury vapor iodide discharge lamp
comprising an envelope forming a discharge space having a
wall loading between 10 and 100 watts per sq. cm during
operation of the lamp. The discharge space contains a gase-
ous filling comprising a rage gas, a quantity of mercury
between 0.5 to 40 mg. per cubic cm. of the content of the
discharge space, a quantity of iodine, a quantity of sodium
and lithium to form sodium iodide lithium iodide, such that
unevaporated lithium iodide and sodium iodide are present
during operation of the lamp, a quantity of thallium between
0 to 15 percent by weight of the quantity of mercury, and a
quantity of titanium between 0.01 and 5 percent by weight of
the quantity of mercury. The quantity of iodine is limited to
not more than twice the minimum amount required to bind
the lithium, sodium, thallium and titanium to their respective
iodides.
3,639302
MICROWAVE SIGNAL DELAY APPARATUS
Erwin F. Belohoubek, Kendall Park, NJ., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the SecreUry of
the Navy
Piled Aug. 12, 1966, Ser. No. 572,153
InLCI. H0Ij25/i4
U.S. CI. 315-3.5 6 Claims
There is disclosed a microwave signal delay device employ-
ing an M-type traveling wave tube. The drift space of this
tube is of circular shape with a mean radius of R™, and the
drift electrodes are similarly curved with a radius of curva-
Precise control of an electron beam impinging on a large
area receiving surface is achieved by employing, between the
electron source and the receiving surface, a first matrix of
electron deflection apparatus and by employing, intermediate
the receiving surface and the first matrix, but close to the
receiving surface, a second matrix of electron deflection ap-
paratus of sufficient size to cover substantially all of the
receiving surface. A predetermined one of the first matrix of
lenses serves to direct the electron beam onto a predeter-
mined one of the second matrix of lenses which provides fine
control of the beam as it is swept over the underiying portion
of the receiving surface. >^
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
353
3,639304
ION DISCHARGE TUBE EMPLOYING CATAPHORETIC
TECHNIQUES
Karl G. Heiaqvist, Princeton, NJ., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,485
Int. CI. HOI j 17/22
U3. CI. 315— 108 12 Claims
3,639306
DIGITALLY ADDRESSED ELECTROLUMINESCENT
SOLO STATE DISPLAY DEVICE COMPRISING
MODULATING PLATE FOR INTENSITY MODULATING
A SCANNING LIGHT BEAM
Stanley C. Requa, Northridge, Calif., assignor to Northrop
Corporation, Beveriy Hills, Calif.
Filed Nov. 28, 1%9, Ser. No. 880,855
Int. CI. HOlj 31/50; H05j 37/00, G02b 5/16
U.S. CI. 315-169 10 Claims
Disclosed are several embodiments of a metal vapor laser
having a window at each end in which cataphoretic means
are employed for both propagating the metal vapor between
a vapor source and a condenser and for preventing condensa-
tion of the metal vapor on one or both of the windows. TTie
cataphoretic means may include two or more spaced elec-
trodes which are strategically placed along the length of the
laser and which have applied thereto respective DC poten-
tials of the proper polarity and value. Alternatively, the con-
denser may be omitted and a combination of both rectified
and unrectified RF voltage of the proper values may be ap-
plied to the respective spaced electrodes of the metal vapor
laser.
3,639,805
SERIES LAMP SAFEGUARD CIRCUIT
Nils L. Muench, Bloomfield Hills, and Charles B. Murphy,
Eraser, both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,184
Int. CI. H05bi7/00
U.S. CI. 315— 122 4 Claims
A uniform screen of light is provided by a planar member.
Sandwiched between this member and a display surface are a
plurality of control plates for forming a scanning light beam
in response to digital control signals. Each control plate has a
layer of photoconductive material and a layer of electrolu-
minescent material deposited thereon. Also defxjsited on
each of the control plates are electrodes arranged in
predetermined finger patterns. The electrodes are biased in
response to digital control signals to cause the beam to pass
through the control plates to a single portion of the display
surface at a time.
3,639,807
LOW-STATIC CARPET
Thomas B. McCune, Mahopac, N.Y., assignor to Hudson Wire
Company, Ossining, N.Y.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 44,91 1
Int. CI. AOld 43/00; H05t3/00
U.S. CI. 317-2 C 12 Claims
A vehicle-headlamp-energizing circuit for headlamps con-
nected in series. Each headlamp has a breakdown diode cor
nected in parallel, and each breakdown diode has a break-
down voltage slightly larger than the normal potential drop
across its parallel connected lamp so as to conduct current
around the lamp when it fails and maintain conduction
through the remaining lamps.
A very fine strand of thinly insulated electncally conduc-
tive wire is introduced into a strand of nonconductive yam
aUk O.G.— 12
354
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
composed of natural and/or synthetic fibers to form a con-
ductive composite strand. Such conductive strands of yarn
are then woven or tufted with conventional nonconductive
strands into a carpet, thereby substantially reducing static
electricity effects and. at the same time, protecting persons
on the carpet from the danger of severe shock due to a
household voltage source being exposed to the carpet.
3,639^08
RELAY CONTACT PROTECTING CIRCUITS
Gerald R. Ritzow, Racine, Wis., assignor to Cutler-Hammer,
Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,226
Int. CI. H02h H22
L.S. CI. 317-11 E 7 Claims
3,639,810
POWER SYSTEM MONITORING RELAY
Ferber R. Schleif, Denver, Colo., assignor to The United
States of America a.s represented by the Secretary of the In-
terior
Filed Feb. 18, 1971, Ser. No. 116,318
Int. CI. G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 317-147 6 Claims
^,-^a^«J
4 ///Vv^ no\,T2
A contact protecting circuit for a relay having its operating
coil energized from a DC supply and its contact controlling
an AC load circuit. A triac connected in parallel with the
contact conducts before the contact closes and after the con-
tact opens to protect the contact from electrical arcing. In a
first version, the triac is controlled by a secondary winding
magnetically coupled to the relay coil. In a second version,
the triac is controlled by a transformer connected in parallel
with the relay coil. In this manner, the triac is gated only for
a short time interval when triac conduction is needed and the
triac will not continue to conduct in the event the relay con-
tact fails to close.
3,639,809
UNIVERSAL ENVIRONMENT PACKAGE WITH
SECTIONAL COMPONENT HOUSING
Graydoa A. Phiieger, Jr., Cocoa, Fla., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Administrator of
the National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,773
Int CI. H05k 5106; B65d 7106
U.S. CI. 317-117 *' 5 Claims
A housing that can be readily assembled for packaging
equipment, such as electrical components and meters. The
housing includes a pair of spaced end rings, each of which
has an endless groove in the inner wall thereof. A thin elon-
gate shell is positioned within the groove and end plates are
carried adjacent ridges on the opposite side of the end rings.
Bolts extend through the panels for drawing the panels flush
against ridges carried on the end ring and supporting panel
boards within the housing. Thus, an airtight package or hous-
ing can be readily assembled.
An electrical power system subsidiary relay for controlling
system normalizing and operation recording mechanisms
which in response to detection by the relay of system
frequency deviation from standard operating frequency
derives in a differentiator-amplifier circuit component
thereof an acceleration of deceleration signal predictive of
system disturbance conditions. Adjustable devices in circuits
interconnected with the differentiator-amplifier circuitry are
settable to predetermine the sensitivity, or magnitude for
response, and the minimal response and pickup timing for
the relay.
3,639311
SEMICONDUCTOR WITH BONDED ELECTRICAL
CONTACT
Jon M. Schroeder, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Fairchild
Camera and Instrument Corporation, Syosset, L.I., N.Y.
Original application Nov. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 682,193. Divided
and this application Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 71,363
Intel. HOll 5/02
U.S. CI. 317-234 4 Claims
A method is disclosed for batch forming extended beam
leads to the pads or contact areas of a solid state device (e.g.,
monolithic integrated circuit hybrid integrated circuit, dis-
crete device) whereby external connections to the device
may be made. The process involves depositing a metal or a
plurality of metals over the device in a predetermined
manner with the metal adhering to the device contact area
but only weakly, if at all, adhering to the remainder of the
surface. The device is separated by backside scribing which
leaves the beams extending from the contact area of each
device.
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
35f
3,639,812
MECHANOELECTRICAL TRANSDUCER HAVING A
PRESSURE APPLYING PIN FIXED BY METALLIC
ADHESION
Yasuo lyima, Kobe, Japan, assignor to Matsushita Electric In-
dustrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma-shi, Osaka, Japan
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,383
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 4, 1968, 43/89780
Int. CI. HOll J/00. 5/00
U.S. CI. 317-234 R 5 Claims
/'
3,639,814
INTEGRATED SEMICONDUCTOR CIRCUIT HAVING
INCREASED BARRIER LAYER CAPACITANCE
Reiner Engbert, Talheim. Germany, assignor to Telefunken
Patentverwertungsgesellschaft m.b.H.. L Im Daniibti.
Ciermanv
" Filed May 20, 1968, Ser. No. 730,284
Claims priority, application Germany, May 24. 1967, T
33.927
Int. CI. HOll /9/00
U.S. CI. 317— 235 R 4 Claims
In a transducer utilizing the pressure-sensitive property of
a semiconductor, a pin for applying pressure is adhered onto
a pressure-sensitive portion of the semiconductor by the
metallization of the surface of the pin and the semiconductor
body Using this means, the pressure application pin is
prevented from moving except in contact with a small por-
tion, thereby enhancing the lifetime and stability of the
device.
3,639,813
COMPLEMENTARY ENHANCEMENT AND DEPLETION
MOSFETS WITH COMMON GATE AND CHANNEL
REGION, THE DEPLETION MOSFET ALSO BEING A
JFET
Mototaka Kamoshida, and Sho Nakanuma, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company, Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 14, 1970. Ser. No. 28,325
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 15, 1969, 44/30130
Int. CI. HOll 13100, 19100,5106, 11114
U.S. CI. 317-235 R 6 Claims
[HDl [^0
//«
Ih Ui
An integrated semiconductor circuit having semiconductor
regions isolated from each other by separation barrier layers
and semiconductor devices inserted in these regions, the
separation barrier layers being configured to have an in-
creased capacitance which is used to stabilize the supply volt-
age
3,639,815
EPI BASE HIGH-SPEED POWER TRANSISTOR
Frederick G. Emick, Latrobe; Paul M. Kisinko, Greensburg;
Joseph Marino, Irwin, ail of Pa., and Peter J. Kannam,
Princeton, NJ., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 694,552, Dec. 29,
1967, now abandoned. This application Sept. 30, 1969, Ser.
No. 862,280
Int. CI. HOll 11106
U.S. CI. 317-235 R 7 Claims
«o-fl (Us
]
Ml
2B rIT«
26
28
e
.'-12
^limmMmmMk?^
' ^/ w^r'a,?^ ^'»o-,, i*!<ii«»l
I,..,,, / . SiD< Off
■■^,^j/'t,-,W. \ Si-Dt OH
n
it
y^-f\i<'^.'-^-f '
^- '9^* far?>t/« /''^"^'
■: -r V I In
A semiconductor device comprising a pair of FET's having
a common electrode has operating characteristics similar to
paired complementary FET's. In one embodiment of the in-
vention the device functions as paired IGFET's, having a
common gate electrode, and in a second embodiment the
device functions to couple an IGFET to a JGFET.
A transistor having an epitaxially grown base region has
the good secondary breakdown voltage performance of a sin-
gle diffused transistor having a base region comprising
suitably doped material having a uniform level of impurity
concentration as well as all of the desirable frequency
response benefits achieved by epitaxially formed transistors
3,639316
VACUUM CAPACITOR WITH SOLID DIELECTRIC
Wesley N. Lindsay, San Jose, Calif., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62^24
Int. CI. HOlg 5/04
U.S. CI. 317-245 10 Claims
A unique combination of vacuum component techniques
to a solid dielectric capacitor. The vacuum-type enclosure in-
cludes at least one generally cylindrical body shell member of
356
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
insulating material and one or more metallic cylindncal sec-
tions attached thereto A control shaft operating through a
vacuum-type bellows moves an internal cylindrical member
encased m an insulating material sleeve of
polytetrafluoroethylene to provide variable capacitive en-
gagement within at least one of the outer metallic shell mem-
bers The bearing arrangements common in vacuum variable
capacitors are eliminated, because the fluorocarbon insulat-
that the system comprises; a smoothing reactor common to
the vanous wmdmgs, supply thyristors interposed between
the winding ends and one of the poles of the power supply;
freewheelmg thyristors connected, like the first-mentioned
thynstors, to the winding ends and to a common connection
of a freewheelmg circuit made by way inter alia of the
ing dielectric material preserves the spacing and coaxial rela-
tionship of the inner and outer shells and provides a sliding
surface of very low friction. Advantage is taken of the desira-
ble dielectric strength of the fluorocarbon dielectric material
without the destructive effects of corona in air. An alterna-
tive planar element embodiment of the invention using disc
plates and a spring disc variable plate is also shown In that
embodiment the dielectric is also a planar element.
3,639,817
MAGNETIC ACCELERATOR
Gregory Grosbard, 353 West 19th Street, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 558,465, June
17, 1966, now Patent No. 3,480,81 1. This application Oct.
20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,602
Int.CI. B64gy/00
IJ.S. CI. 318-16 1 14 Claims
smoothing reactor, at least one winding and the correspond-
ing freewheeling thyristor; and a system for controlling the
switch and driving the thyristor control electrodes so as to in-
itiate the chopping or switching operations, with the inter-
vention of the freewheeling circuit, in dependence upon the
value of the control parameters.
3,639,819
SWITCHER-CHOPPER FOR CONTROLLING CURRENT
IN BRliSHLESS ROTATING MACHINES, SUPPLIED BY A
DC SOURCE
Albert C. Wiart, Sannois, France, assignor to Jeumont-
Schneider, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,650
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 27, 1968, 175549
Int. CI. H02k 29100
U.S. CI. 318-138 11 Claims
as. s*
Energy is transferred by microwave radiation over long
distances to an energy storage device in which the radiant
energy is converted to electromagnetic pulses accelerating a
rotor to increase its energy level. The kinetic ene?^ level of
the rotor, which is determined by its rotational s^ed, is
sustained by radially directed, electromagnetically induced
forces. Energy is withdrawn through coils toroidally sur-
rounding the rotor within which current is generated by rota-
tion of the rotor.
3,639,818
ELECTRONIC SWITCHING FOR THE WINDINGS OF
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY
Albert Wiart, Sannois, Val d'Oise, France, assignor to Sodete
Anonyme dite: Jeumont-Schneider, Paris, France
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,289
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 25, 1968, 171311;
June 10, 1969, 6919048; Oct. 9, 1%9, 6934509
Int. CI. H02k 29100
U.S. CL318— 138 13 Claims
A system for switching and chopping DC current flowing
through the windings of an electric machine, characterized in
A system for switching, reversing and varying the current
flowing through the windings of a DC energized electrical
machine, compnsing: a two-winding smoothing reactor; two
sets of supply thyristors connected by their anodes and
cathode respectively to the machine terminals and to the two
sides of a DC supply via one of the reactor windings; two sets
of freewheeling thyristors connected like the supply
thynstors to the machine terminals and interconnected to
form two common points, one of which is taken to one end
of the second reactor winding; and means for triggering
chopping, switching and reversing operations with the use of
at least one freewheeling or braking circuit.
3,639320
CONVERTER ARRANGEMENT FOR FEEDING
VARIABLE AC MOTOR
Herbert Stemmler, Nussbaumen, Switzerland, assignor to Ak-
tiengesellschaft Brown, Boveri Cie, Baden, Switzerland
Piled Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22^30
Int. CI. H02p 5124
U.S. CI. 318-147 9 Claims
A regulable and controllable inverter or converter for
feeding alternating current motors with a regulated current
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
357
and frequency in which adjustment of the converter output jxjrtable power tools and the like. The power controller em-
voltage per phase is effected by the voltage output of a slip ploys a bidirectional thynstor tnode and trigger diode for
varying the current supplied to the motor armature, and a
■IVCTTCT
sssftr
r^- r^
'*<»»i)»<l«!lf»«l
^^^f^!^H
'*.^!...,
ring armature-asynchronous machine driven by the motor,
means being provided to rotate the winding axis of the
asynchronous machine relative to that of the motor.
3,639,821
ELECTROMAGNETIC MOTOR REVERSING CONTROL
Charles A. Byers, Lenixa, Kans., and Robert A. Becker,
Cedar Rapids, Iowa, assignors to Collins Radio Company.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,184
Int. CI. H02p i/yO
U.S. CI. 318-282 5 Claims
u u If
'■4Mi]
full-wave rectifier bridge to establish unidirectional current
flow through the motor armature on opp)osite half cycles of
the AC power supply. A resistor across the AC terminals of
the rectifier bridge enhances control action under light loads.
3,639,823
FINE AND COARSE POSITION CONTROL DEVICE
Alexandre Leglise, Montignies-le-TUIeui, Belgium, assignor to
Acec Ateliers De Constructions Electriques De Charteroi,
Charieroi, Belgium
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,131
(Maims priority, application Belgium, No\. 18, 1%8. P\ 66.321
Int. CI. G05b ////«
U.S. CI. 318-595 9 Claims
(^OtTCCTOH joCV.CE
A motor control means for cyclically reversing an electric
motor. The motor control includes an electromagnetic switch
comprising a transformer having an E-shaped core and a
center-tapped secondary winding, together with a pair of
magnetic pole pieces carried by a rotatable shaft mounted in
proximity with the transformer and driven by the motor to al-
ternately cause the respective pole pieces to differentially in-
fluence the current flow through respective halves of the
secondary winding and thereby produce a signal to effect
reversal of the motor. i
3,639,822
SOLID STATE POWER CONTROLLER FOR DC
PERMANENT MAGNET AND SHUNT FIELD WINDING
MOTORS SUPPLIED FROM AN AC SOURCE
Harry W. Brown; Walter L. Rutchik, and Lawrence J. Ryc-
zek, all of Milwaukee, Wis., assignors to Cutler-Hammer,
Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,124
Int CI. H02p 5136, 7/58
U.S. CI. 318-345 1 Claim
A solid state switching circuit and power controller for
permanent magnet and shunt field winding motors used in
A device for governing the speed of a mobile member
comprising: fixed indexing means located on the path of said
mobile member; means located on said mobile member for
detecting said indexing means, a variable speed motor
located on the mobile member and operating a device for
driving said mobile member, said motor being connected to a
fixed portion of said position control device by means of flex-
ible cables; a coarse measuring device responsive to said de-
tecting means and including a coarse error voltage generator
for generating a voltage proportional to the difference
between a predetermined final position of said mobile
member and the position actually occupied by said mobile
member measured in coarse units, said coarse measuring
device providing a constant speed control voltage to said mo-
tor; a fine measuring device coupled to the motor driving
said mobile member and providing a decreasing speed con-
trol voltage for said motor; a commutator for replacing said
constant speed control voltage applied to said motor by said
decreasing speed control voltage; and means responsive to
said coarse measuring device for detecting that said mobile
member is approaching its final pK>sition and for operating
said commutator.
358
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,824
HOWFR FEED REGULATOR SYSTEM FOR
TEMPERATLRE REGULATION AND THE LIKE
Claude Malavasi, 12, Avenue d Alsace-Lorraine 74, An-
nemas.se, France
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,569
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 1 1, 1969, 6927489
Int. CI. GOSd 23124
U.S. CI. 318-599 8 Claims
I
A pKiwer feed regulator system for temperature regulation
and the like includes an mput analog circuit which provides a
control signal related both to ambient temperature anu to a
preset control point. The control signal is amplified and ap-
plied both to the inverting input of a first p<iwer feed regula-
tor and to the noninverting input of a second power feed
regulator. Depending on whether the signal is positive or
negative, only one or the other power feed regulator is
operated and actuates a triggering circuit which starts up a
servo motor provided for turning on or off an appliance such
as a hot water supply valve Each power feed regulator has a
hysteresis comparator comprising an operational amplifier, a
resistor and a capacitor in series between the output of the
amplifier and the ground with a feedback loop applying to
the inverting input of the power feed regulator a part of the
voltage between the terminals of the capacitor. The power
feed regulator delivers an output periodic square-wave volt-
age having lower and higher values independent of iLs input
voltage and an average power substantially proportional to
the input voltage.
3,639,825
NULL-BALANCE SYSTEM WITH ENHANCED NOTCH-
TYPE INPUT FILTER
Samuel J. MacMullan, Newtown, Pa., assignor to I^eeds &
Northrup Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19.235
Int. CI. G05b 6/02 ^
U.S. CI. 318-621 13 Claims
tion with an RC circuit connected to the common terminal
enhances the frequency response characteristic of the filter
signal for null -balance comparison with the input is not af-
fected by the twin-T filter. Another feedback circuit between
the output circuit and the common terminal of the twin-T
filter provides compensation so that the null-balance feed-
back circuit between the output circuit and the input of the
amplifier provides a signal for null-balance comparison with
an unknown input signal
3,639,826
ELECTRONIC CONTROL CIRCUIT
Kenneth (.rundberg, 3012 Maplewood, Royal Oak, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 701384, Jan. 29,
1968, now abandoned. This application Mar. 12, 1970, Ser.
No. 18,010
Int.Cl. H02mi/i2 H05b
U.S. CI. 321-2 6 Claims
130
I.
140
138;
9"- 120
An electronic control circuit for providing an output signal
for missile firing or the like comprising a source of oscillating
electncal energy, structure for storing a predetermined
amount of electncal energy, an electrical reactance for trans-
ferring the oscillating electrical energy into the storage struc-
ture, means for limiting the electrical charge stored in the
storage structure and for indicating the storage structure is
charged, trigger structure for providing a controlled
discharge of the stored energy to provide the output signal,
and means for shutting off the source of alternating electrical
energy during discharge of the storage means.
3,639,827
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR FORMING A VARIABLE
REACTIVE IMPEDANCE
Horst Behlen, Wilferdingen, Germany, assignor to interna-
tional Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 66,956
Int. CI. H03h / 1 100; H03b 3104
U.S. CI. 323-74 4 Claims
52 16
1
.4
52 '6
A null-balance system having a twin-T input filter, a high-
impedance amplifier, and an output circuit having a large
time constant. A feedback circuit between the amplifier out-
put and the common terminal of the twin-T filter in combina-
X!
.rv'^:
A circuit arrangement for forming a variable reactive im-
pedance having at least two variable capacitance (varactor)
diodes which are biased in the reverse direction. The value of
the reactive impedance being almost linearly dependent upon
the applied control voltage, and the varactor diodes, of which
the first one is directly applied to the control voltage, are
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
359
connected in series. A voltage divider is applied to a fixed
voltage, for adjusting the remaining varactor diodes to
predetermined capacitance values. To the base point of the
voltage divider there is connected the first varactor diode
and one pole of the source of control voltage.
3,639,828
COMPENSATION OF PARASITIC OR STRAY
MAGNETIC FIELDS, ESPECIALLY ABOARD AN
AIRCRAFT
Antoine Salvi, Fontaine, France, assignor to Commissariat a
L'Energie Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,501
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 17, 1968, 170,274
Int. CI. G01rii/0«
U.S. CI. 324-0.5 15 Claims
3,639329
MEASURING INSTRUMENT FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF THE PARTIAL PRESSURE OF
OXYGEN AND CARBON DIOXIDE AND OF THE PH
VALUE OF A BLOOD SAMPLE
Karl Harnoncourt, Graz, Austria, assignor to Hans List,
Graz, Austria
Filed Apr. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 818,288
Claims priority, application Austria, Apr. 30, 1968, A
4208/68
Int. CI. GOln 27/42
U.S. CI. 324-30 R 2 Claims
/
t
/
•UTIF. ■4mu
A magnetometer head generates a em f /, at a frequency
(t>t proportional to (//„^A//||, value of the total magnetic
field intensity at a first point aboard a plane or similar object;
a frequency meter derives from frequency/, a voltage e, pro-
portional to <i),; at a second point (located aboard said plane
or object), where the magnetic field intensity is (/y„^A//j), a
nuclear filter is fed by e.m.f./, and delivers an emf./j out of
phase with/, by d6 proportional to (A//..-A//, ); a phase-
meter is fed by/, and/2 and delivers a voltage ei proportional
to d(t), an amplifier having an adjustable gain amplifies the
output of said phase-meter and delivers a voltage ^3, a sub-
traction unit receives voltages e , and ^3 and delivers a volt-
age ^4 proportional to (e,— eg), said voltage e^ being a mea-
sure of the external magnetic field Hg to be measured as e, is
proportional to (//..^A//,) and c , is proportional (with the
same proportionalitv factor) to A//, if A.r=.r('^'p- 1 ) and
with
A//, parasitic magnetic field in the first point,
A//2 parasitic magnetic field in the second point,
Ajc distance between the first and the second point,
X distance of the first point from the barycenter of the
parasitic magnetic sources,
^1 the proportionality factor between/, and (//o+A/4//, ),
ki the proportionality factor between /j and (AWj— //,),
<t> (function of a;) adjustable gain of said amplifier,
p ratio between AWj and AW,, i.e. p=A//,/A//
In a modification, at the first point a magnetometerhead,
identical to the head located in the first point, is substituted
to said filter, and a differential frequency-meter fed by the
outputs of both heads is substituted to said phase-meter.
A measuring instrument and system for the determination
of the partial oxygen and carbon dioxide pressures and of the
pH value of a blood test sample having a thermostatized mea-
suring vessel with a measuring capillary tube inserted therein
to contain the blood test sample with three receiving bores in
the measuring vessel and three measuring electrode units one
of which being oxygen sensitive with the second carbon diox-
ide sensitive and the third being pH sensitive Each of the
measuring sensors are in contact with the said blood test
sample and a measuring and recording device for electrode
conductively connected with one of the measuring electrode
units with a conical receiving bore provided on the measur-
ing vessel. Three control bores terminate in the conical
receiving bore and a switch element is inserted in the receiv-
ing bore to register with the control bores in three different
positions with a pumping device providing for alternate suc-
tion and delivery strokes and a pipeline connects the pump-
ing device with the control bores A gas intake pipe connects
the pressure tank with the second control bore and a suction
pump and a suction pipe connect the latter with the third
control bore and a conical filler connection is mounted on
the measuring vessel and is connected with the extremity of
the measuring capillary tube opposite the switch member
3,639,830
ATTACHMENT FOR THE MICROANALYSIS OF BLOOD
GASES
Karl Harnoncourt, Graz, Austria, assignor to Hans List,
Graz, Austria
Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,560
Claims priority, application Austria, Apr. 30, 1968, A
4209/68
Int. CI. GOln 27/42
U.S. CI. 324-30 R 4 Claims
An attachment for the cleaning and drying of measuring
capillary tubes for the microanalysis of blood gases having a
360
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
measuring vessel containing the capillary tube to receive a loaded, carrying magnetizing windings disposed in different
blood test sample and a measuring electrode arrangement m branches of a bridge energized by alternating current. The
present invention changes the energy relationships of the
magnetizing fields by providing additional measuring circuits
and auxiliary circuits with inductive, capacitive and ohmic
^'' 1 0,
contact with the test sample and having a scavenging duct
connectable to one end of the tube.
3,639,831
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A
DIRECTABLE CURRENT-CONDUCTING GAS JET FOR
USE IN A METHOD FOR INSPECTING AND MEASURING
NONCONDUCTIVE HLM COATINGS ON CONDUCTIVE
SUBSTRATES
Charles Richard Cushman, Broomfield, Colo., assignor to Au-
tometrics Co., Boulder, Colo.
Filed Nov. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 774,758
Int. CI. GO In 27/62
U.S. CI. 324-33 14 Claims
resistance or resistance combinations which, when load
changes occur, bring about changes in the measunng poten-
tial such as to increase the measuring voltage output, at least
substantially linearize the measuring members, and substan-
tially or wholly eliminate the creep or creeping effects of the
measunng members
3,639,833
SOLID-STATE VOLTAGE AND FAULT DETECTOR
MEANS HAVING INTEGRAL CIRCUIT INTEGRITY
INDICATORS
Henry N. Tachick, Pittsfield, Mass., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed May 1 1. 1970, Ser. No. 36,053
Int. CI. GOlr i//02
U.S. CI. 324-51 7 Claims
A method and apparatus for producing a directable, elec-
trically conducting gas jet along a path across a test zone,
passing 2m electric current along the jet paths and detecting
variations in the current flow in the gas jet stream as a func-
tion of the presence of anomalies in the path or changes in
the path dimensions. Such anomalies include, but are not
limited to, insulators, conductors and semiconductors, gases
diffusing into the stream, particulate solids introduced into
the stream, electric fields parallel and traverse to the stream
and variations in bias potential.
3,639,832
ELECTRICAL BRIDGE APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD
OF MEASURING MECHANICAL FORCES BY
MAGNETOELASTIC MEMBERS
Hermann Goebbeis, Brockenberg, Germany, assignor to
EMA-Dorries GmbH, Stolberg, Germany
Filed Dec. 11,1 969, Ser. No. 884, 1 30
Int. CL GOlr 33100
U.S. CI. 324-34 R 3 Claims
Force-measuring apparatus and method employing two
similar measuring members, one loaded and the other un-
f P 3S
i- ^ J9 \
18^
]
Solid-state detector circuit and portable circuit housing for
safely sensing the presence of a voltage or a fault in a high-
voltage electric power distribution system. The apparatus is
housed in a unitary case and is provided with interchangeable
probes to permit it to be either directly or indirectly coupled
to a circuit under test. Integral indicating means are provided
for selectively monitoring the integrity of the detector circuit
to assure its operability before and after it is used on a high-
voltage circuit, thereby affording a safeguard for personnel
using information provided by the detector.
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
361
3,639,834
MICROWAVE MOISTURE MEASUREMENT APPARATUS
HAVING MOVABLE MIRROR SCANNING MEANS
Charles W. E. Walker, 855 McBride Blvd., Apt. 307, New
Westminster, British Columbia, Canada
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,441
Int. CI. GOIr 27/04
U.S. CL 324-58.5 B 15 Claims
A microwave apparatus for measuring the moisture con-
tent of sheet material by producing a moisture signal propor-
tional to the amount of microwaves absorbed by the water
therein is described which employs a movable mirror
scanning means for scanning the sheet material with a
microwave beam transmitted between fixed transmitting and
receiving antennas. A fixed mirror is positioned on the op-
posite side of the sheet from such scanning means for receiv-
ing the microwave beam reflected from a first movable mir-
ror and reflecting the beam back through the sheet material
to a second movable mirror The movable mirrors are
mounted on a carriage which is reciprocated back and forth
across the moving sheet by a reversible motor coupled to a
potentiometer for producing a position signal proportional to
the position of such carnage. This position signal and the
moisture signal are applied to the inputs of a computer for in-
dicating the percentage moisture content of a sheet portion
and its position on the sheet. The microwave beam passes
through the sheet at an acute angle, in the range of 40° to
65°, to prevent standing wave interference distortion of the
microwave beam. A telescope and light source are employed
for optical alignment of the antennas and the movable mir-
rors.
disposed on the interior of an elongated container or conduit
and energized by a time variable signal to generate a uniform
electric field across the container or conduit. In one embodi-
ment, transverse fields are generated across the contamer
Changes in energizing current are converted to indicate
liquid quantity or density. The electrodes may be shielded,
formed of variable widths and energized to produce at least
alternately orthagonal electric fields to obtain maximum ac-
curacy.
3,639336
MOVING-COIL ASSEMBLY FOR ELECTRICAL
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Willy Kisselmann, Grunwald; Fritz Rumpelein, Munchen;
Paul Kopf, and Franz Landbrecht, both of Unterhaching,
all of Germany, assignors to AGFA-Gevaert Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed June 4, 1969, Ser. No. 830,328
Claims priority, application Germany, June 7, 1968, P 17 66
527.9
Int. CI. GOlr 1 100
U.S. CI. 324—154 R 10 Claims
I
so t s;
SJ
6~ IZ53-<9
57J 4^Jl^
^-<^m^.-
3,639,835
CAPACITIVE TANK GAGING APPARATUS BEING
INDEPENDENT OF LIQUID DISTRIBUTION
Alvin H. Dammig, Jr., ReadviUe; Arthur E. Sherburne,
Bedford, and Rodney A. Brooks, Lexington, all of Mass., as-
signors to National Aeronatuics and Space Administration
under the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 2457(d)
Filed Jan. 27, 1967, Ser. No. 612,265
Int. CI. GOlr 27/26, GOlj 23100
U.S.CL 324-61 9 Claims
20 ~
The moving-coil assembly of a moving-coil electrical mea-
suring instrument comprises two coaxial staffs extending into
recesses provided in two stationary bearings and mounted on
elastic sections of plastic carriers which are secured to the
coil-supporting frame. The extent of flexing of the elastic sec-
tions is limited by stops provided on the carriers in such a
way that the tips of staffs cannot leave their recesses when
the sections are flexed in response to shocks and that the sec-
tions cannot contact the outermost windings of the coil
which is convoluted around the frame.
Capacitive gaging apparatus for fluid measurement. Lon-
gitudinally extending electrodes are circumferentially
3,639,837 \
METHODS OF AND APPARATUS FOR TESTING
ELECTROMAGNETIC INDICATORS
Marvin Masel, Teaneck, and Albert J. Wedlake, Totowa, both
of N J., assignors to The Singer Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,781
Int. CL GOlr i5/00,i5/02
U.S. CI. 324-158 R 9 Claims
An electromagnetic indicator can be tested to determine
whether or not it is properly positioned to the desired indicia.
This is achieved by applying electrical signals to two stator
windings of the electromagnetic indicator so as to induce an
electrical signal in a third of the stator windings The induced
signal varies depending upon the position of the indicia of the
362
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
electromagnetic indicator The stator windings are selected counter and timing matrix The resultant error signal varies
such that an induced signal of predetermined phase and of the phase of the continuously variable phase shifter to cor-
rect the timing of the transmit control circuits.
J9 ' SC
4kJ M 1
-HfW-
-WVH ^* — ^"! '^'°^
«v»v
■^^;tr^ ♦
6,^
:^
predetermined magnitude is obtained for an accurately posi-
tioned indicia.
3,639,838
SYNCHRONIZED VARIABLE DELAY TIME DIVISION
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Henry G. Kuhn, deceased, late of Malibu, Calif, (by Alida
Kuhn, executrix), and Ross CoHess Winteri>ottom, Santa
Monica, Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Company,
Culver City, Calif.
Filed Jan. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 701,786
Int. CI. H04b 7/20
V.S. CI. 325-4 4 Claims
A locally-generated reference sync signal and the master
sync signal received from the repeater are compared in time
of occurrence to develop an error signal which vanes the
frequency of a controllable oscillator to synchronize the
reference sync signal to the master sync signal. A counter
and timing matrix in the master sync loop controls the
generation of own-sync reference signals during the station's
time slot. The own-sync reference signals are compared in
time of occurrence with the own-sync signals as received via
the repeater to develop an error signal which varies the phase
of a continuously variable phase shifter to synchronize the
own-sync generator to the own-sync reference signals. In
another embodiment, the range to the repeater obtained by
means of a ranging signal is compared with the time dif-
ference between the output of the counter and timing matrix
in the master sync loop, and the output of the transmit
3,639339
BROADCAST SYSTEM FOR A CONTROL SIGNAL
Masayuki Fukata, 94, Shimoreiijaku, Mitaka-shi, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Sept. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,345
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 19, 1968, 43/67286
Int. CI. H04b 1 100
U.S. CI. 325-64 3 Claims
A system for controlling, from the sending side, the receiv-
ing side in a broadcast system using an intermittent control
signal, where a false signal similar to the regular control
signal IS detected from the broadcast signals before the
receiving side is spunously triggered by the false signal, and
elimination filter means is inserted in the path of the broad-
cast signal during only a predetermined time to eliminate the
same frequency components as the control signal, whereby
the control signal can be transmitted with no chance of spuri-
ous tnggering In this case, the false signal is detected from
the broadcast signals by the use of a first decision means for
deciding false signals having only spaces each less than a first
time /, as a single group of false signals, a second decision
means for deciding successive two groups of false signals de-
tected by the first decision means as "continuous " if a space
between the successive two groups of false signals is less than
a second time i^ longer than the first time /, and for deciding
the later of the successive two groups of false signals de-
tected by the first decision means as a new group of false
signals if a space between the successive two groups of false
signals is longer than the second time fj, and a third decision
means for deciding a predetermined state just before the
possible spurious triggering of the receiving side by counting
the number of "continuous " groups of false signals.
3,639,840
Ml LTI-CARRIER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Jacob Shekel, Brookline, and George H. Ray, Jr., Wobum,
both of Mass., assignors to Spencer-Kennedy Laboratories,
Inc., Winchester, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 814340, Apr. 8,
1969. This application Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,839
Int. CI. H04b im
U.S. CI. 325-308 15 Claims
A converter for use in a cable television system and inter-
connected between a transmission path and a television
receiver for selecting any one of a plurality of television
signals earned by the transmission path. The converter in-
cludes a broadband section for translating all received televi-
sion signals to intermediate frequencies higher than the
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
363
frequencies of the received television signals such that no
images appear within the band of input signals A selected
one of the television signals at a predetermined higher inter-
FP>0« l"» *SS
rates is described. The bits are circulated through one or
more delay lines and weighted samples are taken at a rate
higher than the highest frequency of the sideband to be trans-
mitted. The samples may be summed, directly or in weighted
relationship when a multilevel signal is desired, to provide an
output signal. This output signal is filtered to remove those
mediate frequency is then translated by a narrow band sec-
tion to a lower frequency of a predetermined television chan-
nel for reception by the television receiver.
3,639,841
ELECTROMAGNETIC ENERGY DOSIMETER
Alfred W. Richardson, 318 Anthony Hall, Southern Illinois
Universtiy, Carbondale, III.
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,366
Int. CI. H04b IIOO
U.S. CI. 325-363 1 1 Claims
^
-<^E^
frequencies which lie above the band which is to be trans-
mitted through the channel and thereupon applied to the
channel. By apportioning the weight of each sample in ac-
cordance with the spectral characteristics of the channel, the
output signal will be readily accommodated by the channel
and be transmitted therethrough with least distortion.
;
3,639343
VOLTAGE TO PLLSE-RATIO CONN ERTER
Rolf Schmidhauser, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,577
Int. CI. H03k 5120
U.S. CI. 328-116 6 Claims
/
Miniaturized dosimeter apparatus monitors the field densi-
ty of radiated pulsed electromagnetic energy. An elongate
cylindrical coil is used as a pickup and is positioned so that
one-half of the coil protrudes from a small metallic case for
the apparatus, providing uniform response substantially over
a sphencal angle of at least I 80° Means is interconnected
with the coil for producing a periodic waveform having an
average magnitude varying as a function of the field density
of the radiated energy and having a period inversely propor-
tional to the pulse repetition frequency of the energy. Means
is responsive to this periodic waveform for providing a readi-
ly perceptible indication of the average magnitude of the
periodic waveform whereby the field density of the radiated
energy, and thereby the relative human thermogenic dosage
thereof, is readily monitored.
A voltage to pulse-ratio converter having an integrator, a
source of reference signals, timing, gating, and logic means
arranged to balance an applied input signal with a reference
signal during a number Nj of complete clock periods in a
measurement period, there being N clock periods in a mea-
surement period where N is an integer, such that the ratjo
Ni/N of the number Nj of clock penods that the reference
signal is applied to the number N of clock periods in a mea-
surement period is proportional to the magnitude of the input
signal.
3,639342
DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FOR DIRECTLY
GENERATING VESTIGIAL SIDEBAND SIGNALS
Carl J. Zarcone; Bruce M. Cleveland, and Donald F. Smith,
all of Monroe, N.Y., assignors to General Dynamics Cor-
.^poration
Filed Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768,426
Int. CI. H03k 5113
U3. CI. 328—61 5 Claims
A system and technique for generating vestigial sideband
signals capable of carrying digital information at high-bit
3,639344
ELECTRONIC TIMER FOR A MULTIPLE FUNCTION
APPLIANCE
Joseph Karklys, St. Joseph, Mich., assignor to Whirlpool Cor-
poration
RIed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,179
Int. CI. GOlr 29102, H03k 5100
U3. CI. 328— 130 14 Claims
An electronic timer for a multiple function appliance, hav-
ing a source of alternating reference signal connected with a
364
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
divider which provides a signal at a submultiple of the
reference signal frequency. A series of J-K flip-flops forms a
counter which establishes plural timing penods On termina-
tion of a function of the appliance, the counter is automati-
cally reset.
3,639,845
COMPENSATING THRESHOLD LEVEL DETECTOR
Arthur F. Camp, Jr., Redington Beach, Fla., and Harry W.
Getz, Phoenix, Ariz., assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
< Filed Nov. 1 9, 1 970, Ser. No. 9 1 ,03 1
Int. CI. H03b 3/02; H03k 5/20
U.S. CI. 328- 146 2 Claims
A circuit including a comparator for indicating when an
input voltage crosses a threshold voltage Compensation for
input signal droop is provided by causing a controlled droop
of both the input signal and the threshold, thereby avoiding
erroneous threshold crossings.
3,639346
TANDEM SAMPLING CONTROLLER USING DELAYED
OPERATION OF PLURAL SAMPLING GATES
Gregory Justice, Mountain View, Calif., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,649
Int. CI. H03k / 7/00
U.S. CI. 328-151 3 Claims
A signal sampler is arranged to sample the output of a
preceding signal sampler to produce a DC control signal hav-
ing extremely low-level amplitude variations
3,639,847
CIRCUIT FOR MULTIPLYING TWO ELECTRICAL
VALUES
Claude Remy, 21 Allee Circulaire, Foret de Vernon par 27,
Vernon; Claude Lejannou, Apartment B. 135, 2 rue
d'Archimede, l>e Val Foure, Jolie, and Jacques Leclere, 39
Allee des Penitents, Foret de Vernon par 27, Vernon, all of
France
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,680
Claims priority, application France, May 20, 1969, 6916222
Int. CI. G06g 7/00
U.S. CI. 328-160 13 Claims
This invention relates to a circuit for multiplying two elec-
trical values A monitoring oscillator transmits short sampling
pulses to a pulse time modulator to which a signal cor-
respt^ndmg to the first electrical value is also impressed. A
control chopping stage is inserted in a feedback line between
the input of said modulator and its output, which is con-
nected to an output chopping stage to which a voltage cor-
responding to the second electrical value is impressed, and
on the output of which pulses appear having a duration and
an amplitude respectively proportional to the first and
second electncal values
3,639,848
TRANSVERSE DIGITAL FILTER
James W. Elliott, Largo, Fla., assignor to Electronic Commu-
nications Inc., Petersburg, Fla.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,098
Int. CI. H03k 13/02
U.S. CI. 328-167 10 Claims
•fir? i C9tntl>TH>
n — jr —
'[ir! tic on ' .xg^rtf'li'-nTl —
raw!< • '
3_
16
k^
C10CM~ »<CMO«r
tO&l'
18
i-P8
— ^ 4CCl/Ml>t4T0«
X'
Ih')
\
n:^
SMOOTHtNS
FtLTE/t
"J^:
ANALOG
"output
J8 1"!
A digital transversal filter converts an input analog signal
into a plurality of digital components which are transferred
into a storage device. Those components are thereafter
sequentially multiplied by predetermined coefficients stored
in a circulating memory The combined products of the coef-
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
365
ficients and the components constitute an output digital word
which is thereafter converted to an analog signal bearing a
predetermined functional relationship to the input signal.
3,639,849
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A HIGHLY
CONCENTRATED BEAM OF ELECTRONS
Wiilard H. Bennett, 604 Appleton Drive, Apt. B, Raleigh,
N.C.
Original application Nov. 28, 1966, Ser. No. 597^92, now
Patent No. 3,516,906, and a continuation-in-part of 569,549,
July 19, 1966, now Patent No. 3,510,713, dated May 5, 1970.
Divided and this application May 20, 1968, Ser. No. 749,231
InLCI. H01J29/J6
U.S. CI. 328-228 9 Claims
wave with a variable duty cycle, which is integrated to
produce a DC voltage representing the rotor angle. A pair of
the circuits are used in an altitude warning system connected
to synchros for the actual altitude and the command altitude
of an aircraft. The derived phase shifted signals from both
synchros are compared to produce a rectangular wave with a
variable duty cycle, which is integrated and compared with
voltages representing preselected altitudes to indicate when
the aircraft is at those altitudes.
3,639,851
NOVEL SEMICONDUCTOR AMPLIFIER
Felix Diamond, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSF
Filed June 26, 1%9, Ser. No. 836,784
InLCI. H03fi//4
U.S. CI. 330-38 M 5 Qaims
,4-
The invention resides in apparatus for producin
concentrated electron beam. The electron beam
apparatus is arranged to collimate the beam, and
mated beam passes into apparatus that produces
discharge having a self-magnetic field. The pinched
pinch(.j the already collimated electron beam, th
concentrating the same.
g a highly
producing
the colli-
a pinched
discharge
us further
3,639,850
DEMODULATOR FOR ANGULARLY RELATED SIGNALS
Herman H. Brooks, Goleta, Calif., assignor to Sundstrand
Data Control, Inc.
Filed Sept 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,486
Int.Cl. H03di/ys
U.S. CI. 329-50 6 Claims
The present invention invention relates to a semiconduc-
tor-type travelling wave structure. A thin extrinsic semicon-
ductor strip is located in the field of a delay line; a continu-
ous field is applied between the two ends of the strip; the line
has an HP input and an HF output.
3,639,852
CONTROL ARRANGEMENT FOR NARROW BAND
SWITCHING FILTER
Marcel Louis Boyer, Chatillon, France, assignor to C. I. F.-
Compagnie Industrielle Des Tdeconununications, Paris,
France
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,734
Claims priority, application France, June 16, 1969, 6920019
Int. CI. H04b 3/04
U.S. CI. 331-1 A 6 Claims
A demodulator for signals angularly related to the position
of a rotor of a synchro or resolver uses, in one embodiment,
only one transformer in a circuit for subtracting, adding, and
phase shifting the signals to produce a single signal phase
shifted in proportion to the rotor angle. In another embodi-
ment, a transformerless circuit uses an operational amplifier
to derive the phase shifted signal. The phase shifted signal is
compared with a reference signal to produce a rectangular
A switching-type matching filter whose switching frequen-
cy is extracted from the incident signal, characterized in that
it comprises a switching frequency control loop comprising
an electronically regulated oscillator, a phase discriminator
supplied, on the one hand with a filtered frequency, on the
other hand with the frequency of the said oscillator, as well
as means for bringing the said oscillator within the coverage
range of the phase discriminator and for keeping it within
that range if the signal leaving the filter corresponds to
predetermined conditions.
366
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,853
TONE OSCILLATOR FOR AN ELECTRONIC MUSICAL
INSTRUMENT
Tadao Sakai, No. 767-11, Uenoshiba, Mu Rogaoka, 3-chome,
Sakai-shi, Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,806
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 27, 1970, 45/26192
Int. CI. H03b5/0*
U.S. CL 331-51 3 Claims
■III ssciLitTsa
'
i-c osciiu™
f«0«llC<
-
Umiei
—
I
X
iiEiueic
mvioo
'(isafir
BKIJfll
. C ISCHiHOH
; asciintM
J-
A plurality of frequency dividers are connected in series
with an oscillator having a fundamental frequency
The outputs obtained from the frequency dividers are ap-
plied to a plurality of L-C oscillating circuits Each L-C oscil-
lating circuit produces a sinusoidal and a complex output
signal which are combined to obtain a musical tone
3,639354
ELECTRON BEAM SCANLASER HAVING
PHOTOCHROMIC Q-SPOILER
Williain J. Baldwin, West Roxbury, Mass., assignor to Corn-
ing Glass Works, Corning, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 778,231
Int. CI. HOIsi/00
U.S.CL 331-94.5 18 Claims
varying the direction of the rod magnetization and by using
the Brewster's angle face as the polarization sensitive ele-
V
aff€ ttfSTTffS
^
ir
ment in the cavity Light reflected out of the cavity at the
Brewster's angle face can be detected and used in a feedback
sense to control the applied magnetic field.
3,639,856
REENTRANT CAVITY RESONATOR SOLID-STATE
MICROWAVE OSCILLATOR
Katuhiro Kimura, Toshima-ku, and Yoichi Kaneko, Koku-
bui\ji-shi, both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Jan. 16. 1970, Ser. No. 3,281
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 24, 1969, 44/4769
Int. CI. H03b 7//4
U.S. CI. 331— 96 8 Claims
An optical system for controlling the direction of lasing ac-
tion by utilizing photochromic material as a passive O-
switcher in the cavity of an angularly degenerate laser By
controlling the optical density at various points on the
photochromic material, the laser can be made to radiate in
any desired direction A cathode-ray tube is used to generate
a controllable spot of light, the wavelength of which is such
that it changes the optical density of the photochromic
material.
If* 3,639,855
LASER DEVICES
Joseph F. Dillon, Jr., Morris Township, Morris County, and
Charles G. B. Garrett, Morristown, both of NJ., assignors
to Bdl Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Continuafion of application Ser. No. 577,010, Sept. 2, 1966.
This application Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 882,773
Int. CI. HOls 3114, 3/05; G02f 1/22
U.S.CL 331-94.5 1 Claim
A magnetically saturable laser rod (e.g. doped YIG) has
one end cut at Brewster's angle and is included in an optical
cavity. Modulation is accomplished, via Faraday's effect, by
A solid-state oscillator which includes a reentrant cavity
resonator having a resonant cavity and a post member insu-
lated in a DC sense from a wall portion of said resonant cavi-
ty, a stilid-state oscillating element disposed at the position of
the highest high-frequency voltage within said reentrant cavi-
ty resonator whereby an oscillating frequency is greatly
varied by changing the DC bias voltage to be applied to said
element.
3,639,857
PLANAR-TYPE RESONATOR CIRCUIT
Takanori Okoshi, Tokyo, and Masatoshi Migitaka, Kodaira,
both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,548
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. I, 1969, 44/60406
Int. CI. H03b 7/14
U.S. CI. .^31 -107 R 8 Claims
A planar-type resonator circuit comprising a conductive
plate and a resonating conductive plate provided on said con-
ductive plate in face-to-face fashion with a dielectric layer
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
367
disposed therebetween, said resonating conductive plate hav-
ing an input portion on one end and an output portion on the
first phase-shifting network which provides a phase shift of
substantially 90° in a frequency independent manner and by
FIR?' f>HAS£
SmiFtinc
NE'W0O«
other end and also having decreasing widths towards the
ends.
3,639,858
TRANSISTOR IMPEDANCE CONVERTER AND
OSCILLATOR CIRCUITS
Takeo Miyata, Atsugi-chi, and Tsutomu Miura, Kawasaki-shi,
both of Japan, assignors to Mitsumi Electric Company Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,053
Claims priority, application Japan, .Aug. 31, 1968, 43/62241;
43/62242: 43/62243
Int. CI. H03b5//2, 7/06
U.S. CI. 331-108 R 8 Claims
^T^W^\b
An impedance device adapted to represent various types of
impedance which includes a two-transistor circuit equivalent
to a single transistor with a common base current amplifica-
tion factor greater than one and a predetermined impedance
element or circuit, and circuits using such an impedance
device. This impedance device represents an impedance cor-
responding to the impedance of the impedance element or
circuit multiplied by — (ao~l ) where Oq is the equivalent com-
mon base current amplification factor of the equivalent sin-
gle-transistor circuit. One of the circuits using the impedance
device is an oscillator which is constructed without an in-
ductance element. Another of the circuits is an inductor hav-
ing a pure inductance and which is constructed without using
any inductance element.
3,639,859
OSCILLATOR HAVING SINGLE PARAMETER
TUNING MEANS
Wilhelmus Antonius Joseph Marie Zwiisen, Emmasingel,
Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,884
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Sept. 2, 1%8,
6812495
Int. CI. H03b 5/24
U.S. CI. 33 1 - 1 08 B 6 Claims
An oscillator having a first phase-shifting network, an in-
verting amplifier and a second phase-shifting network com-
prising two impedances; one of the impedances is externally
adjustable and determines the frequency of the oscillator
signal. A total phase shift of 1 80° is achieved by means of the
the second phase-shifting network which provides an addi-
tional phase shift of substantially 90° in a frequency-depen-
dent manner.-.
(■
3,639,860
DELAY LINE
Otto Breitenbach, Nurnberg, Germany, assignor to Kabel-und
Metallwerke Gutehoffnung-shutte Aktiengesellschaft, Han-
nover, Germany
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 59,872
Int. CI. H03h 7130
U.S. CI. 333-29 3 Claims
A delay line having outgoing and return conductors
stranded together in a manner such that upon winding the
stranded conductors about a core, two windings of the same
conductor lie in abutting relation to each other, whereby to
substantially increase the inductance of the line and to max-
imize the delay time for a minimum length of line
3,639,861
MAGNETOSTRICTIVE FILTER AND STRAIN GAUGE
Albert Russen, Cheshunt, England, assignor to International
Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 700,230
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 24, 1967,
8,970/67
Int. CI. H03h 9/22, HOlv 9/00
U.S.CL 333-71 2 Claims
One or more layers of magnetostrictive material are ar-
ranged to have a meandering current running therethrough
or through a closely spaced sheet of conductive material, to
provide longitudinal, torsional or fiexural modes of mechani-
cal vibration. For torsional vibration a cylindrical structure
having a spiral strip either conductive or magnetostrictive, is
described. Copper or gold is deposited on the magnetostric-
tive material. Ladder filters using magnetostrictive structures
368
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
consist of a thin sheet with a layer of magnetostrictive
material thereon suitably cut to provide a number of reeds
3,639^62
WAVEGUIDE FILTER UTILIZING EVANESCENT
WAVEGUIDE, WITH TUNABLE FERRITE LOADING
George Frederick Craven, Saw bridge worth, and Richard Fin-
nic Skedd, Bishop's Stortford, both of England, assignors to
International Standard Electric Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 9, 1967, Ser. No. 681,637
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 30, 1966,
53,635/66
- Intel. H03h 7100, 7/10
U.S. CI. 333-73 W 9 Claims
ports a metallic film which in combination with the outer sur-
face of the waveguide forms a radial transmission line. The
dimensions of the feedthrough are such as to form a low O
resonant cavity for the resonant frequency field
3.639,864
TRANSPORTABLE COAXIAL CABLE
Bernt Kiostermark, Smedsbacksgatan 3B, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Oct. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 866,314
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 22, 1968, 14245/68
Int. CI. HO lb ////«, HOlpi/06
U.S. CI. 333-96 9 Claims
Coaxial cable for connection between an antenna and a
receiver in nonpermanent or mobile installations. The cable
is joined by short lengths of bendable sections thereby
enabling the cable to be folded into an easily transportable
unit.
A waveguide filter wherein transversely magnetized ferrite-
loading strips are mounted within a waveguide section to
produce cutoff at a higher frequency than in an empty
waveguide, thereby providing evanescent-mode operation at
the operating frequencies. The waveguide section is then ter-
minated in a capacitive reactance which at the center
frequency of the desired passband is the conjugate of the
positive imaginary characteristic impedance of the length of
evanescent waveguide. Means for varying the magnetic field
applied to the ferrite-loading strips is provided for tuning the
filter over a predetermined range of passband frequencies.
3,639,863
RADIOFREQUENCV FEEDTHROUGH
Stephen R. Monaghan, Harvard, and Jerome D. Hanfling,
Framingham, both of Mass., assignors to Raytheon Com-
pany, Lexington, Mass.
Fikd June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,233
Int. CI. HO Ih 7/74
U.S. CI. 333—79 5 Claims
«/J «/J V Wit* ^,..
17-^ IT/^
A feedthrough for supporting a wire passing through the
wall of a waveguide into a radiofrequency field. The body of
the feedthrough is made from a lossy dielectric matenal and
is formed so that its outer portion overlies the outer wall of
the waveguide. The outer surface of the feedthrough sup-
3,639,865
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Chuzo Takeda; Yoshihiro Kojima; Yamaguchi Toshiyuki, and
Yasuo Ariyama, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Feb. 9, 1971, Ser. No. 113,854
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 9, 1970, 45/10901
Int. CI. HOlh 75100
U.S. CI. 335-18 1 1 Claims
%^
A circuit breaker is provided which is capable of effecting
an instant cutoff when excess current is introduced while the
circuit breaker is in operation. In addition, the circuit
breaker has means cooperatively associated therewith for
selectively indicating normal cutoffs and those arising
because of excess current from the condition in which the
contact members are engaged during normal operation. In
this device, a movable arm rotatably disposed on a second
rotatably mounted arm has a contact secured to one end
which detachably contacts a fixed contact to switch a circuit.
Means are provided for normally urging the first movable
arm in a direction to separate the contacts. A driving device
for displacing the first movable arm and the second movably
arm jointly through an engaging mechanism connected
therebetween causes the contacts to engage, and another
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
369
device responsive to an excess current sensing means is pro-
vided for disengaging the engaging mechanism to permit the
contacts to be separated in such cases, even while the circuit
breaker is being normally operated.
3,639366
CONSTANT ACTUATING FORCE ARRANGEMENT FOR
A RELAY AND A RELAY-ADDER COMBINATION
Hugh Kane, Freeport, III., assignor to Honeywell Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,904
Int. CI. Ho Ih 67/02
U.S. CI. 335-132 5 Claims
A relay and a relay-adder combination incorporating a
constant force actuating arrangement allowing for the use of
the same coil in both configurations whereby a reaction force
which is encountered in the actuation of the relay per se is
bypassed in the actuation of the relay-adder combination and
is replaced by the force which is encountered in the actua-
tion of the adder and which is equal to the reaction force.
3,639,867
REED SWITCH
Shigeru Tanimura, Kyoto; Norio Maejima, Kameoka;
Kiiokazu Yoshimura, Osaka, and Seisuke Hinoda, Ikeda, all
of Japan, assignors to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co., Ukyo-
ku, Kyoto, Japan
Filed Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,336
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 17, 1969, 44/20189
Int. CI. HOlh 57/2*
U.S. CI. 335-154 5 Claims
The part of said metal pipe, which is bonded to a sealing
means such as a glass envelope, may be utilized as a tube for
exhausting air from and admitting the confined gas to the en-
velope.
3,639,868
MAGNETIC SWITCH MOUNTING MEANS FOR A FLUID
MOTOR UNIT
Ralph L. Gasper, Lansing, and Donald E. Riordan, Tinley
Park, both of III., assignors to Bimba Manufacturing Com-
pany, Monee, III.
Filed Mar. 17, 1971, Ser. No. 125,282
Int. Cl.lHOlh 9/00
U.S. CI. 335-205 6 Claims
/^
/-//
An adjustable form of magnetic reed switch mounting
means which utilizes a movable arm member in a slotted
track member adapted to be mounted along the exterior
cylinder wall of the air cylinder or other fluid motor unit. A
preferred form of the track has a cross section curved inten-
or surface while the base portion of the arm member that
moves in the track has corresponding curvature and is capa-
ble of having transverse angular rotation with respect to the
track and to the air cylinder so as to be able to fit against dif-
ferent sized housings.
3,639,869
MAGNETICALLY LATCHED SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Egon A. Pedersen, Pleasanton, Calif., assignor to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,570
Int. CI. HOlh I3i00,3ll2
U.S. CI. 335-207 1 1 Claims
A sealed switch having at least two reed-shaped magnetic
poles of resilient metal, which respond to the surrounding
magnetic field and cause contacts on their free ends to touch
to each other, and also having an atmosphere confined to the
area of and around said poles by a sealing means thereabout,
which switch is characterized in that at least one of said reed-
shaped poles is a partly flattened pipe of magnetic metal.
A magnetically latched switch assembly including a reed
switch mounted on a baseplate adjacent a biasing magnet,
whose field strength and orientation are sufficient to hold the
reed switch actuated but insufficient to independently actu-
ate the switch. A LATCH magnet and a RELEASE magnet
are separately mounted on a pair of reciprocating key stems,
the former with magnetic poles opposing, the latter with
370
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
magnetic poles assisting, the field associated with the biasing
magnet Movement of the LATCH magnet into proximity
with the biasing magnet concentrates the field associated
with the latter in the sWitch, closing the switch, which is sub-
sequently held actuated by the latter. Movement of the
RELEASE magnet into proximity with the biasing magnet
reduces the field associated with the latter in the switch,
opening the switch
3,639,870
ELECTROMAGNETIC DEVICES
Reginald B. (;. Benson. 81 Cotes Road, Barrow -on-Soar.
Leicestershire. Lngland
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,916
Int. CI. HO If 7 1 OS
U.S. CI. 335 - 257 2 Claims
motor and carrying the armature at iLs upper end The
mechanical spring rate of the spring member can be adjusted
by removing material fn^m the web of the spring member,
and this locates the armature pivot point.
3,639,872
MEANS FOR CONTROLLING THE LEAKAGE FLUX IN
TRANSFORMERS
Petter Hevven, and Ruudi Siirak, both of Ludvika, Sweden, as-
signors to Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget,
V asteras, Sweden
Continuation of application Ser. No. 866,881, Oct. 10, 1969,
now abandoned . C ontinuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
827,877. May 26. l^'fty. nov* abandoned. I his application
Dec. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 103,302
Int. CI. HO If 27/24
L.S. CI. 336-84 2 Claims
».
21.22
'^M^:
An electromagnetic device compnsing a solenoid em-
bedded within a moulded body and an as.sociated armature
The device is adapted to be attached to a valve or other part
which is to be actuated by the armature and incorporates a
resilient means at its end adjacent the said part. Moreover,
for attaching the device there is provided a surrounding and
relatively slidable member adapted to be connected to the
valve or other part and having internal shoulders coactmg
with complementary shoulders formed on the body.
3,639.871
TORQUE MOTOR
Nicholas D. Trbovich, West Seneca; William H. Meyer, East
Aurora, and Paul R. Bauer, Akron, all of N.Y., assignors to
Servotronics, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y., by said Meyer and Bauer
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,446
Int. CI. HOlf 7108, 7113
U.S. CI. 335-274 10 Claims
in transformers for high power amounts, for collecting the
leakage fiux and leading it back to the iron core, plates of
laminated magnetic material are arranged close to the ends
of the winding coils and at least one end of the plates is in
magnetic connection with the core
to
3,639,873
POWER FUSE APPARATUS
Alfred W. Hodgson, Orchard Park, N.Y., assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,515
Int. CI. HOlh 85102
U.S. CI. 337 187 10 Claims
SUA
The invention relates to a power fuse assembly including a
A torque motor having a housing and an armature power fuse device having end ferrules and stab-type electri-
mounted in the housing. The armature is supported for oscil- cal contacts extending rearwardly from the end surfaces of
latory movement on an upright, solid armature mounting the ferrules for electrically engaging stab-jaw connectors
member anchored at its lower end to the bottom shunt of the without protruding laterally beyond the lateral dimension of
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
371
the power fuse device This electrical interconnect design
permits compact lateral packaging of a pluraJity of power
fuse assemblies in multiphase electrical systems.
3,639,874
FUSES
Gerardus Jacobus Deelman, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor
to Olvis Smeltzekeringenfabriek N.V., Utrecht, Netherlands
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,442
Int. CI. H01h*5/0«,^5/i6
U.S. CI. 337-185 2 Claims
insulating members Metallic terminal pins extend through
these members for mounting field-replaceable electrodes in a
side-by-side relationship An electrical fittmg is secured to
the top portion of the plug for enclosing the cavity Electri-
cally conductive means in the cavity interconnect the electri-
cal fitting and the pins The conductive means are insulated
A fuse in which two current conductors are connected by
fusible pellet, the connection between the current conductors
being broken by mechanical spring action at the exceeding of
a current threshold for which the pellet melts One or each
current conductor is combined and attached to an associated
biased resilient element, thus forming an interruption ele-
ment with both excellent mechanical and electrical charac-
teristics for providing the wanted interruption action.
En-
3,639,875
STRAIN GAGE ASSEMBLY AND METHOD OF
ATTACHMENT
Given A. Brewer, Marion, Mass., assignor to Brewer
gineering Laboratories, Inc., Marion, Mass.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,484
Int. CI. HOlc 9106
U.S. CI. 338-2 8 Claims
from one another and the probe body The probe body may
be readily installed in any piping system carrying corrosive
fluids without introducing any weakness into such piping.
The pipe plug subcomponent of the probe tiody can be
manufactured by available pipefitting techniques
3,639,877
VARIABLE-RESISTANCE FOOT CONTROL DEVICE,
FOR REGULATING THE SPEED OF AN ELECTRIC
MOTOR
Marcel Fresard, Petit-Lancy, Geneva, and Jean-Charles Don-
nat. Chatelaine, Geneva, both of Switzerland, assignors to
Mefina S.A., Fribourg, Switzerland
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,348
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 14, 1969,
7329/69
Int. CI. HOlc 9/02, 5/02
U.S. CI. 338-153 4 Claims
A strain-deformable wire resistance strain gage is ce-
mented to a ship propeller, and covered with a sellable
plastic protective layer in unset state; a sheet metal overlay is
spot-welded through the plastic to the propeller, after which
the plastic is cured, forming a seal around the welds
3,639,876
PROBE BODY FOR CORROSION TESTS
Homer M. Wilson, Houston, Tex., assignor to Petrolite Cor-
poration, St. Louis, Mo.
Original application Oct. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 764,884, now
Patent No. 3,558,462. Divided and this application July 28,
1970. Ser. No. 58,891
Int. CI. BOlk 3100; HOlc 7100
U.S. CL338— 13 10 Claims
A metallic probe body formed of a pipe plug with an upper
cylindrical cavity intersected by lower passageways carrying
A variable-resistance foot control device for regulating the
speed of an electric motor is particularly useful for sewing
machines. It has a casing containing the variable-resistance
element and a speed selection slider The actuating member
comprises a cover which pivots on a vertical axle against the
action of a return spring which is fixed between the casing
and said axle. The casing has a peripheral collar which the
skirt of the cover surrounds and an annular support surface
provided on the inside of the cover faces the collar The
slider is carried by a hinged lever actuated by turning the
foot on the cover, whereby a pin and groove mechanism
pivots the lever and moves the slider into contact with the
contact points on the vanable-resistance element
372
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3.639,878
ADJUSTABLE POTENTIOMETER WITH CONTACTOR
RATCHET AND CENTRAL POST-SECURING MEANS
FOR BASEPLATE
Louis W. Scheel, Columbus, Nebr., assignor to Dale Elec-
tronics, Inc., Columbus, Nebr.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,289
Int. CI. HOlc 9102
L.S. CI. 338-174 I Claim
3,639,880
SLIDING-TYPE VARIABLE RESISTOR '
Shunzo Oka, Hirakata, Japan, assignor to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co.. Ltd.. Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,012
( laims priorit), application Japan, Sept. 27. 1969. 44/92322;
44,92323: June 5. 1970. 45/55883: June 12. 1970, 45/58704
Int. CI. HOlc 9/02
U.S.CI.338-183 5 Claims
jk^\NN\M
4' 6' 5 ^
An adjustable potentiometer of the square-trim-type com-
prismg a case having a compartment formed therein and
which is closed by a cover extending thereover An arcuate
resistance element is positioned in the case compartment and
has a central post extending upwardly therethrough from the
bottom of the case A circular electrical collector means is
operatively rotatably mounted on the post and has a wiper
element thereon which is in movable electrical contact with
the resistance element. A first lead extends into the poten-
tiometer case and extends upwardly through the post. The
collector is rotatably mounted on the upper end of the first
lead and includes means for preventing the upward move-
ment of the collector with respect to the resistance element
The collector has spaced-apart teeth which are in threadable
engagement with an elongated lead screw rotatably extending
into the case The collector is of flexible construction to per-
mit the deflection or ratcheting of the threads with respect to
the threads of the lead screw when the wiper reaches the
limits of its travel to prevent damage to the unit. Second and
third leads extend into the case and are operatively con-
nected to the ends of the resistance element.
3,639,879
POTENTIOMETER COMPRISING A TRANSPORT
SCREW
Jan Van Rooijen, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, as-
signor to U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.V .
Continuation of application Ser. No. 824,481, May 14, 1969.
now abandoned. This application Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No.
66,652
Int. CI. HOlc 9/02
IJ.S. CI. 338-180 6 Claims
A sliding-type variable resistor comprising a baseplate with
resistance elements and conductive elements disposed on the
upper side thereof, a sliding block with contactors disposed
on the lower side thereof and with a plate spring and an
operating means provided on the upper side thereof, the con-
tactors being maintained in contact with the resistance ele-
ments and the conductive elements; a housing which covers
the baseplate in such a manner as to contain therein the slid-
ing block, an operating means having a thumb fitting at-
tached to the sliding bkx;k and being projected through the
slot on the upper side of the housing; and a friction plate
disposed on the upper surface of the sliding block and
pressed against the ceiling of the housing by means of the
plate spring, a gaseous grease layer being interposed between
the ceiling of the ceiling of the housing and the friction plate
so that a smooth sliding operation may be assured.
3,639,881
ROTARY VARIABLE RESISTOR WITH OBLIQUE TAPS
AND BRUSH SPANNING PLURAL TAPS
Tatsuo Fujii, and Vutaka Watano, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Nippon Kogaku K. K., Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 768,721, Oct. 18, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No.
92,848
Int. CI. HOlc 9104
U.S. CI. 338- 190 3 Claims
1 U H 23 15 21
Potentiometer including a transport screw for the linear ^
displacement of an insulating contact member, and a hairpin- A variable resistance element is provided in which a mul-
like contact spnng which engages the screw, the contact ticontact brush is slidable over a plurality of spaced tap ter-
member and a resistance track respectively. finals of a resistance element. The resistance element in-
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
373
eludes a resistance film deposited on a suitable backing and a
defxjsited conductive film in spaced strip form forming ex-
tending tap terminals for the resistance film The brush con-
tacts are aligned transversely to the path of travel of the
brush while the tap terminals are angularly disposed relative
to the path of brush travel so that at least two tap terminals
are engaged by the brush contacts as the contact brush is
moved relative to the tap terminals
3,639,882
FUSE BOX APPARATUS FOR A MOTORCAR
Soichiro Honda, and Hiroyuki Shimojima, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,609
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 28, 1969, 44/38130
Int. CI. HOlr 33100
U.S. CI. 339-10 8 Claims
\
the receptacle mounting strap When a grounding prong is in-
serted into this opening, it forces the leaf springs against
edges of the mounting strap so that the spnngs can be flexed
against these edges As a result, the fiexed leaf springs applv
substantial holding pressure to the grounding prong
3,639,884
GROUNDING CONNECTION FOR WIRING DEVICE
William Drapkin, Centereach, N.Y., assignor to Slater Electric
Inc., Glen Cove, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,452
Int. CI. HOlr J/06
U.S. CI. 339-14R 5 Claims
A fuse box in a motorcar has several fuse holders
removably holding respective fuses and several plugs are
electrically connected to the respective fuse holders and ex-
tend externally of the fuse box for engaging in plug sockets
for respective electric circuits. The plug sockets are mounted
in the car body so that the fuse box is removably engaged in
a compartment of the body by insertion of the plugs in the
plug sockets.
3,639,883
GROUND CONTACT FOR RECEPTACLE
William Drapkin, Centereach, N.Y., assignor to Slater Electric
Inc., Glen Cove, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,744
Int. CI. HGlr J/06
U.S. CI. 339—14 R 3 Claims
A ground contact for use with an electrical receptacle
comprises an integral metal stamping having two generally U-
shaped bridges interconnected by two connecting portions at
their open ends, and two leaf springs extending from respec-
tive connecting portions into a prong-receiving opening of
A grounding connection for a wiring device includes a
mounting strap having a screw-receiving aperture bv which
the strap is secured to an outlet box and a single spnng wire
extending across the aperture and adapted to exert pressure
on the shank of a screw inserted between an edge of the
aperture and the wire. The ends of the wire are restrained
from movement in a direction opposing the force applied to
the wire by the screw shank, but at least one end of the wire
is capable of lateral movement with respect to the screw so
that bowing of the wire is possible.
3,639,885
DISTRIBUTION DEVICE
Yoshio Yoshiya; Yoshiyuki Ishida, and Masamkrhi Ito, ail of
Kodoma, Japan, assignors to Matsushita Denko Kabushiki
Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,128
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 11, 1968. 43/98274
Int. CI. HOlr 9//2
U.S. CI. 339-21 R 3 Claims
A distribution device for distributing electric power com-
prising a duct including a pair of opposing conductors
respectively extending over the length of the duct and con-
nected to an electric source, and a plug detachably mounted
to the duct for transmitting the power from the conductors
through a pair of contactors of the plug to an associated
equipment. Each of the contactors of the plug as inserted
374
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
between the opposing conductors of the duct is resihentiv spaced relation to each other The contacts are formed of
pressed to each of the conductors in opposite direction to thin sheet material such as brass and each has a pair of lamp
each other when mounted The plug has a means to pm engaging Tingers formed at one end thereof by a slit ex-
tending lengthwise of the conUct and through a leg or base
irH
ptirtion of the contact extending at right angles to the fingers,
resiliently clamp its bcxiy to the duct, for allowing the plug to ^^"^ '^"^P P'" ^^ngagmg fingers of the contacLs are aligned
be moved along the duct while keeping the contactors in ^"^ "P*-'" ended slots in the housing in position for reception
their resilient contacting position with the conductors. "'^ ^ '^"^P P'" '" ^^^ ^''^^ between the fingers with a straight
movement of the lamp
3,639,886
WEATHERPROOF ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOX AND
RECEPTACLE
William Drapkin, Centereach, N.Y., assignor to Slater Electric
Inc., Glen Cove, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 4. 1970. Ser. No. 86,813
Int. CI. HOlr 13/44
L.S. CI. 339-36 6 Claims
3.639,888
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CONNECTOR
Robert B. Pittman, and Walter P. Kern, both of River Edge,
NJ., assignors to Industrial Electronic Hardware Corpora-
tion, New York. N.Y., by said Pittman
Filed Jan. 15. 1970. Ser. No. 3,036
Int. CI. HOlr 13/54
U.S. a. ^39- 75 MP 12 Claims
A weatherproof outlet box in which an electrical recepta-
cle can be mounted includes a plastic hood secured to the
outlet box and enveloping the receptacle The hotxJ includes
top, bottom and side panels, with the side panels diverging
outwardly and the top and bottom panels converging. The
hood is made of a pliable material s*.) that when pressure is
applied to the side panels, the narrow elongated sk)t in the
forward end of the hotxl is caused to open so that a plug can
be inserted into the receptacle
3.639,887
LAMPHOLDER FOR FLUORESCENT LAMPS
George E. Johnson, Bronxville, and Walter Newman. Forest
Hills, both of N.Y.. assignors to Leviton Manufacturing Co..
Inc.. Brooklyn. N.Y.
Filed Jan. 29. 1970. Ser. No. 6,789
Int. CI. HOlr Ji/0«
U.S. CI. 339-53 4 Claims
This invention relates to a push-in type of lampholder for a
bi-pin type of fluorescent lamp and the contacts employed
therein.
The lampholder has a hollow housing of insulating material
in which a pair of pin-engaging contacts are mounted in
?■" IS f'. ■ /^
A printed circuit board c(/hnector comprises a base and a
series of contacts mounted on the base and exposed at their
front sections Structure is operatively connected to the base
opposing and spaced from the contact front sections so as to
define therebetween a space for receiving a printed circuit
board A backing member is articulately mounted on the
base and located immediately behind the back section of the
contacts. This backing member is movable between a first
position in which it engages the contacts and presses them
toward the opposing structure and a second position more
remote from the opposing structure than the first position. As
a result of this movement of the backing member, the con-
tacts exert a greater or lesser force on a printed circuit board
which is located in the space, depending upon whether the
backing member is in its first or second position respectively.
The backing member, which is in the preferred embodiment
\
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
375
releasably engaged with the base, may be slidably or fiexibly ing in a piercing surface An actuating plate is adapted to be
moved between the first and second positions.
3,639,889
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
George Komadina, 1428 Clark, De Kalb, III.
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,576
Int. CI. HOlr 13/54, 17/06
U.S. CL 339-75 R
5 Claims
inserted in the bore and cause the spnng member piercing
surfaces to pierce the insulation of the flat cable and thus
make contact with conductors in the flat cable The actuating
plate may be formed of rib members with each nb member
An electrical connector structure adapted for quick con-
nection while yet maintaining the impedance charactenstics
of a transmission means, such as a transmission line. The
connector may be arranged for use with coaxial electrical
coupling elements permitting a plurality of simultaneous con-
nections to be made as between components of an apparatus.
The connector structure includes a tubular member provid-
ing releasable retained association of the electrical coupling
elements for facilitated connection and disconnection.
3,639,890
LOCKING CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY
William P. Stevens; George M. Hubbard, and William D.
Wagner, all of Franklin, Ind., assignors to The Bendix Cor-
poration
Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,662
Int.CI. HOlr /J/54
U.S. CI. 339-91 R 1 Claim
being associated with one of the spring members Further,
the spring members may be mounted in the bore in an un-
stressed condition prior to insertion of the actuating plate
Moreover, the spring members may be in the form of
semieliptical beam, with the end thereof having a pair of
piercing surfaces formed thereon
3,639,892
HIGH-VOLTAGE CONNECTOR
WilUam E. Dill, Natick; Maurice G. La Vault, Ashland; Stan-
ley L. Kokoszka, Framingham, and William W. Shrader,
West Newton, all of Mass., assignors to Raytheon Company,
Lexington, Mass.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,161
Int. CI. HOlr 17/14. 13/46
U.S. CI. 339-143 C 4 Claims
10
76 'f ^,* 1^8 T4^..f^^
An electrical connector assembly for use between a cable
and stationary device, the improvement being in the locking
mechanism of the connectors
3,639,891
TERMINATION OF FLAT CABLES
John W. Anhalt, La Crescenta, and James W. Maston, Al-
tadena, both of Calif., assignors to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,033
Int. CI. H01r9/0<^
U.S. CI. 339-99 R 6 Claims
An electrical connector member for use with insulated fiat
cable having a housing member with a bore extending
therethrough. A plurality of contact spring members are
mounted in the bore, each of said spring members terminat-
A high-voltage power connector, and methcxi of manufac-
ture thereof, for use with plug-in modules, each section of
the contemplated connector consisting of at least one central
conductor and a shielding member coaxially disposed about
the at least one central conductor and held in position by a
dielectric disc which is so shaped as to eliminated areas of
excessive electrical stress, the free ends of each conductor
and shielding member being movable orthogonally to the
dielectric disg so that when the modules are in their operat-
ing positions a shielded power connection is formed
376
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,893
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD EDGE CONNECTOR
John Philip Kunkie, and William Vito Pauza, both of Har-
risburg. Pa., assignors to AMP Incorporated, Harrisburg,
Pa.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,427
Int. CI. H05k //07 HOIr /i/64
U.S. CI. 339- 184 M 6 Claims
The disclosure relates to a one-piece molded housing hav-
ing terminals located therein in a cavity for making electncal
contact with a printed circuit board and the like At one end
of the terminal are circuit engaging fingers for engaging a cir-
cuit on a pnnted circuit board, and at the other end is a hole
for receiving a screw which secures the terminal end to the
housing in conjunction with a nut, the screw receiving under
Its head the bared end of wire conductor. This end of the ter-
minal may also have extending therefrom a tab portion for
mating engagement with a receptacle terminated wire con-
ductor.
3,639,894
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING TRAFFIC
INFORMATION
Ryohei Tanaka, Kyoto, Japan, assignor to Omron Tateisi
Electronics Co., Kyoto, Japan
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,404
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 19, 1969, 44/12386
Int. CI. G08g 1/08
U.S. CI. 340-31 A 12 Claims
An apparatus for detecting traffic information on a street,
which includes a vehicle detector provided with a plurality of
vehicle-detecting elements having their respective predeter-
mined detection areas on the street One of the detecting ele-
ments is always operatively connected to the detector to pro-
vide for the detector a detection area extending a minimum
distance or length along the street in the direction in which
vehicles run, for measurement of traffic infoimation under
the normal traffic condition, while the other detecting ele-
ments are selectively and additionally connected to the de-
tector to increase the distance of the detection area of the
detector for measurement under stagnated traffic conditions.
3,639,895
VEHICLE BRAKE LINING WEAR WARNING DEVICE
Heiner Wilhelmi. Hamburg, Germany, assignor to Jurid
Werke GmbH, Reinbek, Postfach, Germany
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,718
Claims priority, application Germany, June 3, 1969, P 19 28
215.6
Int. CI. G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 340-52 A 6 Claims
A signal generating means in an electric circuit cooperates
with the friction linings of an automotive vehicle warning
signal in case that the wear of the friction linings has reached
a minimum limit.
3,639,896
VEHICLE SPEED RESPONSIVE WARNING ACTUATING
SYSTEM
Michael Bozoian, Ann Arbor, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,266
Int. CI. B60q 1/00
U.S. CI. 340-62 6 Claims
Electronic control circuitry responds to vehicle speed to
actuate sequentially a plurality of warning lamps when vehi-
cle speed reaches predetermined values. Actuation of each
warning lamp automatically extinguishes its preceding lamp.
Other devices als<.) can be operated by the system, which at-
tains extremely high accuracy from conventional electrical
components.
3,639,897
VEHICLE HOLDUP AND THEFT ALARM
Rudor M. Teich, New York, N.Y., assignor to Babaco
Research, Inc., North Arlington, N J.
Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,363
Int. CI. B604 25/04; B60r 25/10
U.S. CI. 340-64 9 Claims
An alarm system for a vehicle provides both theft and hol-
dup prevention When the vehicle is unattended any
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
377
unauthorized attempt to open the cargo doors or to move the assembly coupled into the intake manifold and designed to
vehicle causes an alarm to be sounded and the motor to stall, respond to vacuum in said intake manifold above a threshold
An attempt at a holdup in which the cab door is opened value representative of an emergency condition, as brought
while the driver is within the cab causes an alarm to sound on by rapid removal of one "s foot from the gas feed pedal.
3,639,899
PROGRAMMED TRAFFIC SIGNAL AND METHOD OF
USING
Gunnar R. Ljungkull, White Bear Lake, Minn., assignor to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St Paul,
Minn. «:*
Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,300
Int. CI, F21qi/02, F21v 13ll4
U.S. CI. 340- 110 12 Claims
f .:^J^ ^
and the motor to stall after a predetermined period of delay.
The siren will continue to sound for at least a predetermined
period even if the thief should gain possession of the alarm
key and turn the alarm circuit off.
A signal or display device comprising a condensing lens,
aperture means having all aperture-defining edges located
substantially at the focus of the lens, and a light source for
providing diffuse illumination to the lens from the focus and
from the entire aperture, contains a moveable filter member
for interposing between source and lens and located substan-
tially at said focus.
3,639,900
ENHANCED ERROR DETECTION AND CORRECTION
FOR DATA SYSTEMS
Harry Cari Hinz, Jr., Arvada, Colo., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,836
Int. CI. G06k 5/00; Gl lb 27/36
U.S.XCL 340- 146.1 16 Claims
3,639,898
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM AND
SWITCH MEANS THEREFOR
Robert G. Booth, 6661 Banning Drive, Oakland, Calif.
Filed Apr. 2, 1 969, Ser. No. 8 1 2,668
Intel. B60qy/4^
U.S. CL 340—71 6 Claims
J
A signal system adapted to anticipate application of brakes
in an automotive vehicle, utilizes a vacuum operable switch
KtMlCI
[t CHtci urs
■^^ e iK\jn » - , ,T VrriiM , ■ "OVIK lif CMC ■
,TT«MMIL ^^eoof ctS«« ^^ won SrST'l ■"♦
KHMACI K
. I tnin^ V 1
coot tKive%\
, cooE co«y[iiiioa
k «IC »OII'tlS
, 6 awi tf
1 CKCl »iIS
lie :a«i!C"ioi '
Quality of record readback operations on a real time basis
is used as pointers to possible error conditions. The pointers
are combined with error detecting and correcting coding
schemes, preferably of the residue type, for detecting and
correcting large numbers of errors in a group of data bits.
The data and check bits are preferably organized in a
geometric array in a self-clocking record system of the mag-
netic media type, the data within check bits are uncoded run-
length-limited code. During readback, the run-length-limited
code is first converted to data and check bits, then error de-
tection and correction is effected using the pointers. Validity
of the run-length-limited code is used as an additional
pointer. Examples of marginal operation {xjinters are exces-
sive phase shift in the readback signal, undesired amplitude
378
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
r
deviations in the readback signal, undesired velocity varia-
tions in the record system and incorrect wavelengths.
3.639,901
ERROR CORRECTING DECODER UTILIZING
ESTIMATOR FUNCTIONS AND DECISION CIRCUIT FOR
BIT-BY-BIT DECODING
Michael E. Mitchell, Syracuse, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
FUed June 10, 1969, Ser. No. 831,860
Int. CI. H04I 1 1 10, H03k 19142
U.S. CI. 340-146.1 5 Claims
OOCD j^ i/^' - - .""N.-,-, . . ^ . .,
*'*"'^ ^-^ Tj.-j.^l**, ■WINW ■.• Kit ll.aiR« II M . Itt» II « . •« ««^«« >« IllT I •«!■»: II4T*» ' lit ' •■
TO *!■■■•; ■ ' I ' ' ' 1'
- occooc* V
- Timing
CiRCJiT i
TTTT
ES
«i9iii0ifi0Rif
;■„ Z, "•9 "9 "«» "M ^^cT"
"1
£ ^..9«.6.«e'... [-17^ «^'^?^ h
y37 ^ thOESholD
aecrsioN
f.'-
2 D€COO€0
«*D0*JT
^ _^ *«9«a9"i«@"»
An error-correcting decoder circuit is disclosed, for decod-
ing redundantly coded digital signals. The disclosed circuit
includes a plurality of modulo 2 adders for generating estima-
tor function bits from selected bits of a received code word,
and a decision circuit that generates an output bit in ac-
cordance with the majority of the estimator functions if a
majority decision is possible, and which substitutes the ap-
propriate received bit in place of the undefined majority
decision output that arises in the event of a "tie" between the
estimator functions (i.e., when half of the estimator functions
are " 1 ' and the other half are "0").
3,639,902
CHARACTER RECOGNITION USING SHAPE
DETECTION
Walter Dietrich, Breslauerstr, Germany, assignor to Interna-
tional Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,515
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 5, 1969, P 19 1 1
269.7
Int. CI. G06k 9lli
U.S. CL 340-146.3 J 5 Claims
J
The arrangement according to the disclosure provides, in
addition to the actual recognition, that there is detected a
distinction in identical zones with respect to similar charac-
ters appearing in those /ones The result of this added dis-
crimination serves to increase the recognition reliability of
the character detected anJ to reduce the possibility of errors
in the case of similar characters.
3,639,903
METHOD OF AND AUTOMATIC SYSTEM FOR
RECOGNITION OF OBJECTS BY THEIR CONTOUR
REPRESENTATIONS
Rimantas Alfonso Nashljunas, Vilii^jus, ul. L. Giros, 3, kv. 2;
Romualdas Alberto Zhiabys, Viliivjus, ul. Eisukyavichus,
46. kv. 86; Kazimieras-Gediminas Kazimiero Buclyunas,
Vilii^us. ul. Antakainio, 105, kv. 18, and Povilas Prantsish-
kaus Shvagzhdys, Vilii\jus, ul. Eidukyavichus, 38, kv. 14,
all of V ilnjus. U.S.S.R.
Filed Apr. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 725,316
Int. CI. G06k 9//0
U.S. CI. 340- 146.3AC 25 Claims
wtrMT'-ef ,-vntrvi ugml^
h
^
trait fee
•ing unit
l~Ti
'.u,
JJ
"wnbfr
TT
I I
I I
I I
t L .
I
I
Ccar
•^
UiL
rt<jrorteriilif
ctrtOi '^<ng Lnit
! cntensi/tgyr } , /tO
■ 1 *^ I
i
___J Life tfpr
T-Ji"
t Lt"t If If . _
j_tf/K7/|fj/*ty unit J
jy
1 .Intrrifcuvn ana . I
'. rJ 1*~,"I \ intrrval cntenar* I
L L I \':ntrn.ecuanutvt^ '>i \
— — m^intfiali mrajunit^\ — 1
I ui^it J
A method and apparatus for recognizing objects by their
contour representations being similar to the contour of a
reference object The method and apparatus includes divid-
ing the contour representation into scanning lines, coding the
lines into code line digits, determining the number of inter-
sections of the background and contour in each line, deter-
mining transitions from lines with one number of intersec-
tions to lines with another number of intersections, automati-
cally fixing lines at the places of transitions, dividing the con-
tour representation by the fixed lines into sections, forming
section codes of the sections from present digits of respective
section line codes, detecting in the section line code being
obtained code portions confined between the code digits cor-
responding to the intersections in at least one of the fixed
lines defining the boundaries of the sections, determining
closed-open contour characteristics of the contour portions
between intersections in the fixed lines by the character of
the code portions, and determining by the obtained closed-
open contour characteristics of the contour portions whether
the object being recognized belongs to one of the reference
objects.
3,639,904
DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF LOOP
CONFIGURATION AND SERIAL TRANSMISSION OF
TIME SLOTS
Jeganandaraj A. Arulpragasam, Westhill, Ontario, Canada,
assignor to International Business Machines Corporation,
Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,778
Claims priority, application Canada, Nov. 10, 1969, 067,036
Int. CI. H04<) 9m
U.S. CI. 340- 147 R 18 Claims
In a data communication system a plurality of remote sta-
tions and a central station are arranged in a series loop. The
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
379
central station transmits a succession of time slots to the loop
and information is transferred between the central station
and the remote stations with character interleaving under
control of the central station Each remote station includes
one or more terminals A terminal wishing to transmit a
message sends a request-for-service signal to the central sta-
tion in the first free time slot received by its remote station.
3,639,906
KEY IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM HAVING KEY CODE
CONTROL
Peter R. TritMrh, 1 92 Marlboro St., Boston, Mass.
Filed Oct. 14, 1968. Ser. No. 767,209
Int. CI. H04q 3100
U.S. CI. 340—149 9 Claims
|k:i>-CD
The terminal cannot transmit a message or a further request-
for-service signal until it receives a proceed signal from the
central station. After receiving a proceed signal the terminal
can transmit a message. At the end of the message the ter-
minal is again locked out (ie it cannot transmit message
data) but remains free to transmit a request-for-service signal
by which means it may again obtain a line position.
3,639,905
CREDIT CARD SYSTEM HAVING MEANS FOR SENSING
IF OBJECT IS LIVING
Koichi Yaida, Osaka, and Shizuya Ano, Kyoto, both of Japan,
assignors to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co., Kyoto, Japan
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 92,977
Int. CI. H04q ilOO
U.S. CI. 340-149 6 Claims
s/yeca/7 '
CA/fO fVA£)f,P,
-<5-L
~<r^y*f/=.*^A ra/p
A system for identifying the user of a credit card or the
like, wherein a predetermined portion of the living body,
such as a finger or a hand, of the user of a card is used for
identification of the user. The system is provided with means
for checking whether the object presented by the user of a
card is the predetermined portion of the living body of the
user so that any fraudulent use of an object simulating the
portion of a human body can be prevented.
'h
^^^
ENCODING
TRANS-
MITTER
DECODING
BECEiVEf
AND
ANS*ERlNO
MEANS
INPUT DEVICE IHEV)
A type of ordinary key is inserted into an ordinary looking
lock that provides a group of unique tone pairs characteristic
of the code identified by the key These groups of tone pairs
are transmitted to a central processing unit The central
processing unit responds to the pairs of frequencies by trans-
mitting appropriate control signals that unlock or refuse to
unlock an appropriate lock or indicate that the key holder
may or may not be entitled to credit
3,639,907
INTERROGATED TELEMETRY ALARM SYSTEM FOR
PHYSIOLOGICAL MONITORING
Wilson Greatbatch, Clarence, N.Y., assignor to Mennen-
Greatbatch Electronic, Inc., Clarence, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,582 ■" ^
Int. CI. H04q 9100
U.S. CI. 340- 1 50 4 Claims
''^5 — -p
r
76-
•27 .
-T
^1
4^
^7^
^'^
S7. ^>
55^
-^5lI^-^
PRBV-PViFCP
-*» 33^
?:9
J :^.-
<■,
t-
T — r
■*>9
"!-•«»
3&^
36-,
37,
3a
CrO*^ f-. A •» D
Apparatus for monitonng from a single station a physiolog-
ical condition of each of a plurality of remotely located pa-
tients. A radio transmitter at the station generates sequen-
tially a plurality of tone signals, one for each patient and
each of a different frequency, on a common carrier. A radio
receiver with each patient has a band pass corresponding to a
particular one of the tone signals. Each receiver when ad-
dressed activates a radio transmitter with the patient for
transmitting to a single receiver at the station a coded signal
indicative of the physiological stale of the patient, derived
from signal generating means operatively connected to the
patient. The signals received at the station are sequentially
routed, decoded, and applied to suitable indicators.
380
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
3,639,908
SOLID-STATE ANALOG CROSS-POINT MATRIX
HAVING BILATERAL CROSSPOINTS
Nornuui Hovagimyan, Cherry Hill, and Robert Neak Van
Delft, Pennsauken, both of N J., assignors to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,396
Int. CI. H04q 1/00, 3/00. 9/00
II.S. CI. 340- 166 7 Claims
LJMMUH '
@M[^SI
LitHt^tHt i|. 4: ^^;^|;^^s
=i±:
-t^y::^^ " K^t^t:^:i:*^:^t!l^5i^
between the selected channel and the designated input/out-
put unit through the exchange
3,639,910
MLLTl-lMAGE AND SIGNAL STORAGE ON A STORAGE
TLBE TARGET
Steven R. Hofstein, Princeton, NJ., assignor to Princeton
Electronic Products, Inc., Princeton, N J.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,699
Int. CI. G06f J//4
U.S. CI. 340— 172.5 8 Claims
20
f
i
r
s"
IIUCE
SOURC£
lUACE
SOURCE
lUACE
SOURCE
1
LEVEL
SETTER-
^-2t
UTE CPCUTHV
l'^
STORAGE
TUBE
H »/b
C0NVE3rrEJ»
DISPLAY
CONTROL
T
XT
30^ OISPI-AI [_
[iMAtJ SELECTOR j. -2>
■^APE STORAGE
1-
A solid-state switching matrix building block which utilizes
bilateral devices to couple analog signals from an input ter-
minal to desired output terminals. The building blocks, in-
cluding associated logic circuits, are such that they may be
built on a single P-MOS integrated circuit chip.
3,639,909
MULTICHANNEL INPUT/OUTPUT CONTROL WITH
AUTOMATIC CHANNEL SELECTION
Erwin Arthur Hauck, Arcadia, and Jacob F. Vigil, Sierra
Madre, both of Calif., assignors to Burroughs Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
FUed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,545
Int. CI. G06fi/04, 13/00
U.S. CI. 340- 172.5 5 Claims
SffcCiSSM
I MA \
r^
CO*t TBOi.
»t » » tt
« X .S itCMMSi
A~^
Method and apparatus for enabling simultaneous storage
of multiple images and/or digital data on a storage tube tar-
get, and for selectively retrieving such information.
3,639,911
DIGITAL PROCESSOR HAVING AUTOMATIC
CONFLICT-RESOLVING LOGIC
Neil G. Frieband, Framingham, and Douglas O. Kendrick,
Northborough, both of Mass., assignors to Incoterm, Marl-
boro, Mass.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,026
InL CI. G06f 9118
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 17 Claims
u-tt
AUTOMATIC EXECUTIVE L _
WouCNCE CORTBOL iJ«tI- -
^•UMLUufTl ^1
^MriMeTe i»h— i
MtMOP- OA'i 9uS
-Rao »Al
I r
_^
or cooe
■casTcn
^y
mOOMTROL
TMMG
UNIT
-UJi-
I/O BUS
REOSTE" I , . ,
^ 1 ' I COWITIOR I ^
T -T3CCGCER WOVjj
*""" K„ J '•^ C"RT
I/O dcvxTe K
t
1.^
AH'i*l£-c 9^5
A multiplexed input/output system for controlling transfer
of data between a large number of input/output units and a
buffer memory on a time-shared basis over a small number of
channels in which any one of several channels may be used
to service any one of a number of inputVoutput units through
an input/output exchange. In response to the designation of a
particular unit, special logic determines which of the several
channels is to be used and establishes the proper connection
A digital data processor for transferring information with
associated devices has an automatically operating executive,
i.e. conflict-resolving, logic unit that resolves operating con-
flicts arising from the asynchronous operations of the proces-
sor and the associated devices when one calls for an informa-
tion transfer with the other. The processor operates under
control of the logic unit to store off interrupted status at and
load in new status information from memory locations
dedicated to this purpose and identified, at least in part, by
the particular device with which the processor is operating.
\
February 1, 1972
ELECTRICAL
381
3,639,912
MANAGEMENT CONTROL SUBSYSTEM FOR
MULTIPROGRAMMED DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM
Donald J. Campbell, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Honeywell In-
formation Systems Inc.
Filed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816,624
Int. CLGOSb 79/04
3.639.91.^
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADDRESSING A
MEMORY AT SELECTIVELY CONTROLLED RATES
George A. Watson, Tustin, Calif., assignor to North American
Rockwell Corporation
FUed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875.178
Int. CI. G06f /5/J4
U.S. CI. 340-172.5
4 Claims U.S. CI. 340— 1 72.5
12 Claims
JO q»oc uTtwfc^T mcTQw'
"OO •wVUCJiL OmMXl
jo5 —
*ntitmt act Bjxji
'-Sr--
••
(vMf MtOOIUM
""^M^'"^
a^MC MIOVUM
.T3-
A management control subsystem for a multiprogrammed
data-processing system, wherein a varying amount of working
storage space is reserved for the use of the management con-
trol subsystem in providing management control services for
the user programs, the amount of working storage space
reserved corresponding to the number of user programs in
execution.
A memory contains digital data of related informational
content in a plurality of discrete locations identified by
respective addresses, llie memory is addressed, or accessed,
at a rate which depends upon the desired spacing between
data from the various locations as it is sequentially read from
the memory. In a specific embodiment, the data constitutes
amplitude values of a complex waveform of the type
produced by a musical instrument, at equally spaced points
in time along an axis of the waveform. Apparatus for ad-
dressing the memory at any of a plurality of selectively con-
trolled rates includes a calculator for continuously computing
a set of numbers each defining a different spacing between
the data during readout of the memory When a desired rate
of readout is selected, as by selecting a desired frequency of
repetition of a complete cycle of the stored waveform, the
number associated with that rate is sampled from the com-
puted set and is periodically increased by its own value to
identify appropriate data addresses in the memory, for ac-
cessing that data, at intervals of the periodic increase cor-
responding to the desired rate of readout
DESIGNS
FEBRUARY 1, 1972
222,900
RAKE FOR SHAG Rl GS
Mildred Derian, Redondo Beach, Calif., assignor to
J. F. Kerns Industries, South El Monte. Calif.
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 23,456
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D4— 0/
L .S. CI. D4— 3
222,903 .
CARTON STACKING BRACKET FOR PALLETS
OR THE LIKE
Robert Lee Griffith, 501 Russell St.,
( ovington, Ky. 41011
Original design application Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 18,794,
now Patent No. 220.166, dated Mar. 16, 1971. Divided
and this application July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 23,949
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS— 03
U.S. CI. D8— 233
222,901
MATERIAL HANDLING HOOK
Jerome E. Meadows, 124 W. Kyle Place,
Gadsden, Ala. 35901
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 21,884
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 14
222,904
CARTON STACKING BRACKET FOR PALLETS
OR THE LIKE
Robert Lee Griffith, 501 Russell St.,
Covington, Ky. 41011
Original design application Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 18,794,
now Patent No. 220,166, dated Mar. 16, 1971. Divided
and this application July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 23,953
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D&—03
U.S. CI. D8— 233
222,902
CHAIN SAW
Richard W. Condon, Frankfort, Vernon L. Krabbe,
Beecber, Henry R. Johannes, St. Anne, and Roscoe
Combs, Kankakee, III., assignors to Roper Corpora-
tion, Kankakee, III.
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 26,027
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 05
U.S. CI. D8— 65
222,905
CLOSURE OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Alfred \\. Kinney, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 21,290
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI, D9— 07
V£. CI. D9— 267
T — r
T T
382
February 1, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
383
222,906 -
CHAIR
Ivan L. Loesch, Huron, S. Dak., assignor to Spacer
Furnishings Corporation, Huron, S. Dak.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 23,079
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D15— 1
222,909
HOUSING FOR A TACHOGRAPH
George R. Stehl, Stony Brook, and Daniel November,
Kew Gardens, N.Y., assignors to Wagner Electric
Corporation
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 23,262
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIO— OS
U.S. CI. D26— 14
d
r
i
^^''/A
222 907
ROCKER SUPPORT FOR AN INFANT SEAT
WilUam H. Rymes, Center Ossipee, N.H. 03814
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 20,445
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 06
U.S. CI. D15— 6
222,910
COMBINED MAGNETIC TAPE ANT) TAPE
REEL THEREFOR
Reinhold M. Weiss, Chicago, and T. Michael Dennebey,
La Grange, III., assignors to Memorex Corporation
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 24,978
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 07, D16— 07
U.S. CI. D26— 14
222 908
PENDULUM AMUSEMENT DEVICE
Robert J. Voth, San Diego, Calif., assignor to
EssTee Industries, San Diego, CaUf.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 24,634
Term of patent 7 years -
Int. CI. D19— 05
U.S. CI. D25— 1
222,911
MAGNETIC TAPE CASSETTE
Reinhold M. Weiss, Chicago, and T. Michael Dennebey,
La Grange, III., assignors to Memorex Corporation
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 24,971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CL D14— O;
U.S. CI. D26— 14
384
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
r
222,912
WALL RACK FOR HOLDING HOUSEHOLD
ARTICLES
Dorothee M. Maurer, Hafsburger Platz 2,
Munich, Germany
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 22,566
Claims priority, application Germany Oct. 30, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6—04
U.S. CI. D33— 3
222,914
TOY FIGURE
Alan S. Reynolds, Bournemouth, England, assignor to
Wonkie International Inc., Woonsocket, R.I.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 24,485
Claims priority, application Great Britain Feb. 17, 1971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 01
U.S. CI. D34 — 4
222,915
ROCKING AND SPINNING HOBBYHORSE
Leroy Alston, 1242 Hicks Blvd., Fairfield, Ohio 45014
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 24,944
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
222,913
SUPPORT RACK FOR TOOLS AND
SMALL ARTICLES
Anne M. Searcy, Tbomasville, Ga., assignor to
Handy Anne, Inc., Tbomasville, Ga.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 23,663
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D6— 0^
U.S. CI. D33— 3
222 916
MODEL RACING CAR
Josef Helmut Karasek, Lenggries, Germany, assignor to
McNamara Racing K.G., Lenggries, Germany
Filed Sept. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 25,061
Claims priority, application Great Britain Mar. 22, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
February 1, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
385
222,917
MODEL RACING CAR
Eric Harrison Broadley, Pangbome, near Reading, Eng-
land, assignor to Lola Cars Limited, Slough, England
nied SepL 18, 1970, Ser. No. 25,062
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain Mar. 23, 1970;
May 20, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
222,920
LAMP
Walter Koziol, Russell, 111., assignor to
Beatrice Foods Co., Chicago, Dl.
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 23,272
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D26— Oi
U.S. CI. D48— 31
222,918
MODEL RACING CAR
Gianpaolo Dallara, Modena, Italy, assignor to Frank
Williams (Racing Cars) Limited, Slough, England
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 25,291
Claims priority, application Great Britain Apr. 7, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
222,921
LITTER RECEPTACLE
Eleanor V. Kingsley, 490 Preciado St.,
Pomona, Calif. 91766
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 25.949
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 05
U.S. CI. D49— 35
222 919
MODEL RACING CAR
Anthony Colin Bruce Chapman, Norfolk, England, as-
signor to Lotus Components Limited, Norwich, Norfolk,
England
nied Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 25.847
Claims priority, application Great Britain May 9, 1970
Term of patent 7 years
Int CL D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
U.S.
222,922
TV PROGRAM SELECTOR
Joseph A. Doumit, 109 N. Evangeline St.,
New Iberia, La. 70560
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 21,874
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. DIO— 05
CI. D52— 6
895 O.G.— 13
386
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 1, 1972
222 923
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert S. Conland, Vernon, N.Y., assignor to
Oneida Ltd., Oneida, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,618
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7—03
U.S. CI. D54— 12
222,925
OTOSCOPE
Arthur J. Pulos, Fayetteville, N.Y., assignor to Welch
All\n, Inc., SItaneateles Falls, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 24,793
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D24 — 02; B16— 08
L.S. CI. D57— 1
,--;ar-^
222 926
PORTABLF SHOLLDER SUPPORTED MOTION
PICTURE CAMERA
Herbert Sawaskv, 31 Brewster Road W.,
West Massapequa, N.Y. 11758
'■ Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 24,484
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. B16— 01
U.S. CI. I>61— 1
222,924
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Frank R. Perry, Oneida, N.Y., assignor to
Oneida Ltd., Oneida, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 22,683
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dl—03
U.S. CI. D54— 12
222,927
HORN
Fusaaki Tsuhata, Fusocho, Japan, assignor to
Imasen Electric Co., Ltd.
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 25,282
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D29— ^2
U.S. CI. D72— 1
/
February 1, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
387
222,928
TIRE
Gilbert Joseph Hoke. Kenmore, N.Y.. assignor to Dunlop
Tire and Rubber Corporation, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 30. 1970. Ser. No. 21.157
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. nil— 14
U.S. CI. D90— 20
222,929 .
ELECTRIC DRY SHAVER ♦
Maarten VVillem van Leiyveld. Drachten, Netherlands,
assignor to Carinthia Elektrogerate G.m.b.H.
Filed May 15, 1970. Ser. No. 23.010
Claims priority, application Austria Nov. 18, 1969
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D28— C'i
U.S. CI. D95— 3
i
/
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 1st DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
Note— Arranged in accordance with the fir«t significant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice)
/
A-T-OInc.;S«—
Ault, Wayne E, 3,638,734.
Aascn.Torulf F.: See—
Thomas, Herbert P , Hartman, Thomas E . and Aasen, Torulf
F,3,639,057
AB Ljungmans Verkstader: See—
Eklund, Hans Erik. 3,638,689.
Abbot, Earl: See —
Lickliter, Robert Paul; Abbot, Earl, and Reeves, John
F, 3,638,465
Abbott, Bobby R. Collapsible stool 3,638,588. CI. 108-128.
Abbott Laboratories: See—
Prillig, Elliott, 3,639,565.
Abe, Yoritsune, to Hitachi, Ltd Refrigerator with capillery control
means. 3,638,447, CI. 62-222
Abel, Bernard: See-
Birr, Jacques; Colson. Georges; Abel. Bernard; and Charbonnier,
Patrice,3,639,178.
Abromavage, John C.; and George, James F , to Arcoa. Incorporated.
Multiphasic medical examinations screening laboratory construc-
tion. 3.638.641, CI. 123-2.
Acec Ateliers de Constructions Electriques de Charleroi: See—
Leglise, Alexandre, 3.639,823.
ACF Industries. Incorporated: See—
Dare. Roy R.; and Carney, John L , Jr., 3,639,007
Ackroyd, Harry Briggs. to Scot Meat Products Limited. Production of
cooked meau. 3.638.554, CI 99- 1 07
Adams, Bobby F.; Pyne. William J.; and Gullo, Jamc« M., to Diamond
Shamrock Corporation Method of killing fungus on plants
3,639.608. CI. 424-274
Adams Rite Manufacturing Company: See—
Davidson, Robert E.. 3,638.984
Adams. Thomas F ; Mattes. Lyle T , and Roulund, Poul B , to FMA,
Inc. Segmented light table. 3,639,746. CI 240-2.
Adelman, Robert Leonard, to Du Pont de Nemours. E I . and Com-
pany Ethylenc-vinyl acetate-allyl glycidyl ether terpolymer and
plasticized compositions containing same 3,639.365, CI. 260-80 72
Adicoff, Arnold: See—
Woodman. Alan L . and Adicoff. Arnold. 3. 638,698
Aerojet-General Corporation: See—
Grakauskas. Vytautas. 3.639.102.
Acroquip Corporation: See—
Hubbel. Edward F . 3.639,72 I .
Aerotron, Inc.: See—
Sauber. Charles R ; and Parker. Roy A , 3.638.832
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Herzhoff. Peter; Gref. Hans; Behr. Rolf, Maus, Fritz. Schweicher.
Wolfgang; Wasser. Willi; Fricdsam, Josef; and Browatzki. Kurt.
3,638.604
Herzhoff, Peter; Schweicher, Wolfgang. Maus. Friu; Wasser, Wil-
li; Browatzki, Kurt, and Gref. Hans. 3.638.845
Kisselmann. Willy. Rumpclein, FnU, Kopf, Paul; and Landbrecht.
Franz. 3.639.836
Wagner. Karl. 3.638. 542
Ahlstone. Arthur G . to Vetco Offshore Industries. Inc Direct drive
casing hanger apparatus. 3.638.725, CI. 166-226.
Ahn Kie Y., to International Business Machines Corporation Transi-
tion metal doped EuO Tilms. 3.639.1 67. CI 1 1 7-240
Airpot Corporation: See-
Cohen, Arthur M. 3.638.769.
Ajinomoto Co.. Inc.: See —
Nagai, Toshiaki; and Yamaura, Isao, 3,639,467
Akiya. Fumio: See—
Koyanagi. Shunichi, Ogawa, Kinya; and Akiya, Fumio.3,639.270
Aktiebohget Nohab: See—
Munkstrand. Nils Eric, 3.639.072
Aktiengesellschaft Brown. Boveri &. Cie: See—
Stemmler, Herbert. 3.639.820
Akuba.Uche. Suturing instrument. 3.638.654. CI 128-340.
Alas. Raigo: 5^*—
Leavitt, John N.. Alas. Raigo. and Dafoe, Edwin C, 3.638. 502
Alberto-Culver Company: See—
Schmitt. William H.. 3.639.568.
Albertson, Noel F.; and Michne. William F, to Sterling Drug Inc 1-
Substituted-2-( phenyl or benzyl)-3- or 3,3- piperidine(mono or
dicarboxylic) acids and esters thereof, and ocUhydrobenzo[gl-quin-
olines and hexahydro-5H-indeno( l,2,^Jpyridines produced
therefrom. 3,639.41 1. CI. 260-294.
Albertson, Noel F.; Rosi, David, and Mcrola. Armando J , to Sterling
Drug, Inc. 1 .2.3.4.5,6.-Hexahydro-8-substituted-6-alkyl- 1 1 - ( H or al-
kyI)2,6-melhano-3-bcnzazocines. 3.639.4 10. CI. 260-294.54
^
Albrecht, Robert E Device for preventing the clogging of gutters and
downspouts. 3.638.369. CI. 52-16.
Albrecht, William J 5e«-
MusUkai. Gus C , Albrecht. William J., and Bookwalter. George
N. 3,639, 129.
Albright & Wilson Limited: See— ^
Miller, Glyn, and Smart, Graham Michael. 3.639,645. ♦
Alda. Harold: See—
Schmid, Richard O.. and Alda. Harold.3.638.790
Alexander. Raymond L : See—
Brown. John B, and Alexander. Raymond L. 3.638.260.
Alford Industries Incorporated: See—
Dubey. William B., 3.638.850.
Alford. Wilbur J :5«-
Fay, Homer, Alford. Wilbur J , and Dess. Howard M .3.639.776.
Alinder. Gilbert L., to Clinton Supply Co Automatic current reversing
switch. 3,639.704. CI. 200-1
Allan, Earl E.: See—
Stipanovic. Joseph G., and Allan. Earl E. 3. 638. 503
Allen, Clifford W , to Westinghouse Air Brake Company Low to high
fluid pressure interface apparatus. 3,638,670, CI 1 37-8 1 5
Allen, Herbert, to Cameron Iron Works. Inc Extrusion apparatus and
method. 3.638.469. CI. 72-263
Allen, Joseph C; and Bauer, Charles L , to Texaco Inc Method of
treating a subterranean hydrocarbon- bearing formation 3,638.727.
CI 166-259
Allen-Bradley Company: 5<*—
Brandt. Ivan L.. and Penrod. Orville R . 3.639 274
Alles. Hans-Ulrich. Klauke, Erich. Kuhle. Engelbert. Eue, Ludwig. and
Hack. Helmuth. to Farbenfabriken Bayer \ktiengesellschaft N-
(2.2.4.4-tetrafluoro-l .3.-bcnzodioxanyl)-ureas 3.639.668, CI 260-
340.3
Allied Chemical Corporation: See-
Craven. William J.. 3.639.381 .
Ebert, David A .3.639.451
Hartman, Paul F. 3.639.189
Kray. Raymond J . Tetenbaum, Marvin T , Wenner, Wilbert M ,
and Barton. Oliver A . 3.639.326
Kubanek, Anne-Mane W , 3,639.480
Lazarus, Stanley D .and Twilley. lanC , 3,639,350
Little. Edwin D. and Hir&ch, Clarence A ,3,639,1 15
Oxenrider. Bryce C , Litt, Morton H . and Slavik, Ferdinand M ,
3.639.464
Sack. John J. 3.638. 755
Wooster. George S . and Delgado. Frank M. 3.639.355
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company See—
Ryczck. William G.. 3.638.8 12.
Allison. Birt. Jr.: See-
Brown. Rene P . Allison. Birt. Jr.. and Meek. Paul D ,3,639,490.
Allmanna Svenska Elektri&ka Aktiebolaget See —
Htssen, Petter, and Siirak, Ruudi. 3.639.872
Alloy Metals, Incorporated: See —
Ullman, Terry S, and Lecznar, Chester J , 3,639.548.
Almac Cryogenics. Inc.: See—
Hedstrom. Albert V . 3.638.442
Alms. Erhard E. Temporary heating system for multi level buildings
3.638.858. CI. 237-50
Alnor Instrument Company: See—
Meijer.RobertS. 3.638.488
Alpine. Albert Earl, to Certain-Teed Products Corporation Branch
pipe fitting for fluid pressure pipe line 3.638,972. CI 285-156
Alsop, Ranulph Michael, and Bremner, Ian, to Fisons PharmaceuUcals
Limited. Pharmaceutical compositions containing ferric hydroxide
complexed with dextran or dextrin heptonic acids 3,639.588. CI
424-180.
Alt, Gerhard H.. to Monsanto Company Method of combatting chew-
ing insect larvae species of the order lepidoptera using N.N'
dicyclopropyl dithiooxamide 3,639.627. CI 424-320
Altermatt, Hans, to Ciba Limited Vat dyestuffs 3.639,430, CI 260-
368
Alters. Max F.: See-
Thompson. Elbert Gordon, and Alters. Max F .3.638.326
Althoff, Heinz, to Eisenwcrk Wescrhutte AG Walking mechanism for
moving heavy loads. 3,638,747, CI. 1 80-8.
Aluminum Company of America See-
Thompson, ChaHes B, 3,639,107
Amann, Charles A.: See-
Sheridan, David Carl, Amann, Charles A . and Ricketis. James
M, 3.638,533.
American Allsafe Company, Inc See—
Militello, James V ,3,638,240
PI 1
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
t
February 1, 1972
American Cyanamid Company: See —
Baitinger, William Frederick, Jr., 3,639,333.
Busch. Claus Wyman, Jr., 3.639.232.
Drain, James Joseph, 3.639,595.
innes.John Edwin, 3,639,48 I.
Spalding. Richard Elliot Thornton, 3.639.149
American Hospital Supply Corporation: See—
Cisler, Earl J , and Gelbuda, William A., 3,638,584
American Hospital Supply Corporition: See—
Leiugas, Joseph J.; and Likken, Gene B., 3,638.935.
American Newspaper Publishers Association Research Instituteq In-
corporated: See-
Hilt, Charles H.. Cashau. George R.; and Holtz, Hans D.,
3,638.936.
American Optical Corporation: See—
Grolman, Bernard, 3,639,042.
Kantorski, Joseph W , and Young, Charles Gilbert, 3,639.066.
American Telephone and Telegraph Company: See —
Thompson, Harold K., 3,639,702
Ames. Stanley R., to Eastman Kodak Company. Medicinal composi-
tions for administration to animals, and process for adm inistering
same. 3.639.587, CI. 424- 173.
Amicon Corporation: See —
Bixler, Harris J ,3.639,162.
Sternberg, Shmuel; Bixler, Harris J.; and Michaels, Alan S.,
3,639,306.
Amoco Production Company: 5**—
Driscoll, Vance J , 3,638.731
AMP Incorporated: See—
Clark, Donald George, and Hicks. Derek J , 3,638,877.
Kunkle, John Philip, and Pauza, William Vito, 3.639,893
Anders, Hans Joachim, to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Brake shoe for spot-type disc brakes 3,638,764, CI 188-
73.1
Anders, Walter G., to Diebold incorporated. Leveling device for power
file. 3.639,024. CI 312-268.
Anders, Walter G., and Skolmutch, Jon S., to Diebold Incorporated
Power file leveling device. 3,639,023, CI. 3 1 2-268.
Anderson, Dennis G.: See—
Marion, Donald L., Anderson, Dennis G., and Strand. Robert
C, 3,639,325
Anderson, Donald H.: See-
O'Brien, Robert J , Woodall, Norman B.; and Anderson. Donald
H .3,639,061
Anderson, Gene W.: See-
Gray . John; and Anderson, Gene W, 3.639,08 1
Anderson, Paul G. Sudium chair with folding seat. 3,638,998, CI. 297-
332.
Anderson. Robert F , to Electro-Craft Corporation. Motor-generator.
3.639,792, CI 310-113.0
Anderson, Robert F.; See —
Kovalcik, Vicenter P., and Anderson, Robert F, 3,639,754
Anderson. Victor F.. to Shell Oil Company. Metal core plastic chair
3.639.001. CI. 297-445.
Anderson, William C: See—
Moll, Charles J, and Anderson, William C, 3,638,404.
Ando, Sadanao, and Miyagawa, Funihiro, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh.
ElectrosUtic image developing device 3,638.609, CI. 1 18-426.
Ando, Satoshi: See—
Tamura, Yoshio; and Ando, Satoshi, 3,639, 203
Ando.Takuji: See—
Nagata, Akio; Ando, Takuji, Izumi, Rokuro, and Sakakibara.
Hideo.3.639.580
Andra. Klaus. Porrmann. Herbert; and Hutschenreuter. Elfriede. to
Kalle Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the production of a multi-layer
sheet material. 3.639.146. CI. 1 17-68.
Andrascheck, Hans Joachim; and Zentner. Erich, to Farbwcrke
Hoechst AktiengesellschaA vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning.
Shaped articles on the basis of polyvinyl chloride. 3,639,509, CI.
260-876.
Andrew, John R., to Columbus Auto Parts Company, The. Ball joint.
3,638,976. CI. 287-90.
Andrews. Bernard, to Leesona Corporation. Balloon breaker.
3,638.415. CI. 57-108.
Andrews, Ray. to Hercules Incorporated. Wax-resin-hydroxypropyl
cellulose thcrmofluid vehicles. 3,639, 310. CI. 260-17
Anhalt. John W.. and Maston. James W.. to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation. Termination of flat cables. 3.639.891,
CI 339-99.
Annemarie. Ribbentrop: See —
Winter, Werner; Thiel. Max; Stach, Kurt, Wolfgang. Schaumann,
and Annemarie. Ribbentrop. 3,639, 423.
Ano. Shizuya: See —
Yaida, Koichi; and Ano. Shizuya,3,639,905.
Anocut Engineering Company: See—
Malkowski. Leonard R.; and Bielak, Sigmund H., 3.639.225.
Anthonijsz, Edwin Maximiliaan Constantijn, to U.S. Philips Corpora-
tion. Combination of a reflector and a halogen lamp. 3,639,750, CI
245-11.4
Anthony. William C: See—
Ursprung. Joseph J.; and Anthony. William C, 3.639.667.
Anzai, Shiro: See—
Onishi, Akira, Anzai. Shiro; and Ishii. Motoki.3.639.520.
Apollon Music Industrial Corporation. See —
Naito, Nobuatsu. Nakajima, Kasuhiko, and Watanabe, Yoshio,
3,638,874
Appleton. Anthony Derek, Wood, Michael Burke, and Mulhall, Brian
Edward Superconducting homopolar dynamo-electric machines.
3,639,793. CI 310-178
Appleton. Arthur I Explosion-proof flexible fixture hanger. 3.639.752,
CI 240-78
Aqua-Chem. Inc.: See—
Craig.GlennD, 3.638.621.
Aqua-Tech. Inc.; See—
Niederer. Otto C. 3.638,439
Aral. Fumiaki: See—
Shimizu. Sakae; Arai, Fumiaki, and Kurotori. Tuneo.3.639.1 22.
Arai. Sumio: See—
Hayashi. Noburo. Katsumi. Mamoru; Ogata. Yuzuru. Arai, Sumio;
Kurita, Yoshiaki, and Inamori, Yoshihiro, 3.639. 468.
Archer, Sydney, to Sterling Drug Inc l-[ 2-(2-Substituted-3-indolyl)
ethyl 1-4- substituted-piperidines and 4-substituted-l ,2.5. 6-
tetrahydropyridines 3.639,4 14. CI. 260-295
Arcoa, Incorporated: See —
Abromavage, John C, and George, James F., 3,638,64 1 .
Arden, John: 5ff —
Jordan, Leslie H , and Arden, John, 3.639.7 1 1.
Aresco Tak -Chief Proprietary Limited: See—
Yard, William James, 3,638.580.
Yard, William James, 3,638,58 1
Aresco Trak-Chief Proprietary Limited: See—
Yard, William James. 3.638.579
Argiro. Thomas J. Composition for reducing friction on coated abra-
sive cloth 3,639.3 1 6. CI 260-22.
Argoudelis, Alexander D . Coats. John H ; and Reusser, Fritz, to Up-
john Company, The Melinacidin antibiotic complex and process for
preparing the same 3,639,58 I , CI 424- 117.
Ariyama, Tokyo: See —
Takeda, Chuzo, Kojima, Yoshihiro, Yamaguchi, Toshiyuki; and
Ariyama, Tokyo,3,639.865
Arkla-lndustries, Inc See —
Dreannan. Wendell M. 3,638,635.
Arlt. Dieter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Preparation
of organic isocyanates fromisocyanide dihalides. 3.639.442. CI 260-
453
Arlt, Dieter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for
the preparation of 2-chloroalkyl isocyanide dichlorides in addition to
dichloroalkanes 3,639,479. CI 260-566
Armbrust, Herbert: i>f—
Sturm. Hans Juergen. Mayer, Kurt; Kilpper. Gerhard; and Arm-
brust. Herbert.3.639. 387
Armstead, George B . Jr . and Kelly. Edward A., to Merrow Machine
Company, The Sewing machine cooling system. 3.638.594. CI I 12-
218.
Arnone, Michael P : See—
Enseki. Richard K , and Arnone. Michael P. .3.638, 783.
Arrow-Hart. Incorporated: See —
Chnstensen. Paul M . and Petitjean. Robert J.. 3.639.715.
Arulpragasam. Jeganandaraj A . to International Business Machines
Corporation Data communication system of loop configuration and
serial transmission of time slots 3.639.904. CI 340-147.
Arya. Vishwa Prakash. to Ciba Limited. Azabicycloalkane derivatives.
3.639.390, CI 260-239
Ashby. Eugene C . Foster. Walter E , and Redman, Horace E., to Ethyl
Corporation. Preparation of magnesium aluminum hydride.
3,639, 104, CI 23-365.
Ashland Oil, Inc : 5^*—
Robins, Jams. 3,639,654.
Rodriguez, Jaime, 3,639,31 5.
Rozman, George J , 3,639.496.
Aslanova, Margarita Semenovna; and Yakovleva. Maria Alexandrov-
na Method of manufacturing taF>e possessing semi-conducting pro-
perties. 3.639,1 13, CI 65-30
Aspey. Wayne S.: S«—
Fischer. William H , and Aspey. Wayne S .3.639.7 1 3.
Atkins. Bobby L : See—
Brown. John H . Jr . and Atkins. Bobby L. 3.638, 709.
Atlantic Richfield Company: See-
Crocker. Richard E , 3,639,494
Marion, Donald L., Anderson, Dennis G.; and Strand, Robert C,
3.639.325
Rosenthal, Rudolph, Sheng, Ming Nan, and Zajacek, John G.,
3,639,486
Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc: See—
Bums, Joseph P ; FelUin, Joseph; and Kuehn, Erich, 3,639,294.
Bums, Joseph P.. Feltzin. Joseph, and Sanderson. Frank T.,
3.639.295.
Kuehn. Erich. 3,639.535
Mutchler. John Powell, 3.639,240.
Atlas Pacific Engineering Company: See —
Loveland, Malcolm W , 3.638,696
Attenhofer, A , AG: See—
Dobler, Hans, 3,638,958.
Atteridge, David G.: See —
Sinizer. David I., Fanelle, Louis H.; Toy, Albert; and Atteridge,
David G, 3,638.298
\
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Atwell. William H.; Salinger. Rudolf M ; and Seibert. Richard P.. to
Dow Coming Corporation Preparation of hyrosilanes 3.639,105.
CI. 23-366.
Ault. Wayne E.. to A-T-O Inc. Reinforced fusible element 3.638.734.
CI. 169-42.
Austin. Arthur L.; Pizzini, Louis C . and Levis. William W.. Jr.. to
BASF Wyandotte Corporation. Ester-containing polyols having
halogen and phosphorus atoms. 3.639.541 . CI. 260-952.
Austin. George K.. Jr. Dental handpiece control. 3.638,310, CI. 32-22.
Autometrics Co.: See—
Cushman, Charles Richard. 3.639,83 1 .
Automobiles Peugeot: See—
Tixier. Michel, 3.638,748.
Avco Corporation: See —
Wolf, David L.; and Stelzer. Robert A . 3.638,506
Averbuch, Joseph. Apparatus for severing and stripping insulated wire.
3,638,517, CI. 81-9.51
Avery Products Corpioration: See—
Muny, Richard P.. and Wilson. David W., 3.639.500.
Avisun Corporation: See—
Port. Morton I, 3.639.573,
Ayad. Kamal Naguib. to Monsanto Chemicals Limited. Thioal-
kylthiobenzothiazoles. 3.639.663. CI. 260-306.
Ayd. Frank J.. Ill; and Long, Stephen E.. to Catalyst Research Cor-
poration. Thermal battery initiation sequencer. 3.639,773. CI. 307-
48.
Aziende Colori Nazionali Affini ACNA S.p.A : See—
Ponzini. Sandro; Castelli, Paolo, and Lewendel, Jean Stanislao.
3,639,398.
B. & B. Chemical Company, Inc.: See —
Fullerton, Donald E , 3.638.837.
Babaco Research. Inc.: See—
Teich.RudorM ,3.639.897
Babcock Sc Wilcox Company. The: See-
Font, Donald L.; and Schrengauer. Edwin B , 3.638,674.
Baccarini, Soemia. Device for use with apparatus for the counting of
particles in suspension. 3,638.677, CI. 1 37-576.
Badcock, George Gerald, and Dyke. Wilfred James Cecil, to Evans
Medical Limited. Method of controlling fungi and bacteria.
3.639.631, CI. 424-326.
Bader, Erich, and Koert. Hubert, to Deutsche Gold- und Silber-
Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler. Process of making laminated sheet
products. 3,639.191. CI 156-284
Badger Company. Inc.. The: See—
Martel. Eugene H.. and Schuch. Gerald T.. 3.639.497.
Sheel. Harold R. 3.639.103.
Badin, Elmer J., to Cities Service Oil Company. Smoke suppressant
compositions for petroleum fuels. 3,639,109, CI 44-66.
Badische Anilin- &. Soda Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Fischer, Roman; and Pommer, Horst, 3,639,437.
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Leichtle, Otto, 3,639,466.
Nieswandt, Werner; Linge, Hermann, Pirzer, Hans, Hoerauf.
Werner; and Hetz, Herbert, 3,639,659.
Petersen, Harro; Renner, Klaus-Christian; and Diem, Hans,
3,639,455.
Sander, Bruno; and Sperber, Heinrich, 3,639,630.
Staiger, Gerhard; and Stedefeder, Joachim, 3.639,375.
Sturm, Hans Juergen; Mayer, Kurt; Kilpper, Gerhard, and Arm-
brust, Herbert, 3,639,387
Trieschmann, Hans-Georg, Wisseroth, Karl, Scholl, Richard; and
Herbeck, Rudolf. 3,639,377
Baer. Marvin B.: See—
Helfand. Fredric E; and Baer. Marvin B ,3.639,728.
Baggett. James C: See—
Schultz. Roger L.; Baggett. James C . and McGlothlin. Raymond
E. 3,639.233.
Bailey. Denis M.. to Sterling Drug Inc N.N-Alkylenebis [2-lower alkox-
y-2-substituted- alkanamidines] and their preparation. 3.639.478.
CI. 260-564.
Bain. Andrew. Electrical conduit coupling means. 3.639.677. CI 174-
84.
B.iin. Bruce N. Board game apparatus. 3,638.946. CI 273-134
Baitinger. William Frederick, Jr , to American Cyanamid Company.
Aliphatic amides as light stabilizers for pigmented polymers.
3,639,333, CI. 260-41.
Baker, Allister L., to Keuffel & Esser Company Drafting machine
scale locking device. 3.638.320. CI 33-79.
Baker Oil Tools, Inc.: See—
Salerni, John v.. 3.638,724.
Baker, Robert H. Golf club head cover temporary retaining device.
3,638,284, CI. 24-73.
Bald w in , R ic hard H .: 5«r—
Olsen, George P.; Towle,^ Philip H ; and Baldwin, Richard
H, 3,639,465.
Baldwin, William J., to Corning Glass Works. Electron beam scanlaser
having photochromic O- spoiler 3,639,854, CI 33 1 -94 5
Ballard, Donnell A.: See—
Newton, Robert A., and Ballard, Donnell A. ,3,639,543.
Ballestra, Mario; and Triberti, Domenico. Synthetic detergent in bar or
cake form and the method to manufacture same. 3,639.286. CI. 252-
109.
Balmat. Georges; and Jaillet. Jean, to Merlin Gerin. Gas blast circuit in-
terrupter having conducting orifice means. 3.639.7 1 2. CI. 200-148.
Balme. Maurice; and Ducloux. Maurice, to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. Ther-
mostable polymers obtained from phenols and aromatic tetracarbox-
ylic acid anhydrides, 3.639.340. CI 260-47
Balske. Robert J.: See—
Chupp, John P . and Balske. Robert J .3.639.592.
Ban. Itsuki. Tape drive speed changing apparatus 3.638.952. CI. 274-
4
Banitt. Elden H.: S«—
Robertson. Jerry E.; Harrington, Joseph Kenneth; and Banitt,
Elden H ,3,639,361.
Bar Maid Corporation: See—
Van Horn, Gilbert N, 3,638,268.
Barch, John J., to Tenneco Chemicals, Inc. Fungicidal method and
composition containing substituted benzylthiocyanates 3,639.618,
CI, 424-302.
Barden Corporation. The: See—
Schoen. George J.; and McKee. Lewis W. 3.639,017
Bardo. Gerald B,. to International Business Machines Corporation,
Wire forming machine, 3.638.687. CI 140-71
Barger. Delos R Grain grinder 3,638.87 1 , CI 241 -255. .
Barker. Arthur Frederick, and Nack, Edward John, to Du Pont de
Nemours. E I., and Company Vessel with stabilizer. 3,638,826. CI.
220-69.
Barks. Robert W Faucet adapter 3.638,968. CI 285-8.
Barlow. Gordon A., Meyer. Burton C. and Glass, Marvin I., to Glass,
Marvin, & Associates. Designing toy, 3,638,3 19, CI, 33-18.
Barnes-Hind Pharmaceuticals: See—
Kaspar, Hans H.. and Kirk, Paul F , 3,639,576
Bamhart, James W,, to Dow Chemical Company, The, Method of
lowering serum cholesterol 3,639,636, CI 424-346
Barten, Pict Gerard Joseph, to U,S, Philips Corporation. Color cathode
ray tube with plural cathodes and three common grids each having
same plurality of beam-defining apertures. 3,639,795, CI 3 1 3-70
Bartlett, William F ; and Oswald, William A , to Stromberg-Carison
Corporation. Time division multiplex data switch. 3,639,693. CI
179-15.
Barton. David W,; and Muller. George H . to Ford Motor Company,
Energy absorbing bumper 3.638.985. CI. 293-7 1 .
Barton. Oliver A.: See—
Kray. Raymond J., Tetenbaum, Marvin T.; Wenner, Wilbert M.,
and Barton, Oliver A ,3.639,326.
BASF Corporation: See—
Robertson, Alan L.and Rady-Pentek, Arthur A., 3,638,381.
BASF Wyandotte Corporation: See—
Austin, Arthur L , Pizzini. Louis C ; and Levis, William W , Jr.,
3,639,541
Pizzini. Louis C, and Levis. William W . Jr , 3.639,542.
Schmolka, Irving, 3,639,574.
Schmolka, Irving R, 3,639,575
Basfeld, Klaus, and Schreiber, Heinrich. to Maschinenfabrik Buckau R
Wolf Aktiengesellschaft Filter structure 3,638.798. CI 210-404
Bassett, Frank W., to Cooper of Canada Limited. Replaceable blade
and shank for a hockey stick and a hockey stick made therewith.
3,638,942. CI. 273-67.
Bathgate. Robert J.; and Boyer. Jackson S.. to Sun Oil Company.
Method of treating asphaltenes prior to high temperature processing
with vanous high polymers 3.639.322. CI, 260-28 5
Batigne. Daniel. Boichard, Jacques, Gay, Michel, and Janin, Raymond,
to Rhone-Poulenc S.A, Process for the preparation of bis-isox-
azoline. 3,639,416, CI, 260-307,
Battelle Development Corporation, The: See—
Haines, Kenneth A,, 3,639,032,
Haines, Kenneth A , 3,639,033,
Battista, Orlando A,, to FMC Corporation, Carbonization of cellulose
crystallite aggregates. 3,639,266, CI 252-42 1
Batzer. Othmer F.. to International Minerals &. Chemicals Corpora-
tion. Virus insecticide. 3.639.578. CI. 424-93
Bauer. Charles L.: See —
Allen. Joseph C . and Bauer. Charles L .3.638.727.
Bauer. Paul R.: See—
Trbovich. Nicholas D . Meyer, William H , and Bauer, Paul
R, 3,639,871.
Baumann, Heinrich: See —
Rossler, Heinrich Georgi F., Baumann, Heinrich, and Zeidler,
Falk.3.638.701
Baumgarten. Fritz: See—
Charlap. E. Paul. Baumgarten. Fritz; and Fischer.
Lothar.3.639.051
Baxter Laboratories. Inc.. 5«—
Ginger, Leonard George; and Mather, Adaline Nicoles,
3.639.213
Goldhaber, Richard Paul, 3,639,084
Bayer Industries, Inc.: See—
Breitkopf, Walter J., Bayer, Jack L., and Bayer, Leon F.,
3,639,071.
Bayer, Jack L.: See —
Breitkopf, Waller J ; Bayer, Jack L.; and Bayer, Leon
F.,3,639,071
Bayer, Leon F.: 5**—
Breitkopf, Walter J , Bayer, Jack L , and Bayer, Leon
F..3.639.071.
Beard. Garry E.. to Ford Motor Company Vanable advance engine ig-
nition timing control. 3,638.627, CI. 123-117.1
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1. 1972
Beaton, John; Edwards, Dougia* C, and Wunder, Richard Helmut, to
Polymer Corporation Limited. Reactive polymen and proceu for
the production thereof. 3,639,339, CI. 260-47.
Beaucamp, Klaui, to Boehringer Mannheim GmbH. Proceu for the
preparation of creatine phosphate. 3,639,21 1,CI. 195-29.
Beck, Richard, Jr.; Gravelle, Homer E.; and Ferguson, Jamet A., to
Sundttrand Corporation. Centrifugal pump. 3,639,073, CI 415-109.
Becker Drilling (Alberta) Ltd.: Set—
Sandquiit, Alvin V.; and Becker, Floyd Walter, 3,638,970.
Becker Drills Limited: See—
Sandquist, Alvin V., 3,638,989.
Becker. Floyd Walter: See—
Sandquist, Alvin V., and Becker, Floyd Walter,3,638,970.
Becker, Franz: See—
Eisner, FriU; Becker, Franz, and Kolf, Heinrich, 3,638,767.
Becker, Joseph Gerald: See—
Grand, Paul Sheldon; and Becker, Joseph Gerald, 3,639, 570
Becker, Joseph J., to General Electric Company. Method for improv-
ing the effectiveness of a magnetic Tield for magnetizing permanent
magneu. 3,639,182, CI. 148-103.
Becker, Marvin; and Belmuth, Harold. Girdle gripping surface
3,638,658, CI. 128-535.
Becker, Robert A.: See—
Byers, Charles A., and Becker, Robert A.,3,639,821 .
Beckman, Bengt Eriing. ImiUtion candle. 3,639,749, CI. 240-10.
Becton Dickinson Electronics Company: See—
Wilner, Leslie B, 3.638,481.
Bednarchuk, Jury Vladimirovich: See—
Karpman, David Bentsionovich, Boris, Volkovich, Konovalov,
Spivak Leonidovich, Bednarchuk, Jury Vladimirovich, Chigirin-
sky, Alexander Abramovich, Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich,
Glider, Evgeny Khaimovich, and Gradov, Oleg
Borisovich,3,639,794
Bednarski, Thaddeus E., to Black and Decker Manufacturing Com-
pany, The. Insulated armature construction and method. 3,639,789
CI 310-43.
Beears, Warren L., to Goodrich. B. F.. Company, The. Hexahydro-
l,3.5-tris-(4-hydroxyarl)-s-tria2ines. 3.639,336, CI. 260-45.8
Beebe, Joseph A., to Buckeye Steel Castings Company, The. Resilient
bearing mounting. 3,638,582, CI. 105-218.
Beecham Group Limited: See—
Butterfield, WUliam J. H., 3,639,628.
Moran, David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivian, Bukac, Zbynek,
Sebenda, Jan, Moran, David Martin; and Croucher. Jack Vivi-
an, 3,639,560.
Moran, David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivian; Bukac. Zbynek,
Sebenda. Jan; Moran. David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivi-
an, 3,639,560
Behlen, Horst, to International Standard Electric Corporation. Circuit
arrangement for forming a variable reactive impedance 3,639.827
CI. 323-74.
Behr, Rolf: See—
Herzhoff. Peter; Gref. Hans; Behr, Rolf, Maus, FriU, Schv^eicher.
Wolfgang; Wasser, Willi; Fricdsam, Josef; and Browatzki.
Kurt,3,638,604.
Beijer, Louis Benjamin: See—
Jacobs, Cornells Adrianus Joannes; Beijer, Louis Benjamin, and
Driessen, Antonius Jozephus Gerardus Comelis, 3,639, 80 1
Belart, Juan, to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation
Power assisted brake. 3,638,426, CI. 60-54.6
Belden Corporation: 5**—
Stier, Ronald L., 3,639,674.
Bell & Howell Company: See-
Blum, James, and Johnson, Robert P., 3,638,934.
Bell Punch Company Limited: See—
Drage, James John, and Kitz, Norbert, 3,639.742.
Kit2,Norbert, 3,639,743.
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated: See—
Dillon, Joseph F., Jr., and Garren, Charles G B., 3,639,855.
Duncan, Robert SUnwood, 3.639,038.
Egerton, Lawson, and Thomson. John. Jr.. 3,639.1 32.
Foxhall. George Frederic, and Moline, Robert Alan, 3,638^300.
Lin, Lawrence H. 3.639,031.
Padowicz. Henry N. 3,638. 306 !
Patel. Chandra Kumar Naranbhai, 3,639,775.
Wolff, Peter Adalbert, 3,639,774.
Bellan, Heinrich: See—
Scherer, Lorenz; Bellan. Heinrich; Wohrle, Rudolf, and Eggen-
muller, Alfred, 3.638.406.
Bellinger. Horst; See—
Wessendorf, Richard; Nosier, Heinz Gunter; and Bellinger
Horst,3,639,444.
Belmuth, Harold: See-
Becker, Marvin; and Belmuth, Harold, 3,638,658.
Belohoubek, Erwin F., to United States of America. Navy, mesne
Microwave signal delay apparatus 3.639,802. CI 3 1 5-3 5
Belokin. Paul. Jr Pill dispenser with top rotatable relative to base
3,638,830, CI 221-246
Bendix Corporation, The: See-
Lewis, Richard L., 3,638,528
MacDuff, Sunlcy I., 3.639,008.
Meyers, Robert E.. 3,638.427
Stevens. William P.; Hubbard. George M.; and Wagner. William
D. 3.639.890.
Benefiel. James William; and Opioari, Anthony William, to Celanese
Coatings Company Article having a multi-layer coating and proceu
for producing same 3,639,147, CI. 1 17-73.
Beninghof, William J., Jr., to Perception Technology Corporation.
Characterizing audio signals. 3,639,691, CI. 179-1.
Benmussa, Henri; Bui, Ngoc-Sanh; and Trouble, Gerard, to Interna-
tional Sundard Electric Corporation. Telegraph line scanning
system 3,639,682, CI 178-3
Benn, Walter R , to Searle, G D , & Co.3-Oxygenated 21^-hydrocar-
bonsulfonyl-5-a pregna-I7(20),20-dienes and 1,3,5( 10)-tri«de-
hydro 19-nor derivatives corresponding. 3,639,435, CI. 260-397.5
Bennett, Alden H , and Williams, Leslie G., to Burger King Corpora-
tion Cooking apparatus for comestibles immersed in heat oil.
3,638,558, CI 99-408
Bennett, James G , and Cooper, Glenn D., to General Electric Com-
pany Formation of polyphenylene ethers. 3,639,656, CI. 260-47.
Bennett, Richard J : See—
Gagle, Duane W .and Bennett. Richard J. ,3,639,3 1 7.
Bennett, Willard H Apparatus for producing a highly concentrated
beam of electrons 3,639.849, CI. 328-228.
Benson. Reginald B. G. Electromagnetic devices. 3,639,870, CI 335-
257.
Bentvelzen, Joseph Maria: See—
Brandts, Theodorus Gerardus; Lichtenberger,Joseph Alois, and
Bentvelzen, Joseph Maria.3.639.199.
Bergan, Philipp D System of domes for use in molding concrete slabs
3,638,902, CI 249-28
Bergemann, Gerald T . and Dulaney, Ernest N , to Collins Radio Com-
pany. Method and means for measuring weighted noise in a commu-
nication link 3.639,703, CI 170-175.3
Berger. Dieter: See—
Genz. Heinz; Berger, Dieter. Pfleiderer, Dieter; and Seeliger,
Horst.3.639,207
Bergman, Kenneth C , and Jennings. Thomas C , to Synthetic Products
Company Pellucid halogen-containing resin compositions.
3,639,3 19, CI 260-23.
Bergwerksverband GmbH: See—
Rieschel. Hans; and Jacobi. Oskar. 3.638.53 1
Berry, Daniel Victor, and Knott, SUnley Gerald Thomas, to Ingersoll
Locks Limited Locking bars. 3,638,460, CI. 70-52.
Berry. H Lee Suturing device. 3.638,653. CI. 128-340.
Bersano. Piero. to Norton Company. Pulp grinding machine having a
tapered control roll. 3.638.868. CI. 241-44.
Bertheas, Jean, to Thomson-CSF. Systems for proceuing frequency
modulated signals 3.639,695, CI 179-15.55
Berti. Giancarlo, to Finanz und Kompensations Anstalt Vaduz
(Liechtenstein) 2-Hydroxy-1.4-naphthoquinone aminobenzoates.
3.630.432. CI. 260-396
Bertsch. Richard, Fussner, Paul. Glaser. Manfred, and Nusser, Her-
mann, to Bosch. Robert. GmbH Electromotor and pump unit
3,639.085. CI 417-410
Besoyan. Kirk, to Safety Vee Brake. Inc. Manual control for auxiliary
brake device 3,638,766, CI 188-106
Bethlehem Steel Corporation: See—
Humphries, Darral V , 3,639,201 .
Lehman, Albert L, 3,639,1 17
Maxwell, Herris M , Sowers, John E.; and Laidman, John Neil,
3,639.142
Betts. Joseph E : See —
MacKenzie, Burton T . Jr , and Betts, Joseph E, 3,639,529.
Betz Laboratories, Inc.: 5*^ —
Shema, Bernard F ; Brink, Robert H , Jr., and Swered, Paul
3,639,293
Bevange AG: See—
Brummer, Hans. 3.638,477.
Bickel, Hans, Bosshardt. Rolf; Fechtig, Bruno; Menard, Enrico;
Mueller. Johannes, and Peter. Heinrich, to Ciba Corporation.
Derivatives of 7-aminocephalo8poranic acid. 3,639,396, CI. 260-
243
Bickford, John H , to Veedcr Industries Inc. Multiple product fluid
dispensing system 3,639,735. CI 235-94
Bielak. Sigmund H.: See—
Malkowski. Leonard R., and Bielak. Sigmund H, 3,639,225.
Bieringer, Johann: See—
Steffen. Robert; Crombach, Amo; Lossen, Hermann; and Bier-
inger, Johann,3,639,297
Bilancia. Raymond A.: See-
Harder. Arthur J, Jr . and Bilancia, Raymond A. ,3,638,897.
Biland, Hans Rudolf 5^*—
Luethi. Christian. Biland, Hans Rudolf; and Duennenberger,
Max.3,639,249
Biloco, Georges A . to Forano Limitee. Grinder feeding system.
3,638,792. CI. 209-73
Bimba Manufacturing Company: See—
Gasper, Ralph L ; and Riordan, Donald E.. 3,639,868.
Birkemeier, George R , to Timber Structures, Inc. Truu beam
swimming pool 3,638,245. CI. 4-1 72.19
Birr, Jacques; Colson. Georges; Abel, Bernard; and Charbonnier,
Patrice, to L'Air Liquide, Societe Anonyme pour I'Etude et I'Ex-
ploitation des Procedes Georges Claude. Thermochemical cutting or
scarfing process. 3,639,178, CI. 148-9.
Bishop. Eugene T.: 5*^ —
Hayter. Roy G , and Bishop. Eugene T, 3,639,523.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Bishop, Eugene T.; Hacfele, Walter R., and Hendricks, Willis R., to
Shell Oil Company. Block polymer insulation for electric conduc-
tors. 3,639, 163, CI. 117-217.
Bixler, Harris J., to Amicon Corporation. Electroconductive coating
3,639, 162, CI. 117-215.
Bixler, Harris J.: See—
Sternberg, Shmuel; Bixler, Harris J.; and Michaels, Alan
S, 3,639,306.
Bjerregaard, Poul. Tightening body for gas dispensers. 3,638,690, CI.
171-354.
Black and Decker Manufacturing Company, The: See—
Bednarski, Thaddeus E., 3,639,789.
Rebold, Jerome I., 3.638,5 19.
Black, Colon C, to Sheldon, E. H., and Company Drawer stop.
3,639,028. CI. 312-348.
Black, Richard I., to Remington Arms Company, Inc. Rescue light for a
life support system. 3,638,258, CI. 9-321.
Blair, Benton: See—
Blair, Farnham, 3,639,044.
Blair, Farnham, 1/2 to Blair, Benton. Semi-rimleu glaues. 3,639,044,
CI. 351-103.
Blakeway, Carman H , and Stone, Darold D , to Pacific Gas Equipment
Company. Hoisting apparatus. 3,638,804, CI. 212-8.
Blanchfield, Richard J., and Smith, John F., to Standard Chemical
Limited. Chlorate cell. 3,639,223, CI. 204-95.
Blankley, Clifton John, to Parke, Davis &. Company. 4-Phenylindoe-l-
(and 7)-acetic acids. 3,639,422, CI. 260-326. 1 3
Blatter, Herbert Morton: See—
Rosen, Melvin Harris, and Blatter, Herbert Morton, 3,639,614.
Blaw-Knox Construction Equipment Company, Inc.: See—
Williams, Lorcn, 3,638,540.
Bleil, Carl E., to General Motors Corporation. Semiconductive chip at-
tachment method. 3,638,304, CI. 29-626.
Blekicki, Henry Thomas: See—
Moran, Raymond Michael, Jr.; and Blekicki, Henry
Thomas,3,639,657
Bliss & Laughlin Industries, Incorporated: See—
Hippach, Wilbum L., 3,638,806.
Blissel, John J.: See—
Finkelstein, Leo, and Bliuel, John J.,3,639,108.
Block, Fred B.: See-
Clarke, Frank H . Jr , Block, Fred B , and Kofron, William
G..3,639,407.
Blonder, Fred D.:S«—
Higginbotham, Roy F., Blonder, Fred D.; and Snyder, David
E., 3,639,730
Blue Giant Equipment of Canada Limited: See—
Larsen, Kurt K, 3,638,961.
Blum, James, and Johnson, Robert P , to Bell & Howell Company,
mesne. Precision positioning tool. 3,638,934, CI. 269-3 1 I .
Boardman, Guy, and Dawson, Fred, to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited. Process of dispersing oil slicks. 3,639,255, CI. 252-312.
Boddy, Harold Albert, to Ralphs Unified Limited. Shoe upper drafting
apparatus. 3,638,263, CI. 12-8.8
Bodine, Albert G., Jr. Method and apparatus for fluid impregnation
utilising sonic mechanical vibration. 3,639,152, CI. 117-113
Bodner, Albert J.; See—
Morway, Arnold J.; and Bodner. Albert J. .3,639, 236.
Morway, Arnold J.; and Bodner, Albert J. ,3,639,644.
Bodolay, Stephen M.: See—
Bodolay, William A.; and Bodolay, Stephen M, 3,638. 784.
Bodolay, William A.; and Bodolay, Stephen M Two compartment uni-
tary bag. 3,638,784, CI. 206-45.34
Boehringer MannehIm Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See-
Winter, Werner; Thiel, Max; Stach. Kurt. Wolfgang, Schaumann;
and Annemarie, Ribbentrop, 3,639,423.
Boehringer Mannheim GmbH: See—
Beaucamp, Klaus, 3,639,21 1.
Boeing Company, The: See-
Clarke, David W, 3,639,131 .
Krogitad. Reuben S.; and Vali, Victor. 3.639,063.
Reed, Donald A., 3,638,885.
Boichard, Jacques: See—
Batigne, Daniel; Boichard, Jacques; Gay, Michel; and Janin,
Raymond,3,639,416.
Boileau, Jacques, to Compagnie Generale des Etablissements
Michelin, raison sociale-Michelin & C\e Pneumatic tire. 3,638,704,
CI. 152-353.
Bolger, James W., to Riker Laboratories, Inc., mesne. Process for the
liquefaction of mucus. 3,639,635, CI. 424-335.
Boling, James Willard. Motorcycle compreuion release. 3,638,632, CI.
123-182.
Bolinger, John F., to Meridian Industries, Inc. Rasher circuit.
3,639,777, CI. 307-202.
Bolitho, Walter J. Broiler. 3,638,634, CI. 1 26-41 .
Bolli, Hans-Ulrich, to Schweizerische Industrie-Gesellschaft Cutting
device with zig-zag knife. 3,638,522, CI. 83-345.
Bolt, Roberto.: See-
West, William W.. Bolt, Robert O.; and Gordon, Chester
D,3,639,546.
Bonisch, Herbert; Gaiser, Heinz; Huber, Guntram; and Kolle, Erwin, to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Outside mirror for motor vehicles.
3,638,899, CI. 248-483.
Book waiter, George N.: See—
Musukas, Gus C; Albrecht, William J., and Bookwalter, George
N, 3,639, 129.
Booth, Robert G. Differential preuure control system and switch
means therefor. 3,639,898, CI. 340-7 1
Boots Pure Drug Company Limited; See—
Oxley, Peter; and Housley, John Rosindale, 3,639,434.
Borchert, Peter Jochen; Slager, James Edward, Sommer. Ronald
George; and Zicnty, Mitchell Frank, to Miles Laboratories, Inc
Anti-Umish process using dicyandiamide formaldehyde condensa-
tion product. 3,639,646, CI. 252-1 80.
Borecki, William Joseph; and Gradishar, Frederick John, to Du Pont
de Nemours. E. I., and Company Package for preparation and
dispensingof heated foam. 3,638,786, CI. 206-47
Borg-Warner Corporation: See-
Lock, Thomas, 3,639,089.
Marsi, Joseph A., 3,638,957.
Boris, Volkovich: See—
Karpman, David Bentsionovich, Boris, Volkovich, Konovalov,
Spivak Leonidovich; Bednarchuk. Jury Vladimirovich, Chigirin-
sky. Alexander Abramovich. Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich;
Glider, Evgeny Khaimovich, and Gradov, Oleg
Borisovich.3.639,794.
Borrelli, Nicholas F , and Layton, Margaret M Bistable optical ele-
ments using transparent ferroelectric glass ceramics 3,639,771. CI
250-225.
Bosch. Robert. GmbH: See—
Bertsch. Richard, Fussner, Paul, Glaser, Manfred, and Nusser,
Hermann, 3,639,085
Eheim, Franz, 3,638.631.
Bosshardt, Rolf See—
Bickel, Hans; Bosshardt, Rolf Fechtig, Bruno; Menard, Enrico,
Mueller, Johannes; and Peter, Heinrich, 3,639, 396
Botineau. Jean: See—
Girard. Andre J , and Botineau. Jean, 3, 639,062
Bottcher, Kari-Heinz, to US Philips Corporation, mesne Method for
forming the vacuum-tight closure of a through-connection
3.638,305, CI. 29-628.
Boudouris, Angelo; and Plumadore, Harold M . to Eprad Incorporated
Pick-off device. 3.639.046, CI 352-92
Bourgeois, Claude Raymond, to Societe Nouvelle de Roulements
Rolling contact bearing seals. 3,639.01 6, CI 308- 1 87.2
Bourgeois. Yves: See— '
Roussos. Michel, and Bourgeois, Yves. 3.639, 264. '
Bourne. David: See-
Ferris, Ford, 3,638,870.
Boutet, Jean Testing device for threaded assembling means or
fasteners. 3.638,479. CI. 73-88
Bowe, Bohler &. Weber: See—
Fuhring, Heinrich; Fleschhut, Richard; and Wolter. Hans.
3,638,265.
Boye, Erhard, and Landin. Eric, to Gunnebo Bruks Aktiebolag Fasten-
ing clip intended to be fastened with a nail driving tool. 3.638,892,
CI. 248-300. -C^
Boyer, Jackson S: See—
Bathgate, Robert J, and Boyer, Jackson S ,3.639,322
Boyer, Marcel Louis, to C IT -Compagnie Industrielle des Telecom-
munications. Control arrangement for narrow band switching filter
3,639,852,0.331-1.
Boyles. Homer T.: See-
Moore, Paul A and Boyles, Homer T. 3.638.681
Bozoian. Michael, to Ford Motor Company. Vehicle speed responsive
warning actuating system 3.639.896. CI. 340-62
Bradford. William Clarke: See—
Ogden, Harry; Laidlaw, Neil Rutherford; and Bradford, William
Clarke,3,639,766.
Bradshaw, Jerald S., to Chevron Research Company Tricyclo-decene
tetracarboxylic acid diimide polymers 3.639,356, CI 260-78
Bradshaw, John A.: See—
Plunkett, Robert L.;and Bradshaw, John A. ,3, 639, 194.
Braemer, Frank C, to Chemical Construction Corporation Adjustable
annular venturi scrubber. 3.638,925. CI. 261-62.
Braid, John E.: See—
Cubbon, Robert C. P.; Braid, John E, and Hewlett,
Colin,3,639,425.
Brandt, Ivan L.; and Penrod, Orville R , to Allen-Bradley Company
Electrical resisUnce composition. 3.639.274, CI 252-5 1 4
Brandt. William L., to Olin Corporation. Apparatus for storing hollow
ice bodies. 3,638,451 , CI. 62-344.
Brandts, Theodorus Gerardus. Lichtenbergerjoseph Alois; and Bent-
velzen, Joseph Maria, to Consolidated Paper (Bahamas) Limited
Reinforced laminate product. 3,639,199, CI 161-57
Braun, William V.. and Leitich. Albert J . to Motorola. Inc. Digital
privacy system. 3.639.690, CI. 178-22.
Bredeson. Dean K.; and Slaby. Robert Kent, to French Oil Mill
Machinery Company, The. Apparatus for treating elastomeric
materials. 3,638,921, CI. 259-109.
Breeding, Dillard, to Breeding Insulation Company, Inc Method and
apparatus for forming fitting covers. 3.638.365, CI 51-281
Breeding Insulation Company. Inc.: See-
Breeding. Dillard, 3,638.365.
Breer, Karl; and Lauterbach, Udo, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Apparatus for introducing subsunces into a foamable
mixture for forming a foam material 3,638,9 15, CI. 259-4.
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Breitcnbach. Otto, to Kabel- und Metallwcrke Gutchoffnungshutte Ak-
iiengcsellschaft Delay line 3.639,860,0 333-29
Breitkopf, Walter J , Bayer, Jack L , and Bayer, Leon F , to Bayer In-
dustries, Inc Machine tool table position locating means 3,639,071,
CI 408-91
Bremner, Ian See—
Alsop, Ranulph Michael, and Bremner, Ian, 3, 639, 588
Brenner, I Edward Dam retaining dental band assembly 3,638,315,
CI 32-63
Bresler and Associates Inc See—
Bresler. Sidney A , 3,639,231.
Bresler, Sidney A . to Bresler and Associates Inc Esalination process
3. 639. 231. CI 210-23
Breslow. Jeffrey D . to Glass, Marvin. & Associates Game device
3.638,945, CI 273-95
Brewer, Charles C , and Killian, Charles R , to Foster Grant Co . Inc
Catalytic hydrocracking process 3.639,495, CI 260-672.
Brewer Engineering Laboratories, Inc. 5ef—
Brewer.Given A ,3.639,875
Brewer, Given A , to Brewer Engineering Laboratones, Inc Strain
gage assembly and method of attachment 3,639,875, CI 338-2
Bridgestone Fire Company Limited See—
Onishi. Akira, Anzai. Shiro, and Ishii, Motoki, 3,639,520
Brink, David L , and Thomas. Jerome F . to University of California.
The Regents of the Method and apparatus for preventing formation
of atmospheric pollutants in the combustion of organic material
3,639.1 1 l.CI 48-1 1 1
Brink, Robert H . Jr See—
Shema. Bernard F ; Brink, Robert H., Jr., and Swercd.
Paul. 3.639. 293
Bnnkmann, Ludwig, and Herwig. Walter, to Farbwcrke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Polyester-ionic
copolymer thermoplastic moulding compositions 3,639,527, CI
260-873
British Columbia Research Council; See-
Clark, Trevor P . and Trussell, Paul C .3,639,653
British Lighting Industries Limited See —
Hart. Derek James, and Davis. Robert. 3.639,709
Britt, James E See—
Lyles. James M . Hewitt. Robert E , Hilt. Glenn L . and Britt.
James E .3.638.610
Broca. Jacques. Loree, Jean-Paul, and Schat/. Ralph Howard, to Esso
Research and Engineering Company Petroleum resins. 3,639,366,
CI 260-82
Brock. James D See —
Mize.ErbieG , and Brock, James D ,3,638,91 1.
Broeg. Charles B See —
Monti. Anthony. Troy. John P . and Broeg. Charles B ,3,639,1 68
Broeg. Charles, Monti. Anthony, and Troy. John P , to SuCrest Cor-
poration Direct compression vehicles and method therefor.
3.639. 169. CI 127-29
Bronson. Joseph Car top carrier structure with locking means
3.638.844. CI 224-42 1
Brooke. Thomas Andrew, and Robinson. Peter Michael, to Dunlop
Rubber Company Limited Manufacture of sheet material
3,639,1 90, CI. 156-272 0
Brooker, Leslie G. S , Daniel, Daniel S , and Taber. Robert C . to East-
man Kodak Company Silver halidc emulsions containing a dye
derived from 4,6-diarvl substituted picolinium salts as desensitizcr
3.639, 127. CI 96-101'
Brooks. Herman H . to Sundstrand Data Control, Inc. Demodulator for
angularly related signals 3,639.850, CI. 329-50.
Brooks. Rodney A See -
Dammig, Alvin H , Jr . Sherburne, Arthur E , and Brooks, Rodney
A .3.639.835
Brother Industries Ltd.. See—
Hishida. Yukio, Kato, Takami, and Kurachi, Hisao, 3,638,775.
Broussard. Staffas, Sr Hair comb with adjustably tapered teeth
3.638,665. CI 132-129
Broussaud. Georges, and Tinet, Claude, to Thomson-C S F Radiome-
ter systems 3,638.494, CI. 73-355
Browatzki, Kurt See —
Herzhoff, Peter, Gref, Hans, Behr. Rolf, Maus, Fritz; Schwcicher.
Wolfgang, Wasser. Willi. Fnedsam, Josef, and Browatzki,
Kurt, 3,638,604
Herzhoff, Peter, Schweicher, Wolfgang, Maus. Fritz, Wasser. Wil
li, Browatzki, Kurt, and Gref, Hans, 3,638,845
Brown. Cicero C Latch assembly for well tools 3,638,988, CI 294-
86 18
Brown, Edgar D , Jr , to General Electric Company Lubricants con
laming halogen-substituted organosilicon compounds 3,639,238.
CI 252-49 6
Brown, Harold P , to Goodrich, B F , Company, The Polymers cross-
linked with polycarbodiimides. 3,639,353, CI 260-77 5
Brown. Harry W . Rutchik. Walter L . and Ryczek, Lawrence J , to Cu-
tler-Hammer, Inc Solid state power controller for DC permanent
magnet and shunt field winding motors supplied from an AC
source 3.639.822, CI 318-345.
Brown. Henry See —
Fuchs. Charles F , and Brown. Henry, 3,639. 220.
Brown. John B , and Alexander. Raymond L.. to Moorfeed Corpora-
tion Feeder for screw blanks and serrated washers. 3,638,260, CI
10-162.
Brown, John H., Jr.. and Atkins, Bobby L , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The Method of suspending immobilized biological specimens
in a transparent gel in a transparent container 3,638,709, CI 157-
57.
Brown, Joseph Patrick; See-
Foster. William Rees. and Brown. Joseph Patrick. 3. 639, 305
Brown, Joseph Patrick, and Foster. William Rees. to Monsanto Chemi-
cals Limited. Flamc-rctardant resin compositions. 3,639,302, CI.
260-2 5
Brown. Omar L. Fraze, Ermal C. Method of forming a rivet. 3.638,597,
CI 1 13-1 16.
Brown. Rene P , Allison. Bin. Jr . and Meek. Paul D , to Cosden Oil &
Chemical Company Heptyl phenol alkylation. 3,639,490, CI. 260-
624.
Brown, William J ; See—
Starkman. Jesse H . and Brown. William J. .3. 639, 309.
Brownawell, Darrcll W . and Renard. Remi H., to Esso Research and
Engineering Company Refining of used lubricating oils. 3,639,229,
CI 208-181.
Brulhet. Paul, to Societe Wendell-Sidelor, Societe Anonyme
Discoverv in apparatus for cooling a wall surface 3,638,929. CI.
263-44
Brummer. Hans, to Bcvange AG Device for determining the center of
gravity and/or the weight of airplanes 3,638.477, CI. 73-65
Bruno. Joseph S.. Harper. Robert J , Jr . and Reid. John D . to United
States of America. Agriculture Imine-terminated polymers improve
cotton durable press prixlucts 3,639.097. CI 8-1 16.2
Brunswick Corporation See —
Conklin. Robert M . and Rogers, Albert P , 3,638,688
Bryan, Don S See—
Grotewald. Hans W . and Bryan, Don S ,3,638.695.
Brvan. Graham W See—
Noiles. Douglas G and Bryan. Graham W .3.638,847
Buchanan, James B , to Du Pont de Nemours. E I , and Company Sub-
stituted O curbamylhydroxamate pesticides 3,639,633, CI 424-327
Bucijunas. Ha/imirasCicdiminas: See —
Nashljunas, Rimantas Alfonso. Zhiabys, Romualdas Alberto, Bu-
cijunas. Hazimiras ficdiminas. and Shvagzhdys. Povilas Prant-
sishkaus. 3.639. 903
Buckeve Steel Castings Company, The See—
Becbc. Joseph A , 3,638.582
Buckley. Norman A . and Rasmussen. Peter D . to McGraw-Edison
Company Pant topper combination 3.638.842. CI 223-73
Buckman. Jiihn D See —
Buckman. Stanley J . Buckman, John D , Pera, John D., and
Raths. Fred W .3.639.604.
Buckman Labt)ratories. Inc See—
Buckman. Stanley J , Lutey, Richard W . and Jennings. George
M . 3.639.209
Buckman. Stanley J. Buckman, John D. Pera. John D.. and
Raths.FredW. 3.639.604
Buckman. Stanley J . Buckman. John D., Pera, John D ; and Raths.
Fred W , to Buckman Laboratories, Inc Compositions containing an
organic thiocyanatc and 2 hydroxy alkyl esters of organic thiolsul-
fonic acids and processes of utilizing the same 3.639,604, CI. 424-
270.
Buckman. Stanley J . Lutey. Richard W . and Jennings. George M.. to
Buckman Laboratories. Inc Process of making paper using cationic
starch complexes 3.639.209, CI 162-175.
Bucyrus-Frie Company; See —
Calud. Romeo T. 3,638,480
Budd Company. The; See-
Van Sciver. Herbert D .11. and Mattia. Michael. 3,639,215
Budge. William W . and Donald. Malcolm, to Pacific Mariculture, Inc.
Method of growing oysters 3.638.615, CI 119-4
Buettner. Carl F Fluid flow measuring device. 3,638,490, CI 73-212
Buettncr. Guenthcr Wire rope ferule 3.638,975. CI. 287-75.
Bui. Ngoc Sanh See —
Bcnmussa. Henri. Bui. Ngoc-Sanh. and Troubac,
Gerard. 3. 639.682
Bukac. Zbynek. and Scbenda, Jan, to Ceskoslovenska akademie ved
Method of preparing colored polyamides. 3,639,360, CI. 260-78.
Bukac. Zbynek See —
Moran, David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivian; Bukac. Zbynek;
Scbenda. Jan. Moran. David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivi-
an,3,639, 560
Bullard. E. D . Company: See—
Morctti. Anthony L . 3.638.283
Bullock. William W Water ski towrope reel. 3.638,876, CI. 242-106.
Bunkc Concrete Accessories, Inc.; See —
Steffan. William J . 3.639.555
Buran. Vojtech. Kuba, Jaromir, L'ncovsky, Adolf, and Zouhar, Karel,
to Vyzkumny a vyvojovy ustav Zavodu vseobecneho strojirenstvi.
Stable lonization-type anemometer having an optimally adjustable
measurement range 3.638,489, CI 73-194.
Burch. Charles O , and May. David H Inlet distributor for storage
tanks 3.638.676. CI 137-576.
Burch. Darrel W . and Jacomct, Arthur H , to Garrett Corporation,
The Pawl and ratchet clutch 3,638,774, CI 192-42.
Burell. Addie M.; See—
Burrell. Dean Wm , and Burell, Addie M, 3,638, 890.
Burg, Karlheinz, Cherdron, Harald, Lehmann, Heinz, and Lutz,
Eleonore, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Lucius & Bruning. Bonding with thermoplastic polyacctal adhesives
3,639,192, CI. 156-327
Burg, Karlheinz, Gutweiler, Klemens, and Hermann, Hans Dieter, to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning Trioxane copolymers 3.639,349, CI 260-67.
Burger King Corporation; See-
Bennett, Alden H , and Williams, Leslie G, 3,638,558
Burgison, Raymond M.; See —
Krantz, John C , Jr ; and Burgison, Raymond M ,3,639.638
Burkard, Herbert G.; See—
Henselman, Richard O , and Burkard, Herbert G ,3,639,226
Burke, George K.; and Raines. Kenneth, to Burron Medical Products.
Inc. Syringe and needle adapter assembly and method of making
same. 3,638.650, CI. 128-221
Burke, Gordon H Pneumatic transducer 3,638,739, CI 173-1 14
Burleson, James C; See—
Yates, William F., Downs, Ronald O , and Burleson, James
C ,3,639,391
Burnette, Robert W., Hoffman, Harold L , and Lukesq Richard V , to
Yosemite Laboritory. Precision X-Y positioning tible 3,638,933, CI
269-60.
Burnley Engineering Products Limited; See —
Yate, Reginald W .3,639,106
Burns. Joseph P.. Fellzin. Joseph, and Kuehn, Erich, to Atlas Chemical
Industries, Inc. Flame-retardant, polyurethane coating compositions
3.639,294, CI. 252-187.
Burns, Joseph P., Feltzin, Joseph, and Sanderson, Frank T . to Atlas
Chemical Industries, Inc. Flame-retardant, polvurethane coating
compositions. 3,639.295, CI. 252-192
Burrell, Dean Wm., and Burell, Addie M Holder for a handbag and
complementary wearing apparel 3,638,890, CI. 248-215
Burron Medical Products, Inc ; See-
Burke, George K.; and Raines, Kenneth, 3,638,650.
Burroughs Corporation; See —
Hauck, Erwin Arthur, and Vigil, Jacob F , 3,639,909.
Burroughs. Jack E.; See-
Campbell, William B , Jr . Burroughs, Jack E , and Cochran, Joe
K, Jr., 3,638,243.
Burton, Michael Blaker; See—
Welker, Harry Logue. Jr . and Burton. Michael Blaker. 3.638. 392
Busby. Hubbard Taylor. Jr , to Martin-Marietta Corporation Hono azo
pyrazolone dyes having ihiosulfate group 3,639.386. CI 260-163
Busch, Claus Wyman, Jr , to American Cvanamid Company. Fire-re-
tardant finish for nylon 3,639,232, CI 252-8 I
Busier, William R See—
Hsieh, Henry L and Busier, William R ,3.639,346.
Butler, Lee D ; See-
Grey, Donald M., Butler, Lee D , Welker, Jerry W.; and Crane,
Jack W, 3,638, 808.
Butterfield, William J H , to Beccham Group Limited Method of
lowering abnormally high level of blood urea. 3.639.628. CI 424-
320
Buzzell. Harold O., to Polaroid Corporation Methyl methacrylate-
nitrocellulose adhesives composition 3.639.31 l.CI 260-17
by Eibes. Ursula, geb. Waschau; See—
Eibes. Carl B H , dckeased, by Eibes, Ursula, geb Waschau,
Eibes, Christian, Eibes. Carl-Herwig. and Wagner, Maria-There-
sia, geb. Eibes, heirs, 3. 638. 259
Byers, Charles A , and Becker, Robert A , to Collins Radio Company
Electromagnetic motor reversing control 3, 639, 82 l.CI 3 18-282.
Byrne, James D ; See —
Klein, Hans-Christoff; and Byrne, James D ,3,639,009
C & M Manufacturing Company, Inc See —
Weisker, Alexander, 3,638,758
Cabot Corporation; See—
Hcrchenroeder, Robert Blanchard Herman, 3,639,1 16
Caffiero, Rodolphe; See —
Demozay. Daniel, Caffiero, Rodolphe; and Pillon,
Daniel, 3,639,619
Cahacetoq Ralph R.; See—
Kirschner, Peter; Cahacetoq Ralph R., Eurstq Reuben H . and Mil-
lar, David, 3,638, 5 1 I
Cala, Philip L., to Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. Method and ap-
paratus for manufacturing apcrtured strip. 3.638,463, CI 72-12.
Calgon Corporation; See —
Varvcri. Fannie S., Jula, Robert J , and Hoover. Merwin
I 'cdcrick, 3,639,208
California Institute of Technology; See—
Charlton, Kyle W, 3,638,397.
Lovelock, James E., 3,638,396
Calmes, Jean-Paul Recoil device for rotary forging mill. 3.638,466, CI.
72-208
Calottan AG; See—
Haefeli, Hildegard, 3,639,045.
Calud, Romeo T., to Bucyrus-Erie Company. Dual stator induction
motor torque sensor AC dynamometer. 3.638,480, CI 73-1 34.
Cameron Iron Works, Inc See-
Allen, Herbert, 3,638,469.
Camp, Arthur F., Jr., and Getz, Harry W., to General Electric Com-
pany Compensating threshold level detector 3,639,845, CI 328-
146.
Campbel, John B , to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company
Dehydrohalogenation of halogenated compounds. 3,639,493, CI.
260-65 5
Campbell, Donald J , to Honeywell Information Systems Inc Manage-
ment control subsystem for multiprogrammed data processing
system. 3, 639, 912, CI 340-172 5
Campbell, Douglas B.; See—
Strumor, Mathew A , Rachwal. Ervin J . Campbell. Douglas B.;
and Marculewicz. Robert W .3.639.059
Campbell. Hugh W . to National Cash Register Company, The Self-
destructible honeycomb laminates 3,638.573. CI 102-90
Campbell. James A . to Richardson-Merrell Inc Water dispcrsibic
diethylstilbestrol compositions 3.639.637. CI 424-346.
Campbell, John B , to Du Pont de Nemours, E 1 , and Company.
Dehydrohalogenation of halogenated compounds 3.639.492. CI.
260-655
Campbell, Lewis B.; See —
Pictrzak, Joe P . Campbell. Lewis B , and Strahan, Robert
M .3.638.903
Campbell. Robert E See—
Hetzler. Lewis R . Campbell. Robert E , Carlson. Charles R . and
Huntzinger. Gerald O .3.638.630
Campbell. W. Wayne, to Peerless Industries. Inc Vertical shakcout for
suspended castings. 3,638,269. CI 1 5-94
Campbell, William B , Jr., Burroughs, Jack E . and Cochran. Joe K ,
Jr , to Ohio State University, The. Surgicallv implantable prosthetic
joint. 3.638.243, CI. 3-1
Canadian Westinghouse Company Limited; See —
Leavitt, John N . Alas, Raigo', and Dafoe, Edwin C . 3,638,502.
Cancer Institute Board. See—
Sarfaty. Gordon A., and Trcgear, Geoffrey W' . 3,639,5 16.
Canevari, Gerard P See—
Corino, Edward R., and Canevari. Gerard P. ,3, 639, 258.
Canon Camera Kabushiki Kaisha; See —
Kimura, Takehiko, and Niizawa. Yoshiaki, 3,639,734
Cardarelli, Nathan F . and Ncff. Harry F . to Goodrich. B F . Com-
pany, The Biocidal elastomeric comf>ositions 3,639,583. CI 424-
125
Carl. Wolfgang See —
Oertel. Gunier. Holt.schmidt. Hans, and Carl, Wolf-
gang,3,639,532
Carlick. Daniel J See—
Gruben, Arnold H . and Carlick. Daniel J .3.639,31 3
Carlin Container Corporation. See —
Plunkett. Robert L .and Bradshaw, John A., 3.639.194.
Carlson. Arthur. J r See—
Urton. John T . Glass. Max E.. Donahue. Stephen F . and Carlson.
Arthur. Jr ,3.639.577
Carlson. Charles R ; See —
Hetzler. Lewis R . Campbell, Robert h . Carlson. Charles R . and
Huntzinger. Gerald O .3.638.630
Carlson, Robert L , and Madland. Rolf A . to Miner Enterprises. Inc.
Hydraulic friction draft gear 3.638.807. CI 2 I 3-22
Carlyon, Richard A , Jr Agricultural apparatus. 3.638.860. CI 239-
127,
Carmouche, William Jeter Fish-growing aquarium 3,638.616. CI,
1 19-5
Carney. John L. Jr See-
Dare. Roy R . and Carney. John L . Jr. 3,639,007
Caroli, halo, to DBM Industries Limited Electrode guide, 3,639.719,
CI, 219-69
CarfKnter, Mark Richard, and Ludwig, Albert P . to Standard Pressed
Steel Co Method for producing thread roll dies 3,6 38,514. CI 76-
101,
Carr, Norman L . Paraskos. John A . and Ko. Daniel Y . to Gulf
Research & Development Company FCC process utilizing divided
catalyst injection 3.639.228. CI 208- 153
Carreno. Fernando Educational toy 3.638.602. CI 116-114
Carrick. Alan, to National Research Development Corporation, Auto-
matic high resolution mass measurement. 3.639,74 I , CI 235-154.
Carrier Corporation; See—
Lavigne, William J , Jr , and Mount. Gordon L., 3,638,445
Carroll. Albert W . to Otis Engineering Corporation Locator devices.
3.638.723. CI 166-215
Carroll. David I . Wernlund. Roger F . and Cohen. Martin J . to
Franklin Gno Corporation Apparatus and methods employing ion-
molecule reactions in batch analysis of volatile materials 3.639,757,
CI 250-41 9
Carter. Andrew G , and Morgan. Charles L . to Carter Products Com-
pany.Inc Shadow line device 3.638.692. CI 143-168
Carter Products Company. Inc See —
Carter. Andrew G . and Morgan. Charles L., 3,638,692
Casas-Robert, Ramon, to Mefina S A Multi-purp<.>se presser foot.
3.638.595. CI I 12-235
Case. J I . Company; See—
Dahlquist. Robert L . and Klee. Maurice, 3,638,659,
Jansson, Birger F.. 3.639.093
Casey. Edward A . and Huggins. James M , to Monsanto Company,
surfactant composition and liquid detergent ft)rmulaiions containing
same 3.639.291. CI 252-152
Cashau. George R , See-
Hart. Charles H . Cashau. George R . and Holt/. Hans
D .3.638,936
Caspe. Marc S Earthquake resistant multistory structure 3,638,377.
CI, 52-167
Cassady, Samuel G,. to Martin, Roy A,, and Martin, W R Vehicle ou-
tiggers 3.638.965. CI 280-150,5
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
February I, 1972
Castedello, William: See—
Schwartz, Morris; Castedello. William; and Kaprelian, Edward
K ,3,638,875
Casteel, Charles P , and Vanderhoof, Roy E Kit for modifying foot-
wear traction. 3,638,785, CI 206-47.
Castelli, Paolo See—
Ponzini, Sandro, Castelli, Paolo; and Lewendel, Jean
Stanislao,3,639.398
Castonguay, Roger A.; Hanley, Bernard C , Mallahan, Francis J , and
Wenckus, Joseph F., to Little, Arthur D., Inc Pressure- and tem-
perature-controlled crystal growing apparatus 3,639,718. CI. 219-
10.67
Catalyst Research Corporation. See—
Ayd, Frank J , III, and Long, Stephen E., 3,639,773
Catapult Toy Co , Ltd See—
Clark, AlvenaF, 3,638,633.
Cato, Carl P., to Dacam Corporation. Tray forming machine
3,638.537. CI 93-51.
Cech. Robert E . to General Electric Company. Sintered cobalt-rare
earth bodies and method of production 3,639,1 8 I , CI. 148-100
Cclanese Coatings Company; See—
Beneflel. James William, and Opioari. Anthony William,
3,639,147.
Celanese Corporation: See —
Koh, Lita L , and Witt, Enrique R., 3,639,450
Central Transformer, Inc.: See—
Muschong, Peter W , 3,639,678
Centre de Recherches de Pont-a-Mousson: See—
Mahvoir, Roger, 3,639,720.
Cereghino, Bruce R., and Rostek, Paul M.. to Lear Siegler. Inc. Testing
a signal voter 3,639,778, CI. 307-204.
Certain-Teed Products Corporation: See—
Alpine, Albert Earl. 3,638,972.
Cervera, Alberto J. Extra oral dental retractor and bite opener
3,638,313, CI. 32-14.
Ceskoslovenska akademie ved: See—
Bukac, Zbynek; and Sebenda, Jan, 3,639,360
Marek, Miroslav, Pecka. Jan; Chmelir, Miroslav. and Roosova.
Milena, 3,639,661
Moran, David Martin, and Croucher. Jack Vivian. Bukac. Zbynek,
Sebenda. Jan, Moran, David Martin; and Croucher, Jack Vivi-
an, 3.639,560
Chambers. Charles W . Jr . to Lorain Products Corporation. Multistate
voltage booster circuit for telephone systems 3.639,696. CI 179-16
Ghana. Howard E . to General Motors Corporation Automatic trans-
mission and controls. 3, 638. 771. CI. 192-3.33
Chance. Leon H., and Moreau. Jerry P.. to United States of America.
Agriculture Organo-phosphorus comp>ounds containing perfluoroal-
kyl radicals and their application tocellulosic textiles. 3.639.144. CI
117-56.
Chand, Nirmal. to International Business Machines Corporation
Process for producing photographic relief patterns. 3,639,125, CI
96-35
Chapman & Miller Architects: See—
Chapman, Grosvenor, 3,638,373.
Chapman, Grosvenor, to Chapman Sc Miller Architects. Collapsable
roof for preassembled building 3,638,373, CI 52-92
Chapman, Howard D., and Panico, Vincent A , to Clann Corporation.
Chair with tillable seat. 3.638,982, CI 297-332
Charbonnages de France: See —
Valantin, Alfred. 3,638,424.
Charbonnier, Patrice; See—
Birr, Jacques, Colson, Georges, Abel. Bernard; and Charbonnier,
Patrice. 3. 639, 178
Charlap. E Paul. Baumgarten. Fritz, and Fischer, Lothar. to Savin
Business Machines Corporation Electrostatic copier 3.639,05 I , CI.
355-3.
Charlton, Kyle W , to California Institute of Technology. Gas analysis
system and method. 3,638.397. CI 55-16
Charter Manufacturing Company, Inc.; S«—
McCoy, John J, 3.638,822
McCoy, John J ,3.638,823
Chattanooga Medicine Company, The: See—
Krantz, John C, Jr., and Burgison, Raymond M., 3,639,638.
Chattem Chemicals: See—
Schmank, Horst W . and Gross, Benjamin H., 3,639,664.
Chattem Drug & Chemical Company: See—
Schmank, Horst W., and Gross, Benjamin H.. 3,639.664.
Chcmetron Corporation: See—
Masella, Anthony J , and Grobel. Edward A , 3,638.932
Chemical Construction Corporation; See—
Braemer, Frank C , 3,638,925.
Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft: 5^*—
Kreibich, Kurt, 3,639,51 1.
Cherdron, Harald: See-
Burg. Karlheinz; Cherdron. Harald. Lehmann, Heinz; and Lutz.
Eleonore.3,639.192
Cherubim, Martin; and Henn, Friedrich, to Rheinpreussen Aktien-
gesellschaft fuer Bergbau und Chemie. Process for the preparation of
high-viscosity alkyd resins. 3,639,3 14, CI. 260-22
Chevron Research Company: See—
Bradshaw, Jerald S., 3.639.356.
Houston, Robert J.; and Csicsery, Sigmund M., 3.639,273.
Jacobson, Robert L., and Spurlock. Burwell, 3,639,227.
Jaffe, Joseph, and Kittreill, James R., 3,639.268.
Kittrell, James R .3.639.271.
Magee. Philips .3,639,547
Sharman, Samuel H. 3,639.282.
Stayner. Robert A . 3.639,275
Suzuki, Shigeto, 3,639,469.
Suzuki, Shigeto, 3.639.470
West. William W . Bolt. Robert O , and Gordon, Chester D .
3,639.546
Chiappone. Sal; See—
Sciurba. Edward, and Chiappone. Sal. 3.638,525.
Chigarev. Alexandr Grigorievich; See—
Krylov. Sergei Sergeevich. Starykh. Nadezhda Timofeevna;
Chigarev. Alexandr Grigorievich. and Eltsov, Andrei
Vasilievich. 3.639,609
Chigirinsky. Alexander Abramovich: See—
Karpman. David Bentsionovich. Boris. Volkovich; Konovalov.
Spivak Leonidovich, Bednarchuk. Jury Vladimirovich. Chigirin-
sky. Alexander Abramovich. Ugrjumov. Leonid Vasilievich;
Glider, Evgenv Khaimovich; and Gradov, Oleg
Borisovich. 3, 639.794
Chilman. John Alfred, to Dowty Rotol Limited Engine installations.
3.638.421, CI 60-3931
Chin. Henry Navigational calculator 3.638,3 1 1 . CI. 33-1
Chinoin Gyogyszer-es Vegyeszeti Termekek Gyara RT; See —
Guczoghy. Lajos. Puklics. Maria. Kelemen. Gyorgy. and Leszkov-
sky. Gyorgy. 3,639.4 15
Chmelir. Miroslav; See—
Marek. Miroslav. Pecka. Jan. Chmelir. Miroslav; and Roosova,
Milena, 3. 639.661.
Christensen. Burton G.; and Leanza. William J., to Merck & Co.. inc.
O-ethyl threonine derivatives 3,639,382, CI. 260- 1 1 2.5
Christensen. Paul M . and Petitjean. Robert J., to Arrow-Hart, Incor-
porated. Fixed and movable contact structure for disconnect
switches 3.639.715, CI 200-166
ChristianiA Nielsen Limited See—
Persicke.Gunter. 3.638.913.
Christiansen. Godtfred Kirk, to Interlego A G Splined shaft and wheel
retained thereon by spring and hub element 3,638,352, CI. 46-23.
Chupp, John P See-
Early. Jack D , and Chupp, John P ,3,639,475
Gerwitz. David L . and Chupp. John P .3.639.591
Chupp. John P , and Balske. Robert J . to Monsanto Company Method
for destroying nematodes with O.O-diethyl S-((chloro substituted al-
lyDthiomethyll phosphorothioates 3.639.592. CI 424-216.
Church, Herman S , to Teledyne-Mid America CorpKsration. Rubber
moldings for automobile windows 3.638.361 . CI 49-479
Churchill. John W . Kober. Ehrenfried H . and Scott. Peter H . to Olin
Mathieson Chemical Corporation. Preparation of fluoroanilines.
3.639.482. CI 260-580
Chute, Richard, to Eaton Yale & Townc. Inc Vehicle safety apparatus
having expandable confinement 3.638.964. CI 280-150
Ciba Corporation; See —
Bickel. Hans. Bosshardt. Rolf. Fechtig. Bruno; Menard, Enrico;
Mueller, Johannes, and Peter. Heinrich. 3.639,396.
Geller.Leo. 3.639.383
Ciba Limited^ i>f —
Altcrm^t. Hans. 3.639.430.
Arya. Vishwa Prakash. 3.639.390
Luethi. Christian. Biland. Hans Rudolf, and Ducnnenberger, Max,
3,639.249.
Nachbur. Hermann, and Maeder. Arthur. 3.639.539.
Ciba-Geigy Corporation; See—
DAIelio. Gaetano F . 3.639.348
Darko.LaszloL .3.639.453.
Daugherty. Hiram Gerald. Evers. William J . and McCracken.
PhihpG . 3.639.399
Kleiner. EduardK. 3.639.538.
Moran. Raymond Michael. Jr . and Blekicki. Henry Thomas.
3.639.657
Rosen. Melvin Harris, and Blatter. Herbert Morton. 3,639,614.
Rosenbcrger. Siegfried. Troxler. Eduard; and Hausermann, Hein-
rich, 3,639,419
Cincinnati Milacron Inc See-
Grove, George L , Stewart, Irving J., and Helson, Lloyd W.,
3,638,364
Circle Machine Co., Inc See—
Johnson. James, and Ordway. Richard S.. 3.638.261 .
Cisler. Earl J . and Gelbuda. William A . to American Hospital Supply
Corporation Drafting table construction. 3.638.584, CI. 108-6.
C I T -Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunications: See —
Boyer. Marcel Louis, 3,639,852.
Cities Service Company; See—
Topcik. Barry. 3.639.308.
Cities Service Oil Company: See—
Badin. Elmer J .3.639.109.
Citizen Watch Co . Ltd See—
Miyake.Kenji. 3.638.855.
Clann Corporation; See-
Chapman. Howard D . and Panico, Vincent A., 3,638,982.
Clark, Alvena F , to Catapult Toy Co., Ltd. Toy catapult. 3,638,633,
CI 124-4
Clark, Donald George, and Hicks, Derek J., to AMP Incorporated,
mesne. Dereeling apparatus. 3,638,877, CI. 242-128.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Clark Equipment Company; 5«—
King, JameiF, 3,638,8 1 8.
Clark, Robert M., to l-T-E Imperial Corporation. Filter arrangement in
compressed gai insulated electrical conductors. 3,639,671, CI. 174-
14.
Clark, Trevor P.; and Trussell, Paul C, to British Columbia Research
Council. Protective coating for metal and wood surfaces. 3,639,653,
CI. 260-33.8
Clark, William D. Photoconductive potentiometer using variable trans-
mitunce control strips. 3,639,769, CI. 250-2 1 1
Clarke and Smith Manufacturing Company Limited: See—
Rayner, Wilfred H. G., 3,639,705.
Clarke, David W., to Boeing Company, The. Performance and storage
life of rain repellents. 3,639, 1 3 1 , CI. 1 06-2
Clarke, Frank H.. Jr., Block, Fred B., and Kofron, William G, to Geigy
Chemical Corporation. Novel l,2,3,4,5,6-hexahydro-6-phenyl-2,6-
methano-3-benza20cines. 3,639,407, CI. 260-293
Cleveland, Bruce M.: See —
Zarcone, Carl J.; Cleveland, Bruce M., and Smith, Donald
F.,3,639.842.
Clinton Supply Co.: See—
Alinder, Gilbert L., 3.639,704
Clish,ClydeA.:SM—
Witt, Wilmer E., Sousek, Eugene A., and Clish, Clyde
A. ,3,638,363.
CMI Corporation: See—
Mize. Erbie G.; and Brock, James D , 3,638,91 1 .
C. M. W. laboratories Limited: See—
Killick. Herbert Percy. 3.639,074.
Coach and Car Equipment Corporation: See—
Harder, Arthur J, Jr.; and Bilancia, Raymond A.. 3.638,897.
Coats. John H.: See—
Argoudelis. Alexander D.; Coats, John H., and Reusser,
Fritz.3.639,581.
Cochran, Joe K., Jr.: See-
Campbell, William B., Jr.; Burroughs, Jack E.; and Cochran, Joe
K..Jr.,3.638.243.
Coe, William H., to Keystone Consolidated Industries, inc. Spring
hinge construction. 3.638.277. CI. 16-190.
CofTman. William H.. Jr.. to Lewbill Industries. Inc. Spray humifier.
3.638.637. CI. 126-113.
Cohen, Arthur M.. to Airpot Corporation. Dashpot assembly.
3.638.769.C1. 188-298
Cohen. Hyman, to Eastman Kodak Company Process for preparing
substituted maleimide polymers. 3,639,357, CI 260-78.
Cohen, Martin J.: See—
Carroll, David I., Wernlund, Roger F , and Cohen, Martin
J. ,3,639,757.
Cohn, Jerry. Combination display, storage and dispensing means.
3.638.664. CI. 132-79.
Cole. Harold Wade, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company Ap-
paratus for winding yarn. 3,638,873, CI. 242-45.
Colgate-Palmolive Company: See—
Grand. Paul Sheldon; and Becker, Joseph Gerald, 3,639,570.
Januszewski, Joseph Paul, 3.639.563.
Wixon, Harold Eugene; and Scott, George Vane, 3,639,234.
Collins Radio Company: See —
Bcrgemann, Gerald T., and Dulaney, Ernest N., 3,639,703.
Byers. Charles A.; and Becker, Robert A , 3,639,821
EscofTier, Raymond P.; and Watson, Milton R., 3.639,740.
Collins. Thomas Robert Stephen: See—
Gamer. Paul Johnson; and Collins, Thomas Robert
Stephen, 3,638.299.
Colom. Lucas A.; and Levine, Harold A., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Etchant and process for etching thin metal
films. 3.639.185. CI. 156-13.
Colony. Joe A.: See—
Schutt. John B.. Colony. Joe A , and Lepp, Donald R, 3,639,250.
Colorado State University Research Foundation; See—
Klenholz, Eldon W , 3,639,584
Colson, Georges: See —
Birr, Jacques. Colson, Georges, Abel, Bernard; and Charbonnier,
Patrice.3.639.178.
Columbus Auto Parts Company, The: See—
Andrew, John R.. 3.638,976.
Combs. Robert L.: See—
Gray, Theodore F.. Jr., Weaver, James C; and Combs, Robert
L..3.639.424.
Comco Supply, Inc.: See—
Weightman. Herbert G . 3.638.839.
Comley. Peter Donald Hcywood. to Movor & Coulson Limited. Con-
veyor belt tensioning means. 3.638.78 1. CI. 198-208.
Commercial Solvents Corporation: See—
Wakefield. Ralph V., 3,638,752.
Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique:5««—
Salvi.Antoine, 3,639.828.
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization: See—
Delmenico. Jack; and Katz, Hilbert John. 3.639.098.
Compagnie de Saint-Gobain: See—
Simon. Albert, 3.639.202.
Compagnie Francaise des Petroles Societe Anonyme: See—
Serrano. Francisco M.. 3,638.969.
Compagnie Generale des Etablissements Michelin, raison sociale-
Michelin & Cie: 5m—
Boileau, Jacques, 3,638,704.
Compton, Daniel D.: See—
Paterson, Gerald E.; and Compton, Daniel D ,3,638,476.
Concast Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Knell, Bernhard; Desfossez, Paul; Hess, Walter, and Schulz. Hans-
Dieter. 3,638,713.
Condon, Patricia M.: See —
Dretich, Arthur H.. and Condon, Patricia M, 3, 639, 327
Conklin, Robert M.; and Rogers, Albert P , said Conklin and said
Rogers assors. to Brunswick Corporation. Coded oral solids
magazine and dispenser. 3,638,688, CI. 141 -98.
Conover, Mc Clellan B. Container for stonng and dispensing medica-
tion. 3,638,603, CI. 116-121
Consolidated Paper (Bahamas) Limited: See—
Brandts, Theodorus Gerardus; Lichtenbergerjoseph Alois; and
Bentvelzen, Joseph Maria, 3,639,199.
Continental Can Company, Inc.; See —
Spruill, Edgar L ,3,639,206.
Continental Oil Company: See—
Maxson, Orwin G.; and Hunt, Mack W , 3,639,373.
Controls Company of America: See—
Yatsushiro, Kenji; and Kuchuris, George F., 3,639,790.
Cooper, Glenn D.: See—
Bennett, James G.; and Cooper, Glenn D, 3,639, 656.
Cooper of Canada Limited: See—
Bassett. Frank W , 3.638,942.
Coover, Harry W., Jr.; and Shields, Donald J., to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Crystalline polystyrene compositions. 3,639,332, CI. 260-33.8
Copystatics Manufacturing Corporation: See—
TTiomas, Herbert P.; Hartman, Thomas E.; and Aasen. Torulf F.,
3,639,057.
Cordis Corporation: See—
Dyck, Manfred F, 3,639,141.
Corino, Edward R.; and Canevari, Gerard P., to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company. Gelled floating roof for storage tanks and pits
and process for forming same 3.639.258. CI. 252-316
Corning Glass Works: See—
Baldwin. William J.. 3,639.854.
Heyworth, Ernest R., 3,638,848.
Lawless, William N., 3,638,440.
Mancini, Ronald A., 3,639,768
Cornsweet, Tom N., to Stanford Research Institute System and
method for scanning the depth of the optic fundus. 3,639,041, CI.
351-14.
Corompt, Antoine, to Marrel. Bennes. Container handling and trans-
porting device 3.638.8 1 7, CI 2 1 4-5 1 7
Corwin. Howard Russell, to Curtiss-Wright Corporation. Liquid meter-
ing device having an automatically variable discharge 3.639.082. CI
417-214,
Cosden Oil Sc Chemical Company; See—
Brown, Rene P., Allison. Birt. Jr . and Meek. Paul D, 3,639,490.
Cotton, Richard A.: See—
Cotton, Sidney S, and Cotton, Richard A. ,3.638.782.
Cotton, Sidney S., and Cotton, Richard A Tractor mounted grain
auger 3,638,782, CI. 198-233
CPC International Inc.: See—
Hull. Glenn Arden. 3,639.389
Craig, Glenn D., to Aqua-Chem. Inc. Combination fire and water tube
boiler. 3,638,621, CI. 122-140.
Grain, Norman Robert, and Rea, Donald E., to Documentor Sciences
Corporation. DaU control device 3.639.732. CI 235-61 12
Crane, Jack W.: See —
Grey, Donald M , Butler. Lee D . Welker. Jerry W . and Crane,
Jack W ,3,638,808.
Craven, George Frederick, and Skedd. Richard Finnic, to International
Standard Electric Corporation. Waveguide filter utilizing evanescent
waveguide, with tuneable ferrite loading 3.639.862. CI 333-73
Craven. William J., to Allied Chemical Corporation. Polyethylene
process and caulyst 3,639,381 , CI. 260-94 9
Crawford, Allan H.; See—
Flanagan, Joseph P.; and Crawford. Allan H .3.638,995.
Greed, John W. Jr: S«—
White, Robert L., and Creed, John W., Jr. ,3,638,462
Creelman, Raymond C. Toilet syncope guard 3,638,647, CI 128- 133
Crescenzo, Frank G.; and Dow, Robert L ,"^0 United States of Amer-
ica, Navy. Gas generator compositions. 3,639,1 83. Gl 149-1 8.
Crocker, Richard E., to Atlantic Richfield Company Hydrocarbon
chlorination and alkylation process. 3,639,494, Gl. 260-67 I .
Crombach, Amo: See—
Steffen, Robert; Crombach, Arno. Lossen, Hermann, and Bler-
inger,Johann, 3,639, 297.
Cronkhite, Leonard W., Jr.: See—
Merrill. Edward W., 3,638.639.
Crookston. Anthony J. Method of applying shingles 3,638,388, Gl. 52-
74.
Groset, Louis Paul, to Forfors AG. Flexible coupling 3,638,454, CI.
64-14.
Grotty, Homer Edward, to Grace. W. R.. & Go. Foam cleaning addi-
tives, composition and methods. 3.639.283. CI 252-98
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Croucher, Jack Vivian; See—
Moran. David Martin, and Croucher. Jack Vivian; Bukac. Zbynek;
Scbenda, Jan, Moran, David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivi-
an,3, 639, 560
Crown Zellerbach Corporation: See—
Elshout, Anthony L ,3,638.586 . -
Csicsery, Sigmund M. 5**—
Houston, Robert J , and Csicsery, Sigmund M ,3,639,273.
Csizmas, Louis, and Patel, Virendra. Immunological reagent particles
having proteinaceous materials covalently bonded thereto
3.639.558, CI. 42412
Cubbon. Robert C P , Braid, John E., and Hewlett, Colin, to Laporte
Chemicals Limited. Peroxygen compound 3,639,425, CI 260-340 2
Cummings, Lowell O., to Pacific Vegetable Oil Corporation. Manufac-
ture of maleyl-fatty acid adduct 3,639.650, CI 260-18
Cunningham. Elmer Harold Guidebar 3,638.322, CI. 33-81
Cunningham, Paul E Barrel speaker enclosure. 3,638,753, CI. 181-31
Curtis, George C, to Esse Research and Engineenng Company Ex-
treme pressure greases 3,639,237, CI. 252-13.
Curtiss-W right Corporation; See—
Corwin, Howard Russell. 3,639,082
Cusato, Anthony J , to Mann, Henry, Inc. Plier-type band pry and
cutting tool for orthodontists 3,638,316, CI 32-66
Cushman, Charles Richard, to Autometrics Co , mesne. Method and
apparatus for producing a directable current conducting gas jet for
use in a method for inspecting and measuring non-conductive film
coatings on conductive substrates. 3,639,83 1 , CI 324-33.
Cushman, Walton W , to Tucker. Martin, as trustee Multi-wheeled
locomotion device 3,639,01 1 , CI 305-35.
Cushman. Walton W , to Tucker, Martin, as trustee. Tread bell and as-
sembly 3,639,012, CI. 305-35
Cutler-Hammer, Inc See-
Brown, Harry W., Rutchik, Walter L., and Ryczek. Lawrence J .
3,639,822
Dempsey. George A . Jr . Kocnig. Martin F . and Issa. Manuel,
3.639.676
Dempsey. George A . Jr., Koenig, Martin F , and Robbins, Clyde
F, 3,639,680.
Ritzow, Gerald R , 3,639.808.
Cutting Room Appliances Corptiration: See—
Paterson, Stephen, 3,638.574
Dacam Corporation; See —
Cato.CarIP .3,638,537.
Dafoe. Edwin C; See—
Leavitt. John N . Alas, Raigo, and Dafoe. Edwin C ,3,638,502
Dagwell, Harold Lloyd, to Sykes, Henry Limited Stuffing boxes.
3,638,956, CI 277-30
Dahlquist, Robert L , and Klee. Maurice, to Case, J I., Company Rain
loss monitoring device 3,638,659, CI. 130-27
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Bonisch, Herbert, Gaiser, Heinz, Huber, Guntram, and Kollc, Er-
win, 3,638,899.
Lamm, Heinz, 3,638,760
Rossler, Heinrich Georgi F , Baumann. Heinrich. and Zeidier.
Falk, 3,638,701
Daimler-Benz Iktiengesellschaft; See—
Heim, Gerhard, 3,638,994
Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc ; See—
Sekiguchi, Takashi. Tokiura, Shohei, Ogihara, Sadahide,
Yamamoto, Rokuro, and Ikeuchi, Akihiro, 3,638,824
Dale Electronics, Inc.; See—
Scheel. Louis W .3.639.878
D'Alelio, Gaetano F.. to Ciba-Geigy Corporation Copolymers of pro-
pargyl methacrylate and acrylate 3.639,348. CI. 260-67
Dalmau Guell. Jose Maria, to Jumberca. S.A Device for circulai
knitting machines. 3,638,456, CI 66-50
Dammig, Alvin H , Jr . Sherburne, Arthur E., and Brooks, Rodney A ,
to National Aeronatics and Space Administration. Capacitive tank
gaging apparatus being independent of liquid distribution.
3,639,835, CI 324-61
Dan River Inc.; See—
Wright, Ernest Linwood, III, 3.639,096.
Danell, Curt, and Johannesson, Nils Olof, to Telefonaktiebolaget L M
Encsson. Arrangement for video signal transmission at a picture
telephone connection. 3,639,687, CI. 1 78-6.
Daniel, Daniel S.; See—
Brooker, Leslie G. S.; Daniel. Daniel S.; and Taber, Robert
C .3.639.127
Daniels, Paul J.; S«—
Goodrich, Eugene E., and Daniels, Paul J. ,3, 638, 834
Goodrich, Eugene E., and Daniels, Paul J. ,3, 638, 835.
Dare, Roy R., and Carney, John L., Jr., to ACF Industries, Incor-
porated Fluidizing hopper slope sheet pad assembly. 3,639,007, CI.
302-52
Darko, Laszio L., to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. 2-Hydroxy and 2-carba-
myloxy derivatives of 1 ,1 ,1-trichIoro-3-earbamyIoxyalkanes.
3,639,453, CI 260-482
Darmochwal, Heinz, to Metzeler AG Method of forming rectangular
cross-section foam polyurethane by vibrating the sides of the forming
conveyor 3,639,550, CI. 264-51.
Dart Industries Inc.: See —
Hattori, Kiyoshi; and Richardson, Elby Leon, 3,639,33 1 .
Data Card Corporation: See—
Drillick, Jacob H, 3,638,563.
Datatype Corporation; See—
Higginbotham, Roy F., Blonder, Fred D.; and Snyder, David E.,
3,639,730
Datta, Ranjit Kanti, to National Research Development Corporation.
Seed handling 3,638, 393. CI 53-180.
Daugherty. Hiram Gerald, Evers, William J , and McCracken, Philip
G., to Ciba-Geigy Corporation Preparation of amino-s-triazines.
3,639,399, CI 260-249 5
Davidson. Henry, to Gillette Company. The. Marking pen type writing
instrument 3,639.070. CI 401-199
Davidson, Robert E.. to Adams Rite Manufacturing Company. Electric
release strike 3.638.984, CI 292-34 116
Davies, John H ; See—
Donninger. Cvril. Davies. John H.; and Davis, Royston
H .3.639,620'
Davies, Thomas Ellis, and Hopkins, Hubert Brian, to Dow Chemical
Company Limited. Anti-static polymer compositions with discolora-
tion suppressors 3,639.5 I 8. CI 260-880
Davis, Howard J. Method for making a tobacco substitute composition.
3,638,660. CI 131-2.
Davis, Ramsey H Material mixing apparatus 3,638,920, CI 259-104.
Davis, Robert See —
Hart, Derek James, and Davis. Robert. 3,639, 709.
Davis. Royston H ; See —
Donninger. Cyril. Davies. John H , and Davis, Royston
H ,3.639.620
Davum See—
Dclaere. Albert Henri, 3,638,434.
Dawstin, Fred See —
Boardman, Guy; and Dawson, Fred, 3, 639, 255.
DBM Industries Limited See—
Caroli, halo, 3.639,7 19
Deelman, Gerardus Jacobus, to Olvis Smeltzekeringcnfabriek N.V.
Fuses 3.639,874. CI 337 185.
Deering Millikcn Research Corporation See —
Johns<.)n, Ralph A , 3.638.290
Delacour, Pierre. Langlade. Pierre, and Renard. Michel, to L'Air
Liquide. Societe Anonyme pour I'Etudc et I'Exploitation des
Procedcs Georges Claude Gas-adsorbing elements, their method of
manufacture, and devices incorporating such adsorbent elements.
3,638,403, CI 55-387
Delaere, Albert Henri, to Davum Flexible structural plate pipes and
the like 3, 638.434, CI 61-16
Delalands S A. See —
Eberle. Jeannine. Sergan. Micheline, Faunan, Claude, and Hu-
guet, Gerard M. 3.639,476
Delgado. Frank M See —
Wooster, George S , and Delgado, Frank M ,3,639,355.
Delmenico, Jack, and Katz. Hilbert John, to Commonwealth Scientific
and Industrial Research Organization. Stabilization of textile fibres.
3.639.098. CI 8-127 5
De Long, Donald C . and Paget. Charles J . Jr., to Lilly, Eli, and Com-
pany Chalcogen containing heterocyclics as an in vitro anti-viral
agents 3,639,612. CI 424 276
Delta-X Corporation; See —
McKee. Fount E .3.639,737
De Luca. Hector F . and Sundc. Milton L . to Wisconsin Alumni
Research Foundation Method of treating leg weakness in fowl with
25 hydroxycholecalciferol 3.639.596, CI 424-236
Del Val. Sagrario Mochales See—
Hcndlin. David. Stapley. Edward O., Del Val, Sagrario Mochales,
and Mata. Justo Martincz,3,639,590.
Demozay. Daniel, Caffiero, Rodolphe, and Pillon, Daniel, to Pechincy-
Progil Ncmaticidal and fungicidal cyanic derivatives. 3,639,619, CI.
424-304
Dempsey, George A, Jr , Koenig, Martin F. and Issa, Manuel,
deceasedO ( by Sheedy, Patrick T , administrator), said Dempsey and
said Koenig assors. to Cutler-Hammer. Inc Feeder bus duct with im-
proved housing structure 3.639.676, CI 174-68.
Dempsey, George A , Jr , Koenig, Martin F., and Robbins, Clyde F., to
Cutler-Hammer, Inc Insulated bus bar assembly. 3,639,680, CI. 174-
117
Deneky.Nick Rock pick up machine 3,638,735, CI 171-63
Denholtz, Melvin. to Dental Design Systems. Mixing of substances.
3,638.918. CI 2. ■19 48
Dental Design Systems; See—
Denholtz. Mclvin. 3.638.918
De Piern, William G . Jr . to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Tnorthophosphate ester of trimethylol propane and the alkali metal
and ammonium salts thereof 3.639.533, CI 260-928.
De Pierri, William G , Jr . and Wilder, Hulen L.. to Esso Research and
Engineering company Polyolefin crystallization additives
3.639.376, CI 260-93 7
D'Ercoli, Giacinto C See—
Pharris, John A , and DErcoli, Giacinto C, 3,638,27 1 .
De Rouen, Ray J . i>f —
Tuggle, Ray. Graves. Richard H., and De Rouen, Ray
J .3.638.796.
De Rouville, Matthew, Munn, Alfred John; and Hansen, Ame H., to
Kidde, Walter, & Company, Inc. Heat operated fire extinguisher.
3,638.733, CI 16919
Desfossez. Paul; See —
Knell. Bernhard; Desfossez, Paul, Hess, Walter; and Schuiz, Hans-
Dieter.3,638.713.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
Dess, Howard M ; S**—
Fay, Homer; Alford, Wilbur J , and Dess, Howard M, 3,639, 776
Dettloff, Richard L., and HIavaty. Victor, to General Motors Corpora-
tion. Automobile trunk lid with ventilation means. 3.638,552, CI. 98-
2.18
Deutsch, Herman; Steward, Edgar H.; and van Gieson, Walter D., Jr.,
to International Business Machines Corporation Time division mul-
tiplex communications system 3.639.694. CI. 179-15.
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler; 5^*—
Bader, Erich; and Koert, Hubert, 3,639,191 .
Koberstein, Edgar; Lussling, Theodor; Noll, Ewald; Suchsland,
Helmut, and Wcigert, Wolfgang, 3,639,269
Devienne, Andre; and Trzepaez,Jean Compiegne, to Uniroyal En-
glebert France S.A. Pneumatic tire 3,638.705. CI I 52-356
Dew. Herbert Oliver Richard. Gripping means 3,638.909, CI. 254-29.
Dewhirst, Kenneth C, to Shell Oil Company. Rhodium ( 1 ) halide com-
plexes. 3,639,439, CI 260-429
Diamand, Felix, to Thomson-CSF. Novel semiconductor amplifier.
3,639,851, CI 330-38.
Diamond Shamrock Corporation; See-
Mams. Bobby F, Pyne, William J, and Gullo. James M ,
3,639.608
Dick, Clarence R . to Dow Chemical Company. The. Process for mak-
ing piperazines from aziridines 3,639.402, CI. 260-268
Diebold Incorporated: See-
Anders. Walter G., and Skolmutch. Jon S.. 3.639,023.
Anders, Walter G., 3,639,024.
Shoop, James D., 3,638,589.
Diehl, Byron C.:5«rf—
Norton, Charles J , and Diehl, Byron C ,3,639,369.
Diem, Hans: See—
Petersen, Harro, Renner, Klaus-Christian, and Diemi
Hans,3,639,455
Diener, Horst: See—
Stegmeier, Gerhard, Lenhart, Helga, Gebler. Horst, and Diener,
Horst, 3,639, 1 34
Diersbock, Gunther Rudolph, to Timex Corporation Horological hair-
spring regulator. 3,638,4 19, CI 58-1 13.
Dietert, Harry W., Co, See—
Dietert, Harry W , and Steinmueller, Ralph E , 3,638,478.
Dietert, Harry W , and Steinmueller, Ralph E., to Dietert, Harry W ,
Co. Structure for sand testing 3,638,478, CI 73-73
Dietrich, Theo: See—
Scherzberg, Herbert, Neumann, Herbert, Schnegg, Robert, and
Dietnch, Theo, 3,638,4 10
Dietrich. Walter, to International Standard Electric Corporation
Character recognition using shap detection. 3,639,902, CI 340-
146 3
Dill, William E.; La Vault, Maurice G., Kokoszka, Stanley L., and
Shrader, William W., to Raytheon Company High voltage connec-
tor 3,639,892, CI. 339-143.
Dillon, Joseph F., Jr., and Garrett, Charles G. B , to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated. Laser devices. 3,639,855, CI. 33 1 -94.5
Dinges, Karl; See—
NuUel, Kari, Dinges, Karl, and Haas, Friedrich, 3,639,660.
Di Spirito, Gino C, to Kreisler Manufacturing Corf)oration. Pocket
clip for writing instrument 3,638,280. CI. 24- 1 1
Ditscherlein. Friedhold, to Spaleck. Max. GmbH. Method of making
a loom reed. 3.638,297. CI. 29-446.
Dobler, Hans, to Attenhofer, A., AG. Front jaw for safety ski bindings.
3,638.958,C1. 280-11 35 "-—
Dobrinich, Dennis; See-
Lewis, William E., and Dobrinich, Dennis, 3, 638, 773.
Dockery, Denzel J Pneumatic clamp. 3,638,675, CI. 137-550.
Documentor Sciences Corporation ; See—
Crain, Norman Robert, and Rea, Donald E., 3,639,732.
Doerge, Herman P., and Wismer. Marco, to PPG Industries, Inc.
Urethane foams with reduced smoke levels. 3,639,307, CI. 260-2.5
Doherty, George O. Intubation tubes. 3,638,655, CI. 128-351.
Doi,Takuji: See—
Naito, Ryoichi; Oguro, Yoshigoro, and Doi, Takuji,3,639,566.
Doi, Toshio, to Victor Company of Japan Limited. Jitter correction
system for magnetic recording and reproducing apparatus
3.639,689, CI. 178-6.6
Dollar, Harry C, Jr., to Econo-KIeat Company, Incorporated. Shoe
cleat construction 3,638,337, CI 36-67
Dombro, Robert A., to Universal Oil Products Company. Preparation
of ether esters of carboxylic acids. 3,639,456, CI 260-484.
Domenico, Penelope B., to Dow Chemical Company, The. sulfinyl-and
sulfonyl) containing pyridine compounds. 3,639,41 3, CI. 260-294.8
Domina, Edward Y. Process for the treatment of benign prostatic
hypertrophy. 3,639,61 5, CI. 424-280.
Domine, Daniel; and Jay, Leon, to L'Air Liquide, Societe Anonyme
pour I'Etudc et I'Eaploitation des Procedes Georges Claude. Method
of separation by substantially isothermal selective adsorption of a
gaseous mixture. 3,638,398, CI. 55-25.
Donahue, Stephen F.: See —
Urton, John T.; Glass, Max E.; Donahue, Stephen P.; and Carlson,
Arthur, Jr..3,639,577
Donald, Malcolm: See-
Budge, William W.; and Donald, Malcolm, 3.638,61 S.
Donnat, Jean-Charles; See—
Fresard, Marcel; and Donnat, Jean-Charles, 3, 639, 87 7.
PI 11
v^r
Donninger, Cyril; Davies, John H ; and Davis, Royston H.. to Shell t>(f
Company Insecticidal composition and a method of use comprising
cyanoalkylthio oxime carbamates 3,639,620. CI 424-304
Donselman, Edward H.. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Free
standing appliance with break-open door 3.639,025, CI. 3 12-276.
Dorn, Robert W: See—
Lichtman. Irwin A.. Johnson. Milton R ; Sekula. Leo F , and Dorr.
Robert W. 3.639.616
Dornier G.m b H.; See —
Zimmer. Herbert, 3,638.886
Dornier, Peter, and Gageur. Fritz, to Lindauer Dorier Gesellschaft
m.b H Tenter frame assembly. 3.638.289, CI 26-61 I
Dorsey, Geoffrey Austin, Jr., to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Cor-
poration. Process for integral color anodizing. 3.639.221, CI 204-
58.
Douglas, Edwin J., to Hardy Scales Company. Belt conveyor weigh
scale. 3,638.743, CI 177-16.
Dow Chemical Company Limited; See—
Davies, Thomas Ellis, and Hopkins. Hubert Bnan. 3,639,5 18.
Dow Chemical Company, The; Sf*—
Barnhart, James W., 3,639,636.
Brown, John H, Jr.; and Atkins. Bobby L . 3.638,709,
Dick, Clarence R , 3.639,402
Domenico. Penelope B.. 3,639.4 I 3.
Grant, Charles H., 3,639.1 84
Haynes. Winfield Scott. Jr , and Miller. Carroll T . 3.639,372
Kuhn, Stephen Joseph, 3,639.488.
Marshall. Franklin N.. 3.639.603
Marshall. Franklin N . 3.639.634
Maskal. John; Thompson. Ivan M , and Hcikel, Henrik R..
3,639,158.
Moore, Carl, Gibbs, Dale S , and Vanderhoff, John W , 3,639,1 48
Moyer,John R., and Moore, William G., 3,639,248
Narayana. Munisamappa. Kcskkula, Henno, and Mason, Jerry E.,
3,639,522.
Newton, Robert A . and Ballard, Donnell A., 3,639,543.
O'Grady, Austin, 3.639,1 18
Pauloski, Chester E , 3,639.445
Raley. Charles F , Jr.. 3.639.304
Schneggenburger, Roger G , and Hellmann. Reinhold. 3,639,1 39.
Strojny, Edwin J . and Gurowiiz. William D , 3,639,452.
Tomalia, Donald A . 3,639,395.
Turner, Robert B. 3,639,3 I 2. .
Wilcox, Robert D , 3,639,545.
Wright.LarryF. 3.639.491.
Dow Corning Corporation; See—
Atwell. William H . Salinger. Rudolf M . and Seibert, Richard P ,
3,639.105.
Groenhof. Eugene D . 3.639.239
Dow. Harrison E.; See—
Hess. James L.. Jr.. and Dow. Harrison E. ,3.638,95 1
Dow, Robert L.: 5e^—
Crescenzo, Frank G; and Dow, Robert L ,3.639,183.
Downer. John Michael, to Imperial chemical Industries Limited.
Polymers of tetrafluoroethylene 3.639.328. CI 260-29.6
Downs. Ronald O.; See—
Yates. William F., Downs, Ronald O., and Burleson, James
C .3.639.391.
Dowty Rotol Limited; See—
Chilman,John Alfred, 3,638,421
Doyle. Thomas E.. See—
Szwarc. John J . and Doyle. Thomas E ,3,638,3 12.
Draftex.GmbH 5ff—
Kruschwitz, Werner, 3,638,359.
Drage, James John, and Kitz, Norbert, to Bell Punch Company
Limited, Number positioning display for electronic calculating
machines. 3,639,742, CI. 235-160
Drain, James Joseph, to American Cyanamid Company. Animal feed
compositions and methods for using the same 3,639,595, CI. 424-
227.
Drapkin, William, to Slater Electric Inc Ground contact for recepta-
cle 3,639,883, CI. 339-14.
Drapkin, William, to Slater Electric Inc Grounding connection for wir-
ing device. 3,639,884, CI 339-14
Drapkin, William, to Slater Electric Inc Weatherproof electncal outlet
box and receptacle. 3,639,886. CI 339-36
Draux, Marcel M Therapeutic table 3.638.646. CI 128-33
Dreannan, Wendell M . to Arkla-lndustries. Inc Split gas burner.
3,638,635, CI. 126-41.
Dreger, Ench A. Abrasive plumber's tool 3,638.367, CI 5 I -392
Drejza. John E., Henkel, Michael A , and Morgan, William F . to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation Print type carrier
3,638,565, CI. 101-1 II.
Drelich, Arthur H., and Condon, Patricia M . to Johnson & Johnson
Adhesive composition 3.639.327. CI 260-29 6
Dresser Industries. Inc.; See—
Schultz. Roger L.. Baggett. James C , and McGlothlin. Raymond
£.3,639.233.
Dressier. Edward T.. Jr . to W.«sfThghouse Air Brake Company Wheel
slip detector having fluid^^gic devices 3.638.856. CI 235-201
Driessen. Antonius Jozephus Gerardus Cornells See-
Jacobs. Cornells Adrianus Joannes. Beijer. Louis Benjamin, and
Driessen, Antonius Jozephus Gerardus Cornells, 3,639, 80 1
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Drillick, Jacob H., to Data Card Corporation. High tpeed automatic
cardembouer. 3.638.563, CI. 101-18
Driicoll, Gary L.: S«e—
Duling, Irl N., Schneider, Abraham, and Driicoll. Gary
L.,3.639,351.
Driicoll, Vance J., to Amoco Production Cdiarpany. Multiple produc-
ing intervali to luppreu coning. 3,638,731 , CI. 166-314.
Dubey, William B., to Alford Induitriei Incorporated. Paperboard con-
Uiner. 3,638,830, CI. 229-33.
Dubuque Awning & Tent Company: Ste —
Frommelt, Cyril P.;and Frommelt, Sylvan J., 3,638.667.
Ducloux, Maurice: Ste—
Balme, Maurice; and Ducloux. Maurice, 3,639, 340.
Duennenberger, Max: See—
Luethi, Chriitian; Biland, Hani Rudolf, and Duennenberger,
Max,3,639,249.
Dulaney, Emeit N.; See—
Bergemann, Gerald T., and Dulaney, Emeit N, 3.639, 703.
Duling, Irl N.; Schneider, Abraham; and Driicoll, Gary L., to Sun Oil
Company. AdamanUne pclyeiters. 3,639,35 1 , CI. 260-75
Duling, Irl N.; Schneider, Abraham; and Moore, Robert E., to Sun Oil
Company Adamantane acrylate and methacrylate esters and
polymers thereof. 3,639.362, CI. 260-78.5
Dunay, Michael: 5w—
Jamison, Saunders E; and Dunay, Michael, 3.639,501
Duncan, Robert Stanwood, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated. Optical-electromechanical apparatus for generating and
collapsing chirp pulses. 3,639,038, CI. 350-161.
Dunlop Rubber Company Limited: See—
Brooke, Thomas Andrew; and Robinson, Peter Michael.
3,639,190.
Dunn, George L., and Hoover, John R. E., to Kline. Smith & French
Laboratories. Composition and methods for controlling coccidiosis
in poultry employing nitrothiophene derivatives. 3,639,613, CI. 424-
275.
Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company: See—
Adelman, Robert Leonard, 3,639,365.
Barker, Arthur Frederick; and Nack. Edward John, 3,638,826
Borecki, William Joseph; and Gradishar. Frederick John,
3,638.786.
Buchanan, James B., 3.639.633.
Campbel. John B.. 3.639.493.
Campbell, John B., 3.639.492.
Cole, Harold Wade, 3.638,873.
Gray, Russell Houston, 3.639.123.
Gregory, Walter A; and Kauer, James C , 3,639.443.
Jennings, Uel Duane, 3.638,872
Kegekman, Matthew R., 3,639,174.
Linton, Howard R., 3,639,133
Owens. Daniel Kenyon, 3.639,324.
Rick.ChristianE, 3,639,100. |
Smeltz, Kenneth C, 3,639,438. ',
Sonsnowicz, Edward J; and Willis, Frank M , 3,638,754.
Su. George Chung-Chi. 3,639.343
Walker. Richard L.. 3.639.405.
Weinmayr. Viktor, 3.639,429.
Yngve, Paul Wesley, 3,638,29 1 .
Youker, Mortimer A, 3,639,301
Dupont, Gerard Pierre Marie-Joseph. Space-heating burner
3,639,094,C1. 431-1 15.
Durant, Walter F. Wheel puller. 3.638.294, CI 29-252.
Dyck. Manfred F , to Cordis Corporation. Heparin ization of plastic
3.639,141, CI. 117-47
Dyke, Wilfred James Cecil: See-
Badcock, George Gerald; and Dyke, Wilfred James
Cecil.3.639,631. I
Dynametric, Inc.: See— (
Sessler, ponald R . 3,638,495.
Dynamit No^l Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Eisner, 1I?«U; Becker, Franz; and Kolf, Heinrich, 3,638,767.
Gawlick. Heinz, and Stahlmann, Rudolf, 3;638,57 1
Junghahnel. Rudolph; Renckhoff, Gustav; and Thewalt. Klaus,
3,639.601.
Dynasciences Corporation: 5««— -^ .
Lanzaro, Andre. 3,638,883.
Eagle, Robert E.:5«r—
Fono, Andrew; and Eagle, Robert E, 3,639,670.
Early, Jack D.; and Chupp, John P., to Monsanto Company. Sub-
stituted 5-halo-3-phenyl8alicylanilides. 3,639,475. CI. 260-559.
Eastman Kodak Company: See—
Ames, Sunley R., 3,639,587.
Brooker, Leslie G. S.; Daniel, Daniel S ; and Taber, Robert C ,
3.639,127.
Cohen. Hyman, 3,639,357.
Coover, Harry W., Jr.; and Shields, Donald J., 3,639,332.
Gray. Theodore F., Jr.; Weaver, James C; and Combs, Robert L ,
3,639,424.
Hagemeyer, Hugh J., Jr., and Edwards, Marvin B.. 3,639,5 15.
Heaney, Paul R.; and Strubel, Gad E., 3,639,048.
Jaskowsky, Jorg, 3,639,060.
O'Brien, Robert J.; Woodall, Norman B.; and Anderson, Donald
H, 3,639,061.
Porter, Ralph Frederick; Schwan, Judith A.; and Gates, John W ,
Jr., 3,639,417.
Weaver. Max A , and Pridgen, Herman S., 3,639.384.
Weaver, Max A., and Pridgen, Herman S., 3,639,385.
York, William C, 3,639,121.
Easton, Rufus: See—
Newhall, Henry S . and Easton. Rufus, 3,638. 714.
Eaton. Earl V. to Garcia. George E. Foldable ski-bob. 3,638,960, CI.
280-16.
Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc.: See-
Chute, Richard, 3,638,964.
Eberle, Jeannine, Sergan. Micheline, Faurian, Claude; and Huguet,
Gerard M , to Delalands S.A. Substituted 1-dimethylamino penunes
and heptanes. 3.639.476, CI. 260-563.
Ebert, David A., to Allied Chemical Corporation. Proceu for eiterify-
ing aromatic carboxylic acids. 3.639,45 1 , CI. 260-475.
Econo-Kleat Company, Incorporated: See-
Dollar. Harry C . Jr , 3.638,337
EdI. Wolfgang; Meyer. Heinz W., and Schmid, Dieter. Process for
polymerization of olefinic compounds. 3,639,370, CI. 260-88.7
Edwards, Douglas C : See-
Beaton. John, Edwards, Douglas C, and Wunder. Richard Hel-
mut,3.639,339
Edwards, John A : See—
McCrae, William, Fried, John H., and Edwards, John
A ,3,639,462.
Edwards, Marvin B.: See—
Hagemeyer. Hugh J , Jr .and Edwards, Marvin B, 3,639.515.
Egerton. Lawson, and Thomson. John. Jr., to Bell Telephone Labora-
tories, Incorporated TiO, ceramic composition and hot pressing
method for producmg same 3,639,132, CI. 106-39.
Eggenmuller, Alfred: See—
Scherer, Lorenz, Bellan, Heinrich; Wohrle, Rudolf; and Eggen-
muller, Alfred, 3,638,406.
Eglin. Hans, to Mathema Corporation Aiming device for light weapons
particularly for combating moving air Urgets. 3,638,32 I , CI. 33-49.
Eheim, Franz, to Bosch, Robert, GmbH RPM regulator for fuel in-
jection pumps 3,638,63 1 , CI 1 23- 1 79.
Eholzer, Olrich: See—
Nast, Roland, Ley. Kurt. Eholzer. Ulrich; Metzger, Karl-Georg.
and Fritsche, Dieter,3, 639,400.
Ehret, John B Retainer-seal for gear-type flexible couplings
3,638,453, CI 64-9
Eibes, Carl B. H., dekeased. by Eibes, Ursula, geb. Waschau; Eibes,
Christian, Eibes, Carl-Herwig; and Wagner, Maria-Theresia, geb
Eibes, heirs, to Kerb-Konus-Gesellschafl Dr Carl Eibes & Co
Method for making blind rivets 3,638,259, CI. 10-27.
Eibes, Cari-Herwig See—
Eibes, Cari B H , dekeased, by Eibes, Ursula, geb Waschau.
Eibes, Christian; Eibes, Carl-Herwig; and Wagner, Maria-There-
sia, geb Eibes, heirs,3,638,259
Eibes, Christian: See—
Eibes, Carl B H , dekeased, by Eibes, Ursula, geb, Waschau,
Eibes. Christian. Eibes, Cari-Herwig; and Wagner. Maria-There-
sia, geb Eibes, heirs,3,638,259
Eichberg. Frank D , to Plummer. Walter A Self locking separable
seam assembly. 3.638,286, CI. 24-201.
Eichin, Harry Paul, and Jones. Kenneth Moritz. to Union Carbide Cor-
poration Shirred casing stick 3,639, 130, CI. 99-1 75.
Eischen, Albert L , to Warwick Electronics Inc. Tape recorder thread-
ing control 3,638.879, CI. 242-192
Eisenwerk Weserhutte AG.: See—
Althoff, Heinz, 3,638,747.
Ekiund, Hans Enk, to AB Ljungmans Verkstader Automatic
dispensing nozzle 3,638,689. CI 141-214
Ekstedt. Edward E See—
McEneny. Gregory E . and Ekstedt. Edward E, 3,638,865.
Elbert, Michael, See-
Reick, Franklin G , 3,638,644.
Electro-Craft Corporation: See-
Anderson, Robert F, 3,639,792.
Electronic Communications Inc.: See—
Elliott. James W ,3,639,848
Elektro-ThermitG m.b H : See—
Guntermann, Hans, 3,638,978
Elitex-Zavody Textilniho Strojirenstvi Generalni Reditelstvi: See—
Svaty, Vladimir, 3,638,685
Elliott, Curtis Homer. Jr , and Mc Daniel, Cari Vance, to Grace, W. R.,
& Co. Preparation of high silica Faujasite. 3,639,099, CI. 23-1 12.
Elliott, George E , Jr , Salomon, Jean; and Vogel, Roger F., to Gulf
Research &. Development Company. Preparation of hydrogenation
caulysts. 3,639,272, CI. 252-442.
Elliott, James W., to Electronic Communications Inc. Transverse
digital filter. 3,639.848, CI. 328-167.
Elmendorf, Armin; Vaughan, Thomas W., and Etzold, Roland. Tex-
tured wood panel 3,639,200, CI. 161-116.
Elmo, Frank S Neck tie rack and accessory chest. 3,639,022, CI. 317-
245.
Elshout, Anthony L . to Crown Zellerbach Corporation. Pallet.
3,638,586, CI 108-58.
Eisner. Fritz, Becker, Franz, and Kolf, Heinrich, to Dynamit Nobel Ak-
tiengesellschaft Mechanical delay device. 3,638,767, CI. 188-268.
Eltsov, Andrei Vasilievich See—
Krylov, Sergei Sergeevich; Starykh, Nadezhda Timofeevna;
Chigarev, Alexandr Grigorievich; and Eltsov, Andrei
VasilievK:h,3,639,609.
■1
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 13
EMA-DorriesGmbH: See—
Gocbbels, Hermann. 3,639,832.
Emhart Corporation; See-
Stephens, Edward J., 3,639,067.
Endo, Kazuo: See—
Sueda, Hideo; Yamawaki, Takeshi, Kida, Keiichi; Hayashi,
Masahiro; Endo, Kazuo; and Kaneko, Mamoru, 3,639, 553.
Endter, Norman G., to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The. Tire
tread compoiitioni. 3,638.702, CI. 152-330.
Endter, Norman G.; and Jenkini, Frank J. Heat itable polyeiter cord
reinforced rubber structure. 3,638,703, CI. 152-330.
Engbcrt, Reiner, to Telefunken Patentverwertungigetellschaft m.b.H
Integrated semiconductor circuit having increased barrier layer
capaciUnce. 3,639,814, CI. 317-235.
Engel, Edward F.: See—
Schlegel, Norman C, Jr.; and Engel, Edward F, 3,638, 270.
Engineered Products Company, The: See-
Hard, David A, 3,638,900.
Englhardt, Robert Anton, to Indal Canada Limited. Metal ladders.
3,638,759, CI. 182-194.
Enseki, Richard K., and Amone, Michael P , to Kreisler Manufacturing
Corporation. Pen and pencil box. 3,638,783, CI. 206-45. 14
Environmental Structures, Inc.: See—
Pierson, Robert M., 3,638,368
Eprad Incorporated: See—
Boudouris, Angelo; and Plumadore, Harold M., 3,639,046.
Emick, Frederick G.; Kisinko, Paul M., Marino, Joseph; and Kannam,
Peter J., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. EPI base high speed
power transistor. 3,639.8 1 5, CI. 3 1 7-235.
Ernst. Cari J. Hunting boat. 3.638,257. CI. 9-5
Ersek, Robet A., to University of Minnesota, The Regents of the. Im-
plantable prosthetic pass-through device. 3,638,649, CI 128-214
Erwin, John R., and Vitale, Nicholas G., to General Electric Company.
Turbomachinery vane adjustment mechanism. 3,639,075. CI. 415-
163
ESB Incorporated: See—
Nordblom. George F .and James. Herbert I . 3.639.176.
Esco Corporation: See—
Hahn, Frederick C, 3,638,736.
Escoffier, Raymond P., and Watson, Milton R , to Collins Radio Com-
pany. Ring counter apparatus. 3.639.740, CI. 235- 1 53.
Escudero. Ribas. Louver door with fixed louver or luffer-boards.
3.638,383, CI 52-473.
Esso Production Research Company: See-
Harrison, Otto R., 3,638,72 1
Esso Research and Engineering Company: See —
Broca, Jacques; Loree. Jean-Paul, and Schatz. Ralph Howard,
3.639,366.
Brownawell, Darrell W , and Renard, Remi H , 3,639,229.
Corino, Edward R , and Canevan, Gerard P . 3,639.258
Curtis, George G., 3,639,237
De Pierri, William G. Jr.; and Wilder, Hulen L , 3,639,376
De Pierri, William G.Jr, 3,639,533
Henselman. Richard O . and Burkard. Herbert G . 3,639,226.
Marshall, Richard A., 3,639,363
Morway, Arnold J ; and Bodner. Albert J. 3.639.236
Morway. Arnold J.; and Bodner. Albert J , 3.639.644.
Paterson, Gerald E.; and Compton. Daniel D.. 3.638.476.
Patton. Tad L . and Haynes, Raymond R , 3,639,528.
Wisotsky. Max J . and Miller, Harold N , 3.63h.319.
Estin. Hans H.,: See-
Merrill, Edward W , 3,638,639
Etherington, Robert W., and Liauw, Koei-Liang, to Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion. Catalytic oxidative dehydrogenation of esters. 3,639,458, CI
260-486.
Ethyl Corporation: See—
Ashby, Eugene C, Foster. Walter E , and Redman, Horace E ,
3,639,104.
Ettlinger, Louis F., to General Electric Company. Bushing terminal
guard. 3,639,681, CI. 174-138.
Etzold, Roland: See—
Elmendorf, Armin; Vaughan, Thomas W., and Etzold, Ro-
land,3,639,200.
Eue, Ludwig: See—
Alles, Hans-Ulrich; Klauke, Erich, Kuhle, Engelbert; Eue, Ludwig,
and Hack, Helmuth,3.639,668
Eurstq Reuben H.: See—
Kirschner, Peter; Cahacetoq Ralph R.; Eurstq Reuben H.; and Mil-
lar, David,3,638,51 I
Evans Medical Limited: See—
Badcock, George Gerald; and Dyke, Wilfred James Cecil.
3,639,631.
Evers, William J.: See—
Daugherty, Hiram Gerald. Evers, William J., and McCracken,
Philip G, 3,639,399.
Evon Industries, Inc.: See —
Miller, Peter H, 3,638,370.
E Z Paintr Corporation: See—
Pharris, John A.; and D'Ercoli,GiacintoC., 3,638,271.
Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation: See —
Marley, Robert R., 3,639,78 1
Schroeder, Jon M., 3,639,8 1 1 .
Falk, Henry J., to Union Carbide Corporation. Flexible partition for
refrigerated storage chamber. 3,638,450. CI 62-329.
Falkenau. Vernon A., to Uniroyat, Inc. Spring. 3,638,254, CI. 5-35 1 .
Fanelle, Louis H.: See—
Sinizer. David I., Fanelle. Louis H . Toy, Albert, and Atteridge,
David G, 3,638,298.
Fantastic Futurei Inc.: See—
Wiggen,Lyle A, 3,638.350.
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Alles, Hans-Ulrich; Klauke, Erich, Kuhle, Engelbert, Eue, Ludwig,
and Hack, Helmuth, 3,639,668.
Arit, Dieter, 3,639.442.
Arit, Dieter, 3,639,479.
Breer, Karl; and Lauterbach, Udo, 3,638,91 5.
Fuhr, Karl; Rudolph, Hans; Schnell, Hermann; and Patheiger,
Manfred, 3,639,321
Klauke, Erich; and Kuhle, Engelbert, 3,639.47 1
Krimm, Heinrich; Schnell, Hermann, and Lenz, Gunther,
3,639,341
Matejec, Reinhard; Meyer, Rudolf; and Himmelmann, Wolfgang,
3,639,128.
Merten, Rudolf, 3,639,418.
Muller. Erwin. and Thoma. Wilhelm, 3.639.354.
Nast. Roland, Ley, Kurt, Eholzer, Ulrich, Metzger. Kari-Georg;
and Fritsche. Dieter. 3.639.400
Nast. Roland. Ley. Kurt. Redtzky, Wolfgang; and Kempermann,
Theo, 3,639,485
Nuuel, Kari, Dinges, Karl; and Haas. Friedrich, 3.639.660
Oertel, Gunter, Holtschmidt, Hans, and Carl, Wolfgang,
3,639.532.
Scherzberg, Herbert, Neumann, Herbert, Schnegg, Robert, and
Dietrich, Theo, 3,638,410.
Schnaike, Karl-Erwin, Suling, Carlhans, Logemann, Heino, and
Resz, Raoul,3,639,5l4
Seng, Florin; Ley, Kurt, Metzger, Karl-Georg, and Fritsche.
Dieter, 3,639,397.
Wunder, Walter; Klebert, Wolfgang; Herlinger, Heinz, and
Schafer, Kari,3,639,l57
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & '
Bruning: See —
Andrascheck. Hans Joachim, and Zentner. Erich, 3.639.509
Brinkmann. Ludwig. and Herwig, Walter, 3,639.527
Burg. Karlheinz, Cherdron, Harald, Lehmann, Heinz, and Lutz,
Eleonore, 3.639.192,
Burg, Karlheinz. Gutweiler, Klemens, and Hermann. Hans Dieter,
3,639,349.
Femholz, Hans, and Neu. Hermann, 3,639,586
Fritsch, Werner, Haede, Werner. Radscheit. Kurt. Stache. Ulrich,
and Lindner, Ernst, 3,639.392
Fritsch. Werner; Stache. Ulrich. Haede. Werner, and Radscheit,
Kurt, 3,639,393.
Groebel, Alfred, 3,639,589
Haede, Werner; Stache. Ulrich. Fritsch, Werner; and Radscheit,
Kurt, 3,639,388
Kampe, Klaus-Dieter, and Fischer. Edgar, 3.639,440
Pfannenschmid.Otto. 3.639.557
Schorr, Manfred, Mieth, Hubert, and Raether, Wolfgang,
3,639,412
Stache, Ulrich, Fritsch. Werner, Haede. Werner, and Radscheit,
Kurt, 3,639.394
Steffen, Robert, Crombach. Arno. Lossen. Hermann, and Bier-
inger.Johann. 3, 639.297
Farin. William G . to Marathon Engineering Inc Methods of multiple
stage evaporation from heat sources other than steam, 3,638,708, CI
159-47,
Farrand Optical Co,, Inc; See-
La Russa, Joseph A , 3,639,034,
Farrington, Frederick; See—
Nicklin. Thomas. Farrington. Frederick, and Houghton.
James. 3.639. 648,
Farthom Oceanology Limited See-
Hale, Neville E, and Gardner, Kenneth. 3.638,601 .
Farver, Alfred Window wiper and scraper blade 3,638,274, CI 15-
250,41
Fastener Corporation; See-
Novak, Raymond F,, 3.638,532
Ramspeck, Howard B , 3,638,534
Faure. Alphonse, Gigou. Claude, Mingat, Robert; and Ruaud. Michel,
to Rhone-Poulenc S.A Wax compositions 3.639,320. CI 260-28 5
Faurian, Claude; See—
Eberle, Jeannine; Sergan, Micheline, Faunan. Claude, and Hu-
guet, Gerard M, 3,639,476
Fay, Homer; Alford, Wilbur J , and Dess, Howard M , to Union Car-
bide Corporation, Lithium niobate harmonic generator and method
3,639,776, CI, 307-88 3
Fearnley, Charles; and Jones. Thomas Ivor, to Geigy Chemical Cor-
poration. Combined cleaning and anti-soiling compositions.
3,639,290, Ci. 252-152.
Fechtig, Bruno; See—
Bickel, Hans, Bosshardt, Rolf. Fechtig. Bruno; Menard, Enrico;
Mueller, Johannes, and Peter, Heinrich, 3. 639. 396,
Feddern, Henry A,, and Sabol, John A , to Precision Valve Corpora-
tion. Power hood. 3,638,795, CI 210-169
Federal-Mogul Corporation: See—
Reichman, Steven H , and Smythe, John W , 3,639,179.
Fee, Willard E. Closure for fly tackle fishing box 3,639,021, CI 312-
234,1
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
February I, 1972
Feichtinger. Hans, and Gothel, Herbert, to Ruhrchemie Aktien-
gesellschaft Pentaerythritol di-and tetra-pivaloyi- diorthosilicic
acid-hexa-alkyl esters 3.639,44 1 , CI. 260-448.8
Feight, Robert A., Ferris, De Lay F.; and Hunter, Frank B., to United
States of America, Navy, mesne Cantilevered breakaway fuel and
oxidizer release 3,638,669, CI. 137-68.
Feldmuhle Aktiengesellschaft; See-
Gem, Heinz; Berger, Dieter, Pfleiderer, Dieter, and Seeligcr,
Horst, 3,639,207
Felix. Paul A. Survey rod 3,638,3 I 7, CI. 33-74.
Fellows, Charles T., and Hermann, Stanley R., to National Cash Re-
gister Company, The. Coated transfer medium for producing scratch
and smudge resistant marks. 3,639,166, CI. 1 17-234.
Feltzin, Joseph: See-
Bums, Joseph P , Feltzin, Joseph; and Kuehn, Erich, 3, 639, 294
Bums. Joseph P ; Feltzin. Joseph, and Sanderson. Frank
T .3.639.295
Fenner. J . H . . & Co. ; See—
Fryatt, Leslie Alva. 3.638.592
Ferdinand. Irwin J., and K'6lbersh. Irwin R., to Hirsh Company, The.
Steel shelving closure 3,639,026. CI. 3 1 2-295.
Ferguson, Hugo S., to Reel Vortex, Inc. Lawn mower suspension.
3,638.405. CI. 56-10 4
Ferguson, James A. See —
Beck, Richard, Jr., Gravelle. Homer E , and Ferguson, James
A. ,3,639.073.
Femholz. Hans; and Neu, Hermann, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Process for the
manufacture of mixed anhydrides containing alkali chloride, of sor-
bic acid with palmitic or stearic acid and their use as preservatives
for bread and pastry 3.639,586, CI 424-1 53
Ferranti Limited: See—
Ogden, Harry; Laidlaw. Neil Rutherford, and Bradford. William
Clarke, 3,639,766
Ferris, De Lacy F., to United States of America, Navy, mesne. Propul-
sion system safety vent 3,638,905, CI 251-94
Ferris, De Lay F.: See—
Feight. Robert A.; Ferris, De Lay F , and Hunter, Frank
B .3.638.669
Ferns. Ford. 10% to Bourne. David, and 10* to Moore, Gail C Rock
crushing machine 3,638,870. CI 241-140.
Fiber Industries, Inc. 5^^—
Williams. David M , 3,638.414
Fidrych. Alfred W., to Hubbell. Harvey, Incorporated. Open mesh
woven wire tubt 3,638,987, CI 294-86
Figov, Murray: See—
Islam, Rafiqul; Garnish. Sidney George, Figov. Murray, and
Mustacchi, Henry, 3,639,42 1
Filipak. Edmund H., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Electro-
mechanical interlock. 3,638,457, CI 68-12
Finanz und Kompensations Anstalt Vaduz (Liechtenstein): See—
Berti, Giancarlo, 3,630,432.
Fincher, Ray Portable carpet lift 3.638,8 1 5, CI 2 1 4-390.
Finkelstein, Leo. and Blissel. John J., to United States of America,
Army. Gasoline thickened with latex composition 3,639.108. CI 44-
7
Firestone Tire & Rubber Company, The: See—
Halasa,AdelF., 3,639,367
Fischbein, Irwin W , Galligan, John D., Schwartz, Anthony M , and
Youngquist, William S., to Gillette Company, The Razor blades.
3,638,308, CI. 30-346.53
Fischer. Edgar: See—
Kampe. Klaus-Dieter; and Fischer. Edgar. 3.639. 440.
Fischer, Georg, AG.: See —
Sole, Ramon, and Othmar, Bruhwiler. 3.638.686.
Fischer. Johanna: See—
Ritschel. Wolfgang A.. Fischer. Johanna, Jahn, Ulrich; and
Wagner-Jauregg.Theodor,3.639,623.
Fischer. Lothar: See—
Charlap. E. Paul, Baumgarten, Fritz; and Fischer,
Lothar, 3,639,05 I
Fischer, Roman, and Pommer, Horst, to Badische Anilin- & Soda
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Production of carboxylic esters of ^-for-
mylcrotyl alcohol. 3,639,437, CI 260-405 6
Fischer. William H., and Aspey, Wayne S., to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Operating mechanism for a circuit interrupter
3,639,713. CI. 200-148.
Fishman. Sherman S. Apparatus for ultrasonic pipet washing.
3.638.666. CI. 134-57.
Fisons Pharmaceuticals Limited: See —
Alsop. Ranulph Michael; and Bremner, Ian, 3.639.588.
Fitzhugh. Andrew F., and Huck. Rodney M.. to Monsanto Company.
Metal coating compositions and metal coated therewith. 3.639.330.
CI. 260-31 4
Raherty. Bernard M.. and Knight. Lewis L., to Ford Motor Company.
Disc brake with noise arrester. 3.638.765. CI. 188-73 5
Flanagan, Joseph P., and Crawford. Allan H. Reclining chair
3.638,995. CI. 297-85.
Rangeklamp Corporation: See—
Lickliter. Robert Paul, and Reeves. John F . 3.638.387
Lickliter, Robert Paul; Abbot. Earl; and Reeves. John F..
3.638.465
Fleischhauer. Horst: See—
Poleska, Horst, and Fleischhauer. Horst.3.638.272
Fleschhut, Richard: See —
Fuhring, Heinrich, Fleschhut, Richard; and Wolter,
Hans. 3, 638, 265.
Fling, Thomas A . and Fling, William F Liquid level measuring device.
3,638,492. CI. 73-315.
Ring, William F: Sa-
pling, Thomas A , and Fling, William F ,3.638.492.
Florens. Raymond Leopold: See—
Verelst. Johan Lodewijk, Willems. Jozef Frans; and Florens,
Raymond Leopold,3,639,l26.
Flournoy, James W , and Heyden, Gary F., to Lockheed Aircraft Cor-
poration Locking mechanism and actuating means therefor.
3,638,983, CI 292-302
Floyd, Johnnie E Hydraulic powered stair negotiating wheel chair or
uneven terrain negotiating vehicle 3,638,745, CI. 180-8.
Fluck, Rene, to Schweizerische Industrie-Gesellschaft. Method and
device for inserting biscuits into boxes. 3,638,391 , CI. 53-35.
Fluck. Rene, to Schweizerische Industrie-Gesellschaft. Method and
device for separating articles arranged inclose succession on a con-
veyor 3.638.777, CI 198-20
¥M A, Inc See-
Adams, Thomas F . Mattes, Lyie T., and Roulund. Poul B .
3,639,746
FMC Corporation See—
Battista, Orlando A . 3,639.266.
Keogh, James R.Jr. 3,639.172.
Lynch, Charles Andrew, Jr., and Hamilton. James P . 3.639.280.
Nelson. Dorsey C . 3.639.160
Ryan. Daniel J .3.639.530
Fono. Andrew, and Eagle. Robert E . to May. Otto B.. Inc 4-Phen-
ylamino-3-nitro benzene n-( 3-acetylphcnyl) sulfonamides.
3.639.670. CI. 260-397.7
Forano Limitee: See—
Biloco. Georges A . 3.638.792.
Force Control Industries, Inc. See—
Lewis, William E , and Dobrinich, Dennis, 3.638.773
Ford Motor Company See —
Barton. David W , and Muller. George H . 3.638.985
Beard, Garry E. 3.638.627
Bozoian. Michael, 3,639.896
Flaherty. Bernard M . and Knight. Lewis L.. 3.638.765.
Jaimee. Angelo, 3,638,625
Lcwicki, Reginald T, 3,639,09 1 .
Marshall, John R , 3,638,626.
Foremost-McKcsson, Inc : See—
Hutton, Jerry T , and Palmer, Gaylord M , 3,639, 1 70
Forfors AG: See—
Croset, Louis Paul, 3,638,454
Form-Eze Systems, Inc : See—
Franklin, James W , Wells. David R . and Schell. Elmer H .
3,638.904
Forshee. Lloyd T Auto and aircraft safety liners. 3.638.992, CI. 296-
39
Forst. Donald L . and Schrengauer. Edwin B.. to Babcock & Wilcox
Company, The. Gastight damper having an inflatable seal
3.638.674. CI 137-375.
Forster. Thetxior. and Mohr, Theodor O., to International Business
Machines Corporation Process for the production of finely etched
patterns 3,639. 186. CI 156-17.
Fosfalbolaget: See—
Mollerstedt, Bengt O P , and Sulcs. Eduard. 3.639.643.
Foster Grant Co , Inc iW—
Brewer.CharlesC .and Killian. Charles R. 3.639.495.
Foster, Walter E : See —
Ashby. Eugene C. Foster. Walter E . and Redman. Horace
E ,3.639,104
Foster, William Rces: See —
Brown. Joseph Patrick; and Foster, William Rces, 3. 639. 302
Foster. William Rces. and Brown. Joseph Patrick, to Monsanto Chemi-
cals Limited Flame-retardant resin compositions and method of
making same 3,639.305, CI 260-2 5
Foxhall. George Frederic, and Moline, Robert Alan, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories. Incorporated. Forming impurity regions in semicon-
ductors 3.638.300, CI 29-589.
Fr. Winkler KG Spczialfabnk fur Baeckereimschinen und Backoefen:
See-
Remensperger, Franz, 3,638,778.
Fram Corporation: See—
Pratmidhi, Shrinivas V . 3,639,078
Pratinidhi, Shrinivas V , 3,639,079
Francois, Edgar, to Uniroyal, Inc Belt splices. 3.638.281 . CI. 24-31.
Francois, Edgar, to Uniroyal, Inc Filament-wound resin torsion tubes
with molded end splines 3,638,455, CI 64-23.
Francois. Edgar, and Uhlig, Edwin C , deceasedO (by Uhlig, Doris L ,
administratrix), to Uniroyal, Inc Force transmitting systems.
3,638,979, CI 287-124
Franek, Jozef Tadeusz, and Rhodes, Peter, to Metal Box Company
Limited. The Can ends 3.638.825. CI 220-66.
Franklin Gno Corporation: See—
Carroll. David I . Wernlund, Roger F . and Cohen, Martin J.,
3,639,757
Franklin, James W , Wells, David R.; and Schell, Elmer H , said Wells
assor to Form-Eze Systems, Inc. Cone element for concrete forms.
3,638,904, CI 249-213.
f
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Frase, Roland J.; and O'Neil, Gordon R., to International Harvester
Company. Finger type planter 3,638,829, CI. 221-219
Frederick, Martin B.; and Posa, John P . to Supreme Equipment &
System Corporation. Storage device for rollable objects. 3.638.800,
CI. 21 1-40.
Freeman Chemical Corporation: See—
Szwarc. John J , and Doyle, Thomas E , 3,638,3 1 2.
Freiberg, Ashley H.: See—
Szabo, Karoly. and Freiberg, Ashley H ,3,639,629
French Oil Mill Machinery Company, The: See—
Bredeson, Dean K., and Slaby, Robert Kent, 3,638.921 .
Frenkel, Amotz, to Transducer Systems. Inc. Pressure and force trans-
ducer means. 3.638.497. CI. 73-398.
Fresard. Marcel; and Donnat. Jean-Charles, to MeHna S.A. Variable
resistance foot control device, for regulating the speed of an electric
motor 3,639,877. CI. 338-153
Frieband. Neil G.; and Kendrick, Douglas O , to Incoterm Digital
processor having automatic conflict- resolving logic. 3.639.91 1. CI
340-172.5
Fried. John H, to Syntex Corporation. 4-(Tctrahydropyran-2'-yloxy )-
pentyl-phosphonates 3.639.428. CI 260-345.9
Fried. John H.: See—
McCrae. William; Fried. John H.; and Edwards. John
A. .3.639.462.
Friedsam. Josef: See—
Herzhoff. Peter; Gref, Hans. Behr. Rolf; Maus. Fritz; Schweicher.
Wolfgang; Wasser. Willi. Friedsam. Josef, and Browatzki.
Kurt.3.638,604
Frill, Richard K.; and Zone, Michael T . to Westinghouse Air Brake
Company. Brake and propulsion controller. 3,638,770, CI. 192-2.
Fritsch, Werner: See—
Haede, Werner; Stache, Ulrich, Fritsch, Werner; and Radscheit.
Kurt,3,639,388
Fritsch, Werner; Haede, Werner, Radscheit, Kurt, Stache, Ulrich; and
Lindner, Ernst, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Cardioactive oxida-bufatrienolides.
3,639,392,CI 260-239 57
Fritsch, Werner; SUche, Ulnch, Haede, Werner, and Radscheit. Kurt,
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning. 30, 140-Dihydroxy-carda-4.2O(22)-dienolides and process
for preparing them. 3.639.393. CI 260-239 57
SUche. Ulrich; Fritsch. Werner. Haede. Werner; and Radscheit.
Kurt.3.639.394.
Fritsche. Dieter: See—
Nast. Roland; Ley. Kurt; Eholzer. Ulrich; Metzger. Kari-Georg;
and Fritsche. Dieter, 3.639.400
Seng. Florin. Ley, Kurt, MeUger. Karl-Georg, and Fritsche.
Dieter,3,639,397.
Frohbieter, Edwin H , to Whirlpool Corporation. Solution pump with
super charged suction for absorption air conditioner. 3,639,087, CI.
417-572.
Frommelt, Cyril P , and Frommelt, Sylvan J., to Dubuque Awning &
Tent Company. Loading dock shelters. 3,638,667. CI. 1 35-5
Frommelt. Sylvan J.: See—
Frommelt, Cyril P.. and Frommelt. Sylvan J .3.638,667.
Frotscher, Herbert; and Petzold, Manfred, to Henkel & Cie GmbH
Anti-static compositions and method of rendering textiles anti-static.
3,639,296, CI. 260-2.
Frush, John P. Artificial denture. 3,638,309, CI. 32-2
Fryatt, Leslie Alva, to Fenner, J H , & Co Folding of flexible sheet
materials 3,638,592, CI 112-121 14
Fryc, Oldrich; Okada, David T ; and Robson, George E.. to Mattel, Inc.
Aquanaut toy propulsion assembly. 3,638,353. CI. 46-92.
Fuchs Charles F., and Brown, Henry, to Udylite Corporation. Elec-
trodeposition of nickel. 3.639,220, CI 204-49
Fuhr, Karl; Rudolph, Hans, Schnell. Hermann, and Patheiger. Man-
fred, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Polyester mould-
ing and coating materials which can be hardened by uv-irradiation
3.639,321, CI. 260-28.5
Fuhring, Heinrich; Fleschhut, Richard, and Wolter. Hans, to Bowe. Bo-
hlerA Weber. Vehicle scrubbing device. 3.638.265. CI. 15-21
Fuji Photo Film Co.. Ltd.: See—
Kimura. Tsutomu. 3.639.058.
Fujii. Shigeru; and Saito. Iso. to Toray Industries. Inc. Thermally-stable
polymide compositions. 3.639.335, CI 260-45 75
Fujii, Tatsuo; and Watano, Yutaka, to Nippon Kogaku K K. Rotary
variable resistor with oblique taps and brush spanning plural taps.
3,639,881. CI. 338-190
Fujimoto, Hiroji; and Nakakura, Kenji. to Fujisoku Electnc Co.. Ltd
Push button alternate action switch with push button shaft uncon-
nected to alternate action actuator block. 3.639.7 1 4. CI. 2(X)-I53.
Fujino, Nobuhiro, to Hiuchi. Ltd. Rolling mill. 3.638,467. CI. 72-237
Fujisaki. Yoshio; Suzuoki. Akira, and Ishibashi. Eiichi. to Hiuchi. Ltd
Vertically disposed isolated phase bus 3,639,673. CI. 1 74- 1 6.
Fujisoku Electric Co., Ltd.: See—
Fujimoto, Hiroji; and Nakakura, Kenji, 3,639,7 1 4.
FujiU, Kanji; and Sakata, Yoshiaki. to Toyo Rubber Industry Co.. The
Artificial leather and method of producing the same. 3,639,145. CI.
117-62.
Fukao, Yoshiro: See—
Goshi, Yoichi;and Fukao. Yoshiro.3.639.759.
Fukata. Masayuki. Broadcast system for control signal. 3.639.839. CI
325-64.
Fukuba, Hiroshi. Elastic wheel construction for carpet sweeper.
3,638,266. CI. 15-41
Fukuda, Shigehisa: See—
Suhara. Toshiro; and Fukuda. Shigehisa. 3.639. 1 50
Fukuda. Shozo. to Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Floauble
casting for working on hull structures below water level. 3,638.437.
CI. 61-64
Fukui. Kakichi, and Imai, Shiro, to Hitachi, Ltd Roll changing means
for four-high rolling mill. 3,638,468, CI 72-238
Fukui, Sachio: See—
Sugimoto, Katsumi; and Fukui, Sachio, 3, 639, 5 1 2.
Fukushima, Masakazu, and Kimura, Katuhiro, to Hitachi, Ltd Cathode
ray tube having a plated inner metal layer of high tensile strength.
3,639,797, CI. 313-82.
Fukushima, Yoshio, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Directional or reflex-
ive projection screen. 3,639,037, CI. 350- 126.
Fuller Company: See —
Solt, Paul E, 3,638,328.
Fullerton, Donald E , to B & B Chemical Company, Inc Proportion-
ing and cleaning device. 3,638,837, CI 222-1 34
Funderburk, Lance Harmon: See—
Illy, Hugo, and Funderburk, Lance Harmon, 3,639, 420.
Furukawa Electric Company Limited: See—
Shioda, Hirohisa, Namiki, Isamu, Hon, Hisako, and Katsuyama,
Yoshihisa, 3.639,483.
Fuse. Toyohiko: See—
Uemura. Saburo, Fuse, Toyohiko; and Hashimoto.
YoshiUka.3,639.698
Fuse. Yuzo. to Sony Corporation Color convergence system having
elongated magnets perpendicular to plane of plural beams
3.639.796. CI 313-77.
Fussner. Paul: See—
Bertsch. Richard. Fussner. Paul, Glaser. Manfred, and Nusser.
Hermann, 3,639.085.
Futrell. James Clyde. Combination lectern and table 3,638,585, CI.
108-9.
Gabbard, Henry, to Standard Register Company, The Traiing blade
stnping apparatus. 3,638.608. CI 1 18-406
Gabler, Hellmui. Harnisch, Heinz, Heymer, Gero; Merkenich, Karl,
and Ping, Wolf-Dieter, to Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft Manufac-
ture spray dned detergents containing sodium tnpolyphosphorate
3,639,287, CI 252-135
GAF (Great Bntain) Limited. See—
Islam, Rafiqul, Garnish, Sidney George; Figov, Murray; and
Mustacchi, Henry, 3,639,421.
Gager, Morgan E , to Plastic Coating Corporation, The Electrostato-
graphic recording element 3,639,640, CI. I 17-224.
Gageur, Fritz: See — i
Dormer, Peter, and Gageur, Fritz.3.638.289.
Gaghan. Stephen B . to Van Vlaandem Machine Company Roll for ap-
plying uniform pressure. 3,638,292, CI. 29-1 13.
Gagle, Duane W , and Bennett, Richard J , to Phillips Petroleum Com
pany. Surface treatment composition and method. 3,639,317, CI
260-23.
Gaiser, Heinz: See —
Bonisch, Herbert, Gaiser, Heinz. Huber, Guntram. and Kolle. Er-
win.3.638.899
Galligan. John D.: See—
Fischbein. Irwin W . Galligan. John D . Schwartz. Anthony M .
and Youngquist. William S, 3, 638. 308.
Gamache. Norman M.. to Norton Company Lapping method for
metallic workpieces. 3,638.366. CI. 5 1 -326.
Garcia. George E.: See—
Eaton. Earl V. 3.638.960.
Gardner. Edwin F Suspension system for tandem axles of automotive
vehicles. 3.638,962. CI. 280-104 5
Gardner. Gary A.: See—
Winter, Phillip M., and Gardner, Gary A. ,3,638,464
Gardner, Kenneth: See—
Hale, Neville E; and Gardner. Kenneth, 3,638,601
Gardner, Tommy R ; Lasater, Reginald M , and Knox, John A , to Hal-
liburton Company. Scale removal comp>osition and method using salt
of diglycohc acid and base at pH above 5 3.639.279. CI. 252-86
Garner, Paul Johnson, and Collins, Thomas Robert Stephen, to Imperi-
al Chemical Industries, Limited Process for the production of
moulds 3,638,299, CI 29-527 2
Gamier, Andre, to Potain. Mobile chassis for carrying a tower crane
3,638,805, CI. 212-38
Garnish, Sidney George: See—
Islam, Rafiqul, Garnish, Sidney George, Figov, Murray, and
Mustacchi, Henry, 3,639,421 .
Garrett, Charles G. B.: See —
Dillon, Joseph F , Jr ; and Garrett, Charles G B ,3,639,855.
Garrett Corporation, The: See—
Burch, Darrel W , and Jacomet, Arthur H, 3,638,774.
Harvey, Wirt T, and Merntt, John W , 3,638,67 1
Garrigus, Kenneth A., to GTE Sylvania Incorporated Limiter circuit
with enable function 3,639,779, CI 307-237
Garrison, David Eugene Soil insecticide of parathion and paraformal-
dehyde 3,639,593, CI 424-218.
Garritsen, Johan W , Kooijman, Sebastiaan E M.. Gregoire. Johannes
H. C. M A . and Verbrugge, Henny, to Stamicarbon N.V Anionic
polymenzation of lactams. 3,639,359, CI 260-78
Gas Council, The: See—
Nicklin, Thomas, Farrington. Fredenck. and Houghton, James,
3.639.648.
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1. 1972
Gasper, Ralph L . and Riordan, Donald E , to Bimba Manufacturing
Company. Magnetic switch mounting means for a fluid motor unit.
3.639,868. CI. 335-205.
Gates. John W . Jr.: See—
Porter, Ralph Frederick, Schwan. Judith A , and Gates, John W.,
Jr.,3,639.417
Gawlick, Heinz; and Stahlmann, Rudolf, to Dynamit Nobel Aktien-
gesellschaft. Recoilless practice cartridge. 3,638, 57 1, CI. 102-41
Gay, Michel: See—
Batigne, Daniel; Boichard, Jacques; Gay, Michel, and Janm,
Raymond.3,639,416.
Gebler, Horst: See—
Stegmeier, Gerhard, Lenhart, Helga, Gebler, Herat; and Diener,
Horst.3,639,134.
Gebruder Eberhardt: See—
Scherer, Lorenz; Bellan, Heinrich, Wohrle, Rudolf; and Eggen-
muller, Alfred, 3,638.406
Geerk, Jens: See—
Kleinwachter. Hans, and Geerk, Jens, 3, 638, 536.
Geigy Chemical Corporation: See —
Clarke, Frank H., Jr., Block, Fred B., and Kofron, William G .
3,639,407.
Fearnley, Charles; and Jones, Thomas Ivor, 3,639,290.
Greenhard, Paul, and Petrack, Barbara, 3,639,622.
Gubler, Kurt, 3,639,446.
Gelbuda, William A.: See—
Cisler, Earl J., and Gelbuda. William A. ,3,638,584
Geller, Leo, to Clba Corporation. Complexes of A. C. T. H. peptides
and polyphosphoric acids. 3,639,383, CI 260-1 12.5
General Alarm Corporation: See—
Hawkins, Paul Maddison, 3,639,193. |
General Electric Company; See— '
Becker, Joseph J, 3,639.1 82
Bennett. James G.. and Cooper, Glenn D.. 3.639,656.
Brown. Edgar D., Jr , 3,639,238.
Camp, Arthur F., Jr , and GeU, Harry W., 3,639,845.
Cech, Robert E, 3,639,181.
Erwin, John R.; and Viule. Nicholas G., 3,639,075.
Ettlinger, Louis F.. 3.639,68 1
Gillooly, George R , 3,639,253
Girard, Roland 7,3,639,164.
Haaf.WilliamR, 3.639.506
Holoch.KlauseE .3,639,334
Kambour. Roger P.. 3.639,508
Klebe.JohannF, 3,639,337
Loft, Arne, and Johnson. Daniel, 3,638,422.
Lord, Harold W .3,639,782
Mackenzie, Burton T , Jr., and Betts, Joseph E , 3.639.529
McEneny, Gregory E., and Ekstedt, Edward E., 3,638,865.
Mitchell, Michael E , 3,639,901 .
Newberry, Sterling P , 3.639,803.
Ostrognai, Allen Gilbert. 3,638,470
Pagnotta, Gasper, and Kiesler, Allan J , 3,639,722
Pieper, Louis W , and Kerr, Robert O., 3,638.606.
Rairden.JohnR ,111,3,639,165
Rowen. William I , 3,639,076
Shipley, Gerald E , and Girard, Robert R , 3,638,428.
Tachick, Henry N , 3,639,833.
Tedmon, Craig S, Jr., and Spacil, Henry S. 3,639,177.
Tiemann, Jerome J, 3,639.699
Wilk, Edmund J, 3.638.302.
General Mills. Inc : See —
Kuder. Robert C, 3.639.338.
General Motors Corporation. See—
Bleil, Carl E ,3.638.304.
Ghana. Howard E . 3,638.77 1 .
Dettloff. Richard L , and Hlavaty. Victor, 3.638.552.
Hart.JackP ,3.638.716.
Helzler. Lewis R., Campbell. Robert E.. Carlson. Charles R ; and
Huntzinger. Gerald O. 3.638. 630
Maas, Otto Robert. 3.639.015.
Muench. Nils L , and Murphy. Charles B , 3,639,805.
Pietrzak. Joe P , Campbell, Lewis B , and Strahan. Robert M ,
3,638.903
Prachar. Otakar P., 3.638.501
Sheridan, David Carl. Amann, Charles A . and Ricketts, James M ,
3.638.533.
Stevens. Derek Norman, and Underwood, Peter James, 3,638,5 1 2.
White, Robert L , and Creed, John W.. Jr.. 3.638.462
General Signal Corporation: See—
Kovalcik. Vicenter P.; and Anderson, Robert F., 3,639,754.
Reich, Simon, 3,639.753
Wrege. Warren R., 3,639,755
General Synamics Corporation: See—
Zarcone. Carl J., Cleveland, Bruce M.; and Smith. Donald F..
3.639.842
Genz. Heinz, Berger, Dieter; Pfleiderer, Dieter, and Seeliger. Horst. to
Feldmuhle Aktiengesellschaft. Method for drying non-woven fabric
3,639.207, CI. 162-146.
George, James F.: See —
Abromavage, John C, and George, James F., 3,638,64 1 .
Georgia-Pacific Corporation: See—
King. Ellis Gray, 3,639,617.
Torr, David, 3,638,65 1.
Gerath, Francis C, to United Aircraft Corporation Welding thoria
dispersed nickel. 3,639.724. CI. 2 19-1 37
Gerson, Albert. Programmed plate making machine. 3,639,056, CI.
355-40
Gerwitz, David L., and Chupp, John P., to Monsanto Company.
Method for destroying soil nematodes. 3,639,59 1 , CI. 424-2 1 6.
Getz, Harry W: See—
Camp, Arthur F , Jr ; and GeU, Harry W. 3.639.845.
Gevaert-Agfa N.V.: See—
Verelst, Johan Lodewijk, Willems, Jozef Frans; and Florens,
Raymond Leopold, 3.639.126.
Ghielmetti. Giuseppe: S^*—
Notananni. Aurelio Filippo, and Ghielmetti, Giuseppe, 3,639, 594.
Gibbs, Dale S.: See-
Moore, Carl, Gibbs. Dale S.. and Vanderhoff. John W .3.639.148
Gibian, Heinz: See—
Philippson, Rainer; Gibian, Heinz; Muflic, Mahmud, and Kaspar,
Emanuel. 3.639.433.
Gigou. Claude: See—
Faure. Alphonse. Gigou. Claude; Mingat. Robert, and Ruaud.
Michel. 3.639. 320
Gilby. Patricia G . to Hercules Incorporated Inhibiting the precipita-
tion and/or deposition of ferric hydroxide in aqueous systems.
3.639.292. CI. 252-179.
Gillette Company. The: See-
Davidson. Henry. 3.639,070.
Fischbein, Irwin W , Galligan, John D., Schwartz, Anthony M .
and Youngquist. William S.. 3.638,308.
Levy, Edward F., Karlson, Roy H., and Hornig, Uraula E..
3.638.327
Gillham. John A : See-
Howes. Edward P . and Gillham. John A. .3.638,376.
Gillooly, George R . to General Electric Company. Preparation of
halophosphate phosphors using antimony-doped calcium
pyrophosphate 3,639,253, CI 252-301.4
Ginger, Leonard George, and Mather, Adalinc Nicoles, to Baxter
Laboratories, Inc Streptokinase chemically bonded to a car-
bohydrate matrix. 3,639.2 13. CI 195-63.
Ginsberg. Heinz: See —
Roeder. Georg; and Ginsberg. Hcinz,3,638,864.
Gintert, Dean W : See—
Prange, Bernard H, and Gintert, Dean W, 3,638,564
Girard, Andre J , and Botineau, Jean, to Office Nationale d'Etudes et
de Recherches Aerospatiales (par abreviation O.N.E.R.A.). Spec-
trometric instrument with transposition of ray paths. 3,639,062, CI
356-97
Girard. Robert R.: See—
Shipley, Gerald E , and Girard. Robert R ,3,638,428
Girard, Roland T . to General Electric Company Enameled metal sub-
strates and method of forming 3,639, 164, CI. 1 17-222
Gisser, Henry See —
Messina. Joseph F . and Gisser, Henry, 3, 639, 24 1
Glaser, Manfred. See—
Bertsch. Richard. Fussner. Pajl, Glaser, Manfred, and Nusser,
Hermann. 3,639,085
Glass, Marvin, & Associates. See-
Barlow, Gordon A , Meyer, Burton C , and Glass, Marvin I ,
3,638,319
Breslow, Jeffrey D. 3,638,945
Morrison, Howard J., 3,638,354.
Glass, Marvin 1. See-
Barlow, Gordon A , Meyer, Burton C , and Glass, Marvin
1,3,638.319
Glass. Max E.: See—
L'rton. John T.; Glass. Max E., Donahue, Stephen F., and Carlson,
Arthur. Jr. 3.639.577
Glaverbel S.A.: See—
Plumat. Emile. Toussaint. Francois, and Schottey. Jean.
3.639.198
Glaze. Stanley George See —
Smith, Charles Philip, and Glaze. Stanley George, 3. 638, 672.
Glickman. Irving See —
Turesky, Samuel, and Glickman. Irving, 3, 639, 57 1 .
Glider, Evgeny Khaimovich See—
Karpman. David Bentsionovich, Boris, Volkovich, Konovalov.
Spivak Leonidovich, Bednarchuk, Jury Vladimirovich, Chigirin-
sky, Alexander Abramovich, Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich,
Glider, Evgeny Khaimovich, and Gradov. Oleg
Borisovich. 3.639. 794
Goebbels, Hermann, to EMA-Dorries GmbH. Electrical bridge ap-
paratus for and method of measuring mechanical forces by mag-
netoelastic members 3,639,832, CI. 324-34.
Goings, Harford E Folding plastic tray 3,638,849, CI. 229-28.
Golden, Roger M., and White, Stanley A., to North American
Rockwell Corporation Digital low pass filter. 3,639.739, CI. 235-
152
Goldhaber, Richard Paul, to Baxter Laboratories, Inc. Mechanism for
control pulsatile fluid flow 3,639,084, CI 417-394.
Goodier. Kenneth C : See—
Goodier, Vera M., and Goodier, Kenneth C ,3,638,583.
Goodier, Vera M., and Goodier, Kenneth C. Apparatus for baking
doughnuts a goody-erdonut baker 3,638,583, CI 107-19.
Goodrich, B F , Company, The. See—
Beears, Warren L , 3,639,336
Brown, Harold P., 3,639,353
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Cardarelli, Nathan F , and Neff, Harry F., 3,639,583.
Goodrich, Eugene E.; and Daniels, Paul J. Collapsible sanitary con-
tainer. 3,638,834, CI. 222-105.
Goodrich, Eugene E.; and Daniels, Paul J Collapsible sanitary con-
tainer. 3,638.835, CI. 222-107.
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The; See—
Endter, Norman G., 3,638,702.
Pearson, Charles J.; Robinson, Keith D., and Sassaman. Wiliam
0.3.639,748.
Gorchev, Dimiter. induction system having variable primary volume
and variable induction. 3.638.679. CI 1 37-604. "
Gordon. Chester D.: See-
West, William W.; Bolt, Robert O, and Gordon, Chester
D..3.639,546.
Gordon. Maxwell; and Stewart, Carleton C , to Smith Kline &. French
Laboratories. Vaginal suppositories and impregnated tampons.
3.639.561, CI. 424-28.
Gordon, Maxwell; and Stewart, Gjrleton C, to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories. Vaginal suppositories and impregnated tampons.
3.639.562, CI. 424-28.
Gordon, Ralph S. Combined pen or pencil and compartment.
3,639,069, CI. 401-195.
Goshi, Yoichi; and Fukao, Yoshiro, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co.,
Ltd. Double crystal X-ray spectrometer. 3,639,759, CI. 250-5 1 .5
Gostomski, Lawrence A., to Right-Way Mfg. Corporation. Motorcycle
having two tandem driving wheels. 3,638,746, CI. 1 80-25.
Gotaverkens Angtekniska AB (GoUverken Heat Engineering Co.,
Ltd ): See—
Ostbo, Nils Axel Ambjorn, 3,638,620.
Ostbo, Nils Axel Ambjorn, 3,638,622.
Gothel, Herbert: See—
Feichtinger, Hans; and Gothel, Herbert, 3, 639.44 1
Gottschalk, Lawrence A., to Union Carbide Corporation. Combination
label for packaged product and printed on removal decal. 3.638,340.
CI. 40-2.
Gould-National Batteries, Inc : See-
Marsh, Frederick L , 3,639,175.
Grace, W R, & Co : See—
Crotty, Homer Edward, 3,639,283
Elliott, Curtis Homer, Jr., and Mc Daniel, Carl Vance, 3,639,099
Hwa,ChihM.. 3,639,278.
Jefferson, Donald Edward. 3.639.364.
Sherwood. Robert Edward, 3,638,389
Gradishar, Frederick John: See—
Borecki, William Joseph, and Gradishar, Frederick
John,3,638,786.
Gradov, Oleg Borisovich: See—
Karpman, David Bentsionovich; Boris, Volkovich, Konovalov.
Spivak Leonidovich, Bednarchuk, Jury Vladimirovich. Chigirin-
sky, Alexander Abramovich; Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich.
Glider, Evgeny Khaimovich; and Gradov. Oleg
Borisovich,3,639.794
Graham. Gerald A.: See-
Graham. Harold R.. and Graham. Gerald A. .3.638.907
Graham, Harold R.; and Graham, Gerald A , said Graham, Gerald A ,
assor to said Graham, Raymond L. Quick coupling apparatus
3,638,907, CI 251-148.
Graham, Stanford G.; Sewelin, Ernest R.; Staadt, Richard L,; and Pin-
ney, Jimmie D., to International Harvester Company. Vehicle cab
mounting. 3,638,749, CI. 180-68
Grakauskas, Vytautas, to Aerojet-General Corporation Method of
preparing fluorine perchlorate 3,639,102. CI. 23-203.
Granchelli, Felix E.: See—
Razdan. Raj K.. Granchelli. Felix E . and Pars. Harry
G .3.639,426.
Razdan, Raj K.; Granchelli, Felix E ; and Pars, Harry
G, 3,639,427.
Grand, Paul Sheldon, and Becker, Joseph Gerald, to Colgate-Palmohve
Company. Oral hygiene with aminopolyureylene resin 3,639.570.
CI. 424-54.
Grandgirard, Pierre J , to Societe Industrielle Bull-General Electric
(Societe Anonyme). Fabrication of printed circuits 3,638,605, CI.
118-50.1
Grandjean, Theo; Zumstein, Juan Ulnh; and Liehti, Alfred, to Liechti,
Fred, Aktiengesellschaft. Method and apparatus for monitoring and
stimulating the activity ofthe heart. 3,638,656, CI. 128-419.
Granger, Wallace H. RoUry newspaper printing press having auto-
matic intwruplere for press cylinders. 3,638,568, CI. 101-219.
Grant, Charles H., to Dow Chemical Company, The. Method for
preparing gelled slurry explosive compositions containing distinct
liquid and solid phases. 3,639, 184, CI. 149-44
Gravelle, Homer E.: See-
Beck, Richard, Jr., Gravelle. Homer E.. and Ferguson. James
A. ,3,639,073.
Graves, Richard H.; See—
Tuggle, Ray; Graves, Richard H.; and De Rouen, Ray
J. ,3,638,796.
Gray, John; and Anderson, Gene W , to Liquitrol Systems, Inc. Liquid
pressure booster system with cut-off for minimum flow levels.
3,639,081, CI. 417-7.
Gray, Russell Houston, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company.
Double transfer process for photohardenable images. 3,639,123, CI.
96-28.
Gray, Theodore F., Jr., Weaver, James C; and Combs, Robert L , to
Eastman Kodak Company Extrudable and moldable plastic com-
positions reinforced with heat set polyester fibers 3,639,424, CI
260-873.
Greatbatch, Wilson, to Memnen-Greatbatch Electronic, Inc Inter-
rogated telemetry alarm system for physiological monitoring
3,639,907, CI 340-150
Green Cross Corporation, The: See—
Naito, Ryoichi; Oguro, Yoshigoro, and Doi, Takuji, 3,639,566.
Greene, Clifford E.: See—
Krasin, Lester Q., and Greene, Clifford E ,3,639,692
Greenhard, Paul; and Petrack, Barbara, to Geigy Chemical Corpora-
tion. Vasoconstricting and bronchodilating compositions and
methods utilizing gallic acid and alkyl gallates 3.639.622. CI 424-
308.
Greenly, Robert B., to Singer-General Precision, Inc Stencil recording
apparatus. 3,638,566, CI. 101-114
Greenside Machine Company Limited: See—
Lockwood, Peter; and Pentith. Gerald R O , 3,639,004.
Gref Hans; See—
Herzhoff, Peter; Gref Hans; Behr, Rolf Maus. Fritz; Schweicher.
Wolfgang; Wasser. Willi. Friedsam, Josef and Browatzki.
Kurt.3,638,604.
Herzhoff, Peter; Schweicher, Wolfgang, Maus, Fritt; Wasser, Wil-
li, Browatzki. Kurt; and Gref Hans. 3. 638. 845
Gregoire, Johannes H. C. M. A.: See—
Garritsen, Johan W . Kooijman, Sebastiaan E M ; Gregoire.
Johannes H C M A . and Verbrugge. Henny. 3.639. 359
Gregory. Walter A., and Kauer. James C . to Du Pont de Nemours. E
1 . and Company 4-Phenylbicyclo-[2 2.21oct-2-en-l-yl urethans As-
sembly unit for toothed elements for motor vehicles 3.639.443. CI.
74-440.
Grey. Donald M . Butler, Lee D , Welker. Jerry W , and Crane. Jack
W . toSperry Rand Corporation Bale wagon 3.638.808. CI 214-6
Griffiths. Geoffrey; and Stead. Cecil Vivian, to Impenal Chemical In-
dustries Limited Azo dyes ofthe triazine series 3.639.662. CI 260-
146
Griner, Ralph R , to Palmer-Shile Company Analog control system.
3.638.575. CI. 104-1
Grobel. Edward A.. See—
Masella. Anthony J . and Grobel. Edward A .3.638.932.
Groe. Robert O Measuring device 3.638.323. CI 33-162
Groebel, Alfred, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning Pharmacologically effective subsUnce
and process for isolating it from hazunta graciliflora 3.639.589. CI
424-195
Groenhof Eugene D., to Dow Coming Corporation Bis (trior-
ganosilyl) phosphate compositions 3.639.239. CI 252-49 9
Groh. Karl Heinz. Mechanism which includes an object arranged to
travel freely on a surface. 3.638.357, CI 46-240
Grolman. Bernard, to American Optical Corporation Apparatus for
measuring the acuity of low vision patients 3.639.042. CI 351 -30
Groncki. Carole L . to Polaroid Corporation Pre transfered silver
deposit receiving element 3.639.1 24, CI. 96-29
Grosbard. Gregory Magnetic accelerator. 3.639.8 I 7, CI. 318-16.
Gross. Benjamin H.: See—
Schmank, Horst W . and Gross, Benjamin H ,3.639.664
Grotewald. Hans W . and Bryan. Don S Apparatus for preparing citrus
halves. 3.638.695. CI 146-3
Grove. George L.. Stewart. Irving J , and Helson. Lloyd W , to Cincin-
nati Milacron Inc. Guard device for machine tools 3.638.364, CI.
51-269
Grove, Marvin H , to M & J Valve Company Gate valve body rib rein-
forement. 3,638.908, CI 251-329
Grove, Marvin H , and Van Arsdale. Lyie R . to M & J Valve Com-
pany. Meter providing method and apparatus 3,638,475, CI. 73-3.
Growth International Industries Corporation: See—
Yates, George, Jr., 3.638.296
Gruben. Arnold H.; and CaHick, Daniel J . to Sun Chemical Corpora-
lion. Modified polyamide resins. 3.639.3 I 3. CI 260- 1 8
Grundberg. Kenneth Electronic control circuit 3.639.826, CI 321-2.
Grundon. John L Pulpwood gantry rake 3.638.809. CI 214-57
Gruzinov. Evgraf Vladimirovich: See—
Vasiliev, Mikhail Ivanovich. and Gruzinov. Evgraf
Vladimirovich. 3.638. 375
GTE Laboratories Incorporated: See-
Peters. Thomas E.. 3.639.254.
GTE Sylvania Incorporated: See—
Garrigus. Kenneth A.. 3.639.779
Lovelace, Ralph E.. 3,639,780.
Lovelace, Ralph E., 3,639,786
Guala, Piergiacomo, to Soc. Angelo Guala di Piergiacomo E Roberto
Guala &. C.S.A.S. Closure for bottles and similar containers
3,638,821, CI. 215-48
Gubler, Kurt, to Geigy Chemical Corporation 4, 4 -Dibromo- and 4-
chloro-4-bromo-benzilic acid esters 3,639,446. CI 260-473
Guczoghy. Lajos; Puklics. Maria; Kelemen. Gyorgy; and Leszkovsky,
Gyorgy. to Chinoin Gyogyszer-es Vegyeszeli Termekek Gyara RT
Phosphoric acid salt of 4-methyl-5-P-chk)ro- ethyl-thiazole
3,639,4 1 5, CI. 260-302.
Guglietti, Henry G , to Plastics Materials Systems, Inc Proportionating
blender. 3,638,922. CI 259-154
Gulf & Western Metals Forming Company: See—
Lindahl, Herbert S., 3,638,444.
o
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Tischler, Henry J., 3.639,002.
Gulf Research St Development Company: See—
Carr, Norman L., Paraskos, John A.; and Ko. Daniel Y ,
3,639,228
Elliott, George E., Jr , Salomon, Jean, and Vogel, Roger F..
3.639,272
Kehl, William L . Lutinski, Frank E., and Swift, Harold E..
3,639.647
Gullo. James M.: See—
Adams. Bobby F.. Pyne, William J,, and Gullo. James
M .3,639.608.
Gundersen, Allan A., and Ramsey, Fred T., to Wyomissing Corpora-
tion. Educational device. 3,638,335, CI. 35-36.
Gundlach, Robert W., to Xerox Corporation. Photoelectrophoretic
imaging system 3,639,224. CI. 204-181
Gunnebo Bruks Akticbolag: See—
Boye, Erhard; and Landin. Eric, 3,638.892.
Gunter Leifheit KG.; S««—
Liebscher, Johannes. 3,638.267.
Guntermann, Hans, to Elektro-Thermit G.m.b.H Sleeve joint for con-
necting steel inserts in steel-concrete construction. 3.638.978. CI
287-108.
Gunther Wagner Pelikan-Werke; See—
Harbort, Ludwig, 3,639,257
Gurowitz, William D.: See—
Strojny, Edwin J . and Gurowitz. William D .3.639.452
Gutweiler. Klemens: See —
Burg, Karlheinz, Gutweiler. Klemens. and Hermann. Hans
Dieter.3,639,349
Haaf, William R.. to Gerteral Electric Company. Flame retardant com-
F>osition of polyphenylene ether, styrene resin, aromatic phosphate
and aromatic halogen compound. 3,639,506, CI. 260-874.
Haas. Friedrich: See—
Nutzel, Karl; Dinges. Karl; and Haas, Friedrich, 3. 639.660.
Hack. Helmuth. See—
Alles, Hans-Ulrich, Klauke, Erich, Kuhle, Engelbert, Eue, Ludwig,
and Hack, Helmuth, 3, 639,668.
Haede, Werner: See—
Fritsch, Werner; Haede, Werner; Radscheit, Kurt; Stache, Ulrich,
and Lindner. Ernst, 3,639,392.
Fritsch, Werner; Stache, Ulrich, Haede, Werner, and Radscheit,
Kurt,3.639.393.
Haede, Werner; Stache. Ulrich; Fritsch. Werner; and Radscheit. Kurt,
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning. Tridesoxypyranosides and process for their manufacture.
3.639.388. CI 260-210.5
Stache. Ulrich. Fntsch. Werner; Haede. Werner; and Radscheit.
Kurt.3.639.394
Haefele. Walter R.: S«rf —
Bishop. Eugene T.. Haefele. Walter R.; and Hendricks, Willis
R, 3.639, 163
Haefeli, Hildegard, to Calottan AG. Film strip 3,639,045, CI. 352-37
Hagemeyer, Hugh J., Jr., and Edwards. Marvin B.. to Eastman Kodak
Company. Preparation of a-olefin block copolymers. 3.639.5 15. CI
260-878
Hahn, Frederick C, to Esco Corporation. Corner bit structure
3.638.736.CI. 172-719
Hahn, Gunter: See—
Keller, Horst; and Hahn, Gunter. 3.639, 723
Hajnes, Derrick J., to University College of Swansea. Method and ap-
paratus for measuring the flatness of sheet material wherein a scale is
superimposed upon the sheet. 3,639,064, CI. 356-1 20
Haines, Kenneth A., to Holotron Corporation. One step orthoscopic
image reconstructing technique for a hologram constructed through
a dispersive medium. 3,639,029, CI. 350-3.5
Haines, Kenneth A., to Battelle Development Corp>oratK>n, The
Techniques for hologram data reduction. 3,639,032. CI. 350-3.5
Haines. Kenneth A., to Battelle Development Corporation, The. Holo-
graphic data reduction with periodic dispersive mediums and
method of orthoscopic image reconstruction. 3,639,033, CI. 350-3.5
Haise, Hans Joachim; and Harbort, Hans, to International Standard
Electric Corporation. Apparatus for marking conductor cables
3,638,612, CI. 118-625
Haivala, Williams. Strike-off rod. 3.638,273. CI. 15-235 4
Halasa, Adel F., to Firestone Tire & Rubber Company, The. Joining
live polymers by means of monohalogen compounds. 3,639,367, CI.
260-85.1
Hale, Neville E.; and Gardner, Kenneth, to Farthom Oceanology
Limited. Acoustically transparent hydrodynamic towed body for un-
derwater exploration and the like. 3,638,601, CI. 1 14-235.
Hall, Henry B.; and Hill, Norman W., to International Telephone and
Telegraph Corporation. Thermostatically controlled liquid heating
Unk. 3,638,619. CI. 122-13.
Hall Industries, Inc.: 5««—
Ross, John A, 3.638,888. *
Halliburton Company: See—
Gardner, Tommy R., Lasater, Reginald M., and Knox, John A.,
3,639.279.
Moore, Paul A., and Boyles, Homer T , 3,638,68 1 .
Hamada, Masa: See—
Umezawa, Hainao; Hamada, Masa, Naganawa, Hiroshi, Takeuchi,
Tomio; Maeda, Kenji; and Okami, Yoshiro. 3,639. 582.
Hamilton. James P.: See-
Lynch, Charles Andrew. Jr.. and Hamilton, James P. ,3,639,280.
Hanes, James W. E.: See —
Huntsinger, Fritz R.; and Hanes. James W E .3.638,732.
Hanfling. Jerome D.: 5^^—
Monaghan, Stephen R , and Hanfling. Jerome D. 3.639. 863.
Hanley, Bernard C : 5^^—
Castonguay. Roger A . Hanley. Bernard C. Mallahan. Francis J.;
and Wenckus. Joseph F .3.639.7 18
Hannaford, Hedley G. Construction of punch dies. 3,638.474, CI. 72-
476
Hannah, John, to Merck & Co., Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions con-
taining cholanic acid conjugates 3,639,597, CI. 424-238.
Hansen, Arne H : See—
De Rouville, Matthew, Munn, Alfred John; and Hansen, Arne
H .3.638.733
Harbison, Deloris J. AdjusUble hair foundation. 3.638.663. CI 132-54.
Harbort, Hans: See —
Haise, Hans Joachim, and Harbort, Hans. 3, 638, 61 2.
Harbort, Ludwig, to Gunther Wagner Pelikan-Werke. Microcapsules
as carriers for color reaction components in color reaction paper and
processof making said microcapsules 3,639,257, CI 252-316.
Harbour, Philip F , and Swaneck. Anthony J , to Westinghouse Ehec-
tric Corporation Refrigerator-freezer with meat keeper. 3,638,717,
CI 165-30
Harby, Bernard, Limited: See —
Harby, Bernard M . 3,638.374
Harby. Bernard M , to Harby. Bernard. Limited Wall base member.
3,638,374. CI 52-100
Hard, David A., to Engineered Products Company, The. Tamperproof
mirror mounting. 3.638.900. CI. 248-488
Hardcl. Hans-Joachim: See—^
Scnnewald. Kurt. Ohorodnik. Alexander; and Hardel, Hans-
Joachim, 3.639.472
Harder. Arthur J , Jr , and Bilancia. Raymond A., to Coach and Car
Equipment Corporation Elevation adjusting assembly for seat.
3,638,897. CI 248-400
Hardesty, Floyd W. Geometric patterned board game 3,638,947, CI.
273-135
Hardy Scales Company: See— '.
Douglas, Edwin J , 3,638,743.
Harnisch. Heinz: See—
Gabler, Hellmut, Harnisch, Heinz; Heymcr, Gero, Merkenich,
Karl, and Ping, Wolf-Dieter,3.639.287
Harnoncourt, Karl, to List, Hans. Measuring instrument for the deter-
mination of the partial pressure of oxygen and carbon dioxide and of
the pH value of a blood sample 3,639,829. CI 324-30.
Harnoncourt. Karl, to List. Hans Attachment for the microanalysis of
blood gases. 3.639.830. CI. 324-30
Harper, Robert J , It See-
Bruno, Joseph S . Harper. Robert J . Jr., and Reid, John
D ,3,639,097
Harnngton, Joseph Kenneth, Kvam. Donald C, Mendel. Arthur; and
Robertson, Jerry E., to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany. N-substituted perfluoroalkanesulfonamides. 3,639,474, CI.
260-556.
Harrington, Joseph Kenneth: See —
Robertson, Jerry E., Harnngton. Joseph Kenneth; and Banitt,
Elden H ,3,639,361.
Harris-lntertype Corporation: See-
Lev/, Dong W . and Proud. Ralph A . Jr . 3.638.541 .
Harrison. Marvin H , to International Minerals & Chemical Corpora-
tion. Method for treatment of heavy media. 3.638.791 . CI. 209-12.
Harrison. Otto R . to Esso Production Research Company. Flexible
connection for rotating blowout preventer. 3.638.721 . CI. 166-0.5
Hart. AtleeS Fuel gauging device 3,638,491 . CI. 73-304.
Hart. Charles H . Cashau, George R.. and Holtz. Hans D . to American
Newspaper Publishers Association Research Instituteq Incorporated
Phillips Petroleum Company. Method for separating a bundle of plu-
ral sheets Omega, omega-dinitroalkannic acids, esters, and ester-
salts. 3.638.936. CI 260-404.5
Hart. Derek James, and Davis, Robert, to British Lighting Industries
Limited. Output adaptor for electric distribution tracks. 3.639.709,
CI. 200-51.
Hart, Jack P., to General Motors Corporation. Regenerator seal.
3,638,716, CI 165-9
Hartlein. Robert C, and Vincent. Harold L Dirt resistant silicone
rubber 3.639.155. CI 117-138 8
Hartman. Paul F.. to Allied Chemical Corporation. Adhesive composi-
tions comprising polyethylene and oxidized polyethylene. 3.639.189,
CI 156-244
Hartman, Thomas E.. i>f—
Thomas, Herbert P , Hartman, Thomas E., and Aasen, Torulf
F ,3,639,057
Hartq Halver lllen, Jr., to Sylvania Electric Productsq Inc. Refractory
metal boat for heat treating coils. 3.638,930. CI 263-47.
Haruna, Takashi. and Shimano, Akira. to Nissan Motor Company
Limited Trigger switch for motor vehicle safety devices. 3.639,710,
CI. 200-61.48
Harvey, Wirt T . and Merritt, John W , to Garrett Corporation, The.
Electrofluidic transducer 3,638.67 1 , CI. I 37-8 1 .5
Hasegawa, Yoshikazu See—
Kobayashi, Tatsuo, and Hasegawa, Yoshikazu, 3,638,545.
Hashimoto, Yoshitaka: See—
Uemura, Saburo; Fuse, Toyohiko, and Hashimoto,
Yoshitaka,3,639,698
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Hathaway, Milton R., Jr Pickup truck and trailer passageway device
3,638,991, CI. 296-23.
Hattori, Kiyoshi; and Richardson, Elby Leon, to Dart Industries Inc.
Glass Tiber reinforced resins containing dispersion. 3.639.331, CI.
260-31 8
Hauck, Erwin Arthur; and Vigil, Jacob F , to Burroughs Corporation.
Multi-channel input/output control with automatic channel selec-
tion 3,639.909, CI 340-172.5
Hausermann, Heinrich: See—
Rosenberger, Siegfried, Troxler, Eduard; and Hausermann, Hein-
rich,3,639,419
Haver-Lockhart Laboratories, Incorporated: See—
Urton, John T.; Glass, Max E.; Donahue. Stephen F.; and Carlson.
Arthur. Jr.. 3.639.577.
Hawkins. Paul Maddison. to General Alarm Corporation Apparatus
for forming a wiring system. 3.639.193, CI. 156-433.
Hayashi, Masahiro: See—
Sueda, Hideo; Yamawaki, Takeshi, Kida, Keiichi, Hayashi,
Masahiro; Endo, Kazuo, and Kaneko, Mamoru,3,639,553.
Hayashi, Noburo; Katsumi, Mamoru; Ogata, Yuzuru; Arai, Sumio; Ku-
rita, Yoshiaki; and Inamori, Yoshihiro, to Kao Soap Co , Ltd.
Process for preparing amphoteric surface active agents. 3,639.468.
CI 260-534.
Haynes. Raymond R.: See—
Patton. Tad L ; and Haynes, Raymond R ,3,639,528
Haynes, Winficld Scott, Jr , and Miller, Carroll T . to Dow Chemical
Company. The. Method for the polymerization of alkenyl aromatic
monomers. 3,639,372. CI 260-93 5
Hayter. Roy G.; and Bishop. Eugene T.. to Shell Oil Company. Block
copolymers having improved physical properties. 3.639.523. CI.
260-880.
Heaney. Paul R.; and Strubel. Gad E.. to Eastman Kodak Company.
Automatic ranging and focusing projector. 3,639,048, CI. 353-101.
Hecht-Lucari, Giorgio: 5**—
Mehrhof, Werner; Irmscher, Klaus, Hecht-Lucari, Giorgio; Kraft,
Hans-Gunther; and Kieser, Hartmut,3,639,599.
Heckmann, Wolfgang, to Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz Aktien-
gesellschaft. Non-cellular rotary vacuum filter. 3,638,797, CI. 210-
393.
Hedstrom, Albert V., to Almac Cryogenics, Inc. Cryogenic liquid level
control. 3,638,442, CI. 62-49.
Heflin, Albert E., Sr.. to Teledoc Corporation. Patient monitoring
system with bed sheet-mounting antenna. 3.638.642. CI. 1 28-2 1
Heikel. Henrik R.: See-
Maskal. John; Thompson, Ivan M.; and Heikel, Henrik
R, 3,639, 158.
Heilmann, Thorbjorn. to Smidth. F L.. & Co Separation of alkali rich
dust from cement kilns. 35638.400. CI 55-69
Heim. Gerhard, to Daimler-Benz Iktiengesellschaft Installation for
closing or opening apertures in vehicles. 3,638.994. CI. 296- 1 37.
Heinrich. Herbert W ; and Schmitt. Ingeborg M Eyeliner composition.
3.639.572, CI. 424-63.
Helfand, Fredric E.; and Baer, Marvin B., to Scan Systems, Inc. Materi-
al container sorting apparatus and method. 3,639,728, CI. 235-61.1 1
Helgemeir, Heinrich, to Robel & Co. Apparatus for consolidating a
track bed. 3,638.578. CI. 104-12.
Heilmann, Reinhold: See—
Schneggenburger, Roger G., and Heilmann. Reinhold.3.639.1 39.
Helson. Lloyd W.:S«-
Grove, George L.. Stewart. Irving J., and Helson. Lloyd
W. 3.638,364.
Hendlin, David; Supley, Edward O , Del Val, Sagrario Mochales, and
Mata, Justo Martinez, to Merck & Co.. Inc. Antibacterial composi-
tion containing (-)(cis-l,2- epoxypropyDphosphonic acid.
3.639.590, CI. 424-203. i
Hendricks, Willis R.;S««-
Bishop, Eugene T.; Haefele, Walter R.; and Hendricks, Willis
R, 3,639,163.
Hendrix, John W., to Upjohn Company, The. Process of establishing
cyclicity in a human female. 3,639,600, CI. 424-242.
Henkel & Cie GmbH.: See-
Frotscher, Herbert, and Petzold, Manfred, 3,639,296.
Wessendorf, Richard; Nosier, Heinz Gunter; and Bellinger, Horst,
3,639,444.
Henkel, Michael A.: See—
Drejza, John E., Henkel, Michael A., and Morgan, William
F.,3,638,565.
Henn, Friedrich: See-
Cherubim, Martin; and Henn, Friedrich, 3, 639, 3 1 4.
Henrie, Thomas A.: See—
Scheiner. Bernard J.. Lindstrom. Roald E ; and Henrie, Thomas
A. .3.639,222.
Henselman. Richard O . and Burkard. Herbert G.. to Esso Research
and Engineering Company. Synergistic dewaxing and composition.
3.639.226, CI 208-37.
Henson, Samuel H. Speed mount camper bracket. 3,638,895, CI. 248-
361
Herbeck, Rudolf: See—
Trieschmann, Hans-Georg; Wisseroth, Kari; Scholl, Richard; and
Herbeck, Rudolf,3.639,377.
Herchenroeder. Robert Blanchard Herman, to Cabot Corporation,
mesne. Lanthanum containing powders for making oxidation re-
sistant metallics, method of making same, and metallic products
madetherefrom. 3,639,1 16, CI. 75-0.5
Hercules Incorporated: See—
Andrews, Ray, 3,639,3 10
Gilby. Patricia G.. 3,639,292.
Long, Wendell P., 3,639,378.
Long, Wendell P, 3.639.379.
Vandenberg. Edwin J . 3,639,267
Hereford. John R Rotary electromagnetic actuator. 3,638.550. CI. 95-
53.
Herlinger. Heinz: See—
Wunder. Walter; Klebcrt. Wolfgang; Herlinger. Heinz; and
Schafer, Karl.3,639.157
Hermann. Hans Dieter: See —
Burg. Karlheinz; Gutweiler. Klemens. and Hermann. Hans
Dieter.3.639.349.
Hermann. Stanley R.: See—
Fellows. Charles T; and Hermann. Stanley R .3.639,166
Hermanson, Terry, to Mr. Christmas. Incorfwrated Collapsible artifi-
caltree 3.639. 196. CI 161-14
Hernqvist. Karl G.. to RCA Corporation Ion discharge tube employing
cataphoretic techniques. 3.639.804. CI 315-108
Herrmann, Thomas R. Drafting apparatus and method of use thereof.
3,638,318, CI. 33-75.
Herter, Frank. Belt type side pocket waist adjustment for garments
3,638.242. CI. 2-237.
Hervig. Harold C. to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company.
Method for cable-blocking with polyurethane foam. 3,639,567. CI.
264-45.
Herwig. Walter: See—
Brinkmann. Ludwig. and Herwig. Walter. 3. 639. 527.
Herzhoff, Peter. Gref. Hans. Behr. Rolf; Maus. FnU; Schweicher.
Wolfgang; Wasser. Willi; Friedsam. Josef; and Browatzki. Kurt, to
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Apparatus for coating stnp-form
substrates. 3,638,604, CI. 1 18-50
Herzhoff, Peter, Schweicher, Wolfgang; Maus, FnU, Wasser. Willi.
Browatzki. Kurt, and Gref. Hans, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktien-
gesellschaft. Deflecting guide mechanism for bands coated on one
side. 3.638.845. CI 226-97.
Hess. James L.. Jr.. and Dow. Harrison E., to Philco-Ford Corporation.
Phonograph mounting structure. 3. 638. 95 I. CI 274-2.
Hess. Walter: See—
Knell. Bernhard; Desfossez, Paul, Hess, Walter, and Schuiz, Hans-
Dieter, 3.638.71 3.
Hesse. Robert H.. to Research Institute for Medicine and Chemistry.
Method of preventing corticosteroid-induced adverse effects on
bone and compositions useful in said method. 3.639,585. CI. 424-
128.
Hessen. Petter. and Siirak. Ruudi. to Allmanna Svenska Elektnska Ak-
tiebolaget. Means for controlling the leakage flux jn transformers.
3.639.872, CI. 336-84.
Hetz, Herbert: S^^—
Nieswandt, Werner, Linge. Hermann. Pirzer. Hans. Hoerauf.
Werner; and Hetz, Herbert. 3. 639, 659
Hetzler. Lewis R.. Campbell. Robert E . Carlson. Charles R . and
Huntzinger. Gerald O., to General Motors Corporation Internal
combustion engine ignition distributor cap and coil assembly.
3.638.630. CI. 123-148.
Hewitt. Fred G., to Sperry Rand Corporation Magneto-optic phase
correlator 3.639.744. CI 235-181.
Hewitt. Robert E.: See—
Lyies. James M.. Hewitt, Robert E , Hill, Glenn L., and Bntt,
James E .3.638,610.
Hewlett. Colin: See—
Cubbon. Robert C P. Braid. John E.. and Hewlett.
Colin.3.639.425
Hewlett-Packard Company: See—
Juctice. Gregory. 3,639,846.
Schmidhauser. Rolf, 3,639,843.
Suzuki, Kazu, 3,638,549
Heyden, Gary F.: See—
Flournoy, James W., and Heyden, Gary F .3.638.983
Heyer. Wiliam T.. and Soukup. Dale F Timer valve 3.638.682. CI
137-624.12
Heymer, Gero: See—
Gabler. Hellmut; Harnisch. Heinz; Heymer. Gero. Merkenich.
Karl, and Ping, Wolf-Dieter, 3.639,287
Heymer, Gero; Landgraber, Herbert; and Merkenich. Karl, to Knap-
sack aktiengesellschaft. Process for the manufacture of non-caking
blends comprising sodium tripolyphosphate hexahydrate and sodium
nitrilo triacetate monohydrate or dihydrate, and their use as deter-
gents, cleansing or rinsing agents 3,639,289, CI. 252- 1 37.
Heyworth, Ernest R., to Corning Glass Works. Carton for bulbous arti-
cles. 3,638,848. CI. 229-16.
Hicks. Derek J 5ff—
Clark. Donald George; and Hicks. Derek J. .3.638. 877
Higdon. Joseph W. Jr Drawer frame 3,639.027, CI 3 1 2-330
Higginbotham. Roy F.. Blonder. Fred D , and Srtyder. David E . to
Datatype Corporation. Optical reader system. 3,639.730. CI. 235-
61.11
Hill. Harold J., to Shell Oil Company Secondary oil recovery process
with incremental injection of surfactant slugs. 3,638,728, CI 166-
273.
Hill, Norman W.;S«—
Hall, Henry B.; and Hill. Norman W, 3,638.619
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Hillinger, Bruno, to WaAgner-Biro AG Structure for traniporting and
iteringflowablematenali. 3.638,699, CI 150-O.S
Hilt, Glenn L.: See—
Lyiet, Jamei M., Hewitt, Robert E.; Hilt, Glenn L.; and Brut.
James £.3,638.610.
Himmelmann. Wolfgang: See—
Matejec. Reinhard; Meyer, Rudolf; and Himmelmann. Wolf-
gang.3,639,128.
Hmoda. Seiiuke: See—
Tanimura, Shigeru; Maejima, Norio; Yothimura, Kiyokazu; and
Hinoda. Seiiuke.3,639,867
Hinz, Harry Carl. Jr., to International Buiineu Machines Corporation
Enhanced error detection and correction for data systems
3.639.900. CI. 340-146.1
Hippach. Wilbum L.. to Bliu & Laughlin Industries. Incorporated.
Portable crane with extendable boom. 3.638.806. CI. 21 2-SS.
Hirai. Shoichi: See—
Nagata, WaUru, and Hirai. Shoichi, 3. 639,408.
Hirote, Masahiro: See—
Sadakata, Kazuo; Sasaki. Minoru; Hirose. Masahiro; Nakamura,
Yasuo; Mikida, Yukio; Ito, Kazuo; and Kimura, Ku-
ninobu,3.639.513
Hirose, Yoshiyuki, to Kabushiki Kaisha Daini Seikosha. Timepiece
with an automatic hand-set. mechanism by standard time announce-
ment. 3.638.417, CI. 58-24
Hirsch. Clarence A.: See—
Little. Edwin D; and Hirsch. Clarence A. 3 .639. 1 IS.
Hirsh Company. The: See—
Ferdinand, Irwin J., and Kulbenh. Irwin R.. 3,639.026
Hishida. Yukio; Kato, Takami, and Kurachi, Hisao. to Brother Indus-
tries Ltd. Repeat action mechanism for power operated typewriters
3.638.775. CI. 197-17.
HiUchi Cable, Ltd.: See—
Miyadera, Yasuo; Masuko. Tatuo; Muroi. Tadashi; Okada,
Shinichi; and Noguchi. Hiroshi. 3.639.342
Hitachi Chemical Company. Ltd.: See—
Miyadera, Yasuo; Masuko. Tatuo; Muroi. Tadashi; Okada,
Shinichi; and Noguchi, Hiroshi, 3,639,342.
Hiuchi, Ltd.: See-
Abe, Yoritsune, 3.638.447.
Fujino. Nobuhiro. 3,633,467.
Fujisaki, Yoshio; Suzuoki, Akira; and Ishibashi. Eiichi. 3,639.673
Fukui, Kakichi; and Imai. Shiro. 3.638.468.
Fukushima, Masakazu; and Kimura, Katuhiro, 3,639.797.
Kaino. Yoku, 3,639,675.
Kimura, Katuhiro; and Kaneko. Yoichi. 3.639,856.
Mauuura. Shigeo, 3,638,301 .
Miyadera. Yasuo; Masuko. Tatuo; Muroi. Tadashi; Okada.
Shinichi; and Noguchi. Hiroshi. 3,639,342
Okoshi, Takanori, and Migiuka, Masatoshi, 3.639,857.
Yamabe. Masahiro, 3.639.080.
Yasuda. Tetutaro; and Nakanishi. Tsuneo. 3,638,523.
Hladek,JamesJ.:S««-
Kelly. Donald A; and HIadek. James J. .3.638,420.
HIavaty, Victor: See—
DettlofT, Richard L.; and HIavaty. Victor,3,638,552.
Hobson, H. M.. Limited: 5«—
Smith. Charles Philip; and Glaze. Stanley George. 3.638.672
Hodgson, Alfred W.. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Power
fuseapparatus. 3.639.873, CI. 337-187.
Hoerauf. Werner: See—
Nieswandt. Werner; Linge, Hermann; Pirzer, Hans; Hoerauf.
Werner; and Hetz, Herbert,3.639.659.
Hoffman. Harold L.: See—
Bumette, Robert W.; Hoffman. Harold L.; and Lukesq Richard
v.. 3.638.933.
Hofstein. Steven R.. to Princeton Electronic Products. Inc. Multi-
image and signal storage on a storage tube target. 3.639,910. CI
340-172.5
Hogel. Joseph E.; and Spethmann. [>onald H.. to Honeywell, Inc. Pres-
sure discriminator. 3.638.857. CI. 236-1.
Hohl Machine & Conveyor Co.. Inc.: See—
Miiazzo,Cari J. 3,638,779.
Hohman, Alvin E.; and Kennedy, William L.. to LTV Aerospace Cor-
poration. Method of adherently bonding neoprene to metal
3.639,135, CI. 117-10.
Holle, Werner, to Leitz, Ernst, G.m.b.H. Automatic focusing device for
slide projectors. 3,639,047. CI. 353-101 .
Hollingsworth, Ashley J., to Newell Industries Inc. Tape transport ap-
paratus and cartridge therefor. 3,638,880, CI. 242-192.
Hollingsworth, Charles M.: See—
Koncki, Witold W.; and Hollingsworth. Charles M..3.638,35 1 .
Hollister, John I., to Jackson Products Company. Hydraulic counter-
weight. 3.638,530. CI. 91-172.
Holm, William J. Apparatus for breaking sheet ice. 3,639,005, CI. 299-
25.
Holmes, John E. Roury sign device. 3.638,34 1 , CI. 40-39.
Holmes, Kenneth E. Foul weather outer garment. 3,638,24 1 , CI. 2-88.
Holoch, Klause E.. to General Electric Company. Subilization of
polyphenylene ethers. 3,639,334, CI. 260-45.9
Holotron Corporation: See—
Haines, Kenneth A, 3,639,029.
Holtkamp, Calvin J., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Self-clean-
ing oven overheat safety control. 3,639.726, CI. 219-413.
Holtschmidt. Hans: See—
Oertel. Gunter. Holtschmidt. Hans; and Cari, Wolf-
gang.3.639.532
Holu. HansD : See—
Hart. Charles H.; Cashau. George R.. and Holtz. Hans
0.3,638,936.
Holzer Patent AG: See—
Holzer. Walter. 3.638.794
Holzer. Walter, to Holzer Patent AG. Water softener. 3,638,794, CI.
210-98.
Homarket Inc : See—
Walker. Harold R.. and Kamen. Ira, 3,639.686.
Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Honda. Soichiro. and Shimojima, Hiroyuki. 3.639,882.
Washizawa, Yoshikazu. 3.638,744.
Honda. Soichiro; and Shimojima. Hiroyuki. to Honda Giken Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha Fuse box apparatus for a motorcar. 3,639,882, CI.
339-10.
Honeywell. Inc : See—
Hogel. Joseph E.. and Spethmann. Donald H., 3,638.857.
Kane. Hugh, 3.639,866
Honeywell Information Systems Inc.: See —
Campbell, Donald J , 3,639,912
Hooker Chemical Corporation: See—
Weil. Edward D . and Schlichting. Hans L.. 3,639.487.
Hoover. John R. E.: See-
Dunn, George L.. and Hoover. John R. E. 3,639.61 3
Hoover, Merwin Frederick: See—
Varven, Fannie S . Jula. Robert J., and Hoover, Merwin
Frederick.3.639.208
Hopkins, Hubert Brian: See—
Davies, Thomas Ellis, and Hopkins. Hubert Brian, 3.639. 5 1 8.
Horan, John J High-impcdance power for engine ignition and exhaust-
system particulate removal 3,639,788, CI. 310-8.1
Horger, Georg, to National Cash Register Company, The. Encapsula-
tion process by complex coacervation using inorganic polymers.
3,639,256. CI 252-316.
Hori. Hisako: See—
Shioda, Hirohisa, Namiki. Isamu, Hori, Hisako, and Katsuyama.
Yoshihisa.3.639.483.
Hornig, Ursula E : See—
Levy. Edward F, Karison, Roy H., and Hornig, Ursula
E .3.638.327.
Horsman Dolls. Inc.: See —
Kosicki. Witold W , and Hollingsworth. Charles M., 3,638.351 .
Hotchkiss Instruments, Inc.: See—
Hotchkiss, John E , 3.638.643
Hotchkiss, John E . to Hotchkiss Instruments, Inc. Endoscope for
photographic recording 3.638.643, CI. 128-9.
Hough Manufactunng Corporation: See —
Howes, Edward P , and Gillham. John A.. 3.638.376.
Houghton, James: See—
Nicklin, Thomas. Farrington. Frederick; and Houghton,
James,3.639.648
Housley, John Rosindale: See—
Oxley, Peter, and Housley, John Rosindale, 3. 639.434.
Houston, Robert J., and Csicsery. Sigmund M.. to Chevron Research
Company. Catalyst composition comprising a mixture. 3,639.273,
CI. 252-455.
Hovagimyan. Norman, and Van Delft, Robert Neale, to RCA Corpora-
tion. Solid state analog cross-point matrix having bilateral ^ross-
poinu 3,639,908, CI 340-166.
Howes, Edward P., and Gillham, John A., to Hough Manufacturing
Corporation Portable partition. 3.638,376, CI. 52-122.
Hsieh. Henry L.. to Phillips Petroleum Company. Polar compound ad-
juvants for improved block (>olymers prepared with primary
hydrocarbyllithium initiators. 3.639.521. CI. 260-880.
Hsieh, Henry L.; and Busier. William R., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Vinyl ketone polymerization. 3.639,346, CI. 260-63.
Hsieh. Henry L., and Mueller. Francis X., Jr.. to Phillips Petroleum
Company Proceu for preparing block copolymers by reacting lac-
tone with a polymer. 3,639,5 19. CI. 260-880.
Huault, Jean, to Lever Brothers Company. Carrier for ubs or pots.
3,638,990. CI. 294-87.2
Hubbard. George M.: See—
Stevens. William P , Hubbard, George M.; and Wagner, William
D .3.639.890
Hubbel. Edward F , to Aeroquip Corporation. Method of installing
brazing rings 3.639.721 , CI. 219-91.
Hubbell. Harvey. Incorporated: See —
Fidrych. Alfred W . 3,638.987
Huber. Guntram: See—
Bonisch. Herbert; Gaiser. Heinz; Huber, Guntram; and Kolle, Er-
win.3.638.899
Hucho. Wolf Heinrich: See—
Morchen. Wolfgang; Hucho. Wolf Heinrich; and Janssen, Lutz
Joachim, 3,638.551
Huck Manufacturing Company: See—
Orloff, John F., and Pinkerton. William E., 3,638,472.
Huck, Rodney M.: See—
Fitzhugh, Andrew F . and Huck. Rodney M., 3,639, 330.
Hudson, Fredrick W.: See—
Weiler. Ernest A ., and Hudson, Fredrick W, 3,638,61 1.
Hudson Wire Company: See—
Mc Cune, Thomas B., 3,639,807.
/
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Huggins, James M .: See-
Casey. Edward A; and Huggins. James M ,3,639.291.
Hughes Aircraft Company: See—
Kuhn. Henry G.; and Winterbettem. Rose Corless, 3,639.838.
Hughes. Burton B. Marking consumer items by rendering colorless
markings permanently colored with radiation exposure. 3,639,762.
CI 750-71
Hughes. James K.; and Su, Tsung-Yuan, to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Polyolefin fibers of improved dye receptivity conuining
toluene-sulfonamides. 3.639,505, CI. 260-873
Huguet. Gerard M.: See—
Eberle, Jeannine; Sergan, Micheline; Faurian. Claude; and Hu-
guet, Gerard M., 3,639.476.
Hull. Glenn Arden. to CPC International Inc. Low D E. surch
hydrolysate derivatives. 3.639,389, CI 260-233 3
Humphries, Darral V. to Bethlehem Steel Corporation. Seal for multi-
wire strand. 3.639,201, CI. 161-143.
Hundt, Werner: See-
Moll. Hans H.. and Hundt, Wemer,3, 638.75 1 .
Hunkeler. Jos.. Firma: See—
Wiersma. Frans. 3.638,966.
Hunt. Charles A., to North American Philips Corporation. Geneva
drive repeat cycle timer. 3.638,509, CI. 74-436
Hunt, Mack W: See-
Maxson. Orwin G ; and Hunt, Mack W .3.639.373.
Hunter. Frank B.: See—
Fcight, Robert A. Ferris. De Lay F, and Hunter, Frank
B. 3,638.669.
Huntsinger. FriU R.; and Hanes. James W E.. to Vetco Offshore Indus-
tries. Inc. Underwater wellhead electric connection apparatus for
submerged electric motor driven well pumps and method of installa-
tion. 3.638,732. CI. 166-315
Huntzinger, Gerald O.: See—
Hetzler, Lewis R.; Campbell. Robert E . Carlson, Charles R.. and
Hunuinger. Gerald 0. 3.638, 630.
Hutchins, Alma A. Rotary fluid device with axially expansible vane.
3,639,090,CI. 418-111.
Hutschenreuter, Elfriede: See—
Andra. Klaus; Porrmann, Herbert, and Hutschenreuter, El-
friede.3,639,146.
Hutt. Thomas Gough. Method of making synthetic-resin foils with
paper-like characteristics 3.639,554, CI 264-95
Hutton. Jerry T.. and Palmer, Gaylord M., to Foremost-McKesson. Inc
Lactose product and method 3.639. 170. CI. 127-31
Hwa. Chih M.. to Grace. W. R.. & Co. Composition and method for in-
hibiting and removing scale using glycolic acid and lignosulfonic
acid. 3.639.278. CI. 252-82.
Hyotlaine, William Kenneth. Golfers stance gauge including undue
sway indicator. 3.638,950, CI. 273-187.
I-T-E Imperial Corporation: See-
Clark, Robert M., 3,639.67 1 .
leki. Masako: See—
Shirasaka. Makoto; Tanabe. Katsumi. Naito. Atsushi. and leki,
Masako,3 .639.2 12
Igawa. Keisuki: See—
Okazaki. Kaoru; Shimokawa, Yoichi, Maeda. Taneo. Igawa,
Keisuki. Okagawa. Chikatsu. and Kato. Koichi. 3.639, 502.
Igi, Keishiro: See—
Katsuura, Kanji,, and Igi. Keishiro. 3, 639, 352.
lijima. Yasuo, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co , Ltd. Mechano-
electrical transducer having a pressure applying pin fixed by metallic
adhesion 3,639.8 12. CI. 317-234.
Ikeda.Tomoyasu. Intermittent driving device. 3.638.508. CI 74-426.
Ikeuchi. Akihiro: See—
Sekiguchi. Takashi; Tokiura. Shohei. Ogihara. Sadahide.
Yamamoto, Rokuro; and Ikeuchi, Akihiro, 3, 638, 824
lllg. Manfred, to Suddeutsche Kuhlerfabnk Julius Fr. Behr, Firma Ap-
paratus for the automatic control of blowers for the controlled ven-
tilation of heat exchangers. 3.638.7 18. CI 165-39
Illinois Testing Laboratories: See—
Meijer. Robert S.. 3.638.488.
lUumino Devices. Inc.: See-
Shaw. George, 3,638,898
Illy. Hugo; and Funderburk. Lance Harmon, to Toms River Chemical
Corporation. Process for the preparation of 2,3,3- trimethyl in-
dolenines 3,639.420. CI 260-319 1
Imai. Shiro: See—
Fukui. Kakichi. and Imai. Shiro. 3.638.468
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited: See—
Boardman. Guy, and Dawson, Fred. 3,639,255
Downer, John Michael, 3,639,328
Gamer. Paul Johnson, and Collins, Thomas Robert Stephen.
3.638.299
Griffiths. Geoffrey; and Stead, Cecil Vivian. 3,639.662
Kay, Ian Trevor, 3,639.611
McGrath, Harry; Moore. Raymond Frederick; and Smith, Eric,
3,639.649.
Parr. William Geoffrey. 3.638.329.
Penfold. John, 3,639.303
Sanders. Arthur Joseph. 3. 639. 1 95
Taylor. George Wright; and Wood. Derek Harold, 3,639,447.
Thompson, Morice William, 3,639,329
Wilson. Donald James; and Kenyon. Derek. 3.638.706.
Imperial Metal Industries (Kynoch) Limited: See—
Kelcher, Robert William, 3.639. 1 80.
Inagami, Masaaki: See—
Komuro, Keiji. Inagami. Masaaki; and Saito, Yoshiomi.3.639,65 1 .
Inamori, Yoshihiro: See—
Hayashi, Noburo; Katsumi, Mamoru, Ogata, Yuzuru, Arai, Sumio;
Kurita, Yoshiaki. and Inamori. Yoshihiro. 3. 639. 468.
Incentive Research & Development AB: See—
Morichetto, Michele, 3,639,761.
Incoterm: See—
Frieband. Neil G, and Kendrick. Douglas O , 3,639.91 1 .
Indal Canada Limited: See—
Englhardt. Robert Anton. 3,638.759.
Industrial Electronic Hardware Corporation: See—
Pittman. Robert B . and Keere. Walter P , 3,639,888
Industrie werk Schaeffler OHG: See—
Schaeffler, Georg, 3,639,019
Ingersoll Locks Limited: See-
Berry, Daniel Victor, and Knott, Stanley Gerald Thomas,
3,638,460
Innes. John Edwin, to American Cyanamid Company. Aryl- and araU
kyl-aminobenzophenones. 3,639,48 1 , CI. 260-570.
Institut fur Plasmaphysik G.m.b.H.: See—
KafVa,Wilhelm, 3.639,672
Interlego AG.: See-
Christiansen, Godtfred Kirk, 3,638,352.
Intermountain Research and Engineering Co , Inc : See-
Johnson, Raymond A , 3,638,570
International Business Machines Corporation: See —
Ahn,KieY., 3,639,167.
Arulpragasam, Jeganandaraj A , 3,639.904.
Bardo, Gerald B ,3,638,687.
Chand,Nirmal. 3,639, 125
Colom, Lucas A . and Levine, Harold A . 3.639,185
Deutsch, Herman, Steward, Edgar H . and van Gieson. Walter D.,
Jr., 3,639,694.
Drejza, John E.. Henkel. Michael A., and Morgan. William F.,
3.638.565
Forster. Theodor; and Mohr. Theodor O . 3.639,186.
Hinz, Harry Carl. Jr . 3.639.900
Lussow, Robert O, and Wirtz, Louis H.. 3,639.143
Missel, Leo. 3.639,218.
Nelson, Robert Gordon, 3.639.688.
Vogel, Marcel J. .3,639. 188.
International Businss Machines Corporation: See—
Secrist, Duane R., and Turk, Harold L., 3,639.701 .
International Company: See —
Togami. Paul G., 3,638,407.
International Harvester Company: See—
Frase, Roland J . and O'Neil, Gordon R . 3,638.829.
Graham, Stanford G , Sewelin, Ernest R., Staadt. Richard L , and
Pinney, Jimmie D., 3.638,749
International Minerals & Chemical Corporation See-
Harrison. Marvin H., 3,638,791
International Minerals & Chemicals Corpwration: See —
Balzer.OthmerF . 3.639.578
International Nickel Company, Inc., The See—
Skomoroski, Robert M, 3.639.219
International Patents & Development Corporation See-
Price. Howard, Wallick, Seymour, and Math. Irwin. 3.638.561.
International Standard Electric Corporation: See—
Behlen.Horst. 3.639.827
Benmussa. Henn, Bui, Ngoc-Sanh. and Troubac. Gerard,
3.639.682
Craven. George Frederick; and Skedd. Richard Finnic. 3.639.862.
Dietrich. Walter. 3.639.902
Haise. Hans Joachim, and Harbort, Hans. 3.638,612.
Russen. Albert. 3.639.861.
Turriere. Jean Emile. 3.638.882
International Synthetic Rubber Company Limited, The See-
Marshall, Philip Ronald, and Ridgewell. Brian John. 3.639,371.
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation: See-
Anders, Hans Joachim. 3,638,764
Anhalt, John W. and Maston. James W, 3.639.891.
Belart. Juan. 3.638,426
Hall, Henry B., and Hill, Norman W , 3.638.619
Klein. Hans-ChristofT, and Byrne. James D . 3.639.009
Levine, Arnold M., 3,639,684.
Lindsay, Wesley N . 3.639.816
Ostwald, Fritz. 3,638,768.
Staller,Karel Jan, 3,639.050.
Staller, Karl Jan. 3,638.5 10.
Inventors Engineering Inc : See —
Vik.AlbamM .3.638,339
Irie, Hisashi: See—
Ohki. Makoto; Irie, Hisashi, and Okamoto, Kazuo, 3,639, 204
Irie, Masanori, to Nippon Selfoc Kabushiki Kaisha. a/k/a Nippon Sel-
foc Co., Ltd Synthetic resin structures for light conduction and
production thereof 3,639,035, CI 350-96
Irmscher, Klaus: See—
Mehrhof, Werner, Irmscher. Klaus. Hecht-Lucari, Giorgio, Kraft,
Hans-Gunther; and Kieser, Hartmut. 3,639, 599
Irvin Air Chute Limited: See-
Wright, David A , and Palm, Lorenz, 3.638.287.
Isaacs. Telma J : See—
Riedel. Ernest Paul, and Isaacs. Telma J. ,3,639,252.
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
February I, 1972
Ishibashi, Eiichi; See—
Fujisaki, Yoshio, Suzuoki. Akira; and Ishibashi, Eiichi, 3. 639. 673
Ishida, Mitsuo. Safety valve for aerosol containers. 3,638,840, CI. 222-
402 24
Ishida, Yoshiyuki; See—
Yoshiya, Yoshio, Ishida, Yoshiyuki. and Ito,
Masamichi, 3,639,885
Ishii, Motoki: See —
Onishi, Akira, Anzai, Shiro. and Ishii, Motoki, 3,639, 520.
Ishii, Takami; 5**—
Sugiura, Shotaro; and Ishii, Takami, 3, 639, 347.
Islam, RariquI, Garnish, Sidney George, Figov, Murray, and Mustacchi,
Henry, to GAF (Great Britain) Limited. Diazotype materials
3,639,421, CI 260-326.3
Issa, Manuel: See—
Dempsey, George A., Jr., Koenig, Martin F.; and Issa,
Manuel,3,639,676.
Itek Corporation; See—
Rubenstein, Robert Aaron; and Watson, John Thaxter, 3,638,546.
Ito, Hiroo, and Kimura, Kaoru, to Toa Hosei Chemical Industry Co ,
Ltd. Process for the preparation of a,^-unsaturated monocarboxylic
acid esters. 3,639,461 , CI. 260-486
Ito. Kazuo: See—
Sadakata, Kazuo; Sasaki, Minoru; Hirose, Masahiro, Nakamura,
Yasuo, Mikida, Yukio, Ito, Kazuo, and Kimura, Ku-
ninobu,3,639,513.
Ito, Masamichi: See—
Yoshiya, Yoshio; Ishida, Yoshiyuki; and Ito.
Masamichi,3,639,885
Itoh, Takashi: 5**—
Sawa, Yoshi; Itoh, Takashi; Kojima, Minoru, and Sotomura,
Mikio,3,639,l54.
I W S. Nominee Company Limited: See —
Johnds, Amc, 3,638,278.
Izumi, Rokuro: See—
Nagata, Akio, Ando, Takuji, Izumi, Rokuro. and Sakakibara.
Hideo,3,639,580.
Jackson Products Company: 5*f—
Hollister. John I, 3,638,530.
Jacobi.Oskar: See—
Rieschel, Hans; and Jacobi, Oskar,3,638,53 I .
Jacobs, Comelis Adrianus Joannes, Beijer, Louis Benjamin; and Dries-
sen, Antonius Jozephus Gerardus Cornelis, to US Philips Corpora-
tion. High-pressure mercury vapour iodide discharge lamp
3,639,801, CI. 313-223
Jacobson, Robert L , and Spurlock, Burwell, to Chevron kesearch
Company. Chlonde addition during hydrogenation 3,639,227, CI
208-143
Jacomet, Arthur H.: See—
Burch, Darrel W , and Jacomet, Arthur H ,3,638,774
Jaffe, Joseph, and Kittreill, James R., to Chevron Research Company
Catalyst comprising a fluorine-containing layered crystalline alu-
minosilicate, and preparation and use thereof. 3,639,268, CI 252-
437
Jaffke. Heinz K E., to Uniroyal Endustri Tuk, AS. Rubber coating ap-
paratus with excess rubber recovery mechanism. 3,638,607. CI 118-
249.
Jahn, Ulrich: See—
Ritschel, Wolfgang A., Fischer, Johanna, Jahn, Ulrich, and
Wagner-Jauregg, Theodor,3,639,623.
Jahresunhren-Fabnk GmbH, Firma: See—
Kaltenbach, Klaus, 3,638.416.
Jaillet, Jean: 5^; —
Balmat, Georges, and Jaillet, Jean,3,639.7l2.
Jaimee, Angelo, to Ford Motor Company. Exhaust manifold heat valve
control system. 3,638,625, CI. 123-122.
James, Herbert I.: See—
Nordblom, George F., and James, Herbert I. ,3, 639, 1 76.
Jamison, Saunders E., and Dunay, Michael. Art of producing shaped,
modiTied, condensation [wlymers. 3,639,501 , CI. 260-857.
Janin, Raymond: See —
Batigne, Daniel; Boichard, Jacques, Gay, Michel; and Janin.
Raymond, 3,639.416.
Janssen. Lutz Joachim: See —
Morchen, Wolfgang; Hucho. Wolf Heinrich; and Janssen. Lutz
Joachim,3, 638,55 I.
Jansson, Birger F., to Case, J. I., Company. Control mechanism for
nuid translating device. 3,639,093, CI. 418-177
Januszewski, Joseph Paul, to Colgate-Palmolive Company. Mouthwash
containing polymeric polyoxyethylene nonionic surface active agent
and chloroform. 3,639,563, CI. 424-49,
Japanese Geon Company, Limited, The: See—
Komuro, Keiji; Inagami, Masaaki; and Saito, Yoshiomi, 3,639,65 1 .
Japanese Geon Company, Ltd., The: See—
Sugimoto. Katsumi; and Fukui, Sachio, 3.639,5 1 2.
Jaskowsky, Jorg, to Eastman Kodak Company. Apparatus for photo-
graphically duplicating information bearing media. 3,639,060, CI.
355-104.
Jay, Leon: See—
Domine, Daniel; and Jay, Leon, 3,638, 398.
Jefferson Chemical Company, Inc.: See—
Milligan, John G, 3,639,262.
Muhlbauer, Herbert George. 3.639.403.
Jefferson. Donald Edward, to Grace. W R . & Co. Preparation of N-
allyl iminodiacetimide dioxime and polymers thereof. 3,639,364, CI.
260-80.3
Jenkin, Keith R., to Speedring Corporation Hydrostatic air bearing.
3,639,791, CI 310-90
Jenkins, Frank J.: See—
Endter, Norman G , and Jenkins, Frank J. ,3, 638, 703.
Jennings, George M. 5**—
Buckman, Stanley J., Lutey, Richard W., and Jennings, George
M .3,639,209
Jennings. Thomas C See-
Bergman, Kenneth C, and Jennings, Thomas C, 3, 639, 3 19.
Jennings. Uel Duane. to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company.
Process for winding a yarn package. 3,638,872, CI. 242- 18.1
Jeumont-Schneider: See—
Wiart.AlbcrtC. 3,639,819.
Jewell, William A Collapsible combination bed and closet. 3,638,246,
CI 5-2
Johannesson, Nils Olof. See—
Danell. Curt, and Johannesson. Nils Olof,3, 639,687.
Johnels, Ame. to I. W. S. Nominee Company Limited. Coiling textile
strands 3.638,278, CI 19-159
Johns, Calvin Edward, to Otis Elevator Company. Door coupling ap-
paratus for elevators 3,638,762, CI 187-52.
Johns-Manville Corporation: See—
Poltorak. Emil Jacob, 3,639, 187
Johnson & Johnson; See —
Drelich. Arthur H, and Condon. Patricia M, 3,639,327
Johnson. Charles B Foot rest structure for beds 3,638,250, CI. 5-327
Johnson, Daniel; See—
Loft, Arne, and Johnson. Daniel, 3, 638,422.
Johnson, George E , and Newman, Walter, to Leviton Manufacturing
Co , Inc Lampholder for fluorescent lamps 3,639,887, CI 339-53
Johnson, Homer R . to Westvaco Corporation. Methane for regenerat-
ing activated carbon 3.639.265, CI 252-41 1
Johnson, James, and Ordway. Richard S . to Circle Machine Co., Inc
Apparatus for applying ink or other liquids to soles or other free
form articles 3,638,261. CI 12-1
Johnson. Marshall A.; See —
Wolniak. Stanley C . Kincaid, Herbert J., and Johnson. Marshall
A. ,3,639.708
Johnson, Milton R See -
Lichtman. Irwin A . Johnson, Milton R.; Sekula, Leo F , and Dom,
Robert W .3,639,616
Johnson, Ralph A , to Deering Milliken Research Corporation Ap-
paratus for producing non-woven fabrics. 3,638,290, CI 208- 1 .
Johnson. Raymond A . to Intcrmountain Research and Engineering
Co , Inc Secondary blasting charge and container therefor
3,638.570. C! 102-24.
Johnson. Robert P See —
Blum, James, and Johnson. Robert P ,3,638,934
Jones. Ann M Writing readiness paper 3,638,332, CI. 35-37
Jones, Febcr B , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Preparation of
hydroxy-substituted polyesters 3.639,655, CI 260-47
Jones, Kenneth Moritz See —
Eichin. Harry Paul, and Jones, Kenneth Moritz, 3,639,1 30.
Jones, Rexford W : See—
Walkup. Lewis E , and Jones. Rexford W, 3,638, 567.
Jones, Stanley C See —
Poettmann, Fred H , and Jones, Stanley C. ,3,639,277.
Jones, Thomas Ivor See—
Fearnley, Charles, and Jones, Thomas Ivor, 3, 639, 290.
Jordan, Leslie H , and Arden, John. Vacuum operated timing device
with solenoid closable vent in valve chamber 3,639,7 I I , CI. 200-83
Juctice, Gregory, to Hewlett-Packard Company. Tandem sampling
controller using delayed operation of plural sampling gates.
3,639,846, CI 328-151
Jula, Robert J See—
Varveri, Fannie S., Jula, Robert J., and Hoover. Merwin
Frederick,3.639,208.
Jumberca. S A ; See —
Dalmau Guell. Jose Maria. 3.638,456.
Junghahnel, Rudolph, Renckhoff, Gustav, and Thewalt, Klaus, to
Dynamit Nobel Aktiengesellschaft. Bacteriostat and fungistat com-
positions containing cyclic O. N-acetals. 3,639,601 ,CI. 424-244.
Jurid WerkeG m b H See-
Wilhelmi.Hemer. 3.639,895,
Justman. Dan B , to Murphy, G W , Industries, Inc, Raise drilling bit,
3.638, 740,C! 175-53
Kabel- und Metallwcrke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Breitenbach, Otto, 3,639,860
Kabler, Donald J , to Varian Associates, Vacuum connector for con-
necting replaceable evacuated devices to an evacuated system.
3.638,401, CI 55-158.
Kabushiki Kaisha Daini Seikosha: See—
Hirose. Yoshiyuki. 3.638.4 17
Kabushiki Kaisha Komatsu Seisakusho (Komatsu Ltd.): See—
Ninomiya, Kenji, 3,638,772.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh: S««— '
Ando, Sadanao, and Miyagawa, Funihiro, 3,638,609.
Fukushima, Yoshio. 3.639.037.
Kato.Saburo, 3,638.954
Kunhara. Makoto. 3.638,:>48.
Machida. Hazime. and Okunv^, Zenjiro, 3,639,244.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Okuno. Zenjiro; and Machida, Hazime, 3.639,243
Kabushiki KaishaToyodaJidoshokki Seisakusho: See—
Ohta,Shuji, 3,638,761
Kafka, Wilhelm, to Institut fur Plasmaphysik GmbH, Electrical con-
ductor, 3,639,672, CI, 174-15
Kaifesh, Cass, Gage 3,638.324. CI 33- 1 74
Kaino. Yoku, to Hitachi, Ltd Laminated glass stem and method of
making same, 3,639,675, CI, 174-50 61
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation: See—
Dorsey, Geoffrey Austin, Jr,, 3,639,221 ,
Kalart Company Inc, The: See—
Schwartz, Morris, Castedello, William, and Kaprelian, Edward K
3,638.875,
Kalle Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Andra, Klaus; Porrmann, Herbert, and Hutschenreuter, Elfricde
3,639,146
Stegmeier, Gerhard. Lenhart. Helga; Gebler, Horst. and Diener
Horst. 3.639.134.
Kaltenbach. Klaus, to Jahresunhren-Fabnk GmbH. Firma, Tuning fork
drive forelocks, 3.638.4 1 6. CI, 58-23,
Kambour. Roger P., to General Electric Company Thermoplastic
blends of polyarylene oxide and block polymer, and method for mak-
ing them, 3.639.508. CI, 260-876
Kameishi. Michihiro, to Kanegafuchi Chemical Industry Company
Limited Chlorinated vinyl chloride resin compositions, 3.639.526
CI, 260-891,
Kamen. Ira: See-
Walker, Harold R,, and Kamen, lra,3, 639,686
Kaminsky, Edmund L,; See—
Roberu, William F , and Kaminsky, Edmund L ,3,638.590,
Kamoshida, Mototaka. and Nakanuma. Sho. to Nippon Electric Com-
pany. Limited, ComplemenUry enhancement and depletion
MOSFETS with common gate and channel region, the depletion
MOSFET also being a JFET 3.639.8 1 3, CI 3 1 7-235
Kamp. Joe H, Device for forming sheet metal joints and seams
3.638.596. CI, 113-54,
Kampe. Klaus-Dieter; and Fischer. Edgar, to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Process for the
manufacture of silicon containing neutral polyphosphoric acid ester
derivatives 3.639.440. CI, 260-448 2
Kanamaru. Yuichi: See—
Koguma. Kazumasa; Takeuchi. Hiroshi. and Kanamaru
Yuichi. 3.639.697,
Kane. Hugh, to Honeywell Inc ConsUnt actuating force arrangement
for a relay and a relay-adder combination 3,639,866, CI, 335- 132
Kanegafuchi Baseki Kabushiki Kaisha See—
Matsui, Masao; Tokura, Susumu, ind Yamabe. Masahiro
3.639,556
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ohki. Makoto. Irie. Hisashi; and Okamoto, Kazuo, 3,639,204,
Sawa, Yoshi; Itoh, Takashi, Kojima, Minoru, and Sotomura
Mikio. 3,639,154,
Tamura, Yoshio, and Ando, Satoshi, 3,639,203.
Kanegafuchi Chemical Industry Company Limited: See—
Kameishi, Michihiro, 3,639,526
Kaneko. Mamoru: See—
Sueda. Hideo; Yamawaki. Takeshi. Kida. Keiichi, Hayashi,
Masahiro, Endo, Kazuo, and Kaneko, Mamoru, 3, 639, 553
Kaneko, Yoichi: See—
Kimura, Katuhiro;and Kaneko, Yoichi, 3, 639, 856
Kannam, Peter J,: See—
Ernick, Frederick G , Kisinko, Paul M,, Marino, Joseph, and Kan-
nam. Peter J, ,3.639.8 1 5
Kantorski. Joseph W,, and Young. Charles Gilbert, to American Opti-
cal Corporation. Method of testing optical materials for microin-
homogeneities, 3.639.066. CI, 356-237,
Kao Soap Co,. Ltd,: See—
Hayashi, Noburo, Katsumi, Mamoru, Ogata, Yuzuru; Arai, Sumio;
Kurita, Yoshiaki, and Inamori. Yoshihiro. 3,639,468
Kaplan, Jury Abramovich: See—
Poludetkin, Vladimir Romanovich; Menitsky. losif Donatovich.
and Kaplan, Jury Abramovich, 3, 638, 5 1 3
Kaprelian, Edward K,; See-
Schwartz, Morris; Castedello, William, and Kaprelian, Edward
K, .3.638.875,
Karaghiosoff. Milin. to Paolo Bocciardo, Sammying presses,
3.638.562. CI, 100-118,
Karg. Gerhart. to Witco Chemical Company. Inc Antistatic carding
lubricant, 3.639.235, CI, 252-8,75
Karklys, Joseph, to Whirlpool Corporation, Electronic timer for a mul-
tiple function appliance, 3,639,844, CI, 328-130.
Karlson, Roy H,: See-
Levy, Edward F,; Karlson, Roy H,; and Homig, Ursula
E ,3,638,327
Karpman, David Bentsfonovich, Boris, Volkovich; Konovalov, Spivak
Leonidovich; Bednarchuk, Jury Vladimirovich, Chigirinsky, Alex-
ander Abramovich; Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich; Glider, Evgeny
Khaimovich; and Gradov, Oleg Borisovich, Structure for fixing the
current supply assembly in the rotor of electric machines, 3,639,794.
CI, 310-231,
Kaspar, Emanuel: See—
Philippson, Rainer; Gibian, Heinz; Muflic, Mahmud; and Kaspar.
Emanuel.3.639.433
Kaspar. Hans H,; and Kirk. Paul F,, to Bames-Hind Pharmaceuticals
Resterilizing contact lens solution, 3.639.576, CI, 424-78,
Kassler Investment Corporation: See—
Mazzarelle, Victor A,, 3,638,7 1 1 ,
Kato, Koichi; See—
Okazaki, Kaoru; Shimokawa, Yoichi; Maeda, Taneo; Igawa.
Keisuki, Okagawa, Chikatsu, and Kato, Koichi, 3,639, 502
Kato, Saburo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Spiral track type magnetic
recording and reproducing device 3.638.954, CI, 274-4
Kato, Takami: See—
Hishida, Yukio; Kato, Takami; and Kurachi, Hisao, 3,638. 775.
KaUigarakis, Stylianos G Cabinet bed 3,638,249, CI, 5- 1 59
Katsumi, Mamoru: See—
Hayashi, Noburo; Katsumi. Mamoru. Ogata, Yuzuru, Arai, Sumio;
Kuriu, Yoshiaki, and Inamori, Yoshihiro, 3,639,468
Katsuura, Kanji,; and Igi, Keishiro, to Kurashiki Rayon Co,, Ltd.
Polyesters of improved dyeability and light fastness 3,639,352, CI
260-75
Katsuyama, Yoshihisa: See—
Shioda, Hirohisa; Namiki, Isamu, Hon, Hisako, and Katsuyama.
Yoshihisa,3.639.483,
Katz. Hilbert John: See—
Delmenico, Jack; and Kau, Hilbert John, 3, 639,098.
Kauer, James C: See-
Gregory, Walter A, and Kauer, James C ,3,639,443
Kaufman, Harold A., to Mobil Oil Corporation. Organoglyoxylonitnle
oximino phosphates. 3,639,537, CI. 260-940.
Kawada, Hiroitsu: See—
Kawata, Ryuichi, Kawada, Hiroitsu, Ohmura, Tadayoshi, and Ue-
matsu, Sumio.3.639.564
Kawata. Ryuichi, Kawada, Hiroitsu; Ohmura, Tadayoshi. and Uematsu,
Sumio, to Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co , Ltd. Method of sugar
coating tablets 3,639,564, CI 424-35.
Kay, Ian Trevor, to Impenal Chemical Industries Limited Insecticidal
compositions and methods of combatting insects using carbamoylox-
imes, 3,639,61 1. CI 424-275
Keere, Walter P ; See—
Pittman. Robert B,; and Keere, Walter P .3,639.888
Kegekman, Matthew R,, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I . and Company,
Voltaic cells with lithium-aluminum alloy anode and non-aqueous
solvent electrolyte system, 3,639.1 74, CI, 136-20.
Kehl, William L., Lutinski, Frank E , and Swift, Harold E . to Gulf
Research & Development Company. High surface area alloys of
nickel with molybdenum and tungsten 3,639,647, CI 252-439.
Kehr, Frank L ; See-
Lambert, James H, 3,638,486
Kelcher, Robert William, to Impenal Metal Industries (Kynoch)
Limited. Niobium-base alloys. 3,639,1 80, CI. 148-12.7
Keico Company; See—
Schweiger, Richard G., 3,639,665
Kelemcn, Gyorgy; See —
Guczoghy, Lajos, Puklics. Mana, Kelemen, Gyorgy; and Leszkov-
sky, Gyorgy, 3,639,4 I 5
Kelleher, John J , Jr , to Raytheon Company Pulse generator with
storage means to maintain output transition in saturation after
removal of trigger pulse. 3,639,784, CI 307-26Q
Keller, Horst; and Hahn,Gunter. to Messer Gnesheim G m b H Weld-
ing control 3,639,723, CI. 219-131
Kelley, James L. Surgical instrument for intraluminal anastomosis,
3.638,652, CI 128-305
Kelly. Donald A , and HIadek, James J Thermal isolation for Stirling
cycle engine modules and/modular system 3,638.420, CI 60-24,
Kelly, Edward A,: See—
Armstead, George B,, Jr ; and Kelly, Edward A ,3,638,594
Kelso, Robert G; See—
McTeer, Lucian W , and Kelso, Robert G, 3,639,43 I ,
Keltner, Raymond O Shoulder cross seat belts with controlled pas-
senger deceleration 3,639,000, CI 297-386
Kempermann, Theo: See —
Nast, Roland, Ley, Kurt; Redtzky, Wolfgang, and Kempermann,
Theo,3,639,485,
Kendrick, Douglas O,; See—
Frieband, NeilG , and Kendrick, Douglas 0, 3.639,91 1
Kennecott Copper Corporation: See—
Spedden, Henry Rush, and Malouf, Emil Edward. 3.639.003
Wetzel. Mayo R . 3,638,500
Kennedy, Francis Alan Baby's crib, 3,638,247, CI 5-11,
Kennedy, William L.; See—
Hohman, Alvin E.; and Kennedy. William L .3.639.1 35
Kent, Eric G., to Polymer Corporation. Raw mixture of rubbery isobu-
tylene polymer with crystalline irons- 1 ,4-conjugated diolefin
polymer. 3,639,525, CI 260-888.
Kenyon, Derek; See-
Wilson, Donald James, and Kenyon, Derek, 3,638, 706
Keogh, James R , Jr , to FMC Corporation Cleaning oil laden metal
waste to recover the metal and reclaim the oil 3,639, 172, CI 134-
25.
Kerb-Konus-Gesellschafl Dr Carl Eibes & Co : See—
Eibes, Carl B H , dekeased, by Eibes. Ursula, geb Waschau,
Eibes, Christian, Eibes, Carl-Herwig, and Wagner, Mana-There-
sia, geb. Eibes; heirs, 3,638,259
Kerkhoven, Frederik Johan, and Troost, Seyer. to Lever Brothers
Company. Detergent slurry process. 3,639,288, CI 252- 1 35
Kerr Glass Manufacturing Corporation; See-
Roy. Gerald L. 3.638.8 19
Kerr. Robert O. : See— *
Pieper. Louis W ; and Kerr, Robert O ,3,638,606
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Keskkula, Henno. See—
Narayana. Munisamappa. Keskkula. Henno; and Mason, Jerry
E ,3,639,522
KeufTel Sc Esser Company See-
Baker, Allister L, 3,638,320
KeyMone Consolidated Industries, inc.: See—
Coe, William H, 3,638.277,
Kida. Keiichi: See—
Sueda, Hideo; Yamawaki. Takeshi; Kida, Keiichi, Hayashi,
Masahiro, Endo, Kazuo; and Kaneko, Mamoru, 3.639. 553.
Kida. Nobutoshi. 1/2 to Wakabayaski & Co.. Ltd Folding umbrella
3,638.668, CI. 135-20.
Kidde. Walter. & Company. Inc.; See—
De Rouville. Matthew; Munn. Alfred John, and Hansen. Arne H .
3,638.733.
Kidde. Walter, Constructors Incorporated: See—
Perri. Joseph G , 3,638.380.
Kieser. Hartmut: See —
Mehrhof. Werner; Irmscher. Klaus. Hecht-Lucari. Giorgio; Kraft.
Hans-Gunther; and Kieser. Hartmut. 3.639,599.
Kiesler, Allan J.: See —
Pagnotta. Gasper; and Kiesler. Allan J. .3, 639, 722
Killian. Charles R: See-
Brewer. Charles C. and Killian. Charles R. 3.639,495.
Killick. Herbert Percy, to C M. W. laboratories Limited. Turbines.
3.639.074. CI 415-110
Kilpper. Gerhard: See-
Sturm. Hans Juergen. Mayer, Kurt; Kilpper, Gerhard, and Arm-
bruit, Herbert. 3.639. 387, |
Kimberly-Clark Corporation: See—
Palenske, Carlton L. 3.638.252. i
Stumpf. Paul R. 3,638,253.
Kimura, Kaoru: See— ^
Ito, Hiroo; and Kimura, Kaoru. 3.639,46 1 .
Kimura, Katuhiro: See—
Fukushima, Masakazu; and Kimura, Katuhiro. 3. 639, 797.
Kimura. Katuhiro; and Kaneko, Yoichi, to Hitachi. Ltd. Reentrant
cavity resonator solid state microwave oscillator, 3.639.856. CI. 331 -
96.
Kimura. Kazuo: See—
Tanaka, Katsunobu, Ohshima, Kazuo. Kimura, Kazuo. and
Yamamoto. Masaki.3.639,210,
Kimura. Kuninobu: See —
Sadakata, Kazuo. Sasaki, Minoru. Hirose, Masahiro. Nakamura,
Yasuo; Mikida. Yukio. Ito, Kazuo. and Kimura, Ku-
ninobu.3.639.513.
Kimura, Takehiko, and Niizawa. Yoshiaki, to Canon Camera
Kabushiki Kaisha. Positional indicating device for numerical value.
3,639.734. CI. 235-92
Kimura. Tsutomu, to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Automatic photo-
graphic gradation measunng system for controlling auxiliary expo-
sure means. 3.639.058. CI 355-83.
Kincaid. Herbert J.: See—
Wolniak. Stanley C . Kincaid. Herbert J . and Johnson. Marshall
A. .3.639,708.
King. Earle C . to Mine Safety Appliances Company Pressure trans-
ducer. 3.638.496. CI 73-398.
King, Ellis Gray, to Georgia-Pacific Corfwration. Process for prepara-
tion of a pesticide employing sulfonated lignins. 3.639,6 1 7. CI 424-
300.
King. James F . to Clark Equipment Company Tractor shovel-fast
lowering. 3.638,8 I 8. CI. 2 1 4-762.
Kinneman, William P . Jr , and Uram. John R., Jr . to Sika Chemical
Corporation. Coating compositions comprising and epoxy resin and
aliphatic amine reaction products. 3.639.344, CI 260-47
Kinnucan, Walter F.. Jr. Trench forming, pipe laying and trench wall
supporting machine 3,638.438. CI 61-72.1
Kirchner, Myron C, to Tubal Industdes. mesne Shadow mask with
reinforcing ring television picture tube 3,639,799. CI. 31 3-85
Kirk. Paul F: See—
Kaspar. Hans H . a:id Kirk. Paul F .3.639.576.
Kirschner, Peter. Cahacetoq Ralph R., Eurstq Reuben H.. and Millar,
David, to Volkswagenwcrk AktiengeSsflschaft siid Calaketo ind siid
Millar assors, to Slick Industrial Co. Scrubbers with adjustable Ventu-
ris 3.638.51 l.CI 261-62
Kisinko. Paul M.: See—
Ernick, Fredenck G.. Kisinko. Paul M.. Marino, Joseph; and Kan-
nam. Peter J .3.639,815
Kisselmann. Willy. Rumpelein, Fritz, Kopf, Paul, and Landbrecht.
Franz, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Moving-oil assembly for
electrical measunng instruments. 3,639,836. CI. 324-1 54,
Kitada, Iso, Apparatus for rehabilitative exercise of feet. 3.638,645, CI.
128-25.
Kitai, Kiyoshi, Shutter operating mechanism, 3,638.544. CI, 95-10.
Kitchen. Alonzo G . and Szalla, Frank J., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Resinous branched block copolymers. 3,639.5 1 7, CI. 260-879.
Kittreill, James R,: See—
Jaffe. Joseph; and Kittreill. James R, 3.639. 268.
Kittrell, James R.. to Chevron Research Company. Method for making
multi<omponent caulysts. 3.639.271 , CI. 252-441
Kitz. Norbert: See —
Drage. James John, and Kitz. Norbert.3.639.742
Kitz. Norbert. to Bell Punch Company Limited. Calculating machine
with key controlled gates setting function counter states. 3.639.743.
CI 235-160
Klapdohr, Hans, to Rheinmetall GmbH. Gun-barrel moving device.
3.638.526, CI 89-43.
Klar. Rudolf See—
Trattner. Hermann, and Klar, Rudolf.3,639.161.
Klauke, Erich: See—
Alles. Hans-Ulrich, Klauke. Erich. Kuhle. Engelbert; Eue, Ludwig.
and Hack. Helmuth. 3.639.668.
Klauke, Erich, and Kuhle. Engelbert. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Process for the preparation of sulfenylated carbamic
acidfiuorides 3.639.47 l.CI 260-544,
Klavsons. Uldis. Perun. William D.. Stoops, Denzel D,, and Terry.
David M . to Xerox Corporation, Toner developer system,
3,638,613, C! 118-637
Klebe. Johann F , to General Electric Company, Copolymers of poly
(2.6-diphenyl- 1 ,4-phenylene oxide ), 3,639,337. CI. 260-47.
Klebert. Wolfgang: See—
Wunder. Walter. Klebert. Wolfgang. Herlinger, Heinz, and
Schafer. Karl. 3.639. 157
Klee. Maurice: See —
Dahlquist. Robert L.. and Klee. Maurice.3,638.6S9,
Klein. Hans-Christoff. and Byrne. James D.. to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation. Antiskid brake system for vehicles,
3.639.009. CI 303-21
Klein. Walter, to Leitz. Ernst. G.m,b,H,. Firma. Pancratic ocular for
microphotography, 3.638,996. CI 350-184
Kleiner. Eduard K . to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Hindered phenolic
derivatives of phosphinodithioic acids or an O.O-diester of
phosphorothiolothionic acid. 3.639.538. CI. 260-94.
Klemerman. Marcos. Infrared image converter 3.639,765, CI. 250-
83.3
Kleinhenn. Walter H.. to Standard Pressed Steel Co. Self-reUined bolt
assembly 3.638.980. CI. 287-189.36
Kleinwachter. Hans, and Geerk, Jens, said Geerk assor. to said Klein-
wachter Device with a pressurisable variable capacity chamber for
transforming a fluid pressure into a motion. 3,638.536. CI. 92-92.
Klenholz. Eldon W . to Colorado State University Research Founda-
tion Method for promoting weight gain in bronze turkeys.
3.639.584. CI 424-127
Klimstra. Paul D . to Searle. G. D.. & Co Anti-inflammatory composi-
tions and method 3.639.598. CI 424-238.
Kline, Smith & French Laboratories: See-
Dunn, George L ; and Hoover. John R E . 3.639.61 3
Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz Aktiengesellschaft: See —
Heckmann. Wolfgang. 3.638.797
Klostermark, Bernt Transportable coaxial cable 3,639.864, CI. 333-
96
Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft See —
Gabler, Hellmut, Harnisch, Heinz. Hcymer. Gero, Merkenich.
Karl, and Pmg. Wolf-Dieter. 3.639.287
Heymer, Gcro, Landgraber, Herbert, and Merkenich, Karl.
3,639.289
Sennewald. Kurt. Ohorudnik. Alexander, and Hardel. Hans-
Joachim. 3,639.472
Knauth. Walter T Apparatus for totalizing liquid volumes in a plurality
of containers 3.638.485, CI 73- 1 55
Knell. Bcrnhard, Desfossez. Paul. Hess. Walter; and Schulz. Hans
Dieter, to Concast Aktiengesellschaft. and Schloemann Aktien-
gesellschaft Continuous casting method including strand support ad-
justment 3.638, 713. CI. 164-82.
Knight, Lewis L See —
Flaherty, Bernard M , and Knight. Lewis L. 3. 638. 765.
Knott. Stanley Gerald Thomas: See-
Berry. Daniel Victor, and Knott, Stanley Gerald
Thomas.3.638.460
Knox, John A. See —
Gardner. Tommy R . Lasater. Reginald M., and Knox, John
A. .3.639.279.
Ko. Daniel YSee-
Carr. Norman L . Paraskos, John A . and Ko. Daniel Y .3.639,228
Kobayashi. Tatsuo, and Hasegawa. Yoshikazu. to Minolta Camera
Kabushiki Kaisha Device for controlling a flash circuit in a camera
3.638.545, CI. 95- II
Kober. Ehrenfned H. See-
Churchill. John W.; Kober, Ehrenfned H . and Scott. Peter
H ,3,639.482
Koberstein. Edgar. Lussling. Thcodor. Noll. Ewald; Suchsland, Hel-
mut, and Weigerl. Wolfgang, to Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheide-
anstalt vormals Roesslcr Catalyst for the oxidation of alkenes.
3.639.269, CI 252-437
Kochevar, Rudolph J Sinker 3.638.347, CI. 43-42.39
Kodama, Makoto, and Yamamoto. Harunori. to Sony Corporation.
Recording and reproducing apparatus using magnetic tape cassette.
3.638,953. CI 274-4
Koehnng Company: See-
Witt. Wilmer E . Sousek, Eugene A,, and Clish. Clyde A,,
3.638.363
Koelsch. Lester M., to Ro-Band Corporation. Device for selecting and
removing stacks of flat items from a magazine 3.638.828. CI. 221-
176
Koenig. Martin F See —
Dempsey. George A . Jr,, Koenig. Martin F,; and Issa.
Manuel. 3,639.676
Dempsey. George A,, Jr., Koenig, Martin F., and Robbins, Clyde
F..3.639.680.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Koert, Hubert: See—
Bader, Erich; and Koert. Hubert,3.639.l9l.
Kofron, William G.: See-
Clarke, Frank H.. Jr.; Block, Fred B,; and Kofron. William
G, 3.639,407.
Koguma, Kazumaia; Takeuchi. Hiroshi; and Kanamaru, Yuichi. to
Sony Corporation, Magnetic tape cartridge containing engaging
means for roUry head, 3.639,697. CI. 179-100.22
Koh. Lita L.; and Witt, Enrique R., to Celanese Corporation. Purifica-
tion of bis-hydroxyalkyl esters of benzene dicarboxylic acids using
hypophosphorous or orthophosphorous acid and a group VIII
catalyst. 3,639.450, CI. 260-475
Kojima, Minoru: See—
Sawa, Yoshi; Itoh, Takashi; Kojima, Minoru; and Sotomura.
Mikio,3,639,IS4.
Kojima. Yoshihiro: See —
Takeda, Chuzo; Kojima. Yoshihiro; Yamaguchi. Toshiyuki. and
Ariyama, Tokyo,3,639.865
Kokoazka, Stanley L.: See-
Dill, William E,; La Vault. Maurice G . Kokoszka. SUnley L.. and
Shrader, William W, .3.639.892,
Kolf. Heinrich: See —
Eisner, Friu, Becker, Franz; and Kolf. Heinrich, 3. 638,767.
Kolle. Erwin: See — t
Bonisch. Herbert, Gaiser, Heinz. Huber. Guntram. and Kolle. Er-
win,3.638,899.
Komadina, George. Electrical connector. 3,639.889. CI 339-75.
Komuro. Keiji; Inagami. Masaaki. and Saito. Yoshiomi. to Japanese
Geon Company. Limited, Tlie. Covulcanizable rubber composition.
3.639,65 1, CI. 260-23.7
Kondo, Isao, to Olympus Optical Co. Ltd. Automatic exposure system
for photographic camera. 3,638.543. CI. 95-10.
Konovalov. Spivak Leonidovich: See —
Karpman. David Bentsionovich. Boris. Volkovich; Konovalov,
Spivak Leonidovich, Bednarchuk, Jury Vladmwrovich, Chigirin-
sky, Alexander Abramovich; Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich.
Glider. Evgeny Khaimovich; and Gradov. Gleg
Borisovich, 3,639,794.
Kooijman. Sebastiaan E. M.: See—
Garritsen. Johan W.; Kooijman, Sebastiaan E. M.; Gregoire,
Johannes H. C. M. A., and Verbrugge. Henny. 3.639. 359.
Kopf. Paul: See—
Kisselmann. Willy. Rumpelein. Fritz; Kopf. Paul; and Landbrecht.
Franz,3.639.836.
Kopp. Hans W. Table with liquid outlet 3.638.680, CI I 37-606.
Koppers Company. Inc.: See-
Mitchell. Hartman, 3.638.928
Newhall. Henry S , and Easton. Rufus. 3.638,7 14.
Koratron Company. Incorporated: See —
Roth, Philip B. 3.639.1 36
Kosicki. Witold W,; and Hollingsworth. Charles M . to Horsman Dolls.
Inc, Dual action phonetic doll, 3.638,35 I . CI. 46- 1 1 7
Kovaicik. Vicenter P.; and Anderson, Robert F . to General Signal Cor-
poration. System for computing a stopping pattern signal for a vehi-
cle. 3,639,754, CI. 246-182.
Koyanagi, Shunichi; Ogawa, Kinya; and Akiya, Fumio, to Shin-Etsu
Chemical Co., Ltd. Catalyst composition for oxychlorinating
hydrocarbons and process for preparing the catalyst composition
3,639,270, CI 252-441
Kraft, Hans-Gunther: See —
Mehrhof, Werner; Irmscher, Klaus, Hecht-Lucari, Giorgio; Kraft.
Hans-Gunther; and Kieser. Hartmut, 3.639. 599.
Krantz. John C. Jr.. and Burgison. Raymond M . to Chattanooga
Medicine Company, The, Coronary vessel dilation, 3,639,638. CI
424-349,
Krasin, Lester Q,; and Greene, Clifford E,. to Supenor Continental
Corporation, Subscriber terminal unit for telephone carrier system.
3.639,692, CI. 179-2.5
Krauss-Maffei Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Von Gronow, Rudiger Eisner, 3.638,854.
Kray, Raymond J,; Tetenbaum. Marvin T.. Wenner. Wilbert M.. and
Barton. Oliver A,, to Allied Chemical Corporation. Vinyl terpoiymer
compositions, 3,639,326, CI, 260-29.6
Kreibich, Kurt, to Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesellschaft. Process
for the production of impact-resistant styrene mixed polymers.
3,639,51 l.CI. 260-878.
Kreisler Manufacturing Corporation: See —
Di Spirito, Gino C, 3,638.280
Enseki, Richard K,; and Amone, Michael P.. 3.638,783,
Krekelberg, Gerardus Wilhelmus Marie: See—
Krekelberg, Gerardus Wilhelmus Marie. 3.638.697
Krekelberg, Gerardus Wilhelmus Mane, to Krekelberg, Gerardus Wil-
helmus Marie, Apparatus for topping onions or similar bulbcrops,
3.638.697, CI, 146-83
Kreuter, Walter, Method of treatment of cocoa butter-containing mol-
ten chocolate mass. 3,638,553. CI, 99-23.
Kriete. Horst, to Westinghouse Bremsen- und Apparatebau GmbH
Hydraulic directional control valves, 3.638.683. CI. 1 37-624.27
Krimm, Heinrich; Schnetl, Hermann; and Lenz, Gunther. to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Linear polyurethane resin.
3,639,34 1, CI. 260-47,
Krogstad, Reuben S.; and Vali, Victor, to Boeing Company, The, Inter-
ference fringe movement detector, 3.639.063. CI. 356-106.
Kruggel. Roy W., to Whirlpool Corporation. Series water cooling cir-
cuit for gas heat pump. 3.638.452. CI. 62-485
Kruschwitz. Werner, to Draftex. GmbH. Protective sealing strip.
3,638,359. CI 49-490.
Krutenat. Richard C. to United Aircraft Corporation. Vapor ran-
domization in vacuum deposition of coatings 3.639.151. CI I 17-
93 4
Krylov. Sergei Sergeevich; Starykh. Nadezhda Timofeevna; Chigarev,
Alexandr Grigorievich; and Eltsov. Andrei Vasilievich. Drug of
adreno-blocking action 3.639.609, CI 424-274
Kuba, Jaromir: See—
Buran, Vojtech; Kuba, Jaromir; Uncovsky, Adolf; and Zouhar,
Karel, 3.638.489
Kubanek. Anne-Marie W.. to Allied Chemical Corporation. .Novel al-
koxy-substitutedSchiff bases 3.639.480. CI 260-566.
Kubo. Junichi: See —
Oguchi. Yutaka; and Kubo. Junichi, 3. 639. 230
Kuchuris. George F. : See—
Yatsushiro. Kenji; and Kuchuris. George F ,3,639.790
Kuder. Robert C. to General Mills. Inc Reactive polyureas. process of
preparing same, and use thereof in curing epoxy resins 3.639.338.
CI 260-47
Kuehn. Erich: See-
Bums. Joseph P . FelUin. Joseph, and Kuehn. Erich, 3. 639, 294.
Kuehn. Erich, to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc Tetraphosphonates of
dialkylchlorendate 3.639.535, CI 260-932
Kuhle, Engelbert: See—
Alles, Hans-Ulrich; Klauke, Erich; Kuhle, Engelbert. Eue. Ludwig;
and Hack. Helmuth. 3.639.668.
Klauke. Erich; and Kuhle. Engelbert.3.639.47 1
Kuhn. Henry G., deceased (by Kuhn. Alida, executrix); and Winter-
bettem, Rose Corless, to Hughes Aircraft Company. Synchronized
variable delay time division communication system 3,639.838. CI.
325-4
Kuhn. Stephen Joseph, to Dow Chemical Company. The. Preparation
ofnitro-hexafiuorocuminols 3.639.488, CI 260-61 S
Kulbersh, Irwin R.: See —
Ferdinand, Irwin J., and Kulbersh. Irwin R .3,639.026.
Kulkens, Franz. Physical exercise apparatus with user-activated arm
which is movable against a variable bias 3.638.94 1 . CI. 272-83
Kunkle. John Philip; and Pauza. William Vito, to AMP Incorporated.
Printed circuit board edge connector 3.639,893. CI. 339-184
Kunugi. Taiseki, 1/2 each to Mitsui Petrochemical Industries. Ltd . and
Taiseki Kunugi Process for manufacture of esters of carboxylic
acids. 3.639,449. CI 260-475
Kupcikevicius. Vytautas. to Union Carbide Corpration Packaging
method and apparatus 3.638.390. CI 53-35
Kurachi. Hisao: See—
Hishida. Yukio. Kato. Takami; and Kurachi. Hisao, 3.638, 775
Kurashiki Rayon Co.. Ltd.: See—
Katsuura. Kanji.. and Igi. Keishiro. 3,639.352.
Kurihara. Makoto. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Exposure meter system
for cameras. 3,638.548. CI. 95-42
Kurita. Yoshiaki: See—
Hayashi. Noburo; Katsumi, Mamoru. Ogata. Yuzuru; Arai. Sumio;
Kurita, Yoshiaki; and Inamori, Yoshihiro. 3.639. 468
Kuroton. Tuneo: See —
Shimizu. Sakae. Arai. Fumiaki. and Kurotori. Tuneo. 3,639, 122.
Kuska. Henry Fruit picker 3.638.409, CI 56-339.
Kvam. Donald C; See-
Harrington. Joseph Kenneth. Kvam. Donald C , Mendel. Arthur,
and Robertson, Jerry E, 3.639.474
Kyowa Hakko KogyoCo . Ltd.: See—
Tanaka. Katsunobu. Ohshima. Kazuo. Kimura. Kazuo. and
Yamamoto. Masaki. 3.639.2 1 0.
Laboratoire Phagogene: See —
Nikel. Pierre. 3.638,861.
Laboratories Sauba: See-
Melon. Jean-Mane; and Thomas. Jean. 3.639.606.
La Branche. Harve W . to Mattel. Inc Wheel for a toy car 3.638.356.
CI. 46-221
Laidlaw. Neil Rutherford: See —
Ogden. Harry; Laidlaw. Neil Rutherford, and Bradford, William
Clarke. 3,639.766.
Laidman, John Neil: See-
Maxwell. Herns M.. Sowers. John E.. and Laidman, John
Neil.3.639.142.
L'Air Liquide. Societe Anonyme pour I'Etude et I'Exploitation des
Procedes Georges ClaudeSee—
Birr. Jacques, Colson. Georges; Abel. Bernard, and Charbonnier.
Patrice. 3.639.178
Delacour. Pierre; Langlade. Pierre, and Renard. Michel,
3.638.403
Domine. Daniel, and Jay, Leon, 3.638.398
Lambert. James H . to Kehr. Frank L. Valve spring tester. 3.638.486,
CI. 73-161.
Lamm. Heinz, to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Oil tank for a ro-
tary piston internal combustion engine with dry-sump lubncation
3.638.760. CI. 184-6,23
Lampcraft Tool & Mold, Inc.: See—
Stanciu. Virgil V., 3.638,673
Landbrecht, Franz: See —
Kisselmann, Willy; Rumpelein. Fritz; Kopf. Paul, and Landbrecht.
Franz,3,639.836
PI 26
LIST OF PATENTEES ^
February 1. 1972
Landgrab«r. Herbert; See—
Heymer, Gero, Landgraber, Herbert; and Merkenich,
Karl.3.639,289.
Landin, Eric; See— -i
Boye, Erhard; and Landin, Eric. 3, 638,892.
Lange, Gcrhardt, lo Messer Hriesheim GmbH. Portable hand guided
cutting torch 3,638,931, CI 266-23.
Langlade. Pierre: See—
Delacour, Pierre, Langlade, Pierre, and Renard,
Michcl.3,638,403
Langley, Charles J. Body-engaging extensible exercising device.
3.638,939, CI. 272-79.
Lanzaro Andre, to Dynasciences Corporation, mesne. Cross rate axis
sensor. 3,638.883, CI. 244-1.
Laporte Chemicals Limited: See—
Cubbon. Robert C P , Braid, John E . and Hewlett, Colin,
3,639,425.
Larsen, Arthur Lee, to Marathon Oil Company Detergent gasoline
composition. 3,639,1 10. CI. 44-72.
Larsen, Kurt K . to Blue Giant Equipment of Canada Limited. Straddle
assembly 3,638,961 , CI. 280-150.
Larson. Charles O , to Larson. Chas. O., Co. Adjustable hanger device
3,638,801, CI. 211-57
Larson. Chas. O.. Co.: See—
Larson, Charles O , 3,638,801
Larson, Gustav Olof Negative logarithm-decimal conversion
3,639,733, CI. 235-69.
Larson. John F , and Polashenski, Walter A , to Sylvania Electric
Products, Inc. Methods and apparatus for the manufacture of color
cathode ray tube screens. 3,638,275, CI 15-304
Larson, Robert A., to Pettibone Corporation. Positioning system with
bumper receding from stopped position. 3,638.691 , CI. 143-46.
Larsson, Ake L., to Mattel, Inc Paper hold down clip. 3,638,282, CI
24-67.3
La Russa, Joseph A., to Farrand Optical Co , Inc. Perspective genera-
tion system optical. 3,639,034. CI 350-3 1
Lasater. Reginaild M,: See—
Gardner, Tommy R.; Lasater, Reginald M., and Knox, John
A. ,3,639.279
Lau. John F., Jr., and Paulsen, Glen E , to T O Plastics. Inc Nestable
tray 3.638,827, CI. 220-97.
Lauchlan, Robert L.: See—
Snodgrass, Hugh E , and Lauchlan. Robert L. 3.639,499.
Laukien, Gunther R. Method and device for recording spectra
3,639,738, CI. 235-151 35
Laundy, Timothy: See—
Rule, Arthur W T., Shimmin, Roy E , and Laundy.
Timothy,3, 639,605
Lausmann, Jerry S. Burner having means including underfire air means
for eliminating smoke. 3,638, 591, CI 1 10-7
Lauterbach, Udo: S**—
Breer, Karl; and Lauterbach, Udo, 3,638,9 15.
La Vault, Maurice G.: See—
Dill, William E ; La Vault, Maurice G ; Kokoszka. Stanley L ; and
Shrader. William W. 3,639,892.
Lavigne, William J.. Jr ; and Mount, Gordon L., to Carrier Corpora-
tion. Air-cooled condenser apparatus. 3,638.445. CI. 62- 1 84.
Lawless, William N., to Corning Glass Works Closed-cycle electro-
caloric refrigerator and method. 3,638,440, CI 62-3
Layton, Margaret M.: See—
Borrelli, Nicholas F , and Layton, Margaret M, 3,639, 77 1
Lazarus, Stanley D ; and Twilley, Ian C, to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion. EsteriHcation of tercphthalic acid with an alkylene glycol in the
presence of guanidine or an alkyl guanidine. 3,639,350, CI. 260-75.
Leach, Irby H. Cyclic method for producing low-density polystyrene
foam beads. 3.639.55 1 . CI. 264-55.
Leach. James A., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Positive tem-
perature control door lock system. 3,639.727. CI. 219-491.
Leanza. William J.: See—
Christensen. Burton G, and Leanza, William J. ,3,639,382.
Lear Siegler, inc.: See—
Cereghino, Bruce R , and Rostek, Paul M , 3,639,778
Marshall. William A., Lunkwicz. Bernard Paul; and Meresz, Hen-
ry. 3.638,636.
Leavitt, John N , Alas, Raigo, and Dafoe, Edwin C , to Canadian
Westinghouse Company Limited. Stabilized camera mount.
3,638,502, CI. 74-5.34 j
Leclere, Jacques: See—
Remy, Claude; Lejannou. Claude. and Leclere.
Jacques.3. 639,847.
Lecznar, Chester J.: See—
Ullman, Terry S.; and Lecznar, Chester J ,3,639,548.
Lee. Harry Charles, to RCA Corporation, integrated buffer circuits for
coupling low output impedance driver to high input impedance load.
3.639,787. CI. 307-303.
Leeds & Northrup Company: See—
MacMullan, Samuel J., 3,639,825
Leesona Corporation: See-
Andrews, Bernard, 3,638,4 1 5.
Rebsamen. Arthur. 3.638.412
Le Gall, Jacques, to Uniroyal Englebert France S.A. Locally
strengthened tire flaps. 3,638,707. CI. 1 52-365.
Leglise, Alexandre, to Acec Ateliers de Constructions Electriques de
Charleroi. Fine coarse position control device. 3,639,823, CI. 318-
595.
Lehman. Albert L . to Bethlehem Steel Corporation. Method for
producing bearing grade alloy steels. 3,639,1 1 7, CI. 75-49.
Lehmann. Heinz: See-
Burg. Karlheinz. Cherdron, Harald; Lehmann, Heinz; and Lutz,
Eleonore, 3.639, 192
Leichtle, Otto, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft.
Production of acrylic acid from residues obtained in working up
acrylic acid 3,639.466. CI 260-526.
Leitich. Albert J: 5^*—
Braun, William V, and Leitich. Albert J. ,3,639.690
Leitz, Ernst, GmbH.: See—
Holle, Werner. 3.639,047.
Lcitz, Emst.G m b H , Firma: S<f— .
Klein, Walter, 3,638,996 ^
Lejannou, Claude: See —
Remy, Claude; Lejannou, Claude; and Leclere,
Jacques. 3,639. 847
Lelugas, Joseph J , and Likken, Gene B , to American Hospital Supply
Corporition Physician's examining table construction. 3,638,935,
CI 269 324
Lcnhart, Helga See—
Stegmeier, Gerhard; Lenhart, Helga; Gebler, Horst; and Diener.
Horst,3.6J9,l34
Lenu, Albert P , and Pool, Danny J Fluid deflecting cap remover.
3,638,515. CI 81-3 1
Lenz, Gunther; See—
Krimm. Heinrich. Schnell. Hermann; and Lenz,
Gunther. 3,639. 341
Leopold. F B , Company. Inc ; See—
Zimmerman. Lawrence C . 3,638,869
Lepp. Donald R See—
Schutt, John B ; Colony, Joe A , and Lepp. Donald R .3,639.250.
Le Suer. William Monroe, to Lubrizol Corporation, The Lubricating
oil or fuel containing sludge dispersing additive 3,639,242, CI. 252-
56
Leszkovsky, Gyorgy; See—
Guczoghy. Lajos. Puklics. Maria. Kelemen, Gyorgy; and Leszkov-
sky. Gyorgy, 3.639,4 1 5
Leutenegger. Nicolas W Temporary sign brackets. 3,638,894. CI 248-
221
Lever Brothers Company; See —
Huault. Jean. 3.638.990
Kerkhovcn, Frederik Johan. and Trcxjst. Seyer. 3.639.288.
Levcrdant, Bernard, to Societe Anonyme DBA Mechanical actuating
mechanism for disc brake. 3,638,763, CI. 188-72.6
Levin, Alfred A See—
Richter, Sidney B ; and Levin. Alfred A. ,3,639,404.
Levine, Arnold M . to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration Field sequential laser scan for night color television.
3.639.684. CI 178-5.4
Levine. Harold A See —
Colom. Lucas A . and Levine. Harold A. ,3.639. 185.
Levis, William W. Jr. 5«—
Austin. Arthur L., Pizzini, Louis C, and Levis. William W .
Jr .3,639,541
Pizzini, LouisC , and Levis. William W. Jr ,3.639,542.
Leviton Manufacturing Co.. Inc ; See—
Johnson. George E , and Newman. Walter. 3.639.887
Levy. Edward F , Karlson. Roy H , and Homig. Ursula E . to Gillette
Company. The. Process for producing aluminum chlorohydroxides.
3,638.327, CI 34-5
Lew, Dong W , and Proud, Ralph A , Jr , said Proud assor to Harris-ln-
tertype Corporation Method for recording justified lines of typo-
graphic characters. 3,638,54 1 , CI 95-4.5
Lewbill Industries. Inc See —
Coffman. William H . Jr , 3.638,637
Lewendel, Jean Stanislao: See —
Ponzini, Sandro, Castelli. Paolo; and Lewendel. Jean
Stanislao.3.639.398
Lewicki. Reginald T . to Ford Motor Company. Positive displacement
pump 3. 639,091. CI 418-156.
Lewis, Richard L . to Bendix Corporation. The. Hydraulic boost device
with auxiliary fluid supply 3.638,528, CI 91-6
Lewis, William E , and Dobrinich, Dennis, to Force Control Industries,
Inc Clutch brake unit 3.638,773, CI. 192-18.
Lewis, William Hurst, to Revell, Gerald L. Road base building ap-
paratus 3,638,539, CI. 94-44.
Ley. Kurt See—
Nast. Roland. Ley. Kurt; Eholzer. Ulrich; Metzger. Kari-Georg;
and Fritsche. Dieter. 3.639,400.
Nast. Roland. Ley. Kurt, Reduky, Wolfgang; and Kempermann,
Theo, 3.639.485
Seng. Florin; Ley. Kurt. Metzger. Karl-Georg. and Fritsche.
Dieter.3.639.397
L & F Machine Co ; 5^?—
Parker. Russell A.. 3.638.559.
Liauw. Koei-Liang; See—
Etherington. Robert W ; and Liauw. Koei-Liang, 3,639,458.
Libbrecht, Pierre. 1/2 to S A Tcinturerie des Francs. Tank for treating
fibres 3.638.458. CI 68-189.
Lichtenberger. Harley. to Whirlpool Corporation. Refrigeration ap-
paratus 3.638.449. CI 62-272.
Lichtenberger.Joseph Alois: See—
Brandts. Theodorus Gerardus; Lichtenberger Joseph Alois; and
Bentvelzen. Joseph Maria.3.639.199.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Lichtman. Irwin A.. Johnson, Milton R., Sekula, Leo F., and Dorn,
Robert W., to Shell Oil Company. Pesticidal formulations.
3,639,6 16, CI. 424-300.
Lickliter, Robert Paul; Abbot, Earl, and Reeves, John F., to Flan-
geklamp Corporation. Method of forming a structural element.
5,638,465. CI. 72-181.
Lickliter, Robert Paul; and Reeves, John F., to Flangeklamp Corpora-
tion. Method of erecting a wall panel supporting structure
3,638,387, CI. 52-741.
Liebscher, Johannes, to Gunter Leifheit KG. Floor treating apparatus.
3,638.267, CI. 15-41.
Liechti, Fred, Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Grandjean, Theo; Zumstein, Juan Ulrih; and Liehti, Alfred,
3.638,656.
Liehti, Alfred: See—
Grandjean, Theo, Zumstein. Juan Ulrih, and Liehti, Al-
fred,3,638,656.
Likken, Gene B.; 5** —
Lelugas. Joseph J.; and Likken, Gene B .3,638.935.
Lilly, Eli, and Company: See—
DeLong, Donald C; and Paget, Charles J ,Jr, 3,639,612.
Porter, Herschel D., 3,639,602.
Lin, Lawrence H., to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated
Hologram copying for reconstruction of an aberration-free
wavefront at a wavelength differing from the copying wavelength
3,639,03 1. CI. 350-3.5
Lindahl, Herbert S. to Gulf & Western Metals Forming Company Hot
gas refrigeration defrost structure and method. 3.638.444, CI 62-8 1
Lindauer Dorier Gesellschaft m.b.H.; See—
Domier, Peter; and Gageur. Fritz, 3.638,289.
Lindner. Ernst: See—
Fritsch. Werner; Haede. Werner; Radscheit. Kurt; SUche, Ulrich,
and Lindner, Ernst, 3,639, 392.
Lindsay, Wesley N.. to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration. Vacuum capacitor with solid dielectric 3,639,816, CI
317-245.
Lindstrom, John Werner. Shock absorbing device for a boat seat
3,638,896, CI. 248-399.
Lindstrom, Roald E.: See—
Scheiner, Bernard J.; Lindstrom, Roald E ; and Henrie, Thomas
A. ,3,639,222.
Linge, Hermann: See—
Nieswandt. Werner; Linge, Hermann, Pirzer, Hans; Hoerauf,
Werner; and HeU. Herbert, 3,639,659.
Linton, Howard R., to Du Pont de Nemours, E I . and Company
Process for making silica-coated lead chromate pigments and
product thereof. 3.639, 133. CI. 106-298.
Liquitrol Systems, Inc.: See—
Gray. John; and Anderson, Gene W , 3,639,081
Liska, Vladimir D. Precast panel building structure and method of
erecting the same. 3,638,371 , CI. 52-91.
List, Hans: See—
Hamoncourt, Karl, 3,639,829.
Hamoncourt, Karl, 3.639,830.
Lister, Fred; and Wax, Ludwig A., to Sundard Brands Chemical Indus-
tries, Inc. Flame resistant latex compositions, articles made
therefrom and processes for producing same. 3,639,298. CI 260-2.5
L'ltalien, Yvon J., to Parks, Davis & Company. Novel propox-
yguanidine compounds and means of producing the same.
3.639.477, CI. 260-564.
Lithium Corporation: See—
Screttas, Constantinos G.. 3.639,380.
Litt, Morton H.: See—
Oxenrider. Bryce C . Litt. Morton H . and Slavik, Ferdinand
M. 3,639,464.
Littell, F. J., Machine Company: 5*^—
Wiig, Chester M, 3,638,846.
Little, Arthur D, Inc.: See—
Castonguay, Roger A., Hanley, Bernard C, Mallahan, Francis J.,
and Wcnckus, Joseph F , 3,639,718
Razdan, Raj K.; Granchelli, Felix E., and Pars, Harry G ,
3,639,426.
Razdan, Raj K.; Granchelli. Felix E , and Pars, Harry G ,
3,639.427
Little. Edwin D.; and Hirsch. Clarence A., to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion. N-(chlorophenoxyacetyl) ethylene urea herbicides. 3.639,1 15.
CI 71-92.
Ljung, Per-Henrik. Machine for preparing mashed potatoes.
3,638,557, CI. 99-348.
Ljungkull, Gunnar R., to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany. Programmed traffic signal and method of using. 3,639,899, CI.
340-110.
Lock, Thomas, to Borg-Wamer Corporation. Pump. 3,639,089, CI.
418-93. r
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation: See—
Floumoy, James W.; and Heyden, Gary F , 3,638.983
Rhodes, Joseph E., Jr., 3,639.039.
Lockwood, John C., to Scripto Inc. Mechanical pencil having means to
prevent breakage of small diameter leads. 3.639.068. CI. 401-58.
Lockwood, Peter; and Pcntith, Gerald R. O., to Greenside Machine
Company Limited. Tunnelling machines. 3,639,004, CI 299-10
Loctite Corporation: See —
Pauwels, William A.; and Nystrom, Robert G., 3.638.83 1 .
Loft, Ame; and Johnson, Daniel, to General Electric Company. Two
shaft gas turbine control system. 3,638,422, CI. 60-39.28
Logemann, Heino: 5«—
Schnaike, Karl-Erwin; Suling, Carlhans, Logemann, Heino; and
Resz, Raoul,3,639,St4.
Long, Alfred; and Sawhill, Duane L , to Olin Corporation Bleaching
composition. 3,639,284, CI. 252-99
Long, Stephen E.: See—
Ayd, Frank J., Ill; and Long. Stephen E. .3.639.773
Long, Wendell P , to Hercules Incorporated. Polymerization of
propylene with a chromium oxide catalyst activated with a
trihydrocarbon aluminum modified with water 3,639,378, CI 260-
93.7
Long, Wendell P., to Hercules Incorporated Polymerization of
propylene with a chromium oxide catalyst activated with group IV-A
metal hydrocarbon 3,639,379, CI. 260-93 7
Lopez, Oscar, and Valdes, Juan Cesar. Amalgam earner and dispenser
with preload capsule 3,638.3 1 4, CI. 32-60.
Lorain Products Corporation: See—
Chambers, Charles W, Jr., 3,639,696.
Parker, Gilbert R., 3,638,5 1 8
Lord, Harold W., to General Electric Company. Magnetic slave gating
circuit for full wave phase controlled thyristor circuits. 3,639,782,
CI. 307-252.
Loree, Jean-Paul: See —
Broca, Jacques; Loree, Jean-Paul; and Schatz, Ralph
Howard, 3, 639, 366.
Lossen, Hermann: See—
Steffen, Robert; Crombach, Amo, Lossen, Hermann, and Bier-
inger,Johann,3,639,297.
Loukes, David G , to Pilkington Brothers Limited Method of reshap-
ing and ion-exchanging glass. 3.639.1 14. CI 65-30
Lovelace, Ralph E., to GTE Sylvania lncorp>orated. Video signalling
processing apparatus 3,639,780. CI 307-235
Lovelace. Ralph E.. to GTE Sylvania Incorporated. Video signalling
processing apparatus. 3,639.786. CI 307-303
Loveland, Malcolm W . to Atlas Pacific Engineering Company Means
for peeling pineapples. 3,638,696, CI. 146-6
Lovelock, James E., to California Institute of Technology Gas chro-
matograph interfacing system and method 3,638,396, CI. 55-16.
Lowery.Mae H Support stand. 3,638, 814. CI 21 1-177
LTV Aerospace Corporation: See—
Hohman. Alvin E.;and Kennedy. William L . 3.639,135
Lubrizol Corporation, The: See —
Le Suer, William Monroe, 3,639.242.
Lucas. Joseph. (Industries) Limited; See—
Thompson, Michael Ainley, 3,639,783.
Lucas, Robert S , to Purex Corporation, Ltd Means for chlorinating
swimming pools. 3,638,833, CI 222-57
Ludwig, Albert P.: See—
Carpenter, Mark Richard; and Ludwig. Albert P .3.638.514
Luethi, Christian; Biland. Hans Rudolf; and Duennenberger, Max. to
Ciba Limited. Bis-oxalic acid ester amides for use as ultra- violet sta-
bilizers. 3.639.249, CI. 252-300
Lukesq Richard V.: See—
Bumette, Robert W., Hoffman, Harold L., and Lukesq Richard
v., 3,638,933.
Lumalampan Aktiebolag: See-
Peterson. Sven Torsten Lennart. 3.638.293.
Lunkwicz. Bernard Paul; See—
Marshall. William A . Lunkwicz. Bernard Paul, and Meresz, Hen-
ry,3,638,636.
Lusk, William J Everset electric rodent trap 3,638,348, CI. 43-75
Lussling, Theodor; See—
Koberstein, Edgar. Lussling. Theodor, Noll. Ewald, Suchsland.
Helmut; and Weigert, Wolfgang. 3, 639. 269
Lussow. Robert O . and Wirtz. Louis H , to International Business
Machines Corporation. Electroless nickel plating on nonconductive
substrates. 3.639. 1 43. CI 117-5 4
Lutey, Richard W ; See—
Buckman. Stanley J.. Lutey, Richard W . and Jennings, George
M. 3.639.209.
Lutinski. Frank E.; See—
Kehl. William L.; Lutinski, Frank E , and Swift, Harold
E, 3,639,647.
Lutz, Eleonore: See —
Burg, Karlheinz, Cherdron, Harald, Lehmann, Heinz, and Lutz,
Eleonore,3,639.192.
Lyies, James M ; Hewitt, Robert E.; Hilt, Glenn L , and Bntt, James E ,
to Xerox Corporation Development apparatus. 3,638,610, CI 1 18-
636.
Lynch, Charles Andrew, Jr., and Hamilton. James P , to FMC Corpora-
tion. Air filter coating compositions containing mixture of silica and
magnesium silicate geling agents 3.639.280. CI 252-88
M & J Valve Company: See-
Grove, Marvin H, and Van Arsdale, Lyie R , 3.638,475.
Grove, Marvin H., 3.638,908.
M & T Chemicals Inc.: S*^ — }
Waggoner, Terry Bill; and Seyb, Edgar John, Jr., 3,639,1 53.
Maas, Otto Robert, to General Motors Corporation Resilient mount-
ing arrangement. 3,639,015, CI. 308-26
Mac Dowall, Kenneth R., to North American Rockwell Corporation
Novel flame retardant compositions and method of applying.
3,639,299, CI. 260-2.5
MacDuff, Stanley I., to Bendix Corporation, The Power brake system
3,639.008. CI 303-10.
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
MacFarlane, John Jtmei, to National Re«earch Development Corpora-
tion. Fluid atomizen. 3,638,859, CI. 239-102.
Machida, Hazime, and Okuno, Zenjiro, to Kabuihiki Kaitha Ricoh.
Liquid developer for uk in electrophotography. 3,639,244, CI. 252-
62.1
Machida, Hazime: See—
Okuno, Zenjiro; and Machida, Hazime, 3,639,243.
MacKenzie, Burton T., Jr., and Bettt. Joseph E., to General Electric
Company Method for manufacturing croti-linked chlorinated
polymeric tyitemt. 3,639.529, CI. 260-897.
MacMillan Bloedel Limited: See-
Procter, Alan R, 3,639,484.
Mac Millan, Daniel G. Modular conitruction frame. 3,638,803, CI.
211-148.
MacMullan, Samuel J., to Leedi & Northrup Company. Null-balance
syitem with enhanced notch-type input filter. 3,639,825, CI. 318-
621
Madland,Rolf A.See—
Carlion, Robert L., and Madland. Rolf A. ,3.638, 807.
Maeda, Kenji: See—
Umezawa, Hamao, Hamada, Masa; Naganawa, Hirothi; Takeuchi.
Tomio; Maeda, Kenji; and Okami, Yothiro, 3,639,582.
Maeda, Tanco; See—
Okazaki, Kaoru, Shimokawa, Yoichi; Maeda, Taneo, Igawa,
Keisuki; Okagawa. ChikaUu; and Kato, Koichi, 3,639,502
Maeder, Arthur: See—
Nachbur, Hermann, and Maeder, Arthur,3,639,539.
Maejima, Norio; See—
Tanimura, Shigeru; Maejima, Norio; Yoshimura, Kiyokazu; and
Hinoda, Seisuke,3,639.867.
Magee, Philip S., to Chevron Research Company. Method for prepar-
ing O-methyl-S-methyl phosphoroamidothioate. 3,639,547, CI 260-
989.
Maier, Ludwig. to Monsanto Company. Built detergent compositions
conuining tris (methyl phosphonic acid) phosphine oxide and its
salts. 3,639,281, CI. 252-89.
Malakoff. Meyer: See—
Mc Namara. Thomas F.; and Malakoff, Meycr,3, 639.632.
Malavasi. Claude. Power feed regulator system for temperature regula-
tion and the like. 3,639.824, CI. 3 1 8-599.
Malikowski, Ethel M. Training garment. 3,638,334, CI. 35-8.
Malivoir, Roger, to Centre de Recherches de Pont-a-Mous»on. MeUl-
lizinggun 3.639.720. CI. 219-76.
Malkowski. Leonard R.. and Bielak. Sigmund H.. to Anocut Engineer-
ing Company. Tool changing device. 3.639.225. CI. 204-2 12
Mallahan, Francis J: See—
Castonguay, Roger A.; Hanley, Bernard C; Mallahan, Francis J ,
and Wenckus, Joseph F.,3,639,718.
Malouf. Emil Edward: See—
Spedden. Henry Rush, and Malouf, Emil Edward,3.639,003
Mancini, Ronald A., to Corning Glass Works. Feedback controlled
photosensitive object detecting system. 3,639,768, CI. 250-205.
Mancioli, Luciano. Device for producing an infused liquid, particularly
coffee. 3,638.555. CI. 99-303.
Mangyo, Mitsuo: See—
Nagasawa, Fujio; Okamoto. Shosuke, Takagi. Eiichi, Yokoi,
Mikio; and Mangyo, Mitsuo. 3,639.626.
Maniscalco. Thomas J Steam generating apparatus. 3.639.725. CI.
219-401.
Mann, Henry, Inc.: See—
Cusato, Anthony J., 3,638,3 1 6.
Mann, William W., to Sperry Rand Corporation Hinged unloading
auger for grinder-mixer. 3,638.816, CI. 214-521.
Marathon Engineering Inc.: See—
Fann, William G., 3,638.708.
Marathon Oil Company: See—
Larsen. Arthur Lee. 3,639,1 10.
Norton. Charles J., and Diehl. Byron C. 3.639.369.
Poettmann. Fred H.; and Jones, Stanley C, 3,639.277.
Marckx. Edward I.; and Stines. Harvey F.. to Stinemark Corporation
Method and apparatus for slicing bread and other bakery products.
3.638.521. CI. 83-22.
Marculewicz. Robert W,; See—
Strumor, Mathew A.; Rachwal. Ervin J.; Campbell. Douglas B..
and Marculewicz. Robert W. 3.639.059.
Marek. Miroslav; Pecka, Jan; Chmelir, Miroslav; and Roosova, Milena,
to Ceskoslovenska akademie vcd. Polymerization of isobutylenc.
3, 639,66 1, CI. 260-94.8
Marinelli. Nicola, to National Cash Register Company, The. MeUl
fastening coated with pressure-activauble encapsulated sealant
system. 3,639, 1 37, CI. 117-26.
Marino, Joseph: See—
Ernick, Frederick G.; Kisinko, Paul M.; Marino. Joseph; and Kan-
nam.PeterJ..3.639,8l5.
Marion, Donald L; Anderson, Dennis G; and Strand, Robert C, to At-
lantic Richfield Company. Polyvinyl acetate latex white paint base
composition conuining a dispersant for paint tint colorants
3,639,325, CI. 260-29.6
Marley, Robert R., to Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation
Series gated multiplexer circuit. 3,639,781, CI. 307-243.
Marquart. Vernon L.: See-
Rhodes. Warren L.; and Marquart. Vernon L.. 3.639.049.
Marraffmo. Leonard L., deceased. Two fluid aerosol dispenser with ex-
ternal secondary fluid container. 3.638.838. CI. 222-136
Marrel, Bennes: See—
Corompt. Antoine. 3.638,817.
Marsh, Frederick L., to Gould-National Batteries, Inc. Additives for
dry charged batteries. 3,639, 175, CI. 136-154.000
Marshall. Franklin N., to Dow Chemical Company, The. Method and
composition employing mixed ether compounds alleviating cardiac
arrhythmias. 3,639,603, CI. 424-250.
Marshall, Franklin N, to Dow Chemical Company, The. Cardiac an-
tiarrhythmic method and composition employing alkylaminoalkox-
yhalophenol compounds. 3,639,634, CI. 424-330.
Marshall, John R., to Ford Motor Company. Engine ipark timing con-
trol device. 3.638,626, CI. 123-117.
Marshall, Philip Ronald; and Ridgewell, Brian John, to International
Synthetic Rubber Company Limited, The. Polymerisation of
cycloolefins using molybdenum or tungsten halide or oxyhalide and
aluminum halide caulysu. 3,639,371, CI. 260-93.1
Marshall, Ray A., to SCM Corporation DaU reading apparatus.
3.639.729, CI 235-61.11
Marshall, Richard A , to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Removal of 5-ethyl-2-methylpyridine from pyridine polymers.
3,639,363, CI 260-80 3
Marshall, William A , Lunkwicz, Bernard Paul; and Meresz, Henry, to
Lear Siegler, Inc Air heater 3,638.636. CI. 126-110.
Marsi, Joseph A , to Borg-Wamer Corporation. Mechanical seal with
lubricating means. 3,638,957, CI 277-96.
Martel, Eugene H , and Schuch, Gerald T., to Badger Company, Inc.,
The Extraction and multi-shape fractional distillation with indirect
heat exchange of liquid and vapor process and system for recovering
aromatic product. 3,639,497, CI. 260-674.
Martin, Charles A., to Martin Fireproofing Corporation. Structural ce-
ment-wood fiber panel 3,638,384, CI. 52-589.
Martin Fireproofing Corporation: See-
Martin, Charies A , 3.638,384.
Martin, Jack D Machine tool 3.638,520, CI 82-24.
Martin. Paul A , to Quaker Oats Company, The. Multi-tune music box.
3.638,524, CI 84-95. ,
Martin, Roy A.: See— \
Cassady, Samuel G. 3.638.965
Martin, WRSee-
Cassady, Samuel G , 3,638.965
Martin, Wayne A , to United Sutes Steel Corporation. Heavy press
forging apparatus and method. 3,638,47 1 , CI. 72-377.
Martin-Marietta Corporation: See-
Busby. Hubbard Taylor, Jr.. 3.639.386.
Mas. ElieP See—
Nobels, Yvan M L. C . and Mas. Elie P..3.638.385.
Maschinen- und Bohrgerate-Fabrik Alfred Wirth & Co.. KG: See—
Steufmehl, Willi. 3.639,006
Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-Numberg Aktiengesellschafl: See-
Moll. Hans H. and Hundt. Werner. 3.638,75 1 .
Maschinenfabrik Buckau R Wolf Aktiengesellschafl: See—
Basfeld, Klaus, and Schreiber. Heinrich, 3.638.798.
Masel, Marvin, and Wedlake, Albert J., to Singer Company. The,
mesne. Methods of and apparatus for testing electromagnetic indica-
tors 3,639.837, CI. 324-158.
Masella, Anthony J ; and Grobel, Edward A., to Chemetron Corpora-
tion Combined burner-lance for fume suppression in molten metals.
3,638,932, CI 266-34
Maskal, John, Thompson, Ivan M ; and Heikel, Hcnrik R., to Dow
Chemical Company. The Magnesium hydroxide-conuining paper.
3,639. 158, CI 117-152
Mason, Edward E Method for the construction of a reuining wall.
3,638,435, CI 61-39.
Mason, Gordon A Window operating apparatus. 3,638,358, CI. 49-
325.
Mason, Jerry E.: See—
Narayana, Munisamappa, Kcskkula, Henno; and Mason, Jerry
E ,3,639,522
Maston, James W; See—
Anhalt, John W ; and Maston, James W, 3,639,891 .
Masuko, Tatuo: See—
Miyadera, Yasuo, Masuko. Tatuo; Muroi. Tadashi; Okada.
Shinichi, and Noguchi. Hiroshi. 3.639.342.
Masuoka. Sadao: See—
Shiraki, Takashi. Masuoka, Sadao, and Morita, Minoru,3.639,700.
Mata. Justo Martinez: See—
Hendlin. David; Supley, Edward O.; Del Val, Sagrario Mochales;
and Mau, Justo Martinez,3,639.590.
Matejec, Reinhard, Meyer, Rudolf; and Himmelmann, Wolfgang, to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschafl. Ferrous complex of N-
conUining heterocyclic compound as silver latent image subilizer.
3,639, 128, CI. 96-109
Math, Irwin: See-
Price, Howard, Wallick, Seymour, and Math, Irwin,3.638.561 .
Mathema Corporation: See—
Eglin, Hans, 3,638,321.
Mather, AdalineNicolcs: See— ,.,„-.,
Ginger. Leonard George; and Mather. Adaline Nicoles.3.639,213.
Mathew. Leonard Sunley. Load handling vehicle. 3,638.810. CI. 214-
75.
Matrographics. Inc.: See— . .. ^ . „
Strumor. Mathew A.. Rachwal. Ervin J.; Campbell, Douglas B.;
and Marculewicz, Robert W.. 3.639.059.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
Matsuhita Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd.: See-
Sasaki. Toshiharu; Miyano. Ryuzo; and Nakajima, YasuUka.
3.639.052. %
Matsui, Kazuo: See—
MaUuzawa. Katsuto; and Matsui. Kazuo. 3.639.448.
Matsui, Masao; Tokura, Susumu; and Yamabe, Masahiro, to
Kanegafuchi Baaeki Kabushiki Kaisha. Method for spinning com-
posite filamenu. 3,639,556, CI. 264- 171.
Matsushita Denko Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Yoshiya, Yoshio; Ishida, Yoshiyuki; and Ito, Masamichi,
3,639,885.
Mauushiu Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.: See—
lijima, Yasuo, 3,639,812.
Oka. Shunzo. 3.639.880.
Otsuka. TeUuro; Ou. Isao; and Ogo. Shinichi. 3.639.246.
Sato. Hosei; NaUumeda. KaUuyuki; and Murakami. Kaichi.
3.638.556.
Shiraki. Takashi; Masuoka. Sadao; and Morita, Minoru,
3,639,700.
Takano. Hirotugu. 3.639.707.
MaUuura. Shigeo. to HiUchi. Ltd. Method for manufacturing a varia-
ble capacitance diode. 3.638. 301. CI. 29-589.
Matsuzawa. Katsuto; and Matsui. Kazuo. to Mitsubishi Chemical In-
dustries. Ltd. Process for producing bis(^-hydrozyethyl)- terephtha-
late and/or prepolymer thereof. 3,639,448, CI. 260-475.
Mattel, Inc.: See—
Fryc, Oldrich; Okada, David T; and Robson, George E.,
3,638,353.
La Branche, Harve W., 3.638.356.
Larsson.AkeL, 3,638,282.
Matter, Max; Weidele, Othmar, and Raspanti. Giuseppe, to Sandoz
Ltd. Proceu for counteracting the brightening effect due to an opti-
cal brightener. 3,639,642, CI. 1 62- 1 58.
Mattes, Lyie T.: See-
Adams, Thomas "■p.; Mattes, LyIe T.; and Roulund, Poul
B, 3,639,746.
Mattia, Michael: See-
Van Sciver, Herbert D., II. and Mattia. Michael.3.639.215
Matzner. Markus. to Union Carbide Corporation. Block copolycar-
bonates containing polylactone blocks and cyclobutylene polycar-
bonate blocks. 3.639,503, CI 260-860.
Maurer. David Paul, to Union Carbide Corporation. Spray refrigera-
tion system for freeze sensitive product. 3.638.443. CI. 62-52.
Maurice. Jean, to Societe Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo. Assisted
control especially for automobile vehicles. 3,638,425, CI. 60-54 5
Maus, Fritz: See—
Herzhoff, Peter; Gref, Hans; Behr, Rolf; Maus, Fritz; Schweicher,
Wolfgang; Wasser. Willi; Friedsam, Josef; and Browatzki,
Kurt,3,638,604.
Herzhoff, Peter; Schweicher, Wolfgang; Maus, FriU, Wasser, Wil-
li; Browatzki, Kurt; and Gref, Hans,3,638,845.
Maxson, Orwin G.; and Hunt, Mack W., to Continental Oil Company
Dyeable polyolefin compositions. 3,639,373, CI. 260-93 7
Maxwell, Herris M.; Sowers. John E.; and Laidman. John Neil, to
Bethlehem Steel Corporation Method of galvanizing. 3,639.142. CI.
117-51.
May, David H: See—
Burch, Charles O , and May, David H ,3,638.676.
May, Otto B, Inc.: See—
Fono, Andrew; and Eagle, Robert E., 3,639,670.
Mayer, Gary T., and Scott, Daniel G., to Westinghouse Air Brake Com-
pany. Fluid pressure and dynamic brake interlock valve with variable
loadcontrol. 3,639,010, CI. 303-22.
Mayer, Kurt: See-
Sturm, Hans Juergen; Mayer, Kurt, Kilpper, Gerhard; and Arm-
brust, Herbert,3,639,387.
Mazzarelle, Victor A., to Kassler Investment Corporation. Cubicle cur-
tain suspension apparatus. 3,638,71 1,CI. 100-330.
McCard, Henry W. Cermet having lubricating properties and process
3,639,639, CI. 117-71
McCoy, John J., to Charter Manufacturing Company, Inc.. mesne. Bail
band assembly for intravenous liquid containers. 3.638.822, CI. 215-
100.
McCoy, John J., to Charter Manufacturing Company, Inc. Bail band
assembly for intravenous liquid containers. 3,638,823, CI. 215-100
McCracken, Philip G.: See—
Daugherty, Hiram Gerald; Evers, William J , and McCracken,
Philip G, 3,639.399.
McCrae. William; Fried, John H.; and Edwards, John A., to Syntex
Corporation . 13,1 4-Seco- 1,2,3 ,4-tetrahydrophcnanthrenes.
3,639,462, CI. 260-488.
Mc Cune, Thomas B., to Hudson Wire Company. Low sutic carpet
3,639,807. CI. 317-2.
Mc Daniel. Carl Vance: See-
Elliott. Curtis Homer. Jr.; and Mc Daniel. Carl Vance.3, 639.099.
McElroy. Howard J., to Wyman-Gordon Company, mesne. Block and
die shoe clamping assembly. 3.638,473, CI. 72-448.
McEneny, Gregory E.; and Ekstedt, Edward E., to General Electric
Company. Fuel spray nozzle. 3,638,865, CI. 239-424.
McGann, Rodney, to Texacd, Inc., mesne. Heat exchange. 3,638,719,
CI. 165-164.
McGlothlin, Raymond E.: See—
Schultz, Roger L.; Baggett, James C; and McGlothlin, Raymond
E, 3,639,233.
McGrath, Harry, Moore, Raymond Frederick; and Smith, Eric, to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited. Manufacture of polyamide
foams using an oxyacid of phosphorus. 3,639,649, CI. 260-2.5
McGraw-Edison Company: See-
Buckley, Norman A., and Rasmussen, Peter D., 3,638.842
Mclntyre, Hubert L. Motor propelled fishing float. 3.638.256. CI. 9- 1 .
Mc Kee. Arthur G.. & Company: See—
Pavilon. Sunley J.. 3.638.684.
McKee. Fount E.. to DelU-X Corporation. Apparatus for measuring
the change in the thermal energy of a flowing fluid 3.639.737, CI.
235-151.3
McKee, Lewis W: See-
Schocn,George J, and McKee, Lewis W, 3,639,01 7.
McLain, Charles D., to Olin Corporation. Copper base alloy.
3,639,1 19, CI. 75-157.
Mc Namara, Thomas F., and Malakoff, Meyer, to Warner-Lambert
Company. Antimicrobial compositions conuining l.l'-hexa-
methylenebis[5-(2-ethylhexyl)biguanide]dihydro- chloride and 4-
chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl 2,4- dichlorophenyl ether 3,639,632, CI
424-326.
McNeill, Jon J., to Textron Inc Analysis system for mobile equipment.
3,639,731, CI. 235-61.11
Mc Queen, James T., 50% to Rush, George L Simulated golf game.
3,638,944, CI. 273-87.
McTccr, Lucian W., and Kelso, Robert G., to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion. Production of benzotriazoles. 3,639,431 , CI. 252-390
Medcalf, Ralph F., Jr , to Procter & Gamble Company, The. Oral com-
positions for calculus reUrdation. 3.639.569, CI. 424-48.
Meek, Paul D: See-
Brown, Rene P, Allison, Birt, Jr., and Meek, Paul D, 3,639,490.
MefinaS.A.: See—
Casas-Robert, Ramon, 3,638,595.
Fresard. Marcel, and Donnat, Jean -Charles. 3,639.877
Mehaulic. Thomas M. Portable spring biased indoor jogging machine.
3.638.940. CI. 272-83.
Mehrhof, Werner; Irmscher, Klaus; Hecht-Lucan, Giorgio, Kraft.
Hans-Gunther; and Kieser. Hartmut, to Merck Patent Gesellschaft
mit beschrankter Haftung. Uterotropic composition. 3.639,599. CI.
424-239.
Meijer. Robert S., to AInor Instrument Company, division of Illinois
Testing Laboratories Fluid velocity measuring device and method
3,638.488, CI. 73-194.
Mellaerts, Wilfred Jean: See—
MommaerU, Henri Albert; and Mellaerts, Wilfred Jean, 3,639,652.
Melle-Bezons: See—
Roussos, Michel; and Bourgeois, Yves, 3,639,264
Melon, Jean-Marie; and Thomas. Jean, 1/3 to Laboratories Sauba
Method for the prevention or cure of oxalic lilhiasis, and pharmaceu-
tical compositions therefor. 3,639,606, CI 424-274
Melville, Alfred W ; Shacklockq Frank W , and O'Hareq David H Hu-
midification. 3,638,926, CI. 261-130
Memnen-Greatbatch Electronic, Inc.; See—
Greatbatch, Wilson, 3,639,907
Menard, Enrico: See—
Bickel, Hans; Bosshardt, Rolf, Fechtig, Bruno, Menard. Enrico;
Mueller, Johannes; and Peter, Heinrich. 3, 639, 396
Mendel, Arthur: See-
Harrington, Joseph Kenneth, Kvam, Donald C , Mendel. Arthur.
and Robertson, Jerry E ,3,639.474
Menichelli, Vincent J., to United States of America, Navy Delay train
for ordnance fuse. 3,638,572, CI 102-75
Menitsky, losif Donatovich: See—
Poludetkin, Vladimir Romanovich. Menitsky, losif Donatovich;
and Kaplan, Jury Abramovich,3,638,51 3
Mercer, Clive Kenneth, and Wilkin, George Desmond, to Upjohn
Company, The, mesne. Production of 6-demethylletracycline
3,639,214, CI. 195-80
Merck & Co., Inc.: See—
Christensen, Burton G . and Leanza, William J , 3,639,382.
Hannah, John, 3,639,597
Hendlin, David; Supley, Edward O ; Del Val, Sagrario Mochales,
and Mata, Justo Martinez, 3,639,590
Shen, Tsung-Ying; Ruyle, William V ; Witzel, Bruce E , and Wal-
ford, Gordon L, 3,639,624
Merck Patent Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See—
Mehrhof, Werner; Irmscher, Klaus; Hecht-Lucan, Giorgio, Kraft,
Hans-Gunther, and Kieser, Hartmut, 3,639,599
Meresz, Henry. See-
Marshall, William A., Lunkwicz, Bernard Paul; and Meresz, Hen-
ry,3,638,636.
Meridian Industries, Inc.: See—
Bolinger, John F., 3,639,777
Merkenich, Karl: See—
Gabler, Hellmut; Harnisch, Heinz; Heymer. Gero; Merkenich,
Kari, and Pirig, Wolf-Dieter,3,639,287
Heymer, Gero; Landgraber, Herbert, and Merkenich,
Kari,3,639,289.
Merlin Gerin: See—
Balmat, Georges; and Jaillet, Jean, 3,639,7 1 2.
Merola, Armando J.: See—
Albertson, Noel F.; Rosi, David; and Merola, Armando
J. ,3,639,410.
Merrill, Edward W.,toEstin, Hans H, Cronkhite, Leonard W, Jr., and
Wolbach, William W , trustees of River, Charles, Foundation, The
895 CO.— 14
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Apparatus for removing lipids froin the human blood stream.
3,638.639, CI 128-2.
Merrill, Ronald E Form for a concrete wall structure. 3,638,382, CI.
52-359
Merritt, John W : 5*«—
Harvey, Wirt T.; and Merritt. John W, 3,638, 67 I
Merrow, George W., to Stanley Works, The. Hand tool with self-
locking wedge connection. 3,639,01 3, CI. 306-33.
Merrow Machine Company, The; See—
Armstead, George B, Jr.; and Kelly, Edward A , 3,638,594
Merten, Rudolf, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Bishy-
dantoins. 3,639.41 8. CI. 260-309 5
Messer Griesheim G.m.b.H.; See—
Keller, Horst; and Hahn, Gunter, 3.639,723
Roeder, Georg, and Ginsberg, Heinz, 3,638.864.
Messer Hriesheim GmbH: See —
Lange, Gerhardt. 3.638,93 1
Messerschmitt-Bolkow Geseilschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See—
Thomanek, Franz Rudolf. 3.638.569
Messina. Joseph F.; and Gisser, Henry, to United States of America.
Army. Grease compositions. 3.639.24 1 , CI. 252-54.6
Metal Box Company Limited, The. See —
Franek, Jozef Tadcusz; and Rhodes, Peter, 3,638,825
Meteor-Siegen Apparatebau Paul Schmeck G.m.b.H.: See—
Schleifenbaum, Karl, 3.639.055.
Mettlcr, Hal C Short wave diathermy circuit. 3,638,657, CI. 1 28-422.
Metzeler AG; 5**—
Darmochwal, Heinz, 3,639,550
Metzger, Karl-Georg: See—
Nast. Roland, Ley, Kurt; Eholzer, Ulrich, Metzger, Karl-Georg;
and Fntsche, Dieter, 3,639.400.
Seng, Florin, Ley, Kurt. Metzger, Karl-Georg, and Fritsche,
Dieter, 3,639,397.
Meyer, Burton C: See—
Barlow, Gordon A , Meyer, Burton C ; and Glass, Marvin
I ,3,638,319.
Meyer, Heinz W : See—
EdI, Wolfgang; Meyer, Heinz W. and Schmid, Dieter,3.639.370
Meyer, Robert F.. to Parke, Davis & Company. 6-Aryl-2,7-bis((triilkyl-
silyl) aminolpyrido [2.3-dl pyrimidine compounds. 3.639.401. CI.
260-2564
Meyer, Rudolf; See—
Matejec, Reinhard, Meyer, Rudolf, and Himmelmann, Wolf-
gang,3,639, 128.
Meyer, William H See-
Trbovich, Nicholas D., Meyer, William H.; and Bauer, Paul
R ,3,639,871.
Meyers, Robert E., to Bendix Corporation. The. Spool valve control for
a hydraulic power boost 3.638,427, CI 60-54 6
Michaels, Alan S.. See—
Sternberg, Shmuel; Bixler, Harris J., and Michaels, Alan
S, 3,639, 306
Michaels, Edwin B Method for preparing hexachlorophene.
3,639,489, CI 260-619
Michal, Sandowicz. Method of producing ferro-cement pipes.
3,639,552, CI 264-71
Michalski. Raymond J., to Naico Chemical Company. Method of
preparing anti-foaming agent 3,639,260, CI. 252-358.
Michne, William F. See—
Albertson, Noel F, and Michne, William F, 3,639,41 1.
Midland Silicones Limited: See—
Vlismas, Theodore, 3.639,498
Mieth, Hubert: 5<^—
Schorr, Manfred; Mieth. Hubert, and Raether, Wolf-
gang.3.639.412.
Migitaka. Masatoshi: See—
Okoshi, Takanori. and Migitaka, Masatoshi, 3.639, 857.
Mikida, Yukio: See—
Sadakata, Kazuo; Sasaki, Minoru, Hirose, Masahiro, Nakamura,
Yasuo, Mikida. Yukio, Ito, Kazuo, and Kimura, Ku-
ninobu,3,639,5I3
Miiazzo, Carl J., to Hohl Machine & Conveyor Co., Inc. Conveyor.
3.638,779, CI. 198-127.
Miles Laboratories, Inc.: S*^—
Borchert, Peter Jochen; Slager, James Edward, Sommer, Ronald
George; and Zienty. Mitchell Frank. 3.639,646.
Militello, James V., to American Allsafe Company, Inc. Vented gog-
gles. 3.638.240, CI. 2-14.
Millar, David: 5**—
Kirschner. Peter; Cahacetoq Ralph R., Eurstq Reuben H.. and Mil-
lar, David, 3,638,5 1 I
Miller, Carroll T.: See—
Haynes, Winfield Scott, Jr., and Miller, Carroll T ,3,639,372.
Miller, Glyn; and Smart, Graham Michael, to Albright & Wilson
Limited. Scale inhibiting composition and method using phosphonic
acid and di-or hydroxy-carboxylic acid. 3,639,645, CI. 252-180
Miller, Harold N.:S<*-
Wisotsky. Max J., and Miller. Harold N. 3.638. 349.
Miller. Larry R., to Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. Shadow mask sup-
port comprising flat, bimetallic element attaches to inwardly project-
ing frame nange. 3.639.798. CI. 313-85.
Miller, Peter H., to Evon Industries, Inc. Fattening structure for secur-
ing support brackets to a wall. 3,638,370, CI. 52-36.
slelflife
Milligan, John G , to Jefferson Chemical Company, Inc. Emulsifying
agents. 3,639,262. CI 252-355
Mine Safety Appliances Company: See—
King, EarleC, 3,638,496
Wise, Layton A , 3,638.648
Miner Enterprises. Inc: 5^?—
Carlson. Robert L , and Madland. Rolf A.. 3,638,807.
Mingat. Robert: See—
Faure. Alphonse. Gigou. Claude; Mingat. Robert, and Ruaud,
.Michel. 3,639. 320
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company; See — |
Harrington, Joseph Kenneth, Kvam. Donald C. Mendel, Arthur;
and Robertson. Jerry E. 3,639,474. ,
Hervig, Harold C ,3,639,567 1
LjungkulLGunnarR. 3,639, 899 1
Nelson, Robert B. 3.639.245 \
Robertson, Jerry E. Harrington, Joseph Kenneth; and! Banitt,
EldenH ,3.639,361
Schuiz, Leo J , and Warner, George L., 3.638,937. I
Whittemore. Charles A., and Spangler, Robert E., 3,639.345.
Winter, Phillip M , and Gardner, Gary A.. 3,638,464
Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kobayashi, Tatsuo, and Hasegawa, Yoshikazu, 3,638,545.
Sekida. Minoru. 3.638.547
Mirkovic, Ninko Tihomir, to RCA Corporation. Brake apparatus.
3,638,88 I, CI 242-204
Mischinenfabrit Fahr Iktiengesellschaft: See —
Purrer, Josef. 3,638,977
Missel. Leo. to International Business Machines Corporation. Sli
improvement of electroplated solder. 3,639,2 18, CI. 204-40.
Misu. Sadayuki Vacuum bottle 3.638.820. CI 2 1 5- 1 3.
Mitchell. Hartman, to Koppers Company, Inc. Pallet heat rib shield.
3,638.928. CI 263-28
Mitchell. James G. See—
Mitchell. Winalee G . and Mitchell. JamesG .3.638.262
Mitchell. Michael E , to General Electric Company. Error correcting
decoder utilizing estimator functions and decision circuit for bit-by-
bit decoding 3.639,901, CI 340-146.1
Mitchell. Winalec G . and Mitchell. James G. Method of making slip-
pers. 3.638.262. CI 12-142.
Mitsubishi Chemical Industries Limited; See—
Nagasawa. Fujio. Okamoto. Shosuke. Takagi. Eiichi; Yokoi,
Mikio. and Mangyo. Mitsuo. 3.639.626.
Sueda. Hideo, Yamawaki, Takeshi. Kida. Keiichi. Hayashi,
Masahiro. Endo. Kazuo. and Kaneko. Mamoru. 3.639.553.
Mitsubishi Chemical Industries, Ltd . See—
Matsuzawa, Katsuto, and Matsui, Kazuo, 3,639,448.
Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha; See —
Mochizuki. Masayuki. 3.639.7 1 7.
Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See —
Fukuda.Shozo. 3.638.437
Mitsubishi Kasci Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See —
Sueda. Hideo. Yamawaki. Takeshi. Kida. Keiichi; Hayashi,
Masahiro. Endo. Kazuo. and Kaneko. Mamoru. 3.639,553.
Mitsubishi Rayon Co . Ltd.: See —
Sadakata, Kazuo, Sasaki. Minoru. Hirose. Masahiro. Nakamura.
Yasuo; Mikida, Yukio, Ito, Kazuo, and Kimura, Kuninobu,
3,639.513.
Mitsui Petrochemical Industries. Ltd : See—
Kunugi. Taiseki. 3.639.449.
Mitsumi Electric Company Ltd . See—
Miyala. Takeo. and Miura. Tsutomu. 3.639.858.
Miura. Tsutomu. See —
Miyata. Takeo. and Miura, Tsutomu, 3,639, 858.
Miyadera, Yasuo, Masuko, Tatuo, Muroi, Tadashi, Okada, Shinichi;
and Noguchi. Hiroshi. to Hitachi. Ltd. Hitachi Chemical Company.
Ltd., and Hitachi Cable. Ltd. Method for preparing heterocyclic
polymer from diamino-diamido compounds and polycarboxylic acid
derivatives 3.639,342. CI. 260-47.
Miyagawa. Funihiro: See—
Ando. Sadanao. and Miyagawa. Funihiro. 3.638.609.
Miyake. Kenji. to Citizen Watch Co.. Ltd. Numeral pin setting
mechanism in calculating machines and the like apparatus.
3.638.855. CI 235-60.
Miyamichi. Kazuo. to Nitto Boseki Co.. Ltd. Process for carbonized
cellulose fiber or the products thereof 3.639, 1 40, CI. 1 17-46.
Miyano. Ryuzo; See —
Sasaki. Toshiharu. Miyano. Ryuzo, and Nakajima, Yasu-
taka,3.639,052
Miyata. Takeo. and Miura. Tsutomu. to Mitsumi Electric Company
Ltd Transistor im[>edance converter and oscillator circuits.
3.639.858, CI. 331-108
Mize, Erbie G . and Brock. James D . to CMI Corporation. Asphalt
plant erector 3.638.91 l.CI 254-89
Mizunuma. Mamoru, to Rigaku Denki Company, Limited. X-ray dif-
fraction apparatus for measuring stress in a specimen. 3,639,760, CI.
250-51 5
Moates, David G. Pneumatic drill noise muffler and dust removal ap-
paratus. 3,638.737, CI 173-60
Mobil Oil Corporation: See—
Etherington, Robert W, and Liauw, Koei-Liang, 3.639,458.
Kaufman. Harold A . 3.639.537.
Nelms.Jimmie J .3.638.498.
Talley, William A.. Jr.. 3,638.722.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 31
Mochizuki. Masayuki. to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha. Switch
actuator for an electronic cooking device. 3,639.7 17, CI. 200-172.
Mochizuki. Mitsuaki, to Okazaki Manufacturing Company. Method of
making sensing elements for resistance- temperature probes.
3,638,303, CI. 29-614.
Modrey, Henry J. Apparatus for treating ferrous surfaces. 3,638,600,
CI. 114-222.
Mohr, Thcodor O.; See—
Forster, Theodor; and Mohr, Theodor 0, 3, 639,1 86.
Moline, Robert Alan: See—
Foxhall, George Frederic; and Moline, Robert Alan, 3. 638, 300.
Moll. Charles J.; and Anderson, William C, to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Vertical laminar-flow clean room of flexible design.
3,638.404, CI. 55-473.
Moll, Hans H.; and Hundt, Werner, to Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-
Nurnberg Aktiengeiellschaft. Apparatus for automatically steering
powered vehicles. 3,638,75 1. CI. 180-98.
Mollerstedt, BengtO. P., and Sulcs, Eduard, to Fosfalbolaget. Method
for elimination of the 32 C phase transition in granules and prills
containing free ammonium nitrate and products produced thereby.
3,639,643, CI. 252-1.
Mommaerts, Henri Albert; and Mellaerts. Wilfred Jean. Continuous
process for polymerizing urethane prepolymers. 3,639,652. CI. 260-
30.8
Monaghan. Stephen R.; and Hanfling. Jerome D.. to Raytheon Com-
pany. Radio frequency feedthrough. 3.639,863. CI. 333-79.
Monsanto Chemicals Limited; See—
Ayad, Kamal Naguib, 3,639,663.
Brown, Joseph Patrick, and Foster. William Rees. 3.639,302.
Foster. William Rees; and Brown, Joseph Patrick, 3,639,305.
Monsanto Company; See—
Alt,GerhardH ,3,639,627.
Casey, Edward A.; and Huggins, James M., 3,639,291.
Chupp, John P.; and Balske, Robert J , 3,639,592
Early, Jack D.; and Chupp, John P., 3,639,475
Fitzhugh, Andrew F.; and Huck, Rodney M., 3,639.330.
Gerwitz, David L.; and Chupp. John P . 3.639.59 1 .
Maier.Ludwig. 3,639,281.
Spain, Raymond G.. 3.639.197.
Yates. William F.; Downs. Ronald O.. and Burleson. James C,
3,639,391
Monti, Anthony: See—
Broeg, Charles; Monti. Anthony; and Troy. John P..3.639.1 69
Monti. Anthony, Troy. John P.. and Broeg. Charles B.. to SuCrest Cor-
poration. Direct compression vehicles. 3,639.168, CI. 127-29.
Moog Inc.: See—
Moog, William C . Jr . 3.639,088.
Moog, William C, Jr., to Moog Inc. Case prcssurization control for a
positive displacement device driven hydraulically by a four-way con-
trol valve. 3.639.088, CI 418-74
Moon, Charles L., to White Motor Corporation. Fuel injection system.
3,638,629,CI. 123-139.6
Moore, Carl; Gibbs, Dale S., and Vanderhoff, John W.. to Dow Chemi-
cal Company. The. Polymer film substrate with vinylidene chloride
base coating and wax antisticking top coating 3.639,148. CI. 1 17-
76.
Moore, Gail C; See—
Ferris, Ford, 3,638.870.
Moore, Paul A.; and Boyles, Homer T, to Halliburton Company. Regu-
lator controlling volume of one or more streams of fluid 3,638,681 ,
CI. 137-607.
Moore, Raymond Frederick: See —
McGrath, Harry; Moore, Raymond Frederick; and Smith. Er-
ic,3.639.649.
Moore, Robert E.; See—
Duling, Irl N.; Schneider, Abraham, and Moore, Robert
E, 3.639, 362.
Moore, William G.: See—
Moyerjohn R.; and Moore, William G, 3,639,248
Moorfeed Corporation: See—
Brown, John B.; and Alexander, Raymond L., 3,638.260.
Moran. David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivian. Bukac. Zbynek.
Sebenda. Jan; Moran. David Martin; and Croucher. Jack Vivian, to
Beecham Group Limited Ceskoslovenska akademie ved Beecham
Group Limited. Veterinary treatment Method of preparing colored
polyamides Veterinary treatment. 3.639,560. CI. 424-22.
Moran. David Martin; See—
Moran, David Martin, and Croucher. Jack Vivian. Bukac, Zbynek,
Sebenda, Jan; Moran, David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivi-
an,3.639,560.
Moran. Raymond Michael, Jr., and Blekicki, Henry Thomas, to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation. Products of acid anhydrides and polyamines
used as latent hardeners for epoxy resins. 3,639,657, CI. 260-47.
Morchen, Wolfgang; Hucho. Wolf Heinrich, and Janssen, Lutz
Joachim, to Volkswagenwerk Aktiengesellschaft. Fresh air device
for power vehicles. 3.638.55 I . CI. 98-2 1 6
Moreau, Jerry P.: 5^*—
Chance, Leon H.; and Moreau, Jerry P.,3,639,144
Moreno, Albert M. Tensioning device for guy wires. 3,638,912, CI.
254-161.
Moretti, Anthony L., to Bullard, E. D , Company. Interconnecting
member for tension loads. 3,638,283, CI. 24-73.
Morgan, Charles L.: See—
Carter, Andrew G.;and Morgan, Charles L, 3, 638,692.
Morgan, Thomas E., Jr.; See—
Morgan, Thomas E.. Sr.. and Morgan. Thomas E.. Jr. .3, 638. 560
Morgan. Thomas E.. Sr.; and Morgan. Thomas E.. Jr. Apparatus for
bonding brake blocks, 3.638.560, CI 100-93
Morgan, William F.: See—
Drejza, John E., Henkel, Michael A., and Morgan, William
F, 3,638,565
Morichetto, Michele, to Incentive Research & Development AB. Film
case for X-ray camera 3,639,761 , CI. 250-68
Morimura, Syoji; See—
Murayama, Keisuki; Morimura, Syoji, and Toda.
Toshimasa.3,639,409
Morio, Minoru, to Sony Corporation. Signal supplying circuit for a
color picture tube. 3,639,685, CI 1 78-5.4
Morita, Minoru: See—
Shiraki, Takashi; Masuoka, Sadao; and Morita. Minoru. 3. 639. 700
Moriyasu, Hiro, to Tektronix, Inc. Pulse generator. 3.639.785, CI 307-
288.0
Momet, Philippe: See—
Teitgen, Jean, and Mornet, Philippe. 3. 639. 368.
Morris, Heber L Fishing line spool holder 3,638,878, CI 242-129.8
Morrisey, Gerrard, to Uniroyal, Inc. Preblending of ethylene-propylene
rubber and wax for incorporation in highly unsaturated rubber.
3.639.323. CI. 260-28.5
Morrison. Howard J., to Glass. Marvin. & Associates Mobile toy
3.638.354, CI. 46- 132
Morway. Arnold J., and Bodner, Albert J., to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company. Colloidal asbestos-complex aluminum salt-al-
kali- alkaline earth metal mixed salt/soap lubricant. 3.639.236. CI.
252-13.
Morway. Arnold J.; and Bodner, Albert J., to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company. Colloidal asbestos polyethylene grease.
3,639,644, CI. 352-13
Motoren- und Turbinen-Union Muenchen GmbH; See —
Wildner. Walter. 3.638.862
Motorola. Inc.; See—
Braun. William V ; and Leitich, Albert J., 3,639.690
Moulinage & Retorderie de Chavanoz; See —
Raschle. Josef. 3.638.413
Mount, Gordon L.; See—
Lavigne, William J.. Jr.; and Mount. Gordon L. 3, 638, 445
Movor & Coulson Limited: See—
Comley, Peter Donald Heywood, 3,638.78 1
Moyer.John R.; and Moore. William G.. to Dow Chemical Company.
The. Bleaching composition. 3.639,248. CI. 252- 1 86.
Mr. Christmas. Incorporated; Sef—
Hermanson. Terry, 3.639.196
MSL Industries. Inc.: See—
Swados. Harrison G.. 3.638.279.
Mueller. Arthur P.. to Panacon Corporation Corrosion-inhibiting ther-
mal insulation for stainless steel 3.639.276. CI 252-62.
Mueller. Francis X.. Jr.. See—
Hsich. Henry L.. and Mueller. Francis X , Jr .3.639.5 I 9
Mueller. Johannes;-5ff —
Bickel. Hans. Bosshardt. Rolf, Fechtig, Bruno. Menard, Enrico;
Mueller, Johannes, and Peter, Heinrich. 3, 639. 396
Muench. Nils L.; and Murphy, Charles B.. to General Motors Corp)ora-
tion. Series lamp safeguard circuit. 3.639.805. CI. 315-122
Muftic, Mahmud; See—
Philippson, Rainer; Gibian, Heinz; Muftic, Mahmud, and Kaspar,
Emanuel, 3,639,433.
Muhlbauer, Herbert George, to Jefferson Chemical Company. Inc.
Method for the preparation of piperazind and substituted
piperazines 3.639.403. CI 260-268
Mulhall. Brian Edward: See—
Appleton. Anthony Derek. Wood. Michael Burke, and Mulhall.
Brian Edward. 3.639. 793
Muller. Erwin. and Thoma. Wilhelm. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Elastomeric polyurethanes from polycarbonates.
3.639.354. CI. 260-77.5
Muller, George H.; See—
Barton. David W. and Muller. George H. 3.638.985
Mullins. Donald L , to Sanderson Films. Inc Loose leaf ring binder
3.638.967. CI. 281-33.
Munkstrand. Nils Eric, to Aktiebolaget Nohab Device for limiting the
movements of the wicket gates in a water turbine 3.639.072. CI.
415-9
Munn. Alfred John; See—
De Rouville. Matthew, Munn, Alfred John, and Hansen, Ame
H ,3,638,733.
Muny, Richard P , and Wilson, David W , to Avery Products Corpora-
tion. Curable pressure sensitive adhesive containing a polyeptoxide. a
carboxylated diene polymer and an acrylic ester tackifier 3,639,500,
CI. 260-837.
Murakami, Kaichi: See —
Sato, Hosei; Natsumeda, Katsuyuki; and Murakami,
Kaichi,3,638,556.
Muramoto, Noboru, Saiga, Johan, and Suzuki, Yoshitsugu, to Su-
mitomo Chemical Company Ltd. Stabilized saligenin cyclic
phosphorusesters 3,639.536. CI 260-937
Murayama. Keisuki. Morimura. Syoji. and Toda. Toshimasa, to Sankyo
Company Limited. 1 .3.8-Triaza-2-oxo or lhioxo-3-substituted-4- oxo
or imino-7,7.9,9-tetra alkyl spirol4.5J decanes. 3.639.409. CI. 260-
293.4
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Muroi, Tadashi See—
Miyadera. Yasuo, Masuko, Tatuo, Muroi, Tadashi; Okada,
Shinichi, and Noguchi, Hiroshi, 3,639, 342
Murphy, Charles B See—
Muench, Nils L , and Murphy, Charles B, 3,639. 805.
Murphy, G W., Industries, Inc.: See—
Justman, Dan B . 3,638,740
Muschong, Peter W , to Central Transformer, Inc. Bushing protective
guard 3,639,678, CI. 174-145.
Mustacchi, Henry: 5«—
Islam, RafiquI, Garnish, Sidney George, Figov, Murray, and
Mustacchi, Henry ,3,639,42 1
Mustakas, GusC, Albrecht, William J., and Bookwalter, George N , to
United States of America, Agriculture Production of vegetable
protein beverage base. 3,639,1 29, CI 99-64
Mutchler, John Powell, to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc Corrosion in-
hibitors for oil media. 3,639,240, CI. 252-52.
Nachbur, Hermann, and Maeder, Arthur, to Ciba Limited
Phosphorus-containing N.N-dimethylolcarboxylic acid amides
3.639,539. CI. 260-942.
Nack. Edward John: See—
Barker. Arthur Frederick, and Nack, Edward John, 3, 638, 826
Nagai, Toshiaki, and Yamaura, Isao, to Ajinomoto Co.. inc Method of
recovering glutamic acid from a fermentation broth 3,639,467, CI
260-527.
Naganawa, Hiroshi: See—
Umezawa, Hamao. Hamada, Masa, Naganawa, Hiroshi, Takeuchi,
Tomio, Maeda, Kenji, and Okami, Yoshiro,3,639,582
Nagasawa, Fujio, Okamoto, Shosuke, Takagi, Eiichi. Yokoi, Mikio,
and Mangyo, Mitsuo. to Mitsubishi Chemical Industries Limited
Suppressing the activity of plasmin in humans and animals with
trans-4-(aminomcthyl)-cyclohexanc-l- carboxylic acid 3,639,626,
CI 424-319
Nagata, Akio, Ando, Takuji, Izumi, Rokuro, and Sakakibara. Hideo
Antibiotic tuberactinomycin and process for preparing same
3,639,580, CI 424-116
Nagata. Wataru; and Hirai. Shoichi, to Shinonogi <& Co , Ltd. Process
for the preparation of isoquinuclidine derivatives 3.639,408. CI
260-293
Naito, Atsushi See —
Shirasaka. Makoto. Tanabc, Katsumi, Naito, Atsushi, and Icki.
Masako.3.639,212
Nailo. Nobuatsu. Nakajima. Kasuhiko. and Watanabe. Yoshio. to
Pioneer Electric Corporation, and ApoUon Music Industrial Cor-
poration Reel brake for an endless tape cartndgc 3.638,874. CI
242-55 19
Naito, Ryoichi, Oguro, Yoshigoro, and Doi, Takuji. to Green Cross
Corporation. The Vagina! suppository containing lactobacilli
acidophilus doederlemi 3,639,566, Ci. 424-37.
Nakajima, Kasuhiko: See—
Naito. Nobuatsu. Nakajima, Kasuhiko, and Watanabe.
Yoshio.3,638,874
Nakajima. Yasutaka. See—
Sasaki. Toshiharu. Miyano. Ryuzo, and Nakajima. Yasu-
taka,3.639.052.
Nakakura. Kenji: See—
Fujimoto, Hiroji, and Nakakura, Kenji,3.639,7l4.
Nakamura, Yasuo. See—
Sadakata, Kazuo, Sasaki. Minoru. Hirosc. Masahiro. Nakamura.
Yasuo, Mikida. Yukio, Ito, Kazuo. and Kimura, Ku
ninobu,3,639,513
Nakanishi. Tsuneo See—
Yasuda. Tetutaro, and Nakanishi. Tsuneo. 3, 638, 523.
Nakanuma. Sho: See—
Kamoshida, Mototaka, and Nakanuma, Sho.3.639,81 3
Nalco Chemical Company See—
Michalski, Raymond J . 3.639,260
Troscinski. Edwin S , and Robertson. Reed S.. 3.639,263
Namiki, Isamu: See—
Shioda, Hirohisa; Namiki, Isamu, Hori, Hisako, and Kalsuyama,
Yoshihisa,3,639,483
Narayana, Munisamappa, Keskkula. Henno, and Mason, Jerry E.. to
Dow Chemical Company. The Self-extinguishing high impact
styrene polymers. 3.639,522, CI 260-880
Narayanan, Venkatachala Lakshmi, to Squibb, E. R., & Sons, Inc.
Spiroadamantanethiazepinones and derivatives thereof 3,639.666.
CI 260-239 3
Nashljunas, Rimantas Alfonso, Zhiabys, Romualdas Alberto, Buciju-
nas. Hazimiras Gediminas. and Shvagzhdys, Povilas Prantsishkaus
Method of and automatic system for recognition of objects by their
contour representations. 3,639,903. CI 340-146 3
Nast. Roland, Ley. Kurt. Eholzer, Ulrich. Metzger. Karl-Georg, and
Fritsche, Dieter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 3-Car
boxylic acid-amido-quinoxaline-di-N-oxides- ( 1 -4 ) and their produc-
tion 3,639.400, CI 260-250
Nast. Roland, Ley, Kurt, Redtzky, Wolfgang, and Kcmpermann. Theo.
to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Anti-ozonant
3,639.485, CI 260-609.
National Aeronatics and Space Administration: See—
Dammig, Alvin H , Jr., Sherburne, Arthur E., and Brooks, Rodney
A ,3,639,835.
National Cash Register Company, The: See—
Campbell, Hugh W , 3,638.573
Fellows, Charles T, and Hermann, Stanley R., 3,639.166.
Horger,Georg, 3,639,256
Marinelli. Nicola, 3,639.137.
Scarpelli. Joseph A . 3.639,259.
National Research Development Corporation: See—
Carnck. Alan, 3.639,741
Datta. Ranjit Kanti. 3,638,393
MacFarlane, John James. 3,638,859.
Sixsmith, Herbert. 3,639,014.
Natsumeda. Katsuyuki: See-
Sato, Hosei, Natsumeda. Katsuyuki, and Murakami,
Kaichi.3.638.556.
Neff. Harry F : See—
Cardarelli, Nathan F , and Neff, Harry F, 3,639,583
Nellis, Guy I , and Wiesenhofer. Eugene E , said Wiesenhofer assor. to
said Nellis. Car wheel support 3,638,9 1 0, CI. 254-88.
Nelms, Jimmie J , to Mobil Oil Corporation. Fluid stream sampling ap-
paratus 3.638.498. CI 73-422.
Nelson, Arthur J Apparatus and method for deep sea dredging.
3.638,338, CI 37-65
Nelson. Dorsey C . to FMC Corporation Method of making a cellular
structure having a decorative textured surface. 3,639,160, CI. 1 17-
161
Nelson. Robert B., to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company.
Developer power of thermoplastic special particles having conduc-
tive particles radially dispersed therein. 3.639,245. CI. 252-62. 1
Nelson, Robert Gordon, to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion Servomechanism for incrementing strip record transporting
systems 3.639.688, CI 178-6 6
Nemoto, Gentaro: See —
Takahashi. Akira. and Nemoto, Gentaro. 3, 639, 300.
Nesbitt. Sydney M Suspension file 3.639.020, CI. 312-184.
Neu. Hermann See —
Fcmholz. Hans, and Neu, Hermann, 3,63J, 586.
Neumann, Herbert See—
Scherzberg. Herbert. Neumann, Herttert. Schnegg. Robert, and
Dietrich. Theo. 3.638.4 10
Newberry, Sterling P . to General Electric Company Cascaded elec-
tron optical system 3.639.803, CI 315-12
Newell Industries Inc See—
Hollingsworth, Ashley J . 3.638.880
Ncwhall. Henry S , and Easlon. Rufus. to Koppcrs Company. Inc.
Method and apparatus for oscillating a continuous casting mold.
3.638. 714. CI 164-83
Newman. Walter See—
Johnson, George E . and Newman. Walter. 3, 639, 887.
Newton, Robert A . and Ballard, Donnell A , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The Process for making phosphorus-containing polyethcr
polyols and product of the process 3,639,543, CI 260-953
Nichols. Gus. Method of preparing aromatic polyamidcs. 3,639.358.
CI 260-78
Nicklin. Thomas. Farrington, Frederick, and Houghton, James, to Gas
Council, The L'seful improvements in catalysts. 3,639,648, CI 252-
465
Niederer, Otto C, to Aqua-Tech, Inc Embedding cable like members
3,638,439. CI. 61-72 4
Nielsen, Donald R . to PPG Industries. Inc Novel bleaching composi-
tions and use thereof 3.639.285, CI. 252-100
Nicswandt. Werner, l.inge. Hermann, Pirzer. Hans. Hoerauf, Werner,
and Hctz. Herbert, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft Continuous extraction of granular polyamides.
3.639.659. CI 260-78.
Niizawa, Yoshiaki See —
Kimura. Takchiko. and Niizawa. Yoshiaki. 3. 639, 734.
Nikel. Pierre, to Laboratoire Phagogene Micromist and aerosol
generators 3. 638. 861, CI 239-216
Nilsen. Harold E Adjusuble chain stopper 3.638.599. CI 114-200.
Ninomiva. Kenji. to Kabushiki Kaisha Komatsu Seisakusho (Komatsu
Ltd ) Means for preventing reverse drive through a hydrostatic
transmission 3,638,772. CI 192-4
Nippon Electric Company. Limited. See—
Kamoshida, Mototaka. and Nakanuma. Sho, 3,639,813,
Takamizawa, Hideo, Yotsuyanagi, Keiichi. and Okada, Takashi,
3.639.247.
Nippon Kogaku K K : See —
Fujii. Tatsuo, and Watano, Yuuka, 3.639.88 1 .
Tsuruta. Tadao, 3,639,030.
Nippon Sclfoc Co , Ltd.: See —
Irie.Masanori, 3,639,035
Nippon Selfoc Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Irie Masanori, 3,639.035
Nissan. Joseph S , to Polaroid Corporation. Method of preparing
polymenzable monomeric esters 3.639,459, CI. 260-486.
Nissan Motor Company Limited: See—
Haruna. Takashi. and Shimano. Akira, 3,639,7 10.
Nitto BosekiCo , Ltd.:5^e—
Miyamichi, Kazuo. 3,639,140
Nobels. Yvan M L C , and Mas, Elie P Facade screen. 3,638,385, CI
52-665
Noguchi, Hiroshi: 5^*—
Miyadera, Yasuo, Masuko, Tatuo, Muroi, Tadashi; Okada,
Shinichi. and Noguchi, Hiroshi, 3, 639, 342.
Noiles. Douglas G , and Bryan. Graham W., to United States Surgical
Corporation Ratchet driven cartridge for surgical instruments.
3,638,847, CI. 227-120.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
Noll, Ewald: See-
Koberttein, Edgar; Luttling, Theodor; Noll, Ewald; Suchiland,
Helmut; and Weigert, Wolfgang,3.639,269
Nordblom, George F.; and James, Herbert 1., to ESB Incorporated
Zinc electrode containing an additive to reduce ganing at the zinc
electrode in a heat iterilized lilver-zinc alkaline battery. 3,639,176,
CI. 136-30.
North American Philips Corporation: See-
Hunt. Charlei A, 3,638,509.
North American Rockwell Corporation: See-
Golden, Roger M.; and White, Sunley A., 3,639,739.
Mac Dowall, Kenneth R., 3,639,299.
Sinizer, David I.; Fanelle. Louis H.; Toy, Albert; and Atteridge,
David G. 3.638.298.
Wat»on, George A . 3,639,9 1 3.
Northrop Corporation: See—
Requa, Sunley C, 3,639.806.
Norton. Charles J.; and DichI, Byron C , to Marathon Oil Company.
Allene polymerization and derivatives. 3,639,369, CI. 260-88.2
Norton Company: See—
Bertano, Piero, 3,638,868.
Gamache, Norman M., 3,638,366.
Washburn, Malcolm E., 3,639,101.
Nosier. Heinz Gunter; See—
Weuendorf, Richard; Noiler. Heinz Gunter; and Bellinger,
Horst,3,639,444.
Notarianni, Aurelio Filippo, and Ghielmetti, Giuseppe, to SPA-Societa
Prodotti Antibiotici S.p.A. Pharmaceutical compositions containing
6- pho«phogluconic acid and salts thereof. 3,639,594, CI. 424-224.
Novak, Raymond F., to Fastener Corporation. Fastener driving tool
3,638.532. CI. 91-220.
Nuiicr, Hermann: See—
Bertsch, Richard; Fuisner, Paul, Glaser, Manfred; and Nuucr,
Hermann,3,639,085 /
Nutzel, Karl; Dingei, Karl; andTHaas, Friedrich, to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the polymerisation of
cyclomonoolefini. 3,639,660, CI. 260-82.1
N.V. Industrieele: See—
Van Heijit. Willem Jan. 3,638,423.
Nyitrom. Robert G.: See—
Pauweli. William A.; and Nyitrom, Robert G, 3,638,83 1
O'Brien, Robert J., Woodall, Norman B ; and Anderson, Donald H., to
Eastman Kodak Company Device for determining that an unex-
posed film is developed by the proper process 3,639,061, CI 356-
72.
Ocean Systems, Inc.: S*e—
Thomas, John P., 3,638,720
Oertel, Gunter; Holtschmidt, Hans; and Cari. Wolfgang, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Esters and/or amides of acids
o f phosphorus containing a group having the formula ROCHi
NHCO. 3.639,532, CI 260-923
Offer, Robert J.; and Samalon. Eugene J., to Tenneco Inc. Carton for
cylindrical article. 3,638,85 I , CI 229-40.
Office Nationale d'Etudes et de Recherches Aerospatiales (par
abreviationO N.E.R.A ):Sef—
Girard, Andre J.; and Botineau. Jean, 3,639.062
Ogata, Yuzuru: See—
Hayashi, Noburo; Katsumi. Mamoru. Ogata. Yuzuru, Arai. Sumio,
Kurita, Yoshiaki; and Inamori, Yoshihiro.3,639,468.
Ogawa, Kinya: See —
Koyanagi, Shunichi, Ogawa. Kinya. and Akiya. Fumio,3.639.270
Ogden, Harry; Laidlaw, Neil Rutherford, and Bradford. William
Clarke, to Ferranti Limited. Electrical-optical coordinate inspection
machines. 3,639,766, CI 250-202
Ogihara, Sadahide: See—
Sekiguchi. Takashi; Tokiura, Shohei, Ogihara, Sadahide,
Yamamoto, Rokuro; and Ikeuchi, Akihiro,3,638,824.
Ogo, Shinichi: See—
OUuka, Tetsuro; Ota, Isao, and Ogo, Shinichi, 3,639, 246.
O'Grady, Austin, to Dow Chemical Company, The Process for purify-
ing mercury 3,639,1 18, CI. 75-121
O'Grady, Donald J. Engine valve control means. 3,638,624, CI 123-
90.18
Oguchi, Yutaka; and Kubo, Junichi, to Yoshio Tomonaga President of
Agency of Industrial Science and Technology Hydrodesulfurization
of heavy petroleum hydrocarbon oil in a fluidized reaction zone.
3.639,230, CI. 208-213.
Oguro, Yoshigoro: See—
Naito, Ryoichi; Oguro, Yoshigoro; and Doi, Takuji.3.639,566.
O'Hareq David H.iSee—
Melville, Alfred W.,^hacklockq Frank W.; and OHareq David
H, 3,638,926.
Ohio State University, The: See-
Campbell, William B., Jr.; Burroughs, Jack E., and Cochran. Joe
K, Jr.. 3,638.243.
Ohki. Makoto; Irie, Hisashi; and Okamoto, Kazuo, to Kanegafuchi
Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha. Composite polyacrylonitrile fiber
3,639,204, CI. 161-173.
Ohmura, Tadayoshi: See—
Kawata, Ryuichi; Kawada, Hiroitsu, Ohmura, Tadayoshi; and Ue-
matsu, Sumio, 3,639, 564.
Ohorodnik, Alexander: See—
Sennewald, Kurt; Ohorodnik, Alexander, and Hardel. Hans-
Joachim.3.639,472.
Ohihima, Kazuo: See—
Tanaka, Katsunobu; Ohshima, Kazuo; Kimura, Kazuo, and
Yamamoto, Ma8aki,3,639,2 10.
Ohta, Shuji, to Kabushiki Kaisha Toyoda Jidoshokki Seisakusho.
Three-stage mast assembly for a lift truck. 3,638,761 , CI. 187-9.
Oka, Shunzo, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co , Ltd Sliding-type
variable resistor. 3,639,880, CI 338- 1 83
Okada, David T: See—
Fryc, Oldrich; Okada, David T.. and Robson, George
E, 3,638,353.
Okada, Shinichi: See—
Miyadera, Yasuo; Masuko. Tatuo; Muroi, Tadashi, Okada,
Shinichi; and Noguchi, Hiroshi, 3,639, 342
Okada, Takashi: See—
Takamizawa, Hideo, YoUuyanagi, Keiichi, and Okada,
Taka«hi,3,639,247,
Okagawa. Chikatsu: See—
Okazaki, Kaoru, Shimokawa, Yoichi; Maeda, Taneo; Igawa,
Keisuki; Okagawa, Chikatsu, and Kato, Koichi,3,639,S02
Okami, Yoshiro: See—
Umezawa, Hamao, Hamada. Masa; Naganawa, Hiroshi, Takeuchi,
Tomio, Maeda, Kenji, and Okami, Yoshiro, 3, 639.582.
Okamoto, Kazuo: See—
Ohki, Makoto; Irie, Hisashi; and Okamoto, Kazuo. 3, 639.204.
Okamoto, Shosuke: See—
Nagasawa, Fujio, Okamoto, Shosuke, Takagi. Eiichi, Yokoi.
Mikio. and Mangyo, Mitsuo, 3,639,626.
Okazaki, Kaoru, Shimokawa, Yoichi, Maeda, Taneo, Igawa, Keisuki;
Okagawa, Chikatsu, and Kato, Koichi, to Toray Industries, Inc Anti-
static shaped articles containing polyetherpolyamide block
copolymer and a polyamide, polyester or polyolefin 3.639,502, CI.
260-857.
Okazaki Manufacturing Company See—
Mochizuki, Miuuaki, 3,638,303.
Okoshi, Takanori, and Migitaka, Masatoshi, to Hitachi, Ltd Planar
type resonator circuit. 3,639,857. CI 33 1 -107
Okuno, Zenjiro: See—
Machida, Hazime; and Okuno, Zenjiro,3,639,244
Okuno, Zenjiro; and Machida, Hazime, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh.
Liquid developer for electrophotography. 3,639,243, CI. 252-62 I
Olin Corporation: See—
Brandt, William L., 3,638,45 1 .
Long, Alfred; and Sawhill, Duane L., 3,639,284
McLain, Charles D., 3,639,1 19
Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation See—
Churchill, John W , Kober, Ehrenfried H , and Scott. Peter H ,
3,639,482.
Olsen, George P ; Towie, Philip H , and Baldwin, Richard H . to Stan-
dard Oil Company. Purification of aromatic polycarboxylic acids by
catalytic reduction using prehumidified hydrogen 3,639,465, CI.
260-525.
Olson, Robert E , and Toman. Joseph R.. to Packard Instrument Com-
pany Inc Bone density measuring instrument 3.639.764, CI. 250-
83.3
Olvis Smeltzekeringenfabriek N.V See—
Deelman. Gerardus Jacobus. 3.639.874.
Olympus Optical Co Ltd.: See—
Kondo. Isao, 3,638, 543
Omron Tateisi Electronics Co.: See—
Shiki.Mitsuyuki. 3.639,745
Tanaka, Ryohei. 3,639,894.
Tanimura, Shigeru, Maejima, Norio, Yoshimura, Kiyokazu, and
Hinoda.Seisuke. 3,639, 867
Yaida, Koichi, and Ano, Shizuya, 3.639.905
O'Neil, Gordon R:S**—
Erase. Roland J . and O'Neil, Gordon R ,3,638.829
Onishi. Akira. Anzai, Shiro, and Ishii, Motoki, to Bridgestone Fire
Company Limited, Production of butadiene-styrene graft
copolymers with a nickel carboxylic acid salt or nickel organic com-
plex compound-titanium tetrachloride- trialkylaluminum catalyst
3.639,520, CI 260-880.
Onufer, George R.. to Russel. Burdsall & Ward Bolt and Nuts Co
Fastener and method of forming same 3.638.700, CI 151-69
Opioari, Anthony William: See—
Benefiel, James William, and Opioari, Anthony Wil-
liam,3,639,147.
Ordway, Richard S : See-
Johnson, izmes, and Ordway. Richard S. 3. 63 8. 261
Orloff. John F , and Pinkerton, William E., to Huck Manufacturing
Company. Fastener installation and crimping tool 3,638.472. CI 72-
391.
Orner, Harry. Preloaded ball-bearing screw and nut mechanism
3,638,507, CI. 74-424 8
Ortynski, Samuel J Wearable fisherman s lure and fly carrier
3,638,843, CI. 224-5.
Ostbo, Nils Axel Ambjom, to Gotaverkens Angtekniska AB (Gotaver-
ken Heat Engineering Co, Ltd ) Steam or hot-water boiler
3.638,620, CI. 122-115.
Ostbo, Nils Axel Ambjom, to Gotaverkens Angtekniska AB (Gotaver-
ken Heat Engineenng Co., Ltd.). Return flow boiler. 3.638.622, CI
122-182.
Osten, James C. Method and apparatus for continuously dispersing
materials. 3,638,917, CI. 259-8
Ostrognai, Allen Gilbert, to General Electric Company Method mak-
ingafan. 3,638,470, CI. 72-324.
r
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
February I, 1972
Ostwald Fritz, to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation
Hydrostatic brake 3.638,768, CI 188-294
Oswald, William A See—
Bartlett. William F, and Oswald. William A. ,3.639.693
Ota. Isao; See—
Otsuka, Tetiuro, Ota, Isao, and Ogo, Shinichi, 3.639, 246.
Othmar. Bruhwiler: See—
Sole. Ramon, and Othmar, Bruhwiler. 3.638,686.
Otis Elevator Company: See—
Johns. Calvin Edward. 3.638.762.
Otis Engineering Corporation: See—
Carroll. Albert W., 3.638,723.
Otsuka, Tetsuro, Ota, Isao; and Ogo, Shinichi, to MatsushiU Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd. Liquid developers for electrostatic photography
3,639,246. CI. 252-62.1
Overby, Sune Lambert, to Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson
Semiconductor microphone. 3.639.679, CI. 179-1 10.
Owens. Daniel Kenyon, to Du Pont de Nemours. E 1 . and Company.
Coating composition of copolymeric vinylidene chloride, process of
preparation thereof, and articles coated therewith. 3,639.324. CI
260-28.5
Oxenrider. Bryce C, Litt, Morton H . and Slavik. Ferdinand M , to Al-
lied Chemical Corporation. Alpha-(p-hydroxyphenyl) cumic acids
and esters. 3,639,464, CI. 260-520.
Oxiey, Peter; and Houslcy, John Rosindale, to Boou Pure Drug Com-
pany Limited. 1 7-Acyloxysteroids and their manufacture 3,639.434.
CI 260-397.45
Paabo. George J , and Uesson, Ants-Michael, to Sydkemi Aktiebolag
Method of isolating a-xylose from hardwood sulphite liquor
3.639. 171. CI 127-37.
Pacific Gas Equipment Company: See—
Blakeway. Carman H.; and Stone, Darold D., 3.638.804
Pacific Mariculture. Inc.: 5**—
Budge. William W.. and Donald. Malcolm. 3.638.615.
Pacific Vegetable Oil Corporation: See—
Cummings. Lowell O.. 3.639,650.
Packard Instrument Company Inc.: See—
Olson, Robert E.; and Toman. Joseph R.. 3.639,764
Padowicz, Henry N.. to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Method of making a communications cable. 3,638,306, CI. 29-624
Paget.Charles J. Jr.: See—
De Long. Donald C, and Paget, Charles J . Jr. 3.639.6 1 2.
Pagnotta. Gasper; and Kiesler, Allan J., to General Electric Company
Processfor joining wires to sheets of refractory materials. 3,639,722,
CI. 219-127.
Palagonia, Joseph R. Combination pick and shovel. 3,638,986, CI 294-
49
Palenske, Carlton L.. to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Fitted bedsheet.
3.638.252. CI 5-334.
Paleologo. Teo. and Vargiu. Silvio, to Societa luliana Resine S.p.A
Process for prepanng hardened polyester resins using mixtures of or-
ganic metal derivatives of vanadium and zirconium as accelerators
3.639.504. CI. 260-863 >
Palm. Lorenz: 5«— '
Wright. David A . and Palm. Lorenz. 3.638. 287.
Palmer. Gaylord M.: See—
Hutton. Jerry T, and Palmer. Gaylord M .3.639,170.
Palmer, John E : See—
Sladek, Theodore E., Palmer, John E , and Steele, Michael
F,3,638,429.
Palmer, Robert T Low ambient control of subcooling control valve.
3,638.446, CI. 62-202.
Palmer-Shile Company: See—
Grincr, Ralph R ,3.638.575.
Panacon Corporation: See—
Mueller. Arthur P , 3,639,276
Panico, Vincent A.: See—
Chapman, Howard D.; and Panico, Vincent A. ,3.638.982.
Paolo Bcicciardo: See—
Karaghiosoff. Milin. 3.638.562
Paraskos. John A.: See—
Can-. Norman L.. Paraskos. John A.; and Ko. Daniel Y. 3,639,228
Parish, Roger C; and Trei, John E., to Smith Kline & French Laborato-
ries. Method of improving feed utilization in ruminants. 3,639,621,
CI 424-304.
Parke, Davis & Company: See—
Blankley, Clifton John. 3.639,422. -
Meyer. Robert F , 3,639,401 .
Parker, Gilbert R.. to Lorain Products Corporation. Stripping machine
for electrical conductors. 3 .638.5 1 8. CI. 8 1 -9.5 1
Parker. Harry W.. to Phillips Petroleum Company Water flooding
method using gel and viscosity increasing materials. 3.638.729. CI
166-273.
Parker. Roy A: S«—
Sauber. Charles R , and Parker, Roy A. .3.638,832.
Parker, Russell A., to L & F Machine Co Press. 3,638,559, CI 100-93
Parks, Davis & Company: See—
L'ltalien.Yvon J. 3.639.477.
Parr. William Geoffrey, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Ap-
paratus for treatment of sheet structures. 3,638,329, CI. 34-122.
Pars, Harry G.: See—
Razdan, Raj K.; Granchelli. Felix E., and Pars, Harry
G ,3,639,426.
Razdan, Raj K.. Granchelli. Felix E.; and Pars. Harry
G. 3,639.427.
Patel, Chandra Kumar Naranbhai, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, In-
corporated Acoustically-controlled optical devices. 3,639,775, CI.
307-88 3
Patel, Vircndra: See—
Csizmas, Louis, and Patel, Virendra. 3.639.558.
Paterson, Donald MacDougal, to Patcrson Products Limited. Ap-
paratus for generating an oscillatory motion. 3.638.529. CI. 91-50.
Paterson, Gerald E , and Compton. Daniel D . to Esso Research and
Engineering Company. Oil and sampling system 3.638,476, CI. 73-
61 I
Paterson Products Limited See—
Paterson, Donald MacDougal. 3.638,529.
Paterson. Stephen, to Cutting Room Appliances Corporation. Platform
for cloth laying machines 3,638.574, CI 104- 1
Patheiger, Manfred: See—
Fuhr. Kari, Rudolph. Hans, Schnell. Hermann; and Patheiger,
Manfred, 3,639,321
Patton, Tad L . and Haynes, Raymond R , to Esso Research and En-
gineenng Company Dyeable polyolefins containing acid salts of
polyvinylpyridines 3,639,528, CI. 260-895
Pauloski, Chester E , to Dow Chemical Company, The. Process for
making substituted crotonates. 3,639.445, CI. 260-473.
Paulsen, Glen E : See—
Lau, John F , Jr , and Paulsen, Glen E ,3,638,827.
Pauwels, William A , and Nystrom, Robert G., to Loctite Corporation.
Dispensing of hardcnable liquids. 3,638.83 I , CI. 222-1
Pauza. William Vito See—
Kunkle. John Philip, and Pauza. William Vito.3.639.893.
Pavilon, Stanley J , to Mc Kce, Arthur G., & Company. Method of
repairing tube structures 3.638,684, CI 138-97.
Pearson. Charles J . Robinson. Keith D.. and Sassaman, Wiliam O.. to
Goodyear Tire &. Rubber Company. The. Bumper structure having a
light fixture associated therewith 3,639,748. CI. 240-7 1
Pcchiney-Progil: See —
Demozay. Daniel, Caffiero, Rodolphe; and Pillon. Daniel,
3.639,619
Peck, Lawrence J Sewage treatment system. 3.638,793, CI. 210-73.
Pecka, Jan: See—
Marek, Miroslav; Pecka, Jan, Chmelir, Miroslav; and Roosova,
Milena.3.639.661
Pedersen. Egon A., to Singer Company. The Magnetically latched
switch assembly 3.639.869. CI 335-207
Peerless Industnes. Inc.: See —
Campbell. W Wayne. 3,638,269
Penfold, John, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Phenolic
foams 3,639,303.C1 260-2 5
Penrod.Orville R See—
Brandt, Ivan L , and Penrod. Orville R, 3,639,274.
Pentith. Gerald R O : 5^*—
Lockwood. Peter, and Pentith. Gerald R. O .3,639.004.
Pera, John D .: 5ef—
Buckman, Stanley J . Buckman. John D., Pera, John D.; and
Raths. Fred W. 3.639.604.
Perception Technology Corporation: See—
Beninghof, William J . Jr . 3,639,691 .
Pern, Joseph G.. to Kidde. Walter, Constructors Incorporated. Modu-
lar high-rise structure 3.638,380, CI 52-236
Perry, George S., to Universal Packaging Corporation. Boxboard car-
ton closure 3,638.853. CI 229-5 1
Persicke, Gunter, to Chnstiani & Nielsen Limited. Highway guard rail
devices 3.638.9 1 3. CI 256-13.1
Perun. William D See—
Klavsons, Uldis. Perun, William D.; Stoops, Denzel D., and Terry,
David M ,3.638.613.
Peter. Heinnch: 5*^ —
Bickel. Hans. Bosshardt. Rolf; Fechtig, Bruno; Menard, Enrico;
Mueller, Johannes, and Peter. Heinrich,3.639.396.
Peters. Thomas E . to GTE Laboratones Incorporated. Alakaline earth
thiogaJlate phosphors. 3.639.254. CI. 252-301 .4
Petersen. Harro, Renner. Klaus-Christian; and Diem. Hans, to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Production of
hydroxyethylenecarbamate ethers. 3.639.455. CI. 260-482.
Peterson, Sven Torsten Lennart. to Lumalampan Aktiebolag. High
density tungsten-rhenium-nickel alloys and articles. 3.638.293, CI.
29-182.
Petitjean, Robert J.: See—
Christensen.Paul M , and Petitjean, Robert J. ,3 ,639,7 1 5.
Petrack, Barbara See—
Greenhard, Paul, and Petrack, Barbara.3.639,622.
Petrik. Albert V Vertical alignment gauge. 3.638,325, CI. 33-216.
Petrolite Corporation: See—
Wilson, Homer M , 3,639.876.
Pettibone Corporation: See—
Larson, Robert A , 3,638,691 .
Petzold, Manfred See —
Frotscher. Herbert, and Petzold, Manfred, 3.639,296.
Pezzanite. Larry V.: See-
Rose. Emery T. and Pezzanite. Larry V ,3.639,159.
PfaffA Kendall: 5^f-
Schlosser, Francis G., 3,638,891.
Pfaff,G M ,AG 5*^-
Vollmar, Kurt, and Wenz, Herbert, 3,638,593.
Pfannenschmid, Otto, to Farbwerkc Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vor-
mals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Process and device for filtering
February 1,1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
melts of fiber- forming high molecular weight polymers. 3.639,557,
CI 264il76.
Pfleiderer, Dieter: See—
Genz, Heinz, Berger, Dieter; Pfieiderer, Dieter, and Seeliger,
Horst,3,639,207.
Pflugfelder, Bernard, to Societe Nationale des Petroles d'Aquitaine
Controlling nematodes with N-carbamyl 1-2- imino-l,3-ox-
athiolanes. 3,639,610, CI. 424-276.
Pharris. John A., and D'Ercoli. Giacinto C . to E Z Paintr Corporation
Mandrel construction for paint roller 3.638.27 1 . CI. 1 5-230. 1 1
Phifer. Clarence Gary, to Westinghouse Electric Corfwration
Latching and locking arrangement for self- cleaning oven door.
3,638.638, CI. 126-197.
Philco-Ford Corporation: See—
Hess, James L, Jr., and Dow, Harrison E., 3,638,951.
Philippson, Rainer; Gibian, Heinz. Muftic, Mahmud; and Kaspar.
Emanuel, to Schering Aktiengesellschaft. 22-Guanidyl steroids and
method of making and using the same 3,639,433, CI. 260-397
Phillips, Floyd L.. Jr.. to Reynolds. R J . Tobacco Company Package
for holding two can units and a more fragile unit and blank for mak-
ing same. 3,638,787, CI. 206-47.
Phillips, Jack E. Method for treating the tobacco smoking habit
3,639,607, CI. 424-273
Phillips Petroleum Company: See—
Gaglc.DuaneW; and Bennett, Richard J , 3,639,317
Hart, Charles H.; Cashau, George R ; and Holtz, Hans D .
3,638,936.
Hsieh. Henry L.; and Busier. William R.. 3,639.346.
Hsieh. Henry L . and Mueller. Francis X.. Jr., 3.639,5 19.
Hsieh, Henry L, 3.639.521
Hughes. James K.; and Su. Tsung-Yuan. 3,639,505.
Jones. FcberB. 3.639. 655
Kitchen. Alonzo G. and Szalla. Frank J . 3.639,517.
Parker. Harry W. 3.638.729.
Supp. Paul R. 3,639,669.
Ursic. Juan S.; and Rains, Cloral O.. 3,638,916.
Phipps, Larry K., to Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Slurry agitator.
3.638,9 19, CI. 259-95
Phlieger, Graydon A., Jr., to United States of America. National
Aeronautics and Space Administration. Universal environment
package with sectional component housing. 3.639.809. CI. 317-1 1 7.
Pichel Industries. Inc.: See—
Pichel. Marlowe A.. 3,639,75 I .
Pichel, Marlowe A., to Pichel Industries, Inc Thermally dissipative en-
closure for portable high intensity illuminating device. 3.639.75 1 . CI
240-47.
Picut, Frederick,: See—
Reick, Franklin G.. 3.638,644
Pieper. Louis W.. and Kerr. Robert O . to General Electric Company
Apparatus for controlling the coating of selected surfaces of an arti-
cle of manufacture. 3.638.606. CI 118-69
Pierson, Robert M., to Environmental Structures. Inc., mesne. Inflata-
ble shelter and method of erection 3,638,368. CI. 52-2.
Pietrzak. Joe P.; Campbell. Lewis B . and Strahan. Robert M.. to
General Motors Corporation. Freezing container with spillguard
3.638.903, CI. 249-69.
Pike, John E.; and Schneider, William P , to Upjohn Company, The
1 5(R)-PGE, and related compounds 3.639,463, CI 260-488
Pilkington Brothers Limited: See—
Loukes,DavidG., 3,639,1 14.
Pillon. Daniel: See—
Demozay, Daniel; Caffiero, Rodolphe. and Pillon.
Danicl.3.639,6I9.
Pinkerton, William E.: See—
Orloff, John F.; and Pinkerton. William E .3.638,472.
Pinkham, Jesse R., to Reynolds, R. J.. Tobacco Company. Method of
forming filter cigarettes. 3,638,661 . CI. 131 -84.
Pinkham, Jesse R., to Reynolds, R. J.. Tobacco Company Smoke filter.
3.638.662. CI. 131-261.
Pinney. Jimmie D.: See—
Graham, Sunford G.; Sewelin. Ernest R.; Staadt. Richard L.. and
Pinney, Jimmie D, 3,638,749.
Pioneer Electric Corporation: See—
Naito, Nobuatsu; Nakajima, Kasuhiko; and Watanabe, Yoshio.
3,638,874.
Pioneer Electronic Corporation: See—
Wada,Eiichi, 3,638,955.
Pirig, Wolf-Dieter: See—
Gabler, Hellmut; Harnisch, Heinz, Heymer, Gero; Merkenich,
Karl; and Pirig, Wolf-Dieter,3,639,287.
Pirzer, Hans: See—
Nieswandt, Werner; Linge, Hermann; Pirzer, Hans; Hoerauf,
Werner; and HeU, Hcrbert,3,639,659.
Pittman, Allen G.; and Wasley, William L., to United SUtes of Amer-
ica, Agriculture. Siloxane polymers for soil-repellenl and soil-
release textile finishes. 3,639, 1 56. CI. 1 17-139.5
Pittman, Robert B.; and Keere, Walter P.. said Pittman assor. to Indus-
trial Electronic Hardware Corporation. Printed circuit board con-
nector. 3,639,888, CI. 339-75.
Pizzini, Louis C: See-
Austin, Arthur L.; Pizzini, Louis C; and Levis, William W.,
Jr.,3.639,541.
Pizzini. Louis C, and Levis, William W , Jr . to BASF Wyandotte Cor-
poration Ester-containing polyols having halogen and phosphorus
atoms therein. 3,639.542. CI. 260-952
Plasser. Franz. Bahnbaumaschinen: See—
Schubert. Egon. 3.638.482
Plasser. Franz; and Theurer. Josef Mobile apparatus for laying track
ties. 3.638,577, CI 104-6.
Plastic Coating Corporation, The: See—
Gager, Morgan E.. 3,639,640
Plastic Contact Lens Company, The: See—
Townslay, Malcolm G., 3,639,043.
Plastics Matenals Systems, Inc : See—
Guglietti, Henry G., 3,638,922.
Plumadore, Harold M : See—
Boudouris, Angelo, and Plumadore, Harold M .3.639,046
Plumat, Emile, Toussaint, Francois, and Schottey, Jean, to Glaverbel
S.A Glass articles having improved breakage charactenstics
3.639.198. CI 161-43
Plummer, Walter A.: See—
Eichberg. Frank D,. 3.638.286
Plunkett. Robert L., and Bradshaw, John A., to Carlin Container Cor-
poration. Apparatus for making double faced corrugated board with
fine printing thereon 3.639,194, CI 156-470
Poettmann, Fred H., and Jones, Stanley C , to Marathon Oil Company
High water content micellar dispersions useful as hydraulic fluids
3,639.277. CI. 252-78
Pogonowski. Ivo C . to Texaco Inc. Reversed slope skirt pile marine
platform anchoring 3.638.436, CI 61-46 5
Polaroid Corporation: See —
Buzzell, Harold O.. 3,639.3 I I .
Groncki. Carole L.. 3.639.124.
Nissan. Joseph S. 3.639,459.
Polashenski. Walter A: 5«—
Larson. John F. and Polashenski, Walter A ,3,638.275
Poleska. Horst; and Fleischhauer, Horst. to VEB Rathenower Optische
Werke. Device for clamping of buffing and polishing cloths.
3.638.272. CI. 15-230.19
Poletti. Charies Ellis. Joint means for use in work supporting arm
3.638,973. CI. 285-184
Poltorak. Emil Jacob, to Johns-Manville Corporation Method of form-
ing a resilient and heat resistant packing 3.639.1 87, CI. 156-149.
Poludetkin, Vladimir Romanovich. Menitsky, losif Donatovich. and
Kaplan, Jury Abramovich. Indexing attachments used in machines
for sharpening multipoint tools. 3,638,5 1 3, CI. 74-820
Polymer Corporation: See-
Kent, Eric G, 3.639.525.
Polymer Corporation Limited: See —
Beaton. John. Edwards, Douglas C. and Wunder. Richard Hel-
mut, 3.639.339.
Pommer. Horst: See —
Fischer. Roman, and Pommer. Horst. 3. 639, 437
Pommie, Pierre Multi-purpose cart and mixer 3,638,923. CI 259-
177.
Ponter. Robert J . to Ritter Engineering Company Level means
3.638.535, CI 91-411
Ponzini, Sandro. Castelli. Paolo, and Lewendel, Jean Stanislao. to
Aziende Colon Nazionali Affini ACNA S p A Quaiernized reactive
anthraquinone dyestuffs containing tnazine and nicotinic acid
groups. 3.639.398. CI 260-249
Pool. Danny J.: See—
Lentz, Albert P , and Pool. Danny J. .3.638.5 1 5
Poola. Jagadeesan V . to PPG Industries. Inc Method and apparatus
for making glass windshields 3,639. 1 1 2, CI 65-29
Porrmann. Herbert: See—
Andra. Klaus. Porrmann. Herbert, and Hutschenreuter. El-
friede,3.639,146.
Port, Morton I . to Avisun Corporation, mesne. Method for making a
multi-colored split polyolefin yarn. 3,639,573, CI. 264-75
Porter, Herschel D, to Lilly, Eli, and Company 2,4-Di-(4-aryl-
pif)erazino)-3-pentanones for treating schistosomiasis. 3,639,602,
CI. 424-250.
Porter. Ralph Frederick. Schwan. Judith A , and Gates, John W . Jr , to
Eastman Kodak Company. 2-Tetrazolylthiohydroquinones.
3.639,41 7, CI. 260-308.
Posa, John P.: See —
Frederick, Martin B., and Posa, John P. .3.638. 800
Potain: See—
Gamier. Andre. 3.638,805.
PPG Industries, Inc.: See—
Doerge. Herman P.. and Wismer, Marco, 3,639,307.
Nielsen, Donald R.. 3.639.285.
Poola, Jagadeesan V. 3.639,1 12
Prange, Bernard H; and Gintert, Dean W , 3,638,564.
Prachar, Otakar P., to General Motors Corporation Sensor
3,638,501, CI. 73-492
Prange, Bernard H.; and Gintert, Dean W , to PPG Industnes, Inc
Method and apparatus for silk screening a pattern on an underlying
substrate. 3,638,564, CI. 101-35
Pratinidhi, Shrinivas V., to Fram Corporation. Flexible-bladed fan with
extended blade structure. 3,639,078, CI. 416-132
Pratinidhi, Shrinivas V., to Fram Corporation. Flexible-bladed fan with
improved reinforcing. 3,639,079, CI. 416-132
Precision Valve Corporation: See—
Feddem, Henry A., and Sabol, John A.. 3,638,795.
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Preload Company, Inc.. See—
Shelander. Charlei P.. 3,638.43 1
Price, Howard, Wallick, Seymour; and Math, Irwin, to International
Patents & Development Corporation. Refute compactor. 3,638,561,
CI 100-215
Pridgen, Herman S.: See—
Weaver, Max A , and Pndgen. Herman S. 3.639, 384
Weaver, Max A, and Pridgen, Herman S. ,3.639.385
Prillig, Elliott, to Abbott Laboratorie*. Gaitric-reiittant tablet! coated
with erythroiine and hydroxypropylethylcelluloie 3,639,565, CI
424-35.
Princeton Electronic Producti. Inc.: See—
Hofitein. Steven R. 3.639.910.
Procter & Gamble Company, The; 5«—
Medcalf. Ralph F , Jr.. 3.639.569.
Procter. Alan R., to MacMillan Bloedel Limited. Preparation of I-
thioalditols, I -thioalditol diiulfidei and related hydroxy thiols
3,639,484, CI 260-608.
Proud. Ralph A., Jr.: See—
Lew, Dong W., and Proud. Ralph A.. Jr..3.638.54 1 .
Pryor, Dale H, to Younptown Sheet and Tube Company Gripper
3,638,288, CI. 24-263.
Puklics, Maria: See—
Guczo^y, Lajoi; Puklics, Maria; Kelemen. Gyorgy; and Leszkov-
iky.Gyorgy. 3.639. 415.
Purdy. Harold L., to Stackpole Carbon Company. Reciprocating
switch mechanism with improved thumbwheel actuator including
rack and pinion structure. 3.639.706. CI. 200-17.
Purex Corporation, Ltd.: See—
Lucas, Roberts. ,3,638,833
Purrer. Josef, to Mischinenfabrit Fahr Iktiengesellschaft Pivot as-
sembly for haymaking machines and the like. 3.638,977, CI 287-99
Pyne. William J : S«—
Adams. Bobby F., Pyne. William J ; and Gullo, James
M, 3.639.608.
Quaker Oat* Company. The: See—
Martin, Paul A. ,3,638.524.
Rachwal. Ervin J.: See—
Strumor, Mathew A.. Rachwal. Ervin J.; Campbell, Douglas B.,
and Marculcwicz. Robert W, 3.639.059.
Radschett. Kurt: See—
Fritach. Werner; Haede. Werner; Radscheit. Kurt; Stache. Ulrich,
and Lindner, Ernst, 3,639. 392
FriUch, Werner; Suche, Ulrich; Haede, Werner; and Radscheit,
Kurt,3,639,393
Haede, Werner; Stache, Ulnch; Fritsch, Werner, and Radscheit,
Kurt.3,639,388
Suche, Ulrich; Fritsch, Werner; Haede, Werner; and Radscheit,
Kurt,3,639,394
Rady-Pentek, Arthur A.: See—
Robertson, Alan L.;and Rady-Pentek, Arthur A ,3,638.381
Raether, Wolfgang: See—
Schorr, Manfred; Mieth, Hubert, and Raether, Wolf-
gang.3,639,412
Raines, Kenneth: See—
Burke, George K ; and Raines. Kenneth, 3. 638. 650.
Rainone, Nicholas J , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Lamp to
eliminate single frame curtain 3,639,800, CI 313-1 13
Rains, CloralO.: 5«—
Ursic, Juan S.and Rams, Cloral O ,3.638,916.
Rairden, John R., Ill, to General Electric Company Resistor thin films
formed by low pressure deposition of molybdenum and tungsten
3,639.165, CI. 117-227
Raley, Charles F , Jr., to Dow Chemical Company, The Self-extin-
guishing polyethylene foams comprising an antimony compound, a
halogen-containing aliphatic or cyclo-aliphatic compound aromatic
or acyclic compound. 3,639.304, CI 260-2.5
Ralphs Unified Limited: See—
Boddy, Harold Albert. 3,638.263
Ramsel, Charles A.: S*e—
Robinson, Ramon H , and Ramsel, Charles A ,3,638.694.
Ramsey, Fred T.: See—
Gundersen, Allan A.; and Ramsey, Fred T, 3, 638, 335.
Ramspeck, Howard B., to Fastener Corfxjration. Fastener driving tool
with improved pneumatic piston retaining means 3.638,534, CI. 91 -
399
Raschle. Josef, to Moulinage & Retorderie de Chavanoz. Magnetic
false twist spindle. 3,638,4 13, CI 57-77.45
Raskin, Seymour H., to Sands Measurement Corporation. Fluid
characteristic sensing device 3,638.487. CI 73-194
Rasmussen. Harry R Transfer switch package assembly. 3,639,716, CI.
200-168
Rasmussen, Peter D.: See —
Buckley, Norman A ; and Rasmussen, Peter D, 3,638, 842.
Raspanti. Giuseppe: See—
Matter, Max, Weidele, Othmar; and Raspanti,
Giuseppe,3,639,642
Raths. Fred W : S«-
Buckman, Stanley J , Buckman, John D , Pera. John D., and
Raths, Fred W, 3,639,604.
Ray, George H.,jr ; See-
Shekel Jacob; and Ray, George H, jr. ,3,639, 840.
Raymer, Doyle, to UMC Industries, Inc. Cleaning system for the ice
maker of a vendor 3,638,448, CI. 62-233.
Rayner, Wilfred H G., to Clarke and Smith Manufacturing Company
Limited Joystick control switch. 3,639,705, CI. 200-6.
Raytheon Company; See—
Dill, William E , La Vault, Maurice G ; Kokotzka, Stanley L., and
Shrader, William W., 3,639,892.
Kelleher, John J , Jr , 3,639,784
Monaghan, Stephen R, and Hanfling, Jerome D., 3,639,863.
Razdan, Raj K , Granchelli, Felix E.; and Pars. Harry G., to Little,
Arthur D, Inc. 4-Oxo-9-hydroxy-7-(3-ntcthyl-2-octyl)-l. 2,3,4-
tetrahydrocyclopenU[c)[ I Jbenzopyran. 3.639.426, CI. 260-343.2
Razdan, Raj K , Granchelli, Felix E., and Pan, Harry G., to Little,
Arthur D., Inc. Novel l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-(and 1,2,3,4.12.13- hex-
ahydro)cyclopenta[cl[l]benzopyrani. 3,639,427, CI. 260-345.3
RCA Corporation: Set—
Hemqvist,KariG, 3,639,804
Hovagimyan, Norman; and Van Delft, Robert Neale, 3,639,908.
Lee. Harry Charles, 3,639,787.
Mirkovic, Ninko Tihomir, 3,638,88 1
Rea, Donald E.;5«e—
Grain, Norman Robert, and Rea, Donald E. ,3,639,732.
Rebold, Jerome I , to Black and Decker Manufacturing Company, The.
Socket release construction for socket wrench. 3,638,519, CI 81-
177.
Rebsamen, Arthur, to Leesona Corporation. Textile machine
3.638.412, CI. 57-52
Redman, Horace E.: See—
Ashby, Eugene C , Foster, Walter E., and Redman, Horace
E, 3,639, 104.
RedUky, Wolfgang: See—
Nast, Roland, Ley, Kurt; Redtzky, Wolfgang; and Kempermann,
Theo,3.639,485.
Reed, Donald A , to Boeing Company, The. Lag frequency selective
damper 3,638,885, CI 244-17.27
Reed. Robert D See—
Zink, John Smith, and Reed, Robert D, 3,639.095.
Reel Vortex, Inc See—
Ferguson. Hugo S.. 3.638.405.
Reeves. John F ; See—
Lickliter. Robert Paul; Abbot, Earl, and Reeves, John
F. 3,638,465
Lickliter, Robert Paul, and Reeves, John F. ,3,638,387.
Regie Nationale des L'sines Renault: See—
Tixier, Michel, 3,638.748
Reich, Simon, to General Signal Corporation. System for governing the
speed of railway vehicles 3,639,753, CI 246-182.
Reichman, Steven H , and Smythe, John W , to Federal-Mogul Cor-
poration Method of making large grain-sized superalloys.
3,639,179, CI. 148-11 5
Reick, Franklin G See—
Reick, Franklin G . 3,638,644.
Rcick, Franklin G , 16% to Elbert, Michael, 28% to Picut, Frederick,
28% to Reick, Franklin G., and 28% to Wilder, Joseph R. Illu-
minated surgical speculum. 3,638,644, CI. 128-16.
Reid. JohnD See-
Bruno, Joseph S , Harper, Robert J., Jr., and Reid, John
D ,3.639.097.
Reidhead, Guy M. Stirrup leather buckling system. 3,638,395, CI 54-
46
Reimlinger. Hans K , and Vandewalle, Jan Joseph Maurice, to Union
Carbide Corporation 3-Amino-s-triazolo(3.4-a]isoquinolines.
3,639,406, CI 260-288
Remensperger, Franz, to Fr. Winkler KG Spezialfabrik fur
Baeckereimschinen und Backoefen. Apparatus for switching objects
between two paths 3.638.778. CI 198-31.
Remington Arms Company. Inc.; See-
Black, Richard I , 3,638,258
Remy, Claude. Lejannou, Claude; and Leclere, Jacques. Circuit for
multiplying two electrical values. 3,639,847, CI 328-160.
Renard, Michel; See—
Delacour, Pierre, Langlade, Pierre, and Renard,
Michel,3,638,403.
Renard, Remi H.; See—
Brownawell, Darrell W ; and Renard, Remi H. 3.639, 229.
Renckhoff, Gustav: See—
Junghahnel. Rudolph. Renckhoff, Gustav; and Thewalt,
Klaus, 3,639,601
Renner. Klaus-Christian; See —
Petersei., Harro, Renner, Klaus-Christian; and Diem,
Hans,3,639,455
Requa, Stanley C , to Northrop Corporation. Digitally addressed elec-
troluminescent solid state display device comprising modulating
plate for intensity modulating a scanning light beam. 3,639,806, CI.
315-169.
Research Institute for Medicine and Chemistry; See-
Hesse, Robert H, 3,639,585
Resz, Raoul; See—
Schnalke. Karl-Erwin, Suling. Carlhans; Logemann. Heino; and
Resz. Raoul. 3,639. 5 14
Reuge, Henri Toestop member for ski safety bindings. 3.638,959, CI.
280-1 1.35
Reusser, Fritz; See—
Argoudelis, Alexander D.; Coats, Jofin H.; and Reusser,
FriU,3,639,581
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 37
Revell. Gerald L See-
Lewis. William Hurst. 3,638,539.
Rexall Drug and Chemical Company: See—
Stryker, Abner B., Jr., 3,639,374
Reymore, Harold E., Jr.; and Sayigh, Adnan A R , to Upjohn Com-
pany, The. Hydroxy terminated phosphorus-containing half esters of
benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid. 3,639.534. CI. 260-930.
Reynolds, R. J., Tobacco Company: See-
Phillips, Floyd L., Jr., 3,638,787.
Pinkham, Jesse R.. 3,638,661.
Pinkham, Jeue R., 3,638,662.
RheinmeUll GmbH: See—
Klapdohr, Hani. 3,638,526
Rheinpreuuen Aktiengesellschaft fuer Bergbau und Chcmic: See-
Cherubim, Martin; and Henn, Friedrich, 3,639,314.
Rhodes, Joseph E., Jr., to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Apparatus
utilizing spatial plane filtering for performing optical image enhance-
ment. 3,639,039, CI. 350-162
Rhodes, Peter: See—
Franek, Jozef Tadeusz, and Rhodes, Peter, 3,638, 825.
Rhodes, Warren L.; and Marquart, Vernon L , to Xerox Corporation.
Copy system. 3,639,049, CI. 355-3
Rhone-Poulenc S.A.: See—
Balme, Maurice; and Ducloux, Maurice, 3,639,340.
Batigne, Daniel; Boichard, Jacques, Gay, Michel; and Janin,
Raymond, 3,639,416
Faure, Alphonse; Gigou, Claude; Mingat, Robert; and Ruaud,
Michel, 3,639,320.
Richardson, Alfred W. Electromagnetic energy dosimeter. 3,639,841,
CI. 325-363.
Richardson, Elby Leon: See—
Hattori, Kiyoshi; and Richardson, Elby Leon, 3,639, 33 1 .
Richardson-Merrell Inc : See-
Campbell, James A., 3.639.637.
Richter. Sidney B.. to Velsicol Chemical Corporation Benzyl esters of
N-perfluoro methyl carbamate. 3.639.454, CI. 260-482
Richter, Sidney B.; and Levin, Alfred A., to Velsicol Chemical Cor-
poration. Alkylthiocarbonyldecahydro- quinolines. 3,639,404, CI
260-283
Rick, Christian E., to Du Pont de Nemours, E 1 , and Company Mol-
ten salt pre-treatment of reactants for TiCI, oxidation 3,639,100, CI
23-202.
Ricketts, James M.; See-
Sheridan, David Carl; Amann, Charles A., and Ricketts, James
M, 3,638, 533.
Ricoh Co. Ltd : See—
Shimizu,Sakae; Arai. Fumiaki; and Kurotori. Tuneo, 3,639,122
Ridge, Ben C Stenographic machine with collapsible paper web hol-
ders. 3,638,776, CI. 197-186.
Ridgewell, Brian John: See-
Marshall, Philip Ronald; and Ridgewell, Brian John, 3, 639, 371
Riedel, Ernest Paul; and Isaacs, Telma J , to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Orange-red emitting europium activated yttrium
stannatc phosphor for warm-white blends 3,639,252, CI 252-301 4
Ricschel, Hans; and Jacobi, Oskar, to Bcrgwerksvcrband GmbH. Min-
ing pit prop adjusting device. 3.638.531. CI. 91-189
Rietdijk. Johan Adriaan. to U.S. Philips Corporation Device for
producing cold at low temperatures. 3. 638.44 1, CI. 62-6.
Rigaku Denki Company. Limited: See—
Mizunuma, Mamoru, 3,639,760.
Shimura, Yoshihiro, 3,639,758
Right- Way Mfg. Corporation: See—
Gostomski, Lawrence A., 3,638,746.
Riker Laboratories, Inc.; See—
Bolger, James W., 3,639,635.
Ring Products: See—
Sciurba, Edward; and Chiappone, Sal, 3,638,525.
Riordan, Donald E.: See-
Gasper, Ralph L., and Riordan, Donald E, 3,639,868.
Risdon Manufacturing Company, The; See-
Venus, Frank, Jr., 3.638,867
Ritschel, Wolfgang A.; Fischer, Johanna, Jahn, Ulrich, and Wagner-
Jauregg, Theodor, to Siegfried Aktiengesellschaft. Topical phar-
maceutical composition certain quaternary ammonium compounds.
3,639,623. CI. 424-311.
Ritter Engineering Company: See— '
Ponter, Robert J., 3.638.535.
Ritzow, Gerald R.. to Cutler-Hammer, Inc. Relay contact protecting
circuiu. 3, 639.808. CI. 317-11.
River, Charles, Foundation, The: See-
Merrill, Edward W., 3,638,639.
Ro-Band Corporation: See—
Koelsch, Lester M., 3,638,828.
Robbins, Clyde F.: See—
Dempsey, George A., Jr.; Koenig, Martin F , and Robbins, Clyde
F,3.639.680.
Robbins. Wayne Otto, to Tubular Structures Corporation Concrete
pump. 3.639.086. CI. 4 1 7-454.
Robel St Co.: See-
Helgcmeir. Heinrich. 3,638.578.
Roberts, James C. Sprinkler unit. 3,638,863, CI. 239-276.
Roberta, William F.; and Kaminsky, Edmund L. Wastewater treatment
system. 3,638.590. CI. 110-7.
Robertson, Alan L., and Rady-Pentek, Arthur A., to BASF Corpora-
tion. Insulated masonry building wall construction 3,638,381, CI
52-309.
Robertson, Jerry E., Harrington, Joseph Kenneth; and Banitt, Elden H.,
to MinnesoU Mining and Manufacturing Company. Fluoro-
cyanoacrylates. 3,639,361, CI 260-78.4
Robertson, Jerry E.; See-
Harrington, Joseph Kenneth, Kvam, Donald C, Mendel, Arthur,
and RobertKjn. Jerry E„3,639,474.
Robertson, Reed S.: See—
Troscinski. Edwin S.; and Robertson. Reed S. 3, 639. 263.
Robins. Janis. to Ashland Oil, Inc. Gaseous haJo-sulfonic acid an-
hydride catalysu for curing furfuryl alcohols and furan resins
3,639,654, CI. 260-37.
Robinson, Keith D.: See-
Pearson, Charies J.; Robinson, Keith D., and Sassaman, Wiliam
O. ,3,639,748.
Robinson, Morris D Vehicle lift with railer hitch or the like.
3,638,811, CI. 214-77,
Robinson, Peter Michael; See-
Brooke, Thomas Andrew, and Robinson. Peter
Michael, 3,639, 190.
Robinson, Ramon H ; and Ramsel, Charles A . to Youngstown Sheet
and Tube Company. Push arm. 3,638,694, CI. 144-34
Robson, George E.; See—
Fryc, Oldrich, Okada, David T , and Robson, George
E, 3,638,353.
Rodriguez, Jaime, to Ashland Oil. Inc Process for modifying hydroxyl-
containing alkyds and polyesters in water dispersion 3,639,315, CI.
260-22.
Roeder, Georg, and Ginsberg, Heinz, to Messer Griesheim GmbH
Torch holding latching arrangement 3.638,864, CI. 239-280.5
Rogers, Albert P.: See—
Conklin, Robert M., and Rogers, Albert P. ,3,638,688.
Rogers, Ryland F.: See-
Young, Eugene F.and Rogers, Ryland F .3,638,614
Rohm Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung; See—
Wenzel, Franz, 3,639,460.
Rolamite Incorporated: See—
Wilkes, Donald F, 3,639,01 8
Romerhaus, Bert W, to Whirlpool Corporation Valve means for com-
pressors and the like 3,639.083, CI 4 1 7-292
Rooijen, Jan Van. to U.S. Philips Corporation Potentiometer compris-
ing a transport screw 3,639,879. CI 338- 1 80
Roosova, Milena; See—
Marek, Miroslav, Pecka. Jan, Chmelir. Miroslav, and Roosova,
Milena, 3,639,661.
Rose, Emery T., and Pezzanite, Larry V , to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion. Structural carbonaceous materials having improved surface
erosion characteristics 3,639,159, CI 117-161
Rosebach, Edward J., Jr Light reflective wheel covers. 3.639,036, CI
350-97.
Rosen, Melvin Harris, and Blatter. Herbert Morton, to Ciba-Gcigy Cor-
poration. Arylthiete-1 , 1 -dioxides as antiinflammatory agents.
3,639,614, CI. 424-275.
Rosenberger, Siegfried, Troxlcr, Eduard, and Hausermann, Heinrich,
to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Aryl-pyrazoline sulphonic acid esters
3,639,419, CI. 260-310.
Rosenbloom, Percy, Jr ; See—
Vickers, Charles W, III, 3,638,836.
Rosenthal, Carl. Window sash rebate profile with a condensate recep-
tion gutter. 3,638,372, CI. 52-97.
Rosenthal, Rudolph, Sheng, Ming Nan, and Zajacek, John G., to Atlan-
tic Richfield Company Treatment of cumene hydroperoxide for use
in epoxidation reactions. 3,639,486. CI 260-610
Rosi, David: See—
Albertson, Noel F., Rosi, David, and Merola, Armando
J. ,3,639,410.
Ross, John A., to Hall Industries, Inc Leaf bag holder 3.638,888, CI
248-97
Rossler, Heinrich Georgi F ; Baumann, Heinrich, and Zeidler, Falk, to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft. Emergency running ring for tube-
less vehicle tires. 3,638,701, CI 152-158.
Rostek,Paul M See—
Cereghino, Bruce R, and Roslek, Paul M, 3, 639, 778
Roth. Philip B,, to Koratron Company, Incorporated, mesne Durable
press finish for wool/cellulosic fabrics (melamine/uron resins)
3,639,136, CI. 117-10.
Rothrock, Larry R ; and Wilder, Raymond E., to Union Carbide Cor-
poration. Monitor for laser optical pumping means 3,639.065, CI.
356-225.
Roulund, Poul B.: See-
Adams, Thomas F, Mattes, Lyle T; and Roulund, Poul
B, 3,639,746
Roussos, Michel; and Bourgeois, Yves, to Melle-Bezons. Liquid lead
stabilizers for vinyl chloride polymers and copolymers 3,639.264,
CI. 252-400.
Rowen, William I , to General Electric Company Constant power con-
trol system for gas turbine. 3,639,076, CI. 4 1 6-30.
Roy, Gerald L., to Kerr Glass Manufacturing Corporation, mesne
Child-safe closure. 3,638,819, CI. 215-9.
Rozman, George J., to Ashland Oil, Inc. Process for the production of
naphthalene. 3,639,496, CI 260-674
PI 38
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Ruaud. Michel See—
Faure, Alphonse, Gigou, Claude, Mingat. Robert, and Ruaud,
Mic'hel,3.639,320
Rubenstein. Robert Aaron; and Watson, John Thaxter, to Itck Cor-
poration Constant scale panoramic camera 3,638,546, CI 95-15
Rucker Company, The See—
Smith. Charles Harry, 3,638.97 I
Rudolph, Hans: See—
Fuhr, Karl, Rudolph, Hans. Schnell, Hermann, and Patheiger,
Manfred, 3,639,321
Rudov, Walter B , to United Stales Steel Corporation Billet marking
apparatus and method of marking. 3,638,7 12. CI 164-76.
Ruhrchemie Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Feichtinger, Hans, and Gothel, Herbert, 3,639,44 1
Rule, Arthur W T., Shimmin, Roy E.. and Laundy, Timothy, to Wycth,
John. Sl Brother Limited. Wax-coated and microniyed aceto-
rymethyl benzylpenicillanate. 3,639,605. CI 424-271.
Rumpclein, FriU: See—
Kisselmann. Willy. Rumpelein, FriU, Kopf, Paul, and Landbrecht,
Franz,3,639,836.
Rush. George L.: See—
Mc Queen, JamesT , 3,638,944
Russ, Willard J., Jr Walled structures such as swimming pools
3,638.378. CI. 52-169.
Russel, Burdsall & Ward Bolt and Nuts Co.; See—
Onufer. George R., 3.638,700
Russen. Albert, to International Standard Electric Corporation Mag-
nctostnctive filter and strain gauge 3,639.861 . CI. 333-71.
Rutchik, Walter L.; 5<f—
Brown. Harry W., Rutchik, Walter L , and Ryczek, Lawrence
J ,3.639,822.
Ruyle, William V:5«—
Shen, Tsung-Ying. Ruyle, William V , Witzel, Bruce E , and Wal-
ford, Gordon L, 3, 639,624
Ryan, Daniel J , to FMC Corporation High tenacity resinous packag-
ing strap. 3,639.530, CI. 260-897.
Ryczek. Lawrence J.; See—
Brown, Harry W , Rutchik, Walter L , and Ryczek. Lawrence
J, ,3.639.822.
Ryczek. William G.. to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company Tilt-
ing grain auger. 3.638.812. CI. 214-83.26
S.A Teinturerie des Francs: See—
Libbrecht, Pierre, 3,638,458
Saba Schwarzwalder Apparate Bau-Anstalt August Schwer Sohne
GmbH: See—
Schuiz, Hansrichard. '3,639.756.
Sabol , John A See— /-*-
Feddern. Henry A , and Sabol, John A. ,3,638,795
Sack, John J . to Allied Chemical Corporation Air bay restraint
system. 3.638.755. CI 181-36
Sadakata, Kazuo, Sasaki, Minoru, Hirose, Masahiro, Nakamura,
Yasuo, Mikida, Yukio, Ito, Kazuo, and Kimura, Kuninobu. to Mit-
subishi Rayon Co., Ltd Polypropylene fibers of improved dyeability
containing a terpolymer of a vinylpyridine and alkyl acrylates or
methacrylates 3,639.51 3, CI 260-878
Safety Vee Brake, Inc See—
Besoyan, Kirk, 3,638,766
said Meyer and said Bauer assors to: 5*f —
Trbovich, Nicholas D , Meyer, William H . and Bauer, Paul R ,
3,639,871.
Saiga, Johan: See—
Muramoto, Noboru. Saiga, Johan. and Suzuki, Yoshitsu-
gu.3,639.536
Saint-Andre, Robert Device for sampling fluid of hydraulic circuit
3,638,499. CI 73-422.
Saito, Iso: See—
Fujii, Shigeru. and Saito.lso, 3,639, 335.
Saito. Yoshiomi: See—
Komuro. Keiji, Inagami, Masaaki, and Saito. Yoshiomi, 3.639.65 1
Sakai. Tadao Tone oscillator for an electronic musical instrument
3,639,853, CI. 331-51
Sakakibara, Hideo: See—
Nagata. Akio. Ando, Takuji. Izumi. Rokuro, and Sakakibara.
Hideo.3.639,580
Sakata, Yoshiaki: See—
Fujita, Kanji. and Sakata. Yoshiaki. 3.639, 1 45
Sakuma, Akira; Torii, Shizuo. Yanagisawa. Isamu, and Tsurugashima-
Machi, Irima-Gun N-Substituted-/3-oxybutyramide semicsuccinate
and iu salt having effects of increasing paradoxical sleep and
tranquillizing. 3.639.457, CI. 260-485.
Sakuma. Toramitsu, to Sumitomo Naugatuck Company, Ltd Adhesion
of electroplated metal on graft copolymers 3,639.2 1 6. CI 204-30
Salerni, John V . to Baker Oil Tools. Inc. Safety shut-off valve for con-
trolling fluid flow from gas storage wells and reservoirs 3.638,724,
CI 166-224.
Salinger, Rudolf M.: See—
Atwell, William H , Salinger, Rudolf M ; and Seibert, Richard
P. ,3.639. 105.
Salomon. Jean: See—
Elliott. George E., Jr. Salomon. Jean; and Vogel, Roger
F,3.639,272.
Salvi, Antoine, to Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique Compensation
of parasitic or stray magnetic fields, especially aboard and aircraft.
3,639.828. CI 324-0.5
Samalon. Eugene J.: See—
Offer, Robert J and Samalon. Eugene J ,3,638.85 I
Sampson, Ralph D Mobile elevating scaffolds 3.638,757, CI. 182-63.
Samsonite Corporation: See—
Uyeda.Tim M . and Thurman. Harry W . 3.638.587
Samuelson. David W , to Samuelson Film Service Limited Mounting
brackets for cameras and other optical instruments 3,638.889. CI.
248-206
Samuelson Film Service Limited: See—
Samuelson. David W . 3,638.889.
Sanchez Giraldez, Jose Humberto Two-part lock button. 3.638,285,
CI. 24-108
Sander, Bruno, and Spcrber. Heinrich. to Badische Anilin- &. Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Nonaqueous liquid pesticidal composi-
tions 3.639.630. CI 424-325
Sanders. Arthur Joseph, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited.
Bonded fibrous materials and methods for making them. 3.639.195.
CI 156-62 2
Sanderson Films. Inc 5^^ —
Mullins. Donald L . 3.638.967.
Sanderson, Frank T See-
Burns. Joseph P., Feltzin, Joseph, and Sanderson. Frank
T ,3,639,295.
Sandoz Ltd : See—
Matter. Max. Weidcic, Othmar, and Raspanti. Giuseppe.
3,639.642
Sandquist, Alvin V , to Becker Drills Limited Apparatus for recover-
ing a drill stem 3.638.989. CI 294-86 24
Sandquist. Alvin V . and Becker. Floyd Walter, to Becker Drilling (Al-
berta) Ltd Joint for double-walled drill pipe. 3,638.970. CI. 285-24.
Sands Measurement Corporation See —
Raskin. Seymour H , 3,638.487.
Sankyo Company Limited See—
Murayama, Keisuki, Morimura. Syoji. and Toda. Toshimasa,
3,639.409.
Shirasaka. Makoto. Tanabe. Katsumi. Naito. Atsushi. and leki,
Masako. 3.639.2 12.
Sarfaty. Gordon A . and Tregear, Geoffrey W , to Cancer Institute
Board Graft copolymers. 3,639.5 16. CI 260-818.
Sasaki. Minoru See—
Sadakata, Kazuo. Sasaki. Minoru; Hirose. Masahiro. Nakamura,
Yasuo. Mikida, Yukio; Ito. Kazuo. and Kimura. Ku-
ninobu.3,639,5 1 3
Sasaki. Toshiharu. Miyano, Ryuzo, and Nakajima, Yasutaka, to Matsu-
hita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Apparatus for electrophotographi-
cally producing an image microfilm 3.639.052. CI 355-3
Sassaman, Wiliam O See-^
Pearson, Charles J , Robinson, Keith D , and Sassaman, Wiliam
O .3.639.748.
Sato. Hosei. Natsumcda. Katsuyuki. and Murakami. Kaichi. to Mat-
sushiu Electric Industrial Co., Ltd Toaster 3.638.556. CI 99-329.
Sato, Yasuhiro See —
Tsugawa, Kazuyuki, and Sato, Yasuhiro, 3, 638, 41 1
Satoh. Shinzoh MethixJ for rapid manufacture of nitrided thick layer
of super high hardness on ferrous metal articles 3,639,641, CI 148-
15.5
Saubcr, Charles R .and Parker, Roy A , said Sauber assor. to Acrotron,
Inc Automatic slow-down and cut-off system, 3,638,832. CI 222-
16.
Sauvagct. Gaston Apparatus for converting hydraulic or pneumatic
energy into kinetic energy or vice versa, such as a rotary multi-
chamber vane-type motor or pumps. 3.639.092, CI. 41 8-175.
Savin Business Machines Corporation. See—
Charlap. E Paul. Baumgarten, Fritz, and Fischer, Lothar,
3,639!05l
Sawa, Yoshi. Itoh. Takashi, Kojima, Minoru. and Sotomura. Mikio. to
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha Process for manufacturing
fibrous structure having excellent recovery from extension by treat-
ment with polyorganosiloxane and a polyethylene glycol or deriva-
tive thereof 3,639. 154, CI I 17-138 8
Sawhill. Duanc L : See-
Long. Alfred, and Sawhill. Duanc L .3.639.284.
Sayigh, Adnan A R See—
Reymore. Harold E , Jr , and Sayigh, Adnan A R ,3.639.534
Scan Systems, Inc See —
Hclfand. Frednc E , and Baer. Marvin B , 3,639.728
Scarpelli, Joseph A , to National Cash Register Company. The. Enzy-
matic treatment of gelled proteinaceous film material 3.639.259, CI
252-316
SchaefTler. Gcorg, to Industriewerk Schacffler OHG Radial ball
bearings 3.639.019. CI. 308-193.
Schafer, Karl See—
Wunder. Walter; Klebert. Wolfgang; Herlinger. Heinz, and
Schafer, Karl. 3.639. 1 57
Schatz. Ralph Howard See—
Broca. Jacques. Loree. Jean-Paul, and Schatz, Ralph
Howard. 3.639. 366
Schauffler. Peter P Transfer system 3.638,576. CI. 104-1.
Scheel, Louis W . to Dale Electronics. Inc Adjustable potentiometer
with contactor ratchet and central post securing means for base
plate 3.639.878. CI 338-174
Schemer. Bernard J ; Lindstrom. Roald E , and Henrie. Thomas A., to
United States of America. Interior Extraction of mercury from mer-
cury-bearing materials. 3.639.222, CI 204-94.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 39
Schell, Elmer H: 5^«r-
Franklin, James W , Wells, David R; and Schell. Elmer
H. 3.638.904.
Scherer. Lorcnz; Bellan. Heinrich. Wohrle, Rudolf, and Eggenmuller.
Alfred, to Gebruder Eberhardt. Field chopping machine atuchable
to a tractor. 3.638.406. CI 56- 14 9
Schering Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Philippson, Rainer; Gibian. Heinz; Muftic, Mahmud; and Kaspar.
Emanuel, 3,639,433.
Scherzberg, Herbert; Neumann, Herbert; Schnegg, Robert, and
Dietrich, Theo, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Method
and an apparatus for the production of crimped synthetic filaments.
3,638,410, CI. 57-34.
Schlegel, Norman C, Jr., and Engel, Edward F. Monafilament pile
cleaning tool. 3,638,270, CI 15-114.
Schleif, Ferber R., to United States of America, Interior Power system
monitoring relay. 3,639,8IO,CI 317-147.
Schleifenbaum, Karl, to Meteor-Siegen Apparatebau Paul Schmeck
GmbH. Paper feed mechanism for photocopying machine
3,639,055, CI 355-29
Schlichting, Hans L.: See —
Weil. Edward D , and Schlichting, Hans L ,3,639,487
Schloemann Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Knell, Bernhard; Desfossez, Paul; Hess, Walter; and Schuiz, Hans-
Dieter, 3,638,713
Simons, Willi, 3,638,7 15
Schlosser, Francis G., to Pfaff & Kendall Adjustable support arm
structure. 3,638,891, CI 248-221
Schlumbergcr Technology Corjjoration: i>*—
Tixier, Maurice P., 3,638,484
Schmank, Horst W ; and Gross, Benjamin H , to Chattem Chemicals,
division of Chattem Drug &. Chemical Company. Monoglycol ether
derivatives of aluminum halides. 3,639,664, CI 260-448.
Schmid, Dieter: See—
EdI, Wolfgang; Meyer, Hcinz W., and Schmid, Dieter, 3,639.370.
Schmid, John H.; and Thomas, Arthur E . to Zurn Industries. Inc
Water closet 3.638.244. CI 4-17
Schmid. Leopold F. Rack steering mechanism with hydraulic or pneu-
matic steering assistance, particularly for motor vehicles 3.638.750.
CI. 180-79.2
Schmid. Richard O., and Alda, Harold, to Union Carbide Corporation
Palletized packaging of cylindrical objects 3,638.790, CI 206-655
Schmidhauser, Rolf, to Hewlett-Packard Company Voltage to pulse-
ratio converter. 3,639,843, CI. 328-1 16
Schmidt. Hans, to Warwick Electronics Inc Dial display device
3.639.747. CI 240-2.1
Schmitt. Ingeborg M : See—
Heinnch. Herbert W. and Schmitt. Ingeborg M, 3,639.572.
Schmitt. William H.. to Alberto-Culver Company Gas-releasable and
foamable compositions. 3.639,568, CI 424-43.
Schmolka, Irving R., to BASF Wyandotte Corporation Silver ion gel
compositions and method of using the same 3.639.575. CI 424-78
Schmolka. Irving, to BASF Wyandotte Corporation Stable hydrogen
peroxide gels 3,639.574. CI 424-78.
Schnalke. Karl-Erwin. Suling, Carlhans; Logemann. Heino. and Resz,
Raoul. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Graft polymers
of ethylene/vinylpyrrolidone copolymer with acrylonitrile grafted
thereon by polymerization. 3,639,514, CI 260-878
Schnegg, Robiert: See—
Scherzberg. Herbert; Neumann, Herbert, Schnegg, Robert, and
Dietrich. Theo.3.638.4 10
Schneggcnburger. Roger G , and Hcllmann. Reinhold. to Dow Chemi-
cal Company. The. Aluminum plating process. 3.639.139. CI I 17-
37.
Schneider. Abraham: See—
Duling, Irl N.. Schneider. Abraham, and Driscoll. Gary
L .3.639.351.
Duling. Irl N . Schneider. Abraham, and Moore. Robert
E ,3.639.362.
Schneider. William P : See-
Pike, John E., and Schneider, William P ,3,639,463
Schnell, Hermann; See—
Fuhr, Karl, Rudolph, Hans, Schnell. Hermann, and Patheiger,
Manfred, 3.639.321.
Krimm, Heinrich, Schnell, Hermann. and Lenz.
Gunther.3,639,341.
Schocn, George J , and McKee, Lewis W . to Barden Corporation. The
Stable ball cage. 3,639.01 7, CI 308-20 1
Schoepflin, Charles F, Fluid level gauge assembly. 3,638,493, CI. 73-
317.
Scholl, Richard: See—
Trieschmann, Hans-Georg; Wisseroth, Karl; Scholl, Richard, and
Herbeck,Rudolf,3,639,377.
Schoonmaker, Townsend L Stationary dredging apparatus 3,638,432,
CI 61-2
Schorr, Manfred, Mieth, Hubert, and Raether, Wolfgang, to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Cer-
tain N-substituted bis-arolkyi dcivatives thioisonicotinamide.
3,639,4 1 2, CI. 260-294.8
Schottey, Jean: See—
Plumat, Emile;Toussaint, Francois, and Schottey, Jean, 3, 639, 1 98.
Schreiber, Heinrich: See—
Basfeld, Klaus; and Schreiber, Heinrich. 3.638, 798.
Schrengauer, Edwin B.: 5rr —
Forst, Donald L.; and Schrengauer, Edwin B. 3.638, 674
Schroeder, Jon M., to Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation
Semiconductor with bonded electrical conuct. 3.639.81 1. CI 317-
234.
Schubert, Egon, to Plasser. Franz. Bahnbaumaschinen Method and ap-
paratus for indicating track conditions. 3.638.482. CI 73-146,
Schuch, Gerald T.: See —
Martel. Eugene H.; and Schuch. Gerald T .3.639.497
SchulU, Roger L., Baggett, James C , and McGlothlin, Raymond E , to
Dresser Industries, Inc. Well drilling. 3,639,233, CI 252-8.5
Schuiz, Hans-Dieter: Set-
Knell, Bernhard; Desfossez, Paul, Hess, Walter, and Schuiz, Hans-
Dieter,3,638,7l3
Schuiz, Hansrichard, to Saba Schwarzwalder Apparate Bau-Ansult
August Schwer Sohne GmbH Mass spectrometer equipment for au-
tomatic gas analysis. 3,639,756, CI 250-41 9
Schuiz, Leo J ; and Warner, George L , to MinnesoU Mining and
Manufacturing Company. Collator 3,638,937. CI 270-58.
Schutt. John B ; Colony. Joe A . and Lepp. Donald R . to United Sutes
of America, National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Phototropic composition of matter 3,639,250, CI 252-300
Schwan, Judith A.: See—
Porter, Ralph Frederick; Schwan, Judith A , and Gates, John W.,
Jr.,3,639,4I7.
Schwartz, Anthony M.: See—
Fischbein, Irwin W , Galligan, John D , Schwartz, Anthony M ,
and Youngquist, William S ,3,638,308
Schwartz, Morris, Castedello, William, and Kaprelian, Edward K., to
Kalart Company Inc., The Strip film projector 3.638.875. CI 242-
71.2
Schweicher. Wolfgang: See—
Herzhoff. Peter. Gref. Hans. Behr. Rolf. Maus, Fritz; Schweicher,
Wolfgang, Wasser, Willi; Friedsam, Josef; and Browatzki,
Kurt,3,638.604.
Herzhoff. Peter. Schweicher. Wolfgang. Maus. Fnu. Wasser. Wil-
li. Browatzki, Kurt, and Gref, Hans.3.638,845
Schweiger. Richard G , to Kelco Company Process of preparing a gel-
lable colloidal cellulose sulfate 3,639.665. CI 160-215.
Schweizerische Industrie-Gesellschaft: See— ~f
Bolli.Hans-Ulrich. 3.638.522.
Fluck, Rene, 3,638,391
Fluck, Rene, 3,638,777
Sciurba. Edward; and Chiappone. Sal, to Ring Products, mesne Finger
glide bar. 3,638,525, CI. 84-3 19.
SCM Corporation: See—
Marshall.Ray A ,3,639.729
Scot Meat Products Limited: See—
Ackroyd. Harry Bnggs. 3.638.554.
Scott. Daniel G See—
Mayer. Gary T ; and Scott. Daniel G. 3.639.010
Scott. George Vane: See—
Wixon. Harold Eugene, and Scott. George Vane. 3. 639. 234.
Scott. Peter H: See —
Churchill, John W ; Kober, Ehrenfried H.; and Scott. Peter
H .3.639,482
Screttas, Constantmos G . to Lithium Corporation Preparation of
microcrystalline waxes 3.639,380, CI 260-94.9
Scripto Inc : See—
Lockwood, John C, 3,639,068
Scarle,G D., & Co : See—
Benn, Walter R .3.639,435 - ,
Klimstra, Paul D, 3,639.598
Sebenda. Jan: See—
Bukac. Zbynek; and Sebenda, Jan, 3.639. 360
Moran, David Martin, and Croucher, Jack Vivian, Bukac, Zbynek.
Sebenda. Jan; Moran. David Martin, and Croucher. Jack Vivi
an.3.639.560
Sccrist, Duane R . and Turk. Harold L , to International Businss
Machines Corfxiration Magnetic recording head having a non-mag-
netic ferrite gap. 3.639,701. CI 179-100 2
Seeliger, Horst: See-
Gem. Heinz; Berger. Dieter. Pficiderer. Dieter, and Seeliger.
Horst. 3.639.207
Sehring, Richard, to Sohn, C H Boehringer Sulfinyl phenyl esters of
thionophosphoric or thionophosphonic acids. 3,639,540, CI 260-
949
Seibert. Richard P See—
Atwell. William H.. Salinger, Rudolf M , and Seibert, Richard
P ,3,639,105.
Seiderman, Maunce Hydrophilic gel polymer insoluble in water from
polyvinylpyrrolidone with N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and methacrylic
modifier. 3,639,524, CI. 260-885.
Sekida, Minoru. to Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha Film winding
apparatus in camera with interchangeable film back 3.638.547, CI
95-31.
Sekiguchi. Takashi. Tokiura. Shohei. Ogihara, Sadahide. Yamamoto,
Rokuro, and Ikeuchi, Akihiro. to Dainippon Ink and Chemicals. Inc..
and Ube Industries. Ltd. Plastic container. 3.638.824. CI 220-21
Sekula. Leo F.: See—
Lichtman. Irwin A. Johnson. Milton R, Sekula, Leo F , and Dom,
Robert W .3.639.616
PI 40
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1. 1972
Seng, Florin; Ley, Kurt, Metzgcr, Karl-Georg; and Frittche, Dieter, to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellichafl. 2-Amino-3-amidino-quin-
oxaline-dian-oxidet and their production. 3,639,397, CI 260-247.5
Sennewald, Kurt; Ohorodnik, Alexander, and Hardel, Hans-Joachim,
to Knaptack Aktienge»ell»chaft. ProccM for the hydrolytic splitting
of carboxylic acid vinyl esters into aceUldehyde and carboxylic acid
3,639,472, CI. 260-541.
Sergan, Micheline. See—
Eberle, Jeannine, Sergan, Micheline, Faurian, Claude, and Hu-
guet, Gerard M, 3,639,476.
Serowiecki, Gilbert J. Clamping unit and drain filter for washmg
machinedrainlines 3,638,799, CI 210-462
Serrano, Francisco M, to Compagnie Francaise des Petroles Socicte
Anonyme Fluid controlled pipe connector 3,638,969, CI 285-18
Servotronics, Inc.; See—
Trbovich, Nicholas D., Meyer, William H., and Bauer. Paul R .
3,639,871
Sessler, Donald R., to Dynametric, Inc. Method for detecting aging of
articles. 3.638,495, CI 73-362.
Sewelin, Ernest R : See-
Graham, Stanford G , Sewelin, Ernest R , Staadt, Richard L . and
Pinney, Jimmie D ,3,638,749
Seyb, Edgar John, Jr: 5ef—
Waggoner, Terry Bill, and Seyb, Edgar John, Jr ,3,639,1 53.
Shacklockq Frank W.: See—
Melville, Alfred W , Shacklockq Frank W , and OHareq David
H, 3,638.926
Shapiro, Scott N., and Wilkin, William G., said Wilkin assor to said
Shapiro. Temporary seat supported by spaced-apart chairs
3,638,997, CI. 297-232
Sharman, Samuel H , to Chevron Research Company Hypochlorite
bleaching of monoelcfinic hydrocarbon sulfonates 3,639,282, CI
252-95.
Shattaline Limited: See—
Tugwell, Lewen B. O , 3.639,549
Shaw, George, to Illumine Devices, Inc Rack and stand therefor
3,638,898, CI. 248-441.
Shaw, Robert F Oximeter and method for in vivo determination of ox-
ygen saturation in blood using three or more different wavelengths
3.638,640, CI. 128-2
Sheedy, Patrick T See—
Dempsey, George A . Jr , Koenig. Martin F . and Issa.
Manuel. 3,639.676
Sheel, Harold R , to Badger Company, Inc . The Fluid bed reactors
3.639,103. CI 23-288
Shekel. Jacob, and Ray. George H. jr, to Spencer-Kennedy Laborato-
ries, Inc Multi-carrier transmission system 3,639,840, CI 325-308
Shelander, Charles P , to Preload Company. Inc Storage lank
3.638,431, CI 61-0.5
Sheldon, E H , and Company i>f —
Black, Colon C .3.639,028
Shell Oil Company See—
Anderson, Victor F, 3,639,001
Bishop, Eugene T.. Haefele, Walter R , and Hendricks, Willis R .
3,639,163
Dcwhirst, Kenneth C , 3,639,439
Donninger, Cynl, Davies, John H , and Davis, Royston H .
3.639.620.
Hayter. Roy G , and Bishop, Eugene T , 3,639,523
Hill, Harold J ,3,638.728
Lichtman. Irwin A , Johnson, Milton R. Sekula. Leo F , and Dorn,
Robert W .3.639.616
Smith, Hubert Irvin, 3.638.730
Shema, Bernard F , Brink, Robert H , Jr , and Swcred, Paul, to Betz
Laboratories, Inc Slime control method and composition of
bctabromo- betanitrostyrene and bis-( trichloromethyD-sulfone
3.639,293, CI 252-180
Shen, Tsung-Ying, Ruyle, William V , Wiuel, Bruce E , and Walford.
Gordon L , to Merck &. Co.. Inc Pharmaceutical compositions and
methods of treatment 3,639,624, CI 424-3 17
Sheng, Ming Nan; See—
Rosenthal, Rudolph. Sheng, Ming Nan, and Zajacek. John
G ,3,639,486
Sherard, James L. Method and apparatus for forming structures in the
ground 3,638,433, CI 61-11
Sherburne, Arthur E.: See—
Dammig. Alvin H , Jr , Sherburne, Arthur E , and Brooks, Rodney
A ,3,639,835
Sheridan, David Carl, Amann, Charles A., and Ricketts, James M , to
General Motors Corporation Condensable vapor engine construc-
tion. 3,638,533, CI 91-241
Sherwin, Lewis. Compositions containing lithium succinate 3,639,625,
CI. 424-317.
Sherwood, Robert Edward, to Grace, W R , & Co Process and ap
paratusfor vacuum packaging poultry 3,638,389, CI 53-22.
Shields, Donald J : See—
Coover, Harry W., Jr ; and Shields, Donald J ,3,639,332.
Shiki, Mitsuyuki, to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co Mounting arrange-
ment for electrical device 3,639,745, CI 240-2
Shimano, Akira: 5^*—
Haruna, Takashi; and Shimano, Akira, 3,639, 7 1 0
Shimizu, Sakae, Arai, Fumiaki, and Kurotori, Tuneo, to Ricoh Co Ltd
Vinyl-amino resin interlayer for electrophotographic member used
in offset printing 3,639,122, CI 96-1.8
Shimmin, Roy E . See—
Rule, Arthur W T, Shimmin, Roy E; and Laundy,
Timothy, 3,639,605.
Shimojima, Hiroyuki: See-
Honda, Soichiro, and Shimojima, Hiroyuki, 3,639, 882.
Shimokawa, Yoichi: See—
Okazaki, Kaoru, Shimokawa, Yoichi. Maeda, Taneo; Igawa,
Keituki, Okagawa, ChikaUu; and Kato, Koichi, 3,639, 502
Shimura, Yoshihiro. to Rigaku Denki Company, Limited X-ray stress
measuring apparatus 3,639,758, CI. 250-5 1 .5
Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd : See—
Koyanagi, Shunichi, Ogawa, Kinya, and Akiya, Fumio, 3,639,270.
Shiner, Edward A 5**—
Tijunclis, Donatas, and Shiner, Edward A. ,3, 639, 3 18.
Shinonogi & Co , Ltd See—
Nagata, Wataru. and Hirai, Shoichi. 3.639,408.
Shioda, Hirohisa, Namiki. Isamu, Hori. Hisako, and KaUuyama,
Yoshihisa, to Furukawa Electric Company Limited. Method of
producing 2,4-dihydroxy-benzophenone and the derivatives
therefrom 3,639.483, CI. 260-59 1
Shipley. Gerald E . and Girard, Robert R , to General Electnc Com-
pany Bypass valve mechanism. 3,638,428, CI. 60-226.
Shiraki, Takashi. Masuoka. Sadao. and Monta, Minoru, to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co , Ltd Multi-element magnetic head of all
oxide or sintered qualities 3.639,700, CI. 179-100.2
Shirasaka, Makoto, Tanabe. Katsumi. Naito, Atsushi, and leki,
Masako, to Sankyo Company Limited. Process for the preparation of
estrane compound b> fermentation 3,639,21 2, CI 195-5 1 .
Shoop, James D . to Diebold. Incorporated. Protective door structure.
3.638.589, CI 109 76
Shortes, Samuel R . to Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Phosphor
screen fabrication 3,639, 138, CI 117-33.5
Shouman, Ahmad R Method and means for reducing power require-
ments of supersonic wind tunnels 3.638,483, CI. 73-147.
Showa Rubber Co , Ltd See—
Takahashi, Akira, and Nemoto, GenUro, 3,639,300
Shradcr. William W.5ff-
Dill, William E , La Vault, Maurice G., Kokoszka. Stanley L., and
Shrader, William W ,3,639,892.
Shukovsky, Harold Barry, and Torok, Theodore Elwyn, to Western
Electric Company, Incorporated Method of producing in seriatim
separate coatings on a conductor 3,639,21 7. CI 204-35
Shvagzhdys, Povilas Prantsishkaus See—
Nashljunas. Rimantas Alfonso. Zhiabys. Romualdas Alberto. Bu-
cijunas. Hazimiras Gcdiminas. and Shvagzhdys. Povilas Prant-
sishkaus.3,639.903.
Sibley. David L Well screens 3,638.726. CI 166-236
Siegfried Aktiengescllschaft See —
Ritschel. Wolfgang A , Fischer, Johanna. Jahn, Ulrich. and
Wagner-Jauregg, Thcodor. 3,639,623
Siemens Aktiengescllschaft See—
Trattner. Hermann, and Klar. Rudolf. 3,639,161.
Siirak. Ruudi i>f—
Hcssen. Petter. and Siirak, Ruudi. 3.639,872.
Sika Chemical Corporation See —
Kinneman, William P . Jr , and tram, John R . Jr , 3.639,344.
Silverglate, Jack Apparatus for prixlucing a rocking motion.
3.638,248, CI 5-105.
Silverman. Jack J Protective shoe insert 3,638,336, CI. 36-44
Simon, Albert, to Compagnie de Saint-Gobain Complex products of
rcsin and mineral fiber and process for making said products.
3.639.202, CI 161158
Simon. Henry. Limited See —
Sullivan. John Anthony, 3,638.538
Simons. Willi, to Schloemann Aktiengescllschaft Method for the con-
tinuous casting of tubes 3.638,7 I 5, CI 164-85
Singer Company. The See —
Masel. Marvin, and Wcdlake, Albert J , 3,639,837.
Pedersen, Egon A . 3,639,869
Singer-General Precision, Inc . See-
Greenly. Robert B , 3,638,566.
Sinizer, David I . Fanelle. Louis H , Toy, Albert; and Atieridge, David
G, to North American Rockwell Corporation. Stress-oriented fila-
ment winding in composite panels 3,638,298, CI. 29-470.9
Sitnichenko. Valentin Mikhailovich, and Zamuruev, Alexander Mik-
hailovich Photoelectric comprising two lenses or apertures located
along a common radius from an axis of rotation. 3,639,767, CI 250-
202
Sixsmith, Herbert, to National Research Development Corporation
Damped beanng 3.639,014, CI 308-9
Skedd, Richard Finnic See-
Craven. George Frederick, and Skedd, Richard Finnic, 3,639, 862,
Skolmutch, Jon S See-
Anders. Walter G, and Skolmutch, Jon S, 3,639,023.
Skomoroski, Robert M . to International Nickel Company, Inc , The
Indium plating 3,639.219, CI 204-47.
Slaby, Robert Kent: See—
Bredeson. Dean K , and Slaby, Robert Kent, 3,638,921 .
Sladek, Theodore E . Palmer, John E ; and Steele, Michael F., to
Susquehanna Corporation, The Apparatus for confining material
floating on water 3.638,429, CI 6 1 - 1
Stager, James Edward See—
Borchert, Peter Jochen, Slager, James Edward; Sommer, Ronald
George, and Zienty, Mitchell Frank, 3,639,646.
February 1.1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 41
Slater Electric Inc.: See—
Drapkin. William, 3,639,883.
Drapkin. William, 3,639,884.
Drapkin, William. 3,639.886.
Slater William L, to Texaco Inc Process for the generation of synthes-
is gas from oil. 3.639,261, CI. 252-373
Slates. Elmer F., to United Sutes of America, Navy. Belt driven pi-
pitch cycloidal propeller. 3. 639, 077,CI. 416-1 II.
Slavik, Ferdinand M.: See—
Oxenrider, Bryce C; Litt, Morton H.; and Slavik, Ferdinand
M, 3,639,464.
Slick Industrial Co.: See—
Kirschner, Peter; Cahacetoq Ralph R , Eurstq Reuben H , and Mil-
lar, David, 3,638,51 1.
Smart, Graham Michael: See—
Miller. Glyn; and Smart. Graham Michael. 3.639. 645.
Smcltz. Kenneth C, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company, a-
PolyhuoroalkyI acrylic acids and derivatives. 3,639,438, CI. 260-
408.
Smidth,F. L.,&Co.:S«*-
Heilmann, Thorbjom, 3,638,400.
Smith, Albert L.. to Stauffer Chemical Company. Process for manufac-
turing high molecular weight triaryl phosphates and reaction
products thereof. 3.639.544, CI. 260-966
Smith, Charies Harry, to Rucker Company, The Coupling. 3,638,97 1 ,
CI. 285-74.
Smith. Charies Philip; and Glaze. SUnley George, to Hobson. H. M..
Limited. Valves. 3,638,672, CI. I 37-8 1 5
Smith, Donald F.: See—
Zarcone, Cari J ; Cleveland, Bruce M.. and Smith, Donald
F,3,639.842.
Smith, Eric; See—
McGrath, Harry, Moore, Raymond Frederick, and Smith, Er-
ic.3.639.649.
Smith, Hubert Irvin, to Shell Oil Company. Method and apparatus for
cementing a well conduit. 3,638,730, CI 166-291
Smith, John P.: See—
Blanchtteld, Richard J ; and Smith, John F, 3.639.223.
Smith Kline & French Laboratories: See-
Gordon, Maxwell; and Stewart, Carleton C, 3,639,561 .
Gordon, Maxwell; and Stewart, Carleton C, 3,639,562.
Parish. Roger C. and Trei. John E , 3,639,62 1
Smith, Millard F High-strength fire-resistont spill control booms
3,638,430, CI. 61-1.
Smith, Richard D. Chance controlled marble game 3,638,948, CI
273-135.
Smythe,John W :See—
Reichman, Steven H , and Smythe, John W ,3,639,1 79.
Snauwaert en Depla, Firma: See—
Snauwaert, Karel, 3,638,943.
Snauwaert, Karel, to Snauwaert en Depla, Firma. Handle for a racket.
3,638,943, CI. 273-73.
Snelling, Christopher, to Xerox Corporation Two-layered photocon-
ductive element containing a halogen doped storage layer and a
silenium alloy control layer 3,639,120, CI. 96-1 5
Snia Viscosa SocieU Nazionale Industria Applicazioni Viscosa S p.A
See—
Tamura, Yoshio; and Ando, Satoshi, 3,639,203
Snodgrass, Hugh E , and Lauchlan, Robert L., to Uniroyal, Inc
Polyphenylene oxide resins blended with coumarone-indene resins
3,639,499, CI. 260-829
Snow, Clarence P. Conveyor system. 3,638,780, CI. 198-130.
Snyder, David E.: See—
Higginbotham, Roy F ; Blonder. Fred D ; and Snyder, David
E, 3,639, 730.
Soc. AngeloGualadiPiergiacomo E Roberto Guala & CS AS See—
Guala, Piergiacomo, 3,638,82 1
Societa Italiana Resine S.p.A.: See—
Paleologo, Teo, and Vargiu, Silvio, 3,639,504.
Societe Anonyme D.B.A.: See—
Leverdant. Bernard, 3,638,763. )
Societe Anonyme dite: Jumont-Schneider: See—
Wiart, Albert, 3,639,818.
Societe Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo: See-
Maurice, Jean, 3,638,425
Societe Industrielle Bull-General Electric (Societe Anonyme): See—
Grandgirard. Pierre J., 3.638.605.
Societe Nationale des Petroles d'AquitaineSee—
Pflugfclder, Bernard, 3.639,610.
Teitgen. Jean; and Mornet, Philippe, 3.639,368.
Societe Nouvelle de Roulements: See-
Bourgeois, Claude Raymond, 3,639,016.
Societe Wendell-Sidelor, Societe Anonyme: See—
Brulhet, Paul, 3.638,929.
Sohn, C. H. Boehringer: See—
Sehring, Richard. 3,639,540.
Solanka, Joseph, to Wagner Brothers Containers, Inc Fully collapsible
corrugated box and blank therefor. 3,638,852, CI. 229-41 .
Soldatos, Anthony C, to Union Carbide Corporation. Phenohc resin
compositions modified with an epsilon caprolactone 3,639,658, CI
260-59. ^ „
Sole, Ramon; and Othmar, Bruhwiler, to Fischer, Georg, AG Carries
for filling insertion in a weaving machine 3,638,686, CI. 139-127
Solomon, Nathan L. Cassette cover 3,638,788, CI. 206-52.
Solt, Paul E , to Fuller Company Feed control system for proceuing
equipment. 3,638,328, CI 34-20
Sommer, Ronald George See—
Borchert, Peter Jochen; Slager, James Edward, Sommer, Ronald
George; and Zienty, Mitchell Frank, 3,639, 646.
Sonsnowicz, Edward J.; and Willis, Frank M., to Du Pont de Nemours,
E I and Company. Pressure and sound shield for blast excavation of
tunnels and the like. 3,638,754. CI. 181-33.
Sony Corporation: See-
Fuse. Yuzo. 3.639,796.
Kodama, Makoto; and Yamamoto, Harunori, 3,638,953.
Koguma, Kazumasa; Takeuchi, Hiroshi, and Kanamaru, Yuichi,
3,639,697
Morio, Minoru, 3,639,685.
Uemura, Saburo; Fuse, Toyohiko, and Hashimoto, Yoshitaka,
3,639,698
Sotomura, Mikio: See—
Sawa, Yoshi; Itoh, Takashi, Kojima, Minoru, and Sotomura,
Mikio, 3,639,154.
Soukup, Dale F : See—
Heycr, Wiliam T , and Soukup, Dale F ,3,638,682.
Sousek, Eugene A: See—
Witt, Wilmer E, Sousek, Eugene A., and Clish. Clyde
A. .3.638, 363.
Sowers, John E: See-
Maxwell, Herris M.; Sowers, John E.; and Laidman, John
Neil, 3,639, 142.
SPA-Societa Prodotti Antibiotici S.p A.; See—
Notarianni, Aurelio Filippo, and Ghielmetti, Giuseppe, 3,639.594.
Spacil, Henry S.: See—
Tedmon, Craig S, Jr., and Spacil, Henry S.,3,639,1 77
Spadini,Paolo. Alarm wrist-watch. 3,638,418, CI. 58-57 5
Spain, Raymond G , to Monsanto Company. Carbon composite struc-
ture including a band of helically wound carbon fibers. 3,639,197,
CI. 161-35.
Spalding, Richard Elliot Thornton, to American Cyanamid Company.
Composite laminate of water-extended unsaturated polyester.
3,639,149, CI. 117-76
Spaleck. Max. GmbH: See—
Ditscherlein. Friedhold, 3,638,297.
Spangler, Robert E.: See—
Whittemore, Charies A., and Spangler, Robert E, 3,639, 345.
Sparks, William J. Process for manufacture of a gnp for hand powered
equipment. 3,638,295, CI. 29-407
Spear, Merton R , Jr , to Xerox Corporation Web cutting and feeding
apparatus. 3,639,053. CI 355-13.
Spedden, Henry Rush, and Malouf, Emil Edward, to Kennecott Copper
Corporation Process for leaching metal values from mineral-bearing
earth material 3,639,003, CI 299-5.
Speedrack Inc : See—
Weider, John J, 3,638,981.
Speedring Corporation: See—
Jenkin, Keith R, 3,639,791
Spencer-Kennedy Laboratones, Inc See—
Shekel, Jacob, and Ray, George H .jr . 3.639.840.
Sperber, Heinrich: See-
Sander, Bruno, and Sperber, Heinrich, 3,639,630. ^
Sperry Rand Corporation: See-
Grey, Donald M., Butler, Lee D , Welker. Jerry W ; and Crane.
Jack W, 3,638,808.
Hewitt, Fred G, 3,639,744
Mann, William W, 3,638,816.
Spethmann, Donald H See—
Hogel, Joseph E , and Spethmann. Donald H. 3.638. 857
Sprandel.Hans W Snowshoe and harness 3,638.333. CI 36-4 5
Spruill. Edgar L , to Continental Can Company. Inc Treatment of
waste water from alkaline pulping processes 3.639,206. CI 162-29
Spurlock. Burwell: See—
Jacobson. Robert L , and Spurlock, Burwell, 3,639, 227.
Squibb, E R , & Sons, Inc See-
Narayanan, Venkatachala Lakshmi, 3,639.666
Staadt, Richard L ; See-
Graham, Stanford G , Sewelin, Ernest R., Staadt, Richard L , and
Pinney, Jimmie D, 3,638, 749
Stach, Kurt: See-
Winter, Werner, Thiel, Max, Stach, Kurt; Wolfgang, Schaumann,
and Annemarie, Ribbentrop, 3,639,423
Stache, Ulrich: See—
Friisch, Werner; Haede, Werner; Radscheit, Kurt; Stache, Ulnch.
and Lindner, Emst,3,639,392
Fritsch, Werner; Stache, Ulrich, Haede, Werner, and Radscheit,
Kurt,3,639,393.
Stache, Ulrich; Fritsch, Werner; Haede, Werner; and Radscheit, Kurt,
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktienge&ellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &.
Bruning. Process for the manufacture of 14^-hydroxy-3- oxo-5a-
card-20(22)-enolides. 3,639,394, CI. 260-239 57
Haede. Werner; Stache, Ulrich, Fritsch, Werner, and Radscheit.
Kurt. 3.639. 388
Stachurski, Zbigniew. to Yardney International Corporation Method
ofcontrolling zinc dendnte growth 3.639, 173, CI 136-3
Stackpole Carbon Company: See—
Purdy, Harold L ,3,639,706
Stahlmann, Rudolf: See—
Gawlick, Heinz, and Stahlmann, Rudolf,3.638,57 1
PI 42
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Staiger, Gerhard; and Stedefeder, Joachim, to Badtsche Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschan. Production of a-olerin polymers
3,639,375. CI 260-93.7
Staller, Karel Jan. to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Particle appiicating device. 3.639,050, CI. 35S-3
Staller, Karl Jan, to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Shifting arrangement using a reversible Geneva drive
3,638,510. CI. 74-436
Stamicarbon N.V.:S«—
Garritaen, Johan W., Kooijman, Sebastiaan E. M.; Gregoire,
Johannes H. C. M A.; and Vcrbrugge. Henny. 3,639.359
Stanciu, Virgil V., to Lampcraft Tool & Mold, Inc. Wax conditioning
apparatus. 3.638,673. CI. 137-205
Standard Brands Chemical Industries, Inc.: See-
Lister, Fred; and Wax, Ludwig A., 3.639,298
Standard Chemical Limited. See—
Blanchrield, Richard J.; and Smith, John F., 3.639,223
Standard Oil Company: See—
Olsen, George P , Towie, Philip H.; and Baldwin. Richard H .
3,639.465.
Standard Pressed Steel Co.: See—
Carpenter. Mark Richard, and Ludwig, Albert P . 3,638,5 14.
Kleinhenn, Walter H., 3.638.980
Standard Register Company. The: See—
Gabbard, Henry. 3,638.608
Stanford Research Institute: 5^; —
Comsweet.Tom N.. 3.639.041
Stanish. Robert B.: See—
Winslow. Frank T ; and Stanish. Robert B .3.638.342.
Stanley Works. The: See—
Merrow. George W . 3,639.01 3
Stapley, Edward O.; See—
Hendlin, David; Stapley, Edward O.; Del Val. Sagrario Mochales;
and MaU, Justo Martinez,3,639,590
Stapp, Paul R., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Dehydrohalogenation
ofhalotetrahydropyrans. 3,639,669, CI. 260-345.1
Starkman Associates, Inc.: 5«r —
Surkman, Jesse H.; and Brown. William J., 3.639,309
Starkman, Jesse H.; and Brown, William J., to Starkman Associates,
Inc. Spray starch containing water-soluble polyurethane. 3.639,309.
CI. 260-9.
Starykh. NadezhdaTimofeevna: See—
Krylov. Sergei Sergeevich, Starykh. Nadezhda Timofeevna,
Chigarev. Alexandr Grigorievich. and Eltsov. Andrei
Vasilievich.3.639.609.
Stauffer Chemical Company: See-
Smith, Albert L.. 3,639.544
Szabo, Karoly; and Freiberg, Ashley H., 3,639,629
Stayner. Robert A., to Chevron Research Company. Stable dielectric
fluid for electrical discharge machining comprising a mineral oil. a
metal sulfonate and a phenolic antioxidant. 3,639,275, CI. 252-63.5
Stead, Cecil Vivian: See—
Griffiths, Geoffrey, and Stead, Cecil Vivian, 3.639, 662
Stedefeder, Joachim: See—
Staiger, Gerhard; and Stedefeder. Joachim, 3. 639, 375.
Steele, Michael F.: See—
Sladek, Theodore E.; Palmer, John E , and Steele, Michael
F..3.638.429
Steffan. William J., to Bunke Concrete Accessories, Inc Method of
making a concrete plug 3.639.555, CI. 264-140
Steffen, Robert. Crombach, Arno, Lossen, Hermann, and Bieringer.
Johann, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius Sc Bruning. Foamed plastics from vinyl polymer dispersions
and process for their manufacture. 3,639,297, CI. 260-2.5
Steffen, Vincent B. Grain drying device. 3.638.33 1 . CI 34-23 1 .
Stegmeier. Gerhard. Lenhart. Helga, Gebler, Horst, and Diener, Horst.
to Kalle Aktiengesellschaft. Process for treating the surface of a
stretched film. 3.639, 1 34, CI. 117-7.
Stein, Julian. Fishing trap. 3,638.346, CI 43-17.1
Steinmueller, Ralph E.: See—
Dietert. Harry W , and Steinmueller. Ralph £.3.638,478.
Stelzer. Robert A.: See—
Wolf. David L . and Stelzer. Robert A. .3.638,506.
Stemmler. Herbert, to Aktiengesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie Con-
verter arrangement for feeding variable speed AC motor. 3,639,820.
CI. 318-147.
Stephens. Edward J., to Emhart Corporation. Glassware inspection ap-
paratus employing fiber optic guides. 3.639.067. CI. 356-240.
Sterling Drug. Inc.: See—
Albertson. Noel F.. Rosi. David; and Merola. Armando J..
3.639.410.
Albertson. Noel F ; and Michne. William F., 3,639,41 1 .
Archer. Sydney. 3.639,4 1 4.
Bailey, Denis M ,3.639.478.
Sternberg. Shmuel; Bixler. Harris J.; and Michaels, Alan S., to Amicon
Corporation. Encapsulating particles and process for making same.
3,639,306, CI. 260-2.5
Sterrett, Eugene L. Seat cushion or pillow. 3,638,255, CI. 5-337.
Steufmehl, Willi, to Maschinen- und Bohrgerate-Fabrik Alfred Wirth
St Co., KG. Machinery for driving tunnels, galleries or the like.
3,639,006, CI. 299-31.
Stevens, Derek Norman; and Underwood, Peter James, to General Mo-
tors Corporation. Windscreen wipers. 3,638,5 1 2, CI. 74-595.
Stevens, William P., Hubbard, George M., and Wagner, William D., to
Bendix Corporation, The. Locking connector assembly. 3,639,890,
CI. 339-91
Steward, Edgar H. See—
Deutsch, Herman, Steward, Edgar H., and van Gieson, Walter D.,
Jr ,3,639,694
Stewart, Carleton C: S^*—
Gordon, Maxwell, and Stewart, Carleton C, 3,639, 56 1 .
Gordon. Maxwell, and Stewart. Carleton C. 3.639.562.
Stewart, Chariie G. Cutting shears 3,638.307. CI 30-193.
Stewart. Irving J : See-
Grove, George L , Stewart, Irving J.; and Helson, Lloyd
W ,3,638,364
Steyr-Daimler-Puch Aktiengesellschaft: See —
Wagner. Karl, and Wesp, Horst, 3,638,344.
Stier, Ronald L . to Belden Corporation. Shielded cable. 3,639,674, CI.
174-36
Stinemark Corporation: See —
Marckx, Edward I . and Stines. Harvey F.. 3.638.521 .
Stines. Harvey F See—
Marckx. Edward I , and Stines. Harvey F.. 3.638. 52 I .
Stipanovic. Joseph G , and Allan. Earl E.. to Westinghouse Air Brake
Company Dust boot for tread brake units. 3.638.503. CI. 74-18.
Sloecklin. Carl E Whistle for moving through air. 3.638.355, CI 46-
179
Stoll. Gottlieb Portable gnnder apparatus 3.638.362. CI. 51-170.
Stolworthy, Henry Stanford Fuel control assembly for internal com-
bustion engines having fuel injectors. 3.638.628. CI 123-1 39
Stone. Darold D See—
Blakeway. Carman H . and Stone. Darold D. 3.638. 804.
Stoops. Denzel D. See—
Klavsons. Uldis. Perun. William D.. Stoops. Denzel D.. and Terry.
David M .3.638.613
Stout. Arthur G , to Web Press Engineering. Inc. Web support nozzles
fordner 3,638.330. CI. 34- 1 56.
Strahan. Robert M : See—
Pietrzak. Joe P.; Campbell. Lewis B.. and Strahan. Robert
M .3,638.903
Strand, Robert C. Sff—
Marion. Donald L . Anderson. Dennis G., and Strand. Robert
C .3.639.325
Stratienko, Andrew. Mechanical rotary self-interlocking device.
3.638.974. CI 287 52 06
Streng. Ludwig. Device for measuring the thickness of metalic layers
utilizing beta ray backscattering 3.639.763. CI 250-83 3
Strojny. Edwin J , and Gurowilz. William D.. to Dow Chemical Com-
pany. The Phenol process 3.639.452. CI 260-476.
Stromberg-Carlson Corporation See —
Bartlett. William F , and Oswald. William A.. 3.639.693.
Strong. Irene: See—
Strong.JohnH .3.638.813.
Strong. John H , deceased: See — '
Strong, John H, 3.638.813.
Strong. John H . to Strong. Irene, surviving wife and beneficiary under
the last will and testament of said Strong. John H.. deceased.
Wheelchair lifting device 3,638.8 13. CI 214-148.
Sfrolher.John Automatic pet feeder 3.638.6 18. CI 119-51.12
Strubel.Gad E See—
Heaney. Paul R . and Strubel. Gad E .3.639.048.
Strumor, Mathew A , Rachwal. Ervin J . Campbell. Douglas B., and
Marculewicz. Robert W.. to Matrographlcs. Inc.. mesne. Graphic
processing apparatus. 3.639,059. CI 355-86
Stryker, Abner B . Jr . to Rexall Drug and Chemical Company, mesne.
Process for flashing propylene dilvent from polypropylene in cyclone
separator 3.639.374, CI 260-93.7
Stumpf, Paul R . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Device for filling and-
sealing flexible containers 3.638.253. CI. 5-337,
Sturm. Hans Juergen, Mayer. Kurt, Kilpper, Gerhard; and Armbrust,
Herbert, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft.
Disperse monoazo dyes of the 5-aminopyrazole series. 3,639,387, CI
260-163
Su, George Chung-Chi, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I , and Company.
Polyimides and copolyimides from aromatic diamines and alicyclic
dianhydrides 3.639.343. CI 260-47
Su. Tsung-Yuan: See-
Hughes. James K . and Su. Tsung-Yuan, 3. 639,505.
Suchsland, Helmut: See—
Koberstein. Edgar; Lussling, Thcodor; Noll, Ewald, Suchsland,
Helmut, and Weigerl. Wolfgang,3.639.269.
SuCrest Corporation See—
Broeg. Charles, Monti. Anthony, and Troy, John P., 3,639,169.
Monti, Anthony, Troy, John P . and Broeg. Charles B.. 3,639,168.
Suddeutsche Kuhlerfabrik Julius Fr Behr, Firma: See-
ing, Manfred, 3,638,7 1 8
Sueda, Hideo, Yamawaki, Takeshi; Kida, Keiichi, Hayashi, Masahiro,
Endo. Kazuo. and Kaneko. Mamoru. to Mitsubishi Kasei Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha. a/t/a Mitsubishi Chemical Industries Limited.
Method of manufacturing sheets of polymerized resinous material.
3.639.553. CI 264-90
Sugimoto. Katsumi. and Fukui. Sachio. to Japanese Geon Company.
Ltd.. The Process for preparing an impact-resistant vinyl chloride
resin composition 3.639.51 2, CI. 260-878.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 43
Sugiura. Shotaro. and Ishii. Takami. to Ube Industries. Ltd. Process for
the preparation of high molecular weight polyoxy-methylene
3.639.347. CI 260-64
Suhara. Toshiro; and Fukuda. Shigehisa Electric explosion metal
spraying for substrate. 3.639.150. CI. 117-93.
Sulcs. Eduard: See—
Mollerstedt. Bengt O. P.; and Sulcs. Eduard.3.639.643
Suling. Carlhans: See—
Schnaike, Karl-Erwin; Suling, Carihans, Logemann, Heino; and
Resz, Raoul,3,639,514.
Sullivan, John Anthony, to Simon, Henry, Limited. Container machin-
ery. 3,638,538, CI. 93-93
Sullivan, John R. Canopy for vehicles. 3,638,993, CI 296-95
Sumitomo Chemical Company Ltd : See—
Muramoto, Noboru; Saiga, Johan; and Suzuki, Yoshitsugu,
3,639,536.
Sumitomo Naugatuck Company, Ltd.: See—
Sakuma, Toramitsu, 3,639,2 16.
Sun Chemical Corporation: See—
Gruben, Arnold H ; and Cariick, Daniel J., 3,639,3 13.
Sun Oil Company: See —
Bathgate, Robert J ; and Boyer, Jackson S., 3,639,322.
Duling, Irl N , Schneider, Abraham; and Driscoll, Gary L ,
3.639,351.
Duling, Irl N.; Schneider, Abraham, and Moore, Robert E.,
3,639,362
Sundberg, UlfHjalmar. Forest harvester 3,638,693, CI 144-3.
Sunde, Milton L.: See —
De Luca, Hector F., and Sunde, Milton L, 3,639, 596.
Sundermann,HenryL Lifting gate 3,638,710, CI. 160-144.
Sundstrand Corporation: See-
Beck, Richard, Jr.; Gravelle, Homer E., and Ferguson, James A .
3.639.073
Sundstrand Data Control. Inc.: See-
Brooks. Herman H.. 3.639.850.
Superior Continental Corporation: See—
Krasin, Lester O., and Greene, Clifford E., 3,639,692.
Supreme Equipment & System Corporation: See —
Frederick, Martin B , and Posa, John P., 3,638,800
Susquehanna Corporation, The: See—
Sladek, Theodore E., Palmer, John £.; and Steele, Michael F .
3,638.429
Sutherland, Ivan E. Display windowing by clipping. 3,639,736, CI. 235-
152.
Sutheriand, John B , to Zenith Radio Corporation. Color killer circuit.
3,639,683, CI. 178-5.4
Sutton Engineering Company: See —
Thompson, Elbert Gordon; and Alters, Max F , 3,638,326.
Suzuki, Kazu, to Hewlett-Packard Company. Photographing system for
oscilloscope 3,638,549, CI. 95-44.
Suzuki, Shigeto, to Chevron Research Company. Process for the
production of 4,4 -biphenyl disulfonyl chloride 3,639.469. CI. 260-
543.
Suzuki, Shigeto. to Chevron Research Company Process for the
production of mixed carboxylic- sulfonic acid chloride derivatives of
benzene. 3.639.470. CI. 260-544
Suzuki. Yoshitsugu: See—
Muramoto, Noboru; Saiga, Johan; and Suzuki, Yoshitsu-
gu,3,639, 536
Suzuoki, Akira: See—
Fujisaki, Yoshio; Suzuoki, Akira; and Ishibashi, Eiichi,3,639,673.
Svaty, Vladimir, to Elitex-Zavody Textilniho Strojirenstvi Generaini
Reditelstvi. Weft yam inserting gripper. 3,638,685, CI I 39- 1 25.
Swados, Harrison G., to MSL Industries, Inc. Cross lapper. 3,638,279,
CI. 19-163.
Swaneck, Anthony J.: See-
Harbour, Philip F.; and Swaneck, Anthony J ,3,638,71 7.
Swanson, Gariand L Reel assembly for harvester. 3,638,408, CI 56-
219
Swered, Paul: See—
Shema, Bernard F.; Brink, Robert H., Jr.; and Swered,
Paul, 3,639,293.
Swift, Harold E: See-
Kehl, William L., Lutinski, Frank E.; and Swift, Harold
E. 3,639,647.
Sydkemi Aktiebolag: See—
Paabo, George J.; and Uesson, Ants-Michael, 3,639, 171.
Sykes, Henry Limited: See—
Dagwell, Harold Lloyd, 3,638,956.
Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.: See—
Cala, Philip L, 3,638,463.
Larson, John F.; and Polashenski, Walter A., 3,638,275.
Miller, Larry R. 3.639.798
Sylvania Electric Productsq Inc.: See—
Hartq Halver lllen. Jr., 3,638,930.
Symmons Industries, Incorporated: See—
Symmons, Paul C, 3,638,678.
Symmons, Paul C, to Symmons Industries, Incorporated, mesne
Duplex valve. 3,638,678, CI. 1 37-595.
Syntex Corporation: See-
Fried. John H. 3,639,428.
McCrae. William; Fried, John H ; and Edwards, John A.,
3.639.462.
Synthetic Products Company: See-
Bergman, Kenneth C; and Jennings, Thomas C, 3,639,319
Szabo, Karoly, and Freiberg, Ashley H , to Stauffer Chemical Com-
pany Method of inhibiting the growth of fungi by applying a com-
plex of organic amine with a completely halogenated acetone.
3,639.629, CI. 424-325
Szalla, Frank J.: See-
Kitchen, Alonzo G, and Szalla, Frank J .3,639,5 1 7.
Szwarc, John J.; and Doyle, Thomas E., to Freeman Chemical Cor-
poration. Apparatus for concentrating ultraviolet radiation, for cur-
ing polymerizable compositions and method for hardening filling
compositions in dental cavities 3, 638, 312, CI 32-15
Taber, Robert C: See—
Brooker, Leslie G. S.; Daniel, Daniel S., and Taber, Robert
C ,3,639,127.
Tachick, Henry N , to General Electric Company. Solid sUte voltage
and fault detector means having integral circuit integrity indicators.
3,639,833, CI. 324-51.
Taiseki Kunugi: See—
Kunugi,Taiseki, 3,639,449.
Takagi. Eiichi: See—
Nagasawa. Fujio; Okamoto. Shosuke; Takagi. Eiichi; Yokoi,
Mikio; and Mangyo. Mitsuo. 3. 639.626.
Takahashi. Akira; and Nemoto, Gentaro. to Showa Rubber Co . Ltd.
Sponge rubber sole for preventing slippage. 3.639.300. CI. 260-2.5
Takamizawa. Hideo; Yotsuyanagi. Keiichi; and Okada, Takashi. to
Nippon Electric Company. Limited. Calcium-vanadium series fer-
rimagnetic garnets. 3.639.247. CI, 252-62.57
Takano. Hirotugu, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co . Ltd Timer
switch apparatus with improved flexible chain with coded movable
pins. 3.639.707. CI. 200-33.
Takeda. Chuzo; Kojima. Yoshihiro. Yamaguchi. Toshiyuki. and
Ariyama. Tokyo, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co . Ltd Circuit
breaker 3.639.865. CI. 335-18
Takeuchi. Hiroshi: See —
Koguma. Kazumasa, Takeuchi, Hiroshi, and Kanamaru,
Yuichi,3,639,697.
Takeuchi, Tomio: See—
Umezawa, Hamao; Hamada, Masa; Naganawa. Hiroshi; Takeuchi,
Tomio; Maeda. Kenji; and Okami. Yoshiro. 3.639. 582
Talley. William A.. Jr.. to Mobil Oil Corporation Method and ap-
paratus for reentry of subsea wellheads 3.638.722. CI 166-0 5
Tamura. Yoshio. and Ando. Satoshi. to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki
Kaisha, and Snia Viscosa Societa Nazionale Industria Applicazioni
Viscosa S.p.A Highly crimpable polyamide composite filaments.
3,639,203, CI 161-173
Tanabe, Katsumi: See—
Shirasaka, Makoto; Tanabe, Katsumi; Naito. Atsushi; and leki,
Masako,3,639,212
Tanaka, Katsunobu, Ohshima, Kazuo; Kimura, Kazuo. and Yamamoto,
Masaki. to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.. Ltd Fermentation processes
utilizing gaseous hydrocarbons. 3.639.210. CI. 195-28
Tanaka, Ryohei, to Omron Tateisi Electronics, Co Apparatus for de-
tecting traffic information 3.639,894, CI 340-3 1
Tanimura, Shigeru; Maejima, Nono; Yoshimura. Kiyokazu; and
Hinoda. Seisuke. to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co Reed switch.
3.639.867. CI. 335-154.
Tax. Barbara. Method of isolating antigens and/or antibodies from
protein mixtures. 3.639.559. CI. 424- 12
Taylor, George Wright; and Wood. Derek Harold, to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries Limited. Alkyl diesters of 3.5-dialkyl-4-hydroxyphen-
ylalkanoic aid 3,639,447, CI 260-473
Tedmon, Craig S , Jr , and Spacil, Henry S . to General Electric Com-
pany. Ferrous metal substrate with dense, black glossy oxide coating
and process for coating preparation, 3.639.1 77. CI. 148-6.3
Teich. Rudor M . to Babaco Research, Inc. Vehicle holdup and theft
alarm. 3,639,897, CI. 340-64
Teijin Seiki Co., Ltd.: See—
Tsugawa, Kazuyuki, and Sato. Yasuhiro. 3.638.41 1 .
Teitgen. Jean; and Mornet. Philippe, to Societe Nationale des Petroles
d'Aquitaine Catalysts for polymerizing olefins, 3.639.368. CI 260-
88,2
Tektronix. Inc.: See—
Moriyasu. Hiro. 3,639,785.
Teledoc Corporation: See—
Heflin, Albert E., Sr., 3,638,642.
Teledyne-Mid America Corporation: See-
Church, Herman S, 3,638,361 .
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson: See—
Danell,Curt, and Johannesson, NilsOlof, 3,639,687.
Overby, Sune Lambert, 3.639.679
Telefunken Patentverwertungsgesellschaft m.b.H.: See—
Engbert. Reiner. 3,639.814
Telefunken Patentverwertungsgesllschaft m.b.H.: See—
Zizelmann, Walter, 3,639,770
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Barch,John J.,3,639,618
Walker, David G., 3.638,399
Tenneco Inc.. See-
Offer, Robert J.; and Samalon. Eugene J., 3,638,85 1
Terry, David M.: See—
Klavsons, Uldis; Perun, William D., Stoop*, Denzel D., and Terry,
David M. 3,638,613.
PI 44
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
Tetenbaum, Marvin T See—
Krty, Raymond J ; Tetenbaum, Marvin T , Wenncr, Wilbert M ,
and Barton, Oliver A. .3, 639,326.
Texaco Inc.: See—
Allen, Joseph C; and Bauer, Charles L., 3,638.727.
McGann, Rodney, 3,638,7 19.
Pogonowiki, Ivo C, 3,638,436.
Slater, William L, 3,639,261
Tuggle, Ray; Graves, Richard H , and De Rouen, Ray J.,
3,638.796.
Texas Instruments. Incorporated: See—
Phippt. Larry K. 3.638,91 9.
Shortes. Samuel R.. 3.639, 1 38.
Wells, Wallace Ogden. 3,638.927.
Textol Systems. Inc.: See—
Zaruba. Wenzel. 3.638.304.
Textron Inc.: See-
McNeill. Jon J. 3.639.731. ^
Theurer. Josef: See—
Plasser. Franz, and Theurer, Jo»ef,3,638,577
Thewalt, Klaus: See—
Junghahnel. Rudolph. RenckhofT. GusUv; and Thewalt
Klaus.3,639,601.
Thiel. Max: See-
Winter, Werner; Thiel, Max; Stach, Kurt; Wolfgang, Schaumann,
and Annemarie. Ribbentrop, 3,639.423.
Thiele. Robert E.. to United States Steel Corporation Vehicle muffler
and method of assembly. 3.638,756, CI. 181-57.
Thoma, Wilhelm;See—
Mullcr, Erwin; and Thoma. Wilhelm. 3.639. 354.
Thomanek. Franz Rudolf, to Messerschmitt-Bolkow Gesellschaft mit
beschranktcr Haftung. Method and equipment for the elimination of
mine blockades. 3,638,569, CI. 102-22
Thomas, Arthur E.: See—
Schmid. John H.; and Thomas, Arthur E, 3, 638.244.
Thomas, Clarence H. Vent for soil pipe sUck. 3,638,402, CI. 55-307
Thomas, Herbert P.; Hartman, Thomas E., and Aasen, Torulf F , to
Copystatics Manufacturing Corporation. Copying machine for mak-
ing reduced-size copies. 3,639,057, CI. 355-51.
Thomas, Jean: See-
Melon. Jean-Marie; and Thomas. Jean. 3, 639,606
Thomas. Jerome F.; See-
Brink, David L; and Thomas, Jerome F, 3.639.1 1 1.
Thomas. John P.. to Ocean Systems. Inc. Method and apparatus for
producing oil from underwater wells. 3.638,720. CI. 166-0.5
Thompson, Charles B., to Aluminum Company of America. Hot dip
aluminizing alloy 3,639.107, CI. 29-196.2
Thompson, Elbert Gordon, and Alters, Max F , to Sutton Engineering
Company. Roller leveler with quick lift upper roll unit. 3.638,326
CI. 33-182.
Thompson. Harold K., to American Telephone and Telegraph Com-
pany. Communication system traffic survey arrangement. 3,639.702
CI 179-175.2
Thompson, Ivan M.: See—
Maskal. John; Thompson, Ivan M.; and Heikel, Henrik
R .3,639,158
Thompson, Michael Ainley, to Lucas, Joseph, (Industries) Limited
Thyristor circuits. 3.639,783, CI. 307-252
Thompson, Morice William, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited
Benzene polycarboxylic acid esters. 3,639,329, CI 260-3 1 .4
Thompson, Robert I. Composite cube puzzle formed of numeral bear-
ing component cube groups. 3,638,949, CI. 273-157.
Thomson, John, Jr : See—
Egerton, Lawson, and Thomson, John, Jr ,3,639, 1 32.
Thomson-CSF: See—
Bertheas, Jean, 3,639,695
Broussaud, Georges; and Tinet, Claude, 3.638.494.
Diamand, Felix, 3,639,851
Thurman, Harry W,: See—
Uyeda. Tim M , and Thurman, Harry W ,3,638.587
Thurston Aircraft Corporation: See—
Thurston, David B , 3,638,887
Thurston, David B.. to Thurston Aircraft Corporation Airplane
retractable landing gear. 3,638,887, CI, 244-102.
Tiemann, Jerome J , to General Electric Company Magnetic trans-
ducer having a composite magnetic core structure 3,639,699 CI
179-1002
Tijunelis, Donatas. and Shiner. Edward A , to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion. Plasticized polyvinyl chloride film. 3,639.3 I 8. CI. 260-23
Timber Structures. Inc.: See—
Birkemeier. George R , 3.638,245
Timex Corporation: See—
Diersbock. Gunther Rudolph. 3,638,4 1 9
Timperman, Eugene L., to United States of Amenca, Air Force,
mesne. Thrust vectoring louver cascade 3,638,884, CI. 244-12.
Tinet. Claude: See—
Broussaud. Georges; and Tinet. Claude. 3.638.494
Tischler, Henry J , to Young Spring &. Wire Corporation Vehicle seat
construction. 3,638,999, CI. 297-379.
Tischler, Henry J, to Gulf & Western Metals Forming Company. Scat
construction 3,639.002. CI. 297-452.
Tixier. Maurice P., to Schlumberger Technology Corporation
Methods of processing well logging data. 3.638,484, CI 73-152
Tixier, Michel, to Regie Nationale des Usines Renault, and Automo-
biles Peugeot. Automotive chassis-frame structure. 3.638.748. CI
180-64
Toa Hosei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd : See—
Ito, Hiroo, and Kimura, Kaoru, 3.639.461 .
Toda. Toshimasa. See—
Murayama. Keisuki. Morimura. Syoji; and Toda,
Toshimasa.3, 639.409
Togami, Paul G , to International Company. Platform knife cutting
angle adjustment 3,638.407, CI, 56-15.6
Tokiura. Shohei: See—
Sekiguchi, Takashi, Tokiura, Shohei; Ogihara, Sadahide;
Yamamoto, Rokuro, and Ikeuchi, Akihiro,3,638,824.
Tokura, Susumu: See—
MaUui, Masao; Tokura. Susumu; and Yamabe,
Masahiro, 3,639,556
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.: See—
Goshi, Yoichi, and Fukao, Yoshiro, 3.639.759.
Takeda, Chuzo, Kojima, Yoshihiro; Yamaguchi, Toshiyuki; and
Ariyama, Tokyo, 3,639,865.
Tomalia, Donald A , to Dow Chemical Company, The. 2,2'-AI-
kylenebis-2-oxazolines and oxazines. 3.639.395, CI. 260-240.
Toman, Joseph R : See-
Olson, Robert E , and Toman, Joseph R ,3,639,764.
Toms River Chemical Corporation: See—
Illy, Hugo, and Funderburk, Lance Harmon, 3,639,420.
Topcik, Barry, to Cities Service Company Tubeleu tire inner liner
composition comprising natural rubber, butyl rubber and medium
thermal black. 3,639,308, CI 260-5.
T O Plastics, Inc : See—
Lau, John F , Jr , and Paulsen, Glen E., 3,638,827.
Toray Industries, Inc : See—
Fujii, Shigeru, and Saito, Iso, 3,639,335.
Okazaki. Kaoru, Shimokawa, Yoichi; Maeda, Taneo; Igawa,
Keisuki, Okagawa, ChikaUu; and Kato, Koichi. 3.639.502
Torii, Shizuo. See—
Sakuma, Akira, Torii, Shizuo, Yanagisawa, Isamu; and Tsuru-
gashima-Machi,lrima-Gun, 3,639,457.
Torok, Theodore Elwyn: See—
Shukovsky, Harold Barry, and Torok, Theodore Elwyn.3,639.21 7
Torr, David, to Georgia-Pacific Corporation Diapers. 3,638,651, CI.
128-284
Toussaint, Francois: See—
Plumat, Emile, Toussaint. Francois, and Schottey. Jean,3,639,l 98
Towie, Philip H See—
Olsen. George P, TowIe, Philip H , and Baldwin, Richard
H ,3,639,465.
Townslay. Malcolm G , to Plastic Contact Lens Company, The Ad-
justable housing for apparatus for determining cornea contour.
3.639,043, CI 351-38
Toy, Albert See—
Sinizer, David I , Fanelle. Louis H.; Toy. Albert, and Atteridge
David G ,3,638,298.
Toy. Madelines See-
United States of Amenca, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration, Administrator, 3,639,510.
Toyo Rubber Industry Co , The; See—
Fujita, Kanji; and Sakata, Yoshiaki, 3,639.145.
Transducer Systems, Inc See—
Frenkel. Amotz, 3,638,497
Trattner. Hermann, and Klar, Rudolf, to Siemens Aktiengcsellschaft
Melt-resistant welding electrodes. 3, 639, 1 61, CI. 1 17-202.
Trbovich, Nicholas D , Meyer, William H , and Bauer, Paul R.. said
Meyer and said Bauer assors. to Servotronics, Inc Torque motor
3,639, 871, CI 335-274,
Tregear, Geoffrey W.: See—
Sarfaty, Gordon A , and Tregear, Geoffrey W ,3.639,516.
Trei, John E See—
Parish. Roger C, and Trei, John E ,3,639.621 .
Triberti, Domenico: See—
Ballestra, Mario, and Triberti, Domenico,3,639,286.
Trieschmann. Hans-Georg, Wisseroth, Karl, Scholl, Richard; and Her-
beck, Rudolf, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengcsellschaft.
Production of propylene polymers. 3,639,377. CI. 260-93.7
Tritsch, Peter R Key identification system having key code control
3,639,906, CI 340-149
Troost, Seyer: See—
Kerkhoven, Frederik Johan, and Troost, Seyer,3,639,288.
Troscinski, Edwin S , and Robertson, Reed S.. to Naico Chemical
Company Corrosion inhibition with a tannin, cyanohydrinated
lignosulfonate and an inorganic metal salt composition. 3.639.263.
CI 252-389.
Troubac, Gerard: See—
Benmussa, Henri, Bui. Ngoc-Sanh, and Troubac,
Gerard, 3,639,682.
Troxler. Eduard: See—
Roscnberger, Siegfried, Troxler, Eduard; and Hausermann, Hein-
rich, 3,639,419.
Troy, John P See—
Broeg, Charles. Monti. Anthony, and Troy. John P. .3.639. 169.
Monti, Anthony; Troy. John P , and Broeg, Charles B.. 3.639. 168.
Trussell, PaulC See-
Clark. Trevor P ; and Trussell. Paul C. 3.639.653.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 45
TRW Inc ; See-
Uram. Stuart Z.. 3.639,507.
Trzepaezjean Compiegne: See—
Devienne. Andre; and Trzepaezjean Compiegne, 3. 638. 705
Tsugawa, Kazuyuki; and Sato. Yasuhiro. to Teijin Seiki Co., Ltd False
twist crimping apparatus. 3,638,4 1 1 . CI. 57-34.
Tsurugashima-Machi, Irima-Gun: See—
Sakuma. Akira; Torii. Shizuo; Yanagisawa. Isamu; and Tsuru-
gashima-Machi, lrima-Gun.3.639.4S7
Tsuruta, Tadao, to Nippon Kogaku K.K Holographic method of form-
ing contour lines in an image utilizing light of limited coherence
length. 3,639,030, CI. 350-3.5
Tubal Industries: See—
Kirchner, Myron C, 3,639.799.
Tubular Structures Corporation: See—
Robbins, Wayne Otto, 3.639.086.
Tucci. Anthony G. Material folding and creasing device. 3,638,841, CI.
223-38.
Tucker, Martin: See—
Cushman. Walton W., 3,639.01 1.
Cushman. Walton W.. 3.639,012.
Tuggle. Ray; Graves. Richard H.; and De Rouen. Ray J., to Texaco Inc
Apparatus for preventing oil f>ollution, 3.638.796. CI. 210-1 70.
Tugwell. Lewen B. O., to Shattaline Limited. Shattered resins
3,639.549, CI. 264-51.
Turesky. Samuel; and Glickman, Irving. Composition and method for
retarding plaque and dental calculus. 3,639,57 1 . CI. 424-54.
Turk, Harold L.: See—
Secrist, Duane R., and Turk, Harold L. ,3,639. 701 .
Turner, Robert B.. to Dow Chemical Company. The. Olefin polymers
conuining sugars. 3.639.31 2. CI. 260-17 4
Turriere. Jean Emile. to International Standard Electric Corporation
Thunderstorm observation satellite. 3,638,882, CI 244-1
Tuszewski, Marian Stanislak Disposable finger protecting cleansing
mitt. 3.638.789. CI 206-63 2
Twilley.IanC: See-
Lazarus. Stanley D.; and Twilley. Ian C. 3,639, 350
Tylka. John. Sr. Lens system for color photography. 3.639.040. CI
350-193.
Uano, Shinkichi. Corporation cock fastening arrangement 3.638,906,
CI. 251-145.
Ube Industries, Ltd.: See—
Sekiguchi, Takashi, Tokiura, Shohei. Ogihara. Sadahide;
Yamamoto. Rokuro; and Ikeuchi. Akihiro. 3.638.824.
Sugiura. Shotaro; and Ishii, Takami, 3,639,347
Udylite Corporation: See—
Fuchs. Charles F.; and Brown. Henry, 3,639,220.
Uematsu, Sumio: See—
Kawata, Ryuichi; Kawada, Hiroitsu, Ohmura, Tadayoshi; and Ue-
matsu, Sumio, 3, 639, 564.
Uemura, Saburo; Fuse, Toyohiko, and Hashimoto, Yoshitaka. to Sony
Corporation. Dual-gap magnetic flux-responsive heads. 3.639,698,
CI. 179-100.2
Uesson, Ants-Michael: See—
Paabo, George J., and Uesson. Ant$-Michael.3.639.1 7 1
Ugrjumov. Leonid Vasilievich: See—
Karpman. David Bentsionovich; Boris. Volkovich. Konovalov.
Spivak Leonidovich. Bednarchuk, Jury Vladimirovich; Chigirin-
sky, Alexander Abramovich, Ugrjumov, Leonid Vasilievich,
Glider, Evgeny Khaimovich; and Gradov, Oleg
Borisovich,3.639,794
Uhlig. Doris L.: See-
Francois. Edgar, and Uhlig, Edwin C, 3,638.979
Uhlig, Edwin C: See-
Francois. Edgar, and Uhlig. Edwin C, 3,638,979
Ullman, Terry S., and Lecznar, Chester J,, to Alloy Metals, Incor-
porated. Method of producing metal powders 3,639,548, CI 264-
12.
UMC Industries, Inc.: See—
Raymer, Doyle, 3,638,448
Umezawa, Hamao; Hamada, Masa, Naganawa, Hiroshi; Takeuchi,
Tomio, Maeda. Kenji, and Okami, Yoshiro, to Zaidan Hojin Biser-
butsu Kagaku Kenkyu Kai. Antibiotic laspartomycin. 3,639,582, CI
424-118.
Uncovsky, Adolf: See—
Buran, Vojtech; Kuba, Jaromir; Uncovsky, Adolf; and Zouhar,
Karel, 3,638,489.
Underwood, Peter James: See-
Stevens, Derek Norman; and Underwood, Peter James. 3, 638,5 1 2
Union Carbide Corporation: See—
Eichin, Harry Paul, and Jones, Kenneth Moritz, 3,639,130.
Falk, Henry J, 3,638,450
Fay, Homer; Alford. Wilbur J , and Dess. Howard M , 3,639,776
Gottschalk. Lawrence A.. 3.638.340
Matzner. Markus. 3.639.503
Maurer. David Paul. 3,638,443
McTeer, Lucian W.; and Kelso, Robert G., 3,639,43 1
Reimlinger, Hans K.; and Vandewalle, Jan Joseph Maurice,
3,639,406
Rose, Emery T; and Pezzanite, Larry V , 3,639,159
Rothrock, Larry R; and Wilder, Raymond E , 3,639,065.
Schmid, Richard O.; and Alda, Harold, 3,638,790
Soldatos, Anthony C , 3,639,658.
Tijunelis, Donatas; and Shiner, Edward A., 3.639.318.
Winokur. Louis L.. 3.638.394
Wu.Chisung. 3.639.531.
Union Carbide Corpration: See—
Kupcikevicius. VytauUs. 3.638.390.
Uniroyal Endustri Tuk. A.S.: See—
JaffVe.HeinzK.E. 3.638.607
Uniroyal Englebert France S.A : See—
Devienne. Andre; and Trzepaez.Jean Compiegne. 3.638,705.
Le Gall. Jacques, 3,638,707
Uniroyal, Inc : See—
Falkenau, Vernon A., 3,638,254.
Francois, Edgar, 3,638,281.
Francois, Edgar, 3,638.455.
Francois, Edgar; and Uhlig, Edwin €..3,638,979
Morrisey, Gerrard, 3,639,323
Snodgrass, Hugh E ; and Lauchlan, Robert L , 3,639,499.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Gerath, Francis C, 3,639,724.
Krutenat, Richard C , 3,639,1 5 1 .
United States of America
Agriculture: See-
Bruno, Joseph S , Harper, Robert J.. Jr.. and Reid. John D ,
3,639,097.
Chance, Leon H, and Moreau. Jerry P . 3,639,144.
Mustakas, Gus C; Albrecht, William J , and Bookwalter.
George N ,3,639,129
Pittman, Allen G., and Wasley. William L.. 3.639,156.
Air Force: See—
Timperman, Eugene L, 3. 6?8. 884.
Wurm, Karl, 3,639,251.
Army: See—
Finkelstein, Leo; and Blissel, John J., 3,639,108.
Messina, Joseph F , and Gisser, Henry, 3,639,241.
Interior; See—
Scheiner, Bernard J.; Lindstrom, Roald E . and Henrie, Thomas
A ,3,639,222.
Schleif,FerberR., 3,639,810.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Administrator,
with respect to an invention of
Toy, Madeline S, Reaction of fluonne with polyper-
fluoropolyenes. 3,639.5 10, CI 260-877
National Aeronautics and Space Administration See—
Phlieger. Graydon A., Jr , 3,639.809
Schutt, John B., Colony, Joe A . and Lepp. Donald R.,
3,639,250.
Navy; See —
Belohoubek, Erwin F,, 3.639,802
Crescenzo, Frank G and Dow, Robert L. 3.639,183
Feight, Robert A,, Ferris, De Lay F , and Hunter, Frank B.,
3,638,669,
Ferris. De Lacy F., 3.638,905.
Mcnichelli, Vincent J., 3,638,572.
Slates, Elmer F, 3.639,077
Venezky, David L,, 3,639,473.
Woodman. Alan L , and Adicoff, Arnold. 3,638,698.
United States Steel Corporation See-
Martin, Wayne A, 3,638,471
Rudov, Walter B ,3,638.712
Thiele, Robert E ,3,638,756
United States Surgical Corporation; See—
Noiles, Douglas G , and Bryan, Graham W , 3,638,847.
Universal Oil Products Company See—
Dombro, Robert A,. 3,639.456
Universal Packaging Corporation Se?—
Perry, Georges, 3.638,853
University College of Swansea See—
Haines, Derrick J,, 3,639,064
University of California, The Regents of the: See —
Brink, David L , and Thomas, Jerome F . 3,639.1 1 I .
University of Minnesota. The Regents of the See—
Ersek.Robet A ,3,638,649.
Upjohn Company. The See—
Argoudelis. Alexander D . Coats. John H . and Reusser, Fritz.
3,639,581
Hendrix.John W ,3.639.600
Mercer, Clive Kenneth, and Wilkin, George Desmond, 3,639.214.
Pike, John E., and Schneider, W illiam P . 3.639.463
Reymore, Harold E., Jr., and Sayigh, Adnan A R , 3,639.534.
Ursprung, Joseph J., and Anthony, William C, 3,639,667.
Uram, John R , Jr.; See—
Kinneman, William P . Jr . and Uram. John R , Jr .3.639.344
Uram, Stuart Z.. to TRW Inc Plastic pattern material for investment
casting 3,639,507. CI. 260-874
Urbin, Matthew C, Pharmaceutical preparation 3.639.579, CI 424-
94
Ursic, Juan S., and Rains. Cloral O . to Phillips Petroleum Company.
Method and apparatus for blending materials 3.638,9 1 6. CI 259-4.
Ursprung. Joseph J., and Anthony. William C , to Upjohn Company.
The. l,2-Dihydes-l-hydroxy-4-phenoxypyrimidines 3,639,667, CI
260-256.4
Urton, John T., Glass. Max E , Donahue. Stephen F , and Carlson.
Arthur, Jr.. to Haver-Lockhart Laboratories. Incorporated. Injecta-
ble adjuvant, method for preparing same and compositions including
such adjuvant. 3.639,577, CI 424-88
PI 46
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1, 1972
US Industries, Inc See —
Vance, Woodson H . 3,638,276
U S Philips Corporation See—
Anthonijsz, Edwin Maximiliaan Constantijn, 3,639,750
Bartcn, Piet Gerard Joseph. 3,639,795
Bottcher. Karl-Heinz, 3,638,305
Jacobs, Cornehs Adrianus Joannes. Beijer, Louis Benjamin, and
Driessen. Antonius Jozephus Gerardus Cornells, 3.639.801
Rietdijk. Johan Adriaan. 3,638,441.
Rooijen, Jan Van, 3,639,879.
Zwiisen, Wilhelmus Antonius Joseph Marie, 3,639.859.
Uyeda, Tim M . and Thurman. Harry W., to Samsonite Corporation
Tray for game table. 3.638.587. CI 108-66.
Vaa. Dyre Pivot window 3.638,360. CI. 49-248.
Valantin. Alfred, to Charbonnages de France Device for driving a hub
in continuous undirectional rotation by means of rectilinear toothed
racks. 3,638,424, CI. 60-5 I .
Valdes. Juan Cesar: See-
Lopez, Oscar, and Valdes. Juan Cesar,3.638.314.
Vail, Victor; See—
Krogstad, Reuben S , and Vali, Victor, 3,639,063.
Van Arsdale, Lyie R See —
Grove. Marvin H . and Van Arsdale, LyIe R .3,638.475
Vance. Woodson H . to US. Industries, Inc. Hinge assembly
3.638.276, CI. 16-149
Van Delft. Robert Neale See—
Hovagimyan, Norman, and Van Delft, Robert Neale, 3, 639.908
Vandenberg, Edwin J., to Hercules Incorporated Organozinc catalyst
composition 3.639.267, CI. 252-43 1
Vanderhoff. John W : A>f—
Moore. Carl. Gibbs, Dale S, and Vanderhoff, John W .3,639, 1 48
Vanderhoof, Roy E.: See—
Casteel, Charles P , and Vanderhoof. Roy E ,3.638.785
Vandewalle, Jan Joseph Maurice. See —
Reimlinger, Hans K , and Vandewalle. Jan Joseph Mau-
rice.3,639.406.
van Gieson. Walter D.. Jr See—
Deutsch. Herman. Steward. Edgar H.; and van Gieson. Walter D .
Jr. ,3.639.694
Van Heijst. Willem Jan. to N.V. Industneelc Pneumatic tool
3.638,423. CI. 60-51.
Van Horn. Gilbert N . to Bar Maid Corporation. Glass washer and
polisher 3.638.268. CI 15-76.
Van Leeuwen.GemlHendrik Spring system 3.638,963, CI 280 124
Van Sciver. Herbert D . II, and Mattia, Michael, to Budd Company,
The. Method of joining parts by plating. 3,639.2 I 5. CI 204-16
Van Vlaandern Machine Company: See —
Gaghan, Stephen B , 3,638.292.
Vargiu. Silvio: See—
Paleologo, Teo; and Vargiu, Silvio. 3, 639. 504
Varian Associates: See—
Kabler. Donald J .3,638,401
Varnell. Dexter L Pile driving apparatus 3.638.738. CI 173-90
Varveri, Fannie S.. Jula. Robert J , and Hoover. Merwin Frederick, to
Calgon Corporation. Polyamphoteric polymeric retention aids
3.639.208. CI 162-168
Vasiliev. Mikhail Ivanovich. and Gruzinov, Evgraf Vladimirovich
Hoisting equipment and method of use 3,638,375. CI 52-1 16.
Vaughan. Thomas W.: See—
Elmendorf, Armin, Vaughan, Thomas W., and Etzold, Ro-
land,3,639,200.
VEB Rathenower Optische Werke: See—
Poleska, Horst, and Fleischhauer, Horst, 3,638,272
Veeder Industries Inc : See—
Bickford, John H ,3.639.735
Velsicol Chemical Corporation: See—
Richter, Sidney B , and Levin, Alfred A . 3,639.404
Richter, Sidney B, 3,639,454
Venczky, David L , to United States of America, Navy. Acetic diphen-
ylphosphinic anhydride and method of preparing same. 3,639,473.
CI 260-545
Venus. Frank. Jr.. to Risdon Manufacturing Company. The Variable
discharge aerosol spray nozzle. 3,638,867, CI. 239-573
Verbrugge, Hcnny: 5^^—
Gamtsen, Johan W.. Kooijman. Sebastiaan E. M.. Gregoire.
Johannes H C. M. A., and Verbrugge. Henny.3,639,359
Verelst, Johan Lodewijk. Willems, Jozef Frans. and Florens. Raymond
Leopold, to Gevaert-Agfa N.V. Photographic tanning development
agent precursor in light sensitive element. 3,639, 1 26, CI. 96-95.
Vetco Offshore Industries, Inc.: See—
Ahlstone. Arthur G. 3.638,725.
Huntsinger, FriU R ; and Hanes, James W E., 3.638.732.
Vickers. Charles W . III. to Rosenbloom. Percy. Jr. Combined
flashlight and chemical expelling device. 3,638.836. CI. 222-1 I 3.
Victor Company of Japan Limited: See —
Doi.Toshio. 3,639,689
Vigil, Jacob F.: See—
Hauck, Erwin Arthur; and Vigil, Jacob F ,3,639,909
Vik, Albam M., to Inventors Engineering Inc. Slit trench digging ap-
paratus 3.638,339, CI. 37-98
Vincent, Harold L.: See—
Hartlein, Robert C; and Vincent, Harold L, 3,639. 1 55.
Vitale, Nicholas G.: See—
Erwin. John R , and Viule, Nicholas G ,3,639,075
Vlad.John J. Water vehicle 3.638,598. CI. I 14-16.
Vlismas. Theodore, to Midland Silicones Limited. Preparation of cross-
linked organopoly- siloxanes m a suspension medium. 3.639.498, CI.
260-825
Vogcl, Marcel J., to International Business Machines Corporation.
Method of manufacture of a magnetic disk and recording surface.
3,639, 188, CI 156-231.
Vogcl. Roger F.: See—
Elliott, George E.. Jr.. Salomon, Jean, and Vogel, Roger
F, 3,639.272
Volkswagenwerk Aktiengcsellschaft: See—
Kirschner. Peter. Cahacetoq Ralph R . Eurstq Reuben H.. and Mil-
lar. David. 3,638,5 1 I
Morchen, Wolfgang. Hucho. Wolf Heinrich; and Jansscn, Lutz
Joachim. 3.638.55 I
Vollmar, Kurt, and Wenz, Herbert, to Pfaff, G M , AG Zig-zag sewing
machine 3,638.593. CI I 12-210.
Von Gronow, Rudiger Eisner, to Krauss-Maffei Aktiengesellschaft.
Centrifuge construction 3,638.854, CI 233-4.
Vyzkumny a vyvojovy ustav Zavodu vscobecneho strojirenstvi: See —
Buran, Vojtech, Kuba, Jaromir, Uncovsky. Adolf, and Zouhar,
Karel, 3,638,489
Waagner-Biro AG: See—
Hillinger, Bruno, 3,638.699
Wada. Eiichi. to Pioneer Electronic Corporation. Cassette tape
recorder 3.638.955. CI 274-4.
Wadensten. Theodore S Rotating pneumatic vibrator. 3,638,914, CI.
259 I
Waerner, Thor. Sleeve element and appurtenant bolt element.
3,638,386, CI 52-704
Waggoner, Terry Bill, and Seyb, Edgar John. Jr.. to M & T Chemicals
Inc Process of modifying a hydrohalogcn polymer surface.
3.639. 153. CI 1 17-1 18
Wagner Brothers Containers, Inc : See —
Solanka. Joseph. 3.638.852
Wagner. Karl, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Photographic
camera with automatic exposure control 3,638,542, CI. 95-10
Wagner, Karl, and Wesp. Horst. to Steyr-Daimler-Puch Aktien-
gesellschaft Rifle stock with a detachable spare magazine contained
therein 3.638.344. CI. 42-7 I
Wagner. Maria-Theresia. geb Eibes See —
Eibes. Carl B H , dckeased. by Eibcs, Ursula, geb Waschau,
Eibcs. Christian. Eibes. Carl-Hcrwig. and Wagner. Maria-Therc-
sia. geb Eibes. heirs. 3.638.259
Wagner, William D See—
Stevens. William P . Hubbard, George M., and Wagner. William
D ,3. 639.890
Wagner-Jaurcgg. I hendor See —
Ritschel. Wolfgang A . Fischer. Johanna; Jahn. Ulrich; and
Wagner-Jaurcgg. Thet)dor,3,639,623.
Wakabayaski & Co . ltd See —
Kida. Nobutoshi. 3.638.668.
Wakefield, Ralph V.. to Commercial Solvents Corporation. Seismic
signal generator 3.638.752. CI 181-0 5
Walford. Gordon L.: See—
Shen. Tsung Ying, Ruvle. William V ; Witzcl. Bruce E . and Wal-
ford. Gordon L. 3.639.624
Walker, Charles W E Microwave moisture measurement apparatus
having movable mirror scanning means 3,639.834. CI. 324-58 5
Walker, David G . to Tcnneco Chemicals Inc Process for the purifica-
tion or" hydrocarbt)n pyrolysis gas streams 3,638.399. CI 55-59.
Walker, Harold R . and Kamen. Ira, to Homarket Inc Television
receiver cut-in device 3,639,686, CI 178-5.8
Walker, Richard L , to Du Pont dc Nemours. E I., and Company.
Process for preparing 3'-hydroxyqumophthalone-5- carboxylic acids.
3.639.405. CI 260-287
Walker. Robert J Nozzle for mouth-flushing apparatus. 3,638.866, CI.
239-544
Walkup, Lewis F, . and Jones. Roxford W.. to Xerox Corporation.
Method of preparing and utilizing a gravure printing master.
3.638.567. CI 101-170
Wallace. William A Well bore seal apparatus for closed fluid circula-
tion assembly 3.638.742. CI. I 75-325.
Wallick, Seymour: See—
Price, Howard, Wallick, Seymour, and Math, Irwin, 3, 638, 561 .
Wally, Joseph H., Jr., to Western Blue Print Co. Photo reproduction
apparatus 3,639,054. CI. 355-18
Walton. Frank Roosevelt Combination rotary brush, detergent
dispenser and drier 3.638,264. CI. 15-4.
Warner. George L.: See —
Schulz. Leo J . and Warner. George L. 3,638,937
Warner-Lambert Company: See —
Mc Namara, Thomas F . and Malakoff. Meyer, 3,639,632.
Warwick Electronics Inc See —
Eischen. Albert L . 3.638,879.
Schmidt. Hans. 3.639.747.
Washburn. Malcolm E . to Norton Company Process for producing sil-
icon oxynitride 3.639, 101. CI 23-203
Washizawa. Yoshikazu. to Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha.
Vehicle speed-change and steering apparatus. 3,638,744, CI. 180-
6.2
Wasley. William L.: See—
Pittman. Allen G , and Wasley, William L, 3,639, 156.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 47
Wasser, Willi: iW—
Herzhoff, Peter, Gref. Hans. Bchr. Rolf. Maus, Fritz; Schweicher.
Wolfgang. Wasser. Willi. Friedsam. Josef; and Browatzki.
Kurt. 3.638,604
Herzhoff, Peter; Schweicher. Wolfgang. Maus, Fritz; Wasser. Wil-
li; Browatzki. Kurt, and Gref. Hans, 3.638. 845
Watanabe, Yoshio: See—
Naito, Nobuatsu, Nakajima, Kasuhiko; and Watanabe.
Yoshio, 3,638, 874.
Watano, Yutaka: See—
Fujii, Tatsuo, and WaUno. Yutaka. 3,639, 88 1
Watson, George A., to North American Rockwell Corporation
Method and apparatus for addressing a memory at selectively con-
trolled rales. 3,639,91 3, CI. 340-172 5
Watson, George. Door lock 3,638,461 , CI. 70-92.
Watson, John Thaxter: See—
Rubenstein, Robert Aaron; and Watson, John Thaxter, 3,638, 546.
Watson, Milton R.: See—
EscofTicr, Raymond P.; and Watson, Milton R, 3.639,740
Wax, Ludwig A.: S«*—
Lister. Fred, and Wax, Ludwig A .3,639,298
Weaver, James C: See-
Gray, Theodore F., Jr., Weaver. James C; and Combs. Robert
L .3,639,424
Weaver, Max A.; and Pridgcn, Herman S . to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Monoazo compounds containing a 3-acylamido- anilline
coupling component. 3.639,384. CI. 260-152
Weaver, Max A , and Pridgcn, Herman S., to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Heterocylclic monoazo compounds from N,N-diaralkyl
anilines and polyester textile materials dyed therewith. 3.639,385,
CI. 260-158.
Web Press Engineering, Inc. See—
Stout, ArthurG , 3,638,330
Wedlake, Albert J Scf-
Masel, Marvin, and Wedlake, Albert J .3,639.837.
Weidele. Othmar: See—
Matter. Max, Weidele, Othmar. and Raspanti.
Giuseppe, 3,639,642.
Weider, John J., to Speedrack Inc. Structural lock for connecting
horizontal and vertical members 3.638. 981. CI 287-189 36
Weigert, Wolfgang: See—
Koberstein, Edgar, Lussling, Theodor, Noll, Ewald, Suchsland.
Helmut; and Weigert. Wolfgang.3.639.269
Weightman. Herbert G.. to Comco Supply. Inc. Apparatus for
dispensing powder such as abrasive powder 3.638.839. CI 222-193
Weil. Edward D., and Schlichting, Hans L , to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration Substituted allyl phenols 3.639.487, CI 260-6 1 3
Weiler, Ernest A.; and Hudson, Fredrick W.. to Xerox Corporation
Electroded development device. 3.638.61 I , CI 1 18-637.0
Weinheimer, James A. Spinning piston engines and system and process
of operation. 3,638,623, CI 123-45.
Weinmayr, Viktor, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I . and Company.
Process for oxidizing polyfluorinated olefines. 3,639,429, CI 260-
348.5
Weisker, Alexander, to C & M Manufacturing Company, Inc Over-
head guard. 3,638,758, CI. I 82- 1 1 2
Weiss, Sidney Matthew. Combination bed sheet and pillow case.
3,638.251, CI 5-334.
Weissenberg, Bruno, to Wood Industries. Inc . mesne. Indexing fixture
3.638.527. CI 90-57
Welker, Harry Logue, Jr., and Burton, Michael Blaker. Automatics
slush dispensing machine 3,638.392, CI 53- 1 23
Welker, Jerry W.:i>e-
Grey, Donald M., Butler, Lee D , Welker. Jerry W.. and Crane.
Jack W .3.638,808
Wells.DavidR :iW-
Franklin. James W., Wells. David R . and Schell. Elmer
H .3.638.904
Wells. Wallace Ogden. to Texas Instruments. Incorporated. Slice con-
veyor furnace. 3.638.927. CI 263-6
Wenckus. Joseph F.: See—
Castonguay, Roger A.. Haniey. Bernard C; Mallahan. Francis J ;
and Wenckus. Joseph F ,3,639,7 1 8.
Wendland. Gertrud. Multi-purpose holder for bottles. 3,638,893, CI
248-312.
Wenner, WilbertM :i«-
Kray, Raymond J., Tetenbaum, Marvin T., Wenner. Wilbert M .
and Barton. Oliver A .3.639,326
Wenz, Herbert: See—
Vollmar. Kurt; and Wenz. Herbert. 3.638. 593
Wenzel, Franz, to Rohm Gesellschaft mil beschrankter Haftung Rohm
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung Esterification of methacrylic
acid 3,639,460, CI 260-486.
Wernlund, Roger F.: See—
Carroll, David I.; Wernlund, Roger F., and Cohen, Martin
J ,3,639,757.
Wesp, Horst: See-
Wagner, Kari; and Wesp, Horst, 3,638, 344.
Wessendorf, Richard; Nosier, Heinz Gunter; and Bellinger, Horst, to
Henkel & Cie G.m.b.H. Nitro alkyl-N-phenyl carbamates.
3,639,444, CI. 260-472
West, Clyde S. Occasional card. 3,638,343. CI. 40- 1 24. 1
West, William W ; Bolt, Robert O , and Gordon, Chester D , to
Chevron Research Company. Process for the production of
phosphate esters 3,639,546, CI 260-974
Westerfield, Elmer L Trash container holder. 3,638,802, CI 211-71.
Western Blue Print Co : See—
Wally. Joseph H . Jr . 3.639.054
Western Electric Company. Incorporated: See—
Shukovsky. Harold Barry; and Torok. Theodore Elwyn,
3,639,217
Westinghouse Air Brake Company: See—
Allen. Clifford W. 3.638.670.
Dressier. Edward T . Jr.. 3.638.856
Frill. Richard K., and Zone. Michael T . 3.638.770
Mayer. Gary T., and Scott. Daniel G . 3.639.010
Stipanovic. Joseph G.. and Allan. Earl E . 3,638.503
Westinghouse Bremsen- und Apparatebau GmbH See—
Kriete. Horst. 3.638.683
Westinghouse Ehectric Corporation: 5^^—
Harbour. Philip F , and Swaneck, Anthony J., 3,638,7 1 7.
Westinghouse Electric Corporation: See—
Donselman. Edward H . 3.639.025
Ernick. Frederick G.; Kisinko. Paul M.. Marino. Joseph, and Kan-
nam, Peter J , 3,639,815
Filipak, Edmund H.. 3.638,457
Fischer, William H.. and Aspcy. Wayne S.. 3.639.7 1 3.
Hodgson. Alfred W.. 3,639.873
Holtkamp. Calvin J .3,639,726
Leach. James A . 3.639.727.
Moll, Charles J , and Anderson, William C, 3.638.404.
Phifer. Clarence Gary, 3,638.638
Rainone. Nicholas J , 3,639.800
Riedel, Ernest Paul; and Isaacs, Telma J., 3,639,252.
Westvaco Corporation: See—
Johnson. Homer R. 3.639,265.
Wetzel. Mayo R.. to Kennecott Copper Corporation Apparatus for
taking samples of molten metal 3.638.500. CI 73-423
Whalcy. Morris L Adjustable purse ring stripper 3.638.345. CI. 43-8.
Whirlpool Corporation: See—
Frohbieter. Edwin H . 3.639.087
Karklys. Joseph. 3.639.844
Kruggel.RoyW. 3.638.452.
Lichtenberger. Harley. 3.638.449
Romerhaus. Bert W., 3,639.083
White, Matthew G Deer and wild turkey feeder 3,638,617. CI I 19-
51.
White Motor Corporation: See —
Moon. Charles L.. 3.638.629
White, Robert L.; and Creed, John W , Jr .to General Motors Corpora-
tion. Coincidental lock. 3,638.462. CI 70- 1 86
White. Stanley A See—
Golden. Roger M ; and White. Stanley A .3.639.739
Whittemore. Charles A., and Spangler. Robert E , to Minnesota Mining
and Manufacturing Company Shelf-stable epoxy resin composition
of epoxy rcsin and adduct of trimellitic anhydride and polvalkylene
glycol. 3.639.345. CI 260-47
Wiart. Albert C . to Jeumonl-Schneider Switcher-chopper for con-
trolling current in brushless rotating machines, supplied by a DC
source. 3.639.819. CI. 31 8-138
Wiart. Albert, to Societe Anonyme dite: Jumoni-Schneidcr Electronic
switching for the windings of electrical machinery 3.639.818. CI.
318-138
Wiersma, Frans. to Hunkeler. Jos , Firma Method of rounding the
backs of books and a machine for performing the same. 3,638.966.
CI. 281-21
Wiesenhofer, Eugene E See—
Nellis, Guy I . and Wiesenhofer, Eugene E ,3,638,9 10
Wiggen, Lyle A , to Fantastic Futures Inc. . 3.638.350. CI. 46-47.
Wiig. Chester M . to Littell. F J , Machine Company Feeding ap-
paratus using rack and pinion mechanism having dwell periods
3,638.846. CI. 226-142
Wilcox. Katherine L Blouse construction. 3.638,239, CI 2-105.
Wilcox. Robert D , to Dow Chemical Company. The Process for mak-
ing cyclic alkylene phosphate, alkylenc esters. 3.639,545. CI 260-
971.
Wilder. HulenL:S<'f-
De Pierri, William G . Jr ; and Wilder. Hulen L .3.639.376
Wilder. Joseph R.:i>«'—
Reick, Franklin G , 3,638.644.
Wilder, Raymond E.: See—
Rothrock, Larry R , and Wilder. Raymond E .3.639.065
Wildner. Walter, to Motoren- und Turbinen-Union Muenchen GmbH.
Thrust nozzle of turbojet engines 3.638.862. CI. 239-265.39
Wilhelmi. Heiner. to Jurid Werke GmbH Vehicle brake lining wear
warning device. 3.639.895. CI 340-52.
Wilk. Edmund J , to General Electric Company Method of making
electromagnetic cores 3.638.302. CI 29-606
Wilkes. Donald F.. to Rolamite Incorporated Tapered roller bearing
assembly. 3.639.01 8. CI. 308-214.
Wilkin. George Desmond: See-
Mercer, Clive Kenneth; and Wilkin. George Desmond. 3,639,214.
Wilkin, William G.:S?^-
Shapiro, Scott N., and Wilkin, William G. .3,638,997
PI 48
t
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 1. 1972
Willems, Jozef Fraru: See—
Verelit, Johan Lodcwijk, Willemi, Jozef Frans, and Florens,
Raymond Leopold, 3, 639, 126.
Wilhami, Chester 1. Wall form »y»tem. 3,638,901 , CI. 249-20.
Williami, David M., to Fiber Industries, Inc. Programmed spindle
speed. 3,638,414,C1. 57-93
Williams, Leslie G.; See-
Bennett, Alden H., and Williams, Leslie G, 3, 638,558.
Williams, Loren, to Blaw-Knox Construction Equipment Company.
Inc. Photocell grade sensor and buoyancy slope sensor. 3,638,540,
CI. 94-36
Williams, Thomas V Dwelling 3,638,379, CI. 52-1 85.
Willis, Frank M..S««-
Sonsnowicz, Edward J , and Willis, Frank M, 3,638, 754.
Wilner, Leslie B., to Becton Dickinson Electronics Company, mesne
Pressure sensor. 3,638,481, CI. 73-141.
Wilson, David W.: See—
Muny, Richard P , and Wilson, David W, 3,639,500
Wilson, Donald James; and Kenyon, Derek, to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited. Macrofilamentary tire yams. 3,638,706, CI 152-
359.
Wilson, Homer M., to Petrolite Corporation. Probe body for corrosion
tesu. 3,639,876, CI. 338-13,
Wilson, James Mark. Magical display apparatus. 3,638,938, CI. 272-
13.
Wilson, Zade. Ignition switching device. 3,639,772. CI. 307- 1 0
Winokur, Louis L., to Union Carbide Corporation. Packaging ap-
paratus. 3,638,394, CI. 53-255.
Winslow, Frank T , and Stanish, Robert B. Display apparatus
3,638.342, CI. 40-106.21
Winter, Phillip M ; and Gardner, Gary A., to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company. Shot peening. 3,638,464, CI. 72-53.
Winter, Werner, Thiel, Max, Stach, Kurt; Wolfgang, Schaumann; and
Annemarie, Ribbentrop, to Boehringer Mannehim Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haflung. Tricyclic aminomethyl derivatives
3,639,423, CI. 260-328.
Winterbettem, Rose Corless: See—
Kuhn, Henry G.; and Winterbettem, Rose Corless, 3,639,838.
Wirt2, Louis H.: See—
Lussow, Robert O., and Wirtz, Louis H, 3,639, 143
Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation: See—
De Luca, Hector F , and Sunde. Milton L.. 3,639.596.
Wise, Layton A., to Mine Safety Appliances Company Breathing bags
3,638,648, CI 128-202.
Wismer, Marco: See—
Doerge, Herman P., and Wismer, Marco, 3, 639, 307
Wisotsky, Max J , and Miller, Harold N., to Esse Research and En-
gineering Company. Oil compositions containing copolymers of
ethylene ind vinyl esters of Ci to Ci monocarboxylic acid ethyleni-
cally unsaturated. 3.638,349. CI. 44-62
Wisseroth. Karl: See- '
Trieschmann, Hans-Georg; Wisseroth. Karl; Scholl. Richard, and
Herbeck.Rudolf.3,639,377
Witco Chemical Company, Inc.: See—
Karg,Gerhart, 3,639,235
Witt, Enrique R.See—
Koh, Lita L, and Witt. Enrique R .3,639.450
Witt. Wilmer E , Sousek. Eugene A . and Clish. Clyde A . to Kochring
Company. Sharpeners for cutting reels. 3.638,363. CI 5 I -249.
Witzel, Bruce E. See—
Shen, Tsung-Ying, Ruyle, William V , Witzel, Bruce E , and Wal-
ford. Gordon L ,3.639,624
Wixon, Harold Eugene, and Scott, George Vane, to Colgate-Palmolive
Company. Vicinal glycol borates as textile softeners. 3,639.234, CI,
252-8.6
Wohrle, Rudolf: See—
Scherer, Lorenz, Bellan, Heinrich. Wohrle, Rudolf, and Eggen-
muller, Alfred, 3,638,406
Wolbach,WilliamW: See-
Merrill. Edward W.. 3.638.639
Wolf. David L.; and Stelzer. Robert A , to Avco Corporation Variable
pulley assembly. 3.638.506, CI 74-230.17
Wolff, Peter Adalbert, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated
Technique for stimulating the emission of far-infrared radiation
3,639.774. CI. 307-88.3
Wolfgang. Schaumann: See-
Winter, Werner; Thiel, Max, Stach, Kurt, Wolfgang, Schaumann.
and Annemarie, Ribbentrop, 3, 639, 423.
Wolniak, Stanley C, Kincaid, Herbert J., and Johnson, Marshall A. Ro-
tary switch lock. 3.639.708, CI. 200-44.
Wolter, Hans: See—
Fuhring, Heinrich, Fleschhut, Richard; and Wolter.
Hans,3,638,265.
Wondowski, Raymond S. Tweezer with adjustable precision grip.
3,638,516, CI. 81-43.
Wood, Derek Harold: See-
Taylor, George Wright; and Wood, Derek Harold. 3. 639.447.
Wood Industries, Inc.: See—
Weissenberg, Bruno, 3,638,527
Wood, Michael Burke: See—
Appleton, Anthony Derek, Wood. Michael Burke; and Mulhall.
Brian Edward,3.639,793.
Woodall, Norman B See-
O'Brien, Robert J , Woodall, Norman B., and Anderson, Donald
H ,3.639.061
Woodman. Alan L . and Adicoff, Arnold, to United States of America,
Navy. Croulinked carboxymethyl cellulose nitrates propcllants.
3,638,698, CI 149-2
Wooster, George S , and Delgado, Frank M., to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration Polyurethane coating compositions having improved
viscosity characteristics 3,639.355, CI. 260-77,5
Wortley, Stewart W Motion transfer device, 3,638,505, CI. 74-54.
Wrege, Warren R . to General Signal Corporation. Remote control of a
locomotive 3,639,755, CI. 246-187.
Wright, David A . and Paim, Lorenz, to Irvin Air Chute Limited.
Parachute deployment systems. 3,638,287, CI, 24-230.
Wright, Ernest Linwood, 111, to Dan River Inc. Proceu of treating
direct dyed cellulosic textiles with a mixture of aminoplaat
creaseprooHng agents and products resulting therefrom. 3,639,096,
CI, 8-74
Wright, Larry F , to Dow Chemical Company, The, Oxychlorination of
1 ,1 ,2-trichloroethane to trichloroethylene. 3,639,491 , CI. 260-654.
Wu, Chisung, to Union Carbide Corporation. Reactions with elemental
phosphorus to produce phosphorus acid ester products and the reac-
tion products so produced, 3,639,53 1 , CI. 260-920.
Wunder, Richard Helmut: See-
Beaton, John, Edwards, Douglas C, and Wunder, Richard Hel-
mut,3,639,339,
Wunder. Walter; Klebert. Wolfgang; Herlinger, Heinz; and Schafer,
Karl, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for finish-
ing textile matenals with a polymer of a vinyl compound and the
reaction product of a polyol and an organic polyisocyanate,
3,639,157, CI 117-139 5
Wurm, Karl, to United States of America, Air Force, Liquid dye filters
with narrow pass-bands. 3.639.25 1 . CI. 252-300.
Wyeth, John, & Brother Limited: See-
Rule, Arthur W T , Shimmin, Roy E.; and Laundy, Timothy,
3,639,605
Wyman-Gordon Company: See—
McElroy, Howard J , 3,638,473.
Wyomissing Corporation: See—
Gundersen, Allan A., and Ramsey, Fred T.. 3,638,335.
Xerox Corporation: See—
Gundlach. Robert W . 3.639.224.
Klavsons, L'ldis. Perun. William D.. Stoops, Denzel D.; and Terry,
David M . 3.638.613
Lyies, James M , Hewitt. Robert E . Hilt, Glenn L , and Britt.
JamesE . 3.638.610
Rhodes. Warren L . and Marquart. Vernon L.. 3.639.049.
Snelling, Christopher. 3,639.1 20
Spear, Merton R , Jr . 3.639.053
Walkup. Lewis E . and Jones, Rexford W , 3,638,567.
Weiler, Ernest A . and Hudson. Fredrick W.. 3.638.61 1 .
Young. Eugene F . and Rogers. Ryland F., 3,638,614,
Yaida. Koichi, and Ano. Shizuya. to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co
Credit card system having means for sensing if object is living.
3.639.905, CI 340149
Yakovleva, Maria Alcxandrovna See—
Aslanova, Margarita Scmenovna. and Yakovleva, Maria Alcxan-
drovna.3,639,1 13,
Yamabe. Masahiro See—
Matsui, Masao, Tokura, Susumu; and Yamabe,
Masahiro. 3. 639. 556.
Yamabe. Masahiro. to Hitachi. Ltd Francis type runner. 3.639.080.
CI 416-186
Yamaguchi. Toshiyuki. See—
Takeda. Chuzo. Kojima, Yoshihiro, Yamaguchi, Toshiyuki; and
Ari>ama,Tokyo.3.639.865.
Yamamoto, Harunori: See —
Kodama, Makoto. and Yamamoto. Harunori. 3. 638. 953.
Yamamoto, Masaki See—
Tanaka. Katsunobu, Ohshima. Kazuo, Kimura. Kazuo. and
Yamamoto, Masaki. 3. 639, 2 10
Yamamoto, Rokuro. See—
Sekiguchi, Takashi, Tokiura, Shohei, Ogihara, Sadahide;
Yamamoto. Rokuro, and Ikeuchi, Akihiro,3,638,824.
Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co . Ltd.: See—
Kawata, Ryuichi, Kawada. Hiroitsu. Ohmura. Tadayoshi, and Ue-
matsu, Sumio, 3.639,564.
Yamaura, Isao: See—
Nagai, Toshiaki, and Yamaura, Isao, 3,639, 467.
Yamawaki, Takeshi: See—
Sueda, Hideo. Yamawaki. Takeshi; Kida, Keiichi; Hayashi.
Masahiro. Endo. Kazuo. and Kaneko. Mamoru,3,639,553.
Yanagisawa, Isamu: See—
Sakuma, Akira, Torii, Shizuo; Yanagisawa, Isamu. and Tsuru-
gashima-Machi, lrima-Gun,3.639.457.
Yard, William James, to Aresco Trak-Chief Proprietary Limited. Con-
vertible rail-highway shunting locomotive. 3,638,579, CI. 105-26.
Yard, William James, to Aresco Tak-Chief Proprietary Limited. Con-
vertible rail-highway vehicle. 3,638,580. CI. 105-215.
Yard, William James, to Aresco Tak-Chief Proprietary Limited. Con-
vertible rail-highway vehicle tilt control. 3,638, 581, CI 105-215.
Yardney International Corporation: See —
Stachurski, Zbigniew, 3,639,173.
February 1, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
t>149
Yasuda, Tetutaro, and Nakanishi, Tsuneo, to Hitachi, Ltd Shearing
machine of the interchangeable knife holder type. 3,638,523, CI. 83-
700.
Yate, Reginald W., to Burnley Engineering Products Limited. Acoustic
panel 3,639.106, CI 29-191
Yates, George, Jr., to Growth International Industries Corporation
Container closure tool and method for use thereof 3,638,296, CI.
29-400
Yates, William F.; Downs. Ronald O.; and Burleson, James C, to Mon-
santo Company. Process for rearrangement of cycloalkanone oxime
to lactam. 3.639.391, CI. 260-239.3
Yatsushiro, Kenji; and Kuchuris, George F., to Controls Company of
America. Motor case. 3,639,790, CI, 310-89
Yngve, Paul Wesley, to Du Pont de Nemours, E, I,, and Company, Ap-
paratus 3.638,291,CI. 28-1 4
Yokoi, Mikio: See—
Nagasawa, Fujio; Okamoto, Shosuke; Takagi, Eiichi; Yokoi,
Mikio; and Mangyo, Mitsuo, 3.639. 626.
York, William C , to Eastman Kodak Company. Novel conducting
lacquers for electrophotographic elements. 3,639,12 1, CI. 96-1 5
Yosemite Laboritory: See—
Burnette, Robert W , Hoffman, Harold L . and Lukesq Richard V,,
3.638,933.
Yoshimura, Kiyokazu: See —
Tanimura. Shigeru; Maejima, Norio; Yoshimura, Kiyokazu, and
Hinoda, Seisuke, 3,639,867,
Yoshio Tomonaga President of Agency of Industrial Science and
Technology: See—
Oguchi, Yutaka, and Kubo, Junichi, 3,639,230
Yoshiya, Yoshio; Ishida, Yoshiyuki, and Ito. Masamichi. to Matsushita
Denko Kabushiki Kaisha Distribution device, 3.639,885. CI, 339-
21,
Yotsuyanagi, Keiichi: See—
Takamizawa, Hideo, Yotsuyanagi, Keiichi; and Okada,
Takashi. 3,639, 247
Youker, Mortimer A , to Du Pont de Nemours, E, I,, and Company,
Heat-aged neoprene latex 3,639,301 , CI 260-2 5
Young, Charles Gilbert: See—
Kantorski, Joseph W,, and Young, Charles Gilbert,3,639,066
Young, Eugene F, and Rogers, Ryland F , to Xerox Corporation, Elec-
trostatic latent image development apparatus 3,638,614, CI I 18-
637
Young Spring &. Wire Corporation: See—
Tischler, Henry J , 3,638,999
Youngquist, William S : See—
Fischbcin, Irwin W , Galligan, John D , Schwartz, Anthony M ,
and Youngquist, William S ,3,638,308,
Youngstown Sheet and Tube Company: See—
Pryor, Dale H ,3,638,288
Robinson, Ramon H , and Ramsel, Charles A . 3.638.694.
2Laidan Hojin Biserbutsu Kagaku Kenkyu Kai: See—
Umezawa. Hamao. Hamada. Masa. Naganawa. Hiroshi, Takeuchi,
Tomio; Maeda. Kenji. and Okami. Yoshiro, 3,639,582
Zajacek, John G : See—
Rosenthal, Rudolph; Sheng, Ming Nan; and Zajacek, John
G, 3,639,486,
Zamuruev. Alexander Mikhailovich: See—
Sitnichenko, Valentin Mikhailovich, and Zamuruev, Alexander
Mikhailovich,3,639,767
Zarcone, Cari J,, Cleveland, Bruce M , and Smith, Donald F , to
General Synamics Corporation. Data transmission system for
directly generating vestigial sideband signals. 3,639,842, CI 328-61
Zaruba, Wenzel, to Textol Systems, Inc. Variable pitch linear actuator
with variable thrust. 3,638,504, CI 74-25
Zeidler, Falk: See—
Rossler, Heinrich Georgi F.. Baumann. Heinrich, and 2^idler,
Falk,3.638.701.
Zenith Radio Corporation: See-
Sutherland, John B , 3,639,683.
Zentner, Erich: See—
Andrascheck, Hans Joachim, and Zentner, Erich, 3,639. 509
Zhiabys, Romualdas Alberto: See—
Nashljunas, Rimantas Alfonso, Zhiabys. Romualdas Alberto, Bu-
cijunas, Hazimiras Gediminas, and Shvagzhdvs, Povilas Prant-
sishkaus, 3,639, 903
Zienty, Mitchell Frank: See—
Borchert, Peter Jochen. Slager, James Edward, Sommer. Ronald
George, and Zienty, Mitchell Frank, 3,639, 646
Zimmer, Herbert, to Domier GmbH Wing with slotted flap mounted
at the leading edge and/or at the trailing edge 3,638,886, CI 244-42.
Zimmer, Peter. Device for applying a liquid agent to a flat material.
3,638.459, CI. 68-200.
Zimmerman, Lawrence C, to Leopold, F. B., Company. Inc Sewage
comminutor installation. 3.638,869, CI 241-46.
Zink, John, Company: See—
Zink, John Smith, and Reed, Robert D , 3,639,095
Zink, John Smith; and Reed, Robert D , to Zink, John. Company.
Burner assembly producing radiant heat 3.639.095. CI 431-177
Zizak. Joseph P Post hole borer 3.638.74 I . CI 175-215
Zizelmann. Walter, to Telefunken Patentverwertungsgesllschaft
m.b.H Optoelectronic semiconductor device 3,639,770. CI 250-
218.
Zoric. Michael T : See-
Frill. Richard K , and Zone. Michael T. 3.638. 770.
Zouhar. Karel See—
Buran, Vojtech. Kuba. Jaromir; Uncovsky, Adolf, and Zouhar,
Karel, 3,638,489
Zumstein, Juan Ulrih: See —
Grandjean, Theo; Zumstein. Juan Ulrih and Liehti. Al-
fred.3,638.656
Zurn Industries. Inc : See—
Schmid. John H . and Thomas, Arthur E , 3,638,244
Zwiisen. Wilhelmus Antonius Joseph Mane, to US Philips Corpora-
tion Oscillator having single parameter tuning means. 3.639.859, CI.
331-108
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 1st DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
aoTK. Arranged in accordance with the Hrst siffniticant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone diroctcry practice).
Alston, Leroy. Rocking and .•^pinning hobbyhorse. 222,915. Lola Cars Ltd. : See—
2-1-72. CI 1);H- 15.
Hea trice Foods Co. : Sec —
Koziol Walter. 222.920.
Broadlev, Krlc H., to Lola Cars Ltd. Model racinc car. 222,-
917. 2-1-72. CI. 1)34 — 15.
Carintlila Elektrojierate G.ni.b.H. : See-
Van Lelvveld. .Maarteii W 222.929
Chapman. Anthony C. B., to Lotus Components Ltd. Model
racinc car. 222.919. 2-1-72. CI. 1)34—15.
Combs. Hiiscoe : SC(
Condon. Klciiard W.. Krabbe. ,Iol)annes. and Combs.
222.902.
Condon. Richard W., V. L. Krabbe, IL A. Joliannes, and R. November. I»anlel : -See —
Broadley. Eric H. 222.917.
I.rfitus Components Ltd. : .S'ee
Chapman, Anthony C. U. 222,919.
Maurer, Dorothee M. Wall rack for holding household articles.
222,912. 2-1-72, CI. D33 3.
McNamara Racing K.(;. ; .Vee--
Karasek, .Josef H. 222.910.
.Meadows Jen..me E. Material liandling hook, 222,901, 2-l-<2,
CI. 1)8—14.
.Memorex Corp. : See —
Weiss R.^nhold M.. and Denneliey. 222,910.
Weiss' Relnhold M., and Dennehey. 222,911.
Combs, to Roper Corp. Chain saw. 222.902. 2-1 72. Ci
DS— 65.
Conland Robert S., to Oneida Ltd. Spoon or similar article
222.923. 2-1-72. CI. D54 -12.
Oallara, (Jlanpaolo, to Frank Williams (Racing Carsi Lti!
Model racing car. 222,918, 2-1-72. CI. D34 — 15.
Denneiiev. T. Michael : .Vee —
Weiss Relnhold M.. and Dennehey. 222,910.
Weiss.' Relnhold M., and Dennehey. 222.911.
I>erian. Mildred. tx> J. F. Kerns Indu-sitries. Rake for shag nigs
222 900 2-1-72 CI. IV4 — 3.
Doumit, ,Ioseph A. TV program selector. 222,922. 2-1-72. CI
052—0.
Dunlop Tire and Rubber Corp. ; Sec —
Hoke. (Gilbert J. 222,928.
I^ss'Tee Industries : .'s'ee
Voth, Robert J. 222,908.
lirifflth. Robert L. Carton stacking bracket for i)allets or tli'
like 222.903. 2-1-72. CI. Ds -233.
Stehl. Ceorge It., and November. 222,909.
Oneida Ltd. : See —
Conland. Robert S. 222.923.
I'errv. Frank R. 222.924.
I'erry Frank R.. to Oneida Ltd. Spoon or similar article.
222.924. 2-1-72, CI. I)54--12.
I'lillllps I'etrcdeum Co. : See --
Kinnev, Alfred W. 222,905.
Fulos, Arthur J., to Welch Allyn, Inc. Otoscope. 222,925,
2-1-72, CI. 1)57—1.
Revnolds Alan S.. to Wonkle International Inc. Toy ngure.
222.914. 2-1-72. CI. 1)34—4.
Roper Corj). : Sec
Condon, Richard W . Krabbe. .Tohannes, and Combs.
222 902
Rymes William II. Rocker support for an infant s<'at. 222,907,
2-1-72, CI. 1)15 0.
Sawaskv. Herbert. I'ortable shoulder supp< rted motion picture
imera 222.920. 2-1-72, CI. 1)01-1.
(Jrifflth, Rol)ert L. Carton stacking hraeket for pallets or the Searcy. Anne M , to Handy Anne, Inc. Support rack for toob
like. 222.904. 2-1-72, CI DS — 233. and small articles. 222,913, 2-1-72, CI. D33--3.
Handv Aniie, Inc. : See- Spacer Furnishings Corp. : Sec —
Searcy. Anne M. 222.913. Loesch. Ivan L. 222.906.
Hoke (albert J. to Dunlop Tire and Rubber Corp Tire. 222,- Stehl. Creorge R . and D. November, to Wagner i:iectric ( orp
92S. 2-1-72. CI. D90 20
Iniasen Ele<'tric Co.. Ltd : See —
Tsuhata, Fusaaki. 222.927.
.lohannes. Henry R. : See -
Condon. Richard W., Krabbe, .lohannes. and Coml)s.
222 902
Karasek. Josef IL, to McNamara Raiin;: K ( ; Moilcl racing
car 222,910. 2-1-72, CI. D34 — 15.
Kerns, J. F'. Industries : See —
Derian. Mil<lre<l 222. 9(X).
Kingslev. Eleanor V. Litter receptacle 222.921. 2-1-72. CI.
D49 -35.
Kinnev, Alfred W.. to I'hillins Petroleum <'o. Closure or simi-
lar 'article. 222,90,^1. 2-1-72. CI. 09 207
Koziol Walter, to Heatrice Food> Co. Lamp. 222.92(i. 2 1 72.
CI. 1)48—31.
Housing for a tachograph. 222.909. 2-1-72. CI. D20 14.
Tsuhata. Fusaaki. to Imasen Electric Co., Ltd. Horn. 222,!»27,
2-1-72 CI 1)72 1.
Van Lelvved. Miiiirten W.. to Carir.thia Elektrogerate
<! m b.H. Electric drv shaver. 222.929, 2-1-72, CI. 095 .',.
Voth Robert J., to EssTee Industries. I'enduluni amusenx'nt
ilevice. 222.908. 2-1-72. 01. D25— 1. ^,
Wagner IHectrlc Corp. : See —
Stehl Ceorge R , and November. 222.909.
Weiss Relnhold M., and T. Michael Denneln'v, to Memorex
Cor'p. Combined magnetic tape and tap.^ reel therefor. 222,-
910. 2-1-72. CI. 1)20 14.
Weiss Relnhold M., and T. Michael Denneliey, to Memorex
Corp. .Magnetic tape cassette. 222,911, 2-1-72, CI. D2G 14.
Welch AUvn. Inc. : .See
Fulos, Arthur J. 222,925.
Krablie. Vernon L. : .s'ec-
Condon. Richard W. Krabbe. .lohannes. and Combs Williams. Frank, ( Racing Cars » Ltd. : See —
222,902. D.illara, Cianpaolo. 222,918.
Loesch, Iviin L., to Spacer Furnishings Corp. Chair 222,9()t;. wonkie International Inc. : See—
2-1-72, CI. D15— 1. Reynolds. Alan S. 222,914. I
PI 50
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED FEBRL'ARY 1. 1972
Note. — First number, class; second number, subclass, third number, patent number
CLASS 2
407
3.638.295
CLASS 51
72 1
I
3.638.438
3.638.510
215
3.638.561
14N 3.638.240
446
3.638,297
170MT 3.638.362
724
3,638.439
440 3.638.511
CLASS 101
88 3.638.241
470 9
3.638.298
249 3.638.363
CLASS 62
595 3.638.512
18
3.638.563
105 3.638.239
527 2
3,638.299
269 3.638.364
3
3.638.440
820 3.638.513
35
3.638,564
237 3.638.242
589
3,638.300
281 3,638,365
6
3.638.441
CLASS 75
II 1
3,638,565
CLASS 3
3,638,301
326 3,638,366
49
3.638.442
5BB 3.639.116
114
3.638.566
1 3.638.243
606
3,638.302
392 3.638.367
52
3.638.443
49 3.639.117
170
3.638,567
CLASS 4
614
3.638.303
CLASS 52
81
3.638.444
121 3.639.118
219
3.638.568
n 3.638.244
624
3.638.306
2 3.638.368
184
3.638.445
157 3.639.119
CLASS
102
172 19 3.638.245
626
3,638.304
16 3,638.369
202
3.638.446
CLASS 76
^ -^
3,638.569
CLASS 5
2R 3.638.246
1 1 3 638 247
628R
3,638.305
36 3.638,370
222
3.638.447
lOIB 3.638.514
24
3.638.570
CLASS 30
91 3.638.371
233
3.638.448
CLASS 81
3 IR 3.638.515
41
3,638.571
193
3.638.307
92 3.638.373
272
3.638.449
75
3.638.572
10^ 'lfi'^k"*4H
346 53 3.638.308
97 3.638.372
329
3,638.450
9 < 1 3 638517
90
3.638,573
159 3.638.249
327 3,638.250
-)
CLASS 32
3.638,309
100 3,638.374
116 3,638.375
122 3,638,376
167 3,638,377
169 3,638.378
185 3.638,379
236 3,638,380
309 3.638.381
344
485
3.638.451
3.638.452
3.638.518
43 3.638.516
CLASS
1
104
3,638.574
334C 3.638.251
14D
3,638.313
CLASS 64
I77G 3.638.519
3.638.575
334 3.638.252
337 3.638.253
3.638.255
35 1 3.638.254
15
60
63
3,638.312
3.638.310
3.638.314
3.638.315
9R
14
23
3,638.453
3.638.454
3.638.455
CLASS 65
CLASS 82
24 3.638.520
CLASS 83
22 3.638.521
6
12
CLASS
3.638.576
3,638,577
3,638.578
105
CLASS 8
66
3.638.3 16
359 3.638.382
29
3.639.) 12
345 3.638.522
26R
3.638,579
74 3.639.096
CLASS 33
473 3.638.383
30
3.639.1 13
700 3.638.523
215C
3,638,580
116 2 3.639.097
127 5 3.639.098
CLASS 9
1
IHR
49B
3.638.3 1 I
3.638.319
3.638.321
589 3.638.384
665 3.638.385
704 3.638.386
50R
3.639.1 14
CLASS 66
3.638.456
CLASS 84
95 3.638.524
3 19 3.638.525
218R
CLASS
3.638.581
3,638.582
106
IR 3.638.256
74
3.638.317
741 3.638.387
CLASS 68
1
3.639.131
5 3.638.257
75
3.638.318
748 3.638.388
1 2R
3.638.457
CLASS 89
39R
3.639.132
32 1 3.638.258
79R
3.638.320
3.638.322
3.638,323
3.638.324
CLASS 53
189
3.638.458
43 3.638.526
298
',6-19 133
CLASS 10
27 3.638.259
8 1
162
174
228 3.638.389
35 3.638.390
200
3.638.459
CLASS 70
CLASS 90
57 3.638.527
CLASS
6
108
3.638.584
162 3.638.260
1 82
3.638.326
3.638.391
5;
3.638.460
CLASS 91
9
3.638.585
CLASS 12
216
3.638,325
123 3.638.392
92
3.638.461
6 3.638.528
58
3.638.586
lA 3.638,261
180 3.638.393
186
3.638.462
50 3.638.529
66
3,638.587
8 8 3.638.263
142MC 3.638,262
<;
10
CLASS 34
3.638.327
3.638.328
255 3.638.394
CLASS 54
92
CLASS 71
3.639.1 15
172 3.638.530
189 3.638.53 1
220 3.638.53 2
128
CLASS
3,638.588
109
CLASS 15
122
3.638.329
46 3.638.395
CLASS 72
241 3.638.533
76
3.638.589
4 3.638,264
156
3,638,330
CLASS 55
12
3.638.463
399 3.638.534
CLASS
110
21D 3.638.265
23 1
3.638.331
16 3.638.396
5 3
3.6 38.464
41 IR 3.638.535
7A
3.638.591
41R 3.638.266
3.638,267
76 3.638.268
94 3.638,269
114 3.638.270
230 1 1 3.638.271
8R
36
37
CLASS 35
3.638.334
3.638.335
3.638.332
CLASS 36
3.638.397
25 3.638.398
59 3.638.399
69 3.6 38.400
158 3.638.401
307 3.63 8.402
18!
208
2 37
238
263
324
3.638.465
3.638.466
3.638.467
3.6 38.468
3.638.469
3.638.470
CLASS 92
92 3.638.536
CLASS 93
5IR 3.638.537
93DP 3.638.538
CLASS
121 14
210
2I8R
235
3.638.590
112
3.638.592
3.638.593
3.638,594
3,638.595
230 19 3.638.272
4 «
3.638.333
389 3.638.403
377
3.638.471
CLASS 94
235 4 3. 638, 2^3
44
3.638.336
473 3.638.404
391
3.638.472
44 3,638,539
CLASS 113
250 4 1 3.638,274
6^R
3.638.337
n ASS ^6
448
3.638.473
46R 3,638,540
54
3,638.596
304 3.638.275
CLASS 37
104 3.638.405
476
3.638.474
CLASS 95
1 16FF
3.638,597
CLASS 16
6 5
3.638.338
14 9 3.638.406
CLASS 73
4 5 3 638.54 1
CLASS
114
149 3.638.276
98
3.638.339
15 6 3.638.407
3
3.638.475
1 OC E 3
638.543
16A
3.6 3 8.598
190 3.638.277
CLASS 40
2 19 3.638.408
61 IR 3.638.476
lOCT 3
638.542
200
3.638.599
CLASS 19
159 3.638,278
->
39
3.638.340
3.638.341
339 3.638.409
CLASS 57
65
73
3.638.477
3.638.478
3
MR 3
638.544
63 8.545
2358
3.6 38.600
3 .6 3 8 .60 1
163 3.638.2^9
106,21 3.638.342
34HS 3.638.410
88F
3.638.479
15 3
638.546
CLASS
116
CLASS 23
124 1
3.638.343
3.638.41 1
134
3.638.480
31R 3
638.547
1 14
3.6 3 8.602
112 3.639,099
CLASS 42
52 3.63 8.412
141A
3.638.481
42 3
638.548
121
3,638.603
202V 3.639.100
7 1 R
3,638.344
77,45 3.638.413
146
3.638.482
44 3
638.549
CLASS
117
203R 3.639.101
CLASS 43
93 3.638.414
147
3.638.483
5 3 3
638.550
7
3.639.134
3.639.102
108 3.638.415
152
3.638.484
CLASS 96
10
3.639.135
288S 3.639.103
365 3.639.104
366 3.639.105
8 J.6J^..*•»^
17 1 3.638.346
42 39 3.638.347
CLASS 58
23TF 3.638.416
155
161
I94B
3.638.485
3.638.486
3.638.488
1 5 3
3
1 8 3
639.120
639.121
639.122
26
33 5CS
3,639.136
3.639.137
3.639.138
CLASS 24
MS 3.638.280
31B 3.638.281
67 3 3.638.282
73CF 3.638.284
71HR 3638''83
75
7E
3.638.348
CLASS 44
3.639.108
26 3.638.417
57,5 3.638.418
109 3.6 3X.4 19
I94E
212
3.638.48-'
3.638.489
3.638.490
28 3
29 3
35 3
639.123
639.124
639.125
37R
46CB
4 "A
3.639.139
3.639.140
3.639.14 1
62
3.638.349
CLASS 60
304
3.638.491
95 3
639.126
5 1
3.639.142
66
3.639.109
24 3,638.420
315
3.638.492
101 3
639.127
54
3.639.143
72
3.639.1 10
39 28 3.638.422
317
3.638.493
109 3
639 128
3.639.148
' -' n (\ _' . u J o . ». n .^
108 3.638.285
201 3.638.286
230 3.638.287
263D 3.638.288
23
47
92
CLASS 46
3.638.352
3.638.3 50
3.638.353
39,31 3.638.421
51 3.638.423
3.638.424
54 ^P 3.638.425
54 6P 3.638.426
355R 3.638.494
362AR 3.638.495
398R 3.638.496
3.638.497
422TC 3.638.498
CLASS 98
2 16 3.638.551
2 18 3.638.552
CLASS 99
56
62
68
71R
73
3.639.144
3.639.145
3.639.146
3.639.639
3.639.147
CLASS 26
1 1 7
3,638.35 1
3.638.427
422R
3.6 38.499
23 3.638.553
76F
9 3
93 4
3.639.149
3,639.150
3,639.151
61B 3.638.289
CLASS 28
132
179
22 1
3,638.354
3,638.355
3 638 356
226 3,638,428
CLASS 61
423
492
3.638.500
3.638.501
64 3
107 3
639.129
638.554
ICL 3.638.290
240
3,638,357
5 3.638.43 1
CLASS 74
175 3
639.130
113
3.639.152
14 3.638.291
IF 3.638.429
5 34 3.638.502
303 3
638.555
118
3.639.153
CLASS 29
CLASS 48
3,638.430
18
3.638.503
3 29 3
638.556
138 8A
3.639.154
113AD 3.638.292
1 1 i
3.639,1 1 1
2 3.638.432
25
3.638.504
348 3
63 8.5 5 7
3.639.155
182 3.638.293
CLASS 49
1 1 3.638.433
54
3.638.505
408 3
638.558
139 .^A
3.639.156
191 3.639.106
248
3,638.360
16 3.638.434
2 30 17 3.6 38.506
CLASS 100
3.639.157
1962 3.639.107
325
3.638.358
39 3.638.435
424 8
3.63 8.507
93PB 3.638.560
152
3.639.158
252 3.638.294
479
3.638.361
46.5 3.638.436
426
3.638.508
93P 3.638.559
161C
3.639.160
400 3.638.296
490
3.638.359
64 3.638.437
436
3.638.509
118 3
638.562
161
3.639.159
PI 52
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
202
2IS
217
222
224
227
234
240
50
SO, I
69
249
40C
436
62S
636
637
CLASS
CLASS
4
S
SI
SI. 12
CLASS
I3A
IIS
140R
|g2R
CLASS
45
90 18
IPA
I22H
139AF
139R
1480
179L
182
3.639.161
3,639.162
3.639.163
3.639,164
3.639.640
3.639.165
3.639,166
3.639,167
118
3,638,604
3,638,605
3,638,606
3,638.607
3,638.608
3,638.609
3,638.612
3,638,610
3.638,611
3,638,613
3,638.614
119
3,638,615
3,638,616
3.638,617
3,638,618
122
3,638,619
3,638,620
3,638.621
3,638,622
123
3,638,623
3.638,624
3,638.626
3,638,627
3,638,625
3,638.629
3.638.628
3.638,630
3.638,631
3.638.632
CLASS 124
3,638.633
CLASS
41R
IIOR
113
197
126
3,638,634
3.638,635
3,638,636
3,638,637
3,638.638
CLASS 127
29 3,639.168
3,639,169
31 3,639,170
37 3.639.171
CLASS 128
2F
2R
2 lA
9
16
2SB
33
133
202
2I4R
221
284
305
340
351
419P
422
535
27W
2
94
261B
54
79C
129
3.638.639
3.638,640
3,638,641
3,638.642
3,638,643
3,638.644
3,638.645
3,638,646
3,638,647
3,638,648
3,638,649
3,638,650
3,638,651
3,638.652
3.638.653
3.638,654
3.638.655
3.638.656
3.638,657
3.638.638
CLASS 130
3.638.659
CLASS 131
3.638.6*0
3.638.661
3,638,662
CLASS 132
3,638.663
3 638,664
3,638,665
205
375
550
576
595
604
606
607
624 12
624 27
CLASS 134
25R 3,639,172
57R 3,638,666
CLASS 135
3,638,667
3,638,668
CLASS 136
3.639.173
3.639,174
3,639.176
3.639.175
5A
20R
3
20
30
154
CLASS 137
68 3.638.669
81 5 3.638.670
3.638.671
3.638.672
3.638,673
3,638,674
3,638,675
3,638,676
3.638,677
3,638,678
3.638.679
3.638.680
3.638,681
3,638,682
3,638,683
39
164
CLASS 138
9'' 3,638,684
CLASS 139
125 3,638.685
I27R 3,638,686
CLASS 140
71 3,638.687
CLASS 141
98 3.638,688
214 3,638,689
354 3,638.690
CLASS 143
46F 3638,691
168B 3,638,692
CLASS 144
3D 3.638,693
34A 3,638,694
CLASS 146
3R
6
83
CLASS
6 3
90
1 I 5F
12 7
15 5
100
103
3,638,695
3.638.696
3.638.697
148
3.639.177
3.639.178
3.639,179
3,639,180
3.639,641
3,639,181
3,639,182
CLASS 149
2 3,638,698
18. 3,639.183
44' 3,639,184
CLASS 150
.5 3.638,699
CLASS 151
69 3,638,700
CLASS 152
3,6 3 8.701
3,638,702
3,638,703
3,638.704
3.638.705
3,638.706
3.638.707
CLASS 156
3.639
158
330
3S3
356
359
365
13
17
57
62 ;
149
231
244
272
284
327
433
470
3.639
3,638
3.638
3.639
3,639
3.639
3.639
3,639
3.639
3,639
3,639
3.639
185
186
709
938
195
187
188
189
,190
,191
,192
,193
.194
CLASS 159
4^WL 3.638.708
CLASS 160
3.638.710
3,638,71 I
144
3 30
14
3 5
43
57
1 16
143
158
173
23
29
146
158
168
175
76
82
83
85
9
30
CLASS 161
3,639,196
3.639.197
3,639.198
3.639.199
3,639.200
3.639.201
3,639.202
3.639,203
3,639.204
CLASS 162
3.639,205
3.639.206
3.639.20^
3.639.642
3.639.208
3.639.209
CLASS 164
3.638.712
3.638.713
3.638.714
3.638.715
CLASS 165
3.638.716
3.638.717
3.638.718
3,638.719
CLASS 166
5 3,638,720
3.638.721
3.638.722
2IS 3.638,723
224 3,638,724
226 3,638.725
236 3.638.726
259 3.638.727
273 3.638.728
3.638,729
291 3,638,730
314 3,638.731
315 3.638.732
CLASS 169
19 3.638.733
42 3.638.734
CLASS 171
63 3.638.735
CLASS 172
3.638.736
CLASS
■'19
60
90
1 14
CLASS
14R
ISC
16B
36
50 61
68B
84S
117FF
138F
145
53
215
325
16
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
5 4CK
5 4MA
5 4R
5 8R
6
6 6TC
6 6P
22
CLASS
1\S
2 5R
ISAL
I SAT
15 55R
16F
100 2CF
100 2C
100 2Z
1 108
175 2C
175 3
173
3.638.737
3.638.738
3.638.739
174
3,639,671
3,639.672
3.639.673
3.639.674
3.639.675
3,639.676
3.639,677
3,639,680
3,639.681
3,639,678
175
3,638.^40
3.638,741
3.638.742
177
3.638,743
178
3.639.682
3.639,683
3.639.685
3.639.684
3.639,686
3.639,687
3.639.689
3.639.688
3.639.690
179
3.639.691
3.639.692
3.639,694
3.639,693
3.639.695
3.639,696
3,639.698
3.639.699
3.639.700
3.639,701
3,639,697
3.639.679
3.639.702
3.639.703
CLASS 192
2 3,638,770
3 33 3,638.771
48 3.638.772
18A 3.638.773
42 3,638,774
CLASS 195
28R 3.639.210
29 3.639,211
51 3,639,212
63 3,639,213
80 3,639,214
CLASS 197
17 3,638,775
186A 3,638,776
CLASS 198
20 3,638.777
3IAC 3,638,778
127 3,638,779
130 3,638.780
208 3.638.781
233 3,638.782
6 2
8A
8D
25R
64R
68
79 2R
98
CLASS 180
3,638.744
3.638.745
3,638,747
3,638,746
3,638,748
3,638.749
3,638,750
3.638,751
CLASS 181
SR 3,638,752
318 3,638.753
33R 3.638.754
36R 3,638,1SS
57 3.638.756
CLASS 182
63 3.638.757
112 3.638.7S8
194 3.638.759
CLASS 184
6 23 3.638.760
CLASS 187
3.638.761
3.638.762
9
52
CLASS 188
72 6 3,638.763
73 1 3,638,764
73 5 3,638,765
106P 3,638.766
268 3.638.767
294 3.638.768
298 3.638.769
CLASS 200
IV
6A
17R
33C
44
51
61 48
83H
USA
148R
153J
166E
1686
172A
3.639.704
3.639.70S
3.639.706
3.639.707
3.639.708
3.639.709
3.639.710
3.639,711
3,639.712
3.639.713
3.639.714
3.639.715
3.639.716
3.639,717
16
30
35R
40
47
49
58
94
95
181
212
CLASS 204
3,639.215
3.639.216
3.639.217
3.639,218
3,639.219
3.639.220
3.639.221
3.639.222
3.639.223
3,639.224
3.639,225
CLASS 206
45 14
45,34
47A
47R
52R
63 2R
65S
3.638,783
3,638,784
3,638,786
3,638,785
3.638.787
3.638.788
3.638.789
3.638.790
CLASS 208
37 3,639,226
143 3,639,227
153 3.639.228
181 3.639.229
213 3.639.230
CLASS 209
12 3,638.791
73 3.638.792
CLASS 210
23 3.639.231
73 3.638.793
98 3.638.794
169 3.638. 795
170 3.638.796
393 3.638.797
404 3.638,798
462 3.638.799
CLASS 211
40 3,638,800
57 3.638.801
71 3.638.802
148 3,638.803
177 3.638.814
CLASS 212
8 3.638.804
38 3.638,805
55 3.638.806
CLASS 213
22 3,638,807
CLASS 214
68
57
75G
77P
83,26
148
390
517
521
762
3,638,808
3.638.809
3.638,810
3,638,81 1
3.638,812
3.638.813
3.638. 81S
3.638.817
3.638.816
3.638.818
48 3.638,821
255
3.638.871
lOOA 3,638.822
CLASS 242
3.638,823
18.1
3.638.872
CLASS 219
45
3.638.873
10.67 3.639.718
55 19A
3.638.874
69E 3.639.719
71,2
3.638.87S
76 3.639.720
106
3.638.876
91 3.639.721
128
3,638,877
127 3.639.722
129,8
3.638.878
13IR 3.639,723
192
3.638.879
137 3.639.724
3.638.880
401 3.639.725
204
3.638.881
413 3.639.726
CLASS 244
491 3.639.727
ISS
3.638.882
CLASS 220
1
3.638.883
21 3,638.824
66 3.638. 825
69 3.638.826
97D 3.638.827
CLASS 221
176 3.638,828
219 3,638,829
246 3,638,830
CLASS 222
1 3,638.831
16 3.638.832
57 3.638.833
lOS 3,638.834
107 3.638.835
113 3.638.836
134 3.638,837
136 3.638.838
193 3.638,839
402 24 3,638,840
CLASS 223
3.638.841
3.638.842
38
73
CLASS 224
$G 3.638.843
42 IF 3.638.844
CLASS 226
97
3.638.845
142
3.638,846
CLASS 227
120
3,638,847
CLASS 229
16
3,638,848
28R
3.638.849
33
3,638,850
40
3,638,851
41
3,638,852
SITS 3,638,8S3
CLASS 233
27
3.638,854
CLASS 235
60TK
61 1 IE
61 12
69
92EA
94
151,3
151 35
152
153
154
160
181
201
3.638. 855
3.639,728
3,639.729
3.639.730
3.639.731
3.639.732
3.639.733
3.639.734
3,639,735
3.639.737
3,639.738
3.639.736
3.639.739
3,639,740
3.639,741
3,639.742
3.639.743
3,639,744
3,638,856
CLASS 236
3,638,857
IB
CLASS 237
50 3.638.858
CLASS 239
CLASS 215
9 3.638,819
13 3.638,820
102
127
216
265.39
276
2805
424
544
S73
3,638,859
3,638,860
3,638,861
3,638,862
3,638,863
3.638,864
3,638,865
3,638,866
3,638,867
CLASS 240
2SP
2R
2,1
7 IC
108
I 1 4R
47
78R
3,639,745
3,639,746
3,639,747
3.639.748
3.639,749
3,639.750
3,639,751
3,639.752
12D 3,638.884
1727 3.638. 88S
42D 3.638.886
102 3.638.887
CLASS 246
1828 3.639. 754
182C 3.639,753
1878 3,639,755
CLASS 248
97 3.638.888
206R 3.638.889
21$ 3.638.890
221 3.638,891
3.638.894
300 3.638.892
312 3.638.893
361R 3.638.895
399 3.638.896
400 3.638.897
441 3.638.898
483 3.638.899
488 3,638.900
CLASS 249
20 3.638.901
28 3.638.902
69 3.638,903
122 3.638.583
213 3.638.904
CLASS 250
41 9TF 3.639.757
44
46
140
CLASS 241
3.638.868
3.638.869
3.638.870
41 9C
51 5
68
71
83 3D
83 3H
202
205
211
218
225
3.639.756
3.639,758
3,639.759
3.639,760
3,639.761
3.639.762
3.639.763
3.639.764
3.639.765
3.639.766
3.639.767
3.639.768
3.639.769
3,639.770
3.639,771
CLASS 251
94
3.638,905
145
3.638,906
148
3.638,907
329
3.638,908
CLASS 252
1
3,639,643
8 1
3,639,232
8 5M
3,639.233
8,6
3.639.234
8 7$
3.639.235
13
3,639.236
3.639.237
3,639,644
49 6
3,639.238
49 9
3,639.239
52R
3,639,240
546
3,639,241
56R
3,639.242
62
3,639,276
62.1
3,639,243
3,639.244
3,639.245
3.639.246
62,57
3.639.247
63 5
3.639,275
78
3.639.277
82
3.639.278
86
3.639,279
88
3.639.280
89
3,639.281
95
3.639,282
98
3.639,283
99
3,639,284
100
3,639,285
109
3,639,286
135
3,639.287
3,639,288
179
3.639.292
180
3.639.293
3.639,645
3.639.646
182
3.639.294
3.639,295
CLASSinCATION OF PATENTS
PI 53
186 3,639.248
300 3.639.249
3.639.250
3.639.251
301 4F 3.639.232
301 4P 3,639.253
301 4S 3,639.234
312 3.639.2SS
316 3.639.256
3.639.237
3.639,238
3.639.239
333 3.639.262
358 3.639.260
373 3.639.261
389 3.639.263
390 3.639.431
400 3.639,264
41 IR 3.639.263
421 3.639,266
431 3.639.267
437 3.639.268
3,639,269
439 3.639.647
441 3.639.270
3.639.271
442 3.639,272
435R 3,639,273
465 3,639.648
514 3,639,274
527 3,639.289
545 3.639.290
348 3.639.291
CLASS 254
29A 3.638.909
88 3.638.910
89R 3.638,911
161 3,638,912
CLASS 256
13 1 3,638.913
CLASS 259
IR 3,638,914
4 3,638,915
3,638,916
8 3,638,917
48 3,638,918
95 3,638,919
104 3,638,920
109 3,638,921
154 3,638,922
177 3,638,923
47ET
47NN
47C
47
59
63R
64
67
73P
7SR
P-.3AP
--■■ *
77, 5R
78TF
78L;a
78L
78R
78 4
78 5
80 3
80.72
82
82 IR
85 1
88 2
88 7
93 1
93 SS
93 7
CLASS
2R
2 5AJ
2 5FP
2 5B
2 5F
2 5L
2.SN
2 5R
5
9R
17R
17
I 7 4SG
18N
I8R
22EP
22TN
22R
23XA
23H
23 7M
28 5A
28 58
28 5D
28 5
29 6NR
29 6WB
29 6
30 8DS
31 4R
314
31 8
33 8LA
33 8R
37R
41B
45.7SC
45, 8N
45 9
47CP
47CZ
47EA
47EM
47EN
260
3,639.296
3.639.307
3,639.298
3.639.299
3.639.302
3.639.304
3,639.305
3,639,306
3,639,303
3,639,297
3,639,301
3,639.649
3,639,300
3,639,308
3,639,309
3,639.310
3.639.31 1
3.639.312
3,639,313
3,639,650
3,639,314
3,639,315
3,639,316
3,639.318
3.639.319
3.639.317
3,639.651
3,639,322
3,639,323
3,639,324
3.639,320
3,639.321
3.639.327
3.639,325
3,639.326
3,639.328
3.639.652
3,639,330
3,639,329
3,639,331
3,639,332
3,639,653
3,639.654
3.639.333
3,639,335
3,639,336
3,639,334
3,639,340
3,639,342
3,639,341
3.639,345
3,639,338
3,639,344
94 8
94 9D
94 9R
1 12 5
146T
132
138
163
2105
215
233 3R
239BA
239 3A
239 3B
239 57
240E
243C
247 5R
249
249 5
250
256 4C
256 4E
268ST
268SY
283S
287R
288R
293 53
293 54
293 66
294 SE
294 8F
295B
302E
306
307F
308D
309 5
310D
319 1
326 I3R
326 3
328
340 2
340 3
343 2R
34$ I
345 3
345 9
348 5R
368
396R
397
397 4$
397 5
397 7R
3.639.337
3.639.636
3.639.657
3.639.633
3.639.339
3.639,343
3.639.638
3.639.346
3.639.347
3.639,348
3.639.349
3.639.332
3.639.330
3.639.331
3,639,334
3.639.333
3.639.333
3.639.336
3.639.337
3.639.339
3,639,360
3,639.639
3.639,358
3.639,361
3.639.362
3.639.363
3,639,364
3,639.365
3.639.366
3,639,660
3,639,367
3,639,368
3,639.369
3,639.370
3,639,371
3,639.372
3.639.373
3,639,374
3,639.375
3.639.376
3.639.377
3.639.378
3.639,379
3.639.661
3,639,381
3,639,380
3,639,382
3.639,383
3,639,662
3,639,384
3.639,385
3,639.386
3.639,387
3,639.388
3,639,665
3.639,389
3.639.390
3,639,391
3,639,666
3.639,392
3.639.393
3.639.394
3.639.395
3.639.396
3.639.397
3.639,398
3,639,399
3,639,400
3,639,667
3.639.401
3.639.402
3.639.403
3,639,404
3,639,405
3,639,406
3.639,408
3.639.407
3.639.4 10
3.639.41 1
3,639,409
3,639,412
3,639,413
3,639.414
3.639.4 15
3.639.663
3.639,416
3,639.417
3.639.418
3,639,419
3,639.420
3,639,422
3,639,421
3,639,423
3.639,425
3.639,668
3,639,426
3,639,669
3.639,427
3.639.428
3.639.429
3.639,430
3.639,432
3.639.433
3,639.434
3,639,435
3,639,670
404.5
40S.6
408
429R
448AD
448 2E
448 8R
4S3P
471C
472
473A
473R
47SPR
47SN
47SP
47SR
476R
4828
482C
484R
4g3J
486D
486R
4888
488R
320
323
S26N
S27N
334E
541
343R
544C
S44R
$43P
336F
339S
363
364A
564R
566D
566F
570AB
580
591
608
609R
610A
6I3R
6I8D
619A
624R
654D
655
6718
672R
674SE
674N
825
829
837
857R
857
860
863
873
874
8768
876R
877
8788
878R
878
879
8808
880R
880
885
888
89 1
895
8978
897C
920
923
928
930
932
937
940
94 1
942
3,639,436
3,639,437
3.639.438
3,639.439
3,639.664
3,639,440
3,639,441
3,639.442
3.639.443
3.639,444
3.639.445
3.639.446
3.639.447
3,639.430
3.639.449
3.639.448
3.639.431
3.639.4S2
3.639.453
3.639.434
3.639.453
3.639.436
3.639.437
3.639.438
3.639.439
3.639.460
3.639,461
3,639,462
3.639,463
3,639.464
3.639.465
3.639.466
3.639.467
3.639.468
3.639.472
3.639.469
3.639.471
3.639,470
3.639.473
3.639.474
3.639,475
3.639,476
3.639,477
3,639,478
3,639,479
3,639,480
3,639,481
3,639,482
3,639,483
3.639,484
3,639.485
3.639,486
3.639,487
3,639,488
3.639,489
3.639.490
3.639.491
3.639.492
3.639.493
3,639,494
3,639,495
3,639,497
3.639,496
3,639,498
3,639,499
3.639,500
3.639,502
3.639.501
3,639,503
3,639,504
3,639,424
3,639,505
3,639,527
3,639,506
3,639,507
3,639.508
3.639.509
3.639,510
3,639,5 15
3,639.516
3.639.512
3.639.5 13
3.639.51 1
3.639.514
3.639.517
3.639,519
3,639,523
3,639,518
3,639.522
3,639.520
3,639. $21
3,639.524
3.639.525
3.639.526
3.639.$28
3.639. $30
3.639. $29
3.639. $31
3. 639. $32
3.639.533
3.639.534
3.639,$3$
3,639, $36
3,639. $37
3.639.538
3,639,539
949
932
933
966
971
974
989
3.639.540
3.639,341
3.639,542
3,639,343
3.639.344
3.639.343
3.639.346
3.639.347
CLASS 261
6Z 3,638,923
62 3.638.924
130 3.638.926
CLASS 263
6R 3.638,927
28 3.638.928
44 3.638.929
47R 3.638.930
CLASS 264
3.639.348
3,639.567
3,639.349
3,639.330
3.639.331
3.639.532
3,639,373
3,639.333
3.639.334
3.639.355
3,639,336
3,639.537
8-" 2
3.638.990
12
43
31
33
71
75
90
93
140
171
176F
CLASS 266
23R 3.638.931
34L 3.638,932
CLASS 269
60 3,638.933
311 3.638.934
324 3,638,935
CLASS 270
37 3,638,936
38 3,638,937
CLASS 272
79R 3,638.939
83R 3.638.940
3,638,941
CLASS 296
23 3.638.991
39R 3,638.992
95R 3.638.993
137E 3.638.994
CLASS 297
3.638.995
3.638.997
3.638.998
3.638,982
3,638,999
3.639,000
3.639.001
3.639.002
83
232
332
332.3
379
386
443
432
3
10
25
31
52
CLASS 273
67A
73J
87R
95R
134AC
135AA
I35AC
157R
187R
3,638.942
3.638.943
3.638.944
3.638,945
3.638.946
3,638,948
3,638,947
3,638,949
3.638.950
3.639.819
147 3.639.820
282 3.639.821
343 3.639.822
393 3.639.823
399 3.639.824
621 3.639.823
CLASS 321
2 3.639.826
CLASS 323
74 3.639,827
CLASS 324
CLASS 274
2 3,638,951
4C 3,638,955
4D 3,638.952
4E 3.638,953
4J 3.638,934
CLASS 277
30 3,638,956
96 3,638.937
CLASS 280
1 1 35T 3,638,958
3,638,959
16 3,638.960
104 5R 3.638.962
124 3.638.963
1$0AB 3.638.964
1$0C 3.638.961
1$0$ 3,638,96$
CLASS 281
21 3,638,966
33 3.638.967
CLASS 285
8 3,638,968
18 3,638,969
24 3.638,970
74 3.638,971
1$6 3.638.972
184 3.638.973
CLASS 287
$2 06
7$
90C
99
108
124
189 36F
189 36
3.638.974
3.638.97$
3,638.976
3.638.977
3.638,978
3.638.979
3,638.980
3,638.981
CLASS 292
302 3,638,983
341 16 3,638,984
CLASS 293
7 1 3.638,98$
CLASS 294
49 3,638,986
86CG 3,638,987
86 18 3,638,988
86 24 3.638.989
CLASS 299
3.639,003
3,639,004
3.639.003
3.639.006
CLASS 302
3.639.007
CLASS 303
10 3.639.008
21F 3,639.009
22A 3,639.010
CLASS 305
35E8 3,639,011
3,639,012
CLASS 306
33 3,639,013
CLASS 307
10 3,639,772
48 3,639.773
88 3 3.639.774
3.639.773
3.639.776
202 3,639,777
204 3,639,778
235 3,639,780
237 3.639,779
243 3,639,781
252M 3,639.783
232T 3.639,782
260 3,639.784
288 3.639.78$
303 3.639.786
3.639.787
CLASS 308
3.639.014
3.639.01$
2 3.639.016
3.639.019
3.639.0r
3.639.018
9
26
187
193
201
214
8 1
43
89
90
113
178
231
184
234 1
245
268
276
295
330
348
3
30R
33
34R
31
3838
61
I34R
158R
70C
77
82R
85S
8$
113
223
CLASS 310
3.639.788
3.639.789
3.639.790
3.639,791
3,639,792
3.639.793
3.639.794
CLASS 312
3.639.020
3,639.021
3.639,022
3,639,023
3,639,024
3.639.02$
3.639.026
3.639.027
3.639.028
CLASS 313
3,639,79$
3,639.796
3.639,797
3,639,798
3,639.799
3.639.800
3.639.801
CLASS 315
3 S 3,639,802
12 3,639,803
108 3.639.804
122 3.639,80$
169 3,639,806
CLASS 317
2C
1 IE
1 17
147
234R
234
235R
24$
3,639.828
3,639.829
3.639.830
3.639.831
3.639,832
3,639,833
3,639.834
3,639.833
3.639.836
3,639,837
CLASS 325
4 3,639.838
64 3.639.839
308 3,639,840
363 3,639,841
CLASS 328
61 3.639.842
116 3.639.843
130 3,639,844
146 3,639,843
131 3,639.846
160 3.639,847
167 3,639.848
228 3,639,849
16
138
3.639.807
3,639.808
3.639,809
3,639.810
3.639.812
3.639.81 I
3.639.813
3.639.814
3.639.81$
3.639.816
CLASS 318
3.639.817
3.639.818
CLASS
329
3.639.830
$0
CLASS 330
38M 3,639.851
CLASS 331
lA 3.639.852
51 3.639.853
94$ 3.639.834
3.639. 8$5
96 3.639.836
107R 3.639.857
1088 3.639.859
108R 3.639.858
CLASS 333
29 3,639,860
^I 3,639.861
73V^ 3.639.862
^9 3.639.863
96 3.639.864
CLASS 335
18 3.639.865
132 3.639.866
154 3.639.867
20$ 3.639.868
207 3.639.869
2$7 3.639.870
274 3.639.871
CLASS 336
84 3,639.872
CLASS 337
18^ 3,639,874
187 3,639,873
CLASS 338
3.639.875
3.639,876
3,639.877
3.639,878
3.639,879
3,639,880
3,639.88 1
2
13
1$3
174
180
183
190
10
14R
CLASS 339
21R
36
5 3
75MP
75R
91R
99R
14 3C
184M
3,639,882
3,639,883
3.639,884
3,639,88$
3.639,886
3.639.887
3.639.888
3.639.889
3.639.890
3.639.891
3.639.892
3.639.893
CLASS 340
31A
$2A
62
64
71
110
146 1
146 3AC
146 3J
147R
3.639.894
3.639.89$
3.639.896
3.639.897
3.639.898
3.639.899
3.639.900
3.639.901
3,639,903
3,639.902
3,639,904
PI 54
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
149
3,639.905
CLASS 352
58
3.639.068
f-
III
3.639,090
3,639.906
37
3,639,045
195
3.639.069
156
3,639,091
150
3.639.907
9:
3,639,046
199
3.639.070
175
3.639,092
166
3.639.908
CLASS 353
CLASS 408
177
3.639,093
r: 5
3.639.909
101
3,639,047
91
3 639.071
3.639.910
3.639.91 1
3,639,048
CLASS 355
9
CLASS 415
3 639 072
12
CLASS 424
3,639,558
3, 639.91:
3
3,639,049
109
3.639.073
3,639,559
3.639.913
3,639.050
1 10
3.639.074
22
3,639,560
CLASS 350
3.639.05 1
163
3.639.075
28
3,639,561
3.5
3 639.0:9
3.639.05;
3.639,562
3.639.030
3,639,03 1
3 639 03:
13
18
:9
3.639.053
3.639.054
3.639.055
30
1 1 1
CLASS 416
3.639.076
3.639.077
35
3,639,564
3.639.565
3 639 033
40
3,639,056
132
3.639.078
37
3.639,566
31
3,639,034
51
3,639,05--
3.639.079
4 3
3,639.568
96R
3,639,035
83
3,639,058
186
3.639.080
48
3.639.569
97
3,639,036
86
3,639,059
CLASS 417
49
3,639.563
126
3,639,037
104
3,639,060
^
3.639.081
54
3.639,570
161
3,639,038
CLASS 356
214
3.639.082
3,639,571
162SF
3,639,039
7:
3,639,061
282
3.639.083
6 3
3,639,572
1 84
3,638,996
97
3 639 062
394
3.639.084
193
3,6 39,040
106
3,639,063
410
3.639.085
78
3,639,574
CLASS 351
i:o
3,639.064
454
3.639.086
3,639,575
14
3.639.041
::5
3.639.065
572
3.639.087
3,639,576
30
3.639.04:
237
3.639.066
CLASS 418
88
3,639,577
38
3.639,043
:4o
3.639.067
74
3.639.088
9 3
3,639,578
103
3,639,044
CLASS 401
93
3.639.089
94
3,639,579
116
3,639,580
3.639,609
117
3,639,581
275
3,639,611
1 18
3.639.582
3,639,613
125
3.639,583
276
3,639,614
3,639.610
127
3.639.584
3.639.612
128
3.639.585
280
3.639.615
153
3.639.586
300
3.639,616
173
3,639.587
3.639.617
180
3.639,588
302
3.639.618
195
3.639.589
304
3.639.619
^<
3.639.620
203
3.639.590
3.639.621
216
3.639.591
308
3.639.622
3.639.592
31 1
3.639.623
218
3.639.593
317
3.639.624
224
3.639.594
3.639.625
227
3.639.595
319
3.639.626
320
3.639.627
236
3.639.596
3,639.628
238
3,639,597
325
3.639,629
3,639,598
3,639.630
239
3.639,599
326
3,639,631
242
3.639.600
3,639,632
244
3.639,601
327
3.639,633
250
3,639.602
3 30
3,639.634
335
3,639,635
3.639.603
346
3,639,636
270
3.639.604
3.639,637
271
3.639.605
349
3,639,638
273
3.639,607
CLASS 431
274
3.639,606
115
3,639,094
3,639,608
177
3,639,095
Classification of Designs
4 —
3
222.900
D 9-267
222.905
8-
14
222.901
D15- 1
222.906
65
222.902
6
222.907
D33-
3
233
222.903
D25- 1
222.908
222.904
D26- 14
2 22.909
D34-
4
222,910
222,91 1
222.9i:
2:2.9 13
222.914
15
2 2 2.91 5
222.916
222.917
222.918
222.919
D48-
D49-
D52-
D54-
31
35
6
12
222.920
222.921
222.922
222.923
222.924
D57- I
D61 —
D72-
D90- 20
D95- 3
222.925
222,926
222,927
222,928
222,929
/^
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
(U.S. States. Territories and Armed Forces, tlie Commonwealtli of Puerto Rico, and tlie (anal Zone)
Alabama 1
Alaska 2
American Samoa 3
Arizona 4
Arkansas 5
Calilornia 6
Canal Zone 7
Colorado 8
Connecticut 9
Delaware 10
District of Columbia 11
Florida 12
(ieorjiia 13
(>uam 14
Kentucky 21
Louisiana 22
Maine 23
Maryland 24
Massachusetts 25
Michigan 26
Minnesota
Hawaii..
Idaho...
Illinois.,
Indiana.
Iowa
Kansas.
27
Mississippi 28
Missouri 29
Montana 30
Nebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersey 34
15 New Mexico 3.S
16 New York 36
17 North Carolina 37
18 North Dakota 38
19 Ohio 39
20 Oklahoma 40
Oregon 41
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Ri(<i 43
Rhode Island 44
South Carolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee 47
Texas 48
Itah 49
Vermont 50
Virginia 51
Virgin Islands 52
^ ashinglon
\^ est V irginia..
Vi isconsin
U yominji
IS. Air Force
IS. ^rnlv
L.S. Naw
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
(Kirsl numbrr m lislmK denotes ImalM.n a.o.rd.nK U, above kev. Rrfer to paten, number m b..d> of the OffinaK .aielle t.. obtam deta.is a» t.. inven.ur
name. Im atmn. elcl
1
3.638.307
3.638.814
3.639.399
2
3.638.742
4
3.638.286
3.638.395
3.638.641
3.638.671
3.638.774
3.638.910
3.639.071
3.639.075
3.639.845
3.639.912
5
3.638.317
3.638.726
6
3.638.255
3.638.282
3.638.283
3.638.296
3.638.298
3.638.309
3.638.315
3.638.324
3.638.338
3.638.343
3.638.345
3.638.347
3.638.353
3.638.356
3.638.376
3.638.377
3.638.397
3.638.401
3.638.429
3.638.432
3.638.433
3.638.442
3.638.481
3.638.492
3.638.493
3.638.495
3.638.501
3.638.507
3.638.515
3.638.539
3.638.559
3.638.566
3.638.568
3.638.572
3.638.586
3.638.602
3.638.615
3.638.632
3.638.640
3.638.642
3.638.643
3.638.652
3.638.657
3.638.666
3.638.669
3.638.682
3.638.696
3.638.698
3,638,71 1
3.638,719
3,638,724
3,638,7:5
3.638.73:
3.638.743
3.638.766
3.638.776
3.638.804
3.638.806
3,638.808
3,638,81 1
3,638,813
3,638,818
3,638.833
3.638.839
3.638.863
3.638.866
3.638.880
3.638.883
3.638.905
3.638.933
3.638.934
3.638.938
3.638.947
3.638.957
3.638.960
3.638.971
3.638.984
3.638.998
3.639.021
3.639.022
3.639.040
3.639.041
3.639.065
3.639.070
3.639.077
3.639.086
Patents
3.639.090
3.639.769
3.639.102
3.639.776
3.639.1 1 1
3.639.778
3.639.156
3.639.781
3.639.163
3.639.782
3.639.170
3,639.806
3.639.183
3.639.81 1
3.639.188
3,639.816
3,639,200
3.639.838
3,639,218
3.639.843
3,639,221
3.639.846
3,639,227
3.639.850
3,639,261
3.639.869
3,639,268
3.639.891
3.639.271
3.639.898
3.639.273
3.639.909
3,639.275
3.639.913
3.639,282
8 3.638.350
3,639.:99
3.638.785
3.639.356
3.639.073
3,639.369
3.639.1 10
3.639.413
3.639.277
3.639.4:8
3.639.345
3.639.439
3.639.584
3.639.46:
3. 639. 810
3.639.469
3.639.831
3.639.470
3.639.900
3 639,494
9 3.638.251
3.639.523
3.638.294
3.639.524
3.638.381
3.639,545
3.638.419
3 639,546
3.638.430
3 639,547
3.638.439
3,639.551
3.638.509
3.639.555
3.638.594
3.639.567
3,638.600
3.639.576
3.638,658
3.639.579
3,638,758
3.639.593
3,638,769
3.639.635
3,638,847
3.639,650
3,638.867
3,639.677
3.638.987
3.639.684
3.639.013
3.639.688
3.639.017
3.639.701
3.639.066
3.639,702
3.639.067
3,639,731
3.639.149
3.639.732
3.639.151
3.639.739
3.639.284
3.639.746
3.639.323
3.639.751
3.639.482
10
1 1
i:
3.639.489
3.639.057
■* 639 529
3.639.132
3.6 39.5 34
3.639.141
3.639.62:
3.639.301
3.639.7:4
3.639,728
3.639.735
3,639,730
3.639,76:
3,639,757
?.638.:91
3,639,768
3,638.786
3,639,809
3,638.826
3,639.848
3.638.968
13 3.638,762
3 639.0:9
3,638,965
3.6 39.03:
3,638,983
3.639.033
3,639.039
V639.100
3.639.068
3.639.174
3.639.664
3 639. :40
16 3.638.871
' 639. :6"
17 3.638,277
3,639.:9:
3.638.319
3 639. :94
3.638.323
3.639. :95
3.638.330
3.639.298
3.638.342
3 639.343
3.638.354
' 639,365
3,638.390
3 639,378
3.638.394
3 639,379
3.638.407
3,639,438
3.638.409
3,639,443
3.638.438
3 639 49:
3.638.444
3 639,493
3.638.453
^ 639,535
3.638.473
3.639.633
3.638.488
3.638.373
3.638.528
3.639.225
3.638.532
3 639.5 10
3.638.534
3.638.268
3.638.540
3.638.295
3.638,624
3.638.530
3.638.630
3.638.558
3.638.659
3.638.695
3.638.676
3.638.795
3,638. "16
3.638.803
3.638.799
3.638.836
3.638.801
3,638.837
3.638.807
3.638.838
3.638.829
3.638.912
3.638,830
3.638.917
3.638.834
3.638.950
3.638.835
3.639.008
3.638.846
3.639.020
3.638.854
3.639.027
3.638.857
PI 5.S
PI 56
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 57
It
20
21
23
638,858
638, 8'9
638,888
638,895
638, 89--
638,902
638.932
638,945
638,981
638,982
638,997
639,010
639,026
639,043
639,081
639,084
639,1 19
639,129
639.130
639.185
639.21 3
639.220
639.260
639.263
639,2^8
639.309
639.318
639.325
639.389
639.404
639,435
639,454
639,456
639,565
639,568
639,578
639,598
639,674
639,683
639,690
639,708
639,729
639, ■'47
639,752
639,^64
639, ■'7^'
639,790
639.799
639,84 1
639,866
639,868
639.889
638.254
638.260
638.427
638.449
638.470
638.606
638.635
638.749
638,752
638.881
639.083
639,1 16
639.331
639.348
639.465
639.499
639.558
639.602
639.603
639.612
639.634
639.636
639,646
639.787
639.890
638.250
638.331
638.667
638.809
639.665
639.703
638.246
638.273
638.739
638.920
638.967
639.000
639.054
639,496
639.57"
639.821
638.6-0
638,802
638,599
638.616
638.665
638.721
638.949
639.09"
639.104
639.144
639,206
639.495
638,88"'
24
26
3,638,930
3.639.148
3,638,264
3.639,152
3,638,519
3,639,153
3,638.693
3,639,155
3.638.849
3,639,158
3.638.856
3,639,175
3.638.973
3,639,179
3.639,099
3,639,184
3.639.108
3,639,248
3.639.250
3,639,304
3,639,280
3,639.311
3,639,358
3.639.372
3,639,364
3.639.395
3,639,374
3.639.401
3,639,475
3.639.422
3,639.638
3,639,445
3.639.^73
3,639,452
3.639.789
3,639,463
3.638.241
3,639,477
3,638.302
3,639.522
3.638.308
3,639,541
3.638.31 1
3,639,542
3.638.327
3,639,548
3.638,366
3,639,5"4
3,638,446
3,639,575
3,638,546
3,639,581
3.638,619
3,639,600
3.638.639
3,639,66"
3,638.6-'8
3,639,721
3.638.679
3,639.733
3.638.784
3.639.772
3.638.922
3,639.791
3.638.991
3,639,805
3.639.036
3,639,826
3.639.042
3,639,844
3.639,101
3,639,896
3.639.103
27 3,638,333
3.639,124
3,638,339
3,639,162
3,638,464
3,639,306
3,638,649
3,639,330
3,638,-41
3,639,426
3,638,82"
3,639,427
3,638.93"
3.639.459
3.639.193
3,639.5"1
3.639.245
3.639,585
3.639.315
3,639,615
3.639.338
3,639.640
3.639.361
3,639,69 1
3,639.474
3.639.^18
3.639.654
3.639.765
3.639.704
3.639.779
3,639.744
3.639.780
3.639.792
3.639.784
3.639.899
3.639.786
28 3.638.25"
3.639.833
29 3,638.369
3,639.835
3.638.448
3.639.840
3.638.45 1
3.639.854
3.638.490
.■>,639.863
3.638.550
3,639,8"5
3.63 8.663
3.639,892
3.638.812
3.639.906
3.639.007
3.639,41 1
3.639.291
3.638.2"4
3.639.353
3,638.402
3.639.391
3.638,404
3.639.591
3,638,452
3.639.592
3.638.462
3.639.627
3.638,4^2
3.639.678
3.638.491
30 3.638.655
3.638.533
3.638.782
3,638,552
3 1 3.639.878
3.638.560
32 3,638.860
3. 638. 5-5
3.639.222
3.638.598
3 3 3.63 8.261
3,638.603
.'.638.853
3.638.625
34 .■>.638.248
3,638.626
3.638.258
3.638.62"
3.638.280
3.638,634
3.638.281
3,638,675
3.638.292
3.638,688
3.638.304
3,638,69 1
3.638.306
3,638,692
3.638.314
3,638,700
3.638.316
3,638,755
3.638,320
3,638.765
3.638.349
3,638.771
3.638.367
3,6 3 8,8 3 1
3.638.370
3,638.844
3.638.455
3.638.900
3.638.504
3.638.901
3.638.510
3,638,964
3.638.525
3,638,985
3.638.563
3,638,992
3.638.644
3,638,999
3.638.660
3,639,002
3.638.733
3,639,01 1
3,638.783
3,639.012
3.638.788
3,639.028
3.63 8.790
3.639,08"
3.638.875
3,639,09 1
3.638.891
3,639,105
3.638.914
3,639,139
3.638.918
3.639.147
3.638,924
35
36
3.638.925
3,638,654
3,638,979
3,638,664
3,639,001
3.638,687
3,639,031
3,638,720
3,639,050
3,638,779
3.639,082
3,638.793
3.639,109
3,638.800
3,639,115
3,638,841
3,639,133
3,638.848
3,639,136
3.638,850
3,639.169
3,638,870
3,639,187
3,638.890
3,639.189
3,638.898
3,639,194
3.638,986
3.639.217
3,638.995
3.639.219
3,639.034
3.639,226
3.639.048
3,639,229
3.639.05 1
3,639.234
3.639.053
3.639.235
3,639.056
3.639.236
3.639.059
3,639.237
3.639.061
3.639.258
3,639.069
3.639.308
3,639,076
3,639.313
3,639,088
3.639.326
3.639.120
3,639.327
3.639.121
3.639.333
3.639.123
3,639,381
3.639.127
3,639.382
3.639.143
3.639,405
3.639.164
3,639,420
3.639,165
3,639,458
3.639.167
3,639,464
3.639.168
3.639.480
3.639.173
3.639.481
3.639.177
3.639.501
3,639.181
3.639,503
3,639.182
3,639.531
3,639.196
3.639.537
3,639,224
3,639.563
3.639.231
3,639,570
3,639.238
3,639,572
3.639,239
3.639.573
3.639,254
3.639.590
3.639,337
3.639.595
3,639,344
3.639,597
3,639,355
3.639.614
3.639.357
3.639.616
3.639.407
3,639,624
3.639.4 10
3,639,632
3.639.41 1
3.639,644
3.639.4 14
3,639,657
3.639.41"
3,639,658
3.639.451
3,639,666
3.639.453
3,639,670
3.639.478
3,639.686
3,639.487
3,639,715
3.639,506
3,639,753
3.639.508
3,639,774
3.639.538
3,639.775
3.639.543
3.639,800
3.639.587
3,639,802
3.639.618
3,639,804
3.639.629
3,639.837
3.639,693
3.639.855
3.639.699
3.639.888
3.639.722
3.639.908
3.639.725
3.639.910
3.639.754
3.638.483
3.639.755
3.638.791
3.639.77 1
3.638.904
3.639.803
3.639,018
3.639.807
3.638,240
3.639.8 17
3.638,270
3,639.842
3.638,279
3,639.87 1
3,638,336
3.639.873
3,638,340
3.639.883
3,638,346
3.639.884
3,638,371
3.639.886
3,638,380
3.639.887
3,638.384
3.639.897
3,638,387
3.639.901
3,638.405
3.639.907
3,638,420
37 3.638.332
3.638.422
3.638.3 37
3.638.431
3.638.414
3.638.440
3.638.585
3.638.443
3.638.661
3.638,445
3,638.662
3,638.450
3.638.737
3.638.463
3.638.787
3.638.465
3.638.832
3.638.516
3.639.038
3.638.524
3.639,197
3.638.527
3.639.232
3.638.541
3.6 39.380
3.638.561
3.639.386
3.638.565
3.639.656
3.638.574
3.639.681
3.638.610
3.639.694
3.638.611
3.639.849
3.638.613
38 3.638.341
3.638,614
39 3.638.242
3,638.618
3.638.243
3.638.651
3.638.262
40
41
3.638.348
3.638.355
3,638,361
3,638.364
3,638.368
3.638.388
3.638,389
3,638,428
3,638,457
3,638,506
3,638,518
3,638,520
3,638,567
3,638,573
3,638,582
3,638,589
3,638,597
3,638,608
3,638,629
3.638,673
3,638,674
3,638,684
3,638,702
3,638,717
3,638,734
3,638,753
3,638,773
3,638,852
3,638,865
3,638,878
3.638.884
3.638,903
3.638.921
3,638,976
3.639,023
3,639,024
3,639,025
3,639,046
3,639,089
3.639.137
3.639,166
3,639,242
3,639,253
3,639,259
3,639,276
3,639.283
3.639.316
3.639.319
3.639.336
3.639.367
3.639.500
3,639.507
3.639.544
3.639.569
3.639.583
3.639.607
3.639.637
3.639.696
3.639,726
3,639,727
3,639.748
3.638.256
3.638.392
3.638.505
3.638.588
3.638.68 1
3.639.049
.639,095
,639,279
,639,317
,639,346
,639,373
,639,436
,639,505
,639,517
.639,519
3,639.521
3,639,655
3,639.669
3.638.245
3.638.310
3.638.382
3.638.408
3.638.521
3.638.591
3.638.736
3.638.876
3.639.785
3.638.244
3.638.269
3.638.300
3.638.312
3.638.325
3.638.326
3.638.328
3.638.335
3.638.378
3.638.379
3.638.471
3.638.496
3.638.497
3.638.503
3.638.514
3.638.535
3.638.564
3.638.576
3.638.590
3,638.637
3,638.648
3,638.650
3,638.712
3.638.714
3.638.754
3,638,756
3,638,770
3.638.816
3.638.819
3.638.843
3.638.869
3,638.885
3.638,928
3,638,936
3,638,940
3,638,951
3,638,972
3,638,974
3j»J8^80
3,639,107
3,639,1 17
3,639,142
3,639,160
3,639,172
3,639,176
3,639,201
3,639,208
3,639,215
3,639,228
3,639,241
45
3.639,252
3,639,265
3,639,266
46 3,638.710
3,639,272
47 3,638.275
3,639,293
3,638.276
3,639,307
3.638.365
3,639,310
3.638.587
3,639,322
3,638.872
3,639,351
3.638.873
3,639,362
3.638.91 1
3.639,429
3.638.944
3,639.486
3.639.159
3.639.530
3,639.209
3.639.561
3.639.332
3,639.562
3.639.384
3.639.613
3.639.385
3.639.621
3.639.424
3.639.639
3,639.604
3.639.647
48 3,638.284
3.638 288
3,639.67 1
3,638.322
3,639,706
3.638.399
iA19J 1 3
3.638.436
3.639.788
3.638.469
3. 639. "98
3.638.475
3.639.815
3.638.476
3.639.825
3.638.478
3.639.893
3.638.484
3.638.412
3.638.485
3.638.415
3.638,486
3.638.351
3,638.48"
3.638.636
3.638.498
3.638.638
3.638.596
3.638.617
3,639,376
3.639.324
3.638,623
3,639,402
3.639.350
3.638,694
3.638.709
3,639,403
3.639.450
53
3,639,473
3,638.318
3,638,334
3.638.722
3.639.490
3,638,583
3 638 72''
3.639.491
3.638.628
3,639.515
3.638.647
3.638.727
3.639.528
3,638.946
3,638.728
3.639.533
3.639.13 1
3,638.729
3.639.608
3.639.617
3 6^9 716
3.638.730
3.639.692
54
3,639.431
3.638.731
3. 639, "3"
55
3,638.252
3.638,738
3,639,740
3,638,253
3.638.740
49
3,639,8"6
3,638,500
3.638,271
3.638.363
3. 638. "45
3,638 570
3.638.480
3.638.796
3.638.815
3.638.780
3.638.962
*■*
3.638.584
3,638.62)
3,638. "08
3.638.907
'" 3.638.993
3,638.746
3.638.908
3.639.003
3.638.822
3.638.919
3.639.736
3.638.823
3.638.927
50
3.639.005
3.638.828
3.638.842
3.638.988
3.639.125
3.638.851
3.639.135
51
3.638.53^
3.638.894
3.639.138
3.638.653
3.638.939
3.638,935
3.639,09?
3.639.233
3.638.948
•
3.639. 2"4
3.639.262
3.639.044
3,639.596
3,639.285
3.639.063
3,639.676
3.639.680
3,639.312
3,639.096
3.639.808
3.639.363
3.639 1 1"
3.639.822
Design Patents
1
222.901
13
222.913
222.920
29
6
222.908
17
222.902
21
222.903
5 ■(
222,921
222.910
222.904
36
12
222,900
222.91 1
T T
"> "t 1 Q"^ "^
222.905
222,924
222,928
222,907
222,925
39
222,915
222,909
222,926
46
222,906
222,923
LS GOV£RNME,NT PRINTING OFFICE 0-
'7
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
February 8, 1972 Volume 895 Number 2
r
CONTEN TS
Page
Issue of February 8. 1972 389
Patents and Trademark Notices
Registration to Practice 390
Identification of Goods and Services in Trademark Applications — (Re-
print of Notice and Amendment) 390
Patent Suits 390
Patent Notices
Cenificates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 8, 1972 393
Condition of Patent Applications 394
Patent Granted
General and Mechanical ' 395
Chemical 5^9
Electrical 5^2
Design Patents Granted 77]
Index of Patentees pi 1
Index of Designs PI 5 1
Classification of
Patents PI 53
Designs pi 55
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents PI 57
Designs , , PI 59
The foUowinr are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of DocumenU, Goremment
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, to whom all »ub»criptiont ahould be made payable and
all communicationj addressed :
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional; single copies 40 cenU each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION coneandiig PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each.
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cenU each;
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cenU each. Address orders to the Commissioner of PatenU. Washington, D.C., 20231.
Printing authoriied by SecUon ll(a)3 of Title 35. U.S. Code P.O.
389
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Reristration to Practice ^^^ ^^ ^^^ identification Is understood when read In asso-
Kegisir ciatlon with the title of the class In which it is placed and Is
The following list contains the names of persons applying otherwise satisfactory, further qualifying amendment should
for registration to practice before the United States Patent „ot 5^ required. (For example, "mufflers" in the clothing class
Office either on the basis of 4 years or more service in the ^vould not require further modification to indicate that articles
Examining Corps or under Rule 341(e) of the "Rules of of clothing are Intended ; similarly the term "house organ ' in
Practice of the United States Patent Office In Patent Cases." ^^5 dass for printed publicatlon.s would not need further
Information tending to affect the eligibility of said appU- qualification.)
cants on moral, or ethical, or other ^''''fi;;ill'tX\Z\- ^n * few Instances.- the terminology in the International Clas-
nlshed the Commissioner of Patents on or before February ^^^^^^j^^ ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ g^^^.^^^ j^ ^^^ j^ ^„„^^^ ^^^^^ ,„
29. 1972. jjjp United States. Where this occurs, the term more commonly
Dua, Robert A., 13512 Sherwood Forest Terr., Silver Spring, used in this country should be selected.
Md. 20904 The English edition of the "International Classification of
Hodson, Gordon W., 1411 Strathy Ave.. Mississaugo, Ontario, Goods and Services to Which Trade Marks Are Applied" can
Canada be ordered from :
Legarda, Aurora A., 14S Summit Ave.. Apt. 10. Jersey City. ^^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^
N.J.. 07304 ^ ^ . , . . „„^„. v„ o9ftn-i Block C, Station Square House
Major. Theodore. 4913 Andrea Ave f^^^/.j! ;'^^\'^^;f ^^^ St. Mary Cray. Orpington. Kent. England
Sher. Melvln, Canadian Marconi Co., 2442 Trenton A\e.. Mon-
treal 301, Quebec, Canada Certain modifications and additions to the Classification have
T'TRELLE F P\RKER ^^^" published as supplements and are also available from the
Jan. 13. 1972. < Chairman. Committee on Enrollment. ^'{l^'^^^^f^^^^ ^^^.,3^^ ,j. ^^^ g^^^,,,, p^^.^^ office that the
only acceptable methods of payment are by International
— -^ — Money Order or banker's draft, payable In sterling and drawn
on a bank in the United Kingdom. Orders for the Interna-
Identification of Goods and Services in Trademark tlonal Classification and for the supplements can be made
AoDlications— (Reprint of Notice and Amendment) by remittance in the following amount (s) :
*^*^ International Classification 50 pence
Effective Immediately, the Alphabetical List of Goods and j^.^^. ^^ iqqt^ supplement 5 pence
Services which appears In the volume entitled "International ^^^^ ^g^ ^q^q supplement Free
Classification of Goods and Services to Which Trade Marks ^j^^^. 3 jg^j_ supplement 10 pence
Are Applied" (published by the World Intellectual Property .p^^^j ^^^^ (including postage by
Organization (WIPO) ) is adopted as a general guideline for surface mail) 65 pence
determining the degree of particularity of identification of Additional charge for postage by air 1 pound 55 pence
goods and services required in trademark applications. j^^^
Terms which appear in the International Classification .p^^^j ^^^^ j^^. ^irnj^n 2 pounds 20 pence
listing will generally be accepted as proper identifications of Q^ders should be sent directly to :
goods and services. The use in the listing of more specific
Identifications indented below the heading term does not Sales Branch, The Patent Office, Block C.
necessarily preclude acceptability of that heading. For ex- Station Square House. St. Mary Cray,
ample, the International Classification lists, as Item A407. Orpington, Kent, England
Ammunition, followed by specific types of ammunition, as RENE D. TEGTMEYER,
Items A408 and A409 and A410. "Ammunition" will be ac- Assistant Commissioner for Appeals,
cepted as an identification in accordance with In re Dynamit Legislation and Trademarks.
Nobel AG, 169 USPQ 499 (TTAB, 1971). However, if the ^^^^ . j^^. 13, 1972.
more specific term Is used whenever appropriate, prosecution
of the application may be shortened since the possibility of ^— ^-^^^— ^^
a requirement of greater particularity (see below) is reduced. Patent SiiitQ
Greater narticularity than is set forth by the terms in the raieni auiia
InternatlonTciassiflcatlon listing may not be required by Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 ; Patent Act of 1952
the Examiner in the absence of a clear need therefor. Typical 2,774,951, Kinkaid and Hammell, TERMINAL CLIP, filed
Illustrations of clear need can be found in the following situa- y^^y jg_ ^g^j^ jy q. y jy jn (Chicago), Doc. 71cl210, AMP
tlons : Inc. v. Ramex Mfg. Co. By consent order defendant enjoined,
(1) The broad term includes items which are classified In Oct. 12, 1971.
more than one class. (For example, "artists' materials.") 2,887,001. Lewis. Rice and Estrin, MEANS AND METHOD
(2) The broad term is too indefinite for proper examination, ^q^ FORMING INDICIA ON THE SURFACE OF CONTINU-
(For example, "metallic parts") OUS VULCANIZED PRODUCTS, filed May 24, 1971, U.S. Ct.
(3)(o) The identification Is Inconsistent with the goods ^^ Appeals, First Circuit, Mass. (Boston). Doc. 71-1164,
or services disclosed by the specimens. Teledyne Mid America Corporation v. International Telephone
(b) The ordinary meaning of the identification Is at varl- ^ Telegraph Corporation. The judgment of the district court
ance with the goods or services disclosed by the specimens or [^ ^^ j^^j. ^^^ j^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^ patent In suit to be invalid Is af-
the record. (For example, "decalcomanlas" are not ade- f^^^^ oct. 7, 1971.
quately identified by the term "publications." See also Ex ' „' , „ „^t t r.w r.-oTcnT mht nrvr ap
..V. I.- oAu.ki^r. rn 11 «; TTsspo 9dn ^ 2,8«l,47e. Mark Page, HOLLOW OBJECT MOLDING AP-
'T/) rrlri'c e? the'ma'rk'reTulres'Lltatlon of PAkA^US WITH MOVING HEATERS, fil^ Oct. 31 1967,
the identificatfon. (For example, "beer" may not be Included ^.C, E.D N.Y. (Brooklyn) Doc. 67-C-1024^ Mark Page ^.
in the Identification where the mark is "Newark 'Olde Town' County Plasties Corp. et al. Dismissed. Nov. 3, 1971.
Ale" (Ex parte Consumers Breicing Co., 55 USPQ 426).) 2,909,134, J. A. Knlefel, MACHINE FOR LAYING FLEXI-
On the other hand, some situations do not constitute clear BLE PIPE WITH ATTACHED RISERS filed Mar. 22 1971
need as Illustrated by the following: D.C.. E.D. Calif. (Fresno), Doc. F-504-C. ^o« p^t A Kn.efel
' ail, ^ Aguater, Inc. Consent judgment, plaintiff is valid owner
(1) The existence of a decision holding that a likelihood ^^ patent and defendant has Infringed, Nov. 12^1971.
of confusion exists in relation to items which are narrowly , „r . T,r^<^rn oTTDonuT ai-h vn,- 1
Identified does not In Itself constitute a clear need to require 2.909,816. Robert J. Wood POST SUPPORT, «»«» j^^^- !■
amendment of a broad identification to the more specific items 1971, D.C., N.D. Calif. (San Francisco). Doc. C-71-2100
mentioned in the decision. LHB. Woodmark Products, Inc. v. Sxmpson Mfg. Co.
390
February 8, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
391
2.932.897. John F. Ogden, CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR SWIM-
MING POOLS, filed May 15, 1971, D.C., N.D. Ala. (Birming-
ham), Doc. 70-352-S. Paddock of California, Inc. v. National
Filtronics, Inc. Judgment enjoining defendant from infring-
ing on patent, patent valid, Sept. 30, 1971.
2,959,555, Martin and Abel, COPPER AND IRON CONTAIN-
ING SCALE REMOVAL FROM FERROUS METAL, filed Sept.
28, 1971, D.C., N.D. Okla. (Tulsa), Doc. 71-C-346, Halliburton
Company v. Dow Chemical Company.
3.021.871. Frank J. Rodgers, HOSE FOR PORTABLE PNEU-
MATIC EQUIPMENT, filed Nov. 25, 1970, DC. ED. Wis.
(Milwaukee). Doc. 70-C-663, Samuel Moore tt Company v.
Imperial-Eastman Corporation. Order dismissing plaintiff's
claim and defendant's counterclaim, with prejudice, etc., Aug.
G. 1971.
3,039,773, Teeguarden and Teeguarden, BALLS, filed Nov.
8, 1971, D.C., CD. Calif. (Los Angeles), Doc. 71-2659-ALS,
Harry W Teeguarden and Lillian Teeguarden v. A. O. Spald-
ing d Bros., Inc.
3,083,349, Isaac S. Blonder. TRANSMISSION-LINE CLAMP-
AND CONNECTOR, filed Oct. 12, 1971, D.C., CD. Calif. (Los
Angeles), Doc. 71-2459-HP, Blonder-Tongue Electronics v.
Macon Industries.
3,104,799, Donald J. Steldinger. ENVELOPE ASSEMBLY,
filed Sept. 1, 1967, DC, N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. (J7cl522.
UARCO Incorporated v. Moore Business Forms, Inc. Order
certain claims declared Invalid, defendant awarded attorney's
fees and costs, cause liereby dismissed, Nov. 19, 1969, Notice
of Appeal by plaintiff filed Dec. 17, 1969, from U.S.C.A, Final
judgment, it Is ordered and adjudged by this court that the
judgment of the said district court finding the No. 3,104,799,
Steldinger patent Invalid be, and the same Is hereby reversed,
the judgment making an allowance for attorney fees to de-
fendant, be and the same is liereby reversed and cause be, and
It is hereby remanded to the said district court for full con-
sideration of the issue as to alleged infringement, in accord-
ance with the opinion of this court filed this day, Nov. 2, 1971.
3,104.924. Frederick E. Capel. LAMP CONNECTOR, filed Oct.
28, 1970, D.C, S.D.N.Y., Doc. 70-C-474S, Ward Foods. Inc.
v. Spartans Industries, Inc. Consent-stipulation that this ac-
tion Is dismissed under Rule 41(a)(1) FRCP without costs,
Nov. 4, 1971.
3,140.035, Frederick A. Wenzel, SERVICE TRAY, filed Sept.
24, 1971, D.C. Mass. (Boston), Doc. 71-2052-F, St. Regis
Paper Company v. Winchester Carton Corporation.
3,167,279, Brian R. A. Reffell, PARACHUTE, filed Oct. 5,
1971, U.S. Court of Claims, Washington. D.C. Doc. 755-71.
Walter Kidde d Company, Inc. and Walter Kidde Company
Limited v. The United States of America.
3,187,949, John J. Mangel, SPRAY DISPENSER FOR PRES-
SURIZED LIQUID HAVING TIMER CONTROL, filed Nov.
5, 1971, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los Angeles), Doc. 71-2655 WPG.
John J. Mangel and C-H Products Corporation v. William G.
Kempton et al.
3,220.522, Thomas G. Carter, Jr., POSITIVE CLUTCH, filed
Sept. 29, 1971, D.C, N.D. Tex. (Dallas), Doc. CA-3-3587C,
Thomas O. Carter. Jr. \. D d J Gear Company. Thomas G.
Carter, Jr. owner of patent which Is valid. Defendant is per-
petually enjoined, Sept. 29, 1971.
3,226,916. Bradford and Jenkins. MUD TREATING APPA-
RATUS, filed Nov. 2, 1971, D.C, S.D. Tex. (Houston), Doc.
71-H-1220, Well Control, Inc. v. ;i-7 Service, Inc. et al.
3,229.880, Ewald A. Arp, STAMP DISPENSING MACHINE,
filed June 30, 1969, D.C, N.D. Ill (Chicago), Doc. 69cl360,
Artag Plastics Corp. v. Patents Development Quorum. Final
judgment, complaint dismissed with prejudice, Oct. 8, 1971.
3.241.255. Martin S. Hanley, TICKET ASSEMBLY, filed Jan.
27, 1969, D.C, N.D. Ohio (Cleveland), Doc. CG9-60. Sherburne
Corporation v. Ohio Spring Specialties, Inc. Permanent injunc-
tion Issued restraining defendant from infringing patent, Nov.
3, 1971.
3,249,270, Benjamin Zuckerman, GARMENT SUPPORT
MEANS, filed Sept. 28, 1971, D.C, E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn), Doc.
71-C-1277, Mr. Hanger, Inc. v. Plasti-Form Enterprises Cor-
poration.
3,266,173, Gene H. Sheridan. TRAINING APPARATUS, filed
Sept. 24, 1971, D.C. Del. (Wilmington), Doc. 4231, The Aetna
Casualty and Surety Company v. Singer-General Precision,
Inc.
3,288.520, Klaus E. B. Krutzlkowsky, COLLAPSIBLE
TRAILER, filed Sept. 27. 1971. D.C. ED. Wis. (Milwaukee),
Doc. 71-C-4SS. A'. E. B. Krutzikoicsky v. Trade Winds Co..
Inc.
3.302.647, Arthur E. Marsan, SEALING PAD FOR A POST-
SURGICAL DRAINAGE POUCH, filed Sept 3. 1971. D.C.
M.D. Fla. (Tampa), Doc. 71-406-C. Hollister Incorporated v.
Hoicmet Corporation.
3,304,371, Alex J. Rosenberg. INFORMATION PROCESS-
ING SYSTEM, filed May 28. 1968, D.C. E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn).
Doc. 68-C-530. Alex Jacob Rosenberg v. Standard! Food Prod-
ucts Corp. Order of dismissal, Oct. 1, 1971.
3,313,353, Leslie M. Pierce, APPARATUS FOR SUPPORT-
ING AND CONTROLLING POWER FASTENER TOOLS AND
THE LIKE, filed Oct. 24, 1969. DC, N.D. Iowa (Cedar
Rapids), Doc. 69-C-31-CR, Clary Corporation v. Douglas Inc
et al.
3,313.545, James R. Bartsch. UNITARY MOLDED GOLF
BALL, filed Oct. 8. 1971, D.C.R.I. (Providence). Doc. 4738.
PCR Golf Ball Company, Inc. v. L'niroyal, Inc.
3.321,081, Allan H. Wlllinger, AQUARIUM FILTER APPA-
RATUS, filed Nov. 10. 1971. DC Mass. (Boston), Doc. 71-
2550-C, Metaframe Corporation v. Pace Plastics Inc.
3,826,692, Martlno and Blaese, METHOD OF AND APPA-
RATUS FOR COOKING, filed May 17, 1971, DC. N.D. 111.
(Freeport), Doc. 71c24, Restaurant Technology, Inc. v.
Oeropco Inc. Consent judgment, patent valid and infringed.'*
Permanent Injunction, parties to bear own costs, Sept. 4, 1971.
3,334.361. Robert E. Watson. SHIELDED HINGE TOILET
SEAT CONSTRUCTION, filed Sept. 29. 1971. DC, ED. Wis.
(Milwaukee), Doc. 71-C-495, Su:edish Crucible Steel Com-
pany V. Bcmis Manufacturing Company.
3,343,961, Harry Truax, METHOD FOR TREATING SOY-
BEANS AND THE LIKE USING INFRA RED HEAT filed
Oct. 23, 1970, D.C, N.D. Iowa (Cedar Rapids), Doc. 70-C-
30-CR. Mix-Mill, Inc. and Harry Truax d Sons Company, Inc.
V. Walter Johnson and Merritt Fi.><her, etc. Dismissed by
plaintiff without prejudice, Nov. 30, 1970.
3.355.625, William A. Ward, RECURRENT PULSING SYS-
TEM WITH SEMICONDUCTOR JUNCTION RECTIFIER IN
CAPACITOR DISCHARGE PATH, filed Sept. 30, 1971, D.C
Mass. (Boston), Doc. CA 71-2068-W, United States Scientific
Instruments, Inc. v. EG d G Inc.
3,368,932, Weill, Woods and Solomon, APPARATUS FOR
LAMINATING TWO FABRICS TO FOAM IN ONE SINGLE
OPERATION, filed Jan. 6, 19G9, DC, E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn),
Doc. 69C8, Flame Laminating Machines Corporation v. ideal
Foam Corporation. Order of dismissal, Nov. 9, 1971.
3.394,403, Clayton E. Conklin, METHOD FOR REINFORC
ING TEXTILE GARMENTS, filed Nov. IS 196S DC
S.D.N.Y., Doc. 68-C-4540, The B. F. Goodrich Company x
Mann Manufacturing, Inc. Filed stipulation and order of
dismissal as to complaint and counterclaim, each party to
bear own costs. June IS, 1971.
3.401.269, Michael A. Tabet, COMPOSITE COVER FOR PHO
TOELECTRIC CONTROL UNIT AND METHOD FOR MAK-
ING SAME, filed Sept. 27, 1971, D.C, N.D. Ill (Chicago)
Doc. 71C2339, Michael A. Tabet v. City of Chicago.
3.425.626, Dietz and Dietz, DRINKING STRAW filed Feb
24. 1969, D.C, E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn), Doc. 69-C-197 John F
Dietz et al. v. Neicman Premier Corp. Order of Dismissal,
Nov. 8, 1971.
3.444.865, Guy F. DeVita, TRANSFORMATION WIG filed
Oct. 12, 1971, D.C, N.D. Ohio (Cleveland). Doc. 71-1012
Carousel Fashions, Inc. v. The Higbee Company.
3,452,964, Lionel Bibeault, PORTABLE LIFTING WD/OR
SPRING WINDING DEVICE, filed Oct. 5 197rDCRI
(Providence), Doc. 4734, Paul Fimbel v. Lionel Bibeault. '
3,480,912, Speeth and Norem, SOUND LEVEL VISUAL IN
piCATOR HAVING CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR CONTR(/l-
LING PLURAL LAMPS, filed Sept. 27, 1971 DC ND Tex
(Dallas) Doc. CA-3-5146-D, Autotelic Industries,' Inc v
Kinder Kollege Educational Systems, Inc. et al
392
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
in>
February 8, 1972
3,485,694, Bauder, Hart and Clemlnshaw, METHOD FOR
USING HIGH FREQUENCY HEAT TO MAKE A SEAM IN
A FILTER, filed May 12, 1970, D.C., S.D.N.Y,, Doc. 70-C-
1924. Cambridge Filter Corp. v, ARCO Manufacturtng Corp.
Final judgment on consent, defendant enjoined. Defendant's
counterclaim for a declaratory judgment dismissed without
prejudice. Sept, 20, 1971,
3,516,163, Charles A. Hlsserich, MARKING MACHINE, filed
Nov. 10, 1971, D.C, CD. Calif, i Los Angeles). Doc 71-2690-
RJK. t\ E. Simmons \ , Yard Setcport.
3,525,457, Hausmann and Hausmann. DEVICE FOR HOLD
ING AND EMPTYING TUBES, filed Sept. 15, 1971, DC,
S.D.N.Y., Doc. 71-C-4107, Else Hausmann i Heinnch Hau^-
mann v. Alfred E. Knobler if Company, Inc.
3,565,083, Samuel J. Popell, METHOD FOR SETTING IlAlR.
filed June 4. 1971. D.C, N.D. 111. (Chicago). Doc. 71rl.3.-U.
Popeil Brothers, Inc. v. Aldens Inc. Same, filed Apr. 23, 1971.
D.C , N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 71c978, Popeil Brothers, Inc.
V, Associated Mills, Inc. Same, filed Apr. 23, 1971, D.C, N.D.
Ill (Chicago), Doc. 71c979, Popeil Brothers, Inc. v. Sunbeam
Corporation et aJ.
3.598,064. Edward H. Stempel. SHELVING, filed Oct. 1.
1971, DC, S.D. Fla. (Miami), Doc. 71-1527-C-TC, Belaco,
Inr v. Advance Metal Products, Inc.
3,601.385, Senter and Johnson, ATTACHMENT FOR CHANG-
IN(i KKAR END SUSPENSION IN AUTOMOBILES, filed
Sept. 29, 1971, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los Angeles), Doc. 71-
234G-HP, Anaen .A.utomotive Engineering, Inc. v. Roy H.
Gammell ct al.
I). >13,860, David T. Dltman, PACKAGING TRAY, filed
Sept. 10, 1971, D.C, M.D. Tenn. (Nashville), Doc. 631, Pet
Incorporated v. Mountain Farm Bakery, Inc.
1). ,'17,331, Robert F. Bernliard, BOTTLE filed July 30,
1971, D.C, N.D. Calif. (San Francisco), Doc. C-71-1449,
Pioneer Soap Co., Inc. v. Flexible Plastics Corp.
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 8, 1972
393
3,343,053
3,437,823
3,479,852
3,498,955
3,511,599
3,513,136
3,528,489
3,529,268
3,539,089
3,542,087
3,542,737
3,548,875
3,552,700
3,555,750
3,556,299
3,557,590
3,660,273
3,563,737
3,563,985
3,564,141
3,566,172
3,566,775
3,568,777
3,571,535
3,575,463
3,576,051
3,577,528
3,578,264
3,578,516
3,579,353
3,579,497
3,581,091
3,581,138
3,581,971
3,582,359
3,583,227
3,583,293
3,583,304
3,583,697
3,584,766
3,585,032
3,585,237
3,585,323
3,585,344
3,585,875
3,586,928
3,587,253
3,587,383
3,587,545
3,588,358
3,588,496
3,588,950
3,589,698
3,589,898
3,589,913
3,590,434
3,590,553
3,591,059
3,592,438
3,592,507
3,593,509
3,594,092
3,594,158
3,594,441
3,594,927
3,595,177
3,595,282
3,595,491
3,595,540
3,595,641
3,596,705
3,596,780
3,597,313
3,597,472
3,599,103
3,602,812
3,603,078
3,603,701
3,606,727
3,607,114
3,607,767
3,608,016
/
) /
;,
i \
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner I
F. H. BRONAUGH, Deputy Assistant Comhiissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF JANUARY 25, 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
Filing Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
,ifxn?DAT ruv\ns.Tny \Nn PFTROLEUM chemistry, GROUP 110— M. STERMAN, Director
^ie^^c C^mS)Srintrganlc ComS«lU^^^ Org^c^Metal ^d Organc^Metallold Chemistry; Metallurgy; Metal Stock;
Ellaro eS^y7BaUe?lts;Hydro^bons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions;
Fuel and Igniting Devices.
^^S^^^^^^S; ^S^S^^Js^KS^^er^^^SSdSi^H^^^cides; Poisons; Medicines;" Cosmetics: Steroid."
0x0 and Oxy Qulnones; Acids; Carboxyllc Acid Esters; Add Anhydrides; Acid llalldes.
HIGH POI YMFR CHEMISTRY PLASTICS AND MOLDING, GROUP HO-L J. BERCOVITZ, Director
S^fhetlcRilns Rubber; Proteins^^^^ Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin Compositions; Synthetic ResUis
With Nat3polymere and Resins; Natural Resins: Reclaiming; Por^Formlng; Compositions (Part) eg.: Coating; Molding,
Ink- Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes
rnATTK-'r, AKn I \MI\'A.TI\'G BLEACHING. DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY, GROUP 160-A. P. KENT, Director ..
cllttag-l-^o^ei^ aLd NHsfpriducts^ Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; .Xdheslve Bonding; Special Chem-
ical Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and I'2'°'°f''''.P ^.
Manufacture; Gas;
olid Separation; Gas
hyslcal Processes.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
rNDTI^TRIAL ELECTRONICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, GROUP 210-N'. ANSHER, Director.. - -----.
^VneTatlon and Utmzatlo^^^ Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Conductors; Switches;
Miscellaneous.
^^^O^rdi^ce ri«°ms ^Ammunltlonf R^d^^' U^de^°ater Signalling," Directional Radio Torpedoes, Seismic Eiplorlng." Radio-
Active Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy, Rocket Fuels; Radlo-Actlve Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL. GROUP 23a-J. P\ CX)UCH, Director... ._.
Communications; Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processing, Computation and Conversion; Storage Devices and
DnlatgfJ Arts
F-IFCTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 260-W L C.XKLSON. Director.. . ,.
ISonductor^d Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; \N ave Transmission Lines and
Networks; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring.
^ " P h5u)grap&° So^u^°^d L^ghSg ; Indlcatore Md'o'pt IcV; "m ewurlng" ^d 'Testing^ G e"omeYric4i Instruments.
DESIGNS. GROUP 290-R. L. CAMPBELL, Director -
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310— A. BERLIN. Director ^■- ,^, , -■i.r\yc'\:^u;,W-'
ConvevoVs- Hoists Elevators Article Handling Implements; Store Service; Sheet and Web Feeding; Dispensing, Fluid Sprinkling;
File FxtingSVsheii Cota H^dlta Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solids, fioats; ^hlps. Aeronautics;
Mo^orandTMi^d Vehicles and Appurtenances; Railways and Railway Equipment; Brakes; Rigid Flexible and Special Recep-
tacles and Packages.
Mj
\MUSEMENT, HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT, INFORMATION. GROUP 330-A.RUEC
Amusei^ent knd Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry: ^^"^^ 'f"^^i,Eanh ^\ ork,^^
Fishing, etc.; Tobacco: Artlflcial Body Members; Dentistry; Jewelry; surgery; Toiletry, Prmtmg, Typewi
and Earthenware
Jacks
GROUP 330-A. RUEGO, Director.
'orking and Excavating;
'RiQhincr fitf ■ TnhftCCO' Art**^"'"' unrixj viomnprG* iipnTimr^-" .)h\vpiiv. ."^iiitciv. iuiictiy. a iiiivLn^,, 1 ypCW riiers, SiailUUciy,
Information Dissemination.
HFAT POWFR AND FLUID ENGINEERING, GROUP 340— M. M. NEWMAN. Director ^ ,,- v. ",.".«',• „:"
plwer Plants; Combustfon Engines; Fluid Motors'; Pumps; Turbines, Heat Generation and E^<=h=mge; Refrlgeratlon^^^^^^^
Drying; Vaix)rlzlng; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements; Power Transmission. Fluid Handling, Lu-
brication; Joint Packing.
roNSTRUCTIONS SUPPORTS TEXTILES, CLE AXING. GROUP 360— T. J. HICKEY, Director.. v> ■-;
?otaU-Snei^ Rod, Pipe aid Electrical Conn^^ Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Building Structures; Closure Operator;
Bridges^ClMU^; Earth Engineering; Drilling; Mining; Furniture; Receptacles: Supports; <;ablnet Stracture8,^Centrifuga
Separations; Cleaning: Coating; Pressing; Agitating; Foods: Textiles: Apparel and Shoes; .-rewing Machines, Winding and
Reeling.
l-Oc-71
8-03-70
10-23-70
1-18-71
8-10-70
5-25-71
7-27-70
2-01-7U
3-01-70
12-28-70
12-07-70
1-05-71
12-01-70
12-01-70
2-0,5-71
1-04-71
the lame reasona, or have lapsed under the proYlilons of 35 U.8.C. 181
Patents
Plant Patsnts.
Numbers 2,700,764 to 2.702,900, Inclusive
Namoers 1,345 to 1,364, Inoloslve
394
PATENTS
GRANTED FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,639,914 3,639,916
METHOD OF MAKING MACHINE SEWN JACKET AND NECKWEAR CONSTRUCTION
JACKET CONSTRUCTION Rkhard C. Vaughn, 216 Delhi St, Syracuse, N.Y.
HaroW R. Ellman, 871 Falrvlew Road, Highland Parli, III. Filed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,496
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,799 Int CI. A41b 3/00; A41d 25/04
int. CI. A41d I/OO VS. CI. 2—130
U.S. CI. 2—93 10 Claims
3 Claims
A man's jacket having a sweater-type feel sewn entirely by
machine and made of stretchable materials. It includes a
shoulder cap assembly blind stitch machine tacked thereto at
several points only. It has the appearance of a tailored jacket,
but does not require hand sewing operations conventionally
used in making tailored jackets.
3,639,915
DISPOSABLE GARMENT AND METHOD AND
APPARATUS FOR MAKING SAME
Frederick J. Hrubecky, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed June 20, 1969, Ser. No. 834,993
Int. CI. A4 lb 9/00
U.S. CI. 2-114 2 Claims
A disposable garment is composed of a rectangular torso
section having its quarter sections folded inward to define
front and back panels, and a rectangular yoke and sleeve sec-
tion folded longitudinally, with the torso section secured
between the edges of the folds of the yoke and sleeve section.
Method and apparatus are provided for making the garment
from two continuous fabric webs.
Simulated cravat comprising a relatively stiff section of
fabric having a knot portion and panel portion adapted to de-
pend from the knot portion, the knot portion having wing
portions extending beneath the left and right collar tab por-
tions of a shirt, and the knot portion and the panel portion
each having an aperture, the spacing between which is an
exact multiple of the common shirt front button and button-
hole spacing, the cravat being combined with a shirt having a
collar button and buttonhole, and shirt front buttons and but-
tonholes, and a buttonhole adjacent the collar button, the
cravat having its knot portion secured to the shirt collar by a
cuff link like fastener projecting through the knot portion
aperture, and through both buttonholes, and being secured to
the shirt front at the button in alignment with the panel por-
tion aperture by a second cuff link like fastener extending
through the cravat aperture, the shirt front buttonhole in
alignment with said last named cravat aperture, and an addi-
tional aperture adjacent the button.
3,639,917
HEAT RECOVERABLE ARTICLE
Victor E. Altbouse, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Raychem
Corporation, Menlo Park, Calif.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26^47
Int.CI. A41d27/;y
U.S. CI. 2-270 8 Claims
Heat recoverable elastomeric materials are used to form
gathers in fabrics, especially disposable garments of non-
woven fabrics.
395
396
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3 639 918 between the outer edges of the curtains and the bathroom
FLUSHING APPARATUS walls and tub An extension provides overlapping of the inner
Gobind R. Mansukhani, B7 AnuiU, R^jaballi Patd Road,
Bombay, 26, India
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,699
ln\.C\.E03d 1104,1106 .^ ?/^ ,ez /^, ?>s,-
U.S. CI. 4-67
8 Claims
/■
The present invention relates to a flushing apparatus. Con-
ventional sanitary flushing apparatus generally employ either
a flush or reservoir tank, or a flush valve without a reservoir
tank and connected directly to water mains. Such flush tanks
or flush valves usually have one lever operated by a single ac-
tion, which lever when operated permits the quantity of
water to flow necessary to flush out waste bulk. Such quanti-
ty, however, is in excess when waste matter is small like urine
deposit.
Richard
CaUf.
3,639,919
SHOWER CURTAIN HOLDER
White, 7630 Willow Glen Road, Los Angeles,
/fl^
5>. ^" '"I "A
r^(0
1
10-
B
/9
-X
edges of the curtains where they meet to prevent leakage
between them
3,639,920
PROGRAMMED PLUMBING SERVICE
James 051 water will be R. Griffin, and Norman A. Forbes,
both of Louisville,
Ky., assignors to American Standard Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,501
Int. CI. A47k 1/04
U.S. CI. 4-166 . 18 Claims
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,900
Int. CI. A47ki/y4
U.S. CI. 4-149 7 Claims
A holder for a pair of bathroom shower curtains compris-
ing a pair of flexible seal strips permanently adhered to a
bathroom wall and extending downwardly from adjacent the
shower curtain rod. A pair of comer blocks permit the strip
to be bent and extend across the top of the tub. Each strip
has a keyhole slot extending for its entire length. The outer
edge of each curtain contains a cord which is pressed into the
seal strip slot to make permanent waterproof connections
Covers a proximity apparatus for a lavatory or basin or
other plumbing fixture which responds to the approach of the
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
897
user to the plumbing fixture to dispense water and soap ac- base member of annular configuration, and a plastic skin is
cording to a predetermined pattern. Water may be turned on vacuum formed thereabout with lapped over heat-sealed
for a first predetermined interval, for example, when the user joints at the marginal edges of the base member. Apertures in
reaches the front of the plumbing fixture, after which the
water will be briefly turned off and the soap will be turned on
for another predetermined interval. Then there will be a
predetermined pause during which neither soap nor water
will be dispensed, after which the flow of n-
stated and the flow continued until the user has departed
from the plumbing fixture.
3,639,921
POOL RINK CONVERSION KIT
William J. Siler, 4029 Kingsbury Ave., Toledo, Ohio
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,625
IntCI. E04hi//6, J//*
U.S. CI. 4-172.11 4 Claims
i?*
An accessory for converting a swimming pool into an ice
skating rink, the device comprising a series of shields posi-
tioned around the inner upper portion of the swimming pool
liner attachable together, and an extension ladder positioned
upon the ice surface and to which a swimming pool ladder
can be fitted.
the bottom of the plastic sole sheet communicate with chan-
nels extending through the base member to permit air en-
trapped within the cushion to be expelled when the skin is
compressed against the cushion.
3,639,923
GOLF PRACTICE PLATFORM
Albert A. Stewart, 150 Fox Meadow Road, Scarsdale, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,563
Int. CI. A63b 69/36
U.S. CI. 273- 187 R 4 Claims
3,639,922
CUSHIONED TOILET SEAT
Stanley J. Samuels, 2031 Locust St., and Samuel Samuels,
1801 John F. Kennedy Blvd., both of Philadelphia, Pa.
Original application July 20, 1967, Ser. No. 654,883, now
Patent No. 3,513,050. Divided and this application Feb. 17,
1970, Ser. No. 14,858
Int. CI. A47k 13/00
U.S. CI. 4-237 3 Claims
This invention comprises a cushioned toilet seat in which a
foam rubber cushion element is superimposed upon a rigid
A golf practice platform is divided into two sections one of
which is stationary, and the other of which is mounted to tilt
slightly as the golfer's weight shifts from one foot to the other
in order to indicate the instant when the shift occurs. Each
section has an artificial turf surface and the turf surface of
the stationary section from which the ball is driven is laid
above a pad of cellular elastomeric material to simulate ac-
tual playing conditions. The entire platform may be tilted in
various directions to simulate uphill, downhill and sidehill
lies.
398
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,639,924
STACKABLE FURNITURE UNITS
Peggy Snider Cadle, 1283 BcU SL, San Bernardino, Calif.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,797
Int. CI. A47c 13135, 4/02
U.S. CI. 5-2
3,639,926
LITTER DEVICE
Gerald E. Stetlman. R.R. #3. Adel, Iowa
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 52,022
Int. CI. A6Ig 7/10. 1/02
8 Claims U.S. CI. 5-81
10 Claims
tW Z4^/r
V* It a* a
^
i»-!,
Three stackable units which can be arranged above the top
of a twin bed to convert the bed into a sitting couch. The
units are hollow and have steeply sloping fronts, enclosed
sides and enclosed tops. The sloping fronts are upholstered,
and serve as backrests for those using the couch. The units
can be manually hung on a support frame attached to a wall
adjacent the bed, or on such a frame attached to the bed it-
self, by means of interlocking hooks on the units and bars or
pins incorporated in the frame, for suitable positioning over
the bed. When the sitting couch is to be converted back into
a bed, the units are unhooked from the frame by hand, and
can then be stacked to form a night stand. To make this
possible, the units differ incrementally in size so as to stack
with the top of one inside the bottom of another, in telescop-
ing fashion. Strips along the inner surfaces of the sides of the
upper two units in the stack serve as stops to prevent exces-
sive telescoping of the units and to fix the height of the night
stand.
3,639,925
RECOVERY OF GOLD FROM CARBONACEOUS ORES
Bernard J. Scheiner, Sparks; Ronald E. Lindstrom, Reno,
both of Nev., and Thomas A. Henrie, Silver Spring, Md., as-
signors to The United States of America as represented by
the Secretary of the Interior
Original application May 15, 1968, Ser. No. 729^82, now
Patent No. 3^74,600. Divided and this application Nov. 17,
1970, Ser. No. 90,428
Int.CLC22b/y/05
U.S. CI. 75—101 R 5 Claims
Carbonaceous gold ores are rendered amenable to a con-
ventional cyanide recovery process by pretreatment with
sodium hypochlorite or calcium hypochlorite compounds at
temperatures under 70° C. Hypochlorite solutions can be
generated in situ by electrolysis of chloride solutions.
A litter device comprising a frame means having opposite
side members and opposite end members and having a
rectangular flexible sheet member supported thereon. The
sheet member is initially secured at one end thereof to one
end of the frame means and is pulled beneath the person by
means of a winch means or the like operatively connected to
the other end of the frame means and having a cable means
extending to the sheet member. After the sheet member has
been pulled beneath the person, one side of the sheet
member is secured to one side of the frame means. The other
side of the sheet member is then connected to a tensioning
means mounted on the other side member to enable the
sheet member to be drawn to a taut condition between the
side members of the frame A strap means is provided on the
frame means for maintaining the person on the sheet member
for transportation purposes
3,639,927
MATTRESS FOR INVALIDS
Josef Munch, Duisburg-Hambom, Germany, assignor to
Ftrma Otto Bock Orthopadische Industrie KG., Duderstadt,
Germany
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,094
Claims priority, application Germany, May 7, 1969, G 69 18
374
Int. CI. A61g 7/02
U.S. CI. 5-91 8 Claims
Sa
A frame of foam polymer with a rectangular cutout, posi-
tioned to underlie the major part of the body of a patient
recumbent thereon, rests on a baseplate serving as a support
for a multiplicity of square or rectangular inserts of like foam
material detachably pasted onto the base so as to be remova-
ble at locations proximal to a pressure-sensitive part of the
patient's body A transverse pad at the foot end of the mat-
tress has vertical recesses open toward the head end to
receive the feet of the patient whose legs rest on anatomi-
cally shaped wedge pieces which extend into these recesses
but terminate short of their closed ends to leave room for the
unsupported heels of the patient.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
399
3,639,928
ACCELERATOR COMBINATION FOR EPOXY CURING
Floyd Edward Bentley, and Norman Bell Godfrey, both of
Austin, Tex., assignors to Jefferson Chemical Company,
Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,431
Int. CI. C08g 30/14
U.S. CI. 260-47 EC 5 Claims
An accelerator combination of N-(3-
aminopropyUpiperazine and salicylic acid is synergistic for
accelerating the cure of a polyglycidyl ether of a polyhydric
phenol cured with a polyoxyalkylenepolyamine. The epoxy
resin product is useful in castings, coatings, adhesives,
laminates, filament reinforced compositions, seamless fioor-
ing, terrazo flooring, crushed-stone aggregates and in grout-
ing, caulking and sealing compositions.
tional, invalid-type mattress and has integral storage provi-
sions for said privacy screen and a conventional bed pan.
3,639,929
COMBINATION LEG/FOOT REST AND BED COVER
RETAINER
Noboru Ichise, No. 18, 3-chonie, Takaidahondori,
Higashiosaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,623
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 15, 1969, 44/64900
Int.CI. A47c 2 7/02,2/ /Ofi
U.S. CL 5-327 5 Claims
A leg and foot rest device to alleviate leg and foot fatigue,
which device is readily insertable between the mattress and
its support of a bed, to project from lateral sides thereof and
also acts not only as a leg and foot rest, but also to preclude
both the bed covers and occupant from inadvertently inad-
vertently off the bed, as contrasted to means elevating bed
covers at the lower end of the bed to preclude contact
thereof with the occupants legs and feet.
3,639,930
HUMIDITY TENT
Gary E. Miller, 333 North Liberty St., Delaware, Ohio
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,776
Int. CI. E03d ll/lO- A47c 21/00
3,639,931
SLEEPING BAGS
William L. McGuire, Seattle, Wash., assignor to Eddie Bauer,
Inc., Seattle, Wash.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 887,033
Int. CI. A47g 9/00
U.S. CI. 5-343 2 Claims
This invention provides a sleeping bag which is formed of a
double length insulated structure folded upon itself. Slide
fastener means joining the side edges are separable adjacent
the fold, the separable elements being reversely arranged at
the sides of the folded structure whereby two or several such
sleeping bags may be joined together side by side.
3,639,932
RARE EARTH OXIDE PHOSPHOR HAVING A
CONTROLLED DECAY TIME
John L. Fern, Towanda, and James E. Mathers, Ulster, both
of Pa., assignors to Sylvania Electric Products Inc.
Filed Nov. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 89,473
Intel. C09k///0
U.S. CI. 252-301.4 R 8 Claims
A cathodoluminescent phosphor composition with a con-
trolled decay time is disclosed wherein the phosphor consists
of a matrix of YjOj contaminated with dysprosium, and a do-
pant of europium and a predetermined amount of at least
one of terbium and praeseodymium. A process for con-
trolling the decay time is also disclosed.
U.S. CI. 5-330
3 Claims
3,639,933
FOLDABLE BOATS
James L. Trowbridge, Route #2, Neshkoro. Wis.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,647
Int CI. B63b 7/00
U.S. CI. 9-2 F
1 1 Claims
'//
,12
t
U-^
^
T^
■//'
X
//
'--
' .'/
gl
A bed with folding integral comer posts for holding a A foldable boat having removable end panels, a pair of
privacy screen or an oxygen tent and equipped with a sec- hinged bottom panels and a pair of side panels each of which
400
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
is hingedly connected to one of the bottom panels. The
hinged connections are provided by flexible, water-resistant
fabrics secured to the connected members, and compressible
gaskets are employed between connected members to pro-
vide a watertight seal. The hinged panels are maintained in
their open, watertight position by transverse ribs, the
removable end panels, and seats which are removably at-
tached to the side panels and end panels.
to
3,639,934
CANOPY APPARATUS
Waiter S. Eggert, Jr., Huntingdon Valley, Pa., assignor
Boothe Airsidc Services, Inc.
Filed Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 860,882
Int. CI. B65g7//00
U.S. CI. 14— 71 17 Claims
5 ^ '1 •
thereon to an elevated and locked position by a lever, for
portability of the platform and wing; and a second foot pedal
for the release of the platform from said elevated and locked
position onto the dock.
3,639,936
SELF-PROPELLED FLOOR SCRUBBER
Waiter G. Ashton, Winnetka, III., assignor to Star Industries,
Inc., Chicago, 111.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,168
Int. CI. A47I/ //29
U.S. CL15-4 8 Claims
A flexible canopy extendable from an aircraft passenger
transfer vehicle for mating with passenger airplanes having
different fuselage airfoil shaped configurations. The gangway
includes a rigid upright frame which carries a pivotal bow
frame from its upright sides and includes a lower frame hav-
ing a threshold plate which is extendable from the gangway.
The lower frame includes a crossbar which is connected to
the upper bow frame and includes bumpers which encircle
the doorway opening in the aircraft. The frames stretch a
flexible bellows around the gangway to keep out wind and
weather.
3,639,935
PORTABLE DOCK LEVELLERS
Karl Kumpolt, 1820 Selkirk Ave., Winnipeg, 14 Manitoba.
Canada
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46383
Int. CL EOld 15112
MS. CI. 14-72 5 Claims
A dock platform having a resiliently pivot-liftable wing on
one side thereof which is adapted to bridge a space between
a dock and the floor of an adjacent carrier, when lowered,
for transport of material thereover, said wing being fric-
tionally locked against said lifting until released by a foot
pedal; ground wheels rockably mounted on one side and a
castered dolly hinged to the opposite side of the platform,
and said parts interconnected, for raising the platform
A hydraulic motor-propelled occupant-driven floor
scrubber having a subframe supporting structure for rotating
brushes and squeegee assemblies that are each independently
hydraulically movable into and out of operating floor-engag-
ing position, with each of the subframe structures having
floating shock-absorbing arrangements.
3,639,937
DISPOSABLE SELF-PACKAGING DUSTPAN KIT
Robert Sweeney, 10 Wilton Drive, Wilmington, Mass.
Filed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,668
Int. CI. A46b 17108; A47I 13142, 13152
U.S. CI. 15-104.8 6 Claims
42 -
A disposable carton is provided with a charge of granular
absorbent material. The package is formed with at least one
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
401
flat wall, one edge of which is contiguous to a removable
panel whereby the package may be opened, the contents dis-
tributed over spillage and swept back into the box by means
of an included paddle.
3,639,938
windshielim:leaning system
Gerald J. Goklen, 875 Comstock, Apt 4 A, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Oct 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,476
Int CI. B60s 1138; A47I 1116
U.S. CL 15-250.06 13 Claims
A windshield-cleaning system, especially useful for clean-
ing automobile windshields of layers of adhering ice, is dis-
closed. The system includes wiper blades each having electri-
cal heating means embedded within the blade to establish a
heating zone on the portions of the blade surface adapted to
contact the windshield. The wiper blade is normally curved
and is transversely and longitudinally flexible so as to readily
conform to the surface to be wiped despite the presence of
the embedded heating means. The heating means may take
the form of a number of flexible resistance wires in an array
in close proximity to the wiping surfaces of the blade and
connected to an external supply circuit through wires having
high fatigue strength. The blades are driven across the
windshield by an electromechanical system whose operation
may be controlled independently of the blade heating circuit.
An automatic control circuit for energizing the wiper-heating
wires when the windshield temperature drops below a
predetermined level during operation of the wiper drive
mechanism, is also disclosed.
3,639,939
COMBINATION SURFACE TREATING AND SUCTION
CLEANING APPARATUS
Bengt Olof Crener, Taby; Erik Ame Anderson, Hagersten,
and Stig Cari-Oskar Emolf, Sollentuna, all of Sweden, as-
signors to Aktiebolaget Electrolux, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,166
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 11, 1968, 16899/68
Intel. A47I 111206
U.S. CI. 15— 320 15 Claims
a first position covers an opening in the air passageway of the
suction cleaning component of the apparatus so that it will
operate properly as a suction cleaner. When the control
shutter is in its first position mechanism for dispensing liquid
wax from a container onto the surface is rendered inopera-
ble. When the control shutter is in its first position a vessel
for holding a body of liquid treating agent cannot be
removably mounted on the apparatus for dispensing such
liquid onto the surface. In the second position of the control
shutter the opening in the passageway of the suction cleaning
component is uncovered so that atmospheric air will be
drawn into the air passageway by a fan and the apparatus
cannot operate properly as a suction cleaner. W^en the con-
trol shutter is in its second position the mechanism for
dispensing liquid wax from its container is rendered operable.
When the control shutter is in its second position the vessel
for the liquid treating agent can be removably mounted on
the apparatus for dispensing such agent onto the surface. The
mechanism for dispensing wax from its container and the
mechanism for dispensing liquid treating agent from the ves-
sel include parts which are common to both mechanisms,
such parts operating in one way to dispense liquid wax from
its container when the vessel for liquid treating agent is not
mounted on the apparatus and operating in another way to
dispense liquid treating agent from the vessel when it is
mounted on the apparatus.
3,639,940
nLTER CHAMBER
Alfred D. Carlson, and Joseph G. Kasper, both of Min-
neapolis, Minn., assignors to Tennant Company, Min-
neapolis, Minn.
FUed Aug. 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 852,326
Int CI. A47I 9120
U.S. CI. 15-352 ^ 9 Claims
A filter chamber including a shaking mechanism for
vibrating dust from filter bags in a sweeping machine wherein
an eccentric weight is mounted onto an electric motor, and
the motor in turn is mounted on spring means which are at-
tached to the filter bags and retain the bags under spring ten-
sion. The control for turning on the vibrator motor also con-
trols a valve which shuts off vacuum fiow to the filter com-
partment so that the dust will more easily fall down from the
sides of the filter bag at the same time the shaking occurs.
This invention relates to a combined surface treating and
polishing and suction cleaning apparatus having rotatable
brushes movable over a surface. A movable control shutter in
3,639,941
VACUUM CLEANER
Warren J. Kirwan, Melrose Park, and Elmer E. Bruning,
Westmont, both of 111., assignors to Sunbeam Corporatkm,
Chkago, lU.
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,615
Int CL A47I 5134
MS. CL 15-372 8 Claims
A rotary brush for a vacuum cleaner including mounting
means for biasing the brush downwardly against the rug
402
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
through the use of the tension applied by the belt dnve from The other end of the draw rod carries a finger movable in a
slotted memb>er secured to the door, the slot running parallel
to the door plane but branching into two extensions of the
end nearest the hinge pins, one extension curving inwardly
^3 17 -—21 20
5. ". », .9/^<^.22l^^^ ^ V>^8b
U-*
the motor.
3,639,942
CASTER BRACKET ASSEMBLY
Martin E. Ostrom, Rockford, III., assignor to Keystone Con-
soiidated Industries, Inc., Peoria, lU.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886.959
Int. CI. B60b 33100
U.S. CI. 16—29
towards the door but the other extension extending substan-
tially perpendicularly to the door to form a catch in which
the finger on the draw rod engages to lock the door in a fully
open or an mtermediate position.
8 Claims
A caster bracket assembly to mount a caster onto the in-
terior surface of a furniture base utilizing a one-piece caster
bracket having an integral caster socket or a separate caster
socket secured thereto. The caster bracket and socket are
bxjth formed of the same or similar materials, and the bracket
has a pair of legs or flanges with means to fasten the bracket
legs to the interior surface of the furniture piece and f>osi-
tioning flanges or tabs engaging the lower edges of the furni-
ture piece.
\ •
3,639,943
DOORSTOP MEANS
Jean G. Cadiou, Saint-Cloud, France, assignor to Citroen
S.A., Paris, France
FUed Aug. 21, 1%9, Ser. No. 851,993
Claims priority, application France, Sept 6, 1968, 165393
Int CI. E05f 5114
U.S. CI. 16-82 2 Claims
This invention relates to a doorstop means particularly for
a motor vehicle, and in which a draw rod is articulated at one
end to the door upright by means of a pin that is substantially
parallel to and spaced from the hinge pin and the door itself.
3,639,944
HINGE ARRANGEMENT INCLUDING A PARTIALLY
CONCEALED MEANS FOR SECURING WITH A
SWINGING DOOR
Ralph B. Mott, Sr.; Ralph B. Mott, Jr., and Richard C. Can-
tella, all of Houston, Tex., assignors to Reserv-A-Roll Co., a
partnership composed of Ralph Beach Mott, Sr. and Ralph
Beach Mott, Jr., by said Cantella
FUed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,513
Int.CLE05f y/06
U.S. CI. 16-153 5 Claims
A hmge arrangement including a hinge housing and a
hinge bracket for hingedly or swingingly supporting a swing-
ing door adjacent a stationary wall surface. The means for
secunng the hinge arrangement to the swinging door is par-
tially concealed so as to inhibit attempts at removal of the
hinge arrangement either by vandalism or idle curiosity. The
hinge arrangement is also constructed to present a smooth
uninterrupted surface on the exterior of the door while hav-
ing a minimum number of exposed screws or other securing
means. The arrangement for maintaining the swinging door
in a partially open position is such that it can be quickly and
easily adjusted to maintain the door in any desired partially
open position
J
\
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
403
3,639,945
POULTRY CUTTER
William D. Duncan, and Carolyn L. Duncan, both of Route
#4, Box 46A, Kokomo, Ind.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 779,990, Nov. 8,
1968, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 682,955, Nov. 14, 1967, now abandoned. This
application Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 66,038
Int.CI. A22c2//00
U.S.CL 17-11 31 Claims
Apparatus for automatically sectioning poultry into a
predetermined number of pieces comprising a pair of cutting
blades for severing the wings, a pair of cutting blades for
severing the breast and legs, a cutting blade for splitting the
poultry into two pieces and a cutting blade for severing the
thighs from the ribs whereby the poultry is sectioned into
nine pieces. A first embodiment utilizes a carriage attached
to conveyor chains for moving poultry past the cutting
blades, and a second embodiment is vertically aligned to
allow gravity to move the poultry past the cutting blades.
Another embodiment includes a mechanism for folding the
severed wing portions.
3,639,946
SHRIMP-PROCESSING APPARATUS
Clyde J. Welcker, and Roland Welcker, both of New Orleans,
La., assignors to The Welcker Corporation, New Orleans,
La.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,526
Int. CI. A22c 29100
U^.CL 17-71 13 Claims
and moving the same from an inlet erui of the machine to a
discharge end thereof. Further, the machine characteristics
including cycle speeds, size and surface finish of the rollers
and configuration of the centerplate have been optimized for
most varieties of shrimp.
An apparatus for processing shrimp and like marine life of
the typ>e utilizing a pair of horizontally extending, parallel rol-
lers spaced apart a distance to accommodate a centerplate
for defining a processing channel and also including an elon-
gated impeller overlying an upper edge of the centerplate is
characterized as having mechanical drive means including
cams and eccentrics for operating the centerplate and the im-
peller from a single rotating line shaft. The cam means is ar-
ranged and configured to drive the centerplate and the im-
peller in undulatory patterns having both horizontal and ver-
tical components of movement selected to operate on the
marine life in conjunction with the rollers for p>eeling, de-
heading, deveining and otherwise cleaning the marine life
3,639,947
CLOSURE DEVICE FOR FOOD-CONTAINING BAGS AND
THE LIKE
Myron Jenner, Betbd, Vt.
Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,705
Int. CI. B65d 77/70
U.S. CI. 24—30.5 R 5 Claims
The disclosure sets forth an S-shaped double multicoil
device for engaging open necks of bags and affording a tem-
porary removable and replaceable closure thereof and for
other purposes. The device is formed by winding wire on an
automatic coil winder to form spaced coils having about one
inch diameter, each of which is about 1^ tightly wound turns
which are spaced y% inch or ^ inch apart. The spacing may in
general determine the generation of the interconnection
curve. Tlie double coils are then turned away from each
other and pulled apart in sequence or in one operation. Tlie
final device has an oblique integral connection forming an S-
shape with each loop of the S having about 1^4 turns and
with the loops separated so that the spacing between the coils
is about equal to the diameter of a coil.
3,639,948
MULTIHARNESS BUCKLE
Gale K. Sberman, Tustin, Calif., assignor to McDonnell
Douglas Corporation
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,157
Int. CLA44b/ 7/00, ;//25
U.S. CI. 24-205.17 8 Claims
A buckle for attaching and releasing one or more har-
nesses used to strap cargo or occupants of a moving vehicle
securely in place. A sequential method is provided for release
of selected harnesses while retaining others permanently or
for subsequent release. A tiltable release handle tilted to a
first position aligns certain captive toggles for release from
locked position and further tilt to a second position releases
others.
}
404
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,639,949
ORNAMENTAL SCARF CLIP
George R. Beck, 775 16Ui St., Boulder, Coio.
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,652
Int. CI. A41d 25104
U.S. CI. 24-49 O
5 Claims
17 f5
A scarf clip, comprising a base hinged to a ring at its rear
surface, is provided on its front surface with resihent chps or
magnetic studs to retain a fastening pin of a brooch or similar
ornament interchangeably supported thereon.
3,639,950
LATCHING DEVICE
Leiand H. Lutz, Los Angeles; Richard C. Heileman, Whittier;
Harlan R. Upstone, Arcadia; John M. Leonard, Buena
Park, and Meivin A. Ottow, Duarte, all of Calif., assignors
to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
FUed Sept 13, 1968, Ser. No. 759,723
Int. CI. A44b 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 24-230 1 Claim
T5 V^ E:^/'/
Iwv.vvwvw-W'rTsV
The invention includes a closed loop of a plastic material
which has a projection molded integrally therewith to act as a
detent. The detent is released by squeezing the loop together
The loop is resilient and springs back for engagement of the
detent. The plastic material has a low-friction, corrosion-re-
sistant surface for trouble-free detent operation. The loop
and projection may be molded integrally. Thus, the device
may be made and assembled easily and quickly at low cost.
3,639,951
SAFETY BELT BUCKLE
Masahiko Inoue, Toyota-shi, and Ken Tojyo, Nagoya-shi, both
of Japan, assignors to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha, Toyota-shi and Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki
Seisakusho, Nishikasugai-gun, Japan
Filed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,535
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 1, 1968, 43/15756
Int. CI. A44b///26
U.S. CI. 24-230 4 Claims
A safety belt buckle so constructed that the minimum
number of components are employed for convenience and
simplicity of assembling; a movable portion is enclosed by a
cover plate and a baseplate so as to be protected from an
unexpected impact of any other object, in order to preclude
an unexpected disengagement of the tongue from a latched
position, and disengagement of the tongue is precisely ef-
i2 22 ±± ^227
J 4 id IJ
fected only by pressing on it by means of a finger inserted
through an aperture on the cover plate, but is not unexpec-
tedly effected as a result of the force of inertia exerted
thereon on collision.
3,639,952
SAFETY PACKAGE ASSEMBLY AND DIVIDER CLAMP
THEREFOR
John T. Thompson, 244 Loring St., Los Angeles, Calif., and
George W. Gillemot, 2331 20th St., Santa Monica, Calif.
Filed Oct. 27, 1 969, Ser. No. 869,504 |
Int. CI. B65d 77110
U.S. CI. 24-255 BC 8 Claims
A divider clamp assembly having many uses such as isolat-
ing reactive potting compound constituents in a flexible
walled package assembly until the constituents are ready for
use.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
405
3,639,953
METHOD OF PRODUCING CARBON HBERS
Isao Kimura, and Hidetsugu Habata, both of Osaka, Japan,
assignors to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,608
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Aug. 7, 1969. 44/62461;
Sept. 30. 1969,44/78353; 44/78354
Int. CI. C01bi//07
U.S. CI. 23-209. 1 20 Claims
Nonflammable fibers are produced by subjecting a com-
posite fiber comprising a pitch and a synthetic organic
polymer bonded uniformly along the longitudinal direction of
the fiber to an oxidation treatment to render it infusible and
then to a set treatment in air or gaseous nitrogen at a tem-
perature of 200° to 500° C. for at least 2 hours. The non-
flammable fiber is converted to carbon fiber by heating to a
temperature higher than 800° C. in gaseous nitrogen. Suita-
ble pitches include petroleum asphalt, coal tar pitch, and
pitch obtained by baking polyvinyl chloride. Suitable
synthetic organic polymers include polyamides, polyesters,
polyolefins, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride,
polyurethane, epoxy resins, and phenol resins.
synthetic filaments utilizing a pair of rollers and a compres-
sion compartment. The device produces a uniform crimp and
3,639,954
APPARATUS FOR MAKING A REINFORCED WEB
Horst Kirzinger, and Alfons Kirzinger, both of Neustadt, Ger-
many, assignors to KIRSON Patentverwertung und Ver-
triebsgesellschaft mbH, Neustadt, Germany
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,565
InL CI. D04h 3104, 3/14
U.S. CI. 28— I CL 4 Claims
A filamentary web intended to be imbedded in a synthetic-
resin sheet is made by inserting a succession of weft or trans-
verse filaments into a continuously moving warp of longitu-
dinal filaments at a web-forming location at which the web is
compacted between rollers drawing the filaments into a com-
pression gap. These weft filaments are drawn from a plurality
of separate spools on a rotating turntable or disk whose
threads are fed through guides on a continuously moving
conveyor belt and whose thread ends are held in c|ips on a
second belt similar to the first and forming with the first a V
open toward the web- forming location so that the weft
threads are drawn out transversely to the warp as they are
moved into the compression gap. Small heated wires at the
web-forming location serve to cut off the individual weft fila-
ments while apparatus is provided at the apex of the V to
reengage the free end of each thread in its clip.
3,639,955
APPARATUS FOR CRIMPING GROUPS OF SYNTHETIC
FILAMENTS
Heinz Fleissner, and GeroM Fleissner, both of Egelsbach, Ger-
many, assignors to Vepa Ag.
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,737
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1968, P 18 16
028.6
IntCI. D02g//y2
U.S. CI. 28— 1.6 14 Claims
The present disclosure is directed to an improved device
for crimping groups of textile filaments, for example,
L
contains features which facilitate the cleaning and main-
tenance thereof.
3,639,956
BEARING SUPPORT AND DRIVE FOR CONTROLLED
CROWN ROLL
Edgar J. Justus, Beloit, Wis., assignor to Bek>it Corporation,
BekNt, Wis.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 457,753, May 21,
1965, now Patent No. 3,286,325, dated Nov. 22, 1966. This
application June 25, 1965, Ser. No. 467,035
Int. CI. B21b 13/02
US. CI. 29—1 16 20 Claims
.?:?
Support and drive for a controlled crown roll in which a
controlled nip pressure is obtained between a roll couple.
The roll is in the form of a hollow roll shell joumaled on a
stationary center shaft, in which pressure means between the
center shaft and roll shell compensate for deflection of the
shaft by the nip correcting pressure on the roll shell. The
shaft is joumaled at its ends in pedestals and one end of the
shaft extends beyond the end of its pedestal to afford a
means for holding the shaft from rotation and to adjust the
position of the shaft with respect to the roll shell. A drive
sleeve is joumaled in this housing on one set of bearings and
is joumaled on the shaft on an aligned set of bearings and has
driving connection with the roll shell. A torque-transmitting
drive connection is provided between the sleeve and the
shell.
I
406
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,639,957
PAPER MANUFACTURING ROLL CONSTRUCTION AND
PROCESS
PauJ J. MitcheU, Jr., Griffin, Ga., assignor to SW Industries,
Inc., Newton, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 606,412, Dec. 30,
1966, now Patent No. 3,460,222. This application June 6.
I969,Ser. No. 831,161
Int.CI. B21bi//05
U.S. CI. 29— 120 ;
2 Claims
'26
In a paper making machine, following casting of the aque-
ous pulp suspension onto a moving web and partial drainage
of water therefrom to form a wet sheet, water is pressed from
the wet sheet by rolls that are characterized by a covering
composed of a butadiene acrylonitrile elastomer and a
dispersion of hydrophobic fiber strands penetrating through
the outer surface of the elastomer. Such rolls have superior
release characteristics with respect to the wet sheet.
3,639,958
ROLLER AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Wilfred Griffiths, New South Wales, Australia, assignor to
Abrasive Aids Pty. Limited, Banktown, Australia
Filed May 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 825,174
Int. CI. B60b 7104
U.S. CI. 29-130 8 Claims
A roller comprises a rigid cylindrical sleeve formed of fiber
glass which is coated with resin. The outer surface of the
sleeve is machined to remove substantially all visible resin
therefrom and to expose the fiber glass. The fibers of the
fiber glass provide substantially fiizzy surface characteristics
on the outer surface of the sleeve. An elastomeric sleeve is
molded around the outer surface of the rigid sleeve. Fibers of
the fiber glass extend into the elastomeric sleeve and define a
zone having an elasticity modulus which is between that of
the rigid sleeve and the elastomeric sleeve. The roller is
formed by coating fiber glass filaments with resin and wind-
ing them upon a rotating mandrel. When a desired thickness
of resin coated filaments are on the mandrel, the filaments
are cut and the assembly is heated to partially cure the resin
while the mandrel is rotated. Following the final curing of the
rigid sleeve, it is placed in a lathe where its outer surface is
machined to remove free visible resin on its exterior surface
and to expose the fiber glass fibers. The exterior of the rigid
sleeve is then coated with a bonding agent and an elastomer-
ic sleeve is bonded to its exterior surface.
3,639,959
GLASS nBER CORD RUBBER ROLLER
Donald H. Bagley, East Freetown, and Robert G. Cook, South
Weymouth, both of Mass., assignors to Armstrong Cork
Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,604
Int. CI. B21bi//05
U.S. CI. 29-132
1 Claim
I
A rubber coated roller is provided with a tapered core of a
glass fiber material bonded in a phenolic resin. The glass
fiber core roller is then mounted on a tapered shaft. Two ad-
jacent rollers coact together to drive a yam positioned
between two rollers
3,639,960
METHOD OF APPLYING A LUBRICATING AND
FRICTION-REDUCING LAYER ON THE INNER
SURFACE OF A TUBULAR BODY OF METALLIC
MATERIAL
Bard Meyer Waage, Knivsta, Sweden, assignor to Habia Kom-
manditbolag, Knivsta, Sweden
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,569
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct 20, 1969, 14378/69
Int. CI. B23p / 1 100; B21d 53110
U.S. CI. 29-149.5 NM 3 Claims
A method for applying a lubricating and friction-reducing
layer on the inner surface of a tubular metallic body compris-
ing the steps of applying a lubricating and friction-reducing
coating on the inner surface of the body and thereafter sub-
jecting said coating to a deformation calibration by means of
a bearer.
3,639,961
METHOD AND TOOL FOR SECURING A BEARING
RACE WITHIN A BORE IN A HOUSING
Robert H. Shiflet, Chula Vista, Calif., assignor to Rohr Cor-
poration, Chula Vista, Calif.
Fited Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,865
Int. CI. B23p///00, 19100
U.S. CI. 29- 1 49.5 B 8 Claims
An annular shoulder which retains a bearing race in a bore
in a housing is swaged by beveled rollers mounted on a
rotatable spindle Pressure exerted by the rollers against the
shoulder is maintained at a first predetermined level during
i'EBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
407
at least half of a revolution of the spindle, then is increased
to a second predetermined level while the spindle continues
to rotate, and finally is maintained at the second level during
at least half of a revolution of the spindle. The bevel of the
rollers, radius of their larger diameter edges, and distance
between their inner sides are designed to provide proper
swaging of the shoulder.
3,639,962
SYSTEM FOR FABRICATING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
Robert M. Gooder, 2537 Country Club Drive, Olympia
FieMs, III.
FikNl Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10^24
Int.CI.B23p/ 7/00, 79/00
U.S. CI. 29-155 R 19 Claims
u' ^//
O
An apparatus and process for completing the assembly of a
joist including a support platform adapted to carry a joist in a
generally horizontal orientation with a bottom chord extend-
ing along one side and a top chord extending along an op-
posite side, rollers carried by said support platform each hav-
ing a plurality of laterally spaced recesses, ones on different
rollers being generally aligned to receive said lower chord, a
set of movable clamping bars located above said rollers, hav-
ing laterally spaced gripping troughs adapted to cooperate
with said roller recesses to selectively grip said bottom chord,
two sets of laterally movable roller wheels having stationary
baseplates associated therewith and being longitudinally
spaced along a top chord side of said support platform, a first
set positioned below or on an underside of said top chord
and a second set positioned above or over said top chord, a
set of clamping fingers interposed between said second set of
roller wheels actuatable to engage said top chord and clamp
the top chord and web together against the lower set of roller
wheels, pneumatic means associated with said movable
clamping bar, said first and second set of roller wheels and
said clamping fingers, responsive to actuation of electrical
controls firstly, to grip the lower chord, secondly, to laterally
press said resf)ective lower and upper sides of the top chord
against said stationary plates, thirdly to clamp said top chord
and web together, and welding means operative to weld said
top chord to said web.
3,639,963
METHOD OF MAKING A HEAT EXCHANGER COIL
ASSEMBLY
Frank \. Maher. Mount Prospect. III., assignor to N apor Cor-
poration, Chicago, 111.
Original applKation Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 717,516, now
abandoned. Divided and this applkation Oct. 8, 1969, Ser.
No. 868,970
Int CI. B21d 53102; B23p 15126
VS. CI. 29- 1 57.3 R 4 Claims
\
Method of making a heat exchanger coil assembly for a
steam generator including coil turns arranged in concentric
layers and spaced apart by spacer members, and including
the step of dip soldering the assembly for securing the turns
and spacer members together to form a unitized assembly
and to anneal the assembly.
3,639,964
METHOD OF MOUNTING A PNEUMATIC TIRE ON A
DEFORMABLE RIM
William Eric Mitchell, Coventry, England, assignor to The
Dunlop Company Limited, Erdington, Birmingham, En-
gland
FUed Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,658
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Mar. 21, 1968,
13,682/68
Int CI. B21h 1102; B21k 1132
U.S. CI. 29- 1 59.01 5 Claims
A method of mounting a tire on a wheel rim having an in-
wardly depressed bead seat and a detachable fiange compris-
ing arranging the tire on the rim and then expanding the bead
seat to hold the tire and the detachable fiange permaiiently in
position.
408
)
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,639,965
WIRING LOOM
G« Yao Chu, Lincoln, Mass., assignor to Wang Laboratories,
Tewksbury, Mass.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,083
Int. CL HOSk 13/04
US. CI. 29-203 MM 6 Claims
An automatic wiring loom in which a row of core posts is
held on a stationary base in horizontal alignment with a
track, a wire laying head is movably mounted on a track and
includes a carriage rotatably supporting a threading arm car-
rying wire to be woven, connected to an electrically operated
solenoid for displacement of the arm in a plane normal to the
row of core posts between a first position in which the arm is
spaced inwardly from the side of the row of core posts ad-
jacent the track, and a second position in which the arm is
spaced outwardly from the opposite, outer side of the row of
core posts, a motor driven timing belt is operatively as-
sociated with the wire laying head for effecting reciprocal
movement along the track and control means are connected
to the solenoid to reciprocally move the arm between the
first position and the second position to weave wire around
portions of said posts in a predetermined pattern to form a
computer matrix.
3,639,966
VARIABLE CRIMPING ECCENTRIC PRESS
Herbert D. Scharf, 437 Merwyn Road, Merion, Pa.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,405
Int. CI HOlr 43 104
VS. CI. 29-203 D
3 Claims
V
^-^
C 0
v»
i
o :
s
^— L.
tof
1
J
-I
K^
In a variable crimping eccentric press including a
crankshaft for oscillating a rod that actuates a crimping die
and wherem the crankshaft has a built-m eccentric throw,
means to vary the eccentric throw of the crankshaft including
a replaceable cylmder secured to the crankshaft at its con-
nection to the rod whereby the cylinder is constructed to
have a degree of eccentricity that will achieve a desired ec-
centric throw of the rod.
3.639,967
PIPE-JOINING MACHINE
Jack Edward Brighton, Hudson, Mich., assignor to B & B
Pipui, Inc.
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,512
Int. CLB23p 79/04
U.S. CI. 29-237 8 Claims
--^:
The present invention is a pipe-joining machine for m-
stalling successive pipe units. The pipe-joining machine in-
cludes a longitudinally extending base assembly having a
front plate, a rear plate spaced from the front plate and con-
necting bars joining the front and rear plates. A hydraulic
cylinder, having a drive rod, is mounted and extends horizon-
tally rearwardly from the rear plate. Control mechanism in-
cluding a multipassage hydraulic valve is in communication
with the hydraulic cylinder. A gripper mechanism is provided
on the free end of the drive rod and is effective for releasably
grasping a cable One end of the cable is fed through succes-
sive ones of the pipe sections being installed and rearward
movement of the hydraulic cylinder drive rod applies a
pulling force to the last pipe section in the chain to properly
seat the last pipe section with respect to the adjoining pipe
section
Holddowns which retain container closures such as can
ends and maintain their proper alignment with rotating
chucks of container closure-lining machines are made by
suspending a narrow, bowed, leaf spring or wire above the
path of travel of the closure through the machine and ar-
ranged to bear on the closure before it is stationed upon the
chuck in a lining receiving position. It is preferred to arrange
the spring so that pressure is applied on the closure substan-
tially over the center of the closure.
3,639,968
CLOSURE-ARRESTING DEVICE
Raymond E. Price, Belmont, and Clifford F. Tirrell, South
Weymouth, both of Mass., assignors to W. R. Grace & Co.,
Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 814,645 |
Int. CI. B23g 7/10
U.S. CI. 29-211 3 Claims
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
409
3,639,969
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MAKING AND FINISHING
ZIP FASTENERS
Marcel Potin. Choisy-le-Roi. France, assignor to Societe
Financiere Francoise De Licences Et Brevets, Chois>-
le-Roi (Val de Maroe), France
Filed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 912
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 8, 1969, 69001 19
Int. CL B23p 11/00, 19/04; B23k 1/06
U.S. CI. 29—408 6 Claims
Method of manufacturing and fmishing a zip fastener from
a section taken from a continuous chain comprising two rows
of coupling members of synthetic material carried by a pair
of parallel tapes. This method consists in causing a tool to be
lowered u|>on the position contemplated for constituting the
"closed" end of the zip fastener to be completed, said tool
being vibrated at supersonic frequency and having its opera-
tive end formed on the one hand with a projecting ridge ex-
tending across the full width of the chain and on the other
hand a central protrusion registering with the two rows of
coupling members, said tool being so positioned and directed
that said protrusion lies on the side of the fastener's section
being fmished. The device according to the present invention
consists essentially of a tool as described hereinabove.
3,639,970
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING PLASTIC-
LINED METAL CONDUIT
Mark E. Larkin, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,198
Int. CI. B23p / 7/00
U.S.CL 29-411 3 Claims
/ y / J
2« 1 |VJ*
16 21 ~^^ 'fT
Vl^^I ^^^^
An apparatus for continuously forming a metal and plastic
composite conduit having a metallic outer surface, cutting
portions from the continuously formed conduit, and ejecting
the cutoff portions from the apparatus.
3,639,971
METHOD OF PRODUCING A CAPTIVE JACKING
SCREW
Bulent Gulistan, Malibu, Calif., assignor to Deutsch Fastener
-Corp., Los Angeles, Calif.
Original application Mar. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 710,294, now
Patent No. 3,502,130, dated Mar. 24, 1970. Divided and this
application Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 163
lnt.CLB23p;y/00
U.S. CI. 29-437 3 Claims
The method of providing a fastener for separating as-
sociated parts when the fastener is loosened in which the
unthreaded shank of a screw blank is extended through a col-
lar having an outwardly extending flange at one end and a
thin-walled portion at the other end adapted to be bent out-
wardly in securing the collar to a workpiece, the collar also
V,2
having an internal shoulder, after which a retainer ring is
placed on the shank and is engageable v^th the internal
shoulder, and threads are rolled on the end of the shank to
hold the retainer ring on the shank.
3,639,972
METHOD OF FORMING A VALVE STRUCTURE WTTH
O-RING SEALS
Carl O. Schdin, and Ame L. Eisentraut, both of Rockford,
lU., assignors to Woodward Governor Company, RocUord,
lU.
Original application Nov. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 779354, now
Patent No. 3,547,158, dated Dec. 15, 1970. Divided and this
application May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,1 15
Int. CLB23p 7 7/02
U.S.CL 29—451 2 Claims
A sleeve having axially spaced external grooves and O-
rings seated in the grooves form an assembly which is
telescoped endwise into a bore to form seals from confining
the flow of fluid through an intervening port in the bore and
a hole in said sleeve. The sleeve and ring assembly is first in-
serted endwise into an imperforate tube smaller than the
bore wall and larger than the sleeve so that, during the inser-
tion of the tube and sleeve assembly, the O-ring is covered as
it is moved past the edge of the port After withdrawal of the
tube from the bore, the O-ring is left unmarked with its
original external surface contour expanded against bore wall.
3,639,973
METHOD OF MAKING MULTIPLE TENDON,
PRESTRESSED SEGMENTED CONCRETE BEAM
James M. Young, 3402 West Wells St, Milwaukee, Wis.
Original application Apr. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 724,980, now
Patent No. 3,561,179, dated Feb. 9, 1971, which is a divisioa
of application Ser. No. 460,904, June 3, 1965, now Patent No.
3,407^54, dated Oct 29, 1968. Divided and this applicatioa
Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,065
IntCLB2 Id 39/00
U.S. CI. 29—452 5 Claims
A method of making a multiple tendon, prestressed seg-
mented concrete beam includes the steps of locating and
410
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
_ £ssing the tendons so as to produce equal compressive
prestress laterally across the beam. The method eliminates
face of the pellet by electrophoresis and thereafter fired to
form an impervious passivating and encapsulating layer tena-
the vertical end splitting which has occurred during the
manufacture of multiple tendon beams in the past.
3,639,974
ROLL BONDING AN ALUMINUM-FERROUS
COMPOSITE WITH GROOVED ROLLS
Walter D. Flnocgan, Concord, Calif., assignor to Kaiser Alu-
minum & Chemical Corporation, Oakland, Calif.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,776
Intel. B23k 5/22, i//02
U.S. CI. 29-493 5 Claims
A method for forming long lengths of composite material
suitable for the subsequent manufacture of transition inserts
comprising assembling a ferrous element and an aluminum
element, and, if necessary, an aluminous bonding element
into a prebond sandwich, heating the sandwich to a tempera-
ture between 400° and 900° F. and subjecting the sandwich
to a one-step thickness reduction by passing the sandwich
through matching, rectangularly grooved rolls thereby form-
ing a sound, solid phase metallurgical bond between the ele-
ments.
tUaOfVlOff TO fOltM PtLLlT
lot 'tttt L'OUID
moumr Mttf r •rrvHw »(.«rfs
f. I «^»(.r rmctt n.A»» L*ft» to PtiLtT
*u»t rmcm OittB L»rtl otTO ^fLLtr
ATKr comraerw n m.AU fittt au»rAcw»
ciously adhered to the pellet surface. Contacts are applied to
form a completed device.
3,639,976
METHOD OF MOUNTING A FERRITE HEAD
Helen M. Hoogendoorn, Schenectady; Herbert E. Liberman;
Bemt Narken, and Brian Sunners, all of Poughkeepsie, all
of N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Original application Feb. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 709,457, now
Patent No. 3,562,444. Divided and this application Aug. 3,
1970, Ser. No. 60,235
InLCI. Glib 5/42, HOlf 7/06
U.S. CI. 29-603 8 Claims
A method of mounting a ferrite head within a slider
wherein the head is positioned within a slot on the slider, a
mass of glass composition is heated to thereby fill the gap
between the head and slider, machining the head while being
held between solidified glass and subsequently heating a
second mass of glass by infrared radiation to fill in the
depression created by the machine operation.
3,639,975
GLASS ENCAPSULATED SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
FABRICATION PROCESS
Edward G. Tefft, Auburn, N.Y., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,186
Int CI. BOlj 17100; HOll 5100
U.S. CI. 29-580 13 Claims
A silicon semiconductor device is manufactured by sand-
blasting a pellet from a wafer and etching the peripheral sur-
face of the pellet formed by sandblasting with an essentially
metal-ion-free acid in an environment also free of metal ions.
The pellet is Hushed after etching with deionized water and
mounted between plates which expose only the peripheral
surface. A thick glass layer is deposited on the peripheral sur-
3,639,977
METHOD OF CONNECTING PAIRS OF WIRES
William Roderick Over, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP In-
corporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Original application Feb. 1, 1967, Ser. No. 613,162, now I
Patent No. 3,444^12. Divided and this appUcation Apr. 24,
1%9, Ser. No. 820,700
Int.CI. HO Ir 43/00, H02g/ 5/05 I
U.S. CI. 29-628 1 Claim
Corresponding wires of two pairs of wires are connected to
each other by single connectors having two electrically
separate crimpable ferrules. A wire of each pair is positioned
in a tool in a manner such that it extends axially into one fer-
rule. The remaining wire of each pair is positioned in the tool
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
411
in a manner such that it extends externally past the connec-
tor, is reversely bent, and extends into the other ferrule.
outer opp>osing edges. A first restraining member engages
and applies a torque to the inner edge while a second
Upon actuation of the crimping tool, the end portions of the
four wires are trimmed and the crimpable ferrules are
crimped onto the wire ends.
3,639,978
METHOD FOR MAKING FLEXIBLE ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
Walter R. Schurman, CenterviUe, Ohio, assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the United
States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,222
Int CI. HOlr 43100; HOSk 43100
\}S. CI. 29—628 4 Claims
An apparatus and method for making electrical connection
to an electrically conductive lead of a printed circuit board
including a connector assembly of an elastomeric cylinder
having a plurality of conductors woven thereabout with
about 72 picks per inch and with each conductor oriented at
an angle of at least about 30° from the axis of the cylinder,
connection to the printed circuit board lead being effected
by first stretching the elastomeric cylinder and associated
mesh, inserting the stretched cylinder into a hole in the
printed circuit board and lead, and releasing the cylinder to
allow it to expand into and about the hole to press the plu-
rality of conductors into electrical contact with the lead.
3,639,979
DRY-SHAVING APPARATUS
Frans Zuurveen, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, as-
signor to U^. PhiUps Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 670,506, Sept. 6, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Sept. 17, 1969, Ser. No.
859,247
Int CI. B26b 19116
U.S. CI. 30—43.6 7 Claims
This dry-shaving apparatus has a shear plate deflected into
a partial toroidal shape, its surface being cooperatively en-
gaged with a movable cutting member and having inner and
member slidingly engages the outer edge of the plate and re-
sists the torque, thereby maintaining the toroidal shape.
3,639,980
PIPE CUTTER
George H. Muse, and Peter J. Keane, both of Erie, Pa., as-
signors to Erie Tool Works, Erie, Pa.
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 795,878
Intel. B23d2//0S
U.S. CI. 30-102 1 Claim
J^ '90
The pipe cutter disclosed herein is made up of a frame
having a slide. The frame has a cutting wheel rotatably sup-
ported on it and two spaced noncutting wheels supported on
the slide. Instead of the two noncutting wheels and one
cutting wheel, three cutting wheels may be used or two non-
cutting wheels and a cutting means of some other form, or
any combination of cutting or noncutting wheels. Also, some
known cutting means could be used in combination with the
noncutting wheels within the scope of the invention. A
threaded means is provided to move the slide toward the
cutting wheels. Tlie cutting wheels are supported on pins and
the pins each have a peripheral groove which receives an O-
ring or a C-washer. The O-ring or C-washer is received in a
space on the inner face of the guide blocks which receive the
pin. The pin is thus held in position in the support by the O-
ring or C-washer.
3,639,981
CUTTER FOR PIZZA PIES AND THE LIKE
Cecil Nowensky, 87 Coralberry Ave., Winnipeg, 17 Manitoba,
Canada
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,032
Int CI. A47j 9100
U.S. CI. 30-114 1 Claim
r-:,'
,S"-
A.28
"r"--^ 4'°
A turntable is mounted on a base to support the circular
pizza pie or the like being cut. A knife is joumaled by one
412
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
end thereof in a slotted support near the periphery of the 3,639,984
turntable, the slots permitting the edge of the knife to engage ELECTRIC DRY SHAVER WITH INCLINED SHAVING
the turntable throughout its length. A spring normally biases HEAD
the inner end of the knife in the down position so that a Wilbur C. Jackson, Wheaton, and WUIiam P. Beck,
complete cut is made through the pizza. Westchester, both of III., assignors to Sunbeam Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
Filed June 6, 1969, Ser. No. 831,179
3,639,982
MORTISE GROOVE KNIFE
John E. O'Neal, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to John J. Cotton,
Indianapolis, Ind., a part interest
Filed Jan. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 789315
Int CI. B26b 3/08
VS. CI. 30—279 6 Claims
U.S. CI. 30-34.1
Int. CI. B26b 19/10
m «3 52^*" 52^*^
8 Claims
\
This invention is concerned with a mortise knife More
specifically, this invention is concerned with a mortise groove
knife which is capable of cutting an elongated slot in porous
materials which incorporate a skin. The knife of this inven-
tion generally comprises an elongated channel which is at-
tached to a flat guide section wherein the width of said chan-
nel generally increases as the distance from the cutting edge
increases.
Electric dry shaver having a generally flat, rectangular
housmg with a shaving head extending the length of one of
the edges of the housing and with the shaving head having a
supporting frame which positions the shearing portion of the
head in an inclined and displaced position with respect to the
hand gnpped portions of the housing. A long hair trimmer
positioned at one end of the shear portion of the shaver ex-
tends perpendicular to the plane of the housing to facilitate
the tnmmmg of sideburns The driving connection between
the cutting assemblies in the shaving head and the shaver
motor include elongated lever arms which overlap each
other The motor and battery power supply for the shaver are
interconnected and supported between the shaving head and
the housing by apertured yoke members.
3,639,985
DENTAL INSTRUMENT
3,639,983
ENVELOPE-OPENING DEVICES v . d l inciKi-.i.u/ i.^ * ^w
D^i. _j T V •_*: o/wt^ c I iwi? *iw Ki Victor Pasko, 1053 North Wmchester Ave, ChKago, lU.
Rkh^ T. Knipfing, 8004 San Juan, N.E., Albuquerque, N. ^^^ ^^^ ,^ j^^^ ^^ ^^ 3 ^35*
RIed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,507 ,, c ni t> ii '"'" ^'" ^^^'^ '^^^
Int. CI. B26b 29/00 U.S. CI. 32- 11 2 Claims
U^. CI. 30-294 5 Claims
An envelope-opening device comprising an integral plastic
body having coextensive f>ortions flexibly connected at one
end by an integral transverse portion and a longitudinal en-
velope receiving and guiding open side slot having opposite
surfaces on the respective coextensive body portions, with a
cutting blade projecting from one of the surfaces into the slot
at the end of the slot opposite the hinge portion.
A dental instrument for use in a dental laboratory, particu-
lariy useful in making dental appliances. The dental instru-
ment includes an elongated deformable rod which is
manually deformed with facility. The elongated rod has a
knurled flat mounting section on one end, particularly
adapted for attachment to a mold tray, and a knurled flat
holding portion on the other end. A coil spring is secured to
the other end for holding releasably a dowel pin against the
flat holding portion The rod is manipulated to p>osition the
dowel pin in an appropriate location of a dental mold for
making a dental appliance such as a wax model for a crown.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
418
3,639,986
COMBINATION BUCCAL TUBE MOLAR PAD AND
HOOK
Peter C. Kesling, Green Acres, La Porte, Ind.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,045
Int. CI. A61c 7/00
U.S. CI.32-14 A
8 Claims
A combination buccal tube molar pad and hook integrally
formed, and including an attaching flange for attaching to a
tooth band, a buccal tube mounting plate, and a hook ar-
ranged at the gingival side of the plate.
3,639,987
PANTY HOSE MEASURING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Howard M. Page, Elon College, N.C., assignor to Leath Mc-
Carthy & Maynard, Inc., Burlington, N.C.
Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,613
Int. CI. A41h 1/00
U.S. CI. 33—2 2 Claims
"M
?::
27
PT
I"
A panty hose measuring apparatus in which a pair of panty
hose receiving forms are positioned parallel to each other for
receiving the foot, leg, crotch and waist portions of a panty
hose garment with the forms being displaceable in response
to forces applied to the forms reflecting size and volume
dimensions of the panty hose garment being tested. A
method for testing volumes and sizes of panty hose garments
having foot, leg, crotch and waist portions by placing the
panty hose garment on a form to receive the panty hose gar-
ment portions, stretching the garment at least longitudinally
and transversely, and applying a longitudinal force to stretch
the garment to a prescribed extent and releasing the longitu-
dinal force to a lower longitudinal force magnitude.
3,639,988
INSTRUMENT FOR ALTERING GARMENT PATTERNS
Lcona Rocha Impastato, 315 East 86th St., New York, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,587
Int. CI. A41 hi/00
U.S. CI. 33-11 7 Claims
An instrument for altering patterns and making garment
changes comprises a transparent ruler having on one side of
straightedge and on the opposite side a curved edge one sec-
tion of which constitutes a hip curve of long radius of curva-
ture and a second section of which constitutes an armhole
curve of shorter radius of curvature which curves over
beyond a projection of the straightedge and then back to one
extremity of the straightedge to provide a shape resembling
the letter J. There are calibrated scales on both the straight
and curved edges, a series of scaled lines parallel to the
straightedge and also an elongate slot parallel to the
straightedge.
3,639,989
COORDINATE CONVERSION CALCULATOR
William E. Rapsilber, 3621 McKibbon Road, SL John, Mo.,
and Richard G. Koenig, 5114 Hombert Road, Alton, 111.
Filed Dec. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 883,186
Int. CI. GOlb 5/24
U.S. CI. 33— ISA 15 Claims
A calculator for converting between sets of azimuth and
elevation angular coordinates which define the same
direction but which are with respect to different planes, the
planes being related to each other by pitch and roH angles
therebetween. The calculator includes a gimbal assembly, an-
414
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
415
gular scales and cooperating pointers which form a mechani-
cal analog of the direction, the planes, and the angles
therebetween. When one set of angular coordinates and the
pitch and roll angles between the planes are set into the cal-
culator, the other set of angular coordinates is indicated
thereby.
workpiece which is moved at a constant rate past a line-scrib-
ing means which is cyclically moved into contact with the
workpiece in a predetermined time sequence correlated to
the rate of movement of the workpiece and the desired
number of lines per inch, and wherein both the workpiece
and scribing means are mounted by flexible, resilient mem-
bers for movement by flexure of the members.
3,639,990
DRAFTING TABLE AND METHOD OF PRODUCING 3,639,992
SAME CHORD LENGTH GAUGE
Andrew M. Mclnnis, Covina; Louis M. Ballard; WaJdo I. Charles Dabnish, and Irving Strauss, both of Monsey, N.Y.,
Rogers, both of Arcadia; David C. Kramer, Redondo
Beach, and Robert A. Nielsen, Pasadena, all of Calif., as-
signors to California Computer Products, Inc., Anaheim,
Calif.
Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,697
Int. CI. B43I 13100
U.S. CI. 33-18 R 26 Claims
.?-!
J
■^-^
- t-
. i 1'
The disclosure concerns automatic drafting apparatus in-
corporating a drafting table in the form of a stone block with
interior channels through which air is removable to apply
suction to the underside of a worksheet placed on the table
surface; the method of forming such channels in the block,
with channel inserts; and provision for highly accurate driv-
ing and guiding over the table of a marking head supporting
crossarm.
3,639,991
APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING
DIFFRACTION GRATINGS
Robert A. Douglas, 1213 Chancy Road, Raleigh, N.C.
FUed Sept 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,551
Int. CI. B43I 13124
U.S. CI. 33-19A 9 Claims
'10
--13
Apparatus for and method of manufacturing diffraction
gratings wherein a series of parallel lines is impressed into a
assignors to Chromalioy American Corporation, West
Nyacli, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 3,143
IntCI. G01bi/20,i/20, 5/25
U.S. CI. 33-174 PA
A measunng instrument to take a continuous reading of
the vanations in the chord lengths of airfoil vanes having an
edge defined as a straight line. The instrument is adapted to
determine whether the variations are within an acceptable
range and readings are taken by a sliding dial gauge
calibrated to indicate the acceptable range along an airfoil
vane
3,639,993
IMPROVEMENTS RELATING TO MACHINES AND
APPARATUS HAVING A SUPPORT FOR GUIDING A
MOVABLE MEMBER
Franco Sartorio. Turin, Italy, assignor to D.E.A. Digital Elec-
tronic Automation Societa per Azioni, Turin, Italy
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 627,759, Apr. 3,
1967, now abandoned. This application Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No.
9,778
Int. CI. GO lb 7100, 7/04
U.S. CI. 33— 174 7 Claims
A machine with a working head for operating on a large
stationary workpiece, e.g., to measure it, has a longitudinal
guide track along which a first bridge is slidable. A second
bridge is slidable along a longitudinal load-bearing track
parallel to the longitudinal guide track. A headstock carrying
the working head is guided along a transverse guide track on
the first bridge. A carriage is movable along a transverse
load-bearing track on the second bridge, parallel to the trans-
verse guide track. At least the greater part of the weight of
the headstock is carried by the carriage on the second bridge,
an extensible elastic suspension being connected between the
headstock and carriage. The weight of the first bridge is car-
ried at least predominantly by the second bridge through ex-
tensible elastic suspension units. TTiis system allows high ac-
curacy of the working head while avoiding the need for
heavy precision load-bearing guides.
3,639,994
MEANS FOR MEASURING BOW IN A TURBINE BLADE
Edward C. Palroenberg, Nanuet, N.Y., assignor to Chromalioy
American Corporation, Orangeburg, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,286
Int. CI. GOlb 5/20
VS. CI. 33- 1 74 PA 27 Claims
The invention contemplates a bow-measuring instrument
in which simultaneous evaluation of the bow in a turbine
vane is made at offset alignments, on both the convex and
the concave surfaces of the airfoil section of the vane. The
offsets are selected, for each type vane, so as to critically ob-
serve the extent of bow at or near the local regions at which
these surfaces cooperate to define a nozzle throat, when
vanes are assembled in side-by-side circumferential adjacen-
cy in a given gas-turbine stage; specifically, the "high point"
in the center of the airfoil is observed for bow, at the center
and along the alignment of the die-loading, in the hot-form-
ing correction of vane shape. In this manner, a simple gaging
operation helps to achieve greatly enhanced control of the
uniformity and correct sizing of all nozzle-throat areas in a
given stage of the turbine; and much better referencing is ob-
tained for further gaging techniques.
3,639,995
DEVICE FOR MEASURING THE RING SIZE OF A
FINGER
Irving Gardner, Hunter, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,885
Int. CI. GOlb J// 0
U.S.CI. 33— 179 7 Claims
A device for measuring the size of a finger to determine
the size of the ring that will fit the same. A disc is joumaled
in a casing formed of two parts. The disc carries a chain that
is anchored on the exterior of the casing and on the disc
within the casing so that the chain when pulled out of the
casing is in the form of a loop through which a finger to be
measured can be inserted. An arm carried on the disc has a
pointed end exteriorly of the casing so that the size ring that
will fit the finger is readily determined. When the chain links
-^
55-
,3jf
ni
_.-iG
F ^^Sf^
J)L
- — /s-
j^U^
- ?3
eiir\
\
are not used for measuring they will readily retract into the
casing by turning the disc.
3,639,996
SCREW THREAD GAGE WITH ALIGNER
Lowell C. Johnson, West Granby, Conn., assignor to The
Johnson Gage Company, Bloomfield, Conn.
FUed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,562
Int. CI. GOlb J/00
U.S. CI. 33-199 16 Claims
/\
The invention relates to a screw thread gage having two or
three thread-gaging elements, preferably rolls, and includes
an aligner having an arcuate surface bearing screw thread
means. The aligner is pivotally mounted at one end thereof
adjacent to one of the gaging elements. The aligner assures
that there will be no cross threading. For a test part having
an externa] thread, the test part is laid in the threaded arcu-
ate surface whereupon the aligner and test part are pivoted
into gaging position between the gaging elements. For a test
part having an internal thread the gaging elements are con-
tracted and inserted in the test thread and the aligner is
pivoted into engagement with the test thread whereupon the
gaging elements are expanded into conuct with the test
thread with the aligner engaging the thread. The aligner may
also serve as a part of a back stop in a two-element gage for
retaining the test part in gaging position.
416
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,639,997
PENDULOUS RANGE HNDING DEVICE
Henry J. Koeber, Decrfidd, III., assisnor to Bell & Howell
Company, Chkago, Dl.
Continuation of appUcatkm Ser. No. 735,293, June 7, 1968.
This application Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 90,142
InLCI.G01c//00,i/00, 9//2
U.S. CI. 33-221 10 Claims
-J—'
A range finding device using the principle of trianguiation
and having a pendulous member selectively adjustable in
low-frictional engagement about a support axle and lockable
in an adjusted position with an indicator relative an expanded
scale.
3,639,998
FILTER CONDITION INDICATOR
Anthony Mason, St. Joseph, Mich., assignor to Whirlpool
Corporation, Benton Harbor, Mich.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,455
Int. CI. F26b 79/00
U.S. CI. 34-82 10 Claims
>- -'''>
bedding assembly permits the simultaneous embedding of
multiple-tissue specimens with degassed embedding material.
Full observation of the process as well as manipulation of the
specimens is available during and up to solidification of the
A pressure-responsive filter indicator assembly in a
domestic clothes drier responsive to changes in a pressure
drop across the filter positioned in an air exhaust passage to
provide a continuously visible signal that is terminated only
by manual reset operation. The indicator assembly includes a
light-transmitting member and a diaphragm movable between
two positions, with the light-transmitting member providing a
visible signal on the control console of the drier when the
diaphragm is in one position. The diaphragm is responsive to
changes in the pressure drop across the filter to move to the
position in which the light-transmitting rod provides a visible
signal on the console.
Medi-
3,639,999
APPARATUS FOR TISSUE PREPARATION
Robert P. Adams, Walden, N.Y., assignor to Cenco
cal/Heaith SuppI/ Corporation, Chicago, 111.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,128
Int. CI. F26b 13/30
VS. CI. 34—92 5 Claims
A tissue-embedding assembly is shown which is converti-
ble to a resin option from a paraffin option. The tissue-em-
--HJjl
degassed embedding matenal. A novel heat transfer arrange-
ment is available which permits the heating of paraffin to
cause melting and embedding without disconnection of the
refrigeration.
3,640,000
SYSTEM FOR REMOVING CONDENSATE FROM A
ROTARY DRYER
Charles A. Lee, and Frank D. Sorrdis, both of Knoxville,
Tenn., assignors to International Paper Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,1 1 1
Int. CI. F26g l]/02
U.S. CI. 34— 125 8 Claims
Condensate rimming the inner surface of the shell of a ro-
tary dryer is removed with steam exiting from the interior of
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
417
the shell through a plurality of orifices into an exhaust
manifold within the shell, whence it is exhausted to the ex-
terior of the shell. To assist in removal of the condensate, a
plate attached to the manifold forms a plurality of flow chan-
nels substantially parallel to the surface of the condensate.
The cross-sectional area of the flow channels decreases in the
direction of flow of the steam so that steam driven from the
interior of the shell is accelerated along the surface of the
condensate over a substantial distance to shear water from
the inner surface of the shell and entrain the water in the
steam as the steam passes through the orifices into the
manifold.
3,640,001
TOBACCO SMOKING PIPE CONDITIONING
APPARATUS
John M. Ellison, 4907 EUiyl Ave., Sherman Oaks, CaUf.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64^35
Int. CI. F26b 25//6
U.S. CI. 34-218 1 Claim
Tobacco smoking pipe conditioning apparatus comprises a
pipe-receiving container, and means including an air evacua-
tion pump in communication with the container interior for
reducing air pressure in the container to a level at which
smoking deposits on the pipe are vaporized and withdrawn
from the container interior.
3,640,002
MAN-TO-MACHINE PERIPHERAL COMMUNICATION
DEVICE
Pierre L. Braillard, Saint-Cloud; Jean-Louis Moreuil, and
Marius Stem, both of Paris, all of France, assignors to
Compagnie Gcnerale D'Electronique Industrielle Lepaute
CGEI-Lepaute, Paris, France
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48346
Claims priority, application France, June 23, 1969, 6921005
Int. CI. G09b 1/06
U.S. CI. 35-8 R 10 Claims
rality of character supports each of which may be inserted in
one of said positions, and interconnection means between
said support and matrix for translating the character or
characters borne by said supports into coded electrical
signals. The said translating means may be electromechani-
cal, electromagnetic, electrostatic or optical. The coded
signal may be visually displayed or transmitted to data
processing or storing equipment.
3,640,003
METHOD AND CONSTRUCTION OF A SKI BOOT
Roland M. Anderson, 1616 S.W. Sunset Blvd., Portiand,
Oreg.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15^75
Int. CI. A43b , A43d 9/00
U.S. CI. 36-2.5 AL 14 Claims
Footwear, such as a ski boot, include interfitting inner and
outer shells. The shells are divided into corresponding toe
and heel sections, hinged together for coordinate opening to
permit foot entry from the rear of the boot. The inner shells
are fabricated with a resilient, custom-fit lining formed to
conform precisely to the contours of the wearer's foot.
Removable inner soles and inner heels of adjustable height
are provided with one embodiment of the inner shell. In
fabricating the custom-fit shells, a liquid lining composition
of uncured elastomer is injected into the shells, filling voids
around the wearer's feet; and permitted to cure before the
feet are removed. Stockings of polyethylene film can be
placed over the feet before the custom-fitting operation to
prevent the lining composition from adhering to the feet and
to jjermit easy separation of the shells, when finished.
3,640,004
SHOE CONSTRUCTION
WilUam E. Haselrig, 1802 East Granada Ct., Ontario, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 752,000, Aug.
12, 1968, now abandoned. This appUcation Oct 7, 1969, Ser.
No. 871,471
Int. CI. A43b 13/36
U.S. CI. 36-15 14 Claims
A man-to-machine peripheral communication device com-
prising a matrix having a number of matrix positions, a plu-
A shoe that includes an upper section and a lower section,
the lower section having a forward peripheral recess that
receives a projecting flange at tt»e bottom edge of the upper
section securing the parts together at that location while
prongs projecting forwardly from the lower portion of the
upper section arc received in recesses in the lower section
and provide stability against lateral shifting of the two sec-
418
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
tions. Sealed fasteners at the rearward portion of the shoe ex-
tend between the upper and lower sections, securing them
together.
3,640,005
SELECTIVELY LOCKABLE FLOATING SNOWPLOW
MOUNT
Gcneroso Chiarolanza, 1 27 Park Ave., and Joseph Chiarolan-
za, 149 Park Ave., both of Madison, N J.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,584
InL CI. EOlh 5/06
U.S. CI. 37—42 R 13 Claims
ERRATUM
For Class 37 — 42 see:
Patent No. 3,640,005
3,640,007
FLUID-OPERATED MACHINE AND SAFETY CONTROL
SYSTEM THEREFOR
Frank H. Richterkessing, 1200 Park Hills Drive, Louisville,
Ky.
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,722
Int. CI. D06f 71100
U.S. CI. 38-41 7 Claims
7* 'I i4 '? 51
.'C2±£
A plow adapter for use in conjunction with a vehicle allows
the plow to be alternately used in two modes of operation;
floating or rigid. The adapter comprises illustratively first and
second members each having one end pivotally connected,
respectively, to the plow frame and the vehicle frame, the
other ends of the members are slidably engaged to permit
floating operation in which the plow follows the contours of
the road surface. In addition, one of the members is provided
with a releasable locking member which can be adapted to
fix the relative positions of the first and second members with
respect to one another, thereby permitting rigid operation in
which downward pressure exerted through the adapter forces
the plow against the road surface for such operations as
scraping.
3,640,006
FOOT GUARD
Zola F. Kendrick, Box 93, Devine, Tex.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,010
Int CI. A43b 5108
U.S.CL 36-8.1
4 Claims
/<e y/
A foam rubber device to be worn on the feet. This device
is constructed of a continuous piece of foam rubber and in-
cludes velcro fasteners on the straps which secure it to the
foot of the wearer. The device also has a fiat sole p>ortion
having openings for ventilation, the side portions of the main
body also having an opening for ventilation around the ankle
area and the forward end of the main body is open so that
the toes of the wearer may extend outward.
^
?*
A fiuid-operated machine having members for applying
pressure to a workpiece placed therebetween by an operator,
which machine is equipped with safety controls to prevent
trapping of the hands of the machine operator, or of another
person, between the members during closing of the same
upon the workpiece
A garment-pressing machine employing a valve-controlled
conduit system with the safety controls included, and without
detracting from the numerous operating capabilities required
of a garment pressing machine, is employed to illustrate the
invention ,
3,640,008
LUGGAGE SPOTTER
Gordon C. Crail, 91-1311 Imelda St, Ewa Oahu, Hawaii
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,121
Int. CI. A44c 3100
U.S. CI. 40-2R
2 Claims
A label for luggage, the device comprising a flat card hav-
ing adhesive on a rear side and the front side being provided
with space for a luggage owner's name and address, a portion
of the front side being colored with iridescent paint so that
the luggage can be easily spotted.
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
419
3,640,009
IDENTIFICATION CARDS
Eizo Komiyama, 510, 1-cbome Nakayama-cbo, Icfaikawa-shi,
Chiba-ken, Japan
Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,286
CUims priority, appUcation Japan, June 7, 1969, 44/53401
Int CI. G09f 3120
U.S. CI. 40-2.2 1 Claim
An identification system utilizing an identification card
which has thereon identifying indicia which is invisible under
normal, visible light. The card or other article of identifica-
tion includes a portion formed with an opening receiving a
sheet on which identifying indicia is located, and this identi-
fying indicia includes at least a portrait of the individual who
is authorized to use the identification article. The sheet can
also carry a signature of this individual, and the nature of the
indicia is such that it can be rendered visible by making use
of light beyond the visible spectrum, such as ultraviolet light
or infrared light, with a suitable filter being located over the
sheet with the indicia thereon so as to permit only the desired
light to reach the indicia.
« 3,640,010
DISPLAY DEVICE
Murray Altman. Valley Stream; Mordecai R. Craig,
Demarest, and Irwin H. Block, New York, all of N.Y., as-
signors to The Purdue Frederick Company
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,627
Int CI. G09fy /OO
U^. CI. 40- 1 24. 1 7 Claims
nected thereto by integrally formed bridge sections As an
erected display the coupling tabs engage the slot, the tongues
functioning as rear feet, and the panel is supported along its
front edge in an upwardly rearwardly inclined position.
3,640,011
FLOWING-LIGHT DEVICES
Minoni Fukumitsu, Central P.O. Box 327, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 681,434, Nov. 8, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No.
72,144
Int. CI. G09f 13106
U.S. CI. 40—133 A 5 Claims
A cylindrical lenslike element is used with a multiple color
light source to provide a flowing color effect. The source
may be a lamp or reflected light. Mobile colored film may be
used with the light source. The invention can be embodied in
an advertising device, a lamp, etc. A day-night switching ar-
rangement is also provided.
3,640,012
FIRING MECHANISM FOR A PYROTECHNIC DEVICE
Alfred James Schermuly, Windswept Kingsdown, near Deal,
Kent, England
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23338
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 31, 1969,
16,683/69
Intel. F41c 19100
U.S. CI. 42-1 R
5 Claims
A carton cover which may be converted to an upright dis-
play panel comprises an information bearing rectangular top
panel, and depending sideflaps having rearwardly
dovmwardly inclined front edges, a relatively deep rectangu-
lar front flap and a relatively shallow rectangular rear flap,
the flaps being delineated from the panel by fold lines. Up>-
wardly outwardly inclined slots are formed in the front panel
bottom edge proximate the comers thereof. Coupling tabs in-
clude upwardly projecting tongues along the lower front
edges of the sideflaps and are spaced therefrom and con-
An improved mechanical firing mechanism of the kind in
which a spring-urged striker pin is employed for detonating a
percussion igniter in a pyrotechnic device. The mechanism
comprises a manually actuated lever pivotally attached to the
striker pin and employed to prime a striker spring in a first
part of its movement and to release the primed striker pin
when the lever is aligned with the striker pin.
420
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,013
SUBCALIBER ADAPTER FOR FIREARM
Clarence W. Franklin, Cedar Tree Farm, MUford, Calif.
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,616
Int. CI. F41c 27/70, 2//72
U.S. CI. 42-77
3,640,015
HUMANE ANIMAL TRAPS '
Arthur Miller Fisher, Box 253, Slave Lake, Alberta, Canada
Filed SepL 23, 1969, Ser. No. 869,993
Int. CL A01m2J/26 '
12 Claims U.S. CI. 43-83.5
1 Claim
25-
A chamber insert which defines a small caliber chamber
through which an undersized or subcaliber projectile can be
fired. The defmed chamber is eccentric with respect to the
larger chamber and barrel of the large caliber firearm so as
to enable a center fire large caliber firearm to fire a smaller
rim fire subcaJiber projectile. The eccentricity of the defined
chamber also imparts to the subcaliber projectile an initial
trajectory passing adjacent one portion of the oversized bar-
rel wall for guiding the projectile along its intended path.
Provision is made for the simultaneous firing of a plurality of
subcaliber projectile from a single insert within the oversized
chamber and barrel.
3,640,014
nSHHOOK WITH WEED GUARD
PhiNp W. Gurka, 180 Bdlevue Ave., Upper Montclair, NJ.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,406
Int. CI. AOlk 85100
MS. CI. 43—42.43 8 Claims
16
A fish lure and/or hook with a self-locking detachable
weed guard comprising a hooked portion terminating in a
barbed point and with a relatively straight shank, an enlarged
portion mounted on said shank and providing a transverse
abutment formed on a prong outstanding from the shank in
the plane of said hooked portion, an eye carried by one of
said associated members and lying so as to provide a trans-
verse abutment spaced from the prong, a weed guard com-
prising a one-piece elongated flexible normally flat strip at-
tached to the shank and with a slot near one end for receiv-
ing said point and the adjacent portion of the bend of the
hook as they curve toward the strip, said strip being bent
over on itself, with the bend of said hook adjacent said point
passing through said slot, the strip normally engaging and ex-
erting shielding force on the inner side of the barbed point
from the shank, said strip being stabilized with respect to the
hook by having a series of elongated slots to receive the eye
while folded to aperture- registry and pushed on, the folded
portion being then given a quarter turn to resilientJy lock
between the eye and the adjacent surface of the abutment
with said prong fitting a slot in the folded portion of said
guard to prevent unintentional removal thereof
A pair of jaws are pivotally mounted on a common shaft
and have springs for biasing the jaws from an open to a
closed position. A trigger is pivotally connected to an offset
portion of one jaw and has a latch portion adapted to engage
an offset portion of the other jaw for holding the jaws in open
position A bait holder is pivotally connected to the jaw shaft
and has a portion disposed on each side of the shaft for con-
tact with an extended arm of the trigger.
3,640,016
DESULFURIZATION OF COAL
Bernard Shing-shu Lee, Lincolnwood, and Frank C. Scbora,
Jr., Palatine, both of 111., assignors to Institute of Gas
Technology
Continuation-in-part of appUcatfon Ser. No. 579,923, Sept.
16, 1966, now abandoned. This appUcatk>n Mar. 28, 1969,
Ser. No. 81 1,654
InLCI.ClOlJ/00 i
U.S. CI. 44-1 7 Claims
A method for desulfurizing coal by reacting sulfur-contain-
ing bituminous coal with hydrogen in the presence of a
hydrogen sulfide "getter" at a temperature about 600-800'
F.
3,640,017
SLIDE-BAR ASSEMBLY HAVING COMPLEMENTARY
SLIDABLE MEMBERS
Godtfrcd K. Christiansen, Billund, Denmark, assignor to A/S
Modulex, Billund, Denmark |
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,065
Claims priority, application Denmark, Feb. 1, 1968, NR
42822 I
Int. CI. A63h 33106
U.S. CI. 46—23 2 Claims
21b
A slide-bar assembly including an elongated hollow female
member of substantially rectangular cross section and a slot
y*
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
421
extending longitudinally along one face and two rows of
coupling studs extending outwardly of the opposite face, and
an elongated male member adapted for slideable mounting
within the female member and provided on one face thereof
with a longitudinal rib adapted to protrude outwardly of the
slot in the female member when so mounted.
3,640,018
KNOCia)OWN STRUCTURAL TOYS
SUnley Light, 21 Beveriy Road, Douglaston, N.Y.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,112
Int. CI. A66h 33110
U.S. CI. 46-29 17 Claims
pictures peripherally mounted thereon. The body member
further includes a transparent dome located over the graphic
surface and rotatable therewith having a plurality of dark sur-
faces intermittently spaced about the periphery thereof The
intermittent spaces form viewing slots and are oriented in
M iS
A modular structural toy constituted by comparatively few
basic elements with which may be combined a virtually limit-
less number of cylindrical members, such as waste beverage
cans, for the assembly of all types of structures striking the
imagination of a child or an adult. A cubical block is fitted
with annular resilient retainers, preferably of flexible plastic
material, on five faces thereof, wherefrom may be branched
selectively in one or more desired directions, a plurality of
the cylindrical members which are integrated at the jux-
taposed ends by annular connectors having resilient lips
which encompass the annular beads at the ends of the cylin-
drical members. A cylindrical projection extends from at
least one face of the central block which is shaped with an
annular bead resembling that on a can so that the block may
be coupled closely adjacent to another block by one of the
annular resilient retainers on the latter, or by one end of an
annular connector. In order to compensate for differences in
length of the cylindrical members or cans which may be used
in the setting up of a structural assembly, annular adapters
may be interspersed in the assembly, each of which may be
fitted on one end thereof with a resilient annular lip for en-
compassing the circular bead at the end of a can while the
opposite end thereof is formed with an outwardly extending
rib conforming to the outline and dimension of a bead,
whereby it may receive the annular lip of another adapter or
an annular connector. The lengths of the adapters and/or
connectors may be varied to provide an additional capability
of controlling the comp)osite length of the cylindrical struc-
tural members integrated by said adapters or connectors.
3,640,019
TOY TOP UTILIZING A MOVING PICUTRE APPARATUS
Lawrence Temple Jones, Pacific Palisades; GeraM W.
Schmidt, Woodland HiUs, and Jay Smith, ID, Pacific
Palisades, all of Calif., assignors to California R&D
Center, Pacific Palisades, Los Angeks, Calif.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,891
Int. CI. A63h7 /22
U.S. CI. 46—49 8 Claims
A toy top is disclosed having a main body member rotata-
ble about its base. Conventional screw drive means are
threadedly engageable with the main body member to impart
a rotary motion to the top upon reciprocation of the screw.
The main body member includes a plate mounted for rota-
tion about the base having a graphic surface of sequential
such a manner that the line of sight of the operator to the
graphic surface extends through the viewing slots. Upon
revolving the top, the sequential pictures thereon when
viewed through the slots, give the illusion of natural and con-
tinuous movement.
3,640,020
« PLANT POTTING MACHINE
Franz Laible, 7761 Guettingen Kr., Koostanz/Bodensce, Ger-
many
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No.
Claims priority, applkatioo Germany, Feb. 12, 1970, P 20 06
242.4
InL CI. AOlg 9m '
U.S. CL47-1 18 Claims
This invention relates to a machine for the potting of
plants, for example, for the potting of flower seedlings and
the like, the plants being inserted into a cavity which can be
formed by means of a conically shaped planting ram, a
rotatable carrier being positioned to carry a plurality of plant
pots and intermittently move the pots into a container
charged with earth and which is rotated to move the earth
over the pots, to be dropped therein for filling thereof
895 O.G.— 16
422
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,021
METHOD FOR THE CONSOLIDATION OF SOIL
Fritz GrafmuUer, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignor to
Farbwerke Hocciist Akticngesellschaft vo>-mak Meister Lu-
cius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
FUed Aug. IS, 1969, Ser. No. 850,635
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 31, 1968, P 17 92
422.0
Int. CI. AOlg 7100
U.S. CI. 47-9 9 Claims
For the protection against erosion the surface of soil is
sprayed with an aqueous plastics dispersion containing water
insoluble polymeric substances of natural or synthetic origin
and water-soluble phosphates whereby a coherent crust is
formed. The addition of phosphates enables dispersions hav-
ing a content of polymeric substance of 20 to 70 percent to
be used.
3,640,022
WINDOW-GUIDING DEVICE
Herbert Kouth, Kilianstadten, and Fritz Marr, Offenbach,
both of Germany, assignors to H. T. Golde GmbH, Frank-
furt (Main), Germany
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,041
IntCI. E05f ///i5
U.S. CI. 49—420 10 Claims
A window-guiding device particularly for an automobile
window includes a guide tube which is adapted to be raised
and lowered by a driving handle and which is secured to a
carriage. The carriage carries a member which is engaged
with the lower edge of the window and the carriage is pro-
vided with a plurality of guide rolls which are guided on
respective opposite sides of an elongated guide rail or track
member. The guide rail includes opposed track sides each
with at least two track guide surfaces arranged at an angle to
each other and which engage with respective rollers. The rol-
lers engage the guide surfaces simultaneously with equal ef-
fective roll diameters.
3,640,023
ABRADING MACHINES
Anthony Gerard Field, deceased, late of Redditch, England;
Denis Cyril FieM, administrator, and Madeleine Helen
Field, administrator, both of Malvern, England, assignors to
Abrasive Development Limited, Henley in Arden, Solihull,
Warwickshire, England
FUed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 852,155
InL CI. B24c 3104
U.S. CI. 51— 8 7 Claims
This application discloses a machine for abrading a work-
piece with a blast of abrasive in which the reusable abrasive
and detritus are removed by suction from the workpiece and
the reusable abrasive is returned for redirection at the work-
piece through the airlock arrangement of three hoppers, the
middle one of which has its pressure changed periodically.
The pressure changes in the middle hopper are effected auto-
matically and cyclically by a diaphragm connected to a
source of suction so that the suction forces gradually build up
on one face of the diaphragm while the pressure in the mid-
dle hopper is at one value, then the diaphragm moves in
response to said forces and thus changes the pressure in the
hopper to another value and then the diaphragm returns to
its initial position and the suction forces gradually build up
again to commence another cycle.
3,640,024
DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING THE POSITION OF A
GRINDING WHEEL RELATIVE TO A WORKPIECE
Georg Stahn, Beriin, Germany, assignor to FIrma Herbert
Lindner GmbH, Berlin, Germany
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,222 ^
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 10, 1969, P 19 18
784.9
Int. CLB24b49//S '
U.S. CI. 5 1 - 1 65.87 10 Claims
A device for adjusting the position of a grinding wheel
relative to a workpiece m order to automatically compensate
for the change in diameter in the grinding wheel during the
trimming thereof by a trimming tool includes a gear connec-
tion between a tnm spindle which is engageable with a nut on
a trim carriage for shifting a trimming tool relative to the
grinding wheel and to an adjusting spindle which is threaded
into an adjusting nut carried on the grinding wheel carriage.
The construction includes braking means for holding the
gearing and the associated adjusting nut during the times at
which the adjusting spindle is rotated for shifting the car-
riage, for example, by actuation of a hand wheel. The brake
may be released during the time at which the trim spindle is
rotated to shift the trim carriage in order to dress the surface
of the grinding wheel and during this time the adjusting spin-
dle will rotate relative to the adjusting nut so that the posi-
tion of the adjusting nut with the carriage will be shifted in
respect to the spindle by an amount corresponding to the
movement of the dressing tool during the dressing operation.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
423
3,640,025
WORKPIECE ADVANCING MEANS
Lucius P. Arnold, deceased, late of Hogansville, Ga.; L. P. Ar-
nold, and Evdyn S. Arnold, heirs, assignors to J. E. (John-
nie) Williamson, Hogansville, Ga.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,1 12
Int.CI. B24b27/(?2
U.S. CI. 51-215 AR 12 Claims
This invention relates to a cylindrical workpiece sanding
machine which includes a plurality of workpiece driving
heads for advancing a piece to be sanded through a sanding
operation. Each of the workpiece driving heads includes a
pair of shaped rollers biased into engagement with the work-
piece, a drive train for rotating the rollers about a respective
roller axis to advance the workpiece along its axis and for
simultaneously rotating the rollers about the workpiece axis
thereby spirally advancing the workpiece. A plurality of
abrading belts are located on the sanding machine with
means for driving an abrading surface on each of the belts
adjacent the workpiece advancing axis.
3,640,026
WORKPIECE TRANSFER MECHANISM FOR
CENTERLESS GRINDER OR THE LIKE
Richard J. Flanigan, Longmeadow, Mass., assignor to Gulf &
Western Precision Engineering Company, Manchester,
Conn.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,802
Int CI. B24b 5132
U.S. CL51— 215R 22 Claims
and including a frame mounted for limited sliding movement
parallel to the axis of rotation of a workpiece located at the
work station, a workpiece loading arm pivotally mounted in
the frame for rotational movement in a plane perpendicular
to the direction of movement of the frame and between an-
gular limits defined by the work station and a load station,
and a workpiece unloading arm pivotally mounted in the
frame for rotational movement in substantially the same
plane between angular limits defined by the work station and
an unload station. First and second crank arms have pin
members thereon that engage and drive first and second
geneva quadrants, which quadrants respectively drive the
loading and unloading arms intermittently between their
respective angular limits and with dwell intervals at each as-
sociated station. The oscillating motion of these arms is so
timed that as the loading arm is moved from the load station
to the work station it lags the unloading arm as the latter
moves from the work station to the unload station. The slid-
ing frame is moved forwardly during a dwell overlap interval
when the loading arm is at the loading station and the un-
loading arm is at the work station and said frame moves rear-
wardly during the dwell overlap interval when the loading
arm is at the work station and the unloading arm is at the un-
load station.
3,640,027
ANNULAR CUTTING BLADES
Shiriey I. Weiss, deceased, late of Ramsey, N J. (by Joel M.
Albert, executor), assignor to Sd-Rex Corporation
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,904
InL CI. B24d 5100, 7100
U.S. CI. 51-206 2 Claims
Annular cutting blades having thin metal cores carrying
annular cutting portions comprising abrasive particles such as
diamond dust and a metallic matrix in which the particles are
embedded; the matrix being of metal or metal alloys of
selected hardness.
3,640,028
METHOD OF REMOVING MOLDING FLASH AND THE
LIKE FROM THE SURFACE OF GOLF BALLS
Henry P. Richard, South Hadley Falls, Mass., assignor to A.G.
Spalding & Bros. Inc., Chicopee, Mass.
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,438
Int. CI. B24b 1 100
U.S. CI. 51-289 S 5 Claims
/{>-
^^V3
A mechanism for sequentially transferring annular work- The method of automatically removing molding flash and
pieces to and from the work sUtion of a centerless grinder the like undesired material from golf balls having a molded
424
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
outer surface provided with the usual dimples or depressions
by a circumferential grinding operation and without damag-
ing or interfering with the dimples.
February 8, 1972
I
3,640,029
METHOD OF BUFTING A METAL PERCUSSION
INSTRUMENT
Robert ZiMJian, Norwell, Mass., assigiior to Avedis Zikljian
Avedis Company, North Quincy, Mass.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11, 673
InL CI. B24b 1 100; B24d 13108
U.S. CI. 51-322 5 Claims
3,640,031
LOUVER DOOR SANDER
Mark Descant, 3617 1/2 Iberville St., New Orleans, La
Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791,451
Int. CI. B24b 1 100; B24d / 1 100
U.S. CI. 51-391
4 Claims
A buffed metaJ cymbal or the like percussion instrument is
produced by a method in which a surface of the instrument is
pressed against a deformable buffing surface moving at high
speed at a pressure and for a time period sufficient to
produce a shiny buffed finish but insufficient to raise the
temperature of the metal enough or to remove sufficient
metal to impair the prebuffed tonal quality or resistance to
fracture of the instrument.
A hand-operated sander which can be used to sand both
sides of a louver (front and back) simultaneously. The louver
can be part of a shutter, folding door, blind or any other lou-
vered object The sander consists of two elongated flexible
members which are hingedly secured to each other at ad-
jacent ends. Each member is adapted to detachably receive
sandpaper In use, one sandpaper carrying memt)er is used in
sanding one side of the louver while at the same time the
other sandpaper carrying member is used in sanding the
other side of the louver. A louver edge sander can be incor-
porated into the remainder of the structure described above
whereby the edge as well as both sides of the louver can be
sanded at the same time.
3,640,030
METHOD FOR GRINDING TOOTHED FACED MEMBERS
3,640,032
PRESSURE VESSELS
w..r^. . _..»..- Arv ...ufT.1.^ Albert Jubb, Kenilworth, England, assignor to Rolls Royce
Jam^F.Ctarke,andThomas A. Depre^bcKh of Rochester, Limited, Derby, England
N.V., ass^nors to The G««»n Works, Roch«ter. NY. ^.^ , ^^ ^^ ^
Filed Mar 3, 1969 Ser No. 803,683 ^^^ appUcation Great BriUin, July 17, 1968,
Int. CI. Dx40 / /C/C/ n oT^/io
z^ Claims Int. CI. E04h 7/20. G21c /i/05
U.S. CI. 51-325
U.S. CI. 52-2
10 Claims
-« '=r/l I rrl—
The present invention comprises provision for automatic,
tape-controlled, precision operation of a machine for grind-
ing toothed face members, such as couplings and clutches,
and of large size, wherein there will be a succession of dif-
ferent machine functions, including periodic dressing of a
grinding wheel and rough cutting of the work throughout
several passes in the rough grinding stage, followed by
another dressing function, and then a float grinding stage and
subsequently a finish grinding stage utilizing, a corrective
index system for precisely intermittently indexing the work-
piece through equal, predetermined angular distances.
A prestressed pressure vessel having an opening in one of
its external surfaces to the interior thereof, and a removable
closure member for closing the opening. The removable clo-
sure member includes an inner lid for engaging the one sur-
face and an outer lid spaced from the pressure vessel by the
inner lid and forming with the inner lid a fluidtight enclosure
therebetween in which fluid under pressure can be supplied
so as to move the inner and outer lids relative one another.
At least one securing cable extends over the outer lid and is
connected to the vessel at at least two points, and when fluid
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
425
under pressure enters the fluidtight enclosure, tension on at
least one cable is increased and is operatively transferred by
the outer lid to the inner lid for urging the inner lid into
tighter engagement with the portion of the pressure vessel
surrounding the opening. i
material, said strip comprising hinged triangular portions,
said portions being so disposed as to have said strip arranged
to form a sidewall and a top cover of said shelter and means
releasably securing the abutting free edges of said portions.
3,640,035
ANTISLIP SAFETY SURFACE
3,640,033
^Mt^}. ^^l:?.^^I?^^^bhP^£^l^?JJ^.\l^.^I™ Max E. Butterfield, Peoria, ni.; ass^nor to CaterpUlar Trac-
tor Co., Peoria, III.
PANELS ARRANGED ON THE SUPPORTING MEMBERS
WiUem Renders, Rklderkerk, Netherlands, assignor to
Hunter Douglas International Ltd., Pointe Claire, Quebec,
Canada
nied June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,635
Claims priority, application Germany, June 14, 1968, P 17 59
845.7
Int CI. E04c 5/16; A44h 2 1/00
U.S. CI. 52-36 8 Claims
* V
The panel holder disclosed is in the form of a flat plate
generally in the shape of a pie plate including a flat central
section provided with opposite panel-supporting segments
projecting from one surface for respectively engaging the op-
posite margins of a panel, said segments being parallel to the
plane of the wall or ceiling finish and having an arcuate
peripheral shape in said plane. Opposed attachment tabs ex-
tend from the opposite face of the plate for securing the
holder to a support, the segments and tabs alternating around
the peripheral portion of the holder with the tabs arranged to
engage a support when the holder is rotated relative thereto.
The holder may be cut from sheet plate material and cut and
formed to provide the panel-supporting segments and the at-
tachment tabs.
3,640,034
COLLAPSIBLE SHELTER STRUCTURE
Robert H. Shotwell, Jr., 1 1400 Valley Ct., Burnsville, Minn.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,760
Inl. CI. E04b 1/344, 7/10
U.S. CI. 52-70 2 Claims
i--\
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,096
InLCl. £041/7/76
U.S. CI. 52-177
8 Claims
^^^
An antislip safety surface consisting of a plate member
having a plurality of parallel, spaced corrugations or ridges
formed therein, and a plurality of overlapping, spaced rows
of apertures formed in said ridges by bending upward the
ridge material on either side of a diagonal center cut to
produce vertical projections having oppositely sloping edges
providing a maximum multidirectional holding effect. In an
alternate embodiment, adjacent nonoverlapping rows of
apertures have located therebetween a plurality of transverse
drain apertures.
3,640,036
ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEM OF INTERIOR MODULAR
CONSTRUCTION
Yoshio Nakazawa, Evanston, and Harold A. Lipper, Chicago,
both of III., assignors to Yosh Nakazawa & Associates, Inc.,
Evanston, III.
Original applkatioa Mar. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 715,281, now
Patent No. 3,503,166, dated Mar., 1970. Divided and this
application July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 870,942
Int. CI. E04b 5/10, 5/43, 5/58
U.S.CL 52-126 7 Claims
A collapsible shelter comprising a polyhedron in form and
being formed of a unitary strip of substantially rigid sheet
An architectural system of modular construction for build-
ing structures including floor and ceiling rails or stringers
426
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
forming rectangular floor and ceiling sections in vertical
alignment with one another, pedestals adapted to be sup-
ported on a structural concrete floor for supporting the floor
rails, suspension rods adapted to be hung from a structural
concrete ceiling for supporting the ceiling rails and vertical
comerposts which may be erected at the comers of any of
the vertically aligned floor and ceiling sections to extend
between the floor and ceiling rails. Panels for the floor and
ceiling are supported in the same plane as the floor and ceil-
ing rails. Thus the panels are disposed adjacent the rails, an^
do not overly the rails. Partition wall panels may be mounted
between the erected comer posts in abutting relation with
the floor and ceiling rails for selective partitioning of the
floor and ceiling sections. The pedestals are adapted for ver-
tical adjustment from above the floor line without removing
the floor panels and the comerposts and partition wall panels
can be erected and removed without interference with the
floor and ceiling rails and panels to provide for a highly flexi-
ble and easily altered modular construction.
3,640,037
LOW-COST HOUSING
Fred S. Renauld, and Noemie A. Renauld, both of Route 3,
Box 1224, Rosebury, Oreg.
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,466
Int. CI. E04b 1/348
U.S. CI. 52-169 7 Claims
"^"^7^
^>y"^D
v^^^ .-.
^^
Three-module, prefabricated or mobile homes are
described in combination with a unique angular placement of
the homes in a mobile home park which provides maximum
privacy and enjoyment of the home site. The homes comprise
a utility core module which is assembled to two additional
modules on the lot. The substantially greater width of the as-
sembled home permits use of shorter modules than the con-
ventional two-module mobile homes without sacrifice of
floor space. The shorter units permit faster and simpler posi-
tioning on the home site. Preferably, the units are placed at
an angular orientation to the lot lines so that four triangular
areas are thereby defined in the comers of the lot which pro-
vide increased off-street parking, greater pnvacy and more
useful outdoor recreational areas than possible with conven-
tional two-module homes which are positioned on their lots
parallel to the lot lines.
3,640,038
CONCRETE STRUCTURES
James Heron, Samford, Queensland, Australia, assignor to
The Pre-Load Company Inc., Garden City, N.Y.
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,318
IntCI.E04by/06, 7/20
U.S. CI. 52—224 9 Claims
In a structure comprising a precast concrete sections, the
sections are arranged in generally edgewise relationship and
the edge portions of adjacent sections are spaced apart and
have relatively flexible or resilient material (such as bitu-
minous or elastomenc material) applied thereto; a mass of
setting compyosition is provided between the edge portions of
,15 24 23 17
//
each two adjacent sections, to form joints between said sec-
tions, and the structure is stressed by means of stressing rods
or cables so as to maintain said joints in permanent compres-
sion and to render them substantially fluidtight.
3,640,039
BUILDING STRUCTURE
James R. McKee, Munde, and James K. Chastain, Gaston,
both of Ind., assignors to Ball Corporation, Muncie, bid.
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,761 ,
Intel. E04C///0
U.S. CI. 52-281
10 Claims
An assembly structure for building panels having undercut
channels in the end portions thereof wherein a key is inserted
into a plurality of such channels to loosely join the panels,
and resilient inserts are thereafter driven into spaces between
the panels to render the junction rigid, and a method of join-
ing the assembly by progressively positioning the inserts.
3,640,040
CAST-IN-PLACE STRUCTURAL TRUSS SLAB AND
MANUFACTURED PAN
Charles C. MacLean, III, and Alfonso Villa, both of San Juan,
P.R., assignors to Hovey T. Freeman, Jr., Barrio Rio
Guaynabo, P.R. \
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,289
IntCI.E04by//6. 5/76, 5/26
U.S. CI. 52-337 5 Claims
A structural two-way truss slab of egg-crate form is pro-
vided with manufactured pans that have openings in the
sidewalls thereof with interconnecting members between the
openings. The arrangement is such that the pan can remain
in place and thus provide a finished ceiling effect. The system
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
427
further provides an ability to mn air-conditioning, electrical, splines have lengths smaller than tile dimensions supported
plumbing and other conduits through the slab itself after the by the beam flanges and are movable within tile kerfs for
ceiling section removal. The horizontal parallel beams are
slab has been poured. The slab is structurally equivalent to
conventional two-way slabs but is of less gross weight.
3,640,041
TRIANGULARLY SHAPED CONCRETE SEAT WITH
TILE COVERING
Roy E. Michieli, 545 Begier Ave., San Leandro, Calif.
Filed Dec. 4, 1%9, Ser. No. 882,007
Int CI. E04f 131 18; A47k 3112
MS, CI. 52-390 2 Claims
A triangularly shaped seat covered with tile along its top,
hypotenuse side, and bottom margins which border a triangu-
lar recess in the bottom.
3,640,042
ACCESS-PROVIDING DIRECT SUSPENDED CEILING
STRUCTURE WITH REMOVABLE LOCKED-IN TILE
SECTIONS
Bruce W. Kidney, 57 Montague St, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed July 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 840,910
Int CI. E04b 5154
U.S. CI. 52-475 21 Claims
An access-providing, rigid, properly aligned, suspended
ceiling structure for acoustic tiles and the like is described,
having removable locked-in tile sections and hidden support
structure. The structure employs selectively shaped horizon-
tal parallel beams which have flanges to fit within tile kerfs to
provide a tile-supporting structure, which is hidden from
view of persons in the room below. Spacer bars extend across
between the beams and rigidly anchor them in place. En-
larged ceiling sections are removable by the employment of
crossbars sized to fit in tile kerfs between beams with the
ends of the crossbars being provided with selectively sized
cutouts to permit free longitudinal, unobstructed movement
of slidable splines located on the beam flanges. The slidable
shaped to provide a high load-carrying capability, with their
shaping advantageously employed to enhance removability of
individual tiles.
3,640,043
WALL FACING
Hermann Querfeid, Hannover; Heinz Otto Mattes, and
Friedrich Flesch, both of Emmendingen, all of Germany, as-
signors to Max Langensiepen Kom. Ges., Emmendingen,
Germany
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,046
Claims priority, application Gennany, June 30, 1969, P 19 33
> 085.9:Jan. 23. 1970,G70 02 245.6
Int CI. E04b 2188
U.S. CI. 52—508 10 Claims
.1
r
JO
A wall facing consists of facing plates which are situated at
a distance from the wall of a building, mounted in pairs on
those branches of angular bearing rails which face away from
the wall of the building and held in position by securing ele-
ments in the form of lugs affixed in a vertical position to the
horizontal branch of each bearing rail. The securing elements
extend into upper and lower recesses in the edges of the fac-
ing plates, each of said bearing rails being designed so that its
vertical branch, provided with an elongated slit, can be
screwed in a vertically adjustable position onto a wall clamp
connecting it to the wall of the building. A first plate is at-
tached to the vertical branch so as to be longitudinally dis-
placeable in a guide between the two branches and has an
elongated slot rising at a moderate angle and crossing that of
the vertical branch and delimiting an aperture to give passage
to a threaded portion of the wall clamp. A second plate is
vertically displaceable on the vertical branch of the bearing
rail and contains an inclined elongated slot which crosses
over the elongated slot of the longitudinally displaceable
plate in the opposite direction.
428
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,044
PREFABRICATED PANEL OF SHINGLES
Raymond W. Watts, 4 Nash's Lane, Westport, Conn.
Filed Sept 11, 1969, Ser. No. 856,981
Int. CI. E04d i/i65. 1120
U3*CI. 52-543 10 Claims
A prefabricated panel of shingles having a plurality of
courses and a thin mounting strip extending over the upper
face of the shingles in each course and secured thereto. The
strip is so positioned relative to the lower edge of the shingles
in each course as to be covered by the lower margin of the
shingles of the next course. Staples extending through the
thin strip and through each shingle on adjacent opposed ver-
tical edges thereof.
3,640,045
APPARATUS AND METHOD OF INSTALLING A SPLINE
IN A CEILING BOARD JOINT
Charles F. Gilbo, Lancaster, and Norman A. Johnson, Lititz,
both of Pa., assignors to Armstrong Cork Company, Lan-
caster, Pa.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,620
Int. CI. E04b 5152; E04g 2///6
L.S. CI. 52-747 2 Claims
24 18 12
A plurality of ceiling boards are held in position by splines
stapled to a backing. Removal of a damaged board is com-
plicated by the replacing of the spline which is inserted into a
kerf in two adjacent boards. The replacement is accom-
plished by the use of a narrow spline which fully fits in the
kerf of one board and, after the boards are in place, a special
tool is used to slide the spline from the kerf of one board to a
position where it is positioned with one-half of its width in
the kerf of each adjacent board. Staples may now be passed
through the spline to hold the boards in position.
3,640,046
MEANS FOR PREFABRICATING BRICK PANELS
Yngve R. Anderson, Streetsvilie, Ontario, and George K.
Escott, Willowdalc, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to
Canadian Structural Clay Association, Willowdale, Ontario,
Canada
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,844
Int. CI. E04g 27/22
U.S. CI. 52-749 9 Claims
Prefabricated brick panels are formed course by course on
a table, starting against a movable footing course. Course
spacers and individual brick spacers are laid in advance of
each course and brick respectively. The table has a roller
platform projecting from the edge opposite that alongside
which the courses are laid. The footing and finished courses
are successively pushed towards the platform to bear against
it. When sufficient courses are laid to constitute a panel a ce-
ment grout is poured between the bricks. As soon as it has
stiffened enough to support the bricks as a panel the table is
rotated into the vertical and the panel rolled off in the plane
The footmg nding the rollers of the platform for further cur-
ing of the panel.
3,640,047
PACKAGING METHOD
Clifford N. Brignall, 54 Balboa Coves, Newport Beach, Calif.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,693
Int. CI. B65b 43108
U.S. CI. 53-22 A 7 Claims
A method of making a package for displaying articles for
sale. The method includes positioning a die over a porous or
perforated backmg card and a transparent plastic cover film
over the die and card. A vacuum is then applied to the un-
derside of the card so as to bond the film to the face of the
card The die is then removed to expose a pocket that
receives the article or articles to be displayed. The portion of
the film adjacent the open end of the pocket may be heat
sealed to the card or alternatively bent around the card to
retain the article or articles in place. In modification of the
method, a transparent formed shield may be interposed
between the transparent film and the backing card to provide
for crushable or sharp-pointed articles. Also, a chemically
protective shield may be interposed between the face of the
backing card and the pocket.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
429
3,640,048
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A PALLET LOAD
Seymour Zehiick, Orange, NJ., and Martin Michael WiM-
moser, Staten Island, N.Y., assignors to Weldotron Cor-
poration, Newark, NJ.
Filed Oct 7, 1968, Ser. No. 765302
Intel. B65b 7 //;0,5i/02
3,640,050
BAG-BOXING MACHINE
Ernst Daniel Nystrand; Harvey J. Spencer, and Paul Zicgel-
hoffer, all of Green Bay, W^., assignors to Paper Convert-
ing Machine Company, Inc., Green Bay, Wis.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,976
Int CI. B65b 63104
U.S. CI. 53-30
1 1 Claims U.S. CI. 53— 1 20
6 Claims
A pallet load of product is secured onto a pallet by forming
a sleeve of heat-shrinkable film around the pallet load with
its open top extending above the pallet load and its open bot-
tom extending below the platform of the pallet. One or both
of the top and bottom surfaces of the pallet load are covered
with a sheet of heat-shrinkable film having a portion extend-
ing beyond the corresponding surface. The sheet or sheets
and the sleeve are shrunk and fused around the pallet load.
3,640,049
PACKAGING WITH HEAT-SHRINKABLE RLM
Richard C. Fritz, and Aldo B. Galvanoni, both of Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Jan. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 795,097
Int. CI. B65b 53106
U.S. CI. 53-30 1 Claim
A stack of articles is packaged in a bag or sheet of heat-
shrinkable film. Film at the bottom of the stack is not heat
shrunk so that individual articles can be removed without
destroying the package.
•' PoarTon- t'
rTKM S-lKWW
A machine for introducing a twice-folded stack of bags
into a carton wherein the bags are singly delivered through a
first path to a partial folding support, thereafter a partially
folded stack being conducted along a second path into a
housing consisting of two pivotally interconnected jaws and
finally the once-folded stack is ejected from the housing
which achieves a second fold in the stack incident to in-
troducing the twice-folded stack into a carton.
3,640,051
TUBE-FORMING PACKAGING MACHINE
William S. Cloud, Jr., 730 Greenwood Ave., Wilmette, III.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,550
Int CI. B65b 9/06
U.S. CI. 53-178 7 Claims
A strip of plastic film is formed into a tube with a succes-
sion of articles enclosed in the tube. As the tube is sealed and
the trim cut from it, the trim is drawn around the roller on
which it is cut more than 90° and around a guide roller to
move parallel to the tube. Pairs of pulling bars grip the tube
and the trim to pull both, and to seal the tubes between the
articles therein. Projecting sponge rubber on the bars seizes
the trim in a way tending to pull it faster than the tube,
yieldably. The gripper bars are secured firmly at the two ends
^ .>
430
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
and loosely at an intermediate point so that the bar is con-
trolled even if one of the securing means fails. A rubber band
parallel to the bars aids in ejecting the completed and
severed packages. Two lines of articles may be packed in one
web by forming a tube around the two lines and simultane-
ously slitting and heat-sealing between the two lines to form
two tubes.
to maintain the liquid level therein constant whereby the
liquid level in the treatment container adjusts automatically
3,640,052
PROCESS FOR REMOVING CARBON DIOXIDE IN A
COMBINED SYSTEM FOR PRODUCING AMMONIA AND
UREA
Keizo Konoki, Yachiyo, and Kozo Ohsaki, Oguramachi, both
of Japan, assignors to Toyo Engineering Corporation and
Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Inc., Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,607
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. IS, 1969, 44/19259
Int. CI. BOld 53114
U.S. CI. 55-19 7 Claims
CARKN omioe
'ofiecTOR
i»--'
am
S43 1
emrjurufsYKl
w «
ro ure/i
srvmsis
A process and apparatus for removing excess carbon diox-
ide from a crude ammonia synthesis gas to be used for
producing ammonia and urea, in which the incoming crude
ammonia synthesis gas is separated into two streams. One
stream is flowed into a scrubbing zone wherein it is contacted
with a scrubbing solution so that the partial pressure of the
carbon dioxide in the one stream leaving the scrubbing zone
is in the range of about 0.02-1.5 atmospheres, under a total
pressure of above about 10 atmospheres, at a temperature of
about 85°- 1 30° C. The other stream is not scrubbed The two
streams are then combined and are fed to an ammonia and a
urea synthesis system. The amount of carbon dioxide
removed is changed by adjusting the amounts of gas flowing
in the two streams.
3,640,053
APPARATUS FOR CLEANSING FLUE GASES
Karl-Axd Goran Gustavsson, Enkoping, Sweden, assignor to
Aktienbolaget Bahco Ventilation, Enkoping, Sweden
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 763,424, Sept.
27, 1968, now abandoned. This application June 1, 1970, Ser.
No. 42,231
Claims priorit\ . application Sweden, June 2, 1969, 7759/69
Int. CI. BOld 47/02
U.S. CI. 55-227 2 Claims
The invention relates to an apparatus for purifying the
gases to remove sulphur dioxide. The apparatus comprises a
container for a body of treatment liquid and is provided with
a gas inlet so arranged that the gas is caused to flow substan-
tially at right angles to the surface of the liquid therein. A
treatment passage extends substantially vertically upwards
from the liquid surface in the container, so that the gas after
contact with the liquid flows substantially linearly
therethrough entraining droplets of liquid. The container
communicates below the liquid level with an equalizing tank
having means for introducing alkali thereinto to maintain the
treatment liquid at a suitable alkalinity and with means for
introducing fresh water. The equalizing tank also has means
to variations in the rate of gas supplied thereto. The inven-
tion also includes means in the equalizing tank for accelerat-
ing the admixture of powdered alkali in the liquid.
3,640,054
CLEANING POLLUTANTS FROM FURNACE AND
INCINERATOR SMOKE AND THE LIKE
Norman Katz, 2150 W. Smithwick Lane, Hoffman Estates, III.
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,553
Int. CI. BOld 47/06
U.S. CI. 55-228 12 Claims
A means for cleaning pollutants from moving gases, such
as furnace and incinerator smoke, comprising conducting the
gas through a cleaning zone passage of substantial length
defined by an encompassing wall from which washing liquid
is sprayed to form a dense shower of the washing liquid so
that the gas is continuously washed as it progresses through
the shower.
3,640,055
CORN HARVESTER WITH TRASH BLOWER
Olin L. Looker. Milford, III., assignor to FMC Corporation,
San Jose, Calif.
Filed Aug. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 854,227
Int. CI. AOld 45102
U.S. CI. 56-106 4 Claims
A corn harvester particularly adapted for harvesting mar-
ket com has two picker heads which deliver severed ears to a
takeaway conveyor. Slide panels project upwardly and out-
wardly from the sides of the conveyor and a specially con-
structed blower is disposed above the conveyor and the
picker heads for directing streams of air laterally. As the crop
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
431
slides down the slide panels it is cleaned of trash with coun- members directed axially of the shaft and O-rings provided
terflowing streams of air. The blower has superposed fans within grooves on the portion of the shaft having a uniform
V
-^:^'
cross section drivingly engage yam covering packages
mounted thereon,
with front, rear, top and bottom inlets and louvered side out-
'^^ I * 3,640,058
^ APPARATUS
3,640,056 Irby Ennis Hartley, Jr., Chattanooga, Tenn., assignor to E. I.
HAY-HARVESTING IMPLEMENTS du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Martin Maier, and Eberhard Wolf, both of Gottmadingen, Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,527
Germany, assignors to Maschinenfabrik Fahr Aktien- Int. CI. DOIh //JS, 9/02, B65h 67/04
gesellschaft, Gottmadingen, Germany U-S. CI. 57—34 TT 6 Claims
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,800
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 6, 1968, P 18 07
318.2
Int. CI. AOld 19100
U.S. CI. 56-370 8 Claims
A waste spool for use with a ring twister comprising a
frustoconical body member having a pair of tabs extending
outwardly from its top surface. The particular structural rela-
tionship of the tabs with the tapered surface of the body
member, coupled with a specified taper of the body member,
provide a starting location for the waste windings that will
enable their easy removal as a circular yam wrap over the
end of the waste spool.
A hay-harvesting machine of the type using a tined body
rotating about a vertical axis, comprises a ground-engaging
wheel mounted on a pivoting support arm whose inclination
can be changed, for adjusting the ground clearance of the im-
plement, by means of a threaded rod, which can be turned to
cause it to move vertically, and whose lower end is guided in
bearing means and is connected with the arm by means of
one or more links in a pivoting manner.
3,640,057
YARN-COVERING APPARATUS
Tony R. Branson, P.O. Box 2229, Burlington, N.C.
FUed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,393
Int. CI. DOlh 7/72, 7188; B65h 49120
U.S. CI. 57— 18 8 Claims
A spindle unit for wrapping a covering yam about a core
yam being drawn therethrough includes a spindle shaft sup-
ported by bearings within a hollow casing. The shaft includes
a portion of substantially uniform cross section extending
from the casing having a spindle whorl secured thereto. Pin
3,640,059
METHOD OF SPINNING-IN YARN UPON
INTERRUPTION OF THE SPINNING PROCESS IN
SPINDLELESS SPINNING MACHINES AND DEVICE FOR
PERFORMING SAID METHOD
Josef Lutovsky, Liberec, and Vladimir Prasil, Brno, both of
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Elitex-Zavodny textilniho
strojirenstvi generaini reditelstvi, Liberec, Czechosk>vakia
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,772
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Oct. 10, 1968,
7145/68
Int. CI. DOlh ;j/26
U.S. CI. 57-34 R 10 Claims
A method and apparatus for spinning-in yarn into a spin-
dleless spinning machine when, during the operation thereof,
the spinning process has been interrupted due to the
breakage of the main yam thread. The device of the inven-
tion is provided with an automatic knotting mechanism
which automatically feeds into a spinning nozzle an auxiliary
yam thread. The impurities in the spinning nozzle, as well as
;
432
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
the fiber material located therein, is spun onto the auxiliary 3,640,061
thread which is then automatically knotted to the broken-off METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SPINNING A HBER
end of the finished yam thread by the knotting mechanism BAND
Hans Landwehrkamp, Ingolstadt, Germany, assignor to Schu-
bert & Salzer Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ingol-
stadt, Germany
Flkd Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,607
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 30, 1968, P 18 06
054.3
Int. CI. DOlh 7/00, 1112
U.S. CI. 57-58.89 3 Claims
Means are provided in the device of the invention for auto-
matically interrupting the feeding of unfinished fibers as well
as the takeup of the finished yam thread during the knotting
operation.
to Sodete
3,640,060
DOUBLE-TWIST SPINDLE
Jacques Boyer, Sauzet, France, assignor
Rhodiaceta, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,646
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 31, 1968, 50,893
IntCI. DOlh 7/86,1/10
U.S. CI. 57-58.84 5 Claims
1 J^^
;>.
36 >
A double-twist spmdie for doublmg a yam in which an in-
tegral shaft and rotor rotate with respect to a stator, which is
magnetically held against rotation and carries a spool of yam.
An axial and a radial passage in the shaft and rotor respec-
tively join in the rotor at the location of a removable, nor-
mally fixed yam guide.
602
60J
SO
eoo
A spinning apparatus comprises a spinning chamber, a cen-
trally arranged thread drawoff tube for drawing off thread
from the spinning chamber, the thread drawoff tube opening
having a radial outer smooth face extending into the path of
the thread and an intenor annular face which is rough or
notched.
3,640,062
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
Gordon C. Anderson, and John D. Page, both of Clemson,
S.C, assignors to Maremont Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,058
InLCI. DOlh 7/12,7/22
U.S. CI. 57—88 10 Claims
feO-*' ",
An improved spindle assembly for textile spinning and
twisting machines is disclosed wherein a plurality of spindle
blade supporting ball bearing sets and a whirl-supporting ball
bearing set are aligned and supported by a single support
sleeve concentric with the spindle blade which sleeve verti-
cally terminates intermediate the whirl. One or more of said
sets may have a flexible or resilient member interposed
between a beanng set and the sleeve and/or the whirl and/or
the spindle blade to help provide and maintain the precise
alignment required of all sets from the axial centerline of the
spindle blade Also disclosed is an electromagnetically opera-
ble drive and brake clutch subassembly which is positionally
adjustable on and supported by the sleeve.
)
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
433
3,640,063
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR CRIMPING YARNS
AND THE LIKE
Hans Schmid, Ludwigshafen; Heinrich Fddboff, Bad Duerk-
heim; Wolfgang Martin, Ludwigshafen; Heinz Fessmann,
Neumuenster, and Eddcried Hahn, Ludwigshafen, all of
Germany, assignors to Badische Anilln- & Soda-Fabrik Ak-
ticngesellschaft, Ludwigshafen/Rhein, Germany
Filed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,557
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 13, 1968, P 17
85 344.0
Int. CI. D02g 7/76, 3/24; DO Id 5/22
U.S. CI. 57-140 R 12 Claims
2 18 3 4
7 cV-KvV.vK
3,640,065
WATERTIGHT WATCHCASE FOR WRISTWATCHES
Marc Lederrey, and Canton Grcnchen, both of Soleure, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Schlup & Cie., S.A., Lcngnau b. Biel
(Canton of Berne), Switzerland
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,592
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 17, 1969,
2363/69
Int. CI. G04b 57/05
U.S. CI. 58-90 R 5 Claims
Process and apparatus for cnmpmg yams or the like by the
action of a heated flowing gaseous medium, the yams being
exposed to the heated flowing gaseous medium in two suc-
cessive treatment chambers. Yams of synthetic linear high
molecular weight substances can be crimped by means of the
process and apparatus according to the invention in a simple
way and at high yarn speeds.
3,640,064
NOVELTY YARN
Clifford W. Palm, Denver, N.C., and WUIiam R. Gibson,
Cumberland, Md., assignors to Celanese Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 359,814, Mar.
25, 1964, now abandoned , which is a division of application
Ser. No. 81 1,066, May 5, 1959, now Patent No. 3,144,747.
This application Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 4,155
Int CI. D02g 3/34, 3/36
U^. CI. 57-144 7 Claims
A continuous filament slub yam is descnbed which com-
prises a substantially unbulked core yam and an auxiliary
yam having slubbed and unslubbed portions along its linear
length. The auxiliary yam supplies the slubs in a random dis-
tribution and random size along the length of the yam by
looping upon itself and attaching to the core yarn by interlac-
ing at least some of the auxiliary yam filaments through the
core yarn.
An internal capsule constituted by a vessel made of a soft
plastic material and by the watchglass is kept closed by an
extemal capsule constituted by two metallic pieces fixed onto
one another by screws. These pieces press the glass axially on
the upper edge of the lateral portion of the plastic vessel so
as to form a tight seal therebetween. The watch movement is
held in place within the internal capsule by clamping. The
lateral portion of the plastic vessel is therefore transversely
compressed between the movement and one of the metallic
pieces of the outer capsule.
3,640,066
HYDRAULIC POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
John Stephen Marshall, Birmingham, and William S. Turn-
bull, Wolver-Hampton, both of England, assignors to
Rubery, Owen and Company Limited, Darlaston, Wednes-
bury, Staffordshire, England
Filed Dec. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 883,658
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec 10, 1968,
58,619/68
Int. CL F16d 31/00, F15b 7 7/76
U^. CI. 60-53 R 7 Claims
When the fluid supply to an hydraulic motor normally driv-
ing a vehicle is insufficient to maintain the momentum of the
vehicle, pressure reversal occurs in the motor which then
acts as a pump. A relief valve, in addition to the main relief
valve, is included in the vehicle transmission system to limit
the pressure in the system only when this overrun condition
occurs. When the system includes two or more motors a
valve is provided to isolate one of the motors from the fluid
supply. A single valve assembly includes the additional relief
valve, its ancillary control valves and the isolating valve.
434
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,067
TWO-PEDAL HYDRAULIC BRAKING SYSTEM
Brian Ingrain, Warwickshire, England, assignor to Girling
Limited, Tyseley, Birmingham, England
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,195
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 8, 1969,
23,442/69
InL CI. F15b 7100
U.S. CI. 60—54.6 P 1 1 Claims
3,640,069
OIL-PRESSURE-CONTROLLING DEVICE FOR BIG
INERTIAL LOAD
Takashi Sugahara; Minoru Suzuki; Tadayuki Fukunaga, all of
Akashi-shi, Hyogo, and Shozo Fukushima, Kobe, all of
Japan, assignors to Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Kobe-shi, Hyogo, Japan
Filed Aug. 14, 1%9, Ser. No. 850,034
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 14, 1968, 43/58152
Int. CI. F15b 11108, 13104; FOlk 13/00; ¥22h 33/00
U.S.CL 60-105 5 Claims
4€
A two-pedal hydraulic bralcing system incorporates two
separate pedal -operated master cylinders. Each master
cylinder fncludes a pressure space in a cylinder bore in front
of a pedal-operated piston working in the bore. The pressure
spaces are connected by a transfer connection which permits
fluid to pass between the pressure spaces to compensate for
uneven wear of the linings of brakes on opposite sides of the
vehicle. Normally communication between each master
cylinder and the transfer connection is cut off by a normally
closed valve which is opened when the piston is moved axi-
ally in the bore.
3,640,068
ARBOR PRESS POWER SOURCE
Robert L. Mann, Park Ridge, Dl., assignor to Resinoid En-
gineering Corporation
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,864
Int. CI. F 1 5b/ 5//*
U.S. CI. 60—52 HF 3 Claims
ic" -'-"'
h
A power drive for an arbor press combining a rotary com-
pressed air motor coupled with a variable volume reversible
hydraulic pump supplying hydraulic fluid under pressure to a
piston and cylinder moving the ram of the press whereby
combinations of speed, direction and pressure at the ram
may be manually achieved with stalling of the drive being in-
consequential to the operativeness of the drive.
38 37 ^ 35 33 49 »*44 ! 39 54 ^^.^.M 3S iT
29 8 aV| 14' ^ 15 I'^W^fjST
Cavitation and stalling of a hydraulic motor coupled to a
large inertial load is prevented by a self-operating valve sensi-
tive to applied oil pressure and the pressure of oil returned to
the sump for controlling the pressurized fluid operating on
the hydraulic motor.
3,640,070
HYBRID PROPELLANT SYSTEM
Martin H. Kaufman; John D. O'Drobinak, and James O.
Dake, Jr., all of China Lake, Calif., assignors to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Oct. 28, 1964, Ser. No. 407,262
|n>;CI. C06d5//0
U.S. CI. 60-220 ^ 5 Claims
1 . The method for creating propulsive thrust by burning a
solid phase with a liquid phase injectant and exhausting the
products from a rocket nozzle, said solid phase comprising
from 1 7 to 22 percent by weight of a fluorocarbon binder
selected from the group consisting of IH, IH, 9H-Hex-
adecafluoro-1-nonanomethacrylate, IH, IH, 7H-
Dodecafluoro-1-heptanoacrylate, IH, IH, 5H-Octafluoro-l-
pentanoacrylate and mixtures thereof; a plasticizer selected
from the group consisting of triethylene glycol dinitrate, pen-
taerythritol trinitrate, tnmethylol ethane trinitrate, bu-
tanediol dinitrate, a copolymer of vinylidene fluoride and
perfluoropropylene, bis(2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethyl)formal and
mixtures thereof; and a free radical catalyst selected from the
group consisting of azo-bisisobutyronitrile, benzoyl peroxide,
dichlorobenzoyi peroxide, and methylethylketone peroxide;
from 10-22 percent by weight of a metal fuel being a
member selected from the group consisting of aluminum,
beryllium, zirconium, thorium, uranium, boron, and mixtures
thereof; and from 43 to 55 percent by weight of an oxidizer
comprising a member selected from the group consisting of
ammonium perchlorate, sodium perchlorate, potassium
perchlorate, sodium nitrate, potassium nitrate, and barium
nitrate; said liquid phase mjectant comprising from 4 to 12
percent b> weight of a member selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrazine, monomethylhydrazine. unsymmetrical
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
435
dimethylhydrazine. perchlorofluoride. tetrafluorohydrazine.
hydrogen peroxide, nitric acid, tetranitromethane. tri(di-
tluoroaminelfluoroethane, and mixtures thereof.
3,640,071
DUCTED PROPELLER SYSTEMS FOR MARINE
VESSELS
Ewan Christian Brew Cori«tt, Basingstoke, England, assignor
to Hydroconic Limted, Basingstoke, Hampshire, England
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,508
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 13, 1969,
50,217/69
Int.CI. B63h U/IO
U.S. CI. 60—221 3 Claims
3,640,073
BARRIER FOR DERNING A SWIMMING AREA
Frank J. Samsd, 13455 Lake Ave., Lakewood, Ohio
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,400
Int. CI. E02b 3100, 15100, 15104
U^. CI. 61-1 F 6 Claims
In a ducted propeller system for ship propulsion, compris-
ing a propeller working in a fixed propulsion nozzle and
rudder blades or shutters disposed at the nozzle entry on
either side of the central vertical fore-and-aft plane of the
nozzle, the rudder blades are toed out and the angle of the
toeing is varied up the height of each blade to correspond to
the different nozzle flow entry conditions that obtain at dif-
ferent regions of the nozzle entry due to the effect of
prof)eller rotation.
^ 3,640,072
'--- ROCKET ENGINE
Lutz Tilo Kayser, Am Bismarckturm 10, 7000 Stuttgart, Ger-
many
Filed Aug. I, 1969, Ser. No. 846,696
Claims priority, application Germany, July 20, 1968, P 17 51
740 7: June 1 1 . 1%9, P 19 29 629.8; P 19 29 628.7
Int. CI. F02k 9/02
U.S. CI. 60-258 3 Q.\Mxas
A rocket engine has an internal combustion chamber pro-
vided with a front wall. An outlet nozzle is provided in the
front wall. At least two injection conduits communicate with
the chamber rearwardly of the front wall in such a manner as
to inject into the chamber respective streams of reactive
propellants in direction tangentially of the chamber walls
thus providing a short heat conduction path from the nozzle
throat to the injected but yet unbumed propellants rotating
at high speed along the chamber walls.
This invention relates to a floatable bamer compnsing a
plurality of sections or panel members, removably secured
together to form an integrated structure for use in isolating
or defining a confined area along the edge of a body of
water, which area can be treated and made safe for human
occupancy. Each section or panel member is formed of a
flexible sheet of impervious material with the upper edge
portion thereof overiapped to define a chamber coextensive
with the width of the section for receiving floatable material
which may be either a solid or a gas and the lower edge por-
tion reinforced and secured to anchoring means, for main-
taining the sections in a substantially vertical position when
disposed within the water.
3,640,074
PROCESS FOR COLLECTING AND STORING FRESH
WATER IN EARTH
Adolph Kopp, Jr., P.O. Box 137, Swan Lake, Mont.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 560,921, June
23, 1966. This application Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 871,417
Int CI. E02b 3/02
U.S. CI. 61-lR 6 Claims
A thin water impermeable barrier is esublished in water
permeable earth adjacent to the shore of a body of salt water
and extended downward from the level of the high point of
salt water intrusion into the water permeable earth to a non-
water-permeable earth layer. The barrier is extended laterally
along the shore and upland from the shore to points where
the nonwater-permeable earth layer is as high as said level,
thus isolating an area of water permeable earth from the
body of salt water. The salt water thus trapped in the water
permeable earth is then extracted from the isolated water
permeable earth by transferring it from the bottom part of
the water permeable earth to the other side of the barrier.
Fresh water is then stored in the isolated water permeable
earth, thus establishing an available reservoir of fresh water.
The barrier is formed and maintained by continuously circu-
lating refrigerant downwardly from the level of the high point
436
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
of salt water intrusion through a row of closely spaced holes
to the nonwater-permeable earth layer. The heat extracted
from the earth in forming and maintaining the barrier is em-
ployed to evaporate water from the salt water adjacent to the
barrier and return the fresh water thus recovered to the
reservoir.
3,640,075
METHOD OF INSTALLING BREAKWATER CAISSONS
James H. La Peyre, 13 Richmond PI., New Orieans, La.
Filed Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 866,823
Int. CI. E02b 3106
IJ.S. CI. 61— 5 2 Claims
This disclosure is directed to caissons and to a method of
constructing seawalls, breakwaters, jetties, groins and the like
utilizing the caissons which are closed sided, hollow, bottom-
less and compartmented precast concrete structures adapted
to be air pressurized for flotation in water with their bottom-
less sides downward to the erection site and then depres-
surized and sunk into position and anchored against move-
ment by imbedding in the water bottom and by filling with
dredged and/or pumped in solids.
3,640,076
TUNNELS OR TUNNELLING
Donald Frank Rees, Wentworth; John Baron Garnett, Al-
resford, and Michael Alexander Richardson.
Knaresborough, all of England, assignors to William F.
Rees Limited, Old Woking, Surrey, England
Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 44,809
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 4, 1969,
43,907/69
InL CI. EOlg 5/04
U.S. CI. 61-42 7 Claims
3,640,077
SHIELD TUNNELING METHOD
Frank C^rge Watson, Victoria, and David Burnet Sugden,
Tasmania, both of Australia, assignors to James S. Robbins
and Associates, Inc., Seattle, Wash.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,032
Claims priorit\. application .Australia, Mar. 5, 1970, 0528/70;
Mar. 26. i%9. 52612/69
InL CI. EOlg 5100
U.S. CI. 61-42 4 Claims
An axially slotted roof shield is supported at its front end
on a tunneling machine (or shield) frame The frame in-
cludes a fulcrum support portion inset from said shield slots.
One or more fulcrum members are movably supported on
said support portion A tunnel set or the like is anchored in
the tunnel rearwardly of the frame. The fulcrum member(s)
is initially positioned forwardly on its support. Elongated sup-
port poles are inserted from below the shield upwardly and
forwardly through the slots. The forward portions of the
poles extend into or under ground ahead of the shield. Inter-
mediate portions of the poles rest on the fulcrum member(s).
The rear portions of the poles underlie the tunnel set. The
fulcrum member(s) is tied to the tunnel set so that it is axi-
ally fixed during forward movement of the frame.
3,640,078
DEVICES AND METHODS OF CONNECTING TWO
INHABITABLE ENCLOSURES UNDER WATER
Frandsco M. Serrano, Paris, France, assignor to Compagnie
Francaise Des Petroles, Societe Anonyme, Paris, France
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,522
Claims priority, application France, June 11, 1969,
6919307/69
Int. CI. B63c;y/i4 \
U.S. CI. 61-69 A 8 Claims
3C 2'X ""^
A method of constructing a lined tunnel comprises the
steps of excavating a short length of tunnel of internal diame-
ter greater than the external diameter of the lining, erecting
within the said length of tunnel a ring of three 120° lining
segments, repeating the steps of excavating a short length of
tunnel and erecting a lining ring within the short length, and
pressing each successive ring into endwise engagement with
the previously erected ring.
Apparatus for connecting two underwater inhabitable en-
closures at atmospheric pressure, one of them being mobile
and the other being anchored on the ocean bottom. The ap-
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
487
paratus eliminates leakage caused by the presence of marine
concretions on the outer surface of the anchored enclosure.
The mobile enclosure comprises a pipe whose open end, hav-
ing a sealing joint on its periphery, is applied around the
opening of the fixed enclosure. The pumping of water from
the pipe creates a pressure differential which forces the mo-
bile enclosure into tight engagement with the anchored en-
closure. At the periphery of the pipe, the mobile enclosure
further comprises an annular chamber defined by two circu-
lar knives connected by a flexible membrane, one of the
knives having a lip joint on its outer side, and the other hav-
ing an inflatable joint on its inner side, with a third circular
knife positioned within the inflatable joint.
3,640,079
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING TWO
SUBMERGED INHABITABLE ENCLOSURES
Louis G. Le Therisien, and Henri A. Marion, both of Paris,
France, assignors to Compagnie Francaise des Petroles,
Societe Anonyme, Paris, France
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,602
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 14, 1969, 6903654
Int.CI. B63c;y/i4
U.S. CI. 61-69 18 Claims
water to an offshore installation of the type having a substan-
tially vertical support positioned on the floor of a body of
water and a platform carried by the support. The flowline is
positioned at the water surface adjacent the installation and
terminated a distance beyond the installation approximately
equal to the depth of the water. The portion of the flowline
adjacent the installation is slidably connected to the support
and the flowline is lowered to the floor of the body of water
while gradually bending the flowline in such a manner that
the portion of the flowline between the support and its ter-
minal end is substantially parallel to the support when the
flowline reaches the floor of the body of water. The terminal
end of the flowline is subsequently connected to the plat-
form. In this manner, the flowline has a sufficient curvature
to prevent buckling thereof
3,640,081
HOLLOW SPHERICAL ICE BODIES AND METHOD OF
MAKING THE SAME
Edward H. Hadden, Granby, Conn., assignor to Oiin
Mathieson Chemical Corporation
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,782
InL CI. F25c IIIO
U.S. CI. 62— 1 11 Claims
V)
A method and apparatus for connecting two submerged
enclosures one fixed and one mobile wherein the mobile en-
closure has a tubular passageway, the outside end of which
has an inflatable joint and a lip joint for connecting in sealing
engagement, the tubular passageway of the mobile enclosure
with an opening in the fixed enclosure.
A hollow body of ice for use as a target, the ice body being
sufficiently frangible to shatter when struck by a flred pellet.
A method of making the hollow ice bodies comprising in-
troducing a measure of water into a mold cavity so as to
cover substantially the entire surface of the mold cavity with
water. The water is then cooled to a temperature below its
freezing point to form a thin shell of ice adjacent to the mold
cavity surface. The mold is then opened and the shell of ice is
removed from the mold cavity.
3,640,080 3,640,082
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING A CRYOGENIC REFRIGERATOR CYCLE
FLOWLINE TO AN OFFSHORE INSTALLATION Axel G. Dehne, Los Angeks, Calif., assignor to Hughes Air-
WilUam J. Neal, Manvd, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil Company, <=™'* Company, Culver City, Calif.
New York, N.Y. f""" J«»ne »' ^970, Ser. No. 44,303
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,794 ^"^ CI. F25b 9100
InL CI. F16I 1100; B21d 11102 ^^- C- 62-6 8 Claims
U.S. CI. 61— 72J
11 Claims
r^'""
-^
A method and apparatus for connecting a flowline having a
major portion adapted to lie along the floor of a body of
Where a cn'ogcnic refrigerator cycle incorporates pistons
operating between a plenum and the working volume and the
plenum pressure is controlled to control the loading on the
plenum side of the pistons, short time increased refrigerator
capacity is obtained for cooldown by bleeding fluid from the
plenum into the working volume.
438
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,083
GENERATOR OF COOL WORKING GASES
Lyie D. Galbraith, Redmond, and William F. Thorn, Mercer
Island, both of Wash., assignors to Rocket Research Cor-
poration, Redmond, Wash.
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,154
Intel. F 17c 7/02
L.S. CI. 62-52 26 Claims
3,640,085
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WITH DELAY TIMING
MECHANISM
John L. Harris, Delafield, Wis., assignor to Deltrol Corp.,
BeUwood, III.
Original application Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 849,961, now
Patent No. 3,598.214, dated Aug. 10, 1971. Divided and this
application Apr. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 133,038
Int. CI. F25b 79/00
U.S. CI. 62-158 9 Claims
S* S7 to
Hot pressure gases are generated by burning a solid fuel
grain. A portion of the gases are used to pressure feed a
liquid from its storage chamber into a mixing zone. The
remainder of the hot gases are directed into the mixing zone
for mixing with the liquid. The hot gases provide the heat of
vaporization for, and cause the vaporization of, the liquid
The gas generator comprises a one-piece housing of com-
posite welded construction, defining liquid storage, breech
and mixing chambers. A control cartridge containing burst
discs, flow control orifices and seals is inserted into the hous-
ing through the outlet passageway. A solid fuel cartridge is
inserted into the breech through an opening at the opposite
end of the housing.
3,640,084
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM AND METHOD
Neil E. Hopkins, York, Pa., and Paul W. Muench, Medford
Lakes, NJ., assignors to Borg-Wamer Corporation,
Chicago, lU.
Filed Auk- 24. 1970, Ser. No. 66.260
Int. CI. F25b 75/06
L.S. CI. 62-101 14 Claims
SflSiU-
Protection against refngeration compressor burnout by
short cycling is provided by a delay timing mechanism having
a motor and solenoid The motor is constantly energized and
the solenoid controlled by a thermostat stalls or releases the
mechanism causing timer operation through its cycle. The
timer runs through its delay period during the normal off
period, allowing fast restart of the compressor. Also the timer
provides a longer delay following a short cycle then following
a normal cycle This is accomplished by operating the timer
for a penod of time after the compressor is started.
3,640,086
REFRIGERANT FLOW CONTROL EMPLOYING PLURAL
VALVES
Herbert M. Brody, Columbus, Ohio, assignor to American
Standard Inc.. New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 27. 1970, Ser. No. 15,160
Int. CI. F25b4/ /OO
U.S. CI. 62— 210 9 Claims
-=i!^z.c
An alternative method of operating a refrigeration system
of the type normally operated in an absorption refrigeration
cycle. When a cooling medium such as water is available at
temperatures below a chilled fluid temperature which will
satisfy the refrigeration load, the absorption refrigeration
cycle is suspended, the supply of heat to the generator being
discontinued, and the absorber is operated as a condenser to
liquefy the refrigerant vaporized in the evaporator. Means
are provided for operating the system in such a manner.
A mechanical refrigeration system having flow metering
devices therein for causing a balance between the boiling
capability of the evaporator and the pumping capability of
the compressor, whereby the system is adapted for air condi-
tioner usage subject to varying evaporator heat loads and
varying condenser coolant action.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
489
3,640,087
FROST-ANTICIPATING BIMETAL CONTROL FOR AN
AIR CONDITIONER
Bobby G. Harrison, Evansville, and Charles D. Esche, New-
burgh, both of Ind., assignors to Whirlpool Corporation
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,61 1
Intel. F25b7 /OO
U.S. CI. 62—227 9 Claims
The passage includes a normally closed closure member and
a heater and is so constructed and arranged within the door
as to maintain the various portions of the passage at tempera-
tures preventing the accumulation of ice slush and water in
the passage and the freezing of the closure member.
An air conditioner for cooling room air having a separate
electrical apparatus compartment within the air conditioner
housing completely enclosing a temperature responsive
device such as a bimetal thermostat element within the com-
partment. Means are provided for establishing a subsidiary
flow path for room air over the thermostat and separate from
the main room airstream that is directed over the air condi-
tioner evaporator. The subsidiary airstream is directed
through the electrical apparatus compartment in heat
exchange relation with the temperature-responsive device
and then to the exterior of the room rather than being
returned to the room. In a preferred embodiment an end por-
tion of the evaporator is arranged in the subsidiary air flow
path in heat exchange relationship with the subsidiary
airstream so as to effect the temperature of this air. Frost
buildup on the air conditioner evaporator is anticipated by a
lowering evaporator temperature which is reflected at the
unit thermostat as a result of room air passing over the end
portion of the evaporator in its passage to the thermostat.
3,640,088
HOUSEHOLD REFRIGERATOR INCLUDING EXTERIOR
ICE SERVICE
Dwight W. Jacobus, and Michael L. Simms, both of Louisville,
Ky., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 43,104
Lit CI. F25c 5/75
U.S. CI. 62-320 6 Claims
A refrigerator including an ice dispenser and crusher m a
freezer compartment and an ice delivery passage through the
refrigerator door for delivering ice exterior of the cabinet.
3,640,089
HOUSEHOLD REFRIGERATOR WITH EXTERIOR ICE
SERVICE
Lauren L. Frazier, Louisville, Ky., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
FUed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,271
Int CI. H03k 7 7/56 G08b 7i/00
U.S. CI. 62-320 10 Claims
'^><Vt
A refrigerator including a freezer compartment containing
a combination ice dispenser and crusher, a passage for con-
veying ice from the crusher outlet exteriorly of the refrigera-
tor and exterior means for operating the dispenser and
crusher is provided with safety means for stopping operation
of the dispenser and crusher upon the thrusting of an arm or
other elongated member into the passage. This safety means
comprises a proximity detection circuit including a sensing
plate associated with the ice passage.
3,640,090
COLD-HEAT RECOVERY FOR AIR CONDITIONING
Roland A. Ares, Wilmington, N.C., assignor to American
SUndard Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 42,972
Int. CI. F25d 7 H02
U.S. CI. 62—436 7 Claims
77^
A cold air replenishment unit for an enclosed building
space comprising a purge air system, a replenish air system, a
heat pipe assembly spanning the two systems to simultane-
ously provide cold-heat potential transfer from the purge air
to the replenish air, a mechanical refrigeration system com-
prising the commonly known cycle components, having an
air-over fin tube evaporator located downstream of the
replenish air heat pipe section, and having an air-over fin
tube condenser located upstream of the purge air heat pipe
section, all systems jointly forming a cold-heat recovery ap-
paratus.
440
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,091
VALVE ARRANGEMENT TO PROVIDE TEMPERATURE
LEVEL CONTROL AT CRYOGENIC TEMPERATURE
RANGES
Joseph S. BuUer; Michael J. Nagy, and Eugene W. Peterson,
all of SanU Barbara, Calif., assignors to Santa Barbara
Research Center, Golcta, Calif.
Filed May 13, 1%9, Ser. No. 824,177
Int. CLF25b 79/00
U.S.CL 62-514 3 Claims
-'0?o|9XOi_."]
« jc e B
3,640,093
PROCESS OF CONVERTING METALORGANIC
COMPOUNDS AND HIGH PURITY PRODUCTS
OBTAINED THEREFROM
Leon Levene. Toledo, Ohio, and Ian M. Thomas, Temperance,
Mich., assignors to Owens-OUnois, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 805,841, Mar.
10, 1%9, now abandoned. This application July 22, 1969,
Ser. No. 843,777
Int. CI. C03b 5116, C03c I3I00; C08h 1134
U.S. CI. 65-134 30 Claims
There is disclosed the preparation of high purity oxide
products by hydrolyzing a silicon alkoxide with less than a
stoichiometric amount of water so as to provide a partially
hydrolyzed product The partially hydrolyzed product is then
reacted with a metal alkoxide and/or a metal salt in the
presence of sufficient water to initially form a clear solution
which subsequently converts to a clear gel. The gel is then
heated so as to substantially remove organic and free liquid
components therefrom A homogeneous, high purity oxide
product is recovered
A cryosut assembly is provided having a tinned cryogen
delivery tube spirally surrounding an internal cylinder. The
terminating end of the tube is sealed and a cryogen escape
port is located adjacent a detector heat load. The central
cylinder contains a bellows arrangement having sealed
therein the cryogen utilized in the delivery tube, or other
suitable fluid. The bellows has attached thereto a
needlepointed element having its needlepoint in operative
relationship with the escape port in the delivery tube. Spring
means normally bias the element to bring the needlepoint
into closed relationship with the port. As ambient tempera-
ture varies, the fluid within the bellows expands and con-
tracts, moving the needlepoint into and out of sealing rela-
tionship with the port thereby accomplishing bleeding feed of
the cryogen from the delivery tube, the expansion of which
into the lower pressured area induces cooling of the detector
by virtue of what is known as the Joule-Thomson effect.
3,640,094
DEVICE FOR CUTTING AND GRIPPING THREADS IN
CIRCULAR KNITTING MACHINES AND THE LIKE
Francesco Piana, and Angelo Brega, both of Varese, luiy, as-
signors to Mecmor S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed May 6, 1969, Ser. No. 822,149
Claims priority, application Italy, May 6, 1968, 16151 A/68
Int. CI. D04b 9/06
U.S. CI. 66-19 2 Claims
3,640,092
TORQUE UMITER
Francis John Neal, Brewood; Jerxy Leon Courtenay, and John
Richard Simmons, both of Wolverhampton, all of England,
assignors to H. M. Hobran Limited, London, England
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,927
Int CL F16d 7106
U.S. CI. 64-28 3 Claims
This disclosure relates to a device for cutting and gripping
threads in circular knitting machines of the type with a fixed
needle cylinder and a fixed needle dial arranged thereon and
rotating thread guide units, said device comprising a shears
unit including a cam-actuated mobile blade which extends
radially to said needle dial and a counterblade which extends
tangentially to the needle dial; resilient means being provided
for permitting slight adaption movements of said counter-
blade tangentially to said needle dial.
A torque limiter for limiting the torque which can be ap-
plied by an input shaft to an output shaft and comprising a
fixed outer race, a cage within the race constituting the out-
put member of the limiter, a cam constituting the input
member of the limiter and normally operative to drive the
cage by cooperation with one or more rollers confined by the
cage and a torsion spring connected between the cam and
the cage, the spring yielding, when excessive torque is
reacted by the driven mechanism, to cause the cam to dis-
place the roller or rollers into locking engagement with the
outer race.
3,640,095
PUSHER UNIT FOR DOUBLE-CYLINDER KNITTING
MACHINES
Francesco Lonati, Via S. Polo 1 1, Brescia, Italy
Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,670
Claims priority, application Italy, Dec. 2, 1968, 832246
Int. CI. D04b 35100
U.S. CI. 66— 1 47 3 Claims
This disclosure relates to a pusher unit for pushing knit-
wear downwards in double-cylinder knitting machines, which
comprises two series of levers of different length arranged
about a central shaft to rotate together with the needle cylin-
ders, the lower ends of said levers being bladed, means being
provided to cause the vertical sliding and oscillation of the
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
441
levers along a closed endless path, the arrangement being
such that in working conditions the levers are caused to
pieces of fabric of each shoulder portion on opposite beds
are continuous at the edge of the shoulder portion outermost
on the machine and in the finished garment, knitting the
body of the garment commencing at the lower end and
knitting front and rear upper body portions of the garment as
penetrate into the lower cylinder and push the knitwear
downwards as it is formed.
3,640,096
KNITTING METHODS
Max William Betts, Coventry, and Frank Robinson, Bor-
rowash, both of England, assignors to Courtauids Limited,
London, England
Filed July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 840,004
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 22, 1968,
34855/68
Int. CI. D04b 7104
U.S. CI. 66-176 7 Claims
A method ot knitting a jersey-type garment on a flat bar
knitting machine of the kind comprising at least two pairs of
opposed needle beds extending generally parallel to each
other, the beds of one pair being laterally movable relative to
the beds of the other pair, said method comprising tubular
knitting two sleeve portions and a body portion united by a
fourth tubular portion forming the upper portion of the jer-
sey and fashioning the fourth tubular portion in Wales which
are an extension of or are intended to extend into the body
portion of the jersey. A machine for carrying out the method
is also claimed.
3,640,097
KNITTING METHOD
Max WilUam Betts, Coventry, and Frank Robinson, Bor-
rowash, both of England, assignors to Courtauids Limited,
London, England
Filed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,512
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 22, 1968,
34,853/68
Int. CI. D04b 7100
U.S. CL66— 176 4 Claims
A method of making a sleeved garment on a knitting
machine, the method including the steps of knitting a
shoulder portion of each sleeve, in the direction towards the
upper end of the sleeve, in reciprocatory manner on both
beds of a pair of opposed beds of the machine, so that the
flat fabric on different beds of a pair of opposed beds of the
machine and joining the front and rear upp)er body portions
to the shoulder portions of the sleeves subsequent to knitting
of these portions, for example by a stitch transfer procedure
or a stitching procedure. A knitting machine for carrying out
the method is also claimed.
3,640,098
CLOTHES-WASHING AND SPIN-DRYING MACHINES
Martin Harold Elastall, Peterborough, Ejigland, assignor to
British Domestics Appliances Limited, Peterborough, En-
gland
FUed June 19, 1%9, Ser. No. 834,686
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 20, 1968,
29,412/68
Int. CI. D06f 33100
U.S. CI. 68-12 R 11 Claims
u
1 1 ii-^M li
^^\m^\rh
t
'■*<$»'^Hlj
til lit
4^ ■'
^
4;-
^?m
'L.-i.J.^.4.]j'
-w-41-
W-
Ti7
13 tt) 2S
Tirnt (Seconal
A clothes-washing and spin-drying machine having a drum
rotatable about a nonvertical axis at a relatively slow speed
for washing and at a much higher speed for spin drying, in-
cluding control means for accelerating the driving motor, and
hence the drum, relatively slowly through a speed at which
the centrifugal force on the clothes within the drum equals
the force due to gravity, to produce a uniform distribution of
the clothes within the drum, and subsequently more rapidly
towards the spin-drying speed.
442
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
FebruarV 8, 1972
3,640,099
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY SCOURING WEBS
OF KNIT MATERIAL OR THE LIKE
WiUiam J. Holm, Springfield, VL, assignor to Riggs & Lom-
bard, Inc., Lowell, Mass.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,497
Int. CI. B05ci//J2
U.S. CI. 68-19.1 , 4 Claims
3,640,101 I
CONTINUOUS OPEN WIDTH WASHER
Harold R. Wilcox, Maynard, Mass., assignor to Riggs & Lom-
bard, Inc., Lowell, Mass.
Filed Apr. 11. 1969, Ser. No. 815329 i
Int. CI. D06f /7/yO
U.S. CI. 68-175 10 Claims
A running web of easily stretchable materia] such as knit
goods or the hke is solvent scoured on a continuous basis by
means of a plurality of conveyor belts which deliver the web
from a solvent spray station in an enclosure through a drying
stage, the longitudinal tension in the fabric itself being em-
ployed to control the speed of the conveyors. The web is
transferred from one conveyor to the next in a relcued condi-
tion and in the drying stage steam coils are employed to heat
the enclosed atmosphere whereby the vaporized solvent itself
serves as a drying agent in flashing off liquid solvent in the
web.
3,640,100
APPARATUS FOR THE FLUID TREATMENT OF
THREAD OR SHEETLIKE MATERUL
Horst Marz, c/o PM-Duy 5 P.O. Box 31, Pinetown/Natal,
South Africa
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,608
Claims priority, applicatioo Switzerland, Aug. 7, 1%9,
11994/69
Int. CI. BOSc 8102
U.S. CI. 68-150 13 Claims
s^
A drum rotatable about its longitudinal axis is equipped
with an outer perforated jacket, the space between the drum
and jacket being divided into separate chambers and means
for supplying fluid to the chambers whereby the fluid will
pass through the perforations to contact thread or sheet
material wound on the jacket by reason of centrifugal force,
pumping pressure, or both.
An apparatus is provided for the continuous washing of a
running open width textile web. Idler and driven rolls guide
the web in and out of a tank containing washing liquid so that
the web follows a plurality of spaced parallel paths. Mounted
in the tank below the liquid level are rotary impellers located
on opposite sides of the web adjacent to the web paths. The
impellers are separately driven and, when rotated, deliver
pulses of liquid against opposite sides of the web providing a
highly agitated washing action independent of the speed of
the web.
3,640,102
WINCH APPARATUS FOR TREATING MATERIAL IN
STRAND FORM
Charles Blount, Jr.. Westpori, Conn., and Nelson Crandall,
Edenton, N.C., assignors to The United Piece Dye Works,
New York. N.Y.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,604
Int. CI. B05c 31134
U.S. CI. 68-176 9 Claims
8 ,22 22A
This disclosure is directed to an apparatus for treating
material in a strand or ropelike form. The apparatus includes
a bath means for containing a treating fluid and a supporting
roller for the strand matenal spaced thereabove. Winding
means in the form of an endless conveyor to which one end
of the strand material and a cooperating guide roller are
operatively associated with the support roller whereby in
operation the strand material is successively unwound at its
trailing end and rewound at its leading end about the sup-
porting roller as the intermediate convolution is successively
drawn through the treating bath.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
448
3,640,103
APPARATUS FOR TREATING TEXTILES
Friedrich Richter, Zofingen, and Rudolf Steiner, Roggwil,
both of Switzeriand, assignors to Scholl AG, Zonfingen,
Switzerland
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,940
Claims priority, application Austria, Sept. 26, 1969, 9109/69
Int. CI. BOSc i/ 734
U.S. CI. 68-177 2 Claims
3,640,105
APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING TANNED HIDES
Gerhard Richter, and Norbert Schmid, both of 84 Regensbu-
ry, Regensburg 13, Germany
Fded Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,675
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Dec. 28, 1968, P 18
173 65.4
Int. CI. CI 4b/ /05
U.S. CI. 69— 41 7 Claims
An apparatus for treating textiles in the form of endless
ropes or tubes, comprising a container with a central rising
pipe and an annular chamber surrcanding it, the processing
liquor being kept in circulation all through the container and
the rope propelled through the rising pipe by means of an in-
jection effect. The rising pipe takes the form of a positioning
pif>e which rotates or pivots backwards and forwards and
during its rotating or pivoting movements brushes across the
upper orifice of the annular chamber and lays out the rope
conveyed through the positioning tube in loops in the annular
chamber. The lower end of the rising pipe is surrounded by
an axially displaceable cylindrical port.
3,640,104
MECHANIZED DOOR
William C. Lutzen, and Edward J. Berry, both of Wauwatosa,
Wis., assignors to Ludell Mfg. Co., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,793
Int. CI. D06f i 7/25
U.S. CI. 68— 210 10 Claims
Disclosed herein is a washing machine comprising a frame,
a washing drum rotatably mounted on the frame and having a
circumferentially extending opening, a door mounted on the
drum for movement relative to a first position closing' the
opening and a second open position clear of the opening, and
mechanical means movably mounted on the frame for dis-
placing the door between its open and closed positions.
.-; 3
A machine for wringing tanned hides of the kind including
a spreading device and a wringing device, has the spreading
device situated near the feed-in end of the machine and the
wringing device situated near the delivery end of the
machine. A hide-feeding device is provided which, in opera-
tion, is moved towards the wringing device to feed a hide into
the wringing device, and when the hide is held by the wring-
ing device is moved back again ready to receive a subsequent
hide, the feeding device, the spreading device and wringing
device being arranged to cooperate together in such a way
that an entire hide is wrung in one pass through the machine.
3,640,106
KEY-OPERATED CHAIN DOOR-LOCK CONSTRUCTION
Eugene M. Lorincz, Cinnaminson, NJ., assignor to Wessel
Hardware Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,838
Int. CI. E05b 65106; E05c 17136
U.S. CI. 70-93 14 Claims
The invention contemplates a key-operated housing struc-
ture for chain door-lock mechanism, wherein a bolt at one
end of the chain is releasably retained, subject to the control
of the key. The bolt is enterable in a bore in the housing, and
before reaching the home position, a recess in the bolt is
dogged to a spring, which is otherwise normally in the path of
movement of the inserted bolt. The key-operated means is
directly engageable with the spring to relieve the dogged en-
gagement of the bolt, and means coating between the spring
and the housing assures that unauthorized attempted removsU
of the bolt will not impair the normal spring suspension and
action.
444
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,107 ' human eye The optical device and a holder for the guide rol-
KEY-CO^r^ROLLED LOCKS lers are made interchangeable in a support for the holder.
Noel Litvin, Buenos Aires, Argentina, assignor to Abraliani The support and the rolls in the stand are adjusted in position
Isaac Sclierz, a part interest
FUedDec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 886,211 I
Claims priority, application Argentina, Sept. 24, 1969,
224306
Int. a. EOSh 63 108, 19/14
U.S. CI. 70-129 12 Claims
-^v
A key-operated combination lock having a locking latch
operated by a pivotable handle. Movably secured to the han-.
die is a slidable bolt control element which constitutes the
main closing element. The bolt control element is locked by
the penetration of a number of bolt pins through tne bolt
control element and into perforations which house drive pins
of varied sizes in a fixed base. The bolt control element may
only be moved after the insertion of a key having a plurality
of grooves which coincide with the drive pins into the
keyway between the clasp and the fixed frame.
3,640,108
MODEL C WATCHCLOCK KEYHOLDER
Robert H. Cairns, 370 East St., Wrentliam, Mass.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,476
Int. CI. A47g 29/; 0
U.S. CI. 70-456 R 4 Claims
A captive key on a chain with respect to a storage tube
from which the key is temporarily removed for application to
a watchman's clock.
3,640,109
METHODS OF AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING
ROLLER GUIDES IN ROD MILLS
George Walker Ashton, Totley, Sheffield, and John Congreve
Ashton, Sheffield, both of England, assignors to Ashlow
Steel & Engineering Company Limited, Sheffield, England
and Templeborough Rolling Mills Limited, Rotherham, En-
gland
FUed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,583
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 23, 1968,
19,221/68
Int. CI. B21c 51/00; B21b 39/20; B21d 43/16
U.S. CI. 72—37 7 Claims
In the setting of the guide rollers of a rolling stand in a rod-
rolling mill use is made of iui optical device instead of the
while the optical device is in the support, and then the opti-
cal device is replaced by the holder. The position of the
guide rollers in the holder is preset with the use of the same
or another optical device.
3,640,110 >
SHOCK FORMING I
Kiyoshi Inoue, 100 Sakato, Kawasaki, Kanagawa, Tokyo,
Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 735,760, June
10, 1968, now Patent No. 3,566,647. This applkation Aug.
14, l%9,Ser. No. 850,056; Oct. 11, 1%8, 43/73973; 43/73974;
June 10. 1969,44/45531:44/45532; Jan. 31, 1%9, 44/8455
Int. CI. B21d 26/12
VS. CI. 72-56 49 Claims
t''/yy/j^zc^^^777\.»
X"it
Method of and apparatus for the shock-wave forming of
metallic and other workpieces in which an electrical
discharge in a liquid produces a shock wave, preferably in a
power jet directed against the workpiece. The discharge is
produced between a pair of permanent electrodes with a gap
between them temporarily bridged at least in part by a fusible
conductor. The electrical supply preferably includes at least
one high-voltage, low-current source for initiating the
discharge and at least one high-current, low-voltage source
for sustaining the discharge thereafter. Control of the power
jet is effected by fluidic methods using transverse jets of the
same or another fluid, preferably under the control of a pro-
grammer.
/
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
445
3,640,111
PRESS FOR HYDROSTATIC EXTRUSION HAVING A
COMPOSITE CYLINDER EXTERNALLY EXCUSED TO
HIGH PRESSURE
Hans Lundstrom, Robertsfors, Sweden, assignor to AUmanna
Svenska Elektriska Aktiebologet, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,479
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 14, 1969, 2024/69
Int. CI. B21c 27/00
U.S. CI. 72—60 5 Claims
(0 t2 7
IB )2
//
A press for hydrostatic extrusion includes a press stand and
a high-pressure cylinder arranged in the press stand. Tliese
parts form a pressure chamber to enclose a pressure medium,
and a piston is provided extending into the chamber for ef-
fecting a pressure in the enclosed pressure medium. A tubu-
lar element having a die at its inner end projects into the
pressure chamber on the opposite end from the piston. The
tubular element is formed of a number of tubes arranged one
inside the other between which is an annular gap when the
tubular element is unloaded; but the tubes come into contact
when the outer part is subjected to working pressure.
3,640,112
COILING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Herbert J. Meyfarth, Cleveland, Ohio, and John J. Crosby,
Cambria Heights, N.Y., assignors to Republic Steel Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,764
Int. CI. B21f 3/10; B21c 47/00
U.S. CI. 72-138 14 Claims
built either upwardly, with the most recently made radial
layer always at the bottom of the coil, or it can be built
downwardly, with the most recently made radial layer always
on the top of the coil.
3,640,113
APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING TRANSISTOR LEADS
Martin G. Heller, Warren St., West Orange, N J., and Donald
D. Kellv. 19 Mitchell A>e., Roseland. N.J.. said Kell> as-
signor to said Heller
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,192
Int. CI. B2 If 45/00
U.S. CI. 72-332 15 Claims
In an apparatus for processing transistor leads as m \JM.
Pat. No. 3,396,758 to R. L. Hall on Aug. 13th, 1968 there is
provided improvements in the transporting wheel and in the
cutting and shaping die mechanism used to automatically cut
and shape the leads of transistors. There is also provided im-
provements in maintaining the alignment and orientation of
the transistors as they are fed from a discharge chute to the
transporting wheel.
3,640,114
METHOD OF HOT ROLLING METAL
William R. Foley, Jr., Allison Park, Pa., assignor to Teledyne,
Inc., Los Angdes, Calif.
Continuation of applkation Ser. No. 656,365, July 27, 1967,
now abandoned. This application June 23, 1969, Ser. No.
835,809
InL CI. B21 by /OO
U.S. CI. 72-365 6 Claims
In the art of moving metal at hot forgeable temperature
through and reducing such metal in a hot rolling mill, engag-
ing the metal by a roll and applying to the roll coolant at a
temperature below the boiling point of water so that the roll
is subjected to repeated heating and cooling cycles, the roll
having a surface contacting the metal which surface is of
chromium alloy steel which has simultaneously exceptional
resistance to thermal fatigue cracking and good resistance to
wear at the temperatures produced by contact with metal at
hot forgeable temperature and which has the following com-
position:
A coil made of a continuous piece of elongated material
such as tubing, prebent into pancakelike spirals called radial
layers, each radial layer made up of several concentric and
coplanar convolutions, with several radial layers stacked axi-
ally, and method and apparatus for making such coils.
The material is bent prior to coiling at predetermined
bending radii which are different for different convolutions
within a radial layer. One or more of the convolutions within
each radial layer may be bent at constant bending radius; the
rest may be bent at gradually changing radii. The bending
radius is controlled by an electric and hydraulic network em-
ploying both timed and feedback controls. The coil may be
Elemem
B
road range ('>)
N
arrow range
'^c)
Preferred i^' i
Carbon
0.03-0:
0.05-0 ;
about U 1 5
Chromium
3-8
45-*
aboul 5
Molybdenum
0-:
5-1 5
about 1
Tungsten
0-7
5-4
about 1 5
V anadium
0-1
0-0 5
about 0
Manganese
3-3
3-: 5
atxiul 2
Silicon
-i_-i
1 _ ^
about 1
the sum of the percentages of the chromium, molybdenum,
tungsten and vanadium being between about 4 and about 9,
the balance being substantially iron. The roll may comprise a
ferrous metal body to which the metal contacting surface of
chromium alloy steel is applied. The metal contacting surface
may be and preferably is applied to the roll body by weld
446
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
deposition The metal moved through the rollmg mill is gas depending on whether the indicator is intended to in-
preferably iron or steel above its critical temperature. dicate a too high or too low liquid level. The liquid or gas
3.640,115
TUBE SPACER TOOL
Richard D. Duncan, and George H. Salzano, both of Richland,
Wash., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the United States Atomic Energy Commis-
sion
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,632
Int. CI. B21d4//02 B21b
U.S. CI. 72-393 2 Claims
I
'J?
1 ..O/V-r'^VL
V ■"
'/'"'
A tool assembly for maJcing spacing projections on a heat
exchanger tube is inserted into the tube A piston with
v*dges on the sides is moved longitudinally under hydraulic
jiressure. The wedges force balls outward through openings
in the tool assembly and against the inside surface of the tube
to form the projections.
3,640,116
MANDREL FOR USE IN MANUFACTURING A HOLLOW
ELONGATED THIN-WALLED METALLIC BODY AND
METHOD OF USING SUCH MANDREL
Erik Hellman, Irsta, Sweden, assignor to Allmanna Svenska
Elektriska Aktiebolaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Original application June 3, 1968, Ser. No. 734,061, now
Patent No. 3,559,278. Divided and this application June 15,
1970, Ser. No. 46,344
Int. CLB23ki//02
U.S. CI. 72—476 3 Claims
used is allowed to escape into the container, thereby testing
the level monitor even when it is part of an operating system.
3,640,118 I
FRICTION-TESTING APPARATUS AND METHODS
David G. Geis, Chicago, III., assignor to Teletype Corporation,
Skokie, III. |
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,664 I
Int. CI. GOln 79/02
U.S. CI. 73—9 7 Claims
A hollow, elongated, thin-walled body is formed by weld-
ing at least one seam to close the body around a mandrel of a
material having a greater coefficient of thermal expansion
than the material of the body, whereafter the body and man-
drel are heated until the thermal stresses in the body are
greater than the yield strength of the material of the body.
3,640,117
LEVEL CONTROL MEANS
Jens Ole Stilling, Lakemba, Australia, assignor to Ak-
tiebolaget Asea-Atom, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,803
Claims priority, application Sweden, Sept. 26, 1969,
13246/69
Int. CI. GO II 25/00
U.S. CI. 73-lR 3 Claims
A liquid level indicator has a level monitor arranged in a
chamber adapted to be connected in parallel with a container
for the liquid whose level is to be indicated. An artificial
liquid level is formed in the chamber by introducing liquid or
A more accurate determination of the coefficient of fric-
tion between a clutch shoe and drum of a metallic friction
clutch IS attained from an output measured force which bears
a nonlinear relationship to the coefficient of friction. The
output force is obtained by ( 1 ) applying an input predeter-
mined force on one side of the clutch shoe, which has a pair
of bearing surfaces engaging the drum, (2) applying an aiding
torque to the drum, and (3) measuring the force transmitted
to the opposite side of the clutch shoe. Alternatively, a fric-
tion-measuring device of general application utilizes a fixture
for holding a pair of samples of a first material in engagement
with an arcuate surface of a second material to which a
predetermined input force and torque are applied while the
fixture is restrained from movement to produce an output
reactive force on the holder from which the coefficient of
friction between the two materials may be computed by the
solution of three simultaneous equilibrium equations of the
forces on the materials.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
447
3,640,119
CARBON CONTENT MEASUREMENT IN A BASIC
OXYGEN FURNACE
Bernard Blum, Buffalo, N.Y., and John W. Schwartzenberg,
Maple Glen, Pa., assignors to Leeds & Northrup Company,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Original application Feb. 14, 1966, Ser. No. 534,617, now
Patent No. 3,528,800, dated Sept. 15, 1970, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 479,867, Aug. 16,
1%5, now abandoned. Divided and this application May 6,
1970, Ser. No. 34,936
Int. CI. GO In iUOO, C21c 5 m
U.S. CI. 73-23 5 Claims
for different circumstances in the measunng sections A
change in the difference between the two results indicates
. , CARSON
} Vli LOM
i u jKCor-
1 /-« -4 ;•« M 'It t.
BATH
'<r CARftON
*CCOTOC«
A system for controlling the operation of a basic oxygen
furnace in response to measurements of the carbon loss
through the exhaust gases and the oxygen flow rate to the
lance. The carbon content of the bath as determined from
the carbon loss rate and the measured oxygen flow rate as
well as the calculated bath temperature provide a basis for
controlling the furnace. Oxygen flow is maintained constant
until silicon is removed and is then increased at a steady
maximum rate. Simultaneously, the lance is brought down as
slag buildup occurs. Oxygen flow is modified by a positive
feedback signal responsive to carbon loss rate and is limited
when carbon loss rate changes rapidly. Also, lance height is
modified in response to rate of change of oxygen flow. The
oxygen is then shut off and the lance raised when the carbon
content of the bath, as determined from carbon loss rate di-
vided by oxygen flow, is at a desired value and the tempera-
ture of the bath is also at a desired value.
3,640,120
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AN
INTERFACE BETWEEN TWO LIQUIDS IN A PIPELINE
Hendrikus J. Nihof, and Albertus C. H. Borsboom, both of
Amsterdam, Netherlands, assignors to Shell Oil Company,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848,155
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Aug. 16, 1968,
6811659
Int. CI. GO In 9126
U.S. CI. 73—53 3 Claims
Detecting a change in the composition of a liquid which is
being transported through a pipeline, characterized in that
the pressure drop is measured simultaneously across two
spaced-apart measuring sections in the pipeline. At least one
measuring section is horizontal or has a rising slope in the
direction of flow. The results of the measurements are com-
pared with each other, if necessary after correction to allow
that an interface in the liquid is passing through one of the
measuring sections
3,640,121
SLUMP INDICATOR
Julian J. Mercier, 1 1302 East 4th Ave., Spokane, Wash.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,687
Int. CI. GO In 9j02, 33138
U.S. CI. 73-54 3 Claims
A liquid filled vial pivotally and resilienlly mounted is
operable to unlock the dial mechanism of the invention in
one and only one position as the slump indicator is rota-
tionally carried in a mixing drum and to maintain the indica-
tor in a fixed position and thus maintain the reading
throughout the rotational cycle of the drum. Deflector walls
are provided on two opposing sides of a sample cage hingedly
carried by a strain gauge indicator assembly. The strain
gauge indicator assembly comprises a tension plate mounted
on a spring and slidably carried in a multiplicity of yokes on a
mounting base, a normally locked indicator, a shaft suitably
fixed at one of its terminal ends to the tension p>late and hav-
ing a sample cage hingedly carried at the opposite end
thereof.
3,640,122
ULTRASONIC DEFECT SIGNAL DISCRIMINATOR
Edward M. Nusbickel, Jr., AUentown, Pa., assignor to
Bethlehem Steel Corporation
Filed Nov. 20, 1%9, Ser. No. 878,482
Int. CL GO In 29/00
U.S. CI. 73—67.9 10 Claims
Ultrasonic instrument with pulsed transducer provides a
plurality of gating pulses and analog output signals related to
test piece surface spacing and defect charactenstics.
Separate transposition, ratio, and other defect signal dis-
criminators sample these output signals simultaneously and,
by means of logic elements combined with a "strobe" gate,
provide for characterizing defects and occurrences of events.
^i
448
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
A transposition alarm is enabled when two different analog ing The amphfier utihzes a resonant member equally fixed at
signals nse and fail relative to respective thresholds accord- opposite ends, centrally loaded, and capable of resonating at
ing to a prescribed sequence A ratio alarm is enabled when,
^L^if'9J0*/C ^/tSr^i/MeMT
Mir
^ut ' "^S^w.i.inx. i
O:
rn
^^ItMSPOSl'-iOM
II _rt "
orNei^ :>€Fecrs
m
•;"-^:
to *l tl
~4f,SJ,iS
ro omen
uriLjzitr/oM ciiKuiTs
h'«
elcctro-
mech«nic«l
viskatoi)
for example, the defect and rear surface analog signals are
compared and they exceed a predetermined ratio thereof A
third alarm is enabled when defects occur that are not
characterized by the transposition or ratio methods.
3,640,123
APPARATUS FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE MATERIALS
TESTING OF CONTINUOUSLY ADVANCED
WORKPIECES
Herbert Vogt, Dechant-Lind«n-Weg 31, 5042 LiWar, and Hel-
mut Pause, Gotenring 59, 5 Cologne-Deutz, both of Ger-
many
Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,240
Int. CI. GO In 29104
U.S. CI. 73-71.5 12 Claims
t
« ^— ^ *
* li lb
An apparatus for nondestructive materials testing of con-
tinuously advanced workpieces of preferably oblong shape
This apparatus has at least one holder, in order to support an
ultrasonic transducer. The holder is mounted in the
throughfeed section to transmit and receive, respectively,
testing signals, to and from said workpiece. Further, pressure
structure is provided for pressing the transducer against the
workpiece, to provide a measurement coupling of the trans-
ducer with the workpiece, when latter is passing said trans-
ducer. The holder is provided with at least one funnel-type
inlet throughfeed to adjust the direction of the workpiece
with respect to the holder. There is at least one movably sup-
ported guide which is arranged ahead of the transducer
holder. In order to guide the workpiece, when passing the
transducer a spring structure is provided also for pushing the
guide into the throughpassing space and against the
throughpassing workpiece. The resilient structure is arranged
around the perimeter of the guide in order to have an equal
distribution of resilient forces on the guide.
3,640,124
RESONANT FIXTURE VIBRATION AMPLIFIER
John Verga, Rockville Centre, N.Y., assignor to Hazeltine
Research, Inc.
RIed June 18, 1969, Ser. No. 834,399
Int. CI. GOln 29100
U.S. CI. 73-71.6 5 Claims
Disclosed is a resonant fixture vibration amplifier capable
of producing accelerations along a single axis without fatigu-
a selected frequency, thereby subjecting test specimens to ac-
celerations along a single axis.
3,640,125
WATER ABSORPTION TEST METHOD
Christian F. Girard, Ottawa, Ontario, and Gerald J. Derouin,
Hull, Quebec, both of Canada, assignors to Canadian Inter-
national Paper Company, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,201
Int. CI. G01niJ/i4
U.S. CI. 73-73 3 Claims
3p 24
Method for testing the water absorption characteristics of
building board materials, for example, Masonite, in which the
rough side of the board is submerged in water and the
smooth side subjected to a predetermined vacuum for a
predetermined interval of time. The time and vacuum
parameters of the method are calculated to achieve as closely
as possible the same water absorption and thickness results as
are obtained with the standard 24-hour test method.
3,640,126
TESTING OF CONCRETE
Moshe Te'eni, Southampton, England, assignor to National
Research Devdopmenl Corporation, London, England
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,228
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 7, 1968,
37,732/68
Int. CL GOln J/00
U.S. CI. 73-88 R 3 Claims
s. «
— *. r"""*' -* "i ** » F : X'^-
The strength of a brittle material, such as concrete, is
tested by applying opposing forces on a ring of predeter-
mined dimensions on the surface of the material and an area
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
449
which is within the material and smaller than that of the ring,
the forces being applied in the sense to pull out material
against reaction on the ring. In practice the ring is defined by
an annular member disposed on the material surface, and the
small area by a boltlike insert which can be of simple unitary
form embedded in cast material or expandible head form
secured in a suitable bore and cavity in solid material, while
the force is applied by a hydraulic ram coupling the insert
and annular member. An important feature of the test is the
predetermined containment of prospective material rupture
by the ring, thus affording a controlled test which correlates
well with conventional test results.
3,640,127
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR THE
DETERMINATION OF STRESS-STRAIN
RELATIONSHIPS OF SOLIDS AND VISCOUS LIQUIDS,
ESPECIALLY OF MATERIALS IN THE VISCOELASTIC
STATE
Joachim Meissner, Fussgoenheim, Germany, assignor to
Badische Anilin & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Lud-
wigshafen/Rhineland Theinland-Pfalz, (iermanj
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33305
Claims priority, application Germany, May 2, 1969, P 19 22
414.7
Int.CI. GOlni/05
U.S. CI. 73-95.5 14 Claims
/////
A process for determining the elastic and irreversible
plastic parameters of materials of consistencies ranging from
doughy to molten at a constant rate of extension, and an ap-
paratus for carrying out said process in which two pairs of
wheels separated by a predetermined distance act on a bar-
shaped test specimen at a constant jjeripheral speed and in
which molten specimens are supported by the surface of a
liquid.
3,640,128
THROTTLE VALVE GAUGE
Alfred C. Cunning, Indianapolis, and Harry D. Wolverion,
Brownsburg, both of Ind., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,280
Int. CLGOlm 13102
U.S. CI. 73— 118 5 Claims
gauge on the transmission housing. There is a gauging plate
having spaced indicia thereon which indicates proper posi-
tions of the throttle valve lever from a fixed station when ac-
tuated by throttle pedal through the throttle valve linkage.
The gauging plate is adjustably mounted on the base so that
particular indicia on the plate can be aligned with the throttle
valve lever when the lever is at a predetermined position to
serve as a starting point in determining whether the linkage
will accurately move the lever to other predetermined posi-
tions.
3,640,129 \
VALVE SPRING TESTER
John C. Bandimere, 3740 Fenton St, Wheatridge, Colo. '
riled Sept. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 855,653
Int. CI. GOlm 13100; GOII 1104
U.S. CL 73-119 R 9 Claims
Valve spring tester and method for testing the strength of
valve springs in situ on valve-in-head engines, the valves of
which are operated by rocker arms, characterized by a lever
tool affixed to a torque wrench The tool may be readily
secured directly to a rocker arm for rotating same and com-
pressing its associated spring to desired length at which the
torque wrench provides a reading which is a measure of the
spring strength or force at the particular length to which it
has been compressed.
3,640,130
FORCE AND MOMENT ARRANGEMENTS
Gcili Spescha; Karlheinz Martini, both of Winterthur, and
Hans Conrad Sondcregger, Neftenbach, all of Switzeriand,
assignors to KistJer Instnimente AG, Winterthur, Switzer-
land
Filed Oct. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 872,557
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 4, 1968,
16433/68
Intel. GOII 5/72
U.S. CI. 73— 133 7 Claims
^J
■5.x
•S. y
36
38
A force and moment measuring arrangement comprises a
This gauge has a base member with a jaw which clamps to measuring unit embodying a plurality of force-measuring
the selector lever nut of a transmission control to hold the cells and amplifier arrangements operatively connected
450
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
thereto, the force-measuring cells being disposed in the mea-
suring units in relation to ordinate axes in such manner that
output signals which are obtained from said cells in response
to forces and moments acting on the unit and which are ap-
plied to the amplifier arrangements produce output quanti-
ties which are proportional to individual force components
and force moments. The force-measuring cells of a measur-
ing unit may each be responsive in one or more component
directions. Means are provided for eliminating interfering
signals.
3,640,131
HORSEPOWER METER
James R. Turk, Sokm, Ohio, assignor to Marine Electro
Mechanical, inc., Wickliffe, Ohio
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,108
lnLCI.G01IJ//0
U.S. CI. 73-136 A 13 Claims
on the tester, and recording vertical tire deflections (weak
spots or hard spots) on a chart. The tester has a base frame
with drive roller, an adapter carried by the tire wheel at its
rim and holding a chart, a motion pickup linkage in touch
with an axle of the adapter, and a scribe actuated by the link-
age and beanng against the chart.
3,640,133
FLOWMETER
Robert B. Adams, Tredyffrin Township, Chester County, Pa.,
assignor to Moore Products Co., Spring House, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 618,472, Feb. 24,
1967. This application Jan. 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 790,408
Int. CI.GOlf //OO
U.S. CI. 73- 1 94 B 15 Claims
An instrument for providing a visual readout of hor-
sepower, torque or r.p.m. consisting of a shaft interconnected
between a load and a power source with a pair of tachome-
ters coupled to the shaft at spaced locations to provide elec-
trical indications of the speed of rotation and amount of twist
of the shaft. A digital bidirectional counter and resettable bi-
nary coded decimal counter are gated for receipt of indica-
tions in two step sequences, to develop the desired signals in
the latter counter. Cycling occurs continuously under
direction of a sequence generator, and a storage register and
display device retain the signals over a period of time to pro-
vide the visual readout.
3,640,132
TIRE UNIFORMITY TESTER
Edwin R. Miles, Huntsville, and Donald E. Dreier,
Brownsville, both of Ala., assignors to Northrop Corpora-
tion, Beveriy Hills, Calif.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,299
Int. CI. GOlm 7 7/02
U.S. CI. 73-146 10 Claims
This machine tests the stiffness uniformity of a pneumatic
tire body by rotating it while in place on a vehicle and resting
A flowmeter is provided having a through passageway for
the flow to be measured with a fluid interaction chamber and
feedback means to provide an oscillation of the flow. The
frequency of this oscillation is linearly and proportionally re-
lated to volume rate of flow and is independent of all fluid
properties in the turbulent range. That is to say that the
frequency for a given volume flow rate will be the same for
any liquid or gas as long as the flow is turbulent. Provisions
are made for detecting this oscillation including means for
reducing the turbulence at the detecting location and a sen-
sor which is responsive to changes in the heat transfer rates
to the surrounding fluid medium.
3,640,134
LIQUID LEVEL METER
Adrianus C. Hop, Amsterdam, Netherlands, assignor to Shell
Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,21 1
Int. CI.GOlf 2i//'/
U.S. CI. 73-299 5 Claims
1 - -
PiESSUDE
(AWE
—^i
_J_
r'
If . -
1 * —
L \
PIESSIHE
UUCE
t
DIFEEIIEICE
CIRCUIT
- - Jo
mss
, I pkessuiie]
t»ueE
1Ti»ioi«c
1 cincu
Jl
A method and apparatus for determining the mean liquid
level in a container subject to motion wherein a signal related
to the pressure exerted by the liquid near the bottom of the
container is divided by a signal representing the acceleration
forces on the container to provide a signal related to the
mean liquid level in the container.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
451
3,640,135 by the dropping particulate matter deflects it vertically to
DEVICE FOR MEASURING FLOW RATES OF POWDERY provide a measure of the rate of mass flow of the particulate
AND GRANULAR MATERIALS matter through the apparatus. The displacement of the sen-
Hiroshi Tomiyasu; Tsuguya Inagaki, both of No. 162-2, sor is small with respect to the distance of particulate fall.
Nagao, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa-ken; Hiroshi K^jiura, No.
22-7, 2-chome, Nishiazabu, Tokyo, and Klnnosuke
Watanabe, No. 1948-11, Hosoyama, Kawasaki-shi,
Kanagawa-ken, all of Japan
Filed Oct. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 766,515
Int CI. GO If 1100
U.S. CI. 73—228
7 Claims
A method of measuring the flow rates of powdery and
granular materials which comprises allowing a powdery or
granular material to drop naturally by gravity from a certain
height onto a detecting plate and then measuring the
horizontal component of the force given to said plate as an
impact load, and instruments for practicing the method.
3,640,136
MASS FLOW RATE METER
Claude B. Nolte, Piacentia, Calif., assignor to Kingmann-
White, Inc., Piacentia, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 770,984, Oct. 28,
1968, now abandoned. This applkation Sept. 1 1, 1969, Ser.
No. 857,174
InL CI.GOlf //OO
U.S. CI. 73-228
27 Claims
I
>, t-^^
Apparatus for measuring the mass flow rate of particulate
matter, such as flour, salt, grains, soap powder, sand, gravel,
cement, sawdust and the like, using an impact sensor onto
which the particulate matter is dropped in free fail through a
substantially constant predetermined height. The sensor has
an upwardly directed sharp edge or point and inclined sur-
faces and moves bodily in a substantially straight line, verti-
cal direction only. The particulate matter is directed by
inclined surfaces against vertical guide surfaces which direct
the particulate matter to drop vertically onto the inclined
sensor surfaces through a substantially constant, free fall
distance. The average impulse of force applied to the sensor
3,640,137
ERECTION CUTOFF SYSTEM FOR PLURAL
GYROSCOPES
Terry S. Allen; Lynn R. Lane, both of Phoenix, and Harold
Lee Swartz, Glendale, all of Ariz., assignors to Sperry Rand
Corporation
FUed June 24, 1969, Ser. No. 836,027
Int. CI. GO Ic 19154
U.S. CI. 74—5.34 6 Claims
A system for ensuring that the long term erection sensors
of a plurality of gyroscopes installed in the same aircraft and
providing substantially identical attitude reference informa-
tion are cut off simultaneously to thereby reduce discrepan-
cies in the information supplied by each of the gyroscopes
due to tolerances in the cutoff thresholds of the long term
reference sensors of each gyroscope.
3,640,138
MACHINE TOOL
Robert S. Hahn, Northboro, and Thomas
Framingham, both of Mass., assignors to
Machine Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,450
Int. CI. F16h 27/02
U.S. CI. 74-89.15
R. Keefe,
The Heald
5 Claims
V
This invention relates to a machine tool and, more particu-
larly, to machinery having a table which is slidable with sub-
stantially no friction, which is screw-driven, and which has
means for restraining the screw to prevent erratic movement
of the table.
452
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3 640 139 3,640,141
MECHANICAL LOCK CYLINDER EXTRACTOR HOLDDOWN APPARATUS
Kamal Y. Aweimrine, 4209 West First St., Los Angdes, Calif. Robert A. HolUngsead, Yorba Unda; Abraham Kuchler, and
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,330
Int. CI. F16h 27/02
IJ.S. CI. 74— 89.15
7 Claims
3.
^ jf
A mechanical lock cylinder which is particularly adapted
for use on aircraft or other vehicle seats, as well as for other
uses. The device includes housing means enclosing an elon-
gated screw type of shaft which is mounted in a rotatable ball
nut. The shaft is normally held against rotation by a pair of
locking means disposed at opposite ends of the housing.
Upon release of either locking means, the screw may be
freed for selective inward or outward lineiir movement. A
manually adjustable stroke limiting device is provided to limit
the stroke of the screw or to prevent its rotation altogether
3,640,140
ACTUATOR
Ronald A. Gulick, Sugarland, and Charles H. Wicke,
Richmond, both of Tex., assignors to Research Engineering
Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,523
Int. CI. F16h 29/02
U.S. CI. 74-89.15 I 17 Claims
IWi\ Q ^ --^ 9^W. 1
%
J J .1 J I
wri I 7 V.
mm
An actuating device comprising: a ball screw arrangement
having an externally threaded screw and an internally
threaded nut engageable with the screw through ball
bearings, the nut being longitudinally movable along the
screw on rotation of the screw. The screw may be mounted
on support means for rotation only. Power means may be
connected to the screw through clutch means for rotation
thereof to drive the nut longitudinally thereon from a first
position to another. The nut is connected to a rotatable
member by a mechanism adapted to convert longitudinal
movement of the nut to rotational movement of a portion of
a device connected to the rotatable member. A spring return
unit may be attached so as to exert a force against the nut.
The spring return unit may be adapted on disengagement of
the clutch to drive the nut back to its first position.
Clyde Robert Pryor, both of Anaheim, all of Calif., as-
signors to HolUngsead-Pryor Enterprises, Inc., Santa Fe
Springs, Calif.
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,435
Int.CI.F16h 27/02
U.S. CI. 74-89.15
44 Claims
r
i......,..;.M'.i<wfflwicjg«i'^4.
An extractor holddown apparatus is disclosed for displac-
ing and securing a unit of electronic equipment onto a rack
or shelf The apparatus includes a spindle pivotally con-
nected to the shelf A carriage is threadedly mounted on the
spindle and is adapted to be rigidly secured to the unit of
electronic equipment. The carriage is driven along the spin-
dle to apply a translational force on the unit to move the unit
rearwardly into engagement with a rear connector, and to
maintain the unit in a secured position with a desired amount
of force. The carriage is also forwardly driven to function as
an extractor A drive assembly for driving the carriage along
the spindle includes a knob shell having a drive nut located
therein. The drive nut is threadedly mounted on the spindle
and is resiliently coupled to the carriage for applying an axial
force thereto. Spring biased drive pins interconnect the knob
shell with the drive nut and are disengageable on a given
amount of force. An indicator plate is also located within the
knob shell to provide a visual inspection aid to indicate
whether or not the apparatus is applying the desired amount
of force on the carriage. Spring-biased self-locking means
also interconnect the drive nut and the spindle to prevent an-
tirotation therebetween.
3,640,142
COMBINATION SPEED REDUCTION AND
ESCAPEMENT MEANS
Richard W. SUfford, Clayton, Ind., and Milenko Cuckovic,
Lund, Sweden, assignors to P. R. Mallory & Co. Inc., Indi-
anapolis, Ind.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,925
Int. CI. F16h 27/04
U.S. CI. 74— 112 17 Claims
A gear reduction means and an escapement means are
both disposed within a housing which carries a drive motor
coupled to the reduction means. The escapement means in-
cludes a rotating positioning means coupled to the gear
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
453
reduction means, a reciprocating regulating means respon- tends to swing the latter into the first stable position in which
sive to movement of the rotating positioning means and an a whorl on the spindle engages the driving belt for frictional
intermittent spring-biased rotating output means responsive
to movement of the reciprocating regulating means.
3,640,143
GUIDE PULLEY AND A METHOD FOR THE
PRODUCTION THEREOF
Danckert Krohn-Holm, Oscarsgt. 13, Osto 3, Norway entrainment thereby; in the alternate stable position the spin-
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,233 die is decoupled from the belt.
Claims priority, application Norway, Mar. 11, 1969, 1006/69
Int. CI. F16h 55136
U.S. CI. 74-230.05 2 Claims 3,640,145
MOTION TRANSMISSION DRIVE
Charles E. Kraus, Allendale, NJ., assignor to Excelermatic,
Inc.
Original application Aug. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 753,941. Divided
and this application May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 48,602
Int. CI. F16g 13102
U.S. CI. 74-248 7 Claims
A guide pulley having a guiding groove shaped substan-
tially as a hyperbolic body of rotation and the body guided
thereby has at least a semicircular cross section rectilinearly
moved at an acute angle to the pulley axis of rotation.
3,640,144
SPINDLE COUPLING
Heinrich EckhoH, Munster, Westphalia, Germany, assignor to
Hamel (i.m.b.H. Zwirnmaschinen. Munster. VNestphalia,
Germany
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,122
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 11, 1969, G 69
35 778.4
Int CI. F16h 7110; DOlh 13114, 7146
U.S. CI, 74-242.15 R 10 Claims
A spindle to be intermittently driven by a continuously
rotating belt is joumaled on mounting arm which is swingable
on a supporting rail about a pivotal axis parallel to the spin-
dle axis. A lever fulcrumed on the spindle carries two rollers
coacting with an encircling track fixed to the rail, the two
rollers defining with respective recesses in the track a pair of
stable positions in which the lever can be indexed by a toggle
mechanism articulated to the mounting arm and the lever. A
torsion spring anchored to the rail and to the mounting arm
A chain for a power transmission device having longitu-
dinally extending contact surfaces engaging the pulley flanges
which lie along the centerline of the chain, are essentially
flat, match the pulley flange surfaces, and are positioned
between the joints of the chain links.
3,640,146
HYDRAULIC SAFETY OVERRIDE VALVE
Randolph C. Barnes, Peoria, lU., assignor to Caterpillar Trac-
tor Co., Peoria, lU.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41^2
InL CI. F16h 5112; F15b 20100; F16d 25100
U.S. CI. 74-364 9 Claims
A hydraulic control valve for controlling a vehicle trans-
mission comprising a manually actuable position selector
valve for alternatively directing hydraulic fluid to first or
second position clutches of the transmission from a neutral
position, a pressure modulating relief valve for modulating
the operation of the position selector valve, and a safety
895 O.G.— 17
454:
override vaJve linked to the position selector valve for auto-
matically returning the position selector valve to the neutral
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
[■•4 -.-v. '.■■.- -t, r J -'T"^
position when hydraulic pressure is low thereby avoiding
system damage.
3 640 147
TOOLHOLDER ASSEMBLY FOR MACHINE TOOL
Giuseppe Fantooi, Ivrea, Italy, assignor to Ing. C. Olivetti &
C, S.p. A., Ivrea, Turin. Italy
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,491
Claims priority, application Italy, Mar. 3, 1969, 50820 A/69
Intel. F16h 1/18,55/18
U.S. CI. 74—424.8 R 7 Claims
3,640,148
RETAINER CAP FOR A STARTER PINION
Ronald Rschbach, 2045 East 21st St, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,900
Int CI. F16h 55/04; B60b27/06, F16d 1/06
VS. CI. 74—434
10 Claims
iM
n ^^
ta
J"
-7a.
k:_
^^
A retainer cap for retaining a rotatable pinion, the locka-
ble roller bearings and associated springs, of an automobile
starter shaft and pinion mechanism, the top of the cap having
centrally located therein an aperture defined by the cap's
aperture inside perimeter in a shaf>e corresponding to a
transverse cross section across the automobile starter pinion
such that the aperture inside perimeter includes between
radially outwardly extending cutout spaces, radially inwardly
directed projections corresponding to the shape of spaces
between teeth of the starter pinion, whereby the retainer cap
IS placeable into a retaining position by snug insertion of the
teeth through the scalloped spaces, thereby eliminating the
need for the pnor art retainer annular washer and two half
moon retainer rings
3,640,149
VIBRATION DAMPERS UTILIZING REINFORCED
VISCOELASTIC FLUIDS
Ronald L. McLean, Tonawanda, N.Y., assignor to Houdaille
Industries, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,135
Int CI. F16f 15/10
U.S. CI. 74-574 - 8 Claims
38
\
' ; 3f : : 33 52 "
^.^^"^^
In a device for feeding a quill of machine tool, which is
slidable axially in a support, the quill is threaded externally
and cooperates with a lead nut rotatable concentrically with
respect to the quill and is integral with a gear rotatable to ef-
fect the advance of the quill. The lead nut comprises two
parts which are spaced axially by a flexible annular plate
formed between an internal groove and an adjacent external
groove in the lead nut to permit axial adjustment of the two
parts. The lead nut includes two independent ball circulation
circuits one for each one of the two parts respectively. The
quill is mounted in the support by means of two elastic
bushes spaced from one another and adjustable axially by
means of a pressure collar to eliminate axial play of the quill.
A vibration damper of the type having relatively movable
parts with spaced confronting surfaces disposed to move in
parallel relation during movement of the parts is provided
with reinforced viscoelastic material in the space between the
parts in engagement with the surfaces and shearingly resisting
the relative movement.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
455
3,640,150
POWER DRIVEN ACTUATOR OF THE COMPOUND
PLANETARY GEAR TYPE
Robert L. Leiner, Pompton Lakes, and Salvatorc Avena,
Newark, both of N J., assignors to Curtiss-Wright Corpora-
tion
Filed June 25, 19^70, Ser. No. 49,657
Int CLFI6h 79/00, 1/32
\]S. CI. 74-674 5 Claims
A power driven actuator of the compound planetary gear
type which has two output members capable of movement
relative to each other and to a fixed reference point through
a combined arcuate distance of up to 360° for pivotally mov-
ing a member to be actuated via a crank linkage system inter-
connecting the output members and the member to be actu-
ated.
S5
43
SLF-RAVO
S-rrm
CIRCUIT
46
ELEMENT
(X_43
47
SUP-RATIO
SETTING
CIRCUIT
ELEMENT
49
51
■— SiMHIING
suP-Rsno
SETTINC
ORCUIT
f37 43 (46
SlP-RAVO
SETTINC
QRCUIT
n Circuit
\xMF*fWOR ^
J-
50
TRIANGUL6P
WAVEFORM
SHAPING
CIRCUIT
--MfUnER
20
1
SOLENOID
A device for step controlling the hydraulic pressure of
working oil for an automatic transmission having a torque-
converter comprising means for generating a signal represen-
tative of a slip ratio between speeds of a turbine and pump of
the torque-converter, first valve means actuated by said
signal so as to be opened or closed thereby varying the work-
ing oil pressure and second valve means actuated by the oil
discharged from said first valve means for setting a predeter-
mined pressure in response to said ratio depending upon
whether it is higher or lower than at least two predetermined
points, thereby reducing in a stepwise manner the pressure of
working oil acting upon friction engaging means of the
torque-converter when said ratio is increased whereby the
working oil pressure can be suitably controlled in response to
a desired torque transmission by the torque-converter.
3,640,152
CONTROL FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Takeaki Shiral, Nagoya-shi; Sbigeni Sakakibara, Chiu-gun,
Akhi-ken; Masaaki Noguchi, Nagoya-shi, and Masahani
Sumiyosfai, Toyota-shi, all of Japan, assignors to Toyota
Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha and Nippon Denso
Kabushiki Kalsha
Filed Sept 5, 1969, Ser. No. 855^10
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 18, 1968, 43/76293
Int CI. F16h 5/42
U.S. CL 74-752 5 Claims
3,640,151
DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING IN A STEPWISE MANNER
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF WORKING OIL FOR USE
WITH AN AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION HAVING A
TORQUE-CONVERTER
Masahani Sumiyoshi, ToyoU; Shigeni Sakakibara, Chita-
gun; Osamu Ito, Toyota, and Takaaki Kato, Toyohashi, all
of Japan, assigiiors to ToyoU Jklosha Kogyo Kabushiki
Kalsha, Toyota-shi and Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha,
Kariya-shi, Japan
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30371
Claims priority, application Japan, June 3, 1%9, 44/43886;
June 4, 1%9. 44/43827
Int CL F16h 27/00
\}S. CI. 74-731 4 Claims
230^
The present invention relates to a control for automatic
transmission of a vehicle wherein the computation of the slip
ratio may be established by any one of, mechanical means,
means utilizing fluid under pressure, or electrical means;
there being associated in combination therewith, a comput-
ing circuit which is applied for the determination of the
number of revolutions of the engine of the vehicle, the
number of revolutions of the output shaft of the torque con-
verter or the power driven shaft of the drive unit of the vehi-
cle, and there being additionally applied in connection
therewith a logic product circuit, a logic sum circuit, a bista-
ble memorial circuit and a synchronous time retaining circuit
for effectuating the operation of electrically actuable dis-
tribution valve means to control the transition from high- to
low-gear functions and vice versa for the vehicle.
3,640,153
FOUR-SPEED RATIO POWER TRANSMISSION
MECHANISM HAVING SIMPLE PLANETARY GEAR
UNITS
Larry A. Kepner, Dearborn, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Sept 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73^23
IntCLF16hi/44,57//0
MS. CI. 74—759 8 Claims
A power transmission mechanism for use in an automotive
vehicle driveline comprising a three-speed ratio gear system
having two torque input elements and a simple planetary ear
unit situated between the torque input shaft and the two
torque input elements of the three-speed ratio gear system,
and clutches and brakes adapted to control the relative mo-
tion of the gear elements whereby the torque input shaft may
be connected selectively to either of the torque input ele-
456
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
merits of the three-speed ratio gear system, the simple plane-
tary unit being adapted to multiply the torque input to one of
/*iOKr
/
Hi
:H
'
" ■ v
.-*. •(,1
ourpoT
located at a controlled station, by actuation of a single con-
trol lever at a control station remote with respect to the con-
trolled station Only a single push-pull cable is required to
transmit motion from the control lever to a reciprocating! y
slidable operating member at the controlled station. The
operating member has a Tirst drive means in the form of a full
unbroken rack of teeth that meshingly engage a fully toothed
pinion Rotation of the fully toothed pinion in response to
translation of the operating member effects a shifting of the
transmission through a pair of cooperative, interrupted gears.
the input elements of the three-speed ratio gear system dur-
ing low-speed ratio operation thereby providing a fourth
overall ratio.
3,640,154
AXIAL GEAR TRAIN
PhiUp E. Massk, 4220 Irving PI., Culver City, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 822,462, May 7,
1969, now Patent No. 3,587^49. This application Sept. II,
1970,Ser. No. 71306
Intel. F16h//2S
U.S. CI. 74— 800 ■ 12 Claims
The device is an axial gear train or transmission for pur-
poses of effecting a change of speed such as a substantial
reduction in speed. A member having gear faces is mounted
on a skew axle driven by a drive shaft; one gear face meshes
with a nonrotating gear face. The other gear face meshes
with a gear face on a driven shaft. The gear faces on the skew
axle nutate or gyrate with the point of contact between mesh-
ing gear faces rotating. The skew axle is offset from the axis
of the driving and driven shafts and the nutating gear faces
are axially spaced from each other. The centers of the nutat-
ing gear faces are displaced radially from the axis of the driv-
ing and driven shafts. Gear trains for providing any desired
speed ratios can be designed based on the parameters which
are the number of teeth on respective gear faces; the axial
spacing of the nutating gear faces; and the radial displace-
ment of the centers of the nutating gears.
The operating member also has a second drive means in the
form of an interrupted rack of teeth that interact with an in-
terrupted pinion The interruption of the teeth on both the
rack and pinion maintain the interrupted pinion stationary in
response to movements of the operating member during that
portion of its translation by which the transmission is shifted.
Thereafter, continued translation of the operating member
brings the teeth on the second rack into meshing engagement
with the teeth on the interrupted pinion to effect an opening
or closing of the throttle
3,640,156
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION
YoichI Mori, and HIroshisa Ichimura, both of Yokohama.
Japan, assignors to Nissan Motor Company, Limited,
Nokohama. Japan
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,253
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Oct. 30, 1968, 43/78830
Int. CI. B60k 2//05; F16h 47/00, 5/42
U.S. CI. 74-866 1 » Claims
3,640,155
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR COORDINATED ACTUATION
OF A TRANSMISSION AND THROTTLE
Donald W. Waner, Stow; John E. Lit«U, Hudson, and Roger
F. Oben, Cuyaiioga Falls, aU of Ohio, assigiiors to North
American Rockwdl Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,566
Int CI. B60k 21/00; G05g 9/08
U.S. CI. 74-875 , , 8 Claims
A control system to provide shifting of a transmission in
coordination with the opening and closing of a throttle, both
"■ a a ^' J a
An automatic transmission mechanism for an automotive
vehicle in which the transmission governing factors such as
the position of the speed selecting lever, position of the ac-
celerator pedal and the throttle valve, engine speed, vehicle
speed and road grade are measured by electric means and
the signals thus obtained are continuously fed into an elec-
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
457
tronic control system for evaluation of the requirements from
the transmission. The electronic control system sends signals
to elements converting them into hydraulic pressure which
actuates friction elements to change gear ratios of the trans-
mission.
to provide for utilization of vehicle momentum to provide
power for steering while preventing engine stall.
3,640,157
POWER TRAIN CONTROL SYSTEM
Robert H. Schaefer, Westfidd, Ind., assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 779,502
Int. CI. B60k 21/06; B62d 11/10; F16d 67/00
U.S. CI. 74-869 1 1 Claims
A control system is shown for a multispeed forward and
reverse track-laying vehicle power train, the control system
having a manual forward and reverse control for effecting
manual shifts between forward and reverse, a manual drive
range control and an automatic drive range control for ef-
fecting manual and automatic drive-range-shifting operation
and a steering control for effecting steering operation. The
manual forward and reverse control provides selection
between forward and reverse drive in the lowest drive range
and prevents such shifting by the operator in all of the higher
drive ranges. The manual drive range control provides selec-
tion between the drive ranges with the selected drive range
being established immediately on an upshift and by speed
governed automatic shifting operation on a downshift. The
automatic drive range control provides automatic shifting
using separate speed-controlled upshift biases, an engine-
torque-demand-controlled upshift-inhibiting bias and an en-
gine-torque-demand-controlled downshift bias. Both the
manual forward and reverse control and the manual drive,
range control are electrically activated and in the event there
is an interruption in electrical r>ower, the directional drive
selected by the manual forward and reverse control is main-
tained while the range control, if under manual control, is au-
tomatically conditioned for automatic control to maintain
power train control. A sequence control is effective to disen-
gage the range drive to the load in the lowest drive range
during shifting between forward and reverse to provide for
engagement of the directional drive under no-load condi-
tions. The steer control operates on a hydrostatic unit to con-
trol steering by controlling hydrostatic pump displacement
while assuring straight vehicle no-drift motion when there is
no steer demand. The controlling force effecting this pump
displacement control is varied according to hydrostatic pump
output to meet the varying steer load demands in both
directions of steer. There is also provided a stroke or pump
displacement limiter for limiting pump displacement re-
gardless of the steer demanded by the operator to prevent
pump overload. Hydrostatic system pressure is controlled by
a pressure relief control in accordance with the engine
torque demand and vehicle speed to both prevent overload-
ing of the hydrostatic pump and limit the degree of steer bias.
The steer control signals the range control to inhibit auto-
matic range shifting during steering operation. The
hydrodynamic torque converter in the power train has a
lockup drive which is normally disengaged on range shifting
and is held engaged during low speed operation in each range
3,640,158
RATCHETLIKE WRENCH
Herman A. Myers. R.D. #1, Box 125, Lake Lvnn. Pa.
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,148
Int. CI. B25b 13/00
U.S. CI. 81-5.83 9 Claims
A ratchetlike tool in which there are three operable posi-
tions. TTie tool functions by means of rollers which become
wedged or cammed between a retaining means and a hub to
force a bearing surface of the hub into frictional engagement
with a stationary portion of the wrench. The retaining means
include a plurality of pairs of intersecting inclined surfaces
upon which are positioned the rollers and a spring means to
separate the rollers. A separator cooperating with the pairs of
rollers is adaptable to move the rollers along the inclined
planes to cause the camming relationship. When the separa-
tor is in its middle position, the hub does not move in either
direction and movement of the separator into either of its
other two positions frees one of the rollers from its cammed
position to permit rotation in the opposite direction.
3,640,159
ADJUSTABLE JAW WRENCH
Kenneth F. Halls, Dallas, and Alfred H. Brickley, Garland,
both of Tex., assignors to Space Tool, Inc., Pasadena, Tex.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 67,054
Int. CI. B25b 13/16
U.S. CI. 81 — 165 10 Claims
A movable member carrying a movable jaw toward and
away from a fixed jaw is reciprocated by means of a worm in
the well-known manner. A drive mechanism for the worm in-
cludes a shaft with a helical groove rotatably mounted in the
handle, and a thumb actuated button mounted for
reciprocating movement and including a boss extending into
the helical groove for rotating the shaft. The helical shaft
drives the worm through mating gears.
3,640,160
STRAND HANDLING
John Nelson, North Kingstown, and William E. Stoppard,
Warwick, both of R.I., assignors to Leesona Corporation,
Warwick, R.I.
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,817
Int. CI. B65h 29/24
U.S. CI. 83-24 18 Claims
A method and apparatus for severing a generally axially
moving strand carried in an airstream. Closing of a slide
valve member reduces the velocity of, and preferably sub-
t
458
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
stantially stops the stream, thereby reducing the velocity of
and preferably stopping the strand. Substantially simultane-
ously therewith, and preferably after the strand is substan-
tially stopped, a scissor is operated to sever the strand. As the
valve member is closed, a guide thereon positions the strand
for receipt by the scissor which is operated by a cam on the
closed valve member to cut the strand.
3,640,161
METHOD FOR CUTTING OUT INDIVIDUAL PICTURES
FROM A MULTIPLE IMAGE PICTURE
Roger J. Kahns, Lincoln, Maas., assignor to Avant Incor-
porated, Lincoln, Mass.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,647
IntCI. B26d7//6
U.S. CI. 83-36 3 Claims
moisture gauge The cutter and gauge are mounted on a car-
riage so that both may be moved transversely relative to the
movmg web m order that the cut sample has the same
characteristics as the portion analyzed by the gauge. The
cutter compnses a pair of blade edges tapering from a com-
mon point where the edges selectively intersect the web.
3,640,163
METHOD OF SEVERING HLAMENTARV MATERIAL
Dante S. Giardini, Dayton; George A. Preston, Xenia, and
Richard N. Roney, Dayton, all of Ohio, assignors to The
Bendix Corporation
Filed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,695
Int. Ci.B24cl 100
U.S. CI. 83-53 5 Claims
An apparatus for and method of severing a tangled
sleevelike mass of a material, such as fiber glass yam, from
an associated spool using a high-velocity fluid jet defined
either by a liquid or by a gas-containing abrasive particles
wherein the high-velocity jet is impinged against the
sleevelike mass while relatively moving the spool and high-
velocity jet to provide efficient severing of the sleevelike
mass along the full length of the spool.
A cutting device for cutting out individual rectangular pic-
tures from a multiple image picture, which pictures are util-
ized for I.D. cards, credit cards, badges or the like.
3,640,162
WEB-SAMPLING METHOD AND APPARATUS
John W. Fleming, Jr., and James Michael McMullen, both of
Columbus, Ohio, assignors to Industrial Nucleonics Cor-
poration
Original application Dec. 14, 1966, Ser. No. 601,750. Divided
and this application July 24, 1%9, Ser. No. 870,796
InL CI. B26d 7126; B26f 1138
U.S. CI. 83—52 *'^ :>^ 48 Claims
KUt
CONTROLLER 58
TO CUTTIR
-^ CUTTCR
^»CTU»TO« U
3,640,164
AUTOMATIC CHAIN-CUTTING MACHINE
Thomas J. Crafford; Alexander 1. Shilo, and Harry W. Cary,
Jr., ail of East Providence, R.I., assignors to Crafford Tool
& Die Co., Riverside, R.I.
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,422
InL CI. B26d 5/24, 5/28
U.S. CI. 83— 67 10 Claims
Method and apparatus for cutting samples from a longitu- A machine for automatically cutting chain in predeter-
dinally moving web in order to check calibration of online mined lengths and including means for feedmg the chain to a
FfiBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
. 459
cutting station, means responsive to a drive for the feeding
means for generating a series of electrical impulses, and a
cutting assembly located at the cutting station and being
operative in response to generation of a selected number of
electrical impulses for periodically cutting the chain in the
predetermined lengths.
3,640,165
DEVICE FOR FORMING THE STATOR CORES FOR
DVNAMOELECTRIC MACHINES AND ALTERNATING
CURRENT MACHINES
Tenimoto Vamaguchi, Ai^o-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippon-
denso Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Aichi-lien, Japan
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,128
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 26, 1968, 43/96200
Int. CL B23d 25/12
U.S. CI. 83— 116 2 Claims
A device for forming the stator cores for dynamoelectric
machines and alternating machines, comprising a pair of ro-
tary cutter assemblies disposed in axially parallel relation
with each other, each of said rotary cutter assemblies com-
prising a rotary cutter having a plurality of cutter blades ar-
ranged around the outer periphery of said rotary cutter in
equiangularly spaced relation from each other by an angle
corresponding to the pitch of the poles of said core, each of
said cutter blades having suitable dimensions, and a plurality
of slots formed therein between the adjacent cutter blades, a
plurality of plungers slidably fitted into said plurality of slots
respectively, a supporting plate disposed within said rotary
cutter for holding in position the end portions of said plurali-
ty of plungers, and a shaft rotatable about the center of rota-
tion offcentered by a suitable distance from that of said ro-
tary cutter and adapted to rotate said supporting plate in the
same direction and at the same angular velocity as those of
said rotary cutter, whereby a long continuous strip in-
troduced or fed between said pair of rotary cutter assemblies
is cut in the zigzag form in the longitudinal direction and the
direction perpendicular relative thereto, thereby forming a
plurality of cutting strip each having a series of tooth-shaped
poles from a single strip without causing any waste and at a
low cost.
3,640,166
MACHINE FOR CUTTING SLABS FROM ICE BLOCKS
Chester S. Michals, North Hyde Park, N.Y., and PhUip J.
Motroni, Fox Lake, 111., assignors to Air Reduction Com-
pany, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 764,134
Int CI. B26d 4/42
VS. CI. 83-201 5 Claims
A rotatable table carries a plurality of open-bottomed hol-
ders for blocks of material to be cut, more specifically dry
ice. Under the table is a sector plate of about 240" to 270° of
arc and spaced from the bottom surface of the table by a ver-
tical distance not greater than the smallest thickness of slab
to be cut. Beyond one edge of the sector plate, is mounted an
indexing platform the height of which can be adjusted ac-
cording to the exact thickness of slab desired. Beyond the
edge of the indexing plate and still within the open portion of
the sector plate, is a horizontal handsaw blade operable with
a slight clearance space from the bottom of the table. The
block to be cut slides upon the sector plate as the table
rotates and drops onto the indexing platform. Means then are
actuated to hold the block in suspension v^thin the holder as
the block approaches the saw blade. An even cut is made
parallel to the bottom face of the block without danger of
jamming or breaking the block. When the clamped upper
portion of the block is carried over the sector plate again, the
clamping means is released and the block falls to the sector
plate in preparation for another cut. A chute is provided
below the saw blade and a sweeper arm is actuated after
every cut to remove any debris from the indexing platform.
3,640,167
PUNCHING APPARATUS
Adam Axtmann, Burback, Germany, assignor to Maschinen-
fabrik Lorenz AG, Ettlingen (Baden), Germany
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46341
Claims priority, applkation Germany, June 14, 1969, P 19 30
398.1
Int CI. B26d 5/42
VJS. CI. 83—380 1 1 Claims
^*° i' ^n u it<h$/
I it 7
A punching apparatus in which two tool fxjrtions come
together to punch out a workpiece. At least one tool portion
is mounted on a cylinder housing with one part of that tool
portion fixed relative to the cylinder housing and another
part movable relative to the cylinder housing. Such move-
ment of the tool parts is provided by inner and outer piston
systems in the cylinder housing. Either piston system can be
fixed to the cylinder housing while the other remains mova-
ble relative to the cylinder housing. The movable part of the
tool portion can be connected to either piston system, de-
pending on which is arranged to be movable relative to the
cylinder housing.
460
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,168
ELECTRICALLY PRECISE SLOTTED WAVEGUIDE
John H. Stachlin, Baltimore, and Gilbert A. Peon, Grcenbelt,
both of Md., usignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Scr. No. 61,887
Intel. B26d7/y6
U.S, CI. 83—444 3 Claims
iu
/tN
toe
I'hill I I •-rri>T^r^r^-r,y . . , .
:o-:^
A waveguide-slotting apparatus having continuous slotting
of radiating elements in standard rectangular extrusions or
drawn tubing which are precisely located electrically
3,640,169
PYROTECHNIC REMOTE CUTTER
Sidney Rosenthal, West Newton, Mass., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Air Force
Filed July 24, 1 970, Ser. No. 57 ,9 1 7
Int CI. B26d 5104
\}S. CI. 83—639 2 Claims
A flexible cable is interposed between a cutting element
and an electrically ignitable pyrotechnic device. Tlie cutting
element is attached to one end of the cable and rests in a
cylinder having an opening through which the rope or wire to
be cut is passed. Energization of the pyrotechnic device at
the other end of the cable produces forward movement of
the cable causing the cutting element to move across the
opening and cut the rope or wire.
3,640,170
RETAINER FOR PUNCH AND DIE SETS
Arthur D. Bennett, 8484 Daly Road, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Scr. No. 882,608
Int. CI. B26d 7126
U.S. CI. 83—698
9 Claims
A retainer mechanism for a headless piercing punch (or
the die button) comprising a cylindrical roll pin rotatably
joumaled m the punch-retainer block and extending at right
angles to the longitudmal axis of the punch. The roll pin in-
cludes a locking portion intermediate its length which
establishes a wedging engagement with an angular cross
recess machined in the cylindrical shank of the punch to
prevent displacement as the punch is stripped or withdrawn
from the workpiece. An actuating screw is threaded into the
retamer block parallel to the axis of the punch and has a
necked portion m dnvmg engagement with the locking por-
tion of the roll pin so as to impart rotary motion to the roll
pin in locking and unlocking directions upon rotation of the
actuating screw with a suitable tool. When in the unlocked
position the headless shank of the punch is free to be
withdrawn outwardly from its bore in the retainer block. As
applied to a coacting punch and die set, the angulation of the
cross recess of the punch and die button is reversed so that
both elements are capable of resisting the withdrawal forces
as the piercing end of the punch is withdrawn from the aper-
ture of the die button and workpiece.
3,640,171
TONE MODIFIER AND MUFFLER FOR PIANO
John W. Giglio, 7419 Fifth Ave., North Bergen, NJ.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9^50
Int. CI. G 10c J/00
UJS. CI. 84-216 3 Claims
An attachment for a grand piano has a flexible strip
secured on a shaft which is mountable rotatably underneath
the stnngs of the piano The strip and shaft can be turned by
a linkage means terminating in a control knob at the front of
the piano In one position of the strip it is interposed between
the hammers and strings to modify the tone of the piano and
in a second position it is out of the way of the hammers. The
tone can be modified to sound like a harpsichord or it can be
muffled completely depending on the material of the strip.
3,640,172
LOCKING RING FOR PRESSURE VESSEL
Jacques H. Merder, 49 Rue de Naples, Paris, France
Original application Feb. 2, 1%7, Scr. No. 613,660, now
Patent No. 3,537,481, dated Nov. 3, 1970. Divided and this
application May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,445
Int. CI. F 16b 2 7/00
U.S. CI. 85-8.8 3 Claims
This invention relates to a locking ring for the closure plug
of a pressure vessel for storing fluid under pressure and par-
ticularly of the type having a deformable partition such as a
bladder therein. The closure plug has a flanged inner end of
diameter slightly less than the diameter of the port of the
pressure vessel into which it is to be inserted and the locking
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
461
ring normally is of greater diameter than said port and is
foldable for insertion through said f)ort so that it may then be
A frangible shear pin positioned across the upp>er part of the
central opening prevents vertical movement of an upwardly
biased retainer member which retains the load bearing bolt in
position by preventing inward movement of a plurality of
balls positioned through the wall of the load bearing bolt and
in the main body and held against the sidewall of the retainer
member. Destruction of the shear pin permits upwardly
biased movement of the retainer member allowing the balls
to drop inward and release the bolt from the main body.
3,640,175
BALLISTIC SHAPE SCREWHEAD SOCKET
Allan Sangster Barclay, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to The Sted Company of Canada, Limited, Hamilton, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Oct 18, 1968, Ser. No. 768,863
Int. CI. F16b 23100
U.S. CI. 85—45 6 Claims
restored to its original shape to encompass the closure plug
and restrain outward movement thereof from such port.
3,640,173
FASTENER MEANS
Curt G. Muller, 16265 Lockerbie, Birmingham, Mich.
FUed Sept 18, 1969, Ser. No. 859,046
Int CLE 16b 27/06
U.S. CI. 85-8.8 4 Claims
A generally flat bolt member, having an abutment end ef-
fective for engaging one of at least two structural members to
be assembled, has a head end provided for engaging a com-
pressible retainer member situated against the opposite sur-
face of another of the structural members; the retainer and
head portion are provided with recess means and abutment
means cooperatively engageable so as to collectively define
disengageable detent means effective for locking the bolt and
retainer in assembled relationship.
3,640,174
PYROMECHANICAL RELEASE DEVICE
Bruce Eaton, San Jose, Calif., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,066
Intel. F16b 27/70
U.S. CI. 85—9 2 Claims
J.' J$
Square socket-type head for screw fasteners, and punch for
forming same, in which the socket has four equal sides each
of which has an upper slightly inwardly inclined flat portion
which merges without discontinuity at its lower end with a
lower concave bottom portion.
3,640,176
LUBRICATING SYSTEM FOR BRAIDING MACHINES
Robert G. Gaul, N. Tonawanda, N.Y., assignor to Paragon
Wire & Cable Corporation, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,889
Int CI. D04c HOO
U.S. CI. 87-33 2 Claims
.'^; -'
A quick-release disconnect device having a load bearing
bolt positioned vertically in a central opening in a main body.
This system is applied to braiding machines of the type
which wind a plurality of threads or ribbons about a wire for
insulating or protective purposes and these machines have a
large number of moving parts which have heretofore
required each of these parts to be lubricated by hand while
462
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
the machine was standing idle. This disclosure is for a system
by means of which the moving parts can be lubricated at one
time and thereby reduce the time during which the machine
is standing idle.
3,640,177
nRING BUTTON FOR RELEASING A TRIGGER AND
OPENING A CARTRIDGE EJECTION GATE
Conrad C. Hottinger, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Werii-
zeugmaschinenfabriii Oerlikon-Buhrie AG, Zurich, Switzer-
land
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,418
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 18, 1969,
9276/69
Intel. F41h 7/06
VS. CI. 89-33 F 6 Claims
/
An automatic firearm having a breech casing with means
for feeding cartridges thereto. A channel is associated with
the casing for the ejection of empty cartridge cases and a
trigger release for firing is provided. A gate for the channel
has means for operating the gate to open and close the chan-
nel. A common control means is provided for operating the
trigger release and the means for operating the gate so that
the gate is opened before the first round is fired and shut
after the last round has been fired.
3,640,178
RATE STABILIZATION SYSTEM FOR A VEHICLE
MOUNTED DEVICE
James R. Chatham, Laurel, and William H. Licata, Silver
Spring, both of Md., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,947
InL CI. F41g 5/22
U.S. CI. 89-41 CE 1 1 Claims
9C
•?T
«~-H 3" 'f^~
^j'-j
'OC
i
5UN
T^
A rate stabilization system for a vehicle mounted tracking
device employing an open loop control system that is inter-
faced with the existing control system of the device. Rate
gyros detect movement of the ve'hicle and produce an error
signal corresponding to this movement that is electronically
processed to produce movement of the device in a direction
that nulls out vehicle movement.
3,640,179
LOADING TRAY FOR A ROCKET
Hugo Sigrist, Hinwil, Switzeriand, assignor to Werkzeug-
maschinenfabrik Oeriikon-Buhrle AG, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,476
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Feb. 7, 1969,
1883/69
Int. CI. F4 If 9/00 "^
U.S.CI.89-I.801 3 Claims
A loadmg tray for a rocket launcher having a longitu-
dinally extending groove on the inside of the tray. A rail is
mounted m the groove which may be sunk radially to the tray
into said longitudinally extending groove. The rail has a guide
groove for rcKkets Spnng elements are arranged between
the base of the longitudinally extending groove and the two
ends of the rail The rail is fastened between the spring ele-
ments to the base of the groove.
3,640,180
APPARATUS FOR DELIVERING VIBRATORY ENERGY
Nkholas Maropis, West Chester, Pa., assignor to Aeroprojccts
Incorporated, West Chester, Pa.
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29^88
Int CI. B23b 3/00
U.S. CI. 90- 1 1 R 12 Claims
A device for delivering vibratory energy to a work-j>er-
forming tool is disclosed having one end connected to a
vibration generating means and providing for mechanical at-
tachment and alignment of the tool at the work-performing
locale which is located at a vibrational antinode in the vibra-
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
468
tory system. The vibratory device, or toolholder, may be con-
veniently mounted on a lathe crossfeed table.
I 3,640,181
SPIRAL TUBING CUTTER
William A. Whitfill, Jr., Houston, Tex., assignor to Schlum-
berger Technology Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,598
Int CI. B23c 3/32
U.S. CI. 90-11.4 5 Claims
operatively mounted on one of said components, power
means operatively connected to each of said three com-
ponents for moving the components in said controlled
straight line movements, a signaling device for each of two of
said components for controlling the power means therefor, a
first source of two-dimensional data mounted on one plane,
and a second source of two-dimensional data mounted on
another plane perpendicular to said one plane, and a sensing
element for each of said signaling devices which engages and
is responsive to one of said two-dimensional data sources,
whereby the power means controlled by the signaling devices
cause their respective connected components to move
precisely in accordance with the two-dimensional data,
thereby producing a three-dimensional relative movement
between the tool and the workpiece.
3,640,183
FORCE SUMMING MULTIPLEX ACTUATOR
Werner G. Koch, Arlington, and Jack McCuriey, Dallas, both
of Tex., assignors to LTV Electrosystems, Inc., Dallas, Tex.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,673
Intel. FOlb 25/26,57/72
U^. CI. 91-1 15 Claims
Apparatus for producing lengths of helical- or spiral-
shaped filler material for use in the manufacture of marine
seismic streamers. The cutting apparatus includes means for
applying a simultaneous longitudinal and rotational motion to
a length of tubular filler material, together with cutting
means to smoothly cut through the tubing wall and means for
holding the tubing in place against the cutting means while it
is being moved both longitudinally and rotationally with
respect to the cutting means.
3,640,182
METHOD AND MEANS FOR MAKING MASTER
MODELS
Thomas D. Vertin, 37540 Lake Shore Road, Mount Clemens,
Mich.
Original application Feb. 8, 1%7, Ser. No. 614.752. Pat. No.
3,472,122. Divided and this application Oct. 8. 1%9. Ser.
No. 864,650
Intel. B23c 7/76
U^. CI. 90-13.8 8 Claims
An apparatus for carrying out the automatic machining of
three-dimensional lines and surfaces for making a master
model comprising three components which are controlled to
move in a straight line, including an X-component which has
a horizontal longitudinal X-movement, a Y-component which
has a vertical Y-movement, and a Z-component which has a
horizontal Z-movement at 90° o the X-movement, a tool
Four rotary-to-linear motion transducers each responsive
to a separate but equal control signal are coupled together in
a force summing arrangement to produce a linear motion
output. Each of the rotary-to-linear motion transducers is
part of a control channel that includes an asymmetrical
breakaway force coupler for transmitting the linear motion
output of the transducer to an attachment point on a torque
tube. The brealcaway coupler has a force responsive discon-
nect that is actuated when the force developed between the
attachment point and the rotary-to-linear motion transducer
exceeds a preset level. When the force between the at-
tachment point and the transducer output exceeds the preset
level, the disconnect actuates a sv«tch to isolate the trans-
ducer for that channel from the control signal. Also included
in each of the control channels is a position transducer for
generating a feedback signal to balance out the generated
control signals. At the output of the torque tube a linkage ar-
rangement converts the rotary torque tube motion into a
linear displacement that varies in accordance with the con-
trol signals.
3,640,184
HYDRAULIC SERVO ACTUATOR ARRANGEMENT FOR
AN ADAPTIVE STEERING SYSTEM
John T. Kasselmann, Southfidd, Mich., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation
Fited Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21323
Intel. F15b 73/76, 75/7 7
U^. CI. 91—387 3 Claims
A servo actuator arrangement for incorporating an adap-
tive steering system into a conventional power steering
mechanism, utilizing a fluidic signal controlled three-way
open-center servo valve and a pressure relief bypass in paral-
lel with each other, both in series with the power steering
hydraulic supply circuit in order to eliminate the need for a
separate actuator fluid pressure source. The servo actuator
464
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
features a resilient, through-the-port mechanical feedback, inner tube and a prestressed sheath surrounding the outer
and also features a connecting arrangement providing sup- tube The mner tube is of such a structure that pressure
medium introduced mto the cylinder can reach the outer side
of the inner tube. When the pressure in the cylinder is low,
port for the rest of the steering linkage so as to be capable of
being inserted into the existing steering gear without addi-
tional supports.
3,640,185
SERVOCONTROL FOR DUAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
Kaziniierz Korsak, Newtown, Pa., assignor to Piasecki Air-
craft Corporatioo, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1, 151
Int. CI. F15b////6
U.S. CI. 91-41 IR 12 Claims
An improved servocontrol for redundant hydraulic fluid
systems employing dual pressure sources each operating a
separate actuator simultaneously to perform a common func-
tion. Two servo valve devices are employed, with each in-
cluding valve elements connected in both hydraulic systems,
thereby providing parallel control circuits from each pressure
source to its associated actuator. The two servo valve devices
are operated in synchronism by an input assembly permitting
independent operation of one servo valve device in the event
of jamming of the other. The parallel circuits, controlled
through separate, independently operably valves, eliminate
the possibility of a hydraulic lock in one actuator preventing
operation of the other.
3,640,186
CYLINDER FOR ULTRAHIGH PRESSURE
Hans Lundstrom, Robertsfors, Sweden, assignor to AUmanna
Svenska Elektriska Aktieboiaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,322
Claims priority, appikation Sweden, Jan. 29, 1969, 1 148/69
Int. CI. F161 9122, 9/16; F02f 1/00
U.S. CI. 92-169 6 Claims
A high-pressure cylinder for hydrostatic extrusion is
formed of an inner tube, a prestressed outer tube around the
lo lb 1 5 3
V^
©
mA
=^
the mner tube takes up pressure from the outer tube,
whereas when the pressure is increased the outer tube is ex-
panded out of contact with the inner tube. The inner tube
may be formed of three tube sectors with longitudinal radial
partition surfaces
3,640,187
BAGMAKING MACHINES FOR MAKING PLASTICS
SIDE-FOLD BAGS WITH CARRIER HANDLES
Friedhelm Mundus, Lengerich of Westphalia, Germany, as-
signor to Windmoller & Holscher, Lei^erich of Westphalia,
Germany
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,915
Claims priority, appikation Germany, July 23, 1969, P 19 37
480.2
Int CI. B31b 1/00
U.S. CI. 93-8 R 5 Claims
i
In a bagmaking machine for making plastic side-fold bags
from a stepwise advanced tubular web provided with side
folds, the tubular web is cut into lengths, and the bottom
seams of the bags are formed by a transverse cutting and
welding apparatus A earner handle fixing apparatus is con-
trolled such that carrier handles are fed to the leading ends
of the cut lengths of tubular web in the opposite direction to
the direction of movement thereof and in the plane of move-
ment thereof The carrier handles are fixed while the cut
lengths of tubular web are at a standstill. The finished bags
are conveyed by a conveyor. The plane of the conveyor is
displaced relative to the plane of conveyance of the cut
lengths of tubular web such that discharge of the finished
bags is not hmdered by the carrier handle-fixing apparatus.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
465
3,640,188
METHOD OF MAKING A PACKAGE, COMPRISING AN
OUTER CARTON BLANK WITH ALINING AND
PROVIDED WITH MEANS PREVENTING WEDGING
Rolf Magnus Dik>t, Lund, Sweden, assignor to AB Akeriund
& Rausing, Lund, Sweden
Original applicatwn Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,575, now
Patent No. 3,575^38, dated Apr. 20, 1971. Divided and this
appikcatkm Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,1 14
Claims priority, application Sweden. Oct. 3, 1%8. 13337/68
"int. CI. B31b 49/02,5/74. 1/62
U.S. CI. 93-36.01 2 Claims
for holding box blanks. A pneumatic system draws the blanks
one at a time down to the bed, and a plurality of plates
sequentially fold the various blank walls and flaps into posi-
tion.
3,640,190
CARTON-HANDLING METHOD
Ralph A. Fuller, Exeter, and Eari D. Snodgrass, Lindsay, both
of Calif., assignors to Herrick Waterman; Ralph A. Fuller
and Earl D. Snodgrass, Exeter, Calif.
Original appUcatran Oct 24, 1968, Ser. No. 764,049, now
Patent No. 3,467,023, which is a continuation of appikation
Ser. No. 558.731, June 20, 1966. now abandoned. Divided and
this application Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 871,149
Int. CI. B3 lb 49/02. 1/78,7/74
U.S. CI. 93—94 PS 2 Claims
— ii
'^■,Jif''r
^r
(
A method for providing projections at the edge of traylike
packages to prevent wedging when nesting or stacking a plu-
rality of packages. The projections are made by flaps formed
by slots at the upper edge of the carton, which flaps are
depressed outwardly when a plastic foil is deep-drawn into
the package.
3,640,189
BOX MACHINE
Paul F. Bowman, Ridgewood, NJ.,
Systems, Inc., Little Ferry, N J.
Filed July 16, 1969, Ser. No. 842,117
lnt.CI.B31b;/06. y/54,y/so
U.S. CI. 93—49 R
A machine for automatically unfolding pairs of carton
blanks and telescoping them together to form a single com-
posite carton. The machine comprises a pair of magazines
adapted, respectively, to contain stacks of unfolded inner and
assignor to Broach outer carton blanks, a transfer and unfolder mechanism as-
sociated with each of the magazines to effect the one-at-a-
time removal of carton blanks therefrom and the erection of
the blanks upon removal, a plungerlike assembly mechanism
to telescope the carton blanks together after their erection,
and an extraction and delivery mechanism adapted to
remove the erected and telescojsed blanks from the area of
the assembly mechanism.
3 Claims
3,640,191
DECKING SYSTEM
John H. Hendrich, 542 West 6th St., Erie, Pa.
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,948
InL CI. EOlc 5/00
U.S. CI. 94-13
2 Claims
,/o
33
\
.^::-
/o
11
A machine for automatically setting up boxes, having a
frame which supj>orts a bed and a magazine above the bed
/7
The slab module disclosed herein consists of a precast
prestressed slab section which may have solid or a hollow
core. The slab module has a longitudinal male inserting edge
which when installed mates with a complimentary-shaped
female receiving edge on a similar slab module. However, the
dimensions of the female edge are slightly greater than the
466
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
corresponding male edges. The bottom surface of both male
and female members are inclined at an angle to the plane of
a side of the slab module so that the inserted module will
move upward in translation as well as move toward the
module into which its edge is being inserted. When the top or
bottom surface (as desired) of the inserting module is at the
same plane as the corresponding surface of the inserted
module, a positioning spacer may be inserted to limit further
movement and to maintain the relative position of the
modules. The spacers may^.be in the form of plates which will
vary in thickness. The joints between slab modules will be
grouted after the slab modules are assembled. The modules
will be drawn together by tendons. After assembly and ad-
justment of the slab modules, the tendons are post-tensioned
and permanently anchored. The finished deck will appear
and function as a smooth, continuous slab.
3,640,192
ROAD ROLLER
John H. MauMin, 1606 N. Main St., Greenville, S.C.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,069
Int. CI. EOlc 19126
\}S. CI. 94-50 R
relative motion of the depicted line element in relation to the
sensitized photographic carrier draws lines in horizontal or
5 Claims
perpendicular directions in one process with composing of
the text
ERRATUM
For Class 95—11 see:
Patent No. 3,640,724
r^
3,640,194
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS FOR MOUNTING A
MULTILAMP FLASH UNIT
Bruce K. Johnson, Andover, and Donald H. Hendry, Quincy,
both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation, Cam-
bridge, Mass.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50379
Int. CI. G03b / 7148
U.S. CI. 95-11 L 13 Claims
A road roller having an apparatus mounted on the frame
thereof for transporting the roller behind a towing vehicle.
The apparatus includes a pair of opposed supporting arms
with wheels attached to the lower end thereof. A linkage arm
connects a driven roller with the supporting arms so that by
rotating the driven roller the wheels are brought in contact
with the pavement to raise the front end of the road roller.
By rotating the driven roller further the rear end of the road
roller is raised off the ground. The road roller is provided
with a vibrating apparatus which includes a pair of weights
which are eccentrically carried on a shaft. The position of the
weights can be adjusted relative to each other to vary the
vibration imparted to the frame of a road roller.
3,640,193
LINE-DRAWING APPARATUS IN PHOTOGRAPHIC
COMPOSING MACHINES
Hans Linde, and Peter Thiencl, both of Berlin, Germany, as-
signors to H. Berthold Messingllnienfabrik und Schriftgies-
serei AG, Berlin, Germany
Filed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 10,265
Int. CI. G03b 2 7/i2
U.S. CL 95—4.5 R 2 Claims
Photographic composing machine for producing text
layouts comprising a picture carrier having line elements, a
sensitized photographic carrier having a light-sensitive coat-
ing interposed between the picture carrier and the photo-
graphic carrier which depicts a preselected line element in
the plane of the light-sensitive coating whereby continuous
cn
A mounting for a photographic flashcube. The mounting
features two independently rotatable carriage members
which are mechanically united upon engagement with the
stem of a flashcube A light spring within one of the carriage
members provides for resetting the mounting upon removing
a flashcube from engagement therewith.
3,640,195
CARDBOARD CAMERA AND KIT THEREFOR
Burton R. Zimmerman, Medina; Roger W. Bodley, Chester-
land, and Robert C. Goodman, Shaker Heights, all of Ohio,
assignors to Educational Research Council of America,
Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,748
Int. CI. G03by 9/02
U.S. CI. 95-11 R 7 Claims
A camera which is suitable for student scientific work
wherein the camera is constructed from a kit made up
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
467
primarily of a plurality of cardboard pieces obtained from a
die-cut sheet of cardboard. Two of the pieces form boxes
which telescope one into the other to form the camera enclo-
sure, one of the boxes defining the front side of the camera
and the camera aperture, the other box defining the rear side
of the camera and a rectangular enlarged opening therein.
The rear side supports a frame adapted to support in turn a
commercial cut-film holder, the two boxes being telescopi-
cally movable to position a film in the holder at the focal
length of the camera aperture. The cardboard sheet also pro-
vides a diaphragm in tab form having a plurality of openings
44 32
of different diameters positioned lengthwise on the tab, a
shutter also in tab form with an opening, and a plurality of
strips which can be glued to the front side of the camera to
guide the diaphragm and shutter in separate planes across the
front of the camera enclosure, with the openings of the
shutter and diaphragm alignable with the aperture of the
camera. The shutter is actuatable by a rubberband affixed to
the camera enclosure, the kit also including cardboard pieces
adapted to form a viewing screen holder which can be placed
against the rear side of the camera enclosure in place of the
commercial cut-film holder.
3,640,196
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS FOR MECHANICALLY
ACTUABLE PHOTOFLASH UNITS
David N. Brooks, West Peabody, Mass., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation of appUcatkm Ser. No. 655,468, July 24, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No.
10,068
Int. CI. F21k 5102, 5/00; G03b 9/70
U.S. CI. 95—11.5 R 1 Claim
An assembly in photographic apparatus for mechanically
firing f>ercussively ignitable photoflash lamps prefehably con-
tained in a multilamp unit or flashcube. The assembly in-
cludes a mechanism responsive, for example, to film winding
for sequentially indexing the flashlamps and setting the firing
mechanism to prepare the apparatus for firing respective
ones of the flashlamps at a firing locus or position. The firing
mechanism includes a rapidly movable drive or hammer that
is first cocked or set and then released to synchronously ef-
fect both ignition of the flashlamp and opening of the shutter.
3,640,197
PRODUCTION OF nNE SINGLE LINES AND OF
DISCRETE CLOSELY SPACED HNE LINES
Arthur E. Sanera, Mesa, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, HI.
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,842
Int CI. G03b 29/00
U^. CI. 95-12 7 Claims
An apparatus is provided to produce fine single lines and
discrete closely spaced fine lines by use of an opaque mask
having relatively wide transparent slits or lines therein. The
apparatus includes, besides the mask, a source of monochro-
matic light and a spacer, which may be transparent, of the
correct thickness.
3,640,198 i^,
CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR A
PHOTOGRAPHIC DEVICE
Claire L. James, Pittsford, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,482
Int.Cl. G03b/7/J0
U.S. CI. 95-13 17 Claims
Apparatus for controlling the operation of a processor of
photographic materials. More specifically, the control ap-
paratus functions to advance a predetermined length of the
sensitized, photographic material from a supply thereof to an
exposure station, expose the sensitized material to an image,
advance and sever the exposed portion of the sensitized
photographic material at a first relatively high velocity and
direct the exposed sheet of sensitized material through a
heated station at a second slower speed. Further, the first
468
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
velcKity of the severed sheet is maintained until the sheet is
disposed substantially within the processing station to insure
that the sheet is uniformly developed. Once the leading edge
of the exposed sheet leaves the processing station, the
velocity of the sheet of sensitized paper is increased to the
first relatively high speed.
3,640,199
PHOTOGRAPHIC SCAN CAMERA USING A PIVOTED
MIRROR
Jesse David Wotf, Golden, Colo., assignor to Trans-Horizons,
Inc., Ontario, Calif.
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,250
Int. CI. G03b i 7/02
U.S. CI. 95-15 14 Claims
camera to expose the film unit and a film-advancing member
for engaging and moving the film unit subsequent to expo-
sure toward the extenor of the camera. A control is posi-
tioned between the shutter and the film-advancing member
to enable the latter to advance a film unit from its container
subsequent to actuation of the shutter and a disenabling
member for preventing the film-advancing member from
moving another film unit from the container until the preced-
ing film unit has moved a predetermined distance.
A continuously rotated panoramic camera mounted on a
support having a fixed semicircular cam concentric with the
axis of rotation of the camera. The camera is provided with
an offset angled mirror fixed relative to the camera and with
a pivoted mirror carrying a dog engageable with the cam to
rotate the pivoted mirror into the field of view of the camera
and into a position to receive images reflected from the an-
gled fixed mirror. The parts are so arranged that in the
course of a revolution, after the camera has scanned 1 80° of
a scene during the first half of the revolution, the pivoted
mirror is rotated by the dog and cam into a position causing
the camera to repeat this scan during the second half of the
revolution.
3,640,200
FILM-ADVANCING APPARATUS
Lawrence M. Douglas, Eastondale, and Irving Erlichman,
Wayland, both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation,
Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Oct 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,044
Int. Cl.G03b/9//0
U.S. CI. 95-19 8 Claims
3,640,201
MOTOR-DRIVEN WINDING DEVICE FOR A CAMERA
ShHJi Kimura, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku
K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,827
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1968, 43/96306
Int. CI. G03b 19104
U.S. CI. 95-31 EL 10 Claims
» Rc
Tree Fv
r J«l Tr2C I
A motor-driven device for releasing the shutter, advancing
the film and cocking the shutter of a camera, and permitting
single frame or continuous exposures to be made. The motor
control includes a single switch controlled by a relay coil.
The relay coil is includable in and capable of being energized
by either of two mutually exclusive circuit paths each includ-
ing in series, one of the contacts of a two-position chan-
geover switch which selects the particular path for energizing
the coil. The motor controls a mechanical arrangement
which has two sequences of operation; a first sequence which
releases the shutter and places the changeover switch in the
second position, and a second sequence which advances the
film, cocks the shutter and places the changeover switch in
the first position An operating button is connected in series
with the first circuit path and a transistor switch is connected
in the second circuit path. A selector switch is connected
between the two circuit paths. For single frame exposures the
selector switch turns the transistor OFF when the button is
depressed For continuous exposures, the transistor remains
ON all the time A timing circuit is further added for time-
delayed continuous exposures.
3,640,202
SINGLE LENS REFLEX CAMERA
Katsuhiko Nomura, Kawagoe-shi, Japan, assignor to Asahi
Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,651
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 31, 1%9, 44/7942
Int.CLG03b/9/y2
U.S. CI. 95-42 5 Claims
A camera having a support for locating a film unit in posi- A single lens reflex camera with an automatic preset
tion for exposure, a shutter for admitting light into the diaphragm includes a first spring loadable lever for advancmg
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
469
the camera mirror out of the objective light path and a
second spring loadable lever for stopping down the
diaphragm. The first lever includes a stop which engages a
stop on the second lever to lock it in a retracted position
when the first lever is in retracted position and cooperating
elements releasably lock the first lever in its retracted posi-
tion. Upon release, the first lever is spring advanced and ad-
vances the mirror and disengages the stops so that the second
lever is spring advanced to stop down the diaphragm.
3,640,203
LIQUID DEVELOPING APPARATUS
Lester R. Raab, Grecnsburg, Pa., and Dennis E. Toby, Lake
Zurich, IIL, assignors to Addressograph-Multigraph Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of applicatk>n Ser. No. 606332, Dec. 30,
1966, now abandoned. This application June 9, 1969, Ser.
No. 83139
Int. CL G03d 5/06
U.S. CI. 95-89 R 13 Claims
and web for guiding the film and web in spaced relation
through a processing station. Processing is achieved at the
processing station by a member movable from a normal
retracted position, in which it is out of engagement with the
film and web, to a laminating position, in which it moves por-
tions of the film and web into intimate pressure engagement
for a predetermined time interval. The web and film are
separated upon return of the member to its normal retracted
position by the combined action of the tension on the web
and the angles of approach and separation defined by the
film and web when they are in pressure engagement. An aux-
iliary separator member may be provided movable between
the film and web and across the processing station to
separate the film and web.
M *
A roller-type developing apparatus with a wiping control
for developing sensitized materials. The roller arrangement
includes at least an applicator roller and a pressure applying
member in contacting engagement forming a developing
zone. The wiping control is a rod or blade that wipes con-
trolled amounts of fluid from the applicator roll which has a
surface finished to a degree of smoothness expressed in terms
of the average depth of randomly formed depressions therein
in microinches. An applicator roll having a smoothness of
from 10-200 microinches center line average smoothness (or
roughness), together with the wiping control, applies less
than 3.0 grams liquid per square meter of the copy sheet to
provide dry to the touch copies.
' 3,640,204
PHOTOGRAPHIC WEB PROCESSING DEVICE
Robert A. Gordon, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.V.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,953
Int. CI. G03d 9100
U.S. CI. 95—94 R 3 Claims
3,640^05
APPARATUS FOR WET TREATMENT OF
PHOTOGRAPHIC FILMS OR THE LIKE
Fritz Waschk: Jurgen Muller, both of Munich: Heinrich
Krieger, Starnberg, and (iunter Heindrich. Munich, all of
Germany, asrignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,287
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Apr. 25, 1969, G 69
16 867
Int. CI. G03d 13104
VS. CI. 95-95 8 Claims
A web processing device in which a web containing a
processing ingredient or solution such as a developer is
brought into intimate pressure engagement with an exposed
film for a predetermined time to effect processing of the film.
Transport and guiding mechanisms are provided for the film
j-^
A vessel which contains a supply of treating fluid for webs
of photographic films or the like accommodates a guide hav-
ing a concave upper surface along which a web advances
lengthwise to be thereby immersed into the liquid and to con-
tinuously withdraw some liquid which is thereupon removed
by two squeezing rollers. The thus removed liquid is caused
to descend onto an inclined ledge which forms part of the
guide and directs the liquid, as well as the impurities con-
tained therein, into the compartment between the bottom
wall of the vessel and the underside of the guide. Such com-
partment communicates with the remaining part of the inter-
nal chamber of the vessel by way of apertures provided in the
guide and distributed and/or dimensioned in such a way as to
at least reduce the rate of liquid circulation between the
remainder of the internal chamber of the vessel and that part
of the compartment wherein the impurities tend to accumu-
late by gravity.
3,640,206
PROCESS AND PLANT FOR FAST CONDITIONING OR
THERMAL TREATMENT OF BREAD CEREALS,
ESPECIALLY WHEAT
Gheorgbe Moisescu; Valer Stoica; Carol Wolf, and Nicolae
Spataru, all of Bucharest, Romania, assignors to InstitutuI
de CerceUri Si Proiectari Alimentare, Bucharest, Romania
Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 81 1,420
Claims priority, application Romania, Apr. 1, 1968, 56296
Int. CI. A23b 9100
U.S. CI. 99-237 7 Claims
A process for treating cereals including the steps of fast
heating the cereals with steam jets, storing the thus-treated
cereals while at the same time mixing them, and then cooling
and drying using a countercurrent flow of indirectly and in-
470
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
termediately heated air. 3 ^q 2Qg
A plant for performing the process including in descending IMMERSION DEEP FRIER
Robert A. Sire, 1250 West 130th, Gardena, Calif.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,041
Int. CI. A47j 37/12
U.S. CI. 99-408 7 Claims
vertical order a prismatic bin for holding untreated cereal, a
cereal fast heating and storage apparatus, a cooler-drier, and
a metering device.
3,640,207
AUTOMATIC BAKING OVEN FOR PRETZELS
George E. Snyder, 539 West Howard St., Haserstown, Md.
Filed Oct 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,590
Int. CI. A47j 27/62
U.S. CI. 99-327 3 Claims
A merchandising pretzel baking oven has a vertical casing
defined by a lower rigid wall portion and an upper trans-
parent wall display case with a horizontal partition wall
therebetween. The lower portion has a baking chamber con-
stituted by upper and lower sections of truncated rectangular
base pyramidal shape horizontally fixed therein with timer
controlled electrical heating rods mounted at the closed top
wall of the upper section and at the open bottom wall of the
lower chamber. A baking tray adapted to contain frozen
pretzels is slidably supported by the lower portion and is
movable into and from the oven chamber horizontally inter-
mediate the sections thereof through one wall of the lower
portion with a cleanout tray, arranged below the oven
chamber, being also slidable in such wall. The other walls of
the lower portion have combined heat insulating and illu-
minated advertising display panels provided on their outer
faces.
An immersion deep frier including a tank filled to a
selected level with shortening and having a plurality of coex-
tensive open-ended heating tubes disposed below such level.
Alternate ones of the heating tubes are angled upwardly in
one direction and the remaining tubes are angled upwardly in
the opposite direction. Burners are disposed at the lower
ends of each of the tubes and a blower is provided for forcing
air upwardly through the tubes whereby the shortening at the
lower ends of the tubes will be heated and caused to expand
thereby moving inwardly along the respective tubes to ap-
proximately the center of the tank where it will encounter
currents moving along the adjacent oppositely angled tubes
and will rise upwardly and be turned outwardly to travel to
the outer penphery of the tank where it will turn dow^ardly
and inwardly to again commence travel inwardly along the
respective tubes thereby providing a number of small cur-
rents circulating in the tank to prevent burning of the shor-
tening and provide uniform agitation and circulation of food-
stuffs disposed in the tank.
3,640,209
PAN HAVING ARTICLE-SUPPORTING WALL ABOVE
BOTTOM WALL
Calvin L. Wilson, Richmond, Va., assignor to Reynolds Metals
Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,442
Int. CI. A47j 35/00
U.S. CI. 99-446 33 Claims
A disposable pan wherein such pan is particularly adapted
for broiling food products and is defined by laminating a
layer of metallic foil to a layer of a comparatively inexpen-
sive nonmetallic material. The pan has metallic foil defining
practically its entire exposed inside and outside surfaces and
has an article-supporting wall arranged above a bottom wall
with a space provided therebetween for collecting juice, or
the like, exuding from a product contained in the pan.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
471
3,640,210
MULTIPLE-SCREW FLY PRESS
Otto Gcorg, Ostatrasse 12, 5802 BrecfcerfeM, Germany
Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 842,944
Int. CI. B30b 15/28
3,640,212
ROTARY MARIONG TOOLS
Jerome Friedman, 19 The Glcnada, Roslyn, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 816,586
Int CL B41f 13110; B44b 5102
VS. CI. 100-53
12 Claims U.S, CI. 101-7
6 Claims
myiyy'nliyrf^
» i
The fly press comprises a flywheel means and, in combina-
tion, at least two screws, connected to the flywheel means,
ram drive means for at least one ram, and at least two nuts
mounted in said ram and peripherally movable and axially
immovable in said ram. Overload-preventing means are ar-
ranged between said nuts and said ram and are adapted to be
nonresponsive to torques below a minimum torque between
said nuts and ram, so that such torques will be fully trans-
mitted, whereas the overload-preventing means are respxjn-
sive to torques which are higher than the minimum torque so
that such higher torques will not be transmitted.
3,640,211
HYDRAULIC DEVICE FOR MOVING IN TRANSLATION
THE PRESSING ELEMENT OF A PRESS OR THE LIKE
Vittorio Louis Achille Bianchi, 37, Avenue Paul, Doumer,
Paris; 16°, France
Filed Dec. 19, 1%9, Ser. No. 886,646
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 17, 1969, 181043
Int. CI. B30b 15/24
U.S. CI. 100-258 5 Claims
36
A joumaled hollow main shaft which is an internal gear
having many teeth, has thereabout a spiral spring arranged to
bias it to a normal rest position, and also a helical coil spring
clutch allowing shaft rotation in a direction to stress the
spiral spring, but normally restraining said shaft against
reverse movement. The marking wheel is also an internal
gear whose position is between the arms of a clevis which is
the tool body. One clevis arm is a casing housing said springs
and mounting said shaft. A spindle which is a spur gear most
of Its length, extends coaxially through said shaft and wheel,
and has all its teeth in engagement with the teeth of said in-
ternal gears, but is separable therefrom by relative longitu-
dinal movement. The other arm of the clevis offers a bearing
to support one end of the spindle and a means to releasably
hold said spindle against longitudinal movement
i
3,640,213
HOT STAMPING MACHINES FOR ROLL MARKING
CYLINDRICAL ITEMS
Mortn Schwartzhach, No. 89-06 218th St., Jamaica, N.Y.
Filed May 9, 1969, Ser. No. 823,454
InLCI.B4 If 7 7/05
U.S. CI. 101-8 11 Claims
A device for driving in translatory motion the pressing ele-
ment of a press, comprising a plurality of double-acting rams
having their rods operatively connected to said pressing ele-
ment said rams being hydraulically connected in series to
each other, so that the driving of the piston of the first ram
by a pressure fluid causes the rams to be fed by each other
and the simultaneous sliding motions of their pistons, and
means to keep constant the volume of hydraulic fluid con-
tained in the front chamber of a ram and in the rear chamber
of another ram with which it is connected.
In the machine shown, a series of upright, parallel,
equispaced rotatable spindles, which for tubular workpieces
serve as the mandrels therefor, extend from individual
bearings carried by a constantly moving, substantially
horizontally mounted link chain belt, a portion of whose path
is straight, wherealong workpieces associated with the spin-
dles, in succession, pass a marking station presenting a
472
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
heated flat die whose face is upright and has thereacross a
colored foil. In their passage along the die, the workpieces
are roll marked thereby, but they are rotated by a positive
drive, independent of contact with the die. Said die is al-
lowed some wobble, but each bearing is held so the axis of its
spindle is maintained in a fixed direction during psissage
along the marking station, and there is a means associated
with each spindle, to adjust the peripheral speed of the work-
piece in relation to the speed of said chain. An adjustably
pressurized air cushion imparts the necessary pressure the die
imposes on the work rolling thereon.
3,640^14
SELECTIVE PRINTER EMPLOYING INKING SPARK
DISCHARGE
Hans-Jurgen Scheinhutte, Dietlikoa, Zurich, Switzerland, as-
signor to Precisa A.G. Rechenmaschinenfabrik, Zurich,
Switzerland
FUed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,088
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 21, 1968,
9254/68
Int. CI. B41j 5100; B41m 5102; B41j 3122
U^. CI. 101— 45 8 Claims
A metal foil containing capillary holes filled with ink and
defming the character to be printed is placed so that the
holes cover the opening of a chamber having two electrodes
which are sparked to raise the pressure in the chamber and
so to push the ink out of the holes and against an adjacent
web of paper.
3,640,215
CONTROL MEANS FOR COPY SHEET FEEDING AND
MOISTENING MEANS IN ADDRESS PRINTING
MACHINES
George E. Shepherd, 51 Pasteur St., DoUard Des Ormeaux,
Quebec, Canada
FUed Apr. 18, 1969, Scr. No. 817,310
Claims priority, application Canada, Mar. 3, 1969, 044,513
Int. CI. B41U7/24. 47/46, UI02
U.S. CI. 101-53 6 Claims
driven by the drive shaft simultaneously actuates a moistener
for a selected area of the sheet and a mechanism for super-
posing a master card on the moistened area for printing at
the printing station An adjustable drive mechanism between
the countershaft and the drive shaft enables actuation of the
moistener and card superposing mechanism to be pread-
justed relative to feeding of the copy sheet so that moistening
and superposition of the master card occur at an adjustably
selected area of the sheet
3,640,216
PARALLEL PRINTING APPARATUS FOR RECORDED
DATA
Brunu Clazza, Turin, Italy, assignor to Inj>. C. Olivetti & C,
S.p..\.. Turin, Italy
Filed Sept. 4, 1969, Scr. No. 855,082
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept 26, 1%8. 53271-A/68;
June21,1969,'52331-A/69
U.S. CI. 1 0 1 -93 C 20 Claims
'Ai..,i>^i,_
atimttmaiuttaitiuitactiiuKtiEc:; :;iiii[:[::;:;:u:c;[K!:ihrr^^^
A parallel printing apparatus for data recorded in a store
comprises a set of type wheels sequentially set up by a setting
wheel, which is transversely moved step by step and is
variably rotatable according to the code recorded for each
type wheel. The setting wheel is rotated through a clutch
which is held engaged under the control of a step counting
device sensing a toothed wheel rotated synchronously with
the setting wheel. The apparatus is adapted to print on a
bank book both parallel and perpendicular to the seam of the
book. The book is carried by a carriage, the line spacing of
which is effected under the control of a program device.
3,640,217
PRINT HAMMER CONTROL MEANS FOR PIVOT ALLY
MOUNTED-TYPE MEMBERS
John E. Drejza, Endweli, N.Y., assignor to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,203
Int. CI. B41j 9114, 9/28
U.S. CI. 101-93 C 7 Claims
A spirit transfer printing machine has a drive shaft for rol-
lers which pass a copy sheet from a receiving station through
a printing station, the sheet being initially held at the receiv-
ing station by retractable positive stops. A countershaft
A pnnter has a plurality of print hammers which impact
pivotal-type levers carried by type carriers moving along a
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
478
track adjacent the print line. Cam surfaces on the body of the pressed in unison between the members of a pnntmg couple.
carrier cooperate with portions of the print hammer to The printing members may be in cylindrical form for a rotar)^^
prevent interference between the print hammer and an ad- printing press or in plate form for a flatbed press Each-
jacent type lever when printing. member of the printing couple has embossed surfaces which
3,640,218
SEAL ASSEMBLY FOR SLEEVE-TYPE GRAVURE ROLLS
Thomas K. Allison, 590 Camden Ave., Moorestown, N J.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 814,658, Apr. 9,
1969, now abandoned. This application June 25, 1970, Ser.
No. 49,771
Int. CI. B41f 13/20; Bllh 27/00, 31/32
U.S. CI. 101— 375 5 Claims
St
A seal assembly for sealing a sleeve-type gravure roll to
prevent ink penetration between the roll end members and
the sleeve. Each seal assembly includes an inwardly beveled
conical surface on the end member, a resilient seal ring
disposed adjacent the conical surface, a pressure ring
disposed adjacent the sealing ring, and a winding of pneu-
matic tubing located inwardly of and adjacent the pressure
ring. Inflation of the tubing forces the pressure ring against
the sealing ring and expands the sealing ring outwardly along
the conical surface of the end member into engagement with
the inner surface of the sleeve end, the sealing ring being
elastically deformed so as to completely fill the space
between the sleeve end and the end member to prevent
penetration of ink beneath the sleeve.
3,640,219
METHOD OF DRY PREPARATION OF RELIEF
PRINTING PLATES
Norman W. Farnham; William J. Mueller, both of Webster,
and Donald J. Gorall, Rochester, all of N.Y., assignors to
Burroughs Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,148
InLCI.B41c,B41n
U.S. CI. 101-401.1 5 Claims
An improved method for preparing relief printing plates by
transfer of selected portions of a dry, uncured, heat-sensitive
polymer dispersion layer from a donor sheet to a printing
plate through fusion under infrared radiation. Infrared-ab-
sorbing indicia are deposited on a printing plate base having
an affinity for fusion with the polymer dispersion under in-
frared heat. The printing plate base having indicia thereon is
placed in intimate physical contact with the polymer disper-
sion layer of the donor sheet. By application of infrared ener-
gy, portions of the polymer dispersion layer are polymerized
and hardened in the desired image and fused to the printing
plate base to and through the indicia. The donor sheet with
the unfused portions of the polymer dispersion, peels away
easily leaving a finished printing plate with the indicia incor-
porated therein.
175
represent the indicia, lines, or designs to be printed. The em-
bossing on one of the members is the mirror reverse of the
embossing on the other member and the embossing charac-
ters are disposed in exact matching relationship. The printing
operation is known as "crash" printing.
3,640,221
PLANOGRAPHIC PRINTING PLATE
Edward R. Wyke, Chelmsford, Mass., assignor to Litton Busi-
ness Systems, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,634
InL CI. B41n 1/00, 3/00
U.S. CI. 101-453 2 Claims
A planographic printing plate comprising a base having ad-
hered thereto an insolublized coating, including a pigment
mixture containing zirconium silicate so as to enhance rejec-
tion of ink in nonimaged areas of the plate
3,640,222
BOOSTER-CAP ASSEMBLY
Donald P. Graham, Hurley, N.Y., assignor to Hercules Incor-
porated, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Dec. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 787,413
Intel. F42bi/y0
U.S. CI. 102-24 13 Claims
3,640,220
MATCHED PLATE METHOD FOR PRINTING ON
MULTIPLE PAPER PARTS
James B. Fulk, 18309 Lexington Drive, Monte Sereno, Calif.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,948
InL CI. B41f 5/04
U.S. CI. 1 0 1 — 426 3 Claims
A method and apparatus for making graphic copies of in-
dicia, lines, or designs on multiple paper parts which are im-
A booster unit containing a small base charge, and adapted
to slip over the end of a cap-, or fuse-, type primary initiator
to support the base charge in detonating relationship with the
primary initiator; and resulting combination of booster unit
and the primary initiator as a new booster assembly. The in-
vention is advantageously applied to the elimination of need
for .conventional dynamite, or cast booster charge, primers
for shooting relatively insensitive explosives such as those of
the aqueous inorganic oxidizer slurry types, and ANFO's.
474
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640^23
ELECTRIC BLASTING CAP HAVING INCREASED
SAFETY AGAINST UNINTENTIONAL INITIATION
Per O. I. Oisson, Gyttorp, Sweden, assignor to Nitro Nobel
AB, Gyttorp, Sweden
Fiied OcL 1, 1968, Ser. No. 764,069
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 6, 1967, 13698/67
Int. CI. F42bi//5
U.S. CI. 102-28 2 Claims
within the fluid into a position aiong the axis of the munition,
allowing the detonator output to pass through the air
The present invention concerns an electric blasting cap
having increased safety against unintentional initiation, said
blasting cap presenting a bridge wire and in contact with said
bridge wire a fuse head composition which latter is sur-
rounded by a protective tubing of dielectric material.
3,640,224
RF IMMUNE nRING CIRCUIT EMPLOYING HIGH-
IMPEDANCE LEADS
John T. Petricfc, and Reginald I. Gray, both of
Fredericksburg, Va., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
FUcd Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,443
InLCI. F42bi/;5
U.S. CI. 102-28 7 Claims
High-impedance leads in a firing circuit prevent
radiofrequency induced currents from prematurely detonat-
ing the electroexplosive device. A capacitor across a serial
arrangement of an electroexplosive device and an SCR per-
mits the use of a standard size power source to detonate the
(EED) electroexplosive device, notwithstanding the im-
pedance introduced by the interference preventing leads.
3,640^25
FUZE APPARATUS
Donovan R. Carlson, and William O. Maniska, both of Min-
neapolis, Minn., assignors to Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn.
FUed June 20, 1969, Ser. No. 835,186
Int. CI. F42c 1 5126
U.S. CI. 102-79 3 Claims
A centrifugally displaced fluid barrier for a spin-operated
fiize arming delay. Safmg and delay arming is provided by a
relatively high density fluid positioned along the spin axis of a
munition to block the output of a detonator along the spin
axis. The fluid completely fills a chamber with the exception
of a relatively small volume air bubble. Under sustained spin
environment, the air bubble is displaced by centrifugal forces
chamber Various configurations of the chamber to provide
arming delay are contemplated.
3,640,226
CONVEYOR SYSTEM
Paul Klamp, St. Clare Shores, Mich., assignor to American
Chain & Cable Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Rled Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,845
Int. CI. B65g/ 7/42
U.S. CI. 104-96 8 Claims
A conveyor system including a first load supporting track
and a second load supporting track with an intermediate
transfer portion. A powered conveyor is provided in associa-
tion with each of the first and second tracks. A plurality of
carriers are provided. Each of the carriers has a first dog that
is in position for normal engagement with the pusher member
of the conveyor and a second dog that is normally urged to
an operative carrier pushing position but is held by the track
out of operative position. At a transfer point a portion of the
track is cut away to permit the second dog to move to opera-
tive carrier transferring position.
3,640,227
RAIL CAR AND SUPPORTING TRACK AND SWITCH
SYSTEM
Austin A. Webb, 337 Espanola Ave., Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed May 28, 1%9, Ser. No. 828,685
Int. CI. EOlb 25/06
U.S. CI. 1 04— 1 30 8 Claims
A rail car having two sets of supporting wheels swingable
to upright operative car supporting positions at different
elevations above the car, from laterally displaced inoperative
positions, a track system having rails that converge and
diverge at junction points, parallel reaches in said rails at the
incoming ends of the junction points spaced vertically to sup-
port one set of wheels and register in unsupporting relation
to the other set of wheels while the other wheels are moved
into registry with the other track, vertically divergent por-
tions at the ends of the parallel reaches arranged to transfer
the support of the car from one set of wheels to the other,
and selectively operable means to swing the sets of wheels to
operative position to effect switching of the car from one rail
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
475
to the other at transfer points. members being of such configuration and dimensions and so
A refinement shows stretches of rails at an intermediate disposed that sufficient rigidity is imparted to said load-sup-
spacing, along which the car may be supported and dnven by
both sets of wheels, for high-speed operation.
3,640,228
ONE-COLUMN TABLE
Fritz Busse, SoUngen-Ohligs, Gernuny, assignor to Firma
Bremsbey & Co., Solingen-Ohligs, Germany
FUed Oct. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 864,614
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Mar. 1, 1969, P 19 10
593.2; Apr. 2, 1969; P 19 16 952.9; Apr. 18, 1969, P 19 19 714.9;
May 30, 1969, P 19 27 616.5; June 4, 1969. P 19 28 416.3
Int. CI. A47f 5112; A47b 85100
U.S. CI. 108-6 10 Claims
porting member that the latter is relatively undeformable
under normal loads thereon.
3,640,230
FOLDABLE IRONING BOARD
Donald J. Munson, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to North
Central Manufacturing Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,576
Int CI. A21b 1106
MS. CI. 108—63 1 1 Claims
A one-column table which comprises a table column tele-
scopically variable as to its length, and a foot-arm projecting
from said table column. A horizontal arm supports a table
top and likewise projects from the table column to the
horizontal arm. A supporting stay is coordinated for the sup-
port of the free end of the horizontal. The horizontal arm,
the foot arm and the table column constitute table members.
Means are provided for permitting movement of the support-
ing stay from a coaxial position relative to one of said mem-
bers into a supporting position.
3,640^29
PALLET
Joseph P. Bell, Route 83, Grayslake, Dl.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,991
Int.CI. B65d79//S
U.S. CI. 108—58 10 Claims
A pallet constructed from formed sheet material, such as a
plastic sheet, having a generally planar load-supfxirting
member from which downwardly depend hollow leg mem-
bers and hollow stiffening members, the leg and stiffening
An elongated collapsible table structure suitable for use as
an ironing board or the like, and comprising in combination,
support frame means and a plurality of table forming seg-
ments, the segments being hingedly secured together and ar-
ranged to be disposed in a first collapsed disposition and a
second extended disposition. Cover means are provided for
covering or enclosing the structure while in collapsed disposi-
tion, the cover means providing a decorative or utilitarian
purpose. The support frame means include a plurality of legs
supporting a pair of generally axially parallelly disposed
laterally spaced mounting rails and means are provided for
accommodating relative lateral reciprocatory to-and-fro
shifting of the mounting rails along a direction transverse to
the rail axes, and means are provided for mechanically bias-
ing said frame means and urging said mounting rails toward
one another. The table forming segments include a central
segment along with tip and butt segments, the tip and butt
segments each being secured to the mounting rails with
mounting brackets at a point adjacent the juncture with the
central segment, the mounting brackets being arranged for
pivotal arcuate rotation about the mounting rails between the
collapsed disposition and the extended disposition, with the
length of the arm of the mounting brackets providing for sig-
476
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 19*72
nificant differences in elevation for the table between the components to the solid fuel particles issuing from the trans-
collapsed disposition and the extended disposition. port line. The dispersion pattern may be regulated by adjust-
3,640,231
PARALLEL MECHANISM
John O. Lenz, 1 161 98th Lane N.W., Coon Rapids, Minn.
Rkd Oct. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 864,770
Int. CI. A47b 57/06. B23c 1116
L.S. CI. 108— 106 16 Claims
^
'^^=m,.
ing the manifold angle and/or the pressure of the dispersion
medium.
3,640,233
INCINERATOR SHIFT ABLE CLOSURE GATE
Joel Russell Reiner, PhUadeiphia; William J. Preusch,
Southampton, and William G. Davenport, Philadelphia, all
of Pa., assignors to Beaumont Birch Company, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,038
Int. CI. F23g 3100
U.S. CI. I10-8R 24 Claims
A carving apparatus including a spaced axiaily aligned tool
and tracer and parallel mechanism including two spaced sur-
faces for carrying a workpiece and a pattern and for simul-
taneously presenting the pattern and workpiece to the tracer
and tool, respectively. The parallel mechanism includes a
base portion moveable on a reference surface and includes a
mechanism for rendering the workpiece and pattern-carrying
surfaces movable toward and away from the reference sur-
face while continuously maintaining them parallel to each
other and parallel to the reference surface. The parallel
mechanism includes a generally boxlike structure including
the pattern and workpiece carrying surfaces and identical
and oppositely disposed endpieces connecting those two sur-
faces. At each end it includes a pair of identical and reversely
disposed leg members, each pivotally connected to the
boxlike structure at one end and having an opposite end
operably engageable with the reference surface, and with
means providing a pivotal connection between the two legs
of each pair at a point intermediate the point at which they
are pivoted to the boxlike structure and their opposite ends.
The pivot point between the two legs of each pair is movable
generally normal to the reference surface and is spring biased
in one direction and movable against the spring in the op-
posite direction. An alternative embodiment includes selec-
tively adjustable means for limiting the movement of the
mechanism in a direction normal to the reference surface.
3,640,232
HIGH MOISTURE CONTENT FUEL DISPERSION
APPARATUS
Joseph F. Mullen, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to Com-
bustion Engineering, Inc., Windsor, Conn.
RIed SepL 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,379
InL CI. F23g 7100
U.S. CI. 1 10-7 R 6 Claims
A method and apparatus for distributing high moisture
content material fuel within the furnace of a steam generator
organization, said fuel being transported to the furnace pneu-
matically. An angularly adjustable manifold having series of
nozzles is located adjacent the discharge end of the fuel
transport line at the point where it enters the furnace. Jets of
a dispersion medium supplied to the manifold are directed
through the nozzles to apply horizontal and vertical force
A wheeled closure gate for maintaining opened or closed
as desired an aperture disposed in a substantially horizontal
plane, the gate being shiftable along tracks embracing the
aperture which are so relatively inclined with respect to the
horizontal plane as to permit the gate to be moved upwardly
along said tracks by power means into aperture-opening posi-
tion and return thereof by gravity into aperture-closing posi-
tion. The closure gate in this particular instance comprises a
flat plate assembly which is bodily shifted from its aperture-
closing position, as across the top of a charging hopper or
across the top of an exhaust port, into an inclined |X)sition
located immediately sidjacent to one end of the aperture to
completely expose the same for flow of material
therethrough. Means are provided to controllably hold the
gate in its power-operated raised position and to release it for
gravity return to its lowered position. The tracks for and
roller wheels of the gate are protected against the accumula-
tion of debris thereon as might interfere with free movement
of the gate The gate when raised into its open position
serves, when employed as a cutoff gate for an incinerator
charging hopper, to deflect back into the hopper rubbish
which would otherwise not be received by the hopper. The
opposite sidewalls of the hopper may be also provided with
swingable side covers which serve to shield the tracks and
wheels of the gate from debris collecting thereon and to
deflect back into the hopper rubbish spilling over the
sidewalls of the hopper.
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
477
3,640,234
FUMIGANT INJECTION APPARATUS
William J. Carroll, West Lafayette, Ind., and Frank S.
Mizusawa, Garden Grove, Calif., assignors to Great Lakes
Chemical Corporation, West Lafayette, Ind.
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,709
Int. CI. AOlc 2i/02
U.S. CI. 111-6 6 Claims
3,640,236
THREAD RETAINER FOR SEWING MACHINES
Karl Nicolay, Bielefeld, Germany, assignor to Durkoppwerke
GmbH, Bielefeld, Germany
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,530
Claims prioritv, application Germany, July 3, 1969, P 19 33
780.5
Int. CI. D05b 49100
U.S. CI. 112-243 10 Claims
^1 (^
ifTj ■ :-
%
A system is disclosed for forming, filling and sealing cap-
sules of volatile fumigant at least 3 feet underground. The
system utilizes an apparatus which penetrates to the
prescribed depth, forms a cavity at that depth, fills the cavity
and withdraws sealing the filled cavity encapsulating the fu-
migant at the prescribed depth. The apparatus is particulariy
useful in combating pathogenic fungi such as Armillaria Mel-
lea.
3,640,235
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CUTTING AND
HEMMING CLOTH LENGTHS
Perry E. Burton, Atlanta, Ga., assignor to Burton & Noonan
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,756
Int. CI. D05b 33100, 35108
U.S. CI. 112-121.29 10 Claims
A double-lockstitch sewing machine, provided with a
thread-cutting mechanism, has a thread retainer for supply-
ing a predetermined thread length of upper thread at the
conclusion of a stitching operation and as a preliminary to a
subsequent stitching operation. The retaining arrangement
includes a thread brake which is released at the end of the
stitching operation and an eye for drawing the released
thread from a spool or other supply to provide the desired
length.
3,640,237
MULTICYLINDER VESSEL FOR TRANSPORTATION OF
FLUIDS
Rex V. Phelps, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Warren Petroleum
Corporation, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,115
Int CI. B63b 251 16; B63g 8/00
U.S. CI. 114-16 R 9 Claims
^^
^H
A method and apparatus for cutting and hemming cloth
lengths wherein a continuous supply of cloth is fed along a
first path to a cutting and transfer station, a predetermined
length of cloth is cut from the supply and transferred to a
second path extending approximately at a right angle to the
first path, a first cut end of the cloth length is hemmed, the
cloth length is folded across its length so that its second cut
end overlaps the hemmed end, and the second cut end is
hemmed.
Surface vessels and submarines for the transportation of
large volumes of fiuids are constructed of a plurality of cylin-
drical segments joined along their edges. The cylindrical seg-
ments serve both as the wall of the storage tanks in which the
fluids transported are contained and the skin of the vessel.
Webs joined to the junctures of the cylindrical segments ex-
tend across the interior of the vessel and are joined to junc-
tures of cylindrical segments on the oppxjsite side of the ves-
sel.
478
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,238
MEANS FOR DRAWING TOGETHER AND ALIGNING
THE SEPARABLE PARTS OF COMPOSITE LOAD-
CARRYING VESSELS OR WATERCRAFT
Geoffrey Stockdale, 57, Greenleas Road, Wallasey, England
Filed Fpb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,082
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 15, 1969,
8^57/69
Int. CI. B63b2//5«
3,640,240
FIN- PROPELLED WATERCRAFT
Erich Stein, 2, Josef-Graber-Gasse, A-5020 Salzburg, Austria
Filed Oct. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,771
Claims priurit>. application Austria, Mar. 7, 1%9, A 2256/69;
Sept. 8, 1969, A 8486/69
Int. CI. B63h 1136
U.S. CI. 115-28 5 Claims
t.S. CI. 114— 235 A
3 Claims
The invention provides power operated apparatus for
pulling into alignment both with respect to draft and tnm
buoyant hull sections of composite vessels and the like. The
apparatus comprises in association with a first hull section a
power operated extendible and retractable articulated struc-
ture, gripping means provided on said extendible and
retractable structure, and an anchoring point on a second
hull section arranged so as to be engageable with said
gripping means.
3,640,239
FLOAT APPARATUS FOR BICYCLE
Paul P. Petroskey, 1121 Chicago Ave., Hammond, Ind.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,888
Int. CI. B63b 35138
U.S.CL 115-27 7 Claims
A float apparatus for attachment to a conventional bicycle
comprising a frame member having horizontally extending
distal ends which are connected to laterally spaced pontoon
floats. The frame member is acutely angled intermediate the
distal ends thereof to obtain a vertically extending loop por-
tion for bridging the front wheel of the bicycle. The upright
legs of the loop portion of the frame member carry brackets
adapted to connect to the front wheel axle by which means
the front portion of the float apparatus is attached to the
bicycle. A similarly formed second frame member is pro-
vided to support a second pair of pontoon floats laterally
spaced apart. A horizontally positioned axle is connected
between the second pair of float members and is provided
with paddle wheels and a sprocket gear. A sprocket chain
connects a sprocket on the rear wheel of the bicycle and the
sprocket on the paddle wheel axle and is driven by f>edaling
the bicycle. A swivelly connected rubber device is clamped
to the nadir part of the front wheel and is movably controlled
by lines strung to the handlebars.
A floating body is operable to rock about a predetermined
axis. A torsion -elastic fin stem is mounted on the floating
body and substantially intersects the axis and has a free end
portion extending from this body. A fin is secured to the free
end portion and adapted to produce a thrust in response to a
rocking motion of the body about the axis.
3,640,241
WARNING DEVICE FOR CYLINDERS FOR LIQUEFIED
GAS UNDER PRESSURE
Marie-Francoise Adaglio, 31 rue des Deux Ponts, Paris 4 erne,
France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 680,821, Nov. 6,
1967. This application Apr. 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 812,260
Claims priorit\. application France, Dec. 29. 1966. 89,270;
Ma> 17. I%7. 106.656; Jul> 7, 1%7,113J91
Int. CI. GOlfii/00
U.S. CI. 116-109 5 Claims
A warning device for a cylinder of liquefied gas under
pressure for indicating to the operator when the level of gas
in the cylinder is getting low, having a sleeve supported in the
interior of the cylinder by a coupling connected to the tap of
the cylinder and through which gas flows from the cylinder
and which is closed off when the liquid falls below a
predetermined level so that the consequent drop in pressure
in the chamber sets a valve member into oscillation establish-
ing a warning signal.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
479
3,640,242 3,640,244
SIGNAL FLAG GLUE-TRANSFERRING DEVICE
Frank Guinn, 1305 Allen Ct., and George P. Baba, 1204 Pur- Sabud Axelsson, Vallingby, Sweden, assignor to Arenco Ak-
due, both of Modesto, Calif. tiebdag, Stockbohn-VaUingby, Sweden
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,699 Filed Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 69,016
Int. CI. G09f / 7100 Claims priority, appUcation Sweden, Sept. 8, 1969,
U.S. CI. 116-173 1 Claim 12,349/1969
InLCI. B05c 1100
U^.CL 118—212 6 Claims
lI
-|
i Ai
iJl
^
1
'1 1
1
I
■iV
i
A safety device for water skiers, the device comprising a
flag secured to a dowel which can be waved from a boat to
warn other boats that a towed skier is down in the water, the
flag upon its outer side being painted bright orange, the flag
being able to be turned inside out so to change colors.
3,640,243
MACHINE FOR MANUFACTURING A NOVELTY ICE
CREAM PRODUCT
Harry L. Dill, and Richard D. CoWns, both of Baltimore, Md.,
assignors to Maryland Cup Corporatioa, Owings Mills, Md.
1 Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,109
Int CI. B05c 5100
U^. CI. 118-24
10 Claims
1 . A glue-transferring device for rapid transfer onto a web
of material (54) moving in one direction during a work cycle
of a strand of glue transversely to the direction of movement
of said web, said device including at least one glue-absorbing
surface (55) adapted to be moved between a glue-taking-up
station and a glue transfer station and formed on a glue-
transferring member (52) mounted on a rotatable bcxly (40),
said glue-absorbing surface (55) having a length, calculated
in the axial direction of said rotatable body (40), correspond-
ing to the length of the strand of glue, characterized in that
said routable body (40) is connected to a planetary wheel
(38) on a planetary gear bearer (32) which is coupled to
driving means (45) adapted to impart to the planetary gear
carrier a rotative movement said planetary wheel (38) being
in engagement with inner teeth on a fixed ring gear (36) the
gear ratio between said planetary wheel and said ring gear
being selected so as to cause the glue-transferring member
(52) during the rotational movement of the rotatable body
(40) to be directed towards, alternately, the glue-taking-up
station for taking up glue and the web of material (54) for
delivery of the taken-up glue.
3,640,245
CIRCULATING DEVICE
Charles F. Schaefer, Captain's Drive, Pik>t s Point, West-
brook, Conn.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,797
Intel. B05c 7/05
U.S. CI. 1 18—259 _ 10 Claims
A machine for manufacturing ice cream cones having a
coating material, such as chocolate and a particulate confec-
tionary material such as crushed nuts, comprises a conveyor
for linearly conveying the ice cream cones in upside down
position. A tank for holding a coating material such as
melted chocolate, is mounted below the conveyor for oscilla-
tion vertically relative to the path of travel of ice cream
cones. The coating material in the unk contacts the exposed
surfaces of the ice cream on each cycle of oscillation. A
chamber is mounted for cooscillation with the tonk for cycli-
cally enclosing the coated ice cream balls of the ice cream
cones. Means are provided for aspirating within the chamber
particulate confectionary material, such as crushed nuts,
against the coated surfaces of the ice cream cones.
This disclosure relates to a device for preventing adhesive
in an adhesive coating mechanism from thickening and
decreases the problem of air drying of such adhesive. A
mechanism is provided to constantly recirculate liquid adhe-
sive which is deposited between a pair of cooperating rolls so
that excess liquid is removed from between the rolls and air
drying thereof is substantially decreased.
480
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,246
DEVELOPMENT APPARATUS FOR LATENT
ELECTROSTATIC IMAGES
LoChar S. Jeromin, Sierra Madre, and Hazen L. Hoyt, IH,
Gkndora, both of Calif., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 874,746
Int. CI. G03g 13108
U.S. CI. 118-629 31 Claims
3,640,248
ELECTROSTATIC MAGNETIC DEVELOPING
APPARATUS
William B. Nielander, Fairport, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 4, 1969, Ser. No. 830,285
Int. CI. B05b 5100 *
U.S. CI. 118-637 7 Claims
SI -^
■? SB
■'^s--^-''ihi^m^mki'XK^i'^^iikK<<im^^ -,o6
:se
-W-'^
Powder cloud development apparatus for developing latent
electrostatic images including an ion generator adjacent one
wall of the development chamber. A cloud of toner particles
is introduced into the development chamber through a port
in the wall directJy opposite the ion generator wall. Above
the powder cloud port and the apertures in the ion generator
wall, and extending completely between the opposed walls, is
a baffle under which the powder and toner clouds meet and
are thoroughly mixed. A grid electrode, positioned above the
baffle and spaced much further from the photoconductive
surface than a conventional powder cloud development elec-
trode, is utilized to control image quality and contrast.
3,640«247
MAGNETIC POWDER APPLICATOR
Frederick Percival Mason, Burgess HiU, and Frank Arthur
OakJey Waren, Hove, both of England, assignors to Creed
& Company Limited, Hollingbury, Brighton Sussex, En-
gland
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 29^30
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 29, 1969,
27,166/69
Int. CI. G03g nm
U.S. CI. 118-637 6 Claims
An arrangement of spaced magnetic brushes for develop-
mg latent electrostatic images wherein the magnetic fields as-
sociated with the brushes overlap so that Tiagnetizable carri-
er particles are carried from one brush to the other across
the space therebetween thereby presenting a continuous
magnetic blanket of developing material during development.
3,640,249
TRANSFER APPARATUS
Eugene F. Young, Henrietta, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,175
Int. CI. B05b 5/02, G03g 13100
U.S. CI. 118-637 7ciainis
A magnetizable powder applicator arrangement in a print-
ing or display apparatus employing for example a magnetiza-
ble drum. The powder is attracted to the outer surface of a
nonmagnetizable tube which contains therein a rotatable row
of bar magnets having like poles adjacent. The divergent flux
field set up by the rotating magnets causes the powder to
creep along the surface of the tube in a direction opposite
the magnet rotation, and onto a ledge of nonmagnetizable
material. The ledge is sufficiently close to the drum, yet suffi-
ciently far from the fiux field, for the powder to be attracted
to the drum surface without disturbing the selective mag-
netization thereon.
Apparatus for effecting transfer of electroscopic toner par-
ticles from a surface carrying electrical charges in image con-
figuration to a support medium. An electrically biased
transfer roller having an outer peripheral surface of electri-
cally isolated segments of a conductive resilient material is
positioned adjacent the electrical charge carrying surface
with the support medium passing therebetween. The electri-
cally isolated conductive segments are selectively actuated in
response to the length of the support medium to effect
transfer of the electroscopic toner particles thereto to the ex-
clusion of effecting transfer of the toner particles to the
transfer roller surface.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
461
3,640,250
STEAM TEMPERATURE CONTROL SPRAY SYSTEM
Raymond M. Costello, Parsippany, and Eugene B. Beckman,
Rockaway Township, both of NJ., assignors to Foster
Wheeler Corporation, Livingston, N J.
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,272
Int. CI. F22b 29108
3,640^52
ROTARY INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Raymond G. Spinnett, 1%1 A Mitchell, Santa Ana, Calif.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,539
Int. CI. F02b 55108
U.S. CI. 123-8J1 17 Claims
U.S. CI. 122-406 ST
8 Claims
A spray control for adjusting finishing superheater outlet
temperature in a once-through generator during startup. The
control comprises a low-pressure pump arranged to withdraw
liquid from the flash tank of the generator startup bypass and
to introduce the liquid into the vapwr flow from the flash
tank at a point between the flash tank and the finishing su-
perheater. The invention permits exact matching of the
enthalpy of the bypass vapor flow entering the superheater
with that at the primary superheater outlet at a stage in the
turbine loading, when flow is being transferred from the
bypass system to the main circuit.
3,640,251
CONTROL OF FLUID FLOW THROUGH CENTRIFUGAL
PUMPS
Jeremiah M. Ferguson, Northboro, Mass., assignor to Riley
Stoker Corporation, Worcester, Mass.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,772
Int. CI. F22b 35112
I. S. CI. 122 -406 S 19Claims
A rotary energy converter or engine, for converting fuel
combustion into rotary mechanical motion, has a casing
providing three annular chambers in which three rotors are
mounted for timed rotation. The central rotor has pistons ex-
tending axially from one face of a rotor disc, which rotate in
the central chamber and which juxtapose at timed periods
with abutments on the two noncentral rotors to form momen-
tary function-chambers that permit concurrent phases of in-
take, compression, power and exhaust functions to occur.
The sealing between adjacent function-chambers is accom-
plished without physical contact of moving parts and espe-
cially without the need for minute clearance tolerances and
without the need for precision gearing. Recirculation of com-
busted gases and recirculation of portions of fresh air-exhaust
mixtures diminish undesirable emission products. An internal
cooling system dissipates heat while another internal venting
system entraps leakage gases for further combustion. The
form of the juxtaposed pistons and abutments are simplified
due to the relative configuration of chambers, pistons and
abutments being made to permit circular approximations in-
stead of requiring the jjerfection of a complex curvature
form.
The basic reference for the various relative configurations
is the minor radius of the central annular chamber which is
made equal to the major radius of the noncentral annular
chambers.
The flow through a steam power plant recirculation circuit
is increased and made variable by injection of a certain
amount of boiler feed water into the suction side of a cen-
trifugal pump in the recirculation circuit thereby increasing
the density of the fluid being pumped and correspondingly
increasing the effective pumping pressure in the recirculation
circuit.
3,640,253
CARBURETOR THROTTLE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
Peter David Gk>ver; Richard Forshaw, and William Henry
Steek, all of MUperra, New South Wales, Australia, as-
signors to Victa Limited, MUperra, New South Wales, Aus-
tralia
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,583
Claims priority, application Australia, Mar. 31, 1970,
13,181/70
Int.CI. F02dJ//00
U.S. CI. 123—103 B 5 Claims
A single-ended control arrangement for the butterfly spin-
dle in a carburetor, in which a speed governor shaft is geared
482
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
to one end of the spindle while the other end is sealed off
and an accelerator element is connected through a spnng to
the shaft to influence together with a governor vane the rota-
tion of the shaft.
3,640^54
SYSTEM FOR REDUCING AND CONTROLLING
EXHAUST EMISSIONS FROM INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES
Fnmk A. Manfredl, 2026 W. 95th St., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 9,018
lilt CI. F02m 25100
U.S. CI. 123-119 CF 20 Claims
jTS
A system is described for reducing and controlling certain
undesired byproducts from a combustion process in an en-
gine by forcing supplemental air, preferably preheated, into
the mtake manifold of the engine at a point downstream from
a conventional carburetor device. In addition, liquid vapor
may be introduced into the intake manifold at approximately
the same point. Preferably, a blower means for delivering
supplemental air and a pumping means for pumping liquid
are both operated by a single variable speed electric motor so
that the functions of both devices can be related to changes
in engine demands during operation.
3,640,256
SYSTEM FOR PRECONDITIONING A COMBUSTIBLE
VAPOR
George M. Low, Deputy Administrator of the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration with respect to an
invention of, and Charles Mangion, Redondo Beach, CaUf.
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,647
Int. CI. F02m 3 II 14
U.S. CI. 123-122 AB 9 Claims
A system particularly adapted for use in preconditioning
combustible vapors for delivery to internal combustion en-
gines, characterized by a system housing including therein a
full-flow bore communicating with a bypass conduit and hav-
ing a vapor heater arranged therewithin, whereby a com-
bustible vapor selectively is mixed and heated to a predeter-
mined temperature as it is delivered in a continuous flow
through the system A particular feature of the invention
resides in a provision of an improved control system having a
reduced number of moving parts, and including a provision
of fluidic bias ports, for imposing directional control on an
established flow of vapor and directing predetermined por-
tions of the flow across a heater, whereby the vapor selec-
tively is preconditioned for enhancing subsequent com-
bustion
3,640,257
EVAPORATIVE LOSS CONTROL APPARATUS
George W. Cornelius, 279 West 7th St., San Pedro, Calif.
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,854
Int. CI. F02m 1 9100
U.S. CI. 123-136 12 Claims
3,640,255
CARBURETOR ADJUSTING METHOD
Frederick L. Voelz, Orland Park, HI., assignor to AUantic
Richfield Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,930
Int. CI. F02m 3100
U.SCI.123-119R ,0 Claims
A method for optimizing the performance of an internal
combustion engine carburetor to minimize the amounts of
carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons in the engine exhaust
gases while still providing for an efficiently operating engine
IS disclosed. The method involves adjusting the air-fiiel mix-
ture to the carburetor so as to minimize the amount of
hydrocarbons in the engine exhaust gases.
An evaporative loss control apparatus for draining the gas
remaining in the carburetor of an internal combustion engine
after the engine is stopped to prevent evaporation thereof by
the residual engine heat The evaporative loss control ap-
paratus includes a vacuum tank connected with the intake
manifold of an internal combustion engine and a check valve
permits flow toward such manifold only. The vacuum tank is
connected with the carburetor and a fuel control valve ad-
mits flow to such tank when the engine is stopped. The
vacuum tank is connected with the automobile gas tank and
a dump valve admits flow to the gas tank after the engine is
stopped and the carburetor drained. Thus, when the engine is
operating the vacuum tank is in communication with the in-
take manifold to pull a vacuum in such tank. When the en-
gine is stopped the vacuum in such tank is effective to pull
the residual gasoline from the carburetor and, when the
vacuum tank approaches atmospheric pressure, the gasoline
therein will be dumped into the automobile gas tank.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
483
3,640,258
GOVERNOR FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
OF INJECTION TYPE
Hiroshi Isobe; Hachhro Aoki, and Noritoshi Tanaka, aU of
Saitama, Japan, assignors to Diesel Klki Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,221
Claims priority, applicatioa Japan, Aug. 4, 1969, 44/61052
IntCI.F02dy/y2
U.S.CL 123-140 FG 5 Claims
cam and lever system responsive, via a thermostatic element,
to the temperature of the engine at the instant of its starting
The device can be adjusted to inject the supplementary
amount of fuel necessary for starting the engine property
when the engine is still cold, while the amount of injected
fuel can be decreased when the engine to be started, or
restarted, is already warm or in the neighborhood of its op-
timum working temperature.
// ,7 -»J
3,640,260
IGNITION ARRANGEMENT FOR INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Hermann Mittag, and Jorg Issler, both of Stuttgart, Germany,
assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,181
Claims priority, application Germany, July 12, 1969, P 19 35
517.0
Int CI. F02p 3106
U.S. CI. 123-148 E 10 Claims
<J, >5
r£3
jl\^
A governor for an internal combustion engine of the injec-
tion type. The position of a fuel rod is controlled by the
balance of the opposing forces of the spring and a fluid pres-
sure, the latter varying in response to engine speed. The pres-
sure of this fluid is controlled by a control valve operable in
one direction to open a bleed port by the force of fluid pres-
sure and thereby increase fuel supply and operable in the op-
posite direction by the spring force to close the bleed port
and thereby decrease fuel supply. Movement of the control
valve in the bleed port closing direction is also caused by
either a manually operated lever and/or a lever arm, the
latter being operated by centrifugal weights in response to
engine speed.
3,640459
REGULATOR FOR GASOLINE INJECTION PUMPS
Giampaolo Gareea, Milan, Italy, assignor to Alfa Romeo
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Continuation of application Ser. No. 735^332, June 7, 1968,
now abandoned. This application June 12, 1970, Ser. No.
48,861
IntCLF02d;/00
U.S. CI. 1 23- 140 MC 3 Claims
The ignition arrangement, which, as an integrated circuit,
is fixed to the distributor housing, comprises a battery-
powered circuit having two transistors Darlington connected,
of which the common load is the primary winding of a spark
coil or of an ignition capacitor charging transformer. A cam
on the distributor shaft periodically opens a make-and-break
switch in the circuit.
3,640,261
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
Geoffrey Ernest Josey, 35 Norfolk Close, Makion, England
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,01 1
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 7, 1969,
39,606/69
InLCI. F01li/22,i/06
U.S. CI. 123-188 S 6 Claims
A regulating device for adjusting the rate of flow of a fuel
injection pump for an internal combustion engine as a func-
tion of the temperature of the engine at its starting includes a
An internal combustion engine including a cylinder head
having a passage positioned therein adapted to communicate
with a combustion chamber and adapted to carry either a
fuel-air mixture or products of combustion The passage has
first and second portions positioned at an angle to one
another that are formed by a pair of retractable dies during a
casting process thereby leaving a sharp discontinuity A valve
seat insert is positioned in one portion of the passage and it
includes a lip having an inner surface which curves or tapers
smoothly toward this discontinuity to improve the gaseous
flow chiu-acteristics of the passage.
484
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640^62
TRAJECTORY CONTROL MECHANISM FOR BALL
PITCHING MACHINE
Paul Robert Hunskker, Kansas City, Kans., assignor to Com-
mercial Mechanisms, Inc., Kansas City, Mo.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64315
Int.CLF41bi/04
U.S. CI. 124-7 10 Claims
A ball-throwing machine having a throwing arm rigidly
mounted on a rotatable shaft and a crank secured to the shaft
for eff'ecting a drive coupling provided with a force
mechanism for acceleratedly driving the throwing arm
through a portion of its path of travel to throw a ball. An
elongated support structure is pivotally mounted with respect
to the frame of the machine and supports the force
mechanism for movement longitudinally of the structure. In
this manner the line of force of tension spring means which
comprises the mechanism is varied relative to the path of
travel of the throwing arm. Thus, the point of application of
the acceierative driving force, which is applied to the throw-
ing arm as the latter reaches an overcenter position in its
path of travel, is varied to alter the trajectory of a ball being
thrown. A mounting component of the force mechanism has
a locking element in the form of spring-biased detent means
which is interengageable with a corresponding locking ele-
ment in the form of a plurality of slots in the support struc-
ture. These cooperating elements are selectively interengage-
able to lock the spring means relative to the supporting frame
of the machine. Springs bias the interengageable elements
into their normal locking positions and a camming surface of
the support structure is movable against the action of one of
the springs to disengage the locking elements and permit
swinging of the spring means longitudinally of the structure.
3,640,263
AUTOMATIC BALLTHROWING MACHINE
Barry V. Rhodes, 22358 BalUr St., Canoga Park, Calif.
Original application Apr. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 723,149, now
abandoned. Divided and this application Apr. 22, 1970, Ser.
No. 30,903
Int. CI. F41b/y/00
U.S. CI. 124-11 5 Claims
enclosed by a rotatmg cage containing a supply of the balls
wherein a smgje ball is selected from the tumbling supply of
balls by an L-shape leg member attached to the cage and
leading to an opening in the barrel. The device includes ran-
domly varied ball trajectory structure which is in the form of
an adjustable bleeder valve venting air, to the atmosphere at
different rates to vary the pressure which is discharging the
ball and, or, movable fingers which randomly project into the
path of a discharged ball to carom the ball into a different
path The varied trajectory structure can be manually con-
trolled or prearranged by timer-driven cam discs.
3,640,264
COMBUSTOR MEANS FOR PRESSURIZED GAS-FIRED
SPACE HEATER
Richard C. Barnett, Tyler, Tex., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,007
Int. CI. F24h 3108
U.S. CI. 126-IIOR 10 Claims
This invention provides improved combustor means for
mixing and burning fuel gas and pressurized air to produce a
highly intense heat source for a gas-fired space heater. The
combustor means comprises a generally horizontal elongate
trough having generally vertical left and right long sidewalls
that are pierced by a plurality of combustion air inlet aper-
tures and a fuel gas supply conduit which extends longitu-
dinally through the trough The gas conduit has a surface that
is pierced by a plurality of fuel gas inlet apertures which are
arranged such that the gas enters the trough generally paral-
lel to its two apertured sidewalls, and is turbulently mixed
with pressurized combustion air in a fuel gas-air mixing area
that is defined by the two apertured trough sidewalls and the
apertured gas conduit surface. The percent invention pro-
vides the apertured surface of the gas conduit with at least
two offset rows of apertures including a left row of gas inlet
apertures aligned with the air inlet apertures in the trough
left sidewall and a right row of gas inlet apertures aligned
with the air inlet apertures in the trough right sidewall. This
offset aperture pattern creates a swirling action within the
combustor fuel gas-air mixing area which promotes more tur-
bulent, and hence better, mixing of the pressurized com-
bustion air and the fuel gas and thus promotes more
complete combustion thereof and more intense heat produc-
tion therefrom.
A ball-throwing apparatus for throwing balls utilizing pres-
surized air and a fast-action valve. The barrel and breech are
3,640,265
HUMIDIFIER CONTROL SYSTEM
Richard H. Swart, Sr., 817 Onondaga Ave., Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,038
Int CI. F24f 3114
U.S. CI. 126-113 11 Claims
Humidifier for hot air heating systems having a water-
evaporating pan with an overflow, means to supply water to
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
485
said pan, at a rate exceeding the rate of evapxiration, a 3,640,267
removable partially submerged fin, a fioat chamber receiving CLINICAL SAMPLE CONTAINER
Carl R. Hurtig, Sdtuate; Andres Ferrari, and Amin J. Kbou-
ry, both of Dover, all of Mass., assignors to Damon Cor-
?6 poration, Needham Heights, Mass.
Plied Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,924
Int. CI. KftXmllOO
U.S. CI. 128-2 11 Claims
the overflow and having an adjustable bleed, and a float actu-
ated switch to control the water supply.
3,640,266
AIR-HUMIDIFYING SYSTEM AND COMPACT SPRAY
HUMIDinER FOR THE SAME
Dale S. Ernest, BeitsviUc, Md., assignor to Jesse I. Broughton
and John G. Hannon, Md.
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,585
Intel. F24fJ/y4
U.S. CI. 126-113 4 Claims
A container for the collection, storage and processing of a
sample of body fluid has a graduated receiving tube for col-
lecting the sample and which feeds a chamber that is
resiliently collapsible to aspirate the sample into the tube and
thence into the chamber. Initially, a frangible seal closes the
tube-chamber junction to maintain a sample-treating reagent
within the chamber. The tube and chamber are in a unitary,
self-supporting structure which also has a panel or the like
for carrying indicia identifying the sample.
3,640,268
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR BIOPSY SPECIMEN
COLLECTING AND HANDLING
Hugh J. Davis, 507 North Castle, Baltimore, Md.
Filed Oct. 23, 1965, Ser. No. 503,679
Int. CI. A61b 1 0100
U.S. CI. 128-2 B 16 Claims
A humidifier assembly comprises a housing coupled to the
exterior of a furnace plenum chamber and carries a spray
nozzle which extends through the plenum wall and into the
plenum chamber along with a thermostatic switch responsive
to temperature in the plenum chamber. The switch is con-
nected to a solenoid valve controlling delivery of water to the
spray nozzle. In turn, the solenoid valve and the plenum ther-
mostatic switch are series connected with a humidistat
responding to the humidity in the space served by the fur-
nace. This circuit is connected in parallel with the furnace
blower motor which is controlled by another thermostatic
switch positioned in the air passage leading to the plenum
chamber. The blower control switch closes at a temperature
above, and opens at a temperature below, the temperatures
which close and open the thermostatic switch of the compact
humidifier assembly.
,s
A method for procuring and processing samples of cellular
materiaWwhich comprises the steps of removing from a body
cavity samples of cellular material, washing the samples of
cellular material into a fluid container and processing the
samples of cellular material directly within the container
structure for eventual analysis in the cancer detection; the
apparatus for use in carrying out the method includes a tubu-
lar member, a cap adapted to fit over one end of the tubular
member to close the same, a fluid container adapted to be
used as centrifuging container adapted to be connected to
the other end and a swab structure or the like adapted to be
removably connected with the other end of the tubular
member. The dimension of the cap and other end are thereby
so chosen that the cap can also be connected to the other
end of the tubular member so as to form a pipette structure.
895 O.G.— 18
486
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640^69 into the bloodstream The bubbles are subjected to a beam of
FLUID-CONDUCTING INSTRUMENT INSERT ABLE IN ultrasonic radiation and flow is determined by detecting the
LIVING ORGANISMS resultant scattering which is indicative of the time taken for
Jose M. R. Ddgado, 50 Autumn St., New Haven, Conn.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,170
Int. CI. A6 lb 5/00
U.S. CI. 128-2 R 5 Claims
sTn.-??.^ ^
An instrument for insertion in living organisms, having two
flexible fluid-impermeable tubes open at one end and pro-
vided at the other end with enlarged bag formations which
are self-sealing after being punctured with a needle, and a
porous bag closed except for an open end with which the
open tube ends communicate, with the latter being received
in and attached to the open bag end and sealed from the out-
side of the bag.
3,640,270
ELECTRIC CONTACTOR WITH VENTURI-SUCTION
MEANS FOR ORGANIC TISSUE
Heiner Hoffmann, Herriingen, Germany, assignor to Ingeborg
Niess, Elektromcdizinische, Herriingen, Germany
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,283
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 2, 1%9, P 19 39
523.4
Int. CI. A6 lb 5/0'/
U.S. CI. 128-2.1 E 7 Claims
-luie-fLiauiD
o d -2r
^ i , ;4 eLrcriroLvre - m/'manArco
S S
i
A contactor for diagnostic or therapeutic use on human or
animal tissue comprises a suction cup of elastomeric material
containing an electrolyte-impregnated sponge near the
mouth of the cup supported on an electrode plate from
which a conductor extends insulatedly outwardly inside a
tube leading to a source of air under pressure. This tube,
traversing the cup inwardly of the electrode plate, forms a
Venturi nozzle for aspirating air from the interior of the cup
and terminates in £m outlet which opens into the atmosphere
for dispersing entrained liquid.
3,640^271
BLOOD FLOW PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
TECHNIQUE EMPLOYING INJECTED BUBBLED AND
ULTRASONIC FREQUENCY SCANNING
John W. Horton, Houston, Tex., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,737
Intel. A6 lb 5/02
U.S. CI. 128—2.05 D 7 Claims
A nonsurgical technique of measuring blood charac-
teristics of pressure and flow by injecting minute gas bubbles
WUUICICIIT
FilTUTiOI)
MO
XUCCTOl
Fluid
acscmoii
:^
^
ntniiitciw
c
!
MUKIM
SICUl
the bubble to pass between two points, while blood pressure
is determined by varying the frequency of the ultrasonic
beam to determine the resonant frequency of the bubbles
which IS proportional to pressure.
3,640,272
THERAPY TABLE
Joseph I.. Hussey, Costa Mesa. Calif., assignor to Pete J.
Bonin. Newport Beach, Calif.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,581
Int. CI. A61h moo
U.S. CI. 128-33 41 Claims
A therapy table for massaging the spinal column of a pa-
tient while the person is under traction applied to the cranial
and pedal extremities. Identical and therefore interchangea-
ble movable carriages are provided for connection to those
body extremities. The carriages are separately provided with
identical locomotion means for positively moving them to
and fro longitudinally of the table, supplemented by means
for controlling and limiting and cyclically varying the traction
forces applied. Intermediate its ends the table is provided
with still another carnage having locomotion means for mov-
ing it to and fro longitudinally of the table. This carriage has
a vibratory support for rollers that may be brought with vari-
able pressure against the back of a patient lying supine on the
table, for massaging the spinal area.
3,640,273
STRAP ASSEMBLY FOR SECURING A PATIENT'S ARM
TO AN ARM BOARD
Tommy D. Ray, 2218 Edison Drive, San Antonio, Tex.
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,153
Intel. A6 If 5/04
U.S. CI. 128-87 7 Claims
A strap assembly having three strap sections extending
from a near common center. One strap section has a slip ring
attached to its free end, allowing the free end of a second
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
487
strap section to be passed through the slip ring. The free end one another and also to provide a roughened surface on the
of either or both of the second and third strap sections has a outside of said wing portions thereby lessening the danger of
connection attachment so that the free ends of both strap
sections can be temporarily connected to each other.
3,640,274
EYE-SPRAYING DEVICE HAVING MIRROR
Christopher HoUet Costello, Summit NJ., assignor to Col-
gate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
Original application Nov. 4, 1966, Ser. No. 592,025, now
Patent No. 3,506,001. Divided and this application Sept. 3,
1969, Ser. No. 868,262
IntCl. A6Im 11100
U.S. CI. 128-173 5 Claims
The device disclosed herein includes a container for
medicated solutions to be administered to the eye, an outlet
member associated with the upper portion of the container
serving as a directional sprayer, and a mirror mounted and
positioned on the device so that the image of the eye is
reflected to the user of the device.
3,640,275
INTRAVENOUS NEEDLE ASSEMBLY
George K. Burke, and Kenneth Raines, both of Bethlehem,
Pa., assignors to Burron Medical Products, Inc., Bethlehem,
Pa.
FUcd May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,800
Int CI. A61 m5/i2, 5/00
U.S. CI. 128—214 13 Claims
An intravenous needle assembly for administering medica-
tion into a patient comprising a cannula having a hub portion
from the opp>osite sides of which extend a pair of hub wing
sections. The hub wing sections are adapted to flex in either
direction around said hub into abutting contact with one
another to form a gripping handle for holding the cannula
while it is being inserted into the vein of the patient The
wing portions include interlocking means thereon which
serve both to lock the wing portions together in an upright
position thereby preventing them from slipping relatively to
the fingers of the person handling said needle assembly from
slipping on said wing portions.
3,640,276
APPARATUS FOR MAKING INTRAVENOUS OR INTRA-
ARTERIAL INJECTIONS
Robert C. Dancy, Jr., Brookfleld, Wis., assignor to Allis-Chal-
mers Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,745
Int CI. A61m 05100
U.S. CI. 128-214 F 2 Claims
An apparatus for and method of making intravenous or
intra-arterial injections such as forced blood transfusions or
the like. In a preferred embodiment of the apparatus a modu^
lar construction is provided including a first housing unit for
the air pressure chamber which receives the flexible blood
container or the like and subjects it to a predetermined con-
trolled air pressure. The modular assembly may include a
second housing unit for a plenum chamber in fluid communi-
cation with the pressure chamber through an air pressure
regulator. A third housing unit may be provided to receive an
air compressor for supplying the plenum chamber with air.
The plenum chamber may also be charged either from the
hospital air supply or by the compressor with sufficient air
for a predetermined number of blood transfusions and used
in conjunction with the air pressure regulator and pressure
chamber as a portable subassembly. In another modification,
the pressure chamber or a pressure cuff may be connected
directly to the hospital air supply through the air pressure
regulator without using a plenum chamber in the system.
3,640,277
MEDICAL LIQUID ADMINISTRATION DEVICE
Marvin Adelberg, 4043 Cody RomI, Sherman Oaks, Calif.
Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782399
Int CI. A61m 05/00
U.S. CI. 1 28- 2 14 F 28 Claims
Positive pressure ap|}aratus for providing an adjustable and
reliably constant delivery rate of medical liquids from
parenteral applicators, including a self-contained portable
medical liquid administration device wherein precisely regu-
lated gas flow through a first flow restrictor operates to pres-
surize and cause to flow at a substantially constant rate a
488
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
liquid from a supply through a second flow restrictor which
has a flow/pressure drop characteristic such that the liquid
^
0'
9j ^O^
3
oJ
ir«
flow is essentially independent of gravity-induced pressure
fluctuations.
3,640^78
HYPODERMIC SYRINGE DEVICE WHICH MAINTAINS
STERILE CONDITION OF NEEDLE
Beiuamin Friedman, 1064 Victory Blvd., Staten Island, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,818
Int CI. A61ni 05124, 05/26
U.S. CI. 128-218 D 5 Claims
^H
h
1
/5^
3,640,279
SKIN GRAFT CUTTING METHOD AND MACHINE
VNarren F. Brown, deceased, Atlanta, (la.; Margery Joy
Brown, and The Kirst National Bank of Atlanta (Executors
of the estate of said VV arren F. Brown, deceased)
Filed Dec. 7, 1967, Ser. No. 688,866
Intel. A6 lb/ 7/i22
U.S. CI. 128-305 10 Claims
v# z^-
Prepanng a skin graft by removing a section of skin,
splitting it along a plurality of equally spaced, closely as-
sociated lines, and interrupting each cut at intervals, then
stretching the skin formihg openings each bounded by four
sides in a netlike, substantially flat graft. A machine for
preparmg a skin graft comprising a first roller of metal or the
like having a plurality of equally spaced, cutting edges ex-
tending along the length of the roller and each being a circu-
lar, thin cutting edge having the plane thereof perpendicular
to the centerline of the roller; and the second, plastic roller
having grooves formed uniformly therein in spaced relation
along the length thereof and the plane of the bottom of the
groove being at an angle to the centerline of the roller at an
angle to the cutting edge of the other roller so that when a
skin graft is passed therebetween the skin is cut in a series of
closely spaced, uniformly slit lines having solid portions at in-
tervals where the cutting edge drops into the groove in the
roller, thereby preparing the skin graft to be stretched in a
netlike formation
3,640,280
POWER-DRIVEN RECIPROCATING BONE SURGERY
INSTRUMENT
Daniel R. Slanker, 2639 S. 90th East, Tulsa, OUa., and
Edwin E. Slanker, Route 1, Box 541 A, BartlesviUe, Okla.
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,094
Int. CI. A61b /7//4, B23d 49/16
U.S. CI. 128-317 9 Claims
h'" M h' P H h'
This invention is directed to a hypodermic syringe includ-
ing a longitudinally windowed barrel having a pair of aper-
tured ends, one of which is adapted to retain a normally
fixed, but removable, needle assembly having its inner end
projecting toward the other end, and the other of which is
adapted to retain a reciprocable actuating rod having one
end operatively connectable to the plunger of a dispensing or
collecting cartridge removably retained within the barrel
Cartridges may be inserted or replaced at will through a win-
dow of the barrel without necessitating the removal of or
causing contamination of the needle assembly. Releasable
members are provided to secure the cartridge in its needle
and actuating rod-engaging position within the barrel.
Threaded members are employed for mounting the actuating
rod, which members also assist in so securing the cartridge.
^£rj'h ■Spji.fkfr .J.^.A';^^ ^."^Yll ■^^'.fe^sg ^^^^.
K« b h, K h H
A bone surgery tool is provided with a reciprocating drive
means. The tool and a fiexible drive band can be enclosed in
a shroud to protect tissue against contact with the tool or the
driving means. The shroud can also contain a channel for a
flushing fluid The power unit can utilize a double-acting
fluid piston, with the reversal in the direction of movement of
the piston being effected by a fluidic control device.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
489
3,640^81
METHOD OF INSERTING A SUPRAPUBIC CATHETER
Jack R. Robertson, 1451 Refugio Road, Santa Ynez, Calif.
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 297
Int. CI. A6 lb 7 7/34
U.S. CI. 128-347 5 Claims
velope, heat sealed to define a tortuous fluid flow conduit
therein. The conduit has an inlet and an outlet communicat-
ing with the exterior of the container. The outlet commu-
nicates with the interior of a drip chamber, the end of the
outlet being spaced from the walls of the drip chamber to
permit liquid passing from the outlet to fall a short disUince
through space, to indicate the rate of liquid flow, and to
separate and entrap in the drip chamber any gas bubbles
present.
A method of and an instrument for inserting a suprapubic
catheter. The instrument comprises a tube having a curved
distal portion insertable through the urethra into the bladder
to bring the distal end of the tube in engagement with the
wall of the bladder in register with the suprapubic area of the
abdominal wall. After inflating the bladder with a suitable
fluid through the tube and a lateral opening in the curved
distal portion thereof, an incision is made through the ab-
dominal wall and the wall of the bladder in register with the
distal end of the instrument, which then emerges outwardly
through the incision.
3,640,282
TRACHEAL TUBE WITH NORMALLY EXPANDED
BALLOON CUFF
Jack M. Kamen, 440 Tippecanoe PI., Gary, Ind., and Carolyn
J. Wilkinson, Chicago, III., assignors to said Kamen, by said
Wilkinson
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,586
Int. CI. A61m 25/00
U.S. CI. 128-351 10 Claims
C
A tracheal tube for use in intubation of a trachea, and em-
bodying a resilient, yieldable cuff for effecting an air seal
between the tube and the trachea. The cuff contains a
resilient member, such as a rubber sponge, which resiliency
maintains the cuff in an expanded position away from the
tube. The cuflF may be contracted by means of a vacuum ap-
plied thereinto by a secondary tube mounted on the tracheal
tube. The cuff in its normal expanded position within the
trachea affords a good seal and at the same time prevents in-
jury to the tracheal wall by virtue of its yieldable contact
therewith. _
3,640,283
DISPOSABLE BL^MOD-W ARMING CONTAINER
Surindar Kumar Bhatia, Evanston, and Charles Rogers Mem-
hardt, Morton Grove, both of III., assignors to Baxter
Laboratories, Inc., Morton Grove, Dl.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,704
Int. CI. A6 If 07/00
U.S. CI. 128—399 5 Claims
A container for adjusting the temperature of liquids such
as blood flowing therethrough, which comprises a plastic en-
3,640,284
APPARATUS FOR ELECTROTHERAPY OF THE
PUBOCOCCYGEUS
Philip A. De Langis, 3616 Palos Verdcs Drive North, Palos
Verdes Estates, Calif.
FUed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 762
Int. CI. A61n 01/06
U.S. CI. 128—422 4 Claims
1 J
y.
,-jj
V^
Apparatus for electrotherapy of the pubococcygeus muscle
group of a female. The apparatus includes an electrode
member contoured for insertion into the vagina. Spaced elec-
trodes on the member are supplied with a carrier signal com-
prising shaped, bipolar pulses in the frequency range of from
20 Hz. to 8 kHz., the signal being carrier modulated at a rate
of between 0.2 Hz. and 10 Hz. The bipolar pulses exercise
striated muscle, while the low-frequency modulation con-
tracts smooth muscle and prevents continuous tetany. A con-
dom-type vaginometer permits measurement of vaginal
volume and of vaginal pressure resulting from contraction of
pubococcygeus muscles.
3,640,285
CIGARETTE PAPER AND METHOD FOR PREPARATION
Theodore Briskin, and Geoffrey R. Ward, both of Beveriy
Hills, Calif., assignors to Sutton Research Corporation, Los
Angdes, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 745372, July 17,
1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 595,622, Nov. 21, 1966, now Patent No.
3,447,539, and a continuation-in-part of 674,994, Oct. 12,
1967, now abandoned. This application Dec. 17, 1968, Ser.
No. 784,472
Int. CI. A24b 15/00, \Ut3/00; D21f 7//00
U.S. CI. 131-2 24 Claims
Cigarette paper having improved taste and aroma during
pyrolysis wherein the paper is loaded with an agent compris-
ing up to 45 percent by weight calcium oxalate preferably
formed in situ internally in the paper fibers and/or conver-
sion of the cellulosic fibers by selective oxidation to convert
preferably 40 to 60 percent of the methylol groups on the C«
position to carboxylic acid groups and further treatments.
490
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,286
ASHTRAY WITH USE INDICATOR
Gregory L. Wellnitz, Watertxiry, Conn., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, 111.
FUed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,027
Int. CI. A24f 15/08
U.S. CI. 131-235 9 Claims
/-?--'
ing matter is carried with the block having outwardly extend-
ing elongated and/or curved surfaces, some spaced one from
An ashtray with interconnected indicator means for show-
ing use thereof. The indicator means is particularly useful for
ashtrays that are mounted in aircraft seat armrests or in other
public conveyances such that only those showing usage need
be cleaned by maintenance personnel. The indicator means is
tripped by the opening of the ashtray lid, or by a movable
snuffer section, so as to show usage, while a "reset" to show
a clean ashtray is only accomplished by a "reset key" or by a
special operation to be effected by the cleaning personnel.
3,640,287
nLTER CONSTRUCTION AND METHOD OF FORMING
SAME
Jesse R. Pinkham, Winston-Salem, N.C., assignor to R. J.
Reynolds Tobacco Company, Winston -Salem, N.C.
FUed Sept 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,968
Int. CI. A24d 01/04; A24f 07/04, 13/06
U.S. CI. 131-261 B 9 Claims
/6c
I6d
A filter is provided for attachment to the downstream end
of a tobacco rod. The filter includes a unitary core piece
formed from a single blank of sheet material and a sleeve
unit encompassing said core piece and cooperating therewith
to form a shallow passageway through which smoke is caused
to flow subsequent to having impinged at a high velocity
against a surface forming the passageway.
3,640,288
COLOR APPLICATOR FOR HAIR
Abnun N. Spanel, 344 Stockton St., Princeton, N J.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,098
Int. CI. A45d 24/24
U.S. CI. 132-9 12 Claims
In contrast with combs carrying coloring material in wet or
dry form, there is utilized a block of wax in which the color-
the other for applymg the wax and coloring matter to the hair
with minimum deposit of either on the scalp.
3,640,289
HAIR THREADER
Ralph A. Sbarra, 347 Graham Ave., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,743
Int. CI. A45d l/OO _
U.S. CI. 132-9 2 Claims
O^
This invention consists of a clear plastic cylinder having
one or more peripheral and external threads on each end
thereof on which is screwed especially designed flat caps.
The cap that is screwed onto the upper end of the aforesaid
cylinder is provided with a plurality of round openings, and
the same cap is encompassed by a flexible cone-shaped cover
that has its apex terminating in encompassing the lower end
of a vent tube Tlie cap that is screwed onto the lower end of
the aforesaid cylinder is provided with a rectangular opening
that is covered with a plurality of fibers that are cemented to
the underside of the cap. A rectangular hair-threading
member that is adapted to be placed through the rectangular
opening in the aforesaid cap is a part of this invention and is
used in the manner fully understood by those experienced in
the art of hair styling. Another removable cap is part of this
invention The just-mentioned cap has a flattened tube that is
elliptical when viewed from the end, the tube extending out-
ward from the center thereof, the aforesaid tube having its
outer end terminate in a peripheral flange that has a tip ex-
tending outward therefrom for a purpose known to hair
stylists and the like.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
491
3,640,290
APPARATUS FOR CURLING EYE LASHES
Kathlene Theis, Route 1, Blue Ridge, Tex.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,800
Int. CI. A45d 2/42
U.S. CL 132-32 C
3 Claims
3,640,293
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLEANING FILM
Myron L. Frecdman, c/o Comprehensive Service Corporation,
250 West 64th SL, New York, N.Y.
FUed Feb. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 800,116
InL CI. B08b 1/02, 7/04
U.S. CI. 134-9 11 Claims
'-/7
A first plate is supported by the thumb of a user. A second
plate is supported by the index finger of the user. Eyelashes
are held between the plates and when relative sliding motion
is applied between the plates in a direction parallel to the
lashes, a curling action ensues. ]
3,640,291
TOOTH-CLEANING TOOL
Miyoji Mizuno, 757, Tatsumicho, Hichgyo-agaru, Shinmachi-
doori Shimogyoku, Kyotoshi, Japan
FUed Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,011
Int. CI. A45d 44/18
U.S. CI. 132—84 5 Claims
V_
A tooth-cleaning tool having finlike plates formed in-
tegrally with a base plate, extending from both sides of the
base plate, and a grip pivoting the base plate so that the base
plate can be pivotable in relation to the grip, is found very ef-
fective in removing food remains sticking to teeth, and,
simultaneously, giving massage to the gum portion.
3,640,292
AUTOMATIC PAYOUT DEVICE
Edward Hugh Clairnionte, New Bamct, England, assignor to
Clairmonte Bros., Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,068
CUdms priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 1, 1969,
153/69
Int. CI. G07d 1/00
U.S. CI. 133-5 6 Claims
// /^
The invention relates to an automatic device for paying out
a bonus on an automatic vending or coin-op>erated washing
machine, the device comprising an intermittently operated
ejector plate which transfers the bonus from a reservoir to an
ejector chute.
^^ ?o
A method and apparatus for cleaning films of the continu-
ous strip type housed in cartridges. Rotary brushes of a
portable cleaning apparatus which receives a film cartridge
are turned by the same drive which advances film withdrawn
in a loop from the cartridge. Cleaning is accomplished
without opening the cartridge to remove the film, so any user
of such film cartridges may easily clean his own films.
3,640,294
ELECTRIC SONIC DEVICE FOR CLEANING SMALL
ARTICLES
Jerry Piccolo, Miami Lakes, Fla., assignor to Advance Metal
Products, Inc., Miami, Fla.
FUed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,803
Int. CI. B08b J/O'^, 11/02
U.S. CI. 134-117 3 Claims
A rigid container for holding a cleaning liquid including a
removable holder for suspending articles to be cleaned in the
liquid and an electromagnetic device secured to said con-
tainer for oscillating the container and liquid therein at sonic
frequencies when energized for rapidly cleaning the aforesaid
articles.
3,640,295
ULTRASONIC CLEANER AND SURGICAL INSTRUMENT
CASE
WendeU C. Peterson, 7107 Prospect PI., N.E., Albuquerque.
N. Mex.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,458
Int CI. B08b 7/02
U.S. CI. 134-159 1 Claim
An ultrasonic cleaner and surgical instrument carrying
case, which is usable separately and apart from or m com-
bination with the ultrasonic cleaner, the ultrasonic cleaner
including within at least one sink an oscillatable cradle which
may carry the instrument case during the ultrasonic cleaning
492
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
^
process. Additionally provided as a part of the ultrasonic
cleaner are a pump and filter to circulate a cleaning fluid
within the sink of the ultrasonic cleaner and to remove parti-
cles and other matter from the fluid. The instrument case in-
cludes, within a chamber walled with expanded metal or
other perforated material, means for retaining the contained
instruments at desired locations, which may include a plurali-
ty of posts adapted to receive various instruments and a plu-
rality of retaining members attachable to the posts to lock
the instruments in position.
3,640»296
PAVILION WITH MECHANISM FOR AUTOMATICALLY
CONTROLLING SAG AND TENSION
Carl F. Huddle, PIcasant Ridge, Mich., assignor to Tension
Structures Co.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,712
Int. CI. £046 11347
U.S. CI. 135-4 R 9 Claims
lapsed rectangular shape, and in which an improved handle
and runner include cooF>erating recesses and orienting por-
tions positively insuring orientation of the umbrella runner
ir 35 33
carrying stretcher ribs and camming portions orienting dome
rib tips to insure proper operation of the umbrella during
erection and collapse.
3,640,298
AUTOMATICALLY OPENED, LONG ITIDIN ALLY
COLLAPSIBLE UMBRELLA WITH IMPROVED HANDLE
Hdnz Weber, Hilden, Germany, assignor to Telesco Brophey
Limited, East Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,728
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 12, 1969, P 19
12 437.9
Int. CI. A45b 19108
U.S. CI. 135-25 7 Claims
A tentlike structure, hereinafter called a "pavilion," which
includes two arches inclined away from each other at acute
angles to the vertical and mounted so that they may be swung
about their leg ends toward and away from this position and
moved bodily toward and away from each other, a mem-
brance of which one end is attached to each of the arches,
and means for automatically sensing departures of the ten-
sion and/or the sag in the membrane from the desired values
and moving the arches to correct them.
3,640,297
LONGITUDINALLY COLLAPSIBLE FLAT UMBRELLA
Fritz Bremshey, Solingen-Ohligs, Germany, assignor to
Telesco Brophey Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed May 19, 1969, Ser. No. 825,824
Claims priority, application Germany, May 24, 1968, P 17 57
603.3
Int. CI. A45b 79/06, 11 100
US. CI. 135-25 1 Claim
A telescopically collapsible umbrella producing a generally
flat, rectangular package when collapsed, in which a
crownpiece, runners and handle generally define the col-
A longitudinally collapsible umbrella having a rectangular
configuration when closed, collapsed and stored; including a
power spring interposed axially between primary and auxilia-
ry slides; the primary slide including a depending sleeve and
having a T-shape in elevation; the primary slide including
beneath its wings a pair of finger-receiving notches, one of
the notches including a pivotal latch lever; the sleeve having
a fKjlyangular, lower cross section generally defining the
points of an elif)se, and the handle of the umbrella having
lateral compartments for receiving the tips of umbrella
dome-ribs when the umbrella is collapsed, and the handle
also including a tubular tunnel having a bore correspondingly
receiving the primary slide sleeve and orienting the primary
slide wings and dome-rib tips in an optimum position.
3,640,299
SUBSEA WELLHEAD CONTROL SYSTEM
Norman A. Nelson, Houston, Tex., assignor to ACF Indus-
tries, Incorporated, New Yorli, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 866,789
Int. CI. F16k 111 10
U.S. CI. 137-1 13 Claims
The invention concerns a fluid energized control system
for controlling the valves of subsea wellheads and for con-
trolling other like mechanical devices designed for fluid ac-
tuation. A single protective conduit is connected at one ex-
tremity thereof to a control facility while its other extremity
terminates in connection structure located adjacent or at-
tached to a remotely located wellhead or other mechanical
Fe6RUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
493
device. Suitable actuator control conduits extend from a plu-
rality of fluid -control led wellhead valve actuators and are
connected in fluid communication to the connection struc-
ture. The terminal connection structure is provided with in-
ternal fluid passages communicating with respective ones of
the actuator conduits and defines a pig-receiving recess. A
locomotive pig is inserted into the protective conduit at the
control facility and is moved within the protective conduit by
fluid pressure applied from a suitable source of pressurized
fluid or by a combination of fluid pressure applied at one side
of the pig and a suction applied to the other side of the pig. A
plurality of valve control conduits are connected to the pig in
fluid communication with corresponding fluid passages
formed in pig structure. The control conduits are pulled
through the protective conduits by the pig as fluid pressure is
applied. As the pig enters the pig-receiving recess, it is
oriented, if necessary, by appropriate orienting structure and
is locked into assembly within the recess with appropriate
frequency. Using two amplifier elements in said series
produces an output four times the frequency of the input, N
amplifiers in series producing 2* times the frequency of the
input.
3,640301
HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY
Zbigniew J. Jania, North viUe, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,077
Int. CI. GOSd 11103; F17d 3100; FOlb 25102
U.S. CI. 1 37— 1 0 1 6 Claims
fluid passage structure of the pig disposed in fluid communi-
cation with corresponding fluid passages in the terminal con-
nection structure. A plurality of pilot valves, provided within
or adjacent the pig or terminal connection structure, are con-
trolled by application of fluid pressure through the control
conduits and serve to control communication of pressurized
actuating fluid, carried in the protective conduit externally of
the control conduits, to the actuating conduits of the subsea
wellhead. The valve actuators are energized by the actuating
fluid responsive to actuation of the pilot valves. An accumu-
lator and pressure-balancing circuit are communicated to the
fluid circuitry of each of the valve actuators in order to allow
quick energized and deenergized actuation of the valve ac-
tuators. Fluid pressure is transferred from the accumulator
and pressure-balancing circuitry to the actuator fluid supply
of the fluid system upon reduction of pressure in the actuator
fluid supply and such transfer may be aided by the hydro-
static head of the sea water in which the system is sub-
merged.
3,640300
FLUID AMPLinER FREQUENCY MULTIPLIER
Willis A. Boothe, Scotia, and Salvatore Bottone, Jr., Schenec-
tady, both of N.Y., assignors to The United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Dec. 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 883,71 1
IntCI. F15cy//2
U.S. CI. 137—81.5 2 Claims
The fluid amplifier may be considered as including a
device in which is formed the initial fluid flow pattern and
which constitutes the main power input, the control inputs
and the receiver, or output. At cjtosen points second fluid
jets are admitted in chosen dir^efions and under chosen flow
rate and pressures to modifir and control the main jet in a
chosen or logical way. A thipd jet may be interposed from an
opposite direction for further/modification of the main jet.
The main jet may be modified^ in such a way as to produce an
output wave having a frequency that is twice the input
1^-^
. ' I' !
.4j
■TO iKiD
Stl»vo
ACTUATOR
(POWtS BRAKE
A common hydraulic power supply for a motor vehicle
power-steering system and power brake system. The hydrau-
lic power supply supplies hydraulic fluid from a power-steer-
ing pump continuously through a flow control valve to a
power-steering system. The power brake system is supplied
with hydraulic fluid from an accumulator as required. The
accumulator is charged with hydraulic fluid by the power-
steering pump. Accumulator charging occurs when the pres-
sure ii^the accumulator falls below a predetermined value,
and is accomplished by the diversion of a portion of the flow
from the p>ower steering pump to the power brake system.
The diverted fluid passes through a pressure sensing valve,
the flow control valve, a check valve, and into the accumula-
tor.
3,640302
SIPHONING DEVICE
Allan H. Willinger, New Rocbelle, N.Y., assignor to
Metaframe Corporation, May wood, N J.
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,1 12
Int CI. F04f 10102
MS. CI. 137-142 10 Claims
A siphoning device having a siphon tube connected to a
cup-shaped member for transferring a liquid from a first
receptacle containing the liquid to a second receptacle con-
494
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
taining a liquid. One end of the tube extends into the cup- disposed about the assembly to frictionaily engage the ad-
shaped member. The other end of the tube is submerged in jacent structure housing the valve assembly. A sleeve of the
the liquid of the first receptacle, and the cup-shaped member valve assembi> defines an mner chamber for reception of the
is immersed in the liquid of the second receptacle. The cup-
shaped member is provided with a one-way valve to permit
the compressed air to escape therefrom. Removing the liquid
from the second receptacle causes the air pressure acting on
the liquid in the first receptacle to start the siphoning action.
3,640303
SLIDE VALVE FOR HIGH- VISCOSITY PUMPS
Cornelis Verheul, Amsterdam, Netherlands, assignor to
Fricdrich W. Schwing, Wanne-Eickel, Germany
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8381
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 5, 1969, P 19 05
706.8
lnt.Cl.¥l6k4ll00, 3/314
U.S. CI. 137-238 13 Claims
\ r
-n !-_:£ ^ — — . ■ g^Sg::;;] Z^-"
z:_. , ^" —
A slide valve for dense or viscous materials, e.g. concrete,
has a slide element connected to a piston rod which extends
out of the valve housing through a seal and carries a piston
received in a cylinder which is clamped to the housing
around the seal by a clamping nut. The cylinder has an outer
actuation chamber while an inner annular chamber between
the piston and the seal is a flushing compartment connected
to a reservoir of liquid through a single duct. As the piston
moves toward the seal, the liquid in the flushing compart-
ment is expelled, taking with it any foreign matter which has
gotten past the seal, and as the piston movement is reversed
this compartment is filled with the liquid via this duct to flush
the rod again. The valve element, valve guides, end stops,
and sleeves surrounding the piston rods are all easily remova-
ble and replaceable to facilitate servicing of the valve.
pressurized media being controlled with a valve core being
moveable within the sleeve for release of the pressurized
fluid or air for ultimate discharge.
3,640305
CONNECTION FOR SPOUT ADJUSTMENT
Stephen A. Young, c/o Stephen A. Young Corp., Flora, Ind.
Filed Apr. 24, 1%9. Ser. No. 818.902. The portion of the term
of the patent subsequent to July 15, 1985, has been
dischiimed.
Int. CI. F16I 5/00, 17/02
U.S. CI. 137-360 3Claims
3,640304
INSERT ABLE VALVE ASSEMBLY
Marvin L. Fox, 7310 S. W. Hermos Way, Tigard, Oreg., and
James R. Parry, Route 2, Box 46, Newberg, Oreg.
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,825
Intel. F 16k/ /44
U.S. CI. 137-315 6 Claims
A valve assembly, is shown and described, as operatively
disposed in a dental syringe. Resilient ring means are
The disclosure herein relates to plumbing fittings and
primarily to concealed plumbing fittings of the type in which
a valve body is mounted behind a wall surface and provides
for regulation of liquid flow outwardly from the wall surface
through some kind of a connection, in this instance compris-
ing an elbow at the outer end of which is provided a threaded
section adapted to engage a corresponding threaded section
of a spout, the threads providing for adjustment to compen-
sate for varying positions of the valve within the wall and it
being necessary to furnish some kind of sealing means to
prevent leakage The leakage in this instance is overcome by
the provision of an O-nng section in the threaded section of
the valve unit elbow upon which the O-rings are seated, the
O-rings in turn engaging the threads in the spout to effect the
leakage prevention and sought hereby.
3,640306
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Clarence L. Vogt, Burbank, Calif., assignor to Bobrick Aero
Missile Products, North Hollywood, Calif.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,646
Int. CI. F 16k 7 5/OJ
U.S. CI. 137-512.1 11 Claims
A multiflapper relief valve wherein individual flapper valve
members are sector shaped laying in a common plane and
rotatable through an arc from the closed or seated position to
the open position and wherein each of the flapper valve
members are provided with a cricket spring of the leaf-tyi>e
to preload them to a selected value, which value must be
overcome by fluid in the system in which the relief valve is
used in order to unseat the valve members. When the fluid
pressure in the system is greater than the cracking pressure,
unseating occurs and the cricket spring thereafter exerts a
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
495
substantially insignificant, lower force in comparison once
the flapper valve member is moved off of its seat and imparts
1
48 j
i
16
e
r
86
88 S
. 56
"6
d
- M
92 W^ "
T2 '\lt
89
70 tM
- —
"T
22
SO
; 36 ;
^yS{
R
S?
a snap opening and closing action
shaped valve members.
to each of the sector-
3,640307
APPARATUS FOR BALANCING FLUID DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEMS
Raymond J. Drzala, New Britain, Conn., assignor to Allied
Thermal Corporation, New Britain, Conn.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,482
Int. CI. F61k 37/00; F16k 47/10; F24f 13/ J4
U.S. CI. 137—557 2 Claims
same weight percentage of each component as in the stream,
includes a body member having an entrance and a plurality
of exits connected by a plurality of passages. The passages, at
one end, all intersect with the axis of the entrance at a com-
mon point and are equispaced from each other around the
entrance axis.
3,640309
FLUID COUPLING WITH CONNECTION AND SEALING
FEATURE
Henry William Demler, Sr., Lebanon, Pa., assignor to AMP
Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 613,608, Feb. 2,
1967, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 517,747, Dec. 30, 1965, now Patent No.
3378,282. This application Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,447
InL CI. Fl 61 J 7/25
U.S. CI. 137-614.04 9 Claims
:.:-zr^=5
57 _^ , ^M
Apparatus for balancing the flow of a gaseous substance in
the branch of a fluid distribution system comprising a set of
variable gates to regulate the volume flow input, a screen to
establish a pressure differential along the length of the unit
and a pressure differential measuring system capable of de-
tecting and measuring the pressure drop in the unit due to
the screen as a function of the input flow rate and to allow
regulation of the output flow by altering the input flow rate
in accordance with prior calibration of the measuring system.
3,640308
APPARATUS FOR DIVIDING AND RECOMBINING
FLOW
Bruce Alfred Bydal, Martinsville, Va., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,743
IntCl.F17d;/00
U.S. CI. 137—561 2 Claims
A fluid connection device comprises mateable connection
sections having openings therein which are brought into com-
munication when the sections are secured together. A valve
member means is movably mounted in the opening of the
one section with the opening also having a spacer and sealing
assembly and the valve member means is maintained in seal-
ing engagement with the spacer and sealing assembly when
the member is connected to a source of fluid supply, the
valve member means being moved out of engagement with
the spacer and sealing assembly via a tubular section on the
other of the mateable sections when the mateable sections
are secured together. Guide means are provided on the valve
member means and the opening in which the valve member
means is movably disposed to guide the valve member means
during movement thereof along this opening.
3,640310
MULTIPORT VALVE
Giora Erikh, North Bergen, N J., assignor to Hayward Manu-
facturing Company, Inc., Elizabeth, N J.
FUed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,795
InLCI.F16k7/76
U.S. CI. 137-625.46 1 1 Claims
An apparatus for dividing a flowing multicomponent
viscous stream into a plurality of sectors, each having the
A multiport valve is provided having a manually operated
rotor for selectively directing the flow from an inlet F>ort to a
desired outlet port. A high-pressure inlet port is positioned
upstream of the rotor so that the inlet pressure biases the
rotor against the seat to prevent the leakage of fluid in the
selected position. The valve seat is a unitary resilient seal
496
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
which is disposed within a groove surrounding the entrance
portion of each outlet port. The unitary seal effectively
prevents leakage by utilizing a raised seating portion to seal
against the rotor and a dovetail lower portion to seal against
the sides of the groove.
3,640311
CIRCULATING VALVES
Rudibert Gotzenberger, Feilbach, Germany, assignor to Ernst
putsch, Fellbach, Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 712,457, Mar.
12, 1968, now abandoned. This application Apr. 27, 1970,
Ser. No. 31,916
Int.CLF161iJy//4J
U.S. CI. 137-637.4 7 Claims
troduction of the thin plastic beads has no measurable effect
upon the flexibility of the tubing and is extremely effective in
eliminating whistling in operation
The tubing may be formed in a continuous process, for ex-
ample, m the manner described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,280,430,
issued Oct 25, 1966, which is further provided with means
for either extruding beads of plastic material to form the
plastic stripes or is provided with scraping means for scraping
small portions of plastic material utilized to form the corru-
gated configuration and extending the scraped material from
internal peak to internal peak along the length of the con-
tinuously formed tubing.
3,640313
INSERTION ELEMENT FOR INSERTING WEFT
THREADS ON A LOOM
Edgar H. Strauss, Ruti/Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Ruti
Machinery Woriis, Ltd., formerly Caspar Honcgger, Ru-
ti/Zurich. Switzerland
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,837
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 19, 1969,
2492/69
Int CI. D03j 5/06
U.S. CI. 139-12 14 Claims
/* ♦4' ,-jJ* M ?* 30 26
' "•1 *
'?^~l6'^ ""V'
iJuA^^*- ^ ^^^
±
A valve for controlling the circulation of condensate in
which two telescopically disposed shells are interposed
between the inlet and the outlet of the valve, one of said
shells being movable in axial direction relative to the valve
body, the other being rotatable about its axis, the sidewaJls of
the shells having ports for the throughflow of the condensate,
the opening of said ports being controlled by said axial and
said rotational movement of said shells.
3,640312
FLEXIBLE CORRUGATED TUBING HAVING IMPROVED
PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS
Joseph F. Bauman, Trenton; Edward Kurtz, Jr., Hamilton
Square, both of N J.; Adrian V. Cini, Bristol Township, and
Robert E. Antrobus, Fairless Hills, both of Pa., assignors to
Acme-Hamilton Manufacturing Corporation, Trenton, N J.
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,164
InL CI. A47I 9/24, F161 11/12
U^. CL138— 121 5 Claims
A shuttle for inserting a weft thread into a shed of a loom,
the shuttle comprising a body of conchoidal shape, having
two sidewalls that are connected along a closed edge portion
of the body and are open over the remaining portion of the
body, retaining means in the interior of said body for retain-
ing a portion of thread of predetermined length in the form
of a coil between said walls, and the interior of the body
being so shaped that during its operation on the loom the in-
terior is automatically cleaned of particles of fibers and like
contaminants; said body defining a path for the removal of
said particles and there being no obstruction along this path
that inhibits the discharge of said particles therefrom. The
portion of thread to be inserted is wound on a coil-forming
member and then transferred to the shuttle by pushing the
shuttle over the coil located on the coil-forming member in a
direction at right angles to the axis of said member and by
moving the shuttle away from the coil-forming member in a
direction parallel with the axis of said member.
Flexible corrugated tubing, preferably formed of a ther-
moplastic material having a plurality of thin strips or beads of
the same plastic material used to form the tubing. The stripes
or beads are arranged at discrete angular positions along the
interior surface of the tubing and extend from internal peak
to internal peak for the length of the tubing section. The in-
3,640314
SHED-FORMING APPARATUS ON A LOOM
Edgar H. Strauss, Ruti/Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Ruti
Machinery Woriis, Ltd., formerly Caspar Honegger, Ru-
ti/Zurich. Switzerland
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,034
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 13, 1968,
16901/68
Int. CI. D03d 47/26
U.S. CI. 139-12 22 Claims
A shed-forming apparatus on a wave-type loom wherein a
plurality of separate sheds move one after the other simul-
taneously across the width of the loom, a shuttle carrying a
weft thread moving in each of the separate sheds and the
warp threads forming the sheds are actuated by heddles, the
apparatus comprising a plurality of heddles divided into
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
497
groups which execute phase-displaced movements, the
periodicity of these movements being repeated at intervals
corresponding to the shuttle-pitchs; drive means for causing
selected groups of heddles to execute these movements; and
a movement-imparting element connected to those groups of
l?.5Z.3f *i.3e
heddles driven by said drive means and to other heddles not
driven by said drive means. The heddles and the movement-
imparting elements linked therewith are disposed in one
plane, are movable therein, and are arranged so that actua-
tion of the selected group of heddles by the drive means also
causes actuation of the other groups of heddles.
3,640315
WARP BEAM LETOFF
Alfonso Tisdale, Gaffney, S.C., assignor to Deering Milllken
Research Corporation, Spartanburg, S.C.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,464
Int. CI. D03d 49/06
U.S. CI. 139-107 1 Claim
located behind this sleeve in the direction of air movement
therein, and partially embracing the sleeve, so as to form an
annular slit for the passage of compressed air supplied from a
pressure source.
3,640317
CLIP FOR CLOSING FRAGILE STUFFED CASINGS
Jack PanfUi, 1576 61st St., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 749,404, Aug. 1,
1968, now abandoned. This application Mar. 21, 1969, Ser.
No. 813,799
Int CLB21f 45/22
U.S. CI. 140-82 12 Claims
Apparatus to let the tension off of a loom warp beam as
the warp yarn on the beam is being consumed by the loom.
3,640316
RAPIER IN THE DEVICE FOR INSERTING WEFT
THREAD INTO THE LOOM WARP SHED
Nikolai Ivanovich Makacbev, ulitsa T^urupy, 12, korpus 1,
kv. 27; Alexei Nikolaevich Parshin, Nagamaya ulitsa, 34,
korpus 43, kv, 53; Georgy Sergeevich Smurov, Kborosbev-
skoe shosse, 92, kv. 43, and Alexei TroTimovkh Stepanets,
Leningradsky prospect, 48, kv. 78, all of Moscow, U^^.R.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,936
Int. CI. D03d 47/16
VS. CI. 139-127 R 2 Claims
A rapier in devices for inserting weft thread into the loom
warp shed, in which one end of a tube is connected to a jet
pump generating therein a suction flow to take up the end of
the weft thread. The suction flow is directed by a sleeve serv-
ing for the passage of air from the shed, and by a bushing
A clip for use in closing the ends of sausage casings and
similar containers. The clip is formed as a U with legs having
angularly bent portions. The zone of joinder of the legs with
the base is work hardened to a degree that will resist bending
by lateral forces which will produce bending at the angularly
bent zones of the legs. In another form of the invention the
clip is formed into a U and is of channel cross section. One
leg of the U is dimensioned to slidably fit between the other
legs of the U when the clip is applied to a casing. In either
form of the invention the clip is preferably made of anodized
aluminum or coated with a lubricant of synthetic resm or
both and in each case dyed a suitable color.
• 3,640318
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FILLING A THERMAL
MOTOR WITH WAX
Kalman Shmueii, Upper Montclair; Robert T. Scott, Boonton
Township, Morris County, and Wallace R. Mills, Mountain
Lake, all of N J., assignors to International Controls Corp.,
Fairfield, N J.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 753368, Aug. 19, 1968,
now abandoned. This application June 25, 1970, Ser. No.
56,057
InL CI. B65b 1/04, 3/04
UJS. CI. 141-11 16 Claims
A method and apparatus for filling a thermal motor with
wax. Tlie thermal motor has an inlet and outlet ports and it
also has an axially bored piston. The thermal motor is
oriented with the inlet and outlet ports located at the upper-
most part of the motor. Liquid wax is then introduced
through the inlet port and discharged through the outlet port.
After the interior of the motor has become filled with liquid
wax, a chilling fluid is directed through the piston to bring
about progressive chilling and solidification of the wax from
the lower toward the upper end of the thermal motor.
498
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
Thereafter chilling is provided at the region of the outlet 3,640^20
portTpIoVde a wax plug at the ouUet port, and finally, CONTAINER FILLING MEANS
chilling is provided at the region of the inlet port to provide a Ludwig Elkuch, Gamprin, Bendern, Liechtenstein, assignor to
wax Dlue at the inlet port. These operaUons are brought Liongas Aktiengesellschaft, Bendern, Liechtenstein
^ ^ Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,559
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 22, 1969,
970/69
Int. CI. B65b J/ /02
L'.S. CI. 141-59 5 Claims
about by way of a suitable filling head having supply and
discharge lines for the liquid wax. The filling head has
passages chilled and cooled simultaneously with the chilling
and cooling of the inlet and outlet port regions of the thermal
motor by suitable temperature-control means.
3,640319
VACUUM ACTUATED AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DEVICE
Kenneth O. Hougen, 3950 Virginia Road, Apt. 304, Long
Beach, Calif.
rUed Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 851,783
Int. CI. B67d 5100
U.S. CI. 141-42 7 Claims
A filling device on a container for filling the same with a
liquid gas comprises two parts adapted to be coupled to each
other, the first of these parts being secured to the container
and provided with two check valves having distinct fiow
paths which begin within the container at a certain level in
the upper portion thereof. The second of said two parts com-
prises means for opening both check valves when the two
parts are coupled together, and two separate passageways for
liquid gas forming continuations of said two distinct fiow
paths, the first of said passageways being controlled by a
valve which is responsive to the presence of liquid gas in the
passageway and the second passageway being adapted for
connection to a supply conduit for liquid gas. The first
passageway may be connected to a suction pump whereby
liquid gas is drawn through said supply conduit and the
second passageway into the container until said valve respon-
sive to the presence of liquid gas closes the connection of the
first passageway with the suction pump.
3,640321
PROTECTIVE SHIELD FOR LATHE
Charles L. Walton, 15014 Commerce Station, Minneapolis,
Minn.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,695
InL CI. B27c 7100
\}S. CI. 142-55
4 Claims
A transfer device for filling the fuel tank of a vehicle using
a vacuum source such as the intake manifold of an internal
combustion engine as the driving force. The transfer device
forces the fuel into the fuel tank until the tank is full, at
which time a buoyant member connected to a pivot arm ac-
tuates a valve to close off the vacuum line. The valve and
buoyant member are in separate chambers of the transfer
device so that fuel never contacts the valve. The pivot arm
arrangement for actuating the valve assures dependable
operation since both the valve and pivot pin are free from
contamination by fuel sediments.
A protective transparent shield protects a lathe operator
against flying chips and the like yet contains an opening
through which the operator can pass a tool for working on
the workpiece The base of the shield frame is provided with
a surface for guiding and resting the tool and also a groove
for guidance and protection of the operator's hands as he
manipulates the tool
\
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
499
3,640322
NIPPER APPARATUS FOR HARVESTING TREES
C. Andrew Alien, Savannah, Ga., assignor to S. A. AUcn, Inc.
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,131
Int. CI. AOIg 23102
U.S. CI. 144-34 E 3 Claims
with a layer of tungsten carbide electrodeposited on the end,
forming an outer surface on the striking fac; and penetrating
Nipper apparatus comprises a pair of pivotally mounted
blades disposed in substantially the same plane and each hav-
ing a straight cutting edge, a reinforcing rib disposed about
the i>eriphery of each of the blades and each rib being ar-
ranged with its ends disposed at the ends of the cutting edge
of the associated blade so as to constitute an abutment for ar-
resting cutting movement of the blades. Gripping claws are
disposed immediately above the blades and serve to envelop
and grip a tree to be cut, the gripping claws and blades being
operated from a common source of fluid pressure.
3,640323
APPARATUS FOR SPLITTING AND CHOPPING TIMBER
Gordon W. Heile, Farmington, III., assignor to Sawmill
Hydraulics, Inc., Farmington, III.
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874304
Int CI. B27I 7100
U.S. CI. 144-193 A 9 Claims
cJ
the impact head proper, thereby providing an antislip and
wear-resistant surface on the striking face.
3,640325
PLATE SKINNING MACHINE
Martin L. Harlan, Grand Rapids; Jerry L. Davis, Rockford,
and Lloyd A. Nyland, Macatawa, all of Mich., assignors to
Wolverine World Wide, Inc., Rockford, Mich.
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,189
Int. CI. A22c 7 7/72
U.S. CI. 146-241 16 Claims
Apparatus for splitting and chopping timber having a blade
adapted to chop as well as split timber actuated by a hydrau-
lic cylinder supplied with fluid under pressure by a variable-
displacement constant-pressure hydraulic pump adapted au-
tomatically to increase the force exerted on the blade in
response to increased resistance to chopping or splitting
while decreasing the speed of travel of the blade and vice
versa over the normal operating range of the apparatus.
3,640324
HAMMER HEAD HAVING AN ANTISLIP AND WEAR-
RESISTANT STRIKING FACE SURFACE
Laurence W. Porter, Hebron, III., assignor to Vaughan &
BushneU Mfg. Co., Hebron, III.
FUed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876300
Intel. B25d 7/0(7
U.S. CI. 145-29 R 1 Claim
A forged steel hammer head including an impact head
proper having a striking face on one end thereof is provided
This specification describes a plate-ty[>e skinning machine
for animal sides, with a unique arrangement and mounting of
blade and pressure roller apparatus.
500
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640326 3,640^28
BOLT MEANS FOR MOUNTING CONCRETE STRUCTURAL
Edward L. Brown, Mkldletown, Ohio, assignor to Armco Steel MEMBERS
Corporation, Middletown, Ohio Natale J. Tummarello, 2073 Hillside Ave., Beilmorc, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,274 Filed Aug. '2, 1970, Ser. No. 63,123
Int. CI. F16b 391282 Int. CI. F16b 5102. 39/00
UJS. CI. 151— 37 4 Claims U.S. CI. 151— 41.7 5 Claims
A bolt, for use with curved pieces having aligned aper-
tures, including ribs of trapezoidal cross section on the un-
derside of the bolt head for engaging a portion of one of the
apertures to prevent rotation of the bolt while tightening a
nut thereon.
3,640327
FASTENER WITH FLOATING NUT
John Burt, Burbank, Calif., assignor to Deutsch Fastener
Corp., Los Angeles, Calif.
FUcd May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,853
Int. CI. F 16b 43/00
U.S. CL 151-41.74
An adjustable mounting means is precast in the concrete
structural member to be mounted. The adjustable mounting
assembly consists of a first internally threaded hollow
member anchored to the structural member. A second exter-
12 Claims "^'y threaded member is mounted in the threads of the first
member and the second member has a hollow interior space.
A nut is magnetically mounted inside the interior space so
that the nut may be moved in all directions both perpendicu-
lar to and along its axis in order to make proper alignment
with a bolt mounted in a building frame.
3,640329
ANTI-FLAT TIRE DEVICE
Alex Chien. 345 West 3rd St., Apt. No. 8, Long Beach, Calif.
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,766
Int CI. B60c 5/02
U.S. CI. 152-205 3 Claims
A fastener including a sleeve having a first fiange at one
end which extends radially outwardly and terminates in a
portion extending longitudinally toward the opposite end of
the sleeve for a limited distance, the opposite end of the
sleeve being of reduced wall thickness and being adapted to
be bent outwardly to form a second fiange cooperating with
the first fiange in holding the sleeve to the workpiece when
the sleeve has been inserted through an opening in the work-
piece, a nut being received within the sleeve with clearance
around its periphery, the nut having outwardly projecting
tabs extending through slots in the sleeve into the space pro-
vided by the first fiange, so that the nut is permitted limited
lateral fioating movement and precluded from substantial
rotation, the bolt having a threaded shank with a p>ointed end
for facilitating entry into the nut, and having a wide thin head
provided with a central protrusion engaged by a tubular por-
tion of the driving tool for aligning the driving tool with the
head. The tubular portion of the driving tool is spring biased
outwardly and is moved inwardly upon engagement with the
head at the central portion thereof, while blades on the driv-
ing blade tool enter the slot in the bolt head.
^-l
40 4'-
This invention provides a protective segmented metal band
formed by a series of metal sheets or plates arranged within a
pneumatic tire casing and disposed between the tire carcass
and the pressurized area thereof. Each segmented plate is
secured to a continuous annular belt of fiexible material by a
plurality of downwardly extending legs, said plate being rela-
tively positioned independent of the carcass of the tire.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
501
3,640330
HEAT EXCHANGERS
Alain Javet, Geneva, Switzerland, assignor to The Batteile
Development Corporation, Coiumbiis, Ohio
Continuation of application Ser. No. 750,41 1, July 5, 1968,
now abandoned. This application May 4, 1970, Ser. No.
48,793
Int CLBOld 7/22,3/05
U.S. CI. 159-6 8 Claims
returned to the platmg tank. The plating solution is also
pumped from the plating tank into the tower where it is
heated and recirculated back to the plating tank to maintain
the solution in the tank at an elevated temperature. Means is
also provided to pump the rinse liquid directly from the first
washtub to the plating tank, if the rinse liquid in said first tub
does not require concentration to raise it to plating strength
3,640332
ROLL-TYPE DOOR
John J. Luby, DuncanvUle, and Paul E. Pemberton, Dallas,
both of Tex., assignors to Overhead Door Corporation, Dal-
las, Tex.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,914
Int CI. E06b 9/08
U.S. CI. 160-133 5 Claims
comcfmrmtn
A hollow walled cylindrical revolving basket is provided
with a heating medium in the hollow wall. To the inner wall
are secured axially spaced fiat, hollow rings whose successive
inner diameters increase axially in liquid flow direction and
into which rings the heating medium flows from the hollow
wall. Alternate rings are provided with axial through passages
at the inner wall connecting the channels between the rings.
Liquid feed to be evaporated is injected into the channel
between the ring with smallest inner diameter and the ad-
jacent end wall of the basket. Concentrate is removed from
the final channel and vapor is removed axially.
3,640331
HEATING AND CONCENTRATING TOWER FOR
PLATING WASTE RECOVERY UNIT
Aisaburo Yagishita, 5-2 Shinpo<ho 4-chome, Chigusa-ku,
Nagoya, Japan
Original application Oct 18, 1966, Ser. No. 587,607, now
Patent No. 3,542,651. Divided and this application Aug. 24,
1970, Ser. No. 66399
Int CI. BOld l/OOi E03b , F16k 49/00; F17d , F16I 53/00;
BO Ik 3/00
U.S. CL 159-23 5 Claims
A roll-type door for closing an opening in a wall and hav-
ing a plurality of horizontally hinged, relatively narrow slats,
the lengthwise ends of which move along upright guide tracks
mounted upon the wall adjacent the opposite sides of the
opening. The door, when in opened position, is wound upon
a plurality of flanged disks, some of which are secured to a
shaft rotatably supported above the opening. Spring-biased
counterbalance means yieldably resists downward unrolling
movement of the door which can be effected manually, by a
chain drive, or by a shaft and gear arrangement.
3,640333
FOLDING DOOR OR THE LIKE
Lucien Lcclerc, 79, 7iemc, L Islet, Quebec, Canada
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,677
Intel. E05d 7/06
U.S. CL 160-183
5 Claims
^4 iOc
r¥ ■
I
I !
X>4
jy..*
In the reclaiming of plating wastes containing chromic acid
and the like, the rinse liquid from the first of a plurality of
washtubs into which plated articles are dipped successively to
rinse off the plating solution, is sucked into a tower, heated
by steam to concentrate it to plating strength, and then is
A folding door, partition or the like where each articulated
panel is provided on its opposite side edges with a series of
vertically aligned spaced-apart bead moldings interengagea-
ble with corresponding bead moldings of an adjacent panel
by means of a snap-in locking movement; a semispheric seat
provided on the upper edge of one bead molding of one
panel receives the rounded head of a spring-biased plunger
provided in and slidable in and out of the lower edge of the
bead molding of the adjacent panel.
502
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640334
CASTING APPARATUS WITH MEANS FOR REMOVING
INGOT ON BOTTOM MOLD ELEMENTS
Maurice Paul Sieger, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to United En-
gineering and Foundry Company, Pittsburgli, Pa.
Filed June 1, 1966, Ser. No. 554,603
Int. CI. B22d 29100, 45100
U.S. CI. 164-269 9 Claims
The disclosure of this invention relates to a device for
removing a cast article from a bottom pressure-casting
machine. It includes a carriage for supporting the bottom
mold of the machine and hence, the cast article. A tractor-
type power device is provided at one side of the casting
machine which moves the carriage away from the upper
mold elements of the machine so that the cast article can be
removed from the bottom mold at a location remote from the
upper mold elements.
3,640,335
PLANT FOR CLOSURE OF FOUNDRY MOLDS
Pierre Justin Auguste Darbonville, 95, Rue Anatole-France,
45 Fieury-les-Aubrais, France
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,053
Claims priority, application France, June 3, 1969, 6918139
Int. CI. B22d 33104
MS. CI. 164—339 1 1 Claims
3,640,336
RECOVERY OF GEOTHERMAL ENERGY BY MEANS OF
UNDERGROUND NUCLEAR DETONATIONS
Rod P. Dixon, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission
Original application Jan. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 795,190, now
Patent No. 3,608,636, dated Sept. 28, 1971, which is a
continuation-in-pari of application Ser. No. 734,661, June 5,
1968, and a continuation-in-part of 541,810, Apr. 1 1, 1966.
Divided and this application June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,699
Int. CI. F28f 13112
U.S. CI. 165-1 1 Claim
Geothermal steam is generated by setting off an un-
derground nuclear detonation above a naturally hot stratum
of igneous rock and thereafter introducing water into the for-
mation above the hot stratum which has been made permea-
ble by the nuclear detonation.
3,640,337
USE OF THE HEAT OF VAPORIZATION OF A FUEL AS
AN AIR-CONDITIONING MEDIUM FOR A VEHICLE
Robert W. Mcjones, 529 Via Del Monte, Pales Verdes
Estates, Calif.
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,279
Int. CI. B60h 3104
U.S. CI. 165-23 6 Claims
*,-r
A plant for closure of foundry molds which comprise
upper and lower halves, said plant comprising essentially a
rolling track sloping at a shallow inclination, which by gravity
conveys the lower halves of the molds to a positioning and
closing station and which removes the molds after closure, a
framework arranged over said rolling track and acting as a
support for a device for transfer of the upper halves of the
molds, coordinated with a device for infeed of the said
halves, and means of ensuring the displacement of the
transfer device in two directions.
The energy required to vaporize a liquid fuel, such as
liquid natural gas, of a vehicle is used to cool water in a loop.
The cooled water is passed through a heat exchanger for heat
exchange with air to cool the latter to effect air conditioning.
A thermostatically controlled vaJve admits engine-cooling
water to the loop when there is a danger of freezing of the
water in the loop The loop is also used when it is desired to
heat the vehicle During heating, engine-cooling water is ad-
mitted to the heat exchanger, passes through the loop to per-
form its vaporizing function, and then goes out a recirculat-
ing line for return to the radiator.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
503
3,640338
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR COOLING OF
ROTATIONAL CASTING APPARATUS
Alden C. Boyce, Stow, Ohio, assignor to RoU-Matic, Inc.,
Summit, Ohio
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 26,860
Int. CI. F25b 29100
U.S. CI. 165-48 5 Claims
3 640340
HEAT EXCHANGE DEVICE WITH CONVOLUTED HEAT
TRANSFER WALL
Ronald James Leonard, Elk Grove Village, and Fred Michael
Cohen, Chicago, both of lU., assignors to Baxter Laborato-
ries, Inc., Morton Grove, III.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,477
InLCI. F28bi/00
U.S. CI. 165-166 5 Claims
The casting apparatus includes an oven and a cooling
chamber and a cooling tank is provided at the bottom of the
cooling chamber while spray nozzles are positioned m the
cooling chamber for spraying water onto molds therem for
cooling action. A pump means connects to the cooling tank
and to the spray nozzles for forcing water therethrough,
which pump means also connects to a water-circulaUng
system connecting to the oven doors for circulatmg coolmg
water therethrough. Improved oven door seal means are
present. The invention also relates to a method of circulation
of mold-cooling water.
3 640339
HEAT EXCHANGER ARRANGEMENT
Pierre H. Pacault, VUle d'Avray, and Albert Dostantni, Avon,
both of France, assignors to Babcock & Wilcox, Limited,
London, England
Filed May 13, 1968, Ser. No.
Claims priority, application France, May 12, 1967, 106188
Int CI. F28f 7100
U.S. CI. 165-76 9 Chums
A heat exchanger arrangement wherein a plurality of cylin-
drical modular heat exchanger units are stacked upright in
side-by-side relation within an enclosure and can be trans-
ferred into and out of the enclosure, one at a time, through a
passage in the floor thereof. To transfer any given heat
exchanger unit out of the enclosure, the unit is detached
from its base, hoisted by an overhead travelling crane into a
position overlying the floor passage and then lowered verti-
cally into a basculating bridge underneath the floor. The
bridge is then tilted into a horizontal attitude to discharge the
unit. Transfer of a unit into the enclosure is accomplished by
following the foregoing procedure in reverse order.
^^^^^p^^^^^^^
JiT-iC
L^fikkkuwka<j^^^v\<p>.wi8»uk^^^AkCktta^ww
-j-r-i,,»
\
A heat exchanger device with a convoluted heat transfer
wall to define a first and second set of flow channel defining
pockets having oppositely opening mouths. Each set of
pocket mouths communicates with a separate fluid inlet and
fluid outlet means disposed adjacent opposite ends of the
pocket mouths. Sets of continuous ridges fit into the pocket
mouths between each fluid inlet and outlet to provide flow
channels of unvarying width by preventing transverse move-
ment of the convolutions of the heat transfer wall, as well as
to seal the pocket mouths between each fluid inlet and out-
let.
3 640341
APPARATUS FOR COMPLETING PLURAL ZONE OO.
AND GAS WELLS
Britt O. Braddick, Houston; Hiram E. Lindsey, Jr., Midland,
and Charles J. McKiearnan, Odessa, aU of Tex., assignors
to Texas Iron Works, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,617
Int.CI.E21bJ5//2
U^. CI. 166-115 9 Claims
A tubular receptacle is connected in a string of permanent
production liner at a point at which the production tubing for
an upper one of two different subsurface producing zones is
to be terminated. The interior of the receptacle is coated
with Teflon. A first of two longitudinal flow passages in a
cylindrical body member is connected at an intermediate
point in a string of production tubing for the lower of the two
producing zones and such tubing string is run into the well
bore to seat the cylindrical body member in the liner recepta-
cle. The cylindrical body member has resilient annular seal
means on the exterior thereof for providing a fluidtight seal
504
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 197^
between the liner string receptacle and the body member, viscosity fluid consisting of an aqueous liquid contammg a
The tubing string for the upper zOne is run into the well bore mmor amount of a water-soluble alkali metal silicate having a
pH in the range of from about ! 1 to about 12 and preferably
between about III and 1 I 4.
and seated in the upper end of the second flow passage in the
cylindrical body member.
3,640342
OIL WELL PUMPING UNIT HAVING TRAVELING
STUFTING BOX
Robert H. Gault, Midland, Tex., assignor to Bethlehem Steel
Corporation
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 72,930
Int. CI. E21b 33/03
U.S. CI. 166—72 2 Claims
3,640344
FRACTURING AND SCAVENGING FORMATIONS WITH
FLUIDS CONTAINING LIQUEFIABLE GASES AND
ACIDIZING AGENTS
Clarence W. Brandon, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Orpha Bran-
don, Nashville, Tenn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 719,883, Apr. 9,
1968. now abandoned. This application Dec. 2, 1968, Ser. No.
780385
The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to Feb. 7,
l'>84. has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. E2 lb 4i/26,4i/2 7
U.S. CI. 166-307 60 Claims
A method of fracturing formation with liquefiable gases,
liquefiable gases and acidizing agents, and cleansing and
scavenging of formations whereby energy waves and high-
frequency vibrations may assist in the above.
3,640345
FOLDABLE HARROW CART
Harry Sosalla, Sac City, Iowa, assignor to Noble Manufactur-
ing Company
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 855,840
Int. CI. AOlb 65/02
U.S. CI. 172-311 9 Claims
An efficient long-stroke pumping apparatus for oil wells.
This apparatus comprises the combination of a low and rela-
tively inexpensive supporting structure, an upright stroking
wheel or sheave mounted thereon and driven near the
ground level, and below-ground counterweight and traveling-
seal means for actuating a pumping string. Said seal means
reciprocate vertically in a polished pipe fixed within the well
tubing, and provide protection against corrosive well fluids to
the pumping cable actuated by the stroking wheel.
3,640343
STABILIZATION OF HARD SHALY FORMATIONS WITH
ALKALI METAL SILICATE
Henry C. H. Darley, Houston, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil Com-
pany, New Yorii, N.Y.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,676
Int. CI E2lh 2 1/04, 33/ 1 38
U.S. CI. 166-292 10 Claims
An improved method for stabilizing hard shaly earth for-
mations comprising treatment of said formations with a low
A foldable sectional tow-type implement, including a
wheel cart having a centrally located drawbar revolvably
mounted on a horizontal axis extending transversely of the
direction of travel, and a pair of outboard sections intercon-
nected to the centrally located drawbar and each being
revolvable with the drawbar and swingable in a fore-and-aft
direction relative thereto when revolved to a vertical trans-
port position. Each of the drawbars serves to support an
earthworking tool so that when the drawbars are in an opera-
tive position, the earthworking tools engage the surface of
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
606
the ground and when the drawbars are swung to an inopera-
tive position, the associated earthworking tools are raised to
an inoperative or transport position. Flexible retaining mem-
bers connect and support the outboard sections to the cart
forward of the sections when the implement is in its operative
position. The reUining members may be released when the
tools are in the raised inoperative position to permit the out-
board sections to be folded. The mechanism for revolving the
drawbars and raising the tools is wholly independent of the
release mechanism for the retaining members. The flexible
retaining members are connected to an elongate release
member pivotally connected to the cart in front of the sec-
tions. The elongate member has a hinge intermediate the
ends thereof to permit the member to fold at least partially
during folding movement of the end sections to prevent the
flexible retaining members from rising into entanglement
with portions of the tools in their folded positions.
3,640348
S-SHAPED STANDARD
George E. Wombk, Kewance, 111., assignor to Kewanee
Machinery & Conveyor Company, Kewanee, 111.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,614
Int. CI. AOlb 5/04, 6/ /(M
U.S. CI. 172-573 3 Claims
3,640346
DOUBLE-ACTING DEPTH STOP
Jerome L. Fueslein, Linden, Calif., assignor to International
Harvester Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,685
Int CI. AOlb 63/14, 63/22, 63/16
U.S. CI. 172-318 3 Claims
The use of a resilient standard, or bearing, to support a
disc gang from the main frame, with the standard being made
of a plurality of curved portions or convolutions, preferably
of a reversed "S" shape.
3,640349
STOPPING APPARATUS
Roland Granskog, Skelleftea, Sweden, assignor
Alimak Alitiebobig, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,262
Int. CI. E21c 2i/00
U.S.C1. 173-32
to Linden-
3 Claims
An implement having a scraping or leveling blade is pro-
vided with end wheels carried on arms mounted on a
rockshaft in trailing relation behind the blade when used for
scraping, the wheels being optionally disposable at the sides
of the blade with the arms extending forwardly when the
blade is used in forming dams and the like for irrigation pur-
poses. Power transmission means for rocking the shaft is ef-
fective in either position of the wheels to rock the shaft, raise
the blade, and return it to a predetermined operating posi-
tion. \
3,640347
ROTARY HOE
Harry T. Miller, 2209 Miller Road, Flint, Mich.
Filed July 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 838,147
Int. CI. AOlb 7/00
U.S. CI. 172-349
2 Claims
A manually operable hoe having a handle, a frame and ro-
tary discs on caster axles extending outward angularly from
the frame. The hoe provides the same rolling action as an or-
dinary farm disc.
The invention relates to an improvement in stopping ap-
paratus permitting boreholes to be made with great accuracy
and requiring little manpower attendance, said apparatus
comprising a movable platform with lifting jacks thereon for
fixing it in a horizontal position, and a plurality of arms each
of which is articulated to a central stud on the platform, is
swingable in a substantially horizontal plane, is adapted for
carrying drilling means and comprises two telescopic parts
tively to each other and for indicating the degree of their
relative telescopic displacement.
506
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640350
PNEUMATIC DRILL FOR BORING
Marcel Stenuick, Fontaine L'Evequc, Belgium, assignor to
S.P.R.L. Stenuick Frcres, Hainaut, Belgium
FUed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,588
Claims priority, application France, May 23, 1969, 6916870
Int CI. E21b 1106
U.S. CI. 173-61 3 Claims
to be removably inserted into the rock drill in blow-receiving
relationship with a reciprocating hammer element. The
V^.
member is also operable to be a rotation transmitting means
for rotating an extension drill string.
3,640352
ROTARY DRILL ASSEMBLY
Robert VV. Stuart. 13739 Hughes Lane, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,494
Intel. E21bi/72
U.S. CI. 175-107 8 Claims
The invention is concerned with a pneumatic drill for use
in a borehole having a tubular body enclosing a shock-ab-
sorbing piston through which the compressed air is supplied,
a distributor unit, a percussion piston, and a drill bit which
receives the blows from the percussion piston and transmits
them to the rock. The percussion piston is movable in a
cylinder formed by an inner liner, and between the liner and
the inside wall of the drill body lie longitudinal passages for
the supply of compressed air to operate the piston and other
passages for the discharge of the air after it has acted on one
of the faces of the percussion piston. The invention provides
in such a drill a flushing fluid supply means which bypass the
percussion piston and drill bit by way of longitudinal ducts
for the fluid extending from a distributor to escape ducts ex-
tending through the body.
3,640351
FORCE PULSE SHAPING MEMBER FOR PERCUSSION
TOOL
Merton W. Coyne, Arvada, and Dieter K. Palauro, Denver,
both of Cok)., assignors to Gardner-Denver Company,
Quincy, 111.
rUed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,422
InL CI. B25d 9100; E21b / 7100
U.S. CI. 173-105 7 Claims
A member comprising the shank or an integral shank-drill
rod for a percussion rock drill and having a force-deflection
or stiffness characteristic similar to the effective stiffness of
the earth formation to be penetrated. The member is adapted
A rotary drill bit assembly is disclosed comprising a cylin-
drical body having a central opening in the lower face
thereof which defines a chamber therewithin. An annular
main cutting head is carried at the lower end of the body,
and a supplemental bit assembly is supported from within the
chamber which has an annular cutting head disposed perpen-
dicular to the axis of the body and eccentric thereto. The
outer radius of the supplemental cutting head and inner
radius of the main cutting head substantially coincide along a
line parallel to the body axis, with the outer radius of the sup-
plemental head also extending at least to the axis of the cen-
tral opening Means are provided for rotating the supplemen-
tal cutting head relative to the main cutting head.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
507
3,640353 3,640355
APPARATUS FOR EXCAVATION OF DEEP HOLES AND DRILL BIT
TRENCHES Maurice P. Lebourg, 3700 Greenway Plaza Drive, Houston,
Giuseppe Botto, c/o Costruzioni Cemento Compresso Fondisa Tex.
S.p.A. Corso Europa 11, Milan, lUly filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43350
FlledJan. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 791,701 Int. CI. E21b 9/J6
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 23, 1%8, 22880 A/68 U.S. CI. 175-329 8 Claims
Int. CI. E2 lb 27/00
UJS. CI. 175—202 1 Claim
This disclosure relates to an apparatus for the excavation
of deep holes and trenches, which comprises a grab bucket
whose jaws are carried by a rigid rotatable support bar and
are connected by a pair of arms to a sleeve member which is
screwed onto a threaded end portion of said support bar.
3 640354
HOLLOW-STEM AUGER HEAD WITH SEAL
Charles L. Rassieur, University City, Mo., assignor to Central
Mine Equipment Company, St. Louis, Mo.
FUed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,239
Int. CI. E2 lb 27/00
U.S. CI. 175-243 5 Claims
•zo-z
A rotary drill bit design of the type adaptable to roury
diamond-drilling bits or the like having a drilling face crossed
by a number of fluid passageways to provide drilling lands on
which cutting elements, such as diamonds, are mounted em-
ploys a construction wherein the matrix portion of each
drilling land defines a wedgelike volume open in the
direction of bit rotation with respect to the drilling surface or
gage surface defined by the exposed portions of the cutting
elements upon rotation of the bit. Accordingly, upon rotation
of the bit, drilling fluid is subjected to an increasing pressure
gradient in this wedgelike volume between the matrix of the
bit and the formation being drilled to assist in preventing dif-
ferential sticking and to create a hydraulic pressure pattern
which assists in rapid drilling.
3,640356
DIAMOND BIT
Robijn Feenstra, RUswijk, Netheriands, assignor to Shell Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 1 2, 1 969, Ser. No. 884396 /
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 30, 1969,
22,061/69
InL CI. E21b 9136 j
U.S. CI. 175-329 10 Claims
209
??l
In a hollow-stem auger, wherein sampling tools are to be
used through the hollow auger passage, a flexible seal is pro-
vided in the head which prevents or inhibits sand and the like
from moving into the auger passage, but which permits a
sampling tool to pass through.
A diamond bit, the diamonds in the sidewall thereof being
set in a blunt position in a direction radial to the central axis
of the bit as well as in a cutting position in a direction tan-
gential to a helical line passing throujgh the cutting tip of the
diamond and having a central axis coinciding with the central
axis of the bit.
508
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1»72
3,640357
ACOUSTIC LININGS
Anthony George KitchJng, Derby, and Mervyn Brown,
Tkknall, both of England, assignors to Rolls Royce Limited,
Derby, England
Filed Feb. 26, 1971, Ser. No. 1 19^08
InL CI. B64d 33106; E04b 1184; FOln IIIO
U.S. CI. 181-33 G 7 Claims
32
■36-
-36-
28
7a
-30
- --20
—26
34
The invention provides an acoustic lining, suitable for a gas
turbine engine, the lining comprising an impervious sheet, a
channel layer, a first porous sheet, a honeycomb layer and a
second porous sheet, the channel layer being secured to the
impervious sheet and the first porous sheet and the
honeycomb layer being secured between the first and second
porous sheets.
3,640358
UNIVERSAL GAFF GUARD
Kenneth J. Smith, 12101 West Rawson Ave., Franklin, Wis.
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 60,897
Int. CI. A63b 27/02
U.S. CI. 182-221 11 Claims
engine lubricant to a second, control valve from the engine
lubricant pump only after the pressure in the engine lubricant
system has achieved a sufficiently high level to supply the en-
gine's requirements In another embodiment, the first valve
meters lubricant to both the engine and retarder at the same
AO
time by means of metering slots. The second control valve is
operator-actuated and functions to direct lubricant through
the heat exchanger, the lubricant filter, and then to the en-
gine in one mode, or additionally by way of a hydrodynamic
retarder in a second mode and thus to provide braking for
the vehicle.
3,640360
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK WITH PRESSURE MODULATING
EXHAUST VALVE
William R. DoUase, Racine, Wis., assignor to J. I. Case Com-
pany
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,281
InL CI. F16h 57110
U.S.CI.192-4A 10 Claims
A universal guard assembly for the gaff of a climber, such
as utilized by utility and telephone linemen. The guard as-
sembly includes a telescopically adjustable clamp which is
received on the leg iron of the climber, a generally cylindri-
cal metal guard housing having a nonmetal, friction resistant
insert which receives the pointed end of the climber gaff and
a flexible, nonresilient strap which is secured at one and to
the guard housing and releasably secured at the opposite end
to the adjustable clamp.
3,640359
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HYDRODYNAMIC RETARDER
Richard B. Clark, Washington; Hugh C. Morris, Peoria, and
Gerald E. Whitehurst, East Peoria, all of 111., assignors to
Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
Fded Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,338
Int. CI. B60k 29102; F16d 57100
U.S. CI. 192-3 R 11 Claims
A control system is provided for use with a hydrodynamic
retarder for providing braking to a vehicle by using engine
lubricant as the working fiuid. The system comprises a first
pressure responsive, priority valve which functions to direct
A control system for a differential having first and second
output shafts and hydraulic brakes for the respective shafts.
The control system includes a friction device for locking and
unlocking the differential and a valve which progressively
pressurizes the friction device in timed relation to initial
supply of pressured fiuid from a source to the valve. The
valve cooperates with the brakes and releases the friction
device whenever either of the brakes is actuated.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
509
3,640361 3,640363
FRICTION CLUTCH ASSEMBLY FRICTION COUPLING
Paul Spichala, Schweinfurt, Germany, assignor to Fichtel & James R. Spalding, Wauwatosa, Wis., assignor to General
Sachs AG, Schweinfurt, Germany Electric Company
Filed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 35,951 Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,476
Ctaims priority, application Germany, May 20, 1969, G 69 Int CI. F16d 7 7/06. 13114, 51100
20 201 U.S. CI. 192— 65 3 Claims
Int.CI. F16d 13/58
U.S.CI. 192-70.18
9 Claims
In a friction clutch in which the pressure plate is secured to
the clutch casing by leaf springs normally extending in a
common radial plane and elongated approximately tangen-
tially to a circle about the clutch axis, the springs are
fastened to the pressure plate, and axial movement of the
pressure plate relative to the casing under the pressure of the
clutch spring is limited by tubular fasteners passing through
openings in the plate, the leaf springs, and the casing. The
fasteners have terminal flanges and a central annular bead,
the pressure plate and a spring are confined between one
flange and the bead, and the casing is free to move between
the bead and the other flange on each fastener.
3,640362
CLUTCH CONTROLS FOR POWER TAKEOFF SHAFTS
OF TRACTOR OR LIKE VEHICLES
Richard Six, 801 1 Forstem, Sackgasse 2, Germany
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,588
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Aug. 6, 1969, P 19 39
951.0
Int. CI. F16d 27/0(9
U.S. CI. 192—48.7 7 Claims
Jf • W J ,
Controls for first and second clutches between a power
drive of a tractor or like vehicle and a driving section of
power takeoff shaft and between the driving and driven sec-
tions of the power takeoff shaft, comprising a lever-actuated
crankshaft with first and second crank pins, and operating
connections between the first crank pin and first clutch and
between the second crank pin and second clutch, with the
crank pins being so angularly displaced that the first clutch is
actuated prior to arxi after each actuation of the second
clutch.
The invention provides for coupling or uncoupling ad-
jacent relatively moveable machine elements. One element
has a circular or elongated recess defining frictionally en-
gageable surfaces. The other element carries a curved spring
member which fits into the recess loosely normally and is
adapted for being flattened and expanded by moving one of
the elements toward the other. The ends of the spring
member thereby grip the frictionally engageable surfaces and
couple the two elements together.
3,640364
CLUTCH BEARING WITH MAGNETIC SUPPORT
Norman Utton, Leamington Spa, England, assignor to Au-
tomotive Products Company Limited, Leamington Spa, En-
gland
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 881,993
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 9, 1968,
58339/68
Int. CI. F16d 23/14
U.S. CI. 192-98 8 Claims
One race (25) of a release bearing (21 ) of a friction clutch
release mechanism acts on the fingers (19) of a diaphragm
spring (14) and the other race (27) is mounted on a bush
(28) whicl^ surrounds a fixed sleeve (23) of nonmagnetic
material with a clearance (29) therebetween. The bush (28)
has a radial flange which affords an armature for cooperation
with a permanent magnet (32) carried by a carrier (22)
which is slidably mounted on the sleeve (23). The permanent
magnet (32) may be a ring magnet or a circumferentially
spaced array of separate magnets and the face of the or each
magnet may be flush with the surrounding face of the carrier.
In use of the friction clutch release mechanism, if the clutch
and the fixed guide are not coaxial, the permanent magnet
(32) permits the release bearing (21) to move radially rela-
tive to the carrier (22) into a position in which it is concen-
tric with the clutch, and holds the release beanng (21) con-
centric with the clutch.
610
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640365
MULTIPLE SEGMENT CENTRIFUGAL CLUTCH
Charies Frederick Henry, Carson, Calif., assignor to McCul-
loch Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
FUcd Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85345
Int. CI. F16d 43124
VS. C\. 192-105 BA 14 Claims
A centrifugaJ clutch having a driven assembly and a driving
assembly including articulated clutch shoe assemblies that
are spring biased radially inwardly into a nonclutching posi-
tion by a coiled garter spring. Each clutch shoe assembly
comprises a plurality of independent, generally radially ex-
tending segments which are operable to overcome the bias of
the spring and to individually engage an inner cylindrical sur-
face of a drum comprising a portion of the driven assembly.
The segments are assembled for limited relative movement
relative to one another and each segment includes an end
surface for substantially conformingly engaging the drum sur-
face. Radial and tangential force components are transmitted
through each of the clutch shoe segments, to the driven as-
sembly by driving fingers when the segments move outwardly
against the spring bias in response to centrifugal force. By
reason of the drum surface conforming nature of the end sur-
faces of each clutch shoe segment and the provision for rela-
tive movement therebetween, each clutch shoe assembly may
engage the clutching surface of the driven assembly over sub-
stantially the entire clutching surface of the shoe as the in-
dividual clutch shoe segments independently move outwardly
to engage the mating clutching surface of the drum.
3,640366
GRAVITY CONVEYOR
John M. Ross, Upland; Warren V. White, Ontario, and
Robert P. Wortman, Cucamonga, all of Calif., assignors to
Sunkist Growers, Inc., Los Angdes, Calif.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,017
Int.CI. B65g;///0, 11120
U.S. CI. 193-7 34 Claims
rality of laterally and vertically spaced yieldable barriers stag-
gered at successive levels to repeatedly interrupt the free fall
of the objects.
3,640367
AUTOMATIC SORTING DEVICE
Philippe J. Noetinger, Chilly-Mazarin, France, assignor to
Compagnie Generaie D'Automatisnie, Paris, France
Continuation-in-part of applicatk>n Ser. No. 707,691, Feb. 23,
1968, now abandoned. This appUcation Feb. 19, 1970, Ser.
No. 12380
Int. CI. B65g 11120
U.S. CI. 193-31 15 Claims
A device for automatically sorting objects, making possible
the connection of one input station to one of 2" output sta-
tions, including n— 1 superimposed coaxial truncated cones
each capable of movement about the axis thereof between
first and second specific positions, and one input station
equipped with a shutter having two positions. Provided on
each truncated cone are troughs or channels delimited by tri-
angular wedges. For a given position of the shutter and each
of the truncated cones, there exists one, and only one, track
leading from the input station to a selected one of the output
stations, thus, the output station is determined on the basis of
binary information regulating the positioning of the respec-
tive cones and the shutter
3,640368
BRAILLE TYPEWRITER
Hershel Weinberger, Jerusalem, Israel, assignor to State of
Israel
Filed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,202
Claims priority, application Israel, Aug. 20, 1968, 30578
Int. CI. B41j 3132
U.S. CI. 197-6.1 3 Claims
Si
cp90
-At '
4^
VV /16 (-19
48i
i
I
A structure for gravitational conveyance of objects such as
citrus fruit from an upper level to a lower level having a plu-
Apparatus for converting a standard typewriter to record
in Braille includes a plurality of character-key switches, a
Braille recording device, an electrical switching network
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
511
between the character-key switches and the recording pin ac-
tuators of the Braille recording device, and record sheet ad-
vancing means. The electrical switching network includes a
diode matrix having an input line for each character key and
an output line for each recording pin actuator, and a pulse
generator connected to each recording pin actuator. The
standard typewriter has a shift-key and one or more double-
element keys and therefore the apparatus includes a switch
for each of these keys, and a circuit having a pair of AND
gates for each of the double-element keys controlling the
switching network in accordance with whether or not the
shift-key is depressed with a double-element key.
3,640369
FLEXIBLE SHELL PRINTING ELEMENT
Donald L. Rolph, Fairport, N.Y., assignor to The Singer Com-
pany
Filed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 814,052
Int CL B41j 1122
U.S. CI. 197—54 3 Claims
of strippers one of which resets one of the function
mechanisms after a single line feed operation and the other
of which resets the other of the function mechanisms after
more than one line feed operation. Similarly, a second pair of
differently encoded function mechanisms each for operating
the reverse line feed mechanism of the printer which are in-
dividually reset by the strippers after single and multiple
reverse line feed op>erations.
3,640371
CONVEYORS SYSTEMS
Peter J. Jenkins, SandbKk, and William C. Nellcr, Frodsham,
both of England, assignors to Dunk>p Holdings Limited,
London, England
FUcd July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,913
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 9, 1969,
39311/69
Int CL B66b 9112
MS. CI. 198- 16 R 4 Claims
202
A character supporting type shell for use with a character-
by-character printer is disclosed. The shell is constructed of a
material and has a shape that cause it to have rotational and
longitudinal rigidity when rotated and longitudinally
reciprocated about and along an axis, respectively. In addi-
tion, the shell has radial resilience so that it is deformable
when acted up>on by a force in an appropriate direction and
of an appropriate magnitude. The resultant structure is one
which has a weight considerably less than prior art devices
and also a reduced inertia. The last-named factors contribute
characteristics which permit a greater printing rate than
previously available.
3,640370
FUNCTION-PERFORMING MECHANISM
Ronald S. Deniey, Niks, Ul., assignor to Teletype Corporation,
Skokie,Ill.
FUed Apr. 17, 1967, Ser. No. 631^32
Int. CI. B41j 19176
U^.CL 197-114 8 Claims
A comb for a conveyor which has a longitudinally grooved
load carrying surface. The comb being constructed from a se-
ries of rigid teeth resiliently mounted on a rigid transverse
support so that the resilient mounting allows the teeth to
move to accommodate transverse movement of the conveyor
within its guides.
3,640372
BOOK-TRANSFERRING APPARATUS
Ernest J. Sarring, Fort Thomas, Ky., assignor to Crawley
Machinery Co., Newport, Ky.
Original application Jan. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 700,414, now
Patent No. 3,494,455, dated Feb. 10, 1970. Divided and this
application July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 871,000
Int. CI. B65g 47/22
U.S.CL 198-24 7 Claims
A pair of differently encoded function mechanisms each
for operating the line feed mechanism of a printer and a pair
Apparatus for transferring books from a first upper station,
to which books are sequentially conveyed horizontally with
their backbones leading, alternatively to second and third
lower stations at each of which the books are deposited at
fixed positions in a vertical disposition with their backbones
lowermost, and thereafter advancing the books horizontally
from their fixed positions to selectively variable delivery posi-
tions.
512
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640373
DEVICE FOR ARRANGING ARTICLES SUPPLIED IN trac k
BULK AND INDIVIDUALLY AND SEQUENTIALLY
DELIVERING THEM IN ALIGNMENT TO WRAPPING UP
MACHINES
Ariosto Seragnoli, Bologna, Italy, assignor to G.D. Sodfta In
lowing a single row of cores to migrate onto the inspection
3,640375
_ ^ ^, ___^_. . _^,^ ... HIGH SPEED ARTICLE-TURNING MECHANISM
Accomandita Semplke Di Enzo Seragnoli E Artosto S*rag- James L. Reimers, San Jose, CaBf,, assignor to FMC Corpora-
noil, Bologna, Italy tion, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,138 Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,652
Claims priority, applicatioa Italy, Mar. 4, 1969, 1559/ A Int. CI. B65g 47/24
Int. CI. B65g 47/26 U.S. CI. 198-33 AD ig Claims
U.S. CI. 198-30 7 Claims
Articles such as chocolates are randomly supplied in bulk
to near the center of a rotating disc. Fixed guiding means are
located above the disc so that articles thereon are guided
outwardly in a generally spiral path so that at the periphery
of the disc oriented articles are sequentially and separately
delivered to a wrapping-up machine. The guide members
have at least one abutment surface angularly inclined to the
vertical from the plane of the disc to assist orientation of the
articles. Means for turning over articles onto a desired face
may be included on the guide members.
3,640374
MAGNETIC CORE INSPECTION DEVICE
Michael P. Peratis, Newbury Park, Calif., assignor to Ampex
Corporation, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,096
Int. CI. B65g 47/24, 47/26
U.S. CI. 198-30 9 Claims
A series of ferromagnetic articles to be turned 90° are
moved by an inclined conveyor along a linear path over a
deadplate and between two turning drums having resilient
peripheral surfaces shaped to conform to the curvature of the
contacted surfaces of the articles being turned. One of the
drums is driven at a higher speed than the other drum and
has its axis of rotation disposed forwardly of a plane which is
perpendicular to the linear path and has the axis of rotation
of the other drum lying therein thereby providing an angular
space or gap between one end of the article being turned and
the next following article so that the resilient material on the
high-speed drum will enter the space. The discharge edge of
the deadplate is angled so as to be parallel to the partially
turned articles causing both ends of each article to move off
the deadplate onto the conveyor at the same time. A mag-
netic stabilizing conveyor is positioned to grip one end of
each article as the article completes its turn.
3,640376
UNLOADER FOR BULK MATERIAL IN WHICH A CHAIN
BUCKET ELEVATOR CONSTITUTES THE RECEIVING
AND ELEVATING APPARATUS
Kurt Peuker, Cologne, and Heinrich Sommer, Porz-
Westbofen, both of Germany, assignors to Pohlig-Heckel-
Bleichert, Verelnigte Maschincnfabriken A.G., Cok>gn«,
Germany
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,847
Int. CI. B65gJ7/(70
U.S. CI. 198-91 3 Claims
A magnetic core inspection device is provided in which
magnetic cores loaded into a cavity at one end of a plate are
caused to migrate along the length of the plate under the in-
fluence of a coupled vibrator past an orienting section of the
plate to an inspection track, the orienting section functioning
to arrange the cores in a single row along the inspection
track to facilitate inspection of the cores for imperfections
using a microscope. The orienting section of the plate in-
cludes an elongated element extending between apertures
and having a pair of mutually perpendicular, intersecting sur-
faces forming a track for the cores. The lateral dimensions of
the surfaces are respectively less than the overall diameter
and thickness of each core, causing excess cores to fall
through the apertures and into a catch tray and thereby al-
^'H.'"
The invention relates to a chain bucket elevator for han-
dling bulk material in the unloading of ships, in which the
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
518
bucket elevator is swiveled in the plane of rotation of the 3,640379
buckets and in which the distance between the upper and CASSETTE ALBUM
lower axes of the bucket chain guides remains constant. Marshall L. Weingarden, 108-18 Queens Boulevard, Forest
Hills, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14333
3,640377 int O. A45c 11/00; B65d 43/04, 85/67
RAG FEEDER U.S. CI. 206- 1 R 1 Claim
Henry F. Benoit, P.O. Box 356, Charlton City, Mass.
FUed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,844
Int. CI. B65g 77/76
U.S. CI. 198-178 6 Claims
This invention relates to a rag feeder and, more particu-
larly, to apparatus for presenting rags in a flat condition to a
shoddy picker.
3,640378
SHUFFLE FEED MOTION-TRANSMITTING
CONNECTION
Melvin R. Elliott, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Genevieve I.
Hanscom and Genevieve I. Hanscom, Robert Magnuson and
Lois J. Thomson, as Trustees of the estate of Roy M. Mag-
nuson, part interest to each
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,845
Int. CI. B65g 25/04
U.S. CI. 198-218 1 Claim
A shuffle feed structure wherein articles are progressed
from valley-to-valley over a shuffle feed mechanism involving
reciprocating shuffle feed members, where an additional
function is involved employing movement of a member of the
shuffle feed mechanism which is actuated by the movement
of the shuffle feed members but is in a different direction.
An album having front and back booklike fla(>s which
respectively mount cassette-holding vacuum molded trays.
Among other features, the trays are molded with interfitting
peripheral structure providing a friction fit holding the album
closed and also serving as a seal against dust and other con-
tamination of the album interior.
3,640380
PORTABLE FOOD AND DRINK CARRIER
William W. Huffman, WUmettc, III., assignor to Marketers,
Inc., Wilmette, DI.
FUed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878342
Int. CI. A45c 7 7/20,- B65d 5/44
VS. CI. 206—4 6 Claims
A portable food and drink carrier has cup-supporting flaps
partially cut from a sheet-form spine portion and hingedly
connected thereto along an upper edge, and a circular flap
aperture is sized to supportingly receive a cup when the flap
is outwardly folded to a horizontal position. The spin portion
may take the form of an enclosure for receiving food items,
and the flap may include yieldable tabs extending radially in-
wardly to accept differently sized cups.
3,640381
PACKAGE WITH DESTRUCTIBLE PORTION FOR
DISPENSING
Takashi Kanada, 28 Shimsaka, 1 Cbomc, and Toshk> Tanaka,
128, Yotsuyakamicbo, both of Kawasaki-shi, Japan
FUed July 7, 1%9, Ser. No. 839^37
Int. CI. B65d 75/62, 33/02
U.S. CI. 206-56 AA 4 Claims
A package comprising a pocket of a stiff material and a
flexible bag secured within and to the edges of the pocket.
The mouth of the pocket is expanded when the bag is sup-
plied with the package material, to form a support and pro-
tective covering for the bag. The bottom of the pocket and
514
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
the bag portion connected thereto can be removed from the
remainder by separation along a destructible portion to pro-
vide a dispensing opening in the bag for removal of the con-
tents. '
the screen increase toward the discharge end for separating
or sizing the aggregate into several different particle groups.
In both embodiments, a portion of the undesired lightweight
particles, such as clay, normally collected with the undersize
particles overflows the screen with the oversize particles.
3,640^84
APPARATUS FOR WEIGHT-CLASSIFYING ODD-
SHAPED ARTICLES
Victor Del Rosso, Ithaca, N.Y., assignor to Hi-Specd
Cbecliweigher Co., Inc., Ithaca, N.Y.
Filed July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,669
Int. CI. B07c 5128
{]S. CI. 209—74 M 13 Claims
3,640382
FLOTATION CONCENTRATION OF MAGNESITE WITH
EMULSIFIED COLLECTOR REAGENTS
Tage L. B. Jepsen, Gabbs, Nev., assignor to Basic Incor-
porated, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 743,292, July 9,
1968, now abandoned. This application Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No.
8,692
InL CI. B03b 7100; B03d 1102
U.S. CI. 209-12 7 Claims
Concentration of magnesite present in ores containing
siliceous and calcareous impurities and having some clay
slimes as impurities by first reducing the slimes content of a
magnesite ore pulp, cleaning same in a first flotation treat-
ment wherein some of said impurities are separated as a float
product, mixing a selected group of depressants for said
siliceous and calcareous impurities in predetermined propor-
tions in a liquid carrier, adding the premixed depressants to
the cleaned pulp feed to a second flotation treatment at a
predetermined rate, and stage adding an emulsifiable tall oil
fatty acid collector reagent of low rosin content in starvation
amounts at intervals in the progressive pulp flow through the
second flotation treatment thereby floating a portion of the
total magnesite content at each introduction stage.
3,640383
SCREENING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Joseph W. Wantling, Wellington, Ohio, assignor to Wedge
Wire Corporation, Wellington, Ohio
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,726
Int CI. B03b 7100
U^. CI. 209-17 15 Claims
Water is sprayed toward an aggregate through the under-
side of a sloping screen at spaced intervals along its length.
The gaps in the screen are of a constant width for separating
the aggregate into two particle groups, an undersize group
and an oversize group. In another embodiment, the gaps in
An apparatus for weight-classifying odd-
wherein a plurality of open-topped carrier
hinged bottoms adapted when closed to
thereon are continuously passed sequentially
station at which articles are positioned in
weighing station at which the articles are
discharge classifying station at which the
bucket is opened to discharge an article into
ty of article takeoff conveyors on the basis
recorded weight
shaped articles,
buckets having
support articles
through a filling
the buckets, a
weighed, and a
bottom of each
one of a plurali-
of its previously
3,640385
REAGENTS FOR BENEFICIATING ORES
Randal E. Smith, and Clarence W. Egbom, both of Carlsbad,
N. Mex., assignors to Ideal Basic Industries, Inc., Carlsbad,
N. Mex.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,509
Intel. B03d 7/02
U.S. CI. 209-166 8 Claims
Flotation concentration of sylvite from sylvinite or other
potassium chloride ores in a brine of the ore, particularly ef-
fective where brine carrier is dirty or at high temperature.
Small amounts of silicone polymers are introduced as auxilia-
ry agents in conjunction with primary aliphatic amines and
aliphatic and/or aromatic oils as collectors reducing total re-
agent requirement with resulting cost reduction and substan-
tia] improvement in flotation efficiency.
3,640386
PORTABLE SIFTING APPARATUS
John W. Frangos, 2 Brimbal Hill Drive, Beverly, Mass.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 848373
Int.CI. B07b//2S
U.S. CI. 209-337 2 Claims
A compact, portable, power-driven sifter is provided for
use in sifting flour or the like, and is particularly suited for
restaurant and institutional use. A basket having replaceable
screens is mounted in a housing for horizontal oscillatory
movement by means of a motor-driven eccentric linkage, the
basket being supported on rollers and guided by sheave rolls
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
515
against lateral displacement. The housing is supported in a two compartments and that one compartment, at least, m-
highly raised position by elongated legs to permit pans, Uays eludes pumpable walls of the container.
3,640389
DISPLAY STAND AND EXPENDABLE SHELF FOR USE
THEREON
Alan K. Snyder, River Forest, Dl., assignor to Chicago Display
Company, Melrose Park, lU.
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,835
Int. CL A47b 96/02, A47f 5100
U.S. CI. 211-148 15 Claims
and the like to be moved in and out from under the unit from
any side thereof
3,640387
REMOVAL OF FLOC FROM SETTLING DEVICE
Walter R. Conley, and Gordon L. Culp, both of Corvallis,
Oreg., assignors to Neptune Microfktc, Incorporated, Cor-
vallis, Oreg.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,908
Int. CI. BO Id 27/02
U^. CI. 210-73 4 Claims
rroi"
Floe buildup on top edges of inclined tube settling device
prevented by causing slight flow of liquid across tops of
tubes.
3,640388
DIALYZING LIQUID-COLLECTING CONTAINER
Andres Ferrari, Dover, Mass., assignor to Damon Corpora-
tion, Needham Heights, Mass.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65340
Int CI. BOld i7/00, A61b 05/70
U.S. CI. 210— 94 9 Claims
A display stand comprising a four-sided base and a pair of
upright shelf support means wherein the base is slidably as-
sembled, and an extendable shelf for use on the display stand
comprising a first shelf means, and a second shelf means
wherein the second shelf means is capable of vertical move-
ment with respect to the first shelf means.
3,640390
REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE HLTER HOUSING
Thomas J. Goy, Canoga Park; Richard P. Kniericmen, Van
Nuys, and James E. Reading, Sepulveda, ail of Calif., as-
signors to Torite Enterprises, Inc., San Fernando, Calif.
Filed May 13, 1968, Ser. No. 728,674
Intel. BOld 27/05
U.S. CI. 210-130 13 Claims
A liquid container, pumpable to aspirate liquid into it via
an inlet passage, has a dialyzing membrane forming first and A replaceable cartridge is provided for a screw-on-type oil
second compartments within the container on either side of filter useful in automobile engines, or the like. A floating car-
the membrane, fhe inlet passage feeds into only one of the tridge is provided which is spnng loaded against the bottom
516
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
of a housing and held in place by spider-type clamping ar-
rangement which is easily removable for the changing of the
filter therein There is also provided an antidrainback valve
which is constructed of a single piece and prevents oil from
draining back into the oil system when oil is not being
pumped through the filter. The filter housing is provided with
a plurality of coolant fins which permits the oil to be cooled
as it is being pumped through the filter system.
3,640391
AQUARIUM ACCESSORIES WITH SELF-STARTING
WATER-CIRCULATING SYSTEMS
Paul David Carpenter, Jr., 1112 Burr Street, Algonquin, III.
FUed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853388
Int. CI. E04h 3120
U.S. CI. 210-169 9 Claims
Self-starting, quiet, surge-free circulation of aquarium
water to an accessory such as a filter or germicidal lamp is
achieved by a system including an airlift into a substantially
airtight accessory where the ai^'and water are trapped so as
to provide a pressure to lift the water out of the accessory.
Air other than the quantity remaining trapped is bled through
a constricted passage into the outflowing water tube, and ap-
pears to aid its outflow by a blowing action resembling an air-
lift.
3,640392
PRESSURIZED LIQUID-FILTERING APPARATUS
Edward A. Smith, Glenvillc, and Arnold V. Baldwin, Wilton,
both of Conn., assignors to GAF Corporation, New Yortc,
N.Y.
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,784
Int. CI. BO Id 29110
U.S. CI. 210-232 13 Claims
A vessel having a cover connected thereto by a unique
hinge contains a basket supported filter bag for filtering
liquid under pressure that enters the mouth of the bag
through an inlet in the cover and is discharged through an
outlet in the bottom of the vessel. The hinge is provided with
a liquid inlet passage which communicates with a liquid
supply plumbing connection which is permanent and need
not be disturbed when the cover is arriving open, or closed.
The cover contains a manifold that serves not only as a liquid
inlet, but also as a handle. Annular seals caused by the rim of
the basket are located on the annular wall of the body of the
vessel so that when the cover is simply closed and clamped,
leakage of the pressurized liquid is prevented above the bag,
as well as from the vessel itself
3,640393
LIQUID CONTAINER HAVING PRESSURE-PROTECTED
DIALYZING MEMBRANE
Carl R. Hurtig, Scituate, Mass., assignor to Damon Corpora-
tion, Needham Heights, Mass.
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,767
Int. CL A61b 05110; BOld 31100
U.S. CI. 210-321 8 Claims
A liquid container has a dialyzing membrane forming first
and second compartments within a chamber on either side of
the membrane An inlet passage feeds into only the first com-
partment, which IS pumpable to aspirate liquid into it via the
inlet passage. A liquid-pervious member in the first compart-
ment backs up the membrane to support it when there is a
greater pressure in the second compartment than in the first.
3,640394
OIL SKIMMER WITH OSCILLATABLE CIRCULAR
LOOP
Eugene L. BriU, and Beatrice M. Brill, both of 1803 West
Royalton Road, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,228
Int. CI. E02b 15104; BOld 17102
U.S. CI. 210-322 15 Claims
An apparatus is provided for skimming oil or the like float-
ing on a pool of water including an endless substantially rigid
loop of uniform cross section, generally circular. The loop is
gripped at its upper edge by a pair of rolls rotating in op-
posite directions and drivingly engaging said loop at one zone
in diagonally opposed quadrants, one above and one below
the center of a section of the loop. The rolls rotate the loop
in its own plane causing it to pass continuously into and out
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
517
of the pool of water or hydrophilic liquid and to attract
hydrophobic material, such as oil or the like or finely divided
or colloidal material, which material is lifted by the coil and
squeezed out upon passing through the rolls or separated by
a scraper or by a blast of air The loop may oscillate about an
axis substantially tangential the loop at the driving zone. A
modification utilizes a brushlike surface on the loop and on
the driving rolls.
3,640397
TOOLHOLDER FOR MACHINE TOOLS
Giorgio OUearo, Ivrea, Italy, assignor to Ing. C. Olivetti & C,
S.p..^.. Ivrea. Turin, ltal>
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,571
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 28, 1%9, 50322 A/69
InL CI. A47f 3108
U.S. CI. 211-1.5 3 Claims
3,640395
AUTOMATIC SELF-CLEANING STRAINER
Selwyne P. Kinney, Carnegie, Pa., assignor to S. P. Kinney
Engineers, Inc., Carnegie, Pa.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,680
\ni.C\.Wi\A35ll2, 29138
U.S. CI. 210-334 7 Claims
\
n '/' <•
»c arr^ »/
i^
An automatic self-cleaning strainer having multiple stages
of straining within a single housing. Straining media are
spaced in the housing along the liquid flow stream. The
straining media are of progressively finer mesh and the free
flow area of each stage of media is preferably greater than
the flow area through the inlet of the housing. Each stage of
straining media is provided with a backwash shoe engaging
the upstream surfaces of the media. Each backwash shoe is
coupled to a common manifold shaft which receives the
backwash liquid and discharges it outside of the housing.
3,640396
FILTER
Peter Brownell, Providence, R.I., assignor to Fram Corpora-
tion, Providence, R.I.
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,470
Int. CI. BOld 27/06
U.S. CI. 210-493 1 Claim
A fluid filter comprising a pleated filtering medium ar-
ranged in an annulus and having axial main pleats (defined
by radial score lines), oblique secondary pleats (defined by
"sawtooth" score lines) at the radial peripheries of the annu-
lus, and seals around the peripheries which overlap at least a
portion of the oblique pleats; the filter tapering at the oblique
pleats to an axial dimension less than a corresponding axial
dimension of the main pleats.
In a machine tool having a rotatable chuck and tool
magazine drum, each tool holder is provided with a protec-
tive tube concentric with the shank of the tool holder. The
chuck and each compartment of the magazine drum are pro-
vided with an annular recess. The tube is housed in the recess
when the toolholder is placed in the compartment or chuck
housing, creating a labyrinth which prevents the shank from
dirtying during operation. The recess of the chick is also pro-
vided with packing, sealing the tube and the recess.
3,640398
WAFER BOAT
Ted A. Loxley, Mentor; John M. Webb, Chagrin Falls, and
Walter G. Barber, North Perry, all of Ohio, assignors to
Edward J. Mellen, Jr., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,680
Intel. HOll 7/00; BOSc 11/14
U.S. CI. 211— 41 19 Claims
A quartz-glass carrier frame for supporting a series of rows
of silicon wafers made by clamping a single row of flat
quartz-glass rods together with rows of shims having a
thickness substantially equal to the wafer thickness, welding
the rods together at spaced locations along their length, and
welding lateral quartz-glass spacer rods to the longitudinal
rods and to a flat bottom plate.
ERRATUM
For Class 211—148 see:
Patent No. 3,640,389
895 O.G.— 19
518
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640^99
PRINTED CIRCUIT CARD RACK
John H. Hartnun, Bedford, Tex., assignor to Thermalloy In-
corporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,893
InL CI. A47f 5110
U.S. CI. 211-175 11 Claims
and then raised as high as possible. The second fall is then at-
tached as low as possible to the chain and it too is hoisted as
high as possible within the limits of the boom used. The buoy
on the first fall is then lowered to the deck of the vessel and
the first fall is then attached low on the chain and hoisted as
high as possible By alternately attaching the first and second
falls as low as possible to the chain and hoisting them as high
as possible the hose attached to the bottom of the chain is
eventually brought to the surface and onto the deck of the
vessel.
3,640,401
TRANSPORTABLE TOWER CRANE FOR RAPID
ERECTION
Pierre Joseph Pingon, 7 Avenue du Parmelan, 74 Annecy,
France
Filed Jan. II. 1971, Ser. No. 105,350
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 14, 1970, 7001 162
Int. CI. B66c 23172
U.S. CI. 212-49 10 Claims
, 1^
I-
X:^
ZJ^
^^
ff f* '3 W J f
A printed circuit card rack is described having a pair of
spaced-apart end assemblies between which a plurality of
channel members are connected that support circuit card
guides. Connectors are supported by the channel members in
alignment with the guides. The end assemblies each comprise
a plurality of members that permit selectively changing the
distance of separation between selected channel members, so
that printed circuit cards of different widths can be accom-
modated. The end assemblies also include members for at-
taching the rack to a panel, in which these members are
selectively adjustable relative to the other end members, so
that printed circuit cards of different depths can be accom-
modated.
3,640,400
SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HOISTING SUBMARINE
HOSE
Donald E. Becraft, Pacifica, Calif., assignor to C. J. Hendry
Company, San Frandsco, Calif.
Filed Dec. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 96,502
Int. CI. B66c 23152
U.S. CI. 212-3 4 Claims
tltP=<£^
A system and method to be used on a ship moored
offshore to hoist submarine hoses from the floor of the ocean
to the deck of the vessel. The system and method employs
utilization of two cables or falls, the first of which is first at-
tached to a buoy connected to the submarine hose by a chain
A transportable tower crane for rapid erection comprising
a lower frame, an upper rotating frame carrying a mast com-
prising one or several parts and a foldable jib. A ballast is
secured on a frame which is pivoted on the rotatable frame
of the crane about a vertical axis but which can be immobil-
ized in the rotational direction relatively to this rotating
frame. Coupling means are fixed or may be fixed on the
lower frame and are so arranged that it can be pivotally con-
nected to a tractor vehicle about a vertical axis coincident
with the vertical pivotal axis of the ballast-carrying frame.
This arrangement enables transportation of the crane without
dismantling the ballast, which rests about the platform of the
tractor vehicle When curves are negotiated during transpor-
tation the assembly pivots around the aforesaid pivotal axis.
3,640,402
INTERNALLY REINFORCED SHANK FOR A RAILWAY
COUPLER
Russell G. Altherr; Paul F. Shramovidi, and Nelson D.
Metzger, all of Chicago, III., assignors to Amsted Industries
Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,207
Int. CI. B6lg 7/10,9/00
U.S.CL 213-62 10 Claims
311 -^ JB M
w'-.tX'^^
J * « «
The key slot of a railway coupler shank is modified to dis-
tribute tensile forces to the top, bottom and sidewalls of the
shank. Upper and lower straps angle away from the key bear-
ing wall of the key slot and into the top and bottom walls of
the shank providing openings above and below the key slot
thereby lightening the shank and improving the containment
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
519
of the key slot core for more effective manufacturing. An
upper and a lower support rib in each opening is respectively
connected to the top wall and the upper strap and the bottom
wall and the lower strap to properly locate the key in the key
slot.
\
3,640,403
FLOAT PLANE HOIST
Byron L. Godbersen, 710 Circle Drive, Ida Grove, Iowa
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,328
InL CI. B66f 7/06
U^.CL214-1A 4 Claims
telescoped condition at the second assembly station by an in-
termediate assembly ram, formed into a final telescoped and
interengaged condition at the third assembly station by a
final assembly ram and automatically removed from the in-
dexing table at the fourth pickoff station by a pickoff
mechanism. The fixtures include resiliently urged pivotal
holding fingers maintaining proper part alignment and per-
mitting the various telescoping and reforming operations,
while the intermediate and final assembly rams operate
together, one preferably being mounted directly on the other
The pickoff mechanism includes a cam controlled, vertically
and horizontally movable arm having releasable pickup
means thereon automatically engaging and retaining finally
assembled parts at the forth pickoff station and removing the
parts both vertically and horizontally to a location remote
from the indexing table.
3,640,405
SLIP PALLET LIFTER
Harry M. Carpenter, Jr., 404 Brookside Court, AugusU, Ga.
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,741
IntCLB62b//06
U.S. CL214— IB 6 Claims
Z3 2Z
A float plane hoist is provided herein comprising, in com-
bination, a frame having spaced-apart, upstanding legs, a
pontoon support means which is movable upwardly and
downwardly relative to the frame and a foldable winch for
moving the pontoon support means upwardly and
downwardly. The winch is foldable to provide clearance for
the elevators of the float plane when the float plane is being
loaded and unloaded from the pontoon support means.
3 640^404
PRODUCTION ASSEMBLY MECHANISM FOR
TELESCOPICALLY ASSEMBLED AND INTERFERENCE
FORMED PARTS INCLUDING TRANSFER ARM
MECHANISM
Adolf Scbocpe, 1620 North Raymond Avenue, FuUerton,
CaUf., and Fredric E. Schmuck, 535 Century Drive,
Anaheim, Calif.
Original application Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,316, now
Patent No. 3,606,661, dated Sept. 21, 1971. Divided and this
applicatkm Oct 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,674
InL CL B66c 1/54
U^. CL 214— 1 BB 6 Claims
A pair of jaws extend laterally at the front of the lifter and
are manually closable to grip the edge of a slip pallet. The
lifter is then tilted about supporting wheels close to the jaws
to lift one edge of the pallet and load and arms on the lifter
are swung forwardly to position blocks under the load. The
blocks are releasably held by the arms so the load can be
lowered onto the blocks and the lifter withdrawn to leave one
edge of the slip pallet and load elevated for reception of the
fingers of a forklift truck.
3,640,406
LOWERING DEVICE
Gunter E. Becker, Manhattan Beach, Calif., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,083
Intel. B65g 57/7/2, 60/00
U.S. CL 214-6 G 20 Claims
A series of spaced fixtures are mounted on a rotatable in-
dexing table progressively movable between first and second
and third assembly stations and a fourth pickoff station so
that production parts, such as three parts of a ball cock lower
assembly, may be received at the first assembly station in an
initially telescoped condition, formed into an intermediate
A device for lowering a flat member from a first, upper
level to a second, lower level in a storage magazine including
520
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
a pair of opposed vertical side plates, each of which supports
an inverted V-shaped cam and means facing inwardly of the
side plates for receiving and supporting an essentially flat
member thereon. Cam followers, associated with means for
positioning a flat member on the opposed support means,
cause vertical movement of the lowering device as they ride
over the upwardly inclined surfaces of the inverted V-shaped
cams, prior to reaching the apex of each cam, whereby the
flat member is lowered in a planar vertical fashion. As the
cam followers move over the downwardly sloping legs of the
inverted V-shaped cams, the lowering device is returned,
under the action of upwardly biasing spring means, to its ini-
tial position. The specific structure of the opposed support
means enables the flat member to be gently deposited on a
support in the lower level and permits the lowering device to
be smoothly returned to its initial position without inter-
ference from other flat members stored in the magazine.
3,640^7
APPARATUS FOR HANDLING BOOKS
Frank J. Anastasio, Paramus; Clinton F. Bnindage, Mahwah,
both of N J., and Clarence P. Strakosch, Tappan, N.Y., as-
signors to North American Rockwell Corporation, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 833,985
Int. CI. B65g 57/05
U.S. CI. 214— 6F 20 Claims
outwardly The other container-gripping part comprises a
suction cup Restraining members are provided for insuring
that only the endmost container part in each stack of parts is
removed by a set of gnpping members.
3,640,409
SILAGE DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS
Newell B. Hanson, Lake Lillian, Minn., assignor to Hanson
Silo Company, Lake Lillian, Minn.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,518
Int. CI. B65g 65/32
U.S. CI. 214-17 CB 3 Claims
Method and apparatus whereby books delivered on-edge,
spine-up, as by a building-in machine, are alternately tipped
in opposite directions on a continuously operating belt con-
veyor, funneled into alignment and then stacked with the
spine joints of adjacent books at opposite sides of the stack
and offset to prevent crushing thereof. The progressively
formed stacks are progressively lowered on a photocell-con-
trolled elevator, jogged, and then removed to a delivery con-
veyor while the building of the succeeding stack is begun on
an auxiliary retractable platform for subsequent transfer to
the elevator.
3,640,408
PART-REMOVING MECHANISM FOR REMOVING
CONTAINER PARTS AND THE LIKE FROM NESTED
STACKS OF PARTS
Gary A. Adams, Beaverton, Mich., assignor to Koehring Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,552
Int. CI. B65g 59//0
U.S. CI. 214-8.5 A 18 Claims
Continuously moving transfer mechanism having pairs of
container part-gripping members are movable in toward the
ends of endmost container parts which are supported, for ex-
ample, in side-by-side nested stacks and thence are moved
endwisely away in a linear path of travel and to a remote lo-
cation where the container parts are released from the
gripping members. One gripping member comprises a plug
which is shaped to enter a container part having a radially in-
wardly extending lip and each plug has a rib for engaging be-
hind tiie lip of the container part to pull the container part
A frame pendulously attachable to the outlet end of a
blower pipe or silage chute within a silo including a motor
and gear box with a clutch arrangement therein so that a first
generally horizontal plate is attachable to the motor for con-
tinuous rotation during energization of the motor and a
second angularly disposed plate or deflection plate mounted
above the generally honzontal plate for rotation during ac-
tuation of the clutch arrangement so that silage leaving the
blower pipe is deflected onto the generally horizontal plate in
substantially any desired direction. The entire pendulously
mounted frame is adjustable relative to the end of the blower
pipe so that silage c£in be distributed evenly throughout the
entire silo.
3,640,410
WASTE-MATERIALS-HANDLING SYSTEM
Robert J. Pioch, Jackson, Mkh., assignor to Kysor Industrial
Corporation, Cadilla, .Mich.
Filed June 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 837,417
Int. CI. B65g 67/02
U.S. CI. 2 1 4- 38 A 8 Claims
Apparatus for containerizing waste material under pressure
in vans for hauling on railcars of the type having elevatable
turntable-type van supports, and for loading and unloading
the vans relatively to the railcars, includes a plurality of com-
pactors spaced along and beside a rail siding on a raised plat-
form. Another platform of the same height is on the opposite
side of the siding track. The compactors work transversely of
the track. The height of the platforms conforms to a raised
position of the turntables so that each van can be turned,
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
521
when its turntable is raised, to a position such that the two
ends of the van overlie the platforms. When the turntables
are lowered the vans rest transversely on the platforms in
bridging relation thereto, and the train is movable freely
under the bridging vans. Winches are used to move the train
to align each van with its compactor, and to move loaded
vans to another siding, as well as to move the train and vans
at the disposal site. The vans when in the bridging position
are closer together than when on the train.
3,640,411
REFUSE DISPOSAL TRANSFER STATION
Orin M. Anderson, 1123 S.E. Military Drive, San Antonio,
Tex.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,783
Int. CI. B65g6 7/04
U.S. CI. 214— 41 8 Claims
A transfer station for the unloading of refuse from collec-
tion vehicles and the loading of the refuse into transfer vehi-
cles for transportation to a final disposal location. Tlie station
has an unloading area at an upper level and a transfer vehicle
loading area at a lower level, and the unloading area has
open troughs positioned to receive refuse discharged from
collection vehicles on the unloading area and means for mov-
ing the refuse in either direction along the troughs to hoppers
into which the refuse may be moved and which are posi-
tioned to discharge the refuse downwardly into ram
mechanism positioned to load the refuse into transfer vehi-
cles located in the loading area.
two (or more) spaced-apart picking stations, each picking
station common to both conveyors. Each conveyor has bins
with compartments in which goods are stored. Although the
bins on each conveyor remain in the same sequence, the bins
are movable relative to each other on the conveyor to define
"buffer" zones which permit simultaneous pickmg by two
spaced-apart pickers. The control system for the conveyors
includes a reader which receives digital data concerning a
group of orders to be picked from a stack of cards, each card
3,640,412
CONVEYOR SYSTEM
Robert J. Traubc, San Mateo, Calif., assignor to FMC Cor-
poration, San Jose, Calif.
Original appUcation Aug. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 754,443. Divided
and this applkation Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 871,299
Int. CI. B65g J 7/00
U.S. CI. 214-152 5 Claims
A storage and retrieval system for goods has two power-
operated conveyors movable in separate endless loops past
giving the identity, quantity, and distribution of one of the ar-
ticles to be picked. The two conveyors are automatically
stopped alternately with the bins containing ordered goods at
the picking stations, and the operator at each picking station
picks goods from the bins in accordance with a readout unit
which displays the card data. A plurality of packing lanes
originate at each picking station and terminate at a plurality
of packing stations. Each picker distributes goods to the
separate packing lanes in accordance with the readout unit at
the picking station.
3,640,413
BOAT CRANE
Carl Robert Klein, 403 Northwest Street, Bdlevue, Ohio
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,776
Int.Cl. B60pJ/yO
U.S. CI. 214-396 5 Claims
Straddle-type boat crane for lowering and lifting boats into
and out of the water and for transporting them to and from
the water. The crane includes fixed position forward and rear
hoists, the latter being free of any fixed or movable trans-
verse member and providing unlimited inside clear height at
all times for ease and convenience in handling boats having
high superstructures or tall spars.
522
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,414
PUSH-PULL ATTACHMENT FOR LIFT TRUCKS
Ronald A. Bnidi, Longvkw, Wash., assignor to Brudi Equip-
ment, Inc., Loogview, Wash.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15385
InL CI. B60p 1102
U.S. CI. 214-514 6 Claims
3,640,415
INDUSTRIAL VEHICLE
James A. Wahl, Langhorne, and Robert A. Nieminski,
Philadelphia, both of Pa., assignors to Eaton Yale & Towne,
Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,61 1
Int CI. B65g 7100
U.S. CI. 214-672 3 Claims
portion includes a vertically extending mast structure
mounted on the outrigger for pivotal movement therewith
with respect to the driving portion. Means are provided on
the driving portion and the mast structure for permitting ar-
ticulation of the load mast and outrigger with respect to the
driving portion about the horizontal axis while preventing
movement of the mast structure with respect to the driving
portion about another horizontal axis located transversely to
the above honzontal axis.
3,640,416
REVERSE ANGLE THREAD SYSTEM FOR CONTAINERS
John J. Temple, 255 Kossuth Avenue, Milmont Park, Pa.
Flkd Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,279
P Int. CI. B65d 41104
U.S. CI. 215-43 7 Claims
A novel lazy tongs has offset pivotal connections between
the arms of the linkage allowing the arms to fold together
compactly in vertical positions. The lazy tongs linkage actu-
ates a push frame for pushing a load off the forks of the lift
truck. An adjustable length connection between the upper
forward arm and the push frame allows the upper end of the
push frame to be tilted backward in extended position of the
linkage so that the thrust may be applied principally at the
bottom of the load. Since the adjustable length arm is vertical
in retracted position, the push frame is always vertical in
retracted position regardless of its tilt in extended position.
The rearward tilt of the push frame in extended position is
also advantageous in grasping sheetlike pallets to pull a pallet
load onto the forks of the truck. The lower edge of the push
frame may be equipped with pallet grippers for this purpose
In a container for holding fluids having a neck portion
through which the fluid is poured and a head portion, or cap
which threadedly engages the neck portion, a thread system
wherein the neck, or male threads are made of a relatively
deformable plastic material, such male threads having a
reverse downward angle and having parallel upper and lower
edges, and the cap, or female member, being made of a
harder less deformable material and having interengaging up-
ward angled threads, the upward angle of the female member
being greater than that of the male member such that upon
threaded engagement the male threads hook within the
female threads and are stressed into a strengthened engage-
ment.
3,640,417
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE FOR CLOSING A
RECEPTACLE
Masao Sakurai, Yokohama City, Japan, assignor to Gilbreth
International Corp., Philadelphia, Pa., a part interest
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 11,762
Int. CI. B65d 55102
U.S. CI. 215-83 7 Claims
A closure for container which permits, when on display,
the customer to look into and smell the products packaged
therein and nevertheless prohibits him to touch the products
. directly with a finger. The container is sealed at its mouth
An industrial lift vehicle includes a driving portion and jg portion by a flat, porous top member and has provided at the
load lifting portion. The load lifting portion includes a outer penphery of the container a U-shaped tongue for use in
^ound engaging outrigger which is pivotally connected to removing the entire closure when the container is to be
the driving portion about a horizontal axis. The load lifting opened.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
523
3 640 418 handle also consists of two identical parts, each pivotally
THROW AW AY CLOSURE FOR TEST TUBE mounted upon a cover half to draw and lock these parts
Robert J. Williams, Dover, Ohio, assignor to Dover Molded
Products Company, Dover, Ohio
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,888
Int. CI. B65d4//22, J9/00
U.S. CI. 215-41 1 Claim
rt
1
^8
1
1
/ '
'
/ :
^
^
J
A disposable plastic closure cap for test tubes dimensioned
to fit loosely over the exterior of the open end of a test tube,
the cap having an annular plug extending down from the top
of the cap to fit into the test tube snugly but not airtightly,
the plug surface being in the form of two truncated cones
having a common base and different conical angles.
together when the two handle members are drawn together
to form the handle.
3,640,419
APPARATUS FOR EXPANDING A CYLINDRICAL
VACUUM COOLING CHAMBER
George W. Baker, P.O. Box 1756, EI Centro, CaUf.
Original application July 9, 1968, Ser. No. 743,447, now
Patent No. 3,543^69, dated Nov. 24, 1970. Divided and this
application July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 63,965
Int. CL B65d 7/(W, 7/JS, 7/44
U.S. CI. 220-5 A 3 Claims
A method for converting and an apparatus comprising a
cylindrical vacuum cooling chamber having an eccentric and
increased overhead dimension. The cylinder as expanded
provides substantially the strength of a cylindrical shell
without elastic deformation of the cylinder or extensive pip-
ing reconnection during the expansion process.
3,640,421
DRAWER CONSTRUCTION FOR CARD RLES AND THE
LIKE
Edward M. Conway, and Daniel E. Conway, both of Grand
Rapids Mich., assignors to Conway -Cleveland Corporation,
Grand Rapids, Mich.
FUed June 12, 1%9, Ser. No. 832,563
Int.CI. B65d//24, 1/36,7142
U.S. CI. 220-22.3 13 Claims
3,640,420
COOLER CHEST
William R. Carter; Charles Jay Slaybaugh, both of DaUas,
Tex., and Patrick M. Hodgins, HoMcnville, Okla., assignors
to Edward Kelley Corporation, Houston, Tex.
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,545
Int. CI. B65d 25/18
U.S. CI. 220—9 R 6 Claims
The cover of a portable, thermally insulated container con-
sists of two identical parts which dovetail together and en-
gage the container to seal it shut. Each cover part is pivoted
at its ends to the container to swing outwardly away from
each other to give full access to the container. A carrying
A card file drawer assembly formed of an integrally
molded shell with a front panel structurally secured to the
outer face of the front wall thereof. The shell has an undu-
lated bottom forming drawer slide tracks, card supporting
slide tracks and a guide track groove for a card compactor
means, and also defines card stop ribs on the inner face of its
front wall. The compactor means groove is closed on its sides
and bottom and open at the top, with two horizontal rails
projecting from the sides of the groove to partially hood the
top thereof.
3,640,422
RESEALING CLOSURE FOR CANS AND THE LIKE
Jonas C. Harschd, 8 Maripasa Court, Burlingame, Calif.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17^75
Int. CI. B65d 39112
U.S. CI. 220-24.5 7 Claims
A closure to fit cans to reseal same when the contents have
been partially removed. Top and bottom radially stretchable
diaphragms enclose top and bottom flexible disks. Top flexi-
ble conical member is depressed by a handle and has means
cooperating with means on the bottom flexible conical
member to first radially expand the latter and then to lock
524
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
the same in expanded condition so as to force the edges of
the diaphragms into sealing engagement with the can wail.
38^' 26
Pulling the handle upward disengages the flexible members
from each other and permits the parts to assume collapsed
condition out of sealing contact with the can wall.
3,640,423
TOOLBOX FOR PICKUP TRUCK
Shirley L. Parker, Warsaw, and John D. Rohrer, North
Manchester, both of Ind., assignors to Parker Industries,
Inc., Silver Lake, Ind.
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,599
Int. CI. B65d 43116
U.S. CI. 220—31 R 8 Claims
A toolbox for mounting across the bed of a pickup truck.
the box having an elongated rectangular body and a cover,
and a latch means at each end of the cover for releasabiy
securing the cover to the body. Either of the two latch means
can be released, thereby permitting the respective end to be
raised while the other latch means functions as a pivot for the
cover. A yieldable support is included near the longitudinal
center of the body, to support the cover in an elevated posi-
tion when the box is open. A single operating means is in-
cluded at each end of the cover for operating the latch means
which automatically locks when the end of the cover is
lowered to closed p>osition.
3,640,424
SEALING FOR UNDERWATER CAMERA HOUSING
Sadanao Ando, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kalsha
Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 22,073
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 24, 1969, 44/26416
Int. CI. F16j 9100; ¥l6k 4 1/00
U.S. CI. 220-46 R 2 Claims
2a 2b
Sealing is provided for sealing lx)th of the water and sand
for underwater camera housing so as to prevent the wear and
abrasion of the packing and screw threads by the sand. A
packing consisting of a main body, a flange and an inter-
mediate bridge portion therebetween, all formed integrally, is
used. Watertightness is achieved mainly by the main, body
which is fitted in an annular groove formed around the base
of an externally threaded cylindrical p>ortion of the casing en-
casing therem a camera and compressed by the end face of
an inwardly extending, internally threaded cylindrical portion
of a cover having an optical window. Watertightness and
sandtightness are achieved by the flange portion of the
packing which is interposed between the end faces of the
flanges of the casing and cover.
3,640,425
nLLER TUBE CONSTRUCTION FOR GASOLINE TANK
Louis J. Auer, 3111 Northeast 51st Street, Apt. 404, Fort
Lauderdale, Fla.
Original application July 5, 1968, Ser. No. 742,560, now
Patent No. 3,506,155. Divided and this application Jan. 23,
1970, Ser. No. 5,251
Int. CI. B65d 41/00
U.S. CI. 220-86 R 4 Claims
S4^
The specification discloses a tank for inflammable liquids,
such as a gasoline tank for a motor vehicle, having filler tube
including an improved construction of its upper end receiv-
ing the sealing cap The disclosed construction provides a
tight sealing joint between the tube and the cap and
eliminates some serious disadvantages of the prior construc-
tion. The filler tube end is made in two pieces in order to
eliminate the difficulties of producing the desired construc-
tion by stamping due to substantial length of the tube. At the
same time the disclosed construction eliminates a passage in
the juncture of the two pieces leading from the inside of the
sealed space within the tube to the outside thereof and some
other disadvantages known to have created serious difficul-
ties and having safety implications. The construction pos-
sesses a number of additional advantages by virtue of having
the cam plate thereof disposed on the outside of the filler
tube sealing edge
3,640,426
DEVICE FOR SEQUENTIALLY DISPENSING SETS OF
SHEETS
Marvin H. Hammer, 1724 West Mulberry Drive, Phoenix,
Ariz.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,578
Int. CI. B65g 59/06, B65n 3/30
U.S. CI. 221-67 8 Claims
A collating feeder for sequentially dispensing individual
sets of sheets from a stack of crisscrossed sets. The stack is
supported by two alternatively operative escapement means
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
525
that oscillate into engagement with alternate sets to dispense
the sets sequentially.
3,640,427
PLURAL STACK DISPENSER HAVING COMMON
ACTUATION FOR STACKS
Bruce F. House, Miami, Fla., assignor to Shelley Manufactur-
ing Company, Miami, Fla.
Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74,417
Int. CI. B65g 59/02
U.S. CI. 22 1 — 1 27 10 Claims
and depositing such seed into a mold cavity which prevjoudy
had been loaded with a charge of pellet-forming material and
after the seed is deposited onto such charge, loading a
second charge of such material into the cavity and then com-
pressing the contents of the cavity to form such pellet.
3,640,429
METHOD OF DISPENSING AN INDUSTRIAL SPRAY
USING BOTH A PROPELLANT-DISPERSANT AND GAS
PRESSURE
Carl N. Campbell, Kirkwood, Mo., assignor to Camie Com-
pany, IiK., St Louis, Mo.
Filed Oct 12, 1967, Ser. No. 674,916
Int CI. B67b 7/00
U.S. CI. 222-1 4 Claims
Beverage containers are dispensed selectively from a plu-
rality of dispensing receptacles by actuation of a single actua-
tor which is common to all of the receptacles. Each recepta-
cle has a mouth at the top thereof and a stop spaced below
the mouth less than the height of a container. Resilient
means urges a stack of containers upwardly in each of the
receptacles against the stop therein. The common actuator is
selectively engageable with the uppermost container in each
of the receptacles to disengage that container from its stop.
The stack then moves upward to engage the next container in
the stack with the stop. Thus, a single actuator serves all of
the dispensing receptacles in a group.
A bulk lot of silicone fluid, precharged with Freon or
Genetron 1 1 , contained in a storage drum. At the site of use
a nitrogen tank and a spray nozzle are connected to fittings
through the drum head.
3,640,428
SEED-CONTAINING PELLET-DISPENSING EQUIPMENT
Philip B. Knapp, Lynbrook, N.Y., assignor to Aptek Indus-
tries, Inc., Lynbrook, N.Y.
Filed Sept 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,289
Int CI. B23a 7/04
U.S.CL 221-211 19 Claims
3,640,430
BULK DISPENSING SYSTEM
James Gordon Roberts, Omaha, Nebr., assignor to Roberts
Dairy Company, Omaha, Nebr.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,649
Int CLGOlg 7 7/04
U.S.CL 222-1 50 Claims
A seed-containing pellet-forming equipment for automati
The bulk dispensing system serves to dispense metered
amounts of one or more refrigerated or nonrefrigerated
products in either individual consumer or commercial con-
sumer amounts. In one embodiment, the system dispenses
food products and includes a bulk container of 50 to 250 gal-
lon capacity mounted in portable or stationary manner within
a refrigerated cabinet. The bulk container detachably con-
nects to a metering mechanism and to a dispensing
mechanism so that predetermined amounts of food product
can be dispensed. The metering and dispensing mechanisms
can be operated automatically by a coin operating
mechanism or by manual means. The system can be em-
ployed with onsite cabinets, or mobile units and may or may
not be refrigerated. The system is maintained under sanitary
cally removing a single seed at a time from a mass of seeds conditions at all times and can either dispense one product or
526
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
a selected one of a number of different products directly into
a container supplied by the consumer or can be dispensed
into a container supplied by the system. In the latter case, the
system can aJso dispense filled containers of all types for
removal by a consumer. Specially selected inert gas at-
mospheres can be used in assisting in the dispensing as well
as the presentation of the product.
3,640,431
SHUTOFF NOZZLE FOR CAULKING CARTRIDGE
Lawrence H. Pluincr, Rutland, Vt., assignor to Rutland Fire
Clay Company, Rutland, Vt.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,537
Int. CI. GOlf ///06
VS. CL 222-48 6 Claims
or
3,640,433
BEVERAGE DISPENSER FOR METERING A PLURALITY
OF LIQUIDS
Joseph J. Rodth, Swansea, Mass., assignor to The Coca-Cola
Company, Atlanta. Ga.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 681,219, Nov. 7,
1967, now abandoned. This application July 11, 1969, Ser.
No. 842,793
Int. CI. B67d 5156
VS, CI. 222- 1 29.2 39 Claims
The caulking cartridge includes an end closure disc fixed
in place at one end of the cylindrical body of the cartridge.
The shutoff discharge nozzle comprises a circular base or
flange portion seated against the end closure disc and
rotatably mounted relative thereto. The dispensing opening
formed in the closure disc and the discharge passage in the
nozzle, which are radially offset with respect to the axis of
rotation of the nozzle by substantially the same distance, may
be aligned to p>ermit dispensing of the material or nonaligned
to prevent dispensing and drooling of the material upon rota-
tion of the cartridge body relative to the discharge nozzle
without removing the cartridge from the caulking gun.
3,640,432
CAN-MOUNTED PUMP DEVICE
Mike L. G. Cowley, P. O. Box 208, Coeur D'Alene, Idaho
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,739
InL CI. B67b 7/26
U.S. CI. 222-82 3 Claims
Apparatus mcluding a plurality of coaxial pistons
reciprocable in unison in a chamber of a pump body for
simultaneously admitting different fluids to and discharging
them from the chamber, the pistons defining fluid-metering
compartments and an operating compartment in the
chamber, means for supplying fluids to the chamber includ-
ing a tank for one of the fluids, and supply and return means
including a conduit in permanently open communication
with the operating compartment for alternatively supplying
said one fluid in raw condition thereto for operating the
pistons and for returning said one fluid when spent to the
tank to be conditioned for subsequent discharge.
3,640,434
VARIABLE CAPACITY FLUID-DISPENSING DEVICE
Clarence L. Walker, Webster Groves, Mo., assignor to Sher-
wood Medical Industries Inc., St Louis, Mo.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,809
Int. CI. B67d 5/02
U.S. CI. 222-144.5 19 Claims
The can-mounted pump device comprises a housing in-
cluding a hand pump assembly, a spout for dispensing viscous
lubricants, and cutter means carried by the housing operable
to cut a opening in a can container package, the opening
being operable to receive the can-mounted pump device of
the present invention.
A pipette or other device for measuring and dispensing
liquids which includes an aligned series of decreasing diame-
ter, stepped cylinder chambers, e.g., three, contained in a
barrel with the three chambers serviced by a common
stepped piston for emptying and filling a receiver or reservoir
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
527
carried by the device in communication with the chambers.
A chamber at one end of the array is maintained in unob-
structed flow communication with the receiver or reservoir
which may or may not be a removable tip or nozzle on the
device. A vented passageway communicates with vent ports
from each chamber. A valving member is provided in the
passage for selectively venting one or more of the chambers
or connecting them in flow communication with the receiver
or reservoir.
In a specific form, the passageway can be formed between
the barrel and a sleeve or collar surrounding the barrel which
is rotationally slidable on the barrel. TTie valving member can
be in the form of an elliptical ring on the inner surface of the
sleeve or collar in sealing sliding engagement with the barrel
outer surface, the ports of two of the other chambers falling
between the longitudinal extents of the elliptical ring; and the
center of the elliptical ring being located between the two
ports. Rotation of the sleeve to a position placing the ring,
between the port vents one port while placing the other in
flow communication with the nozzle, and rotation of the
sleeve 90° one way or the other vents both ports or places
both in flow communication with the nozzle to increase or
decrease the liquid handling capacity of the device depend-
ing on the direction of rotation.
3,640,435
SOAP-DISPENSING METERING niESSURE VALVE
Eari L. Morris, 1501 North Cloister Road, Whittier, CaUf.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,985
Int. CI. GOlf yy/i6
U.S. CI. 222-335 2 Claims
stem extends through the seal and is movable inwards against
a coil spring to open the valve in normal use, and to permit
pressure filling by inward deflection of the seal. The internal
cross section of the housing over a substantial part of its
length is square and flow channels extend from comers of the
square through the housing around the outside of the coil
spring. Specific characteristics of the seal and spring are
stated.
3,640,437
PACKAGE FOR AMPOULES CONTAINING
LYOPHILIZED PRODUCTS
Michel Galy, Lyon, France, assignor to Societe Anonyme ditc:
Institut Merieux, Lyon, France
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888370
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 27, 1969, 180.929
InL CI. B26f 3/00
UJS. CI. 225-96.5 5 Claims
In a pressurized soap-dispensing system, a metering valve
having a valve body including an inlet to be connected to a
soap supply line and a forward outlet end for discharge of the
soap and a fluid duct therebetween, a pushbutton-type valve
mechanism carried by the body for selectively opening and
closing the fluid duct, and a metering device for controlling
the amount of soap discharged from the valve when the push-
button is depressed including an inclined fluid passage in
communication with the fluid duct and having a reduced area
opening at its forward end and a stop pin at its rearward
lower end, and a closure element in the inclined passage
movable in response to dynamic soap pressure when the
valve is opened so as to close the reduced area opening after
a metered amount of soap is discharged.
3,640,436
AEROSOL VALVE FOR USE IN HIGH-RATE PRESSURE
nLLING OF A CONTAINER
Frederick James Gallagher, 89, Balmoral Drive, Hayes Mid-
dlesex, England
Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,716
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 17, 1969,
2,915/69
Int. CI. B65d 83/14
U.S. CI. 222—402.24 3 Claims
An aerosol valve has a housing with a main flow passage at
its inner end and an annular seal at its outer end. A valve
A package for ampuls containing lyophilized products
comprising a box adaptable to contain a plurality of the am-
puls and formed of at least two assemblable elements, two of
which each have an internal orifice for engaging an end of
the ampul over a certain length thereof so as to allow break-
ing of the ampul by grasping one element in each hand.
528
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,438
WEB-HANDLING APPARATUS
John E. Morse, and Norman J. Rosenburgh, both of
Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastnun Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,431
Int. CI. B65h 2i/26, Gl lb 15128
VS. CI. 226-25 25 Claims
embodiment, the error signal is used to cause the following
advance step to be either greater or lesser than normal de-
pending upon the direction of deviation.
Web-handling apparatus has a web drive member for ad-
vancing the web past a particular station, such as a Film gate
of a motion picture projector, a transducer of a magnetic
tape transport apparatus, etc. A pair of capstan members for
driving the web are symmetrically mounted along a web path
at opposite sides of the drive member. Both capstan members
are driven simultaneously in a direction for advancing the
web toward the drive member, and they are both driven at a
speed that exceeds the normal maximum speed or velocity
that can be imparted to the web by the drive member so that
slippage continuously occurs between the web and the cap-
stan members. The web-handling apparatus can maintain
static and dynamic tensions and tension variations in the web
adjacent the web drive members at very low levels, thereby
avoiding forces that tend to create web damage and avoiding
undesired movement of the web at the station that can
produce unsatisfactory reproduction of images or other
record information on the web. Various embodiments of the
capstan devices are disclosed.
3,640,439
DEVICE FOR ADVANCING AN ENDLESS WEB OF
FLEXIBLE STRIP MATERIAL
Lynn A. Sdke, Fairport, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,173
Int. CI. B65h 23118
MS. CI. 226—32 , 9 Claims
An advance mechanism for an endless web of flexible strip
material utilizes a flexible, transparent carrier belt having a
web-receiving channel therein. The web is trapped in the
channel and is supported by the belt as it is moved thereby
through the transducer area. A circuit for controlling the belt
advance, and thereby the web advance, includes a dif-
ferential optical detector for observing the position of a
reference mark on the web after the web has been advanced.
Deviation from the desired position of the mark causes the
generation of an error signal which in one embodiment actu-
ates the advance mechanism to correct the error. In another
3,640,440
PNEUMATIC CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING THE
FEEDING OF YARN INTO A YARN MAGAZINE
Jaroslav Sedlarik; Jiri Havlas, and Premysl Kostelecky, all of
Liberec, Czechostovakia, assignors to Elltex, Zavody textil-
riho strojirenstvi, Liberec, Czechoslovakia
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,539
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Apr. 25, 1969,
2933-69
Int. CI. B65h 23118
U.S. CI. 226-34 10 Claims
A pneumatic system for the control of the feeding of yarn
into a magazine in textile machines, such as yam-winding
machines The system functions exclusively by the use of
pneumatic power, in one disclosed embodiment yarn fed
from a source of supply by driven feed rollers passes under
tension to a yarn magazine, and thence from the magazine to
a yam-winding device. Pneumatic sensors are provided for
detecting ( 1 ) a failure of tension in the yam between the
feeding rollers and the magazine, and (2) the condition
wherein the magazine is full of yam. Pneumologic means,
into which impulses from the two sensors are directed, con-
trols a pneumatic power means for stopping the feeding of
yam by the feeding rollers upon the presence of either one or
both conditions ( 1 ) and (2).
In another disclosed embodiment, the pneumatic power
mejms is under the control of only a pneumatic sensor which
detects a failure of tension m the yam between the feeding
rollers and the magazine.
3,640,441
INTERMITTENT DRIVE MECHANISM FOR
CINEMATOGRAPHIC APPARATUS
Eduard Keznickl, Vienna, Australia, assignor to Karl Vocken-
huber and Raimund Hauser, Vienna, Austria
Filed Oct. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,073
Claims priority, application Austria, Oct. 23, 1968, A
10358/68
Int. CI. G03by /22
MS. CI. 226-49 10 Claims
An intermittent drive means for a cinematographic ap-
paratus which is adapted to be used with perforated film. The
intermittent drive means includes claw means adapted to en-
gage and disengage the perforation holes of the film and to
transport the same A pair of cam means is rotatable about
an axis in a single direction and has flrst and second cam sur-
faces. First and second cam follower means are connected
with the claw means, and the first cam surfaces are adapted
to impart forward film transporting motion to the claw
means. The second cam surfaces are adapted to move the
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
529
claw means periodically in perforation engaging and disen-
gaging position. Third cam means are coaxial to the cam
means having first cam surfaces. The third cam means are
adapted to impart reverse film transporting motion to the
claw means and have third cam surfaces symmetrically to the
first cam surfaces with respect to a fictive surface being coax-
ial to the cam means. Transporting direction changing means
are connected with the first cam follower means and are
adapted to control the same for altemative cooperation with
the first and the third cam surfaces, respectively.
3,640,442
STOCK PUSHER
Gilbert T. Lyon, 22501 Rk) Vista, St. Clair Shores, Mich.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,818
Int. CI. B65h / 7134
U.S. CI. 226-158 7 Claims
v//////////////////////.
74 7^ ^^4
This disclosure relates to a stock pusher for use in auto-
matic screw machines or the like and includes a urethane
rubber body having a passageway therethrough for grippingly
engaging the stock to be pushed. The urethane body may be
either permanently or removably secured in the pusher shell
at the end of the stock feed tube.
3,640,443
STAPLER
Kenichi Itagaki, Takasaki-shi, Japan, assignor to Max Cor-
poration, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,664
Claims priority, applicatmn Japan, Dec. 26, 1968, 43/94992
Int. CI. B25c 5102
U.S. CI. 227-120 9 Claims
A portable stapling apparatus having a closable housing
which includes upper and lower cover members hingedly
connected adjacent one end of the housing, which cover
members when in a closed position define a closed chamber
in which is positioned a stapling means. The stapling means
includes a staple holding magazine and a staple base portion
disposed for relative pivotal movement toward one another
to permit a staple to be inserted into a selected article. The
staple magazine and the base portion are each pivotally con-
nected to the upper cover member whereby the magazine
and base portion are pivotal relative to both the upper and
lower cover members. A resilient pressing and driving
mechanism is disp>osed between the upper cover and the
magazine for permitting ejection of the endmost staple in the
magazine. Further, a removable cartridge means is mounted
in the upper cover for storing therein a plurality of spare sta-
ples.
3,640,444
APPARATUS FOR COMPLUNT BONDING
David P. Ludwig, Whitehall, Pa., assignor to Western Electric
Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,259
InL CI. B23ki /OO, J 7/04
U.S. CI. 228—4 12 Claims
Compliant bonding of beam-lead devices such as in-
tegrated circuit chips is accomplished by engaging successive
ones of the chips with successive pxJrtions of an apertured
strip of a compliant bonding medium and bonding the chip>s
to successive portions of substrates. A bonding head travels
along a bonding axis both to pick up a chip from a tray and
later to bond the chip to a substrate. After each bonding
stroke a spent portion of the strip is removed from the bond-
ing axis and a fresh portion is introduced onto the axis for the
next bond.
In one illustrative embodiment the bonding head is in the
form of a rotatable turret having a number of equally spaced
tips projecting radially and outwardly therefrom. The strip is
threaded around a portion of the circumference of the turret-
like head. After each bond, the head is rotated until a dif-
ferent one of the tips and its associated portion of compliant
strip are aligned with the bonding axis. Reels are provided to
continuously supply and takeup the strip as progressive rota-
tion of the head occurs. Each bond is thus made with an un-
spent portion of compliant bonding strip.
3,640,445
PARTITION DIVIDER
Robert E. Durham, Fort Worth, Tex., assignor to Container
Corporation of America, Chicago, III.
FUed Sept 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,955
Int CL B65d 25104, 5148
U.S. CI. 229-15 2 Claims
A partition structure for dividing a receptacle into a plu-
rality of separate compartments. The structure is formed
530
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
from a cut and scored blank having a pair of interrupted
foldiines extending along a common axis and a pair of inter-
rupted slits extending laterally thereof to divide the blank
into four quadrants defining partition members. A slit con-
nects each of the aforementioned slits with a correlative one
of the foldiines to define an area in the blank at the midpor-
tions thereof. Diagonally disposed quadrants are folded about
.^N
the interrupted foldiines to a position normal to the plane of
the remaining quadrants, and are rotatable into position
about a foldline extending along an axis coextensive with an
axis passing through the laterally extending interrupted slits
in sliding contact with each other to define a cruciform. By
reason of the configuration of the area at the midportion of
the blank, the rotatable quadrants are locked into position so
as to maintain the structural integrity of the cruciform.
3,640,446
CARTON WITH TUCK-IN CLOSURE FLAP
Harold R. Grieve, Battle Creek, Mkh., assignor to General
Foods Corporation, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,253
Int. CI. B65d 5154
U.S. CI. 229-17 R 8 Claims
faces of one or more panels of said carton to form an interi-
orly positioned pocket between the film element and the car-
ton panel for reUinmg a secondary item or the like isolated
46
i* ""T 2B ' 7 ' i>
10
from the primary product in said carton but which is accessi-
ble through an access panel formed in one of the panels of
said carton without disturbing the primary contents of the
carton.
3,640,448
BOTTLE CARRIER
Prentice J. Wood, Jonesboro, Ga., assignor to The Mead Cor-
poration
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,427
Int. CI. B65d 5102, 71100
U.S. CI. 229-40 9 Claims
:cm
i
" »-H
II „ .a
The inner top closure fiap of a rectangular carton is scored
to permit easy opening, at least a portion of the inner flap
remaining intact to constitute a lip beneath which a cor-
responding portion of the outer closure flap may be tucked
to retain the flaps in reclosed position.
3,640,447
CARTON WITH SEPARATE INTERIOR POCKET
Hampton E. Forbes, Jr., Wilmington, and Lawrence J. La
Frenicre, Newark, both of Del., assignors to Westvaco Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct 3, 1969, Ser. No. 863,593
Int CI. B65d 5/56, 5/72, 77/28
U.S. CI. 229-17 R 2 Claims
A carton structure formed from a single blank of paper-
board and including a film element adhered to the inside sur-
A blank for forming a wraparound-type bottle carrier is
provided with apertures for receiving the necks of packaged
bottles, the apertures being disposed so as to hold the bottles
in spaced-apart relationship and the apertures being con-
structed so as to facilitate entry of the bottle necks therein so
as to grip the bottle necks after insertion into the apertures.
In order to insert the bottle necks and subsequently to form
the package, the bottles are arranged in two rows to form a
group and the blank is placed thereabove with its ends in
transverse disposition with respect to the rows of bottles. The
ends are then bowed upwardly to facilitate inserting the bot-
tle necks into the apertures. Thereafter the bottle carrier
blank ends are folded downwardly and secured together un-
derneath the bottles, the downward folding of the ends of the
blank being effective to force web structures defining a part
of the edge of each aperture into snug gripping relationship
with the associated bottle neck.
3,640,449
TRAY-FORMING CARTON
Donald Lee Bastian, Beaverton, Oreg., assignor to Western
Kraft Corporation, Portland, Oreg.
Filed Dec. 24, 1%9, Ser. No. 887,880
Int CL B65d 5/54
U.S. CL 229—44 4 Claims
A tray-forming carton comprises a folded sheet of stiff
paperboard It includes a bottom having side and end walls,
and a top comprising an integral section of the sheet hinged
through a fold line at one end to one of the walls of the bot-
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
531
tom. A perforated tear line extends across the top, adjacent
the fold line. The free end of the top-forming sheet section
meets the opposite bottom wall, to which it is secured by
releasable securing means such as tear tape. The resulting
closed carton may be converted to a tray by releasing the
securing means and tearing off the top along the perforated
tear line.
3,640,450
WICKET BAGS
Abraham Buddy Lieberman, 4755 Boulevard des Grandes
Prairies, St Leonard, Montreal 457, Quebec, Canada
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,626
Int CI. B65d 33/00
U.S. CI. 229-53 2 '"Jaims
/
The invention refers to wicket bags in which each bag is
made from any suitable flexible material, such as
polyethylene, polypropylene or other equivalent materials,
and has two vertical closed sides and a bottom closed side
and leaving an open mouth forming the fourth side. The rear
and front walls of the bags are of equal lengths and have their
vertical edges heat-sealed for the greater extent of their
lengths, thus forming closed vertical sides, and leaving the
vertical edges of the up|}er portions of the rear and front
walls freely independent from one another so as to form the
open mouth of the bag. The upper portion of the front wall
thus becomes a free transverse p>ortion, which is capable of
being folded in a downward direction on the exterior surface
of its front wall to form a lip, and leaving the upper portion
of the rear wall exposed and which is provided with apertures
located adjacent to its top edge for engagement by the legs or
posts of a wicket. When the bag is filled with the required
items, it is removed from the wicket, and the position of the
folded lip is then changed and extended in an opposite
direction so as to cause the front wall to be of equal length to
the length of the rear wall. The ojjen mouth of the bag is then
suitably closed and tied.
3,640,451
RECEPTACLE DEVICE
Unford H. Lewis, 3408 Ashville Street, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 848,018
Int CI. B65f 1/00
U.S. CL 232—43.1 7 Claims
A receptacle device comprising a body providing a
chamber for storing refuse therein, an opening at the top of
said body for receiving refuse into the chamber of said body,
an opening at its bottom for removal of refuse from the
chamber of said body, and a bottom member hingedly
secured with the body for pivotal movement between a first
closed terminal position and a second open terminal position,
said member enclosing the opening in the bottom of said
body when it is in its closed terminal position for retaining
refuse in the chamber of said body, and exp>osing the of>ening
in the bottom of said body for allowing the removal of the
refuse stored in the chamber of said body through said open-
ing in its body when in its open terminal position, and includ-
ing a plurality of elements at its bottom for engaging said
member and guiding and positioning same as it is pivotally
moved between its terminal positions.
3,640,452
CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATOR
Henric Wilbeim Thylefors, Stockholm, Sweden, assignor to
AMa-Laval AB, Tumba, Sweden
Filed Oct 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,798
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 14, 1968, 13806/68
Int CI. BOld 21/26, 43/00; B04b 1 1/00
\iS. CI. 233—1 A 4 Claims
A liquid component separated in a centrifugal rotor is
thrown therefrom into a surrounding housing where the level
of the liquid component is controlled by an element respon-
sive to changes in such level and operable to regulate the
supply of a superatmospheric pressure gas to the interior of
the housing, the latter having a bottom outlet for discharging
the liquid component and which is subjected to a counter-
pressure.
532
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,453
PORTABLE COMPUTER
James J. Cailiouct, Raleigh, N.C., assignor to American
Imagination Corp., Raleigh, N.C.
FUed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,210
Int. CI. G04f 7104
U.S. CI. 235-78 14 Claims
^-^
A portable computer comprising a planar base member
having a circular, logarithmically spaced scale thereon in-
dicative of a first value and having an opening disposed
therethrough, a circular disc rotatably mounted in superim-
posed relation on the base member and having a logarithmi-
cally spaced scale disposed on a front face thereof which is
indicative of a second value. The circular disc also has a
logarithmically spaced scale on the back face thereof in
alignment with the opening through the base member and
being indicative of a third value which is the quotient of the
first and second values so that when the circular disc is
rotated relative to the base member with a predetermined
first value aligned with a predetermined second value, then
the resulting third value will be aligned in the opening in the
base member. Preferably, the computer also includes an ad-
ditional logarithmically spaced scale and an equally spaced
scale on the circular disc member and also includes a second
circular disc member having a fixed indicator means and an
equally spaced scale thereon for cooperating with the first
disc member to compute additional values. The portable
computer may be specifically constructed for use by a mo-
torist and the above scales include units indicating various
motorist's values.
3,640,454
FORWARD POPPET THERMOSTAT
John S. Freismuth, Arlington Heights, 111., and Nello L.
Bcncdctti, deceased, late of Mt Prospect, III. (by Lena
Benedetti, executor, Mount Prospect, 111. I, assignors to
Eaton Vale & Tonne Inc., by said Freismuth
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,007
Intel. Fotp 7/76
VS. CI. 236—34 3 Claims
^n\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\V\\\^\\\VV<s\\\V\'<\V^^^^^
through the system A thermostatic valve of the forward pop-
pet-type in which a single pnappet cooperating with a single
valve seating surface is independently responsive to both
temperature and pressure for controlling the flow of fluid
through said valve The poppet is slidably engaged with the
extending thermal element and spring biased into a seated or
closed position The poppet will unseat, or open, in response
to an extension of the thermal element or, totally indepen-
dently of the thermal element, will unseat in response to an
upstream pressure sufficient to overcome the spring bias.
Ram
3,640,455
AIR TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
Pat Romanelli, Harrington Park, NJ., assignor to
Domestic Products Company, Northvale, N J.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9339
Int. CI. F24f 7104
\}S. CI. 236-49 3 Claims
A multizone room air temperature control system com-
prises a thermostatically controlled louvered vent unit fitted
to the mouth of the preexisting air duct register of the heat-
ing and air-conditioning system, in each room whose tem-
perature is to be controlled. A continuously energized rever-
sible shaded pole motor connected to the thermostat auto-
matically opens and closes the vent louvres in response to
room air temperature changes to thereby introduce or shut
off the supply of either warm or cold air into the room for
regulating the room air temperature independently of the
other rooms.
3,640,456
SELF-CONTAINED STEAM HEATING UNIT
Clifford M. Sturgis, 1213 Westmoreland, Colorado Springs,
Colo.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,595
InL CI. F24h 3108
U.S. CI. 237-7 9 Claims
A thermostatic valve to be mounted in the coolant system
of an internal combustion engine to control the flow of fluid
The invention is in a self-contained steam heating unit for
heating an area or room, said unit being self-contained and
not requiring any permanent connection or attachment to a
liquid or heat source The heating unit is a closed system in-
cluding a radiator unit having a flow passage therethrough. A
boiler containing a liquid and having a heater for heating the
liquid and converting the same into steam is provided with a
discharge distributing the steam through the radiator unit. A
I
■2*
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
533
condenser chamber is connected to the radiator unit remote
from the boiler, the condensed vapors returning to the boiler.
A thermostat or the like is responsive to the temperature in
the area to be heated and is operative to interrupt a circuit to
the heater when the temperature in the area is above a
predetermined amount. A cabinet encloses the heating unit
and may be a baseboard cabinet type arranged with openings
whereby air flow is from the bottom of the cabinet upwardly
by the radiator to be heated thereby and then circulated into
the room or area to be heated.
3,640,457
HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS OF VEHICLES
Andre Colinet; Jacques Mercier, and Claude Pemoud, all of
Billancourt, France, assignors to Regie Nationale Des Usines
Renault, Billancourt, France
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,137
Claims priority, application France, June 11, 1969, 19393
Int. CI. B60h //05 ^^
U.S. CI. 237-12.3 B , \\ 5 Claims
to define an annular chamber therebetween with a heat
generating means associated with the first of said units and
having an associated blower or suction fan to draw ambient
air into the system and force such air through the passageway
defined by the interconnected inner sleeves which form a
combustion chamber and through the annular passageway
defined by the interconnected annular chambers which form
a heat exchanger chamber, the end of the system being
closed and having a discharge pipe connected to the adjacent
inner sleeve for exhaust of gases, said outer sleeve having a
plurality of outlets spaced along the length thereof
3,640,459
SKIDPROOF TRACTION MAT FOR AUTOMOTIVE
VEHICLES
Samuel L. Preisler, 3210 Avenue H, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,806
Int. CI. B62d 55108; EOIb 23100
U.S. CI. 238-14 . 3 Claims
In this automotive heating and ventilation system compris-
ing a fan, a heat exchanger connected to the engine-cooling
water circuit a distributor chamber disposed beneath the
windshield and formed in a transverse beam of the vehicle
structure and communicating with the passengers" compart-
ment through windshield demisting orifices and through a
transverse passage substantially level with the floor, an air
inlet box, the fan, a divergent pressurizing chamber and the
exchanger constitute an air fan unit mounted at one end of
said beam, the latter being divided into two compartments by
a horizontal partition leaving a passage between these com-
partments, the warm water from the engine cooling system
circulating upwards through said heat exchanger of which the
height corresponds substantially to the beam height.
3,640,458
HOT AIR GENERATOR WITH VARIABLE LENGTH
CONDUIT
Paul Marie Perrinet, Merignac, France, assignor to SEMIA
S.A., Merignac (Gironde), France
FUed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,545
Claims priority, application France, May 2, 1969, 6912362
Int. CI. F24d 5104
U.S. CI. 237-50 5 Claims
A traction pad for an automotive vehicle having pneumatic
tires, that comprises a flat, flexible mat formed with trans-
verse treads on its upper surface. Studs embedded in the mat
extend out of the smooth bottom surface of the mat for en-
gagement with a slippery roadway. The mat is rectangular
and has long beveled side and end edges to provide an incline
on which the wheel can roll. Each stud has a cylindrical body
with a reduced diameter cylindrical pin portion extending
outwardly axially of one end thereof. Ridges are provided on
the bottom surface between rows of protruding stud pin por-
tions to cooperate with the studs in holding the mat in place
on the roadway. The ridges elevate the pin portions from the
carpet on the floor of the vehicle when the pad is stored
thereover and being used as mat thereupon. Draglines may
be attached to an end of the mat.
3,640,460
RESILIENT INTERCONNECTION ARRANGEMENT FOR
RAILS TO CROSSTIES
Wolfgang Baseler, Waklstrasse 20, 8031 Stockdorf, Germany
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 849,047
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 10, 1968, P 17 84
462.1
Int. CI. EO lb 9/45
U.S. CI. 238-349 8 Claims
h'
a
r^
'4 1^ 3-
T^
n4
I if I
''o'ao^' ■ \ .-3a (3b)
Ji
D
The invention relates to the art of hot air heating system,
more particularly of the type having a plurality of intercon-
nected units each including an inner and outer sleeve spaced
To provide for resilient interconnection between the hold-
ing element, such as a spike, screw connection, bolt or the
584
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
like of the base of the rail to the crosstie, a bowed spring is
interposed between the head of the holding element (spike,
bolt, etc.) which has a bowed loop portion essentially sur-
rounding the holding element and a pair of divergent project-
ing wings, bowed slightly (a few millimeters) with respect to
the loop portion and bearing over the base of the tie. The
spring may be round or rectangular bar stock, and if rectan-
gular, may be set on edge; the ends of the projecting wings
have a reverse bend which bears against the inside of the
edge of the shoulder, the loop portion bearing against the top
surface of the shoulder of the tie plate.
and along another portion parallel thereto and longitudinally
3,640v461
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR FORMING AND
SPRAYING PESTICIDAL INVERT EMULSION
Laurel A. Koll, Rukville, Miss^ aasignor to Hercuks Incor-
porated, WUmingtoo, Del.
Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No. 654,297, June
IS, 1967, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 564,861, July 13, 1966, now abandoned.
This application Sept. 26, 1969, Scr. No. 861,421
InL CI. B05b 7104
U.S. CI. 239-7 13 Claims
50tM»i
y
^:C3
4
vsaRfs'.
?^:J%C^^^
— ^j-
Disclosed are an apparatus and a continuous process for
making and spraying a pesticidal invert emulsion from a
Newtonian-type aqueous phase and a Newtonian-type oil
phase. In the apparatus and process the two phases are (a)
introduced into a mechanical dispersing chamber and (b)
established and maintained under hydrostatic pressure in said
chamber sufficient to push from said chamber invert emul-
sion formed therein through a conduit to the outlet of a spray
nozzle and out of said outlet as a spray. In the chamber the
aqueous phase is mechanically dispersed in the oil phase at
least until said invert emulsion is formed. Invert emulsion in
the chamber is expelled therefrom to the outlet of said spray
nozzle, and discharged as a spray into the atmosphere. In one
embodiment the mechanical dispersing chamber is provided
by a centrifugal pump with the requisite hydrostatic pressure
for the most part being provided by pumps in the phase feed
conduits to the centrifugal pump.
/
3,640,462
MOBILE IRRIGATION SPRINKLER PROCESS AND
APPARATUSES THEREFOR
Milton H. Wagner, Rte. 1, Brownfidd, Tex.
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,632
Int. CI. B05b/7/04
MS, CI. 239- 1 1 5 Claims
A tow-type irrigation apparatus and process operating
without anchors wherein the moving pipe train is automati-
cally maintained in a straight line along one portion thereof
and laterally displaced therefrom while a third intermediate
portion between is in a stable inverse curve form.
3,640,463
FORM-INDICATING WATER FOUNTAIN
Koreichi Kawamura; Yoshiko Kawamura, and Koichi
Kanamura. all or66, Jvomvoji, Kamakura, Japan
Filed Apr. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,206
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 30, 1%9, 44/68294
Int. CI. B05b / 7108
U.S. CI. 239-17 9 Claims
-hJ
BCDE
1 23^4
bJ
O'
A water fountain having a plurality of nozzles, which are
arranged in a disposition suitable for representing one or
more of letters, numerals, patterns, and forms.
3,640,464
APPARATUS FOR DISINFECTING AND DISINFESTING
PREMISES
Jeremie Malczewslu, Boulogne-sur-Seine, France, assignor to
Societe anonyme dite: Bronzavia, Courbevoie (Haute-de-
Seine), France
FUed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,083
Claims priority, application France, June 3, 1%9, 6918270
Int.CI. B05bi//0
U.S. CI. 239-69 6 Claims
This invention relates to an apparatus for disinfecting and
disinfesting various inhabited premises or quarters, particu-
larly the cockpit of an aircraft, characterized by the com-
bination of an aerosol generator and at least one volumetric
adjustable discharge pump known per se, and wherein the
delivery tube of the pump is placed in communication with
the fixed tank of the generator, preferably above the max-
imum admissible level of the liquid and the suction tube is
capable of being connected to a cartridge of the treatment
product and a control programmer device is interposed
between on the one hand a power source and on the other
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
535
hand the motor driving the or each disc of said generator uni-
tary with the suction tube and the motor driving said pump in
open the valve, a low pressure is applied to lift the control
valve body. This allows the fuel to pass from the rear fuel
I 1
order concomitantly to control their duration of operation
and the instantaneous discharge of this pump.
3,640,465
QUICK-CONNECT HOSE MEMBERS AND CONTROL
SYSTEM
Margaret L. Hicks, Boulder, Colo., assignor to James C.
Hicks, Boulder, Colo.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,196
InL CI. B05b/ /iO
U.S. CI. 239-583 1 1 Claims
A hose system having releasable slide-fit inlet and outlet
end coupling portions together with an on-off valve member
and an adjustable spray nozzle member interconnected with
lengths of flexible hose between the end coupling portions to
be readily connected to and disconnected from the end of a
variety of flow devices equipped with complementary slide-fit
coupling portions so as to regulate flow therethrough and the
spray through the outlet coupling portion.
3,640,466
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FOR AN INTERNAL
COMBUSTION PISTON ENGINE
Anton Stetger, Illnau/Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Sulzer
Brothers, Ltd., Wintertbur, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,035
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 5, 1968,
16457/68
Int^l. F02m 47102
UJS. CI. 239-94 4 Claims
The valve needle is held closed under the differential pres-
sure of the fuel acting at the ends of the needle. In order to
chamber causing a pressure drop and a pressure differential
to occur to unseat the needle valve.
3,640,467
ATOMIZER WHEEL WITH WEAR-RESISTANT,
SINTERED BUSHINGS
Aage MoUer, Fanun, and Oria Straarup, Birkerod, both of
Denmark, assignors to Aktieseiskabet Niro Atomizer,
Soborg, Denmark
Filed Oct 28, 1969, Ser. No. 871,925
Claims priority, application Denmark, Nov. 5, 1968, 5367/68
Intel. B05bi//0
U.S. CI. 239-224 8 Claims
An atomizer wheel for the atomization of dis|>ersions of
very highly wearing materials for example a caoline disper-
sion, said wheel comprising an annular bowl-shaped space
defined by a hub, a cylindrical wall concentrically surround-
ing the hub, and a bottom part connecting said hub and said
wall. The wall is provided with a number of holes lined with
bushings of a highly wearproof sintered material embedded
in cylindrical bushings of a material able to resist tensile
stresses such as steel or plastic, said cylindrical bushings
fitting loosely in the holes and abutting at their outer end an
inwardly projecting edge of the holes and with their inner
ends projecting a distance into the annular space.
3,640,468
THRUST REVERSER FOR ASYMMETRIC EXHAUST
EFFLUX DEFLECTION
Norman Searle, Marietta, Ga., and John W. Tatom, Franklin,
Tenn., assignors to Loclchecd Aircraft Corporation, Bur-
bank, CaUf.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,826
Int. CI. B64c 1 5106
U.S. CI. 239-265.29 5 Claims
A scheme for increasing thrust reverser utilization particu-
larly on STOL aircraft is provided whereby all of the exhaust
efflux being diverted is deflected in an asymmetric direction
away from the plane of the engine intake air. Exhaust in-
gestion is thereby reduced allowing more effective reversers
to be used down to lower speeds with consequent reductions
in ground roll of the aircraft. Preferably, this asymmetric
536
\
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
deflection of the exhaust efflux is directed upwardly at an
angle to the horizontal to produce an additional load on the
landing gear due to the vertical component of the reverse
thrust enabling greater wheel-braking force to be applied for
a given wheel ground friction coefficient.
3,640,469
CONSTANT-AREA VECTORING NOZZLE
Charles F. Hayes, Indianapolis, Ind., and David R. Steffey, Al-
Icstree, Derby, England, assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 14, 1967, Ser. No. 653,361
Int. CI. B64c 15/04
U.S. CI. 239-265.35 2 Claims
A jet nozzle to vector the jet about a single axis. The outlet
is bounded on two opposite sides by swingable outer deflect-
ing vanes, and a central swingable vane is mounted midway
between the outer vanes. Linkage connects the three vanes
for movement such that the nozzle remains convergent and
of substantially constant area over the range of travel of the
vanes
3,640,470
SPRAY PUMP
Rlnnosuke Susuki, Tokyo; Hiroshi Hoshi, Narashino, and
Shinichi Araki, Funabasbi, all of Japan, assignors to Raion
Yushi Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,824
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 26, 1969, 44/17465
Int. CI. A62c 11/02
VS. CI. 239-333 3 Claims
A pump for spraying liquid Hnishing agents used in wash-
ing, medicines and the like comprising a cylinder consisting
of an upper larger diameter |x>rtion, a lower larger diameter
portion and a tapered portion interconnecting integrally said
upper and smaller portions and having a suction port, and a
piston axially movably fitted into said cylinder and having a
tapered portion which is adapted to engage with said tapered
portion of said cylinder. The positive spraying is ensured; the
leakage of the liquid through the suction port can be posi-
tively prevented, and the air can be introduced through the
suction port for replacement of the discharged or sprayed
liquid
3,640,471
ANNULAR ATOMIZER FOR FLAME PHOTOMETRY
Ernst Winter, Jena, Germany, assignor to VEB Carl Zeiss
Jena, Jena, District of Gera, Germany
Filed June 20, 1968, Ser. No. 742,120
Int. CI. B05b 7/32
U.S. CI. 239-337 1 Claim
The annular atomizer is for use in flame photometry. Sen-
sitive adjustment of the atomizer is ensured by means of a
capillary tube at any time This tube is surrounded by at least
one nozzle and for the purpose of adjustment is tiltable all
round near the orifice of this nozzle. The tilting motion is im-
parted to the tube at its end remote from the nozzle orifice.
3,640,472
LIQUID DISCHARGE NOZZLE HAVING IMPROVED
FLOW CONTROL MEANS
John O. Hruby, Jr., Burbank, Calif., and Rain Jet Corp., Los
Angdes, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 784,541, Dec. 9,
1968, now Patent No. 3,558,053, Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 691,1 1 1, Dec. 8, 1967, now abandoned ,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 492389, Oct. 4,
1965, now abandoned. This application Aug. 28, 1970, Ser.
No. 67,917
Int. CI. B05b 1/14
U.S. CI. 239-552 15 Claims
A family of aerating liquid discharge nozzles, each having
an elongate body defining a duct therethrough between lower
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
537
and upper liquid inlet openings defined at opposite ends of
the body, is described. A plug is disposed across the duct and
has liquid flow passage means defined therethrough by a plu-
rality of grooves formed in the plug sidewalls. The grooves
are spaced uniformly around the circumference of the plug
and have an aggregate cross-sectional area substantially less
than the cross-sectional area of the duct at the location of the
plug in the duct. A conical projection extends from the plug
toward the liquid inlet opening coaxially of the duct, the
radius of the projection, at its base, being at least equal to the
minimum radius of the plug.
3,640,473
FLAIL-TYPE ROTOR FOR A MATERIAL SPREADER
Bryant F. Webb, and Bruce D. Schwalm, both of Leola, Pa.,
assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation, New Holland, Pa.
Filed Apr. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 24,999
Int. CI. AOlc 3/06
U.S. CI. 239-658 1 Claim
l-A
t
r-^
~n-
I
l-^t'
L,-«»
^2»^
I
-if ■
•r-r
K»
Vil
«►'
9<
4- «f>,
i. I
'in
\i
fU •to
t:f^
J ^ 'g -
\^
y
A flail-type material spreader has a semicylindrical tank
for holding material and a rotor shaft extending the length of
the tank with flexible flails connected thereto for discharging
material on rotation of the shaft. The flails are arranged in
groups of two assemblies and the assemblies are connected to
the shaft at 90° to one another. Each assembly comprises two
bending moments. The flails of one assembly are axially off-
set to form matching sets of flails along the shaft having
bending moments in opposition to minimize the vibration of
the rotor shaft.
to its turning axis but may have an irregularly curved surface,
or several such surfaces arranged to intersect each other
3,640,474
IMPELLER FOR HEAVY DUTY COMMINUTING PUMPS
Georg Niedl, Im Bisch 664, Schoan, Liechtenstein
Original application May 3, 1965, Ser. No. 452,502, now
Patent No. 3,502,274. Divided and this appUcation Feb. 18,
1969, Ser. No. 822342
Int. CI. B02c 18/06; F04d 29/04; BOld 35/26
U.S. CI. 241-46.02 7 Claims
An impeller for heavy duty comminuting pumps may in-
clude a blade which is not only disposed in angular relation
along a line which is angularly disposed with respect to the
turning axis.
3,640,475
APPARATUS FOR BREAKING UP LUMPY MATEIUAL
Richard Jung, Gummersbach, and Horst Lenkewitz,
Derschlag, both of Germany, assignors to L & C Stein-
muller GmbH, Gummersbach, Rhineland, Germany
Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,207
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 6, 1968, P 17 57
161.8
Int CI. B02c 13/18, 13/24. 13/288
U.S. CI. 241— 55 14 Claims
Pulverizing equipment including a disc rotating on a verti-
cal axis and having an inner row of impact elements thereon,
which first engage the material and break it up and ac-
celerate it radially outwardly toward an outer row of impact
elements on the disc which cooperate with a surrounding sta-
tionary row of impact elements to complete the breaking up
of the material. A housing surrounds the disc and has outlet
means at the periphery of the disc for the vsnthdrawal of pul-
verized material. A blower beneath the disc may supply air to
the region of the periphery of the disc to assist in the
withdrawal of the pulverized material from the housing.
3,640,476
STIRRING MILL
Kaspar Engels, Mannheim, Germany, assignor to Draiswerke
GmbH, Mannheim-Wakihof, Germany
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,485
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 14, 1969, P 19 01
593.1
Int. CI. B02c 17/16
U.S. CI. 241— 74 7 Claims
Stirring mill for homogenizing, dispersing and comminut-
ing solids in liquids comprising an upright milling container
or housing filled with grinding bodies 0.2 to 3 mm. in size in
538
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 19l2
which a rapidly rotating stirring device is arranged and the
materia] being ground is forced into the container from the
bottom and leaves it by way of a separating device through
the upper end, where the material being ground accumulates
in a back pressure chamber defined by a cylindrical screen
and a top element, where the outlet is above the cylindrical
screen and the shaft of the stirring device is devoid of stirring
elements in the area of the back pressure chamber and guide
members are provided in the back pressure chamber which
delay the movement of the grinding bodies and material
being ground.
3,640,477
COIL WINDING MACHINE
Stefan Furst, Moachengiadbach, Germany, assignor to Walter
Reiners, Mondiengladbach, Germany
FUed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,208
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 16, 1968, P 17 85
153.5
Int. CI. B65h 54/02
U.S. CI. 242-18 R 2 Claims
Coil winding machine for preferably conical cross-wound
bobbins includes thread storage means for compensating for
varying thread winding speeds, and means for automatically
adjusting the length of the stored thread in accordance with
the fullness with which the bobbin is wound.
In-
3,640,478
WINDING APPARATUS
Hans Starke, Maidenhead, England, assignor to K.D.G
stniments Limited
Rled Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,120
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 11, 1968,
17,637/68
Int. CI. B65h 54/08, 54/28
U.S. CI. 242-18 R 4 Claims
43
^-^..^/
A winding apparatus for winding thread or the like onto
packages at high speed comprises a thread guide consisting
of a slot formed between the adjacent, closely spaced shaped
edges of two coaxial cylinders of the same diameter, rotating
together, the slot having helical segments, alternately left and
right handed. The thread enters and leaves the slot at points
which lie in a plane at right angles to the axis of rotation of
the cylinder, preferably these points lie on or near a diameter
of the cylinder. ^
3,640,479
CASSETTE TAPE DEVICE
Kiyoshi Hata, Kobe, Japan, assignor to Funai Electric Com-
pany, Limited, Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 26. 1970, Ser. No. 83,844
Claims priority, applicatran Japan, Feb. 20, 1970, 45/14654
Int. CI. B65h / 7/48
U.S. CI. 242-55. 19 A 1 Claim
II 4 10 S 7
A tape cassette for tape recorders embodying a reel to reel
tape and an endless tape wherein the tapes may be driven
simultaneously or mdividually.
3 640 480
SCROLL STRIPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Nkholas P. ScWelch, Golf, III., assignor to The Matix Cor-
poratk>n
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,783
Int. CI. B65h 19/20
U.S. CI. 242-56 14 Claims
An apparatus and method are provided for unwinding and
guiding scrolls of microfilm from film cartridges while con-
currently severing and separating the leader tape from the
body of the unwound scroll.
3,640,481
MULTIPLE BELT PUNCH
John G. Pugh, 1 191 Monticello Road, Lafayette, Calif.
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,753
Int. CI. B65h 35/02
MS. CI. 242-56.8 8 Claims
A worktable for supporting rolls of belting at each end
thereof and having a set of reciprocating punches mounted
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
S89
over the table for perforating the belting as it is transferred
from one roll to the other.
3,640,482
PAPER FEED MECHANISM
Eric A. Von Hippel, Weston, Mass., assignor to Graphic
Sciences, Inc., East Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 689,641, Dec. 11, 1967,
now abandoned. This applicatkni Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No.
19,542
InL CI. B65h / 7/00, 75/48
U.S. CI. 242- 67. 1 21 Claims
A device for quickly loading a document onto a drum for
scanning or other purposes comprises a pair of bandlike
spiral springs circumferentially wound around the drum ad-
jacent its ends and exerting an inward force against the sur-
face of the drum. Crossbands extending transversely between
the springs hold the document flat against f!ie drum surface
under the force of the springs. The springs are each fastened
to the drum at one end and are readily unwound from the
drum by pulling on their free ends to extend them in a flat-
tened position in which they receive the document for load-
ing onto the drum. On release of the free ends the bands re-
wind around the drum to position the document against its
surface.
3,640,483
TAPE REEL AND TAPE-THREADING SYSTEM
Fred R. Beck, Glen EUyn; Robert J. Fandla, VUla Park, and
Norman F. Gk>ia, Lombard, all of lU., assignors to Ampex
Corporation, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,495
Int. CI. B65h 75/28; G03b 1/04
U.S. CI. 242—74. 1 10 Claims
ing position in which a slot is formed therebetween to receive
the leading end of the tape and a tape gripping position in
which the gripping members move to grip the tape end
therebetween. An actuator in the form of a pushbutton may
be used to shift the gripping members relative to one another
and into the tape-gripping position. Preferably, the tape end
is released automatically by the gripping members when the
tape is uncoiled.
3,640,484
RELEASE MECHANISM
Harry B. Porter, Lancaster, and Robert A. Weinhardt, China
Lake, both of Calif., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,033
Int. CI. F42b 15/02
U.S. CI. 244-3.21 2 Claims
A release mechanism for stabilizing rollerons of a missile.
The device comprises a eager of a bar magnet fixed in a slot
in the wing of a missile adjacent the rollerons. TTie eager is
shap>ed and secured so that its inertia causes it to rotate
toward the rear when the missile is accelerated forward. In
the caged position one end of the eager fits in a recess pro-
vided in a nonmagnetic rolleron housing thereby preventing
movement of the rolleron relative to the wing. Magnetic at-
traction between the eager and an iron member mounted on
the edge of the rolleron housing holds the eager in position
until the setback force on the eager exceeds the magnetic
force between the bar and said iron member. The bar then
moves back into p>osition in the wing slot and is held there by
the magnetic attraction of another iron member positioned in
the top wall of said slot.
3,640,485
AMPHIBIOUS HELICOPTER-TYPE AIRCRAFT
Jean L. Mutrux, 6 Sumac Lane, Clayton, Mo.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,879
Int. CI. B64c 29/00
U.S. CI. 244- 1 2 C 11 Claims
A leading end of a tape is readily threaded between a pair
of gripping membere which are movable from a tape-thread-
A fuselage is formed by an inner circular housing forming
a dome which is spacedly surrounded by an annular housing
540
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
which forms a toroid. Thus the two housings form an annular
venturi-type duct tapering downwardly and inwardly. Across
the duct extend variable pitch radially disposed rotor blades
driven from a ring driven by a prime mover in the inner hous-
ing for inducing downwash of air in the form of a vortex
through the duct with resulting lift. Cyclic pitches of the
blades are variously controlled by a tiltable swash ring having
various elevations in the inner housing and acting as a cam
for followers on linkages connecting the ring with the blades
as they rotate. The double purpose of rotor pitch changes is
to vary lift force and to trim the craft to level or slanting at-
titudes in flight. Extending radially across the duct below the
blades are adjustable counterrotation fins functioning in
response to air downwash to prevent rotation of the fuselage
Extending tangentially across the duct below the counter-
rotation fins are adjustable navigating fins. These are
grouped to form four banks of them in quadrature around
the duct and are adjustable within their respective banks for
directional navigation control. Pneumatic inflated retractible
landing pads provide for soft landings of the craft and for
flotation on water.
3,640,486
FLYING WING HAVING GROUND-EFFECT TAKEOFF
AND LANDING
Jean Henri Berlin, Neuiliy-sur-Seine, France, assignor to
Bertin & Cie, Plaisir, France
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,355
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 24, 1969, 6908543
Int CI. B60v 3108
U.S. CI. 244-12 R 7 Claims
which displace gravity-gradient" rod in proper direction to
produce increased torque by interaction with gravitational
field to mamtain satellite in desired attitude toward local
gravitational gradient
3,640,488
PEOPLE S HELICOPTER
Franz Florschutz, 2300 Kiel, Kreienbarg 4, Germany
Filed July 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 853,581
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 14, 1968, P 18 14
753.0
Int. CI. B64c 27/52
U.S. CI. 244-17.19 17 Claims
Aerodyne for the transoceanic transport of freight, with a
thick profile flying wing between thin longitudinal panels
disposed in the direction of normal travel and provided at the
bottom with transverse flaps adapted to project downwards
or be retracted, one transverse fiap being near the leading
edge of the wing while other flaps are in an intermediate
position and in a rear position, the said transverse flaps when
in the downwardly extended position cooperating with the
wing undersurface, the longitudinal panels and an inter-
mediate longitudinal bulkhead, to form a space which acts as
a cushion fed by pressure fluid-injection means. The latter
comprise a static pump which is uncovered by the downward
movement of the leading edge flap. The pressure fluid supply
is provided solely at the front of the cushion, allowing action
on the thrust center of the ground effect by means of the set
of intermediate flap and rear flaps.
3,640,487
VERTICAL ORIENTATION DEVICE
Robert P. Wanger, Valley Forge, Pa., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed July 13, 1967, Ser. No. 653,195
Int. CI. B64g//00
U.S. CI. 244-lSA 4 Claims
"Gravity-gradient" rod is connected to satellite by
powered angular drive means controlled by attitude sensors
The rotor consists of several groups of blades fixed to a
slanting carrier in parallel position with a certain distance
between them like the wing of a bird diminishing the rotor
diameter, and the effect of torque and the unsymmetry, giv-
ing greater stability, and enabling higher peripheral speed
whereby the flow at the backward-turning blade does not
cease. The earner of each blade group is connected by
flapping hinges to the outside ring of the hub relatively large
in relation to blade length. By turning the blade group the
angle of incidence of blades is changed. The blade groups are
periodically and collectively controlled by y control device
based on a hydraulic system which is installed along the rotor
shaft A control wheel allows radial turning of the whole con-
trol device making it possible to control the helicopter in lon-
gitudinal and lateral sense Compensation of torque and of
the unsymmetry of rotor during forward flight is brought
about by a long and large-surface rotor airfoil with counter-
weight which is installed variably and with opposite direction
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
541
of rotation on top of main rotor through a differential gear in
the rotor head. This airfoil is stopped during forward flight by
the flow of drive wind, so that the helicopter shows an
unsymmetric airfoil giving a lift by which the unsymmetry of
the stream of rotor is eliminated. Compensation of torque
and of the unsymmetry of rotor works automatically without
special control. The blade group rotor, blade control and
torque compensation are a compact unit propelled by an en-
gine which is installed in the fuselage before the pilot.
3,640,489
VERTICAL TAKEOFF AND LANDING AIRCRAFT
Karl Jaeger, Im Stilien Winkel 21, 43 Essen- Margarethen-
hohe, Germany
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,242
Claims priority, application Germany, July 26, 1968, P 17 56
879.5
Int. CI. B64c 29100
U.S. CI. 244-23 C 7 Claims
A vertical takeoff and landing (VTOL) aircraft has a
discus-shaped fuselage with a plurality of angularly
equispaced lift-generating assemblies. Each assembly com-
prises a rotor above or flush with the fuselage, a compressor
in the fuselage drawing air in from above, and a nozzle below
the fuselage for expelling the air from the compressor in a
jet. The nozzles can be rotated to point in any direction.
Thus, according to the settings of the nozzles, the aircraft can
rise or sink vertically and move in any horizontal direction.
3,640,490
SHIPBORNE CONVEYING MEANS
Asbjorn Baekken, Dartmouth. Nova Scotia. Dartmouth. Nova
Scotia, Canada, assignor to Her Majesty the Queen in right
of Canada as represented by the Minister of National
Defense of Her Majesty's Canadian Government
Filed Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,528
Claims priority, application Canada, Jan. 21, 1969, 040,713
Int. CI. B64f7 /22
U.S. CI. 244-116 17 Claims
The disclosure relates to means for transporting a landed
helicopter on the deck of a ship at sea. A probe on the
helicopter is grasped in a trap device mounted on a turntable
provided on the deck of the ship. A dolly device is then
moved into position and the helicopter clamped to it. The
dolly device is guided by suitable rails so that, once the
helicopter is clamped to it and undamped from the trap
device, the helicopter under full restraint can be moved
along the deck to a parking space.
3,640,491
AIRPLANE CONSTRUCTION FRAME
Robert R. Harrison, 207 Earlingtoo Road, Havertown, Pa.
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,767
Int CI. B64c 1 100
U.S. CI. 244-117 R 2 Claims
A prefabricated, unitary frame and a body formed in
prefabricated sections, the frame having body sections
receiving and supporting members, and the body sections
being formed of lightweight and strong alloys, or synthetics,
and being provided with complementary engaging means for
quick and easy securement of said body sections to said sup-
porting members.
3,640,492
MODULAR AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES
Moe Star, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Northrop Corpora-
tion, Beverly Hills, Calif.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,670
Int CI. B64c 1100
U.S. CI. 244— 124 1 Claim
A mission-oriented avionics complement for military and
like aircraft is insured by the use of interchangeable units or
modules containing electronic or avionic equipment. These
units are packaged to form part of the aircraft structure and
conform with and maintain the aircraft's aerodynamic con-
figuration and mold lines. These units configured as sections
of wing, fuselage, tail, etc., are provided with quick mechani-
cal and electrical connect-disconnect mechanisms. Internally
provided electrical cables serve to integrate the plug-in elec-
tronic elements with the internally mounted power supply,
display and control elements thereby enabling them to per-
form a required avionic function.
3,640,493
BRACKET FOR MOUNTING APPARATUS
Charles O. Thelen, Roselle, NJ., and Hans J. Zicgler,
Brooklyn, N.Y., assignors to Western E^lectric Company, In-
corporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,839
Int CI. G 12b 9/05
U.S. CI. 248-27 3 Claims
A bracket, which is adapted to be mounted in an opening
formed in a wall, has a pair of tab members which are
threadedly mounted on an associated pair of screws posi-
542
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
tioned in the bracket. The tab members are restrained for
sliding motion relative to the bracket within a pair of slots
formed in the bracket wherein each slot has a long edge and
a short edge. As the screws are rotated in one direction, the
tabs advance through the slots in a rearward direction When
each of the tabs clears the short edge of the associated slot,
the tab is permitted to rotate I 80° to position clamping sur-
faces associated therewith in opposed relation to a plurality
of flanges ngidly attached to the bracket and spaced for-
wardly of the tab. When the tab is in this position, portions of
the wall adjacent to the opening are positioned between each
flange and the clamping surfaces of the associated tab. Upon
rotating the screws in the opposite direction, the tabs ad-
vance through the associated slots in the forward direction to
clamp the edge of the opening in the w^l between the tabs
and the flanges, thereby mounting the bracket in the open-
ing.
3,640,494
HOLDER
I.e%*is L. Ruter, 218 26th Ave. N.. Apt. #7, Minneapolis.
Minn.
FUed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15^68
Int. CI. AOIk 97//0
U.S. CI. 248—42 10 Claims
each having a first end portion and a second end portion.
Mounting means mounts the second end portions of these
arms for turning movement in such a manner that the arms
can turn together and with reference to one another about an
upright axis common to them both. A plurality of disposable
refuse bags are provided which are each releasably connecta-
ble with the holder and which each have an upper open end
encircled by a tubular cuff provided with at least one aper-
ture into which the first end portions of the arms can be in-
serted in mutually opposite circumferential directions of the
respective bag Thus, when the arms are turned away from
one another the bag is opened whereas, when they are turned
so that they are closely adjacent one another, the bag is
closed.
3,640,496
PLUG OR STOPPER FOR THE OPEN ENDS OF
TUBULAR METAL APPLIANCES
Lesll* C. V. Duncan, Emsworth, England, assignor to
Southbourne Rubber Company Limited, Emsworth, En-
gland
Filed June 18, 1969, Ser. No. 834,939
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, June 21, 1968,
56,995/68
Int. CI. A47b9//06
U.S. CI. 248- 188.9 2 Claims
An elongated arm having a generally upright end portion
positionable in the hole of an oarlock on a fishing boat for
holding a floating fish basket in the water adjacent the boat
A stop member, secured to a portion of the arm adjacent the
upright end, cooperates with the side of the boat to limit the
pivotal movement of the arm relative to the boat and thereby
maintain the arm in a generally lateral position with respect
to the side of the boat. The outer end of the arm has a ring
carrying a flexible chain attachable to the floating fish
basket. Secured to spaced portions of the rod is a
downwardly open loop and an upwardly open hook for ac-
commodating a fishing rod Located opposite the loop is an
upwardly open spiral portion for accommodating a container,
as a can, a box of worms or a container for liquid beverage.
3,640,495
REFUSE DISPOSAL ARRANGEMENT
Johannes Dietz, Apaztado 61.800, Caracas, Venezuela
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,195
Int. CI. B65b 67/72
U.S. CI. 248—99 10 Claims
A refuse disposal arrangement includes a holder which is
mountable on an upright support and includes a pair of arms
A plug for insertion into an end of a metal tubular ap-
pliance, such as a leg of a chair or other article of furniture
to form a protective cushion. The plug is formed from rubber
or other incompressible material and has a shank portion,
provided with axial grooves, which in use is embraced by a
split ferrule Upon being dnven into the end of the appliance
the ferrule contracts to tightly grip the shank portion and the
material of the shank portion is displaced into the grooves.
3,640,497
DETACHABLE SUPPORT DEVICE FOR PEGBOARDS
Isamu Waki, Kasai, Japan, assignor to Hartz Mountain Pet
Foods, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84^76
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 1, 1972, 45/21 14
Int. CI. A47f 5/00
U.S. CI. 248— 225 • 9 Claims
A support device for detachable connection to two ad-
jacent holes in a pegboard or other perforated panel. A hol-
low casing of dished-in configuration has extending from the
front wall thereof a support rod the rear end of which ex-
tends through said front wall and is bent upwardly. Two
laterally opposite clamping members with overlapping wings
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
548
extend through an upper horizontally disposed slotted por-
tion in the casing and are pivotally mounted over said up-
wardly bent rod, said members having front arms adapted for
manual grasping, and rear arms with hooked portions
adapted for insertion through two adjacent holes in the peg-
board and for holding engagement with the rear surface of
the pegboard. The respective clamping members have
notched portions the respective opposite sides of each of
which straddle the adjacent sides of said slotted portion and
are engageable therewith to limit the pivotal movement of
said clamping members between two limiting positions. At
one of said positions the said hooked portions are spaced
apart a predetermined distance, which is equal to the spacing
between two adjacent holes in the pegboard, the other of said
positions determining the holding positions of the said
hooked arms. Spring means are provided to normally
yieldably urge said hooked members into their operative
holding positions.
3,640,498
ADJUSTABLE SHELF AND CABINET STRUCTURE
Vytant Aleks, Rockford, Dl., assignor to The Brearley Com-
pany, Rockford, III.
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,280
Int. CI. A47b 96/08
U.S. CI. 248—230 4 Claims
thin material such as sheet metal or plastic which is mounted
at one end to an annular flange which is secured to the flow
duct and which includes an inner dimension which is slightly
smaller than the duct with which it is to be associated. A cir-
cular flat plate valve or register member is pivotally mounted
f 3 5
-? 5e
Mil iiiAiiiiii^iHin;
i"lMl,)(n
■'■*•'" ^=Ty
/' ■ 1
—
-^
>
i i 1
_.-_
4^
1 1 1
t=«|P=*=T=
— ^
within the insert and the flow duct in a manner which permits
it to be moved to close off the full area of the insert. The
inner circumference of the insert is made slightly smaller
than the circumference of the rotary plate so that in a closed
position a formtight closure between the plate and the insert
is obtained to close off all fiuid fiow through the duct.
3,640,500
GATE VALVE WITH IMPROVED SEAL ASSEMBLY
WiUiam A. Rogers, 746 West 28Ui Street, San Pedro, CaUf.
Original application Jan. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 793,790, now
Patent No. 3,561,731. Divided and this application Dec. 30,
1970. Ser. No. 102,825
Intel. F 16k J/02
U.S. CI. 251-326 3 Claims
I -9
The present clamps are designed to be attached to a
cabinet or shelf and applied in open form to the side of sup-
porting poles that reach from floor to ceiling, the clamps
serving when closed to support the cabinet or shelf at any
desired height. Friction buttons of resilient material are com-
pressed against the poles in the closing of the clamps to
prevent slippage. Snap-action catches lock the clamps
securely in place on the poles and there are no screws requir-
ing tightening.
3,640,499
REGISTER CONSTRUCTION FOR CLOSING OFF
CIRCULAR-CYLINDRICAL FLOW DUCTS
Richard Jung, Gummersbach, Germany, assignor to L & C
SteinmuUcr G.m.b.H., Gummersbach, Rhineland, Germany
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,748
Claims priority, appikation Germany, Dec. 11, 1968, P 18 13
885.7
Int CL F 1 6k ;/22
U.S. CI. 25 1 — 305 3 Claims
A register construction for closing off circular-cylindrical
flow ducts includes a flexible cylindrical insert of a relatively
A valve having a body member defining a chamber with
first and second ports, and a closure member movable in the
chamber over the first port between open and closed posi-
tions to control fiow between the ports. A resilient seal is
mounted on either the body member or the closure member
to seal the valve by bearing against a mating face of the other
member when the valve is closed. A backup element is
slidably mounted in the valve chamber to provide continuous
confinement for the seal as the closure member is moved
away from the closed position toward the open position. The
backup element fits against the mating face member when
the valve is opened to define a substantially continuous
smooth surface in sliding contact with the seal and against
which the seal is compressed. The smooth surface formed by
the mating face member and the backup element is broken
only by a line joint or seam between the member and ele-
ment, and the seal passes easily over this joint without
distorting or tending to extrude. After the closure member
has retracted toward the open position sufficiently to pass the
seal over the joint so the seal now bears entirely on the
backup member, the closure member is further drawn past
the first port to permit flow through the valve.
544
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
546
3,640^01
VALVE SEAL RING INCLUDING METAL RETAINER
RINGS
G«orge W. Walton, 8903 Devonshire, Dallas, Tex. '
Filed Oct. 2, 1969. Ser. No. 863,274
Int. CI. F16k y5/06
IJ.S. CI. 251-332 4 Claims
A valve having a metal ring with an annular seating surface
at one end and a relief about the seating surface. A closure
element moves toward and away from seating engagement
with the seating surface, and a seal ring is mounted in the re-
lief and has an end which protrudes above the seating surface
of the metallic ring in position to be engaged by the closure
element. There are circumferentially interfitting parts on the
adjacent surfaces of the seal ring and relief, and a pair of
metal retainer rings fit closely in grooves about the seal ring
for holding the seal ring in the relief.
3,640,502
CROSS DRIVE FOR LIFT JACK APPARATUS
Dale L. Bargman, Jr., BroomfieM, Colo., assignor to Colorado
Leisure Products, Inc., Broomfield, Colo.
Filed June 1 , 1 970, Ser. No. 42,3 1 2
Int. CI. B66f 7126
\}S. CI. 254-45 17 Claims
A lift jack apparatus for a camper body includes lift jack
units rigidly secured to each comer of the camper, each jack
unit including a lift mechanism, and a cross drive assembly is
releasably connected between adjacent pairs of jack units to
transmit actuation of one unit through the lift mechanism of
the other unit in loading and unloading a camper body onto
and from a truck bed.
3,640,503
STEEL-CONVERTER-HANDLING VEHICLE
Ronald Spannlang, Linz-Ebelsberg, Austria, assignor to
Vereinigte Osterreichische Eisen-und Stahlwerke Aktien-
geseUschaft, Linz, Austria
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,384
Claims priority, application .Austria, Aug. 5, 1%9, A 7522/69;
May 21, 1970, A 4538/70
Int. Ci. B66f 3100; B60s 9114
U.S. CL 254—84 7 Claims
The disclosure relates to a steei-converter-handling vehicle
for mounting and dismounting a converter in a converter
stand and for transporting a converter between two or
several converter stands, comprising a bearing structure for
the converter which is liftable and lowerable and rotatable
around a vertical axis, and a vehicle frame carrying the bo-
gies which is transposable at track intersections, in which the
improvement resides in that the vehicle frame is provided
with a sledge which is displaceable transversely to the
direction of travel and connected with a vertical lifting
cylinder arranged within said vehicle frame, a piston which is
connected with the bearing structure for the converter being
vertically movable in and rotatable relative to said lifting
»-
— »
70 11 7
I
cylinder, and a supporting plate arranged within the vehicle
frame being adapted for being pushed out in downward
direction and thereby lifting the vehicle frame above the
trackway According to an embodiment of the invention, a
single lifting device is used, affording a high simplicity of the
construction and effect It is possible to carry out adjusting
movements horizontally and perpendicularly to the direction
of travel and the converter is rotatable around the converter
axis The lifting means are adapted to absorb the lateral and
tilting forces occuring when the converter is mounted or
dismounted.
3,640,504
POWER CONDUCTOR STRINGING ASSEMBLY
L. E. Lindsey, 222 Vista Ave, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 845,%0
Int. CI. E21c 29//6
U.S. CI. 254- 134.3PA 22 Claims
An article of manufacture for use in installing a power con-
ductor along a power line while the conductor is being pulled
across the outer end of installed insulators and supported
closely above conductor clamping means carried by each in-
sulator. When the conductor has been pulled into position
antifriction supports therefor are released allowing the con-
ductor to gravitate directly into the clamp seating channel
without need for lifting the conductor. The stringing as-
sembly and the insulator-supported clamping unit are
designed for interlocking assembly during the stringing
operation and the stringing assembly unit is thereafter readily
separable from the clamping unit without need for tools.
3,640,505
WINCH OR HOIST WITH A FRICTION BRAKE DEVICE
Marcel Durand, Grenobk, France, assignor to Jean Pomagal-
ski S.A., Fontaine, France
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,356
Claims priority, applkation France, Feb. 5, 1969, 6902633
Int. CLB66d 1130
U.S. CI. 254-150 3 Claims
A winch or a load lifting or lowering apparatus wherein the
load lowering movement is controlled by a brake device
which prevents a speed of lowering higher than that deter-
mined by the rotation of a handwheel coacting with a
threaded part. A bearing with tapered rollers transmits an ex-
pansion movement to brake blocks to set up friction on a
brake drum.
3,640,506
POWER HOISTING APPARATUS
Marcel Durand, Grenobk, France, assignor to Jean Pomagal-
ski S.A., Fontaine, France
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,219
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 23, 1969, 6912933
Int. CI. B66dy/06
U.S. CI. 254— 187 3 Claims
A power hoisting winch having a manual operating device
with a friction brake for lowering the load in case of failure
of the engine or normally if the engine provides only the lift-
ing. The manual operating device is included in the kine-
matic chain between the engine and the cable-operating
sheave.
3,640,507
BARBED WIRE OF INCREASED TEAR RESISTANCE
Heinz Volbach, Colojine. (iermany. and Oscar Julien Van
Driessche, De Pinte, Belgium, assignors to Arbed S.A.
.Arbed-Felten & (lUilleaume Vereinigte Drahtwerke. Cologne-
Muelheim, Germany
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,655
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Sept. 10, 1%9, P 19
45 730.8
Int. CI. E04h / im
U.S. CI. 256—6 4 Claims
In the mounting of barbed wire as on fence posts it
frequently happens that the wire is broken in the tensioning
This tensioning is generally done with a mechanical device
The difficulty is due to the fact that the wire has a very low
extensibility prior to breaking Methods of shaping the wire
during manufacture are disclosed, by such shaping the exten-
sibility is increased and the likelihood of breaking during the
mounting process is decreased or eliminated
3,640,508
VIBRATION FORCE GENERATOR
Eric A. Reibig, Waukegan, III., assignor to All American Tool
& Mfg. Co., Skokie, lU.
FUed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,534
Int CI. BO If 9/00
U.S. CI. 259-72 10 Claims
A reaction-type vibration generator which includes,
generally, a housing having therein two fixed shafts which are
geared together so that they rotate synchronously in opposite
directions. Each of these two fixed shafts having an eccentric
mass affixed to it, which mass comprises a portion one-half of
the total mass rotated by that shaft. These shafts each further
have a sleeve disposed concentrically about it, and these
sleeves each support the other portion (one-half) of the total
mass rotated by the individual shafts. The sleeves further are
keyed to the shafts by means of a pair of toothed gears af-
fixed to the shafts and to the sleeves, respectively, in a
fashion such that the assembly can be easily loosened, the
sleeves angularly rotatably displaced with respect to the
shafts to vary the net unbalanced mass to, in turn, vary the
amplitude of vibration of the vibration generator, and then
fixedly keyed together again so that the masses affixed to the
fixed shafts and to the sleeves rotate in synchronism. Scale
/
546
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
means are associated with each shaft and sleeve combination,
^ to accurately establish the desired amplitude of vibration.
3,640^09
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS REACTION OF HIGH
VISCOUS MATERIALS
Seikhj Inamura; Yusuke Kondo; Minoni Akita, and Kenichi
Chikanari, all of Ootsu, Japan, assignors to Toyo Boseki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,209
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 6, 1968, 43/23021
Int. CI. BO If 7108
U.S. CI. 259-104 6 Claims
An apparatus for continuously treating a high-viscosity
material. A vessel has two spiral agitating blades arranged
substantially horizontally and in side-by-side relation therein.
Neither has a central supporting shaft, and each has a plurali-
ty of scraping blades projecting outwardly close to the inside
surface of the wall of the vessel. The agitating blades inter-
mesh with each other when the blades are rotated in opposite
directions for scraping substantially all of the viscous materi-
al on the adjacent side and bottom wall of the vessel off such
wall.
3,640,510
VACUUM STIRRING DEVICE FOR DENTAL
MATERIALS
Hans Lea. Frankfurt am Main, (Germany, assignor to Deutsche
Goid-Und SiJber-Scbeidcanstalt Vormals Roessler, Frank-
furt am Main, Germany
FUed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,326
Int. CI. BOlf 7//5
U.S. CI. 259-108 1 Claim
3,640.511
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING AND
PLACING LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE
Curtis C. Dils, Jr., 5033 1 19th St. S.E., Bdlevue, Wash.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,927
Int. CI. B28c 5/06, C04b 7100
U.S. CI. 259-148 21 Claims
Immersmg a lightweight porous aggregate for concrete in
hot water in a contamer, then pumping cold water into the
lower part of the container to displace the hot water so as to
immerse the aggregate m cold water without exposure to the
atmosphere, thus saturating the aggregate with water. Then
removing the aggregate from the cold water and mixing it
with cement, sand and water to make concrete, which is then
pumped under pressure to a location for placement. An im-
provement being to provide two aggregate containers, and as
the hot water is being displaced from the first container by
the nsing cold water, directing this hot water into the second
container which contains aggregate and then back to the first
container for another aggregate batch, thus conserving the
hot water A second embodiment being to immerse the ag-
gregate in a steam atmosphere and then immersing it in cold
water to saturate the aggregate which can then be mixed to
make concrete and pumped under pressure.
3,640,512
METERINGROD CARBURETOR
Henri Morgenroth, 3090 Hidden Valley Lane, Santa Barbara,
Calif.
Filed July 14. 1969, Ser. No. 841^98
Int. CI. F02m5//0(S
U.S.CI. 261-34A 11 Claims
A mixing machine for materials used in dentistry where the
elimination of entrained air, or air bubbles, is necessary in
order to assure perfect results upon setting of the material,
the machine including a closed mixing container, a rotary
stirring device, and a vacuum pump for the rotary stirring
device being driven by a motor by means of a magnetic
clutch. A time switch is provided so that after a predeter-
mined time of mixing the stirring device is disconnected, the
vacuum pump, however, continuing to operate.
Interior discharge carburetor with a meteringrod con-
trolling a fuel orifice (2). Throttleplate and meteringrod (1)
mechanically linked by means of a thin lever (10) arranged
inside the carburetor main passage. Displacement of lever-
pivotpoint (15), attached to body, adjusts idle position of
meteringrod Fuel mixed with bleedair and discharged into
Venturi through second foam orifice, this bleedair coming
from an airinlet which is subjected to a high percentage of
Venturi suction at open throttle.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
547
3,640,513
LOW VELOCITY GAS SCRUBBER
John S. Bowie, Fortuna, Calif., assignor to Bar Investment
Company, Inc., Eureka, Calif.
Filed Aug, 26, 1968, Ser. No. 755,085
Int. CI. BO Id 47/06
U.S. CI. 261-78 8 Claims
of the duct. Impeller driving means are provided including a
motor mounted on the support thereabove and having motor
bearings supporting a drive shaft extending downwardly
therefrom with its axis preferably coincident with that of the
impeller and duct. For connecting the motor dnve shaft and
the impeller, there are provided torque transmitting coupling
means permitting relative axial movement of the impeller and
motor shaft, thus preventing imposition on the motor
bearings of impeller induced thrust loads
3,640,515
HUMIDIFIER DRIVE
Walter R. Stiles, Milford, Mich., assignor to Skuttk Manufac-
turing Company, Milford, Mich.
RIed Feb. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 705,184
Int. CI. F24f i/;4
U.S. CI. 261— 92 13 Claims
A low velocity horizontal gas scrubber in which gases to be
scrubbed are led into a chamber in which there are baffles
mounted across the gas fiow path. The baffles have substan-
tial orifices, with high pressure water spray nozzles mounted
on the baffles spraying water counter to the fiow of gases. A
scrubbing unit made up of wooden slats stacked vertically
and extending across the chamber in rows with sprays
mounted above the slats to keep them wet occupies the
balance of the chamber. A vertical baffle extending across
the rear of the scrubber is vertically adjustable for equalizing
gas flow through the upper and lower portions of the
scrubber unit. The gases are exhausted from the unit through
a stack with a water spray counter to the gas flow. A trough
in the floor of the chamber collects the water and particles
for discharge.
3,640,514
AERATION
George Washington Albritton, Houston, Tex., assignor to Ash-
brook Corporation, Houston, Tex.
FUed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,803
InL CI. BO If 7/22
U.S. CI. 261-91 5 Claims
Aeration apparatus comprising a support, preferably a
float having a load waterline and a cylindrical duct with a
vertical axis and an interior peripheral surface, the duct
providing a vertical flow passage. An impeller is mounted in
the duct with its axis coincident with the axis of the duct.
There are provided impeller thrust bearings supporting the
impeller in the duct, preferably including a rubber bearing
element positioned below the load waterline for water lubri-
cation thereof. Such bearings include a peripheral bearing
element mounted on and surrounding the impeller in
cooperating thrust bearing relationship with a peripheral
bearing element mounted on the interior peripheral surface
»- *
(I . »
■H
^■1 m-
A humidifier for a warm air heating system comprises a
water pickup drum rotating with its lower sector passing
through a body of water, the drum rotor being rotatably
mounted on a motor-driven shaft and connected to the shaft
by a slip clutch that temporarily yields to excess torque
between the rotor and shaft, and the clutch comprising a
toothed spring element frictionally engaging formations on
the side of a hub on the rotor.
3,640,516
AERATING DEVICE
Allan H. Willinger, RocheUe, N.Y., assignor to Metaframe
Corporation, Maywood, N J.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,605
Int. CI. BO If 3/04
U.S. CI. 261 — 121 M 10 Claims
An aerating device having a sleevelike
taching the device to the discharge end of a
member for at-
filter tube sup-
548
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
plying a liquid to an aquanum tank. The liquid flows through
a conical conduit positioned within an air chamber in the
device to achieve a ventun effect so that the moving liquid
draws the air from the air chamber, and carries the air into a
conical discharge end of the device. The discharge end forces
the air into the body of the liquid before the mixture of air
and liquid is discharged into the aquarium liquid within the
tank. A valve positioned on the device regulates the amount
of the air to be supplied to the aquarium liquid The device
has a filter to purify the air being supplied and reduces any
noise which may be generated by the suction action of the
device.
3,640,517
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING
VITREOUS MELT
Alfred Sendt, Guetersloh, Germany, assignor to Hermann
Heye, Obernklrchen, Germany
/ Filed Apr. 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 25, 1 03
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 3, 1969, P 19 17
450.6: July 22. 1%9. P 19 37 124.5
Int CI. F27b 14108; C03b 5116
U.S. CI. 263- 1 1 S3 Claims
31
♦7
♦T'
■A '^'
J
'30
•iS
SO
A melt of vitreous material is heated uniformly by means
of a heat tube or heat pipe, wherein circulation of a heat-
exchange medium is effected independently of gravitational
forces and exclusively as a function of a temperature dif-
ferential existing within the heat tube. Various apparatus for
accommodating and extruding melt of vitreous material are
disclosed, and utilize the heat tube in different forms for con-
trolling the temperature of the melt in desired manner.
3,640,518
BASIC REFRACTORIES
Trevor Wilkinson Lythe, Worksop, and Edward Arnold Ash-
worth, North Anston, both of England, assignors to Steetley
(Mfg.) Ltd., Worksop, England
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,977
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 18, 1969,
20,015/69
Int.CI. F27dy/04
U.S. CI. 263—52 13 Claims
A basic refractory shape formed, for example, from dead-
burned magnesia or dead-burned dolomite and having a high-
carbon content is produced by heating a tar- or pitch-treated
shape in the presence of vapors of a catalyst, such as an ox-
idation/polymerization agent, a polymerization/condensation
agent or an inorganic oxidizing agent, and vapors of tar or
pitch arising from the heating of the shape. The resulting
shape can be fired to carbonize the tar or pitch Impregna-
tion with further quantities of tar or pitch subsequent to heat-
ing with the catalyst vapors is optionally effected before fir-
ing.
3,640,519
HANDLING AND HEAT-DISSIPATING DEVICE FOR
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
William M. Halstead, P. O. Box 881, Glen Burnie, Md.
Piled Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 849,831
Int. CI. G03d 13110
U.S. CI. 269-254 6 Claims
A pair of platelike metallic jaws are secured to a resilient
clamp which urges the jaws in engagement with sets of metal-
lic termmals at opposite sides of electncal components such
as mtegrated circuit modules, so that when lead wires of the
terminals are soldered or unsoldered, heat is dissipated by
the jaws and clamp to prevent damage of the component by
excessive heat The clamp also provides a handle for the
device, so that the component held between the jaws may be
conveniently manipulated during installation or removal.
3,640,520
THERAPY TREATMENT TILT TABLE
Roman G. Wieland; A. John Weber; Clair A. Bearfield, and
Raymond Cole, all of Valley City, N. Dak., assignors to Tri
W-G Inc., Valley City, N. Dak.
Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,280
Int. CI. A61g 13100
\}JS. CI. 269-323 5 Claims
The invention comprises a therapy treatment table having
a platform for receiving a patient and a main frame with the
platform pivotally mounted to the top of the main frame, the
main frame has four telescoping legs for raising and lowering
the frame and platform, a motor for powering the telescoping
legs, a telescoping drive member having one end pivotally
connected to the main frame and the other end pivotally con-
nected to the platform for pivoting the platform from a verti-
cal position to a horizontal jxjsition to facilitate the place-
ment of the patient onto the platform.
3,640,521
APPARATUS FOR STACKING FAN FOLDED PAPER
Ronald W. F. Hutley, Lansdale, Pa., assignor to Advanced
Terminals, Inc., Herkimer, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 851,012
Int. CI. B65h4J//07, 45//09
U.S. CI. 270-61 F 8 Claims
Apparatus for receiving a continuous web of prefolded
forms from a high-speed printer and stacking them refolded
on a tray has brake means and feed rollers for the web, the
\
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
549
brake means being applied intermittently to allow the folds to 3,640,523
refold as the forms fall to the tray. Feeler fingers contmu- COPY SHEET HANDLING APPARATUS FOR
ously sense the distance from the rollers to the stack top and ELECTROSTATIC OFFICE COPIERS
control the automatic lowering of the tray as the stack builds Christian A. Beck, RidgeFidd, Conn., assignor to Pitney-
Bowes, Inc., Stamford, Conn.
' Filed Sept. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 74349
Int. CI. B65h 3110
U.S. CI. 271-28 17 Claims
up. The feed rollers have nylon hubs and rims connected by
sponge rubber cores for minimum gripping of the web what-
ever its thickness. A modification has continuously applied
brake means and rollers with a flatted perimetrical portion
for rapid intermittent feeding of web to stack.
3,640,522
SHEET FOLDING APPARATUS
Peter Oelmann, Mount Royal, Quebec, and Peter Weisshuhn,
Willowdale, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Johnson
& Johnson, New Brunswick, N J.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,947
Int. CI. B65h 45116
U.S. CI. 270—72 36 Claims
A bellows, incorporated within a sheet feed roller, is actu-
ated by external actuating apparatus to create a partial
vacuum at suction ports in the feed roller periphery. A
pivotal pressure pad assembly momentarily presses a sheet
stack against the ports, leaving the top sheet adhered to the
feed roller which is then rotated to advance the separated top
sheet to a prefeed position. Additional actuating apparatus,
operating on command, rotates the feed roller through the
remainder of a complete revolution to feed the prefed sheet
from the apparatus and to reorient the feed roller for the
next sheet separation and prefeed cycle.
3,640,524
SHEET-SEPARATING APPARATUS
DonaM M. Fredrickson, Deerfiekl, lU., assignor to Bell &
Howell Company, Chicago, lU.
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,409
InL CI. B65h 3106
U.S. CI. 271-36 6 Claims
There is disclosed an apparatus for folding flexible material
to form folded products such as dressings or surgical sponges
at high production rate. The apparatus employs rotary drums
to fold the flexible material in the longitudinal or machine
direction and moving belts to fold the material in the lateral
or cross machine direction There are a number of rotary
drums to cut and fold the material with transfer drums to
move the material from one folding drum to the next.
This invention is directed to improved sheet-separating ap-
paratus for enabling feeding of single sheets from a superim-
posed stack to adjacent sheet transport means. Desirably, sin-
gle sheets are fed from the top of the stack by engagement by
friction driving means. Fortuitous multiple feeds from the
stack are separated by providing an inclined separating
member in the path of the sheets having an irregular separat-
ing surface which cooperates with the leading edges of the
fed sheets to releasably entrap them. Entrapment of the en-
gaged sheet is overcome by the driving force of the friction
driving means and only that sheet is moved past the separat-
ing member. Each of the other sheets are similarly engaged
and successively moved past the separating member The ir-
895 O.Q.— 20
550
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
regular surface may comprise such materials as velour or
pile, flock, abrasive material, or tricot fabrics.
3,640^25
FRICTIONAL RESISTANT-TYPE EXERCISE MACHINE
WITH WAIST-LEVEL-MOUNTED OSCILLATABLE
HANDGRIPS
Richard I. Proctor, 7245 Momingside Drive, Loomis, Caiif.
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,040
Int. CI. A63b 23100
U.S. CI. 272-79 R 10 Claims
An exercise apparatus including a seat structure defining
front and rear portions and including a standard portion pro-
jecting upwardly from the rear portion thereof from which a
generally horizontally disposed transverse handle bar includ-
ing forwardly directed end portions is supported at a
generally central location for oscillation about a horizontal
axis extending in front-to-rear direction in a direction inter-
secting a user seated on the seat structure. The handle bar
and its axis of oscillation afe disposed at an elevation relative
to the seat structure so as to generally correspond to the
elevation of the waist of a person seated on the seat struc-
ture.
3,640,526
RESILIENT-TYPE LEG-EXERCISING DEVICE
John Kenneth Olorenshaw, Box 425, Canmore, Alberta,
Canada
FUed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,670
Int CI. A63b 21128. 23/04, 21/00
U.S. CI. 272-80 3 Claims
TT 12
"C
J6
10 16 0-^ ■ J
An elastic-type exercising device to be attached to the feet
of a user. The exercising device has two feet-engaging mem-
bers attached to the respective ends of a single elongated
piece of resilient material. Two of the devices are to be posi-
tioned parallel to each other so that users may place feet in
two adjacent foot-receiving members and exercise against the
resistance of the other user when his feet are in adjacent feet-
engaging members.
3,640,527
WEIGHT RESISTANT CHEST EXERCISING DEVICE
Richard I. Proctor, 7245 Momingside Drive, Loomis, Calif.
Filed July 25. 1969, Ser. No. 844,989
Int. CI. A63b 2 7/00,2^/00
LI.S. CI. 272 81 13 Claims
An exercising apparatus having body engaging members
that are detachably fixed to ofFcenter locations on pulleys.
The members rotate in opposite directions with respect to
each other Each pulley is connected to a cord that is reeved
over another pulley and wherein said cord extends
downwardly to attach to weights to be lifted. The apparatus
includes a pair of pad members supported for swinging oscil-
latory movement about parallel axes spaced approximately
shoulder width apart. The pad members are swingable
between first positions with the pad members disposed on
remote sides of their axes of oscillation and second positions
displaced approximately 90° from the first positions thereof
The pad members are spaced outwardly of their axes of rota-
tion approximately 5 ^ inches and are to be engaged by the
inner surfaces of the forearm and upper arm spaced slightly
from the elbow when the forearm is bent to form an acute
angle with the upper arm With the arms bent, they are to be
engaged with the pad members and swung forwardly from
oppositely extending opposite side positions forward to posi-
tions with the arms extending forwardly. The pad members
are yieldingly biased toward the first positions thereof
3,640,528
PULL-TYPE VARIABLE WEIGHT EXERCISING DEVICE
Richard Proctor, 7245 Momingside Drive, Loomis, Calif.
Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,289
Int. CI. .A63b 27/06. 2i/02
U.S. CI. 272-81 11 Claims
An upright standard including four generally equally
spaced, elongated base arms projecting generally radially
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
561
outwardly from the lower end thereof and four elongated
support arms projecting outwardly of the upper end of the
standard over the base arms. A seat is carried by the outer
end of each base arm and aligned inner and outer pulleys are
joumaled from the inner and outer ends of each support arm
for rotation about horizontal axes extending transversely of
the corresponding support arm. An elongated tension
member is trained over the pulleys and includes a first
weighted end portion depending downwardly from the inner
pulley and a second end portion depending downwardly from
the outer pulley toward the seat. A horizontal handle bar is
swivelly supported intermediate its opposite ends from the
terminal end portion of the second end portion of the tension
member for gripping by a person disposed upon the seat.
3,640,529
PUSH-PULL SPRING-TYPE EXERCISING DEVICE
John F. Kane, 1793 Riverside Drive, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,085
InL CI. A63b 21/20, 23/04, 23/02
U.S. CI. 272-83 R 6 Claims
An exercising apparatus for bar bell-type exercises for the
development and strengthening of major p>ortions of the body
including arms and legs, in which the forces are provided by
resisting springs with the same freedom that weights are used
in connection with the bar bells themselves and which are
used in connection with the bar bells themselves and which
includes a horizontal work bar that can be vertically con-
nected to springs at its opposite ends and the spring force re-
sisted intermediate its ends while the user is positioned
between vertical guides. Top, bottom and vertically adjusta-
ble intermediate spring arm supports are detachably carried
on opposing channel supports. Parts are provided so that the
arm supports can be easily adjusted or disassembled and the
bar is carried in sliding bar guides adapted to be adjusted in
and between space formed by opposed channel guides ex-
tending vertically and held upon the base by insertion at their
lower ends into laterally-spaced sleeve supports. Knob pro-
jections are provided upon the vertical channel guides and
upon the work bar are disposed sleeve disc assemblies
adapted to be engage the knob projections of the vertical
guides to support the bar when not being used and which
can, by the user of the bar, be easily slid out of engagement
with the knob projections when the bar is to be worked
against the action of the springs.
3,640,530
EXERCISE APPARATUS
Glen E. Henson, 3510 S. Cottage, Independence, Mo., and
Milton W. Fisher, Fort Lauderdale, Fla., assignors to said
Henson by said Fisher
Filed Apr. 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 815,052
Int. CI. A63b 27/00
U.S. CI. 272-83 A 7 Claims
An exercise apparatus composing a pair of relatively
rotatable friction members, one of which is driven from a
rotatable spool through a ratchet and pawl assembly A rope
wound on the spool drives the members when the rop>e is
pulled and a centrifugal brake clamps the members to in-
crease the friction force responsive to the speed at which the
rope is pulled. In one form, the frame is rockable against
springs. A follower moves along a helical groove in the spKX)l
and carries a marker for indicating the relative force exerted
on the rope during each pull. A spring windup mechanism
returns the rope for repeated pulling operation.
3,640^31
WORD FORMING GAME DEVICE
Edward F. Penders, 63 Parkside Drive, West Seneca, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,437
InL CI. A63f 9/00
U,S.CL273-1R 4 Claims
A word forming game device includes a board having a
playing surface and a rotor disposed thereover. The playing
\
552
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
surface is marked with seven concentric circles connected b>
32 radial lines to form 192 segmental spaces in 32 radiall>
disposed groups or sectors of six each and in six circum-
ferential groups or concentric rmgs of 32 each The spaces m
the outermost nng severally have numerical symbols ar-
ranged in numerical sequence to designate the corresponding
radial groups therebelow, while the spaces in the remaining
nngs severally have specific alphabetical letter symbols or a
"WILD" word symbol designating any desired letter, but nor-
mally do not form words either radially or circumferentially,
and the spaces in the outermost ring severally are provided
with upstanding stops along the radial lines. The rotor is in
the form of a circular disc covenng all but the outermost ring
of spaces and provided with a sector-shaped slot rotatable to
expose upon stopping all five spaces in each of the radial
groups, but only four spaces in each of the five concentric
circumferential groups, totaling 20 letter symbols and/or •-
WILD" symbols A radial group of letter symbols is provided
along each side of the slot in alinement with the exposed cir-
cumferential groups and spelling one or more words radially
inwardly, such as the word "WHEEL" on one side and the
words "A WORD" on the other side, to designate the
preferred radially inward sequence of selecting the symbols
in each of the five circumferential groups upon successive
rotations and stops of the rotor, which also is provided along
the side of the slot designated by the word "WHEEL" with a
detent extending beyond the rotor periphery and engageable
with the stops to stop the rotor between adjacent pairs of
stops to positively designate the first symbols of the circum-
ferential groups to be selected sequentially radially inwardly.
As the rotor stops upon successive rotations, the four sym-
bols in each of the five exposed circumferential groups are
selected by each player until all 20 symbols are selected to
form words by the use of playing pieces having correspond-
ing symbols.
reinforcement comprises a mesh of metal including high por-
tions and fiberglass reinforced resin covering opposite sides
of the metal mesh. The coverings are of two thicknesses: an
FIBERGL»5S
^■4 ^-
FIBERGL4SS <?«
3^
-iS^WOVENWIRE
-as
outer thicker covenng providing a smooth surface and a
thinner inner surface which allows the high portions of the
metal mesh to show through and impart a rough surface. This
rough surface aids the attachment to the wood racket.
3,640,532
HAND DEVICE FOR BASKETBALL PLAYERS
William W. Bauer, Box 202, Oceanside, Oreg.
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,618
Int. CI. A63b 69/00
U.S. CI. 273-1.5 A 4 Claims
A teaching device for the game of basketball An elon-
gated flexible tube is secured to the palm of a players hand
by means of an elastic loop which extends from each end of
the tube around the back of the hand of the player. A plurali-
ty of auxiliary elastic straps are equally spaced apart along
the tube and secured thereto. Each auxiliary strap extends
between the fingers of the player's hand to keep them
separated.
3,640,534
HOSEL-LESS WOODEN GOLF CLUB WITH SHAFT
RETAINER AND SOLE PLATE
Truett P. Mills. 1700 Second Avenue, Tuscaloosa, Ala.
Filed June 13, 1969, Ser. No. 832,994
Int. CI. A63b 5i\02
U.S. CI. 273—80.7 7 Claims
n „ n
A hosel-less wooden golf club with a combined shaft
retainer and sole plate in which the usual hosel formation
provided on the wood portion of the club head is eliminated,
to reduce cost and shaping of the club head and a combined
sole plate and shaft retainer is fitted to the underface and
rear portion thereof The club shaft is screw threaded into
the shaft retainer by the use of left-hand thread. By the
elimination of the hosel the wind resistance to the movement
of the club IS considerably lessened, the weight lies in rear of
the striking face and the club is more easily balanced.
3,640,535
HORSFiJHOE GAME DEVICE WITH RECESSED STAKE
AREAS
Irvin F. Gendler, Omaha, Nebr., assignor to Daniel F.
Murphey, Omaha, Nebr.
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,473
Int. CLA63b 67/74
U.S. CL273-I26R
i
3 Claims
3,640,533
REINFORCING FACING FOR A STRUNG RACKET
Tyler B. Davis, Pawtucket, R.I., and Bancroft Racket Com-
pany
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,167
Int. CL A63b49//4
U.S. CL 273-73 C 1 Claim
A strung wooden racket having reinforcement on a portion
thereof in a plane parallel to the plane of the strings. The
A game device of the horseshoe type comprising, a sup-
ported table having an elongated fiat playing surface pro-
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
553
vided thereon adapted to have horseshoelike pieces slid
thereon from one end to the other. A stake extends upwardly
above the playing surface at each end thereof to present a
scoring target for the person sliding the pieces on the playing
surface. The table is provided with a gutter area extending
around the playing surface adapted to receive those pieces
which are improperly slid. Various embodiments are also dis-
closed which provide variations of the scoring target around
the stakes at each end of the playing surface.
forth over the board until this end makes contact with a card
on the board because of the attraction of the magnet to the
3,640,536
NAVAL COMBAT BOARD GAME APPARATUS
Laurent Godmer, "LeChambord" 2 Place Jean-Jaures,
Romans, France
Filed Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 814,660
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 16, 1968, 49.908
Int. CI. A63f 3/00
U.S. CI. 273- 130 AB 4 Claims
A game apparatus for playing "naval combat" with elec-
trical responses has two invertible trays with parallel and
orthogonal rows of corresponding holes on both faces. The
holes are intersected by contact studs. Plug-in connectors
representing ships, having as many pins as the number of
shots needed to sink the ships are plugged into the holes in
the lower faces to provide an electrical connection with the
various studs. Each plug-in connector is connectable through
a flexible conductor or a printed circuit to an electric bulb of
color corresponding to the class of ship. A finder is formed
by a flexible cable connecting a probe and a battery to a
common ground for the bulbs. When the probe inserted into
an upper hole contacts a stud which is connected to a light
bulb through a plug-in connector underneath, the bulb is lit
Circuit-scrambling means may be included.
3,640,537
MAGNETIC DIVINING ROD GAME EQUIPMENT
Reuben B. Klamer, 245 S. Barrington, Los Angeles, Calif.,
and Marshall Levy, Los Angeles, Calif., assignors to said
Klamer, by said Levy
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 12,907
Int. CI. A63f 9/y*
U.S. CI. 273—161 7 Claims
There is disclosed herein equipment for a game including
a divining rod device, gameboard and playing cards. The
divining rod device includes a handle member having
pivotally attached thereto a counterbalanced arm or rod with
a magnet at one end thereof. The gameboard is of laminated
construction and has a metal inner layer. The playing cards
have various indicia thereon and are positioned at indicated
locations on the gameboard. The divining rod device is held
by the handle member substantially parallel with the board
and several inches thereabove. The end of the rod with the
magnet is in the form of a pointer which is swept back and
^.. _ .
: ^: i )i ^
t. _.^}^^^> * . -
.."-^,-#^r^ "
. - •■
, . 4B-~ y ' — ' - ■ 1 * '^■^ — -
~N.
..'
^
board In this manner, a card is selected to thereby provide a
"reading" according to the game.
ERRATUM
For Class 273—187 see;
Patent No. 3,639,923
3,640,538
UNIVERSAL TAPE RECORDER AND PLAYBACK
INSTRUMENT
James H. Tolar, Mayfield Hgts., Ohio, assignor to Tenna Cor-
poration
Filed June 29, 1966, Ser. No. 561,635
Int. CI. Glib 75/00, 2///2
U.S. CI. 274-4 G 9 Claims
A tape recorder and playback instrument adapted to
operate with different types of tape-carrying cartridges The
instrument includes a guideway for receiving different car-
tridges and is provided with a sensing member which detects
the type of cartridge inserted into the guideway With one
class of cartridges, means responsive to the sensing member
are employed for pivoting a toggle-mounted pinch roller into
position to press the tajje within the cartridge against a rotat-
ing drive capstan. When a second class of cartridge is in-
serted, means are employed for preventing the movement of
the pinch roller. In addition, a positioning mechanism
responsive to the sensing member locates the transducer ad-
jacent the desired track on the magnetic tape.
554
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,539
LINEAR PHONOGRAPH RECORD STRIP
Clayton H. Alkn, WeUesky, and John C. Heine, Cambridge,
both of Mass., assignors to Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc.,
Cambridge, Mass.
Original application Feb. 3, 1967, Ser. No. 613,873, now
Patent No. 3,480,281. Divided and this application Sept. 3,
1969, Ser. No. 854,935
InL CI. Glib J/72, i/7<^
U.S. CI. 274-42 1 Claim
Linear phonograph record strip with plural messages in
parallel longitudinally extending record grooves, the grooves
having starting points lying along a common line and succes-
sively spaced longitudinally of the record strip.
3.640,540
TIGHTENING RING HAVING A RIGID LINER AND AN
ELASTOMERIC RING MOUNTED THEREON
Hans Tord E. Larsson, Trelleborg, Sweden, assignor to
STEFA Industri Aktiebolag, Landskrona, Sweden
Piled June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836306
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 13, 1969, 345/69
Int. CI. F16j 15132
U.S. CI. 277-25 7 Claims
A tightening ring for use around a shaft, including a hner
having a portion adapted to engage the shaft and an
elastomeric ring including a basic part carrying a hub part
and at least one tightening lip carried by the hub part, the
basic part having an inner surface which, in the tension-free
state of the elastomeric ring, is inclined at an angle with
respect to the axis of the tightening ring, the basic part being
imbedded in the liner in a deformed condition to provide a
secure connection between the liner and the elastomenc
ring.
3,640,541
HYDRODYNAMIC LIFT-TYPE FACE SEAL
Ernest J. Taschenberg, Baltimore, Md., assignor to Koppers
Company, Inc.
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,632
Int. CI. F16j 15134, 15154
U.S. CI. 277-96 6 Claims
An annular shoulder arranged to be secured to a rotating
shaft has a radially extending planar seal face or surface. An
annular housing member nonrotatably supports an annular
seal nng and is arranged to have the rotatable shaft extend
therethrough The seal ring has a planar radially extending
seal face or surface that is positioned in face-to-face relation
with the rotatable seal surface on the annular shoulder. The
shoulder seal surface has a plurality of separate recessed
pockets arranged in spaced relation to each other. The
pockets have an L-shaped configuration with an angularly ex-
tending leg The pockets have a relatively deep recessed por-
tion and a shallow recessed portion connected thereto and
extending angularly therefrom with a step therebetween. The
step IS chamfered to improve the fluid lift properties of the
pockets The seal surface on the seal ring has an annular fluid
distributor groove positioned in overlying relation with a por-
tion of the radially extending portion of the recessed pockets
to receive and distnbute the fluid. The seal ring seal surface
has a second annular vent groove-spaced radially outwardly
from the distributor groove forming a seal dam
therebetween Radial vent passages are formed in the seal
nng and are connected to the vent groove. The sealing func-
tion of the seal faces is performed radially outwardly from
the outer shoulder of the distnbutor groove and the lifting
function IS performed radially inwardly of the outer shoulder
of the distributor groove
3,640,542
OIL SEAL WITH PUMPING ACTION
Keith B. Mowat, 186 Taylor Road, Ancaster, Ontario,
Canada, and William O. Heyn, 256 Woodbine Place, Bar-
rington, 111.
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,234
Int. CI. F16j 15132. 15/48
U.S. CI. 277-134 ^ II Claims
r
, --4*-
An oil seal for rotating shafts and the like having a portion
adapted to be received within an opening in a machine ele-
FebruarY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
555
ment, and an inwardly facing flexible primary lip having por-
tions thereof adapted to engage a part of the periphery of a
shaft passing therethrough in oiltight relation. The inner sur-
face of the primary lip resiliently but snugly engages the
outer surface of an associated shaft to form a given contact
area, with this portion of the lip cooperating with at least
portions of one or more sinuous ribs lying on the inner sur-
face of the primary lip, to effect a pumping action on oil
trapped therebetween upon rotation of the shaft. One sinu-
ous rib preferably has portions thereof tangent to the contact
area, with the other portions of the sinuous rib being more or
less closely spaced axial ly apart from the contact area to
define therebetween a space of continuously varying axial
dimension. In one embodiment, the primary lip is given its
final dimension in molding, thereby predetermining the por-
tion thereof which will form the contact area on the shaft,
and in other embodiments, the final dimensioning of the pri-
mary lip occurs after molding, since the seal is trimmed to its
final dimension by a subsequent operation. In the latter case,^
the sinuous rib may either intersect or be tangent to the con-
tact area. The amplitude and frequency of the sinuous rib de-
pend principally on the intended application and the material
in question. In the preferred form, rib thicknesses vary as the
ribs more or less closely approach the portion of the primary
lip which contacts the seal.
3,640,543
SEAL FOR MOVING STRIP
George Main, Garfield Heights, Ohio, assignor to Republic
Steel Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Nov. 4, I%9, Ser. No. 874,003
Int. CI. F16j 15/50
DS. CL 277-237 13 Claims
A seal for the opening of a treatment chamber for treating
moving strip. An elongated roll or mounting member is
pivotally mounted in a housing on each side of the opening.
An elongated contact roller is rotatably mounted to each of
the roll members, the contact rollers being yieldably biased
toward each other through pivotal movement of the roll
members so as to engage opposite sides of the strip. A
backup roller is rotatably mounted in each of the roll mem-
bers engaging the respective contact roller. The contact and
backup rollers pivot about the axes of the roll members to
accommodate strips of varying thickness and/or including
nonuniformities. Seals between the elongated roll members
and the housing facilitate the overall seal that is required.
3,640,544
HANDCART
Albert J. Buonassissi, 742 Lakewood Drive, Sunnyvale, Calif.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,279
Int. CI. B62b 1 1 100
U.S. CL 280-47.35 4 Claims
Extension apparatus for a handcart adapted to support
baggage containers, e.g., postal bags, the apparatus being
adapted to be engaged to a standard cart and support con-
tainers at an elevated level relative to that of the standard
cart.
3,640,545
AUTOMOBILE VEHICLE
Armand Citroen, Neuilly-sur-Sdne, France, assignor to
Sodete Nationale D'Etude et de Construction de Moteurs
D'Aviation, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,276
Claims priority, application France, No\. 26. 1%8. 175312;
Nov. 15, 1%9. 6939929
Int CI. B60g 9/02
U.S. CI. 280-124 5 Claims
51 492 ^^^2
73 74
Automobile vehicle construction having a body coupled to
wheels, preferably three in number, by a suspension system
comprising levers rotatably mounted about the wheel axles,
and members of rubberlike elasticity, acting longitudinally,
the points of attachment to the body being such that the
deformation of the members is substantially greater than the
corresponding movement of the body
3,640,546
SAFETY APPARATUS
Darrell S. Brawn, Livonia, Mich., assignor to Eaton Yale &
Towne Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
FUed SepL 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,666
Int. CLB60r2//05
U JS. CI. 280— 1 50 AB 15 Claims
A safety apparatus for protecting an occupant of a vehicle
during the occurrence of an accident includes an expandable
confinement. The confinement has a collapsed inoperative
556
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
condition and an expanded operative condition for restrain- upper ends thereof to the saddle and adjacent the lower end
ing movement of the occupant during the accident A thereof to a part of the bicycle. The members respectively
have upper and lower portions that are substantially parallel
with one another and the members have intermediate por-
n-,
VV i I \Jpt '
breakaway dash panel is provided for at least in part enclos-
ing the confinement when the confinement is in its inopera-
tive condition
3,640,547
COLLAPSIBLE SHOPPING CART
Abraham Friedman, 1228 45th Street, Brooklyn, N.Y
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,107
Int. CI. B62b lllOO
U.S. CI. 280-36 C
15 Claims
A collapsible shopping cart has a rectangular basket open
at the top and closed at the bottom. The top of the basket
has a rigid rectangular frame pivotally secured to vertical
rear post carried by an axle provided with rotatable wheels
Vertical front legs are secured to the front of the frame A
handlebar is integral with lateral legs pivotally secured to
sides of the frame and slidably engaging the bottom of the
basket The sides of the basket are formed by wire nbs ar-
ranged to flex outwardly at pivot joints at one or more sides
of the basket The bottom is a wire grid rotatably secured to
the axle Ends of the wire nbs can be rigidly joined together
by welding.
3,640,548
BICYCLE SADDLE BRACE
George W. Worley, Bolivar, Tenn., assignor to Troxei Manu-
facturing Company, Moscow, Tenn.
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,865
Int. CI. B62j im
U.S. CI. 280— 289 7 Claims
A brace for supporting an elongated bicycle saddle or seat
adjacent the rearward end thereof from a bicycle. The brace
includes a pair of members which are attached adjacent the
tions integrally interconnecting the upper and lower portions.
The intermediate portions are disposed in crossed relation-
ship and are fastened together with fastening means to pro-
vide a ngid and stable brace.
3,640,549
NONSQUIRT FIFTH WHEEL ASSEMBLY
Charles G. Neff, Saratoga, and Louis V. Carrier, San Jose,
both of Calif., assignors to Holland Hitch Company, Hol-
land, Mich.
Filed Mar. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 15,485
Int. CI. B62d5J//0
U.S. CI. 280-435 5 Claims
A fifth wheel assembly for a tractor-trailer connection,
having a special yoke release mechanism.
3,640,550
HIDEAWAY TRAILER HITCH
Herbert Irvin Pearson, 303 Pineland Drive, Goldsboro, N.C.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 39,961
Int. CI. B60d 1106
L.S. CI. 280—491 B 3 Claims
A trailer hitch secureable to a rear part of an automobile,
the hitch including a tongue which extends rearwardly into
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
567
an exposed position when in use, and which is pivotable into members being provided with a stiffly flexible sealing
member which is sealingly and telescopically mateable with a
section of another of the body members
/^ /o
3,640,553
SHIELDED AIRHOSE SWIVEL WITH SAFETY
PUSHBUTTON DISCONNECT
Ldand F. Blatt, 790 Shoreham, Grosse Pointe Woods, Mich.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,522
Int. CI. F16ri7/00
U.S. CI. 285-277 6 Claims
a hidden position when not in use, thereby not detracting
from the appearance of the automobile.
3,640,551
COUPLING FOR PLASTIC PIPE
Leonard Shakesby, Alexandria, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Esso Research and Engineering Co.
Filed Oct. I, 1970, Ser. No. 77,398
Int. CI. F16I 19100,47100
U.S. CI. 285-39 5 Claims
A coupling for use in connecting lengths of plastic pipe
comprising two parts threaded together, which have
mismatched beveled annular mating surfaces. During the as-
sembly of the coupling, the mismatched surfaces coact to
force the coupling against the pipe, providing an effective
joining of the pipe to the coupling.
3,640,552
VACUUM OR PRESSURE COUPLING DEVICES
Henry William Demler, Sr., Lebanon, and Edward Landis
Weist, Hershey, both of Pa., assignors to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Original application Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 858,241, now
Patent No. 3,588,149, which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 690,896, Dec. 15, 1967, now abandoned.
Divided and this application Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,858
Int. CI. FI6I J9/00
U.S. CI. 285-110 4 Claims
^ .^
A swivel assembly for fluid conduits with a pushbutton
disconnect which includes a body member having a stem
member seated therein and both members are connected to
fluid conduits, retaining balls seated in the stem for retaining
the stem member in the body member, and a spring-biased
pushbutton operatively seated in a bore of said stem member
whereby the pushbutton is depressed, the retaining balls fall
into a nonoperative position, thus freeing the stem member
for removal from the body member; and a fiuid passage is
provided in the stem member for passage of fiuid into the
pushbutton bore to prevent release of the button when fiuid
pressure exists in the swivel assembly
3,640,554
COUPLING FOR PLASTIC TUBE
Anthony F. Siwik, Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor to Parker-Han-
nifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Plied Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,480
Int. CI. F16I 13114. 33/20
U.S. CI. 285—382.2 2 Claims
A vacuum or pressure coupling device comprises mateable A body assembly for a coupling for plastic tube in which
body members each provided with means for connection to the body assembly comprises a body having a sleeve per-
tubular members and each provided with means for main- manenUy assembled thereto by indentation of a portion of
taming the body members in engagement, one of the body the sleeve in the wall of a bore in the body.
568
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,555
CONNECTOR FOR HANDTOOL SUSPENSION SYSTEM
Herbert A. Raschke, Greenbrae, Calif., assignor to E. D. Bul-
lard Company, SausaJito, Calif.
Filed Oct 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,223
Int. CI. F16b 7100
U.S. CI. 287-103A
4 Claims
3,640,557
EXPANSION SPLICE
Ernest B. Nute, Jr., Mountville, and James C. Oilinger, Lan-
caster, both of Pa., assignors to Armstrong Cork Company,
Lancaster, Pa.
Filed Dec. 19. 1969, Ser. No. 886,532
Int. CI. E04c 5118; E04b 5152
U.S. CI. 287-1 89.36A
3 Claims
r^
A coupling or connector is inserted as a segment of a ten-
sively loaded support system for supporting the weight of
heavy portable handtools. The coupling includes a male con-
nector member and a female connector member which can
be moved into and out of registry with one another in a first
angular relation and locked together in a second angular
relation to permit the coupling to transmit tensive loadings
therethrough. The coupling members are completely remova-
ble from the handtool when uncoupled. Further, provision is
made to securely lock the male and female connector mem-
bers together to prevent inadvertent connector uncoupling
when tensive loadings on the support system are rapidly
changed during movement of the tool.
3,640,556
TAB WELDED JOINT AND METHOD OF MAKING
Moreland P. Bennett, 45 Concord Parkway, Pittsfield, Mass.
Original application Feb. 17, 1967, Ser. No. 616,945. Divided
and this application Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,259
Int. CI. F16b 5/07, 5/05
U.S. CI. 287- 189.36B 6 Claims
A welded joint compnsing overlapped strips of metal with
tabs formed by piercing or lancing through the overlapped
portion. The formed tabs are flattened against the metal and
resistance spot welded to such metal. The resistance welding
forms a metallurgical bond between the metal members.
A splice joint is used to fasten together two pieces of
runner structure for a suspended ceiling. The splice is con-
structed to permit expansion of the runner structures should
they be exposed to heat The splice joint and runner struc-
tures are held together by a wire clip which, during expan-
sion of the runner structures, will override a stop structure
and move into a slot region to permit expansion of the runner
structure.
3,640,558
AUXILIARY LOCK FOR SWINGING DOORS
Harry R. Gewertz, Whittier, and George D. Read, Glendora,
both of Calif., assignors to Ajax Hardware Manufacturing
Corp., City of Industry, Calif.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,051
Int.CI. E05C/7/J6, 19118
U.S. CI. 292 264 10 Claims
A combination bolt type and chain lock having an L-
shaped frame with an edge part forming a strike plate and ex-
tending flatwise along and secured to a door jamb edge sur-
face with a frame side part extending flatwise longitudinally
along a door jamb side surface. A bolt opening is formed lon-
gitudinally through the juncture between the frame edge and
side parts and the frame side part has longitudinally spaced
overlying portions, with spaced protuberances acting as guide
means for a sheetlike lock bolt, and is separated by inter-
mediate underlying portions longitudinally slidably mounting
the lock bolt movable through the frame bolt opening. The
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
659
lock bolt is provided with spaced protuberances to act as
abutment stops for the full open and locked positions
thereof. Additional locking means is provided by the com-
bination of a hasp secured to the overlying portions of said
frame with a length of chain links sufficient in length to be
looped around a doorknob of the door when in the closed
position. With the swinging door in the closed position, the
lock bolt may be extended overlapping the door side surface
acting as a bolt lock, the strike plate of the lock frame edge
part may be engaged by a main lock bolt extending from the
door edge and the loop of secured chain positioned around
the doorknob as an additional locking feature. Disengage-
ment of the bolt lock allows partial opening of the door to
the extent of the chain loop.
movement of the said cam means by the lip when the locking
cam is in its first position. The solenoid is operatively con-
3,640,559
SECURITY DEVICE FOR SLIDING WINDOWS AND
DOORS
James M. Royer, 1634 Huntington Drive, Roseville, Calif.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,699
Int. CI. E05c 19118; E06b 3100; E05d 13106
U.S. CI. 292-288 3 Claims
nected to the locking cam and arranged to move it from its
first position to its second position.
An elongated arcuate bar about 2 to 5 inches in length is
provided along its bottom edge with at least one pair of trans-
verse, spaced, parallel slots aligned on a chord of a segment
of the arc to fit over one of the vertical walls of a track carry-
ing a sliding window or door. A portion of the bar spanning
the slots projects into the track into interfering relation with
the adjacent comer of the window or door and prevents
further movement in the direction of the stop. Clip members
on top of the window or door preclude lifting movement of
the window or door and removal thereof from the track.
3,640,560
ELECTRIC LATCH STRIKE
George Z. Zawadzki, and MaksimiUan Godcc, both of Indi-
anapolis, Ind., assignors to Von Duprin, Inc., Indianapolis,
Ind.
Plied Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 64,961
Int.CLE05c7//00
U^. CI. 292-341.16 9 Claims
For use with a conventional retractable latch bolt, an elec-
trically operated strike assembly comprising a strike lip
movable between its closed position effective to block the
latch bolt and its open position, solenoid means, a locking
cam or locking member movable between a first position cor-
responding to the closed and locked condition of the lip and
a second position corresponding to the unlocked condition of
the lip, and cam means drivingly connected to the lip to be
moved thereby when the lip moves from its closed condition
to its open condition. The locking cam is effective to prevent
3,640,561
CHOPSTICK DEVICE
Patrick Raymond Law, 114-116 Macdonnell Road, Apt. 502,
Victoria, Hong Kong
Filed Dec 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,895
int. CI. B65g 7100
U^.CL 294-16 1 Claim
A device for picking up pieces of food for transfer to the
mouth consists of a one-piece molding of resilient plastic
material including a base and a pair of elongated members
connected to the base and extending therefrom at an angle to
one another such that their free ends are normally in op-
posed spaced relation, whereby said members may be flexed
by finger pressure to move the free ends towards one another
to grip and pick up pieces of food.
3,640,562
FLEXIBLE VACUUM LIFTER
Jacob J. Creskoff, Wynnewood, Pa., assignor to Vacuum
Concrete Corporation of America, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,280
Int. CLF 16b 47/00
U^.CL 294-65 10 Claims
A flexible vacuum lifter which comprises a flexible elon-
gated frame having a deformable resilient gasket secured to
Il
560
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
peripheral areas of one of the faces of the flexible lifter in
order to define an enclosure. In the preferred embodiment of
the invention the flexible lifter is backed with a cover sheet
having a peripheral skirt that extends beyond the edges of the
flexible lifter, with the cover sheet having an opening that
permits a lifting frame to be directly secured to the flexible
lifter.
Secured to the opposing face of the lifter and located
within the enclosure defined by the sealing gasket is an as-
sembly sheet. Also located within the enclosure are a pair of
screens separated by a piece of expanded metal, with one of
these screens being secured to the assembly sheet. Secured to
the other screen and also located within the enclosure is a
perforate sheet, and finally there is a stud assembly which is
the structural component most remote from the cover sheet,
but is also located within the enclosure.
A vacuum pipe passes through the lifting frame and is m
good fiuid or vacuum communication with the other com-
ponents of the invention which have appropriate coinciding
openings that terminate within the enclosure at approximate-
ly the level of the outer surface of the sealing gasket, with the
outermost opening being located in a neoprene strip that is
secured outwardly of the stud assembly.
It will be seen that the foregoing construction constitutes a
flexible vacuum lifter that is capable of lifting objects of vary-
ing size and shape, as well as objects, like sheet metal for air-
plane wings that is otherwise easily deformed.
3,640,563
CARRIER FOR FLANGED ARTICLE
Prentice J. Wood, Jonesboro, Ga., assignor to The Mead Cor-
poration
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,431
Int. CI. B65d 69100
U.S. CI. 294-87.2 S Claims
panels, the apertures in the support panels being disposed as-
tride the fold line therebetween.
3,640,564
FLUID-OPERATED ACTUATOR
Howard L. Kuster, Stow, Ohio, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 13, 1971, Ser. No. 106,061
Int. CI. B25h 11/00, B66c 1/42
U.S. CI. 294-99 R j qm^s
A carrier for elongated flanged articles comprises an elon-
gated tubular structure formed from a single rectangular
blank and folded along transverse fold lines so as to form a
generally rectangular exterior tubular structure inside of
which a pair of upwardly converging support panels are
disposed, the support panels being foldably joined to each
other along their top edges and being hingedly secured to the
interior of the sidewalls and a plurality of aligned apertures
being formed in the top and bottom panels and in the support
An actuator comprising a flexible elastomeric tube, which
curls when one end is closed and the other end is connected
to a fluid pressure source and has a uniplanarly flexible
member provided in the bore of the tube and disposed so as
to permit flexing of the tube only in a single plane. The tube
preferably has an elongated longitudinal member of inexten-
sible material embedded in the wall of the tube so as to ex-
tend transversely for less than one-half the tube periphery
and so that the plane of cuHing includes the flexible member
and the tension member One embodiment includes a plurali-
ty of such tubes connected to a common manifold such that
each tube curls about its respective tension member toward a
central region for grasping an object.
3,640,565
TELESCOPIC COVER ASSEMBLY FOR OPEN BED
VEHICLES AND LATCH ASSEMBLY FOR USE
THEREWITH
Edwin G. Anderson, 804 Northey Drive, Sacramento, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 815309, Apr.
11, 1969, now Patent No. 3,578,378. This application Feb. 5,
1970, Ser. No. 8,864
InL CI. B60j 7/10
U.S. CI. 296-137 B 26 Claims
A telescopic cover assembly for open bed vehicles com-
prising a plurality of cover segments at least one of which is
longitudinally movable relative to another. The movable seg-
ment carries wheel assemblies engageable with a pair of
guide rails along which the segment is movable. Means are
included for selectively elevating and lowering the movable
segment during movement between extended and retracted
positions Detents are provided in which portions of the
wheel assemblies are engageable for maintaining the movable
cover segment in predetermined locations. Improved latch
means also are provided for holding open a pivotal gate clo-
sure mounted at one end of the cover assembly.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
561
3,640,566
INVALID CHAIR
(ieor^e Alwyn Hodge, Port Lincoln, South Australia, assignor
to Hodge Investments Pty. Ltd. and Hodge Distributors Pty.
Ltd., Port Lincoln. South .\ustralia
Filed Oct. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 864,424
Claims priority, application Australia, Oct. 11, 1968,
44,652/68
Int. CI. A47c 1/02, A61g 15/00, 7/06
U.S. CI. 297—68 6 Claims
An invalid chair having a seat back hinged to the back of
the seat and a lower frame hinged to the front of the seat to
form an extensible assembly which is pivoted to a main sup-
port frame, the seat being spring loaded in a direction to ex-
tend the assembly of frames so that an invalid is assisted from
the seat on to his feet, the assembly also being positionable in
a recumbent position so that the chair functions as a bed.
3,640,567
DROP-END SEAT MECHANISM
Robin Howland, High Wycombe, England, assignor to Parker-
Knoll Limited, High Wycomb, Buckinghamshire, England
Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 840,981
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 11, 1968,
33,123/68
Int.CI.A47c 7 7/72
U.S. CI. 297-116 3 Claims
The invention concerns a drop-end mechanism for chairs
and settees, particularly fully upholstered articles. The
mechanism comprises an extension member fitted to the
frame of the drop-end, a stay pivotally connected between
the extension member and the frame of the chair and a cam
track to guide the end of the extension member as the drop-
end is raised and lowered. A particular feature of the inven-
tion is that as the drop-end is lowered it moves inwardly rela-
tive to the seat to prevent any gap between the seat and
drop-end upholstery when in the dropped position. The drop-
end is supported from below and, in a preferred arrange-
ment, can be set in an intermediate position.
3,640,568
FOLDABLE CHAIR SET
Toshio Suzuki, and Toyo Kaneko, both of 5-16, Shimane 4-
chome, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 848,022
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 26, 1968, 43/69347
Int. CI. A47c 15/00
liJS. CI. 297-232 5 Claims
20 T,50 20 1 ||l50~lo ^'Lm '0 ' PM 20 IT 50
,;"?^5>C5r l^EK^ ^5^^^^" S7^K^ "^^^Tfi"
A foldable chair set comprising a plurality of chairs
secured together in foldable relation having a pantograph
type of linkage which will fold to provide for compact
storage; a further feature of the invention is the provision of
wheels on the leg toward which the folding occurs to
facilitate transpwrtation of the set
3,640,569
CHAIR COUPLING DEVICE
Feramorz H. Young, 393 Auburn Lane, Sierra Madre, Calif.
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,311
Int. CI. A47c 75/00
U.S. CI. 297-248 4 Claims
-?-4-
Multiple like chairs are coupled together in row alignment
by an elongated locking bar mountable horizontally proxi-
mate the chair legs, the bar carrying holder means forming
recesses opening lengthwise of the bar and at spaced loca-
tions therealong so that when the bar is shifted longitudinally
the recesses closely receive the chair legs, and the bar being
vertically supported by spaced hangers. Means also is pro-
vided for releasably retaining the bar against shifting from
chair retaining p>osition.
3,640,570
SEAT FOR RECLINING CHAIR
Asbjom Karlsen, Pacific Palisades, Calif., assignor to Hard-
man Aerospace, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 44,920
InL CI. A47c 7/02
U.S. CI. 297-316 12 Claims
A reclining aircraft chair or the like having an articulatable
seat portion providing full leg support for maximum comfort
is described. The chairback pivots about an axis substantially
562
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
in line with the hip joints of a person occupying the chair,
and when the chairback pivots from an erect f)osition to a
reclined position the rear part of the seat portion drops to
better fit a person's contour. The front edge of the seat does
not move and the seat articulates approximately about its
middle to provide proper cradling of the chair occupant. To
provide such motion, the seat portion is divided into a U-
shaped seat pan, pivotally connected to the chairback so as
to lower therewith, and a leg frame pivotally connected to
the forward part of the seat pan and also to the fixed front of
the seat. Resilient straps between the back of the pan and the
fixed seat front are interwoven with transverse straps
between sides of the seat pan and between sides of the leg
frame The resilient straps across the leg frame provide aug-
mented leg support for optimum passenger comfort in both
the erect and reclined positions.
3,640,571
TRUNK SUPPORT FOR SITTING PATIENTS
Michael Keropian, 3870 California Street, Apt. 4, San Fran-
cisco, Calif.
Filed Sept. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,431
Int. CI. B60r2///0
U.S. CI. 297—384 13 Claims
3,640,572
VEHICLE SAFETY GUARD
Emil J. Doehler, 58 Dundee Street, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,424
Int. CI. A62b 35/00
U.S. CI. 297-390
5 Claims
This disclosure is of a restraining device or support for
holding a person in a seat in a vehicle in case of accident,
causing sudden stop of forward motion of the vehicle. The
support IS so mounted that it is easily positioned in support-
ing relation to the front of the person when seated and also
easily swung upwardly into an inoperative position and does
not require attachment to the person
3,640,573
TUNNELING MACHINE
Frank Safar, FuUerton, Calif., assignor to Smith Interna-
tional, Inc., Newport Beach, Calif.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,783
Int. CI. EO\g 3/04
U.S. CI. 299-31
17 Claims
■rj-:
<^'
'^^'~
-^^i^.
§^'
"■—^y---*'**
-^tnj
— — ,.^^f
M
'6S
^
'Si
'^j W j'4''.'jO'^"J'
A trunk support for use with wheelchairs and the like hav-
ing contoured trunk support plates disposed laterally of and
in supporting contact with the patient's trunk. The plates are
secured to the backrest of the chair, are universally movable
for adjustment to the patient's size and shap>e, and are locked
in the supporting position. The plates can be opened to per-
mit the patient to enter or alight from the chair. Stop means
are provided so that each time the plates are moved into
their trunk supporting position they return to an identical,
predetermined position to thereby eliminate the need for ad-
justments of the plate while used with the same patient
A tunneling machine having a main support frame and also
a movable frame which is longitudinally movable in stepwise
fashion as the tunnel is being drilled, in which a main bearing
assembly is utilized for transmitting both forward thrust and
rotating drive to a cutting wheel, the main bearing assembly
having a stator (housing) to which forward thrust is imparted
by separate forward thrust drive means, the stator being at-
tached to the forward end of the movable frame for pulling it
forward, the main bearing assembly also including a rotor
which directly drives the cutting wheel and which receives
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
563
rotational drive through a mated pair of driving gears from
the drive shaft of the machine; the rotor being suppxjrted
from the stator by both radial and thrust bearings, and the
pair of driving gears being longitudinally slidable so that
vibration stresses from the cutting head are not transmitted
back through the dnve shaft to the rotating drive mechanism
of the machine.
3,640,574
LONGWALL MINING APPARATUS
Hans-Joachim \ on Hippel. Berjjle 7771. OberstenHeiler. (Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,078
int. CI. E21c 35/14
U.S. CI. 299-32 10 Claims
tion the ends whereof are closed by separate end closure
panels. Foldable fiaps are hinged to the edges of the tubular
structure and the closure panels. The flaps of the closure
panels are releasably attached to the flaps of the tubular por-
tion to complete the article
3,640,576
FURNITURE CONSTRUCTION
Andrew Ivar Morrison, Brooklyn, and Bruce R. Hannah,
Staten Island, both of N.Y., assignors to Art Metai-Knoli
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,158
Int. CI. A47c 4/02, 7/20, 7/74
U^. CI. 297—440 9 Claims
An underground excavating apparatus having a conveyor
for removing material from the face of an underground ex-
cavation. The conveyor removes the material in a predeter-
mined direction. An elongated cap is movable into engage-
ment with the roof of the excavation above the conveyor ex-
tending transversely to the face and the direction in which
the conveyor removes the material. A set of props including
first props extending upwardly above the conveyor from one
side thereof and of the predetermined direction, and second
props extending upwardly above the conveyor from the other
side of the latter and of the predetermined direction. The
props are thus mutually inclined, meeting above the con-
veyor and engaging and maintaining the cap means in posi-
tion above the conveyor.
3,640,575
ARTICLE OF FURNITURE FORMED FROM
PAPERBOARD
Giovanni E. Dosi, Merate, Italy, assignor to Container Cor-
poration of America, Chicago, III.
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,652
Claims priority, application Italy, July 17, 1%9, 19746 A/69
Int. CI. A47c 7/00
VS. CI. 297—440 6 Claims
.^.
ft
An article of furniture utilizing two identical sidepiece
members and two identical stretcher members. The sidepiece
and stretcher members are laterally coupled together such
that upon pivotal movement of the stretcher members in one
direction, the sidepiece members move toward each other
and can be disengaged, and upon pivotal stretcher movement
in the opposite direction, the sidepiece members move away
from each other and become locked together. A piece of
fabric is positioned between the two sidepiece members and
is tensioned by appropriate pivotal movement of the
stretcher members.
3,640477
RETRACTABLE MUD FLAPS FOR DUMP TRUCKS AND
TRAILERS
Nolan J. Ducote, 306 Keller Street, Bunkie, La.
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,958
Int. CI. B62b9/y6
U.S. CI. 298- 1 SG 4 Claims
-10
10--
L—
—J
An article of furniture is formed from suitably scored and
cut blanks of paperboard. The article has a main tubular por-
Dump trucks are provided mud flaps and means automati-
cally activated by shifting of the load bed to move the flaps
564
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
out of the way while dumping and to restore the flaps to nor-
mal position after dumping is completed.
3,640,578
LEVELLING SYSTEM FOR SEMI END DUMP TRUCKS
James Harold Finney, ISO Page Way, Fortuna, Calif.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9356
Int. CLB60py//6
U.S. CI. 298-17 S 4 Claims
ore subsequently recovered in a leach solution. After the
nuclear chimney has flooded with water under substantial
hydrostatic pressure, oxidizing gas is percolated through the
contained ore and water mixture to dissolve and oxidize the
ore minerals Ammonia may be added with the oxidizing gas
to render the solution basic. The solution is pumped from the
chimney and may be recirculated with or without heating
until the desired concentration is obtained. The oxidizing gas
may also be heated prior to its introduction into the chimney.
3,640,580
DUST-ELIMINATING COAL-MINING APPARATUS
Letcher T. White, 117 Wayne Street, Manchester, Ky.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,269
Int. CI. E2Ic i5/22
U.S. CI. 299-31 11 Claims
iVI^//^//^l//^,-^W7^r7^
IS' ic^^ ^*
In a dump truck wherein the entire trailer chassis is lifted
upon dumping automatically adjustable stabilizing means is
provided to maintain the dump body in a substantially level
plane even though the truck may be disposed on an inclined
surface. To accomplish this an adjustable stop means is pro-
vided between the truck dump body and a wheeled carriage
which supports the rear end of the dump body and is capable
of angular movement in the vertical plane with respect
thereto The adjustable stop means is operatively associated
with a control mechanism which automatically adjusts the
stop means in accordance with the degree of inclination of
the terrain surface upon which the truck is supported.
3,640,579
IN SITU PRESSURE LEACHING METHOD
Arthur E. Lewis, 844 Santa Rita Avenue, Los Altos, Calif.
Filed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,679
Int. a. E2lh 43 128
U.S. CI. 299-4 10 Claims
A coalmining apparatus is fed against a vein of coal under
pressure and advanced through the vein to progressively
mine the coal Back of the mining apparatus is arranged a
board or partition which extends from the floor to the roof of
the mine and combines with the floor and with the veil of
coal to form a compartment. Means is provided, associated
with the compartment referred to. for minimizing or
eliminating light floating dust, this being done either by
spraying through the air in the compartment or by exhausting
air therefrom
The invention further comprises a method of coal mining
wherein the mining operation takes place in a confined
space, and, dunng the mining operation, coal dust is con-
stantly eliminated from said confined space.
3,640,581
IMPROVEMENTS TO ARRANGEMENTS FOR
CONTROLLING THE GUIDANCE OF A MINERAL
MINING PLOUGH
Christoph Rassmann, Lunen, and Willy Heyer, Bochum-
Gerthe, both of Germany, assignors to Gewerkschaft Eisen-
hutte VVestfalia. VVethmar near Lunen. Westfalia, (Germany
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,244
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 20, 1969, P 19 08
483.4
»nt. CI. E21c 25/56
U.S. CI. 299-32 16 Claims
......11».1...1J^.1JXA
22 17 27 26
A nuclear chimney located below the water table in a pri-
mary ore deposit serves as an in situ pressure vessel in which
ore can be oxidized and a desired element contained in the
An arrangement for controlling the guidance of a mineral
winning plough movable along one side of a conveyor. Con-
trol members in the form of leaf springs are disF>osed
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
565
between the other side of the conveyor and a roof support as-
sembly. The leaf springs are slidably received in a tubular
housing suspended from thie props of the assembly by means
of indejjendently operable hydraulic piston and cylinder
units. The units are connected in an articulated manner to
the housing to permit the springs to assume various angular
control positions.
ERRATA
For Classes 299—31 and 299—32 see:
Patent Nos. 3,640,573 and 3,640,574
3,640,582
BRUSH-MAKING MACHINE
Heinz Zahoransky, Todtnau. Black Forest, Germany, assignor
to Firma Anton Zahoransky, Todtnau, Black Forest,
Germany
Filed Jan. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 5,302
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 25, 1969, P 19 03
771.9
Int. CI. A46d 3/06
U.S. CI. 300—3 5 Claims
?4 '• 16 !3 21 , 'g Z6 - ,^'
A brush-making machine comprising at least one rotatably
mounted carrier member for chucking devices located on
diametrically opposite sides of said carrier member, and
possibly a depth compensating mechanism, said carrier
member substantially having the form of a two-armed lever
which carries the chucking devices at the ends of its arms.
3,640,583
DUAL WHEEL FOR TRUCKS
Ralph Gary Verbridge, Williamson, N.Y., assignor to Schovee
& Boston, Rochester, N.Y., a part interest
Filed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853,410
Int. CI. B60b 3102
U.S. CI. 30 1 -9 DN 3 Claims
one side of the wheel having a plurality of circumferentially
spaced openings for receiving a plurality of circumferentially
spaced bolts protruding from a disc-type hub. The wheel also
includes an inwardly turned annular flange or lip at the op-
posite side of the wheel from the disc for attachment to a
spider-type hub. The disc includes a plurality of large
of>enings, one each corresponding to the number of bolts
used when mounting the wheel by means of the lip, to ac-
commodate a mounting tool or wrench therethrough.
3,640,584
SMALL VEHICLE WHEEL
Milton Solomon, Chicago, III., assignor to Cirde Engineering
Co., Inc., Chicago, III.
FUed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,307
InL CI. B60b 5102
U.S. CI. 301—63 PW 16 Claims
s><:2
A small integral molded vehicle wheel comprising a rim, a
hub and connecting support structure. A roller bearing as-
sembly comprising a split outer race, rollers and cage struc-
ture, is disposed within the hub and a resilient retaining end
cap lockingly engages the hub bore retaining the rollers and
cage in proper axial alignment. An integral seal is formed
with the end cap so as to prevent the ingress of dirt and
foreign material. A method for making the above-described
wheel comprising the steps of injection molding the rim,
connecting support structure and hub; inserting a split outer
race into the bore of the hub while the injection-molded
piece is still hot; and cooling the structure so as to cause the
inner diameter of the hub to contract and thereby to secure
the split outer race in position in the hub.
3,640,585
MAINTENANCE OF SLURRY EXPLOSIVE PUMPING
ASSEMBLY FOR SUCCESSIVE LOADINGS
John F. Hamilton, Wilmington, Del., and Donald J. Pederson,
St. Louis, Minn., assignors to Hercules Incorporated,
Wilmington, Del.
FUed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,1 14
Int. CI. B65g 53104
U.S.CL 302—17 11 Claims
r«o« MiKiW s''*'''Oii
52
48
A wheel for a truck tire having a permanent first type of
mounting means for attaching the wheel to a first type of
truck wheel hub and also having a permanent second type of
mounting means for alternatively attaching the wheel to a The invention provides method, and system,
second type of truck wheel hub. The wheel includes a disc at cally removing residual slurry explosive from a
for automati-
delivery con-
566
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
duit, or hose, of a slurry explosive pumping-loading assembly,
after each loading, to maintain the assembly operable during
a series of successive loadings.
Thus, after the loading, residual slurry explosive is evacu-
ated from the delivery hose while the hose remains extended
into the emplacement zone and into the resulting mass of em-
placed explosive therein, by introducing a gas (generally air)
into the hose for displacement of the residual slurry into the
emplaced slurry mass, and automatically terminating in-
troduction of said gas into the hose in response to addition of
a predetermined amount of the gas sufficient for the dis-
placement
The system includes means for introduction of the dis-
placement gas into the hose, and means for maintaining the
gas in displacement flow; and means for terminating the gas
introduction in resportse to addition of the predetermined
displacing amount.
In preferred practice, and as specifically illustrated, the in-
vention terminates the gas flow in response to expiration of a
predetermined time required for the displacement.
The invention, by automatic termination of the displace-
ment gas flow, eliminates human error inherent in manual
operation to prevent concomitant, and often violent, flow of
excess displacement gas into the emplaced slurry and to
thereby eliminate resulting impairment of the emplaced ex-
plosive properties encountered in manual operation hereto-
fore.
3,640,586
TACHOMETER AMPLIFIER
William H. Kohier, Worthington, Ohio, assignor to Abex Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,595
Int. CI. B60t 8/08, 8/1 0
U.S. CI. 303-21 R 12 Claims
JUMPER AXLE
NUMBER '
(-0
I — W 'v ?* J'" -w .I'll ^
?" r
** ifp« o^i t'^ ^^
A tachometer amplifier for an antiskid brake system con-
trolling skid conditions on a plurality of vehicle axles which
includes circuitry receiving signals from a plurality of
tachometer pickups, one on each wheel. The amplifier com-
pensates for difference in wheel diameters due to wear by
tracking the signal voltages of the pickups and adjusting same
to produce equal voltage signals out for equal speeds, and
thereby permit skid detection during braking based on a dif-
ference in wheel speed.
3,640,587
VEHICLE WHEEL BRAKING SYSTEMS
Peter James Milncr, and Richard Keith Hodkin, both of
Coventry, England, assignors to Rootes Motors Limited,
London, England
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,947
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 8, 1969,
17,840/69
Int. CI. B60t 8/06
U.S. CI. 303-21 F 7 Claims
A vehicle wheel braking system having a hydraulic pres-
sure operated brake capsule of causing wheel slip, a positive
action pump driven in synchronism with the wheel to
produce hydraulic pressure for op>erating the brake and
\ camat ' i i.
means for varying the braking effect to maintain wheel slip at
a substantially constant value or within a predetermined
range when maximum braking is required.
3,640,588
MEANS FOR DELAYING EFFECTIVE CONTROL OF
VEHICLE BRAKING BY AN ADAPTIVE BRAKING
SYSTEM UNTIL CERTAIN WHEEL VELOCITY AND
DECELERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN SATISFIED
Ralph W. Carp, Baltimore, and Frederick O. Miesterfeld,
Jopps, both of Md., assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,166
Int. CI. B60t*/05,5//2
U.S. CI. 303 - 2 1 P 14 Claims
In an adaptive braking system for automobiles, trucks and
the like there is provided apparatus for delaying automatic
braking control of the vehicle until, after the brakes are ap-
plied, a controlled wheel attains a first level of negative ac-
celeration (deceleration) and thereafter the time integral of
wheel acceleration attains a level related to controlled wheel
speed
3,640,589
AUTOMATIC ANTISKID BRAKING SYSTEM
Koichi Taniguchi, Kariya-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Japan
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,065
Int. CI. B60t 8/08, 8/12
U.S. CI. 303-21 BE 3 Claims
An automatic antiskid braking system including a sudden
wheel deceleration detector for detecting a sudden decelera-
tion of the wheels and which emits a first signal upon detect-
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
567
ing sudden deceleration and then maintains this first signal
for a certain period of time even after the wheels have
stopped rotating, a wheel speed detector for detecting the
wheel speed being below a predetermined value for emitting
a second signal in response thereto, an AND circuit emitting
a third signal when the first and second signals from both the
sudden wheel deceleration detector and the wheel speed de-
tector are impressed thereon, and a pressure regulating
mechanism for relieving brake pressure in response to the
third signal from the AND circuit. A vehicle provided with
such system can be stopped or decelerated within the shor-
test possible distance of travel on a good and relatively non-
slippery road surface, while the vehicle can still be stopped
and decelerated without encountering a skid condition on a
slippery road surface.
3,640,590
MEANS UTILIZING COMPRESSED AIR FOR
CONFINING A PRESSURIZED OIL FILM BETWEEN
RELATIVELY MOVABLE BEARING SURFACES
Manfred Beisemann, Essen, Germany, assignor to P. Koning
Machinefabriek, Swalmen, NeUieriands
FUed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,369
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Aug. 13, 1968, P 17 75
454.0; Nov. 16, 1968. P 18 09 350.0
Int. CI. F16c 17/16
MS. CI. 308-9 10 Claims
ture-compensating flexure-type rib arrangement for provid-
ing immediate bearing support to, and resiliently resisting ex-
cessive thermal expansion of, the bearing member to thereby
counteract and inhibit spalling of the bearing components
normally resulting from the excessive thermal expansion.
3,640,592
ANTIFRICTION BEARING WITH EMBEDDED RACE
INSERTS
Ralph S. Howe, Jr., New Britain, Conn., assignor to Textron,
Inc., Providence, R.I.
Filed Oct 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,736
Int. CI. F16c 33/00
U.S. CI. 308—193 4 Claims
a/r£if-svfrAC£ (To^ntue a^ cantors 'id"* l
2i -?«
A pressurized oil film is built up in a region between rela-
tively movable bearing surfaces by means including a pres-
surized oil supply line and an oil return line. Compressed air
is caused to impinge on the edges of the oil film region to
provide a pneumatic pressure threshold for confining the ex-
tent of the region and preventing leakage of the oil.
3,640,591
ROLLING CONTACT BEARING HAVING
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION
Phillip R. Ekiund, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,510
Int. CI. F 16c 27/00
U.S.CL 308-184 3 Claims
/6^ /""
The invention contemplates a major economy in the metal
required for manufacture of an antifriction bearing ring, such
as the outer race ring of a ball bearing, said economy being
realized without loss of integrity of the race or its radial-load
capability, as compared with a conventional all-metal race
ring construction of equivalent capacity. Economy is realized
by forming an insert from a cylindrical annulus of a deforma-
ble and hardenable material, such as ductile steel, the defor-
mation being to create a ring of substantially uniform
thickness but continuously concaved, at one of the inner and
outer surfaces, to define the raceway contour. The deforma-
tion is to an extent producing a concave surface of depth ex-
ceeding the desired ultimate raceway depth The deformed
ring is hardened and then embedded in a body molding of
plastic or elastomeric material, depending on ultimate use
requirements. Race finishing, including the step of removing
excess insert metal to create the desired raceway depth, can
proceed before or after molding.
3,640,593
DOUBLE ROW BEARING
Lewis W. McKee, Brookfield, Conn., and Robert H. Feest, Jr.,
Juno Beach, Fla., assignors to The Borden Corporation,
Danbury, Conn.
Piled Oct. 7, 1%9, Ser. No. 867,429
Int. CI. F 16c 33/60
U.S.CL 308-1% 6 Claims
A bearing assembly including a rolling contact bearing An improved double-row bearing in which two pairs of
member, and a raceway structure incorporating a tempera- ball-receiving raceways comprise a first pair of deep groove-
568
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
bearing raceways, one of which is formed in a unitary ring
which also provides a raceway of the other pair, and the
other of which is formed by two ring sections, one of which
provides the other raceway of the other pair, the other pair
and its rolling elements making up an angular-contact bear-
ing.
3,640^94
BEARING RETAINER CONSTRUCTION
Edwin Aho, Center Line, Mich., assignor to Federal-Mogul
Corporation, Southfield, Mich.
FUed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,741
Int. CI. F16cii/i4
U.S. CI. 308-212 7 Claims
reversible electnc motors in each mobile unit to move the
units to open the desired access aisle. Direction-control
switches located on the exposed ends of the mobile units and
right and left limit switches on each of the mobile units af-
ford selective energization of the motors to open the desired
aisle
3,640,596
SAFETY APPARATUS FOR MECHANICAL HLING
CABINETS
Roy Edwin Kanitz, Belpre, Ohio, assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,690
Int. CI. A47b 77108, 81100
U.S. CI. 312-223 6 Claims
A roller bearing cage or retainer having pockets with pads
provided to permit the rollers to be snapped into the pockets
and past the pads with the pads having seats cooperating to
hold the rollers in place and with the pads formed by a
method whereby the location of the seats can easily be deter-
mined.
3,640,595
MOTORIZED MOBILE SHELVING UNITS
Maurice F. Staller, and Marvin A. Staller, both of Fort Atkin-
son, Wis., assignors to Staller Cabinet, Inc., Fort Atkinson,
Wis.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,214
InL CI. A47b 53100. 77100, 87/00
U.S. CI. 312-198 16 Claims
This disclosure describes a safety apparatus for use in a
mechanized filing cabinet A lower bar having a lamp at one
end and a photocell at the other end is attached by springs to
the rear of the posting board of the filing cabinet. An upper
bar also having a lamp at one end and a photocell at the
other end is attached by springs to the bottom of the closure
door of the filing cabinet When either of the photocell
beams is broken, the motor that moves the trays of the filing
cabinet is deenergized In addition, when the door is closed,
the upper bar impinges on rubber stops causing the upper bar
to move upwardly The upward movement of the upper bar
opens microswitches which are also connected to deenergize
the tray movement motor.
. v*
.S!^^
Storage apparatus which includes one or more mobile
storage or shelving units moveable on guide tracks employs
ERRATUM
For Class 316—28 see:
Patent No. 3,641,391
3,640,597
METHOD OF PRODUCING NEUTRON SOURCE TUBE
WITH COATED TARGET
Lowell A. Noble, Hillsborough, Calif., assignor to Varian As-
sociates
Original application June 21, 1960, Ser. No. 371,803. Divided
and this application Jan. 6, 1964, Ser. No. 336,075
Int. CI. HOlj 9/38; G21g 3/04
U.S. CI. 316— 10 4 Claims
A method of making an active metal target for a neutron
source tube Deuterium or tritium gas is sorbed into the ac-
tive metal. The target is then heated and reacted with a coat-
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
569
ing gas to form a protective coating over the target which
y^l
Light from the object forms an interference pattern with light
from a reference point source of coherent light This inter-
ference pattern is recorded to provide the hologram In the
reconstruction, a lens is provided to produce images of the
reconstructions of the coherent light sources and of the
reconstruction of the object A mask is provided in the plane
prevents desorbtion of the deuterium or tritium during opera-
tion of the tube.
3,640,598
TECHNIQUE OF HOLOGRAPHY BY SOURCE
SCANNING
Victor I. Neeley, Kennewick, and Hugo L. Libby, Richland,
both of Wash., assignors to Hoiotron Corporation,
Wilmington, Del.
Filed Aug. 23, 1967, Ser. No. 662,736
Int. CI. G02b 27/22
U.S. CI. 350—3.5 17 Claims
1
27
30(X\IJ')"
2S
>
A technique of making holograms of three-dimensional ob-
jects with electromagnetic or ultrasonic radiation; a point
source of radiation for the object beam is scanned over a
plane and is received at a point. Holographic information is
then obtained by mixing the received object beam with a
coherent reference beam, either derived from the object
beam source or introduced electronically. Reciprocity
between the disclosed source-scanning technique and the
conventional receiver-scanning technique is shown and
specific embodiments are disclosed which utilize the source-
scanning technique and which are illustrative of benefits
which may be obtained through the utilization of such
technique over the receiver-scanning technique.
3,640,599
SIMULATION OF AN EXTENDED INCOHERENT
OBJECT SOURCE IN HOLOGRAPHY SO AS TO
ELIMINATE SPECKLE NOISE
Raoul F. van Ligten, Framingham Centre, Mass., assignor to
American Optical Corporation, Southbndge, Mass.
Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,510
Int. CI. G02b 27/00
U.S. CI. 350—3.5 9 Claims
This specification discloses systems for recording holo-
grams and for reconstructing images from such holograms.
The object of which the hologram is to be made is illu-
minated with a plurality of coherent point sources of light.
of the images of the reconstructed coherent sources, which
mask is provided with means to transmit bundles of rays cor-
responding to different ones of the coherent light sources in
sequence. As a result, a composite image will be produced
approaching the appearance of the object illuminated by an
extended incoherent source
3,640,600
ROCKING-TYPE APPARATUS PROVIDED WITH PRISM
OR MIRRORS IN MICROSCOPE FOR BONDER
Masahide Isobe, Hayamacho, Japan, assignor to Tokyo Soku-
han Co., Ltd., Zama-machi, Koza-gun, Kanagawa-ken,
Japan
Filed Oct 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,526
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 29, 1968, 43/78818
Int.Cl. G02b7/yfi
U.S. CI. 350-34 6 Claims
A rocking-type microscope apparatus for a dice bonder
comprises a prism or a pair of mirrors pivoted about a
rocking axis at the lower part of the front end of the
microscope on the face toward the objective. The rocking
axis is mounted on one side of a cylindrical casing accom-
modating the objective of the microscope, or is mounted on
one end of a bracket secured to a guide member of a sliding
head or other element at an optional position The prism or
pair of mirrors can be rocked into and out of operative rela-
tion with the objective by means of a push rod, secured to
the sliding head, in connection with a lever pivotal on the
rocking axis and fixed relative to the prism or mirrors.
570
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,601
PROJECTION SCREENS
Louis Daniel Murray, 5216 Pondcrosa Way, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,056
Int. CI. G03b2//56
U^. CI. 350-117
10 Claims
Fn the present device the screen is rotatably mounted along
the lower ends of its sides by brads to vertical support arms,
while the upper portion of the screen is fastened to a cord
which is retained in an adjustable keeper so adjustment of
the tilted position of the screen is provided by loosening or
tightening of the cord. Vertical adjustment of the screen is
provided by spaced pairs of slots in the vertical support arms,
these slots accommodating the supporting wall hooks.
3,640,602
PROJECTION SCREEN
Robert N. Wolfe, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 814,006
Int. CI. G03b 2 //56
U.S. CI. 350-120 10 Claims
3,640,603
PLASTIC REINFORCING EDGING FOR PICTURE-
RECEIVING SCREEN
Michael J. Baimes, Spokane, Wash., assignor to Graflex, Inc.,
Rochester, N.V.
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,267
Int. CI. G03b 2 //56
U.S.CI.350-124 ^ 5 Claims
2S n
A reinforcing strip for application to the edges of a pro-
jected picture receiving fabric screen is provided with a pair
of laterally spaced side portions. Complementary reinforcing
edgings are applied to the top and underside portions of the
upper and lower edging strips stapled together. The fabric
and the central portions of the upper and lower reinforcing
edgings are then cut so that the reinforcing strips form mar-
ginal reinforcing edgings for the lower part of one screen
fabric and the upper part of a succeeding screen fabric. The
inner flat surfaces of the side edges of the reinforcing strips
are saw-toothed or otherwise roughened to cause a firm
gripping of the intermediately disposed fabric.
3,640,604
OPTICAL INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD
EMPLOYING PHOTOCHEMICALLY GENERATED
HOLOGRAMS AS SPATIAL FILTERS
John Yarnell, St. Albans, England, assignor to Hawker Sidde-
ly Dynamics Limited, Hatfield, England
Continuation of application Ser. No. 649,594, June 28, 1967,
now abandoned. This application May 1, 1970, Ser. No.
31,856
Claims prioritv, application (Jreat Britain. 29.298/66
Int. CI. G02b 27/22,5/75
U.S. CI. 350- 1 62 SF 2 Claims
A projection screen for eliminating scintillations caused by
a projected image in which the screen comprises two spaced
and generally parallel glass plates that are maintained as a
unit by a layer of transparent material therebetween. The
plates are provided on their facing surfaces with a layer of
light-diffusing material and the surfaces are joined by a trans-
parent, resilient material which will permit orbital movement
of one plate relative to the other.
This invention provides a novel method of optical informa-
tion processing, using a photochromically generated holo-
gram as a spatial filter. A diffraction pattern is produced on a
photochromic plate which is simultaneously illuminated by a
reference beam from a coherent source. A second diffraction
pattern employing light from a coherent source is superim-
posed on the first diffraction pattern on the photochromic
plate, so that the reference beam illumination and the second
diffraction pattern form a photochromically generated holo-
gram to modify the first diffraction pattern. A photochromic
plate may comprise material that exhibits normally unpopu-
lated triplet states of molecular energy, population of which
can be induced by photons of appropriate energy.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
571
3,640,605
MECHANICALLY COMPENSATED ZOOM LENS
SYSTEM
Harold N. Sissel, 133 S. Cedar Street, Glendale, Calif.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,787
Int. CI. G02b 15116
U.S. CI. 350- 1 84 2 Claims
eluding a planoconvex lens element, a biconcave lens ele-
ment and a biconvex lens element.
A mechanically compensated zoom lens system made up of
three lens groups, the front lens group being fixed and the
middle and rear lens groups being movable.
3,640,606
THREE-ELEMENT MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC
OBJECTIVE LENS
Lawrence H. Conrad, Maplewood, Minn., assignor to Min-
nesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,436
Int. CI. G02b9/y6
U.S. CI. 350-226 1 Claim
A three-element //4.5, 19x magnification objective lens
comprising three airspaced elements from front to rear in-
cluding a biconvex lens element, a biconcave lens element
and a concavo-convex lens element.
3,640,607
THREE-ELEMENT MICROPHOTOGRAPHIC
OBJECTIVE LENS
Lawrence H. Conrad, Maplewood, Minn., assignor to Min-
nesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, Saint Paul,
Minn.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,437
Int. CI. G02b9//6
U.S. CI. 350-226 1 Claim
^1
r^
3,640,608
AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED MIRROR
Clyde M. McKee, Taylor; Andrew V. Provenzino, Southgate,
and Ward Scott, Rochester, all of Mkh., assignors to Clyde
M. McKee, Taytor; Ward Scott, Rochester, Mich, and San-
dor Shapiro, part interest to each
Original application Feb. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 706,953, now
Patent No. 3^36,382. Divided and this application Apr. 8,
1970,Ser. No. 31,039
Int. CI. G02b 5108
U.S. CI. 350—307 5 Claims
A mirror assembly for trucks or the like actuated in
response to movement of the steering wheel to move to a
position providing maximum visibility. A cable assembly is
clamped to a member which is pivotally movable upon rota-
tion of the steering wheel in such a way that pivoting of the
member produces axial movement of a cable. In one embodi-
ment the cable is connected through a pivotal member to a
second set of cables which actuate the mirrors and in another
embodiment a hydraulic system is connected with the cable
to actuate the mirrors.
3,640,609
AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED MIRROR
Clyde M. McKee, Taylor; Andrew V. Provenzino, Southgate,
and Ward Scott, Rochester, all of Mich., assignors to Clyde
M. McKee, Tayk>r; Ward Scott, Rochester and Sandor
Shapiro, SouthfieM, Mich., part interest to each
Original application July 17, 1968, Ser. No. 745,434, now
Patent No. 3,527,528, which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 706,953, Feb. 26, 1968. Divided and this
application Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,637
Int. CI. G02b 5108
U.S. CI. 350-307 4 Claims
-• ,#»
A three-element //4. 5, 19. 5x magnification objective lens
comprising three airspaced elements from front to rear in-
A mirror assembly for trucks or the like actuated in
response to movement of a steering wheel to move to a posi-
tion providing maximum visibility. Means are clamped to a
572
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
member which is a part of the steering mechanism and which
is pivotaJiy movable upon rotation of the steering wheel in
such a way that pivoting of the member is translated through
the means to a T-shaped pivotal member. The T-shaped
pivotal member is connected to a hydraulic system to
produce rotation of the mirrors upon pivotal movement of
the T-shaped member.
3,640,610
OPHTHALMOMETER DEVICE HAVING TARGET
MEANS INDEPENDENTLY ADJUSTABLE WHILE
MAINTAINING THE CORNEAL IMAGE IN FOCUS
Joseph S. Nupuf, 1342 Cleveland Avenue, N.W., Canton,
Ohio
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,171
InL CI. A61b 3110; GOlb 9100
U.S. CI. 351-13 8 Claims
A device for determining the topography of an optic in-
cluding a support member having a measuring unit mounted
thereon. The measuring unit includes an optical system hav-
ing a target assembly operably associated therewith and
mounted in optical alignment with the optical axis of the op-
tical systertL Means included to maintain the optic in sta-
tionary, aligned relation with the optical axis. The target as-
sembly includes a target member adapted to be illuminated
by a source of light to produce an illuminated image on the
reflective surface of the optic. The target member is mounted
for selective telescopic movement along the optical axis of
the optical system for increasing or decreasing the size of the
image produced on the reflected surface of the optic to ena-
ble measurement of the curvature of relatively larger or
smaller areas of the surface thereof.
3,640,611
CONTROL FOR MOTION PICTURE PROJECTORS
Angek) Boudouris, Sylvania; Stanley J. Kulish, Jr., Holland,
and Harold M. Plumadore, Toledo, all of Ohio, assignors to
Eprad Incorporated, Toledo, Ohio
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,61 1
Int. CI. G03b 27/50
U.S. CI. 352-92 \ 8 Claims
the other to provide continuous showing of sequential reels
of film. The controls embody a pickoff device in each projec-
tor having two contact shoes, one of which is effective to in-
itiate changeover and the other of which is effective to
operate auxiliary controls or circuits. The controls further
prevent changeover from one projector to the other in the
event of a film break which would cause circuits to be
completed through both shoes An alarm system is also pro-
vided which IS effective to signal the operator in the event of
a film break or lamp failure and also to signal the beginning
of a show and the end of the last reel thereof.
3,640,612
AUTOMATIC REWIND FOR MOTION PICTURE
PROJECTORS
Arthur E. Nupnau, Chicago, III., assignor to Bell & Howell
Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 6. 1969, Ser. No. 863,867
Int. CI. G03b 2J/00. 1100
U.S. CI. 352-124 8 Claims
A mechanism in a sprocketless motion picture projector
for rewinding film on a supply reel including a friction drive
for taking up film on the supply reel during a reverse projec-
tion mode, a positive drive for winding film on the supply
reel during a rewind mode and a control means operable by a
film tension sensing means to automatically cause the posi-
tive drive to bypass the friction drive when changing from a
projection mode to the rewind mode.
Scon
3,640,613
TRANSPARENCY DISPLAY APPARATUS
Paul E. Kitch, West Springfield, Mass., assignor to
Paper Company, Delaware County, Pa.
Original application Mar. 24, 1967, Ser. No. 625,841, now
Patent No. 3,536,393. Divided and this application Jan. 9,
1970, Ser. No. 10,117
Int. CI. G03b2//00
U.S. CI. 353-23 4 Claims
Transparency display apparatus is disclosed including a
Controls for motion picture projectors are designed to au- transparency storage device for protecting transparencies
tomatically change over the operation from one projector to during transport and for facilitating display of transparencies
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
578
upon an overhead projector and a staging assembly mounta-
ble on the stage of an overhead projector and cooperating
with the storage device for transparency display. The storage
device is separable from the staging assembly during trans-
port of the transparencies and is constructed in a manner
which fully protects the transparencies by providing covers
and sides which form a package for holding the trans-
parencies. When utilized for displaying transparencies, the
storage device may be opened up and the covers pivoted out
of place into a position where they support transparencies
before and after display. The staging assembly includes
fastener means which cooperate with fasteners on the storage
device so that the storage device is supported while the trans-
parencies are being displayed. The staging assembly has a
transparent panel positioned above a light source and relative
to the storage device so that transparencies carried in the
storage device can be pivoted about their point of at-
tachment to the storage device for selective display over the
transparent panel on the overhead projector The staging as-
sembly also includes supports adjacent the transparent panel
for supporting the covers of the storage device in a position
where transparencies can be collected and disposed upon
one of them before and after display. Individual trans-
parencies retained in the apparatus may be moved about an
axis lying in the plane of the transparency as well as about an
axis intersecting the plane of the transparency, generally one
perpendicular thereto.
an optical scanning system adapted to selectively vary the
length and speed of scan in response to the size of the
3,640,614
nUM SUPPORT AND TRANSPORT APPARATUS
James R. Cassano, Penfield; Charles E. Smith, Webster, and
Robert E. Kalvitis, Falrport, all of N.Y., assignors to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,401
Int. CI. G03b2i//2
U^. CI. 353-26 4 Claims
original document to create a standardized output format by
reproducing an original document or creating a facsimile
thereof.
3,640,616
OPAQUE ILLUMINATION AND SCANNING SYSTEM
Raymond K. Egnaczak, Williamson, and Gino F. Squassoni,
Pittsford, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,713
Int. CI. G03g 15100
U.S. CI. 355-8 14 Claims
4 M M , n
S£
Apparatus for supporting an elongated web of film trans-
parency material in a reel-to-reel arrangement at a projection
station in a film viewing device. Film material is selectively
transported from one reel to the other past the projection
station by both a manual and a powered drive arrangement.
The film material is supported for selective positioning at the
projection station in a direction transverse to the direction of
film travel without interrupting the drive arrangement.
3,640,615
XEROGRAPHIC REPRODUCING APPARATUS
Robert A. Schaeffer, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1967, Ser. No. 682,830
Int. CI. G03g 15104
U.S. CI. 355-8 12 Claims
An automatic xerographic reproducing apparatus for
reproducing and standardizing computer printout including
An optical system is used to scan an opaque onginal in a
line-by-line manner. The original is carried on the top deck
of a carriage that travels past a stationary optical assembly.
The carriage also has a bottom deck substantially parallel to
and spaced from the top deck. The optical assembly fits
between the two decks as the carriage travels thereby. Lamps
within the optical assembly illuminate a generally linear area
of the original and a light image of the original is projected
through the optical assembly to the bottom deck of the car-
riage by a lens and three mirrors. One mirror is positioned at
the nodal point of the lens to pass rays through the same lens
twice. The light image projected to the bottom deck is used
to expose a photoelectrophoretic ink for the formation of an
image from the ink.
\
5T4
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,617 -' 3,640,619
TONER DOCTOR MEANS CONTROL ARRANGEMENT FOR COPYING
Donald M. Fredrickson, Deerfield, and Johannes H. Bun- APPARATUS
gener, Glenview, both of ill., assignors to Bell & Howell Hans-Peter Huber, Munich, Germany, assignor to Agfa-
Company, Chicago, III. Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Nov. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 780,026 Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,198
Int. CI. G03g 15/10 Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 29, 1969, P 19 04
U.S. CI. 355-10 , 8 Claims 253.6
Int. CI. G03b 27/76
U.S. CI. 355—36 9 Claims
Doctoring apparatus for use in the developing station of an
electrostatic copying machine for removing excess liquid
toner from the developed image surface of the sheet prior to
squeegeeing of the sheet. Removal of excess toner eliminates
image trailing, haloing and offsetting.
3,640,618 ^
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC
COLOR PRINTING
Keith Aston, Cheam, Surrey, England, assignor to The Pavelle
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,529
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 1 1, 1968,
11,748/68
Int. CI. G03I 2 7/i2
U.S. CI. 355-35 7 Claims
0-;^
Apparatus for printing a photographic color print from a
color transparency or negative includes a compound color
filter consisting of two additive color filters to provide a
device having the speed of operation of a conventional sub-
tractive printer apparatus when printing color negatives of
good color balance. The apparatus automatically introduces
the accuracy of an additive printer system when unbalanced
color negatives are being printed.
f-f
An arrangement for controlling and shortening the expo-
sure times of copying apparatus adapted to two colors on an
origmai or master to be copied The light source in the copier
transmits light of the two colors along a path into which
blocking filters may be selectively inserted. One blocking
filter IS provided for each one of the colors Two adjustable
timing generators control the insertion of the blocking filters
into the light path so that the blocking filter for the one color
requiring shorter exposure is inserted into the light path at
either the beginning or the end of the exposure. Operational
amplifiers with capacitor feedback operate in conjunction
with potentiometers for generating the appropriate time in-
tervals for the exposure
3,640,620
PHOTOGRAPHIC CONTROL APPARATUS
Abram Shatz, Pomona, and Ben Eisenberg, Larchmont, both
of N.Y., assignors to Kriser Corporation, College Point,
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853,285
Int. CI. G03b 27/76, HOlj 39/12; HOSh 37/02
U.S. CI. 355-38 12 Claims
Photographic apparatus is disclosed capable of controlling
all known photographic processes for exp>osing photosensi-
tive material, including processes for producing color separa-
FeBRUARV 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
\
575
tion films and plates of the type used m various
photomechanical reproduction processes. Photometric mea-
surements are made in the plane of the material which is to
be exposed and these measurements are used to program a
control unit to establish required exposure time intervals. A
set of color-balancing controls for each of the primary colors
is provided to establish the relative exposures required for
the respective color films or plates. A special timing circuit
ensures that the exact amount of light required for proper ex-
posure will be provided regardless of any fluctuation in lu-
minous flux as measured at the enlarger or at the camera
copy board. Additionally, the timing circuit permits selection
of desired exposure intervals (separate from the main expo-
sure interval) as required for various known photographic
operations.
3,640,621
VIEWER.PROJECTOR-COPIER APPARATUS FOR
MICROFORMS
Raymond Frerson, St. Germain-les-Arpigon; Claude Gravier,
Verrieres-le-Buisson; Pierre Ravenel, Clamart, and Pierre
Soupene, ChatiUon-s/-Bagneux, all of France, assignors to
Electricite de France (Service National), Paris, France
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,716
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 24, 1969, 6908520
InLCLG03b27/7(>
U.S. CI. 355-45 10 Claims
apparatus for scanning an original to be reproduced, the im-
proved exposure control device having a pivotal shield mova-
ble with said optical system for varying the degree of expo-
sure; a bar mounted in said copying apparatus and positioned
substantially parallel to the direction of the movement of said
optical system, said bar being mounted on said means for
operating the exposure control device; Jind means movably
mounted on said bar and mounted on said shieid for trans-
mitting motion of said bar to said shield whereby movement
of said operating means will change the position of said
shield.
3,640,623
AUTOMATIC DENSITY SETTING APPARATUS
Leonard S. Florsheim, Jr., Lake Forest; David A. Lieberman,
Wilmette, both of III.; HaroM B. Archer, Phtsford, N.Y.,
and Gerhard A. Nothmann, Winnetka, III., assignors to
Enivar Enterprises Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,013
Int. CI. G03b 27/54
U.S.CL 355-67 21 Claims
A microform viewer-projector-copier is provided with a
light source providing a conical beam of light, a diffusion
plate and a double Fresnel lens system to homogenize and
concentrate the beam on a nodal plane. The microform,
preferably of the type which includes at least one and up to
128 microimages, is mounted in a holder which is movable
along the axis of the light beam and provided with means for
positioning the microimages to be illuminated by the light
beam. A plurality of lens systems are mounted on a turret for
positioning in the nodal plane any one of them to focus the
image of the illuminated portion of the microform onto
either a viewing screen or the copier plane of a copier. A ser-
vomechanism is provided for each of the movements of the
microform holder as well as the positioning of any one of the
lens systems in the nodal plane.
3,640,622
EXPOSURE-CONTROL DEVICE IN COPYING
MACHINES
Akira Shinozaki, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Konishiroku
Photo-Industry Co., Ltd.
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,477
Claims priority, application Japan, May 10, 1%9, 44/42382
Int. CLG03b 27/76
U.S. CL355— 65 6 Claims
An improved exposure control device for a copying ap-
paratus of the type having a movable optical system in said
rs
P
" \
/9 k' m
1
ca^r^rif€ ■* "^ ■•
.^.
A device that converts copy densities into exposure times
for main, flash and bump exposures required in halftone
reproduction. Two separately movable scales of an evaluator
are set to store intelligence mechanically corresponding to
highlight and shadow densities of material to be copied. The
evaluator is then placed into a receptor which is connected
electrically to a master control unit to convert the evaluator
mechanical settings into appropriate electrical signals for au-
tomatically regulating the camera lights, the auxiliary flash
lamp and the shutter of the camera in order to automatically
and instantaneously provide properly exposed main, flash
and bump exposures.
576
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,624
AIR POLLUTION DETERMINATION BY MERCURY AIR
SAMPLING
Howard H. Anderson, Covins; Rudolph H. Moyer, West
Covins; Donald J. Sibbett, Cucamonga, and David C.
Sutherland, EI Monte, all of Calif., assignors to Geomet, In-
corporated, Rockville, Md.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,917
Int. CI. coin 1100, 33128, 21112
U.S. CI. 356-36 8 Claims
3,640,625
MULTIPLEX SPECTROMETER
Roland Norman Ibbett, Cheadle, and David Aspinall, SL An-
ne s-on-Sea, both of England, assignors to National
Research Development Corporation, London, England
Filed June 7, 1968, Ser. No. 735,336
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 8, 1967,
26,601/67
Int. CI. GOlji/00. i/02
U.S. CI. 356-97 5 claims
^
SfLEcriN_
SEOUENCi
BANK 01
R!u'i>Tfes
"'-''} ""''] ■'•^ '-miiPt^
U-
~H
SL'SIRACT
SElEC'iN
SiOUEtKE
,<7
BANK Of SATiNO
A multiplex spectrometer has its spectral line information
ncoded by transmittmg the line through rows of apertures
resented m sequence. The apertures occur in a pattern
enved from a matrix of binary numbers. Decoding is
chieved by adding or subtracting the output in a store con-
unmg addresses equal to the number of columns in the
latrix.
3,640,626
MEASURING OF THE CONCENTRATION OF SOLID
PARTICLES SUSPENDED IN VARIOUS REGIONS IN A
FLUID USING POLARIZED LIGHT
John W. Liskowitz. Belk Meade, N J., assignor to American
Standard, Inc.. New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 629,568, Apr.
10, 1967, now abandoned. This application Nov. 12, I%8,
Ser. No. 774,892
Int. CI. G01n2//00. 2//40
U.S.CI.356-103 8 Claims
»OW«Cl UN.T
Apparatus and system for detecting and sampling mercur>
vapor in the atmosphere, particularly for air pollution deter-
mination, utilizing sensitized absorption of the vapor on sur-
faces of noble metal wire grids. The wire grids operate to
concrete encountered low levels of vapors. Release of mercu-
ry from the grids into a photometer for quantitation is
achieved by direct passage of electrical current through the
grid wire. The grids are designed to allow for ohmic heating
of the absorbent wire to render possible a portable monitor-
ing device.
The apparatus and system incorporates means for volitiliz-
ing or decomposing mercury-bearing particulates for direct
absorption of the vapor on the grids or in conjunction with a
heated prefilter.
ftdoM v«..t »--
The concentration of particles suspended in a fluid, having
a refractive index which differs from that of the fluid, is ac-
complished using polarized light. The degree of depolariza-
tion of the incident light indicates the concentration of the
particles in the fluid While maintaining a constant observa-
tion angle, the distance between the light source unit and the
detector unit is vaned thus changing the focal point of the
system In this manner, suspended particle concentrations at
varying distances from the light source and detector unit are
obtained,
3,640,627
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING SCATTERED LIGHT
Willard H. Beattie, Long Beach, and William S. Gallaway,
Fullerton, both of Calif., assignors to Beckman Instruments,
Inc.
Filed Mar. I, 1965, Ser. No. 435,792
Int. CI. GOIn 27/00, y//0
U.S.CI.356-104 9 Claims
A light-scattering accessory for double-beam spec-
trophotometers and an improved double-beam, ratio-record-
ing light-scattering spectrophotometer are disclosed. The at-
FebRUArY 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
577
tachment may be utilized to convert a standard double-beam
spectrophotometer into a scattered light-measuring device
and consists of an attachment having housed therein a means
for directing the sample beam to a sample cell and a detector
located on a goniometer rotatable about the cell. The
reference beam is passed through an optical attenuator to the
detector of the spectrophotometer. Electrical attenuation
devices are provided and may comprise either a single at-
tenuating potentiometer connected to each of the detectors
or separate attenuators connected to the separate detectors.
The attenuators allow measurement of signals over a wide
dynamic range by attenuating either the reference or the
sample signal and when utilized in combination with the opti-
cal attenuator located in the reference beam provide an ex-
tremely wide dynamic range for the instrument. Also dis-
closed is a novel sample cell and beam trap, the beam trap
consisting of a piece of black glass having at least one opti-
cally flat surface and a black glass rod attached thereto to
suspend the glass plate in the beam. The sample cell may be
provided with a single optically transmitting window and the
beam trap located within the cell for improved results.
and pressure-rupturable microcapsules containing aroma
to
3,640,628
ELECTRO-OPTICAL TARGET ACQUISITION
BLANKING SYSTEM
Sheldon Jones, Palos Verdes Estates, Calif., assignor
Hughes Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,333
Int.CI. G01b///26
U.S.CL 356-152 11 Claims
chemical entrapped in the trough formed between the raised
edges.
3,640,630
PRESSURIZED CONTINUOUS FLOW LIQUID
APPLICATOR WITH SHUTOFF VALVE
Harold L. Walker, Whltestone, N.Y., assignor to Applications
Unlimited, Inc., New Yprk, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 794,175, Jan. 27,
1969, now abandoned. This application June 26, 1970, Ser.
No. 50,263
Int.CLA46b ///02
U.S. CI. 401-188 8 Claims
z.a.-1
When an electro-optical tracking and ranging system is
placed in proximity with the guns being controlled thereby,
such as on the turret of a tank, there are a range of azimuth
and elevation angles of the gun within which the flame
present when the guns are being fired serves to temporarily
disrupt the tracking process. Means are provided for sensing
and/or anticipating the firing of the gun within the critical
fields of azimuth and elevation angles and blanking the elec-
tro-optical detector over the interval of the occurrence of the
gun flame. This prevents saturation of the detector by the
gun flame and the disruption of the circuitry included therein
which occurs otherwise.
3,640,629
SHEET MATERIAL
Edward M. Geiser, Downers Grove, III., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Ptaines, 111.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,784
Int. CI. B32b 1/00
U.S.CL 401-132 11 Claims
A perfumed dispenser which comprises a tape or strip of
narrow sheet material having a raised portion at each edge
A system for the application of liquid to a surface, such as
by painting, washing and waxing, in which the liquid source is
maintained under a constant superatmospheric pressure and
a flexible cable is connected between the pressunzed liquid
source and the liquid applicator. A shutoff valve can selec-
tively pinch-off the cable in order to cut off the liquid supply
to the applicator. The liquid applicator can be fixed or mova-
ble to selected positions and may be in the form of a roller.
3,640,631
MARKING PEN
Piro Sotir, 47 Montana Drive, Hoiden, Mass.
Filed SepL 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,294
Int. CI. B43k 5/08
U.S. CL 401-206 4 Claims
A marking applicator comprising a container having a fluid
reservoir therein and a marking nib extending out of the
other end of the container for applying fluid or ink to a sur-
face, said nib being disposed in a cylindrical holder having a
central bore therein with at least two shoulders therein with
one forming a valve seat, a valve plunger secured to said nib
and disposed within said bore, said valve plunger having two
sealing surfaces thereon with one adapted to seat against one
of said shoulders and spring biasing means normally main-
taining said valve plunger in a closed position seated upon
said shoulder. A secondary reservoir disposed within said
578
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
valve plunger and in communication with said nib and with piece and the return of the spindle to an automatic repeat
an annular channel provided between said valve plunger and
position or to a home position The spindle is allowed to float
while a tapping t(X)l is in engagement with the workpiece and
the feed and return of the spindle carrier is controlled during
this period by sensmg the position of the spindle in the carri-
er. During drilling the spindle is locked against axial move-
ment relative to the earner while the tool is in engagement
with the workpiece The locking means is engageable over
the range of axial movement of the spindle relative to the
earner to locate the spindle in a predetermined position rela-
tive to the earner
3,640,633
ADJUSTABLE BORING QUILL ASSEMBLY
Rkhard C. Gersch, 27401 Red Leaf Lane, Southfield, Mkh.,
and Roland Bruc« Reynolds, 1628 Haynes, Birmingham,
Mich.
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,696
Int. CI. B23b 47122
U.S. CI. 408- 12 10 Claims
said central bore and a bypass passage disposed in said
holder adjacent said central bore for supplying fluid to the
exterior of said nib when said valve plunger is unseated.
3,640,632
MACHINE fOOL SPINDLE AND CONTROL THEREFOR
Ralph H. Schuman, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to The Warner
& Swasey Company, Cleveland, Ohio
FUed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,590
Int. CI. B23b 47/24
U.S. CI. 408- 1 1 17 Claims
'» "^ -ir V 56
A machine tool having a rotatable machine tool spindle for
performing drilling and tapping operations. The spindle has
limited axial movement relative to the spindle carrier. Fluid
pressure means may be operated to displace the spindle in
opposite directions from a predetermined position in the
spindle carrier and to apply a force yieldably opposing return
of the spindle to the predetermined position. The position of
the spindle in its carrier is sensed by control means and the
spindle carrier is translatable toward or away from the work-
piece in response to the direction of displacement of the
spindle from its predetermined position. The spindle is dis-
placed forwardly to effect translation of the spindle carrier
and spindle to engage a tool with a workpiece and the return
of the spindle to the predetermined position upon the en-
gagement of the tool with the workpiece is utilized to initiate
control means for automatically controlling the depth of
drilling or tapping as measured from the surface of the work-
An automatically adjustable boring and turning quill as-
sembly for a bonng machine and including an adjustable ec-
centric sleeve member for moving or turning the boring bar
radially toward and away from the workpiece and a piston
which upon axial movement produces adjustment of the
sleeve member Fine adjustment to compensate for wear of
the boring bar is provided by a rtepping motor which actu-
ates an adjustable stop for the piston.
3,640,634
TOOL CHANGER FOR MACHINE TOOLS
Otto Oeckl, Tizianstrasse 60, 8000 Munich 19, Germany
Filed Oct. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 866,269
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 25, 1968, P 18 05
343.5
Int. CI. B23b 39120
MS. CI. 408—35 1 Claim
The headstock of a machine tool carries two spindles al-
ternately turnable from a tool-working to a tool-changing
position. In addition, the headstock is tumably mounted on
the machine tool body so that the spindle in tool-changing
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
579
position is always aligned with a tool magazine even when the
spindle in working position is inclined to the vertical.
3,640,635
HAND DRILL AND DRILL PRESS
John Von Hollen, P.O. Box 185, Cedar Grove, NJ.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,472
Int. CI. B23b 45114
U.S. CI. 408-101
8 Claims
3,640,637
ADJUSTABLE MACHINE REAMER
Adolf Merz, Olten, Switzerland, assignor to Merz AG Dul-
liken, Dulliken, Switzerland
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,830
Claims priority, application Austria, Dec. 27, 1968, A 12
589/68
Int. CI. B23d 77104
U.S. CI. 408-197 5 Claims
■^■^■•Y^ 143
The invention contemplates a miniature drill which is
hand-held at a quill or sleeve on the drill axis, in the manner
of a pencil or pen. The tool includes mass eccentric to the
drill axis for absorbing reaction torque occasioned by drill
operation. In one employment, the fingers of the hand which
holds the sleeve also steady the drill against the workpiece,
and in another employment a work-supporting jig fastened to
the sleeve converts the tool into a portable miniature drill
press, assuring accurate tool alignment upon entering and
through a drill-feeding stroke into the work.
3,640,636
INTERCHANGEABLE DRILL SUPPORT AND
ACTUATING MEANS FOR MICRODRILL
Heinz Reich, 15076 Dickens Avenue, San Jose, Calif.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 39,981
Int CI. B23b 41114, 47116, 47/18
VJS. CI. 408-128 10 Claims
joe:
-crx:
«
An adjustable machine reamer in which a screw connec-
tion is provided between the expansion member and the
reamer shank, a threaded projection or attachment arranged
on an extension at the rear end of the expansion member and
a tapped bore formed in the reamer shank and having an in-
ternal screw thread adapted to the external screw thread on
the threaded projection on the expansion member. The ex-
tension at the rear end of the expansion member and the
reamer shank each have one annular, face ground bearing
face thereon for aligning the longitudinal axes of the expan-
sion member and of the shank relatively to each other. There
are also provided an axial centering means having a ground
centering bore in the reamer shank and a centering cylinder
fitting into the centering bore on the extension at the rear
end of the expansion member.
3,640,638
AXIAL FLOW COMPRESSOR
Jack Britt, Ambergate, and Alfred John Honey, AUestree,
both of England, asagnors to Rolls-Royce Limited, Derby,
Derbyshire, England
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,100
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 2, 1969,
33367/69
Int CL FOld 11/08; F04d 29/00
U.S. CI. 415-172 5 Claims
X
ju
For a Pick-feed-type drilling apparatus having a belt and
pulley drive for maintaining a drill shaft in raised condition
and on open bearings for axial movement, an interchangea-
ble drill support for spaced hardened bearings and a spring-
loaded actuating means between the drill shaft and a
micrometer stroke-controlled plunger for maintaining the
latter in raised condition relative to the drill shaft.
An axial flow compressor comprises a rotor having a plu-
rality of axially spaced rings of rotor blades, a respective ring
of stator blades being disposed immediately downstream of
each ring of rotor blades, respective shroud surfaces being
provided at the radially inner ends of the working surfaces of
the stator blades by respective shroud rings carried by the
rings of stator blades, mnning clearances being provided
between the shroud rings and the rotor, and means whereby
in operation a static pressure gradient is maintained in the
clearance between at least one shroud ring and the rotor so
that gas flow through the clearance is in a downstream
direction.
580
3,640,639
UNIT CONSTRUCTION FX)R TURBINE HOUSING
BOTTOMS
Rudolf Ruhl, Nurnberg, Germany, assignor to Maschinen-
fabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktiengesellschaft, Nurnberg,
Germany
Filed Oct. 10, l%9, Ser. No. 865.440
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 11, 1968, P 18 02
482.3
Int. CI. F04d 29140, 29/00, 1/06
U.S. CI. 415-219 7 Claims
OFFICIAL GAZETTE February 8, 1972
with torque transmitting prongs that extend between and axi-
m -
A low-pressure turbine housing has a bottom portion com-
posed of two separate end units joined to at least one middle
unit. The units are prefabricated small enough for ease of
shipment and are field assembled.
3,640,640
FLUID FLOW MACHINE
Jack Palfreyman, Tansley, near Matlock, and Henry Edward
Middleton, Derby, both of England, assignors to Rolls-
Royce Limited, Derby, England
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,993
Int. CI. FO Id 5/i2
U.S. CI. 416-2 9 Claims
The invention concerns a fluid flow machine having a sup-
port member, a plurality of angularly spaced-apart blades
each of which is mounted in the support member for limited
pivotal movement, and frangible force-transmitting means
which interconnect adjacent blades so as normally to restrain
the blades against such pivotal movement, the frangible
force-transmitting means breaking when subjected to a force
exceeding a predetermined value.
3,640,641
ADAPTER FOR WORKING IMPLEMENTS
Guy D. Fitzhugh, P.O. Box 6053, Pine Bluff, ArL
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 660,797, Aug.
15, 1967, now Patent No. 3,472,490. This application Oct.
10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,427
Int. CI. BO If 7// 5
U.S. CI. 416— 62 6 Claims
An adapter removably attaching working or cleaning im-
plements to a portable, power-driven beater or to a tubular
grip handle for alternative powered rotation and manual
manipulation. The mounting body of the adapter is held in
abutment with the end of the beater shank and is provided
ally beyond the beater blades Cam enlargements on the ends
of the prongs releasably hold the adapter on the beater.
J
3,640,642
MARINE FLOW THROUGH PROPELLER
Robert F. Kress, and Eldon L. Lorenz, both of Grand Rapids,
Mich., assignors to Michigan Wheel Corporation, Grand
Rapids, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 836,093, June
24, 1969, now Patent No. 3,554,665. This application Jan.
15, 1971, Ser. No. 106,689
Int. CI. B63h 1/16, 11/14
U.S. CI. 416-93 7 Claims
A flow through marine propeller unit with exhaust
creepage barrier structure at the rear of the hub formed of an
middle unit protrusion projecting radially outwardly to
define a forwardly oriented dead end pocket.
3,640,643
HELICOPTER ROTOR CONSTRUCTION
Giancarlo Monti, Varese, Italy, assignor to Siai-Marchetti
S.p.A., Varese, Italy
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,798
Claims priority, application luiy, Dec. 24, 1968, 25561/68
Int. CI. B64c 27/45
U.S. CI. 416-136 7 Claims
A paired blade helicopter rotor having a strut connecting
the blades and a tie rod connecting each blade with the rotor
hub, provision being made to pretension the tie rods.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
581
3 640 644 turbine for combustion purposes and a second positive dis-
CONTROLLABLE PITCH PROPELLER SYSTEM placement compressor receiving the remaining compressed
Anders M. Liaaen, Alesund, Norway, assignor to A. M.
Liaaen A/S, Alesund, Norway
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,172
Claims priority, application Norway, Mar. 28, 1 969, 1 3 1 1 /69
Int CI. B63h 3/08
U.S. CI. 416-157 5 Claims
W 16^ \ \ \f
A controllable pitch propeller assembly wherein the pitch
of the blades is controlled by an hydraulically actuated piston
and cylinder assembly. Auxiliary hydraulic supply means are
provided for actuating the piston and cylinder assembly in
the event the primary hydraulic supply fails.
air from the first compressor and boosting its pressure for use
as compressed air.
3,640,645
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASPIRATING FLUIDS
Alan K. Forsythe, Seattle, Wash., assignor to Rocket Research
Corporation, Redmond, Wash.
Filed Aiig. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,647
Int. CI. F04f 5/50, 5/18
U.S. CI. 417-174 20 Claims
-*if
An aspirator check valve in the form of a cylindrical sleeve
which is restrained at its front end and along circum-
ferentially spaced lines extending axially rearwardly from
said front end, and is unrestrained in the remainder of its ex-
tent. The sleeve lies tight against an outer wall of the aspira-
tor when open and when closed by back pressure buckles in-
wardly where unrestrained, to place rearward portions
thereof tight against an inner wall. The upstream end
restraining means includes a resilient band designed to flex
radially inwardly in response to an over pressure, so that such
sleeve also functions as an over pressure relief valve.
A shortened aspirator comprising a plurality of concentri-
cally arranged primary and secondary flow passageways, and
such an aspirator combined with the sleeve-type check valve.
3,640,647
DIAPHRAGM PUMP
Bernard Eaton Hart, SUford, England, assignor to Flexian
HydrauUcs Ltd., Salisbury, Wilts, England
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,849
Int CI. F04b 35102, 43/10, 45/00
U.S. CI. 417-389 13 Claims
3,640,646
AIR COMPRESSOR SYSTEM
Hanns Homschuch, Easton, Pa., and William T. AMerson,
Brookside, N J., assignors to IngersoU-Rand Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,982
InL CI. F04b 23/14, 23/00, 1 7/00
UJS. CI. 417—203 3 Claims
A gas turbine driven air compressor system including a
first compressor feeding a portion of its compressed air to the
This disclosure is directed to a diaphragm pump having a
crankcase housing to which there is connected a pump casing
and a cooperating piston assembly. A flexible, cup-shaped
diaphragm is interposed between the pump casing and the
piston assembly so that a pumping chamber is formed with
the pump casing on one side of the diaphragm and a pressure
fluid chamber is formed on the other side of the diaphragm.
A means defining a working fluid inlet and ouUet is disposed
in communication with the pumping chamber, and a means is
provided for venting the pressure fluid chamber. In operation
the action of the piston assembly on the fluid-filled pressure
chamber effects the actuation of the diaphragm member to
produce a pumping action on the working fluid.
3 640 648
ROTARY MACHINE OF THE BLADE TYPE
Daisaku Odawara, 520, Ueno Shi ba-cho, 5 choroe, Sakai-shi,
Japan
FUed Apr. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 817^74
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Apr. 22. 1968. 43/26583;
June 28, 1968, 43/44500
Int. CI. FOlc 79/05
U.S. CI. 418-133 8 Claims
A rotary machine of the blade type including a plurality of
blades movably disposed in radial grooves formed in a rotor
rotatably mounted in a casing eccentrically thereof and pail-
shaped airtight rotors mounted in a casing concentrically
895 O.G.— 21
582
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
thereof on opposite sides of the rotor in enclosing relation- 3,640,650
ship with the rotor and the blades, which rotor has discaj GEAR TOOTH SYSTEM FOR GEAR PUMPS
members fixed to opposite sides thereof and being each Robert Wydler, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to Maag Gear
Wheel & Machine Company Limited, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,866
Claims priority, application Germany, July 18, 1968, P 17 03
849.2
InLCI. F01c//yS
U.S. CI. 418-206 1 Claim
— n 13
formed with radial grooves for guiding and supporting the
blades, and a high-pressure gas producing apparatus compris-
ing a rotary air compressor of the blade type described
3,640,649
SCREW ROTORS
Jan Edvard Persson, 2 Edinsvagen, Ektorp, Sweden
FUed Sept 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,257
Intel. F03c// /00,i/00
U.S. CI. 418— 191 7 Claims
r
In a gear tooth system for the pumping wheels of a gear
pump, havmg an auxiliary driving transmission, the tooth
profiles of the pumping gearwheels are of involute shape, the
operational or working pressure angle is greater than 40°,
and the transverse contact ratio is approximately 0.5.
3,640,651
INNER VANE FOR ROTARY DEVICES
Harry T. Johnson, Westerville, Ohio, assignor to The Battelle
Development Corporation, Columbus, Ohio
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68398
lntCI.F04c//00, 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 418-269 11 Claims
A gate screw rotor forming one part of a set of screw ro-
tors for a screw rotor machine which has a helical sealing
ridge at the intersection between a first concavely curved
flank of a helical thread and an arcuate crest portion of the
profile whereas the said crest portion merges in a second
concavely curved flank of the thread with a rounded profile
portion. The gate rotor is cut by means of a cutter having
blades each one of which cut the entire profile of the threads
from the leading side of said ridge through the bottom of the
groove to the trailing side of the ridge. The main rotor of a
screw rotor set for such a machine may be manufactured in
similar way.
A sliding-vane rotary moving-fluid device. Radially slidable
in each rotor slot are an outer vane and a thinner contiguous
inner vane. Selected outward pressures on the inner vane and
on leading and trailing portions of the outer vane provide
prof>er net pressure distributions for tracking of the outer
vane on a cam ring while traversing sealing spaces and port
spaces alternately during rotation.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
588
3,640,652
LOCKING DEVICE FOR TIRE RETREADING MOLD
John R. Mattox, Route 3, Box 208-A, Charlotte, N.C., and
Thomas W. Mattox, 7205 Moriey Circle, Charlotte, N.C.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 736,783, June
13, 1968, now Patent No. 3,516,121. This application Dec. 4,
1%9, Ser. No. 882,058
Int CI. B29h 5104
U.S. CI. 425-20 5 Claims
3,640,654
DIE AND PUNCH ASSEMBLY FOR COMPACTING
POWDER AND METHOD OF ASSEMBLY
Joseph E. Smith, Birmingham, Mkh., assignor to Wolverine-
Pentronix, Inc., Lincoln Park, Mich.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,800
IntCI.B30by//02, y//06
U.S. CI. 425-78 37 Claims
A single trunnion mounted power cylinder operates a low-
friction wedge horizontally to exert a heavy clamping force
along the true axis of the coupling shaft which connects the
tire stand and overhead clamping ring or turret. The clamp-
ing ring or turret is pressed tightly against the mold matnx
resting on the sUnd. The trunnions for the cylinder are sup-
ported on a lower bearing block beneath the wedge
3,640,653
TIRE CURING PRESS
Nicholas M. Laenen, Columbiana, and James M. Cooper,
TaUmadge, both of Ohio, assignors to NRM Corporation,
Akron, Ohio
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,833
Int CI. B29h 5102
U.S. CI. 425-33 8 Claims
A die and punch assembly for use on a powder compacting
press for making articles compacted from a powder and a
method of assembly. The assembly comprises a die plate ap-
propriately mounted to the press and includes an aperture in
which a die bushing is adhesively bonded, the die bushing
having one or more cavities, each of which has a punch
slidably and snugly disposed therein. The punches are collec-
tively actuated by a common pimch support which is in turn
carried by a pair of posts extending below the die plate to
pennit reciprocal movement of the punches withm their
respective die cavities. A plurality of core rods are provided
with each punch having one end of at least one core rod
disposed within a longitudinal bore formed in each punch,
while the other end of said core rod is fixedly mounted on a
core rod support, which in turn is fixedly mounted to the
posts below the punch support. Means disposed below the
core rod support and extending therethrough are operatively
connected to the punch support to selectively cause recipro-
cation thereof.
ua
\^j.a
Upstanding bladder-type tire curing press having a fluid
pressure actuated post engaged with the closed upper end of
the bladder and having post and bladder pressure controls to
facilitate the tire carcass loading, shaping, curing, and un-
loading operations. The press also has a stationarily mounted
stripper with respect to which the cured tire is raised thus to
strip the tire from the movable toe ring of the top mold sec-
tion for discharge onto an unloading conveyor beneath the
stripper.
ERRATUM
For Class 425—83 see:
Patent No. 3,640,793
3,640,655
APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING HOT AND COOL GAS FOR
THRUST EMBEDDING A METAL INSERT IN A BODY OF
HEAT SOFTENABLE MATERIAL
Robert P. Wallace, Somers, N.Y., assignor to MlU Corpora-
tion, Danbury, Conn.
FUed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,144
Int CI. B29d 3100
U.S. CI. 425-109 7 Claims
Apparatus for installing by thrust embodiment a metallic
insert into a receiving body of thermoplastic matenal which
is relatively rigid at ambient temperature by softenmg the
thermoplastic where the insert is to be forced in as thrust is
applied to the insert. The thennoplastic body is softened at
this site by continuously and rapidly flowing of pressurized
hot gas or air against this locality of the plastic body and the
insert as the latter is progressively thrust forward. The
elevated temperature of the gas or air is kept below that
which will cause appreciable heat damage of the plastic.
When the insert has been inserted to the desired depth it and
the adjacent plastic are rapidly cooled to ambient tempera-
584
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
ture by pressurized cool gas or air which is flowed rapidly
against the embedded insert and the adjacent plastic.
A too! for performing this action includes a housing that is
supported in a relatively fixed position. A thrust motor,
which may be of the single action spring return pneumatic
type, is mounted in the housing, and the piston thereof trans-
mits thrust to the back end of the insert by a tube which has
an insert-engaging hollow tip. The tube guides flow
therethrough into the hollow tip of pressurized gas or air
which is heated by flowing over an electrical heating coil that
is coaxially mounted in this tube, as thrust is applied by the
hibiting movement of the sleeve along the mandrel at those
locations Two traveling sleeve accumulators, one arranged
for reciprocal linear movement intermediate the two sta-
tionary clamping members and one for like movement inter-
mediate the second such member and the extruder, are
adapted altematingly to contact respectively juxtaposed por-
tions of the sleeve and push the same along the mandrel, the
first accumulator when the first stationary clamping member
is opened and the second one closed, and the second accu-
mulator when the second stationary clamping member is
open and the first one closed. Two reciprocally traveling
clamping members are located between the extruder and the
hose takeup sUtion and are adapted altematingly to contact
respective juxtaposed portions of the reinforced hose
product, so that the same is at all times being pulled
uniformly from the extruder and toward the takeup station.
This abstract is not to be taken either as a complete exposi-
tion or as a limitation of the present invention, however, the
full nature and extent of the invention being discernible only
by reference to and from the entire disclosure.
3,640,657
APPARATUS FOR EXTRUDING CYLINDRICAL
MAGNETS
Robert L. Rowe, Sea Guil Hill Road, North Haven, Sag Har-
bor, N.Y., and Donald Peccerill, 37 Susquehanna Avenue,
West Haven, Conn.
Filed Nov. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 684,800
InL CI. B29f J/00
U.S.CI.425-114 II Claims
latter to the insert. The hot pressurized gas or air raises the
temperature of the insert and adjacent thermoplastic of the
receiving body to that which softens the plastic for permitting
thrust entry of the insert. The insert is guided during thrust
by the tool, and preferably also by a pilot hole formed in the
plastic body into which the nose of the insert initially is
dropped. After the insert has been thrust into the softened
plastic to the desired depth the softened plastic adjacent the
insert is rapidly cooled by a blast of pressurized gas or air at
ambient temperature which is fiow guided into the hollow tip
by a duct that is carried alongside of the tube so as to bypass
the heating element.
3,640,656
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURE OF
REINFORCED HOSE
Jan J. Boguslawskj, New York, N.Y., assignor to Fabric Fire
Hose Company, Sandy Hook, Conn.
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,719
Int. CI. B29d 23105
U.S. CI.425-113 19 Claims
/A
IB
Automatic apparatus for continuously coating a tubular or
sleeve-shaped reinforcing carcass for a reinforced hose
product with a polymeric material by passing the sleeve
uniformly through an extruder, is disclosed. A mandrel ex-
tends rearwardly from the extruder to the supply station of
the sleeve and is adapted to support the latter internally for
longitudinal advancing movement toward the extruder. Two
stationary clamping members are located between the supply
station and the extruder and are adapted to be closed alter-
natingly into engagement with the mandrel for selectively in-
_2 ^
An apparatus for aligning magnetic particles in a base
material formed into a substantially cylindrical member,
comprising a soft magnetic core adapted to be positioned
within the confines of the member, and means positioned to
apply an orientmg magnetic field through the walls of the
member while it is positioned about said core.
3,640,658
JOBSITE APPARATUS FOR HORIZONTALLY POURING
AND VERTICAL STACKING OF THIN SLABS
James H. Price, 6649 Merry Lane, Houston, Tex.
Rled June 12, 1969, Ser. No. 832,722
Int. CI. B28b 7108, 7122
U.S. CI. 425-117 7 Claims
Apparatus for pouring preferably thin slabs or reenforced
concrete of substantial area with a form therearound and
light bottom therebelow completing a pan with the pan bot-
tom being supported by a lift frame initially resting upon sta-
tionary support runners. The concrete is poured upon reen-
forcing means in the pan, including an extending bail, and
the lift frame is engaged centrally from the outer end
together with pan-encased poured slab to dispose such slab
leaning against an upright. The upper end and side forms and
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
585
the pan bottom may then be recovered, the slab curing in
raised position above a lowest form member left thereunder
to rest upon the support runners. The bail extending from the
platens when the platens are in a closed operative position, A
signal is generated indicative of the relative distance between
the platens and means for varying the flow of pressurized
fluid to one or more cylinder piston assemblies connected to
"OJ
^1
^
^'
^
'
a
1
k
^
^
^
,i
slab upper portion may then be engaged to handle the slab
into permanent, predetermined fxjsition in a structure, the
lowest form member at this time being removed.
3,640,659
SPLIT DIE FOR EXTRUDING LAMINATED TUBING
Dimiter V. Dimitroff, New York, N.Y., assignor to Bristol-
Myers Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 749,431
Int. CI. B29d 23104
MS. CI. 425— 1 33 6 Claims
a pressure platen is provided. In addition an adjustable
rotatable disc carrying spacing pins is provided which permits
the adjustment of the relative position of the upper and lower
pressure platens.
3,640,661
CONTINUOUS-PARISON BLOW-MOLDING APPARATUS
Joseph Gasior, Bloodifieki, and Lk>yd Kovacs, Somerset, both
of NJ., assignors to Midland-Roas Corporation, Cleveland,
Ohio
Filed Oct 13, 1969, Ser. No. 870,441
Int. CI. B29d 23103
U,S. CI. 425- 1 59 13 Claims
A split die with inner and outer dies having concentrically
arranged extrusion orifices. The inner and outer dies being
spaced from each other to provide an insulating space
whereby a temperature gradient may be maintained between
said inner and outer dies during the extrusion process.
3,640,660
PRESS, PARTICULARLY FOR FORMING HBER PLATES
Albert De Mets, Hogcstraat 105, Kachtem-Izegcm, Belgium
Filed Oct 8, 1968, Ser. No. 765,772
Claims priority, application Belgium, Oct. 10, 1967, 704.898
Int CI. B30b 15124
MS. CI. 425—141 4 Claims
A press utilizing two pressure platens .provides means for
measuring the relative distance between the two pressure
M^ \
Apparatus utilizing an extruder capable of moving in such
a manner as to dispose a parison momentarily, selectively,
and concurrently with a cutting operation, within each of a
plurality of molding stations. Each station is occupied by a
blow mold having halves which part and close during a cycle
in which a section of the parison is received, severed, and
blow molded therewithin. Essential to processing the parison
is the movement of the extruder die along a sinuous path
along which the die is rapidly withdrawn in a direction op-
posite to that of parison travel during and after severance of
the parison section received in a mold.
586
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,662
INJECTION MOLDING MACHINE WITH HIGH-
FREQUENCY DIELECTRIC HEATER
Wimam H. Schwartz, University Heights, Ohio, assignor to
Lester Engineering Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,726
InLCI.B29f 7/05
U.S. CI. 425- 1 74 4 Claims
eliminates the more complex clamping systems used when
the split molds are directly clamped.
A system for dielectrically heating primarily glass fiber
filled polyester materials in an indexing-type injection mold-
ing machine. The machine is indexable between a shot-
receiving and shot-ejecting position and several forms of
dielectric apparatus are shown for heating the shot to achieve
a partial cure in one or more of these positions, or in an ad-
vance-receiving arrangement. In at least one species of the
invention correlation between position of the shot in the
molding machine and operation of the dielectric heater is au-
tomatically effected to achieve a high efficiency of operation.
A system for controlling the operational steps of the molding
machine is disclosed, a portion of the sequencing being de-
pendent upon a predetermined level of heating of the shot
material.
3,640,663
DEVICE FOR nLLING CASTING MOLDS WITH
HARDENABLE CASTING RESIN
Gerald Hampel, and Hansgeorg Gniss, both of Vienna, Aus-
tria, assignors to Optipatent AG, Zug, Switzerland
FUed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,793
Claims priority, application Austria, Feb. 18, 1969, 1640/69
Int. CI. B29c 5100; B29f 1100
\}J&. CI. 425-233 4 Chums
3,640,664
SHAPING MOLDS FOR PRODUCING HLMLIKE
ARTICLES
Louis Giffard, rue Houvenagle, Saint Brieuc, Cote du Nord 5,
and Jean Fougeray, me Charles Floquet, rueil Malmaisoa,
Hauts de Seine 2 1 , both of France ~
Filed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,466
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 4, 1968, 172389
Int. CI. B29c 13100
U.S. CI. 425-275 2 Claims
A shaping mold for producing filmlike articles by the
fluidization process, this mold consisting of a completely
closed enclosure formed in a metallic material having good
heat-conducting properties but a reduced thickness. The en-
closure communicates with the surrounding free atmosphere,
during the heating thereof, via at least one tube carried by an
opening into a portion of the enclosure which does not par-
take in the shaping of any portion of the filmlike article.
3,640,665
TANGENTIALLY SLIDING NECK SWAGING
MECHANISM
Charles L. Seefluth, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,722
Int. CI. B29d 23104, 23/03
U.S. CI. 425-297 3 Claims
3
't
?^
'■^t.
•;ti5?^°^o:
\ r ft 1 - i K ,y'
A device and means for supplying high clamping pressure
to split molds. The molds are mounted in side cover plates on
elastic mountings. The cover plates can be clamped closed by
simple clamping devices such as hooks. This elastic mounting
Apparatus for forming a large diameter parison or the like
into a smaller diameter neck area of the like comprises at
least three swaging jaws adapted to slide in a generally tan-
gential relationship to the material being formed, adjacent
jaws being in sliding contact with each other.
-^^Jisxm^iJKm.
February 8, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,640,666
TRIM IN PLACE THERMOFORMING APPARATUS
Bruce T. Jope, South Glastonbury, Conn., and Alan R. Phil-
lips, Monson, Mass., assignors to Monsanto Company, St.
Louis, Mo.
FUed SepL 25, 1969, Ser. No. 860,888
Int. CI. B29c 7 7/04, 7 7/05
U.S. CI. 425-302 1 Claim
587
\
3,640,668
REENTRANT FORMING APPARATUS
Fred P. Brown, Jr., Centerville, and Howard A. Robdin,
Waquoit, both of Mass., assignors to Packaging Industries,
Inc., Hyannis, Mass.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844305
Int. CI. B29c 7 7/00, B29d 27m
U.S. CI. 425—346 4 Claims
PRESSURE ANB
VBCUUM SOURCE
34 5c 3o 32^ 22 ie
50 q
PRESSURE l*€>
VACUUM SOURCE
Apparatus for trim in place ihermoforming of fianged con-
tainers from successive portions of a continuous sheet. The
blade in the forming press for sealing each sheet portion dur-
ing forming and for substantially severing each container
from the sheet is integral with and on the same side of the
sheet as the means for heating the sheet, and therefore is it-
self in a heated condition. This reduces the sharpness of and
positions a troublesome edge at the lower surface of the con-
tainer flange. Each mold may have a rounded nose portion
for shaping a downtumed flange as the container body is
formed.
3,640,667
APPARATUS FOR BLOW MOLDING HOLLOW
ARTICLES
Samuel J. Rupert, and William E. Ziegler, both of Ann Arbor,
Mich., assignors to Hoover Ball and Bearing Company,
Saline, Mich.
Original application Apr. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 722,978, now
abandoned, for continuation of Ser. No. 22,211. Divided and
this application Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13 J75
Int. CI. B29d 23103
U.S. CI. 425-326 5 Claims
i;. ■ •• -iT*r — ^^"^
::::<^v
r ■ r ■ r ■ t ■ ^ ■ r .■ r - t .■ r r w / M >
A pair of dies engage a sheet of heat-softened foamed
polystyrene plastic at a forming station and form it into a
desired shape such as a carton. At the same station, and
while the plastic is held between the dies, a portion of the
plastic protruding from the dies is engaged on opposite sides
by cooperating punches to impart a reentrant formation to
the plastic that the dies alone could not impart. The reen-
trant formation facilitates releasably latching the top and bot-
tom portions of the completed carton in a closed position.
3,640,669
MULTIPLE-SCREW EXTRUDER
Wilhdm Hanslik, Vienna, Austria, assignor to Dorplastex
A.G., Zug, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,236
Claims priority, application Austria, Nov. 18, 1968, A
11202/68
Int. CI. B29f 3/02
U.S. CI. 425-376 10 Claims
Ji 1^ '" ^'
Blow molding apparatus for forming hollow plastic articles
from blanks in which the articles are of shapes which make it
desirable to partially inflate the blanks prior to blowing to
final form in order to realize best blow molding results. Mold
apparatus to provide wherein the blanks are partially inflated
as an incident to their formation in the enclosing mold sec-
tions.
^-szfi^
A multiple-screw extruder which has a central feed screw
meshing with two or more outer screws uniformly spaced
588
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
around the circumference of the central screw, its outer
screws having a mean thread diameter equal to a mean
thread diameter of the central screw divided by the number
of outer screws.
3,640,670
SPINNERETTE FOR EXTRUDING T-SHAPED
RLAMENTS
Paul Paliyenko, Chariotte, and Werner E. Beier, Matthews,
both of N.C., assignors to Fiber Industries, Inc.
FUed June 20, 1968, Ser. No. 745,652
Int. CI. DO Id J/00
U.S. CI. 425-382 8 Claims
3,640,672
APPARATUS FOR FORMING A CONTAINER WITH AN
INTEGRALLY FORMED HOLLOW HINGED HANDLE
Anthony J. Starr, 1412 Lovering Avenue, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 871,51 1
Int. CI. B29c 7 7/07. B29d 23103
U.S.a. 425-387 , cuim
Spinnerette for extruding filament-forming material having
a plurality of T-shaped orifices wherein the orifices are ar-
ranged annularly with respect to the center of the spin-
nerette. Each of the T-shaped orifices comprises a crossbar
and a stem extending perpendicularly from the crossbar at its
midpoint with the stem facing away from the center of the
spinnerette. Further embodiments of the spinnerette include
a split T-configuration and the method of spinning T-cross-
section filaments
3,640,671
APPARATUS FOR VENTING AND RELEASING PLASTIC
ARTICLES FROM A BLOW MOLD
Joseph R. Reilly, Naugatuck, Conn., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,539
Int. CI. B29c / 7107; B29d 23103
\}J&. CI. 425-387 5 Claims
Apparatus for forming a container from a blow-moldable
plastic, and charactenzed by a hollow handle hingedly con-
nected to a container body The apparatus includes a tube
having a pair of openings, one for blowing the container
body, and the other for blowing the handle in a simultaneous
operation This is achieved by introducing the mold parison
between the mold halves, part of the parison forming the
container body and the other part forming the handle.
3,640,673
LIQUID FUEL BURNER
Kenya Okamoto, and H^jime Satoda, both of Nara, Japan, as-
signors to MatsushiU Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka,
Japan
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,257
Claims priorio. application Japan, July 22. 1%9. 44/59581;
44/59582; 44/71657; 44/71659
Int. CI. F23d 11104
U.S. CI. 431-168 9 Claims
'T
^ .'
r.. - . A>i
r -
.
a-
I- rtS'-^Jfe:
J >
P"
\^
\ ^
X!
""L
^nf*^
■
In a blow-molding machine, a blow head assembly which
includes a housing having valve means therein for rapidly ex-
hausting the blowing gas from the mold cavity after forma-
tion of the article without withdrawing the assembly from re-
gistry with the mold opening. The assembly also may include
a recessed blow head to facilitate removing the blown article
from the mold. Use of the blow head involves establishing a
seal therein with an end portion of the parison during blow-
ing which is broken by the opening movement of the mold
sections to permit the article to fall cleanly away from the
mold.
A liquid fuel burner so constructed that a Silocco fan is
disposed in a gasification chamber of the burner and an
atomizer utilizing the effect of centrifugal force is provided in
the center or air-sucking portion of said Silocco fan, whereby
a liquid fuel supplied to the atomizer is dispersed radially
outwardly under the influence of centrifugail force in the
form of particles and further divided into fine particles by the
stirring and dispersing actions of the blades of said Silocco
fan, said fine particles of liquid fuel being gasified by heated
air.
CHEMICAL
3,640,674
PROCESS FOR COLORP^G SYNTHETIC TEXTILE
MATERIALS WITH MONOAZO DYESTUFF DISPERSION
Alistair Howard Berrie, and Nigel Hughes, both of
Manchester, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited, London, England
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,776
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 27, 1968,
30,759/68
Int. CI. C09b 29122
U.S. CI. 8—41 4 Claims
Process for coloring synthetic textile materials with an
aqueous dispersion of a water-insoluble monoazo dyestuff, of
the formula:
3,640,677
PROCESS FOR DYEING HBRE MATERULS OF
POLYACRYLONITRILE OF ACRYLONITRILE-
CONTAINING COPOLYMERS
Klaus Walz, Leverkusen-Wicsdorf; Walter Hecs, Kocln-
Hoefaenhaus, Hid Mathieu Quaedviieg, Opiaden, all of Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gcselbchaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Jan. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 794,804
Claims priority, appUcatioa Germany, Feb. 9, 1968, F 54782
Int CI. D06p J/70
U.S.CL 8-172 2 Claims
Process for dyeing textile fiber materials of
polyacrylonitrile or copolymers of acrylonitrile with cationic
dyestuffs which comprises carrying out the dyeing in the
presence of amidinium compounds of the formula
(CHj)»X
HO-
I
Z
t=o
I
/•N - R.
R,-C - X
\N-R.
I
R5
wherein A is an unsubstituted or substituted aryl radical; n is
0 or I ; Z is an unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or aryl radi-
cal; X and Y are each independently hydrogen, unsubstituted
or substituted alkyl or aryl or — CN, — COOR, —COR and
— CONR'R* wherein R is unsubstituted or substituted alkyl
or aryl and R' and R* each independently represent hydrogen
or unsubstituted or substituted alkyl or aryl.
3,640,675
PREPARING PERMANENT PRESS GARMENTS BY
TREATING WITH COMPOSITION THEREFOR
Manuel A. Thomas, 716 Palmetto St., Spartanburg, S.C.
Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706,605
Int CI. D06m 15128, 15/50
U.S.CL 8-115.6 10 Claims
A fabric having been impregnated with a composition
comprising a neoprene elastomer, a polyisocyanate,
polyisothiocyanate, blocked derivatives and mixtures thereof,
and a metal oxide are found to have a propensity for sub-
sequent durable dry setting in a preselected configuration.
Fabrics which have been prepared and set in this manner ex-
hibit improved crease retention, flat dry stability and re-
sistance to shrinkage even when subjected to home launder-
ing operation.
3,640,676
PROCESS FOR SHRINKPROOFING WOOL
WiUiam J. McKillip, Minneapolis; Billy M. Culbertson, Bum-
sville, and Clarence N. Impola, Prior Lake, all of Minn., as-
signors to Ashland Oil, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Oct 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,494
Int. CI. D06m 3/02
U.S. CI. 8— 1 27.6 10 Claims
Linear addition polymers having multiple N, N-ethylene
ureido functionality are employed to impregnate a wool or
wool-containing substrate to provide a treated substrate ex-
hibiting excellent dimensional stability characteristics.
wherein R,, R,, R,, R, and R5 are, independently of one
another, hydrogen, an optionally substituted alkyl, cycloakyl,
aralkyl or aryl group; R, may form with R, or Rj and/or R4
with Rg a heterocyclic ring, and X~ is an anion.
3,640,678
YTTRIUM PURIFICATION PROCESS
Carter H. Trimble, and David B. Strott, both of Lakewood,
Colo., assignors to Molybdenum Corporation cf America,
New York, N.Y.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,045
Int CI. C22b 59/00
U.S. CL 23-22 17 Claims
Pure yttrium values are isolated continuously from aque-
ous solutions of yttrium and rare earth values in a two or
three circuit liquid— liquid extraction system using an amine
extractant in one circuit to remove lower atomic number rare
earth values and a (halodi- or thalkyl)alkanoic acid extrac-
tant in the other circuit or circuits to remove higher atomic
number rare earth values. Efficiency is enhanced by using a
salting out agent in the amine extractant circuit and separat-
ing the yttrium values from the salting out agent by extrac-
tion in an intermediate carboxylic acid extractant circuit.
3,640,679
PROCESS FOR RECOVERY OF COLUMBIUM
Albert E. Erhard, Denver, and Jack B. Allison, Lakewood,
both of Colo., assignors to Molybdenum Corporation of
America, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 797,265, Feb.,
1969, now abandoned. This application Dec. 17, 1969, Ser.
No. 885,965
Int. CI. C22b 59/00
U.S.CL 23-15 R 13 Claims
An improved process for recovery and purification of
columbium values from columbium concentrates or ores
comprises either (I) baking a concentrate with sulfuric acid;
aqueously leaching the acid-baked concentrate; and fixing or
conditioning the leached concentrate with ammonia or an al-
589
590
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
kali metal hydroxide; or (II) heating and fixing the concen-
trate with an excess of an alkali metal hydroxide, aqueously
leaching the products of Steps (!) or (11) to produce an aque-
ous solution containing fixed columbium values and recover-
ing the columbium values from the solution
3,640,680
METHOD OF DECREASING THE POTASSIUM CONTENT
OF POTASSIUM-CONTAINING ZEOLITES
George T. KokoUilo, Woodbury, and Stephen L. Lawton,
Sewdl, both of N J., assignors to Mobil Oil Corporation
Filed Oct 28, 1968, Ser. No. 771,701
Int.Cl.COlbJJ/25
U.S. CI. 23-111 3 Claims
A method of decreasing the potassium content of a potassi-
um zeolite containing calcium, such as erionite, which com-
prises calcining said zeolite and thereafter ion exchanging
said zeolite with cations other than potassium. Potassium
zeolites, such as zeolite-T, which do not contain calcium are
ion exchanged with calcium cation prior to said calcining and
ion exchanging. Catalytically active forms of the zeolite
product are used in hydrocarbon conversion processes.
3,640,681
PROCESS FOR PREPARING SUPERSILICEOUS
ZEOLITES
Paul Eugene Pickert, Katonah, N.Y., assignor to Union Car-
bide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Fikd Dec. 1 7, 1 %9, Ser. No. 885,98 1 ,
Int. CI. CO lb ii/25
U.S. CI. 23-111 8 Claims
Framework aluminum is extracted from crystalline zeolitic
molecular sieves, using acetylacetone as the extracting agent
Prior to contact with the acetylacetone, the zeolite must be
rendered substantially cation-deficient and be at least par-
tially dehydroxylated. Other metal values can be substituted
for the framework aluminum by contacting the zeolite either
before or after acetylacetone extraction with a metal
acetylacetonate. The products are useful hydrocarbon con-
version catalysts.
3,640,682
INCREASING THE RATE OF REACTION IN REDUCING
CALCIUM SULFATE TO CALCIUM SULFIDE
Jay Charles Smith, Gretna, and James R. Reinhardt, New Or-
leans, both of La., assignors to Freeport Sulphur Company,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1,521
Int. CI. COlb 7 7/44, 17142
U.S. CI. 23-137 c 16 Claims
i'^Jutt "-^
— ,-c
n^riMAi *«1
r
'■■X
H
NfT^
■fc *wc CP <ra<** **> , , ^,
^j;^ 1-
1
I «M ICiraCJi
rrd
increased by the addition of a small amount of an accelerator
agent, comprising sulfur, sulfur dioxide, a sulfur compound
which will generate s'llfur vapor, or a gaseous sulfur such as
sulfur dioxide which will react or decompose to generate sul-
fur vapor or gaseous sulfide.
Method for increasing the rate of reduction of calcium
sulfate to calcium sulfide in which calcium sulfate is reduced
to calcium sulfide by a reductant such as hydrogen, carbon
monoxide, coke, or hydrocarbons, the rate of reaction being
3,640,683
METHOD OF PREPARING MANGANESE DIOXIDE FOR
DRY CELL
Kazuhide Miyazaki, and Seikhi Tozawa, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Fikd Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 847,947
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 28, 1%9, 44/5692
Int CI. COlg 45102; HOlm !5I00
U.S. CI. 23-145 5 Claims
This invention relates to a method of preparing manganese
dioxide with excellent battery performances, wherein natu-
rally occurmg manganese dioxide ores are employed as start-
ing material and partially converted in air or oxygen at an
elevated temperature and subsequently re-oxidized with a
mixed solution of sulfuric acid and sodium or potassium
chlorate.
3,640,684
PREPARATION OF CUPROUS OXIDE
I^iwrence C. Klein, Hubbeil, Mich., and Laurence G. Stevens,
Des Plaines, 111., assignors to Universal Oil Products Com-
pany, Des Plaines, III.
Filed Jan. 13. 1970, Ser. No. 2,671
Int CI. COlg 3/02; C22b 3/00
U.S. CI. 23-147 6 Claims
Preparing cuprous oxide from an aqueous cuproammoni-
um solution containing cuprous and cupric ions by contact-
ing the solution with an ion exchange resin in which cupric
:ons are retained and cuprous ions are not. The raffinate
pa.ssing through the ion exchange resin is withdrawn and
heated to evolve ammonium ions and to form cuprous oxide.
The cuprous oxide then is recovered by filtering and drying.
3,640,685
METHOD OF PRODUCING FLUOSILICIC ACID OF LOW
PHOSPHORUS CONTENT FROM WASTE GASES
Heinz (ioller. I.inz am Danube, Austria, assignor to Oster-
reichische Stickstoffwerke Aktiengesellschafl, I.inz am
Danube. Austria
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,165
Claims priority, application Austria, Apr. 8, 1969, A 3370/69
Int. CI. CO lb 7/00, 33/08, 7/22
U.S. CI. 23-153 2 Claims
The hot waste gases obtained from crude phosphate
digestion in the manufacture of superphosphate were diluted
with eight to 12 times their volume of air and the sludge
droplets and the crude phosphate dust were then separated in
a cyclon with a limiting particle size of at most 0.01 mm. be-
fore eluting the HjSiFg with water.
3,640,686
VVASTF WATER PI RIFICATION
Robert A. Farnham, 21 Valleystone Drive, San Rafael, Calif.
FUed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,163
Int. CI. COlb 17/16; COlg 23/02
U.S. CI. 23-181 3 Claims
A process for purifying an aqueous stream contaminated
with organic sulfonate salts having a carbon number of at
least four and for producing purified oil and HjS which
process comprises contacting the aqueous stream with an
acid to convert the organic sulfonate salt to an organic sul-
fonic acid, extracting the organic sulfonic acid from the
aqueous stream by contacting the aqueous stream with a €«+
hydrocarbon to obtain a contaminated C^-t- hydrocarbon
stream contamini. the organic sulfonic acid, and hydrofining
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
591
the contaminated C^^- stream by contacting the stream, at a
temperature between 450° and 900" F. and in the presence of
\-, J
HTD«0C*a»0H5 C«»
/
7
MrDRCNiNC
•If COVC"'
"•so* / ,
KIC
\.
AClOif.CATl^
^
\
T-
\
J
^
added hydrogen gas, with a hydrofining catalyst. The process
can also be applied to aqueous streams containing
naphthenate salts.
ERRATUM
For Class 23—209 see:
Patent No. 3,639,953
3,640,687
CHROMATOGRAPHY METHOD AND APPARATUS
RonaM B. Smemoff, Belmont, Calif., assignor to Oxford
Laboratories, San Mataeo, Calif.
Filed July 23, 1 969, Ser. No. 844, 116
IntCI.G01ni//04,Ji/76
U.S. CI. 23-230 B 10 Claims
filtering a specimen portion of a sample gas to free it of con-
densation nuclei. The filtered, carbon monoxide-bearing gas
specimen is then reacted with a polymer to induce ther-
moparticulate production of consideration nuclei from the
polymer. To enhance the thermoparliculate production of
the condensation nuclei, the polymer is heated to a tempera-
ture value just below that required for appreciable ther-
moparliculate production due to thermal agitation alone. In
the presence of carbon monoxide, thermoparliculate produc-
tion of condensation nuclei is enhanced and proves a mea-
sure of quantity of carbon monoxide present in the gaseous
specimen. By suitably controUmg the temperature to which
the polymer is heated the CO-measunng device can be made
sensitive to a wide range of carbon monoxide concentration.
A preferred apparatus in accordance with the invention in-
cludes a scale range changing arrangement for adapting the
indicator of the condensation nuclei meter to operate over a
wide range of particle concentrations together with means
for simultaneously operating the scale range changing func-
tion with changes in temperature of the reactant polymer
whereby for increasing CO concentrations the reactant tem-
perature is lowered and the scale of the indicator is adjusted
to read higher CO concentrations The polymeric material
which may be employed as a reactant is from the group con-
sisting of styrene divinyl benzene copolymer fwiyethylene,
chlorinated polystyrene and copolymer of styrene The
polymeric material preferably is in the form of finely divided,
globular beads and the filtered, CO-bearmg gas specimen to
x reacted is passed over the surface of the beads in a
manner to maximize surface exposure of the polymeric
material to the gas specimen.
SERUN
ALULIIIE
lEOIA
I DISSOCIATIOIIi"
^Or IHTROXIKF"
4SERUII
CROTEKS
AKALIIE
ALCOHOLIC
„ KEOIA
_ '2 L
J
I5%ACI0
ACETATE
lASK
SOXAOTK
ACI3
PROTEUS
CARiONATE
(IICARBOIAIE
ions
THTROSKES
lODIRATED
ORCAmC
COUKPOUdCS
THTROIIKf ;HTRCII«
i^EiJunon r^Emnod
'coLO^RTirrRTj
I riiASE i
A chromatographic method and apparatus for serum
thyroxine iodine determination including sealed ion
exchanged resin column structures which are opened and
press fit and sealed to funnel members for use and a method
in which serum protein is removed from resin bound ihyiox-
ine in alkaline solution, with a pH of substantially 8
3,640,688
CARBON MONOXIDE MEASURING METHOD AND
DEVICE
Eric (;. Walther. .jonesville. N.Y.. assignor to Environment
One Corporation, Latham, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,741
Int. CI. GO In 1/00,31/02
U.S. CI. 23-232 R 16 Claims
S»««Pt{_ ^ FILTEO
INLET
BEACTO*
COHVERTCP
_^ACT
CONOtNSAT'ON
NUCLEI
MEIEB
AND
INOICATOn
l^ ^
^ SCALE IRA>i«l
1 4DJUSTMEN'
TCIIPtR*TU«C
COtlTKOLLEI'
A method and apparatus for measuring trace amounts of
carbon monoxide in a sample gas. The technique comprises
3,640,689
COMPOSITE HARD METAL PRODUCT
Frederick A. Giaski; Robert A. Holzl, and Richard B. Kaplan,
all of Pacoima, Calif., assignors to Fansted Inc., North
Chic8f;o, ni.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16349
Int. CI. B32b /5/0^
U.S. CI. 29— 195 6 Claims
A method of chemical vapor deposition (CVD) of a hard
layer on a substrate such as cemented tungsten carbide and
the product resulting from such niethod; the method involves
a more rapid and more easily controlled CVD of a hard
metal such as titanium carbide, by providing an intermediate
layer of a refractory interface barrier such as refractory
metal on the cemented carbide materials to prevent deleteri-
ous interaction between the substrate and the hard metal
layer and to obtain a hard wear surface with good composite
strength characteristics and bond to the substrate; the
product is the resulting composite substrate with the inter-
face metal and the face metal
3,640,690
WllLDED STEEL ARTICLES BONDED BY A STEEL
ALLOY
GcraM D. Rics, Barberton, and Sidney W. Poote, Broadview
Heights, both of Ohki, assignors to RepuMk Steel Corpora-
tion, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 525.348, Feb. 7,
1966, now abandoned. This application Nov. 21. 1968, Ser.
No. 777,880
Int. CI. B32b 15100
y.S. CI. 29-196.1 2 Claims
Alloy steel welding wire is disclosed as being suiuble for
welding steels having the composition 0.18 to 0.30 percent
carbon, 7 0 to 9 percent nickel, 3 5 to 4.5 percent c<>balt,
0.35 to 1.10 percent each of the chromium and molyb-
denum, 0.10 to 0.35 percent manganese, 0 6 to 0 12 percent
vanadium, up to 0.1 percent silicon, up to 0 010 percent
each of sulfur and phosphorus, balance iron except for ex-
traneous impurities within commercial tolerances. The alloy
steel welding wire has the composition of 0 15 to 0.20 per-
<
592
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
cent carbon, 7.0 to 8.0 percent nickel, 3.0 to 5.0 percent
cobalt, 0.5 to 1.0 percent chromium, 0.8 to 1.1 percent
molybdenum, 0.4 to 1.25 percent manganese, 0.10 to 0.50
percent silicon, up to 0. 1 percent vanadium, up to 0.01 5 per-
cent each of phosphorus and sulfur, up to 0.05 percent alu-
minum, up to 0.05 percent of metaJ of the group titanium
and zirconium, balance iron except for impurities within
commercial tolerances.
resulting glass-silicon composite rod into a fiber having a fila-
mentary silicon core and an outer glass sheath, removing the
&"
ERRATUM
For Class 41 — 1 see:
Patent No. 3,640,016
3,640,691
ENHANCING LOW-TEMPERATURE FLOW
PROPERTIES OF FUEL OIL
Stcphan IlnyckyJ, Islington, Ontario; John Cluries O. Cole,
Sarnia, Ontario, both of Canada; Nicbobs Feldman, Wood-
bridge, and Barney R. Stricidand, Westfidd, both of NJ.,
assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Filed Sept 17, 1968, Ser. No. 760,347
Int. CI. CIOI 1116, 1/18, 1122
U.S. CI. 44-62 7 Claims
The response of a middle distillate petroleum fuel oil, boil-
ing within the range of about 250° to about 670° F. at at-
mospheric pressure and containing normal paraffmic
hydrocarbons within the range of about n-decane and n-hex-
acosane to the addition of a flow-improving additive such as
a copolymer of ethylene, is improved by adding to the fuel oil
a paraffinic distillate fraction, obtained from a crude petrole-
um, the said fraction boiling at atmospheric pressure within
the range of about 450° to about 950° F. and containing nor-
mal paraffins higher than n-hexacosane and as high as n-
tetracontane, C4oHgj.
3,640,692
STABILIZED DISTILLATE HYDROCARBON FUEL OIL
COMPOSITIONS AND ADDITIVES THEREFOR
Marvin S. Rakow, and Robert J. Konig, both of East Brun-
swick, N J., assignors to Cities Service Oil Company, Tulsa,
Okla.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,374
Int. CI. con 1/18,1/22
U.S. CI. 44-63 5 Claims
A stabilized distillate hydrocarbon fuel oil composition
comprising a major proportion of a distillate hydrocarbon
fuel and a minor proportion of a stabilizer comprising (a) an
additive selected from the group consisting of ( 1 ) an amide
plus a Schiff base; (2) an amide containing a Schiff base
group; and (3) an amide containing a Schiff base group in
combination with either an amide or a Schiff base; and (b) a
cyclohexylamine. The additives of the invention are useful in
stabilizing distillate hydrocarbon fuels such as No. 2 fuel oils,
diesel fuels, and jet fuels.
3,640,693
METHOD OF FORMING SILICON COMPOUND RBERS
Francis S. Galasso, Manchester, and Richard D. Veltri, East
Hartford, both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Cor-
poration, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 795,783
Int. CI. C03bi7/00
U.S. CI. 65-2 g Claims
A process for producing low-density high-modulus fibers
including the steps of inserting silicon metal, preferably in
powdered form, in a glass tube to form a composite, vacuum
casting to melt the silicon metal in the tube, drawing the
glass sheath and contacting the exposed silicon core with a
suitable reactant to form a silicon compound fiber.
3 640 694
METHOD OF TOUGHENING GLASS IN AN OIL BATH
David George Gkldings, Stourbridge, and Douglas Twist, Hol-
lywood, near Birmingham, both of England, assignors to
PUkington Brothers Limited, Liverpool, England
Filed Dec. 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 889,341
Claims priority, applicatk>n Great Britain, Jan. 8, 1969,
1 J63/69; June 24, 1%9, 3,195/69
Int. CI. C03b 27/00
U.S. CI. 65— 116 10 Claims
Glass of thickness in the range 0.5 mm. to 2.5 mm. is
toughened by heating the glass to a temperature near to its
softening point and then quenched with a selected oil whose
viscosity is in the range 300 to 1,000 centistokes at 38° C.
and whose flash point is in the range 220° to 310" C, whilst
maintaining the temperature of the oil in the range 150° to
240° C. There is thereby induced in the glass a ratio of sur-
face compressive stress to central tensile stress in the range
1.5:1 to3. 5:1.
ERRATUM
For Qass 65—134 see:
Patent No. 3,640,093
3,640,695
METHOD OF TREATING MINERALIZED WATER
Boris losifovich Minkevich, ulitsa Musy Dzhalya, 3, Tashkent.
U.S.S.R.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 607,651, Jan. 6,
1967, now abandoned. This application Nov. 18, 1969, Ser.
No. 877,837
Int. CI. AOln 7/02
U.S.CI.71-I 2 Claims
A method of treating natural mineralized water, e.g.,
ground water, as well as sea water, to be used subsequently
for irrigation, according to which lead nitrate is introduced
into mineralized water, the precipitated lead sulfates, lead
chlorides and lead carbonates are removed, and potassium
salts e.g., potassium silicate, are introduced into the water for
binding the small amounts of lead salts which remain dis-
solved in the water. All the precipitated lead salts are col-
lected and regenerated for obtaining lead nitrate.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
598
3,640,696
SOIL CONDITIONER AND GARDEN MOLD ON THE
BASIS OF COFFEE EXTRACTION RESIDUE
Gerhard GoMmann, Buchschlag, Germany, assignor to
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-ScheideansUlt vormais Roessler,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,146
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Oct 15, 1968, P 18 03
103.3; June 9, 1969, P 19 29 195.3
Int.CI. C05f ///05
U.S.CI. 71-9 18 Claims
The soil conditioner comprises a decomposed organic
waste product, preferably coffee grounds, in the form of the
extraction residue arising in the industrial production of pow-
dered coffee, together with finely divided natural or synthetic
activated silicon dioxide or a material containing the same.
The material is made by subjecting the coffee ground ex-
traction residue to fermentation in a closed tank and then ad-
ding the silicon dioxide followed by storage upon access to
the open air. The silicon dioxide may also be added prior to
placing the material in the fermentation tank.
3,640,697
NONCAKING, GRAINED AMMONIUM NITRATE
Emory Earl Toops, Jr., Terre Haute, Ind., assignor to Com-
mercial Solvents Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816^15
InL CI. C05c/ /02
U.S. CI. 71-27 1 Claim
A process for the preparation of noncaking, grained am-
monium nitrate by effecting the graining of molten ammoni-
um nitrate in the presence of moisture and sodium alkyl
naphthalene sulfonate in a ratio of about 0.01 to 0.1 percent
by weight at a temperature from about 230° to over 300° F.
3,640,698
FERTILIZER UREA SOLUTIONS CONTAINING
MICRONUTRIENTS
Peter Stanley Backlund, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Unk>n
Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 20,995
Int CI. C05c 9/00, C05b / 7/00
U.S. CI. 71— 29 14 Claims
/ * * *
3,640,699
33-DISUBSTITUTED BENZAMIDES
Bruce W. Horrom, Waukegan; Aklo J. Crovetti, Lake Forest,
both of III., and Kenneth L. Viste, Warminster, Pa., as-
signors to Rohm and Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Original appUcaikm Oct 2, 1967, Ser. No. 671,946, now
Patent No. 3,534,098, Continuatk>n-in-part of appUcatkm Ser.
No. 608,271, Jan. 10, 1967, now abandoned. Divided and this
appikatkm Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,249
Int CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 71-118 11 Claims
Herbicidal compositions containing as the active ingredient
a member of the class of N-( l,l-dimethylpropynyl)-3,5-dis-
ubstituted benzamides and a method for controlling undesira-
ble plant growth with them.
A fertilizer solution for treatment of plants and soils to cor-
rect micronutrient deficiencies is disclosed and comprises an
aqueous urea solution having an acidic pH value, less than 4,
and containing the sulfate salts of iron, zinc or manganese.
An aqueous urea-micronutrient solution containing potassi-
um and phosphorous is also disclosed.
3,640,700
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING AN INGOT OF CHROMIUM
METAL OR CHROMIUM-BASE ALLOY
Kenzo Suzuki, Kumagaya, and Sdya Sasaki, YamagaU, both
of Japan, assignors to Riken PIstoa Ring Ind. Co., Ltd. and
Tekkoaha Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
nied Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68363
Int CI. C23b 7/02. 7/00, 5/52
U.S. CI. 75-10 C 22 Claims
-H'H-
A process for producing an ingot of chromium metal or
chromium-base alloy having a low content of impurities, such
as hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, carbon, phosphorus, sulfur,
and the like, in which an aqueous solution containing
chromium salt is electrolyzed using as the cathode a metal
materia] formed in a predetermined shape, such as circular,
elliptical, rectangular or the like in horizontal cross section,
to electrodeposit chromium on said metal material. The
metal material, if desired, may be removed by chemical dis-
solution or heat melting after the electrolysis. The thus ob-
tained chromium metal of the predetermined shape may be
used as a consumable electrode. Additional materials are
filled into the electrodeposited chromium metal which can be
either free of the metal material used as the cathode or not
free of the same. The chromium metal filled with the addi-
tional material is heated to sinter same under a reduced
(vacuum) pressure or in a hydrogen atmosphere. A consuma-
ble electrode of chromium metal or chromium base alloy is
thereby obtained. A high purity chromium metal ingot or
chromium base alloy ingot is produced using the thus ob-
tained consumable electrode by consumable-electrode-melt-
ing in a water-cooled metal crucible.
3,640,701
DIRECT REDUCTION OF OXIDES
Jean Boucbet, CIcry-Saint-Andrc, France, assignor to
Creusot-Loirc, Paris, France
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 454,079, May 7, 1965,
now abandoned. This application July 7, 1969, Ser. No.
852,142
Claims prioritv, application France. Apr. 30, 1964, 973121;
Julv 16, 1964, 981930: July 21 . 1964, 982484; Feb. 25,
1965,6991
Int CI. C2 lb ///06
UJS. CI. 75—40 3 Claims
Metal oxides difficult to reduce are reduced in a rotating
furnace heated by a short fiame having a temperature of at
594
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
least 1 ,900° C. produced by converting a gaseous hydrocar-
bon into carbon monoxide and hydrogen by partial com-
bustion with oxygen at about 1 ,250* C. The carbon monoxide
•^ ;. » f P il Q
and hydrogen are burned in a furnace in a jet of oxygen
directed toward the top of the furnace at about 1 ,900° C.
producing carbon dioxide and water with release of heat.
3,640,702
METHOD OF IMPROVING THE PROPERTIES OF A
FERROUS METAL IN THE MOLTEN STATE
Pierre Karinthi, Champigny-sur-Mame, France, and Etienne
Spire, Montreal, Canada, assignors to L'Air Liquide,
Sodcte Anonyme pour LTtude et L'ExploiUtion des
Procedes Georges Claude, Paris, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 581,920, Sept.
22, 1966, now Patent No. 3,484,232, dated Dec. 16, 1969.
This appUcation Sept. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,307
The portion of the term of this patent subsequent to Dec. 16,
1986, has been disclaimed.
Intel. C21c 7/04
U.S. CI. 75-59 3 Claims
A halogenated compound is brought in liquid phase into
contact with a porous device which on its opposite side con-
tacts molten ferrous metal. The halogenated liquid is forced
by gas pressure through the porous device and into the mol-
ten metal. The halogen may be used to remove unwanted ele-
ments from the metal. The nonhalogen part of the compound
may combine with elements dissolved in the metal or may it-
self dissolve in the metal.
ERRATUM
For Class 75—101 see:
Patent No. 3,639,925
3,640,703
CYCLIC INTEGRATED COPPER PROCESS
James R. Cooper, Douglas, Ariz., assignor to Chemical
Refiners, Inc.
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,561
Int. CI. C22b 15108
U.S. CI. 75-101 3 Claims
A cyclic integrated process for the production of copper
metal is provided. In this process, copper ores or copper ore
concentrates or, optionally, cement copper is converted to
copper metal without the necessity for pyrometallurgical
operations, thus entirely eliminating any air pollution
problems. The source of copper values is taken into solution
by leaching with a mineral acid such as sulfuric acid, convert
ing the copper values to soluble copper salts. The pregnant
liquor containing the soluble copper salts is treated with a
precipitating gas such as hydrogen sulfide to precipitate the
copper values as solid copper sulfide. The copper sulfide is
dried and treated in a finely divided state with a reductant
gas such as hydrogen, methane (either pure or contained in
natural gas) or a reformed natural gas containing hydrogen
and carbon monoxide. The byproduct gaseous hydrogen sul-
fide of the copper sulfide reduction step is recycled to
precipitate more copper sulfide from the pregnant liquor.
The mother liquor is treated to recover sulfuric acid which is
optionally recycled to the pregnant liquor preparation step to
dissolve more copper values.
3,640,704
HIGH-TEMPERATURE-STRENGTH, PRECIPITATION-
HARDENABLE, AUSTENITIC, IRON-BASE ALLOYS
Fred C. Robertshaw, Cincinnati; Jon L. Bartos, Lovdand;
James J. Hurst, Clarksville, and James August McGurty,
Cincinnati, all of Ohio, assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,374
Int. CI. C22c 39120
U.S. CI. 75-128 W 3 Claims
5 «
This invention is for an iron-base alloy system charac-
terized in that (a) it consists of an iron-nickel-chromium
matrix which maintains substantially complete austenitic sta-
bility at temperatures from room temperature to the melting
point, (b) it is susceptible to treatment to effect a precipita-
tion-hardening resulting in a molybdenum-containing
precipitated phase, (c) said alloy consists essentially of, in
atom percent, 20 to 30 percent nickel, 5 to 10 percent
chromium, a strength-inducing additive selected from either
molybdenum or tungsten in an amount not exceeding 10 per-
cent, and the balance iron.
3,640,705
TREATMENT OF PLATINUM GROUP METALS AND
ALLOYS
Gordon I^eslie Selman, and Peter James Ellison, both of Lon-
don, England, assignors to Johnson, Matthey & Co.
Limited, lx)ndon, England
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 520,361, Jan. 13,
1966, now abandoned. This application Jan. 30, 1969, Ser.
No. 795,513
Claims priority, applicatinn (ireat Britain. Jan. 15, 1965,
1 .882/65
Int. CI. C22c 5100
U.S. CI. 75 172 10 Claims
An alloy and method for making the same including alloy-
ing with platinum, rhodium, iridium and their mixtures, alone
or alloyed with palladium a stable base metal capable of
forming a refractory compound. The resulting alloy is heated
in the presence of a molecular oxygen containing gas such as
air or oxygen at a temperature ranging from 900° to at least
1,200° C. whereby the stable refractory compound is formed
internally of said alloy and is dispersed uniformly
therethrough.
3,640,706
METHOD FOR RECOVERING SUBSTANTIALLY PURE
NICKEL FROM AMMONIACAL NICKEL AMMONIUM
CARBONATE LEACH SOLUTIONS
Nicolas ZubryckyJ, Praca Roamos de Azewedo 254, Sao Pau-
lo, Brazil; Vladimir Nicolaus Mackiw, 9 Blair Athol
Crescent, Islington, Ontario, and Donald Robert Weir,
10228 109th Street, Fort Saskatchewan, Alberta, both of
Canada
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,191
Int. CI. C22b 23104
U.S. CI. 75-103 5 Claims
Nickel is recovered in pure elemental form from ammonia-
cal nickel ammonium carbonate leach liquors containing
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
595
sulphur and other impurities including magnesium and silica.
The liquor is first heated to precipitate nickel as impure basic
nickel carbonate. The precipitate is redissolved in two stages
in pure ammoniacal ammonium carbonate solution and un-
dissolved solids, which contain the magnesium, silica and
other impurities, are separated from the solution. The solu-
tion is then heated to reprecipitate nickel as basic nickel car-
bonate. Sulphur contaminants are converted to sulphate form
by reacting the system, either before or after the reprecipita-
tion step, with oxygen gas. The slurry from the reprecipita-
tion step is then reacted directly with hydrogen at elevated
temperature and pressure to produce pure nickel powder.
3,640,707
IMAGING SYSTEM
John P. Caldwell, Fairport, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,106
Int.CI.G03gyi/y4, 13100
U.S. CI. 96— 1.4 I Claim
3,640,709
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC COPYING MATERIAL AND
PROCESS OF PRODUCING THEREOF
Kishkhiro Kondo; Hiroo IwaU, both of Aichi-ken; Nario
Yamaguchi; Sakae Shimizu, and Kazuo Tubuko, all of
Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh
and Toa Gosei Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,417
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 27, 1967, 42/83738
InL CI. G03g J/00, 7100; HOlc 13100
U^. CI. 96-1.5 3 Claims
An electrophotographic copying material comprising a
support and a light-sensitive or photoconductive layer
formed on one surface of said support and comprising a
resinous binder. The photoconductive layer contains a
photoconductive substance and is formed by dispersing said
photoconductive substance in a water-emulsified resinous
binder. The resinous binder is prepared by emulsion
polymerization, in water, of at least one vinyl monomer in
the presence of at least one acidic compound selected from
the group consisting of an aliphatic carboxylic acid, an aro-
matic carboxylic acid, an acid anhydride of said carboxylic
acids, an alicyclic compound having a carboxyl radical, a
natural resin containing a resin acid and having a high elec-
tric resistance and a vinyl polymer having a carboxyl radical.
The resultant photoconductive layer-forming solution is
coated on said support and then the coated support is dried.
An improved method for removing residual toner images
from an electrostatic recording surface adapted for continu-
ous automatic operation comprising charging residual toner
images supported on an electrostatic recording surface to a
first polarity, then cascading a two-component developer
material including carrier beads and toner particles in
triboelectric relationship over the residual toner images and
recording surface and concurrently biasing said residual
toner images with a potential at a second polarity when com-
mencing a pass through the development zone, whereby the
residual toner images are released from said recording sur-
face and intermixed with said developer material for develop-
ment of said recording surface while in the development
zone.
3,640,708
BARRIER LAYERS FOR ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC
ELEMENTS CONTAINING A BLEND OF CELLULOSE
NITRATE WITH A TETRAPOLYMER HAVING
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE AS THE MAJOR
CONSTITUENT
Wesley D. Humphriss, Cupertino, Calif., and Lawrence C.
Bartlett, Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
FUed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,914
Int. CI. G03g 5102; C08f 15140
U.S. CI. 96— 1.5 14 Claims
An electrophotographic element comprised of a support,
an electrically conductive layer and an insulating photocon-
ductive layer is provided with a barrier layer composed of a
blend of cellulose nitrate with a tetrapolymer of methyl acry-
late, acrylonitrile, acrylic acid and vinylidene chloride inter-
posed between the electrically conductive layer and the insu-
lating photoconductive layer. Barrier layers of this composi-
tion provide good adhesion to the contiguous layers, so as to
permit fiexing of the element without damage, as well as ex-
cellent electrophotographic properties.
3,640,710
PHTHALOCYANINE PHOTOCONDUCTIVE ELEMENTS
CONTAINING MULTIPLE BINDER MATERIALS
Joseph Mammino, and Roberi M. Ferguson, both of Penfield,
N.Y., assignors to Zerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,718
Int. CI.G03g/i/22, 5/06
U.S. CI. 96-1.5 19 Claims
Improved electrophotographic elements comprising
specific phthalocyanine pigments dispersed in specific binder
materials in specific proportions are disclosed. Electrophoto-
graphic processes employing said elements are also disclosed.
3,640,711
DIFFRACTION PROCESS PHOTOGRAPHY AND
RECONSTRUCTION: FIDELITY ENHANCEMENT BY
MINIMIZATION OF CROSSTALK AND MOIRE
PATTERNS
Edmund L. Bouche, Lexington, Mass., assignor to Technical
Operations, Incorporated, Burlington, Mass.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,312
Int. CI. G03b 33100
U.S. CI. 96—27 H 34 Claims
This disclosure depicts methods and structures for mul-
tiplex information photorecording and retneval with
596
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
minimization of interference between information channels.
More particularly, this disclosure concerns diffraction
process methods and structures for recording a plurality of
images in superposition on a common recording medium
each modulating an azimuthally distinct spatial carrier, and
selectively retrieving the component images in a coherent
projection system. Stress is placed upon predetermining the
spatial frequency and azimuthal orientation of each of the
carriers such that interchannel interference during projection
is minimized.
can be posted by adhering coatings of a photosensitive
3,640,712
HYDROPHILIC-HYDROPHOBIC PHOTON-SENSITIVE
MEDIUM
Lester M. Field, Sherman Oaks; Richard A. Walker, and Wil-
liam E. McKee, both of Woodland Hills, all of Calif., as-
signors to Hughes Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 882,951
InL CI. G03c 5/09, 1100
U.S. CI. 96—27 10 Claims
A medium which is hydrophobic when unexf>osed, and
hydrophilic when photon exposed is employed to produce
discrete photon-developed areas. The medium comprises a
solid dispersion in a film-forming binder of a photoconduc-
tive sensitive material such as zinc oxide, a sensitization
enhancing material such as a copper salt and a hydrophobici-
ty inducing agent such as a water repellent silicone,
fluorocarbon material or a higher molecular weight organic
acid such as stearic acid or linoleic acid. Exemplary
processes of developing the photon exposed medium include
application of aqueous liquids to form visible and/or trans-
ferable or relief images.
3,640,713
PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSES AND COMPOSITIONS
THEREFOR
SheMon A. Buckler, Lincoln, and Ronald F. Lambert, Cam-
bridge, both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation,
Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Oct. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 772,017
Int. CI. G03c 5154
U.S. CI. 96-29 11 Claims
Tertiary organic phosphines containing a hydroxyl and/or
an amino-substituted phenyl group are used as silver halide
developing agents in photographic processing compositions
which find particular utility in diffusion transfer photographic
techniques.
material to portions of the desensitized film and thereafter
imaging and developing.
3,640,715
PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER HALIDE EMULSION
CONTAINING AS A SENSITIZER BIO-QUARTERNARY
SALTS OF BIS-AMINOALKYL-DISULnDES
Harald Huckstadt, t olo>;ne; Wilhelm Salack. Schiidgen/Bert>.
Gladbach; August Randolph, Leverkusen; Franz Moll,
Cologne, and Erwin Ranz. Leverkusen, all of (iermany, as-
signors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
Filed Dec. 17, 1969. Ser. No. 886,039
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 23, 1968, P 18 16
572.5
Int. CI. G03c 7100, 5/30. 1128
\}S. CI. 96-55 9 Claims
The sensitivity of photographic silver halide emulsions can
be increased and the fogging of those emulsions can be
decreased by using bis-quaternary salts of bis-aminoalkyl-
disulfides of the following formula.
R R
\e © / A
R -N-(CH:)„-S-.S-(CH,)„-N-R 2X
/ \
R R
3,640,714
METHOD FOR POSTING INTELLIGENCE ON DIAZO
SENSITIVE MICROnCHE
Robert B. Champ, San Jose, Calif.; Henry A. Jurgens, Boca
Raton, Fla., and James O. Thompson, Los Gatos, Calif., as-
signors to International Business Machines Corporation,
Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 806,965
InL CI. G03c 5118, 5/34
U.S. CI. 96-49 28 Claims
A method for preparing fiche cards wherein a sensitized
diazo coating containing a thermoplastic resin is adhered to a
portion of the fiche of the card through pressure and at tem-
peratures substantially above room temperature, exposed to
actinic radiation and developed, and wherein additional
pieces of information are posted onto the fiche by adhering
additional sensitized diazo coatings to different portions of
the fiche and exposing and developing said additional
coatings without affecting the earlier developed coatings
Also, a method for preparing fiche cards wherein the fiche is
a photosensitive film which is partially imaged and developed
such that the remaining portion of the fiche is simultaneously
desensitized and wherein additional pieces of information
wherein
R is alkyl. two R radicals at the same N may form to-
gether u ith the N a heterocyclic ring;
R is alkvl or aralkyl;
n is 1-6. and
X is any anion;
the compounds can be used as ripening agents or as ad-
ditives to the casting solution or to the developer.
3,640,716
METHOD OF PREVENTING COLOR MIXING IN
MULTILAYER-TYPE REVERSAL COLOR
PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT-SENSITIVE MATERIALS
Tadashi Nagae; Yasushi Oishi, and Jun Hayashi, all of
Kanagawa, Japan, assignors to Fiyi Photo Film Co., Ltd.,
Kanagawa, Japan
Filed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,283
Claims priority, application Japan, May 20, 1968, 43/33874
Int. CI. G03c 7/00
U.S. CI. 96-56 17 Claims
The invention is directed to a method for preventing color
mixing in multilayer-type color photographic light-sensitive
materials developed by the coupler-in-developer process.
The multilayer light-sensitive materials used herein comprise
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
597
a film base coated with a red-sensitive emulsion layer, a
green-sensitive emulsion layer, and a blue-sensitive emulsion
layer respectively. Cyan and magenta dye formation is
prevented in the blue emulsion layer by addition thereto of a
ballasted yellow coupler having the general formula
O O
It li
R,-C-CH-C-NH-R,
Xi
■1
wherein R, represents a tertiary alkyl group, an unsubstituted
cycloalkyi group, a substituted cycloalkyi group, an unsub-
stituted dicycloalkyi group, a substituted dicycloalkyi group,
an unsubstituted aryl group or a substituted aryl group; Rj
represents an unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted aryl
group, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group, or a substituted
heterocyclic group; and X represents a hydrogen atom or a
group capable of being split off during the coupling reaction.
3,640,717
PHOTOGRAPHIC REVERSAL PROCESS EMPLOYING
ORGANIC MERCAPTAN COMPOUNDS
Jacques Henri Gallet, Arlington, and Robert Frands Gracia,
Scituate, both of Mass., assignors to Itek Corporation, Lex-
ington, Mass.
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,867
Int. CI. G03c 5/50
U.S. CI. 96—59 47 Claims
This disclosure relates to a rapid reversal photographic
process. The process comprises the steps of ( I ) contacting a
copy medium comprising a metal image pattern and a metal
ion image pattern with an organic mercaptan compound to
form insoluble metal mercaptide salts in the areas cor-
responding to the metal ion image pattern, and (2) contact-
ing the copy medium with a photographic bleaching agent to
oxidize the metallic image to soluble salts. The soluble salts
may then be dissolved out or fixed by contacting with a suita-
ble solvent or photographic fixing or stabilizing solution.
The process in a preferred embodiment comprises the
steps of ( 1 ) exposing a photosensitive copy medium
imagewise to a source of radiation to provide a negative
latent image, (2) developing the copy medium to provide a
negative metallic image in the exposed portions of the copy
medium, (3) contacting the copy medium with an organic
mercaptan compound to form insoluble metal mercaptide
salts in the nonexp>osed areas of the copy medium, (4) con-
tacting the copy medium with a photographic bleaching solu-
tion to reoxidize the metallic image in the exposed portions
of the copy medium to soluble salts and (5) contacting the
copy medium with a photographic fixing solution to dissolve
the soluble salts from the exposed portions of the medium.
The photosensitive medium may, for example, be a photo-
graphic silver halide emulsion or a photoconductor such as
titanium dioxide dispersed in a binder.
3,640,718
SPECTRAL SENTIZATION OF PHOTOSENSITIVE
COMPOSITIONS
George H. Smith, Mapiewood, Minn., assignor to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
FUed Apr. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 720^77
Int CI. G03c 1/72
U.S. CI. 96—89 9 Claims
As a spectral sensitizer for photosensitive compositions
containing a photolyzable organic halogen compound, at
least one aromatic polycyclic compound having an ionization
potential below about 7.4 is used. Preferred are colored,
linear fiised-ring polynuclear carbocyclic compounds
(acenes) which are essentially unreactive with the organic
halogen in the dark under room conditions.
3,640,719
SILVER HALIDE EMULSIONS CONTAINING BIS-
HETEROCYCLIC N-CONTAINING COMPOUNDS AS
ANTIFOGGANTS
Anita Von Konig, Leverkusen; Franz Moll, Koeln-Stammhein;
Wolfgang Muller-Bardorff, Koehi, and Wilhelm Salcck,
Schildgen, all of Germany, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Ak-
tiengesellwhaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed July 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 843,742
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 6, 1968, P 17 97
027.3
Int CI. G03c 1/34
U.S. CI. 96-109 2 Claims
The stability of photographic silver halide emulsions
against the formation of fog is improved by the addition of
bis-heterocyclic triazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole,
thiadiazole or thiadiazolidine type compounds.
3,640,720
NONWANDERING HARDENING COMPOUNDS AND
THEIR USE
Hyman L. Cohen, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 682,530, Nov. 13, 1967.
This appHcation Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,577
Int. CI. G03c 1/30
U.S. CI. 96-111 6 Claims
Low molecular weight, nonwandering compounds for
hardening natural and synthetic colloids without afterharden-
ing. These comprise compounds having the structural formu-
la:
Rs ODOR,
I II II II I
CH=C-C-N-C-N-C-C=CH
I I ! 1
R R2 H R
wherein each R is hydrogen, an aliphatic or aromatic radical,
and R* and each Rj are hydrogen or lower alkyl.
3,640,721
GELATINOUS PHOTOGRAPHIC COATING
COMPOSITION
Masao Ishihara; Osakazu Sugino; Yoshio Nishina; Isao Koh-
no, and Yuzuni Satoh, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to
Konishiroku Photo Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
FUed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,447
Intel. G03c//Jfi
U.S.CL 96-114.4 4 Claims
Light-sensitive photographic materials coated with a dried
gelatin emulsion are stabilized against curling and decrease in
flexibility under conditions of low relative humidity by incor-
porating in the gelatin emulsion prior to drying at least 2 per-
cent by weight based on the amount of gelatin of a cyclohex-
ane com(>ound of the general formula
i
wherein the two A groups may be the same or different and
are selected from the group consisting of —OH and
— CH,OH and B is selected from the group consisting of H
and -CH,.
598
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,722
LIGHT-SENSITIVE POLYSULFONATES REACTION
PRODUCT OF AROMATIC DISULFONYL CHLORIDE
AND BISPHENOL CONTAINING STYRYL KETONE
GROUP
Joseph A. Arcesi, and Frederick J. Rauner, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
FUed SepL 22, 1969, Scr. No. 860,081
Int. CI. C08g / 7/13
U.S. CI. 96— 1 1 5 P 20 Claims
A light-sensitive polysulfonate contains units derived from
an aromatic disulfonyl chloride, units derived from a light-
sensitive bisphenol containing the styryl ketone group, and,
optionally, units derived from a non-iight-sensitive bisphenol.
The polysulfonate is useful in preparing photomechanical
images such as photoresists and lithographic plates.
3,640,725
SOYBEAN FRACTIONATION EMPLOYING A PROTEASE
Samuel E. Sherba. WUIingboro, NJ.; Ronald B. Steigerwait,
Uvittown; William T. Faith, Jr., Warminster, both of Pa.,
and Carl V. Smythe, Moorestown, N J., assignors to Rohm
and Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,534
Int.CI. A23j ///4, A23I 1/20
U.S.CI.99-17 13 Claims
3,640,723
ENZYMATIC TREATMENT OF SOYA MEAL
Helmut Uhlig, Rossdorf Bei Darmstadt, and Ekkehard
Grampp, Ober-Ramstadt, both of Germany, assignors to
Rohm Geseilschaft mit beschrankter Haftung, Darmstadt,
Germany
Filed July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 840,065
Claims priority, application Germany, July 26, 1968, P 17 92
142.5
InL CI. A23I 1/20
UJS. CI. 99-9 6 Claims
Soya meal is treated with a pectolytic enzyme alone or in
combination with a cellulase or a cellulase and hemicellulase
to give a soya product having a content of soluble reducible
sugar increased to 10—25 percent by weight. An animal
fodder combines 5-25 parts by weight of the treated product
with 95-75 parts of powdered milk.
3,640,724
CAMERA FRAME MEMBER
Irving Eriichman, Wayland, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Piled May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,097
Int. CI. G03b / 7/04
U.S. CI. 95-11 R 10 Claims
A compact folding camera including a plurality of housing
sections, including at least a portion of one which provides
for access to the interior of the housing, coupled together for
movement between an extended, operative position and a
folded, inoperative position. A support member, enclosed by
the housing sections, is provided for locating a photosensitive
element in position for exposure and for pivotally supporting
a plurality of housing sections, a bellows, and an erecting
system during movement of the housing sections, erecting
system and bellows between the extended and folded posi-
tion.
HVMAM1 •• •««•• •>IHIM
-J
t*tM
-4? ^.r
, 1
"j-»,TI««
■tna
_l
■ IVWf
3
[^l«M-Mi«*TI 1^ »C*«Of lO-M.-O..
AC<B
i
Tt 1 ♦ ••T|i
|-~»"«T|»
■0* nwrtiM ••Te«0(.T|«Tc !■»••)
Process of separating nutritional components from
soybeans or other oilseeds, employing enzymatic hydrolysis
of protein. Clean, whole soybeans are comminuted, heated at
about 90°- 1 40° C, and then cooled by adding more water. A
proteolytic enzyme, preferably derived from an Aspergillus
or Bacillus sp , is added to the slurry, which is then main-
tained at an incubation temperature of 25°-75*' C. until the
protein is sufficiently hydrolyzed. The fibrous solids portion
is then removed from the slurry, being useful as a livestock
feed supplement. The oil phase may then be removed from
the fluid portion of the slurry, as by separating an aqueous
phase from an oil-containing phase in a cream separator. The
aqueous phase is then acidified to about pH 4.5, to
precipitate isoelectric protein, which may be recovered, e.g.,
by centrifugation. To obtain the main product of this process,
soy protein hydrolysate, the remaining aqueous phase is
desirably concentrated by conventional evaporation
techniques, adjusted to substantially neutral pH, and then
dried, e.g., by spray drying or lyophilization. Alternatively,
the aqueous phase containing protein and/or protein hydroly-
sate may be employed as the basis of a nutritious beverage.
3,640,726
FLAVOR ROBUSTA COFFEE
Gregory L. Bolt, Springfield Township, Hamilton County;
Charies H. Brandt, Cincinnati; Aubrey R. McLain, Wyom-
ing, and Jayantilal M. Patel, Reading, all of Ohio, assignors
to The Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
Continuation of application Ser. No. 762,157, Sept. 24, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Nov. 25, 1970, Scr. No.
92,880
Int CI. A23f 1/02
UJS. CI. 99-68 10 Claims
Improved flavor Robusta coffee for use in a roast and
ground coffee blend is produced by separately steam roast-
ing, then postroasting Robusta coffee beans under particular
conditions.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
599
3,640,727
COFFEE BREWING PACKET
Meriyn R. Heusinkveid, Springfield Township, Hamilton
County, Ohio, assignor to The Procter & Gamble Company,
Cincinnati, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 849,169, Aug.
11, 1969, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 763,41 1, Sept. 27, 1968, now abandoned.
This application June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,365
Int. CI. A23f 1/08; B65d 29/02
U.S. CI. 99—77. 1 1 2 Claims
A coffee packet, containing flaked coffee particles in a
water-permeable pouch, for brewing coffee is disclosed.
percent to 40 percent by product weight edible polyhydric al-
cohol to form a homogeneous mixture, combining the mix-
ture with starch hydrolyzate solids and an antimycotic to
form an emulsion containing about 9.7 percent to 35 percent
starch hydrolyzate solids and about 14 percent to 32 percent
moisture, and heat setting the emulsion.
3,640,728
INSTANT OAT CEREAL PRODUCT
Kenneth S. Ronai, Ridgewood, and Henry C. Spanier, Du-
mont, both of NJ., assignors to Nabisco, Inc., New York,
N V
Filed June 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 832,486
Int CI. A23I I/IO
U.S. CI. 99-80 R 10 Claims
An instant oat cereal product, requiring no cooking, com-
prising processed oats and a special oat fraction having a
protein content greater than about 20 percent and a process
for its preparation.
3,640,729
INSTANT OAT CEREAL PRODUCT
Kenneth S. Ronai, Ridgewood, and Henry C. Spanier, Du-
mont, both of NJ., assignors to Nabisco, Inc., New York,
N.Y.
Rled May 8, 1969, Ser. No. 823,156
InL CI. A23I 1/10
U.S. CI. 99-83 10 Claims
An instant oat cereal product, requiring no cooking com-
prising processed oats and an edible cereal hydrolysate textu-
rizing agent with a Dextrose Equivalent or from about 6 to
about 12 and a process for its preparation.
3,640,730
PROCESS FOR PREPARING DOUGH AND BATTERS,
AND THE FLOUR AND FLOUR-BASED PRODUCTS
Jacques R. Rolland, Longueuil, Quebec, and John Holme,
Preville, Quebec, both of Canada, assignors to The Ogilvie
Flow Mills Company, Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,475
Int. CI. A21d 2/28, 2/22, 2/04
U.S. CI. 99—91 25 Claims
The adverse effects of chlorine upon the bread making
properties of flour are ameliorated by incorporating therein a
definite, selected amount of a sulfhydryl-containing-or-
producing reducing substance, preferably cysteine
hydrochloride. The flours so obtained, at chlorine levels of
between about 150 p. p.m. and about 900 p. p.m. and a reduc-
ing substance content of between about 20 p. p.m. and 100
p. p.m., provide improved all-purpose flours which give good
results in the contrasting applications of bread and cake mak-
ing. Further advantageous effects on the quality of the baked
product can be obtained by including defined amounts of
ascorbic acid type additives and/or oxidizing agents such as
bromate or iodate salts.
3.640,732
SIMULATED COOKED EGG
Ernest W. Johnson, Minnetonka, Minn., assignor to General
Mills, Inc.
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,180
Int CI. A23j 3/02
U.S. CI. 99— 114 13 Claims
The simulated egg approximates a boiled, poached or fried
hen's egg. The simulated egg may be used together with
other materials in a salad or eaten as is, for example, for
breakfast. The simulated egg includes a white portion and a
yolk portion. The white portion may be made from water,
vegetable oil, a gel forming material such as low methoxyl
pectin and a gel setting agent such as dicalcium phosphate.
The yolk portion may be made from water, vegetable oil,
protein, a gel forming material such as low methoxyl pectin,
a gel setting agent such as dicalcium phosphate and coloring
matter. The egg may be formed in the appropriate shape by
molding.
3,640,733
EDIBLE SUBSTRATES COLORED WITH MONOAZO
DYESTUFFS
Gustav E. Rast, Hamburg, and Russell 1. Steiner, William-
sviUe, both of N.Y., assignors to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Original application May 18, 1967, Ser. No. 639,264, now
abandoned. Divided and this application Dec. 10, 1969, Ser.
No. 880,516
IntCL A23I 1/26
U.S. CI. 99-148 10 Claims
Monoazo compounds of this invention, which may be
termed 1 -( ( 2-alkoxy-5-alkyl-4-sulfophenyl ]azo )-2-naphthol-
6-sulfonic acids and physiologically acceptable salts thereof
are used as dyestuffs for various substrates and especially for
edible substrates, such as maraschino cherries.
3 640,734
PREPARATION OF nBROUS REINFORCED CASING
FROM ALKALI SOLUBLE POLYVINYL ALCOHOL
COPOLYMERS
Seymour Oppenbdmer, Chicago, and Albin F. Turiudi, Dan-
vUk, both of lU., assignors to Tee-Pak, Inc., Chicago, lU.
Filed Oct 21, 1968, Ser. No. 769,026
Int CI. A22c 13/00
U.S. CI. 99- 1 76 14 Claims
-t5;
-^~^
3,640,731
SHELF STABLE EGG PRODUCTS
Milton Kapktw, White Plains, and Robert E. KkMC, Bronx,
both of N.Y., assignors to General Foods Corporation,
White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,279
Intel. A23n/J2
U.S.CL 99-113 3 Claims
Preparation of shelf stable egg products wherein dried egg
whites, whole egg solids, or egg yolks are blended with 20
^.
Tj(-
ira
n
i^
•4
O"
-^-
■:>-
A novel fibrous casing for packaging sausages and other
meat and food products comprises a saturating tissue,
preferably a long fiber hemp paper, coated or impregnated
600
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
with an insolubilized polyvinyl aJcohol/polyvinyl ester
copolymer. The casing is preferably prepared by coating or
impregnating a saturating tissue with an aqueous alkaline
solution of a polyvinyl alcohol/polyvinyl ester copolymer
which is then insolubilized by treatment with acid and op-
tionally by further treatment with a suitable cross-linking
agent, viz formaldehyde, etc. The saturating tissue may be
coated or impregnated with the polyvinyl alcohol copolymer
solution and immediately formed into a tubular casing and
the polyvinyl alcohol copolymer regenerated therein by acid
treatment or may be coated or impregnated in sheet form,
neutralized and dried and subsequently slit to size and
formed into a tubular casing in a separate seaming operation.
Casings are preferably formed using long fiber hemp paper as
the saturating tissue and using polyvinyl alcohol copolymers
having a D.S. of OH groups in the range from about 25-80
percent.
/
3,640,735
FIBROUS REINFORCED POLYVINYL ALCOHOL
CASINGS
Seymour Oppenheimer, Chicago, and Albin F. Turbak, Dan-
ville, both of lU., assignors to Tee-Pak, Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 768,625
Int. CI. A22c 13100
L.S. CI. 99— 176 13 Claims
A novel fibrous casing for packaging sausages and other
meat and food products comprises a saturating tissue,
preferably a long fiber hemp paper, coated or impregnated
with an insolublized polyvinyl alcohol. The casing is
preferably prepared by coating and impregnating a saturating
tissue with an aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol which is
then insolublized, preferably by cross-linking with a suitable
cross-linking agent, viz formaldehyde, etc. The saturating tis-
sue may be coated and impregnated with the polyvinyl al-
cohol solution and immediately formed into a tubular casing
or may be coated and impregnated in sheet form and dried
and subsequently slit to size and formed into a tubular casing
in a separate seaming operation. Casings are preferably
formed using long fiber hemp paper as the saturating tissue
and using polyvinyl alcohol having a D.S. of OH groups of at
least 95 percent.
3,640,736
TARNISH-PREVENTIVE COMPOSITION COMPRISING
HYDROXY-CONTAINING THIOL SULFIDES
Paul F. Warner, Phillips, and Edward E. Huxley, Borger,
both of Tex., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Original application Aug. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 751,060, now
Patent No. 3,567,782. Divided and this application Sept. 1,
1970, Ser. No. 68,759
Int. CI. C08h ; C09d , C09q
U.S. CI. 106-3 2 Claims
A tamish-preventive composition for silver and copper sur-
faces comprising:
a. hydroxy-substituted mercapto sulfides having the formula
HS-R-S-CH,-CH-R .
OH
b. an abrasive, and
c. the balance a diluent.
3,640,737
COMPOSITION FOR MARKING HOT METAL
David R. Lankard, Grandview Heights, and Herbert D.
Sheets, Jr., Columbus, both of Ohio, assignors to United
States Steel Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 612,783, Jan. 31,
1967, now abandoned. This application July 9, 1969, Ser. No.
840,225
Int. CI. C09d 1 1 100, 13/00, 1102
U.S. CI. 106-19 5 Claims
m> SO *c
SOOlim 5»tlCATf f% ^ wTi
r, Of J
A liquid composition for marking metal products while at
high temperature, by jet-spray application, comprises a pig-
ment of metal oxide, such as titanium dioxide, in a vehicle of
sodium-silicate solution containing kaolin as a suspending
agent.
3,640,738
BOROSILICATE GLASS COMPOSITION
John R. Detweiler, Jr., and Rao R. Tummala, both of
Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,599
Int. CI. C03c 3104
U.S. CI. 106-54 4 Claims
A glass composition particularly adapted for use with
ceramic materials in electronic module applications having a
thermal coefficient of expansion substantially matching the
thermal coefficient of expansion of ceramic material, and a
low dielectric constant less than 4.5. The composition is a
borosilicate glass consisting essentially of SiOj, BjOj, CaO,
A 1,0,, Na,0, K,0, BaO, ZrO,, and MgO in relatively precise
amounts.
, 3,640,739
HIGH ALUMINA REFRACTORIES
Wate T. Bakker, Sevema Park, Md., assignor to General
Refractories Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 829,132
Int. CLC04b 35/70
U.S. CI. 106— 65 8 Claims
Disclosed herein is a refractory brick batch mix which con-
sists essentially of, by weight, about 85 to 96 percent alu-
mina, about 3.99 to 13.99 percent silica, about 0.01 to 0.5
percent of a lithium compound capable of oxidizing to lithi-
um oxide, and about 1 to 5 percent bentonite. Refractories
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
601
prepared from these mixtures exhibit increased strength,
higher density, lower porosity and higher refractoriness com-
pared to those previously available.
3,640,740
PROTEIN ADHESIVE COMPOSITIONS
John T. Stephan, Longview, and Alex James GoUck, Seattle,
both of Wash., assignors to Commerical Solvents Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
FUed Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,197
Int. CI. C08h 7100
U.S. CL 106—138 5 Claims
An adhesive composition having particular utility for the
manufacture of laminated cellulosic products wherein one
component is an aqueous alkali-dispersed protein and the
other component is an oxazolidine, e.g. (5-hydroxymethyl-l-
aza-3,7-dioxabicycIo[ 3,3,0]octane).
3,640,741
COMPOSITION CONTAINING GEL
Donald E. Etes, Crystal Lake, 111., assignor to HoUister Incor-
porated
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,608
Int. CL C08b 19110, 21/30, 21/32
U.S. CI. 1 06— 1 70 14 Claims
A new plastic composition which is slow dissolving in
aqueous media and can be used to slowly release medication
or other additive ingredients in an aqueous environment,
which plastic composition is prepared by cross-linking a
hydrophilic colloid such as carboxymethyl cellulose gum or
alginate gum with a cross-linking agent, usually a polyol such
as propylene glycol, in a relatively nonreactive water soluble
carrier such as glycerol. The total comf>osition, including the
carrier, sets up into a plastic gel, the consistency of which
can be varied by varying proportions of ingredients. The
reaction can be speeded or driven to a more completely
cross-linked state by using a catalysts such as aluminum or
calcium salts. Complexing agents can be included for com-
plexing the catalysts and releasing it slowly throughout the
reaction to slow the reaction down where desired. Generally,
the reaction proceeds faster in a close to neutral or basic
medium at pH's ranging up to 10 or 11 and slower in an acid
medium at pH of 5 and below so the rate of reaction can be
controlled by adjusting the pH. Usually the composition will
contain medication or cosmetic additives or ingredients and
it can be molded by extrusion or the like into any predeter-
mined form, e.g., in the form of a ring. In a preferred form,
the composition has excellent pressure sensitive adhesive
properties and these properties are very pronounced where
the hydrophilic colloid used is carboxymethyl cellulose.
3,640,742
PLASTICIZER BLEND FOR CELLULOSE ESTERS
George P. Touey, and Cephas H. Sloan, both of Kingsport,
Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
Filed July 3, 1967, Ser. No. 650,658
Int. CI. C08h 77/42
U.S. CI. 1 06- 1 79 6 Claims
A cellulose ester plasticizer blend made from about 40 to
60 percent by weight of glyceryl triacetate with the
remainder being primarily a poly( ethylene glycol) diacetate.
has a surface coating of a mixture of hydrous oxides of alu-
minum, silicon and zinc. The resulting pigment possesses im-
proved resistance to discoloration and chalking upon expo-
sure to ultraviolet light and is particularly useful as a pig-
menting material for coating comfxjsitions and for opacifying
resinous materials including laminates which are conven-
tionally used in wall coverings, counter tops and cabinet
facings.
3,640,743
TITANIUM DIOXIDE PIGMENT
Gerard Martin Sbeehan, Lynchburg, Va., assignor to Amer-
ican Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of applkation Ser. No. 636,628, May 8,
1967, now Patent No. 3,528,837. This application July 30,
1970, Ser. No. 59,672
IntCLC09c 7 /i6
U.S. CI. 106-300 3 Claims
This invention relates to titanium dioxide pigment of im-
proved photochemical resistance which contain alumina and
3,640,744
TITANIUM DIOXIDE OF IMPROVED CHALK
RESISTANCE
Albert Dietz, New Martinsville, W. Va.; Neil C. Goodspeed,
and Russell R. May, Jr., both of Wadsworth, Ohio, as-
signors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 803,448
InL CI. C09c 3/02
U.S. CI. 106-300 7 Claims
Pigmentary titanium dioxide, especially titanium dioxide
containing coreacted aluminum and silicon, is heat treated
and then given a hydrous metal oxide coating, e.g., an alu-
mina and silica coating. The resulting pigment has good
chalk resistance and good retention of optical properties,
such as gloss, color and tint efficiency.
3,640,745
METHOD OF PREPARING PIGMENTARY TITANIUM
DIOXIDE
Donald E. Darr, Wadsworth, Ohio; G. Byron Edwards,
Moundsville, W. Va.; Clifford E. Loehr, Akron, and Elgin
E. Young, Doylcstown, both of Ohio, assignors to P.P.G. In-
dustries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,970
Intel. C09c7/i6
U.S. CL 106—300 21 Claims
Agglomerated pigmentary titanium dioxide is prepared by
vapor phase oxidation of titanium halide in a reaction
chamber at elevated temperatures in the presence of con-
trolled amounts of alkali metal cation and auxiliary gas.
3,640,746
ADHESIVE CONTACT ELECTRIHCATION IMAGING
Werner E. L. Haas, Webster, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,552
Int. CI. G03g 13/22
UACL 117-17.5 8 Claims
*^ ^ —
A method of imaging wherein an imaging member includ-
ing an adhesive coating is placed in contact with an image
bearing original and, when stripped therefrom, retains a
latent electrostatic charge pattern corresponding to image
and background areas of said image bearing original. The
latent image is then developed to produce a visible image.
3,640,747
METHOD OF REDUCING SANDINESS DS VINYL
COATINGS
Douglas Steven Richart, Berks County, Pa., assignor to The
Polymer Corporation, Reading, Pa.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 528366, July 18, 1966,
now abandoned. This applksUion Sept. 12, 1968, Ser. No.
759,507
Int. CI. B44d 1/094, 1/46
U.S.CL 117-21 3 Claims
A method of reducing sandiness in a vinyl coating
produced by a heat fusion coating process. A soluble organic
602
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
tin compound is included as a component of the vinyl coating
composition.
3,640,748
ANTIHALATION PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA AND
METHOD OF PREPARATION
E. Scudder Mackey, Binghamton, N.Y., assignor to GAF Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 835,890, June
12, 1969, now abandoned , which is a continuation of
application Ser. No. 480,140, Aug. 16, 1965, now abandoned.
This application Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,627
Int. CI.G03C//54
U.S. CI. 117-33.3 5 Claims
Preparation of antihalation layers by applying a gelatin
coating containing a small amount of a manganous salt to a
film base, and applying thereto an aqueous permanganate
rinse containing an anionic surfactant which is nonreactive
with the permanganate and is selected from the group con-
sisting of the alkali metal salts of alkyl benzene sulfonic
acids, and the alkali metal salts of polyfluoro- and perfluoro-
aliphatic surfactants, having a sulfonic or carboxylic acid
group.
3,640,751
METHOD FOR LIQUID-DEVELOPING AN
ELECTROSTATIC IMAGE
Kazuhiko Kasuya, Kawasaki-shi; Wasaburo Ohta, and Zen-
jiro Okuno. both of Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to
Kabushiki KaLsha Ricoh. Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 772,242
Claims priority, applicatk)n Japan, , 42170991
Int. CI. G03g/i//0. 9/04
U.S. CI. 1 17— 37 LE 14 Claims
3,640,749
METHOD OF FIXING IMAGES CONSISTING OF DRY
POWDERS ON PAPER
Rainer Lorenz, Hamburg, Germany, assignor to U.S. Philips
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Rled Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. N^. 806,271
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 14, 1%8,
P 16 71 644.2
Int. CI. B44d 1/094; G03g 13/20; B44d /// /
U.S. CI. 117-28 5 Claims
Dry powder images are fixed on paper by treating the
powder image coated paper with an aqueous dispersion of a
film forming synthetic resin. \
I
3,640,750
TRANSFER COPY PROCESS AND MATERIAL
Walter Schutzner. Vienna, Austria, assignor to W. Koreska,
Vienna, Austria
Filed Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768346
Claims priority, applkation Australia, Nov. 13, 1967, A
10,191/67
Int. CI. B41m 5/22
U.S. CI. 117-36.2 2 Claims
Of—'---- ' . .t;
An electrophotographic liquid-developing method com-
prising controlling the polarity of the toner by varying the
mixing proportion of the dispersion media and/or the tem-
perature of the developer solution. An electrostatic charge-
substrate having an electrostatically charged latent image is
immersed in the developer solution to convert such latent
image into a visible image. Said developer solution comprises
a toner consisting of pigment particles and at least one resin
selected from the group consisting of aJkyd resin, phenol
resin and vinyl resin, and a carrier liquid in which said toner
is dispersed. The carrier liquid comprises a mixture of two
dispersion media having different affinities to said resin.
Dispersion media having a larger affinity to the resin include
halogenated hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons and
petroleum hydrocarbons containing aromatic ingredients.
Dispersion media having a smaller affinity to the resin in-
clude isoparaffinic and paraffinic hydrocarbons.
3,640,752
COATING METHOD
Mamoru IshiwaU, and Huruya AkIo, both of Kanagawa,
Japan, assignors to Fi^i Shashin Film Kabushiki Kaisha,
Kanagawa, Japan
Original applkation May 2, 1967, Ser. No. 635,540, now
Patent No. 3,503370. DivMed and this applkation June 24,
1%9, Ser. No. 869,407
Int. CI. B44d 1/02
U.S. CI. 117-47 ' 2 Claims
An upper sheet and a lower sheet are provided, adapted to
be superimposed to form an interface between said sheets,
and are coated on said interface with all ingredients required
for a heat-induced, color-producing chemical reaction. The
upper sheet has on a side adapted to form said interface a
coating which contains at least one of said ingredients and
which is locally transferable to said lower sheet under the ac-
tion of writing pressure applied to said upper sheet. When
the two sheets are superimposed to form said interface, writ-
ing pressure is applied to said upper sheet to transfer parts of
said coating to said lower sheet, which is subsequently heated
to induce said color-producing chemical reaction.
_^,^
[n coating a coating composition on a web by a bridge of
the coating composition between a coating applicator and
the web, a gas blowing slot is formed at the side of the coat-
ing applicator into which the web enters to remove air or
dust earned on the surface of the entering support and to
provide a reduced pressure space at the back side of the
bridge so that the bridge is maintained stable when the coat-
ing speed is increased.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
608
3,640,753
MANUFACTURE OF POROMERIC MATERIALS
Carl Heinrich Krauch, Heidelberg, and Axel Sanner, Lud-
wigshafen, both of Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschafl. ludwigshafen/Rhine. (Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 873,117
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 2, 1968, P 18 06
652.9
Int. CI. B44d 1/44, D06n J/04
U.S. CI. 117-62.2 9 Claims
The process of making poromeric materials which com-
prises impregnating webs of fibrous material with aqueous
liquids containing olefinically unsaturated monomers which
can be polymerized using redox catalysts, and, if desired,
high polymeric plastics in dissolved, emulsified or dispersed
form, freezing the webs of fibrous materials impregnated with
the aqueous liquids, p>olymerizing the monomers using redox
catalysts and thawing out and separating out the water and
any residual monomer from the resulting fKjromeric materi-
als. These poromeric materials are suitable as fioor
coverings, insulating materials, leather substitutes and coat-
ing materials.
3,640,754
GLAZING CONCRETE
Elisha Tauber, and Maxwell John Murray, both of Victoria,
Australia, assignors to Commonwealth Scientific and Indus-
trial Research Corporation, East Melbourne, Vktoria, Aus-
tralia
Filed Dec. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 783350
Claims priority, applkation Australia, Dec. 12, 1967,
31060/67
Int. CI. B44d 1/20; C03c 5/00
U.S. CI. 117-70 B 12 Claims
This invention relates to a precess for glazing the surface
of an article made of concrete. A glaze composition is ap-
plied to the surface and fired onto the surface at 550°-620°
C. Glaze compositions of the invention comprise, prop>or-
tionately.
um, nickel, manganese, aluminum and iron content totaling
at least 95 percent, and
B diffusion coating the nickel-aluminum coating with alu-
minum to a thickness of at least 25 microns, and
Exhaust manifold reactor inner chambers having at least
the surfaces which defied the initial exhaust gas impinge-
ment from internal combustion engines treated by the above
coating process.
\
3,640,756
REMOISTENABLE PREGUMMED PRODUCTS
Pkter Johannes Adrianus Beersma, Haren (Gr.), and Albert
Hendrik Veening, Sappemeer, both of Netherlands, as-
signors to Scholten Research N.V., Groningen, Netherlands
Filed Oct. 28, 1%8, Ser. No. 771307
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct 31, 1967,
49312/67
InL CI. C09j 7/04; A61I 15/00
U.S. CI. 117-76 A 8 Claims
The object of the invention is a remoistenable product
comprising a substrate, e.g. paper or paperboard, an adhesive
consisting of a high molecular weight polymeric binding
agent and a remoistenable amylaceous adhesive said product
being characterized in that the amylaceous adhesive is a dry,
cold water swelling, cross-linked, granular starch ester or
starch ether containing hydrophilic substituents, the granules
of said starch product being in discrete, nonagglomerated
form.
3,640,757
FLAME DEPOSITED OXIDE COATING AND METHOD
OF MAKING SAME
Donald C. Grubba, Westboro, Mass., assignor to Avco Cor-
poration, Cincinnati, Ohio
Fikd Aug. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 751,547
Int. CI. B05b 7/22
U.S. CI. 117-93.1 PF 2 Claims
A: -1.4 to 2.6 moles SiO.
B:-0.1 to 0.2 mole TiO,
C:-0.4to0.9mole PbO
0.1 to 0,6 mole Na,0
0.0 to 0.2 mole Li,0
0.0 to 0.3 mole ZnO
(the sum of amounts of PbO, NatO, LijO and ZnO, expressed
in moles, is 1 ).
In a preferred aspect, after the concrete is fired it is
recured to regain a substantial proportion of the strength lost
in firing. Recuring is done by exposing to moisture such as by
weathering, immersion in water to autoclaving.
3,640,755
COATINGS FOR AUTOMOTIVE EXHAUST GAS
REACTORS
Walter J. Barth, Hockessin, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Feb. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 798,872
Int. CI. C23c 7/00
U.S. CI. 117-71 M 7 Claims
Process for producing sheet metal substrates having high
corrosion and erosion resistance to hot exhaust gases of in-
ternal combustion engines by
A. melt spraying a coating about 125-250 microns thick of
a mixture of about 70-90 weight percent nickel and about
10-30 weight percent aluminum on sheet metal substrates of
a chromium-iron alloy having, by weight, 10-40 percent
chromium, 0-40 percent nickel, o-lO percent manganese,
0-6 percent aluminum and 35-80 percent iron, the chromi-
Very dense fiame spraying dep>osited coatings containing
an unusually high proportion of metal oxides are described
and discussed. A preferred method for producing these
coatings is described in detail. The coatings are produced by
using usually corrosive oxidizing media in contact with the
spray deposited particles.
3,640,758
METHOD FOR COATING THE INTERIORS OF HOLLOW
BODIES
Edwin F. Hogstrom, North Olmstead; William C.
Stumphauzer, Sheffkid Lake, and Eric T. Nord, Oberlin,
all of Ohio, assignors to Nordson Corporation, Amherst,
Ohio
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,733
Int. CI. B44d 1/08; B05b 13/06
U.S. CI. 117-96 21 Claims
Method and means for coating the interior cylindrical sur-
face of objects such as metal cans for food, beverages and
other substances which need protection against injurious
reaction with or pollution from contact with the material of
the can. Airless spray coating of such surfaces revolving at
"l
604
\
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
high sf)eed by stationary spray nozzles external of the can. the screen and to one another, the coating overlying substan-
The nozzles project impinging airless sprays having desirable tially only the imperforate area of the screen surface, and
patterns through respective ends of open ended can cylinders
into longitudinally elongated contact with the interior sur-
face.
3,640,759
METHOD FOR LINING PIPES WITH CALCITE
Nornum S. Primus, East Orange, NJ., and Raymond Hun-
hoff. Oak Lawn, lU., assignors to National Water Main
Cleaning Co.
Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,101
Int. CI. B44d 1/02; B05b 13/06
U^.CL 117-97 3 Claims
^g~
having a Vickers Hardness of at least 1,000 VPN (with a 300
gm load ) and a thickness at least on the order of 0.003 inch.
3,640,761
METHOD FOR ATTACHING ADDITIVE TO POLY AMIDE
PELLETS
Yasushi Hamanaka; Hiromi T^jiri, both of Tsuruga; Kuniomi
Etoh; Kaoni Furukawa, and Yukito Masai, all of Otsu, all
of Japan, assignors to Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha,
Osaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,175
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 6, 1969, 44/9150
Int. CI. B44d 5/00
U.S. CI. 1 17- 100 C 7 Claims
TEiKRAIUK 1*0
U .
!/i|66!il
T
« C 0
A method for fixation of an additive on pellets of polya-
mides which comprises coating a phenol derivative of the for-
mula:
OH
/^ PR.
V
-c-
I
.R:
A device is provided for lining pipes and the like with
calcite. The device includes a reaction and mixing chamber
in a U-shaped tube through which a supersaturated solution
of calcium carbonate is circulated and delivered through the
pipe to be lined. The solution is recycled from the pipe
through the reaction chamber where calcium chloride and
sodium carbonate are added to maintain the supersaturated
conditions. Portions of municipal water main systems can be
closed off, lined quickly and put back in service.
3,640,760
COATED SCREENS
George E. Nichols, Jr., Norfolk, Mass., assignor to Bird
Machine Company, South Walpole, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 873,334, Nov. 3,
1969, now abandoned. This application Dec. 18, 1970, Ser.
No. 99,535
Int. CI. B44d 5/08, 5/00
U.S. CI. 117-99 4 Claims
Hard-surfacing a screen with a detonation -deposited coat-
ing of bonded refractory particles adhered to the surface of
wherein R, and Rj are each hydrogen or alkyl having not
more than four carbon atoms and n is an integer of 1 to 3
with or without a polyphenol derivative of the formula;
OH
x\
xx
OH -\
4Ui Ij
OH
x\
XX «^ I XX
1 X: Jm Xi Xi
wherein X, X, and Xj are each hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl
having not more than 1 2 carbon atoms or alkoxy having not
more than 1 2 carbon atoms, at least one of them being not
hydrogen, R, and R^ are each hydrogen, alkyl having not
more than four carbon atoms or alkenyl having not more
than four carbon atoms and m is an integer of 2 to 6 on the
pellets and then attaching the additive thereto.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
605
3,640,762
METHOD FOR VAPORIZING MOLTEN METAL
William A. Reed, West Richfield, and Frank J. Cole, Parma,
both of Ohio, assignors to Republic Steel Corporation,
Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,500
Int. CI. C23c 13/00, 13/02, 1 1/00
U.S.CL 117-107.1 10 Claims
conditions, and porcelain enamel frit, preferably in a range of
sizes, at least a part of which has average particle diameters
M\\\\\\\.\\\\Wi\
UMt.^^-^
>iS;;;iV -n'
Apparatus and method for vaporizing molten metal
without entrainment of liquid droplets includes charging a
pool of moiten metal into a chamber in which there is a
block having a plurality of passages. A finger is disposed in
each passage of the block, a space being left between the
inner surface of the passage and the outer surface of the
fmger to create a shell of fluid metal within the passage.
Heating the shells of fluid metal generates metal vapor. The
metal vapor is passed through a tortuous path and then
directed by a nozzle toward a moving substrate to be coated.
3,640,763
METHOD OF PRODUCING NONBURNING PAPER
Edwin W. Lard, 12703 Beaverdale Lane, Bowie, Md.
FUed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,525
Int. CI. C03c 25/02; B44d 1/14
U.S. CM17-126GF 5 Claims
A nonbuming paper which is suitable for printing, writing,
etc., is disclosed. The basic ingredients of the nonbuming
paper are: fiber glass, alkali metal silicates and halogenated
elastomers. The method of producing this nonbuming paper,
which will extinguish itself in pure oxygen, is as follows: im-
pregnating a sheet of fiber glass with a solution of an alkali
metal silicate; evaporating the volatile solvent from the im-
pregnated material; impregnating the treated fiber glass with
a solution of a halogenated elastomer; and evaporating the
volatile solvent from the impregnated material. The resultant
sheet of paper is nonbuming and, in those cases where its
preparation is so tailored, it can be used as writing paper or
can be used in conventional printing press, such as, offset
lithographic printing press.
3,640,764
INTEGRAL HEATING ELEMU ,_
Thomas S. Shevlin, White Bear Lake, Minn., J^gnor td Min-
nesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, Saint Paul,
Minn.
FUed Sept 26, 1968, Ser. No. 762,912
Int CI. B44d 1/18
\3S. Q\. 1 n-2l2 10 Claims
Combinations are provided of organic binder, metallic par-
ticles, or f>owder converting to a metal under mild reducing
which are at least 5 times the diameters of ultimate metal
jsarticles. These combinations are used to apply integral heat-
ing elements to various utensils.
3,640,765
SELECTIVE DEPOSITION OF METAL
Ralph Davk) DiStefano, MercerviUe, and Edward Anthony
James, SkiUman, both of NJ., assignors to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 848,088
InL CI. G03c 5/00
U.S.CL 117-212 4 Claims
Method of selectively electrolessly depositing a metal of
the type that can be deposited on a catalyst-treated substrate,
on exposed substrate areas, only, of an insulating substrate
which also has areas covered with a synthetic resin-type pho-
toresist, comprising successively treating the entire surface
with a sensitizing solution and with an activating solution
each of which contains a small amount of an octyl phenol
ethylene ethanol containing five to 1 3 ethylene oxide groups,
and then treating the entire surface with a solution for elec-
trolessly depositing the metal, whereby the metal dep>osits
only on the exposed substrate areas and not on the photore-
sist.
3,640,766
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC-RECORDING MEMBER
AND PROCESS OF PRODUCING THE SAME
Myron J. Jurskh, Chicago, and Stanley F. Ciesla, BrookfieM,
both of III., assignors to Nako Chemkal Company, Chicago,
lU.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,279
Int. CI. G03g 5/02; D21h 1/28; B32h 27/10
U.S.CL 117-218 12 Claims
Polyepihalohydrin is quatemized with a trialkyl amine to
produce an electroconductive polymer. The quatemized
polyepihalohydrin is applied to paper to produce a recording
element having an electroconductive surface adapted for
electrographic printing.
3,640,767
ENCAPSULATED MAGNETIC MEMORY ELEMENT
Thonuis Philip Fulton, Brooklinc, and Henry Di Luca,
Waltham, both of Mass., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825^97
Int CLHOlf 7/22
U.S.CL 117-234 2 Claims
Encapsulated ferrite magnetic memory cores are disclosed
which have a very thin coating of polymerized gamma-
aminopropyltriethoxysilane, whereby the cores are organo-
philic for adhesion to an uncured silicone rubber-coated sub-
strate, are lubricated to minimize friction with wires passed
606
/
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
through the holes in the cores, and are hydrophobic to pro-
vide moisture-repellence of the cores in use in a memory
The cores are encapsulated by shaking a substantial bulk
tions preferably having a downwardly decreasing distance
from each other
13 SHANE (Liquid I
quantity of sintered ferrite memory cores in silane vapor at a
temperature of about 220° C. in an inert gaseous environ-
ment having a known moisture content.
3,640,768
PROCESS FOR HYDROLYTIC DEGRADATION OF
CELLULOSIC MATERIALS TO SUGARS
Rudolf Eickemever. Torwanjjerstr. 10. 8 Munich 8, (ierman)
many
Filed Oct. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 767,669
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 17, 1967, P 15 67
335.5
Int. CI. CI 3k 1102. 1/04.9/00
IJ.S. CI. 127-37 11 Claims
Cellulosic materials are chemically degraded in a percola-
tor vessel by introducing a liquid agent from below into the
cellulosic materials placed above the filter area of the vessel
while the vessel is at about atmospheric pressure and in-
troducing steam at a higher pressure than atmospheric from
below the cellulosic material to raise the temperature in the
vessel to at least 100° C, the displaced air being permitted to
escape and then introducing steam at a pressure of about I
atmosphere above atmospheric pressure from the top of the
vessel to expel the liquid which is in excess of the absorptive
power of the cellulosic material through the bottom of the
vessel and then introducing further steam from the bottom of
the vessel to bring up the temperature to the reaction tem-
perature and recovering the reaction product.
The invention also embraces a vessel for practising the
above process which is provided with a filter subdivided in at
least two sections, one over the other, and provided with
multilevel horizontal rows of perforations having a minimum
diameter of 2-5 mm., increasing towards the periphery of the
filter, and having a cross section of 0.2 to 4 percent of the
cylindrical cross section of the percolator vessel, measured at
the narrowest point of the conical holes, the rows of perfora-
ERRATLM
For Class 134 — 9 see:
Patent No. 3,640,293
3,640,769
METHOD OF RETARDING FOULING OF A SUBSTRATE
SURFACE
Larry H. Walters, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Goodyear
Tire & Rubber Company
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 673,964, Oct. 9,
1967, now Patent No. 3,475,217, dated Oct. 28, 1969, and a
continuation-in-part of 827,885, May 26, 1969. This
application Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,919
Int. CI. B08b 3/00; C23g 1/02
U.S. CI. 134-42 13 Claims
A method of retarding the fouling of a substrate surface
and resulting deposits thereon, where the said fouling and
deposits are formed by contacting the substrate surface in the
presence of water and carbon dioxide with at least one of the
amine compounds consisting of amine compounds having
primary amino groups, secondary amino groups and primary
and secondary amino groups, the method being characterized
by treating the said surface and any resulting deposits
thereon with at least one organic acid selected from aliphatic
dicarboxylic acids having from two to 10 carbon atoms,
tricarboxylic acids having six to 10 carbon atoms, alkanoic
acids having from four to eight carbon atoms, unsaturated or-
ganic acids having three to eight carbon atoms and phenol.
The method has particular utility in treating mold surfaces
used for prepanng polyurethane articles.
3,640,770
RECHARGEABLE METAL HALIDE BATTERY
Ralph Zito, Jr., Westford, Mass., assignor to The Zito Com-
pany, Inc., Derry, N.H.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,799
Int. CI. H01mi5/00
U.S. CI. 136-6 30 Claims
A rechargeable metal halide battery, in which a salt of an
electroplatable metal and a halogen selected from the class
consisting of chlonne, bromine and iodine is electrolyzed
from solution in a liquid medium during the charging cycle
and reformed during the discharging cycle, the battery com-
prising at least one electrode comprising an electrically con-
ductive corrodible element and a barrier layer along one side
of the corrodible element, the barrier layer being substan-
tially inert and impermeable to halogen in concentrations
present in the battery, substantially impermeable to the liquid
medium, and having a volume resistivity, p, such that pd is
not greater than about 0. 1 ohm-in.*, where d is the thickness
of the barrier layer, the electrode having a total interface re-
sistance, per square inch of electrolyte-contacting surface,
not greater than about 0.05 ohms.
3,640,771
METAL BROMIDE BATTERY
Ralph Zito, Jr., Westford, Mass., assignor to The Zito Com-
pany, Inc., Derry, N.H.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,609
Int. CI. H01mi5/00
U.S. CI. 136— 6 4 Claims
A secondary battery comprising an emode, a cathode in-
cluding a bromine-adsorbent layer capable of adsorbing at
least half its weight of molecular bromine when the battery is
charged, and an electrolyte comprising a divalent elec-
troplatable metal bromide salt dissolved in an aqueous medi-
um, the amount of said salt being such that, when the battery
is in the charged state, the electrolyte comprises less than
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
607
about 0.0005 moles/ml. of dissolved metal bromide salt and
less than about 0.02 gms/ml, of molecular bromine.
3,640,772
METHOD OF PRODUCING AN ELECTRODE FOR
ALKALINE BATTERIES
Sven Uno Falk, and Lars-Goran Alfelt, both of Oskarshamn,
Sweden, assignors to Svenska Ackumulator Aktiebolaget
Jungner, Oskarshamn, Sweden
Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 15,445
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 21, 1%8,
11265/68
Int. CI. HOlm J5/26
U.S. CI. 136—67 10 Claims
A method for producing electrodes for alkaline batteries,
the steps of which comprise pressing a dry pulverized mixture
of an electrochemically active material, a conductive inert
material and an organic bonding agent onto an electrically
conductive base, said electrochemically active material hav-
ing been first treated with a solution of an electrolyte-re-
sistant polymer in the solvent, removing the solvent from the
polymer-treated active material, grinding the polymer-treated
active material into a suitable particle size, mixing said
ground polymer-treated active material with an inert conduc-
tive material of the same composition in a larger quantity by
weight than the aforesaid conductive material, and pressing
the resulting mixture onto an electrically conductive base
and into a continuous accumulator grid.
3,640,773
METHOD OF OPERATING FUEL CELL AND
PREVENTING CORROSION
Robert J. Allen, Saugus, and Robert Lee Novack, Hanover,
both of Mass., assignors to Prototech Company, Division of
Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed May 16, 1967, Ser. No. 638,937
InLCI. HOI m 27/06,27/22
U.S. CI. 136—86 3 Claims
The present invention relates in an important aspect to the
prevention of electrolyte creeping out of fuel and/or oxidant
inlets and the like in closed fuel cell housings, through the
use of high temperature substantially nonwetting plugs
disposed at appropriate locations along the inlets.
3,640,774
METHOD OF INCREASING FUEL CELL CURRENT
DENSITY
Walter Juda, Lexington; Robert J. Allen, Saugus, and Henry
G. Petrow, Cambridge, all of Mass., assignors to Prototech
Co., Division of Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., Cam-
bridge, Mass.
Filed Oct. 9, 1967, Ser. No. 673,951
Int. CI. HOI m 27/22
U.S. CI. 136-86 4 Claims
The disclosure involves a method of increasing the current
density (for a given voltage) in an electrochemical cell hav-
ing a hydrogen-permeable anode layer, that comprises preac-
tivating the layer before operating the same in the elec-
trolytic medium while insuring sufficient cathode per-
formance or activity during such operation
3,640,775
CELL TERMINAL
Arthur E. Fitchman, Yonkers, and Raymond J. Nathe,
Pleasantville, both of N.Y., assignors to Marathon Manufac-
turing Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,948
Int. CI. HOlm 5/00
U.S. CI. 136-134 9 Claims
A battery core pole connector and brace for a pair of bat-
tery cores in which a comb connects like electrodes of each
of the core. The connector is a U-shaped strap interconnect-
ing like poles of two cores, rigidly bracing the cores with
respect to each other. Each connector has extensions which
brace the opposite sidewalls of the battery casing and space
and secure the cores in place. The main run of each connec-
tor may also brace the adjacent wall on each side. The con-^
nector carries a terminal which may extend outside the cas-
ing. The connector resists rotative and other stresses which
may be applied to the exterior terminals and prevents the
transmission of such stresses to the cores.
3,640,776
COATED WIRE FOR USE IN PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES AND METHOD OF PRODUCING SAME
Eugene E. Haney, Middletown, Ohio, assignor to Armco Steel
Corporation, Middletown, Ohio
Filed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,836
Int CI. C23f 7/26
U.S. CI. 1 48-6. 1 6 7 Claims
Wire for prestressed concrete structures. The wire is ini-
tially produced by cold reduction from a high-carbon materi-
al whereby to produce a high-strength wire having a tensile
strength of about 250 K s.i. ( l,725MN/m *) The surface of
such wire may have a drawing compound embedded in it.
This wire is first coated with a chromic acid, phosphoric acid
solution which is then dried on the wire A very thin organic
coating, such as an organic phosphate, is then applied to the
wire having the chromic acid, phosphoric acid coating dried
thereon. The wire, now having the organic coating applied
thereto, is then cured.
3,640,777
HEAT TREATMENT OF HIGH-CHROMIUM ALLOYS TO
IMPROVE DUCTILITY
Brian Taylor, and Philip James Parry, Solihull, both of En-
gland, assignors to The International Nickel Company, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 797,679
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 18, 1968,
6,290/68
IntCI.C22f ///O, ////
U.S. CI. 148-13 6 Claims
Tensile ductility of high chromium-nickel (e.g., 50 percent
chromium) and chromium-nickel-iron alloys improved when
608
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
the aJloys are subjected to an annealing treatment at a tem-
perature of from about 600° C. to about 1 ,000° C. Incorpora-
tion of zirconium is quite beneficial in improving ductility,
particularly at high chromium levels.
3,640,778
COATING OF TITANIUM ALLOYS -
Jules P. Winfree, Jupiter, Fla.; Herbert E. Todd, West Hart-
ford, Conn., and Charles C. McComas, Palm Beach
Gardens, Fla., assignors to United Aircraft Corporation,
East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 81 1,071
InL Ci. C23f 7100
U.S. CI. 148-6 7 Claims
j/uc^tprn /r/ir/6i/£ c-/f/'¥ia/i. - rr- c>^
»e
■TO
ta
J^
ec2^*±_Z£*ft^ o
4e\
iVL.
/i>^
-TSr
crccfJ
Titanium and its alloys are provided with a chemically
bonded coating derived from a reaction at high temperature
of certain aluminum-pigmented silicone resins with the titani-
um substrate to form in situ by decomposition a quasi-or-
ganic complex coating which not only provides improved ox-
idation and corrosion resistance together with improved
physical properties associated with surface-oriented charac-
teristics, such as fatigue and creep stability, but which ex-
tends the useful operating range of a number of these alloys
to temperatures of 650°-900° F. or higher.
3,640,779
HIGH-CONDUCTIVITY COPPER ALLOYS
Elmars Ence, Hamden, Conn., assignor to Olin Corporation
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 729,502, May 16,
1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 581,714, Sept. 26, 1966, now abandoned.
This application Sept. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,529
Int. CI. C22c 9106
U.S. CI. 148-32.5 10 Claims
New and improved copper base alloys combining high con-
ductivity with good strength, with the composition consisting
essentially of from 0.5 to 4.0 percent iron, from 0.2 to 2.5
percent cobalt, a material selected from the group consisting
of phosphorus from 0.01 to 0.5 percent, boron from 0.001 to
0.25 percent and mixtures thereof, and the balance essen-
tially copper, said alloy being characterized by the copper
matrix having a fine, uniform dispersion of said iron, cobalt,
phosphorus and boron precipitated throughout as complex
intermetallic compounds.
oriented sheet steel is cross-rolled to about 0.010 inch with at
least a 15 percent cold reduction and thereafter annealing
the cross-rolled sheet at a temperature within the range
1,950° to 2,250° F in a hydrogen containing atmosphere hav-
ing a dew point of —30° F or less for at least about 5 hours,
or for a time sufficient to develop the cube texture.
3,640,780
METHOD OF PRODUCING ELECTRICAL SHEET STEEL
WITH CUBE TEXTURE
Edward B. Stanley, Washington Township, Westmoreland
County, Pa., assignor to United States Steel Corporation
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,977
InLCI. HOlf //;6
U.S. CI. 148-111 3 Claims
A method for producing double-oriented silicon-iron elec-
trical sheet steel whereby conventional cube-on-edge
3,640,781
TWO-PHASE NICKEL-ZINC ALLOY
Frank Joseph Ansuini, 176 Wayne Ave., Suffem, N.Y.; Jacob
Schramm, 156 Edgecomb Road, Calhoun Lakes, Sparten-
burg, S.C, and Frank Arthur Badia, 41 Kingsley Road,
Ringwood, N J.
Filed Oct. 14. 1969, Ser. No. 13,913
Int. CI. C22f im
This application filed under Rule 47.
U.S. CI. 148-12.7 8 Claims
Process of heat treating and mechanically working nickel-
zinc alloys or copper-nickel-zinc alloys produces products
having special alpha-beta microstructure characterized by
high strength at room temperature and high deformability at
elevated temperatures
3,640,782
DIFFUSION MASKING IN SEMICONDUCTOR
PREPARATION
Dale M. Brown, and Marvin Garfinkd, both of Schenectady,
N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 675,227, Oct. 13,
1967, now abandoned. This application Aug. 16, 1968, Ser.
No. 761,389
Int. CI. HO II 7144
U.S. CI. 148-187 9 Claims
* rrmm
^t.ft
m TY0m fmrrrgm mtm
c*rr t^ot-MS Am muM
cotfrmCT 7m rMrrrmm
MASS .«<•« OM^JTTTM
Discloses, in the fabrication of semiconductor devices, the
use of a nonreactive metallic layer such as molybdenum,
which forms an adherent bond with dielectric insulating
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
609
films, as a diffusion mask. The metallic layer may also be
used as an etching mask to permit selective removal of por-
tions of passivation layers.
\
3,640,783
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES WITH DIFFUSED
PLATINUM
Robert F. Bailey, Los Alamitos, CaUf., assignor to TRW
Semiconductors Inc., Lawndak, Calif.
FUed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 848,928
InL CI. HOI I 7/34
U.S. CI. 1 48— 1 86 4 Claims
3,640,786
PILE FABRIC AND METHOD OF MAKING THE SAME
Charles W. Carpenter, WUmington, Dd., assignor to Hercules
Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 731,221, May 22,
1968, now abandoned. This appUcatioo Nov. 29, 1968, Ser.
No. 780,038
Int CI. B32b 5108
U.S. CI. 156-73 - 7 Claims
Atf A/ 45 / F
' 4t mmui
fy/r/'J) », %
A semiconductor device having platinum dispersed
throughout said device. The dispersion of platinum within a
semiconductor device results in improved electrical charac-
teristics of the device. In a silicon diode, the improved
characteristics include the reduction of reverse recovery time
and an increase in the breakdown voltage. In a silicon
transistor, the improved characteristics include the achieve-
ment of high switching speeds while maintaining high for-
ward current gain.
3,640,784
BLASTING AGENTS CONTAINING GUAR GUM
Joseph J. Yandk, Creve Coeur; Roy E. Schulze, and Paul H.
Rydlund, both of St. Louis, all of Mo., assignors to Monsan-
to Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,682
Int. CI. C06b //04, moo. 19104
U.S. CI. 149-43 3 Claims
Granular water-resistant blasting compositions containing
a water-soluble inorganic oxidizing agent, fuels, densifiers
and guar gum.
3,640,785
CAST ABLE FLUOROCARBON BINDERS FOR
PROPELLANTS
John D. O'Drobinak, and Martin H. Kaufman, both of China
Lake, Calif., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
FUed Aug. 28, 1964, Ser. No. 394,379
Int. CI. C06b 3100
U.S. CI. 149-88 19 Claims
I . A castable binder composition comprising the following
constituents:
a fluorocarbon monomer selected from the group con-
sisting of IH. IH, 9H-hexadecafluoro-l-monomethacrylate.
IH. IH. 9H-heradecafluoro-l-nonanoacrylate, IH, 1H.7H-
dodecafluoro-l-heptanoacrylate. IH. IH. 5H-octafluoro-l-
pentanoacrylate and mixtures thereof;
a plasticizer selected from the group consisting of tri-
ethylene glycol dinitrate. pentaerythritol trinitrate, tri-
methylol ethane trinitrate, diethylene glycol dinitrate.
butanediol dinitrate. a copolymer of vinylidene fluoride and
perfluoropropylene, bis(2-nuoro-2.2-dinitroethyl) formal
and mixtures thereof;
a cross-linking agent selected from the group consisting of
triallycyanurate and divinyl benzene; and
a catalyst selected from the group consisting of azo-
bisisobutyronitrile, benzoyl peroxide, dichlorobenzoyl
peroxide and methylethylketone peroxide.
This invention relates to a method of making pile fabrics
wherein thermoplastic pole yam is fusion-bonded to a ther-
moplastic backing by means of sonic energy, thereby effect-
ing localized heating of the pile yam and backing at the
points of contact without loss of orientation in either the pile
yam or the backing, if an oriented backing is used, between
the bond points.
3,640,787
METHOD OF PRODUCING SHAPED BODIES OF LOW
SPECmC GRAVTTY
Rudolf Heller, MattackerstrasM 43, Zurich, Switzerland
FUed Mar. 17, 1967, Ser. No. 623,882
Claims priority, appUcatkm Switzerland, Mar. 23, 1966,
4201/66; Julv 1 , 1966. 9601/66
Int. CI. F16I 59100; C04b 43100; B32b 19100
U.S. CI. 156—77 19 Claims
Bodies of low specific gravity produced by coating a mass
of roundish hollow granules, such as expanded or swelled
polystyrene granules, with a hardenable liquid binder materi-
al, mixing the mass of thus coated granules with a pulverulent
solid material so as to adhere particles of the solid material to
the coating, and hardening the hardenable binder coating,
and shaped cellular structures formed by compressing the
mass of hardenable binder coated hollow granules having
pulverulent material adhering to the coating during or prior
to the hardening of the hardenable liquid binder material.
610
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,788
METHOD OF MAKING POLYOLEHN-PAPER
LAMINATE WITH FLAME TREATMENT OF THE PAPER
John Harold Flynn, 234 Elk Ave., New Rochelle, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 643,147, June 2,
1967, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 325,055, Nov. 20, 1963, now abandoned.
This application Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,954
Int. CI. B29c 25100
U.S. CI. 156-82 3 Claims
The disclosure relates to a method of priming paper web
for its firm and even bond with subsequently applied molten
polyolefin as a coating. The method provides for continu-
ously feeding a paper web at relatively high speed to and past
a station at which there is directed against the face to-be-
coated of the passing web stiff flame which is fed by a com-
bustible mixture of gas and air at a ratio to obtain substan-
tially complete combustion of the mixture at the flame tip,
thereby to cause a decrease in the polarity of the cellulose
structure of the web face for enhanced adhesion of the sub-
sequently applied molten polyolefin to this web face.
tended until the plastic separates The molten plastic then
retracts towards the unheated flank of the seal area to form
3,640,789
METHOD OF MAKING METAL-PLATED PLASTIC
ARTICLES
Ivan C. Hepfer, Caledonia, Mich., assignor to Furniture City
Manufacturing Corp., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 81 1,706
Int. CI. C23b 5102
U.S. CI. 156-92 9 Claims
matching bead seals The method is applicable to automatic
bagmakmg machines.
3,640,791
PROCESS OF PREPARING AND APPLYING AN
IMPROVED PAINTING DEVICE
Richard Rosenheim, 7637 Yates Blvd., Chicago, III.
Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800,487
Int. CI. B44c IIIO, B44d 1H2
U.S. CI. 156-230 4 Claims
A platable plastic component and a nonplatable plastic
component are joined together into a multicomponent arti-
cle. The entire multicomponent article is then processed in
an operation for plating plastics having the steps of introduc-
ing the multicomponent article into a strong oxidizing acid
solution, followed by introducing the article into a noble
metal solution, then introducing the article into an electroless
nickel or copper bath, and finally further processing the arti-
cle in conventional plating baths.
3,640,790
SEALING PLASTIC FILM
Edward Kenneth Rowley, Beloeil Station, Quebec, and
Clayton Thomas Waugh, Montreal, Quebec, both of
Canada, assignors to Canadian Industries Limited, Mon-
treal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,229
Claims priority, application Canada, May 21, 1969, 052,161
Int. CLB32bJ///5
U.S. CL 156-251 4 Claims
A method of heat sealing layers of plastic film wherein the
film layers are heated in contact until the plastic attains a
fiowable state, and the area of flowable plastic is then ex-
~ STARCH
Painting devices and processes especially suitable for
patching pamted surfaces The device comprises a releasable
paint-coated paper, amenable to gluing onto surfaces requir-
ing the patch.
3,640,792
APPARATUS FOR CHEMICALLY ETCHING SURFACES
Raymond Arthur Alleman, and William Nelson Henry, both
of Lancaster, Pa., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,976
Int. CI. C23g 3100; HOI I 7150
U.S. CI. 156-345 4 Claims
t
■^^
ss
c
=4-
-10
-II
T
a' -/J ^x
An apparatus for chemically etching a substantially fiat
surface of a workpiece such as a semiconductor wafer com-
prises a vessel containing a fluid etchant, means for produc-
ing a toroidal turbulence in the etchant, and a substantially
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
611
circular, inverted, conical deflecting surface around the
workpiece for deflecting falling fluid from the f)eripheral re-
gion of the toroidal turbulence toward the workpiece surface.
The central axes of the toroidal turbulence, and the deflect-
ing surface coincide.
3,640,793
SELF-CLEANING HOOD STRUCTURE
James W. Scott, Newark, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Corning
Piberglas Corporation
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,761
Int. CI. B29j 5i02
U^. CI. 425-83 17 Claims
The fused bead is then consolidated by the application of
pressure. In this process, those end portions where the tube
sections are to be closed by heat sealing are arranged one be-
hind the other in planes which are at nght angles to the
direction of movement of said ends past the source of radiant
heat. The tube sections are held in such a manner by the
platelike holding tools that said end portions protrude from
the holding tools toward the source of radiant heat. The tube
sections are subsequently pulled to move the fused bead
between the holding plates, which are slightly spaced apart
The holding plates are then pressed against the heat-sealed
seams to consolidate the same.
A forming hood having an endless belt as a sidewall
thereof. The endless belt is supported from a trolley at the
top, so that it is free to oscillate laterally, and preferably in-
cludes at least one head or tail pulley having longitudinal
projections which flex the belt as it traverses the pulley The
endless belt preferably has a critical surface tension of
wetting that is less than the surface tension of the binder used
in the forming hood, and may also include a seal between the
bottom edge of the belt and the forming conveyor on which
the pack is made. The seal preferably includes passage means
for communicating reduced pressure to the back side of the
belt to keep the edge adjacent the forming conveyor from
moving laterally.
3,640,794
APPARATUS FOR FORMING HEAT-SEALED END
SEAMS IN TUBE SECTIONS OF PLASTICS MATERIAL
Kurt Rochia, Lengerich, Westphalia, Germany, assignor to
Windmoller & Holscher, Westphalia, Germany
Original application June 15, 1%7, Ser. No. 646384, now
Patent No. 3,544,407. Divided and this application Oct. 21,
1969,Ser. No. 871,212
Int. CI. B32b i;/20, B30b I5li4, B29c 27102
U.S. CL 156-583 7 Claims
-^
3,640,795
A DECORATIVE ARTICLE FOR REFLECTING LIGHT
FROM A METALLIZED STRIP ONTO A FLUORESCENT
MATERIAL
Robert Stuart Burgess, Famham, England, assignor to Panau-
ra Limited, London, England
Filed July 1, 1968, Ser. No. 741365
Int. CI. B44f y/00, 7/00
U.S. CI. 161-3 7 Claims
An article of decoration comprises a member having a sur-
face which is preferably coated with a fluorescent material,
and metallized strip material secured in front of the surface
so that at least part of the strip material is disposed edge-on
to the surface whereby light, whether sunlight or point source
artificial light, is reflected from the metallized strip material
and projected on to the fluorescent material which acts as a
screen thereby intensifying the fluorescence in various pat-
terns according to the focus and/or angle of incidence of the
light, the fluorescence being reflected to the observer in the
metallized strip material. The strip material is preferably
colored on one side, the color being different from that of
the fluorescent coating, and preferably extends in a regular
curved pattern over said surface. The member and strip
material may be disposed in a colored transparent or opaque
or metallized casing.
3,640,796
A DECORATIVE BUILDING ELEMENT
Marie-Josephe Cotelle, 73 rue Victor Hugo Puteaux. Haute-
de-Seine, France
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,407
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 18, 1968, 170438
Int.CI. B37b5/y5
U^.CL 161-43 5 Claims
The open end of each tube section is continuously moved
by retaining tools past a stationary source of radiant heat.
A decorative building element comprised of at least one
support layer of a foamed, cellular plastic material and a
colored layer of an elastomeric organosilic material which
adheres to the cellular material. The method comprises form-
ing a paste of a self-vulcanizable material, mixing a color ad-
ditive into the paste to disperse color into the paste, spread-
612
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
ing the paste into a thin layer on a cellular foam plastic
material to which the paste can adhere and vulcanizing the
paste to form a decorative building element.
3,640,797
FACING PLYWOOD HAVING PRINTED GRAIN
Youkhi Taguchi, Nagoya, and Shii^i Asano, Tsushima, both
of Japan, assignors to Toyo Plywood Co., Ltd., Nagoya,
Japan
FUcd Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,293
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 10, 1970, 45/1 1904
Int. CI. B3 2b 5//2, 2 ///O
U.S. CI. 161-60 1 Claim
.\v^s^iiS^>$ \^
A facing plywood having a printed grain on the surface and
so constructed that the fibers of a lauan face veneer and nu-
merous fibers of a sheet glued onto the face ply and also the
fibers of a grain patten printed on the surface of the sheet are
all arranged in substantially the same direction, whereby the
natural contour of the face ply with all its tiny grooves
formed of vessels and vascular tracheids exposed on the sur-
face can be finely reproduced on the uppermost surface for
enhanced ornamental wood-graining effect.
3,640,798
COMPOSITE STRUCTURAL CORE ASSEMBLY
Douglas Deeds, 1706 West Arbor Drive, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Apr. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 816,524
lnt.C\.B32h 3/24. 3/18, 3/12
U.S. CI. 161-68 8 Claims
A curved laminated structure comprising a series of
generally longitudinally extending stringers are assembled
generally transversely adjacent, each stringer being com-
posed of upright webs extending alternately solely longitu-
dinally and transversely defining a longitudinal series of
stringer web enclosures opening at opposite web edges. The
webs have elongated members such as rods extending
through them. The enclosures or cells are preferably filled
with polymer foam.
ERRATA
For Classes 161—159 thru 204 — 28 see;
Patent Nos. 3,640,829 thru 3,640,854
3,640,799
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING A WEAR-RESISTANT
SURFACE ON A WORKPIECE
Gerhard Stephan, Heilbronn/N.; Hdnz Harst, Neckarsulm;
Gunter Laux, Heilbronn/N., and Alfred Kappcs, Neckar-
sulm, all of Germany, assignors to NSU Motorenwerke Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Neckarsulm and Wankel GmbH, Lindau
Bodensee, Germany
Original application Sept. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 758,017, now
Patent No. 3,514389. Divided and this application Sept. 30,
1%9, Ser. No. 871,038
Int. CI. C23f / 7/00; C23b 13/00, 5/50
U.S. CI. 204-38 B 5 Claims
A process and apparatus for galvanic deposition on a
workpiece, particularly the inner surface of trochoidal engine
housings, of a metal matrix containing dispersed particles, for
the purpose of improving wear resistance of highly stressed
surfaces.
3,640,800
ELECTROLYTIC CELL
Arthur F. Johnson, 203 Creole Lane, Franklin Lakes, NJ.
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,829
Int CI. C22d J/;2. J/02
U.S. CI. 204—67 29 Claims
An improved electrolytic cell having collector elements ar-
ranged horizontally in the cell and extending to the sides
thereof, and a slab of aluminum disposed horizontally at the
bottom of the cell to which the collector elements are con-
nected.
3,640,801
CONTINUOUS PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR
ELECTROLYTIC PRODUCTION OF SODIUM METAL
FROM SODIUM SALTS
Frank E. Love. Tulsa, Okla., assignor to National Lead Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 801,937
Int. CI. C22d 3/08; BOlk 3/00
UJS. CI. 204-68 9 Claims
Method and apparatus for continuous electrolytic produc-
tion of sodium metal from sodium salts including a charging
cell having feeder launders extending thence to and from a
series of electrolysis cells for circulating a feed of molten
i
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
613
sodium and other salts from the charging cell through the
electrolysis cells for electrolyzing said salts to produce sodi-
um metal collected as such, the electrolysis cells being pro-
_^
fS^n r--%--\ r--f1 i"-i---ir--v*a-^ !
- .. f^^^f
vided with overflow means for maintaining a constant level of
molten electrolyte in each, the electrolyzed sodium and other
salts being replenished in said charging cell, the latter includ-
ing means for maintaining the salt feed in a molten state.
3,640,802
CATHODIC PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
TETRAALKYL LEAD COMPOUNDS
Edward Harvey McDonald, 1308 De Sota, and William P.
Banks, 1412 Holbrook, both of Ponca City, Okla.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,550
Int. CI. C07b 29/06; C07f 7/26
U.S. CI. 204—72 4 Claims
The present invention relates to a process for the prepara-
tion of tetraalkyl lead compounds wherein the anolyte com-
prises a solution of tetrabutyl ammonium bromide or tetrabu-
tyl phosphonium bromide in water. In this process bromine is
produced at the anode and forms a precipitate with the
tetrabutyl ammonium or phosphonium bromide present. This
bromine can be recovered by treating the anolyte solution
with hydrogen sulfide to convert the bromide present to
hydrogen bromide, sulfur and the tetrabutyl ammonium or
phosphonium bromide. The sulfur is removed from the solu-
tion and the solution is then treated with ethanol to form
ethyl bromide by reaction with the hydrogen bromide present
in the solution. The ethyl bromide is separated from the solu-
tion and returned to the cathode compartment of the elec-
trolytic cell whereby it is subsequently converted to
tetraethyl lead. The quaternary bromide salt such as tetrabu-
tyl ammonium or phosphonium bromide is recovered from
the solution as an aqueous salt and is returned to the anode
compartment of the electrolytic cell where it then becomes
part of the anolyte.
3,640303
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF REDUCED
SULFUR DYES
Horst Frind; Christian Held, and Horst Aman, all of Frank-
furt (Main)-Fedicnheim, Germany, assignors to Casella
Farbwerke Mainkur AkticngcseUschaft, Frankfurt (Main),
Fechenheim, Germany
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,733
Claims priority, applicatk>n Gennany, Feb. 7, 1969, P 19 06
083.4
InL CI. C07b 29/06; C09b 49/00
U.S. CI. 204- 73 1 2 Claims
The dyeing behavior of a sulfur dyestuff, whether water
soluble or water insoluble, is improved by electrolytic reduc-
tion. This reduction is performed in a cell in which the
dyestuff is used as the catholyte. An ionic agent, such as salt
or lye may be used to improve the conductivity of the
catholyte. The dyestuff concentration in the cell ranges from
about 5 to 50 percent by weight and 10 to 20 percent by
weight is particularly effective. A porous clay diaphragm
separates the anolyte and catholyte. The anolyte is for exam-
ple, an aqueous lye or salt solution. The cathode is a material
having relatively high hydrogen overvoltage, such as lead and
alloy steels. The anode is a noble metal such as platinum or
graphite. The catholyte is agitated during the reduction and
its temperature is maintained from about 25° to 200° C. and
preferably from 50° to 80° C. A current density of about
0.005 to 0.05 A./cm.* is employed and preferably maintained
from 0.01 to 0.04 A./cm.*. The reduction has an energy de-
mand from about 0.5 to 1 kWh./kg. The termination of the
reduction of water-insoluble sulfur dyestuff is determined by
a spot analysis test. The end of the reduction of water-soluble
sulfur dyestuffs is determined relative to hydrogen formation.
After the electrolytic reduction has been terminated, the
catholyte is stabilized by adding any of a number of suitable
reducing agents.
3,640304
METHOD FOR CONDUCTING ELECTROLYTE TO,
FROM AND THROUGH AN ELECTROLYTIC CELL
Gothc O. Westeriund, Vancouver, Canada, assignor to
Cbemcch Engineering Ltd., Vancouver, British Columbia,
Canada
Original application Apr. 18, 1966, Ser. No. 543,261, now
Patent No. 3,463,722, dated Aug. 26, 1%9. Divided and this
application July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,623
Int. ci.coiby//26, y;//4
U3. CI. 204-95 7 Claims
-y -tfj'-^s ^/^o i
A novel procedure is provided for conducting electrolyte
to, from and through an electrolytic cell. This procedure de-
pends on maintaining the cell in a fully fiooded state and
using the natural pumping action due to rising entrained
and/or occluded gaseous products of electrolysis to aid the
passage of the electrolyte through the cell at a velocity suffi-
cient to prevent such gaseous products of electrolysis from
separating into a free gaseous phase within the cell.
3,640305
REMOVAL OF NITRATE CONTAMINATION FROM
NICKEL-PLATING SOLUTIONS
James T. Knight, Ontario, Oreg., and Parley L. Lcc,
Richland, Wash., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the United States Atomic Energy Com-
mission
FUed June 13, 1969, Ser. No. 833,142
Int CI. cold 7/34; C23b 5 /OS
U.S. CI. 204— 130 1 Claim
A nitrate-contaminated nickel-plating bath is purified by
heating the bath to between 65° and 70° C, agitating the
bath and electrolyzing the bath while providing a 10 to 20
fold greater cathode area than anode area.
3,640306
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF
PRODUCING THE SAME
Yoshio Watanabe, and Tetsushi Sakai, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Public Cor-
poration, Tokyo, Japan
FUcd Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 597
InL CI. C23g 3/00; B23p 7/00
U3. CI. 204— 143 GE 4 Claims
A semiconductor device and a method of producing the
same. Tlie semiconductor device comprises a silicon single
crystal including a porous substance formed so as to advance
from surface area toward inside area of said silicon single
crystal. The porous substance is produced on the silicon sin-
896 O.G.— 22
614
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
gle crystal by utilizing said crystal and a conductive metal
material which is not soluble to hydrofluoric acid as elec-
trodes, applying a positive direct current voltage to the sil-
icon single crystal and a negative direct current voltage to
the other metal electrode, and carrying out an electrolysis m
an aqueous solution of the hydrofluoric acid
3,640,807
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICE AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
MANUFACTURED BY SAID METHOD
Hendrikus Josephus Antonius Van Dgk, Emmasingel, Eind-
hoven, Netherlands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,575
Claims priority, application Netherlands, July 4, 1969,
6910274
Int. CI. B23p 1/00
U.S. CI. 204- 143 GE 8 Claims
The invention relates to a method of manufacturing
semiconductor devices having thin layers of a semiconductor
material.
These thin layers are obtained, for example, by forming on
a low-ohmic substrate a high-ohmic thin layer and then selec-
tively removing the substrate electrolytically. Difficulties can
arise during this removal when a readily conductive layer has
been formed on the high-ohmic layer. The difficulties are
prevented when the thickness of the high-ohmic layer is at
least as large as the thickness of the depletion layer which is
formed in the high-ohmic layer during the electrolytic
removal of the substrate.
3,640,809
CHEMICALLY HARDENED GELATIN-SEPARATING
MEDIUM FOR CHROMATOGRAPHY AND ION
EXCHANGE AND METHOD OF MAKING THE SAME
Alfred Poison, and Woolf Katz, both of Claremont Cape
Town. Republic of South .Africa, assignors to South African
Inventions Development Corporation, Pretoria, Republic
of South Africa
Filed Dec. 10. l%8.Ser. No. 782,652
Claims priorit\, application Republic of South Africa. Dec. 18.
1%7. 67/7563
U.S. CI. 204- 1 80 G 34 Claims
Selected gelatin, in particular the high molecular weight
fraction obtained by fractionation with PEG is chemically
hardened eg with tanning agents and used in a form of
beads for exclusion chromatography and/or ion exchange or
as a continuous body for electrophoresis. Ion exchange pro-
perties may be suppressed or enhanced as required by chemi-
cal treatment of the gelatin or by the choice of conditions
during separation (pH, salt content). Ion-exchange properties
are calibrated by electro-osmosis.
3,640,810
STEAM RINSING OF ELECTROCOATED ARTICLES
Joseph E. Plasynski, Arnold, and Robert D. Jerabek,
Glenshaw, both of Pa., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc.,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 884,029
Int. CI. BOlk 5/02; C23b 13/00
U.S. CI. 204-181 16 Claims
Method of removing dragout from an article which has
been electrocoated, utilizing steam as a rinsing agent to
remove the dragout. The use of steam produces a rinse water
of appreciably higher solids than is achieved by the use of
water.
3,640,811
METHOD OF METALIZING SEMICONDUCTOR
DEVICES
John Louis Vossen, Jr., Bedminster, NJ., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed Nov. 3. 1969, Ser. No. 873,299
Int. CI. C23c 15/00
U.S.CL 204-192 3 Claims
3,640308
RADIOL YTIC DESTRUCTION OF
NONBIODEGRADABLE ORGANIC PESTICIDES
Forrest N. Case, Oak Ridge, Tenn.; Arthur W. Garrison,
Watklnsvillc, Ga.; Donald L. Kau, Rockwood, and David E.
Smiley, KnoxviUe, both of Tenn., assignors to The United
States of America as represented by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission
Fikd Oct. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 864,521
Int CL BOlj I/IO
U.S. CI. 204- 1 58 HE 1 Claim
This invention relates to a method for treating industrial
waste solutions containing nonbiodegradable organic pesti-
cides which comprises saturating the solution with oxygen
and then irradiating the pressurized solution until the pesti-
cide has been decomposed into nontoxic constituents to that
degree required for safe disposal.
A semiconductor device is placed in a vacuum system and
is sputter-etched by a radiofrequency glow discharge for a
r
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
615
period of time sufficient to remove impurities and residual
oxide layers from the contact surfaces of the device. A quan-
tity of metal is then evaporated onto the purified surface
while maintaining the glow discharge so that the metal is par-
tially ionized and accelerated towards the purified surface,
and thereby forms a solid solution with the semiconductor to
provide a direct ohmic contact therewith without having to
subsequently sinter the metal deposit.
3,640,812
METHOD OF MAKING ELECTRICAL CONTACTS ON
THE SURFACE OF A SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
John Louis Vossen, Jr., Bedminster, and Joseph Henry Ban-
field, Plainfield, both of N J., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,909
Int. CI. C23c 15/00
U.S. CI. 204- 1 92 12 Claims
trophoresis, chromatography and electrochromatography
carried out in a granular or nongranular gel medium disposed
in the column. One device contains an electncally conduc-
tive, self-supporting gel disposed within a tubular housing
adapted to sealingly engage the lower portion of the column
Channels may be provided in the adapter gel for fluid ingress
to the upper gel surface and egress therefrom A method for
forming the adapter including electrophoresis and elec-
trochromatography performed in a single column.
3,640,814
ELECTROCOATING APPARATUS
Robert L. Koch, II, and Gilman Tredwell, both of Evansville,
Ind., assignors to Ashdee Corp., Evansville, Ind.
Filed Mar. 17, 1965, Ser. No. 440,410
Int. CI. BOlk 5/02
U.S. CI. 204-300 6 Claims
-41
-ZO
The semiconductor device and a metal backing plate are
simultaneously sputter etched so that some of the backing
plate metal is back scattered onto the device and forms a thin
metal-semiconductor alloy region in the semiconductor con-
tact openings. At least one layer of electrode metal is then
deposited on the device surface and the alloy regions. Part of
the metal layer is then removed to define the desired elec-
trode leads.
An electrocoating arrangement employing at least two
tank baths for improved coating quality, each tank bath con-
taining a resinous water-soluble paint, and a specific tank-ar-
ticle arrangement which provides a high safety factor in that
the tank and the article have the same electrical polanty
3,640,813
ADAPTER FOR A MACROMOLECULE SEPARATION
DEVICE
Samuel T. Nerenberg, 21 Hay ward CL, Burlingame, Calif.
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,509
Intel. BOlk 5/00
U.S. CI. 204-299 10 Claims
3,640,815
METHOD FOR SURFACE TREATMENT OF NICKEL AND
COBALT BASE ALLOYS
Charles W. Schwartz, Whitehall, Mich., and Richard W. Mar-
tini, Scotia, N.Y., assignors to Howmet Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,188
Int. CI. C23f / 7/00; C23c 9/00
U.S. CI. 204—38 S 14 Claims
The treatment of high nickel and cobalt base alloy to im-
prove the corrosion resistance of parts formed thereof by
first applying a coating of nickel and then subjecting the part
to diffusion coating to aluminize the surface.
A device for adapting an upstanding column to separate
macromolecules in preparative amounts by means of elec-
3,640,816
MULTIPLE STAGE PROCESS FOR PRODUCING LIGHT
LIQUIDS FROM COAL
Willard C. Bull, Prairie ViUage, and Bruce K. Schmid,
Shawnee Mission, both of Kans., assignors to Gulf Research
& Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,182
lnt.CI. C10g//00
U.S. CI. 208— 10 10 Claims
A multiple stage process for producing light liquids from
coal wherein a slurry of pulverized coal, a solvent therefor
and hydrogen is charged under pressure into a first reaction
zone where the temperature thereof is elevated and main-
tained at such level until substantially all of the coal is dis-
solved. Gases and light liquids produced by partial
hydrogenation of the reaction products are separated from
the heavy bottoms and the latter are charged to another reac-
tion zone under pressure where the charge along with an
added quantity of hydrogen are heated to a higher tempera-
/
616
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
ture than present in the first zone so as to hydrocrack the
constituents and produce additional quantities of gases and
light liquids which are then separated from the heavy bot-
toms. The gases and light liquids from each stage are selec-
tively segregated in a separation and distillation unit. Two or
more reaction zones in series relationship may be employed
at i:^
-^^^r"" '^^^^
±j+i
i«L2kygJ,
ftaovy f^l
Carter
with the charges thereto being subjected to treatment condi-
tions of successively increasing severity accomplished by suc-
cessively higher temperatures, pressures or residence times
or combinations thereof The heavy bottoms from one or
more of the stages may be recycled back to preceding stages
if desired.
3,640317
HYDROCARBONACEODS BLACK OIL CONVERSION
PROCESS
Mark J. O'Hara, Prospect Heights, III., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 37,023
Int. CI. BOlj H/82; ClOg 13/02, 23102
U.S. CI. 208—59 7 Claims
Asphaltene-containing hydrocarbonaceous black oils are
subjected to conversion conditions in a two-stage process.
The physical characteristics of the catalytic composite
disposed within the individual stages, or reaction zones, are
different. This difference in physical chciracteristics is
directed toward macropore volume, and is maintained
whether the chemical composition is the same, or varies.
3,640,818
HYDROFORMING NAPHTHAS
Glen P. Hamner, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to Esso Research
and Engineering Company
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,843
Int. CI. C10gi9/00
U.S. CI. 208-65 5 Claims
Virgin or cracked naphtha is hydroformed under mild con-
ditions to mainly convert naphthenes to aromatics, the aro-
matics are extracted and the paraffinic raffinate is
hydroformed under still moderate but more severe condi-
tions If desired the raffinate and extract can be separately
fractionated to yield a selected fraction from the raffinate for
hydroforming and a heavy fraction from the extract for
hydrocracking
3,640,819
INHIBITING LPG PRODUCTION IN A
HYDROCRACKING PROCESS
Charles H. Watkins, Ariington Heights, III., assignor to
Universal Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed June 12, 1969, Ser. No. 832,839
Int. CI. ClOg 13102; BOlj 11140
U.S. CI. 208- III 5 Claims
A catalystic composite of a porous carrier material, a
nickel component and a metal component selected from
Groups I, 11 or V of the Periodic Table. When utilized in a
hydrocracking process, to produce lower-boiling hydrocar-
bon products, for example gasoline boiling range hydrocar-
bons, the catalyst effectively inhibits excessive formation of
liquefied petroleum gas of the propane/butane type, as well
as lighter gaseous hydrocarbons. A preferred catalytic com-
posite comprises a crystalline aluminosilicate, from about 0. 1
percent to about 10.0 percent by weight of nickel and from
about 0 01 percent to about 2.0 percent by weight of a
metallic component selected from vanadium, lithium, berylli-
um or barium
3,640,820
SEWAGE TREATMENT PROCESS
Frank N. Kemmer, La Grange; Reid S. Robertson, Glen El-
lyn, and Rodney D. Mattix, Lemont, all of III., assignors to
NaIco Chemical Company, Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 852,421, Aug.
22, 1%9. This application Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 77,047
Int. CI. C02c/ /06
U.S. CI. 210— 6 2 Claims
A continuous sewage treatment process for upgrading the
quality of sewage plant effluent by converting sewage sludges
to active substances and returning these active substances to
the sewage system whereby removal of dissolved contami-
nants occurs by the addition of the active substances.
3,640,821
REDUCTIVE DEGRADATION OF HALOGENATED
PESTICIDES
Keith H. Sweeny, West Covina, and James R. Fischer, Clare-
mont, both of Calif., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Interior
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 101,201
Int. CI. C02c 5102
U.S. CI. 210— 59 6 Claims
Halogenated organic pesticides, typified by DDT, chlor-
dane, lindane and the like, are reacted with metallic zinc
FfiBRUARY 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
617
under mildly acid conditions to produce less highly
halogenated degradation products of lower toxicity.
3,640,822
METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING A
SEGMENTATION MEDIUM FROM A STREAM OF A
SEGMENTED MAIN FLUID
Jirl Hrdina, Prague, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Ceskosloven-
ska akademie, Prague, Czechoslovakia
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,956
Claims priority, applicatk>n Czechosk)vakia, Sept. 19, 1968,
6571/68
Int. CI. BOld 19100
U.S. CI. 210— 65 8 Claims
3,640^25
DRILLING FLUID
Jack H. Kolaian, Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignor to Texaco,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Original appUcatioo Apr. 25, 1967, Ser. No. 633,434. Divided
and this application Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,354
InL CI. ClOm 3126, 3/24, 3/14
U.S. CI. 252-8J C 14 Claims
An aqueous drilling fluid dispersant and a method of
drilling wells using said drilling fluid which contains a sub-
stituted dihydroxybenzene compound as the dispersant,
namely, a dihydroxybenzene compound selected from the
group consisting of a 1 ,2-dihydroxybenzene containing as a
substituent in the 4 position a nitro-, a chloro-, a formyl-, or a
(2'-carboxyethenyl)-group and mixtures of said compounds.
n 71
23
A
Segmented main fluid in a capillary stream is allowed to
flow through a main tubing equipped with a capillary slot
communicating with an offtake pipe. Conditions within the
apparatus are maintained such that capillary forces and sur-
face tension inherent in the elements of the segmentation
medium and other parts of the system prevent their passage
through the capillary slot, through which the main fluid only
is taken off in a continuous stream. The length of the capilla-
ry slot in the direction of the main capillary tubing axis ex-
ceeds the maximum contact length of a segmentation medi-
um element; the main fluid may be taken off substantially
from a single one only, or from not more than two neighbor-
ing segments of the main medium, so that contamination by
the contents of other segments is negligible.
3,640,826
GRAFT COPOLYMERS OF ACRYLIC ACID AND
POLYHYDROXY POLYMERIC COMPOUNDS FOR
TREATING CLAYS
William J. Lang, Libertyville, and John J. Kn^ewski, Wheel-
ing, both of III., assignors to Internatk>nal Minerals &
Chemical Corporation
Filed Sept 4, 1968, Ser. No. 757^99
Int CL ClOm 3/22; COSh 2 1/24, C08f 29/100
U.S. CI. 252—8.5 A 20 Claims
Water-soluble graft copolymers of acryVjc acid with
polyhydroxy polymeric compounds containing^ up to about
10.0 percent by weight, based on the weight of acrylic acid,
of the polyhydroxy polymeric compound and water-soluble
salts thereof are useful for treating clays, sifch as to render
them especially useful in well drilling.
3,640323
FLAME-RET ARDANT COMPOSITION
Roger C. Linderman, and Charles D. Clinc, both of Chariotte,
N.C., assignors to CPC International, Inc.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,894
Int. CI. C09k 3/28
U.S. CI. 252-8.1 10 Claims
A composition which when applied to textile fabrics im-
parts flame retardancy. The composition is a combination of
an aziridinyl phosphine oxide or sulfide and a phosphoric
amide.
3,640,827
PHOSPHATE GLASS BODIES
Charles WiUiam Lutz, Clark, N J., assignor to FMC Corpora-
tion. New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct 9, 1968, Ser. No. 766,257
Int. CI. C09k 1/36; E2lb 37/00
U.S. CI. 252—8.55 10 Claims
3,640324
PARAFFIN INHIBITOR IN CRUDE OIL WITH HIGH-
MOLECULAR WEIGHT HIGHLY BRANCHED
POLYETHYLENE
Salim M. Bucaram, and Lawrence V. CoUings, both of Tulsa,
Okla., assignors to Sinclair Oil & Gas Company, Tulsa,
Okla.
Filed Nov. 19, 1%5, Ser. No. 508,834
Int. CI. E21b 43100; C09k 3/00
U.S. CI. 252-8J 8 Claims
A paraffin inhibitor for use in treating crude oil which con-
tains as the essential ingredient in an amount effective to in-
hibit paraffin deposition, polyethylene having a molecular
weight in excess of about 6,000 and a structure having at
least 10 percent branching. The inhibitor may additionally
contain naphthalene, microcrystalline wax having a melting
point in excess of about 160° F. and/or asphaltenes.
Molded internally stressed bodies of phosphate glass of
controlled solubility, such as small spheres of sodium
phosphate glass containing one or more multivalent metal ox-
ides and having moderate internal stress.
3,640,828
LUBRICANT COMPOSITIONS FOR MASSES OF
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE AND PROCESS FOR MAKING
SAME
Walter Brotz, Gcrsthofcn, and Bruno Dallmann, Augsburg,
both of Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft Vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frank-
furt/Main, Germany
Filed Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768384
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Oct. 21, 1967, F 53^
864
lnt.CI. ClOm 7/24, 7/22
U.S.CI. 252— 17 2 Claims
For the processing of masses of polyvinyl chloride lubri-
cant compositions are proposed which consist of 20 to 80
618
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
percent by weight of a metal soap or synthetic ester wax con-
taining metal soap and 80 to 20 percent by weight of a
hydrocarbon wax and which enable a particularly high output
of plastics matenal and consequently an increased speed of
processing to be obtained, for example, in injection-moulding
processes
3,640,829
MICROPOROUS PRODUCTS
Robert L. Elton, White Bear Lake, Minn., assignor to Min-
nesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,538
Int. CI. B32b 3/26; C08g 22/44; D06n 3/14
t.S. CI. 16J — 159 9 Claims
3,640,831
PROTECTIVE BODY PAD
Lawrence J. Gardner, Dallas, and Donald R. Cochren,
Richardson, both of Tex., assignors to Protective Pads, Inc.,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,840
Int.CI. B32bi/y2
U.S. CI. 161-92 5 Claims
In the disclosed method of making a microporous sheet
material a heat-formed (extruded, calendered, or pressed)
film comprising (1) a polyurethane (preferably combined
with an epoxidized soybean oil processing aid— a water in-
soluble plasticizer can also be included) capable of forming a
nonporous film having a storage shear modulus (G' ) of about
0.4 to 5X 10" dynes/cm.' and a loss tangent at 0.2 cycle/sec
less than 0 5, both measured at 23° C, and (2) distributed
throughout the film, a plurality of <30 micron salt (eg
NaCI) particles, is annealed prior to leaching of the salt from
the film with an aqueous medium. The resulting microporous
film is useful in making leatherlike sheet materials
Preferably, the film is embossed prior to leaching but after
annealing.
3,640,830
VIBRATION DAMPED SANDWICH SYSTEMS HAVING
INTERLAYERS OF VINYL ACETATE-ETHYLENE-
ETHYLACRYLATE COPOLYMERS
Hermann Oberst; Leonhard Reihs, both of Hofheim/Taunus;
Joachim Ebigt, Mainz; Gunther Duve, Frankfurt/Main, and
Alfred Schommer, Bad Soden/Taunus, all of Germany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoeschst Aktiengesellschaft vormais
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 630,964, Apr.
14, 1967, now abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 82,111
Claims prioritv. application (iermany, Apr. 23. I'*6A. F 49 030
Int. CI. B32b 15/08; C08f 15/20, E04b 1/86
U.S. CI. 161 — 165 3 Claims
A protective pad made up of lamination-shaped sheets of
cushioning material, each sheet having adjacent trapped air
pockets with the lamination being enclosed in a moisture im-
pervious envelope of latex or closely woven ptilyester fiber
3,640,832 ^
HEAT-INSULATING MATERIAL
Otmar J. G. Kurz, Eltville, Germany, assignor to Verolme
Vacuumtechnik Aktiengesellschaft, Eltville, Germany
Filed Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,025
Int. CI. B32bi/26, 7/02, 15/02
U.S. CI. 161-160 17 Claims
A carrier sheet of heat-resisting plastics material is per-
manently secured to a heat-insulating backing. A vapor-
deposited, reflecting metal layer is carried by said carrier
sheet on the side thereof which is remote from said backing.
A wear-resisting coating, which is permeable to radiant heat,
covers said metal layer on the side thereof which is remote
from said carrier sheet.
3,640,833
VIBRATION DAMPED SANDWICH SYSTEMS HAVING
INTERLAYERS OF VINYL ACETATE-ETHYLENE-N-
BUTYLACRYLATE COPOLYMERS
Hermann Oberst; I^eonhard Reihs, both of Hofheim/Taunus;
Joachim Ebigt, Mainz; Gunther Duve, Frankfurt/Main, and
Alfred Schommer, Bad Soden/Taunus, all of Germany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vorniijs
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt/Main, Germany ^
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 631,080, Apr.
14, 1967. now abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 82,112
Claims priorit>. application (ierman>, .Apr. 23, 1966, F 49 031
Int. CI. B32b 15/08; C08f l'5/20; E04b 1/86
U.S. CI. 161-165 3 Claims
Vibration damped sandwich systems having an improved
damping effect within a broad range of temperature and con-
sisting of hard plates and a vibration damping interlayer, said
interlayer comprising a copolymer of ethylene, vinyl acetate,
ethyl-acrylate and acrylic and/or methacrylic acid.
Vibration damped sandwich systems having an improved
damping effect within a broad range of temperature and con-
sisting of hard plates and a vibration damping interlayer, said
interlayer compnsmg a copolymer of ethylene, vinyl acetate,
n-butyl-acrylate and acrylic and/or methacrylic acid.
<*
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
619
3,640,834
VIBRATION DAMPED SANDWICH SYSTEMS HAVING
INTERLAYERS OF COPOLYMERS OF VINYL ACETATE,
ETHYLENE AND MIXTURES OF ISONONANE-,
ISODECANE- AND ISOUNDECANE-CARBOXYLIC ACID
VINYL ESTERS
Hermann Oberst; Leonard Reihs. both of Hofheim. Taunus;
Joachim Ebiut. Mainz; (iunther Du>e. Frankfurt, Main, and
Alfred Schommer. Bad Soden. Taunus. all of (iermany. as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormais
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Frankfurt. Main. Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 630,962, Apr.
14, 1967, now abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 82,174
Int. CI. B32b 7/02. 15/08, E04b 1/99
U.S. CI. 161-165 3 Claims
Vibration damped sandwich systems having an improved
damping effect within a broad range of temperature and con-
sisting of hard plates and a vibration damping interlayer, said
interlayer comprising a copolymer of vinyl acetate, ethylene
and a mixture of isononane-, isodecane- and isoundecane-
carboxylic acid vinyl esters and acrylic and/or methacrylic
acid.
3,640,837
THERMALLY INSULATING TRANSPARENT
LAMINATED GLASS WITH ALKALI METAL SILICATE
INTERLAYER
Rudolf Gaeth, Limburgerhof; Fritz Stastny, Ludwigshafen;
Rudolf Breu, Lambsheim, and Friedhelm Gaertner, Fran-
kenthal, all of Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin-&
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Ludwigshafen (Rhine), (.er-
many
Filed Dec. 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 889,299
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 2, 1969, P 19 00
054.5
Int. CI. B32b 17/06
U.S. CI. 161-165 4 Claims
Thermally insulating and transparent laminated glass con-
sisting of at least two superimposed sheets of glass with an in-
teHayer of a solid aqueous alkali metal silicate between each
two sheets of glass.
3,640,835
VIBRATION DAMPED SANDWICH SYSTEMS HAVING
INTERLAYERS OF COPOLYMERS OF ETHYLENE AND
MIXTURES OF ISONONANE-, ISODECANE AND
ISOUNDECANE-CARBOXYLIC ACID VINYLESTERS
Hermann Oberst; Leonhard Reihs, both of Hofheim, Taunus:
Joachim Ebigt, Mainz; (Iunther Duve. Frankfurt, Main, and
Alfred Schommer, Bad Soden. Taunus. all of (iermany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormais
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt, Main, (iermany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 630,963, Apr.
14, 1967, now abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 82,177
Int. CI. B32b 7/02, 15/08; E04b 1/99
U.S. CI. 161-165 3 Claims
Vibration damped sandwich systems having an improved
damping effect within a broad range of temperature and con-
sisting of hard plates and a vibration damping interlayer, said
interlayer comprising a copolymer of ethylene with a mixture
of isononane-, isodecane- and isoundecane-carboxylic acid
vinyl esters and acrylic and/or methacrylic acid.
3,640,838
lONICALLY INTERACTING POLYMERS
Sui-Wu Chow, and Walter H. Smarook, both of Somerville,
NJ., assignors to Union Carbide Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 669,29 1 , Sept.
20, 1967, now abandoned. This application June 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 49,568
Int. CI. C08f 29/34. B32b 9/00
U.S. CI. 161 — 190 14 Claims
Reversibly cross-linked, thermoplastic, normally solid
polymer salt compositions have been prepared by
copolymerizing a prepolymer of a carboxyl containing
polyolefin, having 2 to 50 mole percent carboxylic acid
groups, and about 10 to 100 mole percent of its carboxyl
groups neutralized with an amino vinyl monomer such as an
alkylaminoalkyl acrylate, an alkylaminoalkyl methacrylate,
or an amino substituted styrene with a vinyl monomer such
as an alkyl acrylate, an alkyl methacrylate, acrylamide,
methacrylamide. styrene, alkyl substituted styrenes, vinyl
chloride, vinyl esters containing from three to 20 carbon
atoms or vinyl alkyl ethers containing from three to 20 car-
bon atoms.
These polymer salt compositions are particulaHy useful in
that they exhibit a high degree of adhesion to plasticized
vinyl chloride resins, unlike most other commonly known ad-
hesives, as well as other substrates.
3,640,836
VIBRATION DAMPED SANDWICH SYSTEMS HAVING
INTERLAYERS OF VINYL ACETATE-ETHYLENE
COPOLYMERS
Hermann Oberst; Leonhard Reihs, both of Hofheim, Taunus:
Joachim Ebigt, Mainz; (iunther Duve, Frankfurt. Main, and
Alfred Schommer, Bad Soden, Taunus. all of (iermany. as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst .Aktiengesellschaft vormais
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt, Main, (iermany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 631,081, Apr.
14, 1967, now abandoned. This application Oct. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 82,179
Int. CI. B32b 7/02. 15/08; E04b 1/99
U.S. CI. 161 — 165 3 Claims
Vibration damjsed sandwich systems having an improved
damping effect within a broad range of temperature and con-
sisting of hard plates and a vibration damping interlayer, said
interlayer comprising a copolymer of ethylene, vinyl acetate
and acrylic and/or methacrylic acid.
3,640,839
FILTER PAPER FOR OIL RLTERS
Tuguo Ckhiai, Kanagawa, Japan, assignor to Tokyo Roki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kanagawa, Japan
Filed Sept. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 767,547
Claims priority, application Japan, July 13, 1968, 43/49204
Int. CI. B07b 1 1/04; DIM 11/08
U.S.CU 162-129 2 Claims
A filter paper for oil filters has a coarse web capable of
passing particles of granular size of about 40 y. maximum
diameter and a plurality of dense web strips superposed in
parallel upon the coarse web and combined therewith at
fixed intervals, the dense web being capable of passing parti-
cles of granular size of about 1 5 ix maximum diameter.
620
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3.640340
COMPONENT REACTION PRODUCT AND PROCESS
FOR INCREASING THE WET STRENGTH OF PAPER
Heinz Zieman, Leichlingen; Wolfgang Lehmann, Leverkusen,
and Gerhard Troemel, Pesch, all of Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
FUed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,326
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 10, 1969, P 19 06
450.7; Mar. 27, 1%8. P 17 71 043.9
Int. CI. D21h i/J6 '
U.S. CI. 162-164 19 Claims
A reaction product and process for increasing the wet
strength of paper which comprises adding to a slurry of paper
fibers self-cross-linking water soluble reaction products
prepared from a) epihalohydrins and/or a-dihaio-hydrins
such as epichlorohydrin, b) water soluble basic polyamides
such as that formed by the reaction of diethylene-triamine
and adipic acid, and c) water soluble polyamines such as bis-
(3-amino-propy!)-amine which contain at least two nitrogen
atoms separated from one another by at least three carbon
atoms and optionally also by oxygen or sulfur atoms, and
contain at least two hydrogen atoms attached to different
nitrogen atoms wherein the components b) and c) are used
in a proportion of 1-10:1 and component a) is used in an
amount of 0.5 to 1 .5 mole per basic amino group.
3,640,843
TAPERED HEADER FLOW SYSTEM FOR PAPER
MACHINE
John A. Means, South Norwalk, Conn., assignor to Time, In-
corporated, Rockefeller Center, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 816,894
Int. CI. D21f //06
U.S. Ci. 162-343 7 Claims
3,640,841
METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ADHESION OF PAPER
ON YANKEE DRIER WITH POLYAMIDES AND
RESULTANT PRODUCTS
Alfred Edwards Winstow, Unadilla, and John Calvin Spicer,
Sidney, both of N.Y., assignors to The Borden Company,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,306
Int. CI. D21d 3100, D21h 3136
U.S. CI. 162-164 9 Claims
This invention relates to a paper manufacturing process
which comprises drying the formed web against a heated sur-
face, such as present on a Yankee drier, and in particular to
the improvement which comprises incorporating in said web
before said drying, in an amount sufficient to achieve
uniform adhesion to and release from said heated surface, a
water-dispersible repulpable polyamide polyamine resin con-
taining at least two primary amine groups and at least one
secondary or tertiary amine group such as the polyamide
which results from the reaction of diethylene triamine with
isopthalic acid.
3,640,842
PROCESS FOR MAKING PAPER USING STARCH
HAVING AN INCREASED GEL STRENGTH
Clifford H. Hullinger, Chicago, III.; Lawrence Cohen, Ham-
mond, Ind., and Naoyuki Henry Yul, Chicago, III., assignors
to American Maize Products Company
FUed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,681
Int. CI. D21 hi/25
U.S. CI. 162-175 3 Claims
Starch is prepared especially for use in the manufacture of
paper products by cooking the starch in the presence of alu-
minum salts at a pH of about 4.0 to 7.0. The treatment is of
advantage for lowering the gelatinization temperature of the
starch and for increasing the gel strength of the resulting
paste. When the treated starch is added to paper pulp it in-
creases the retention of additives and it improves the physical
characteristics of the paper product.
Paper stock enters a tapered header at the large end and,
except for a small percentage that is recirculated, is delivered
to a papermaking machme through a large number of flow
channels or hoses divided into two groups. The hoses of one
group are connected to the header aJong a first row of
openings, and the hoses of the second group are connected
to the header along a second row of openings. The openings
are spaced apart from each other both circumferentially and
longitudmally of the header. The downstream ends of all the
hoses lie in a single plane, and the hoses of the two group>s lie
respectively m surfaces curved concavely towards each
other
3,640,844
POWER-FLATTENED SEED-BLANKET REACTOR CORE
Richard C. Shank, Clairton; Cari E. Zucker; David H. Jones;
Harry F. Raab, Jr., all of Pittsburgh, and Robert T.
Bayard, Bethel Park, all of Pa., assignors to The United
States of America as represented by the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed Nov. 7. 1969, Ser. No. 874,735
Int. CI. G2 ley /06
U.S. CI. 176— 18 4 Claims
A seed-blanket breeder reactor core having a flattened
p>ower density distribution resulting from selective loading of
fissile material in the reactor core to achieve a desired radial
reactivity distribution. The seed geometry of fuel modules
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
621
near the periphery of the core is altered so that the.r reactrvi-
tv worth is greater than centrally located fuel modules. The
increased reactivity of the peripheral modules causes the
gross power distribution in the core to flatten.
3,640345
DYNAMIC SEAL
Charles C. Ripley, San Jo«, CaUf., assignor to The Unit.^
States of America as represented by the Umted States
Atomic Energy Commission
Filed July 9, 1968, Ser. No. 743,382
IntCl.G21c7//6
U.S. CI. 176-36 3 Claims
of a cyclodextrin transglycosylase enzyme m the presence of
an alpha-cyclodextrin complexant and recovermg an a^pha-
cyclodextrin product. A specific class of suitable alpha-
cyclodextnn complexants usable in practicing the invention
is that class of compounds which contain a saturated or un-
saturated aliphatic radical with a longest straight chain car-
bon skeleton at least eight carbon atoms in length bonded at
one end of said longest straight chain to an electronegative
atom at least as electronegative as sulfur.
3,640,848
MICROBIAL REDUCTION OF A STEROIDS
Hendrik Eyssen, Holsbeek, Belgium, assignor to Recherche et
Industrie Therapeutiques, R.I.T., Genval, Belgium
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,400
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 12, 1969,
45,217/69
InLCl.C07c/67/72
US CI 195— 51 R 8 Claims
*A>-Steroids are reduced to the corresponding 5,6-dihydro-
5fl compounds m very high yield by using the organism Eu-
bactenum nova. Among the products are coprosteroK 24-
methyl-5^-cholestan-3^-ol, and 24-ethyl-5^-cholesUn-30
ol.
3 640 849
SPENT SHALE RETORT WITH SONIC OSCILLATOR
CLINKER CUTTER
Richard P. Trainer, Babylon, N.Y., assignor to SheU OU Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
FUedMar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,634
Int.Cl.C10b//04
U.S. CI. 196-124 3 Claims
A control rod drive system comprising basically a neutron
absorbing control rod means defining a free floating piston,
actuated by liquid sodium or other reactor coolant, a dynam-
ic seal means and fluid valve means for moving said control
rod Said dynamic seal means constructed to prevent bypass
of liquid metal, such as sodium, around the piston, and in-
cluding a plurality of serially disposed skirts circumferentially
Pranged about the piston an sleeve and having lips directed
toward the high-pressure end of the piston or sleeve, and also
including circumferentially disposed toroidal grooves in the
piston o? sleeve between each of said ^^.rts, whereby l.qu.d
metal from said high-pressure end is deflected by said l.ps of
said skirts to circulate in said grooves and thus prevented
tom passing freely around said lips. In addition, any solid
IZL in fhe liquid metal are entrapped by the circulation
in the grooves of the seal means.
3 640 846
PRODUCTION OF METHANE BY BACTERIAL ACTION
Glenn E. Johnson, Pittsburgh, P.., a^Jgnor to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the SecreUry of the In-
terior
FUed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820^28
Int.CI.C12di/yO,C02c//;4
U S CI 195-27 * ^'**™
'a mixture of coal and sewage solids is digested by anaero-
bic bacteria to produce methane.
Vibrating grates are placed in the path of oil shale in the
chamber of a retort vessel to breakup clinkers formed in the
retorting process.
3,640,847
PROCEDURE FOR PRODUCTION OF ALPHA-
CYCLODEXTRIN
Frederick Cari Armbruster, La Grange, and WUIiam Arthur
Jacaway, Jr., Downers Grove, both of III., assignors to CPC
International Inc.
Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800,766
Int. CI. C 1 2d /i/04
U.S CI 195—31 R ^* Claims
A P!^ess for producing alpha-cyclodextrin which com-
prises subjecting a gelatinized solution of starch to the action
3,640350
MULTISTAGE VAPOR-LIQUID CONTACT PROCESS
FOR PRODUCING FRESH WATER FROM SALT WATER
Calvin S. Smith, Jr., EI Cerrito, CalH., assignor to Harrison
W. Slgworth, Orinda and Thomas N. Finical, Jr., San Car-
los, Calif., part Interest to each
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,592
Int CI. BOld 3100, 3102
U.S.Cl.203-11 12 Claims
The invention is an improvement in distillation process for
producing fresh water from salt water. The primary heat
exchange is obtained by vaporizing a water immiscible fluid
(such as a hydrocarbon) which boils at a temperature lower
than water which is then recondensed by direct contact. Sub-
622
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
stantial simplification of plant, maintenance, etc results The number of carbon atoms per molecule by distillation in the
invention is applicable generally to aqueous solutions of non- presence of water.
T, '-^■
volatile solutes, and to nonaqueous solutions of nonvolatile
solutes.
3,640^51
PLRinCATION OF DEHYDROLINALOOL BY
FRACTIONAL DISTILLATION AND WATER WASHING
Emile Mourier, Villeurbanne, France, assignor to Rhone-Pou-
lenc S.A., Paris, France
Original application Jan. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 795.256. Divided
and this application Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 835,847
Claims priority, application France. Jan. 31. 1%8, 138158
Int. CI. BOld 3158, C07c
U.S. CI. 203—42 3 Claims
3,640,853
ADHESION OF NONCONDUCTING AND CONDUCTING
MATERIALS
Robert J. Rvan. Trenton, N J., assignor to RCA Corporation
Filed Dec. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 787,342
Int. CI. C23b .*;/■/ -^
U.S. CI. 204-15 10 Claims
An improved metal-to-substrate bond is attained by apply-
ing a resinous adhesive mixture to the surface of a noncon-
ducting substrate, the mixture having finely divided particles
dispersed therethrough The particles are thereafter removed
from the mixture to provide a microporous tortuous structure
upon the substrates Subsequently deposited metals are
keyed into and upon the microporous structural layer to
result in greatly improved peel strengths.
3,640,854
CONTINUOUS FORMING OF METAL OXIDES
Gerhart P. Klein, Manchester, Mass., assignor to P. R. Mallo-
ry & Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,887
Int. CI. C23b 9100, BOIk MOO
U.S. CI. 204-28 9 Claims
r;;^
-^ip
■10
-a
r
Acetylenic alcohols especially dehydrolinalool are
produced by reaction of a ketone with acetylene in N-
methylpyrrolidone in the presence of sodium hydroxide. The
resulting mixture of dehydrolinalool and N-methylpyr-
rolidone is preferably separated by distillation through a
column and washing the vapors with water.
3,640,852
SEPARATION OF ALKYL BROMIDES FROM THE
CORRESPONDING CARBON NUMBER ALCOHOL BY
DISTILLATION WITH WATER
Barrett L. Cuppies, Plum Boro, and Clarence R. Murphy, Al-
lison Park, both of Pa., assignors to Gulf Research &
Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,829
Int. CI. BO Id 3134; C07c 19100
U.S. CI. 203—96 9 Claims
\\
*LKrL
SKOMtOe
ORSANIC tCIO
ESTEHIFICATIOH
«E«CTOR
wtTER
ALKTL
anOMCE
I MAKE-UP WATER
DISTILLATION TOWER
-»• AL«YL ALCOHOL
An alkyl bromide having from six to 1 2 carbon atoms per
molecule is separated from an alkyl alcohol having the same
CURRENT- VOLTAGE CHARACTERISTICS
A method is disclosed for the continuous forming of metal
oxides, for example, film forming (i.e. tantalum) strip, by
passing the metal through electrolyte jets in contact with
counterelectrodes which provide for stepwise increases in the
formation voltage.
3,640.855
C-ALKYLOXY SUBSTITUTED TERT.-BUTYL AMINE AS
LUBRICATING OIL DETERGENT
Nicolaas Bakker, Pinole, Call!., assignor to Chevron Research
Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Sept. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 758,123
Int. CI. C 10m \I3&, 1132, 1120
U.S. CI. 252— 32.7 5 Claims
Tert. -butyl amines having an alkyl group of at least 10 car-
bon atoms bonded through a heteroatom to carbon find use
as detergents m lubricating oils.
3,640,856
POLYBUTENE CONTAINING SOLUBLE OILS
Sven A. Olund, San Rafael, Calif., assignor to Cheveron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 794,368
Int. CI. ClOm 1/40,3118
U.S. CI. 252-33.2 7 Claims
Soluble oils are disclosed which contain, as the principal
component, polybutene of 200-500 molecular weight. Also
present are an organic dispersant and a C,g straight-chain
carboxylic acid salt.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
623
3.640,857
EXTREME PRESSURE LUBRICANTS CONTAINING
DIALKYL 1.2.2,2-TETRAHALOETHYL PHOSPHATES
John A. Schneider, and John B. Moran. both of Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,661
"int. CI. ClOm / 46
U.S. CI. 252-49.9 5 Claims
Lubricating oils containing a small but effective amount of
a dialkyl 1 .2.2,2-tetrahaloethyl phosphate have been
discovered to have excellent extreme pressure charac-
teristics.
3,640.861 >
PROCESS OF MAKING TONER
Shvyang Hsia. Neyy City, N.Y.. assignor to Frye Industries
Inc., Neyy York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 26. 1969. Ser. No. 880.374
Int. CI. G03g 9/24
U.S. CI. 252-62.1 5 Claims
A process for producing solid electrostatic toner wherein
pigment is milled into a molten resin while the resin contains
a gas dispersed therethrough, cooling the resin to form a fria-
ble solid and comminuting said solid to toner particle size.
3.640.858
DUAL PURPOSE LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
Stephen J. Harr, Fishkill, N.Y., assignor to Texaco Inc.. Neyy
York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 775,917
Int. CI. ClOm 7/44 .
U.S. CI. 252-49.8 12 Claims
This invention concerns dual-purpose packing composi-
tions compatible with synthetic and natural lubricating oils
comprising from about 30 to 50 parts by weight of a
microcrystalline wax having a melting point about 50°-75° C.
admixed with about 70 to 50 parts by weight of an aliphatic
ester component derived from the esterification of aliphatic
alcohols, diols and polyols or their ethers by aliphatic mono-
or dicarboxylic acids. The packing compositions can contain
from about 0.5 to 5 parts by weight of one or more extreme
pressure or load bearing additives.
3,640,862
LIQUID CATIONIC FLOTATION COMPOSITION
Elmer William Gieseke. Latrobe. Pa., and Frank Peterson
Hoyyald, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignors to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 751.024
Int. CI. B03d 1!02
U.S. CI. 252-61 3 Claims
A liquid, temperature-stable, cationic ore concentration
flotation composition prepared from an aliphatic alcohol and
the reaction product of a fatty acid, diethylene triamine, and
glacial acetic acid.
3,640,859
GREASE COMPOSITIONS
Joseph F. Messina, Delayyare, and Henry GIsser, Philadelphia,
both of Pa., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed Sept. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,801
Int. CI. ClOm 7/28
U.S. CI. 252-54 '» Claims
Stable grease compositions having excellent extreme pres-
sure properties, among other, the grease consisting of about
68-73.5 weight percent bis(m-phenoxyphenyl) ether having
a pour point of +4 5° C . balance being tetrafluoroethylene
polymer having a molecular weight 10.000-50,000, softening
point 3211° C, particle size less than 30 microns in diame-
ter, and supplied as a 7.5 percent suspension is
trichlorotrifluoroethane.
3,640363
LIQUID ELECTROSTATIC HAVING PIGMENT
PARTICLES COATED WITH A CYCLIZED RUBBER
Zenjiro Okuno; Akinorl Mizuno, and Ikuyo Kondoh. all of
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed May 28, 1969. Ser. No. 828.784
Claims priority, application Japan, June 5, 1968, 43/38516
Int. CI. G03g 9/04
U.S. CI. 252-62.1 5 Claims
A liquid developer for use in developing an electrostatic
latent image formed on an electrostatic recording material or
an electrophotographic copying material which is prepared
by dispersing, in a suitable carrier liquid, a toner consisting
substantially of pigment particles whose surfaces are coated
with a coating agent selected from the group consisting of
cyclized rubber, a resin containing cyclized rubber, and a
resin combining a resin having a high solubility for said carri-
er liquid and a resin having a low solubility for said carrier
liquid.
3,640,860
LUBRICATNG COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR
TREATING METAL-MOLD INTERFACE IN
CONTINUOUS CASTING OPERATION
Virgil A. Miller, Park Forest. III., assignors to Atlantic Rich-
field Company, Neyy York, N.Y.
Fil^ June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,715
Int. CI. ClOm 1/26
U.S. CI. 252-56 16 Claims
A lubricating composition is prepared suitable for lubricat-
ing the interface of liquid metal and mold during the continu-
ous casting of metals. This lubricating composition contains
both the dimer and trimer of an unsaturated fatty acid, a
glyceride oil, e.g., triglyceride, as a solubilizing agent, and a
mineral lubricating oil having a low-carbon residue and low-
aromatic carbon content which can be prepared by a two-
stage catalytic hydrogenation process.
3,640,864
FERRIMAGNETIC SEMICONDUCTING MATERIAL AND
DEVICES MADE THEREFROM
Murray Robbins, Berkeley Heights, and Raymond Wolfe. Neyy
Providence, both of NJ.. assignors to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill. Berkeley Heights,
N.J.
Filed Nov. 18. 1969, Ser. No. 877,748
Int. CI. C04b 35/00, HO lb 7 06
U.S. CI. 252-62.3 V 3 Claims
This discovery of a system of materials exhibiting ferrimag-
netic and semiconducting properties at room temperature,
624
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
makes possible the development of classes of devices not components; and in addition at least one metal oxide selected
previously realizable in the absence of refrigeration These from the group consisting of vanadium oxide, arsenic oxide
materials in polycrystalline and single-crystal form find appli- and bismuth oxide as subcomponents, the content of the
cation m such devices as optically modulated magnetic metal oxide being 0.01 to 1 percent by weight with respect to
devices, microwave amplifiers with built-in isolation and the main components,
memory elements with built-in gain.
3,640,865
NEW FERROELECTRIC MATERIALS AND PROCESS OF
PREPARATION
Gerald Burns, Yorktown Heights; Edward A. Giess, Somers,
and Daniel F. O'Kane, Katonah, all of N.Y., assignors to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 821,779, May 5,
1969, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 753,823, July 15, 1968, now abandoned ,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
694,916, Jan. 2, 1968, now abandoned. This application Apr.
9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,111
Int. CI. C04b 35100, 35/60
U.S. CL 252-62.9 27 Claims
New transparent ferroelectric compositions have been
prepared having a tetragonal tungsten-bronze-type crystallo-
graphic structure and having the formula .r(ANbO:,) ( l-.r)
MNb.^O« where A is at least one alkali metal ion and M is an
alkalme earth metal ion and where x can be from 0. 1 2 to
0.50 These materials have large dielectric constants, («), and
linear electro-optic coefficients (r), at room temperature.
The value of r is significantly larger than that of LiNbO,.
These materials have great potential as light modulators and
deflectors.
3,640,866
PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMIC COMPOSITIONS
Masamitsu Nishida, Osaka-shi, and Hiromu Ouchi, Toyonaka-
shi, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Indus-
trial Co., Ltd., Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 662,037
Int. C\.C04b 35/46, 35/48
L.S. CI. 252-62.9 2 Claims
Piezoelectric ceramic compositions are provided which are
characterized by high stability with temperature and time in
resonant frequency and by high electromechanical coupling
coefficients and high dielectric constants or by high elec-
tromechanical coupling coefficients and high mechanical
quality factors. These ceramic compositions are ternary
systems, in solid solution form, of the type formula
Pb(Mn, ,Nb., ,)0,-PbTiO:,-PbZrO:,.
Optimal ternary compounds are within the area ABCD of
FIG 2 of the accompanying drawings; very best compounds
are defined by ABE. An especially good material consists of
the solid solution of the formula
PblMn, .,Nb.. ;,)., j.-.„Ti„ ^.,„Zr„.,..,.0.,.
3,640,867
LITHILM-ZINC FERRITE COMPOSITION WITH
ARSENIC OXIDE OR BISMUTH OXIDE ADDITIVE
Tsutomu limura, Hachioji-shi; Susumu Kurokawa, Mobara-
shi, and Masayuki Emoto, Kodaira-shi, ail of Japan, as-
signors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,366
Claims priority, application Japan, May 10, 1968, 43/30903
Int. CI. C04b 35/26
U.S. CL 252-62.61 8 Claims
A lithium-zinc ferrite composition most suitable for use as
magnetic memory cores in high-speed electronic computer,
which consists of 10 to 30 mol percent of LijO, 3.5 to 20 mol
percent of ZnO and 70 to 85 mol percent of Fe203 as the main
3,640,868
ELECTRICAL INSULATING OIL
Albert G. Rocchini, Oakmont, and Charles E. Trautman,
Cheswick, both of Pa., assignors to Gulf Research &
Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,838
Int. CLHOlb J/22
U.S. CI. 252-63 10 Claims
The invention relates to an electrical insulating oil, re-
sistant to oxidation and sludging, which consists essentially of
a blend of about 1 to about 25 percent by volume of a sol-
vent-extracted residue of a naphthenic petroleum distillate
oil and about 75 to about 99 percent by volume of a
hydrogenated naphthenic petroleum distillate oil. The sol-
vent-extracted residue is obtained by contacting a naphthenic
petroleum distillate oil with a solvent such as furfural or
nitrobenzene The hydrogenated naphthenic petroleum distil-
late oil is obtained by contacting a naphthenic petroleum
distillate oil with hydrogen in the presence of a catalyst such
as. for example, sulfides or oxides of molybdenum and at
least two iron group metals
3,640,869
FLUOROCARBON COMPOSITIONS
Sabatino R. Orfeo, Morris Plains, and Kevin P. Murphy,
Bernards ville, both of NJ., assignors to Allied Chemical
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 18, 1964, Ser. No. 397,407
Int. CI. C09k 3/02
U.S. CI. 252-67 4 Claims
-TO -60 -50
TEMPeRATuBE -C
1 The process of producing refrigeration which comprises
condensing a mixture consisting of trifluoromethane and
monochlorotnfiuoromethane, in which mixture the mole per-
cent of trifiuoromethane is in the range of about 20-75, and
thereafter evaporating said mixture in the vicinity of a body
to be cooled.
3,640,870
LUBRICANT COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING
SUBSTITUTED INDANS
Robert M. Gemmill, Jr., Woodbury, and John W. Schick,
Cherry Hill, both of NJ., assignors to Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion
Filed June 24, 1969, Ser. No. 836,161
Int. CI. C 10m 1/16, 1/38,1/20
U.S. CI. 252-59 5 Claims
Lubricant compositions are provided comprising a sub-
stituted indan having the structure:
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
626
/\
R-
OHi
OKi
V
tions for functional fiuids are met by the use of an effective
amount of an inhibitor system consisting essentially of;
0- 8 1 .47c n-Dodecy Idimethy lamme
0_81.47f t-Butylamine
16.6-98% Phosphite ester ofan alkylated phenol
1.8-83% Polymerized tnmethyldihydroqumoline
0.2-9.4% Berizolriazoie
by weight.
in which R is at least one member of the group consisting of
hydrogen, alkyl. phenyl, carboxy alkyl, carboxy phenyl,
phenoxy and their thiosubstituted derivatives. The method
for the preparation of these substituted indans is also pro-
vided.
3,640,874
BLEACHING AND DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS
Frederick William Gray, Summit, NJ., assignor to
Colgate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing, nied May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,782
Int CL Clld 7/54
VS. CI. 252—95 15 Claims
Bleaching and detergent compositions comprising a
water-soluble peroxide compound and an activator com-
prising an N-benzoylimidazole.
3,640,871
TELLURIUM-IRON MODIFIED CHROMIUM DIOXIDES
Tadashi Kawamata; Eilchl Hirota; Toshihlro Mlhara, and
Yuklo Terada, all of Osaka, Japan, assignors to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,167
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 27, 1%9, 44/86295;
Oct. 29, 1%9. 44/87042
Int. CI. C04b 35/12
U.S. CI. 252-62.5 1 * Claims
Tellurium-iron modified chromium dioxide having a higher
magnetic coercive force is obtained by a combined addition
of tellurium and iron.
When said magnetic recording powder consists essentially
of 20 to 99.98 atomic percent of chromium, 0.01 to 20
atomic percent of tellurium and 0.01 to 60 atomic percent of
iron, the intrinsic coercive force is higher than 400 Oersteds.
The coercive force of tellurium-iron modified chromium
dioxide is increased by further addition of 0. 1 to 15 atomic
percent of tin.
These ferromagnetic chromium dioxide powders have high
coercive force and saturation magnetization. Each particle of
the powders is in a uniform acicular shape and is useful in
magnetic recording media.
3,640,872
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID
Morris A. WUey, FishkUl; Roger G. Lacoste, Hopewell Junc-
tion; Clemence J. Henry, Newburgh, and James O. WaW-
billig, Beacon, all of N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed Oct 25, 1968, Ser. No. 770,803
Int. CI. C09k 3/00
U.S. CI. 252-75 7 Claims
Automatic transmission fluid comprising a mineral
lubricating oil, a zinc di^(alkylphenoxyalkoxyalkyl)
dithiophosphate, a nitrogen-containing methacrylate
polymer, a polyethylene polyamine-alkenyl succinic an-
hydride reaction product, an aryl-substituted naphthylamine
and an N-acyl sarcosine. and a method of operating an auto-
matic transmission.
3,640,875
PROCESS FOR PREPARING A LIGHT DENSITY
BLEACH COMPOSITION
Fred K. Rubin, Bronx, N.Y., and Carl J. Carmack,
Rldgewood, NJ., assignors to Lever Brothers Company,
New York, N.Y. » , .„
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 752,457
Int CL Clld 7/56
U.S. CI. 252—99 .8 ^V**™?
This disclosure is concerned with a light density bleach
composition in which a chlorinating agent is distributed
uniformly throughout a spray-dried base. This disclosure
is also concerned with a process for preparing this com-
position.
3,640,876
PEROXYGEN COMPOSITION CONTAINING AN
ALKALI METAL SILICATE AND AN ORGANIC
ACID ANHYDRIDE
Faye J. Donagho, Buena Park, Calif., assignor to
Kerr McGee Chemical Corp.
Filed Sept 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,708
Int CL COlh 15/00; Clld 7/14, 7/54
U.S. CI. 252—99 14 aaims
A method of increasing the oxidation potential of a
water-soluble inorganic peroxy compound which is capa-
ble of forming hydrogen peroxide in an aqueous medium
which comprises incorporating with said peroxy com-
pound in said aqueous medium a water-soluble alkali
metal silicate and an organic acid anhydride which is
capable of reacting with said peroxy compound in said
aqueous medium to form a peroxyacid of said acid an-
hydride. The combination of at least one alkali metal
silicate and at least one organic acid anhydride with at
least one inorganic peroxy compound provides a com-
position which interacts synergistically in an aqueous
medium to provide active oxidative species of unex-
pectedly high oxidation potential. The oxidizing solution
thus produced is an effective oxidative bleaching solution
even at relatively mild temperatures.
3,640,873
CORROSION INHIBITOR SYSTEM FOR FUNCTIONAL
FLUIDS
Lowell R. Avery, and Wayne A. Conklin, both of Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
Filed Jan. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 793,177
Int. CL C09k 3/00; C23f 11/16
U.S. CI. 252—78 6 Claims
The SAE corrosion specifications and other SAE specifica-
3,640,877
DETERGENT
Michael R. R. Gobcrt, 1 bis, Rue de la SabUerc,
92 Courbevoie, France
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,196
Int CL Clld 7/18
U.S. CL 252—99 10 Claims
Detergent preparation containing system of glucose
and glucose oxidase or starch, amyloglucosidasc and glu-
cose oxidase as precursor of hydrogen peroxide and a
hydroxylamine which stabilizes the hydrogen peroxide
formed during use of the detergent.
626
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,878
ALKALINE DETERGENT COMPOSITION
William Chirash, New Providence, and Richard Lerda
Burke, Madison, NJ., assignors to Colgate-Palmolive
Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 829,115
Int. CI. CI Id 7/56
U.S. CI. 252—99 g Claims
A dishwashing detergent composition containing sodium
silicate, pentasodium tripolyphosphate and sodium fluo-
silicate. The latter acts to protect the overglaze patterns
of fine china. Other alkali metal silicates, phosphates, car-
bonates, fluosilicates and chelates may be used. An anti-
spotting agent, active oxygen, or chlorine bleaching agent
(yielding hypochlorite chlorine) and an organic detergent
may also be present.
a water-soluble soap normally having poor lime soap dis-
persing characteristics and a lime soap curd dispersant.
The lime soap curd dispersants are sulfosuccinate half
esters prepared from ethoxylated alcohols. The amount
of the lime soap dispersant being incorporated into the
soap bar is between 10 and 50 percent by weight based
on the total weight of solids present in the soap bar.
3,640,879
CLEANING COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF
USING SAME
Waiter P. Fitzgerald, Jr., San Diego, Calif., assignor to
LRC Research and Development Company, Wilming-
ton, Del.
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,710
Int. CI. did 7154
U.S. CI. 252—103 12 Claims
A cleaning composition especially suited for use in
cleaning dental prosthetic devices comprising a mixture
of lithium hypochlorite, a member selected from the group
consisting of alkali metal pyrosulfate, alkali metal bi-
sulfate and mixtures thereof, an alkali metal hydroxide
and, preferably, a surface active agent.
3,640,883
SKIN PROTECTIVE WASHING AND
CLEANSING COMPOSITIONS
Ernst Gotte, Ratingen-Tiefenbroich, Germany, assignor to
Henkel & Cie GmbH. Dusseldorf-Holthausen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 775,921
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 14, 1967,
H 64,776
Int. CI. did 1118, 1/38, 1/50
U.S. CI. 252—545 4 Claims
Washing and cleansing compositions having a content
of anionic surface-active agents and an effective amount
of a skin protective polyamide having free amino groups,
said polyamide being present in a form selected from the
group consisting of the waier-dispersible free amino
group containing polyamides and water-soluble acid addi-
tion salts thereof and being the condensation product of
1 mol of an organic dicarboxylic acid having from 2 to
10 carbon atoms and free of other amine reacting sub-
stituents, and from 1 to 2 mols of a polyalkyleneamine
of the formula
NH2— (CnH2„— NH)n,— CnHzn— NHj
wherein n represents an integer from 2 to 6 and m
represents an integer from I to 10.
3,640,880
HARD SURFACE CLEANER
John Robert Martin, Bebington, England, assignor to
Lever Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 774.537
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 6, 1967.
55,415/67
Int. CI. CI Id 1/12
U.S. CI. 252—55 9 claims
A hard surface cleaning composition consisting essen-
tially of a mixture of two olefin sulphonates, predomi-
nantly of 12 and 20 carbon chain length respectively,
said mixture being the sole active or formulated in com-
bination with anionic or nonionic surface active agents.
3,640,881
PROCEDURE FOR DRY CLEANING
Francis Selim Moussalli, Chariotte, N.C., assignor to
Celanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 24, 1968, Ser. No. 747,074
ir « ^.'"Ic?- ^S?"^ ^/^^' ^^*** 7/^^' C23g 5/02
\J.b. CI. 252—171 11 Claims
Dry cleaning compositions containing hydrophilic op-
tical brightener and detergent material compatible there-
with can be used in conventional coin-operated, profes-
sional and, preferably, industrial dry cleaning systems to
simultaneously clean and brighten textile structures and
particularly while garments containing a significant man-
made fiber content.
3,640,884
AZEOTROPIC CLEANING SOLVENTS BASED ON
l,l,2,2-TETRACHLORO-l,2-DIFLUOROETHANE
John Allan Schofield, Irvington, and Roger A. Delano,
Dobbs Ferry, N.Y., assignors to Union Carbide Corpo-
ration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 771,334
Int. CI. C09d 9/00; CI Id 7/52: C23g 5/02
VS. CI. 252—171 2 Claims
The disclosure relates to binary and ternary azeotropic
mixtures of tetrachlorodifluoroethane. The binary azeo-
tropes contain tetrachlorodifluoroethane as one compo-
nent and either acetic acid, propionic acid, dioxane, mono-
methyl ether of ethylene glycol, ethyl acetate, isopropyl
acetate or n-propyl acetate as the second components. The
ternary azeotropes contain tetrachlorodifluoroethane as
the first component, 1,2-dichloroethane as the second com-
ponent and either methanol, ethanol or isopropanol as the
third component. It has been discovered that these azeo-
tropes may be used in solvent vapor cleaning and degreas-
ing applications.
o.,w^ 3,640.882
SULFOSUCCINATE HALF ESTER LIME SOAP
DISPERSING AGENTS
Wilham L. Groves, Jr., Ponca City, Okla., assignor to
Continental Oil Company, Ponca City, Okla.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 821,074
Int. CI. Clld 1/12. 1/14, 9/46
U.S. CI. 252-121 1 Claim
A soap bar having improved lime soap dispersing
characteristics is provided which consists essentially of
3.640.885
DRY. FREE FLOWING PEROXYGEN COMPOSITION
WITH AN ORGANIC ACID ANHYDRIDE AND
ALKALI METAL HYDRATE
Raymond C. Rhees, Whittier, Calif., assignor to
Ken McGee Chemical Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 762,151
Int. CI. COlh 15/00
U.S. CI. 252—186 34 Claims
A dry, stable non-segregating bleaching composition
having a controllable, moderately low bulk density which
comprises a mass of expanded, porous, water-soluble in-
organic hydrate salt particles having at least one peroxy-
gen compound bonded thereto. The peroxygen compound
is bonded to the expanded, porous salt particles at moder-
ately low temperatures under controlled moisture condi-
tions.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
627
3,640,886
TOLUENE DnSOCYANATE COMPOSFOONS
Moses Cenker, Trenton, Mich., assignor to BASF
Wyandotte Corporation, Wyandotte, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 762,629
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 252—182 , 6 Claims
A method of increasing the reactivity of organic iso-
cyanates containing hydrolyzable chlorides which com-
prises mixing with the organic isocyanate a small amount
of N,N-disubstituted carbamyl chloride.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—301 see:
Patent No. 3,639,932
3,640,887
TRANSPARENT ZIRCONIA-, HAFNIA-, AND
THORIA-RARE EARTH CERAMICS
Richard C. Anderson, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company, Schenectady, >"-Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
582,519, Sept. 28, 1966. This application Apr. 6,
1970, Ser. No. 26,075
Int. CI. C09k 3/00; C04b 33/00
U.S. CI. 252—301.1 „ 11 Claims
The manufacture of transparent polycrystalline ceram-
ic bodies composed of oxides of thorium, zirconium, and
hafnium and mixtures thereof with oxides of the rare
earth elements 58 through 71 of the Periodic Table and
mixtures thereof with or without yttria, wherein the
ceramic body is in the cubic crystal system, the average
ionic radius of the rare earth oxide with or without the
yttria is no greater than about 0.93 A., and the difference
in ionic sizes of the oxides is no greater than about 0.22
A. is disclosed.
__^v/ 3,640,888
^^LIFORNIUM-252 NEUTRON SOURCE AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Russell D. Baybarz and Joseph R. Peterson, Knoxville,
Tenn., assignors to the United States of America as
represented by the United States Atomic Energy Com-
mission
Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,089
Int. CI. C09k 3/00
U.S. CI. 252—301.1 R 3 Claims
the skin of animals or humans, for instance to mdicate
areas on a patient's skin which are to be subjected to
radiation therapy, for example for the treatment of
cancer. The mark left by the composition is mvisiblein
visible light but fluoresces under ultraviolet Ught. The
composition consists essentially of polyvinyl acetate, a
water-immiscible fluorescent brightening agent of the
aminocoumarin type, organic solvent, and, optionally,
water.
3,640,890
LTTHIA SILICA GLASS LASER CONTAINING
VARIOUS OTHER ALKALI OXIDES
Haynes A. Lee, Jr., Sylvania, and Charies F. Rapp,
Toledo, Ohio, assignors to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
595,000, Nov. 15, 1966. This applicaHon June 6, 1969,
Ser. No. 831,256
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct. 7, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C09k7/5'/, HOlsi/76
U.S. CI. 252 301.4 1^ Claims
Glass* lasers made from glasses containing the following
ingredients in mole percent:
Ingredient: ^ole percent
SiO, 45to75
AlA 0^°'0
Li,0 18 ^° 35
and wherein at least one additional alkali metal oxide
selected from the group consisting of NaaC K2O, Rb20,
CS2O and mixtures is present in an amount of from 0.5 to
10 mole percent. Alkaline earth oxides such as BeO, MgO,
SrO, BaO, CaO and mixtures thereof may also be present.
Neodymium oxide is the laseable substance incorporated
into the glasses. The glass lasers exhibit improved effi-
ciency and have longer decay times and, -accommodate
larger concentrations of neodymium than were present
heretofore.
A radiation source has been provided which is free of
radioactive surface contamination comprising a solid
quartz bead containing a spontaneously fissionable ele-
ment distributed substantially evenly within the confines
of an outer glass shell. A method has been provided for
preparing the source comprising sorbing a spontaneously
fissionable element on quartz powder in a quartz capil-
lary and subsequently fusing the powder and capillary
to contain the neutron-emitting material.
3,640,891
LITHIA-SILICA GLASS LASER CONTAINING
VARIOUS ALKALINE EARTH OXIDES
Haynes A. Lee, Jr., Sylvania, and Charies F. Rapp,
Toledo, Ohio, assignors to Owens-Illinois, Inc.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
595,000, Nov. 17, 1966. This application June 6, 1969,
Ser. No. 831,257
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Oct 7, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C09k 1/54; HOls 3/16
U.S. CI. 252—301.4 21 Claims
Glass laser compositions based on the lithia-silica glass
system containing as selected alkaline earths MgO, BeO,
SrO, BaO, mixtures thereof, and mixtures containing CaO.
These glasses are employed as hosts for neodymium oxide,
Nd203, as the laseable substance. Good efficiencies can be
obtained thereby.
3,640,889
FLUORESCENT SKIN-MARKING COMPOSITION
Dair J. Stewart, Madison, Wis., assignor to Mautz Paint
& Varnish Company, Madison, Wis.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,989
Int. CI. C09d 5/22; F21k 2/00
U.S. CI. 252—301.2 R 10 Claims
A normally liquid, ultraviolet light-sensitive skin mark-
ing composition is disclosed as being useful for marking
3,640,892
ENCAPSULATION PROCESS AND ITS PRODUCT
Antoinette M. Purcell, Cranbury, NJ., assignor to The
National Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed June 24, 1969, Ser. No. 836,148
Int. CI. BOlj 13/02; B44d 1 102
U.S. CI. 252—316 . 9 Claims
A process is provided for manufactunng minute
capsules, en masse, in a liquid manufacturing vehicle,
which capsules have walls of a substantially homogeneous
solid solution of at least two polymeric materials. The
novel process includes a liquid-liquid phase separation
which is accomplished by heating a solution of two
oolymeric materials in an organic solvent. The polymeric
materials comprise polymeric capsule wall material, viz.
628
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
halogenated rubber, and polymeric liquid-liquid phase-
separaiion-inducing material, viz, poly(ethylene-co-vinyl
acetate) or poly(vinylmethyl ether), which dissolve to-
gether as a single phase in the manufacturing vehicle be-
low a certain phase separation temperature and which
exist, above the phase separation temperature, as sepa-
rated components of two liquid phases.
3,640,893
ANTI-FOAM OIL
Alan David Forbes, Woking, and Neville John Hunter,
Walton-on-Thames, England, assignors to The British
Petroleum Company Limited, London, England
Filed Oct. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 871,886
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 12, 1968,
53,568/68
Int. CI. BOld 17100
U.S. CI. 252—321 5 Claims
Disclosed is a composition for use in combating foam
formation in aqueous systems comprised of a mineral base
oil and 0.1 to 25Tc by weight of a fatty acid product
resulting from the hydrolysis of a lipid extract obtained
by solvent extraction of micro-organism culture grown
on a hydrocarbon substrate.
3,640,894
COMPOSITIONS AND PROCESSES FOR BREAKING
PETROLEUM EMULSIONS
Ronald G. Sampson, Huntington Beach, Calif., assignor
to Naico Chemical Company, Chicago, IIL
No Drawing. Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,709
Int. CI. BOld 17104
U.S. CI. 252—344 10 Claims
Compositions of matter and a process breaking water-
in-oil petroleum emulsions therewith, which compositions
comprise a substantially water-insoluble at least partially
oil-soluble product formed by the combination of (a) a
diisocyanate and a polyoxyalkylated compound and (b)
polyoxyalkylated alkyl phenolformaldehyde polyconden-
sates is disclosed.
3,640,895
INHIBITION OF CORROSION USING ALKYL
ARYL KETONES
ZisIs Andrew Foroulis, East Orange, NJ., assignor to
Esso Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed July 2, 1968, Ser. No. 741,869
Int. CI. cut 11104, 11/12
U.S. CI. 252—396 15 Claims
Corrosion of metals by aqueous acidic solutions in a
non-oxidizing atmosphere is markedly inhibited by the
presence of a lower alkyl aryl ketone. A particularly ef-
fective inhibitor of this type is methyl beta-naphthyl ke-
tone. Corrosion of chemical and petroleum process equip-
ment handling hydrocarbon streams containing acidic
gases and water vapor is minimized by the presence of the
corrosion inhibitor of this invention.
3,640,896
PROCESS FOR STABILIZING FOWL RED
\ BLOOD CELLS
Anthony J. DtYasperis, Elmhurst, N.Y., assignor to
Pfizfer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
802,263, Feb. 25, 1969. This application Apr. 13, 1970.
Ser. No. 28,058
Int. CI. A61k 27/70; GOln 33/16
U.S. CI. 252—408 1 rij.»m
A diagnostic composition serving as a multiple-analysis
hematology reference control for red blood cell and white
blood cell counting, hemoglobin content and hematocrit
determination.
3,640,897
ACRYLAMIDE POLYMERS AS FLOCCULANTS IN
RECOVERY OF NICKEL CATALYSTS
Alfred J. Restaino, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Atlas
Chemical Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,495
Int. CI. BOlj 11/02, 11/30
U.S. CI. 252 — 412 1 Claim
An improved process for the recovery and production
of supported nickel hydrogenation catalyst is disclosed.
The improvement being in the washing and filtration step
of the recovery of the nickel and precipitation of same on
the support; namely silica or carbon, to form the un-
activated "green catalyst" of the process.
3,640,898
RHODIUM BASED CATALYSTS FOR THE
SYNTHESIS OF 1,4.DIENES
Aaron Chung Llong Su, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 815,486
Int. CI. C07c 11/12
U.S. CI. 252—429 12 Claims
Improved catalysts are provided for the synthesis of
1,4-dienes from a-monoolefins and conjugated dienes.
The catalysts are rhodium (III) salts in combination with
amides, phosphoramides, phosphine oxides or water. The
improved catalyst allow control of the trans-cis ratio of
the 1,4-diene formed and are operable at useful rates
in a wide range of solvent systems, both protonic and
aprotic.
3,640,899
REACTION PRODUCT OF HYDROCARBYLMONO-
LITHIUM AND 1,3-BUTADIENE AS POLYMERI-
ZATION INITIATOR
Floyd E. Naylor, Bartlesvllle, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 795,365
Int. CI. C08d 3/06
VS. CI. 252—431 R 3 Claims
Sec- or tert-organomonolithium compounds are re-
acted with 1,3-butadiene in the absence of added polar
material to produce a multifunctional polymerization
initiator.
3,640,900
HEAT TREATED BISMUTH MOLYBDATE AND
PHOSPHOMOLYBDATE-ON-TITANIA CATALYSTS
William McClellan, Kennett Square, Pa., and Alvin B.
Stiles, Wilmington, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 805,016
Int. CI. BOlj 11/82
U.S. CI. 252—437 4 Claims
A bismuth molybdate- or bismuth phosphomolybdate-
on-titania catalyst is made by mixing a titania sol with
compounds to give an aqueous slurry which produces, after
drying and calcining, bismuth oxide, molybdenum oxide
and optionally, silicon oxide and phosphorus oxide, in the
desired proportions. A preferred method of preparing the
catalyst is to add, prior to drying, ammonium carbonate,
or aqueous ammonia, to the slurry until the pH is in the
range of 5-7.5. Subsequently, the catalyst is dried and
calcined at temperatures above 600° but below 700° C.
The resulting catalyst has the formula:
BiaPbMOij(Tii_xSix)cOd
where a is equal to or greater than 4, 6 is 0 to 2, c is
6 to 80, d is 1.5fl-f 2.5^ + 36 + 2c and x is 0 to 0.5.
The catalyst produced is useful in various oxidation re-
actions, e.g. methanol to formaldehyde.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
629
3,640,901
OXIDATTVE CONVERSION CATALYST
Darrell W. Walker, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 794,372
Int. CI. BOlj 11/82
U.S. CI. 252—437 . ? Claims
A catalyst for oxidative conversion comprising a tin
oxide-phosphate complex in combination with a non-
porous silica catalyst support having an average ultimate
particle diameter of less than 1 micron, a surface area
within the range of about 1 to 1500 square meters per
gram and a density of less than about 0.2 gram per cubic
centimeter, the complex being prepared by impregnating
the carrier with stannous sulfate, drying, contacting the
impregnated carrier with phosphoric acid and calcining.
nent preferably being selected from rhenium and com-
pounds thereof and Group VIII metals and compounds
thereof, said catalyst having an activity as developed
therein by heating said catalyst in an oxygen-containing
gas stream at 900° to 1150° F. for 0.5 to 20 hours, and
the method of activating a catalyst having the indicated
composition which comprises heating in the indicated
manner.
3,640.902
CATALYST FOR THE VAPOR-PHASE OXIDATION
OF LOWER OLEFINS AND A PROCESS FOR PRE-
PARING THE SAME ^,, ^
Hiroo Ito, Seilchi Nakamura, and Hidemu Inoue, Mlnato-
ku, Japan, assignors to Toa Gosei Chemical Industry
Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan _.„,,«
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 758,710
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 19, 1967,
42/80,940
Int. CI. C07c 45/02
U.S. CI. 252 439 26 Claims
A catalyst for the vapor-phase oxidation of lower ole-
fins is described and a process for preparing it by calcin-
ing the depositions from an aqueous solution of a water-
soluble compound of tri-valent chrominum, a water-solu-
ble compound of molybdenum, and a water-soluble com-
pound of hexa-valent tellurium. Furthermore, the activity
of the catalyst can be increased by the addition of cad-
mium, calcium, aluminum, cobalt, iron, or nickel. Special
use is found in the oxidation of propylene to acrolein.
ERRATA
For Classes 252 — 455 and 252 — 456 see:
Patent Nos. 3.641,095 and 3,641,096
3,640,905
CLINOPTILOLITE BLENDS WITH SHAPE-
SELECTIVE CATALYST
Robert C. Wilson, Jr., Woodbury, N J., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,827
lot CI. BOlj 11/40
VS. CI. 252—455 Z 5 Claims
A method for the preparation of selective catalysts is
disclosed which involves the blending of a crystalline
aluminosilicate of the heulandite group with an alumino-
silicate having an effective pore size of about 5 A. when
the latter aluminosilicate is ion exchanged with cations
to give it both an acidic function and a hydrogenation/de-
hydrogcnation function. For reasons not completely under-
stood, aluminosilicates of the heulandite group have a
synergistic effect upon the 5 angstrom pore size alumino-
silicate so that the resulting catalyst is more shape selec-
tive. Heulandite group aluminosilicates, i.e., heulandite,
stilbite. epistilbite and clinoptilolite are bended with the
5 A. aluminosilicate in amounts ranging from about 20-
80% by weight.
3,640,906
ELECTROCONDUCTIVE SINTERED GLASS
Gerald E. Wojdk, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to
Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,593
Int. CI. C03b 23/20; C03c 15/00. 29/00
U.S. CI. 252—519 5 Claims
3,640,903
HYDROCARBON CONVERSION CATALYST AND
METHOD OF MANUFACTURE
Let Hilfman, Prospect Heights, III., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plalnes, III.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,932
Int. CI. BOlj 11/36, 11/40
U.S. CI. 252—451 9 Claims
A crystalline aluminosilicate is prepared dispersed in
a silica matrix. The crystalline aluminosilicate-mother
liquor slurry is admixed with an aqueous solution of a
salt of a strong acid to precipitate substantially all of the
residual alkali metal silicate contained therein as silica.
3,640.904
CATALYST COMPRISING LAYERED CRYSTAL-
LINE CLAY-TYPE ALUMINOSILICATE COM-
PONENT, AND METHOD OF ACTIVATING
SAID CATALYST
Sigmund M. Cslcsery, Lafayette, Donald A. Hickson,
Richmond, and Joseph Jaffe, Berkeley, Calif., assignors
to Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Sept, 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,676
Int. CI. BOlj 11/40
U.S. CI. 252—455 R . 4 Claims
A hydrocarbon conversion catalyst comprising a lay-
ered crystalline clay-type aluminosilicate component and
a hydrogenating component, said hydrogenating compo-
- « - — - • ■
-« — • -
■10
1:5
Novel, low expansion, electroconductive sintered glass
article, suitable for making electronic components and
the like.
3,640,907
SHAPED BODIES RESISTANT TO OXIDATION,
PARTICULARLY ELECTRIC RESISTANCE
ELEMENTS
Venanzio Bizzani, Hallstahammar, Sweden, assignor to
Aktiebolaget Kanthal, Hallstahammar, Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 803,095
Int. CI. C04b 35/50; HOlb 1/06
U.S. CI. 252— 521 7 Claims
A dense shaped body which is resistant to oxidation and
to temperatures in excess of 1700° C is disclosed, consist-
ing essentially of molybdenum silicide and having an oxide
component of from about 1% to 12% based upon weight
of the silicide, the oxide component containing about 1%
to 10% thorium oxide by weight of the silicide, and a
bonding means which is formed by sintering an alkali
630
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
clay of the montmorillonite group, the clay containing
less than about 0.7% sodium by weight of the oxide
component.
3,640,908
POLYMERIZATION OF EPOXIDES WITH DIHY-
DROCARBON ZINC PREREACTED WITH WATER
Edwin J. Vandenberg, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 31, 1960, Ser. No.
18.862. now Patent No. 3,536,634, dated Oct. 27, 1970.
Divided and this application Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No.
22,691
Int. CI. C08g 23106, 23/14
VS. CI. 260—2 A 6 Claims
O.xiranes are polymerized using as the catalyst the
product obtained by reacting a dihydrocarbon zinc com-
pound, such as diethylzinc, with water in a molar ratio
of water to zinc compound of from about 0.2: 1 to about
1.2:1. Higher molecular weight polymers and/or higher
yields of polymer are obtained than when the dihydrocar-
bon zinc compound is used without prereacting it with
water.
epoxides contain an oxirane group and are free of etheric
oxygen. Illustrative thereof are isobutylene oxide, vinyl-
cyclohexene dioxide, glycidol or 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl-
methyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate.
3,640,909
SUBSTITUTED ACYLATED POLYIMIxNE RESINS
Giffin D. Jones, Midland, and Harold H. Rotb, Bay City,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 799,987
Int. CI. C08g 33/08
VS. CI. 260—2 BP 9 Claims
High molecular weight branched polyimine resins use-
ful in paper manufacture are made by partially deacylat-
ing a linear N-acylated ethylenimine polymer by acid hy-
drolysis and reacting the product with a polyfunctional
crosslinking agent such as an epihalohydrin or a diepoxide.
Preferably, the acylated polymer is produced by polymer-
izing a 2-substituted oxazoline in the presence of a cationic
catalyst.
3,640,910
ADVANCED ADDITION PRODUCTS CONTAINING
TERMLNAL EPOXIDE GROUPS
Daniel Porret, Binningen, Juergen Habermeier, Allschwil,
and Hans Batzer, Arlesheim, Switzerland, assignors to
Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,868
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 10, 1968,
5,379/68; Aug. 2, 1968, 11,638/68
Int. CI. C08g 30/00
U.S. CI. 260—2 EP 23 Claims
New, so-called "advanced" adducts containing epoxide
groups, from polyepoxide compounds containing on an
average more than one epoxide group in the molecule
and mononuclear, five- or six-membered, unsubstituted
or substituted N-heterocyclic compounds whose molecule
contains two endocyclic NH groups, and less than one
equivalent NH group for every epoxide group equivalent
of the polyepoxide compound, obtained by reaction of
for example 2 mols of diomethanediglycidyl ether and 1
mol of ^5-dimethylhydantoin. The epoxide resins "ad-
vanced" w^th the aid of such nitrogen compounds have
a good storage stability in addition to excellent electri-
cal properties.
3,640,911
PHENOLIC FOAM PROCESS
Anthony Joseph Papa, St. Albans, and William Robert
Proops, Charleston, W. Va., assignors to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,726
Int. CI. C08g 53/10
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 F 13 Claims
Phenolic foams are produced containing a minor
amount of an olefin epoxide as a catalyst promoter. The
3,640,912
MOLDING MATERIALS BASED ON ELASTOMERIC
POLYMERS AND ORGANIC BINDERS WITH OR
WITHOUT MINERAL FILLERS
Hans Reinhard, Limburgerhof, Rolf Petri, Frankenthal,
and Wilhelm-Friedrich Beckerle, Worms, Germany, as-
signors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesell-
schaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,677
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 16, 1968,
P 17 20 063.4
Int. CI. C08d 9/04, 13/38
U.S. CI. 260—2.3 14 Claims
Molding materials based on 20 to 90% of elastomeric
polymers, 5 to 30% of binder copolymers prepared from
20 to 80% of butadiene. 80 to 20% of styrene and/or
acrylonitrile and 0 to 20% of other monomers and finely
dispersed in water, 5 to 200% (with reference to the binder
copolymers) of cement and or slaked lime, 0.5 to 10% of
air-drying oil and 0 to 50% of mineral fillers are particu-
larly suitable for the production of playground and sports-
ground surfacings which are easy to look after.
3,640,913
PROCESS FOR HEATING POLYMERS WITH
DIELECTRIC HEATING
Peter A. Cerra, Bay City, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 17. 1969, Ser. No. 817,203
Int. CI. C08f 47/10
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 R 8 Claims
Polymers are rapidly heated by an improved process
wherein (1) a composition containing an organic poly-
mer is blended with a zinc halide and (2) the resultant
blend is heated by applying to it a high frequency alter-
nating electric field. Tlie improved process is particularly
useful in preparing foamed polymers wherein a conven-
tional blowing agent is incorporated into a blend of or-
ganic polymer and zinc halide and the blend is then di-
electrically heated.
3,640,914
FLAME-RESISTANT FOAMED RESIN
COMPOSITION
Masao Ogawa, Tokyo, Teruyuki Enjoji, Oita-ken, and
Humio Aral, Kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignors to Showa
Denko Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,286
Int. CI. C08f 29/22, 47/10
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 FP 5 Claims
A foamed resin composition of a high flame resistance,
which comprises .i three-component resin of acrylonitrile/
chlorinated polyethylene/styrene, and a small amount of
diantimonv trioxide.
3,640,915
PRODUCTION OF FOAMED POLYETHYLENE
Alfred Cooper, Sanderstead, England, assignor to Ex-
panded Rubber & Plastics Ltd., Croydon, England
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 476,679,
Aug. 2, 1965. This application Oct. 17, 1968, Ser.
No. 768,521
Int. CI. C08f 27/00, 29/04, 47/10
VS. CI. 260—2.5 R 10 Claims
The present invention relates to a process for producing
expanded polyethylene having a density of from 1 to 5
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
631
lbs./ft.3 comprising raising the melting point of ethylene
polymer by subjecting the polymer to a cross-linking
treatment equivalent to that produced by an irradiation
dose of between 2 and 6 megarads and thereafter heat-
ing the cross-linked polymer to a temperature above the
softening temperature in atmosphere of nitrogen at a
pressure of 2.000 to 12,000 lbs. per square inch to im-
pregnate the polymer with nitrogen and expanding the
nitrogen-impregnated polymer by releasing the pressure
thereon.
3,640,916
FOAM PRODUCING COMPOSITIONS
Douglas W. Dill, Racine, Wis., assignor to
S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc., Racine, Wis.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,205
Int. CI. C08f 15/40, 47/10, 47/16
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 L H Claims
The disclosure relates to compositions and processes for
forming cellular structures. The compositions comprise
an emulsion of a synthetic organic polymer having a mini-
mum film-forming temperature of less than about 25° C.
and, dispersed in the emulsion, a volatile organic liquid
which has a vapor pressure of at least about 2 p.s.i.a. at
about 20° C.
3,640,917
CELLULAR PLASTICS OF EPOXY RESINS AND
PROCESS FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE
Ernst Nolken, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignor to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,593
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 25, 1968,
P 17 20 776.0
Int. CI. C08g 55/70
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 10 Claims
A process for foaming and hardening an epoxy resin
or mixtures thereof with a lactone or a cyclic ether under
the action of inert readily volatile organic solvents as
foaming agents and fluophosphoric acid or mixtures of
fluophosphoric acid with other phosphorus compounds as
hardeners.
agent, an organic peroxide with a decomjxjsition tempera-
ture of at least 170° C, elementary sulfur and an organic
compound containing a plurality of allyl groups.
3,640,918
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF FOAM
MATERIALS CONTAINING PLASTICIZERS AND
MADE OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE AND CO-
POLYMERS OF VINYL CHLORIDE
Otto Fuchs, Oberlar, uber Troisdorf, Germany, assignor
to Dynamit Nobel AG, Troisdorf, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 815,263
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 8, 1968,
P 17 69 127.9
Int. CI. C08f 45/40. 47/08
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 P 9 Claims
Improvements in forming plasticized vinyl chloride
polymer foams by admixing vinyl chloride polymer plas-
tisols with a substantially moisture-free wetting or dis-
persing agent at least partially dissolved in a fatty alcohol
and then foaming such admixture with a substantially
inert gas.
3,640,920
RIGID, LOW-DENSITY, FILLED CELLULAR
POLYURETHANES
Stanley Cear, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Atlas
Chemical Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,726
Int. a. COSg 22/44, 51/04
U.S. a. 260—2.5 AK 9 Claims
Rigid, low density polyurethane foam compositions are
provided which have excellent freezer stability while re-
taining the insulative value, compression strength and
other desirable physical properties characteristic of rigid
polyurethane foams. The polyurethane foams contain
from about 0.05% to about 0.5% by weight of a finely
divided, solid, particulate, insoluble and non-reactive ad-
ditive material such as is commonly used in foams as filler
material.
3,640,921
FILAMENTARY POLYOLEFIN FOAM PRODUCT
AND PROCESS OF MAKING THE SAME
Hans Eberle, Limburgerhof, and Gerhard Wuttke, Neu-
hofen, Germany, a^gnors to Grunzweig & Hartmann
Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
793,914, Jan. 24, 1969. This application Aug. 1, 1969,
Ser. No. 847,536
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 27, 1968,
P 16 94 357.0; Aug. 3, 1968, P 17 69 909.1
Int. CI. C08f 29/12, 47/10; B29d 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 E 18 Claims
A filamentary product consists of a foamed polypro-
pylene comprising (a) a major portion of a stereoregular
propylene polymerizate having a relatively high molec-
ular weight and (b) a minor portion of a heptane-solu-
ble polymerizate of relatively low molecular weight.
The product is made by foaming and extruding a mix-
ture of propylene polymers having a molecular weight
above 600,000 and a liquid hydrocarbon having from 5
to 10 carbon atoms at a temperature between 170 and
220° C. whereupon the extruded body is immediately
subjected to stretching without intermediate healing or
compressing.
3,640,922
STABLE AQUEOUS DISPERSIONS
David P. Sheetz, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,333
Int. CI. C08d 7/75, C08f 47/16
U.S. CI. 260—4 R 16 Claims
Aqueous colloidal dispersions having improved stability
are prepared by adsorbing a polymerizable surfactant,
such as sodium allyl o-sulfopalmitate, on the surface of
particles dispersed in aqueous media, such as in a pre-
formed latex, and polymerizing in place the adsorbed sur-
factant. Ordinarily an amount of polymerizable surfactant
to provide from about 50 percent to about 100 percent
coverage of the particles is used.
3,640,919
FOAMED POLY-1-BUTENE
Alfred Michels, Mart, and Josef Bittscheidt. Dattein, Ger-
many, assignors to Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengesell-
schaft, Marl, Germany
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,541
Claims priority, application Germany, May 30, 1968,
P 17 69 486.9
Int. CI. C08f 29/02. 47/10
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 HA 4 Claims
An improvement in the process of a foaming poly-1-
butene by mixing it with a nitrogen liberating foaming
3,640.923
POLYENES CURED WITH POLYTHIOLS WITH
IRON COMPOUNDS AND OXIME ESTERS AS
ACCELERATORS
James L. Guthrie, Ashton, Md., assignor to W. R. Grace
& Co., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed xNov. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 775,198
Int. CI. C08b 21/08; C08f 27/06
U.S. CI. 260 — 13 22 Claims
This invention relates to accelerated curing under am-
bient conditions of a liquid composition comprising a
632
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
polyene containing at least two reactive unsaturated car-
bon to carbon bonds per molecule and a polythiol con-
taining at least two thiol groups per molecule, the total
combined functionality of (a) the reactive unsaturated
carbon to carbon bonds per molecule in the polyene and
(b) the thiol groups per molecule in the polythiol being
greater than four, in the presence of a curing rate accelera-
tor comprising a catalytic amount of iron and its com-
pounds. The addition of a minor amount of an oxime
ester to the system allows one to cure in an inert atmos-
phere. The polythioethers formed can be used as ad-
hesives.
ing, said salted amine being the reaction product of a
carboxylic acid having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and a tertiary
amine in which the fatty carbon chain has from 12 to
24 carbon atoms.
3,640,924
TEXTILE ADHESIVE FROM POLYURETHANE
CONTAINING CARBOXYLATE GROUPS
David Trimble Hermann, Flemington, and Kenneth
Herald Remley, Warren Township, Somerset County,
NJ., assignors to American Cyanamid Company, Stam-
ford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 785,779
Int. CI. C08g 22/16, 41/00
U.S. CI. 260—13 3 Claims
Aqueous adhesive compositions containing a dispersed
polyurethane polymer, the method of using the adhesive
composition in textile applications, and the textile mate-
rials thus obtained.
The adhesive composition is an aqueous dispersion of
a particular class of self-dispersible or emulsifiable poly-
urethane polymers. The aqueous dispersions are obtained
by adding a particular class of isocyanate-terminated
polyurethane prepolymers having pendant carboxyl groups
to water containing a tertiary aliphatic amine and allow-
ing chain extension with water to proceed until all of the
isocyanate groups have been reacted. The resulting poly-
urethane latex is thickened to the desirable viscosity with
suitable thickening agents.
3,640,927
POLYMERIZATION PRODUCTS OF VINYL
MONOMERS AND ACRYLATE OR VINYL
ESTER TERMINATED POLYESTERS
Cari S. Marvel and Roberta C. L. Chow, Tucson, Ariz.,
assignors to the United States of America as repre-
sented by the Secretary of Agriculture
No Drawing. Hied Jan. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 793,189
Int. CI. C08f 15/26, 15/28. 21/04
U.S. CI. 260—23 CP 12 Claims
There are disclosed herein addition copolymers of (a)
a vinyl monomer and (b) a polymerizable polyester, for
example, an acrylate or a vinyl ester of a polyester of
an aliphatic hydroxycarboxylic acid. A typical example
is the copolymer of (a) vinyl chloride and (b) a vinyl
ester of a polyester of 10-hydroxydecanoic acid. TTiis
copolymer is useful for preparing flexible films.
3,640,925
PROCESS FOR THE SIMULTANEOUS GELATINIZA-
TION AND GRAFT COPOLYMERIZATION OF
MONOMERS ONTO STARCH
Gerald F. Touzinsky, Laurel, and Hans W. Maurer,
EUicott City, Md., assignors to Westvaco Corporation,
New York N.Y.
Filed Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 866,880
Int. CI. C08f 25/00
\].S. CI. 260—17.4 GC 16 Claims
Process for simultaneously gelatinizing starch and
initiating graft copoiymerization between a polymeriz-
able ethyienically unsaturated monomer and starch
which includes forming an aqueous dispersion of starch,
monomer, and a peroxidic free-radical initiator, and
heating the dispersion to substantially instantaneously
gelatinize the starch and initiate a graft copoiymerization
reaction between the monomer and starch.
3,640,928
STABILIZATION OF SYNTHETIC POLYMERS
Keisuke Murayama, Syoji Morimura, Takao Yoshioka,
Katsuaki Matsui, Tomoyuki Kurumada, Ichiro Watan-
abe, and Noriyuki Ohta, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to
Sankyo Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,842
Claims priority, application Japan, June 12, 1968,
43 40.377; Mar. 8, 1969, 44/17,841
Int. CI. C08f'^5 760,57/60
U.S. CI. 260—23 XA 8 Claims
This invention discloses the stabilization of synthetic
polymers including a polyolefin, a jwlyvinyl chloride, a
polyvinylidene chloride, a polyurethane and a polyamide
against photo- and thermo-deteriorations thereof by incor-
porating therein a piperidine derivative in a sufficient
amount to prevent such deteriorations thereof, usually in
an amount of 0.01 to 5.0% by weight based on the amount
of the synthetic polymer.
3,640,926
AQUEOUS DISPERSIONS OF EPOXY RESIN ESTERS
AND METHOD OF PREPARING SAME
William W. Slater, Little Silver, NJ., and Lawrence E.
Thow, Louisville, Ky., assignors to Celanese Coatings
Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 19, 1965, Ser. No.
441,365, now Patent No. 3,468,779. Divided and this
application Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 818,468
Int. CI. C08g 53/18
U.S. CI. 260—18 EP 8 Claims
An aqueous dispersion of a coating-forming epoxy resin
ester and a salted amine, suitable for use in electro-coat-
3,640,929
CHRYSOTILE ASBESTOS FIBER REINFORCED
POLYMERS OF PROPYLENE
Thomas W. Darling, Rochdale, England, assignor to
Turner Brothers Asbestos Company Limited, Manches-
ter, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 766,621
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 12, 1967,
46,668/67
Int. CI. C08f 29/02, 45/60
U.S. CI. 260—23 H 8 Claims
Polypropylene or copolymers of propylene reinforced
with chrysotile asbestos and containing an antioxidant sys-
tem comprising one or more compounds containing the
group
\ /
N-C-N
/ 11 \
N
and a phenolic compound show greatly improved oxida-
tion resistance. Oxidation resistance may be further in-
creased by the addition of certain sulphur compounds,
and by suitable pretreatment of the asbestos fiber prior
to compounding.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
633
3,640,930
PRODUCTION OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
SHAPED ARTICLES
Robert Buning, Oberiar, and Hans Raalf and Wolfgang
Pungs, Troisdorf, Germany, assignors to Dynamit Nobel
Aktiengesellschaft, Troisdorf, Bezirk-Cologne, Ger-
N!°Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
544,114, Apr. 21, 1966. This application Sept. 23,
1968, Ser. No. 772,445
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 24, 1V65,
Int. a. cost 21/04, 29/18 , ^, , „
IIS CI 260 23 XA * Claims
' A shaped article of post-chlorinated eutactic polyvinyl
chloride which may or may not be admixed with a suit-
able plasticizer.
3,640,931
CROSS-LINKABLE DERIVATIVES OF AN ADDI-
TION POLYMER IN A SUBSTANTIALLY NON-
POLAR ORGANIC LIQUID
Michael Raymond Clarke, Frankston, Victoria, and Leon
FiUpowicx, East St. Kilda, Victoria, J^^ftrMa, assignors
to Balm Paints Limited, Melbourne, Victoria, Aujralla
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 767,825
Claims priority, appUcation Australia, Oct. 27, 19*7,
29,086/67
Int. CI. C08f 47/i8 ^^^, ,
U.S. CI. 260— 23 EM 14 Claims
A process of preparing a stable dispersion of a cross-
linkable derivative of an addition polymer in a substantially
non-polar organic liquid. A dispersion of a suitably chenii-
cally reactive addition polymer is first prepared in the
liquid and then an unsaturated derivative formed. The
derivative is cross-linkable by an autoxidative or free
radical initiated mechanism or both.
ing the water content so that the now dissolved polyacro-
lein (PAC) bisulfite adduct solids equal about 35% of the
total.
3,640,934
2-PYRROLIDONYL POLYACROLEIN BISULFITE
Nathan D. Field, Allentown, and David I. Randall,
Easton, Pa., and Jlmmie D. Fltzpatrick, Lafayette, La.,
assignors to GAF Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 13, 1969, Ser. So. 799,108
Int. CI. C08g 9/28
U.S. CI. 260—29.4 U ^ 4 Claims
A new composition of matter composing 2-pyrrolidonyl
polyacrolein bisulfite.
3,640,932
COMPOSITIONS FOR SAND CORE MOLD
ELEMENTS
Joel M. Schnur, Agawam, Mass., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 769,384
Int. CI. C08g 57/0-^, 57/24
U.S. CI. 260 29.3 V Claims
'Foundry sand' core mold elements having improved
structural characteristics are made by compositing sand
with a water soluble sulfonated resole resin composition.
3,640,935
METHOD FOR STABILIZING LATICES
Murray S. Abriss, 503 Maple Hill Road,
Havertown, Pa. 19083
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
575,253, Aug. 26, 1966. This appUcation Mar. 12, 1969,
Ser. No. 806,685
Int. CI. C08f 37/00
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 TA ^ <> Claims
The method of improving the stability of a vinyl poly-
mer latex by adding to the latex a non-ionic surface
active agent in the form of a solution in a water-soluble
glycol.
3,640,936
WET STRENGTH RESINS
Laurence Lyman Williams, Stamford, Conn., assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,949
Int. CI. C08f 27/14, 29/00
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 HN ^ ^ J Claims
A water-soluble thermosetting polymer of high cationic
density and a decreased number of ethylene cross-link-
ages is prepared by reacting polyacrylonitrile with ethyl-
enediamine to form polyvinylimidazoline hydrating the
polyvinylimidazoline. and reacting the hydration product
with epichlorohydrin.
The polymer at low molecular weight is a wet-strength
resin for paper and at high molecular weight is a floc-
culating agent for solids suspended in water and a drain-
age aid in the manufacture of paper.
<^
3,640,933
PREPARATION OF POLYACROLEIN-SODIUM
BISULFITE ADDUCT
George T. Kekish, Chicago, WUIiam G. James, Joilet,
and Duane J. Simons, Chicago, lU., assignors to Nalco
Chemical Company, Chicago, HI.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 809,026
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
UA CL 260— 29.6 R ^. ,J ™™*,
In the process of producing an aqueous bisumte adduct
useful as a paper mill additive from a wet cake of poly-
acrolein containing about 40-50% solids, water and at
least one Cj-Cg alkane as a non-solvent diluent produced
by homopolymerizing the acrolein monomer by an invert
emulsion technique, the improvements consisting in form-
ing a reaction mix utilizing a bisulfite reactant in a weight
ratio of about 1.5-2.5 parts per part of polyacrolein based
upon theoretical monomer, stripping the Cs-Cg alkane
diluent from the reaction mix by azeotropic vacuum dis-
tillation for a short time period and subsequently heat-
ing and reacting the polyacrolein and bisulfite for about
1-3 hours at 195-205° F. at atmospheric pressure and at
an acid pH of 3.5-4.5 to produce an aqueous polyacro-
lein-bisulfite adduct and terminally heating the reaction
mix by vacuum distillation for a short period of time to
remove residium Cs-Cg alkane diluent and SOa and adjust-
3,640,937
LINEAR, SEGMENTED POLYLHETHANE
ELASTOMERS
Wilhelm Thoma, Bergisch Neukbchen, Harald Ocrtel,
Odenthal-Gloebusch, Heinrich Rinke, Leverkusen-
Schlebusch, and Ulrich Bahr, Dormagen. Germany, as-
signors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany ain i-ja
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 830,128
Claims priority, application Germany, June 7, l^ftu,
P 17 70 591.8
Int. CL C08g 22/04. 51/44; C07c 133 '02
U.S. CI. 260— 30.8 . . ,. 16 Claims
This invention relates to highly elastic linear segmented
polvurethanes comprising segments obtained from certain
semi-carbazide hydrazides chain extending agents, highly
elastic fibres thereof and to a process for the preparation
of said linear, segmented polyurethane elastomers.
3,640,938
POLYURETHANE COMPOSITION AND ITS USE TO
FORM POLYSTYRENE LAMINATES
Anthony F. Finelli, Akron, Ohio, assignor to pe
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,692
Int. CI. C08g 22/04
VS. a. 260—32.8 N ^ ' Claims
This invention relates to polyurethane compositions and
to a method of applying polyurethane coatings to poly-
634
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
styrene to produce laminates. The polyiirethane composi-
tions are the reaction product of a reactive hydrogen con-
taining material of 400 to about 1 2.000 molecular weight,
an organic polyisocyanate and a curative which has been
dispersed in a solvent which does not affect the surface of
the polystyrene, the solvent being diacetone alcohol.
3,640,939
STABILIZED fflGHLY AROMATIC OIL MASTER-
BATCHES OF COUPLED SOLUTION POLYMERS
Antonio A. Geraldo, Borger, Tex., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. So. 805,356
Int. CI. C08f 45/52
U.S. CI. 260—33.6 13 Claims
Mooney viscosity stability of highly aromatic oil ex-
tended masterbatches of coupled solution polymerized
polymers is improved.
3,640,940
USING GROUND CARBON IN OIL PHASE
MASTERBATCHING
WilUam W. Gotshall, 3081 Walma Drive,
Orchard Lake, Mich. 48034
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Scr. No. 22,646
Int. CI. C08c 11/18. 11/22; C08d 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—33.6 AQ 7 Claims
•-^S^
Ground carbons from coke or coal ground in non-
o.xidizing atmosphere and coated with oil can be dis-
persed and protected from oxidation by mixing them
directly into oil phase masterbatches.
After this adhesive composition is coated on a metal
surface, vulcanizable rubber is placed in contact with
the coated metal surface and the resulting structure is
cured.
3,640,941
ADHESIVE COMPOSITION
Harold J. Flndley and James L. Meier, Eaton, Ohio,
assignors to Whittaker Corporation
No Drawing. Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,915
Int. CI. CQ%i 45/28, 45/30
U.S. CI. 260—33.6 A 17 Claims
An adhesive composition which is particularly useful
for bonding vulcanizable rubber to metal surfaces com-
prises (a) a graft polymer formed from the combination
of polybutadiene or halogenated polybutadiene and sub-
stituted cyclopentadiene monomer, (b) dibasic lead
phosphite, (c) resorcinol, and (d) a volatile organic
solvent for the graft polymer. The polybutadiene and
substituted cyclopentadiene reactants are reacted at an
elevated temperature between about 110°C. and about
165° C. until substantially all of the substituted cyclo-
pentadiene is grafted onto the polybutadiene.
3,640,942
MANUFACTURE OF DELUSTRED NYLON
FILAMENTS
Edward Crampsey, Chaddesden, Derby, England, assignor
to Courtaulds Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,464
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 24, 1968,
24,831/68
Int. CI. COSg 41/04, 51/04
U.S. CI. 260—37 N 5 Claims
Poly amide filaments which are both delustred and re-
sistant to acid dyes, comprising an intimate blend of a
substituted co-polyamide having covalently bound anionic
sulphonate groups and a polyamide, in which is dispersed
titanium dioxide particles.
3,640,943
POLYMER-FILLER COMPOSITION
Edgar E. Bostick and George L. Gaines, Jr., Scotia, and
Donald G. Le Grand, Burnt Hills, N.Y., assignors to
General Electric Company
No Drawing. Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,616
Int. CI. COSg 51/04
U.S. CI. 260—375 B 21 Claims
A polymer-filler composition having improved proper-
ties comprised of a base polymer, a filler and a surface-
active additive which is a block copolymer. The block
copolymer additive contains at least two polymerized
comonomers, one of which is compatible with the base
polymer thereby imparting stability to the composition,
and the second of which is surface-active in the compHJ-
sition so that the block copolymer is concentrated at the
interface between the filler and base polymer to provide
a bond therebetween.
3,640,944
MODIFIED POLYESTER FILM FOR PUNCHED
TAPES
Harold J. Seppala, Woodbury Township, Washington
County, and Gerhard Benz, Cottage Grove Township,
Washington County, Minn., assignors to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,741
Int. CI. COSg 57/04
U.S. CI. 260—40 11 Claims
A durable, relatively non-abrasive film having utility
as a program tape is prepared by physically blending
major amounts of polyethylene terephthalate with minor
effective amounts of high melting polymers such as poly-
sulfone or poly (4-methyl, 1-pentene) and a light absorb-
ing material, extruding the blend as a film and thereafter
biaxially orienting it. TTie film allows as little as 1% light
transmission and has a surface which can be written on
with pencil or pen.
3,640,945
, THERMAL STABILITY OF COPOLYMERS OF
TRIOXANE
Ernst Ricker, Frankenthal, and Franz Schmidt and Erich
Schwartz, Mannheim, Germany, assignors to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigs-
hafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 764,335
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 10, 1967,
P 17 20 309.7, P 17 20 311.1
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Nov. 1, 1983, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08g 1/22
U.S. CI. 260 — 45.7 10 Claims
A process for improving the thermal stability of co-
polymers of trioxane which contain at least 80% by
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
635
weight of —O—CH2— groups and distributed in the poly- additive comprised of tetrabromophthalic anhydride, a
mer chain in amounts of less than 20% by weight (with fumed silica, and antimony trioxide or an equivalent anti-
reference to the copolymer) of mony compound.
.i-
I
•c-
I
groupings by eliminating unstable portions of the chain
by heating with aqueous solutions of alkali metal or alka-
line earth metal fluorides.
3,640,946
FLAME RETARDANT POLYMERS OF PROPYLENE
James C. W. Chien and Robert J. Schwarz, Wilmington,
Del., assignors to Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,330
Int. CI. C08f 45/04
U.S. CI. 260—41 B 4 Claims
Flame retardant compositions of polymers of propyl-
ene are described. The polymers are rendered flame re-
tardant by addition of 4-10% of a chlorinated poiyiso-
butylene and 0 to 5% of antimony trioxide, the amount
of the chlorinated polyisobutylene and antimony trioxide
together being 5-15% by weight of the composition.
3,640,947
NON-TOXIC STABILIZED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
PRODUCTS AND STABILIZER COMPOSITIONS
Carl Robert Gloskey, Sterling, N.J., assignor to M & T
Chemicals Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
694,829, Jan. 2, 1968. This application June 25,
1970, Ser. No. 49,961
Int. CI. C08f 45/62
VS. CI. 260—45.75 K H Claims
The present invention provides a novel non-toxic
organotin stabilizer composition containing about 95 per-
cent of di(n - octyD-Sn, S.S' - bis(isooctylmercaptoace-
tate). The stabilizer composition also contains specified
amounts of other organic tin compounds. The invention
also provides non-toxic polyvinyl chloride containing res-
ins suitable for food packaging use.
3,640,948
STABILIZED POLY AMIDES
John Ernest Jackson, Pontypool, England, assignor to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,787
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 14, 1968,
22,886/68
Int. CI. C08g 57/56, 57/62
U.S. CI. 260—45.75 R 9 Claims
A high molecular weight fiber-forming stabilized poly-
amide contains 5-100 p. p.m. by weight on the polyamide
of phosphorus in the form of a phosphorous acid or a
salt thereof and 100-10,000 p. p.m. by weight on the poly-
amide of a sulfur-containing phenol having the formula
OH — 0— S — R where 0 represents a benzene ring. The
hydroxyl group is positioned para or ortho to the sulfur
atom and R is alkyl, aryl and preferably an identical
(p — OH structure as above, located symmetrically about
the sulfur atom.
3,640,949
PRODUCTION OF FLAME RETARDANT
POLYPROPYLENE COMPOSITIONS
Darwin Allen Dalzell, Alma, Mich., assignor to Michigan
Chemical Corporation, St. Louis, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,286
Int. CI. C08f 45/60
U.S. CI. 260 — 45.75 R 8 Claims
Polypropylene is rendered flame retardant without im-
pairing its physical properties by incorporating in it an
3,640,950
HALOGENATED RESINS STABILIZED WITH
NOVEL COMPOSITIONS
Lewis B. Weisfeld, Highland Park, N J., assignor to Cin-
cinnati Milacron Chemicals Inc., Reading. Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
577,844, Sept. 8, 1966. This application Feb. 27, 1969,
Ser. No. 803,084
Int. CI. C08f 45/62
U.S. CI. 260—45.75 K 13 Claims
The early color stability of halogenated resms stabilized
with diorganotin mercapto compounds is improved by
including a minor amount of monohydrocarbyltin deriva-
tives therewith. This combination also frequently reduces
processing and finish odors associated with mercapto
stabilizers.
3,640,951
STABILIZED POLYCARBONATES
Herbert L. Rawlings, New Martinsville, W. Va., assignor
to Baychem Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 756,415
Int. CI. C08g 57/60
U.S. CI. 260 — 45.8 7 Claims
Polycarbonates stabilized against thermal degradation
with a stabilizing amount of 2-(stilbyl-4" )-(4.5-a^ylo)-
l,2.3,-triazole.
3,640,952
POLYESTERURETHANES STABILIZED UlTH
IMINO-OXAZINES
Sidney H. Metzger, Jr., Leverkusen-Neuenhof, Germany,
assignor to Mobay Chemical Company. Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 2, 1966, Ser. No.
531,093, now Patent No. 3,479,351. dated Nov. 18,
1969. Divided and this application June 11, 1969, Ser.
No. 832,421
Int. CI. C08g 57/60
U.S. CI. 260—45.8 NZ 6 Claims
Polyester based polymeric compositions are stabilized
against hydrolysis by adding to said polyester based poly-
meric compositions a stabilizing amount of a tetrahydro-
1,3-oxazine. The preferred tetrahydro-l,3-oxazines have
the formula
R' - N-
CH2
I
CK,
O
I
wherein R and R' are selected from the group consisting
of aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic radicals and x is
1 or 2.
3,640,953
STABILIZATION OF POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
RESINS
Lawrence R. Brecker, Brooklyn, and Alfred Thee, Long
Beach, N.Y., assignors to Argus Chemical Corporation,
Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,503
Int. CI. C08f 45/62
U.S. CI. 260—45.75 K 24 Claims
A polyvinyl chloride resin stabilizer combination hav-
ing a readily controlled tin content is provided which
lessens the development of early discoloration of the
resin when heated at elevated temperatures, for example,
350° F.. comprising a diorganotin mercaptocarboxylic
acid ester and a diorganotin oxide-ester complex which
636
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
is a reaction product of a diorganotin oxide and an ester
of an oxygen-containing acid. The above stabilizer com-
ponents can be liquids or solids. However, where the
stabilizer components are liquid, a homogeneous stable
liquid mixture is formed.
Polyvinyl chloride resin compositions and a process
for stabilizing such resins are also provided, using the
above stabilizer combination, the resins having as a
result increased resistance to the development of early
discoloration when heated at elevated temperatures.
A process also is provided for preparing organotin
stabilizer compositions having a low to high tin content
controllable over a wide range without limitations due to
stoichiometric considerations.
3,640,954
TREATMENT OF POLYVINYL HALIDES
Paul Kraft, Spring Valley, N.Y., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
657,006, July 31, 1967. This application June 5, 1969,
Ser. No. 830,872
Int. CI. C08f 7//;, 1/13. 1/88
U.S. CI. 260—45.95 5 Claims
Polyvinyl halides, particularly PVC, are made resistant
to thermal degradation and plasticizer absorption by treat-
ing the latices with relatively polar, water-dispersible or
water-soluble organo phosphates of the general formulae
and
o
R'-0-iCHr-CHR-0)„-P-(OM)i
O
!R'-0-fCHj-CHR-Oi„l.— P-OM
in which M is a metal cation or ammonium and particu-
larly an alkali metal, n is an integer from 1 to 30, R is
hydrogen or lower alkyl of I to 2 carbons, and R' is alkyl
or alkyl-substituted phenyl wherein the alkyl groups con-
tain about 1 to 20 carbons. Preferably R' is either a
straight chain alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl-substituted
phenyl group wherein the alkyls total about 1 to 12 car-
bons. The polymers thus treated are especially useful in
plastisols. Addition of the phosphate is made during or
after the occurrence of the pressure drop in the polym-
erization of the polyvinyl chloride polymer.
ERRATUM
For Class 260 — 47 see:
Patent No. 3,639,928
3,640,955
LINEAR POLYURETHANE OF DI- OR TRI-NUCLE-
AR N,N'-DIALKYLDIAMINES AND DI- OR TRI-
NUCLE AR DIHYDROXYL COMPOUNDS
Heinrich Krimm, Krefeld-Bochum, Hermann Schnell,
Krefeld-Urdingen, and Gunther Lenz, Krefeld, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
schaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
752,136. Aug. 13, 1968, and Ser. No. 780,895, Dec. 3,
1968. This application July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,309
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 26, 1967,
F 53,340; Dec. 8, 1967, F 54,265
Int. CI. C08g 22/26
VS. CI. 260 — 47 CZ 3 Claims
High molecular weight polyurethanes having excellent
thermal stability based on condensing di- or trinuclear
N,N'-dialkyldiamines in which the nitrogen is aromatically
linked with di- or tri-nuclear dihydroxyl compounds and
bifunctional carbonic acid derivatives, or by condensing
bis-monocarbonic acid derivatives of di- or tri-nuclear
N,N'-dialkyldiamines with di- or tri-nuclear aromatic di-
hydroxyl compounds or by condensing bis-monocarbonic
acid derivatives of di- or tri-nuclear aromatic dihydroxyl
compounds with di- or tri-nuclear N,N'-dialkyldiamines.
3,640,956
POLYBENZIMIDAZOLECARBOXAMIDES
AND PROCESS
James Guilbert Colson, Williamsville, N.Y., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,072
Int. CI. C08g 20/32
U.S. CI. 260—47 CP 5 Claims
Polybenzimidazolecarboxamide polymers are pro-
vided; these are prepared by treating a polymer contain-
ing imidazopyrrolone ring systems with ammonia; the
polymers are useful as adhesives, especially for high tem-
perature applications.
3,640,957
MONOOXAZOLINE AND OXAZINE CURED
EPOXY RESINS
Donald A. Tomalia and Robert J. Thomas, Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,663
Int. CI. C08g 30/14
U.S. CI. 260—47 EN 4 Claims
wherein R" is hydrogen or loweralkyl Ci_4, m is 2 or 3,
and each heterocycle is part of an entire molecule. It is
a highly effective curing agent, by both reaction and catal-
ysis, for polyepoxides to obtain epoxy resins.
3,640,958
PHENOLIC RESIN COMPOSITIONS MODIFIED
WITH GROUP II METAL HYDROXIDES OR
OXIDES AND A CAPROLACTONE
Anthony C. Soldatos, Kendall Park, N.J., assignor to
Union Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,344
Int. CI. C08g 5/18
U.S. CI. 260—59 16 Claims
This invention relates to phenolic resin compositions
modified with Group II metal hydroxides or oxides and
an €-caprolactone, which are characterized by relatively
low viscosity and can be molded into shaped articles of
desired configuration having excellent chemical and phys-
ical properties.
3,640,959
CURED POLYFERROCENYLENES AND PROCESS
FOR CURING
Norman Bilow, Los Angeles, Calif., and Harold Rosen-
berg, Dayton, Ohio, assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 805,008
Int. CI. C08g 3/00, 13/00
U.S. CI. 260—64 11 Claims
Cured polyferrocenylenes and the process for curing
them are disclosed. Low molecular weight thermoplastic
polyferrocenylenes are reacted with aromatic dicarboxal-
dehydes. The resulting copolymers cross-link and cure to
hard, heat-resistant, radiation-resistant structures upon
treatment with heat and pressure.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
637
3,640,960
STABILIZED POLYIMIDAZOPYRROLONES COM-
POSITIONS AND METHOD OF PREPARATION
George M. Bower, 2301 Sonny St.,
Pittsburgh, Pa. 15221
No Drawing. Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,334
Int CI. C08g 20/32. 33/06
V£. CI. 260—65 12 Claims
By adding a tertiary amine to a reaction mixture used
for the preparation of polyimidazopyrrolone composi-
tions, there is made possible the preparation of such com-
positions with higher solids content and without prema-
ture gelation.
3,640,961
FERROCENE-PHTHALALDEHYDE COPOLYMERS
Norman Bilow, 6118 S. Condon Ave.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90056
Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 804,870
Int CI. C08gi//0
U.S. CI. 260—67 R 1 Claim
Thermosetting ferrocene-containing copolymers and
process for preparation of same are disclosed. The copoly-
mers are prepared by the reaction of ferrocene or ferro-
cene derivatives with aromatic dicarboxaldehydes in the
presence of a suitable catalyst. The copolymers cure, from
low molecular weight soluble resins to insoluble resins
of extremely high molecular weight upon treatment with
heat and pressure. The products of this invention are use-
ful in the fabrication of composite reinforced plastic struc-
tures.
3,640,964
DIBROMONEOPENTYL GLYCOL MODIFIED
POLYESTERS
Mary J. Stewart, Media, and John A. Price, Swarthmore,
Pa., assignors to FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,980
Int CI. C08g 17/08
VJS. CI. 260—75 H 5 Claims
A linear polyester resin comprising the polycondensa-
tion product of (1) a glycol dicarboxylate or a precon-
densate of said dicarboxylate, prepared by a condensation
reaction between an aliphatic glycol and a saturated aro-
matic dicarboxylic acid or lower alkyl diester thereof, and
(2) a minor amount of dibromoneopentyl glycol.
3,640,962
POLYESTER POLYCONDENSATION PROCESS
UNDER DECREASING TEMPERATURES
Albrecht Moschel, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignor
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Brunlng, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,842
Claims priority, application Germany, May 8, 1968,
P 17 70 350.3
Int CI. C08g 77/0/
U.S. CI. 260—75 M 7 Claims
Process for the manufacture of polyesters containing
free hydroxyl groups and having an acid number below
0.4 by condensing at least one dicarboxylic acid with at
least one diol in a molar ratio of from 1:1.14 to 1:1.35
in the presence of a condensation catalyst, removing the
main quantity of the water of condensation in a current
of an inert gas under a pressure of 1,000 to 700 mm. of
mercury and after-condensing under reduced pressure,
which comprises reducing in stages or continuously dar-
ing after-condensation the temperature in the range of
from 210° C. to 165° C, and the pressure of from 800
to 1 mm. of mercury.
3,640,965
THERMOPLASTIC SULFUR-CONTAINLNG
POLYMERS
George Lewis Brode, Summervllle, and Timothy Lee
Pickering, Kendall Park, N J., assignors to Union Car-
bide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 2, 1968, Ser. No. 764,598
Int CI. C08g 22/00, 22/18
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 AP 20 Claims
Polymers are disclosed that contain a plurality of units
of the formula — SRS — which are derived from a dimer-
captan of the tormula HSRSH in which the R represents
a divalent, aliphatic, polycyclic radical, as defined here-
inafter. The polymers may be homopolymeric, i.e.,
— SRS — X or copolymeric — SRSY— , in which x is the
number of repeating units and Y is the divalent residue
of a monomer which is copolymerizabie with the di-
mercaptan.
3,640,966
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF POLY-
ISOCYANATES WHICH CONTAIN A CARBO-
DIIMIDE-ISOCYANATE ADDUCT
Hans Joachim Hennig, Cologne-Stammheim, and Peter
Fischer, Cologne-Flittard, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,547
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 25, 1968,
P 16 68 083.4
Int CI. C08g 22/00, 22/18
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 R 9 Claims
Polyisocyanates containing a carbodiimide-isocyanate
adduct are prepared by heating an organic polyisocyanate
containing nitrogen atoms only in the isocyanato groups
in the presence of a catalytic amount of a catalyst to a
temperature above 150° C. and cooling the reaction prod-
uct to about room temperature, wherein said catalyst is an
organic isocyanate compound containing biuret, urea,
amido, urethane, allophanate, isocyanurate, uretdione or
uretonimine groups in the compound.
3,640,963
PROCESS FOR CURING POLYFERROCENYLENES
Norman Bilow, Los Angeles, Calif., and Harold Rosen-
berg, Dayton, Ohio, assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 805,009
Intel. C08g7/iO
U.S. CI. 260—67 R 7 Claims
A method of curing low molecular weight polyferro-
cenylenes. Low molecular weight polyferrocyenylenes are
reacted with l.l'-ferrocenedicarboxaldehyde or a sub-
stituted ferrocenedicarboxaldehyde in the presence of a
suitable catalyst. This reaction produces a low molecular
weight copolymer which, when subjected to heat and pres-
sure, thermosets or cures to a hard, heat-resistant, radia-
tion-resistant resin. The cured products of this invention
are useful as resins in the formation of laminated struc-
tures.
3,640,967
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
POLYURETHANES
Klaus Konig and Erwin Miiller, Leverkusen, Wllbelm
Kallert, Cologne-Stammheim, and Cornelius Miihl-
hausen, Leveritusen, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,104
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 23, 1968,
P 17 70 245.3
Int CI. C08g 22/10
U.S. a. 260—77.5 6 Claims
A process for the preparation of polyurethanes, which
may or may not be cross-linked, from higher molecular
weight, linear dihydroxy compounds, diisocyanates and
low molecular weight chain lengthening agents which
contain at least two hydrogen atoms that are reactive
with isocyanates, characterized in that the higher mo-
638
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
lecular weight dihydroxy compounds used are reaction
products of «-caprolactone and /or e-hydroxycaproic acid,
hexane-l,6-diol and diaryl carbonates.
3,640,968
CURABLE DIVINYL ACETAL COPOLYMERS
Maurice A. Raymond, Northford, Conn., assignor to
Oiin Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,590
Int. CI. C08f 15/40; C08g 22/00
VS. CI. 260— 77.5 R 11 Claims
This invention relates to new copolymers of selected
divinyl acetals and selected comonomers containing both
a vinyl type unsaturation and an oxirane group. These
copolymers have high tensile strength, high elongation
and good adhesive properties and have utility as primers,
adhesive and coatings for glass, plastics and metal.
to the chain terminal of a ring-opened unit of two or
more of the cyclic compounds of the group of /3-lactones,
e-caprolactone and ethylene oxide, the connection between
the vinyl chain and the chain of the cyclic compound
being by way of amide or nitrogen. The invention also
comprises a method for making the end-blocked copoly-
mers in a three-step process, wherein the first step con-
sists of polymerization of a vinyl-type monomer in the
presence of a halogen compound yielding a polymer
having a halogen at one or both chain ends, which is
converted in a second step into an w-aminopolymer by
reaction with ammonia or an amide, and wherein the addi-
tion of one or more cyclic compounds of the group com-
prising a /}-lactone, e-caprolactone, and ethylene oxide is
effected in a third step.
3,640,969
PROCESS FOR PREPARING SOLUBLE POLYIMIDE
BY THE POLYCONDENSATION OF MELLO-
PHANIC DIANHYDRIDE, PYROMELLITIC DIAN-
HYDRIDE, AND AN AROMATIC DIAMINE.
FOLLOWED BY IMIDATION OF THE POLY-
CONDENSATION PRODUCT
Shigeyuki Suzuki, Kanagawa, and Isamu Kaneda, Masaaki
Takabashi, and Hiroshi Nagai, Tokyo, Japan, assignors
to Kureba Kagaku Kogyo Kabusbiki Kaisba, Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796.174
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 1, 1968,
43/6,141
Int. CL C08g 20/32
U.S. CI. 260—78 TF 17 Claims
A process for producing a soluble polyimide by the
polycondensation of mellophanic and pyromellitic dian-
hydride and an aromatic diamine, followed by the imida-
tion of the polycondensation product. A polyimide solu-
tion thus prepared is also claimed.
3,640,972
ADHESIVE COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING 2-CY-
ANOACRYLATES AND HETEROCYCLIC COM-
POUNDS
Bernard Joseph Bolger, 47 Kilterogh Road, Foxrocks,
and Denis Joseph O'SuIlivan, 130 St. Finton's Road,
Sutton, both of Dublin, Ireland
No Drawing. Filed June 6, 1969, Ser. No. 831,254
Claims priority, application Ireland, Aug. 18, 1968,
1,006/68
Int. CI. C08f 3/50. 3/74. 15/16
VJ&. CI. 260—78.4 N 20 Claims
Improvements are made in the cure speed and bond
performance of cyanoacrylate adhesives by using in con-
junction therewith an imino- or unsaturated aliphatically
substituted derivative of s-triazine, hexahydro-s-triazine
or pyrimido (5,4-d] pyrimidine.
3,640,970
PROCESS FOR PREPARATION OF POLYAMIDES
Shuji Ozawa and Hiroshi Fujie, Tokyo, Japan, assignors
to Teijin Limited, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 799.510
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 19, 1968,
43/10,414; Sept. 5, 1968, 43/63,860
Int. CI. C08g 20/20
\].S CI. 260-78 R 8 Claims
A process for preparation of polyamides which com-
prises reacting substantially equimolar amounts of at least
one diamine and a dihalide of at least one dicarboxylic
acid and in an inert, non-basic organic medium to form a
pre-condensate, and thereafter contacting said pre-con-
densate in said medium with an aqueous solution of a
water-soluble acid acceptor. Thus high molecular-weight
aromatic polyamides suitable for high temperature uses in-
cluding co-polyamides having either random or block
structure can be obtained with practical easiness even in
large scale operations.
3.640,973
TIN SALTS OF PARTIALLY ESTERIFIED VINYL
MONOMER-MALEIC ANHYDRIDE COPOLYMERS
Robert R. Chambers, Scarsdale, N.Y., Henry V. Isaacson,
Minneapolis, Minn., and David W. Young, Homewood,
III. (ail ""c Sinclair Research, Inc., 400 E. Sibley Blvd.,
Harvey, III. 60426)
No Drawing. Application June 4, 1968, Ser. No. 734,202,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
607.150, Jan. 4, 1967, now Patent No. 3,472.772.
dated Oct. 14, 1969. Divided and this application May
25, 1970, Ser. No. 48,687
Int. CI. C08f 27/06
U.S. CI. 260—78.5 T 5 Claims
Novel tin salts of partial esters of vinyl monomer-
maleic anhydride polymers (e.g. styrene-maleic anhydride
polymers), esterified with a thioalcohol or a hydroxythio-
ether are formed by combination of the ammonium salt
of said thioester and stannous chloride. Vinyl halide
polymers are stabilized by incorporation of small amounts
of these tin salts.
3.640,971
END-BLOCKED COPOLYMERS OF VINYI MONO-
MERS WITH CYCLIC MONOMERS AND METHOD
FOR PREPARING THE SAME
Shitomi Katayama and Hideichi Horikawa, Akita, Japan,
assignors to Denki Onkyo Co. Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,162
Claims priority, application Japan, June 4, 1968,
43/38,169
Int. CI. C08f 27/08. 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—78.3 R 13 claims
End-blocked copolymers consisting of molecular chains
of vinyl polymers connected at least at one chain terminal
3,640,974
MODIFYING POLYMERS
David S. Breslow, Madelyn Gardens, Wilmington, Del.,
assignor to Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 822,037
Int. CI. C08f 3/20, 27/08
U.S. CI. 260—78.5 10 Claims
Vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride polymers can
be cross-linked or otherwise modified by reaction with a
poly(diazo) compound selected from the group of
r
0 R'
II I
C - CN2
r R. 1
and
CNn
where x is an integer greater than 1, R is an organic radi-
cal inert to modification reactions, A is an aromatic radi-
cal inert to modification reactions, and R' is a hydrogen.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
639
aryl or — COOZ radical where Z is an alkyl or aryl radi-
cal. The reaction between the poly(diazo) compound and
polymer can be initiated either by heating or by exposing
to ultraviolet radiation.
3,640,975
METHOD OF PROCESSING POWDERY ACCELERA-
TORS PREPARED IN AN AQUEOUS MEDIUM
John W. Bilderback, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Good-
year Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,170
Int. CI. C08c 11/54; C08f 27/06
U.S. CI. 260—79.5 5 Claims
Coagulating a polymer latex during the preparation
of a powdery accelerator so as to improve the process-
ibility of the accelerator.
monomers by an alfin catalyst in the presence of a molec-
ular weight moderator, treating the alfin polymer reaction
mixture with oxygen to prevent conversion of organo-
metallic acetylides and cyclopentadiene compounds into
the corresponding acetylenes and cyclopentadiene, and
separating unreacted monomer, volatile low polymer and
solvent, and thereafter purifying solvent and recycling it
and optionally the monomer for reuse, and washing and
drying the alfin polymer.
3,640,976
CERTAIN CYCLOALKYLSULFENAMIDES AS
PREVULCANTZATION INHIBITORS
Kamel Boustany, Akron, Ohio, assignor to Monsanto
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,866
Int. CI. C08c 11/54, 11/62; C08f 27/06
U.S. CI. 260—79.5 B 22 Claims
Inhibiting premature vulcanization with cycloalkyl-
sulfenamides of the formula
R-S-N
/
I
\
wherein a and b together with the nitrogen atom is
piperidinyl, lower alkyl piperidinyl, aryl piperidinyl, 2,5-
dilower alkyl pyrrolidinyl, hexamethyleniminyl, or
(CH
S-R
where x is one, two or three, and wherein R is cycloalkyl
of 5 to 12 carbon atoms.
3,640,977
INTERPOLYMERS PREPARED FROM VINYL
TOLUENE, ALPHA METHYL STYRENE DI-
CYCLOPENTADIENE AND OPTIONALLY
AN ACRYLIC COMPOUND
Carlos T. Gonzenbach, Scotia, and Manuel A. Jordan,
Schenectady, N.Y., assignors to Schenectady Chemicals,
Inc., Schenectady, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 6, 1969, Ser. No. 822,294
Int. CL C08f 15/40, 1/58, 17/00
U.S. CI. 260—80.78 9 Claims
Terpolymers are made from vinyl toluene, alpha meth-
yl styrene and dicyclopentadiene and tetrapolymers from
these materials and acrylic acid or methacrylic acid or
an alkyl ester Of such acids. The preferred polymers are
tetrapolymers including butyl acrylate. The polymers are
useful as hot melt adhesives and hot melt coatings.
In the process of the invention, molecular weight of
the polymer is controlled by adjustment of the proportion
of molecular weight moderator. No other modification
of reaction conditions, proportions of catalyst, and other
process variables is necessary.
3,640,979
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION
OF ALFIN POLYMERS BY POLYMERIZATION OF
ALFIN MONOMERS IN AN ORGANIC SOLVENT
AND FOR RECOVERING AND RECYCLING
SOLVENT
Theodore B. Baba, 32 Standish Road.
Hillsdale, N.J. 07642
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 740,158,
June 26, 1968. This application Mar. 6, 1970, Ser.
No. 17,287
Int. CI. C08d 3/02
U.S. CI. 260—82.1 26 Claims
3,640,978
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION
OF ALFIN POLYMERS BY POLYMERIZATION OF
ALFIN MONOMERS IN AN ORGANIC SOLVENT
AND FOR RECOVERING AND RECYCLING
SOLVENT
Theodore B. Baba, 32 Standish Road,
Hilldale, NJ. 07642
Continuation-in-pari of application Ser. No. 740,205,
June 26, 1968. This application Mar. 6, 1970, Ser.
No. 17,286
Int. CI. C08d 3/02
VJS. CI. 260—82.1 22 Claims
A continuous process for the preparation of alfin
polymers is provided, effecting the polymerization of the
% KM W4.TI
A continuous process for the preparation of alfin poly-
mers is provided, effecting the f>olymerization of the mon-
omer by an alfin catalyst in the presence of a molecular
640
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
weight moderator, treating the alfin polymer reaction mix-
ture with an organic ester to convert sodium acetylides
and sodium cyclopentadienes to acetylenic cyclopenta-
dienic alcohols separating unreacted monomer, volatile
low polymer, alcohols and solvent, thereafter purifying
solvent and recycling it and optionally the monomer for re-
use, and washing and drying the alfin polymer.
In the process of the invention, molecular weight of
the polymer is controlled by adjustment of the proportion
of molecular weight moderator. No other modification of
reaction conditions, proportions of catalyst, and other
process variables is necessary.
3,640,980
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION
OF ALFIN POLYMERS BY POLYMERIZATION OF
ALFIN MONOMERS IN AN ORGANIC SOLVENT
AND FOR RECOVERING AND RECYCLING
SOLVENT
Theodore B. Baba, Hillsdale, NJ., assignor to National
Distillers and Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 4, 1967, Ser. No. 672,895
Int. CI. C08d 5/00
VS. CI. 260—82.1 22 Claims
A continuous process for the preparation of alfin poly-
mers is provided, effecting the polymerization of the mon-
omer by an alfin catalyst in the presence of a molecular
weight moderator, treating the alfin polymer reaction
mixture with a small amount carbon dioxide to convert
organometallic compounds to organic acid salts, extract-
ing the acid salts with water and separating unreacted
monomer, volatile low polymer and solvent, and there
3,640,983
METHOD OF MAKING COUPLER-BONDED-
POLYMERS AND CHROMOGEN-BONDED-
POLYMERS, AND POLYMERS MADE
THEREBY
Shojiro Horiguchi, 965 Shimohoya, Hoyamachi, Kitatama-
gun, Tokyo, Japan, and Michiei Nakamura, 156, 5-
chome, Motobuto-cho, Urama-shi, Saitama-ken, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 9, 1966, Ser. No. 593,002
Int. CI. C08f 3/50, 3/64. 3/90
U.S. CI. 260—89.7 7 Claims
A method of making a coupler-bonded-polymer capable
of being coupled with a diazonium compound, which com-
prises the steps of diazotizing a coupler containing a pri-
mary amino radical to produce a diazotized product sta-
bilizing such diazotized product with a stabilizer to pro-
duce a stabilized diazonium compound, mixing the stabi-
lized diazonium compound with an ethylenically unsatu-
rated polymerizable monomer and polymerizing the mon-
omer by utilizing the stabilized diazonium compound as
a polymerization initiator to produce a coupler-bonded-
polymer. A method of coloring articles with the use of
the coupler-bonded-polymer thus produced is also pro-
vided.
3,640,984
POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE
William A. Miller, Flemington, NJ., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1963, Ser. No. 321,353
Int. CI. C08f 3/24
U.S. CI. 260—92.1 17 Claims
1. A method for preparing polytetrafluoroethylene
after purifying solvent and recycling it and optionally the adapted for molding precision parts and thin sheeting,
monomer for reuse, and washing and drying the alfin poly- comprising the sequential steps of (a) subjecting particles
mer. o^ polytetrafluoroethylene, which particles are at least 100
- microns in their smallest dimension, to milling effected
substantially solely by interparticulate collision, at a tem-
perature of less than about 200° F.; (b) classifying the
milled particles to separate therefrom particles having a
maximum dimension of up to and including about 50
microns, wet-sieve size; and (c) subjecting the unsep-
arated particles of larger than about 50 microns, wet-sieve
size, repeatedly to the milling effected substantially solely
by interparticulate collision, at a temperature of less than
about 200° F.
3,640,981
VINYL TOLUENE-ALPHA METHYL STYRENE CO-
POLYMERS AND METHOD OF PREPARING THE
SAME
Bernard J. Davis, Pass Christian, Miss., assignor to Reich-
hold Chemicals, Inc., White Plains, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,792
Int CI. C08f 15/04
VS. CI. 260—88.2 C 10 Claims
Copolymers of alpha methyl styrene and vinyl toluene
are prepared by polymerizing said monomers in presence
of phosphorus pentafluoride as a catalyst in an aromatic
diluent or in a blend of aromatic and aliphatic diluents. In
addition triphenyl phosphite is employed to protect the
copolymer during stripping. Said method results in clear
resins giving water white solutions in mineral spirits,
which are odorless and substantially free from aromatics.
3,640,982
PROCESS FOR THE ELIMINATING OF COM-
POUNDS WITH ACID FUNCTION DISSOLVED
IN A LIQUID MEDIUM
Claude Gluntz, Ste. Adresse, and Pierre Meyer and Jean alkyl tertiary butyl peroxide
Peyrot, Le Havre, France, assignors to Compagnie
Francaise de RaflBnage, Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 852,154
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 20, 1968,
163,483
Int. CI. C08f 15/04, 47/24
U.S. CI. 260—88.2 R 7 claims
A process for purifying polymeric substances produced
by using Ziegler type of catalysts wherein metallic im-
purities are removed from a solution of the polymeric
substance by contacting same with a basic graft polymer
grafted onto an inert support. A representative support
3,640,985
POLY.VIERIZATION OF FLUORINE-CONTAINING
ETHYLENICALLY UNSATURATED MONOMERS
IN THE PRESENCE OF A BETA-HYDROXY-
ALKYL TERTIARY-BUTYL PEROXIDE
Henry C. Stevens, Akron, Ohio, assignor to PPG
Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825,424
Int. CI. C08f 3/22
U.S. CI. 260—92.1 5 Claims
Fluorine-containing ethylenically unsaturated mono-
mers, e.g., vinylidene fluoride, are polymerized in an aque-
ous medium with an initiating amount of beta-hydroxy-
3,640,986
POLYMERIZATION OF CYCLIC MONOOLEFINS
John E. Burleigh and Carl A. Uraneck, Bartlesville, Okla.,
assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,061
Int. CI. C08f 7/02
U.S. CI. 260—93.1 10 Claims
_^^... Amines are employed as promoters in a process for
is poly(tejrafluoroethylene) and a precursor graft mon- the polymerization of cyclic monoolefins with a catalyst
omer is ndylpyridine. of a metal complex and an organo-metallic compound.
Febriiaky 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
641
3,640,987
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING TITANIUM
TRICHLORIDE, THE CATALYSTS OBTAINED
THEREFROM AND THEIR USES IN THE
POLYMERIZATION OF POLYMERLZABLE
MONOMERS
Nhu Hung Phung, Antony, and Gilles Le Febvrc, La
Celle St Cloud, FVance, assignors to Institut Francais
du Petrole des Carburants et Lubrifiants, Hauts-de-
Seine, France
No Drawing. FUed June 3, 1968, Ser. No. 804,722
Claims priority, application France, June 1, 1967,
108,822
Int a. C08f 1/42, 3/10
U.S. a. 260—93.7 11 Claims
The present disclosure is directed to a process for manu-
facturing titanium trichloride by reducing titanium tetra-
chloride utilizing at least one reducing compound of a
metal of Groups I to III, in an inert solvent. The process
is carried out in two steps, the first step being con-
ducted at a temperature lower than about 50° C. and
the second step being conducted at a temperature higher
than about 75° C. In the first step, the solvent has a
normal boiling point lower than 140° C. and in the second
step the solvent has a normal boiling point higher than
140° C.
terminated polymer, which involves introducing into the
reaction mixture a system comprised of a polyisocyanate
und a lactone.
3,640,988
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION OF CONJU-
GATED DIENES WITH HALOARYLLITHIUM
INITIATORS
William J. Trepka and Richard J. Sonnenfeld, Bartles-
ville, Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,747
Int CI. C08d 3/04, 3/08, 3/12
VS. CI. 260—94.2 M 5 Claims
1,3,5-tribromobcnzene is employed as a polymerization
modifier for the polymerization of conjugated dienes with
haloaryllithium initiators wherein the use of the polym-
erization modifier reduces the molecular weight of the
conjugated dicne polymer while the high percentage of
cis-configuration of the conjugated dicne polymer is main-
tained.
3,640,991
MIXED ANHYDRIDE METHOD OF PREPARING
PEPTIDES
Francis Marc Callahan, Stony Point N.Y., assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
622,049, Mar. 10, 1967. This appUcation Oct. 29, 1968,
Ser. No. 771,604
Int CI. C07c 101/00, 103/52
U.S. CI. 260—112.5 4 Claims
An improved process is described for preparing peptides
by the mixed anhydride method. The improvement con-
sists in using certain special amines which have at least
one methyl group attached to nitrogen, and an electro-
negative group Beta to the nitrogen. The amines may be
used in excess up to 150% and the peptide is synthesized
with negligible racemization of the stereo isomers of the
constituents which are joined to form the peptide.
3,640,992
NAPHTHOQUINONE DIAZIDE SULFONIC
ACID ESTER
Oskar Sos and Fritz UhUg, Wiesbaden-Beibrich, and
Heinz Schafer, Wiesbaden-Sonnenberg, Germany, as-
signors to Kalle Aktiengesellschaft Wiesbaden-Blebrich,
Germany
No Drawing. FUed June 5, 1967, Ser. No. 643,378
Claims priority, application Germany, July 27, 1966,
K 59 885
Int a. C07c 113/00; G03c 1/52
U.S. CI. 260—141 1 Claim
This invention relates to a light-sensitive ester of a
naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid and to a process for
making the ester. The ester has enhanced solubility and
is useful in photomechanical reproduction processes.
3,640,989
NOVEL BINARY CATALYST SYSTEM FOR THE
POLYMERIZATION OF DIOLEFINS
Morford C. Throckmorton, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,499
Int CI. C08d 3/06
U.S. CI. 260—94.3 8 Claims
There is disclosed a process for the polymerization of
butadiene and butadiene in mixture with other conjugated
diolefins to form polymers containing a high portion of
the butadiene units in the cis-1,4 configuration compris-
ing contacting at least one diolefin under polymerization
conditions with a binary catalyst system comprising (A)
at least one compound selected from a group consisting
of organonickel and organocobalt compounds of fluorine
containing (1) carboxylic acids, (2) aldehydes, (3) ke-
tones and (4) phenols, and (B) at least one organo-
metallic compound wherein the metal is selected from
Groups I, II and III of the Periodic Table.
3,640,993
BASIC AZO DYESTUFFS CONTAINING AN N-
ACYL-AMINO-N'-FYRIDINIUM LOWER ALKYL-
ENEAMINOPHENYL GROUP
Gert Hegar, Schoenenboch, Switzerland, assignor to Clba
Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 779,255
Claims priority, application Switzerland. Dec. 6, 1967,
17,110/67; Oct 15, 1968, 15,402/68
Int CI. C09b 29/36, 43/00
VS. CI. 260—146 R 11 Claims
Basic azo deystuffs, which are free from acidic groups
imparting solubility in water of the formula
OR
3,640,990
TERMINATION OF DIENE POLYMERIZATION
Floyd E. Naylor, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petrolenm Company
No Drawing. FUed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,935
Int CL C08d 1/38, 3/04, 3/08
VS. a. 260—94.7 5 Claims
A method for terminating the polymerization of mono-
mers, in which polymerization there is formed a metal-
in which D represents the residue of a diazo component,
A an acylamino group, Y a linear or branched aliphatic
carbon diain, R' represents hydrogen or an alkyl, aralkyl
or cycloalkyl residue, R an alkyl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl or
aryl residue and X an anion. The dyestuffs are suitable
for use in dyeing and printing; arc suitable for the bulk
coloration of polyacrylonitrilc polymers and arc fast to
light and washings.
642
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,640,994
DISAZO DYE SALTS
Horst Harnisch, Cologne, Buchheim, Germany, assignor
to Farbenfabriken Bayer Akdengesellschaft, Lever-
kusen, Germany
No Drawing. Hied Apr. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 820,671
Claims priority, application Germany, May 9, 1968,
P 17 69 328.6
Intel. C09b i;/06
U.S. CI 260—191 3 Claims
Dye salts of the formula
^^~^v_, .
i( Ch^-CH^-CH,-CH
2 2^3
in which R is hydrogen or alkyl with 1-4 carbons are
produced for use in bulk coloring of lacquers and or-
ganic synthetic materials especially polypropylene.
3,640,995
MONOAZO COMPOUNDS CONTAINING AN
AROYL-AMINO - N - ALKOXYCARBONYL
BENZYLANILINE COUPLING COMPONENT
Max A. Weaver, Herman S. Pridgen, and Clarence A.
Coates, Jr., Kingsport, Tenn., assignors to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,780
Int. CI. C09b 29/06: D06p 1/02
U.S. CI. 260—207.1 7 Claims
Azo compounds containing a phenyl, thiazolyl, benzo-
thiazoly], or thienyl diazo component and m-aroylamino-
N-alkoxycarbonylbenzylaniline coupling component are
useful as dyes for hydrophobic textile materials.
3,640,996
DISPERSE WATER-INSOLUBLE BENZENEAZO-S-
ACETYL- OR 3-PROPIONYL.AMINODIPHENYL-
AMINE DYESTUFFS
Hans-Juergen Sturm, Gnienstadt, and Kurt Mayer, Lud-
wigsbafen, Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 799,929
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 23, 1968,
P 17 19 060.2
InL CI. C09b 29/08; D06p 1/08, 3/52
U.S. a. 260—207.1 4 Claims
Disperse water-insoluble azo dyes in which a diazo
component, e.g. of the benzene series, is coupled to 3-
acetylamino or 3-propionylamino-diphenylamine as the
coupling component; these dyes wherein the nitrogen
atom of the diphenylamine is substituted by methyl, ethyl,
0-hydroxy-ethyl or -propyl, ^-hydroxy-7-propyl, or ,3-
acetoxy-ethyl or -propyl, when used alone or in mixtures
with the corresponding compounds having the unsubsti-
tuted nitrogen atom are especially useful for the disper-
sion dyeing of synthetic linear polyester fibrous materials.
3,640,997
SUCROSE-ETHYLENE DIAMINE POLYOLS AND
PROCESS FOR PREPARING SAME
Walter R. Fijal, Trenton, Mich., assignor to BASF
Wyandotte Corporation, Wyandotte, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
605,178, Dec. 28, 1966. This appUcation May 7, 1969,
Ser. No. 822,702
Int. CI. C07c 47/18
VS. CI. 260—209 R 10 Claims
A sucrose-ethylene diamine polyol is prepared by re-
acting a mixture of sucrose and ethylene diamine with an
alkylene oxide in the presence of a caustic catalyst. The
polyol is used to prepare polyurethane foam products
having excellent dimensional stability and physical prop-
erties. The polyurethane foams are used in preparing
molded articles and as insulation for refrigerators, freez-
ers, and the like.
3,640,998
ALKYLENE OXIDE ADDUCTS OF ALKYL OLIGO-
SACCHARIDES AND THEIR MIXTURES WITH
ALKYLENE OXIDE ADDUCTS OF BOTH ALKYL
GLUCOSIDES AND ALKANOLS
Richard C. Mansfield, Dersher, and James L. Rainey,
Abington, Pa., assignors to Rohm and Haas Company,
Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed June 18, 1969, Ser. No. 834,558
Int. CI. C07c 47/18
U.S. CI. 260—210 R 10 Claims
Surface active alkylene oxide adducts of alkyl oligosac-
charides, and alkylene oxide adducts of mixtures of alkyl
oligosaccharides, alkyl glucosides and alkanols. are pre-
pared from an alkanol and glucose via a transacetalation
reaction, followed by oxyalkylation. Preparation of these
compositions may be carried out by reacting glucose and
a lower alkanol in the presence of an acid catalyst to form
a mixture of lower alkyl glycosides and alkyl oligosac-
charides which are then reacted with higher alkanols to
form the desired intermediates, followed by incorpora-
tion of ethylene and/or propylene oxides into the com-
ponents of the mixture.
3,640,999
PROCESS FOR PREPARING SUBSTITUTED
1,4-DIAZACYCLOHEPTANES
Alberto Bonvicinl and Giuseppe Cantatore, Temi, Italy,
assignors to Montecatini Edison S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 10, 1967, Ser. No. 674,114
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 14, 1966,
28,858/66
Int. CI. C07d 53/02
U.S. CI. 260—239 BC 5 Claims
Process for preparation of alkyl-substituted 1,4-diaza-
cycloheptanes of the general Formula 1
. <1)
wherein R may be the same or different and is a hydrogen
or an alkyl group having from about 1 to 12 carbon
atoms and A may be the same or different and is selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen and an alkyl
group having from about 1 to 12 carbon atoms, this
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
643
process comprising reacting, in the presence of an acid
catalyst, an ethylenediamine of the general Formula 2
R R (2)
t I
NHj-C-C-NHj
I I
R R
wherein R is as previously defined, with a saturated ali-
phatic ketone of the formula R' — CO — R', where the
R' may be the same or different and is an alkyl group
having from about 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and thereafter
subjecting the resulting material to catalytic hydrogena-
tion.
wherein R signifies a lower alkyl group, and X and Y
signify respectively a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a
nitro group or a trifluoromethyl group, which are effective
as tranquilizers, muscle-relaxants and hypnotics, are pro-
duced by reacting with a reactive ester of a piperidinol
derivative of the formula,
3,641,000
N-SULFONYLCARBOXAMIDE PENICILLINS
John H. Sellstedt, St. Davids, and Scott J. Childress,
Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to American Home Prod-
ucts Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 830,123
Int CI. C07d 99/76
U.S. CI. 260—239.1 4 Claims
This invention concerns N-sulfonylcarboxamide peni-
cillins having potent activity against gram-positive and
gram-negative microorganisms.
OH
wherein R is as defined above, a l,4-benzodiazepin-2-one
derivative represented by the formula,
3,641,001
PROCESS FOR PREPARING a-CARBOXY-
BENZYLPENICILLIN
Dennis Anthony Love, Redhill, David Patrick John Neal,
Reigate, and Eric Pidgeon, Worthing, England, as-
signors to Beecham Group Limited, Brentford, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,182
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 23, 1968,
50,204/68
Int. CI. C07d 99/76
U.S. CI. 260—239.1 4 Claims
a-Carboxybenzylpenicillin and non-toxic salts are pre-
pared by reacting 6-aminopenicillanic acid or a salt with
a /3-oxo-a-phenylacryIoyl halide, preferably the chloride.
An acid binding agent is present during the reaction. The
/3-oxo-a-phenylacryloyl halides are prepared from phenyl-
malonic acid and a halogenating agent such as PCI3, PCI5
or POCI3.
N-c=o
.^\/
\/
CHj
/^\^
XA
NH-C=0
CH,
:N
V
wherein X and Y are as defined above, or contacting,
with an oxidizing agent, a 2-aminomethyl-indole deriva-
tive represented by the formula,
R
I
x/
Ns
3,641,002
BENZODIAZEPINE DERTVATTVES AND
SALTS THEREOF
Hisao Yamamoto, Nishinomiya-shi, Sumio Kitagawa,
Moriguchi-shi, Shigeho Inaba, Takarazuka-shi, Shigeru
Sakai, Toyonaka-shi, Toshiyuki Hirohashi, Kobe, Isamu
Maruyama, Minoo-shi, Mitsuhiro Akatsu, Ikeda-shi,
and Takahiro Izumi, Takarazuka-shi, Japan, assignors
to Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,732
Claims priority, application Japan, June 13, 1968,
43/41,109; July 1, 1968, 43/46,042
Int. CI. C07d 53/06
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 5 Claims
Novel 1-substituted l,4-benzodiazepin-2-one derivatives
represented by the formula,
R
I
-CHj-NH:
•^
X/
wherein R, X and Y are as defined above.
3,641,003
METHOD OF PREPARING AN a-AMINO-u^-LACTAM
Tomiyasu Ito, Kanag^wa-ken, Koichiro Nagata, Tokyo,
and Takehiko Ichikawa and Tetsuya Kato, Kanagawa-
ken, Japan, assignors to Ajinomoto Co., Inc., Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 874,066
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 18, 1968,
43/84,361 ,
Int CI. C07d 47/06
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 9 Claims
a-Amino-e-caprolactam and its homologs having carbon
chains of 5 to 12 members are prepared in high yield from
the a-aminocycloalkanone oximes having the same num-
ber of carbon atoms by Beckmann rearrangement in the
presence of chlorosulfonic acid or sulfur trioxide. The
lactams are useful intermediates in the synthesis of the
corresponding diamine acids.
644
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,004
ALKYL ESTERS OF 6-(BENZENESULFX)NYL)-
TRIHALO-2-PICOLINIC ACID
R. Garth Pews and Fred P. Corson, Midland, Mich., as-
signors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 859,185
Int. CI. A61k 27100; C07d 31/48
\}&. CI. 260—239.8 7 Claims
Disclosed are alkyl esters of 6-(benzenesulfonyl)-tri-
halo-2-picolinic gicid and their preparation. These com-
pounds are useful as pesticides.
3,641,005
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A*.6,6-DI-
FLUORO - 3,20 - DIKETO - 17a,21.DIHYDROXY-
PREGNENES
George Albert Boswell, Jr., and William Charles Ripka,
Wilmington, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 31,004
Int. CI. C07c 169132, 173/00
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 D 11 Claims
Title compounds are prepared from .l5.3.aikanoyl-
17a, 20; 20,21-bismethylenedioxypregnenes by a process
involving the addition of NOF; hydrolysis of the resulting
5a-fluoro-6-nitriminosteroid to the 5a-fluoro-6-ketosteroid:
hydrolysis of the 3-alkanoyl and bismethylenedioxy groups
with 48% hydrofluoric acid; acetylation of the 3-, 17a-,
and 21-hydroxyls, fluorination with sulfur tetrafluoride to
the corresponding 5a,6,6-trifluorosteroid; hydrolysis of all
acetyl groups; re-formation of the 17o,20; 20,21-bismeth-
ylenedioxy group; oxidation of the 3-hydroxyl to the
3-ketone; dehydrofluorination in the C4-C5 positions; and
removal of the bismethylenedioxy group. An alternative
route also is proposed. Title steroids having an oxygenated
function in the 11^-position are useful antiinflammatory
and glucocortical agents.
3,641,006
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF STEROID
a-FLUORONITRIMINES
William Charles Ripka, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,558
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
U.S. CI. 260— 239.55 C 6 Claims
Nitrosyl tetrafluoroborate reacts with certain steroids
having carbon-carbon double bonds to give the corre-
sponding steroid a-fluoronitrimines. Use of a mixture of
nitrosyl fluoride with nitrosyl tetrafluoroborate consider-
ably improved the yield of a-fluoronitrimines over that ob-
tained with either nitrosyl fluoride or nitrosyl tetrafluoro-
borate alone. The steroid a-fluoronitrimines. produced by
this process, are intermediates to biologically active prod-
ucts, which have a broad range of hormonal activities.
3,641,007
UNSATURATED PREGNA-3,20-DIONE-
[17a,16a-d]-OXAZALINES
Giangiacomo Nathansohn, Milan, Gianfranco Odasso,
Cusano Milanino, and Pietro de Ruggieri and Umberto
Guzzi, Milan, Italy, assignors to Gruppo Lepetit S.p.A.,
Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 821,150
Claims priority, application Italy, May 3, 1968,
16,028/68
Int. CI. C07c 173/10
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 I3 Claims
The invention relates to pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione-[17a,
16a-d]-oxazolines, substituted or unsubstituted at posi-
tions 6 and 2', and wherein additional double bonds A^
and /or A^ may be present. Said compounds possess pro-
gestinic activity.
3,641,008
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PREGN-S-
ENE-4,20-DIONES AND INTERMEDIATES IN THE
PRODUCTION THEREOF
Bernard Ellis, Graham St, City Road, London, England;
Vladimir Petrow, 7612 Miami Ave., Cincinnati, Ohio
45245; and David Neil Stanway, 65 Wicks Crescent,
Formby, England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
612,363, Jan. 30, 1967, and Ser. No. 612,833, Jan. 31,
1967, now Patent No. 3,478,069. This application May
7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,684
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 12 Claims
Novel 4-oxo-A5-steroids having utility as intermediates
for preparation of hormonally active steroids, are pre-
pared by sulfonylating 3/3-hydroxy - 4)3 - hydroxy or ace-
toxy-A^-steroids to provide novel 3/3-sulfonyloxy steroid
intermediates, followed by reacting the 3/9-sulfonyloxy
steroid intermediates with an alkaline reagent.
3,641,009
CARDIO-ACTTVE OXIDO-BUFADIENOLIDES
Kurt Radscheit, Kelkheim, Taunus, Ulrich Stache and
Werner Haede, Hofbelm, Taunus, Werner Fritsch,
Neuenhain, Taunus, and Ernst Lindner, Frankfurt am
Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,582
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1968,
P 18 12 943.6
Int. CI. C07c 173/04
U.S. CI. 260—239.57 2 Claims
Cardio-active oxido-bufadienolides of the formula
wherein R is hydrogen or lower acyl, and a method for
making them.
3,641,010
NOVEL XANTHINE COMPOUNDS AND MEANS
FOR OBTAINING THE SAME
Dieter Schweiss and Loren M. Long, Ann Arbor, Mich.,
assignors to Parke, Davis & Company, Detroit, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
846,594, July 30, 1969. This application June 11, 1970,
Ser. No. 45,594
Int. CI. C09b 23/14; C07d 57/40
U.S. CI. 260—240 D
l,3-dialkyl-7-methyl-8-styrylxanthines (I)
Ri
6 Claims
Kl^Kl^
c-c
H \
Ar
are provided by N-alkylation of corresponding compounds
at either the 1 -position or the 7-position; where Ri and
R2 are methyl or ethyl and Ar is phenyl or 3,4,5-tri-
methoxyphenyl. The compounds are cerebral stimulants
of the caffeine type.
February 8, 1972
3,641,011
5- AND 6-DIALKYLAMINOBENZYLIDENE
AMINOFLUORANS
CHEMICAL
645
3,641,013
17,3-HYDROXY-18-METHYL.4-ESTRENE-3-ONE
AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF
Chao-Han Lin, Dayton, and Arthur J. Wright, Cincin- Otto Engelfried, Friedmund Neumann, and Rudolf
nati, Ohio, assignors to The National Cash Register Wiechert, Berlin, Germany, assignors to Schering Ak-
Company, Dayton, Ohio tiengesellschaft, Berlin and Bergkamen, Germany
Filed Jan. 21, 1969. Ser. No. 792,277 No Drawing. Filed Sept. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 759,535
Int. CI. C07d2//00
U.S. CI. 260—240 G
5 Claims U.S. CI. 424—243
Int. CI. C07c 169/22
9 Claims
A novel chromogenic material of normally colorless Racemic and optically active 17/a-hydroxy-18-methy]-
form is disclosed, having a structural formula:
//-- CH- Ri
4-e!,trene-3-one derivatives characterized bv anabolic
activity having the formula:
wherein R2 represents a dialkylaminophenyl radical, R
and Ri comprise hydrogen, halogen, and alkyl radicals
and R3 represents alkyl radicals having less than five car-
bon atoms — said materials assuming a colored form upon
reactive contact with a Lewis acid molecule. Examples
include 6'-diethylamino-5-(p-dimethylaminobenzylidene)
amino - 2', 3' - dimethylfluoran and 2'-chloro-6'-diethyla-
mino - 6-(p-dimethylaminobenzylidene)amino-3'-methyl-
fluoran.
3,641,012
STYRYL THIAZOLIUM SALTS
Arthur P. Phillips, East Chester, and Robert B. Burrows,
Ardsley, N.Y., assignors to Burroughs Wellcome Co.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 760,966
Claims priority, application England, Sept. 22, 1967,
43,366/67
Int. CI. C09b 23/14
U.S. CI. 260—240.9 6 Claims
Styryl thiazolium salts of the following structures:
""0-0--v^"""'^'
N(R2)
CHj+ X-
where
Y is hydrogen or lower alkoxy
X~ is an anion of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid
R is lower alkyl (i.e. methyl, ethyl, propyl etc.)
(-')
Y^
!!>-""=^"-o
/■
N
R'*
X-
where
Y is hydrogen or lower alkoxy
R' is lower alkyl
X- is an anion of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid.
The compounds are useful in eliminating nematodes
(i.e. hookworms, pinworms, etc.) inhabiting the intestinal
track of mammals such as dogs, cats etc.
wherein R is hydrogen or saturated or unsaturated hydro-
carbyl and R' is hydrogen or acyl.
The process of preparing the above compounds com-
prises introducing into the 4.5-position of the saturated
A-ring of the la,2a-methylene-3-ketosteroid a double
bond and thereafter if desired the free 17-hydroxy group
in the resulting product is acylated or saponified to a 17-
acyloxy group.
3,641,014
. REDUCTION OF A3-CEPHALOSPORIN
SULFOXIDES
Charles F. Murphy, J. Alan Webber, Gary V. Kaiser,
Earle M. Van Heyningen, Ian G. Wright, and Robin
D. G. Cooper, Indianapolis, Ind., assignors to Eli Lilly
and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 764,925
Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260—243 C 13 Claims
Process for reducing cephalosporin sulfoxides with
certain reducing agents in the presence or absence of acid
halide activators to produce cephalosporins useful in an
overall process for the manufacture of cephalosporin anti-
biotics, e.g., cephalothin, cephaloglycin, and the like, from
penicillins.
3,641,015
7 - (PHENYLACETYLAMINO)CEPHALOSPORIN
CARBOXAMIDES AND 7 - (THIOPHENE - 2-
ACETYLAMINO) CEPHALOSPORIN CARBOX-
AMIDES
Benjamin Arthur Lewis, Suffem, Martin Leon Sassiver,
Monsey, and Robert Gordon Shepherd, South Nyack,
N.Y., assignors to American Cyanamid Company,
Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 792,151
Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260—243 C 8 Claims
This disclosure describes compounds of the class of
7-(phenylacetylamino)cephalosporin carboxamides and
7-(thiophene-2-acetylamino)cephalosporin carboxamides,
useful as anti-bacterial agents.
S95 O.G.— 23
646
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,016
TfflONINE DERIVATIVES
Jeno Korosi and Gyorgy Csaba, Budapest, Hungary, as-
signors to Egyesult Gyogjszer es Tapszergyar, Budapest,
Hungary
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 3, 1969, Sen No. 796,216
Claims priority, application Hungary, Feb. 16, 1968,
EE-1,491
Int. CI. C07d 93/12
VS. CI. 260—243 1 Claim
New compounds having the formula
^\/V^^/\
X-CHi
-CHj
^/
CHr-CHi-X
(I
_X-CHr-CHj Ri CHr-CHj-X.
wherein R is H, CI or methoxy, R^ is H or CI, X is CI, and
Y is CI, perchlorate, HSO4, tartrate or Br. The compounds
show a better inhibitory activity on mice and rats against
the transplantable Ehrlich ascites tumor, the CaH-tumor,
the Yoshida-tumor, the Benevolenskaja-tumor and the
Guerin-tumor than the known cytostatica.
3,641,017
THIENO[l,2,4]THIADIAZINES
John G. TopUss, West Caldwell, N J., assignor to
Schering Corporation, Bloomfield, N J.
No Drawing. Filed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,293
Int. CI. C07d 93/22
U.S. CI. 260—243 D 10 Claims
This invention relates to novel substituted thieno
[1,2,4] thiadiazine- 1,1 -dioxides, to methods for preparing
and to methods for using the same as anti-hypertensive
agents.
3,641,018
PROCESS FOR PREPARING 7.AMINO
CEPHALOSPORANIC ACID
Harold B. Hayes and Gerald L. Huff, Indianapolis, Ind.,
assignors to Eli Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,953
Int CI. C07d 99/24
VJS. CI. 260—243 10 Claims
The preparation of 7-aminocephalosporanic acid (7-
ACA) from cephalosporin C by treatment with a halo-
genating agent to obtain the imino chloride, conversion
of the imino chloride to an imino ether, and hydrolysis
of the imino ether is improved if the amino group in the
adipamyl side chain is protected by a halo lower alkanoyl
group. A further improvement is realized by using an
amine salt of the N-haloalkanoylcephalosporin C.
3,641,019
THIAZOLO-as-TRIAZINES
Donald L. Trepanier and Paul E. Krieger, Indianapolis,
Ind., assignors to Hie Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 756,411
Int. CI. C07d 91/42
U.S. CI. 260—248 AS 6 Claims
Substituted thiazolo[3,2-b] or [2,3-c]-as-triazines and
their methohalides and pharmaceutically-acceptable salts
such as 3,4-dihydro-6-phenyl-2,4-dimethyl-2H-thiazolo-
[2,3-c]-as-triazine hydrobromide are prepared by the re-
action of a substituted tetrahydro-as-triazine-3(2H)-
thione with a 1,2-disubstituted ethane such as 1,2-dibro-
moethane or a l-nitrioI-2-phenyl-2-toluenesulfonyloxy-
ethane. The novel compounds have pharmacological
activity, notably as antidepressants as indicated by their
antagonism of reserpine and their potentiation of
amphetamine, and they are also useful in potentiation of
barbiturates.
3,641,020
SYNTHESIS OF CYANURIC FLUORIDE
Richard W. Anderson and Hughie R. Frick, Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,596
Int. CI. C07d 55/42
U.S. CI. 260—248 CS 6 Claims
A process for the efficient synthesis of cyanuric fluoride
is provided. The process comprises contacting certain
cyanuric halides with selected alkali metal fluorides in
the presence of a perhalocarbonyl compound. The process
of the present invention provides for the production of
cyanuric fluoride at considerably reduced temperatures,
than those used in known processes.
3,641,021
3,7-(RING-SUBSTITUTED) CEPHALOSPORIN
COMPOUNDS
Charles W. Ryan, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Eli Lilly
and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 817,556
Int CI. C07d 99/24
VS. CI. 260—243 C 9 Claims
Cephalosporins substituted in the 3-position with a
mercaptothiazole or mercaptotetrazole and in the 7-posi-
tion with a phenyl- or thienylacetyl group bearing an
alpha amino or hydroxy group are highly-active anti-
biotics yet are unusually stable toward cephalosporinases
and metabolizing liver enzymes.
3,641,022
LIQUID PHASE PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION
OF N-ALKYL MORPHOLINES
Daniel R. Chisholm, Mount Vernon, N.Y., and Jack M.
Solomon, West Caldwell, and Bernard Isbitsky, Para-
mus, NJ„ assignors to WItco Chemical Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 798,761
Int. CI. C07d 87/24
VS. CI. 260-247 6 Claims
Long Cham N-alkyl morpholines are prepared by a
liquid phase process at atmospheric pressure by cyclode-
hydration of the corresponding N-substituted dialkanol-
amine in the presence of an activated alumina catalyst.
3,641,023
7-TRIAZINYL-COUMARINS
*^«"s-Dieter Bode, Leverkusen, and Carl-Wolfgang
Schellhammer, Opladen, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,707
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 11, 1968,
P 17 70 182.5
Int. CI. C07d 7/28
V.S. CI. 260-248 CS 6 Claims
7-tnazinyl-coumarin of the formula
Ar— i
in which Ar and Ar' are identical or different, optionally
substituted aromatic or hetero-aromatic radicals, and
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
647
the coumarin ring may be further substituted, useful as OH, SH, lower alkyl or alkoxy, HI. NH2, CF3, sulfamyl
brightening agents are disclosed. These compounds are and acid addition salts of these compounds. They can be
prepared by reacting the corresponding coumarin-7-car- prepared from
boxylic acid chloride with Ar-CN in the presence of
aluminum and ammonium chloride.
X
3,641,024
LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT POLYISOCYANATES
Perry A. Argabright, Littleton, Colo., and Harold D.
Rider, Barrington, III., assignors to Marathon Oil Com-
pany, Findlay, Ohio
No Drawmg. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772,860
Int. CI. C07d 55/38
V.S. CI. 260—248 21 Claims
Polyisocyanate product mixture compounds are sepa-
rated into a relatively low molecular weight phase and a
relatively high molecular weight phase by contacting the
product mixture with carbon tetrachloride. The solvent is
readily removed for final isolation of the two polyisocy-
anate components. The polyisocyanate compositions are
useful as starting materials in the production of urethane
polymers as coatings, films, foams, adhesives, etc. The
higher molecular weight products are especially useful in
these areas because of their inherent thermostability and
flame retardancy provided by the high concentration of iso-
cyanurate rings in the molecule.
3,641,025
STOICHIOMETRIC REGULATION IN CHEMICAL
REACTIONS INVOLVING A HIGHLY REACTIVE
ACID CHLORIDE, ANHYDRIDE OR A DERIVA-
TIVE THEREOF
Harris E. Petree, Spanish Fort, Ala., assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 771,971
Int. CI. C07d 55/18
U.S. CI. 260—249.5 5 Claims
A method for maintaining the stoichiometry in a reac-
tion between a highly reactive acid chloride or anhydride
including derivatives thereof having moieties of differing
reactivities and a co-reactant by addng to the reaction
medium a fluorescent amine so as to determine the amount
of unreacted acid chloride (or anhydride or derivative
thereof) present in the reaction medium and adjusting the
flow of said reactive acid chloride (or anhydride or deriva-
tive thereof) or the co-reactant to the reaction medium
so as to maintain the desired stoichiometric ratio.
3,641,026
PHTHALAZINE DERIVATIVES
Harm Jan Panneman, Vijversingel, Netherlands, assignor
to Organon Inc., West Orange, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,715
Claims priority, application Netherlands, July 23, 1968,
6810452
Int. CI. C07d 57/06
VS. CI. 260—250 4 Claims
Novel l,2,3.4-tetrahydro-phthalazine-2-carboxamidines
of the general formula:
»
-As
x/\y
H
N-R,
Rs
by appropriate substitution of the hydrogen carrying ni-
trogen atom.
3,641,027
5,6,7,8-TETRAHYDRO - 5 - OXO-PYRIDO[2,3.d].
PYRIMIDINE - 6 - CARBONTTRILES AND RE-
LATED COMPOUNDS
Arthur A. SantiUi, Havertown, and Dong H. Kim, Wayne,
Pa., assignors to American Home Products Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawuig. FUed Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 752,485
Int CI. C07d 57/20
^■S- CI. 260-256,4 F 5 Claims
The disclosure is directed to 5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-5-oxo-
pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carbonitriles and to 4-[(2-
cyanoethyl)alkyIamino]-5-primidine carboxylic acid esters
which are intermediates in their preparation. Both the
final products and the intermediates have central nervous
system activity as depressants.
3,641,028
5-HYDROXY - 7H - PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDI\E.
COM?SunI"^ ""^"^ ^^^^ '''''' RELATED
Dong H. Kim, Wayne, and Arthur A. Santilli, Haver-
town, Pa., assignors to American Home Products Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 752,487
InL CI. C07d 57/74
U.S. CI. 260—256.4 F 2 Claims
The disclosure is directed to 5-hydroxy-7H-pyrroIo
[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxylic acid esters and to 4-|car-
boxyalkyl)amino]5-pyrimidinecarboxyhc acid esters. All
these compounds have central nervous system activity as
depressants while the latter compounds may also be used in
the preparation of the former compounds.
in which Rj, Rj, R3, R4 being H or a Ci_4 alkylgroup,
R5 is H, lower alkyl, aryl, aralkyl and X and Y are H,
3,641,029
SUBSTITUTED BENZOXAZOLECAR BOX AMIDES
AND BENZOTHIAZOLECARBOXAMIDES
William BIythe Wright, Jr., Woodcliff Lake, N.J., and
Herbert Joseph Brabander, Nanuet, N.Y., assignors to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 8,088
Int. CI. C07d 57/70
U.S. CI. 260—268 BC 6 Claims
The preparation of N-(tert-aminoalkyl ) substituted
benzoxazolecarboxamides and benzothiazolecarboxam-
ides, are described. One method is by reacting benzoxazol
or benzothiazole carboxylic acids with N.N'-carbonyldi-
imidazole and subsequently with a substituted alkylene
amine. Other methods are also described for the prepara-
tion of the desired compounds. The compounds are useful
for their (CNS) activity in the field of tranquilizers, and
(CNS) depressants.
648
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,030
4,5-DIHYDRO-N-(4-PHENYL-l.PIPERAZINYLCAR.
BONYL-lH[l,4].DIAZEPINO[l,2-a]INDOLE
Meier E. Freed, Philadelphia, and Elisabeth Hertz, Br>ti
Mawr, Pa., assignors to American Home Products
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 769,388
Int. CI. C07d 57/70
VS. CI. 260—268 TR 1 Claim
This invention concerns tetrahydropyrazinoindole-2-car-
boxamides and dihydrodiazepinoindole-2-carboxamides
which are pharmacologically active as central nervous
depressants.
3,641,031
10.(PIPERAZINYL OR HEXAHYDRODIAZEPINE)-
THIENO[3,2-b][l,5]BENZOTHlAZEPINE
Walter Schindler, Riehen, and Armin Zust, Birsfelden,
Switzerland, assignors to Geigy Chemical Corporation,
Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Rled Nov. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 776,246
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 30, 1967,
16,874/67; Dec. 29, 1967, 18,372/67
InL CI. C07d 51/70
U.S. CI. 260—268 TR 7 Claims
10-(piperazinyl)-and 10-(hexahydrodiazepinyl)-thieno-
[3,2-b] [ l,5]benzothiazepine derivatives and their pharma-
ceutically acceptable acid addition salts are prepared;
these compounds have a depressant effect on the central
nervous system; they are the active ingredients of pharma-
ceutical compositions; an illustrative embodiment is 10-(4-
methyl - 1 - piperazinyl) -thieno[3,2-b][l,5]benzothia-
zepine.
3,641,032
N,N.DISUBSTITUTED 2-ALKYL-3-HYDROXY-1
(2H)-ISOQUINOLONECARBAMATES
Harold Zinnes, Rockaway, John Shavel, Jr., Mendham,
and Neil A. Lmdo, Chatham, NJ., assignors to Warner-
Lambert Company, Morris Plains, N J.
No Drawing. Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,882
Int. CI. C07d 35/32
V3. CI. 260—287 . 2 Claims
Immimosuppressive compositions containing com-
pounds of the formula:
o R,
I \.
NR,
R:
(I)
wherein Ri is alkyl and Rj is alkyl or aryl. Generally
speaking, they are administered at a dose of about 1
mg./kg. to 100 mg./kg. of the animal body weight in
order to suppress immuno responses.
3,641,033
4,4' . (LOWER-ALKYLENEDITHIO OR DISUL-
FONYL)-BIS-TETRAHALO PYRIDINES AND
DERTVATTVES THEREOF
Leonard Levine, Lake Jackson, Tex., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,147
Int. CI. C07d 31/50
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 F 10 Claims
Substituted bis(halogenated azine) compounds such as
4,4' - (tetramethylenedithio)bis(2,3,5,6 - tetrachloropyri-
dine) or 2,2'-[sulfonylbis(ethylenesulfinyl)]bis(2,3,5,6-
tetrachloropyridine) are prepared from haloazines and
alkanedithiols. The compounds are useful as pesticides,
particularly for the control of plants, including bacteria,
fungi and higher plants.
3,641,034
POLYMERS OF DIPYRIDYL
Myron S. Simon, West Newton, Mass., assignor to
Polaroid Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Hied Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,781
Int. CI. C07d 31/42
VS. CI. 260—296 R 6 Claims
A new class of polymers is described in which the essen-
tial recurring structural unit corresponds to the formula
■v><
"V -I
N-R2 '
Ri
_Jn
in which R and R, each are hydrogen or methyl, R2 is
either alkylene or Ra-phenylene-R^ wherein R3 and R4
each are alkylene, n is at least 2, and A~ is anion.
3,641,035
PESTICIDAL COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING THEM
Nigel Douglas Bishop, Winnersh, and Joan Irene Masters,
Crowthome, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical
Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,541
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 28, 1969,
26,922/69
Int. CI. C07d57/iS
U.S. CI. 260—256.4 C 2 Claims
Bis pyrimidine derivatives having the formula:
RiRjN
RiRj
x/
Rj-N-
-(CH:)„-
-N-Rs
wherein Rj. R2. R3. R* and R5 are lower alkyl groups,
or R3 and R4 are hydrogen atoms and n is an integer
having a value of from 1 to 6, and compositions con-
taining said derivatives to combat pests.
3,641,036
DERIVATIVES OF 5-CARBAMOYLOXYMETHYL-3-
SUBSTITUTED - 2-OXAZOLIDINONES, PROCESS
OF PREPARATION THEREOF AND THEIR
THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
Claude P. Fauran and Guy M. Raynaud, Paris, Rene A.
Oliver, Vincennes, and Colette A. Douzon, Paris,
France, assignors to Delalande S.A., Courbevoie, Hauts-
de-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,401
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 18, 1969,
14,260/69
Int. CI. C07d 85/28
U.S. CI. 260—268 C 2 Claims
\ compound of the formula
^>
CHj — CH-CH:-0-CO-N
I
./
Ri
— N O
\
R2
I
in which R is H, halogen, alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon
atoms or trifluoromethyl, and Ri and R2 each is H or
dialkylaminoalkyl or together with N comprise methyl-
piperazino.
The compound is prepared by treating the corresponding
5-hydroxymethyl compound with ammonia or an amine
in the presence of phosgene.
The compounds possess anti-depressive, myorelaxing,
tranquilizing, sedative, analgesic, anti-convulsive, anti-py-
retic, anti-inflammatory and uricosuric activities.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
649
3,641,037
CYCLIC SUBSTITUTED DERIVATIVES OF
TRICYCLOHEXYLTIN
Donald E. Bublitz, Concord, Calif., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. FUed Sept. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 761,309
Int. CI. C07f 7/22
U.S. CI. 260—270 7 Claims
Cyclic substituted derivatives of tricyclohexyltin where-
in the cyclic substituent is selected from fury), pyridyl,
indenyl and pyridylethyl, said derivatives being useful as
p>esticides.
3,641,038
10,11-DIHYDRO - 10,5 - (IMINOMETHANO)-5H-DI-
BENZO[a,d]CYCLOHEPTEN - 10,01; ACID ADDI-
TION SALTS THEREOF; AND PROCESS
Martin A. Davis, Montreal, Quebec, and Thomas A.
Dobson, DoUard Ormeaux, Quebec, Canada, assignors
to Ayerst. McKenna & Harrison Limited, St. Laurent,
Montreal, Quebec, Canada
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 771,602
Int. CI. C07d 39/00
U.S. CI. 260—289 R 3 Qalms
There is disclosed herein 10,11 - dihydro-10,5-(imino-
methano) - 5H-dibenzo[a,d]cyclohepten-10-ol and salts
thereof with pharmacologically acceptable acids, a proc-
ess for preparing said compound, and intermediates used
in said process. The compound possesses anti-convulsant
activities, and methods for its use are also disclosed.
ether, ester or halo derivative is wanted by carbamoylat-
ing, etherifying. esterifying or halogenating the com-
pounds of the Formula I wherein X represents hydroxy-
methyl group; if a piperidine derivative is wanted, by re-
acting the compound of the Formula I, wherein X repre-
sents halomethyl group, with piperidine or a salt thereof;
if a nor-derivative is wanted by reacting the tropinone
ketal derivatives with chlorocarbonic acid ethyl ester;
and if a salt is wanted, converting the nitrogen-contain-
ing compounds of the Formula I into their acid addition
salts or quaternary onium derivatives.
3,641,039
CYCLIC KETAL DERIVATIVES OF CERTAIN
TROPINONES AND NORTROPINONES
Jozsef Rakoczi, Gyula Mikite, Lujza Petocz, Janos Fischer,
Katalin Grasser, and Ibolya Kosoczky, Budapest,
Hungary, assignors to Egyesult Gyogyszer es Tapszer-
gyar, Budapest, Hungary
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,318
Claims priority, application Hungary, Dec. 29, 1968,
EE-1,613
Int. CI. C07d 43/06
U.S. CI. 260—292 7 Claims
New cyclic ketal derivatives of the Formula I
0 - CH - X
(CH2)n
wherein
ii)
R represents an alkylene group of 5 to 6 carbon atoms or
the residue of an N-substituted nortropane skeleton,
wherein the substituent is methyl or ethoxycarbonyl
group,
X represents hydrogen, hydroxymethyl, alkoxymethyl.
acyloxymethyl, halomethyl, benzoyloxymethyl, car-
bamoyloxymethyl or piperidino methyl group.
n is an integer between 1 and 4, but if R represents penta-
methylene and X is a hydrogen atom, then n is 3 or 4,
and if R is hexamethylene and X represents a hydroxy-
methyl group, so is n an integer between 2 and 4,
as well as their acid addition salts and the quaternary
onium derivatives of the nitrogen-containing compounds
have been prepared by reacting a tropinone with a com-
pound of the Formula II
HO-(CH})n-CH-OH
I
X'
3,641,040
TERTIARY AMINO PHENYL ACETIC ACIDS
Richard William James Carney, New Providence, and
George de Stevens, Summit, NJ., assignors to Ciba
Corporation, Summit, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser, No.
808,343, Mar. 18, 1969, which is a continuation-in-
part of appUcation Ser. No. 790,863, Jan. 13, 1969,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
757,136, Sept 3, 1968, which hi turn is a continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 716,347, Mar. 27, 1968.
This application July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 843,244
Int CI. C07d 29/24
VS. CI. 260—293.72 4 Claims
New a-(cycnc tert. aminophenyl) -aliphatic acids, e.g.
those of the formula
— C — COOH
Ri=H or alkyl
R2=H, alk(en)yl, cycloalk(en)yl or cycloalk(en)yl-
alkyl
A = alk(en)ylene, aza-, oxa, or thiaalkylene
and functional derivatives thereof, are anti-inflammatory
agents.
3,641,041
DIPYRIDYLIUM QUATERNARY DIHALIDE
HALOGEN COMPLEXES
Robert M. Thomas, Fred R. Gems, and John L. Sands,
West Lafayette, Ind., assignors to Great Lakes Chemical
Corporation, West Lafayette, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,082
Int CI. C07d 57/^2
U.S. CI. 260—296 T 2 Claims
Halogen complexes of dipyridylium quaternary dihalide
are bacteriocidal and herbicidal agents and are useful as
defoliants, particularly as cotton defoliants.
3,641,042
NTTRAMINO PYRIDINE DERIVATTV'ES
Karl Ayad, Wrexham, Wales, assignor to Monsanto
Chemicals Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 794,783
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 29, 1968,
4,546/68
Int CI. C07d 31/42
U.S. CI. 260—296 R 4 Claims
Herbicidal active nitraminopyridines of the formula
TlS
NHNOa
Xn
(II)
(wherein n has the same meanings as stated above and X'
represents a hydrogen, halomethyl or hydroxymethyl
group) or with a ketal derivative of the compound of the
general Formula II formed with acetone; if a carbamoyl.
or an N-oxide or salt of such a nitraminopyridine base,
wherein R is hydrogen or alkyl having from 1 to 6 car-
bon atoms; R^ is chlorine, bromine, nitro or alkyl having
from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; and R^ is chlorine, bromine
or nitro but different from R^.
650
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,043
N-(I,3-THIAZOL-2.YL).DITH10CARBA\nC
ACID DERIVATIVES
Erich Dabritz and Werner Scbafer, Leverkusen, Ferdinand
Grewe, Burscheid, and Hans Scheinpflug, Leverkusen,
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 799,517
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 2, 1968,
P 16 70 993.6
Int. CI. C07d 91/34
U.S. CI. 260—306.8 2 Claims
N-( l,3-thiazol-2-yl)-dithiocarhamic acid derivative^. i.e.
N'-( 1,3-thiazol - 2 - \1 )-dithiocaibamic acid -alkyl. -alkali
metal carboxy-methyl. -carboxy-methyl, -carboalkoxy-
methyl, -N'-aminocarbonyl-methyl and -N'-alkyiamino-
carbonyl-methyl, esters, which possess fungicidal proper-
ties and which may be produced by conventional methods.
3,641,045
HYDROXY-PHENYL OXADIAZOLES
William H. Meek, Northfield, Ohio, assignor io
Ferro Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,429
Int. CI. C07d 85/54
U.S. CI. 260-307 2 Claims
Oxadiazoles of the formula:
wherein Ri and R^ are hydrogen, halogen or hydrocarbyl
providing that both R's are not hydrogen, and novel hy-
drazide and formylhydrazide intermediates. The oxadia-
zoles are useful as bacteria growth inhibitors.
3,641,046
DERLV ATIVES OF THIOLTIAZOLES
John W. Gates, Jr., Albert W. Wise, Dorothy J. Beavers,
and Paul E. Miller, Rochester, N.Y., assignors to East-
man Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,715
Int. CI. C07d 55/06, 93/08
U.S. CI. 260—308 R 14 claims
This mvention relates to thiourazole adducts formed
by reacting an a,/3-unsaturated compound with a thioura-
zole. In one aspect, this invention relates to mono- and
di-adducts of thiourazoles and dithiourazoles. In another
aspect, this invention relates to thiourazole adducts which
have been further reacted through the functional groups
on the adduct.
3,641,047
2-NITROIMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES SUBSTITUTED
IN THE l-POSITION WITH A 2-OXO-PROPYL OR
SEMICARBAZONE GROUP
Alden Gamaliel Beaman, North Caldwell, NJ., Robert
Duschinsky, Pully-Lausanne, Switzerland, and William
Paul Tautz, New York, N.Y., assignors to Hoffmann.
La Roche Inc., Nutley, N.J.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 840,077,
Apr. 23. 1969. now Patent No. 3,549,653, which is a
division of application Ser. No. 556,585, June 10, 1966,
now Patent No. 3,468.902, dated Sept. 23, 1969, which
in turn is a continuation-in-pari of application Ser. No.
447,087, Apr. 9, 1965. This application Aug. 5, 1970,
Ser. No. 61,516
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309 10 Claims
Antimicrobial 2-nitroimidazole derivatives substituted in
the 1 -position with a 2-oxo-propyl or semicarbazone
group, a 2-propanol group, a 2,3-epoxypropyl group, or
derivatives thereof.
3,641,044
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
ARYLOXAZOLES
Erich Matter, Basel, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba
Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 753.893
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 25, 1967,
11,936/67
Int. CI. C07d 85/48
U.S. CI. 260—307 D 6 Claims
A process for the manufacture of aryloxazoles, starting
from ortho-hydroxyaminoaryl compounds and carboxylic
acids. The reaction is carried out at elevated temperatures
in a diluent, and a tertiary nitrogenous base is initially
added to the mixture containing the ortho-hydroxyamino-
aryl compound.
3,641,048
ALKYL 1 - (SUBSTITUTED ALKYLIDENEAMINO-
OXYCARBONYL) - 2 - BENZIMIDAZOLECARBA-
MATES
Bruce I. Dittmar. Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. L du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,869
Int. CI. C07d 49/38
VS. CI. 260—309.2 4 Claims
A group of alkyl I - (substituted alkyldeneaminooxy-
carbonyl) - 2 - benzimidazolecarbamates are useful as
fungicides and mite ovicides. These compounds can be
prepared by reacting alkyl 2 - benzimidazolecarbamates
with a chloroformate derived from an oxime and phos-
gene in the presence of an acid acceptor, e.g. triethylamine.
A compound exemplary of the group is methyl 1-[I-
methylthiolethyleneaminooxycarbonyl] - 2 - benzimida-
zolecarbamate.
3,641,049
IMIDAZOLINE.2-THIONES
Jan Olof Sandstrom, Mataregranden 5, Lund, Sweden,
and Per Gunnar Kjellin, Lund, Sweden; said Kjellin
assignor to said Sandstrom
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 771,610
Int. CI. C07d 49/34
U.S. CI. 260—309.6 4 Claims
N,N' - dialkyl - 4 - phenylimidazoline - 2 - thiones,
particularly 1,3 - dimethyl - 4 - phenylimidazoline - 2-
thione, is disclosed as a useful antidepressant agent. The
dimethyl compound also exhibits antiviral properties
against herpes simplex and vaccinia viruses.
3,641,050
1.5-SUBSTiTL'TED INDAZOLES
Pasquale Paul Minieri, Woodside, N.Y., assignor to
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 12, 1967, Ser. No. 689,812
Int. CI. C07d 49/18
US. CI. 260—310 C 5 Claims
1,5-substituted indazoles having the structural formula
Y-
X^^
-C-Z
N
I
X
wherein X represents — CH2X',
o 00
O
I!
-CII:0CC1I:X', — CH2OCSR. -CCH:X'. — C S R. - C R, -C
NHR, -CH2SC( = NH)NH3+C1— , — CH2CH2X'
— SCX'3, or
o
II
-P=(0R)2
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
651
X' represents — OH, — OR, — SCN. halogen, or piperi-
dino; R represents an alkyl, haloalkyl, phenyl, or sub-
stituted phenyl group; Y represents chlorine, nitro, or
amino; and Z represents hydrogen or halogen, are used
to control the growth of undesirable fungi, plants, and
insects. Among the most active of these compounds as
pesticides are N'-hydroxymethyl-5-chloroindazole, 2-(5-
chloroindazolylmethyl) thiourea hydrochloride, N'-thio-
cyanatomethyl-5-nitroindazole, and N' - trichloromethyl-
mercapto-3,5-dichloroindazole.
3,641,051
NAPHTHYLENE-BIS.2-BENZIMIDAZOLES
Hans Frischkorn, Hofheim, Taunus, Ulrich Pintschovius,
Kelkheim, Taunus, Erich Schinzel, Hofheim, Taunus,
and Otto Smerz, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignors
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellscbaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bnining, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed July 9, 1968, Ser. No. 743,337
Claims priority, application Germany, July 12, 1967.
F 52,933
Int. CI. C07d 49/38
U.S. CI. 260—309.2 14 Claims
Naphthalene-bis-2-benzimidazoles, especially 1,4-naph-
thalene-bis-2'-benzimidazoles, are excellent optical bright-
eners, particularly for fibrous materials, especially for
those made of polyacrylonitrile. The new compounds are
useful for brightening in combination with oxidative
bleaching agents in acid baths.
3,641,052
MONO- AND DI-HALO-l-N-HETEROCYCLOVINYL
PHOSPHATES
Robert T. Kemp, Richmond, Va., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772,819
Int. CI. C07d 49/18
U.S. CI. 260—310 R 6 Claims
Mono- and di-halovinyl phosphate esters substituted in
the 1 -position with pyrazolyl or benzopyrazolyl groups
and ring-substituted derivatives form a new class of in-
secticides. TTiey are highly effective against Lepidoptera,
particularly the Noctuidae.
3,641,053
O-ACYL DECARBAMOYL MITOMYCINS
Keizo Uzu, Kinichi Nakano, and Toshinaka Takahashi,
Tokyo-to, Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 839,923
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23, 1968,
43/51,645
Int. CI. C07d 27/54
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 7 Claims
xte mc tm UK ux !M UK luo m ioo 1100 looc too an m
Compounds of the formula
CH2OCQH1
and a process for their preparation are provided wherein
Ri is lower alkyl or substituted lower alkyl. These com-
pounds are antibiotics.
3,641.054
METHOD OF PREPARING 1,4-OXATHIANES AND
DERIVATIVES THEREOF
Donald J. Martin, Irvington. N.Y., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company. New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 4. 1969, Ser. No. 796.569
Int. CI. C07d 89 14
U.S. CI. 260—327 P 10 Claims
1.4-oxathianes are prepared by reacting a bis(2-halo-
alkyl) ether with an alkali metal hydrosulfide in an
aqueous solution saturated with hydrogen sulfide. The
4-oxide derivatives of 1,4-oxathiane can be prepared by
reacting the 1,4-oxathiane with a nitrogen oxide com-
pound at a temperature of from about —20° C. to about
100° C. The 4-oxide can be further reacted with an or-
ganic acid anhydride to form dihydro p-oxathiins.
3,641,055
SULFONfUM YLIDS OF ACTIVE METHYLENE
COMPOUNDS
John G. Moffatt, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Syntex
Corporation, Panama, Panama
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
621,761, Mar. 9, 1967. This application Feb. 10, 1969,
Ser. No. 798,190
Int. CI. C07d 63/14, 63/16
U.S. CI. 260—332.3 R 10 Claims
Sulfonium ylids. prepared from sulfoxides and com-
pounds possessing an active methylene group, are anti-fun-
gal agents. Their prepaartion is carried out in the presence
of an N,N'-disubstituted carbodiimide and an acid.
3,641,056
lO-(AMINOMETHYL)- AND (AMINOETHYL)-
DIBENZ [b,f]OXEPINS
Walter Schindler, Riehen, and Hans Blattner. Basel. Swit-
zerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation, Ardslev,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 466,840, June 24, 1965. This application
Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 1,063
Int. CI. C07d 9/00
U.S. CI. 260—333 8 Claims
lO-(aminomethyl)- and 10 - (aminoethyl )dibenz[b,f 1
oxepins such as 10-(dimethylaminomethyl )dibenz[b,f]
oxepin. and pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salts thereof have depr&ssant effects on the central nerv-
ous system and are thus useful as sedatives, anticonvul-
sives and anesthesia potentiators.
3.641,057
4,5-DICHLORO-l,3-DIOXACYCLOPENTENONE
Hans-Dieter Scharf, Wilhelm Droste, and Rita Liebig,
Bonn, Germany, assignors to E. Merck Aktiengesell-
scbaft, Darmstadt, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,200
Claims priority, application Germany, July 2. 1968,
P 17 68 801.6
InL CI. C07d 13/04, 13/06
VS. CI. 260—340.2 1 Claim
The novel compound 4,5-dichloro-l,3-dioxacyclopente-
none (dichlorovinylene-carbonate), useful as a stabilizer,
a cross linking agent or an intermediate, is produced by
reacting tetrachloroethylene carbonate with zinc, copper
or copper plated zinc in the presence of catalytic amounts
of dimethyl-formamide.
652
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,058
OXIDATION PROCESS EMPLOYING
DIPYRIDLMUM DICHROMATE
John R. Corrigan and William M. Coates, Evansville,
Ind., assignors to Mead Johnson & Company, Evans-
ville, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,705
Int. CI. C07c 47 /4i, 49/44; C07d 13/00
U.S. CI. 260—340.5 16 Claims
The present invention provides an improved process for
the oxidation of primary and secondary alcohols with
dipyridinium dichromate to their respective aldehydes and
ketones. An improved process for the preparation of the
dipyridinium dichromate oxidizing reagent is also pro-
vided.
3,641,062
CARBONATE ESTERS OF 3,5-DIHALO-4-
HYDROXY-BENZONITRILES
Walter Ost, Klaus Thomas, Dietrich Jercbel, and Gerbert
Linden, Ingelbeim am Rhein, Germany, assignors to
C. H. Boehringer Sohn, Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,159
Claims priority, application Austria, Apr. 17, 1968,
A 3,744/68
Int. CI. C07c 121/52; C07d 5/04; AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 260—347.4 5 Claims
Herbicidal 4-cyano-2,6-diha]o-phenyl carbonates of the
formula
NC
>-0-C-OR
3,641,059
CYCLIC HYDROXYACETALS
Georg Blumenfeld, Sieglar, Germany, assignor to Dynamit
Nobel Aktiengesellscbaft, Troisdorf, Bezirk Cologne,
Germany
Continuation of application Ser. No. 461,557, June 4,
1965. This application Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 802,711
Claims priori^, application Germany, June 10, 1964,
D 44,647; Jan. 23, 1965, D 46,341
Int. CI. C07d 15/04, 15/10
U.S. CI. 260—340.6 6 Claims
Bis-(hydroxymethylalkyl)dioxanyls are produced by
reaction of glyoxalacetals and a trimethanol compound.
The dioxanyls can be used in the production of polyesters.
3,641,060
CARBAMATE INSECTICIDE
Michio Nakanishi, Nakatsu-shi, Obita, Ryosuke Kobaya-
shi and Kozo Abe, Fukuoka, and Toshihiko Mukai.
Nakatsu-shi, Obita, Japan, assignors to Yosbitomi
Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,146
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 28, 1968,
43/70,678
Int. CI. C07d 13/04
U.S. a. 260—340.7 6 Claims
Carbamates of the formula
R
CHi
CH
/ \
-CH CH-
0 O
\ /
CH
H
O-CO-NH-CHj
-X
V
wherein R is H or methyl and X is H. CI. methyl or
methoxy and insecticidal compositions containing same.
3,641,061
SUBSTITUTED MERCURI CYCLOHEXYL
COMPOUNDS
Roger P. Napier, Bridgewater, NJ., and Michael P.
Pmiik, Boston, Mass., assignors to Mobil Oil Corpo-
ration
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,077
,rc ^. , I°t- C- C07d 7i/00; C07f i//0
V.S CI 260-340.9 g claims
Cyclohexanones and ketals thereof having mercuri sub-
stituents in the 2-position and hydroxy, alkoxy, or acetoxy
in the 3-position are effective fungicides and bactericides.
wherein
X is bromine or iodine, and
R is aliyl, tetrahydrofurfuryl, phenyl, halophenyl, ben-
zyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl or 2-methoxyethyl.
3,641,063
ANTIBIOTIC PURIFICATION PROCESS
Thomas W. Miller, Carteret, NJ., assignor to Merck
& Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 699,376
Int. CI. C07f 9/38, 9/40
U.S. CI. 260—348 R 2 Claims
Method for recovering Antibiotic 833A, chemically
known as ( — ) (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl)phosphonic acid,
from impure aqueous solutions containing said antibiotic,
via adsorption on ion exchange resins with subsequent
elution with water, aqueous salt solutions, or aqueous
alcoholic salt solutions. Antibiotic 833A is active against
both gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria.
3,641,064
POLYGLYCIDYL ESTERS
.Alfred Heer, Birsfelden, and Karl Metzger, Aesch, Basel-
Land, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel,
Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,748
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 29, 1968,
1,311/68
Int. CI. C07d 1/18
U.S. CI. 260—348 A 7 Claims
New polyglycidyl esters of formula
3h,-:h-
0
-0-0 La,-:-o-o-o-c-a.-< ;■
0
wherein R] and Rt independently of each other denotes
a residue, obtained by removing the carboxyl groups, of
an aromatic polycarboxylic acid having 2 to 6 carboxyl
groups, A represents the residue, obtained by removing
the two hydroxy! groups, of a polyalkylene glycol or aver-
age molecular weight of at least 200 and wherein m and n
denote integers having a value of at least 1 and at
most 3. preferably 1 or 2.
3,641,065
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF
(CIS-1,2 - EPOXYPROPYDPHOSPHONIC
ACID DERIVATIVES
Raymond A. Firestone, Fanwood, NJ., assignor to Merck
& Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,177
Int. CI. C07f 9/38
VS. CI. 260—348 R 8 Claims
Method for preparing fcis-l,2-epoxypropyl)phosphonic
di-halides, (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl)phosphonic acid esters
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
653
and (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl)phosphonic acid salts which
comprises treating a l2-hydroxyvinyl Ionium halide, meth-
ylcarbonate (or methylsulfite) ester with a reagent ca-
pable of effecting ring closure wherein the term "onium"
includes a radical selected from sulfonium. ammonium,
sulfoxonium or phosphonium. The (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl )
phosphonic di-halides. (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl jphosphonic
acid esters and (cis-1.2-epoxypropyl)phosphonic acid
salts thus obtained have utility as intermediates which
may be converted to (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl) phosphonic
acid. The (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl) phosphonic acid and its
salt derivatives are useful as antimicrobial agents and
inhibit the growth of gram-positive and gram-negative
pathogenic bacteria.
acid anhydride or ha"&e. These novel compounds are
valuable pharmacological agents, e.g. deciduogenic, anti-
estrogenic, anti-fertility and pepsin-inhibitor>.
3,641,066
CATALYTIC PROCESS FOR EPOXIDATION OF
OLEFINIC COMPOUNDS IN THE PRESENCE
OF MOLECULAR OXYGEN
Jean Rouchaud, Brussels, Belgium, and Irenee Seree de
Roch, Rueil-Malmaison, France, assignors to Institut
Francais du Petrole, des Carburants et Lubrifiants,
Rueil-Malmaison, France
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,202
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 16, 1968,
166,397
Int. CLC07d 1/08, 1/12
\5S. CI. 260—348.5 V 3 Claims
In the liquid phase catalytic epoxidation of olefins,
such as propylene, a novel catalyst is provided, composed
of molybdenum, tungsten, or vanadium, or a compound
thereof, deposited on a zeolite, such as a molecular sieve
of the X type, the pores of the zeolite having a diameter
of 6-10 angstroms, the molybdenum, tungsten or vana-
dium content of said catalyst being between 0.02 and
20% by weight with respect of the weight of the carrier,
the catalyst being used in an amount of from 10~^ to
10-5 gram-atoms of metal f)er kilogram of feedstock.
3,641,067
EPOXIDATION OF OLEFINS WITH THALLIC
CARBOXYLATES
Walter M. Kruse, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,671
Int. CI. C07d7/05, 1/12
U.S. CI. 260—348.5 L 6 Claims
The process disclosed is one of oxidizing propylene
or isobutylene to the corresponding epoxide. The oxidiz-
ing agent is a thallic carboxylate, such as thallic acetate,
and the epoxide i-^^ obtained as principal product by con-
tinuously removing the volatile oxidation reaction prod-
ucts from the reaction mixture as the oxidation proceeds.
The oxidation may be (.irried out at a temperature from
about 0° C. to about 170" C.
3,641,068
17a-(2 - ALKYNYL)-7a - METHYLESTRA-1.3.5(10)-
TRIENE - 3,17i9 - DIOLS AND ESTERS CORRE-
SPONDLNG
Paul D. Klimstra, Northbrook, 111., assignor to G. D.
Searie & Co., Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,702
Int. CI. C07c 769/05
U.S. CI. 260—397.5 6 Claims
The conversion of 3-hydroxy-7a-methylestra-l,3,5( 10)-
trien-17-one to a suitable derivative, wherein the 3-hy-
droxy group is protected, followed by reaction of that
derivative with a 2-alkynyl magnesium halide and cleav-
age of the protecting group affords 1 7o-( 2-alkynyl) -7a-
methylestra-l,3,5( 10)-triene-3,17/i-diols. The correspond-
ing esters are produced by reaction with a lower alkanoic
3,641,069
6-FLUORO STEROIDS OF THE ANDROSTANE
SERIES
Georg Anner, Basel, and Charles Meystre, Relnach, Basel-
Land, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Corporation, Sum-
mit, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,332
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 6, 1968,
6,669/68
Int. CI. C07c 169/20, 169/22
U.S. CI. 260—397.45 9 Claims
New 6-fluoro steroids of the androstane series having
the Formula I
(I)
in which Ri represents a free /3-positioned hydroxyl group
together with hydrogen, or an oxo group, R2 represents
an a- or /3-positioned methyl group together with hydro-
gen, or a methylene group and R3 a free, esterified or
etherified hydroxyl group together with hydrogen, or an
0x0 group, and their 1-dehydro-derivatives have antiin-
flammatory activity. They are prepared by methods known
in the art.
3,641,070
HALOGEN-PREGNADIENES
Georg Anner and Ludwig Ehmann, Basel, Switzerland,
assignors to Ciba Corporation, Summit, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,601
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 28, 1968,
9,707/68
Int. CI. C07c 169/34
U.S. CI. 260—397.45 17 Claims
The invention concerns compounds of the general
formula
wherein
Ri is H, CH3 or a halogen atom
RjisHorCHa
R3 is a free or esterified hydroxyl group
R^ is a free, esterified or etherified hydroxy group, and
X and Y each represent a halogen atom.
Use: as antiphlogistics.
3,641,071
HYDROCARBOXYLATION REACTION TO FORM
STRAIGHT-CHAIN ANHYDRIDES
Donald M. Fenton, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Union
Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,414
Int. CI. C07c 51/14
U.S. CI. 260—398 11 Claims
A process for the formation of straight-chain carboxylic
acid anhydrides comprising contacting an ethylenically
654
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
unsaturated hydrocarbon, carbon monoxide and a car-
boxylic acid with a Group VIII noble metal in complex
association with a biphyilic ligand wherein the reaction
is performed in a reaction medium containing 10 volume
percent of a carboxylic acid anhydride for the entire or,
at least, a substantial portion of the reaction period and
at a temperature between 100° and 300° C. The presence
of the anhydride has been found to increase the yield
of straight-chain anhydrides.
3,641,075
PRODUCTION OF ESTERS BY CATALYTIC CON-
VERSION OF a-ORGANOOXY HYDROPEROXIDES
Raymond L. Cobb, Bartlesvlllc, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1969, Scr. No. 833,795
Int. CI. C07c 67/00. 73/06
U.S. CI. 260—410 7 Claims
A process of producing an ester from an ozonized olefin
by contacting the ozonized olefin with hydrogen in a
liquid medium in the presence of Raney nickel-chromium
catalyst.
3,641,072
PRODUCTION OF SULFITOBETAINES
Harry Distler, Ludwigshafen, and Rudi Widder, Eppel-
heim, Germany, assignors io Badiscbe Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellscbaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed May 8, 1969, Ser. No. 823,160
Claims priority, application Germany, May 10, 1968,
P 17 68 407.0; Aug. 14, 1968, P 17 93 191.8
Int. a. C07c 143/90; CI Id 1/28
U.S. CI. 260—401 9 Claims
Production of sulfitobetaines by reaction of amines with
1,2-glycol sulfites and the new sulfitobetaines themselves.
The new products are valuable starting materials for the
production of dyes, detergents, wetting agents, finishes
and auxiliaries in the textile dyeing and printing fields,
and for the production of pesticides.
3,641,073
TEXTILE TREATING COMPOSITION AND
PROCESS OF MAKING SAME
Herman T. Buckley, Columbus, Ga., assignor to
r^xle Size and Chemical Co.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,723
Int CI. C07c 69/30; ClOm 3/20; D06m 13/20
VS. CI. 260 — 410.6 1 Oaim
Liquid textile treating composition and process pro-
duced by reacting trimethylolpropane with mixture of
fatty acids of 10 to 18 carbon atoms and having average
molecular weight from 220 to 285. The mole ratio of tri-
methylolpropane to the fatty acids ranges from 1:2 to 1:3
and reaction takes place at temperature ranging from 140°
C. to 200° C. until acid value is from 5 to 15. The re-
action product is made water dispersible and textile ma-
terial is treated therewith.
3,641,074
CARBONYLATION OF OLEFINS
Donald M. Fenton, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Union
Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
715,169, Mar. 22, 1968. This application Feb. 25, 1969,
Ser. No. 802,218
Int CI. Cllc 3/02
U.S. CI. 260—410.9 13 Claims
A process for preparation of carboxylic acids, esters or
anhydrides having a high ratio of normal to iso com-
pounds comprising contacting an olefin and carbon mon-
oxide with water, an organic acid or an alcohol under
liquid phase conditions in the presence of a Group VIII
noble metal in complex association with a biphyilic
ligand at temperatures between 30° and 300° C. and at
pressures sufficient to maintain liquid phase conditions.
The catalyst is maintained in a form selective for the
formation of normal or straight chained products by
performing the reaction in the presence of hydrogen
and/or by limiting the mineral acid content of the reac-
tion medium, preferably to an equal molar ratio with the
Group VIII noble metal.
3,641,076
CATALYST RECOVERY
Frank B. Booth, Placentia, Calif., asdgBor to Union Oil
Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Scr. No.
729,886, May 17, 1968. This application Aug. 24,
1970, Ser. No. 66,562
Int. CI. C07f 15/00, 15/02. 15/04
U.S. CI. 260 — 429 R 21 Claims
A method for the recovery of complexes of Group VIII
metals and biphyilic ligands from hydrocarbons or high
boiling residues formed in hydrocarbonylation of olefins.
The Group VIII catalyst metal is recovered in accordance
by treatment of the high boiling fraction of a hydro-
formylation reaction medium with a solution of sulfuric,
perchloric or low molecular weight alkyl or aryl sulfonic
acids at a temperature from about 5° to 125° C. and a
pressure from about 1 to 1000 atmospheres, sufficient to
maintain liquid phase conditions during the contacting.
The presence of a hydrocarbon olefin having from 2 to
about 25 carbons in the extraction step enhances the ex-
traction of the Group VIII metal catalyst complex. The
Group VIII metal complex can be {H'ecipitated from the
acid extract phase by dilution with water to lower the acid
strength of the extract.
3,641,077
METHOD FOR PREPARING ALKOXY DERIVA-
TTVES OF SILICON, GERMANIUM, TIN,
THALLll'M AND ARSENIC
Eugene G. Rochow, Winchester, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Sept 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,763
Int CI. C07f 7/00. 7/02, 7/22
VJS. CI. 260—429 R 15 Claims
The invention provides a method for preparing organic
metal compounds of the metals germanium, tin, thallium,
arsenic and more particularly of silicon and comprises
introducing an alcohol, such as methanol, cthanol, n-pro-
panol, and iso-butanol, slowly below the surface of a sus-
pension in silicone oil of a finely divided mixture of one
of the above metals and catalyst, such as copper, contain-
ing about 9 parts by weight of the selected metal and
about 1 part by weight of catalyst while heating the sus-
pension at a temperature between about 250° C. and about
300° C. to cause the alcohol to react with the selected
melal to form an organic metal compound in vapor form
which is condensed and collected, the desired organic
metal compound being isolated by fractional distillation
of the condensate.
3,641,078
METHOD FOR PREPARING BIS(ALKYLDIPHENYL
TIN) SULnDE
Gerrit Johann Meinc van der Kerk, Utrecht, and Albert
Tempel, Van Houtenlaan, Weesp, Nethcrtaads, assignors
to U.S. PhiUps Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,777
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Apr. 25, 1968,
6805920
Int CK C07f 7/22; AOln 9/12
U.S. CI. 260—429.7 4 Claims
Bis(alkyldiphenyl tin) sulfides, method of preparing
same, fungicidal compositions which contain these com-
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
655
pounds as the active constituent and method of preparing
the said compositions.
3,641,079
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
TITANIC ESTERS
Eric Terrain, Niederkassel, and Roshdy Ismail, Spich,
Germany, assignors to Dynamit Nobel AG, Troisdorf,
Germany
Filed Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 810,269
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 28, 1968,
P 17 68 066.9
Int CI. C07f 7/28
VS. CI. 260—429.5 16 Claims
Manufacture of titanic esters from titanic halides and
unsubstituted or aryl-substituied aliphatic hydroxy com-
pounds, cycloaliphatic hydroxy compounds, or unsub-
stituted or alkyl-substituted aromatic hydroxy compounds
performed in the presence of catalytic quantities of ter-
tiary amines, whose amino group may or may not be a
component of an aromatic ring system, and/or in the
presence of unsubstituted or N-monosubstituted or N-
disubstituted acid amides, with the use of solvents if de-
sired, at temperatures of 50 to 250° C. preferably 50 to
200° C.
3,641,083
CHROMIUM COMPLEXES OF FLUOROISO-
ALKOXYALKYL CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Louis G. Anello, Basking Ridge, Edward Michael
Boghosian, Fort Lee, Edward S. Jones, Whippany,
Pritam S. Minhas, Morris Plains, Alson K. Price, .Mor-
ristown. and Richard F. Sweeney. Randolph Township,
Dover, N J., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1. 1968, Ser. No. 772,831
Int CI. Cllc 3/00; C07f U/OO
U.S. CI. 260 — 438.5 C 14 Claims
Chromium complexes of fluorocarbon carboxylic acids
characterized by having a polyfluoroisoalkoxyalkyl tail
wherein an ether oxygen links a fluorinated carbon atom
connected to two fluoroalkyl groups and a — CF2CF2 —
group. These chromium complexes are useful to impart
oil and water resistance to various substrates including
paper, leather, and the like.
3,641,080
PROCESS FOR PREPARING DIALKYLIZINC COM-
POUNDS FROM ALKYLBROMIDE AND ALKYL-
lODIDE
Schrade F. Radtke, New Canaan, Conn., assignor to
International Lead Zinc Research Organization Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Flkd Jan. 21. 1969, Ser. No. 792,845
Int CI. C07f 3/06
U.S. CI. 260—429.9 13 Claims
A direct process for preparing dialkylzinc compounds,
wherein zinc alloyed with sodium, potassium or lithium is
reacted with a mixture of alkylbromide and alkyliodide
in the absence of moisture to produce a dialkylzinc com-
pound.
3,641,081
PROCESS FDR PREPARING DIALKYLZINC
COMPOUNDS FROM ALKYLBROMIDE
Schrade F. Radtfcc, New Canaan, Conn., assignor to
latermflonal Lead ZIoc Research Organization Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawtng. FHcd Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,852
Int a. C07f 3/06
U.S. CI. 260—429.9 12 Claims
A direct process for preparing dialkylzinc compounds,
wherein zinc alloyed with sodium, potassium or lithium
is reacted with alkylbromide in the absence of moisture
to produce a dialkylzinc compound. ^
3,641,082
PROCESS FOR THE ALKYLATION, ALKENYLA-
TION OR ARYLATION OF HEAVY-METAL
SALTS BY MEANS OF ORGANO-TRIPTYCH-
SILOXAZOLIDINES
Richard Miiller, Radebeul, Hans Frey, Dresden, and
Christian Dathe, Radebeul, Germany, assignors to
Institut fur Sillkon- und Fluorkarbon-Chemie, Rade-
beul, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 17. 1969, Ser. No. 799,959
Int CI. C07f 3/10. 72/24, 7/94
U.S. CI. 260—431 13 Claims
Process for the alkylation. ulkenylation or arylation of
salts or hydroxides of heavy metals, such as mercury,
bismuth, antimony and lead, comprising reacting them
With organo-triptych-siloxazolidines in the presence of
fluorine. The products according to this invention are use-
ful as pharmaceuticals and pesticides, and may also serve
in the synthesis of other useful products.
3,641,084
VINYLIC ALUMINACYCLOALKANE COMPOUNDS
AND THEIR PREPARATION
Lawrence H. Shepherd, Jr., Baton Rouge, La., assignor to
Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,954
Int CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—448 A 46 Claims
Organoluminum compounds possessing a vinylic alu-
mina-cycloalkane moiety are described. These are prepared
by reacting a nonionic organoaluminum compound pos-
sessing an aluminacyclo-alkene moiety with an olefinic
reactant in the presence of a stable Lewis base. The com-
pound possessing the alummacycloalkene moiety may be
used in preformed condition or it may be formed in situ
during the course of a one-step reaction. The compounds
possessing the vinylic aluminacycloalkane moiety yield
alpha-olefinic compounds on hydrolysis.
3,641.085
OXIDATION OF ALUMINUM ALKYLS
Allan J. Lundeen and James E. Yates, Ponca City, Okla.,
assignors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca City,
Okla.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969. Ser. No. 821,073
Int CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—448 AD 5 Claims
In the oxidation of aluminum alkyls in the prepara-
tion of alcohols via aluminum chemistry, higher quality
and yields of desired alcohol are obtained if the rate of
oxidation is materially reduced when the oxygen in the
oxidation reactor approaches the maximum allowable
and continuing the oxidation to substantial completion at
the lower rate of oxygen flow.
3,641,086
PROCESS FOR CONVERTING TRIALKYL ALUMI-
NUMS TO ALUMINUM ALKOXIDES
Russell G. Hav, Gibsonia, and John G. McNulty and
William L. Walsh, Glenshaw, Pa., assignors to Golf
Research & Development Company. Pittsburgh. Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,422
Int CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—448 AD 10 Claims
A process for converting a trialkylaluminum compound
to an aluminum alkoxide while inhibiting the formation
of hydrocarbons which involves oxidizing the trialkyl-
aluminum compound and adding a 'secondary alcohol to
the reaction mixture during the latter stages of oxidation.
r
656
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,087
PREPARATION OF BROMINATED SILANE
DERIVATIVES
Donald John Holman, Wedbey, Harlow, England,
assignor to Berk Limited
No Drawing. Hied Oct 4, 1968, Sen No. 765,005
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 18, 1967,
47,455/67
Int. CI. C07f 7/06, 7/18
U.S. CI. 260—448.8 R 6 Claims
This invention is concerned with the preparation of
certain brominated silane derivatives which have a va-
riety of useful properties including, in particular, the abil-
ity to impart fire retardant properties to synthetic poly-
mer compositions in which they are incorporated.
materials. These alkali metal silanolate-complexes can
be used as polymerization initiators for the preparation
of organopolysiloxanes and organopolysiloxane block
polymers.
3,641,088
AROMATIC o-TRIORGANOSILYL-DIORGANO-
AMINO COMPOUNDS AND PROCESS
Walter Fink, Ruschlikon/ZH, Nidelbadstr. 99,
Zurich, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 801,178
Int. CI. C07f 7/10
VS. CI. 260—448.2 N 7 Claims
Aromatic o-triorganosilyl-diorganoamino compounds of
the formula
r V
' ^C— SIR3
I Ar "
3,641,091
METHOD OF PREPARING DISUBSTITUTED
DKp-ARYLAMINOPHENOXY) SILANES
Leonid Alexandrovich Skripko, UUtsa Michurinskaya 143,
• 'J' Tambov, U.SAR.; Eduard Grigorievich Rozant-
^"^ ?.??'^*''^ pereulok 2, kv. 10, Moscow, U.S.S.R.;
and LIdia Gngorievna Polotovskaya, Poselok khimin-
stituta 10, kv. 15, Kalinin, U.S.S.R.
No Drawing. FUed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,868
Int. CI. C07f 7/04, 7/75
U.S. CI. 260—448.8 R 9 claims
A method of preparing disubstituted di(p-arylamino-
phenoxy)silanes by the reaction of p-hydroxyarylamines
With disubstituted dichlorosilanes in an inert organic sol-
vent medium and subsequent reaction with ammonia
which acts as an acceptor of hydrogen chloride which is
given off during the reaction.
Disubstituted di(p-arylaminophenoxy)silanes are effec-
tive stabilizers for polypropylene, impact resistant poly-
styrene, polyamides, homopolymers and copolymers of
formaldehyde, polyolefines, a copolymer of tetrahydro-
furane and propylene oxide and pentaplast.
where Ar is aromatic and process for making by reacting
a compound of the formula
Ar
.y
c— \
M
— X
where X is halogen and a lithium alkyl, or a compound of
the formula
y
C— Y
2
3,641,092
ISOCVANATE SYNTHESIS FROM AMINES AND
CARBON MONOXIDE CATALYZED BY PdCI,
Patrick M. Henr>, McDaniel Crest, Wilmington, Del.,
assignor to Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1966, Ser. No. 596,799
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
US. CI. 260-453 PC 6 Claims
I he — NH2 group in an organic amine is converted into
a — NCO group by reacting the organic amine with CO
in contact with palladium chloride.
where Y and Z are cleavable atoms or groups, in an inert
solvent and in an inert atmosphere with a compound of the
formula RaSiNR'j. The novel compounds are useful for
the preparation of dyes of the triphenylmethane series.
3,641,089
SILOXAZANES COMPOSITIONS AND
PROCESSES THEREOF
Richard P. Bush, Penarth, Glamorgan, Wales, assignor to
Midland Silicones Limited, Reading, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,950
Claims priority, application United Kingdom,
Mar. 29, 1968, 15,282/68
Int. CI. C07f 7/02
VS. CI. 260—448.2 N 12 Claims
This disclosure relates to various cyclic siloxazane com-
pounds and to processes thereof. These cyclic siloxazane
compounds are prepared by reacting certain siloxazanes
with hydrocarbon lithium compounds; useful cyclic ma-
terials are obtained containing one or two lithium atoms
attached to nitrogen atoms in the cyclic structure.
3,641,093
STABLE LIQUID DIPHENYLMETHANE
DOSOCYANATES
Martin Frederick Brooks and Vincent Kerrigan, Man-
Chester, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773,338
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 12, 1967.
56,498/67
Int. CI. C07c 119/04; C08g 22/26
VS. CI. 260-453 AR 2 Claims
Polyisocyanate compositions comprising a diphenyl-
methane diisocyanate in which from 1% to 50% of the
isocyanate groups have been reacted with a non-sterically
hindered aromatic carbodiimide other than a carbodi-
imide derived from diphenylmethane diisocyanate.
3,641,090
SILANOLATE-COMPLEXES AND USE THEREOF
Edgar E. Bostick, Scotia, and Joseph J. Zdaniewski,
Schenectady, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 866,003
Int CI. C07f 7/02
VS. a. 260—448.2 N 3 Claims
Hexamethylphosphoramide-complexes of alkali metal
silanolates are provided, and a method for making these
3,641,094
PREPARATION OF ISOCYANATES
Dieter Arit, Cologne-Buchheim, and Volkmar Handschuh,
Burscheid, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,276
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 12, 1968.
P 16 68 109.7; Nov. 15, 1968, P 18 09 173.1
Int. CI. C07c 779/04
U.S. CI. 260—453 PH g Claims
Isocyanates are prepared by a process in which the pri-
mary amine is reacted with phosgene in the presence of an
aqueous solution of an inorganic base and a hydrophobic
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
657
inert organic solvent, preferably where the reaction of the agents. The instant disclosure also includes certain novel
primary amine and phosgene takes place in a time of less intermediates which are useful in the preparation of the
than one minute. pharmaceutically useful compounds of Formula I.
3,641,095
BONDED LOW-ALUMINA MORDENITE
Joseph R. Kiovsky, Kent, Ohio, and Ronald K. Bart,
Sterling Junction, Mass., assignors to Norton Com-
pany, Worcester, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,408
Int. CI. BOlj 11/40
U.S. CI. 252—455 Z 1 Claim
Natural or synthetic mordenite from which alumina
has been removed to give silica to alumina ratio of 20/1
and higher is bonded into agglomerates for catalytic
purposes by employing attapulgite type clays to which
colloidal silica, in water dispersion stabilized with am-
monium ions, is added.
3,641,096
THERMACTIVATION OF CATALYSTS COMPRIS-
ING RHENIUM AND CRYSTALLINE ZEOLITIC
MOLECULAR SIEVE PARTICLES DISPERSED IN
A GEL MATRIX, AND CATALYSTS SO THERM-
ACTTVATED
Joseph Jaffe, Berkeley, and James R. Kittrell, El Cerrito,
Calif., assignors to Chevron Research Company, San
Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
753,222, Aug. 16, 1968. This application Sept. 20, 1968,
Ser. No. 761,308
Int. CI. BOlj 11/40
VS. CI. 252—455 Z 5 Claims
Method of activating a catalyst composite comprising
a crystalline zeolitic molecular sieve, a gel matrix com-
prising silica-alumina, and a rhenium or rhenium com-
pound hydrogenating compxjnent, said molecular sieve
being in particulate form and being dispersed in said gel
matrix, which method comprises heating said catalyst
composite in an oxygen-containing gas stream at 1200°
to 1600° F. for 0.25 to 48 hours, and the catalyst com-
posite so activated.
3,641,098
CYANO SUBSTITUTED PHENYLHYDRAZONES OF
1,2.DICARB0NYL COMPOUNDS
Karl-Heinz Buchel and Wilfried Draber, Leverkusen,
Ingeborg Hammann, Cologne, and Gunter Untersten-
hofer, Opladen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 762,155
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 26, 1967,
P 16 68 225.4
Int. CI. C07c 133/00
U.S. CI. 260—465 6 Claims
a-(Halo, cyano, nitro and azido)-a-(alkanoyl, carbo-
alkoxy [i.e. alkoxy carbonyl], amino and mono- and di-
alkyl amino)-carbonyl-(unsubstituted and mono to penta
alkyl and/or electronegative substituent [e.g. halo, nitro,
cyano, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl-, -mercapto, -sul-
fonyl and -sulfoxyl, alkoxy. alkyl sulfonyl and or dimeth-
ylmino sulfonyl] -substituted) phenyl hydrazones and their
corresponding alkali metal, alkaline earth metal and
amine salts, which possess pesticidal, especially acaricidal
and insecticidal. properties and which may be produced by
conventional methods.
3,641,099
3-HYDROCARBYLOXYMTRILE SYNTHESIS
Ralph P. Williams, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 771,375
Int. CI. C07c 121/14, 121/46
VS. CI. 260—465.6 3 Claims
Novel 3-hydrocarbyloxyalkanenitriles are produced by
contacting, under anhydrous reaction conditions, a 2-(di-
hydrocarbyloxyphosphinyDalkanenitrile, a ketone or alde-
hyde, and hydrocarbyloxy alkali metal compound, which
products are useful as insecticides.
3,641,097
PREPARATION OF PHENYLALANINE DERIVA-
TIVES AND NOVEL INTERMEDIATES
Balthasar Hegediis, Binningen, and Paul Zeller, Allschwil,
Switzerland, assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.,
Nutley, N J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
684,623, Nov. 21, 1967. This application Oct. 30, 1968,
Ser. No. 772,048
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 9, 1968,
1,971/68
Int. CI. C07c 757/00
U.S. CI. 260—456 A 3 Claims
The present disclosure relates to methods for the prep-
aration of compounds of the formula
OH
CHjO-
OH
CH2-CH-COR1
I
NH2
in which Ri is hydroxyl, alkoxy, or a substituted or un-
substituted amino group, optical isomers (preferably the
L-antipodes) thereof and pharmaceutically acceptable
salts thereof. Such compounds are useful as hypotensive
3,641,100
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
ACRYLONITRILE
Keisho Yamada, Shigeki Nagai, Kyoji Odan, Yasuo Naka*
mura, and Mikio Hidaka, Ube-shi, Japan, assignors to
Ube Industries, Ltd., Yamaguchi-ken, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,656
Claims priority, application Japan, July 2, 1968,
43/45,614; July 12, 1968, 43/48,414
Int. CI. C07c 727/02
U.S. CI. 260—465.3 1 Claim
In the process of manufacturing acrylonitrile wherein
propylene, ammonia and oxygen are contacted with a
solid oxidizing catalyst in the vapor phase at a tempera-
ture in the range of 400-600° C, the improved method
which comprises using as said solid catalyst a catalyst
which consists essentially of
(A) a bismuth antimonate in which the atomic ratio
of bismuth to antimony is 1:1, and
(B) a salt of bismuth selected from the group consist-
ing of a bismuth molybdate in which the atomic ratio
of bismuth to molybdenum is 2:3, and a bismuth
tungstate in which the atomic ratio of bismuth to
tungsten is 2:3;
the weight ratio of said bismuth antimonate to said bis-
muth molybdate or bismuth tungstate being in the range
of 95:5-50:50.
658
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,101
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF ACRYLO-
NTTRILE BY AMMOXIDATION OF PROPYLENE
Keisho Yamada, Shigeki Nagai, Kyoji Odan Yasutaka,
Arima, and Mikio Hidaka, Ube-shi, Japan, assignors
to Ube Industries, Ltd., Yamaguchl-ken, Japan
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,191
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 3, 1968,
43/62,785
Int CI. C07c 121/02
VS. CI. 260—465.3 1 Claim
In the process of manufacturing acrylonitrile by con-
tacting propylene, ammonia and oxygen with a solid oxi-
dizing catalyst in the vapor phase at a temperature of
350-500° C. the improvement wherein said solid oxidiz-
ing catalyst consists essentially of
(A) a solid solution of antimony oxide and stannic
oxide wherein the atomic ratio expressed in percent-
age of the antimony and tin is within the range of
Sb = 70-30% and Sn = 3O-70%, and
(B) an oxide of a metal selected from the group con-
sisting if indium, iridium and ruthenium;
the weight ratio of solid solution (A) to said metal oxide
(B) being within the range 98:2-80:20.
3,641,102
CATALYTIC PROCESS FOR THE AMMONOXYDA-
TION OF OLEFINS
Philippe Reulet, Morenx, and Alain Pfister, Jacques
Tellier, and Jean-Henry Blanc, Pau, France, and Kirsten
Borre Jorgensen, Holte, and Hans Bolilbro, Lingby,
Denmark, assignors to Sociit^ Nationale des Petroles
d'Aquitaine Tour Aquitaine, Courbevoie, France
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 804,286
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 5, 1968,
142,447
Int. CI. C07c 121/02
U.S. CI. 260—465.3 10 Claims
The known method of preparing olefinic nitriles by
oxidizing a gaseous mixture of olefin with ammonia,
over a catalyst containing Mo and Te oxides, has been
improved by selecting a catalytically active material which
consists of a combination of 1 mole M0O3 with 10 to 0.1
moles TeOs and 0.1 to 1 mole FcaOs, and preferably
with 0.35 to 0.14 mole TeOj and 0.14 to 0.2 mole FesOj.
The improved method is particularly suitable for the
production of acrylonitrile by the ammonoxidation of
propylene, and allows one to reach yields of more than
70% with respect to the olefin used, when the temperature,
normally of 300° to 600° C, is kept within the narrower
limits of 380° to 450°, the duration of contact between
reacting gases and catalyst is 3 to 10 seconds, and the
gaseous mixture contains by volume 1 to 15% of propyl-
ene, 1 to 15% of ammonia and 2 to 14% of oxygen, the
balance being nitrogen and/or steam.
CH,-(CH,),ff-C-N
\
CH:CN
Cnr-C=NH
I
NHj
HX
and
o
II ,
C.H,C-N
\
CHjCN
CHj-C=NH
I
NH,
HX
3,641,103
PROCESS FOR PREPARING AMIDINE SALTS
Patricia M. Scanlon, Arlington, Mass., and Elwyn Richard
Young, Nashua, N JI., assignors to W. R. Grace & Co.,
New Yorit, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 830,091
Int CL C07c 121/00
U.S. CI. 260—465.4 5 Claims
An amidine salt having a formula selected from the
group consisting of
NC-CH3-N=(CHr-C=NH), 2HX
I
NHa
CHi— C-N
\
CHjCN
CHi-C=NH
I
NH,
HX
in which X is a bromide or chloride ion and to a method
for preparing such salt, all as recited hereinafter.
In abstract, this invention is also directed to an imido-
ether having a formula selected from the group consisting
of
NC-CH,-N=(CHr-C=NH),
I
OCHj
O CHiCN
CH,-C-N
\
CH»— C=NH
OCHi
O
II
CH,-(CH,)io-C-N
/
\
CH2CN
'cnr-C=NH
OCHs
and
O
il
C.HjC-N
/
\
CHjCN
CHr-C=NH
C)CHi
and to a method for preparing such ether; the amidine
salts are useful stabilizers for polyesters.
3,641,104
CYANO SUBSTITUTED PERFLUOROVINYL
ETHERS
Daniel Gustav Anderson, Parkersburg, W. Va., Edward
Karcher Gladdhig, Wilmington, Del., and Raymond
Sullivan, Altadena, Calif., assignors to E. L du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
527,725, Feb. 16, 1966. This appUcation Sept. 30, 1968,
Ser. No. 763,954
Int. CI. C07c 121/30
U.S. CI. 260— 465.6 2 Claims
Substituted perfluorovinyl ethers having the formula
CFj^CF— O— (CFj)^— CN where n is from 2 to 12,
preferably 2 to 4. Specific utilities include employment as
cure-site comonomers in copolymers with other ethylenic-
ally unsaturated monomers.
3,641,105
PROCESS FOR PRODUCTION OF ADIPONITRILE
Yasuhisa Hashiguchi and Sueo Kamada, Nobeoka-shi,
Japan, assignors to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 799,096
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 26, 1968,
43/19,184
Int CI COlc 121/26
U.S. CI. 260—465.8 A 6 Claims
A process of producing adiponitrile with excellent yield
by using a reacting liquid containing organic haiides in
order to oppress the side reaction in cyanoethylation
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
659
when the acrylonitrile is going to be reduced and (2)
dimerized by the amalgam of alkaline metal or amalgam
of alkaline earth metal in a water soluble organic solvent.
A-S SCHiCH0C(X)dR4
1
D
3,641,106
PROCESS FOR THE CATALYTIC DIMERIZATION
OF ACRYLONITRILE
David Arthur Comfort Dhaflr Yuauf Waddan, and
Derek Willianu, Manchester, England, assignors to Im-
perial Chcmkal Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Conttnuatioo-in-part of application Ser. No.
627,680, Apr. 3, 1967. This application Mar. 3, 1969,
Ser. No. 803,963 ^ ,,,,,^
Int CL C07c 121/20, 121/26, 121/30
U.& a. 26»-465.8 , . .5C»»|ps
A process for the dimcrization of acrylonitrile which
comprises contacting acrylonitrile with a catalyst consist-
ing essentially of (a) a salt or complex of a metal selected
from copper, cobalt, nickel, chromium, iron, titanium and
vanadium and (b) an aluminum compound having at
least one alkyl group of 1-4 carbon atoms directly at-
tached to the aluminum atom, said aluminum atom carry-
ing in addition two other atoms or groups selected from
alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, alkoxy of 1-4 carbon atoms,
hydrogen, chlorine and bromine.
(A-SSCH,CH,0),C=X
(4)
3,641,107
PURIFICATION PROCESS FOR UNSATURATED
ORGANIC NITRILES
Ernest J. Breda, Beaumont Tex., assignor to E. L du
Pont de Nemoun and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. FUed Oct 21, 1968, Ser. No. 769,416
Int CI. C07c 121/30. 121/32
VS. CL 260—465.9 10 Qaims
Unsaturated organic nitriles containing ionizable cy-
anide impurities are freed from the cyanide impurities by
intimately contacting the nitrile with nitrogen base selected
from the group consisting of tertiary amines, quaternary
ammonium hydroxides and mixtures thereof and distilling
off the purified nitrile.
A-S SCH,CHOC-N
!
E
/
R.
R3
(6)
and
II
SSCHjCHOC-
1
a
-Q
3,641,108
PROPARGYL ESTERS OF BICYCLO[2.2.1]HEPT-5-
ENE.2-CARBOXYUC ACID AND BICYCLO[2.2.1]
HEPTANE.2-CARBOXYLIC ACID
Robert L. Roudabush and Linwood E. Drummond,
Rochester, N.Y., anignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,955
Int CL C07c 69/74
V.S. CL 260—468 B 9 Claims
Propargyl esters of bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2-carbox-
ylic acid or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylic acid are
obtained by esterification of the acid with propargyl al-
cohol. The esters are useful as bactericides and fungicides.
A-SSCHiCHj-K
(6)
where:
A is selected from the group consisting of di to tetrahalo-
ethyl and di to trihalovinyl;
B is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
— CHaOH;
D is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
X
-CHjOC
(X)nR«
E is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
X
1
-CHjOC-
\
R2
N
Ri
G is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and
X
-chjoCq
n is 0 or 1,
X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen and
sulfur except that when ai is 0 in Formula 2 X must
be oxygen;
Q is halogen;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, phenyl,
lower alkyl phenyl, halo lower alkyl, halophenyl, naph-
thyl, lower alkyl naphthyl and lower alkyl halophenyl;
Rj and R3 individually are the same as Ri or hydrogen
with the proviso that not more than one of Ra and R3
is hydrogen and collectively together with the adjacent
nitrogen atom form a 5 to 6 membered heterocyclic
ring having up to 1 oxygen therein;
3,641,109
ALKYL AND ARYL ESTERS OF POLYHALO-
DmnO ALCOHOLS
Cari D. Emcrmn, 4940 W. Winchester, Kansas City,
Mo. 64129, and Paul C. Aichenegg, 4232 W. 73rd
Terrace, Prairie Village, Kans. 66208
No Drawing. Contlnuaaon>ln-part of iqipUcation Ser. No.
560,1257June 24, 1966. This appUcatlon Sept 4, 1968,
Ser. No. 757,487
Int CL C07c 69/76
VS. CI. 260—473 G 8 Claims
Compounds are prepared having one of the formulae
(1)
A-SSCH,CHOH
I
B
Ras Rior RiOC-
or phenyl ethylene or halophenoxymethyl
3 halogens and up to 1 methyl group on
ring; . .
K is selected from the group consisting of
having up to
the aromatic
000 o o
)l!!(CHs)a.CO-J, OCCH=CHCO-J and ot
-OC(CHs)e
'X
O
660
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
IcerH rJ ^'°"^ consisting of hydrogen and iron compound as a promotor. Thus, a catalyst system
AsacHzCttj— ^ , . , . of very high activity is provided, and the reaction can he
m IS an integer from 0 to 2 inclusive, and all halogen performed at a relatively low temperature w°h a high
atoms in the compounds have an atomic weight of 35 conversion of terephthalic acid
to 80.
3,641,110
PHENOXY-ALIPHATIC ACIDS
William Laszlo Bencze, New Providence, N.J., assignor
to Ciba Corporation, Summit, N J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
728,871, May 14, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 558,251, June 17, 1966, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No,
323,868, Nov. 15, 1963. This application Jan. 29, 1969,
Ser. No. 795,029
Int. CI. C07c 65/114, 69/76, 103/22
U.S CI. 260-473 G 33 Claims
Phenoxy-ahphatic acids, e.g. those of the formula
HOOC — A,
A^-Phg— 0
3,641,113
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF VINYL
ACETATE
Hans Fernholz, Fischbach, Taunus, and Gunter Jacohsen,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengescllschaft vormals Melster Lucius &
Brunmg, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 701,111
Claims pnority, application Germany, Feb 4 1967
F 51,441
irc ^. ,.« „ Int. CI. C07c 67/0¥
U.S. CI. 260—497 A g claims
Preparation of vinyl acetate from ethylene, acetic acid
and oxygen m the presence of palladium acetate in the
liquid phase at 60 to 180° C. and 5 to 100 atmospheres
pressure in the presence of I to 20 moles, calculated on
1 gram atom of palladium, of a pyridine base.
Phi=a 1,2-phenylene
Ph2=a 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-phenylene
Ai=alkylene forming 5-7 membered ring
A2=aliphatic hydrocarbon radical
and functional derivates thereof are hypocholesterolemic
agents.
3,641,111
PROCESS FOR DIRECT ESTERIFICATION OF
TEREPHTHALIC ACID WITH AN ALKYLENE
GLYCOL
Stanley D. Lazarus, Petersburg, Pa., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Sen No. 795,742
Int. CI. C07c 69/82
UA CI. 260—475 P 19 Claims
Direct esterification of terephthalic acid and an alkylene
glycol is expedited by forming a fine dispersion of the in-
gredients aided by a dispersing and wetting agent. The
esterification reaction can be carried out in the presence
of a small quantity of a solvent which causes successive
quantities of acid to enter the liquid phase and to react
to form molten esters which then increase the total quan-
tity of liquid phase present in the mixture. This process
enables the esterification reaction to be carried out prac-
tically at atmospheric pressure or to be carried out at super
atmospheric pressure in a shorter time span than is the
case in esterification processes heretofore available.
3,641,112
^^^^J!^^ ^^^ ™E PREPARATION OF BIS.(d-HY.
^^2i}.^^Y^^hL^^^ OF AROMATIC DICAR-
BUAYLIC ACIDS
Yataro Ichikawa and Yoshiyuki Yamanaka, Yamaguchi-
ken, Japan, assignors to Teijin Limited, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,963
Claims priority, applicatioD Japan, May 30, 1968.
43/37,024
,,„ ^. Int. CI. CfSlc 69/82
U.S. CI. 260-475 P g claims
it has already been known to prepare bis-f^-hydroxy-
ethyl) terephthalate by the reaction of terephthalic acid
with ethylene oxide in the presence of a catalyst compris-
mg an organic amine or its salt. In this invention the
process is carried out in the co-presence of at least one
3,641,114
2.LOWER ALKANOYLOXY-N-SULFONYL-
BENZA.MIDES
Scott J Childress, Philadelphia, and J Lester Szabo, West
Lhcster, Pa., assignors to American Home Products
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 830,119
U.S. CI. 260—479 R 3 claims
This invention concerns 2-carb( lower )acyloxy-N-sul-
fonylbenzamide derivatives thereof which have demon-
strated pharmacological activity as central nervous sys-
tem depressants and are also substantially non-irritating
to the gastrointestinal tract upon oral administration.
3,641,115
METHOD FOR PRODUCING ESTERS OF
POLYCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
David W. Peck, Charleston, and Robert R. Gentry, St.
Albans, W. \a., assignors to Union Carbide Corpo-
ration '^
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 754,735
wre ^. . Int. CI. C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260—475 SC 9 claims
A method for producing esters of carboxyalkylfluo-
renes. carboxylalkylcarbazoles. carboxyalkylindenes and
carboxyalkylindoles by the rapid catalytic reaction of an
acrylate ester and a fluorene, carbazole, indene or in-
dole IS described. The catalysts are basic catalysts and the
reaction proceeds only when the reactants are in contact
with a catalytic amount of the basic catalyst and the re-
actants are rapidly admixed together.
3,641,116
HARDENERS FOR WATER-SOLUBLE POLYMERS
Alfred FroehUch, Marly-le-Grand, Switzerland, assignor
to Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 758,135
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 27. 1967
13,484/67
,,„ ^. Int. CI. C07c 725/06
VS. CI. 260-482 B 5 claims
compounds containing at least three carboxylic acid
amide groups that may be used as hardening agents for
water-soluble polymers, especially gelatine.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
661
3,641,117
PRODUCTION OF 2,2-DIMETHYL-l,3-PROPANE-
DIOLMONO(HYDROXYPIVALATE)
Rolf Platz, Mannheim, and Franz Merger, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengescllschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 754,484
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 25, 1967,
P 16 43 650.3
Int. CI. C07c 69/66
-484 R 4 Claims
Production of 2.2 - dimethyl-l,3-propanediolmono(hy-
droxypivalate) by disproportionation of hydroxypivalalde-
hyde. The product is a valuable starting material for the
production of synthetic resins and plasticizers.
U.S. CI. 260—4
3,641,121
PREPARATION OF VCVYL ACETATE
Harold E. Swift, Gibsonia, Pa., assignor to Gulf Research
& Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 697,305
Int. CI. C07c 67/04
V&. CI. 260—497 A 8 Claims
A process for the preparation of vinyl acetate from
acetic acid, ethylene and oxygen in the presence of a noble
metal on an inert, high surface area support with at least
about 80 percent of its pores having a diameter between
about 10 and 35 angstroms.
3,641,118
PURIFICATION OF 2,2-DIMETHYL.l,3-PROPANE-
DIOLMONO(HYDROXYPIVALATE)
Rolf Platz, Mannheim, and Franz Merger, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fahrik Aktiengescllschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 764,994
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 6, 1967,
P 16 43 671.8
Int. CI. C07c 69/66
U.S. CI. 260—484 R 9 Claims
Purification of 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-propanediol mono(hy-
droxypivalate) by means of acid ion exchangers.
3,641,119
PROCESS OF PREPARING CHLOROMETHYL
ESTERS OF a,;3-UNSATURATED CARBOXYLIC
ACIDS
Gerhard Balle, Cologne-Flittard, and Gunter Kolb,
Cologne-Stammheim, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengescllschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,890
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 28, 1969,
P 19 10 105.4
Int. CI. C07c 69/54
U.S. CI. 260—486 H 1 Claim
Chloromethyl esters of a,^-unsaturated carboxylic acids
are produced by reacting a./S-unsaturated carboxylic acid
chloride with formaldehyde or with a formaldehyde donor
in the presence of a catalytic quantity of ferric chloride
or stannic chloride.
3,641,122
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
ALKENYL ESTERS
Gustave B. Bachman, West Lafayette, Ind., and Gerald
M. Tullman, Creve Coeur, Mo., assignors to Purdue
Research Foundation, Lafayette, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 770,838
Int. CI. C07c 69/02
U.S. CI. 260—497 R 4 Claims
A process for preparing alkenyl esters by reacting an
aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydride, such as propionic an-
hydride, and an olefin represented by the formula
3,641,120
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
LONG CHAIN ESTERS
Edward J. Broderick, Edison, and Burton M. Rein, East
Brunswick, NJ., assignors to Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,228
Int. CI. C07c 67/00
U.S. CI. 260—491 8 Claims
TTiis specification discloses a process for the production
of long chain esters. In this process, an ester of an acid
having at least two carbon atoms and at least one hydro-
gen atom on the alpha carbon atom of the acid moiety
is reacted with an olefin. This reaction is carried out in
the presence, along with a manganic carboxylic acid salt
or oxide, a zirconyl carboxylic acid salt or zirconium
oxide.
CH
H
i=C-R
wherein R is hydrogen or an alkyl radical, for example, 1-
octene, or by the formula
H
h
/ ^
HjC C-H
\ /
(CH,)n-l
wherein n is an integer ranging from 1 to about 10, for
example, cyclohexene, in the presence of mercuric iodate.
3,641,123
SUBSTITUTED AMIDES OF 4-ARYL-3.HYDROXY
BUTYRIC ACIDS
David Frank Hayman and Anthony Musgrave Wild,
London, England, assignors B.D.H. Chemicals Limited
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 776,264
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 15, 1967,
51,987/67
Int. CI. C07c lOS/30: A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—500.5 H 1 Chiim
Substituted amides of 4-aryl-3-hydroxybutyric acids
having utility as anti-inflammatory agents are provided.
The amides are prepared by reacting a lower alkyl ester
of a 4-aryl-3-hydroxybutyric acid with an excess of an
appropriate amine. In the case of hydroxamic acids the
product is isolated as a potassium or sodium salt which
is converted into the free hydroxamic acid by acidifica-
tion.
3,641,124
HEPTAMINOL TRANS-CINNAMATE
Bernard Pourrias, Meudon, Yves Huet, La Celle Saint-
Cloud, and Carlos Pomaret, Paris, France, assignors
to Delalande S.A., Courbevole, Hauts-de-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed Sept 20, 1968, Ser. No. 761,324
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 25, 1967,
122,143
Int CI. C07c 91/04
U.S. CI. 260—501.17 1 Claim
Heptaminol cinnamate, useful as a myocardiotonic,
coronary dilatator and uricosuric having diuretic activity
662
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
and a process for making same which comprises reacting benzoylphenyiacetic acid, have been found to possess
cinnamic acid with heptaminol. pharmacodynamic properties and are especially useful as
anti-inflammation agents.
3,641,125
3-N-(2 . HYDROXY.3-PHENOXYPROPYL)-AMINO-
l-PHENYLPROFANON-d) AND THE SALTS
THEREOF
Wolfgang Milkowski, Burgdorf, Werner Stuhmer, Eldag-
sen, and Klaus-Wolf von Eickstedt, Hannover-Beme-
rode, Germany, assignors to Kall-Chemie Aktiengesell-
schaft, Hannover, Germany
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,309
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 6, 1968,
P 18 13 061.5
Int. CI. C07c 93106
U.S. CI. 260—501.18 4 Claims
3 - N - (2 - hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl ) -amino- 1-phenyl-
propanone-(l) having the following formula
/\
-0-CHi-CH-CH,-NH-CH,-CH,-C-
Oh 6
(I)
and the salts thereof, the said compounds being character-
ized by marked central inhibiting activity as well as having
an effect on the circulatory and central nervous systems.
3,641,126
PROCESS FOR PREPARATION OF ETHANE-1-
HYDROXY . 1,1,2.TRIPH0SPH0NATES FROM
ETHANECARBONYL-l,2-DIPHOSPHONATES
James B. Prentice, Batesville, Ind., assignor to The
Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,370
Int CI. C07f 9/38: CI Id 3136
U.S. CI. 260—502.4 A 7 Claims
Process for preparing ethane- 1 -hydroxy- 1,1, 2-triphos-
phonates which comprises reacting ethanecarbonyl-1,2-
diphosphonic acid with at least one inorganic phosphorus-
containing compound which is a phosphorous acid pre-
cursor alone or in admixture with phosphorous acid and
hydrolyzing the reaction product obtained.
3,641,127
(3.BENZ0YLPHENYL) ALKANOIC ACIDS
Daniel Farge, Val-de-Mame, Mayer Naoum Messer,
Essonne, and Claude Moutonnier, Paris, France, as-
signors to Rhone- Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 700,375
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 27, 1967,
92 828
Int CI. C07c 65/20, 149/40
UJS. CI. 260—516 7 Claims
(3-benzoylphenyl)alkanoic acids of the formula:
Bi
R
V
wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
containing 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Ri represents a hydrogen
atom or an alkylthio group containing 1 to 4 carbon
atoms, and Ra represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy
or methoxy group, and salts thereof, for example 3-
3,641,128
ANTIFIBRINOLYTIC COMPOUNDS
Larry J. Locffler, Bethesda, Md., assignor to Merck &
Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 834,138
Int. CI. C07c 101/04
\5&. CI. 260—514 B 4 Claims
The compound 4 - (a - amino lower alkyl ) bicyclo-
[2.2.2]-octane-l-carboxylic acid and the pharmaceutically
acceptable salts thereof are useful as antifibrinolytic com-
pounds.
3,641,129
ANTIFIBRINOLYTIC COMPOUNDS
Larry J. Loefller, Bctheada, Md., assignor to Merck &
Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. FUed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 834,139
Int CI. C07c no/ 04
U.S. CI. 260—514 B 3 Claims
The compound 4-aminomethylbicyclo-[ 2,2,2] -octane-
I -acetic acid and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts
thereof are useful as antifibrinolytic compouixls.
3,641,130
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF AROMATIC
POLYCARBOXYLATES
Donald G. Kuper, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor t<K^ ^
PhilUps Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,855
Int CI. C07c 57/00, 57/52
U.S. CI. 260—515 P 9 Claims
Improved catalytic disproportionation of aromatic car-
boxyiates to aromatic polycarboxylates containing at
least one additional carboxyl group is achieved by utiliz-
ing at least one compound of the formula R — X — M
wherein R is an alkyl, aryl, or alkyl-substituted aryl radi-
cal, X is oxygen or sulfur and M is hydrogen or an alkali
metal as a catalyst adjuvant in combination with a con-
ventional disproportionation catalyst system.
3,641,131
HYDROLYSIS OF OLEFIN^ULFUR TRIOXIDE
REACTION PRODUCT MIXTURES
David M. Marquis, Orinda, and William A. Sweeney, San
Rafael, Calif., assignors to Chevron Research Com-
pany, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
528,074, Feb. 17, 1966, and a continuation of applica-
tion Ser. No. 591,712, Nov. 3, 1966. This application
Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 809,485
Int CI. C07c 143/16
U.S. CI. 260—513 R 5 Claims
Improved and novel n-a-olefin sulfonate detergents are
obtained when a crude a-olefin-sulfur trioxide reaction
product is hydrolyzed substantially completely at a tem-
perature above about 145° C.
3,641,132
PROCESS FOR OBTAINING NTTRO
BENZOPHENONES
Johann G. D. Schulz and Richard SecUrcher, Pittsburgh,
Pa., assignors to Gulf Research h Development Com-
pany, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. FUed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,597
Int CI. C07c 79/36, 79/46
U.S. CI. 260—517 8 Claims
A process for preparing nitro benzophenones which
involves adding nitric acid to a diarylalkane and maintain-
^1
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
663
ing the resulting mixture at the reaction temperature for which involves contacting the l,l-bis(alkylphenyl)alkane
a time sufficient to convert the diarylalkane to the corre- with oxygen in a lower carboxyUc acid containing cobalt
sponding nitro benzophenone. and a methylenic ketone.
3,641,133
INTERMEDIATES IN THE PREPARATION OF 4-
AMINODIBENZO[a,d]-CYCLOALKEN-5-ONES
Eugene E. Galantay, Morristown, and Hans Ott Convent
Station, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Han-
over, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
444,023, Mar. 30, 1965, now Patent No. 3,424,796.
This application Sept 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,940
Int CI. C07c 707/54
U.S. CI. 260—518 R 7 Claims
A 4-chloro-7-amino-3-substituted phthalide, e.g., 3-p(-
phenethyl-4-chloro-7-methylaminophthalide, is saponified
and the saponification product reduced to obtain the cor-
responding 6-phen(alkyl)-anthranilic acid, e.g., 6-/:i-phen-
ethyl-N-methyl-anthranilic acid, which is then cyclized to
the corresponding pharmaceutically useful 4-amino-lO, 1 1-
dihydro-5H-dibenzo[a,d]cyclohepten-5-one or 4-amino-5,
10,1 1,1 2-tetrahydrodibenzo[a,d]cycloocten-5-one.
3,641,137
PREPARATION OF METHACRYLIC ACID
Donald M. Fenton, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to Union
Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800,744
Int CI. C07c 53/28, 57/04
UA CI. 260—526 N 12 Claims
Acetylenic hydrocarbons are hydrocarboxylated by
contact with carbon monoxide and a carboxylic acid in
the presence of a catalyst comprising a complex of a
Group VIII noble metal and a biphyllic ligand under
liquid phase reaction conditions at temperatures between
50° C. and 400° C. and at pressures sufficient to maintain
liquid phase. The product anhydrides are readily hydro-
lyzed to unsaturated acids which are useful as polymer-
izable monomers.
3,641,134
OXY SUBSTITUTED BIPHENYLENE
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Tsung-Ylng Shen, Bruce E. Witzel, and Gordon L. Wal-
ford, Westfield, NJ., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc.,
Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
836,659, June 25, 1969. This appUcetion Apr. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 30,293 ]
Int CI. C07c 65/74
U.S. CI. 260—520 7 Claims
New substituted biphenylene carboxylic^ acids and non-
toxic pharmaceutically aceptable salts, esters, anhydrides,
and amides derived therefrom. The substituted biphenylene
carboxylic acids described herein have anti-inflammatory,
anti-pyretic, and analygesic activity. Also included is a
method of preparing said carboxylic acids.
3,641,138
METHOD FOR PRODUCING UNSATURATED
ALDEHYDES AND ACIDS
John A. Ondrey, Springdale, and Harold E. Swift, Gib-
sonia. Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Development
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
xNo Drawing. Filed May 31, 1968, Ser. No. 733,312
Int CI. C07c 47/22, 57/04
U.S. CI. 260—530 N 11 Claims
A method of oxidizing propylene and isobutene to the
corresponding unsaturated aldehydes and acids and for
oxidizing the unsaturated aldehydes of propylene and iso-
butene to the corresponding unsaturated acids by the
vapor phase reaction with molecular oxygen in the pres-
ence of a catalyst of cobalt molybdate promoted with a
composition of molybdenum, tellurium and oxygen. Pro-
pylene is converted to acrolein and acrylic acid and acro-
lein in converted to acrylic acid.
3,641,135
PROCESS FOR OXIDIZING A 1,1.BIS(ALKYL.
PHENYL) ALKANE
Anatoli Onopchenko, Monroeville, Johann G. D. Schulz,
Pittsburgh, and Richard Seekircher, Cheswick, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,891
Int CI. C07c 63/02, 65/20
\5S. CI. 260—524 R 20 Claims
A process for oxidizing a l,l-bis(alkylphenyl)alkane,
wherein the alkane bridge has at least two carbon atoms,
to convert alkyl substituents to carboxylic acid substitu-
ents which involves contacting the l,l-bis-(alkylphenyl)
alkane with oxygen in a lower carboxylic acid containing
cobalt and an aliphatic hydrocarbon having from three
to six carbon atoms.
3,641,136
PROCESS FOR OXIDIZING A 1,1-BIS(ALKYL-
PHENYL) ALKANE
Anatoli Onopchenko, Monroeville, Johann G. D. Schulz,
Pittsburgh, and Richard Seekircher, Cheswick, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,892
Int CI. C07c 63/02, 65/20
U.S. CI. 260—524 R 16 Claims
A process of oxidizing a l,l-bis(alkylphenyl)alkane to
convert alkyl substituents to carboxylic acid substituents
3,641,139
ETHYLENE OXIDATION IN THE PRESENCE OF
IRIDIUM METAL
Noel W. Cant and WiUiam K. Hall, Pittsburgh, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,806
Int CI. C07c 53/08
U.S. CI. 260—533 R 8 Claims
Ethylene is oxidized with oxygen to acetic acid which
is substantially free of other oxygenated organic products
by oxidation of the ethylene in the presence of iridium
metal.
3,641,140
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF CHLORO-
ALKANE SULPHONYL CHLORIDES
Wolfgang Keberle, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Oct 14, 1968, Ser. No. 767.513
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 9, 1967,
F 53,993
Int CI. C07c 143/70
VS. CI. 260—543 R 2 Claims
Chloroalkane sulphonyl chlorides are prepared by re-
acting a cyclicthioether also known as a sultone. with the
chloride of an inorganic acid at a temF>erature from about
40 to about 150° C. in the presence of an acid amide.
664
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,141
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ALKYL-
TmONO-PHOSPHONIC ACID DICHLORIDES
Hanshelmut Schlor, Wuppertal-EIberfeld, Germany, as-
signor to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellscbaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772.818
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 21, 1967,
P 16 68 043.6
Int. CI. C07f 9/42
U.S. CI. 260—543 P 14 Claims
Reacting dialkyl disulfide as sulfur donor in the pres-
ence of alkali metal- or ammonium-chloride with the
Clay-Kinnear-Perren complex [alkyl-PClaJ + LAlClaX]-,
in which X is chlorine or bromine, formed from alkyl-
chloride or alkylbromide, phosphorus trichloride and
aluminium trichloride to produce alkyl-thiono-phosphonic
acid dichloride, in which the alkyl radical is based upon
the corresponding starting alkyl-chloride, said produced
dichloride being recoverable from the reaction mixture
by distillation, e.g. at about 190-220° C; such alkyl-
thiono-phosphonic acid dichlorides being known inter-
mediates for the preparation of insecticidal thionophos-
phonic acid esters.
3,641,144
CYCLOALIPHATIC CARBOXYLIC ANHYDRIDE
REACTION AND REACTION PRODUCTS
Robert C. Kuder, Excelsior, Minn., assignor to
General Mills, Inc.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
570,736, Aug. 8, 1966. This appUcation Mar. 13, 1969,
Ser. No. 807,112
Int. CI. C07c 67/72,67/25
L.S. CI. 260—546 i claim
A cycloaliphatic Cj-Cis olefin having ethylenic un-
saturation at an exocyclic carbon position is reacted with
an anhydride of a Cj-Cig carboxylic acid having an avail-
able alpha-hydrogen atom in the presence of a free radi-
cal initiator thereby forming a novel cycloaliphatic or-
ganic acid anhydride adduct. This new class of compounds
can be used to make perfumes by conversion to the esters,
or to corresponding acids, salts, nitriles or other deriva-
tives.
3,641,142
PYROGENIC SYNTHESIS OF PERFLUORO-
ACRYLYL FLUORIDE
David C. England, Wilmington, Del., assignor io E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 577,143, Sept 6, 1966. This application
Oct 30, 1968, Ser. No. 771,995
Int CI. C07c 57/55
V&, CI. 260—544 F 4 Claims
Process for preparing perfluoroacrylyl fluoride by the
pyrolysis, e.g., at 350°-80O° C, of a-hydrotetrafluoro-
propionic acid anhydride or a-hydrotetrafluoropropionyl
fluoride preferably with a two-component catalyst system,
e.g., quartz and an alkali metal fluoride.
3,641,145
VINYL AROMATIC AMINIMIDES
BiUy M. Culbertson, Savage, WilUam J. McKillip, Minne-
apolis, and Edward A. Sedor, Blooraington, Minn.,
assignors to Ashland Oil, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 23, 1967, Ser. No. 662,571
Int. CI. C07c 103/ iO
U.S. CI. 260—558 H 7 claims
Vinyl aromatic aminimides are prepared from vinyl
aromatic acids or derivatives thereof. The vinyl aromatic
aminimide can be homopolymerized and copolymerized
to result in functional group-containing polymeric prod-
ucts capable of thermosetting. The vinyl aromatic aminim-
ides have the general formula
R-C=CHi
X\ O R,
/ \ 11 e e/
{-CIIr-f-C^N-N-R,
V^
V 7:
\
Rj
(I)
3,641,143
N-CARBAMOYL-O-ALKENOYL-N-PHENYL-
HYDROXYL-AMINES AS HERBICIDES
Sidney B. Richter, Chicago, and John Krenzer, Oak Park,
ni., assignors to Velsicol Chemical Corporation, Chi-
cago, ni.
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 752,796
Int CI. C07c m/22: AOln 9/20
U.S. p. 260—545 R 6 Claims
This invention discloses new chemical compounds of
the formula
0
n
wherein R is a hydrogen, methyl, or halogen; n is zero
or one and Rj, R2, and R3 are hydrocarbon radicals and
Ri and R2 can be combined to form a heterocyclic ring
with the nitrogen.
3,641,146
HALOCOLCHICINE DERIVATIVES
Hans Lettre, Heidelberg, Germany, and Thomas J. Fitz-
gerald, Minneapolis, Minn., assignors to E. Merck AG,
Darmstadt Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 802,329
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 23, 1968,
P 16 95 547.8
Int CI. C07c 103/38
U.S. CI. 260-562 CL 11 Claims
Novel antimitotically effective halocolchicine com-
pounds of the formula
(5-;i^
wherein Ri is alkenyl; R2 and R3 are independently se-
lected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
X is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl,
halogen, haloalkyl, alkoxy, nitro and dialkylamino; and
n is an integer from 0 to 5. This invention further dis-
closes new herbicidal compositions comprising an inert
carrier and, as an essential active ingredient, in a quantity
toxic to weeds, a compound of the above description.
H3C0
H^CO
.\HR
X
'10 \\
H3C0
February 8, 1972
wherein
Ri represents a mono-
2-4 carbon atoms;
Ra represents
CHEMICAL
665
di- or trihaloacyl residue of
-OCH,,
\
Ri
SCH.. -
O Os
II ;
SCH, or -SCHi
R3 is CH3 or C2H5; and
R4 is H, CH3 or CaHj.
3,641,150
CYCLIC PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF AN
OXIME FROM A HYDROXYLAMMONIUM SALT
SOLUTION
Abraham H. de Roolj, Geleen, Netherlands, assignor to
Stamicarbon N.V., Heerlen, Netherlands
FUed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,725
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 12, 1968,
6816076
Int CI. C07c 757/00; COlb 27/20; COlc 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—566 A 2 Claims
3,641,147
2-POLYFLUOROLOWERALKYL BENZOPHENONES
John G. Topliss, West Caldwell, N J., assignor to
Schering Corporation, Bloomfield, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
703,245, Feb. 6, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 650,581, July 3, 1967, now
Patent No. 3,429,874, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 603,737, Dec. 22, 1966, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
520,658, Jan. 14, 1966. This application Mar. 28, 1969,
Ser. No. 811,637
Int CI. C07c 103/33
U.S. CI. 260—562 5 Claims
This invention relates to novel chemical composition
of matter useful as intermediates in the preparation of 2-
0x0 - 1,3 - dihydro-2H-l,4-ben2odiazepines. and the 4-N-
oxides thereof, having a polyfluoroloweralkyl radical at-
tached at the 1 -position thereof and to the methods for
making and using such novel chemical intermediates.
3,641,148
AMINOPOLYCYCLODECANES
Robert John Stedman, PaoII, Pa., assignor to Smith Kline
& French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Original application Oct 11, 1965, Ser. No.
494,881, now Patent No. 3,456,008, dated July 15,
1969. Divided and this application Mar. 5, 1969, Ser.
No. 813,390
Int CI. C07c 87/40
U.S. CI. 260—563 P 2 Claims
1-amino and aminomethylpentacycio
[6.2.4.02.''.0<'io.05.9]
decanes, 3-amino and aminomethyltetracyclo
[5.3.0.02S.O*'']
decanes, and 1-amino and aminomethyltetracyclo-
[5.2.0.02'6.o*'9]-nonanes are prepared starting from
tetrachlorocyclopentadienone cyclic ethylene ketal and
1,4-cyclohexadiene and proceeding with ring-closure, hy-
drolysis and Favorskii reactions. The products are anti-
virals.
3,641,149
POLY(AMINOMETHYL)CYCLOPENTANES
William H. Edgerton, Strafford-Wayne, Pa., assignor to
Smith Kline & French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 816,393
Int CI. C07c 87/32
U.S. CI. 260—563 R 6 Claims
Poly(aminomethyl)cyclopentanes and mixed poly(ami-
nomethyl)poly(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanes are pre-
pared by reducing the corresponding polyamido and poly-
amidopolyester derivatives of ciscyclopentanetetracar-
boxylic acid. The compounds are useful as organic inter-
mediates and in the polymer art.
A cyclic process in which an aqueous acid reaction
medium is kept in circulation between a zone for the syn-
thesis of hydroxylamine and a zone for the synthesis of
oxime. A gas flow containing NO and some NOj is con-
tinuously added to the circulating liquid, the greater part
of the NO is being catalytically reduced with H2 to form
NHjOH and some NH3 as byproduct. The NH2OH is
consumed in the oxime synthesis zone and the NH3 by-
product is continuously removed by contacting the circu-
lating liquid with NO and NOj under such conditions that
Na and HjO result.
3,641,151
LIQUID CHLORINATED POLYARYL-POLYAMINE
COMPOSITIONS
Michael Kokorudz, Grosse He, Mich., assignor to Wyan-
dotte Chemicals Corporation, Wyandotte, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,717
Int CI. C07c 87/28, 91/42
U.S. CI. 260—570 D 2 Claims
Liquid chlorinated polyaryl-polyamine compositions
are prepared by condensing, in the presence of water and
sulfuric and/or hydrochloric acid, formaldehyde with o-
chloroaniline in a mole ratio of o-chloroaniline to formal-
dehyde of from 2:1.05 to 2:1.5. The compositions are
useful as curing agents for polyurethane prepolymers.
3,641,152
3,4-DIHYDRONAPHTHALENONEOXY-
2-HYDROXY-PROPYLAMINES
John Shavel, Jr., Mendham, and Sheldon Farber, Liv-
ingston, NJ., assignors to Warner-Lambert Pharma-
ceutical Company, Morris Plains, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Sept 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,857
Int CI. C07c 93/06
U.S. CI. 260—570.7 9 claims
The present invention relates to compounds of the
formula:
C-CH-,-CHOH-CHo-N
666
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8,
wherein Rj stands for hydrogen or an alkyl group and R2
stands for an alkyl group of not more than 6 carbon
atoms, preferably branched such as isopropyl, isobutyi,
sec-butyl, tert-butyl. and the like: cycloalkvl groups of
not more than 7 carbon atoms, such as cyclopropyl. cycio-
propylmethyl. cyclopentyl. cyclopentylmethyl. cyclohcxyl.
c>clohexylmethyl; lower alkenyl or aralkyl groups, any
of which may be optionally substituted; R3 and R4 each
stand for h>drogen. or hydroxy: R5 and Re each stand for
hydrogen, alkyl. or aralkyl: OR7. in which R7 is lower
alkyl or lower alkenyl, aralkyl such as benzyl in which
aryl may be optionally substituted by halogen, nitro, etc:
halogens such as F. CI. Br or I: nitro. amino or acylamino.
or sulfonamido; alkyl such as methyl and containing not
more than 6 carbons.
3,641,153
N-OXIDES OF .4MINOALKYLENE.DlBENZO{a,d]
CYCLOHEPTENES AND THE SALTS THEREOF
Emilio Kyburz, Reinach, and Hans Spiegelberg, Basel.
Switzerland, assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.,
Nutley, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 12, 1969, Scr. No. 806,701
Claims priorit>, application Switzerland, Mar. 20, 1968,
4,201 68
Int. CI. C07c ^7102
L .S. CI. 260—570.8 TC 14 Claims
1 - halo-S-O-dimethylaminopropyl or propylidene)-.''H-
dibenzo[a,dlcycIoheptene N-oxides. prepared, inter alia,
from the corresponding l-halo-5-f3-dimethylaminopropyl
or propylidene) - 5H - dibenzo[a.d]cycloheptenes, are
described. The end products are useful antidepressants.
3,641,154
PROCESS OF SYNTHESIZLNG N-MONOAI KYL
PICRA\nC ACIDS
John Frank Corbett and Geoffrey Wilfred Amery. Read-
ing, England, assignors to The Gillette Company. Bos-
ton \f Bss
No Drawing. Hied Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,585
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 10, 1968,
32,963/68
Int. CI. C07c 91144
U.S. CI. 260—571 5 Claims
A process for the preparation of N-monoalkyl-iso-
picramic acids in which the N-alkyl group contains up
to 6 carbon atoms, which comprises nitrating an N-mono
alkyl-p-aminophenol, in which the N-alkyl group con-
tains up to 6 carbon atoms and in which the amino group
remains free from acetylation with nitric acid in The
presence of sulfuric acid at a temperature from —20 to
-1-30° C. to introduce two nitro groups into -aid amino-
phenol.
wherein:
(A) R3 is hydrogen, (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkenyl;
(B) R* is (lower) alkyl or (lower) alkenyl;
(C) R^ and R^ taken together with the carbon atom to
which they are attached is cycloalkyl of 5 to 7 ring carbon
atoms;
(D) R* is hydrogen or (lower)alkyl;
(E) each of R' and R'' is (lower)alkyl, (lower)alken-
yl. or R^ and R'^ together with the carbon atom to which
they are attached is (i) cycloalkyl of 5 to 7 ring carbon
atoms; (ii) cycloalkenyl of 5 to 7 ring carbon atoms; or
(iii) bicycioalkyl selected from bornyl. norbomyl or nor-
bornenyl;
(F) A is the group (J)
-X-N
J
\
Ri
R»
wherein X is alkylene of 2 to about 8 carbon atoms and
separates the adjacent nitrogen atoms by an alkylene chain
of at least 2 carbon atoms, monohydroxy alkylene of 3
to about 8 carbon atoms, and separates the adjacent ni-
trogen atoms by an alkylene chain of at least 3 carbon
atoms, or a cycloalkyl-substituted alkylene group of the
formula
-(CH:),-pC-(CH5),'
I I
(CH;),
wherem each of (v) and (v') is an integer of 0 to 4, (m)
is an integer of 3 to 5 provided that at least one of (v)
ind(\') is 1. and the total of (v). (v') and (m) is not
tireater than 8. R' is hydrogen, (lower )alkyl, phenyl,
hydroxy(lower)alkyl. cycloalkyl of 4 to 6 ring carbon
atoms, di(lower)alkylamino(lower )alkyl, pyridyl(lower)
alkyl, piperidyUIower )alkylamino(lower )alkyl. or piper-
idyldoweralkyl, R- is hydrogen, ( lower jalkyl or hydroxy
( lower) alkyl. or R* and R^ taken together with the nitro-
gen to which they are attacheJ is piperazino, N-( lower)
alkyipiperazino. n.nrpholino. pvrrolidino. aziridino, piper-
idino, (lower )alkylpiperidino. (lower)alkylimida20lidino.
or (ii ) A is
(CH.).
H
-(R«)o
(CH2)m — N-R«
wherein (rO is an integer of 0 to 3, (m) is an integer of
1 or 2, R8 is hydrogen. ( lower )alkyl, (lower)alkenyl, hy-
droxy! lower)alkyl. phenyl (lower) alkyl, cyano( lower) al-
kyl. piperidinonower)alkyl. R* is (lower)alkyl; and in)
is an integer of 0 to 4; or pharmacologically acceptable
acid addition salts of said bases.
3,641,155
ALLENE POLYAMINES
Charles H. Tilford, Atlanta, Ga., and Thomas R. Blohm
and Robert D. MacKenzie, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignors
to Richardson-Merrell Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,408
Int. CI. C07c S7/24, 87^32. 87/50
U.S. CI. 260—583 H 20 Claims
Compounds which have activity in inhibiting the clot-
ting of blood are selected from bases of the formula
C^C^C -C -CHr-NH- A
I
R'
Formula I
3,641,156
Jl VABIONE AND DERIVATIVES THEREOF
Beverly Ann Pawson, Montclair, and Gabriel Saucy,
Es.sex Falls, NJ., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.,
Nutley, N J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
725.208, Apr. 29. 1968. This applicatioD Mar. 3, 1969,
Ser. No. 803,964
Int. CI. C07c 49/61
U,S. CI. 260—586 6 Claims
This invention is directed to a method of synthesizing
Juvaboine and novel derivatives thereof which are useful
in killing and preventing proliferation of insects by upset-
ting their hormone balance including itcrmediates in this
process.
t
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
66(
3,641,157
HYDROCARBON OXIDATION
Herbert Ricgcl, Palisades, NJ., Harvey D. Schindler,
New York, N.Y., and Morgan C. Sie, Upper Montclair,
NJ., assignors to The Lummus Company, Bloomfieid,
NJ.
Filed Oct 23, 1968, Ser. No. 76f ,792
Int. CI. C07c 45/02
VJS. CI. 260—599 17 Claims
Process for producing a carbonyl compound or acid
wherein a feed containing a hydrocarbon is contacted
with an oxygen-containing gas a melt containing a multi-
valent metal halide in both its higher and lower valence
state. The preferred melt contains a mixture of copper
chlorides.
3,641,158
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF AROMATIC
HYDROXYALDEHYDES
Adoiph J. DciMt, Woodcliff Lake, aad Darid X. Klein,
Upper MoBtdahr, NJ., aaslgnon to Tcbbcco Chemicals,
Inc.
No Drawfaii- FIM Mar. 10, 1969, Scr. No. M5,820
Int. CI. C07c 47/56
U.S. CI. 260— «0« 4 Claims
Salicylaldehyde and other hydroxybenzaldehydes are
prepared by heating an ester having the structural formula
3,641,161
NAPHTHYL ALKANOLS
John H. Fried and Ian T. Harrison, Palo Alto, Calif.,
assignors to Syntex Corporation, Panama, Panama
No Drawing. Filed July 2, 1968, Ser. No. 741,904
Int. CI. C07c 43/20
VS. CI. 260—613 D 15 Claims
^-[2-naphthyl] ethanols optionally substituted at the
/3-position and/or position C-1, 4. 5, 7 or 8: and/or posi-
tion C-6 possess anti-inflammatory, analgesic, anti-pyretic
and anti-pruritic activity.
'ci,
wherein R and R' are each hydrogen, chlorine, bromine,
lower alkyl, or lower alkoxy; x and y are each 1 or 2;
and the sum of x and >• is 3 with water at a temperature
at which the ester is hydrolyzed and the aldehyde is
simultaneously steam-distilled from the reaction mixture.
3,641,162
PRODUCTION OF ETHERS
Duncan Clark and Percy Hayden, Norton-on-Tees. Eng-
land, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries Lim-
ited, London, England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
402,937, Oct. 9, 1964. This appUcation Apr. 3, 1969,
Ser. No. 813,295
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 14, 1963,
40,420/63
Int. CI. C07c 47/06, 41/10
U.S. CI. 260—614 AA 8 Claims
A process for the production of alkyl-alkenyl ethers
comprising passing a terminal alkene containing two to
four carbon atoms through a solution consisting essen-
tially of a salt or co-ordination compound of palladium.
a polar solvent, an alkanol having one to four carbon
atoms, an alkali metal halide other than a fluoride and up
to 10% by weight of water, at a temperature not exceed-
ing 150° C. and at a partial pressure of the alkene of up
to 100 atmospheres, and removing the alkyl-alkenyl ether
formed in the gas stream of alkene.
3,641,159
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF ORGANIC
HALIDES AND ORGANIC ETHERS
Louis SchmeriiBg, Riverside, IIL, asaiinor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Dcs Ptalacs, DI.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Scr. No. 804,695
Imt a. C91c 41/ 10. 17/16
U.S. CI. 260—411 R 7 Claims
Organic halides and organic ethers are prepared by
treating the corresponding alcohol with a mixture of two
metal halide catalysts at conditions which include a tem-
perature of from about 100° to about 250° C. and a
pressure ranging from atmospheric to about 100 atmos-
pheres.
3,641,160
ADDUCTS OF TETRABROMODIALKOXY CYCLO-
PENTADIENES AND ALLYL ALCOHOL
Richard Garth Pews, Midland, Clare R. Hand, Sanford,
and Caricton W. Roberts, Midland, Mich., assignors to
The Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Original application Apr. 12, 1968, Ser. No.
721,106, now Patent No. 3,489,814, dated Jan. 13,
1970. Divided and this application June 16, 1969, Ser.
No. 833,692
InL CI. C07c 43/18
U.S. CI. 260—611 F 1 Claim
TTie invention concerns new compositions of matter
that are the Diels-Alder adducts of tetrabromodialkoxy
cyclopentadienes having the general formula C5Br4(OR)j
wherein R is an alkyl radical having from 1 to 8 carbon
atoms and allyl alcohol which compounds are useful for
the control of pigweed, as flame-proofing agents and as
fire retardants.
3,641,163
PROCESS FOR PREPARING DIMETHYLACETAL
Owen Portwood, Jr., Charles M. Starks, and Paul H.
Washecheck, Ponca City, Okla., assignors to Continen-
tal Oil Company, Ponca City, Okla.
nied Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,152
Int. CI. C07c 43/30
U.S. a. 260—615 A 4 Claims
^lUlT£RjlOltT-6
DIMETMYUCmM.- /
UNRtACTED *CETftLDCHTO€ '" ^
Dimethylacetal is prepared by passing a mixture of
acetaldehyde and methanol over an acidic catalyst. The wa-
ter of reaction is removed by a dehydrating agent (e.g.
molecular sieves), thereby driving the reaction to com-
pletion. Use of an excess of acetaldehyde results in a
product mixture, after removal of water, comprising di-
methylacetal and unreacted acetaldehyde. The dimethyl-
acetal is recovered by distillation of the product mixture.
668
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,164 ?
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
ORTHOFORMIC ACID ALKYLESTERS
Kurt Sennewald, Knapsack, near Cologne, Alexander
Ohorodnik, Liblar, and Hubert Neumaier, Knapsack,
near Cologne, Germany, assignors to Knapsack Aktien-
gesellschaft. Knapsack, near Cologne, Germany
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,536
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 3, 1968,
P 18 12 371.2
Int. CI. C07c 43/32
U.S. CI. 260—615 A 2 Claims
Production of orthoformic acid alkylesters by reacting
hydrocyanic acid with a monohydric alcohol and hydro-
gen chloride at low temperatures to obtain the correspond-
ing formimidoalkylester (formiminoalkylether) -hydro-
chloride in an anhydrous, inert organic solvent and by
reacting the formimidoalkylester-hydrochloride with a
further quantity of the alkyl alcohol to obtain the ortho-
formic acid alkylester. TTie formation of the formimido-
alkylester-hydrochloride is effected in two steps. The first
step comprises conveying a substantially equimolar mix-
ture of hydrocyanic acid and an alkyl alcohol having
from I to 4 carbon atoms through a cooler having a large
inner surface and a high heat transmission coefficient,
and introducing gaseous hydrogen chloride in a molar
ratio of HC1:HCN between 1:1 and 1.1:1 into the mix-
ture travelling through the cooler and cooled down to
a temperature between — 8° C. and —18° C. The second
step comprises pouring the mixture coming from the
cooler into cooled, organic solvent, the solvent being used
at a rate of between about 1000 bis 1500 cubic centi-
meters per 1000 grams of theoretically expected formim-
idoalkylester-hydrochloride and at a temperature of be-
tween — 20° C. and -1-8° C. Following crystallization of
the formimidoalkylester-hydrochloride. further alkyl alco-
hol is added, without neutralization of hydrogen chloride
in excess, to the said formimidoalkylester-hydrochloride in
a quantity corresponding to 80 to 90% of the alcohol
quantity theoretically needed, the mixture is maintained
at temperatures between 0 and 50° C, crystallized ammo-
nium chloride is isolated, and the orthoformic acid alkyl-
ester is purified by subjecting it to distillative treatment.
phase at temperatures in the range of 450-600° C, in the
presence of a catalyst consisting of a chromium-nickel-
steel alloy of the 18/8 type which contains about 74% of
iron, 18% of chromium and 8% of nickel. The 3,5-dimeth-
ylphenol is obtained e.g. in a yield of 65-68% by weight.
No deposits of carbon are formed on the catalyst and the
activity of the catalyst remains constant for a practically
unlimited period of time.
3.641,165
PREPARATION OF ALCOHOLS
Louis Schmerling, Riverside, and Robert A. Dombro,
Chicago, III., assignors to Universal Oil Products Com-
pany, Des Plaines, III.
No Drawing. Continuation-m-part of application Ser. No.
668,693, Sept. 18 1«67. This application May 4, 1970.
Ser. No. 34,538
let. CI. C07c 29/00
U.S. CI. 2o0— 618 R 9 Claims
A primary, secondary, or tertiary alcohol may be pre-
pared by the hydrolysis of an aralkanesulfonic acid or
salt thereof it elevated temperatures using an alcoholic
alkali mediuni.
3,641,167
HIGHLY FLUORINATED ALKYLADAMANTANES
Robert E. Moore, Wilmington, Del., and Edward J. Jano-
ski. Havertown, Pa., assignors to Sun Oil Company,
Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 314,529, Oct. 7, 1963. This application
Mar. 17, 1965, Ser. No. 440,614
Int. CI. C07c 23/38
L\S. CI. 260—648 F 12 Claims
This invention relates to highly fluorinated alkyl-
adamantanes having 12-14 carbon atoms per molecule.
More specifically the alkyladamantanes from which the
fluorinated products are derived are 1,3-dimethyladaman-
tane. 1.3,5-trimethyladamantane, l-€thyladamantane, 1-
ethyl-3-methyladamantane and l-ethyl-3,5-dimethylad-
amantane. The fluorinated products of the invention are
liquids at room temperature and are characterized by a
high degree of stability and an unusually wide temper-
ature range in which they remain in liquid state.
3,641,166
PROCESS FOR PREPARING 3,5.DIMETHYL-
PHENOL FROM ISOPHORONE
Karl Riihl, Duisburg-Meiderich, Heinz-Gerhard Franck,
Sudring, and Johannes Turowski, Castrop-Rauxel, Ger-
many, assignors to Rutgerswerke Aktiengesellscbaft.
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,984
Claims prority, application Germany, July 10, 1968,
P 17 68 875.4
Int. CI. C07c 37/06
U.S. CI. 260— -621 R 3 Claims
According to the invention 3,5-dimethylphenol is pre-
pared by catalytic conversion of isophorone in the gaseous
3.641,168
1.3.5-HALOXYLENE EXTRACTION
John D. Bacha, Monroeville, and Charles M. Selwitz,
Pitcairn, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
785.798. Dec. 20, 1968. This application Dec. 3, 1969,
Ser. No. 881,851
Int. CI. C07c 25/04
U.S. CI. 260—650 R 4 Claims
Selective extraction of 1,3,5-chloroxylene from other
chloroxylene isomers initially present in a heterogeneous
mixture comprising an HP layer relatively rich in 1,3,5-
chloroxylene and a contacting organic layer relatively
poor in 1,3.5-chIoroxylene is effected by heating the het-
erogeneous mixture to a sufficiently high temperature to
ensure that the HP layer is uppermost in the extraction
vessel.
In a preferred embodiment, the extraction is conducted
in the absence of a diluent.
3,641,169
STABILIZATION OF CHLORINATED SOLVENTS
Clarence R. Crabb, Elk Grove, III., and Leighton S.
McDonald. .Angleton, Tex., assignors to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
608,748, Jan. 12, 1967. This application Oct. 30, 1968,
Ser. No. 771.976
Int. CI. C07c 17/42
U.S. CI. 260—652.5 R 13 Claims
Organic mercaptans and disulfides inhibit the metal-
catalyzed reaction of an epoxide wth a carboxylic acid.
Consequently, these sulfur compounds are useful as sec-
ondary inhibitors in epoxide-stabilized chlorinated solvents
which may become contaminated with organic acids
and metals, for example, degreasing and metal cleaning
solvents.
Febri'ary 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
669
3,641,170
ETHYLENE TELOMERIZATION
Kay L. Nakamaye, Moraga, Lynn H. Slaugh, Lafayette,
William W. Spooncer, Walnut Creek, and Hendrik C.
Volger, Richmond, Calif., assignors to Shell Oil Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,465
Int. CI. C07c 17/28.67/00
U.S. CI. 260—658 C 7 Claims
Ethylene and organic iodides are telomerized to higher-
molecular-weight organic iodide products in the presence
of iron, nickel, copper, zinc or cadmium metal as catalyst.
3,641,171
ETHYLENE TELOMERIZATION
William W. Spooncer, Richmond, Calif., assignor to Shell
Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 11, 1969, Ser. No. 832,431
Int. CI. C07c 17/00
VS. CI. 260—658 C 5 Claims
Ethylene and organic iodides are telomerized to higher-
molecular-weight organic iodide products in the presence
of a copper chelate of a /3-diketone monoenolate.
3.641,172
PROCESS FOR PREPARING 1,2-DICHLORO-
ETHANE
Morris A. Johnson and Kang Yang, Ponca City, Okla.,
assignors to Continental Oil Company, Ponca City,
Okla.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,147
Int. CI. C07c 17/20
U.S. CI. 260—658 R 6 Claims
Quaternary ammonium salts and quaternary phospho-
nium salts are disclosed as catalyzing agents for improv-
ing the reaction between 1,2-dibromoethane and an alkali
metal chloride or ammonium chloride for producing 1,2-
dichloroethane and an alkali metal bromide or ammonium
bromide.
mogeneous solution. These catalyst complexes, which are
hydrocarbon-soluble, uniquely provide a homogeneous
rather than a heterogeneous catalyst system for this type
of reaction.
3,641,175
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF DIMERS
AND TRIMERS OF CONJUGATED DIENES
Gunther Wilke and Ernst WilU MuUer, both of Kaiser-
Wilhelm-Platz 1, Mulheim (Ruhr), Germany
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 532,900,
Mar. 9, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cation Ser. No. 76,520, Dec. 19, i960, and a continua-
tion of application Ser. No. 555,203, June 3, 1966,
which in turn is a continuation of application Ser. No.
203,753, June 20, 1962. This application Oct. 17, 1969,
Ser. No. 867,394
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 22, IVSV,
St 15,930; Apr. 28, 1960, St 16,427; June 30, 1961,
St 18,017
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260— 666 B ^ ,^^^''"™u
Production of dimers and trimers of 1.3-diolefins with
a carbonyl moiety-free complex of a transition metal of
Group VIII of the Periodic Table and an electron donor.
3,641,173
PRODUCTION OF POLYCYCLIC HYDROCARBONS
Richard Gregory Foster, Macclesfield, David Richard Joy,
Stockton-on-Tees, and Paul Hepworth and Edward
Charles Dart, Runcorn, England, assignors to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,613
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 12, 1969,
40,312/69
Int. CI. C07c 13/28
U.S. CI. 260—666 PY 14 Claims
Polycyclic hydrocarbons are produced by a three stage
process in which a cyclopentadiene is condensed with an
acyclic substituted olefine, the substituents removed from
the intermediate to form a double bond and the product
in turn reacted with an acyclic conjugated di-olefine. For
example, vinyl chloride may be reacted with cyclopenta-
diene to form nortricyclyl chloride, the latter dehydro-
halogenated with a sodium alcoholate, and the norboma-
diene produced condensed with isoprene to form 1,4-
endomethy5ene-6-methyl - 1.4,5,8.9,10 - hexahydronaph-
thalene. By varying the cyclopentadiene to vinyl chloride
ratio in the first stage polycyclic ring structures contain-
ing an increasing number of rings may be obtained.
3,641,176
OLEFIN OLIGOMERISATION PROCESS
Derek Keith Jenkins, Southampton, and Christopher
George Piers Dixon, Leeds, England, assignors to The
International Synthetic Rubber Company Limited,
Southampton, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 761,000
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 20, 1967.
42,862/67; Mar. 7, 1968, 11,270/68
Int. CI. C07c 3/10, 15/02
U.S. CI. 260—668 B <> Claims
A catalyst system and process for the polymensation
of ethylene and cyclic hydrocarbons having at least one
vinyl group to form oligomers and co-oligomers (polymers
of two or three monomer units), the catalyst comprises a
zerovalent nickel complex of formula
Ni(PAxB3_x)4
where A is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyi alkoxy or aryloxy. B is halogen
and X is 0-3 inclusive, provided that x is less than 3 in
at least one branch of the complex.
3,641,174
DIOLEFIN DISPROPORTIONATION REACTIONS
James E. Lyons, Wallingford, Pa., assignor to Sun Oil
Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 805,343
Int. CI. COlc 1/00
UJS. CI. 260—666 A 6 Claims
Cyclic, semicyclic or acyclic diolefins can be dispro-
portionated to simultaneously form one hydrogenated and
one dehydrogenated product through the use of a ligand-
stabilized Group VIII transition metal complex in ho-
3,641,177
ALKYLATION OF AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS
Paul E. Eberiy, Jr., and Charles N. Kimberlin, Jr., Baton
Rouge, La., assignors to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company ^^_
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,367
Int. CI. C07c 3/52
VJS. CI. 260—671 C 9 Claims
Process for alkylation of aromatic hydrocarbons with
olefins by liquid phase reaction in the presence of a crys-
talline aluminosilicate zeolite catalyst activated in a par-
ticular manner.
3,641,178
PROCESS FOR ALKYLATING AROMATIC
COMPOUNDS
Henricus Gerardus Josef Overmars, Zeist, Aris van Elven,
Utrecht, and Jan Gerrit Noltes, Bunnik, Netherlands,
assignors to International Lead Zinc Research Organi-
zation, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,584
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 6, 1968,
6817580
Int. CI. C07c 3/56
VS. CI. 260—671 P 10 Claims
This disclosure is concerned with a process for alkyl-
ating aromatic compounds in the presence of an unsup-
670
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
ported catalyst having at least 2 mols of a titanium tetrc
halide per mol of a diorganozinc compound.
3,641,179
TRIMERIC HYDROCARBON
Charles Ferdinand Huebner, Chatham, NJ., assignor to
Ciba Corporation, Summit, N J.
No Drawing. Hied Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 874,959
Int. CI. C07c 15/20, 15/28
U.S. CI. 260—668 F 3 Claims
Trimesanthracenobenzenes, e.g. those of the formula
Rr
x/ \/
Ri.2=H or alkyl
are high melting and thermally stable compounds.
3,641,180
METHOD OF DEHYDROGENATING
COMPOUNDS
Robert A. Stowe, Midland, and Irvin J. Martin, Luding-
ton, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,967
Int. CI. C07c 5/18, 11/02, 11/12
VJS. CI. 260—669 11 Claims
Strontium nickel phosphate catalysts are useful for oxy-
dehydrating monoolefin hydrocarbons of 4 to 8 C atoms
to the corresponding dienes and alkyl aromatic hydro-
carbons having at least 2 C atoms in at least one alkyl
group on the ring and ring halogenated derivatives of
such aromatic hydrocarbons to the corresponding vinyl
benzene aromatic compound. The reaction can be effected
in the presence of steam in vapor phase, with 5-150 vol-
ume percent of oxygen, based on the hydrocarbon at a re-
actor inlet temperature of 400-700° C. The reaction can
be run cyclically or continuously.
3,641,181
MICROEMULSION SEPARATION OF ORGANIC
COMPOUNDS IN LIQUID STATE
Max L. Robbins, South Orange, and Darrell W. Browna-
well, Scotch Plains, NJ., assignors to Esso Research
and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,829
Int. CI. C07c 7/70, 7/02; ClOg
U.S. CI. 260—674 7 Claims
A process for separating a mixture containing liquid
organic compounds, having different interfacial tensions
when measured against substantially hydrocarbon-insolu-
ble polar liquids, into its component parts comprises the
steps of combining said mixture of organic liquids with
surfactants and with a polar liquid substantially immis-
cible with any of the components of the mixture being
separated thereby selectively forming two phases, one
being a microemulsion rich in the organic components
having the lower interfacial tension, wherein said polar
liquid is the continuous phase, and the other being an oil
phase rich in the components having the higher inter-
facial tension with respect to the polar liquid. The two
phases are then separated.
3,641,182
HIGHLY CALCINED SUPPORT FOR CATALYTIC
DEHYDROGENATION
E. O. Box, Jr., and David A. Uhrick, Bartlesville, Okla.,
assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,777
Int. CI. C07c 5/18
U.S. CI. 260—680 R 15 Claims
Alkanes. cycloalkanes, arylalkanes, and particularly n-
butane diluted with steam, are dehydrogenated in the
absence of free O2 at high conversion and selectivity to
less saturated compounds with a novel highly calcined
catalyst support such as alumina, silica, or a Group II
aluminate spinel impregnated with a material selected
from the group consisting of one or more Group VIII
metals, a Group \a metal, and a tin group metal and mix-
tures thereof.
3,641,183
INJECTION OF AN ELECTRICALLY HEATED
STREAM INTO A STEAM^RACKED PRODUCT
Robert P. Cahn, Millbum, and Derek J. Angler, Somer-
ville, NJ., assignors to Esso Research and Engineering
Company
Filed July 9, 1968, Ser. No. 743,484
Int. CI. C07c i/00, 11/24
U.S. CI. 260—683 15 Claims
^
J .'
F«ACTO(,*T0«
A steam cracking feed mixture containing steam and
hydrocarbon is conventionally cracked in the tubes of
a steam cracking furnace. The conversion of hydrocarbon
to cracked product can be increased by injecting a high
temperature gaseous stream such as can be produced by
electrical heating, into the mixture in the cracking furnace
or into the mixture as it emerges from the cracking fur-
nace, thus subjecting the furnace effluent to short residence
time, high temperature cracking conditions. In one method,
methane is electrically heated and cracked to a mixture
comprising acetylene and hydrogen, which is then injected
into the product from the steam cracker, thereby causing
additional cracking of the steam cracker feed and quench-
ing of the electrically cracked product to preserve the
acetylene content thereof. The electrically heated stream
may, however, contain hydrogen, steam, hydrocarbons,
e.g. acetylene, or mixtures thereof as the components of
greatest concentration.
3,641,184
OLEFIN ISOMERIZATION
Clifford E. Smith and Bobby J. White, Bartlesville, Okla.,
assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,629
Int. CI. C07c 5/22
U.S. CI. 260—683.2 12 Claims
An olefin is isomerized by contact with a catalyst
formed from a supported nickel complex associated with
an aluminum compound.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
671
3,641,185
ETHER PROMOTERS FOR LEWIS ACID
CATALYZED ISOMERIZATION PROCESS
George M. Kramer, Berkeley Heights, N J., assignor to
Esso Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,694
Int. CI. C07c 5/30
U.S. CI. 260—683.76 12 Claims
Addition of ethers as promoters for Lewis acid cata-
lyzed isomerization, preferably taking place within a
halo-aromatic solvent, results in the suppression of crack-
ing and a corresponding maximization of the desired
isomerization products. The ethers contain at least one
secondary or tertiary alkyl radicals or cycloalkyl radicals.
3,641,186
PREPARATION OF BIS-ALKENYL MAGNESIUM
COMPOUNDS
Lawrence H. Shepherd, Jr., Baton Rouge, La., assignor to
Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
802,272, Feb. 25, 1969. This application Dec. 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 101,422 ^
Int. CI. C07f 3/02
U.S. CI. 260—665 R 7 Claims
Alpha-oiefins undergo an addition reaction in the ab-
sence of a catalyst with bisfZ-aJkenyDmagnesium com-
pounds. By conducting this reaction in an ether reaction
medium having a basicity equal to or greater than that
of diethyl ether the intermolecular addition does not
proceed to any appreciable extent beyond the addition of
one unit of the olefinic hydrocarbon per hydrocarbyl
group in the initial organomagnesium reactant. Thus,
the process proceeds quite cleanly to essentially pure
higher molecular alkenyl magnesium compounds. The
compounds have utility as components of caialyst systems
and as intermediates for the preparation of various or-
ganic compounds.
3,641,187
PRODUCTION OF CYCLIC TRIMERS OF DIENES
Junji Furukawa, Kyoto-shi, Kyoto-fu, and Hiroyuki
Morikawa, Ibaraki-ken, Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi
Petrochemical Company Limited, Tokyo-to, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,499
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 13, 1968,
43/65,945; Apr. 5, 1969, 44/26,503; June 4,
1969, 44/43,864
Int. CI. C07c 3/10,3/16
U.S. CI. 260—666 B 18 Claims
Cyclododecatrienes (i.e., cyclic trimers of 1,3-dienes)
are produced by causing at least one 1.3-diene to under-
go cyclotrimerization by contacting a catalyst resulting
from the combining of a titanium compound (e.g.. titani-
um tetrachloride), an organo-aluminum compound (e.g.,
diethyl aluminum chloride), and an electron-donor com-
ponent (e.g.. a phosphite, phosphine, a pyridine deriva-
tive, or a thiophene derivative).
(B) a reducing agent, e.g., ethylaluminum sesqui-
chloride,
(C) a non-protonic Lewis acid. e.g. ethylaluminum
sesquichloride, and, as optional, preferred ingredients,
(D) a trihydrocarbylphosphine, e.g., triphenylphos-
phine, and
(E) an inert, organic solvent, e.g., chlorobenzene, is
disclosed as being useful for catalyzing the polymerization
of olefins or phenyl-substituted olefins to normally liquid
polymers or oligomers, e.g., for catalyzing the dimeriza-
tion of propylene.
3,641,188
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING OLEFINS
Jin Sun Yoo, Riverdale, and Robert Koncos, Park Forest,
ni., assignors to Atiantic Richfield Company
No Drawing. Filed May 8, 1968, Ser. No. 727,735
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
VS. CI. 260—683.15 D 19 Claims
A catalyst composition consisting essentially of:
(A) a lanthanide series metal compound, e.g., cerous
acetylacetonate,
3,641,189
DISPROPORTIONATION OF OLERNES
Leonard Turner, Woking, Eric James Howman, Crow-
thome, and Christopher Patrick Cadman Bradshaw,
Sunbury-on-Thames, England, assignors to The British
Petroleum Company Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 26, 1965, Ser. No. 482,911
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 8, 1964,
36,722 64; Dec. 15, 1964, 50,985 64. Patent 1,054,864
Int. CI. C07c i/62, 11/02
U.S. CI. 260—683 D 14 Claims
Acyclic mono olefins are disproportionated, i.e.. con-
verted into acyclic mono olefins of higher and lower
carbon numbers than the feedstock olefin, in the presence
of rhenium heptoxide on alumina.
/
3,641,190
DECOKING OF ONSTREAM THERMAL
CRACKING TUBES
John A. Kivlen, Sparta, and Bert W. Struth, Plainfield,
N.J., and Clifford P. Weiss, Henderson, Ky., assignors
to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 554,239, Apr.
29, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 407,569, Oct. 29, 1964. This application Jan.
22, 1969, Ser. No. 801,910
Int. CI. C07c 3/30; ClOg 9/16
U.S. CI. 260—683 27 Claims
Thermal cracking of hydrocarbons in admixture with
steam in tubes arranged in a cracking furnace leads to the
deposition of coke on the interior walls of the tubes,
which coke must be periodically removed in order to
maintain cracking efficiency; the coke can be removed,
without the necessity of shutting down the furnace, by cut-
ting out the coking hydrocarbon feed to at least one tube
and passing through such tube or tubes a decoking feed
of steam and a hydrocarbon which when cracked will
produce hydrogen as a by-product, the decoking feed
being substantially sulfur free, while maintaining the fur-
nace onstream and continuing the thermal cracking proc-
ess in the tubes that are not being decoked.
3,641,191
METHOD FOR REDUCTION OF POLYMER FORMA-
TION IN A PROCESS FOR CONVERTING ETHYL-
ENE TO ALPHA OLEFINS
Herbert B. Femald and William Gall, Glenshaw, and
Russell G. Hay, Gibsonia, Pa., assignors to Gulf Re^
search & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,197
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CL 260—683.15 D 6 Claims
Solid polymer formation in the trialkylaluminum con-
version of ethylene to higher alpha olefins is inhibited by
the addition of various unsaturated hydrocarbon inhibitors.
The presence of butadiene, for example, inhibits solid
polymer formation without any substantial adverse effect
on the efficiency of the process.
672
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,192
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
OXYMETHYLENE COPOLYMERS
France B. Mc Andrew, Summit, N.J., George W. Polly,
Corpus Christi, Tex., and Walter E. Heinz, Greenville.
S.C., assignors to Celanese Corporation, New York,
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
624,630, Mar. 27, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 190,001, Apr. 25, 1962, both
now abandoned. This application Sept. 13, 1968, Ser.
No. 759,790
Int. CI. C08g 7/76, 2i/00
L.S. CI. 260 — 823 4 Claims
Moldable oxymethyiene copolymers are produced by a
novel method in which trioxane is reacted with a pre-
formed oxymethyiene copolymer, containing a larger por-
tion of comonomer than is desired in the final product.
Trioxane polymerization catalysts are employed and the
product is of a higher molecular weight and contains
lower comonomer content than the preformed copolymer.
1000 kg./cm.2 and an elongation at break of 50-150%.
Above the crystallization transition temperature, they are
rubber-elastic. TTiey are used, for example, as potting and
sealing compounds or for the manufacture of fibers, rib-
bons, foils.
3,641,193
BURN-RESISTANT PLASTIC COMPOSITIONS
Victor S. Frank, Silver Spring, Edwin W. Lard, Bowie,
«^''«^'^° ^' ^^^^^y* E'licott City, Md., assignors to
W. R. Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,144
Int. CI. C08g ^5/06
U.S. CI. 260-830 10 claims
Solid burn-resistant polymeric compositions are
formed by reacting substances such as CKPNClaJgPCU
and (PNCl2)3_4 with epoxy resins to form PNClz-epoxy
prepolymers. These prepolymers are blended with or-
ganic liquid prepolymers such as phenolics. epoxies, poly-
urethanes and polyesters and the blends are cured to
form fire resistant plastics, wherein initial P, N, and CI
contents are wholly retained. Those two components,
i.e., PNCI2 component and epoxy resin are admixed with
liquid organic prepolymers (and polymerization cata-
lysts therefor) and the system is then cured, usually by
heating, whereby the PNCla-epoxy polymer is formed in
situ along with the matrix polymer, or in some cases
chemically bonded to the organic polymeric cross-linked
plastic.
3,641,194
THERMOCURABLE POLYESTER-DIEPOXIDE
COMPOSITIONS
^°wS*^''S^**v'*l'?^*^'^' Basel-Land, Ingrid Bucher, Basel,
Willy Fisch, Bmningen, and Hans Batzer, Arlesheim,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel, Swit-
zerland
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,583
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Feb. 19. 1968
2,361/68
U.S. CI. 260-835 ^ Claims
Crystalline polymers are prepared by the formation of
adducts from diepoxides, preferably digiycidyl ethers of
diphenols. such as bisphenol A and acid polyesters of
.uccmic acid and 1,4-butanediol (the recurrent structural
unit of the formula — Q—CCHj)*— OCO(CH2):r-CO—
must occur at least six times in the chain). The ratio of
epoxide groups of the diepoxide to carboxyl groups of
the polyester is 1:07 to 1.2, preferably about 11 Ad-
vantageously, a portion of the dicarboxylic anhydrides
(tor example a dodecenylsuccinic anhydride) is con-
comitantly used as chain cross-linking agent. Of advan-
tage IS for example an equivalent ratio of 1.3 epoxide
group. 1.0 carboxyl group +0.2 anhydride group. After
stretching, the polymers have a tensile strength of 700-
3,641,195
CURABLE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING AN
EPOXIDE RESIN AND A COPOLYMER OF
AN OLEFINE HYDROCARBON WITH AN
OLEFINE ESTER
Alan Ball, Duxford, Barry James Hayes, Little Eversden,
and Albert John Matthews, Duxford, England, assignors
to Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 841,141
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 18, 1968,
34,397/68
Int. CI. C08g 45/04
U.S. CI. 260—837 R 16 Claims
This application concerns curable compositions com-
prising:
(a) an epoxide resin,
(b) dispersed in particulate from in (a), a thermoplastic
copolymer of an a-olefine hydrocarbon with an a-ole-
fine which is an ether or is an ester of a carboxylic acid,
and
(c) a curing agent for epoxide resins.
The copolymer (b) is preferably an ethylene-vinyl ace-
tate copolymer, and the preferred curing agent is dicyandi-
amide. The compositions may also contain a latent ac-
celerator, and a second thermoplast, suitably a phenoxy
resin or a polysulphone.
Film adhesives prepared from these compositions form
bonds with excellent peel strengths.
In an example, film adhesives were employed prepared
from bisphenol A polyglycidyl ethers having an epoxide
content of 5.7 and 0.25-0.42 equiv./kg., dicyandiamide,
imidazole (accelerator), an ethylene-vinyl acetate copoly-
mer, and a phenoxy resin.
3,641,196
STABILIZING POLYACETALS
Bruno Sander, Ludwigshafen (Rhbie), Franz Schmidt,
Mannheim, and Heinrich Sperber, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine),
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,116
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 25, 1968,
P 17 69 243.2
Int. CI. C08g 37/32
U.S. CI. 260—849 13 Claims
A process for heat stabilizing polyacetals by adding
polycondensates of dicarboxylic diamides, polycarboxylic
polyamides containing basic nitrogen, alkylenureas and
formaldehyde.
3,641,197
POLYMER COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD FOR
THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
William Dean Holland, Woodbridge, Joseph Michael
Schmitt, Ridgefield, and Richard McDonald Griffith,
Wilton. Conn., assignors to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Hied Apr. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 817,154
Int. CI. C08g 37/32
U.S. CI. 260—854 10 Claims
A method for the production of compositions compris-
ing a polymer of methyl methacrylate, a copolymer of
ethylene, and a polyalkylated polymethylolmelamine and
the products produced thereby, are disclosed. 'j
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
673
3,641,198
POLYAMIDES CONTAINING ANTISTATIC POLY-
OLEFINS HAVING PENDANT POLYOXYALKYL-
ENE CHAINS
Pierre Grosjean, Le Brevent, France, assignor to Societe
Rhodiaceta, Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,600
Int. CI. C08g 47/04
U.S. CI. 260—857 5 Claims
An antistatic composition and a shaped article pro-
duced therefrom in the form of yarns, fabric, Icnitted
fabric, etc., comprising a base thermoplastic synthetic
polymer selected from polyamides and polyesters con-
taining dispersed therein a polyolefin having an average
molecular weight of greater than 1000 in an amount of
about 1 to about 10 percent by weight, said polyolefin
comprising a polymer with the recurring structural unit of
the formula:
-CHj-CH-CIIj-CH-
CHj
CH;
3,641,201
ACID RESISTANT POLYESTER RESINS
William J. Heilman, Allison Park, Pa., assignor to Gulf
Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,572
Int. CI. C08f 27/00, 27/02
U.S. CI. 260—867 3 Claims
The acid resistance and flexural strength of cross-linked
polyester resins is increased by using small amounts of
glycidyl methacrylate or glycidyl acrylate in their prepara-
tion.
OR3
ORj
3,641,202
UNSATURATED POLYESTER COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING VINYL POLYPHOSPHONATE
COMPOUNDS
Jerome B. Biranowski, New York, and Edward D. Weil,
Yonkers, N.Y., assignors to Stauflfer Chemical Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,781
Int. CI. C08f 27/00, 27/02
U.S. CI. 260—869 12 Claims
Flame retardant resinous compositions and polym-
erizable compositions comprising an ethylenically unsat-
urated polymerizable polyester and cross-linking com-
pounds containing CH2=C< groups. A portion of the
CH2=C< groups are derived from vinyl polyphosphonate
compounds of the formula:
wherein Rj is selected from hydrogen and methyl; Rj is
selected from hydrogen, alkyl or aryl; and x is an integer
of 1 to 600.
3,641,199
URETHANE ELASTOMER WITH ACTIVE HYDRO-
GEN CONTAINING MONOETHYLENICALLY
UNSATURATED MONOMER
Warren Dexter Niederhauser, Meadowbrook, Pa., Hector
Belmares-Sarabia, Moorestown, NJ., and William
Bauer, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to Rohm and
Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,655
Int. CI. C08g47 /04. 22/00
U.S. CI. 260—859 R 28 Claims
A urethane elastomeric impact modifier is provided for
rigid thermoplastic polymers. Polyester and polyether ure-
thane elastomers are grafted to the acrylic polymers. Pre-
ferred is a polyester, diisocyanate and glycol urethane
elastomer terminated with a functional monomer capable
of ethylenic polymerization grafting with the acrylic poly-
mer. The modified polymers offer an improved balance
of physical properties including higher impact strength,
clarity, and weather resistance.
3,641,200
BLOCK COPOLYCARBONATES CONTAINING
POLYLACTONE BLOCKS AND DIHYDRIC
PHENOL POLYCARBONATE BLOCKS
Markus Matzner, Edison, NJ., assignor to Union Carbide
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 792,125
Int CI. C08f 45/32; C08g 77/7i, i9/70
U.S. CI. 260—860 13 Claims
This invention relates to improved block coiX)lycar-
bonates containing an amorphous, soft, rubbery segment
or block composed of lactone units and another crystal-
line, hard, thermoplastic segment or block composed of
dihydric phenol carbonate units.
CICH2CHJ 0-P-OCH:CHj)bC1
CH=CH!
wherein n is a number of at least 2.
3,641,203
POLYESTER MFXTURES SUITABLE AS
FOUNDATION MATERIALS
Erich Eimers, Krefeld, and Wolfgang Deninger and
Bemhard Alt, Krefeld-Bockum, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 830,107
Claims priority, application Germany, June 29, 1968,
P 17 69 701.7
Int. CI. C08f 27/02
U.S. CI. 260—870 5 Claims
The invention relates to polyester mixtures suitable as
foundation materials which contain the following com-
ponents:
(a) a polyester which contains the radicals of an a,fi-
ethylene-dicarboxylic acid, of a completely or partly
hydrogenated o-phthali; acid and of 1,2-propylene
glycol;
(b) a N,N - bis - (hydroxyalkyl) - arylamine incorpo-
rated with a saturated or unsaturated polyester; and
(c) a copolymerisable vinyl compound.
3,641,204
ADHESIVE COMPOSITION POLY(VLNYL ALKYL
ETHER) AND A CYCLIC ESTER POLYMER
Robert Dean Lundberg, Somerville, NJ., Joseph Victor
Koleske and Dale Flavian Pollart, Charleston, W. Va.,
and Walter Henry Smarook, Somerville, NJ., assignors
to Union Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,320
Int. CI. C08g 43/02
U.S. CI. 260-874 5 claims
Composite articles having at least one solid substrate
of such diverse nature as glass, leather, cellulosic solids
674
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
(including wood, paper, cotton and cellulose derivatives),
polyamide solids, polyurethane solids, natural rubber
solids, synthetic rubber solids, phenolic resin solids, epoxy
resin solids, styrene polymer and copolymer solids and
the like, bonded to an adhesive body which is anti-block-
ing (non-tacky) at ambient temperature but is heat acti-
vatable at relatively moderate temperature as low as 60°
C. to provide excellent bonding upon cooling to ambient
temperatures, and which comprises a cyclic ester polymer
having recurring units of the formula:
(I)
of styrene and 70 to 5% by weight of an elasticizing
graft polymer of vinyl chloride on ethylene/vinyl acetate,
said mixture being useful as a thermoplastic-elastic mould-
ing composition distinguished by high notched impact and
impact strengths and excellent resistance to aging and non-
inflammability.
L \J.
(A).-
\J. J
wherein each R, individually, is selected from the class
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, halo, and alkoxy; A is the
oxy group; x is an integer from 1 to 4; y is an integer
from 1 to 4; c is an integer of zero or one; which the
provisos that (a) the sum of x-\-y-j-z is at least 4 and not
greater than 7, and (b) the total number of R variables
which are substituents other than hydrogen does not ex-
ceed 3, with or without recurring units of the formula:
(II) r R' R^
-o-c-c
_ H H_
wherein each R' is selected from the class consisting of,
individually, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyi, aryl, and chloro-
alkyl. and, together with the ethylene moiety of the oxy-
ethylene cham of unit il, a saturated cycloaliphatic
hydrocarbon ring having 4 to 8 carbon atoms. Also, novel
adhesive compositions containing the above - described
cyclic ester polymer and vinyl alkyl ethers in the form
of solutions, dispersions, powders, films, coatings and
granules or pellets. The invention is applicable to adher-
ing a broad range of diverse types of substrates without
the necessity of using high temperatures or long setting
times or toxic materials. It is also applicable to the pro-
duction of heat activatable coatings or seals for diverse
packaging materials, laminating uses, construction uses,
investment molding type castings, and repair uses.
3,641,205
RUBBERY POLYMERIC BLENDS
Ronald Turner La Flair and John Frederick Henderson,
Sarnia, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Polymer Corpo-
ration Limited, Samia, Ontario, Canada
Filed Mar. 25. 1968, Ser. No. 715,630
Claims priority, application Canada, Apr. 1, 1967,
986,798, 986,799
Int. CI. COSf 33/08.41/12
VJS. CI. 260—876 B 6 Claims
The physical properties of thermoplastic rubbery block
copolymers, especially at elevated temperatures, are im-
proved by adding minor amounts of a partially compatible
synthetic resin having a softening point higher than that
of the thermoplastic blocks of the block copolymer, e.g.
pqlyacenaphthylene or polyalphamethylstyrene.
3,641,206
THERMOPLAST MOULDING COMPOSITIONS
Hans Weitzel, Leverkusen, Karl Dinges, Cologne-Stamm-
heim, Wilhelm Gobel, Cologne-Flittard, and Dietrich
Hardt, Bonn, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
541,067, Apr. 8, 1966. This application Mar. 5,
1969, Ser. No. 806,028
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 21, 1965,
F 45,864
Int. CI. C08f 29/24, 33/08, 41/12
IJ.S. CI. 260—876 R 4 Claims
Mixture comprising 30 to 95% by weight of a brittle
and hard polymer such as a homopolymer or copolymer
3,641,207
THERMOPLASTIC RESIN BLEND OF POLY-
SULFONE RESIN AND AN ETHYLENE-
PROPYLENE TERPOLYMER OR GRAFT
DERIVATIVE THEREOF
Robert L. Lauchlan, Granger, Ind., assignor to
Uniroyal, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 842,009
Int. a. C08f 29/12, 41/12
US. CI. 260—876 R 10 Claims
Blends of thermoplastic polysulfone resin and ethylene-
propylene terpolymers and graft derivatives thereof are
characterized by an unusually useful combination of prop-
erties, particularly low temperature melt processability in
combination with high impact strenizth and flexural
strength.
3,641,208
TRANSPARENT COMPOSITIONS OF VINYL
HALIDE POLYMERS AND TERTIARY ALKYL
SrV RENE . ACRYLONITRILE - Bl TADIENE
RUBBER POLYMERS AND METHOD OF
MAKING THE SAME
Richard H. Hall and Carleton W. Roberts, Midland,
Andrew J. Sikkema, Farwell, and Junior J. Lamson,
Bay City, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany. Midland, .Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 611,822, Jan. 26, 1967. This application
Nov. 17, 1969. Ser. No. 877,518
Int. CI. C08f 47//2, 19/08
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 17 ciaim>
Transparent compositions of matter comprising fusioi.
blends of vinyl chloride polymers and resinous copolymers
of a tertiary alkyl styrene, acrylonitrile and a butadiene
polymer, e.g., polybutadiene.
3,641,209
EMULSION POLYMERIZATION EMPLOYING
AZOACYL CATALYSTS
Kari-Heinz Ott, Leverkusen, Herbert Schuster, Cologne-
Stammheim, Walter Meckel, Dusseldorf, Kari Dinges,
Odenthal, and Erwin Muller, Leverkusen, Germany,
assignors (o Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Hied Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 805,348
Claims pnority, application Germany, Mar. 26, 1968.
P 17 70 059.3
Int. CI. C08f 15/04. 19/18, 1/13
U.S. CI. 260—880 3 Claims
Process for producing graft copolymers from styrene,
substituted styrenes and methyl methacrylate and from
acrylonitrile. methacrylonitrile, methacrylates or mix-
tures thereof by polymerisation in the presence of an
azoacyl compound as a catalyst.
3,641,210
RADIATION-CURABLE VINYL PAINT CONTAIN-
ING PENDANT UNSATURATION WITH INTER-
VENING ETHER FUNCTIONALITY
John F. Fellers and James E. Hinsch, Livonia, and Ernest
O. McLaughlin, Garden City, Mich., assignors to Ford
Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773,345
Int. CI. C08f 15/00, 19/00
IJ.S. CI. 260—885 15 claims
A film-forming, radiation-polymerizable, paint binder
solution of vinyl monomers and an olefinically unsatu-
rated vinyl monomer-comprising polymeric binder is ap-
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
675
plied as a liquid coating to an external surface of an arti-
cle of manufacture and cured thereon with ionizing radia-
tion. The binder polymer is characterized by having ole-
finic unsaturation between the terminal carbons of the
side chains, i.e. alpha-beta unsaturation. with said unsat-
uration being separated from the principal carbon-to-
carbon chain by two ether linkages. The binder polymer
is formed by reacting an allylic glycidyl ether with a poly-
mer formed by reacting an allylic alcohol with at least
two different vinyl monomers at least one of which is an
ester of acrylic or methacrylic acid.
3,641,211
SULFUR-CURABLE OLEHN POLYMER
COMPOSITIONS
Carl P. Strange and Gordon Y. T. Liu, Baton Rouge, La.,
assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 17. 1968, Ser. No. 768,512
Int. CI. C08f 29/12
U.S. CI. 260—889 6 Claims
Sulfur-curable compositions of normally solid olefin
polymers, such as polyethylene, and organic polymers
having terminal ethylenic unsaturation. such as 1,2-poly-
butadiene are prepared by a method comprising the steps
of (1 ) intimately admixing the polymeric components of
the composition, (2) cracking the polymeric components
of the resulting mixture using heating and shearing means,
such as a screw-type extruder, and ( 3 ) introducing a sulfur
curing agent into the cracked mixture.
3,641,212
HIGH IMPACT STRENGTH STYRENE-MALEIC
ANHYDRIDE COMPOSITIONS
Munisamappa Narayana and Henno Keskkula, Midland,
and Jerry E. Mason, Hemlock, Mich., assignors to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,671
Int. CI. C08d 9/08; C08f 29/56
VS. CI. 260—893 6 Claims
High impact compositions having high heat deforma-
tion characteristics are prepared by intimately admixing
certain styrene-maleic anhydride and like thermoplastic
copolymers with nitrile rubber containing from about 18
to 42 weight percent of a nitrile monomer.
3,641,213
SYNERGISTIC UV ABSORBER COMBINATION FOR
POLYPROPYLENE-POL YVINYLPYRIDINE BLEND
John Leo Rodgers, Somerville, N J., assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 803,087
Int. CI. C08f 33/08, 45/60
U.S. CI. 260—895 7 Claims
An oxidation and light stable composition of matter
comprising a polymer blend of a major proportion of a
polypropylene and a minor proportion of polyvinylpyri-
dine, and from about 0.1% to about 5%, based on the
weight of the polymer blend, of a stabilizing combina-
tion of:
(a) a 2-hydroxybenzophenone ultraviolet absorber of
the formula:
OH
(b) an ultraviolet light absorber selected from the group
consisting of (2 - hydroxyaryl)-s-triazines, 2-(2-hy-
droxyaryDbenzotriazoles and mixtures thereof;
the weight ratio of (a) and (b) being in the range of
from about 5 : 1 to about 1 : 5.
3,641,214
METHOD OF STABILIZING POLYETHYLENE
WITH ANION EXCHANGE RESINS
Cesare Reni, Milan, Italy, assignor to Sodeta Italiana
Resine S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
563,377, July 7, 1966. This appUcation Feb. 28, 1969,
Ser. No. 803,435
Claims priority, application Italy, July 10, 1965,
15,564/65
Int. CI. C08f 29/12
VS. CI. 260—897 B 8 Claims
An oxygen stable polyethylene comprising:
(a) polyethylene, and
(b) from 0.01 to 0.5% by weight, based on the poly-
ethylene employed, of an anion exchanger selected
from the group consisting of mono-vinyl aromatic/
divinyl aromatic copolymers and liquid amine resins,
said copolymers having substituted thereon, a group
of the formula:
Ri
1
CnH2n— N— Rj
I
(Rj)n'
wherein Rj, Rg and R3 are members selected from
the group consisting of alkyl and alkylol groups of
from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, said n being an integer
of from 1 to 4 and said n' being 0 to 1, and said
liquid amine resins being N-dodecenyl (trialkyl meth-
yl) amines of a molecular weight ranging from
351 to 393.
I O Rj
wherein Ri is alkyl having 8 to 18 carbon atoms, and
R2 is a member selected from the group consisting of
hydrogen, methyl, carbomethoxy, carbethoxy, and
halogen; and
3,641,215
CO-CURABLE COMPOSITION USING PEROXIDES
AND MALEIMIDES AS CROSSLINKING AGENTS
Teruyoshi Usamoto, Higaskiosaka, and Taisuke Okita,
Toyonaka, Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical
Company, Limited, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,153
Int. CI. C08f 29/12
VS. CI. 260—897 A 18 Claims
A co-curable composition is provided having excellent
tensile strength, oil resistance, heat resistance, etc. com-
prising
(A) an ethylene-propylene copolymer or ethylene-
propylene-unconjugated diene terpolymer;
(B) a propylene pvolymer and
(C) a crosslinking agen: comprising an organic per-
oxide and a maleimide compound.
3,641,216
THERMOPLASTIC COMPOSITIONS FOR THE PREP-
ARATION OF INHERENTLY FLEXIBLE, DI-
MENSIONALLY-STABLE, SOLVENT-WELDABLE
SHEET MATERIALS
David F. Schnebelen, Plaqnemine, and Robert B. Cramer,
Baton Rouge, La., assignors to The Dow Chemical
Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-iii-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 659,555, July 24, 1967. This application
Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,810
Int CI. C08f 29/12
VS. CL 260—897 3 Claims
This invention relates to specified thermoplastic com-
positions based on intimate fusion blends of certain chlori-
nated olefin polymers with minor amounts of essentially
linear, non-chlorinated olefin polymers. These composi-
tions are particularly useful for the preparation of sheet
material for use as flashing or membrane in various con-
struction assemblies such material having unexpectedly
6T6
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
enhanced dimensional stability while retaining a neces- p is from 1 to 5. The polyhydroxy phosphate esters are
sary level of inherent flexibility and the ability to be useful as intermediates in the production of flame-resistant
easily solvent welded into unitary structures. products.
3,641,217
POLYMERIC PHENONE PHOTOSENSITIZERS AND
BLENDS THEREOF WITH OTHER POLYMERS
Franco Agolini, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
xNo Drawing. Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,791
Int. CL C08f 29/12
U.S. CI. 260—897 B 5 Claims
Improved polymeric photosensitizers based on acryl-
amido substituted phenones, useful for crosslinking poly-
mers.
3,641,218
HYDROGENATED BIS PHENOL DIPHOSPHITES
Lester Friedman, Beachwood, Ohio, Kenneth H. Ratten-
bury, Morgantown, W. Va., and Alvin Guttag, Bethesda,
Md., assignors to Weston Chemical Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 756,289
Int. CI. C07f 9/08; C08f 45/581
U.S. CI. 260—928 12 Claims
Compounds are prepared having the formula
RiO ORj
P-O-Z-O-P
/ \
RsO 0R«
where Ri, Rq, R3 and R4 are selected from the group con-
sisting of alkyl, aryl, alkenyl. haloalkyl haloaryl or the
monovalent residue of a hydrogenated dihydric phenol,
Z is the divalent residue of a dihydric alcohol or a hy-
drogenated dihydric phenol, at least one of Ri, R2, R?
and R4 is a residue of a hydrogenated dihydric phenol.
Preferably at least 3 of Ri, Rj, R3 and R4 are such a
hydrogenated dihydric phenol residue.
The compounds are useful as stabilizers for halogen
containing polymers, hydrocarbon polymers, hydrocarbon
oils, polyurethanes and polyesters.
3,641,219
POLYHYDROXY PHOSPHATE ESTERS OF HALO-
GENATED PHENOL AND HALOGENATED
ANILINE
George J. Stockburger, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Atlas
Chemical Industries Inc., Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,456
Int. CI. C07f 9/08; C08g 22/44
U.S. CI. 260—929 10 Claims
Polyhydroxy phosphate esters may be prepared by se-
quentially reacting polyphosphoric acid and alkylene oxide
with an alcohol of the formula
(X).
X\
v
or of the formula
(X)m LV A J:
x/
wherein X represents a halogen atom, n is an integer from
1 to 5, m is an integer from 1 to 5. A represents an
alkylene group containing from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and
3,641,220
0(S)-(2-ALKOXYIMINO-2-ALKOXYETHYL)(MONO
OR DITHIO) PHOSPHINATES
Sidney B. Ricbter, Chicago, and Ephraim H. Kaplan,
Skokie, III., assignors to Velsicol Chemical Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,666
Int. CI. C07f 9/32; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—944 6 Claims
Compounds of the formula
XI 0-R>
-X2-CH^C=N-0-RJ
I
Y>
wherein Y' and Y^ are independently selected from the
group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl and
"(5-m)
(CH2^-
wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, halogen, nitro, alkylsulfoxide,
alkylsulfone and dialkylamino, m is an integer from 0
to 5, and n is an integer from 0 to 3; R^ and R^ are
alkyl; and X^ and X^ are independently selected from the
group consisting of oxygen and sulfur. This invention
also discloses insecticidal and acaricidal compositions
comprising an inert carrier and, as an essential active in-
gredient, in a quantity toxic to insects and acarids, a com-
pound of the above description; and further a method of
destroying insects and acarids which comprises applying
to said insects and acarids an aforedescribed insecticidal
and acaricidal composition.
3,641,221
O-ALKYL-O-ARYL-THIOLPHOSPHORIC
ACID ESTERS
Gerhard Schrader, Wuppertal-Cronenberg, Ingeborg
Hammann, Cologne, and Wilhelm Stendel, Wuppertal-
Vohwinkel, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer .Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 814,809
Claims priority, application Germany, May 9, 1968,
P 17 68 399.7
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; C07f 9/16, 9/18
U.S. CI. 260—949 10 Claims
O-alkyl-O-aryl-thiolphosphoric acid esters, of the for-
mula
RO O
\|l
P-S-CHj
/
R'O
-CH:
(Cl)n
(I)
in which
R IS lower alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms;
R' is phenyl, chloro-substituted phenyl, alkylmercapto-
phenyl having 1—4 carbon atoms in the alkyl mer-
capto moiety, (alkyl)-(alkylmercapto)-phenyl hav-
ing 1-4 carbon atoms in the alkyl moiety and 1—4
carbon atoms in the alkylmercapto moiety, alkoxy-
phenyl having 1-4 carbon atoms in the alkoxy moiety,
(alkyl)-(chloro)-phenyl having 1-4 carbon atoms in
the alkyl moiety, or naphthyl; and
n is a whole number from 0 to 2,
which posses arthropodicidal, especially acaricidal and in-
secticidal, properties and which may be produced by con-
ventional methods.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
677
3,641,222
S.S-DIALKYL-AMIDO-DITHIOPHOSPHATES
Marion F. Botts, Independence, Mo., and Erik K. Regel,
Oberkohlfurth, Germany, assignors to Chemagro Cor-
poration, Kansas City, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,631
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; C07f 9/22, 9/24
\5&. CI. 260—959 10 Claims
S,S-dialkyl-amido-dithiophosphates, i.e., S,S-dialkyl-(N-
unsubstituted amido, N-mono and N,N-di alkyl, phenyl
and/or chlorophenyl-substituted amido, as well as N-het-
erocyclic) - dithiol-phosphates, which possess defoliant
and/or desiccant properties coupled with insecticidal and
acaricidal properties.
3,641,223
S-(2-CHLORO-2.BROMO-ETHYL-(DI)THIO-PHOS-
PHORIC AND PHOSPHONIC ACID ESTERS
Hanshelmut Schlor, Wuppertal-Barmen, Ingeborg Ham-
mann, Cologne, and Bemhard Homeyer, Opiaden, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
schaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 755.800
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 1, 1967,
P 16 68 012.9
Int. CI. C07f 9/08, 9/40; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—961 5 Claims
(Alkyl and 0-alkyl)-0-alkyl-S-(2-chloro-2-bromo-eth-
yl) -thiol- and -thionothiol-phospho'ric and phosphonic acid
esters which possess insecticidal, acaricidal and nemati-
cidal properties.
3,641,224
BROMOALKYL-(DI)-THIOLPHOSPHORIC
ACID ESTERS
Hellmut Hoffmann, Wuppertal-Elbersfeld. and Hans
Scheinpflug, Leverkusen, Germany, assignor to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13. 1969, Ser. No. 807,106
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 25, 1968,
P 17 68 040.9
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; C07f 9/16, 9/18
{5S. CI. 260—964 15 Claims
Bromoalkyl-fdi)-thio!phosDhoric acid esters, i.e. 0-r(2-
bromo-optionally 1 and/or 2-alkyl and ^or chloroalkyl)-
ethyl and (3-bromo-optionally 1,2 and/or 3-alkyl and/or
chloroalkyl)-propyl]-S-fakyl, chloroalkyl. phenyl, chlo-
rophenyl and alkylphenyll-fS-falkyl. alkylmercaptoalkyl,
phenyl, chlorophenyl and alkylphenyD and 0-(alkyl and
cycloalkyl)]-thiol- and -dithiol-phosphoric acid esters of
the formula
Ri
1
Br-C-
FRs 1
C-
Ri 0
1 1!
r— 0-p-s— R
R:
.R( _
„ Ri Y-R.
in which
Rg is. when Y is oxygen, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms or
cycloalkyl of 5-6 ring carbon atoms, and
/I is 0 or 1,
which possess fungicidal, bactericidal, and arthropodicidal,
especially acaricidal and insecticidal, properties.
(I)
Ri to Re. each individually, is hydrogen, alkyl of 1-2
carbon atoms, or chloroalkyl of 1-2 carbon atoms,
R7 is alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, chloro atoms, chloro-
substituted alkyl of 1-2 carbon atoms, phenyl, chloro-
phenyl, or alkylphenyl having 1-4 carbon atoms in the
corresponding alkyl moiety,
Y is oxygen or sulfur,
Rg is, when Y is sulfur, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, alkyl-
mercapto-alkyl having 1-4 carbon atoms in the alkyl-
mercapto moiety and 1-4 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moiety, phenyl, chlorophenyl. or alkylphenyl having 1-4
carbon atoms in the corresponding alkyl moiety whereas
3,641,225
PROCESS FOR PREPARLNG CYCLIC
PHOSPHOROHALIDITES
James L. Dever, Lewiston, and James J. Hodan, Williams-
ville, N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation,
Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application June 29, 1966, Ser. No.
561,329. Divided and this application Jan. 3, 1969, Ser.
No. 801,902
Int. CI. C07d 105/04; C08f 45^58
U.S. CI. 260—976 10 Claims
A process is described for the preparation of a cyclic
phosphorohalidite by reacting a glycol with a phosphorus
trichloride or tribromide in .he presence of a solvent such
as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran. The resulting product is
an intermediate in the p^paration of fire retardant ad-
ditives for plastics and renins.
3,641,226
METHOD FOR PURIFICATION OF DI-{2.ETHYL-
HEXYL) PHOSPHORIC ACID
Jerry A. Partridge. Richland, Wash., and Reilly C. Jensen.
San Diego, Calif., assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,628
Int. CI. C07f;/05, 9/02
U.S. CI. 260—990 8 Claims
Purification of di-(2-e:hylhexyl) phosphoric acid
(D2EHPA) in an organic solvent is accomplished by
adding freshly precipitated copper hydroxide to the solu-
tion to form the copper salt of D2EHPA. The addition
of acetone precipitates the copper salt which is separated
from the solvent containing the impurities and washed.
Treatment of the salt with a dilute mineral acid removes
the metal ion, leaving the purified D2EHPA.
3,641,227
MANUFACTURE OF CERAMIC ARTEFACTS
HAVING PORES
Geoffrey Winton Horsley, Wantage, and Ronald-Cyril
Burnett, Dorchester, England, assignors to United King-
dom Atomic Energy Authority, London. England
Filed Mar. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 716,729
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 20, 1967,
18,309/67
Int. CI. G21c 21/00
VS. CI. 264— .5 13 Claims
In order to produce porous fuel of controlled voidage.
green artefacts, e.g. spheres, are made of UaOg or UC2
and sintered until they are dense. They are then heated
in a reducing atmosphere to remove oxygen or carbon,
as the case may be, and give a porous final artefact of
UO2 or UC.
3,641,228
METHOD OF PRODUCING A MOLDED
SIMULATED WOODEN ARTICLE
Paul H. Fleck, Melrose Park, Pa., assignor to Urethane
Fabricators, Inc., Camden, N J.
Filed Sept. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,414
Int. CI. B29d 27/04
U.S. CI. 264—53 1 Claim
A molded article formed of a synthetic polymeric ma-
terial which identically simulates the appearance of a
S95 OG.
678
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
wooden master in every detail including graining, knot-
holes, splits, and the like. This article is formed from
polyurethane or a similar plastic material which can be
cured under pressure in a mold, with or without the ap-
plication of heat. The mold itself is formed as a reverse
image of the master and is formed of silicone rubber or
similar material which is adapted to be impressed with
every textural feature of the master.
3,641,230
METHOD FOR MAKING PRESTRESSED LAMI-
NATED FIBER GLASS STRUCTURES
Herbert R. Jenks, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to Dura
Fiber, Inc., Costa Mesa, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No. 643,926,
June 6, 1967, Ser. No. 674,958, Oct. 12, 1967, and
Ser. No. 696,458, June 8, 1968. This application Jan.
21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,587
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Feb. 3, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. B29c 27114
U.S. CI. 264—152 20 Claims
3,641,229
METHOD OF MAKING A PERMEABLE CERAMIC
MOLD USED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR PLASTER
OF PARIS MOLDS
Willis G. Lawrence, Alfred, and Leon B. Coffin, Andover,
N.Y., assignors to Research Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 735,161, Feb. 23,
1968, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 511,407, Dec. 3, 1965, which in turn is a continu-
ation of application Ser. No. 194,048, May 11, 1962, all
now abandoned. This application July 1, 1970, Ser.
No. 56,104
Int. CI. C04h 21106, 21/00, 21/04
US. CI. 264—43 1 Claim
A method of molding fiber glass for structural ap-
plications to provide a unitary structure having outer
skins separated by a plurality of ribs or trusses, where-
by the skins and the ribs are prestressed. The outer di-
mensions can be made in virtually any shape dependent
upon the shape of the mold in which the structure is
fabricated, and the interior of the structure between
the ribs is hollow. The method also makes possible
the fabrication of tubular or semitubular members hav-
ing a prestressed skin but no interior ribs. The method
involves the use of a plurality of elastomeric bags or
tubular members which are pressurized during a heating
and molding cycle and which contribute to the prestress-
ing of the fiber glass elements. In addition, the invention
involves the method by which the various laminates
are laid up and the manner in which the elastomeric
bags interact with the laminates, so laid up, during the
molding cycle.
3,641,231
METHOD FOR MOLDING WASTE DISPOSER
SPLASH SHIELD
Thomas R. Smith, Newton, Iowa, assignor to The
Maytag Company, Newton, Iowa
Original appUcation Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 769,920, now
Patent No. 3,524,596, dated Aug. 18, 1970. Divided
and this application Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,697
Int. CI. B29c 25/00; B29h 3/06
U.S. CI. 264—155 2 Claims
A permeable ceramic structure having controlled pore
size and useful as substitutes for plaster of paris molds
is prepared by forming a uniform admixture of refractory
material such as woUastonite or muUite. a fluxing material
such as borax or glass frit, a hydrolyzed ethyl silicate, and
optionally an alkalizing agent such as magnesia. After
molding the hydrolyzed ethyl silicate is completely decom-
posed to ethyl alcohol and hydrated silica gel by action of
heat or the alkalizing agent which causes the mixture to
set or harden. The ethyl alcohol is then removed in a con-
trolled rate at 35^0° F. and a high humidity atmosphere
to avoid cracking. The dried shape is then fired at a tem-
perature above the melting point of the fluxing material.
A splash shield is molded so that a plurality of inwardly
extending segmental members are connected by flash lines
along corner portions of their top and bottom surfaces.
but below the melting point of the refractory material to The shield is then pierced either with a blunt instrument
form a ceramic bond. or manually to break the connecting flash lines.
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
679
3,641,232
PROCESS FOR MAKING MULTIFILAMENT YARNS
Wilhelmus J. Fontijn and Korstiaan J. M. van Drunen,
Dieren, Netherlands, assignors to American Enka Cor-
poration, Enka, N.C.
Original application Aug. 28, 1967, Ser. No. 663,812, now
Patent No. 3,447,308, dated June 3, 1969. Divided
and this application Sept. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 794,438
Int. CI. B29f 3/10
U.S. CI. 264—171 3 Claims
plate which serves to define a first passage with the ro-
tating roll and a second plate with a higher coefficient
friction which serves to denne a second passage with the
rotating roll. A cavity is formed between the plates of the
cover member and the rotating roll wherein the textile
.1
A process for the manufacture of yarn consisting of a
plurality of composite filaments which comprises passing
two incompatible polymers side-by-side to a common mix-
ing zone, forming a laminated stream and splitting up the
laminated stream in a plane transverse to the direction of
the flow of the laminated stream at least once into separ-
ate substreams to form a single stream containing one
polymer as a matrix and the other as a multiplicity of
continuous ultrafine cores within the zone, passing the
single stream to spinneret orifices and extruding a plural-
ity of composite filaments containing the ultrafine cores
extending longitudinally through the matrix.
3,641,233 I
PROCESS FOR REGENERATING SPINNING BATHS
Cesare Reni and Luigi Lugo, Milan, Italy, assignors to
Societa Italiana Resine S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 792,155
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 27, 1968,
12,064/68; Oct. 15, 1968, 827,220
Int. CI. B29h 79/00
U.S. CI. 264—179 7 Claims
Baths used for coagulating threads spun from a dimeth-
ylformamide solution and for stretching the spun threads
are regenerated by a process which includes the steps of
mixing together the coagulating and spinning baths, ex-
tracting the mixture with dimethylformamide, recycling
the residual paraflfinic phase to the stretching and coagu-
lating baths, treating the extract phase with water to
separate it into an organic phase containing cumene which
is recycled to the coagulating bath and an aqueous phase
from which dimethylformamide is separated by distilla-
tion free from impurities.
material is subjected to an abrupt reduction in the driv-
ing force on the material while being simultaneously con-
fined to a thickness slightly greater than the thickness m
the first passage such that the material is longitudinally
compressed within the cavity.
3.641,234
MECHANICAL TREATMENT OF MATERIAL
Alexander L. Trifunovic, James R. Hodges, and Richard
L. Shick, Wilmington, Del., assignors to Joseph Ban-
croft & Sons Co., Rockford, Wilmington, Del.
Division of application Ser. No. 525,039, Feb. 4, 1966.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 810,424,
Jan. 13, 1969. This application Apr. 15, 1970, Ser.
No. 28,217
Int. CI. B29c 15/00; B29d 7/22
U.S. CI. 264—282 13 Claims
The width of the advancing material is longitudinally
compressed by being passed between a rotating roll and an
overlying cover member. The cover member has a first
3,641,235
IMMUNOLOGICAL REAGENT AND PROCESS
FOR MAKING SAME
Margaret Rozman Weiss, Florissant, Mo., assignor to
Miles Laboratories, Inc., Elkhart, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772,852
Int. CI. G01n-?7 /22
U.S. CI. 424 8 ^ Claims
IiTimunologically specific reagents are prepared by
chemically linking the immunological counterpart of the
material to be detected to a cellulosic derivative in
particulate form and then physically adsorbing onto the
immunological counterpart an acidic indicator material.
Hematoxylin, fluorescein, and titan yellow are usable as
indicator materials. When a fluid sample containing the
immunological material to be detected comes in contact
with the immunologically specific reagent, the indicator
material shows one of two visible effects, separation from
the particles or fixation to the particles. The specific type
of visible effect is determined by the particular immuno-
logic counterpart employed. For each reaction a control
fluid sample which does not contain the immunological
material under test shows an opposite reaction. A chro-
matographic technique can be used to display the visible
effects.
3,641,236
DOSAGE UNIT SUSTAINED RELEASE ORAL
POWDERED LITHILTVl SALT COMPOSITION
FOR MANIC DEPRESSIVE OR DEPRESSIVE
ILLNESS PROPHYLACTIC THERAPY
Alec James Coppen, Epsom, Surrey. England, and Jean-
Pierre Metral, Paris, France, assignors to Delandale
Laboratories Limited, Canterbury, Kent, England
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,964
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 16, 1968,
33,845/68
Int. CI. A61k 27/72
U.S. CI. 424 19 ' Claims
This invention is concerned with pharmaceutical com-
positions and methods of making them. In particular, the
composition contains principally a lithium salt as medic-
ament and a sustained release agent comprising a mix-
ture of glyceryl mono-, di- and triesters of one or more
Ci6-C]g straight chain saturated fatty acids. The compo-
sition is primarily intended for oral administration in the
treatment of manic-depressive or depressive illness and
provides a sustained and consistant release of the medic-
ament into the blood stream during the period between
successive doses. The method of the present invention
consists in making tablets of the composition for oral
680
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
administration. With a mixture of the dry powdered medic-
ament and a filler is mixed a '■olution of the sustained
release agent. A binding agent is then added, and after
drying and granulating a lubricant may be added before
finally compressing into tablets.
3,641,237
ZERO ORDER RELEASE CONSTANT ELLTION
RATE DRUG DOSAGE
Francis E. Gould, Princeton, and Thomas H. Shepherd,
Hopewell, NJ., assignors to National Patent Develop-
ment Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 766,840,
Oct. 11, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part of appli-
cation Ser. No. 654,044, July 5, 1967, which is a con-
tinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 650,259, June
30, 1967, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 567,856, July 26, 1966, now Patent
No. 3,520,949. This application is also a continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 833,182, July 13, 1969.
This application Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,738
Int. CI. A61k 27/12
U.S. CI. 424—16 8 Claims
Zero order release of water soluble pharmaceutically
active organic compounds alone or absorbed or incapsu-
lated in hydrophilic polymers is obtained by providing a
film diffusion barrier of an alkoxyethyl acrylate or meth-
acrylate polymer. To reduce irritation: an outer coating
of a non-irritating water swellable film can be also in-
corporated.
3,641,238
STABLE DENTAL CREAM COMPOSITION
Jo.seph Paul Januszewski, Somerville, and Tayseer George
Bahouth, Piscataway, N.J., assignors to Colgate-Palm-
olive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,084
Int. CI. A61r 7/76
U.S. CI. 424 — 49 6 Claims
Dental cream containing polishing agent, benzyl alco-
hol, and oil of cloves flavor. Ethyl alcohol is present to
stabilize the cream and to prevent separation of the cream.
3.641,239
COSMETIC WAX COMPOSITION
Sharon R. Mohrlok, Lansing, Mich., assignor to Dow
Coming Corporation, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
443,697, Mar. 29, 1965. This application Nov. 6. 1968.
Ser. No. 773,939
Int. CI. A61k 7/02
U.S. CI. 424—64 18 Claims
A cosmetic composition useful for lipsticks, lip rouge,
mascara, styptic crayon and the like comprising cosmetic
solvent, coloring agent and wax. The wax is at least 15
percent by weight silicone wax.
3,641,241
TYLOSIN - POLYOXYETHYLENE COMPOSITIONS
FOR CONTROLLING MYCOPLASMA INFECTIONS
William W. Davis and Earl E. Ose, Indianapolis, Ind.,
assignors to Eli Lilly and Company. Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
624,146, Mar. 20, 1967. This application Nov. 24,
1969, Ser. No. 879.577
Int. CI. A61k 21/00
V.^. CI. 424—120 12 Claims
Compositions having enhanced activity against myco-
plasma infections in poultry comprising a polyoxyethylene
ether of the formula H(OCH2CH2)nOR. wherein n is 10
to 35 and R is cholesteryl or C12-C20 alkyl or alkenyl and
tylosin or a nontoxic acid addition salt thereof and meth-
ods for employing such compositions.
3,641,242
I SE OF CESIUM AS A STIMULANT IN MAMMALS
Howard L. Masco, Glen Mills, Pa., assignor to Atlas
Chemical Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 28,070
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—153 8 Claims
The use of the cesium ion as a stimulant in mammals is
disclosed where the cesium is administered as an organic
or inorganic salt at a level sufficient to obtain a dose of
from O.I to 5.0 milliequivalents of cesium per kilogram of
body weight of the mammal and to establish a blood serum
level of about 0.05 milliequivalent of cesium per liter.
3,641,243
ACTIVE MATERIAL OF EMADA PHASEOLOIDES
Wen Chih Liu, Paramus, N.J., assignor to Pfizer Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 824,216,
May 13, 1969. This application Dec. 9, 1969, Ser.
No. 883,575
Int. CI. A61k 27/14
U.S. CI. 424—195 2 Claims
101? -r -r
WAVE LENtn; IN MK;tu«
A saponin powder, obtainable by the evaporation of
the methanol-water extract of the ground seeds of the
p'ant. Entuila phaseoloides, and the purified material as a
crystalline solid with the empirical formula, C45Hg2027.
melting at 223-225° C, inhibit Walker 256 tumor in rats.
3.641,240
METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF AN
EMBOLUS OR THROMBUS
Alan C. Hymes, Hopkins, Minn., and Rajko R. Margulis
and Robert M. Nalbandian, Bloomfield Hills, Mich.,
assignors to Wyandotte Chemicals Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 763,371
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—78 g Claims
Prevention of thrombosis in a blood vessel and re-
establishment of the microcirculation through a throm-
bosed blood vessel are accomplished by introducing into
the blood stream of a body an effective amount of solu-
tions of polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene block copoly-
mers.
3,641,244
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING
BACTERIAL AND PROTOZOAN INFECTIONS
Alexander D. Argoudelis, Portage, and John H. Coats,
Kalamazoo, Mich., assignors to The Upjohn Company,
Kalamazoo. Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
768,879, Oct. 18, 1968, now Patent No. 3,544,582. This
appUcation May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,893
Int. CI. A61k 21/00
U.S. CI. 424—181 8 Claims
This invention relates to a novel process for preparing
antibacterial compounds and to novel compositions and
methods for using them. It is particularly directed to a
novel process for preparing 3-phosphate esters of lin-
comycin, of analogs thereof, and of celesticetins. The
February 8, 1972
CHEMICAL
681
compounds produced by the process of the invention can
be shown by the following formula:
wherein R is CH3, C2H5 or
-CHs-CHj-O-C-,'^^
O
3,641,246
COMPOSITIONS FOR INHIBITING ANOMALOUS
DEPOSITION AND MOBILIZATION OF CALCILTVl
PHOSPHATE IN ANIMAL TISSUE
Marion D. Francis, Springfield Township, Hamilton
County. Ohio, assignor to The Procter & Gamble Com-
pany, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in»part of application Ser. No.
709,870, Mar. 4, 1968. This application Jan. 14, 1970,
Ser. No. 2,960
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—204 12 Claims
Compositions for inhibiting anomalous deposition and
mobilization of calcium phosphates in animal tissue, com-
prising an eflfective amount of certain perfluorodiphos-
phonocycloalkenes and a pharmaceutical carrier: and a
method for treating conditions involving pathological cal-
cification and hard tissue cemineralization in an animal
comprising administering to such animal said composi-
tions.
HO
V^
Ri is H, or cis or trans lower-alkyl of from 1 to 8 carbon
atoms, inclusive; Rj is H, CH3, or C2H5; X is OH, chlo-
rine, or bromine, each in the (R) or (S) configuration,
or — OCH3: and P is
OH
/
and salts thereof.
Examples of alkyl of from 1 to 8 carbon atoms are
methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, and
octyl and isomers thereof.
3,641,247
METHODS OF TREATING BACTERIAL
INFECTIONS
Elton S. Cook, Cincinnati, Ohio, and Norbert J. Berberich.
Jr., Burlington, Ky., assignors to Stanley Drug Products,
Inc., Portland, Oreg.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 4. 1968, Ser. No.
709,937. Divided and this application Dec. 14, 1970,
Ser. No. 98,138
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—211 5 Claims
A variety of substances are reported which alter host
resistance to cocci bacterial infections. Nevertheless drugs
which induce a high degree of resistance to these infections
when administered prophylactically are not in wide use.
Drugs which confer immunity to these infections for more
than a week after adminis:ration are virtually unknown.
Antimicrobials have been found which are eflPective in
inducing resistance to infections due to cocci when admin-
istered prophylactically.
3,641,245
SYNERGISTIC INSECTICIDAL MIXTURE CON-
TAINING BENZOTHIAZOLINES AND INSECTI-
CIDAL USE OF THE MIXTURE
Peter F. Epstein, Prairie Village, Kans., assignor to
Stauffer Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 27. 1968, Ser. No. 787,576
Int. CI. AOln 9/12
U.S. CI. 424—188 4 Claims
Synergistic mixture of compounds of the formula
H
P
y>
in which R and R' are independently hydrogen, halogen,
lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, or lower alkoxy with aryl N-
methyl carbamates, pyrethrum, or allethrin, and the use
thereof for controlling insects.
3.641.248
IMIDAZOLE SYNERGIST-ENHANCED PHOS-
PHORIC ESTER INSECTICIDE COMPOSI-
TIONS AND INSECT CONTROL THEREWITH
Heinrich Adolphi, Limburgerhoff. Pfalz. Anna Steimmig,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), and Hermann Spaenig, Limburg-
erhof. Pfalz, Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin-
& Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Original application July 11, 1966, Ser. No.
563.964, now Patent No. 3,531,494. dated Sept. 29,
1970. Divided and this application Oct. 14. 1969. Ser.
No. 866.362
Claims priority, application Germany. July 22. 1965.
P 15 42 690.1
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; A61k 27 00; A611 13 '00
U.S. CI. 424—212 8 Claims
Insecticides containing (a) pyrethrms. carbamates or
phosphoric esters and (b) an imidazole or imidazole salt
in the weight ratio of 1:10 to 1:1 and processes of insect
control therewith.
ELECTRICAL
ERRATUM
For Class 424—243 see:
Patent No. 3,641.013
3,641,249
TLBE FURNACE
Francis J. Higgins, Kenilworth, England, assignor to Cour-
taulds Limited, London, England
Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,692
Int. CI. H05bJ/66
L.S.CL 13-22 7 Claims
A tube furnace for the treatment of a continuously moving
band of material which comprises a carbon or graphite fur-
nace tube provided with radiation shields at each end of the
hot zone thereof, which radiation shields comprise baffles of
flexible carbon or graphite matenal, perforated to allow
passage of the continuously moving band, and resiliently
deformable in the direction of movement of that band The
furnace is particularly useful in the carbonization or gra-
phitization of organic filamentary material.
dnvmg plug axially movable in the plunger is connected to a
earner for the object to be fired A heating element in the
top portion i>f the furnace chamber bounds a firing zone
much hotttJ- than the lower portion of the chamber so that a
green btnly freshly intrcKJuced into the chamber may be pro-
tected from the highest furnace temperature while the fur-
nace IS being evacuated, and moved into the firing zone after
the furnace is fully evacuated The moving mechanism is
pneumatically operated
3,641,251
SCHEME FOR REDUCING AUDIBLE NOISE
DEVELOPED BY AN EXTRA-HIGH VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION LINE
Tseng W. Liao. Media, Pa., assignor to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,362
Int. CI. H02g 7100
L.S. CI. 174-40 R 4 Claims
3,641,250
VACUUM FURNACE
Karl Hintenberger, Hochstrasse 39, 6 Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,721 ^
Claims priority, application Germany, May 27, 1969, P 19 26 ^
»14J
Int. CI. H05b 1/00
US. CI. 13-31 3 Claims
U^'=
m
V
The downwardly open chamber of an electrically heated
vacuum furnace for dental ceramics and the like may be
sealed by a plate mounted on a hollow plunger The plunger
IS axially movably received in a stationary cylinder, and a
A scheme for reducing the audible noise developed by an
extra-high voltage transmission line during a rainstorm. The
scheme involves a plurality of disklike members of electrical
insulating material mounted on the line conductor at spaced
locations sufficiently close together that most of the rain
water dropping off the conductor during a heavy rainstorm
does so via drop-releasing regions on the disklike members
which are spaced a substantial distance from the conductor.
3,641,252
DEVICE FOR CARRYING A FLAT ELECTRONIC
APPARATUS BY AN AIRCRAFT
Germain Fournillon, Paris, France, assignor to Electronique
Marcel Dassault, Paris, France
Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27,360
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 28, 1969, 6913425
Int. CI. H05k 5/02
U.S. CI. 174-52 R 4 Claims
A device for carrying a fiat electronic apparatus by an air-
craft comprises a cylindrical housing of lightweight material
having a metallized external surface and containing in its
682
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
683
inner space slide-type holding and guide means for pnnted ductive^aterial on the lands thereby forming a raised con-
electronic circuit cards or the like Two or more housings ductive path from the leads to the recess. The invention also
1
1
101-
.'■-
UK
B.
connected by coupling collars can be disposed in axial align-
ment.
3,641,253
CABLE SPLICE COVER
William D. Weagant, Fremont, Calif., assignor to Sigman In-
dustries Inc., Menlo Park, Calif.
Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 838,854
Int. CI. H02g 15/08
U.S. CI. 174-93 7 Claims
includes a method of making the microcircuit package accu-
ratelv and economically
3,641,255
NONINTERACTING LENS SYSTEM FOR A COLOR
ENCODING CAMERA
Albert Macovski, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29.448
Int. CI. H04n 9/06; G02b 2 7/72
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 ST 1 1 Claims
An in-line reenterable cable splice box with two end plates
that can be sealed to the cable and a hollow cylinder that can
be rigidly and removably supported and sealed between end
plates by end caps. To hold the end plates apart a plurality of
ngid members extend between the end plates or the cylinder
can have radially inwardly directed spaced-apart lugs to
cooperate with radially outwardly directed, spaced-apart lugs
on the end plates.
3,641,254
MICROCIRCUIT PACKAGE AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Henry E. Bunting, Fokroft, and Paul E. Smith, Bala Cynwyd,
both of Pa., assignors to W. S. Electronic Services Corpora-
tion, Clifton Heights, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 836,489, June
25, 1969, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
656,749, July 28, 1967. This application June 27, 1969, Ser.
No. 837,244
Intel. HOSk 1/18.5/02
U.S. CI. 174-68.5 27 Claims
A microcircuit package formed of a dielectric substrate
having a central area for mounting a circuit network device
therein, such as a chip or wafer, metallic leads embedded in
the substrate, grooves formed in one surface of the substrate
providing between them raised portions or lands intercon-
necting the free ends of the leads with the recess and a con-
24 IB
In a color camera utilizing a color encoding strip filter ar-
rangement in the optical path to separate light from an object
into its component colors, an imaging system includes a
noninteracting cylindrical lens array to image the encoding
filter strips onto a photosensitive medium without the use of
a relay lens.
3,641,256
BLACK AND WHITE TELEVISION CAMERA
EXPANDABLE TO A COLOR TELEVISION CAMERA
Gary F. Davis. Jr., R.R. #3, Columbus, Ind.
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,968
Int. CI. H04r 9/06. 9li4
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 ST 22 Claims
In a television camera comprising a vidicon tube having a
cathode and grid, a vertical yoke, and a horizontal \oke, the
improvement comprising a color wheel assembh including a
color wheel having a plurality of peripherally spaced-apart
transparent color filter segments, the wheel being positioned
and arranged relative to the vidicon tube to change the spec-
tral response of its image pickup into an ordered sequence of
colors, means for driving the wheel at a predetermined con-
stant speed, and switch means responsive to movement of the
wheel to provide a predetermined number of pulses per
revolution of the wheel. First circuit means is provided for
processing the pulses as well as color synch pulses The
camera includes blank and synch circuitry, and the improve-
ment also comprises a multivibrator including alternately
saturated collector circuits, one of the collector circuits
being connected to the horizontal yoke to provide honzontal
pulses thereto, the other cf the collector circuits being con-
684
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
^^1
0 C — ti2v
POWER
the vidicon tube and the second stage of which produces
negative-going pulses for apphcation to the grid of the
vidicon tube, whereby the tube is blank during retrace bv
composite positive and negative pulses
3,641.257
NOISE SUPPRESSOR FOR SURVEILLANCE AND
INTRUSION-DETECTING SYSTEM
Elmer N. Taylor, Escondido, Calif., assignor to Hughes Air-
craft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,407
Int. CI. H04n 7102
U.S. CI. 178-6.8 9 Claims
A surveillance and intrusion detection system is provided
using a scanning-type sensor to monitor a field of view and
transmit a video signal to a moving target indicator (MTI)
the output of which is applied to an alarm system through a
threshold level detector having a relatively low-threshold
level for higher system sensitivity. A correlation unit
minimizes false alarms which could occi^ from high-level
noise by transmitting pulses to the alarrrT system only when
they occur at approximately the same place in three succes-
sive scanning lines. Other units are provided for correlation
of other possible moving targets in the same line. When
transmitted pulses are added to the video signal from the sen-
sor for display, the outline of a moving target is brightened.
nected to the blank and synch circuitry to provide blanking
pulses thereto The blank and synch circuitry includes two
NPN transistor stages, the first stage of which produces posi
tive-going blanking pulses for application to the cathode of
3,641,258
SAMPLE-AND-HOLD CIRCUIT
Steven Alan Sleekier, (lark, N.J., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed June 29, 1970. Ser. No. 50,592
Int. CI. H03k >i2(), H03b-?/06, H04n 1136
U.S.CL 178-73 R 10 Claims
Wif
Me
'&
A sample-and hold circuit employs first and second
transistors having serially coupled collector-to-emitter cur-
rent paths and including a negative feedback path coupling
the collector of the first transistor to the base of the second
transistor to provide a high-input impedance and a relatively
low -output impedance circuit suitable for driving, for exam-
ple, a capacitive load The detector is keyed by means of a
single keying transistor which provides a conduction path
from the collector and the base of the first transistor to
ground Diixles coupled in series with the keying transistor
and both the base and the collector of the first transistor in-
sure that the first and second transistors are switched in and
out of conduction simultaneously. The circuit may be em-
ployed as a phase comparator.
3,641,259
FLARELIGHT COMPENSATOR
Bernard D. Loughlin, Centerport, N.Y., assignor to Hazeltine
Corporation
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,443
Int. CI. H04n 5114
U.S.CL 178-7.5 R 6 Claims
f
. r
>
/
>■"■
x-n
TO
IK*
■unu
"U.
COMPCNSSTW
NO«*t.MCM
«ipure»
T"
/"
>■"
/"•
,13 ,^
BuJt,
FLUC
LIOTT
C0MPCNSA1W
NOM.MEM
DRftfW
*ilPLiFI€l» j ^
*ii»n.rc»
1 1_
\
/'°
^12 G
r
MEOJ
'LAW
UGKT
NOfflJNEAA
AMPLiFCR
Disclosed is apparatus which compensates for the un-
desirable effect of fiarelight in a graphic arts process simula-
tor containing an image display device actuated by an image
representative video signal. The effect of such fiarelight is
most perceptible when displaying high key images containing
small dark areas, since in these images fiarelight from the
brighter parts of the image will illuminate the dark areas
making them appear stimewhat lighter than is indicated by
the corresponding amplitude of the video signal. To compen-
sate for this effect in one embodiment of the invention,
signals are supplied to the display through a circuit which has
less effective DC coupling than AC coupling in other words it
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
685
has a DC to AC transmission ratio less than unity Thus the
reference level for each signal, as applied to the display, is
mtxlified in relation to its average amplitude and therefore in
relation to its average brightness Signals representing high
average brightness images (ie, high key images) are
established at a somewhat darker reference level than normal
in order to tend to make the dark areas in the resulting dis-
played image darker than originally indicated, by an amount
which ofTseLs the effect of fiarelight which tends to brighten
these areas.
3,641,260
ELECTRONIC RASTER ROTATION SYSTEM FOR
TELEVISION
John W. Herndon, Orlando, Fla., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,835
Int. CI. H04n 3122
U.S. CI. 178— 7.7 5 Claims
An electronic circuit used in a television system in con-
junction with a television camera tube having electronic
beam defiection means wherein the electronic circuit com-
prises a pair of mixing circuits actuated from the normal out-
put signals of horizontal and vertical ramp generators and
develops through adjustable zero centered potentiometer
means, phase inverter means and capacitive coupling means
composite output signals for application to the beam deflec-
tion means of the camera tube, each composite signal being
variable in amplitude and phase by adjustment of said poten-
tiometer means to achieve raster rotation and thereby simu-
late roll attitudes of an object being viewed by the camera
tube, a further aspect of the invention residing in the utiliza-
tion of two camera tubes and a video mixing circuit for
providing a combined output signal for simulating relative
motion of two pictures taken by the respective camera tubes
3,641,261
NIGHT VISION SYSTEM
Richard W. Chaplin, Los Angeles; Donald J. Holscher, Playa
Del Rey; Albert Wasney, Jr., Canoga Park, and Bryce A.
Wheeler, Los Angeles, all of Calif., assignors to Hughes Air-
craft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed June 4, 1969, Ser. No. 831,274
Int. CI. HO Ij 29/59
U.S. CI. 178—7.8 12 Claims
Night-viewing apparatus for installation on a helicopter
comprising two camera heads mounted on the front of the
helicopter, and a pair of pivotally mounted mirrors or prisms
for each camera head to enable it to view any portion of the
terrain within a wide range of look-angles. One camera head
includes an image intensifier cascaded with a television
camera tube whose output is displayed on a television moni-
tor, while the other camera head includes a set of image in-
tensifiers whose output is coupled through a fiber optic bun-
dle to an eyepiece. A control stick moved by the pilot can
control the mirror positions for one camera system, while
another control stick moved by the copilot can control the
mirror positions for the other camera system. Both systems
are inertially stabilized, with low-frequency disturbances
being corrected by signals delivered to the mirror-pivoting
motors and high-frequency components of disturbances
being corrected by electron beam defieption coils at the
image intensifiers A pair of weapon turrets is mounted on
'■JijUiKUHr''^. I
t ^M*^
, 1
1 r^MM^r
„ — ^j
the helicopter, each carrying a gun and an infrared
searchlight for use under very dark night conditions, and the
weapon turrets can be slaved to point in the same direction
being viewed at the monitor or eyepiece.
3,641,262
SHIFT CONTROL
Egon S. Babler, Chicago, III., assignor to Teletype Corpora-
tion, Skokie, III.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,732
Int. CI. H04I 15124. 15/34. 17/16
U.S. CI. 178-25 10 Claims
A teleprinter for printing indicia on a record medium in
response to receipt of permutation signals of coded binary
bits and having type elements in a type box with mechanism
for two-dimensional positioning of the type box to bring
selected-type elements into position for printing Type box
locations that are normally devoid of type elements and cor-
responding to nonprinting function code combinations are
supplied with an additional font of type elements, A portion
of the positioning mechanism is code responsively discon-
nected from received signals to print the additional font in
response to received signals corresponding to other printing
code combinations.
3,641.263
SUPERVISORY AND CONTROL SYSTEM FOR FOOD-
HANDLING INSTITUTIONS
Delmar D. Rhoads. and Robert H. MacKay. both of Fort
Wayne, Ind., assignors to Lincoln Manufacturing Company,
Inc., Fort Wayne, Ind.
Filed Aug. 24, 1967, Ser. No. 663,088
Int. CI. H04n 7/18
U.S. CI. 178— 6 8 Claims
A system is provided for supervising and controlling the
preparation of foods and related activities in a food-handling
institution. The system includes a console that provides visual
686
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
and audible communication with selected remote points in
the food-handling institution. The system also includes a con-
reproduced Reinversion (or demodulation) switching, to
restore the played back signal to its original form for
*4 .Sr*TiOH
iNrtPCOMS
(HnI fVtJAll y jMA
EOUALlZATIONi
SO
-M
I SieNAL
: IMVERTIR
JL
JL
SPO
SYNC
CPARATON
PHASE
HOdTCTO*
TIME
OONSTANT
H
-73
PM 84
f
DC.
catrniou.co|-i
MULTrVIB
-12
•O,
OCLAY
ANO
SAWTOOTM
•CNCMCTM
veyor for transporting food and other articles under the con-
trol of the console or an operator at the conveyor.
3,641 ^64
HOLOGRAM REPRODUCTION SYSTEM USING AN
OPTICAL GRATING
Albert Macovski, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to American Ex-
press Investment Management Company, San Francisco,
Calif.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,392
/f Int CI. H04n 9154, 9/60
U.S. CI. 178—6.5 21 Claims
A holographic image reconstruction system in which holo-
graphic light amplitude and phase information are resolved
separately for reconstruction of the original hologram. The
amplitude component is separately detected and reproduced
on a cathode-ray tube or other electronically addressable op-
tical display. The image of the amplitude component is pro-
jected through an external optical grating onto a film for
recording or onto a real time imaging system. Phase informa-
tion from the holographic data is separately detected and su-
perimposed on the amplitude data by varying the phase of
the shadow image of the optical grating on the amplitude
image. Phase modulation of the image of the grating is ac-
complished by modulating the aperture or angle of the lens
which images the amplitude pattern through the grating onto
the film, or by modulating the grating itself.
3,641,265
TELEVISION RECORDING SYSTEM WITH ALTERNATE
PERIOD INVERSION AND AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY
CONTROL
Kingston E. Ganske, Rough and Ready, Calif., assignor to
Arvin Industries, Inc., Columbus, Ind.
Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,662
Int. CI. H04n 5//2, 5/75, 7/12
US. CI. 178-6.6 A 15 Claims
The signal for every other line in a television signal is in-
verted, and the resultant signal is magnetically recorded and
reproduction, is controlled by an automatic frequency con-
trol circuit to maintain switching synchronization through the
vertical intervals and penods of drop outs and noise.
3,641,266
SURVEILLANCE AND INTRUSION DETECTING SYSTEM
Richard L. Stults, Carlsbad, and Robert W. Curry, Encinitas,
both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Company,
Culver City, Calif.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,690
Int. CI. H04n 7/18
U.S. CI. 178—6.8 17 Claims
A surveillance and intrusion detection system is provided
which embodies within a single electro-optical device located
at one of many sites, surveillance motion detection and pic-
torial information with enhancement of the outline of a mov-
ing object once its presence is detected and an alarm signal is
transmitted to a control station. Two lockout circuits receive
alarm signals from the first two sites to detect a moving ob-
ject and route composite video signals to display monitors.
One full frame is stored for display by the monitor until an
operator actuates an override switch for continuous monitor-
ing of the site having the alarm condition, or any other site
the operator may select for monitoring. Magnetic tape units
are connected to the display monitors for storing pictorially
the events at a site being monitored.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
687
3,641,267
STABILIZED VOLTAGE-STEP-DOWN CIRCUIT
ARRANGEMENT
Eugenio Cavallari, Milan. Italy, assi};nor to Ates Componenti
Elettronici S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,709
Claims priority, application Italy, Aug. 1, 1968, 19702
Int. CI. H04n 5/44
U.S. CI. 178—7.3 R 9 Claims
differentiating circuitry for obtaining the first and second
derivatives of the degraded signal in turn applied to enhancer
circuitry for causing the polarity of the first derivative to be
always opposite to that of the second derivative so that the
relative amplitudes of higher frequencies are emphasized.
The polarity adjusted first derivative is added to the degraded
signal to make the displayed image more crisp by reason of
enhanced edge sharpness. A second polarity adjusted signal
is developed by causing the polarity of the degraded signal to
follow that of the first denvative An integration of the
second polarity adjusted signa. wherein the relative am-
plitude of low frequencies are emphasized is added to the
degraded signal to enable a visua. display of greater contrast.
nzzt — IJ""^^
V ^M* C»«va«. K* DlFL<»TMB
3.641,269
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRANSDUCER FOR
SELECTING PRINTING ELEMENTS
Alessandro Cortona, Banchette Turin, and (iiuseppe Caiano,
Mercenasco Turin, both of Italy, assignors to Ins. C.
Olivetti & C. S.p.A.. Turin, Italv
Filed Nov. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 773,872
Claims priority, application Italy. Nov. 8, 1967, 53633 A/67
Int. CI. H04I 15/24
U.S. CI. 178— 27 18 Claims
A rectified supply voltage from an AC utility outlet is
chopped under the control of a recurrent pulse in the load
circuit, specifically the fiyback pulse of the horizontal sweep
circuit of a television receiver, with the aid of a normally
blocked chopping transistor connected to be unblocked by
an intermittent biasing current from a secondary winding of a
transformer whose primary winding acts as an inductance of
a smoothing network for the chopped supply voltage. The
resultant reduced output voltage is stabilized by the provision
of a Zener diode in the input of either the chopping transistor
or an ancillary transistor in series therewith.
3,641,268
REAL-TIME IMAGE CONTRAST AND EDGE
SHARPNESS ENHANCING APPARATUS
Cyrus Beck, AMngton, Pa., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,540
Int. CLH04n 3/74
U.S. CI. 178-7J R 16 Claims
Apparatus for enhancing contrast and edge sharpness of
images visually displayed by a line scan imaging and display
system wherein an electrical analog output signal of a line
scan imaging system which may be degraded is processed in
real time by enhancing circuitry producing corrective signals
of adjustable magnitude for addition to the degraded signal
to provide an enhanced brightness intensity modulating
signal for a video display. The enhancing circuitry includes
An electromechanical transducer for use as a printout
device in an accounting machine. The transducer includes a
plurality of electromagnet devices, each of which comprises
an armature. The devices are selectively energizable to hold
the armatures in a first position. A control member is shifta-
ble cyclically in a first direction for moving the armatures
into their first p>ositions at the instant when the devices are
selectively energized by a preset code store. Thereafter, the
member is moveable in a second direction to signal the con-
ditions of the devices (energized or deenergized as deter-
mined by the positions of the armatures) and thereby set a
number of corresponding code bars which determine the
character to be printed.
3,641,270
TIMER CIRCUIT OF AN AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE-
ANSWERING APPARATUS
Hanihiko Ohshinu, Kawasaki; Hiroshi Mizuno, Nagareyama;
Akira Konno, Tokyo, and Tomoaki Kosaka, Yachiyo, all of
Japan, assignors to Pioneer Electronic Corporation, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,533
Claims priority, application Japan, June 11, 1%9, 44/54902
Int. CI. H04m 11/10
U.S. CL179-2A 3 Claims
A timer circuit for controlling the operation of an auto-
matic telephone-answering apparatus, in which a condenser
of a RC timer circuit is not charged with the current of a DC
source but is charged with a rectified ringing current and
688
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
then gradually discharged Dunng the discharging period, a
switching circuit is continuously kept in the ON state thereby
jR^X
nected to subscribers for converting analog signals to pulse
amplitude modulation signals and ensuring the inverse con-
version, a pair of second converter means for converting said
pulse amplitude modulation signals to pulse code modulation
signals and ensuring the inverse conversion, two pairs of
group highways connected to said pair of second converter
means and each including a send group highway and a
receive group highway, means for selectively connecting
together the send group highway of a pair to the receive
group highway of the other pair and means for selectively ac-
tivating during a full time slot the second converter means
and the connecting means and during a half time slot and in
phase opposition the first converter means of two subscribers
to he connected •
causing the automatic telephone-answering apparatus to
operate
3,64 U71
RESONANT TRANSFER CIRCUITS
Alfred Leo Maria Fettweis, Mol, Belgium, assignor to Interna-
tional Standard Electric Corporation
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,956
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 25, 1966,
6603926
Int. CI. H04j 3/00
U.S.CI. 179-15AA 5 Claims
3,641.273
ML LTIPLE DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH
V ARIABLE BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION AMONG THE
TRANSMITTING STATIONS
Uolf Htrold. \\. Iller. and Horst Ohnsorne. Erstetten. both of
Germany, assignors to Telefunken Patentverwertung-
syesellschaft m.b.H.. I Im. Danube, (iermany
Filed Sept. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,887
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 20, 1968, P 17
91 135.2
Int. CI. H04j 3/16
U.S. CI. 179-15 BA 5 Claims
*'
13
SnCMOUB
SMM
, atwuroii
CSttS
•autrim
xcnat
Kmt
t ^
comn
cincur
-3-
>v _^
A generalized time invariant filter for use in resonant
transfer circuits.
3,641,272
TIME DIVISION AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SWITCHING
EQUIPMENT
Andre E. Pinet, 22, Rue Emile Le Gac, and Raymond P.
Gouttebel, 10, Ruedes Freres Lumiere, both of 22 Perros-
Guirec, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 701,247, Jan. 29,
1968, now abandoned. This application Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No.
90,185
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 21. I%7, 95799
Int. CI. H04j 3/00
U.S. CI. 179-15 AT 2 Claims
/, MODE>t LfV^
|lll--^^^ 'ica^n htt
I , at ni
-sun nana
iko
COMPUTEi
Time division, pulse code modulation switching system
comprising a plurality of modulation-demodulation units or
concentrator units, each including first converter means con-
In a multiplex data transmission system including several
stations connected to a common transmission path and each
serving a plurality of independent users, with each user being
assigned an individual channel and each station being as-
signed a portion of the total transmission path capacity,
means are provided for varying the size of the portion availa-
ble to each station in accordance with the number of its users
actually desmng to use the transmission path.
3,641,274
SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION
INFORMATION IN PCM TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE
ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Hiroshi Sasaki, Chiba; Tatsuo Maruyama; Hisao Kanzaki,
both of Tokyo, and Yasuhiko Sakamoto, Kawasaki-shi, all
of .lapan. assiynors to Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co.. Ltd.,
Tokyo and Fujitsu Limited, Kawasaki, Japan
Filed Oct. 13. 1969. Ser. No. 865,922
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 1 1, 1968, 43/74042
Int. CI. H04j 3/Ot
U.S. CI. 179-15 BS 7 Claims
A memory stores a unique word pattern and a predicted
receiving time for each burst in a frame in a communication
synchronization system of a time division multiple access
communication system A counter counts the timing of a
frame A coincidence detection circuit couples the counter
to a receiving time circuit and determines coincidence
between the count of the counter and the predicted receiving
time stored in the memory and actuates the receiving time
circuit when coincidence is detected. A unique word register
stores the unique word pattern. A unique word detector hav-
ing outputs and an input is coupled to the receiving time cir-
cuit via the unique word register and determines coincidence
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
689
between the unique word pattern and the unique word pat-
tern of a received burst. The unique word detector is in-
itiated in operation by a signal from the receiving time cir-
cuit. A correcting circuit coupled to the outputs of the
^tablC mCmO"^ ••
' |*OD"»€SS
h
Uoocn <»
\^
I UNlOuC
I W&lSTf ■
Sa
^
^
5>
LLi
vice phase (Oq,) of a cycle in vk^hich no caller requests the
transmission of ringing current to any called subscriber as-
sociated with the exchange, a nnging circuit ( VJ common to
all subscriber groups is energized from an audiofrequency
generator (GH) for the testing of the voice and signaling cir-
cuits of an idle subscriber identified by a code entered in the
corresponding time slot of the address memory, the tests
proceeding under the control of code words in the same time
slot of the monitoring memory which is stepped upon the
successful completion of any test. If the subscriber line is
found intact, the counter represented by the service phase
(Ooi) of the address memory is stepped to register the next
higher (or next lower) code number for the testing of
another idle subscriber; if a defect is ascertained, an alarm
signal is generated which in certain cases inhibits the
establishment of any connection between the communication
path and the group containing the affected subscriber.
— i\is—
unique word detector determines a deviation between the
time of reception of the burst and the predicted receiving
time and corrects the predicted receiving time in accordance
with the deviation.
3,641,275
AUTOMATIC CIRCUIT-TESTING MEANS FOR TIME-
SHARING TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Aldo Pema, and Giorgio De Varda, both of Milan, Italy, as-
signors to Societa lUliana Telecommunicazioni Siemens
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,920
Claims priority, application luly, Dec. 14, 1%8, 25065 A/68
Int. CI. H04m 3/08
U.S.CL 179-15 BF 14 Claims
*- -»
^.,^
1 1 iMX^iSjT^-.
3,641,276
AUTOMATIC ELECTRONIC PAGING SYSTEM
Michael I. Keller, 4112 South 36th St., Arlington County,
Va., and Dayne G. Gardner, Springfield, Va., assignors to
said Keller by said Gardner
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,964
Int. CI. H04m 11/00
U.S. CI. 179-18 BF 8 Claims
A telephone exchange serving a plurality of subscriber
groups on a time-sharing basis has an address memory (N)
for the code numbers of called (or calling) subscribers and a
monitoring memory (P) operating in step therewith to re-
gister operational code words in corresponding time slots,
there being 100 such time slots of 1 /i-sec. duration in each
memory for the establishment of several service phases (Ooo,
Ooi, -Om, Oo») and a multiplicity of communication phases
(O04-O9) allowing for up to 96 simultaneous conversations
over a communication path including a voice lead ( V,,) and a
signal lead (V,) from which respective branches (Va*, V^)
extend to each of the several subscriber groups. During a ser-
Disclosed herein is an automatic electronic paging system
Each subscriber is identified by a unique identification code
which is selectively converted to a supplemental identifica-
tion code upon a subscriber entering a paging area The sup-
plemental identification codes are unique within each paging
area but not unique within the overall paging system. A plu-
rality of sensor units are located within each paging area,
each of the sensor units having temporarily and selectively
stored therein a supplemental code corresponding to one of
the unique identification codes identifying a subscriber
within the paging area. The paging signal, in the form of a
unique identification code is sent to the paging area where it
is converted to a corresponding assigned supplemental
identification code. The supplemental code is transmitted to
all sensors in the area with a paging signal being generated at
the one sensor containing the transmitted supplemental code.
In response to the receipt of a paging signal, a subscnber can
send an acknowledgment code to the pager
3,641,277
FILE PROTECT SYSTEM FOR MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT
WITH SOLENOID FOR SENSING PRESENCE OR
ABSENCE OR REEL RING
Ronald R. Campbell, Boulder, and Roger A. Monroe, Long-
mont, both of Colo., assignors to Storage Technotogy Cor-
poration, Boulder, Colo.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,001 ,
Int. CI. Glib /J/04
U.S. CI. 1 79- 1 00.2D 4 Claims
In a magnetic recording and reproducing unit the magnetic
heads are enabled to write or erase a magnetic tape only if a
690
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
reel ring is inserted in the reel of magnetic tape. The file pro-
tect system includes a solenoid which is momentarily ener-
gized after a reel is placed in the unit. The solenoid moves a
plunger into a position which senses the presence or absence
of a reel ring. The plunger momentarily actuates switch con-
tacts if the plunger contacts a reel ring The switch contacts
alternately as supply and takeup Rolls One or more mag-
netic recording and/or reading transducers scan longitu-
dinally mdependent parallel tracks on the tape. Mechanism
for locatmg the heads in alignment with desired tracks is in-
terkx:ked with the drive for the transport such that the trans-
ducers will follow even numbered tracks m one direction.
r
yj^
? I
«^V'^
r
WHITE Lrz
~0IS«»1.E T
-^
NOT riLE
PSOItCt
»ESf -
■XL 3A C
|-iroi
SOcENO ■ ;
DRIVE
-^
set a latch having an output which enables the write and
erase heads only if the latch is set. The file protect system is
fail-safe because the latch is aJways reset when power is
turned on or when a reel is removed. If there is failure of the
file protect system the latch will remain reset insuring that
the magnetic tape cannot be erased or written upon
3,641,278
MAGNETIC DISC RECORDING AND REPRODLCING
TIME INDICATOR
Hisao Kinjo: ^ oshitaka Iwabuchi, both of Yokohama; Seiichi
Takashima. Kamakura; Takatoshi Kato, and Keigo Okano,
both of Tokyo, ail of Japan, assignors to Victor Company
of Japan Limited, Kanagawa-ku. Y okohama, Japan
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,222
Claims priority, application Japan, May 29, 1968, 43/36029
Int. CI. H04n 5178, Glib 2 1/04, 27136
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 M 3 Claims
"H^
>5 :£ijL
r^'
T'*
nasT"'
20
and odd numbered tracks in the other direction of movement
of the tape, and the positioning mechanism is self-correcting
m the event that it should get out of phase with this desired
relationship.
3,641,280
APPARATLS FOR CONTACT COPYING MAGNETIC
RECORDS INCLUDING SHIELD FOR PREVENTING
ERASURE OF THE MASTER RECORD
Lewis B. Browder, Altadena, Calif., assignor to Bell & Howell
Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,659
Int. CI. Gllb5/<S6
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 E 7 Claims
A recording and reproducing time indicator in a magnetic
recording and reproducing apparatus which makes magnetic
recording and reproduction by linear movement of magnetic
heads in contact with a rotary magnetic medium. The indica-
tor comprises a time indication part having a scale showing
the position of magnetic heads into time, a pointer for in-
dicating a scale on said time indication part, and a pointer
driving means for moving said pointer in response to the
position of magnetic heads moved by the head moving
means.
3,641,279
REVERSIBLE TAPE TRANSPORT WITH INTERLOCKED
HEAD POSITION AND TAPE DIRECTION CONTROL
Kingston E. Ganske, Rough and Ready, Calif., assignor to
Arvin Industries, Inc., Columbus, Ind.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,085
Int. CI. Glib 27/05
U.S. CI. 179-1 00.2MD 5 Claims
A reversible tape transport moves a record tape, such as
magnetic recording tape, between two rolls which function
^^ — rr< — 1-
An apparatus for copying a magnetic record from a mag-
netic master with the assistance of anhysteretic magnetic
fields includes a medium for setting up countermagnetic
fields which oppose the anhysteretic magnetic fields and
prevent erasure of the magnetic record.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
691
3,64 U81
MAGNETIC TRANSDUCER HAVING A CONDUCTIVE
METAL POWDER GAP SPACER
Peter F. Varadi, 10500 RockviUe Pike, RockvUle, Md., and
Laslo G. Sebestyen, 41 Ash Bourne Road, Esling, London
W.5, England
Original application Aug. 18, 1964, Ser. No. 390,435, now
Patent No. 3,495,045. Divided and this application Nov. 28,
1969, Ser. No. 870,293
InLCL Glib 5/24, 5/42
L.S. CL 179- 100.2 C 1 Claim
3,641,283
SHIM ADJUSTABLE PRESSURE MEMBERS FOR
MAGNETIC TAPE TRANSDUCING DEVICES
Edric Raymond Brooke, Bishops Stortford, England, assignor
to English Numbering Machines Limited, Enfield, England
Filed Oct 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,280
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, Oct. 23, 1968,
50,339/68
Int. CI. Glib i 5/25, 2i/04
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 Z 4 Claims
A magnetic transducer with a conductive gap spacer of
metal powder intermixed with a suitable flux for bonding the
pole faces together.
3,64 U82
CONTROL APPARATUS FOR A TAPE DRIVE
William A. Martin, Fairport, and Marvin S. Bielicki,
Rochester, both of N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,922
Int. CI. Gl lb 23144; G03b 3 1/00
VS. CL 179-100.2 S 6 Claims
An override control in a tape recorder includes a motor,
tape drive means driven by the motor and engageable with
the tape to advance it past a transducer station, a transducer
engageable with the tape at the station, and an actuating
member for positioning the transducer and the tape drive
means in engagement with the tape to enable operation of
the recorder by turning on the motor. The override control is
provided for selectively enabling and disabling the tape drive
when the motor is operating and the actuating member has
positioned the transducer in engagement with the tape to
adapt the recorder to fast start/stop operation which is useful
in the recording of synchronized sound motion pictures.
Preferably, the override control is actuated in response to in-
sertion of a plug into a jack provided on the recorder. In a
recorder of the type in which a spring-loaded pressure roller
presses the tape against a capstan to advance the tape, the
override control may comprise means for selectively dis-
abling the spring biasing the pressure roller to permit a sole-
noid to selectively control the engagement and disengage-
ment of the pressure roller against the tape and capstan.
A pressure member for pressing a magnetic tape against
the tape head of a magnetic tape transducing device is dis-
closed. The pressure member comprises a rotatable ring of
resilient material which is urged towards the tape head so as
to compress the resilient mater al.
Preferably, the ring of resilient material is supported
around the circumference of a hollow cylinder of rigid
material which is rotatably mounted on an inner stationary
cylinder which, in turn, is norrotatably mounted on a fixed
shaft having a noncircular cross section. The inner stationary
cylinder is provided with a noncircular, preferably recUngu-
lar, axial bore which is complementary to the noncircular
cross section of the fixed shaft.
The rectangular complementary cross sections of the fixed
shaft and the axial bore of the mner stationary cylinder are so
arranged that gaps are formed between walls of the shaft and
walls of the complementary rectangular bore. The spacing
between the ring of resilient material and the tape head is ad-
justed by placing shims in the gaps so as to vary the position
of the ring of resilient material in a direcfion or directions
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the shaft.
The invention is especially applicable to magnetic tape
transducing devices of the kind in which a cassette is opera-
tively engageable in a receptacle in which the tape head is
mounted, the pressure member being mounted on the cas-
sette and the resilient ring being urged towards the tape head
when the cassette is operatively engaged in the receptacle.
3,641,284
MAGNETIC PHONOGRAPH PICKUP HAVING PLURAL
INDUCING MAGNETS
Hugo Westerkamp, Prechtal, Germany, and Robert Dubois,
Colombiar, Switzerland, assignors to Huber & Co.. Hauter-
vie, Switzeriand
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,391
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 16, 1968,
18718/68; Nov. 13. 1%9. 16922/69
Int.CLH04r ////2
U.S. CI. 179— 100.41K 10 Claims
fi
12 S
A magnetic phonograph pickup comprises interfitting sty-
lus and sensing assemblies. The stylus is connected to a fer-
692
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
romagnetic element which is magnetically saturated by at
least a pair of permanent magnets which are arranged, in a
common plane at right angles to the plane of symmetry
through the stylus assembly, adjacent this element with
similar poles directed toward it. The sensing arrangement
comprises coils adjacent the element which sense its move-
ment and produce an output signal. The entire pickup is sym-
metrical about a central plane of symmetry, and the magnets
are inclined to this plane
coded with or without auxiliary functions, duodecimal, hex-
idecimal binary code, etc. Although an apparatus having keys
IS used ft)r this purpose, the actual coding is generally done
by complex electronic devices resembling a code generator.
3.641.285
TROLLEY WIRE OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SUPPLY
SYSTEMS FOR ELECTRICALLY POWERED VEHICLES
Arnold Tustin, Tring, and Richard Geoffrey Sell. Rugby, both
of England, assignors to British Railways Board, London,
England
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,167
Claims priority, application Great Britain. Nov. 12. 1968,
I 53.628/68
Int. CI. B60m 1120
U.S.a. 191-40 3 Claims
3.641.287
SWITCHING DEVICE FOR ELECTROMAGNETIC
MOTOR STARTERS
Philip c;. Hughes. Bloomington, III., assignor to (General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, .Ser. No. 29,062
Int. CI. HOIh IM52
l'.S.CI.200-I6A 8 Claims
A trolley wire overhead electric supply system, for supply-
ing power for the propulsion of electric vehicles, comprises a
contact wire which is directly supported at each supporting
mast through a spring. The spring is associated with an abut-
ment so arranged that for an upward force below a predeter-
mined value acting on the spring through the contact wire,
the contact wire is relatively stiffly connected to the mast
and, for an upward force above said predetermined value
acting on said spring through said contact wire, the contact
wire is relatively softly connected to said mast
3,641,286
ELECTROMECHANICAL KEYBOARD INDEPENDENTLY
OPERATED SWITCH MECHANISM WITH IMPROVED
CONDUCTIVE RESILIENT ACTUATING MEANS
Jaroslaw Berezowski, Greenwich, Conn., assignor to Selectro
Corporation, Mamaroneck, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 77,900
Int. CI. HOlh
U.S. CI. 200-5 A 4 Claims
•28 /^53
This invention relates to a multicontact switch in its form
of a keyboard for converting digital information into a code,
suitable for a particular data processing method. Information
to be usable in such equipment, must first be converted into
a code, suitable for use with the particular processing
method. There are various codes in common use, such as nu-
meric code, alphanumeric, binary, decimal-binary which is
A switching device for motor starters comprising a basic
block and as required one or more adder blocks, the basic
block being mountable on the side of a contactor and having
two electncallv separate circuits, one NO and one NC, the
basic block including two pairs of stationary contact tips and
two pairs of movable contact tips cooperable therewith, the
latter being mounted for movement relative to a plunger
which Itself is supported for movement relative to the hous-
ing of the basic block, the adder bkx;k being mountable to an
end wall of the basic block, the adder block including both
NO and NC stationary contact tips and a movable plunger
which supports a convertible contact tip for movement rela-
tive thereto, the position of the convertible contact tip rela-
tive to the movable plunger being arrangeable such that the
former may be made to cooperate with either the NO or NC
stationary contact tips t)f the adder block to provide the
latter with either a NO or NC mode of operation, and the
movable plunger of the adder block including means formed
mtegralK therewith engageable with corresponding means
suitably provided on the movable plunger of the basic block
when the adder block is mounted to the basic block.
t^
3.641.288
HEARING AID SWITCH
Paul F. Lamp, Casselberry. Fla., assignor to Electone, Inc.,
Winter Park. Orange County. Fla.
Filed June I. 1970, Ser. No. 42,339 »
Int. CI. HOlh 27/00
U.S. CI. 200--52 5 Claims
A hearing aid apparatus is provided having a case with a
rotatably mounted battery compartment for holding a battery
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
693
and having spring contacts for making electrical contacts
with a battery held in the battery compartment. The battery
compartment includes means for disengaging electrical con-
tacts when the battery compartment is not fully closed
thereby operating an on-off switch.
3.641,289
HIGH-CURRENT HIGH-VOLTAGE SWITCH WITH
INCISOR ELECTRODE
Petros Dokopoulos, Juelich. Germany, assignor to Kem-
forschun^sanla^e Juelich (iesellschaft mil beschranktcr Haf-
tung, Juelich, Germany
Filed Oct. 21, 1969. Ser. No. 868.192
Claims priority, application Germany. Oct. 12>, 1968, P 18 04
609.8
int. CI. H01hi9/00
U.S. CI. 200-61.08 14 Claims
A rapid-action switch, especially for the switching of high
voltages and currents in plasma physics, mag-
netohydrodynamics and like technologies in which an explo-
sive force is produced by discharge through a consumable
electrode within a U-shaped aluminum body separated from
a switching electrode bearing a sharp edge and sandwiched
between this electrode and a counterelectrode constituting
an anvil. An insulating layer between the proximal leg of the
aluminum U and the sharp edge is pierced as this leg is
deformed by the exposure to bring the edge into contact with
the U and thereby close the circuit
3,641,290
VIBRATION-RESPONSIVE SWITCH
Frank W. Murphy, and Frank W. Murphy, Jr., both of 3131
S. Sheridan, Box 45248, Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62336
Int. CL HOlh J5//^
U.S. CI. 200-61.45 14 Claims
disposed in switch closed position, magnet coupling means
for holding said switch arm in its closed position, means ex-
erting a biasing force on said switch arm constantly tending
to urge said switch arm for movement to an open position,
the coupling force exceeding the biasing force, said switch
arm forming a first moment of inertia arm, and a weighted
lever assembly forming a second moment of inertia arm, said
weighted lever assembly being connected with the switch
arm, and the switch arm being assembled in such a manner
that when an inertial force from any direction added to the
biasing force exceeds the coupling force, the switch arm will
be caused to move from its normally closed position to its
open position.
3,641,291
TOGGLE ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY FOR ELECTRIC
SWITCH
Conrad I. Carling, W. Hartford, Conn., assignor to Carting
Electric, Inc., West Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 131,911
Int. CL HOlh lii28
U.S. CL 200-67 G 9 Claims
A novel toggle handle actuator structure for an electrical
switch wherein means are provided to prevent relative axial
rotation between the toggle handle and the actuator while
they perform their pivoting function in switching electrical
circuits.
3,641,292
PULL-PUSH-TYPE SWITCH
Heiroku Tanaka, Osaka. Japan, assignor to Matsushita Elec-
tric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,376
Claims prioritv, application Japan, Nov. 28. 1%9. 44/ 114138;
June 5, 1970, 45/55893: 45/55894: 45/55895: 45/558%:
45/55897; 45/55898; 45/55899
Int. CL HOlh I5i\8
U.S. CI. 200-76 9 Claims
A switch for opening and closing electric circuits, the
switch comprising a pivotally mounted switch arm normally
A pull-push-type switch having a movable contact coupled
by hairpinlike spring means to a pull-push switch shaft and a
694
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
plurality of pairs of fixed contact strips, which permiLs the
switching of many circuits and is mainly used in association
with a variable resistor unit. i
3,641,293
ARC CHUTE PLATES FOR AIR CL'RCL IT BREAKER
Charles H. Armitage, Wauwatosa, Wis.; Henry L. Peck, Wel-
lesley, and Herbert M. Pflanz, Westwood, both of Mass., as-
signors to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company, Mil-
waukee, Wis.
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1,443
Int. CI. HOlh 33108
U.S. CI. 200-144 R 2 Claims
o o ctobooo ooooooob '
ooooooooooooooool
o o ooooo ooooooooo
-QOOOOOOOOOOOOOO
3,641,295
POLYPHASE CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER OF THE FLUID
BLAST PUFFER-TYPE
Jean-Yves Ferton; Jacques Hennebert, and Francois Strippoli,
all of Grenoble, France, assignors to Merlin Gerin, Societe
Anonyme, Grenoble, France
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,313
\ni.C\.HO\\\ 33188
U.S. CL200-148 A 14 Claims
A p<ilyphase puffer type circuit interrupter with a plurality
of pole units in which a blast of gas is generated within a
puffer mechanism to extinguish the established arc. The gas
The arc chute of a low-voltage air magnetic-type electric under pressure flows out of a blast orifice and escapes in a
circuit breaker compnsing a stack of spaced-apart porous downstream compartment. All downstream compartments of
metal plates made of fiber metal. All of the plates are im- the different pole units communicate with each other so as to
pregnated or coated with ceramic insulating material at least increase the flow of the blast gas.
on their lower regions
3,641,294 I
ARC CHUTE FOR AIR CIRCUIT BREAKER ,
Charles H. Armitage, Wauwatosa, Wis.; Henry L. Peek, Wel-
lesley, and Herbert M. Pflanz, Westwood, both of Mass., as-
signors to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company, Mil-
waukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1^73
Int. CI. HOlh iJ/05
U.S. CL 200-144 R i 2 Claims
3,641,296
' ROLLER-BAND DEVICE WITH DIVERGING WALLS
BIASING MEANS
Karl H. Schwarz, Fairway, Kans., assignor to Puritan-Bennett
Corporation, Kansas City, Mo.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,836
Int. CI. H01hi/i2
U.S. CI. 200-153 R 13 Claims
n-
6 b a 6 boo 0 00 0 OOOOO
oooooooooooooooo
oooooooooooooooo
oooooooooooooooo
The arc chute of low-voltage air magnetic type electric cir-
cuit breaker comprises a stack of spaced-apart steel plates
Some of the plates are coated with ceramic insulating materi-
al on their uppermost regions and are located between
groups of the uncoated plates to increase the electrical
breakdown path and inhibit flashover at the upper end of the
arc chute where exhaust gases are hottest.
A roller-band device of the type wherein a pair of rotatable
members are disposed within a housing and a flexible,
resilient band is convoluted around the members in S-shaped
configuration to maintain their axes parallel as they move
within the housing The housing is comprised of two non-
parallel planar sections which diverge as one end of the hous-
ing IS approached Since the inherent tendency of the flexible
band to return to a linear position decreases with divergence
of the planar sections, the two rotatable members are always
biased in the direction of divergence of the wall sections. An
end wall, which is spaced from the point of closest proximity
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
695
of the planar sections, is bendable about a fulcrum point and
the flexible band is trained around this wall, under tension,
when the rotatable members are disposed adjacent thereto A
control band element is coupled to the flexible band for shift-
ing the rollers toward the end of the housing where the op-
posed planar sections converge As the members are moved
away from the pivotal end wall, tension on the flexible band
increases as the end wall is biased about its fulcrum point in
the direction of movement of the members Return move-
ment of the members in the direction of divergence of the
planar sections decreases the tension on the flexible band but
movement of the end wall assures that the flexible band
remains taut.
3,641,297
SWITCH APPARATUS
Daniel G. Bowers, Rochester, N.Y., assignor
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,809
Int. CL HOI h 9/00
U.S. CL 200— 166 A
to Eastman
4 Claims
A simple stilution to a longstanding, vexing problem of
telephone switches is disclosed. By flexing a smooth, flat
member between spaced-apart points on a switch frame, the
member bows into a fender that prevents rubbing and chaf-
ing of movable wires within such frame. Attendantly, cross-
talk and maintenance problems are (virtually) eliminated
3,641,298
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL AND
ELECTRICAL CONTACT
Irwin Broverman, Chicago, III., assignor to P. R. Mallory &
Co., Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed July 19, 1967, Ser. No. 654,604
Int. CLHOlb; /OO
U.S. CI. 200-166 C 16 Claims
3,641,299
DISPLAY FACEPLATE SWITCH
William N. Mayer, White Bear Lake, Minn., assignor to Con-
trol Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Feb. 10, 1 ?71, Ser. No. 1 14,283
Int. CL HOlh 9// 6
U.S. CI. 200—167 R 13 Claims
A switch having a transparent area and suitable for placing
over a video display without obscuring the information dis-
played beneath the switch. The switch comprises an elasti-
cally bendable conducting strip which, when a top trans-
parent member of the switch is pushed, is forced into contact
with a conducting area on the top transparent member The
natural elasticity in the bendable strip serves to break the
contact between the conducting area and the bendable strip
when the switch is released.
3,641300
ELECTRICAL CONTACT
Allen R. Nitz, Wauwatosa. Wis., assignor to Allis Chalmers
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Aug. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 850,580 /
Int. CI. HOlh 1102
U.S. CI. 200-166C 3 Claims
'5 fe
An electrically conductive material consisting of a metal
that forms a nonprotective surface film in an air atmosphere,
£ind a metal compound capable of providing a reducing at-
mosphere at the working face of the material when operating
in the atmosphere.
In an electrical contact arrangement wherein a disconnect
assembly having one or more spring loaded electrically con-
ductive contact fingers which slidably engage and disengage
from an electrically conductive stud The fingers and stud are
made of copper and the engaging surfaces are provided with
a layer of silver and a layer of indium on the silver The indi-
696
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
um layer being on the order of 0 1-1.5 mils thick and dif-
fused along its boundary layer to the silver by heat treatment
(160° C. for 2 hours).
3,641,301
MICROWAVE OVEN
Hiroshi Ikeda, Shizuoka, Japan, assignor to Mitsubishi Denki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,293
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 10, 1969, 44/86079
int. CI. HOSb 9106
U.S. CI. 219-10.55 6 Claims
In an electronic cooking device including a stirrer, a stir-
ring compartment above a heating compartment is provided
on its top with a truncated cone-shaped protrusion for
reflecting a microwave to the heating compartment The
stirrer is disposed adjacent the end of the protrusion to direct
the microwave toward the heating compartment.
3,641,302
APPARATUS FOR TREATING LIQUIDS WITH HIGH-
FREQUENCY ELECTRICAL ENERGY
Ralph G. Sargeant, 408 West Windsor St., Lakeland, Fla.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,754
Int. CI. H05b 5100. 9 06
U.S. CI. 219-10.65 5 Claims
WCE
An apparatus for heating liquids by high-frequency energy
composed of an outer casing, an inner longitudinally
disposed central electrode, and a cylrnder separating the
inner electrode from the outer casing thereby forming two
concentric annular zones. The liquid flows first through the
inner zone, and then through the outer zone in series.
3,641303
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY
MAKING TRUSS ELEMENTS
Howard W. Collins, Middletown, Ohio, assignor to Integrated
Building Industry, Inc., Middletown, Ohio
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,732
Int. CI. B23k 1100
U.S. CI. 219-56 40 Claims
A method and apparatus for continuously making truss ele-
ments in successively formed unit lengths from supplies of
web forming and chord-forming strip. A unit length of sup-
porting web is shaped at a die station while in position over-
lying a longitudinal portion of chord member formed of the
chord forming strip. The web is joined at a welding station by
resistance welding to the chord The shaping of the unit
length of web imparts to the web a pair of alternate opposite
bends separated by straight portions. The bends include flat
portions for joining to chord members and the straight por-
tions between the bends are shaped to a curved cross section
to provide rigidity The chord member is provided with out-
/a>.
<4,e
^* £S
wardly projecting nbs which melt to form the weld when
pressed between resistance welding electrcxJes. The forming
dies and welding headv mt>ve from the path of the truss ele-
ment a.s the truss element is intermittently advanced by a
three latch advancing mechanism.
3,641304
HEATED SEMICONDUCTOR BONDING TOOL
Thomas L. Angelucci. Cherry Hill, NJ., assignor to Kulicke
and Soffa Industries, Inc., Industrial Park, Fort Washing-
ton, Pa.
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,408
. Int. CI. H05b IIOO, B23k 21100. 3/00
U.S.CI.^19-85 9 Claims
'^-^~^\
A high-efficiency heated bonding tool having a heat sink
with a plurality of recesses therein for receiving a replacable
heating element and a bonding nib, at least one recess com-
prising a helical thread into which is fitted a helical coil heat-
ing element wound as a spring having a diameter which
would cause an interference fit with the helical thread, but
when flexed to fit the helical thread provides a radial force
for tight surface-to-surface engagement with the helical
thread.
3,641,305
SPUD WELDING METHOD
Ralph Kenneth Ritter, Moorestown; Charles C. Pease, Penn-
sauken, and Elliott J. Fay, Willingboro, all of NJ., as-
signors to Omark Industries, Inc., Portland, Oreg.
Original application Mar. 3, 1969, Ser, No. 803,851, now
Patent No. 3,508,028, dated Apr. 21, 1970, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 633,844, Apr. 26,
1967, now Patent No. 3,555,238, dated Jan. 12, 1971.
Divided and this application Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,186
Int. CI. B23k 9/20
U.S. CI. 219-99 1 Claim
Apparatus and methixi for welding hollow studs (spuds)
over a hole in a workpiece which includes the use of a hollow
arc shield disposed within the hollow spud and having one
end thereof projecting into the hole in the workpiece to pro-
vide alignment for the spud over the hole and to maintain the
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
697
hole free of molten metal during the welding operation. Tlie
spud preferably includes a chamfer in the weldable end
thereof. The chuck for retaining the spud includes a second
light trap is provided for sealing the open end of the housmg
when the thermometer holding device is in the thermometer-
chuck therein for retaining one end of the internal arc shield
and serves both as a retainer for the arc shield and as a stop
member for the spud.
3,641,306
WELDING SUPPLY CIRCUIT INCLUDING CAPACITOR
BLEED
Malcolm M. Oakes, Torrance, Calif., assignor to Hughes Air-
craft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Original application Jan. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 789,732, now
Patent No. 3,586,882, dated June 22, 1971. Divided and this
application Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,448
Int.CI. B23ky//26
U.S. CI. 219-113 9 Claims
Detecting means detects current flow to a capacitor. When
capacitor charging current stops, cessation of charging cur-
rent is detected, and a quick dump bleed path is connected in
parallel to the capacitor.
3,641307
THERMOMETER TRIMMING METHOD AND
APPARATUS
Joseph J. Duffy, Northport, and Stuart Donald Sims, Hunting-
ton, both of N.Y., assignors to Hadron, Inc., Westbury,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 779,197
Int. CI. B23k 9/00
U.S.CL 219-121 17 Claims
Apparatus for trimming a thermometer to remove excess
mercury including a fixture mounted on a laser device in
energy-receiving relationship therewith. The fixture includes
a housing having an open end through which a thermometer-
holding device is adapted to move between a thermometer-
inserting position and a thermometer-aligned position
wherein the thermometer is aligned with the laser beam. A
aligned position to prevent the leakage of energy from the
laser device through the open end of the housing
A method for trimming a thermometer also is disclosed
3,641308
PLASMA ARC TORCH HAVING LIQUID LAMINAR
FLOW JET FOR ARC CONSTRICTION
Richard W. Couch, Jr., Hanover, N.H., and Robert C. Dean,
Jr., Norwich, Vt, assignors to Cbemetron Corporation,
Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 814,288, Apr. 8,
1969, now abandoned. This application June 29, 1970, Ser.
No. 50,674
InL CI. B23r 9/00
U,S. CI. 2 1 9- 1 21 P 7 Claims
In the plasma arc torch disclosed herein, the flow of
plasma toward a workpiece is constricted and accelerated by
a radially inward, laminar jet of liquid which forcefully imp-
inges upon the plasma flow. As the liquid is relatively dense
in relation to the gases comprising the plasma, the plasma
flow is apparently mechanically pinched to reduce its cross
section thereby concentrating the application of heat on the
workpiece.
3,641309
APPARATUS FOR WELDING THIN METAL SHEETS
Wolfram Klebel, Isemhagen HB, Germany, assignor to Kabel-
und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte AktiengeseUschaft,
Hannover, Germany
Filed Aug. 19. 1970, Ser. No. 65,106
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 27, 1969, P 19 43
443.6
Int CI. B23k 9/08
U.S.CL 219-123 3 Claims
Apparatus for welding a longitudinal seam in thin metal
sheets, including a plurality of welding electrodes arranged in
a row and in alignment with the seaming portions of the
698
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
metal sheets, the electrodes being adapted to be singly and
collectively adjusted in directions vertically and transversely
related to the seam, together with means for stabilizing the
^ ^'
<=^
^
Ty
operation of the individual electrodes by providing an endless
magnetic field disposed about the arcing end portions of the
electrodes. |
3,641,310
ELECTRODE HOLDER FOR ARC WELDING
Phillip M. Wilson, 133 Whitelaw Ave., Wood River, III.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,790
Int. CI. B23k 9100
U.S. CI. 219-127
9 Claims
A device for welding with contact electrodes comprising a
core having a metallic coating, includes an electrically insula-
tive body with an outwardly extending handle A metal chuck
extends axially of the body and holds the electrode. A U-
shaped frame has arms slidably inserted in the body and held
by an adjustable clamp. A block slidable on the free ends of
the arms is urged by springs toward the free ends of the arms.
The block carries a removable cylindrical shroud for the
electrode which extends through the shroud. An electric
cable c tends into the body and connects with the chuck In-
terchangiw.ible shrouds have differently shaped ends to con-
form with differently shaped surfaces of work to be welded.
3,64U11
APPARATUS FOR THE IGNITION OF DIRECT CURRENT
WELDING AND CUTTING ARCS
Peter Hildebrandt, Ismaning, and Waiter Ruckdeschel, Mu-
nich, both of Germany, assignors to Linde Aktien-
gesellschaft, HoUriegelskreuth, Germany
Filed July 9, 1968, Ser. No. 743347
Claims priority, applicatioa Germany, July 11, 1967, P 16 15
364J
Int. CI. B23k 9//0
U.S. CI. 219-135 4 Claims
A system for igniting direct current arcs for welding or
cutting of metals, especially plasma welding, cutting and
metal treatment and T.I.G. welding, wherein an elevated DC
ptnential of 150 to 2,(X)0 volts is temporarily superposed
upon the welding ptnential of up to 100 volts during the igni-
tion stage and is terminated upon detection of current flow
between the electrcxie and the workpiece via an electronic
switch adapted to cut out a primary winding or cut in a
secondary winding of a transformer interposed between the
line current source and the rectifier The system is used
primarily for the closed chamber welding of metallic cases or
shells of fuel elements for a nuclear reactor core under a
blanket of helium.
3,641312
OPEN COIL HEATING ELEMENT ASSEMBLY
George Edward Ammerman, and William McFarlane, both of
Murfreesboro, Tenn., assignors to Heatcraft, Inc., Mur-
freesboro, Tenn.
Filed June 23. 1970, Ser. No. 49,095
Int. CI. H05bi/06
U.S. CI. 219-532 I 2 Claims
An arrangement for supporting open coil heater elements
including a baseplate and a pair of spaced arms projecting
from the plate Each arm is rigidly affixed to the baseplate at
one of its ends A plurality of spaced cross supports are at-
tached to the arms The cross supports comprise plates hav-
ing apertures therein to receive insulators through which the
heater elements pass The ends of the heater elements are ap-
propriately connected to circuit terminals mounted to the
baseplate.
3,641313
COMBINATION CONTROLLER-LABEL FORM FOR
ARTICLE-LABELING SYSTEMS
Donald W. Watson, Arlington Heights, HI., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,007
Int. CI. G06r 79/00
U.S. CI. 235-61.6 R 2 Claims
An article-labeling system including article supply means;
an addressing machine with article-labeling head, said labels
being in the form of an endless sheetlike piece having at least
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
699
one label row with a control tape portion-bean ng control
data for individual labels extending therealong, and means
ifOt 1104
for operating and labeling system in accordance with the
control data on the label form control tape.
3,641,314
TIME CODED, COIN CONTROL GATE SYSTEM
Aaron L. Abramson, 1611 Audubon St., New Orleans, La.
Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27347
Int. CI. G06k 15118; G08g 1114
U.S. CI. 235-61.8 A 10 Claims
The exit gate of a vehicle parking facility is opened in
res|X)nse to deposit of the proper coinage in a multiprice,
coin mechanism. The coinage value is set and read out in
suitable form when a time encoded card is inserted into a
card receiving unit. The card is withdrawn by the vehicle
operator from a ticket dispenser when entering the parking
facility.
3,641315
SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATICALLY CONDUCTING
OFHCE WORK REQUIRED FOR TRANSACTIONS AT A
BANK AND THE LIKE
Masanori Nagata, Kyoto, and Masato Mori, Osaka, both of
Japan, assignors to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co., Kyoto,
Japan
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 14,919
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 4, 1969, 44/17029
Int. CI. H04q 5102; G07f 7/06, G06k 15118
U.S. CL 235-6L7 B 2 Claims
A system for automatically conducting office work
required for transactions at a bank and the like establish-
ments. In accordance with the system, the bank previously is-
sues to each customer a card on which a predetermined in-
formation including a secret number is recorded, and at the
same time gives to each said customer a memory number
which has a predetermined relation to said secret number.
The system comprises means for reading the information of a
card presented by a customer for a transaction with the bank;
means for storing a memory number presented by said
customer, means for ccmpanng said secret number and
memory number to produce a control signal when said
predetermined relation exists between said two numbers,
means for providing a new information resulting from said
transaction, and a compu:er controlled by said control signal
to store said information read from said card and at the same
time select from the contents already stored therein an infor-
mation required for said transaction with said customer, said
last-named information to be exchanged for said new infor-
mation.
3,641,316
IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
Jurgen Dethloff, Elbchaussee 239, Hamburg, and Helmut
Grottnip, Faustleste 5, Munich, both of Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 857,957, Sept.
15, 1969. This application Aug. 17. 1970. Ser. No. 64^48-
Oct. 7. 1969. A 9413/69; June 30. 1%9. 6199/69
Int. CI. G06k 7/07
U.S. CI. 235-61.7 B 35 Claims
-m.m
Vf
KAAF^ i t)
~0e
m^^pcj-^
•s^-Cys^j^
i^
i^
-.._:: \
-1
— >
> —
An identification system comprises a number of freely
transportable identificands carrying data to be identified ar-
ranged at plural correlation positions, and an identifier
cooperable with the identificands, when inserted into the
identifier, to check the identity of a user of an identificand. A
transmitter in the identifier transmits, to the identificand, a
number of data, corresponding to the number of correlation
positions of the identificand, in succession from the correla-
tion positions. An interpretor is included in the identificand
and has input and output terminals, and a selector device in
the identificand supplies the transmitted data to the input ter-
minals of the interpreter. A transmitter in the identificand is
modulated from the output terminals of the interpreter and
transmits the resultant modulated signals to the identifier for
processing and evaluation The identificands may be in the
form of fiat cards carrying one or more rotatable wheels hav-
ing numbers around their periphery. The numbers are nor-
mally concealed, but the user may, when ready to use the
identificand, set one or more wheels to the desired number.
When the identificand is inserted into the identifier, the
roo
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
identifier rotates the wheel or wheels back to the zero posi- one label row with a control tape portion beanng control
tion to provide a number of pulses corresponding to the data for individual labels extending therealong; and means
preset number on the wheel or wheels. Each card contains
integrated circuits providing safety against falsification, and
the identifier has means to detect any tampering with the in-
tegrated circuits
3,641,317
MACHINE FOR PROCESSING MAGNETIC LEDGER
CARDS
Alessandro Cortona; Fietro Musso, both of Turin; Fabrizio
Saltini, Modena. and Giorgio Fiorenza, Milan, ail of ltal>.
assignors to Ing. C. Olivetti & C.S.p.A., Turin. Ital>
Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,392
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 14, 1968, 53150 A/68
Int. CI. G06r / 7100
U.S. CI. 235-61.11 D 12 Claims
Machine for processing magnetic ledger cards comprising
a hopper for receiving a ledger card with the magnetic stnp
paraJlel to the direction of the movement of insertion and a
processing station formed by a substantially cylindrical path
having means for circulating the card along said path, a mag-
netic head for reading and recording information on said
magnetic strip and selectively operable means for ejecting
the card from said cylindrical path.
3,641,318
RECORD MEDIUM AND A METHOD FOR STORAGE OF
INFORMATION
Gunnar Toilet, Akerbyvagen 264, Taby, Sweden
Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,760
Claims priority, application Sweden, Apr. 29, 1968, 5808
Int. CI. G06k 1112
U.S. CI. 235-61.12 C 3 Clain^
It ' WT]
A storage medium consisting of a dielectric with
preformed holes. Electrode pairs are inserted into selected
ones of the holes and an electric discharge renders the walls
of these holes conductive, either by deposition of carbon
from the dielectric or by metal deposition from the elec-
trodes. Sensing of information is by similar electrodes having
a voltage not large enough to cause discharge.
3,64UI9
COMBINATION CONTROLLER-LABEL FORM FOR
ARTICLE LABELING SYSTEMS
John V. McGuire, Deerfieid, III., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser, No. 875,002
Int. CI. G06r /9/00
U.S.CL 235-61.12 R 2 Claims
An article labeling system including article supply means;
an addressing machine with article labeling head, said labels
being in the form of an endless sheetlike piece having at least
^
110* hOm
/^
^«
'■X.I I
iitt
UhL-
tn
at
tit
vu
for operating the labeling system in accordance with the con-
trol data on the label form control tape
3,641,320
RAINDROP COUNTER
John D. Stockham, Highland, Ind.; Lawrence B. Townsend,
Downers Grove; Ronald L. Ohlhaber, Evanston, and
Thomas M. Scopelite, Flossmoor, all of III., assignors to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Air Force
Filed Dec. 23. 1970. Ser. No. 100,977
Int. CI. G06m 11104
U.S. CL 235-92 PC 3 Claims
t-rr
- I - -•
2
J I Jyry I , {iSJIn^ [iV^F^ l/iiwn
A flashing light freezes raindrops with respect to time, the
shadows are focused on a vidicon which detects the shadows
and converts them to ideal video pulses. The number of scan
lines intersecting the drops is determined by a series of line
counters and the count is decoded into channels and printed.
3,641,321
CHECKING DEVICE FOR CHECKING THE PRESENCE
OF PERSONNEL
Friedrich Tonne, Uhlandstrasse 4, 7301 Scharnhausen, Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,275
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 16, 1968, P 18 09
306.6
Int. CI. G06f 7146
U.S. CI. 235-92 T 22 Claims
A control device for checking the time during which
several persons belonging to an office or factory are present,
which comprises a plurality of switches respectively allotted
to the persons whose presence is to be checked and also
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
701
comprises a plurality of counting means respectively as- control parameters, presenting the computed parameters
sociated with said switches while the circuit means compris- from continuous comparison with a predetermined maximum
ing said switches and said counting means comprise for each
switch a blocking device adapted in response to the failure of
the person whose presence is to be checked to switch off the
switch during a work break to block the pertaining counting
means from resetting.
3,641322
PRESETTABLE COUNTER FOR COPYING APPARATUS
Jurgen Limberger, Hamburg-Poppenbuttel, Germany, as-
signor to Firma Lumoprint Zindler KG, Hamburg, Ger-
many
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,287
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 3, 1969, P 19 17
187.0
Int. CI. G04b/ 7//2
U.S. CI. 235- 1 32 R 17 Claims
M IS »
A presettable counting device such as is usable in a copy-
ing apparatus includes a rotating element set to rotate
through a certain angle for each cyclic operation of the
device. A presettable counting wheel is spaced from the
rotating elements and their axis are disposed in parallel rela-
tionship. Number panels in a numbered sequence are pro-
vided on the circumferential periphery of the counting wheel
commencing from a zero position. A spring drive member
biases the counting wheel toward the zero position. A
toothed locking wheel is connected to the counting wheel
and locking levers extend between the toothed locking wheel
and a multiple cam on the rotating element for holding the
counting wheel and effecting its stepwise return to the zero
position. A signalling device can be incorporated into the
counting device to indicate when the counting wheel has
returned to the zero position.
3,641323
SPEED ALTITUDE COMMAND SYSTEM FOR AERIAL
VEHICLES
Roland O. Hughes, Inglewood, and Joseph H. Allen, San
Pedro, both of Calif., assignors to North American Rockwell
Corporation, El Segundo, Calif.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,448
Int. CI. G06g 7170, 7178
U.S. CI. 235- 1 50.2 11 Claims
An electronic system which senses a plurality of v£U"iables
during flight of an aerial vehicle and computes therefrom
efficiency profile, displaymg the error to the pilot or trans-
mitting the error to an aircraft autopilot
3,641324
POSITION BUSY SIGNALING APPARATUS
John R. Longland; Roy M. Williams, Jr., both of Nashua,
N.H., and Howard D. Sutton, Millington, NJ., assignors to
Sanders Associates, Inc., Nashua, N.H.
Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 817,828
Int. CI. G06f 15120
U.S. CI. 235-151 6 Claims
IX
1.0C4L CphTWOL \
3^
iC£_
\L REF MN£R*TO«
SiS
— M at calcula't:"
3^;
I
ira
COMRHtA'O"
CWOHT
The Position Busy Signaling Apparatus is an open loop
position busy:generator fo' signaling the duration or comple-
tion of a position move f jr an imaging device in a display
system. A display surface is divided into a grid of equal
distance unils along X and Y axial directions The position
distance A L is calculated for the larger of the X and Y axial
distance to be travelled. A clock source increments a counter
at a rate corresponding to the travel rate of the imaging
device so as to provide incremental reference distances as
the imaging device traverses the position distance. A com-
parator compares the position distance with successive incre-
mental reference distances. When a less than or equal com-
parison is obtained, a signaling circuit signals that the posi-
tion move has b>een completed.
3,641,325
METHOD OF COMPUTER CONTROL OF ROLLING
MILLS
Tohru Arimura; Masamoto Kamata; Masaru Okado, and
Takarokuro Ichimaru, all of Kawasaki, Japan, assignors to
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,775
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 21, 1969. 44/12571
Int. CI. GOSd 5/02, B21bi 7//2
U.S.CL 235-151.1 8 Claims
In a method of computer control of a rolling mill, various
operating parameters thereof are divided into a number of
ro2
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
groups, the mean value of each group is determined and
deviations of the parameters from the respective mean value
are corrected in accordance with linear equations
3,641.326
CIRCl IT FOR AND METHOD OF Ml LTIPLEXING FOR
MONITORING A PLl RALITV OF SEPARATE MAC HINE
TOOLS
Robert B. Harte, Taylor. Mich., assignor to Buhr Machine
Tool Company, Ann Arbor. Mich.
Filed Nov. 22. 1968, Ser. No. 778,263
Int. CI. G08c 15100
l.S. CI. 235-151.11 10 Claims
The multiplexing circuit disclosed includes a translator and
a plurality of separate interface circuits adapted to he alter-
natively connected to the translator over a single huss Each
of the interface circuits is connected to a pluralitv of specific
points at which electrical conditions are to be monitored in a
corresponding one o^ a plurality of machine tool control
panels. Monitoring of all the control panels is accomplished
in conjunction with one translator multiplexed to the
separate interface circuits under sequencing control of a
computer connected to the translator and interface panels
The translator converts the usual 1 15-volt alternatmiz current
signals from the control circuits into signals usable by the
computer
In operation the computer at a desired speed and in a
desired sequence will provide control signals to the separate
interface circuits to connect the control panels o\ individual
machine tools to the translator for translation of monitored
signals to the computer Thus each of a plurality oi separate
machine tools is monitored with a single computer without
the necessity oi separate conversion circuits at each control
panel Only the standard I 15-volt 60-cycle alternating cur-
rent electric energy of the control panels pass between the
interface panels and the translator
3,641327
LNAMBIGLOLS DIGITAL PROCESSING OF DL AL
BINARY THREE-V ALLED CODES
Carl W . Nelson, Jr., 2606 N. Brandynine St., Arlington, Va.
FUed Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 849,820
Int. CI. G06f 5102
L.S. CI. 235-155 4 Claims
This invention contemplates means for digital resolution of
three-valued code ambiguities resulting from the combina-
tion in parallel of two signed binary sequences (0=— , l=-t-,
or vice versa I offset from one another by one-half code ele-
ment, their combination relating elements of the second to
adjacent elements oi the first and resulting in three-valued
code elements+, 0 or -. the first three-valued code sequence
element being ambiguous due to the signed binary
sequences' offset, said first element three-valued ambiguity
being resolved by combining the signed value of the final ele-
ment in the second signed binary sequence with the signed
value of the first element in the first binary sequence; and,
the last three-valued code sequence also being ambiguous
due to the signed binary sequences' offset, said last element
three-valued ambiguity being resolved by repealing the
signed value of the final element in the second signed binary
sequence as an appended final signed value in the resulting
three-valued sequence, said appended final three-valued
sequence element being called the LINK, the inherent non-
redundant error detection feature of this class of three-
valued codes being preserved, the LINK providing informa-
tion and means for unambiguous decoding of the said three-
valued sequence, zero value elements of which are am-
biguous and all-zero value three-valued sequences being
totally ambiguous in decode to the two component signed bi-
nary sequences, the said decode ambiguities being resolved
B
1
>
3
4
6
i
>
r
e
o
1 o
O 1 '
0
1
^
tit:=f
-1- >K^K
-[-
+ 1-*-
n u t M ; n M w t .
r
~
t
2
3
O
5
O
6i7|a
o\o -
9 M
O +
It
+
f? O 14
0 - O
15
+
16 17
0 -
\_\ \ » 1 J * J 1 ♦ 4 * * ♦ < ♦ ♦
; 1 ; I i I ! 1 I I
-i-
H*
*I+ -1- +1+
-1-
+k
-1-
0
(
( O (
o
(
0
LINK
o / o
O 1
/
0 1 ;
^"^IB
-1- +K
+ 1 +
-l-kk
FLAG^ —
(-^ B
a 9 10
-\o\ +
1 + j-t- ' -f 1 +
12 13 14
0-0
ITi'fTl'iVi
--L1.
WH
V
UHK
by circuit means to place the signed value of the three-valued
LINK element into the last element of the second signed bi-
nary sequence, in turn the last element of the second signed
binary sequence being combined with the next to the last
three-valued sequence thus defining the signed value of the
last element in the first signed binary sequence, circuit opera-
tions being carried on sequentially to finally produce the first
elements of the signed binary sequences and a FLAG signal
clement useful in clocking the signed bnary binary into their
related circuit registers
3,641,328
KEYBOARD ENTRY MEANS AND POWER CONTROL
MEANS FOR CALCULATOR
Thomas E. Osborne, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to
Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.
Original application June 23, 1966, Ser. No. 559,887, now
Patent No. 3,566.160. dated Feb. 23, 1971. Divided and this
application May 21. 1969, Ser. No. 826,528
Int. CI. G06f 15/02
l.S. CL 235-156 21 Claims
Tisnf
©
/•^
COHTia.
LOGIC
<i> mm Mtuotv
!11MHU Mmifiees on yjAH
) KIM mUMY
t IKtf, tcZ4
1I>\
O KdZ , X4i
nuts 9
(X,
XCOOl'i
KM
iSSl^^ ®
ivnouTiNt stoutucmo
IHSTmCTION KlVlfi
mo LOGIC
fii? HOP
e UMTtRS
i_L
tiJ LtMlS
"i'
'Ti'
naiSTins
1
O
mng
Internal control and subroutine logic transfers data
between a keyboard input, a random access memory, and a
February 8, 1972
/
ELECTRICAL
703
plurality of flip-flop registers to perform arithmetic opera-
tions and transfers the results of these operations to a
cathode-ray tube output display. Power switching is em-
ployed in the internal control and subroutine logic so that the
subroutines and the instructions of the calculator are sup-
plied with power only when they are to be executed. When a
random access memory cycle is required, it is automatically
interposed between the otherwise regularly recurring logic
cycles by the internal control and subroutine logic. Encoded
transfer vectors are stored and decoded by the subroutine
logic to permit unrestricted subroutine returns. In the
keyboard input two power supply returns are employed to
define one bit of the keyboard encoder The random access
memory is partitioned into one portion addressed by a single
bit in an address register and into another, larger portion ad-
dressed by the remaining bits in the address register. Each
flip-flop of the machine is a J-K flip-flop provided with an
adjustable threshold for noise immunity and with a high in-
ternal gam on the J-K inputs. In the cathode-ray lube output
display, a recurring pattern generated by integration in only
two directions is selectively blanked to display the results of
the operations performed by the calculator A tester may be
connected to the machine for allowing all subroutines to be
operated in a single step mtxie. The tester is provided with
switches for initializing any internal slate of the machine or
stopping normal execution under any prescribed conditions
and with apparatus for accessing the random access memory
sociated therewith. A further group of keys is provided which
provide a combination of the functions of the first and
3,641329
IMPROVEMENTS IN ELECTRONIC COMPUTER
KEYBOARD CONTROL
Giovanni De Sandre, and Gastone Garziera, both of Milano,
Italy, assignors to Ing. C. Olivetti & C. S. p. A., Ivrea
(Torino), Italy
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,219
Claims priority, application Italy, Oct. 28, 1968, 53652 A/68
Int. CI. G06f 7/48
U.S. CL 235-156 10 Claims
A control keyboard for an electronic digital machine
(computer or calculator) has function keys and number keys.
The number keys enter data into a first working register. The
activation of any one particular function key of a group of
such keys causes an answer corresponding to the ordered
function to be placed in the first working register and the
contents of the first working register to be transferred to a
second working register. A plurality of totalizing registers are
operatively connected to the first working register and, in
response to the activation of any one of a second group of
particular function keys, the number in the first working re-
gister is accumulated in one of the totalizing registers as-
*._«,' . '.•".€ J. B; ■ * ll « •
second keys, and specific functions such a data printout and
data exchange
3,641330
MICROPROGRAMMED DIGITAL COMPUTER
PROVIDING VARIOUS OPERATIONS BY WORD
CIRCULATION
Isao Hatano; Kenichi Kit^jima, and Katsumi Iwatani, all of
Kyoto, Japan, assignors to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co.,
Kyo-Ku, Kysto, Japan
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822394
Claims priority, application Japan, May 14, 1968, 43/32341
Int. CI. G06f 7/48
U.S. a. 235-159 9 Claims
A plurality of shift registers are interconnected serially by
a plurality of gates. To perform computer micro-operations,
the words contained withjn the registers are circulated
therethrough in steps, each step being divided into a plurality
of separate time periods The particular operation that is
being performed is controlled by microprogrammed matrices
which provide appropriate control signals during each time
period to determine which gates are to be opened therein
Specific configurations are descnbed for the operations of
word addition, word transfer between registers, word transfer
back to a register, shifting out of a register the greatest or the
least significant digit of a word, and so forth In addition, a
configuration is shown including a single register and a
decoding matrix for serially transferring the word in one re-
gister to a ni-meric display device, as is a configuration allow-
mg retention of other words ;n the remaining registers during
such a transfer. Finally, vanous embodiments of the
microprogrammed matrices are shown.
ro4
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641331
APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING ARITHMETIC
OPERATIONS ON NUMBERS USING A MULTIPLE
GENERATING AND STORAGE TECHNIQUE
Leonard L. Kreidermacher, Acton, and David M. Hudson,
Holliston, both of Mass., assignors to Honeywell Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,909
Int. CI. G06f 7139, 7138
U.S. CI. 235-159 13 Claims
■far
( ■ '1 "OJ
'i Basil SI 1 »v ^«
IT ^^" * " ^
SCU'C. s' J^":
if«i' ' i{i I'-'-.r," '
.». . I . i; "'5 "
/sf, TIT''- h' «
line
saw;"
— jtawtAToi'i c
Apparatus for performing arithmetical operations with
operands in binary coded decimal form includes means for
initially generating and storing at least the first half of the
multiples of an operand and dunng the arithmetic operation,
generating a result by performing a selectable operation of
either directly transfernng or complementing selected
prestored multiples.
3,641,332
FIBER OPTICS ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
Franklin G. Reick, 228 West PL, Westwood, N J., and Joseph
R. Wilder, 151 West 86th St., New York, N.Y., assignors to
Michael Ebert; Frederick R. Picut; Franklin G. Reick and
Joseph R. Wilder, part interest to each
Filed Oct. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 872,519
Int. CI. F21v 29/00- G02b 5/14
U.S. CI. 240- I EI 13 Claims
3,641,333
ILLUMINATED BELT
Everett W. Gendron, 104 Andover Ct., Lemont, III.
Filed Dec. 5, 1968. Ser. No. 781,381
Int. CI. F2Iv2//00
U.S. CI. 240-6.4 W 8 Claims
^ w «* fJ
A flexible tubular belt of a generally translucent material
adapted to carry an electromotive force power pack for con-
nection to a plurality of light bulbs within the belt and the
belt having a magnetic coupling which performs the dual
function of holding the ends of the belt together and
completing the electncal circuit to cause illumination of the
bulbs within the belt
3.641,334
ILLUMINATED MIRROR FOR COSMETIC CASE
V ernon L. Kipping, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Roger J.
Jobson and John P. C'ostello. San Francisco. Calif., part in-
terest to each
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 718,390. Apr. 3,
1968. This application Aug. 29, 1969. Ser. No. 854.249
Int. CI. A45c 15/06
U.S. CI. 240-6.45 R 5 Claims
i<r >r .^ >^ :^ >■ ^^^ ^ >- ^^ -^-^ -^ ^
33-' - 36
I
A fiber optics illumination system provided with a light
source whose output is distributed among a plurality of flexi-
ble light pipes, the light transmitted by the pipes being ap-
plied to light tips or other instruments. The source includes a
tungsten-halogen lamp submerged in water to effect filtration
of infrared radiation, whereby cold light is supplied to the
pipes, each pipe being constituted by a core of resinous
material of large diameter contained within a cladding tube
and separated therefrom by an air or other film having a rela-
tively low-refractive index compared to that of the core.
A mirror, preferably handheld, has a light bulb disposed
behind the mirror and a source of current within a casing.
The bulb is located relative to a light reflective surface to
direct light onto a beam dividing reflector, so that the light is
reflected around the side edges of the mirror to shine onto
the face of the user thereby providing sufficient illumination
to permit use independent of other light. The light produced
has a field sufficient in size to illuminate the entire face of
the user and is characterized by softness. The system employs
reflective optics to converge and distribute light uniformly
over the illuminated object.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
705
3,641335
DECORATIVE STRUCTURE FOR FLARED FIBERS
Lamar J. Wall, Seal Beach, Calif., assignor to Poly-Optics,
Inc.
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,632
Int. CI. A47gJi//6,F21p//02
U.S. CI. 240-lOP 1 Claim
3,641337
MAGNETIC FLASHGUN MOUNT
Gerhard I. W. Bahnsen, Box 1297, South Lake Tahoe. Calif.
Filed Apr. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25.008
Int. CI. F21I /5/;6
U.S. CI. 240-52.15 1 1 Claims
aSo
A decorative structure in which tiers of fiared optical
fibers or the like extend vertically from a base therefor, and a
backstop is secured adjacent the fiared portions of the fibers.
3,641336
ELECTRIC LAMPS FOR EMERGENCY AND/OR FOR
DUTY UNDER PARTICULAR ENVIRONMENT
CONDITIONS, AND RELATIVE IMPROVED LAMPS
Giovanni Boin, Via Luosi 9, Milan, Italy
Continuation of application Ser. No. 725,872, May 1, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 5, 1971, Ser. No.
130,826
Int. CI. F21I 7/00, 9/00, 1 1/00
/
A mount for holding a photographic fiashgun in a
predetermined position relat ve to a camera, and including
two structures to be carried by the flashgun and a support
element respectively, with one of the structures taking the
form of a magnet and the other being an element attracted to
the magnet to hold the flashgun in place, and with the two
structures being shaped to interfit in a relation positively
holding the flashgun in a certain orientation in which its light
is aimed directly toward a subject to be photographed.
3,641,338
TRAIN LENGTH MEASUREMENT SYSTEM
Richard V. Peel, Diamond Bar, and Billie W. PhiUips, Upland,
both of Calif., assignors to Marquardt Industrial Products
Co., Cucamonga, Calif.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,391
Int. CI. B6 II 1/02
U.S. CI. 246— 1 R 16 Claims
U.S. CI. 240-10.6R
4 Claims
t^~^
-T^iK IS^^GTM -
-OlSTmXT ^ 7n4M, -
--WW,*/ iSA/&rM
3-
il'i T n n n 1 n - 1i^
?K^-t-t-, :^,
I ' 1
/!ft<M£4//r^A'
^
J±L.
-Lr
SjO*/6^
T^]— ^ •^- h. -
An electric emergency lamp includes a self-contained
power supply, comprising a rechargeable accumulator or bat-
tery, a first electric circuit connectable to an external power
supply for battery recharge and a second electric circuit con-
trollable from the outside to switch on the light source of the
lamp. The lamp is designed to operate in environments
and/or conditions requiring the observance of tight seals, the
lack of connections capable of giving rise to sparking and the
like, for which purpose the electric battery cir^its are incor-
porated within a waterproof lamp casing and can be con-
nected to an external AC supply by an electric magnetoin-
ductively operating power transducer, the secondary winding
of which is incorporated within the waterproof casing,
whereas the primary winding can be brought close to the
waterproof casing, so as to ensure the closure of the mag-
netic circuit between said primary and secondary windings.
A system for measuring the length of a train is disclosed
and includes a transmitter for applying a current to an iso-
lated area of a pair of railroad tracks. The area of the track is
generally longer than the longest expected train A fixed volt-
age is provided to the computer which is indicative of the
distance from one end of the measurement area to the other.
A detector is positioned at the furthest end of the track mea-
surement area. As a train appears within the two points, the
wheels from the train short out the tracks causing the
received voltage therein to change. When the train is de-
tected by the detector, a voltage reading is taken which is
then indicative of the distance from the transmitter to the
rear of the train. This distance voltage is then combined
(subtracted) with the overall fixed voltage to supply a voltage
which is indicative of the length of the train.
706
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
' 3,641339
GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY-MASS SPtCTROMETRY
Andrew McCormkk, Basingstoke, Hampshire, England, as-
signor to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority, Lon-
don, England
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,706
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 5, 1968,
32335/68
Int. CI. HOlj 39/34
V.S. CI. 250-41.9 G 7 Claims
t3J
A small magnetic field is applied to the ion beam from the
mass spectrometer ion source to deflect a substantial propor-
tion of the relatively light carrier gas (e.g., helium) ions m
the beam from impinging on the beam monitor electrode of
the mass spectrometer, while leaving the relatively heavy
sample (eg., hydrocarb<in ) ions substantially undeflected
This increases the detection sensitivity and alleviates the
need for ion source retunmg between recording and standby
conditions.
3,641340
MULTICHANNEL READOUT MASS SPECTROMETER
WiUcm J. Van Der Grinten, Scotia, and George Jemakoff,
Loudon ville, both of N.Y., assignors to General Electric
Company
Filed Sept. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,866
Int. CI. HOlj 39/34
U.S. CI. 250-41.9 G 4 Claims
J»4 ^ •• M4
J^-1
{Jj
A multichannel readout mass spectrometer is described
wherein the amplitude of the control voltage governing the
passage of an ionized stream of a gas mixture through a
quadrupoJe mass filter is employed to supervise the selection
of readout channels individually recording various con-
stituents of the ionized stream. For each readout channel, the
control voltage is compared with a first preselected voltage
to activate logic circuitry initiating recordation of a con-
stituent of selected mass upon the readout channel and
readout of the constituent is continued until a signal is
generated from a second control voltage comparator circuit.
Switching circuitry also is provided for recording the mass
spectra of all constituents on a common channel simultane-
ously with a signal indicative of the recording interval for any
one of the individual readout channels. The recording inter-
val then IS correlated with a single constituent forming the
mass spectra whereup<in readout of only the single con-
stituent can he switched to the individual readout channel
3,641341
ION BEAM IMAGE CONVERTER
Douglas M. Jamba, Woodland Hills, and Robert M. Ennis,
Jr., Malibu, both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft
Company. Culver City, Calif.
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,690
Int. CI. HOlj 37/26, GO In 23/00
U.S. CI. 250-49.5 E 3 Claims
The ion beam image converter composes a secondary
emission screen m the ion beam path s<i that, when ions imp-
inge upon the secondary emission screen, secondary elec-
trons are emitted An accelerator screen is positioned
downstream from the secondary emission screen to ac-
celerate the secondary electrons Deflecting means is posi-
tioned downstream of the accelerator screen to deflect the
electron beam onto a path away from the ion beam path. A
phosphor image screen is placed on the deflected secondary
electron path to convert the electron beam to visible image.
Electron beam deflectitjn can be either electrostatic or mag-
netic.
3,641.342
CONVEYOR SYSTEM FOR THE UNIFORM EXPOSURE
OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS TO A SOURCE OF
GAMMA OR THE LIKE RADIATION
Jack Armel, New York; Mark Kogan, Brooklyn, and Howard
S. Cohen, Howard Beach, all of N.Y., assignors to TSO
Nuclear Corp., Bailston Spa, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 772,1 1 1, Oct. 31,
1968. now abandoned. This application Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No.
873,477
Im. CI.G0In2//00
U.S. CI. 250-52 34 Claims
In conjunction with a known or fixed source of radiation,
such as gamma radiation, the invention contemplates an au-
.'^
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
707
tomatic conveyor system for plurallike unitary containers
laden with articles or materials to be subjected to desired ex-
posure dosage of the radiation The system accommodates a
number of containers at all times, and uniform exposure is
achieved for the contents of each container by having all
containers follow precisely the same pattern or locus of
movement through the system, and with respect to the
source. Container movement is accomplished by indexing
operations, performed simultaneously on all containers; the
desired exposure time is governed by selection of dwell time
between indexes, so that a single indexing cycle may serve
the system regardless of the selected exposure time.
3,641343
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE MEASUREMENT
OF DURATION OF ULTRASHORT PULSES OF
MONOCHROMATIC LIGHT
Philippe Langer, 91 bis, avenue de Ciamart, 92 Issy-les-Mou-
lineaux, France
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,037
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 12, 1969, 6931 107
Int. CI. G0In2///6, 23/00
U.S. CI. 250-71 R 10 Claims
A method of and apparatus for the measurement of dura-
tion of ultrashort pulses of monochromatic polarized light,
such as laser pulses. The method comprises splitting the
polarized light beam into two identical beams; causing the
two split beams to travel through the same optical path and
to interfere on a photocathode comprising a thin metal layer
disposed in vacuo, the energy required to detach the elec-
trons from the layer being greater than the energy of the in-
cident light photons; producing an image of the mul-
tiphotonic interaction zone obtained on the photocathode by
means of electrons detached from the photocathode by a
multiphotonic process in response to photons in coincidence
from the two split light pulse therefrom. The apparatus is ap-
propriate for carrying out the method.
3,641344
SOLAR-STIMULATED FLUORESCENT RADIATION
DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS
David A. Markle, Wilton, Conn., assignor to The Perkin-
Elmer Corporation, Norwalk, Conn.
Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 811,738
Int. CI. GOln 2//i4
U.S.CL 250—71 9 Claims
— Jt
rt/Bt
f.
/
-7-
A method and apparatus for determining the presence, lo-
cation and relative concentration of certain fluorescent
materials in a scene that is illuminated by sunlight. The par-
ticular fluorescent materials are characterized in that they
fluoresce at wavelengths coincident with one or more Fraun-
hofer absorption bands Two images are formed from light
collected from the scene One of the images consists mainly
of light from the scene having a spectral band-pass inside a
Fraunhofer absorption band c,nd the other image consists
mainly of light from the scene having a spectral band-pass in
the continuum near the same Fraanhofer absorption band
The two images are normalized so that intensities on cor-
responding portions of each image due to reflected solar
radiation are equal. The "continuum" image is then sub-
tracted from the "Fraunhofer" image The resulting dif-
ference image consists primarily of fluorescent radiation
derived from the fluorescent materials or objects in the scene
and provides a direct visual indication of their presence, lo-
cation and relative concentration.
3,641,345
INFRARED RADIOMETER APPARATUS FOR
DETECTING CLEAR-AIR TURBULENCE FROM AN
AIRCRAFT
Robert Coackley; Michael Lesie Reynolds, both of Camber-
ley, and Clive Douglas Rodgers, Oxford, all of England, as-
signors to National Research Development Corporation,
London, England
Filed Mar. 5, 197C, Ser. No. 16,922
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 6, 1969,
11,868/69
Int.CI. G01J5/06, BOlk l\/00
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 H , 23 Claims
79
►(•OTOR
LOGIC
JTIMNG
i LOGIC
wser
\ PULSE
I GENERATOR!
V>
57
nLTER(_
, MOTOR
-53
59
A
■ \ RESET
r-j INTEGRA^
JO
45
63
66
67
- -PE7ECTOR|--^A»^'LFTER^^''^^^^^^^*^ C^I^^L^
MOTOR
1 MOTOR
7r
73
49
A radiometer apparatus suitable for use on a supersonic
aircraft for clear-air turbulence detection includes means for
operating at four selected wavelengths within an atmospheric
absorption band, for example the 15/x band of cartxjn diox-
ide. At any particular height of the aircraft each of a set of
filters used to select the four selected wavelengths has a
weighting function which depends on the effective absorption
coefficient of the atmosphere at that wavelength and each in-
dicates which part of the atmosphere ahead provides a sig-
nificant contribution to the radiation measured by the ap-
paratus. At longer wavelengths the atmosphere is opaque and
the radiometer apparatus receives radiation from immediate-
ly in front of the aircraft. By generating suitable functions
from the outputs of radiation passed by two or more of the
filters it is possible to detect turbulence of the type looked
for.
3,641346
PYROELECTRIC JOULEMETER USING A DIVERGENT
LENS
Jean L. Lachambre, Charlesbourg, Quebec, Canada, assignor
to Her Migesty the Queen in iright of Canada as represented
by the Minister of National Defence of Her Migesty's
Canadian Government
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,591
Claims priority, application Canada, Aug. 29, 1969, 060798
Int CI. GOlj 1/42
\}&. CL 250-83 R 3 Claims
A pyroelectric pulse energy measuring device is disclosed
in which a pyroelectric element is mounted adjacent a heat
i08
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
sink and within a reflective container A lens is provided at through the same reticle and superimposed on the sight of
one end of the container so that incident radiation impinges the telescope. The operator will thus see in the telescope the
on substantially the entire surface of the pyroelectnc ele-
ment, the amount of incident radiation being measured by
the pyroelectnc voltage output
view of the target scene with a red tinge in thosel'^regions in
which the target is warm or overheated
3,64 U47
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING THE ATTITUDE OF AN
ARTIFICIAL SATELLITE
Moritada Kubo, Tokyo; Masamichi Shigehara, and Yasuo
Nogiwa, both of Yokohama, aiJ of Japan, assignors to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Horikawa-cho, Kawashaki-shi,
Japan
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,448
Claims priority, application Japan, July 25, 1969, 44/58383
Int. CI. GO Ij 1120
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 H 4 Claims
An artificial satellite includes a pair of sensors for detect-
ing ultraviolet rays from the horizon of the earth The pair of
sensors are mounted on the satellite with a predetermined
angle therebetween. When the angle of inclination of the spin
axis of the satellite to the horizon thereof is relatively small
both of the sensors will simultaneously detect rays from the
horizon of the earth. The difference in the outputs of the two
sensors will provide a measurement of the inclination angle
of the spin axis and hence the attitude of the satellite On the
other hand, when the angle of inclination of the spin axis of
the satellite to the horizon thereof is relatively large, one of
the pair of sensors will be out of sight of the earth and the
output of the other sensor will detect rays from the horizon
of the earth to provide a measurement of the inclination
angle of the spin axis of the satellite.
3,641348
THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM WITH THERMAL IMAGE
SUPERIMPOSED ON A TARGET SCENE
Frank Schwarz, Stamford, Conn., assignor to Barnes En-
gineering Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,248
Int. CI. GOIj 1102. 1/10
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 HP 5 Claims
A field of view which is sighted through a telescope is
simultaneously scanned by a rotating reticle and applied to
an infrared detector to derive thermal information from the
field of view. A light source is modulated by the infrared
channel and the intensity-modulated light source is imaged
3,641,349
METHOD FOR MEASURING THE AMOUNT OF
SUBSTANCE ASSOCIATED WITH A BASE MATERIAL
Erick B. Dahlin, Saratoga, Calif., assignor to Measurex Cor-
poration. Santa Clara, Calif.
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,588
Int. CI. GO Ij J/42
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 H 2 Claims
Apparatus and method of measuring the amount of water
absorbed in paper being made by a papermaking machine in
which the paper is scanned by a radiation source emitting
1 94 micron radiation which is strongly sensitive to the
moisture in the paper and 1 .8 micron radiation which is
much less sensitive This radiation is passed through the
paper sheet and split into two beams by filters The two
wavelengths are detected by lead sulfide cells. A light
chopper interrupts the total beam to cause the AC signal out-
put of the cell to refiect the received intensity of the particu-
lar wavelength with the actual impedances of both cells being
nullified The ratio of the peak values of the AC signals from
the cells is proportional to moisture content.
3,641350
INFRARED ANALYZER FOR INDICATING THE
SCINTILLATION SPECTRUM, SHIMMER AND
MODULATION TRANSFER FUNCTION OF THE
RADIATION PATH
Spyros K. Petropoulas, Brookeville; Robert E. Jehle,
Wheaton, both of Md., and Mendel M. Halberstam,
Brooklyn, N.Y., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,061
Int. CI. GOlj 3/34
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 H 6 Claims
The radiant energy from a known live source impinges on
a radiation collector which in turn directs the energy through
a movable slit on to a rotating reticle having alternate refiect-
ing and transmitting segments. A reference source also
directs energy on to the reticle and the reticle output is
directed toward a sensor whose output is processed by a dif-
ferential amplifier and a signal amplifier. A reference phase
generator circuit controls the gain of the differential amplifi-
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
709
er. The output of the signal amplifier is further processed to longitudinally extended with respect to the anode. The im-
provide only the low frequencies, which are then amplified provement anode has a series of parallel fins forming chan-
and analyzed to provide a scintillation spectrum. A shimmer
output is obtained by eliminating the low frequencies and ap-
,/f HMftlK. ,39
plying the resultant to a limiter and a discriminator. The
modulation transfer function is derived by combining, in an
operational amplifier, the low-passed frequencies from the
signal amplifiers and the peak detected high frequencies.
3,641351
LASER DEVICE FOR CONTROLLED GUIDANCE OF
FABRICATING MACHINE
Otmar Hintringer, Neubiberg; Walter Koniger, Munich, and
Jurgen Thorn, Haar, all of Germany, assignors to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin, Germany
Filed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,568
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 31, 1968, P 18 06
450.1
Int. CL GOIj 1/20
U.S. CI. 250-203 8 Claims
5
^ ■~T3C-S
A receiver stably affixed to a fabricating machine com-
prises at least two spaced photosensitive units, positioned
transversely to a reference plane formed by a flared modu-
lated laser guide beam, one on each side of the reference
plane. A difference amplifier is connected to the photosensi-
tive units in a manner whereby deviation of the fabricating
machine from the reference plane produces an output con-
trol signal of the difference amplifier for guiding the fabricat-
ing machine back into the reference plane.
3,641352
ELECTRONIC LENS FOR A PHOTOELECTRON
MULTIPLIER
Mahlon B. Fisher, Skaneateies, N.Y., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,577
Int. CI. HOlj 39/12, 39/50
VS. CI. 250-207 2 Claims
An improvement in a crossfield photoelectron multiplier
that has a plurality of electron emitting dynodes parallel and
nels and controlling the electron field between the anode and
the dynodes and between the anode and the cathode.
3,641353
ELECTRON BEAM BOLOMETER
Francis X. McNally, Baltimore, and Louis Chiosi, Ellicott
City, both of Md., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,444
Int. CI. HOlj 31/50
VJS. CI. 250-2 13 VT 6 Claims
A bolometer which operates at room temperature and
which can be made sensitive to all blackbody radiation in the
visible spectrum and extending into the infrared, depending
upon the nature of a faceplate used. The bolometer is con-
structed by sandwiching a suitable semiconductor in smoke
form between gold black as one electrode and a flooding
electron beam as the other, the sensing layer being mounted
in a vacuum tube.
3,641354
OPTICAL MODULATION BY FLUIDIC OPTICS
UTILIZING CHROMATIC ABERRATION
Jack De Ment, 4847 Southeast Division St., Portland, Oreg.
Filed Mar. 8, 1967, Ser. No. 621,658
InL CL HOlj 3/14
VS. CL 250-216 22 Claims
-t-^.ifr-
-signal' OPTJ
ENSOR
STOP (OPT.)
Optical modulation in the ultraviolet, visible and/or in-
frared spectrum, for a range of uses including optical compu-
ters, data-processing and ootical information processing
systems together with the transduction of gas and liquid
fluidic signals and pressure transients to optical and electrical
signals, a fluidic optic such as a transmission or reflection
elastic lens which includes a fluid-oscillable elastic wall, typi-
cally a fluid-filled chamber having at least one elastic wall
895 O.O.— 25
/'
710
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
driven by alternating flow or pulse fluid oscillation means,
optically coupled with a light source like a laser which
generates at least two different wavelengths, and a sensor.
The fluidic optic separates the wavelengths by chromatic
aberration, and a stop between the optic and the sensor
passes a given wavelength while blocking other wavelengths
during a given oscillation mode. The oscillable wall of the
fluidic optic can include an elastic or deformable image, dif-
fraction grating, polarizer or hologram.
3,641355
OPTICAL CORRELATOR
Kendall Preston, Jr., New Haven, Conn., assignor to The Pn--
kin-Elmer Corporation, Norwalk, Conn.
Original application Feb. 24, 1966, Ser. No. 529,846, now
Patent No. 3,457,425. Divided and this application Feb. 13,
1969, Ser. No. 822,091
Int. CI. GO Id 5134
U.S. CI. 250-229 4 Claims
^^;
^^-^
Apparatus for determining the correlation of two electri-
cal signals includes means converting the two signals into two
acoustic beams. Coherent collimated light is passed through
both acoustic beams. A Fourier transform of light through
the beams is taken and this light is focused on detection
means which measures the intensity of the light diffracted
(and hence modulated) by the acoustic beams for determin-
ing the correlation of the electrical signals. In one embodi-
ment, the two acoustic beams are coaxial and the light is
passed through both waves simultaneously.
3,641,356
STATIC CONVERTER STATION FOR HIGH VOLTAGE
Ake Ekstrom, Ludvika, Sweden, assignor to Allmanna Sven-
ska Elektriska Aktiebolaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed Feb. 16, 1971, Ser. No. 115,292
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 19, 1970, 2089/70
Int. CI. HO^j . H02m 1102
MS. CI. 307-64 10 Claims
a
s
T
'i
%^
^m^'
/9
-\
\-,S
SrlJ
Y\
47^1—
...
r,.
J
L
— ff
\\
f8
H
1
,i
li
20
A converter station for high voltage is formed of a plurality
of static converters with a direct current side directed in se-
ries. Each converter is a full-wave rectifier bridge provided
with a control device. An additional control device is pro-
vided with a reserve control for one of the converters, which
controls two series-connected rectifier groups of the bridge
with different delay angles, one greater and the other less
than 90°. As a result the two series rectifiers in one phase of
the bridge conduct simultaneously and current is commu-
tated at a certain frequency from the rectifier in one phase of
the rectifier bridge to the rectifier in a subsequent phase of
the bridge.
3,641357
CIRCUIT-BREAKING TECHNIQUE AND DEVICE
Jean Louis Gratzmuller, 66 Boulevard Maurice Barres, 92
Neuilly sur Seine, France
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41^51
Claims priority, application France, June 3, 1969, 69 18 170
Int. CI. H02h
U.S. CI. 307-94 15 Claims
^>-X;Tr.
A method and apparatus for cutting off a branch between
two junctions of a DC power transmission network in which
there are first earthed by closing contactors two adjacent
points of said branch, a circuit breaker located between said
points is opened, other circuit breakers are successively
opened, each such circuit breaker being mounted in series
with a resistor, and a capacitor absorbs the final cutoff cur-
rent.
3,641358
CONSECUTIVE CROWBAR CIRCUIT BREAKER
Kenneth T. Lian, and Willis F. Long, both of Thousand Oaks,
Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Company, Culver City,
Calif.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 45,147
Int. CI. HOlh 9130
U.S.CI.307-136 12 Claims
A circuit breaker is inserted in a high-current, high-voltage
DC power line between the source and the load. The circuit
breaker comprises a parallel connection of a transfer switch,
an electronic switch, a first consecutive interrupter having a
preferably nonlinear resistor in series therewith, and a second
consecutive interrupter having a preferably nonlinear resistor
in series therewith. Furthermore, a surge capacitor and its
suppression resistance are serially connected in parallel
around the second consecutive interrupter. When a fault oc-
curs, the transfer switch is opened and is deionized during
conduction of the electronic switch. Offswitching of the elec-
tronic switch causes current flow through the two parallel
consecutive interrupters with their series resistances to
decrease circuit current. During the period that the consecu-
tive interrupters are sequentially opened, the electronic
switch is conductive so that the consecutive interrupters can
be deionized.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
711
3,641359
MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR VACUUM-TYPE ELECTRIC
CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
Orin P. McCarty, Pittsfield, Mass., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,107
Int.CI. HOlhy/iO
U.S. CI. 307-136 8 Claims
■fl
s -
I — " "
«f
^
\i—^~,
w~
i ^^^E^S 3.
This application discloses a protective circuit for monitor-
ing both loss of vacuum and contact wear in a vacuum-tyf>e
electric circuit interrupter having separable contacts and a
vapor shield surrounding the contacts. The shield is so
located that a part fixed to the moving contact rod and nor-
mally spaced from the shield will closely approach or engage
the shield as a result of contact wear. A monitor circuit in-
cluding the rod-to-shield gap includes curtent responsive in-
dication or control means.
3,641360
DYNAMIC SHIFT/STORE REGISTER
Ying L. Yao, Mahopac, N.Y., assignor to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 837,597
Int.CI.G lie/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 307-221 C 20 Claims
A dynamic shift register having storage capabilities. A
regeneration circuit connected between the different sections
of any stage (bit storage position) allows indefinite storage
without shifting between stages. MOSFETS are used in a
preferred embodiment and interelectrode capacitances are
used to store data. Voltages on these capacitances are
regenerated during store operation, rather than shifting the
voltages in the direction of data shift.
3,641361
PROTECTION CIRCUIT
Allen Leroy Limberg, Somervilk, and Steven Alan Steckler,
Clark, both of N J., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,841
InL CI. H02k 7120. H03k 5108
U.S. CI. 307-202 1 1 Claims
y_0
a
UK
■.H#?:«;»-
Q
A protection circuit limits the collector current of a
transistor employed as a clamp-to-ground stage in the event
the collector terminal of the transistor is accidentally short
circuited during conduction to a low-impedance voltage
source. The protection circuit includes a transistor which has
its base-emitter junction coupled across the base-emitter
junction of the clamping transistor and has a collector re-
sistor chosen to provide a saturation current for the protec-
tion transistor which holds the base-emitter junction voltage
at a level which limits the collector current of the clamping
transistor.
3,641362
LOGIC GATE
Edward Bernard Gamble, Granada Hills, Calif., assignor to
RCA Corporation
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62399
Intel. H03ky 9/i4, 7 9/i6
U.S. CI. 307—215 10 Claims
jpjic'f-^ H»^^
A logic circuit having a first multiemitter transistor each of
whose emitters is connected to a different input terminal and
whose collector is connected to a junction point. A second
transistor, whose conduction is controlled by means of a plu-
rality of diodes coupled between its base and a different one
of the input terminals, has its emitter connected to the base
of the first transistor. For one operating condition the
emitter-to-base junctions of the first transistor as well as the
diodes are reverse biased and the second transistor provides
a high transient current follov^ed by a lower steady state cur-
rent, through the base-to-collector junction of the first
transistor, into the junction point. For another operating con-
dition at least one of the emitter-to-base junctions of the first
transistor as well as at least one of the diodes are forward
\
712
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
biased and a transient current is provided to the base of the the circuit, current flows from a source in one path through
first transistor which then draws its collector current out of one diode to a sink In the presence of a switching signal the
the junction point. one diode is blocked and the current flows through another
to Fernseh
3,641,363
SHIFT REGISTER
(lerhard Krause. Munich, (ierman.>, assignor
GmbH, Darmstadt, Germany
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,884
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 27, 1969, P 19
15 700.7
Int. CI. G 1 Ic 19100; H03k 23100, 23/ 14
U.S. CI. 307— 221 9 Claims
Shift registers using the charge-storage effect in individual
semiconductors as data stores, including means for applying
alternating signals to step the data forward.
3,64 U64
SCR CHOPPER CIRCUIT
Wally E. Rippd, Ithaca, N.Y., assignor to Electric Fuel
Propulsion, Incorporated, Femdale, Mich.
Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 843,032
Int. CI. H03k / 7/00
VS. CI. 307—240 22 Claims
r
«**
<J5iJ
'^^H^.^.e
^-=1 ^^4 — i-7Z
L
7^
^S
y
tX?
An electrical circuit for controlling the energy supplied to
a load from an energy source whereby an electronic switch
such as an SCR which conducts tht energy from the source
to the load is driven alternately into nonconduction and con-
duction. Connected to the electronic switch are the seconda-
ry of a transformer and a diode whose turnoff time exceeds
the turnoff time of the electronic switch. When a pulse of a
given polarity is supplied to the primary of the transformer,
then the diode begins conducting current so that when a
pulse of the opposite polarity appears across the secondary of
the transformer, the diode conducts current in the reverse
direction, thus reverse biasing the electronic switch. When
the diode recovers, recovery of the electronic switch also
takes place.
3,641365
PRECISION FAST ANALOG SWITCH
Jon H. Grant, Diamond Bar, and Walter D. Bales, Garden
Grove, both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Com-
pany, Culver City, Calif.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,788
Int. CI. H03k / 7100
U.S. CI. 307-241 9 Claims
A precision fast electronic switch is provided in an ar-
rangement wherein, in the absence of a switching signal to
\
a.-*-
diode, connected to said path, to the output. The value of the
current which is switched is maintained at a desired
reference value by providing the path with a third clamping
diode which is connected to a reference voltage. \
3,641366
MULTIPHASE FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR DRIVER
MULTIPLEXING CIRCUIT
Ted Y. Fujimoto, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to North Amer-
ican Rockwell Corporation
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,702
Int. CI. H03k 1 7100
U.S. CI. 307-251 2 Claims
"85f8F
.-iorl
L^, 't- "
From one to four Tield effect transistor driver circuits on
one semiconductor chip having phase related inputs are
gated to a multiplexed output at a different phase times of a
multiphase clock cycle and are sampled by corresponding
receiver circuits on a different semiconductor chip during the
same phase. While one output is being sampled during one
phase, an input to another driver is being isolated prior to
being gated to the output. The gating sequence is
synchronized by a plurality of multiphase clock signals imple-
menting the multiphase clock cycle.
3,641,367
PULSE DRIVING CIRCUIT FOR INDUCTIVE LOAD
Brandt M. GrifTmg, Delray Beach, Fla., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.V.
Filed Dec. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 101,232
Int. CI. H03k y 7100, 1 7/56
U.S. CI. 307-252 J 6 Claims
A circuit for providing constant width driving pulses to a
plurality of selected print hammer coils from a single DC
source. An RC circuit is used to commutate a controlled
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
713
rectifier in series with the hammer coils in order quickly to gered pulse generators, and which make use of internal
terminate the current through each coil after actuation of its
DC
SOURCE
SUPPLY
SUPPLY ,r T r" R? =C2
print hammer, thereby providing for high-speed operation of
the hammers.
3,641368
LOGIC CIRCUIT WHICH TURNS ON AND OFF RAPIDLY
Edward Bernard Gamble, and Ramon Hess Aires, both of Los
Angeles, Calif., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,515
Int. CLH03k 7 7/00, 79/05
U.S. CI. 307— 254 15 Claims
transistor capacitance in such a manner that external discrete
capacitors are not required to provide such operation
3,641370
MULTIPLE-PHASE CLOCK SIGNAL GENERATOR
USING FREQUENCY-RELATED AND PHASE-
SEPARATED SIGNALS
Gary Lee Heimbigner, Anaheim, Calif., assignor to North
American Rockwell Corporation
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,095
Int.CLH03k 17128
U.S. CI. 307—269 I 7 Claims
A cbntrollable shunt current path such as the conducting
emitter-to-collector path of a first transistor, is connected in
shunt with the emitter-to-base path of a conducting output
transistor. In response to a turnoff signal for the output
transistor, the first transistor is caused to conduct more
heavily in a direction to stop forward conduction of the
emitter-to-base diode of the output transistor and in this way
to sp>eed up its turnoff. Other features of the circuits illus-
trated include overload current protection and means for
speeding up the discharge of any charge present at an output
terminal upon switching of an output transistor from a non-
conducting to a conducting condition. One of the circuits il-
lustrated also includes means for ensuring proper sharing of
current drive to a pair of transistors and means for ensuring
"soft" saturation of the output transistor.
3,641369
SEMICONDUCTOR SIGNAL GENERATING CIRCUITS
Clarence Robert Wallingford, Chicago, Dl., assignor to Hazel-
tine Research, Inc.
Original application Mar. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 714,663, now
Patent No. 3,588,544. Divided and this application July 23,
1970, Ser. No. 57,738
InL CI. H03k 5100; H03b 5112
U.S. CI. 307—260 6 Claims
Disclosed are semiconductor circuits which are capable of
operating as oscillators or as combined oscillators and trig-
— ^ —
t- -
T
±
^$it^^rr^T:;Tf^-'~lf^i .IP
An oscillator generates two signals having a fixed phase
separation and a frequency relationship. The signals are com-
bined for producing double- and single-width multiple-phase
clock signals having a predetermined phase separation and a
frequency relationship.
3,641371
DELAY SYSTEM FOR REGENERATING PULSE
PERIODICALLY DURING DELAY INTERVAL
Victor F. Cartwright, 130 N. Janet Place, Fullerton, Calif.
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,618
Int. CI. H03k/ 7/26. 7 7/25
U.S. CI. 307-293 4 Claims
-9 I K *
ii£
:s4
-dasrt I
A time delay system capable of delaying very fast pulses
for a relatively long time without appreciable distortion by
714
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
regenerating the pulse periodically during the delay interval.
Each regenerated pulse is used to regenerate the next pulse
In preferred form, regeneration is accomplished m amplifiers
or "switches'" which are polanty sensitive The pulse to be
delayed is applied to a delay circuit which reflects it back to
the input terminal with inverted polarity. The regenerating "-
switch" is responsive to the reflection to initiate a new pulse.
Two delay circuits are shown One employs a delay line
and utilizes the inherent broad band charactenstics of such
lines to reproduce rectangular pulses after a delay. The other
employs a tuned circuit in a narrow band delay system.
3,641372
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED MICROCIRCLITS
Norman Green, Timonium; Harold M. Greenhouse, Bal-
timore; William C. Vergara, Towson, and Robert L. Mc-
Gill, Jr., Fallston, all of Md., assignors to The Bendix Cor-
poration
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10.962
Int. CI. H03k / 7100
U.S. CI. 307-310 14 Claims
A circuit for stabilizing the temperature of a microcircuit
substrate at a constant value includes a sensor in the form of
a resistance bridge comprised of both positive and negative
temperature coefficient resistors, a control circuit connected
across a first set of bridge diagonal points which is powered
by the bridge unbalance voltage across these points, and a
heater circuit which optionally includes a current limiting
device and which is connected across a second set of bridge
diagonal points, the heater circuit being controlled by action
of the control circuit.
3,641373
ELECTROSTATIC SYSTEM FOR GENERATING
PERIODICAL MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS
Franz Elkuch, Schellenberg, Liechtenstein, assignor to
Etablissement Procor, Vaduz, Liechtenstein
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,056
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Oct 8, 1968,
14948/68
Int. CI. H02h 1 100
U.S. CI. 310-6 I Claim
The present invention concerns means for generating
periodical mechanical vibrations by means of electric energy,
and deals with a greatly simplified and efficacious swing
system, which produces mechanical vibratory movements,
which system dispenses with any active elements or com-
ponents except for an energy or current source or cell, the
energy losses produced by ohmic resistances in the system
being reduced to a minimum and resulting in a high degree of
efficiency, reliability and accurate performance.
3,641374
RECTIFYING MEANS FOR THREE-PHASE
ALTERNATING GENERATORS FOR USE IN VEHICLES
AND OTHER TRANSPORT FACILITIES
Suguru Sato, Kariya, Japan, assignor to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,044
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 1 1, 1970, 45/23542
Int. CI. H02k 1 1 100
U.S. CI. 310-68D I Claim
6'c ^b(db.}
Sir
<5b,l I3b
An extremely compact rectifying means capable of provid-
ing increased p<iwer is provided, which comprises rectifying
elements sealed between a printed wiring plate having a
neutral lead line and cooling fins, and in which two addi-
tional rectifying elements connected to the neutral point are
sealed in addition to the conventional six rectifying elements.
3,641375
TORQUE-TRANSMITTING DEVICE
William H. Moyer. Kenosha, Wis., assignor to Eaton Yale &
Towne Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Sept. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,702
Int. CI. H02k 49104
U.S. CI. 310-105 18 Claims
/<?-f
An electromagnetic torque-transmitting device or coupling
includes a housing for enclosing a drum which extends
around and is magnetically coupled with a rotor. The housing
defines a chamber which is pressurized with a suitable cool-
ing medium, such as air, which flows around the coupling to
cool it dunng a transmission of torque between the drum and
rotor The pressurized cooling air flows into pockets spaced
around the drum and impinges against the drum at circum-
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
715
ferentially spaced locations around the drum while passing
under a baffle to an exhaust pocket. The cooling air is then
exhausted to the atmosphere through conveniently located
openings. A plurality of circumferentially extending grooves
are formed in an outer wall of the drum to further promote a
transfer of heat from the drum to the cooling air.
3,641376
SINGLE DRAG CUP MOTOR GENERATOR
Douglas J. Livingston, West Chester, Pa., assignor to Harowe
Servo Controls Inc., West Chester, Pa.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,21 1
Int. CI. H02k 47/20. 7 7/42
U.S.CL310-113 5 Claims
first pickup coil being differentially connected to the second
pickup coil to produce an ignition timing pulse substantially
without any disturbance from stray fields in response to
passage of the airgap between the pair of timing poles when
the rotor is rotated.
3,641378
ARRANGEMENT FOR SECURING CONDUCTORS OF ^
STATOR WINDING OF DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE
Jacques LeHenaff, Paris, France, assignor to Compagnie Elec-
tro-Mecanique, Paris, France
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,760
Claims priority, application France, May 29, 1969, 6917390
Int. CI. H02k 3i48
U.S. CI. 310-214 6 Claims
^
>».4MMy<iM<>>K'/»4WWS»/K«««MJ'.TT
mm
W//////MM/////M
./
^.
In a miniature motor generator, a drag cup is the rotating
electrically conducting element for both the motor and the
generator. The drag cup rotates about an iron core. Stator
windings are energized to drive the cup as a motor. A second
stator winding generates a signal representing rotational
speed. In order to prevent interaction and cross coupling
between the motor and the generator, the motor stator is
wound with a different number of poles than the generator
stator.
3,641377
IGNITION TIMING PULSE GENERATOR FOR A
\ CONTACTLESS IGNITION SYSTEM OF INTERNAL
^ COMBUSTION ENGINES
Minoru Fiyii, Kariya, Japan, assignor to Nippondenso
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Aichi-ken, Japan
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21396
Claims priority, application Japan, May 15, 1969. 44/37867;
May 28." 1%9, 44/49471; July 3, 1%9. 44/63293
Int. CI. H02k 21122
U.S. CI. 310-153 9 Claims
6 U 7
2 18 16 12
15c 15
An arrangement for securing the conductor bars of a dis-
tributed winding in place on the magnetic circuit of the stator
element of a dynamoelectric machine is constituted by
spaced-apart insulating pieces each including a heel portion
engaged in a complementary configured recess in the stator
iron and two tapered lateral projections which bear against
the conductor bars only along tapered sides of the latter. The
central surface portion of each conductor bar oriented
towards the gap between the stator and rotor elements is left
exposed. The advantage of the arrangement is that it enables
the conductor bars to be brought closer to the rotor.
3,641379
BRUSH LEAD RETAINER
Stephen L. Vick, Towson, Md., assignor to The Black and
Decker Manufacturing Company, Towson, Md.
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72373
Int. CLH02k 5/74
U.S.CL 310-239
9 Claims
An ignition timing pulse generator for use in a contactless
ignition system of an internal combustion engine which in-
cludes a magnetodynamo. The pulse generator includes a
pair of auxiliary timing poles secured to main magnet poles
of the magnetodynamo and disposed to oppose each other
and to thereby define an airgap therebetween. Pickup means
are also provided and are mounted on the stator of the mag-
netodynamo with the pickup means including a pickup core
shielded by at least one magnetic shielding member and a
first pickup coil wound on the pickup core. A second pickup
coil is wound on said magnetic shielding member with the
A heavy-duty portable electric tool such as a hammer
which includes a universal motor and improved brush lead
retaining means. A brush is held adjacent a commutator by
means of a conductive brush holder and a conductive lead is
attached to the brush holder by means of a fastener. An insu-
lating ring is positioned to prevent the fastener from loosen-
ing. The ring also includes a channel-shaped extension which
retains the lead and prevents it from moving outwardly
toward the housing of the tool if the lead should break loose
from the fastener.
716
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3 641380
ANODE ELECTRODE FOR ELECTRON DISCHARGE
DEVICE
Joe F. Stephens, Owensboro, Ky., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,576
Int. CI. HO IJ 19136
U.S.CL 313-39 5 Claims
stitute the input and output faces of the matrix, a conductive
layer on the input face of the matrix serving as an input elec-
trode, a separate conductive layer on the output face of the
matrix serving as an output electrode, and elongated chan-
nels each providing a passageway from one face of the as-
sembly consisting of the matrix and input and output elec-
3,641381
ELECTRON DISCHARGE DEVICE
Othmar E. Ringeman, St. Meinrad, Ind., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,574
Int. CI. HOI j 19136
U.S. CI. 313-40 3 Claims
An electron discharge device is provided having an anode
comprising portions each having two or more inwardly ex-
tending fins to electrostatically extend the anode toward the
interior electrodes. Each fin has a spp^rate and independent
direct heat path to an external hp^radiator. Heat generated
at the fins is thus conducted through angularly displaced
thermal paths from the electrodes toward the envelope
whereby the heat can be radiated evenly throughout the en-
velope.
3,641,382
CHANNEL INTENSIHER GLASS COMPOSITIONS
Derek Cregeen, Concord, N.H., assignor to U.S. Philips Cor-
poration
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,745
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 31, 1968
36,567/68
InL CI. HOlj 43108; HO lb 1108; C03c 3104
U.S. CI. 313-105 6 Claims
An electronic image intensifier employing a resistive
matrix m the form of a plate the major surfaces of which con-
An anode electrode for an electron discharge device is
provided having inwardly projecting fin means to electrostati-
cally extend the anode toward the grids. The fin means are
arranged to provide dual paths of heat fiow from the fins to
both the fiange portions and the sidewalls of the anode elec-
trode.
trodes to the other face of the assembly. The distnbution and
cross section of the channels and the resistivity of the matrix
are such that the resolution and electron multiplication
characteristic of any one unit area of the device is sufficiently
similar to that of any other unit area for image purposes The
matrix cons.sts of a lead-bismuth silicate glass which has
been reduced in hydrogen so that the channel surfaces have a
conductive reduced oxide layer with a resistivity in the ranee
10'" to lU'* ohms/square.
3,641383
GLOW DISCHARGE TUBE FOR CODE DISPLAY
Hazime Tagana. Takatsuki-shi, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electronics Corporation, Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,819
Claims priority . application Japan, Sept. 25. 1968, 43/70664
Int. CI. H01j6;/66
U.S. CI. 313- 109.5 5c,ai„„
A glow discharge tube for code display in which a plurality
of cold cathodes m the shape of a plate comprising a seg-
mented portion forming a luminous code and a lead con-
nected to that portion are piled up with a window-frame-
shaped insulating plate interposing between each layer to
construct a cold cathode structural body and interposing the
said lead between the said insulating plates in order to
prevent a negative glow at the said lead portion.
V
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
717
3,641384 3,641386
SWITCHING DEVICE TUNGSTEN HALOGEN LAMP
Roger E. Lund, Cottage Grove, Minn., and Gunter A. G. Hof- Emery G. Audesse. Salem; Robert M. GrifTin. South Hamil
mann, Los Angeles, Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft
Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,563
Int. CI. HOlj 1150
U.S. CL 313- 161 6 Claims
The switching device has three spaced electrodes with a
gas-filled annular space therebetween. When an axial mag-
netic field above a certain value is applied to the gas-filled
space, and after initiation, cascading ionization occurs for
conduction. The electrodes can be electrically serially con-
nected for higher holdoff voltage during nonconduction, or
can be electrically connected in parallel for higher current
capacity in the same envelope.
3,641385
GAS-FILLED DISCHARGE TUBE WITH GAS-REFILLING
MEANS
Talzo Oikado, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Electric Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
nied June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49380
Claims priority, application Japan, June 30, 1969, 44/52065
Int. CI. HOlj 17/26.61/24
U.S. CI. 313-175 2 Claims
ton; Alexander Tartakoff, Beverly, and John J. Gutta,
Hamilton, all of Mass., assignors to Sylvania Electric
Products, Inc.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,556
Int. CI. H01J6//26
U.S. CI. 313— 179 5 Claims
A unit for supplying gas to a gas-filled discharge tube in-
cludes a gas container and a reservoir in communication
therewith. The reservoir has an outlet portion and valve
means are provided at the reservoir outlet to selectively place
the reservoir in and out of fluid communication with a
chamber. The latter in turn communicates with the interior
of the discharge tube.
A tungsten halogen lamp in hard glass in which the tem-
perature gradient in the envelope is such that the top of the
latter is at about 200° C. and the remainder of the lamp
hotter, so that the halogen will not only keep the glass bulb
clear by means of the usual regenerative halogen cycle, but
will also react with impurities in the tungsten to condense
them out nonregeneratively on the top of the envelope, the
lamp being operated base up. To insure the proper operation
of the halogen cycle, the supporting conductors for the fila-
ment are made small enough to operate at incandescence at
the designed current, in contrast to the much larger diameter
used for supporting conductors in ordinai7 incandescent
lamps, where the wires operate comparatively cool and have
low resistance and voltage drop. The higher voltage drop in
the incandescent supporting conductor is compensated for by
designing the filament coil to operate at its desired tempera-
ture at lower voltage in an atmosphere of bromine and kryp-
ton.
3,641387
PRESTRESSED CATHODE STRUCTURE FOR
ELECTRON DISCHARGE DEVICES
Herbert L. ShoU, East Norwalk, Conn., assignor to The
Machlctt Laboratories, Incorporated, Springdale, Conn.
Filed Apr. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,130
Int CL HOlj 7/94, / 9/45
U.S. CL 313-270 8 Claims
A planar-type cathode for electron discharge devices
which is in relatively close-spaced relation with another elec-
^
'18
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
trode and which is provided with means for preventing bow-
ing toward the electrode under thermal stresses.
3,641388
MICROWAVE DELAY APPARATUS
Erwin F. Bdohoubek, Kendall Park, NJ., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Piled Oct. 5, 1965, Ser. No. 493,275
Int. CI. HOlj 25/34
U.S. CI. 315-3.5 5 Claims
The microwave delay apparatus of this invention consists
of an M-type travelling wave tube which employs a
photocathode illuminated by a light beam amplitude modu-
lated at the signal frequency as the apparatus for forming and
injecting the modulated beam into the drift region. This ar-
rangement permits a laminar beam filling the drift space to
be launched into the interaction region where the crossed
electric and magnetic fields occur. It eliminates the usual
electron gun, its associated beam forming electrodes and the
input coupler.
3,641389
HIGH-POWER MICROWAVE EXCITED PLASMA
DISCHARGE LAMP
William J. Leidigh, Belmont, Calif., assignor to Varian As-
sociates, Palo Aho, Calif.
filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,175
InL CI. HOlj 7/46, 19/80
U.S. CI. 315—39 9 Claims
A high-power microwave plasma discharge lamp is dis-
closed. The lamp includes a ceramic tube filled with gas and
closed at one end by a window transparent to the optical
radiation output of the lamp. The ceramic tube extends
through a cavity resonator excited with microwave energy for
exciting a plasma discharge within the lamp.
3,641390
SOLID-STATE LETTER DISPLAY DEVICE
Tadashi Nakamura, Ise-City, Japan, assignor to Ise Elec-
tronics Corporation, Ise-City, Japan
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,706
Claims priority, application Japan, July 9, 1968, 43/47619
Int. CLH05b i 7/00
U.S. CI. 315-169 1 Claim
DRIVING
CKT
A plurality of luminous diodes and a driving circuit
therefor adapted to cause selected combinations of the lu-
minous diodes to luminesce to display selected letters are
formed on the same or different sides of a substrate and the
assembly is encapsulated by a transparent molded protective
coating The driving circuit in the form of a diode matrix cir-
cuit is fabricated by the integrated circuit technique.
3,641391
DEVICE FOR RESTORING CATHODE EMISSION IN
CATHODE-RAY TUBE GUNS
Albert R. Badewitz, Vancouver, Wash., assignor to Beltron,
Inc., Vancouver, Wash.
Filed June 6, 1969, Ser. No. 842,073
Int CI. HOlj 9/50
U.S. CI. 316—28 10 Claims
The heater filaments of the cathode-ray guns of a color
television picture tube are connected across the low-voltage
secondary winding of a transformer, the primary of which is
connected across the terminals of a conventional household
alternating current supply through a thermistor to effect
gradual increase of potential across the secondary winding.
As the filament voltage increases to normal operating poten-
tial, the degree of intensity of the lamps indicates the relative
electron emission of the cathodes. As the filament voltage in-
creases above normal operating potential, the temperature of
the filament and cathode are increased above normal to ef-
fect progressive removal of contaminating materials from the
cathodes. The cathodes are connected to one terminal of the
alternating current supply and the control grids are con-
nected to the other terminal of the alternating current supply
each through a dropping resistance, circuit breaker and in-
dicator lamp, to produce a pulsating direct current which ef-
fects progressive drawing of fresh electron emissive material
to the surface of the cathodes. This automatic progressive
restoration of the cathode is evidenced by progressive
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
719
brightening of the lamps and when restoration of each
cathode is completed, the associated circuit breaker opens
automatically to terminate the treatment.
3,641392
ELECTRICAL DEMAND PRIORITY CIRCUIT
William E. Coman, Newport, N.Y., assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21368
Int. CI. H02h 7/09
U.S. CI. 317-13R 4 Claims
3,641393
AUTOMATIC GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
Douglas A. Florance, 11 10 HUlside Drive, Vestal, N.Y.; Lloyd
P. Nordholm, 1515 W. Addorra Drive, Phoenix, Ariz., and
Stephen Foides, 5 Riverside Drive, Binghamton, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 828336, May 29,
1%9, now Patent No. 3358,980. This appikatk)n Jan. 25,
1971, Ser. No. 109305
Int CI. H02h 3/28, 7/26
U.S. CL 317-22 3 Chdms
tromotive force due to reference current is cancelled by a
ground fault leakage current. Switching means are actuated,
effecting disconnection of the live conductor in accordance
with excitation of the secondary windings.
3,641394
VACUUM SWITCH ASSEMBLY
Kengo Hirose, Tokyo; Noboru Ishiwata, Yokosuka, and
Todaomi Hukawa, Odaware, all of Japan, assignors to Toyo
Denki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,659
Claims priority, appHcation Japan, May 22, 1969, 44/39453
Int CI. H02h 3/26
U.S. CI. 317-27 R 5 Claims
A circuit for controlling the provision of electrical energy
to an accessory circuit in accordance with an established pri-
ority and the energy demands placed upon the remainder of
the system by the other accessories powered therefrom is dis-
closed herein. The circuit includes a control transistor which
provides an electrical interconnection between the vehicle
bus bar and the accessory and its accessory battery. When
the demands placed upon the remainder of the electrical cir-
cuit are high the control transistor limits or terminates the
flow of energy to the high demand accessory portion of the
circuit.
A polyphase vacuum switch assembly having a plurality of
vacuum switching valves, a star-connected surge-absorbing
unit connected in parallel with a load circuit, and a star-con-
nected unbalance-detecting unit connected substantially in
parallel with the surge-absorbing unit. The surge-absorbing
unit repeatedly absorbs frequently occuring switching surge
voltages while effecting emergency backup absorption of
lightning surges with follow -current interruption by melting
fuses incorporated therein. The unbalance-detecting unit de-
tects the melting of the fuse and other unbalance of the load
circuit.
3,641395
APPARATUS FOR QUICKLY MOUNTING AND
ELECTRICALLY CONNECTING COMPONENTS IN A
HOUSING WITH CAMMING CONNECTOR
ARRANGEMENT
Meivin S. Nation, Bensenvilie, lU., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
FrankUn Park, Dl.
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84^35
Intel. H02b//04
U.S. CI. 317-117 lOOaims
A power distribution system with automatic ground fault
and overload protection is described. In series with the con-
ductors of a powerline are placed current coils representing
primary windings of a transformer connected in cancelling
phase relation. The secondary windings of a transformer con-
nected in cancelling phase relation. The secondary windings
are energized by virtue of a predetermined reference current
through one of the primary windings. The induced elec-
A housing for electronic equipment is provided with
sidewall brackets that are secured in parallel relation with
one another and with pins formed on the bracket to receive
and guide a support rack containing electric or electronic
components thereon. Rack receiving pins engage a first pair
of slots on the support rack while guide pins engage a second
pair of slots which are angulariy formed in the support rack
so that movement of the guide pNns within the second slots
720
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
provides a cam action to urge the entire support rack into
electrical connection with fixedly mounted quick connectors
secured to a barrier strip which is secured within the housing
The quick connectors are trifurcated female connectors to
receive male connectors during the inserting operation of the
support rack, and the trifurcated connectors are resilient to
allow for slight angular movement between the connectors
during their interconnection.
3,64 U96
ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED SWITCH COMBINATED
OPERATING DEVICE FOR PERMITTING OPERATION
OF LATCHES AND OTHER MECHANISMS
Dale J. Kossen, Orange; Richard W. Foster, Glendaic, and
Charics R. Benson, Costa Mesa, all of Calif., assignors to
Alarm Lock Company, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,470
Int. CI. E05b 49100
U.S. CI. 317-134 14 Claims
1 »o* ■now. T *•»«».
®T$-
A plurality of normally off, pushbutton secure switches are
located at an outer side and a same plurality of presettable,
multiple positionable, secure switches are located at an inner
side of a door guarded by a latch, with the fir^t nonsecure
switch being electronically connected through a set-reset flip-
flop to the first position of all of the secure switches, the
second nonsecure switch through a set-reset flip-flop to the
second position of all of the secure switches and so forth.
The output of each of the secure switches is connected to the
input of an AND gate and the output of all of the AND gates
are connected to the inputs of an OR gate, with the output of
the OR gate and the other inputs of all of the AND gates
being connected to an electronic counter formed by a plu-
rality of toggle or clocked flip-fiops. The output of the
counter is connected through an AND gate of an electnc
solenoid circuit which is normally blocked from actuating the
solenoid by a transistor, the transistor when driven to a con-
ducting state permitting actuation of the solenoid. A timer
circuit, including inverters, transistors, and AND gate, and
other electronic components, is connected to the inputs of all
of the secure switches through an OR gate and is also con-
nected to the counter beginning an electronic timing upon
predetermined correct momentary operation of one of the
nonsecure switches to limit the total amount of time that the
nonsecure switches can be correctly operated in proper
sequence to finally permit energization of the electric sole-
noid. Thus, with the electrical circuitry including the elec-
tronic components, the secure switches may be set to any
combination of multiple settings which determines the
required sequence of operations of one or more of the non-
secure switches, the secure switches in their connection in
the circuit requiring transmission therethrough in order or
sequence. In the sequence of operation of the nonsecure
switches does not follow the order of secure switches, the en-
tire circuitry is reset to starting position including the timer
circuit and if the time period of the timer circuit expires the
entire circuitry is reset, thereby requiring exact operation of
the nonsecure switches within a determined time period in
order to energi/e the solenoid. The solenoid is mounted
blocking operation of the latch guarding the door so that
when the solenoid is energized, the latch can be operated and
the door opened
3,641397
OFF-DELAY SOLID-STATE TIMER SYSTEMS
William H. Elliot, Whiteflsh Bay, and Isadore Small, III, Mil-
waukee, both of Wis., assignors to Cutler-Hammer, Inc
Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,527
Int. CI. H01h47/i2,47//5
U.S. CI. 317-141 S ,3c,^„„
AC and DC solid-state timers for controlling loads such as
electromagnetic relays or the like. The timer is supplied
through a rectifier from the AC source and provides a time
delay after opening of the control circuit; that is, when the
control switch is moved to "ofT' position, the timer delays
drop out of the relay for a predetermined, adjustable time in-
terval. The timing can be cancelled at any time before relay
dropout by moving the control switch back to "on" position
and this will not affect relay energization. A second version
works equally well on AC or DC power. A third version
returns the load to the condition it was in before power
failure when the power comes back on.
3,641398
HIGH-FREQUENCY SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
WiUiam Vincent Fitzgerald, Jr., Basking Ridge, N J., assignor
to RCA Corporation
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,591
Int. CI. Hoiiy/y^
U.S. CI. 317-234 G 6 Claims
The device envelope comprises a plurality of members,
some of which are electrically conductive, and others of
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
721
\
which are electrically insulating, the various members being 3,641,401
in stacked relationship, and some of the conductive members LEADLESS CERAMIC PACKAGE FOR INTEGRATED
serving as device terminals. The various members are brazed CIRCUITS
to one another, the brazed joints on opposite surfaces of each James E. Lynch, Chattanooga, Tenn., assignor to American
of the insulating members not overlapping. Lava Corporation, Chattanooga, Tenn.
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 843,460, July 22, 1969,
now abandoned. This application Mar. 10, 1971, Ser. No.
3,641399 123,050
CLUSTER ANODE FOR ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITORS
Gerhart P. Klein, Manchester, and Ivan L. Wingood, Bedford, ||^ c\ 317—234 R
both of Mass., assignors to P. R. Malk>ry & Co. Inc., Indi-
anapolis, Ind.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 44,927
Int. CI. HOI g 9/04 f fiO. zoj^^i,
U.S. CI. 317-230 15 Claims "^^'^T. ' f ('■ :•'
36 ^
Int.CI. HOI I i/00. 5/00
7 Claims
The application describes a film-forming metal anode
preferably tantalum made from microporous droplets with in-
terdroplet spaces that facilitate the penetration of the anodes
by processing materials. Capacitors made from such anodes
exhibit one or more of the following characteristics; im-
proved DC leakage, lower DP, improved wide frequency
characteristics.
3,641,400
LIGHT-EMITTING SEMICONDUCTOR RADIAL ARRAY
Eugene S. Rocks, Northport, and Thomas J. Poff, Dix Hills,
both of N.Y., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55307
Int. CI. HOSb 33/00
U^. CI. 3 1 7- 234 R 13 Claims
J
A plug-in leadless package for integrated circuits is pro-
vided having integral male contact members supf>orted by
ceramic backing. The package is adapted to connection by
spring connectors or by soldering in mating female recepta-
cles.
3,64 M02
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE WITH BETA TANTALUM-
GOLD COMPOSITE CONDUCTOR METALLURGY
Martin Revitz, Poughkeepsic, and Francis E. Turene,
Wappingers Falls, both of N.Y., assignors to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,203
InLCI. H01iy//4
U.S. CI. 317-234 R 5 Claims
A light source including a radially disposed array of laser
diodes each located in a centralized region between respec-
tive angularly spaced wedge-shaped electrically conductive
sections which are arranged in a circularly symmetric con-
figuration having a casing thereabout for holding the respec-
tive diodes and wedge sections in contacting relation. Electri-
cal excitation is applied to the structure by means of contacts
affixed to two of the wedge sections devoid of a diode
therebetween whereby electrical series connections of the
diodes is established to induce lasing action therein.
A deposited film of gold is adhered to a layer of silicon
dioxide by a deposited film of Beta tantalum. After the gold
is deposited on the Beta tantalum, a second film of Beta tan-
talum is deposited on the gold. This forms a composite sand-
wich adhering the gold to the sihcon dioxide without decreas-
ing the conductivity of the gold and allowing another layer of
silicon dioxide to be adhered to the second film of Beta tan-
talum.
722
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
^ 3,641,403
THYRISTOR WITH DEGENERATE SEMICONDUCTIVE
REGION
Josuke Nakata, Itami, Japan, assignor to Mitsubishi Denki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 41,130
int.ci. Hoii;;/oo, is/oo
U.S. CI. 317-235 R 6 Claims
There is disclosed a thyristor provided with junctions
formed such that predetermined portions of a cathode
emitter junction and the adjacent portions of both regions
forming that junction are highly doped to be degenerated
thereby to introduce a multiplicity of centers of recombina-
tion. The thyristor is free from the disadvantages of the con-
ventional shorted emitter-type thyristors and still retaining
their advantages.
3,641,404
THYRISTOR CIRCUIT
Svedberg Per, Vallingby, Sweden, assignor to Allmanna Sven-
ska Elcktriska Aktiebolaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,807
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 5, 1968, 7485/68
Int. CI. Hon 1 1 100, 15100
U.S. CI. 317— 235R 8 Claims
f*N
W
IS
10 .
_ n7.^
Vr r ni,> > ( f <,;, ciV I r,i, I ( it. r, ( ,
S
»i'i.> iV.; r.»rj| . I ifi ■ ;.. i/.; r.^
12
3,64 M05
FIELD-EFFECT TRANSISTORS WITH SUPERIOR
PASSIVATING FILMS AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Dale M. Brown, Schenectady, and William E. Engeier, Scotia,
both of N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
Original application Oct. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 679,957, now
Patent No. 3,566,518, dated Mar. 2, 1971. Divided and this
application Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,660
Int. CI. HOII ///y4
U.S. CL 317-235 R
9 Claims
Improved semiconductor field-effect transistors have self-
registration and electrical insulation. Conductivity-modified,
surface adjacent source and drain regions are formed by dif-
fusing dopants through gate-oxide layer. One embodiment
features a conducting gate electrode which is formed from a
thin deposited film In this embodiment a large region of op-
posite-conductivity-type semiconductor is formed by diffu-
sion through both conducting and oxide films. Complementa-
ry "N-channel" and "P-channel" devices may be formed on
the same substrate by combining two separate embodiments.
In such devices the original conductivity-type semiconductor
is the base for one FET, while the large conductivity-
modified-type region is the base for the other FET. Such
modules may be interconnected to form integrated circuits
capable of performing a vanety of logical functions.
3,641.406
SEMICONDUCTOR HETEROJ UNCTION DEVICE
Wouter Albers, and Jacobus Verberkt, both of Emmasingel,
Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to U.S. Philips Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 854,896
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Sept. 4, 1968,
6812544
inUC\.HQ\\ 3 100
U.S. CI. 317-237 5 Claims
I
A thyristor circuit includes a first thyristor with first and
second emitter layers and two jse layers arranged
therebetween. The first emitter layei _^ two separate parts.
The first part is provided with a connection for the load cur-
rent of the thyristor. A second thyristor is connected between
the second part of the first emitter layer and the load current
connection to the first part. The breakover voltage in the for-
ward direction of the series connection of the second
thyristor and the partial thyristor composed of the second
part of the first emitter layer and the other layers of the first
thyristor is lower than the breakover voltage of the first
thyristor. As a result, upon increase of off-state voltage the
second thyristor breaks over first with the production of a
simultaneous ignition over a large surface.
A semiconductor device including a semiconductor body
having at least one junction between two semiconductor
compounds which consist of same two elements, for example
tin selenide and tin diselenide.
3,641,407
INDUCTOR SURGE PROTECTION FOR TRANSISTORS
Richard D. Scott, Chkago, III., assignor to Teletype Corpora-
tion, Skokie, lU.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,041
Int. CI. H02h 7120
U.S. CI. 317— 43 17 Claims
A circuit for clamping a voltage induced across an induc-
tor utilizes a Zener diode to control the energy dissipation of
the inductor through a transistor. A driver circuit for an in-
1
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
723
ductor includes a Zener diode and an opposing diode con-
nected across the series combination of the base-emitter
junction of an emitter-follower output transistor and the in-
ductor driven thereby. When the transistor is conducting, the
inductor is energized and no current flows through the Zener
diode. When the transistor is caused to cease conduction, the
field of the coil of the electromagnet collapses, generating a
voltage that is applied to the emitter of the output transistor.
If the voltage thus generated is greater than the Zener break-
dovm voltage, the Zener diode breaks down and provides a
bias current to the base of the output transistor to permit
\"^~\
'^
i'^'!
1 Hi
1 ,- J
..-,■*■
further conduction of the transistor and clamps the voltage at
the emitter of the transistor to substantially the value of the
Zener breakdown voltage. The voltage generated by the in-
ductor is thus prevented from applying too high a voltage
across the collector-emitter circuit of the output transistor,
which might damage the transistor. The transistor continues
to conduct during the dissipation of the energy stored in the
inductor until the inductor is almost fully deenergized and
can no longer generate a voltage equal to the Zener diode
breakdown voltage. The output transistor is then rendered
nonconductive, completing the deenergization of the induc-
tor.
3,641,408
SOLID-STATE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM FOR
ROTATING ANODE X-RAY TUBES
Louis L. Fiocca, c/o Advanced Instrument Devek>pment Inc.
1001 North 25th Ave., Meh-ose Park, Ul.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. Na 66348
Int. CI. H02p 5140
U.S. CI. 318-227 18 Claims
cally restarting the system in the event of paralysis of the in-
verter oscillator. Further, through the use of a novel pro-
grammed two-step driving signal, the desired operating speed
is reached in a fraction of a second. The unit is compact and
lightweight for optimum ease of installation.
3,641,409
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR DC MOTOR
Yutaka Maeda, and Kinya Hirata, both of Aichi-ken, Japan,
assignors to Okuma Machinery Works Ltd., Nagoya, Japan
Filed Oct 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,629
Claims priority, appUcatran Japan, May 23, 1969, 44/40374
Int CI. H02r 5/06
U.S. CL 318-258 4 Claims
SCRi
^ SCRZ
/"
SCR4
A control system for controlling a DC motor by controlling
the conduction angle of controllable electric valves, wherein
in order to discharge energy stored in a choke coil connected
in series with the armature of the DC motor, the controllable
electric valves including rectifiers are connected in parallel
with the series circuit of the DC motor and choke coil for the
control of unidirectional rotation, and a reverse parallel cir-
cuit consisting of controllable electric valves is connected in
parallel with said series circuit for the reversible control.
3,641,410
TOUCH CONTROL FOR ELECTRICAL APPARATUS
Walter H. Vogeisberg, CarversviUe, Pa., assignor to The Black
and Decker Manufacturing Company, Towson, Md.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,202
Int. CI. H02p 7100
U.S. CI. 318-345 22 Claims
A compact solid-state power supply system for rotating
anode X-ray tubes. The system includes an AC-to-DC solid
state power converter which drives an inverter oscillator
using silicon controlled rectifiers. The system provides means
for operating the rotating X-ray tube anode at either low or
high speeds with automatic braking when going from high
speed to low speed. Means are also provided for automati-
2«N.
;
22-^
27 a ■ =t «
A touch control to energize the load of a tool or appliance.
A timing circuit gates a triac ON to energize the load in
response to a touch or touch device having no moving parts.
The touch device in one embodiment is an impedance
without moving parts and the value of which varies with the
location of the operator's touch to vary the timing of the cir-
cuit and, correspondingly, to provide for variable energiza-
tion of the load. The impedance can be a capacitor or a re-
sistor. Another embodiment includes several impedances and
several touch devices to provide for selective energization of
the load of a predetermined extent.
724
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,411
DYNAMIC AUTOMATIC BRAKING FOR TRUCK
Robert V. Nemiroff, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Eaton Yale
& Towne Inc., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Sept 20, 1967, Ser. No. 669,029
Int. CI. H02p 3106
U.S. CI. 318— 373 12 Claims
12^
A dynamic braking system utilizing a switch that is
operated by the accelerator of the truck, and that acts
through a relay to move contacts that electrically reverse the
traction motor of the truck when the accelerator moves to
neutral position. The traction motor is driven by pulsating
power that is applied also when the accelerator is in neutral
position so as to brake the truck. Pulse limit means control
the motor current while braking, and permit an increase in
the pulse duty cycle when the truck substantially comes to
rest and the braking effect ceases. The duty cycle, upon
reaching a certain value, acts through the charging of a
capacitor to operate transistors forming parts of a control cir-
cuit. That causes a silicon controlled rectifier to bypass the
relay, causing the motor reversing contacts to return to a
normal position. The accelerator while in neutral holds
further contacts open so as to prevent a movement of the
truck when the reversing contacts move to normal position.
3,641,412
MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR PAD HOLDER
Chusaku Hayashi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Hayashi
Seisakusho Co., Ltd., Sumida-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 84,669
Claims priority, application Japan, June 15, 1970, 45/59334
Int. CI. G05d 3106
U.S. CI. 318-470 4 Claims
38 30
2? 29' 29 a
A writing pad holder is disclosed which incorporates an au-
tomatic feed control mechanism for feeding a length of pad
from its roll, said mechanism including an electrical switch
operable to start and stop a drive motor, said switch being as-
sociated with a switching gear and adapted to close during a
full cycle of revolution of the switching gear.
3,641,413
PHOTOELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL
Frederick F. Ohntrup, Plymouth Meeting, Pa.; John P.
Truemper, West Helena, and Billy C. Smith, Forrest City,
both of Ark., assignors to Eaton Yale & Towne Inc., Cleve-
land, Ohio
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,789
Int. CI. H02p 7/74
U.S.CI.3I8-480 10 Claims
A control for an electric motor for producing a first con-
trol signal for controlling the speed of the motor and a
second control signal for controlling the direction of rotation
of the motor includes a pair of photocells connected in series
across a power supply, a light source for illuminating the
photocells, a movable mask for controlling the intensity of il-
lumination on each of the photocells, a pair of switches and a
pair of actuator members one of which is associated with
each of the switches An output terminal is connected
between the series-connected photocells for producing the
first control signal, the magnitude of which controls the
speed of the motor, and is dependent upon the resistance of
the photocells and hence the intensity of illumination acting
thereon The switches produce the second control signal. Ini-
tial movement of one of the actuating members effects ac-
tivation of its associated switch to thereby produce the
second control signal and further movement of the actuating
member effects movement of the mask to thereby control the
intensity of illumination acting on the photocells so as to con-
trol the magnitude of the first control signal. Thus, move-
ment of one of the actuating members controls the direction
of rotation of the motor associated with the qpntrol and the
magnitude of movement of the actuating member controls
the speed of the motor
3,641,414
TRANSDUCER SYSTEM WITH FLOATING INPUT
CIRCUIT AND CONSTANT CURRENT OUTPUT
ELECTRONICS
Burton J. Thompson, Mount Lake Terrace, and Melvin O.
Eide, Bellevue, both of Wash., assignors to United Control
Corporation
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,474
Int. CI. G05b 1106
U.S. CL 318-662 11 Claims
^
i_
/7
Hh
'/b
-X)
<«7
f
A servoed transducer system uses differential sensing
capacitors to detect the movement of a pivoted seismic mass.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
725
Electrostatic forces across the sensing capacitors are reduced
by electrically fioating the capacitors and using stray
capacitance to a torque coil on the seismic mass to complete
a pickoff sensor and detector circuit which generates an
error signal in response to movement of the seismic mass. A
servoamplifier maintains a constant current through the
torque coil for a fixed error signal in order to rebalance the
seismic mass.
3,641,415
OPEN-LOOP STEPPING MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT
FOR A MACHINE TOOL
Ernst A. Weinz, Auf der Bliz, Idar-Oberstein, Germany
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,656
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 22, 1968, P 18 10
264.2
Int. CLG05b 79/40
U.S. CL 318—696 1 Claim
» c
SUPPLY,
T'
/
CIRCUIT^ MOTOR I rMvevK
' '• T)«tAOeD
DRIVE
SPINOLC
required by the system, the fluid supply powering the motor
which drives the alternator may be shut off automatically,
thereby extending the system life.
3,641,417
INPUT FILTER CIRCUIT FOR CYCLOCONVERTER
APPARATUS
Laszk) Gyugyi, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72^92
Int.CI. H02m7/72, 5/JO
U.S.CL 321-7 5 Claims
A tool or workpiece slide on a machine tool is advanced in
uniform steps by an interruptor in the energizing circuit of
the motor driving the slide. A counter which counts the steps
stops the advancing movement of the slide after a desired
movement of the tool or workpiece. The counter may be set
manually. The invention resides in features of the motor cir-
cuit and associated controls.
3,641,416
HYDRODYNAMIC CHARGING SYSTEM
James A. Riff, Chicago, III., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, Dl.
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,648
InL CI. HO^ 7/74
U.S. CL 320—61 5 Claims
The hydraulic power source of a motor vehicle for supply-
ing hydraulic power to operate a power steering mechanism
or other hydraulic equipment of the vehicle is also utilized to
drive a hydraulic motor, which in turn is coupled to an alter-
nator through a direct mechanical drive, thereby eliminating
the driving belt normally utilized to operate the alternator of
the vehicle. The alternator operates as a current source to
charge the vehicle battery. The hydraulic system provides
sufficient pressure to drive the alternator at its full output
even for an idling engine. When electrical power is not
The invention relates to an electrical filter circuit opera-
tively coupled between the output of a polyphase power
source exhibiting measurable impedance and the inputs of a
cycloconverter apparatus; the filtering circuit including cou-
pled inductors connected between phases of the power
source to shunt the unwanted frequency components
generated by the cycloconverter apparatus in order to
decrease the distortion of the terminal voltage of the
polyphase power source, and to improve the input power fac-
tor of the cycloconverter.
3,641,418
FREQUENCY CONVERSION SYSTEM
David L. Plette, Waynesboro, Va., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
FUed Mar. 21, 1966, Ser. No. 536,149
Int. CI. H02m5/76.5/iO
U.S.CL 321-7 36 Claims
-T+-
T^
k
1 i I
t 1 t
i i \
* t (
i
1
MOOujrroM
nuK*
in«MOCv
-^LlMWtlWM
1 '«■*
MQOUUROII
—
tjjwwm
MtUiff
mjm. c ~
TncacHCT
Hoowonw
1 "— =
'«
. 1 '
,• PH*K ei
It
K"— ill
«•
«♦*■•»-)
COMTAITT
riLTW
o»aujnDii fH
ID
; i
nauckov
! *M*M a OVTM/T
'ntui c OUTPUT
A power conversion system including a static cyclocon-
verter for converting a varying input frequency signal to an
output signal of constant frequency. The cycloconverter con-
sists of a plurality of pairs of static switching devices such as
726
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
silicon-controlled rectifiers which are selectively triggered
into conduction to produce an output wave of the desired
constant frequency. The varying input frequency signaJ is ap-
plied to the SCRs to furnish the supply voltage for the anode-
cathode path. In addition, a reference voltage of the desired
output frequency is applied along with the varying input
frequency signal to a modulator for providing firing or trig-
gering pulses for the SCRs as a function of the relative am-
plitudes of the reference and input signal. The modulator
thus produces triggering pulses which vary in time with the
signals to provide an average current which varies
sinusoidally at the same frequency as the reference voltage.
3,641,419
MODULAR POWER SUPPLY WITH PLURAL RECTIFIER
HOUSINGS BACK OF WHICH CONTAINS RECTIFYING
DEVICES, A TRANSFORMER AND FAN MEANS
Mkhad A. Koltuniak, Warren, and Thomas N. Urquhart,
Troy, both of Mkh., assignors to Controlled Power Cor-
poration, Farmington, Mich.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,331
Int. CI. H02m 7100
U.S. CI. 321-8 C 10 Claims
'ill, ' irsLLL
A modular power supply for converting three-phase alter-
nating current to direct current for high kva applications. A
plurality of individual rectifying modules are all fed through a
common three-phase SCR controller. Each module in turn
comprises a delta-wye transformer and a three-phase, full
wave diode rectifying circuit. An individual cooling fan is
packaged with the transformer and rectifying circuit of each
module in a confined package. The transformer in each
module is fed from the common SCR controller to an in-
dividual circuit breaker associated with each module but
separately packaged in the module bank immediately ad-
jacent its associated module. The DC output from each
module is collected by a common bussing arrangement and a
particular automatic voltage-current regulator is provided to
control the duty cycle of the common SCR controller. The
modules are arranged in a compact bank by stacking the
modules in vertical columns and providing a plurality of
columns side by side
3,641,420
HARMONIC-INSENSITIVE AC-TO-DC CONVERTER
Peter L. Richman, 22 Barberry Road, Lexington, Mass.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 743,442, July 9, 1968.
This application Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 19,079
Int. CI. H02m 1112
U.S. CI. 321-9 26 Claims
A system for converting a time-varying periodic, complex
electrical input wave to DC with reduced response to
selected harmonic distortion components of the wave, the
system including a conventional AC-DC converter and
means for selectively altering the gain of the converter
between predetermined phase angles with respect to the fun-
damental of the wave. Gain alteration is typically effected by
a second AC-DC converter having a different characteristic
sensitivity to the distortion components than the first con-
verter The outputs of the two converters are scaled and then
summed, the scaling factors being dependent on the har-
c
^
A.C-TO-D.C.
CONVERTER
-4
1 t
r:
CORRECTION
GENERATOR.
XI
J^
SUMkCR
AND
FILTER
-10
monies the effect of which is intended to be reduced. One
converter is an average-sensing device, the other being a
peak-To-peak or peak-averaging sensing device.
3,641,421
COMMUTATION CONTROL FOR INVERTER CIRCUITS
Carlton Eugene Graf; Einar Aascn Skogsholm, both of Erie,
and Werner Karl Volkmann, Fairview, all of Pa., assignors
to General Electric Company
Filed Feb. 24, 1971, Ser. No. 118,402
Int. CI. H02m 7152
U.S. CI. 321-12 14 Claims
CTF^^^Tlf'^H
"° ,40 1
LfXii
.J
so ^44
An inverter circuit utilizing gate controlled rectifiers for
changing direct-current electric power to alternating-current
electnc power is provided with commutation control ap-
paratus for sensing commutation current during the commu-
tation of a first load rectifier and firing, or turning "on,"
another load rectifier in response thereto at a predetermined
level of commutation current.
3,641,422
WIDE BAND BOOST REGULATOR POWER SUPPLY
Robert P. Farnsworth, 12612 Indianapolis, Los Angeles,
Calif., and Dennis G. McCaughey, 1244 Saltair Ave.. Los
Angeles, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of apphcation Ser. No. 884,858, Dec. 15,
1969. now abandoned. This application Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No.
77,168
Int. CI. GOSf //56, 1160
U.S. CI. 323-8 12 Claims
A power supply which, in one embodiment, provides to a
load a relatively constant DC (direct current) output voltage
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
727
at a voltage level equal to or greater than that being supplied
from a variable DC voltage source. The power supply in-
cludes a first switching circuit controlled by a voltage sensing
circuit to allow energy to be transferred from a current
storage device to a voltage storage device to maintain the
amplitude of the output voltage within predetermined levels,
and also includes a second switching circuit controlled by a
current sensing circuit to allow the amplitude of circuit to be
maintained within predetermined limits.
3,641,423
LOW-DROP VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Reuben Laverne Stauffer, Timonium, Md., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation .
Filed Nov. 16, 19t(Cser. No. 89,726
InLCI.G05fi/y4
U.S. CI. 323—9 9 Claims
A follower amplifier which connects a variable and noisy
power source to a load obtains its reference from a divider
composed of two serially connected transistors using feed-
back to obtain two widely different ratios of dynamic re-
sistance to average resistance.
3,641,424
REGENERATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS
James H. Kuykendall, Northridge, Calif., assignor to TRW
Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,336
Int. CI. G05fy /56
U.S. CI. 323-17 6 Claims
at
'V,5_ 1]_
60 X,
%^
\-J'''
l^*— Maa-4
«
se
5«,
s>l
i *-AftXv — ■
kA-r'
^'
^
-7l-
Regenerative power switches for use in semiconductor cir-
cuits such as in voltage regulators having a DC or low-
frequency output controlled by a high-frequency pulse input.
The circuits are designed to minimize the power dissipation
in the regulator circuit and to minimize the number of com-
ponents, particularly inductive components required. The
regulator circuit having a negative common uses a feedback
voltage from a secondary coil on the output filter choke to
create a voltage exceeding the supply voltage, which is used
without rectification thereof to force a series transistor into
saturation during the ON portion of the cycle, thereby
minimizing the voltage drop across that transistor and max-
imizing power output capability of the voltage regulator or
amplifier. The regulator circuit having a positive common
uses a feedback voltage from a top on the output filter choke
winding to force a series transistor into saturation. The use of
the tap minimizes the power dissipation in the regulator dur-
ing the ON portion of the cycle and further aids in a fast and
complete tumoff.
3,641,425
ALARM SYSTEM
Joel L. Cutler, and Joel I. Glickman, both of Huntingdon Val-
ley, Pa., assignors to Transalarm Electronics Inc., Hunting-
don Valley, Pa.
Filed Aug. 7, 1969. Ser. No. 848,258
Int. CI. G08b im
U.S. CI. 340-224 7 Claims
pn[7ii7i
S^
00
7
ft
^
A window-mounted alarm-actuating unit compnses a
transmitter for generating wireless signals, a power source
connected to the transmitter, means for mounting the trans-
mitter and the power source in a window frame, and switch
means operable upon the opening of the window in normal
operation for actuating the transmitter to generate a wireless
signal for a relatively short period whereby the transmitter
draws power from the power source only during the relative-
ly short period.
3,641,426
OPTICAL PUMPING MAGNETOMETERS
Henri Brun, and Jean-Louis Meilleroux, both of Paris,
France, assignors to Thomson-CSF
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,967
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 6, 1969, 6906239
Int. CI. GOlr Ji/0«
U.S. CI. 324-0.5 R 5 Claims
t^-vj ^
The invention relates to optical pumping magnetometers
wherein an absorption cell is optically pumped with a pump-
ing light source emitting two spectrum lines building up a
doublet. The magnetometer according to the invention uses
an absorption cell filed with a mixture of an alkali vapor and
a buffer gas. The efficiency of the optical pumping is in-
creased by insertion between the pumping source and the
cell of an optical arrangement capable of circularly polariz-
ing in mutually opposite directions the pumping radiations
corresponding to the above-mentioned spectrum lines.
r2s
^
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,427
ELECTRIC FIELD SENSOR
Ed P. Pittman, and Roy A. Stanford, both of Panama City,
Fla., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed SepL 24, 1969, Ser. No. 862,642
Int. CI. H04b 13/02
U.S. CI. 324-9 15 Claims
The invention is a method and means for sensing and mea-
sunng an electric field within sea water or any other environ-
mental medium. It contains three pairs of diametrically op-
posed electric current sensing electrodes that are combined
and configured in such manner as to form opposite faces of a
cube. Each electrode is segmented to effect a predetermined
mosaic pattern; and between each pair thereof, a differential
amplifier, having an input impedance that is substantially
equal to the operational environmental medium, is con-
nected. A signal-processing system, including a telemetering
link, a computer, and/or a readout, is connected to the out-
puts of the differential amplifiers.
3,641,428
KLYSTRON AUTOMATIC TUBE TESTER
Louis Mandel, Levittown, N.Y., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,737
Int. CI. GOlri //22
U.S. CI. 324-24 3 claims
r
PiimcJi ^j*t.
~1
1
>. ^
*»*,.-
*«^«
^-.v*^
\
k
i
I
'
1 '"■
S^H?"-"'
t
\
The apparatus is a device for testing klystron tubes and
consists of filament control and regulator means, filament
continuity and emission test means, reflector logic and con-
trol means, beam voltage programming and control means,
RF power and frequency-determining means and indicator
means for applying voltages to the filament and other elec-
trodes of integral cavity klystron tubes in a predetermined
sequence whereby the static and dynamic operating charac-
teristics of the tubes can be tested.
3,641 429
POSITION-MEASURING TRANSDUCER COMPRISING A
STATOR AND RELATIVELY MOVABLE FLUX-
ALTERING MEMBER
Duncan B. Cox, Jr., Manchester, and Kenneth Fertig,
Brookline. both of Mass., assignors to Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 24. 1969, Ser. No. 887,896
Int. CI. GOlrJi/OO
U.S. CI. 324-34 PS
20 Claims
. > ABS OF HOTAT-r
— ROTOR 20
zoc
A transducer comprising a stator having printed thereon a
pattern adapted to form pairs of electrical poles, and a rotor
movable relative to the stator and separated therefrom by a
gap Each pole of the stator 's pattern is coupled to an exter-
nal p<iwer source via bridge circuitry or the like such that
upon the application of power a magnetic field exhibiting
fiux IS generated, mducing a voltage proportional thereto in
each pole The rotor's surface adjacent to and opposite the
stator's pole pairs is coated with two typjes of oppositely act-
ing flux-altenng material MOvement of the rotor relative to
the stator positions the fiux-altering material on the rotor's
surface relative to the stator's pole patterns, thereby altering
the flux of the magnetic field about each pole, which is
equivalent to altering the impedance of each pole pattern.
The resulting difference in fiux-induced voltage between
those poles whose fiux is altered in one way and those poles
of oppositely altered flux, as measured by the bridge cir-
cuitry, IS a measure of the mechanical displacement of the
rotor with respect to the stator. The transducer may be con-
figured to measure either angular or linear displacement and
is operable either as a single-speed and/or multispeed device.
3,641,430
ELECTRICAL CONTACT TEST APPARATUS FOR
TESTING THE BREECH, OR BREECH CAP OF A
MILITARY AIRCRAFT EJECTION RACK
Robert A. Williams, Fort Worth, Tex., assignor to Williams
Instrument, Inc., Fort Worth, Tex.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,971
Int. CI. GOlr jy/02
U.S. CI. 324-51 1 Claim
^'-r~\.
Test apparatus especially suitable for testing the breech or
breech cap used with ejection racks in military aircraft and
including one pair of contacts for engaging the inner contact
of the breech or breech cap and connected in a series with a
power source and an indicator. A second set of contacts en-
gages an outer contact and a breech or breech cap and is also
7
/
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
729
connected in series with a power source and an indicator. A
third indicator is connected in a series across one of the inner
contacts and one of the outer contacts of the breech or
breech cap. As a consequence, the electrical conductivity of
the surfaces of inner and outer contacts of the breech or
breech cap may be determined, as well as stray voltage
across the inner and outer contacts.
3,641,431
METHOD FOR INSPECTING AND ADJUSTING CUTTER
BLADES
Robert F. Pigage, Rochester; Arthur B. Ryan, Victor, and
Robert E. Smith. Rochester, all of N.Y.. assignors to The
Gleason Works, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 764,223
Int. CLGOIn 27/26
U.S. CI. 324—61 R 2 Claims
-o
A cutter inspection device and a method of operating the
device for determining cutter blade settings by measuring an
air gap is disclosed. The device comprises an electronic mea-
suring unit, with a capacitance probe that measures an air
gap having a value dependent up>on a blade setting. The air
gap is formed between the capacitance probe and the cutter
blade for some blade setting measurements and in other
blade setting measurements, the air gap is formed between
the capacitance probe and a contact element in contact with
a surface or edge of a cutter blade.
/
3,641,432
RADIO POSTAL SYSTEM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
APPARATUS
Donald S. Bond, Princeton, NJ., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed July 26, 1968, Ser. No. 747,950
Int CI. H04b 1150, 7120
U.S. CI. 325—4 , 5 Claims
Acknowledgement apparatus for use in a radio postal
system of the type employing an orbiting relay satellite for
transmission, including receiver reply circuits operating at a
narrower bandwidth and with a lower signal-to-noise ratio
than are associated with corresponding transmitter message
circuits so as to enable use of reply circuits of substantially
reduced power.
3,641,433
TRANSMITTED REFERENCE SYNCHRONIZATION
SYSTEM
Ralph W. Mifflin; Joseph P. Wheeler, both of Rome, and
Joseph T. Massoud, Washington Mills, ail of N.Y., assignors
to The United States of America as represented by the
Secretary of the Air Force
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,479
Int. CI. H04b/ /59
U.S. CI. 325-8 2 Claims
/^fWf_.^r*1 ^a0»JI^,WMtfJ
[IZIK.
;:V
^^T^^^^l^^ I
/
/
A transmitted reference synchronization system which
combines a high process gain transmitted reference commu-
nication link with a fixed time delay automatic synchroniza-
tion technique to allow a correlation process to be accom-
plished at the origination end of the link with extremely ac-
curate and completely automatic synchronization.
3,641,434
WIDE-BAND CRYSTAL-CONTROLLED TRANSCEIVER
WITH REMOTE DIGITAL TUNING
Lester R. Yates, Lighthouse Point, Fla.; Charles M. Dorsey,
Jr., Baltimore; John B. Howell, Sparks; Winfred S.
Conklin, Baltimore, all of Md.; Joseph J. Sawicki; Reeves
T. Shepherd, both of Pompano Beach, Fla., and Silvio
Soares, Baltimore, Md., assignors to The Bendix Corpora-
tion
Filed Oct. 10, 1%8, Ser. No. 766,435
Int CLH04b 7/40, i/05
U.S.CL 325—17 8 Claims
m
ITU
Haulm
*3
■HM3-[
HMtl mm CMTW
'IJE-H5
rEiviiiTtjEiTii 1 Timum
. \ *
Mfura
mm L_
'"tr
■R
AX
Tl
y
a
•■■ am m n-
A wide-band VHP crystal-stabilized transceiver remotely
controlled by digital logic means. The transceiver incor-
porates a frequency synthesizer having a spectrum generator
A
730
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
and a variable frequency oscillator phase locked to a selected
component of the spectrum generator output. The particular
component to which the oscillator is locked is selected by the
digital logic which includes a translator for the ARINC 2x5
code enabling the use of decimal control switches.
3,641.435
TELEVISION FREQUENCY STABILIZING SYSTEM
Robert J. Munn, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to Motorola,
Inc., Franklin Park, lU.
Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848,246
Int. a.H04b//y6
U.S. CI. 325-63 4 Claims
a predetermined time to eliminate the same frequency com-
ponents as the control signal, whereby the control signal can
be transmitted with no chance of spurious triggering.
3,641,437
MAXIMAL-RATIO DIVERSITY RECEIVING SYSTEM
Richard J. Gurak, Summit, and Milton D. Reicher, Parkridge,
both of N J., assignors to International Telephone and Tele-
graph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. Na 70,624
Int. CI. H04b im
U.S. CI. 325-305 iQ Claims
13,
60 IHj
»M*S£
COonUUTCM
•KEOUtWCT
CXVIDCR T"?
n»Eoutp,CY
Dnnoe*
3H>«
fwauCNCT
'— MVIMR
.' lUHt
1» IMi
srmy cmuT oecotnun
21
T ".
M«tasio«
03C 4
-^
Ty
TMtenKrnM
05C jj
OATIO
fWOUEdOr
t)t«lTAL
OUTPUT
^r^Z
«C tfCMmVOl Cl^CUfT
..J^S^.Sfe'i^aT''^ t
M^^-73
•* ' 'i-f^Z^'
yr?
A very low-frequency receiver is tuned to a station trans-
mitting a low-frequency standard signal, and this received
signal is compared in a phase comparator with a signal di-
vided down from a high-frequency precision reference oscil-
lator at a transmitting station which is to be operated at a
predetermined carrier frequency. The output of the precision
reference oscillator also controls a gated frequency counter,
the input signals to which are obtained from the local oscilla-
tor used to provide the carrier at the transmitting station
The frequency counter then provides an indication of the
frequency of the transmitted carrier accurately referenced to
the received low-frequency standard signal whenever the
precision reference oscillator frequency is properly adjusted
to produce a nonvarying output from the phase comparator
3 641 436
BROADCAST SYSTEM FOR A CONTROL SIGNAL WITH
INTERFERENCE REDUCTION
Masayuki Fukata, 94, Shimoreiuaku, Metaka-shi, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,402
Int. CI. H04b im
U.S. CI. 325—64 4 Claims
U
AfA SP
RECEIVER
^-ilH2-[^
A system for controlling, from the sending side, the receiv-
ing side in a broadcast system using a control signal, where a
false signal similar to the regular control signal is detected
from the broadcast signals before the receiving side is spuri-
ously triggered by the false signal. Elimination filter or filters
is/are inserted in the path of the broadcast signals during only
n RF diversity signals are routed to separate channels and
heterodyned to n IF signals having the same IF frequency.
The IF signals are linearly combined to provide a common IF
signal from which an AGC signal is generated and is used to
control the gam of each IF signal produced to assure a con-
stant amplitude, common IF signal. This common IF signal is
also used as a reference signal for a phase comparator in
each channel. Each phase comparator compares the phase of
Its associated IF signal to the reference signal and adjusts its
assi^ciated IF signal to be inphase with the other IF signals A
variable impcuance diode is coupled to be responsive to each
IF sigiKil I hj impedance of each diode is controlled by com-
paring the amplitude of the associated IF signal to the
remaining (n-I) IF signals. The IF signal output of each
diode IS combined to provide a maximal-ratio combined IF
signal for utilization in the remainder of the receiver.
3,641,438
WIDEBAND RECEIVER
Eugene T. Canty, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed Jan. 20. 1966, Ser. No. 522,808
Int. CI. H04b 1/36
U.S. CI. 325-332 10 Claims
A plurality of preamplifiers divide a wideband frequency
range into a plurality of different, contiguous frequency re-
gions. A frequency translator is coupled to the preamplifiers
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
731
to translate the frequency regions to the frequency region of
one of the preamplifiers. An arrangement is coupled to the
frequency translator to recover intelligence, or to determine
the frequency of the signal, contained in the wideband
frequency range.
3,641.439
NEAR-FIELD RADIATION MONITOR
Edward E. Asian, Plainview, N.Y., assignor to The Narda
Microwave Corporation, Plainview, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,620
Int. CL H04b J 106, GOlr 5122
U.S. CI. 325-363 12 Claims
A probe having a pair of thin film thermocouples posi-
tioned in quadrature functions as both an antenna and detec-
tor. The thermocouple elements develop a voltage commen-
surate with the radiofrequency power of the impinging field
and this voltage is then used to drive a meter element and
display a quantity directly readable as radiofrequency power.
3,641,440
PROGRAMMED PARAMAGNETIC TUNING RADIO
RECEIVER USING LARMOR RESONANCE
Henry J. Bush, Rome, N.Y., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Oct 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,030
Int. CI. H03j 13/00
U.S. CL 325-383 7 Claims
-r^^'
Y'
— 1~
A tunable radiofrequency selector and frequency con-
verter for a radio receiver, particularly a receiver for radio
signals that are hopped over a wide band in accordance with
a prearranged code or program as a protection against
jamming. The device derives its selectivity from the narrow
band magnetic resonances associated with atomic particles.
A cell containing a suitable magnetic resonance material is
subjected to an amplitude modulated magnetic field which
results in a frequency modulation of the Larmor resonance of
the cell. The frequency modulation gives rise to sideband
resonances which are restricted to first order resonances by
limiting the modulation index and which may be moved over
the reception band by varying the modulating frequency of
the magnetic field. When a sideband resonance coincides
with the frequency of a received signal in the input circuit of
the device all sideband resonances are excited as well as the
Larmor resonance corresponding to the steady component of
the magnetic field, and energies at these frequencies are cou-
pled into the output circuit of the device The output circuit
contains a band-pass filter passing energy in a narrow band
centered on the Larmor frequency but rejecting the sideband
energies. Therefore, the output of the device for all received
signals lies in a narrow band centered on the Larmor
frequency. Tlie field modulating frequency is programmed to
shift one of the sideband resonances in synchronism with the
frequency hopping program of the transmitter Wide trans-
mission bands are covered by two magnetic resonance cells,
one having its Larmor resonance above and the other below
the radiofrequency band and each cell providing sideband
sensitivities over one-half of the band. The resulting two Lar-
mor output frequencies are reduced to a single output
frequency by beating in a common mixer with a local oscilla-
tor frequency fixed at a value midway between the Larmor
frequencies.
3,641y441
FREQUENCY CONVERSION MODULE INCLUDING
EMITTER FOLLOWER MIXER
David L. Gunn, Lombard, and George M. Hanus, Norridge,
both of III., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, 111.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876303
Int CL H04b y/26
U.S. CI. 325—430 18 Claims
l_j »f Mfwo U If L fU.*'ir U , \A,*"°^ Htl
AMP com 4MP n --^ «»> I "^ riN
I 1 I » 1 1 ui I T j 1 I »
A frequency conversion circuit for a frequency-modulated
receiver adapted to be manufactured in integrated circuit
form. The circuit includes an oscillator of the Colpitis type, a
mixer arranged in an emitter follower configuration, and
input and output amplifiers. A feedback circuit coupled
between the input amplifier and mixer allows operation of
the circuit over a substantial voltage range. Arrangement of
the mixer in an emitter follower configuration results in
reduced levels of undesired frequencies. The gain of the
input and output amplifiers may be varied allowing usage in
different products.
3,641,442
DIGITAL FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER
Robert J. Boucher, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Hughes
Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,688
Int CLH03b 79/00
U.S. CI. 307- 14 23 Claims
A system for generating any frequency in a desired band
where, in one embodiment, a phase shifting circuit converts
the output signal of a reference oscillator into a plurality of
incremental phase shifts which are respectively applied to a
plurality of gating circuits. In response to a multibit binary
word, adder and register circuits combine to add the multibit
binary word to itself at each occurrence of clock pulses and
732
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
apply the four most significant bits of the sum therefrom to
each of the plurality of gating circuits in order to selectively
variation from the baseline and this variation is later sub-
tracted from the total signal by a difference amplifier. A total
IWVr MIPIIFIEU, OAlN-fl ■ lOOO
'.wrawMMil ^f
#" tti
3,641,443
FREQUENCY COMPENSATED PULSE TIME
DISCRIMINATOR
John C. Zerby, Houston, Tex., assignor to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884.159
Int. CI. H03k 5120
U.S. CI. 328-109 4 Claims
BASELINE
JUBTBACTIOW
AMPLIFIER
TOTAL AREA
INTEORATD*
control the operation of the plurality of gating circuits to
produce an output signal whose frequency is a function of
the amplitude of the multibit binary word.
BAJELIME SLOPE GENERATOR
BASELINE SENERATO*
INTEGRATOR
area integrator may be used with the device to provide addi-
tional information
3,641,445
FREQUENCY ANALYZER
Joseph A. Green, Adelphi, Md., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,658
Int. CI. H03bJ/04
U.S. CI. 328-140 6 Claims
^ OUT
^^^^y^ riA>
^
A pulse time discriminator for radar applications and the
like adapted to measure the time or phase difference
between pulses in two trains of pulses by the use of flip-flop
and NAND circuit components only, and incorporating
means for maintaining the transfer function and offset cur-
rent of the discriminator substantially constant.
3,641,444
BASELINE COMPENSATING INTEGRATOR
Geoffrey P. Watts, Los Alamos, N. Mex., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the United
States Atomic Energy Commission
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,712
Int. CI. G06g 7118
U.S. CI. 328—127 1 Claim
A device to compensate for predictable variations from a
baseline. A circuit stores information sufficient to predict the
A frequency analyzer is provided wherein real-time, nar-
row band-pass filters having large dynamic range are synthes-
ized for each frequency. Each filter consists of a local clock
driven synchronous detector followed by a simple integrating
circuit Large dynamic range is achieved through the use of a
two-state switching device as the synchronous detector. Since
the output of the synchronous detector depends on the phase
relationship between the input signal and the local clock, two
phase-quadrature filters are provided for each frequency.
The output from the filter pair is processed in a manner that
yields a signal whose amplitude is independent of the input
signal-local clock phase relationship.
3,641,446
POLYERGIC CYCLOTRON
Hayden S. Gordon, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,237
Int. CI. H05h 13100
U.S. CI. 328-228 3 Claims
A device for the production of a multiple energy proton
beam comprising a negative hydrogen ion cyclotron with
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
733
stripping foils placed at different radial and azimuthal posi-
tions. The negatively charged hydrogen ions at the various
energy levels represented by the radial positions of the foils
are stripped of their electrons thereby becoming protons
which reverse their direction of curvature because of the
input terminal, and a feedback loop coupling the transistors.
The collector-emitter paths of the transistors are connected
in series across a voltage source. An output transistor is elec-
trically and thermally coupled to the variable conduction
transistor to provide an output current which is proportional
to and at a predetermined phase relationship v^th the input
220c
■m
\ ''Vt:><<-220«
'220b;
Z30b '^ ^=^
2W
216 |i
-2B
INTEGRATE CIRCUIT
reversed polarity and exit from the cyclotron along paths
that, with proper azimuthal positioning of the foils, meet at a
single point outside the cyclotron. A circular combining mag-
net centered on this point bends the proton trajectories as
required to continue along a common path thus creating the
multiple energy or polyergic beam.
3,641,447
PHASE SHIFT DETECTOR
Brian R. Gaines, Cokhester, and Raymond A. Shemer, Har-
low, both of England, assignors to International Standard
Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,423
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 19, 1969,
14,389/69
Int. CI. H03d 3104
U.S. CI. 329-126 1 Claim
27 ^ ^
t^.
tsa-yiiu!^
STMT ,
An apparatus for measuring the phase of an input signal
utilizing cross-correlation techniques. In a first channel, the
input signal is digitally compared with a reference pulse train
having a pulse density distribution which approximates a sign
wave and is then integrated. In a second channel, the input
signal is digitally compared with a pulse train signal whose
pulse density distribution approximates a cosine wave and is
then integrated. The first and second channel integrators are
cross coupled to form a harmonic oscillator. A digital
counter provides a measure of the time elapsed before the
oscillator signal reaches a zero phase. This measurement is
proportional to the phase of the original input signal.
3,641,448
TRANSISTOR SIGNAL TRANSLATING STAGE
Steven Alan Steckler, Clark, N.J., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Oct. 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 862,759
Int. CI. H03f 3142
U.S.CL 330-18 17 Claims
A signal translating circuit includes a constant current
transistor, a variable conduction transistor having a signal
current. The circuit is characterized by having both a low im-
pedance current input, and a high impedance voltage input.
The direct voltage level of the input can be selected for suita-
ble biasing of the preceding stage. The circuit can be em-
ployed, for example, as a current sampler, a linear amplifier,
a 0-multiplier, or a signal-matrixing circuit.
3,641,449
VARIABLE IMPEDANCE SEMICONDUCTOR NETWORK
Bjom H. Engelhardt. Barrington, R.I., assignor to Raytheon
Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed SepL 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,955
Int. CI. H03g 3130
U.S. CI. 330-29 1 Claim
DC ATriJ»y*TOP
VOLTAftf
A transistor circuit in which the transistor as the nonlinear
gain element has its AC gain destroyed through the use of an
emitter to base capacitance thus making the transistor into a
DC voltage divider. This permits operating the transistor in a
substantially linear region along a DC resistive load line.
Consequently, large magnitude AC signals coupled to the
collector are resistively divided down by a voltage divider
taken to be the transistor and a series resistor.
3,641,450
GAIN CONTROLLED DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIHER
CIRCUIT
Gerald K. Lunn, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, Dl.
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,279
InL CI. H03f 3168
\}S. CI. 330-30 D 1 1 Claims
A two-stage monolithic differential amplifier circuit em-
ploys electronic gain control of both of the stages in order to
734
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
improve the signal-to-noise ratio of the circuit and to reduce
signal distortion and cross-modulation at high-signal levels.
The input differential stage operates with current-division
gain control. The output signals of the input stage are applied
to the second or output differential amplifier stage, in which
the transistors each have emitter resistors connected to a
common terminal. The emitter resistors each are shunted by
the collector-emitter path of a shunt transistor which is
rendered nonconductive for maximum gain reduction of the
output stage and which is saturated for minimum gain reduc-
tion of the output stage. The DC level of the output stage is
maintained substantially constant throughout the AC gain
control range.
3,641,451
AMPLIFIER PROTECTION CIRCUIT
Gale C. Hoilingsworth, and Ronald V. Steffel, both of Addis-
on, III., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, III.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,475
Int. CI. H03g 3130
L.S. CI. 330-134 13 Claims
I f k**
-* ' f" ' -"--^^W • f ■* 1 '
- i^.^
h
L$
1
il 1J.J
A protection circuit for a transmitter amplifier is provided
which senses the forward power level and develops a first
voltage which is compared with a reference voltage to pro-
vide a control voltage which controls the power developed by
the transmitter amplifier. Increase in the forward power level
is detected changing the control voltage to cause a reduction
in the forward power developed by the transmitter amplifier
Decrease in forward power level is detected changing the
control voltage to cause an increase in forward power
developed by the transmitter amplifier. Reflected power is
sensed developing a second voltage which causes a reduction
in reference voltage when reflected power exceeds a
predetermined level Reduction of the reference voltage also
changes the control voltage to reduce the forward power of
the transmitter amplifier to a safe level. An increase in trans-
milter amplifier temperature beyond a predetermined level is
sensed causing a reduction in the reference voltage to change
the control voltage thereby reducing the power of the trans-
mitter amplifier to a safe level.
3,641,452
PI-COUPLED LOW-NOISE AMPLIFIER
Willie L. Steed, 6812 Lynbrook Drive, Springfield, Va.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,927
Int CI. H03I J too
U.S. CI. 330-176 10 Claims
Two stages of a series cascade amplifier are coupled by a
Pi network The amplifier stages may be grounded grid in the
case of vacuum tube or grounded gate where the stages are
field effect transistors The Pi network coupling, cooperating
with the stages in a stable grounded grid or grounded gate
configurations allows the impedance of the Pi network to be
adjusted for lowest noise with immunity from oscillation.
3,641,453
MODIRED OPEN CYCLE GAS LASER SYSTEM
Frank R. Biancardi, Vernon, Conn., and Gorken Melikian,
Springfield, Mass., assignors to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed SepL 10, 1969, Ser. No. 857,640
Int. CI. H01si/04,i/22,i/09
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 5 Claims
y/'^rl y s^^^ — ■
zSWJt^*' <*'-^>'t<^
A fiowing gas "mixing" laser of the type which introduces
a lasing gas into the laser chamber in proximity with the opti-
cal cavity, and provides excited energizing gas to the laser
chamber separately, uses the cooling capacity of the liquefied
lasing gas to improve the overall operation of the system. In
one embodiment, the source of liquefied lasing gas is utilized
as a coolant in a heat exchanger connected between the gas
laser outflow and the inlet to the compressor used to cause
gaseous flow through the laser. The compressor inlet tem-
perature is reduced, thus permitting an increase in the
capacity of the compressor and a reduction in the power of
the prime mover which operates the compressor. In one
variation of this embodiment, the lasing gas, from a liquefied
source thereof is passed through the compressor inlet gas
heat exchanger and is also utilized to cool the jacket of the
laser chamber In another variation of this embodiment, the
lasing gas that is utilized as a coolant in a heat exchanger is
vented to atmosphere, and the source of liquefied lasing gas
also supplies the laser independently of the heat exchanger.
In still another variation of this embodiment, a water cooled
heat exchanger is used to precool the laser effluent before
passing through the laser gas cooled heat exchanger. In
another embodiment of the invention, the source of liquefied
lasing gas is introduced in proximity with the laser chamber
as a lasing gas and is separately used in heat exchangers to
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
735
cool the inlet air and the gases leaving the laser chamber, and
then vented to ambient. In each embodiment, the outflow of
the compressor is vented to ambient, and the prime mover
also powers an electric generator to operate a power supply
that produces high-voltage DC current for a DC electric
discharge plasma excitation means.
3,641,454
ELECTRON BEAM-PUMPED GAS LASER SYSTEM
Barton Krawetz, Livermore, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission
Fited May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,037
Int. CI. HOls 3102, 3122, 3109
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 7 Claims
3,641,456
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING HIGH-
POWER SINGLE-FREQUENCY RADIATION
Paul H. Lee, Goleta, Calif., assignor to The Perkin-Elmer
Corporation, Norwalk, Conn.
Filed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,245
Int. CI. H01si/y0,i/22
U.S. CI. 331 — 94.5 7 Claims
A high-power single-frequency laser including a gam cell
and an absorption cell having an absorption band cor-
responding to the gain band of the gain cell. Both cells are
mounted within a resonant optical cavity The absorption
capacity of the absorption cell is less than the gain capacity
of the gain cell but is sufficiently large so that the net self-
saturation effect of an oscillatory mode \vithin the cavity is
less than the cross-saturation effect of the same oscillatory
mode on other modes and, as a result, the reduction in gain
at the frequency of an oscillating mode is less than the gain
reduction caused by that mode at other frequencies. Tuning
of the single frequency across the gam band of the laser is
also a feature of this invention.
A high-power electron beam-initiated electrical-discharge
gas laser system including a gaseous lasing medium placed in
an optical cavity contained in a vessel having two large elec-
trodes electrically insulated from each other; and a charged
particle accelerator directing an electron beam through the
gaseous medium perpendicular or parallel to the optical path.
The system is capable of producing pulses having a total
energy content on the order of about 20,000 joules, with the
energy released or delivered in 0.5 /xsec, giving a power rat-
ing on the order of about 1 0^ megawatts. -
3,641,455
METHOD AND MEANS FOR ACHIEVING CHEMICAL
EQUILIBRIUM IN A SEALED-OFF CARBON DIOXIDE
LASER
Edwin Matovich, Brea, Calif., assignor to Norih American
Rockwell Corporation
Original application Mar. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 712,831.
Divided and this applkation July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,296
Int. CI. HOls J/22
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 5 Claims
3,641.457
HIGH-PERFORMANCE GAS LASER
Clyde O. Brown, Newington, and Robert H. Bullis, Avon, both
of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corporation, East
Hartford, Conn.
Filed Sept. 10, 1969. Ser. No. 857,649
\nl.C\.HQ\s 3105. 3109
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 45 Claims
■^^
^^
*^
53
^2:^
^S
Chemical equilibrium and optimum operation in a sealed-
off COi gas laser is maintained by replenishing the CO-^ lost
by dissociation into CO and Oj either directly by providing a
source and getter arrangement inside the laser tube or by
replenishing the Oj lost by reaction with oxygen gettering
surfaces in the laser cavity by placing an oxygen yielding
compound in the laser cavity which will react with the CO to
product COj.
Flowing gas laser systems of a variety of configurations, in-
cluding exemplary CO2 — NjHe systems, are provided with
a critical amount of relaxant gas. determined by maximum
differential between the upper and lower laser levels of the
lasing gas for a given rate of excitation of the upper laser
level, a mass flow suitably high to convect the heat away
from the optical gain region causing the temperature of the
optical gain region to be maintained suitably low that the
equilibrium population of an upper energy state of a limiting
self-relaxation process between the lower laser level and
ground is maintained less than the significant fraction of the
total lasing gas jxipulation. Increased mass flow, resulting
partially from increased pressure, provides increased losses
within the electric field region where the upper laser level is
excited through electron collisions, the increased losses per-
mitting operation with a higher electric field, with higher
136
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
electron densities, and with increased pressure. thereb\ per-
mitting operation at an optimum ratio between electric field
to neutral particle density with a higher electric field.
3,641,458
MODE SELECTIVE LASER WITH SMALL FEEDBACK
REFLECTOR AND DIFFRACTION COUPLED OUTFIT
James T. La Tourrette, Huntington; Maurice C. Newstein,
Syosset, and Paul J. Rabinowitz, Plainview, ail of N.Y .. as-
signors to Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minn.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 386,619, July 31. 1964,
noH abandoned. This application Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No.
866,165
Int. CI. H01r-?/05
U.S.CL 331-94.5 12 Claims
Laser apparatus is disclosed includmg a pair of reflectors
for providing a regenerative feedback path through a laser
working medium, one of the reflectors being substantialK as
large as the cr<iss section of the working medium, and the
other reflector being substantially smaller than the cross sec-
tion of the working medium and sufficiently small to produce
significant diffraction effects, the output of the apparatus
being the portion of the laser beam not intercepted by the
smaller reflector.
3.641.459
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR NARROW INC. THE
PULSE WIDTH AND STABILIZING THE REPETITION
RATE IN SEMICONDUCTOR LASERS EXHIBITING
SELF-INDUCED PULSING
Thomas L. Paoli, Chatham, and Jose E. Ripper, North Plain-
field, both of N J., assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories,
Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 833,365, June
16, 1969, now abandoned. This application Dec. 1, 1969, Ser.
No. 881,184
Int. CI. H01si//5
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 13 Claims
MODULATOR?
-USFfUL OUTPUT LIGHT
LASER
10
y(~ ►PHOTODIODE
^BEAM \
SPLITTER
13
15^
OUT MICROWAVE IM
' AMPLIFIER '
The width of pulses in the output of a semiconductor laser
exhibiting self-induced pulsing is narrowed and its repetition
rate stabilized by applying to the laser a perturbation signal
having a frequency that is related to the pulse repetition rate
as the ratio of two integral numbers.
3,641,460
FREQUENCY SHIFT TRANSMITTER
Jerry L. Holsinger, Uxington, Mass., assignor to Intertel,
Inc., Burlington, Ma.ss.
Filed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 87,706
Int. CI. H03b 5/26
U.S.CL33I-1I0 4 Claims
OSCILLATOR 13
t4 — I utilisation!
! OC»iCC |~
A frequency shift keying oscillator comprising filter cir-
cuits and a positive feedback circuit. First resistors and
reactance elements in each filter determine the natural
frequency of the oscillator. Keying signals selectively switch
second resistors in parallel with the first resistors to change
the natura] frequency The percentage resistance variations
produced by the keying signals are substantially equai. This
equalizes the steady-state gains of the oscillator in its two
modes .so that no amplitude discontinuities occur in the out-
put signal as the oscillator switches from one mode to the
other As the reactor in each filter is a constant value ele-
ment, no phase discontinuities occur. Hence, the output
signal is a continuous, fundamental sinusoidal signal which
has two mutually exclusive frequencies.
3,641,461
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED CRYSTAL
OSCILLATOR
Pawel K. Mrozek, Washington, Pa., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 591,860, Nov. 3,
1966, now abandoned. This application Aug. 23, 1968, Ser.
No. 755,521
Int. CI. H03b 5136
U.S. CI. 331 -116 R 2 Claims
A crystal controlled oscillator is frequency sensitive to
variations in crystal load capacitance in circuit with the
crystal, to variations in temperature and to operation over
extended periods of time. A variable capacitor is provided in
circuit with the crystal so as to correct for the crystal
frequency drifts due to changes in operation of the crystal
over extended periods of time. A separate fixed capacitor is
connected in series with the crystal and in circuit with the
variable capacitor to provide part of the frequency determin-
ing circuit of the crystal oscillator. A temperature compensa-
tion network is coupled across the fixed capacitor and is
responsive to temperature changes to provide a correct
degree of load capacitance change in the circuit so that the
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
737
oscillator frequency is maintained within a given frequency
tolerance regardless of the adjustment of the variable capaci-
tor which is used to adjust the crystal for frequency drift.
3,641,462
L-C OSCILLATOR TUNABLE BY EXTERNAL DC
VOLTAGE THROUGH PHASE SHIFTED FEEDBACK
NETWORK
'f9oriaki Figimura, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Fi^itsu Limited,
Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,295
Claims priority, application Japan, July 1 1, 1969, 44/55304
Int. CI. H03bi/y2
U.S. CL33I-II7R 7 Claims
configuration is used to present an impedance with a
frequency-dependent real part to the series resonant circuit
of the oscillator. The nonlinearities in the characteristic of
the hyperabrupt Junction diode are compensated by the
frequency-dependent real input impedance to achieve linear
operation.
3,641,464
DIRECTIONAL COMMUNICATION SIGNAL TAP
David B. Crowhurst, Toronto, Ontario, and John E. Tliomas,
Lindsay, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to Lindsay
Specialty Products Limited, Lindsay, Ontario, Canada
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,977
InL CI. HOIp bll4; H03h 7138
U.S.CL 333-10 5 Claims
Vin
An L-C oscillator circuit is tunable as a function of the
value of an externally applied DC voltage. The phase of the
resonant circuit is shifted 90° by a phase shifting circuit and
the amplitude of the output of the phase shifting circuit is
controlled by the externally applied DC voltage. A current,
the amplitude of which is proportional to the controlled out-
put of the phase shifting circuit is generated by a current
generator and fed back to the reson2mt circuit. As this cur-
rent is shifted 90° out of phase, the capacitive element of the
resonant circuit is controlled by controlling the output of the
phase shifter by means of the applied DC voltage. A wave
shaping circuit may be used to convert the output of the
phase shifting circuit from a sinusoidal to a square wave.
ERRATUM
For Class 332 — 9 see:
Patent No. 3,641,468
\
3,641^463
LINEARITY COMPENSATION FOR A VOLTAGE-
CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
Arthur Francis Perks, Howell Township, Monmouth County,
N J., assignor to Bell Telepbone Laboratories, Incorporated,
Murray HUl, N J.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,938
Int. CI. H03c 3122
U.S. CK 332— 1 6 T 6 Claims
A circuit using a voltage-controlled oscillator with a
hyperabrupt Junction diode in the series resonant circuit is
operated as a variable frequency modulation circuit. An am-
plifier with an inductor in the base circuit of a common base
^i-^V)
This invention relates to a directive tap for tapping off a
portion of a signal strength such as a television signal from a
main cable transmission line. The tap of the invention has an
improved directivity over a substantial bandwidth which is
achieved by providing an electrostatic shield between the
input and output levels of the tap on a tap circuit that has a
directivity of at least 15 decibels over a range of at least 150
megahertz. The improved directivity is preferably achieved
by constructional features of the current and voltage sensing
transformers of the unit which includes a winding hole in the
core of at least one-hundred-twenty-five thousandths of an
inch to provide extra spacing for the windings and the use of
a single turn winding on each core that is tightly pulled
through the core to accurately and predictably locate the
winding with respect to the core.
3,641,465
COMPACT HIGH-POWER BROADBAND
RADIOFREQUENCY LOAD TERMINATION
Vernon G. Price, Los Altos, Calif., and Richard W. Grow,
Sah Lake City, Utah, assignors to The United SUtes of
America as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Conunission
Filed Sept 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,295
Int.CLHOlpy/26
U.S. CI. 333—22 R 10 Claims
A load termination for absorbing a broad range of
radiofrequency energy and comprised of a large number of
aligned chambers formed by closely spaced plates that are
coated with a lossy material and are spaced apart a distance
that is substantially less than the spacing required for the
chambers to resonate at the highest frequency of the range.
738
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,466
ELECTROMAGNETIC CONTROL, ESPECIALLY FOR
CROSSING GATES OF TOY AND MODEL RAILROADS
Max Ernst, Lohengrinstrasse 14, 85 Nurnberg, Gemuiny
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,739
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 7, 1969, G 69 31
193.9
Int. CI. HOI h J/00
U.S.CL 335-190 10 Claims
Ai
3 4 i Js3^'r^ 10^42 y 43^7
in subtractive relation to cancel the base component of the
magnetic flux, and a ferromagnetic rotor rotatable within the
stator to cyclically modulate the permeances of the flux paths
extending through the teeth and across the airgap into the
rotor and thus cyclically vary the magnitude of the magnetic
flux linking the turns of the energizing and output windings
encircling each tooth The preferred embodiment is a three-
phase vector adder and has two energizing windings having
turns surrounding sets of first and second teeth displaced 90
electrical degrees, three-phase output winding each of which
has turns surrounding individual first teeth and second teeth,
the three-phase output windings surrounding teeth displaced
1 20 electrical degrees on the stator, and the rotor being con-
toured so that the permeances of the magnetic fiux paths
through the teeth and across the airgap into the rotor vary
substantially sinusoidally.
3,641,468
TIME-MODULATING APPARATUS
Wayne K. Hoddcr, Glendora, Calif., assignor to Bdl & Howell
Company, Chicago, Ui.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,776
Int. CI. H03c 3/08
U.S. CI. 332-9 12 Claims
An electromagnetically operated control device, especially
for a toy and model railroad, in which a disc is driven slowly
in rotation by a vibrating armature and on one side has an ec-
centric for actuating a reciprocable element and on the other
side has a plurality of annular contact paths engaged by con-
tact fingers. When a coil adjacent the armature is energized
to set the disc in motion, one contact path thereon provides
for keeping the coil energized for 180° of travel of the disc
while another contact path provides for intermittent sound-
ing of a signal during one of the periods of rotation of the
disc. The initiation of coil energization can be accomplished
by manual switches or by switches operated by a train on the
track of the railroad. The disc may cause a crossing gate to
swing down to closed position during one 1 80° of travel of
the disc and then to swing up to open position during the
next 1 80° of travel of the disc.
3,641,467
ROTARY INDUCTOR
William L. Ringland, Greendak, and Ernest K. Kaeser, West
Allis, both of Wis., assignors to Allis-Chalmers Manufactur-
ing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
I Filed May 1 3, 1 %9, Ser. No. 824, 1 76
InLCLHOlfii/00, 2//06
U.S. CI. 336—5 22 Claims
-^-07
^^J
A rotary inductor has an annular stator with angularly dis-
placed radial teeth, an energizing winding having turns encir-
cling individual teeth to induce magnetic fluxes therein, an
output winding having turns encircling individual teeth
preferably displaced 180 electrical degrees apart connected
i^^^?—{^
26
BCLAV
E
i^
J^y_^ ^-h _^^
10
SHAPING
I 3HAPI
f— FILT
NONUNCAK.
MCTWORK.
:>£
MP
comp
'^7
^
r-X
ADD
2-I-, '^1
jur^-— LP — \o
DEMOO
D
TIME
MODULATOR.
/s
An apparatus with error signal precorrection for time-
modulating an information signal, which upon demodulation
tends to be accompanied by an unwanted component, com-
prises a time modulator and auxiliary circuits. The auxiliary
circuits include a network for providing an error signal hav-
ing a frequency equal to the difference between the average
sampling frequency of the time-modulation and the frequen-
cy of the unwanted component, and a network for combining
the error signal with the information and for applying these
combined signals to the time modulator for simultaneous
mcxiulation, whereby the error signal precorrects the infor-
mation signal for the above mentioned unwanted component.
3,641,469
ELECTRIC FUSE
Luigi Pramaggiore, Corsa Battaglione Aosta 14, Aosta, Italy
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,853
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 11, 1970, 68234 A/70
Int. CI. HO Ihi 7/76
U.S. CI. 337—404 5 Claims
An electric fuse, esF>ecially for electric lighters in motor
vehicles, comprising electrically conductive fusible means for
releasing at a given temperature an electrically conductive
metal plate to open the electric circuit and interrupt the
supply of current.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
739
3,641,470
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
Alan Rembaum, Altadena, CaMf., and AUen M. Hermann,
New Orleans, La., assignors to California Institute of
Technology, Pasadena, Calif.
FUed Sept 18, 1969, Ser. No. 858,950
InL CI. HOlc 9/06
U,S. CI. 338—99 6 Claims
3,641,471
ADJUSTING UNIT
Wolfgang Labude, and Josef Kohler, both of Bad
Neustadt/Saaie, Germany, assignors to Preh Elektrofein-
mechanische Werke, Jakob preh, Nachf., Bad
Neustadt/Saak, Gcmumy
Original appUcation Sept 30, 1965, Ser. No. 491,708, now
Patent No. 3,522^42, dated Aug. 4, 1970. DivMed and this
appUcatkm Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,220
Int CI. HOlc 9102
U.S. CI. 338- 1 28 9 Claims
An adjusting unit for producing stored, selectively adjusta-
ble working voltages for control and tuning elements, more
particularly varactors, comprising variable strip resistances
for operation in a voltage divider circuit, said variable re-
sistances being combined into a component, mutually
releasable operating elements being mounted on the adjust-
ing unit, said voltage dividers having wiper contacts selective-
ly connectable to a contact rail and being adjustably movable
along a track for varying the tapped voltage by means of said
elements, said resistances having a common initial and end
connecti^ig rails, arranged substantially at right angles to
them, and the resistance component representing a ladder-
like structure with side rails corresponding to the initial and
end rails and the rungs constituting resistances proper, said
resistance component being made of a rectangular insulation
plate provided with a homogeneous resistance layer for
producing a nonlinear resistance curve by stamping out non-
rectangular openings so that said resistance strips have dif-
ferent widths along said wiper track.
3,641,472
EXTERIOR POWER SUPPLY CONNECTION FOR
RECREATION VEHICLES
Lawrence PhilUps, Jr., Laguna Beach, Calif., assignor to
Unicom Industries, Inc., Anaheim, Calif.
Filed Sept 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,835
IntCLHOlrJi/00, 7^/60
MS. CI. 339—10 10 Clains
Crystals of a monomeric charge-transfer complex of
pyrenetetracyanoethylene are found to have an electrical
conductivity that is extremely pressure dependent, such that
these crystals can form the sensing element of a novel pres-
sure transducer.
An exterior power supply connection for supplying electri-
cal power from a permanent power source to the interior of a
recreation vehicle is adapted to be mounted in aligned
openings in the walls of the vehicle, with a faceplate inside
the vehicle and a slanted rainproof shield outside the vehicle.
A pair of slots in opposite lateral walls of the adapter receive
the outer shell of the vehicle and a clamping frame. A
fastener between the frame and the shield causes the frame
and the faceplate to bear tightly on the vehicle walls to
secure the supply connection in place. A female receptacle
mounted in the faceplate faces the interior of the vehicle,
and a male receptacle disposed in a compartment located
under the shield faces the outside. A slanted, downwardly
opening coverplate is spring biased to cover the male recep-
tacle. In use, a connector on a cord from the power supply is
connected with the male receptacle in the compartment to
supply power through the female receptacle to the interior of
the vehicle.
3,641,473
VEHICLE^ROUNDING CLAMP
Thomas J. AtUway, 50 S.E. 14th St, Dania, Fla.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,249
Intel. HOlry 7/22
U.S. CI. 339-14 R
7 Claims
A grounding clamp is constructed of two arms pivotally in-
terconnected intermediate the ends thereof with each arm
having a handle end and a jaw end. The jaw ends of the arms
are spring biased toward one another. The arms of the clamp
are formed of a synthetic plastic having high electrical insu-
lating characteristics. Replaceable metal jaw elements are
secured to the jaw ends of the arms and tlie jaw elements in-
clude perpendicularly projecting spiked teeth. The teeth of
each jaw element project toward the opposite jaw element.
740
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
and the tips of the teeth of each jaw element lie in substan-
tially parallel planes. An electrical lead extends to each Jaw
element with one of the leads grounded and the other lead in
series circuit with a signal triggering device. When the clamp
engages a portion of the vehicle to be grounded between the
teeth, the vehicle is grounded and the triggering circuit
completed through the vehicle. In an alternate embodiment,
the teeth are formed by the pointed ends of mounting bolts
which extend from the jaw ends of the arms through the jaw
elements. A snap apart electrical connector is provided in an
electrical lead cable which extends between an electrostatic
drain and the clamp and the connector will open to prevent
damage of the grounding clamp if the vehicle is moved
without first removing the clamp.
3,641,474
SEMICONDUCTOR MOUNTING STRUCTURE
Raymond Clyde Owens, Cannel, Ind., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration
Filed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,057
InL CI. H02b 1102; H05k 1102
U.S. CI. 339-17 L
8 Claims
/_1^
li
faT'''"^
' '' \
<f
'^-h
],m
" 21-
-^;:
,-I7
^■^'
,e
^
*i ^"
"■ J
Tl
-
1
, >LLL»
in
I 1
'? e 'iji
The electrode leads extending from the body of a capsule
enclosing a heat-generating semiconductor device are
plugged into a connector socket affixed to a circuit board
and the mounting tab of the capsule is connected by a screw
in good heat-conducting contact to a heat-dissipating metal
plate attached to the circuit board, the capsule being
prevented from moving laterally when the screw is tightened
by two spaced blocks positioned on the metal plate at the
sides of the capsule body.
3,641,475
INTERCEPT CONNECTOR FOR MAKING
ALTERNATIVE BRIDGING CONNECTIONS HAVING
IMPROVED CONTACT CLIP CONSTRUCTION
Carietoo D. Irish, Neptune, and Harold Painidn, Matawin
Township, Monmouth County, both of NJ., assignors to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hiil,
NJ.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,181
Int. CLHOSk 7/02
U.S. CI. 339-17L 7 Claims
W4sr
22 16
16
An intercept connector for providing alternative bridging
connections between terminals is disclosed in which circuit
paths and contact clips are combined on a circuit board in
predetermined circuit configurations.
3,641,476
TELEPHONE TERMINAL CLIP-ON PROTECTOR
King B. Dralce, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Dracon Indus-
tries, Chatsworth, Calif.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,831
int. CI. HOlr 13144, 13/60
U.S. CI. 339-36
1 1 Claims
The telephone terminal clip-on protector has a pair of op-
posed engagement jaws which are integrally formed together
with a protection flange so that, when the jaws engage a
telephone terminal, the flange extends over adjacent ter-
minals to protect the terminals and to protect workers from
being scratched by the terminals.
3,641,477
HOUSING FOR AN ELECTRICAL TERMINAL
Roberto Plana, Barcelona, Spain, assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,139
Claims priority, application Spain, Mar. 22, 1969, 146,825
int. CL HOlr 11/02,9/08
US. CI. 339-59 R 5 Claims
^ 21
An insulating molded synthetic plastic housing for an elec-
trical terminal, the housing being of generally tubular sha[>e
and open at both ends. The housing is deformed during entry
of the terminal and subsequently returns to its original shape
to lock the terminal in position.
3,641,478
SEPARABLE PLUG
Paul C. Savoca, Massapequa, N.Y., and Anthony D. Marasco,
Norwalk, Conn., assignors to J. B. Nottingham & Co., Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
FUed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 838,749
Int. CL HOlr 27/04
U.S. CI. 339-63 M 4 Claims
An electrical plug is provided consisting of a body member
loosely receiving the cable and a plug member separable
from the body member and carrying the terminals for the
cable and the prongs of the plug. When damaged, these
prongs, or the body member as a whole, can readily be
replaced and thereby discarding of the cable and plug as-
sembly avoided. The body portion of the plug is of hollow,
skirtlike structure, the cable being capable of being slid
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
741
through the body to expose the terminals of the plug. The
plug and body have interfitting parts forming pressure seals
which render the interior of the body, and hence the ter-
minals and conductors of the plug member, immune against
the entry of water, moisture, or other foreign matter, particu-
larly in portable equipment exposed to the weather.
3,641,479
UNDERWATER DISCONNECTIBLE CONNECTOR
Donald G. O'Brien, Framingham, and Edward R. Walker,
South Natick, both of Mass., assignors to D. G. O'Brien,
Inc., Framingham, Mass.
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,614
Int. CL HOlr /i/54
U.S. CI. 339-94 R 14 Claims
An electrical connector of the plug and socket type for use
in an electrically conductive environment such as under
water. The plug is cylindrical in shape and carries a number
of axially spaced contactor bands which are exposed at and
in flush relation to the cylindrical surface. The socket, which
is of greater diameter than the plug, has an equal number of
axially spaced annular contacts which protrude inwardly into
the socket to engage the contactor bands of the inserted
plug. Each connected pair of contacts is isolated and sealed
from the other connected contacts and from the surrounding
environment by resilient O-rings supported in the socket and
axially spaced in alternating arrangement with the socket
contacts. Insertion of the plug causes the O-rings to be com-
pressed radially between the cylindrical surface of the plug
and the internal surface of the socket.
3,641,480
BATTERY TERMINAL GUARD
Edward L. Robin, 115 Glacier Circle, Vacaville, Calif.
Filed Apr. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 130,988
Int. CL HOlr 7 7/26
U.S. CL 339— 1 16 R 5 Claims
A device for preventing the corrosion or sulfation of a
cable connector on the battery terminal includes a flexible
casing that fits snugly around the connector and the base of
the terminal. A top cover element retained by the casing has
■f
a grease fitting so that corrosion preventive material can be
forced into the casing to surround the connector.
3,641,481
LAMP SOCKET CONSTRUCTION
Guy M. Farreil, 261 Poplar, Elmhurst, III.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,944
Int. CI. HOlr 7i/66, 79/22
U.S. CI. 339-126 R
5 Claims
A lamp socket construction comprising a bracket and a
first conductor mounted on the bracket comprising a pair of
spaced-apart arms for receiving the peripheral contact por-
tion of a lamp. A second conductor is mounted on the
bracket in spaced relationship with the first conductor, and
the second conductor includes a resilient contact arm for en-
gaging the end contact portion of the lamp. The socket can
be mounted in a housing for display on an instrument panel,
and this assembly is designed so that the lamp can be
replaced from the front of the panel.
3,641,482
PLUG CONNECTOR FOR FLAT CONDUCTOR STRIP
LINE
Klaus Bretting, Heroldsberg, Germany, assignor to Kabel-
und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft,
Hannover, Germany
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,656
Claims priority, application Germany, July 1, 1969, P 19 33
229.7
Int. CI. HOlr 33/74
U.S. CI. 339- 1 % M 1 Claim
a-n
^^.
-f
,,/'/! ''fspr
wx
A terminal connector for a flat conductor strip line having
its conductor strips in spaced-parallel arrangement, the ter-
895 O.G.— 26
742
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
minal portion of the strip being received in a flat connector
construction in which contacts are arranged for conductive
engagement with the respective conductors of the stnp
3,641,483
SOCKETS FOR PRONG SOCKET ELECTRICAL
CONTACTS AND IN THEIR METHODS OF
MANUFACTURE
Francois Robert Bonhomme, Saint-Cloud, France, assignor to
Connectronics Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,773
Claims priority, application France, July 4, 1969, 6922890
Int. CI. H01r9//2. /y/22
VS. CI. 339- 2 1 7 S 1 0 Claims
3,641,485
ECHO SIMULATION MEANS
Francis J. Murphree, Winter Park, and Michael T. Marrero,
Casselberry. both of Fla., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,179
Int. CI. GO Is 9/66
U.S. CI. 340-3 E 8 Claims
[A{^^
The socket comprises a portion cut out into contact strips
by longitudinal slots and has, over at least a fraction of its
length comprising the portion cut into strips, a cross section
internally limited by a closed continuous curve and externally
by a polygonal closed line. The longitudinal slots are closed
at their longitudinal ends and pass through the vertices of the
polygonal closed line. The strips are concave in axial
direction. The socket ensures good electrical contact even
after numerous insertions and extractions.
3,641,484
CONTOUR-MAPPING SYSTEM
Donald J. White, Natick, and William R. Navin, Jr., Rayn-
ham, both of Mass., assignors to General Instrument Cor-
poration, Newark, N J.
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,137
Int. CI. GO Is 9/66
U.S. CI. 340-3 R 8 Claims
r Mimv
CtlA¥*£M
aaufrrsM
\ AiAM
_lJ»
m*Ttui
t K
I
A system for mapping the contour of a surface from a
mapping vehicle moving over said surface and having means
for transmitting and receiving reflected radiation from said
surface and which includes a display scope adapted to
produce a visual trace in successive sweeps representing said
surface contour. Means are provided for timing the com-
mencement of said trace along said sweep in accordance with
the angular position of said vehicle receiving means so that
the angular position of said trace corresponds to the true an-
gular position of said vehicle with respect to the vertical.
Synthetic sonar echoes are generated in response to a
sonar signal by utilizing a delay line, time compression
technique to generate a reconstructed waveform which is
then sampled to provide a pulsed input to a shift register
means having taps spaced therealong corresponding to struc-
tural highlight positions along a target. The shift register is
caused to serve as a variable delay line by varying the sam-
pling and shift rate in response to aspect angle as determined
by phase-sensitive logic means. The taps feed a network of
attenuators and filters which produce across an output re-
sistor an electrical signal which can be amplified and used to
drive a sound projector to produce the desired simulated
echo.
3,641,486
LOCAL CONTROLLER FOR TRAFFIC CONTROL
SYSTEM
Peter C. Brockett, Milford, and Ludwig R. Pallat, Stanford,
both of Conn., assignors to LFE Corporation, Waltham,
Mass.
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,343
Int. CLGOSg 7/07
U.S. CI. 340-41 9 Claims
A local controller for use in a traffic control system is pro-
vided with all solid-state means for displacing the local traffic
cycle relative to a master traffic cycle and for effecting the
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
748
smooth transition between alternate displacements. The traf- presence of one of a number of conditions or malfunctions,
fie cycle length is determined by measuring the period Isolation diodes are used at avoid the coupling of electrical
circuits within the vehicle. Switches may be connected to
^n
LlSHTS
W^fD
3»
{sVieNiTiON L
BRAKE CYL F«S
49
tS-lA** " ; ••
between the phase coincidence of two signals having a slight
difference in frequency.
3,641,487
TRAFHC CONTROL LIGHT WITH MEANS RESPONSIVE
TO A POWER FAILURE ^
John J. Rogers, West Miami Shores, and John A. Stratman,
West Hollywood, both of Fla., assignors to Lumidor
Products Corp., Miami, Fla.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,173
Int. CI. G08g 11095
MS. CI. 340-46 1 1 Claims
i
A traffic control light is provided with a supplemental lamp
which is illuminable by a secondary power source. Switching
means are also provided which are responsive to a failure of
the primary power source to connect the supplemental lamp
to the secondary source so that the supplemental lamp is illu-
minated in a flashing mode to continue traffic control.
3,641,488
MULTIPLE-CONDITION AUTOMOTIVE ALARM
SYSTEM
William F. Mullin, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to P. R. Malk>-
ry & Co. Inc., IndianapoUs, Ind.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 639,944, May 22, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No.
74,196
Int. CI. G08b 7100
MS. C\. 340—52 F 9 Claims
An electrical audible alarm unit connected across a vehicle
battery through a number of switches for indicating the
both terminals of the alarm unit, with or without isolation
diodes, to provide a warning signal only when certain condi-
tions are met.
3,641,489
STEERING COLUMN LOCK FOR VEHICLES
Yoshisada Shimomura, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignor to Yushin
Seiki Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 864,767
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 12, 1968, 43/88705
Int. CI. B60r 25/02,25/70
U.S. CI. 340—52 D 3 Claims
A retractable steering column lock for vehicles. The lock is
urged by a spring to a locking position and can be retracted
from the locking position into a retracted position releasing
the steering column for turning movement. A rotary key-
operated assembly forms part of the ignition switch structure
and coacts through a motion transmission with the lock for
retracting the latter to its retracted position when the ignition
switch is turned on. A swingable lever assembly responds to
turning on of the ignition switch for releasably holding the
lock in its retracted position while when the ignition switch is
turned off and the key is withdrawn, the lock is automatically
released for return to its locking position.
3,641,490
DEVICE FOR INDICATING DISCONNECTION OF TURN
SIGNAL LAMP IN A TURN-SIGNALLING SYSTEM FOR
AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE
Hisashi Kawai, Toyohashi-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippon
Denso Company Limited, Kariya-shi, Japan
FUcd June 10, 1969, Ser. No. 831,845
Claims priority, application Japan, June 14, 1968. 43/41062;
July 16, 1968,43/50091
Int CI. G08b 27/00; B60q 1138
MS. CI. 340—55 1 5 Claims
A device for indicating disconnection of turn signal lamps
having a power source, a turn signal generator, a plurality of
744
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
current-interrupting elements controlled by said turn signal
generator, a plurality of turn signal lamps connected to said
power source through the respective current-interrupting ele-
ments, a plurality of series circuits of a resistor and a diode
or of two resistors whose junction is respectively connected
to the junction of each set of said current-interrupting ele-
ment and said turn signal lamp, a transistor whose base is
and the customary cigarette lighter, and utilizing the latter as
a timer to temp<varily deactivate an antitheft alarm but not
the vehicle lights tt) permit the driver to exit, lock the vehicle
and leave the immediate vicinity. Termination of the lighter
,ak y X 37
connected through a resistor or directly to said series circuits
so that it constitutes an OR circuit together with said series
circuits and said resistor if used, said OR circuits being con-
nected to said power source in such a manner that it is
placed in operation in response to the closure of a key
switch, and a turn signal indicator connected to said power
source through the collector and emitter of said transistor in
said OR circuit.
3,641,491
AUTOMATIC ANTICOLLISION AND ACCIDENT
MARKER SYSTEM FOR AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE
James Reynolds Bath, Drawer 60337, Houston, Tex.
Filed June 10, 1968, Ser. No. 735,776
Int. CI. B60q 1 100
U.S. CI. 340-61 4 Claims
An impact switch mounted on a vehicle controls high-in-
tensity condenser discharge lights (hereinafter called strobe
lights) also mounted on the vehicle. The strobe lights may be
turned on in response to operation of an impact switch,
through circuit interruption, or manually at will. Strobe lights
emit light having a spectrum which is largely in the blue,
which is readily visible in rain and fog, and peak intensity of
light emission is at least 10 times greater than that of a stan-
dard beam.
3,641,492
VEHICLE ANTITHEFT DEVICE UTILIZING CIGARETTE
LIGHTER AS TIMER
David Vinokur, 16217 Dalark St., La Puente, Calif.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,903
Int. CI. B60r 25110
U.S. CI. 340—65 5 Claims
A vehicle antitheft accessory readily connectable in circuit
with the vehicle electrical system for the horn, running lights
timing cycle automatically arms the alarm device and any at-
tempt to enter or move the vehicle is effective to energize the
alarm intermittently and irregularly thereby alerting bystan-
ders to the fact that a vandal or unauthorized person is at- \
tempting to enter or molest the vehicle.
3,641,493
COMBINATION TURN-SIGNAL AND HAZARD-
WARNING SIGNAL SYSTEM
MaNuru .Su/uki. [1ekikai-;iun. Aichi. and Vlasayoshi Hyodo,
luvota. Aichi. h<»th of Japan, assignors lu kahushiki
Kaisha Idkai Rika Denki Seisakushu, Nishibiwajima-cho,
NishikaMiuaii;un. \ichi Prefecture, Japan
Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,537
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 29, 1968, 43/28727
Int. CI.B60q HiH
U.S. CI. 340-81 F 10 Claims
7 9 8
12 '5
2 4
A combination turn signal and hazard-warning-signal
system having movable contact means disposed for coaction
with stationery contact means to permit energization of the
nght and left vehicle indicator lights. The movable contact
means is mounted within a casing which is displacable in
response to movement of a turn signal control lever for per-
mitting energization of either the right or left indicator lights.
The casing is also manually movable to a position wherein
the movable contact means engages the fixed contact means
irrespective of the position of the control lever for causing
simultaneous flashing of both the right and left indicator
lights.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
745
3,641,494
BIDIRECTIONAL DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH
ERROR CORRECTION
Jean Perrault, Port Marly, and Adelin E. G. Salle, Versailles,
both of France, assignors to International Standard Electric
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,837
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 14, 1969, 6903551
Int. CI. G08c 25100: H04I 1 1 10
U.S. CI. 340- 146.1 7 Claims
Term/nali
Oia c^^ry, — I 1— i
,-4^ ftcene
CP-t
'ermiaOL:
' ~ hSB cp'b '
V3~ -
-XB
/?/./,! Omar x/'i
Mnaffttr
-B
A bidirectional data transmission system for transmitting
information between two terminal stations incorporating in
each terminal station an arrangement for checking the
received data and providing error correction when errors are
detected in the received data. Each of the terminals include a
memory for storing the m last words transmitted from that
terminal. When an error is detected in one terminal, the
transfer of received data to a data processor is blocked and a
repetition request word is generated and transmitted to the
other terminal. The other terminal detects the presence of
the repetition request word in the received data and trans-
mits a repetition start word and the last m data words stored
in the memory to said one terminal to accomplish the error
correction.
signals each representing high quality cnteria of those
characters which the system is capable of recognizing. A
signal is generated to indicate any character which fails
recognition. After each of the characters are scanned and
either identified as valid characters or are rejected, an analy-
sis is made to determine the greatest likelihood of the identi-
ty of the rejected character or characters. A second scanning
operation is performed on only those characters which have
failed recognition. The criteria of those standardized signals
compared against the rejected character are also significantly
reduced to greatly enhance the probability of recognition of
rejected characters.
3,641,496
ELECTRONIC VOICE ANNUNCIATING SYSTEM
HAVING BINARY DATA CONVERTED INTO AUDIO
REPRESENTATIONS
Martin J. Slavin, Huntington, N.Y., assignor to Phonplex Cor-
poration, Huntington, N.Y.
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,525
Int. CI. H04q 3100, 5100
U.S. CI. 340- 148 1 1 Claims
yrJV
Mcyopy
0/6 'rAL re
,g C^'tyC'^e
]r_'
cohtpol
LOGIC
yoicc
AMD t^OLD
oecuiT
-37
J~[,
FILTLft ^ 2S
BufriB
3,641,495
CHARACTER RECOGNITION SYSTEM HAVING A
REJECTED CHARACTER RECOGNITION CAPABILITY
Kazuo Kyi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Electric Com-
pany Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 664,424, Aug.
30, 1967, now abandoned. This application Aug. 12, 1970,
Ser. No. 63,162
Claims prioritv, application Japan, .Aug. 31. 1966, 41/57403
Int. CI. G06k 9100
U.S. CI. 340— 146.3 R 6 Claims
/ '00
A character recognition system for reading alphanumeric
characters and/or symbols printed or otherwise formed upon
a document. The characters on the document are initially
scanned in sequential fashion to generate a signal representa-
tive of the character. The representative signal is compared,
on a character by character basis, against standardized
A voice annunciating system having an electronic memory
for storing digital data representative of the analog audio
signal of a plurality of predetermined sound components,
selected series of said data being applied from said memory
to a digital to analog converter adapted to produce an audio
signal corresponding to the digital data applied thereto, by
means of a control logic. The control logic is operative in
response to an actuating signal associated with the desired
message. Substantially all redundancy is eliminated from the
digital data stored in the memory, said control logic being
adapted to repetitively apply individual sound components or
series of sound components to the digital to analog converter
for reconstructing the desired message.
3,641,497
ACCESS-CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND ITEM-
DISPENSING SYSTEMS INCLUDING SUCH EQUIPMENT
Geoffrey Ernest Patrick ConstaNe, Cheltenham, England, as-
signor to Smiths Industries Limited, Cricklewood, London,
England
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,186
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 30, 1968,
41,424/68
Int CI. H04q 9/00, G06k HOO
U.S. CI. 340- 149 A 14 Claims
A money-dispensing system is operative to dispense money
in response to a bank customer's embossed credit card and
keyed-entry of his personal identification number, only if this
number accords with the customer's account number as read
from an accounting record impressed from the card Accord
is checked at the bank's central computer and approval for
dispensing is given by an encyphered signal individually
generated there using the account number and transmitted
i46
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
back to the dispensing terminaJ, recognition of the en-
cyphered signal, required for operation of the dispenser.
H* liH
tvrm
:amTEi
aim
•nsow KiTTunai
being effected by separate programmed-generation of it at
the terminal.
3,641,498
KEYS FOR ELECTRONIC SECURITY APPARATUS
Robert A. Hedin, San Pedro, Calif., assignor to R. B. Phinizy,
Anaheim, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 628,599, Apr. 5,
1967, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 889,666, Dec. 31, 1969. This application Mar. 27,
1970,Ser. No. 23,272
Int. CI. H04q 9100
U.S. CI. 340—164 R 25 Claims
A key is constructed with a base member of epoxy glass on
which are electrically conductive contact strips offering a bi-
nary code permutation of open and closed circuit paths for
controlling a security apparatus such as an electronic lock or
computer. The code permutation can be established m the
key by applying electric current that changes the state of the
circuits on the key. For the purpose, the key circuits are
equipped with fusible elements or magnetic memory ele-
ments. The memory elements may be of a type that will
change the code when the key is used. The key may have a
portion forming an identification card. In further forms the
key will have eddy current rings that will react when applied
to proper key-receiving means, and the key may comprise an
optical mask containmg a binary ccxie in the form of a pat
tern of opaque and translucent areas.
3,641,499
CARD AND VERIFICATION SYSTEM HAVING CARD
VOIDING ELEMENT
WiUiam A. Housman, 1626 N. 190th. Seattle, Wash.
Filed Dec. 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 887,291
Int. CI. H04q 3100
U.S. CI. 340— 149 8 Claims
A card is coded with preselected partially completed cir-
cuits including selectively positioned insulators, a card reader
is coded with second partially completed circuits and a plu-
rality of manually operated contacts which are actuated in an
array known only to the owner of the card, a mismatch
completes the network through the card reader and the card
and energizes a fuse device within the card to void the card.
A coded circuit in the card corresponds to the stored amount
of credit and an electrical network in the machine is operable
by contacts corresponding to the amount of stored credit to
complete a circuit to the fuse of the device to void the card
when the credit is used up.
3,641,500
VOICE ENTRY SYSTEM
Evon C. Greanias, Chappaqua, and Wilbur J. Levine,
Poughkeepsie, both of N.Y., assignors to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51^03
Int. CI. H04q 9100
U.S.CI.340-152R 10 Claims
fc"^H COWMtnSMM
i i 1 S::t^-
Cl Qi C^
An arrangement is disclosed for making entries into an in-
formation system from a plurality of remote locations by
voice communications. The arrangement comprises a speech
compression means and an audio buffer means associated
with each location, the speech compression means function-
ing to compress the duration of a message whereby a
keyboard operator receiving the voice communications can
handle a plurality of locations, the audio buffer means being
operative to store the compressed message. There is also as-
sociated with each location a word counter which contains a
count of the words in a message, a count in a word counter
signifying that a complete message is in the audio buffer
enabling the locations where that message has been entered
to have that message processed. The arrangement includes a
sequencing unit which establishes which location can receive
processing The keyboard operator enters the messages into
an information-processing system and the results of this
processing are then transmitted back to the appropriate loca-
tions where they can be printed out or otherwise be availed
of.
3,641,501
CALCULATING MACHINES
John George Lk)yd, Uxbridge, and Alan Fripp, Iver Heath,
both of England, assignors to Bell Punch Company Limited,
Uxbridge, England
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 626,049, Mar.
27, 1967, now abandoned. This application Jan. 23, 1970,
Ser. No. 5,221
Claims priority, application (Jreat Britain, Mar. 31 , 1966,
14J00/66
Int CI. G06f 1102
U.S. CI. 340- 1 72.5 10 Claims
An electronic calculating machine with two multistage re-
gisters and with circuitry controlled by an interchange func-
tion key on a keyboard are used to interchange the cor-
responding digit denominations of the numbers stored in the
two registers. The interchange of each digit denomination is
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
747
a two-part operation. In the first part a first pulse train is
used to simultaneously circulate the digits in the correspond-
ing denomination of the registers in order to store in a
counter circuit a difference pulse count equal to the dif-
ference between the digits and to obtain a signal whose
polarity is dependent upon which register has the larger digit.
3,641^03
APPARATUS FOR SENSING AND COUNTING IMAGES
DISPOSED ON INFORMATION BEARING MEDIA
HAVING AN ADDED COUNTING CAPABILITY
Robert E. CuUen, Foxborough, Mass., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,474
Int CI. G06f 1122
U.S. CI. 340— 172.5 1 7 Claims
In the second part the difference pulse count and the polarity
of the signal are used during the second pulse train to control
the entry of part of the second pulse train to the one register
and then to control the entry of the rest of the second pulse
train to the other register so as to interchange the cor-
responding digits.
3,641,502
DATA RECORDING APPARATUS
Cecil Thomas Whitehead, Crowthome, and Anthony Francis
Ewart Critchley, Kingston, both of England, assignors to
International Computers Limited, London, England
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,579
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 18, 1969,
19,808/69
Int.CI.Gllb/i/00
U.S. CI. 340— 172.5 5 Claims
JL
TT
ZZcMCwir mm %
a o a
□ a 3
a □ 9
t
Apparatus is disclosed for sensing and counting the
number of images disposed on an information -bearing medi-
um such as a strip of microfilm. Specifically, a plurality of
counting marks are associated with each of the images
disposed on the information-bearing medium and are sensed
illustratively by a radiation-sensing means which detects
radiation derived from a suitable source alternately trans-
mitted and intercepted by the counting marks. The radiation-
sensing means provides a plurality of signals which are ap-
plied to a counting and memory circuit for counting the
number of marks that have passed the radiation-sensing
means. A comparison circuit is provided for producing a
signal indicative of a coincidence between counted number
of marks and a preselected number indicative of that image
which is to be disposed at a utilization station. When a coin-
cidence is so derived, the strip of microfilm will be brought
to a stop and the selected images disposed at the utilization
station. The counting and memory circuit has a limited capa-
bility as to the number of marks which it may count, illustra-
tively determined by the number of decade counters com-
prising the counting and memory circuit. The counting and
memory circuit of this invention is capable of counting num-
bers of images in excess of its capability and for directing the
strip of information-bearing medium in the correct direction
to thereby access the selected image at the utilization station.
3 641,504
APPARATUS FOR TRANSPORTING A RECORDING
MEDIUM FOR STORING INFORMATION
George B. Sidline, Belmont, Calif., assignor to Ampex Cor-
poration, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Feb. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 801,100
Int. CI. Gllb/i/OO
U.S. CI. 340- 1 72.5 8 Claims
A data recording apparatus includes two magnetic record-
ing heads which are spaced apart along the length of an
exchangeable magnetic recording tape. A switch normally
connects an input data device to the first recording head
such that data is recorded in a normal fashion. When it has
become necessary to exchange a new tape for an old one, the
incoming data is switched to a store where it is held as the
tapes are exchanged. When a new tape is ready to record
data, the switch is returned to its normal position such that
data in the store is recorded by the second recording head
concurrently with incoming data being recorded by the first
recording head. The heads are spaced apart by a distance
such that stored data recorded by the second recording head
does not overlap incoming data recorded by the first head.
I J
A preset counter counts pulses received from a tachometer
as a magnetic tape is transported to position a particular
748
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
storage address on the tape at a selected location relative to a
magnetic head. The pulse count is representative of the
distance that the particular storage address must be trans-
ported to position it at the selected location. The counter is
coupled to the motor drive circuit of the tape transport
mechanism to control the speed of the tape movement in ac-
cordance with the count stored in the counter. As the par-
ticular storage address is transported to position it at the
selected location, the counter issues signals while its count is
in predetermined ranges of its counting sequence cor-
responding to predetermined ranges of distances that the par-
ticular storage address must be transported to position it at
the selected location. The signals issued by the counter are
coupled to change the motor drive signal incrementally
whereby the tape is accelerated and decelerated according to
the transport's acceleration characteristic in positioning the
storage address.
3,641,505
MULTIPROCESSOR COMPUTER ADAPTED FOR
PARTITIONING INTO A PLURALITY OF
INDEPENDENTLY OPERATING SYSTEMS
Walter M. Artz, Succasunna; Kenneth R. Cornelius, Parsip-
pany; John W. Olson, Morris Township, Morris County, all
of NJ.; Gary R. Signor, Burlington, N.C., and Francis E.
Siojkowski, Millburn, NJ., assignors to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, NJ., by said
Artz, said Cornelius, said Olson and said Siojkowski and
Western Electric Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.,
by said Signor
Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,242
Int. CI. G06f 9/00, 15100
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 13 Claims
ll>
RCOmOMG
SUBSVSTOI
(RSSj
«
IHlNTIIMNU
UIODUGNOSnC
SUBSVSTEM
(WS)
HOI
S.T. \
SOg«t
^12
\
/
•-
^
/
IH-]
OMna.
(OC)
nji[TA
TIUMSKIWCN
r
O.TA 1
ajNTSOL^tD
PROCESS
H02
/U
«i 1
a»r«o(.L£B
^
\
y
/
"■e
U-'
1 f
DATA
SOUKE
xav
uesnTEM
(OSS)
\ ■
^14
MU
fWCESS
liOsvsTai
A multiprocessor computing system is disclosed in which a
number of processing units, program storage units, variable
storage units and input-output units may be selectively com-
bined to form one or more independent data processing
systems. System partitioning mto more than one independent
system is controlled alternatively by manual switching or pro-
gram-directed partitioning signals. Isolation of single units
and segmentation of a plurality of units less than a full
operating system are also controlled by the same lockout
system. ,
3,641,506
INFORMATION HANDLING SYSTEM ESPECIALLY FOR
MAGNETIC RECORDING AND REPRODUCING OF
DIGITAL DATA
Frederick B. Cupp, Fairport, and John S. Whiting, Canan-
daigua, both of N.Y., assignors to General Dynamics Cor-
poration
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,980
Int. CI. G06f 5102; G05b 13102; Glib 5186
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 13 Claims
A system for storage on a magnetic record medium (tape
or disc) of data with an extremely high packing density is
described. Binary input information is encoded into a ternary
signal for recording. That ternary signal has spectral proper-
ties which facilitate recording with extremely high bit
packmg density The ternary signal also contains timing in-
formation. On playback the signal is decoded into binary
coded ternary form Timing information with respect to
words of ternary data, as well as the individual terts which
nj "AAAtiH ^ ;«f»
•• T 1
■^■r««0 cnjmMl lal
B
make up the works, is also derived. The system includes
means for synchronizmg the reproduced data in accordance
with the timing information derived from the data itself, as
well as with an external clock, and decodes the data into the
original binary form.
3,641,507
ELECTRONIC TEACHING APPARATUS
Masahiro Kosaka, and Tadamasa Fujita, both of Osaka,
Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,766
Claims priorit\. application Japan, Dec. 6, l%8. 43/90683;
Dec. 9, 1968.43/91266: Dec. 10, 1968.43/92151
Int. CI. G06k moo, G09b 5104, 19104
U.S. CI. 340- 172.5 5 Claims
802
V
804
803 801
mj
^
7^
An electronic teaching apparatus The apparatus com-
pnses a reproducing means for reproducing an instructional
tape which has an instructional program recorded intermit-
tently thereon, and a plurality of practice tape recorders for
recording and reproducing oral responses of a plurality of
learners
A first detecting means is provided for generating a detect-
ing signal upon the occurrence of reproduction of one part of
said instructional program, and a first control means coupled
to said first detecting means for controlling said practice tape
recorders and a memory means after receiving said detecting
signal from said first detecting means. A second detecting
means is provided for generating and detecting signal upon
the occurrence of reproduction of one part of said instruc-
tional program and is coupled to a second control means for
controlling said instructional tape recorder and said practice
tape recorders after receiving said detecting signal from said
second detecting means.
The memory means stores a value of the time interval
between the detecting signal from said first detecting means
and the detecting signal from said second detecting means,
and produces a control pulse after a time which is the same
as said time interval stored in said memory means.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
749
3,641,508
TRANSMISSION TERMINAL
Fabrizio Saltini, Modena, Italy, assignor to Ing. C. Olivetti &
C, S.p.A.. Ivrea (Turin), Italv
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,758
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 12, 1969. 50559-A/69
Int CI. G06f 3100
\}S. C\. 340- 172.5 8 Claims
3,641,510
BEAM ADDRESSABLE MASS STORAGE USING THIN
FILM WITH BISTABLE ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY
Arthur C. M. Chen, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 145
Int.CI. Gllcy//42
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73 CR 7 Claims
r^
n^
17
— V-
13
-yfSSi
I
I CENTRAL
ICONTKOLLER
I
' t
I
^
nUNSMOSION
TERMINAL
A
■ ja
E3(TERNAi:
SYSTEM
This invention relates to a transmission terminal unit
responsive to transfer instructions from a computer for seri-
ally transferring a plurality of information segments one at a
time between successive locations within a region of a serial
memory of the computer and an external system. The trans-
mission terminal comprises buffer means for temporarily
storing an information segment presently being transferred,
means for serially transferring the information segments
between said buffer means and the successive locations in the
serial memory. Furthermore the transmission terminal com-
prises means responsive to the instructions from the com-
puter for controlling the direction of transfer of the informa-
tion segments by said transferring means and to signals from
said computer and said external system for controlling the
timing of the transfer by enabling, after the receipt of a ready
signal from the external system, said transferring means to
operate to transfer the next successive information segment
when the location within the region of the serial memory
which is next to be operated upon is available for transfers.
3,641,509
DIGITAL DATA ANALYSIS AND DISPLAY DEVICE
Philip S. Di Vita, Richboro; Eari N. Powers, Philadelphia, and
Charles J. Wemeth, Newtown, all of Pa., assignors to Data
Display Systems, Inc., Willow Grove, Pa.
FUed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,211
InL CI. Gllc 7100; GOlr 13104
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73 R II Claims
Apparatus for the analysis and display of digital waveforms
comprising a commutator arrangement for selectively dis-
tributing input information from a plurality of sources to
predetermined storage and display units and for selectively
modifying the display characteristics of said input informa-
tion with respect to time, mode of representation and the
relative proportion of the cyclic input information signal to
be displayed.
B^
-r >
^
^*=T===?
¥^
An electron beam addressable mass memory and recording
technique is described wherein information is stored by
selective electron beam irradiation of bit sites in a target
characterized by a thin film of a bistable conductivity materi-
al, e.g., an arsenic-tellurium-germanium glass, to switch the
electrical resistance of the irradiated sites. TTie recorded in-
formation subsequently is nondestructively read out by
impinging a lower intensity electron beam upon each bit site
and measuring current flow through the site to a metal sub-
strate Juxtaposed with the bistable conductivity film. To erase
recorded information, the switch bit site is irradiated with an
electron beam having an intensity above the threshold level
required to return the site to the original resistance state.
3,641,511
COMPLEMENTARY MOSFET INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
MEMORY
James R. Cricchi, Baltimore, and Edgar D. Lancaster, Jr.,
Linthicum Heights, both of Md., assignors to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9381
InL CL Gl Ic / 1/40, 5/02, 7/00
U.S. CI. 340-173 R 13 Claims
UCKSS KCaOK
LOilC
IIIIa<7 QlIh^3El] " ' - ,' " I'M..
FT
i
A random access nondestructive voltage readout comple-
mentary MOSFET memory fabricated on a single integrated
circuit "chip," including not only a plurality of identical
750
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
memory cells arranged in a matrix array, but also the digital
address decoding logic circuitry as well as the input/output
buffer circuitry including data line driver circuits insulating
the memory cell array from external data lines and input/out-
put control logic circuits insulating the address decoding
logic circuitry and the data line driver circuits from external
read/write control and strobe input sources. Both N-channel
and P-channel MOSFETS are fabricated adjacent to one
another as complementary pairs on the same "chip" with the
exclusion of at least one guard ring diffusion region between
adjacent drain diffusion regions of the complementary pairs
by the inclusion of a relatively thick oxide layer { 1 5-20 KA. )
which operates to minimize internal interconnection line
capacitance and parasitic surface channels. The data line
drivers are bidirectional to provide nondestructive readout,
fast readout response, noisy immunity and low-input
capacitance. £ach memory cell is comprised of two pairs of
complementary MOSFETS coupled together as cross-cou-
pled inverter circuits. Additionally, each cell is provided with
a pair of parallely connected complementary MOSFETS act-
ing as an input/output transmission switch and are coupled to
a common input/output internal data line and operated by
separate address command signals from the address decoding
logic circuit. Another pair of parallely connected comple-
mentary MOSFETS are coupled to the memory cell as a
feedback transmission switch and are operated by still other
separate address command signals from the address decoding
logic circuit. The address command logic utilized to operate
the parallely connected pairs comprising the input/output
transmission switch and the feedback transmission switch is
timed to permit nondestructive readout of the memory cell.
3,641^12
INTEGRATED MNOS MEMORY ORGANIZATION
Dov Frohman-Bentchkowsky, L4>s Altos, Calif., assignor to
Fairchiid Camera and Instrument Corporation, Mountain
View, Calif.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,004
Intel. G lie 5/02, H/OO
U.S. CI. 340— 1 73 R 5 Claims
3,641,513
READOUT SYSTEM FOR MEMORIES COMPRISING
MATRICES OF PHOTOSENSITIVE ELEMENTS
Jean Edgar Picquendar, and Roger Torguet, both of Paris,
France, assignors to Thomson-CSF
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 60,838
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 12, 1969,
69/27.692
Int. CI. G lie 13/04, 11142
y}S. CI. 340- 1 73 LM 3 Claims
A readout system for memories comprises one or more
matrices of photosensitive elements. An optical scanning
system (3) produces a light beam with a scanning movement
a lens system (21-22) transforms said beam into a beam
which is flat perpendicularly to the plane of scan, and directs
it onto a matrix of photosensitive elements (8) in the form of
a line of light (7) covering a line of the matrix for each
resolved point of the scanning function.
3,641,514
MEMORY SYSTEM
Vernon C. Rees, Newark, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Coming
Fiberglas Corporation
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 64,015
Int. CI. G11C///40
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73 R 8 Claims
am,
n-»~*-
M-".' ^-J-30-ll.l
r
n-t
3l-«
A semiconductor memory array consists of an array of
MNOS transistors. Each transistor possesses an hystereris
relationship between the gate voltage required to turn on the
transistor and a previously applied gate voltage. Thus each
MNOS transistor stores, by itself, one bit of information. A
binary " 1 " is written into a transistor by applying a voltage of
a first selected magnitude to the gate of the MNOS transistor
while grounding its source and drain. Applying simultane-
ously a negative voltage to the drain of the MNOS transistor
lowers the voltage across the dielectric beneath the MNOS
transistor's gate electrode and prevents the storage of a bi-
nary "1." No electrical isolation is required between the
MNOS transistors.
A memory unit comprising an electronic valve component
having a very high-input impedance and including a control
electrode and two output load electrodes. An input signal
storage means is connected to the control electrode. An out-
put means is connected between one of the output or load
electrodes and a voltage supply. A zero adjustment im-
pedance means is connected between that one of the output
electrodes and the voltage supply to adjust current flow
through the output means when no input signal is present. A
span adjustment impedance means is connected between the
other of the two output electrodes to regulate gain of the
electronic valve independently of the zero adjustment im-
pedance means The electronic valve component is
preferably a field effect transistor.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
751
3,641,515
SPECTRUM ANALYZER
Lawrence B. Sues, Rome, N.Y., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,971
Int. CI. Gl Ic 2//00, GOlr 23102
U.S. CI. 340-173 R 4 Claims
-I
■¥ar*
M
.ui^
C/Jtcyir
XT
CtMrmm
CiKJir
I /KM
JUJt»rr
Cttfffin..^
A spectrum analyzer is provided in which a digital recircu-
lating delay line memory is used in conjunction with a swept
receiver to effect a time variant signal across a frequency
range of interest. The swept receiver is fed analog signals for
subsequent analog to digital conversion. Thereafter, a logic
circuit simultaneously associated with a delay line memory,
sweep receiver circuit and computer receives the converted
digital signals. The logic circuit and an analog to digital con-
verter are simultaneously controlled by a common clock. The
logic circuit synchronizes the receiver sweep to the recircu-
lating memory and the digital recirculating memory stores in
digital format for future utilization the spectral charac-
teristics of the frequency range of interest.
3,641,516
WRITE ONCE READ ONLY STORE SEMICONDUCTOR
MEMORY
Paul P. Castrucci, Poughkeepsie; Harlan R. Gates, Wappin-
gers Falls; Robert A. Henle, Hyde Park; WUbur David
Pricer, Poughkcepsie; Robert M. Morton, Hopewell Junc-
tion; John W. Mason, and William D. North, both of
Poughkeepsic, all of N.Y., assignors to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Piled Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,053
IntCLGllc///J6,/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 340— 1 73 SP 12 Claims
' jf^ y^ >» jf^'
y^K ,^04 y^06 ,^DI
ofw ol^ >0B >^B
,^DB y*DC ,^0M ,^DB
Jtvi or OB jfvs Jr^
r^w ,Att .rva ,Adj4
A read only memory having the capability of being written
into once after manufacture. The cells of the memory are
capable of being fused or permanently altered by directing a
fusing current to the selected cells. The cell is a monolithic
semiconductor device comprising a diode to be biased in a
forward direction and a diode to be biased in the reverse
direction structured so as to form back-to-back diodes. The
reverse diode has a lower reverse breakdown voltage than
the forward diode, and a metal connection, unconnected to
any remaining circuit elements contacts the semiconductor
device between diode junctions. The fusing current causes a
metal-semiconductor alloy to form and short out the reverse
diode.
3,641,517
SUPERCONDUCTIVE DATA STORAGE ARRANGEMENT
Michel Edmond Francis Brilman, Bniyeres-Le-Chatel; Jean-
Pierre Alain Campagne, Antony, and Guy Georges Gorinas,
Saint-Michel-sur-Orge, all of France, assignors to Sodete
Alsacienne de Constructions Atomiques de Telecommunica-
tions et d'Electronique "Alcatel", Paris, France
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,604
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 9, 1 969, 6900230
Int CI. Gllcy//44, 5/02
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73. 1 10 Claims
A superconductive device for the storage and the non-
destructive reading of information or data, which has a
minimum spatial requirement while assuring a practical and
workable operation free from any parasitic signals including
a storage arrangement having two portions which are posi-
tioned in close relationship with respect to each other, one of
these portions providing a superconductive loop consisting of
two superimposed layers of superconductive materials having
different critical temperature points, one area thereof having
one partially interrupted superconductive layer which allows
this portion to readily lose the superconductive property
thereof in the presence of a magnetic field, and the other
portion also consisting of two superimfxjsed semiconductive
layers with one layer interrupted serving as a test conductor
actuated by the field generated by the superconductive loop
and a readout conductor.
3,641,518
MAGNETIC DOMAIN LOGIC ARRANGEMENT
John Alexander Copdand, III, Gillette, N J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Sept 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,883
Intel. Gl ley 9/00, 11114
U.S. CI. 340— 1 74 TF 6 Claims
la*-^
SOURCE OF ,
I POOP AG AT 1 OK
SIGNALS
UTILIZATION
C ISCUIT
BIAS FIELD]
SOURCE
COJTROL
V
A single wall domain logic circuit arrangement is realized
by a pair of magnetically soft rails on the surface of a materi-
al in which domains can be moved. TTie distance between the
rails is reduced over a prescribed portion of the rails to
define a position at which domains moving along both rails
interact.
752
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641,519
MEMORY SYSTEM
Albert H. Ashley, Bedford, Mass., assignor to Sylvania Elec-
tric Products Inc., Wilmington, Dei.
Filed Apr. 10, 1958, Ser. No. 727,602
int. CI. G lie 7102, 11106
U.S. CI. 340- 1 74 RC 18 Claims
neito/fy OUTPUT ^^ru^'LO*] ;rjp-FL
A ferrite-core memory system employing a specimen mag-
netic core or memory device, having the same operating
characteristics as the memory elements, to generate the
requisite strobe pulses for addressing the memory.
3,641,520
INTERSTITUL CONDUCTORS BETWEEN PLATED
MEMORY WIRES
Joseph M. Shaheen, La Habra, and John Simone, Garden
Grove, both of Calif., assignors to North American
Rockwell Corporation
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,677
Int. CI. Gllc5/(;-^, 11104, 11/ 14
VS. CI. 340- 1 74 PW 5 Claims
A copper layer on a dielectric substrate is etched mto
stnps for forming interstitial conductors. Layers cf resinous
material are placed over the strips for forming channels
therebetween. The exposed surface of a dielectric layer clad
on one side by a metal layer is placed over the channels to
form tunnels for plated memory wires. The outer metal layers
of the structure are etched to form word straps orthogonal to
the tunnels. The interstitial conductors between the tunnels
are interconnected at a common point.
Elec-
3,641,521
MAGNETIC-CORE MEMORY MATRIX
Joichiro Ezaki, Chiba-ken, Japan, assignor to TDK
tronics Company Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,809
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 30, 1968, 43/74828
Int. CI. G lie 5/02, 11/06
VS. CI. 340- 1 74 B A 1 Claim
A magnetic-core memory matrix formed in such a manner
that the spacing between the adjacent drive windings parallel
with the sense wmding is made larger than the spacing
between the adjacent drive windings not parallel with the
sense winding, thereby elimmatmg the noise produced in the
sense windings due to the inducing voltage from the adjacent
parallel drive wmdmgs.
3,641,522
INDLCTANCE ELEMENT FOR PREVENTING HALF-
SELECT NOISE IN MEMORY ELEMENTS
Hanimi Maegawa; Yohihiro Sato; Yasuo Furuhata, and
Takayuki Kiumi, all of Kawasaki-shi, Japan, assignors to
Fujitsu Limited, Kawasaki, Japan
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,772
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 16, 1968, 43/83898
Int. CI. G lie 7/02,5/08
IJ.S. CI. 340- 1 74 M 4 Claims
Each of a plurality of magnetic wires has a conductor
covered by ferromagnetic material. The magnetic wires are
equidistantly .spaced from each other in parallel relation and
irc affixed to each other by ciectricui insulating material in-
terposed therebc(\Aeen.
3,641,523
MAGNETIC IK)MAIN CIRCULATING SHIFT REGISTER
Harvey I. Jauvtis, Belmont, Mass., assignor to The United
Slates of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,371
Int. CI. Glle2//00, 11/14
U.S. CI. 340- 1 74 SR 3 Claims
A magnetic domain circulating shift register in which mag-
netic channels are in a continuous zigzag configuration and
magnetic domain diodes are positioned in each channel
branch to obtain single direction of propagation. Fan outs
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
753
from alternating branch channels through a film-to-film
transfer junction into a second film inhibit propagation in ad-
jacent branch channels while an interlacing hold conductor
permits selective erasure.
3,641^24
MAGNETIC RECORD AND REPRODUCE SYSTEM FOR
DIGITAL DATA HAVING A NRZC FORMAT
Kermit A. Norris, Azusa, Calif., assignor to Leach Corpora-
tion, South Pasadena, Calif.
Original applkation Nov. 7, 1966, Ser. No. 592,458, now
Patent No. 3,518,648, dated June 30, 1970. Divided and this
application Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 8,123
Int. CI. Glib 5/02
U.S. CI. 340- 1 74. 1 H 7 Claims
oscillator, enabling self-clocking as in the Manchester
recording system. The recorded five-bit code is recovered by
applying the read pulses and the phase lock oscillator output
to logic circuits including flip-flops and gates. The five serial
bit character is parallelized and decoded to recover the
original five-bit code.
3,641,526
INTRA-RECORD RESYNCHRONIZATION
David L. Bailey, Longmont, and Harry C. Hinz, Jr., Arvada,
both of Colo., assignors to International Business Machines
Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 888,595
Int. CI. Glib 5/02
U.S. CI. 340—174.1 A 19 Claims
,nua
IITMtt TW l»T PWTWS IOTP)
Apparatus for recording and reproducing digital data on a
magnetic medium is disclosed. The apparatus operates to
convert data in a NRZC format to a NRZ-S format and then
to a S<^M format for recordation. Reproduced signals are
reconverted from the S<^M format to a NRZ-S format. The
reproduced signals are then filtered and threshold detected
to derive the original data in NRZC format.
3,641,525
SELF-CLOCKING FIVE BIT RECORD-PLAYBACK
SYSTEM
Gene E. Milligan, Torrance, Calif., assignor to The National
Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64355
Int. CI. Glib 5/06
U.S. CI. 340-174.1 G 10 Claims
I — \ '' r
MftMllltf
^.
-+-
A magnetic recording and reproducing system wherein a
parallel four-bit input code is converted into a five-bit
character code and magnetically recorded. The code has a
low redundancy when recorded with a magnetic state chang-
ing only for each zero bit. As a result, the magnetic recording
has a high-bit density. Upon reading the magnetic recording,
the zero-bit pulses are employed to synchronize a phase lock
■JS
3 lUIIIIIIII \ KCOIMK
2 llllllllllllf i CBCUIT
t iiiiiiiiiiii \ t ,- ___
o)iiiilii(trtEcouireiiHDtwo[}i
MTM
COtTKlS
. KSTIC
CMTKH !
■coria. i\
A self-clocking recording system using signals representa-
tive of data having predetermined one-half wavelength
sequences including short and long one-half wavelengths
Resynchronization (resync) and position indicating signals
are recorded among data signals in each track for indicating
track position with respect to other tracks. Frequency
synchronization utilizes recorded data signals. The position-
indicating resync signal is limited in length to a small number
of cycles of record state changes which primarily use the
longer one-half wavelengths used to record data. In one
recording scheme, two long wavelengths of the same px)larity
indicate position in the tracks. In another, two successive
long one-half wavelengths indicate track position and data
phase relationships. In yet other recording schemes, a unique
sequence of two one-half wavelengths or a sequence of three
long one-half wavelengths indicates data phase and track
positional information.
3,641,527
PNEUMATIC HEAD-ACTUATING SYSTEM HAVING
AUTOMATIC CONTROL FOR READING AND WRITING
THROUGH HEADS
Ko Ko Gyi, Thousand Oaks, Calif., assignor to Burroughs
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,807
Int. CI. F16k 7/1 7, Gl lb 15112, HOlh 35/24
U.S. CI. 340-174.1 E 15 Claims
A pneumatic system for controlling the relative position of
electromagnetic heads with respect to a magnetic disc
754
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
recording surface. A source of fluid pressure is supplied
through a first vaJve means to the input port of a pressure
regulator and to the input port of a second vaJve means.
Pressure emanating from the output port of the regulator is
applied to electromagnetic heads which causes them to move
from a first to a second position relative to the magnetic disc
surface. Pressure emanating from the output port of the
second valve means is supplied to a pneumatic switch for
enabling or disabling electrical circuit means which reads or
writes information from the magnetic recording disc through
the magnetic heads. The second valve means has a first time
delay corresponding to the rate of fluid flow from its input to
output port which insures the enabling of the electrical cir-
cuit by the pneumatic switch only after the heads have
moved into their second position, and has a second time
delay, shorter than the first time delay, corresponding to the
rate of fiuid flow from its output to input port which insures
the disabling of the electrical circuit by the pneumatic switch
before the heads commence movement from their second
p>osition back to their first position.
3,641^28
SIGNAL-STORING DEVICE WITH REMOVABLE
SIGNAL-STORING UNIT
Gerhard Dirk&, Los Altos Hills, Calif., assignor to Dirks Com-
puter Systems Corporation, Los Altos Hills, Calif.
Original application Dec. 22, 1964, Ser. No. 420,294, which is
a division of application Ser. No. 627,441, Dec. 10, 1956, now
Patent No. 3,172,082. Divided and this application Nov. 14,
1969, Ser. No. 876340
Int. CI. Glib 25/00
U.S. CI. 340- 1 74. 1 C 5 Claims
which are driven by a four-way control valve. A polar coor-
dinate random access information retrieval apparatus includ-
ing a rotatable recording disc having information recorded
on at least one surface thereof, a transducer for detecting
said information, radial positioning means for moving said
transducer radially along said disc, and angular positioning
means coupled to said recording disc for incrementally rotat-
ing said disc to position desired information on said disc ad-
jacent said transducer An improved four-way control valve
includmg a valve housing having a pair of inlet ports for con-
WOTO
OCTtCTOH
SJt
?*7
ISO
■J positTominc
I.OSIC
•CtMCHT INPO
nection to a pressure source and a pair of outlet ports for
connection to a load, a first control chamber communicating
one of said inlet ports with one oK" said outlet ports, a second
control chamber immediately adjacent said first chamber and
communicatmg the other of said inlet ports with the other of
said outlet ports, a diaphragm intermediate said first and
second chambers and forming a common wall therebetween,
and a diaphragm control means for moving said diaphragm to
selectively seal one of said inlet ports in said respective first
and second chambers to control the fluid flow between said
inlet and outlet ports
3,641,530
SYSTEM FOR DISPLAYING VALUES OF CONDITIONS
REPORTED AT A CENTRAL STATION FROM VARIOUS
REMOTE STATIONS OF A BUILDING AIR CONDITION
SYSTEM
Frank H. W. Schoenwitz, Schaumburg, III., assignor to
Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,174
Int.CI. G08C/9/04. yj//2
U.S. CI. 340- 183 8 Claims
A selective signal storage device which includes a signal-
storing unit composed of a supporting shaft and a plurality of
disks having signal-storing surfaces on at least one face
thereof and being secured axially spaced from each other to
the shaft for rotation therewith. Releasable coupling means
are provided to reieasably couple the supporting shaft to
drive means so that the signal-storing unit can be removed as
a unit from the remainder of the device.
3,641,529
RADIAL AND CIRCUMFERENTIAL MAGNETIC HEAD
POSITIONING MECHANISM
Donald L. Bitzer, Urbana; Lyie E. Bandy, Decatur; Roger L.
Johnson, Monticdlo, and Dominic O. Skaperdas, Cham-
paign, all of lU., assignors to University of Illinois Founda-
tion, Urbana, 111.
FUed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,965
Int. CI. Glib 17102; A63d 15104; GO Id 15128
U.S. CL 340—174.1 C 12 Claims
Random access information retrieval apparatus for select-
ing a particular item from a plurality thereof including an im-
proved pair of x-y coordinate digitally positionable devices
C£NTH»L STtVQN
TRANSCEIVER
STOKMC APPARATUS
MESSAtE PROCESSING
APPARATUS
READOUT AND
DISPLAY APPARATUS
1,01 01 I 990. I DEGI
f
V
,-'
KttOTE STATIONS
20
J TEMP
RESPONSIVE
RESISTANCE
ELEMENT
i..
21
4-
22
TO OTHER"
GROUPS Of
STATIONS
TRANS-
CEIVER
>2J PRESSURE
RESPONSIVE
\ DEVICE
INTER-
FACE
A system for displaying the values of reported conditions
of a building air-conditioning system wherein a reporting
message from a remote station has a first portion for select-
ing the engineering units for the normalized condition value
reported in a second portion of the message so that upon the
message being received at a central station the first portion
of the message is used to retrieve from a memory the en-
gineering unit data to be applied to the normalized condition
value to report the condition as a true reported value.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
755
3,641,531
CHANGEABLE ADDRESS DISPLAY DEVICE
Robert Alan Heartz, Deland, Fla., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,655
Int. CI. G08c 75/00
U.S. CI. 340-184 3 Claims
Analog display devices such as meters are mounted at a
central location. Measurements taken at remote positions are
digitized, given identifying characters, and multiplexed in a
serial stream to the central location. Each display device has
an address constituting the identifying characters. The ad-
dress is a unique digital number implemented by closing a
particular combination of switches. The display device
faceplate carries the switch-closing means so that as the
faceplate is mounted on different display devices, the infor-
mation having that address will automatically appear on that
particular display device.
3,641,532
FAULT MONITOR FOR USE WITHIN A SYNCHRO-
TORQUE SYSTEM
Hugh P. McAdams, Jr., Drexel Hill, Pa., assignor to Litton
Precisk>n Products, Inc., Beverly Hills, Calif.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,768
Int. CI. G08c/ 9/00
U3. CI. 340- 1 98 5 Claims
^Jx i>j^i«
3,641,533
solid-state ELECTROLUMINESCENT MOVING
DISPLAY DEVICE
Frederick B. Sylvander, Rutherford, NJ., assignor to The
Bendix Corporation
Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,704
Int. CI. G08c /9/i5
U.S. CI. 340-198 5 Claims
qQNDUCTIVC UeTCDltL
A fault monitor is connected within a synchro-torque
system between a synchro transmitter and a synchro receiver
forming the system. The synchro transmitter is energized by
alternating current that transmits data to the synchro
receiver over electrical conductors to which the fault moni-
tor is connected for receiving energizing alternating current.
The monitor passes generated direct current through the
synchro transmitter and receiver and applies the current to
monitoring switches connected to a warning device. The
warning device is energized in the absence of the direct cur-
rent for indicating a fault condition within the synchro-
torque system.
A device for providing a moving display having an elec-
troluminescent phosphor layer arranged to emit a band of
light when alternating current voltages of different am-
plitudes are applied across the phosphor layer A layer hav-
ing a plurality of electrodes separated by transparent resistive
material is positioned at one side of the phosphor layer and a
common electrode layer is positioned at the opposite side of
the phosphor layer. The voltages are applied to the elec-
trodes and to the common electrode layer and the amplitudes
of the voltages are changed sequentially to cause the band of
light to move in a direction and at a sf>eed in accordance
with the sequence and rate of change in the amplitudes of the
voltages.
3,641,534
INTRARECORD RESYNCHRONIZATION IN DIGITAL-
RECORDING SYSTEMS
John W. Irwin, Longmont, Cok)., assignor to International
Business Machines CorporatkMi, Armonk, N.Y.
Fik;d Dec. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 888,766
Int. CL Glib 5/02
U.S. CI. 340—174.1 A 59 Claims
■n.
.350
STMT
STOf OPfli»TIOI
n
SEAia
UHIESS
JS^— '^
• STUT OCnJTK)!
■H^
-"■^^ i*\ ^35! ,m
,}«
(MMUTNl
m
H
I
KSIEt
nc
MTATKWS
In a block of recorded data, resynchronization signals are
interleaved among sets or subblocks of digital data signals for
enabling reestablishment of self-clocking in a dead track.
Resynchronization occurs within a block of recorded data. In
a multitrack system, requeuing the dead track in the skew
buffers (SKB) is accomplished by placing the dead track SKB
position at maximum leading relationship to the most lagging
active track. If data signals from the previously dead track
are received by SKB before the dead track has reached max-
imum lagging relationship, the previous dead track is ac-
tivated for normal operation. Otherwise, the dead track is
returned to dead-tracking status. The readout counter
(ROC) of SKB controls read-back operations and determines
signal format on the record media.
756
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641^35
POSITIONING APPARATUS EMPLOYING A
MAGNETIZED SCREW THREAD
George S. Knopf, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The Bendix Cor-
poration
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,243
Int. CI. G08c 19100
U.S. CI. 340-195 19 Claims
SUMMING
^22:^^v^MULTVlBRAT0R
114-
V>»
ii6---[:
I IREVERSiBLE
[Ilk H COUNTER
78
106 CONTROL
^"^ UCGiC
In^
>^ 1^
3,641,537
METERING SYSTEM HAVING A REMOTE REGISTER
Emil deCoudres Hoffman, Raleigh, N.C., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816,503
Int. CI. G08c 19116
IJ.S. CI. 340-205 4 Claims
A positioning apparatus, and method of making same, hav-
ing two relatively movable members with one of the members
having detectable means thereon and the other having read- .
ing head means capable of detecting the detectable means
whereby such apparatus is capable of precisely relatively
moving its members and indicating both the magnitude and
direction of movement of one member with respect to the
other.
3,641,536
GASOLINE PUMP MULTIPLEXER SYSTEM FOR
REMOTE INDICATORS FOR SELF-SERVICE GASOLINE
PUMPS
Frank B. Prosprich, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to Veeder
Industries Inc., Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28379 v
Int. CI. G08cy 9//6
U.S. CI. 340— 203 15 Claims
Information is transmitted from a meter to a remote re-
gister At the meter a transmitter is provided which generates
two groups of unidirectional pulses having different polari-
ties. The changes from a group of one polarity to a group of
another polarity occur at a rate dependent on a variable
quantity bemg measured The pulses are transmitted to the
remote register for application to an electromagnet which
develops a magnetic field having a direction dependent on
the polarity of the pulses. A polarized magnetic armature
disposed in the field oscillates a pawl at a rate dependent on
the rate of change in the direction of the magnetic field. The
pawl actuates indicators which form part of the remote re-
gister
3.641,538
TELEMETERING TRANSMITTER
John A. Whitney, Fort Wayne, and Richard E. Woods, Mar-
kle, both of Ind., assignors to Peter Eckrich & Sons, Inc.,
Fort Wayne, Ind.
Original application Nov. 2, 1967, Ser. No. 680,1 1 1, now
abandoned. Divided and this application Feb. 18, 1970, Ser.
No. 12348
Int. CL G08c 19118: H04b 1104; H03k 7110
U.S. CI. 340— 208 8 Claims
rr
s£aoE'i s£iK» scnn
6
i \ RECmEB I
81., ft i W I
$
mi^mi
ilECElVEB
POKD
nKbCtlVt
IC.3
A multiplexer system employing a form of pulse width
modulation and detection. The system is particularly adapted
to use in a telemetering system for remote indicators. The
system operates in connection with a self-service gasoline
pump and transmits via a 60 Hz powerline gallons and dol-
lars information. A modified form of the system transmits
only dollars or only gallons information for a plurality of
pumps. The system can be further adapted for inventory con-
trol purposes. Variants include signal forcing and totalizing
circuits for a plurality of independent information sources
providing absolute accuracy.
V^.
>
A temperature sensor in circuit with a unijunction
transistor dnves a tunnel diode FM transmitter for generating
discontinuous bursts of a frequency modulated oscillatory
output signal The transmitter is mounted within a unitary
housing which is conveyed along with linked meat products
whose internal temperature is being monitored.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
757
3,641,539
REMOTE MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEM
John C. Lesher, Erie, Pa., assignor to James Barber, Erie,
Pa., a part interest
Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786316
Int. CLG08b 29/00, 79/00
U.S. CI. 340- 123.1 24 Claims
constant voltage power source connected to the transmitter,
and switch means mounted to the bottom and top windows
operable upon the opening of either the bottom or top win-
dow for actuating the transmitter to generate a wireless signal
for a relatively short period, whereby the transmitter draws
power from the power source only during the relatively short
period. Switch means closing for relatively short penod via
magnetic decoupling of spring biased armature
x>^
«t««?Tf
>^
\ I
II-
CONTROLLED
OSClLLiTOS
14
, !
i*
»-
CONTROL LE»-
MOOULATOft
t
«-
SCNSOKS
TOBt
MOHITORtD
^
«
It t^o
FIRST
MONITOR
\
B»Sf
"§_
SECOND f
MONITOR
f*-\ POWER
SUPPLY
^(^"
THIRD
MONITOR
tLtRM \. \ SWITCH f. 1
ERRATUM
For Class 340—224 see:
Patent No. 3,641,425
3,641,541
EMERGENCY GAS ALARM SYSTEM
James R. Borkhuis, 485 Lakeview Drive, Oradell, N J.
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,203
Int. CI. G08b 2/ /OO
U.S. CI. 340—237 R 8 Claims
A system is disclosed which is capable of monitoring the
condition of an apparatus, generating signals indicative of
that condition, and, at a remote location, providing signals
indicative <)f the detected status. The remote unit comprises
a controllable oscillator which produces a signal which may
be pulsed, or modulated, to represent data to be sent to the
base station. The base unit includes three monitoring circuits
responsive to the pulse rate of the data signals to provide
positive readings of the status of the device being monitored.
The first monitoring circuit represents a rest condition at the
remote station when in a first state of energization, and in-
dicates an alarm, or fault, condition when in a second state of
energization, for example. In this second state, the second
monitoring network is also energized to provide a positive in-
dication of the alarm. The third monitoring circuit is a self-
surveillance circuit which becomes energized when the
telemetering network malfunctions. By energizing the moni-
toring networks in various combinations, additional informa-
tion concerning the remote station can be derived. Audible
alarm means are provided in conjunction with the monitoring
networks to indicate a fault condition at the remote unit.
Switching means are provided to turn the audible alarm off
during the time that the fault condition is being corrected,
the alarm again sounding when corrections have been made
and the system is ready to be returned to its monitoring con-
dition.
WZ\M
A gas alarm system utilizing a gas absorber cartridge hav-
ing a high affinity to the desired gas to be detected and a
balance scale supporting the gas absorber container at one
side and an adjustable counterweight of the other side, is
described. Imbalance of the scale due to gas absorption in
the gas absorber cartridge actuates an electrical switch in an
alarm circuit to energize visual and audible signals indicative
of gas in the surrounding atmosphere.
3,641,542
VALVE APPARATUS HAVING LEAK-DETECTING
MEANS
Marvin H. Grove; Kee W. Kim, and Lyie R. Van Arsdale, aU
of Houston, Tex., assignors to M & J Valve Company,
Houston, Tex.
riled Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,074
Int. CI. F16k 25/00, 57/00
U.S.CL 340-238 5 Claims
3,641,540
WIRELESS ALARM SYSTEM
Joel L. Cutler, 798 Red Bam Lane, and Joel I. Glickman, 812
Red Bam Lane, both of Huntingdon, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 848,258, Aug. 7,
1969. This application Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,577
Int.CLG08b//0S
U.S. CL 340-224
6 Claims
A double-hung window mounted alarm actuating unit com- Apparatus making use of at least one main flow control
prises a transmitter for generating wireless signals, a relative valve and having means for determining whether or not the
758
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
valve is leaking. The valve employs a sealing assembly which
seals with respect to the valve working surface of the valve
member (e.g., gate) on two spaced concentric areas. Duct
means serves to establish communication between the space
between the sealing areas and the exterior of the valve. In the
event of leakage past the sealing assembly, it can be detected
by noting any discharge of fluid through the duct means to
the exterior of the valve. In one embodiment the leakage is
noted by opening a vent valve adjacent the main valve. In
another embodiment the valve can be checked for leakage at
a remote station.
LOW L£XL
DETECTOR
DROP RATE
' MOKTOS
j ^
AtARM
"COKTWX
^ ALAflW
teR]-'
In a low-level detector, a capacitance is established
between an active electrode and grounded electrode as a
function of a solution level in a container. A detector, which
is periodically clamped to ground at a rate specified by a
multivibrator, is operatively connected to the active elec-
trode. The capacitance between the electrodes, which
represents the solution level, is sensed in the detector. In a
drop rate monitor, a signal from a multivibrator is applied to
a first electrode and is capacitively coupled to a second elec-
trode when a solution drop in a chamber appears
therebetween. A stabilizing loop maintains the signal at the
second electrode at a constant level. The coupled signal at
the second electrode is applied to a detector which generates
a signal in response to each drop. The signal from the detec-
tor is applied to a tachometer circuit for determination of the
drop rate of the solution.
iator This change, between the nonoscillatory and the oscil-
latory states, IS sensed by a solid-state switching network
which controls the energization of a warning means,
3,641,543
LOW-LEVEL DETECTOR AND DROP RATE MONITOR.
PARTICULARLY FOR INTRAVENOUS FEEDING
APPARATUS
Sherman Rigby, Boston, Mass., assignor to Gordon Engineer-
ing Company, Wakefield, Mass.
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,522
Int. CI. G08b 21/00; G05d 7/00; A61m 5/14
U.S. CI. 340—239 R 1 2 Claims
preferably in the form of a lamp. Tha_wi
gized when the probe is not imme
oscillator is in an oscillatory state.
3,641,544
LOW-LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
Bernard G. Radin, Oak Park, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,218
Int. CI. G08b 7/00
U.S. CI. 340-244 C 6 Claims
A low-liquid level indicator particulariy adapted for use in
an automotive vehicle which employs an oscillator whose
tank coil is shunted by a probe adapted to be immersed in a
liquid. When the liquid level is satisfactory, the probe is im-
mersed in the liquid and its impedance will be relatively low
thereby reducing the Q of tank circuit to a value where no
oscillations will be produced. When the liquid level falls to an
unsatisfactory level, the probe will no longer be immersed in
the liquid, and its impedance will be increased sharply
thereby resulting in oscillations being produced by the oscil-
3,641,545
DEVICE FOR INDICATING INTERRUPTED ELECTRIC
SERVICE
Takaaki Okada, Ageo-shi, Japan, assignor to Kabushlki
Kaisha Koparu
nied Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,71 1
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 9, 1968, 43/107246
Int. CI. G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 340-248 B 6 Claims
A device havmg neon lamps for indicating an interruption
of AC service One of the neon lamps remains to be dark for
the initial service period prior to an interruption and also for
the subsequent interruption period, but it automatically
begins to flicker in a predetermined cycle upon the resump-
tion of service following the interruption. If necessary,
another neon lamp adapted to be lighted up only for the
period of the initial service may be utilized as the pilot lamp
for indicating the initial service period. The distinguishment
of the initial service period from the resumed service period
IS undertaken by an impedance-retaining circuit which util-
izes a combination of a photoconductive element and a neon
lamp.
3,641,546
HIGH-LOW VOLTAGE LEVEL SENSOR
Richard D. Blackburn, Dalton, Mass., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 47
Int. CI. G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 340- 248 A 6 Claims
High- and low-level voltages are derived from a voltage to
be monitored and applied, along with a reference voltage, to
the input terminals of a pair of comparators. An over voltage
condition causes the comparator monitoring the low-level
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
759
voltage to be energized, while an under voltage condition 3,641,548 „„ . „ . .^. ,^ .^„
result in the energization of the comparator monitoring the OVERCURRENT-FAULT INDICATOR APPARATUS FOR
* ' TRUNK LINES OF AN ELECTRICAL POWER
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Larry A. Groce, Route 2, Box 575, Arlington, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of applkatk>n Ser. No. 780,541, Dec. 2,
-^ 1968, now abandoned. This application Feb. 17, 1969, Ser.
No. 799,621
Int. CI. G08b 2/ /OO
U.S. CI. 340-253 A 5 Claims
)r IT
higher level voltage. The signal then produced by the com-
parators is used to energize an alarm device.
3,641,547
LINE SECURITY SYSTEM
Martin H. Reiss, Newton, and William L. Cotter, Beverly,
both of Mass., assignors to Alarmtronics Engineering, Inc.,
Newton, Mass.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,285
Int. CI. G08b y J/22
U.S. CI. 340—253 R 3 Claims
Disclosed is an overcurrent-fault indicator apparatus for
locating a trunk line fault in a power distribution system. The
apparatus includes a pair of input terminals adapted to be
connected with the primary and secondary of a power dis-
tribution transformer, first and second switches which may
be a zener diode and reed-type contact, respectively, coupled
to the first input terminal through a full wave rectifier, in-
dicating display means which is actuated by the closing of the
first and second switch, and second switch closing means
coupled to the other input terminal for closing said second
switch, this closing means including time delay circuitry pro-
vided by a resistor and capacitor for temporarily delaying the
opening and closing of the reed switch.
» 3,641349
ELECTRO-OPTICAL PERIMETER INTRUSION ALARM
Victor A. Misek, Hudson, N.H., and Robert Myers, Chelm-
sford, Mass., assignors to Sanders Associates, Inc., Nashua,
N.H.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,794
Int. CI. G08b 13/00
U.S. CI. 340-258 B 14 Claims
A system for insuring the security of electrical transmission
lines extending between a monitor station and a remote sta-
tion utilizes a voltage source at the monitor station which im-
presses an AC voltage signal on the transmission lines. At the
remote station, the AC voltage signal is rectified and the
rectified signal is applied to a current regulator which pro-
vides a quiescent pulsed direct current of constant level to
the transmission lines. The current regulator is arranged to
provide a higher alarm current when an intruder is detected
at the remote station. At the monitoring station, a shorted
line fault detector provides a signal when a reversal in the
direction of normal current fiow occurs in the transmission
lines, an open line fault detector provides a signal when a
drop in current below the quiescent current level is detected,
and an alarm current fault detector provides a signal when a
rise in current above the quiescent current level is detected.
The impressed voltage is periodically reduced in amplitude to
a level which barely sustains the minimum quiescent current
level to test line impedance.
An electro-optical perimeter intrusion alarm system
wherein a pulsed beam of collimaled optical energy from a
transceiver is directed sequentially to a plurality of partially
retroreflective stations. Each station may have an additional
760
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
reflector for directing energy transmitted by that station in a
desired direction to enclose a perimeter with a beam or
beams of energy. An intruder interrupting the beam blocics
the pulsed energy which would otherwise be returned to the
transceiver by any retroreflectors further along the perime-
ter. The area between stations which is crossed by an in-
truder is determinable from the characteristics of the energy
retroreflected by the plurality of partially retroreflective sta-
tions.
selected operations of the crane when the crane approaches
an overload or tippmg condition at the particular length.
3,641,550
VIBRATION-MONITORING SYSTEMS
Derek L. Lynas, and Walter G. Cross, both of MickJeover,
England, assignors to Rolls Royce Limited, Derby, England
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,940
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 5, 1969.
11,582/69
Int. CI. G08b 19100
IJ.S. CI. 340-261 10 Claims
trar
*xtiera"ettr
noJe tear
A vibration-monitoring system for use with a three-shaft
gas turbine engine. Vibration from the engine is picked up by
two electrical transducers and transmitted to a filter network
The filters produce three electrical outputs in three separate
frequency bands, each of which corresponds to the frequency
band of the vibration produced by a respective one of the
shafts. The vibration produced by each shaft can thus be
separately indicated.
/
3,641,551
SAFE LOAD CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TELESCOPIC
CRANE BOOMS
Russell L. Sterner, Greencastle, Pa., and William L. Lowe,
Hagerstown, Md., assignors to Grove Manufacturing Com-
pany, Shady Grove, Pa.
Piled Dec. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 785,145
Int. CI. G08b 2/ /OO
i;.S. CI. 340-267 18 Claims
An overload prevention and indicator system for telescopic
boom cranes of the stationary and/or mobile types in which
the boom is pivotaily raised and lowered in vertical planes by
hydraulic lift motor means, the system including first electri-
cal circuit means responsive to complete a selected on of a
plurality of circuits corresponding to the length of the boom.
the plurality of circuits being resp ctively connected in series
to a corresponding plurality ot -xcond electrical circuit
means, each representative of a predetermined increment of
boom length, responsive to angular position of the telescopic
boom in the vertical plane. The plurality of angular position
outputs of each second electrical circuit means are con-
nected according to predetermined crane overload informa-
tion to a plurality of third circuit means representative of
pressure range increments, and a pressure switch responsive
to fluid pressure in the lift motor means, which is indicative
of boom load, is connected to successively operate said third
circuit means as the fluid pressure in said lift motor means in-
creases and actuate an indicator and render inoperative
angle and load condition at which it is operating at any in-
stant.
3,641,552
CENTRALLY LOCATED ACCESS ALARM SYSTEM
Nelson A. Friberg, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to International As-
semMix Corporation, Toledo, Ohio
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,401
Int. CI. G08b 13122
U.S. CI. 340-274 9 claims
J1^
,—_?/
ri_
-12^^:^
/s^ fx
^V/i
^<^
j:^^
1^-
1^^ f
Vf
/a
j'y
Apparatus for monitoring a plurality of remotely located
doors or conditions m a building. A separate sensor is posi-
tioned adjacent each door or at each location at which a con-
dition is sensed. Each sensor or group of connected sensors
has a resistor which is connected to a centrally located detec-
tor circuit by means of a separate pair of electrical conduc-
tors. Each sensor includes means for disconnecting the re-
sistor from the connected pair of conductors either when the
adjacent door is open, when some other monitored condition
is sensed, or when the sensor is tampered with. The detector
circuit includes two relaxation oscillators. The resistor in one
or more sensors forms a portion of an RC timing circuit in a
first of the oscillators A change in the resistance in the sen-
sor changes the operating frequency of the first oscillator to
cause the second oscillator to cycle and trigger an alarm.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
761
3,641,553
REGISTERING AND CALLING SYSTEM FOR WAITING
NUMBERS
Dicksen T. W. Lau, 450 17th Ave., San Francisco, Calif.
Filed May 4. 1970, Ser. No. 34,039
Int CI. G07c 9/00: G08b 5/00
U.S. CI. 340—286 9 Claims
3,641,555
COMPUTER TERMINAL APPARATUS
John R. Griffin, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Tektronix, Inc.,
Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,254
InLCI.G06fi/y4
U.S. CI. 340-324 A 18 Claims
A unified system for recording the presence of patrons in
a waiting area, registering the total number of such patrons
to enter said waiting area, and notifying said patrons of the
availability of servicing facilities consecutively, in the order
of their arrival in said waiting area. Until such time as a
patron is called to an available servicing facility, there is no
requirement to wait in a particular regimented position
within the waiting area. No pens, guard railings or the like
are utilized to maintain lines and the waiting area may be
comfortably and aesthetically designed.
3,641,554
DISPLAY SYSTEM
Peter E. Slavin, Winchester, Mass., assignor to Intelligent In-
struments, Inc., Winchester, Mass.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,584
Int. CI. G08b 5/22
U.S. CI. 340-324 A 2 Claims
ISVKOMMOJSl
' oaivKi. r '
A computer terminal, e.g., for communicating with a
remote computer via a telephone link, includes a bisuble
cathode-ray storage tube having a split screen comprising
first and second storage portions, and an input device such as
a keyboard for writing a line of information on a first portion
of the tube target. A shift register is employed for digitally
storing a line of information inserted therein from a local
keyboard. The same line of information is written on a first
portion of the target from the shift rfegister. This line of infor-
mation is selectively correctable by inserting corrections in
the shift register, erasing the first portion of the target, and
rewriting the contents of the shift register. The corrected line
may then be transmitted from the shift register to the distant
computer, and a plurality of lines of information are written
on the second portion of the cathode-ray tube split-screen
target from the computer. Each corrected line may be added
to computer storage and displayed on the second part of the
split-screen target.
3,641,556
CHARACTER ADDRESSING SYSTEM
Richard A. Jones, Red Hook, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
FUed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,790
IntCI.G06f J/;4
U.S. CI. 340-324 A 6 Claims
Analog data from a number of sources are converted to
digital form and stored in a memory unit having a plurality of
channels. Any channel of digital data may be retrieved selec-
tively and converted back into analog form to operate a
cathode-ray tube which will graphically display the original
data as a trace, the deflection in one direction representing
the magnitude of the quantity and the deflection in the other
direction representing time.
In a cathode-ray tube display, digital signals representative
of characters to be generated are divided into two groups
762
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
representing the two directions of deflection. A first group
provides a linear region in which uniform deflection steps are
generated for each signal increment, while a second group
provides a nonlinear region in which varied deflection incre-
ments are generated for each signal increment. The nonu-
niform regions provide higher resolution in those areas where
curves normally occur and less resolution in the remaining
areas thus providing higher character resolution in specified
positions on the same size matrix. The nonuniform deflection
is obtained from associated decoders through a weighted ad-
dressing system which provides nonuniform current incre-
ments independent of the digital data input.
character positions representing one horizontal row of
characters. For a 10-line-high character with six lines of ver-
'Cll
.1
m
Wl'
-FRESm
STWUOE
H
^^^^^>»
sriHF Sols'" ^'°*° r
,m
3,641»557.
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR AN ELECTRIC
DISCHARGE TUBE
Arthur Tisso Starr, 39 Northumberland Road, New Bamet,
Hertfordshire, England
OriginaJ application May 6, 1965, Ser. No. 453,757, now
Patent No. 3,503,063, dated Mar. 24, 1970. Divided and this
application Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,493
Int. CI. G06r 3114
UA CI. 340—324 A 4 Claims
tical spacing between rows of characters, five segment
generators and five sequential line buffers are used to
achieve maximum hardware efficiency.
3,641,559
STAGGERED VIDEO-DIGITAL TV SYSTEM
Walter J. Hogan, Silver Spring, and Ancile E. Maiden,
Potomac, both of Md., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,712
InL CI. G06f 3114
U.S. CI. 340-324 A 3 Claims
; ^!i]vFriFnTmi;iinirTiiTT7TTu;iTTii;;x;r^
< iiniil 111 li. ...... — -^.-. [h'--|[l I I I ' .
For an electric discharge tube which forms character sym-
bols on the fluorescent material on the face thereof, a circuit
arrangement for selectively energizing electrodes within said
tube. Said circuit arrangement has interconnections to said
tube for determining the formation of said character symbols.
According to one aspect of the present invention there is
provided a circuit arrangement for modulating the pattern of
voltages appearing on a set of electrodes in said electric
discharge tube at predetermined intervals of time, comprising
selection means for selecting a predetermined pattern cor-
responding to a symbol representing data, timing means for
governing the timing of said predetermined intervals of time,
and circuit means each having a set of interconnections
determining said pattern.
3,641,558
MULTIPLEXED VIDEO GENERATION
WiUiam C. Cook, Rockville, and Walter J. Hogan, SUver
Spring, both of Md., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,71 1
InL CI. G06f 3114
\i&. CI. 340-324 A 5 cuims
The number of sequential line buffers in a digital TV
system including a symbol generator which consists of a
group of segment generators is reduced by connecting in se-
ries a group of sequential line buffers. Each sequential line
buffer is a shift register which contains the number of
:;:::i:_:iiiaitinimitmittiiiiirin:txti;i!iiiii!n;i;!;-^
A display system including a symbol generator which con-
sists of a group of segment generators. Each segment genera-
tor generates a portion of the symbol to be displayed in time
sequence so that the segment generator which generates the
first portion of the symbol would be free to generate first
portion of a following symbol or the first portion of a symbol
on an other display device while the other segment genera-
tors are generating the remainder of the first symbol. The
outputs from this group of segment generators are trans-
mitted through a group of multiplex gates which assemble the
symbol segments into video data signals for a group of dis-
play devices The transmission of the information signals to
the segment generators is staggered so that during a specified
period of time mutually exclusive symbol segments are
presented on different displays. Since the staggering of the
display presentation would result in the rows of symbols
being displaced vertically on the different display devices, the
vertical synchronization signals are also staggered to allow
the vertical positioning of rows of symbols on all displays to
be the same.
3,641,560
HIGH-SPEED ILLUMINATION APPARATUS
Joseph M. KkKkenbrink, Riverside, Conn., assignor to Path
Computer Equipment Inc., Stamford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,635
Int. CI. G08b 5136
U.S. CI. 340-343 6 Claims
A high-speed illumination apparatus advantageous for use
in non-impact printers and character display devices. Rows
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
763
of openings are provided on a rotatable drum, with the
openings in each row forming a specific character or symbol
such that the character or symbol of each row differs from
the character or symbol of every other row. A large number
combination a clock pulse generator operating the register,
incremental and decremental counters connected to receive
the output of the pulse generator, a coincidence circuit
receiving the outputs of the register and both counters at its
input side and providing a signal to light a corresponding one
of the tubes so that the information may be displayed on the
tubes from the most significant character to the least signifi-
cant character successively for a display period of time suffi-
ciently long to be visually recognized for each character
being displayed thereon.
of characters are provided in each row. In some applications,
greater than 100 characters or symbols are provided per row.
A line of characters to be either printed or displayed are ex-
amined for the purpose of illuminating lamps at positions in
each row of the rotating drum which are present in the line
of characters to be either printed or displayed. A single row
of lamjK is provided in a lamp assembly which is mounted in
a stationary fashion within the drum. Those specified
character positions of a particular row which are to be illu-
minated are enabled by energizing the cathode and anode
electrodes of the selected lamps. A single trigger pulse is ap-
plied for igniting the lamps through a common conductive
bar which has the dual function of operating as the trigger
electrode and as reflector means for all of the lamps to con-
centrate illumination toward those selected characters
formed within the row to be illuminated.
The illumination may be converted into a character display
through the use of a long-persistence, luminescent panel or,
alternatively, may be printed through the use of either a
paper having a light-sensitive coating or may be printed upon
plain paper through the use of a transfer drum which trans-
fers the image formed by a sensitized coating upon the
transfer drum which is then transferred and imprinted upon
the plain paper.
A display system for use in a serial-type desk top computer
having a recirculating shift register and a plurality of cold-
cathode gas readout tubes adapted to indicate information
stored in the register sequentially. The system includes in
3,641,562
METHOD OF TIMING A SEQUENTIAL ,
APPROXIMATION ENCODER I
Toshio Kobayashl, Yokohama, and Yukihiko Mineshima,
Kawasaki, both of Japan, assignors to FiUitsu Limited,
Kawasaki, Japan
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,497
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 14, 1969, 44/10898
Int. CI. H03k 13102
U.S. CI. 340-347 AD 1 Claim
3,641,561
DISPLAY SYSTEM FOR USE IN DESK TOP COMPUTERS
Kinkhiro Osugi, Yokohama-shi; Yoshiaki Suzuki, Tokyo;
Tokio Mori, and Toshiharu Inamoto, both of Yokohama, all
of Japan, assignors to MatsushiU Electric Industrial Co.,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 798,407
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 28, 1968, 43/13228
InL CI. G06f 1102
U.S. CI. 340-324 R 4 Claims
INPUT
SICMAl.
ECTintn .., ^^'_jSL-_^lJ__jA?.
. COOIHC CIRCUIT «
I 41. 4t «2,«* 43 »,
MEMORT
CIRCUIT IS
; m^-j
"->
A method of coding in a plurality of unit coding circuit
stages connected in cascade and of the same number as the
coded bits comprises the steps of applying input signals to a
first unit coding circuit stage, rectifying the input signals in
the first stage, discriminating the polarity of the input signals
in the first stage, successively applying the absolute value
output signals of the first stage to the following stages for
coding the absolute value signals, and converting the coded
pulses of the following stages into series-coded pulses by dis-
criminating the polarity of the input signals in the first stage
in the coding period for the absolute value signals in the fol-
lowing stages.
3,641,563
CORRECTION CIRCUIT FOR CONVERTERS
Glenn F. Cushman, Burlington; BrUeshwari Prasad, Methucn,
and Robert W. Wisleder, Wibnington, aU of Mass., as-
signors to Litton Systems, Inc., Burlington, Mass.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,025
InL CL H03k 13102
U.S. CI. 340—347 AD 1 1 Claims
An error correction circuit for an analog-to-digital con-
verter is shovra wherein and analog-to-digital converter in-
cludes a counter-and-storage circuit that stores an analog
input signal in the form of a preliminary digital signal. An
error sample-and-hold circuit receives an error signal, includ-
ing switching and offset errors, generated by the analog-to-
digital converter and stores that signal while the switching
and offiset errors are removed therefrom. The resulting signal
764
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
is then applied to a second analog-to-digitaJ converter where phased mput signals are processed to provide an error signal
It IS converted to a digital error "signal which is applied to the which ,s employed to control a digital feedback loop opera-
counter circuit. The counter removes the digital error signal
3,641 564
DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG AND ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL
SIGNAL TRANSLATION WITH OPTICAL DEVICES
Matthew Fassett, Belmont, Mass., and Phyllis S. linger.
Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Stromberg-Carlson Corpora-
tion, Rochester, N.Y.
Rled June 23, 1966, Ser. No. 559,973
Int. CI. H03k 13102
\}S. CI. 340-347 AD 4 Claims
OUTPUT
CIRCUIT.
t
COMMMTOR
CIRCUIT
PULSING
CIRCUIT
^
W-'
-rr
A signal-translating apparatus is disclosed wherein an elec-
trical signal can be transformed between analog form and
digital form by use of electrically energizable radiation
sources which are selectively energized to produce a radia-
tion signal in one form and electrical and optical means are
used to modify this radiation signal into an electrical signal of
a different form.
3,641,565
DIGITAL RESOLVER
Richard J. Ivers, Arlington, and WUliam H. McDonough, Ac-
ton, both of Mass., assignors to Dynamics Research Cor-
poration, Wihnhigton, Mass.
Filed Sept 2, 1 969, Ser. No. 854,658 ^
Int. CI. H03k 13102
U.S. CI. 340-347 SY 5 Claims
A digital system for providing precise high-resolution angu-
lar data directly from analog input signals. Quadrature-
Sltlfl MTBRID
COS*
BE4D-0NLT
UULTPPl E»
COS*
SUSTPiCTIOI
CIRCUIT
E.
COUNTER
DRIVING
LOOIC
1
cosd
NYBRIO
SIN*
REiO-ONUV
MCUORT
SIN 0
MULTl
plier :^ ^
ij ia
UP -DOWN
COUNTER
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
tive to generate a digital output signal representative of input
angular data.
from the stored preliminary digital signal and stores the final
corrected digital signal within the storage circuit. This error
correction circuit does not cause an increased quantization
error while removing the switching and offset errors from the
input signal.
3,641,566
FREQUENCY POLYPHASE POWER SUPPLY
Charles E. Konrad, and Bumette P. Chausse, both of
Roanoke, Va., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,840
Int. CI. H03b 19100; H03r 13102
U.S. CI. 340-347 DA 7 Claims
PUUI MTI
h
cr ur/cTj^Mw
VOLUCI LCVtL
J
An apparatus for providing a polyphase alternating current
including a pulse generator and a digital counter for convert-
ing the pulses into a predetermined number of distinct con-
secutive signals which are cyclically applied to a decoding
circuit for each phase, each having one output line per signal.
A digital to analog converter connected to each decoding cir-
cuit designates a voltage level to each consecutive signal
which is proportional to the sine of the phase angle during
which the signal occurs.
3,641,567
NONCONTACTING KEYBOARD AND INTERLOCKNG
SYSTEM
Ivan O. Fieldgate, Halesite, N.Y., assignor to Potter Instru-
ment Company, Inc., Plainview, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,771
Int. CI. G08c 1100
U.S. CI. 340-365 1 Claim
/o^/f
A noncontacting keyboard encoder having an interlocking
system for preventing erroneous readouts in response to a
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
766
concomitant actuation of a plurality of keys in which there is
provided for each character to be encoded a key-operated
floating plate which is eccentrically biased to a position at
which respective saturating magnets carried thereby are posi-
tioned adjacent a column of locations at which saturable
cores are selectively arranged in a coded pattern and ad-
jacent a saturable gate core spaced from the column nor-
mally to inhibit generation of signals on respective output
lines each of which is common to corresponding positions of
all columns and on a readout gating line common to all gate
cores in response to an interrogating signal on an interrogat-
ing line threading all cores. Actuation of a key first enables
the associated gate core and then the associated column
cores and release of the key first disables the column cores
and then the gate core to prevent readout until one key is
fully actuated and when two keys are concomitantly actu-
ated.
3,641,568
KEYBOARD FOR CALCULATING MACHINES,
TELEPRINTERS, TERMINALS AND THE LIKE
Riccardo Brescia, Ivrea, and Lucio Montanari, Cascinette
d'lvrea, both of Italy, assignors to Ing. C. Olivetti & C,
S.p.A., Ivrea. Turin. Italy
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,392
Claims priority, application Italy, Sept. 1, 1969, 53173 A/69
Int. CI. G08c 9104
U.S. CI. 340-365 12 Claims
In a keyboard for calculating machines and the like having
a magnetic circuit and means for generating a magnetic fiux
therein, a means operated by depressing the keys for causing
a variation in the magnetic flux and detecting that variation
including a ferromagnetic plate having a plurality of openings
through which ferromagnetic elements can be caused to
move by the action of the keys, and a plurality of detecting
windings disposed about the openings in accordance with a
predetermined digital code whereby an electromotive force is
generated at the ends of the detecting winds when a fer-
romagnetic element moves through an opening in the fer-
romagnetic plate.
spaced apari a predetermined distance, is buried in the sur-
face of a highway. Around each side leg is a probe loop in
which a signal is generated by the presence of a vehicle over
the probe loop. Tlie two output signals from the two probe
loops are processed to determine vehicle presence, direction
of travel, speed and length and headway between vehicles on
the highway.
3,641,569
HIGHWAY VEHICLE SENSOR SYSTEM
David Bushnell, Framingham; Roger L. F'uller. Stow, and
Joseph J. Oliver, Allston, all of Mass., assignors to
Raytheon Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,155
Int. CI. G08g 11015
U.S. CI. 340—38 L 10 Claims
3,641,570
ALARM SYSTEM
Francis T. Thompson, 3482 Tredine Drive, Murrysville, Pa.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,621
Int CI. G08b 17106, 19/00, 29/00
U.S. CI. 340-409 10 Claims
^
ALXmONQMNC
X
CIRCUIT
I NJUtM
Km'
k* I VOLTAGE
TKMJtU
Poms
I voiT*a
•.">
'KXJtU
citcur
kat -COWDUCTNia
KU
AUHIUJUTTl lAi^kiiARV
ALARM TBCUIU
I «JUI»
I WITWTTO-
TlOUfci
BUZZES
,auxil-;aK
COMTWUm
SURtRVTSIW
An alarm system is disclosed wherein an alarm initiation
loop, including sensing devices, an alarm bell loop and other
auxiliary alarm and trouble indicating devices are supervised
for continuity. Should a fault occur in one of these loops,
such as for example a broken wire, a trouble indication is
given and alternate paths are provided in the initiation and
bell loops to insure that an alarm is given in case an alarm
condition, such as a fire, should occur. A trouble indication
is also given if the main power source should fail or if any
auxiliary power sources utilized should fail or drop below
safe limits. Also a trouble indication is given if a spurious
conductive path should gradually build up in the alarm initia-
tion load due to moisture for example.
3,641,571
COMBINATION BURGLAR AND RRE ALARM
Irwin I. Kitman, 5840 Beacon St., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857.793
Int. CI. G08b 79/00
U.S. CI. 340—420 4 Claims
c^^^^ij
A highway vehicle sensor, consisting of a main loop ener- A burglar alarm which may be mounted on the inside of a
gized with low radiofrequency energy and having side legs door, having a switch that is actuated upon opening of the
766
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
door to sound an alarm. A lock may be operated from the
outside or inside by a key to prevent operation of the alarm
when opening the door
The alarm, with modifications, may be operated in several
ways, such as by a placement on the floor and opening of the
door; by triggering as the result of opening a window blind
when the alarm is mounted below the window; and by
mounting on the inside of a door so as to be operated by
opening thereof
A fire alarm may be combined therewith so as to be
operated by melting of a fusible element.
3,641,572
DIGITAL ECHO PROTECTION CIRCUIT FOR DME AND
TACAN
IMkhaei W. Lundgreen, Cedar Rapids, Iowa, and Rolin H.
Denniston, Crystal, Minn., assignors to Collins Radio Com-
pany, Cedar Rapids, Iowa
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,699
Int. CI. GOls 9/76,9/56
U.S. CI. 343-7.3 10 Claims
with a pilot tone or range tone. If the range tone wavelength
is at least twice as long as the maximum range desired, the
MTtcme
DME
^»*»iSM"ei* - »CCE *tH S*STEM ClWCu'T
T«*CK 1 iDCCOOEDl ^*' BRAWCE GATE! '411 1 DME 1
pfff 5>i^eI /ytc 1 ^/<7tf Ts- f\ I CvO<:«l wcsC'l
received range tone may be filtered out and used with a
phase detector to produce an unambiguous range indication.
3,641,574
RADAR RANGEMARK CALIBRATOR
Robert D. Douglas, 298 Coral Way, Jacksonville Beach, Fla.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,975
Int. CI. GO Is 7/40
U.S. CI. 343-17.7 10 Claims
A false distance indication sensing and correction circuit
for aircraft radio distance measuring systems, such as DME,
that searches from zero miles out to the DME range gate or
100 miles whichever is shorter. When the echo monitor
range gate is coincident with a decoded video pulse, it looks
again at the same range two more times and then continues
on outbound if decoded video pulses do not reappear in the
echo monitor range gate with the rep>eated looks. If the
decoded video is a valid synchronous range reply pulse, the
echo monitor range gate stays at that range and after 0.2
second, when the DME is in the 75 Hz. PRF (Pulse Repeti-
tion Frequency) mode, or 0.8 second, when the DME is in
the 18.75 Hz. PRF mode of of)eration, the DME is trigger
reset to search thereby initiating another search cycle.
3,641,573
PSEUDONOISE RADAR SYSTEM
Damian F. Albanese, Chatsworth, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880.057
Int CI. GOls 9104
U.S. CI. 343- 1 2 R 8 Claims
A radar system having the features of spillover discrimina-
tion and unambiguous range indication.
Spillover occurs in a continuous wave radar, for example,
in direct transmission of electromagnetic energy from a
transmitting antenna to a receiving antenna. It is desirable to
suppress this energy in the receiver so that the target echo
will come in clear. The invention provides this suppression by
using a low-pass filter having a cutoff frequency less than/„,
where /„ is the word rate in a pseudonoise radar system.
In the case of ambiguous range, the carrier is modulated
,A_
Jf
^*-1 TKF JrAvM..
-a.-, ^«^^ =;^I
H^^fen-gg
^^B^
A calibrator for a radar system calibrated in standard
distance units including an oscillator producing analog
signals having a frequency of oscillation of a whole digit ratio
to a predetermined number of whole standard distance units,
a squanng amplifier converting the analog signals to digital
signals, and digital logic means for scaling down the digital
signals into a plurality of digital outputs differing in a plurali-
ty of whole number multiples of the frequency of oscillation.
A switch selectively completes the circuit from the logic
means to an amplifier which amplifies selected digital outputs
to provide the plurality of video rangemark pulses. The
digital logic means also includes a selectable preset counter
for further scaling down the scaled down digital outputs into
a plurality of other digital outputs differing in a plurality of
whole number multiples of the frequency of oscillation. A
switch selectively sets the counter to feed a selected other
digital output to a trigger repetition generator which
generates a plurality of trigger repetition pulses for feeding
into an amplifier Delay means are also incorporated in the
digital logic means for selectively delaying some of the digital
outputs.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
767
3,641,575
REMOTE CONTROL APPARATUS
John H. Auer, Jr., Fairport, and Jerry P. Huffman,
Rochester, both of N.Y., assignors to General Signal Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,980
Int. CI. H03k SI20
U.S. CI. 343— 225 12 Claims
pedance radio input circuit. A conductive foil capacitance
element is connected between the impedance-matching ele-
ment and the other end of the loop in order to parallel tune
^y-
There has been provided remote control apparatus for
generating signals over a communications means which selec-
tively controls the actuation of apparatus at remotely located
devices from a control location in accordance with the
distance of the control location to the devices.
The improvement includes dual range signal means for
transmitting the signals over two ranges of energy having dif-
ferent propagation time characteristics and receiver means at
each of these remotely located devices responsive to each as-
sociated range of energy for receiving the signal and generat-
ing associated outputs. Gating means responsive to the first
associated output initiates the gating sequence signal having
a duration relative to the propagation time of the second as-
sociated output. Output control means responsive to the gat-
ing sequence signal and the second associated output ac-
tivates the apparatus when the second associated signal oc-
curs within the duration of the gating sequence signal.
There has also been included a timing means coupled to
the communication means at the remote location responsive
to the control signals for generating a second gating signal of
predetermined duration longer than the first gating signal for
each control pulse. A counter responsive to the first gating
means generates an output signal after a predetermined
number of registered first gating signals, the output signal for
activating the apparatus at the remotely located devices.
Reset means responds to the control signals, the first gating
means and the timing means for cancelling the counts stored
in the counter when a control signal occurs during the first
gate interval and without said second gate interval thereby
only control signals of a selected range of frequency are
capable of driving the counter to predetermined counts for
generating the output signal.
the antenna to the FM radio signal band. The capaciUnce is
formed by depositing spaced interdigitated elongated strips
of conductive foil on the substrate, with successive strips al-
ternately attached to the loop end and to the impedance-
matching element.
3,641,577
SCANNING ANTENNA HAVING A SPHERICAL MAIN
REFLECTOR WITH MOVEABLE SUBREFLECTOR
Yves Tocquec, Marcoussi, France, assignor to Compagnie
Generate d'Electricite, Paris, France
Filed Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,458
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 12, 1968. 143418
Int. CI. HOlq 19114
U.S. CI. 343-754 1 2 Claims
20
-^
p
%^
V
/
\
l_
UCCH
WIVl
,'24
An antenna having a large spherical refiector and a small
reflector, wherein the main lobe may be oriented with
respect to the large spherical reflector by virtue of the dis-
placement of the small reflector, these displacements being
rotations around the center of curvature of the large reflec-
tor, and the waves irradiating the small reflector being spher-
ical around the same center, the beam formed by these waves
shifting with the displacement of the small reflector.
3,641,576
PRINTED CIRCUIT INDUCTIVE LOOP ANTENNA
Walter Farbanish, Park Ridge, III., assignor to Zenith Radio
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,562
Int. CI. HOlq/ ///2
U.S. CI. 343-743 5 Claims
A relatively high-impedance FM radio antenna is provided
consisting essentially of a circular loop of conductive foil
having a discontinuity therein and deposited on one side of a
substantially planar, nonconductive substrate. Attached to
one end of the loop is a conductive foil impedance element,
such as an inductor, for providing impedance matching in
order to efficiently transfer the received electrical signals
from the high-impedance antenna to a relatively low-im-
3.641,578
DISCONE ANTENNA
William M. Spanos, Wayne, and Michael S. Polgar, Ocean
Port, both of N J., assignors to International Telephone and
Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Piled July 21, 1970, Ser. No. 56,830
Int. CI. HOlq 1148, 13100. 21/00
U.S. CI. 343—773 8 Claims
A multimode discone antenna providing simultaneously,
without interference, right- and left-hand circularly polarized
omnidirectional patterns and a vertically polarized om-
nidirectional pattern. Four coaxial cables are disposed paral-
lel to each other with the outer conductors electrically cou-
pled together. An extension of the central conductor of each
'68
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
-^
February 8, 1972
coaxial line is extended downward from the upper end of and dent manner for broadband radiation from a flush-mounted
at a given angle less than 90° to the associated one of the structure. The radiators may be arranged in a log-periodic
coaxial lines. This arrangement, when the two pairs of array or m a spiral array for frequency-independent opera-
diagonally disposed coaxial lines are excited in a balanced tion.
3,641.580
FRACTIONAL TURN HELICAL ANTENNA
George J. Monser, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to
Raytheon Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,024
Int. (I. HOlq \\}t,
U.S. CI. 343-895 4 Claims
fa?i
-^s^S.I. "^ Jsi^Su.
relationship and the pairs are excited orthogonally by first
energy, provides simultaneously both right- and left-hand cir-
cularly polarized omnidirectional patterns. When a disc is
electrically connected to the outer conductors of the four
coaxial lines and is physically supported in spaced and
orthogonal relation to the upper end of the four coaxial lines,
the antenna, in addition, simultaneously provides, when each
of the four coaxial lines are excited in phase by second ener-
gy, a vertically polarized omnidirectional pattern. An em-
bodiment of a feed arrangement is disclosed enabling the
four coaxial lines to be excited in phase by the second energy
and simultaneously to enable each of the four coaxial lines to
be excited by the different orthogonally related first energy
3,641,579
FREQUENCY-INDEPENDENT ICR ANTENNA
George N. Voronoff, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Tex-
tron Inc., Belmont, Calif.
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807.603
Int. CI. HOlq /;//0, //i6
U.S. CI. 343-792.5 7 Claims
A modified helical antenna comprising an array of
uniformly spaced fractional turns of a helix mounted on a
ground plane bent in the form of a gable such that the frac-
tional turns are positioned outside the ridge of the gable
about a common axis parallel to the ridge. The ends of the
fractional turns are m electrical contact with the ground
plane except for one end of the first fractional turn which
passes through the ground plane into a connector. A refiect-
ing plate is positioned perpendicularly to the axis at the end
of the antenna opposite the connector to provide a
backwardly directed wave which enhances the directivity
pattern.
3,641,581
METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REGISTERING
AND RECORDING OF DEFORMATIONS OF MATERIALS
Milan Holecek. Prague, ('zechoslovakia, assiunor to Projektovy
ustav dopravnich a inzen\rskych staveb. Prague. Czechos-
lovakia
Filed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 834,116
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, June 18, 1968,
PV 4459/68
Int. CI. GOld 9110, GOln H0&
U.S. CI. 346- 1 6 Claims
\^^^^^^^'^^^<^^^^v^^^^^^^^^v\\\v;^^;^^;^
The invention provides interrupted coaxial-line radiators
upon a ground plane and arranged in a frequency-indepen-
Deformations of material such as soil and rock due to pro-
longed application of pressure are automatically registered
and recorded on record carriers moved through an equal step
at given time interval which time intervals are increased au-
tomatically in the course of application of pressure.
February 8, 1972
ELECTRICAL
769
3,641,582
RING MONITOR
George Constantin Theodoridis, 17 Colonnade Club, Universi-
ty of Va., Charlottesville, Va.
Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,189
Int. CI. GOld 9/yO
U.S. CI. 346— 21 1 Claim
therein upon movement of the element along a vector having
a velocity coordinate corresponding to the first coil when the
transducer operates as a generator.
TTie rail may be arcuate whereby the first member is
reciprocative radially, along an r axis, independently of said
second member with which it is simultaneously translocala-
ble angularly, along a Q axis in a plane with the r axis
An electronically amplified acoustic signal is used to ac-
tivate a marker and record the time of occurrence of the
signal on a rotating disc.
3,641^83
ELECTRODYNAMIC TRANSDUCER
Gerhard Cless, Skokie, and Jerome L. De Boo, Barrington,
both of III., assignors to Teletype Corporation, Skokie, III.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,486
Int. CL GOld 5120
U.S. CI. 346— 29 10 Claims
3,641,584
INCREMENTAL RECORDER WITH COMMON
CONTROL OF DRIVE AND RECORDER
Wendell S. Miller, 1341 Comstock Ave., Los Angeles, CaJif.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,354
Int.CLGllb/5/20
U.S. CI. 346-74 M 5 Claims
Apparatus for recording a series of data bits on a record
track, and including a motor preferably operable by alternat-
ing cuiTent to advance the record track one step for each
half cycle of the alternating current in either direction, and a
recording head structure for recording data bits on the track
dunng one of the half cycles of the alternating current but
not during the reverse half cycle.
3,641^85
APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING AND PRINTING
INFORMATION
Robert James Hodges, Cheshunt, England, assignor to Inter-
national Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
FUed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,182
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 14, 1968,
53,999/68
Int. CL G03g /5//6, 15122, 19100
\}S. CI. 346—74 MP 6 Claims
An input/output assembly comprises a pair of members
coupled such that a first thereof carrying an input/output ele-
ment is reciprocative relative the second at each position of
the second; and both members are translocatable simultane-
ously in a path extending transversely of the direction of
reciprocation. First and second electrical induction coils,
having portions which are coupled in the magnetic flux field
of a permanent magnet structure, are secured to the first and
second members, respectively, with the coupled portions
disposed in planes having orthogonal aspects, each to the
other. The second coil is circumposed about a rail which is
included in the magnetic structure and is movable longitu-
dinally thereof in response to magnetmotive forces when the
transducer is adapted as a motor and in response to mechani-
cal forces applied to the element when the transducer is
adapted as a generator for generating an electrical effect
therein. The displacement of the second coil results in simul-
taneous movement of the first coil longitudinally of said rail.
The first coil is arranged in said flux field for movement
transveisely of said rail independently from the second coil
such that the element is reciprocated when the transducer
operates as a motor and an electrical effect is generated
/V Ji"l* tr^gm
Apparatus for display and printing of received information
by means of a continuous recording band of stainless steel of
the type which when selectively magnetized forms the result-
ing information pattern throughout the thickness of the band.
The band is powder treated on the one side for viewing the
true image pattern therein and is powder treated on the other
side as well for transferring the inverse image pattern therein
to a permanent recording medium, thereby converting both
sides to visible and true images. An alternative embodiment
provides for a single twist in the band whereby it is first
treated for viewing and then in accordance with the twist is
recycled for purposes of generating permanent copy.
TO
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
3,641386
MAGNETIC RECORDING HEAD OF MLLTIPLE CORE
PRINTED CIRCUIT CONSTRUCTION
Jack Thomas Armon Woodward, and Edward Graham Jor-
dan, both of Harlow, England, assignors to Standard
Telephones and Cables Limited, London, England
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,180
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 8, 1969,
1,233/69
Int. CI. Glib 5/20, 5/2*, 5/-^2
U.S. CI. 346-74 MC 16 Claims
with a double conical space for the winding. The coil is pro-
vided with an axial hole through which a magnetic tape is
drawn The coil is connected to the network over a voltage
divider and the coil, together with a series resistor, is cast
into a bk>ck to form a compact unit.
3,641,588
ELECTROSTATIC PRINTER
Jack L. Met/. Des Plaines, III., assignor to Teletype Corpora-
tion, Skokie. III.
Filed June 10, 1970. Ser. No. 44,953
Int. CI. GOld 1 51 18
U.S. CI. 346—75 3 Claims
A magnetic recording device comprising a row of closely
spaced core members each having a separate energization
winding wherein each core winding combination is in fixed
relationship with a corresponding single-sided printed circuit
board, with an end turn and the associated core end thereof
being flush with that printed circuit board edge perpendicu-
lar thereto which forms part of the device's recording sur-
face. The terminations on the respective printed circuits of
each winding and its corresponding input leads are cyclically
staggered from board to board to allow the boards to be
stacked together without increasing the overall length of the
stack, thus permitting the cores to be separated by substan-
tially the thickness of the windings only. Means are included
for aligning each board with respect to the others and for
aligning the device with the recording medium
3,641,587
MEANS FOR RECORDING TRANSIENT VOLTAGES
Lars-Goran Virsberg, Vasteras, Sweden, assignor to Allmanna
Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget, Vasteras, Sweden
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,047
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 24, 1969, 2492/69
Int. CI. GOlr /9//6, Gl lb 5//2, HOlf 27/40
U.S. CI. 346—74 MC 2 Claims
.s^yr/es
sNyM
KKK , ^^
VsAsr-'^g
W
*
\
/
/
^
For recording overvoltages in a high-voltage network a coil
is used wound on a nonmagnetic, insulating frame providing
A stream of ink drops is electrostatically moved in a print-
ing course from each of a plurality of supply nozzles toward
an ink receiving carrier which is moved vertically in a
straight path transversely of said course. A sweep voltage as-
sociated with each nozzle is repeatedly generated across a
first pair of parallel electrodes which are generally horizon-
tally spaced laterally of said course, and has a magnitude
adapted for deflecting the associated stream generally
horizontally in repeated lines extending transversely of the
path of carrier travel and the course between the nozzle and
the carrier The movement of the carrier is adapted to
generate one dimension of a two dimensional character from
each stream, the sweep of the trace made by the associated
"horizontally'deflected ink stream generating the other
dimension
A print or nonprint mode is produced by selected of a pair
of voltages applied across a second pair of parallel electrodes
which are disposed about the course of each stream and
generally vertically spaced In the print mode, each stream
remains in its printing course by clearing the edge of a mask.
In the nonprint mode, each stream is deflected generally ver-
tically from Its course onto the mask and prevents printing.
Accordingly, character definition is obtained. The edge of
the mask is a sawtooth configuration having sloping seg-
ments, each of which is associated with one stream.
To produce characters which are "squared" to the carrier,
the electrodes of each first pair are nonparallei to the
direction of the path of carrier movement. Their angle of tilt
from a parallel condition is a function of the speed of the car-
rier such that a line trace resulting from a single sweep of an
associated stream of ink drops will mark the carrier normal
to the path of carrier movement; and the edge of the mask is
parallel to the line along which each ink stream is "horizon-
tally" deflected when printing.
DESIGNS
FEBRUARY 8, 1972
222,930
HAT
Barbara L. Goldfarb, 30165 Stellamar Drive,
Birmingham, Mich. 48010
FUed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 23,120
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D2— {?J
U.S. CL D2— 239 i
222 933
MOBILE STORAGE CABINET
Hesper P. Brown, 1314 Portland Ave.,
Walla Walia, Wash. 99362
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 23,679
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D14— 3
222,931
DISPENSING CONTAINER FOR LIQUIDS
OR THE LIKE
Louis V. Nigro, Saugus, Mass., assignor to The Gillette
Company, Boston, Mass.
FUed Oct 26, 1970, Ser. No. 25,634
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— <)7
U.S. CI. D9— 83
222,934
SWORD BLADE
Eric L. Cole, London, England, assignor to Willdnson
Sword Limited, London, England
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 23,507
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 02
U.S. CI. D22— 1
a/
./
EXTRUDED PLASTIC MEETING RAIL FOR
WINDOW UNIT
Raymond M. Dalkdre, P.O. Box 220,
Levis, Quebec, Canada
FUed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 22,973
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 07
U.S. CI. D13— 6
i
t3
r
I
V
771
772
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
222,935
SWORD BLADE
Eric L. Cole, London, England, assignor to Wilkinson
Sword Limited, London, England
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 23,508
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22—02
U.S. CI. D22— 1
222 937
SWORD BLADE
Eric L. Cole. London. England, assignor to Wilkinson
S^ord Limited, London, England
Piled June 16. 1970, Ser. No. 23,511
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 02
U.S. CL D22— 1
^"
^ ,'^.^
222,936
SWORD BLADE
Eric L. Cole, London, England, assignor to Wilkinson
Sword Limited, London, England
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 23,510
Terra of patent 14 years
Int CI. D22— 02
U.S. CI. D22— 1
222,938
\ SWORD BLADE
Eric L. Cole, London, England, assignor to Wilkinson
Sword Limited, London, England
\ Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 23,512
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D22— 02
U.S. CI. D22— 1
I
I
g
I — —
L — -
— '1
- — I
I
v
February 8, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
773
222,939
OIL CONTAINER
Robert V. Haas, Colonia, N J., assignor to The Singer
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 25,584
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D23— 07
U.S. CI. D23— 5
222,942
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shlesinger, Jr., 9411 Macklin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
nied Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 24,806
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— Oi
L.S. CI. D26— 13
222,940
FIREPLACE GRATE
Randall H. Eaves, Chattanooga, Tenn., assignor to
Desoto, Inc., Des Plaines, III.
Filed Sept 28, 1970, Ser. No. 25,242
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— Oi
U.S. CI. D23— 98
222,943
REED SWITCH EN^VELOPE
Bernard Edward Shlesinger, Jr., 9411 Macklin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
FUed Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 24,807
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 13
^
^^
^l^^i e^ f-^ ^
222,941
DEPTH METER
Robert C. Knutson, Rosemount, Minn., assignor to
Vexilar, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 24,948
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D19— 04
U.S. CI. D26— I /
3
222,944
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shlesinger, Jr., 9411 Macklin Court
Alexandria, Va. 22309
Filed Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 24,808
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— <?i
U.S. CI. D26— 13
895 0.0— 27
I I
I
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
222,945
GAME PIECE BOX
William W. Knox, Concord, Ohio, assignor to
Mag-Nif, Inc., Mentor, Ohio
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. xNo. 143,295
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 01
L.S. CI. D34— 5
222,948
STACKING PUZZLE
W illiam W. Knox, Concord, Ohio, assignor to
Mag-Nif, Inc., Mentor, Ohio
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,294
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 01
L.S. CI. D34— 15
• U
:i
222,946
NOVELTY AMUSEMENT DEVICE
William W. Knox, Concord, Ohio, assignor to
Mag-Nif, Inc., Mentor, Ohio
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,288
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D21— 0/
U.S. CI. D34— 15
222,949 Ifi
( HANGING PLANTER ' f
Raymond Godfrey Souder, 808 NW. 1st Ave.,
Fort Lauderdale, Fla. 33311
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 25,609
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dll— 02
V.S. CI. D35— 3
222,947
TRANSPOSITION PUZZLE
William W. Knox, Concord, Ohio, assignor to
Mag-Nif, Inc., Mentor, Ohio
Filed May 13, 1971, Ser. No. 143,293
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D21— 07
U.S. CI. D34— 15
222,950
STORAGE RACK FOR WINE BOTTLES
OR THE LIKE
Eugene J. MajewskI, 121 Elmore St.,
Park Ridge, III. 60068
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 24,809
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 99
L\S. CI. D44— 29
C^
,3:3 fQ
February 8, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
775
222,951
COMBINED LITTER AND ARTICLE STOWAGE
BUCKET FOR AUTOMOBILES OR THE LIKE
Freeman Stringer, 209 W. 3rd St.,
Lee's Summit, Mo. 64063
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 25,182
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D7— 05
U.S. CI. D49— 34
222,953
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Ellen B. Manderfield, Syracuse, N.V., assignor to
Oneida Ltd.. Oneida, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 16. 1970. Ser. No. 26,025
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. D7— ^)}
U.S. CI. D54— 12
222,952
SPOON OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Shiro Kaneko, 58 Ohaza Matsuoka-Shinden, Yoshida-cho,
Nishi Kanbara-gun, Nugatan-ken, Yoshida, Japan
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 25,579
Claims priority, application Japan Mar. 25, 1970
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. Dl—03
U.S. CI. D54— 12
22,954
STRINGED MUSICAL INSTRUMENT
Walter J. Pelensky, 19C Manhein Gardens,
Philadelphia, Pa. 19144
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 25,211
Term of patent 14 vears
Int. CI. Dll— 03
U.S. CI. D56— 1
776
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 8, 1972
222 955
TELEVISION CAMERAOR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Donald K. Knimin, Fort Lauderdale, and Richard John
Toth, Oakland Park, Fla., assignors to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, 111.
nied Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 25,708
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Cl. D14— 03
U.S. Cl. D61— 1
222,957
FLUID DELIVERY APPARATUS
Stephens N. Sato, San Diego, Calif., assignor to
Ivac Corporation, San Diego, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No. 20,774,
Jan. 6, 1970. This application Sept. 16, 1970, Ser.
No. 25,030
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Cl. D24— 02
U.S. Cl. D83— 1
222,956
FLUID DELIVERY APPARATUS
Stephens N. Sato, San Diego, Calif., assignor to
Ivac Corporation, San Diego, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No. 20,773,
Jan. 6, 1970. This application Sept. 16, 1970, Ser.
No. 25,029
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Cl. D24--02
U.S. CI. D83— 1
222,958
SOLID SLTIFACE FLOOR COVERING OR
SIMILAR ARTICLE
Oscar G. Tejeda, Newark, and Harry A. Shortway, Glen
Rock, NJ., assignors to Congoleum Industries, Inc.,
flCcflmcv ^^J
ipiled Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 16,258
Term of patent 14 years
Int. Cl. D6— 77
U.S. CI. D92 — 4
\
Note.
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 8th DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1 972
-Arranged in accordance with the first significant character or word of the name ( in accordance w ith citv and
telephone directory practice)
AB Akerlund & Rausing See—
Dilot. Rolf Nagnus, 3,640, 188
Abe, Kozo; See—
Nakanishi, Michio, Kobayashi, Ryosuke, Abe. Kozo, and Mukai,
Toshihiko.3,64 1,060
Abex Corporation: See—
Kohler, William H, 3,640,586
Abramson, Aaron L Time coded, com control gate system 3,641,314.
Cl 235-61.8
Abrasive Aids Ply Limited See—
Griffiths, Wilfred, 3,639,958 f
Abrasive Development Limited See —
Field, Anthony Gerard, 3,640,023.
Abriss, Murray S. Method for stabilizing latices 3,640,935, Cl 260-
29.6
ACT Industries, Incorporated; See—
Nelson, Norman A, 3,640,299.
Acme-Hamilton Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Bauman, Joseph F., Kurtz, Edward. Jr , Cini, Adrian V , and An-
trobus, Robert E ,3,640,312
Adaglio, Marie-Francoise Warning device for cylinders for liquefied
gas under pressure. 3,640,24 1 , Cl. 1 1 6-109
Adams, Gary A., to Koehring Company Part removing mechanism for
removing container parts and the like from nested stacks of parts
3,640,408, Cl 214-8 5
Adams, Robert B , to Moore Products Co Flow meter 3,640,1 33, Cl
73-194.
Adams, Robert P., to Cenco Medical/Health Supply Corporation,
mesne. Apparatus for tissue preparation 3,639,999, Cl 34-92
Addressograph-Multigraph Corporation. See—
Raab, Lester R, and Toby, Dennis E . 3.640,203
Adelberg, Marvin. Medical liquid administration device 3,640,277, Cl
128-214
Adolphi, Heinrich, Steimmig, Anna, and Spaenig, Hermann, to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Imidazole syner-
gist-enhanced phosphoric ester insecticide compositions and insect
controltherewith 3,64 1,248, Cl 424-212
Advance Metal Products, Inc i>f—
Piccolo, Jerry, 3, 640,294
Advanced Terminals, Inc : See—
Hutley, Rcnald W F , 3,640,52 1
Aeroprojects Incorporated: See—
Maropis, Nicholas, 3,640,180
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft See—
Huber, Hans-Peter, 3,640,619
Huckstadt, Harald; Saleck, Wilhelm, Randolph, August, Moll,
Franz, and Ranz, Erwin, 3,640,7 15.
Von Konig, Anita, Moll, Farnz; Muller-Bardorff, Wolfgang, and
Saleck, Wilhelm, 3,640,719.
Agolini, Franco, to Du Pont de Nemours, E 1 , and Company
Polyrneric phenone photosensitizers and blends thereof with other
polymers. 3,641,217, Cl. 260-897
Aho Edwin, to Federal-Mogul Corporation. Bearing retainer construc-
tion 3,640,594, Cl 308-212.
Aichenegg, Paul C : iff—
Emerson,CarlD , and Aichenegg, Paul C ,3,641,109
Air Reduction Company, Incorporated: See—
Michals, Chester S, and Motroni, Philip J , 3.640,166
Aires, Ramon Hess: iW—
Gamble, Edward Bernard, and Aires, Ramon Hess. 3.64 1 .368
Ajax Hardware Manufacturing Corporation See—
Gcwertz, Harry R . and Read, George D , 3,640,558
Ajinomoto Co , Inc : 5ff —
Ito, Tomiyasu,, Nagata, Koichiro, Ichikawa, Takehiko, and Kato.
Tetsuya, 3,641,003.
Akatsu, Mitsuhiro;i>e— ou i. c l
Yamamoto, Hisao, Kitagawa, Sumio; Inaba, Shigeho; iakai,
Shigeru, Hirohashi, Toshiyuki, Maruyama, Isamu, Akauu, Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro, 3,641, 002.
Akio, Huruya: See—
Ishiwata, Mamoru, and Akio, Huruya, 3,640, 752.
Akita, Minoru: i>f— . ^,,
Inamura, Seiichi, Kondo, Yusuke, Akita, Minoru; and Chikanari,
Kenichi,3,640,509
Aktiebolaget Asea-Atom: See—
Stilling, Jens Ole, 3,640,1 17
Aktiebolaget Electrolux:5«—
Crener, Bengt Olof, Anderson, Erik Ame, and Ernolf Stig Carl-
Oskar, 3,639,939
Aktiebolaget Kanthal: See—
Bizzarri, Venanzio, 3,640,907.
Aktienbolaget Bahco Ventilation See—
Gustavsson, Karl-Axel Goran. 3,640,053.
Aktieselskabet Niro Atomizer See—
Moller, Aage, and Straarup, Orla. 3.640.467
Alarm Lock Company. Inc iff—
Kossen. Dale J . Foster. Richard W , and Benson, Charles R .
3.641.396
Alarmtromcs Engineering. Inc See—
Reiss. Martin H . and Cotter. William L . 3.64 1 .547
Albanese. Damian F . to International Telephone and Telegraph Cor-
poration Pseudonoise radar system 3. 64 1. 573. Cl 343-12
Albers. Wouter, and Vcrberkt. Jacobus, to L S Philips Corporation
Semiconductor heterojunction device. 3,64 1,406, Cl 3 1 7-237
Albert, Joel M : See—
Weiss, Shirley I ,3,640,027
Albritton, George Washington, to Ashbrook Corporation Aeration.
3.640.514, Cl 261-91
Alderson, William T See—
Homschuch, Hanns; and Alderson, W illiam T .3.640.646
Aleks, Vytant, to Brearley Company, The Adjustable shelf and cabinet
structure 3,640,498, Cl 248-230
Alfa Romeo S p A.: See—
Garcea, Giampaolo. 3,640,259
Alfa-Laval AB. See—
Thylefors, Henric Wilhelm. 3.640.452
Alfelt. Lars-Goran: See—
Falk. Sven Uno. and Alfelt, Lars-Goran, 3.640, 772
All American Tool & Mfg Co See—
Reibig, Eric A ,3,640,508
Alleman, Raymond Arthur, and Henry, William Nelson Apparatus for
chemically etching surfaces 3,640,792, Cl 156-345
Allen, C Andrew, to Allen, S A , Inc Nipper apparatus for harvesting
trees 3,640,322. Cl 144-34
Allen, Clayton H , and Heine. John C . to Bolt Beranek and Newman
Inc Linear phonograph record strip 3.640.539,0 274 42
Allen. Joseph H See-
Hughes. Rolando . and Allen. Joseph H .3.641.3 2?
Allen. Robert J , and Novack. Robert Lee, to Prototech Company,
division of Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc Methtxl of operating fuel
cell and preventing corrosion 3,640,773, Cl 136-86
Allen, Robert J. See—
Juda, Walter, Allen, Robert J , and Petrow, Hcnr\ G ,3,640,774.
Allen, S A , Inc iff—
Allen, C Andrew. 3,640, 322
Allen, Terry S , Lane, Lynn R , and Swaru, Harold Lee. to Sperry
Rand Corporation. Erection cutoff system for plural gyroscopes
3.640, 137, Cl 74-5 34
Allied Chemical Corporation iff —
Anello, Louis G . Boghosian. Edward Michael. Jones, Edward S ,
Minhas. Pritam S , Price. Alstin K . and Sweeney, Richard F ,
3.641,083
Lazarus, Stanley D ,3,641.1 1 1
Miller, William A ,3,640,984
Orfeo,SabatinoR.,and Murphy, Kevin P . 3,640,869.
Rast,Gustav E , and Sterner, Russell 1 , 3,640,733
Allied Thermal Corporation iff—
Drzala, Raymond J , 3,640,307
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company iff—
Armitage, Charles H , Peek, Henry L , and Pflanz. Herbert M
3,641,293
Armitage, Charles H , Peek, Henry L , and Pflanz, Herbert M .
3,641,294.
Dancy, Robert C,Jr ,3,640,276
Nitz, Allen R, 3,641,300
Ringland, William L , and Kaeser. Ernst K , 3.64 1 ,467.
Allison. Jack B.: i>f—
Erhard, Albert E , and Allison, Jack B .3,640,679
Allison, Thomas K. Seal assembly for sleeve type gravure rolls
3,640,218. Cl. 101-375
Allmanna Svenska Elektrisha Aktiebolaget iff —
Hellman, Erik, 3,640,1 16
Allmanna Svenska Elcktriska Aktiebolaget iff —
Ekstrom,Ake, 3,641, 356
Lundstrom, Hans, 3,640,1 1 1.
Lundstrom, Hans, 3,640,186.
Svedberg, Per,3,641,404
Virsberg, Lars-Goran, 3,641 ,587.
Alt, Bemhard: See—
Elmers, Erich, Deninger, Wolfgang; and Alt, Bernhard,3,64 1 ,203
PI 1
1
i
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Altherr, Russell G , Shramovich, Paul F , and Metzger, Nelson D , to
Amsted Industries Incorporated Internally reinforced shank for a
railway coupler 3,640,402. CI 2 I 3-62
Althouse. Victor E , to Raychem Corporation Heat recoverable arti-
cle 3,639, 917, CI 2-270
Altaian, Murray. Craig, Mordecai R , and Block, Irwin H , to Purdue
Frederick Company. The Display device 3,640,0 10, CI 40-124 1
Aman, Horst See —
Frind, Horst, Hcid, Christian, and Aman, Horst, 3,640,803.
American Chain & Cable Company, Inc See—
Klamp,Paul, 3,640.226
American Cyanamid Company See—
Callahan, Francis Marc. 3,640,991 .
Giescke, Elmer William, and Howald, Frank Peterson, 3,640,862.
Hermann, Divid Trimble, and Remley, Kenneth Herald,
3,640,924
Holland, William Dean, Schmitt, Joseph Michael, and Griffith,
Richard McDonald, 3.641,197
Lewis, Benjamin Arthur. Sassiver. Martin Leon, and Shepherd.
Robert Gordon, 3.641.015
Rodgers.John Leo, 3.641.213
Sheehan. Gerard Martin, 3,640,743
Williams, Laurence Lyman. 3.640.936
Wright, William BIythe, Jr , and Brabander, Herbert Joseph,
3,641,029
American Enka Corporation See —
Fontijn, Wilhelmus J , and van Drunen, Korstiaan J M ,
3,641.232
American Express Investment Management Company See—
Macovski, Albert, 3,641,264
American Home Products Corporation See—
Childress, Scott J .and Szabo, J Lester. 3.641,1 14
Freed, Meier E, and Heru. Elisabeth. 3.641.030.
Kim. Dong H .and Santilli. Arthur A , 3,641,028.
Santilli, Arthur A . and Kim, Dong H , 3,641,027
Sellstedt, John H , and Childress, Scott J . 3,64 1 ,000 •
American Imagination Corporation; See—
Caillouet, James J , 3.640.453.
American Lava Corporation See —
Lynch, James E .3.641,401
American Maize-Products Company See —
Hullinger. Clifford H , Cohen, Lawrence, and Yui. Nix)vuki Hen
ry, 3, 640. 842
American Optical Corporation See—
Van Ligten, Raoul F , 3,640,599
American Standard Inc See—
Ares, Roland A , 3,640.090
Brody, Herbert M , 3.640,086
Griffin. James R , and Forbes, Norman A , 3.639.920.
Liskowitz, John W , 3,640,626
Amery. Geoffrey Wilfred See—
Corbett. John Frank, and Amery. Geoffrey Wilfred, 3,641 .1 54
A M Liaaen A/S 5ee—
Liaaen, Anders M . 3,640,644
Ammerman. George Edward, and McFarlane. William, to Heatcraft.
Inc Open coil heating element assembly 3. 64 1.3 12, CI 219-532
AMP Incorporated See —
Dcmler, Henry William, Sr , 3.640,309
Dcmler. Henry William, Sr , and Weist. Edward Landis,
3,640.552
Over, William Roderick, 3,639,977
Plana. Roberto. 3.641.477
Ampex Corporation See—
Beck. Fred R ; Fanella. Robert J . and Gioia, Norman F .
3.640.483
Pcratis, Michael P , 3,640,374
Sidline, George B , 3,64 1 .504
Amsted Industries Incorporated See —
Altherr. Russell G , Shramovich. Paul F , and Metzger. Nelson D .
3.640,402
Anastasio, Frank J , Brundage. Clinton F , and Strakosch, Clarence P .
to North American Rockwell Corporation, mesne Apparatus for
handling books 3.640,407, CI 214-6
Anderson, Daniel Gustav, Gladding, Edward Karcher, and Sullivan,
Raymond, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company. Cyano sub-
stituted perfluoroviny I ethers 3, 641. 104. CI 260-465 6
Anderson. Edwin G Telescopic cover assembly for open bed vehicles
and latch assembly for use therewith 3.640,565. CI 296-137.
Anderson. Erik Arne See—
Crener, Bengt Olof. Anderson, Erik Arne. and Ernolf, Stig Carl-
Oskar, 3,639.939
Anderson, Gordon C , and Page, John D., to Maremont Corporation
Spindle assembly 3,640,062, CI. 57-88
Anderson, Howard H . Moyer. Rudolph H.. Sibbett. Donald J., and
Sutherland, David C . to Geomet. Incorporated. Air pollution deter-
mination by mercury air sampling. 3,640,624. CI. 356-36
Anderson, Orin M Refuse disposal transfer station 3.640,411, CI.
214-41
.Anderson, Richard C , to General Electric Company. Transparent zir-
conia-, hafnia-, and thoria-rare earth ceramics 3,640,887, CI 252-
301 1
Anderson, Richard W , and Frick. Hughie R . to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The Synthesis of cyanuric fluoride 3,64 1 ,020, CI. 260-248
Anderson, Roland M Method and construction of a ski boot
3,640.003, CI. 36-2.5
Anderson. Yngve R , and Escott, George K , to Canadian Structural
Clay Association Means for prefabricating brick panels 3,640,046.
CI 52-749.
Ando, Sadanao, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Sealing for underwater
camera housing 3,640,424. CI 220-46.
Anello, Louis G , Boghosian, Edward Michael, Jones. Edward S , Min-
has. Pritam S . Price, Alson K . and Sweeney. Richard F . to Allied
Chemical Corp<.)ration Chromium complexes of fluoroisoalkoxyal-
kylcarboxylic acids 3.641.083. CI 260-438 5
Angelucci. Thomas L . to Kulicke and Soffa Industries. Inc Heated
semiconductor bonding \oo\ 3.64 1 .304. CI 2 19-85
Angler, Derek J . See—
Cahn. Robert P , and Angier, Derek J .3.64 1 , 1 83
.Anner. Georg. and Ehmann. Ludwig. \o Ciba Corporation Halogcn-
pregnadienes 3.641 .070. CI. 260-397 45
Anner. Georg. and Meystrc, Charles, to Ciba Corporation 6-Fluoro
sleroidsof the androstane series 3, 641,069. CI 260-397 45
Ansumi, Frank Joseph, Schramm, Jacob, and Badia, Frank Arthur
Two phase nickel-zinc alloy 3, 640, 781, CI 148-12 7
Antrobus, Robert E.: See—
Bauman, Jt)seph F . Kurt/, Edward. Jr . Cmi, Adrian V , and An-
trobus, Robert E .3.640.312
Aoki. Hachiro See —
Isobc. Hiroshi. Aoki. Hachiro, and Tanaka. Noritoshi.3.640,258
Apparatus for wet treatment of photographic film: See —
Waschk. Fritz. Muller. Jurgcn. Kneger. Heinrich. and Heindrich,
CJuntcr. 3.640,205
Applications Unlimited. Inc See—
Walker. Harold L , 3.640.630
Aptek Industries. Inc ; See—
Knapp, Philip B. 3,640,4^8.
Aral, Humio See —
Ogawa. Masao, Enjoji, Teruyuki. and Arai. Humio.3,640.914.
Araki, Shinichi .S>f —
Susuki. Rinnosuke, Hoshi, Hiroshi, and Araki. Shinichi.3.640.470
Arbcd S A See-
VDIbach. Heinz, and Van Dries.sche. Oscar Julien. 3.640.507
Arcesi. Joseph A , and Rauner. Frederick J . to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Light-sensitive polysulfonates reaction product of art)matic
disulfanyl chloride and bisphenol containing styryl ketone group
3,640.7:2. CI 96-1 15
Archer. Harold B See—
Florshcim. Leonard S , Jr , Lieberman, David A , Archer, Harold
B . and Nothmann, Gerhard A. ,3,640, 623.
Arenco Aktiebolag See —
Axels.son, Sabud, 3.640,244
Ares, Roland A., to American Standard Inc Cold-heat recovery for air
conditioning 3,640,090, CI 62-436
Argabright, Perry A . and Rider. Harold D , to Marathon Oil Company
Low molecular weight polyisocyanates 3.64 1 ,0 24. CI 260-248
Argoudelis. Alexander D , and Co.its, John H . to Upjohn Company,
The Mclht>ds and compositions for treating bacterial amproto/oan
infections 3.64 1, 244, CI 424-181.
.Argus Chemical Corpi>ration See —
Brecker, Lawrence R , and Thee, Alfred, 3,640,953
Arima, Nosutaka: iff —
Vamada. Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki, Odan, Kyoji; Arima. Yasutaka;
and Hidaka.Mikio. 3.641. 101
Anmura. Tohru. Kamata. Masamoto. Okado, Masaru. and Ichimaru,
lakarokuro, to Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha Method of com-
puter control of rolling mills 3.641. 325. CI 235-151 1
Arit, Dieter, and Handschuh, VOlkmar, to Farbenfabnken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschafi Preparation of isocyaates 3, 64 1,094, CI 260-453
Armbruster, Frederick Carl, and Jacaway. William Arthur, Jr . to CPC
International Inc Procedure for productit)n of alpha-cyclodextrin
3.640,847. CI 195-31
Armco Steel Corporation: See—
Bri>wn, Edward L , 3,640.326.
Haney. Eugene E . 3,640,776
Armel, Jack. Kogan, Mark, and Cohen. Howard S , to ISO Nuclear
Ct)rporatH)n. mesne Conveyor system for the uniform exposure of
articles or materials to a source of gamma or the like radiation.
3. 64 1. 342. CI 250-52
Armitage. Charles H . Peek. Henry L . and Pflanz. Herbert M , to Allis-
Chalmers Manufacturing Company Arc chute plates for air circuit
breaker 3, 64 1.293. CI 200-144
Armitage, Charles H , Peek, Henry L . and Pflanz. Herbert M , to Allis-
Chalmers Manufacturing Company Arc chute for air circuit
breaker 3,641, 294. CI 200-144.
Armstrong Cork Company See—
Bagley. Donald H , and Cook. Robert G, 3.639.959
Gilbo. Charles F.. and Johnson, Norman A., 3,640,045
Nute, Ernest B, Jr., and Ollinger, James C, 3,640,557
Arnold, Evelyn S.: See—
Arnold. Lucius P.. by Arnold, l. P. and Arnold. Evelyn S.,
heirs. 3.640,025
Arnold. Lucius P , by Arnold, L P , and Arnold, Evelyn S., heirs, to
Williamson, J. E (Johnnie) Workpiece advancing means.
3,640,015. CI 51-215
Art Metal-Knoll Corporation: See—
Morrison, Andrew Ivar;and Hannah, Bruce R , 3,640,576.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Artz, Walter M ; Cornelius, Kenneth R , Olson. John W ; Signer, Gary
R , and Slojkowski, Francis E . said Artz, said Cornelius, said Olson
& said Slojkowski. assors to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated, and said Signor, assor. to Western Electric Company, Incor-
porated. Multiprocessor computer adapted for partitioning into a
plurality of independently operating systems. 3,641,505, CI 340-
172.5
Arvin Industries, Inc ; See—
Ganske, Kingston E , 3,641 ,265.
Ganske. Kingston E , 3,641 ,279.
A/SModulex;Sff—
Christiansen, Godtfred K . 3.640.017.
Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Hashiguchi, Yasuhisa, and Kamada. Sueo, 3,641 ,105.
Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha See—
Nomura, Katsuhiko. 3.640,202
Asano, Shinji: See —
Taguchi, Youichi; and Asano. Shinji, 3, 640, 797.
Ashbrook Corporation: See —
Albritton, George Washington. 3,640,5 14.
Ashdee Corporation: See—
Koch. Robert L . II . and Tredwell. Oilman. 3.640,814
Ashland Oil, Inc.: See—
Culbertson, Billy M , McKillip, William J . and Sedor. Edward A .
3.641,145
McKillip. William J . Culbertson, Billy M , and Impola, Clarence
N .3.640.676.
Ashley, Albert H., to Sylvania Electric Products, Inc., mesne. Memory
system. 3,641, 519, CI. 340-174
Ashlow Steel & Engineering Company Limited: See —
Ashton, George Walker, and Ashton. John Congreve. 3.640.109.
Ashton. George Walker, and Ashton, John Congreve, to Ashlow Steel
Sl Engineenng Company Limited, and Templeborough Rolling Mills
Limited. Methods of and apparatus for setting roller guides in rod
mills 3,640,109, CI. 72-37
Ashton, John Congreve See —
Ashton. George Walker, and Ashton. John Congreve.3.640,109
Ashton, Walter G., to Star Industries, Inc Self-propelled floor
scrubber. 3.639,936, CI 15-94
Ashworth. Edward Arnold See—
Lythe, Revor Wilkinson, and Ashworth, Edward Ar-
nold,3,640.51 8
Asian. Edward E . to Narda Microwave Corporation, The. Near-field
radiation monitor 3.64 1 .439. CI 325-363
Aspinall. David: See—
Ibbett, Roland Norman, and Aspinall. David. 3. 640. 625
Aston. Keith, to Pavelle Corporation, The Method and apparatus for
photographic color printing. 3.640,61 8, CI. 355-35.
AtesComponenti Elettronici S p .A See—
Cavallari, Eugenio, 3,641 ,267
Atlantic Richfield Company: See—
Miller, Virgil A. ,3.640,860
Voelz, Frederick L., 3,640,255
Yoo, Jin Sun, and Koncos, Robert, 3,641 ,188.
Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc See—
Cear, Stanley, 3.640,920
Masco, Howard L , 3,641 ,242
Restaino, Alfred J, 3,640, 897
Stockburger, George J . 3,64 1,219
Attaway, Thomas J. Vehicle grounding clamp. 3,64 1,473, CI 339-14
Audesse, Emery G , Gnffin, Robert M , Tartakoff, Alexander, and Gut-
ta, John J , to Sylvania Electric Products, Inc. Tungsten halogen
lamp 3,641, 386, CI 313-179
Auer, John H , Jr , and Huffman. Jerry P . to General Signal Corpora-
tion. Remote control apparatus 3,64 1 .575, CI 343-225
Auer, Louis J Filler tube construction for gasoline tank 3,640.425, CI
220-86
Automobiles Peugeot: See—
Colinet, Andre, Mercier. Jacques; and Pernoud, Claude.
3.640,457.
Automotive Products Company Limited See—
Utton, Norman, 3,640,364.
Avant Incorporated: See—
Kuhns, Roger J .3,640,161.
Avco Corporation: See —
Grubba, Donald C. 3,640.757
Avedis Zildjian Avedis Company: See—
Zildjian. Robert. 3.640,029.
Avena. Salvatore: See —
Leiner. Robert L.and Avena. Salvatore,3.640.1 50
Avery, Lowell R , and Conklin, Wayne A , to Dow Chemical Company
Corrosion inhibitor system for functional fluids 3.640,873. CI 252-
87
Awcimrine. Kamal Y. Mechanical lock cylinder. 3.640.139. CI 74-
89 15
Axelsson. Sabud, to Arenco Aktiebolag Glue transferring device.
3.640,244. CI 118-212
Axtmann, Adam, to Maschinenfabrik Lorenz AG Punching apparatus
3.640.167. CI 83-380
Ayad. Karl, to Monsanto Chemicals Limited. Nitramino pyridine
derivatives. 3.641.042. CI 260-296
Ayerst. McKenna and Harrison, Limited: See—
Davis, Martin A ; and Dobson, Thomas A , 3,641 ,038
Baba, George P : See—
Guinn, Frank; and Baba, George P ,3,640,242
Baba, Theodore B Continuous process for the production of alfin
polymers by polymerization of alfin monomers in an organic solvent
and for recovering and recycling solvent 3,640,978, CI 260-82 I
Baba, Theodore B Continuous process for the production of alfin
polymers by polymerization of alfin monomers in an organic solvent
and for recovering and recycling solvent 3,640,979. CI 260-82 I
Baba, Theodore B , to National Distillers and Chemical Corporation
Continuous process for the production of alfin polymers by
polymerization of alfin monomers in an organic solvent and for
recovering and recylcing 3,640,980, CI 260-82 1
Babcock & Wilcox, Limited See—
Pacault. Pierre H , and Dostantni. Albert. 3.640.339
Babler, Egon S , to Teletype Corporation Shift control 3,64 1 .262, CI
178-25
Bacha, John D , and Selwitz, Charies M , to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company 1 .3.5-Haloxylene extraction 3.641.168. CI 260-
650
Bachman. Gustave B . and Tullman. Gerald M . to Purdue Research
Foundation. Process for the preparation of alkenvl esters 3.641 .1 22.
CI 260-497.
Backlund. Peter Stanley, to Union Oil Company of California Fertil-
izer urea solutions containing micronutrients 3.640,698. CI 71-29.
Badewitz. Albert R , to Beltron. Inc Device for restoring cathode emis-
sion in cathode-ray tube guns 3,64 1 ,391 , CI 3 16-28
Badia, Frank Arthur See—
Ansuini, Frank Joseph, Schramm. Jacob, and Badia. Frank
Arthur. 3,640, 781
Badische Anilin- &. Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft See—
Adolphi, Heinrich. Steimmig. Anna, and Spaenig, Hermann,
3.641.248.
Distler. Harry, and Widder, Rudi, 3,64 1 ,072
Gaeth. Rudolf, Stastny, Fritz, Breu, Rudolf, and Gaertner. Fried-
helm, 3,640.837
Krauch, Carl Heinrich. and Sanner, Axel. 3.640,753.
Meissner, Joachim, 3.640.1 27
Platz. Rolf, and Merger. Franz. 3.64 1 , 1 1 7
Plau. Rolf, and Merger. Franz. 3,64 1 . 1 1 8
Reinhard, Hans, Petri, Rolf, and Beckerle, W ilhelm-Friedrich.
3.640.912
Ricker. Ernst. Schmidt. Franz, and Schwartz. Erich. 3,640.945
Sander. Bruno. Schmidt. Franz, and Sperber. Heinrich. 3.64 1 .196
Schmid, Hans, Feldhoff. Heinrich. Martin. Wolfgag. Fessmann.
Heinz, and Hahn. Edeleried. 3,640.063
Sturm. Hans-Jurgcn. and Mayer. Kurt. 3,640.996
Baekken. Asbjorn. to Canada. Her Majesty the Queen in the right of. as
represented by the Minister of National Defence, mesne Ship-borne
conveying means 3.640,490. CI 244-1 16
Bagley. Donald H.. and Cook. Robert G , to Armstrong Cork Com-
pany Glass fiber cord rubber roller 3.639.959. CI 29-132
Bahnscn. Gerhard I W Magnetic flash gun mount 3.641 .337. CI 240-
52 15
Bahouth, Tayseer George: See—
Janusztwski. Joseph Paul. and Bahouth, Tayseer
George, 3.64 1.238
Bahr, Ulrich See—
Thoma, Wilhelm, Oertcl, Harald; Rinke. Heinnch. and Bahr, Ul-
rich,3,640,937
Bailey. David L . and Hinz, Harry C , Jr . to International Business
Machines Corporation Intra-record resvnchronization 3.641.526.
CI 340-174 1
Bailey. Robert F . to TRW Semiconductors Inc Semiconductor
devices with diffused platinum 3,640,783, CI 148-186
Baker, George W Apparatus for expanding a cylindrical vacuum cool-
ing chamber 3.640,419. CI 220-5
Bakker, Nicolaas, to Chevron Research Company C-alkyloxy sub-
stituted tert -butyl amine as lubricating oil detergent 3,640,855. CI
252-32,7
Bakker. Wate T . to General Refractories Company. High alumina
refractories 3.640.739. CI. 106-65.
Baldwin, Arnold V See —
Smith, Edward A , and Baldwin, Arnold V, 3.640, 392.
Bales, Walter D See—
Grant. Jon H . and Bales. Walter D .3.641 .365
Ball. Alan. Hayes. Barry James, and Matthews, Albert John, to Ciba
Limited Curable compositions containing an epoxide rcsin and a
copolymer of an olefine hydrocarbon with an olefine ester
3,641,195, CI 260-837
Ball Corporation: See —
McKee, James R , and Chastain, James K , 3.640,039.
Ballard. Louis M: iff—
Mclnnis. Andrew M . Ballard, Louis M , Rogers. Waldo I..
Kramer. David C, and Nielsen, Robert A ,3.639,990
Balle. Gerhard, and Kolb, Gunter, to Farbenfabnken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Process of preparing chloromethyl esters of a J3- unsatu-
rated carboxylic acids. 3,641,1 19, CI 260-486
Balm Paints Limited: See—
Clarke, Michael Raymond, and Filipowicz, Leon, 3,640,93 1 .
Balmes, Michael J , to Graflex. Inc , mesne Plastic reinforcing edging
for picture receiving screen 3,640,603, CI 350-1 24
Bancroft, Joseph, & Sons Co : See—
Trifunoxic, Alexander L , Hodges, James R , and Shick, Richard
L ,3.641,234,
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8. 1972
Bancroft Racket Company See—
Davis, Tyler B ,3,640,533
BandimerciohnC Valve spring tester 3.640,1 29. CI. 73-1 19.
Bandy. Lyle E.: See—
Bitzec, Donald L , Bandy, Lyle E , Johnson, Roger L., and Skapcr-
das,5»mmicO ,3,641.529.
Banfield. Jos«ph Henry See—
Vossen^ John Louis, Jr. and Banfield. Joseph Henry. 3.640, 8 12.
Banks. WiUiam P See-
McDonald Edward Harvey, and Banks. William P .3.640.802
Bar Investment Company. Inc See —
Bovyie.JohnS. 3.640.513
Barber. James; See—
Lesher.JohnC. 3,641,539
Barber, Walter G See—
Loxley. Ted A . Webb, John M , and Barber. Walter G .3.640.398.
Barclay, Allan Sangster. to Steel Company of Canada. Limited, The
Ballistic shape punch and screw head socket 3,640.175. CI 85-45
Bargnian, Dale L . Jr , to Colorado Leisure Products. Inc Cross drive
forfft jack apparatus 3.640.502. CI 254-45
Barnes Engineering Company: See—
Schwarz. Frank. 3.64 1.348
Barnes, Randolph C , to Caterpillar Tractor Company Hydraulic
safely override valve 3,640,146, CI 74-364
Barnett, Richard C , to General Electric Company Combustor means
for pressurized gas-fired space heater 3,640,264, CI 1 26- 1 10
Bart, Ronald K See—
Kiovsky, Joseph R , and Bart. Ronald K ,3,641,095
Barth, Walter J , to Du Pont dc Nemours, E L, and Company Coatings
for automotive exhaust gas reactors. 3,640,755, CI 1 17-71 .
Bartlett, Lawrence C; See—
Humphriss, Wesley D , and Bartlett, Lawrence C .3,640,708
Bartos, Jon See —
Robertshaw, Fred C . Bartos. Jon . Hurst, James J . and McGurty.
James August. 3. 640. 704
Baseler. Wolfgang Resilient interconnection arrangement for rails to
cross ties 3.640,460. CI 238-349
BASF Wyandotte Corporation See —
Cenker, Moses. 3.640.886
Fijal. Walter R. 3.640,997
Basic Incorporated: See—
Jepsen,TagL B ,3,640,382
Bastian, Donald Lee, to Western Kraft Corporation Trav forming car-
ton 3,640,449, CI 229-44
Bath, James Reynolds Automatic anti-collision and accident marker
system for automotive vehicle 3,641 ,49 1 , CI 340-61
Battelle Development Corporation, The See—
Javet. Alain. 3.640,330 " -_
Johnson. Harr>T ,3,640,651. "''
Batzer, Hans. See—
Porret, Daniel, Habcrmeier, Juergen, and Batzer, Hans. 3, 640, 910
Schmid, Rolf. Buchcr. Ingrid. Fisch. Willy, and Batzer.
Hans. 3.641. 194
Bauer. Eddie. Inc See—
McGuire. William L .3.639.931.
Bauer. William. Jr See—
Niederhauser, Warren Dexter. Belmarcs-Sarabia. Hector, and
Bauer. William. Jr .3.641.199
Bauer. William W Hand device for basketball players 3,640,532, CI
273-1 5
Bauman, Joseph F , Kurtz, Edward, Jr , Cini, Adrian V , and Antrobus.
Robert E , to Acme-Hamilton Manufacturing Corporation Flexible
corrugated tubing having improved performance characteristics
3,640,312. CI 138-121.
Baxter Laboratories. Inc See—
Bhatia. Surindar Kumar, and Memhardt, Charles Rogers,
3.640.283
Leonard. Ronald James, and Cohen. Fred Michael. 3.640.340.
Bayard, Robert T See—
Shank. Richard C . Zucker, Carl E . Jones. David H , Ribbq Harry
F q Jr , and Bayard. Robert T .3.640.844
Baybarz. Russell D . and Peterson. Joseph R . to United States of
America. Atomic Energy Commission Californium-252 neutron
source and method of making same 3.640.888, CI 252-301 I
Baychem Corporation: See—
Rawlings. Herbert L.. 3.640.95 1
B&BPipul.Inc 5«-
Brighton. Jack Edward. 3,639.967 >-
B D H Chemicals Limited See—
Hayman. David Frank, and Wild. Anthony Musgrave. 3.64 1.123.
Beaman. Alden Gamaliel. Duschinsky, Robert, and Tautz, William
Paul, to Hoffman-La Roche Inc 2-Nitroimidazole derivatives sub-
stituted in the I- position with a 2-oxo-propyl or semicarbazone
group 3.641. 047. CI 260-309
Bearfield. Clair A See—
Wieland. Roman G . Weber. A. Joiin. Bearfield, Clair A . and
Cole. Raymond, 3.640. 520
Bealtie. Willard H . and Callaway. William S . to Beckman Instru-
ments, Inc Apparatus for measuring scattered light 3,640,627. CI
356-104
Beaumont Birch Company See—
Reiner. Joel Russell, Preusch, William J . and Davenport. William
G .3.640.233
Beavers, Dorothy J.; See-
Gates. John W . Jr . Wise, Albert W , Beavers. Dorothy J . and
Miller. Paul E .3.641.046
Beck. Christian A , to Pitney-Bowes. Inc Copy sheet handling ap-
paratus for electrostatic office copiers 3.640.523. CI 271-28
Beck, Cyrus, to United States of America. Navy Real time image con-
trast and edge sharpness cnhacing apparatus 3. 64 1. 268. CI 178-7 3
Beck, Fred R . Fanella. Robert J . and (iioia, Norman F . to Ampex
Corporation Tape reel and tape threading system 3.640.483, CI
242-74 1
Beck.GeorgeR Ornamental scarf clip 3.639.949. CI 24-49 0
Beck, William P See-
Jackson. Wilbur C. and Beck. William P .3.639,984
Becker, Gunter E.. to Xerox Corporation Lowering device. 3,640,406,
CI 214-6
Beckerle. Wilhelm-Fnedrich: See —
Reinhard. Hans; Petri. Rolf, and Beckerle. Wilhelm-
Friedrich.3.640.912
Beckman, Eugene B See -
Cosiello. Raymond M . and Beckman, Eugene B. 3. 640, 250
Beckman Instruments. Inc See —
Seattle. Willard H , and Gallaway, William S . 3,640.627.
Becraft, Donald E , to Hendry, C J . Company System and method for
hoisting submarine hose 3,640,400, CI 212-3
Beecham Group Limited .See-
Love, Dennis Anthony. Neal. David Patrick John, and Pidgeon.
Eric. 3.641.001
Beersma. Pieter Johannes Adrianus. and V'cening. Albert Hendrik. to
Scholten Research N V Remoistenable pregummed products.
3.640,756, CI 1 17-76.
Beier. Werner E See—
Paliyenko. Paul, and Beier. Werner E .3.640,670
Beisemann, Manfred, to Konings, P . Machinefabriek. Firma. Means
utilizing compressed air for confining a pressurized oil film between
relatively movable bearing surfaces 3.640,590, CI 308-9
Bell & Howell Ci>mpany See —
Browder, Lewis B. 3,641 ,280
Fredrickson, Donald M . 3,640,524
Fredrickson, Donald M , and Bungener, Johannes H , 3,640,617
Hodder, Wayne K . 3.641 .468
Koeber. Henry J . and Pendulous range finding device, 3,639,997.
Nupnau. Arthur E . 3.640.612
Bell, Joseph P Pallet 3,640,229, CI 108-58
Bell Punch Company Limited .See-
l-loyd, John George, and Fripp. Alan. 3,64 1 ,501
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated See —
Copeland.John Alexander. III. 3.641.518
Irish. Carlelon D , and Painkin. Harold. 3.641.475
Paoli. Thomas L , and Ripper. Jose' E , 3,641.459
Perks. Arthur Francis. 3.641.463
Robbins, Murray, and Wolfe. Raymond, 3,640.864
Bell Iclephone laboratories. Incorporated, and said Signor, ass4)r tt>
Western Electric Company. Incorporated .See--
Artz. Walter M , Cornelius, Kenneth R , Olson. John W , Signor,
Gary R . and Slojkowski, Francis E ,3,641,505
Belmares-Sarabia, Hector .Vee-
Niederhauser, Warren Dexter, Belmares-Sarabia, Hector, and
Bauer, William, Jr. .3.64 1 , 19V
Belohoubek. Erwin F . to United States of America. Navy, mesne
Microwave delay apparatus 3.641 .388, CI. 315-3 5
Beloit Corporation: -See-
Justus. Edgar J, 3.639.956
Beltron, Inc See—
Badcwitz. Albert R , 3,641,391
Bencze. William Laszlo. to Ciba C\)rporation. Phcnoxy-aliphatic acids
3,641.1 10. CI 260-473.
Bendix Corporation .See —
Green, Norman, (jrcenhousc. Harold M.. Vergara. William C .
and McGill. Robert L . Jr , 3,64 1. 37^.
Stauffer, Reuben Laverne, 3,641 ,423.
Bendix Corptiration. The .See-
Carp. Ralph W , and Miesterfeld, Frederick O . 3.640.588
Coman. William E. 3,641.392.
Giardini. Dante S . Preston, George A , and Roney, Richard N.,
3.640.163
Kasselmann. John T , 3 .640, 1 84.
Knopf, George S , 3,64 1 .535.
Sylvander. Frederick B , 3,641 ,533
Yates. Lester R . Dorsey. Charles M . Jr ; Howell, John B.,
Conklin. Winfred S , Sawicki, Joseph J , Shepherd, Reeves T.;
and Soares, Silvio, 3,64 1 ,434.
Benediti' Lena See—
Freismuth.John S . and Bcneditti, Nello L ,3,640,454.
Bencditti, Nello L See—
Freismuth. John S . and Bcneditti, Nello L ,3,640,454
Bennett, Arthur D Retainer for punch and die sets 3,640,1 70, CI 83-
698
Bennett, Moreland P Tab wejded joint and method of making.
3.640.556. CI 287-189.36
Benoit. Henry F Rag feeder 3.640.377. CI 198-178
Benstin. Charles R.: i'ee—
Kossen, Dale J ; Foster, Richard W , and Benson, Charles
R ,3,641.396
y
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Bentley. Floyd Edward, and Godfrey, Norman Bell, to Jefferson
Chemical Company, Inc. Accelerator combination for epoxy curing
3,639,928, CI. 260-47.
Benz, Gerhard: See—
Seppala, Harold J , and Benz, Gerhard, 3,640,944.
Berberich, Norbert J , Jr.; 5ee—
Cook, Elton S , and Berberich, Norbert J , Jr. ,3,64 1 ,247
Berezowski, Jaroslaw, to Sealectro Corporation Electro-mechanical
keyboard independently operated switch mechanism with improved
conductive resilient actuating means. 3. 64 1.286. CI 200-5
Berk Limited; See —
Holman, Donald John, 3,641.087
Berrie, Alistair Howard, and Hughes, Nigel, to lmf>erial Chemical In-
dustries Limited. Process for colouring synthetic textile materials
with monoazo dyestuff dispersions 3,640,674. CI 8-41
Berry, Edward J.; See—
Lutzen, William C , and Berry. Edward J .3,640,104.
Berthold, H , Messinglinienfabrik und Schriftgiesserei AG: See—
Linde, Hans; and Thienel, Peter, 3,640, 193.
Bertin & Cie; See — /
Bcrtin, Jean Henri. 3.640,486
Berlin, Jean Henri, to Berlin & Cie Flying wing having ground-effect
take-off and landing 3.640,486, CI. 244-12
Bethlehem Steel Corporation: i'ee—
Gault, Robert H ,3,640,342
Nusbickel, Edward M . Jr.. 3,640,1 22
Belts. Max William, and Robinson. Frank, to Courtaulds Limited
Knitting methods 3.640,096, CI 66- 1 76
Betts, Max William; and Robinson. Frank, to Courtaulds Limited
Knitting method. 3,640,097, CI. 66- 1 76
Bhatia, Surindar Kumar, and Memhardt, Charles Rogers, to Baxter
Laboratories, Inc Disposable blood warming container 3,640,283,
CI. 128-399.
Biancardi, Frank R , and Melikian, Gorken, to United Aircraft Cor-
poration. Modified open cycle gas laser system 3.641 .453. CI. 331-
94 5
Bianchi, Viliorio Louis Achille. Hydraulic device for moving in transla-
tion the pressing element of a press or the like. 3,640,21 I , CI 100-
258.
Bielicki, Marvin S : See-
Martin, William A , and Bielicki, Marvin S, 3,641 ,282 .
Bilderback, John W , to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. The
Method of processing powdery accelerators prepared in an aqueous
medium 3.640,975, CI 260-79 5
Bilow, Norman. Ferrocene-phthalaldehyde copolymers. 3,640,961 , CI.
260 67.
Bilow, Norman, and Rosenberg, Harold, to United States of America.
Air Force Cured polyferrocenylenes and process for curing
3,640,959, CI. 260-64.
Bilow, Norman, and Rosenberg, Harold, to United States of America,
Air Force. Process for curing polyferrocenylenes 3,640,963, CI.
260-67
Biranowski, Jerome B , and Weil, Edward D , to Stauffer Chemical
Company Unsaturated polyester compositions containing vinyl
polyphosphonate compounds. 3,64 1 ,202, CI 260-859.
Bird Machine Company See-
Nichols, George E , Jr , 3,640,760
Bishop, Nigel Douglas, and Masters, Joan Irene, to Imperial Chemical
Industries Limited. Pesticidal compounds and compositions contain-
ing them. 3,64 1 ,035, CI 260-256.4
Bittscheidt, Josef: See—
Michels, Aldred,and Bittscheidt, Josef 3,640,919.
Bluer, Donald L., Bandy, Lyle E , Johnson, Roger L , and Skaperdas.
Dominic O., to University of Illinois Foundation Radial and circum-
ferential magnetic head positioning mechanism. 3,641,529, CI 340-
174.1
Bizzarri, Venanzio, to Aktiebolaget Kanthal Shaped bodies resistant to
oxidation, particularly electric resistance elements 3,640,907, CI,
252-521.
Black and Decker Manufacturing Company, The: See—
Vick, Stephen L ,3,641,379
Vogelsberg, Walter H, 3,64 1 ,4 1 0.
Blackburn, Richard D , to General Electric Company High-low volt-
age level sensor. 3,641 ,546, CI. 340-248.
Blanc, Jean-Henry: See—
Reulet, Philippe, Pfister, Alain, Tellier, Jacques, Blanc, Jean-Hen-
ry, Jorgensen, Kirsten Borreand Bohlbro, Hans,3,641 ,102
Blatt, Leiand F Shielded air hose swivel with safely push button
disconnect. 3,640,553, CI 285-277.
Blattner, Hans: See—
Schindler, Walter; and Blattner. Hans,3,64 1 ,056.
Block, Irwin H.: See—
Allman, Murray, Craig, Mordecai R , and Block, Irwin
H, 3,640,010
Blohm, Thomas R.; See—
Tilford, Charles H., Blohm, Thomas R , and MacKenzie, Robert
D, 3,641, 155.
Blount, Charles, Jr.; and Crandall, Nelson, to United Piece Dye Works,
The. Winch apparatus for treating material in strand form.
3,640.102, CI. 68-176.
Blum, Bernard, and Schwartzenberg, John W., to Leeds & Norlhrup
Company. Carbon content measurement in a basic oxygen furnace.
3,640,1 19, CI. 73-23.
Blumenfeld, Georg, to Dynamit Nobel Aktiengcsellschaft Cyclic
hydroxyacetals 3,64 1,059, CI 260-340.6
Bobrick Aero-Missile Products: See—
Vogt, Clarence L , 3,640,306.
Bock, Otto, Orthopadische Industrie KG , Firma: See-
Munch, Josef 3,639,927
Bode, Klaus-Dieter, and Schellhammer, Carl-Wolfgang, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 7-Tnazinyl-coumarins.
3,641, 023, CI. 260-248.
Bodley, Roger W See-
Zimmerman, Burton R , Bodley, Roger W , and Goodman. Robert
C, 3,640,195
Boehringer,C. H. Sohn: See—
Ost, Walter, Thomas, Klaus. Jerchel, Dietnch, and Linden, Ger-
bert. 3,641,062.
Boghosian, Edward Michael; See—
Anello. Louis G . Boghosian, Edward Michael, Jones, Edward S ,
Minhas, Pritam S , Price, Alson K., and Sweeney, Richard
F ,3.641,083
Boguslawski, Jan J , to Fabric Tire Hose Company Apparatus for con-
tinuous manufacture of reinforced hose. 3,640,656. CI 4 25- 1 I 3
Bohlbro. Hans; See—
Reulet. Philippe, Pfister. Alain, Tellier, Jacques. Blanc. Jean-Hen-
ry. Jorgensen. Kirsten Borre.and Bohlbro. Hans, 3, 641 .102
Bom. Giovanni. Electnc lamps for emergency and/or for duty under
particular environment conditions, and relative improved lamps
3.641,336. CI 240-10.6
Bolger, Bernard Joseph, and O'Sullivan. Denis Joseph. Adhesive com-
positions comprising 2-cyanoacrylates and heterocyclic compounds.
3,640,972,CI. 260-78 4
Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc.: See-
Allen. Clayton H , and Heme, John C . 3.640.539
Allen. Robert J .and Novack. Robert Lee. 3.640,773
Juda. Walter, Allen, Robert J . and Pctrow. Henry G.. 3.640.774
Bolt. Gregory L., Brandt. Charles H . McLain. Aubrey R . and Patel.
Jayantilal M , to Procter & Gamble Company, The Flavor robusta
coffee 3,640,726, CI 99-68
Bond, Donald S , to RCA Corporation Radio postal system
acknowledgement apparatus 3, 64 1,432. CI 325-4
Bonhomme. Francois Robert, to Connectronics Corporation Sockets
for prong socket electrical contacts and in their methods of manufac-
ture 3,641,4*3, CI. 339-2 1 7
Bonin, Pete J : See—
Hussey, Joseph L , 3.640,272.
Bonvicini. Alberto; and Cantatore. Giuseppe, to Montecatini Edison
Sp A Process for preparing substituted 1.4- diazacycloheptanes.
3,640,999, CI 260-239
Booth, Frank B . to Union Oil Company of California Catalyst
recovery 3,64 1.076, CI 260-429.
Boothe Airside Services. Inc See—
Eggert, Walter S , Jr , 3,639,934
Boothe, Willis A., and Bottone. Salvatore. Jr.. to United States of
America. Air Force Fluid amplifier frequncy multiplier 3.640.300.
CI 137-81.5
Borden Company. The: See—
Winslow. Alfred Edwards, and Spicer, John Calvin, 3,640,841.
Borden Corporation, The: See—
McKee, Lewis W.. and Fecst. Robert H . Jr . 3.640.593.
Borg- Warner Corporation See-
Hopkins, Neil E., and Muench, Paul W., 3,640,084.
Borkhuis, James R. Emergency gas alarm system 3.64 1 .541 , CI. 340-
237.
Borsboom, AlberlusC. H.; See—
Nihof HendrikusJ.andBorsboom. AlbertusC H, 3,640, 120.
Bosch, Robert, GmbH; See—
Mittag, Hermann, and Issler. Jorg. 3,640.260
Bostick. Edgar E.. Gaines. George L . Jr . and Le Grand. Donald G . to
General Electric Company Polymer-filler composition 3,640,943.
CI 260-37
Bostick, Edgar E . and Zdaniewski. Joseph J . to General Electric Com-
pany Silanolate-complexes and use thereof 3.641.090. CI 260-
4482
Boswell, George Albert, Jr ; and Ripka, William Charles, to Du Pont de
Nemours, E. I., and Company Process for the preparation of A'-6,6-
difluoro-3, 20-diketo-17a, 2 l-dihydroxypregnenes 3.641.005, CI.
260-239.55
Botto, Giuseppe. Apparatus for excavation of deep holes and trenches.
3,640.353, CI, 175-202.
Bottone, Salvatore, Jr.; See—
Boothe, Willis A., and Bottone. Salvatore, Jr ,3.640.300
Bolts, Marion F , and Regel, Erik K , to Chemagro Corporation S,S-di-
alkyl-amido-dithiophosphates. 3,641,222, CI 260-959
Bouche, Edmund L , to Technical Operations. Incorporated Diffrac-
tion process photography and reconstruction, fidelity enhancement
by minimization of cross- talk and moire patterns 3,640,71 1 , CI 96-
27
Boucher, Robert J., to Hughes Aircraft Company Digital frequency
synthesizer. 3,64 1, 442, CI 328-14.
Bouchet, Jean, to Creusat-Loire, mesne C rect reduction of oxides
3,640,701, CI, 75-40.
Boudouris, Angelo, Kulish, Stanley J , Jr,. and Plumadore. Harold M ,
to Eprad Incorporated Control for motion picture projectors.
3,640,611, CI 352-92.
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Boustany, Kamel, to Monsanto Company Certain cycloalkyisulfena-
mides as prevulcanization inhibitors 3,640,976, CI 260-79 5
Bower, George M Stabilized polyimidazopyrrolones compositions and
method of preparation 3,640,960, CI 260-65
Bowers, Daniel G , to Eastman Kodak Company. Switch apparatus
3,641,297, CI 200-166
Bowie. John S., to Bar Investment Company, Inc Low velocity gas
scrubber 3.640,513, CI 261-78
Bowman, Paul F , to Broach Systems, Inc. Box machine. 3,640,1 89, CI
93-49.
Box, E O., Jr.; and Uhrick, David A., to Phillips Petroleum Company
Highly calcined support for catalytic dehydrogenation 3,641,182,
CI 260-680
Boyce, Alden C , to Rota-Matic, Inc Method of and apparatus for
coolingof rotational casting apparatus 3,640,338, CI 165-48
Boyer, Jacques, to Societe Rhodiaceta. Double-twist spindle
3,640,060. CI 57-58.84
Brabander, Herbert Joseph. i"« — \ I
Wright, William BIythe, Jr , and Brabander. HerbertV
Joseph. 3.64 1, 029
Braddick. Britt O ; Lindsey. Hiram E.. Jr . and McKieaman, Charles J ,
to Texas Iron Works, Inc. Apparatus for completing plural zone oil
and gas wells 3,640,341 , CI. 166-115
Bradshaw. Christopher Patrick Cadman; See-
Turner. Leonard. Howman. Eric James, and Bradshaw,
Christopher Patrick Cadman, 3,64 1 , 1 89
Brailiard, Pierre L . Moreuil, Jean-Louis, and Steru. Marius, to Com-
pagnie Generale d'Electronique Industrielle Lepaute, CGEI-
Lepaute Man-to-machine peripheral communication device
3.640,002, CI 35-8.
Brandon, Clarence W , to Orpha Brandon Fracturing and scavenging
formations with fluids containing liqueTiable gases and acidizing
agents 3,640,344, CI. 166-307
Brandt. Charles H.: See —
Bolt. Gregory L . Brandt, Charles H ; McLain. Aubrey R ; and
Patel, Jayantilal M .3,640,726.
Branson. Tony R. Yarn covering apparatus 3,640.057, CI. 57-18
Brawn, Darrell S., to Eaton Yale & Towne Inc. Safety apparatus.
3,640,546, CI. 280- 150
Brcarley Company, The: See—
Aleks.Vytant, 3,640,498
Brecker, Lawrence R., and Thee, Alfred, to Argus Chemical Corpora-
tion Stabilization of polyvinyl chloride resins 3,640,953, CI. 260-
45 75
Breda, Ernest J , to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company Purifica-
tion process for unsaturated organic nitriles 3,641.107, CI. 260-
4659
Brega, Angelo: See—
Plana, Francesco, and Brega. Angelo. 3, 640.094.
Brcmshey & Co . Firma: See—
Busse, Fritz. 3.640.228
Bremshey. Friiz. to Telesco Brophey Limited. Longitudinally collapsi-
ble flat umbrella. 3.640.297. CI 1 35-25
Brescia, Riccardo, and Montanan. Lucio, to Olivetti. Ing , C . & C ,
S p A Keyboard for calculating machines, teleprinters, terminals
and the like 3.641. 568, CI 340-365
Breslow, David S., to Hercules Incorporated Modifying polymers
3.640,974, CI 260-78.5
Bretting, Klaus, to Kabel- und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Plug connector for flat conductor strip line
3,641,482, CI 339-196
Breu, Rudolf: See —
Gaeth, Rudolf, Stastny, Fritz, Breu. Rudolf, and Gaertner, Fried-
helm.3,640,837.
Brewn, Margery Joy: See-
Brown. Warren F , 3,640,279.
Brickley, Alfred H.:i>f-
Halls, Kenneth F . and Brickley. Alfred H, 3,640.1 59.
Brighton, Jack Edward, to B&B Pipul, Inc Pipe joining machine
3,639,967. CI. 29-237
Brignall, Clifford N. Packaging method 3.640.047. CI 53-22.
Brill. Beatrice M. See-
Brill. Eugene L.and Brill, Beatrice M ,3,640,394
Brill, Eugene L., and Brill, Beatrice M Oil skimmer with oscillatable
circular loop 3,640,394, CI. 210-322
Brilman, Michel Edmond Francis; Campagne, Jean-Pierre Alain, and
Gorinas, Guy Georges, to Societe Alsacienne de Constructions
Atomiques de Telecommunications et d'Electronique 'Alcatel' Su-
perconductive data storage arrangement 3, 64 1, 5 17. CI 340-173 1
Briskin, Theodore, and Ward, Geoffrey R., to Sutton Research Cor-
poration. Cigarette paper and method for preparation 3,640.285,
CI 131-2
Bristol-Myers Company: See—
Dimitroff. Dimiter V , 3,640,659
British Domestics Appliances Limited. See—
Eastall, Martin Harold, 3,640,098
British Petroleum Company Limited, The: See—
Forbes, Alan David; and Hunter, Neville John, 3,640,893
Turner, Leonard, Howman, Eric James, and Bradshaw.
Christopher Patrick Cadman. 3.641.189
British Railways Board: 5ee—
Tustin. Arnold, and Sell, Richard Geoffrey, 3,641,285
Britt. Jack; and Honey, Alfred John, to Rolls-Royce Limited. Axial
now compressor 3,640,638, CI 415-172
Broach Systems, Inc : See-
Bowman, Paul F, 3.640,1 89
Brocket!. Peter C . and Pallat. Ludwig R , to LFE Corporation Local
controller for traffic control system 3.64 1 ,486, CI 340-4 1
Brode, George Lewis, and Pickering, Timothy Lee, to Union Carbide
Corporation Thermoplastic sulfur-containing fwlymers. 3,640,965.
CI 260-77.5
Broderick, Edward J., and Rem. Burton M . to Mobil Oil Corporation.
Process for the production of long chain esters 3.64 1 , 1 20. CI 260-
491
Brody. Herbert M., to American Standard Inc Refrigerant flow control
employing plural valves 3,640.086. CI 62-210
Brooke, Edric Raymond, to English Numbering Machines Limited
Shim adjustable pressure members for magnetic tape transducing
devices 3. 641, 283, CI 179-1002
Brooks, David N., to Eastman Kodak Company, mesne. Photographic
apparatus. 3,640,1 96, CI 951 I 5
Brooks, Martin Frederick, and Kerrigan. Vincent, to Imperial Chemi-
al Industries Limited Stable liquid diphenylmethane diis(Kyanates.
>.64I,093,CI. 260-453
Brotz, Walter, and Dallmann. Bruno, to Farbwcrke Hoechst Aktien-
gcscllschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Lubricant composi-
tions for masses of polyvinyl chloride and process for making.
3,640,828, CI 252-17.
Broughtonq Jesse I : See —
Ernest, Dale S., 3,640,266
Broverman, Irwin, to Mallory. P R . & Co . Inc Electrically conduc-
tive material and electrical contact 3, 64 1. 298, CI 200-166.
Browder, Lewis B , to Bell & Howell Company Apparatus for contact
ci>pving magnetic records including shield for preventing erasure of
the master record 3,64 1,280, CI 179-100 2
Brown, Clyde O . and Bullis, Robert H , to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion High performance gas laser 3,64 1 ,457, CI. 33 1-94 5
Brown, Dale M , and Engeler, William E., to General Electric Com-
pany Field-effect transistors with superior passivating films and
method of making same 3,64 1. 405. CI 317-235
Brown. Dale M , and Garfinkel, Marvin, to General Electric Company.
Diffusion masking m semiconductor preparation 3,640.782, CI
148-187.
Brown. Edward L . to Armco Steel Corporation. Bolt. 3,640.326. CI
151-37
Brown. Fred P . Jr , and Rohdin, Howard A . to Packaging Industries.
Inc Re-entrant forming apparatus. 3.640.668, CI 18-35
Brown. Mervyn .See —
Kitching. Anthony George, and Brown. .Mervyn. 3. 640. 357
Brown, Warren F , to Brewn. Margery Joy. and First National Bank of
Atlanta. The Skin graft cutting metht)d and machine 3.640.279. CI.
128-305.
Brownawcll. Darrell W : .See—
Robbins.Max L . and Brownawcll. Darrell W, 3,641, 181
Brownell, Peter, to Fram Corporation. Filter 3,640,396, CI 210-493.
Brudi Equipment, Inc See —
Brudi.Ronald A .3.640.414.
Brudi. Ronald A , to Brudi Equipment. Inc Push-pull attachment for
lift trucks 3,640.4 14. CI 214-514
Brun, Henri, and Meilleroux. Jean-Louis, to Thomson-CSF Optical
pumping magnetimeters 3. 64 1,426, CI 324-0.5
Brundage, Clinton F : See—
Anastasio, Frank J , Brundage, Clinton P., and Strakosch,
Clarence P, 3, 640,407.
Bruning, Elmer E.: See—
Kirwan, Warren J , and Bruning, LImer E ,3,639,94 1
BubliLz, Donald E , to Dow Chemical Company, The cyclik substituted
derivatives of tricyclohexyltin 3,641,037, CI 260-270
Bucaram, Salim M , and Collings, Lawrence V , to Sinclair Oil & Gas
Companv Paraffin inhibitor in crude oil with high molecular weight
highly branched polyethylene 3,640,824. CI 252-8.3
Buchel. KarlHein/, Draber. Wilfried. Hammann. Ingcborg; and Un-
terstenhofer, Gunter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
Cvano substituted phenylhydrazones of 1.2- dicarbonyl compounds.
.^,64 1.098. CI 260-465.
Bucher, Ingrid See —
Schmid, Rolf, Bucher, Ingrid, Fisch, Willy; and Batzer,
Hans. 3. 641, 194
Buckler, Sheldon A , and Lambert, Ronald F . to Polaroid Corpora-
tion Photographic processes and compositions therefor 3.640.713.
CI 96-29
Buckley. Herman T.. to Dixie Size and Chemical Co Textile treating
composition and process of making same. 3,641 ,073, CI. 260-410.6
Buhr Machine lool Companv: .See—
Harte.RobertB .3,641.326
Bull, Willard C , and Schmid. Bruce K . to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company Multiple stage process for producing light liquids
from coal 3.640.8 1 6. CI 208- 1 0
Bullard. ED. Companv: See—
Raschke. Herbert A , 3,640,555
Buller, Joseph S., Nagy, Michael J., and Peterson. Eugene W.. to Santa
Barbara Research Center Valve arrangement to provide tempera-
ture level control at cryogenic temperature ranges. 3,640,091. CI.
62-514
Bullis. Robert H: See— ,
Brown. Clyde O and Bullis. Robert H ,3,641,457.
Bungener, Johannes H : See—
Fredrickson, Donald M., and Bungener, Johannes H., 3,640, 617.
Februarys. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
,3,641,012
Fastener with floating
Buning, Robert, Raalf, Hans, and Pungs, Wolfgang, to Dynamit Nobel
Aktiengesellschaft Production of polyvinyl chloride shaped articles
3,640.930, CI. 260-23.
Bunting. Henry E , and Smith, Paul E., to US. Electronic Services Cor-
poration. Microcircuit package and method of making same
3,641,254, CI, 174-68.5
Buonassissi, Albert J Hand cart 3,640.544, CI 280-47 35
Burgess, Robert Stuart, to Panaura Limited Decorative article for
reflecting light from a metallized strip onto a fluorescent material
3,640,795, CI. 161-3.
Burke, George K , and Raines, Kenneth, to Burron Medical Products,
Inc Intravenous needle assembly. 3,640,275, CI 128-214.
Burke, Richard Lerda: See—
Chirash, William, and Burke, Richard Lerda, 3, 640, 878
Burleigh, John E , and Uraneck, Carl A., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Polymerization of cyclic monoolefins 3,640,986, CI 260-93 I
Burnett, Ronald Cyril: See—
Horsley, Geoffrey Winton, and Burnett, Ronald Cyril, 3,64 1 ,227
Burns, Gerald, Giess, Edward A , and O'Kane, Daniel F , to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation Ferroelectric materials
process of preparation 3,640,865, CI 252-62 9
Burron Medical Products, Inc.: See-
Burke, George K and Raines, Kenneth, 3,640,275
Burroughs Corporation: See—
Farnham, Norman W , Mueller, William J , and Gorall, Donald J .
3,640,219.
Gyi,KoKo, 3,641,527
Burroughs Wellcome & Co. (USA ). Inc See—
Phillips, Arthur P , and Burrows, Robert B , 3,64 1 ,01 2.
Burrows, Robert B : See—
Phillips, Arthur P , and Burrows, Robert B
Burt, John, to Deutsch Fastener Corporation
nut 3,640.327, CI. 151-41.74
Burton & Noonan: See-
Burton, Perry E, 3,640,235.
Burton, Perry E , to Burton & Noonan, mesne Method and apparatus
for cutting and hemming cloth lengths. 3,640,235, CI I I 2- 1 2 1 .29
Bush, Henry J., to United States of America, Air Force Programmed
paramagnetic tuning radio receiver using larmor resonance
3,641,440, CI 325-383.
Bush, Richard P., to Midland Silicones Limited Siloxazanes composi-
tions and processes thereof 3,641 ,089, CI 260-448 2
Bushnell, David; Fuller, Roger L , and Oliver, Joseph J , to Raytheon
Company. Highway vehicle sensor system 3,64 1 ,569, CI 340-38
Busse, Fritz, to Bremshey & Co , Firma One-column-table 3,640,228,
CI. 108-6
Butterfield, Max E , to Caterpillar Tractor Company. Anti-slip safety
surface 3,640,035, CI 52-177
by Arnold, L P.: See-
Arnold, Lucius P, by Arnold, L P, and Arnold, Evelyn S,
heirs,3,640,025.
Bydal, Bruce Alfred, to Du Pont de Nemours, E 1 , and Company Ap-
paratus for dividing and recombinmg flow. 3,640,308, CI I 37-561
Cadiou, Jean G , to Citroen S A Door stop means 3.639.943, CI. 16-
82
Cadle, Peggy Snider. Stackable furniture units. 3,639,924, CI 5-2.
Cahn, Robert P., and Angier. Derek J . to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company. Injection of an electrically heated stream into a steam
cracked product. 3,641 ,1 83, CI 260-683
Caillouet, James J., to American Imagination Corporation. Portable
computer 3,640,453, CI. 235-78
Cairns, Robert H Model C" watchclock keyholder 3,640.108. CI 70-
456.
Calano. Giuseppe: See—
Cortona, Alcssandro; and Calano, Giuseppe. 3,64 1 ,269.
Caldwell. John P . to Xerox Corporation. Imaging system 3.640.707.
CI 96-1 4
California Computer Products. Inc See—
Mclnnis, Andrew M . Ballard. Louis M . Rogers. Waldo I .
Kramer. David C. and Nielsen, Robert A , 3.639.990
California Institute of Technology See—
Rembaum. Alan, and Hermann, Allen M , 3,641,470
California R&D Center: See-
Jones, Lawrence Temple, Schmidt, Gerald W.; and Smith, Jay, 111,
3,640,019.
Callahan, Francis Marc, to American Cyanamid Company Mixed au-
hydride method of preparing peptides 3,640,991 ,CI 260-1 12 5
Camie Company, Inc.: See-
Campbell, Carl N , 3,640,429.
Campagne, Jean-Pierre Alain: See—
Brilman, Michel Edmond Francis, Campagne. Jean-Pierre Alain,
and Gorinas, Guy Georges, 3, 64 1.517.
Campbell. Carl N.. to Camie Company. Inc Method of dispensing an
industrial spray using both a propellanl-dispersant and gas pressure
3.640,429, CI. 222-1.
Campbell, Ronald R , and Monroe, Roger A., to Storage Technology
Corporation. File protect system for magnetic tape unit with sole-
noid for sensing presence or absence of reel ring 3,641 ,277, CI 179-
100.2
Canada, Her Majesty the Oueen in right of, as represented by the
Minister of National Defence: See—
Lachambre, Jean L., 3,64 1 ,346.
Filter
Fuze
Canada, Her Majesty the Oueen in the right of, as represented by the
Minister of National Defence See—
Baekken. Asbjorn, 3.640.490.
Canadian Industries Limited See-
Rowley, Edward Kenneth, and Waugh. Clayton Thomas.
3,640,790
Canadian International Paper Company. See—
Girard, Christian F., and Derouin, Gerald J., 3,640.125.
Canadian Structural Clay Association: See-
Anderson, Yngve R . and Escott, George K . 3.640.046.
Cant. Noel W . and Hall. William K . to Gulf Research & Development
Company Ethylene oxidation in the presence of indium metal
3.641. 139. CI. 260-533.
Cantatore. Giuseppe: See—
Bonvicini. Alberto, and Cantatore. Giuseppe. 3.640.999.
Cantella. Richard C See—
Mott. Ralph B.. Sr.. Mott. Ralph B . Jr.. and Cantella. Richard
C. 3.639.944.
Canty, Eugene T , to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion Wideband receiver 3.64 1 ,438, CI 325-332.
Carling, Conrad 1 . to Carling Electric Inc Toggle actuator assembly /
for electric switch. 3.64 1 ,29 1 , CI 200-67 <->
Carling Electric Inc See—
Carling, Conrad I ,3,641,291
Carlson, Alfred D , and Kasper. Joseph G . to lennant Company
chamber 3.639.940. CI 15-352.
Carlson. Donovan R , and Maruska, William O Honeywell Inc
apparatus 3,640.225. CI 102-79.
Carmack. Carl J. See—
Rubin, Fred K , and Carmack, Carl J ,3,640,875
Carney, Richard William James, and De Stevens, George, to Coba Cor-
poration. Tertiary amino phenyl acetic acids. 3.641.040. CI 260-
293 4
Carp. Ralph W ; and Miesterfeld. Frederick O . to Bendix Corporation,
The. Means for delaying effective control of vehicle braking by an
adaptive braking system until certain wheel velocity and decelera-
tion conditions have been satisfied 3,640.588. CI 303-21
Carpenter. Charles W . to Hercules Incorporated Pile fabric and
method of making the same. 3.640.786. CI 1 56-73
Carpenter. Harry M.Jr Slip pallet lifter 3.640.405. CI 214-1.
Carpenter, Paul David. Jr Aquarium accessories with self-starting
water circulating systems. 3. 640. 391. CI 210-169
Carrier. Louis V.: See—
Neff. Charles G. and Carrier, Louis V ,3,640.549
Carroll, William J , and Mizusawa. Frank S . to Great Lakes Chemical
Corporation Fumigant injection apparatus 3.640.234. CI 111-6
Carter. William R., Slaybaugh, Charles Jay. and Hodgins. Patrick M .
to Kelley, Edward, Corporation, mesne Cooler chest 3.640,420. CI
220-9
Cartwright. Victor F. Delay system for regenerating pulse periodically
during delay interval. 3.64 1.371. CI 307-293
Carv. Harry W,Jr See—
Crafford. Thomas J . Shilo. Alexander I., and Gary, Harry W.,
Jr ,3.640.164
Case, Forrest N , Garrison, .Arthur W , Kau. Donald L . and Smiley.
David E . to United Slates of America. Atomic Energy Commission
Radiolytic destruction of non-biodegradable organic pesticides
3.640,808. CI 204-158.
Case. J. I.. Company See—
Dollase. William R.. 3.640.360.
Caspar Honegger: See —
Strauss. Edgar H . 3.640,314
Cassano, James R , Smith. Charles E., and Kalvitis. Robert E., to Xerox
Corporation. Film support and transport apparatus. 3.640,614. CI
353-26
Cassella Farbwerke Mainkur Aktiengesellschaft See—
Frind. Horst. Heid. Christian, and Aman. Horsl. 3.640.803.
Castrucci. Paul P . Gates. Harlan R . Henle. Robci'. A . Pricer. Wilbur
David. Morton. Robert M.. Mason. John W . and North. William D ,
to International Business Machines Corporation Wiite once read
only store semiconductor memory. 3.64 1.516. CI 340- 1 73
Caterpillar Tractor Co : See-
Clark. Richard B.; Morris, Hugh C , and Whitehurst, Gerald E .
3,640,359
Caterpillar Tractor Company See-
Barnes, Randolph C, 3,640.146
Butterfield. Max E . 3.640.035
Cavallari. Eugenio, to Ates Component! Elettronici S.p A. Stabilized
voltage-step-down circuit arrangement 3.64 1 .267, CI 1 78-7 3
Cear. Stanley, to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc. Rigid, low-density.
filled cellular polyurethanes 3.640.920. CI. 260-2.5
Celanesc Coatings Company: See-
Slater. William W . and Thow, Lawrence E.. 3,640,926.
Celancse Corporation: See—
McAndrew. France B.; Polly. George W ; and Heinz. Walter E .
3.641.192
Moussalli, Francis Selim. 3.640.88 1
Palm. Clifford W, and Gibson. W illiam R . 3.640.064.
Cenco Medical/Health Supply Corporation See-
Adams, Robert P , 3,639,999
Cenker, Moses, to BASF Wyandotte Corporation Toluene
cyanate compositions. 3.640.886. CI 252-182.
Central Mine Equipment Company. See—
Rassieur. Charles L , 3.640,354
diiso-
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
I
Februarys. 1972
Cerra, Peter A . to Dow Chemical Company, The Process for heating
polymers with dielectric heating 3,640,91 3. CI 260-2 5
Ccskoslovenska akadcmie ved See—
Hrdina, Jin, 3,640,822
Chambers, Robert R , Isaacson, Henry V , and Young, David W Tin
salts of partially esterified vinvl monomer- maleic anhydride
copolymers 3,640,973, CI 260-78 5
Champ, Robert B , Jurgens, Henry A , and Thompson, James O . to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation Method for posting in-
telligence on dizo sensitive microfiche 3,640,7 14, CI. 96-49
Chaplin, Richard W , Holscher, Donald J , Wasney, Albert Jr . and
Wheeler, Bryce A , to Hughes Aircraft Company Night vision
system 3,641, 261, CI 178-7 8
Chastain, James K See—
McKee, James R , and Chastain, James K .3,640,039.
* Chatham, James R , and Licata, William H , to United States of Amer-
ica, Navy Rate stabilization system for a vehicle mounted device
3,640, 178, CI 89-41
Chausse, Burnette P See—
Konrad, Charles E , and Chausse, Burnette P ,3,641,566
Chemagro Corporation See—
Botts. Marion F , and Regel, Erik K , 3.641 .222.
Chemech Engineering Ltd See—
Westerlund, Gothe O , 3,640,804.
Chemetron Corporation i>f—
Couch, Richard W ,Jr , and Dean, Robert C .Jr .3,641,308
Chemical Refiners. Inc See —
Cooper. James R . 3,640.703
Chemische Werke Huls Akiiengesellschaft: See—
Michcls, Aldred.and Bittscheidt. Josef, 3,640,919
Chen, Arthur C M , to General Electric Company Beam addressable
mass storage using thin film with bistable electrical conductivity
3.641,510, CI 340-173
Chevron Research Company. See—
Bakker, Nicolaas, 3,640,855
Csicsery, Sigmund M , Hickson, Donald A , and Jaffe, Joseph,
3,640,904
Jaffe, Joseph, and Kittrell, James R , 3,64 1 ,096
Marquis, David M , and Sweeney, William A, 3,641,131
Olund,Sven A , 3,640,856
Chiarolanza, Generoso, and Chiarolanza, Joseph. Selectively lockable
floating snowplow mount 3,640,005, CI 37-42.
Chiarolanza, Joseph iVf—
Chiarolanza, Generoso, and Chiarolanza* Joseph, 3,640,005
Chicago Display Company: See—
Snyder. Alan K. 3,640.389
Chicago Rawhide Manufacturing Co See —
Mowal, Keith B , and Hcyn, William O , 3,640,542.
Chien, Alex Anti-flat tire device 3,640,329. CI I 52-205
Chien, James C W , and Schwarz, Robert J , to Hercules incorporated
Flame retardant polymers of propylene 3,640.946, CI 260-41
Chikanari, Kenichi See—
Inamura, Seiichi, Kondo, Yusuke, Akita, Minoru, and Chikanari.
Kenichi. 3.640, 509
Childress, Scott J , and Szabo, J Lester, to American Home Products
Corporation 2-Lower alkanoyloxy-N-sulfonylbenzamides.
3,641,1 14, CI 260-479.
Childress, Scott J See—
Sellstedt, John H , and Childre&s, Scott J ,3,64 1 ,000
Chiosi, Louis See—
McNally, Francis X ,andChiosi, Louis, 3, 64 1 ,353.
Chirash, William, and Burke, Richard Lerda, to Colgate-Palmoluc
Company Alkaline detergent composition 3,640.878. CI 252-99
Chisholm. Daniel R . Solomon, Jack M , and Isbitsky. Bernard, to
Witco Chemical Corporation. Liquid phase process for the produc-
tion of N-alkyI morpholines. 3,64 1 ,022, CI 260-247
Chow, Roberta C L See—
Marvel, Carl S , and Chow, Roberta C. L .3,640,927
Chow. Sui-Wu, and Smarook, Walter H , to Union Carbide Corpt)ra-
tion lonically interacting polymers 3,640,838, CI 161-190
Christiansen, Godtfred K , to A/S Modulex Slide-bar assembly having
complementary slidable members 3,640,01 7. CI 46-23
Chromalloy American Corporation See—
Dabrush. Charles, and Strauss. Irvin. 3, 639.992
Palmenberg. Edward C . 3.639,994
Chu. Ge Yao. to Wang Laboratories Wiring loom 3.639,965. CI. 29-
203
Ciba Corporation See—
Anner. Georg. and Meystre. Charles. 3,64 1 ,069
Anner, Georg, and Ehmann. Ludwig. 3,64 1 ,070.
Bencze. William Laszlo. 3.641 ,1 10
Huebner. Charles Ferdinand. 3.641,179.
Ciba Limited See—
Ball, Alan, Hayes, Barry James, and Matthews, Albert John,
3,641,195
Froehlich, Alfred, 3,641,1 16
Heer. Alfred, and Metzger, Karl. 3,64 1 ,064
Hegar,Gert, 3,640,993
Matter, Erich, 3,64 1 ,044
Porret, Daniel, Habermeier. Juergen. and Batzer. Hans.
3,640,910
Schmid, Rolf, Bucher, Ingnd, Fisch, Willy, and Batzer, Hans,
3,641,194
Ciba-Geigy Corporation See—
Petree, Harris E .3,641,025
Ciesia, Stanley F : 5*^ —
Jursich, Myron J.; and Ciesia, Stanley F ,3.640,766.
Cincinnati Milacron Chemicals Inc See—
Weisfeld. Lewis B . 3.640.950
Cini. Adrian V See—
Bauman. Joseph F , Kurtz, Edward. Jr . Cini. Adrian V . and An-
trobus. Robert E .3.640.312
Circle Engineering Co., Inc See —
Solomon. Milton. 3.640.584.
Cities Service Oil Company See—
Rakow. Marvin S . and Konig. Robert J , 3,640,692
Citroen. Armand. to Societe Nationale d'Etude et de Construction de
Moteurs d'Aviation Automobile vehicle 3.640,545, CI 280- 1 24.
Citroen S A.: See—
Cadiou, JeanG , 3,639,943
Clairmonte Bros., Limited: See—
Clairmonte, Edward Hugh. 3.640.292.
Clairmonte. Edward Hugh, to Clairmonte Bros.. Limited Automatic
pay out device 3,640,292, CI 133-5
Clark. Duncan, and Hayden, Percy, to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited Production of ethers 3. 64 1. 1 62. CI 260-614
Clark, Richard B. Morris. Hugh C. and Whitehurst. Gerald E. to
Caterpillar 1 ractor Co Control system for hydrodynamic rctarder
3.640,359. CI 192-3
Clarke. James F , and Dcprcz. Thomas A , to Gleason Works, The
Method for grinding H)<)thcd faced members 3,640,030, CI 51-325
Clarke, Michael Raymond, and Filipowicz, Leon, to Balm Paints
Limited Cross-linkable derivatives of an addition polymer in a sub-
stantially non-pt)lar organic liquid 3.640. 93 I, CI 260-23
Cless. CJerhard. and De Boo, Jerome L , to Teletype Corporation Elec-
trodynamic transducer 3,64 1. 583. CI 346-29'
Cline. Charles D See—
Linderman. Roger C .and Cline, Charles D .3.640.823.
Cl<.)ud. William S . Jr lubc-forming packaging machine 3.640.0^1.
CI 53-178
Coackley. Robert. Reynolds. Michael Leslie, and Rtnigers. Clive
Douglas, to National Research Development Corporation Infrared
radiometer apparatus for detecting clear air turbulence from an air-
craft 3.64I.345.CI 250-83 3
Coates. Clarence A , Jr : See —
Weaver. Max A . Pridgcn, Herman S , and Coates. Clarence A ,
Jr .3.640.995
Coates. William M : See—
Corrigan. John R.. and Coates. William M .3.64 1.058
Coats, John H.: See—
Argoudelis. Alexander D . and Coats. John H .3.641.244
Coba Corporation See —
Carney. Richard William James, and Dc Stevens. George.
3.641.040
Cuba-Geigy Corporation See
Schindler, W alter, and Blattner, Hans, 3,64 1 ,056.
Cobb. Raymond L , to Phillips Petroleum Company Production of
esters bv catalvtic conversion of o-organooxy hydroperoxides
3.641.075. CI 260-410
Coca-Cola Companv. The: See —
Rodth. Joseph J . 3,640,433.
Cochren. Donald R See—
Gardner. Lawrence J., and Cochren. Donald R .3.640,83 1 .
Coffin. Leon B See—
Lawrence. Willis G . and Coffin. Leon B .3,641.229
Cohen. Fred Michael See —
I conard. Ronald James; and Cohen. Fred Michael. 3.640, 340.
Cohen, Howard S See —
Armel, Jack. Kogan. Mark, and Cohen. Howard S .3.641.342
Cohen. Hyman L, to Eastman Kodak Company. Non-wandering
hardening compounds and their use 3,640,720. CI 96-1 I I
Cohen. Lawrence See—
Hullinger. Clifford H ; Cohen. Lawrence, and Yui, Ntwyuki Hen-
ry.3.640. 842
Cole, Frank J : See—
Reed, William A , and Cole, Frank J ,3,640,762
Cole. John Charles O See—
llnyckyj, Stephan, Cole, John Charles O , Feldman, Nicholas, and
Strickland. Barney R ,3.640.691
Cole. Raymond See —
Wieland, Rt)man G , Weber, A. John, Bearfield, Clair A., and
Cole, Raymond. 3. 640.520
Colgate-Palmolive Company See —
Chirash, William, and Burke. Richard Lerda. 3,640,878
Costello, Christopher Hollet, 3,640,274
Gray, Frederick William, 3,640,874
Januszewski, Joseph Paul, and Bahouth, Tayseer George,
3,641,2 38
Colinet, Andre, Mercier, Jacques; and Pernoud, Claude, to Regie Na-
tionale des Usines Renault, and Automobiles Peugeot Heating and
ventilation systems of vehicles 3,640,457, CI 237-123
Collings, Lawrence V.: See—
Bucaram. Salim M . and Collings, Lawrence V ,3,640,824
Collins, Howard W., to Integrated Building Industry, Inc Method and
apparatus for continuouslv making truss elements. 3,641,303, CI.
219-56
Collins Radio Company See —
Lundgreen, Michael W . and Denniston. Rollin H., 3,641 .572.
Collins, Richard D See—
Dill. Harrv L and Collins, Richard D ,3,640.243.
Februarys. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Colorado Leisure Products. Inc : See—
Bargman. Dale L . Jr , 3,640,502
Colson, James Guilbert, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company.
Polybenzimidazolecarboxamides and process. 3.640,956, CI 260-
47
Coman, William E , to Bendix Corporation, The Electrical demand
priority circuit. 3,641, 392, CI 317-13.
Combustion Engineering, Inc.: See—
Mullen, Joseph F., 3,640,232
Commercial Mechanisms, Inc : See—
Hunsicker, Paul Robert, 3,640,262
Commercial Solvents Corporation; See—
Stephan, John T ; and Golick. Alex James, 3.640,740
Toops, Emory Earl, Jr., 3.640.697
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Corporation: See—
Tauber, Elisha. and Murray, Maxwell John, 3.640,754
Compagnie Electro-Mecanique: See—
LeHenaff. Jacques, 3.641.378
Compagnie Francaise de Raffinage: See—
Glunlz, Claude, Meyer, Pierre, and Peyrot, Jean, 3.640,982
Compagnie Francaise des Petroles See—
Le Therisien, Louis G , and Marion, Henri A.. 3.640.079.
Serrano. Francisco M., 3,640,078
Compagnie Generale d'Automatisme:i«—
Noetinger, Philippe J.. 3,640,367.
Compagnie Generale d'Electricite:5ff —
Tocquec. Yves, 3,641 ,577
Compagnie Generale d'Electronique Industrielle Lepaute. CGEI-
Lepaute:.$*f—
Braillard. Pierre L , Moreuil, Jean-Louis, and Steru, Marius,
3,640.002.
composed of Motl. Ralph Beach, Sr . See—
Mott, Ralph B , Sr . Mott, Ralph B , Jr.. and Cantella. Richard C ,
3,639.944
Conklin, Wayne A.: See—
Avery, Lowell R., and Conklin, Wayne A. .3,640,873
Conklin, Winfred S.: See—
Yates. Lester R , Dorsey, Charles M , Jr. Howell, John B.,
Conklin, Winfred S , Sawicki. Joseph J.. Shepherd. Reeves T ,
and Soares, Silvio, 3, 64 1 .434
Conley, Walter R , and Culp, Gordon L , to Neptune Microfloc, Incor-
porated. Removal of fioc from settling device 3,640,387, CI 210-
73.
Connectronics Corporation: iff—
Bonhomme, Francois Robert, 3,64 1 ,483.
Conrad, Lawrence H , to Minnesota Minning and Manufacturing Com-
pany. Three element microphotographic objective lens. 3,640,606,
CI 350-226.
Conrad, Lawrence H , to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany Three element microphotographic objective lens 3,640,607,
CI 350-226.
Constable, Geoffrey Ernest Patrick, to Smiths Industries Limited. Ac-
cess-control equipment and item-dispensing systems including such
equipment 3.641, 497, CI 340-149.
Container Corporation of America: See—
Dosi, Giovanni E, 3,640,575
Durham, Robert E , 3,640,445
Continental Oil Company: See—
Groves, William L , Jr , 3,640,882
Johnson, Morris A, and Yang, Kang, 3,641,172
l.undeen, Allan J , and Yates, James F , 3,641 ,085.
McDonald Edward Harvey, and Banks, William P , 3,640,802
Portwood, Owen, Jr , Starks, Charles M , and Washecheck. Paul
H .3.641,163
Control Data Corporation: See—
La Tourrette, James T , Newstein. Maurice C; and Rabinowitz.
Paul J ,3,641,458
Mayer, William N ,3,641,299.
Controlled Power Corporation See—
Koltuniak, Michael A , and Urquhart, Thomas N , 3,641,419.
Conway, Daniel E.: See—
Conway. Edward M; and Conway, Daniel E ,3,640,421
Conway, Edward M ; and Conway, Daniel E , to Conway-Cleveland
Corporation Drawer construction for card files and the like
3,640,42 I, CI. 220-22 3
Conway-Cleveland Corporation: See—
Conway, Edward M , and Conway, Daniel E , 3,640.42 I
Cook, Elton S, and Berberich, Norbert J, Jr , to Stanley Drug
Products, Inc Methods of treating bacterial infections 3,641,247,
CI 424-21 I.
Cook, Robert G.: See—
Bagley. Donald H , and Cook, Robert G. 3,639,959
Cook, William C; and Hogan, Walter J , to International Business
Machines Corporation Multiplexed video generation 3,641 ,558, CI.
340-324.
Cooper, Alfred, to Expanded Rubber & Plastics Ltd. Production of
foamed polyethylene. 3.640,9 1 5, CI 260-2 5
Cooper, James M.: See—
Laenen, Nicholas M. and Cooper. James M. 3,640.653
Cooper. James R , to Chemical Refiners, Inc Cyclic integrated copper
process. 3.640.703, CI 75-101
Cooper. Robin D. G.; See—
Murphy, Charles F; Webber, J Alan, Kaiser, Gary V , Van
Heyningen, Earle M , Wright, ian G.; and Cooper, Robin D
G. 3.641.014.
Copeland. John Alexander, III. to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incor-
porated Magnetic domain logic arrangement 3,641,518, CI 340-
174
Coppen, Alec James, and Metral, Jean-Pierre, to Dclandale Laborato-
ries Limited Dosage unit sustained release oral powdered lithium
salt composition for manic depressive or depressive illness
prophylactic therapy 3,641 ,236, CI. 424-19
Corbett, John Frank, and Amery, Geoffrey Wilfred, to Gillette Com-
pany, The, Process of synthesizing N-monoalkyl picramic acids
3.641,154, CI 260-571.
Corlett, Ewan Chnstian Brew, to Hydroconic Limited Ducted
propeller systems for marine vessels, 3. 640, 071, CI 60-221.
Cornelius, George W Evaporative loss control apparatus 3,640.257,
CI 123-136.
Cornelius, Kenneth R.: See—
Artz, Walter M , Cornelius, Kenneth R , Olson, John W . Signor,
Gary R.,and Slojkowski, Francis E .3,641,505
Cornforth, David Arthur, Waddan, Dhafir Yusuf, and Williams, Derek,
to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Process for the catalytic
dimerization of acrylonitrile 3,641,106, CI 260-465 8
Corrigan, John R., and Coates, William M . to Mead Johnson &. Com-
pany Oxitiation process employing dipyridinium dichromaie
3,64 1,058, CI. 260-340.5
Corson, Fred P.: See—
Pews, R Garth, and Corson, Fred P .3.64 1 ,004
Cortona, Alessandro, and Calano, Giuseppe, to Olivetti, Ing C , &. C ,
S.p A Electromechanical transducer for selecting printing elements.
3,641, 269, CI, 178-27.
Cortona, Alessandro, Musso, Pietro, Saltini, Fabrizio, and Fiorenza,
Giorgio, to Olivetti, Ing., C , & C , S p.A Machine for processing
magnetic ledger cards 3,64 1 ,3 1 7, CI 235-61 11
Costello, Christopher Hollet, to Colgate-Palmolive Company. Eye-
spraying device having mirror. 3,640,274. CI. I 28- 173.
Costello, John P. See—
Kipping, Vernon L , 3,641 ,334
Costello, Raymond M . and Bcckman, Eugene B , to Foster Wheeler
Corporation Steam temperature control spray system 3,640,250,
CI 122-406.
Cotelle, Marie-Josephe Decorative building element 3,640,796, CI.
161-43
Cotter, William L. 5ff—
Reiss, Martin H, and Cotter, William L, 3.641. 547.
Cotton. John J.: See—
O'Neal, John E, 3,639,982
Couch, Richard W , Jr , and Dean, Robert C , Jr , to Chemetron Cor-
poration, mesne Plasma arc torch having liquid laminar flow jet for
arc constriction. 3 ,64 1 ,308 , CI 2 1 9- 1 2 1
Courtaulds Limited See—
Betts, Max William, and Robinson. Frank. 3.640,096.
Betts, Max William, and Robinson, Frank, 3.640.097.
Crampsey. Edward, 3,640,942
Higgins, Francis J., 3,641.249.
Courtenay. Jerzy Leon: See—
Neal, Francis John. Courtenay, Jerzy Leon; and Simmons, John
Richard, 3, 640,092.
Cowley, Mike L G Can mounted pump device 3,640,432, CI 222-82
Cox, Duncan B , Jr , and Fertig, Kenneth, to Massachusetts Institute of
Technology Position measuring transducer comprising a stator and
relatively movable fiux altering member 3.64 1.429, CI 324-34
Coyne. Merton W . and Palauro. Dieter K . to Gardner-Denver Com-
pany Force pulse shaping member for pycrcussion tool. 3,640.351,
CI 173-105.
CPC International Inc See—
Armbruster. Frederick Carl, and Jacaway, William Arthur. Jr .
3,640,847
Linderman, Roger C , and Cline, Charles D , 3,640,823
Crabb, Clarence R , and McDonald, Leighion S , to Dow Chemical
Company, The Stabilization of chlorinated solvents 3,641.169. CI
260-652 5
Crafford, Thomas J., Shilo, Alexander 1 . and Cary. Harry W . Jr , to
Crafford Tool & Die Co Automatic chain cutting machine
3.640.164. CI 83-67.
Crafford Tool & Die Co : See—
Crafford. Thomas J.. Shilo. Alexander 1 . and Cary. Harry W., Jr..
3,640,164.
Craig, Mordecai R.: See—
Altman, Murray, Craig, Mordecai R ; and Block, Irwin
H ,3,640,010 '
Crail, Gordon C Luggage spotter 3,640.008, CI. 40-2.
Cramer. Robert B : See—
Schenbelen, David F, and Cramer. Robert B .3.641,216
Crampsey, Edward, to Courtaulds Limited Manufacture of delustred
nylon f'llaments. 3.640,942. CI 260-37
Crandall. Nelson: See—
Blount. Charles. Jr , and Crandall, Nelson. 3.640. 102.
Crawley Machinery Co.: See—
Sarrmg. Ernest J., 3,640,372.
Creed & Company Limited: See—
Mason, Frederick Percival. and Waren, Frank Arthur Oakley.
3.640.247
Cregeen. Derek, to U.S. Philips Corporation Channel intensificr glass
compositions. 3.641,382, CI. 3 13-105
Crener, Bengt Olof, Anderson, Erik Arne, and Ernolf, Stig Carl-Oskar,
to Aktiebolaget Electrolux, Combination surface treating and suc-
tion cleaning apparatus 3,639,939, CI 1 5-320
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8, 1972
CreskofT, Jacob J , to Vacuum Concrete Corporation of America. Flex-
ible vacuum lifter. 3,640.562. CI. 294-65
Creusat-Loire See—
Bouchet.Jean, 3,640,701
Cricchi, James R., and Lancaster. Edgar D , Jr . to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation Complementary MOSFET integrated circuit
memory 3,641,511. CI 340-173
Critchley, Anthony Francis Ewart See—
Whitehead, Cecil Thomas, and Critchley. Anthony Francis
Ewart, 3,64 1,502.
Crosby, John J ; See—
Meyfarth.HerbertJ, and Crosby. John J ,3.640,112.
Cross, Walter G See—
Lynas, Derek L , and Cross. Walter G..3.64 1 .550
Crovetti, Aldo J See—
Horrom, Bruce W.. Crovetti, Aldo J ; and Viste. Kenneth
L ,3,640,699
Crowhurst. David B , and Thomas, John E , to Lindsay Specialty
Products Limited. Directional communication signal tap 3,641 .464.
CI 333-10.
Csaba. Gyorgy. See—
Korosi, Jeno, and Csaba, Gyorgy, 3, 64 1 ,016
Csicsery. Sigmund M . Hickson, Donald A , and Jaffe, Joseph, to
Chevron Research Company Catalyst comprising layered crystalline
clay-tyf)e aluminosilicate component, and method of activating said
catalyst 3.640.904. CI 252-455
Cuckovic. Milenko: See-
Stafford, Richard W, and Cuckovic, .Milenko, 3.640. 142.
Culbertson, Billy M , McKillip, William J , and Sedor, Edv^ard A . to
Ashland Oil, Inc Vinyl aromatic aminimides 3,641,145, CI. 260-
558
Culbertson, Billy M See—
McKillip, William J , Culbertson. Billy M . and Impola, Clarence
N .3.640,676
Cullen, Robert E , to Eastman Kodak Company Apparatus for sensing
and counting images disposed on information bearing media having
an added 3, 64 1.503, CI 340-172 5
Culp, Gordon L. See—
Conley. Waller R , and Culp. Gordon L ,3.640.387
Cunning, Alfred C , and Wolverton. Harry D . to General Motors Cor-
poration. Throttle valve gauge. 3,640. 128, CI 73-1 18
Cupp, Frederick B , and Whiting. John S , to General Dynamics Cor-
poration Information handling system especially for magnetic
recording and reproducing of digital data 3,641 ,506,CI 340-172 5
Cupples, Barrett L , and Murphy, Clarence R , to Gulf Research &
Development Company. Separation of alkyl bromides from the cor-
responding carbon number alcohol by distillation with water
3,640,852, CI. 203-96.
Curry, Robert W.iee-
Stults, Richard L , and Curry, Robert W ,3.64 1 .266.
Curtiss-W right Corporation: See—
Leiner, Robert L , and Avena. Salvatore, 3.640, 1 50
Cushman, Glenn F . Prasad, Brijeshwan,. and Wisleder, Robert W , to
Litton Systems, Inc Correction circuit for converters 3,64 1 .563, CI
340-347
Cutler, Joel L , and Glickman, Joel I Wireless alarm system
3.641, 540. CI. 340-224
Cutler. Joel L., and Glickman, Joel L., to Transalarm Electronics. Inc
Alarm system 3,641.425. CI 340-224
Cutler-Hammer, Inc : See—
Elliot, William H , and Small. Isadore, III, 3.641 ,397
Dabrit2. Erich, Schafer, Werner. Grewe. Ferdinand, and Scheinpflug,
Hans, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft N-( 1 .3-thiazol-2-
yl )-dithiocarbamic acid derivatives 3,64 1 ,043, CI. 260-306.8
Dabrush, Charles, and Strauss. Irvm. to Chromalloy American Cor-
poration. Chord length gauge. 3.639,992, CI 33-1 74
Dahlin, Erik B . to Measurex Corporation Method for measuring the
amount of substance associated with a base material 3,64 1 ,349, CI
250-83 3
Dake, James O., Jr See-
Kaufman, Martin H . O'Drobinak. John D . and Dake, James O .
Jr ,3,640,070
Dallmann. Bruno: See—
Brotz, Walter, and Dallmann, Bruno, 3, 640, 828
Dalzell, Darwm Allen, to Michigan Chemical Corporation Production
of flame retardant polypropylene compositions 3.640,949, CI. 260-
45 75
Damon Corporation See-
Ferrari, Andres, 3.640,388
Hurtig, Carl R ; Ferrari. Andres; and Khoury. Amin J , 3.640,267
Hurtig, Carl R ,3,640,393.
Dancy, Robert C , Jr , to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company Ap-
paratus for making intravenous or intra-arterial injections
3,640.276. CI. 128-214
Darbonville, Pierre Justin Auguste. Plant for closure of foundry
moulds 3,640,335, CI 164-339
Darley, Henry C H . to Shell Oil Company Stabilization of hard shaly
formations with alkali metal silicate. 3.640.343. CI. 166-292
Darling, Thomas W , to Turner Brothers Asbestos Company Limited
Chrysotile asbestos fiber reinforced polymers of propylene
3,640.929, CI 260-23
Darr, Donald E,. Edwards. G Byron. Loehr. Clifford E , and Young,
Elgin E., to PPG Industries, Inc Method of preparing pigmentary
titanium dioxide 3,640,745, CI 106-300.
Dart, Edward Charles: See —
Foster. Richard Gregory; Joy. David Richard; Hepworth, Paul,
and Dart, Edward Charles, 3,64 1.173.
Data Display Systems, Inc.: See—
Di Vita, Phihp S.; Powers. Earl N.. and Werneth, Charles J.,
3,641,509.
Dathe. Christian: See —
Muller. Richard, Frey, Hans; and Dathe, Christian, 3,64 1 ,082
Davenport, William G.: See-
Reiner, Joel Russell; Preusch. William J , and Davenport, William
G ,3,640,233.
Davis. Bernard J., to Reichhold Chemicals, Inc Vinyl toluene-alpha
methyl styrene copolymers and method of preparing the same.
3.640,98 I, CI 260-88 2
Davis, Gary F , Jr. Black and white television camera expandable to a
color television camera. 3,64 1 ,256, CI 1 78-5 4
Davis, Hugh J Method and device for biopsy sf>ecimen collecting and
handling 3.640,268, CI 128-2
Davis. Jerry L See —
Harlan. Martin L . Davis. Jerry L . and Nyland, Lloyd
A ,3,640,325
Davis, Martin A . and Dobson, Thomas A , to Ayerst, McKenna and
Harrist>n, Limited 10,1 1 -Dihydro- l0.5-(iminomethano)-5H-
dibenzo a.d cyclohepten- lU-OI. acid addition salts thereof, and
process for preparing same 3.64 1 ,038, CI 260-289.
Davis, Tyler B . to Bancroft Racket Company Reinforcing facing for a
strung racket 3,640,533, CI 273-73
Davis, William W , and Osc, Earl E., to Lilly, Eli, and Company
Tylosin-polvoxvethylenc compositions for controlling mycoplasma
infections 3, 64 1,241, CI 424-120.
D E.A Digital Electronic Automation Societa per Azioni See—
Sartorio. Franco. 3.639,993.
Dean, Robert C . Jr : See-
Couch. Richard W .Jr .and Dean, Robert C ,Jr ,3,641,308.
Dc Boo, Jerome L. See—
Cless, Gerhard, and De Boo, Jerome L .3,641 .583
DcCasperis. Anthony J . to Pfizer Inc Process for stabilizing fowl red
blocxl cells 3.640,896. CI 252-408
Deeds, Douglas Composite structural core assembly. 3.640,798, CI.
161-68
Deering Milliken Research Corporation: See —
Tisdale, Alfonso. 3.640.3 I 5
Dehne, Axel G . to Hughes Aircraft Company Cryogenic refrigerator
cycle 3,640,082. CI 62-6
Deinet, Adolph J , and Klein. David X , to Tenneco Chemicals, Inc
Process for the prinJuction of aromatic hvdroxyaldchydes.
3,64 1. 158. CI 260-600
Delalande S A : See—
Fauran. Claude P , Raynaud, Guy M . Oliver. Rene A . and Dou-
zon. Colette A , 3,641.036
Pourrias. Bernard. Huet, Yves, and Pomarct, Carlos. 3,641.124.
Delandalf Laboratories Limited See—
Coppen. .Alec James, and Mctral, Jean-Pierre. 3,641 ,236
De Langis. Philip A Apparatus for electrotherapy of the puboctK-
cygcus. 3,640,284, CI 128-422.
Delano. Roger A : See—
Schofield. John Allan, and Delano. Roger A ,3.640,884
Dclgado. Jiisc M R Huid-conducting instrument insertable in living
organisms 3,640,269. CI 128-2
Del Rosso. Victor, to Hi-Speed Checkweigher Co., Inc Apparatus for
weigh! cia-ssitying odd shaped articles. 3,640,384, CI. 209-74.
Deltrol Ciirporation See —
Harris. John L ,3,640,085
De Ment, Jack Optical mtxJulation by iluidic optics utilizing chromatic
aberration 3,64 1 ,354, CI. 250-2 16.
De Mcts, Albert Press, particularly for forming fibre plates 3,640,660.
CI 18-16
Demler. Henry William. Sr . to AMP Incorporated. Fluid coupling with
connection and scaling feature 3.640.309, CI 137-614 04
Demler. Henry William. Sr . and Weist. Edward Landis. said Demler
assor to AMP Incorporated Vacuum or pressure coupling devices
3.640.552. CI 285-1 10.
Deninger. Wolfgang See—
Elmers. Erich, Deninger. Wolfgang; and Alt. Bernhard.3,641 ,203.
DenkiOnkyoCo Ltd : .See—
Katayama, Shitomi, and Horikawa, Hideichi. 3,640,97 I
Denley, Ronald S , to Teletype Corporation. Function performing
mechanism 3,640.370. CI 197-114
Denniston. Rt)llin H.: See—
Lundgreen, Michael W , and Denniston, Rollin H ,3,641 ,572.
Deprez, Thomas A See-
Clarke. James F.. and Deprez, Thomas A ,3,640,030
deRooij, Abraham H . to Stamicarbon N V. Cyclic process for the
preparation of an oxime from a hydroxyl-ammonium salt solution
3,641,150, CI 260-566.
Derouin, Gerald J See--
Girard, Christian F , and Derouin, Gerald J .3,640. 1 25.
De Ruggieri: See—
Nathansohn. Giangiacomo. Odasso. Gianfranco. De Ruggieri. and
Guzzi, Umberto,3,641,007.
De Sandre, Giovanni, and Garziera. Gastone. to Olivetti. Ing., C , & C,
S.p A Electronic computer keyboard control. 3.641,329, CI. 235-
156.
Descant, .Mark Louver door sander 3,640.03 I , CI 5 I -39 1 .
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI II
De Stevens. George; See-
Carney. Richard William James; and De Stevens,
George. 3.641. 040
Dethloff, Jurgen. and Grottrup. Helmut Identification system
3.641.316.C1. 235-61 7
Detweiler. John R.. Jr.. and Tummala. Rao R , to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation. Borosilicate glass composition.
3,640.738, CI. 106-54
Deutsch Fastener Corporation: See—
Burt. John, 3.640.327
Gulistan.Buleni, 3.639.971
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler: See—
Goldmann, Gerhard, 3,640,696.
Deutsche Gold-und Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler: See-
Lea. Hans. 3.640,5 10.
de Varda, Giorgio: See—
Perna, Aldo, and de Varda, Giorgio, 3, 641 ,275.
Dever, James L., and Hodan, James J , to Hooker Chemical Corpora-
tion Process for preparing cyclic phosphorohalidites. 3,64 1 ,225, CI.
260-976.
Diesel Kiki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Isobe, Hiroshi, Aoki, Hachiro, and Tanaka, Noritoshi, 3,640,258.
DieU, Albert, Goodspeed, Neil C , and May, Russell R , Jr , to PPG In-
dustries, Inc. Titanium dioxide of improved chalk resistance.
3,640,744, CI 106-300.
Dietz, Johannes. Refuse disposal arrangement 3,640,495, CI. 248-101
Dill, Douglas W , to Johnson, S C , & Son, Inc. Foam producing com-
positions 3,640,916, CI 260-2 5
Dill, Harry L , and Collins, Richard D , to Maryland Cup Corporation
Machine for manufacturing a novelty ice cream product. 3,640,243,
CI 1 18-24.
Dilot, Rolf Nagnus, to AB Akerlund & Rausing Method of making a
package, comprising an outer carton blank with aligning and pro-
vided with means preventing wedging. 3,640,1 88, CI 93-36 01
Dils, Curtis C, Jr. Method and apparatus for making and placing light
weight. 3,640,51 1, CI 259-148.
Di Luca. Henry: See-
Fulton, Thomas Philip, and Di Luca, Henry, 3, 640, 767
Dimitroff, Dimiter V., to Bristol-Myers Company Split die for extrud-
ing laminated tubing. 3,640,659, CI. 425-1 33.
Dinges, Karl: See—
Ott, Karl Heinz, Schuster, Herbert, Meckel, Walter, DInges, Karl;
and Muller. Erwin, 3,641, 209
Weitzel, Hans, Dinges, Karl, Gobel, Wilhelm, and Hardt,
Dietrich,3,64l2 06.
Dirke Computer Systems Corporation: See —
Dirks, Gerhard, 3,641,528. ' „-'^'
Dirks, Gerhard, to Dirke Computer Systems Corporation, mesne
Signal storing device with removable signal storing unit 3,641,528,
CI 340-174 1
Di Stefano, Ralph David, and James. Edward Anthony, to RCA Cor-
poration Selective deposition of metal 3.640.765. CI. 1 I 7-21 2.
Distler, Harry; and Widder, Rudi, to Badische Anilin- &. Soda-Fabrik
Aktiengesellschaft Production of sulfitobetaines. 3.641,07 2. CI
260-401.
Dittmar, Bruce I , to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company. Alkyl
l-( substituted alkylideneaminooxycarbonyl)-2- benzimidazolecar-
bamates. 3,64 1.048. CI 260-309.2'
Di Vita. Philip S , Powers. Earl N , and Werneth, Charles J . to Data
Display Systems. Inc Digital data analysis and display device
3.641,509. CI. 340-173
Dixie Size and Chemical Co : See-
Buckley, Herman T , 3,64 1 .073.
Dixon, Christopher George Piers See-
Jenkins, Derek Keith, and Dixon. Christopher George
Piers.3.64l.l76
Dixon. Rod P , to United States of America, Atomic Energy Commis-
sion. Recovery of geothermal energy by means of under- ground
nuclear detonations. 3,640.336, CI 165-1
Dobson. Thomas A : See-
Davis. Martin A , and Dobson, Thomas A ,3.641 ,038.
Doehler, Emil J. Vehicle safety guard. 3.640,572. CI 297-390.
Dokopoulos, Petros. to Kernforschungsanlage Julich Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung. High-current high-voltage switch with incisor
electrode. 3.64 1 .289. CI. 200-6 1 08
Dollase. William R . to Case. J I . Company Differential lock with
pressure modulating exhaust valve 3,640,360. CI 192-4
Dombro. Robert A.: See—
Schmerling. Louis, and Dombro, Robert A. ,3, 64 1 ,165.
Donaghu, Fay J , to Kerr McGee Chemical Corporation. Peroxygen
composition containing an alkali metal silicate and an organic acid
anhydride 3,640,876, CI. 252-99.
Dorplastex AG.: See—
Hanslik, Wilhelm, 3,640,669.
Dorsey, Charles M , Jr : See—
Yates, Lester R, Dorsey, Charles M , Jr , Howell, John B ,
Conklin, Winfred S , Sawicki, Joseph J , Shepherd, Reeves T.,
and Soares, Silvio, 3, 64 1 ,434
Dosi, Giovanni E., to Container Corporation of America. Article of
furniture formed from paperboard. 3,640,575, CI. 297-440.
Dostantni, Albert: See—
Pacault, Pierre H., and Dostantni, Albert, 3,640, 339.
Douglas, Lawrence M , and Eriichman, Irving, to Polaroid Corpora-
tion. Film advancing apparatus. 3,640,200, CI. 95-19.
Douglas, Robert A Apparatus for and method of manufacturing dif-
fraction gratings 3,639,991, CI 33-19
Douglas, Robert D Radar range mark calibrator. 3,641,574, CI. 343-
17.7
Douzon, Colette A.: See—
Fauran, Claude P , Raynaud, Guy M.; Oliver, Rene A.; and Dou-
zon, Colette A ,3,64 1 ,036.
Dover Molded Products Company See-
Williams, Robert J , 3,640,4 1 8
Dow Chemical Company: See—
Avery. Lowell R.; and Conklin, W ayne A . 3,640.873
Dow Chemical Company, The; See-
Anderson, Richard W , and Frick, Hughie R , 3,64 1 ,020.
Bublitz, Donald E, 3.64 1,037
Cerra, Peter A. 3.640,91 3
Crabb. Clarence R.and McDonald. Leighton S , 3,641,169
Hall. Richard H . Roberts, Carleton W., Sikkema. Andrew J . and
Lawson. Junior J.. 3,64 1 .208
Jones, Giffin D; and Roth, Harold H . 3,640,909.
Levine. Leonard. 3.64 1 .033.
Narayana, Munisamappa. Keskkula. Henno. and Mason. Jerry E .
3.641.212.
Pews. R Garth, and Corson, Fred P , 3,64 1 .004
Pews, Richard Garth, Hand, Clare R , and Roberts. Carleton W ,
3,641,160.
Schenbelen, David F. and Cramer, Robert B ,3,641.216.
Schneider. John A . and Moran, John B . 3.640,857.
Sheetz, David P., 3, 640,922
Stowe. Robert A. and Martin, Irvin J . 3,641,180
Strange, Carl P.; and Liu, Gordon Y T , 3,64 1,211.
Tomalia, Donald A., and Thomas. Robert J , 3.640.957.
Trepanier, Donald L , and Krieger. Paul E , 3,641,019.
Dow Corning Corporation See —
Mohrlok, Sharon R., 3.64 1 .239
Draber. Wilfried: See—
Buchel. Karl-Heinz; Draber. Wilfried. Hammann. Ingeborg. and
Unterstenhofer. Gunter.3,64 1 ,098
Dracon Industries: See-
Drake. King B, 3.641 .476. \
Draiswerke G.m.b.H: See— I
Engels.Kaspar. 3.640.476 ^
Drake. King B . to Dracon Industries Telephone terminal clip-on pro-
tector 3.64 1, 476. CI. 339-36
Dreier, Donald E.. See—
Miles, Edwin R, and Dreier. Donald E ,3.640. 132
,Drejza, John E . to International Business Machines Corporation Print
hammer control means for pivotallv mounted type members
3,640,217, CI 101-93
. Droste. Wilhelm: See —
Scharf. Hans-Dieter. Droste. Wilhelm, and Liebig. Rita, 3.64 1 ,057
Drummond, Linwood E.: See—
Roudabush. Robert L , and Drummond. Linwood E .3.641 .108
Drzala. Raymond J , to Allied Thermal Corporation Apparatus for
balancing fluid distribution dystems. 3.640,307. CI I 37-557.
Dubois, Robert: See—
Westerkamp. Hugo, and Dubois. Robert. 3. 64 1 .284.
Ducote. Nolan J Retractable mud flaps for dump trucks and trailers
3.640.577, CI 298-1
Duffy, Joseph J ; and Sims, Stuart Donald, to Hadron. Inc Thermome-
ter trimming method and apparatus 3.64 1 .307. CI 219-121
Duncan. Carolyn L.: See-
Duncan. William D .and Duncan. Carolyn L .3.639.945
Duncan. Leslie C V., to Southbourne Rubber Company Limited Plug
or stopper for the open ends of tubular metal appliances 3,640,496.
CI 248-188 9
Duncan, Richard D., and Salzano. George H . to United Slates of
America, Atomic Energy Commission Tube spacer tool 3,640.1 15.
CI 72-393.
Duncan, William D , and Duncan. Carolyn L Poultry cutter.
3,639,945, CI 17-11
Dunlop Company Limited, The: See —
Mitchell, William Eric, 3,639,964 -
Dunlop Holdings Limited See—
Jenkins. Peter J , and Neller, William C .3.640.371.
Du Pontde Nemours, E. I . and Company See —
Agolini, Franco. 3.64 1 .2 17.
Anderson. Daniel Gustav. Gladding, Edward Karcher, and Sul-
livan, Raymond, 3,64 1 .1 04
Barth, Walter J ,3,640,755
Boswell, George Albert, Jr , and Ripka, William Charles,
3,641,005
Breda, Ernest J. ,3,64 1,1 07
Bydal, Bruce Alfred, 3,640,308
Colson, James Guilbert, 3,640,956
Dittmar, Bruce I., 3.641,048.
England, DavidC, 3,641,142.
Hartley, Irby Ennis.Jr. 3.640.058
Mc Clellan. William, and Stiles. Alvin B , 3.640.900.
Ripka. William Charles, 3.64 1 .006.
Su, Aaron Chung Liong, 3.640,898
Dura Fiber, Inc.. See—
Jenks, Herbert R, 3,64 1,230
Durand, Marce, to Pomagalski, Jean, S A Power hoisting apparatus
3,640,506. CI. 254-187.
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Durand Marcel, to Pomagalski. Jean, S A. Winch or hoist with a fric-
tion brake device 3,640,505. CI 254-150
Durham. Robert E . to Container Corporation of America. Partition di-
vider 3.640.445, CI 229-15.
Durkoppwerkc GmbH See —
Nicolay. Karl. 3.640, 236
Duschinsky, Robert See—
Beaman, .Alden Gamaliel; Duschinsky, Robert; and Tautz, William
Paul, 3,64 1.047
Duve.Gunther See —
Oberst. Hermann. Leonhard. Hofhcim, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 835
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim. Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 830
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard. Ebigt, Joachim, Duve.
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 833
Oberst, Hermann; Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve.
Gunther. and Schommer. Alfred, 3, 640, 834
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard Hofheim, Ebigt. Joachim.
Duve. Gunther. and Schommer. Alfred, 3. 640, 836
Dynamics Research Corporation: See—
Ivers. Richard J . and McDonough, William H , 3,641,565
Dynamit Nobel AG: See —
Fuchs, Otto, 3,640,91 8
Termin, Eric, and Ismail, Roshdy, 3,641,079.
Dynamit Nobel Aktiengesellschaft See—
Blumenfeld, Georg, 3,64 1 .059
Bunmg, Robert, Raalf, Hans, and Pungs, Wolfgang, 3,640,930
Eastall, Martin Harold, to British Domestics Appliances Limited
Clothes washing and spin drying machines 3,640,098, CI 68-12
Eastman Kodak Company: See—
Arcesi, Joseph A , and Rauner, Frederick J , 3,640,722.
Bowers, Daniel G ,3,641,297
Brooks, David N ,3,640,196
Cohen, Hyman L , 3.640,720
Cullen, Robert E ,3,641,503
Gates, John W . Jr , Wise, Albert W . Beavers, Dorothy J , and
Miller, Paul E ,3,641,046
Gordon, Robert A , 3,640,204.
Humphriss, Wesley D , and Bartlett, Lawrence C, 3,640,708
James, Claire L , 3,640,198
Martin, William A , and Bielicki, Marvin S , 3,64 1 ,282
Morse, John E , and Rosenburgh, Norman J., 3,640,438
Roudabush, Robert L , and Drummond, Linwood E , 3,64 1 ,108.
Selke,Lynn A ,3,640,439
Touey, George P , and Sloan, Cephas H , 3,640,742
Weaver, Max A , Pridgen, Herman S , and Coates, Clarence .A ,
Jr ,3,640,995
Wolfe, Robert N ,3,640,602
Eaton, Bruce, to United States of America, Air Force, mesne Pyro
mechanical release device 3,640, 1 74, CI 85-9.
Eaton Yale & Towne Inc See—
Brawn, DarrellS ,3,640,546
Freismuth, John S , and Beneditti, Nello L , 3,640.454.
Moyer, William H, 3,641,375
Nemiroff, Robert V , 3,641,41 1
Ohntrup, Frederick F , Truemper, John P , and Smith, Billy C .
3,641,413
Wahl, James A , and Nieminski, Robert A , 3,640,41 5
Eberle, Hans, and Wuttke, Gerhard, to Grun^weig & Hartmann Ak-
tiengesellschaft Filamentary polvoleTin foam product and process of
making the same 3,640,92 I , CI 260-2 5
Eberly, Paul E , Jr , and Kimberlin, Charles N , Jr , to Esse Research
and Engineering Company Alkylation of aromatic hydrocarbons
3,641, 177, CI 260-671.
Ebert, Michael, See—
Reick. Franklin G . and Wilder. Joseph R . 3.64 1 ,332.
Ebigt. Joachim See—
Oberst, Hermann, Leonhard, Hofheim, Ebigt, Joachim; Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 835
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim; Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 830
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim. Duve.
Gunther. and Schommer. Alfred. 3. 640. 833
Oberst. Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 834
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard Hofheim, Ebigt, Joachim.
Duve, Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 836
Eckholt, Heinrich, to Hamel GmbH, Zwirnmaschinen. Spindle
coupling 3,640,144, CI 74-242 15
Eckrich, Peter, & Sons, Inc See—
Whitney, John A , and Woods, Richard E , 3,641.538
Edgerton. William H . to Smith Kline & French Laboratories Poly
(aminomethyl ) cyclopentanes 3,641 ,149, CI 260-563
Educational Research Council of America: See—
Zimmerman, Burton R , Bodlev, Roger W , and Gixidman, Robert
C, 3,640, 195
Edwards, G Byron See-
Dan. Donald E , Edwards, G Byron; Loehr. Clifford E , and
Young, Elgin E ,3,640,745
Egbom, Clarence W See—
Smith, Randal E , and Egbom, Clarence W ,3,640,385
Eggert. Walter S , Jr , to Boothe Airside Services, Inc , mesne Canopy
apparatus 3,639,934. CI. 14-71
Egnaczak, Raymond K ; and Squassoni. Gino F , to Xerox Corporation
Opaque illumination and scanning system 3,640,61 6, CI 355-8
Egyesult Gyogyszer cs Tapszergyar See—
Korusi, Jeno, and Csaba, Gyorgy, 3,64 1 ,016
Rakoczi, Jozscf, Mikite, Gyula, Petocz, Lujza, Fischer, Janos,
Grasser, Katalin, and Kosoczky, Ibolya, 3,641,039.
Ehmann, Ludwig: See —
Anner, Georg, and Ehmann, Ludwig, 3, 64 1 ,070
Eickcmeyer. Rudolf Process for hydroltytic degradation of cellulosic
materials to sugars 3,640.768, CI. 127-37.
Eide, Mclvin O i>e —
Thompson, Burton J , and Eide. Melvin O .3.641 .414
Eimers. Erich. Denmgcr. Wolfgang, and Alt, Bernhard, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Polyester mixtures suitable as
foundation materials. 3,64 1 ,203, CI 260-870
Eiscnberg, Ben See—
Shatz, Abram, and Eiscnberg, Ben, 3, 640, 620
Eiscntraut, Arne L : See—
Schclin. Carl O , and Eiscntraut, Arne L, 3,639.972
Ekiund, Phillip R , to L'nited States of America. Air Force Rolling con-
tact bearing having temperature compensation 3,640,591, CI 308-
184
Ekstrom, Ake, to Allmanna Svenska Eleklriska Aktiebolagct Static
converter station for high voltage 3,64 1 ,356, CI 307-64
Elecfone, Inc See —
Lamp. Paul F, 3.641.288. '
Electric Fuel Propulsion, Incorporated: See—
Rippel, W ally E ,3,641.364
Electricite dc France ( Service National ) .S>e—
Frerstin, Raymond, Gravier, Claude, Ravenel, Pierre, and Sou-
pene, Pierre, 3,640,62 I .
Electronique Marcel Dassault: See—
Fournillon, Germain, 3,641 ,252
Elitex, Zavody textilniho strojircnstvi See—
Sedlarik, Jargslav, Havlas, Jiri, and Kostelecky. Premysl,
3.640,440
Elitex-Zavody Icxtilniho strojircnstvi gcncralni See —
Lutovsky. Josef, and Prasil. Vladimir, 3,640.059
Elkuch. Franz, to ttablissement Procor Electrostatic system for
generating periodical mechanical vibrations 3,64 1 .373. CI 3 10-6
Elkuch, Ludwig, to Liongas Aktiengesellschaft Container filling
means 3,640,320, CI 141 59
Elliot, William H , and Small, Isadorc, III, to Cutler-Hammer, Inc Off
delay solid state timer systems 3.641 .397, CI 317-141
Elliott, Melvin R . 1/2 to Hanscom. fienevieve I . Magnuson. Robert,
and Thomson, Lois J. Shuffle feed motion transmitting connection
3,640.378. CI 198-218
Ellis, Bernard, Petrow. Valdimir. and Slanway. David Neil PriKcss for
the preparation of pregn-5 ene 4. 20- diones and intermediates m
the production thereof 3.64 I .UOK, CI 260-239 55
Ellison. John M Tobacco smoking pipe conditioning apparatus
3.640.001, CI 34-218.
Ellison, Peter James: See—
Selman, Cn)rdon Leslie, and Ellison. Peter James, 3, 640, 705
Ellman, Harold R Method of making machine sewn jacket and jacket
construction 3,639,9 14, CI 2-93
Elton, Robert L , to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
Microporous products 3.640.829. CI 161-159
Emerson. Carl D , and Aichenegg. Paul C Alkyl and aryl esters of
polyhalodithio alcohols 3. 64 1. 1 09. CI 260-473
Emoto. Masayuki See-
limura. Tsutomu. Kurokawa. Susumu, and Emoto, Masayu-
ki,3,640,867.
Ence, Elmars, to Olin Corporation High conductivity copper alloys.
3,640,779, CI 148-32.5
Engeler, William E.: i>e—
Brown, Dale M and Fngelcr, William E ,3,641,405
Engclfried, Otto, Neumann. Friedmund, and Wiechert. Rudolf, to
Schering Aktiengesellschaft I 7/i Hydroxy- 1 8-methyl-4-estrene-3-
one and derivatives thereof 3.64 1.01 3, CI 424-243.
Engelhardl. Bjorn H , to Raytheon Company. Variable impedance
semiconductor network 3, 64 1,449, CI 330-29
Engels. Kaspar, to Draiswerke GmbH Stirring mill 3,640.476, CI
241-74
England, David C , to Du Pont dc Nemours, E I , and Company
Pyrogenic synthesis of pcrfluoroacrylyl fluoride 3,641 ,142, CI. 260-
544
English Numbering Machines Limited: .S>f —
Brooke, Edric Raymond, 3,641,283
Enivar Enterprises. Inc See—
Florsheim. Leonard S , Jr , Lieberman, David A , Archer, Harold
B , and Nothmann, Gerhard A , 3,640,623
Enjoji, Teruyuki See—
Ogawa, Ma-sao, Enjoji, Teruyuki, and Aral, Humio,3.640,9l4.
Ennis, Robert M , Jr See —
Jamba. Douglas M . and Ennis. Robert M , Jr. ,3,64 1 ,341 .
Environment/One Corporation See—
Walther, Eric G ,3,640,688.
Eprad Incorporated See —
Boudouris, Angelo. Kulish. Stanley J . Jr ; and Plumadore. Harold
M , 3,640,61 I
Epstein, Peter F.. to Stauffer Chemical Company. Synergistic inscc-
ticidal mixture containing bcnzothiazolines and inseclicidal use of
the mixture. 3,641 .245, CI. 424- 1 88,
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 13
Erhard, Albert E ; and Allison, Jack B, to Molybdenum Corporation of
America. Process for recovery of columbium. 3,640,679, CI. 23-15.
Erie Tool Works See-
Muse. George H . and Keane, Peter J , 3.639,980
Eriich, Giora, to Hayward Manufacturing Company, Inc Multiport
valve 3,640,3 10, CI 137-625 46
ErIichman. Irving: See—
Douglas, Lawrence M., and ErIichman, Irving, 3. 640, 200.
ErIichman. Irving, to Polaroid Corporation Camera frame member.
3,640,724.CI.95-1I
Ernest. Dale S , to Broughtonq Jesse I , and Hannon, John G Air hu-
midifying system and compact spray humidifier for the same.
3.640.266, CI 126-113
Ernolf. Stig Carl-Oskar: See—
Crener, Bengt Olof, Anderson, Erik Ame. and Emolf, Stig Carl-
Os^ar, 3,639,939
Ernst. Max. Electromagnetic control, especially for crossing gates of
toy and model railroads 3, 64 1, 466, CI 335-190
Esche, Charles D : S«—
Hairison, Bobby G , and Esche, Charles D ,3,640.087.
Escott, George K.: i«—
Anderson, Yngve R., and Escott, George K ,3,640.046.
Esso Research and Engineering Company: See—
1 Cahn, Robert P . and Angier. Derek J . 3.64 1.183.
Eberly, Paul E . Jr , and Kimberlin, Charles N., Jr., 3,641 ,177.
Foroulis. Zisis Andrew. 3,640,895.
Hamner, Glen P, 3.640.818.
llnyckyj, Stephan. Cole, John Charles O.; Feldman. Nicholas; and
Strickland, Barney R , 3.640.69 I
Kivlen, John A. Struth. Bert W . and Weiss, Clifford P,
3.641,190
Kramer, George M . 3,64 1 ,1 85
Robbins, Max L . and Brownawell, Darrell W., 3,641,181.
Shakesby, Leonard, 3.640.55 1
Etablissement Procor. See—
Elkuch. Franz. 3.641.373
Etes. Donald E.. to Hollister Incorporated. Composition containing gel
3.640,741, CI 106-170
Ethyl Corporation: iVe —
Shepherd, Lawrence H , Jr , 3,641,084
Shepherd, Lawrence H, Jr., 3,641.186
Etoh, Kuniomi: See—
Hamanaka. Yasushi, Tajiri, Hiromi, Etoh, Kuniomi, Furukawa,
Kaoru, and Masai. Yukito,3,640,761
Excelermatic, Inc : See—
Kraus, Charles E, 3,640.145.
Expanded Rubber & Plastics Ltd : See—
Cooper. Alfred, 3.640.9 15
Eyssen. Henrik, to Recherche et Industrie Therapeutiques
R.IT Microbial reduction of A' steroids 3,640,848, CI 195-51.
Ezaki, Joichiro, to TDK Electronics Company Ltd Magnetic -core
memory matrix. 3.64 1 .52 I , CI 340- 1 74
Fabric Tire Hose Company: See—
Boguslawski, Jan J., 3,640,656
Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation: See —
Frohman-Bentchkowsky. Dov. 3,64 1 ,5 1 2.
Faith. William T, Jr iff-
Sherba, Samuel E . Steigerwalt, Ronald B., Faith. William T . Jr .
and Smythe, Carl V. .3.640.725
Falk, Sven Uno; and Alfelt. Lars-Goran, to Svenska Ackumulator Ak-
tiebolaget Jungner. Method of producing an electrode for alkaline
batteries 3,640.772. CI. 136-67
Fanella, Robert J.: See—
Beck. Fred R . Fanella. Robert J , and Gioia. Norman
F .3.640.483
Fansteel Inc.: See—
Glaski, Fredenck A , Holzl. Robert A . and Kaplan. Richard B .
3.640,689.
Fantoni. Giuseppe, to Olivetti. Ing. C, & C. S p A Tool holder as-
sembly for machine tool. 3.640,147. CI. 74-424.8
Farbanish. Walter, to Zenith Radio Corporation Printed circuit induc-
tive loop antenna. 3.641 .576. CI 343-743.
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Arit, Dieter, and Handschuh. Volkmar, 3.641 .094
Balle. Gerhard, and Kolb.Gunter, 3,641.1 19.
Bode, Klaus-Dieter, and Schellhammer, Carl-Wolfgang.
3.641.023
Buchel, Karl-Heinz. Draber, Wilfried. Hammann. Ingeborg; and
L'nterstenhofer.Gunter. 3,641.098
Dabritz. Erich. Schafer, Werner; Grewe, Ferdinand; and Scheinp-
flug, Hans. 3.641.043.
Eimers. Erich, Deninger. Wolfgang, and Alt. Bernhard, 3,641 .203.
Hamisch. Horst, 3.640.994
Hennig. Hans Joachim, and Fischer. Peter. 3,640,966.
Hoffmann, Hellmut, and Scheinpflug, Hans, 3,64 1 ,224.
Keberle. Wolfgang. 3,64 1 , 1 40
Konig, Klaus, Muller. Erwin, Kallert, Wilhelm, and Muhlhausen,
Cornelius, 3,640,967
Krimm, Heinrich, Schnell, Hermann, and Lenz. Gunther,
3,640,955.
Ott. Karl-Heinz; Schuster, Herbert, Meckel, Walter; Dinges, Karl,
and Muller, Erwin. 3,641,209.
Schlor.Hanshelmut. 3,641,141
Schlor, Hanshelmut; Hammann. Ingeborg. and Homever, Bern-
hard, 3,641,223.
Schrader, Gerhard; Hammann, Ingeborg; and Stendel, Wilhelm,
3,641.221.
Thoma. Wilhelm, Oertel, Harald, Rinke, Heinrich, and Bahr. Ul-
rich, 3,640,937
Walz, Klaus, Hees, Walter, and Ouaedvlieg, Mathieu, 3.640.677
Weitzel, Hans, Dinges, Karl, Gobel, Wilhelm, and Hardt. Dietrich,
3,641,206
Ziemann, Heinz; Lehmann. Wolfgang, and Troemel. Gerhard,
3.640,840
Farber, Sheldon See—
Shavel,John,Jr , and Farber, Sheldon, 3, 64 1 .152
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning: See—
Brotz, Walter, and Dallmann, Bruno, 3,640,828
Femholz, Hans, and Jacobsen, Gunter, 3,641 ,113
Frischkorn, Hans; Pintschovius, Ulrich, Schinzel, Erich, and
Smerz, Otto. 3.641.051
Grafmuller, Fritz, 3,640,021 .
Moschel, Albrecht. 3,640.962
Nolken. Ernst. 3.640,9 1 7
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3,640,830
Oberst, Hermann; Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt. Joachim, Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3,640.833
Oberst, Hermann. Reihs, Leonhard; Ebigt. Joachim, Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3.640.834
Oberst. Hermann, Leonhard, Hofheim. Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3,640,835
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard Hofheim, Ebigt, Joachim,
Duve, Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3,640,836
Radscheit, Kurt, Stache, Ulrich, Haede, Werner, Frilsch, Werner;
and Lindner, Ernst, 3,64 1 ,009
Farge, Daniel; Messer, Mayer Naoum, and Moutonnier, Claude, to
Rhone-Poulenc SA ( 3-Benzoylphenyl) alkanoic acids 3,641,127,
CI. 260-516.
Farnham, Norman W , Mueller, William J , and Gorall, Donald J , to
Burroughs Corporation. Method of dry preparation of relief printing
plates. 3,640,219, CI. 101-401.1
Farnham, Robert A. Waste water purification 3,640,686, CI 23-181
Farnsworth, Robert P.. and McCaughey, Dennis G Wide band boost
regulator power supply 3, 64 1,422, CI 323-8
Farrell, Guy M. Lamp socket construction 3.64 1 ,48 I , CI 339-1 26
Fassett. Matthew, and Unger, Phyllis S., to Stromberg-Carlson Cor-
poration. Digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital signal translation
with optical devices 3.64 1,564, CI 340-347
Fauran. Claude P.. Raynaud. Guy M , Oliver, Rene A.; and Douzon.
Colette A., to Delalande S A Derivatives of 5-carbamoyloxmethyl-
3-substituted-2- oxazolidinones. process of preparation thereof and
their therajjeutic application 3,641 ,036, CI. 260-268
Fay. Elliott J.: See—
Ritter, Ralph Kenneth, Pease. Charles C , and Fav. Elliott
J, 3,64 1,305
Federal-Mogul Corporation: See—
Aho, Edwin, 3,640,594.
Feenstra, Robijn, to Shell Oil Company. Diamond bit 3,640,356, CI.
175-329.
Feest, Robert H , Jr : See —
McKee, Lewis W, and Feest, Robert H, Jr ,3.640,593
FeldhofT, Heinrich: See—
Schmid, Hans, Feldhoff, Heinrich. Martin. Wolfgag, Fe&smann,
Heinz, and Hahn, Edeleried, 3, 640.063
Feldman, Nicholas: See—
llnyckyj, Stephan, Cole, John Charles O , Feldman, .Nicholas, and
Strickland, Barney R, 3,640,691
Fellers, John F., Hinsch, James E , and McLaughlin, Ernest O , to Ford
Motor Company Radiation-curable vinyl paint containing pendant
unsaturation with intervening ether functionality 3.641.210, CI
260-885
Fenton. Donald M., to Union Oil Company of California Hydrocar-
boxylation reaction to form straight-chain anhydrides 3,64 1 ,07 1 , CI
260-398
Fenton, Donald M., to Union Oil Company of California. Carbonyla-
tion of olefins 3,641, 074, CI 260-410 9 '
Fenton, Donald M , to Union Oil Company of California. Preparation
ofmethacrylicacid. 3,641.137, CI 260-526
Ferguson, Jeremiah M , to Riley Stoker Corporation Control of fluid
flow through centrifugal pumps 3,640,25 1 , CI 1 22-406
Ferguson, Robert M : See —
Mammino, Joseph, and Ferguson, Robert M, 3,640, 7 10.
Fernald. Herbert B ; Gall, William, and Hay, Russell G , to Gulf
Research & Development Company Method for reduction of
polymer formation in a process for converting ethylene to alpha
olefins. 3,64 1,1 91, CI. 260-683 15
Fernholz, Hans, and Jacobsen, Gunter, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Process for the
manufacture of vinyl acetate 3,641,1 1 3, CI 260-497.
Fernseh GmbH: See—
Krause, Gerhard. 3.641 ,363
Ferrari. Andres. See —
Hurtig, Carl R., Ferrari, Andres, and Khoury, Amin J ,3,640,267
Ferrari, Andres, to Damon Corporation Dialvzmg liquid-collecting
container 3,640,388, CI 210-94
Ferri, John L., and Mathers, James E , to Sylvania Electric Products,
Inc Rare earth oxide phosphor having a controlled decay time
3,639.932. CI 252-301.4
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Ferro Corporation Set—
Meek. William H ,3,641,045.
Fertig. Kenneth See-
Cox. Duncan B , Jr . and Fertig, Kenneth, 3, 64 1 ,429
Ferton, Jean-Yves, Hennebert, Jacques, and Slrippoli. Francois, to
.Merlin Germ Societe Anonyme Polyphase circuit interrupter of the
nuid blast puffer type 3, 641, 295, CI 200-148
Fessmann, Heinz: Ste—
Schmid, Hans, Feidhoff, Heinnch, Martin, Wolfgag, Fessmann,
Heinz, and Hahn, Edeleried, 3,640,063
Fettweis, Alfred Leo Maria, to International Standard Electric Cor-
poration Resonant transfer circuits. 3,641 ,271 , CI 179-15.
Fiber Industries, Inc ; See—
Paliyenko, Paul, and Beier, Werner E., 3,640.670.
Fichtel & Sachs AG: See—
Spichala, Paul, 3.640,361.
Field, Anthony Gerard, deceasedO (by Field, Denis CyrilOField,
Madeleine Helen, administrators), to Abrasive Development
Limited Abrading machines 3,640,023, CI 51-8
Field, Denis Cyril See—
Field, Anthony Gerard, 3, 640,023
Field, Lester M , Walker, Richard A , and McKee, William E , to
Hughes Aircraft Company Hydrophilic-hydrophobic photon sensi-
tive medium 3,640,712, CI 96-27
Field, Madeleine Helen. See—
Field, Anthony Gerard. 3.640,023
Field, Nathan D , Randall, David I., and Fitzpatrick, Jimmie D , to
GAF Corporation 2-Pyrrolidonyl polyacrolein bisulfite 3,640.934,
CI 260-29 4
Fieldgate, Ivan O . to Potter Instrument Company. Inc Non-contacting
keyboard and interlocking system 3.641 .567. CI 340-365
Fijal. Walter R , to Basf Wyandotte Corporation Sucrose-ethylcne
diamine polyols and process for preparing same 3.640.997. CI 260-
209 y
Filipowicz, Leon i>f— ,/
Clarke, Michael Raymond; and Filipowicz, Leon, 3,640, 93 I
Findley, Harold J , and Meier, James L , to Whittaker Corporation
Adhesive composition 3,640,94 1 , CI 260-33 6
Finelli. Anthony F . to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The Polyu-
rethane composition and its use to form polystyrene laminates.
3.640.938. CI 260-32.8
Finical, Thomas N , Jr See—
Smith. Calvin S . Jr . 3,640,850
Fink, Walter Aromatic o-triorganosilyl-diorganoamino compounds
and process 3.641. 088, CI 260-448 2
Finnegan, Walter D , to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation
Roll bonding an aluminum-ferrous composite with grooved rolls.
3.639.974, CI 29-493
Finney, James Harold Levelling system for semi end dump trucks
3.640.578. CI 298-17
Fiocca, Louis L Solid-state power suppiv system for rotating anode X-
raytubes 3,64 1. 408, CI 318-227
Fiorenza, Giorgio See —
Cortona, Alessandro. Musso. Pietro. Saltini, Fabrizio, and
Fiorenza, Giorgio. 3. 64 1.317
Firestone. Raymond A , to Merck & Co , Inc .Method for the prepara-
tion of (CIS- 1, 2- expoxypropyl ) phosphonic acid derivatives
3.641, 065, CI 260-348
First National Bank of Atlanta, The See—
Brown. Warren F , 3.640.279
Fisch. Willy See—
Schmid. Rolf. Bucher. Ingrid. Fisch. Willy, and Batzer.
Hans, 3, 641, 194
Fischbach. Ronald Retainer cap for a starter pinion 3,640.148, CI. 74-
434
Fischer, James R See —
Sweeny, Keith H , and Fischer, James R, 3, 640, 821 .
Fischer, Janos: See—
Rakoczi. Jozsef. Mikite, Gyula, Petocz, Lujza, Fischer. Janos;
Grasser, Katalin, and Kosoczky, lbolya.3.64 1 .039
Fischer, Peter: See—
Hennig. Hans Joachim, and Fischer, Peter, 3, 640, 966
Fisher, Arthur Miller Humane animal traps. 3,640,01 5. CI. 43-83 5
Fisher, Mahlon B , to United States of Amenca, Air Force Electronic
lensforaphotoelectron multiplier 3,64 1. 352. CI 250-207
Fisher, Milton W See—
Henson, Glen E , and Fisher, .Milton W .3,640.530
Fitchman, Arthur E . and Nathe. Raymond J., to Marathon Manufac-
turing Company Cell terminal 3,640,775, CI. 1 36- 1 34
Fitzgerald, Thomas J.: See—
Lettre. Hans, and Fitzgerald. Thomas J ,3,641,146
Fitzgerald, Walter P , Jr , to LRC Research and Development Com-
pany, mesne Cleaning composition and method of using same
3,640.879, CI. 252-103
Fitzgerald, William Vincent, Jr , to RCA Corporation High frequency
semiconductor device 3. 641, 398, CI 317-234
Fitzhugh, Guy D Adapter for working implements. 3,640,64 I . CI 416-
62
Fitzpatrick, Jimmie D See—
Field, Nathan D., Randall, David I., and Fitzpatrick, Jimmie
D ,3,640,934
Flanigan, Richard J , to Gulf & Western Precision Engineering Com-
pany Workpiece transfer mechanism for centerless grinder or the
like. 3,640,026. CI. 51-215.
Lloyd P. and Foldes.
Fleck. Paul H . to Urethanc Fabricators, Inc Method of producing a
molded simulated wooden article 3,64 1.228, CI 264-53 /
Fleissncr. Gerold: i>f— ,/
Fleissner. Heinz, and Fleissner. Ceroid, 3. 639, 955.
Fleissner. Heinz, and Fleissner. Ceroid, to Vepa AG Apparatus for
crimping groups of synthetic filaments 3.639,955, CI 28-1 6
Fleming. John W . Jr , and McMullen, James Michael, to industrial
Nucleonics Corporation Web sampling method and apparatus.
3,640. 16ZCI 83-52
Flesch, Friedrich: See—
Ouerfeld. Hermann. Mattes. Hemz Otto; and Flesch,
Friedrich. 3,640.043
Flexian Hydraulics Ltd i>f— y
Hart, Bernard Eaton, 3,640.647 /
Flitsch, Ernst See— /
Gotzenbergcr. Rudibcrt. 3.640.3 1 1 . ,./
Florance. Douglas A . Nordholm. Lloyd P . and Foldes. Stephen Auto-
matic ground fault circuit interrupter 3.64 1 ,393. CI 3 1 7-22
Florschutz. Franz. Peoples helicopter 3,640.488, CI 244-17 19
Florsheim. Leonard S , Jr , Liebcrman, David A , Archer, Harold B ,
and Nothmann, Gerhard A . to Enivar Enterprises, Inc., mesne Au-
tomatic density setting apparatus 3.640.623, CI 355-67
Flynn. John Harold Method of making pi^ilyolefin-paper laminate with
flame treatment of the paper 3.640.788. CI 156-82
FMC Corporation .Sec-
Looker. OlinL .3.640,055
Lutz, Charles William. 3.640,827.
Reimers, James L . 3.640.375
Stewart. Mary J . and Price, John A . 3.640.964.
Traube. Robert J .3.640.412
Foldes. Stephen See—
Florance. Douglas A., Nordholm,
Stephen. 3, 64 1,39 3.
Foley, William R., Jr.. to Teledyne. Inc Method of hot rolling metal
3.640.1 14, CI 72-365
Fontijn. Wilhclmus J . and van Drunon. Korstiaan J M . to American
Enka Corporation Process for making multifilament yarns
3.641. 232. CI 264-171
Forbes, Alan David, and Hunter, Neville John, to British Petroleum
Company Limited. The Anti-foam oil 3,640,893. CI 252-321
Forbes, Hampton E , Jr , and La Freniere, Lawrence J , to Westvaco
Corporation. Carton with separate interior pocket 3.640,447, CI
229-17
Forbes. Norman A : See —
Cinffin. James R ; and Forbes, Norman A ,3,639.920
F\)rd Motor Company: See —
Fellers, John F . Hinsch, James E . and McLaughlin, Eirnesl O ,
3.641.210
Jania.Zbigniew J , 3.640.301.
Kepner. Larry A .3.640.153.
Radin. Bernard G , 3.64 1 .544
Foroulis. Zisis Andrew, to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Inhibition of corrosion using alkyl aryl ketones 3.640.895. CI 252-
396
Forshaw, Richard: See—
Glover. Peter David; Forshaw. Richard, and Steele. William Hen-
ry.3,640,253.
Forsythe. Alan K . to Rocket Research Corporation Method and ap-
paratus for aspirating fluids 3,640,645, CI 4171 74
Foster, Richard Gregory. Joy, David Richard. Hepworth. Paul, and
Dart. Edward Charles, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited
Production of pnilycyclic hydrocarbons 3.64 1 , 1 73, CI 260-666
Foster, Richard W . See—
Kosscn, Dale J., Foster, Richard W , and
R ,3,641,396.
Foster Wheeler Corporatit)n See —
Costello, Raymond M , and Beckman. Eugene B
Fougeray. Jean See—
Giffard. Louis, and Fougeray. Jean. 3. 640. 664
Fournillon, Germain, to Electronique Marcel Dassault Device for car-
rying a flat electronic apparatus by an aircraft 3,641,252, CI 174-
52
Fox, Marvin L , and Parry, James R. Insertable valve assembly.
3,640.304. CI 137-315.
Fram Corporation: See—
Brownell. Peter. 3,640.396
Francis. Marion D , to Procter & Gamble Company, The. Composi-
tions for mhibiting anomalous deposition and mobilization of calci-
um phosphate m animal tissue 3,64 1 ,246, CI 424-204.
Frynck, Heinz-Gerhard: See—
Ruhl, Karl. Franck. Heinz-Gerhard, and Turowski,
Johannes, 3, 641 ,166
Frangos, John W. Portable sifting apparatus 3,640,386, CI 209-337.
Frank, Victor S., Lard. Edwin W , and Stahly. Eldon E . to Grace, W.
R , & Co Burn-resistant plastic compositions 3,641.193, CI. 260-
830
Franklin. Clarence W Sub-caliber adapter for firearm. 3,640,013. CI
42-77
Frazier. Lauren L. . to General Electric Company Household refrigera-
tor with exterior ice service 3,640,089, CI. 62-320.
Fredrickson, Donald M , to Bell & Howell Company. Sheet separating
apparatus. 3,640.524, CI 271-36
Fredrickson. Donald M . and Bungener, Johannes H., to Bell & Howell
Company Toner doctor means. 3.640.61 7. CI. 355-10.
Benson, Charles
3,640,250.
\
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Freed, Meier E , and Hertz. Elisabeth, to American Home Products
Corporation 4.5-Dihydro-N-(4-phenyl-l -piperazinylcarbonyl-
l Hi 1 ,4]diazepino( 1 .2-alindole 3.641.030. CI 260-268.
Freedman, Myron L Method and apparatus for cleaning film
3,640.293. CI. 134-9
Freeman, Hovcy T. Jr.: See—
MacLean. Charles C . IIL and Villa, Alfonso, 3,640,040
Freeport Sulphur Company: %ee—
Smith, Jay Charles, and Reinhardt, James R , 3,640,682
Freismuth, John S.. and Beneditti, Nello L . deceasedO (by Beneditti,
Lena, executor), said Freismuth assor. to Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc.
Forward poppet thermostat. 3,640,454, CI. 236-34
Frerson, Raymond; Gravier, Claude, Ravenel, Pierre; and Soupene,
Pierre, to Electricite de France (Service National). Viewer-projec-
tor-copier apparatus for microforms. 3,640,621 , CI. 355-45.
Frey, Hans: See—
Muller, Richard, Frey, Hans, and Dathe. Christian. 3,64 1 ,082
Friberg, Nelson A , to International Assembly Corporation. Centrally
located access alarm system 3, 64 1, 552, CI. 340-274.
Frick. Hughie R See—
Anderson, Richard W . and Frick, Hughie R. 3.641 ,020.
Fried. John H.. and Harrison. Ian T.. to Syntex Corporation Naphthyl
alkanols. 3.641, 161, CI 260-613
Friedman, Abraham. Collapsible shopping cart. 3,640,547, CI 280-36
Friedman, Benjamin Hypodermic syringe device which maintains
sterile condition of needle 3,640,278, CI 128-218
Friedman. Jerome Rotary marking tools 3.640.2 I 2. CI. 101-7.
Friedman, Lester, Rattenbury, Kenneth H . and Guttag. Alvin, to
Weston Chemical Corporation Hydrogenated bis phenol diphos-
phites 3,641, 218. CI 260-928
Frind. Horst. Heid. Christian; and Aman. Horst. to Cassella Farbwerke
Mainkur Aktiengesellschaft Process for the production of reduced
sulfurdyes. 3.640.803, CI. 204-73
Fripp, Alan: See—
Lloyd, John George, and Fripp, Alan. 3, 64 1 .501
Frischkorn, Hans, Pintschovius. L'Inch. Schinzel. Erich, and Smerz.
Otto, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lu-
cius & Bruning Naphthylene-bis-2-benzimidazoles 3,641.051. CI
260-309.2
Fritsch, Werner: See—
Radscheit, Kurt, Stache. Ulrich. Haede. Werner. Fritsch. Werner,
and Lindner. Ernst, 3,64 1 ,009
Fritz, Richard C , and Galvanoni, Aldo B , to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Packaging with heat shrinkable film 3,640,049, CI 53-30
Froehlich, Alfred, to Ciba Limited Hardeners for water-soluble
polymers. 3.641,1 16, CI 260-482
Frohman-Bentchkowsky, Dov. to Fairchild Camera and Instrument
Corporation Integrated MNOS memory organization 3,641,512.
CI 340-173
Frye Industries, Inc : See—
Hsia.Shwang. 3,640,861.
Fuchs. Otto, to Dynamit Nobel AG Process for the manufacture of
foam materials containing plasticizers and made of polyvinyl
chloride and copolymers of vinyl chloride. 3,640,9 1 8, CI 260-2 5
Fueslein, Jerome L . to International Harvester Company Double act-
ing depth stop 3,640,346. CI 172-318.
Fuji Photo Film Co.. Ltd : See—
Nagae. Tadashi. Oishi. Yasushi, and Hayashi. Jun, 3.640,716.
Fuji Shashin Film Kabushiki Kaisha See—
Ishiwata. Mamoru, and Akio, Huruya. 3.640,752.
Fujie. Hiroshi: See—
Ozawa. Shuji, and Fujie, Hiroshi, 3. 640. 970
Fujii, Minoru, to Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha Ignition timing pulse
generator for a contactless ignition system of internal combustion
engines. 3,64 1,377, CI 310-153.
Fujimoto, Ted Y., to North American Rockwell Corporation. Mul-
tiphase field effect transistor driver multiplexing circuit 3,641,366,
CI. 307-251.
Fujimura. Noriaki, to Fujitsu Limited L-C oscillator tunable by exter-
nal DC voltage through phase shifted feedback network 3,641,462.
CI 331-117.
Fujita, Tadamasa: See —
Kosaka, Masahiro; and Fujita, Tadamasa. 3. 64 1 .507
Fujitsu Limited: See —
Fujimura, Noriaki. 3.64 1 .462.
Kobayashi. Toshio; and Mineshima, Yukihiko, 3.641 .562.
Maegawa. Harumi; Sato. Yohihiro. Furuhata. Yasuo; and Kiumi.
Takayuki. 3.641.522.
Sasaki. Hiroshi; Maruyama. Tatsuo; Kanzaki. Hisao, and
Sakamoto, Yasuhiko, 3,641 .274
Fukata, Masayuki Broadcast system for a control signal with inter-
ference reduction. 3,641,436, CI. 325-64
Fukumitsu, Minoru. Flowing-light devices. 3.640,01 I , CI. 40-1 33.
Fukunaga, Tadayuki: See—
Sugahara, Takashi; Suzuki, Minoru. Fukunaga. Tadayuki. and Fu-
kushima, Shozo, 3,640.069.
Fukushima, Shozo: See—
Sugahara, Takashi, Suzuki. Minoru. Fukunaga, Tadayuki, and Fu-
kushima, Shozo. 3, 640,069
Fulk, James B. Matched plate method for printing on multiple paf)er
parts. 3.640,220, CI 101-426.
Fuller, Ralph A: 5ef—
Fuller. Ralph A.; and Snodgrass, Earl D., 3,640,1 90.
Fuller, Ralph A , and Snodgrass. Earl D.. to Waterman. Herrick. Fuller.
Ralph A., and Snodgrass. Earl D Carton handling method
3,640,190, CI 93-94
Fuller, Roger L : See—
Bushnell, David; Fuller, Roger L , and Oliver. Joseph J .3,64 1 ,569.
Fulton, Thomas Philip, and Di Luca, Henry, to RCA Corporation. En-
capsulated magnetic memory element 3.640,767. CI I I 7-234.
Fumai Electric Company, Limited See—
Hata.Kiyoshi, 3.640.479
Furniture City Manufacturing Corporation See—
Hepfer, Ivan C, 3.640.789
Furst, Stefan, to Reiners. Walter Coil winding machine. 3.640,477, CI.
242-18
Furuhata, Yasuo: See—
Maegawa, Harumi, Sato, Yohihiro; Furuhata, Yasuo; and Kiumi.
Takayuki, 3.641, 522
Furukawa, Junji, and Monkawa. Hiroyuki. to Mitsubishi Petrochemi-
cal Company Limited Production of cyclic trimers of dienes
3.641. 1 87. Ci 260-666
Furukawa. Kaoru See —
Hamanaka. Yasushi; Tajiri, Hiromi, Etoh. Kuniomi. Furukawa.
Kaoru; and Masai. Yukito.3,640.76 1
Gaertner, Friedhelm See—
Gaeth, Rudolf; Stastny, Fritz; Breu. Rudolf, and Gaertner. Fried-
helm. 3.640, 837
Gaeth, Rudolf; Stastny, Fritz, Breu, Rudolf, and Gaertner, Friedhelm.
to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Thermally in-
sulating transparent laminated glass with alkali metal silicate inter-
layer 3.640,837, CI 161-165
GAF Corpwration See—
Field, Nathan D , Randall. David I , and Fitzpatrick. Jimmie D ,
3,640.934
Mackey. E Scudder, 3.640.748.
Smith. Edward A . and Baldwin. Arnold V , 3.640.392
Gaines. Brian R.. and Shemer. Raymond A . to International Standard
Electric Corporation Phase shift detector. 3.64 1 ,447, CI 329- 1 26
Gaines. George L.. Jr.: See —
Bostick. Edgar E.; Gaines, George L., Jr., and Le Grand. Donald
G .3.640.943
Galantay. Eugene E.; and Ott, Hans, to Sandoz-Wander, Inc Inter-
mediates in the preparation of 4- aminiKlibenzo(a.d|-cycloalken-5-
ones. 3,641, 133. CI 260-518
Galasso, Francis S . and Veltri. Richard D . to United Aircraft Cor-
poration. Method for forming silicon compound fibers 3.640,693.
CI 65-2.
Galbraith, Lyie D.; and Thron, William E . to Rocket Research Cor-
poration Generator of cool working gases 3.640.083. CI 62-52
Gall. William: iVe-
Fernald.HcrbertB Gall. William, and Hay, Russell G .3.641,191
Gallagher, Frederick James Aerosol valve for use in high rate pressure
filling of a container 3.640.436. CI. 222-402.2
Gallaway. William S.: See—
Beattie. Willard H , and Gallaway. William S .3.640.627
Gallet, Jacques Henri, and Gracia, Robert Francis, to Itek Corporation
Photographic reversal process employing organic mercaptan com-
pounds 3,640,7 17, CI 96-59
Galvanoni. Aldo B : See—
Fritz, Richard C . and Galvanoni. Aldo B .3.640,049
Galy, Michel, to Societe Anonyme dite Institui Mcrieux Package for
ampoules containing lyophilized products 3,640.437. CI 225-96.5
Gamble. Edward Bernard, to RCA Corporation Logic gate 3.641 ,362,
CI 307-215
Gamble, Edward Bernard; and Aires, Ramon Hess, to RCA Corpora-
tion Logic circuit which turns on and off rapidly 3.641.368, CI
307-254.
Ganske. Kingston E , to Arvin Industries. Inc Television recording
system with alternate period inversion and automatic frequency con-
trol 3,641.265, CI 178-6 6
Ganske, Kingston E . to Arvin Industries. Inc. Reversible taf)e transport
with interlocked head position and tape direction control
3.641.279, CI 179-1002
Garcea, Giampaolo, to Alfa Romeo S p A Regulator for gas<.>line injec-
tion pumps 3,640,259, CI 123-140
Gardner, Dayne G : See —
Keller, Michael I , and Gardner, Dayne G..3.64I .276
Gardner. Irving Device for measuring the ring size of a finger
3,639,995. CI 33-179
Gardner, Lawrence J., and Cochren, Donald R.. to Protective Pads,
Inc Protective body pad 3, 640. 831, CI 161-9 2
Gardner-Denver Company: See-
Coyne. Merton W and Palauro, Dieter K, 3,640.351.
Garfinkel. Marvin: See—
Brown. Dale M, and Garfinkel. Marvm. 3.640, 782
Garnett, John Baron: See—
Rees, Donald Frank, Garnett, John Baron, and Richardson.
Michael Alexander, 3,640.076
Garrison. Arthur W.: See-
Case. Forrest N.; Garrison. Arthur W . Kau. Donald L.. and
Smiley, David £.3,640.808
Garziera. Gastone: See—
De Sandre. Giovanni, and Garziera, Gastone, 3, 64 1 .329
Gasior. Joseph, and Kovacs, Lloyd, to Midland-Ross Corporation.
Continuous-panson blow-molding apparatus 3,640,661, CI 425-
159.
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8, 1972
and Le Grand, Donalil
Gates. Harlan R. See—
Castrucci, Paul P . Gates, Harlan R , Henle, Robert A ; Pricer,
Wilbur David, Morton, Robert M , Mason, John W , and North.
William D ,3,641,516
Gates, John W , Jr , Wise. Albert W , Beavers. Dorothy J , and Miller,
Paul E , to Eastman Kodak Company. Derivatives of thiourazoles
3,64 1,046. CI 260-308
Gaul, Robert G . to Paragon Wire & Cable Corporation. Lubricatmg
system for braiding machines 3,640,1 76. CI 87-33
Gault, Robert H., to Bethlehem Steel Corporation Oil well pumping
unit having traveling stuffing box 3,640,342, CI 166-72
G D Societa in Accomandita Semplice di Enzo Seragnoli e Artosto
Seragnoli: See—
■-' Seragnoli, Ariosto, 3,640.373.
Geigy Chemical Corporation; See—
Schinkler, Waiter, and Zust. Armin, 3,64 1 ,03 1
Geis. David G . to Teletype Corporation. Friction testing apparatus and
methods 3.640.1 18, CI 73-9
Geiser, Edward M , to Universal Oil Products Company Sheet materi-
al 3,640,629, CI 401-132
Gemmill, Robert M , Jr . Schick, John W , and .Mobil Oil Corporation,
to Lubricant comf)ositions comprising substituted indans
3,640,870, CI 252-59
Gendler, Irvin F , to Murphey, Daniel F Horseshoe game device with
recessed stake areas 3,640,535, CI 273-126
Gendron, Everett W Illuminated belt 3.641,333^1 240-6.4
General Dynamics Corporation: See—
Cupp. Frederick B., and Whiting. John S .
General Electric Company; i>e—
Anderson. Richard C . 3.640.887
Barnett. Richard C , 3.640.264
Blackburn. Richard D , 3.641.546.
Bostick. Edgar E . Gaines. George L.. Jr
G .3.640.943.
Bostick. Edgar E . and Zdaniewski. Joseph J . 3.64 1.090.
Brown, Dale M . and Garfmkel. Marvin. 3.640.782
Brown. Dale M .and Engeler. William E, 3,64 1 ,405.
Chen, ArthurCM, 3,641.510
Frazier. Lauren L , 3.640.089
Graf. Carlton Eugene. Skogsholm, Einar Aasen, and V'olkmann,
Werner Karl. 3.641.421.
Heartz. Robert Alan. 3.641,531
Hughes, PhilipG, 3,64 1,287
Jacobus, Dwight W , and Simms, Michael L . 3.640.088
Konrad. Charles E . and Chausse. Burnettc P . 3.641 .566
Liao.TsengW .3.641.251
McCarty.OrinP. 3.641.359
Plette, David L. 3.641.418
Ringeman. Othmar E . 3.64 1.381
Spalding. James R . 3.640.363.
Stephens. Joe F. 3.641,380.
Tefft, Edward G, 3.639.975.
Van der Grinten. Willem J . and Jernakoff. George. 3.641,340
Wanger, Robert P., 3,640.487
General Foods Corporation; See—
Grieve, Harold R .3.640.446
Kaplow, Milton, and Klose. Robert E . 3,640,731.
General Instrument Corporation See—
White, Donald J , and Navin, William R , Jr , 3,64 1 .484
General Mills. Inc i>e—
Johnson.ErnestW. 3.640.732. ~
Kuder.RobertC .3.641.144
General Motors Corporation See—
Cunning, Alfred C, and Wolverton, Harry D , 3,640,128
Hayes, Charles F , and Steffey, David R , 3,640.469
Schaefer. Robert H . 3.640.157
General Refractories Company: See—
Bakker.WateT. 3.640. 739.
General Signal Corporation: See—
Auer. John H . Jr . and Huffman. Jerry P . 3.64 1 .575
Gentry. Robert R ; See—
Peck. David W. and Gentry. Robert R .3.641.1 15.
Geomet, Incorporated See—
Anderson, Howard H , Moyer. Rudolph H . Sibbctt, Donald J .
and Sutherland. David C . 3.640,624
Georg, Otto Multiple-screw fly press 3.640,2 10. CI 100-53
Geraldo. Antonio A , to Phillips Petroleum Company Stabilized highly
aromatic oil masterbatches of coupled solution polymers. 3.640.939.
CI 260-33 6
Gersch. Richard C . and Reynolds. Roland Bruce. Adjustable boring
quill assembly. 3.640.633, CI. 408-1 2.
Gewerkschaft Eisenhutte Westfalia; See—
Rassmann, Christoph, and Heyer, Willy, 3 .640.58 1 .
Gewertz. Harry R . and Read, George D , to Ajax Hardware Manufac-
turing Corporation Auxiliary lock for swinging doors. 3,640,558, CI
292-264
Giardini. Dante S . Preston, George A . and Roney. Richard N., to
Bendix Corporation. The Method of severing filamentarv material
3.640.163. CI. 83-53
Gibson. William R. See—
Palm. Clifford W . and Gibson. William R .3.640.064
Giddings. David George, and Twist. Douglas, to Pilkington Brothers
Limited. Method of toughening glass in an oil bath. 3.640.694. CI
65-116
Giesekc. Elmer William, and Howald, Frank Peterson, to American
Cyanamid Company Liquid cationic flotation composition.
3,640.862. CI. 252-61
Giess, Edward A.: i>e —
Burns. Gerald, Giess, Edward A , and O'Kanc, Daniel
F ,3,640,865.
Giffard, Louis, and Fougcray, Jean Shaping molds for producing film-
like articles 3,640.664, CI 425-275
Giglio, John W Tone modifier and muffler for piano 3,640,171, CI.
84-216
Gilbo, Charles F , and Johnson, Norman A , to Armstrong Cork Com-
pany Apparatus and method of installing a spline in a ceiling board
joint 3,640,045. CI 52-747
Gilbreth International Corporation See —
Sakurai. Masao, 3,640.417
Gillemot. George W See^
Thompson, John T , and Gillemot. George W .3.639,952.
Gillette Company. The See—
Corbeti. John Frank, and Amery. Geoffrey Wilfred. 3.64 1 ,1 54.
Gioia. Norman F See —
Beck. Fred R . Fanclla, Robert J . and Gioia. Norman
F .3.640.483.
Girard. Christian F . and Derouin. Gerald J . to Canadian International
Paper Company Water absorption test method 3.640.125. CI 73-
73
GinTngtmiited See—
Ingram. Brian, 3.640,067
Gisser, Henry; See—
Messina. Joseph P.. and Gisser. Henry, 3. 640. 859
Gladding. Edward Karchcr: See —
Anderson. Daniel Gustav. Gladding. Edward Karcher. and Sul-
livan. Raymond. 3.64 1 . 104
Cilaski. Frederick A . Holzl. Robert A . and Kaplan. Richard B . to Fan-
steel Inc Composite hard metal product. 3.640.689. CI 29-195.
Gleason Works. The See —
Clarke. James F , and Deprez, Thomas A . 3.640.030
Pigage. Robert F . Ryan. Arthur B . and Smith. Robert E..
3,641.431
Glickman. Joel I ice-
Cutler. Joel L . and Glickman. Joel I .3.64 1 .540.
Glickman, Joel L : See—
Cutler. Joel L . and Glickman. Joel L .3.641 ,425.
Gloskey, Carl Robert, to M& T Chemicals Inc Non-toxic stabilized
pt)lyvinyl chloride products and stabili/er compositions 3,640,947.
CI '260-45 75
Glover, Peter David. Forshaw, Richard, and Steele, William Henry, to
Victa Limited Carburettor throttle control assembly 3,640,253. CI
123-102
Gluntz, Claude. Meyer. Pierre, and Pcyrt)t. Jean, to Compagnie Fran-
caise de Raffinage Process for the eliminating of Ci)mpounds with
acid function dissolved in a liquid medium 3.640.982. CI 260-88 2
Gobel. Wilhelm See —
Weil/el. Hans. Dinges. Karl, (u)bel, Wilhelm, and Hard!,
Dietrich. 3.64 1.206
Gobcrt. Michael R R Detergent 3.640,877. CI. 252-99
Godbcrsen. Byron L Float plane hoist 3.640.403. CI 214-1
Godec. Maksimiljan .See—
Zawadzki. Get>rge Z. and Godec, Maksimiljan, 3,640, 560.
Godfrey. Norman Bell See —
Bentley. Floyd Edward, and Godfrey. Norman Bell. 3. 639.928
Godmer. Laurent Naval combat board game apparatus. 3.640.536, CI.
273-130
Golde.H T .GmbH .See-
Kouth, Herbert, and Marr. Fritz. 3.640.022
Golden, Gerald J Windshield cleaning system 3.639.938. CI 15-
250 06
Goldmann. Gerhard, to Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vor-
mals Roessler Soil conditioner and garden mold on the basis of ct)f-
fee extraction residue 3.640.696. CI. 71 -9.
(jolick. Alex James; .See—
Stephan. John T.. and Golick. Alex James. 3. 640. 740
Goller. Hem/, to Osterreichische Stickstoffwerke Aktiengesellschaft
Method of producing acid of low phosphorus content from waste
gases 3.640.685. CI 23-153
Gonzenbach. Carlos T . and Jordan. Manuel A . to Schenectady
Chemicals. Inc Interpolymers prepared from vinyl toluene, alpha
methyl styrene. dicyclopentadiene and optionally and acrylic com-
pound 3.640.977. CI 260-80 78
Gooder. Robert M. System for fabricating structural members
3.639.962. CI. 29-155.
Goodman. Robert C See —
Zimmerman, Burton R . Bodley, Roger W., and Goodman, Robert
C .3.640.195
Goodrich. B F . Company. The: 5ee—
Kuster. Howard L , 3.640.564
Goodspeed. Neil C See—
Diet/. Albert. Goodspeed. Neil C . and May, Russell R..
Jr .3.640.744
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. The: See—
Bilderback. John W.. 3.640.975.
Finelli. Anthony F .3.640.938.
Throckmorton. Morford C. 3.640.989.
Watters. Larry H. 3,640.769.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Gorall. Donald J See—
Farnham. Norman W , Mueller, William J . and Gorall. Donald
J .3.640.219.
Gordon Engineering Company See —
Rigby. Sherman. 3. 64 1.543
Gordon. Hayden S . to United States of America, Air Force. Polyertic
cyclotron 3.641,446. CI 328-228
Gordon. Robert A . to Eastman Kodak Company Photographic web
processing device 3.640.204. CI. 95-94
Gorinas. Guy Georges: See—
Brilman, Michel Edmond Francis. Campagne. Jean-Pierre Alain;
and Gorinas. Guy Georges. 3. 64 1.517
Gotshall, William W Using ground carbon in oil phase masterbatching
3.640.940. CI 260-33 6
Gotte. Ernst, to Henkel & Cie GmbH Skin protective washing and
cleansing compositions 3.640.883. CI 252-545
Gotzenberger. Rudibert. to Flitsch. Ernst Circulating valves
3.640.311. CI. 137-137 4
Gould. Francis E . and Shepherd. Thomas H . to National Patent
Development Corporation. Zero order release constant elution rate
drug dosage. 3.641 ,237, CI 424- 16
Gouttebel. Raymond P ; See—
Pinet. Andre E . and Gouttebel. Raymond P .3.641.272.
Goy. Thomas J ; Knieriemen. Richard P . and Reading. James E . to
Torite Enterprises. Inc Replaceable cartridge filter housing.
3.640. 390.CI. 210-130
Grace, W R ,&Co See—
Frank, Victor S . Lard, Edwin W . and Stahly. Eldon E .
3.641,193.
Guthrie. James L . 3.640.923
Price. Raymond E . and Tirrell. Clifford F . 3.639,968.
Scanlon. Patricia M . and Young. Elwyn Richard. 3,641.103.
Gracia. Robert Francis: See—
Gallet. Jacques Henri, and Gracia. Robert Francis. 3. 640. 71 7
Graf. Carlton Eugene. Skogsholm, Emar Aasen. and V'olkmann.
Werner Karl, to General Electric Company Commutation control
for inverter circuits. 3.641.421. CI 321-12. '
Graflex. Inc : i'ee—
Balmes, Michael J . 3.640.603
Grafmuller. Fritz, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Mcister Lucius & Bruning Method for the consolidation of soil.
3.640.02 I, CI. 47-9
Graham. Donald P . to Hercules Incorporated Booster-cap assembly.
3.640.222. CI. 102-24
Grampp. Ekkehard: See—
Uhlig. Helmut, and Grampp. Ekkehard. 3.640.723.
Granskog, Roland, to Linden-Alimak Aktiebolag. Stoping apparatus
3,640.349. CI 173-32
Grant. Jon H . and Bales. Walter D . to Hughes Aircraft Company
Precision fast analog switch 3,641 .365. CI. 307-241 .
Graphic Sciences. Inc See—
Von Hippel. Eric A . 3.640.482
Grasser. Katalin: 5ee—
Rakoczi. Jozsef. Mikite. Gyula. Pelocz. Lujza. Fischer. Janos.
Grasser. Katalin. and Kosoczky. Ibolya,3.641 .039.
Gratzmuller. Jean Louis Circuit breaking technique and device
3.641,357, CI. 307-94.
Gravier, Claude: i'ee—
Frerson. Raymond; Gravier. Claude. Ravenel. Pierre, and Sou-
pene. Pierre. 3. 640, 621
Gray. Frederick William, to Colgate-Palmolive Company. Bleaching
and detergent compositions. 3,640,874. CI. 252-95.
Gray. Reginald I : See—
Petrick, John T.; and Gray, Reginald 1 ,3,640,224
Greanias, Evon C , and Levine, Wilbur J , to International Business
Machines Corporation Voice entry system. 3,641. 500. CI 340-152
Great Lakes Chemical Corporation; iee—
Carroll, William J , and Mizusawa, Frank S , 3.640.234.
Thomas, Robert M ; and Sands. John L. 3.641.041
Green. Joseph A . to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Frequency analyzer, 3.64 1,445, CI 328- 140.
Green. Norman, Greenhouse, Harold M , Vergara. William C . and
McGill. Robert L.. Jr , to Bendix Corporation Temperature con-
trolled microcircuits. 3,641.372, CI 307-310
Greenhouse, Harold M.; iee—
Green. Norman, Greenhouse. Harold M., Vergara, William C,
and McGill, Robert L , Jr, 3,641 ,372.
Grenchen, Canton: iee—
Lederrey, Marc; and Grenchen, Canton, 3, 640, 065.
Grewe, Ferdinand: iee—
Dabritz. Erich, Schafer, Werner, Grewe, Ferdinand, and Scheinp-
flug,Hans,3,64 1,043
Grieve, Harold R., to General Foods Corporation Carton with tuck-in
closure flap. 3,640,446, CI. 229- 1 7.
Griffin, James R.; and Forbes, Norman A , to American Standard Inc
Programmed plumbing service. 3,639,920, CI. 4- 166.
Griffin, John R , to Tektronix, Inc Computer terminal apparatus.
3,641,555, CI. 340-324
Griffin, Robert M.: iee—
Audesse, Emery G; Griffin, Robert M ; Tartakoff, Alexander; and
Gutta, John J ,3,641,386
Griffing, Brandt M., to International Business Machines Corporation
Pulse driving circuit for inductive load. 3,641,367, CI. 307-252.
Griffith. Richard McDonald iee—
Holland. William Dean. Schmitt, Joseph Michael, and Griffith.
Richard McDonald. 3.64 1.197
Griffiths. Wilfred, to Abrasive Aids Ptv Limited Roller and method of
making same. 3.639.958, CI 29-130
Groce, Larry A Overcurrent-fault indicator apparatus for truck lines
of an electrical power distribution system 3, 641, 548, CI 340-253
Grosjean. Pierre, to Societe Rhodiaceta Polyamides containing anti-
static polyolefins having pendant polyoxvalkvlene chains 3.64 1 .198.
CI 260-857
Grottrup. Helmut: iee—
Dethloff. Jurgen. and GrottrupyHelmut,3,64I,3I6.
Grove Manufacturing Company .^—
Sterner. Russell L . and Lowe. William"L . 3.64 1 .55 I
Grove. Marvin H . Kim. Kee W . and Van Arsdale. Lyie R . to M&J
Valve Company. Valve apparatus having leak detecting means
3.641.542. CI 340-238.
Groves. William L . Jr . to Continental Oil Company Sulfosuccinale
half ester lime soap dispersing agents 3.640.882. CI 252-121.
Grow. Richard W iee —
Price. Vernon G. and Grow. Richard W .3.641.465
Grubba. Donald C , to Avco Corporation Flame deposited oxide coat-
ing and method of making safrie 3.640.757. CI 117-93 1
Grunzweig & Hartmann Aktiengesellschaft iee—
Eberle. Hans, and Wuttke. Gerhard. 3.640.92 1
Gruppo Lepetit S.p.A ; iee—
Nathansohn. Giangiacomo. Odasso. Gianfranco. De Ruggieri. and
Guzzi. Umberto. 3.64 1 ,007
Gru&s. Hansgeorg; iee—
Hampel. Gerald, and Gruss. Hansgeorg. 3. 640.663
Guark. Richard J , and Reicher, Milton D , to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation Maximal-ratio diversity receiving
system 3,641,437, CI 325-305
Guinn. Frank, and Baba, George P Signal flag 3,640,242, CI 116-173
Gulf& Western Precision Engineering Company iee—
Flanigan, Richard J , 3,640,026
Gulf Research & Development Company iee— .,
Bacha, John D . and Selwitz. Charles M . 3.64 JJI68
Bull. Willard C . and Schmid. Bruce K . 3.640.8 1 6
Cant. Noel W . and Hall. William K . 3.64 1 .1 39
Cupples. Barrett L . and Murphy. Clarence R . 3.640,852.
Femald, Herbert B , Gall. William, and Hay. Russell C .
3.641.191
Hay. Russell G.. McNulty, John G . and Walsh, William L .
3.641,086
Heilman, William J ,3,641.201
Ondrey, John A . and Swift. Harold E . 3.64 1 .1 38
Onopchenko. Anatoli. Schulz. Johann G D . and Seekircher.
Richard. 3.641.135.
Onopchenko. Anatoli. Schulz. Johann G D . and Seekircher.
Richard. 3.641.136
Rocchini. Albert G. and Trautman. Charles E . 3.640.868.
Schulz.JohannGD. and Seekircher. Richard. 3. 64 1.1 32.
Swift.HaroldE. 3.641,121
Gulick. Ronald A , and Wicke. Charles H . to Research Engineering
Company. Actuator 3.640. 1 40. CI 74-89. 1 5
Gulistan. Bulent. to Deutsch Fastener Corporation Method of produc-
ing a captive jacking screw 3.639.97 1 . CI 29-437
Gunn. David L.. and Hanus. George M . to Motorola. Inc Frequency
conversion module including emitter follower mixer 3.641 .441 . CI.
325-430
Gurka. Philip W Fish hook with weed guard. 3.640.014. CI 43-42 43
Gustavsson. Karl-Axel Goran, to Aktienbolaget Bahco Ventilation
Apparatus for cleansing flue gases. 3.640.053. CI 55-227
Guthrie. James L., to Grace. W R . & Co Polyenes cured with
polythiols with iron compounds and oxime esters as accelerators
3.640.923. CI. 260-13
Gutta. John J iee—
Audesse. Emery G .Griffin. Robert M . Tartakoff. Alexander, and
Gutta, John J ,3.641.386
Guttag. Alvin iee—
Friedman. Lester. Rattenbury. Kenneth H.; and Guttag. Al-
vin.3.641,2I8
Guzzi. Umberto: iee—
Nathansohn. Giangiacomo. Odasso. Gianfranco. De Ruggieri. and
Guzzi. Umberto, 3.64 1.007
Gyi. Ko Ko, to Burroughs Corfxiration Pneumatic head actuating
system having automatic control for reading and writing through
heads. 3.641,527. CI 340-174.1
Gyugyi. Laszlo. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Input filter cir-
cuit for cycloconverter apparatus 3.641 .41 7. CI 321-7
Haas. Werner E. L.. to Xerox Corporation Adhesive contact electrifi-
cation imaging. 3.640,746. CI 1 17-17 5
Habata, Hidetsugu; iee—
Kimura, Isao, and Habata, Hidetsugu, 3, 639, 953
Habermeier, Juergen; iee—
Porret, Daniel; Habermeier, Juergen; and Batzer, Hans. 3. 640.910
Habia Kommanditbolag; iee —
Waage, Bard Meyer, 3,639,960
Hadden, Edward H., to Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation Hollow
spherical ice bodies and method of making the same 3,640.081, CI
62-1
Hadron. Inc.: iee—
Duffy, Joseph J., and Sims, Stuart Donald, 3.64 1 ,307.
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Haede. Werner iw —
Radscheit. Kurt. Stache, Llrich, Haedc, Werner, Fritsch. Werner,
and Lindner. Ernst. 3,64 1 .009
Hahn. Edcleried See—
Schmid. Hans. Feldhoff, Heinrich, Martin. Wolfgag, Fessmann.
Heinz, and Hahn. Edeleried, 3.640.063
Hahn. Robert S . and Keefe. Thomas R . to Heald Machine Company.
The Machine tool 3.640. 138, CI 74-89 15
Halberstam. Mendel M See—
Petropoulas. Spyros K . Jehle. Robert E . and Halberstam. Mendel
M .3.641.350
Hall. Richard H , Roberts. Carleton W . Sikkema. Andrew J , and
Lawson. Junior J . to Dow Chemical Company, The Transparent
compositions of vinyl halide polymers and tertiary alkyl styrene-a
crylonitrile-butadiene rubber polymers and method of making the
same 3,641, 208, CI 260-876
Hall. William K See —
Cant, Noel W , and Hall, William K ,3,641.139
Halls. Kenneth F . and Brickley. Alfred H . to Space Too\, Inc Adjusta-
ble jaw wrench 3. 640. 159, CI 81-165
Halstead, William M Handling and heat dissipating device for electri-
cal components 3,640,5 I 9, CI 209-254
Hamanaka, Yasushi, Tajin, Hiromi, Etoh, Kuniomi, Furukawa, Kaoru,
and .Masai, Yukito, to Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha. Method for at-
taching additive to polyamide pellets 3,640,76 1 , CI. I 1 7- 1 00
Hamel GmbH, Zwirnmaschinen See —
Eckholt, Heinnch, 3,640, 1 44
Hamilton, John F , and Pederson, Donald J , to Hercules Incorporated
.Maintenance of slurry explosive pumping assembly for successive
loadings 3,640,585, CI 302-17
Hammann, Ingeborg; See—
Buchel, Karl-Heinz, Draber, Wilfried, Hammann, Ingeborg, and
L'nterstenhofer, Gunter,3,64 1 ,098
Schlor, Hanshelmut, Hammann, Ingeborg, and Homeyer, Bern-
hard, 3,64 1 ,223
Schrader, Gerhard, Hammann, Ingeborg, and Stendel, Wil-
helm, 3,641, 221
Hammer, Marvin H Device for sequentially dispensing sets of sheets
3.640.426. CI 221-67.
Hamner, Glen P , to Esso Research and Engineering Companv
Hydroforming naphthas 3,640.8 I 8, CI 208-65
Hampel, Gerald, and Gruss, Hansgeorg, to Optipatent ACi Device for
filling casting moulds with hardenable casting resin 3,640,663, CI
425-233
Hand, Clare R See—
Pews, Richard Ganh, Hand, Clare R., and Roberts, Carleton
W ,3,641,160
Handschuh, Volkmar See —
Arit, Dieter, and Handschuh, Volkmar, 3, 64 1 ,094
Haney, Eugene E , to Armco Steel Corporation Ct)ated wire for use in
prestressed concrete structures and method of producing same
3,640,776, CI 148-6 16
Hannah. Bruce R See—
Morrison, Andrew Ivar. and Hannah, Bruce R ,3,640,576.
Hannon, John G See —
Ernest,DaleS, 3,640,266
Hanscom, Genevieve I , See—
Elliott, MelvinR ,3,640,378
Hanslik, Wilhelm, to Dorplastex AG Multiple screw extruder
3.640,669, CI 425-376
Hanson, Newell B , to Hanson Silo Companv Silage distribution ap-
paratus 3,640,409, CI 214-17
Hanson Silo Company; i>e—
Hanson, Newell B , 3,640,409
Hanus, George M See—
Gunn, David L , and Hanus, George M ,3.641 .441.
Hardman Aerospace See—
Karlsen. Asbjorn. 3.640.570
Hardt, Dietrich See—
Weitzel, Hans, Dinges, Karl, Gobel, Wilhelm: and Hardt.
Dietrich, 3,64 1,206
Harlan, Martin L , Davis, Jerry L . and Nyland. Lloyd A . to Wolverine
World Wide. Inc Plate skinning machine 3.640.325. CI 146-241
Harnisch, Horst. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Disazo
dye salts 3,640,994, CI 260-191
Harowe Servo Controls Inc : See—
Livingston, Douglas J , 3,64 1 ,376
Harr, Stephen J , to Texaco Inc. Dual purpose lubricating composi-
tions 3,640,858, CI 252-49.8
Harris, John L , to Deltrol Corporation Refrigeration svstem with
delay timing mechanism 3,640,085, CI 62-158
Harrison, Bobby G , and Esche, Charles D , to Whirlpool Corporation
Frost anticipating bimetal control for an air conditioner 3,640,087,
CI 62-227
Harrison, Ian T See—
Fried, John H , and Harrison, Ian T ,3,641 ,161
Harrison, Robert R Airplane construction frame 3,640,49 I . CI. 244-
I 17
Harschel, Jonas C Resealing closure for cans and the like 3,640,422,
CI 220-24 5
Harst, Heinz: See—
Stephan, Gerhard, Harst, Heinz, Laux, Gunter, and Kappes, Al-
fred,3,640.799.
Hart, Bernard Eaton, to Flexian Hydraulics Ltd Diaphragm pump.
3,640,647, CI 417-389.
Harte. Robert B . to Buhr Machine Tool Company Circuit for and
methiK] of multiplexing for monitoring a plurality of separate
machine tools 3.64 1.326. CI 235-151 II
Hartley. Irby Ennis. Jr . to Du Pont de Nemours. E L, and Company
Apparatus 3.640,058, CI 57-34
Hartman, John H , to Thermalloy Incorporated Printed circuit card
rack 3,640,399, CI 211-175
Hartz Mountain Pet Foods, Inc.: See—
Waki, Isamu, 3,640,497
Haselrig, William t Shoe construction 3,640,004, CI 36-15
Hashiguchi, Yasuhisa, and Kamada, Sueo, to Asahi Kasci Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha Process for production of adiponitrole. 3,641,105,
CI 260-465 8
Hata, Kiyoshi, to Fumai Electric Company, Limited Cassette tape
device 3,640,479, CI 242-45 19
Hatano, Isao, Kitajima, Kenichi, and Iwatani, Katsumi, to Omron
Tateisi Electronics Co Microprogrammed digital computer provid-
ing various operations by word circulation 3,64 1 ,330, CI 235159
Hauser, Raimund See —
Keznickl, Eduard. 3.640,441.
Havlas, Jiri See-
Sedlank, Jargslav, Havlas, Jiri, and Kostelecky, Pre-
mysl.3.640.44()
Hawker Siddely Dvnamics Limited: See—
YarnelLJohn; 3, 640,604
Hay, Russell G : See —
Fernald, Herbert B , Gall. William, and Hay. Russell G .3,64 1,191
Hay, Rus.scll (i , McNulty, Ji)hn G , and Walsh, William L., to Gulf
Research & Development Company Process for converting trialkyi
aluminums to aluminum alkoxides 3,64 1 ,086, CI 260-448
Havashi, Chusaku. to Hayashi Seisakusha Co , Ltd Motor control cir-
cuit for pad holder 3,64 1, 4 12, CI 318-470
Hayashi. Jun See —
Nagae. Tadashi; Oishi, Yasushi, and Hayashi, Jun, 3,640, 7 16.
Hayashi Seisakusha Co . Ltd See —
Havashi, Chusaku. 3.641.412.
Hayden. Percy See—
Clark, Duncan, and Hayden. Percy. 3. 64 1 .162.
Hayes. Barry James See —
Ball. Alan. Haves, Barrv James, and Matthews, Albert
John, 3, 641, 195'
Hayes, Charles F , and Stcffev, David R . to General Motors Corp(.)ra-
tion Constant-area vectoring nozzle 3,640,469, CI 239-265 35
Hayes, Harold B , and Huff, Gerald L , to Lilly, Eli, and Company
Process for preparing 7-amino cephalosporamic acid. 3,64 1 ,01 8, CI
260-243
Hayman, David Frank, and Wild, Anthony Musgrave, to BDH
Chemicals Limited Substituted amides of 4-aryl-3-hydroxv butyric
acids 3,64 1. 123, CI 260-5(M) 5
Hayward Manufacturing Companv. Inc See —
Erhch.Ciiora. 3,640.310
Ha/eltine Corporation See—
Loughlin, Bernard D ,3,641,259. ^
Hazeltinc Research. Inc See —
Verga. John. 3.640.124.
Wallingford, Clarence Robert, 3,641,369
Heald Machine Company, The See—
Hahn. Robert S , and Keefe, Thomas R , 3,640,1 38
Heart/. Robert Alan, to General Electric Company Changeable ad-
dress display device. 3.641 .53 I , CI. 340- 1 84.
Heatcraft, Inc See—
Ammerman, George Edward, and McFarlane. William. 3,64 1 ,3 I 2.
Hedin. Robert A . to Phinizy. R B . mesne Keys for electronic security
apparatus 3,64 1, 498, CI 340-164
Heer, Alfred, and Metzger, Karl, to Ciba Limited Polyglycidyl esters.
3, 64 1, 064. CI 260-348
Hees, Walter See-
Walz. Klaus. Hees. Walter, and Ouaedvlieg, Mathieu, 3,640,677
Hegar, Ciert, to Ciba L imited Bisik a/o dyestuffs containing an N-icyl
imint)-N ' pvridinium lower alkyleneaminophenyl group 3,640,993.
CI 260146'
Hegedus, Balthasar. and Zeller. Paul, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc
Preparation of phenylalanine derivatives and novel intermediates
3,64 1,097. CI 260-456
Held, Christian See —
Frind, Horst, Heid, Christian, and Aman. Horst, 3, 640, 803.
Heileman, Richard C : See—
Lutz. Icland H . Heileman, Richard C , Upstone, Harlan R.,
Leonard, John M , and Ottow, Melvin A ,3,639,950
Hcilman, William J . to Gulf Research & Development Company Acid
resistant polyester resins 3. 64 1. 201. CI 260-867
Heimbigner. Gary Lee. to North American Rockwell Corporation
Multiple phase clock signal generator using frequency related and
phase separated signals 3.64 1 ,370, CI 307-269.
Heindrich, Gunter: See—
Waschk. Fritz, Muller, Jurgen, Krieger, Heinnch, and Heindnch,
Gunter, 3. 640, 205
Heine, John C See—
Allen, Clayton H , and Heme, John C ,3,640,539.
Heinz, Walter E See—
.McAndrew. France B , Polly, George W., and Heinz, Walter
E ,3,641,192.
Helle, Gordon W , to Sawmill Hydraulics, Inc Apparatus for splitting
and chopping timber 3,640,323, CI. 144-193.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Heller, Martin G , and Kelly, Donald D Apparatus for processing
transistor leads 3,640,1 1 3, CI 72-332
Heller, Rudolf Method of producing shaped bodies of low specific
gravity 3,640,787, CI 156-77
Hellman, Erik, to Allmanna Svenska Elektrisha Aktiebolaget Mandrel
for use in manufacturing a hollow elongated thin-walled metallic
body and method of using such mandrel 3,640,1 16, CI 72-476
Henderson, John Frederick: See—
La Flair, Ronald Turner; and Henderson, John
Frederick, 3,64 1,205
Hendrich. John H Decking system 3,640, 1 9 1 , CI 94- 1 3.
Hendry, C J , Company: See—
Becraft, Donald E., 3,640,400.
Hendry, Donald H.: See—
Johnson, Bruce K, and Hendry, Donald H ,3,640,194
Henkel & CieGmbH: iVf—
Gotte, Ernst, 3.640,883
Henle, Robert A.: See—
Castrucci, Paul P , Gates, Harlan R ; Henle, Robert A , Pricer,
Wilbur David, Morion, Robert M , Mason, John W., and North,
William D ,3,641,516
Hcnnebert, Jacques: See—
Ferton. Jean-Yves. Hcnnebert, Jacques, and Strippoli, Fran-
cois,3,641.295
Hcnnig, Hans Joachim, and Fischer, Peter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft Process for the preparation of polyisocyanates
which contain a carbodiimide-isocyanate adduct. 3,640,966, CI.
260-77.5
Henrie, Thomas A : See—
Scheiner, Bernard J , Lindslrom, Ronald E ; and Henrie, Thomas
A ,3,639,925
Henry, Charles Frederick, to McCulloch Corporation Multiple seg-
ment centrifugal clutch 3,640,365. CI 192-105
Henry. Clemence J : See—
Wiley. Morris A , Lacoste, F^oger G , Henry, Clemence J , and
Waldbillig, James O ,3,640,872
Henry, Patrick M , to Hercules Incorporated Isocyanate synthesis
from amines and carbon monoxide catalyzed by PDC Ij 3,641 ,092,
CI 260-453
Henry, William Nelson: See—
Alleman, Raymond Arthur, and Henry, William Nel-
son.3, 640,792
Henson, Glen E., and Fisher, Milton W , said Fisher asstir. to said Hen-
son Exercise apparatus 3,640,530, CI 272-83
Hepfer, Ivan C, to Furniture City Manufacturing Corporation Method
of making metal plates plastic articles 3,640,789, CI 156-92.
Hepworth, Paul: See—
Foster, Richard Gregory, Joy, David Richard, Hepworth. Paul,
and Dart, Edward Charles, 3 ,64 1,173
Hercules Incorporated: See—
Breslow, David S , 3,640,974
Carpenter, Charles W ,3,640,786
Chien, James C W , and Schwarz, Robert J . 3,640.946.
Graham. Donald P , 3.640.222.
Hamilton. John F . and Pederson. Donald J., 3.640.585.
Henry. Patrick M. 3.641.092
Koll. Laurel A, 3,640,461
Kruse. Walter M, 3,64 1, 067
Vandenberg. Edwm J, 3,640,908
Hermann. Allen M : See—
Rembaum. Alan, and Hermann, Allen M ,3,641,470
Hermann, Divid Trimble, and Rcmley, Kenneth Herald, to American
Cyanamid Company Textile adhesive from polvurethane containing
carboxylate groups. 3,640,924, CI 260-13
Herndon. John W., to United States of America, Navy Electronic
raster rotation system for television. 3,641 ,260, CI I 78-7.7
Herold, Wolf; and Ohnsorge, Horst, to Telefunken Patentverwertung-
sgesellschaft m b.H. Multiple data transmission system with variable
bandwidth allocation among the transmitting stations. 3,64 1 ,273. CI.
179-15
Heron, James, to Pre-Load Company Inc , The Concrete structures
3.640.038. CI 52-224
Hertz. Elisabeth: See-
Freed, Meier E; and Hertz, Elisabeth, 3,64 1,030.
Heusinkveld. Merlyn R , to Procter & Gamble Company, The Coffee
brewing packet. 3,640,727, CI 99-77 I
Hewlett-Packard Company: See—
Osborne, Thomas E , 3,641,328.
Heye, Hermann: See—
Sendt, Alfred, 3,640,5 I 7.
Heyer, Willy: See—
Rassmann.Christoph.and Heyer, Willy,3,640,581.
Heyn, William O.: See—
Mowat, Keith B , and Heyn. William 0. 3.640.542.
Hi-Speed Checkweigher Co . Inc.: See-
Del Rosso. Victor. 3,640,384
Hicks, James C: See-
Hicks, Margaret L , 3,640,465.
Hicks. Margaret L., to Hicks, James C Quick-connect hose members
and control system. 3,640,465, CI. 239-583
Hickson. Donald A.: See—
Csicsery, Sigmund M . Hickson. Donald A . and Jaffe,
Joseph,3,640,904
Hidaka, Mijio: See —
Yamada, Keisho; Nagai. Shigeki; Odan, Kyoji; Nakamura, Yasuo.
and Hidaka. Mijio, 3.64 1. 1 00
Hidaka, Mikio; See—
Yamada, Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki, Odan, Kvoji, Arima, Yasutaka,
and Hidaka, Mikio, 3,641, 101
Higgins, Francis J , to Courtaulds Limited Tube furnace 3,641,249,
CI 13-22
Hildebrandt, Peter, and Ruckdeschel, Walter, to Linde Aktien-
gesellschaft Apparatus for the ignition of direct-current welding and
cutting arcs 3,641 ,3 I 1 , CI 2 19- 1 35
Hilfman, Lee, to Universal Oil Products Company Hydrocarbon con-
version catalyst and method of manufacture 3,640,903. CI 252-
451
Hinsch, James E.: See-
Fellers, John F.; Hinsch. James E.; and McLaughlin, Ernest
O ,3,641,210.
Hintenberger, Karl Vacuum furnace 3,641,250, CI 13-31.
Hintrmger. Otmar, Koniger, Walter, and Thorn, Jurgen. to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft. Laser device for controlled guidance of fabricat-
ing machine 3,64 1 ,35 1 , CI 250-203.
Hinz, Harry C , Jr . See-
Bailey, David L , and Hinz. Harry C.Jr ,3.641,526.
Hirata. Kinya See—
Maeda, Yutakaand Hirata. Kinya.3. 64 1,409
Hirohashi, Toshiyuki: See—
Yamamoto, Hisao; Kitagawa, Sumio, Inaba, Shigeho, Sakai,
Shigeru, Hirohashi, Toshiyuki, Maruyama. Isamu, Akalsu. Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro,3,64 1 ,002
Hirose, Kengo, Ishiwata, Noboru, and Hukawa, Tadaomi. to Toyo
Denki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha \ acuum switch assembK . 3,64 1 ,394,
CI 317-27 ■ .
Hirota, Eiichi: See—
Kawamata, Tadashi; Hirota, Eiichi; Mihara, Toshihii^o^-and
Terada, Yukio,3,640,87l
Hitachi, Ltd See—
limura, Tsutomu, Kurokawa, Susumu, and Emoto, Masayuki,
3,640.867
Hobson. H M , Limited: See—
Neal. Francis John, Courtenav, Jerzv Leon, and Simmons, John
Richard, 3,640,092.
HixJan, James J : See—
Dever, James L., and Hodan, James J ,3,64 1,225
Hodder, Wayne K , to Bell & Howell Company. Time-modulating ap-
paratus 3, 64 1, 468, CI 332-9
Hodge Distributors Pty Ltd See-
Hodge, George Alwyn, 3.640,566
Hodge, George Alwyn, to Hodge Investments Pty. Ltd , and Hodge Dis-
tributors Pty. Ltd Invalid chair 3,640,566. CI. 297-68
Hodge Investments Pty Ltd.: See-
Hodge, George Alwyn, 3,640.566.
Hodges, James R : See—
Trifunoxic, Alexander L . Hodges. James R . and Shick. Richard
L .3,641,234.
Hodges, Robert James, to International Standard Electric Corporation
Apparatus for displaying and printing information 3,641,585, CI
346-74
Hodgins, Patrick M. See-
Carter, William R , Slavbaugh. Charles Jay, and Hodgins, Patrick
M ,3,640,420
Hodkin, Richard Keith: See—
Milner, Peter James, and Hodkin, Richard Keith, 3, 640, 587
Hoffman, Emil De Coudres, to Westinghouse Electric Corporation.
Metering system having a remote register. 3.641 ,537, CI. 340-205.
Hoffman-La Roche Inc : See—
Beamar. Alden Gamaliel, Duschinsky. Robert, and Tautz. William
Paul, 3,641, 047
Hoffmann, Heiner, to Ingeborg Niess Elektromedizinische Apparate
Electric contactor with venturi-suction means for organic tissue
3,640,270, CI 128-2 1
Hoffmann, Hellmut, and Scheinpflug, Hans, to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft Bromoalkyl-( Dl )-thiolphosphoric acid esters
3,64 1,224, CI 260-964.
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc : See—
Hegedus, Balthasar, and Zeller, Paul, 3,64 1 ,097
Kyburz, Emilio, and Spiegelberg, Hans, 3,641,153
Pawson, Beverly Ann, and Saucy, Gabriel, 3,641 ,1 56.
Hofmann, Gunter A G : See-
Lund, Roger E , and Hofmann, Gunter A G ,3,64 1 ,384
Hogan, Walter J See-
Cook, WilliamC .and Hogan. Walter J .3,641.558
Hogan, Walter J., and Maiden, Ancile E , to International Business
Machines Corporation Staggered video digital TV svstem
3,641,559, CI 340-324
Hogstrom, Edwin F , Stumphauzer, William C . and Nord. Eric T . to
Nordson Corporation Method for coating the interiors of hollow
bodies 3.640.758, CI 117-96
Holecek, Milan, to Projektovy ustav dopravnich a inzenyrskych staveb
Method and arrangement for registering and recording of deforma-
tions of materials. 3,641,581, CI. 346-1
Holland Hitch Company: See—
Neff, Charles G, and Carrier, Louis V . 3,640,549
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8, 1972
Holland. William Dean, Schmitt, Joseph Michael, and GrifTith, Richard
McDonald, to American Cyanamid Company Polymer composi-
tions and method for the production thereof. 3,641,197, CI 260-
854
Hollingsead, Robert A , Kuchler, Abraham, and Pryor, Clyde Robert,
to Hollingsead-Pryor Enterprises, inc Extractor hold down ap-
paratus 3,640, 141, CI 74-89 15
Hollingsead-Pryor Enterprises, Inc See—
Hollmgsead, Robert A , Kuchler, Abraham, and Pryor, Clyde
Robert, 3,640,141
Hollingswonh, Gale C , and Steffel, Ronald V , to Motorola. Inc. Am-
plifier protection circuit. 3. 64 1.451. CI 330-1 34
Hollister Incorporated: i>*—
Etes. Donald E. 3,640.741
Holm, William J , to Riggs & Lombard. Inc Apparatus for continu-
ously scouring webs of knit material or the like 3.640,099, CI 68-
19 1
Holman, Donald John, to Berk Limited Preparation of brominated
silane derivatives 3,641, 087, CI 260-448 8
Holme, John See—
Rolland, Jacques R . and Holme, John, 3,640, 730.
Holotron Corporation See—
Neeley, Victor I, and Libby, Hugo L , 3.640,598.
Holscher. Donald J See—
Chaplin, Richard W . Holscher. Donald J., Wasney, Albert Jr , and
Wheeler, Bryce A .3,641,261.
Holsinger, Jerry L , to Intertel. inc Frequency shift transmitter
3,641.460, CI 331-110
Holzl, Robert A. See—
Glaski. Frederick A , Holzl. Robert A., and Kaplan. Richard
B .3.640,689
Homeyer, Bernhard See—
Schlor, Hanshelmut, Hammann, Ingeborg. and Homeyer. Bern-
hard, 3,64 1 ,223
Honey, Alfred John See—
Britt, Jack, and Honey, Alfred John. 3.640,638
Honeywell Inc ; See—
Kreidermacher. Leonard L , and Hudson. David M . 3,641 .3 31
Schoenwitz, Frank H W, 3,641,530
Hoogendoorn, Helen M , Liberman, Herbert E , Narken, Bernt. and
Sunners, Brian, to International Business Machines Corporation
Method of mounting a ferrile head. 3.639,976, CI. 29-603
Hooker Chemical Corporation See—
Dever, James L , and Hodan, James J , 3,64 1 ,225.
Hoover Ball and Bearing Company See—
Rupert. Samuel J , and Ziegler. William E . 3.640.667
Hop. Adrianus G . to Shell Oil Company. Liquid level meter
3.640.134. CI 73-299
Hopkins, Neil E , and Muench, Paul W , to Borg-Warner Corporation
Refrigeration system and method 3,640,084, CI 62-101
Horiguchi. Shojiro. and Nakamura. Michiei Method of making cou-
pler-bonded-polymers and chromogen-bonded-polymers. and
polymers made thereby 3.640.983, CI 260-89 7
Horikawa, Hideichi See —
Katayama. Shitomi, and Horikawa. Hideichi.3,640,971
Hornschuch, Hanns, and Alderson, William T . to IngersoU-Rand Com-
pany Air compressor system 3.640,646. CI 4 1 7-203
Horrom. Bruce W , Crovetti, Aldo J , and Viste, Kenneth L , to Rohm
and Haas Company 3,5-Disubstituted benzamides. 3,640.699. CI
71-118
Horsley, Geoffrey Winton, and Burnett. Ronald Cyril, to United King-
dom Atomic Energy Authority Manufacture of ceramic artefacts
having pores 3,641. 227, CI 264-0 5
Horton. John W , to International Business Machines Corporation
Blood flow pressure measurement technique employing injected
bubbles and ultrasonic frequency scanning 3.640.27 1 . CI 1 28-2 05
Hoshi, Hiroshi: See—
Susuki, Rinnosuke, Hoshi, Hiroshi, and Araki, Shinichi,3,640.470
Hottinger, Conrad C . to Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle
AG Firing button for releasing a trigger and opening a cartridge
ejection gate 3,640.1 77, CI 89-33
Houdaille Industries, Inc See-
McLean, Ronald L.. 3,640,149
Hougen. Kenneth O Vacuum actuated automatic transfer device
3,640,319, CI 141-42
House, Bruce F . to Shelley Manufacturing Company Plural stack
dispenser having common actuation for stacks 3,640.427. CI 221-
127.
Housman, William A. Card and verification system having card voiding
element. 3,641 ,499, CI, 340-149
Howald. Frank Peterson See—
Gieseke, Elmer William, and Howald, Frank Peterson, 3, 640, 862
Howe, Ralph S , Jr , to Textron, Inc Antifriction bearing with cm-
bedded race inserts 3.640,592. CI 308- 1 93
Howell, John B See-
Yates. Lester R , Dorsey, Charles M , Jr. Howell, John B ,
Conklm. Winfred S , Sawicki, Joseph J., Shepherd. Reeves T ,
and Scares. Silvio, 3. 64 1 .434
Howland, Robin, to Parker-Knoll Limited Drop-end seat mechanism
3,640,567, CI. 297-116
Howman, Eric James: See—
Turner, Leonard, Howman, Eric James, and Bradshaw,
Christopher Patrick Cadman.3,64 1 ,1 89
Howmet Corporation: See—
Schwartz, Charles W, and Martini. Richard W, 3,640,815.
Hoyt, HazenL ,111 i>f-
Jeromin, LotharS . and Hoyt, Hazen L , 111,3,640,246.
Hrdina. Jiri, to Ceskoslovenska akadcmie ved Method and an ap-
paratus for separating a segmentation medium from a stream of a
segmented main fluid 3,640,822. CI 210-65
Hrubecky. Frederick J . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation Disposable
garment and method and apparatus for making same 3,639.91 5, CI
2-1 14
Hruby. John O . Jr , to Rain Jet Corporation Liquid discharge nozzle
having improved flow control means 3.640.472, CI 239-552
Hsia. Shwang, to Frye Industries. Inc., mesne Process of making toner.
3,640.861. CI 252-62 1
Huber & Co : See—
Wcsterkamp, Hugo, and Dubois. Robert. 3,64 1 .284
Hubcr. Hans-Peter, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengcscllschaft Control ar
rangement for copying apparatus 3,640.6 1 9, CI 355-36
Huckstadt, Harald. Saleck. Wilhelm, Randolph, August, Moll, Franz,
and Ran/. Erwin, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengcscllschaft Photographic
silver halide emulsion containing as a sensitizer bio-quarternary salts
ofbis-aminoalkyl-disulfides 3,640,7 15, CI 96-55
Huddle. Carl F . to Tension Structures Co Pavilion with mechanism
for automatically controlling sag and tension 3.640.296, CI 1 35-4
Hudson, David M : See—
Kreidermacher. Leonard L , and Hudson, David M ,3,64 1,331
Huebncr. Charles Ferdinand, to Ciba Corporation Trimeric hydrocar-
bon 3. 64 1.1 79. CI 260-668
Huct, Yves See —
Pournas, Bernard. Huet. Yves, and Pomaret. Carlos,3.64 1 ,1 24
Huff, Gerald L See—
Hayes. Harold B ; and Huff. Gerald L ,3.641,018
Huffman, Jerry P.. See —
Auer. John H . Jr .and Huffman. Jerry P .3.641.575
Huffman. W illiam W , to Marketers. Inc Portable food and drink carri-
er 3.640,380, CI 206-4
Hughes Aircraft Company: See—
Boucher.Robert J . 3,641,442
Chaplin, Richard W . Holscher. Donald J., Wasney, Albert Jr . and
Wheeler, Bryce A , 3,641.261
Dehne, Axel G ,3,640.082
Field. Lester M . Walker. Richard A . and McKee. William E ,
3.640.712
Grant, Jon H . and Bales. Waller D , 3.641 .365
Jamba. Douglas M , and Ennis, Robert M . Jr , 3.64 1 ,34 I
Jones. Sheldon. 3,640.628
lian. Kenneth T .and Long. Willis F . 3.641.358
Lund. Roger F . and Hofmann. Guntcr A Ci. 3, 64 1. 384
Oakcs, Malcolm M . 3.64 1 .306
Stults. Richard L , and Curry. Robert W , 3,641,266.
laylor. Elmer N.. 3,641.257.
Hughes. Nigel .S>e—
Berne. Alistair Howard, and Hughes, Nigel, 3.640.674
Hughes. Philip G , to General Electric Company Switching device for
electromagnetic motor starters 3. 641, 287. CI 200-16
Hughes. Roland O . and Allen. Joseph H , to North American Rockwell
Corporation Speed altitude command system for aerial vehicles
3.64 1. 323. CI 235-150 2
Hukawa. Tadaomi: See—
Hirose. Kengo, Ishiwata. Noboru, and Hukawa,
radaomi,3,641,394.
Hullingcr. Clifford H . Cohen. Lawrence, and Yui, Nooyuki Henry, to
American Maizc-Products Company Process for making paper
using starch having an increased gel strength 3.640,842. CI 162
175
Humphriss. Wesley D . and Bartlett, Lawrence C , to Eastman Kodak
Company Barrier layers for electrophotographic elements contain-
ing a blend of cellulose nitrate with a tetrapolymer having vinylidene
chloride as the major constituent 3.640,708. CI 96-1 5
Hunhoff. Raymond See—
Primus. Norman S : and Hunhoff. Raymond. 3.640, 759
Hunsicker, Paul Robert, to Commercial Mechanisms. Inc Trajectory
control mechanism for ball pitching machine 3.640.262. CI 124-7.
Hunter Douglas International Lid See —
Rijnders. Willem. 3.640,033.
Hunter, Neville John See--
Forbes. Alan David, and Hunter, Neville John. 3. 640, 893
Hurst. James J See—
Robertshaw. Fred C . Bartos. Jon . Hurst, James J , and McGurty.
James August, 3,640, 704
Hurtig. Carl R , to Damon Corporation Liquid container having pres-
sure-protected dialyzing membrane 3.640,393, CI 210-321
Hurtig, Carl R . Ferrari, Andres, and Khoury, Amin J , to Damon Cor-
poration Clinical sample container 3,640,267, CI 128-2
Hussey, Joseph L , to Bonin. Pete J Therapy table 3,640,272, CI. 1 28-
33
Hutley, Ronald W. F , to Advanced Terminals, Inc Apparatus for
stacking fan folded paper. 3,640.52 I , CI 270-6 1
Huxley. Edward E See—
Warner. Paul F . and Huxley, Edward E ,3,640,736.
Hydroconic Limited. See—
Corlett, Ewan Christian Brew , 3 ,640,07 1
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Hymes, Alan C , Margulis, Rajko R , and Nalbandian, Robert M , to
Wyandotte Chemicals Corporation, mesne Method for the treat-
ment of an embolus or thrombus 3,64 1 ,240, CI 424-78.
Hyodo, Masayoshi: See—
Suzuki, Masaru, and Hyodo, Masayoshi, 3, 64 1 ,493
Ibbett, Roland Norman, and Aspinall, David, to National Research
Development Corporation Multiplex spectrometer. 3,640,625. CI
356-97
lchikawa,Takehiko: See—
Ito. Tomiyasu.. Nagata. Koichiro, Ichikawa, Takehiko, and Kalo,
Tetsuya,3,641,003.
Ichikawa, Yataro, and Yamanaka, Yoshiyuki, to Teijin Limited.
Process for the preparation of bis-(^- hydroxyalkyl)esters of aro-
matic dicarboxylic acids. 3,641,1 12, CI 260-475
Ichimaru.Takarokuro: See—
Arimura, Tohru, Kamata, Masamoto, Okado. Masaru; and
Ichimaru, Takarokuro.3,641 ,325.
Ichimura, Hiroshisa: See—
Mori, Yoichi;and Ichimura, Hiroshisa,3,640,156
Ichise, Noboru, Combination leg/foot rest and bed cover retainer.
3,639,929, CI. 5-327.
Ideal Basic Industries, Inc : See—
Smith, Randal E., and Egbom, Clarence W , 3,640.385
limura, Tsutomu; Kurokawa, Susumu, and Emoto, Masayuki, to
Hitachi, Ltd. Lithium-zmc ferrite composition with arsenic oxide or
bismuth oxide 3,640,867, CI. 252-62.61
Ikeda, Hiroshi, to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha. Microwave
oven. 3,641, 301, CI. 219-10.55
llnyckyj, Stephan, Cole, John Charles O., Feldman, Nicholas; and
Strickland, Barney R., to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Enhancing low temperature flow properties of fuel oil 3,640,691,
CI. 44-52.
Impastato, Leona Rocha. Instrument for altering garment patterns.
3,639,988, CI. 33-11
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited: See-
Berne. Alistair Howard, and Hughes, Nigel, 3,640,674.
Bishop, Nigel Douglas, and Masters, Joan Irene, 3,64 1 ,035.
Brooks, Martin Frederick, and Kerrigan, Vincent, 3,641,093
Clark. Duncan, and Hayden, Percy, 3.641 ,162
Comforth, David Arthur, Waddan. Dhafir Yusuf, and Williams,
Derek, 3,641, 106
Foster, Richard Gregory, Joy, David Richard, Hepworth, Paul,
and Dart, Edward Charles, 3,64 1 , 1 73.
Jackson, John Ernest, 3,640,948
Impiola, Clarence N.: See—
McKillip, William J , Culbertson, Billy M , and Impola, Clarence
N, 3,640,676.
Inaba, Shigeho: See —
Yamamoto, Hisao, Kitagawa, Sumio, inaba, Shigeho, Sakai,
Shigeru, Hirohashi, Toshiyuki, Maruyama, l&amu, Akatsu, Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro,3,641 ,002.
Inagaki, Tsuguya: See—
Tomiyasu, Hiroshi, Inagaki, Tsuguya, Kajiura, Hiroshi; and
Watanabe, Kinnosuke,3,640,l 35
Inamoto, Toshiharu: See—
Osugi, Kinichiro, Suzuki, Yoshiaki, Mori, Tokio, and Inamoto.
Toshiharu, 3,64 1, 561
Inamura, Seiichi, Kondo, Yusuke, Akita, Minoru, and Chikanari,
Kenichi, to Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha. Apparatus for continuous
reaction of high viscous materials 3,640,509. CI. 259- 1 04,
Industrial Nucleonics Corporation: See—
Fleming, John W , Jr , and McMullen, James Michael, 3,640,162
Ingeborg Niess Elektromedizinische Apparate: ,S>f—
Hoffmann, Hemer, 3,640,270,
Ingersoll-Rand Company: See—
Hornschuch, Hanns, and Alderson, William T , 3,640,646
Ingram, Brian, to Girling Limited, Two pedal hydraulic braking system
3,640,067, CI, 60-54 6
Inoue, Hidemu: 5^^—
Ito, Hiroo; Nakamura, Seiichi; and Inoue, Hidemu,3,640,902
Inoue, Kiyoshi, Shock forming, 3,640,1 10, CI 72-56
Inoue, Masahiko; and Tojyo, Ken, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha, and Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho Safety
belt buckle, 3,639,95 1 , CI 24-230
Institut Francais du Petrole des Carburants et Lubrifiants: See—
Phung, Nhu Hung, and Le Febvre, Gilles, 3,640,987
Rouchaud, Jean; and Seree De Roch, 3,64 1 ,066.
Institut fur Silikon-und Fluorkarbon-Chemie: See—
Muller, Richard, Frey, Hans, and Dathe, Christian, 3,64 1 ,082.
Institute of Gas Technology: See-
Lee, Bernard Shing-Shu; and Schora, FrankC , Jr., 3,640,016
InstitutuI de Cercetari Si Proiectari Alimentare: See—
Moisescu, Gheorghe, Stoica, Valer; Wolf, Carol; and Spataru,
Nicolae, 3,640, 206
Integrated Building Industry, Inc See—
Collins, Howard W , 3,641,303.
Intelligent Instruments, Inc See—
Slavin, Peter E, 3,641,554.
International Assembly Corporation See—
Friberg, Nelson A., 3,641 ,552
International Business Machines Corporation: See-
Bailey, David L ; and Hinz, Harry C , Jr , 3,64 1 ,526
Burns, Gerald; Giess, Edward A.; and O'Kane, Daniel F .
3,640,865.
Castrucci, Paul P , Gates, Harlan R . Henle, Robert A , Pricer,
Wilbur David, Morton, Robert M . Mason. John W , and North,
William D ,3,641,516.
Champ, Robert B., Jurgens, Henry A , and Thompson, James O ,
3,640,714.
Cook, William C, and Hogan, Walter J , 3,64 1 ,558
Detweiler, John R., Jr , and Tummala, Rao R , 3,640,738.
Drejza, John E, 3,640,21 7
Greanias. Evon C , and Levine, Wilbur J , 3,641 .500.
GrifTing, Brandt M.. 3,641.367
Hogan, Walter J., and Maiden, Ancile E . 3,64 1 ,559
Hoogendoorn, Helen M , Liberman, Herbert E., Narken. Bernt;
and Sunners, Brian, 3,639,976.
Horton, John W ,3,640,271.
Irwin,JohnW., 3,641, 534
Jones, Richard A., 3,641 ,556.
Revitz, Martin; and Turene, Francis E , 3,641,402
Yao.YingL ,3.641,360
International Computers Limited: See—
Whitehead, Cecil Thomas, and Critchley, Anthony Francis Ewart,
3,641.502.
International Controls Corpioration: See—
Shmueli, Kalman, Scott, Robert T . and Mills, Wallace R .
3,640,318.
International Harvester Company: See—
Fueslein, Jerome L., 3.640,346
International Lead Zinc Research Organization. Inc See—
Overmars. Henricus Gerardus Josef; Van Elven. Aris, and Noltes,
Jan Gerrit, 3,641, 178
Radtke, Schrade F., 3,641,080.
Radtke, Schrade F, 3,641,081
International Minerals & Chemical Corporation See-
Lang, William J , and Krajewski, John J , 3,640.826.
International Nickel Company, The See-
Taylor, Brian; and Parry, Philip James, 3.640,777.
International Paper Company: See —
Lee, Charles A , and Sorrells. Frank D , 3,640,000
International Standard Electric Corporation: See—
Fettweis, Alfred Leo Maria, 3,64 1 ,27 1
Gaines. Brian R , and Shemer, Raymond A., 3,641 ,447.
Hodges. Robert James, 3,641,585
Perrault, Jean; and Salle, Adelin E G , 3,641 ,494
International Synthetic Rubber Company Limited. The See—
Jenkins, Derek Keith, and Dixon. Christopher George Piers,
3.641,176
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation: See—
Albanese, Damian F., 3,64 1 ,573.
Canty, Eugene T, 3,641,438.
Green, Joseph A , 3,64 1 ,445
Guark, Richard J , and Reicher, Milton D , 3,64 1 ,437
Lutz, Leland H., Heileman, Richard C , Upstone, Harlan R ,
Leonard, John M , and Ottow, Melvm A., 3,639,950
Spanos, William M , and Polgar. Michael S , 3,641 ,578
Intertel, Inc.: See—
Holsinger. Jerry L.. 3.641 ,460.
Irish, Carleton D., and Painkin. Harold, to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated Intercept connector for making alternative
bridging connections having improved contact clip construction
3,641,475, CI. 339-17
Irwin, John W , to International Business Machines Corporation Intra-
record resynchronization in digital recording systems 3, 64 1,534, CI
340-174.1
Isaacson, Henry V.. See-
Chambers, Robert R., Isaacson, Henry V ; and Young, David
W ,3.640,973.
Isbitsky, Bernard: See —
Chisholm, Daniel R., Solomon, Jack M., and Isbitsky.
Bernard, 3,64 1,022.
Ise Electronics Corporation: See—
Nakamura, Tadashi, 3.641 ,390
Ishihara, Masao, Sugino, Osakazu, Nishina, Yoshio, Kohno, Isao, and
Satoh. Yuzuru. to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co , Ltd Gelatinous
photographic coating comfxjsition 3.640,7 21 . CI 96-1 14 4
Ishiwata. Mamoru, and Akio. Huruya, to Fuji Shashin Film Kabushiki
Kaisha. Coating method. 3,640,752, CI I I 7-47.
Ishiwata, Noboru: See—
Hirose, Kengo, Ishiwata. Noboru; and Hukawa,
Tadaomi, 3, 64 1,394.
Ismail, Roshdy: 5e*—
Termin, Eric, and Ismail, Roshdy,3,641 ,079
ISO Nuclear Corporation: See—
Armel, Jack; Kogan, Mark, and Cohen, Howard S , 3,64 1 ,342
Isobe, Hiroshi; Aoki, Hachiro; and Tanaka, Noritoshi, to Diesel Kiki
Kabushiki Kaisha Governor for internal combustion engines of in-
jection type 3,640,258. CI 123-140
Isobe. Masahide, to Tokyo Sokuhan Co , Ltd Rocking type apparatus
provided with prism or mirrors in microscope for bonder. 3,640,600,
CI. 350-34.
Issler, Jorg: See—
Mittag, Hermann; and Issler, Jorg, 3, 640, 260
Itagaki, Kenichi, to Max Corporation Stapler. 3,640,443. CI 227-120
Itek Corporation: See—
Gallet, Jacques Henri, and Gracia, Robert Francis, 3,640,717.
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Ito, Hiroo. Nakamura, Seiichi, and Inoue, Hidemu. to Tao Gosei
Chemical Industry Co , Ltd Catalyst for the vapor-phase oxidation
of lower olefins and a process for preparing the same, 3,640,902, CI.
252-439
Ito.Osamu See—
Sumiyoshi, Masaham. Sakakibara, Shigeru. Ito. Osamu. and Kato.
Takaaki, 3,640,1 51
Ito. Tomiyasu.. Nagata, Koichiro, Ichikawa, Takehiko, and Kato, Tet-
suya, to Ajinomoto Co , Inc. Method of preparing an a-ammo-T-lac-
tam 3,641.003,CI. 260-239 3
■ vers, Richard J., and McDonough, William H., to Dynamics Research
Corporation. Digital resolver 3,641 ,565, CI 340-347
Iwabuchi, Yoshitaka: See—
Kinjo. Hisao. Iwabuchi, Yoshitaka, Takashima, Seiichi, Kato,
Takotoshi, and Okano, Keigo. 3,641 ,278
Iwala, Hiroo See—
Kundo, Kishichiro, Iwata, Hiroo, Yamaguchi, Nario, Shimizu,
Sakae, and Tubuko, Ka2uo,3,640,709
Iwatani, Katsumi. See—
Hatano, Isao, Kitajima, Kenichi, and Iwatani, Katsumi, 3, 641 ,330
Izumi, Takahiro See —
Yamamoto. Hisao, Kitagawa, Sumio, Inaba, Shigeho, Sakai,
Shigeru, Hirohashi, Toshiyuki, Maruyama, Isamu, Akatsu, Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro, 3. 641 ,002
Jacaway, William Arthur, Jr. See—
Armbruster, Frederick Carl, and Jacaway, William Arthur,
Jr ,3,640,847
Jackson, John Ernest, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Stabil-
ized polyamides. 3,640.948. CI 260-45 75
Jackson, Wilbur C , and Beck. William P , to Sunbeam Corporation
Electric dry shaver with inclined shaving head 3.639.984, CI 30-
34 I
Jacobsen, Gunter; See—
Fernholz. Hans, and Jacobsen, Gunter, 3 ,64 I . I 13
Jacobus, Dwight W , and Simms, Michael L , to General Electric Com
pany Household refrigerator including exterior ice service.
3,640,088, CI 62-320
Jaeger, Karl Vertical takeoff and landing aircraft. 3,640,489. CI 244-
23
Jaffe. Joseph See—
Csicsery, Sigmund M , Hickson, Donald A , and Jaffe.
Joseph, 3, 640,904
Jaffe. Joseph, and Kittrell, James R , to Chevron Research Company.
Thermactivation of catalysts comprising rhenium and crystalline
zeolitic molecular sieve particles dispersed in a gel matrix, and
catalysts so term- activated. 3, 64 1,096, CI 252-455
Jamba, Douglas M , and Ennis, Robert M , Jr , to Hughes Aircraft
Company Ion beam image converter 3, 64 1,341, CI 250-49 5
James, Claire L , to Eastman Kodak Company Control apparatus and
method for a photographic device. 3,640, 198, CI 95-13
James, Edward Anthony: See —
Di Stefano, Ralph David, and James, Edward Anthony, 3, 640, 765
James, William G ; See—
Kekish, George T., James, William G , and Simons, Duanc
J ,3,640,933
Jama, Zbigniew J , to Ford Motor Company. Hydraulic power supply
3,640,301, CI 137-101.
Janoski, Edward J : See-
Moore, Robert E , and Janoski, Edward J ,3.641 ,167
Januszewski, Joseph Paul, and Bahouth, Tayseer George, to Colgate-
PaJmolive Company Stable dental cream composition. 3,641,238,
CI 424-49
Jauvtis, Harvey I , to United States of America, Air Force Magnetic
domain circulating shift register 3,64 1, 523, CI 340-174
Javet, Alain, to Battelle Development Corporation, The Heat exchan
gers. 3,640,330, CI 159-6
Jefferson Chemical Company, Inc.: See—
Bentley, Floyd Edward, and Godfrey, Norman Bell, 3,639,928
Jehle. Robert E.5«-
Petropoulas, Spyros K , Jehle, Robert E., and Halberstam, Mendel
M ,3.641,350
Jenkins, Derek Keith, and Dixon, Christopher George Piers, to Interna-
tional Synthetic Rubber Company Limited. The Olefin oiigomerisa-
lion process. 3, 64 1,1 76, CI. 260-668.
Jenkins, Peter J , and Neller, William C , to Dunlop Holdings Limited.
Conveyors systems. 3,640, 37 I, CI 198-16
Jenks, Herbert R , to Dura Fiber, Inc Method for making prestressed
laminated fiber- glass structures 3,641 ,230, CI. 264-152
Jenner, Myron Closure device for focxj-containing bags and the like
3,639,947, CI 24-30.5
Jensen, Reilly C See—
Partridge. Jerry A . and Jensen, Reilly C ,3,641 ,226.
Jepsen. Tag L B , to Basic Incorporated Flotation concentration of
magnesite with emulsified collector reagents. 3,640,382, CI 209-12
Jerabek, Robert D See—
Plasynski, Joseph E , and Jerabek, Robert D ,3,640,810.
Jerchel, Dietrich: See —
Ost, Walter, Thomas, Klaus, Jerchel, Dietrich, and Linden, Ger-
bert,3, 64 1,062
Jemakoff, George See-
Van der Grinten, Willem J ; and Jernakoff, George, 3. 64 1 ,340.
Jeromin, Lothar S., and Hoyt, Hazen L., Ill, to Xerox Corporation
Development apparatus for latent electrostatic images. 3,640,246,
CI 118-629.
Jobson, Roger J : i'«—
Kipping, Vernon L , 3,641,334.
Johnson & Johnson: See—
Oelmann, Peter, and Weisshuhn, Peter, 3,640,522
Johnson, Arthur F Electrolytic cell. 3,640,800, CI 204-67
Johnson. Bruce K . and Hendry, Donald H., to Polaroid Corporation.
Photographic apparatus for mounting a multi-lamp flash unit
3,640,194.CI.95-II
Johnson, Ernest W , to General Mills, Inc Simulated cooked egg
3,640,732,CI.99-I14
Johnson Gage Company, The See—
Johnson. Lowell C , and Johnson, Lowell C, 3,639,996.
Johnson, Lowell C , and Johnson, Lowell C , 3,639,996
Johnson. Glenn E . to United States of America, Interior. Production of
methane by bacterial action 3,640,846, CI. 195-27
Johnson, Harry T , to Battelle Development Corfjoration, The. Inner
vane for rotary devices 3.640,65 I, CI 418-269
Johnson, Lowell C . and Johnson, Lowell C , to Johnson Gage Com-
pany. The Johnson Gage Company, The. Screw thread gage with
aligner Screw thread gage with aligner. 3,639,996, CI 33-199.
Johnson. Lowell C : See —
Johnson. Lowell C , and Johnson, Lowell C ,3,639,996
Johnson. Matthey & Co Limited: See—
Selman. Gordon Leslie, and Ellison, Peter James, 3,640,705.
Johnson. Morris A . and Yang, Kang. to Continental Oil Company.
Process for preparing 1 .2 dichloroethane. 3,641, 172, CI 260-658.
Johnson. Norman A See—
Gilbo. Charles F . and Johnson. Norman A .3,640,045
Johnson, Roger L See—
Bitzer. Donald L . Bandy, Lyic E , Johnson, Roger L , and Skaper-
das. Dominic O .3,641,529
Johnson, S C . & Son, Inc See—
Dill. Douglas W ,3,640,916.
Jones. David H . See—
Shank, Richard C , Zucker, Carl E , Jones, David H , Ribbq Harry
F q Jr , and Bayard. Robert T ,3,640,844.
Jones, Edward S : See—
Anello, Louis Ci , Boghosian, Edward Michael, Jones, Edward S .
Minhas, Pritam S., Price. Alson K , and Sweeney, Richard
F ,3,641,083
Jones, GifTin D . and Roth, Harold H . to Dow Chemical Company.
The Substituted acylated polyimine resins 3.640.909, CI 260-2
Jones. Lawrence Temple. Schmidt, Gerald W , and Smith. Jay. III. to
California R&D Center Toy top utilizing a moving picture ap-
paratus 3.640.U19 CI 46-49
Jones, Richard A . to International Business Machines Corporation
Character addressing system 3. 64 1.556, CI 340-324
Jones. Sheldon, to Hughes Aircraft Company Electro-optical target
acquisition blanking system 3,640.628, CI 356-152.
Jope, Bruce T , and Phillips. Alan R . to Monsanto Company Trim in
place thermoforming apparatus 3.640,666, CI 425-302
Jordan, Edward Graham See—
Woodward. Jack Thomas Armon. and Jordan. Edward
Graham. 3.64 1, 586.
Jordan. Manuel A See—
Gonzcnbach. Carlos T, and Jordan, Manuel A ,3,640,977.
Jorgensen, Kirsten Borre: See —
Reulet, Philippe, Pfister, Alain, Tellier, Jacques, Blanc, Jean-Hen-
ry, Jorgensen. Kirsten Borre. and Bohlbro. Hans, 3, 641 ,102
Josey, Geoffrey Ernest Internal combustion engines 3,640,261, CI.
123-188
Joy. David Richard: See—
Foster. Richard Gregory. Joy. David Richard; Hepworth, Paul,
and Dart, tdward Charles, 3,641 , 1 73.
Jubb. Albert, to Rolls Royce I imited Pressure vessels. 3,640,032, CI
52-2
Juda. Walter. Allen. Robert J , and Petrow. Henry G . to Prototech
Co.. division of Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc Method of increasing
fuel cell current density 3.640.774, CI 1 36-86
Jung, Richard, to L & C Steinmuller G m b H Register construction
for closing off circular- cylindrical flow ducts. 3,640,499, CI 251-
305.
Jung, Richard, and Lenkewit/. Horst. to L & C Steinmuller GmbH
Apparatus for breaking up lumpy material. 3,640,475, CI 241-55.
Jurgens, Henry A See —
Champ, Robert B . Jurgens, Henry A., and Thompson, James
O ,3,640,714.
Jursich, Myron J , and Ciesia, Stanley F., to Nalco Chemical Company
Electrophotographic recording member and process of producing
the same 3,640,766, CI 117-218
Justus, Edgar J . to Beloit Corporation. Bearing support and drive for
controlled crown roll 3,639,956. CI. 29-116.
Kabel- und Metallwerke Cjutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Bretting, Klaus, 3,641,482
Kabcl- und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Iktiengesehlschaft: See—
Klebel, Wolfram, 3,641,309.
Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu See —
Okada, Takaaki, 3,641.545.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh: See —
Ando, Sadanao. 3.640,424
Kasuya, Kazuhiko, Ohfa, Wasaburo; and Okuno, Zenjiro,
3,640,751
Kundo, Kishichiro, Iwata, Hiroo, Yamaguchi, Nario, Shimizu,
Sakae, and Tubuko, Kazuo, 3,640,709.
Okuno, Zenjiro, Mizuno, Akinon, and Kondoh, Ikuyo, 3,640,863.
Februarys. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai Rika Denki Seisakusho: iff—
Inoue, Masahiko, and Tojyo, Ken, 3,639,95 1
Suzuki, Masaru, and Hyodo, Masayoshi, 3,64 1 ,493.
Kaescr, Ernst K : See—
Ringland, William L , and Kaescr, Ernst K ,3,641,467.
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation: See—
Finnegan, Walter D , 3.639.974
Kaiser, Gary V See—
Murphy. Charles F . Webber, J Alan, Kaiser, Gary V., Van
Heymngen, Earle M , Wright, Ian G ; and Cooper, Robin D
G, 3,641,014.
Kajiura, Hiroshi: See—
Tomiyasu, Hiroshi, Inagaki, Tsuguya, Kajiura, Hiroshi, and
Watanabe, Kinnosuke,3,640,l 35.
Kali-Chemie Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Milkowski, Wolfgang, Stuhmer, Werner; and Von Eickstedt,
Klaus-Wolf, 3,641,125.
Kalle Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Sus, Oskar, Uhlig, Fritz, and Schafer, Heinz, 3,64Q,992.
Kallert, Wilhelm: See—
Konig, Klaus, Muller, Erwin, Kallert, Wilhclm; and Muhlhausen.
Cornelius, 3,640, 967
Kalvitis, Robert E.: See—
Cassano, James R , Smith, Charles E , and Kalvitis, Robert
E ,3,640,614.
Kamada, Sueo See—
Hashiguchi, Yasuhisa, and Kamada, Sueo, 3, 641 ,105
Kamata, Masamoto See—
Arimura, Tohru, Kamata, Masamoto, Okado. Masaru. and
Ichimaru, Takarokuro,3,641 ,325
Kamen, Jack M., ami Wilkinson, Carolyn J , said Wilkinson assor to
said Kamen Tracheal tube with normally expanded balloon cuff
3,640,282, CI 128-351.
Kanada, Takashi, and Tanaka, Toshio Package with destructible por-
tion for dispensing. 3,640,38 1 , CI 206-56
Kane, John F. Push-pull spring type exercising device 3,640,529, CI
272-83.
Kaneda, Isamu: See—
Suzuki, Shigeyuki, Kaneda, Isamu, Takahashi, Masaaki, and
Nagai, Hiroshi, 3,640,969
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kimura, Isao, and Habata, Hidetsugu, 3,639,953.
Kaneko, Toyo: See-
Suzuki, Toshio, and Kaneko, Toyo, 3, 640, 568
Kanitz, Roy Edwin, to Sperry Rand Corporation. Safety apparatus for
mechanical filing cabinets. 3,640,596, CI. 312-223.
Kanzaki, Hisao: See—
Sasaki. Hiroshi, Maruyama, Tatsuo, Kanzaki, Hisao. and
Sakamoto, Yasuhiko,3,64 1 ,274
Kaplan, Ephraim H : See—
Richter, Sidney B , and Kaplan, Ephraim H ,3,641,220.
Kaplan, Richard B.: See—
Glaski, Frederick A ; Holzl, Robert A , and Kaplan, Richard
B ,3,640,689
Kaplow, Milton; and Klose, Robert E., to General Foods Corporation.
Shelfstable egg products 3,640,731 , CI. 99-1 13.
Kappes, Alfred: See—
Stephan, Gerhard, Harst. Hcinz; Laux. Gunter. and Kappes, Al-
fred,3,640,799.
Karinthi, Pierre, and Spire, Etiene, to L'Air Liquid, Societe Anonyme
pour I'Etude et I'Exploitation des Procedes Georges Claude Method
of improving the properties of a ferrous metal in the molten state
3,640,702, CI 75-59
Karlsen, Asbjorn, to Hardman Aerospace Seat for reclining chair
3,640,570, CI 297-316
Kasper, Joseph G : See-
Carlson, Alfred D , and Kasper, Joseph G .3,639,940
Kasselmann, John T.. to Bendix Corporation, The Hydraulic servo ac-
tuator arrangement for an adaptive steering system 3,640,184, CI
91-387.
Kasuya, Kazuhiko; Ohta, Wasaburo, and Okuno, Zenjiro, to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh. Method for liquid-developing an electrostatic image
3,640,751, CI. 117-37
Katayama, Shitomi, and Horikawa, Hideichi, to Denki Onkyo Co Ltd
End-blocked copolymers of vinyl monomers with cyclic monomers
and method for preparing the same 3,640,97 I , CI. 260-78.3
Kato, Takaaki: See—
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigeru; Ito, Osamu, and Kato,
Takaaki,3,640,l51.
Kato, Takotoshi: See—
Kinjo, Hisao; Iwabuchi, Yoshitaka, Takashima, Seiichi, Kato,
Takotoshi; and Okano, Keigo,3,64l,278.
Kato, Tetsuya: See—
Ito, Tomiyasu,; Nagata, Koichiro; Ichikawa, Takehiko; and Kato,
Tetsuya, 3, 64 1,003
Katz, Norman. Cleaning pollutants from furnace and incinerator
smoke and the like 3,640,054, CI 55-228.
Katz, Woolf: See-
Polson, Alfred, and Katz, Woolf,3,640,809
Kau, Donald L.: See-
Case, Forrest N ; Garrison, Arthur W , Kau, Donald L.; and
Smiley, David E, 3,640,808
Kaufman, Martin H , O'Drobinak, John D , and Dake, James O , Jr , to
United States of America, Navy Hybrid propellant system
3,640.070, CI. 60-220.
Kaufman, Martin H : See —
O'Drobinak. John D , and Kaufman, Martin H .3,640,785
Kawai, Hisashi, to Nippon Dense Company Limited Device for in-
dicating disconnection of turn signal lamp in a turn signalling system
for automotive vehicle. 3,641 ,490, CI 340-55
Kawamata, Tadashi, Hirota, Eiichi, Mihara. Toshihiro, and Terada.
Yukio, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co , Ltd Tellurium-irofl.-
modified chromium dioxides 3, 640, 87 1. CI. 252-62. SI /
Kawamura, Koichi: See— ,— ^^
Kawamura, Koreichi, Kawamura, Yoshiko, and Kawamura,
Koichi, 3,640,463.
Kawamura, Koreichi, Kawamura, Yoshiko, and Kawamura, Koichi
Form-indicating water fountain. 3,640,463, CI 239-1 7.
Kawamura, Yoshiko: See—
Kawamura, Koreichi, Kawamura, Yoshiko, and Kawamura,
Koichi,3,640,463
Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. See—
Sugahara, Takashi, Suzuki. Minoru. Fukunaga, Tadayuki. and Fu-
kushima, Shozo. 3.640.069.
Kayser. Lutz Tilo Rocket engine 3,640.072. CI. 60-258.
K.D.G Instruments Limited See—
Surke. Hans. 3.640,478
Keane, Peter J See—
Muse, George H , and Keane, Peter J ,3,639.980.
Keberle, Wolfgang, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
Process for the preparation of chloroalkane sulphonyl chlorides
3,641, 140, CI 260-543.
Keefe, Thomas R See—
Hahn, Robert S . and Keefe, Thomas R ,3,640.1 38
Kekish, George T , James, William G , and Simons, Duane J , to Nalco
Chemical Company. Preparation of polvacrolein-sodium bisulfite
adduct 3,640,933. CI 260-29 6
Keller, Michael I , and Gardner, Dayne G . said Gardner assor to said
Keller Automatic electronic paging system 3, 64 1.276. C! 179-18.
Kelley. Edward. Corporation. See—
Carter. William R . Slaybaugh. Charles Jay, and Hodgins. Patrick
M, 3, 640,420
Kelly, Donald D: 5fe—
Heller. Martin G; and Kelly. Donald D .3.640.1 13
Kemmer. Frank N , Robertson, Reid S . and Mattix. Rodney D . to
Nalco Chemical Company Sewage treatment process 3.640,820.
CI 210-6
Kemp. Robert T . to Mobil Oil Corporation Mono- and di-halo-1-n-
heterocyclovinyl phosphates 3,64 1 ,052. CI 260-3 10
Kendrick.ZolaF Footguard 3,640,006, CI 36-8 I
Kepner, Larry A . to Ford Motor Company Foursf>eed ratio power
transmission mechanism having simple planetary gear units
3,640,1 53, CI. 74-759
Kernforschungsanlage Julich Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung
See—
Dokopoulos. Petros, 3,64 1 ,289
Keropian. Michael Trunk support for sitting patients 3.640,571, CI.
297-384
Kerr McGee Chemical Corporation: See—
Donaghu. Fay J ,3,640,876
Rhces, Raymond C , 3,640.885
Kerrigan. Vincent: See —
Brooks, Martin Frederick, and Kerrigan. Vincent, 3,64 1, 093.
Kcskkula, Henno: See—
Narayana, Munisamappat Keskkula, Henno. and Mason. Jerry
E, 3,641,212.
Kesling, Peter C. Combination buccal tube molar pad and hook
3,639,986. CI 32-14
Kewanee Machinery & Conveyor Company: See—
Womble. George E , 3,640,348
Keystone Consolidated Industries, Inc : See—
Ostrom, Martin E . 3,639,942
Keznickl, Eduard. to Vockenhuber. Karl, and Hauscr, Raimund Inter-
mittent drive mechanism for cinematographic apparatus 3,640.441.
CI 226-49
Khoury. Amin J.: See—
Hurtig, Carl R., Ferrari. Andres; and Khoury. Amin J .3.640.267
Kidney, Bruce W Access-providing direct suspended ceiling structure
with removalbe locked-in the sections 3,640,042, CI 52-475
Kiji, Kazuo, to Nippon Electric Company Limited Character recogni-
tion system having a rejected character recognition capability
3,641,495, CI 340-146.3
Kim, Dong H., and Santilli, Arthur A , to American Home Products
Corporation. 5-Hydroxy-7H-pyrrolo| ,3-dlpynmidine-6- carboxylic
acid esters and related compounds 3,64 1 ,028, CI 260-256 4
Kim, Dong H : See—
Santilli, Arthur A., and Kim, Dong H ,3.641 ,027.
Kim,KeeW.:5ff-
Grove, Marvin H , Kim, Kee W.; and Van Arsdale, Lyle
R ,3,641,542
Kimberlin, Charles N , Jr : See—
Eberly, Paul E , Jr , and Kimberlin. Charles N , Jr, 3.64 1,177.
Kimberly-Clark Corporation: See—
Hrubecky, Frederick J ,3,639,915
Kimura, Isao, and Habata, Hidetsugu, to Kanegafuchi Boseki
Kabushiki Kaisha Method of producing carbon fibers 3,639.953,
CI. 23-209 1
Kimura, Shuji, to Nippon Kogaku K.K Motor-driven winding device
for a camera 3,640,201 , CI 95-3 1
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Kingmann-White. Inc See—
Nolle, Claude B. 3,640, 136
Krnjo. Hisao, Iwabuchi, Yoshitaka, Takashima, Seiichi, Kato,
Takotoshi, and Okano, Keigo, to Victor Company of Japan, Limited
Magnetic disc recording and reproducing time indicator 3,64 1 ,278,
CI 179-100 2
Kinney, S P , Engineers, Inc.: See—
Kinney, Selwyne P , 3,640,395.
Kinney, Selwyne P , to Kinney, S. P , Engineers, Inc. Automatic self-
cleaning strainer 3,640.395, CI 210-334.
Kiovsky, Joseph R , and Bart, Ronald K , to Norton Company. Bonded
low-alumina mordenite 3,64 1 ,095, CI 252-455.
Kipping, Vernon L, I /3 to Jobson, Roger J , and 1/3 toCostello, John
P Illuminated mirror for cosmetic case 3,641,334, CI 240-6 45
KIRSON Patentverwertung und Vertriebsgesellschaft mbH See—
Kirzinger, Horst, and Kirzinger, Alfons, 3,639,954
Kirwan, Warren J , and Bruning, Elmer E., to Sunbeam Corporation
Vacuum cleaner. 3,639,941, CI. 15-372.
Kirzinger, Alfons: See—
Kirzinger, Horst, and Kirzinger, Alfons, 3, 639, 954
Kirzinger, Horst, and Kirzinger. Alfons, to KIRSON Patentverwertung
und Vertriebsgesellschaft mbH Apparatus for making a reinforced
web 3,639.954. CI 28-1
Kistler Instrumente AG See—
Spescha, Gelli, Martini, Karlheinz. and Sonderegger, Hans Con-
rad, 3,640,130
Kitagawa, Sumio: See—
Yamamoto, Hisao, Kitagawa. Sumio, Inaba. Shigeho, Sakai.
Shigeru, Hirohashi. Toshiyuki, Maruyama. Isamu, Akatsu, Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro,3,64! .002
Kitajima. Kenichi See—
Hatano, Isao, Kitajima, Kenichi. and Iwatani, Katsumi,3,641 ,330
Kitch. Paul E.. to Scott Paper Company Transparency display ap-
paratus 3.640.61 3, CI 353-23
Kitching, Anthony George, and Brown. Mervyn. to Rolls Rovce
Limited Acoustic linings 3.640,357, CI 181-33.
Kitman. Irwin I Combination burglar and fire alarm 3,641,571. CI
340-420
Kittrell. James R See—
Jaffe. Joseph, and Kittrell, James R ,3,641,096
Kiumi, Takayuki See—
Maegawa, Harumi, Sato, Yohihiro, Furuhata, Yasuo, and Kiumi.
Takayuki,3,641,522
Kivlen. John A , Struth, Bert W , and Weiss, Clifford P , to Esso
Research and Engineering Company Dccoking of onstream thermal
cracking tubes 3,641, 190, CI 260-683.
Kjellin, PerGunnar See—
Sandstrom, Jan Olof, and Kjellin, Per Gunnar. 3,64 1,049.
Klamer, Reuben B , and Levy. .Marshall, said Levy assur. to said
Klamer Magnetic divining rod game equipment 3.640.537, CI. 273-
161
Klamp. Paul, to American Cham & Cable Company, Inc. Conveyor
system 3,640,226, CI 104-96.
Klebel, Wolfram, to Kabel- und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshuttc Ik-
tiengesehlschaft Apparatus for welding thin metal sheets.
3,641,309, CI. 219-123
Klein, Carl Robert Boat crane 3,640,4 13, CI 214-396.
Klein, David X See—
Deinet, Adolph J , and Klein, David X, 3,64 1 .1 58
Klein, Gerhart P , to Mallory, P R . & Co , Inc Continuous forming o(
metal oxides 3,640,854, CI 204-28
Klein, Gerhart P , and Wingood, Ivan L , to Mallory. P R , & Co Inc
Cluster anode for electrolytic capacitors 3.64 1 ,399. CI 3 1 7-230.
Klein. Lawrence C . and Stevens, Laurence G , to Universal Oil
Products Company Preparation of cuprous oxide 3.640,684. CI 23-
147
Klimstra. Paul D . to Searle G D . & Co 17a-(2-Alkynyl)-7a-methyles-
trl-l,3,5( 10)- triene-3,l7/3-diols and esters corresponding
3,641, 068, CI. 260-397 5
Klockenbrink, Joseph M , to Path Computer Equipment Inc High-
speed illumination apparatus 3,64 1 ,560, CI. 340-343
Klose, Robert E.: See—
Kaplow, Milton, and Klose, Robert E, 3.640, 73 1
Knapp, Philip B., to Aptek Industries, Inc Seed-containing pellet-
dispensing equipment 3,640,428. CI 221-21 1
Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Sennewald, Kurt. Ohorodnikj, Alexander, and Neumaier, Hubert,
3,641,164. i
Knieriemen. Richard P: 5ff—
Goy, Thomas J., Knieriemen, Richard P ; and Reading, James
E, 3,640.390.
Knight, James T , and Lee, Parley L., to United States of America,
Atomic Energy Commission. Removal of nitrite kontaminition from
nickel plating solutions 3,640,805, CI. 204- 1 30.
Knipring, Richard T Envelope opening devices. 3,639,983, CI. 30-294.
Knopf, George S., to Bendix Corporation, The. Positioning apparatus
employing a magnetized screw thread. 3,641 ,535, CI. 340-195.
Kobayashi, Ryosuke: See—
Nakanishi. Michio, Kobayashi, Ryosuke, Abe, Kozo; and Mukai,
Toshihiko,3,64 1,060.
Kobayashi, Toshio, and Mineshima, Yukihiko, to Fujitsu Limited
Method of timing a sequential approximation encoder. 3,641,562,
CI 340-347.
Koch, Robert L , 11 , and Trcdwell, Gilman, to Ashdee Corporation.
Electrocoating apparatus 3,640,8 14, CI 204-300.
Koch, Werner G , and McCurley, Jack, to LTV Electrosystems, Inc
Force summing multiplex actuator 3,640, 183, CI 91-1
Koeber, Henry J . and Pendulous range finding device, to Bell &
Howell Company 3,639,997, CI. 33-22 1 .
Koehring Company See—
Adams. Gary A., 3,640,408.
Koenig, Richard G : See—
Rapsilber. William E , and Koenig, Richard G ,3,639,989
Kogan, Mark: See—
Armel, Jack, Kogan. Mark, and Cohen, Howard S ,3,641 ,342
Kohler, Josef See—
Labude, Wolfgang, and Kohler. Josef,3.64l ,47 I
Kohler, William H., to Abex Corporation Tachometer amplifier
3.640,586, CI 303-21.
Kohno, Isao See —
Ishihara, Masao, Sugino. Osakazu, Nishina, Yoshio; Kohno, Isao,
and Saloh. Yuzuru. 3.640, 721
Kokorudz. Michael, to Wyandotte Chemicals Corporation Liquid
chlorinated polyaryl-p>olyaminc compositions. 3,641.151, CI 260-
570
Kokotailo, George T , and Lawton, Stephen L , to Mobil Oil Corpora
tion .MethixJ of decreasing the potassium content of potassium-con-
taining zeolites 3.640.680, CI 23- 1 1 1
Kokusai Denshin DenwaCo . Ltd.: .See—
Sasaki. Hiroshi, Maruyama, Tatsuo, Kanzaki, Hisao, and
Sakamoto, Yasuhiko, 3,64 1 ,274
Kolaian, Jack H , to Texaco Inc Drilling fluid. 3,640.825, CI. 252-8 5
Kolb, Gunter See—
Balle. Gerhard, and Kolb, Gunter. 3,64 1 .1 19.
Koleske, Joseph Victor See—
Lundberg, Robert Dean, Koleske, Joseph Victor, Pollart, Dale
Flavian, and Smarook. Walter Henry. 3. 64 1 .204
Koll. Laurel A . to Hercules Incorporated Apparatus and process for
forming and spraying peslicidal invert emulsion 3.640,461, CI 239-
7
Koltuniak. Michael A . and Urquhart, Thomas N , to Controlled Power
Corporation Modular power supply with plural rectifier ht)usings
each of which contains rectifying devices, a transformer and fan
means 3, 64 1,4 1 9, CI 321-8.
Komiyama, Eizo. Identification cards 3,640,009, CI 40-2 2
Koncos, Robert See—
Yoo, Jin Sun; and Koncos, Robert. 3.64 1 , 1 88.
Kondo. Yusuke See —
Inamura. Seiichi; Kondo, Yusuke, Akita, Minoru, and Chikanari,
Kenichi,3,640.509.
Kondoh, Ikuyo See —
Okuno, Zenjiro, Mizuno. Akinori. and Kondoh, Ikuyo. 3. 640. 863
Konig, Klaus, Muller. Erwin. Kallert, Wilhelm, and Muhlhausen, Cor-
nelius, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Process for the
preparation of polyurcthanes 3.640.967, CI 260-77 5
Konig, Robert J.. See—
Rakuw. Marvin S , and Konig, Robert J. ,3,640,692
Koniger, Walter: See—
Hintringer, Otmar, Koniger, Walter. and Thorn. Jur-
gen.3.64I.35l
Konings, P , Machinefabriek. Firma See —
Beisemann, Manfred. 3.640.590.
Konishiroku Photo Industry Co.. Ltd : See—
Ishihara. Masao, Sugino, Osakazu, Nishina, Yoshio, Kohno, Isao,
and Satoh, Yuzuru, 3,640,72 1 .
Shinozaki, Akira, 3.640,622
Kt>nno, .Akira Sec-
Ohshima, Haruhiko, Mizuno, Hiroshi; Konno. Akira. and Kosaka,
Tomoaki,3.64l,270.
Konoki. Keizo, and Ohsaki, Kozo, to Toyo Engineering Corporation,
and Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Inc Process for removing carbon
dioxide in a combined system for producing ammonia and urea
3.640.052. CI 45-19
Konrad. Charles E , and Chausse, Burnette P , to General Electric
Company Frequency polyphase power supply 3,641,566, CI 340-
347.
Kopp, Adolph. Jr Process for collecting and storing fresh water in
earth 3,640,074. CI 61-1
Koppers Company. Inc : See —
Taschenberg, Ernest J.. 3,640,541
Koreska,W See-
Schutzner, Walter, 3,640,750.
Korosi, Jeno, and Csaba, Gyorgy, to Egyesult Gyogyszer es Tapszer-
gyar Thionine derivatives. 3, 64 1, 01 6, CI 260-243.
Korsak, Kazimierz, to Piasecki Aircraft Corporation. Servo control for
dual hydraulic systems. 3,640, 1 85, CI. 9 1 -4 1 I .
Kosaka, Masahiro, and Fujita, Tadamasa, to Matsushita Electric Indus-
trial Co., Ltd. Electronic teaching apparatus 3,641,507. CI. 340-
172 5
Kosaka, Tomoaki: See—
Ohshima, Haruhiko; Mizuno, Hiroshi; Konno, Akira; and Kosaka,
Tomoaki, 3, 64 1, 270
Kosoczky, Ibolya: See—
Rakoczi, Jozsef, Mikite, Gyula, Petocz, Lujza, Fischer, Janes,
Grasser, Katalin; and Kosoczky. Ibolya, 3,64 1 ,039.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Kossen, Dale J ; Foster, Richard W , and Benson, Charles R , to Alarm
Lock Company, Inc Electrically actuated switch combinated
operating device for permitting operation of latches and
mechanisms 3,64 1,396, CI 317-134.
Kostelecky. Premysl: See—
Sedlarik, Jargslav, Havlas, Jiri; and Kostelecky, Pre-
mysl,3,640,440.
Kouth, Herbert, and Marr, Fritz, to Golde, H T , GmbH Window guid-
ing device 3,640.022. CI 49-420
Kovacs. Lloyd: See—
Gasior. Joseph, and Kovacs, Lloyd, 3, 640, 661
Kraft, Paul, to Stauffer Chemical Company Treatment of polyvinyl ha-
lides 3,640,954, CI 260-45 95
Krajewski, John J : See-
Lang, William J ; and Krajewski, John J ,3,640,826
Kramer, David C: See—
Mclnnis, Andrew M ; Ballard, Louis M , Rogers, Waldo I.
Kramer, David C ; and Nielsen, Robert A ,3,639,990.
Kramer, George M , to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Ether promoters for Lewis acid catalyzed isomenzation process
3,641, 185, CI 260-683 76
Krauch, Carl Heinnch, and Sanner, Axel, to Badische Anilin- & Soda
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Manufacture of poromeric materials
3,640,753, CI. 117-62 2
Kraus, Charles E , to Excelermatic, Inc Motion transmission drive
3,640,145, CI. 74-248
Krause, Gerhard, to Fernseh GmbH Shift register 3,641.363. CI 307
221.
Krawetz, Barton, to United States of America, Atomic Energy Com-
mission Electron beam-pumped gas laser system 3,641,454, CI
331-94.5
Kreidermacher, Leonard L.; and Hudson, David M , to Honeywell Inc
Apparatus for performing arithmetic operations on numbers using a
multiple generating and storage technique 3,64 1 ,331 , CI. 235- 1 59.
Krenzer, John: See—
Richter, Sidney B , and Krenzer, John, 3, 64 1, 1 43
Kress, Robert F , and Lorenz. Eldon L . to Michigan Wheel Corpora-
tion Marine flow through propeller 3.640.642. CI 416-93
Krieger. Heinrich: See—
Waschk, Fritz; Muller, Jurgen, Krieger, Heinnch. and Heindrich,
Gunter, 3, 640, 205
Krieger, Paul E.: See—
Trepanier, Donald L , and Krieger, Paul E ,3,641,019.
Krimm, Heinrich, Schnell, Hermann, and Lenz, Gunther, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Linear polyurcthanes of di- or
tri-nuclear N,N'- dialkyldiamines and di- or tri-nuclear dihydroxyl
compound 3,640,955, CI 260-47
Kriser Corporation: See—
Shatz, Abram, and Eisenberg, Ben, 3,640,620
Krohn-Holm, Danckert Guide pulley and a method for the production
thereof 3,640,143, CI 74-230 05
Kruse, Walter M , to Hercules Incorporated Epoxidation of olefins
with thallic carboxylates 3,64 1 ,067, CI 260-348 5
Kubo, Moritada, Shigehara. Masamichi. and Nogiwa. Yasuo. to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co . Ltd Apparatus for detecting the attitude of an
artificiilsatelhte. 3,641,347, CI 250-83 3
Kuchler, Abraham: See—
Hollingsead, Robert A ; Kuchler, Abraham, and Pryor, Clyde
Robert,3,640.I4I
Kuder, Robert C , to General Mills. Inc Cycloaliphatic carboxylic an-
hydride reaction and reaction products. 3.641 .144, CI. 260-546
Kuhns, Roger J , to Avant Incorporated Method for cutting out in-
dividual pictures from a multiple image picture 3,640,161, CI 83-
36
Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc : See—
Angelucci, Thomas L., 3,641 ,304
Kulish, Stanley J , Jr : See—
Boudouris, Angelo, Kulish, Stanley J , Jr ; and Plumadore, Harold
M, 3,640,611.
Kumpolt, Karl Portable dock levellers 3,639,935. CI 14-72
Kundo, Kishichiro; Iwata, Hiroo, Yamaguchi, Nario, Shimizu, Sakae,
and Tubuko, Kazuo, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, and Toa Gosei
Chemical Industry Co . Ltd Electrophotographic copying material
and processor producing thereof 3,640,709, CI 96-1 5
Kuper, Donald G , to Phillips Petroleum Company Process for the
production of aromatic polycarboxylates. 3, 64 1,1 30, CI, 260-515
Kuramada, Tomoyuki: See—
Murayama, Keisuke, Morimura. Syoji, Yoshioka. Takao, Matsui,
Katsuaki; Kuramada, Tomoyuki; Watanabe, Ichiro, and Ohta,
Noriyuki, 3,640,928.
Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See-
Suzuki, Shigeyuki, Kaneda, Isamu, Takahashi, Masaaki; and
Nagai. Hiroshi, 3,640,969
Kurokawa, Susumu: See—
limura, Tsutomu; Kurokawa, Susumu; and Emoto, Masayu-
ki, 3,640,867.
Kurtz, Edward, Jr.: See—
Bauman, Joseph F.; Kurtz, Edward, Jr , Cini, Adrian V , and An-
trobus, Robert E, 3,640,3 1 2
Kurz, Otmar J G., to Verolme Vacuumtechnik Aktiengesellschaft.
Heat-insulating material. 3,640,832, CI. 161-160
Kuster, Howard L., to Goodrich. B. F , Company, The. Fluid operated
actuator. 3,640,564, CI 294-99.
Kuykendall, James H., to TRW Inc Regenerative voluge regulators.
3,641,424, CI. 323-17.
Kyburz, Emilio; and Spiegelberg, Hans, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.N-
oxides of aminoalkylene-dibenzo-(a,dl cycloheptenes and the slats
thereof 3,641, 153, CJ 260-570 8
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha See—
Uzu, Keizo; Nakano, Kinichi, and Takahashi, Toshinaka,
3,641,053
Kysor Industrial Corporation: See—
Pioch, Robert J ,3,640,410
Labude, Wolfgang, and Kohler, Josef, to Preh Elektrofeinmechanische
Werke Adjusting unit. 3,641,471, CI 338-128
Lachambre, Jean L , to Canada, Her Majesty the Queen in right of. as
represented by the Minister of National Defence Pyroelectric joule
meter using a divergent lens 3,64 1 ,346, CI 250-83
Lacoste, Roger G: See —
Wiley, Morns A , Lacoste, Roger G , Henry, Clemence J , and
Waldbillig, James 0, 3.640,872
Laenen. Nicholas M . and Cooper. James M . to NRM Corporation
Tire curing press, 3.640,653, CI 425-33
La Flair. Ronald Turner, and Henderson, John Frederick, to Polymer
Corporation Limited Rubbery polymeric blends. 3,641,205, CI.
260-876,
La Freniere, Lawrence J.. See-
Forbes, Hampton E , Jr . and La Freniere. Lawrence J .3,640.447
Laible. Franz Plant potting machine. 3,640,020, CI 47- 1
L'Air Liquid, Societe Anonyme pour I'Etude et lExpIoitation des
Procedes Georges Claude. See—
Karmthi, Pierre, and Spire, Etiene, 3,640,702.
Lambert, Ronald F.: See-
Buckler, Sheldon A , and Lambert, Ronald F ,3,640,7 13
Lamp, Paul F., to Electone. Inc Hearing aid switch 3.641.288. CI
200-52
Lancaster, Edgar D, Jr : See—
Cricchi, James R , and Lancaster, Edgar D , Jr ,3,641 .5 I 1.
Landwehrkamp, Hans, to Schwbezt & Salzey Machinenfabnk Aktien-
gesellschaft Method and apparatus for spinning a fiber band
3,640,061, CI. 57-58.59
Lane, Lynn R.: See —
Allen, Terry S., Lane, Lynn R, and Swartz, Harold Lee,3,640,l 37
Lang, William J., and Krajewski, John J , to International Minerals &
Chemical Corporation. Graft copolymers of acrylic acid and
polyhydroxy polymeric compounds for treating clays 3,640,826, CI
252-8.5
Langensiepen, Max, Kom Ges Emmendingcn See—
Ouerfeld, Hermann, Mattes, Heinz Otto, and Flesch, Fnedrich,
3,640,043
Langer, Philippe Method and apparatus for the measurement of dura-
tion of ultra short pulses of monochromatic light. 3, 64 1, 343, CI. 250-
71.
Lankard, David R , and Sheets, Herbert D . Jr , to United States Steel
Corporation. Composition for marking hot metal 3.640.737, CI.
106-19
Lapeyre, James M. Method of installing breakwater caissons
3,640,075, CI. 61-5
Lard, Edwin W : See-
Frank, Victor S ; Lard, Edwin W., and Stahly, Eldon E.,3,64 1 ,193
Lard, Edwin W Method of producing nonburning paper 3,640,763,
CI I 17-126
Larkin, Mark E , to Phillips Petroleum Company Method and ap-
paratus for forming plastic-lined metal conduit 3.639,970, CI 29-
411.
Larsson, Hans Tord E , to TEFA Industri Aktiebolag Tightening ring
having a rigid liner and an clastomenc ring mounted thereon.
3,640,540, CI 277-25
La Tourrette, James T , Newstein, Maurice C, and Rabinowitz, Paul J ,
to Control Data Corporation, mesne Mode selective laser with small
feedback reflector and diffraction coupled output 3.641,458, CI.
331-945
Lau, Dicksen T W Registering and calling system for waiting num-
bers. 3,641,553, CI 340-286
Lauchlan, Robert L ,' to Uniroyal, Inc Thermoplastic resin blend of
polysulfone resin and an ethylene-propylene terpolymer or graft
derivative thereof 3,64 1 ,207, CI 260-876.
Laux, Gunter: See —
Stephan, Gerhard, Harst, Heinz; Laux, Gunter, and Kappes, Al-
fred,3,640,799
Law, Patrick Raymond. Chopstick device 3,640,561, CI 294-16
Lawrence, Willis G., and Coffin, Leon B , to Research Corporation,
mesne Method of making a permeable ceramic mold used as a sub-
stitute for plaster of Paris molds. 3, 64 1,229, CI. 264-43
Lawson, Junior J.: See —
Hall, Richard H ; Roberts, Carleton W., Sikkema. Andrew J , and
Lawson, Junior J. ,3, 64 1 ,208
Lawton, Stephen L.: See—
Kokotailo, George T; and Lawton, Stephen L ,3,640,680.
Lazarus, Stanley D., to Allied Chemical Corporation Process for direct
esterification of terephthalic acid with an alkylene glycol 3,641,1 II,
CI. 260-475.
L&CSteinmullerG.m b.H : See-
Jung, Richard, and Lenkewitz, Hor^t, 3,640,475.
Jung, Richard, 3,640,499
PI 26
LISTOF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Lea, Hans, to Deutsche Goldund Silbcr-Scheideanstalt vormals
Roessler V acuum stirring device for dental materials 3.640.5 10, C!
259-108
Leach Corporation See —
Norris.Kermit A , 3,641,524
Leath, McCarthy & Maynard, inc 5ef—
Page, Howard M ,3,639,987
Lebourg, Maurice P Drill bit 3,640,355, CI 175-329
Leclerc, Lucien Folding door or the like 3,640.333, CI 160-183.
Lederrey, Marc, and Grenchen. Canton, to Schlup & Cie, S A. Water-
tight watchcase for wrist-watches. 3,640,065, CI. 58-90
Lee. Bernard Shing-Shu, and Schora, Frank C , Jr , to institute of Gas
Technology Desulfunzation of coal 3.640,016, CI 44-1
Lee. Charles A , and Sorrells. Frank D . to International Paper Com-
pany, mesne System for removing condensate from a rotary dryer
3.640.000. CI. 34-125
Lee, Haynes A . Jr . and Rapp, Charles F , to Owens-lllinois. Inc Lithia
silica glass laser containing various other alkali oxides. 3,640.890.
CI 252-301 4
Lee. Haynes A . Jr . and Rapp. Charles F , to Owens-lllinois Inc Lithia-
silica glass laser containing various alkaline earth oxides 3.640.89 I .
CI 252-301 4
Lee, Parley L See —
Knight, James T . and Lee. Parley L ,3,640,805
Lee, Paul H . to Perkin-Elmer Corporation. The Method and ap
paratus for producing high power single frequency radiation
3.641.456. CI 331-94 5
Leeds & Northrup Company See—
Blum, Bernard, and Schwartzenberg, John W . 3,640.1 19
Leesona Corporation See —
Nelson. John, and Stoppard, William E.. 3,640.160.
Le Febvre. Gilles: See—
Phung. Nhu Hung, and Le Febvre, Gilles,3.640.987
Le Grand, Donald G : See—
Bostick. Edgar E . Gaines. George L . Jr . and Le Grand. Donald
G .3.640.943
LeHenaff. Jacques, to Compagnie Electro-Mecanique Arrangement
for securing conductors of stator winding of dynamo-electric
machine 3. 641, 378. CI 310-214
Lehmann. Wolfgang See—
Ziemann. Heinz. Lehmann. Wolfgang, and Troemel. Gcr
hard. 3.640. 840
Leidigh. William J . to Varian Associates High power microwave
excited plasma discharge lamp 3.64 1.389, CI 315-39
Leiner, Robert L , and A vena, Salvatore, to Curtiss- Wright Corpora-
tion Power driven actuator of the compound planetary gear tvpe
3,640,1 50, CI 74-674
Lenkewitz. Horst See—
Jung, Richard, and Lenkewitz, Horst. 3.640,475
Lenz. Gunther See—
Krimm. Hcinrich. Schnell. Hermann. and Len/.
Gunther. 3, 640, 955.
Lenz.JohnO Parallel mechanism 3,640, 231. CI 108-106.
Leonard, John M See—
Lutz, Leland H , Heileman, Richard C . Upstone, Harlan R .
Leonard. John M . and Ottow. Melvin A ,3.639,950
Leonard, Ronald James, and Cohen. Fred .Michael, to Baxter Labora-
tories. Inc. Heat exchange device with convoluted heat transfer wall
3,640,340.C1 165-166
Leonhard, Hofheim See—
Oberst. Hermann, Leonhard. Hofheim, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve.
Gunther, and Schommer. Alfred. 3, 640. 835
Lesher, John C . 50% to Barber, James Remote monitoring and con-
trol system 3,641. 539. CI 340-213.1
Lester Engineering Company See—
Schwartz. William H . 3.640.662
Le Therisien. Louis G , and Marion. Henri A . to Compagnie Francaise
des Petroles Method and apparatus for connecting two submerged
inhabitable enclosures 3.640.079. CI 61-69
Leitre, Hans, and Fitzgerald, Thomas J. to Merck. E. A G
Halocolchicine derivatives 3, 64 1. 146. CI 260-562.
Levene. Leon, and Thomas. Ian .M . to Owens-Illinois. Inc Process of
converting metalorganic compounds and high puritv products ob-
tained therefrom 3.640,093. CI 65-134
Lever Brothers Company See —
Martin. John Robert, 3.640.880
Rubin. Fred K . and Carmack, Carl J . 3.640.875
Levine. Leonard, to Dow Chemical Company. The 4.4'-( lower-al-
kylenedithio or disulfonvl)-bis- tetrakalo pyridines and derivatives
thereof 3.64 1,033. CI 260-294 8
Levine. Wilbur J : See—
Greanias, Evon C . and Levine. Wilbur J. ,3,64 1 ,500.
Levy. Marshall: See—
Klamer. Reuben B . and Levy. Marshall. 3,640,537.
Lewis. Arthur E In situ pressure leaching method. 3,640,579, CI 299-
4
Lewis, Benjamin Arthur; Sassiver. Martin Leon, and Shepherd. Robert
Gordon, to American Cyanamid Company 7-(Phen-
ylacetylamino)cephalosporin carboxamides and 7-( thiophene-2-
acetylamino) cephalosporin carboxamides 3,64 1 ,0 1 5, CI 260-243
Lewis, Linford H Receptacle device 3.640.45 1 , CI. 232-43. 1
LFE Corporation: See—
Brockett. Peter C .and Pallat. LudwigR . 3.641.486.
Liaaen. Anders M . to A M. Liaaen A/S. Controllable pitch propeller
system 3.640.644. CI. 416-157
Lian. Kenneth T , and Long, Willis F . to Hughes Aircraft Company
Consecutive crowbar circuit breaker 3.641 .358, CI 307-1 36.
Liao. Tseng W . to General Electric Company Scheme for reducing
audible noise developed by an extra-high voltage transmission line
3.641. 251. CI l''4-40.
Libby. Hugo L . See —
Neeley, Victor I.; and Libby, Hugo L ,3,640.598.
Liberman. Herbert E : See—
Hoogendoorn Helen M . Liberman, Herbert E , Narken, Bernt,
and Sunners, Brian, 3, 639, 976.
Licata. William H See —
Chatham. James R . and Licata. William H ,3,640.1 78
Lieberman, Abraham Buddy. Wicket bags 3.640.450, CI 229-53
Liebcrman. David A See—
Florsheim. Leonard S , Jr , Lieberman. David A . Archer, Harold
B , and Nothmann. Gerhard A .3.640.623
Liebig. Rita .V«'e—
Scharf, Hans-Dieter, Droste, Wilhelm. and Liebig, Rita,3.64l ,057.
Light. Stanley Knockdown structural toys. 3,640,018, CI. 46-29.
Lilly. Eli, and Company: See—
' Davis. William W , and Ose. Earl E . 3.64 1 .24 I
Hayes, Harold B .and Huff. Gerald L . 3.641,018.
Murphy, Charles F. Webber. J Alan. Kaiser. Gary V . Van
Heyningcn. Earle M . Wright, Ian (i , and Co«.)per. Robin D. G .
3.64 1.014
Ryan, Charles W .3.641,021.
Limberg. Allen Leroy. and Steckler. Steven Alan, to RCA Corpora-
tion Protection circuit 3.64 1.361. CI 307-202
Limbcrgcr. Jurgcn. to Lumt)print Zindler KG. Firma Prescttable
counter for copying apparatus 3. 64 1,322, CI 235-1 32
Lin, Chao-Han. and Wright. Arthur J , to National Cash Register Com-
pany, The 5- and 6-dialkylaminobenzylid-eneammofluurans
3.641.01 l.Cl 260-240
Lincoln Manufacturing Company See—
Rhoads. Delmar D . and Mac Kay. Robert H . 3,64 1 .263
Linde Akliengcscllschaft See —
Hildebrandt. Peter, and Ruckdeschel. Walter. 3.64 1 ,3 1 1
Linde. Hans, and Ihicnel, Peter, to Berthold. H . Messinglinienfabrik
und Schriftgicsserei AG Line drawing apparatus in photographic
composing machines. 3,640. 1 93. CI 95-4 5
Linden. Gerbcrt See—
Ost. Walter. I homas, Klaus; Jerchel. Dietrich, and Linden. Ger-
bert.3.641.U62
Linden-Alimak Akiiebolag: See—
Granskog. Roland. 3.640.349
Lindcrman Roger C , and Clinc. Charles D . to CPC International Inc.
Flame rctardant composition 3.640,823. CI 252-8 I
Lindner. Ernst See —
Radscheit. Kurt. Slachc. Lllrich. Haede. Werner. Fritsch, Werner;
and Lindner, Ernst, 3.64 1 .009.
Lindner, Herbert. GmbH. Firma See—
Stahn.Georg. 3.640,024. '
Lindo. Neil A See—
Zinnes. Harold. Shavel, John. Jr . and Lindo, Neil A .3,641,032.
Lindsay Speciall) Products I imited See —
Crowhurst. David B , and Thomas. John E , 3,641 ,464.
Lindsey. Hiram E . Jr.: See—
Braddick, Britt O, Lindsey, Hiram E , Jr . and McKiearnan.
Charles J .3.640.341
Lindsey. L. E Power conductor stringing assembly 3,640,504. CI
254-134 3
Lindstrom. Ronald E : See—
Scheiner. Bernard J , Lindstrom. Ronald E., and Hcnrie, Thomas
A .3.639.925
Liongas Aktiengcsellschaft: See—
Elkuch. Ludwig, 3,640,320
Lipper. Harold A See—
Nakazawa. Yoshio. and Lipper. Harold A .3,640.036
Liskowitz. John W , to American Standard Inc Measuring of the con-
centration of solid particles suspended in various regions in a fluid
using polarized light. 3.640.626. CI. 356-103.
Litton Business Systems, Inc : See—
Wyke. Edward R. 3,640.22 I
Litton Precision Products. Inc.: See —
McAdams. Hugh P . Jr . 3.641.532.
Litton Systems. Inc : See—
Cushman. Glenn F . Prasad. Brijcshwari., and Wisleder, Robeil
W .3.641.563
Litvin. Noel. 50% to Scherz. Abraham Isaac. Key controlled locks.
3.640,107. CI. 70-129.
Litzell. John E : See—
Waner. Donald W., Litzell, John E., and Olsen, Roger
F, 3,640,155.
Liu, Gordon Y T : See—
Strange, Carl P , and Liu. Gordon Y T .3.641 .2 I I .
Liu. Wen Chih. to Pfizer Inc. Active material of cntada phaseoloides.
3.641. 243, CI. 424-195
Livingston. Douglas J . to Harowe Servo Controls Inc. Single drag cup
motor generator 3,641, 376, CI 310-113
Lloyd. John George, and Fripp, Alan, to Bell Punch Company Limited.
Calculating machines 3,641,501. CI 340-172 5
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation: See—
Scarle. Norman, and Tatom. John W . 3.640.468.
Loeffler, Larry J., to Merck & Co . Inc Anti-fibrinolylic compounds.
3.641. 128. CI 260-514
Loeffler, Larry J , to Merck & Co , Inc Anli-fibrinolytic compounds
3,641, 129, CI 260-514.
Loehr, Clifford E: Sf<r-
Darr, Donald E , Edwards, G Byron; Loehr, Clifford E , and
Young, Elgm E, 3,640.745
Lonati, Francesco Pusher unit for double cylinder knitting machines
3,640,095, CI. 66-147
Long, Loren M.: See—
Schweiss, Dieter, and Long. Loren M .3.641.010.
Long, Willis F: if f-
Lian, Kenneth T , and Long, Willis F ,3.641 .358
Longland, John R., Williams, Roy M . Jr , Sutton, Howard D . and
Scopelite. Thomas M , to Sanders Associates, Inc Position busy
signalling apparatus. 3.641 ,324, CI 235-1 51 .
Looker, Olin L , to FMC Corporation Corn harvester with trash
blower. 3,640,055, CI 56-106
Lorenz, Eldon L.: See—
Kress, Robert F.; and Lorenz, Eldon L ,3,640,642.
Lorenz, Rainer, to US Philips Corporation Method of fixing images
consisting of dry powders on paper 3.640,749, CI. 1 1 7-28
Lorincz, Eugene M , to Wessel Hardware Corporation. Key-operated
chain door-lock construction 3,640,106, CI 70-93
Loughlin, Bernard D . to Hazeltine Corporation Flare light compensa-
tor 3.641,259, CI. 178-7 5
Love, Dennis Anthony, Neal, David Patrick John, and Pidgeon, Eric, to
Beecham Group Limited Process for preparing a-carboxylbenzyl-
pencillin. 3,641,001, CI 260-239.1
Love, Frank E., to National Lead Company. Continuous process and
apparatus for electrolytic production of sodium metal from sodium
salts. 3,640,801, CI 204-68.
Lowe, William L.: See—
Sterner, Russell L , and Lowe, William L ,3,641,551.
Loxley, Ted A , Webb, John M , and Barber. Walter G., to Mellen, Ed-
ward J., Jr Wafer boat. 3,640.398. CI 211-41
LRC Research and Development Company: See—
Fitzgerald, Walter P , Jr . 3,640,879.
LTV Electrosystems. Inc.: See-
Koch. Werner G, and McCurley, Jack, 3.640,1 83.
Lubricant compositions comprising substituted See—
Gemmill, Robert M . Jr . Schick. John W . and Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion, 3,640,870.
Luby, John J., and Pemberlon, Paul E , to Overhead Door Corpora-
tion. Roll-type door. 3,640,332. CI 160-133
Ludell Mfg Co.: Sec-
Lutzen, William C . and Berry. Edward J.. 3,640, 104.
Ludwig, David P., to Western Electric Company, Incorporated. Ap-
paratus for compliant bonding 3,640,444, CI 228-4.
Lugo, Luigi: See—
Reni,Cesare, and Lugo, Luigi.3,641,233.
Lumidor Products Corporation See-
Rogers, John J ; and Stratman, John A , 3,641,487.
Lummus Company, The: See—
Riegel, Herbert, Schindler, Harvey D ; and Sze, Morgan C ,
3,641,157.
Lumoprint Zindler KG, Firma: See—
Limberger, Jurgen, 3,64 1 .322.
Lund, Roger E , and Hofmann, Gunter A G , to Hughes Aircraft Com-
pany. Switching device. 3,64 1 .384, CI. 3 1 3- 1 6 1
Lundberg, Robert Dean, Koleske. Joseph Victor. Pollart. Dale Flavian,
and Smarook, Walter Henry, to Union Carbide Corporation Adhe-
sive composition poly( vinyl alkyl ether) and a cyclic ester polymer.
3,64 1, 204, CI. 260-874.
Lundeen, Allan J , and Yates, James F . to Continental Oil Company
Oxidation of aluminum alkyls 3.64 1. 085. CI 260-448.
Lundgreen, Michael W., and Denniston, Rollin H., to Collins Radio
Company. Digital echo protection circuit for DME and tacan.
3,641,572, CI. 343-7 3
Lundstrom, Hans, to Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolagef Press
for hydrostatic extrusion having a composite cylinder externally ex-
cused to high pressure. 3,640,1 1 1, CI 72-60
Lundstrom, Hans, to Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget.
Cylinder for ultra high pressure. 3.640. 1 86. CI. 92- 1 69.
Lunn, Gerald K , to Motorola, Inc Gain controlled differential amplifi-
er circuit. 3,641 ,450, CI. 330-30
Lutovsky, Josef; and Prasil, Vladimir, to Elitex-Zavody lextilniho
strojirenstvi generalni redilelstvi. Method of spinning/in yarn upon
interruption of the spinning process in spindleless spinning machines
and device for performing said method. 3.640,059, CI 57-34
Lutz, Charles William, to FMC Corporation Phosphate glass bodies
3,640,827,C1. 252-8 55
Lutz, Leland H.; Heileman, Richard C, Upstone, Harlan R , Leonard.
John M., and Ottow, Melvin A , to International Telephone and
Telegraph Corporation. Latching device 3,639,950, CI. 24-230
Lutzen, William C; and Berry. Edward J . to Ludell Mfg Co
Mechanized door. 3,640, 1 04, CI. 68-2 10
Lynas, Derek L.; and Cross, Walter G , to Rolls Royce Limited. Vibra-
tion monitoring systems. 3,641 ,550, CI. 340-261.
Lynch, James E., to American Lava Corporation Leadless ceramic
package for integrated circuits 3,64 1 ,401 , CI. 3 1 7-234.
Lyon, Gilbert T. Stock pusher. 3,640,442, CI. 226-158
Lyons, James E., to Sun Oil Company Diolefin disproportionation
reactions 3.641 .1 74, CI. 260-666.
Lythe, Revor Wilkinson, and Ashworth. Edward Arnold, to Steetley
(Mfg ) Ltd Basic refractories 3, 640. 518. CI 263-52
Maag Gear Wheel & Machine Company Limited: See—
Wydler. Robert, 3,640,650
Machlett Laboratories, Incorporated, The; See —
Sholl, Herbert L, 3,641.387.
Mac Kay. Robert H See—
Rhoads, Delmar D; and Mac Kay. Robert H. 3.641 ,263
MacKenzie, Robert D.: See—
Tilford. Charles H . Blohm, Thomas R . and MacKenzie, Robert
D, 3,641, 155
Mackey. E. Scudder. to GAF Corporation Antihalation photographic
media and method of preparation 3.640.748. CI 1 17-33 3
Mackiw, Vladimir Nicolaus: See—
Zubryckyj. Nicolas, Mackiw. Vladimir Nicolaus. and Weir.
Donald Robert.3. 640.706
MacLean. Charles C. III. and Villa. Alfonso, to Freeman. Hovey T , Jr
Cast-in-place structural truss slab and manufactured pan 3.640.040,
CI 52-337
Macovski. Albert, to RCA Corporation Non-interacting lens system
for a color encoding camera 3.641 .255. CI 1 78-5 4
Macovski. Albert, to American Express Investment Management Com-
pany. Hologram reproduction system using an optical grating
3,641. 264. CI. 178-6 5
Maeda. Yutaka; and Hirata. Kinya. to Okuma Machinery Works Ltd.
Control system for DC motor 3.641,409. CI 318-258
Maegawa. Harumi, Sato. Yohihiro. Furuhata, Yasuo. and Kiumi.
Takayuki, to Fujitsu Limited Inductance clement for preventing
half-select noise in memory elements 3.64 1 .522. CI 340- 1 74
Magnuson. Robert: See —
Elliott. Melvin R .3,640.378
Maher. Frank A . to Vapor Corporation Method of making a heat
exchanger coil assembly. 3.639.963. CI 29-157 3
Maier. Martin, and Wolf. Eberhard. to Maschinenfabrik Fahr Aktien-
gcsellschaft. Hay-harvesting implements 3,640.056. CI. 56-370
Main, George, to Republic Steel Corporation Seal for moving strip
3,640.543. CI. 277-237
Makachev. Nilolai Ivanovich. Parshin. Alexei Nikolaevich. Smurov,
Georgy Sergeevich; and Stepanets. Alexei Trofimovich Rapier in
the device for inserting weft thread into the loom warp shed
3,640, 316. CI. 139-127
Malczewski. Jeremie. to Sociele Anonyme dite Bronzavia Apparatus
for disinfecting and disinfestmg premises 3.640.464. CI 239-69.
Maiden. Ancile E See—
Hogan. W alter J ; and Maiden, Ancile E.,3,64 1 ,559.
Mallory. P R . & Co . Inc See—
Broverman. Irwin. 3.641 .298
Klein. Gerhart P . 3,640.854.
Klein. Gerhart P . and W ingood, Ivan L . 3,64 1 .399
Mullin, William F .3.641.488.
Stafford. Richard W , and Cuckovic. Milenko. 3.640, 1 42
Mammino. Joseph; and Ferguson. Robert M . to Xerox Corporation
Phthalocyamine photoconductive elements containing multiple
bindermaterials. 3.640,7IO,CI.96-1 5
Mandel, Louis, to United States of America. Navy. Klystron automatic
tube tester 3.641.428. CI 324-24
Manfredi. Frank A System for reducing and controlling exhaust emis-
sions from internal combustion engines 3.640.254. CI 123-119
Mangion. Charles: See—
United States of America, National Aeronautics and Space Ad-
ministration. Administrator. 3.640.256.
Mann. Robert L . to Resinoid Engineering Corporation Arbor press
power source 3.640.068. CI 60-52
Mansfield, Richard C . and Raincy. James L . to Rohm and Haas Com-
pany Alkylene oxide adducts of alkyl oligosaccharides and their
mixtures with alkvlene oxide adducts of both alkvl glucosides and al-
kanols. 3.640.998'. CI 260-210
Mansukhani.GobindR Flushing apparatus 3.639.91 8. CI 4-67.
Marasco. Anthony D : See—
Savoca. Paul C ; and Marasco. Anthony D .3,641 .478
Marathon Manufacturing Company: See—
Fitchman. Arthur E . and Nathe, Raymond J , 3,640,775.
Marathon Oil Company: See—
Argabright, Perry A . and Rider. Harold D . 3.641.024
Maremont Corporation: See—
Anderson. Gordon C , and Page. John D , 3.640,062.
Margulis, Rajko R.. See—
Hymes, Alan C , Margulis, Rajko R . and Nalbandian. Robert
M ,3,641.240
Marine Electro Mechanical, Inc . iff—
Turk. James R .3.640.131.
Marion. Henri A.: See —
Le Therisien. Louis G . and Marion, Henri A. ,3,640,079.
Marketers, inc.: See—
Huffman. William W , 3,640,380
Markle. David A . to Perkin-Elmer Corporation. The Solar stimulated
fluorescent radiation detection method and apparatus. 3,641,344,
CI 250-71
Maropis, Nicholas, to Aeroprojects Incorporated Apparatus for
delivering vibratory energy. 3,640.180. CI 90-1 I
Marquardt Industrial Products Co.: See-
Peel, Richard V ; and Phillips, Billie W . 3,641.338
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Marquis, David M . and Sweeney. William A . to Chevron Research
Company Process for thchydrolysis of olerm-sulfur trioxide reaction
product mixtures 3,641, 131, CI 260-513
Marr, Fritz See—
Kouth, Herbert, and Marr, Fritz, 3,640.022.
Marrero. Michael T See—
Murphree, Francis J , and Marrero, Michael T ,3.64 1 .485
Marshall, John Stephen, and Turnbull, William S , to Rubery, Owens
and Company Limited Hydraulic power transmission systems
3,640.066, CI 60-53
Martin, Donald J , to Stauffer Chemical Company Method of prepar-
ing 1,4-oxathianes and derivatives thereof 3,641,054, CI 260-327.
.Martin, Irvin J . See—
Stowe. Robert A. and Martin. Irvin J .3.641.180
Martin. John Robert, to Lever Brothers Company Hard surface
cleaner. 3.640,880. CI 252-161
Martin. William A . and Bielicki. Marvin S , to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Control apparatus for a tape drive 3. 64 1.282. CI 179-100 2
.Martin. Wolfgag. 5^^—
Schmid. Hans. Feldhoff. Heinrich. Martin, Wolfgag. Fessmann.
Heinz, and Hahn, Edeleried, 3,640.063
Martini, Karlhemz. See—
Spescha, Gelli, Martini. Karlhemz. and Sonderegger, Hans Con-
rad.3.640.1 30.
Martini. Richard W See—
Schwartz. Charles W . and Martmi. Richard W .3.640.815
Maruska. William O.. See—
Carlson. Donovan R and Maruska, William O .3.640.225
Maruyama. Isamu. See—
Yamamoto. Hisao. Kitagawa. Sumio. Inaba. Shigeho, Sakai,
Shigeru. Hirohashi. Toshiyuki. Maruyama. Isamu. Akatsu, Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi. Takahiro,3.641 .002
Maruyama, Tatsuo See —
Sasaki, Hiroshi, Maruyama, Tatsuo, Kanzaki, Hisao. and
Sakamoto, Yasuhiko.3,641.274
Marvel. Carl S . and Chow. Roberta C L , to United States of America.
Agriculture. Polymerization products of vinyl monomers and acry-
late on vinyl ester terminated polyesters 3.640.927. CI. 260-23.
Maryland Cup Corporation See—
Dill. Harry L . and Collins. Richard D . 3.640.243.
Marz. Horst. Apparatus for the fl^ii treatment of thread or sheet-like
material. 3.640, 100, CI. 68-1 50
Masai. Yukito: See—
Hamanaka, Yasushi. Tajiri. Hiromi, Etoh. Kuniomi, Furukawa.
Kaoru. and Masai. Yukito. 3.640, 761
Maschmenfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktiengesellschaft See—
Ruhl. Rudolf. 3.640.639
Maschmenfabrik Fahr Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Maier. Martin, and Wolf. Eberhard. 3,640.056.
Maschmenfabrik Lorenz AG: See—
Axtmann. Adam. 3.640.1 67.
Masco. Howard L . to Atlas Chemical Industries. Inc Use of cesium as
a stimulant in mammals. 3,641 ,242. CI. 424-153
Mason. Anthony, to Whirlpool Corporation. Filter condition indicator.
3,639.998. CI 34-82
Mason, Frederick Percival, and Waren, Frank Arthur Oakley, to Creed
& Company Limited Magnetic powder applicator 3,640,247, CI.
1 18-637
Mason, Jerry E.; See—
Narayana, Munisamappa, Keskkula, Henno, and Mason. Jerry
E .3.641.212
Mason. John W : See—
Castrucci. Paul P . Gates. Harlan R . Henle. Roben A , Pricer,
Wilbur David. Morton. Robert M . Mason. John W . and North.
William D .3.641.516
Massachusetts Institute of Technology See-
Cox. Duncan B.. Jr . and Fertig, Kenneth, 3,641.429
Massie, Philip E Axial gear tram 3.640. 1 54. CI 74-800
Massoud. Joseph T . See—
Mifflin. Ralph W , Wheeler. Joseph P . and Massoud. Joseph
T ,3.641,433.
Masters, Joan Irene: See—
Bishop, Nigel Douglas, and Masters, Joan Irene, 3. 64 1 .035.
Mathers. James E. See-
Fern. John L . and Mathers. James E ,3.639.932.
Matix Corporation. The: See—
Schleich. Nicholas P , 3.640.480
Matovich, Edwin, to North American Rockwell Corporation. Method
and means for achieving chemical equilibrium in a sealed-off co
laser 3,64 1.455. CI 331-94 5
Matsuhita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd : See—
Tanaka,Heiroku, 3,641,292.
Matsui, Katsuaki: See—
Murayama, Keisuke, Morimura. Syoji. Yoshioka. Takao. Matsui.
Katsuaki. Kuramada. Tomoyuki. Watanabe. Ichiro, and Ohta.
Noriyuki. 3.640.928.
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co . Ltd.: See—
Kawamata. Tadashi. Hirota. Eiichi. Mihara. Toshihiro. and
Terada.Yukio. 3.640.871
Kosaka. Masahiro, and Fujita, Tadamasa, 3.64 1 .507.
Nishida. Masamitsu; and Ouchi, Hiromu. 3.640.866.
Okamoto, Kenya, and Satoda, Hajime, 3,640.673.
Osugi. Kinichiro, Suzuki. Yoshiaki, Mori, Tokio, and Inamoto,
Toshiharu. 3.641.561.
Matsushita Electronics Corporation: See —
Tagawa. Hazime. 3.641 .383
Matter. Erich, to Ciba Limited Process for the manufacture of arylox-
azoles 3. 64 1. 044. CI 260-307
Mattes. Heinz Otto: See—
Ouerfeld, Hermann. Mattes. Heinz Otto, and Flesch.
Friedrich. 3,640.043
Matthews. Albert John: See—
Ball, Alan. Hayes, Barry James, and Matthews, Albert
John. 3. 641. 195.
Mattix. Rodney D See —
Kemmer. Frank N . Robertson. Reid S ; and Mattix. Rodney
D .3.640.820.
Mattox. John R . and Mattox. Thomas W Locking device for tire
retreading mold 3.640.652. CI 425-20
Mattox. Thomas W See—
Mattox. John R , and Mattox, Thomas W .3,640,652.
Matzner, Markus, to Union Carbide Corptiration Block copolycar-
bonates containing p<ilylactonc blocks and dihvdric phenol polycar-
bonate blocks 3. 64 1.200. CI 260-860
MauIdin.JohnH Road roller 3.640.192, CI 94-50
Maurer, Hans W . See--
Touzinsky. Gerald F . and Maurer. Hans W .3.640.925.
Mautz Paint & Varnish Company See—
Stewart. Dair J .3.640.889
Max Corporation See —
Itagaki.Kenichi. 3.640.443.
May, Russell R .Jr See—
Dietz. Albert. Goodspeed. Neil C ; and May. Russell R ,
Jr ,3,640.744
Mayer. Kurt See —
Sturm. Hans-Jurgen, and Mayer, Kurt, 3, 640. 996.
Mayer, William N . to Control Data Corporation Display faceplate
switch 3, 64 1.299. CI 200-167.
Maytag Company. The See —
Smith, Thomas R. 3.641.231.
McAdams, Hugh P , Jr . to Litton Precision Products. Inc Fault moni-
tor for use within a synchro torque system 3.64 1.532. CI 340-198
McAndrcw. France B . Polly. George W , and Heinz. Walter E . to
Cclancsc Corporation Process for the production of oxymethylenc
copolymers 3.641. 192. CI 260-823
McCarty. Orin P . to General Electric Company Monitor circuit for
vacuum type electric circuit interrupter 3.64 1 .359. CI 307- 1 36
Mc-Caughey, Dennis G: See —
Farnsworth. Robert P . and McCaughey. Dennis G .3.641 ,422.
Mc Clellan, William, and Stiles. Alvin B . to Du Pont de Nemours. E I ,
and Companv Heat treated bismuth molybdate and phosphomolyb-
date on titanla catalysts 3,640.900. CI 252-437
McComas, Charles C See—
Winfree. Jules P . Todd. Herbert E . and McComas. Charles
C .3.640.778
Mc Cormick. Andrew, to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority.
Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry 3,641.339. CI 250-41.9
McCulloch Corporation iee—
Henry. Charles Frederick. 3.640.365
McCurley. Jack See-
Koch. WernerG .and McCurley, Jack.3,640,1 83.
McDonald Edward Harvey, and Banks. William P . to Continental Oil
Companv Cathodic process for the preparation of tetraalkyl lead
compounds 3.640.802. CI 204-72
McDonald. L eighton S See-
Crabb, Clarence R .and McDonald, Leighton S. 3.64 1 ,169.
McDonnell Douglas Corporation See —
Rapsilber. W illiam E . and Koenig, Richard G , 3,639,989.
Sherman. Gale K ,3.639.948
McDonough. William H See —
Ivers. Richard J . and McDonough. William H .3.64 1 .565.
McFarlane. William See—
Ammerman. George Edward; and McFarlane, William. 3, 64 1.312
McGill. Robert L .Jr See-
Green. Norman. Greenhouse. Harold M . Vergara. William C,
andMcGill.RobertL.Jr .3.641.372
McGuire. John V . to Xerox Corporation. Combination controller-
label form for article labeling systems 3. 64 1.3 1 9. CI 235-61 12
McGuire. William L . to Bauer. Eddie. Inc . mesne Sleeping bags.
3.639.931. CI 5-343.
McGurty. James August See—
Robertshaw. Fred C . Bartos. Jon . Hurst. James J . and McGurty,
James August. 3. 640. 704
Mclnnis. Andrew M . Ballard. Louis M . Rogers. Waldo I., Kramer,
David C , and Nielsen, Robert A , to California Computer Products.
Inc . mesne Drafting table and method of producing same.
3.639,990. CI 33-18
McJones. Robert W Use of the heat of vaporization of a fuel as an air
conditioning medium for a vehicle 3.640.337. CI. 165-23
McKee.ClvdeM , iff—
McKee. Clyde M., Provenzino. Andrew V , and Scott, Ward,
3,640,608.
McKee, Clyde M , Provenzino, Andrew V ; and Scott, Ward,
3.640.609
McKee. Clyde M . Provenzino, Andrew V , and Scott. Ward, 1/3 to
McKee, Clyde M , 1/3 to Scott. Ward, and 1/3 to Shapiro, Sandor.
Automatically controlled mirror 3.640.608. CI. 350-307.
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
McKee, Clyde M ; Provenzino, Andrew V ; and Scott, Ward, 1/3 to
McKee, Clyde M , 1/3 to Scott, Ward, and 1/3 to Shapiro, Sandor,
mesne. Automatically controlled mirror 3,640.609, CI 350-307
McKee, James R.; and Chastain, James K , to Ball Corporation Build-
ing structure. 3,640,039. CI. 52-28 1 .
McKee, Lewis W.; and Feest, Robert H , Jr , to Borden Corporation,
The. Double row bearing 3,640,593, CI 308-196
McKee. William E.:S^^—
Field, Lester M.; Walker, Richard A . and McKee, William
E ,3.640,712
McKiearnan, Charles J.: 5^*—
Braddick, Brilt O, Lindsey, Hiram E , Jr., and McKiearnan,
Charles J .3.640.341
McKillip, William J : S«-
Culbertson, Billy M.. McKillip. William J ; and Sedor. Edward
A,3,641,145.
McKillip, William J , Culbertson. Billy M . and Impola. Clarence N , to
Ashland Oil. Inc. Process for shrinkproofing wool. 3,640,676, CI. 8-
127.6
McLain, Aubrey R.: See —
Bolt, Gregory L , Brandt, Charles H . McLain. Aubrey R ; and
Palel. Jayantilal M .3.640.726
McLaughlin, Ernest O.: See —
Fellers, John F. Hinsch. James E . and McLaughlin. Ernest
0.3,641,210
McLean, Ronald L., to Houdaille Industries, Inc. Vibration dampers
utilizing reinforced viscoelastic fluids 3,640,149, CI 74-574.
McMullen, James Michael: See—
Fleming, John W. Jr , and McMullen, James Michael,3,640,162.
McNally, Francis X., and Chiosi, Louis, to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration. Electron beam bolometer. 3,641 ,353, CI. 250-213.
McNulty,JohnG :5«-
Hay, Russell G; McNulty, John G, and Walsh, William
L ,3.641,086
Mead Corporation, The: 5«—
Wood.Prentice J .3.640.448 „
Wood, Prentice J., 3,640,563
Mead Johnson & Company: See —
Corrigan. John R., and Coates. William M.. 3.64 1 .058
Means. John A., to Time, Incorporated Tapered header flow system
for paper-machine. 3,640,843, CI 162-343.
Measurex Corporation: See—
Dahlin, Erik B, 3,641,349.
Meckel, Walter: See-
Ott, Karl-Heinz, Schuster. Herbert; Meckel. Walter; Dinges. Karl,
and Muller.Erwin, 3.64 1.209
Meek, William H , to Ferro Corporation. Hydroxy-phenyl oxadiazoles
3.641. 045, CI. 260-307
Meier, James L.: See—
Findley, Harold J., and Meier, James L, 3, 640, 94 1.
Meilleroux, Jean-Louis; See—
Brun. Henri; and Meilleroux, Jean-Louis, 3, 64 1 ,426.
Meissner, Joachim, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft. Process and apparatus for the determination of stress-
strain relationships of solids and viscous liquids, especially of materi-
als in the viscoelastic state 3,640,127, CI 73-95 5
Melikian, Gorken: See—
Biancardi, Frank R., and Melikian, Gorken, 3, 641 ,453.
Mellen, Edward J, Jr.: See—
Loxley. Ted A, Webb. John M . and Barber. Walter G.
3.640,398
Memhardt, Charles Rogers: See—
Bhatia, Surindar Kumar, and Memhardt. Charles
Rogers,3,640,283
Mercier, Jacques H. Locking ring for pressure vessel 3,640,172. CI
85-8.8
Mercier, Jacques: See—
Colinet. Andre; Mercier, Jacques, and Pernoud,
Claude, 3,640,457
Mercier, Julian J. Slump indicator 3.640,121, CI. 73-54.
Merck & Co., Inc.: 5^«—
Firestone, Raymond A., 3,64 1 ,065.
Loefner, LarryJ.,3,641,128.
Loeffler, Larry J, 3,641,129.
Miller, Thomas W., 3,64 1 ,063
Shen, Tsung-Ying, Witzel, Bruce E . and Walford, Gordon L ,
3,641,134.
Merck, E, AG: 5«-
Lettre, Hans; and Fitzgerald, Thomas J , 3,641,146.
Merck, E., Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Scharf. Hans-Dieter, Droste. Wilhelm; and Liebig, Rita,
3,641,057.
Merger, Franz: See—
PlaU, Rolf; and Merger, Franz, 3,641. 1 17.
Plau, Rolf; and Merger, Franz, 3, 64 1,118.
Merlin Gerin Societe Anonyme: See—
Ferton. Jean-Yves; Henneberi. Jacques; and Strippoli. Francois,
3,641,295.
Merz, Adolf, to Merz AG Dulliken. Adjustable machine reamer.
3,640,637, CI. 408-197.
Merz AG Dulliken: S«—
Merz, Adolf, 3,640,637,
Messer, Mayer Naoum: See —
Farge, Daniel, Messer, Mayer Naoum; and Moutonnier.
Claude. 3.641. 127.
Messina. Joseph F . and Gisser. Henry, to United States of America.
Army. Grease compositions 3,640,859, CI. 252-54.
Metaframe Corporation: See —
Willinger, Allan H . 3,640,302.
Willinger. Allan H . 3.640,516.
Metral. Jean-Pierre: See—
Coppcn. Alec James, and Metral. Jean-Pierre. 3.64 1 .236
Metz, Jack L., to Teletype Corporation ElectrosUtic printer
3,641.588. CI. 346-75.
Melzger. Karl: See —
Heer. Alfred, and Metzger, Karl, 3, 64 1,064. <_
Metzger, Nelson D.: See —
Altherr, Russell G , Shramovich, Paul F , and Metzger. Nelson
D .3,640,402
Meizger, Sidney H , Jr , to Mobay Chemical Company Polyestcru-
rethanes stabilized with imino-oxazines. 3,640,952, CI 260-45 8
Meyer, Pierre: See—
Gluntz. Claude, Meyer, Pierre, and Peyrot, Jean, 3, 640.982.
Meyfarth. Herbert J., and Crosby, John J , to Republic Steel Corpora-
tion Coiling method and apparatus 3,640.1 1 2. CI 72- 1 38
Meystre. Charles: See—
Anner.Georg.and Meystre. Charles. 3. 64 1.069
Michals, Chester S . and Motroni. Philip J . to Air Reduction Com-
pany, Incorporated. Machine for cutting slabs from ice blocks
3,640,166. CI. 83-201.
Michels, Aldred, and Bittscheidt. Josef, to Chemische Werke Huls Ak-
tiengesellschaft Foamed poly-1-butene 3.640.919. CI 260-2.5
Michieli. Roy E Triangularly shaped concrete seat with like covering.
3.640.041, CI 52-390,
Michigan Chemical Corporation: See—
Dalzell. Darwin Allen. 3,640.949
Michigan Wheel Corporation: See —
Kress. Robert F ; and Lorenz. Eldon L . 3.640.642
Middleton, Henry Edward: See—
Palfreyman, Jack; and Middleton, Henry Edward, 3, 640. 640.
Midland Silicones Limited: i>f —
Bush. Richard P .3.641.089.
Midland-Ross CorfKjration: See —
Gasior. Joseph; and Kovacs, Lloyd, 3,640,661.
Miesterfeld. Frederick O.: See-
Carp, Ralph W.; and Miesterfeld. Fredenck O .3.640.588
Mifflin. Ralph W . Wheeler. Joseph P . and Massoud. Joseph T . to
United States of America. Air Force Transmitted reference
synchronization system 3.64 1 .433. CI 325-8
Mihara. Toshihiro: See —
Kawamata. Tadashi; Hirota. Eiichi, Mihara. Toshihiro, and
Terada. Yukio.3.640.871.
Mikite. Gyula: See —
Rakoczi. Jozsef. Mikite. Gyula. Petocz, Lujza. Fischer, Janos,
Crasser, Katalin; and Kosoczky, Ibolya,3,64 1 ,039
Miles, Edwin R.; and Dreier, Donald E , to Northrop Corporation Tire
uniformity tester. 3,640,132, CI. 74-146
Miles Laboratories, Inc.: See—
Weiss, Margaret Rozman, 3,64 1 ,235.
Milkowski, Wolfgang, Stuhmer, Werner, and Von Eickstedt, Klaus-
Wolf, to Kali-Chemie Aktiengesellschaft 3-N-( 2-hvdroxy-3-phenox-
ypropyl)-amino-l- phenylpropanon-( 1 ) and the salts thereof
3,641, 125. CI 260-501.18
Miller. Gary E Humidity tent 3.639.930. CI. 5-330
Miller. Harry T. Rotary hoe 3.640.347, CI 1 72-349
Miller, Paul E:S«—
Gates. John W . Jr . Wise. Albert W . Beavers, Dorothy J , and
Miller, Paul E. 3.64 1.046.
Miller. Thomas W., to Merck & Co . Inc Antibiotic punfication
process. 3,64 1 .063. CI. 260-348.
Miller. Virgil A., to Atlantic Richfield Company Lubricating composi-
tion and method for treating metal-mold interface in continuous
casting operation. 3,640,860, CI 252-56
Miller, Wendell S. Incremental recorder with common control of drive
and recorder. 3,641 ,584, CI. 346-74
Miller, William A , to Allied Chemical Corporation.
Polytetrafluoroethylene. 3,640,984, CI. 260-92 1
Milligan, Gene E., to National Cash Register Company Self-clocking
five bit record-playback system. 3, 64 1. 5 25, CI 340-174 1
Mills, Truett P Hose-less wooden golf club with shaft retainer and sole
plate. 3,640.534,C1. 273-80 7
Mills. Wallace R.:5ff—
Shmueli. Kalman, Scott, Robert T.; and Mills, Wallace
R, 3,640.318.
Milner, Peter James, and Hodkin. Richard Keith, to Rootes Motors
Limited. Vehicle wheel braking systems 3,640.587. CI. 303-2 1
Mineshima, Yukihiko: See—
Kobayashi, Toshio, and Mineshima, Yukihiko, 3, 64 1 ,562.
Minhas, Pritam S.: See—
Anello, Louis G , Boghosian, Edward Michael, Jones, Edward S ,
Minhas, Pritam S., Price, Alson K , and Sweeney, Richard
F.,3,641,083.
Minieri, Pasquale Paul, to Tenneco Chemicals, Inc 1 ,5-Substituted m-
dazoles. 3, 64 1,050, CI. 260-310
Minkevich, Boris losifovich. Method of treating mineralized water.
3.640.695. CI. 71-1 j
895 O.G,— 28
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company i>f—
Conrad. Lawrence H . 3.640,607
Elton, Robert L ,3.640,829
Seppala, Harold J , and Benz, Gerhard, 3.640,944.
Shevlin. Thomas S . 3,640.764
Smith. George H .3.640.718
Minnesota Minningand Manufacturing Company: See—
Conrad. Lawrence H . 3.640.606.
Misek, Victor A , and Myers, Robert, to Sanders A&soicates, Inc Elec-
tro-optical perimeter intrusion alarm 3,64 1 ,549, CI 340-258
Mitchell, Paul J , Jr , to SW Industries, Inc Paper manufacturing roll
construction and process 3,639,957, CI 29-120.
Mitchell, William Eric, to Dunlop Company Limited. The. Method of
mounting a pneumatic tire on a deformable rim 3,639,964, CI 29-
15901
Mite Corporation; i>*—
Wallace, Robert P , 3,640,655.
Mitsubishi Dcnki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
lkeda,Hiroshi, 3,641,301
Nakata, Josuke, 3,641,403
Mitsubishi Petrochemical Company Limited: See—
Furukawa, Junji; and Monkawa, Hiroyuki, 3,64 1 ,187
Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co , Ltd ; See—
Miyazaki. Kazuhide. and Tozawa. Seiichi, 3,640,683
Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Inc : See—
Konoki, Keizo, and Ohsaki, Kozo, 3,640,052
Mittag, Hermann, and Issler. Jorg, to Bosch, Robert, G m b H Ignition
arrangement for internal combustion engines 3,640,260, CI 123
148
Miyazaki, Kazuhide, and Tozawa, Seiichi, to Mitsui Mining & Smelting
Co , Ltd Method of preparing maganese dioxide for dry cell
3.640,683, CI. 23-145
Mizuno, Akinori See —
Okuno, Zenjiro, Mizuno, Akinon, and Kondoh, lkuyo,3,640,863
Mizuno, Hiroshi: See —
Ohshima, Haruhiko, Mizuno, Hiroshi; Konno, Akira, and Kosaka,
Tomoaki, 3,64 1,270.
Mizuno, Miyoji Tooth-cleaning tool 3,640,291 , CI I 32-84.
Mizusawa, Frank S See—
Carroll, William J , and Mizusawa, Frank S ,3,640,234
M&J Valve Company See—
Grove, Marvin H , Kim, Kee W , and Van Arsdale, LyIe R ,
3,641,542
Mobay Chemical Company: See—
Meuger. Sidney H . Jr , 3.640,952.
Mobil Oil Corporation: See—
Broderick, Edward J , and Rem, Burton M., 3,64 1 ,1 20.
Kemp, Robert T, 3,641,052
Kokotailo, George T . and Law ton. Stephen L., 3,640,680.
Napier, Roger P , and Pirnik, Michael P , 3,641.061.
Wilson,RobertC , Jr , 3,640,905
Mobil Oil Corporation: See—
Gemmill, Robert M . Jr , Schick, John W , and Mobil Oil Corf>ora-
tion, 3,640, 870
Moffatt, John G , to Syntex Corporation Sulfonium ylids of active
methylene compounds 3,641,055, CI 260-332 3
Mohrlok, Sharon R., to Dow Corning Corporation Cosmetic wax com-
position 3,64 1,239, CI. 424-64
Moisescu, Gheorghe, Stoica, Valer, Wolf, Carol, and Spataru, Nicolae,
to Institutul de Cercetari Si Proieclan Alimentare Process and plant
for fast conditioning or thermal treatment of bread cereals, espe-
cially wheat. 3,640,206, CI 99-237
Moll, Farnz. See —
Von Konig, Anita; Moll, Farnz, Muller-Bardorff, Wolfgang, and
Saleck,Wilhelm. 3,640,7 19.
Moll, Franz: See—
Huckstadt, Harald, Saleck, Wilhelm; Randolph, August; Moll,
Franz, and Ranz, Erwin,3,640,7 I 5
Moller, Aage, and Straarup, Oria, to Aktieselskabet Niro Atomizer
Atomizer wheel with wear-resistant, sintered bushings 3,640,467.
CI 239-224
Molybdenum Corporation See —
Trimble. Carter H , and Strott, David B , 3,640,678.
Molybdenum Corporation of America See—
Erhard, Albert E , and Allison, Jack B., 3,640,679.
Monroe, Roger A : See—
Campbell, Ronald R., and Monroe, Roger A .3,641,277.
Monsanto Chemicals Limited: See—
Ayad,Karl, 3,641.042.
Monsanto Company: See—
Boustany. Kamel, 3,640.976
Jope. Bruce T , and Phillips. Alan R . 3.640,666
Reilly, Joseph R ,3.640.671
Schnur.JoelM ,3,640,932
Yancik, Joseph J , Schulze, Rov E , and Rydlund. Paul H ,
3,640,784
Monser, George J , to Raytheon Company. Fractional turn helical an-
tenna. 3,64I,580,CI 343-895
Montanari. Lucio: See—
Brescia, Riccardo, and Montanari, Lucio, 3,641 ,568
Montecatini Edison S.p.A : See —
Bonvicini, Alberto, and Cantatore, Giuseppe, 3,640,999
Monti, Giancarlo, to Siai-Marchetti S p.A. Helicopter rotor construc-
tion 3,640,643, CI 416-136.
Moore Products Co See—
Adams, Robert B , 3,640,133
Moore, Robert E . and Janoski. Edward J . to Sun Oil Company Highly
fluorinated alkyladamantanes 3. 641. 167, CI 260-648.
Moran, John B See—
Schneider, John A , and Moran, John B ,3,640,857
Moreuil, Jean-Louis: See—
Braillard. Pierre L , Moreuil, Jean-Louis, and Steru,
Marius, 3,640,002
Morgcnroth, Henri Meteringrod carburetor 3,640,5 12, CI. 261-34
Mori. Masato See —
Nagata, Masanori, and Mori, Masato, 3, 64 1 ,3 15.
Mori, Tokio. See—
Osugi. Kinichiro, Suzuki, Yoshiaki, Mori. Tokio, and Inamoto,
Toshiharu,3,641,56l
Mori. Yoichi, and Ichimura. Hiroshisa, to Nissan Motor Company.
Limited Control system for automotive automatic transmission.
3.640,1 56, CI. 74-866.
Morikawa, Hiroyuki See—
Furukawa, Junji, and Morikawa, Hiroyuki, 3,641 ,1 87.
Morimura. Syoji See—
Murayama, Kcisuke, Morimura, Syoji. Yoshioka, Takao, Matsui,
Katsuaki, Kuramada, Tomoyuki. Watanabe, Ichiro, and Ohta,
Noriyuki, 3, 640,928
Morris, Earl L Soap dispensing metering pressure valve 3,640,435, CI
222-335
Morris. Hugh C See—
Clark. Richard B.. Morris. Hugh C . and Whitehurst, Gerald
E ,3.640.359.
Morrison. Andrew Ivar; and Hannah, Bruce R , to Art Metal-Knoll
Corporation Furniture construction 3,640,576, CI 297-440
Morse. John E , and Rosenburgh, Norman J , to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Web handling apparatus 3,640,438, CI 226-25
Morton. Robert M See—
Castrucci, Paul P . Gates, Harlan R , Henle, Robert A , Pricer,
Wilbur David, Morton, Robert M , Mason. John W . and North,
William D ,3,641,516
Moschcl. Albrecht, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengcsellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning Polyester polycondensation process
under decreasing temperatures 3,640.962, CI 260-75.
Motorola. Inc : See—
Gunn, David L , and Hanus, George M , 3.64 1 ,44 1 .
Hollingsworth, Gale C , and Steffel, Ronald V., 3,64 1 ,45 I .
Lunn. Gerald K .3.641,450
Munn.Robcrt J , 3.641.435.
Nation. MelvinS .3.641,395.
Riff, James A ,3,641,416.
Sanera, Arthur E , 3.640,197.
Motroni, Philip J : See—
Michals, Chester S, and Motroni, Philip J ,3,640,166.
Mott, Ralph B .Jr:5<-e-
Mott, Ralph B . Sr . Mott, Ralph B . Jr , and Cantella, Richard
C ,3,639,944
Mott, Ralph B , Sr , Molt. Ralph B . Jr . and Cantella, Richard C, said
Cantella assor to Rescrv-A-Roll Co , partnership composed of Mott,
Ralph Beach, Sr , and Mott. Ralph Beach, Jr Hinge arrangement in-
cluding a partially concealed means for securing with a swinging
door 3,639,944. CI 16-153
Mott, Ralph Beach, Jr.: See—
Mott. Ralph B , Sr.. Mott, Ralph B , Jr , and Cantella, Richard C,
3,639,944.
Mourier. Emile, to Rhone-Poulenc S. A Purification of
dehydrolinalool by fractional distillation and water washing.
3,640,851, CI 203-42.
Moussalli, Francis Selim, to Celanese Corporation. PrtKedure for dry
cleaning 3,640, 881, CI 252-171
Moutonnier, Claude See —
Fargc. Daniel, Mcsser, Mayer Naoum, and Moutonnier,
Claude, 3, 641, 127.
Mowat, Keith B . and Hcyn, William O , to Chicago Rawhide Manufac-
turing Co Oil seal with pumping action. 3,640,542, CI. 277- 1 34.
Moycr, Rudolph H .See-
Anderson, Howard H , Moycr, Rudolph H., Sibbett, Donald J.,
and Sutherland. David C ,3,640,624.
Moyer, William H , to Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc Torque-transmitting
device 3,641, 375, CI 310-105.
Mrozek, Pawel K , to RCA Corporation Temperature compensated
crystal oscillator 3,641 ,461 , CI. 331-116.
M&T Chemicals Inc.: See—
Gloskey, Carl Robert, 3,640.947
Mueller, William J See—
Farnham, Norman W ; Mueller, William J , and Gorall, Donald
J .3.640.219
Muench, Paul W. See —
Hopkins, Neil E., and Muench, Paul W, 3,640,084
Muhlhausen, Cornelius: See —
Konig, Klaus, Muller, Erwin, Kallert, Wilhelm. and Muhlhausen,
Cornelius, 3,640,967
Mukai, Toshihiko: See—
Nakanishi, Michio, Kobayashi, Ryosukc; Abe, Kozo; and Mukai,
Toshihiko, 3. 64 1,060.
Mullen. Joseph F . to Combustion Engineering, Inc. High moisture
content fuel dispersion apparatus. 3,640,232, CI. 1 10-7.
Muller, Curt G Fastener means. 3,640,173, CI. 85-8.8
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 31
Muller. Ernst Willi: i>e-
Wilke.Gunther, andMuller, ErnstWilli,3,64I,I75.
Muller, Erwin: iff—
Konig, Klaus, Muller, Erwin; Kallert, Wilhelm, and Muhlhausen.
Cornelius, 3,640,967.
Ott, Karl-Heinz, Schuster, Herbert, Meckel. Walter, Dinges, Karl,
and Muller, Erwin, 3,641, 209
Muller, Jurgen: See—
Waschk, Fritz, Muller, Jurgen, Krieger, Heinrich, and Hemdrich,
Gunter,3,640,205
Muller, Richard, Frey, Hans, and Dathe. Christian, to Institut fur
Silikon-und Fluorkarbon-Chemie Process for the alkylation. al-
kenylation or arylation of heavy-metal salts by means of organo- trip-
tych-siloxazolidines 3.64 1 ,082, CI. 260-431
Muller-Bardorff, Wolfgang: See—
Von Konig, Anita, Moll, Farnz; Muller-Bardorff, Wolfgang, and
Saleck, Wilhelm,3,640,7 19.
Mullin, William F , to Mallory, P R , & Co , Inc Multiple-condition
automotive alarm system 3,64 1 ,488, CI 340-52
Munch, Josef, to Bock, Otto, Orthopadische Industne KG , Firma
Mattress for invalids 3,639,927, C! 5-91
Mundus, Friedhelm, to Windmoller & Holscher Bag-making machines
for making plastics side-fold bags with carrier handles 3,640,187,
CI 93-8
Munn, Robert J , to Motorola, Inc Television frequency stabilizing
system 3,641,435, CI 325-63
Munson, Donald J., to North Central Manufacturing Corporation
Foldable ironing board. 3,640,230, CI 108-63.
Murayama, Keisuke, Morimura, Syoji, Yoshioka, Takao; Matsui, Kat-
suaki, Kuramada, Tomoyuki, Watanabe, Ichiro; and Ohta, Noriyuki,
to Sankyo Company Limited Stabilization of synthetic polymers.
3,640,928, CI 260-23
Murphey, Daniel F : iff —
Gcndler,lrvinF, 3,640,535
Murphree, Francis J.; and Marrero, Michael T , to United States of
America, Navy Echo simulation means 3,64 1 ,485, CI 340-3
Murphy, Charles F., Webber, J Alan, Kaiser, Gary V , Van Heyningen,
Earle M., Wright, Ian G ; and Cooper, Robin D G , to Lilly, Eli, and
Company. Reduction of Aj-cephalospyorin sulfoxides. 3,641 ,014, CI.
260-243
Murphy, Clarence R.: iff—
Cupples, Barrett L ; and Murphy, Clarence R, 3,640, 85 2
Murphy, Frank W , Jr : iff—
Murphy, Frank W , and Murphy, Frank W , Jr ,3,641 ,290
Murphy, Frank W., and Murphy, Frank W., Jr. Vibration responsive
switch. 3,64 1 ,290, CI. 200-61 45
Murphy, Kevin P.: iff—
Orfeo, Sabatino R., and Murphy. Kevin P .3.640,869
Murray, Louis Daniel. Projection screens. 3,640,60 1 , CI 350-1 1 7.
Murray, Maxwell John: iff —
Tauber, Elisha, and Murray, Maxwell John, 3, 640, 754.
Muse, George H , and Keane, Peter J , to Erie Tool Works. Pipe cutter.
3,639,980, CI. 30-102.
Musso, Pietro: iff—
Cortona, Ales&andro, Musso, Pietro. Saltini. Fabrizio; and
Fiorenza. Giorgio. 3. 641 .3 1 7
Mutrux, Jean L, Amphibious helicopter type aircraft. 3,640,485, CI.
244-12.
Myers, Herman A Ratchet-like wrench. 3,640,1 58, CI 81-583
Myers, Robert; iff—
Misek, Victor A, and Myers, Robert, 3,641 ,549
Nabisco, Inc.: iff—
Ronai, Kenneth S ; and Spanier, Henry C , 3,640,728
Ronai, Kenneth S , and Spanier, Henry C , 3,640,729
Nagae, Tadashi; Oishi, Yasushi; and Hayashi, Jun, to Fuji Photo Film
Co , Ltd. Method of preventing color mixing in multi- layer-type
reversal color photographic light- sensitive materials. 3,640,716, CI
96-56
Nagai. Hiroshi; iff —
Suzuki. Shigeyuki, Kaneda, Isamu, Takahashi, Masaaki, and
Nagai. Hiroshi,3,640,969
Nagai, Shigeki; iff—
Yamada, Keisho; Nagai, Shigeki, Odan, Kyoji, Nakamura, Yasuo,
and Hidaka, Mijio,3,64 1 ,100
Yamada, Keisho; Nagai, Shigeki; Odan, Kyoji. Arima, Yasutaka,
and Hidaka, Mikio,3,64l, 101.
Nagata, Koichiro: iff —
Ito, Tomiyasu,; Nagata, Koichiro; Ichikawa, Takehiko; and Kato,
Tetsuya, 3,64 1,003.
Nagata, Masanori; and Mori, Masato, to Omron Tateisi Electronics Co.
System for automatically conducting office work required for
transactions at a bank and the like 3,641 ,315, CI 235-61 7
Nagy, Michael J.; iff—
Buller, Joseph S ; Nagy, Michael J.; and Peterson, Eugene
W. 3,640,091.
Nakamaye, Kay L.; Slaugh, Lynn H , Spooncer, William W , and
Volger, Hendrik C., to Shell Oil Company Ethylene telomerization
3,641, 1 70, CI. 260-658.
Nakamura, Michiei; iff—
Horiguchi, Shojiro; and Nakamura, Michiei, 3, 640, 983.
Nakamura, Seiichi; iff—
Ito. Hiroo; Nakamura, Seiichi, and Inoue, Hidemu,3,640,902.
Nakamura, Tadashi, to Ise Electronics Corporation Solid state letter
display device. 3,64 1 ,390. CI. 3 1 5- 1 69.
Nakamura. Yasuo: iff —
Yamada, Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki, Odan. Kyoji; Nakamura, Yasuo;
and Hidaka, Mijio,3, 64 1,1 00
Nakanishi, Michio; Kobayashi, Ryosuke. Abe, Kozo, and Mukai,
Toshihiko, to Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Carbamate
insecticide. 3,641,060, CI 260-340 7
Nakano, Kinichi: iff—
Uzu. Keizo, Nakano, Kinichi; and Takahashi.
Toshinaka. 3,64 1,053
Nakata, Josuke, to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Thynstor with
degenerate semiconductive region. 3,64 1 ,403, CI 3 1 7-235.
Nakazawa, Yosh, & Associates, Inc.; iff—
Nakazawa, Yoshio, and Lipper, Harold A , 3,640,036
Nakazawa, Yoshio. and Lipper, Harold A , to Nakazawa. Yosh, & As-
sociates, Inc Architectural system of intenor modular construction.
3,640,036, CI. 52-126.
Nalbandian, Robert M.; iff—
Hymes, Alan C , Margulis, Rajko R , and Nalbandian. Robert
M .3,641,240
Naico Chemical Company; iff —
Jursich, Myron J , and Ciesia, Stanley F , 3,640,766.
Kekish. George T , James. William G . and Simons. Duane J ,
3,640,933
Kemmer, Frank N , Robertson, Reid S., and Mattix. Rodney D ,
3,640,820
Sampson, Ronald G., 3,640,894
Napier, Roger P , and Pirnik, Michael P , to Mobil Oil Corporation
Substituted mercuri cyclohexvl compounds 3.641.061. CI 260-
340.9
Narayana, Munisamappa; Keskkula, Henno, and Mason, Jerry E , to
Dow Chemical Company, The High impact strength styrene-maleic
anhydride compositions. 3,64 1 ,2 1 2, CI. 260-893.
Narda Microwave Corporation, The. iff —
Asian, Edward E ,3,641,439
Narken, Bemt: iff—
Hoogendoorn, Helen M . Liberman, Herbert E , Narken. Bemt,
and Sunners, Brian, 3, 639, 976
Nathansohn, Giangiacomo, Odasso, Gianfranco, De Ruggieri, and
Guzzi, Umberto, to Gruppo Lepetit S p A. Unsaturated pregna-3,20-
dione-( 17a, 16a-d) oxazalines. 3,641,007, CI
Nathe, Raymond J.: iff —
Fitchman. Arthur E , and Nathe, Raymond J .3,640,775
Nation, Melvin S , to Motorola, Inc Apparatus for quickly mounting
and electrically connecting components in a housing with camming
connector arrangement 3,641 ,395, CI 317-1 17.
National Cash Register Company; iff —
Milligan,GeneE., 3,641,525.
National Cash Register Company, The: iff —
Lin. Chao-Han, and Wright, Arthur J , 3.64 1 .01 1
Purcell. Antoninette M . 3.640,892
National Distillers and Chemical Corporation iff —
Baba, Theodore B , 3,640,980
National Lead Company: iff —
Love, Frank E, 3,640,801
National Patent Development Corporation: iff—
Gould, Francis E.,and Shepherd, Thomas H, 3,641 ,237.
National Research Development Corporation iff —
Coackley, Robert, Reynolds, Michael Leslie, and Rodgers. Clivc
Douglas, 3,641,345.
Ibbeti, Roland Norman, and Aspinall, David. 3,640.625.
Te'Eni.Moshe, 3,640,126.
National Water Main Cleaning Co.: iff—
Primus, Norman S, and Hunhoff, Raymond, 3,640,759.
Navin, William R , Jr.: iff—
White, Donald J., and Navin, William R . Jr ,3,64 1 .484
Naylor, Floyd E , to Phillips Petroleum Company Reaction product of
hydrocarbylmonolithium and 1 .3-butadiene as polymerization initia-
tor. 3,640,899, CI. 252-431 .
Naylor, Floyd E , to Phillips Petroleum Companv Termination of
diene polymerization. 3,640,990, CI 260-94 7
Neal. David Patrick John: iff —
Love, Dennis Anthony, Neal. David Patrick John, and Pidgeon.
Eric, 3,64 1,001.
Neal, Francis John, Courtenay, Jerzy Leon, and Simmons, John
Richard, to Hobson, H M , Limited Torque limiter 3,640,092. CI.
64-28
Neal, William J., to Shell Oil Company Method and apparatus for con-
necting a flowline to an offshore installation 3,640,080, CI. 61-72 3
Neeley, Victor 1. and Libby. Hugo L , to Holotron Corporation
Technique of holography by source scanning. 3,640,598, CI 350-3 5
Neff, Charles G , and Carrier, Louis V, to Holland Hitch Company.
Non-squirt fifth wheel assembly 3,640,549, CI. 280-435.
Neller, William C.iff-
Jenkins, Peter J , and Neller, William C ,3.640.371
Nelson, Carl W., Jr. Unambiguous digital processing of dual binary
three-valued codes. 3,641,327, CI 235-155.
Nelson, John; and Stoppard, William E., to Leesona Corporation
Strandhandling. 3,640,160, CI 83-24
Nelson, Norman A., to ACF Industries, Incorporated Subsea wellhead
control system. 3,640,299, CI. 137-1
Nemiroff, Robert V , to Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc Dynamic automatic
braking for truck. 3,^4 1 .4 1 1 , CI. 3 1 8-373
Neptune Microfloc, Incorporated; iff—
Conley, Walter R., and Culp, Gordon L , 3,640,387
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Nercnberg, Samuel T Adapter for a macromolecule separation device
3.640,8 13, CI 204-299
Neumaier, Hubert See—
Sennewald, Kurt, Ohorodnik, Alexander, and Neumaier, Hu-
bert.3, 641 .164. N^
Neumann. Friedmund; i>* —
Engelfried, Otto, Neumann. Friedmund, and Wiechert, Ru-
dolf.3.641.013
Newstein, Maurice C: 5«—
La Tourrette. James T . Newstein, Maurice C . and Rabinowitz,
Paul J ,3,641.458
Nichols, George E . Jr . to Bird Machine Company Coated screens
3.640.760. CI 117-99
Nicolay, Karl, to Durkoppwerke GmbH Thread retainer for sewing
machines 3,640,236, CI 112-243
Niederhauser, Warren Dexter, Belmares-Sarabia, Hector, and Bauer,
William. Jr , to Rohm and Haas Company Urethane elastomer with
active hydrogen containing monoethylenically unsaturated
monomer 3,641,199, CI 260-859
Niedl, Georg Impeller for heavy duty comminuting pumps 3.640.474,
CI 241-46 02
Nielander, William B.. to Xerox Corporation Electrostatic magnetic
developing apparatus. 3,640. »8, CI I 1 8-637
Nielsen, Robert A See—
Mclnnis, Andrew M , Ballard, Louis M , Rogers, Waldo L,
Kramer, David C , and Nielsen. Robert A ,3,639,990
Nieminski. Robert A : See—
Wahl. James A . and Nieminski, Robert A .3,640,415
Nihof. Hendrikus J , and Borsboom, Albertus C H , to Shell Oil Com-
pany. Method and apparatus for detecting an interface between two
liquids in a pipeline 3,640.120, CI 73-53.
Nipf)on Dense Company Limited See—
Kawai. Hisashi, 3,641,490
Nipjxjn Denso Kabushiki Kaisha See—
Shirai, Takeaki, Sakakibara, Shigeru, Noguchi. Masaaki. and Su-
miyoshi, Masaharu. 3.640.152
Taniguchi. Koichi. 3,640,589
Yamaguchi, Terumoto, 3,640. 165.
Nipfwn Electric Co , Ltd i>e—
Oikado,Taizo, 3.641,385 f
Nippon Electric Company Limited; See—
Kiji,Kazuo, 3,641,495
Nippon Kogaku K K : See—
Kimura, Shuji, 3,640,201.
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Anmura. Tohru. Kamata, Masamoto. Okado. Masaru, and
Ichimaru. Takarokuro. 3,64 1 ,325
Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Public Corporation See—
Watanabe, Yoshio, and Sakai, Tetsushi, 3,640,806
Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaisha: 5<v—
Fujii, Minoru, 3.641 ,377
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu; Sakakibara, Shigeru. Ito. Osamu. and Kato.
Takaaki, 3,640,151
Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaishi: See—
Sato. Suguru, 3.64 1 .374
Nishida, Masamitsu, and Ouchi, Hiromu, to Matsushita Electric Indus-
trial Co . Ltd. Piezoelectric ceramic compositions 3,640.866, CI
252-62.
Nishina, Yoshio: See—
ishihara, Masao, Sugino, Osak&u, Nishina, Yoshio; Kohno. Isao.
andSatoh, Yuzuru.3.640,721
Nissan Motor Company, Limited See—
Mori, Yoichi, and Ichimura. Hiroshisa, 3,640,156.
Nitro Nobel AB: See-
Olsson,PerO I, 3.640,223
Nitz. Allen R . to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company. Electrical
contact. 3.64 1 ,300, CI. 200- 1 66
Noble. Lowell A., to Varian Associates, mesne Method of producing
neutron source tube with coated target. 3,640,597, CI. 316-10
Noble Manufacturing Company: See—
Sosalla, Harry. 3,640,345
Noetinger. Philippe J , to Compagnie Generale d'Automatisme. Auto-
matic sorting device 3,640.367. CI 193-31
Nogiwa, Yasuo: See—
Kubo, Moritada, Shigehara. Masamichi. and Nogiwa.
Yasuo,3.64 1.347
Noguchi, Masaaki: See—
Shirai. Takeaki, Sakakibara, Shigeru. Noguchi. Masaaki; and Su-
miyoshi, Masaharu,3,640,152
Nolken. Ernst, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengcsellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Cellular plastics of cpoxy resins and
process for their manufacture 3.640,9 1 7, CI 260-2.5
Nolte, Claude B , to Kingmann-White, Inc Mass flow rate meter
3,640,1 36, CI. 73-228.
Noltes, Jan Gerrit: See—
Overmars, Henncus Gerardus Josef; Van Elven, Aris, and Noltes,
JanGerrit,3.641,I78
Nomura, Katsuhiko, to Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Single
lens reflex camera 3,640,202, CI. 95-42.
Nord, Eric T.: See—
Hogstrom, Edwin F., Stumphauzer. William C , and Nord. Eric
T.,3,640,758,
Nordholm, Lloyd P.: See—
Florance, Douglas A., Nordholm, Lloyd P , and Foldes,
Stephen,3,64!,393.
Strakosch,
Roger F.
A , Pricer,
and North,
V
Nordson Corporation: See—
Hogstrom, Edwin F., Stumphauzer, William C , and Nord, Eric T.,
3.640.758.
Norris. Kermit A., to Leach Corporation, mesne. Magnetic record and
reproduce system for digital data having a NRZC format 3,64 1 .524,
CI 340-174 1
North American Rockwell Corporation See—
Anastasio, Frank J , Brundage, Clinton F , and
Clarence P .3.640,407
Fujimoto, Ted Y. 3,64 1 .366
Heimbigner.Gary Lee, 3.641,370.
Hughes. Roland O . and Allen, Joseph H , 3.64 1 .323.
Matovich, Edwin, 3,641,455
Shaheen, Joseph M , and Simone, John. 3.641 .520
Waner. Donald W . Lilzell. John E . and Olscn.
3.640.155
North Central Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Munson. Donald J . 3.640,230.
North. William D See-
Castrucci. Paul P . Gates. Harlan R ; Henle. Robert
Wilbur David. Morton, Robert M., Mason, John W
William D. 3.64 1.5 16.
Northrop Corporation .S>f —
Miles. Edwin R .and Dreicr. Donald E . 3.640,132
Star. Moe. 3.640,492.
Norton Company See—
Kiovsky. Joseph R. and Bart. Ronald K. 3.641.095 ..^
Nothmann. Gerhard A See —
Florsheim. Leonard S . Jr . Lieberman, David A., Archer.' Harold
B . and Nothmann. Gerhard A .3.640,623
Nottingham. J B . & Co . Inc See— "•
Savoca. Paul C . and Marasco, Anthony D , 3,641,478.
Novack. Robert Lee See—
Allen. Robert J . and Novack. Robert Lee. 3.640,773.
Nowensky. Cecil. Cutter for pizza pies and the like. 3,639,981, CI 30-
I 14
NRM Corporation See—
Laenen. Nicholas M . and Cooper. James M . 3.640.653
NSU Motorenwerke Aktiengcsellschaft See—
Stephan. Gerhard, Harst. Hem/. Laux. Gunter. and Kappes, Al-
fred. 3.640,799
Nupnau. Arthur E . to Bell & Howell Company Automatic rewind for
motion picture projectors 3,640,612, CI. 352-124
Nupuf. Joseph S Ophthalmometer device having target means inde-
pendently adjustable while maintaining the corneal image in focus.
3.640.6 10. CI 351-13
Nusbickel, Edward M . Jr . to Bethlehem Steel Corporation Ultrasonic
defect signal discriminator 3.640. 1 22. CI 73-679
Nute. Ernest B . Jr . and Ollinger. James C . to Armstrong Cork Com-
pany Expansion sphce 3,640,557. CI 287-189 36
Nyland, Lloyd A.: See-
Harlan, Martin L . Davis, Jerry L., and Nyland. Lloyd
A .3.640,325
Nystrand. Ernst Daniel. Spencer. Harvey J , and Ziegclhoffer. Paul, to
Paper Converting Machine Company. Inc Bag boxing a machine
3,640.050. CI 5 3-120
Oakes. Malcolm M , to Hughes Aircraft Company. Welding supply cir-
cuit including capacitor bleed 3, 641, 306, CI 219-113
Oberst, Hermann, l.eonhard. Hofheim. Ebigt, Joachim. Duve,
Gunther. and Schommer. Alfred, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gcsellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brunmg. Vibration damped
sandwich systems having inter- layers of copolymers of ethylene and
mixtures of isononane-. isodecane and isoundecane-carboxylic acid
vinylesters 3.640.835. CI 161-165
Oberst. Hermann. Reihs, Leonhard Hofheim, Ebigt, Joachim. Duve.
Gunther. and Schommer. Alfred, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gcsellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Vibration damped
sandwich systems having inlerlaycrs of vinyl acetate-ethylene
copolymers 3.640.836, CI 161-165
Oberst. Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard. Ebigt, Joachim, Duve, Gunther,
and Schommer. Alfred, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengcsellschaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning Vibration-damped sandwich
systems having interlayers of vinyl acetate-ethylene-ethylacrylate
copolymers 3.640.830. CI I 61 165
Oberst. Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve, Gunther,
and Schommer, Alfred, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengcsellschaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Vibration damped sandwich
systems having interlayers of vinyl acetate-ethylene-N-butylacrylate
copolymers 3,640,833. CI 161-165
Oberst, Hermann. Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim. Duve. Gunther,
and Schommer. Alfred, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengcsellschaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Vibration damped sandwich
systems having interlayers of copolymers of vinyl acetate ethylene
and mixtures of isononane-. isodecane- and isoundecane-carboxylic
acid vinylesters 3.640,834. CI 161-165
O Bnen, DC . Inc 5*^ —
O Bnen, Donald G, and Walker, Edward R.. 3,641,479.
O'Brien. Donald G . and Walker. Edward R .to O'Brien, D G , Inc Un-
derwater disconnectible connector 3.641 ,479. CI. 339-94
Ochiai. Tuguo, to Tokyo Roki Kabushiki Kaisha. Filter paper for oil fil-
ters 3.640.839. CI 162-129
Odan. Kyoji: See—
Yamada, Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki, Odan, Kyoji, Arima. Yasuuka,
andHidaka,Mikio.3,64I.I0I.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
^^
Teruyuki. and Arai. Humio. to Showa Denko
Flame-resistant foamed resin composition
Yamada. Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki. Odan. Kyoji. Nakamura. Yasuo;
andHidaka, Mijio,3,641.IOO
Odasso.Gianfranco; See—
Nathansohn, Giangiacomo, Odasso. Gianfranco, De Ruggieri; and
Guzzi.Umberto.3,64 1,007
Odawara, Daisaku Rotary machine of the blade type 3.640,648, CI
418-133
O'Drobinak, John D , and Kaufman. Martin H . to United Slates of
America, Navy Castable fluorocarbon binders for propellants
3,640.785, CI 149-88.
O'Drobinak, John D.:5«—
Kaufman, Martin H . O'Drobinak, John D , and Dake, James O ,
Jr ,3.640,070
Occkl. Otto Tool changerfor machine tools 3.640,634, CI 408-35
Oclmann. Peter, and Weisshuhn. Peter, to Johnson &. Johnson Sheet
folding apparatus 3,640.522. CI 270-72
Oertel, Harald See—
Thoma. Wilhelm, Oertel, Harald. Rinke. Heinrich; and Bahr. Ul-
rich,3,640,937
Ogawa, Masao, Enjoj
Kabushiki Kaisha.
3,640,914, CI 260-2 5
Ogilvie Flour Mills Company, Limited: See—
Rolland, Jacques R . and Holme. John. 3.640,730.
O'Hara, Mark J . to Universal Oil Products Company Hydrocar-
bonaceous black oil conversion process. 3,640,8 1 7, CI. 208-59
Ohihaber, Ronald L.: See—
Stockham, John D , Townsend. Lawrence B , Ohihaber, Ronald
L ,and Scopelite. Thomas M ,3,641.320
Ohnsorge, Horst: See—
Herold, Wolf, andOhnsorge,Horst,3,641.273.
Ohntrup, Frederick F , Truemper, John P , and Smith. Billy C , to
Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc Photoelectric motor control 3,641,413,
CI 318-480
Ohorodnik, Alexander. See—
Sennewald, Kurt, Ohorodnik. Alexander; and Neumaier. Hu-
bert,3, 641 ,164
Ohsaki, Kozo: See—
Konoki, Keizo, and Ohsaki, Kozo.3. 640,052
Ohshima, Haruhiko, Mizuno, Hiroshi. Konno. Akira. and Kosaka.
Tomoaki, to Pioneer Electronic Corpt)ration Timer circuit of an au-
tomatic telephone answering apparatus 3.64 1 .270, CI I 79-2.
Ohta, Noriyuki: See—
Murayama, Keisuke, Morimura, Syoji, Yoshioka, Takao; Matsui.
Katsualci. Kuramada, Tomoyuki; Watanabe, Ichiro, and Ohta.
Noriyuki, 3,640.928.
Ohta, Wasaburo: See—
Kasuya, Kazuhiko; Ohta. Wasaburo; and Okuno. Zen-
jiro,3,640,751
Oikado, Taizo, to Nippon Electeic Co., Ltd Gas-filled discharge tube
with gas refilling means 3,64 h'SSS. CI. 3 1 3- 1 75.
Oishi, Yasushi; See—
Nagae, Tadashi; Oishi. Yasushi, and Hayashi, Jun, 3,640,7 16
Okada, Takaaki, to Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu. Device for indicating in-
terrupted electric service 3,64 1 ,545, CI 340-248.
Okado, Masaru: See—
Anmura, Tohru, Kamata, Masamoto, Okado, Masaru, and
Ichimar»,^akarokuro, 3,641, 325
Okamoto, Kenya, and Satoda, Hajime, to Matsushita Electric Industrial
Co , Ltd Liquid fuel burner 3,640,673, CI. 431-168.
O'Kane, Daniel F See—
Bums, Gerald; Giess, Edward A , and O'Kane,
F ,3.640,865
Okano, Keigo: See—
Kinjo, Hisao, Iwabuchi, Yoshitaka; Takashima, Seiichi;
Takotoshi; and Okano, Keigo,3.64 1 ,278.
Okita, Taisuke: See—
U&amoto, Teruyoshi, and Okita, Taisuke, 3, 64 1 ,2 1 5
Okuma Machinery Works Ltd See—
Maeda, Yutaka, and Hirata. Kmya. 3.64 1 ,409.
Okuno, Zenjiro: See—
Kasuya, Kazuhiko. Ohta. Wasaburo, and Okuno.
jiro.3,640,751.
Okuno, Zenjiro, Mizuno, Akinori. and Kondoh. Ikuyo. to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh. Liquid electrostatic developer having pigment parti-
cles coated withacyclized rubber 3.640,863, CI 252-62 I
Olin Corporation: See—
EnccEImars, 3,640,779.
Raymond,Maurice A ,3,640.968 ••
Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation: See—
Hadden, Edward H., 3,640,08 1 .
Oliver, Joseph J.: See—
Bushnell, David; Fuller, Roger L , and Oliver, Joseph J
Oliver, Rene A.: See—
Fauran, Claude P ; Raynaud, Guy M . Oliver. Rene A
zon, Colette A ,3,641,036
Olivetti, Ing., C , & C , S.p.A : See-
Brescia, Riccardo;and Montanaii, Lucio, 3.641,568.
Cortona, Alessandro; and Calano, Giuseppe, 3,64 1 ,269
Cortona, Alessandro; Musso, Pietro; Saltini, Fabrizio, and
Fiorenza, Giorgio. 3.64 1 .3 1 7.
De Sandre, Giovanni; and Garziera, Gastone, 3,64 1,329.
Fantoni, Giuseppe, 3.640.147.
Ollearo, Giorgio, 3,640,397.
k
Daniel
Kato,
Zen-
.3,641.569
and Dou-
Piazza. Bruno. 3,640.216.
Saltini. Fabrizio, 3,641.508
Ollearo, Giorgio, to Olivetti, Ing C , & C , S p A Tool holder for s^
machine tools 3.640.397. CI. 2 I I- 1 5
Ollinger. JamesC: See—
Nute, Ernest B, Jr., and Ollinger. James C .3.640.557
Olorenshaw. John Kenneth Resilient type leg exercising device.
3.640,526, CI. 272-80.
Olsen, Roger F : See—
Waner, Donald W.; LiUcll, John E, and Olsen, Roger
F ,3,640,155.
Olson. John W:5«—
ArU. Walter M . Cornelius, Kenneth R ; Olson. John W . Signor.
Gary R . and Slojkowski, Francis E .3.641.505.
Olsson. Per O I . to Nitro Nobel AB Electric blasting cap having in-
creased safety against unintentional initiation 3.640.223. CI 102-
28
Olund, Sven A , to Chevron Research Company. Plybutene containing
soluble oils. 3,640.856. CI 252-33.2
Omark Industries. Inc See—
Ritter, Ralph Kenneth, Pease, Charles C , and Fay, Elliott J..
3.641,305
OmronTateisi Electronics Co See—
Hatano. Isao. Kitajima, Kenichi, and Iwatani, Katsumi, 3,641.330.
Nagata. Masanori. and Mori. Masato. 3.641 .3 15
Ondrey. John A . and Swift, Harold E , to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company Method for producing unsaturated aldehydes and
acids. 3,641, 138. CI 260-530
O'Neal, John E.,60% to Cotton. John J Mortise groove knife.
3.639.982. CI. 30-279.
Onopchenko. Anatoli, Schulz. Johann G D . and Seekircher. Richard,
to Gulf Research & Development Company Process for oxidizing a
I , I -bis( alkylphenyl ) alkane 3.64 I , I 35. CI 260-5 24
Onopchenko, Anatoli, Schulz. Johann G D . and Seekircher. Richard,
to Gulf Research & Development Company Process for oxidizing a
l.l-bis( alkylphenyl) alkane 3.641. 136. CI 260-524
Oppenheimer. Seymour, and Turbak. Albin F.. to Tee-Pak. Inc
Preparation of fibrous reinforced casing form alkali soluble polyvinyl
alcohol copolymers. 3.640.734. CI 79- 1 76
Oppenheimer. Seymour, and Turbak. Albin F . to Tee-Pak. Inc
Fibrous reinforced polyvinyl alcohol casings 3,640,735, CI. 99- 1 76
Optipatent AG: See—
Hampel. Gerald, and Gruss. Hansgeorg. 3,640.663
Orfeo. Sabatino R; and Murphy. Kevin P. to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration Fluorocarbon compositions 3,640.869, CI. 252-67.
Organon Inc.: See—
Panneman. Harm Jean. 3.64 1 ,026.
Orpha Brandon: See-
Brandon. Clarence W , 3.640.344
Osborne, Thomas E . to Hewlett-Packard Company Keyboard entry
means and power control means for calculator 3.641.328, CI. 235-
156.
Ose. Earl E : See—
Davis. William W . and Ose. Earl E .3.64 1 ,24 1
Ost. Walter, Thomas, Klaus. Jerchel. Dietrich, and Linden. Gerbert, to
Boehringer. C H Sohn Carbonate esters of 3.5-dihalo-4-hydroxy-
benzonitriles 3,641.062.^1 260-347 4
Osterreichische StickstoffWerke Aktiengcsellschaft See—
Goller, Heinz, 3,640,685
Ostrom. Martin E , to Keystone Consolidated Industries. Inc Caster
bracket assembly 3.639,942, CI 16-29
Osugi, Kinichiro, Suzuki. Yoshiaki, Mori. Tokio. and Inamoto,
Toshiharu, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co . Ltd Display system
for use in desk-top computers. 3,641 .561 . CI 340-324
O'Sullivan. Denis Joseph:5fe—
Bolger. Bernard Joseph, and O'Sullivan. Denis Joseph. 3.640.972
Ott. Hans: See—
Galantay. Eugene E ; and Ott. Hans. 3. 641 .1 33
Ott. Karl-Heinz. Schuster. Herbert. Meckel. Walter. Dinges, Karl, and
Muller. Erwin. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengcsellschaft Emul-
sion polymerization employing azoacyl catalysts 3,64 1 .209, CI. 260-
880.
Ottow. Melvin A See—
Lutz. Leiand H . Heileman. Richard C; Upstone. Harlan R ,
Leonard, John M , and Ottow, Melvin A. ,3,639.950.
Ouchi. Hiromu: See—
Nishida. Masamitsu. and Ouchi. Hiromu. 3, 640, 866
Over, William Roderick, to AMP Incorporated Method of connecting
pairs of wires 3,639,977, CI 29-628
Overhead Door Corporation: See—
Luby, John J , and Pemberton, Paul E , 3,640,332
Overmars, Henncus Gerardus Josef; Van Elven. Ans. and Noltes. Jan
Gerrit. to International Lead Zinc Research Organization. Inc.
Process for alkylating aromatic compounds. 3, 64 1,1 78. CI 260-671.
Owens. Raymond Clyde, to RCA Corporation Semiconductor mount-
ing structure. 3,641 .474, CI. 339-1 7
Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation See—
Rees, Vernon C .3,641.514
Scott. James W, 3,640.793
Owens-Illinois, Inc.: See-
Let. Haynes A , Jr., and Rapp, Charles F . 3.640.890.
Lee. Haynes A., Jr.; and Rapp. Charles F . 3.640,89 1 .
Levene, Leon, and Thomas, Ian M . 3.640.093.
Wojcik, Gerald E., 3,640,906
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8, 1972
Oxford Laboratories; Set—
Smernoff. Ronald B , 3 ,640,687
Ozawa Shuji, and Fujie, Hiroshi, to Teijin Limited. Process for
preparation of polyamides 3,640,970, CI 260-78
Pacault, Pierre H , and Dostantni, Albert, to Babcock & Wilcox,
Limited Heal exchanger arrangement 3,640,339, CI 165-76
Packaging Industries, Inc Set—
Brown, Fred P , Jr , and Rohdin, Howard A . 3,640,668
Page. Howard M . to Leath, McCarthy & Maynard, Inc Panty hose
measuring apparatus and method 3,639.987. CI 33-2
Page, John D See—
Anderson, Gordon C , and Page, John D, 3,640,062
Painkin, Harold; See—
Irish, CarletonD, and Painkin, Harold,3,641 ,475.
Palauro, Dieter K ; See-
Coyne. Merton W , and Palauro, Dieter K ,3,640,35 I
Palfreyman, Jack, and Middleton. Henry Edward, to Rolls-Royce
Limited Fluid flow machine 3,640,640, CI 416-2
Paliyenko. Paul, and Beier, Werner E , to Fiber Industries, Inc Spin
nerette for extruding T-shaped filaments 3,640,670, CI 18-8
Pallat.Ludwig R ; See—
Brockett, PeterC ,and Pallat, Ludwig R, 3,641 ,486
Palm, Clifford W , and Gibson, William R , to Celanese Corporation
Novelty yam 3,640,064, CI 57-144
Palmenberg, Edward C , to Chromalloy American Corporation Means
for measuring bow in a turbine blade 3,639,994, CI. 33- 1 74
Panaura Limited See-
Burgess, Robert Stuart, 3,640,795
Panfili. Jack Clip for closing fragile stuffed casings 3,640,317, CI
140-82
Panneman. Harm Jean, to Organon Inc Phthalazine derivatives
3,641, 026, CI 260-250
Paoh, Thomas L , and Ripper, Jose' E., to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated Apparatus and method for narrowing the pulse
width and stabilizing the repetition rale in semiconductor lasers ex
hibiting self-induced pulsing 3,64 1 .459, CI 33 1 -94 5
Papa, Anthony Joseph, and Proops, W illiam Robert, to Union Carbide
Corporation Phenolic foam process 3,640,91 I , CI 260-2 5
Paper Converting Machine Company, Inc See—
Nystrand, Ernst Daniel, Spencer, Harvey J , and Ziegelhoffer,
Paul, 3, 640,050
Paragon Wire & Cable Corporation See—
Gaul, Robert G ,3,640,176
Parke, Davis & Company See—
Schweiss, Dieter, and Long. Loren M , 3,641 ,010
Parker Industries. Inc ; See—
Parker. Shirley L . and Rohrer. John D . 3.640,423
Parker, Shirley L , and Rohrer, John D . to Parker Industries. Inc Tool
box for pick-up truck 3,640.423, CI 220-31
Parker-Hannifin Corporation. See—
Siwik, Anthony F . 3.640.554
Parker-Knoll Limited; See—
Howland, Robin, 3,640,567
Parry. James R 5fe—
Fox, Marvin L, and Parry, James R, 3.640, 304
Parry, Philip James See—
Taylor. Brian, and Parry. Philip James, 3,640, 777.
Parshin, Alexei Nikolaevich See—
Makachev, Nilolai Ivanovich, Parshin, Alexei Nikolaevich, Smu
rov, Georgy Sergeevich, and Stepanets, Alexei
Trorimovich,3,640,3 16
Partridge, Jerry A , and Jensen, Reilly C , to United States of America,
Atomic Energy Commission Method for purification of di-(2-ethyl-
hexyl) phosphoric acid 3,64 1 ,226, CI 260-990
Pasko, Victor. Dental instrument. 3,639,985, CI 32-11
Patel, Jayantilal M See—
Bolt. Gregory L.. Brandt, Charles H., McLain, Aubrey R , and
Patel, Jayantilal M ,3,640,726.
Path Computer Equipment Inc See— .
Klockenbnnk. Joseph M, 3,641,560
Pause, Helmut; See —
Vogt, Herbert, and Pause, Helmut,3,640,l 23.
Pavelle Corporation, The See—
Aston, Keith. 3.640,61 8
Pawson. Beverly Ann. and Saucy. Gabnel. to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc
Juvabione and derivatives thereof 3,64 1 . 1 56, CI 260-586
Pearson, Herbert Irvin Hide-away trailer hitch 3,640,550, CI. 280-
491
Pease. Charles C; See—
Ritter, Ralph Kenneth, Pease, Charles C , and Fay. Elliott
J ,3.641,305
Peccerill. Donald; See—
Rowe, Robert L , and Peccerill. Donald, 3,640,657.
Peck, David W., and Gentry. Robert R . to Union Carbide Corpora-
tion Method for producing esters of polycyclic compounds
3,641,1 15, CI 260-475
Pederson, Donald J See—
Hamilton. John F , and Pederson. Donald J ,3,640,585.
Peek. Henry L See—
Armitage. Charles H . Peek. Henry L.; and Pflanz, Herbert
M, 3,641, 293
Armitage, Charles H . PeCk. Henry L, and Pnanz, Herbert
M. 3.64 1, 294
Peel. Richard V . and Phillips, Billie W , to Marquardt Industrial
Products Co. Train length measurement system. 3,641,338. CI. 246-
1
Pemberton, Paul E See —
Luby, John J , and Pemberton, Paul E ,3,640.332
Penders, Edward F Word forming game device 3,640,53 1 , CI 273- 1
Pendulous range finding device; See—
Koeber, Henry J , and Pendulous range finding device, 3,639, 997.
Peon. Gilbert A See—
Staehlin. John H , and Peon, Gilbert A ,3,640,168
Peratis, Michael P , to Ampex Corporation Magnetic core inspection
device 3,640,374, CI. 198-30
Perkin-Elmer Corporation, The i>e—
Lee. Paul H ,3,641,456.
Markle.David A ,3,641,344.
Perkins-Elmer Corporation, The; See—
Preston, Kendall, Jr, 3,641,355
Perks, Arthur Francis, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated
Linearity compensation for a voltage-controlled oscillator
3,641, 463, CI 332-16
Perna, Aldo, and de Varda. Giorgio, to Societa Italiana Telecomu-
nicazioni Siemens S p A Automatic circuit-testing means for time-
sharing telecommunication system 3. 64 1, 275, CI 179-15
Pernoud, Claude See—
Colinet, Andre, Mcrcier, Jacques, and Pernoud.
Claude, 3, 640,457.
Perrault, Jean, and Salle, Adelin E G . to International Standard Elec-
tric Corporation Data transmission system bidirectional data trans-
mission system with error correction 3,641 ,494, CI. 340-146 1
Pcrrinet, Paul Mane, to SEMIA S A Hot air generator with variable
length conduit 3,640,458, CI 237-50
Persson,Jan Edvard Screw rotors 3.640,649, CI 4 18-191.
Peterson. Eugene W ; See —
Buller. Joseph S., Nagy, Michael J . and Peterson, Eugene
W .3.640.091.
Peterst)n. Joseph R ; See—
Baybarz. Russell D ; and Peterson. Joseph R;v3,640,888
Peterson, Wendell C Ultrasonic cleaner and surgical instrument case.
- 3,640.295, CI 134-159.
Petocz, Lujza See—
Rakoczi, Jozsef, Mikite. Gyula, Petocz, Lujza, Fischer, Janos,
(Jrasser, Katalin, and Kosoczky, Ibolya,3,64 1 ,039
Petree, Harris E , to Ciba-Geigy Corporation Stoichiometric regula-
tion m chemical reactions involving a highly reactive acid chloride,
anhydride or a derivative thereof 3,64 1, 025, CI 260-249 5
Petri. Rolf See-
Reinhard. Hans. Petri. Rolf, and Beckerle, Wilhelm-
Friedrich,3,640,9l2
Petrick, John T , and Gray, Reginald I , to United States of America,
Navy R F immune firing circuit employing high impedance leads
3,640,224, CI 102-28
V Petropoulas, Spyros K , Jehle. Robert E . and Halberstam, Mendel M ,
Xto United States of America, Navy Infrared analyzer for indicating
titt scintillation spectrum shimmer and modulation transfer function
ofthe radiation path 3,64 1,350, CI 250-83 3
Petroskey, Paul P Float apparatus for bicycle 3.640,239, CI 115-27
Petrow, Henry (j See—
Juda. Walter. Allen. Robert J . and Petrow, Henry G .3.640.774
Petrow. V aldimir See—
Ellis, Bernard. Petrow. Valdimir. and Stanway. David
Neil. 3. 64 1,008
Peuker. Kurt, and Sommer. Hcinrich, to Pohlig-Heckel-Bleichert,
Vereinigte Maschinenfabriken AG Unloader for bulk material in
which a chain bucket elevator constitutes the receiving and elevating
apparatus 3.640.376. CI 198-91.
Pews. R Garth, and Corson, Fred P., to Dow Chemical Company, The
Alkyl esters of 6-( benzenesulfonyl)-trihalo-2- picolinic acid.
3,64 1,004. CI 260-239.8
Pews, Richard Garth, Hand. Clare R . and Roberts, Carleton W , to
Dow Chemical Company, The Adducts of tetrabromodialkoxy
cyclopentadienesand allyl alcohol. 3.64 1, 1 60, CI 260-61 1
Peyrot. Jean; See—
Gluntz. Claude, Meyer. Pierre, and Peyrot, Jean, 3,640,982.
Pfister, Alain See—
Reulet. Philippe, Pfister. Alain. Tellier, Jacques, Blanc, Jean-Hen-
ry, Jorgensen, Kirsten Borre,and Bohlbro, Hans, 3,641 ,102.
PfneT \nc See —
DeCasperis, Anthony J , 3,640,896
Liu, Wen Chih, 3,641, 243
Pflanz. Herbert M See—
Armitage. Charles H . Peek. Henry L . and Pflanz, Herbert
M .3,641.293
Armitage, Charles H , Peek, Henry L , and Pflanz, Herbert
M, 3,641, 294
Phelps, Rex V , to Warren Petroleum Corporation. Multicylinder ves-
sel for transportation of fiuids 3,640.237, CI. 114-16.
Phillips. Alan R See-
Jope. Bruce T . and Phillips. Alan R ,3,640,666.
Phillips Arthur P and Burrows, Robert B.. to Burroughs Wellcome &
Co (US A j.lnc.Styrylthiazoliumsalts 3,641 ,01 2, CI. 260-240.9
Phillips. BilheW See —
Peel, Richard V , and Phillips. Billie W, 3,641 ,338
Phillips, Lawrence, Jr , to Unicom Industries, Inc. Exterior power
supply connection for recreation vehicles 3,641,472, CI. 339-10.
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
Phillips Petroleum Company: A>f—
Box, EO, Jr., and Uhrick, David A., 3,641.182.
Burleigh, John E , and Uraneck, Carl A , 3.640,986.
Cobb, Raymond L.. 3.641,075.
Friu. Richard C, and Galvanoni, Aldo B., 3,640,049.
Geraldo, Antonio A,, 3,640,939
Kuper, Donald G, 3,641 ,1 30
Larkin, Mark E, 3,639,970
Naylor, Floyd E, 3,640,899
Naylor, Floyd E, 3,640,990.
Seefluth, Charles L , 3,640,665
Smith, Clifford E , and White, Bobby J , 3,641,184
Trepka. William J., and Sonnenfeld, Richard J , 3,640,988.
Walker, Darrell W , 3.640,901
Warner, Paul F , and Huxley, Edward E , 3,640,736
Williams, Ralph P, 3,641,099
Phinizy,R B.;5«-
Hedin, Robert A., 3,64 1 ,498.
Phonplex Corpyoration; See —
Slavin, Martin J. ,3,641,496.
Phung, Nhu Hung, and Le Febvre, Gilles, to Institut Francais du
Petrole des Carburants et Lubrifiants. Process for manufacturing
titanium trichloride, the catalysts obtained therefrom and their uses
in the polymerization of polymerizable monomers. 3,640.987. CI
260-93 7
Piana, Francesco, and Brega, Angelo Mecmor S p A Device for
cutting and gripping threads in circular knitting machines and the
like 3,640,094, CI 66-19
Piasecki Aircraft Corporation; See—
Korsak, Kazimierz, 3,640,1 85
Piazza, Bruno, to Olivetti, Ing C . & C . S p A Parallel printing ap-
paratus for recorded data 3.640,2 16. CI 101-93
Piccolo. Jerry, to Advance Metal Products. Inc Electric sonic device
for cleaning small articles 3,640,294. CI 134-217
Pickering. Timothy Lee; See—
Brode, George Lewis, and Pickering, Timothy Lee, 3,640, 965
Pickert, Paul Eugene, to Union Carbide Corporation Process for
preparing sup)ersiliceous zeolites 3.640.681 . CI 23-1 1 1
Picquendar, Jean Edgar; and Torguet. Roger, to Thomson-CSF Read-
out system for memories comprising matrices of photosensitive ele-
ments. 3,641.513, CI 340-173
Picut, Frederick R.,: Sff—
Reick, Franklin G , and Wilder. Joseph RT, 3,64:1 ,332j>
Pidgeon, Eric; See-
Love, Dennis Anthony; Neal. David Patrick John, and Pidgeon.
Eric, 3, 64 1, 00 1
Pigage. Robert F , Ryan, Arthur B , and Smith, Robert E., to Gleason
Works, The. Method for inspecting and adjusting cutter blades
3,641, 431, CI. 324-61
Pilkington Brothers Limited; See—
Giddings, David George; and Twist, Douglas. 3,640,694.
Pinet, Andre E., and Gouttebel, Raymond P Time division automatic
telephone switching equipment 3,64 1 .272, CI. 179-15.
Pingon, Pierre Joseph. Transportable tower crane for rapid erection
3,640,401, CI. 212-49.
Pinkham, Jesse R., to Reynolds, R. J . Tobacco Company Filter con-
struction and method of forming same. 3,640,287, CI 131 -261
Pintschovius, Ulrich; See— ■ '
Frischkorn, Hans, Pintschovius, Ulrich, Schinzel, Erich, and
Smerz,Otto,3,641,05l
Pioch, Robert J , to Kysor Industrial Corporation. Waste materials han-
dling system. 3,640,4 1 0, CI. 2 1 4-38.
Pioneer Electronic Corporation; See—
Ohshima, Haruhiko. Mizuno, Hiroshi, Konno, Akira; and Kosaka,
Tomoaki, 3,64 1,270
Pimik, Michael P.; See-
Napier, Roger P , and Pirnik, Michael P ,3.64 1 ,061 .
Pitney-Bowes, Inc.: See-
Beck, Christian A., 3,640,523
Pittman. Ed P., and Stanford, Roy A , to United States of America,
Navy. Electric field sensor 3,64 1,427, CI 324-9
Plana, Roberto, to AMP Incorporated, mesne Housing for an electri-
cal terminal. 3,64 1 ,477. CI. 339-59.
Plasynski, Joseph E , and Jerabek, Robert D . to PPG Industries, Inc
Steam rinsing of electrocoated articles. 3,640,810. CI 204-181
Platz, Rolf; and Merger, Franz, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Production of 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-propanediol-
mono(hydroxypivalate). 3.641.1 I 7, CI. 260-484
Platz, Rolf, and Merger, Franz, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Purification of 2,2-dimethyl-1.3-propanediol
mono(hydroxypivalate) 3,641,1 18, CI 260-484.
Plette, David L , to General Electric Company Frequency conversion
system 3,641 ,418, CI. 321-7.
Plumadore, Harold M.; See—
Boudouris, Angelo; Kulish, Stanley J , Jr ; and Plumadore, Harold
M ,3,640,611
Plumer, Lawrence H., to Rutland Fire Clay Company. Shut-off nozzle
for caulking cartridge. 3,640,43 1 , CI. 222-48
Poff, Thomas J.: See-
Rocks, EugeneS and Poff, Thomas J ,3,641,400
Pohlig-Heckel-Bleichert. Vereinigte Maschinenfabriken AG.: See—
Peuker, Kurt; and Sommer, Heinrich, 3,640,376.
Polaroid Corporation: See-
Buckler, Sheldon A., and Lambert, Ronald F , 3,640,7 13.
Douglas, Lawrence M., and Eriichman, Irving, 3,640,200.
Eriichman, Irving, 3,640,724.
Johnson. Bruce K .and Hendry, Donald H , 3,640,194
Simon, Myron S , 3,641 ,034
Polgar, Michael S.; See—
Spanos. William M, and Polgar, Michael S, 3,64 1, 578.
Pollart, Dale Flavian See—
Lundberg, Robert Dean, Koleske. Joseph Victor, Pollart, Dale
Flavian, and Smarook, Walter Henry,3,641 ,204.
Polly, George W.; See—
McAndrew, France B , Polly. George W . and Heinz. Walter
E .3,641,192.
Polotovskaya, Lidia Grigorievna; See—
Skripko, Leonid Alexandrovich, Rozantsev, Eduard Grigorievich,
and Polotovskaya, Lidia Grigorievna, 3. 64 1 .091
Poison. Alfred, and Katz, Woolf. to South African Inventions Develop-
ment Corporation Chemically hardened gelatin separating medium
for chromatography and ion exchange and method of making the
same 3.640.809, CI 204-180
Poly-Optics, Inc . See —
Wall, Lamar J. ,3,641, 335
Polymer Corporation Limited See-
La Flair, Ronald Turner, and Henderson, John Frederick.
3,641,205
Polymer Corporation, The; See—
Richart, Douglas Steven. 3,640,747.
Pomagalski, Jean, S A.; See —
Durand. Marce. 3,640,506
Pomagalski, Jean, S.A.; See—
Durand, Marcel. 3.640,505.
Pomaret. Carlos: See —
Pournas, Bernard. Huet, Yves, and Pomaret. Carlos, 3, 64 1, 124.
Poole, Sidney W : See—
Ries. Gerald D , and Poole. Sidney W .3.640,690.
Porret. Daniel, Habermeier. Juergen. and Batzer. Hans, to Ciba
Limited Advanced addition products containing terminal epoxide
groups 3,640,910. CI 260-2
Porter. Harry B , and Weinhardt. Robert A . to United States of Amer-
ica. Navy. Release mechanism 3.640,484. CI 244-3 21
Porter, Laurence W , to Vaughan & Bushnell Mfg Co. Hammerhead
having an anti-slip and wear- resistant striking face surface
3,640,324, CI 145-29
Portwood, Owen. Jr , Starks, Charles M . and Washecheck. Paul H . to
Continental Oil Company Process for preparing dimelhvlacetal
3.641, 163. CI 260-615
Potin. Marcel, to Societe Financiere Francaise de Licences ct Brevets
Method and device for making and finishing zip fasteners
3,639,969, CI. 29-408
Potter Instrument Company, Inc ; See—
Fieldgate, Ivan O . 3.64 1 .567
Pournas. Bernard. Huet. Yves; and Pomaret. Carlos, to Delalande S.A.
Heptaminol trans-cinnamate 3. 64 1,1 24, CI 260-501 17
Powers, Earl N.: See—
Di Vita, Philip S , Powers, Earl N , and Werneth, Charles
J ,3,641,509.
PPG Industnes, Inc ; See—
Darr, Donald E., Edwards, G Byron, Loehr. Clifford E., and
Young. Elgin E ,3,640.745
Dietz, Albert. Goodspeed. Neil C, and May. Russell R , Jr .
3,640,744.
Plasynski. Joseph E . and Jerabek, Robert D , 3,640,810.
Stevens. Henry C. 3,640.985
Pramaggiore. Luigi. Electric Fuse 3.64 1 .469. CI. 337-404
Prasad. Bnjeshwari.; See—
Cushman. Glenn F., Prasad, Bnjeshwari.. and Wisleder, Rofcert
W ,3,641,563.
Prasil, Vladimir See—
Lutovsky, Josef, and Prasil, Vladimir, 3, 640,059.
Pre-Load Company Inc . The See —
Heron, James, 3,640,038 ^
Precisa AG. Rechenmaschinenfabnk; See— i
Scheinhutte, Hans-Jurgen. 3.640.2 14
Preh Elektrofeinmechanische Werke See —
Labude. Wolfgang, and Kohler. Josef. 3.64 1 .47 1
Preisler, Samuel L Skid-proof traction mat for automotive vehicles
^,640,459, CI 238-14
Printice, James B., to Procter and Gamble Company. The Process for
preparation of ethane-l-hydroxy-1 ,1 ,2- triphosphonates from
ethanecarbonyl-1 ,2-diphosphonates 3,64 1, 1 26, CI 260-502 4
Preston, George A.; See—
Giardini, Dante S , Preston, George A . and Roney, Richard
N, 3. 640. 163
Preston, Kendall. Jr . to Perkins-Elmer Corporation. The Optical cor-
relator 3,64 1.355. CI 250-229.
Preusch, William J.; See-
Reiner, Joel Russell, Preusch, William J., and Davenport, William
G, 3.640,233
Price, Alson K.; See—
Anello, Louis G., Boghosian. Edward Michael. Jones. Edward S .
Minhas. Pritam S., Price, Alson K . and Sweeney. Richard
F ,3,641,083.
Price. James H. Job site apparatus for horizontally pouring and vertical
stocking of thin slabs. 3.640.658. CI 25-1.
Price, John A.; See-
Stewart, Mary J . and Pnce, John A ,3.640,964.
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys. 1972
Price. Raymond E , and Tirrell, Clifford F . to Grace, W R , & Co Clo-
sure arresting device 3,639,968, CI. 29-2 1 1 .
Price, Vernon G , and Grow, Richard W., to United States of America,
Atomic Energy Commission. Compact high-power broadband radio-
frequency load termination. 3,64 1,465, CI 333-22
Pricer, Wilbur David: See—
Castrucci, Paul P , Gates, Harlan R., Henle, Robert A , Pricer,
Wilbur David, Morton, Robert M , Mason, John W , and North,
William D ,3,641,516
Pridgen, Herman S : See—
Weaver, Max A., Pridgen, Herman S., and Coates, Clarence A.,
Jr..3,640,995
Primus, Norman S., and Hunhoff, Raymond, to National Water Main
Cleaning Co. Method for lining pipes with calcite 3,640,759, CI
117-97.
Procter & Gamble Company, The: See—
Bolt, Gregory L., Brandt, Charles H.; McLain. Aubrey R.; and
Patel,JayantilalM., 3,640,726.
Francis, Marion D., 3,64 1 ,246.
Heusinkveld, Merlyn R., 3,640,727.
Procter and Gamble Company, The: See —
Prentice, James B, 3,641,126
Proctor, Richard I Frictional resistant typ* exercise machine with
waist level mounted oscillatable handgrips. 3,640,525, CI 272-79
Proctor, Richard 1. Weight resistant chest exercising device 3,640,527,
CI. 272-81.
Proctor, Richard. Pull type variable weight exercising device
3,640,528, CI. 272-81
Projektovy ustav dopravnich a inzenyrskych staveb: See —
Holecek, Milan, 3,641,581
Proops, William Robert: See-
Papa, Anthony Joseph; and Proops, William Robert, 3, 640, 9 I I
Prospnch, Frank B., to Veeder Industries Inc Gasoline pump mul-
tiplexer system for remote indicators for self-service gasoline pumps
3,641, 536, CI 340-203
Protective Pads, Inc.: See—
Gardner, Lawrence J ; and Cochren, Donald R , 3,640,83 1
Prototech Co : See—
Juda, Walter, Allen, Robert J , and Petrow. Henry G , 3,640,774
Prototech Company: See—
Allen, Robert J , and Novack. Robert Lee, 3,640,773
Provenzino, Andrew V.: See —
McKee, Clyde M , Provenzino, Andrew V . and Scott,
Ward, 3,640,608
McKee, Clyde M., Provenzino, Andrew V., and Scott,
Ward,3, 640,609.
Pryor, Clyde Robert; See—
Hollingsead, Robert A , Kuchler, Abraham, and Pryor, Clyde
Robert, 3, 640,14 1
Pugh. John G Multiple belt punch 3,640,481, CI 242-56.8
Pungs, Wolfgang: See—
Buning, Robert, Raalf, Hans, and Pungs, Wolfgang,3,640,930
Purcell, Antoninette M , to National Cash Register Company, The En-
capsulation process and its product 3,640,892, CI 252-316
Purdue Frederick Company, The: See—
Altman, Murray, Craig, Mordecai R , and Block, Irwin H.,
3.640,010.
Purdue Research Foundation: See—
Bachman,Gustave B ,and Tullman, Gerald M. 3,641,122
Puritan-Bennett Corporation: See—
Schwarz, Karl H, 3,64 1,296
Quaedvlieg, Mathieu: See—
Walz, Klaus, Hees, Walter, and Ouaedvlieg, Mathieu, 3,640, 677
Ouerfeld, Hermann; Mattes, Heinz Otto, and Flesch, Fnedrich, to Lan-
gensiepen. Max, Kom Ges Emmendingen. Wall facing 3,640,043,
CI. 52-508
Raab, Lester R.; and Toby, Dennis E., to Addressograph-Muliigraph
Corporation. Liquid developing apparatus 3,640,203, CI 95-89
Raalf, Hans: See—
Buning, Robert, Raalf, Hans, and Pungs, Wolfgang,3,640,930
Rabinowitz, Paul J.: See—
La Tourrette, James T , Newstein, Maurice C . and Rabinowitz.
Paul J .3.641,458
Radin, Bernard G , to Ford Motor Company. Low liquid level indica-
tor 3.64 1,544, CI. 340-244
Radscheit, Kurt, Stache, Ulrich, Haede, Werner; Fritsch, Werner, and
Lindner, Ernst, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Cardio-active oxido-bufadienolides.
3,641,009, CI. 260-239.57
Radtke, Schrade F., to International Lead Zinc Research Organization.
Inc. Process for preparing dialkylzinc compounds from alkylbromide
and alkyliodide. 3.641 .080. CI. 260-429.9
Radtke. Schrade F . to International Lead Zinc Research Organization.
Inc Process for preparing dialkylzinc compwunds from alkylbro-
mide. 3.64 1,08 I. CI 260-429.9
Rain Jet Corporation: See—
Hruby, John O , Jr , 3,640,472
Raines, Kenneth: See-
Burke, George K ; and Raines, Kenneth, 3,640, 275
Rainey, James L : iW—
Mansfield, Richard C , and Rainey, James L ,3.640.998.
Raion Yushi KabushikiKaisha: See—
Susuki, Rinnosuke, Hoshi, Hiroshi, and Araki, Shinichi,
3,640,470.
Rakoczi, Jozscf, Mikite, Gyula, Petocz, Lujza; Fischer, Janos; Grasser,
Katalin; and Kosoczky. Ibolya, to Egyesult Gyogyszer cs Tapszer-
gyar Cyclic ketal derivatives of certain tropinoncs and nor-
tropinoncs 3,64 1 .039, CI. 260-292
Rakow. Marvin S , and Konig, Robert J , to Cities Service Oil Com-
pany Stabilized distillate hydrocarbon fuel oil compositions and ad-
ditives therefor 3,640,692, CI 44-63.
Ram Domestic Products Company: See—
Romanelli.Pat. 3,640,455
Randall, David I : See—
Field. Nathan D . Randall. David I ; and Fitzpatrick, Jimmie
D ,3,640,934
Randolph, August 5ff—
Huckstadt. Harald, Saleck, Wilhelm, Randolph. August; Moll.
Franz, and Ranz, Erwin, 3,640.7 15 \ ^'*
Ranz, Erwin See— ^-<
Huckstadt. Harald. Saleck, Wilhelm, Randolph, August, Moll,
Franz, and Ranz. Erwin. J. 640. 7 1 5
Rapp, Charles F : See —
Lee. Haynes A . Jr . and Rapp, Charles F ,3,640,890
Lee, Haynes A , Jr , and Rapp, Charles F, 3,640,89 1
Rapsilber, William E , and Koenig. Richard G.. to McDonnell Douglas
Corporation Coordinate conversion calculator. 3.639.989. CI. 33-1
Raschke. Herbert A . to Bullard. E D . Company. Connector for hand
tool suspension system 3.640.555. CI 287-103.
Rassieur. Charles L , to Central Mine Equipment Company. Hollow-
stem auger head with seal 3.640.354. CI. 175-243.
Rassmann, Christoph. and Heycr. Willy, to Gewerkschaft Eisenhutte
Westfalia Arrangements for controlling the guidance of a mineral
mining plough 3.640.58 I . CI 299-32
Rast. Gustav E . and Sterner. Russell I . to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion Edible substrates colored with monozo dyestuffs 3.640.733. CI
99-148
Rattenbury. Kenneth H See—
Friedman, Lester, Rattenbury, Kenneth H., and Guttag. Al-
vin.3,641.218
Rauner. Frederick J See —
Arcesi. Joseph A . and Rauner. Frederick J .3,640,722.
Ravenel, Pierre See—
Frcrson, Raymond, Gravier, Claude, Ravenel. Pierre; and Sou-
pene. Pierre. 3. 640, 62 1
Rawlings, Herbert L , to Baychem Corporation, mesne Stabilized
polycarbonates 3,640.95 I. CI 260-45 8
Ray. Tommy D Strap assembly for securing a patient's arm to an arm
board 3.640,273, CI 128-87
Ravchem Corpxiration See—
' Althouse. Victor E., 3,639.9 I 7
Raymond, Maurice A , to Olin Corporation Curable divinyl acetal
coptilymers 3,640,968, CI. 260-77 5
Raynaud, Guy M See—
Fauran, Claude P . Raynaud. Guy M., Oliver, Rene A., and Dou-
zon. Colette A ,3,641,036
Raytheon Company See—
Bushnell, David; Fuller, Roger L , and Oliver, Joseph J.,
3,641,569
Engelhardt, Bjorn H , 3.641.449
Monser. George J , 3.641.580
RCA CorfK)ration: See—
Bond. Donalds ,3.641.432
Di Stefano. Ralph David, and James. Edward Anthony, 3,640,765.
Fitzgerald. William Vincent, Jr , 3,641 ,398
Fulton, Thomas Philip, and Di Luca, Henry, 3,640,767.
Gamble, Edward Bernard. 3.641 .362
Gamble. Edward Bernard, and Aires. Ramon Hess. 3.64 1 .368.
Limberg. Allen Leroy. and Steckler, Steven Alan, 3,641,361.
Macovski, Albert, 3,64 1,255.
Mrozek,PawelK., 3,641,461
Owens, Raymond Clyde, 3,641 ,474.
Ryan,Robert J ,3,640,853
Steckler, Steven Alan, 3,641,258. *
Steckler, Steven Alan, 3,64 1 ,448
Vossen, John Louis, Jr , and Banfield, Joseph Henry, 3,640,81 2.
Read. George D See—
Gcwertz. Harry R . and Read, George D, 3,640,558
Reading, James E See—
Goy, Thomas J , Knieriemen, Richard P.; and Reading, James
E ,3,640,390
Recherche et Industrie Therapeutiques R.I.T.: See —
Eyssen,Henrik, 3,640,848
reditelstvi: See—
Lutovsky. Josef, and Prasil, Vladimir. 3.640.059.
Reed. William A , and Cole. Frank J , to Republic Steel Corporation.
Method for vapt)nzing molten metal. 3,640,762, CI. 1 17-107.1
Rees, Donald Frank, Gamett, John Baron, and Richardson, Michael
Alexander, to Rees. William F., Limited. Tunnels or tunnelling.
3,640.076, CI 61-42
Rees, Vernon C, to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. Memory
system 3,64 1, 5 I 4. CI 340-173
Rees, William F . Limited: See—
Rees, Donald Frank, Garnett, John Baron, and Richardson,
Michael Alexander, 3,640,076.
Regel,ErikK Scf-
Botts, Marion F., and Regcl. Erik K., 3.64 1, 222.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 37
Regie Nationale des Usines Renault: See—
Colinet, Andre, Mercicr, Jacques; and Pemoud, Claude,
3,640,457
Reibig, Eric A., to All American Tool & Mfg. Co Vibration force
generator. 3,640,508, CI. 259-72
Reich, Heinz. Interchangeable drill support and actuating means for
micro-drill. 3,640.636, CI 408-128
Reicher, Milton D ; See—
Guark, Richard J , and Reicher, Milton D. 3.641 ,437.
Reichhold Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Davis. Bernard J. ,3.640,981
Reick, Franklin G.: 5**—
Rcick, Franklin G.; and Wilder, Joseph R . 3,64 1 ,332
Reick, Franklin G , and Wilder, Joseph R., 16% to Ebert, Michael, 28%
to Picut, Frederick R., 28% to Reick, Franklin G., and 28% to
Wilder, Joseph R Fiber optics illumination system. 3,641,332, CI
240- 1
Reihs, Leonhard Hofheim: See—
Oberst, Hermann; Reihs, Leonhard Hofheim, Ebigt, Joachim;
Duve, Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 836
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim; Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 8 30
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 833.
Oberst, Hermann; Reihs, Leonhard; Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 834.
Reilly, Joseph R , to Monsanto Company. Apparatus for venting and
releasing plastic articles from a blow mold. 3, 640,671, CI. 425-387.
Reimers, James L., to FMC Corporation High speed article turning
mechanism. 3,640,375, CI. 198-33
Rein, Burton M.; See—
Broderick, Edward J, and Rem, Burton M ,3,641,120.
Reiner, Joel Russell; Preusch, William J , and Davenport, William G.,
to Beaumont Birch Company Incinerator shiftable closure gate
3,640,233, CI. 110-8
Reiners, Walter: See—
Furst, Stefan, 3,640,477.
Reinhard, Hans; Petri, Rolf, and Beckerle, Wilhelm-Friedrich, to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Molding materi-
als based on elastomeric polymers and organic binders with or
without mineral fillers. 3,640.9 1 2, CI 260-2 3
Reinhardt, James R.; See—
Smith, Jay Charles; and Reinhardt, James R, 3,640,682.
Reiss, Martin H.; and Cotter, William L , to Alarmtronics Engineering,
Inc. Line security system. 3,641 ,547, CI. 340-253.
Rembaum, Alan, and Hermann, Allen M , to California Institute of
Technology. Pressure transducer. 3,641 ,470, CI. 338-99.
Remley, Kenneth Herald: See—
Hermann, Divid Trimble; and Remley, Kenneth Herald, 3, 640,924
Renauld, Fred S.; and Renauld, Noemie A. Low cost housing
3,640,037, CI. 52-169
Renauld, Noemie A.: See—
Renauld, Fred S ; and Renauld, Noemie A. ,3,640,037
Reni, Cesare, to Societa' Italiana Resine S.p A Method of stabilizing
polyethylene with anion exchange resins. 3,64 1,2 1 4, CI 260-897
Reni, Cesare; and Lugo, Luigi, to Societa' Italiana Resine S.p A
Process for regenerating spinning baths. 3,641 ,233, CI. 264-179.
Republic Steel Corporation: See—
Main, George, 3,640.543.
Meyfarth, Herbert J.; and Crosby, John J , 3,640,1 12
Reed, William A.; and Cole, Frank J., 3,640,762
Ries, Gerald D., and Poole, Sidney W., 3,640,690.
Research Corporation: See—
Lawrence, Willis G.; and CofTin, Leon B., 3,64 1 ,229.
Research Engineering Company: See—
Gulick, Ronald A , and Wicke, Charles H., 3,640,140
Reserv-A-Roll Co.: See—
Mott, Ralph B., Sr., Mott, Ralph B , Jr.; and Cantella, Richard C,
3,639,944.
Resinoid Engineering Corporation; See— •t^
Mann, Robert L., 3,640,068.
Restaino, Alfred J., to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc Acrylamide
polymers as flocculants in recovery of nickel catalysts. 3,640,897,
CI 252-412.
Reulet. Philippe; Pfister, Alain; Tellier, Jacques; Blanc, Jean-Henry;
Jorgensen, Kirsten Borre; and Bohlbro, Hans, to Societe Nationale
des Petroles d'AquiUine. Catalytic process for the ammonoxydation
of olefins. 3,641, 102, CI 260-465 3
Revitz, Martin; and Turene, Francis E , to International Business
Machines Corporation. Semiconductor device with beU tantalum-
gold composite conductor metallurgy 3,641 ,402, CI. 317-234
Reynolds Metals Company: See—
Wilson, Calvin L., 3,640,209.
Reynolds, Michael Leslie; See—
Coackley, Robert; Reynolds, Michael Leslie; and Rodgers, Clive
Douglas,3, 64 1,345.
Reynolds, R. J., Tobacco Company: See—
Pinkham, Jesse R., 3,640,287.
Reynolds, Roland Bruce; See—
Gersch, Richard C; and Reynolds, Roland Bruce, 3,640,633.
Rhees, Raymond C, to Kerr McGee Chemical Corporation. Dry, free-
flowing proxygen composition with an organic acid anhydride and al-
kali metal hydrate 3,640,885, CI. 252-186.
Rhoads, Delmar D., and Mac Kay, Robert H., to Lincoln Manufactur-
ing Company Supervisory and control system for food handling in-
stitutions. 3,641 ,263, CI. 178-6
Rhodes, Barry V Automatic ball throwing machine 3,640,263, CI
124-11.
Rhone-Poulenc S. A.: See—
Mourier,Emile, 3,640,851.
Rhone-Poulenc S A.: See—
Farge, Daniel, Messer, Mayer Naoum, and Moutonnier. Claude,
3,641,127
Ribbq Harry F.q Jr.; 5^*—
Shank, Richard C , Zucker, Carl E , Jones, David H , Ribbq Harry
F.q Jr.; and Bayard, Robert T ,3,640,844
Richard, Henry P , to Spalding, A G., & Bros Inc Method of remov-
ing molding flash and the like from the surface of golf balls.
3,640,028, CI. 51-289.
Richardson, Michael Alexander: See—
Rees, Donald Frank, Garnett, John Baron, and Richardson,
Michael Alexander, 3,640,076.
Richardson-Merreli Inc.; See—
Tilford, Charles H , Blohm, Thomas R ; and MacKenzie. Robert
D ,3.641,155.
Richart, Douglas Steven, to Polymer Corporation, The Method of
reducing sandiness in vinyl coatings 3,640,747, CI 1 17-21
Richman, Peter L. Harmonic-insensitive A C -to-D C converter
3,641,420, CI. 321-9
Richter, Friedrich; and Steiner, Rudolf, to Scholl A G Apparatus for
treating textiles. 3,640, 103, CI 68-177
Richter, Gerhard, and Schmid. Norbert Apparatus for processing
tanned hides. 3.640.105. CI. 69-41 .
Richter, Sidney B, and Kaplan, Ephraim H., to Velsicol Chemical Cor-
poration 0(S)-(2-Alkoxyimino-2-alkoxyethyl) (mono or dithio)
phosphinates 3,64 1 ,220, CI 260-944
Richter, Sidney B.; and Krenzer, John, to Velsicol Chemical Corpora-
tion. N-Carbamoyl-o-alkenoyl-n-phenylhydroxyl-amines as herbi-
cides 3,641, 143, CI. 260-545
Richterkessing, Frank H Fluid operated machine and safety control
system therefor. 3,640,007, CI 38-41
Ricker, Ernst, Schmidt, Franz; and Schwartz, Erich, to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Thermal stability of
copolymers of trioxane 3,640,945. CI 260-45 7
Rider. Harold D; S^f—
Argabright. Perry A . and Rider. Harold D .3.641 .024
Riegel. Herbert; Schindler. Harvey D . and Sze. Morgan C. to Lummus
Company. The. Hydrocarbon oxidation. 3,64 1 . 1 57. CI. 260-599
Ries, Gerald D., and Poole, Sidney W . to Republic Steel Corporation
Welded steel articles bonded by a steel alloy. 3,640,690, CI 29-
196.1
Riff, James A., to Motorola, Inc Hydrodynamic charging system
3,641,416, CI. 320-61.
Rigby, Sherman, to Gordon Engineering Company Low level detector
and drop rate monitor, particularlv for intravenous feeding ap-
paratus. 3,64 1 ,543, CI. 34(X239
Riggs & Lombard, Inc.; See—
Holm,Willian(i J ,3,640,099.
Wilcox, Harold R., 3,640,101
Rijnders, Willem, to Hunter Douglas International Ltd Panel holder
for wall or ceiling finish with panels arranged on the supporting
members. 3,640,033, CI 52-36.
Riken Piston Ring Ind. Co., Ltd ; See—
Suzuki, Kenzo, and Sasaki, Seiya, 3,640,700.
Riley Stoker Corporation: See—
Ferguson, Jeremiah M., 3,640,25 1
Ringeman, Othmar E , to General Electric Company Electron
discharge device. 3,641, 381. CI 313-40
Ringland. William L., and Kaeser, Ernst K , to Allis-Chalmers Manu-
facturing Company. Rotary inductor 3,641 ,467, CI. 336-5
Rinke, Heinrich; See—
Thoma. Wilhelm, Oenel, Harald; Rinke, Heinrich, and Bahr, Ul-
rich,3,640,937.
Ripka, William Charles See—
Boswell, George Albert, Jr , and Ripka, William
Charles,3, 64 1,005
Ripka, William Charles, to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company
Process for the preparation of steroid a- fluoronitnmines 3,641 ,006,
CI. 260-239.55
Ripley, Charles C, to United States of America, Atomic Energy Com-
mission. Dynamic seal. 3,640,845, CI 1 76-36
Rippel, Wally E., to Electric Fuel Propulsion, Incorporated SCR
choppercircuit 3,641, 364, CI. 307-240
Ripper, Jose' E;S«f—
Paoli, Thomas L, and Ripper, Jose' E ,3,641,459.
Ritter, Ralph Kenneth; Pease, Charles C, and Fay, Elliott J , to Omark
Industries, Inc Spud welding method. 3,64 1 ,305, CI. 2 1 9-99.
Robbins. James S., and Associates, Inc ; See—
Watson, Frank George; and Sugden, David Burnet, 3,640,077
Robbins, Max L., and Brownawell, Darrell W., to Esso Research and
Engineering Company. Microemulsion separation of organic com-
pounds in liquid state. 3,641, 181, CI. 260-674.
Robbins, Murray; and Wolfe, Raymond, to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated. Ferrimagnetic semiconducting material and
devices made therefrom. 3,640,864, CI. 252-62 3
PI 38
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Roberts. Carleton W ; See—
Hall, Richard H , Roberts, Carleton W , Sikkema, Andrew J ; and
Lawson, Junior J ,3,641,208
Pews, Richard Garth, Hand, Clare R , and Roberts. Carleton
W .3.641,160
Roberts Dairy Company: See—
Roberts, James Gordon, 3,640.430.
Roberts, James Gordon, to Roberts Dairy Company. Bulk dispensing
system. 3,640.430, CI. 222-1.
Robertshaw. Fred C, Bartos. Jon , Hurst. James J . and McGurty,
James August, to United States of America, Atomic Energy Commis-
sion. High-temperature-strength. precipitation-hardenable.
austenitic. iron-base alloys. 3,640.704. CI. 75-128
Robertson. Jack R. Method of inserting a suprapubic catheter
3.640.281. CI. 128-347.
Robertson. Reid S.: See—
Kemmer. Frank N , Robertson, Reid S., and Mattix, Rodney
D .3.640.820
Robinson, Frank: See —
Belts. Max William, and Robinson. Frank, 3, 640.096
Betts. Max William, and Robinson. Frank, 3.640.097
Rocchini. Albert G , and Trautman, Charles E.. to Gulf Research &
Development Company Electrical insulating oil 3,640.868. CI 252-
63
Rochla. Kurt, to Wmdmoller & Holscher. Apparatus for forming heat-
sealed end seams in tube sections of plastics material. 3,640,794. CI
156-583
Rochow, Eugene G Method for preparing alkoxy derivatives of silicon,
germanium, tin, thallium and arsenic. 3,64 1 ,077, CI. 260-429.
Rocket Research Corporation See—
Forsythe. Alan K., 3.640,645.
Galbraith. Lyie D.. and Thron, William E.. 3.640.083
Rocks. Eugene S . and PofT. Thomas J , to Sperry Rand Corporation
Light emitting semiconductor radial array 3,64 1 .400. CI 3 1 7-234
Rodgers. Clive Douglas: See—
Coackley, Robert; Reynolds, Michael Leslie, and Rodgers, Clive
Douglas.3.64 1.345
Rodgers. John Leo. to American Cyanamid Company Synergistic L' V
absorber combination for polypropylene-polyvmylpyridine blend
3.641.213. CI 260-895
Rodth, Joseph J , to Coca-Cola Company, The, mesne Beverage
dispenser for metering a plurality of liquids 3,640.433. CI 222-
1292
Rogers. John J., and Stratman. John A , to Lumidor Products Corpora-
tion. Traffic control light with means responsive to a power failure
3.641,487, CI. 340-46
Rogers, Waldo L: See—
Mclnnis, Andrew M , Ballard, Louis M , Rogers, Waldo I ,
Kramer. David C. and Nielsen, Robert A .3.639,990
Rogers, William A. Gate valve with improved seal assembly
3.640,500.0 251-326.
Rohdin. Howard A.: See—
Brown. Fred P , Jr , and Rohdin. Howard A .3,640.668.
Rohm and Haas Company: See—
Horrom. Bruce W , Crovetti, Aldo J , and Viste, Kenneth L ,
3.640.699
Mansfield. Richard C , and Rainey. James L , 3,640,998
Niederhauser, Warren Dexter, Belmares-Sarabia, Hector; and
Bauer.William.Jr, 3.641.199
Sherba, Samuel E.. Steigerwalt, Ronald B . Faith, William T , Jr ,
and Smythe, Carl V , 3.640.725
Rohm Gesellschaft mit bescharankter Haftung: See—
Uhlig. Helmut, and Grampp, Ekkehard, 3,640,723.
Rohr Corporation: See—
Shiflet.RobertH. 3.639,961
Rohrer. John D.: See-
Parker. Shirley L, and Rohrer, John D ,3.640.423
Roliand, Jacques R . and Holme. John, to Ogilvie Flour Mills Com-
pany, Limited, mesne Process for preparing dough and batters, and
the flour and flour-based products. 3.640.730. CI 99-9 1
Rolls Royce Limited: See—
Jubb. Albert, 3.640.032
Kitching. Anthony George, and Brown, Mervyn, 3,640,357.
Lynas, Derek L., and Cross, Walter G, 3.64 1 ,550
Rolls-Royce Limited: See—
Britt. Jack, and Honey, Alfred John, 3,640,638
Palfreyman. Jack; and Middleton. Henry Edward, 3,640,640
Rolph, Donald L., to Singer Company, The Flexible shell printing ele-
ment 3,640,369. CI 197-54
Romanelli, Pat, to Ram Domestic Products Company Air temperature
control system. 3,640,455, CI. 236-49.
Ronai, Kenneth S , and Spanier, Henry C , to Nabisco, Inc Instant oat
cereal product. 3,640,728, CI 99-80
Ronai, Kenneth S , and Spanier. Henry C , to Nabisco. Inc Instant oat
cereal product. 3.640.729, CI. 99-83
Roney, Richard N : See—
Giardini. Dante S . Preston. George A ; and Roney, Richard
N, 3,640,163
Rootes Motors Limited: See—
Milner, Peter James, and Hodkin. Richard Keith, 3,640,587.
Rosenberg, Harold: See—
Bilow, Norman; and Rosenberg, Harold, 3.640. 959.
Bilow, Norman, and Rosenberg, Harold. 3.640.963.
Rosenburgh. Norman J.; 5^^—
Morse. John E , and Rosenburgh. Norman J ,3,640.438.
Rosenheim. Richard Process of preparing and applying an improved
painting device. 3,640.791, CI 156-230
Rosenthal, Sidney, to United States of America, Air Force.
Pyrotechnic remote cutter 3.640.169. CI 83-639
Ross, John M , White, Warren V , and Wortman. Robert R., to Sunkist
Growers. Inc. Gravity conveyor. 3.640.366, CI. 193-7.
Rota-Matic, Inc.: See—
Boyce.AldenC. 3,640.338
Roth. Harold H iV*-—
Jones, Giffin D , and Roth, Harold H ,3,640.909
Rouchaud, Jean, and Seree De Roch, to Institut Francais du Petrole,
des Carburants et Lubrifiants. Catalytic process for epoxidation of
olefinic compounds in the presence of molecular oxygen. 3.64 1 ,066.
CI. 260-348 5
Roudabush. Robert L , and Drummond, Linwood E.. to Eastman
Kodak Company Propargyl esters of bicyclo(2.2. 1 ]hept-5-ene- 2-
carboxylic acid and bicyclo(2 2 1 Iheptanc- 2-carboxyiic acid
3.641. 108, CI 260-468.
Rowe. Robert L , and Peccerill. Donald Apparatus for extruding
cyclmdrical magnets 3,640.657, CI 425-1 14.
Rowley, Edward Kenneth, and Waugh. Clayton Thomas, to Canadian
Industries Limited Sealing plastic film 3.640.790. CI. 1 56-25 1
Royer. James M Security device for sliding windows and doors
3.640.559. CI 292-288.
Rozantscv, Eduard Grigorievich: See—
Skripko, Leonid Alexandrovich. Rozantsev. Eduard Grigorievich.
and Polotovskaya. Lidia Gngorievna.3.64 1 .09 I .
Rubery. Owens and Company Limited: See—
Marshall. John Stephen, and Turnbull, William S . 3,640,066
Rubin. Edward L Battery terminal guard 3,64 1 .480. CI. 339-1 16
Rubin, Fred K , and Carmack. Carl J , to Lever Brothers Company
Process for preparing a light density bleach composition. 3.640.875.
CI 252-99
Ruckdeschcl, Walter See—
Hildebrandt, Peter, and Ruckdeschel. Walter. 3.64 1.311
Ruhi. Karl, Franck. Heinz-Gerhard. and Turowski. Johannes, to Rut-
gerswerke Aktiengcscllschaft Process for preparing 3.5-
dimethylphenol from isophoronc 3.64 1 , 1 66. CI 260-62 1
Ruhl. Rudolf, to Maschmenfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktien-
gesellschaft Unit construction for turbine housing bottoms
3.640.639. CI 415-219.
Rupert. Samuel J . and Ziegler, William E , to Hoover Ball and Bearing
Company Apparatus for blow molding hollow articles 3.640.667,
CI. 425-326
Ruter, Lewis L Holder 3,640,494. CI 248-42
Rutgerswerke Aktiengesellschaft See—
Ruhl, Karl. Franck, Heinz-Gerhard. and Turowski. Johannes.
3.641,166.
Ruti Machinery Works. Ltd See —
Strauss, Edgar H . 3.640,313.
Strauss, Edgar H. 3.640,314.
Rutland Fire Clay Company: See—
Plumer, Lawrence H . 3.640.431.
Ryan, Arthur B See~^
Pigage. Robert F . Ryan, Arthur B . and Smith, Robert
E, 3,64 1. 431
Ryan, Charles W , to Lilly. Eli, and Company 3,7-(Ring-substituted)
cephalosparm compounds. 3, 64 1. 021, CI 260-243
Ryan. Robert J . to RCA Corporation Adhesion of nonconducting and
conducting materials. 3,640,853. CI 204- 15
Rydlund.PaulH. iW—
Yancik. Joseph J.. Schuize, Roy E., and Rydlund, Paul
H ,3.640.784
Safar, Frank, to Smith International. Inc Tunneling machine.
3,640,573, CI 299-31
Sakai, Shigeru: See—
Yamamoto, Hisao. Kitagawa. Sumio. Inaba, Shigeho, Sakai,
Shigeru. Hirohashi. Toshiyuki. Maruyama. Isamu. Akatsu, Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro.3.641 .002.
Sakai. Tetsushi: See—
Watanabe. Voshio, and Sakai. Tetsushi. 3. 640. 806.
Sakakibara. Shigeru: See—
Shirai, Takeaki. Sakakibara. Shigeru. Noguchi. Masaaki, and Su-
miyoshi. Masaharu,3,640.152
Sumiyoshi. Masaharu; Sakakibara. Shigeru; Ito, Osamu. and Kato,
Takaaki, 3,640,15 I
Sakamoto. Yasuhiko: See—
Sasaki. Hiroshi. Maruyama. Tatsuo. Kanzaki. Hisao, and
Sakamoto. Yasuhiko.3,641 .274
Sakurai, Ma&ao. 1/2 to Gilbreth International Corporation. Heat-
shrinkable sheeve for closing a receptacle. 3.640,41 7, CI. 215-83.
Saleck. Wilhelm See—
Huckstadt. Harald. Saleck. Wilhelm, Randolph, August, Moll.
Franz, and Ranz, Erwin.3,640,715
Von Konig, Anita. Moll, Farnz, Muller-Bardorff, Wolfgang; and
Saleck. Wilhelm. 3.640.719
Salle. Adelin E G : See—
Perrault. Jean; and Salle. Adelin E G .3,64 1 ,494
Saltini. Fabrizio: See—
Cortona. Alessandro; Musso, Pietro, Saltini. Fabrizio; and
Fiorenza. Giorgio, 3, 64 1 .3 1 7
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 39
Saltini Fabrizio, to Olivetti, Ing , C & C . S p A Transmission ter-
minal. 3,641 ,508, CI. 340-172.5
Salzano, George H See—
Duncan, Richard D ; and Salzano. George H .3.640,1 15
Sampson, Ronald G., to Naico Chemical Company Compositions and
processes for breaking petroleum emulsions. 3.640,894, CI. 252-
344
Samsel, Frank J Barrier for defining a swimming area 3,640,073, CI
61-1.
Samuels, Samuel: See—
Samuels, Stanley J , and Samuels, Samuel, 3.639, 922.
Samuels, Stanley J., and Samuels, Samuel Cushioned toilet seat
3,639,922, CI 4-237
Sander, Bruno, Schmidt, Franz, and Spcrber. Heinrich. to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Stabilizing polyacetals
3.641. 196. CI. 260-849
Sanders Associates, Inc : See—
Longland, John R , Williams, Roy M , Jr; Sutton, Howard D . and
Scopelite, Thomas M , 3.64 1 ,324
Sanders Assoicates, Inc.: See —
Misek, Victor A , and Myers. Robert. 3.641.549
Sandoz-Wander. Inc.: See—
Galantay. Eugene E . and Ott. Hans. 3,641,133
Sands, John L.: See—
Thomas, Robert M; and Sands, John L ,3.641.041
Sandstrom, Jan Olof, and Kjellin, PerGunnar, said Sjellin assor to said
Sandstrom lmidazoline-2-thiones 3.641.049, CI 260-309.6
Sanera. Arthur E.. to Motorola. Inc Production of fine single lines and
ofdiscrete closely spaced fine lines. 3,640,197, CI. 95-12.
Sankyo Company Limited: See—
Murayama, Keisuke; Morimura. Syoji. Voshioka. Takao; Matsui,
Katsuaki, Kuramada, Tomoyuki, Watanabe, Ichiro, and Ohta.
Noriyuki. 3,640,928
Sanner, Axel: See—
Krauch, Carl Heinrich, and Sanner, Axel, 3, 640, 753.
Santa Barbara Research Center: See—
Buller, Joseph S ; Nagy. Michael J , and Peterson, Eugene W ,
3,640,091
Santilli, Arthur A., and Kim, Dong H , to American Home Products
Corporation. 5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-5-oxo-pyridol 2,3-dl pyrimidine-6-
carbonitirles and related compounds. 3,64 1 ,027. CI. 260-256.4
Santilli. Arthur A.: See —
Kim. Dong H; and Santilli. Arthur A .3.641 .028
Sargeant, Ralph G Apparatus for treating liquids with high frequency
electrical energy 3,641.302. CI 219-10.65
Sarring, Ernest J., to Crawley Machinery Co Book transferring ap-
paratus. 3.640.372. CI 198-24
Sartorio. Franco, to D E A. Digital Electronic Automation Societa per
Azioni Improvements relating to machines and apparatus having a
support for guiding a movable member 3.639.993, CI. 33-174
Sasaki, Hiroshi; Maruyama, Tatsuo, Kanzaki, Hisao; and Sakamoto,
Yasuhiko, to Kokusai Denshin Denwa Co , Ltd , and Fujitsu Limited
Synchronization system for communication information in PCM
time division multiple access communication system 3,641,274. CI
179-15.
Sasaki. Seiya: See —
Suzuki. Kenzo; and Sasaki, Seiya, 3,640, 700.
Sassiver, Martin Leon: See—
Lewis, Benjamin Arthur; Sassiver. Martin Leon, an. Shepherd.
Robert Gordon. 3.64 1,01 5
Sato. Suguru, to Nippondenso Kabushiki Kaishi Rectifying means for
three-phase alternation generators for use m vehicles and other
transport facilities 3,641. 374, CI 310-68
Sato, Yohihiro: See—
Maegawa, Harumi, Sato, Yohihiro; Furuhata. Yasuo; and Kiumi,
Takayuki,3,64l,522
Satoda, Hajime: See—
Okamoto, Kenya; and Satoda, Hajime, 3, 640, 673.
Satoh, Yuzuru: See—
Ishihara, Masao; Sugino, Osakazu, Nishina, Yoshio; Kohno, Isao,
and Satoh, Yuzuru, 3,640.721
Saucy. Gabriel: See—
Pawson, Beverly Ann, and Saucy, Gabriel, 3, 64 1,156
Savoca, Paul C; and Marasco, Anthony D , to Nottingham, J. B., &
Co., Inc Separable plug. 3.64 1 ,478, CI. 339-63.
Sawicki, Joseph J.: See—
Yates, Lester R., Dorsey, Charles M , Jr , Howell, John B ;
Conklin, Winfred S., Sawicki, Joseph J.; Shepherd, Reeves T.,
and Scares, Silvio, 3, 64 1 .434
Sawmill Hydraulics, Inc.: See—
Helle, Gordon W ,3,640,323
Sbarra, Ralph A Hair threader 3,640,289, CI 1 32-9
Scanlon, Patricia M ; and Young. Elwyn Richard, to Grace, W. R., &
Co Process for preparing amidine salts 3.641.103. CI 260-465 4
Schaefer, Charles F Circulating device 3,640,245, CI 118-259
Schaefer, Robert H., to General Motors Corporation Power train con-
trol system. 3,640,1 57, CI 74-869
Schaeffer, Robert A., to Xerox Corporation Xerographic reproducing
apparatus 3,640,6 15, CI. 355-8
Schafer, Heinz: See—
Sus, Oskar; Uhlig, FriU; and Schafer, Heinz, 3,640,992.
Schafer, Werner: See—
Dabritz, Erich; Schafer, Werner, Grewe, Ferdinand; and Scheinp-
flug,Hans,3,64 1,043
Scharf, Hans-Dieter. Droste. Wilhelm, and Liebig. Rita, to Merck. E .
Aktiengesellschaft 4,5-Dichloro- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopentenone.
3,641.057, CI 260-340 2
Scharf. Herbert D Variable crimping eccentric press 3.639.966. CI
29-203.
Scheiner, Bernard J ; Lindstrom, Ronald E , and Henrie, Thomas A . to
United States of America, Interior Recovery of gold from car-
bonaceous ores. 3,639.925. CI. 75-101
Scheinhutte, Hans-Jurgen. to Precisa AG Rechenmaschinenfabrik
Selective printer employing inking spark discharge 3.640.214, CI.
101-45. \
Scheinpflug. Hans: See—
Dabritz. Ench. Schafer, Werner, Grewe. Ferdinand; and Scheinp-
nug.Hans.3.64 1.043
Hoffmann. Hellmut. and Scheinpfiug. Hans. 3.64 1. 224.
Schelin. Carl O . and Eisentraut, Arne L , to Woodward Governor
Company Method of forming a valve structure with O-ring seals
3,639,972, CI. 29-451
Schellhammer, Carl-Wolfgang: See-
Bode. Klaus-Dieter, and Schellhammer. Carl-Wolf-
gang.3.64 1,023.
Schenbelen. David F ; and Cramer. Robert B , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The Thermoplastic compositions for the preparation of in-
herently flexible, dimensionally-stable, solvent-w weldable sheet
materials 3.64 1 ,2 16, CI. 260-897
Schenectady Chemicals, Inc See—
Gonzenbach, Carlos T ; and Jordan. Manuel A , 3.640.977.
Schering Aktiengesellschaft See—
Engelfried, Otto. Neumann. Friedmund. and Wiechert. Rudolf.
3,641,013
Schering Corporation: See —
Topliss, John G, 3.641,017
Topliss. John G. 3.64 1,1 47
Schermuly. Alfred James Firing mechanism for a pyrotechnic device
3.640.01 2, CI. 42-1
Scherz. Abraham Isaac: See—
Litvin. Noel. 3.640. 107
Schick. John W . See—
Gemmill. Robert M . Jr , Schick. John W . and Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion.3.640,870
Schindler. Harvey D : See—
Riegel, Herbert. Schindler, Harvev D . and Sze, Morgan
C.3.641.157
Schindler. Walter, and Blattner. Hans, to Coba-Geigy Corporation 10-
( AminomethyD- and (aminoethyl )-dibcnzlb.f) oxepins 3.641.056,
CI. 260-333
Schinkler. Walter, and Zust, Armin. to Geigy Chemical Corporation
10-(Piperazinyl or hexahvdrodiazepine) thieno [3,2-
bl[ l.Sjbenzothiazepme. 3,641,031, CI 260-268
Schinzel, Erich: See —
Frischkorn, Hans, Pmtschovius. Ulrich, Schinzel, Erich, and
Smerz,Otto,3,64l.051
Schleich, Nicholas P . to Matix Corporation. The Scroll stripping
method and apparatus. 3.640.480. CI 242-56
Schlor, Hanshelmut, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
Process for the preparation of alkvl-thiono- phosphonic acid
dichlorides. 3,641,14l,Ci 260-543
Schlor, Hanshelmut, Hammann, Ingeborg, and Homeyer. Bernhard, tc
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft S-(2-Chloro-2-bromo-
ethyl-(di) thio-phosphoric and phosphonic acid 3,641.223, CI 260-
961.
Schlumberger Technology Corporation See—
Whitfill, William A . Jr , 3.640,181
SchlupA Cie, S. A : See—
Lederrey, Marc; and Grenchen, Canton, 3.640.065.
Schmerling. Louis, to Universal Oil Products Company Process for the
preparation of organic halides and organic ethers 3.641,159, CI.
260-611
Schmerling, Louis, and Dombro. Robert A., to Universal Oil Products
Company Preparation of alcohols 3. 64 1.1 65. CI. 260-618
Schmid. Bruce K.: See—
Bull.WillardC .and Schmid, Bruce K. 3,640.8 16
Schmid, Hans. Feldhoff. Heinrich, Martin, Wolfgag. Fessmann, Hemz;
and Hahn. Edeleried, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft Process and apparatus for crimping yarns and the like
3.640.063, CI. 57-140.
Schmid, Norbert: See—
Richter, Gerhard, and Schmid. Norbert. 3 .640. 1 05
Schmid, Rolf; Bucher, Ingrid, Fisch. Willy, and Batzer, Hans, to Ciba
Limited Thermocurable polyester-diepoxide compositions.
3,64 1,1 94. CI 260-835
Schmidt. Franz: See—
Ricker. Ernst. Schmidt. Franz, and Schwartz, Ench, 3, 640,945.
Sander. Bruno; Schmidt, Franz, and Sperber, Heinrich, 3, 641 .196
Schmidt. Gerald W See-
Jones. Lawrence Temple. Schmidt, Gerald W . and Smith. Jay,
111.3,640.019
Schmitt, Joseph Michael See-
Holland. William Dean. Schmitt, Joseph Michael, and GrifTith.
Richard McDonald.3.64 1,197
Schmuck. Fredric E.: See—
Schoepe. Adolf; and Schmuck. Frednc E ,3.640.404
Schneider. John A ; and Moran. John B . to Dow Chemical Company.
The Extreme pressure lubricants containing dialkyi 1,2.2.2-
tetrahaloethyl phosphates 3,640,857. CI 252-49.9
♦
PI 40
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8, 1972
Schnell, Hermann: See—
Krimm, Heinrich, Schnell, Hermann, and Lenz.
Gunther, 3,640,955
Schnur, Joel M., to Monsanto Company Compositions for sand core
mold elements. 3,640.932, CI. 260-29 3
Schoenwitz, Frank H. W., to Honeywell Inc. System for displaying
values of conditions reported at a central station from various
remote stations of a buildmg air condition system 3,641,530, CI.
340-183.
Schoepe, Adolf, and Schmuck, Fredric E. Production assembly
mechanism for telescopically assembled and interference formed
parts including transfer arm mechanism. 3,640,404, CI. 2 1 4- 1 .
Schofield, John Allan; and Delano, Roger A., to Union Carbide Cor-
poration. Azeotropic cleaning solvents based on 1 , 1 ,2,2- tetrachloro-
1 ,2-difluoroethane 3,640.884, CI 252-171
SchollA G :5«—
Richter, Friedrich, and Sterner, Rudolf, 3,640.103.
Scholten Research N.V ; See —
Beersma, Pieter Johannes Adrianus; and Veening, Albert Hendrik,
3,640,756.
Schommer, Alfred: See —
Obcrst, Hermann, Leonhard, Hofheim; Ebigt. Joachim; Duve.
Gunther. and Schommer, Alfred, 3. 640. 835
Oberst. Hermann. Reihs. Leonhard, Ebigt. Joachim, Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 830
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt. Joachim; Duve,
Gunther; and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 833.
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs, Leonhard, Ebigt, Joachim, Duve,
Gunther, and Schommer, Alfred, 3, 640, 834
Oberst, Hermann, Reihs. Leonhard Hofheim. Ebigt. Joachim.
Duve, Gunther; and Schommer. Alfred, 3.640, 836.
Schora. Frank C. Jr : See-
Lee. Bernard Shing-Shu. and Schora, Frank C, Jr. ,3,640,0 16.
Schovee & Boston: See—
Verbridge, Ralph Gary, 3,640.583
Schrader, Gerhard, Hammann, Ingeborg, and Stendel, Wilhelm. to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. O-alkyl-O-aryl-
thiolphosphoric acid esters 3,64 1 .22 1 , CI 260-949
Schramm. Jacob: See —
Ansuini, Frank Joseph. Schramm, Jacob; and Badia, Frank
Arthur, 3,640.78 1
Schuiz, Johann G. D., and Seekircher, Richard, to Gulf Research &
Development Company Process for obtaining nitro benzophenones
3,641, 132, CI 260-517
Schuiz. Johann G. D.. See—
Onopchenko, Anatoli, Schuiz. Johann G D , and Seekircher,
Richard,3,641,135
Onop>chenko, Anatoli, Schuiz, Johann G D , and Seekircher,
Richard, 3,64 1,1 36
Schuize, Roy E.: See—
Yancik. Joseph J., Schuize, Roy E , and Rydlund, Paul
H ,3,640,784
Schuman, Ralph H., to Warner & Swasey Company, The. Machine tool
spindle and control therefor 3,640,632, CI 408- 1 1
Schurman, Walter R., to United States of America, Atomic Energy
Commission Method for making flexible electrical connections
3,639,978. CI. 29-628
Schuster, Herbert: See-
On. Karl-Heinz. Schuster, Herbert; Meckel, Walter; Dinges, Karl,
and Muller,Erwin,3.64 1.209.
Schutzner. Walter, to Koreska, W. Transfer copy process and material
3.640,750, CI. 117-362.
Schwalm. Bruce D.: See-
Webb. Bryant F., and Schwalm, Bruce D ,3,640,473
Schwartz. Charles W.; and Martini, Richard W , to Howmet Corp>ora-
tion. Method for surface treatment of nickel and cobalt base alloys.
3,640,8 15, CI 204-385
Schwartz, Erich: See—
Ricker, Ernst; Schmidt, Franz; and Schwartz, Erich, 3, 640, 945
Schwartz. William H., to Lester Engineering Company. Injection mold-
ing machine with high frequency dielectric heater. 3.640,662. CI
425-174.
Schwartzbach, Morton. Hot stamping machines for roll marking cylin-
drical items. 3,640.213, CI 101-8
Schwartzenberg, John W.: See—
Blum, Bernard; and Schwartzenberg, John W, 3, 640,1 19,
Schwarz, Frank, to Barnes Engineering Company. Thermal imaging
system with thermal image superimposed on a target scene.
3,641,348, CI. 250-83.3
Schwarz, Karl H., to Puntan-Bennett Corporation. Roller-band device
with diverging walls biasing means. 3,64 1,296, CI. 200-153.
Schwarz, Robert J.: See—
Chien. James C. W , and Schwarz, Robert J ,3,640,946
Schwbezt & Salzey Machinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Landwehrkamp, Hans, 3.640,061.
Schweiss, Dieter; and Long, Loren M., to Parke, Davis & Company.
Novel xanthine compounds and means for obtaining the same
3,641, 010, CI 260-240
Schwing, Friedrich W.: See—
Verheul.Comelis, 3.640,303
Scopelite. Thomas M.: See—
Longland, John R , Williams, Roy M, Jr , Sutton, Howard D.; and
Scopelite, Thomas M.,3,64 1 ,324.
Stockham, John D.; Townsend, Lawrence B.. Ohihaber, Ronald
L ,and Scopelite, Thomas M, 3, 641 ,320.
Scott, James W , to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. Self clean-
ing hood structure 3,640,793, CI. 25-83.
Scott Paper Companv: See—
Kitch, Paul E ,3,640.613.
Scott. Richard D . to Teletype Corporation. Inductor surge protection
for transistors 3,64 1 ,407, CI. 3 1 7-43.
Scott. Robert T See—
Shmueli. Kalman, Scott, Robert T., and Mills, Wallace
R .3,640,318.
Scott. Ward See—
McKee. Clyde M . Provenzino, Andrew V.. and Scott, Ward.
3.640.608.
McKee. Clyde M , Provenzino. Andrew V.; and Scott, Ward,
3,640.609
Scott. Ward: See—
McKee, Clyde M , Provenzino. Andrew V.; and Scott.
Ward, 3,640,608
McKee, Clyde M , Provenzino, Andrew V., and Scott,
Ward, 3, 640.609
Sealeciro Corporation See—
Berezowski. Jaroslaw. 3,64 1 ,286.
Searle G D , & Co See—
Klimstra. Paul D .3,641,068
Searle. Norman, and Tatom. John W , to Lockheed Aircraft Corpora-
tion Thrust reverser for asymmetric exhaust efflux deflection,
3.640,468. CI 239-265,29
Sebestyen. LasloG : See—
Varadi, Peter F , and Sebestyen, Laslo G, 3,64 1 ,28 1
Sedlarik, Jargslav. Havlas, Jiri, and Kostclecky, Premysl, to Elitex,
Zavody textilniho strojirenstvi Pneumatic circuit for controlling the
feeding of yarn into a yarn magazine 3,640,440. CI, 226-34,
Sedor, Edward A : See—
Culbertson. Billy M . McKillip. William J . and Sedor. Edward
A .3.641,145,
Seefluth, Charles L . to Phillips Petroleum Company, Tangentially slid-
ing neck swaging mechanism 3,640,665, CI, 425-297,
Seekircher. Richard: See—
OnoF>chenko, Anatoli. Schuiz. Johann G D,; and Seekircher.
Richard. 3.64 1.1 35
Onopchenko. Anatoli, Schuiz. Johann G D,; and Seekircher,
Richard, 3, 64 1,1 36
Schuiz, Johann G D , and Seekircher, Richard, 3, 64 1 ,1 32,
Selke. Lynn A . to Eastman Kodak Company, Device for advancing an
endless web of flexible strip material 3.640.439. CI 226-32
Sell, Richard Geoffrey: See —
Tustin. Arnold, and Sell. Richard Geoffrey, 3. 641 ,285
Selistedt. John H , and Childress. Scott J . to Amencan Home Products
Corporation, N-sulfonylcarb»ixamidc p>enicillins 3,64 1 .000. CI, 260-
239,1
Selman. Gordon Leslie, and Ellison, Peter James, to Johnson, Matthey
& Co Limited Treatment of platinum group metals and alloys,
3,640,705, CI 75-172
Selwitz, Charles M : See—
Bacha. John D . and Selwitz, Charles M .3 .64 1 , 1 68
SEMIAS A See-
Perrinet. Paul Mane, 3.640.458
Sendt. Alfred, to Heye. Hermann, Method and apparatus for
processing vitreous melt 3,640,5 I 7. CI 263- 1 1 ,
Sennewald, Kurt, Ohorodnik, Alexander, and Neumaier, Hubert, to
Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft Process for the manufacture of
orthoformic acid alkylesters 3,641 , 164, CI, 260-615,
Seppala, Harold J , and Ben/, Gerhard, to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company Modified polyester film for punched
tapes 3.640.944. CI 260-40
Seragnoli. Ariosto. to G D Societa in Accomandita Semplice di Enzo
Seragnoli c Artosto Seragnoli Device for arranging articles supplied
in bulk and individually and sequentially delivering them in align-
ment to wrapping up machines. 3,640,373, CI. 1 98-30,
Seree De Roch See—
Rouchaud. Jean, and Seree De Roch. 3. 641 .066,
Serrano, Francisco M . to Compagnie Francaise des Petroles, Devices
and methods of connecting two inhabitable enclosures under water.
3.640,078. CI, 61-69
Shaheen, Joseph M,. and Simone. John, to North American Rockwell
Corporation, Interstitial conductors between plated memory wires,
3,641.520. CI 340-174,
Shakesby. Leonard, to Esso Research and Engineering Company,
Coupling for plastic pipe 3,640,55 I , CI, 285-39,
Shank, Richard C , Zucker, Carl E , Jones, David H , Ribbq Harry F,q
Jr,, and Bayard, Robert T , to United States of America, Atomic
Energy Commission, Power-flattened seed-blanket reactor core,
3,640,844. CI 176-18,
Shapiro. Sandor: See —
McKee. Clyde M,; Provenzino, Andrew V,, and Scott, Ward.
3,640.608
McKee. Clyde M , Provenzino, Andrew V,; and Scott, Ward,
3,640,609,
Shatz, Abram, and Eisenberg, Ben, to Kriser Corporation. Photo-
graphic control apparatus 3,640,620, CI, 355-38.
Shavel, John, Jr , and Farber, Sheldon, to Warner-Lambert Phar-
maceutical Company, 3,4-Dihydronaphthalenoneoxy-2-hydroxy-
propylamines, 3,641, 152, CI 260-570,7
Shavel, John, Jr,: See—
Zinnes, Harold, Shavel, John, Jr ; and Lindo, Neil A, ,3,641 ,032
Februarys, 1972
I
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 41
Shcehan, Gerard Martin, to American Cyanamid Company. Titanium
dioxide pigment 3,640,743, CI 106-300.
Sheets, Herbert D , Jr See—
Lankard, David R . and Sheets, Herbert D , Jr, 3.640,737
Sheetz. David P,, to Dow Chemical Company, The Stable aqueous
dispersions. 3,640,922, CI, 260-4
Shell Oil Company: See—
Darley, Henry C H,. 3,640,343
Feenstra, Robijn, 3,640,356
Hop, AdrianusG, 3,640,1 34
Nakamaye, Kay L ; Slaugh, Lynn H,; Spooncer, William W., and
Volger, Hendrik C, 3,641 ,1 70
Ncal, William J ,3,640,080
Nihof, HendrikusJ,,andBorsboom,AlbertusC, H ,3.640,120
Spooncer, William W,, 3,641 ,1 71 ,
Trainer, Richard P,, 3,640,849
Shelley Manufacturing Company: See-
House. Bruce F,, 3,640,427
Shemer, Raymond A,; See —
Gaines, Brian R,, and Shemer, Raymond A, ,3,64 1 ,447.
Shen, Tsung-Ying; Witzel, Bruce E , and Walford, Gordon L , to
Merck &. Co., Inc, Oxy substituted biphenylene carboxylic acids,
3,641, 134, CI 260-520,
Shepherd, George E, Control means for copy sheet feeding and
moistening means in address printing machines. 3,640,215, CI 101-
53,
Shepherd, Lawrence H , Jr . to Ethyl Corporation Vinylic alumina-
cycloalkane compounds and their preparation, 3.641.084. CI, 260-
448
Shepherd, Lawrence H,. Jr , to Ethyl Corporation Preparation of bis-
alkenyl magnesium compounds. 3,641,186. CI. 260-665.
Shepherd, Reeves T.: See—
Yates, Lester R ; Dorscy. Charles M., Jr . Howell. John B .
Conklin, Winfred S.; Sawicki, Joseph J.. Shepherd, Reeves T .
and Soares.Silvio.3.641 .434
Shepherd. Robert Gordon; See-
Lewis, Benjamin Arthur, Sassiver. Martin Leon, and Shepherd.
Robert Gordon, 3 .64 1.015
Shepherd. Thomas H.: See-
Gould, Francis E ; and Shepherd, Thomas H ,3,641 ,237.
Sherba, Samuel E., Steigerwalt, Ronald B , Faith, William T , Jr , and
Smythe, Carl V,, to Rohm and Haas Company. Soybean fractiona-
tion employing a protease, 3,640,725, CI, 99- 17,
Sherman, Gale K,, to McDonnell Douglas Corporation. Multi-harness
buckle. 3,639,948, CI, 24-205, 1 7
Sherwood Medical Industries Inc : See-
Walker, Clarence L , 3,640,434,
Shevlin, Thomas S , to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany Integral heating elements, 3,640,764, CI 1 17-212
Shick, Richard L See—
Trifunoxic, Alexander L . Hodges, James R , and Shick, Richard
L ,3,641,234
Shiflet, Robert H,, to Rohr Corporation, Method and tool for securing
a bearing race within a bore in a housing 3,639,961 , CI 29-149,5
Shigehara, Masamichi: See—
Kubo, Moritada; Shigehara, Masamichi; and Nogiwa,
Yasuo,3,64 1,347
Shilo, Alexander I,: See—
Crafford, Thomas J.. Shilo, Alexander I., and Cary, Harry W ,
Jr ,3,640,164,
Shimizu, Sakae: See—
Kundo, Kishichiro; Iwata. Hiroo. Yamaguchi, Nario; Shimizu,
Sakae, and Tubuko, Kazuo. 3. 640,709
Shimomura, Yoshisada, to Yushin Seiki Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Steering column lock for vehicles 3,64 1 ,489, CI 340-52
Shinozaki, Akira, to Konishiroku Photo Industry Co , Ltd Exposure-
control device in copying machines 3,640,622, CI 355-65,
Shirai, Takeaki, Sakakibara, Shigeru, Noguchi, Masaaki; and Su-
miyoshi, Masaharu. to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, and
Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha Control for automatic transmis-
sion. 3,640,1 52, CI, 74-752
Shmueli, Kalman, Scott, Robert T , and Mills, Wallace R , to Interna-
tional Controls Corporation, Method and apparatus for filling a ther-
mal motor with wax, 3,640,3 18, CI, 141-11
Sholl, Herbert L., to Machlett Laboratories, Incorporated, The
Prestressed cathode structure for electron discharge devices.
3,641,387, CI. 313-270.
Shotwell, Robert H., Jr, Collapsible shelter structure, 3,640,034, CI
52-70.
Showa Dcnko Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ogawa, Masao;Enjoji,Teruyuki,and Arai, Humio, 3,640,914
Shramovich, Paul F.: See—
Altherr, Russell G.; Shramovich, Paul F., and MeUger, Nelson
D ,3,640,402,
Siai-Marchetti S.pA,: See—
Monti, Giancarlo, 3,640.643.
Sibbett, Donald J,: 5ff—
Anderson, Howard H,; Moyer, Rudolph H ; Sibbett, Donald J ;
and Sutherland, David C ,3,640,624
Sidline, George B , to Ampex Corporation, Apparatus for transporting
a recording medium for storing information 3,641,504, CI. 340-
172.5
Sieger, Maurice Paul, to United Engineering and Foundry Company.
Casting apparatus with means for removing ingot on bottom mold
element. 3,640,334, CI. 164-269.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Hintringer, Otmar; Koniger, Walter, and Thorn, Jurgen,
3.641.351
Sigman Industries. Inc.: See—
Weagant, William D, 3,64 1,253.
Signor, Gary R : See—
Aru, Walter M., Cornelius, Kenneth R , Olson. John W . Signor.
Gary R; and Slojkowski. Francis E .3.641.505
Sigrist, Hugo, to Werkzeugmaschinenfabnk Oerlikon-BuhHc AG.
Loading tray for a rocket, 3,640, 1 79. CI, 89- 1 80 1
Sigworth. Harrison W,: See—
Smith, Calvin S . Jr., 3,640.850,
Sikkema. Andrew J : See—
Hall, Richard H ; Roberts, Carleton W ; Sikkema, Andrew J.; and
Lawson, Junior J, ,3,64 1 ,208
Siler, William J, Pool rink conversion kit 3.639, 921, CI 4-172,1 I
Simmons, John Richard: See—
Neal, Francis John, Courtenay, Jerzy Leon, and Simmons, John
Richard,3,640,092
Simms, Michael L,: See-
Jacobus. Dwight W, and Simms, Michael L ,3,640,088
Simon, Myron S,, to Polaroid Corporation Polymers of dipyridyl
3,641, 034, CI, 260-296,
Simone, John: See —
Shaheen, Joseph M ; and Simone, John, 3,64 1 ,520
Simons, Duane J,: See—
Kekish, George T. James. William G . and Simons. Duane
J, .3.640.933
Sims. Stuart Donald: See-
Duffy. Joseph J , and Sims, Stuart Donald, 3,64 1 .307.
Sinclair Oil & Gas Company: See—
Bucaram. Salim M ; and Collmgs. Lawrence V . 3,640,824.
Singer Company. The: See—
Rolph. Donald L. 3.640.369.
Sissel. Harold N Mechanically compensated zoom lens system
3.640.605. CI 350-184
Siwik. Anthony F . to Parker-Hannifin Corporation Coupling for
plastic tube, 3.640.554. CI, 285-382 2
Six. Richard Clutch controls for power take-off shafts of tractor or like
vehicles, 3,640.362. CI, 192-48 7
Size, Robert A Immersion deep frier 3.640.208, Ci 99-408
Skaperdas. Dominic O : See—
Bitzer. Donald L . Bandy. Lyie E . Johnson, Roger L . and Skaper-
das. Dominic 0. 3.64 1 .529
Skogsholm. Einar Aasen: See-
Graf. Carlton Eugene. Skogsholm. Einar Aasen; and Volkmann,
Werner Karl, 3,64 1,42 1,
Skripko, Leonid Alexandrovich; Rozantsev, Eduard Grigorievich; and
Polotovskaya, Lidia Grigorievna Method of preparing disubstituted
di(p-arylamino- phenoxy ) silanes 3.64 1 .09 1. CI, 260-448,8
Skuttle Manufacturing Company: See—
Stiles, Walter R. 3,640,5 15,
Slanker, Daniel R , and Slanker, Edwin E Power driven reciprocating
bone surgery instrument 3,640,280, CI 128-317
Slanker, Edwin E,: See —
Slanker, Daniel R , and Slanker, Edwin E, 3.640.280,
Slater. William W . and Thow. Lawrence E , to Celanese Coatings
Company Aqueous dispersions of epoxy resin esters and method of
preparing same 3.640.926. CI 260-18,
Slaugh. Lynn H , See—
Nakamaye. Kay L . Slaugh, Lynn H . Spooncer. William W,; and
Volger. Hendnk C .3.64 1 . 1 70
Slavin, Martin J , to Phonplex Corporation, mesne Electronic voice
annunciating system having binary data converted into audio
representations 3.641 .496. CI 340-148
Slavin. Peter E , to Intelligent Instruments. Inc Display system
3. 641. 554. CI, 340-324
Slaybaugh. Charles Jay: See-
Carter. William R . Slaybaugh, Charles Jay, and Hodgins. Patrick
M. 3.640.420,
Sloan. Cephas H,: See—
Touey. George P,. and Sloan. Cephas H .3.640.742
Slojkowski. Francis E,: See—
Aru. Walter M ; Cornelius. Kenneth R . Olson. John W . Signor.
Gary R. and Slojkowski, Francis E .3.641 ,505
Small, Isadore. Ill: See-
Elliot, William H.and Small, Isadore, 111,3,641,397.
Smarook, Walter H : See-
Chow, Sui-Wu; and Smarook, Walter H, 3,640, 838,
Lundberg, Robert Dean, Koleske, Joseph Victor, Pollart, Dale
Flavian; and Smarook, Walter Henry, 3,64 1 .204
Smernoff. Ronald B, to Oxford Laboratones, Chromatography
method and apparatus. 3,640.687, CI 23-230
Smerz, Otto: See—
Frischkorn, Hans. Pintschovius. Ulrich. Schinzel. Erich; and
Smerz.Otto,3,64I,051.
Smiley. David E.: See-
Case. Forrest N , Garrison, Arthur W., Kau, Donald L., and
Smiley, David E, 3,640,808
PI 42
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Smith, Billy C See—
Ohntrup, Frederick F , Truemper, John P , and Smith, Billy
C ,3,641,413
Smith, Calvin S., Jr . 1/3 to Sigworth, Harrison W , and 1/3 to Finical,
Thomas N , Jr Process for producing fresh water from salt water
3,640.850, CI 203-11
Smith. Charles E See—
Cassano, James R , Smith, Charles E , and Kalvitis, Robert
E ,3,640,614
Smith. Clifford E , and White, Bobby J , to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Olefin isomerization 3,641, 184, CI 260-683.2
Smith, Edward A , and Baldwin, Arnold V , to GAF Corporation Pres-
surized liquid filtering apparatus. 3,640,392, CI 210-232.
Smith, George H , to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company
Spectral sentization of photosensitive compositions. 3,640,718, CI
96-89
Smith International, Inc . See—
Safar, Frank,3,640,573
Smith, Jay Charles, and Reinhardt, James R , to Freepxirt Sulphur
Company Increasing the rate of reaction in reducing calcium sulfate
to calcium sulfide. 3,640,682, CI. 23-1 37
Smith, Jay, HI See-
Jones, Lawrence Temple; Schmidt, Gerald W , and Smith, Jav,
111,3,640,019
Smith, Joseph E , to Wolverine-Pentronix, Inc Die and punch as-
sembly for compacting powder and method of assembly 3,640,654,
CI 425-78
Smith, Kenneth J Universal gaff guard 3.640,358, CI. 182-221.
Smith Kline & French Laboratories. See —
Edgerton, William H., 3,641,149
Stedman, Robert John, 3,641,148 t,^
Smith, Paul E See —
Bunting, Henry E , and Smith, Paul E ,3,641 ,254
Smith, Randal E , and Egbom, Clarence W , to Ideal Basic Industries,
Inc Reagents for beneficiating ores 3,640,385, CI 209-166
Smith, Robert E See—
Pigage, Robert F , Ryan, Arthur B , and Smith, Robert
E ,3,641,431
Smith, Thomas R , to Maytag Company, The. Method for molding
waste disposer splash shield 3,64 1 ,23 I , CI 264- 155.
Smiths Industries Limited i>e— i
Constable, Geoffrey Ernest Patrick, 3,641,497.
Smurov, Georgy Sergeevich See—
Makachev, Nilolai Ivanovich, Parshin, Alexei Nikolaevich, Smu-
rov, Georgy Sergeevich, and Stepanets, Alexei
Trofimovich,3,640,3 16.
Smythe.Carl V See—
Sherba, Samuel E , Steigerwalt, Ronald B . Faith. William T , Jr ;
andSmythe.CarlV .3,640,725
Snodgrass, Earl D ; See—
Fuller, Ralph A , and Snodgrass, Earl D., 3,640,1 90
Snodgrass, Earl D.: See —
Fuller. Ralph A., and Snodgrass, Earl D, 3,640. 190.
Snyder, Alan K , to Chicago Display Company Display stand and ex-
pandable shelf for use thereon 3,640,389, CI 21 1-148
Snyder, George E Automatic baking oven for pretzels. 3.640,207, CI
99-327
Soares. Silvio See—
Yates, Lester R , Dorsey, Charles M , Jr . Howell, John B ,
Conklin, Winfred S , Sawicki, Joseph J , Shepherd, Reeves T.;
and Soares, Silvio, 3, 641 ,434.
Societa' Italiana Resine S.p.A See—
Rem, Cesare. 3,641,214.
Rem. Cesare. and Lugo. Luigi. 3,64 1 .233.
Societa Italiana Telecomunicazioni Siemens S p A : See-
Perm, Aldo, and de Varda. Giorgio. 3.641.275
Societe Alsacienne de Constructions Atomiques de Telecommunica-
tions et d'Electronique 'Alcater:5ee—
Brilman. Michel Edmond Francis. Campagne. Jean-Pierre Alain,
and Gorinas, Guy Georges. 3.64 1 ,5 1 7.
Societe Anonyme dite: Bronzavia: See—
Malczewski. Jeremie, 3,640,464.
Societe Anonyme dite: Institut Merieux See —
Galy, Michel, 3,640,437
Societe Financiere Francaise de Licences et Brevets: See—
Potin. Marcel. 3,639,969
Societe Nationale des Petroles d'Aquitaine:5>e—
Reulet, Philippe, Pfister, Alain, Tellier, Jacques, Blanc, Jean-Hen-
ry, Jorgensen, Kirsten Borre, and Bohlbro, Hans, 3,64 1 ,102
Societe Nationale d'Etude et de Construction de Moteurs d'Avia-
tlon:i>f—
Citroen, Armand, 3,640,545.
Societe Rhodiaceta: See—
Boyer, Jacques, 3,640,060
Grosjean, Pierre, 3,641 ,198
Solomon, Jack M.: See—
Chisholm, Daniel R , Solomon. Jack M , and Isbitsky.
Bernard, 3,64 1,022.
Solomon, Milton, to Circle Engineering Co , Inc Small vehicle wheel
3,640,584, CI 301-63
Sommer, Heinrich: See—
Peuker, Kurt, and Sommer, Heinrich, 3, 640, 376.
Sonderegger, Hans Conrad: See—
Spescha, Gclli, Martini. Karlheinz. and Sonderegger, Hans Con-
rad.3. 640. 1 30
Sonnenfeld. Richard J See—
Trepka. William J., and Sonnenfeld. Richard J. ,3,640. 988.
Sorrells. Frank D.: 6>e—
Lee.CharlesA .and Sorrells. Frank D ,3.640.000
Sosalla, Harry, to Noble Manufacturing Company. Foldable harrow
cart. 3.640.345, CI 172-31 I
Sotir, Piro Marking pen 3,640,631.0.401-206.
Soupene, Pierre: See —
Frerson. Raymond. Gravier. Claude. Ravenel. Pierre, and Sou-
pene. Pierre. 3.640. 62 1
South African Inventions Development Corporation: See —
Poison, Alfred, and Katz. Woolf. 3.640.809.
Southbourne Rubber Company Limited. See-
Duncan. Leslie C V., 3.640.496.
Space Tool. Inc See —
Halls. Kenneth F . and Bricklcy. Alfred H . 3.640,1 59.
Spaenig. Hermann See—
Adolphi. Hcmrich. Stcimmig. Anna, and Spaenig, Her-
mann,3, 64 1 ,248
Spalding, A G . & Bros Inc See—
Richard. Henry P . 3.640,028.
Spalding. James R., to General Electric Company Friction coupling
3,640,363, CI 192-65
Spanel, Abram N Color applicator for hair 3,640.288. CI 1 32-9
Spanier, Henry C See —
Ronai. Kenneth S , and Spanier. Henry C .3.640,728.
Ronai, Kenneth S . and Spanier. Henry C .3.640.729.
Spannlang, Ronald to Vereinigtc Osterreichische Eiscn-und Stahlu-
werke Aktiengesellschaft Steel-converter handling vehicle
3.640.503, CI 254-84
Spanos, William M , and Polgar, Michael S , to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation Disconc antenna 3,64 1 ,578.
CI 343-773
Spalaru. Nicolae: See—
Moisescu. Gheorghe; Stoica, Valer; Wolf, Carol; and Spataru,
Nicolae, 3.640, 206.
Spencer, Harvey J See—
Nystrand, Ernst Daniel, Spencer, Harvey J . and Ziegelhoffer.
Paul.3.640.050
Sperber. Heinrich See—
Sander. Bruno. Schmidt. Franz, and Sperber. Hcinrich,3,64l ,196.
Sperry Rand Corporation: See—
Allen. Terry S.. Lane, Lynn R . and Swartz, Harold Lee,
3.640.137.
Kanitz. Roy Edwin, 3,640.596
Rocks. Eugene S , and Poff, Thomas J , 3,64 1 .400.
Webb, Bryant F , and Schwalm. Bruce D . 3,640,473
Spescha, Gelli. Martini, Karlhetn/'. and Sonderegger, Hans Conrad, to
Kistler Inslrumente AG Force and moment arrangements.
3.640, 1 30, CI. 73 133.
Spicer. John Calvin See —
Winslow, Alfred Edwards, and Spicer, John Calvin. 3. 640. 841
Spichala. Paul, to Fichtel & Sachs AG. Friction clutch assembly.
3.640.361. CI 192-70 18
Spiegelbcrg. Hans See—
Kyburz. fcmilio, and Spiegelbcrg, Hans, 3, 64 1.153
Spinnett. Raymond G Rotary internal combustion engine 3,640,252,
CI. 123-8.31
Spire, Etiene: See —
Karmthi. Pierre, and Spire. Etiene, 3,640, 702.
Spooncer, William W See —
Nakamaye. Kay L . Slaugh. Lynn H . Spooncer. William W . and
\olger. HendnkC .3.641.170
Spooncer. William W , to Shell Oil Company Ethylene telomerization.
3,64 1,1 71, CI 260-658.
S P R L. Stenuick Freres: See—
Stenuick, Marcel, 3,640,350.
Squassoni, Gino F.: See —
Egnaczak, Raymond K , and Squassoni, Gino F ,3,640,616.
Stache. Ulrich See—
Radscheit, Kurt, Stache. Ulrich. Haede, Werner, Fritsch, Werner;
and Lindner. Ernst. 3. 64 1 .009
Staehlin. John H . and Peon, Gilbert A . to United States of America,
Air Force, mesne Electrically precise slotted waveguide. 3.640.168,
CI 83-444
Stafford. Richard W., and Cuckovic, Milenko, to Mallory. P R . & Co ,
Inc Combination speed reduction and escapement means.
3,640, 142, CI 74-112.
Stahly, Eldon E.: See-
Frank. Victor S , Lard, Edwin W , and Stahly, Eldon E ,3,64 1,193
Stahn, Georg, to Lindner, Herbert, GmbH, Firma Device for adjusting
the position of a grinding wheel relative to a workpiece. 3,640,024,
CI 51-165 87
Staller Cabinet. Inc : See—
Staller, Maurice F , and Staller. Marvin A , 3,640,595.
Staller. Marvin A See—
Staller. Maurice F . and Staller. Marvin A .3.640.595.
Staller. Maurice F . and Staller. Marvin A . to Staller Cabinet, Inc Mo-
torized mobile shelving units. 3,640,595. CI. 312-198.
Stamicarbon N V : See—
deRooij, Abraham H., 3,641,150.
\
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 43
Standard Telephone and Cables Limited: See—
Woodward, Jack Thomas Armon, and Jordan. Edward Graham.
3,641,586.
Stanford, Roy A: i>f— t]
Pittman,Ed P, and Stanford, Roy A ,3.641,427.
Stanley Drug Products. Inc See-
Cook, Elton S., and Berberich, Norbert J , Jr., 3,641 ,247
Stanley, Edward B., to United States Steel Corporation. Method of
producing electncal sheet steel with cube texture 3,640,780, CI.
148-111
Stanway, David Neil: See—
Ellis, Bernard, Petrow, Valdimir, and Stanway, David
Neil, 3,64 1.008.
Star Industries, Inc : See—
Ashton, Walter G, 3,639,936
Star, Moc, to Northrop Corporation. Modular aircraft structures
3.640.492, CI. 244-124.
Starke, Hans, to K DG Instruments Limited Winding apparatus
3.640,478, CI. 242-18
Starks, Charles M.: See—
Portwood, Owen, Jr , Starks. Charles M . and Washecheck, Paul
H ,3,641,163
Starr. Anthony J Apparatus for forming a container with an integrally
formed hollow hinged handle 3,640.672, CI 425-387.
Starr, Arthur Tisso. Circuit arrangement for an electric discharge tube
3.641,557, CI 340-324
Stastny, Fritz: See—
Gaeth, Rudolf, Stastny, Fritz, Breu, Rudolf, and Gaertner, Fried-
helm, 3,640,837.
State of Israel: See —
Weinberger, Hershel, 3,640,368.
Stauffer Chemical Company: See —
Biranowski, Jerome B., and Weil, Edward D., 3,64 1,202
Epstein, Peter F, 3,641,245
Kraft. Paul. 3,640,954.
Martin, Donald J ,3.641.054
Stauffer, Reuben Laverne. to Bendix Corporation Low drop voltage
regulator. 3.64 1,423. CI 323-9
Steckler. Steven Alan: See—
Limberg. Allen Leroy; and Steckler. Steven Alan. 3. 64 1 ,36 1
Steckler, Steven Alan, to RCA Corporation Sample-and-hold circuit
3,641,258, CI. 178-7 3
Steckler, Steven Alan, to RCA Corporation Transistor signal translat-
ing stage. 3,641 ,448, CI. 330-18.
Stedman, Robert John, to Smith Kline & French Laboratories
Aminopolycyclodecanes. 3,641 ,148, CI. 260-563
Steed, Willie L. Pi coupled low noise amplifier. 3,641,452, CI. 330-
176
Steel Company of Canada, Limited, The See—
Barclay, Allan Sangster, 3,640,175
Steele, William Henry: See—
Glover, Peter David, Forshaw, Richard; and Steele, William Hen-
ry,3,640,253.
Steelman, Gerald E. Litter device 3,639.926, CI 5-81
Steetley ( Mfg. ) Ltd.: See—
Lythe, Revor Wilkinson, and Ashworth, Edward Arnold,
3,640,518.
Steffel, Ronald V: St-f-
Hollingsworth, Gale C , and Steffel, Ronald V ,3 ,64 1 .45 I .
Steffey. David R: See-
Hayes. Charles F , and Steffey, David R ,3,640.469
Steiger, Anton, to Sulzer Brothers, Ltd. Fuel injection system for an in-
ternal combustion piston engine 3.640.466. CI 239-94.
Steigerwalt. Ronald B.: See—
Sherba, Samuel E., Steigerwalt, Ronald B , Faith, William T , Jr ,
and Smythe, Carl V, 3,640,725
Steimmig, Anna: See—
Adolphi, Heinrich, Steimmig, Anna, and Spaenig, Her-
mann,3.641,248.
Stein, Erich Fin-propelled watercraft 3,640,240, CI. I 15-28.
Steiner, Rudolf: See—
Richter, Friedrich, and Steiner, Rudolf,3,640,l03
Steiner, Russell I.: See —
Rast, Gustav E., and Steiner, Russell 1, 3,640,733.
Stendel,Wilhelm:5fe-
Schrader, Gerhard, Hammann, Ingeborg, apd^tendel, Wil-
helm,3.64l,22l .^ '
Stenuick, Marcel, to S P R L Stenuick Fret^ Pjieumatic drill for bor-
ing. 3.640,350, CI. 173-61 ['^'^
Stepanets, Alexei Trofimovich: iV*"— ,^
Makachev, Nilolai Ivanovich, Parshi'it^ Alexei Nikolaevich, Smu-
rov, Georgy Sergeevich, '^^nd Stepanets, Alexei
Trofimovich,3,640,316. ''
Stephan, Gerhard, Harst, Heinz, Laux, Gunter, and Kappes, Alfred, to
NSU Motorenwerke Aktiengesellschaft, and Wankel GmbH
Process for producing a wear-resistant surface on a workpiece.
3,640.799, CI. 204-38
Stephan, John T , and Golick. Alex James, to Commercial Solvents
Corporation. Protein adhesive compositions. 3,640.740. CI 106-
138.
Stephens, Joe F., to General Electric Company Anode electrode for
electron discharge device. 3,64 1 ,380, CI. 313-39
Sterner, Russell L., and Lowe, William L , to Grove Manufacturing
Company. Safe load control system for telescopic crane booms
3,641.551, CI. 340-267.
Steru, Marius: i>*—
Braillard, Pierre L ; Moreuil. Jean-Louis, and Steru,
Marius,3.640,002.
Stevens, Henry C . to PPG Industries. Inc Polymerization of fluorine-
containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers in the presence of a
beta- hydroxyalkyl tertinary-butyl peroxide 3.640,985. CI 260-92 1
Stevens. Laurence G : See—
Klein. Lawrence C . and Stevens. Laurence G .3.640.684
Stewart. Albert A Golf practice flatform 3.639.923. CI 273- 1 87.
Stewart. Dair J., to Mautz Paint & V arnish Company Fluorescent skin-
marking composition 3.640.889. CI 252-301 2
Stewart, Mary J . and Price. John A . to FMC Corporation
Dibromoneopentyl glycol modified polyesters. 3.640,964, CI 260-
75.
Stiles, Alvin B See—
Mc Clellan. William, and Stiles. Alvin B .3,640.900
Stiles. Walter R . to Skuttle Manufacturing Company Humidifier
drive 3.640. 515. CI 261-92
Stilling. Jens Ole. to Aktiebolaget Asea-Atom Level control means
3.640.1 17. CI 73-1
Stockburger. George J., to Atlas Chemical Industries. Inc Polyhydroxy
phosphate esters of halogenated phenol and halogenated aniline
3.641.219. CI 260-929
Stockdale. Geoffrey Means for drawing together and aligning the
separable parts of composite load-carrying vessels or watercraft.
3.640.238. CI 114-235
Stockham. John D.. Townsend. Lawrence B, Ohihabcr. Ronald L . and
Scopelite, Thomas M.. to United States of America, Air Force. Rain-
drop counter 3,64 1 ,320. CI. 235-92.
Stoica, Valer: See—
Moisescu. Gheorghe. Stoica. \ aler, Wolf. Carol, and Spalaru.
Nicolae. 3.640.206
Stoppard. William E : See—
Nelson. John, and Stoppard. William E .3,640.160
Storage Technology Corporation: See—
Campbell, Ronald R . and Monroe. Roger A . 3.64 1 .277
Stowe. Robert A . and Martin. Irvin J , to Dow Chemical Company.
The Method of dehydrogenating compounds 3,641,180. CI 260-
669
Straarup. Orla: See—
Moller. Aage, and Straarup, Orla. 3, 640,467
Strakosch. Clarence P : See—
Anaslasio. Frank J ; Brundage. Clinton F . and Strakosch.
Clarence P .3.640.407
Strange. Carl P , and Liu. Gordon Y T . to Dow Chemical Company.
The Sulfur-curable olefin polymer compositions 3.641.211. CI
260-889
Stratman. John A.: See—
Rogers. John J., and Stratman. John A .3.64 1 .487
Strauss. Edgar H . to Ruti Machinery Works. Ltd Insertion element for
inserting weft threads on a loom 3.640.3 13. CI 139-12
Strauss. Edgar H . to Ruti Machinery Works. Ltd.. formerly Caspar
Honegger. Shed-forming apparatus on a loom 3.640.314. CI 139-
12
Strauss. Irvin. See—
Dabrush, Charles, and Strauss, Irvin,3,639,992.
Strickland, Barney R See—
llnyckyj, Stephan, Cole. John Charles O., Feldman, Nicholas, and
Strickland. Barney R .3.640.691
Strippoli. Francois: See —
Ferton, Jean-Yves. Hennebert. Jacques; and Strippoli. Fran-
cois,3.641 .295
Strombcrg-Carlson Corporation: iff —
Fassett. Matthew, and Unger. Phyllis S , 3.641.564
Strott. David B : iff—
Trimble. Carter H . and Strott. David B .3.640.678
Struth. Bert W iff—
Kivlen. John A . Struth. Bert W , and Weis;,. Clifford P..3,641 ,190.
Stuart, Robert W Rotary drill assembly 3.640.352. CI 175-107.
Stuhmer. Werner S«-f —
Milkowski. Wolfgang. Stuhmer. Werner, and Von Eickstedt.
Klaus-Wolf 3.64 1.1 25
Stults. Richard L . and Curry. Robert W , to Hughes Aircraft Com-
pany Surveillance and intrustio detecting system 3,641,266. CI
178-6 8
Stumphauzer. William C iff—
Hogstrom. Edwin F . Stumphauzer. William C . and Nord, Eric
T. 3.640.758
Sturgis. Clifford M Self-contained steam heating unit 3.640.456. CI
237-7.
Sturm. Hans-Jurgen. and Mayer, Kurt, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Disperse water-insoluble benzeneazo-3-
acetyl-or 3-propionyl-aninodiphenylamine dyestuffs 3,640.996. CI
260-207 1
Su, Aaron Chung Liong. to Du Pont de Nemours. E I., and Company
Rhodium based catalysts for the synthesis of 1 .4- dienes 3.640.898,
CI. 252-429.
Sues, Lawrence B., to United States of America. Air Force Spectrum
analyzer. 3,64 1 ,5 1 5, CI. 340- 1 73
Sugahara. Takashi. Suzuki. Minoru. Fukunaga. Tadayuki. and Fu-
kushima. Shozo. to Kawasaki Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Oil pres-
sure controlling device for big inertial load 3.640.069, CI 60-105
Sugden. David Burnet: iff-
Watson, Frank George, and Sugden, David Burnet, 3,640,077.
PI 44
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Sugino, Osakazu: See—
Ishihara, Masao, Sugino, Osakazu; Nishina, Yoshio; Kohno, Isao.
and Saioh, Yuzuru, 3,640, 721
Sullivan, Raymond: See-
Anderson, Daniel Gustav, Gladding, Edward Karcher, and Sul-
livan, Raymond, 3,641. 104
Sulzer Brothers, Ltd.. See—
Steiger, Anton, 3,640,466.
Sumitomo Chemical Company Limited: See—
Usamoto,Teruyoshi, and Okita, Taisuke, 3.641,215.
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd.: See—
Yamamoto. Hisao, Kitagawa, Sumio, Inaba. Shigeho, Sakai.
Shigeru. Hirohashi. Toshiyuki; Maruyama. Isamu. Akaisu. Mit-
suhiro, and Izumi, Takahiro. 3,64 1 .002.
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu: See—
Shirai, Takeaki, Sakakibara, Shigeru; Noguchi, Masaaki, and Su-
miyoshi, Masaharu,3,640,152
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigeru, Ito, Osamu, and Kato,
Takaaki, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, and Nippon-
denso Kabushiki Kaisha. Device for controlling in a stepwise manner
hydraulic pressure of working oil for use with an automatic transmis-
sion having a torque-converter 3,640, 151, CI 74-731.
Sun Oil Company: See —
Lyons, James E , 3,641,174
Moore, Robert E , and Janoski, Edward J , 3,641,167
Sunbeam Corporation: See—
Jackson, Wilbur C .and Beck, William P , 3,639,984
Kirwan, Warren J , and Bruning, Elmer E , 3,639,94 1
Sunkist Growers, Inc See-
Ross. John M.. White. Warren V , and Wortman, Robert R
3.640,366
Sunners, Brian See—
Hoogendoorn, Helen M , Liberman, Herbert E , Narken, Bernt,
and Sunners, Brian, 3,639,976
Sus, Oskar, Uhlig, Fritz, and Schafer, Heinz, to Kalle Aktien
gesellschaft Naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester 3 640 992
CI. 260-141
Susuki. Rinnosuke; Hoshi, Hiroshi; and Aral^i, Shinichi. to Raion Yushi
Kabushiki Kaisha. Spray pump 3,640,470, CI 239-333
Sutherland, David C : i>e—
Anderson, Howard H , Moyer, Rudolph H , Sibbett, Donald J
and Sutherland, David C, 3,640,624
Sutton, Howard D : See—
Longland, John R , Williams, Roy M , Jr, Sutton, Howard D , and
Scopelite, Thomas M. 3, 64 1 ,324
Sutton Research Corporation See—
Briskin, Theodore, and Ward, Geoffrey R . 3,640,285
Suzuki, Kenzo, and Sasaki, Seiya. to Riken Piston Ring Ind Co . Ltd
Process for producing aningot of chromium metal or chromium-base
alloy 3.640.700,CI. 75-10.
Suzuki, Masaru, and Hyodo, Masayoshi, to Kabushiki Kaisha Tokai
Rika Denki Seisakusho. Combination tum-signal and hazard-warn-
ing signal system 3,64 1 ,493. CI 340-8 I
Suzuki. Minoru: See—
Sugahara, Takashi, Suzuki, Minoru, Fukunaga, Tadayuki and Fu-
kushima, Shozo, 3. 640.069
Suzuki, Shigeyuki, Kaneda, Isamu, Takahashi, Masaaki, and Nagai,
Hiroshi, to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Process for
preparing soluble polyimide by the polycondensation of mellophanic
dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydnde, and an aromatic diamine, fol-
lowed by imidation of the polycondensation product. 3,640 969 CI
260-78
Suzuki, Toshio, and Kaneko. Toyo Foldable chair set 3,640.S68 CI
297-232
Suzuki. Yoshiaki See—
Osugi. Kinichiro. Suzuki. Yoshiaki, Mori, Tokio, and Inamoto
Toshiharu, 3,641. 561.
Svedberg. Per. to Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget Thyristor
circuit. 3.64 1 .404. CI. 3 I 7-235
Svenska Ackumulalor Aktiebolaget Jungner See—
Falk, Sven Uno. and Alfelt, Lars-Goran, 3.640.772.
SW Industries. Inc.: See—
Mitchell. Paul J . Jr , 3.639.957.
Swart. Richard H. Sr Humidifier control system 3 640 265 CI 126-
113
Swartz, Harold Lee: See—
Allen, Terry S, Lane, Lynn R ; and Swartz. Harold Lee. 3.640, 1 37
Sweeney, Richard F : See—
Anello. Louis G . Boghosian. Edward Michael. Jones, Edward S ,
Minhas, Pritam S , Price, Alson K , and Sweeney, Richard
F, 3,641,083
Sweeney, Robert Disposable self-packaging dustpan kit 3 639 937
CI, 15-104.8 «. e K . ,
Sweeney, William A : See—
Marquis, David M , and Sweeney, William A. ,3, 64 I . I 3 I .
Sweeny, Keith H ; and Fischer, James R , to United States of America,
Interior. Reductive degradation of halogenated pesticides
3.640,821, CI. 210-59
Swift, Harold E , to Gulf Researchilt Development Company Prepara-
tion of vinyl aceute. 3,64 1 , 1 2 1 . CI. 260-497
Swift, Harold E : See-
Ondrey. John A and Swift. Harold E..3.64 1 . 1 38.
Sylvander, Frederick B., to Bendix Corporation, The Solid state elec-
troluminescent moving display device 3,64 1 ,533, CI 340- 1 98
Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.: See—
Ashley, Albert H, 3,641,519
Audesse, Emery G , GrifTin, Robert M . Tartakoff, Alexander, and
Gutta, John J , 3,641.386.
Fern. John L and Mathers. James E, 3,639,932
Syntex Corpwralion i>r—
Fried, John H , and Harrison, Ian T, 3,641,161
Moffatt, John G . 3,641,055.
Szabo. J Lester: See—
Childress, Scott J ; and Szabo, J Lestcr,3,64 1 ,1 14
Sze, Morgan C : See—
Riegel, Herbert, Schindler, Harvey D, and Sze, Morgan
C. 3,641, 157
Tagawa. Hazime, to Matsushita Electronics Corporation Glow
discharge tube for code display 3.641,383. CI 313-109.5
Taguchi. Youichi, and Asano, Shinji. to Toyo Plywood Co., Ltd. Facing
plywood having printed gram 3.640,797, CI. 161-60
Tajiri, Hiromi See—
Hamanaka, Yasushi. Tajiri. Hiromi, Eloh, Kuniomi, Furukawa,
Kaoru.and Masai, Yukito,3,640.761
Takahashi, Masaaki See—
Suzuki. Shigeyuki, Kaneda, Isamu, Takahashi. Masaaki. and
Nagai, Hiroshi. 3. 640,969
Takahashi, Toshmaka See—
Uzu. Keizo. Nakano. Kinichi. and Takahashi
Toshmaka. 3. 64 1. 053
Takashima. Sciichi See—
Kinjo. Hisao. Iwabuchi, Yoshitaka. Takashima, Sciichi, Kato,
Takotoshi, and Okano, Kcigo.3.64 1 .278
Tanaka. Heiroku. to Matsuhita Electric Industrial Co , Ltd Pull-push
type switch 3,64 1 .292. CI. 200-76.
Tanaka. N on tosh i See—
Isobe. Hiroshi. Aoki. Hachiro, and Tanaka, Noritoshi, 3,640, 258.
Tanaka, Toshio .V*"*"—
Kanada, Takashi, and Tanaka, Toshio, 3,640, 38 1 .
Taniguchi, Koithi, to Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha Automatic anti-
skid braking system 3.640,589. CI 303-21.
Tao Gosei Chemical Industry Co , Ltd : See—
Ito. Hiroo, Nakamura. Seiichi, ar^d Inouc, Hidemu. 3,640,902
Tartakoff. Alexander: See-
Audesse. Emery G . GnfTin. Robert M . Tartakoff. Alexander, and
Gutta. John J .3.641.386
Taschcnberg. Ernest J . to Koppers Company. Inc Hydrodynamic lift-
type face seal 3. 640.541. CI. 277-96.
Tatom. John W See—
Searie. Norman, and Tatom. John W .3.640.468
Tauber. Elisha. and Murray. .Maxwell John, to Commonwealth Scien-
tific and Industrial Research Corporation Glazing concrete
3.640.754. CI I 17-70
Tautz, William Paul See-
Beaman, Aldcn Gamaliel, Duschmsky. Robert, and Tautz. William
Paul. 3. 64 1. 047
Taylor. Brian, and Parry. Philip James, to International Nickel Com-
pany. The Heat treatment of high chromium alloys to improve duc-
tility 3.640,777, CI 148-13
Taylor, Elmer N . to Hughes Aircraft Company Noise suppressor for
surveillance and intrusion detecting system 3.64 1.257. CI 178-6.8
TDK Electronics Company Ltd See—
Ezaki. Joichiro. 3.641.521
Technical Operations. Incorporated: See—
Bouche. Edmund L . 3.640.71 1
Tee-Pak. Inc .SVe—
Oppenheimer. Seymour, and Turbak. Albin F . 3.640.734
Oppenheimer. Seymour, and Turbak, Albin F , 3,640.735
Te'Eni. Moshe. to National Research Development Corporation Test
ing of concrete. 3.640.126. CI 73-88
TEFA Industri Aktiebolag See—
Larsson. Hans Tord E . 3.640.540
Tefft. Edward G . to General Electric Company Glass encapsulated
semiconductor device fabrication process 3.639.975. CI 29-580.
Teijin Limited: See—
Ichikawa. Yataro;and Yamanaka. Yoshiyuki, 3,641,1 12.
Ozawa, Shuji. and Fujie. Hiroshi. 3.640.970.
Tektronix. Inc See—
GrifTin, John R .3.641,555.
Teledyne. Inc See—
Foley. William R .Jr. 3,640,1 14
Telefunken Patentverwertungsgesellschaft m b H.: See—
Herold. Wolf, and Ohnsorgc. Horst. 3,641 ,273.
Telesco Brophcy Limited: See—
Bremshey. Fritz. 3.640.297.
Weber. Heinz. 3.640,298.
Teletype Corporation See—
Babler,EgonS . 3.641.262
Cless. Gerhard, and De Boo. Jerome L . 3.641.583.
Denley. Ronald S . 3.640,370
Geis, David G, 3,640.1 18.
Metz. Jack L . 3.641.588
Scott. Richard D . 3.64 1,407
Tellier, Jacques See—
Reulet. Philippe. Pfister. Alain. Tellier. Jacques; Blanc, Jean-Hen-
ry, Jorgensen. Kirsten Borre;and Bohlbro, Hans,3,641 ,102.
Tempel, Albert See—
Van der Kerk, Gcrrit Johann Meine, and Tempel, Al-
bert,3,64 1,078.
February 8, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 45
Templeborough Rolling Mills Limited: See—
Ashton, George Walker; and Ashton, John Congreve, 3.640,109
Temple. John J Reverse angle thread system for containers.
3.640,416, CI. 215-43.
Tenna Corporation: See—
Tolar, James H ,3,640,538
Tennant Company: See—
Carlson, Alfred D , and Kasper, Joseph G, 3,639,940.
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Deinct.Adolph J; and Klein, David X, 3.641,158.
Minieri, Pasquale Paul, 3,64 1 ,050.
Tension Structures Co.; See—
Huddle, Carl P., 3,640.296.
Terada. Yukio: See—
Kawamata. Tadashi; Hirota, Eiichi; Mihara. Toshihiro; and
Terada, Yukio,3.640,871
Termin, Eric; and Ismail, Roshdy, to Dynamit Nobel AG Process for
the manufacture of titanic esters 3,64 1 ,079. CI. 260-429.5
Texaco Inc.: See—
Harr, Stephen J, 3,640.858
Kolaian. Jack H, 3,640,825
Wiley. Morris A.; Lacoste. Roger G.. Henry, Clemence J., and
Waldbillig. James O, 3,640,872.
Texas Iron Works. Inc.: See—
Braddick. Britt O.; Lmdscy. Hiram E , Jr ; and McKieaman,
Charles J. 3,640.341
Textron. Inc.: See-
Howe. Ralph S., Jr . 3.640.592.
Voronoff. George N.. 3,641,579.
Thee. Alfred: See—
Brecker, Lawrence R.. and Thee. Alfred, 3,640,953
Theis. Kathleen. Apparatus for curling eye lashes. 3,640.290. CI. 132-
32.
Thelen. Charles O.; and Ziegler. Hans J , to Western Electnc Com-
pany, Incorporated. Bracket for mounting apparatus. 3.640,493, CI.
248-27.
Theodoridis, George Constantin Ring monitor. 3.64 1, 582. CI. 346-21
Thermalloy Incorporated: See—
Hartman. John H.. 3.640.399.
Thienel. Peter: See—
Linde. Hans; and Thienel, Peter,3,640,l 93
Thoma. Wilhelm. Oertel. Harald. Rinke, Heinnch, and Bahr, Ulrich, to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Linear, segmented polyu-
rethane elastomers. 3,640.937. CI. 260-30.8
TTiomas. Ian M.; See—
Levene. Leon; and Thomas, Ian M, 3. 640.093
Thomas. John E.: See —
Crowhurst. David B, and Thomas. John E .3.641.464.
Thomas. Klaus: See—
Ost. Walter; Thomas. Klaus. Jerchel. Dietnch; and Linden. Ger-
bert.3.64 1.062
Thomas. Manuel A. Preparing panent press garments by treating with
composition therefor 3.640,675, CI 8-1 15.6
Thomas. Robert J.: See—
Tomalia. Donald A . and Thomas, Robert J ,3,640,957.
Thomas. Robert M.; and Sands. John L., to Great Lakes Chemical Cor-
poration. Dipyridylium quaternary dihalide halogen complexes.
3,641, 041, CI 260-296.
Thompson, Burton J.; and Eide, Melvin O , to United Control Corpora-
tion. Transducer system with floating input circuit and constant cur-
rent output electronics. 3,64 1 ,4 1 4, CI. 31 8-662.
Thompson. Francis T. Alarm system, 3.64 1 .570. CI. 340-409
Thompson. James O.: See-
Champ. Robert B.; Jurgens, Henry A.; and Thompson, James
O..3.640.7I4.
Thompson. John T ; and Gillemot. George W Safety package assembly
and divider clamp therefor. 3.639.952. CI. 24-255.
Thomson. Lois J.: See—
Elliott, Melvin R, 3,640,378.
Thomson-CSF: See—
Brun, Henri; and Meilleroux. Jean-Louis. 3,641,426
Picquendar, Jean Edgar, and Torguet, Roger, 3.641.513
Thorn. Jurgen: See—
Hintringer, Otmar, Koniger. Walter, and Thorn. Jur-
gen.3.64 1. 35 1
Thow Lflwrcncc E Scc^-"
Slater. William W.. and Thow. Lawrence E ,3.640,926.
Throckmorton, Morford C , to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company,
The Binary catalyst system for the polymenzation of diolefins
3,640.989. CI 260-99.3
Thron. William E.: See—
Galbraith, Lyie D . and Thron, William E ,3,640,083.
Thylefors, Henric Wilhelm, to Alfa-Laval AB Centrifugal separator
3,640.452. CI. 233-1.
Tilford, Charles H , Blohm. Thomas R ; and MacKenzie, Robert D., to
Richardson-Merrell Inc. Allene polyamines 3.64 1.1 55. CI. 260-583.
Time. Incorporated: S«—
Means. John A. 3.640.843.
Tirrell. Clifford F: See-
Price, Raymond E.. and Tirrell. Clifford F ,3,639,968.
Tisdale. Alfonso, to Deering Milliken Research Corporation. Warp
beam let-off. 3.640.3 15. CI. 139-107.
Toa Gosei Chemical Industry Co.. Ltd.: See—
Kundo. Kishichiro; Iwata. Hiroo; Yamaguchi, Nario; Shimizu,
Sakae, and Tubuko, Kazuo, 3.640.709,
Toby. Dennis E.; See—
Raab. Lester R; and Toby, Dennis E ,3,640,203.
Tocquec, Yves, to Compagnie Generale d'Electricitc Scanning anten-
na having a spherical main reflector with moveable subreflector
3,641,577, CI. 343-754.
Todd, Herbert E: See—
Winfree, Jules P.. Todd. Herbert E.. and McComas. Charles
C. 3.640.778.
Tojyo, Ken: See—
Inoue, Masahiko; and Tojyo, Ken. 3. 639.95 1 .
Tokyo Roki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ochiai.Tuguo. 3,640.839
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co , Ltd.: See—
Kubo, Montada; Shigehara, Masamichi, and Nogiwa, Yasuo,
3,641.347.
Tokyo Sokuhan Co , Ltd.: See—
Isobe, Masahide, 3,640,600
Tolar, James H., to Tenna Corporation Universal tape recorder and
play back instrument. 3,640,538, CI 274-4
Toilet. Gunnar Record medium and a method for storage of informa-
tion. 3.64 1 ,3 1 8, CI. 235-6 1 . 1 2
Tomalia, Donald A.; and Thomas. Robert J , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The. Monooxazoline and oxazine cured epoxy resins.
3,640,957, CI. 260-47.
Tomiyasu. Hiroshi; Inagaki, Tsuguya, Kajiura. Hiroshi. and Watanabe.
Kinnosuke. Device for measuring flow rates of powdery and granular
materials. 3,640,1 35, CI. 73-228.
Tonne, Fnednch Checking device for checking the presence of per-
sonnel. 3,641,321 , CI. 235-92.
Toops, Emory Earl, Jr., to Commercial Solvents Corporation. Non-
caking, grained ammonium nitrate 3,640,697, CI. 71-27.
Topliss, John G , to Schering Corporation Thienol 1.2,4 Jthiadiazines.
3.641,017, CI. 260-243.
Topliss, John G , to Schering Corporation 2-Polyfluoroloweralkyl
benzophenones. 3,64 1, 147, CI. 260-562
Torguet, Roger: See—
Picquendar, Jean Edgar, and Torguet, Roger,3.64l .5 13.
Torite Enterprises, Inc : See—
Goy, Thomas J., Knieriemen, Richard P , and Reading, James E.,
3,640,390.
Touey, George P ; and Sloan, Cephas H , to Eastman Kodak Company
Plasticizer blend for cellulose esters 3,640,742, CI, 106-179
Touzinsky, Gerald F , and Maurer, Hans W , to Westvaco Corporation
Process for the simuluneous gelatinization and graft copolymenza-
tion of monomers onto sUrch 3,640,925, CI 260-17,4
Townsend, Lawrence B.: See—
Stockham, John D,; Townsend. Lawrence B . Ohihabcr. Ronald
L ; and Scopelite, Thomas M ,3,641 ,320
Toyo Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha: Ser—
Hamanaka, Yasushi; Tajiri, Hiromi, Etoh. Kuniomi, Furukawa,
Kaoru; and Masai, Yukito, 3,640,761
Inamura, Seiichi; Kondo. Yusuke; Akiu. Minoru. and Chikanari,
Kenichi, 3, 640,509
Toyo Denki Seizo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Hirose. Kengo; Ishiwata, Noboru, and Hukawa. Tadaomi.
3,641,394,
Toyo Engineering Corporation See—
Konoki, Keizo; and Ohsaki, Kozo, 3.640.052,
Toyo Plywood Co , Ltd : See—
Taguchi, Youichi, and Asano, Shinji, 3,640,797.
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Inoue. Masahiko; and Tojyo. Ken. 3.639.95 1
Shirai, Takeaki; Sakakibara, Shigeru; Noguchi, Masaaki, and Su-
miyoshi, Masaharu, 3,640,1 52
Sumiyoshi, Masaharu, Sakakibara, Shigeru, Ito, Osamu, and Kato,
Takaaki, 3,640,151
Tozawa, Seiichi: See—
Miyazaki, Kazuhide, and Tozawa, Seiichi, 3.640,683
Trainer, Richard P , to Shell Oil Company Spent shale retort with
sonic oscillator clinker cutter, 3,640,849, CI, 196-124,
Trans-Horizons. Inc: See-
Wolf. Jesse David. 3.640. 1 99
Transalarm Electronics. Inc : See-
Cutler, Joel L, and Glickman, Joel L , 3,641,425
Traube, Robert J , to FMC Corporation, Conveyor system, 3,640,412,
CI, 214-152,
Trautman, Charles E,: See—
Rocchini, Albert G,; and Trautman, Charles E ,3,640,868
Tredwell, Oilman: See-
Koch, Robert L., II.; and Tredwell, Oilman, 3, 640, 8 1 4
Trepanier, Donald L.; and Kneger, Paul E , to Etow Chemical Com-
pany, The, Thiazolo-as-triazines, 3, 64 1,0 19, CI 260-248
Trepka, William J ; and Sonnenfeld, Richard J , to Phillips Petroleum
Company. Process for the polymerization of conjugated dienes with
haloaryllithium initiators, 3,640.988. CI 260-94,2
Tri W-G Inc: See-
Wieland. Roman G,. Weber, A John; Bearfield, Clair A,, and
Cole. Raymond, 3,640.520,
Trifunoxic. Alexander L.; Hodges. James R.; and Shick, Richard L, to
Bancroft, Joseph. & Sons Co. Mechanical treatment of material
3.64 1.234. CI. 264-282.
Trimble. Carter H.; and Strott. David B , to Molybdenum Corporation.
Yttrium purification process. 3,640,678, CI 23-22.
PI 46
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Troemel. Gerhard See—
Ziemann, Heinz, Lehmann. Wolfgang, and Troemel, Ger-
hard,3,640,840.
Trowbridge, James L Foldable boats. 3,639.933, CI. 9-2.
Troxel Manufaclunng Company See—
Worley, George W , 3.640,548
Truemper, John P.: See—
Ohntrup. Frederick P., Truemper. John P.; and Smith, Billy
C .3,641,413
TRW Inc i>e—
Kuykendall. James H . 3.64 1 .424.
TRW Semiconductors Inc See—
Bailey, Robert F ,3,640,783
Tubuko, Kazuo: See—
Kundo. Kishichiro. Iwata, Hiroo. Yamaguchi. Nario; Shimizu.
Sakae, and Tubuko, Kazuo, 3,640. 709
Tullman. Gerald M : See—
Bachman.Gustave B . and Tullman, Gerald M .3,641.122
Tummala, Rao R : See —
Detweiler. John R . Jr , and Tummala, Rao R .3,640,738
Tummarello, Natale J Means for mounting concrete structural mem-
bers 3.640.328. CI. 151-41.7
Turbak, Albin F : See —
Oppenheimer, Seymour, and Turbak, Albin F .3.640.734.
Oppenheimer. Seymour, and Turbak. Albin F, 3, 640, 735.
Turene. Francis E ; See —
Revitz. Martin, and Turene. Francis E .3.641 ,402.
Turk, James R , to Marine Electro Mechanical. Inc Horsepower me-
ter 3.640, 131. CI 73-136
Turnbull, William S.: See—
Marshall, John Stephen, and Turnbull, William S .3.640.066.
Turner Brothers Asbestos Company Limited: See —
Darling. Thomas W . 3,640.929
Turner, Leonard, Howman. Eric James, and Bradshaw, Christopher
Patrick Cadman, to British Petroleum Company Limited. The Dis-
proportionation of olefmes 3.64 1,1 89. CI 260-683
Turowski, Johannes: See—
Ruhl, Karl. Franck. Heinz-Gerhard, and Turowski,
Johannes, 3. 64 1.1 66
Tustin. Arnold, and Sell, Richard Geoffrey, to British Railways Board
Trolley wire overhead electric supply systems for electrically
powered vehicles. 3,64 1,285, CI 191-40
Twist, Douglas: See—
Giddings. David George, and Twist. Douglas. 3. 640. 694
Ube Industries. Ltd.. See—
Yamada, Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki, Odan,Kyoji, Nakamura. Yasuo,
andHidaka.Mijio. 3.641.100
Yamada. Keisho. Nagai. Shigeki. Odan, Kyoji. Anma. Yasutaka.
andHidaka.Mikio. 3,641,101.
VM\g,Fnlz See—
Sus, Oskar, Uhlig. Fritz, and Schafer. Hemz, 3. 640,992.
Uhlig, Helmut, and Grampp. Ekkehard, to Rohm Gesellschaft mit
bescharankter Haftung Enzymatic treatment of soya meal.
3,640.723. CI. 99-9
Uhrick, David A.: See-
Box. E O . Jr . and Uhrick, David A. .3.64 1,182
Unger, Phyllis S See—
Fassett, Matthew, and L'nger. Phyllis S. 3.64! ,564.
Unicorn Industries, Inc.: See—
Phillips, Lawrence, Jr . 3.641 ,472.
Union Carbide Corporation: See —
Brode, George Lewis; and Pickering, Timothy Lee, 3,640.965
Chow. Sui-Wu. and Smarook. Walter H , 3.640.838.
Lundberg. Robert Dean. Koleske. Joseph Victor; Pollart, Dale
Flavian; and Smarook. Walter Henry. 3,64 1 ,204.
Matzner, Markus. 3.64 1 . 200
Papa. Anthony Joseph, and Proops, William Robert. 3.640.91 I
Peck. David W, and Gentry. Robert R . 3.64 1.115
Pickert, Paul Eugene, 3,640,68 1
Schofield, John Allan; and Delano. Roger A.. 3.640.884.
Union Oil Company of California: See —
Backlund. Peter Stanley. 3.640.698 ;
Booth.FrankB. 3,641,076 f
Fenton. Donald M, 3,64 1.071 !
Fenton. Donald M . 3.64 1 ,074.
Fenton, Donald M. 3.641.137. ,
Uniroyal, Inc : 5^f — f
Lauchlan, Robert L. 3,64 1 ,207.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Biancardi. Frank R . and Melikian, Gorken, 3.641,453.
Brown, Clyde O., and BuUis, Robert H., 3.641.457.
Galasso. Francis S . and Veltri, Richard D.. 3.640.693
Winfree. Jules P.. Todd. Herbert E.. and McComas. Charles C.
3.640,778.
United Control Corporation: S«—
Thompson, Burton J .and Eide. Melvin O, 3.641 .414
United Engineering and Foundry Company: See-
Sieger, Maunce Paul, 3.640.334.
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority: See—
Horsley, Geoffrey Winton, and Burnett, Ronald Cyril. 3.641 .227
McCormick, Andrew. 3,641.339.
United Piece Dye Works. The: See—
Blount. Charles. Jr . and Crandall. Nelson. 3.640.102.
United States of America
Agriculture: See —
Marvel. Carl S , and Chow. Roberta C. L., 3,640.927
Air Force See—
Bilow. Norman, and Rosenberg. Harold. 3.640.959.
Bilow. Norman, and Rosenberg. Harold. 3.640.963.
Boothe. Willis A . and Bottone. Salvatore. Jr . 3.640.300.
Bush. Henry J. .3. 64 1,440
Eaton. Bruce, 3.640.174
Ekiund. Phillip R. 3.640.59 I
Fisher. Mahlon B , 3.641.352.
Gordon, Hayden S . 3.64 1 .446
Jauvtis. Harvey I . 3.641 .523
Mifflin. Ralph W . Wheeler. Joseph P . and Massoud. Joseph T..
3.641.433
Rosenthal. Sidney. 3.640. 169
Staehlin. John H . and Peon. Gilbert A . 3,640.168
Stockham, John D . Townsend, Lawrence B.. Ohihaber, Ronald
L., and Scop>elite, Thomas M , 3,64 1 .320
Sues, Lawrence B . 3.64 1 .5 I 5
Army See —
Messina. Joseph F . and Gisser. Henry. 3.640.859
Atomic Energy Commission See—
Baybarz. Russell D . and Peterson. Joseph R . 3.640.888.
Case. Forrest N . Garrison. Arthur W.. Kau, Donald L., and
Smiley. David E .3,640.808
Dixon, Rod P .3.640,336
Duncan, Richard D , and Salzano, George H , 3,640,1 15.
Knight, James T . and Lee, Parley L , 3.640,805.
Krawetz. Barton, 3.641 ,454
Partridge, Jerry A , and Jensen, Reilly C , 3.64 1.226.
Price. Vernon G , and Grow, Richard W., 3,641,465.
Ripley, Charles C, 3,640,845
Robcrtshaw, Fred C. Bartos. Jon . Hurst. James J ; and McGur-
ty. James August. 3,640.704
Schurman, Walter R , 3.639,978
Shank. Richard C . Zucker. Carl E.. Jones. David H . Ribbq
Harry F q Jr , and Bayard. Robert T , 3.640,844
Watts. Geoffrey P , 3,641.444
Interior: See —
Johnson. Glenn E , 3.640,846
Scheiner, Bernard J . Lindstrom. Ronald E . and Henrie.
Thomas A .3.639.925
Sweeny. Keith H . and Fischer. James R . 3.640,821.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Administrator,
with resF)ect to an invention of:
Mangion. Charles System for pre-conditioning a combustible
vapor 3.640.256. CI 123-122
Navy See-
Beck. Cyrus. 3.641.268
Belohoubek.ErwinF , 3,641.388
Chatham. James R . and Licata. William H . 3.640.178
Herndon, John W .3.641.260
Kaufman. Martin H . O'Drobinak. John D . and Dake. James O .
Jr . 3.640.070
Mandel. Louis. 3.641.428
Murphree. Francis J . and Marrero, Michael T . 3.641 .485.
O'Drobinak. John D , and Kaufman, Martin H , 3.640.785
Petrick. John T , and Gray, Reginald I , 3.640.224
Petropoulas. Spyros K . Jchle. Robert E.. and Halberstam, Men-
del M. 3.64 1 .350
Piltman. Ed P . and Stanford, Roy A , 3.641.427
Porter. Harry B , and Weinhardt. Robert A . 3.640.484
United States Steel Corporation See —
Lankard. David R . and Sheets. Herbert D , Jr , 3,640,737
Stanley. Edward B . 3.640.780.
Universal Oil Products Company: See —
Geiscr, Edward M , 3,640.629.
Hilfman, Lee, 3,640.903
Klein, Lawrence C , and Stevens. Laurence G.. 3.640,684.
OHara. Mark J .3,640,817.
Schmerling, Louis, 3.641 .1 59
Schmerling, Louis, and Dombro. Robert A . 3.64 1 .165.
Watkins. Charles H .3.640.819
Wellnitz.GregoryL. 3.640.286
University of Illinois Foundation: See—
Bitzer. Donald L . Bandy. Lyie E , Johnson. Roger L., and Skaper-
das. Dominic O. 3.641.529
Unterstenhofer. Gunter See—
Buchel. KarlHeinz. Drabcr. Wilfried. Hammann. Ingeborg, and
Unterstenhofer. Gunter. 3. 64 1 .098.
Upjohn Company. The See—
Argoudelis. Alexander D.. and Coats. John H.. 3.64 1 .244.
Upstone. Harlan R See —
Lutz. Leiand H , Heileman. Richard C, Upstone. Harlan R..
Leonard, John M., and Ottow, Mclvin A. ,3,639.950.
Uraneck, Carl A : See —
Burleigh. John E ; and Uraneck, Carl A. ,3,640.986.
Urethane Fabricators. Inc : 5ef—
Fleck. Paul H .3.641.228.
Urquhart. Thomas N See—
Koltuniak. Michael A . and Urquhart. Thomas N, 3 ,641 .419.
U.S. Electronic Services Corporation: See—
Bunting, Henry E . and Smith. Paul E , 3.641.254.
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 47
us Philips Corporation: See—
Albers. Wouter, and Verberkt. Jacobus, 3,64 1 ,406.
Cregeen. Derek. 3.641. 382
Lorenz, Rainer. 3.640.749
Van der Kerk. Gerrit Johann Meine. and Tempel. Albert.
3.641.078
Van Dijk, Hendrikus Josephus Antonius. 3.640.807.
Zuurveen, Frans, 3,639,979
Usamoto, Teruyoshi; and Okita. Taisuke. to Sumitomo Chemical Com-
pany Limited. Co-curable composition using peroxides and malei-
mides as crosslinking agents 3.641.2 15, CI 260-897.
Utton. Norman, to Automotive Products Company Limited Clutch
bearing with magnetic support. 3.640.364. CI 192-98
Uzu, Keizo; Nakano, Kinichi, and Takahashi, Toshinaka, to Kyowa
Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha O-acyl decarbamoyl mitomycins
3.641, 053, CI. 260-326.3
Vacuum Concrete Corporation of America: See —
Creskoff. Jacob J.. 3.640.562
Van Arsdale, LyIe R.: See-
Grove, Marvin H . Kim. Kee W ; and Van Arsdale. LyIe
R .3,641,542
Vandenberg, Edwin J., to Hercules Incorporated. Polymerization of
epoxides with dihydrocarbon zinc pre-reacted with water.
3,640,908. CI. 260-2
Van der Grinten. Willem J . and Jernakoff. George, to General Electric
Company. Multichannel readout mass spectrometer. 3,641,340, CI.
250-41.9
Van der Kerk, Gernt Johann Meine, and Tempel, Albert, to U.S.
Philips Corporation. Method for preparing bis(alkyldiphenyl tin) sul-
fide. 3,64 1,078, CI. 260-429.7
Van Dijk, Hendrikus Josephus Antonius, to US Philips Corporation
Method of manufacturing a semiconductor device and semiconduc-
tor device manufactured by said method 3,640.807. CI 204-143
Van Driessche, Oscar Julien: See—
Volbach, Heinz, and Van Driessche, Oscar Julien. 3. 640. 507.
van Drunen. Korstiaan J. M.: See—
Fontijn. Wilhelmus J , and van Drunen, Korstiaan J. M. 3. 64 1,232.
Van Elven, Aris: See—
Overmars, Henricus Gerardus Josef; Van Elven, Aris, and Noltes,
JanGerrit,3,641.178
Van Heyningen. Earle M.: See-
Murphy, Charles F . Webber. J Alan. Kaiser. Gary V., Van
Heyningen, Earle M . Wright. Ian G . and Cooper. Robin D
G ,3.641.014.
Van Ligten, Raoul F., to American Optical Corporation Simulation of
an extended incoherent object source in holography so as to
eliminate speckle noise. 3,640.599. CI. 350-3.5
Vapor Corporation: See —
Maher. Frank A. 3,639,963.
Varadi, Peter F , and Sebestyen, Laslo G Magnetic transducer having
a conductive metal powder gap spacer 3,641.281. CI 179-100 2
Varian Associates: 5^^—
Leidigh, William J, 3,641,389.
Noble, Lowell A., 3,640,597
Vaughan & Bushnell Mfg. Co.: 5«—
Porter. Laurence W . 3,640,324
Vaughn, Richard C Neckwear construction 3,639,916. CI. 2-130.
VEB Carl Zeiss Jena See—
Winter. Ernst. 3.640.471
Veeder Industries Inc.: See—
Prosprich. Frank B .3.641.536
Veening. Albert Hendnk: See—
Beersma. Pieter Johannes Adrianus. and Veening. Albert Hen-
drik,3,640,756.
Velsicol Chemical Corporation: See—
Richter. Sidney B , and Krenzer, John, 3,641,143.
Richter, Sidney B.; and Kaplan, Ephraim H , 3,64 1 .220.
Veltri. Richard D : See—
Galasso. Francis S.; and Veltn. Richard D. 3.640,693
Vepa AG: See —
Fleissner, Heinz, and Fleissner, Gerold, 3.639.955.
Verberkt. Jacobus: See—
Albers. Wouter; and Verberkt. Jacobus. 3. 64 1 .406
Verbridge. Ralph Gary. 25% to Schovee & Boston Dual wheel for
trucks. 3.640.583. CI. 301 -9
Vereinigte Osterreichische Eisen-und Stahluwerke Aktiengesellschaft
See-
Spannlang, Ronald, 3,640.503.
Verga. John, to Hazeltine Research. Inc Resonant fixture vibration
amplifier. 3,640,1 24. CI 73-71 6
Vergara. William C : See-
Green, Norman. Greenhouse. Harold M . Vergara. William C :
and McGill, Robert L. Jr. 3.641 .372
Verheul. Comelis, to Schwing. Friedrich W Slide valve for high-
viscosity pumps. 3,640,303. CI 1 37-238.
Verolme Vacuumtechnik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kurz.OtmarJG. 3.640.832
Vertin. Thomas D. Method and means for making master models.
3,640,182, CI. 90-13.8
Vick, Stephen L., to Black and Decker Manufacturing Company. The
Brush lead retainer. 3.641 .379. CI. 310-239
Victa Limited; See-
Glover, Peter David, Forshaw, Richard; and Steele, William Hen-
ry, 3,640,253.
Victor Company of Japan. Limited See—
Kinjo. Hisao; Iwabuchi. Yoshitaka. Takashima. Seiichi; Kato,
Takotoshi. and Okano. Keigo. 3.64 1 .278
Villa. Alfonso: See—
MacLean. Charles C. III. and Villa. Alfonso, 3. 640.040
Vinokur. David. Vehicle anti-theft device utilizing cigarette lighter as
timer. 3.64 1. 492. CI. 340-65
Virsberg. Lars-Goran, to Allmanna Svenska Elektriska Aktiebolaget.
Means for recording transient voltages 3.64 1 .587. CI 346-74
Viste. Kenneth L,: See—
Horrom. Bruce W.. Crovetti. Aldo J . and Viste. Kenneth
L .3.640.699
Vockenhuber. Karl: See— /
Keznickl. Eduard. 3.640.44 1
Voelz. Frederick L . to Atlantic Richfield Company Carburetor ad-
justing method 3.640.255. CI 123-1 19
Vogelsberg. Walter H . to Black and Decker Manufacturing Company.
The. Touch control for electrical apparatus 3.64 1, 4 10. CI 318-345.
Vogt. Clarence L . to Bobrick Aero-Missile Products Pressure relief
valve. 3.640.306. CI 137-512.1
Vogt. Herbert; and Pause. Helmut Apparatus for non-destructive
materials testing of continuously advanced work pieces 3.640,123,
CI. 73-71.5
Volbach, Heinz, and Van Driessche. Oscar Julien. to Arbed S A
Barbed wire of increased tear resistance 3.640.507. CI 256-6
Volger. Hendrik C : See—
Nakamaye. Kay L ; Slaugh. Lynn H . Spooncer, William W . and
Volger. Hendnk C. .3.64 1 . 1 70
Volkmann. Werner Karl: See —
Graf. Carlton Eugene. Skogsholm. Einar Aasen. and Volkmann.
Werner Karl. 3.64 1.42 1 *■
Von Duprin. Inc : See —
Zawadzki. George Z . and Godec, Maksimiljan. 3.640.560.
Von Eickstedt. Klaus-Wolf: See—
Milkowski. Wolfgang. Stuhmer. Werner, and Von Eickstedt,
Klaus-Wolf,3,641,125
Von Hippel. Eric A . to Graphic Sciences. Inc Paper feed mechanism
3.640.482. CI. 242-67 I
Von Hippel. Hans-Joachim Longwall mining apparatus 3.640.574. CI
299-32.
Von Hollen. John. Hand drill and drill press 3.640.635. CI 408-101
Von Konig. Anita. Moll. Farnz. Muller-Bardorff. Wolfgang, and
Saleck. Wilhelm. to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft Silver halide
emulsions containing bis-heter- cyclic n-containing compounds as
antifoggants. 3 .640.7 1 9. CI 96- 1 09
Voronoff. George N.. to Textron Inc Frequency independent IcR an-
tenna 3.64 1.579. CI. 343-7925
Vossen. John Louis, Jr RCA Corporation Method of metalizing
semiconductor devices. 3,640.81 I. CI 204-192
Vossen. John Louis. Jr ; and Banfield. Joseph Henry, to RCA Corpora-
tion. Method of making electrical contacts on the surface of a
semiconductor device. 3.640.8 1 2. CI 204- 1 92
Waage. Bard Meyer, to Habia Kommanditbolag Method of applying a
lubricating and friction- reducing layer on the inner surface of a tu-
bular body ofmctallic material 3.639.960. CI 29-149.5
Waddan. Dhafir Yusuf: See—
Cornforth. David Arthur; Waddan, Dhafir Yusuf, and Williams.
Derek.3.641.106
Wagner. Milton H. Mobile irrigation pnnkler process and apparatuses
therefor. 3.640.462. CI. 239-1 1
Wahl, James A , and Nieminski, Robert A , to Eaton Yale & Towne
Inc. Industrial vehicle. 3,640,415, CI 214-672
Waki, Isamu. to Hartz Mountain Pel Foods. Inc Detachable supf)ort
device for pegboards. 3.640.497. CI 248-225
Waldbillig, James O.: See—
Wiley. Morris A . Lacoste. Roger G . Henry. Clemence J . and
Waldbillig. James O .3.640.872.
Walford. Gordon L See—
Shen. Tsung-Ying. Witzel. Bruce E . and Walford, Gordon
L .3.641.134.
Walker. Clarence L . to Sherwood Medical Industries Inc Variable
capacity fiuid dispensing device 3.640,434. CI 222- 1 44 5
Walker, Darrell W , to Phillips Petroleum Company Oxidative conver-
sion catalyst 3.640.901. CI 252-437
Walker, Edward R See—
O'Brien. Donald G . and Walker. Edward R.,3.64 1 .479
Walker. Harold L . to Applications Unlimited. Inc Pressurized con-
tinuous flow liquid applicator with shut-off valve. 3.640.630. CI
401-188.
Walker. Richard A 5<'f—
Field. Lester M . Walker. Richard A . and McKee, William
E ,3.640.712
Wall. Lamar J . to Poly-Optics. Inc Decorative structure for fiared
fibres. 3.641. 335. CI. 240-10
Wallace. Robert P . to Mile Corporation Apparatus for utilizing hot
and cool gas for thrust embedding a metal insert in a body of heal
softenable material. 3.640.655. CI 18-1
Wallingford. Clarence Robert, to Hazeltine Research. Inc Semicon-
ductor signal generating circuits 3. 64 1. 369. CI 307-260.
Walsh. William L:5ff-
Hay. Russell G.. McNully, John G. and Walsh, William
L ,3,641.086.
Walther. Eric G . to Environment/One Corporation CO measuring
method and device 3.640.688. CI 23-232.
PI 48
LIST OF PATENTEES
Februarys, 1972
Walton, Charles L Protective shield for lathe 3.640. 321. CI 142-55
Walton. George W Valve seal ring including metal retainer rings
3,640.501. CI. 251-332.
Walz, Klaus. Hees. Walter; and Quaedvlieg. Mathieu, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for dyeing fibre
materials of polyacrylonitrile of aery lonitrile-containing copolymers.
3,640.677, CI. 8-172.
Waner. Donald W.. Liuell. John E.. and Olsen. Roger F , to North
American Rockwell Corporation. Control system for coordinated
actuation of a transmission and throttle. 3.640.1 55, CI 74-875.
Wang Laboratories: See—
Chu.GeYao. 3,639.965
Wanger, Robert P., to General Electric Company. Vertical orientation
device. 3.640,487, CI. 244- 15
WankeIG m.b.H ;5«—
Stephan, Gerhard. Harst. Heinz; Laux, Gunter; and Kappes, Al-
fred. 3,640,799.
Wantling. Joseph W . to Wedge Wire Corporation. Screening ap-
paratus and method 3.640,383, CI 209-17.
Ward. Geoffrey R . See—
Briskin, Theodore, and Ward, Geoffrey R. .3.640.285
Waren. Frank Arthur Oakley: See—
Mason. Frederick Percival; and Waren. Frank Arthur
Oakley. 3.640.247
Warner & Swasey Company. The: See—
Schuman. Ralph H , 3,640.632
Warner. Paul F.. and Huxley. Edward E., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Tarnish preventive composition comprising hydroxy contain-
ing thiol sulfides. 3.640.736. CI 106-3
Warner-Lambert Company: See —
Zinnes. Harold; Shavel. John. Jr . and Lindo. Neil A., 3.64 1 ,032
Warner-Lambert Pharmaceutical Company: See —
Shavel, John. Jr.. and Farber. Sheldon. 3.641,152.
Warren Petroleum Corporation: See—
Phelps, Rex V, 3,640,237.
Waschk, Fritz. Muller. Jurgen; Kneger. Heinrich; and Heindrich,
Gunter, to Apparatus for wet treatment of photographic film, or the
like. 3,640,205, CI
Washecheck. Paul H.; See-
Portwood. Owen, Jr , Starks, Charles M , and Washecheck, Paul
H, 3,641. 163
Wasney. Albert Jr.: See—
Chaplin, Richard W., Holscher, Donald J , Wasney, Albert Jr , and
Wheeler, Bryce A. ,3,641, 261
Watanabe, Ichiro; See—
Murayama, Keisuke; Morimura. Syoji, Yoshioka. Takao; Matsui,
Katsuaki; Kuramada, Tomoyuki; Watanabe, Ichiro, and Ohta,
Noriyuki. 3.640.928.
Watanabe, Kinnosuke: 5**—
Tomiyasu. Hiroshi. Inagaki, Tsuguya. Kajiura. Hiroshi. and
Watanabe. Kinnosuke. 3.640, 135.
Watanabe. Yoshio. and Sakai, Tetsushi, to Nippon Telegraph and
Telephone Public Corporation. Semiconductor device and method
ofproducing the same. 3.640.806. CI. 204-143
Waterman, Herrick,: See—
Fuller, Ralph A., and Snodgrass, Earl D., 3,640,190.
Watkins, Charles H., to Universal Oil Products Company. Inhibiting
LPG production in a hydrocracking process 3,640,8 19, CI 208- 1 1 1
Watson, Donald W., to Xerox Corporation. Combination controller-
label form for article labeling systems. 3,641 ,3 I 3, CI. 235-61 6
Watson, Frank George; and Sugden, David Burnet, to Robbins, James
S , and Associates, Inc. Shield tunneling method. 3,640,077, CI. 61-
42.
Watters, Larry H., to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The. Method
of retarding fouling of a substrate surface. 3,640,769. CI. 134-42
Watts. Geoffrey P . to United States of America. Atomic Energy Com-
mission. Baseline compensating integrator. 3.641 .444. CI. 328-127
Watts, Raymond W Prefabncated panel of shingles 3,640,044, CI. 52-
543.
Waugh, Clayton Thomas: See-
Rowley, Edward Kenneth, and Waugh, Clayton
Thomas, 3.640,790.
Weagant. William D.. to Sigman Industries. Inc. Cable splice cover
3.641. 253, CI. 174-93.
Weaver. Max A.. Pridgen. Herman S., and Coates. Clarence A., Jr., to
Eastman Kodak Company. Mono azo compounds containing an
aroyl-amino-n- alkoxycarboriyl benzylaniline coupling component.
3,640,995, CI. 260-207.1
Webb, Austin A Rail car and supporting track and switch system.
3,640.227, CI. 104-130.
Webb, Bryant F ; and Schwalm. Bruce D.. to Sperry Rand Corporation
Flail type rotor for a material spreader. 3.640.473. CI. 239-658
Webb. John M.:5«-
Loxley. Ted A . Webb. John M ; and Barber, Walter G .3,640.398
Webber. J Alan: 5«-
Murphy, Charles F., Webber. J Alan, Kaiser, Gary V.. Van
Heyningen. Earie M.; Wright, Ian G.; and Cooper, Robin D.
G ,3,641,014
Weber, A. John: See—
Wieland, Roman G.; Weber, A John; Bearfield. Clair A.; and
Cole, Raymond, 3,640, 520.
Weber, Heinz, to Telesco Brophey Limited. Automatically-opened,
longitudinally-collapsible umbrella with improved handle.
3.640.298, CI. 135-25
Wedge Wire Corporation: See—
Wantling. Joseph W.. 3,640.383.
Weil.EdwardD 5«-
Biranowski, Jerome B , and Weil, Edward D .3.641.202.
Weinberger, Hershel, to State of Israel Braille typewriter. 3,640,368,
CI 197-6.1
Wemgarden, Marshall L Cassette album 3,640,379, CI 206- 1 .
Weinhardt. Robert A See—
Porter, Harry B , and Weinhardt, Robert A ,3,640,484
Weinz, Ernst A Open-loop stepping motor control circuit for a
machine tool 3,64 1 ,4 1 5, CI 3 1 8-696
Weir, Donald Robert See—
Zubryckyj. Nicolas, Mackiw. Vladimir Nicolaus; and Weir,
Donald Robert. 3.640. 706
Weisfeld, Lewis B . to Cincinnati Milacron Chemicals Inc
Halogenated resins stabilized with novel compositions. 3.640,950.
CI 260-45 75
Weiss, Clifford P:i>f-
Kivlen. John A . Struth, Bert W , and Weiss. Clifford P ,3,64 1 ,1 90.
Weiss, Margaret Rozman, to Miles Laboratories, Inc Immunological
reagent and process for making same 3,64 1 ,235, CI 424-8.
Weiss, Shirley I , deceasedO (by Albert, Joel M , executor). Annular
cutting blades 3,640,027, CI 51-206.
Weisshuhn, Peter: See—
Oelmann, Peter, and Weisshuhn, Peter,3, 640,522.
Weist, Edward Landis: See—
Demler, Henry William, Sr , and Wcist, Edward Landis, 3,640, 552
Weitzel, Hans, Dinges. Karl, Gobel, Wilhelm; and Hardt, Dietrich, to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Thermoplast moulding
compositions 3,641,206, CI 260-876
Welcker, Clyde J , and Welcker, Roland, to Wclckcr Corporation.
The Shrimp processing apparatus. 3.639,946, CI 17-71.
Welcker Corporation, The See—
Welcker, Clyde J , and Welcker, Roland, 3,639,946
Welcker, Roland: See—
Welcker. Clyde J , and Welcker, Roland, 3,639,946
Weldotron Corporation: See—
Zelnick, Seymour, and Wildmoser. Martin Michael, 3,640,048.
Wellnitz, Gregory L , to Universal Oil Products Company Ashtray
with use indicator. 3,640.286, CI 131-235
Werkzeugmaschincnfabrik Oerlikon-Buhrle AG See—
Hottinger, Conrad C ,3,640,177
Signst.Hugo. 3,640,179.
Werneth. Charles J See—
Di Vita, Philip S . Powers, Earl N.. and Werneth. Charles
J .3,641,509
Wessel Hardware Corporation: See—
Lormcz, Eugene M , 3.640,106
Westerkamp, Hugo, and Dubois, Robert, to Huber & Co Magnetic
phonograph pickup having plural inducing magnets 3,641,284, CI
179-10041
Westerlund, Gothe O , to Chcmech Engineering Ltd Method for con-
ducting electrolyte to, from and through an electrolytic cell.
3,640,804, CI 204-95
Western Electric Company, Incorporated: See—
Ludwig, DavidP, 3,640,444
Thelen, Charles O , and Ziegler, Hans J.. 3.640,493
Western Kraft Corpt^ration See—
Bastian, Donald Lee, 3,640.449.
Westmghouse Electric Corporation: See—
Cricchi, James R . and Lancaster, Edgar D, Jr., 3,641,5 1 1.
Gyugyi, Laszlo, 3,641 ,417
Hoffman. Emil De Coudres, 3,64 1 ,537.
McNally. Francis X , and Chiosi, Louis, 3.641 ,353.
Zerby, John C ,3,641.443
Weston Chemical Corporation: See—
Friedman, Lester, Rattenbury, Kenneth H.; and Guttag, Alvin.
3.641,218
Westvaco Corporation: iW —
Forbes, Hampton E , Jr., and La Freniere, Lawrence J., 3,640,447.
Touzinsky, Gerald F . and Maurer, HansW , 3,640,92 5
Wheeler, Bryce A : See—
Chaplin, Richard W , Holscher, Donald J , Wasney, Albert Jr ; and
Wheeler, Bryce A. ,3,64 1,261
Wheeler, Joseph P.. See—
Mifflin. Ralph W , Wheeler. Joseph P., and Massoud, Joseph
T ,3.641.433
Whirlpool Corporation: See—
Harrison. Bobbv G , and Esche, Charies D , 3,640.087.
Mason, Anthony, 3,639,998.
White, Bobby J: 5«-
Smith,CliffordE,and White, Bobby J ,3,641,184.
White, Donald J , and Navin, William R., Jr., to General Instrument
Corporation Contour mapping system. 3,641 ,484, CI. 340-3.
White, Letcher T Dust eliminating coal mining apparatus. 3,640,580,
CI 299-31
White. Richard E. Shower curtain holder 3.639.919, CI. 4-149.
White. Warren V; iVc-
Ross. John M.. White. Warren V.. and Wortman. Robert
R, 3.640.366
Whitehead, Cecil Thomas, and Critchley, Anthony Francis Ewart, to
International Computers Limited. Data recording apparatus
3,641,502. CI. 340-172.5
V-
Februarys, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 49
Whitehurst, Gerald E.: See—
Clark, Richard B ; Morris, Hugh C ; and Whitehurst. Gerald
£.3,640.359.
Whitfill, William A , Jr , to Schlumberger Technology Corporation
Spiral tubing cutter. 3,640, 1 8 1 , CI 90- 1 I 4
Whiting, John S : See—
Cupp. Frederick B; and Whiting. John S .3.641 .506.
Whitney. John A.; and Woods. Richard E , to Eckrich. Peter. & Sons,
Inc Telemetering transmitter 3.641 ,538. CI. 345-208.
Whittaker Corporation: See—
Findley, Harold J . and Meier, James L, 3,640,94L
Wicke,CharlesH :5«-
Gulick, Ronald A.; and Wicke, Charles H, 3,640, 140.
Widder, Rudi: See—
Distler, Harry; and Widder, Rudi, 3.64 1 ,072
Wiechert, Rudolf See-
Engelfried, Otto, Neumann, Friedmund; and Wiechert, Ru-
dolf,3, 64 1.0 13
Wieland. Roman G.. Weber, A John, Bearfield, Clair A.; and Cole,
Raymond, to Tri W-G Inc Therapy treatment tilt table. 3,640,520,
CI. 269-323.
Wilcox, Harold R.. to Riggs & Lombard. Inc Continuous open width
washer. 3.640.101. CI 68-175.
Wild. Anthony Musgrave: See—
Hayman. David Frank, and Wild. Anthony Musgrave. 3.641. 123
Wilder, Joseph R.; See—
Reick, Franklin G.; and Wilder. Joseph R, 3.64 1 ,332.
Wilder, Joseph R.: See—
Reick, Franklin G.; and Wilder, Joseph R, 3,641 .332.
Wildmoser, Martin Michael: See-
Zelnick, Seymour; and Wildmoser, Martin Michael, 3,640,048.
Wiley, Morris A.; Lacoste, Roger G, Henry, Clemence J; and Waldbil-
lig, James O., to Texaco Inc. Automatic trasmission fluid. 3,640.872,
CI 252-75.
Wilke, Gunther, and Muller, Ernst Willi. Process for the production of
dimersand trimers of conjugated dienes. 3,64 1,1 75, CI. 260-666.
Wilkinson. Carolyn J.: 5^^—
Kamen, Jack M; and Wilkinson, Carolyn J. ,3,640,282.
Williams. Derek: See—
Comforth, David Arthur, Waddan, Dhafir Yusuf. and Williams.
Derek,3,641,106.
Williams Instruments, Inc.: See—
Williams, Robert A., 3,641 ,430.
Williams, Laurence Lym»n, to American Cyanamid Company. Wet
strength resins. 3,640,936, CI. 260-29.6
Williams, Ralph P , to Phillips Petroleum Company 3-Hydrocarbylox-
ynitrile synthesis. 3,64 1 ,099, CI. 260-465.6
Williams, Robert A., to Williams Instruments, Inc Electncal contact
test apparatus for cap of a military aircraft ejection rack. 3,64 1 ,430,
CI. 324-51.
Williams, Robert J., to Dover Molded Products Company. Throw-away
closure for test tube. 3,640,418, CI 215-41
Williams, Roy M.,Jr: S«-
Longland, John R , Williams, Roy M.. Jr.. Sutton. Howard D . and
Scopelite. Thomas M. 3.64 1 ,324
Williamson. J. E. (Johnnie): S«—
Arnold, Lucius P.; by Arnold. L. P ; and Arnold. Evelyn S ; heirs.
3.640.025.
Willingcr. Allan H.. to Metaframe Corporation Siphoning device
3.640,302, CI. 137-142
Willingcr, Allan H., to Metaframe Corporation Aerating device.
3,640,516, CI 261-121.
Wilson, Calvin L., to Reynolds Metals Company Disposable broiling
pan. 3,640,209, CI 99-446
Wilson, Phillip M. Electrode holder for arc welding. 3,641,310, CI
219-127.
Wilson, Robert C, Jr., to Mobil Oil Corporation Clinoptilolite blends
with shape-selective catalyst. 3,640.905. CI 252-455.
Windmoller & Holscher: See—
Mundus. Friedhelm. 3.640. 187.
Rochla. Kurt. 3.640.794.
Winfree. Jules P ; Todd. Herbert E ; and McComas, Charles C, to
United Aircraft Corporation. Coating of titanium alloys. 3,640,778.
CI. 148-6.
Wingood. Ivan L.: See-
Klein, Gerhart P.; and Wingood, Ivan L ,3,64 1 ,399.
Winslow, Alfred Edwards; and Spicer, John Calvin, to Borden Com-
pany, The. Method for controlling adhesion of paper on yankee drier
with polyamidesand resultant products. 3, 640, 84 1, CI. 162-164.
Winter, Ernst, to VEB Carl Zeiss Jena. Annular atomizer for flame
photometry. 3.640.47 1 . CI. 239-337
Wise. Albert W.:S«-
Gates. John W., Jr.. Wise. Albert W.; Beavers. Dorothy J.; and
Miller. Paul E, 3,64 1,046.
Wisleder, Robert W: 5«-
Cushman, Glenn F ; Prasad, Brijeshwari,, and Wisleder, Robert
W ,3,641,563.
Witco Chemical Corporation: See—
Chisholm, Daniel R ; Solomon. Jack M.; and Isbitsky, Bernard,
3,641.022.
Witzel, Bruce E.:S«—
Shen, Tsung-Ying; Witzel. Bruce E ; and Walford. Gordon
L..3.64l,134.
Wojcik. Gerald E.. to Owens-Illinois. Inc Electroconductive sintered
glass 3.640.906, CI 252-519.
Wolf, Carol: S«-
Moisescu, Gheorghe; Stoica, Valer, Wolf, Carol, and Spauru,
Nicolae.3. 640.206
Wolf. Eberhard: See—
Maier, Martin; and Wolf Eberhard. 3. 640,056.
Wolf Jesse David, to Trans-Horizons, Inc Photographic scan camera
using a pivoted mirror. 3,640, 199. CI 95-15
Wolfe, Raymond: See—
Robbins, Murray, and Wolfe, Raymond, 3,640, 864.
Wolfe, Robert N., to Eastman Kodak Company Projection screen.
3,640,602, CI. 350-120
Wolverine World Wide, Inc : See-
Harian, Martin L., Davis, Jerry L , and Nyland, Lloyd A.,
3,640.325,
Wolverine-Pentronix, Inc.: See—
Smith. Joseph E, 3.640.654
Wolverton. Harry D.: 5**—
Cunning. Alfred C; and Wolverton. Harry D ,3,640.128.
Womble, George E., to Kewanee Machinery & Conveyor Company. S-
shaped standard. 3.640.348. CI 172-573
Wood, Prentice J , to Mead Corporation, The Bottle carrier.
3,640.448, CI. 229-40
Wood. Prentice J , to Mead Corporation. The. Carrier for flanged arti-
cle. 3.640,563. CI. 294-87.2
Woods Richsrd E S^^^~~
Whitney, John A; and Woods, Richard E ,3.641.538
Woodward Governor Company: See—
Schelin. Carl O ; and Eisentraut, Arne L., 3,639,972
Woodward, Jack Thomas Armon, and Jordan, Edward Graham, to
Standard Telephone and Cables Limited Magnetic recording head
of multiple core printed circuit construction. 3,641,586, CI, 346-74.
Worley, George W., to Troxel Manufacturing Company Bicycle saddle
brace. 3,640,548. CI. 280-289
Wortman, Robert R.: See-
Ross, John M; White, Warren V ; and Wortman, Robert
R. ,3.640,366.
Wright, Arthur J: S«—
Lm. Chao-Han; and Wright. Arthur J .3.641.01 1 .
Wright. Ian G.:5«-
Murphy. Charles F. Webber. J Alan, Kaiser. Gary V ; Van
Heyningen, Earie M , Wright, Ian G , and Cooper, Robin D.
G, 3,641,014.
Wright, William Blythe, Jr , and Brabander, Herbert Joseph, to Amer-
ican Cyanamid Company Substituted benzoxazolecarboxamides
and benzothiazolecarboximides 3,641,029, CI 260-268
Wuttke, Gerhard: S*f—
Eberle, Hans; and Wuttkc, Gerhard.3 ,640,92 1 .
Wyandotte Chemicals Corporation: S*^—
Hymes. Alan C, Margulis. Rajko R . and Nalbandian, Robert M.,
3.641.240.
Kokorudz. Michael. 3.64 1 , 1 5 1
Wydler, Robert, to Maag Gear Wheel & Machine Company Limited
Gear tooth system for gear pumps. 3.640,650, CI 4 1 8-206
Wyke, Edward R., to Litton Business Systems, Inc Planographic print-
ing plate. 3,640,221 , CI 101-453.
Xerox Corporation: See— ^
Becker, Gunter E., 3,640,406 \
Caldwell, John P ,3,640,707. ^
Cassano, James R , Smith, Charles E , and Kalvitis, Robert E.,
3,640,614.
Egnaczak, Raymond K , and Squassoni,Gino F , 3,640,616.
Haas, Werner E. L., 3,640,746
Jeromin, Lothar S , and Hoyt, Hazen L , 111, 3,640,246
Mammino, Joseph, and Ferguson, Robert M . 3,640,710.
McGuire, John V ,3,641,319
Nielander, William B., 3,640,248.
Schaeffer, Robert A., 3,640,615.
Watson, Donald W , 3,641 .3 13.
Young, Eugene F., 3,640.249
Yagishita, Aisaburo Heating and concentrating tower for plating waste
recovery unit. 3,640,331, CI 159-23.
Yamada, Keisho, Nagai, Shigeki, Odan, Kyoji, Arima, Yasutaka; and
Hidaka, Mikio, to Ube Industries, Ltd Process for the manufacture
of acrylonitrile by ammoxidation of propylene 3,641,101, CI 260-
465.3
Yamada, Keisho; Nagai, Shigeki, Odan, Kyoji, Nakamura, Yasuo; and
Hidaka, Mijio, to Ube Industries, Ltd Process for the manufacture of
acrylonitnle 3,64 1,100, CI 260-465 3
Yamaguchi, Nario: See—
Kundo, Kishichiro, Iwata, Hiroo, Yamaguchi, Nario, Shimizu,
Sakae; and Tubuko, Kazuo,3,640,709
Yamaguchi, Terumolo, to Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha Device for
forming the stator cores for dynamo- electric machines and alternat-
ing-current machines. 3,640, 1 65, CI 83-1 16.
Yamamoto, Hisao; Kitagawa, Sumio, Inaba, Shigeho, Sakai, Shigeru,
Hirohashi, Toshiyuki; Maruyama, Isamu, Akatsu, Mitsuhiro, and Izu-
mi, Takahiro, assors. to Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd.
Benzodiazepine derivatives and salts thereof 3.641,002, CI. 260-
239.3
Yamanaka, Yoshiyuki: See—
Ichikawa, Yataro, and Yamanaka, Yoshiyuki, 3,64 1 ,112
PI 50
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 8, 1972
Vancik, Joseph J , Schulze, Roy E , and Rydlund, Paul H , to Monsanto
Company Blasting agents containing guar gum 3,640.784. CI 149-
43
Yang. Kang See—
Johnson. Morris A . and Yang, Kang,3,641 ,1 72
Yao. Ying L , to International Business Machines Corporation
Dynamic shift/store register 3,64 1 ,360, CI 307-22 1
Yarnell, John, to Hawker Siddely Dynamics Limited Optical informa-
tion processing method employing photochromically-generated
holograms as spatial filters 3,640,604, CI 350-162
Yates, James F : See—
Lundeen, Allan J , and Yates, James F.,3,641 ,085
Yates, Lester R , Dorsey. Charles M , Jr , Howell, John B , Conklin.
Winfred S , Sawicki, Joseph J., Shepherd, Reeves T , and Soares. Sil-
vio, to Bendix Corporation, The. Wide band crystal controlled trans-
ceiver with remote digital tuning 3,64 1,434. CI 325-17
Yoo, Jin Sun, and Koncos, Robert, to Atlantic RichHeld Company
Process for polymerizing olefins. 3,64 1 , 1 88, CI. 260-683 . 1 5
Yoshioka, Takao See—
Murayama, Keisuke, Morimura. Syoji, Yoshioka, Takao. Matsui,
Katsuaki, Kuramada, Tomoyuki, Watanabe, Ichiro, and Ohta.
Noriyuki. 3. 640,928
Yoshitomi Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. See—
Nakanishi, Michio, Kobayashi. Ryosuke. Abe. Kozo. and Mukai,
Toshihiko. 3,641,060
Young, David W ; See—
Chambers, Robert R , Isaacson, Henry V , and Young, David
W ,3,640,973
Young, Elgin E See-
Dan. Donald E , Edwards, G Byron, Loehr, Clifford E , and
Young, ElgmE .3,640.745
Young, Elwyn Richard: See—
Scanlon, Patricia M , and Young, Elwyn Richard, 3, 641 ,103
Young, Eugene F , to Xerox Corporation Transfer apparatus
3,640,249, CI 118-637
Young, Feramorz H Chair coupling device 3,640,569, CI 297-248
Young, James M. Method of making multiple tendon, prestressed seg-
mented concrete beam 3 639,973, CI 29-452
Young, Stephen A Connection for spout adjustment 3,640,305, CI
137-360
Yui, Nooyuki Henry See—
Hullinger, Clifford H . Cohen, Lawrence, and Yui, Nooyuki Hcn-
ry.3.640.842
Yushin Seiki Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha See —
Shimomura, Yoshisada, 3,64 1 ,489.
Zahoransky, Anton, Firma: See —
Zahoransky, Heinz. 3,640,582.
Zahoransky, Heinz, to Zahoranskv, Anton. Firma Brush-making
machine 3,640.582, CI 300-3.
Zawadzki. George Z . and Godec, Maksimiljan, to Von Duprin, Inc
Electric latch strike 3,640,560, CI 292-341 16
Zdaniewski. Joseph J See—
Bostick. Edgar E . and Zdaniewski. Joseph J .3.641 ,090
Zeller, Paul See —
Hegedus. Balthasar. and Zeller. Paul. 3,64 1 ,097
Zelnick. Seymour, and Wildmoser, Martin Michael, to WeldotrorvCor-
poration Methtxl and apparatus for a pallet load 3.640,048, CI 53-
30
Zenith Radio Corporation See—
Farbanish, Walter, 3,64 1 .576
Zerby, John C , to Wcstinghouse Electric Corporation. Frequency
compensated pulse time discriminator 3.64 1 .443, CI 328-109.
Ziegelhoffer, Paul See —
Nystrand. Ernst Daniel. Spencer, Harvey J., and Ziegelhoffer,
Paul, 3. 640, 050.
Ziegler. Hans J See —
Thelen. Charles O , and Ziegler. Hans J .3.640,493
Ziegler. William E See—
Rupert, Samuel J , and Ziegler, William E ,3,640,667
Ziemann, Hcinz. Lehmann, Wolfgang, and Trocmel. Gerhard, to Far-
benfabnken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft 3 Component reaction
product and process for increasing the wet strength of paper
3,640,840, CI 162-164
Zildjian, Robert, to Avedis Zildjian Avedis Company Method of
buffing a metal percussion instrument 3.640,029, CI 5 I -322
Zimmerman. Burton R . BtnJIey. Roger W , and Goodman, Robert C ,
to Educational Research Council of America Cardboard camera
and kit therefor 3,640, 195, CI 95-11
Zinnes, Harold. Shavel. John. Jr . and Lindo, Neil A , to Warner-Lam-
bert Company N.NDisubstituted 2-alkyl-3-hydroxy- 1 (2H)-
istxjuinolonecarbamates 3. 64 1,032, CI 260-287
Zito Compan\ , Inc . The See —
Zito, Ralph, Jr . 3,640, ■'70
Zito. Ralph, Jr , 3,640,771
Zito, Ralph. Jr , to Zito Company, Inc . The. mesne Rechargeable
metal halide battery 3.640,770. CI 1 36-6
Zito. Ralph. Jr , to Zito Ct)mpany. Inc . The. mesne Metal bromide
battery 3, 640, 771, CI 136-6
Zubryckyj, Nicolas, Mackiw, Vladimir Nicolaus, and Weir, Donald
Robert Method for recovering substantially pure nickel from am-
moniacal nickel d.Timonium carbonate leach solutions. 3,640,706,
CI 75-103
Zucker.CarIt See-
Shank. Richard C . Zucker, Carl E , Jones, David H , Ribbq Harry
F q Jr , and Bavard. Rt.bert T ,3,640,844
Zust. Armin See~^
Schmkler, Walter, and Zust, Arm in, 3, 641 ,03 I
Zuurveen, Frans, to US Philips Corporation, mesne Dry-shaving ap-
paratus 3,639,979. CI. 30-43.6
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES^
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 8th DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
Hiyst. — Arranged In accordance with the tlrst significant character or word of the name (in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice).
Brown. Hesper P. Mobile storage cabinet. 222,933, 2-8-72,
01, D14— 3.
Cole, Eric L., to Wilkinson Sword Ltd. Sword blade. 222,934,
2-8-72, 01. D22— 1.
Cole, Eric L., to Wilkinson Sword Ltd. Sword blade. 222,935.
2-8-72, 01. D22— 1.
Cole, Eric L., to Wilkinson Sword Ltd. Sword blade. 222,936,
2_8_72 01 D22 1
Cole, Eric L.', to Wilkinson Sword Ltd. Sword blade. 222,937,
2-8-72, 01. D22— 1.
Oole Eric L., to Wilkinson Sword Ltd, Sword blade. 222,938,
2-8-72, 01. D22— 1.
Oongoleum Industries. Inc. : iSee —
Tejeda, Oscar G., and Shortway. 222,958.
Dallalre, Raymond M. Extruded plastic meeting rail tor win-
dow unit. 222,932, 2-8-72, CI. D13— 6.
DeSoto, Inc. : See —
Eaves, Randall H. 222,940.
Eaves, Randall H., to DeSoto, Inc. Fireplace grate. 222,940,
2-8-72, 01. D23— 98.
Gillette Co., The: See —
Mgro. Louis V. 222,931.
Goldfarl), Barbara L. Hat. 222,930, 2-8-72. 01. U2 -239.
Haas, Robert V., to The Singer Co. Oil container. 222,939,
2-8-72. 01. D23— 5.
Ivac Corp. : See —
Sato, Stephens N. 222,956.
Sato, Stephens N. 222,957.
Kaneko, Shlro. Spoon or similar article. 222,952. 2-8-72. CI.
D54— 12.
Knox, William \V., to Mag-N'lf, Inc. Game piece box. 222.945.
2-8-72, 01. D34— 5.
Knox, William W., to Mag-Nlf, Inc. Novelty amusement de
vice. 222,946, 2-8-72, 01. D34— 15.
Knox, William W.. to Mag-Nif, Inc. Transposition puzzle.
222 947 2—8—72 01 D34 15.
Knox,' William W.* to Mag-Mf,'lnc, Stacking puzzle. 222,948.
2_8_72 ci D34 15
Knutson,' Robert 0., to Vexllar. Inc. Depth meter. 222,941,
2-8-72. 01. D26— 1.
Krumln. Donald K.. and R. J. Toth. to Motorola, Inc. Tele-
vision camera or similar article. 222,955, 2-8-72, Cl.
D61— 1.
Mag-Nif, Inc. : See —
Knox, William W. 222,945.
Knox, William W. 222,946.
Knox, William W. 222,947.
Knox, William W. 222,948.
Majewski, Eugene J. Storage rack for wine bottles or the like
222,950, 2-8-72, 01. D44— 29.
Manderfleld, Ellen B., to Oneida Ltd. Spoon. 222,95.H, 2-S-72.
01. D54— 12.
Motorola, Inc. : See —
Krumln, Donald K. and Toth. 222,955.
Nigro, Louis v., to The Gillette Co. Dispensing cuntalner for
liquids or the like. 222,931, 2-8-72. Cl. D9— S3
Oneida Ltd. : See —
Manderfleld, Ellen B. 222,953.
I'elensky, Walter J. Stringed musical instrumenr 222.054.
2-8-72, 01. D56— 1.
Sato, Stephens N., to Ivac Corp.
222.956, 2-8-72, 01. D83— 1.
Sato. Stephens N.. to Ivac Corp.
222.957, 2-8-72, 01. D83— 1.
Shleslnger. Bernard E., Jr. Reed switch envelope. 222,942.
2-8-72, 01. D26— 13.
Shleslnger, Bernard E.,
2-8-72, 01. D26— 13.
Shleslnger, Bernard E..
2-8-72, 01. D26— 13.
Shortway. Harry A. : See —
Tejeda, Oscar G., and Shortway. 222,958.
Singer Co., The : See —
Haas, Robert V. 222,939.
Souder, Raymond G. Hanging planter. 222,949 2-S-72
D35— 3.
Stringer, Freeman. Combined litter and article stowage bucket
for automobiles or the like. 222.951, 2-8-72. Cl. D49— 34
Tejeda, Oscar G., and H. A. Shortway. to Congoleum Indus-
tries. Inc. Solid surface floor covering or similar article
222.958, 2-8-72, 01. D92— 4.
Toth Richard J. : See—
Krumln, Donald K. and Toth. 222,955.
Vexllar, Inc. : See —
Knutson, Robert C. 222,941.
Wilkinson Sword Ltd. : See —
Cole, Eric L. 222,934.
Cole. Eric L. 222.935.
Oole. Eric L. 222,936.
Oole, Eric L. 222,937.
Oole, Eric L. 222,938.
Fluid delivery apparatus.
Fluid delivery apparatus.
Jr. Reed switch envelope. 222,9-i;i
Jr, Reed switch envelope. 222,944,
Cl
PI ^
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED FEBRUARY 8, 1972
Note. — First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
S-!
CLASS 2
93 3,639,914
114 3,639.915
130 3,639,916
270 3.639,917
CLASS 4
67 3,639,918
149 3,639,919
166 3,639,920
172 1 1 3,639,921
237 3,639,922
CLASS 5
2 3,639,924
81 3.639,926
91 3,639,927
327 3,639,929
330 3,639,930
343 3,639,931
CLASS 8
41 3.640,674
115 6 3,640,675
127 6 3.640.676
172 3,640.677
CLASS 9
2F 3,639,933
CLASS 13
22 3,64 1,249
31 3,641.250
CLASS 14
71
3,639,934
72
3,639,935
CLASS 1$
4
3,639,936
104 8
3,639,937
25006 3.639.938
320
3,639,939
352
3,639,940
372
3,639,941
CLASS 16
29
3,639,942
82
3,639,943
153
3,639.944
CLASS 17
U 3,639,945
7! 3,639,946
CLASS 18
I 3,640,655
8 3,640,670
16 3,640,660
35 3,640,668
CLASS 23
I5R 3,640,679
22 3,640,678
111 3,640,680
3,640,681
137 3,640,682
145 3,640,683
147 3,640,684
153 3,640,685
181 3,640,686
209 I 3,639,953
230B 3,640,687
232R 3,640,688
CLASS 24
305R 3,639,947
49 3,639.949
205 17 3,639,948
230 3,639.950
3,639,951
255BC 3,639,952
CLASS 25
1 3,640,658
CLASS 28
ICL 3,639,954
16 3,639,955
CLASS 29
116 3.639.956
120 3.639.957
130 3,639,958
132 3,639,959
149 5NM 3,639,960
149 5B 3,639,961
155R 3,639,962
1573R 3,639,963
15901 3,639,964
195 3,640.689
196 1 3,640.690
203MM 3,639,965
203D 3,639,966
211 3.639,968
237 3,639,967
408 3,639,969
411 3,639,970
437 3,639,971
451 3,639,972
452 3.639,973
493 3,639,974
580 3,639.975
603 3,639,976
628 3,639,977
3,639,978
CLASS 30
34 I 3,639,984
43 6 3,639,979
102 3,639.980
114 3,639,981
279 3,639,982
294 3,639,983
CLASS 32
11 3,639,985
14A 3,639.986
CLASS 33
ISA 3,639,989
2 3,639,987
1 I 3,639,988
18R 3.639,990
I9A 3.639,991
174PA 3,639.992
3.639,994
174 3,639,993
179 3,639,995
199 3,639.996
221 3,639,997
CLASS 34
82 3,639,998
92 3,639,999
125 3,640,000
218 3,640,001
CLASS 35
8R 3,640,002
CLASS 36
2 5AL 3,640,003
8 1 3,640,006
15 3,640,004
CLASS 37
42R 3,640.005
CLASS 38
41 3.640.007
CLASS 40
2R 3.640,008
2 2 3.640,009
124 1 3,640,010
133A 3,640,011
CLASS 42
IR 3,640,012
77 3,640,013
CLASS 43
42 43 3,640,014
83 5 3,640,015
CLASS 44
I 3,640.016
62 3,640,691
63 3,640,692
CLASS 45
19 3,640,05 2
CLASS 46
23 3,640,017
29 3,640,018
49 3,640,019
CLASS 47
I 3,640,020
9 3,640,021
CLASS 49
3,640,022
215R
3,640,026
289S
3,640,028
322
3,640,029
325
3,640,030
391
3,640,031
CLASS 52
2
3,640,032
7D
3,640,034
36
3,640,033
126
3,640,036
169
3,640,037
177
3,640,035
224
3,640,038
281
3,640,039
337
3,640,040
390
3,640,041
475
3,640,042
508
3,640,043
543
3,640,044
747
3,640,045
749
3,640,046
420
CLASS 51
8 3,640,023
165 87 3,640,024
206 3,640,027
215AR 3,640.025
CLASS 53
22A 3,640,047
30 3,640,048
3,640,049
120 3,640,050
178 3,640,051
CLASS 55
19 3,640,052
227 3,640,053
228 3,640,054
CLASS 56
106 3,640,055
370 3,640,056
CLASS 57
18 3,640,057
34TT 3,640,058
34R 3,640,059
58 84 3,640,060
58 89 3,640.061
88 3,640,062
140R 3,640,063
144 3,640,064
CLASS 58
90R 3,640,065
CLASS 60
5 2HF 3,640,068
5 3R 3,640,066
54 6P 3,640,067
105 3,640,069
220 3,640,070
221 3,640,071
258 3,640,072
CLASS 61
IF 3,640,073
IR 3,640,074
5 3,640,075
42 3,640,076
3,640,077
69A 3,640,078
69 3,640,079
7 2 3 3,640,080
CLASS 62
1 3,640,081
6 3,640,082
5 2 3,640.083
101 3,640,084
158 3,640,085
210 3,640.086
227 3,640.087
320 3,640,088
3,640,089
436 3,640,090
5 14 3,640,091
CLASS 64
28 3,640,092
CLASS 65
2 3,640,693
116 3,640,694
134 3,640,093
CLASS 66
19 3,640,094
147 3,640,095
176 3,640,096
3,640,097
12R
19 1
150
175
176
177
210
41
93
129
456R
1
9
27
29
1 18
CLASS 68
3,640,098
3,640,099
3,640,100
3,640.101
3,640,102
3.640.103
3.640,104
CLASS 69
3,640,105
CLASS 70
3,640,106
3,640,107
3,640,108
CLASS 71
3,640,695
3,640,696
3,640,697
3,640,698
3,640,699
24
36
52
53
67
I 16
201
380
444
639
698
216
CLASS 72
37 3,640,109
56 3,640,110
60 3,640,111
138 3,640,112
332 3,640,113
365 3,640,114
393 3,640,115
476 3.640,116
CLASS 73
IR 3,640,117
9 3,640,118
23 3,640,119
53 3,640,120
54 3,640,121
67 9 3,640,122
71 5 3,640,123
716 3,640,124
73 3,640,125
88R 3,640,126
95 5 3,640,127
118 3,640.128
119R 3,640,129
133 3,640,130
136A 3,640,131
146 3,640,132
1948 3,640,133
228 3,640,135
3,640,136
299 3,640,134
CLASS 74
5 34 3,640,137
89 15 3,640,138
3,640,139
3,640,140
3,640,141
112 3,640.142
23005 3,640,143
242 15R 3,640,144
248 3,640,145
364 3,640,146
424 8R 3,640,147
434 3,640,148
574 3,640,149
674 3,640,150
731 3,640,151
752 3,640,152
759 3,640,153
800 3,640,154
866 3,640,156
869 3,640.157
875 3,640,155
CLASS 75
IOC 3,640,700
40 3,640,701
59 3,640,702
lOlR 3,639,925
101 3.640,703
103 3,640,706
128W 3,640,704
172 3,640,705
CLASS 79
176 3,640,734
CLASS 81
58 3 3,640,158
165 3.640,159
8 8
9
45
33
CLASS 83
3,640.160
3,640.161
3,640,162
3,640,163
3,640,164
3.640.165
3,640,166
3,640.167
3,640.168
3.640.169
3.640.170
CLASS 84
3,640.17 1
CLASS 85
3,640,172
3,640,173
3,640.174
3.640,175
CLASS
CLASS
181
33F
4ICF
87
3.640,176
89
3,640,179
3,640,177
3,640,178
CLASS 90
IIR 3,640,180
114 3,640,181
138 3,640.182
CLASS 91
1 3,640,183
387 3,640,184
411R 3,640,185
CLASS 92
169 3.640.186
CLASS 93
8R 3.640.187
3601 3.640,188
49R 3,640,189
94PS 3,640.190
CLASS 94
13 3,640,191
50R 3.640,192
CLASS 95
4 5R 3,640,193
IIL 3,640.194
IIR 3.640.195
3.640.724
1 1 5R 3,640.196
12 3.640,197
13 3.640.198
15 3.640,199
19 3,640,200
3IF:L 3,640,201
42 3.640,202
89R 3,640,203
94R 3,640,204
95 3,640,205
CLASS 96
1 4 3.640.707
1,5 3,640.708
3,640,709
3,640.710
27H 3.640.7 11
27 3.640,712
29 3,640,713
49 3,640.7 14
55 3.640.715
56 3.640.716
59 3.640.7 17
89 3.640.718
109 3.640.719
111 3,640.720
114 4 3.640.721
1I5P 3.640.722
CLASS 99
9 3.640.723
17 3.640.725
68 3.640.726
77 1 3.640.727
80R 3.640.728
83 3.640.729
91 3.640.730
113 3,640.731
114 3,640,732
148 3,640,733
176 3,640,735
237 3.640,206
327 3,640,207
408 3,640,208
446 3.640,209
CLASS 100
53 3,640,210
258 3.640.211
CLASS 101
7 3.640.212
g 3.640.213
45 3,640,214
5 3 3,640,215
93C 3,640,216
3.640,217
375 3,640,218
401 1 3,640,219
426 3,640,220
453 3,640,221
CLASS 102
24 3,640,222
28 3.640,223
3.640.224
79 3.640,225
CLASS 104
96 3,640.226
130 3,640,227
CLASS 106
3 3,640,736
19 3.640,737
54 3,640,738
65 3,640.739
138 3.640.740
170 3.640.741
179 3.640.742
300 3.640,743
3,640,744
3,640,745
CLASS 108
6 3,640,228
58 3.640.229
63 3,640.230
106 3.640.2 31
CLASS 110
■'R 3.640.232
gR 3.640,233
CLASS 111
6 3,640,234
CLASS 112
121 29 3.640.235
24 3 3,640.236
CLASS 114
16R 3.640.23^
235A 3.640.238
CLASS 115
27 3.640.239
28 3.640.240
CLASS 116
109 3.640,24 1
173 3.640,242
CLASS 117
P 5 3,640,746
21 3,640,747
28 3,640.749
33 3 3,640.748
36 2 3.640.750
37LE 3.640.751
47 3.640,752
62 2 3,640.753
708 3.640,754
71 M 3.640.7 55
76A 3,640.756
93 IPF 3.640.757
96 3.640.758
97 3,640,759
99 3,640,760
lOOC 3,640,761
107 1 3.640.762
126GF 3.640.763
212 3.640.764
3.640,765
218 3,640,766
234 3,640,767
CLASS 118
24 3,640,243
PI 53
/
PI 54
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
212 3.640.244
59
3.640.320
CLASS 176
143GE 3.640.806
CLASS 226
1889
3.640.496
259 3.640.245
CLASS 142
18 3,640,844
3.640.807
25 3.640.438
225
3.640,497
629 3,640,246
5 5
3.640 321
36 3.640,845
158HE 3.640.808
32 3.640.439
230
3.640.498
637 3.640.247
3,640,248
3,640,249
CLASS 122
CLASS 144
34F. 3.640.322
193A 3.640.323
CLASS 178
5 4ST 3,641,255
3,641,256
6 3,641,263
180G 3.640.809
181 3.640.810
192 3.640.811
3.640.812
34 3,640,440
49 3,640.44 1
158 3.640.442
CLASS 227
CLASS 250
4 1 9G 3,641.339
3,641.340
49 5E 3 64! 34 1
406Sr 3,640,250
CLASS I4S
6 5 3,641,264
299 3.640.813
120 3.640.443
52
3.641 .342
406S 3.640,251
29R 3.640.324
6 6A 3,641,265
300 3.640.814
CLASS 228
71R
3.'64l!343
CLASS 123
CLASS 146
6 8 3,641,257
CLASS 206
X- Lc r^ hj L> A A u
4 3 640 444
71
3.64 1.344
8 31 3,640.25 2
241
3.640.325
3,641,266
IR 3.640.379
r^ u A f^ c^ * * rf^
83R
3.641.346
I03B 3,640,253
CLASS 148
7,3R 3,641,258
4 3.640.380
CLASS 229
15 3.640.445
17R 3.640.446
3.640.447
40 3.640.448
44 3.640.449
53 3.640.450
83 3HP
3.641.348
II9CF 3.640.254
II9R 3.640.255
I22AB 3,640,256
136 3,640,257
6
6
12
13
3.640.778
16 3.640.776
7 3.640.781
3.640.777
3,641,267
3,641,268
7 5R 3,641,259
7 7 3,641,260
56AA 3.640.381
CLASS 208
10 3,640,816
59 3,640,817
83 3H
3,641.345
3.641.347
3.641.349
3.64 1.350
140KG 3.640.258
140MC 3.640,259
32 5 3.640.779
111 3 640 780
7 8 3,64 1,261
25 3,641,262
65 3,640,818
III 3,640,819
203
207
3.641.351
3,64 1,352
148K 3.640,260
186
3.640.783
27 3,64 1.269
CLASS 209
1 2 3 640 382
CLASS 232
2I3VT
3.641,353
188S 3.640,261
187
3,640.782
CLASS 179
43 1 3.640.451
216
3,641,354
CLASS 124
CLASS 149
2A 3,641,270
17 3,640,383
CLASS 233
229
3,641,355
7 3,640,262
43
3.640.784
I5AA 3,641,271
74M 3,640,384
lA 3.640.452
CLASS 251
11 3,640,263
88
3.640.785
I5AT 3.641,272
166 3,640,385
CLASS 235
305
3.640,499
CLASS 126
llOR 3,640,264
113 3,640,265
37
41
CLASS 151
3.640.326
7 3.640.328
I5BA 3,641,273
I5BF 3,64 1,275
15BS 3,641,274
1 8HF 1 64 1 "'7h
254 3,640,519
337 3,640,386
CLASS 210
61 1 ID 3.641.317
61 I2C 3.641.318
61 I2R 3.641.319
326 3.640.500
332 3.640.501
CLASS 252
3,640,266
CLASS 127
37 3,640,768
CLASS 128
28 3,640,268
2R 3,640,269
2 3,640,267
2 05D 3.640.27 r
41
205
73
77
82
92
74 3.640.327
CLASS 152
3.640.329
CLASS 156
3.640.786
3.640.787
3.640.788
3.640.789
I O D 1 -' , U *• 1 , ». / 11
100 2MD 3,641.278
3.641,279
100 2C 3,641,281
100 2D 3,641,277
100 2E 3,641.280
100 2S 3,641.282
100 2Z 3.641,283
I0041K 3,641,284
6 3,640,820
59 3,640,821
65 3,640,822
73 3,640,387
94 3,640,388
130 3,640,390
169 3,640,391
232 3,640.392
321 3.640.393
61 6R 3.641,313
61 7B 3.641.315
3.641.316
61 8A 3.641.314
78 3.640.45 3
92PC~ 3.64 1.320
92T 3,64 1,321
132 3,641,322
150 2 3,64 1,323
8 1
8 3
8 5A
8 5C
855
17
32.7
33 2
49 8
3,640,82 3
3,640,824
3,640,826
3,640,825
3,640,827
3,640,828
3,640,855
3,640,856
3,640,858
2 IE 3.640,270
230
3.640.791
CLASS 181
322 3!64o!394
151 3,641,324
3,640,958
33 3,640,272
251
3.640.790
33G 3.640,357
3 34 3. 640^395
151 1 3,641,325
49 9
3,640,857
87 3.640,273
345
3.640.792
CLASS 182
493 3.640.396
151 II 3,641,326
54
3,640,859
173 3,640,274
214F 3.640,276
583
3.640.794
221 3,640,358
CLASS 211
155 3,641,327
156 3,641,328
56
59
3,640.860
3 640 870
3.640.277
CLASS 159
CLASS 191
15 3.640.397
3,641,329
61
-' , V* ^ ^f ^\J r V/
3 640 862
214 3.640,275
6
3.640.330
40 3,64 1.285
41 3,640,398
159 3,641,330
62 1
3.640.861
2I8D 3.640.278
23
3,640.331
CLASS 192
148 3,640,389
3,641,331
3.640.863
305 3.640.279
CLASS 160
3R 3.640.359
175 3,640,399
CLASS 236
34 3,640,454
49 3,640,45 5
62 3 V
3.640.864
317 3.640.280
:33
3.640.332
4A 3.640.360
CLASS 212
62 51
3.640.87 1
347 3.640.281
183
3.640.3 3 3
48 7 3.640.362
3 3,640,400
62 61
3,640,867
351 3.640.282
CLASS 161
3.640.795
3,640.796
3.640.797
3.640.793
65 3.640.363
49 3.640,401
62 9
3.640.865
399 3.640,283
422 3,640.284
CLASS 131
2 3.640,285
3
43
60
68
70 18 3.640.361
98 3.640.364
I05BA 3,640,365
CLASS 193
CLASS 213
62 3,640,402
CLASS 214
1 RR 3 640 4(t4
CLASS 237
7 3,640,456
12 3B 3,640,457
50 3,640,458
63
67
75
3.640.866
3.640.868
3.640.869
3.640.872
235 3,640,286
3.640.798
7 3,640,366
1 IJ U ^' ,\J^ V , ^ \J ^
lA 3,640,403
1 R ^ 640 405
CLASS 238
78
3.640.873
261B 3,640,287
92
3.640.8 31
31 3,640,367
14 3,640,459
95
3.640.874
CLASS 132
159
3.640.829
CLASS 195
6F 3,640,407
349 3,640,460
99
3.640.875
9 3,640,288
160
3.640.832
27 3,640.84b
6G 3 640,406
CLASS 239
3.640.876
3,640,289
165
3.640.830
31R 3,640,847
8 5 A 1,640.408
7 3.640,461
3.640.877
32C 3.640.290
3.640.833
5 1R 3,640,848
17CB 1,640,409
II 3.640,462
3.640.878
84 3.640.291
3.640.834
CLASS 196
124 3,640,849
38A 3,640,4 10
17 3,640,463
103
3.640.879
CLASS 133
3.640.835
41 3.640,4 11
69 3,640,464
121
171
3.640.882
5 3.640,292
3.640.836
152 3,640,4 12
94 3,640,466
3.640.88 1
3.640.837
CLASS 197
396 3.640.413
224 3,640,467
3.640.884
CLASS 134
190
3,640.8 3 8
6 1 3,640,368
5 14 3.640.4 14
265 29 3,640,468
182
3.640.886
9 3,640,293
42 3,640,769
117 3,640,294
159 3,640,295
CLASS 135
129
164
175
CLASS 162
3,640,839
3,640,840
3,640,841
3,640,842
54 3.640,369
114 3,640,3 70
CLASS 198
16R 3,640,371
24 3,640,372
672 3.640.4 15
CLASS 215
41 3.640.418
43 3.640.416
83 3.640,417
265,35 3,640,469
333 3,640,470
337 3,640,471
552 3,640,472
583 3,640,465
186
301 IR
301 1
301 2R
301 4F
3.640.885
3.640.888
3.640.887
3.640.889
3.640.890
4R 3,640,296
343
3,640,843
30 3,640,3 7 3
658 3,640,473
3.640.891
25 3.640,297
3,640.3 74
CLASS 219
CLASS 240
1 3,641.332
6 4W 3.641.33 3
6 45R 3.64 1.334
lOP 3.641.335
10. 6R 3.641.336
52.15 3.641.337
CLASS 241
4602 3,640.474
55 3.640.475
301 4R
3.639.932
3,640,298
CLASS 164
33AD 3.640.375
10 55 3,641,301
316
3.640.892
CLASS 136
6 3,640,770
3.640.771
67 3.640.772
86 3.640.773
3.640.774
134 3.640.775
CLASS 137
269
339
1
23
4H
76
166
3,640,334
3,640,335
CLASS 165'
3,640.336
3.640.337
3.640.338
3.640.339
3,640.340
91 3.640,376
178 3.640,377
218 3,640,378
CLASS 200
5 3,641,2 86
16A 3,641,287
52 3,641,288
61 08 3.641.289
10 65 3,641,302
56 3,64 1,303
85 3,641,304
99 3,641,305
113 3,641,306
12IP 3,64 1,308
121 3,641,307
123 3,641,309
127 3.641,310
321
344
396
408
412
429
43IR
437
3.640.893
3.640,894
3.640.895
3.640.896
3.640.897
3.640.898
3.640.899
3.640.900
3.640.901
1 3.640.299
CLASS 166
61 45 3.641.290
135 3.641.31 1
74 3.640.476
439
3.640,902
81 5 3.640.300
72
3,640.342
67G 3.641.291
532 3.641.312
CLASS 242
18R 3.640.477
3.640.478
55 19A 3.640.479
56 3.640.480
56.8 3.640.481
67 1 3.640.482
74 1 3.640.483
451
3.640.903
101 3.640.301
142 3.640.302
238 3.640,303
315 3.640.304
360 3.640.305
512 1 3.640.306
557 3,640,307
115
292
307
311
318
349
3.640.341
3.640.343
3.640.344
CLASS 172
3.640.345
3.640.346
3.640.347
76 3.641.292
144R 3.641.293
3.641,294
I48A 3,641,295
153R 3,641,296
166A 3,641.297
166C 3.641.298
3.641.300
I67R 3.641.299
CLASS 220
5 A 3.640.4 19
9R 3.640.420
22 3 3.640.421
24 5 3.640.422
31R 3.640.423
46R 3.640.424
455R
455Z
519
521
545
3.640.904
3.640.905
3.641.095
3.641.096
3.640.906
3.640.907
3.640,883
561 3,640.308
614 04 3,640,309
573
3.640.348
86R 3.640.425
CLASS 244
555
3,640.880
625 46 3,640.310
637 4 3.640.311
32
CLASS 173
3.640.349
CLASS 203
1 1 3.640.850
CLASS 221
67 3.640.426
3 2: 3.640.484
12C 3.640.485
CLASS 254
45 3.640.502
61
3.640,350
42 3.640.851
96 3.640.852
CLASS 204
15 3.640.853
^ O ^ ^ J /~\ It f J
127 3.640.427
I2R 3.640.486
84
3.64U.3Ui
CLASS 138
121 3.640.312
CLASS 139
105
40R
3.640.351
CLASS 174
3,641,251
211 3.640.428
CLASS 222
1 3.640.429
I5A 3.640.487
17 19 3.640.488
23C 3.640.489
134 3PA
150
187
3.640.504
3.640.505
3.640.506
12 3.640.313
52R
3,641,252
3.640.430
116 3.640.490
CLASS 256
3.640.314
107 3.640.315
I27R 3,640.316
68 5
93
3,641,254
3,641,253
CLASS 175
28 3.640.854
38B 3.640.799
38S 3.640.815
67 3.640.800
48 3.640.431
82 3.640.432
129 2 3.640.4 3 3
117R 3.640.491
124 3.640.492
CLASS 246
6 3.640.507
CLASS 259
72 3,640,508
CLASS 140
107
3,640,352
68 3.640,801
144 5 3,640.434
IR 3.641.338
104
3,640,509
82 3.640.317
202
3,640,353
72 3,640,802
335 3.640.435
CLASS 248
108
3.640.510
CLASS 141
243
3,640,354
73 3,640,803
402 24 3.640.436
27 3.640.493
148
3.640.511
11 3.640.318
329
3,640,355
95 3,640,804
CLASS 225
42 3.640.494
CLASS 260
42 3.640.319
3,640,356
130 3,640.805
96 5 3,640,437
99 3,640,495
2BP
3.640.909
/
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
PI 55
2KP
3.640.910
24 3C
3,641,014
500 5H
3.641.123
78 3,640,513
63PW 3,640.584
34PS
51
6IR
3.64 1.429
3.641.430
3.64 1.431
2A
2 3
2 5AK
3.640.908
3.640.912
3,641.015
3.641.018
501 17
501 18
3.641.124
3.641.125
91 3.640.514
92 3.640.515
CLASS 302
17 3.640.585
3^640.920
3,641,021
502 4A
3.641.126
121M 3.640.516
CLASS 303
CLASS 325
2 5EP
3.640.917
243D
3.641,017
513
3.641.131
CLASS 263
21BE 3.640.589
4
3.ff4l.433
3.64 1.434
2 5FP
3.640.914
247
3,641.022
514B
3.641.128
11 3.640.517
2IF 3.640.587
8
2 5HA
3.640.919
248AS
3,641.019
3.641.129
52 3.640.518
21 P 3.640.588
1 7
2 5E
2 5F
2 5L
2 5P
2 5R
4R
13
3,640.921
3.640,911
3,640.916
3,640.918
3.640.913
3.640.915
3.640.922
3.640.923
248CS
248
249 5
250
2564C
256 4F
3,641.020
3.641.023
3,641.024
3.641.025
3.641.026
3.641.035
3.641.027
3.641.028
5I5P
516
517
518R
520
524R
526N
3.641.130
3.641.127
3.641.132
3.641.133
3.641.134
3.641.135
3.641.136
3.641.137
CLASS 264
.5 3.641.227
43 3.641.229
53 3.641,228
152 3.641.230
155 3.641.231
171 3.641.232
179 3.641.233
282 3.641.234
21R 3.640.586
CLASS 307
64 3.641.356
94 3.641.357
136 3.641.358
3.641.359
202 3.64 1.361
215 3.641.362
22IC 3.641.360
63 .ve«i.«J^
64 3.641.436
305 3.64 1.4 3 7
332 3.64 1.438
363 3.64 1,439
38 3 3,64 1,440
430 3.641,441
CLASS 328
3.640.924
268BC
3.641.029
530N
3.641.138
14
3.64 1.442
17 4GC
3.640.925
268TR
3.641.030
533R
3.641.139
109
3.64 1.44 3
I8F.P
3.640,926
3.641.031
543P
3.641.141
CLASS 269
221 3.64 1.36 3
127
3, (,4 1 .444
23CP
3.640.927
268C
3.641.036
543R
3.641.140
024 3.640.519
240 3.64 1.364
140
3.641.445
2 3 KM
3.640.931
270
3.641.037
544F
3.641.142
323 3.640.520
241 3.641.365
251 3.641.366
252J 3.641.367
254 3.64 1.368
228
3.641.446
23XA
3.640.928
3.640.930
287R
289R
3.641.032
3.641.038
545R
546
3.641.143
3.641.144
CLASS 270
61 F 3.640.521
CLAi
126
.S 329
3.64 1 .447
23H
3.640.929
292
3.641.039
558H
3.641.145
72 3.640.522
293
29 4U
3.640.932
3.640.934
293 72
294 8F
3.641.040
3.641.033
562C
562
3.641.146
3.641.147
CLASS 271
28 3.640.523
36 3.640.524
260 3.641.369
269 3.641,370
CLASS 330
18 3.641.448
296HN
29 6TA
3.640.936
3.640.935
296D
296R
3.641.034
3.641.042
563P
563R
3.641.148
3.641.149
293 3.641.371
310 3.641.372
29
30D
3.64 1.449
3.64 1.450
29 6R
3.640.933
296T
3.641.041
566A
3.641.150
CLASS 272
CLASS 308
134
3.641.451
30 8DS
3.640.937
306 8R
3.641.04 3
570D
3.641.151
79R 3.640.525
9 3.640.590
176
3.641.452
32 8N
3.640.938
307D
3.641.044
570 7
3.641.152
80 3.640.526
184 3.640.591
CLASS 331
3 3 6A0
3,640.939
307G
3.641.045
570 8TC
3.641.153
81 3.640.527
193 3.640.592
94 5
3.64 1.45 3
3.640.940
308R
3.641.046
571
3.641.154
3.640.528
196 3.640.593
3.64 1.454
33 6A
3.640.941
309
3.641,047
583H
3.641.155
83A 3.640.530
212 3.640.594
3.641.455
37SB
3.640,943
309 2
3.641.048
586
3.641.156
83R 3.640.529
CLASS 310
3.64 1,456
37N
3.640.942
3.641.051
599
3.641.157
CLASS 273
6 3.641.373
3.64 1.457
40
3.640.944
309 6
3.641.049
600
3.641.158
IR 3.640.5 31
68D 3.641.374
3.64 1.458
4IB
3.640.946
3I0C
3.641.050
61 IF
3.641.160
I 5A 3.640.532
105 3.64 1.375
3.64 1.459
45 7R
3.640.945
31 OR
3.641.052
61 IR
3.641.159
73C 3.640.533
113 3.641.376
110
3.64 1.460
45.75K
3.640.947
326 3
3.641.05 3
613D
3.641.161
80 7 3.640.534
153 3.641,377
116R
3.641.461
3.640.950
327P
3.641.054
6I4AA
3.641.162
126R 3.640.535
214 3,641,378
117R
3.64 1.462
3.640,953
332 3R
3.641.055
615A
3.641,163
I30AB 3.640.536
239 3,641,379
CLASS 332
45 75R
3.640.948
333
3.641.056
3,641,164
161 3.640.537
CLASS 312
198 3,640,595
223 3.640.596
9
1 h4 1 4hK
45 8NZ
45 8
3.640.949
3.640.952
3.640.951
340 2
340 5
340 6
3.641,057
3.641.058
3.641.059
618R
62 IR
648F
3,641,165
3,641,166
3.641,167
I87R 3.639.923
CLASS 274
4G 3.640.538
16T 3.641.46 3
CLASS 333
45 95
3.640.954
340 7
3.641.060
650R
3,641,168
42 3.640.539
CLASS 313
10
.1.64 1 .^O**
47CP
3.640.956
340 9
3.641.061
652 5R
3,641,169
39 3.641.380
:2R
3.64 1 .465
47C/.
3.640.955
347 4
3.641.062
658C
3,641,170
CLASS 277
25 3.640.540
96 3.640.54 1
134 3.640.542
237 3.640.543
40 3.641.381
CLASS 335
4 7 EC
3.639.928
348A
3.641.064
3,641,171
105 3.641,382
190
3.641.466
47EN
58
64
3.640.957
3,640,958
3.640.959
348R
348 5L
3.641.063
3.641.065
3.641.067
658R
66 5 R
666PY
3,641,172
3,641,186
3,641,173
109 5 3,64 1.383
161 3,641.384
175 3.641.385
CLASS 336
5 3.641.467
65
3.640.960
348 5V
3.641.066
666A
3,641,174
CLASS 280
179 3.64 1.386
CLASS 337
67R
3.640.961
397 45
3.641.069
666B
3,641,175
36C 3.640.547
270 3.641.387
404
3.64 1.469
3.640.963
3.641.070
3,641.187
47 35 3.640.544
CLASS 315
CLASS 338
75H
3.640.964
397 5
3.641.068
668B
3.641.176
124 3.640.545
3 5 3.64 1,388
99
3.64 1.470
75M
3.640.962
398
3.641.071
668F
3.641.179
150AB 3.640.546
39 3. 64 1. 389
128
3.64 1.47 1
77 5AN
3.640.967
401
3.641.072
669
3.641.180
289 3.640.548
169 3.64 1.39U
CLASS 33Q
77.5AP
77 5R
78TF
3.640.965
3.640.966
3.640.968
3.640.969
410
410 6
410 9
429R
3.641.075
3.641.073
3.641.074
3.641.076
67 IC
67 IP
674
680R
3.641.177
3.641.178
3.641.181
3.641.182
435 3.640.549
49 IB 3.640.550
CLASS 285
39 3.640.551
CLASS 316
10 3.640.597
28 3,641.391
10
14R
I7L
3.64 1.472
3.641.473
3.641,474
3,641.475
78R
3.640.970
3.641.077
683D
3.641.189
110 3.640.552
CLASS 317
36
3^64 1,476
78 3R
3.640.971
429 5
3.641.079
68 3
3.641.183
277 3.640.553
I3R 3.641.392
59R
3.64 1.477
78 4N
3.640.972
429 7
3.641.078
3.641.190
382 2 3.640.554
22 3.641.393
63M
3.64 1.478
78 5T
3.640.973
3.640.974
429 9
3.641.080
3.641.081
683 I5D
3.641.188
3.641.191
CLASS 287
I03A 3 640.555
27R 3.641,394
43 3.641.407
94R
1 16R
3,64 1.479
3.641,480
79 5B
3,640.976
431
3.641.082
683 2
3.641 .1 84
189 36A 3 640.557
117 3.641.395
126R
3,641.481
79 5C
3.640.975
4 38 5C
3.641.083
683 76
3.641 .1 85
189 36B 3.640.556
134 3,641.396
l9bM
3.641,482
80 78
3.640.977
448AD
3.641.085
82 3
3.641 .192
141S 3,641.397
217S
3,64 1 .483
82 1
3 640 978
3.641.086
8 30TW
3.641.193
CLASS 292
230 3,641.399
3.640.979
448A
3.641.084
835
3.641.194
264 3.640.558
234G 3.641.398
CLASS 340
3 640 980
448 2N
3.641.088
837R
3.641.195
288 3.640.559
234R 3.64 1.400
3h
3.64 1.48 5
88 2C
3.640.981
3.641.089
849
3.641.196
341 16 3.640.560
3.641,401
3R
3.641.484
88 2R
3!640.982
3.641.090
854
3.641.197
CLASS 294
3,64 1.402
38L
3.641.569
89 7
3.640.983
448 8R
3.641.087
857R
3.641.198
16 3.640.561
235R 3,641.403
41
3.641 .486
3.641.487
92 1
3.640.984
3.641.091
859R
3 .641.1 99
65 3.640.562
3,64 1.404
46
3.640.985
453AR
3.641.093
860
3.641.200
87 2 3.640.563
3.641,405
5 2D
3.64 1 .489
93 1
93 7
94 2M
94 7A
99 3
112 5
3^640.986
3.640.987
3.640,988
3.640.990
3.640.989
3.640.991
453PC
453PH
456A
465
465 3
3.641.092
3.641.094
3.641.097
3.641.098
3.641.100
3.641.101
867
869
870
874
876B
876R
3.641.201
3.641.202
3.641.203
3.641.204
3.641.205
3.641.206
3.64 1 .207
99R 3.640.564
CLASS 296
I37B 3.640.565
CLASS 297
68 3.640.566
116 3.640.567
237 3,64 1.406
CLASS 318
227 3.641.408
258 3,64 1.409
345 3.64 1,410
373 3,641,411
52F
55
61
65
81F
146 1
146 3R
3.64 1 .488
3.641.490
3.64 1.491
3.641.492
3.64 1.493
3.64 1.494
3.64 1.495
141
3.640.992
3.641 .102
3 64 1 208
232 3.640.568
470 3,64 1,4 12
148
3.64 1.496
I46R
191
207 1
3.640.993
3.640.994
3.640.995
465 4
465 6
3.641.103
3.641.099
3.641.104
3.641.105
3.641.106
880
885
889
893
3.641.209
3.641.210
3.641.21 1
248 3.640.569
316 3.640.570
384 3.640.571
480 3,64 1,413
662 3,641.4 14
696 3.64 1.415
149A
149
152R
3.641.497
3,641.499
3.641.500
3.640.996
465 8A
3!64I.2I2
390 3.640.572
CLASS 320
164R
3.64 1.498
209 R
3.640.997
465 8
895
897A
897B
897
928
929
944
949
959
961
964
3.641.213
440 3.640.575
61 3.64 1.416
172 5
3.641.501
2I0R
239BC
239 1
239 3R
239 3
3.640.998
3.640.999
3.641,000
3.641,001
3,641.003
3.64 1,002
465 9
468B
473G
475SC
475P
3.641 .107
3.641.108
3.641.109
3,641,1 10
3,641.115
3.641.1 II
3.641.215
3.641,214
3.641.217
3.641.216
3.641.218
3.641.219
3.641 .220
3.640.576
CLASS 298
ISG 3.640.577
I7S 3.640.578
CLASS 299
CLASS 321
7 3.641.417
3.64 1.418
8C 3.64 1.419
9 3.64 1.420
3.64 1.502
3.64 1.503
3.64 1.504
3.641.505
3.64 1.506
3.641.507
239 55C
3,64 1,006
3.641.1 12
4 3.640.579
12 3.64 1.421
3.641.508
239 55D
3,641.005
479R
3.641.1 14
3!64l!221
3.641.222
31 3.640.573
CLASS 323
I73CR
3.641.510
239 55
3.641.007
482B
3,641.1 16
3.640,580
8 3,641.422
173LM
3.64 1.513
3,641.008
484R
3,641.1 17
3.641 .223
32 3.640.574
9 3,641.423
I73SP
3.64 1.516
23957
3.641,009
3.641.1 18
3!64l!224
3.640,581
17 3.641.424
173R
3.64 1.509
239 8
3,641.004
486H
3.641.1 19
3.641.120
976
3^64 1,225
CLASS 300
CLASS 324
3.641.51 1
240D
3.641.010
491
990
3.641.226
3 3.640.582
5R 3.641.426
3.641.512
240G
240 9
243A
3.641,011
3,641,012
3,64l,Olt
497A
497R
3.641 .1 13
3.641. 121
3.641.122
CLASS 261
34A 3.640.512
CLASS 301
9DN 3.640.583
9 3.641.427
24 3.641.428
3.641.514
3.64 1.515
n
PI 56
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
173 I
174BA
I74PW
I74RC
174SR
174TF
I74M
174 lA
174 IC
174 IE
174 IG
174 IH
183
184
195
198
203
205
208
213 I
224
237R
238
239R
244C
248A
2488
253A
3,641
3.641
3.64 1
3.641
3.641
3.64 1
3.641
3,641
3,64 1
3,64 1
3,64 1
3,64 1
3.64 1
3,641
3,64 1
3,64 1
3,64 1
3.641
3.641
3.64 1
3.64 1
3.641
3.641
3.64 1
3.641
3.64 1
3.64 1
3.641
3.64 1
3.64 1
3.64 1
3,641
.517
.521
.520
,519
.523
,518
,522
,526
,534
,528
.529
.527
.525
.524
.530
.531
.535
.532
.533
.536
.537
.538
.539
.425
.540
.541
.542
.543
.544
.546
.545
,548
253R
258B
261
267
274
286
324A
324R
343
347AD
347DA
347
365
409
420
7 3
I2R
17 7
225
743
754
773
3.641,547
3.641,549
3.641.550
3.641.551
3.641,552
3,641,553
3.641.554
3.641.555
3.641.556
3.641.557
3.641.558
3.641,559
3.641,561
3,641,560
3,641.562
3,641.563
3.641.564
3.641.566
3.641,565
3.641.567
3.641.568
3.641.570
3,641.571
CLASS 343
3.641.572
3.641.573
3.641.574
3.641.575
3.641,576
3.641.577
3.641.578
792 5
895
208
3.641.579
3,641,580
CLASS 345
3,641.538
CLASS 346
1
21
29
74MC
74MP
74M
75
3.64 1
3.641
3,64 1
3.641
3.641
3,641
3,641,584
3,641,588
CLASS 350
581
582
583
586
587
585
3 5
34
1 17
120
124
I62SF
184
226
307
13
3,640.598
3,640.599
3.640,600
3.640,601
3,640,602
3,640,603
3.640,604
3,640,605
3,640,606
3,640,607
3.640,608
3.640,609
CLASS 351
3.640,610
CLASS 352
92 3,640,6 11
124 V640,6I2
CLASS 353
23 3.640.613
26 3,640,614
CLASS 355
8 3.640.615
3.640.616
10 3.640,617
35 3,640.618
36 3,640.619
38 3,640.620
45 3.640.621
65 3.640.622
67 3.640.623
CLASS 356
36 3.640,624
97 3.640,625
103 3 640.626
104 3,640,627
152 3.640.628
CLASS 401
132 3,640.629
188 3.640.630
206 3.640.631
CLASS 408
11 < 640.632
35
101
128
197
172
219
62
93
136
157
174
203
389
I 33
191
206
269
8
16
19
49
64
3.640.633
3.640.634
3.640.635
3.640.636
3.640.637
CLASS 415
3.640.638
3.640.639
CLASS 416
3.640.640
3.640.64 1
3.640.642
3.640.643
3.640.644
CLASS 417
3.640.645
3,640,646
3.640,647
CLASS 418
3,640.648
3.640.649
3.640.650
3.640.651
CLASS 424
3.641.235
3,64 1.237
3.641.236
3.641,238
3,641.239
78
3.64 1,240
120
3.641,24 1
153
3,64 1.242
181
3,64 1,244
188
3.641.245
195
3.64 1.243
204
3.641.246
211
3.641.247
212
3.641.248
243
3.641.013
CLASS 425
20
3.640.652
33
3.640.653
78
3.640.654
83
3,640,793
109
3.640,655
113
3.640,656
114
3,640.657
117
3.640.658
133
3.640,659
141
3.640.660
159
3.640,661
174
3,640.662
233
3,640,663
275
3.640.664
297
3.640.665
302
3.640,666
326
3,640,667
346
3,640,668
376
3,640,669
382
3,640,670
387
3,640,671
3,640.672
CLASS 431
168
3,640,67 3
Classification of Designs
D 2-239
222,930
222.935
98
222.940
D34-
5
1
222.945
D44-
29
222.950
D6I-
222,955
D 9- 83
222,931
222.936
D26- 1
222.941
15
222,946
D49-
34
222.951
D83-
222,956
DI3- 6
222,932
222.937
13
222.942
222.947
D54-
12
222.952
222,957
D14- 3
222,933
222.938
222.943
222.948
222.953
D92- 4
222,958
D22- 1
222,934
D23- 5 222.939
222.944
D35-
3
222.949
D56-
1
222.954
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
d'.S. States. Territnru- and Armed Forces, the (:nmmonv%ealth ..f I'uert.. Rk c and the (anal Z.-nei
Alabama 1
.Maska 2
.American Samoa 3
Arize ma 4
Arkansas ^
(lalilornia ^
(lanal Zone '
( Colorado ^
(!(mnecti(ut *^
Delaware 1<J
District of (Columbia 11
Florida 12
(ieorjiia 13
(.uam 14
Hawaii I-''
16
17
Idaho,
"linciis.
Indiana 1^
l..wa ly
Kansas 20
Kentu('k> 21
I,ouisiana 22
Maine 23
Mar>land 24
Massarhu setts 25
Michijian 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi 28
Missouri 29
Montana 30
Nebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersev 34
New Mexico 35
New York 36
North (^arohna 37
Nortli Dakota 38
Ohio 39
Oklahoma 40
Orep)n
Peiins>lvania...
Puerto Ri( II
Rhode Island...
South ( !ariilma.
South Dakota...
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
\ ermont
V irjiinia
\ ir^iin Islands..
^ ashin;;ton
^^ est \ ir;:inia..
^ is( onsin
^ \omin;:
L .S. Air Force
r.S. Army
I .S. Navy
41
42
4.3
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
.54
55
56
57
58
59
(Kir,t number m lishn^ denote, I.k ati.in a.o.rdinK ... ab..vf ke> Refer lo patent number m b..d> uf the Off,. ,al< .azetlr l„ ..btarn de.a.U a* to ,n>.
name. I.x atmn. etc )
3.640.132
3,640,534
3,641,025
3,640.137
3.640.197
3.640.426
3.640.703
3.640.927
3.641,450
3,640,641
3,640,687
3,641,253
3,639.917
3,639,919
3,639,924
3,639,938
3,639,948
3,639,950
3,639,952
3,639,961
3,639,971
3,639,974
3,639,990
3,640,001
3,640,004
3,640.013
3,640,019
3,640,037
3.640,041
3,640,047
3,640,070
3,640.082
3,640,091
3,640,136
3,640,139
3,640,141
3,640,154
3,640,174
3,640,190
3,640,208
3,640,220
3,640,242
3,640,246
3,640,252
3,640,256
3,640,257
3,640,263
3,640,272
3,640,277
3.640.281
3,640,284
3,640,285
3,640,306
3,640.319
3,640,327
3,640,329
3,640,337
3,640,346
3.640,365
3,640,366
3,640.374
3,640,375
3,640,378
3,640,390
3,640,400
3,640,404
3,640,406
3,640,419
3,640,422
3,640,435
3.640.472
3.640.481
3,640,484
3,640.492
3,640,500
3,640,504
3,640,512
3,640,513
3,640,525
3.640,527
3.640,528
3,640,537
3.640,544
3,640,549
3,640,555
3.640,558
3,640,559
3,640,565
3,640,569
3,640,570
3.640,571
3,640.573
3,640,578
3.640,579
3.640,597
3,640,605
3,640,624
3,640,627
3,640,628
3.640,636
3,640,686
3,640,689
Patents
3,640,698
3.641.349
3.640.044
3,64 1,219
3,640,708
3.641.358
3,640,081
3.641.234
3,640.712
3.641.362
3.640.102
12 3,640.279
3.640.714
3.641.365
3.640.232
3,640,294
3.640.783
3.641,366
3,640.245
3.640.427
3.640.785
3.641.368
3,640,269
3.640.778
3.640.813
3.641.370
3.640.286
3.641.260
3.640.821
3.641.371
3.640.307
3.641.288
3.640.845
3.641.389
3,640.392
3.641.302
3.640.850
3.641.396
3,640.523
3.641.367
3.640,855
3.641.422
3.640.592
3,641.427
3,640,856
3,641.424
3.640.593
3.64 1.4 34
3,640,876
3.641.438
3.640.666
3.641.473
3,640,879
3.641.442
3.640.671
3.641.485
3,640,885
3.641,446
3.640.693
3.641.487
3,640,894
3,641,454
3.640.721
3,641.531
3,640,904
3,641,455
3.640.779
3.641.574
3,640.959
3,641.456
3,640.843
13 3.639.957
3,640,961
3.641.468
3,640.936
3.640.025
3,640.963
3.641.470
3.640.968
3,640.235
3.64 1.037
3.641.472
3,641.080
3.640.322
3.641.055
3.641.476
3,641.081
3.640.405
3.641.071
3.641.480
3.641.197
3.640,448
3.64 1.074
3.64 1.492
3.641,286
3.640.563
3.641.076
3.641.498
3,64 1,291
3,641,07 3
3.641.096
3.641.504
3,641.344
3,641.155
3.641.104
3.641.512
3.64 1.348
15 3.640,008
3.641.131
3.641.519
3.641.355
16 3,640,432
3.641.137
3.641,524
3.641.387
17 3.639.914
3.641,161
3,641,525
3,641.453
3.639.936
3,641,170
3,641,527
3.641.457
3.639.941
3,641,171
3,641.528
3.641.486
3.639.942
3,641,226
3.641.553
3.641.5 36
3.639.962
3.641,230
3.641.573
10 3.640.447
3.639.963
3,641,255
3.641.579
3.640.585
3.639.972
3,641.257
3.641.580
3.640.672
3.639.984
3,641.261
3.641.582
3.640.7 55
3.639.985
3.641.264
3.641,584
3.640.786
3.639.997
3.641.265
8 3.639.949
3.640.897
3.640.016
3,641,266
3.640.129
3.640.898
3.640.03 5
3,641,279
3.640.199
3,640,908
3.640.036
3,641.280
3.640.351
3,640,920
3.640.05 1
3.641.306
. 3,640,456
3,640,946
3.640.054
3,641,307
3.640.465
3,640,974
3.640.055
3,641,323
3.640,502
3,641,005
3.640.068
3,641,328
3,640,678
3,641,006
3.640.1 18
3,641,334
3,641,024
3,641,048
3.640.146
3,641,335
3,641,277
3,641,067
3.640.229
3,641,337
3,641,526
3,641,092
3.640.282
3,641,338
3,641,534
3,641,142
3.640.283
3,641.341
9 3.639.996
3,641,217
3.640.323
PI 57
PI 58
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
18
19
20
3,640.324
3,641,296
3.64 1.5 69
3. 640. 340
21 3,639,920
2b 3,639,967
3.640,348
3,640,007
3.639,998
3,640.370
3,640,088
3,640.1^3
3.640,380
3,640,089
3,640,1 ■'3
3.640,389
3,640,372
3,640,182
3,640,391
3,640.580
3.640.184
3,640,402
3.641.380
3.640,226
3,640,454
22 3.639.946
3,640,227
3,640,480
3.640.031
3,640,296
3,640,483
3.640.075
3.640,301
3,640.498
3.640.577
3,640.325
3.640.508
3.640.682
3.640,347
3.640.524
3,640,818
3,640,408
3.640.584
3,641.084
3,640,410
3,640.612
3.641,177
3,640,421
3,640,617
3,641.186
3,640,425
3,640,623
3,641,21 1
3.640.442
3,640,629
3.641.216
3.640.446
3,640,699
3.641,314
3.640.5 15
3,640,734
23 3.640.266
3.640.546
3.640,735
24 3.640.168
3.640.5 5 3
3,640.741
3.640.178
3.640.554
3.640.766
3.640.207
3.640,594
3.640,791
3,640.243
3.640.608
3.640.817
3.640.268
3,640,609
3,640,819
3,640.519
3,640,633
3,640,820
3,640.541
3,640,64 2
3,640,826
3.640,588
3,640,654
3.640,842
3.640,739
3,640,667
3,640,847
3.640.763
3,640,684
3.640.860
3.640.923
3,640.789
3.640.903
3.640.925
3.640.815
3.640.933
3.641.193
> 3.640.829
3.640.973
3.641.350
3.640.85/
3,64 1.068
3.641.353
3.640.87 3
3.641.143
3.641.372
3.640.886
3.64 1,159
3.641.379
3.640.909
3,641,165
3.641.423
3,640,9 13
3,641.169
3.641.445
3,640,922
3,641,188
3,641,51 1
3,640,940
3,641.220
3,641,558
3,640,949
3.641.262
3,641.559
3,640,957
3.641.287
25 3,639.937
3,640,997
3.641.298
3.639.959
3.64 1.004
3,641,310
3.639.965
3.641.010
3,641,313
3.639.968
3.641,020
3,641,319
3.640.028
3.641.151
3,641.333
3,640.029
3 ,64 1 , 1 60
3.641,369
3.640.065
3,641,180
3.641.395
3.640,101
3,64 1,208
3.64 1.407
3,640.108
3.64 1,2 10
3.64 1,408
3.640.138
3,64 1,2 12
3,64 1,4 16
3.640.161
3.641,2 39
3.641,435
3.640,169
3,641,244
3,64 1,44 1
3,640,194
3.64 1.326
3,641,451
3.640.196
3.64 1.4 19
3,641.481
3,640,200
3.64 1,544
3,641,529
3.640,221
27 3,639,940
3,641,530
3,640.251
3,640,034
3.64 1,5 76
3.640.267
3,640,2 2 5
3,641,583
3.640.377
3,640.2 30
3,64 1.588
3.640.386
3.640,2 3 1
3,639,945
3.640.388
3,640,321
3,639,982
3,640.393
3,640,409
3,639,986
3,640,433
3.640.494
3,640,039
3,640,482
3.640,606
3,640,087
3,640,539
3,640,607
3,640,128
3,640,556
3.640.676
3,640,142
3,640,599
3.640.7 18
3,640,157
3,640,613
3.640.7 3 2
3,640,234
3,640,631
3.640,764
3,640,239
4 3,640,668
3,640,944
3,640,255
3,640,668
3.641.144
3,640,305
3.640.71 1
3,641.145
3,640,4 12
3,640.713
3.641.240
3.640,423
3,640,717
3.64 1 ,299
3,640.469
3,640,724
3,64 1,384
3,640.560
3,640,757
28 3.640,461
3.640.679
3,640,760
3.640,98 1
3.640.697
3,640,770
29 3,639,989
3,640.814
3,640,771
3,640,354
3.641,014
3,640,773
3.640,429
3,64 1,018
3,640,774
3.640,434
3,64 1.019
3,640,854
3,640.485
3,641,021
3,640,932
3.640.530
3,64 1,04 1
3.641,034
3.640.784
3,641,058
3.641.103
3.64 1,109
3,641,122
3.641.331
3,641,222
3,641,126
3.641,359
3.641,235
3,641,207
3,641.386
3,64 1.245
3.641.241
3.641.399
31 3.640.074
3.641,256
3.64 1,420
3.640,430
3,641,263
3.64 1.429
3.640.5 3 5
3,641,320
3.641.460
32 3.639,925
3,641,381
3.641.484
3,640,382
3,641,474
3.641,503
3,64 1,509
3,641,488
3.641,518
33 3,641,308
3,641.538
3.641.523
3,641,324
3.641.538
3.641.543
3.641.382
3.639.926
3,641.546
3.641,549
3.640.345
3.641.547
34 3,640,005
3.640.403
3.641.554
3,640,014
3.641,231
3.641.563
3,640,027
3,641,572
3.641,564
3,640,048
3,640,816
3.641,565
3,640,084
35
36
3,640.106
3.640.1 13
3,640,145
3,640,150
3,640.171
3.640.189
3.640.218
3.640.250
3.640.274
3.640,288
3,640,293
3,640.310
3.640.312
3.640.318
3,640.407
3.640.455
3.640.519
3.640.626
3.640,635
3.640.661
3.640.680
3.640,692
3,640,725
3,640,728
3,640.729
3.640,759
3.640.765
3.640.800
3.640.81 1
3.640.812
3.640.827
3.640.838
3,640.8 5 3
3,640,864
3,640,869
3,640,870
3,640.874
3.640,878
3,640,892
3,640,895
3,640.905
3,640,924
3.640.926
3.640,947
3,640.950
3.640.958
3,640,965
3,640,978
3.640.979
3.640.980
3.640.984
3,641.017
3,641.029
3.64 1.032
3.64 1.040
3.641.047
3.641.061
3.641,063
3,641.065
3.641.083
3.641,1 10
3.641.120
3.641.133
3.641.134
3,641.147
3,641,152
3,641.156
3.641,157
3,641,158
3.641,179
3,641,181
3,641,183
3,641,185
3,641.190
3.641,192
3,641.200
3,641,204
3,641,213
3,641,237
3,641,238
3,641.243
3.641.258
3.641.304
3.641.305
3.641.332
3,641.361
3.641.388
3.641,398
3.641.432
3.641.437
3.641.448
3.641.459
3,641,463
3.641,475
3,641,505
3.641.533
3.641.541
3,641.578
3.639.983
3,640.295
3,640,385
3.64 1 444
3.64 1 .479
3.639,916
3,639.923
3.639,975
3.639,976
3,639,988
3,639.992
3,639.994
3.639,995
3,639,999
3,640,010
3.640.018
3.640,030
3,640.042
3,640.124
3,640,148
3,640,149
3,640.166
3.640,176
3,640,198
3,640,204
3.640,212
3,640.2 13
3.640.2 17
3 640.219
3,640,222
3,640.248
3,640,249
3,640,265
3.640,278
3,640,289
3,640,300
3,640.302
3.640.3 17
3.640.328
3,640,369
3,640,379
3,640,384
3,640,428
3.640.4 38
3.640,4 39
3.640.4 59
3,640,493
3.640.5 16
3.640,529
3,640.5 31
3.640,547
3,640,5 72
3,640,5 76
3,640,583
3.640.602
3,640.614
3,640,615
3,640,616
3,640,620
3.640.630
3.640,655
3.640,655
3,640,656
3,640.657
3,640,659
3,640,68 1
3,640,688
3.640,707
3.640,710
3.640,720
3.640.722
3.640.7 31
3,640,733
3,640,738
3,640,746
3,640,748
3.640,775
3,640.781
3,640.782
3,640,788
3,640,825
3.640,841
3,640,849
3,640.858
3.640.861
3.640.865
3,640,872
3,640.875
3.640.884
3.640.887
3.640,896
3,640,943
3,640.953
3,640.954
3,640,956
3.640,958
3.640.977
3,640,991
3,641,012
3,641,015
3,64 1,022
3,64 1,046
3.641,050
3.641.054
3.641.090
3.641,108
3,641,202
3.641,225
3,641,229
3,641,259
3,641,282
3,641,297
3.64 1.340
3.641.342
352
360
364
392
39 3
37
38
39
40
3.64 1
3.641
3.641
3 .64 I
3.641
3,641.400
3.641.402
3.641.405
3.641.428
3.641.431
3,641,433
3,641,439
3.641.440
3.641.478
3.641.496
3.641.500
3.641,506
3.641.510
3.641.515
3.641.516
3.641.556
3.641.567
3.641.575
3,639.987
3,639,991
3.640.057
3.640.064
3.640.090
3,640.287
3.640.550
3.640.652
3,640.670
3.640.670
3.640.823
3.640.881
3.641,458
3,641,5 3 7
3,640.520
3.639.921
3.639.930
3.639,978
3,640,049
3.640.07 3
3.640.086
3.640.093
3.640.1 12
3.640.131
3.640.155
3.640.162
3.640.163
3.640,170
3.640,195
3.640.254
3.640,326
3.640.338
3.640.383
3.640.394
3,640,398
3,640.413
3,640.418
3.640.453
3.640,5 38
3.640,54 3
3.640,564
3.640,586
3.640.591
3.640.596
3.640,610
3.640,61 1
3.640,63 2
3.640.65 1
3.640.653
3.640.662
3.640.690
3.640.704
3.640,726
3.640,727
3.640,737
3.640,745
3.640,758
3.640.762
3.640,769
3.640.776
3.640.793
3,640.890
3.640.891
3.640.906
3.640.938
3.640.94 1
3.640.975
3.640.976
3.640.985
3.640.989
3.641.01 1
3.641.045
3.641.095
3.641.218
3.641.246
3.641,247
3,641,303
3,641,514
3.641.535
3.641.552
3.639.970
3.640.237
3.640.280
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 59
3.640.344
3,640.185
3.641.030
3.641.551
3.640,352
3,64 1.452
3.640,665
3.640.801
3.640.191
3.640.203
3.641,086
3.641.1 1 1
3,64 1.570
3,641.571
3.640.355
3.640,399
3.64 1.566
52 3.640.045
*53 3,639,93 1
3.640.802
3,640,233
3.64 1.1 14
44 3.640.160
3.640.4 11
3,640,083
3.640.824
3.640.275
3.64 1 .1 21
3.640,164
3.640,420
3,640,1 1 5
3.640.882
3.640.309
3.641,128
3,64 1.129
3.640.396
3.640,445
3,640.121
3.640,901
3.640.334
3.64 1.449
3,640.462
3,640.359
3.640.986
3,640,415
45 3.640.062
3,640,501
3.640,414
3.640.988
3.640.416
3,M1.132
3.640.192
3,640,5 14
3,640.5 1 1
3,640,990
3.640.444
3.641,135
3.640,315
3,640.548
3.640,598
3.640,603
3,640,645
3,641.07 5
3.640.451
3.641.136
3.640.675
3.640,601
3.641.085
3,640.473
3.64 1.138
46 3,640.395
3.640,658
3 640^740
3.641.099
3.640.487
3.64 1.139
47 3.640.000
3.640,658
3,641,39!
3.641,130
3,640,491
3.641.148
3.640.058
3,640,736
3,64 1.4 14
3.641.163
3.640.521
3.641,149
3.640,468
3,640,831
3.64 1,499
3.641,172
3.640.552
3,64 1 .168
3.640.742
3.640.899
54 3.640,5 3 3
41
3.641,182
3,641,184
3,641,290
3,640,003
3,640,304
3.640.557
3.640.562
3.640.646
3.640.747
3.640.780
3,641,174
3,64 1,191
3,64 1,199
3.641,201
3.640.808
3.640.888
3.640.995
3.641.312
3.641.401
3.640,939
3,64 1.033
3.641.107
3.64 1.430
3.641.443
3,640,744
3,640,91 1
3,640,95 1
3.64!,! 15
55 3.639.915
3,639.93 3
3,640,387
3.640.792
3,641.228
48 3.639.928
3.641.49!
3,639,956
3,640.449
3.640.810
3.641.242
3.639.944
3.641,542
3.639,973
3.640,805
3.640.844
3.641.251
3.640.006
3,641,548
3.640,050
42
3,641,354
3.641,555
3,639,922
3,639,932
3.640.846
3.640,852
3.640.859
3.641,254
3,641.268
3.64 1.376
3.640.080
3.640.140
3.640.159
49 3,640,3 36
3,64 1,465
50 3,639,947
3.640.085
3,640.104
3,640,276
3.640,3 5 8
3.639.934
3.640.862
3.641.4 10
3.640.181
3,640.099
3.640,360
3 639 966
3,640.868
3.641.41 1
3.640.183
3,640.4 31
3,640.363
3.639.977
3,640,900
3 .64 1 .4 1 3
3.640.264
51 3,640.209
3,640.595
3.639.980
3.640.040
3.640.114
3.640.1 19
3.640,934
3,640.935
3.640.960
3,640,964
3.641,4 17
3.641.421
3.641.425
3.640.271
3.640.273
3,640.290
3.640.299
3.640.224
3.640.308
3,640,532
3.640,743
3,640,767
3,640,889
3,640,9 16
3.64 1.293
3,641,294
3.640.122
3.640.998
3,641,461
3.640.332
3.64 1.052
3.641.300
3.640,133
3.641.000
3,64 1.532
3.640.341
3.641.276
3.641 ,3 7 5
3,640,158
3.641.027
3,641,539
3.640.342
3.641,327
3.641.397
3,640,180
3,641.028
3,641.540
3.640.343
3,641.418
3.641,467
Design Patents
6
222.956
17
222.950
29
222,951
39
222.945
42
222,954
222.943
222.957
25
222.931
34
222.939
222.946
47
222,940
222.944
12
222.949
26
222.930
222,958
222.947
51
222,942
53
222,933
222.955
27
222.941
36
222.953
222.948
U S GOVERNMENT PBlNTING OmCE 0-
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
February 15, 1972 Volume 895 Number 3
CONTENTS
Page
Issue of February 15, 1972 777
Patents and Trademark Notices
Patent Office Committee on Enrollment 778
Publication of Trademark Registration Treaty 778
Patent Suits 778
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 15, 1972 780
Disclaimers 780
Dedications 780
Condition of Patent Applications 781
Reissue Patents Granted 782
Patents Granted
General and Mechanical I 785
Chemical 995
Electrical 1093
Design Patents Granted 1194
Index of Patentees pi 1
Indices of Reissues and Designs PI 50
Classificati<« of
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 51
Designs PI 54
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 55
Designs pi 57
The following are mailed under direction of the Snperintendent of Documents, Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, to whom all subscriptions should be made payable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing 122.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional; single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION eonccrnins PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price 15 cents each.
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cenU each;
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of PaUnU, Waahinffton, D.C., 20281.
Printing authorized by Section 11(a) 3 of Title 35, U.S. Code P.O.
777
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Patent OfBce Committee on Enrollment
The following named persons are hereby appoiated mem
bers of the Patent Office Committee on Enrollment :
Lutrelie F. Parker, Chairman
Leslie H. Gaston, Vice Chairman
Rodney B. Bennett, Jr.
Frank H. Bronaugli
Fred E. McKelvey
Mrs. Marian E. Ford shall serve as Clerk of the Coniinlt
tee and Mrs. Patricia M. Alexander as Assistant Clerk.
This notice cancels and supersedes any previous appoint
raents to the Patent Office Committee on P^nroUment.
Jan. 18, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Commiaaioner of Patcntn.
Publication of Trademark Registration Treaty
Due to unavoidable circumstances, the publication of the
Trademark Registration Treaty and accompanying Regula-
tions and Comments released by the World Intellectual Prop-
erty Organization (WIPO) on Jan. 31, 1972, which was sched
uled to appear In this issue, has been delayed until Feb. 22,
1972.
Patent Suits
Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 ; Patent Act of 1952
8,540,965, J. R. Moore, LAUNDRY DRIER, filed Jan. 12,
1963, D.C., E.D. Wis. (Milwaukee), Doc. 63-C-291, Imperial
Appliance Corporation et al. v. Hamilton Manufacturing Com-
pany. Final judgfment by consent, defendant owner of patent
In suit ; action is dismissed with prejudice, Sept. 20, 1971.
2,843,699, T. H. Krueger, DRY MOUNTING PRESS ; 2,644,131.
same, DRY MOUNTING PRESS WITH TIMING SIGNALS,
filed Mar. 26, 1970, D.C.N.J. (Newark), Doc. 360-70, Seal.
Incorporated v. Technal Corporation and Bogen Photo Cor-
poration. Stipulation and order of dismissal, Sept. 24, 1971.
2.644,151. (See 2,&43,699.)
2.688,906, R. J. DokoplI, METHOD AND MEANS FOR THE
MANUFACTURE OF FLEXIBLE TUBES (PIPES), filed
Mar. 12. 1969, D.C. Conn. (New Haven), Doc. 13025,
American Plexpipe Company v. The Wiremold Company. Stip-
ulation and order of dismissal, Sept. 22, 1971.
2,694.692, Amos, McCurdy and Mclntire, METHOD OF MAK-
ING LINEAR INTERPOLYMERS OF MONOVINYL AROMAT-
IC COMPOUNDS AND A NATURAL OR SYNTHETIC RUB
BER, filed Mar. 31, 1967, D.C. S.D.N.Y., Doc. 67-C-1257, Fos-
ter Grant Co., Inc. v. The Dow Chemicai Company. Stipulation
of voluntary dismissal with prejudice, Oct. 14, 1971. Same.
filed May 5, 1965, D.C, S.D. Ohio (Cincinnati), Doc. 5916,
The Dow Chemical Co. v. Monaanto Co. Cause dismissed, no
infringement by defendant, Nov. 3, 1971.
2.724,720, Berger and Ludwlg, DICARBAMATES OF SUB-
STITUTED PROPANE DIOLS. filed Nov. 8, 1971. DC,
B.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn), Doc. 71C1445/1446, Carter-Wallace,
Inc. V. Interstate Drug Exchange and Carter-Wallace, Inc. v.
Sherry Pharmaceutical, etc., and Blank Drug Corp.
2.784,225, E. A. Glynn, TREAD CENTERING DEVICE FOR
TIRE MOLDS; 2326,788. E. S. Robbins, QUICK ACTING
TIRE RETREADING MOLD; 2,908.929, Eriksen and Roesch,
BEAD ENGAGING PRESSURE RING UNIT, filed Sept. 15,
1971, D.C. Conn. (New Haven), Doc. 14627, Super Mold Cor-
poration v. J. E. Bheehan Tire Retreading^ Inc. Same, filed
June 30, 1971, D.C, W.D. Ky. (Louisville),' Doc. 6989, Super
Mold Corporation v. Intemationai Rubher Induatries, Inc.
2303,106, Stoddard and Seem, APPARATUS FOR PROCESS-
* INO TEXTILE YARNS ; 2303,108, same. METHOD OF PROC
ESSINO TEXTILE YARNS; 2,803,109, same. METHOD OF
PROCESSING THERMOPLASTIC YARNS; 3,091.912", same;
3,077,724, same, APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING YARNS;
3.472,011, E. P. Scragg, TREATMENT OF ARTIFICIAL
YARNS AND THREADS, filed June 28, 1971, D.C, S.D. Fla.
(Miami), Doc. 71-1026-C-JLK, Celaneae Corp. et al. v. Lee-
sona Corp. et al.
2,803,108. (See 2,803,105.)
■'.803,109. (See 2,803,105.)
2,826,783. (See 2,734,225.)
2,855.760, E. W. Simons, METHOD AND MEANS FOR MAIN-
TAINING MATERIAL AT A PREDETERMINED TEMPERA-
TURE IN AN OPEN COMPARTMENT ; 2,862,369, same, AIK
CONDITIONED DISPLAY COMPARTMENT AND METHOD ;
3.010,379, Arzberger, Swart and Rauscher, AIR DISTRIBU-
TION SYSTEM FOR A FOOD DISPLAY CASE; 3,130,559, S.
Becl<witli. MULTIPLE JET CONDITIONING CABINET;
3.143,952, E. W. Simons, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
CONDITIONING GAS ; 3,149,476, S. Beckwith, REFRIGER-
ATED DISPLAY CABINET; 3,182,467, same, REFRIGERA-
TION SYSTEM WITH DEFROST, filed Sept. 29, 1971, D.C,
W.D. Mich. (Grand Rapids), Doc. G252-71 CA, Pet Incorpo-
rated v. Kyaor Industrial Corporation.
2,862,369. (See 2,855,780.)
2.908,939. (See 2,734,255.)
2.942,512. (See 3,038,363.)
2.949,053. (See 3,038,363.)
2,972,754. U A. Weidner, COMBINATION SITTING AND
SLEEPING PIECE; 3,284.813, J. G. Sevclk, same, filed June
25. 1969. D.C, W.D. Wis. (Madison), Doc. 69-C-144, Burton-
Dixie Corporation v. Wisconsin State Agencies Building Cor-
poration, United States Bedding Company. Consent decree,
plaintiff owner of patents, U.S. Bedding Co. has infringed
and permanently enjoined, Oct. 6, 1971.
2,999,121, H. G. Mead, FAST ACTING TOTALLY EXPEND-
ABLE IMMERSION THERMOCOUPLE; 3,024,295, P. J.
Moore, IMMERSION PYROMETER WITH NON DIREC
TIONAL CONTACT STRUCTURE; 3,038,951, H. O. Mead,
FAST ACTING TOTALLY EXPENDABLE IMMERSION
THERMOCOUPLE ; 3.048.642, K. B. Parker, Jr., IMMERSION
PYROMETER WITH EXPENDABLE PLUG-IN TEMPERA-
TURE SENSING UNIT; 3.055,961, Robertson and Ross,
QUICK DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR EXPENDABLE
THERMOCOUPLES, filed Oct. 6. 1971, D.C, M.D. Pa. (Scran-
ton), Doc. C-71-430, Leeds <t Northrup Company v. UELCO
Electronics Corp.
3,010,379. (See 2,855,760.)
3.024,295. (See 2,999,121.)
3,038.363. B. F. Mlessner, ELECTRONIC PIANO ; 2,942,512,
same ; 2.949,053, C W. Andersen, TONE GENERATOR, filed
May 12, 1971, DC, N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 71cll45, The
Wurlitzer Company v. Chicago Musical Instrument Co. On
motion of plaintiff case in suit is dismissed with prejudice,
Nov. 8, 1971.
3.038.951. (See 2,999,121.)
3,048.642. (See 2,999,121.)
3,055361. (See 2,999,121.)
3,077,724. (See 2,803,105.)
3,091,912. (See 2,803,105.)
3,130,637, K. E. Golden, SLIDE PROJECTOR; Ke. 26,619,
W. J. Hall, SLIDE PROJECTOR USING A BOX OR CIRCU-
LAR SLIDE MAGAZINE, filed Nov. 6, 1969, D.C. N.D. 111.
(Chicago), Doc. 69c2293, GAP Corporation v. Honeywell, Inc..
Shutan Camera. By agreement cause dismissed without preju-
dice; if contemplated settlement Is not effected the cause
will be restored, Oct. 4, 1971.
3.143.952. (See 2,855,760.)
3,149,476. (See 2,855,760.)
3,182,467. (See 2,855,760.)
3,190,050, Bauder and Hart, POCKET FILTER ; 3,273,821,
Bauder, Hart and Clemlnshaw, AIR FILTER HAVING A RE-
PLACEABLE CARTRIDGE, filed July 11, 1969, D.C, S.D.N.Y.,
Doc. 69-C-3001, Cambridge Filter Corporation v. ARCO Manu-
facturing Corp. Final consent judgment, defendant enjoined
from Infringing claim 11 of 3,190,059 as indicated. Sept 17,
1971.
77«
FEBRUARY 15, 1972
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
779
8,273.321. (See 3,190,059.)
3.284,813. (See 2,972,754.)
3,302,285, H. J. Mann, Jr., TUBING CUTTER HAVING
PIVOTALLY MOUNTED DRIVE ROLLER ; 3.507,035. same.
TUBING CUTTER, filed Sept. 27, 1971, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los
Angeles), Doc. 71-2307-RJK, Go-Tools, Inc. v. Jack Mnnti.
3,472,011. (See 2,803,105.)
3,498,215, L. D. Brinkman, LAMINATING DEVICE ;
3,513,521, A. L. Fritz, APPARATUS FOR ASSEMBLING AND
SECURING T-EDGING, filed Oct. 21. 1971, DC. Ariz. (Phoe-
nix), Doc. C-71-585, Royal Industries, Inc. v. Unique Machine
Tool Co., Inc. et al
8,507,035. (See 3,302,285.)
3,513,521. (See 3,498,215.)
3,551,581, D. J. Goodman, WATER COOLED ELECTRIC
CABLE, filed Sept. 28, 1971, D.C, E.D. Mich. (Detroit), Doc.
37167. Sargent Industries of Michigan, Inc. v. Nu Core, Inc.
3,594,044, B. Koback, APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTUR-
ING STRIP BRUSHES, filed Sept. 24, 1971, DC. Oreg. (Port-
land), Doc. C-71-672, Ben-KoMatic, Inc. v. Daniel C. Hanna,
doing business as Hanmi Equipment Co., and J eft R. Welter.
Re. 26.619. (See 3,130,637.)
I). 154,178. (See D. 213,316.)
I). 201,707. R. D. Mo.ver. TIRE INFLATION TESTER : Rejr.
No. 740,908 (TIRE BILLY), R. D. Moyer, doing business as
B & J Mfg. Co., filed June 22. 1971, DC . N.D. Ind. (Fort
Wayne I. Doc. 71-F-61, R. D. Moyer, doing business as B d J
Distributors v. Willard C Knight, doing business as Knight
Leather <i Mfg. Co.
V. 213,316. J. S. Madsen, FLOOR TILE OR SIMILAR AR-
TICLE; D. 154,178. J. E. Ryan, TILE FLOOR AND WALL
COVERING, filed Mar. 25, 1969, D.C. Mass. (Boston), Doc.
CA-69 30S-F, American Biltrite Rubber Co., Inc. v. OAF Cor-
poration.
D. 219.860. Burts and Jones, PORTABLE ILLUMINATED
SIGN, filed July 9, 1971, D.C, M.D. Fla. (Tampa), Doc. 71-
337-C-T, Trail-R-Sign of Tampa, Inc. v Portable Signs of
America, Inc.
Reg. No. 740.908. (See D. 201,707.)
/
/
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
780
Certiflcmtea of Correction for the Week of Feb. 15, 1972
February 15, 1972
R€. 2T,047
D. 221,079
3,282,861
3,410,401
3,438,721
3,458,957
3,486,113
3,492,369
3,495,955
3,496,285
3,497,563
3,511,629
3,511,841
3,621,444
3,532,626
3,533,962
3,541,027
3,545,921
3,547,951
3,548,089
3,651,131
3,652,735
3,564,891
3,654,915
3,555,004
3,556,037
3,560,449
3,560,694
3,562,276
3.562,362
3,663,161
3,564,543
3,666,230
3.567,234
3,567.641
3,572,049
3,573,073
3,573,802
3,574,281
3,574,597
3,575,528
3,575.682
3.575,916
3.576,134
3,577.087
3,578,661
3,578,883
3,579,875
3,581,412
3,581.784
3.583,122
3,584,458
3,584,972
3.585,779
3,585,866
3,586.496
3,686,512
3,586,580
3,586,668
3,586,770
3.587,312
3,588,175
3,588,384
3,589,441
3,589,450
3,589.629
3,589,796
3,590,031
3,591,057
3,691,612
3,591,663
3,592,061
3,592,151
3,592,495
3,592,633
3,592,926
3,593,366
3.593,619
3,593,727
3,593,751
3,594,133
3,594,187
3,594,268
3,594,343
3,594,382
3,594,491
3,594,549
3,594,684
3,595,681
3,595,810
3.595.887
3,595,893
3,596,201
3,596,245
3,596,820
3.596,830
3,597,266
3,597,415
3,598,566
3,598,765
3,598,805
3,598,837
3,599,351
3,599,395
3,599,715
3,600,380
3,600,935
3,603,000
3,604,305
3,619,154
dated June 21, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the
assignee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,946,718. — Hotcard A. Jones and John A. Oarman, Baltimore,
Md , and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
July 26, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,946,719. — Hotcard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
July 26, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, Fife Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,960,430. — Hotcard A. Jones and John A. Oarman, Baltimore,
Md , and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Nov. 15, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
Disdidmers
3 268 636.— Bichord G. Angell. Jr.. Highland Park, N.J.
' METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INJECTION MOLD
ING FOAMED PLASTIC ARTICLES. Pateht dated Aug.
23, 1966. Disclaimer filed Oct. 15, 1971, by the assignee,
Union Carbide Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13
of said patent.
3 *SQM9.— Richard G. Angell. Jr.. Brldgewater Township.
' Somerrllle. N.J. MOLDING OF FORMED THERMO-
PLASTIC ARTICLES. Patent dated Apr. 1, 1969. Dis-
claimer filed Oct. 15. 1971, by the assignee, Union Car-
hide Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to claims 13. 14, 15 and 20
of said patent.
Dedicatloiis
2 877 152 —Joe R. Willard and John F. Henahan, Mlddleport,
' N.Y PESTICIDAL PHOSPHORUS ESTERS. Patent
dated Mar. 10, 1959. Dedication filed Nov. 4. 1971, by the
assignee. FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2 916,415.— i/oe R. Willard and John F. Henahan, Mlddleport,
' N.Y. PESTICIDAL PHOSPHORUS ESTERS. Patent
dated Dec. 8, 1959. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the
assignee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2 941,920. — Joe R. Willard and John F. Henahan. Mlddleport,
N.Y. PESTICIDAL PHOSPHORUS ESTERS. Patent
2,961,369.— //0M?ard A. Jones and John A. Garman. Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Nov. 22, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,961,371. — Hoicard A. Jones and John A. Garman. Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Nov. 22, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,970,940.— .ffoward A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson. Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Feb. 7, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,990,317. — Hotcard A. Jones and John A. Garman. Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
June 27, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971. by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,990,323.— Wotcord A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
June 27, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
F. H. BRONAUGH, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF JANUARY 25, 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actu&l
Filing Dat«
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY, GROUP 110-M. STERMAN, Director 1-06-71
Inorganic Compounds: Inorganic Compositions; Organo-Metal and Organo-MeteUold Chemistry; Metallurgy; Metal 'stock'
Electro Chemistry; Batteries; Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions'
r uei and Igniting Devices.
GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, GROUP 120-1. MARCUS, Director s-03 70
Heterocyclic; Amides; Alkaloids; Aio; Sulfur; Misc. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicides; 'Poisons; 'Mediclne8';'Cosmetlc8; Sterol'dis"
OxoandOxy;Qulnones;Aclds;CarboxyllcAcldE8ters; Acid Anhydrides; Acid Halldes. «> ">u»,
HIGH POLYMER CHEMISTRY, PLASTICS AND MOLDING, GROUP 140-L J. BERCOVITZ. Director 10-23-70
^^r*,^?"x°T ?"'?*^ Rubber; Proteins; Macromolecular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin Compositions; Syn'thetlc'Ree'lns"
^ 1th Natural Polymers and Resins; Natural Resins; Reclaiming; Pore-Forming; Compositions (Part) e e : Coatlne- Moldlnc-
Ink; Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes.
COATING AND LAMINATING, BLEACHING, DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY, GROUP 160-A. P. KENT, Director 1-18-71
Coating; Processes and Misc. Products; Laminating Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; Adhesive Bonding; Special Chem'-'
leal Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.
SPECIALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, GROUP 170-W B KNIGHT Director ft-10-70
Fertilizers; Foods Fermentation; Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper Making; Glass Manufacture- Gas""
Heating and Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purification; Distillation; Preserving; Liquid and SoUd Separation- Gas
and Liquid Contact Apparatus; Refrigeration; Concentrative Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus; Misc. Physical Processes
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
INDUSTRLAL ELECTRONICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, GROUP 210-N. AN8HER, Director 5-25-71
Generation and Utlliiation; General Applications; Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Cond'uct'ors- Switches-'
Miscellaneous. '
SECURITY, GROUP 220-R. L. CAMPBELL, Director " 27 70
Ordnance, Firearms and Ammunition; Radar, Underwater SlgnaUlng, "l5irectional"Radlo, TorpedoesrSelm'lc'EipiorlM,"'Ra<iro-"
Active Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy, Rocket Fuels; Radio-Actlve Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL, GROUP 230-J. F. COUCH, Director 2-01-7U
Communications; Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processing, Computation and Conversion; Storage'Devlcee 'and'
Related Arts.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 260-W. L. CARLSON, Director 3-01-70
Seml-Conductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Llne8""Mid'
Networks; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring.
PHYSICS, GROUP 280-R. L. EVANS Director _ _ 12-28-70
Photography; Sound and Lighting; Indicators and Optics; Measuring and Testing; Geometrical Instruments
DESIGNS, GROUP 290-R. L. CAMPBELL, Dirwctor ,, m 7n
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS "
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310-A. BERLIN. Director 1-05-71
Conveyors; Hoists; Elevators; Article Handling Implements; Store Service; Sheet and Web Feeding; Dispensing; Fluid Sprinkling
Fire Extlrigulshers; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting SoUds; Boats; Ships; Aeronautics-
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Railways and Railway Equipment; Brakes; Rigid Flexible andSpeclal Receo-
tacles and Packages.
MATERIAL SHAPING, ARTICLE MANUFACTURING, TOOLS, GROUP 320-D. J. STOCKING, Director 12-01-70
Manufacturiiig Processes, Assembling, Combined Machines, Spcial Article Making; Metal Deforming; Sheet Met'al 'and'wi're'
working; Metal Fusion— Bonding, Metal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus; Plastics Working Apparatus; Plastic Block
and Earthenware Apparatus; Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; Work and Tool Holders Woodworking; Tools; Cutlery;
J&CKS.
AMUSEMENT, HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT, INFORMATION, GROUP 330-A. RUEGG Director 12-01-70
Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering; Earth Working and Excavating'
Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; Jewelry; Surgery; ToUetry; Printing; Typewriters; SUtlonery;
Information Dissemination.
HEAT. POWER AND FLUID ENGINEERING, GROUP 340-M. M. NEWMAN, Director. 2-05-71
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Pumps; Turbines; Heat Generation and Exchange; Refrigeration; Ventilation; '
Drying; Vaporiilng; Temperature and Humidity Regvuatlon; Machine Elements; Power Transmission; Fluid Handling; Lu-
brication; Joint Packing.
CONSTRUCTIONS, SUPPORTS, TEXTILES, CLEANING, GROUP 360-T. J. HICKEY, Director 1-04-71
Joints; Fasteners; Rod, Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Buildlnt Structuree; Closure 'ODera'tore"
Bridges; Closures; Earth Engineering; DrlUlng; Mining; Furniture; Receptacles; SupportsiCBblnet Structures, Cenmfugal
Separations; Cleaning; Coatmg; Pressing; Agitating; Foods; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines; Winding imd
Keeling.
Expiration of iwtenta: The patents within the range of nnmbws IndloatMl below expire during January 1972, exent those which may have
5?P o»*^ f^" •*"• ^ shortened terms under the provlslom of PobUc Law OM, TBth Congress. approvMi August 8. 164fl (BoStat. 940) and Public Law
Si'^^^i'A ^JfKJ?"' approved August 23. 1964 (68 SUt. 764), or which may have bad thet uhna eortaiM by dlsotaimSr nndir the pro^loM of
35 U.8.C. 253. Other patents, iMued after the dates of the range of nomben Indloatad balow, may bave expired bafore the fall term ofl? years for
the Hune reasons, or have lapsed under the proTlaions of 35 U.S.O. ISl. 7o-t» «•
SfJ5?p".V-;:A' " Nomban 2,700,764 to 2.702.900, tnoinaJve
Plant Fatantt _ _ Noxnoan 1,845 to 1,854, tnolative
781
REISSUES
FEBRUARY 15, 1972
Matter enclosed In heavy brackets C 1 appears In the original
printed in italics indicates
27,280
PRODUCTION OF SEMIPERMEABLE MEMBRANES
Serop Manjildan, Del Mar, Calif., assignor to Universal
Water Corporation, Del Mar. Calif.
No Drawing. Original No. 3,483,282, dated Dec. 9, 1969,
Ser. No. 692,307, Dec. 21, 1967, which Is a continua-
tion-ln-part of Ser. No. 614,398, Feb. 7, 1967. AppUca-
tion for reissue July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,296
Int CI. BOld 39/18; B29d 7/02; B29h 7/20
JJS CI. 264—41 ' Claims
Producing a semipermeable membrane of enhanced
strength, useful in separation systems such as those based
on osmosis or reverse osmosis, by casting such membrane
from a solution comprising; a cellulosic derivative, for
example, cellulose acetate, a flux promoter; a water misci-
ble organic solvent; and from about 2% to about 50%
pyridine by weight.
patent but forms no part of this reissue specification ; matter
additions made by reissue.
longitudinal overlap of the capillary discharge tube and
the cathode provides a shorter structure than available in
27,281
ARYL KETONE CONTAINING ORGANOSILICON
MATERIALS
Edward V. Wilkns, Monroe, Conn., and Abe Bcrger,
Schenectady, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
No Drawing. Original No. 3,391,109, dated July 2, 1968,
Ser. No. 591,118, Nov. 1, 1966. AppUcation for reissue
June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,398
Intel. C08fi 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—46.5 Y ^ Claims
Organosilicon materials, including monomers and poly-
mers, and a method for making them, are provided. One
class of materials have chemically combined
o
=SiR"CQ
units, where R" is a divalent hydrocarbon radical and Q
is a radical selected from aryloxyaryl, arylthioaryl, aryl-
sulfonylaryl, and certain heteroaromatic radicals. In addi-
tion, organosilicon polymers and copolymers are provided
having chemically combined
o
=SiR"CQ'
units, where Q' is a radical selected from Q radicals,
monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radicals and halo-
genated monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radicals. The
subject monomers can be employed as perfume oil bases
in cosmetics, etc. The subject polymers can be employed
as fluids and in the manufacture of elastomers and resms.
the prior art, while still allowing a large area cathode
emitting surface for long-life operation.
27,283
CARRYING ELEMENT
Roger Bajuiaz, Geneva, Switzerland, assignor to Rotoparfc
S.A., Geneva, Switzerland
Original No. 3,260,353, dated July 12, 1966, Ser. No.
369,991, May 25, 1964. Application for reissue May
5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,925
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 30, 1963,
6,774/63
Int CI. B65g 15/00
UJS. CI. 198—156 7 Claims
27 282
COLD CATHODE GAS LASER DISCHARGE TUBE
William P. Kolb, Jr., Manhattan Beach, Calif., assignor to
Hughes Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Original No. 3,495,119, dated Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No.
703,384, Feb. 6, 1968. AppUcation for reissue June
11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,602
Int CI. HOlj 17/04; HOls 3/22
U.S. CI. 313—217 7 Claims
A cold cathode gas laser discharge tube of improved
design is disclosed. A cylindrical cathode is disposed co-
axially about a capillary discharge tube. A substantial
1. A car storage installation comprising CaJ first
and second Csupport] carrying elements [having inter-
fingering portions], means for vertically moving one of
said [supports! carrying elements to transfer a load from
either [support] element to the other element [support,
said interfingering portions when seen in plan view having
a general shape of zig-zag line.] each carrying element
having a plurality of first bearing surfaces disposed on
one side of an axis which axis bisects the longitudinal
symmetry plane of the carrying element, said first bear-
ing surfaces being spaced apart from one another; a
plurality of second bearing surfaces disposed on the other
side of the axis said second bearing surfaces being spaced
apart from one another; the first set of bearing surfaces
offset from the second set of bearing surfaces said carry-
ing element in a plan view describes generally a zig-zag
line and said first and second carrying elements having
interfingering portions.
782
February 16, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
788
27,284
THREADED DRILL ROD ELEMENT
John Anders Hjalsten and Gunnar Ame Gustafsson,
Sandviken, Sweden, assignors to Sandvikens Jemverks
Aktiebolag, Sandviken, Sweden
Original No. 3,388,935, dated June 18, 1968, Ser. No.
633,339, Mar. 27, 1967, which is a continuation of Ser.
No. 456,656, May 18, 1965. AppUcation for reissue
Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 28,157
Claims priority, appUcation Sweden, May 29, 1964,
6,532/64
Int CI. F16b 31/06
U.S. CI. 287—117 9 Claims
A drill rod coupling comprising a threaded rod and
a matching threaded sleeve, the rod threads having at
least two starts and flank angles adjacent the crests of
at least 45° which gradually increase toward the base,
which latter has a concave shape with a radius greater
than the depth of the thread, the flanks of the thread
being symmetrical and the crests being bevelled, and
spaced from the bottoms of the sleeve threads.
27 285
PROGRAM-CONTROLLED ELECTRONIC DATA-
PROCESSING SYSTEM
Hans-Joachim Dreyer, Koratal, Rolf Hasten, lUrsch-
landen, and Gottfried Porst, Konstanz, Germany, as-
signors to Intematitmal Standard Electric Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Original No. 3,174,136, dated Mar. 16, 1965, Ser. No.
795,479, Feb. 25, 1959. AppUcation for reissue Mar.
16, 1967, Ser. No. 629,350
Int CL G06f 13/00
UA a. 340-172^ 27 Claims
tttMMI CMKtf',
a'Eia
j4p- .'^.
^d ^:! :^
::^
^i^ b^
c^
^f.
^^:^ ^
^
c^ [a^ "
^.- L"
— *— 1-^
->s.^ ^
-LH
ki.
^
of the kind stored in the partial storages. Interposed be-
tween the working units and the partial storages is means
for establishing selective transfer connections therebe-
tween. A central program control unit is cyclically opera-
tive to examine program instructions stored tn a prede-
termined one of the partial storages and to set up a trans-
fer connection between at least one of the partial storages
and working units according to each examined program
instruction. Associated with each of the working units and
under the control of the central control unit is means for
seizing and independently maintaining control of each
transfer connection set up by the control unit while the
corUrol unit proceeds to execute the next examination
cycle of program instruction.
}
27 286
METHOD OF HANDLING CREVICE-CORROSION
INDUCING HALIDE SOLUTIONS
Octavian Bertea, Warren, Howard B. Bomberger, Jr.,
Canfield, and Layne F. Plock, Geneva, Ohio, assignors
to RMI Company, NUes, Ohio
No Drawing. Original No. 3,469,975, dated Sept 30,
1969, Ser. No. 635,686, May 3, 1967, which is a con-
tinuation-in-part of Ser. No. 561,391, June 29, 1966.
AppUcation for reissue Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 23,052
Int a. C22c 15/00
UA CI. 75—175.5 7 Claims
A method of handling crevice-corrosion-inducing ha-
lide solutions such as sea water that involves containing
the solution in a structure having a solution-contacting
surface of an alloy of titanium with at least one of nickel,
cobalt or molybdenum. The nickel, cobalt and molyb-
denum are present in amounts of up to 5.0% nickel, at
least about 0.3% cobalt and at least about 2.0% molyb-
denum.
27,287
METHOD OF FABRICATING SEMICONDUCTOR
CONTACTS
^"ttp ?• Lepselter, New Providence, NJ., assignor to
^U Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, New York,
Oiignil No. 3,442,701, dated May 6, 1969, Ser. No.
457,056, May 19, 1965. AppUcation for reissue July
17, 1969, Ser. No. 847,479
Int CI. B44d 7/75; C23c 75/00
U.S. CL 117—212 3 cbdms
Z7 2e X
25
,\\-- .V'.. \-,w- Or-^-.-cr:* . ,-
^^^S
xx#:^-
■^
^^^^
-P4
^^
22
An electronic data processing system is described hav-
ing a plurality of partial storages and a plurality of work-
ing units which are adapted to operate upon data signals
A method of fabricating electrodes on a semiconductor
device in order to avoid the unsatifactory technique of
chemical etching. A silicon oxide mask is deposited on
the surface of a semiconductor body, [the mask confonn-
ing to the desired electrode geometry] such that the m-
rnasked portions of the surface are those portions to which
it is desired to make electrical contact. A first layer of
refractory metal from the group consisting of titanium,
zirconium, vanadium and hafnium is deposited over the
masked and unmasked portions of the semiconductor
body and a second layer of platinum, nickel or gold is
deposited over the first metal layer. Portions of the
second metal are removed by a back-sputtering technique
[to conform to the electrode geometry defined by the sUi-
con oxide mask] from the areas in which it is desired to
provide electrical separation between conductive eleC'
trodes. Then, the refractory metal not covered by the re-
maining portions of the second metal is converted to an
insulating oxide by low temperature heat treatment when
exposed to oxygen.
\
T84
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
27 288
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR OPERATING
A CYLINDER
Harvey S. Landers, 207 E. Broadway,
Fort Worth, Tex. 76118
Original No. 3,434,392, dated Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No.
632,969, Apr. 24, 1967. AppUcation for reissue May
7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,478
Intel. F15b 77/05, ii/O-/
U^. a. 100—218 9 Claims
exterior to the first and second passages for controlling
fluid flow without blocking the passages; thereby eliminat-
ing hydraulic shock and fatigue of equipment. Also dis-
closed are specific embodiments having: (1) a throttling
valve between passages for effecting a predetermined force
balance on the hydraulic cylinder piston, and (2) a par-
ticular arrangement of the valves.
27,289
MAGNETIC POSITIONING DEVICE
Bruce A. Sawyer, 20120 AUentown Drive,
Woodland Hills, Calif. 91364
Original No. 3,457,482, dated July 22, 1969, Ser. No.
678,842, Oct. 30, 1967. Application for reissue Apr.
9, 1970, Ser. No. 31,434
Int. CI. H02p 1/54, 7/68. 7/74
VS. CI. 318—38 34 Claims
CThe combination with a cylinder having a piston there-
in and an extending piston rod, first and second passage
means connecting fluid pressure means with the piston
and rod ends of said cylinder, transverse passage means
connecting said first and second passage means and ex-
tending outwardly of each side thereof, and first, second
and third valves in said transverse passage means, the
second said valve being located between said first and
second passage means and the first and third said valves
being located outwardly and ai each side of said first
and seccxid passage means.]
An animal feed compression device characterized by
having; in addition to the compression chamber, ram and
discharge gate; a hydraulic cylinder for powering the ram;
low and high pressure pumps connected directly with, re-
spectively, the rod and piston ends of the hydraulic cylin-
der via first and second passages; and a plurality of valves
47
B fUKtse
,49
4h
Ux r
42
44
2S ,35
4e
t
at
A magnetic system for moving a marking tool over a
surface for plotting curves, graphs and other data. A head
incorporating two parallel sets of magnets along each
of two perpendicular axes. A plate having a grid of zones
of magnetic material. Driving circuitry for selectively
energizing magnet coils in response to input stepping
signals for moving the head over the plate along each
axis.
PATENTS
GRANTED FEBRUARY 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,641,589
METHOD OF FABRICATING COMBINATION PANTY
HOSE GARMENT
Elb« H. Bryant, Ararat, N.C., assignor to Amos and Smitii
Hosiery Company, Pilot Mountain, N.C.
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,362
Int. CI. A4 lb 9/00, 11 100
U.S. CI. 2-224 R
8 Claims
the (medullary) canals of the acetabulum pelvis of the in-
dividual patient and includes at least two elongated and con-
vergent or divergent fasteners. The bone is preferably drilled
for a main pin fastener of the appropriate length at the
proper inclination and site. There is then arranged in the
acetabulum socket a selected cup prosthesis having a
preformed hole determined by and corresponding to the
dniled hole, into which the main pin is driven after passing
through the prosthesis hole. The spherical cup is quite thicic
and has generally keyhole or T-shaped slots penetrating its
nm and its outer surface at various inclinations but avoiding
penetration of its inner surface. A relatively wide fastener
dnft of T-shaped or other appropriate cross-sectional shape,
designed to be inserted with part of its width in the slot and
the remaining part projecting transversely as well as longitu-
dinally beyond the cup and out of the slot is driven into and
through a selected slot at the inclination and site most ad-
vantageous to the recipient patient.
The method of fabricating a combination panty hose car-
3,641,591
SOFT SHELL MUSHROOM SHAPED HEART
Willem J. Kotff, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignor to Univeraity
of Utah
. ^ K— V ""^ KOI- Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9^07
ment having a panty portion with integrally knit depending , Int. CI. A6lf 01/24
eg portions comprising the steps of knitting elongated seam- lJ^.CI.3-1 4 Claims
less hosiery blanks, positioning one hosiery blank in another
blank at least in the waist portions for alignment, severing the
blanks longitudmally to a crotch posiUon in the panty portion
of the garment, and sewing the blanks together in the waist
portions to form the panty portion of the garment. An ap-
paratus having a hosiery supporting form in juxtaposition to a
member through which one or more stockings may be
mounted for nesting together.
3,641,590
ACETABULAR REPLACEMENT PROSTHESIS AND
METHOD OF ASSEMBLING
Arthur A. Mkhek, 4 Stonebridge Road, Montclair, N J
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,353
Int CI. A61f 1/24
^•^ CI 3-1 ncwms
^
A selective individualized technique for acetabulum socket
replacement per se, or in conjunction with a hip replacement
prosthesis (Michele U.S. Pat. No. 3,228,393) for a total hip
replacement, designed for all ages including the very young
A selective anchorage for a cup prosthesis of a size selected
from the limited number of differently sized cups is made
available. Anchorage of the acetabular socket replacement
conforms to vanaUons in dimensions, shapes and positions of
The output volume of the artificial heart of this invention
IS highly responsive and directly proportional, within limits
to the atnal filling pressure of the blood flowing into the
pumping chamber of the artificial heart. Rexible wall con-
stniction is responsible for the output volume being a func-
tion of the inlet pressure and also serves to reduce tissue
damage to the surrounding body organs when the artificial
heart is placed in the same general locality as that usually oc-
cupied by the natural heart. An integral valve means opera-
ble in conjunction with an inflatable blood displacement
member occludes the inlet to the heart during the pumpinfi
phase of the heart. r f »
3,641,592
BREAST PROSTHESIS
Hazel M. Den Bleyker, 445 East Hoyt Avenue, SL Paul, Minn
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,787
IntCl.A61f7/00, A41ci/y0
U.S. CI. 3-36 4 d^^
A surgically removed breast is replaced by a prosthesis
which also has a foldable tab extending under the arm. The
785
786
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
prosthesis comprises a soft cloth case filled with polyester
fiber fluff, overlapping panels at the back providing access
' for insertion or removal of fluff. Snaps hold the prosthesis in
place in a brassiere cup.
3,641^93
ABOVEGROUND SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION
Adam D. Goettl, P.O. Box 10036, Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,698
Intel. E04hi//6,i//5
U.S. CI. 4-172.19 10 Claims
swimming pool and provided with a slotted cover preferably
formed from molded plastic sections having integral seating
lugs which fit into the top of the gutter to hold the sections in
place A water supply conduit for the swimming pool is car-
ried beneath the cover and above the gutter floor and pro-
x>i.>;-;»>**ys5«^?5W
^ so ^
vided with inlet nozzle assemblies which feed filtered return
water into the pool The water supply conduit can be discon-
nected quickly from the nozzle assemblies by quick-discon-
nect couplings and removed without the necessity for ex-
cavating around the pool or providing a passageway around
the entire penphery of the pool.
3,641,595
PREFABRICATED AND TRANSPORTABLE BASINS OR
POOLS
Hans Viessmann, Battenberg/Eder, Im Hain, Germany
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,850
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 5, 1969, G 69 30
879.8
Intel. E04hJ//6,J/iS
U.S. CI. 4-172.19 13 Claims
An aboveground swimming poo! construction having a
substantially rigid base provided with a groove therein, said
groove holding the lower edge of a water retaining wall ad-
jacent to an inflatable seal in the groove, decking supported
on the upper portion of the wall; recesses in the base
removably holding upstanding posts which support said deck
outwardly beyond said wall; and fence railing coupled to said
posts above said deck. i f
3,641,594
GUTTER AND WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM Ft)R
SWIMMING POOLS
William D. Hough, McKecsport, Pa., assignor to Leisign En-
gineering Company, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,U0
Int CI. E04h 3/16, 3/18
U.S.CI.4— 172.17 8 Claims
A gutter and water supply system fgir swimming pools
wherein the gutter is cast into a concrete sidewall of the
A swimming pool comprises waterproof bottom and
sidewall liners whose lower edges have a waterproof seal. A
V
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
787
sidewall extends about, and adjacent, the bottom liner to sup-
port the sidewall liner. The sidewall includes a vertical corru-
gated wall portion whose U-shaped sections are deep enough
to enable this wall portion to stand unsupported, and alter-
nating connecting wall parts of these sections are wide
enough to form a planar supporting contact for the sidewall
liner. The upper and lower edges of the corrugated wall por-
tion are held respectively in upper and lower channellike
horizontally extending support members, and the lower sup-
port member has an inwardly extending ledge for supporting
the bottom liner.
piston comprises a pair of frustoconical rubber rings pro-
vided internally with spiral spring rings for biasing the rubber
3,641,596
BATHING APPARATUS
Hugo BiU, Bruhlbergstrasse 8, Winterthur, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,925
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 5, 1969,
13467/69
Int. CI. A47k 3/062
' ~ 15 Claims rings against the pump member in which the double-action
piston reciprocates.
3,641,598
CRIB AND STABILIZING LATCH APPARATUS
THEREFOR
Morris Feldstein, 782 West 52nd Avenue, Vancouver, British
Columbia, Canada
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,428
Int CI. A47d 7/00, 9/00
U.S. CI. 5-100 17 Claims
27
A crib having at least one drop-side slidably mounted on
vertical rods adjacent the ends thereof, and stabilizing latch
apparatus at one or both ends of the crib side for locking said
side at different levels on the rod. The latch apparatus in-
cludes means for clamping said crib side on one of the rods,
and/or means for locking said side in one position or in a
selected one of a plurality of vertically spaced positions.
3,641,599
Bathing apparatus, particularly for physically handicapped Michael S TcS^^ IT^L'^'^^'^L^f "^ . v
arsons, has a framework carrvine a bather^ «-.» 7r.W . ^^hael S. Addante, Lakesbore Drive, Canandaigua, N.Y.
persons, has a framework carrying a bather's seat and a
pivotally mounted tub which can be swung between opera-
tive, i.e. bathing, and inoperative positions. In the operative
position, the sitting bather is surrounded by the tub which
can then be filled, while in the inoperative position the seat is
freely accessible for the bather to sit on it or to leave it.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. Na 48,195
Int. CI. A47c 79/00
U.S. CI. 5-309
6 Claims
3,641,597
APPARATUS INTENDED FOR CLEARING SANITARY
APPLIANCES
Joseph David, 390, me Jean Jaures, a Ivoz-Ramet, and Jules
Hubert, 132, rue Hayencux, a Herstal, both of Bdgium
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 797,787
Int CI. E03d 5/09
U.S. CI. 4-255 2 Claims
An apparatus for unblocking or clearing sanitary ap-
pliances, such as sinks, latrines, etc., comprising a pump
member or body terminating in an oblique mouthpiece and
■A A -.v ' J u. "■ ^ ^ ■■ '" ^ ^^ ^^ *^ ^yP* '" *^"ch the box spring is supported
provided with a double-acdon piston. The double-acting on a plurality of bed slats, which extend transversely between
788
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
opposite sides of the bed frame, undesirable squeaking and
wear of the box spring cover are eliminated by inserting
resilient bed shims over opposite ends of the bed slats. Each
shim rests upon one of the side rails of the bed frame, and
has a pair of vertically spaced, lateral projections, which em-
brace one end of a bed slat. The lower projection on such
shim extends between a side rail and the lower surface of a
slat, and the upper projection extends between the upper sur-
face of the slat and the box spring resting thereon. A vertical
lip projects above each upper projection; and these lips em-
brace opposite sides of the box spring to secure it against
lateral movement.
;
3,641,600
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPOSABLE
STORAGE AND UTILIZATION OF BEDDING
MATERIALS
Edwin O. Oats, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to RoU-A-Shect,
Inc., Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Oct 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,979
Int.Cl. A47c2//00
U.S. CI. 5—317 R 3 Claims
In the storage and utilization of disposable bedding materi-
als as for example for institutional usage, comprising bedding
materials roll secured to a portable bed, which includes ten-
sioning therefor, whereby the lowermost of two bedding
materials such as sheets are held in stretched relation to the
mattress of a bed, the system to include means for shifting
used portions, for cutting same while simultaneously replac-
ing same in bedding relation to the mattress.
3,641,601
SIMULATED WALKER, JOGGER, AND RUNNING
EXERCISER
WllUan F. Sicg, P.O. Box 278, St. Booifacius, Minn.
Filed Apr. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 820,447
Int.CLA47c27//4
U.S. CL 5—345 16 Claims
be provided to hold the platforms in their upper positions.
Also, a horizontal rail or handle can be used as a stabilizer
for the person exercising on the device.
3,641,602
SINGLE ANCHOR LEG SINGLE POINT MOORING
SYSTEM
John F. Flory, Morristown, N J.; Colin N. T. Baptist, Tripoli,
Libya; Russel C. Kuhn, Princeton, and Frederick H.
Stradie, Convent Station, both of NJ., assignors to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,445
Int. CLB63b 27/52
U.S. CI. 9-8P 11 Claims
A single anchor leg single point mooring and cargo-han-
dling system, primarily for tanker vessels, is provided which
comprises a mooring buoy anchored to a mooring foundation
by a single anchor leg, a portion of which is a rigid conduit
utilized for cargo transfer, and a portion of which is a flexible
connection, and providing means for permitting the buoy to
rotate with respect to the mooring foundation.
3,641,603
SHOE MAKING
Charles A. Lockwood, Kettering, England, assignor to The
Shoe and Allied Trades Research Association, Northamp-
tonshire, England
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,837
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 29, 1969,
4,864/69
Int. CI. A43d UIOO
U.S.CI. 12-146C 26Clainis
An exercising device usable to simulate walking, jogging
and running. The device has a base carrying a pad of elastic
compressible material, as yieldable foam rubber, foam plastic
and the like, having air confining cavities, open cells and
passageways. The pad has a longitudinal slot along the top
dividing the pad into separate upwardly extended sections
joined to a common lower section. Separate rigid platforms
are secured to the top of each upper section to evenly dis-
tribute the pressures to the pad. Additional elastic means can
Methods of preforming shoe uppers are provided using
molds of a novel shape. The shape of the mold is such that
the material is not stretched more than, in preferred embodi-
ments, about 25 percent. The mold corresponds to the shape
of the whole upper but is flatter than the last, is preferably
unitary but cem be in two or more parts. The methods involve
heating the material and carrying out a pressure differential
forming operation. Mechanical movement of the molds into
the material, just prior to the vacuum forming is also
February 15, 1972
described. When forming several uppers simultaneously, a
template may be placed over the molds and subsequently
used as a cutting guide. The difficulties of lasting in the nor-
mal way are avoided by the invention.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
789
3,641,604
CLOSURE APPARATUS
Walter S. Eggert, Jr., Huntingdon Valley, Pa., assignor to
Boothe Airside Services, Inc.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,834
Int. CI. B65g UIOO
U.S. CI. 14-71 10 Claims
Closure apparatus for a walkway which closes the small
gap remaining after the walkway has been aligned with a
doorway opening in a structure such as a parked airplane.
The apparatus will follow lateral excursions of the airplane
with a constant contact force. The face of the apparatus is
sufficiently flexible to mate with the side surfaces of most
present-day commercial airplanes.
3,641,605
WEB CLEANING APPARATUS
Thomas W. Lindsay, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Min-
nesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul,
Minn.
FUed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,129
Int. CI. A47I 13140
U.S.CI. 15— 1.5 llClainH
3,641,606
CARWASHING MACHINE
James L. Lee, Miaaoula, Mont, aastgnor to Brush-A-Matk,
Inc., Missoula, Mont
Filed Sept 22, 1969, Ser. No. 860,003
Int CI. B60s 3106
U.S. CL 15-21 E 3 Clains
An apparatus and process for washing vehicles, particu-
lariy private sedans and station wagons. The apparatus com-
prises a carriage mounted about an enclosed track. The car-
riage moves about the periphery of a stationary vehicle. It
supports a yieldable upright brush that engages the vehicle
sides and a yieldable upper horizontal brush that engages the
vehicle upper surfaces. Means is provided to lift the upper
brush while the carriage moves across the rear of the vehicle.
The washing process includes the step of lifting the brush and
maintaining it at an elevated position as the brush traverses
the rear of the vehicle.
3,641,607
BUILDING MAINTENANCE APPARATUS
Jerome H. Lcmelson, 85 Rector Street, Metochen, N4.
filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,486
Intel. A47I 7/02, / 7/00
U.S. CI. 15-50 C 10 Claim
Wl, Kg, W3,
1 H Q G E S f]J
ija B B BQI: E
0 5 II Q QBIIB
9 11
llptlllDDB^Bl-
p Q D D 0 (1 0
? q D D B (1 0
B D D SQ-B-t.
D D C E [i: 0
BaBEBBBBBSH
A web cleaning apparatus for thoroughly cleaning continu-
ous webs moved through the apparatus. The apparatus com-
prises a lint free wiping cloth for wiping dust and foreign ob-
jects from a web, a means for using a vacuum to move the
web to be cleaned into intimate contact with a section of the
wiping cloth so that the web will be thoroughly wiped clean,
and nuclear means for removing static electrical charges
from the surface of the web before and after it is cleaned so
that cleaning will be facilitated and so that the web will not
tend to attract dust after being cleaned.
A building maintenance apparatus is provided for perform-
ing automatic operations on the facing of tall buildings such
as the operation of automatically cleaning the windows or
side panels thereof. Automatic cleaning machinery is
suspended fi'om a cable which is supported from above on a
fixture which is movable laterally across the sidewall of the
building to position the suspended cable and cleaning
machinery with respect to particular locations such as verti-
cal rows of windows or side panels. The cable is raised and
lowered either automatically or intermittently to position
790
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
window- or panel-cleaning machinery with respect to in-
dividual windows or panel sections which machinery auto-
matically operates either continuously or intermittently to
clean said windows or panels.
In one form of the invention, two cleaning machines or fix-
tures are provided, one at each end of a cable having a length
approximately equal to the height of the building or portion
thereof to be cleaned and these machines serve to counter-
balance each other with respect to a winch which is sup-
ported from above and selectively positionable with respect
to different rows of windows. Automatic means are provided
for not only moving the cable-supported cleaning machines
vertically first in one direction and then in the other m the
act of cleaning windows or building panels but also for
shiftably locating the cable support to bring the machines
into alignment with new portions of the building to be
cleaned.
semicircular slotted well in which water is pooled to soak the
nylon swabbing surfaces of a pair of freely rotauble brushing
H^y-B
/ a 14
and cleaning rollers. An upstanding scraper is provided at
one end of the pan
3,641,608
CLEANING BRUSH ASSEMBLY FOR CLEANING
CYLINDRICAL SURFACES
Henry J. Kratt, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Remco Manufactur-
ing Co., Inc., Tulsa, Okla.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 785,529, Dec. 20,
1968, now abandoned. This application Aug. 26, 1970, Ser.
No. 67,166
IntCI. B08by/00
U^. CI. 15-88 3 Claims
3,641,610
ARTinCIAL TUFTED SPONGES
John C. Lewis, Jr., Middlebury, Vt., assignor to Tucei Indus-
tries, Inc., Middlebury, Vt.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,475
Int. CI. A46bi/06, A47I 13112
U.S.CI.15-114 12 Claims
A tufted sponge construction is presented comprising an
artificial sponge having apertures opening through a
scrubbing surface and having the prefused end of a synthetic
filament tuft received in each aperture before said mass cools
so that the prefused mass conforms to the internal confines
of the aperture and adheres thereto to support the tuft.
Tufted sponge constructions of this invention may be formed
from sponge.
A new and improved brush assembly for cleaning a cylin-
drical surface, the improvement being in the planetary
system which includes in combination a chain and a large sta- ^ ^ ^, 15-180
tionary sprocket mechanism attached to the body of the
cleaning machine, the said chain extending over the large
sprocket and a second smaller sprocket, the second sprocket
in the planetary system being the power transmitting means
to a system of cleaning brusheg^or cleaning cylindrical sur-
faces.
3,641,611
BRUSH CONSTRUCTION
Arthur T. Schofield, Brwksville, Ohio, assignor to The Manu-
facturers Brush Company, Cuyahoga, Ohio
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,779
Int. CI. A46b 13102
24 Claims
3,641,609
CLEANING DEVICE FOR SHOE SOLES
Weslev M. Hansen. Route #2, Box l-A, Vale, Greg.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,457
Int CI. A47I 23122
US CI 15—112 8 Claims
For use in lieu of or in conjunction with a household or
equivalent entrance doormat, a portable brushing, swabbing
and cleaning device for muddy and dirty boots or shoes. It
comprises a self-standing open top boxlike base or pan whose
receptacle portion is filled to a desirable level with detergent-
containing water. A cover spans and closes the open top and
has depending rim flanges snugly but slidingly contacting the
interior walls of the pan. The plate portion of the cover
descends when weight or pressure is applied and has a
Rotary brushes formed with brush components comprising
a bundle of bristle material bound and tightly compacted at
one end by a uniformly corrugated metal band, the other end
of such bnstle bundle extending from the corrugated band to
form a composite generally circular brush face, including ro-
tary end brushes and rotary wheel brushes of substantially
unitary design and also of a plurality of end-to-end inter-
locking annular brush elements; further including the forego-
ing brushes with plastic holder portions; and, further includ-
ing the foregoing brushes with convexly curved elastomenc
collars, such as O-nngs encircling the bristles inside the hol-
ders.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
791
3,641,612
FLOOR-CLEANING DEVICE
Morton P. Clurman, and Jerry M. Emerson, both of c/o
Sanitation Systems, Inc., Box 124, Croton-on-Hudson, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 10,210
Int. CI. A47I 13100
U.S. CI. 15-231 9 Claims
wiper/arm, combination of side pin mounting type The clip
body has a transverse bore for the reception of the wiper arm
pin, the pin having an intermediate portion of reduced
diameter to provide two spaced parallel radially extending
shoulders; a clip member which preferably is pivoted to the
A floor-cleaning device wherein the base portion has
mounted thereon, a supply roll of floor-cleaning material and
a clamp bar which retains the end of a web fed off the supply
roll and across the underside of the base portion. When the
web gets dirty from cleaning the floor, the clamp bar can be
raised and a new web portion fed off the roll. The clamp bar
includes a severing portion so that the dirty part of the web
can be torn off afler the clean web portion has been fed off
the supply roll. The supply roll is releasably retained on the
base portion by a spring-biased roll-engaging element.
3,641,613
VEHICULAR HEADLAMP CLEANER
Frank R. Povilaitis, Detroit, and Carmon R. Strobel,
Washington, both of Mich., assignors to Chrysler Corpora-
tion, Highland Park, Mich.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,239
Int CI. B60s 1146
U.S. CI. 15—250.02 3 Claims
-^'^
A vehicle headlamp cleaner comprising a brush pivotally
mounted adjacent each headlamp on a shaft which is driven
by a vacuum actuator. The vacuum actuator is controlled by
an electrical circuit including a vacuum solenoid switch and a
flasher switch with the flasher switch cycling to intermittently
energize the solenoid switch and intermittently connect the
vacuum actuator with engine vacuum to pivot the brush
through a cleaning stroke in which it scrubbingly engages the
headlamp lens. The return stroke of the brush is accom-
plished by the return spring of the vacuum actuator upon
deenergization of the solenoid switch by the flasher switch. A
nozzle is also disclosed which is mounted on the brush and
directs a stream of washer fluid onto the bristles of the brush
as the brush is moving over the headlamp lens so that the
bristles function to distribute the washer fluid over the entire
brushed area of the lens. > ^
^i^
3,641,614
WINDSHIELD WIPER ASSEMBLIES
Alfred Anthony Ncwsome, 250 Montmorency Drive, Hamil-
ton, Ontario, Canada
Flkd Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19^61
Int. CI. B60S//40
U.S. CI. 15—250.32 2 Claims
A windshield wiper clip assembly for attaching a
windshield wiper to a wiper arm, particularly for a
clip body embraces the clip body in a retaining position and
has a part which extends into the body and engages the pin
shoulders to retain the pin in the bore. The clip member
preferably is of U-shape with two parallel sidewalls embrac-
ing the clip body and slotted to be a snap fit on the portions
of the pin protruding from the clip body.
3,641,615
COMBINED BRUSH DEPTH REGULATOR AND
SCRAPER
Curtiss M. Peasley, 25 Boulder Drive, Burlington, Mass.
Filed July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,765
Int. CI. A47I 13150
U.S. CI. 15-257.05 3 Claims
An adjustable platform is provided for immersion in a
paint can. One edge of the platform has an upstanding in-
wardly disposed edge for scraping excess paint from the
brush while the opposite edge has a support rod for varying
the depth of the platform in the paint and for fastening to a
clamp on the edge of the can.
3,641,616
PAINT HOLDER FOR PAINTING WITH ROLLER
Adolph Bonci, 68 Van Buren St, Peari River, N.Y.
Filed Sept 17, 1970, Ser. No. 72,975
Int a. B44d 3114
MS. CI. 15—257.06 12 Claims
TTiis specification discloses a painting apparatus for roller
painting. A container for the paint, with a surface over which
a dipped roller is operated to equalize the paint distribution,
is constructed for attachment to a ladder. Detachable fasten-
ing means connect the container to the ladder selectively in
convenient positions for right- or left-handed painters; and
792
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
the container is quickly shifted to different levels of the boitheads connecting the rail to the hanger^ A third vertical
connected thereto as by pulleys and belt. A fourth brush, de-
adapted to be used in the same manner as conventional roller
paint holders when not working from a ladder.
3,641,617
ADJUSTABLE SHOESHINE MOUNT
Pfedro R. Lopez, 144 FoUett St, Rkhmond, CaUf.
Filed Sept 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,597
Int. CI. A471 23118
U.S. CI. 15-267
6 Claims
/
A mounting bracket, an arm mounted therein and trans-
verse thereto, a vertical support pivotally mounted at the
other end of the arm, and a shoe frame mounted at the bot-
tom of the support comprising sections pivotally and slidably
connected to each other for securing and stretching the shoe
to be polished.
pending from the carriage, passes between each hanger and
the adjacent side of the rail to clean the same. A vacuum
cleaner device of conventional construction is mounted on
the carriage for picking up dust and dirt removed from the
rail by the brushes.
I 3,641,619
' MOVABLE LADDER
William H. Roy lance, 1654 Redondo Ave., Salt Lake City,
Utah
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,898
Int CI. E06c 1 1397
U.S. CI. 182-15 20 Claims
3,641,618
AUTOMATIC RAIL CLEANER
George E. Rainey, Canton; Donald H. Hddmeyer, and Donald
E. Davis, both of Mttsillon, aU of Ohio, assignors to Kknco
Corp., Massillon, Ohio
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,536
Int CI. EOlh 8100
U.S. CI. 15 312 R 11 Claims
An automatic cleaner for rails in provision companies and
the like. A carriage has a motor-driven trolley wheel riding
upon the top of the rail. A frame, suspended from the car-
riage, carries a brush-driving motor having an upright motor
shaft with a rotary brush at the upper end thereof for clean-
ing one side of the rail. A shaft parallel to the motor shaft is
operatively connected thereto as by gears, and has a rotary
brush at its upper end for cleaning the other side of the rail.
The upper portions of the motor shaft and parallel shaft are
flexible and are connected to solenoids which are energized
whenever the brush shafts approach one of the shaft hangers,
so as to flex the upper end of one shaft enough to pass the
brush thereon around the rail hanger and the upper end of
the other shaft enough to pass the brush thereon around the
A ladder which can be moved across a surf^e such as a
floor, by an occupant while mounted thereon incTu^es^^^- -^ — ]
of structural units which are disposed adjacent each other !
and are adapted to rest upon the surface in a stable, upnght
position with or without an occupant on the ladder. Each, — ^
unit has a support structure, preferably including a b^se»
which is supported on the surface by wheels, casters, skids,
or the like; a supporting frame attached to the base; one or
more footrests attached to the support structure; and means
for braking each unit and holding it stationary relative to the
floor while permitting the other unit to be moved, for exam-
ple by the occupant In order to move the ladder the occu-
pant stands with one foot on each unit and brakes one of the
units, then moves the second unit in the desired horizontal
direction The occupant then brakes the second unit and
moves the first unit into the desired position. When the
ladder is in the final location, both units can be braked to
provide safety and stability while the ladder is in use.
3,641,620
FURNITURE GLIDE
Carl H. Hage, Youngstown, Ohio, assignor to The General
Fircproofing Company, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,016
Int. CI. B60b 33104
U.S. CI. 16-19 10 Claims
A glide assembly attached to the hollow lower portion of a
furniture leg includes a screw stud having a cylindrical plug
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
793
projecting from the bottom of the leg upon which is sup-
ported a free-moving vertically displaceable sleeve having a
skirt slidable between the periphery of the plug and the walls
rigid attachment into channels opening at the end of a
/U)JU5TMENT
/
/
/
of the leg. A foot element is provided on the bottom of the
plug while means are included on the plug, normally masked
by the sleeve, to facilitate rotary displacement of the foot,
plug and stud.
3,641,621
TILTED ROLLER CASTER
Jose Closa, Barcelona, Spain, assignor to Super Caster Cor-
poration, Miami, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 740,658, June
27, 1968. This application Jan. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 791,577
Int. CI. B60b 33/04
DS. CI. 16-45 5 Claims
;^pri3t^tc37V^2*
second curtain rail. As a result, the curtain rails can be con-
nected end to end.
3,641,623
HINGE STRUCTURE FOR ELECTRIC POWER
DISTRIBUTION BOX OR THE LIKE
Hubert L. Weiss, c/o American Construction Equip. Co., Inc.
5055 West Jefferson Boulevard, Los Angeles, Calif.
Original application Apr. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 724,187. Divided
and this application Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 871,083
Int CI. F05d 7/12; A44s 27/00
U.S. CI. 16— 149 2 Claims
-/v
-^^7J^-
A hinge structure is provided by hinge knuckle elements
snapped into position at apertures of the members designed
to be hingedly connected. The hinge knuckles are provided
with stop flanges and spring means to secure the hinge
knuckles in position. A straight hinge pin interconnects the
knuckles and the members to be connected, and is restrained
against longitudinal movement by the friction imposed by the
lateral thrust of a cover closing spring.
3,641,624
CARCASS SEPARATION
Georges Aubert, 6 rue Pierre Dupre, MarseUle, France
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,456
Claims priority, application France, July 7, 1968, 22359
Claims priorit>, application France. Julv 7, 1%8. 22359; Sept
11.1968.22385
Int. CI. A22c 1 7/06
U.S. CI. 17-23 5 Claims
The present invention relates to casters of the type in
which a roller is rotatably mounted on an axis disposed at an
angle of 45° with respect to the vertical and is concerned
primarily with certain improvements which improve the ser-
vice usage and characteristics of such a caster.
3,641,622
DEVICE FOR CONNECTING CURTAIN RAILS END TO
END
Wilhdm Hachtd, 6994 Niederstetten, Germany
Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800,670
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 29, 1968, P 17 29
929.5
Int CI. A47h 1/04
U.S. CI. 16-95 9 Claims
One or more molded plugs or fingers are nailed through an
axial passage to the end of one curtain rail. The plugs fit for
An apparatus for cutting carcass of butchers' meat into
two portions has means for engaging each side of the
'94
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
thoracic cage of the carcass and for forcing said sides apart,
and a cutting device arranged to move longitudinally
between said cage-engaging means to cut the backbone of
the carcass along its entire length.
3,641,625
MEAT-TENDERIZING MACHINE
Fenund Stanislas Alllnquant, 53, Avenue le Notre, 92 Sceaux,
France
Continuation of application Ser. No. 756,619, Aug. 30, 1969,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No.
95,931
InL CI. A22c 9100
IJ.S. CI. 17— 25 8 Claims
" The invention relates to a meat-tenderizing machine com-
prising a belt conveyor carrying a piece of meat to be ten-
derized and a block of blade plates above the conveyor and
the plates of which are parallel to the advance direction of
the conveyor. An electromechanical device causes a
reciprocating movement of the block and an advance move-
ment of the conveyor to take place alternately, the advance
movement being a multiple of the step of the blades, so that
the blades always penetrate into the piece of meat at the
same places thereof.
3,641,626
DEVICE FOR PRODUCING UNIFORM TOW
Charles H. McGUl, Decatur, Ala., assignor to Monsanto Com-
pany, St Louis, Mo.
Filed Dec. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 787,033
Intel. DOlbi/04
U.S. CI. 19—65 1 Claim
A holddown device for compacting and flattening tow for
uniform presentation to a color detection apparatus. The tow
is passed under a roll which is secured at its ends to a support
means and which is positioned on a plane parallel and below
the working plane of the background plate of the color de-
tection apparatus, and then passed over the background plate
for color determination.
3,641,627
FORMING APPARATUS
Charles Allen Lee; Warren R. Furbeck, both of Knoxville,
Tenn.; Thomas S. Hartley, and Jeremy Beaty, both of
Toronto, Ontario, Canada, assignors to International Paper
Company, New York, N.Y.
Original application Nov. 10, 1965, Ser. No. 507,089, now
Patent No. 3,501,813. Divided and this application July 28,
1969, Ser. No. 870,898
Intel. DO Ig 25/00
U.S. CI. 19- 1 56.3 14 Claims
A single integral web of loose fibrous material having a
nonuniform cross-sectional thickness is formed on a carrier
moving at a uniform rate by causing Tirst and second quanti-
ties per unit time of loose fibrous material to be conveyed by
air and deposited on first and second different portions of the
carrier.
3,641,628
APPARATUS FOR MANUFACTURING WEBS FROM
nSER MATERIAL
Ernst Fehrer, Auf der Gugl 28, Linz, Austria
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,591
Claims priority, application Austria, Feb. 7, 1969, A 1243/69
Int. CI. DOlg 25100
U.S. CI. 19-156.4 7 Claims
A carding drum has a peripheral surface which has a sub-
stantially vertically extending release portion. The drum is
operable to rotate in a predetermined sense whereby said
release portion is moved downwardly. Inlet means supply
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
795
fiber material to said peripheral surface outside said release
portion. Workers and stripples cooperate with said peripheral
surface between said inlet means and said release portion in
the direction of movement of said peripheral surface during
rotation of said drum. A web-forming conveyor succeeds said
drum Emd has a web-forming surface formed with suction
openings. An air nozzle is connected to a blower to receive
compressed air therefrom and extends throughout the length
of said drum and has an outlet orifice arranged to discharge
said air in a substantially downwardly directed stream, which
flows tangentially past said release portion to impinge on said
suction surface. During rotation of the drum, fibers are
released from said release portion and entrained by said
airstream in a substantially vertical direction to said suction
surface through an open space. A baffle defines a lower limit
of said release portion and extends approximately radially
relative to said drum and close to said peripheral surface
thereof.
strap to one end of the body while another serves as a strap
guide bar. A U-shaped strap tightening lever has two side
arms each pivotally connected to one of said sideplates inter-
mediate the ends of said sideplate and carrying a strap ten-
sioning bar for looping therearound an intermediate portion
of said strap.
3,641,631
DRAPERY HANGER FOR PINCH PLEAT DRAPERY
Sadie Gass, 1 1 19 Lincoln St, HoUywood, Fla.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,780
Int. CI. A44b 13100
U.S. a. 24-84 C 7 Claims
3,641,629
BAND BUCKLE, METHOD OF MAKING AND TOOL FOR
APPLYING
Harold H. Beardsley, Denver, Colo., assignor to Band-It,
Denver, Colo.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47^51
Int. Gl. B65d 63106
U.S. CI. 24—23 W 10 Claims
Band buckle, method of making the buckle, and tool for
applying the buckle to lapped ends of a looped band. The
buckle is provided with apertures or cutouts in its sidewails
into which wedging ends of the tool may enter and form
locking detents or dimples in the outer band without shear or
removal of the band cross section thereat, thereby retaining
uniform tensional strength of the band at all cross sections
thereof The method includes the steps of forming a flat
blank with the aF>ertures therein and thence bending or fold-
ing it along predetermined fold lines to form a buckle of con-
ventional channel shape, the folds being so chosen relative to
each aperture to dispose a portion thereof in a sidewall of the
buckle and the remaining portion in the top wall, and the
final steps of applying the buckle to the band and forming the
locking detents. The tool employs pair of pivoted crimping or
dimpling jaws and a buckle pressure applying member which
are operated in the desired sequence by cams directly en-
gageable therewith, preferably eliminating links or other
mechanism which would otherwise complicate the apparatus.
3,641,630
STRAP-TIGHTENING BUCKLE
Holt A. Fariey, Annandak, NJ., assignor to Kinedyne Cor-
poration, Mountainside, N J.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64334
Int CI. A43c 77/00
MS. CI. 24-68 5 Claims
A buckle includes a body which has two spaced parallel
sideplates connected together by crossbars at the bottom side
of the body and one of which provides for connection of a
A drapery hanger for hanging pinch pleat drapery in which
a pair of horizontally spaced pleat gripping clamps are car-
ried by a common support which is joined to a downwardly
facing suppKjrt hook that is to be carried on a drapery rod;
the clamps grasp the two outer pleats of the pinch pleat
drapery so that they are held in an opened position.
3,641,632
FASTENER MEANS
Joseph T. Corey, 299 Hunters Lane, WilUamsville, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,519
Int CI. A44b 9100
U.S. CI. 24— 1 53 BP 3 Claims
A device for fastening papers or the like to a backing
member including a strip member having bendable prong end
portions on which papers are to be impaled and an overlay
member for fixing the strip member to the backing member.
The overiay member is characterized by an intermediate por-
tion adapted to straddle the strip member and end portions
having a pair of apertures to receive the prong portions of
the strip member. Slits extending from the apertures to the
free ends of the end portions may be provided to facilitate as-
sembly of the strip and overlay members.
3,641,633
BUCKLE
Frederick R. Leavenworth, Woodbury, Conn., assignor to
Waterbury Buckle Company, Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Nov. 23, 1 970, Ser. No. 9 1 ,666
Int. CI. A44b 7 7/72
U.S. CI. 24-191 10 Claims
A buckle having frame and clamping elements including
cooperating side flanges which retain the elements in opera-
tive alignment. Notches formed in the flanges of the frame
element receive trunnions associated with the flanges on the
796
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
clamping element to support the latter element for general
pivotal movement between clamping and releasing positions
acted upon by a downwardly weighted embossing or textur-
ing roll or bar having temperature approximating that of the
pile fibers The position of the patterning roll or bar is ad-
justable, and control is exercised over both axial and rota-
tional movements thereof to enable the production of dif-
ferent pattern effects.
3,641,636
FELTING NEEDLE
Edson P. Foster, 409 South 29th St., P. O. Box 527,
Manitowoc, Wis.
Filed Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,720
Int. CI. D04h 18100
IJ.S. CI. 28-4 N 7 Claims
relative to the frame element. The two elements are retained
in assembled relation by a connecting spring which biases the
clamping element toward its clamping position.
3,641,634
SLIDER FOR ZIP FASTENERS
Hidekazu Asai, Uozu, Japan, assignor to Yoshida
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,437
Intel. A44b 79/26
Kogyo
U.S. CI. 24-205.15 H
4 Claims
A slider for zip fasteners is disclosed for opening and clos-
ing the opposed tape stringers of the fastener, which slider
having an elongated pull tab disposed for universal move-
ment relative to the slider body. A link assembly couples the
pull tab to the slider body which assembly comprises eyelet
link elements movably connected to a socket.
3,641,635
PILE-FABRIC-FINISHING METHODS AND APPARATUS
Henry L. Martin, Eimira, Ontario, Canada, assignor to The
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Oak Brook, lU.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,625
Int. CI. D06c 23104
MS. CI. 26-2 E 24 Claims
A barb construction for a felting needle comprising a con-
vex arcuate spur and a bottom wall extending obliquely from
the base of the spur to the outer surface of the felting
needle's elongated body. The bottom wall is defined by three
distinct contiguous surfaces which are centered along a line
parallel to the centerline of the needle's body.
3,641,637
STUFRNG BOX CRIMPING DEVICE
Lutz Brenner, and Wolfgang Gerhardt, both of Kari-Mara-
Stadt, Germany, assignors to Veb Spinn- Und Zwimerci-
Maschinenbau, Karl-Marx-Stadt, Germany
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,098
Int CI. D02g 1112
U.S. CI. 28-1.6 10 Claims
F e
Deep heating of the pile of a pile fabric is accomplished
rapidly by an electrifier roll and the heated pile fibers are
A stuffing box crimping device includes a curing chamber
formed as a circumferential groove on a rotating heating
wheel and in which the crimped yam is held by a tight-fitting
belt overlying the wheel and rotating therewith. The groove
has a stepped cross section including a narrow inner part, a
central part of wide diameter in which the crimped yam is
carried, and an outermost part of a diameter wider than that
of the cenual part. An elongated member secured to the
device is inserlaible into the narrow part of the groove at the
end of the heating path in order to lift the yam out of the
curing chamber.
/
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
797
3,641,638
NONWOVEN nBROUS FELT BALLISTIC ARMOR
MATERIAL
Roy C. LaiMe, Jamaka Plain, Mass., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 773,336, Nov. 4,
1%8, now abandoned. This application Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No.
26,437
Int. CI. D04h 18/00
U.S. CI. 28-72.2 R 5 Claims
A method of making a nonwoven fibrous felt ballistic
armor material having improved ballistic resistance compris-
ing forming a batt of staple fibers, layering a plurality of the
batts to form a laminar sheet, needling the laminar sheet
once only in a substantially nonrepeating pattern by barbed
needles penetrating the sheet in a direction substantially nor-
mal to the plane of the sheet to form a nonwoven fibrous felt,
pressing the nonwoven fibrous felt to reduce its thickness,
and layering a plurality of the nonwoven fibrous felts to form
the nonwoven fibrous felt ballistic armor material.
3,641,639
nN-SHEARING MACHINE
John B. Lepore, P. O. Box 107, Landing, N J.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,802
Int. CI. B21k 2y/06
U.S. CI. 29-1.2
6 Claims
A compact and lightweight machine for accurately and
quietly shaping the peripheral contour of radially extending
projectile fins in a single operation. The machine die arrange-
ment includes a group of arcuate inwardly facing cutting sur-
faces formed on circumferentially spaced segmental mem-
bers that are secured to an annular ring which is circum-
ferentially reciprocated in a die baseplate annular recess by a
pair of fluid work cylinders. Corresponding work support
members secured to the baseplate have extemal surfaces
mating with respective circumferentially reciprocable, seg-
mental member cutting surfaces. After a finned workpiece is
positioned on the work support within the die, depending
guide members on an air cylinder operated positioning
mechanism piston descend into corresponding vertical aper-
tures provided in the work support members prior to the fin-
shaping operation performed by the cutting surfaces.
3,641,640
METHOD OF MAKING METALLIZED CAPACITORS
Charles C. Raybum, Falls Church, Va., assignor to Illinois
Tool Works Inc., Chkago, Dl.
Filed Oct 14, 1969, Ser. No. 866,213
Int. CI. HOlg 13/00
U.S. CI. 29-25.42 7 Claims
Method of making a plurality of identical wound metal-
lized capacitors from a strip of dielectric material which is
metallized in a plurality of overlapping areas on both sides.
The metallized dielectric strip has a plurality of clear or
demetallized zones along its length which overlap each other.
The method steps comprise: winding a pxjrtion of the strip
containing a metallized area and a cleared zone into a
capacitor; and simultaneously cutting the strips in the cleared
zone and heat sealing the outer v^aps of cleared dielectric to
the underlying wraps of the capacitor. The metallized dielec-
tric strip may be either wound together with a plain dielectric
strip or may be wound without the need for a plain dielectric
strip by winding it about an axis which generally coincides
with a transverse line through the center of the metallized
area. A photoelectric cell may be used to sense the presence
of a clear area to initiate the cutting and sealing operation.
3,641,641
COVERING FOR A CONNECTING MEMBER
Willard Le Roy Busier, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP In-
corporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Original application June 12, 1967, Ser. No. 645310, now
Patent No. 3,431,548, which is a division of applkatkm Ser.
No. 347,907, Feb. 27, 1964, now Patent No. 3332,053.
DivMed and this appUcation Dec. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 781,154
Int. CI. HOlr 43/00
U.S. CI. 29-33 M 4 Claims
A machine for applying a covering member on a connect-
ing member simultaneously feeds a strip of connecting mem-
bers to a connecter crimping station and a strip of covering
members to a covering closing station. A connecter member
at the connecter crimping station is crimped to a wire
sheared from the strip of connecter members and transferred
into an open covering member which has been sheared from
the strip of covering members. As the crimped connecter is
being positioned into the covering member, the covering
member is being moved to its closed position and after the
connecter member has been positioned in the covering
member, the covering member is moved to its fully closed
position thereby providing a covered connecter member.
798
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,642
INDIVIDUAL TOOTH BROACH
Frederick W. Schmidt, 19 WindmiU HUi Road, Branford,
Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 716,919, Mar.
28, 1968, now Patent No. 3,528,154. This application Dec.
30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,088
Int. CI. B26d//00
U.S. CI. 29-95.1 17 Claims
3,641,644 -
CENTRIFUGAL BLOWER WHEEL METHOD OF
MAKING
Jay P. Conniff, Campbell County, Va.; Vincent N. Deianey,
New Hartford, and Kenneth A. Merz, Cornwall Bridge,
both of Conn., assignors to Torin Corporation, Tarrington,
Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 679,1 12, Oct. 30,
1967, now abandoned. This application Aug. 21, 1969, Ser.
No. 863,739
Int. CI. B21k 3104, B23p 15102, 15/04
U.S. CI. 29- 1 56.8 CF 8 Claims
In the present invention a form broach is composed of a
number of individual interlocking cutting elements which
combine in an interdependent relationship to create the form
broach. Each individual cutting element in the broach align-
ment interlocks with a neighboring cutting element by a male
and female V-groove interlock structure which forms a part
of each tooth in the assembly. Each individual cutting ele-
ment is provided with an oil-distributing channel which may
also have branches extending therefrom, and the ram body in
which the assembled broach is housed contains an oil-dis-
tributing slot communicating with the grooves in the in-
dividual cutting elements.
3,641,643
PRESSURE APPLICATOR
William Niemi, 28122 Deep Creek Drive, Saugus, Calif.
Filed May 19, 1%9, Ser. No. 825,776
InL CI. BOSc 1/08
U.S. CI. 29- 1 10.5 3 Claims
In a centrifugal blower wheel construction a circumaxially
spaced series of axially elongated fluid-moving blades each
received in an associated recess in a radially disposed support
member are secured in assembly therewith by a thin annular
band the interblade portions of which are simultaneously
deformed.
3,641,645
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING WALL PANELS
George E. Kunkle, Jr., 2507 Cumberland Drive, Mesquite,
Tex.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,792
Int. CI. B23p/ 9/00, 19/04
U.S. CI. 29—200 A 10 Claims
A pressure applicator is disclosed herein having spaced-
apart parallel side members joined at their opposite ends by a
pair of hand-pressure elements and joined at their midsec-
tions by at least a single hard roller having a portion of its
periphery extending beyond the bottom edge of the side
members. The undersurfaces of the side members converge
from the opposite ends towards the midsection so that the
roller serves as a fulcrum about which the opposite ends may
pivot when hand pressure is exerted on the pair of elements
to forcibly and rollably engage the roller surface against a
prepared laminated product.
An apparatus for automatically forming wall panels by lac-
ing or inserting studs having male dovetailed key members
formed on the ends thereof into two plates having dovetailed
keyways formed therein. The apparatus includes a supply
bunk or rack for holding a plurality of studs to be laced, a
stud clamp for grasping a stud from the box and positioning it
for insertion into the keyways of the two plates, means for
simultaneously pressing the stud into the keyways of the two
plates, and mechanism for advancing the two plates and posi-
tioning the next consecutive keyways at a predetermined lo-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
799
cation for insertion of a next stud. The method includes the punch and tool, with the terminal confined therebetween,
novel procedure by which the next consecutive keyways in then move toward the circuit board and the terminal is
the plates are positioned to receive a stud.
3,641,646
FEEDING AND INSERTING APPARATUS
Kenneth Foster Folk, Harrisburg, Pa., assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Piled Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,103
Int. CI. H05k 13/04
U.S. CI. 29-203 R
staked to the board. While the punch and tool both move
toward the circuit board, the punch moves faster than the
tool so that the terminal is moved past the tool and is bent to
a desired configuration. The terminal is positively held during
the severing, bending and staking operations.
3,641,648
PIECE PART HANDLING APPARATUS
8 Claims Louis Werner Kalbemian, AUentown, Pa., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill,
Berkeley Heights, N J.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65^80
Int. CI. H05k 13/04
U.S. CI. 29-203 B
5 Claims
Inserting apparatus for inserting terminals in coil bobbins
as improved feed means for feeding a strip of terminals. The
apparatus comprises a reciprocable inserter which moves
towards and away from the bobbin. During movement of the
inserter towards the bobbin, feed fingers which are fixed onto
the inserter, engage the strip so that it moves with the in-
serter towards the bobbin. During return movement of the in-
serter, the strip is engaged by a detent which is affixed to the
frame and which prevents rearward movement of the strip.
Feeding is thus accomplished by restraining the strip against
rearward movement while the inserter moves rearwardly.
3,641,647
TERMINAL APPLICATOR
John D. Balmer, New Cumberland, Pa., assignor to Berg Elec-
tronics, Inc., New Cumberland, Pa.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,1 13
Int. CI. HOlr 43/04; H05k 3/00
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 13 Claims
A terminal applicator in which the lead terminal of a chain
of terminals is positioned above a circuit board between a
punch and a tool adjacent the board. The tool is raised to
sever the terminal from the strip, and the punch is moved
toward the tool to engage the terminal prior to severing. The
There is described an apparatus for holding an integrated
circuit chip and positioning beam leads extending therefrom
in registration with conducting pads on a substrate. The ap-
paratus includes a substantially closed cylindrical vacuum
chamber having a center axis normal to the surfaces of both
the chip and the substrate. The chip is held by vacuum to an
opening in one end of the chamber. Both ends of the cylin-
drical vacuum chamber are transparent so that a line of sight
exists along the center axis of the chamber and normal to the
surfaces of both the chip and the substrate. This line of sight
enables a microscope to bring into focus at once all of the
beam leads and the conducting pads associated with the chip.
3,641,649
ASSEMBLY OF TERMINALS TO BOBBINS
Willard Uroy Busier; Howard Charles Phillips, and MUton
Dean Ross, all of Harrisburg, Pa., assignors to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Original application Apr. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 725,299, now
Patent Na 3,562,903, dated Feb. 16, 1971. Divided and tiiis
appUcatioo Sept 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,953
Int CI. H05k 13/04
VS. CI. 29-203 D 4 Claims
Elongated terminals are manufactured as a continuous
strip made up of four side-by-side parallel columns of end-to-
end connected terminals, these columns of terminals defining
successive rows of side-by-side terminals, each row being
separated from the next adjacent row by a transversely ex-
tending slug strip. A plurality of terminals are assembled to a
bobbin or the like by feeding the strip until the leading ends
of the leading row of terminals extend through a flange of the
bobbin. The leading row, and the slug strip integral with the
trailing ends of the terminals in the leading row, is severed
from the next adjacent row of terminals. This slug strip
remains integral with the inserted terminals until further
forming operations are carried out and functions to maintain
alignment of the terminals in the bobbin during these forming
operations. The subsequent forming operations, in the dis-
closed embodiment, comprise the steps of bending the lead-
800
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
ing ends of the terminals through an angle of 90° until they cross slides until one sensor is aligned with a particular X-lo-
lie in a plane of the flange of the bobbin. The terminals are cation template hole and with the corresponding Y-location
holes of a particular Y-row in use in the template whereupon
a sensing stylus successively engages the Y-row holes to
locate the work-carrying slide in its precise predetermined
"^^nij.
thereafter staked to the bobbin flange and the slug strip is
then severed from the trailing ends of the terminals.
3,641,650
MACHINE FOR ASSEMBLING A CONNECTING DEVICE
TO AN ELECTRICAL DEVICE
Kenneth Foster Folk, Harrlsburg, Pa., assignor to AMP Incor-
porated, Harrisburg, Pa.
nied Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,379
Int. CI. HOlr 43/04
VS. CI. 29-203 D 7 Claims
operating position. Successive "Y-sweeps" in opposite
directions are automatically repeated with an intervening
shorter "X-sweep" in one direction after each completed Y-
sweep. A fluidic system preferably, though not necessarily,
controls the dnve motors and hence the tool operation in
programmed manner.
3,641,652
MAGAZINE-EQUIPPED SLUG-DRIVING TOOL
Douglas Arnold, Meriden, Conn., and Harry A. Faukoner, La
Mesa, Calif., assignors to Sargent & Company, New Haven,
Conn., by said Arnold
FUed SepL 20, 1968, Ser. No. 761,097
Int. CI. H05k 13/04; HOlr 43104
U.S. CI. 29-203 D 16 Claims
^. f
Apparatus for terminating tap wires of an electrical coil by
inserting connecting devices into a flange of the coil bobbin
and concommitantly crimping each connecting device onto
one of the tap wires. Each individual connecting device in-
cludes an integral mounting means for mounting the device
on the bobbin, and a terminal means which can be engaged
with a complementary terminal means to form connections
to the coil.
3,641,651
WORK POSITIONING MECHANISM
Addbert W. Rockwell, Jr., Gloucester; Donald F. Herdeg,
Beverly, and Amiand L. Tardiff, Salem, all of Mass., as-
signors to USM CorporatkNi, Flemington, N J.
FUed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,260
Int. CI. H05k 3/30
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 20 Claims
A machine is disclosed for successively positioning a work-
piece such as a circuit board in predetermined relation to a
tool such as an inserter according to a program dictated for
instance by a template. Motors respectively drive X and Y
There is provided a tool which may be hand powered or
"power operated of a magazine-equipped type, for ejecting
slugs and performing work by inserting these slugs in work-
pieces defining receptacles therefor, which tool supports the
workpieces The tool comprises one or more plungers, each
of which has the sequential function of moving through the
magazine to eject a slug therefrom and to insert it by driving
the slug into such a receptacle.
3,641,653
APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC ASSEMBLY OF A
ROTOR AND THE LIKE
Kiyokazu Yamamoto, Kyoto; Masani Kishimoto, Kaizuka-shi;
Susumu Ueno, Kadoma-shi; Hiroshi FiOimoto, Hirakata-
shi; Kazutaka HaUmoto, and Tadashi Kubota, both of
Osaka, all of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Indus-
trial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
riled Aug. 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 850,449
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Dec. 7, 1968, 43/89792;
43/89793; 43/89794; 43/89795; 43/89796; 43/89797; 43/
89798; 43/89799
Int. CI. B23p 19/04
U.S. CI. 29-208 R 8 Claims
Apparatus for automatically assembling or welding parts in
the form of discs such as forming a rotor of a television tuner
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
801
with a shaft. The apparatus comprises a plurality of parts
mounting jigs located at an equal distance from each other
on a turntable driven intermittently, a shaft supply device
located adjacent to the outside of the periphery of the turnta-
ble and adapted to supply shafts to the respective jigs so as to
be inserted into the parts held in each of the jigs, a shaft posi-
tion regulating device for causing relative angular movement
between the shaft and the mating parts so that the shaft is
ing bore extending therethrough and opening to opposite
sides of the tool. The device includes an elongated tube,
open along one of its sides forming a channel which freely
and siidably receives the tool for movement in the channel
along a path paralleling the axis of the bore. A collar is
mounted for sliding along the tube and for engaging a tool in
the channel to move it toward opposite ends of the channel.
An abutment is positioned at one end of the channel. On
located at a predetermined angular position v^th respect to
the parts, a shaft position detecting device adapted to detect
the axial position aS'well as the angular position of the shaft
assembled to the parts, a joining device for joining the shaft
with the mating parts, and a detaching device for removing
the parts with the shaft assembled therewith from each of the
parts mounting jigs, so that a series of operations for the as-
sembly of the parts are automatically carried out.
3,641,654
SPLIT SHOT DEVICE
Raymond Ralph Wheeler, 514 Elk Drive, Riverton, Wyo.
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,644
Int. CI. B23q 7/10
U.S. CI. 29-212 D 11 Claims
^ ii
movement of the tool toward the abutment a bit interposed
between the abutment and the tool is stopped by the abut-
ment, and further movement of the tool forces the bit into
the chuck. An elongated pin paralleling the channel axis ex-
tends into the channel from the opposite end of the tube and
is aligned with the bore in the opposite side of the tool. On
movement of the tool toward the pin end of the channel, the
pin enters the bore and forces the bit out of the chuck.
3,641,656
CLIP APPLYING AND CLINCHING TOOLS
Arthur Langas, Greenview, and Harrison C. Llngle, Wilmettc,
both of III., assignors to Hartco Company, Wilmette, lU.
Filed Oct 21, 1969, Ser. No. 870,469
Int. CI. B23p/;/00
U.S. CI. 29-243.57 1 1 Claims
A device for the storage and splitting of shot for fishing
line has a body within which a plurality of shot are housed in
one or more magazine recesses and can be positioned at an
opening of the body for splitting by a cutter movably
mounted on the body. A plurality of magazine recesses for
different sized shot may be selectively presented at the open-
ing, by rotation of a core adapted to be located in the
selected position by locking means. A lever may be provided
to act between the cutter and the body to permit increased
force to be applied to split a shot. The cutter may carry a
pusher member arranged to abut against and close to a split
shot when the cutter is moved towards the body. The cutter
may carry means serving as a guillotine for cutting fishing
line.
3,641,655
DEVICE FOR MOUNTING AND DEMOUNTING A BIT
Bcmt Johnson, 644 S.E. 135th Avenue, Portland, Oreg.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,831
Int CI. A61c 3/00; B23p 19/02
MS. CI. 29-243 6 Claims
A device for mounting and demounting a bit in a friction
chuck of a portable tool, which chuck includes a bit-receiv-
A F>ortable, pneumatically operable, magazine-fed, trigger-
actuated, cli(>-applying tool for clinching open-ended clips
around adjacent wire members and having a fixed anvil jaw
and a cooperating movable jaw which is actuated by a novel
toggle linkage under the control of a reciprocable piston and
cylinder arrangement. The direction of toggle thrust is at a
right angle to the direction of jaw movement, thereby
eliminating the necessity for employing bellcrank or wedge
toggle actuators and the toggle linkage is such that it effects
quick travel of the movable jaw for rapid clip feed, terminat-
ing in high-pressure application to the clip for final effective
clinching purposes. An open-trough, clip-containing
magazine feeds the clips directly to the jaw structure, thereby
eliminating the usual clip transfer mechanism which places
the clips in an intermediate position before they are engaged
by the clinching jaws. The magazine further cooperates with
the movable clinching jaw in such a manner that a |x>sitive
shearing of the clips from the remaining ribbon-connected
clips in the magazine takes place without the creation of rib-
bon fragments and consequent jaw clogging. The magazine is
curved on a long radius so that the usual clip follower em-
ployed thereby tends to keep the string of clips firmly seated
in the magazine trough. Convenient tool balance in the hand
of the operator is a further novel feature of the tool.
/
802
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3 641657 body having an end panel and a recess defined by a
EXTRACTOR FORLOCK RETAINER CLIPS peripheral wall and an apertured end wall, temporarily en-
Cleo W. Shufflebarger. 405 West Ann Street, Punto Gorda, larging an entrant opening of the recess inserting a
Fto hydrophobic element into the recess through the temporarily
Filed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 965
Int. CI. B25b 27/20
U.S. CI. 29-278 7 Claims
35
An extractor which has a clamp head operating on a
universally jointed handle enables the operator to engage and
easily remove the spring steel lock retaining clip that holds
locks onto car doors or like sheet metal areas.
3,641,658
PROCESS FOR COUPLING TO A CONNECTING
ELEMENT AN ELONGATED FLEXIBLE MEMBER
INCLUDING LINES FOR REMOTE TRANSMISSION OF
POWER OR DATA
Andre Chevalier, Pantin; Pierre Grolet, Vironay, and Remi
Reynard, Montessoo, all of France, assignors to Institut
Francais du Petrok, des Carburants et Lubriflants, Rueil
Malmaison (Hauts de Seine), France
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,084
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 23, 1969, 6912939
Int. CI. B23p/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 29—423 \ 1 Claim
20 '21
enlarged entrant opening, compressing the hydrophobic ele-
ment, and returning the entrant opening to a size which
prevents the removal of the hydrophobic element from the
recess through the entrant opening.
3,641,660
THE METHOD OF BALL BONDING WITH AN
AUTOMATIC SEMICONDUCTOR BONDING MACHINE
Anthony L. Adams, Dallas; Gerald A. Yearsley, Gariand;
Marion I. Simmons, Richardson, and Billy P. Yager, Uke
DaUas, all of Tex., assignors to Texas Instruments Incor-
porated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed June 30, 1 969, Ser. No. 837,485
Int. CI. B23k i//02
U.S. CI. 29-471.1 12 Claims
T F I
' r-r-^''^v^./":^
This process makes it possible to couple to a connecting
element an elongated flexible member having electric or
hydraulic lines contained in at least one armouring of metal-
lic wires, without causing any damage to these electric or
hydraulic lines.
It consists in drawing through a die an auxiliary nng cover-
ing the amouring. so as to make the metallic rigid metallic
bars locally substituted for the electric or hydrauHc lines,
penetrate into an underiaying anchoring ring. The auxiliary
ring and the bars are then removed and the electric or
hydraulic lines placed in the grooves or farrows hallowed in
the anchoring ring by the bars. A clamping ring surrounding
the so constituted assembly is then sompressed by an addi-
tional drawing operation through a die.
3,641,659
MANUFACTURE OF VENTED CLOSURES
Charles E. Colgan, Glen EUyn, and Edward J. McArdle, Mor-
ton Grove, both of 111., assignors to Continental Can Com-
pany, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Ori^nal appUcation Aug. 30, 1965, Ser. No. 483,526, now
Patent No. 3,455,481. Divided and this appUcation Feb. 26,
1969, Ser. No. 816,459
Int.CI.B23p /;/02
U.S. CI. 29-451 7 Claims
This disclosure relates to a method of and apparatus for
manufacturing vented closures by first forming a disklike
rSZi~~~~~~
!I6 A f ^^
An automatic machine for ball bonding a lead wire to an
expanded contact of a semiconductor device and stitch bond-
ing the wire to a lead of the semiconductor package is
described The machine automatically aligns an X-Y table in
predetermined relationship to the semiconductor device by
means of an electro-optical system. A bonding needle
mounted on the table is then moved in a predetermined
manner to press the balled end of the wire against the ex-
panded contact Wire is then positively payed out as the
bonding needle is moved to the lead where a stitch bond is
performed. After the stitch bond, the needle is raised to pull
out a length of wire, then the wire is clamped to break the
wire near the stitch bond. The length of the wire protruding
from the needle is then passed through a flame to form a new
ball preparatory to a new cycle.
The wire is payed out to the bonding needle from a spool
supported by an air bearing. After the ball is formed, reverse
torque is applied to the spool to pull the ball up against the
end of the bonding needle. After the ball bond, forward
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
/
/
803
torque is applied to pay out the wire, and the wire is positive-
ly fed through the needle by an airstream. After the stitch
bond is completed and the ball reformed by the flame,
reverse torque is again applied to the spool to draw the ball
up against the end of the needle preparatory to the next
bonding cycle.
3,641,661
METHOD OF FABRICATING INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
ARRAYS
Michael Leo Canning; Roger Stanley Dunn, and Gerald
Embry Jeansoone, all of Richardson, Tex., assignors to
Texas Instruments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Fded June 25, 1968, Ser. No. 739,869
Int CI. BOlj 7 7/00, HO II 7/00
U.S. CI. 29—574 3 Claims
l8o' , l9o'
l9o
A large number of integrated circuits are formed on a
semiconductor substrate. Conductive feedthrough connec-
tions are made through an insulating layer deposited over the
integrated circuits and then the functional characteristics of
the circuits are determined by testing at the feedthrough con-
nections. Only the feedthrough connections connected to cir-
cuits having desirable functional characteristics are intercon-
nected to provide the desired system function.
3,641,662
METHOD OF INSTALLING A TRACK CHAIN
James A. Garman; Richard D. Eastman, both of Eureka, and
Thomas A. Watson, Peoria, all of 111., assignors to Caterpil-
lar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
FUed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 26,837
Int. CI. B23py 9/00
U.S. CL 29—428 7 Claims
A method of installing a track chain on a track-type vehi-
cle utilizes a series of temporary intercormections between
portions of the chain and various vehicle components
together with the driving power of the vehicle to permit as
few as two operators to quickly and safely install the chain on
the vehicle.
3,641,663
METHOD FOR nTTING SEMICONDUCTOR PELLET ON
METAL BODY
Hideru Osoegawa, Kodaira-shi, and Katuei Kobayashl,
Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Sept 27, 1968, Ser. No. 763,201
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct 2, 1%7, 42/63059
Int CI. BOlj 17/00; HOll 7/02, 7/16
U.S. CI. 19-589 12 Claims
7/0
A method for fitting a semiconductor pellet on a metal
substrate, welding preliminarily a gold disc on the surface of
a nickel plate by the electric resistance welding method and
thereafter alloying a silicon pellet with said gold disc under
the eutectic temp>erature of gold-nickel.
3,641,664
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ELECTRICAL
DEVICES
William D. KirkendaU, c/o Schlumberger Ltd., 277 Park
Ave., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 870,882
Int CI. HOls 4/00
U.S. CI. 29-592 5 Claims
Electrical devices, such as rectilinearly adjustable poten-
tiometers, are provided in which a hollow housing has a wall
fwrtion formed of thermoplastic polymeric material such as
nylon and having an opening to accommodate a rotary ad-
justing member, typically a metal lead screw, the lead screw
having a transverse retaining rib completely embedded in the
polymeric material of the wall portion. Though the wall of
the opening embraces the adjusting member, and the retain-
ing rib is completely embedded, the adjusting member is
rotatable relative to the housing. A method based on ul-
trasonic insertion is disclosed for making the devices.
1
804
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
/
February 15, 1972
3,641,665
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING HOLLOW
SUPERCONDUCTING BODIES
Marcri Matricoo, Paris, France, assignor to Thomson-CSF,
Paris, France
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,509
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 13, 1%9, 6903417
Int. CI. HOlv/y /OO
U.S. CI. 29-599 14 Claims
To make hollow stabilized superconductor bodies a core of
two or more concentric materials is prepared, the center
material having a low-melting point and the other being
chemically, physically or biologically degradable. The core is
introduced into a first stabilizing material; the thus con-
stituted assembly is drawn; and the external surface of the
drawn product is lined with superconducting elements. The
subassembly thus developed is introduced into a second sta-
bilizing material and the block thus formed is again drawn
until it has the requisite dimensions and in such a manner
that the two stabilizing materials will cold-weld and embed
'• the superconductor elements therein. Then the material or
materials constituting the above-mentioned core are succes-
sively removed, the center core material by melting, or
vaporization, and the outer core material by dissolving, or
other physical, or chemical or biological methods.
3,641,666
METHOD OF PACKAGING ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS
AND ASSEMBLING SAME INTO A WIRE WRAP
MACHINE
James Scaminaci, Jr., Newbury Park, Calif., and Robert G.
Knowles, Litchfield, Conn., assignors to Litton Systems,
Inc., Beverly HiUs, Calif. ..
FUcd Sept 18, 196^ Ser. No. 760,499
Int. CI. H02g 15100
U.S. CI. 29-629 1 Claim
Described is a method of packaging a number of electrical
connectors for use with an automatic wire-wrapping machine
and described also is a frame for supporting the connectors.
The method comprises providing a jig having a master
reference pin and located therefrom a number of paired
alignment pins. Molded-in alignment holes on the connectors
mate with the paired alignment pins when the connectors are
mounted upon the jig. A frame having a rectangular opening
fits about the positioned connectors while oversized pair
alignment openings in the frame are adapted to receive
machine screws which are then threaded in mating holes in
the connectors. The frame also has a second hole for mount-
ing over the master reference pin which corresponds to a
master reference pin on the automatic wire-wrapping
machine The wrapping machine receives the frame-connec-
tor package after the frame is separated from the jig.
3,641,667
CARTON CUTTER OR THE LIKE
Norbert Leopokii, 4180 Marine Drive, Chicago, III.
FUed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,910
Int. CI. B26b 5100, 29102
U.S. CI. 30-2
10 Claims
J
A carton cutter of simple design which is easily fabricated
and wliich device, in an exemplary embodiment, is made of
molded plastic The components of the device are easily
made and assembled and the device carries a blade, for ex-
ample, an ejector-razor type, in a sheathed or noncutting
position and in order to expose the blade an affirmative force
must be applied by the user, thereby preventing dangerous
exposure of the cutting edge of the device during periods of
nonuse.
3,641,668
GRASS SHEARS
David Howard Keiser, Jr., 53 Park Road, Wyomissing Hills,
Pa.
Filed Sept 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,303
Int. CI. B26b 13104
U.S. CI. 30-260 1 Claim
>•. «
Grass shears and the like in which one of the blades is of
rectangular cross section and is disposed substantially at right
angles to the other blade so as to provide four different cor-
ners that selectively serve as cutting edges. The last-men-
tioned blade is pivotally movable and is detachably secured
to a blade carrier so as to enable the blade to be selectively
positioned in a maimer for use of any one of said four edges
as the cutting edge and thereby provide four times the life of
the blade.
3,641,669
GRASS SHEARS
David Howard Keiser, Jr., 53 Park Road, Reading, Pa.
FUed Sept 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,304
Int. CI. B26b 13104
U.S. CI. 30-260 2 Claim
Grass shears in which a composite movable blade is made
in the form of a casting with a curvature which serves as a
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
805
backup or support for a separate flexible cutting blade which
can be bent to conform to the curved shape of the support
and which is detachably secured to such support so as to be
readily replaceable.
3,641,670
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING DENTAL
PROSTHESIS
Louis J. Karageorge, 518 St James Place, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,329
Int. CI. A61c 13122
U.S. CI. 32-6 13 Claims
Method and apparatus for forming permanent dental
prosthesis (i.e., dental bridges) in situ, meaning that the
bridge is formed and secured in place directly in the mouth
of the patient without the necessity for making impressions,
casting models and other processes normally required to
form a bridge. This is accomplished in accordance with the
principal embodiment of the invention by ( 1 ) drilling cavities
in two. teeth on either side of a space to be occupied by a
bridge; (2) inserting into the cavities the opposite ends of a
metallic bar; (3) securing the ends of the bar in place within
the cavities with a filling material placed in the cavities; (4)
inserting a filling material, preferably an unhardened resin-
bonded quartz composite in paste form, into one or more
hollow tooth molds; (5) forcing the tooth molds containing
the unhardened pastelike filling material over the bar and
permitting the filling material to harden to form a solid tooth
structure which is bonded to the aforesaid bar; and (6)
removing the tooth mold or molds from the thus-hardened
tooth structure, the thus-formed teeth being held in the
mouth by the aforesaid bar anchored to living teeth on either
side of the space occupied by the bridge. While in most cases
the bar will be secured at its opposite ends within two cavi-
ties, it is also within the purview of the invention to secure
one end of the bar only within a cavity drilled in one tooth,
the prosthesis being supported in cantilever beam fashion.
This is particularly useful in forming teeth at the front of the
mouth (e.g., a lateral incisor supported on a cantilever bar
secured at one end to a cuspid).
3,641,671
ENDOSSEOUS RAMUS IMPLANT AND DENTURE
SUPPORT FRAME
Harold D. Roberts, 272 N. Knott St, PorUand, Oreg.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 843,579, July 22,
1969, now Patent No. 3377,853, dated Apr. 20, 1971. This
appUcation Sept 10, 1970, Ser. Na 71,001
Int CI. A61c 13100
U.S. CI. 32— 10 A 2 Claims
A permanent frame for removably supporting an artificial
denture for the entire lower jaw. The frame comprises a rigid
bar sized and shaped to correspond to the mandible and the
denture. The bar terminates at each end in a ramus implant
and has an integral intraosseous blade at the central portion
providing a holding implant in the front of the mandible. The
bar is spaced above the epithelium between the ramus im-
plants and the mandible implant. The denture is firmly but
removably set down over the bar with the foundation materi-
al for the denture barely contacting the epithelium.
3,641,672
COMBINATION LOCK RING AND UPRIGHTING SPRING
ORTHODONTIC APPLIANCE
Peter C. KesUng, Green Acres, La Porte, Ind.
Filed Jan. 12, 1971, Ser. No. 105,898
Int CI. A61c 7100
U.S.CI. 32-14A 9 Claims
18 36
An orthodontic appliance for locking an arch wire or arch
wires to an orthodontic bracket and to effect mesiodistal
inclinations, and which includes a lockring and an uprighting
spring. The bracket to which the appliance may be applied
includes the usual occlusal -gingival I y extending opening in
the body, and the lockring is adapted to be slipped over the
body and locked into place by insertion of the tail of the
uprighting spring into the bracket opening. Means is pro-
vided on the lockring to lock the arch wire to the bracket.
3,641,673
AMALGAM GUN
Jozeph Rodof Jochems, 21 J.P. Coenlaan, Vlaardingen,
Netheriands
FUcd Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,469
Claims priority, appUcation Netheriands, Jan. 22, 1969,
6901061
Int CI. A61c 5104
MS. CI. 32—60 10 Claims
So S Sb !3 11
An air-driven plunger in an amalgam gun moves outwardly
to force a known quantity of amalgam into a cavity. Upon
806
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
reaching its outward limit, the plunger is caused to vibrate
back and forth by automatic operation of valving. The vibrat-
ing plunger packs the amalgam in the cavity. An adjustment
at an end of the gun opposite the plunger predetermines the
amount of amalgam which the gun cames.
cidence of the eye with a plane of symmetry through the lon-
gitudinal axis of the cylinder and indices.
3,641,674
PATTERN GRADWG METHOD AND APPARATUS
THEREFOR
Joseph Balogh, 30 Vibberts Ave., New BriUin, Conn.
Filed June 19, 1969, Ser. No. 834,655
Int. CI. A41h 43/00
U.S.CI.33-17A 14 Claims
A pattern grading machine has means to secure a pattern
or a sheet of grading paper upon a planar upper surface, and
means constraining a carrier to substantially free translatory
movement thereover; the carrier is adapted to support either
the pattern or the grading paper thereon. Indicia on a record-
ing member can be located by a stylus to facilitate placing
the carrier in a multiplicity of significant positions, and the
stylus may be adapted for initial use to produce the indicia
on the recording member.
3,641,676
RADIOLUMINESCENT GUNSIGHT AND METHOD
Elliel F. Knutsen, Rosemount, and Julio A. Santiago, Bum-
sville, both of Minn., assignors to NHe-Site, Inc.,
Rosemount, Minn.
Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848,152
Int.CI. F41g//i0, 1132, 1134
U.S. CI. 33-52 9 Claims
3,641,675
OPTICAL ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
Buford H. Funli, Jr., 213 Wingate Ave., S.W., Huntsvilk, Ala.
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,443
Int. CI. F41g//00,F41b 5/00
U.S. CI. 33-46 R 18 Claims
An alignment system employing a round, transparent
cylinder with indices marked on diametrically opposite sur-
faces, which when viewed at an angle to the surface provide
a magnified indication of coincidence or proximity to coin-
An improved gunsight utilizing radioluminescenf material
for permitting sighting of the gun in darkened conditions is
descnbed Particular housings for holding the radiolu-
minescent material are also described, together with methods
of applying the radioluminescent material to the sights of
guns.
3,641,677
GEOMETRIC INSTRUMENT FOR AZIMUTH SIGHTINGS
Gerome Davis, General Delivery, Florence, Oreg.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,148
Int. CI. GOlc 1100, 15/00, 21/22
U.S. CI. 33-67 8 Claims
6C-^ i .
iX>-
69-
~]^ ^ ^^ Sit ^^ sa
An instrument particularly adapted for use in fire watch
towers, artillery observation and the like for taking an
azimuth reading on a remote smoke, target, etc., including a
portable instrument readily mounted on support tracks and
reciprocable in two directions at right angles to each other,
including an element joumaled for rocking adjustment about
horizontal axes and having supported thereon a platform
upon which a telescope is adjustably supported, and in which
a fine adjustment for rotating the telescope about a vertical
axis includes a quick-release coupling.
3,641,678
DEFORMATION LOGGING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Carey E. Murphey, Jr., Houston, and Bascom C. Sheffield,
Bellaire, both of Tex., assignors to Shdl Oil Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 20, 1%8, Ser. No. 785,569
Int CI. GO lb 7/28, 7/34
U^. CI. 33-174 L 4 Claims
A method and apparatus for inspecting the internal con-
figuration of a circular opening wherein a scanning probe
device having a feeler arm is extended irUo the opening and
the arm is pivoted into engagement with thfe inner wall of the
opening. The feeler arm pivots about its pivoting axis while
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
807
the pivoting axis is revolved about an axis of revolution
within the opening. The degree of variation between the
angle of the feeler arm and the axis of revolution indicates
the internal contour of the opening.
3,641,679
RUGGEDIZED FLUX VALVE ASSEMBLY
Donald J. Kesselring, and Thomas G. Mulera, both of
Phoenix, Ariz., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation,
Great Neck, N.Y.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,482
Int. CI. GOlc y 7/iO, 17/18
U.S. CI. 33-204 5 claims
A pendulous flux valve universally mounted in a support-
ing housing having a resilient and a rigid bumper which per-
mits the use of smaller mounting pivots to enhance repeata-
bility. The rigid bumper is located so as to act at or about the
center of percussion of the flux valve and associated pendu-
lous parts, whereby the pivot mounting point is subjected to
minimum shock.
3,641,680
LIQUID-REMOVING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Robert R. Candor, 5940 Munger Road, Dayton, Ohu, and
James T. Candor, 5440 Cynthia Ln., Dayton, Ohk)
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 769,155, Oct. 21,
1968, now Patent No. 3,543,408, which is a continuatkm-in-
part of 8pplkatk>n Ser. No. 748,298, July 29, 1968, now
Patent No. 3,491,456, whkh is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 639,639, Jan. 9, 1968, now abandoned ,
which is a continuatk)n-in-part of application Ser. No.
639354, May 18, 1967, now Patent No. 3,405,452, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 532,266, Mar. 7,
1966, now Patent Na 3330,136, which is a continuation-in-
part of appUcatkm Ser. No. 219^87, Au«. 27, 1962, now
Patent No. 3,238,750. This applkation June 1, 1970, Ser. No.
42335
Int CI. BOlk 5/00
U.S. CI.34-1 26 Claims
This disclosure relates to a laundry apparatus, papermak-
ing apparatus or the like wherein the moisture in the wet
laundry, paper slurry or the like, disposed therein is removed
by an electrostatic means that provides a nonuniform field
between the moisture in the laundry, paper slurry or the like
and an electrode mccins to tend to cause the moisture to
leave the laundry, paper slurry or the like and move toward
the electrode means where the higher intensity portion of the
nonuniform field is located. Such moisture removal operation
can take place while the moisture-bearing material is being
subjected to an inaudible scream and/or ultrasonic vibration,
etc., to enhance the electrostatic moisture removal opera-
tion.
3,641,681
CARPET DRYER
James Donald Brock, P.O. Box 9126, Chattanooga, Tenn.
Filed Oct 7, 1969, Ser. No. 864357
Int CI. F26b 3/32
U.S. CI. 34-41 9 Claims
A dryer for carpet and the like which includes a housing
that defines a carpet inlet opening, a carpet outlet opening,
and conveying means for moving a single layer of carpet
along its length from the inlet opening through the housing to
the outlet opening. An open flame gas heating unit is posi-
tioned in the housing below the path of the carpet for heating
the air in the housing, and circulating fans are positioned in
the sidewalls of the housing to continuously recirculate the
air m the housing from the lower air heating chamber,
around the side edges of the carpet, to an air zone above the
carpet, and back down through the carpet. An upright parti-
tion is located in the housing below the path of the carpet ad-
jacent the inlet opening of the housing to define an exhaust
duct, and exhaust fans communicate with the exhaust duct to
flow heated air from above the carpet at a high velocity
through the carpet and out of the housing. Thus, the carpet is
initially treated with a high-velocity heated airflow, and sub-
sequently treated with a lower velocity heated airflow.
3,641,682
HAIR DRYER WITH REMOVABLE LAY-ON RESILIENT
CUSHION
Georgia E. GUntz, 2909 University Ave., Dcs Moines, Iowa
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18358
Int. CI. A45d 20124
U.S. CI. 34-99 6 Claims
A hair dryer including a removable cushion having waf-
flelike projections thereon. Facing sides of adjacent projec-
tions are inclined and are adapted to contact rollers on a per-
son's head resting on the cushion during hair drying. Heated
808
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
air flows through apertures formed in the cushion and then
onto the person's hair. A molded hollow hood surrounds the
person s
celerate
head and contains heated air which serves to ac-
drying.
3,641,683
ASPHALT PLANT DRIER WITH VARIABLE LIFTERS
Marvin B. Preeman, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to SUndard
Stect Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 29, 1%9, Scr. No. 888,565
Int.CI. F26b;//02
U.S. CI. 34-132 17 Claims
combination of a housmg having the appearance of a book, a
tape player within the housing, a replaceable prerecorded
tape and a pnnted book detachably mounted on the housing,
the material prmted m the book corresponding to the materi-
al recorded on the tape
3,641,685
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING
STUDENTS' ACTIONS
Jakob Zaweis. and Kric D. Kenaud, both of Pretoria, Republic
of South Africa, assignors to Associated Research Labora-
tories (Proprietarv ) Limited
Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 841,071
Claims priorit\. application Republic of South Africa, July
19. 1%8.6H 4656: Nov. 22, 1968,68/7617
Int. CI. G09b 7102
U.S. CI. 35-9 C 37 Claims
TlfcCHCM L»M»
A countercurrent gravity-feed, drum-type drier for flowa-
ble solid material comprising a rotatable shell, inclining
downwardly from its inlet or feed end to its outlet end, hav-
ing mounted circumferentially to the inner wall of the shell
pivotally mounted lifter plates adjacent its inlet end.
3,641,684
TALKING BOOK
Richard E. Paige, 215 East 68th St., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 81 1,148, Mar.
27, 1969, now Patent No. 3,553,851. This application Jan.
11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,529
Int. CI. G09b 5106: Gl lb 25106
MS. CI. 35-8 A 7 Claims
A method and apparatus for teaching individual as well as
groups of students through each student responding on his
own terminal to questions which involve multicharacter an-
swers The students receive immediate (psychological) rein-
forcement both while they are responding and when they
have completed a response, the reinforcements relating to
different actions being distinguishable. A student is thus ena-
bled to modify his response while he is responding to avoid
wrong complete responses and to elicit correct responses so-
oner.
The student's terminal in a preferred embodiment includes
a panel with conductive segments and a penlike indicator,
with a built-in light, the tip of the indicator being capable of
making conductive contact with the segments, each segment
being associated with a character. The terminal serves both
as an input and as an output device, a multicharacter output
being possible when the answer to a question is not known,
the student retrieving the necessary information by scanning
the panel with the indicator.
A teaching device for simultaneously teaching the reading
and pronouncing of words is described which includes the
3,641,686
EDUCATIONAL TESTING MACHINE
Alvin Krass, Holmdei, NJ., assignor to Key Education Inc.,
Red Bank, N J.
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,914
Int. CI. G09b/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 35-22 R 5 Claims
A unitary compact portable teaching instrument for
psychology, providing for a number of distinct tests, specifi-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
809
cally (Da learning ability testing unit on which the speed bottom electromagnetic energy absorbing material which can
with which a preset sequence of consecutive switches can be be heated by alternating magnetic flux, thus activating the
layer of thermoplastic material which then can be molded ac-
cording to the contour of a human foot.
learned, (2) a reaction time tester and (3) a manual pressure
measuring device, has been developed
3,641,687
BOWLING SHOES WITH SIGHTING LINE IN TIP
William M. Hibbard, Waupun, and Douglas L. Reeder, Jr.,
Mequon, botii of Wis., assignors to Wisconsin Shoe Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,124
Int. CI. A43b 00100
U.S. CI. 36-2.5 T 4 Claims
Bowling shoes with a built-in sighting line in the tip of the
shoe extending longitudinally centrally of the shoe. The
bowler sights the line on the shoe with a guide and/or a target
on the lane to assist in delivering the bowling ball in the
desired direction.
3,641,688
SHOE MOLDED BY INDUCTION HEATING
Elizabeth von den Bcnken, 2212 Centre St., West Roxbury,
Mass.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,952
Int. CI. A43b 13138
U.S. CI. 36—43 8 Claims
3,641,689
HYDRAULICALLY ACTUATED CLAMSHELL BUCKETS
Roy O. Billings, 6621 West Wisconsin Ave., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839^72
Int CI. B66c 3102
U.S. CI. 37-186 8 Claims
A clamshell bucket has complementary bowl sections
pivotally supported from a deck, there being a generally
horizontally disposed hydraulic cylinder which is trunnion
mounted near its head end through linkage fixed to the top of
one bowl section, and there being a piston rod for said
cylinder pivotally connected at its outer end through linkage
fixed to the top of the other bowl section, and there also
being linkage which includes an equalizer link for insuring
equal movement of the bowl sections when the hydraulic
cylinder is operated. A bucket cleaner is also supported from
the deck and is arranged to automatically clean the bowl sec-
tions as they are moved to open position.
3,641,690
CARD EJECTOR CASE
Jay Ehrensaal, Forest Hills, N.Y., assignor to Swank, Inc., At-
tleboro, Mass.
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 5,058
Int. CI. G09f ///06
U.S. CI. 40—67 1 1 Claims
The invention concerns a shoe whose bottom has a layer of
thermoplastic material in it and which has embodied in its
A cardcase includes a rectangular casing open along its top
and front and a plurality of open-backed, card-carrying
rectangular frames nesting in the casing in retracted side-by-
side positions and pivoted at their bottom front side comers
to the casing bottom front comer. Each frame is spring urged
to an advanced position external of the casing, exposing the
rear thereof and is releasably locked in its retracted position
by a pivoted catch member located in the casing and engag-
ing either the upper or lower rear end of the retracted frame,
and a finger-actuated release member slideably mounted on
the casing rear wall cooperates with the catch member to
retract it upon depression of the release member to release
the corresponding card carrying frame which is swung to its
advanced exposed position.
895 O.G.— 30
810
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,691
GRENADE LAUNCHER WITH PIVOTALLY MOUNTED
BARREL
Paul H. EUis, Aberdeen; Ralph J. Kibier, Phoenix, and
Richard R. Kramer, Chariestown, all of Md., assignors to
The United States of America as represented by the Secreta-
ry of the Army
Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826315
Int. CI. F41c 27/06
U.S. CI. 42-lF 7 Claims
nets so related that the unlike, opposed poles thereof are mu-
tually aligned, thus maintain positive magnetic contact
between the magnets Rotation of the reel when the line is
't ' » n
A single-shot grenade launcher which can be conveniently
attached to a rifle by substitution of relatively few original
parts and is a self-contained unit consisting of a launcher bar-
rel pivotally mounted to the underside of the rifle. The unit
has its own receiver and firing mechanism, a spring loaded
ejector rod and a launcher barrel lock. When the launcher
barrel is pivoted downwardly to a 15° angle the ejector rod
ejects the cartridge. When the launcher barrel is closed it is
automatically locked in the firing position. Locking and
release of the launcher barrel and cocking of the firing
mechanism is accomplished by a manually operated, spring-
loaded slide.
3,641,692
EXTRACTOR AND BOLT MECHANISM FOR FIREARM
nRING CASELESS AMMUNITION
Warren W. Wells, Silvis, Dl., assignor to The United Stotes of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,822 i
Int. CI. ¥4lcl 5100, 11/00 \
VS. a. 42-25 7 Claims
i
(>
being unwound by a fish, rotates the magnet that is integral
with the reel, thus breaking the magnetic attraction and per-
mitting the flag to assume an erect position and indicating
that a fish is on the line.
3 641 694
SELF-LOADING PISTOL WITH CONTINUOUS FIRING
DEVICE
Alex Sddd; Tllo MoUer, both of Obemdorf/Neckar, and Hel-
mut Weldle, Beffendorf , all of Germany, assignors to Flrma
Heckler & Koch GmbH, Obemdorf, Germany
Filed Sept 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,642
Claims priority, appUcatk)n Germany, Sept. 18, 1968, P 17
28 249.4
Int. CI. F41c 23/00, 5/00
U.S. CI. 42-72 13 Claims
^e X' ** M 64 *^ 60 ^
In an autoloading firearm for firing rounds of caseless am-
munition, the extraction of unspent rounds is effected by an
extractor which is a part of the reciprocating bolt and en-
gages the forward end of the round to effect withdrawal of an
unspent round upon movement of the bolt from battery.
Locking and unlocking of the bolt in battery is effected by
movement of the firing pin either manually, or, in normal
operation, by gas pressure acting thereon in response to fir-
ing of a round.
3,641,693
MAGNETIC TIP-UP SIGNAL FOR ICE nSHING
James E. Plnnow, Racine, Wis. ,
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,164 <
Int. CI. AOlk 97/12
U.S.CL 43-17 9 Claims
An ice-fishing signal device comprising a line reel sub-
merged in a hole in the ice, which reel rotates when a fish is
caught on the line. A pair of magnets are superimposed axi-
ally and face to face; one being fwed for rotation with the
reel, and the other nonrotatable and fixed integrally with a
flagstaff. The signal is initially set with the poles of the mag-
// JD X /f
A self-loading pistol incorporates a trigger assembly which
can be selectively adjusted to a position for single shot firing
and to a position for continuous firing, and comprises a
shoulder support which is releasably attached to the hand
gnp of the pistol and which accommodates adjusting means
for setting the trigger assembly to the one or other of the
selectable positions, the trigger assembly being arranged to
return to the single shot firing position when the shoulder
support is disconnected from the hand grip. The shoulder
support may be hollow and shaped to accommodate the
pistol. *
ERRATUM
For Class 43—17 see:
Patent No. 3,641,693
/
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
811
3,641,695
DEVICE FOR CASTING A HSHING LINE
Raymond G. Zenick, 912 Briarwood Lane, Glendalc, Calif.
FUed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,748
Int. CI. AOlk 9//02
U.S. CI. 43-19 30 Claims
3,641,697
CARRYING CASE FOR A HSHING ROD AND REEL
Albert G. Heidtman, 565 Cokmial Way, and Albert H. Teit-
jen, 515 Colonial Way, both of Reno, Nev.
Filed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853,282
Int. CI. AOlk 97/08
U.S. CI. 43-26 4 Claims
^
A device for casting a fishing line that includes a cylindri-
cal spool and handle unit with a longitudinal passage
therethrough and an elastic balloon anchored to this unit. A
fishing line wound on the spool is stripped from the spool
when the elastic balloon containing a weighted end of the
fishing line is stretched and released, hurling this weighted
end out through the passage on the unit.
3,641,696
INTERENGAGING ROLLER UNE GUIDE FOR HSHING
RODS
Oscar Fleischer, deceased, 2610 S.W. 21st St., Miami, Fla.
(by Hden Krohn Fleischer, executrix)
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,581
Int. CI. AOlk 87/04
DS. CL 43-24 2 Claims
A roller line guide for fishing rods and the like having a
support adapted to be secured to a fishing rod and a pair of
grooved rollers or sheaves having rim portions with the rol-
lers rotatably mounted on the support one above the other
and in engagement with each other. One roller has a
peripheral flange about its rim portion for receiving the rim
of the other roller whereby the fishing line received between
the rollers cannot engage any stationary portion of the guide
and the line cannot leave the confines of the pair of rollers.
The engagement of the rollers also provides that the rollers
rotate in unison when the fishing line engages either of the
rollers.
A rigid plastic carrying case is provided with two elongated
sections interconnected by hinges and thus being foldable
into a closed container. One of the sections is provided with
an outwardly directed depression along the side thereof to
accommodate a fishing reel. This enables the carrying case to
receive and retain a fishing rod and an attached reel, without
the need for detaching the reel from the rod when inserting
the same into the case.
3,641,698
FISHING LURE
John A. Varancy, 23 Overton Ave., Mllford, Conn.
FUed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,071
Int. CI. AOlk 85/00
VS. CI. 43—42.48
4 Claims
tt zm t*
A fish lure shaped to resemble live bait fish and having
water reaction surfaces which produce movements simulating
the undulating, rolling, wagging movements of a swimming
bait fish through reaction to water pressures as the lure is
drawn through the water during normal fishing techniques,
such as retrieving following casting, trolling from behind a
moving boat, and jigging in deep water from an anchored
boat or wharf. The water reaction surfaces also maintain sta-
bility of the lure against spinning, planing to the top, or sink-
ing to the bottom.
3,641,699
FISHING WEIGHTS
Domenk Mattarocd, 2120 West 31st St., Puebk), Cok>.
Filed Oct 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,1 1 1
Int CI. AOlk 95/00
U.S. CI. 43—43.1 1 Claim
Fishing weights are set forth which are snag free and which
can be attached to the line or leader handily. A snap-on hook
projects from one end of one form of the invention and in
another form the opposite ends of the weight have line
I
812
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
receiving bores and grooves to attach the weight to the line.
The weights are long and thin to prevent fouling and a split
weight is provided of the same nature for squeeze clamping
on the line or leader.
3,641,700
SINKER RELEASE FOR HSHING TACKLE
John R. G. Harrison, c/o Robert Frayn* & Co., Rm. 212.
1200 West Pender St., Vancouver 1, British Colunbia,
Canada ,
FUed SepL 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,756 I
Claims priority, application Canada, Oct. 30, 1968, 033889
Int. CI. AOlk 95100
U.S. CI. 43-43.12 - . 3 Claims
A sinker release assembly mounted on a fishing line with
means to frictionally engage the line and hold the assembly in
a fixed position on the line, which means is releasable to per-
mit the parts of the assembly to slide on the line. The as-
sembly comprises a body member having a longitudinal
passage therethrough with two spaced wing elements having
aligned holes to receive a plug of a size closely fitting m the
holes and which has a transverse aperture adjacent one end
The fishing line is passed through the body passage and plug
aperture and the plug is then inserted into the aligned holes
to wedge the line therein and hold the assembly on the line
A pull by a fish will withdraw the plug from the holes and
free the body and plug to slide on the line.
3,641,701
FURNITURE AND TOY CONSTRUCTION
Michael RosenfeM, 371 Harvard St., Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Oct. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,493 J
Int CI. A63h 3152
U.S.CL46— 14 10 Claims
3,641,702
DOLL WITH LEG KICK ACTION
Robert Gardd, New Yorl(, N.Y., and Egon Gorsky, Westfidd,
N J., assignors to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 866,953, Oct. 16,
1969. This appUcation May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,010
Int. CI. A63h 1 1 100
U.S. CI. 46-120 15 Claims
A knockdown furniture and toy construction is disclosed
wherein the components may be assembled into an orienta-
tion for easy storage. Arcuate members are embraced by a
top and bottom member so as to form a container of some of
the components of the furniture with slotted connector mem-
bers and other arcuate members disposed within the con-
tainer. The arcuate members and the connector members are
releasably interconnected to form the furniture.
A doll having animated torso, leg, arm and head move-
ment The torso is comprised of an upper and lower portion,
the upper portion of which gyrates with respect to the lower
portion. The arms and the head of the doll move as the torso
of the doll gyrates The legs of the doll kick upwardly to a
substantially honzontal position, in alternate movements, as
the arms, torso and head of the doll are moving.
3,641,703
ANIMATED DOLL RESPONSIVE TO MOUTH-INSERTED
ELEMENT
Sidney Tepper, Millbum, and Hyman P. Boydman, Spring-
field, both of N J., assignors to Topper Corporation
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 22,740
Int. CI. A63h 33126
U.S. CI. 46-232 16 Claims
The doll has electrical circuit means including one or more
loads, e.g., an electric motor and/or light source, and a
switch operable by an element, eg, a nursing bottle nipple
or a simulated pill, inserted into the doll's mouth. With more
than one load, a separate parallel circuit is provided for each
load, and the switch, which has several positions, completes
no more than one of the parallel circuits in any of its posi-
tions. The switch may be operated by a ratchet and pawl
mechanism.
February 15, 1972
3,641,704
ACCELERATOR FOR A VEHICLE TOY
Anson Sims, Redondo Beach; Edwin O. Stastny, Santa Ana,
and Janos Beny, Manhattan Beach, all of Calif., assignors to
Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 752,232, Aug. 13, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 2, 1971, Ser. No.
130,797
Int. CI. A63h 29/22
U.S. CI. 46-243 LV 26 Claims
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
813
This is an action toy wherein small, unpowered vehicles
are adapted to coast along miniature roadway and wherein
vehicle propulsion means is disposed adjacent the roadway
and engages and accelerates the vehicles therealong.
3,641,705
WINDOW UNIT
Hans Schmidlin, Brudweg 47, Aesch, Switzerland
Continuation of application Ser. No. 814,428, Apr. 8, 1969,
now abandoned. This application Aug. 11, 1970, Ser. No.
62,974
Claims priority, application (ierman>. Apr. 11, 1968. P 17
59 241.5
InL CI. E05f 7102
U.S. CI. 49-256 12 Claims
A window unit comprises a frame which surrounds a frame
opening elongated in horizontal direction. A pair of window
panels are received within the confines of the frame and
together close the opening. Means mounts at least one of the
window panels for horizontal sliding movement in the general
plane of the op>ening as well as for tilting movement transver-
sely to this general plane.
3,641,706
PNEUMATIC COUNTERBALANCERS
John H. Carlson, Danvers; Donald L. Mansfield, South
Hamilton, and Hugh A. Robinson, Wenham, all of Mass.,
assignors to USM Corporation, Flemington, N J.
Filed Jan. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 790,917
Int. CI. EOSf 15102
U.S. CI. 49-324 7 Claims
A lightweight energy-storing device usable, for example, as
a counterweight is disclosed. Thus for instance, on being
lifted, a door imparts rotation to a pinion via a rack. This
rotation is converted by means of a ball nut screw assembly
to linear motion for effecting the compressive stroke of a
piston-cylinder assembly charged with gas under pressure.
and this compression load is usable to offset the weight of the
door.
3,641,707
WINDOW SEAL TAPE OR STRIP
Arnold J. Kellos, P.O. Box 3617, Augusta, Ga.
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,044
lnt.CI.B60r/ J/02, 13104
U.S. CI. 49-462
5 Claims
A U-shaped soft, resilient sealing tape or strip for mount-
ing on the edge of auto door glass for cooperation with a
sealing strip of similar or different material mounted as a
molding in a door opening to prevent whistling noise caused
by air when the vehicle is in motion and to avoid entry of
rainwater. The door glass sealing tape or strip is U-shaped in
transverse cross section, v^rith a thick base portion and rela-
tively thin legs. The surface of the groove in the strip is
coated with pressure sensitive adhesive overlaid with a
removable, protective strip of paper. The door glass sealing
strip can also be applied to the edge of the door to prevent
paint chipping or other damage and to also serve as a seal.
3,641,708
APPARATUS FOR FINISHING GLOBOID WORMS
Bohuslav Strejc, Plzen, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Skoda,
narodni podnik, Plzen, Czechoslovakia
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,646
Clahns priority, application Czechoslovakia, Dec. 28, 1968,
8879/68
Int CI. B24b 7100
U.S. CI. 51-33 R 6 Claims
Apparatus for finishing globoid worm gears wherein the
angular position of the shaft of a disk-shaped tool for finish-
ing a globoid worm is adjusted according to changes of the
814
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
lead of the globoid helix by mounting the disk-shaped tool on
a pivotably supported base, the angular position of which is
determined in dependence on the working process as it
proceeds. Means are included for adjusting simultaneously in
dependence on the position of said base the position of the
shaft of the disk-shaped tool with respect to the worked glo-
boid worm, the latter adjustment being carried out by way of
a selsyn coupling.
followmg the orbital path and maintaining a given alignment
3,641,709
MACHINES FOR REMOVING SURFACE CRACKS AND
FLAWS FROM ROUGH STEEL PRODUCTS
Georges Gazuit, Chemin Chauveau, 03 Montlucon, France
Filed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,619
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 1, 1%9, 6926539
Int CI. B24b 7100
U.S. CI. 51-34 D 4 Claims
Machine for removing surface cracks and flaws from steel-
work products which comprises a rotary grinding wheel
adapted to perform a rectilinear horizontal movement of
translation, advantageously of alternating type, at an adjusta-
ble height. The outer end of the swivel horizontal radiad arm
of an upright rotatably mounted about a vertical axis on the
frame structure of the machine carries a swivel bracket trun-
nioned about a vertical axis and maintained in a Hxed
direction by a link interconnecting a pair of studs rigid the
one with said frame structure and the other with said swivel
bracket. A beam adapted to pivot about a horizontal pivot
pin rigid with said swivel bracket has a upper end connected
to one point of said swivel bracket through a first actuator
and a lower end pivoted to an arm supporting the grinding
wheel at a height determined by another actuator connecting
one point of said wheel carrier arm to one p>oint of said
swivel bracket.
3,641,710
ORBIT ALLY DRIVEN GRINDING APPARATUS
Roland Heinelt, Munich, Germany, assignor to Friedrich
Dedtel Prazisioas Mechanik & MaschineniMu, Munich,
Germany
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,787 ,
Int CI. B24b 5100 '
U.S. CI. 5 1 —90 6 Claims
A turbine driving means for the spindle of an orbital grind-
ing machine. A standard air turbine is fixed to the spindle for
and the grinding tool is p>ositioned on the output shaft of the
turbine.
3,641,711
APPARATUS FOR GRINDING GLASS
Friedrich Halberschmidt, Merkstein, and Albrecht Overath,
Wurselen, both of Germany, assignors to Compagnie de
Saint-Gobain, Seine, France
Filed Oct 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,702
Claims priority, application France, Oct 14, 1968, 169764
Int CI. B24b 9110
U.S. CI. 51-100 10 Claims
^ISSSfiSS
An apparatus for automatically grinding the edges of
sheets of glass to a predetermined contour. A template of the
desired shape and a plate of glass to be ground are mounted
in fixed positions; a carriage movable with respect to the
template and glass carries a template follower and an edge
grinding mechanism. The grinding tool is adjustable on the
carriage toward and away from the glass, so as to compensate
for wearing of the tool. The tool mounting and driving means
is rotatable about an eccentric cixis to vary the position of the
zone of the tool engaging the glass; rotation of such means is
under the automatic control of the template follower as it
turns about its axis in following the template.
3,641,712
MACHINE FOR GRINDING EDGES OF GLASS
ARTICLES
Gerhard Menzel, Braunschweig, Germany, assignor to
Propper Manufacturing Company, Inc.
FUed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,588
Int CI. B24b 9108
U.S. CI. 51-122 5 Claims
A machine for grinding the edges of glass articles such as
slides for carrying specimens to be observed under a
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
815
microscope. These glass articles are held in a suitable frame a dressing tool arranged to be moved transversely of the face
with the edges which are to be ground in engagement with a of the grinding wheel to dress the grinding wheel, second
rotary grinding wheel. During the grinding operations a trans- feeding means for moving the dressing tool toward and from
mission is operatively connected with the frame to move the the surface of the grinding wheel, detecting means for
t. sensing the engagement between the dressing tool and the
latter radially with respect to the axis of the grinding wheel
so that in addition to the rotary movement of the grinding
wheel there is the radial movement of the frame with the
glass articles held thereby.
3,641,713
GRINDING MACHINE
Norman S. Humes, c/o The HeaM Machine Co., New Bond
St, Worcester, Mass.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 686^58, Aug. 3, 1967,
now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 380,780, July 7, 1964, now abandoned.
This application July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 56,176
Int CI. B24b 49118
U.S. CI. 5 1 - 1 65.88 8 Claims
gi3^
surface of the grinding wheel, and control means adapted to
control the first and second feeding means so as to advance
the wheel slide and the dressing tool until the detecting
means detects the engagement between the dressing tool and
the surface of the grinding wheel.
3,641,715 \
HONING APPARATUS
Carl H. Kramm, Pinckney, and Roger E. Lee, Brighton, both
of Mich., assignors to Wedge-Lock Honing Stone Co.,
Brighton, Mich.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,403
Int CI. B24b 5110; hlAA 1 7/00
U.S. CI. 51-204 11 Claims
r*-"
rr^^^TH
This invention has to do with apparatus for fmishing a sur-
face of revolution by the abrasion process aixl includes a
spindle having a roughing abrasive wheel and a finish abra-
sive wheel, with means for dressing them individually, with
the roughing abrasive wheel being dressed more frequently
than the finish abrasive wheel, with a feed mechanism by
which the force between the roughing abrasive wheel and the
workpiece is regulated to a predetermined value, and with an
in-process gauge terminating the feeding of the roughing and
finish abrasive wheels.
3,641,714
MACHINE TOOL PROVIDED WITH APPARATUS FOR
COMPENSATING THE WEAR OF GRINDING WHEEL
Hiroaki Asano, Kariya, Japan, assignor to Toyoda Koki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Japan
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,604
Claims priority, application Japan, May 30, 1969, 44/42625
Int. CI. B24b 49/00
U.S. CI. 5 1 — 1 65.87 6 Claims
A grinding machine is provided with first feeding means
for moving a wheel slide toward and away from a workpiece,
A honing-stone assembly utilized in a honing head wherein
the stone is forced outwardly into engagement with the work-
piece. TTie novel construction residing in the use of a stone
retainer having a portion deformable upwn engagement with
the workpiece to cooperate with the honing head and retain
the stone therein as the stone is used and consumed.
3,641,716
BEARING-GRINDING MACHINE
Daniel J. Price, R.D. # 1 , Thomasville. Pa.
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,764
Intel. B24b/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 51-241 R 8 Claims
" y '' .c. ,0.
A grinding machine for grinding exterior bearing surfaces
on the outer ends of axle housings of trucks, trailers and
816
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
similar automotive vehicles which have been repaired by
restoring worn surfaces to original sizes by adding metal
thereto by welding procedures, the grinding machine being
capable of being positioned relative to the housing or axle
being repaired, whether the same is still mounted on the
vehicle or removed therefrom, and operable to rotate a
grinding wheel about the axis of the bearing and also move it
longitudinally along said axis to form a renewed bearing sur-
face of precise dimensions.^
A
3,641,717
METHOD FOR MAKING ASPHERIC CONVEX
SURFACES
Charles W. Neefe, Box 361, Big Spring, Tex.
Continuation-ill-part of application Ser. No. 643,250, June 2,
1967, now Patent No. 3,510,207. This application Feb. 27,
1970, Ser. No. 15,120 i
Intel. B24b//00
L^. CI. 51— 284 5 Claims
A method of generating aspheric convex surfaces by
abrading a spherical rotating surface against a flat rotating
surface. The rotating axis of the convex surface is inclined in
relation to the rotating axis of the flat surface and abrades
the convex surface near the edge to provide an aspheric sur-
face having a larger radius of curvature at the periphery
3,641,718
ABRASIVE CUTTING TOOL
Harold W. Ferchland, Troy, Mich., assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 75 1 ,479, Aug. 9,
1968, now abandoned. This application July 31, 1969, Ser.
No. 850314
Int. CI. B24b 55102; B24d 5100, 7/00
U.S. CI. 51-356 16 Claims
ing region is comprised of a highly porous material having a
macroporosity profile, an extended internal heat transfer sur-
face area and preferably is formed from a metal having a
thermal conductivity coefficient of at least about 0.05 g.-
cal/(sec ) (cm*) (°C/cm.). A particular electroplated
diamond penpheral wheel is disclosed.
3,641,719
CLEANING TOWEL
Christen H. C. Yang, Camas, Wash., assignor to Crown Zel-
lerbach Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Piled Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,532
Int. CI. B24d;y/00
U.S. CI. 51-402 6 Claims
A cleaning towel comprising multiple paper plies and a
cleaning aid adhered to the outer face of a face ply forming
one side of the towel. The cleaning aid comprises a granular
abrasive material, a detergent, and a binder holding the abra-
sive matenal together and adhering the cleaning aid to the
paper ply The cleaning aid is distributed as a noncontinuous
coating, forming a pattern of multiple spaced-apart stripes
over the face of the paper ply. A back ply provided behind
the face ply has a somewhat greater absorbency than the face
ply. A method of preparing the towel where the cleaning aid
is prepared as a flowable liquid mass and transferred through
a striping roll to the face of a continuous paF>er web. After
such coating has dned, another paper web is applied against
the back of the web with the coating, to produce an assembly
which is then cut into lengths jmd folded to form the towel.
The multiple plies in a towel may be held together with an
adhesive, or by mechanical embossing.
3,641,720
PREFABRICATED BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WITH
INTERFITTING STUD SPLINES
Robert W. Berrie, Yorba Linda, Calif., assignor to Onrnico
Systems International Inc., Downey, Calif.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,514
Int CL E04c l/W
U.S. CI. 52-122 13 Claims
A cool-running abrasive cutting tool having a working sur-
face comprising a layer of diamond particles included in a
heat-conductive matrix and a heat-dissipating region im-
mediately subjacent the working surface. The heat-dissipat-
A building structure employing prefabricated panels hav-
ing outer skins and an adhesive insulating filling. The edges
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
817
of the panels are in the form of metal sockets adapted to
receive box-type, metal stud splines to which they are inter-
locked horizontally by means of complemental protrusions
and recesses to prevent relative movement longitudinally
between the panels and the stud splines. The stud splines
form conduits for electrical wiring and have an at least par-
tially open side for the insertion of electrical outlets. The
stud splines are provided with bottom plates integrally at-
tached thereto by which they are secured to a base slab. As-
sembly of panels and stud splines is effected sequentially and
with final transverse movement to effect interlocking
between the panels and the stud splines.
3,641,721
MAINTENANCE-FREE DOOR LIGHT INSERT
ASSEMBLY
Robert I. Martin, Manheim, Pa., assignor to Rimar Manufac-
turing, Inc., Manheim, Pa.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,118
Intel. E06b//J0
U.S. CI. 52-212 3 Claims
channel means. Adjustment screws are threaded into said
stay means at both ends of said guide channel means and
bear against the open ends of the guide channel means
preferably through washers.
3,641,723
STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY EMPLOYING RESILIENT
CLIPS
Andre Delcroix, 5, rue Pasteur, 59 Wattrelos, France
Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825,203
Claims priority, application France, May 17, 1968, 19104
Int CI. E04b 2/56
U.S. CI. 52-281 7 Claims
A maintenance-free insert assembly for use with exterior
doors of steel or other construction comprising an exterior
peripheral frame member including an inwardly extending
flange, an interior frame member cooperating with the exteri-
or frame member to retain a pane of glass therebetween, the
exterior and interior frame members being secured to the
door construction by fastening screws which are driven from
the interior side through both the interior frame member and
the inwardly extending flange of the exterior frame member
to thereby secure the insert assembly in position without em-
ploying externally positioned nails, screws, fastening devices,
or other construction subject to weather.
3,641,722
FASTENING DEVICE FOR MOUNTING A FRAME IN A
WALL OPENING
Emil Schmitt, 8702 Guntersleben, Germany
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,%9
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 23, 1969, P 19 20
604.3
Int CLE06b 7/24, 1/60
U.S.CL 52-213 12 Claims
i O 16 '5 U
A fastening device for mounting a fr£ime, for example a
doorjamb, in a wall opening, wherein open-ended horizontal
guide channel means are attached to the wall adjacent to said
opening, emd wherein the doorjamb has attached thereto stay
means, such as staybolts which slidingly fit into said guide
A connector assembly comprises an elongated member
having opposed major and minor surfaces. A resilient clip is
attached to both of the major surfaces and to one of the
minor surfaces and the resilient clips releasably engage with
mating surfaces on the structural members which are to be
connected together.
3,641,724
BOX BEAM WALL CONSTRUCTION
James Palmer, Route 5, Box 227, Excelsior, Minn.
Filed Mar. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,272
Int CI. E04c 2/46
U.S. CI. 52-615
2 Claims
20a
A wall construction for homes and the like developed for
the construction of wall sections at locations removed from
the building into which includes an integral box beam con-
struction at the upp>er portions thereof with insulating and
reflective material being provided as integral elements within
the wall section. The box beam construction is built directly
into the wall section and provides a strengthening factor to
permit the placement of doors and windov^ at any point and
permits the placement of truss rafters at any point along the
wall.
818
I i
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,725
METHOD or PACKAGING
Richard T. Griaell, Tore Haute, Ind., assignor to Polypac,
Inc., Terre Haute, Ind.
Condnuadon-ln-part of appiicatioa Ser. No. 847,921, Aug. 6,
1969, now abandoned. This application Jan. 16, 1970, Ser.
No. 3,546
InL a. B29d 27100; B65d 81112, 85I6S
L.S. CI. 53-14 14 Claims
.32-
2.G> 30 ^"^ iO 2. Co
A method of packaging steel and other articles wherein the
articles to be packaged are first enclosed in a flexible sheet of
material such as polyethylene and are then encapsulated in a
cellular plastic shea^ in a mold by placing a liquid foamable
reaction mixture in the mold under confinement and at
resulting conditions of elevated temperature and pressure.
The flexible sheet enclosure is vented to atmosphere through
the mold wall so that, as the foamable reaction mixture ex-
pands in the mold, there is no blockage by bubbles of air in-
side the flexible sheet enclosure.
3,641,726
METHOD FOR A REDUCED SIZE PACKING OF
ARMCHAIRS, DIVANS AND THE LIKE
Cesare Cassina, Milan, Italy, assignor to S.R.L. Centro Cesare
Cassina I
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8316
Claims priority, application Italy, July 19, 1969, 19870 A/69
Int. CI. B65b i//00. 1120; A47c 27100
U.S. CI. 53-24 4 Claims
/S /J /<i j — I '
A method of packaging irregular size articles by com-
pressing the same between impervious sheets, joining the
edges, evacuating the air and sealing the sheets.
3,641,727
VEHICLE-PARKING SYSTEM
Charles D. HiU, 222 West Arbor Vitae, Ingicwood, Calif.
FUed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,102
Int CI. EOlf 9/00 ,
L.S. CI. 52-174 5 Claims
the parking area and smaller stalls are laid out in another re-
gion of the parking area. Relatively large or fiill sized pas-
senger vehicles are then directed to the relatively large stalls
and the smaller or compact and foreign vehicles can be
directed to the smaller stalls. Thus, no space is lost as a result
of a relatively small vehicle parking in a relatively large park-
ing stall.
3,641,728
SECURING DEVICE
Walter Hallauer, Schaffhausen, Switzerland, assignor to Swiss
Aluminium Ltd., Chippis, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,466
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 18, 1968,
17218/68
Int. CI. E06b 3/58
US. CI. 52-498 7 Claims
Disclosed is a coupling device comprising a head portion
having a base surface and a stud portion projecting from the
head portion to pass through an opening of a rigid support
sheet to which the device is to be secured. A bore for receiv-
ing a retaining pin extends through both the head and the
stud portions and is inclined at such an angle as to guide the
retaining pin into a tight contact with the bottom edge of the
opening, thus retaining the stud portion in the support sheet.
3,641,729
LIP CLINCHING DIES AND JOINT PRODUCED
THEREFROM
Donald G. Irvin, Burlington, Ontario, Canada, assignor to H.
H. Robertson Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 10,223
Claims priority, application Canada, Mar. 14, 1969, 45813
Int. CI. E04d 3/362
VS. CI. 52-528 6 Claims
This disclosure describes a vehicle-parking system in which
a series of relatively large stalls are laid out in one region of
A shear lock connection for securing interengaged con-
necting lips of adjacent sheet member panels firmly together.
The connection comprises two lobes produced in the con-
necting lips by sequential shearing and displacement opera-
tions. The lobes are displaced equally in opposite directions
to achieve a connection of improved longitudinal shear re-
sistance and improved vertical pullout resistance. Apparatus
is described for producing the shear lock connection.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
819
3,641,730
EXPANDABLE JOINT DEVICE
Alan F. Meckstroth, 2357 Shelterwood Drive, Kettering, Ohio
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,498
Int.CI. E04C///0
U.S. CI. 52— 584 12 Claims
matically formed protruding sideways from each package.
The method comprises wrapping a pack or article with a
sheet of overwrap of synthetic resin film which tends to
shrink when heated. The open sides of the overwrap are
heat-sealed thereby hermetically sealing the wrap. At the
same time, a laminate of the front and rear part of the over-
wrap is formed by fusion with heat at a suitable portion on a
The adjacent edge surfaces of prefabricated building
panels have opposing undercut recesses of dovetail configu-
ration and are rigidly connected and sealed by an elongated
tubular joint device including a pair of opposing rigid V-
shaped sidewalls connected by a pair of opposing flexible
base walls each having a set of rigid sections. The joint
device is formed as a polypropylene extrusion with the
sidewalls and base wall sections integrally connected by thin
web hinges, and is expandable from a collapsed position
facilitating insertion into the recesses to an extended position
where the sidewalls clamp the panels together in response to
flexing of the base wall sections to overcenter locking posi-
tions. In another embodiment, only one of the panels has an
undercut recess, and integral hinges connect the sidewalls of
the joint device to the adjacent panel.
3,641,731
BRICK WALL CONSTRUCTION
Jimmie J. Winfree, Peach Bottom, Pa., assignor to Wlnfree
Associates, Inc., Wilmington, IW.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47355
Int. CI. E04g 2 //22
U.S. CI. 52-747 5 Claims
>>-^
A brick wall is laid by stacking up a plurality of bricks
without mortar. Retaining structures are used on the front
and back faces of the stack of bricks, and mortar is in-
troduced onto the top of the stack of bricks and will flow
down to fill the voids between the bricks. The bricks may
have special protrusions to space the bricks apart or special
spacers may be used to space the bricks apart the required
distance. Appropriate forms are provided for openings in the
brick wall and end joints in the brick wall.
3^1,732
METHOD OF PACKAGING PACKS OR ARTICLES WITH
A HEAT-SHidNKING MATERIAL
Masaaki Fi^io, 3-15-8 Aoyamadai, Suita, Japan
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16396
Int CL B65b 61/18; B65d 65/32
U.S. CI. 53-14 7 Claims
A method of packaging packs or other articles with a heat-
shrinking material is disclosed whereby a tear-tab is auto-
side of the overwrap. Then, the overwrap is heated thereby
allowing it to shrink in such manner that the entire overwrap
excepting the laminated portion shrinks close to the outer
surface of the pack or article and that the inner edge of the
laminated portion is supported by the outer surface of the
pack or article in the direction at a right angle thereto
thereby allowing the laminated part to extend outwardly.
ERRATA
For Classes 53— 14 and 53—24 see:
Patent Nos. 3.641,725 and 3,641,726
3,641,733
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOADING AND
FORMING ENVELOPES AND BLANK ENVELOPE
STRUCTURE USED THEREWITH
Hershey Lemer, Warrensville Township, Cuyahoga County,
Ohio, assignor to Automated Packaging Systems, Inc.,
Twinsburg, Ohk>
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,743
Int. CI. B65b 43/02
U.S. CI. 53-29 19 Claims
r3$
—
i
1 — i\
If
a
^3d
7
n
Apparatus for loading and forming envelopes includes a
supply structure for a web of plastic envelope blanks, web
control means including a web feeding and locating
mechanism and a web tensioning mechanism which
cooperate to intermittently feed the web along a path of
travel, a loading station at which the blank envelopes are
loaded, and a forming station at which loaded blank en-
velc^jcs are simultaneously sealed and cut to size. The web
control means feeds a part of each blank envelope to a
predetermined location on the path of travel. The feed of the
web is then terminated with blank envelopes registered at the
loading and forming stations. Loading and forming apparatus
operates in timed relation with the web control structure to
perform the loading and forming operations when the web is
stopped.
The web of blank envelopes is defined by a web of sheet
plastic material which bears a printed image and folded on it-
self to provide coextending edges. The sides of the folded
web are structurally connected in registration with the
printed image. This connection between the sides of the web
is engaged by a feed or tensioning mechanism during advanc-
ing of the web and also serves to locate material placed in the
web relative to the printed image.
820
1
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
r
3,641,734
APPARATUS FOR PACKING LOOSE COMPRESSIBLE
MATERIAL IN RECTANGULAR CONTAINERS
Fnmds B. ilshbunw, P.O. Box 338, Arden, N.C.
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 746,064, JuJy 19, 1968,
now abandoned. This application May 15, 1970, Ser. No.
37,451
Int. CI. B65b 1/24, 1/28, 63/02
U.S. CI. 53-124 B 13 Claims
Apparatus for packing loose, compressible material, such
as leaJf tobacco, in rectangular containers. The invention is an
improvement in apparatus of the type comprising a press
with a vertically reciprocatory plunger, means for supporting
the rectangular container below the press plunger, and an
upright charger which surrounds the path of the press
plunger and through which the plunger moves, the charger
being movable upwardly and downwardly independently of
the press plunger. The invention provides a sleeve mounted
on the lower end of the charger and depending therefrom,
the sleeve being inserted into the rectangular container as the
charger descends, and being extracted from the container by
upward movement of the charger, as the press plunger
remains in lowered position to keep the compressed material
within the containers. The construction of the sleeve is such
that it is initially tapered, assuring ease of entry through the
open top of the container, without danger of damaging the
container. As the compressible material is packed into the
sleeve, after the sleeve has been inserted in the container, the
sleeve expands to a rectangular form of uniform transverse
cross section. The construction of the sleeve, and its relation
to the charger and the container, are such as to provide an
improved action in minimizing and resisting the forces ex-
erted by compression of the material within the container.
3,641,735
BAG PACKER WITH HORIZONTAL TRANSFER
William C. Daily, and Fred H. Welzel, both of Covington, Ky.,
assignors to R. A. Jones & Company, Inc., Covington, Ky.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 808,831, Mar.
20, 1969, now abandoned. This application Jan. 20, 1970,
I Ser. No. 4378
' Int. CI. B65b 35/50, 5/06
U.S. CI. 53— 1 59 13 Claims
Apparatus for packing flexible bags into cases, the ap-
paratus elevating the bags, dividing them into a plurality of
channels, delivenng them to a hopper having an accumulator
chamber, the bags being dropped into the accumulator
chamber one layer at a time, and when a case load is accu-
mulated ail bags being transferred into the case.
3,641,736
MACHINE FOR MAKING HLLED PACKAGES
Raymond J. Dwyer, 4737 Secor Road, Toledo, Ohio
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 47,943
Int. CI. B65b 9/10
U.S. CI. 53-180 7 Claims
A machine for making filled packages by which an air-
operated rack bar drives pull rolls by which the bag material
is unrolled from a supply roll. The bag material has pressure-
sensitive coating and, after passing upwardly from the supply
roll over guide rollers, it passes downwardly over a mandrel
in a troughlike form and to which the articles to be packaged
are delivered through a chute. During the downward opera-
tion of the rack bar, the pressure rolls operate to advance the
sheet material. However, when the rack bar retracts or
moves upwardly, the pull rolls do not operate, and at that
time pressure blocks move against the bag material, and, as it
is clamped, a knife severs the material so that the upper end
of the filled packages is sealed and cut off, and at the same
time the bottom end of the next succeeding bag is sealed.
The bag material can be advanced by the pull rolls in the
next cycle of operation. The machine is operated by com-
pressed air and may operate either automatically or by actua-
tion of a foot valve.
3,641,737
PACKAGING MACHINE FOR BAGS TO BE FILLED
WITH LIQUIDS, POWDERS OR GRANULAR PRODUCTS
Luigi Tamagni, Milano, Italy, assignor to EUROSICMA-
Societa luliana Costnizioni Macchine Automatiche S.r.I.,
Milan, Italy
Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,858
Claims priority, application Italy, Jan. 23, 1969, 11900 A/69
InL CI. B65b 9/02, 61/08
UJS. CI. 53-182 3 Claims
The improvement resides in the provision of a deflecting
roller sucking with suction pads the packages sealed and cut,
so as to horizontally deflect the same of 90° nd cause the
{
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
821
fall thereof in containers constituting a first endless con-
veyor. A second endless conveyor is provided, the width of
3,641,739
RIDING SADDLE AND ATTACHMENT MEANS
Werner Johannes Kari Stubben, Krcfeid, Germany, assignor
to Job's Stubben OHG, Krefeid, Germany
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,603
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 7, 1968, P 17 85
066.7
Intel. B68C//04
U.S. CI. 54—46 7 Claims
which is the same as the package and moved perpendicularly
to the first mentioned endless conveyor.
3,641,738
ORCHARD PRUNING AND PICKING APPARATUS
Roy W. Johnson, P.O. Box 1 15, Woodland, Calif.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,714
Int CI. B65b 67/02; B60p 1/36
U.S. CI. 53—391 14 Claims
22 . . 5*
An agricultural implement for use when pruning or
trimming orchard Uees, or when picking fruits, which has a
wheel mounted frame for movement between rows of
orchard trees and that includes a hold for a fruit crate. The
frame mounts a plurality of work platforms on each side of
the frame for lateral movement of the platforms toward and
away from the frame. Power-driven fruit transport means
move the fruit from the platforms to a central gathering belt
mounted to the frame for discharge of the fruit into the crate.
A fruit decelerator between the discharge end of the gather-
ing belt and the crate significantly reduces the vertical speed
of the fruit as it moves through the decelerator to prevent
high-speed impacts and resulting damage to the fruit. Means
are provided for raising and lowering at least some of the
work platforms to enable the use of the implement on rela-
tively tall trees, to facilitate the transport of the implement
on public highways and to reduce the required storage room.
A saddle which is placed on the top of the back of an
animal to provide a seat for a rider thereon, a first girth strap
having a front end attached to the front of the saddle on one
side and rear end attached to the other side of the saddle at a
central pxaint, a second girth strap having a front end at-
tached to a front portion of the saddle on said other side and
a rear end attached to the saddle on said one side. The saddle
is secured to the animal by passing the straps diagonally
beneath the animal so that they cross beneath the animal,
and as a result v^ll be less likely to cause saddle galls in the
region of the animal's elbows than will girth straps which ex-
tend transversely beneath the animal. At least one end of
each strap is secured by a girth buckle including means for
clamping the strap at any desired position along its length by
pulling on the free end of the strap.
3,641,740
PULSE-OPERATED ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
John L. Schumann, Little Silver; John W. Schindeler, Wayne,
and Milton Rosen, Woodcliff Lake, all of N J., assignors to
Beko Pollution Control Corporation, Paterson, N J.
Filed July 9, 1%9, Ser. No. 840,404
Int CI. B03c 3/66
U.S. CI. 55-105 3 Claims
■ '« I 1
la — I , 'J-
An electrostatic precipitator in which the discharge elec-
trodes thereof receive electrical pulses from a power supply.
The power supply includes a source of DC (direct current)
energy which feeds, in parallel, a bank of capacitors, via a
plurality of diodes. Periodically the capacitors are
discharged, via thyristors, into parallel primary windings of a
step-up transformer whose secondary winding is connected
to the discharge electrode.
822
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,741
EMULSION TREATER HAVING INFRARED HEATING
UNITS
Gram M. Smith, 1 12 Rancho Rd., Rosweil, N. Mex.
Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 44,689
Int. CI. BOld 19100
U.S. CI. 55-175 4 Claims
», */«
.-sM^
ap^'
y^-^"
A longitudinally vertical emulsion treater having an oil-gas
separator, mist eliminator, baffles, U-tube furnace and to
which infrared heating units have been secured around the
lower sides, the bottom and in the U-tube furnace.
3,641,742
POLLUTION CONTROL FOR SMOKESTACKS
Joseph Vizza, 414 Broad Ave., Belle Vernon, Pa.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,850
Int. CI. BOld 50100
\}S. CI. 55—222 4 Claims
Hi| I i I J r I '
3,641,743
TORNADO-FLOW APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING
PARTICULATE SUBSTANCE FROM GASES,
PARTICULARLY ADHESIVE LIQUIDS FROM GASES
Alfred Hoffmann, Forchheim, and Heinrich Kldn, Erlangen,
both of Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft,
Berlin, Germany
Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,187
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 13, 1968, P 17
19 526.5
Int. CI. BOld 47/06
U.S. CI. 55-236 3 Claims
I
An open-bottomed domelike member is supported over
and in spaced relation to the open end of a stack or flue to
divert products of combustion outwardly and downwardly
into a casing, the downwardly moving products of com-
bustion being sprayed with water then escaping outwardly
and upwardly from a casing surrounding the domelike struc-
ture. Air jets tend to force feed the products of combustion
upwardly through the stack to maintain proper circulation
and to supply additional oxygen to assist in completing com-
bustion of the flue gases.
A tornado-flow apparatus for separating particulate sub-
stances, especially adhesive liquids, from gases, comprises a
cylindrical separator vessel with an axial clean-gas outlet, a
gas mlet duct coaxially opposite the outlet and tangential gas
inlets obliquely opposed to the flow direction of the inlet
duct for producing in the vessel a tornado flow which causes
the particulate substance to be separated from the gas and
earned outwardly into an annular interspace surrounding the
axial mlet duct Nozzle devices are provided for producing a
veil of liquid m the tornado chamber or on the inner wall sur-
face of the chamber Preferably the nozzle devices comprise
a spray nozzle coaxially mounted in the mouth of the inlet
duct so as to produce a conical veil of liquid in the lower re-
gion of the vessel, and tangential nozzle means in the upper
region of the vessel mject liquid to wet the inner wall of the
vessel.
3,641,744
AIR FILTER FOR TRUCKS
Robert M. Culbert, Manhattan Beach, and Richard V.
Southworth, Marina Del Rey, both of Calif., assignors to
Fan- Company, El Segundo, Calif.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,587
Int. CI. BOld 50100
U.S. CI. 55-319 7 Claims
A compact air filter adapted for mounting in the limited
space in the engine compartment of a truck and on the truck
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
823
engine which permits the filtered air to be supplied directly
fi"om the filter to the engine intake and minimizes an air pres-
sure drop. The incoming air to the filter is introduced at the
extreme front of the truck with the filter first continually
removing and discharging moisture from the incoming air
and then passing the air through a replaceable flow-through
filter cartridge comprised of a plurality of pleated paper
panels arranged in a zigzag stacked relationship to provide a
maximum filter area.
/
3,641,745
GAS LIQUID SEPARATOR
Lester P. Moore, P.O. Box 1762, Corpus Christi, Tex.
Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,531
Int. CI. BOld 45112
U.S. CI. 55-345 4 Claims
A gas liquid separator in which a conical deflector is inter-
posed between relatively aligned and spaced conduit sections
through which a flowing gas stream having liquid entrained
therein moves. The conical deflector has its apex directed
upstream to deflect the flowing stream of gas and liquid radi-
ally outwardly so that the gas may return radially inwardly
after separation by inertia of the large masses of liquids to
reenter the downstream conduit section for delivery to and
through a spiral passageway surrounded by a multiperforated
cylindrical shell whereby the velocity of the gas and its result-
ing swirling action centrifugally impel the remaining en-
trained smaller particles against the inner face of this cylin-
drical shell, the liquid then being free to escape through the
perforations in the shell, while the flowing stream of gases is
substantially confined therewithin.
sealingly receiving the carburetor air cleaner, a door is pro-
vided in each lateral air duct and these doors may be selec-
tively moved by a control member in the passenger compart-
ment between a "cold air" position in which the doors open
the ducts to allow cold outside air to enter the carburetor
and a "warm air" position in which the doors block the flow
of outside air through the ducts but open up a passage
through the ducts for the delivery of warm under-hood air to
the carburetor.
3,641,746
CARBURETOR AIR DELIVERY SYSTEM
John L. Smith, Troy; Robert A. Dent, Berkley, and James R.
Raetz, Birmingham, all of Mich., assignors to Chrysler Cor-
poration, Highland Park, Mich.
Filed Sept 8, 1969, Ser. No. 855,892
Int. CLF02m 37/74
U.S. CI. 55-385 6 Claims
An air delivery system for the carburetor of the engine of a
motor vehicle in which cold outside air is taken in through
laterally spaced scoop>s on the vehicle hood and then directed
laterally to the opposite sides of a hood mounted chamber
3,641,747
SELF-PROPELLED HARVESTER-THRESHER BUILT UP
FROM A CONVENTIONAL TRACTOR AND
HARVESTING AND THRESHING MEANS
Emile Bobard, 17 Rue de Reon, Beaunne, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 604,890, Dec. 27,
1966, now abandoned. This appUcatioa Nov. 20, 1969, Ser.
No. 878,414
Int. CI. AOld 47/04
U.S. CI. 56-15.6 6 Claims
1?0d
105 107
Harvester-threshers built up from a harvester-thresher and
tractors of the conventional-type, which, independently of
such harvester-thresher, can be used in conventional manner
when the tractor is disconnected from the harvester-thresher
outside the harvesting periods.
/
3,641,748
COUNTERBALANCE AND LIFT SYSTEM FOR MOWING
UNITS
Robert W. Vose, 1528 Piper Road, W. Springfield, Mass.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,894
Int. CI. AOld 35124
U.S. CI. 56— 1 5.7 3 Claims
Means are provided constituting a single unified system for
accomplishing the several functions of counterbalancing, ad-
justing, equalizing, damping, lifting, and stowing the in-
dividual units of a mowing machine or lawnmower. An air
charge in an accumulator functions as the resilient counter-
balancing element; adjustability is obtained by the alteration
824
V
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
of the air pressure; equalization results from hydraulic dis-
tribution to lifting cylinders at each of the mowing units, and
oscillation is suppressed by damping restrictions in the
hydraulic lines. Additionally, a pump and valve combination
in the hydraulic line converts the system to lift the moving
units for transport and to elevate and stow same.
peripheries so arranged that with a minimum of holes four,
five or six tme bars can be mounted on the plates. The bars
are provided with mounting brackets which support bats
4i*posed ahead of the tine bars in planes tangential to the
peripheries of the plates to hold the crop down against the
deck of the harvesting machine and to readily shed the
material on the back side of the reel.
3,641,749
BAFFLE FOR ELECTRIC LAWNMOWER
John R. Dwyer, Jr., Timonium, and Alvydas^. Karasa. both
^ of Baltimore, Md., assignors to The Wack and Decker
Manufacturing Company, Towson, Mdj,
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser-Nor77,884
Int. CI. AO Id i5/26
U.S. CI. 56-17.5 8 Claims
An electric lawnmower which includes a deck mounted on
wheels and a blade mounted for rotation under the deck to
cut grass. An electric motor is supported by the deck for
rotating the blade upon actuation of a switch. The motor ex-
tends above the deck and is enclosed by a shroud. Air
passages are defined between the bottom of the shroud and
the deck to permit air to enter and be pulled through the
motor by a fan for cooling purposes. A baffle is positioned
between the motor and the passages to block any straight line
communication therebetween so that the airflow is forced to
turn and contaminants carried thereby are substantially
removed before it enters the motor.
3,641,750
CONVERTIBLE REEL
Thomas J. Scamato, Barrington; Martin H. Meyer, Elbum,
and Peter J. Peacock, Western Springs, all of III., assignors
to International Harvester Company, Chicago, Ul.
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 9,025
Int. CI. AOld 57122
\]S. CI. 56-226 7 Claims
JVU
3,641,751
SIDE-SHARPENABLE CUTTER STRUCTURES
Norman C. Locati, Lake Oswego, and John Leslie Edgerton,
Canby, both of Oreg., assignors to Omark Industries, Inc.,
Portland, Oreg.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 705,738, Feb. 15, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No.
4,466
Int. CI. AOld 55124
U.S. CI. 56-291 20 Claims
Endless V-belts mounted on swathers or mowers carry
side-sharpenable cutters secured to the belts. One cutter in-
cludes a body having a tang projecting through a slot in the
V-belt and locked thereto by a transverse roll pin with angu-
lar, oppositely extending, transverse feet portions of the body
engaging the outer face of the belt, an offsetting portion ex-
tending outwardly from the belt, a shank portion transverse
to the offsetting portion, and an inclined cutter plate which
has a side surface which can be ground to sharpen a cutting
edge thereon The cutter plate has an angularly positioned
outer edge portion. In another cutter, the mounting plate ex-
tends completely through the V-belt and a roll pin and an ar-
cuate washer secure the mounting plate to the V-belt.
Another cutter includes an angular body portion, an off-
setting portion and a shank portion forming a "U". The
shank portion carnes an inclined side cutter, and a staple ex-
tends through the body, the belt and an arcuate washer to
secure the cutter to the belt. An inclined side plate is secured
to a shank earned by a body portion joining the shank and
the foot.
3,641,752
GRASS-CUTTING APPARATUS
Henry E. Ipbach, 55 Foxen Road, East Haven, Conn.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,664
Int. CI. AOld 55124
U.S. CI. 56-^291 6 Claims
A reel for a crop-harvesting machine having a center shaft A plurality of circular cutters are mounted in spaced reli-
ve reel lor a trup-iiai vcauiig inakiiniw ■•a.i>>e - ww...~. r-i. ^.^.^..^^ ^. — .
and mounting plates sleeved thereon. The end plates are con- tionship on a chain, which chain is entrained on sprockets
nected to the shaft and the intermediate plate is loose on the rotatably mounted in a frame. These cutters travel m a closed
shaft. The plates have series of holes about their outer path adjacent the peripheral edge of a bottom plate, which
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
825
edge has a plurality of teeth. Each cutter is mounted on a
bracket fixed to the chain so as to be capable of rotation on
its support shaft, or axle. Springs bias the cutters against the
teeth-defining peripheral portion of the bottom plate so that
the circumferential lower edge of each cutter is adapted to
cut grass in the slots defined between the teeth. Each cutter
tends to rotate slowly as it travels over the bottom plate due
to frictional forces between it and the bottom plate thereby
presenting a continuously varying segment of its cutting edge
to the grass, and also providing thereby a continuous self-
sharpening cutting action.
plement using pickup means to lift material from the ground
and direct the material upwardly and rearwardly to a
shredding unit and then to a pair of consolidating augers
which convey the material inwardly of the machine to the
collecting means where it is compacted and packaged in easi-
ly handled containers.
3,641,753
HARVESTER FOR ASPARAGUS AND LIKE CROPS
Charles R. Lyons; Adam D. Dunn, both of Route 2, Box
119B, Zillah, Wash., and Leslie Wadekamper, 17 Lo. Ah-
tanum Road, Yakima, Wash.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,608
Int. CI. AOld 45100
U.S. CI. 56-327 A 4 Claims
An asparagus harvester is provided with a continuous con-
veyor having flexible transverse paddles mounted thereon
with free ends for moving downward between the asparagus
as the harvester is propelled. A belt deflector engages the
free ends of the paddles deflecting one paddle against the
succeeding paddle to grip the asparagus therebetween. The
paddles are then elevated while they are biased together to
remove the severed spears while permitting the unsevered
spears to remain in the ground.
3,641,754
GRASS AND LEAF PACKAGING MACHINE
Leon L. Anstee, Leola, Pa., assignor to Sperry Rand Corpora-
tion, New Holland, Pa.
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,248
Int. CI. AOld 39100
U.S. CI. 56-341 . 12 Claims
'ty-
/
.\
.-■•.•.•-•,<■.
ifoi^;V
.'"■.•^-T.-x.:--
mV
... ■-/^■-.j
;<^
- ' -^^
^U
'=:^:=^
3,641,755
MACHINE AND PROCESS FOR MAKING WIRE CABLES
Peter Heinen, Oberbruch; Hans Guthnuinn, Hilden, and Peter
Gossens, Oberbruch, all of Germany, assignors to Glanz-
stoff AG, Wuppertal, Germany
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,202
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 9, 1968, P 18 08
120.4
Int CI. D07b 3100, 7/00
U.S. CI. 57— 9 nOalms
Method and apparatus for making strands, wire cables or
stranded cables, with or without a core wire or core strand,
which are either free from twist or have a directed twist when
free from tension, by spiral preforming the wires or strands,
wherein wires or strands move forward at a distance from an
axis about which they are simultaneously rotated, and each
wire or strand is drawn over one or more edges towards a
twisting station located on the said axis, the wires or strands
being permanently deformed at the said edges which displace
their points of contact on the wires or strands once around
the periphery of the wire or strand for every one revolution
of the wire or strand about the said axis. The apparatus in-
cludes a preforming mechanism comprising two or more
discs disposed one behind the other, each of the discs being
provided with at least one circular row of bores, each of
which rows in one of the discs contains the same number of
bores as a corresponding row in the other disc or discs, the
bores in one disc being offset by an adjustably predetermined
amount with respect to the bores in the preceding disc, and
the radii of curvature of the edges of at least one row of
bores being so small that wires or strands passing through the
bores are permanently deformed.
3,641,756
STRAND HEATING APPARATUS
John V. Keith, and Hans H. Rkhter, both of Warwick, R.I.,
assignors to Lecsona Corporation, Warwick, R.I.
Original application Mar. 25, 1966, Ser. No. 537,526, now
Patent No. 3393,880, Continuation of application Ser. No.
710,163, Mar. 24, 1968, now abandoned. Divided and this
application Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 3,580
InL CI. DOlh 13/26
U.S. CI. 57-34 HS 8 Claims
A machine adapted to collect and package grass and leaf
materials as it moves across the ground behind a towing im-
A heater for a false twist machine. A strand of yam passes
in a circuitous path through the heater and over guides which
provide a fluid cushion supporting the strand.
826
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,757
MULTISPINDLE DOUBLE TWIST TWISTING MACHINE
Kari-Heinz Rehn, Remscheid, Germany, assignor to Barniag
Banner Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesdischaft, Wuppertal,
Germany
Filed June II, 1970, Ser. No. 45,285
Claims priority, application Germany, June 13, 1969, P 19 30
207.9
lnt.CI. D01h//i2
U.S. CI. 57-34 20 Claims
be adjustably varied, is preferably adjacent the bottom of a
downward traverse of the ring rail. Deactuation of the
retrieval means preferably occurs after lapse of a predeter-
mined desired time interval. The bobbin-yam package is sub-
jected to yam-retrieving forces for only a minimum period of
time, and a sufficient but not excessive length of yam is
retrieved.
A multispindle double twist twisting machine having twist-
ing spindles arranged in rows on either side of an elongated,
vertically positioned drive housing which substantially en-
closes the driven elements of the twisting spindles and con-
tains drive means to rotate said spindles, preferably including
a tensioned belt entrained over rollers on a common drive
shaft, the spindles extending substantially horizontally out-
wardly from the housing and associated with a corresponding
number of winding means arranged in similar rows above or
below the spindles with a preliminary drawoff means includ-
ing a common rotatable shaft which is preferably located at
about the same level as the row of winding means furthest
removed from the spindles. The enclosed drive housing for
the spindles is advantageously of soundproof construction
with means for circulating cooling air therethrough, thereby
providing a compact, efficient and more quietly operated
two-sided double twist twisting machine.
3,641,758
MECHANISM AND METHOD FOR YARN-RETRIEVAL
CONTROL
Roberto Escursell-Prat, 105 4.°, 1.°, Barcelona 6, SiMun
Filed Oct 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,722
Int. CI. DOIh 13126
U.S. CI. 57— 34 R 12 Claims
3,641,759
SPINDLE BEARING ASSEMBLY
Gisbert Kohler, Stuttgart, Germany, assignor to SKF Kugel-
lagerfabriken GeseUschaft mit beschrankter Haftung,
Schweinfurt, Germany
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,777
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 16, 1969, P 19 41
866.7
Int. CI. DOlh 7/05
LJS. CI. 57-129 11 Claims
A spindle bearing assembly wherein a bearing housing is
mounted in the recess of a spindle rail. A helical spring is
provided between the lower surface of the rail and the end of
the housing to axially bias the housing. A laminar spring is in-
terposed between the upper surface of the rail and the hous-
ing, the laminar spring having a greater radial resiliency than
axial resiliency
3,641,760
FOAM FIBRILLATED YARN AND PROCESS
Herbert W. Keucbd, Charlotte, N.C., assignor to CelaMse
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 805302
Int. CI. D02g im
U.S. CI. 57-157 R 6 Claims
In the end-down servicing of a textile spinning frame,
wherein a suction head or other yam retrieving means mova-
ble with the traversing ring rail is disposed adjacent the sur-
face of yam wound upon a spindle-mounted bobbin above
the spinning ring encircling such bobbin, the yam-retrieving
means is actuated when the ring rail is at a predetermined
desired location within its traverse. The location, which can
^
Foam fibrillated yam having the appearance, hand and tex-
ture of conventional spun staple yam may be prepared by ini-
tially forming a foam fibrillated film having narrow areas of
preferential film weakness and pulling apart the film along
said areas to form zones of free fibrillar ends. The film can
either be completely severed into two or more bands or only
intemally split depending upon the character of the areas of
weakness. Interentanglement of the separate bands or intrat-
wining of the integral film containing a plurality of slits
results in a yam of spun staple quality coupled with high
strength.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
827
3,641,761
WATCH TRANSDUCER
James H. Reese, Manheim, Pa., assignor to Hamilton Watch
Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,936
InL CI. G04c 3104; H02k 33102
U,S. CI. 58-28 B 28 Claims
3,641,763
GAS TURBINE CATALYTIC EXHAUST SYSTEM
Edward N. Cole, Bloomfield HiUs, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,020
InL CI. F02c mo
\}S. CI. 60-: 9.5 1 H 3 Claims
CRYSTAL
OSCIL-
LATOR
FREQUENCY
DIVIDER
DRIVER
TRANS
DUCER
V
20
K)
22
24
Disclosed is a crystal controlled watch having an improved
transducer for converting the electrical impulses from a
crystal oscillator and divider into unidirectional stepwise ro-
tary motion suitable for driving watch hands. The transducer
comprises a lightweight coil wholly mounted in the field of a
permanent magnet having a natural frequency at least ap-
proximately equal to the frequency of the divider output so
that the transducer coil is slaved to the crystal. An eccentric
oscillates with the coil and drives the watch train through a
lever pivoted to it and engaging an index wheel with mag-
netic attraction.
3,641,762
FLOATING TURBINE CONSTRUCTION
John Dumitriu, 166 Pierre Avenue, Windsor, Ontario,
Canada
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,61 1
Int CI. F03c 5m
U.S. CI. 60-22 8 Claims
A gas turbine engine including a rotary regenerator having
an annular matrix with a catalytic material thereon exposed
to exhaust gases passing through the matrix and effective to
eliminate the noxious constituents thereof as part of the ex-
haust stream by catalytic reaction, the heats of such reaction
being absorbed by the matrix, thereby providing increased
sensible heat in the matrix effective to heat the incoming
combustion air.
3,641,764
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR SEQUENTLU. CONTROL OF
HYDRAULIC MOTORS
John F. Destefan, Waynesboro; James J. Ezolt, State Une,
and James Martin Bcncboff, Waynesboro, all of Pa., as-
signors to Grove Manufacturing Company, Shady Grove,
Pa.
Original application July 16, 1968, Ser. No. 745,165, now
Patent No. 3^20,434, dated July 14, 1970. Divided and this
application Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 31,441
Int.CI. F15b////6
U.S. CI. 60-52 R 4 Claims
HP
<y
-Oi
fevn
^'
^l
CI I
I
-<3^-
l_A, ^ ^=
A floating turbine construction which provides within a
suitable framework, a plurality of linkage systems with each
system flexibly connected with a series of floats partly im-
mersed in a body of water having a current and wherein the
linkage system is connected writh a power transmission unit
which consists of a series of sun gears, a series of planetary
gears upon the sun gears interconnected with the linkage as-
sembly and with corresponding interplanetary gears intercon-
necting the series of planetary gears upon the sun gear in
such a manner that upward buoyant forces of the floats trans-
mitted through the individual linkage assemblies progressive-
ly and successively cause a torque action in the gear system
to thus provide torque which may be used for a useful pur-
pose.
A hydraulic control system for a self-unloading vehicle
having at least a pair of conveyors and beaters operated by
individual hydraulic motors for unloading forage from the
vehicle body, which preferably utilizes the existing hydraulic
pump and reservoir system on a tractor adapted to tow the
vehicle and which includes valves adapted to sequentially
connect the flukl motors for the conveyors and beaters in a
series circuit. One of the valves is connected as a safety valve
to stop operation of all of the hydraulic motors. The circuit is
arranged so that by reversing the coruiections of the hydrau-
lic lines to the tractor one of the conveyors can be operated
at adjustable speeds in reverse by one of the valves. The
hydraulic system is also provided with means to provide the
same hydraulic fluid flow rate through the system indepen-
828
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
dent of the output of the tractors hydraulic system so that the
self-unloading vehicle may be used with all sizes of tractors.
3,641,765
HYDROSTATIC VEHICLE TRANSMISSION
Roger Harvey Yorke Hancock, and James McCallum, both of
Fast Kilbride, Scotland, assignors to National Research
Development Corporation, London, England
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,188
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 13, 1969,
13,339/69
Int. CI. F15b 15/18
VS. CI. 60—53 A 5 Claims
A hydrostatic transmission system for a vehicle. Separate
pumping sources each supply a wheel motor or group of
wheel motors over respectively separate circuits each having
a high-pressure and a low-pressure fluid line and conven-
tional interconnecting valves, enabling the two fluid lines to
exchange functions on over-run or for reversing. To provide
for limited differential action between the separate circuits
their corresponding fluid lines are interconnected through a
flow-restrictive passage.
The two pumping sources may be derived from a single
pump by the cylinders during a pumping stroke delivering in
succession into separate delivery ports which communicate
with different circuits. The leakage across the land between
adjacent delivery ports may be arranged to fulfill the function
of the flow-restrictive passage. The access hole to a cylinder
may be made bigger than the land between delivery ports to
interconnect them and the cylinder momentarily to fulfill the
functions of the flow-restrictive passage.
3,641,766
GAS TURBINE ENGINE CONSTANT SPEED THRUST
MODULATION
Donald E. Uehling, Cindnnati, Ohio, assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Nov. 26, 1%9, Ser. No. 880,136
Int. CI. F02k 3/02
VS. CI. 60—262 3 Claims
\
^^
._y^a
said engme The device includes means for bypassing a por-
tion of the compressor discharge air to a manifold surround-
ing the engine tail pipe, and, as required, to the turbine cool-
ing flowpath for the purpose of transiently augmenting tur-
bine cooling flow The manifold is provided with a plurality
of swirl inducmg nozzles having inlets in fluidic flow coopera-
tion with the manifold and outlets in fluidic flow cooperation
with the tail pipe such that bypass flow is provided to the tail
pipe in such a manner as to induce swirl within the main gas
stream thereby significantly increasing tail pipe pressure
losses and thus reducing thrust output of the engine. Engine
speed may be maintained during operation of this device and
delay time between increased thrust demand and actual
thrust output are thereby lessened.
3,641,767
LOWPOLLUTING INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
WHEREIN SECONDARY AIR IS UTILIZED TO PREVENT
OVERHEATING OF THE EXHAUST MANIFOLD
Bemhard J. Kraus, Roma-Ostia, Italy, and Dae Sik Kim,
Maplewood, N J., assignors to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,904
Int. CI. FOln 3/10
U.S. CI. 60-30 5 Claims
Low-polluting internal combustion engine wherein means
are provided to inject secondary air in a pulsed manner to
the exhiaust ports of the cylinders when these ports are open
to permit the ejection of exhaust gases. Particular features
comprise controlling these pulses with respect to the shape of
pulse, duration of pulse and timing of the pulse with the cycle
of the engine A particular feature comprises the control of
the temperature in the exhaust manifold or reactor. During
normal engine operation, the temperature can be maintained
within the desired range by controlling the engine carbure-
tion. Further, to protect from overheating the reactor(s) dur-
ing a sustained high-pxjwer operation, an automatic leaning
of the carburetor mixture by the introduction of additional
atmosphenc air into the intake manifold by particular
mechanical means is provided.
A device is shown for modulating the thrust output of a gas
turbine engine without the necessity of varying the speed of
3,641,768
AFTERBURNER APPARATUS HAVING LINED BURNER
CAN
George W. ComeUus, 279 W. Seventh SL, Pak>s Verdes
Estates, Calif.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,034
InLCI. F01ni//4
U.S. CI. 60-30 8 Claims
Afterburner apparatus for use with an internal combustion
engine and including a burner can having a structural casing
lined with a low thermal capacity material which forms a
flame chamber having an inlet for connection with the ex-
haust manifold of the engine and an outlet for egress of ex-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
829
haust which has been burned m the chamber. A pilot burner
is mounted in the chamber and means is provided for con-
trolling the rate and ratio of fuel and air thereto in response
to various engine speeds and conditions. Thus a flame is
produced in the chamber which is insulated against direct
contact with the structural casing to thereby reduce
quenching of the flame upon contact with the walls of the
chamber and provide for relatively rapid heating of the
chamber to the desired high temperature for burning the
combustibles in the exhaust.
\
3,641,769
ANTIPOLLUTION CARBURETOR ATTACHMENT
Joseph Vizza, 414 Broad Avenue, Belle Vernon, Pa.
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,282
Int. CI. FOln 3/00, F02d 21/00
U.S. CI. 60-30 6 Claims
formed by flexible tubular float members inflated to a pres-
sure on the order of 0.5 p.s.i., v^th a weighted skirt depend-
ing therefrom, and with a transfer pipe having its inlet end
removably supported in the leeward comer of the ring at a
level within the thickness of the oily accumulation.
3,641,771
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONFINING AND
COLLECTING OIL FLOATING ON A WATER SURFACE
Howard D. Spandau, Houston, Tex., assignor to DavM M.
Johnson and Robert L. Fleming, part interest to each
Filed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 849,985
Int. CI. E02b 15/04
U.S. CI. 61-lF 5 Claims
JZL^sauii-^'
A carburetor attachment is disclosed for selectively feed-
ing water vap>ors into the air intake of a carburetor through
the conduit which contains the PVC valve or directly to the
exhaust pipe. The water vapors are fed from a source of
heated water such as the radiator, and tanks which are
heated by the exhaust pipe or the muffler from the internal
combustion engine.
3,641,770
FLOATING OIL CONnNING APPARATUS
Hugh J. Fitzgerald, Austin, Tex., assignor to Ocean Pollution
Control, Inc., Dallas, Tex.
FUed June 25, 1%9, Ser. No. 836,545
Int. CI. E02b 15/04; F16I 39/02; BOld 17/02
U.S.CI.61-1 3 Claims
A series of gas inflated bodies are secured end-to-end to
form a buoyant toroidal barrier which confines oil floating
within the area circumscribed by the barrier. Each of the
bodies includes a coupling means which secures adjacent
bodies together in a leakproof seal and also acts as a harness
structure for anchoring the composite toroidal body in place.
Water and/or oil may be placed inside the inflated bodies to
act as ballast and to provide storage for oil.
In a modified form, a number of the inflated bodies are
secured to each other and attached to the main barrier to
form a lock which permits vessels to enter or leave the cir-
cumscribed area without loss of any of the confined oil.
3,641,772
ROCK ANCHOR
Hans Dietrich, Bern, Switzerland, assignor to Losinger & Co.
AG, Bern, Switzerland
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,502
Int. CI. E2 Id 20/02
U.S. CI. 61-35 16 Claims
Apparatus for confining and removing oily material on the
surface of a body of water consisting of a polygonal ring
A rock anchor comprising a corrugated tube sealed closed
at one end and axially receiving a stressing cable with cast
material such as grout received between the tube and cable
for transmitting forces from the cable to the tube. The tube is
received in a bore in rock and the space between the tube
and the rock wall of the bore is filled with settable material
such as grout for transmitting forces from the tube to the
rock. A spanning head closing the other end of the bore is
830
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
secured to the end of the cable for anchoring to the rock, an
object such as a retaining wall engaged by the spanning head.
3,641,773
TRENCH SHORING FRAME
Anthony R. S. Monice, 72 Kent Road, Harrogate, Yorkshire,
England
FUed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,444
Ciainis priority, application Great Britain, July 26, 1969,
37,636/69
Int CI. E2 Id 5/00
U^. CI. 61— 41 A 4 Claims
3,641,775
INSTALLATION OF SAND DRAINS
Augustus P. Godley, Hohokus; Francis M. Fuller, Washington
Township, Bergen Co.; Charles R. Houk, Scotch Plains;
Henry A. Nelson Holland, Ridgewood, and George J. Gcn-
dron, Oradell, all of NJ., assignors to Raymond Interna-
tional Inc., New York, N.Y.
Original application Feb. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 703,440. Divided
and this application Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 872,793
Int. CI. E02d 5122, 5/46; E21d 1/08
U.S. CI. 61-63 2 Claims
'^-^■■^'-'■— ---■'-^-"-''--•-— ~^^"'-' -iYr^i.w.>..^...^w^..^
ja
jsa
-7-
/-■
•^^
, J,
\
A trench shoring frame which comprises a pair of opposed
side walls, means interconnecting the said sidewaJIs so as to
maintain the sidewalls in spaced relationship, a rigid thrust
plate located at the rear of the sidewalls said sidewalls and
said thrtist plate being interconnected so as to be movable
relative to each other by a plurality of Jacks so as to advance
the shoring frame along a trench, and plate means movably
connected to the shoring frame so as to be operable to cause
an adjustment in at least the direction of travel of the shoring
frame upon operation of said jacks. Said shoring frame may
also be provided with plate means which are operable to
cause an adjustment in the level of operation of the shoring
frame.
3,641,774
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FABRICATING AN
OFFSHORE STRUCTURE
Eero M. Hekkancn, Walnut Creek, and Alpo J. Tokola,
Lafayette, both of Calif., assignors to Kaiser Sted Corpora-
tion, Oakland, Calif.
FUcd Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,182
Int. CI. E02d 21/00; B63b 35/40; B63c 13/00
U.S. CI. 61—46.5 18 Claims
w /■■>»
Formation of sand drains in the earth by drilling and forc-
ing a fluid at hi^ velocity to wash out a hole and thereafter
filling the hole by forcing filler material down through a pipe;
the pipe being outfitted with special valve control means to
control the flow of fluid and filler therethrough in generally
inverse manner.
3,641,776
DIVING BELL INVENTION
Jack Diamond, 5135 Wissioming Road, Washington, D.C.
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,224
Int. CI. B63c 77/00
U.S. CI. 61-69 1 Claim
Improved method and apparatus for assembling and
completing the fabrication of a multilegged structure of ex-
tended length at an offshore site wherein separate mul-
tilegged structural modules are selectively floated, disposed
end-to-end, and aligned relative to each other at the offshore
site such that the ends of aligned legs of the individual sec-
tions can be drawn and clamped together and then welded
while in a clamped condition whereby the several welded-
together sections can form an elongated unitary structure.
A diving bell arrangement having a transportable counter-
weight in the form of a hollow enclosure which can be filled
with sand or water to maintain its position or emptied of that
sand or water while submerged, to facilitate its transporta-
tion, and pulleys extending between a submersible bell and
the counterweight so that the bell may be raised and lowered
against the force of the filled counterweight, but the counter-
weight resurfacing when empty, due to its own buoyancy.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
831
3,641,777
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WORKING ON
SUBMERGED CONDUIT MEANS
Mark P. Bai\javkh; George R. Morrissey, both of New Orle-
ans, and Anthony V. Gaudiano, Metairie, all of La., as-
signors to TaykM- Diving & Salvage Co., Inc., New Orleans,
Jefferson Parish, La.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,777
Int. CI. B63c 11/40
U.S. CI. 61— 69 20 Claims
Suitably applied tension stress depending on this angle
prevents the pipe from buckling at the marine bottom.
A method and apparatus for working on submerged con-
duits entailing the use of a conduit manipulating and aligning
frame and a working chamber.
The aligning frame straddles independently movable con-
duit portions. A plurality of clamps engages each conduit
portion and the clamps are manipulated to bring the conduit
portions into an appropriate alignment.
The working chamber straddles the aligned conduit por-
tions and provides a controlled, relatively dry atmosphere
within which conduit repairing, connecting or other opera-
tions may be performed.
3,641,778
APPARATUS FOR DIVERTING A PIPELINE
Robert G. Gibson, Houston, Tex., assignor to Fluor Ocean
Services, Inc., Houston, Tex.
FUcd Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,863
Int CI. B63b 35/04; F16I 7/00
U^. CI. 61-72.1 1 Claim
An apparatus for diverting by application of plastic
stresses, a moving pipeline between the top and bottom sur-
faces of a marine body of water. The pi|>eline is made of an
elastoplastic metal pipe having a suitable coating of corro-
sion-proofing material. The pipe is initially bent at the top
water surface to a constant radius of curvature over a finite
arcuate length, and subsequently straightened to a substan-
tially rectilinear configuration colinear with the pipe's trajec-
tory. The radius of curvature is sufficient to prevent buckling
of the pipeline and the applied moment yields the pipe
material in a controlled fashion to obtain a relatively large
change of direction in a relatively short finite arcuate length.
The application of the moment is such that the coating
remains substantially intact and flattening of the pipe's cross
section remains negligible. Under such conditions, the con-
stant radius of curvature of the diverted pipe and the finite
arcuate length may be selected to allow the diverted pipeline
to assume any desired inclination angle without the need of
customary expensive and large vertical support structures.
3,641,779
STINGER SYSTEM FOR GUIDING A PIPELINE FROM
OR ON A MOVING VESSEL
Frauds Detrich Koop, Jr.; Paul Kingston Johnson, and Larry
Rayner Russell, all of Houston, Tex., assignors to Fluor
Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Fik!d Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,221
InL CI. B63biJ/04, F 161 7/00
U.S. CI. 61-72J 3 Claims
The improved stinger system includes a pivotal, compres-
sion hitch, a stinger coupling, and one or more stinger sec-
tions. The hitch pivotally connects the front end of Xhe.
coupling to the rear end of the vessel and establishes below
the pivotal connection a compression joint between the
coupling and the vessel. Pivot means carried on the rear end
of the stinger coupling pivotally connect the uppermost st-
inger section for pivotal motion about a generally horizontal
axis extending through the stinger coupling. The pivot means
can be selectively and vertically adjustable along the rear end
of the coupling to change the pipe's radius of curvature de-
pendent on the desired exit angle of the pipe from the stinger
system into the body of water. At least the stinger coupling
carries horizontal, pipe-engaging support rollers and lateral,
pipe-restraining rollers. The horizontal support rollers can be
selectively and vertically adjustable to provide for predeter-
mined radii of curvature for the moving pipeline.
3,641,780
TRENCHLESS LAYING OF PIPE UNDERGROUND
Ainsley N. Ede, 36 Thornton Way, Cambridge, England
Original application May 3, 1968, Ser. No. 726,495, now
Patent No. 3,546,890, dated Dec. 15, 1970. Divided and this
applkation July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,796
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Ma> 3, 1%7,
20.476/67
Int.CI. F16I 1/00; EOH 5/18
U.S. CI. 61-72.4 6 Claims
The invention is a method and apparatus for the trenchless
laying of pipe underground, in which a mole plough is forced
through the ground by means of a tractor or winch to form
an underground tunnel, and a continuous length of fiexible
sleeving, for example made of polythene, is fed dov^ through
the hollow coulter of the advancing mole plough and is laid
in the newly formed tunnel behind the mole; and at the same
time a length of rigid pipe is thrust forwards lengthwise into
832
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
the tunnel and within the sleeving laid behind the advancing
mole plough, by means of a driving machine including sets of
pneumatic-tiered driving rollers between which the pipe is
frictionally engaged. The pipe length is forced forwardly
within the sleeving from the start of the underground tunnel
at a speed which is coordinated with the speed of travel of
the mole plough, for example by means of a trailing marker,
so that the leading end of the pipe length follows closely be-
hind the rear of the advancing mole In this way the pipe
length is pushed into its final position enclosed in the protec-
tive sleeving which protects it against corrosive attack by soil
water. If desired cement grout may be injected into the sleev-
ing to form an auxiliary protective coating around the pipe.
The specification also describes a modified form of mole
plough designed to be used in a submerged position for pipe
laying by the described method in a river bed or estuary bed,
and to be rendered buoyant by means of compressed air for
navigation purposes. This mole plough has a hollow
framework and pivoted front and rear undercarriages with
pivoted hollow rollers which also act as floats.
3,641,781
METHOD OF DETECTING TEMPERATURE FOR
CONTROLLING A REFRIGERATOR OR A FREEZER
Kiyokhi NUo, No. 4-10, 3-choiiie, Funikhi-Odori, Joto-ku,
Osaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,651
Int.Cl. F25d2//00
U.S. CI. 62—80 2 Claims
^M^
3,641,782'
ICE SKATING RINK
Rayford W. Tlinins, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to American Air
Filter Company, Inc., Louisville, Ky.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,862
Int. CI. F2Sd 17/00
U.S. CI. 62-177 9 Claims
This invention relates to a method of detecting tempera-
ture for controlling a refrigerator or a freezer, and consists in
that in order to detect a temperature in the refrigerator or
freezer, vibration of cooling fin in the refrigerator or freezer
produced from vibrating sounds of a compressor during
operation, sounds of a refrigerating medium passing through
cooling pipes, and rotating vibration sounds is utilized, that
is, sounds above described are all transmitted to pickups
through ice or frost formed therein at a temperature of 0° C.
and by which the temperature of the refrigerator or freezer is
electrically detected for controlling it.
/
»r
An improved ice skating rink utilizing a refrigerated gas as
a means for freezing and keeping frozen a surface which may
be utilized for ice skating The refrigerated gas is supplied to
a plenum which is disposed beneath the skating surface.
3,641,783
SCRAPER ASSEMBLY AND MATERIAL RETARDER FOR
A CYLINDRICAL CONTINUOUS FREEZER
Bemfried M. Werner, Pompano Beach, Fla., assignor to Louis
A. M. Phdan, Pompano Beach, Fla.
Piled July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,099
Int CI. F25c 7/10
U.S. CI. 62-343 * Claims
4--
A scraper assembly for a continuous soft ice cream freezer
or the like, which assembly rotates within the freezing
cylinder of the freezer and serves to scrape the product being
frozen from the cylindrical inner wall of the cylinder and also
serves to move the product generally from the rear of the
cylinder to the front end of the cylinder where the product is
drawn out The assembly has a minimum of surface area
which is exposed to the material. Scraper blades are mounted
in complementary slots which are formed in the longitudinal
supports forming part of the assembly and are easy to install
and remove in a foolproof manner. A material retarder is sta-
tionarily mounted in the assembly to promote proper mixing
of the product and is separate from but supported on both
the rotatable scraper assembly and the freezer front door.
3,641,784
ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WITH
MULTIPLE ABSORPTION
Ralph C. Schlichtig, 1 1212 3rd. South, Seattle, Wash.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 791,650, Jan. 16,
1969, now Patent No. 3,552,142. This application Nov. 16,
1970, Ser. No. 89,840
Int. CI. F25b 15/04
U.S. CI. 62-476 11 Claims
This refrigeration system includes a first absorber, an
evaporation heat exchanger, and a second absorber for draw-
ing refrigerant vapor from the evaporation heat exchanger,
which components are so interconnected with one another
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
833
and with a plurality of heat exchangers and an inductor as to
permit the system's condenser to operate at a temperature
higher than that in the first and in the second absorber,
'"'""iiiiiiiiiim
3,641,786
PATTERNING MECHANISM FOR MULTIFEED
CIRCULAR KNITTING MACHINES
Henry S. Burdett, Oadby, and RonaM Harris, Leicester, both
of England, assignors to Stibbe Machinery Limited, Le-
icester, England
Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 817,930
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 3, 1968,
20.995 68: Aug. 21. 1968.39.958/68: Dec. 27. 1968. 61.532 68
Int. CI. D04b 15/74
VS. CI. 66-50 B 10 Claims
MeJT SouKe zc "i-
which are ambient cooled, so that a single source of cooling
air of minimum quantity can fiow first over such absorbers
and then over the condenser while still maintaining a good
C.O.P. for the refrigeration system.
3,641,785
WATER COOLER
William H. Portz, 1454 State Line Avenue, Calumet City, III.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,174
Int. CI. F67d 5/62
U.S. CI. 62-396 6 Claims
A multifeed circular knitting machine with heightwise
movable elements which are radially movable selectively into
cylinder tricks. In same trick as each element there is a
presser jack having a single patterning butt. For action on the
patterning butts there are rotary drums, one per feed, pro-
vided with protruding teeth arranged in circumferential series
located in superimposed planes normal to drum axis. Bolt
cams, acting on height selection butts on presser jacks, shift
latter upwards and downwards to dispose their single pattern-
ing butts in predetermined planes. Each drum preferably
tricked to accommodate inserts furnished with the teeth. Pat-
terning jacks are of different forms and operate in conjunc-
tion with appropriate dispositions of the patterning butts for
half-gauging.
3,641,787
PATTERNING DEVICES FOR CIRCULAR KNITTING
MACHINES
Philip Amos Robottom, Syston, England, assignor to Stibbe
Machinery Limited, Leicester, England
Filed Oct 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,276
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct 23, 1968,
50307/68
Int CI. D04b 15/68
U.S. CI. 66-50 R 7 Claims
A water cooler including a frame having a plurality of ver-
tically spaced chamb>ers, including a compressor chamber, a
food storage chamber, and a water storage chamber. The
water storage chamber is provided with an open end and
covered by a hingedly connected cover member. A support
bracket for supporting a water container is mounted on the
underside of the cover. A water container is placed in the
support bracket and includes a tube for connecting the con-
tainer to a water spout.
A multifeed circular knitting machine having needles and
needle-actuating jacks. Jacks have operating butts acted
834
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
upon by raising cams. Besides being movable heightwise by
these cams, jacks are radially movable to enable their operat-
ing butts to be moved into and out of range of said cams. Pat-
terning butts associated with jacks are selectively pressed in
by selecting units— one per feed. Each unit comprises a
bracket secured in position, and a selector plate which is at-
tached to bracket and provided with prongs spaced apart in
predetermined positions heightwise for action upon and to
press in patterning butts in corresponding planes.
rendering groups of the sliders operative and inoperative, and
a cam-operated stepped bar for dividing the sliders into
required groups.
3 641 788
AUTOMATIC PATTERN STITCH DEVICE IN A HAND
KNITTING MACHINE
Miyoshi Mori, and Shozo Takasu, both of Kariya, Japan, as-
signors to Aisin Seiki Kabushiid Kaisha, Kariya, Japan
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,005
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept 4, 1968, 43/63496
InL CI. D04b 7100
U.S. CI. 66-60 8 Claims
This invention relates to a pattern stitch hand knitting
machine, wherein a pattern follower device cooperating with
the knitting machine carriage is provided, whereby yams of
different kinds and of different color are selected according
to the desired pattern on a pattern board through the opera-
tion of cursor contactors scanning the pattern of the pattern
board, which pattern consists of electrically conductive
material and insulating material.
3,641,789
STRAIGHT BAR KNITTING MACHINES
Raymond Blood, Shepshcd, Louborough, and Barry Colin
Strong, Syston, both of England, assignors to William Cot-
ton Limited
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,561
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 6, 1968,
26,903/68
Int. CI. D04b 15109
U.S. CI. 66-96 12 Claims
i5^J
iilllllllli
3,641,790
CIRCULAR KNITTING MACHINES
Sidney B. Grewcock, and Alan A. Cooper, both of Burbage,
England, assignors to Barber & Nicholls Limited, Burbage,
Nr. Hinckley, England
RIed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,028
Int. CI. D04b 15161
U.S. CI. 66-140 S 3 Claims
A multifeed circular knitting machine having a circular
saw coupled to a welting dial and a knife seated upon the saw
for cutting a yam withdrawn from knitting. There is also a
suction tube for holding a cut yam. At one feed there is a
guide for an elastomeric thread. A holder for the knife is
slidable up and down in a bracket. When the knife is raised
there is a space between it and the saw. But when the holder
is released the knife moves down to cooperate with the saw.
A cam on a control drum controls the holder. With the knife
raised, a withdrawn elastomeric thread is first carried round
on the saw past the knife element without being cut. The
knife is then restored to its operative position. The thread is
thereafter cut and held only after having been carried round
a distance substantially in excess of that between the thread
guide and the cutting and holding location.
3,641,791
AGITATOR FOR A WASHING MACHINE
Robert R. Wine, and Jerome G. Jacobsen, both of ManrfieM,
Ohio, assignors to Westinghouse Electric Corporatkm, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,465
Int. CI. D06f 13102, 39100
U.S. CI. 68-4 5 Claims
Method of "loop doubling" between rib and plain knitted
fabric, consisting in simultaneously transferring spaced
groups of loops to form a limited number of the "loop
doublings" gaps between spaced groups of loops simultane-
ously followed by forming a remaining required number of
"loop doublings" between the simultaneously formed "loop
doublings" and closing the gaps, in successive manner, and a
machine for the method comprising a row of sliders for con-
trolling loop transfer points, cam-operated control bars for
Agitator structure for variable washing action in a center-
post washing machine which comprises two similarly shaped
agitators, one capable of being nested in and enclosed by the
other. The inner agitator provides a relatively gentle washing
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
835
action and the outer agitator, when placed over and driven
by the inner agitator, provides regular washing action.
3,641,792
AUTOMATIC UNLOADING WASHING MACHINE
Martin Hutterer, Forest Hills, N.Y., assignor to Cummings-
Landau Laundry Machinery Co., Inc., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,852
Int. CI. D06f 39114
U.S. CI. 68-210 7 Claims
This machine comprises an intemal washing drum and an
external cylindrical shell. Washing fluid and materials are in-
serted into the unit via a port located upon the surface of the
extemal shell and the two cylinders are relatively movable in
order to effect the necessary operations of loading, washing,
and unloading.
3,641,793
MAGNETIC PIN TUMBLER LOCK
Christiaan Johannes Van Dalen, Voorburg, Netherlands, as-
signor to De Staat Der Nederlanden, Ten Deze Vertcgen-
woordigd Door De Directeur-General Der Postervien,
Tekgrafie En Telefooie, The Hague, Netherlands
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,895
Claims priority, appUcation Netheriands, Dec. 23, 1968,
6,818,494
Int. CI. E05b 47/00
U.S. CI. 70—276 21 Claims
A pin tumbler-type lock in which the pin tumblers are
movable by a magnetic key into at least two and usually three
different positions in each of their aligned apertures between
the two parts which are to be locked and unlocked. Only one
position for each of the tumblers is its unlocking position.
Spring means are provided in either or both parts for moving
a tumbler which may be composed of one or two aligned
tumbler pins, respectively, into one of the p>ositions, and
separate magnetic means are aligned with each of the pin
tumblers which means may include a magnet or a magnetiza-
ble material. The magnetic key means is employed for at-
tracting, repelling, or not affecting each of the tumblers
through its magnetizable means for placing each of the tum-
blers into its unlocking position. The only difference between
the tumblers, if any at all, is in the length of one of the pins
thereof, namely, long, medium, or short corresponding to the
attracted, repelled or nonaffected positions of its correspond-
ing magnet in the key.
3,641,794
MONITORING SYSTEM FOR A HELICAL COIL SPRING
WINDER AND METHOD
Albert W. Lidert, c/o L.C. Co., 217 S. W. 33rd Court, Fort
Lauderdale, Fla., assignor to Sam J. Carrozza, Oak Lawn,
III., a part interest
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,614
Int. CI. B21d 55/00; E2lh 37/00; B211 11/00
U.S. CI. 72— 4 12 Claims
1
A machine for winding helical springs is provided with a
monitoring system to control accurately the length of
finished springs; such monitoring system having a sensing
means for determining if a finished spring length is correct,
too long or too short and applying the sensing information to
pitch control adjusting means to provide compensatmg
changes in spring length when so required.
3,641,795
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRE DRAWING
WITH PRESSURE DIES
Raymond H. Lester, and James N. Snyder, both of Bethlehem,
Pa., assignors to Bethlehem Steel Corporatkm
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,843
Int CI. B21c 1/00, 3/14, 9/00
VS. CI. 72—42 14 Claims
Improved surfaces on drawn wires and especially on wires
drawn while precoated with a metallic coating are obtained
by drawing the wires in a pressure-type die which has been
initially prepacked with lubricant under a high pressure.
/
836
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,796
APPARATUS FOR SHOCK-FORMING OF WORKPIECES
Hdnridi Hertd, and Dietrich Ruppin, both of Berlin, Ger-
many, assignors to Heinrich Hertel, Berlin, Germany
Filed SepL 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,705
Claims priority, application (Jermanv. SepL 25, l%8, P 17
77 210.0
Int. CI. B21d 26108
U.S. CI. 72-56 13 Claims
Wall means surrounds a pressure chamber arranged to ac-
commodate a workpiece and a die having a surface contour
into conformance of which the workpiece is to be deformed
by shock action. The wall means includes at least two walls at
least one of which is movable relative to the other between a
chamber-closing and a chamber-opening position, and the
wall means has an inertia so selected as to at least substan-
tially equal the necessary shock-pressure for producing the
predetermined energy level required to obtain the desired
workpiece deformation so that, when the shock-pressure is
exceeded, relative movement of the walls to said chamber-
opening position occurs with concomitant venting of the
chamber. Shock-pressure producing means is provided and is
activated for producing a sudden increase in pressure in the
chamber. A recess has first and second openings commu-
nicating with the interior and exterior of the chamber,
respectively, and accommodating the shock-pressure produc-
ing means. Inertial closure means serves to close the second
opening which communicates with the exterior of the
chamber.
3,641,797
STRETCHER LEVELING SYSTEM
Ronald J. Bdl, Riverside, and Edward C. O'Neal, Colton,
both of Calif., assignors to Hunter Engineering Company, a
division of American Metal Climax, Inc., Riverside, Calif.
Tiled Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,921
Int.CI. B21dy/02
U.S. CI. 72-160 17 Claims
A stretcher leveling system having a closed mechanical
drive system with the exit roll stand gear train connected to
the entrance roll stand gear train through a finite number of
fixed gear ratios. A split power transmission train is used for
connecting the change gear train with the roll driving gear
trains. In one embodiment the change gear train is mechani-
cally connected in series with a differential to reduce the
range of stretch which is differential controlled to a small
range with a series of fixed gear ratios.
3,641,798
EXPANDING TOOL
Irving D. Press, West Orange, NJ., assignor to Resistoflex
Corporation, Roseland, N J.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,808
Int.CI. B21dJ9/06.i9//0
U.S. CI. 72-122 3 Claims
A nonrigid portion is attached to the end of the tapered
rigid mandrel of an epicyclic motion roller-type tube ex-
pander unit to enable tube bends to be located closer to the
end fittmg to which the tube is being attached.
3,641,799
DEFORMED WIRE FOR CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Roger H. Wildt, Bethlehem, Pa., assignor to Bethlehem Steel
Corporation
Original application Dec. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 781^20, now
abandoned. Divided and this application July 16, 1970, Ser.
No. 55,558
Int. CI. B21h 7/18,8/00
U.S. CI. 72-198 2 Claims
A wire having overlapping rows of indentations in the sur-
face thereof whereby deformation roll wear and/or improper
roll adjustment are visually indicated by the deviations from
the desired amount of overlap.
3,641300
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BENDING FAN SPIDER
ARMS
Robert G. Wickham, Clark Lake, Mich., assignor to Hayes-
Albion Corporation, Jackson, Mich.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,844
Int.CI. B21d////4
U.S. CI. 72-299 4 Claims
The invention pertains to the method and apparatus for
twisting or bending the arms formed upon fan spiders, par-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
837
ticularly of the type used to draw air through the cooling
radiators of internal combustion engines. Such fans include a
fan spider which defines the fan hub, and a plurality of radi-
ally extending arms project from the hub. Twisting of the
arms to provide the desired pitch to the fan blades is
achieved by firmly clamping the spider hub portion upon op-
posite sides while simultaneously, individually, clamping each
arm outer region. Thereupon each arm outer region is simul-
taneously pivoted about an axis substantially perpendicularly
disposed to the axis of the spider hub to impart the desired
pitch to the spider arm. Clamping of the arms is accom-
plished by relatively movable components utilizing uniquely
related rotatable portions whereby the two parts of the clamp
which are to be rotated are coaxially aligned when clamping
and bending.
flow capacity through the swirl slots m the body member
until a desired fluid flow rate is achieved.
3,641,801
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING DISCS FROM WIRE
Maurice L. Lachaussee, Ans-lez-Liege, Belgium, and Andre D.
Maigret, Val de Mare, France, assignors to EtaMissements
Lachaussee, societe anonyme, Ans-lez-Liege, Belgium
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,544
Claims priority, applkation Belgium, Aug. 18, 1969, 42398
Int. CI. B21d 22/00
U.S. CI. 72—339 1 Claim
J
m:
3,641,803
METHODS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A CONTACT '
STRIP FOLDED IN ZIGZAG FOR A nXED SWITCHING
CONTACT AND FOLDING MACHINES FOR
PERFORMING SAID METHODS
Petrus J. Schuurbiers, Hamielen; Louis A. Verhagen. and
Johannes G. L. Vemhout, both of Utrecht, all of Nether-
lands, assignors to N.V. COQ, Kanaalweg, Utrecht, Nether-
lands
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,797
Claims priority, appUcation Netherlands, Apr. 24, 1969,
6906378
Int. CI. B21d 13/00
U.S. CI. 72-381 11 Claims
A method is provided for manufacturing discs or other
metal parts of circular or similar cross section from metal
wire, according to which the wire is cut into portions of a
predetermined length, then each portion is introduced in-
dividually along its longitudinal axis into a prismatic housing
in a first matrix to be subjected to a first press forging. The
prismatic blank is then withdrawn from the first matrix and is
inserted into a cavity having the cross-sectional shape of the
final object to be produced. The cavity provided in the
second matrix subjects the blank to a final press forging to
produce the final shape of the fabricated part.
3,641302
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING THE FLOW
RATE OF A PUEL INJECTION NOZZLE
Basil S. Scgro, Richmdhd Heights, Ohio, assignor to Parker-
Hannifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Sept 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,680
Int. CI. B21d 51/38
VJS. CI. 72-377 14 Claims
'23
A method and apparatus wherein a tapered plug member,
e.g. a cone or a ball, is forcibly engaged with a nozzle body
member to progressively deform the latter to decrease the
A method and a machine for the manufacture of a zigzag
folded metal contact strip for a fixed contact which per-
manently snugly encloses an axially movable switching rod of
an electric switch, said strip being alternately bent in said
machine in one and in the other direction out of its plane
over the foremost teeth of two cooperating sets of intermit-
tently movable teeth.
3,641304
TOOL FOR PLACING MARKS IN THE EARS OF
ANIMALS
Theodonis Antonk) Gcrardus Oudenboven, 499 Punta Chica,
Partido San Fernando, Buenos Aires, Argentina
Filed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,706
Int CI. B21d 9/08
U3. CI. 72-409 3 Claims
A tool for attaching a two-part identification tag to an
animal, one part of the tag having a pointed projection to
pierce an animal's ear, the other part having an aperture for
the projection, comprising pincers having triangular-shaped
plates at one end with cooperating resilient tongues to more
or less firmly hold each of the two parts of the tag in position
during attachment, one of the resilient tongues and plates
838
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
being notched to permit the pointed projection to pass sembly compnsing a beam pivotally connected to a lever, the
through the aperture in the tag held therein. beam bemg adapted to pivot on an ^.s substantially parallel
uuuugj K- -=> to the direction assumed by the path of travel of a table, a
3,641305
SHEET METAL PULLER |
Edward C. Reinke, 3230 Braun Court, Golden, Colo.
filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 24,908
InLCI. B21d///2
L.S. CI. 72—460 5 Claims
A tool for pulling out dents in the metal of automobiles
This tool consists of a block having a pair of rod members for
insertion into drilled openings in the sheet metal, the tool
being adaptable for pulling out dents in areas where access to
the rear side of the sheet metal is impossible.
3,641306
TESTING DEVICE FOR WATER METER REGISTERING
UNITS
James H. Lee, and David J. Bruening, both of MontRomerv
County, Md., assignors to Washington Suburban Sanitary
Commission
Fikd Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 69,061
Int. CI. GOlf 25100
U3. CI. 73-3 8 CXakms
,ro
czmziii]!
A testing device for testing a water meter register unit
which comprises a rotatable magnet and which causes signals
to be transmitted to a remote register: the testing device in-
cludes a housing for batteries, a motor and a rotatable mag-
net driven by the motor. The magnet is located within a
chamber on which are supports for the water meter register
unit. The batteries are connected to the motor through a
switch in either parallel or series, and adapter rings enable
the holding of register units of various sizes.
plurality of rollers connected to said beam, the rollers being
adapted to move substantially perpendicular to the direction
of travel of the table.
3,641308
VORTEX GENERATING SENSOR WITH SECONDARY
FLOW
Heinz J. Smirmaul, Painted Post, N.Y., assignor to Coming
Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,786
Int. CI. GOlb 13112
U.S, CI. 73-37.5 11 Claims
A vortex generating sensor for detecting and indicating the
presence of an object in the path of a stream of fluid com-
prising a cylindrical vortex generating chamber, a supply port
for introducing fluid into the vortex chamber, a vortex outlet
port communicating with a central portion of the vortex
chamber for permitting the fluid to be exhausted therefrom,
a vortex direction chamber communicating with said generat-
ing chamber through said outlet port for affecting the con-
figuration of the exhausted fluid, at least one secondary fluid
flow port communicating with said direction chamber, and a
sensing port by means of which the pressure within the cen-
tral portion of the vortex chamber is sensed.
3,641307
TRAFnC MACHINE FOR CARPETS
Gene A. Brooks, Decatur, Ala., assignor to Monsanto Com-
pany, St Louis, Mo.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,409
Int. CI. GO In i 7/56
U3. CI. 73-7 1 Claim
A traffic machine for testing carpets to simulate the effect
of flat floor wear thereon, said machine having a roller as-
3,641,809
VORTEX-GENERATING SENSOR
Thomas W. Bermd, Durham, N.H., assignor to Coming Glass
Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,154
c^ Int. CI. GOlb 13112
U.^. CI. 73-37.5 10 Claims
A fluid-driven sensor for detecting and indicating the
presence of a foreign object in the path of a fluid medium
having a cylindrical vortex generation chamber, a supply port
for introducing a driving fluid into the generation chamber, a
vortex egress port communicating with a central portion of
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
839
the generation chamber for permitting the driving fluid to
escape from the generation chamber, and a sensing port by
59 56
A L
means of which the pressure within the central portion of the
generation chamber is sensed.
3,641,810
NONCONT ACTING SENSOR APPARATUS
Heinz J. Smirmaul, Painted Post, N.Y., assignor to Coming
Glass Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,325
Int. CI. GOlb /i//2
U3. CI. 73—37.5 12 Claims
A noncontacting vortex-generating sensor apparatus for
detecting and indicating the presence of an object in the path
of a stream of fluid and for providing an indication of the
distance of said object from the nozzle emitting said stream
of fluid. The apparatus comprises a cylindrical vortex-
generating chamber, a supply port for introducing fluid into
the vortex chamber, a vortex outlet port communicating with
a central portion of the vortex chamber for permitting the
fluid to be exhausted therefrom, nozzle means for issuing or
emitting the exhausted fluid as a stream, and a sensing port
by means of which the pressure within the central portion of
the vortex chamber is sensed.
3,641311
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING
STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS
Robert J. Goacdinger, Jr., 1387 Lincoln Avenue South,
Highland Park, III., and John P. Gnaedinger, 160 Sheridan
Road, Kenilworth, III.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,482
Int. CI. GOln 29100
U.S. CI. 73—69 12 Claims
A method and apparatus for determining the soundness of
a structure such as a foundation pier or caisson wherein a
generator for producing sonic pulses or mechanical vibra-
tions is located in the body of the structure at a location
remote from a detecting location. The detector is positioned
at the detecting location with at least some of the structure
body being disposed between the generator and detector
whereby there is transmission through the body. Recording
means are provided for determining the characteristics of the
pulses detected thereby providing an indication of the quality
of the structure.
3,641312
SILICON DUPHRAGM WITH INTEGRAL BRIDGE
TRANSDUCER
Gerald L. Vick, La Verne, Calif., assignor to Conrac Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y. j
Fikd May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 38,940
Int CI. GOll 9/04
U3. CI. 73—88.5 SD 7 Claims
A piezoresistive strain gage is produced by forming a pres-
sure-responsive diaphragm from a suitably oriented single
crystal of silicon of negative conductivity type and forming
one or more complete Wheatstone bridge structures of op-
posite conductivity type in a diaphragm surface as a compact
unitary diffusion pattern comprising two sets of opposite
bridge arms extending radially and tangentially, respectively,
parallel to respective selected crystal axes, the diffusion pat-
tern including all interconnections between those arms. TTie
unitary nature of such bridge structures reduces inaccuracies
of previous structures that were due to thermal and aging ef-
fects, and facilitates production of several electrically iso-
lated bridge configurations on a single diaphragm, enhancing
potential quality, accuracy and reliability.
3,641313
STATIC TORQUE-TESTING DEVICE
Craig R. Groat, Pontiac, and Manfred R. Happoki, Famung-
ton, both of Mich., assignors to Link Engineering Company
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,638
InL CI. GOll 5128
U3. CI. 73-121 10 Claims
After a stack of brake discs have been set to break the
landing speed of an airplane or other vehicle, a test on the
brake material is desired to find the break-way force for
releasing the rotor and stator discs to permit the airplane or
vehicle to be driven thereafter. To obtain this information, a
drive is provided on the brake disc test device for applying a
load on the brake discs when set which is constantly in-
creased until free movement of the rotor discs occurs relative
to the stator discs. A fluid motor drives through a worm
wheel for applying the load on the rotor discs, the increasing
840
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
applied fluid pressure providing a load record, while a torque
arm on the tailstock which supports the testing device re-
gisters the load being applied through the stack of brake
discs. The pressure on the fluid required to release the rotor
and stator discs of the stack can be compared to the force
recorded by the torque arm at the time of release.
3,641,814
ELECTRONIC METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
AUDIBLY DETECTING CHANGES
Vincent DiMaio, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Customfkx, Inc.,
Toledo, Ohio
FUed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,507
Int.CI. G01c2//00
U.S. CI. 73-186 9 Claims
- Z-
Jr^^
tt
rf»*
airfoil-shaped member for providing the weather vaning is
coupled to a potentiometer enclosed in a housing. The poten-
tiometer IS coupled to an indicating means that provides a
visual display Mechanically, the weather vane coupling to
the potentiometer is within a cavity of the housing that is util-
ized also as an oil reservoir for lubricating the shaft of the
weather vane and the potentiometer so that free rotation
thereof may be obtained over extended periods of operation
without servicing The indicating means has two modes of
operation on the display device for providing both a high
scale and a low scale That is, when the invention is utilized
in boat applications for indicating the direction of the wind
relative to, for example, the centerline of the boat extending
from the bow to the stem when sailing off the wind the rela-
tive wind can have comparatively high-angular relationship
to the centerline of the boat and consequently the display
device indicates with comparatively large increments the
large angular displacements. In the second mode of operation
for a sailboat when running close hauled, the angle of the
relative wind is comparatively more important and generally
the angle will be in a range of between 20° and 50° from the
centerline. Consequently, in the second mode of operation
the 20° to 50° range of angles of relative wind is expanded to
cover the full range of the display device for indicating such
angles with comparatively small increments. Signal-damping
means are also included so that short time duration wind
changes will not provide excessive signal variations in the dis-
play device.
Device for measuring the relative change in a variety of
physical phenomenon, such as acceleration, pressure, tem-
perature, etc., by an audible signal. A transducer has a
pivoted extensible rod for indiqating changes in velocity of an
object moved through a fluid' medium, such as water The
rocking of the arm is operative to shift a ferrite core within
an insulated coil forming one part of an audio oscillator cir-
cuit. The coil is connected to a portable transistor radio, and
the movement of the ferrite core through the insulated coil
changes the induction of the coil producing a change in the
audio oscillator circuit in a transistor radio. This produces a
change in the sound produced by the radio. According to an
alternate form, a stationary rod on which a strain gauge is
mounted is similarly connected to a transistor radio.
3,641,815
WIND DIRECTION INDICATOR
James M. Fassett, II, 23320 Anza Ave., Torrance, Calif.
Filed Jan. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 696,789
Int. CI. GOlw 1/00
U.S. CI. 73-188 10 Claims
3,641316
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR METERING A VECTOR
PARTICULARLY APPLICABLE TO THE METERING OF
A FLUID FLOW VELOCITY
Stephane Chambolle, Paris, and Mkhd Max Hanff, Brest,
both of France, assignors to Compagnie Dcs Compteurs,
Paris, France
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,422
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 18, 1%9, 6903999
Int CI. GOlw //OO
U.S. CI. 73— 1 89 20 Claims
u
i^l
k
5S'
There is disclosed herein a wind direction indicator in
which an improved weather vane incorporating an elongated
Method and device for metering a vector particularly ap-
plicable to the metering of a fluid velocity in which the
method comprises the use of a first apparatus giving the com-
ponents of the vector according to two perpendicular
directions, a second apparatus giving the components of a
known field according to said directions and electric means
to process the components coming from said first and second
apparatus and give at the output thereof an information of
the vector in relation to the known field.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
841
3,641317
ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER
Jacques Dory, Meaux, France, assignor to Realisations Ul-
trasoniques, Meaux (Seine-&-Mame) Chaussee de Paris,
France
Filed Feb. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 799,212
Claims priority, application France. June 19, 1968, 155534:
Feb. 26. 1968, 141181
Int. CI. GO Ik 7/00
U.S.CI. 73-194A 8 Claims
FT
if
PtT
•DKZh
H
«d
■CM
signals when a predetermined level is passed and at least one
clock means associated with the sensor devices for determin-
ing at least one filling time.
3,641,819
FLOW-RESPONSIVE CIRCUIT
Gary R. Kendrick, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Combustion En-
gineering, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 18, 1%7, Ser. No. 691,527
Int CI. GO If 7/00
U^. CI. 73-229 2 Claims
"'^-^
The invention relates to ultrasonic fluid flowmeters of the
type comprising a pair of transducers acting both as a trans-
mitter and receiver, and circuit means for measuring the time
shift between the ultrasonic signals resp>ectively received by
the two transducers after propagation in the fluid. According
to an important feature, switching means are provided
whereby the connection between the two transducers and the
receiving and measuring circuits is periodically reversed,
which eliminates errors due to variations in the conditions of
propagation.
3,641,818
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING LIMITED FLOW
CAPACITIES
Kbus-Jurgen Em, Langenfeldt-Rkhrath, Germany, assignor
to Zellweger Ltd., Uster, Switzeriand
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,030
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 29, 1969,
111528/69
Int a. GO If //OO
U.S. CI. 73-t226 12 Claims
a
t
^
•J.
[TDJ,-
,X::i:j
:r:.
-(»-
The present disclosure is directed to an apparatus for mea-
suring limited flow capacities, particularly for monitoring
continuous-cycle automatic dispensing and analyzing devices.
The apparatus comprises a measuring chamber adapted to be
charged with a liquid to be measured, inlet means for in-
troducing a quantity of liquid into the lower portion of the
measuring chamber, a siphon tube communicating with the
measuring chamber at substantially the same level as the inlet
means, a first and second level sensor device disposed in the
lower portion and upper portion of the measuring chamber
respectively, said level sensor devices generating electrical
A circuit receives pulses of voltage from a fluid meter. A
section of the circuit converts the pulses to a DC potential.
The DC potential is connected to a transistor through a
selection switch to control a relay actuation when the DC
potential value changes from a preselected range of values. A
time-delay section in the circuit provides a time period
between the potential value change and relay actuation.
3,641,820
BOURDON TUBE HAVING INTEGRAL POINTER
Robert D. Bissell, Orange, Conn., assignor to Dresser Indus-
tries, Inc., Dallas, Tex.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,681
Int CI. GOll 7104, B23p 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 73— 418 8 Claims
2-
tJ,
„ .1 ^
J"^
* J-^"*
r
21
m^^
t
jp
A Bourdon tube in which the integral free end is con-
structed to simulate a p>ointer. When employed in a pressure
gauge, the free-pointered end is moveable relative to a
calibrated dial plate for indicating the values of pressure
being sensed
3,641321
SAMPLING SYSTEM FOR STACK GAS
Edmood Donald Ncuberger, and Thomas Joseph Junker, both
of Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Calgon Corporatioa, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,340
Intel. GOIn 7/24
U.S. CI. 73-421.5 R 9 Qaims
A system is described for withdrawing a gaseous or other
sample from a source and preparing it for analysis. The sam-
895 O.G.— 31
842
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
pimg device employs a steam eductor which utUizes steam as ivr^l^nvXlCF
the force for moving the sample and at the same time for INJfcLlluiN utvH^r,
TJ^^X san,p,l So,u«/a..in.,u.. con,.... Of -° J.jJt.^THr.r9S«'^r R^^ S
Rouge, La.
Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27^07
Int. CI. GOln 1 110
U.S. CI. 73-425.4 10 Claims
the sample are present in dissolved or suspended form in the
'■,-■
^ .
•'/
X fs,
'/ •
1. '
/ /
h
//
i
-/
/ /
' ' ,
1
■ -'
AAS i ■ •
mm
condensate. The system is particularly useful to provide a
continuous sample. A chemical may be added to the steam to
enhance the tendency of a component of a gaseous sample to
enter the liquid phase.
3,641^22
FLUID SAMPLE INJECTION VALVE
Rano J. Harris, Sr., 1945 Carolyn Sue Drive, Baton Rouge,
La., and Rano J. Harris, Jr., 9880 South Riveroaks, Baton
Rouge, La.
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,903
Intel. GOln //OO. U22
U.S. CI. 73-422 GC 9 Claims
A valve which is employed to simplify and expedite injec-
tion of accurately measured fluid specimens into analytical
instruments. The valve embodies a chamber for receiving an
accurately measured fluid specimen, and a pair of oppositely
disposed tubular members, spaced apart one from the other,
extending to an opening within the said chamber. In one em-
bodiment, the fluid specimens are contained and sealed
within tubular-shaped cartridges by use of end plugs,
completely closed at one end but containing a partial open-
ing extending axially from the other end to the side of a plug.
Cartridges and plugs are placed within the bore of the coaxi-
ally aligned tubular members alternately, one plug abutting
and closing via exposure of a solid wall to an end of the car-
tridge while the open end of another coincides with the axial
opening through the cartridge. On transport at desired inter-
vals through the bore of the coaxially aligned tubular mem-
bers, the fluid contents of the cartridges are discharged to the
chamber. In a more preferred embodiment, reciprocable
plungers with fixed end seals are mounted, one within each
of a pair of tubular members. One tubular member contains a
plunger which is used to cover and uncover, i.e., close and
open, and also to seal off the opposite tubular member from
the entry to the chamber, said other tubular member contain-
ing a volume for carrying an accurately measured quantity of
the fluid and a plunger which is used to displace the fluid
specimen to the chamber.
In combination, liquid injection apparatus comprising a tu-
bular plastic member, e.g.. Teflon, through the internal tubu-
lar opening of which the forward end of a reciprocable
plunger, adapted for receipt of a specimen, can be extended
into contact with, and for receipt of, a liquid to be sampled.
Upon withdrawal of the forward end of the plunger through
the tubular opening, with which the plunger surface is in wip-
ing contact, a measured quantity of the liquid specimen is
transmitted therethrough for storage or for injection, while
unmeasured liquid is wiped off of, and removed from, the
surface of the plunger In preferred embodiments, the for-
ward end of the reciprocable plunger itself is recessed or pro-
vided with an internal capillary opening of measured capacity
for containing the measured liquid specimen, and in another
a longitudinal slot, or slots, located within the internal open-
ing of the tubular plastic member leaves an accurately mea-
sured, or measurable, streak of liquid on the surface of the
plunger for storage or injection.
3,641,824
APPARATLS AND METHOD TO CONTROL DAMPING
OF MOVABLE MEMBER IN MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Fortuyn Koenraad Droogleever, Star Numanstraat 12,
Groningen, Netherlands
FUed Mar. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 808,836
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 22, 1968,
6804090
Int.Cl.G01d////0
U.S. CI. 73-430 4 Claims
Static friction of a moving member which is guided by a
shaft IS eliminated by causing the shaft to rotate in a
direction transverse to that of the moving member move-
ment. The damping effected on the moving member is con-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
B43
trolled through variation of the resultant frictional force act-
ing between the shaft and movable member, such variation
n ti
being effected by maintaining the friction component which
resists rotation of the shaft substantially constant.
3,641,825
SPECIFIC GRAVITY URINOMETER
Ronald C. Reid, 4205 Enchanted Court, Nashville, Tenn.
Plied May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,830
Int. CI. GOln 9// 4
U.S. CI. 73-444 3 Claims
/
Apparatus for measuring the volume and specific gravity of
fluids and including inner and outer generally concentric
compartments arranged in such a manner that relatively
small quantities of fluid can be measured with a high degree
of accuracy.
3,641,826
OMNIDIRECTIONAL SENSOR
Howard A. Heckendorf, Brookfield, and Donald A. Voorhies,
Wauwatosa, both of Wis., assignors to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
FUed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,767
Int. CI. GOlp 15102
U.S.Ci. 73-514 8 Claims
An operator is slidably mounted in a guide tube and
resiliently biased toward actuated position. A plurality of
balls are received within radial bores in the operator which
open to an axial bore. A control rod is moved within the bore
to force the balls outwardly of the radial bores and into en-
gagement with a radial shoulder of a support to retain the
operator in nonactuated p>osition. A seismic msiss seats or. the
support and mounts a permanent magnet. The mass conu-ols
the movement of the pin out of the axial bore of the opera-
tor. The magnetic flux between the magnet and support
maintains the seismic mass in seated position. An accelera-
tion pulse of predetermined amplitude and time applied to
the seismic mass tilts the mass relative to the support to move
the pin out of the axial bore of the operator. When the pin is
moved outwardly of the axial bore by tilting of the seismic
4 si.i'i^^
'J I
7*^-^3 n
^ ^ j^g-ff!
mass, the balls are released from engagement with the sup-
F>ort shoulder for movement within the radial bores and
movement with the operator to actuated position. A ma.nual
member is movable between a first position wherein it blocks
tilting movement of the seismic mass and a second position
wherein it it permits such movement. In the first position the
manual member completes a circuit across a source of pcwer
and a light indicating that the sensor is in inoperative condi-
tion. In the second position, the manual member does not
complete the circuit.
3,641327
TORQUE TRANSMITTING APPARATUS
Gerald H. Hooper, 331 Galli Court, Los Altos, CaUf.
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. Na 30.901
Int CI. F16j 15/52
U.S. CI. 74-18.1 14 Claims
Apparatus for the transmission of torque through a parti-
tion. The apparatus utilizes a plurality of torque rods drven
respectively in a planar pivotal or a "seesaw" movement. The
torque rods are driven by radially disposed links, which, in
turn, are actuated by a pin. The pin is attached to one end of
a crank arm and the other end of the crank arm is attached
to a shaft. The pin rotates concentrically relative to axis of
the shaft. The torque rods, in turn, rotate an arm at the op-
posite end in a rotary motion to operate a driven shaft. The
844
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
apparatus may be employed for the transmission of torque to
or from hermetically sealed chambers.
3,641,828
ROTARY-LINEAR MOTION CONVERTER
John J. Ryan, 18 EUwood St., Gkn Cove, L.I., N.Y.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,944
Int. CI. F16h2///S
3,641,830
SAFETY RELEASE FOR TENSIONER OF A BELT OR
CHAIN DRIVE
I>Might D. Stofer, P.O. Box 1 16, SanU Clara, Calif.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,448
Int. CI. F16h 7108, 7110
U.S. CI. 74—242.6 5 Claims
U.S. CI. 74-49
4 Claims
A rotary-linear motion converter has a rotatable housing
and a shaft within the housing offset from the rotary axis
thereof and having a number of journal or cam discs eccen-
trically fixed on the shaft. The journal discs are rotatably
positioned within corresponding oF>enings in a corresponding
number of slide members which are slidably mounted in the
housing for reciprocatory movement so that rotation of the
shaft causes the slide members to reciprocate and to rotate
the housing.
3,641,829
PISTON SHOE HOLDDOWN ASSEMBLY
David W. Reynolds, West Des Moines, Iowa, assignor to
Delavin Manufacturing Co.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,441
Int. CI. FOlb 7^/0-^,3/02
U.S. CI. 74—60 6 Claims
A piston shoe holddown assembly for maintaining the
piston shoes of an axial piston fluid pressure device against
the cam surface of the cam plate includes a holddown plate
overlying a shouldered portion of the piston shoes and an an-
nular groove about the circumference of a recess in the cam
plate having a resilient retaining ring radially expanded into
the groove and overlying the holddown plate.
A release mechanism for a spring-loaded tensioning pulley
or sprocket and a drive belt or chain by misalignment of the
pulley or sprocket and disentrainment of the drive belt or
chain relative thereto upon excessive tension developed
thereto by insertion of an object between the latter and any
pulley or sprocket over which it is trained.
3,641,831
LINK CONHGURATION FOR DRIVE CHAIN
Karl V. Palmaer, 5643 Fair Oaks Boulevard, Carmichad,
Calif.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,985
Int. CI. F16g 13102
U.S. CI. 74-250 C 14 Claims
V.
n \ ,-.,
L_.
A configuration for the links of a drive chain is disclosed in
which the link is a unitary body having projections formed
thereon for connecting the links together by means of pintles
passing through apertures therein to form a chain. The link
body has a central recess formed therein for engagement
with the teeth of a sprocket wheel. Various embodiments are
described, in all of which the link body is provided with a
cylindrical dnving surface having its axis coincident with the
axis of one of the apertures therein through which a pintle is
passed to connect the link into the chain. Methods for and
advantages of fabncating the link configuration in plastic are
disclosed.
3,641,832
WORM-GEAR-TYPE SPEED REDUCTION DEVICE
FOR AN ELEVATOR
Masayuki Shigeta, and Katsumi Aoki, both of KatsuU, Japan,
assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21^12
Claims prioritv, applicatioo Japan, Mar. 26, 1969, 44/22351
\n(. CI. F16h ///6, 57100; B66b 11104
U.S. CI. 74-427 8 Claims
An elevator including a worm-gear- type speed reduction
device which comprises a worm and a worm wheel, said
device further including a resilient member for receiving a
thrust load on the worm whereby the misalignment of the
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
345
gearing engagement between the worm and the worm wheel
is converted into »n axial displacement of the worm shaft and
absorbed by said resilient member so that a vibration and
noises of a cage caused by a fluctuation of rotation in the
wheel shaft are prevented.
3,641333
MECHANICAL AMPLIHER
Max Maroshick, Glen Mills, Pa., assignor to The Boeing Com-
pany, Seattle, Wash.
FUcd Sept 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,288
Int. CI. G05g niOOi B64c 13128
U^. CI. 74—479 12 Claims
A mechanical amplifier is provided for use in a failure cor-
rection control system in which the amplifier receives two
mechanical input signals during failure-free operation of the
control system, and combines these signals to produce an
output. The amplifier includes two mechanical channels
which can comprise a series of pivotally connected links.
Each channel includes an input element that receives a
separate input signal and transmits this signal to an output
member. Gain control means are connected to each channel
to restore a full range of movement to the output member if
one of the input signals is jammed. The gain control means
increase the length of the output moment arm in the non-
failed channel. This increased moment arm increases the
distance the nonfailed channel can move the output member
and offsets the effect of the failed channel. The amplifier also
includes disconnect failure accommodation means for main-
taining a full range of output after a disconnect failure in the
linkage supplying one input signal, or in one channel of the
amplifier.
3,641,834
SAFETY STEERING ARRANGEMENT
Beia Barenyi, Maichingen, Germany, assignor to Daimler-
Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkbeim, Ger-
many
Filed Oct. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,275
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 19, 1969, P 18 04
034.1
Intel. B62d;//<$
\]S. CI. 74—492 28 Claims
J
A safety steering arrangement for motor vehicles, espe-
cially for passenger motor vehicles in which the steering
wheel is connected with the axially displaceably supported
steering spindle by way of an unguided impact F>ot, and in
which an axially deformable member is arranged about the
steering spindle which is disposed with its one end face ad-
jacent to the impact pot.
^ 3,641335
TENSIONING DEVICE
Harold Tomheim, 430 North Auburn Avenue, Sierra Madre,
CaUf.
Original application Aug. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 749^58, now
Patent No. 3^22^94. Divided and this application Apr. 23,
1970,Ser. No. 31,073
Int. CI. G05g 5100
U.S. CI. 74—501.5 5 Claims
A tensioning device for maintaining a pair of coacting ten-
sion lines taut includes an elongated threaded shaft, and a
pair of drums rotatably mounted on the shaft so they noove
axially relative to the shaft as they rotate. An end of each
tension line is wound around a respective one of the drums,
and a load imposed upon the other end of each line rotates
the respective drums about the shaft. Biasing means rota-
tionally bias each drum in a direction opposite to the
direction of the torque imparted to the drums by the loac so
as to take up the slack in the tension lines to maintain them
taut. Stop means limit rotation of the drums imposed by the
load acting on the tension lines to limit the lengths of the ten-
sion lines that run out. i
846
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,836
SPINDLE BRAKE ACTUATOR
Beryl Aaron Boggs, Chester, and Robert Ellis Quinn,
Rkhmood, tioth of Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,917
Int.Cl.G05g///4
U.S. CI. 74-512 2 Claims
3,641338
SEATS FOR VEHICLES
Harold Roy Turner. Walsall, England, assignor to H. R.
Turner (WUIenhaU) Limited, Walsall, England
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,770
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct 24, 1%9,
52,107/69
Int. CI. G05g 5106
\}S. CI. 74—530 5 Claims
A spindle bralie actuator is disclosed which utilizes force
transmitted through a rotating foot lever or brake pedal and
integral rotating cam to a traversing cam roller attached to
means for transmitting the force to actuate the bralce. The
lever is locked in actuating position by engaging the
traversing cam roller at an acute angle of the cam past center
position relative to canvxotation. The actuator is released by
kicking a toe plate attac^fd to the cam.
3,641,837
VEHICLE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Ralph Dean, Jr., Fenton, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,102
Int.CI. G05g///4
U.S. CI. 74— 513 2 Claims
I
An automobile seat which may be adjusted to any angle, or
if desired, folded flat to permit ingress or egress of a pas-
senger in a rear seat The seat includes a pair of arcuate
toothed gear segments which may be selectively disengaged
to permit adjustment of the seat back angle but which are
normally biassed together by a spring to prevent
catastrophic, accidental disengagement thereof.
3,641339
VISCOUS TORSIONAL VIBRATION DAMPERS
Anthony P. Greeley, Elma, N.Y., assignor to Houdaille Indus-
tries, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Piled Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,843
Int. CI. F16f 15110
U.S. CI. 74-574 10 Claims
I r/
A vehicle accelerator pedal has its upper end pivoted to
one end of a throttle linkage control member, the other end
of which is pivoted to the vehicle firewall. The vehicle floor
pan is welded to the firewall and supports a slide plate which
is slidably engaged by the lower end of the pedal. As the
pedal is moved from a raised position to a partially depressed
position, where the engagement between the lower end of the
pedal is aligned with the pivotal connections of the control
member, the lower end of the pedal slides along the slide
plate in one direction. As the pedal is moved from the par-
tially depressed position to a fully depressed position, the
lower end of the pedal slides along the slide plate in the op-
posite direction.
Viscous damping fluid is filled into a working chamber of a
damper through a filling opening in the damper housing and
conveyed to a reservoir through a passage in a relatively
rotatable annular member mounted within the working
chamber and the fiuid then transferred from the reservoir to
shear film spaces between working sorfaces in parallel shear
film spaced relation.
r- "B.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
\
847
3,641340
POWER TAKEOFF SHAFT PROTECTION
Hdnrich Rosslcr, Baden-Baden, and Manfred Hentschel,
Rotenfels (Murgtal), both of Germany, assignors to
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkheim,
Germany
Filed Nov. 20, 1%9, Ser. No. 87836
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 23, 1968, P 18 10
542.5
Int. CI. F16p 1102
U.S. CI. 74-609 10 Claims
A power takeoff shaft protection which essentially consists
of elastic synthetic resinous material and which is mounted
by means of an annular flange on a mounting ring provided
at the bearing support of the power takeoff shaft.
3,641341
SAFETY GATE FOR PRESS
Masahiro Komori, Tokyo, Japan *
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,225
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 24, 1%9, 44/21898;
Sept. 10,1969,44/71268
Intel. F16pi/04
U3. CI. 74-615 ' 9 Claims
L '—J 24
83^3
„ , 28129 32 36 [t^M Mo
9 V.H I 29a 3B
136
J
A safety gate held vertically in front of a press and a gate
lift comprising a linkage system for moving the gate between
a press exposing and a press blocking pyosition. Spring means
normally urge the lift into one of these positions, and a
hydraulic motor or solenoid is connected to an initial link of
the lift for normally urging the lift opposite thereto upon
selective operatiofT thereof
/ 3,641342
ROLLER TRACTION DRIVE
Lubomyr O. Hewko, Port Clinton, Ohio, assignor to General
Motors Q^iporation, Detroit, Mich.
FUed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,701
Int CI. F16h J7/06, 13106
)S. CI. 74—665 K 15 Claims
A single input, contrarotating, equal sp)eed reduction ratio,
dual output roller traction drive mechanism, wherein the sin-
gle input is effective from the input shaft to both the outer
ring of a first friction gearing unit and split suns of a second
friction gearing unit. A fixed but flexible reaction member is
attached through the carrier of the second unit to split suns
of the first unit. One output shaft is rotated by the carrier of
the first unit, while the other output shaft is rotated by the
outer ring of the second unit. Both friction gearing units in-
clude identical corresponding radii. Dual torque loader
\
mechanisms vary internal preload in proportion to torque
transmitted by causing the two outermost suns of the first
and second split sun sets to move axially, with the members
interconnecting the two friction gearing units and on portions
of which the two sets of suns are mounted flexing in response
to the axial movement of the two outermost suns to permit a
corresponding axial movement of the two innermost suns.
3,641343
VARIABLE-SPEED TRANSMISSION
Jospeh Lemmens, 616 Boisvert Street. #6, St. John. Quebec,
Canada
Filed Sept 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,689
Intel. F16hii/02. i7/02
U.S. CI. 74-751 6 Claims
Various applications or embodiments of a variable speed
transmission concept wherein a variable speed drive and a
proportional sp>eed drive are opjeratively connected to a dif-
ferential gear arrangement, such that variation of the sf)eed
ratio of the variable speed drive causes variation of the sp>eed
of an output shaft connected to the differential gear arrange-
ment, said variable sp>eed drive comprising a pair of variaole
diameter pulleys op>eratively interconnected by a belt. The
variable s[>eed transmission is combined with a flywheel to
conserve and/or recup>erate energy.
X
848
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
"Y fvil 844 3,641,1146
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM . p. Tfi'^rK ^""Xtl^ J^^Y
Mamoruliawakubo, and Katsunori ho, both of Kariya-shi, Continuation-in-part o^ "^""^^^^^m' ,V .07?^1 '
aU Tjapan, assignors to Nippon De^ Kabushiki Kaisha, 1969. now abandoned. ^^»^^ ^y '^^ >9^»' ^er.
Kariya-shUapan^^ 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,300 ^ mt- CI. B2^ 13150
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Oct. 28, 1%8, 43/78388 U.S. CI. 81-90 F
Int. CI. F16h 5/42, /9/00
U.S. CI. 74-752 4 Claims
2 Claims
^ 7/ SO
An automatic transmission system having a speed changing
unit including a torque converter and speed-changing gear
means, actuators for varying the meshing engagement of the
gears, a hydraulic circuit for controlling the actuators, and an
electronic circuit. In the apparatus, the electronic circuit
computes the ratio between the rotating speed of the input
shaft of the torque converter and the rotating speed of the
input or output shaft of the speed-changing gear means to
deliver an output signal which is used to actuate a distribut-
ing valve in the hydraulic actuating circui* »o effect the
changing of speed.
3 641345
OIL PRESSURE CONTROL DEVICE FOR FLUID-TYPE
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Sumio Uozumi, Toyota-shi, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota-shi, Japan
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,509
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23, 1968, 43/51630
Int. CI. B60k 2/ /OO
U.S. CI. 74-867 4 Claims
A tool, possessmg particular utility for firemen, is formed
from a one-piece, rigid bar having a straight lever body por-
tion with opposing ends, on one of which is an integral, ob-
tusely angularly arranged end portion. The lever body and
angular end portions have complemental. angularly disposed
inner sides that straddle the periphery of a spoked hand valve
wheel and engage it tangentially at circumferentially spaced
fulcrum points. A hook element normally operatively de-
pends from the angular end portion to engage a spoke and
the opposite end of the lever body portion serves as a handle
to which torque is applied in turning the handwheel.
-UIUAI A.Vt
The present invention provides an oil pressure control
device for an automatic transmission of vehicles, in which an
oil pressure proportional to the opening of the throttle is ap-
plied through the aid of springs to the pressure control valve
for controlling the pressure acting on the servosystems. The
oil pressure is increased to a prescribed level in proportion to
the throttle opening, but once at that level, the oil pressure is
maintained constant regardless of any additional increment
of the throttle opening, so as to improve the operation and
efficiency of the transmission without changing the throttle
pressure Pth.
3 641^47
OPEN END RATCHET WRENCH
Billy M. Horton. 3238 Rodman St, Washington, D.C.
Fited Nov. 7. 1969, Ser. No. 874,875
Int.CI. B25b/J/2S, /i/y2
U.S. CI. 81-111 11 Claims
An open end ratchet wrench is made from three parts: The
wrench body, a single ratcheting pawl, and a spring actuator
for retaining the pawl in its operating position and actuating
the pawl to permit insertion of a nut. In one embodiment the
pawl is pivotally mounted about the end of one wrench jaw
between drive and open positions. This wrench is provided
with three drive surfaces for contacting the nut during dnve
operation, including the drive surface of the pawl, the inner
surface of the jaw opposite the pawl, and a projection from
the working surface between the jaws contoured to contact
the nut approximately 120° from the other two contact
points. The working surface is further contoured to provide
room for the pawl to swing clear from the nut during ratchet-
ing and to permit the nut to contact as much of the working
surface as possible during ratcheting. In a second embodi-
ment, the pawl is both pivotable and slidable with respect to
a slot in the wrench jaw and has two drive surfaces for engag-
ing a nut in two different nut positions relative to the wrench
jaws. In this embodiment the working surface is contoured to
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
849
accommodate the nut in both of its drive positions and pro-
vides three-point drive contact in at least one of these posi-
tions. Moreover, the adjacent surfaces of the pawl and
wrench jaw are contoured to prevent binding of the pawl
during ratcheting, irrespective of the point about which the
wrench is rotated. In yet another embodiment two drive posi-
tions of the nut are made possible without the necessity of a
pawl actuator to permit nut insertion by providing two pawls,
rotatable about opposite jaws, and arranged so that each has
its drive surface contacting the nut in a respective one of the
nut drive positions. With the pawls in their normally
retracted position the wrench jaws may be slipped over a nut
head.
the calibration position. The transfer signals initiate the next
sequence of the machine tool program.
3,641350
ADJUSTMENT FOR TOOL HOLDERS
Anders A. Peterson, Elmira, N.Y., assignor to Hardinge
Brothers, Inc., Elmira, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of appUcatkm Ser. No. 713,057, Mar.
14, 1968, now abandoned. This application Dec. 15, 1%9,
Ser. No. 884,784
Int. CI. B23b 29/70
U3. CI. 82-36 II Claims
3,641,848
CYLINDRICAL NUT AND WRENCH
George W. Franks, 2619 East Prince Road, Tucson, Ark.
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,462
Int. CI. B25b 13/04
U.S. CI.81 — 121 B 1 Claim
IS 14 14 T
My invention relates to a new and improved type of cylin-
drical nut having an outer scalloped periphery and an im-
proved wrench which has mating means including a pin to
provide operative engagement with the cylindrical nut. The
pin being located near the arcuate surface of the wrench, and
having its center offset beyond the arcuate surface a distance
proportional to the pin diameter in the order of one-sixth of
the pin diameter to provide optimum design to all elements
of the mating means.
3,641,849
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALIBRATING THE
POSITION OF A TOOL AND FOR GAUGING THE
DIMENSIONS OF A WORKPIECE
John M. Kinney, Cortland, Ohra, assignor to The American
Wekling & Manufacturing Company, Warren, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of applkatran Ser. No. 776389, Nov.
18, 1968. This appUcation Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,620
Int. CI. B23b 3/20
U.S. CI. 82— 1 28 Claims
fl
■v.'
rr- TJD axTC: ISO
In a machine tool, a calibration and gauging system com-
prising drive means for moving a tool or inspection probe to
a commanded position which is beyond a calibration posi-
tion. The calibration and gauging system also includes cir-
cuitry for developing a transfer signal when the tool or in-
spection probe has arrived at the commanded position and a
"false" transfer signal when the tool or probe has arrived at
6 8
This invention relates to a device for adjusting a machine
tool through extremely small increments of movement by
means of a micrometer dial attached to an adjusting screw.
Rigidity of the tool is maintained, after adjustment, by a lock
bolt which prevents movement of the tool -holding part rela-
tive to its base. The lock bolt includes an adjustment means
attachable to the lock bolt for regulating locking pressure.
Between the lock bolt and the tool-holding part is positioned
a spring for maintaining a constant minimum pressure along
the axis of movement of the tool-holding part for eliminating
backlash in component parts of the tool-holding part when
direction of the cutting tool movement is reversed.
3,641351
Pire-CUTTING APPARATUS
James W. Gibbs, 8027 West 14th Ave., and John L. Gibbs,
14820 Miami Lakeway East, both of Hialeah, Fla.
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,767
InLCI. B23b5//4
U.S. CI. 82-73 6 Claims
I
Apparatus for transversely cutting and severing lengths of
pipe or rod work stock material and having a tubular frame
adapted to endwise receive a length of pipe stock to be cut.
A plurality of clamping jaw assemblies is stationarily sup-
ported in radial arrangement on the tubular frame and pro-
vides spring-loaded jaw means radially projecting into the tu-
bular frame interior for clamping and centering the pipe
work stock in the tubular frame. A cutter head having radi-
ally arranged cutter jaw assemblies is supported on one end
of the tubular frame and is rotatingly driven to form a groove
around the pipe wall for severing the pipe stock at the
grooved portion. A crowder element having frustoconical in-
850
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
terior cam surface means is movably mounted concentrically
on the tubular frame and is adapted for translational move-
ment longitudinally of the frame. Movement of the crowder
element in one direction is operative through the frustoconi-
cal cam surface means thereof for simultaneously causing
radial endward movement of the plurality of clamping jaws
and the plurality of cutting jaws for respectively clamping
and cutting the pipe stock material. Movement of the
crowder element in the opposite direction is operative for
causing radial outward movement of the plurality of clamp-
ing and cutting jaws and for releasing the pipe stock from the
tubular frame of the cutting apparatus.
pait tiom ^ald second part, and to displace said first
part in elevation from said second part, and thereafter
b cutting said first part from said second part to sever
the fust and second parts by shearing along said path
lo displace said first part in elevation from the second
part in the direction oppt>site to the displacement of
said first and second parts effected in step (a).
The process, and also apparatus for practicing the process
are claimed.
3,641,852
STRIPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
INSULATED COVERED WIRE AND CABLE
Manzo Terada, Kitakatsuragi-gun, Nara Prefecture, Japan,
assignor to Nissho Iwai Company Limited, Osaka, Japan
Fikd Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869307
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Nov. 12, 1968, 43/82719
hit.CI. H02g7/72
U.S. CTiJ-l 5 Claims
3,641,854
CARPET-CLTTING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Clifford E. Keesling, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Functional
Systems Corporation, Santa Clara, Calif.
RIed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,728
InL CI. B26d 7114, 7102
U.S. CI. 83-18
2 Claims
A stripping device and method for insulated covered wire
and cables, providing an automatic and continuous stripping
apparatus for perfect recovery of the metal core from various
wires or cables which are different in size and construction,
providing a forced pressure to the insulation cover at the
place where four angle parts are formed in each pair of op-
positely facing concave grooves which are engraved with dif-
ferent widths in the outer peripheral surfaces of a pair of
rotaubles facing rollers, insuring the stripping to be per-
formed.
3,641,853
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR THE CUTTING OF
MATERIAL
Manfred Jungbeck, Plettenberg, Germany, assignor to Kall-
walzwerke Brockhaus GmbH, Plettenberg, Bahnhof, Ger-
nuiny
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 797,743
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 31, 1968, P 18 06
305.3
Int CI. B26d 3108- B23d 19104
U.S. CI. 83-7 9 Claims
^3
X
A sloping edged-cutting blade is mounted in a horizontally
movmg carnage so as to effect a transverse cut on carpet and
related materials from below. A pair of overheat mounted
parallel combs hold the material on both sides of the cutting
channel The leading edge of the blade carrier is raised so as
to push up on the material before the blade reaches the
material
3,641355
DEVICE FOR CUTTING CORD WEBS OF PNEUMATIC
TIRES
Walter Balk, Domigheim/Krels, Hanau, assignor to Leonhard
Herbert Maschinenfabrik, Domlgheim/Kreis, Hanau, Ger-
many
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,638
Claims priority, application Germany, May 13, 1969, P 19 24
355.1
InL CI. B26d 7// 0.7/26
U.S. CI. 83-171 20 Claims
in the cutting of material to sever a first part thereof from
second part thereof along a path in the material, the steps of
a. offsetting bv shearing said first part from said second
part along uith said path, to only partially cut said first
A device for cutting through cord webs for the production
of pneumatic tires having cutters in a blade holder with a
driving mechanism for the displacement of the cutters and a
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
851
mechanism for transpiercing the cord webs with the cutter
points.
3,641356
CUTTING MACHINES
Marcel Louis Levy, Joffre, batiment K, Garches, France
FUed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,757
Claims priority, appUcation France, July 18, 1969, 6923649
Int. CI. B23d 251 16
U3. CI. 83-295 3 Claims
::2i
* i
I * — /-
^"m?* >-
J I n
The cutting tool is reciprocated and the strip or sheet of
material is continuously advanced by drive members in such
a manner that the period of acceleration of the cutting tool
to the same speed as that of the strip is constant from one
cycle to another.
3,641357
ROTARY CUTTING HEAD FOR WRAPPING MACHINE
Jerome J. Vande Castle, Green Bay, Wis., assignor to FMC
Corporation, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Dec. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 5,077
Intel. B26d;/2S
U3. CI. 83—322 2 Claims
3,641358
APPARATUS FOR CUTONG PIECES OF
PREDETERMINABLE LENGTH
Eckhard Osnabnieck Tuschy, and Theodor Niggemann, both
of Sutthausen, Germany, assignors to Kabei-und Metall-
werke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft, Hannover,
Germany ■
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,669
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Jan. 9, 1969, P 19 00
873.2
Int CI. B26d 1128
U3. CI. 83-337
I
5 Claims
A device for cutting elongated workpieces is disclosed in
which the cutters rotate continuously. Tlie cutters are
disposed in discs having grooves for guiding the workpiece.
The cutters are actuated through cams and cam followers.
When the cutters are in cutting position the cam followers,
coupled to the cutters, are in the operating range of the
cams, and the latter may cause protraction of the cutters for
cutting. *" i
3,641359
nLAMENT CUTOFF AND HOLDING HEAD \
John M. Bishop, Orange, and Enunett F. Simon, Garden
Grove, both of Calif., assignors to The Conokm Corporation
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,727
Intel. B23d 37/00 \ I
UJS. CI. 83-566 4 Claims
A rotary cutting head for severing the packaging material
webs in a wrapping machine includes an elongate saw type of
knife blade mounted with parallelogram linkage on one of
the cutting head shafts. A face cam, coaxial with the shaft,
actuates a spring biased cam follower that is connected to the
knife blade. The spring(s) during each revolution of the knife
blade are sequentially armed by the cam, and then triggered
or released to provide an instantaneous power impulse that
rapidly swings the knife blade through the web.
In a rod-wrapping machine moving a filament supply about
a rod to be wrapped, an improved filament cutoff and hoU-
ing head is provided with an L-shaped slidably mounted grab
which is moved by a double acting air cylinder to extend
under a final turn of the wrapping and then be retracted to
cutoff the filament against a knife edge and clamp the fiia-
ment adjacent to the knife edge. The head has a filament
positioner which pushes the clamped filament away from the
head at the start of a winding cycle. A diaphragm overrides
the double acting cylinder to slightly move the grab and
release the filament.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
852
11141 «#u^ 3,641362
Kenmore, N.Y. .. „. ^ Int CI GlOd J/00
Filed Nov. 14, 1969. Ser. No. 876,914 „ « p, «. ,91 " Claims
Intel. B26f///4 U.S. CI. 84-291
U.S. CI. 83-686 ^ Claims
A punch retainer has a bore formed completely
therethrough including a first portion and a second portion of
greater cross-sectional dimension than the first portion, the
second bore portion being threaded. A button head type
punch includes a body received in the first bore portion and
an enlarged head which is received in the second bore por-
tion. Backup means in the form of a threaded plug is
threaded within the second bore portion and engages the
head of the punch to positively hold the punch in position
and to prevent relative axial movement of the punch with
respect to the retainer. A plurality of annular spacer mem-
bers are positioned between the head of the punch and an
annular shoulder formed in the punch retainer.
A musical instrument has a laminated wood construction
including three layers of wood bonded together, there bemg
a fine layer of metal between the layers of wood.
3,641363
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT VALVE CONSTRUCTION
Zigmant J. KanstuI, Anaheim; Gregory F. Quinn, Garden
(iroxe. both i.f ( alif.. assignors to Chicago Musical Instru-
ment, (.().. l.incolnwood. III.
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,188
Int. CI. GOld 9/04
U.S. CI. 84-390 27 Claims
3,641,861
TONE-BALANCING ELEMENT
Clifford W. Andersen, De Kalb, lU., assignor to The Wuriitzer
Company, Chicago, Dl.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,978
lnt.CI. GlOci/06
U.S. CI. 84-192 6 Claims
I
1
w
'^
1
(
, c:::
^ \
— i£^ —
A laminated piano soundboard includes a treble and bass
bridge for transmitting vibrations from the piano strings and
a plurality of spaced-apart ribs for localizing the vibrations at
the center, prime resonating area of the soundboard. Since
the laminated character of the soundboard tends to inhibit
localization thereby adversely effecting its tonal quality, a
tone-balancing element is provided for assunng enhanced
resonance.
A slide assembly for a brass wind musical instrument in-
cludes a rotary valve which may be selectively manipulated
to render the instrument playable in a plurality of different
musical keys The slide assembly may be serially mterposed
in the fiuid passage of an instrument, such as a bass trom-
bone or a bugle, by replacing a tuning slide of the instrument.
The rotary valve includes a casing having six ports therein
which terminate one end of an inlet tube, one end of an out-
let tube, both ends of the third tube and both ends of a fourth
tube The third and fourth tubes each include a tuning slide
and are selectively connected in series with the inlet and out-
let tubes by operation of the rotary valve to define the total
length of fluid flow through the valve assembly as, ac-
cordingly, the musical key of the instrument. The slide as-
sembly has pivotally mounted thereon a T-shaped handle
which is connected to the rotary valve by way of a lever as-
sembly The rotary valve is biased to normally render the in-
strument playable in a predetermined key and to return the
valve to the corresponding predetermined position upon
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
353
release of the handle from a position corresponding to any of
the other musical keys.
3,641364
MUSICAL INSTRUMENT
Jose Jakiibovicz, c/o Custodio de Almeida & Cia., P.O. Box
3386-ZC-OO, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841339
Int. CI. G09b 15/04
U3. CI. 84-470 1 1 Claims
^'-'-<:)
A musical instrument comprises sonorous bars arranged in
sequence of pitch in the chromatic or diatonic scale. Above
the bars is replaceably mounted a flexible band of material
with a musical staff and musical notes indicated on the staff.
The notes correspond to respective bars, and the notes are
manually struck with a hammer to strike the bar
therebeneath and produce a tone corresp>onding to the note
indicated in the staff on the band.
3,641365
SEALING SHEAR FASTENER
Joseph K. Swindt, Manhattan Beach, and Erwin S. Oeike,
Cypress, both of Calif., assignors to Blake Rivet Co., South
Gate, Calif.
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,923
Int. CI. F16b/ 9/05, i9/02
U.S. CI. 85—7 7 Claims
3i '-14
A sealing shear fastener comprises a three-part structure
arranged for interengagement for joining pieces or for filling
a hole. The structure includes a main body having a head and
a stem, a retainer, and a ductile sleeve, wherein the ductile
sleeve is adapted to be deformed against abutments on the
stem and on the retainer to interlock the retainer with
respect to the stem.
3,641,866
TUBULAR ANCHORING MEMBER
Louis Aackersberg Mortensen, Petersholm Hillerduej 1, 3480
Fredensborg, Denmark
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,276
Claims priority, application Denmark, Feb. 7, 1969, 664/69
Int. CI. F16b 13106
U3. CI. 85-72 5 Claims
A tubular anchoring member, such as a dowel, an expan-
sion bolt or the like for mounting in a bored hole and for
cooperating with a screw, a bolt or a similar fastening
member and having at one end a collar or flange connected
to the said end of the tubular member by means of one or
more breakable connecting parts. The said connecting part
or parts extend(s) radially beyond the cross section of the tu-
bular member and the inner edge of the collar or flange en-
circles an annular uncovered area of said cross section.
When the tubular member is mounted in a bored hole in a
wall with the flange abutting the outer surface thereof the
flange or collar may conveniently be separated from the tu-
bular member by exerting a pressure or a blowing action to
the exposed or uncovered annular part of the end of the tu-
bular member by means of a suitable tool.
3,641,867
REDUCED RECOIL CASELESS CARTRIDGE MACHINE
GUN
Ralph Daniel Junker, 33 North Main St, Southampton, N.Y.
Rled Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 883,416
Int.CI.F41d/ 7/06.7 7/74
U3. CI. 89- 1 .704 3 Claims
A forward flow, chamber-gas-pressure-actuated automatic
firearm employing caseless ammunition and nonmoving bar-
rel. Chamber bolt blown forward parallel to the bore, per-
mitting antirecoil gas thrust and counterrecoil impact of parts
operating forward opening breech mechanism in the form of
a gas check ball valve. Provides for accelerated autoloading
of projectile and subsequent feeding of solid propellant
charge in such a manner that the projectile is seated in the
bore and the breech sealed before the front-loading charge is
delivered to the ignition portion of the chamber.
3,641368
nRING MECHANISM FOR A MULTISHOT ROCKET
LAUNCHER
Frederick P. Reed, Davenport, Iowa, assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,722
Int CI. F41f 3104
U.S. CI. 89-1.813 7 Claims
A trigger-actuated firing mechanism for a multishot rocket
launcher comprises in assbciation with each rocket a firing
pin with a roller arranged for cam engagement by a trigger-
rotated cam rotor to retract and release for rocket primer im-
pact the related firing pin, ii\d disposed in cooperation with
the cam rotor is an antihang-up device including a spring-
biased driving member actuatable against a driven member
connected to the cam rotor to effect counterrotation thereof,
and thereby return the firing pin engaged by the cam rotor
back to its normal position, if trigger pressure is releasee be-
fore the retraction and release of the firing pin is completed.
Means are provided for mounting the cam rotor for limited
free rotation on the supporting shaft whereby the cam rotor
is accelerated in the direction of rotation sufficiently, by the
854
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
camming engagement of the cam lobe peak with the circum-
ference of the roller when the cam lobe peak is moved past
fiberglass filaments bonded together with a high-temperature
epoxy resin The stnps are wrapped to form the inner liner of
the gun barrel, the strips making an angle with the bore of
the gun to form an edge grain effect or shingling, which ef-
fect results in optimum resistance to gun tube erosion and
wherein high deformation under load is provided, and
processes therefor.
'^'8 T t f 'f'.i I ,^^^^^ ■ yn, . ,
the center of the engaged roller, to release the roller and as-
sure immediate impact of the related firing pin against the as- ^^ ^^^ ^_ j | ^
sociated rocket primer.
3,641371
MILLING TOOL
Istvan Vig, Zurich, Switzeriand, assignor to Aktiengesellschaft
Brown, Boveri & Cie, Baden, Switzerland
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,700
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct. 29, 1968,
16097/68
Int CI. B23c 5100
3 Claims
3,641,869
^ CARTRIDGE CHAMBER STRUCTURE TO
COMPENSATE FOR VAIUABLE HEADSPACE
James F. Buchanan, Corona Dd Mar, and Clifford E. La
Fever, Mission Viejo, both of Calif., assignors to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the SecreUry of the
Army
Filed June 9, 1 970, Ser. No. 44,837
Int CI. F41c2///2.F41f/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 89-14 R 6 Claims
. "gsa
it8ij(;;^"'"'>^r^''""'^"
f:^:l_j^s2:
In an automatic gun wherein the headspace varies with the
thermal elongation of the barrel during firing operation, the
barrel chamber is provided with at least three control pins
which are disposed parallel to the longitudinal axis of the
chamber so as to act simultaneously upon the rim of the
chambered cartridge to compensate by indentation of the rim
for the variations in headspace and assure positive zero space
between the cartridge and breechblock throughout the range
of headspace variations and greater than zero space between
the barrel and breechblock when the gun is in battery.
A milling tool structure comprises a rotatable milling head
which carries a cutting tool having a circular cutting edge. A
power takeoff derived from rotation of the milling head is
used to impart a relatively slower rotation to the cutting tool
so as to present a continuously changing cutting point on its
circular cutting edge to the work.
The power takeoff can be in the form of a worm-type of
drive or planetary-type of drive
3,641,872
PRODUCING A CURVED SURFACE WITH
NUMERICALLY CONTROLLED MACHINE TOOL
Christer Ulfhielm, Saab Aktiebolag, Linkoping, Sweden
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,782
Int. CI. B23c 1116
U.S. CI. 90-13 C 3 Claims
3,641,870
SHINGLE- WRAP LINER FOR A GUN BARREL
Merrill Eig, Parsippany, N J., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Original application Sept. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 756,832, now
abandoned. Divided and this application June 4, 1970, Ser.
No. 57,409
Int. CI. F41f 17108, 17/04; F41c 21/00
U.S. CI. 89-15 3 Claims
Completely nonmetallic gun tube having excellent hot gas
erosion resistance, lightness in weight, and being economical
to fabricate, the gun tube liner being made of strips or tapes
of double-biased, unidirectional ly-oriented, nonwoven
For machining a surface having compound curvature by
means of a numerically controlled machine tool, a rotary
cutting or grinding tool is used. It has a convex working sur-
face that has the same circular profile on any radial plane
through the tool's rotational axis, which profile, oil every
such plane, has the same radius r about a center which has
the same location relative to the tool axis. Machining is
planned in terms of an imaginary reference surface which is
at r distance from the desired surface as measured along out-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
855
ward normals to the desired surface at every point thereon.
Said center in the tool is maintained in coincidence with the
reference surface during machining. Various methods of
determining the reference surface are disclosed.
3,641373
MILLING MACHINE WITH MULTIPLE-SPINDLE
ATTACHMENT
David E. Jacques, Waterbury, Conn., assignor to Waveline,
Inc., West CaldweU, N J.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,709
Int CI. B23c 1/08; B23b 39/16
U3. CI. 90-14 13 Claims
'.-e
An adapter for converting a vertical single-spindle milling
machine to a machine capable of simultaneously performing
a number of milling operations. The adapter, which includes
at least one auxiliary spindle, fits upx>n the quill and is sup-
ported by guide rods mounted to the frame of the machine
and to the adapter. Means are provided to transmit motion
from the vertical miller spindle to the adapter-auxiliary spin-
dle, and to stabilize the auxiliary spindles so that they are
unaffected by the rotation of the quill about its ovkTi axis.
3,641374
CHAMFER CUTTER
Frank G. Rkk, 114 Gilfillcn St, Franklin, Pa.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,190
Intel. B23d/ /OS
U.S. CI. 90—3*
6 Claims
generally flat side which will cut burs off along the edge of a
plate and an inclined cutting surface which will cut the
chamfer, thus eliminating burning losses and the expense of
burning chamfers.
3,641375
OMNIDIRECTIONAL PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC AND
PNEUMATIC FLUID-ACTUATED PISTON-TYPE POWER
MEANS FOR OPERATING MECHANISMS, SUCH AS A
CHUCK, BY RECIPROCATING LINEAR MOVEMENTS,
OMNIDIRECTIONALLY, WITHIN ANY PLANE
Kudi Kodalle. Sontheim am Brenz. (lermany, assignor to
Rohm-(>esell$chaft m.b.H. VVerkzeug- und Maschinenfabrik,
Sontheim am Brenz, Germany
Filed Jan. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 5,305
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Mar. 7, 1%9, P 19 1 1
558.3
Int CI. FOlh 3 1/12, F15b 13/042
U3. CI. 91-1 ^ 9 Claims
I
A hydraulically or pneumatically controlled apparatus for
operating a chucking tool on a lathe or other machine tool
for clamping and releasing workpieces. Due to its particular
structure an9 especially the particular design and arrange-
ment of its check valves, this apparatus takes up a very small
space, and the axial movements of its piston are transmitted
to the outside and may be employed for controlling the
operations of the machine tool.
3,641,876
TWO-SPEED HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM
Charles W. Wienke, North St Paul, Minn., assignor to Amer-
ican Hoist & Derrick Company, St Paul, Minn.
Filed Nov. 12, 1%9, Ser. No. 875,746
Int CI. FOlb 25/02; F15b 9/03
U3. CI. 91—6 9 Claims
A machine for cutting chamfers on the edges of elongated
workpieces such as plates, structural members, and the like.
The machine is made up of a support, with a means for sup-
porting the workpiece, a track support for carrying a cutter,
and a cutter carried on the track. The cutter has
one
A backhoe having a stick cylinder and bucket cylinder
selectively operable with a hydraulic control system having
separate pumps to supply hydraulic fluid under pressure to
the stick and bucket cylinders. Each pump delivers hydraulic
856
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
fluid to a primary valve which gives the pump priority to a
single cylinder. A second valve is op)erable to combine the
hydraulic fluid output from both pumps to a single cylinder,
thereby increasing the speed of operation of the cylinder
When both cylinders are operated at the same time, each
cylinder receives the hydraulic fluid from its priority pump
An air control system, operable with high and low air pres-
sure, is used to selectively operate the hydraulic control
system.
3,641,877
FLOW-SENSING SYSTEM AND VALVE
Roland C. Hebert, New Windsor, N.Y., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Arnionk, N.Y.
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,425
int. a. F 15b 75/26, HH8
U.S. CI. 91-44 10 Claims
which ports are selectively opened and closed by the timing
sleeve sliding on the mandrel. The timing sleeve is provided
with catches acting on corresponding catches on the piston
to move the timing sleeve in response to piston movement.
3,641379
CENTRAL HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FOR A VEHICLE
Nils P. Week, Allen Park, and Paul D. Stevenson, Ann Arbor,
both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,090
Int.CI. F15b////6
U.S. CI. 91-412 5 Claims
A digital hydraulic system converts binary digital input in-
formation into displacement of a digital drive. An air reader
is used to operate binary latch valves through an air hydrau-
lic interface. A flow-sensing system and a hydraulic logic unit
cooperate to provide high-speed exchange between the
piston adders of the digital drive prior to displacement of the
load. A hydraulic cylinder sweeps the load about a vertical
axis. A self-cooling, air-driven hydraulic pump with an accu-
mulator provides relatively constant pressure. A damper
secured to the piston adders has an additional drive for
providing precise location at the end of damping. An incre-
mental paper tape feed with a four motion rack with toggle
action operates the air reader.
3,641,878
COMPRESSED LIQUID ENGINE OR PUMP
Witold Rozwadowski, ul. Strzdeckon 10, and Aleksander
Szymanski, ul. Devtymy 48, both of, Warszawa, Poland
Filed Feb. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 832,513
Claims priority, application Poland. Feb. 9. 1968. P 125,133:
June 26, 1968. P 127,741; P 127,742; ,|ul> 24, 1968, P 128,-
283; Oct. 11.1968, PI 29 .474
Int. CI. FOll 21104, 23/00; F04b 7/00
U.S. CI. 91— 222 18 Claims
In a fluid operated device, a novel timing system which is
formed by a fixed hollow mandrel mounted in a working
cylinder with a timing sleeve and a piston mounted on the
mandrel and within the cylinder. Compressed fluid is fed axi-
ally through the mandrel and through radial ports therein,
In a vehicle having an automatic transmission and power
steering, there is provided a central hydraulic system wherein
the power steering and transmission control systems are con-
nected in series to receive the fluid from a single pump when
pump flow is low and are connected in parallel to receive
fluid from the pump when pump flow is high.
3,641380
HYDRAULIC LOCK ROD EYE ASSEMBLY
Don R. Honeycutt, Bryan, Tex., assignor to Omark Industries,
Inc., Portland, Oreg.
FUed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 557
Int. CI. F15b///0S, 13/042
U.S. CI. 9 1 —420 9 Claims
The present invention is directed to rod eye assemblies for
use with hydraulic cylinder assemblies such as on cranes and
deals specifically with safety lock valve means in the rod eye
assembly. The safety valve means is comprised of a slidably
mounted spool within the rod eye assembly which shifts in
response to pressure exerted on the spool when hydraulic
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
857
fluid is pumped to the cylinder. This shift allows the fluid to centric surface, develops a reaction force which causes the
flow to and from the cylinder for the operation thereof. Ab-
sent such incoming pressure, however, spring means are em-
ployed to center the spool, blocking flow from the cylinder.
3,641381
DRIVE MECHANISM
Hadi T. Hashemi, Norman, Okla., assignor to E-C Corpora-
tion, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,268
Int. CI. FOlb /i/06
U.S. CI. 91— 483 5 Claims
body to rotate in one direction, and relatively low-pressure
fluid acts against each piston when its piston rod, in contact-
ing the continuous eccentric surface, developK a reaction
force which opposes rotation of the body in said one
direction.
3,641382 >
CYLINDER LINER
George Ernest Herbert Hall, Ch^rfieki, England, assignor
to Sheepbric^e Stokes LimitML^Cliesterfieki, England
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,499
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 7, 1969,
12,237/69
IntCI.F16j 11/04
U3. CI. 92-171 4 Claims
To decrease fretting between lands of a fitting band ex-
tending circumferentially around a cylinder liner and the
bore containing said liner, a layer of plastic mate.-ial is pro-
vided on at least a part of the fitting band. The plastics
material is sprayed onto the fitting band or is in the form of a
circumferential strip of plastics material preformed and
shrunk on to the liner. The fitting band is machined to the
required diameter after the plastics material has been ap-
plied.
A drive mechanism for using a high-pressure fluid to
directly impart rotation to a rotatably mounted body, the
mechanism including cylinders mounted concentrically
around the axis of rotation of the body and each containing a
piston reciprocably mounted in each cylinder for reciprocat-
ing movement in a direction which is radial relative to the
rotational axis of the body. A piston rod or equivalent struc-
ture extends radially outwardly from the piston and bears
against a continuous surface which eccentrically surrounds
the rotational axis of the body. Ruid passageways extend
through the body and communicate with each cylinder. A
stationary structure is provided adjacent the openings of the
fluid passageways into the body, and is ported to alternately
admit fluid at relatively high pressure, and then fluid at rela-
tively lower pressure to each of the fluid passageways in the
body as the body is rotated about its axis. The sequence and
timing of those pressure variations in each fluid passageway,
and thus in each radial cylinder communicating therewith, is
such that relatively high-pressure fluid acts against each
piston when its piston rod, in contacting the continuous ec-
3,641,883
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FOLDING A CLOSURE
FLAP OF AN ENVELOPE
Eliot S. Smithe, New York, N.Y., and Herbert W. Hdm, Hoi-
lidaysburg. Pa., assignors to F. L. Smithe Machine Com-
pany, Inc., Duncansville, Pa.
FUed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,190
Int. CI. B31b2//26
U.S.CI.93— 62 12 Claims
Closure flap folding apparatus includes a transfer cylinder
with rows of vacuum ports extending longitudinally along the
periphery, a delivery cylinder having a plurality of rows of
peripheral vacuum ports extending longitudinally thereon in
spaced relation to each other and an intermediate seal fold
cylinder also having vacuum ports extending longitudinally
858
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
thereon. The transfer cylinder and delivery cylinder have the
same diameter and are arranged to rotate in the same
direction at substantially the same peripheral speed. The seal
fold cylinder is positioned between the transfer cylinder and
delivery cylmder and is arranged to engage a portion of the
envelope transferred thereto by the transfer cylinder and
retain engagement of the portion of the envelope while fold-
ing of the seal or closure flap takes place. The delivery
cylinder engages the body portion of the envelope and trans-
fers the envelope to a collecting device. The seal fold
cylinder rotates at the same peripheral speed as the transfer
cylinder in a direction opposite thereto and at an exact multi-
ple of the angular velocity of the transfer cylinder, as for ex-
£imple, the seal fold cylinder completes four revolutions to a
single revolution of the transfer cylinder. A timing device and
valves are provided to exert a suction through the vacuum
ports on the seal fold cylinder only when the vacuum ports
are in overlying relation with the preselected portion of the
envelope blank. The closure flaps may be folded forwardly in
overlying relation with the opening in the envelope, rear-
wardly into overlying relation with the front surface of the
envelope, or the envelope may be transferred through the
folding device with the closure flap in an open unfolded posi-
tion.
3,641384
MANUFACTURING FLEXIBLE DRINKING STRAWS
Anton Jivoin, 4307 N. Hamlin St, Chicago, III.
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,299
Int. CI. B31c 5100, B31d 5/04; B31f 7/00
VS. CI. 93-84 TW 36 Claims
The method herein disclosed is to groove the straw cir-
cumferentially, one groove at a time, progressively part way
toward one end of the straw, starting inwardly from the other
end, the grooves having sides of unequal length for snapping
over center in flexing or straightening the straw. The
machine involves one drum on which the grooving is per-
formed, and a second drum on which the grooved straws are
subjected to endwise compression to close the corrugations
in the grooved portion and define reentrant folds.
3,641385
AUTOMATIC DRAFTING USING PROJECTED RING OF
LIGHT
Armin J. Hill, Provo, Utah, assignor to California Computer
Products, Inc., Anaheim, Calif.
FUed Mar. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 717,159
Int.CI.G03b///00
U^. CI. 95— 1 5 Claims
The disclosure concerns a photoexposure device used in
automatic drafting and characterized as forming a movable
ring of light at the photosensitive drafting surface, and
wherein said rmg may be formed by a central mask at the op-
tical axis and an outer mask spaced therefrom to form an
7
aperture ring, the central mask sized in relation to the aper-
ture to substantially eliminate bleeding of light at the ring of
light on the drafting surface and toward the edge of the ring,
during line drawing.
3,641386
CAMERA INCLUDING RESILIENT MIRROR MOUNT
Myron A. Seiden, Needham, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,032
Int. CI. G03b 17/24, 19/12; A47g 1/16
U.S. CI. 95-1.1 14 Claims
•^
A camera for making identification cards which makes, in
rapid succession on adjacent portions of a single sheet of
film, a first photograph of an information card inserted into
the camera and a second photograph of the person being
identified. A pivoting mirror moves from a first position, in
which it refiects the image from the card to the film and ob-
structs the image of the subject, to a second position, in
which the second exposure can be made. The mirror is
resiliently mounted on a boxlike frame so that the actual ac-
curate positioning of the mirror in its first position is accom-
plished by precisely located stops which abut extension tabs
of the mirror. In the second, inoperative, position of the mir-
ror a light baffie covers the refiecting surface to prevent un-
wanted reflections.
"^
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
859
3,641,887
PHOTOTYPESETTING MACHINES
Louis M. Moyroud, 202 Grove Way, Delray Beach, Fla.
FUed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 896,126
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Mar. 14, 1968,
12,327/68
Int. CI. B41b 77/74
U.S. CI. 95-4.5
at a scene brightness which is below the lower range and at
which the exposure cannot be made with the camera held by
hand.
^-r3^
3,641,889
EXPOSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
1 Claim Viato K. Eloranta, Needham, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,919
Int. CI. G03b 9/07, 9/14, 9/08
\}S. CI. 95- 1 0 CE 37 Claims
A simple high-speed photocomposing machine is disclosed.
Character images are projected from a stationary glass matrix
plate through a fixed lens to a continuously moving film.
Every matrix character may at all times be projected to any
position on the film (see FIG. 1 ). The film is driven by a
drive band. A timing control synchronized with the motion of
the film ensures that proper character information is
withdrawn from storage at the precise moment to trigger the
projection of a character image to the correct location on the
continuously moving film. In this manner a complete page of
characters is composed virtually simultaneously.
3,641,888
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS WITH AUTOMATIC
EXPOSURE CONTROL MEANS
Helmut Durr, Munich, Germany, assignor to AGFA-Gevaert
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,284
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 14, 1969, P 19 14
945.2
Int. CI. G03b 7/08
U.S. CI. 95— lOCE 12 Claims
An exposure control system for a single-lens reflex camera.
The system incorporates a shutter having a normally open
status for camera viewing and focusing. An exposure cycle is
commenced upon energization of a solenoid which drives a
shutter to a closed position. This solenoid is deenergized to
commence an exf>osure interval and reenergized to terminate
the interval of exposure. During the latter energization, the
camera is converted from an exposure operational mode to a
viewing and focusing mode.
3,641390
EXPOSURE-MEASURING DEVICE FOR CAMERAS
PROVIDED WITH ELECTRONIC SHUTTER
Shigeo Ono, Yokohama-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippon
Kogaku K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct 28, 1968, Ser. No. 771,002
Claims priority, application Japwi, Oct. 31, 1967, 42/69585
Int. CI. G03b 7/08
U3. CI. 95—10 C 2 Claims
2
4!!
• T f-
14 ' jS
A photographic camera wherein the diaphragm respective-
ly defines a smaller and a larger aperture at a higher and at a
lower range of scene brightnesses. Depression of the camera
release causes an electronic control circuit to energize a
relay which is connected to the output of the control circuit
and closes the shutter with a delay determined by a timer
connected to the input of the control circuit and including a
photosensitive receiver and a capacitor. The ap>erture size is
automatically increased in response to energization of an
electromagnet, which is in parallel with the relay, when the
scene brightness is within the lower range. A signal lamp
lights up when the user begins to depress the camera release
A camera of the retractable mirror-type having an elec-
tronic shutter has related to the shutter a circuit for measur-
ing light intensity of a scene to be photographed passing
through the camera's lens and a circuit for memorizing the
measured value of light intensity by converting such value to
an electrical quantity. A switch is provided intermediate the
measuring and memory circuits, and means is provided to
open the switch before the actuation of the retracted mirror
may affect the light intensity falling on a light-sensitive ele-
ment in the measuring circuit to thereby shorten th^ delay
time before the shutter is actuated.
860
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,891
EXPOSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
John P. BurgareUa, Sudbury, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,688
Int. CI. G03b 7108, 7116; GOll 1146
\}S. CI. 95—10 CE 79 Claims
^~T^
lens mount The mount is removably connectable with an ob-
jective lens housing and also with the camera housing and
enables a suitable objective lens to be connected with the
camera housing The mount includes an electric circuit in-
cluding a variable resistor moveable by a control member.
The control member is adapted for interconnection with a
diaphragm aperture setting member position on the housing
of a suitable objective lens to permit concommitant move-
ment therewith The circuit in the mount is provided with cir-
cuit contacts positioned for connection with the contacts on
the camera housing when the mount is connected.
3,641,893
CAMERA CARTRIDGE RELEASE MECHANISM
Sho Takahama, Takarazukashi, Japan, assignor to Minolta
Camera Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 22,106
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 14, 1969, 44/22756
lnt.CI. EOlci/OO
U.S. CI. 95-11 W 6 Claims
An exposure control system for photographic apparatus
which functions automatically to regulate both exposure
apertures and exposure interval. The system is operable
under an exposure program wherein over a select range of
light levels, aperture area is varied with respect to scene light
values in a relationship less than 1:1. The system provides for
sequential regulation first of aperture, then of exposure inter-
val. Voltage-sensitive triggering circuits are used for con-
trolling the apertures and shutter mechanisms. These circuits
are coupled to receive the output of a light-sensitive circuit
and are arranged in series with a power source to develop a
voltage reference level for use with differential amplification
stages within the system. The system is calibrated or accom-
modating varying sensitometric characteristics of films
through the use of a gain control in connection with an am-
plification stage. The system is capable of operating under a
predetermined exposure program through the use, inter alia,
of an aperture control arrangement which functionally re-
lates aperture blade dynamics, the output of a pholosensing
circuit and the signal of a function generator.
3,641392
OBJECTIVE LENS ADAPTOR
Horst Strehle, Dresden, Germany, assignor to Kombinat VEB
Pentacon Dresden Kamera-und Kinowerke
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 849,006
Int. CI. G03b 7/02, 17114
IJ.S.CI.95-10C I Claim
A photographic camera including a photoelectric measur-
ing device built into its housing having circuit contacts for
connection to a variable resistive element is provided with a
An underwater camera comprises a watertight housing in-
cluding a separable cover and a camera body mounted
therein including a winding member vertically movable into
and out of engagement with the spool of a replaceable film
cartridge. A vertical slide member engages the winding
member and a spring biased lever raises the slide and winding
members and includes a sensing arm engaging the housing
cover which, upon closing of the cover, swings the lever to
lower the slide and winding members and upon opening the
cover the lever is spring rocked to raise the slide and winding
members and release the film cartridge.
3,641,894
LENS SHADE
James M. Conner, Mamaroneck, N.V., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Aug. 21. 1969, Ser. No. 852,031
Int. CI. G03b 19100
U.S. CI. 95-11 4 Claims
\
A folding camera comprising a plurality of housing sec-
tions including a lens housing pivotally coupled to each other
for movement between folded and extended positions. The
lens housing is provided with a shade and a linkage system
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
861
connects the lens shade to the camera so that the lens shade
will automatically ( 1 ) cover the lens when the camera is in
the folded position and (2) move to a p>osition wherein it will
shade the lens when the housing sections of the camera are
moved to the extended position.
3,641,895
APPARATUS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC COLOR
RECORDING
Friedrich Bestenreiner, Grunwald, near Munich, and Reinhold
Demi, Munich, both of Germany, assignors to .AGFA-
Gcvaert Akticngeselbchaft, Lcverkusen, Germany
ContinuatkMi-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 803,676, Mar. 3,
1969, now abandoned. This appUcatkm June 3, 1969, Ser.
No. 830,065
Int. CI. G03b 33114
U^. CI. 95-12.21 14 Claims
4d '•t) ^0 ^b ^
^2
R
Gr
B
SU\^~-i
liinnjijuinj^.
A photographic objective, in whose plane a set of filter
strips associated with different colors is located, forms an
image on a black and white film while the lens elements of a
lenticular grating form images of the set of colored strips on
the corresponding areas of the film. All strip images together
form a strip grating on the film so that the image formed by
the objective can be reproduced as a color picture by the dif-
fraction orders of the strip grating.
3,641396
MOTION PICTURE HLM CASSETTE- PROCESSOR
SYSTEM
Rogers B. Downey, Lexington, and Paul W. Thomas, Duxbu-
ry, both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporatioa, Cam-
bridge, Mass.
Filed Apr. 4, I%9, Ser. No. 813386
Int. CI. G03b/ 7/50
\}S. CI. 95— 1 3 47 Claims
MO
An applicator system including a dispensing container hav-
ing a reservoir chamber for retaining processing fluid and an
orifice provided therethrough communicating with the reser-
voir chamber. A strip of flexible material having an opening
provided therein and a cleaning pad mounted adjacent that
opening is disposed over the aforesaid orifice and cormected
to an actuator slidably mounted in guide tracks of the con-
tainer's housing whereby the opening in the flexible material
may be brought into and removed from alignment with the
orifice. A mechanism is provided to progressively draw a
strip of exposed photographic material across the container's
orifice in intermediate spaced-apart relationship to the strip
of flexible material and a spring mounted support plate when
the orifice is sealed by the flexible material. The support
plate automatically slidably engages the filmstrip against the
flexible material whenever the actuator is displaced into a
position where the opening through that material is in align-
ment with the orifice. In this position the filmstrip engages
the cleaning pad immediately before being coated with
processing fluid expressed from the orifice. This system can
most advantageously be employed in a compact multipurpose
film-handling cassette adapted to be first nx)unted in a
camera to facilitate exposure operations and then sub-
sequently in a unique processor-projector unit.
3,641397
SELF-COCiaNG DEVICE FOR A CAMERA NORMALLY
LOADED NONPERFORATED HLM
Sakae FiOimoto, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabusiiild Kaisha
Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
FUcd July 5, 1968, Ser. No. 742,720
Claims priority, application Japan, July 10. 1%7. 42/59586:
42/59585; 42/59587; July 21, 1967,42/63169
Int. CLG03b 79/04
U.S. CL 95-3 1 AC 4 Oaims
A manually operable drive shaft is connected to a winding
sfxxil through a clutch mechanism. When a measured
amount of film has been advanced as measured by friction
roller rotated by the advancing film, the clutch is disengaged
and winding stojjs. The drive shaft continues to be rotated
until a shutter is cocked. Disengagement of the clutch is ef-
fected by engaging a pawl with a ratchet wheel. Immobiliza-
tion of the ratchet wheel renders inactive mechanism within
the clutch which ordinarily connects the clutch halves.
3,641398
ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN CAMERA FOR AN
ENDOSCOPE
Ichizo Kawahara, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Olympus Optical
Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,179
Claims priority, application Japan. Aug. 21. 1968, 43/71914;
43/71915; 43/71916
Int a. G03b/ 9/04,/ 9/72
U.S. CI. 95-3 1 EL 8 Claims
Electrically operated single-lens reflex-type camera for an
endoscope having an automatic exposure control mechanism
which receives the signal in response to the intensity of the
light illuminating an object and terminates the illumination of
the object automatically for the proper exposure of the film.
The feeding of the film is effected by an electric motor pro-
vided in the camera by rotating the motor in one direction.
When the exposure of the film is effected by manually opera-
ble means, the motor is rotated in the reverse direction so as
to operate a regulating mechanism which actuates switch
means provided in the electric motor-operating circuit while
862
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
the camera is maintained in the condition for the exposure of object or scene to be photographed in response to the move-
the film a predetermined time until the proper exposure of ment of a pair of movable plates which are adapted to move
■*' ^-^'0
the fHm 4s effected by the automatic exposure control
mechanism. A movable mirror is interposed between the ob-
ject and the film to operate as a shutter.
3,641,899
DEVICE FOR PREVENTING DOUBLE-EXPOSURES IN
INTERCHANGEABLE nLM BACK-TYPE CAMERAS
Tomio Tsuruoka, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Kogaku
K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Fikd Oct 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,190
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 31, 1968, 43/94951
Int. CI. G03b 1 7142
U.S. CI. 95-31 FL 1 Claim
in the directions at right angles relative to each other so as to
form an aperture for photographing and/or to the movement
of means for adjusting the photographing distance.
3,641,901
BEHIND-THE-LENS LEAF SHUTTER MECHANISM FOR
USE WITH A SINGLE-LENS REFLEX CAMERA
Saliae Fi^imoto, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Richoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 18,796
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 10, 1966, 41/73945
Int. CI. G03b 19112
U.S. CI. 95-42 3 Claims
Upon attachment of a film back having an exposed but un-
wound film to a camera body its shutter charged, a shutter
release button is automatically locked so as to prevent the
double-exposure during the film advancement, after which
the shutter release button is automatically set free.
Thereafter, the device is automatically disconnected from the
shutter charging mechanism which also advances the film, so
that the shutter may be charged and the film may be ad-
vanced in a normal manner.
1 3,641,900
PARALLAX CORRECTION DEVICE FOR USE IN A
MULTIPHOTOGRAPHIC DEVICE
Hisanori Ataka, and Nobunao Mikami, both of Kawasaki-shi,
Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Fikd Oct. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 770,754
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 4. 1%7, 42/70850;
42/70851
Int. CI. G03b/ 9/02
U.S. CI. 95-36 R 9 Claims
A parallax correction device for use in a multiphoto-
graphic device wherein a plurality of movable plates or
frames having slots are disposed in an optical system of a
viewfinder in order to determine the scope or portion of an
A single-lens refiex camera body adapted to receive any
one of a plurality of interchangeable lenses has a behind-the-
lens leaf shutter with its blades positioned between the lens
and a movable reflecting mirror. Operating mechanism for
driving the shutter blades is distributed around the optical
axis of the lens between the lens and the shutter blades and
means are provided to deflect the movable mirror first out of
the optical axis and then (after the image is recorded on the
film) back to its original position.
J
3,641,902
ELECTRONIC SHUTTER WITH ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED SELF-TIMER FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC
CAMERA
Tomio Klkuchi, Tokorozawa, and Kiyokuki Aral, Gyoda, both
of Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Kopani, Tokyo-to,
Japan
Fikd Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,162
Int. CI. G03b / 7140, 7/08, 9/62
U.S. CI. 95-53 J 10 Claims
An electronic shutter equipped with an electronically con-
trolled self-timer for use in photographic cameras, compris-
ing a first delay circuit comprised of a photoconductive ele-
ment £md a capacitor and capable of controlling the exposure
time, a first electronic switching means adapted to be con-
trolled by said first delay circuit, an electromagnet connected
to said first electronic switching means via an amplifier and
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
863
capable of causing the shutter to start its opening movement
upon being energized and also capable of causing the shutter
to start its closing movement upon being subsequently
deenergized, a second delay circuit comprised of a resistor
and a capacitor and capable of controlling the self-timing.
3,641,904
LIGHT SENSITIZED PLATE HOLDING BOX FOR
COMPOUND PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA
Hisanori Ataka, Kawasaki-shi, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 14, 1%9, Ser. No. 824,420
Claims priority, application Japan, May 16, 1968, 43/33071
Int. CI. G03b 1 7/26
DS. CI. 95—66 2 Claims
' ,^ ' ^^
and a second electronic switching means adapted to be con-
trolled by said second delay circuit, said electronic shutter
being arranged so that said electromagnet will never become
energized, via said first electronic switching means, by virtue
of the action of said second electronic switching means so
long as the second delay circuit remains to be actuated.
3,641,903
EXPOSURE CONTROL DEVICE FOR FLASHLIGHT
EQUIPPED CAMERA
Susmu Fukuda, Nishlnomiya-shi, Japan, assignor to Fiyi
Photo FUm Co., Ltd., Kanagawa, Japan
Filed Oct. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 870,031
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 27, 1968, 43/86820
Int.CI.G03b7//6
U.S. CI. 95-64 A 6 Claims
A box for holding light-sensitized plates comprising a
frame for supporting a light-sensitized plate, a cover fitted
over the frame, a light-shielding plate or drav^plate for shield-
ing the sensitized plate from the light and a shielding member
disposed adjacent to an inlet through which the drawplate is
inserted into the frame. The shielding member is adapted to
advance elastically into the inlet when the drawplate is pulled
out of the frame, thereby ensuring further light-tight shield-
ing when the drawplate is displaced.
In order to avoid trouble when developing the images
formed, it is convenient to use a sensitized plate coated with
sensitizing solution on its back and to place it on the back of
the plate provided with microlenses. This enables the sen-
sitized plate in the holding box to be removed in the develop-
ing solution from the holding box. For that purpose the hold-
ing box should be made of such material that withstands the
chemical reaction resulting from the developing agent.
3,641,905
APPARATUS FOR APPLYING A SURFACE COATING OF
A LIQUID TO A SHEET
Ronald Alfred Charles Adams, Kent, England, assignor to
Howson Algraphy Limited
FUed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,673
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 23, 1969,
4,028/69
Int. CI. G03d 5/06
U.S. CI. 95-89 R 10 Claims
A camera for taking pictures with the aid of a flashlight
carries a member coupled to the exposure meter indicator
for moving a control lever which changes the lens aperture of
the camera in accordance with the brightness of the object
being photographed.
An apparatus for applying a surface coating of a liquid to a
thin sheet passing through the apparatus includes a backing
member having a projecting sheet abutting portion which
urges the sheet against a movable brush, for example m the
form of a rotating roller, which is immersed in the liquid. The
projecting sheet abutting portion of the backing member
deflects a part of the brushing portion of the brush away
from the trailing edge of the sheet as the sheet passes
downstream of the brush and thus prevents the trailing edge
of the sheet from being distorted by the brush.
864
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
" 3,641,906
DEVELOPING APPARATUS
Robert F. Orr, Livermore, and Joseph H. Wyers, Pleasanton,
both of Calif., assignors to Fluoroware of California, Inc.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,608
Int.CI. G03di//0
U.S. CI. 95—89 D 10 Claims
iq 32
/I6
A photographic developing apparatus having a series of
processing stations through which a tray carrying photo-
graphic shdes is transported by a transfer mechanism. The
transfer mechanism comprises at least one pair of crank arms
which are rotatably mounted at one end thereof intermediate
the processing stations, members joumaled at the other ends
of the arms for engaging the supporting rod of the tray, and a
motor for rotating the crank arms through a complete revolu-
tion. A timer control device is provided for sequentially
operating the transfer mechanism to thereby transport a tray
from one processing station to another after a predetermined
processing time has elapsed.
3,641,907
DEVELOPER REPLENISHING DEVICE FOR COPYING
APPARATUS
Georg Cranskens, Wedei/Holstein; Hans Jakobson,
Qukkborn/Holstein; Armin Ratlye, Hamburg, and Werner
Salger, Hamburg-Langenhom, all of Germany, assignors to
Lumoprint Zindler KG, Hallerstrasse, Hambiu-g, Germany
Filed Apr. 23, 1%9, Ser. No. 818,701
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 26, 1968, P 17 72
295.1
Int. CI. G03d 3108; G03g 13/10
U.S. CI. 95-89 R 17 Claims
of copying sheets turns a threaded spindle or screw over a
continuous forward path in response to each turning move-
ment of the roller The threaded spindle moves a plunger
translatorily m response to each movement of the roller. The
translatory movements accumulate until the plunger reaches
a stop position where it opens the valve. After opening the
valve the plunger returns to a starting position on the spindle.
At least one of these positions is adjustable.
3,641,908
LIQUID SPREADER
Vaito K. Eloranta, Needham, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 672,036, Oct. 2,
1967, now abandoned. This application June 30, 1969, Ser.
No. 837,422
Int. CI. G03b / 7/50; G03d 5/02
U.S. CI. 95-89 R 27 Claims
Apparatus for distributing a processing liquid between two
sheets of material including a stationary spreader member
and a movably mounted spreader member pivotally con-
nected to each other by a rod to form a pressure-generating
gap therebetween The rod functions as a spring urging the
movable spreader member towards the fixed spreader
member when the spreader members are in a liquid-spread-
ing position, and the rod acts as a support when the movable
spreader member is pivoted towards an inoperative position
in which portions of the spreader members are sufficiently
spaced apart to allow for cleaning of the members.
In a copying apparatus, a developing tank holding develop-
ing fluid receives replenishment from a storage tank through
a delivery valve. A roller turning as a function of the passage
3,641,909
SYSTEM FOR RUPTURING A POD CONTAINING
PROCESSING FLUID FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC
APPARATUS
Philip G. Baker, Peabody, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed July 3, 1969. Ser. No. 838,793
Int. CI. G03d 5/02
U.S. CI. 95-89 R 35 Claims
A system for rupturing a pod, having a weakened edge por-
tion and containing processing fluid for photographic materi-
al, and for expelling the fluid therefrom. The fluid-filled pod
is mounted adjacent a support surface which typically forms
part of a motion picture film-handling cassette. Such cassette
includes a mechanism for advancing the filmstrip within the
cassette into operable relationship with an applicator that
communicates with the weakened portion of the pod. The
cassette is inserted into processing apparatus against the
force of a spring and is releasably locked therein by a latch of
that apparatus adapted to seat in a recess of the cassette. In
one embodiment the force-applying member is connected to
a removable cover plate which forms part of the cassette and
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
865
which is slidably disposed over the pod. The force-applying
member of another embodiment comprises a relatively nar-
row strip of rigid material slidably mounted on the cassette
for displacement across the pod. In a third embodiment the
pod-rupturing member comprises a removable cover plate
forming part of the cassette and mounted over the pod for
3,641,911
PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESSING APPARATUS
Marcel Frans Adterman, Mortsei, and Emile Frans
Stievenart, Hoboken, both of Belgium, assignors to Gevaert-
Agfa N.V., Mortsei, Belgium /
FUed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,681
Claims priority, appUcatkm Great Britain, Dec. 6, 1968,
58,151/68
Int CI. G03d 5/04
U.S. CI. 95—94 R 6 Claims
S M
displacement against the pod under the force of a roller
mounted within the processor. In still another embodiment
the pod-rupturing device consists of a roller slidably mounted
between a pair of canted guide tracks. In a fifth embodiment
the [)od-rupturing element comprises a blade pivotably
mounted within the processor.
3,641,910
PORTABLE nLM DEVELOPING TANK
George S. Smith, 41 18 Fourth Avenue, San Diego, Calif.
FUed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,150
Int.CI.G03d///4
U.S. CI. 95-90.5 3 Claims
c>^
A ix>rtable film developing tank which can be utilized for
daylight developing having a housing for the reception of
developing fluid and a helical channel therein progressing
from an outside channel adjacent a feeding spool toward the
center thereof with a continuous widening of the channel
toward the center for reducing friction as the film is payed
out or, in another embodiment, having a film cassette mount-
ing space in the center thereof with a gradually widening
helical channel progressing toward the outside of the hous-
ing; a scalable cover on top of the housing and a scalable
door for access to a film cassette therein.
Processing apparatus for the rapid processing of film,
which comprises a tank, an open-ended processing chamber
which is composed of two symmetrical sections, which
defines a substantially horizontal path for the material to be
processed and which is located above the level of the liquid
in the tank, an transport roller pair at the entry and at the
outlet opening of said chamber, and means for directing
streams of processing liquid towards the plane of said path in
the processing chamber. The exposing of the liquid to which
emerges from the inlet and outlet opening of the chamber is
reduced by receiving said liquid in narrow vertical channels
which dip in the body of liquid in the processing tank.
3,641,912
PHOTOGRAPHIC DEVELOPMENT SINK AND TRAY
CONSTRUCTION
Thomas C. Mills, Wheaton, and Stanley T. Gresens, Downers
Grove, both of 01., assignors to Robertson Photo-Mcchanix,
Inc., Dcs Plaines, 111.
Filed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,375
Int. CI. G03d 13/04
DS. CI. 95-95 8 Claims
A tray, for use in a photographic processing sink having a
partition separating a basin from a drain trough, has an ex-
tended lip portion along a side edge engageable over the par-
tition to provide a pivot axis about which the tray may be
pivoted for controllably dumping material from the tray into
the drain trough. To enhance selectively controlled rocking
of the tray, a pair of handle portions are integrally embossed
866
OFFICIAL GAZET^
February 15, 1972
on opposite sides of the tray at relatively offset locations, and
tapered sidewalls provide a configuration which reduces spil-
lage.
3,641,913
BEZEL LOUVER SUPPORT STRUCTURE
Frank S. Dennis, 4101 Glenwood, Forth Worth, Tex.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66^62
int. CI. F25f 7100
MS. CI. 98-40 VM
5 Claims
A bezel for use in a fluid distribution system characterized
by an outer frame for connecting with a plenum and an inner
guide frame adapted to conformingly fit within the outer
frame to define a relatively streamlined flow boundary
therewithin, the inner guide frame having a plurality of sta-
tions for mounting a plurality of louvers and a control panel
within the outer frame. Also disclosed are preferred embodi-
ments in which a plurality of sets of stations are included
within the inner guide frame such that a variety of sizes of
louvers may be employed; wherein the set of stations com-
prise at least a pair of stations adapted to receive a control
panel and a pair of stations adapted to receive a support web
that may be snapped into place, the support web in turn hav-
ing a slot adapted for receiving the louvers which may be
snapped into place; as well as preferred materials of con-
struction.
3,641,914
WIND DEFLECTOR FOR CHIMNEYS AND THE LIKE
Everett C. Mueller, Fredericksburg, Iowa
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,913
Int. CI. F23I 1 7102
U.S. CI. 98-66 8 Claims
A wind deflector for chimneys and the like comprising a
first open-mesh cylindrical wire element having a second
open-mesh cylindrical wire element concentrically positioned
in a spaced condition within the first wire element. A plurali-
ty of perforated arcuate baffle elements extend between the
first and second wire elements and have their opposite ends
secured thereto. The baffle elements are substantially sym-
metrically spaced in the space between the first and second
wire elements. The deflector is positioned around the chim-
ney or the like and is secured thereto by wires or the like. A
cover extends over the upper ends of the wire elements and
is secured thereto.
3,641,915
AUTOMATIC AIR DIFFUSER AND REGULATOR
Pierre Jardinier. (iourna) sur Marne, and Jack Simonnot,
Lesigny, both of France, assignors to ALDES Ateliers Lyon-
nais d'Emboutissage Special (Societe Anonyme), Lyon,
France!*
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,554
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 13, 1969, 6927876
InL CI. F24f 13108
U.S. CI. 98-121 11 Claims
A device is provided for regulating and diffusing fresh air
introduced into rooms, notably rooms of dwellings and the
device comprises a resilient strip positioned across a fresh air
passage in an outer wall. The resilient strip is responsive to
air pressure differential generated in the passage and the strip
has one edge fastened to the wall of the passage and a free
edge remote from the fastened edge with lugs formed at
spaced intervals along the free edge adapted to slidably en-
gage a surface lining in the wall. A set of fixed blades for dif-
fusing the incoming airstream are mounted in the passage
end having leading edges disposed adjacent the fastened edge
and shaped to constitute a bearing support for modifying the
curvature of the stnp according to the pressure differential
acting upon said strip and thus cause the incoming airstream
to have a substantial input in spite of wide variations in the
incoming airstream.
3,641,916
FRESH POPCORN VENDING MACHINE
James McDevitt, 122 Carlyle Drive, Pabn Harbour, Fla., and
Victor F. Hildebrand, P.O. Box 3188, Clearwater, Fla.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,527
Int CI. A23I 1118
U.S. CI. 99-238.3 10 Claims
A fresh popcorn vending machine including a timed elec-
trical control circuit initiated by insertion of coins into the
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
867
machine and including an oil solenoid valve introducing a
timed volume of butter flavored oil into an electrically
heated popper, a raw com solenoid valve functioning an
apertured gate to admit a timed volume of fresh com into the
popper, timed controls to electrically cook the fresh com and
oil and a plurality of electric lamp indicators which visually
indicate the various stages of the machine operation.
ing a pair
discharging
of timing cams is provided for sequentially
a predetermined amount of coffee concentrate
3,641,917
APPARATUS FOR THE STERILIZATION OF FOOD
PRODUCTS
Felix Alexandre Jules Vallec, 7 rue Marcel Renault, Paris,
Heme, France
FUed Mar. 20, 1967, Ser. No. 624,607
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 28, 1%6, 55151;
(Jermany. Mar. 9, 1%7, P 16 92 224.0
Int. Ci. A23I 31100; C12h UlOO
U.S. CI. 99-251 4 Claims
and hot water into the mixing bowl to produce a single cup of
coffee at a time.
3,641,919
APPARATUS FOR THE CONTINUOUS PROCESS
COOKING OF HOMOGENIZED DIETETIC PRODUCTS
Franco Loaginotti, San Casdano, Italy, assignor to I.B.P. In-
dustrie Buitonl Perugina S.p.A., Perugia, Italy
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,212
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 4, 1969, 34705A/69
Int. CI. A47j 27100
\}S. CI. 99-330 7 Claims
A method for sterilizing a food product contained in loose-
ly sealed receptacles comprising placing the receptacles in an
autoclave, drawing a vacuum, introducing steam to effect
sterilization, reducing the pressure by drawing off or con-
densing the steam so as to evaporate some of the water con-
tained in the receptacles and to thereby cause cooling of the
receptacles and the food product, introducing a sterile inert
gas to balance atmospheric pressure and sealing the recepta-
cles before bringing them into contact with outside air. An
apparatus for carrying out the method includes two concen-
tric cylindrical shells defining between them an annular
space. A spiral rail is secured to the inner surface of the
outer cylinder and guides are secured to the outer surface of
the inner cylinder so that rotation of the latter about its axis
causes the receptacles to move along the rail. Appropriate
valved inlets and outlets are associated with the annular
space.
3,641,918
AUTOMATIC COFFEE DISPENSER
George M. ScheUgeii, 14600 Westover Road, Elm Grove,
Wis., and Ward J. Torke, 630 South 26th Street,
Sheboygan, Wis.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,753
Int. CI. A47j 31100
U.S. CI. 99-279 8 Claims
A coffee dispensing apparatus including a refrigerating
chamber for a liquid coffee concentrate; a water heater hav-
ing a float controlled solenoid for maintaining a predeter-
mined level of water within said water heater; a coffee con-
centrate dispensing line extending through said water heater
to a mixing bowl, a pump for pumping concentrate to the
mixing bowl, a hot waterline from the water heater to the
mixing bowl and a solenoid valve to control the discharge of
hot water from said water heater. An electrical circuit includ-
The mass of dietetic product is passed in a constant flow
through a narrow gap defined by walls kept at cooking tem-
perature, while owing to the narrowness of the gap and to the
action of stirring and scraping means provided in said gap the
heat is uniformly transmitted from the walls throughout the
breadth and depth of the food mass. A temperature-con-
trolled hot water system ensures the desired constant tem-
perature to the walls.
3,641,920
SET OF COOKING UTENSILS
Paul Kraft, Am Linsenbrumnen 1, and Kari Oberiander,
Eberhardstr. 61, both of Geislingen, Steige. German>
Filed Jan. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 790,107
Claims priority, applicatioB Germany, Jan. 1 1, 1968, P 17 53
156.5, Aug. 7. 1968, P 17 79 401.3; Feb. 12, 1%9. P 18 14 978.5
Int. CI. A47j 26112
\}S. CI. 99—340 14 Claims
A set of cooking utensils having identical diameter
openings but having different heights and, therefore, dif-
ferent capacities, each utensil being nestable one within the
868
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
other. Two types of lids are provided for the utensils. One lid comprises a forward post which is adjustable in height, a grid
is of the type to cover the utensil for normal cooking. The extending horizontally from the top of the post, and a plate
other type of lid is provided for pressure cooking and in- extending horizontally from the bottom. The post cpmprises
overlapping half sections and is provided with an insulated
dudes means for sealingly fastening same to the cooking
utensils and means for releasing the steam in the utensil safe-
ly without danger of burning the user of the utensil.
3,641,921
ELECTRIC TOASTER
Tadao Toyooka, Toyonalu; Hiromutsu Ueda, Ibaragi; Takeo
Nishida, and Atsuo Ono, both of Toyonaka, all of Japan, as-
signors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osalu,
Japan
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,865
Claims priority, application Japan, June 24, 1970, 45 55464;
July 15, 1970. 45 62378; Sept. 26, 1970,45/84219; Nov. 14.
1969,44/108646; Apr. 11, 1970,45/34941
Int. CI. A47j 37108
U.S. CI. 99-390 7 Claims
handle threaded on a stud attached to the top half section
and slidable along a slot in the bottom section, the post sec-
tions are clamped together by tightening the handle and
quick adjustment during use is facilitated by the handle as-
sembly.
,* ■ '^
3,641,923
APPARATLIS FOR DEEP FAT FRYING OF FOODSTUFFS
Raleigh J. Wilkinson, Arlington Heights, III., assignor to The
Quaker Oats Company, Chkago, III.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,422
Int. CI. A47JJ7//2
IJ.S. CI. 99—404 1 Claim
An electric toaster which has in a casing thereof a stationa-
ry plane heating element disposed centrally of said casing
and a pair of movable plane heating elements disposed on
both sides of said stationary plane heating element in ojv
posed relation thereto, and which is capable of browning
slices of bread over their entire surfaces to the same extent
by the stationary and movable plane heating elements, hold-
ing the slices of bread from both sides in direct contact
therewith, irrespective of the thickness and size of the slices
of bread.
3,641,922
MULTIPURPOSE COOIONG GRILL
Thomas Stanley Nachazel, and John Stanley Nachazel, both of
2061 E. Floyd Avenue, Englcwood, Cok).
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 20,976
Int. CI. A47j i 7/07
U.S. CI. 99-340 10 Claims
A cooking grill of the type for both indoor use over the fire
on the grate of a fireplace and outdoor use over an open fire
An apparatus is disclosed for use in the deep fat frying of
food products. The apparatus includes a continuous looped
tube with an entry port at one end and a discharge port on
the bottom of the upper portion of the loop. Intermittently
spaced perforated plates are pulled around the loop by a pair
of chains, and a means is provided for supplying an inert at-
mosphere to the top of the loop.
3,641,924
OVEN FOR FRYING EDIBLE PRODUCTS, SUCH AS
POTATO CHIPS
Pieter Herman Sybring, Rhencn, Netherlands, assignor to In-
stituut Voor Bewaring En Verwerking Van Landbouw-
produkten
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,293
Claims priority, appikatkMi Great Britain, Nov. 6, 1968,
52,570/68
Int. CI. A47j 37112
U.S. CI. 99—406 9 Claims
An oblong tank cooker for edible products is provided
with a plurality of partitions which form compartments below
the level of the cooking liquid, such as oil, in the tank. The
cooking liquid and product move trough the tank and within
each compartment the cooking liquid and product are
rotated around an axis substantially transverse to the longitu-
dinal axis of the tank whereby cooking liquid and product
move from one compartment into the next adjacent compart-
February 15, 1972
/
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
869
ment toward the outlet end of the tank. In one preferred em- time upon a single burner, the pots being placeable one upon
bodiment part of the cooking liquid is withdrawn from each
^ k (d it Cf
compartment and heated and recycled back into the in-
dividual compartments.
3,641,925
FRYING RANGES
Phillip GUthro, Huddersfidd, England, assignor to E. W.
Proctor Limited, Huddersfleki, England
Filed Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 810,130
Claims priority, appUcatkm Great Britain, Mar. 29, 1968,
15,098/68
Int. CI. A47j 37112
MS. CI. 99—4 16 18 Claims
I
^Cf
the other so as to receive the heat from therebelow and
cooking a food contained therewithin.
3,641,927
MULTIPLE-BLADE JUNKED METAL SHEAR
Wcfllcy D. Ballard, 131 1 Wot Broadway, Phoenix, Ariz.
Continuation-in-part of appUcatkm Ser. No. 780,625, Dec. 3,
1968, DOW abandoned , whkh is a cootinuatkMi-iD-part of
appUcation Ser. No. 555,187, June 3, 1966, now Patent No.
3,413,914, dated Dec. 3, 1968, and a continuatkHi-iD-part of
840,902, July 11, 1969. This appttcatkui Aug. 19, 1969, Ser.
No. 851,254
Int. a. B30b J5/08
UA a. 100-98
15ClainH
A frying range comprises a pan having a closure lid
mount^J above the pan by articulation means including
guides fixed on the pan and studs projecting from lid into the
guides and a cranked lever pivoted at one end on the pan and
at its other end on the lid, the articulation means constrain-
ing a rear part of the lid to move rearwardly along a substan-
tially horizontal path and a front part of said lid to move
along an arcuate path to produce a compound translational
and tilting motion of the lid between a closed position overly-
ing the pan and a spaced fully open position.
3,641,926
COMBINATION OF COOKING UTENSILS
James M. Williams, and Heiga WUIiams, both of 805 N.E.
194th, Seattle, Wash.
Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,415
Int CI. A47j 27/13
VS. CI. 99—448 1 Claim
A combination of pots for cooking an entire meal at one
A multiple-blade junked metal shear is disclosed including
a base, receptacle means, or specially constructed anvil; a
hammer or cutter moimt with forward and rear portions
pivotally connected to the base by pantograph-type arms, the
cutter mount carrying cutting blades that cooperate with fix-
edly positioned blades or knives on the base as the hammer
descends; and a forwardly cantilevered platform at forward
end which mounts means cooperative with hammer as-
sociated means whereby the hammer or cutter mount may
descend in a cutting stroke to be returned thereafter to an
upper or triggered position preparatory to a successive shear-
ing or cutting stroke; the aforesaid hiunmer or cutter mount
rear portion being adjustable in elevation with relation to the
rear pantograph arms so that the cutter or shear blades cut
with a scissors effect from front to rear with the base carried
blades.
870
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,641,928
DEVICE FOR SURFACE TREATMENT OF MATERUL
Rupert Kraft, Perlstrabie 8, and Johannes Zimmer, Ebenl-
holeretrabe 133, both of 9020 Klagcnfurt, Austria
Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,137
Claims priority, application Austria, Dec. 29, 1967, A
11817/67
Int. CI. B30b 3102
U .S. CI. 1 00— 1 60 8 Claims
3,641,929
JUNKED METAL COMPRESSING SMASHER
Wesley D. Ballard, c/o S. M. Tucker, 1011 North 15th Street,
Waco, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 780,625, Dec. 3,
1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
appttcation Ser. Na 555,187, June 3, 1966, now Patent No.
3,413,914, dated Dec. 3, 1968. This application Mar. 19,
1970, Ser. No. 21,092
Int CI. B30b 7100
U.S. CI. 100-233 1 Claim
the crushing face of the hammer continuously remains sub-
stantially in a horizontal plane as it descends. Yieldable
means deadened at one end within the hammer and with
other end connected to the free or payout end of the cable,
complete the cable length from its winch drum dead ended
end to hammer dead ended end, regardless of where hammer
stops on smashing descent.
Means for the surface treatment of material moved
between a plurality of rollers exerting a pressure onto each
other under the action of magnetic forces. One form has at
least two rollers having peripheries of magnetizable material
and has first and second magnet portions associated with
each for pulling or attracting the rollers into peripheral en-
gagement with at least one calender or counterroller which
may be of any desired peripheral material, with the resultant
of the component magnetic attractive force between each of
the rollers of magnetizable material and the respectively re-
lated magnet bodies lying in a plane passing through the axes
of the rollers of magnetizable material and said counterroller.
Another form has at least three rollers with magnetizable
peripheral material and between which rollers there are mag-
net bodies arranged to exert magnetic attractive forces on
the rollers to engage with at least one counter roller dispK>sed
inwardly thereof and providing a magnetic field closed by the
said rollers of magnetizable material.
3,641,930
APPARATUS FOR PRINTING INDICIA ON FRUIT
Fred W. Riddington, Ontario, Calif., assignor to Sunkist
Growers, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 81 1,181
Int. CI. B41f /7/J4, B41j 331512
U.S. CI. 101-35 21 Claims
y-4
As the fruit travels in parallel rows on a conveyor, cor-
responding rows of travelling printing dies imprint the fruit,
the rows of dies being inked by corresponding rotary inking
drums. Each inking drum has a ribbon wound on two reels
inside the drum with each reel alternately functioning as a
takeup reel and as a supply reel.
3,641,931
ANALYZING, ORIENTING AND PRINTING MEANS IN
TICKET HANDLING MECHANISM
Thomas A. Hickox; Gordon H. May, and Jowph E. Shepard,
all of San Jose, Calif., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24^61
Int. CI. B41j 1154, 5/02
U.S. CI. 101-93 C 7 Claims
Cl/u
"•■ -r.' -'" n. .■<•
30
A junked metal compressing smashed comprises a base or
anvil boxed in by sidewalls and an end stop at rear end and
with a cantilevered platform at a forward end. The hammer is
supported above the base by support arms at a transverse sta-
tion pivotally connecting base and forward end of hammer,
and by support arms of equal length between pivot connec-
tions, at a transverse station rearwardly of the first station,
pivotally connecting said base and said hammer at equal
distances on said hammer as the distance between base sta-
tions. Thus, by this pantagraph-type connection arrangement
A ticket-handling mechanism for processing commutation
tickets which includes a drive means for carrying the ticket in
a circular path past a magnetic transducer for reading and
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
871
ufxlating machine readable fare information. A tumbling sta-
tion removes those tickets which cannot be read and returns
them in a flipped-over condition to said drive means. A print
station prints fare information on the ticket in a consistent
manner regardless of the orientation of the ticket. The ticket-
handling mechanism is adapted for use in a commutation
entry gate, exit gate, or ticket vendor.
3,641,932
INK APPLICATOR FOR GRAVURE PRINTING PRESS
Alfred C. Behringer, Ringwood, NJ., assignor to Publication
Corporation, Greenwich, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of applkration Ser. No. 704,391, Feb. 9,
1968, now abandoned. This application Apr. 27, 1970, Ser.
No. 32,145
InL CI. B41f 9/10, 31/08
U.S. CI. 101-157 28 Claims
An ink applicator for applying ink to the plate cylinder of a
gravure press comprising a vessel having an elongated, sub-
stantially continuous discharge orifice and adapted to contain
ink to a level above the level of the orifice to produce a pres-
sure head and thus afford gravity discharge of ink through
the orifice. The vessel is mounted in a position locating the
orifice in proximity to the plate cylinder surface so that ink
flowing from the orifice contacts and is picked up on the
plate cylinder surface. The vessel carries an ink metering or
control element, which may be a member constituting one
wall of the orifice and [K)sitioned to form a clearance gap and
control the thickness of the ink coating applied to the
cylinder. The vessel is curved generally to conform to the
curvature of the cylinder, and its upper end has an opening
to admit into the vessel ink removed by the doctor blade,
shield members being positioned above the op>ening to cap-
ture and direct the ink into the vessel through the opening.
The vessel is kept filled to a given level by ink returned to it
through the opening and by a supply conduit receiving
makeup ink fed in by the press ink circulation system. Excess
ink delivered through the orifice but not applied to the
cylinder flows over the upstream wall of the orifice and is
returned to the ink reservoir. Adjacent the upstream edge of
the orifice is an ink retainer formation adapted to provide an
overflow path of substantial width adjacent the cylinder,
thereby providing a larger area of contact between the
cylinder surface and ink discharged from the vessel through
the orifice.
3,641,933
REGISTRY MECHANISM FOR PRINTING UNITS
Leonard I. Tafel, La Grange, IIL, assignor to North American
Rockwell Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,246
Int CI. B41f 13/14
U.S.CL 101-181 5 Claims
A coupling mechanism between a printing unit and a drive
shaft which powers a number of adjacent printing units act-
ing upon the same web of paper having a drive gear adjusta-
ble in phase position. To obtain such adjustment, first and
second sleeves are provided on the shaft having meshing heli-
cal splines. The first sleeve slidably keyed to the shaft, has a
yoke for adjusting its axial position, thereby to change the
degree of engagement of the helical splines and the phase
position of the drive gear. The yoke is in the form of a
threaded collar encircling the first sleeve and axially movable
by means of a captive nut. The second sleeve has a shiftable
yoke which positions the drive gear in meshing engagement
with the driven gear and which permits retraction of the
drive gear for declutching and timing purposes.
3,641,934
INKING PAD IN HAND-HELD SELF-INKING STAMPS
Heribert Rudolf, Wds, Austria, assignor to Franz Just &
Sohne Trodat-Werke, Wels, Austria
Filed Jan. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 798,856
Claims priority, applkation Austria, Mar. 5, 1968, A 2123/68
Int. CI. B05c 11/00; B32b 27/iO; B4 Ik 7/42
U.S. CI. 101—333 3 Claims
The top surface of an inking pad is formed by a nonwoven
fabric comprising cotton fibers bonded by a natural or nitrile
rubber latex.
3,641,935
PRESSURE CARTRIDGE CONTAINING SOLID FUEL
PROPELLANT CHARGE
Hdnz Gawlick, Furth; Gunther Marondel, Erlangen, and
Hans Umbach, Stadebi, all of Germany, assignors to
Dynamit Nobd Aktiengesellschaft, Troisdorf , Germany
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,654
Int CI. F42b 9/18
U.S. CI. 102-39 5 Claims
A pressure cartridge containing solid fuel for the produc-
tion of a propellant gas, particulariy for use in fire extinguish-
872
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
ing devices, including a case constructed from a synthetic
resin material, a bottom plate connected to the case in a
form-locking manner^ and a primer charge.
3,641,936
COMPOSITE SHELL WITH CERAMIC BASE
Charles W. H. Barnctt, Ariington, Va., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,954
Int. CI. F42c 13104; F42b 13112
U.S. CI. 102-56 12 Claims
An explosive shell whose detonation is initiated by RF
energy includes a ceramic spacer which separates, both
physically and electrically, the two elements of the antenna
and provides a mounting base and protection for the oscilla-
tor and associated components and wherein one element of
the antenna is both led through the ceramic spacer and
flushly disposed on the rear face of the spacer.
3,641,937
WARHEAD SECTION COUPLER
Clarence B. Silverthome, Bd Air, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,415
Int. CI. F42b 13100 ^
MS. CI. 102—56 A riaims
A coupler means for securing the sections of a missile war-
head together utilizing pin means anchored in the sections by
Allen screws. The missile sections each have a flange means
integral with an end and a means integral with the flange
which is adapted to receive pin means. The pin means con-
tain a plurality of recess means adapted to receive screw
means, and a hermetical seal means is located in an end of
one section to be coupled to prevent moisture from entering
the coupled sections
3,641,938
PERCUSSION OR VIBRATION FUSE FOR EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
Heinz Gawiick, Furth, and Hellmut Bendler, Numberg, both
of Germany, assignors to Dynamit Nobel Aktiengesellschaft,
Troisdorf, Germany
Filed Aug. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 848,418
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 9, 1968, P 17 03
991.7
Int. CI. F42c 13108; F42b 27/00, 23126
U.S. CI. 102-70.2 9 Claims
A percussion or vibration fuse device, particularly adapted
for use in connection with hand and rifle grenades and mines,
incorporating a time delay following actuation, in turn fol-
lowed by a displacement of a battery to establish an electric
current upon vibration and cause detonation of the explosive
charge.
3,641,939
SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR LINEAR MOTOR
CONVEYORS
Emmanuel M. Remy, Grenoble, France, assignor to Merlin
Gerin, Societe Anonyme, Grenoble, France
Filed Sept 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,319
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 17, 1968, 170196;
May 22, 1969, 16834
Int. CI. B60I 13100; B61b 13108; H02k 41102
U.S. CI. 104- 148 LM 10 Claims
Speed control system for linear induction motors in trans-
portation devices or conveyors wherein the gap of the linear
motor or of the active surfaces of the motor are varied. Con-
trol means modify the spacing of the magnetic cores defining
the gap of the motor Load -detecting means govern the con-
trol means to automatically change the gap and the output of
the motor to obtain constant speed.
3,641,940
CARGO RESTRAINT MECHANISM
Richard A. Evans, Smyrna, Ga., assignor to Lockheed Air-
craft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,794
Int. CI. B60p 7108; B61d 45100; B65j 1122
U.S. CI. 105—369 A 8 Claims
This cargo holddown device comprises two spring-biased
levers mounted for rotation on fixed points disposed at right
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
873
angles to one another, each adapted to engage and restrain
one edge of adjacent cargo pallets or containers while serving
at the same time as a spacer between the pallets or con-
tainers. The springs associated with the levers are biased in
opposite directions permitting them to be maintained in
either an erect or depressed position by the sequential
manipulation of one lever with respect to the other due to
their position and pivotal mountings. Such manipulation
requires no tools or special equipment, and can be readily ac-
complished by foot by the operator without bending or
kneeling down.
3,641,941
AUTOMATIC LOCKING MOVABLE BULKHEAD
Wes E. Sanders, 1922 E. %th Street, Chicago, III.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,352
Int CI. B60p 7114
U.S. Cl: 105— 376 10 Claims
A movable bulkhead assembly for a freight vehicle. Said
bulkhead is movable along rails on opposite sides of the vehi-
cle and has gravity actuated latch plates engageable with
keeper notches in the rails to hold the bulkhead in a selected
position.
3,641,942
UNDERSLUNG GATE SUSPENSION
Marion G. Konrad, Hacienda Heights, and John W. Erickson,
Huntington Beach, both of Calif., assignors to Preco, Inc.,
Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,334
Int CI. B60p 7114
\3S. CI. 105—376 5 Claims
Safety retaining structure is described that is applicable to
a load dividing gate mounted on longitudinal rails by means
of a special underslung suspension which provides clearance
for an overhead central obstruction while retaining the
895 O.Q.— 32
knoyvn action of a squaring shaft. The suspension further in-
cludes vertical adjustment at each rail and permits syvinging
movement of the gate structure about an axis parallel to the
squaring shaft.
3,641,943
SIDE SILL FOR RAILWAY VEHICLE
Thomas J. O'Neill, Evergreen Park, lU., assignor to Pullman
Incorporated, Chicago, III. ^
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42399 ^
Intel. B6 Id 17108
U^. CI. 105-418 12Cl^nis
A side sill arrangement in which a first channel member
which forms a part of a side frame is joined to a second chan-
nel member which forms a part of the underframe assembly.
The joined channel members form a hollow side sill beam as-
sembly which extends longitudinally of the railway car to
function as a strengthening member having sufficient
strength to eliminate the need of a through car center sill.
The formed beam includes hollow portions used to conceal
fasteners which attach internal members thereby rendering
the side sill with a smooth unobstructed outside surface per-
mitting it to be used as an external ^member without addi-
tional covering.
3,641,944
BAKING OVEN HEATED BY A FLUID MEDIUM
Marcel Scheyen, Strasbourg, France, assignor to Societe Dite:
A. Sdieyen Fits S.A., Strasbourg, France
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,917
Claims priority, application France, May 17, 1968, 9162
Intel. A21b//05
U.S. CI. 107—55 A 7 Claims
A baking oven heated by fluid thermal medium and com-
prising a furnace separated from an oven and placed in a
suitable location, for preference outside the bakehouse, and
the oven comprising cooking compartments separated one
\
874
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
from another by spaces of air, and heat exchangers for ob-
taining a maximum of regularity of the temperature in the
to also slide along two posts, pins on the arms penetrating
\
\
5
\
^
/
/ 4
r
3
f.r-3
U
cooking compartments, and spray tubes for producing steam
disposed near the center of each compartment.
into apertures formed in the plates and in the posts and a
cam controUmg the sliding action of the arms on the pivots.
3,641,945
DISCONTINUOUS OVEN
Magnus E. Tiilander; Ake B. Persson, both of Vallingby, and
Leif A. T. Johansson, Huddinge, all of Sweden, assignors to U^. CI. 108—38
Ti-Pe Elmeko, Tiilander & Persson, Stockhofan, Sweden
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,804
Claims priority, application Sweden, July 31, 1968, 10376/68
Int.CI. A21b//42 ;.
U.S. CI. 107-60 '' 2 Claims
3,641,947
PICTURE-IRONING BOARD COMBINATION
Chariie N. Fmney, 716 North Nonroe, Albany, Ga.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,172
Int CI. A47b 3/00
7 Claims
ts
In a rack oven in which the rack can be pushed into the
oven chamber and gripped and rotated or reciprocated by a
driver member at the top of the oven chamber, the driver
member is shiftable between a lower position for gripping the
rack with the latter supported by the floor of the oven
chamber and an upper position for holding the rack raised
from the floor. The shifting of the rack is effected by means
of an axial cam or a toggle linkage and is controlled by the
opening and closing movements of the door of the oven
chamber.
This invention relates to a foldable ironing board that is at-
tached to a wall-mounted cabinet support means. The ironing
board is pivotally supported on the cabinet support means for
movement between an inoperative position and an operative
position When the ironing board is in its inoperative posi-
tion, it is folded into the cabinet housing in a substantially
vertical position. The underside of the ironing board is pro-
vided with a picture frame means which is detailed for hold-
ing decorative items thereon. The picture frame means is
detailed to completely obscure the ironing board and support
cabinet when the ironing board is moved to its inoperative
position In its operative position, the ironing board swings
down from the support cabinet and folds out into a substan-
tially horizontal position. Releaseable holding means in
operatively associated with the ironing board and the support
cabinet for holding the ironing board in the inoperative posi-
tion.
3,641,946
DRAWING TABLES
Henri Chamay, 148 Rue de Lourmd, Paris, 15 eme, France
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888^04
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 31, 1968, 182877
Intel. A47f J//0
U.S. CI. 108-6 1 Claim
Drawing or draughting table comprising a board, fast with
plates oscillating on a pivot on which slide two arms adapted
-i 3,641,948
- PRESS-ON SUPPORT FOR A PALLET
Dwight C. Brown, 414 N. Granada Street, Arlington, Va.
Filed June 20, 1969, Ser. No. 835,1 15
Int. CI. B65d 79/00
U.S. CI. 108-51 14 Claims
Metal supports having upright walls for self-fastening to a
wooden or composition deck of a pallet to provide support
for the deck. Each support has a plurality of prongs extend-
ing from at least one end of the upright walls to penetrate
into the pallet deck during construction of the (>allet. The
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL \
875
walls of the support may be tapered so as to facilitate the
nesting of a plurality of like supports to reduce storage space
vention is to provide such a stand that is stable although its
different compartments are differently shaped for exposing
different kinds of goods. This has been achieved by providing
the wall elements with hooks for engagement with slots in the
post and the wall elements are further adapted, when applied
on the post, to be retained in a fixed angle pxjsition by means
of holding means on the lower and/or upper short sides of the
wall elements.
requirements and increase ease of handling prior to use in as-
sembly of the pallet.
3,641,951
COMBUSTION CHAMBER BURNER THROAT
CONSTRUCTION
Chester S. Binasik, Palo Alto; Daniel H. Hudson, San
Lorenzo, and Temple S. Voorheis, Atherton, all of Calif.,
assignors to Coen Company, Burlingame, CaUf.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,653
Int CI. F23m 5/02
U.S. CI. no— 1 A 7 Claims
3,641,949
PALLET
Homer L. Monk, 3008 Edgewood Drive, Midwest City, Okla.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,836
Int. CI. B65d 19/44
U.S. CI. 108-53 23 Claims
-16
A pallet having the plurality of depending legs and which
may be vertically stacked with like pallets in either of two
nested positions having differing stacking heights depending
upon the relative angular orientation about a vertical axis of
vertically adjacent like pallets in the stack.
12-^ '22
A burner throat that is shaped in accordance with the
shape of the combustion chamber in which the throat is in-
stalled to afford flame shaping so that the flame is distributed
throughout the combustion chamber. A burner throat formed
of a plurality of individual segmental bricks, the totality of
which define the throat shape. Each brick is shaped in
respect to its position in the throat to direct the flame ap-
propriately within the combustion chamber. A burner throat
formed at the site of installation with a plurality of ap-
propriately shaped segmental bricks.
3,641,952
DEVICE FOR THERMIC DESTRUCTION OF RAW AND
WASTE MATERL^LS
3,641,950
ROTATABLE DISPLAY STAND .
Franc Lcnnart Axhamre, Savcdalcn, Sweden, assignor to Johannes Wotsdike, Guntherstrasse 26, Hannover-Wlad-
Moderna Butiksenrednegar AB, Savedalen, Sweden hausen, Germany
Filed Dec. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 780^23 CootinuatkNi of appUcatkHi Ser. No. 765,206, Oct. 4, 1968,
Claims priority, application Sweden. Dec. 4, 1%7, 16587/67; now abandoned. This applkatk>n Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No.
Mar. 14, 1968, 3341/68; June 4. 1968. 7429/68; Nov. 19, 65,251
1968.15684/68 s^ Claims priority, application German>. Oct. 5. 1967. P 15
Intel. A47b 57/70 X 51 870.4; Nov. 27. 1967, P 15 Sl'sTl.S: Apr. 23. 1968,
U.S. CI. 108-60 X 9 Claims P 17 56 215.1
Int CI. F23g 5/12
VS. CI. 1 10-8 C 20 Claims
.,»—
The present invention relates to a display stand of the kind
having a vertical post rotatably carried in the center of a sup-
porting means, which preferably is provided with wheels. The
stand is further provided with all elements which are easily
applied and easily replaced on the post. The object of the in-
A device is provided for the thermal decomposition of
refuse materials. This device includes an upright column
876
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
formed of three stacked cylinders which are separated by
bottoms arranged intermediate the cylinders. Within the up-
permost of the stacked cylinders is suspended an internal
cylinder which defines with the uppermost cylinder an annu-
lar space through which material to be processed is passed.
The internal cylinder terminates above the bottom of the up-
permost cylinder so that the material can move radially in-
wards from the annular space to define a flame chamber
located below the uppermost cylinder. In the central of the
stacked cylinders is a ceramic body defining an evacuating
passage and a mixing chamber, both of which are combined
with the annular chamber to define a vertical passage which
extends downwardly into the bottommost of the stacked
cylinders wherein is arranged apparatus for receiving melted
material from the flame chamber. Arrangements are pro-
vided for passing air through the material being processed
and for passing fuel and combustion air into various cham-
bers for the proper treatment of the material. Controllable
devices are provided for supplying raw material downwardly
into the aforenoted annular chamber.
predetermined level, a compression platen supported above
the table for compressive engagement with the upwardly fac-
ing broadside of the mattress assembly for compressing the
mattress assembly to bring the upwardly facing side and the
sewing instrumentalities into a substantially common plane
with a sufficient slack in the covering material of the top and
side panels at the edge formed by the intersection of the up-
wardly facing broadside and the narrow side to enable joining
3,641,953
BOILER CONSTRUCTION
Claude Henberg, Broo, France, assignor to Sockte Generate
dcs Produits Refractaircs, Paris, France
Filed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,415
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 30, 1968, 168135
Int CI. F23m 9106
U.S. CI. 1 10—97 R 7 Claims
A boiler is provided, inside the water tubes or water
jackets thereof, with a lining to its firebox or combustion
chamber in the form of sheets or pads of mineral wool fiber
enclosed between refractory steel grids, and with a refractory
filter sheet of cloth woven of ceramic or mineral fiber fila-
ments, permeable to gases but capable of holding back par-
ticulate material, the filter sheet extending over a major part
of the exit from the combustion chamber and defining
beyond it a heat exchange chamber in which the gases of
combustion largely freed of particulate matter pass over heat
exchange surfaces of the boiler water jackets or water tubes.
the edges of the panel for presentation to the sewing instru-
mentalities, a carriage adjacent the table, said carriage being
movable radially with respect to the center of rotation of the
table, said carriage supporting the sewing machine and a
coupling connecting the carriage to the table operable to
cause the carriage to following the contour of the table as the
latter is rotated relative to the carriage to maintain the sew-
ing instrumentalities in operative relation to said edges to be
sewn as the assembly is rotated relative thereto.
3,641,955
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING TUFTED MATERIAL
Philip Brown, Wembley, and P«ter Hawkins, Kingston Hill,
both of England
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,619
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 25, 1%9,
9,986/69
Int. CI. D05c 15120
U.S. CI. 1 12-79 R 1 1 Claims
3,641,954
MATTRESS EDGE BINDING MACHINE AND METHOD
OF EDGE BINDING
Frederick E. Kalning, Quincy, and Howard E. Redman,
Weymouth, Mass., assignors to Mathcwson Corporation,
Weymouth, Mass.
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,592
Int.CI. D05b///00
U.S. CI. 112-3 R 21 Claims
A rotatably supported table for supportmg a mattress as-
sembly including bottom, top and side panels of covering
material, with one broadside in a horizontal upwardly facing
position for roUtion relative to a sewing machine supported
adjacent the table with its sewing instrumentalities at a
An apparatus for producing tufted material comprises a
row of tufting needles, means for driving the needles towards
and away from a backing to be tufted, the needles being in-
dividually movable into and out of driving engagement with
the driving means, and a selectively operable latching device
for each of the needles which device is movable into latching
engagement with the needles to prevent movement of the
needles toward the backing.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
877
3,641,956
NONDIRECTIONAL LOOP TUFT CARPET-MAKING
MACHINE
Sylvan B. Ownbey, 1200 Francisco, Torrance, Calif.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 67,101
Int. CI. D05c 15122
U.S.CI. 1 12-79 R
10 Claims
TTyilOb
'^52-/58
TTU:
3
\W/58
A pass-type carpet-making machine for making loop tuft
carpeting having a nondirectional or random appearance. A
plurality of reciprocating needles are preferably hollow
throughout their length and each inserts two or more yam
strands into a base fabric. A pair of loopers cooperate with
each needle to form at least two loops of yam taken from the
opposite sides of each needle on each reciprocal stroke of
said needles.
3,641,957
ZIGZAG CAM DRIVE IN COMBINATION WITH A
SEWING MACHINE
Susumu Hanyu, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Janone Sewing
Machine Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 674367, Aug.
24, 1967, now abandoned. This application Jan. 21, 1970,
Ser. No. 7,294
Int. CI. D05b il02
U.S. CI. 1 1 2- 1 58 R 9 Claims
J9 «
A worm driving the zigzag cam of a sewing machine
through a gear is reciprocated in axial direction by a control
cam so that the axial movement of the helical thread of the
worm is accelerated and decelerated, resulting in cyclical ac-
celeration and deceleration of the rotational speed of the zig-
zag cam which permits the construction of the zigzag cam
with a smaller pitch than in conventional constructions so
that the sewing machine makes a greater number of zigzag
stitches during each cam revolution.
3,641,958
DEVICE FOR THE OCCASIONAL OMISSION OF
BACKSTITCHES ON AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED
QUILTING AND EMBROIDERY MACHINES
Ludwig Tragcser, 32 Van Bargen Strasse, Hamburg-Waad-
sbek, Germany
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,658
Claims priority, appttcatioo Germany, June 6, 1%9, P 19 28
811.0
Int CI. D05b 49100
U.S.CI. 112— 241 4CMms
A device for the occasional omission of backstitches on au-
tomatically controlled quilting and embroidery machines,
particularly on automatic embroidery machines, in which a
main thread takeup lever is controlled in such a way that it
can be moved up and down about a fulcrum. A spring lever is
movable together with this main thread takeup lever and is
mounted on the fulcrum thereof. A torsion spring urges the
spring lever against a stop mounted in a permanent position
in the machine. The upper thread in course of being un-
wound is additionally guided by the spring lever on the up-
stream side of the main thread takeup lever. The spring lever
is preceded by a blocking device which can be moved into
the path of motion of said spring lever.
3,641,959
METHOD FOR PRODUCING CLOSURES
Robert L. Hurst, Munde, Ind., assignor to Ball Corporation,
Muncie, Ind.
Filed Dec. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 784,845
Int. CI. B2 Id 57/00
U.S. CI. 113-121 A 15 Claims
Completely automatic system stamps and forms metal discs
for closures of the two-piece type and feeds them sealing face
down to a conveyor belt At first transfer zone, magnet pulls
each disc or lid up against lower pass of second conveyor
belt. Magnetic pulley retains lids in conUct with belt to swing
up through arc to upper pass of belt. Lids are then conveyed
to treating zone where gasket rtuiterial is applied as lids are
rotated and transported arcuately. Radial arms on carousel
travel in circle to pick up lids sequentially by magnetism or
vacuum from coating table and transfer them to upper pass
878
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
^
of next conveyor. At next transfer zone, lids are picked up
sequentially by individual magnets on lower pass of next con-
veyor and moved to next transfer zone where they are
released in groups to form transverse rows on wide conveyor
belt. Belt passes through curing station and diverter realigns
transverse rows to fore and aft single file. Next conveyor
transfers and feeds lids sequentially to assembly zone Clo-
sure bands are also fed sequentially to assembly zone and
combined with lids to produce assembled two-piece closures.
Lids may alternatively be fed to different assembly zone
where they are packed in sets for shipping. One-piece clo-
sures with integral lid and flange may be formed and
processed in same manner.
wall of the subsea device is provided with roller members
urged against the inner wall of the access well. Other means
3,641,960
APPARATUS FOR JOINING SHEET METAL BANDS
Lennart Reinbold Kalb, Osterskar; Kari Gustav Olsson, Sol-
na, and Bengt Gordon Theodor Blooi, Stockholm, all of
Sweden, assignors to Aktkbolaget Secor, Akers Runo,
Sweden
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Scr. No. 884,801
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 30, 1968, 17942/68
Int. CLB23p/y/00
U.S. CI. 113-1 N 7 Claims
^I
An apparatus for joining separate sheet metal bands to be
passed in succession through a band-treating plant by
punching interengaging cuts in overlapping end portions of
the bands and comprising band-gripping rollers operative to
first position the band end portions to be joined in relation to
a transverse series of band cutting and deforming tools, to
subsequently stretch the joint in order to effect interlocking
engagement of the cuts, and to finally subject the joint to a
pressure deforming the edges of the engaged cuts.
of moving a subsea device through the sea-air interface are
also disclosed.
3,641,962
STEERING DEVICE FOR BOATS
George V. Fowlkes; Glenn E. Collins, and Darrell W. McCor-
mack, all of Tulsa. Okla., assignors to Fo-Mac Enterprises,
Inc., Tulsa, Okla.
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,164
Int. CL B63h 25110
UJS.CL 114-144 7 Claims
-/,
'V,
"^v
3,641,961
SYSTEM FOR LOWERING A SUBSEA DEVICE FROM A
VESSEL
George C. Howard, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to Pan Amencan
Petroleum Corporation, Tulsa, Okla.
Continuation of applkation Ser. No. 861,221, Sept. 15, 1%9,
now abandoned , which is a continuation of application Ser.
No. 737,556, June 17, 1968, now abandoned. This application
May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 48,697
Int. CI. B63b 35100
U.S. CI. 1 14—0.5 R 14 Claims
A system for lowering a subsea device from a vessel float-
ing on a body of water. Means are provided to prevent the
subsea device from striking the vessel as it goes through the
sea-air interface. In a preferred embodiment, an access well
means such as a tube extends downwardly through the vessel
to below the wave action of the body of water. The outer
A stick-type steering mechanism for outboard motorboats
wherein the steering stick is mounted on the side of the boat
in a convenient position for the operation of the craft and
may be pivoted about one end for effecting steering of the
boat. At least two positions of connection between the stick
and the motor or rubber are provided for achieving a varia-
ble mechanical ratio for steering of the boat whereby rapid
steering response is possible during slow speeds of the boat,
and lesser force and slower steering is possible during periods
of fast travel or high speeds. In addition, the upper portion of
the stick may be removed when not in use to provide less ob-
struction with the normal utilization of the boat.
3,641,963
SPRING-SUPPORTED BOW BAFFLE FOR BOATS
Charles W. Chancellor, Jr., Midland, Tex., assignor to Chan-
cdkM- Chair Company
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889^91
Int. CI. B63b 39100
U.S. CI. 1 1 4— 2 19 7 Claims
A baffle disposed in front of the bow of a boat and
generally conforming in shape and configuration therewith
and being mounted from the boat hull for vertical swinging
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
879
movement and longitudinal reciprocation v^rith movement of
the baffle being resisted by spring devices to absorb and
ble resistor which is enclosed in waterproof housing. The
housing is mounted on the gimbal ring or yoke at the end of
the shaft which is the horizontal tilt axis. The movable por-
tion of the variable resistor is attached to the shaft which
forms the horizontal tilt axis of a stem drive. In this mjmner,
a signal proportional to the angle of tilt of the stem drive is
created and can then be transferred to an indicator gauge. A
trim limit switch having interchangeable parts with the varia-
ble resistor can also be mounted on the other end of the
horizontal tilt axis and connected to the power trim system to
limit the angular trim position of the stem drive.
3,641,966
POSITION INDICATOR
cushion the forces normally exerted by oncoming waves onto Olav Auerdahl, Saodvika, Norway, assignor to Norsk Hydro
the bow of a boat.
3,641,964
WATER JET PROPULSION UNIT
Robert B. Lee, 810 N. E. 4th Avenue, Homestead, Fla.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,598
Intel. B63h 1 1 100, 1/14
U.S.CL 115—12 6 Claims
A.S., Bygdo Alle, Oslo, Norway
FUed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39^91
Claims priority, application Norway, May 22, 1969, 2099/69
Int. CLF16ki 7/00
U.S. CI. 116— 125 ^Claims
3,641,965
TRIM INDICATOR SYSTEM
Robert C. Schmiedel, Oshkosh, Wis., assignor to Brunswkk
Corporation, Chicago, III.
FUed Oct. 5, 1 970, Ser. No. 78,046
IntCLB63h 5/72
U.S. a. 115-41 21 Claims
A propulsion unit for a boat hull of the type including a
transom and an engine disposed forwardly of the transom
and provided with a rearwardly facing output shaft spaced
above the lower marginal edge portion of the transom. A hol-
low elongated housing is provided and supported from the
lower marginal edge portion of the transom in rearwardly
projecting position and the housing has a longitudinal im-
peller shaft joumaled therein whose forward end projects for-
wardly through the transom. The forward end of the housing
is provided with a downwardly opening outlet immediately
rearward of the lower marginal edge portion of the transom
and an offset drive train assembly is provided forwardly of
the transom and drivingly connects the elevated engine out-
put shaft to the lower forward end of the impeller shaft.
6 ^ — 4
11-3,
?===^=^
// ^■^ iW"
c
^
24
I '°~'x^^r^
^' — r 5
.^4^^
4 -J
12 16 10 2
A position indicator system for remote indication of a posi-
tion of a governing member. The indicator system has two
bourdon tubes, the first of which is mechanically connected
to the governing member and the second serves as an indica-
tor actuator. The two bourdon tubes are interconnected with
a capillary tubing in a closed hydraulic system and transmits
the pressure variations generated by the mechanical subjec-
tion of the first bourdon tube by the governing member to
the bourdon tube in the indicator. A compensating system
lias an additional pair of bourdon tubes, the first of which is
installed at the location of the goveming member, and the
second of which is installed at the location of the indicator.
The bourdon tubes are interconnected with a capillary tubing
in a closed hydraulic system. A mechanical connection is
provided between the pivotable fitting supporting the second
bourdon tube and a free end of the bourdon tube at the in-
dicator position.
Sim-
A system for indicating to the boat driver the trim angle at
which his stem drive is set. The system incorporates a varia-
3,641,967
HIGH-VISIBILITY METER
Wilson A. Charbonneaux, Dayton, Ohk>, assignor to
monds Precision Products, Inc., Tarrytown, N.Y.
FUed Oct 16, 1967, Ser. No. 675335
Int. CL B60q 3/04; GOld 11/28
U.S.CL 116— 129L 11 Claims
An illuminated meter housed in a cylindrical sealed casing
and offering maximum visibility and minimum potential of
parallactic error in readings, achieved by structure providing
that its indicator or pointer is embodied in a disc form and
880
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
arranged closely adjacent and substantially coplanar with the
related indicia. The indicia is incorporated in a dial body
toning station where it contacts the image on the copy sheet.
A switch is disposed along the path of the copy sheet and
adapted to be actuated by the copy sheet and to control the
27 30
capable of transmitting or reflecting light with substantially
uniform intensity.
3,641,968
RANGE CONTROL SYSTEM
Richard Davis Grayson, Arcadia, Calif., assignor to Interna-
tional Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New Yorli,
N.Y.
Original application June 20, 1968, Scr. No. 738,460. Divided
and this application Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 101,064
Int. CI. G09f 9100
U.S. CI. 116— 133 6 Claims
The invention comprises a single control knob for con-
trolling both the bake burner and the broil burner of a range
When the bake burner is operational, a display is provided to
so indicate. When the control knob is turned to its maximum
operating condition, the bake burner is disconnected and the
broil burner then becomes operational; and simultaneously, a
display indication is provided to that effect. Should the
operator desire to operate the broil burner at a reduced tem-
perature, the control may then be turned to the reduced
operating temperature. Should it once again be necessary of
operate the bake burner, the control knob is turned to the
"ofT' position, whereupon, the knob may then be returned to
a temperature whereby the bake burner will be operational
3,641,969
TONER UNIT FOR PHOTOELECTROSTATIC
REPRODUCTION
Nik L. Hakanson, West Springfield, Mass., assignor to The
Plastic Coating Corporation, South Hadley, Mass.
Filed Dec. 18, 1%9, Ser. No. 886,073
Int. CI. G03g 13108
U.S. CI. 118— 3 18 Claims
Apparatus for applying toner to an electrostatic image car-
ried by an insulating surface such as the surface of a copy
sheet by contacting the surface with a toner mix comprising
toner particles and magnetic carrying particles, which ap-
paratus includes a gate disposed in a position adjacent to the
moving surface of a magnetic brush unit on which a magnetic
brush of toner mix is continuously formed, disrupted and
reformed, the gate being adapted for selective movement by
a control means so as to govern the advance of toner mix to a
operation of the gate and the operation of the means driving
the electrical brush unit. The apparatus prevents toner mix
from contaminating the back side of the copy sheet when the
leading end thereof is advanced through the toning station.
3,641,970
APPARATUS FOR PREPARING WIRE FOR DRAWING
Oliver R. Brekie, Birmingham, Ala., assignor to M & B Metal
Products Company
FUed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 974
Int. CI. B05C///00
U.S. CI. 118-5 5 Claims
Wire delivered continuously in a direction axially of its
length and passes around electrically conductive members.
Coating applied to wire between conductive members. Elec-
trical current passed through wire while supported between
conductive members to heat wire and bake coating thereon.
Coated wire pulled continuously to receiving end of wire
drawing apparatus.
3,641,971
APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING ARCING IN AN
ELECTROSTATIC COATING SYSTEM
Arvid C. Walberg, c/o H. G. Fischer & Co. 9451-9491 West
Belmont Avenue, Franklin Park, III.
Filed Sept. 1, 1967, Ser. No. 665,104
Int. CI. B05c 7 7/00,5/02
U.S. CI. 118— 8 24 Claims
A safety device for an electrostatic coating system. This
device automatically senses and deenergizes the power to the
electrode in the spray gun when it exceeds a predetermined
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
881
level, as for example, when the operator allows the electrode
to approach too close to a grounded object. By properly
setting this predetermined level, deenergization occurs prior
to the time a disruptive arc or spark would normally be
emitted from the gun electrode. In addition, a delay circuit
may be provided that is operable by the gun trigger switch.
After the operator turns oft the coating material at the end of
chamber, which isolatable region may be sealed off by a
movable gate, whereby the remaining regions of the vacuum
his stroke, this circuit would delay for a short time the
deenergization of power to the gun's electrode. Surges of
power are thus avoided in the circuitry which prolongs the
life of the pxiwer transformer. Example of sharp edged charg-
ing nozzle electrodes useful with this system as well as the
method of use and setup of the necessary circuitry are also
disclosed.
3,641,972
PROBE ASSEMBLY
John L. Hostetter, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to Collins Radio
Company, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,356
Intel. B05c 111105
U.S.CI. 118— 9 2 Claims
A probe for electrically testing devices and including a
marker means for marking defective devices. The marker in-
cludes a dye container, an open-ended capillary connected to
the container, and actuation means in the form of a gas
cylinder for actuating the marker.
3,641,973
VACUUM COATING APPARATUS
Robert L. Shrader, Castro Valley, Calif., assignor to Air
Reduction Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Fited Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92,702
Int. CI. C23c 7/ /OO
U.S. CI. 118-49 6 Claims
Vacuum coating apparatus is described wherein substrates
to be coated supjxjrted on a substrate holder may be inserted
into and removed from an isolatable region of the vacuum
chamber may be maintained under vacuum while inserting
and removing the substrate holders.
3,641,974
APPARATUS FOR FORMING FILMS
Eiichi Yamada; Yoshiteru Arakawa; Masayuki Yamamoto,
and Hiroto Nagatomo, all of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to
Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,879
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 29, 1969, 44/68031
Int. CI. C23c 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 118— 48 15 Claims
The present disclosure is directed to an apparatus for
forming a fihn on a wafer which comprises a container means
adapted to be hermetically sealed, a shaft means disposed for
rotation in said container means, a first and second plate
means fixed to said shaft means in a spaced-apari relation-
ship, said first plate means adapted to support said wafer and
pipe means for introducing a reaction gas into the container
means, one end portion of said pipe means being placed
between the first and second plate means.
3,641,975
TUBE WINDING APPARATUS
Bertrand P. E. Level, Le Vesinet, France, assignor to Ptastres-
Manurhin S.A.R.L., Mulhouse-Bourtzwiller, France
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Scr. No. 18,936
Claims priority, appUcation France, Mar. 21, 1969, 6908282
Int CI. B31c 7 7/04
1I..S. CI. 118-107 9 Claims
Apparatus for fabricating tubes by winding elongated
fibers or filaments impregnated with synthetic resin upon a
mandrel or core. The filaments are guided to be laid upon
the mandrel in a desired manner by a filament guide
mounted upon a carriage which reciprocates parallel to the
axis of the mandrel. A scraper or doctor blade, preferably
made of elastomeric material, is mounted on the carriage so
as to reciprocate therevtath, the blade being constantly
882
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
resiliently urged into contact with the winding on the man-
drel in a longitudinal zone including that of the instantaneous
The development apparatus further utilizes a moveable mag-
netic field producmg means mounted exteriorly of the hous-
■A
— I !l .. _ 'I _ — PT
S 5
winding but spaced angularly therefrom so as to remove ex-
cess resin from the winding on the mandrel.
ing to increase the circulation of developer to produce
enhanced development results over extended periods of use.
3,641,976
ELECTROSTATIC GRIDS
George E. Corneau, Central Falls, R.I., assignor to Indev, 3,641,978
Inc., Pawtucket, R.I. COATING APPARATUS
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,056 George Stuart Hathom, Dagenham, Dock, England, assignor
InL CI. BOSc 5/02 ^ Porvair Limited, Dagenham, Dock, England
U.S. CI. 1 18-624 9 Claims piled Jan. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 789,570
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 9, 1968,
1,260/63
Int. CI. B05cJ//5,i//2
IJ.S. CI. 118-412 1 Claim
)^
'
'
9
An electrostatic grid, especially useful in a flocking
machine, has an exposed portion providing a corona which
prevents flock from accumulating on the grid.
3,641,977
APPARATUS FOR AGITATING DEVELOPER MATERIAL
WITHIN A HOUSING
Frederick W. Hudson, West Henrietta, N.Y., assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 14,927
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 118-637 8 Claims
An apparatus for developing a relatively moving surface
bearing a latent electrostatic image wherein the apparatus in-
cludes a housing supporting developer material in contact
with the surface. The motion of the image-bearing surface
with respect to the development housing effects a frictiona!
coupling of the development material therein to cause a cir-
culation of developer for development of the latent image.
Coating apparatus suitable for depositing superimp>osed
layers of two different viscous liquids or pastes on a support
is provided which comprises a pair of hoppers having one lip
common to both hoppers, forming the downstream lip of the
upstream hopper and the upstream lip of the downstream
hopper
3,641,979
TONER-RECLAIMING SYSTEM
Dennis P. Gerbasi, West Webster, and James M. i)onohue,
Rochester, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 6, 1%9, Ser. No. 847,861
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 118-637 7 Claims
A toner powder reclaiming apparatus for use with the
developing system of an electrostatic reproduction machine
including a rotating drum in the path of movement of an air-
flow containing electrically charged toner particles which
become attracted to the drum. A scraper blade is in contact
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
883
with the drum for cleaning the toner off the collecting sur- corona discharge device sprays a corona charge onto the
face thereon. The toner particles thereby removed are developer material to selectively control the charge on the
V
directed automatically into the toner supply contained for
the developing system.
3,641,980
DEVELOPMENT APPARATUS
John T. Bickmore, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,648
Int. CI. B05b 5/02; G03g 13/00, 15/00
U.S. CI. 1 1 8— 637 1 3 Claims
carrier particles during development for enhanced develop-
ment results.
3,641,982
BIVALVIA DEPURATION SYSTEM
David D. Woodridge; Joseph Clyde Kitchel, and WUliam R.
Garrett, all of Brevard County, Fla., assignors to National
Shellfish Processors, Inc., Brevard County, Fla.
Filed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 827,441
Int. CI. AOlk 67/00
UX CI. 119-4 4 Claims
/ey II /*,
r
Apparatus for developing an electrostatic image including
a train of rotatable transpwrt rollers adjacent the develop-
ment zone, each roller having fixed magnets located therein
to attract magnetic developer material to the periphery of the
roller, which transports the developer from a developer sump
to an elevated position and releases the material so that it
cascades across the electrostatic image.
3,641,981
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DEVELOPER
CHARGE LEVEL
Frederick W. Hudson, West Henrietta, N.Y., assignor to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,844
Int. CI. G03g 13/00
U.S. CI. 1 18—637 9 Claims
A method and apparatus for controlling the charge on cir-
culating developer material in a development device. A
J'^r^,]A
STtKILIZATION
t^«J
\ — ~ tTei»iLii*Tio« :
A bivalve depuration apparatus and method are provided
in which bivalves, such as oysters, taken from contaminated
waters, may be purified and rendered marketable.
3,641,983
ANTIBLISTER CAGE MAT AND METHOD FOR RAISING
BROILERS
Everett M. Keen, and Anthony J. Sidliano, both of Vindand,
N J., assignors to Diamond International Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28^90
Int. CI. AOlk 31/00
U.S. CI. 119-17 9aalms
An antiblister mat, particularly adapted for raising broilers
in a cage having a mesh floor on which broilers normally can-
not be raised blister-free, in which the broilers are installed
and breast or keel bone blisters are minimized, in which the
mat is substantially resilient and comprises a plurality of
openings so dimensioned and arranged as to prevent the
breast of the broiler, when sitting, from engaging the mesh
884
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
885
floor of the cage, and in which the mat comprises various ar- parallel sidewalls and an outer wall of generally elliptical
cuate or tubular cross sections and in which the mat and cage configuration, with floating cylindrical rollers to seal the
varying space between the pistons and the outer wall.
•-BfSPiP
are readily cleaned and sterilized, and permit manure and the
like to drop or pushed by birds' feet through the cage floor.
3,641,984
ADJUSTABLE DOG COLLAR
Alfred L. G. Lanus, New York, N.Y., assignor to L. Diaz Car-
lo, a part interest
FUed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,890
Int. CI. \Oik 27/00
U.S. CI. 119-106 3 Claims
\^4
An adjustable dog collar includes an elongated strip having
a single aperture at one end, and a bolt adjustably positioned
at a predetermined location at its other end. That bolt passes
through the aperture to establish a desired loop diameter and
to provide an opening through which a leash may be at-
tached.
3,641,985
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES WITH ROTARY
PISTONS
David H. La Forge, R.R. 1, Box 648, Makawao, Hawaii
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,830
Int. CI. FOlc 1/02, 19/04; F02b 53/10
U.S. CI. 123-8.09 7 Claims
ii
©
f5^ i
T]^^'^~\>^ i
y(i'jj_^
y^i^-^^VaBX
' X^_£^\
— n r^ .-^^S«
■ s \
A rotary internal combustion engine is provided with a plu-
rality of cylindrical pistons which move in rolling contact
around a circular hub in a combustion chamber which has
\
3,641,986
FOUR-CYCLE INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Ludwig Fricker. Stuttgart-Feuerbach, and Manfred Schafer,
Stuttgart, both of Germany, assignors to Daimler-Benz Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Stuttgart-Unterturkheim, Germany
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,787
Claims priority, application Germany, May 24, 1969, P 19 26
613.8
Int. CI. F02b 23/08 \
U.S. CI. 123-30 C 21ClainK
4'
A four-cycle internal combustion engine, particulariy with
externally controlled ignition, in which the piston is provided
with an essentially cylindrical piston combustion space and in
which a swirl of the charge present in the combustion space
is produced by suitable squeeze flow channels terminating
substantially tangentially in the piston combustion space
within the area of the compression top dead center position
of the working piston, the squeeze flow channels are formed
by a suitable design of the working piston and/or of the
cylinder head
3,641,987
TWO-STROKE ENGINES
Bernard Hooper, Maybank House, Hope Street, Wordsley,
Stourbridge, England
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,799
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Mar. 7, 1969,
12,077/69
Int. CI. F02b ii//4
U.S. CI. 123-71 R 11 Claims
The specification discloses a stepped-piston two-cycle en-
gine in which the cylinders are arranged in one or more sets
\
of two cylinders. The charge is pumped from a pumping part
of each cylinder of the or each set to a working part of the
other cylinder of the set through separate first and second
separate transfer passages opening into the working part
through first and second inlet ports respectively which are ar-
ranged symmetrically relative to the exhaust port of the
cylinder. Tlie first transfer passages of each set cross and the
second transfer passages of the set cross. Each cylinder is ar-
ranged between parts of the transfer passages which feed its
working part. The arrangement gives a compact engine with
very good scavenging and capable of high performance.
3,641,988
VALVE-ACTUATING MECHANISM FOR AN INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINE
Gk>vanni Torazza, and Dante Giacosa, both of Turin, Italy,
assignors to Fiat Societa per Azioni, Turin, Italy
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,927
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 3, 1969, 50581 A/69
Int.CLF01l//i4, //04
U.S. CI. 123-90.16 16 Claims
A valve -actuating mechanism for an internal combustion
engine has a number of rocker arms for operating the respec-
tive valves, each rocker arm having a profiled cam surface
for engaging the respective valve, and means, preferably
hydraulically operated, for varying the valve movement
produced by the rocker arm in dependence upon the engine
speed and load to vary the valve timing for optimum efficien-
cy.
3,641,989
EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION
David C. Hill, Detroit, Mich., assignor to General Motors Cor-
poration, Detroit, Mich.
FUed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,755
Int CI. F02m 25/06
U.S.CL 123—119 A 1 Claim
A diaphragm -operated control valve assembly, responsive
to vacuum conditions at an induction passage slot traversed
by the edge of the throttle, controls recirculation of exhaust
gases from the intake manifold exhaust crossover passage to
the intake manifold induction passages.
3,641,990
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Richard Fumeaux Kinncrsly, Chapmans Farm, West Wellow,
near Romsey, Elngland
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,046
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 21, 1969,
9,612/69
InL CI. FOlm 7/00
U.S. CI. 1 23- 1 96 R 9 Qaims
An internal combustion engine, either two-stroke or four-
stroke, having sealed lubricant chambers at the locations of
at least the crankshaft and the crankpin and/or the gudgeon
pin. Where practical, certain bearing surfaces of the engine
may comprise dry lubricating materi^.
3,641,991
CERAMIC WARE DEBURRING MACHINE AND
DRESSING HEADS
Amo Haber, 6015 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,108
Int CI. B24b 5/36; B28d 1/16
U.S. CI. 125-10
13 Claims
Ceramic ware rotating face down on a vertical axis is
raised into engagement with a dressing head provided with a
downwardly extending leg having a spring pressed arm
inclined downwardly away from its lower end. A horizontal
pivot connects the upper end of the arm to the leg in a posi-
tion allowing the arm to swing in a vertical plane that is
generally radial to the axis of rotation of the ware. The arm
carries a tool bit that is pivoted to the arm on an axis parallel
to the arm pivot. The bit has a lower ware-contact edge ex-
tending substantially parallel to the vertical plane of the arm.
When rising rotating ware engages this contact edge and lifts
the bit, the bit will move radially of the ware aind also turn on
886
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
its own pivotal axis to conform to the engaged surface of the
ware. Any burrs on the ware that strike the bit will be
knocked off.
3,641,992
DOUBLE-BOILER HEATING CONTAINER
Harry A. Peyser, Otympia fields, and Diane J. Doyle,
Western Springs, both of III., assignors to Continental Can
Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10341
Int. CI. A47j 27/06
U.S. CI. 126—378 9 Claims
?2
,?e .t ;" y \r^^
,Sia
4?^., r-^-r.-
}
n_><
>*^v^ ^^j^ '
II Wi,
[?-^>^/ ^1 " -fV^
cumulation or integration of the instantaneous logarithm of
the peak signal values over a selectable and timed integration
interval. In addition to these visual indications for human
feedback, an audio signal, with a frequency proportional to
the instantaneous logarithm of the peak value, is provided as
a stnng of sharp pulses thus allowing human discrimination at
very low frequencies such as 1 Hz.
This disclosure relates to a container of the "double-
boiler" type in which an edible product is packaged within an
inner chamber and water is packaged within an outer
chamber with the chambers at no time being in fluid commu-
nication. The container includes two lids, one of which closes
the inner chamber and defines with the other a volume
through which steam is permitted to pass through a venthole
to atmosphere in a controlled manner whereby the edible
product in the inner chamber is uniformly heated by conduc-
tion and/or convection.
3,641,993
NONLINEAR ELECTROMYOGRAPH
Kenneth R. Gaarder, Chevy Chase, and William B. Leaf,
Silver Spring, both of Md., assignors to Prototypes, Inc.,
Kensington, Md.
riled Apr . 23, 1 970, Ser. No. 3 1 344
Int. CI. A6 lb 5/05
IJ.S. CI. 128—2.1 R 10 Claims
3,641,994
TURBULENCE-SENSING BLOOD FLOWMETER
Raymond George Gosling, Hartron, Oidfield Road, Bkkley,
Kent, and David Henry King, 14, Aldersey Gardens, Bark-
ing, Essex, both of England
Filed Jidy 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,602
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 19, 1968,
34,537/68
Int CI. A61b 5/02
U.S. CI. 1 28- 2.05 F 8 Claims
An apparatus which evaluates and signals a characteristic
which is interdependent with a rate of flow of the blood-
stream in an animal vascular system, by detecting and
signalling undular alternations of pressure in the blood which
alternations are the consequence of turbulence in the flow
and are characteristically related to the flow rate. The inven-
tion includes the provision of means artificially to create the
turbulence and may include adaptation to use in a surgical
bypass duct A C-shaped member Fits onto the surgical
bypass duct and turbulence in the duct which is indicative of
flow rate is transmitted to the C-shaped member and to an
acoustic transducer means mechanically connected to the C-
shaped member which generates an electrical signal indica-
tive of flow rate.
3,641,995
EXERCISING CHAIR
Vinton R. Brandt, 21 North Gretta, Waukegan, Dl.
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,176
Int. CI. A61h/ /02
U.S. CI. 128-25
12 Claims
This specification discloses an electrical apparatus which
measures human muscle activity and provides both visual and
audio information relative to such activity for feedback to
the human. Slight skin voltages caused by muscle activity are
assumed by electrodes, transmitted via shielded electrical
leads and processed by the apparatus, first to provide a visual
display of the instantaneous logarithm of the peak value of
such signals and secondly to provide a visual display of an ac-
A chair having a seat, back and leg sections and arm sup-
ports. With a person seated in the chair, the back and leg
sections and the arm supports are moved through a cycle in
which the person's back is lowered and his legs are raised
and thereafter his back is raised and his legs are lowered, and
his arms are bent and unbent while being comfortably sup-
ported.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
887
3,641,996
HYDROTHERAPY APPARATUS
Homer C. Friend, 6502 North 35th Avenue, i^ioenix, Ariz.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,887
Int. CI. A61h 9/00
U.S. CI. 128-66 5 Claims
3,641,998
ANIMAL AND BIRD MEMBER OPERATED
VACCINATOR
James Lyon, P.O. Box 30, San Diego, Calif., and Edward M.
Hendrix, Rte. 2, Bentonville, Ark.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,474
Int. CI. A61m 5/20
U.S. CI. 128—218 3 Claims
65 tq}
\
A hydrotherapy apparatus including a tub having water in-
lets spaced around the periphery thereof and adapted to
selectively or simultaneously admit water into the tub so as to
cause turbulence therein for hydrotherapeutic applications.
Water may also be caused to impact upon a given portion of
a patient's body under predeterminable conditions of volume
and pressure by means of a nozzle the position of which is
adjustable relative to the patient's body by means of a sup-
port rod which engages the patient's body and fixes the posi-
tion of the nozzle relative thereto. The support rod includes a
ball carried in a socket on one end thereof as well as a
pivotable plate which is adapted to engage the patient's body
and thus fix the angular position of the nozzle relative
thereto.
3,641,997
RESTRAINING DEVICE
John T. Posey, Jr., 283^ N. Hoiliston Avenue, Ahadena,
Calif.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,425
Int. CI. A61f yi/00
U.S. a. 128-134 2 Claims
An electrically powered vaccinator operated by a body
member of the bird or animal being vaccinated, usually the
wing or leg of a chicken, which is manually brought into
slight pressure contact with a plate operating a power-con-
trolling switch, so that a vaccine applicator of needle or spray
type is actuated at the instant that the body member is in op-
timum position for injection or spraying. The switch and con-
tact plate assembly is shiftably mounted for multiple uses and
the dosage and/or jjenetration of the body member is adjusta-
ble.
3,641,999
STANDUP CONTAINER ADAPTED FOR THE
ADMINISTRATION OF ENEMAS
FrankUn R. Greene, New York, N.Y., assignor to E-Z-Em
Company, Inc., Westbury, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,906
Int. CI. A6 Ira 3/00
U.S. CI. 128— 227 6 Claims
A device for comfortably holding a patient in a bed or
wheelchair includes a jacket disposed around the upper torso
of the patient and straps extending away from the front and
rear of the jacket for attachment to the sides of the bed or
wheelchair. The jacket can be used in combination with a
pelvic support garment drawn between the legs of the patient
and extending upwardly to his midriff. Beit loops on the
lower part of the jacket extend through cooperating aper-
tures at the top of the pelvic support garment and the straps
are threaded through the belt loops to join the pelvic support
garment to the jacket.
There is disclosed a standup container adapted for the ad-
ministration of enemas, as well as the administration or
reception of other fluids and/or compounds. The container
consists of a stiffened bottom and flexible, collapsible
sidewalls so joined and formed that the container can be
made to starid, and such that it assumes a tapered shape,
when partially or completely filled. The tapering results in
great stability and considerable rigidity of the container when
in use, while still preserving the desirable features of flexibili-
ty, malleability when filled, and collapsibility when emptied.
A simple means for achieving the tapered shape of this con-
tainer is also disclosed.
888
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,000
APPLICATOR
Harry L. Baker, Netheriand HUton Hotel, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, S«r. No. 24,700
Int CI. \6lm 1 1 00
VS. CI. 128-238 4 Claims
3,642,002
SURGICAL TOOL
Ralph W. Otterstrom, 2556 4th Avenue, San Diego, Calif.
Filed May 23, 1969, Ser. No. 827,245
Int. CI. A61b/7//4
U.S. CI. 128-317 1 Claim
^17 ,« -PP
A tube having stoppers at both ends and a free piston in-
termediate the ends. A medicament is disposed in the tube
between one of the stoppers and the piston. The piston is
adapted to be engaged by a stem inserted in the tube to expel
the medicament from the tube.
3,642,001
DISPOSABLE DIAPER OR THE LIKE
Rdnhardt N. Sabee, 728 South Summit Street, Appleton, Wis.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,281
Int. CL A61f IJHd
U.S. CI. 128-287 12 Claims
The disclosure concerns a drive for reciprocating a surgical
tool at rapid rates, the drive and tool having unusually ad-
vantageous construction, particularly as facilitates ease of
sterilization, handling and operation.
3,642,003
SUTURES HAVING LONG-LASTING GERMICIDAL
PROPERTIES
Leonard D. Kurtz, Woodmere, N.Y., assignor to Sutures, Inc.,
Coventry, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 737340, June
17, 1968, now abandoned. This application Aug. 26, 1969,
Ser. No. 853,200
Int. CI. A61I/7/00
U.S. CI. 128-335.5 9 Claims
Materials fabricated from fibrous proteins or other
nitrogenous, amphoteric, film-forming, organic materials
such as polymers, such as fibers, threads, films, yams, fabrics
and finished textile products, are provided with long-lasting
germicidal properties by chemically combining germicidal
ions with the nitrogenous, amphoteric, substrate. The ger-
micidal ions are substantially incapable of being solvent ex-
tracted from the substrate which indicates that the ions have
been chemically bonded thereto. For example, sutures, such
as silk sutures, can be rendered germicidal for long periods of
time by contacting a silk suture with an aqueous solution of a
cationic or anionic germicidal surface active agent such as a
germicidal quaternary ammonium salt or a germicidal or-
ganic sulfonate, to chemically bond the germicidal cation or
anion of the salt to the proteinaceous substrate. The cationic
or anionic germicidal agents can both be sequentially applied
to the section containing both cationic and anionic ger-
micidal ions bonded thereto.
A fundamentally conventional diaper having an absorbent
pad between an impervious backing material and a pervious
facing has its margins folded toward each other with the
backing material outermost. Each margin is provided with an
adhesively coated tab for use in applying the diaper, a por-
tion of the length of each tab being adherent to the exposed
plastic backing of the diaper and another portion being
folded back on itself with the coating exposed. At least one
such folded back portion is held in position by a spot of hot
melt adhesive which connects it to the underiying part of the
tab. A strip of polyethylene releasably engages the exposed
adhesive surfaces of respective tabs and preferably spans the
gap between them whereby a single release facing strip of ap-
proximately half the length normally used not only protects
the adhesive surfaces of both tabs but also connects two mar-
gins of the folded diaper.
3,642,004
URETHRAL VALVE
Sven M. Osthagen, South Dennis, Mass., and Henry M. Wise,
Jr., Silver Spring, Md., assignors to Life Support Equip-
ment Corp, Burlington, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 652,916, July 12,
1967. This application Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 525
Int. CI. A61m 25/00
U.S. CI. 128-349 R 10 Claims
A valved drainage-control device adapted to be retained in
the urinary canal, comprising a slim, elongate, flexible
catheter tube at one end connected to both a valve housing
and a collapsible enlargement or bulb which latter is adapted
to be inflated and to occupy the bladder for retaining the-
catheter tube in place. At its inner end, the catheter tube is
f
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
889
closed and contains an electromagnetic valve comprising a
magnet coil and a magnetic core of permanent magnet
material. A flexible corrugated diaphragm spans the interior
of the flexible tube adjacent the magnetic valve, said
diaphragm forming with the closed end of the tube a sealed
chamber in which the magnet coil and magnetic core are
located. Adjoining the diaphragm and exterior to the sealed
chamber is an annular valve seat which is engageable by a
valve facing carried by the diaphragm. The diaphragm is con-
nected with the magnetic core to be actuated thereby, for
opening and closing the valve. Openings in the sidewall of the
flexible tube communicate with the valve, to provide for a
controlled drainage of the bladder. Extending along the flexi-
ble tube is a channel which communicates with the inflatable
bulb for the purpose of providing an inflating fluid therein.
The connecting wires for the electromagnet extend in said
fluid channel and are brought out at the other or exterior end
of the flexible tube, for connection to a battery and switch
whereby the valve may be actuated from the exterior of the
user's body.
3,642,005
ENDOTRACHEAL TUBE WITH INFLATABLE CUFF
Gerald E. McGinnis, 131 Kelvington Drive, Monroeville, Pa.
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,559
IntCI.A61m 25/02, 16/00
U.S. CI. 128-351 8 Claims
tends toward the oppxjsite end of the tube and is formed for
connection to a source of air pressure. In communication
with the tubule is an expandable chamber having an elastic
wall. The chamber is expandable as long as air is forced into
the tubule and is so formed that after it has expanded to a
predetermined size, at which the air pressure therein is the
same as the maximum air pressure desired in the cuff, addi-
tional air forced into the chamber will expand it further
without substantially changing the pressure in the cuff.
3,642,006
DEVICE FOR PARTIAL VACUUM TREATMENT OF
PREGNANT WOMEN
Walter Wobbe, Wachtstr. 27, 28 Bremen, Germany
FUed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,888
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Oct. 1, 1968, P 18 00
287.4
Int. CI. A6Ib 17/42; A61m 1/00
VJS. CI. 128-361 3 Claims
A device for partial vacuum treatment of pregnant women
in which a partial vacuum is induced within an abdomen-sur-
rounding body support. The body support is a cylindrical
drum having lids v^th flanges which fit over the edges of the
drum. The lids have crescent-shajjed edges to fit over the
body of the pregnant woman. A plastic or elastomeric sack is
fitteid over the woman from the feet up, over the body sup-
port, and to the upper part of the body. A connecting pipe
fits through the drum and the plastic sack to the vacuum-in-
ducing means, for example, a strong vacuum cleaner.
3,642,007
CONTINUOUS WAVE LASER SJJRGICAL DEVICE
Thomas G. Roberts, 2712 Mastin Lake Road N.W., Hunt-
sviUe, Ala.; John J. Ehriich, 207 1/2 Walker Avenue N.E.,
Huntsville, Ala.; Guilford J. Hutcheson, Jr., 4002 Marie
Avenue N.W., Huntsville, Ala., and Charles M. Rust, 6511
Sheri Drive N.W., Huntsville, Ala.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 581,1 12, Sept.
21, 1966, now abandoned. This application Aug. 12, 1969,
Ser. No. 858,239
Int. CI. A61m5/0/
U.S. CI. 128-395 12 Claims
^
^-^-
-;r^
^ ^ ^ — ^
The inner end portion of an endotracheal tube is encircled A laser surgical device that utilizes a continuous wave laser
by an inflatable cuff, to which is connected a tubule that ex- that has a wavelength such that the laser beam when focused
890
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
at the surface of the tissue or point of contact is nearly totally
absorbed at the surface to thereby allow the device to func-
tion as a cutting instrument without having adverse effects
upon other portions of the body or tissues that are beneath
the surface. The laser is mounted for movement so that a
physician can manually manipulate the laser beam in a back
and forth motion to make an opening of desired depth. The
laser also has controls for controlling the length of time the
laser is on and the power that is supplied to the laser
3,642,008
GROUND ELECTRODE AND TEST CIRCUIT
Lee R. BoMuc, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Medical
Plastics, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 762,582, Sept.
25, 1968. This application Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,630
Int. CI. A61b 17/36; A61n 3/00; GOlr 27/02
U.S. CI. 128-416 23 Claims
right and left parts of which form a curved support for the
breasts A suspension strap for each flange part is fixedly
connected to the forward terminus of the corresponding
shoulder strap Parts of the suspension strap on opposite
sides are individually adjustable. The relative location of the
point of connection of the shoulder strap can be adjusted as
well as the total length of the suspension strap. These adjust-
ments are firmlv held
3,642,010
ULTRASONIC METHOD FOR HAIR JOINING
Arthur Kuris, Riverdale. N.Y., assignor to Ultrasonic Systems,
Inc., Farmingdaie, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,830
Int. CI. A41g 5/00
U.S. CI. 132— 5 23 Claims
LI
0-"
26^!
~5'
je
22 2C -'" '^ f' -^l Ji, jl 'a, 1 ^.-*'
An electrical-surgical machine using high-frequency cur-
rents connected to an active electrode and a patient ground
plate electrode. The ground plate electrode is a one-piece
disposable flexible sheet member having an electrical con-
ductive skin releasably attached to a clamp connected to a
line leading to the electrical-surgical machine. A circuit- test-
ing unit checks the entire circuit, including the electrical
connection between the patient and ground plate electrode,
as well as the electrical connection between the clamp and
the ground plate. The releasable clamp has a pair of spaced
flat electrical contacts in surface engagement with the elec-
trical conductive skin of the ground electrode. One form of
the clamp has a pair of plate contacts attached to and
pivotally mounted on flat electrically insulative covers.
The methtxl for joining hair together utilizing ultrasonic
vibrational energy in which the overlapping portions of the
commercial hair and the live hair are maintained in flxed
position to each other when the energy is introduced therein.
The hair may be coated internally or externally with a ther-
moplastic material which acts as the bonding agent.
3,642,009
BRASSIERE
Mulford J. Nobbs, 3334 Hacunda Boulevard, Hacienda
Heights, Calif.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 12,972
Int. CI. A41ci/0(?
U.S. CI. 128-484 5 Claims
The improved brassiere includes an inner band part, the
base of which is anchored immediately below the breasts of
the wearer. The band has an outwardly extending flange.
3,642,011
DENTAL FLOSS HOLDER
Glenn H. Thompson, 323 West Main Street, Amherst, Ohio
Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,253
Int. CI. A61c 15/00
U.S. CI. 132-91 5 Claims
A Y-shaped dental floss holder in which the arms of the Y
are flexible enough so that they can be squeezed toward each
other in such a manner that a length of dental floss extending
through two holes in the tips of the arms and secured to the
bottom of the Y will have tension exerted on it when the
pressure on the arms is released. The dental floss is strung so
that it passes around the edges of the ends of the arms in sub-
stantially coplanar relationship with one surface of the Y,
then through the holes from the respective outside surfaces
of the arm tips and down the inside surfaces of the arms to a
position on the base where it is held securely.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
891
3,642,012 3,642,014
STERILIZING APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY COMPOUND GOVERNOR VALVE MECHANISM
STERILIZING ARTICLES BY FLAMES MEANS John J. Searles, NorthviUe, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Kari Kereluk, Fairview, Pa., assignor to American Sterilizer Company, Dearborn, Mich.
Company, Erie, Pa. Ried Nov. 24, 1 969, Ser. No. 879,467
Filed Sept. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 854,996 Int CI. G05d 13/34; F15b 3/00
Int. CI. A61I 3/00; B08b 3/10; F27b 9/20 U.S. CI. 137-54 4 Claims
?tJ.S. CI. 134-83 10 Claims
A combination dishwasher and sterilizer. The dishwasher
has a conveyor for dishes which carries the dishes through a
chamber having several zones which include a prime rinse
zone, a wash zone and a final rinse zone. From the final rinse
zone, the dishes pass through flames from two gas burners
which direct the gas flames onto the dishes both from above
and from below, killing bacteria on the dishes. A heat
exchanger is provided which utilizes the heat from the flames
to heat the rinse water for the final rinse.
3,642,013
APPARATUS FOR CLEANING HOLLOW CYLINDERS
AND THE LIKE
Hans Thierstein, Holzacker, Switzerland, assignor to Fritz
Bauser AG Maschinenfabrik, Wiler b. Utzenstorf, Switzer-
land
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,247
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 1 1, 1969.
8908/69
Int. CI. B08b 3/02, 9/02
U.S. CI. 134-113 5 Claims
^* me
A two-stage governor valve mechanism comprising a
secondary valve element for producing a governor pressure
signal that is related in magnitude to the driven speed of a ro-
tary member with a functional relationship and a primary
governor valve element that produces a modulated pressure
force on the secondary valve element which modifies that
functional relationship at relatively low speeds of the rotary
member.
s
3,642,015
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLING LIQUID VALVE
WiUiam R. Walters, 1300 Sunset, Pawhuska, Okla.
FUed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,147
Int. CI. E03b 7112
U.S. CI. 137-59 10 Claims
a^^^
-7»=
n
An apparatus for cleaning hollow cylindrical bodies and
the like, especially the screens of rotary film or screen print-
ing machines by spraying with a washing medium, the clean-
ing operation occurring with a substantially vertical position
of such hollow cylindrical body. According to the invention,
there is provided a cleaning compartment having a substan-
tially vertical lengthwise axis, one wall of such cleaning com-
partment being downwardly tiltable in order to easily in-
troduce the hollow cylinder body or the like into the cleaning
compartment. A support structure or frame for mounting the
hollow cylinder body and a spraying mechanism are secured
to the inside of this tiltable wall.
The temperature of water within a container is regulated
by a valve assembly admitting controlled amounts of water at
a different temperature when a certain temperature limit
within the container is exceeded. The valve assembly is sub-
merged within the container and encloses a valve element ex-
posed only to the inflow of water from the source.
892
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,016
FLUIDIC SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF
AN APPARATUS
Mieczyslaw Budzkh, Dundalk, Md., and Western Electric
Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,735
InL CI. F15c 1112
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 9 Claims
3,642,018
PNEUMATIC FREQUENCY COMPARATOR AND
TRANSDUCER
David P. Egolf, Falls Church, Va., and Carl J. Campagnuolo,
Potomac, Md., assignors to The United SUtes of America as
represented by the SecreUry of the Army
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46^61
Int. CI. F 15c //OS
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 12 Claims
A fluidic control system includes a plurality of monostable
and bistable fluidic devices arranged to control the operation
of a braiding apparatus for placing several layers of braiding
material over selected portions of a core.
3,642,017
SHOCK WAVE SENSOR
Allen B. Homes, Rockville, Md., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Continuation of application Ser. No. 751,452,, Aug. 9, 1968.
This appUcation July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 64,051
Intel. F15c 1112
U.S. CI. 137-81.5 9 Claims
■ ■■T- ■■,,,. ■ r ,.,.,,,,,. ,^TT7-r^ir
5«-*V" lOOiC
M _ ,
\ .
-■•2
A pneumatic frequency comparator zmd transducer. The
preferred embodiment discloses a system which yields a
pneumatic readout corresponding to the beat frequency of
two acoustic inputs The acoustic generators presented
herein are the electromagnetic-type and the ringtone-oscilla-
tor-type The former provides a pneumatic indication of the
beat frequency of two AC electrical input signals and thus
may be utilized as an electncal frequency demodulation
device or as frequency comparator. The later allows the
pneumatic monitoring of the rotational or sliding motion of a
machine that is mechanically coupled to the sleeve of the
ringtone oscillator which varies the nozzle-to-cavity distance
therein to provide a varying frequency acoustic signal for use
as an input to the preferred embodiment system.
3,642,019
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE FLOW FROM
TWO OUTLETS
Manfred Kramer, Fdlbach-Lindle; Heinz Flaschar, Ludwig-
sburg, and Georg Antonulas, Stuttgart-Sillenbuch, all of
Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Ger-
many
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,501
Claims priority, application Germany, June 28, 1969, P 19 32
994.3
' Intel. G05d ///OJ
U.S. CI. 137-101
fo
/
6 Claims
As the shock wave in a diffuser passes over a pressure
sensing orifice it causes a self-biased fluid amplifier to change
state. The position of the shock wave within the diffuser may
be determined by detecting the outputs of a plurality of the
self-biased fluid amplifiers and a logic circuit is used to trans-
late this information into a signal which will operate a ser-
vomechanism causing a bypass valve in the diffuser to open
or close to reposition the shock wave into the desired posi-
tion.
A spring-biased regulating valve directs fluid from a pump
at a constant pressure to a first outlet up to a certain amount
required by a consumer apparatus, and directs at the same
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
893
time excess fluid to a second outlet. When the pressure in the
first outlet rises above the desired constant value, a biased
control valve responds to the pressure increase and causes
the regulating valve to direct all the fluid from the pump to
the second outlet until the pressure in the first outlet has
again its desired constant value.
3,642,020
PRESSURE OPERATED-POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT
SHUTTLE VALVE
Vivian H. Payne, Houston, Tex., assignor to Cameron Iron
Works, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,120
Int CI. F16k i//;2
U.S. CI. 137-112 5 Claims
A shuttle valve which requires p>ositive pressure to provide
positive displacement thereof
3,642,021
BLENDING VALVE
John Thomas MuUer, Morris Plains; WiUiam L. ScuU, Dover;
James H. Cooper, Glen Rock, and Curt A. Soderberg, Lake
Hiawatha, aU of N J., assignors to Leslie Co., Parsippany,
NJ.
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 26,826
Intel. F 16k 7/ /OO
U.S. CI. 137-114 6 Claims
3,642,022
FLOW-OPERATED SELECTOR VALVE FOR
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
William D. Kirby, 2121 Hamilton Court, Richland, Wash.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21^85
Intel. F16k J//J6i
U.S. CI. 137—119
2 Claims
There is disclosed an improved blending valve for a hot
water system which provides automatic adjustment of tem-
pered water output dependent upon the demand for water
and in proportion to variations in temperature of hot water
input to the blending valve.
A multiport valve, operated by flow interruption, to
change flow progressively through an ordered array of out-
puts. A central chamber provides plural output orifices con-
centrically positioned therein and carries a central rotator
having plural valving means for the orifices, one less in
number than the number of output orifices associated
therewith. The rotator is carried upon a stem that commu-
nicates within the input channel to the central chamber to
cause the rotator to move axially within the chamber to a
closed position upon each cyclic flow through the input
channel. A spring biases the rotator to a normally open posi-
tion and cam means are provided about the inner periphery
of the valve chamber to communicate with dogs carried by
the rotator to cause partial rotation upon each vertical mo-
tion to change output orifices.
3,642,023
DRINKING WATER SUPPLY FOR AUTOMOTIVE
VEHICLES
Charles Rembert, 8946 South Essex Street Chicago, Dl.
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. Na 49,751
Int CI. B67d 5154
U.S. CI. 137-209 3 Claims
The invention disclosed relates to a drinking water supply
for automotive vehicles wherein a supply of cold water is car-
ried in a pressurized, insulated container in the trunk com-
partment of the vehicle and conveyed to a suitably positioned
dispensing faucet within the vehicle. The invention is charac-
terized by the provision of improved means for pressurizing
the container and with improved means for mounting the
dispensing faucet and an associated drain conduit at a con-
venient and accessible position within the vehicle body.
894
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,024
BUTTERFLY VALVE
Bernard L. La Corte, Wilmington, Del., and Suryakant K.
Dawawala, GlenoMen, Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,531
Int. CI. F 16k 49/00
US. CI. 137-340 23 Claims
fice in the rotatable disc actuated by the knob. A detent ar-
rangement assures registry of the proper orifice. The small
safety float is mounted on the same pivot as the main float
and normally moves with the main float but if the inlet valve
should leak, causing the oil level in the float chamber to con-
tinue to rise to an abnormally high level, the safety float will
nse until the ferrous part of the float support bracket comes
into the field of the permanent magnet carried by the cover.
At this time the float will be lifted with a snap action and the
tab standing up from the safety float bracket will strike the
arm standing up from the main float bracket. This will deliver
a blow to the mlet valve and will maintain the added force on
the inlet valve The control cannot subsequently be placed
into operation without first manually depressing the reset
button to push the safety float away from the permanent
magnet.
3,642,026
METERING VALVE
Ulrich Sielaff, Mc Fariand, Wis,, assignor to Air Reduction
Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,545
Int CI. F16k 7112
U.S. CI. 137-525 3 Claims
This invention relates to a control valve of the butterfly-
type which is capable of quickly and dependably stopping the
flow of steam under high temperature and pressure in a large
diameter conduit, such as may be used in conjunction with a
steam turbine. After stoppage of the steam flow, the valve is
capable of reopening against the full steam pressure drop
built up across the valve.
The valve comprises a valve body, a butterfly disc, and a
shaft, the shaft supporting the disc within the valve body. The
shaft is supported on spherical bearings located outside cf
the valve body. Various cooling means are used to prevent
the bearings from overheating.
A self-adjusting sealing structure surrounds the shaft to
prevent leakage of steam to the surrounding environment. A
single-acting hydraulic actuator is provided through various
linkages to open and control the butterfly disc against the full
pressure drop across the disc. The disc is eccentrically con-
nected to the shaft so that relatively small helical springs can
close the disc within approximately 0. 1 5 seconds upon loss of
hydraulic actuating pressure. The valve is designed to absorb
the large impact forces.
3,642,025
OIL CONTROL SAFETY FLOAT WITH MAGNETIC
LATCH
Frank Breckenridge, Glenview, ni., assignor to Controls Com-
pany of America, Melrose Park, III.
Fited July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54^69
Int.CI. F16k2///5
DJS. CI. 137-400 3 Claims
A metering valve having a high degree of resolution having
a resilient disc which is movaole toward and away from an
orifice which conducts a fluid into a flow chamber, wherein
an adjustable spring means is provided to vary the force for
moving the resilient disc.
3,642,027
DIRECTIONAL CONTROl VALVE
Orval Leroy Rice, Mentor, Ohio, assignor to Parker-Hannifin
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,715
Int. CI. F16k 1 1 no
L.S. CI. 137-5%.2 4 Claims
Oil flow is regulated by the main float operating the inlet
valve to maintain a constant level in the float chamber. Flow
from the float chamber is metered by a selected metering ori-
A four-way spool-type valve assembly for controlling the
actuation of a double-acting fluid motor characterized in that
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
895
the spool has therewithin a relief valve and a check valve
respectively operative to build up back pressure in the return
line from the motor during the load lowering operation and
to permit return flow under such back pressure into the inlet
port to prevent cavitation of the fluid motor. The spool
herein is further characterized in that in the load raising posi-
tion thereof both the relief valve and the check valve are
bypassed so as to offer minimum restriction to fluid flow mto
and from the fluid motor.
3,642,028
METERING VALVES
Raymond Evan Hufton, Solihull, and George Graham Mor-
gan, Birmingham, both of England, assignors to Joseph
Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865318
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 17, 1%8,
49,332/68
Int. CI. F16k 47/04
U.S. CI. 137-625.3 25 Claims
A fluid control valve has its port formed as an array of
holes arranged both in radial rows and arcuate rows relative
to an axis. A closure member has a platelike form and is dis-
placeable about another axis by means of an actuator so as
progressively to uncover the holes. The uncovering takes
place as the actuator moves from a central position. There,
may be two hole arrays and the closure member is movable
in either direction to uncover a respective one of the arrays.
Alternatively the closure member is moved in one direction
to uncover a single array, irrespective of the movement of
the actuator from a central position. In either case the axis of
the closure member is adjustable relative to the port, so that
a desired rate of uncovering may be obtained for a given rate
of actuator movement.
3,642,029
DUAL VALVE CONTROL DEVICE
Jay R. Katchka, Long Beach, Calif., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,741
Int. CI. F 16k 1/54
VS. CI. 137-629 14 Claims
72, 46
valve members, which are concentrically formed on a unitary
diaphragm, a portion of which has opposite sides that are
pressure equalized when both of the valve elements are in the
closed position.
A dual valve arrangement wherein a pair of fixed valve
seats are sequentially engaged by a corresponding pair of
3,642,030
REFRIGERANT THROTTLING DEVICE
Larry D. Amick, Brownsburg, Ind., assignor to Carrier Cor-
poration, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,898
Intel. F15d 1/02
US. CI. 138-45 6 Claims
a
A refrigerant restriction device for use in a refrigeration
system, the restriction device comprising a member having a
bore of predetermined length and diameter therein with a
conical inlet and a conical outlet to effect the desired pres-
sure drop between the high and low pressure sides of the
system.
3,642,031
FLOW CONTROL DEVICE
Allen C. Wright, Moraga, Calif., assignor to Haws Drinlung
Faucet Company, Berkeley, Calif.
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 5,034
Intel. F15dy /02
VS. CI. 138—45 7 Claims
27/30
A flow control device for use with a drinking fountain or
the like to maintain the volumetric flow of water thereto rela-
tively independent of supply line pressure and to prevent
surging of the water discharge from the fountain The flow
control device is disposed in the water supply conduit to the
fountain, and it takes the form of a casing providing a rela-
tively large chamber having inlet and outlet openings ad-
jacent the opposite ends thereof A pressure-responsive,
volumetric-flow regulator is located at the chamber inlet to
maintain the flow volume thereto relatively independent of
supply line pressure. A turbulence-reducing means in the
form of a cellular body of nonabsorbent, form-retaining
material located within the chamber has open cellular in-
terstices interconnected one with another to define myriad
random flow paths through the body which tend to guide the
water along smooth flow paths leading to the outlet opening
of the device. In addition to preventing surging of a relatively
uniform flow volume, the device also markedly reduces the
noise level from that of conventional flow regulators.
896
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,032
INTERNAL PIPE CLAMP APPLYING APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Robert W. Cook, Decatur, Ind.; Edmond J. Bissaiikm, Atlan-
U, Ga., and Robert P. Dickinson, St. Louis, Mo., assignors
to Fischer-Cook, Inc., Decatur, Ind.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,164
Int. a. F16\ 5511^
U.S. CI. 138— 97 — ' 4 Claims
The method of the invention utilizes opening of a gas
pipeline and introducing into its interior a mobile assembly
which carries an array of separable, discrete leak sealing
rings, moving the assembly along the interior of the conduit
to the site of a leak, then expanding and disengaging one of
the rings into leak sealing position, then advancing the as-
sembly to the next leak, ref>eating the operation until all of
the leak sealing rings in the array carried by the assembly
have been thus utilized. The assembly includes air-operated
positioning elements for guide wheels on which the apparatus
travels, cind a power operated element for advancing the seal-
ing rings, one by one, into operative relation with a ring ex-
pander, also forming a part of the travelling assembly.
3,642,033
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE PIPE WITH ANCHORS FOR
TYING JOINTS
Robert E. Bald, Roseland, NJ., assignor to Interpace Cor-
poration, Parsippany, N J.
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,470 I
Int.CI.F16i 27/00,25/00
IJ.S. CI. 138-103 8 Claims
LLM
A pipe section with a concrete core having joint-forming
ends and devices for restraining bolts by which joints
between connected pipes are closed and prevented from
opening, the pipe core being encircled by a tensioned helical
wire wrapping continuous lengthwise of the core pipe over
and across the locations of anchors by which the bolt-
restraining devices are mounted to the core pipe
3,642,034
TUBULAR HBROUS BODIES AND APPARATUS AND
METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
William L. Ullman, Cherry Hill, NJ.; James C. Baxter,
Minerva; Arthur J. Pearson, Granville; Robert E. Davis,
Newark, and William B. Hullhorst, Rossford, all of Ohio,
assignors to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation
Continuation of application Ser. No. 710,693, Dec. 21, 1967,
which is a division of application Ser. No. 339,007, Jan. 20,
1964, now abandoned. This application Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No.
78,953
Int. CI. F16l9//4,9//6
U.S. CI. 138-^144 4 Claims
>?j 'so
^so
A thermal-insulating tubular body having a low-density,
air-permeated, resin-bonded continuous strip of fibrous glass
wound in a helical path with each turn of the strip over-
lapping the preceding turn less than one-half the width of the
stnp whereby the tubular body has alternate helical portions
of single and double laminations of the strip of fibrous glass,
the portions of double laminations being compressed to the
same thickness as the portions of single laminations and there
are helical grooves cut into the exterior surface of the tubular
body
3,642,035
DEVICE FOR THE nLLING OF DISPERSERS OF THE
AEROSOL TYPE HAVING A SEPARATE SELF-
CONTAINED PROPULSION UNIT
Jean Marand, L'Hermitage, St. Benoit, France, assignor to
Ciba-Geigy Corporation
Continuation of application Ser. No. 764,110, Oct. 1, 1968.
This application July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,685
Int. CI. B65bi/ /OO
U.S. CI. 141-20 7 Claims
A device for the filling of a pushbutton dispenser of the
aerosol type with a propelling medium and a product to be
dispensed, wherein the propelling medium and the product
are contained in separate receptacles, one within the other,
the valve of the dispenser comprising a pushbutton
removably mounted on a hollow sliding rod. The filling
device comprises an adjustably mounted head traversed by
an axial channel connected via transverse fittings with a line
connected at one side thereof to a source of the propelling
medium under pressure leading to be introduced
therethrough into an axial disposed injection nozzle at the
lower end of said filling head. A second oblique channel via a
transverse fitting of the device operatively connects at
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
897
another side to a source of the product to be distributed, with
the lower end of the oblique channel also communicating
with the injection nozzle. Hermetic seal members are lodged
in the head for the purpose of working in conjunction with
the rod of the pushbutton and defining in the injection nozzle
two independent circuits intended, respectively, for the in-
flow of the propelling medium and of the product to be dis-
tributed.
3,642,036
AUTOMATIC FUELING SYSTEM FOR AUTOMOBILES
Irwin Ginsburgh, Morton Grove, and Eugene Runes, Chicago
Heights, both of lU.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33308
Int. CI. B65b \130; B67c ilOO
U^. CI. 141-94 12 Claims
3,642,038
SABRE SAW
Gunter Manncs, Remscbekl-Bliedinghausen, Germany, as-
signor to Stichllng-Werkzeugfabrik Honneknovd & Co.,
Burger Strasse, Germany
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,654
Claims priority, applkatkMi Gemumy, Sept 30, 1969, P 19
49 215.0
Int. CI. B27b 79/05
U.S. CI. 143-68 E 2 Claims
/
/'
Disclosed is a system for automatically fueling an automo-
tive vehicle, comprising a movable fuel dispenser including
nozzle which is adapted to be coupled to the fuel inlet of the
vehicle, and programmable moving means connected to the
fuel dispenser for moving the dispenser into a position where
the nozzle can be coupled with the fuel inlet. On the vehicle
are means which provide a signal indicating where the fuel
dispenser should be moved relative to the fuel inlet. A detec-
tor actuated by this signal programs the moving means to
move the dispenser to the correct fueling position.
3,642,037
LIQUID TRANSFER SYSTEM
Ernest R. Cunningham, LibertyviUe, lU., assignor to Barr-
Stalfort Company, Division of Pittway Corporation, Niles,
lU.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 881,946
Int CI. B65b 1104, 3104
U.S. CI. 141-348 13 Claims
A sabre saw having helically twisted teeth extending from
its attaching end to its remote end. The attached end is
driven with reciprocatory motion, and the teeth are shaped
to be inclined upwardly to cut as the sabre saw moves toward
the attaching end.
3,642,039
POWER SCREWDRIVER
Harokl McGee, Rockford, 111., assignor to Hill-Rockford Co.,
Rockford, Dl.
FIted June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,650
Int. CI. B23p 19,06: mSb33 08
U.S. CI. 144-32 28 Claims
An essentially loss-free unidirectional liquid-^ transfer
system between closed containers having a presstire dif-
ferential is disclosed, llie liquid transfer filler and receptor
nozzles have compressible material between them and a slid-
ing sleeve to help prevent liquid loss. The check valves in the
two nozzles are also of nonsimilar configuration so that fluid
will flow around each valve.
This screwdriver is driven pneumatically and has all pneu-
matic control means. The screw-gripping jaws'operable pneu-
matically are separately controlled from the operation of the
screwdriver to grip the screw first loosely as it is fed into
place between the jaws, the jaws being thereafter closed for
accurate positioning and guiding of the screw while the driv-
ing commences, the jaws finally opening wide as the screw is
898
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
driven home. Pneumatic limit switches or valves control the
operation of the screwdriver independently of the control of
the screw-holding jaws, and a mechanically operable torque
measuring gauge or clutch automatically shuts off pneumatic
power to the screwdriverby switch or valve control when the
screw is driven home or H the event of a jam due, for exam-
ple, to cross-threading. There is an adjustability feature
adapting the screwdriver to operation on different lengths of
selected lengths which are directed by a deflector assembly
onto an off-feed conveyor assembly which conveys the
processed logs in sequence from the machine, depositing
such processed logs at a position removed from the machine
onto a suitable supporting surface. The off-feed conveyor, in
screws.
3 642 040
WORKPIECE-SENSING MILLING APPARATUS
Heinrich Brandt, Leipziger Strasse 6, 492 Umgo/Lippe, Ger-
Filed Jun« 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,204
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 20, 1970, P 20
13 309.9
Int. CI. B27c 5102
U.S. CI. 144-139 11 Claims
HID
tltiUlt 'Its
100 iSIf
;«oo
tot HtUUUHS
(iUlAt *CTU*TM
1000
3
WOOD MINDLINC VNlT
soo
RiLtD VOOD
one instance, is attached to the platform on which the
processing units are mounted, and in another instance is in-
dependently mounted on the undercarriage for pivotal move-
ment about a vertical axis independent of pivotal movement
of the processing assembly.
3 642 042
METHOD OF FORMING WOOD
Robert W. Davidson, 134 Somerset Road, Syracuse, N.Y., and
Conrad Schuerch, 125 Concord Place, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,843
Int.CI. B27h//00
U.S. CI. 144-327 2 Claims
W
D
A plate, which has a rectangular rim with rounded comers,
and a band bonded to the rim and projecting with edge por-
tions from the same, is machined along the rim by a pair of
coaxial milling cutters which remove the projecting edge por-
tions of the band. The milling cutters are supported by tool
carriers which are mounted on a frame which is tillable about
the axis of the cutters, and is angularly displaced at the
rounded comers of the plate due to the engagement of the
rim by an abutment face of an abutment member secured to
the frame. Feeler rollers, mounted on the tool camera, deter-
mine the correct working positions of the cutters by engaging
opposite sides of the plate, and tum with the frame and tool
carriers.
^flCoAT so *000
t
SuejECTWG E^ttC-jATtO
1 OF SC;
r
tvti:._ti''V'j ^'/TC
*O0D «f' " itMOMfi
BEVKVtC HWCN5
3 642 041
MOBILE TREE-pilOCESSING MACfflNE
Douglas D. Hamilton, Mount Royal, and Joseph J. R. Boivin,
Montreal, both of Canada, assignors to Canadian Internal
Paper Company; Quebec North Shore Paper Company,
Montreal and Abitibi St. Anne Paper Ltd., Beaupre,
Canada
Filed May 7, 1968, Ser. No. 727^16
Claims priority, application Canada, May 12, 1967, 990,351
Int. CI. AOlg 2i/02
U.S. CI. 144-309 AC *^ Claims
A mobile tree-processing machine which includes a plat-
form pivotally mounted on a mobile undercarriage for slew-
ing about a vertical axis and having one or more tree-
processing units mounted thereon operative to delimb, de-
bark and/or sever whole trees fed thereto by a boom-and-
grapple assembly and propelled through the processing units
by feed means consisting of driven feed rollers. The leading
end of the processed tree, emerging from he last of the
processing units, actuates a cutter mechanism sevenng
Wood is treated with sulfur dioxide prior to impregnation
of the wood with ammonia and forming the impregnated
wood to a desired configuration to decrease the alteration of
the color of the wood by the ammonia. Preferably air is
removed from the wood by evacuation prior to the supplying
of sulfur dioxide thereto and unreacted sulfur dioxide is
removed from the wood by evacuation prior to the supplying
of ammonia thereto.
3,642,043
PINEAPPLE CORING AND RECORING
Leslie Vadas, Los Gatos, Calif., assignor to Castle & Cooke,
Inc.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,177
Int. CI. AOld 43/06; A23n 3/12
U.S. CI. 146-6 6 Claims
Pineapples are precored to leave a tubular backbone of
core material around the precore hole, which augments the
strength of the fruit. The precored pineapples are then
peeled, axially slit into halves, and the halves inspected and
trimmed The semitubular backbone of the core material is
'February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
899
next removed from each half by a recoring operation. A ro-
tary tubular knife is employed for recoring while the pineap-
lAo.
3,642,046
VARUBLE COUNT SLICING OF FOOD PRODUCTS
Victor M. Mathews, Jr., Leawood, Kans.; Richard P. Nebon,
Parkville, Mo., and Eugene Brooks Lilly, Overland Park,
Kans., assignors to MKC Electronics Corporation, Kansas
City, Kans.
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,514
Int CI. B26d 4/24, 5/20
U.S. CI. 146-95 26 Claims
pies are advancing along guide bars that fit into the core
recesses.
3,642,044
THE PRODUCTION OF POLYURETHANES EMPLOYING
ORGANOPOLYMERCURLAL CATALYSTS
Joseph Fertig, Elizabeth, and Seymour J. Lederer, Fairiawn,
both of N J., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N J.
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,960
Int. CI. C08g 22/04
VS. CI. 260—77.5 AC 21 Claims
The production of polyurethanes employing or-
ganopolymercurials as the catalytic agent. The organomercu-
ric catalyst has the formula R -f (Hg X), wherein R is aryl,
aralkyl, alkaryl, furyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, straight or
branched alkyl or cyclic lower alkyl, or the halo, amido,
lower alkozy, carboxy or nitro substituted derivatives thereof;
X is an anion derived fi"om benzoic acid, an alkanoic acid or
an inorganic acid or a hydroxyl group; n is an integer of 2 to
4; and the mercury atoms are bound directly to the CcU-bon
atoms of the nucleus R.
3,642,045
CHEESE-GRATING DEVICE
Jacques BuvekK, Chemin Vegrassat 12, 1180 RoUe, Switzer-
land
FUed Sept 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,238
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Oct. 5, 1968,
472241/68
Int. CI. A47j 43/28; B02c 18/00
U.S. CI. 146— 60 6 Claims
A device for grating cheese and the like is described. The
device consists of a cylindrical housing containing a grating
plate. Inserted into the housing above the grating plate is a
rotatable cylindrical body divided by a vertical partition
which serves to tum the substance to be grated in contact
with the plate. A pusher element inserted in the cylindrical
body drives the partition by means of slots into which the
partition is engaged.
A method aixl apparatus for slicing a slab of a food
product, such as bacon, into drafts of predetermined weight
by varying the slice count in each draft while maintaining the
slice thickness essentially uniform, in order to compensate
for variations in the dimensions of the slab. The thickness
and the width of the slab are individually sensed as the slab is
advanced into a slicing blade, the slice count in each draft
being varied in accordance with changes in the thickness of
the slab while the rate of advancement is controlled in ac-
cordance with width variations. Rather than slicing the slab,
the dimensional information derived from sensing the slab
thickness may be utilized for grading purposes.
3,642,047
LAMINATED CONTAINER OF THERMOPLASTIC AND
NONTHERMOPLASTIC MATERIALS WITH NIPPLES
Bard M. Waage, Knivsta, Sweden, assignor to Investrop AG,
Zug, Switzerland
FUed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876^65
Claims priority, appUcation Sweden, Nov. 21, 1968,
15,883/68
Int CI. B65d 47/10; A61j 1/00
U.S. CI. 150-8 3 Claims
A plastic bag comprising an inner thermoplastic layer and
an outer nonthermoplastic layer is disclosed having at least
one connection nipple, which by means of a thermoplastic
covering foil is welded to the themroplastic inner layer of
said bag so that a liquidtight connection is obtained.
3,642,048
WHEEL ASSEMBLY FOR TOY VEHICLES
Wilhdm Poweleit, Korbacher Str. 7, Brikm-Wald, Germany
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 23,007
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Mar. 26, 1969, P 19
15 443.9
Int CI. B60f 9/00
U^. CI. 152-323 3 Claims
The wheel assembly described is formed of a wheel and a
hollow tire held firmly on the wheel rim by cooperating
900
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
securing means including two axially outwardly open grooves member A shoulder projects from the upper portion of the
extending circumferentially in a back-to-back relationship slat and cooperates with the engaging member in such a
about the periphery of the wheel as an integral part thereof
n 5 1* 13
and two axially inwardly projecting and circumferentially ex-
tending legs forming an integral part of the tire. The free ter-
minus of each leg snugly fits into said grooves.
3,642,049
DRIVE MEANS FOR FOLDING OR COILABLE
PARTITIONS AND THE LIKE
Hugh M. Lyman, 2352 Oakcrest Lane, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 52,005
Int. CI. E06b 9104
U.S. CI. 160-23 14 Claims
manner as to cause an angular displacement of the slat when
a tension is applied to the laths of the blind.
3,642,051
EXTENSIBLE PANEL STRUCTURE
Richard Goldner, 1912 Washington Plaza, 1420 Centre
Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,441
Int. CI. E05d 75/06
U.S. CI. 160-197
10 Claims
A drive mechanism for folding or coilable partitions and
the like where one rotatable member is used to extend the
partition and another is used to retract or fold the partition.
la use with foldable partitions separate takeup drums are
provided for the opposite ends of the same cable or for
separate cables and the drums are arranged such that each
can be powered while the other is in a freewheeling or con-
trolled freewheeling condition with respect to the drive
means. The powered and freewheeling conditions of the
drums are changed with reversal of operation of a drive
motor and the diameters of the drums can be readily changed
to insure maximum effectiveness of the drive for any parti-
tion, or the like, with which it is used.
3,642,050
ROLL-TYPE BLINDS FOR WINDOWS
Renato Piana, 42 Via Beaumont, Turin, Italy
Filed June 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 838381
Int. CI. E06b 9108
U.S. CI. 160-133 5 Claims
Disclosed is a blind comprising a series of alternately
suspended laths and slats. The upper rim of each slat is bent
into a hooklike shape which is hinged in a correspondingly
bent lower rim of the preceding lath. The upper rim of each
lath is integral with a coupling channel having an engaging
The extensible panel structure includes a plurality of
planar panels having oppositely extending boxlike vertical
end nb members and a generally Z-shaped configuration.
The panels are positioned in parallel relation to each other
and each has a support member secured in the boxlike end
rib memb)ers The support members in the end rib members
of the respective panels have a spacer member abutting the
adjacent panel and have a depending leg arranged to be posi-
tioned on a rail member. The other support member has a
similar depending leg member that is positioned on a parallel
spaced rail member and an upwardly extending slot portion
in which the adjacent panel structure is positioned to main-
tain the adjacent panels in spaced relation to each other.
Suitable spring members are secured to the support members
to serve as resilient bumpers between adjacent panels when
the panels are in a closed or overlapped position.
3,642,052
PROCESS OF CONTINUOUS CASTING OF STEEL
Hans Schrewe, Duisburg-Ungeisheim; Gerd Diederich, Kre-
feld; Peter Wahls, Buederich, and Emil Pfenning, Duisburg-
Buchhoiz, all of Germany, assignors to Mannesmann Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Duesseldorf, Germany
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 22,067
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 21, 1969, P 19
15 303.8
Int. CI. B22d 27118
U.S. CI. 164-55 6Ctaims
During the starting phase of continuous casting, a fast
melting, slag producing powder is added and replenished sub-
sequently by a high melting powder.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
901
3,642,053 3,642,055
METHOD OF PREPARING SODIUM-LEAD ALLOY METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY
FLAKES CASTING MOLTEN METAL
Danid E. Wiley, Corpus Chrisd; Harmon A. McDougal, William Nighman, Rkhmood, Va., assignor to Reynolds
Beaumont, both of Tex., and Allan L. Turner, Denver, Metals Company, Richmond, Va.
Cok)., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa. Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,290
Filed Dec. 9, 1 969, Ser. No. 883,5 1 6 Int. CI. B22d 7 / 106
Intel. B22d 11106, 11/12 VS. CI. 164-87 17 Claims
U.S. CI. 164-70 5 Claims
A rotary table is described for use in producing flakes of
solid material from solutions or from molten metal baths. In
particular the invention is described with reference to the
preparation of sodium-lead alloys. In the specific embodi-
ment molten sodium-lead alloy is deposited on the surface of
a rotating flat table. An indirect heat exchange is established
between the molten metal and a fluid circulating underneath
the table surface. Discharge orifices are provided in a
chamber below the table surface at a multiplicity of points
across its width. Uniform discharge of heat exchange fluid at
all points across the undersurface of the table is accom-
plished by an equal pressure drop being maintained across all
of the orifices.
3,642,054
PROCESS FOR FORMING A MULTIMETALLIC RAIL
DEVICE
Thonws A. Nowak, Veradalc, Wash., assignor to Kaiser Alu-
minum & Chemical CorporatkMi, Oakland, Calif.
Original appUcation July 5, 1968, Ser. No. 742^86, now
Patent No. 3,544,737, dated Dec. 1, 1970, which is a
continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 666,654, Sept. 11,
1967, now abandoned. Divided and this application Feb. 6,
1970, Ser. No. 13,214
-~- Int. CI. B22d 1 1 100, 1 9100
U.S. CI. 164—86 12 Claims
This invention relates to an improved process for produc-
ing a multimetallic rail device wherein the different metal
components making up the rail device are permanently
secured together in intimate interfacial and electrical con-
tact.
A method of and apparatus for continuously casting mol-
ten metal into a passageway wherein coolants are directed at
the molten metal not only by conduction through portions of
the passageway, but also by direct contact therewith through
openii>gs in a porous belt. In one form of the invention, a
trough is mounted peripherally of a casting wheel, and the
met^ is retained in the rotating trough by means of surface
tendon. The coolant applied through the openings of the belt
remains in intimate contact with the molten metal even as it
shrinks away from the underside of the belt and from the
sidewalls of the trough. In another form of the invention, a
passageway is formed between a pair of travelling porous
belts and suitable side guard means.
3,642,056
METHOD OF CASTING TITANIUM
Robert A. Rosenberg, Norwood, Mass., assignor to Mitron
Research & Development Corporation, Wahham, Mms.
Original application Feb. 23, 1967, Ser. No. 632,127, now
Patent No. 3,417^08, dated Jan. 24, 1968. Divided and this
application Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786^79
Int CI. B22c 1100, 3/00
U.S. CI. 164-138 1 Claim
A quantity of molten titanium is protected against embrit-
tling contamination by containing aJI of the molten titanium
within a receptacle and releasing along all titanium surfaces
which are in contact with the receptacle the liquid and gase-
ous halide products of melting and decomposition (caused by
heat of the molten titanium) of nonreactive flux consisting
essentially of at least one halide which generates these pro-
tective products on exposure to temperatures of molten
titanium.
902
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,057
CONSTRUCTION FOR COOLING A CONTINUOUSLY
CAST STRING
Erwin Scheufele, Diiisburg-Uiigelsheim, Germany, assignor to
Kabei-und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktien-
gcsellschaft, Vahrenwalder Strasse, Germany
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,523
/ Intel. B22d / 7/72
U.S. CI. 164-283 7 Claims
sequent cooling of the first vessel through heats of vaporiza-
tion and heating of the second vessel through heats of vapor
absorption Additionally, a process for heating and cooling
comprising providing a vaporizable liquid and a vapor-ab-
sorptive chemical, placing said liquid and said chemical into
a^\(,- L- one 3 5 c»t5 CyC' C OT
i 9'
Continuously cast strings are cooled, first by spraying ot
water, and secondly by means of cooling rolls providing con-
ditions for heat transfer quantitatively decreasing from the
center towards the ends in axial direction, of an individual
roll.
3,642,058
MOLD APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS CASTING
Fred J. Webbere, Orchard Lake, and Robert G. WUliams,
Birmingham, both of Mich., assignors to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mkh.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 827,747, May 26,
1969. This application Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,407
Int.CI. B22d///00
U.S. CI. 164-283 5 Claims
1 1 •
1>^
1 i
\
.
proximate relationship resulting in evaporation of said liquid
with the formation of vapors and the substantially simultane-
ous cooling of said liquid, passing said vapors from the vicini-
ty of said liquid to the vicinity of said chemical to permit ab-
sorption and condensation of said vapors by said chemical
and substantially simultaneous heating of said chemical.
3,642,060
WATER-COOLED APPARATUS
Joseph W. Hlinka, Bethlehem, Pa., assignor to Bethlehem
Steel Corporation
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19-597
InL CI. C21b 7/70
U.S. CI. 165—47 6 Claims
Apparatus for continuous casting including an open-ended
mold with a first portion adjacent the inlet end having a low
heat transfer capacity wherein no significant solidification of
metal takes place, a second portion adjacent the first portion
adapted to effect initial skin layer solidification and a third
portion adjacent the second portion having a plurality of lon-
gitudinal grooves in its inner surface to vent gas released
upon solidification from the second portion out the open end
of the mold and wherein progressive solidification is accom-
plished to form solid bar stock.
3,642,059
HEATING AND COOLING UNIT
Leonard Greiner, 2805 Lorenzo Ave., Costa Mesa, Calif.
FUed June 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 837,687
Int. CI. F25b 13100
VS. CI. 165-2 8 Claims
A heating and cooling apparatus comprising two vessels
connected by a conduit, the first containing a vaporizable
liquid, e.g. water, and the second containing a vapor-absorp-
tive chemical, e.g. Na,0, so that the liquid evaporates from
the first vessel and its vapors, in effect, are drawn by the
vapor-absorptive chemical through the conduit to the second
vessel where they are absorbed and condensed with the con-
A water-cooled multitubular lance for introducing oxygen
or other materials into the interior of a heated chamber. The
lance is designed so that the outermost tubular member is
free to expand in an axial direction and carries practically no
load. The design is applicable to water-cooled burners,
probes and other similar devices.
3,642,061
HEAT EXCHANGER
Raymond Waesdynck, Paris, France, assignor to Stein &
Roubaix, Paris, France
Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,438
Claims priority, applicatkMi France, Apr. 16, 1968, 148215
Int CI. F28c 3/00
U.S. CI. 165-111 4 Claims
A heat exchanger from which is absent a dividing wall
between an axial flow of hot fluid, preferably a flame, and an
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
903
encircling spiral flow of fluid to be heated which is main- from the interior of the submersible dniiing vessel which
tained separate by the centrifugal force due to its cyclonic houses well drilling equipment and logging and completion
equipment. Such interior of the submersible drilling vessel is
substantially at atmospheric pressure and is in fluid commu-
flow and is contained by a refractory-lined wall which ab-
sorbs radiant heat from the hot fluid.
3,642,062
COOLING INSTALLATION FOR LIQUID COLLED
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE FOR DRIVING IN
PARTICULAR COMBAT-TYPE VEHICLES
Franz Kdmaier, Korb. I ber VVaiblingen; Walter Sfiefel. Neu-
hausen, and Hans Merkle, Stuttgart-Frauenkopf, all of Ger-
numy, assignors to Daimler-Benz Aktiengcscllschaft, Stutt-
gart-Unterturkheim, Germany
Continuation of applkation Ser. No. 713^50, Mar. 15, 1968,
now abandoned. This applkation Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No.
63,338
Int CI. F24h 3/00
U.S. CI. 1 65- 1 25 23 Claims
nication with the surface vessel. If the drilled well is
completed as a producing well, the submersible drilling vessel
installs suitable valves on a plate means which k left on the
floor of the body of water when the submersible drilling ves-
sel is moved to another location.
3,642,064
APPARATUS FOR SEALINGLY BLOCKING A CONDUIT
Wayne O. Rosenthal, Fort Worth, Tex., assignor to Gearhart-
Owen Industries, Inc., Fort Worth, Tex.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,733
Int CI. E2 lb Ji/ 7 29
U.S. CI. 166-134 7 Claims
-Vr
A cooling installation for liquid-cooled internal com-
bustion engines, in particular for combat vehicles, in which
an air guide apparatus is arranged between an essentially cir-
cularly shaped heat-exchanger for the heat transfer of the
cooling liquid and a coaxial inner radial blower; the guide af>-
paratus has guide blades radially enlarged in a diffusorlike
manner and is subdivided into guide channels in the direction
of the blower axis which are axially enlarged in a diffusorlike
manner from the air discharge surface of the blower to the
air inlet surface of the heat exchanger.
3,642,063
OFFSHORE DRILLING AND WELL COMPLETION
METHOD
Allen A. Jergins, 900 N. E. Loop 410, San Antonio, Tex.
Original applkation Jan. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 696,047, now
Patent No. 3,516,409, dated June 23, 1970. Divided and this
application Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 889,838
Int CI. E2 lb 7/72, 43/01
U.S. CI. 166- .5 6 Claims
A method is provided for drilling and completing
hydrocarbon production wells in substantial depths of water.
Such method includes a surface vessel and a submarine
drilling vessel. After the surface vessel sets and cements at
least one pipe in the formations below the floor of the body
of water, the submersible drilling vessel is coupled in a water-
tight manner to the pipe and drilling of a well is performed
Apparatus for sealingly blocking a conduit characterized
by a liner having a cylindrical annular body sealingly engag-
ing the conduit and defining a cylindrical internal passageway
and an internal sealing plug adapted to pass within the
passageway, to seal it, and to provide retainer means to
prevent movement of the plug from within the liner re-
gardless of whether pressure is above or below the plug. The
sealing plug is further characterized by having a body portion
to pass within the passageway within the liner and substan-
tially block the passageway; a seal extending annularly
around the body portion and adapted for sealingly engaging
the liner and the body portion for sealing any annular
F>assageway therebetween; upper and lower retainers for
preventing movement of the sealing plug despite a force on
either side. The lower retainer may be eccentrically mounted
dogs that are moved by gravity into a retaining position to
protrude beyond the periphery of the sealing plug and retain
the plug within the liner but adapted to cam inwardly for
puissage through the liner. The upper retainer may be a ring
releasably connected to the body portion and adapted to en-
gage the top of the liner to resist downward movement.
Details of construction of the respective elements are also
disclosed.
904
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,065
PROCESS FOR MAINTAINING THERMAL
CONDUCTIVITY OF INSULATION IN PERMAFROST
COMPLETION
Elmo M. Blount, Irving, Tex., assignor to Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,637
lnt.CI. E21b4J/00
U.S. CI. 166-244 R 7 Claims
3,642,067
INHIBITING SALT WATER INTRUSION INTO FRESH
WATER AQUIFERS
Karl D. Dreher, and Robert D. Sydansk, both of Littleton,
Colo., assignors to Marathon Oil Company, Findlay, Ohio
RIed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,827
Int. CI. E2 lb 4i/22
U.S. CI. 166—275 10 Claims
Intrusion of saline waters into fresh water aquifers is in-
hibited by injecting into the aquifer in advance of the major
portion of the saline water, a micellar dispersion comprised
of a surfactant containing a cation which can be replaced in
situ by a major cation within the saline water. For example, a
micellar dispersion (containing a sodium petroleum sul-
fonate) IS injected into an aquifer and upon contact with
magnesium cation within the intruding saline water, the mag-
nesium cation replaces the sodium cation and, as a result, the
viscosity of the micellar dispersion increases substantially.
The effect of the replacement of the cation is to form a very
viscous material within the aquifer to inhibit saline water in-
trusion
This specification discloses a process of completing a well
penetrating a permafrost zone of the earth whereby the low-
thermal conductivity is maintained of foam insulation in-
stalled in the well. The insulation is surrounded by gas having
a lower thermal conductivity than air.
3,642,066
ELECTRICAL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE
RECOVERY OF OIL
William G. Gill, Corpus Christi, Tex., assignor to The Elec-
trothermic Co., Corpus Christi, Tex.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969. Ser. No. 876,462
Int. CI. E2 lb 4 J/ 76
U.S. CI. 166-248 15 Claims
1 ! r-
n
11 ■
I „1
1 , ~r-' ,
\ 1
1 "
II
1 1 1
I II
^
Two well bores extend from the surface into the oil bearing
formation defining a producing well and an electrode well
Electrodes in each well, contacting the formation, are con-
nected to a unidirectional current voltage source at the sur-
face through conductive tubing or pipe in the respective well
bores to produce a unidirectional voltage gradient between
the electrodes, with the producing well poled to be the
cathode. Additionally, an alternating current voltage source
is connected between the producing well electrode and
another conductive path extending from the surface to the
formation, to effect the flow of alternating current throu-gh
the formation adjacent to the producing well to heat the for-
mation.
3,642,068
FORMATION FRACTURING
John L. Fitch, and Thomas C. Vogt, Jr., both of Dallas, Tex.,
assignors to MobiJ Oil Corporation
Filed Mar. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 715,071
Int. CI. E21b 4i/27
U.S. CI. 166-307 1 Claim
This specification discloses a fracturing process in which a
fracture formed in a formation is acid etched near the well
and particle propped in the more remote portions of the frac-
ture A fracture is formed in the formation extending from
the well and an acidizing fluid is injected into the fracture in
order to acid etch the walls thereof adjacent the well. A ear-
ner fluid containing propping agent is injected into the frac-
ture Subsequent to injection of the propping agent, a dis-
placing fluid is injected into the fracture. The displacing fluid
is intrcxluced under conditions such that it displaces the
previously injected propping agent away from the well into
the more remote portions of the fracture. The displacing
fluid may have a lower viscosity than the carrier fluid and
may be injected at a greater rate than the carrier fluid.
3,642,069
JAR STROKE ACCELERATOR FOR PUMPDOWN WELL
TOOL
Joel E. Adkins, Carrollton, Tex., assignor to Otis Engineering
Corporation, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,188
Int. CI. E21b2i/00
U.S. CI. 166-301 ^ ^ ^^Ir'^V™^
A jarnng stroke accelerator for pumpdown well tool
operation for reducing the effect of pumpdown operating
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
905
fluid on the pumpdown locomotive pistons used with hydrau-
lic jarring tools in pumpdown well operations wherein a
liquid is used as the operating fluid. The expansible and con-
tractable chamber provides a low-pressure chamber for
J^*'
■ »
movement of a pumpdown locomotive with respect to
another tool in a well in which the locomotive is manipulated
by liquid operating fluid. Variable capacity accelerators are
provided, as are convertible accelerators which may be
modified for use to apply strokes in opposite directions.
3,642,070
SAFETY VALVE SYSTEM FOR GAS LIGHT WELLS
Frank H. Taylor, Carrollton, and Warner M. Kelly, Houston,
both of Tex., assignors to Otis Engineering Corporation,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,967
Int. CI. E2 lb <^ J/00
U.S. CI. 166-314 15 Claims
A safety valve system for wells including a valve connected
in a tubing string for shutting off flow to the surface in the
tubing. The valve is biased to an open position by fluid pres-
sure in the tubing-casing annulus and is closed in response to
a predetermined low pressure in the annulus. The system is
particularly adapted to conversion of existing wells to gas lift
by perforation of the tubing and installation of a safety valve
embodying the invention at the perforation whereby the
valve is responsive to lift gas pressure and closes when the lift
gas pressure is reduced below a minimum value.
3,642,071
nRE CONTROL APPARATUS
George A. Utescfa, Jr., Chicago, III., assignor to General Fire
Extinguishers Corporation
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,172
InL CI. A62c 3100
U.S.CL 169-2 11 Claims
A fire control apparatus is provided particularly for use in
areas where food is prepared using fats or greases Tlie ap-
paratus automatically activates upon the presence of flame or
excessive heat in a control zone whereupon high-volume
extinguishant is flooded rapidly over the zone to extinguish
the flame and rapidly reduce the heat. After a predetermined
time interval or after a predetermined volume of extin-
guishant has been discharged, the rate of flow of extin-
guishant from the same source will be automatically reduced
a substantial amount and will continue to be discharged over
the zone for a relatively long period of time to prevent new
flames from developing and to further reduce the amount of
heat in the zone to below the flame autoignition point.
3,642,072
nXED TIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM WITH
ADDITIVE INJECTION APPARATUS
William L. Livingston, Sharon, Mass., assignor to Factory
Mutual Research Corporation, Boston, Mass.
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,757
Int. CI. A62ci 7/06
U.S. CI. 169-15 25 Claims
An injection apparatus for introducing a slurry of water-
swellable gelling agent into a water line feeding a fixed fire-
S95 O.Q.— 33
906
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
extinguishing system to form an ablative extinguishant
therein. The apparatus includes a peristaltic pump driven by
a hydraulic motor using water at line pressure for motive
fluid and controlled by a servomechanism driven in part by a
flow sensor to ensure injection rates corresponding to flow
rates of water in the line. The injection apparatus is operated
in a no-injection failure mode to avoid interference with nor-
mal flow of plain water to the fire-extinguishing system.
beam of the plow frame The mechanism has an articulated
linkage coacting with a guide means to control the upward
movement of the plow bottom against the hydraulic force of
a cylinder so that when the plow bottom strikes an obstruc-
tion the point moves rearwardly and upwardly without going
below the plowing depth The cylinder returns and holds the
plow bottom m its ground-working position.
3,642,073
SEMIMOUNTED PLOW AND COLTER
Ckhis J. Geurts, 530 North Mdvin, Gibson City, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 486,712, Sept.
13, 1965. This application Sept. 7, 1967, Ser. No. 666,047
Int. CI. AOlb 49/02, 5/04
U.S. CI. 172-140 7 Claims
A semimounted moldboard plow connected to the draft
links of a tractor by a hitch having longitudinal, upright and
transverse pivotal movements with respect to the frame of
the plow. The hitch is connected to a tailwheel of the plow so
that the wheel turns in the direction of movement of the trac-
tor. Each plow bottom of the plow is held in the ground
working position by a hydraulic holding, release and return
mechanism. Ruidly coupled with the hydraulic mechanism of
each plow bottom is a fluid cylinder which yieldably holds a
colter in ground-working position.
3,642,074
EARTH-WORKING IMPLEMENT
Cletus J. Geurts, Box 45, Graceville, Minn.
Filed Sept 13, 1965, Ser. No. 486,712
Int. CI. AOlb 67/00
L.S. CI. 172-261 12 Claims
3,642,075
VEHICLES FOR ROCK DRILL GUIDING AND
SUPPORTING STRUCTURES
Mac(iordon Wills. K.K. #2, Chelmsford, Ontario. Canada
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,699
Int. CI. E21c 11/02
U.S. CI. 173—23 12 Claims
A rock -drilling vehicle adapted to have one or more rock
drill guiding and supptirting structures adjustably mounted
thereon is formed with a T-frame structure including at least
one hollow structural member in which a "vehicle operation
fluid" such as compressed air, flushing water or hydraulic
fluid is stored The longitudinal structural member of the
chassis structure of such a vehicle is usefully adjustably
secured to a transverse structural frame to permit ready dis-
assembly of the vehicle, as required. The "vehicle operation
fluid" may be used for such purposes as operating pneumati-
cally p<iwered rock drill, pneumatically operated drill guiding
and supportmg structures, pneumatically operated drill steel
centenng devices, hydraulically operated drill advance-
retract mechanisms, pneumatically operated vehicle drive
motors and hydraulically operated stabilizing legs.
3,642,076
IMPULSE-REACTION PROPULSION CYCLE FOR MOLE
James Christopher Coyne, New Providence, and Arnold Ray
Smith, Chester, both of NJ., assignors to BcU Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,818
Int. CI. B25d 9/00
U.S. CI. 173-91 6 Claims
JO- »» '** 'ji r* «7
A hydraulically operated automatic plow bottom holding. This disclosure describes a propulsion cycle for a subter-
release and return mechanism connecting a plow bottom to a ranean burrowing device. This cycle is charactenzed by the
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
907
impact of an oscillating hammer upon an interior anvil, and boreholes with borehole lining tubes so that both operations
by the return of the hammer to its starting position by force
of a reaction piston acting on the hammer. While the reac-
tion piston does work on the hammer, the opposite force thus
produced on the mole nose causes a further soil penetration.
The hammer eventually comes to rest and is returned to the , t
anvil by a unidirectional constant bias force. The cycle is in- ,i
herently self-timed. //
3,642,077
ARRANGEMENT IN IMPACT PISTON MACHINES FOR
DRILLING AND LIKE OPERATIONS, DRIVEN BY A
TWO-STROKE INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
Bo Sven Bayard, Taby, Sweden, assignor to Gustav Albert
Bergman, Taby, Sweden
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,161
Claims priority, application Sweden, May 29, 1970, 7457/70
Int. CI. B25d9//0
U.S. CI. 173-116 3 Claims
may be carried out employing the same drilling table.
3,642,078
EARTH-DRILLING EQUIPMENT
Eberhard R. Domfeid, Es-Wiflingshausen; Rudolf R. G. Hen-
necke, Buoch-Grunbach, and Achim L. Kehrberger, Nellin-
gen, all of Germany, assignors to Ddmag-Maschinenfabrik
Rheinhold Domfeid, Esslingen am Neckar, Germany
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 12,952
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Feb. 28, 1969, P 19 10
359.4
Int. CI. E21b J/02
U.S. CI. 175— 171 6 Claims
Earth-drilling equipment comprising a drilling table con-
structed for use in drilling boreholes and for use in lining
3,642,079
MULTISLEEVE STABILIZER
Charles O. Van Note, RolUng Hills, Calif., assignor to The
Servco Company, Long Beach, Calif.
Filed June 23, 1970, Ser. No. 49,076
Int. CI. E21b 7 7/70
U.S. CI. 175-325 4 Claims
In impact piston machines for drilling and similar work
driven by a two-stroke internal combustion engine it is con-
ventional to combine the machine and the engine to a unit
having a lubricating system common to all elements thereof.
In order to avoid lubrication of the impact piston with oil
burnt in the combustion engine cylinder, as in known
machines, the crank housing of said engine is now located
between the engine cylinder and impact piston cylinder,
whereby lubricant which enters into the crank housing
together with the combustion air can be distributed directly
to the impact cylinder without having first to pass the inter-
nal combustion engine cylinder.
A stabilizer for stabilizing or centering a drill string in a
drill bore such as employed for oil and gas wells is provided.
The stabilizer comprises a plurality of sleeves having a cylin-
drical inside surface surrounding a mandrel and having a
cylindrical outside surface for engaging a well bore. Longitu-
dinally extending recessed portions in the outer cylindrical
surface permit circulation of drilling fluids. Preferably the
outer cylindrical surface is provided with a wear- resistant,
hard-facing alloy. A female fitting is provided at one end of
each sleeve and a complementary male fitting at the opposite
end so that a plurality of sleeves can be interconnected and
connected to a male fitting on the mandrel. A female sleeve
protects the unused male fitting and includes a notch for en-
gagement with a lock stud on the mandrel.
^
908
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3 642 080 3,642,082
WEIGHING APPARATUS DRIVE WHEEL OF VEHICLE
Arthur Walter Forman, Northwood, Middlesex, and Mark Julius Vtackerle. Prague. Czechoslovakia, assignor to Ustav pro
SItkowski, Northolt, Middlesex, both of England, assignors wzkum motorovvch vozidel. Prague, Czechoslovakia
to Driver SouthaU Limited, Middlesex, England ^*^ Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,562
Piled June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,416 Claims priority, appUcation Cachoslovakia, Feb. 6, 1969,
Claims priorilv. application (;reat Britain, June 19, 1%8. 775-69
■ 29 086/68 Int. CI. B62d 57/02
Int. CLGOlg 13/16 ^S. CI. 180-8 F 8 Claims
U.S.CI. 177-110
7 Claims
Weighing apparatus including a weigh pan, a discharge
dcx)r and permanent magnetic closure means for retaining
the door in a closed position, wherein electromagnetic means
are provided to coact with the permanent magnet so that cur-
rent passed through the electromagnet opens the door by
magnetic repulsion of the permanent magnet.
3,642,081
RAIL WEIGHING DEVICE, AND SUBASSEMBLY AND
COMPONENT THEREFOR
Gerald A. Hebert, Skokie, lU., assignor to Mangood Corpora-
tion
Filed Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,976
Int.CI. G01gi//4, 79/06
U.S. CI. 177-163 23 Claims
T^-t/ «--fr- ':
In a vehicle a compressed gas driven wheel comprising a
stationary hollow axle having at least one hole formed in its
wall, a body rotatably mounted about said axle, a plurality of
globular resilient chambers mounted on the outer surface of
said body to form a circular series of ground-engaging mem-
bers, a duct leading from each of said chambers to said axle
in communication with the hole in said wall, a suspension
system for said axle comprising a pair of hollow arms respec-
tively connected at one end to each end of saki axle and at
their other end to said vehicle, said arms communicating with
a source of compressed gas and control means surrounding
said axle to adjust the flow of gas into said chambers to
thereby control the movement of said wheel.
A rail weighing device for the weighing of a load on a
wheeled carrier or support riding on a rail transfer system,
e.g., a monorail conveyor system. The device includes a sub-
assembly that is mounted as a section of the rail of the
system. The subassembly includes a novel rail section and
strain-measuring means mounted on that rail section. At least
part of the rail surface of the rail section is the top surface of
a cantilever that is at least a part of the uppermost portion of
the rail section. The strain gage is mounted on a surface of
the cantilever to generate a signal proportional to the load on
the carrier moving along the cantilever part of the rail sec-
tion. The device includes means to convert that signal to an
indicia of the weight of the load and means responsive to the
presence of a wheeled carrier on the cantilever part of the
rail section to operate the converter for a predetermined
period of time.
3,642,083
POWERED STEERED WHEEL ASSEMBLY AND MOTOR
VEHICLE EMPLOYING SAME
WaMo E. Rodler, Jr., 1488 Cherry Garden Lane, San Jose,
Calif.
Filed Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,059
Int. CI. B62k// /OO
U.S. CI. 180-31 8 Claims
A motor vehicle and a powered steered wheel assembly
therefor are described in which a rotary steered wheel is
turned by a fork and steering column arrangement supported
by the vehicle frame, and in which a drive train, mounted to
the vehicle frame, is coupled to the axle of the steered wheel
by a universal joint. The universal Joint has its universal
center lying in the rotational plane of the steered wheel.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
909
3 642 084
INDEPENDENT FRONTSUSPENSION SYSTEM FOR A
FRONT WHEEL DRIVE AUTOMOBILE
Mitsuo Takahashi, OhU-shi, Gumma, Japan, assignor to Fiyi
Heavy Industries, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,725
Int. CI. B60k 7 7/iO
U.S. CI. 180-43 R '■ 2 Claims
A front-wheel drive automobile has an axially nonextensi-
ble and noncontractable drive shaft connected at one end
with the output shaft of a differential gear unit mounted on
the vehicle body through an inboard universal joint and its
other end with an axle of a wheel assembly through an out-
board universal joint. A bearing housing rotatably supports
the axle, a ball joint is provided on the bearing housing at a
position beneath the axle and a post is connected at one end
with the bearing housing ball joint and at the other end with
a resilient member mounted on the vehicle body at a position
rearward and inboard with respect to the ball joint and
located at a position higher than that of the ball joint in the
normal running state to provide a nosedown effect under
vehicle acceleration.
3,642,085
VEHICLE FOR ROUGH TERRAIN
James M. Bird, 6737 East 12 Street, Tulsa, Okla.
FUed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,553
Int. CI. B65k 7/00
U.S. CI. 180-66 13 Claims
ports operating accessories and a hydraulic fluid storage
tank. The low portion supports an engine and a cockpit in-
cluding a plurality of controls. The frame is supported on
four hydraulic cylinders which extend to four wheels. The en-
A multiple wheeled vehicle for movement over rough ter-
rain wherein the load carrying f>ortion or body thereof
remains stabilized in a substantially horizontal position in
both the longitudinal and transverse directions thereof re-
gardless of the contour of the terrain over which the vehicle
is travelling.
gine drives three hydraulic pumps The pumps force hydrau-
lic fluid from the tank to a motor which drives the vehicle, to
a steering mechanism, to the cylinders which raise and lower
the vehicle and to the controls which in turn direct the fluid
to the accessories.
3,642,087
AUTOMATIC GUIDANCE SYSTEM
Harry R. Sampey, Vanderbilt, Pa., assignor to Pentron Elec-
tronks Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,445
Int. CI. B60k 27/00
U.S. CI. 180-98 16 Claims
^^AMCV WMl^ ^A
3,642,086
MAINTENANCE VEHICLE
James A. Andrews, Aubrey, Tex., assignor to Spyder Manu-
facturing Company, Inc., Lake Dallas, Tex.
FUed May 2, 1%9, Ser. No. 821^70
Int.CI. B60k 17/10
U.S. CI. 180-66 R 14 Claims
A maintenance vehicle including a frame having a front
high portion and a rear low portion. The high portion sup-
A method and apparatus for automatically guiding a vehi-
cle over a predetermined course while at the same time con-
trolling the vehicle speed and maintaining an indication of
the total travelled distance which may, in turn, be used to
program or control a sequence of vehicle maneuvers. Reflec-
tive or otherwise sensible elements are spaced along the cen-
terline of a course with interelement spacings related to the
desired vehicle speed and with each element having a shape
that includes a dimension in the direction of vehicle travel
that is variable with respect to lateral movements away from
the centerline, the variable dimension being of equal mag-
nitude with respect to either direction of lateral movement.
In an exemplary embodiment, the elements are diamond-
shaped light reflectors. Two photo detectors are laterally
spaced apart and mounted on the vehicle so as to sense the
same dimensional areas of the laterally extending arms of
each diamond element. Lateral deviations of the vehicle
cause these sensed dimensions to be unequal, which
unequality is sensed and used to steer the vehicle in a cor-
rective direction. Speed is controlled by the rate at which the
elements are sensed while the total number of sensed ele-
ments is used to provide an indication of total travelled
distance.
910
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,088
SELF-LOCATING VERTICALLY AND FACINGLY
ADJUSTABLE SEAT
Wayne G. Smith, Burlington, Iowa, assignor to J. I. Case
Company, Radne, Wis.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,578
Int. CI. B60n 1/02; A61g 15/00
U.S. CI. 180-77 S 5 Claims
3,642,090
MARINE IMPLODER-TYPE ACOUSTIC IMPULSE
GENERATOR
Grant S. Bennett, Ossineke, Mich., assignor to Western
Geophysical Company of America, Houston, Tex.
Filed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,019
Int. CI. GO Iv l/OO
VS. CI. 181-0.5 H 10 Claims
A tractor having a forwardly located control and a rear-
wardly located control and a seat mounted between the two
controls. The seat has a seating support and a post which is
telescoped within a sleeve affixed to the tractor. The post
and seating support can be both raised and rotated, relative
to the sleeve and the remainder of the tractor, for vertically
adjusting the seat and for facing the seat toward the forward
control or toward the rearward control. The post has pin-
holes and grooves, and the sleeve has a pin which can be
received in any one of the holes for the elevating or turning
of the seat in the selected position, as mentioned. The two
controls are offset in the lateral direction of the tractor, and
the seat is located and arranged to have its seating support
offset relative to the post so that upon turning or rotating the
seating support, the seating support is positioned in line with
the selected one of the two controls.
3,642,089
MARINE IMPLODER-TYPE ACOUSTIC IMPULSE
GENERATOR
Marion L. Parker, and Hillman Southwick, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to Western Geophysical Company of Amer-
ica, Houston, Tex.
Filed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,01 1
Int. CI. GOlv I/OO
U.S. CI. 181-0.5 R 11 Claims
ac
"1 5
:! -
S? ;
59 - ~
P
65
5.
58
.
56
O '
<
57
f"
"
<1
1-
1
fJ iJ
^
k;
29 ;
?6
1
An acoustic impulse generator for producing in a liquid
body acoustic impulses useful, for example, in geophysical
explorations. The generator includes a housing which defines
an enclosed chamber having a movable slidably mounted
piston. Fluid-operated driving means including fluid spring
means in one operating condition cause the piston to execute
a forward stroke in the liquid body thereby storing potential
energy in the liquid body and in the fiuid spring means. The
driving means in another operating condition allow the piston
to execute a return stroke in a relatively short time interval
thereby generating an acoustic impulse.
5
1
1
80
9!
J
"pi
.-^
U
84
S2
-^
90
!0
A
"-^
'I
:"£ «
#6 'T~
X)
1^
58
3
M
ii
U
37
J^-^ ^'
«6
J-s*
An acoustic impulse generator for producing in a liquid
body acoustic impulses useful, for example, in geophysical
explorations. The generator includes a housing which defines
an enclosed chamber having a movable wall. Driving means
in one operating condition cause the movable wall to execute
a forward stroke in the liquid body thereby storing potential
energy in the liquid body and in the generator. The driving
means in another operating condition allow the movable wall
to execute a return stroke in a relatively short time interval
thereby generating an acoustic impulse.
3,642,091
UNDERGROUND ACOUSTIC DEVICE
Shui^i Nohara, and Hideo Watanabe, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Pioneer Electronic Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,090
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct 9, 1%8, 43/73110
Int. CI. G 10k 13/00; H04r 1/28
U.S. CI. 181-31 B 9 Claims
83^ K
An underground acoustic device for radiating sound into
the atmosphere has a casing with a folded horn within the
same, the casing constituting a tubular member, for example,
a cylinder, an inverse truncated cone, a prism, or an inverse
truncated pyramid. The hollow tubular casing defines a cavi-
ty with a speaker and a folded horn integral therewith sup-
ported at the center of the casing bottom to radiate sound
upwardly towards the atmosphere. The bottom of the casing
is configured to radiate sound upwardly and outwardly
through a series of holes in a cover overlying the casing
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
911
opening. In turn, the center of the cover is provided with a
cover with a conical projection facing the speaker hole and
acting in conjunction with a cup or cylindrical extension
larger in diameter than the speaker horn for reflecting sound
downwardly toward the curved reflecting surface of the bot-
tom of the cavity. A drain pipe extends from the inside of the
casing to the underground and a net lies intermediate the
ends thereof for preventing rats from entering the casing.
3,642,092
NOISELESS SOFT-RUNNING POWER PLANT
Jerzy Henryk Cederbaum, Timragatan 41, Vallingby, Sweden
Filed Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 782,658
Int. CI. F02f 7/00, FOIn ///O
U.S. CI. 181-33 K 2 Claims
In a soft-running power plant with a power unit enclosed
by a casing forming a sound-absorbing chamber with walls
having an outlet for consumed air and an inlet for cooling air
and combustion air as well as a number of labyrinth forming
passages, there are so arranged that the cooling air is caused
to travel along the power unit and is passed through a
labyrinth passage in the wall opposite the inlet, thus forming
an outlet for heated air.
3,642,093
SOUND ATTENUATOR WITH FLUIDIC CONTROL
Albert W. Schach, Rockford, III., assignor to Barber-Colman
Company, Rockford, lU.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,778
Int. CL F24f 13/06, 13/10; FOln 1/10
U.S. CI. 1 8 1 — 50 1 6 Claims
A main flow of air passes through an inlet into a unit which
serves as a sound attenuator and which also acts as a fluidic
control whereby the air is divided to be discharged through
two outlets in unequal amounts or is discharged through only
one outlet. Areas of low pressure are created around the inlet
by the flow of air through the inlet and, by creating a pres-
sure differential between the areas, the flow of air is
deflected toward the outlet on the same side of the unit as
the area of lowest pressure. To create the differential, two
baffles are spaced from one another to form a channel for
the main flow of air through the unit and are each spaced
from opposed walls of the unit to form passages which empty
into the areas of low pressure. A portion of the main flow of
air may flow back through the passages and into the areas of
low pressure. Dampers control the amount of flow through
each passage so that the pressure in one area is raided a
greater amount than the pressure in the other area thereby
creating the pressure differential which controls the direction
of airflow. To reduce the noise level in the unit and
downstream thereof, each baffle comprises a zigzag-shaped
sheet of lead positioned to reflect sound waves toward the
other baffle and toward the inlet, a padding of fiber glass sur-
rounding the sheet to dampen the sound waves, and a cover-
ing of perforated sheet metal to protect the fiber glass from
the eroding effect of the flow of air. With this arrangement,
the sound waves pass repeatedly back and forth within the
unit until they are substantially dissipated.
3,642,094
MUFFLER CONSTRUCTION
Raymond W. Yancey, 880 Oak Spring Drive, Libertyville, lU.
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,241
Int. CI. FOln 1/10, 1/12. 7/20
U.S. CI. 1 8 1 - 50 36 Claims
S-3
39
J3
A muffler wherein a sound-attenuating member is slidably
inserted within an outer shell, with the sound-attenuating
member being formed from a sheet including a plurality of
spaced parallel ribbons having alternating, longitudinally
spaced crests and troughs, with the ribbons being intercon-
nected by webs that are twisted throughout their length. The
ribbons are positioned within the shell in a manner so as to
present a substantial impediment to the flow of exhaust gases
therethrough to thereby dampen the sound waves emanating
from the exhaust system of an engine. Alternatively, the rib-
bons are arranged to produce less impediment of flow to the
gases and greater sound-attenuating effect. The outer shell of
the muffler may be a unitary tubular member that can be
directly connected to the engine exhaust manifold.
The muffler is disclosed in various configurations which
may be used as a replacement unit for mufflers in present-
day automobiles or, alternatively, to replace the entire muf-
fler system. The disclosure also contemplates a simple and in-
expensive method of forming the muffler from a plurality of
tubes and one or more sections of sound-attenuating mem-
bers by merely arrangmg and deforming the tubes to produce
a plurality of chambers which are interconnected by passage
means.
3,642,095
MUFFLER
Shozo Fiyii, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha FhJU
Koygo, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 804,934
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 22, 1968, 43/21862
Int. CI. FOln 1/04, 1/10. 1/16
U.S. CI. 181-57 7 Claims
A tubular housing is subdivided by an annular resonance
wall into two compartments. One of the compartments is
further subdivided into two chamh>ers by a partition wall. A
first pipe extends through one end of the housing and
through one of the chambers to communicate with the other
912
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
chamber which is proximal to the other of the compartments, lubricate the engine and prevents flow in the opposite
A second pipe extends through the other end of the housing direction and a lubncant control valve that delivers con-
^ trolled fluid flow from the pump to lubricate the engine
below a predetermined engine lubrication pressure and at a
■■'J
and through the other compartment and the resonance wall
to communicate also with the other chamber.
ERRATUM
For Class 182—15 see:
Patent No. 3,641.619
U.S. CI. 182-46
3,642,096
INSULATING LINER FOR MAN-CARRYING BUCKETS
Alan T. Valentine, Fairview Park, Ohio, assignor to The Ohio
Brass Company, Mansfield, Ohio
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,754
Int. CI. E04g 5108; B65d 1 1 100
7 Claims
A man-carrying bucket for utility trucks in which a man is
elevated in the bucket to work on electric powerlines, lamps
and the like. The bucket is constructed of molded plastic
reinforced with fiberglass and is additionally insulated by a
polyethylene liner that is constructed in three pieces, a main
portion covering the sidewalls and bottom of the bucket, a
top portion that extends up over the top flange of the bucket,
and a bottom portion additionally protecting the floor of the
bucket. Economy of manufacture is attained by molding the
top and bottom portions as a unitary element and then sever-
ing the element to provide the top and bottom portions of the
liner The three-piece construction is advantageous from the
standpoint of economy in manufacturing and testing of the
bucket, and durability and reliability in service.
higher predetermined engine lubrication pressure blocks
fluid flow from the pump to lubricate the engine and then
delivers fluid from the converter to lubricate the transmis-
sion.
3,642,098
LUBRICATOR FOR OILING THE CONTACT SURFACES
OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR ELEMENTS OF
LEADING-IN CURRENT WIRES IN DRILL
Igor Alexandrovich Fomin, Mikhalkousky proezd, 20, Kopus
1, Kv. 34, Moscow, U.S.S.R.
Filed Jan. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 791,724
Int. CI. F16n i/00
U.S. CI. 184-14 3 Claims
3,642,097
ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION FLUID SUPPLY SYSTEM
Erkki A. Koivunen, Livonia, Mich., assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82,893
Int. CI. F16d 33106; F16h 47100
U.S. CI. 184— 6R 3 Claims
A vehicle power train, an engine and a transmission having
a common fluid supply provided by a pump which is driven
by the engine, a pressure regulator valve that regulates the
pressure of the fluid supplied by the pump and delivers ex-
cess flow to a hydrodynamic torque converter in the trans-
mission, a valve that delivers flow from the converter to
A lubricator is provided with a reservoir for containing
lubricant. Connected to the reservoir is a casing in which is
provided an elastic material adapted for contacting the sur-
face of an object to be lubricated. A channel is provided to
direct lubricant from the reservoir to the elastic material. In-
terposed between the reservoir and the elastic material is a
metering device adapted for passing a predetermined quanti-
ty of lubricant to said channel and said elastic material.
/
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
913
3,642,099
GROUP SUPERVISORY CONTROL SYSTEM FOR
ELEVATORS
Takeo Yuminaka; Tatsuo Iwasaka; Hideto Matsuzawa, all of
Katsuta-shi; Koichi Kawatake, and Kotaro Hirasawa, both
of Hitachi-shi, all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,441
Claims priorit\. application .Japan. Auk- 21. I^S. 43 59174:
Dec. 27, 1968, 43/95477; Jan. 31 . 1969. 44 6677
Int. CI. B66b 1120
U.S. CI. 187-29 R 17 Claims
CAGE LOAD AT IDEPARTING CAGE — . f IRST
LUNCH FLOORI^^yiigg- j-^^-j
PATTERN
iCLASSrER
LUNCH TIME
OTHERS
FD,
CAGE
LOAD
"SOi
POt
NUMBER OF
HALL calls!
kjPPER ZONE
^-
SECONp
PATTERN
CLASSIFIER
HEAVY DOWN
t^JHI UP
DOWN
BALANCE
^--r
PD.i
THIRD
PATTERN
BALANCE
UPPER FREE
FLOOR J
LUNCH
TIME
-UP PEAK
— HEAVY UP
DOWN
"PEAK
HEAVY
- DOVCN
INTERMT-
"TENT
-HEAVY UP
OWN
-BALANCE
UPPER
- FREE
FLOOR
-LOWER
FREE
FLOOR
LOWER FREE
FLOOR
A group supervisory system for elevators includes a traffic
demand detector for detecting traffic demands to provide a
traffic demand signal. Also included is a pattern classifier for
producing discrimineint functions which are functions of the
traffic demand signal and for determining an optimum traffic
demand condition by selecting that discriminant function
which represents a maximum value.
3,642,100
PAWL PARKING BRAKE WITH TOGGLE APPLY
LINKAGE
William H. Travis, Union, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,832
Int. CI. B62c 7102
U.S. CI. 188-69 2 Claims
In an automotive disc brake assembly, a parking brake
which consists of a pawl pivotally connected to a nonrotata-
ble member so as to engage one of a plurality of cooling ribs
between the opposed surfaces of a rotor disc, thereby locking
the rotor from moving.
3,642,101
DISC BRAKES
Jean-Marc Hauth, Pont-A-Mousson, France, assignor to Cen-
tre de Recherches de Pont-A-Mousson, Pont-A-Mousson,
France
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,137
Claims priority, applkation France, Apr. 4, 1969, 6910408
Int. CI. F16d 65102
U.S. CI. 188—73.3 8 Claims
4a 3 5 4a
Disc brake having a drum secured to the wheel to be
braked and a brake disc connected by keying arrangements
to the drum so as to be axially slidable relative to, but driven
by, the drum. Each keying arrangement comprises in-
terengaging projecting p>ortions and recesses provided on the
drum and disc and having coacting faces contained in axial
radial planes containing the axis of rotation of the disc. At
least one spring strip, provided in each keying arrangement,
is mounted on the drum or disc and has a free end resiliently
bearing against the disc or drum so as to maintain the disc
concentric with the drum.
3,642,102
LOCK CONSTRUCTION FOR STORAGE BOX
William R. Fumiss, Glendale, and Dominick Verga, Mequon,
both of Wis., assignors to Milprint, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,220
Int. CI. A45c 3100
U.S. CI. 190-48 1 Claim
/s--'.
'20
A lock construction for a storage box having a pair of com-
plementary closure portions which complete the box enclo-
sure comprising at least one locking tab attached to one of
the closure portions and a locking recess defined in the other
closure portion. The tab is inserted into and retained in the
recess to effect a locked closure of the storage box.
3,642,103
DIFFERENTLVL CLUTCH RELEASED BY HYDRAULIC
BRAKE APPLICATION
Robert E. Schott, New Berlin, Wis., assignor to Allis Chalmers
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
FUed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,370
Int. CI. B60k 29/02; F16h 57// 0
U.S. CI. 1 92—4 A 1 0 Claims
A hydraulic release for a differential lock releasing in
response to actuation of a relay valve having a hydraulic ac-
914 OFFICIAL GAZETTE
tuator in the hydraulic brake system for each of the rear (
February 15, 1972
J' ■'*
wheels.
3,642,104
ELECTRIC COUPLINGS WITH PERMANENT MAGNET
Wolfgang Schafer, Laiz/Sigmaringen, Germany
Original application Aug. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 764,002, now
Patent No. 3.512.618, dated May 19, 1970, >*hich is a continu-
ation-in-part of Ser. No. 636,134, May 4. 1%7. Divided and
this application Nov. 6. 1%9. Ser. No. 870.228
Int.CI.F16d 67/06
U.S. CI. 192— 18 B 29 Claims
3,642,105
SPEED RESPONSIVE FLUID COUPLING
Yasubee Kikuchi, Shuzei\jimachi, Japan, assignor to Usui
Kokusai Sangyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Shizuoka Prefecure,
Japan
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,748
Int. CI. F16d J5/00, i7/00
U.S. CI. 192-58 B
4 Claims
nr- li
This invention is a device wherein a centrifugally operated
valve operating automatically to open or close with the fluc-
tuation of the number of revolutions of the driven side is pro-
vided for each fluid path connecting a torque transmitting
chamber and a fluid pooling chamber which are component
parts of a fluid coupling so that the amount of the fluid in the
transmitting chamber may be automatically increased or
decreased to keep the number of revolutions of the driven
side substantially constant. Thus the number of revolutions of
the driven side can be kept as constant as possible irrespec-
tive of the fluctuation of the load or the fluctuation of the
rotation of the driving side.
3,642,106
SOFT START CLUTCH
John S. Baer. Medford Lakes, NJ., assignor to Warner Elec-
tric Brake & Clutch Company, South Bdoit, III.
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,172
Int.CI. F16d 13132,27110
U.S. CI. 192—70 22 Claims
The present invention contemplates apparatus utilizing a
drive assembly having at least two stable working positions in
combination with one or more pulsed electromagnets for al-
ternatively positioning the drive assembly in said stable posi-
tions to control the relative motion between a first and a
second power assembly. In general, apparatus embodying this
invention comprises oppositely acting electromagnetic means
utilized to move a power assembly which includes a per-
manent magnet, alternately into engagement with a first
force-transmitting assembly, such as a clutch, associated with
a power source and a second force-transmitting assembly,
such as a braking assembly. In a preferred embodiment, the
drive assembly is shaped so as to afford a portion of a closed
magnetic path for the permanent magnet when the drive as-
sembly is in abutment with the first force-transmitting as-
sembly and a portion of an alternate closed magnetic path
when the drive assembly abuts the second force-transmitting
assembly.
A clutch provides two pairs of friction faces between
rotatable input and output hubs. One of said hubs provides a
coaxial cylindrical surface for support of the other hub and a
neutral hub between a pair of radially outwardly extending
shoulders providing its friction faces. The other hub, and the
neutral hub are rotatably supported on the cylindrical surface
between the shoulders with spring means associated with one
of the friction faces urging the hubs together and the friction
faces into contact with one another. A ring which is wedge
shaped in radial cross sections and capable of being pressed
inwardly lies preferably in a wedge shaped groove between
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
915
said other hub and neutral hub. A helical spring surrounds
the outer face of the ring and when wrapped down urges the
ring inwardly to urge the block and hub apart and their
respective clutch faces into the opposed clutch faces of the
other hubs with sufficient force to permit transmission of
torque.
3,642,107
TRANSMISSION DRIVE ESTABLISHING CONTROL
August H. Borman, Livonia; Lawrence E. Green, Ann Arbor,
and Quinby E. Wonn, Plymouth, all of Mich., assignors to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,847
Int. CI. F16d 23110
U.S. CI. 192-103 F 2 Claims
3,642,109
BELT TENSION DEVICE
Samuel D. Cappotto, Syracuse; Herrick R. Diamond, Homer,
and Aaron C. Zeamer, Groton, all of N.Y.. assignors to
SCM Corporation
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,710
Int. CI. B41j 23108, F16h 7/72
U.S. CI. 197-17 5 Claims
y^^-m'.-
4'^^
A pressure control for controlling the pressure in a fluid
motor that operates a drive establishing device of a vehicle
transmission. The control operates to provide smooth drive
establishment by controlling the pressure in the fluid motor
during drive engagement at a level that causes a transmission
component whose speed changes during the drive establish-
ment to change sp>eed at a substantially constant rate.
A device which increases the tension of transmission belts
in response to a decrease in belt tension caused by belt wear,
elongation, etc. The belts are carried on a movable pulley
and a pivotal cam moves the pulley to increase the tension in
the belt.
3,642,108
COIN TOTALIZING APPARATUS ^ 3,642,110
John A. Hemiessy, Raytown, Mo., assignor to The Vendo POWER OPERATED TYPEWRITER WITH INTERLOCK
Company, Kansas City, Mo. MEANS
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,805 ^"'"° Hishida; Takami Kato; Takashi Hirata, and Hisao Ku
U.S. CI. 194—1 L
Int. CI. G07f 5/08
60 ^
8 Claims
rachi, all of Nagoya, Japan, assignors to Brother Industries
Ltd., Nagoya, Japan
Filed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,354
Int. CI. B41j 5122
U.S. CI. 197-107 7 Claims
In an electromechanical coin totalizer, an escapement
mechanism controls the movement of a totalizer arm in
response to the deposit of coins of different denominations.
The mechanism includes a first, fixed row of teeth on the arm
and a second row of teeth shiftably carried by the arm for
limited movement of the two rows of teeth relative to each
other. The deposit of a coin of the largest denomination ac-
commodated by the totalizer releases the totalizer arm and
causes a retainer to engage and hold the second row of teeth
to limit the movement of the totalizer arm, whereupon the
second row is then released for return movement to its nor-
mal disposition in relation to the first row and the totalizer
arm is relocked after having shifted through a displacement
representing the value of such coin. When coins of lesser
denomination are deposited, the first row is employed to con-
trol incremental movement of the arm.
An interlocking apparatus for power operated typewriters
to prevent depression of more than one key lever simultane-
ously comprises a number of balls located under the array of
key levers and bellcrank levers corresponding to each key
lever and pivotable about a fixed axis from an inoperative
position to an operative position in which the lever is en-
gaged with said balls. The lever is pivoted into the operative
position by a trigger in the type actuating mechanism upon
depression of the key lever and is pivoted back to the in-
operative position by a reciprocating member in said type ac-
tuating mechanism after the initiation of the reciprocating
movement of the member.
916
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
J\
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
917
3,642,111
FL'LL ROW CONTAINER FEED SYSTEM
James Reimers, San Jose, and Audrey J. Johnson, Santa
Clara, both of Calif., assignors to FMC Corporation, San
Jose, Calif.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,691
Int. CI. B65g 47/42
U.S. CI. 198-21 16 Claims
jacenl the second container, which step defines two stabiliz-
ing surfaces The step has a dimension which is equal to a
whole number multiple of a diameter of the cigarette to be
packaged The stabilizing device is arranged to be intermit-
tently movable with the movable containers, and also mova-
ble between a first operative position in which the surfaces
define, with at least some of the bases of the movable con-
tainers, a space for occupation by a row or rows of cigarettes
and a second moperative position spaced from the second
containers, the first operative position coinciding with move-
ment of the containers
A system for forming and feeding only full rows of con-
tainers into elongated carrier bars of a hydrostatic cooker or
the like The system includes a feed conveyor which ad-
vances containers into a feed station at a high speed A pair
of container decelerating slide rods lift the containers off the
feed conveyor to reduce the speed of the containers, and a
pneumatic stop cylinder is disposed at the downstream end of
the feed station for gently stopping the containers in the feed
station. Switches and a sensing unit detect the presence of a
full row of containers in the feed station and allow deflection
of only full rows from the feed station into the processing
conveyor of the cooker. A screw feeder upstream of the feed
station is stopped when a second sensing head disposed up-
stream of the feed station detects the termination of move-
ment of the containers therepast.
3,642,112
STABILIZING DEVICE FOR CIGARETTE PACKAGING
MACHINES
Ariosto Seragnoli, Bologna, Italy, assignor to G. D. Societa In
Accomandita Semplice Di Enzo E Ariosto Seragnoli, Bolog-
na, Italy
Filed June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,881
Claims priority, application Italy, June 23, 1969, 1672 A/69
Int. CI. B65g 47/05
U.S. CI. 198-24 6 Claims
A stabilizing device for cigarette packaging machines in
which cigarettes to be packed are transferred in rows from a
first stationary container to each of a plurality of containers
movable by means of a conveyor system, each movable con-
tainer having a base and an opening at an end opposite the
base, wherein the movable containers are arranged in line for
intermittent movement past the first container. The device
comprises a stabilizing arm having a step in a surface ad-
3,642,113
APPARATl S FOR DISCHARGING ARTICLES FROM A
MOVING CONVEYOR
William J. Burgis, Park Ridge, III., assignor to Conveyor
Systems, Inc., Morton Grove, 111.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,201
Int. CI. B65g 47100
IJ.S. CL 198— 25 9 Claims
mt ntt -Oct
:i -ha
Diverting means at each of a number of articles diverting
stations of a conveyor comprise a frame supported for
rocking motion along an axis extending generally longitu-
dinally of the conveyor below each diverting station. The
frame carnes first and second sets of continuously driven lon-
gitudinally spaced article impelling elements, such as friction
wheels respectively moving in opposite directions and posi-
tioned on opposite sides of the pivot axis of the frame. Nor-
mally, the frame is balanced in a position where both sides of
article impelling elements are located below the level of the
conveyor By rocking the frame in one direction or the other
from the balanced ptisition, one set or the other of article im-
pelling elements are raised above the level of the conveyor to
impel an article thereon in one direction or the other to an
article receiving point on one side or the other of the con-
veyor.
3,642,114
BISCUIT HANDLING MACHINERY
Stanley William Crispe, Liverpool, and Henry Wood, St.
Helens, both of England, assignors to T & T Vicars Limited,
Lancashire, England
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,292
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 6, 1969,
59,687/69
Int. CI. B65g 47108, 47/26, 47190
U.S. CI. 198-25 ^ 9 Claims
Biscuit handling machinery adapted to receive a stream of
biscuits and to deliver biscuits from said stream alternately to
each of two conveyor means respectively, the biscuits on one
conveyor means being inverted relative to those on the other
and comprismg a drumlike member which is rotatable about
a horizontal axis and which has spaced recesses around its
periphery, alternate of said recesses being of greater depth
than the intermediate recesses, means for feeding biscuits
from a feed stream thereof into consecutive recesses as the
drumlike member rotates, means for removing biscuits from
the shallower recesses and placing them onto a first conveyor
means, thereby leaving the biscuits in the deeper recesses to 3,642,116
be transported by the member so as to be released therefrom ARTICLE INVERTOR
Howard D. PhiDips, Edison, NJ., assignor to National Can
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,284
Int. CI. B65g 47/24
U.S. CI. 198-33 AD 6 Claims
under the influence of gravity in inverted condition onto a
second conveyor means.
3,642,115
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANGING THE
DIRECTION OF MOTION OF ARTICLES
Claude Prigent, Pantin, France, assignor to Service d 'Ex-
ploitation Industrielle des Tabacs et des Alliimette^, Paris,
France
Filed Aug. 22, I%9, Ser. No. 852,281
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 23, 1968, 163893
Int. CI. B65g 47/22
U.S. CI. 198— 28 6 Claims
sa ' J 4(4 «4i iif P ^ " 21
Wotftft
J
Method for changing the direction of forward motion of
oblong objects and for transferring said objects from a first
conveyor on which they are carried in a substantially
horizontal first direction in "end-to-end" relation to a second
conveyor which takes said objects "side-by-side" in a second
direction which is also horizontal but substantially at right
angles to the first, comprising the step of communicating an
upwardly directed impulse to said objects at the end of their
travel in the first direction in order that they may be up-
wardly inclined at a small angle and caused to follow a bal-
listic trajectory and then to fall back onto the second con-
veyor under the action of their own weight.
A mechanism for turning articles, for example, filled car-
tons, upside down as the articles are transported along a con-
veyor line.
3,642,117
ARTICLE POSITIONING APPARATUS FOR ROLLER
CONVEYORS
Harold S. Burt, Wilmette, III., assignor to Conveyor Systems,
Inc., Morton Grove, III.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 3,043
Int. CI. B65g 43/00
U.S. CI. 198-38 8 Claims
An article positioning apparatus is provided for a roller
conveyor system to enable one selected side sSrface of each
of a plurality of articles moving longitudinally in spaced rela-
tion along a conveyor to be located precisely, and with re-
peatable accuracy, adjacent a code reader sensitive to indicia
positioned on said side surface of each of the articles The ar-
ticle positioning apparatus in its preferred form includes a
plurality of driven rollers which are adapted to be moved in
unison while an article is still moving longitudinally
therealong in a direction transverse to the conveyor, thereby
to shift said one selected side surface of the article into
abutting relation to article guide means positioned parallel to
the path of travel of the article. The code reader, in response
to the indicia on the side surface of the article, activates an
article ejection mechanism which quickly moves the article
off the conveyor at a selected discharge station.
3,642,118
MAGNETIC CONVEYOR
Andrew T. Komylak, 400 Heaton Street, Hamilton, Ohio
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,141
Int. CI. B65g / 7/46
U.S. CI. 198— 41 7 Claims
A conveyor for moving small ferrous items. An endless
flexible belt is supported by one surface of a framework
made of a nonmagnetic material. Parallel bars of magnetic
918
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
material are secured to the framework opposite the belt-sup-
porting surface. Permanent magnets are secured to the bars
to provide a continuous magnetic field for attracting the
items onto the belt. The belt is provided with parallel strips
of high-permeability corresponding to the underlying mag-
netic bars. The strength of the magnetic flux passing through
the items is thus increased.
3,642,119
VACUUM CONVEYOR BEAM
Charles Herbert Warwick, Vancouver, Wash., assignor to
Fibreboard Corporation, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,064
int. CI. B65g 15100
U.S. CI. 198-184 4 Claims
A conveyor beam including an endless, vacuum conveyor
belt supported at its ends by drive pulleys and in the center
by a vacuum manifold. Perforations in the belt register with
an elongate slot in the manifold, in line with the direction of
belt movement, to grasp and retain objects on the belt. Guide
pins are secured on the inner surface of the belt, interspersed
with the perforations, adapted to project into the slot and
slide therealong to maintain the moving belt in alignment.
The upper surface of the manifold and the edges of the slot
are lined with a material having a low coefficient of friction,
such as graphite impregnated nylon.
3,642,120
CONVEYING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Frederick William Duhan, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to
Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,156
Int. CI. B65g 23100
U.S. CI. 1 98-203 1 2 Claims
3,642,121
CONVEYOR MECHANISM
James L. Furlette, Flint, and Donald A. Stadler, Fenton, both
of Mich., assignors to Excel Corporation, Fenton, Mich.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,727
Int. CI. B65g 25104
U.S. CI. 198-219 25 Claims
A conveyor mechanism for continuously, simultaneously
conveying articles along a horizontal path. The conveyor
mechanism has a plurality of transversely spaced movable
beams driven by a plurality of longitudinally spaced parallel
shafts rotated in a timed relation. Each shaft is provided with
transversely spaced slots of a predetermined depth and so ar-
ranged that each successive slot is longitudinally aligned with
each successive movable beam. A plurality of rollers, spaced
below the beams, support the beams to prevent contact
between the beams and the rotating shafts when the beams
are within the shaft slots. The beams are elevated to a
predetermined position and move in a first direction when
engaged by the nonslotted portions of the rotating shafts, and
are lowered to engage and be supported by the rollers and
moved in an opposite direction when the beams are within
the shaft slots The slotted portions of the rotating shafts are
preferably arranged so that at least one pair of beams is al-
ways in an elevated position so that workpieces conveyed
thereby will always be supported in a common plane by
beams moving in the same direction. The driving means
between the beams and the rotating shafts for moving the
beams in the first direction take the form of a frictional drive
in one embodiment and of a positive gear-to-rack drive in
another embodiment. The drive means between the beams
and the rollers to move the beams in the opposite direction
may selectively take the form of mechanical springs, a fric-
tional drive or a positive gear-to-rack drive.
3,642,122
RECEPTACLE AND RETAINER MEANS
Robert J. Von Ende, Mound, Minn., assignor to Dennis W.
Henderson; Paul Klyn, Anoka and Richard A. Miller, Hen-
nepin, Minn., part interest to each
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,690
Int. CI. A45C///00
U.S. CI. 206-19.5R 8 Claims
42 —
r
.'J?
An endless conveyor belt is carried by driving and driver,
pulleys having belt-engaging peripheries comprising, al-
ternately, planar and curved surfaces. Flexure of a seam of
the belt and consequent breakage of the belt is avoided by
causing the belt in the vicinity of the seam to be engaged by
one of the planar surfaces.
A means for mounting a receptacle device on an interior
automobile surface comprising, in combination, base pad
means with upper and lower major surfaces, the lower sur-
face having an adhesive film applied and secured thereto for
bonding the base pad to an interior automobile surface, the
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
919
upper surface having a permanent magnet bonded thereto
which is arranged to be positioned adjacent to the base of a
receptacle device, the base of the receptacle device being
within the field of the permanent magnet. The permanent
magnet is provided with a protruding portion extending out-
wardly from the upper surface of the base pad. The recepta-
cle device has a baseplate with a member having permanent
magnetic properties exposed along at least a portion of the
baseplate, the magnetic member being adapted to be posi-
tioned adjacent to and within the field of the permanent mag-
net, the baseplate further having a recessed zone formed
therein and defining an inner shoulder arrangement with a
configuration generally similar to the configuration of the
protruding portion of the permanent magnet.
3,642,123
GUARD ENCLOSED HYPODERMIC NEEDLE AND
SYRINGE RECEPTACLE
James J. Knox, Avenel, NJ., assignor to Knox Laboratories,
Inc., Rahway, N J.
Filed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,142
Int. CI. B65d 85154; A45c 1 1 100
U.S. CI. 206-43 7 Claims
There is described a method for handling reusable
hypodermic needles in which the needle does not exist as a
separate entity. Rather, the needle is either attached to a
hypodermic syringe or encased in an open ended tube which
serves as a means for handling the needle and attaching the
needle to or removing it from the syringe as well as a protec-
tion against damage to the needlepoint during sterilization.
The combined needle and tube can be stored in a receptacle
which normally supports the combination in a horizontal
position, but which permits vertical rotation of the combina-
tion to present one end to the user with a popup action.
3,642,124
SHIPPER PACKAGE FOR DRINKING STRAWS
Robert William Brown, Burlington, Ontario, and Dorothy
Wolf, Port Credit, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to
Stone Straw Corporation of Canada Limited, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,711
Int. CI. B65d65//6,«J/02
U.S. CI. 206-45.33 2 Claims
verse tear line to form a pair of end caps. The caps are
located opposite ends of straws and are closed at their ends.
A transparent wrapper extends around the caps end straws to
complete the shipper package.
3,642,125
CARTON AND PACKAGE
Gerald Frederick Johnson, Muscatine, Iowa, assignor to
Grain Processing Corporation, Muscatine, Iowa
Filed Feb. 2, 1 970, Ser. No. 7,94 1
Int. CI. B65d 79100, 5148
U.S. CI. 206-47 R 4 claims
A carton of foldable material adapted for forming a
package containing a flat object and a cylindrical object both
of which are securely maintained in the finished carton.
3,642,126
SUTURE PACKAGE
Leonard D. Kurtz, Woodmere, and William H. Shave,
Roosevelt, Long Island, both of N.Y., assignors to Deknatel,
Inc., Long Island, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,17!
Int. CI. A6 II 17102
U.S. CI. 206-63.3 3 Claims
A shipper package containing straws formed from a sleeve
which is loading with straws and then severed along a trans-
A package which is easily opened without visualization is
provided by providing a plurality of tear- initiating areas on
one edge of the package and on any other edge of substan-
tially similar shape and length. The package comprises two
adjacent sheets joined at the margins to provide a sealed
compartment for an object, such as a sterile suture, between
the sheets. One edge of the package is provided with a plu-
rality of tear-initiating areas, such as slots or notches, and the
package is opened by tearing through that edge. By providing
a plurality of notches on the edge, it is unnecessary for the
user to hold the edge at a single, precise point on that edge
thus rendering it virtually unnecessary to look at the edge
during tearing. In order to render it unnecessary to visualize
the package during tearing, all edges of the package, or at
least each edge that is the same shape and length as said one
edge, is provided with a plurality of tear-initiating areas in
the same manner.
920
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,127 3,642,129
CHAIR PACK APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTINUOUSLY
Paul D. Bobb. High Point, N.C., assignor to Armstrong Cork SEPARATING SOLID PARTICLES IN A FLUID MEDIUM
Company, Lancaster, Pa. Philip F. McDanid, and Lonnie Dee Kirby, both of El Paso,
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,531 Tex., assignors to Southwest Resources, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Int. CI. B65d 73100. 77102 Filed Sept. 19. 1969, Ser. No. 859,270
U.S. CI. 206—65 K 1 Claim Int. CI. B03b 3134
U.S. CI. 209-159
7 Claims
A chair pack is provided for the shipping of two chairs
within one carton Each individual chair is fastened by a
heat-shrinkable film to a piece of rigid corrugated fiberboard
The fiberboard is then fastened to the end of a carton to hold
the fiberboard and chair in place. The fastening of a chair at
each end of the carton with the proper orientation of the
chair backs provides a chair pack with two chairs therein
3,642,128
APPARATUS USING AIR JETS FOR SORTING BY
WEIGHT
Alan S. Westwood, and Donald Carmichael, both of Corby,
England, assignors to Golden Wonder Limited, Corby, En-
gland
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,710
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 25, 1969,
37,387/69
Int. CI. B07c 5120: GOIg 13122
U.S. CI. 209-121 7 Claims
Classification apparatus for continuously separating solid
particles in a fiuid medium contained in a cylindrical vessel.
Upwardly and downwardly spiraling vortices of turbulence
are created in the fiuid medium by injecting pressurized fiuid
streams through the sides of the vessel. A mixture of the par-
ticles and fiuid medium are introduced downwardly through
the top of the vessel to intercept the upwardly spiraling vor-
tex and causing a first separation of heavy and light particles,
the heavier particles falling down through the fluid medium
and intercepting the downwardly spiraling vortex and effect-
ing a second separation of heavy and light particles. The
lighter particles are swept upwardly and discharged by the
action of the fiuid medium and the heavy particles are
discharged through the bottom of the vessel.
3,642,130
MODULAR WEIGHT-SORTING ASSEMBLY FOR
CONVEYORS
Paul J. Altenpohi, Bryn Mawr, Pa., assignor to W. F. Alten-
pohl. Inc.
Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,606
Int. CI. B07b 13108
U.S. CI. 209- 121 25 Claims
An inexpensive rapid-response check weigher for separate
removal of underweight/overweight packets which may con-
tain potato crisps for example. The packets are of light Sorting of poultry suspended by carriers from a moving
weight and after weighing are removed by air jets in one of overhead conveyor cham. is accomplished by weighing ap-
two directions depending on their weight. The apparatus is paratus constituting a unitary assembly adjustably installed at
designed for cooperation with a conveyor which feeds it with any desired kx:ation in the conveyor system. A fiuid-operated
a series of packets one by one in rapid succession. lifter engages the release arms on the poultry carriers to ef-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
921
feet removal of poultry from the conveyor. The assembly is
provided with facilities to maintain operational alignment
and prevent malfunction because of carrier displacements.
3,642,131
METHOD OF APPARATUS FOR REMOVING TRAMP
METAL FROM POLYETHYLENE
Edward C. Bartks, and William R. Matthews, both of
Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,072
Int. CI. B07b 7101
U.S.CL 209-133 3 Claims
R<-
,Z5
29-
sr-
M
rfJ!
COtTTfOL
EXTRUDER
A method for separating tramp metal particles from a first
stream of gas carrying polyethylene particles, which com-
prises delivering such first stream tangentially at high velocity
into a chamber of large volume wherein all particles settle
out, and withdrawing from said chamber a second stream of
high-velocity gas having suspended therein only particles of
polyethylene. The method has particular utility when inter-
mittent flow is involved. The apparatus for performing the
method comprises an upstanding cylindrical chamber of large
volume, a first conduit having an outlet connected tangen-
tially into the chamber at a position between the top and bot-
tom for supplying the first stream thereto, and a second con-
duit leading from near the top of the chamber and having an
entrance below the top and above said outlet for conducting
the second stream therefrom.
3,642,132
ADJUSTABLE HARD CERAMIC UNDERFLOW OUTLET
FOR HYDROCYCLONE
Robert Brendan Flaherty, Foxboro, Mass., assignor to Bird
Machine Company, South Walpole, Mass.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,846
Int CI. B04c 5114
to be broken off to desired length by hammering a breaking
tool wedged in the appropriate groove so that the tension at
the base of the groove produced by pressure of the tool sides
on the groove sides pulls the material apart at the base of the
groove. The body may be frustoconical so that adjustment in
length changes the size of an end opening in the body.
3,642,133
VIBRATING SCREEN WITH ONE OR MORE GROUPS OF
SCREENING ELEMENTS
Michele Venanzetti, Piazza 25, Milan, Italy
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,166
Claims priority, application lUly, June 6, 1968, 17418 A/68
Int. CI. B07by/25
U.S. CI. 209-314 1 Claim
:z:^
A vibrating screen comprises a main frame and at least two
parallel pluralities of separate screening members The mem-
bers of each plurality feed one to another in cascade and
each of the members is separately resiliently mounted on the
main frame for indep>endent vibrating movement relative to
the main frame and relative to each other Vibrating means
and motor means for driving the vibrating means are pro-
vided for the screening members.
3,642,134
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TERTIARY
TREATMENT OF EFFLUENT
Donald J. Reckers, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Pollution
Control, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,645
Int. CI. BOld 29138
U.S. CI. 209-211
1 Claim U.S. CI. 210-73
22 Claims
A hydrocyctone underfiow outlet of hard ceramic material
which is relatively strong under compression but weak under
tension can be made adjustable in length by a series of
grooves formed in its exterior surface permitting the member
The floating and settleable solid pollutant particles in the
effluent from a secondary treatment plant are separated, by
reason of their different specific gravities from the effluent
providing a residual effluent which contains substantially
only the suspended solid pollutant particles of the original ef-
fluent and only the residual effluent is subjected to the action
of a filter.
922
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,135
WASTE DISPOSAL ASSEMBLY
Abraham Gale Borden, 5 Central Drive, Port Washington,
N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 724,988, Apr.
29, 1968, now abandoned. This application Aug. 25, 1%9,
Ser. No. 852,859
Int. CI. C02b 3104
L.S. CI. 210-97 10 Claims
3,642,137
WOOL-WASHING WASTE-LIQLID TREATMENT
APPARATUS
Taizo Furuta; Yuichi Otsuka, and Kiyoshi Mizukawa, all of
Tokyo-to, Japan, assignors to Daito Boshoku Kabushiki
Kaisha (a/k/a Daito Woolenspinning & Wearing Co., Ltd.),
Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Dec. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 98,238
Int. CI. B01d2///0
U.S. CI. 210-152 1 Claim
toLrf
,'■2
rBOLONG
r-
■x-^ J
<•*,
■%
COUNT «»STES
110
■^
32 »•
Process for the substantial reduction of bacterial count in
sewage waste and assembly for treating same The assembly
comprises means for conveying sewage waste material to a
treatment zone, means for retaining the waste material
therein, temperature control means to insure that the con-
tents retained in the treatment zone attain a temperature at
least that of boiling water and means for passing the treated
sewage waste from the treatment zone so that upon discharge
of the treated waste material, substantially all of the bacteria
have been destroyed.
_ 3,642,136
AUTOMATIC SELECTOR FOR VARIOUS EVACUATION
CIRCUITS OF A CENTRIFUGE
Joseph Rousselet, Annonay, France, assignor to Etabllsse-
ments Rousselet, Annonay, France
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,077
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 4, 1968, 50702
Int.CI. B04b 11106
U.S. CI. 210-109 2 Claims
A wo<iI-washing waste-liquid treatment apparatus, wherein
waste-liquid is once stored in a precipitation vessel and is
separated into wool fat, suint and sand, then the mixture
liquid of said wool fat and suint is supplied into a vapor-
producing device and heated there whereby said mixture
liquid is separated into vapor and sludge, the vapor is circu-
lated to said wool-washing device, the sludge is poured into
an agitating vessel, a wool fat solvent is added to and agitated
with the sludge, the thus-agitated sludge is transferred into a
separating vessel, so that the wool grease and impurity are
separated from each other
3,642,138
HLTERING TANKS FOR WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEMS
Raymond F. Sheda, 317 Alder Street, Black River Falls, Wis.
Fik!d Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,048
Int. CI. B01d2J//0
U.S. CI. 210-170 2 Claims
i7--a
An automatic selector for various evacuation circuits from
a centrifuge is constituted by an adjustable electric, pneu-
matic or other pressostat, positioned in the outlet pipe of the
evacuation nozzle of the centrifuge. The pressostat is adapted
to control the opening and closing members of the circuits
conducting the liquids and/or sediments to their storage con-
tainers, as a function of the pressure in the outlet pipe. The
opening and closing members may be automatic valves on
branch pipes from the outlet pipe. The sediment branch pipe
may be equipped with a bypass valve calibrated and adjusta-
ble for automatic operation, the liquid branch pipe having an
electrovalve. The pressostat may control a scraper knife
removing sediment automatically through the bottom or side
of a centrifuge of vertical or horizontal axis respectively.
A filtering tank for waste disposal systems with extension
units positioned over it in telescoping relation extending to
ground level and having a cover for access to the tank. The
filtering tank has removable filter cages filled with particulate
filtering material positioned in the fluid fiow passage in the
filtering tank between the inlet and outlet. Removable insula-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
923
tion extends across the top of the filtering tank in spaced
relation above the filtering material.
3,642,139
APPARATUS FOR CENTRIFUGALLY REMOVING
LIQUID FROM A MIXTURE
Peter C. Wilson, P.O. Box 561, Route 2, Evergreen, and
Robert P. Hughart, 9451 East Grand Street, Englewood,
both of Colo.
Filed Aug. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 752,022
Int. CI. B04b 3104
U.S. CI. 210-213 20 Claims
bridging" between adjacent flights. Tliis construction and ar-
rangement includes helical flights disposed to form an in-
cluded angle with a plane disposed (perpendicular to the lon-
gitudinal axis of the scroll member not more than approxi-
mately 65°, and perpendicularly spacing each flight from an
adjacent flight by an amount equaling at least approximately
0.03 and preferably 0.04 times the inner circumference of
the screen means. The clearance between the edge of each
flight and the inner surface of the screen means adjacent the
end into which the mixture is supplied to the apparatus
equals approximately not more than 0.004 times the inner
diameter of the screen means. A relationship exists between
certain structural parts of the apparatus whereby, upon
operation thereof, the fibrous material is retained upon the
inner surface of the screen means at least approximately 1 '/2
seconds and preferably about 3 seconds.
3,642,140
OIL RECOVERY AND CLEANUP SYSTEM
James H. Parker, P.O. Box 1652, Norfolk, Va.
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,810
Int. CI. C02b 9102
MS. CI. 2 1 0— 242 1 8 Claims
ZS 26
A method and apparatus for continuously removing,
through a centrifuging operation, liquid from a mixture in-
cluding therein a cellulose fiber pulp of organic origin which
is used or could be used in the making of pap>er. The method
involves impinging the mixture upon a rotating screen sur-
face to form a layer of lightly compacted, relatively porous,
fibrous material thereon and passing a portion of liquid
through said porous layer of material and through said screen
followed by effecting a further removal of the liquid from
said mixture by cleaning said screen surface by moving the
edge of a transporting member adjacent said screen surface
while simultaneously producing and maintaining a mass of
densely compacted, relatively impervious, fibrous material
between said edge and said screen and using said mass to
remove continuously from said screen surface fibrous materi-
al deposited thereon, and rolling, wringing and redepositing
said fibrous material upon said screen surface while passing
additional liquid through said screen and moving said fibrous
material along said screen surface. The mixture is centrifuged
at a force varying within a range between approximately 70
and 650 times the force of gravity. The fibrous material
passing with the liquid through the screen is recovered by
impinging the liquid-fibrous material upon the surface of a
second screen. The method may also be used with a mixture
containing fibers which are relatively short in length by ad-
ding to said mixture a predetermined quantity of fibers hav-
ing a relatively long length. The apparatus comprises a hol-
low, rotatably mounted screen means, a scroll member
rotatably mounted concentrically within said screen means,
and means for rotating the scroll member at a predetermined
angular velocity differential relative to the angular velocity of
rotation of the screen means. TTie screen means preferably
has a circularly shaped inner surface and a plurality of
openings formed therethrough, the minimum dimension of
said openings, taken in a direction generally normal to the
longitudinal axis of said openings, varying within a range of
not less than approximately 0.3 millimeters nor more than
approximately 3 millimeters. The scroll member has a plu-
rality of helical flights formed on the surface thereof so con-
structed and arranged to prevent fibrous material from "-
An oil recovery unit is provided for recovery of oil floating
on the surface of the water in which the recovery unit has a
plurality of float elements of decreasing diameter from top to
bottom associated with one another to define a floating
frame, oil collection means centrally positioned within the
defined floating frame with the top surface of the collection
chamber means being below the top surface of the float ele-
ment, and oil drawoff means associated at one end with the
oil collection chamber means and the opposite end thereof
connected to pump means remotely located from the
recovery end for drawing off the collected oil.
An oil processing unit is provided for use in association
with the recovery unit in which the oil mixture collected by
the recovery unit is passed continuously into a collection
chamber wherein the oil mixture is permitted to settle into an
oil phase and a water phase, with the oil phase being passed
to a collection zone for subsequent drawoff and the water
phase being passed at low velocity continuously through at
least two other processing stages to remove entrained oil and
to discharge the water back to where it came, or otherwise
disposed of.
3,642,141
nUTER TUBE AND CONNECTION THEREOF TO TUBE
SHEET
Russell B. Hobson, Jr., Montdair, N J., assignor to Per Cor-
poration, West Orange, N J.
Filed July 21, 1970, Ser. No. 56,838
Int. CI. BOld 29114
U.S. CI. 210-323 10 Claims
A filter element for filters of the pressure-tyf>e includes a
socklike pervious filter tube fitted over a tubular open frame
which has a flange around which portions of the tube wall arc
folded. Portions of the frame are resilient and have exterior
projections and said frame and filter tube extend through a
hole in a tube sheet disposed between the inlet and the outlet
of a casing with said flange and said projections abutting op-
posite sides of said sheet respectively. A flanged hollow plug
924
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
is frictionally fitted in the frame and engages said resilient
portions to hold said projections in abutment with said tube
bow tie clip to be clipped thereon and the other edge of each
bar being rounded for preventing snagging and tearing of
other types of ties draped thereabout.
3,642,144
SECTIONAL DISPLAY FOR SAMPLES OF SHEET
MATERIAL
Sheldon C. Brooks, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to Tri-SUte
Displays, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 848,820
Int. CI. A47f 7116
U.S.CL21I-45 2 Claims
/*,
sheet and to clamp said folded portions of the filter tube on
said flange.
3,642,142
CENTERING DEVICES FOR ENDLESS FILTER BELT
August C. BarneW, SUmford; Franz Bliem, and Ernst R. Kus,
both of Norwalk, aU of Conn., assignors to Dorr-Oliver In-
corporated, Stamford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 700,579, Jan. 25,
1968, now Patent No. 3,503,517. This application Mar. 26,
1970. Ser. No. 22.801. The portion of the term of this patent
subsequent to Mar. 31. 1987, has been disclaimed.
Int. CL BO Id 33114
U.S. CL 210-401 39 Claims
rr
16-
H
ir;*^
\\\A\
LJ- t
-r^~ 'z
^
^^
C -
r?
'*^^ r-^ ^
7^^
IZ
X"
12 It "
A sectional display for a number of samples of sheet
matenal such as carpets, linoleum and the like consisting of
sections having backs, rectangular in form with spaced
flanges overlying and spaced from the backs to form grooves
for the reception of the samples, the sections being con-
nected together by means of cleats having openings therein
adapted to receive headed pins issuing from the backs of the
sections near the edges thereof, the pins being arranged in
identical groups and the holes in the cleats corresponding
therewith so that all of the cleats would be identical and the
sections may be connected end-to-end and/or side-to-side.
3,642,145
REFL'SE CAN SUPPORT
A pair of opposedly arranged belt-centering devices for "'^P*' ^^"'^l^^J*""' f 7^*^' P^^S*;' ]!'""•
belt-type vacuuTTrum filter apparatus, each device engag- Filed Sept. «' »969 Ser Nck 856,025
ing a respective beaded side edge portion of the filter belt, »"'• ^«- A47g z^iuu
each device having an assembly of a pair of bead gnpping «J-a- «^«- -'n
glide shoes biased towards each other while slidably engaging
opposedly arranged tracks on the associated bead, which as-
sembly is also biased in a direction laterally away from the
belt and from the associated bead.
78
5 Claims
3,642,143
BOW TIE RACK
Joseph K. Cass, 1560 New Holland Pike, Lancaster, Pa.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,851
Int CI. A47f im
U.S.CL 211-13 - 1 Claim
A tie rack with overlapping bars pivotally mounted
therewithin, the lower edge of each bar allowing one side of a
A support for a group of household garbage cans or the
like composes a plurality of frames normally radiating from a
sleeve which is adjustable vertically on a post, each frame
being adapted to hold an individual can, and each being con-
nected to the sleeve for collapsing to a depending, inopera-
tive position when its can is removed.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
925
3,642,146
RACK
Donald Frazier. R.D. #1. Mendham Road, Far Hills. N.J.
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,383
Int. CI. A47f5/y0
L.S. CI. 211 — 176 13 Claims
2," 19a 10
A pallet rack in which the upright members have slots to
receive tongues of a shelf beam connecter, and the shelf
beam connecter embraces the upright by its sidewall and by
integral offset fingers; the tongues are held against disengage-
ment by pivotable latches which are engageable and disen-
gageable from the tongues.
3,642,147
HANGER DEVICE
Gerald H. Voorhies, 1735 North Gettysburg Avenue, Dayton,
Ohio
Filed May 19, 1969, Ser. No. 863,727
Int. CL A47fi/0y, 7/00
U.S. CI. 211-181 8 Claims
V
rier on the corresponding jib, and means for increasing the
duration of the loading operation in order to enable the
^^^^
counterweight carrier to move only slowly and progressively
as the load moment varies, without any disorderly motions.
3,642,149
COUPLER-POSITIONING DEVICE FOR RAILROAD CAR
COUPLERS
Osvaldo F. Chierici, Elmhurst, U., assignor to Holland Com-
pany
Filed Dec. 15, .%9, Ser. No. 885,241
Int. CI. B61g 7112
U.S. CI. 213-15 8 Claims
Apparatus for use in fabricating paint racks or like struc-
tures featuring a unique prestressed hanger device having an
inherent capability to firmly grip a support on slip fit thereto.
The hanger device of the invention is so constructed to ob-
viate the need for special fastening or bonding means on ap-
plication of the device to its base support. On suspension of
articles therefrom it is inherently endowed with a supplemen-
tal and strengthened gripping action.
3,642,148
DEVICE FOR ACHIEVING PERMANENT
EQUILIBRATION IN TOWER CRANES
Pierre Durand, Lyon, France, assignor to Socicte Anonyme
Richier, Paris, France
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39^41
Claims priority, application France, May 29, 1969, 6916026
Int. CI. B66c 23172
U.S. CI. 212-48 2 Claims
A device for obtaining permanent equilibration in tower
cranes of the type including a load jib, over which a carriage
fitted with a lifting hook travels, and a jib over which a car-
riage carrying a counterweight is adapted to be shifted, said
device including in combination: means for measuring the
moment resulting from the weight of the load, on the one
hand, and from the position of the load carriage on the jib,
on the other hand, means for shifting the counterweight car-
A railroad car coupler-positioning device comprising a
swing lever positioned between the coupler smd the car truck
adjacent same and extending transversely of the car, and
pivoted at its midportion for swinging movement about a ver-
tical axis aligned with the centerline of the car, an actuating
arm disposed on one side of the car and connected between
the swing arm and the car truck, and cable structures extend-
ing between the respective ends of the swing lever and the
coupler shank and each including preloaded tension spring
devices of essentially the same preload and adjusted to bias
the coupler into alignment with the centerline of track when
the car is on straight track, whereby pivoting of the car track
as the car rounds a curve will actuate the swing lever and
cable structures to keep the coupler tangent to the track.
Also disclosed is a novel resilient coupler carrier for support-
ing the coupler.
3,642,150
SHEETROCK SCAFFOLDING
Joseph P. Zizak, 5791-2'/j Street. N.E.. .Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,743
Int. CL E04f 21iOO; E04g 21116
U.S. CI. 2 1 4- 1 S W 4 Claims
A sheetrock scaffolding is in the form of an elongated
member having a brace at one extremity of the same to
926
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
which a pair of clamp means are pivotally mounted The providing opposmg forces and wherein the pad eye is at-
clamps means are adapted to mount the scaffolding on studs tached to the highline by connecting means The said at-
on a wall framing and will permit pivoting of the scaffolding
with a piece of sheetrock thereon to an elevated position so tachment points are situated both front and rear of the king
that it may be held and secured to the ceiling. p^jt central axis.
3,642,151 3 542 153
SHEET-HANDLING APPARATUS ROTARYPLOW FEEDER
Leonard L. Hayes, Uwiston, Idaho, assignor to Potlatch ,j^^ ^j,p^ Verona; Louis Felts, Butler, and Nicholas S.
Forests, Inc., Lewiston, Idaho Klucheff, Brick Town, all of N J., assignors to Hewitt-
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,609 Robins Incorporated, Stamford, Conn.
Int. CI. B65g 57102 p.led Apr. 24. 1970, Ser. No. 31,664
U.S. CI. 214-6 H I ^ 2 Claims Int. CI. B65g 65/4S
U.S. CI. 214- 17 DA 18 Claims
The sheet-handling apparatus has a stacking device which
includes a vertically movable hoist that indexes downward as
the sheets are deposited thereon. A sheet bunk is positioned
on the hoist having sides that extend outward beyond the
edges of the hoist. An elongated reciprocable carriage is
mounted circumscribing the hoist with one end adjacent the
hoist to receive a loaded bunk thereon as the hoist descends
below the top of the carriage. The carriage is then
reciprocated to remove the loaded bunk from the stacking
device and move the other end adjacent the hoist to position
an empty bunk on the hoist.
3,642,152
EQUIPMENT FOR HIGHLINE TRANSFER
Stephen Q. Schndler, Laval, Quebec, Canada, assignor to
Peacock Brothers Limited, La Salle, Quebec, Canada
Continuation of application Ser. No. 787,165, Dec. 26, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No.
22,120
Claims priorit>. application Canada, Oct. 28. I%8. 33725
Int. CI. B65g 67158
U.S. CI. 214— 13 14 Claims
Apparatus for highline ship to ship transfer of loads com-
prises a king post with a pad eye mounted on the king post.
Means are provided for moving the pad eye vertically on the
king post which include a linear driving member passing over
guiding means on the king post to form an arrangement
A discharge system for transferring bulk material from
cargo holds onto a discharge conveyor of a self-unloading
vessel compnses inclined storage shelves, which extend
beneath and receive bulk material from the cargo holds, and
inclined rotary plow feeders which traverse the length of the
shelves to reclaim bulk material from the shelves and deposit
the material onto the discharge conveyor. The rotary plow
feeders are each driven by a first drive system about a central
axis of rotation to reclaim material from the inclined shelves
and the feeders are each provided with a second drive system
for pivoting the hub of the feeder about an eccentric axis to
commence, adjust, or terminate the feed of material from the
shelves to the conveyor With the rotary plow feeders in their
retracted positions the feeders can be relocated along the
shelves, as desired, even with material on the shelves. The
hub of each feeder includes a ring gear normally driven
about its central axis by an internal pinion gear for reclaim-
ing and an annular ring gear housing that is pivoted about an
eccentric axis of the feeder, coinciding with the axis of the
pinion, to adjust the depth that the feeder blades extend into
the bulk material on the shelves.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
927
3,642,154
LOADING DEVICE FOR TRUCKS
Stephen Duszka, 340 New England Terrace, Orange, N J.
Substitute for application Ser. No. 71 1,721, Mar. 8, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No.
67,078
Intel. B60p//00
U.S. CI. 214-83.24 4 Claims
may fold up while not interfering with the normal use of the
endgate of the truck. The device includes a multiple number
of folding members which are hinged to make a convenient
ramp for any hard to load items, such as garden tractors,
snowmobiles, etc.
3,642,157
CAR TOP BOAT CARRIER
Clifford Harrison Williams, Jr., Royal Avenue at Sinkler
Road, Wyncote, Pa.
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,209
Int CI. B60r 9100
U.S. CI. 214-450 3 Claims
A self-loading device built into a truck body for transfer-
ring freight from one place to another on the truck, the
device, including an under floor carriage that protrudes
through the body to lift freight off the floor and deposit it at
another area, on the truck.
3,642,155
BULK MATERIAL HANDLING VEHICLE AND
UNLOADING BOOM THEREFOR
Bernard E. Carison, 1515 W. Arrow Highway, Apt. 18,
Upland, Calif.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,141
Int. CI. B60p 1136
U.S. CI. 214-83.26 11 Claims
/^ /^y j]
/4^ '3(3
A bulk material handling vehicle having a bulk material
storage body and an articulated unloading boom hinged to
one end of the body for movement between a retracted travel
position wherein the boom is folded against one side of the
body and an erect service position wherein the hinged boom
sections are aligned. The boom contains an endless conveyor
for transporting bulk j^aterial upwardly through the boom to
the upper outfeed end of the boom and is equipped with
means for regulating the conveyor tension and supp>orting the
conveyor at the hinged joint of the boom in such a way as to
prevent snagging of the conveyor between the hinged boom
sections as the latter are rotated to their aligned positions.
3,642,156
PICKUP TRUCK LOADING RAMP
Raymond A. Stenson, Route #2, Box 38. Kugbv, N. Dak.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,722
Int. CI. B60py/0(?
U.S. CI. 214-85 I Claim
A folding ramp device for attachment to the rear gate of
pickup trucks. This device is of such construction so as it
A car top boat loader including a pair of parallel spaced
guide rails terminating at a stationary rest at one end of the
rails. The rails are pivotally supported on the car top in such
a manner that the stationary rest extends over either the
hood or trunk of the car. A carriage for supporting the boat
to be loaded is movable supported by the spaced guide rails
and is free to move through the length of the guide rails. The
boat may be easily loaded to a balanced position on the car-
riage by pivoting the guide rails into engagement with the
hood or trunk of the car after which the boat may be sequen-
tially rested on the carriage and moved away from the sta-
tionary rest and then pivoted on the stationary rest per-
mitting the carriage to return to the stationary rest until the
boat is balanced on the carriage. Thereafter, the boat and
supporting carriage are moved up the guide rails to a point at
which the guide rails pivot to a horizontal balanced position
on the car top. A first locking pin is provided for maintaining
the guide rails in a horizontal p>osition and a second locking
pin locks the carriage to the guide rails for transporting the
boat.
3,642,158
TURNAROUND DEVICE FOR A PALLET CONVEYOR
Wolfgang Koennecke, Bad Homburg, and Reinhold Strieker,
Frankfurt am Main, both of Germany, assignors to
Flughafen Frankfurt am Main Aktiengesellschaft, Frank-
furt am Main, Germany
Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,183
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 23, 1968, P 17 81
097.8
Int. CI. B65g 4 7/i<S, 47/42
U.S. CI. 214-314 8 Claims
A pallet conveyor system having individual pallets sup-
ported and moved on a series of wheels rotating on horizon-
928
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
tally spaced fixed axes includes a turnaround mechanism
wherein a set of supporting wheels are mounted at right an-
30
3,642,160
LOADER WITH EJECTOR-TYPE BUCKET
Harvey W. Rockwell, and Marvin J. Carlson, both of Spring-
field, 111., assignors to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Nov. 27. 1970, Ser. No. 93354
Int. CI. B66f 9100
k4^
r 5
U.S. CI. 214-767
9 Claims
g; c> 'cji cgrgi
M^
cja 'c^ c> i^i cja cla c^ eft
gles and are capable of being raised above the level of the
first set of wheels to change the direction of movement of a
pallet at that point.
3,642,159
EARTHWORKING VEHICLE
William J. Askins, Brecksville, Ohio, assignor to Massey-Fer-
guson Inc., Detroit, Mich.
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,072
Int. CI. B66f 9100
U.S.CL 214-764 9 Claims
A bucket ejector with two hinged sections is automatically
moved from a retracted position, in which the two sections
form the rear waJl of the bucket, to a forward eject position
when the bucket tilt linkage causes the bucket to be moved
from ixs loading position to its dumping position.
Ray D.
Okla.
Stroud, 2421
3,642,161
SAFETY LID
Northwest 59th
St., Okalhoma City,
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,054
Int. CI. A61j 1 100; B65i 55102
U.S. CI. 215 9
14 Claims
A shovel loader having a boom, a bucket pivoted thereto,
and a quadrilateral linkage interconnecting the bucket and
the loader has apparatus for automatically positioning the
bucket in the desired digging position. The bucket control
valve is provided with a pneumatic actuator which is opera-
ble to move the bucket valve from the curl to neutral posi-
tion. A pneumatic circuit includes a source of air pressure
and three serially connected valves, one of which is manually
operated to condition the system for automatic operation. A
second valve is cam operated to open position by movement
of the boom control valve to the detented float position. The
third valve is cam operated to open position by retraction of
the bucket cylinder beyond a predetermined point. Upon
opening the manual valve and raising and dumping the
bucket, movement of the boom valve to the float position au-
tomatically effects movement of the bucket control valve
from neutral to the curl position so the bucket is automati-
cally curled as the boom is lowered by gravity. After the
bucket cylinder has been extended beyond the predeter-
mined point, that valve closes, deactuating the actuator to
enable return of the bucket control valve to neutral position
The parallelogram linkage upon further lowering automati-
cally positions the bucket in a digging position. Thus only
one valve need be manually operated to automatically posi-
tion the bucket from a raised and dumped position into a
digging position at ground level. The system further includes
a second pneumatic motor for closing the boom control valve
when the bo<im is raised to a predetermined height, as con-
trolled by another pneumatic valve.
A safety lid for flanged containers including a base cap
dimensioned to fit upon the upper end of the container and
having a central aperture therethrough. An upper cap is
rotatable mounted on the base cap and includes a
downwardly extending flange having zones of depressions or
relief formed therem at circumferentially spaced points. The
base cap carries a pair of fiexible, resilient locking fingers
which project substantially parallel to the sides of the con-
tainer upon which the cap is utilized. Each locking finger car-
nes at its lower end, a locking toe adapted to engage a flange
carried around the outer periphery of the upper end of the
container upon which the cap is utilized. Each locking finger
carries an upwardly extending portion which can be biased
by digital manipulation into the relieved zones in the
peripheral flange carried by the upper cap when the upper
cap is rotated to a position with respect to the base cap such
that the relieved zones are aligned with the locking fingers.
Pivotation of the locking fingers into the zones of relief by
pressing the upwardly extending portions into such zones
biases the locking toes radially outwardly with respect to a
container upon which the cap is mounted so that the entire
cap may be removed from the container.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
929
3,642,162
ICE CUBE BIN
Donald Wayne Doman, JamesviUe, and Lawrence Kenneth
Sauey, Baraboo, both of Wis., assignors to Rambeau
Plastics Corporation
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,266
InL CI. B65d 1/22
U.S. CI. 220— 1 R 4 Claims
3e, 12
r, Ji
*»_
3t'
■
so-
^ ^-s :i%^
il.
f^i^ii^?'
24
ZL.
■I-J4
An ice cube bin for storing loose ice cubes including a col-
lar portion encompassing the top of a cube storage container
and oppositely inclined shoulders for the twist discharge of
ice cubes from an ice cube tray. The inclined shoulders are
of varying width over their length whereby ice cube trays of
varied sizes may be accommodated by the bin.
3,642,163
MULTITUBULAR PRESSURE TANK
Lorrell C. McFarland, 417 East 12, Claremore, Okla.
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 2M26
Int. CI. B65d 87106, 871 16
U.S. CI. 220—5 A
3 Claims
In a pressure tank a plurality of elongated tubular members
are arranged in juxtaposed relation. A tank head closes the
respective ends of the tubular members and provides com-
munication therebetween. A baffle member, within each tu-
bular member, forms an air chamber to place fiuid in the
tubes under a desired pressure.
3,642,164
INSULATED CABINET CONSTRUCTION FOR VENDING
MACHINES OR THE LIKE
Wilbert O. O'Neal, Independence, and Warren K. Weston,
Lee's Summit, both of Mo., assignors to The Vendo Com-
pany, Kansas City, Mo.
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 60,050
Int. CI. B65d 25118
MS. CI. 220—9 F 5 Claims
An insulated cabinet for vending machines or the like em-
ploys an improved construction for an insulated door per se
and improved means for effecting a heat seal between such
door and the wall structure of the cabinet and for releasably
retaining such door in a closed position relative to such wall
structure. The door is formed from a pair of spaced metallic
panels having an edging strip of heat insulative material ex-
tending therebetween about the periphery thereof, with the
interior of such door assembly filled with heat insulative
foam material suitably interlocked with both the panels and
the edging strip. TTie wall structure is provided at the zone
thereof within which the door is received when in its closed
position with a sealing gasket of heat insulative material hav-
ing a plurality of spaced resilient fingers extending from the
wall structure toward the space to be occupied by the door
when in closed condition, so that such fingers will engage the
edging strip of the door along spaced areas of the latter to
provide heat insulative air chambers circumscribing the
peripheral edge of the door, with such fingers being deflected
in a direction upwardly of the cabinet to releasably hold the
door in its closed condition. The construction is particularly
advantageous for use in vending machine cabinets having
relatively thin insulated walls and employing an outer door as
well as an inner door with the latter being insulated, of
thickness substantially equal to that of the main cabinet wall
structure and desirably mountable in manner such that it will
clear the access opening to the cabinet when the doors are
opened.
3,642,165
STACKABLE TABLE SERVICE
Henning von der Osten, Margrethevej 9, 2900 HeUenip,
Denmark
FUed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,702
Claims priority, application Denmark, Sept. 30, 1968,
4710/68
Int. CI. B65d 27/02
U.S. CI. 220-23.83 9 Claims
3^
^
'-L£=t
]'
A stackable table service comprising at least two groups of
mutually uniform service items, such as plates, each having
an integral bottom and rim, the rims of the items of one
group fitting over the rims of the items of the other group to
allow alternate interlocking stacking.
930
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
-. ^2 166 opposite pair of side walls, these ribs being unequally spaced
r^oKiTAiMFB ANni ID CONSTRUCTION one from the other and being of unequal width, but the nbs
Anthony T SU^ WU^n^n W X- to Container on the opposing walls forming mirror images of one another;
Corporation of America, Chicago, 111.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,440
Int. CI. B65d 45/32
U.S. CI. 220-55 AN ^ Claims
706
716
"TOI
A container and lid construction. The lid has series of de-
pending nange elements with locking members extending
therethrough in locking engagement with an annular stiffen-
ing nange along the open top of the container. The locking
members are connected by an adjustably tensioned belt
which pulls the flange elements and the lockmg members
into firm engagement with the annular stiffening Hange. The
locking members include camming members hingedly con-
nected to the lid and having a camming action with the un-
derside of the annular stiffening fiange to draw the lid into
firm locking engagement with annular flange.
3,642,167
CONTAINER CLOSURE
Alfred W. Kinney, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to PhiUips
Petroleimi Company
riled July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56374
Int. CI. B65d4i//0, 4 //22
U.S. CI. 220-60 R 5 Claims
or, (c) the combination of one pair of opposing walls con-
forming to arrangement (a) and the second pair of opposing
sidewalls conforming to arrangement (b).
3,642,169
CONTAINERS ADAPTED TO BE STACKED
Pierre A. J. Webster, 9 Roger Gobaut St, Pantin, and Andrew
H. A. Langlois, Paris, 93, both of France, assignors to said
Webster, by said Langlois
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,010
Int. CI. B65d2//02
U.S. CI. 220-97 R 2 Claims
A flexible closure is provided with a flexing groove in the
closure top and a sealing groove in a downwardly depending
skirt adapted to conform substantially to the opposing sur-
face of a beaded container rim to form a seal with the beaded
rim although the closure is considerably fiexed by a container
of greater than optimum diameter.
3,642,168
NONTILT STACKING AND NESTING CONTAINER
Nathaniel C. Wiley, Jr., Weston, and Joseph R. Kazakavage,
Ansonia, both of Conn., assignors to Rudkin-Wiley Cor-
poration, Seymour, Conn.
Filed Oct 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,706
Int.CI. B65d2//04
U.S. CI. 220-97 D 11 Claims
Stacking and nesting containers are prevented from tilting
into each other when in superposed stacking position by
providing: (a) differing numbers of a plurality of tapered ribs
vertically positioned and inwardly extending from top to bot-
tom of at least one opposite pair of sidewalls; or, (b) same
numbers of a plurality of tapered ribs vertically posiUoned
and inwardly extending from top to bottom of at least one
Containers adapted to be stacked, each having beaded top
and bottom, charactenzed by the fact that the bottom of the
upper container has a section providing towards the center of
the container and immediately after the bead and the usual
bottom cavity, an inclined portion directed towards the out-
side of the upper container and terminating short of the outer
beaded end of the container, said inclined portion being ex-
tended by an inwardly directed portion forming a central
recess The top of the lower container is provided with a
protruding portion adapted to nest within the central recess
of the upper container with the beads of the two containers
in abutting aligned relation.
3,642,170
COMBINATION HOLDDOWN HNGER AND PLATE
SEPARATOR FOR SELF-LEVELING PLATE DISPENSERS
George R. Shelley, 4225 N.W. 72nd Ave., Miami, Fla.
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,771
lnt.CI. B65h//0S
U.S. CI. 221-226 4 Claims
A holddown finger for use with disposable paper or plastic
plates being dispensed in a self-leveling well-type plate
dispenser is descnbed An arcuate holddown finger presses
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
931
reactively against a plurality of the uppermost plates in an in-
verted stack in the dispenser well, at one side thereof, to
therein in substantially leak-free manner, and a sealed inner
container for the storage of liquid in the outer container. The
separate them in fanlike fashion at the other side for easy
withdrawal in a dispensing operation.
3,642,171
APPARATUS FOR INTRODUCING ADDITIVES INTO
LIQUIDS
Franz Ernst, Agiasterhausen, Germany, assignor to Chemie
Und Filter GmbH Verfahrenstechnik KG, Heidelberg, Ger-
many
Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,462
Claims priority, application Germany, May 31, 1969, P 17 67
659.4
Int. CI. B67d 5/08
U.S. CI. 222-59 7 Claims
Apparatus for introducing an additive into a stream of
liquid comprises a pipeline which conveys the liquid at a vari-
able rate of flow, a flowmeter whose chamber communicates
with the pipeline and accommodates a rotor rotated by liquid
in the pipeline at a speed which is a function of the rate of
liquid flow to thereby produce signals at a frequency which is
indicative of such speed, and a pump which discharges into
the chamber a unit quantity of additive in response to each
signal whereby the additive is mixed with liquid in the
chamber before it enters the main stream of liquid in the
pipeline.
3,642,172
BULK CONTAINERS
Charles Henry Malpas, 1 1 Layton Crescent, Newton, Geek>ng,
Victoria, Australia
Continuation of application Ser. No. 595,252, Nov. 17, 1966,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 11, 1969, Ser. No.
845,588
InL CI. B67b 7/26
U.S. CI. 222—90 9 Claims
A bulk container for liquids which become contaminated
or otherwise deteriorate when exposed to air, comprising an
outer container having fitted to it a socket member for
receiving a tap in such manner that the tap will engage
socket member is so constructed and so mounted in the outer
container that when the tap is engaged it will project into the
sealed inner container between the tap, the socket member
and the inner container.
3,642,173
PRESSURIZED DISPENSER FOR PLURAL FLUIDS
Leonard L. Marraffino, 884 Northeast 42nd St., Oakland
Park, Fort Lauderdale, Fla.
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,166
InLCl.HeSd 35/28, 83/] 4
U.S. CI. 222-94 8 Claims
\
■^iS*
A pressurized container has separate compartments for
primary and secondary fluids which should not comingle
prior to dispensing. Separate flow paths for the two fluids
lead to a common exit and mixing passage. A single distorta-
ble washer valve element operates to control the flow of both
fluids from their respective compartments to said common
exit and mixing passage.
3,642,174
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPENSING A
SEMIFROZEN COMESTIBLE
Richard T. Cornelius, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to The
Cornelius Company, Anoka, Minn.
Filed Oct 16, 1969, Ser. No. 866,861
Int CI. B67d 5/56
U.S. CI. 222-129.1 6 Claims
A regulated flow of water is refrigerated, and a source of
concentrated orange juice at atmospheric pressure is also
refrigerated and is metered and combined with the water
under pressure in a refrigerated blending and storage device
along with nitrous oxide gas, and the resulting mixture is
transferred to a separate freezing chamber where water is
932
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
frozen from the mixture as pure ice. The mixture is dispensed
from the freezing chamber to atmospheric pressure so that
the nitrous oxide gas breaks out of the semifrozen product to
render it fluffy.
3,642,175
MULTIPLE COMPONENT MIXERS
John E. Robbins, Leicester, England, assignor to USM Cor-
poration, Flemington, N J.
Rled Oct. 6, 1%9, Ser. No. 863,819
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 25, 1968,
50,648/68
Int. CI. B67d 5102
U.S. CI. 222-135 7 Claims
trol mechanism has a first connection to a source of fluid to
be heated and dispensed normally maintained at pressures
above that of atmosphenc pressure, a second connection
with valve means therein to direct and regulate the flow of
source water to the hot water storage tank for displacement
of heated water therefrom, a third connection between the
outlet for the hot fluid storage tank and a spout means on the
dispensing and control mechanism to permit heated fluid dis-
placed from said hot fluid storage tank outlet to be passed to
and discharged from the spout means, the third connection
has port means therein disposed so that the expansion and
accumulation chamber will collect backflow water from the
spout and the third connection when dispensing is terminated
or expanded hot fluid from the hot fluid storage tank when
the system is at static conditions of operation, and a fourth
A device for the mixing and dispensing a multiple com-
ponent composition wherein variation is made to the ratio of
constituent materials fed to the mixer without having a sub-
stantial effect on the total quantity of constituent composi-
tion fed to the mixer.
connection between the upper end of the expansion and ac-
cumulation chamber and the spout means but isolated from
said third connection to vent the expansion and accumula-
tion chamber and act to maintain the entire system at at-
mospheric pressure.
Additionally, the system includes in the dispensing means a
valve means normally biased closed to block flow of water
from the source into the system and cammed to move axially
against the bias to an open fxjsition by an axial-acting actua-
tor The valve means disposed to be removably mounted
through the upper face of the disf)ensing means. The spout is
mounted by a tapered wring fit connection to allow for easy
removal along the longitudinal line of the connection
whereby access to the valve means for service, repair and
replacement is facilitated.
3,642,177
VOLUME CONTROL FOR MOLDING MACIflNERY
Donald B. Mcllvin, Danvers, Mass., assignor to USM Cor-
poration, Flemington, N J.
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 864,075
Int. CI. B67d 5164
U.S. CI. 222- 168.5 5 Claims
3,642,176
MEANS FOR STORING AND DISPENSING HEATED
LIQUID AND SYSTEM THEREFOR
Richard C. Dreibelbis, Fairlawn, and Warren E. Turner, Suc-
ciKunna, both of NJ., assignors to Ddta-T-Inc., Cedar
Grove, N J.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,759
Int. CI. B67d 5162
U.S. CI. 222- 146 HE 17 Claims
A system for dispensing a supply of instant hot fluid more
particularly water wherein a hot fluid storage tank having an
expansion and accumulation chamber may be operatively as-
sociated with either an adjacent or a remotely disposed
dispensing and control mechanism. The dispensing and con-
Machinery for molding articles including a device for me-
tering, mixing and dispensing a measured quantity of multi-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
933
pie-component mixture to a plurality of molds. The volume
of material dispensed at each mold may be varied, from one
mold to another and is automatically set up in the dispensing
means by movement of the device from one mold to another.
3,642,178
CONTAINER FOR HOLDING nNE MATERIAL
Gerhard Balzau, Neubeckum, and Wolfgang Fosshag, En-
nigerioh, both of Germany, assignors to Polysius AG, Graf-
Galen-Strasse, Neubeckum, Germany
Filed Nov. 26, 1%9, Ser. No. 880,181
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 16, 1969, P 19 02
069.0
Int.CI. B65gi//2,69/06
U.S. CI. 222-195 6 Claims
The container has a lower portion in the form of a hopper
with an aerated porous wall. A pot extends centrally below
the hopp>er, forms a continuation of the hopper and has a
porous aerated base and a lateral material outlet. A central
vertical standpipe in the container is provided with a nozzle
for discharging compressed air into the lower end of the
standpipe.
3,642,179
SELF-RESTORING DISPENSER
Lewis A. Micallef, New York, N.Y., assignor to Leeds & Mi-
callef, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 702,058, Jan. 31, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No.
61,977
Int. CI. B65d 83114
U.S. CI. 222-402.12 14 Claims
A self-restoring dispenser for the valve stem of a pres-
surized container has an actuator that cooperates with a clo-
sure member for the dispensing orifice of the actuator. The
closure member is responsive to the movement of the actua-
tor and is displaceable thereby between open and closed
positions and, for the sake of safety, also an intermediate
temporary position impact abutment.
3,642,180
SPRING-BIASED METERING AND NONMETERING TILT
VALVE WITHOUT COIL SPRING
Kenneth G. Lehmann, 5 Kent Road, Easton, Conn.
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,919
Int. CI. B05b 7132
U.S. CI. 222—402.23 10 Claims
A coil-springless biased tilt valve for spray dispensers,
comprising a tubular valve housing having at its upp^r end a
transverse resilient annular valve seat which is engageable by
the valving shoulder of a tiltable stem disposed in the housing
and extending upward through the opening of the valve seat.
An upper hollow portion of the valve stem carries a depress
button which is hollow and has a discharge orifice. An in-
verted metal mounting cup structure receives and carries the
upper portion of the valve housing and also the resilient valve
seat, said mounting cup having a central aperture through
which the hollow upper portion of the valve stem extends
and on which the stem fulcrums. Tilting of the valve stem
about the fulcrum point unseats the valve shoulder thereof,
enabling a discharge to occur from the interior of the valve
housing through a side passage at the bottom of the upper
hollow portion of the stem, adjacent the valve shoulder (and
seat). The lower end of the valve housing has a socket, and
the valve stem has a long, slender depending resilient portion
the bottom tip of which is received in the housing socket,
said slender resilient stem portion acting as a valve return
spring to bias the valve stem to a normally upright position
wherein the valve shoulder thereof fully engages the seat jmd
shuts off flow from the valve housing. Surrounding the
slender resilient depending stem portion is a tubular depend-
ing skirt which is essentially rigid, and which is engageable
with a sidewail of the valve housing when the stem is tilted,
thereby to limit the tilting movement to a degree which is less
than that which could permanently deform the slender de-
pending stem portion. Thereby the spring action of the de-
pending stem portion is not impaired, since the portion is
never stressed beyond its elastic limit. In several metering
embodiments of the invention the bottom edge of the skirt
slides on a curved annular shoulder in the valve housing.
When the valve stem is not tilted there is little pressure of the
skirt on the shoulder, so that leakage occurs therebetween.
However, when the stem is tilted there is considerable pres-
sure of the skirt on the shoulder, providing a seal or closed
valve action which seals the valve housing from the contents
of the container just as the second valve does in a conven-
tional metering valve dispenser.
3,642,181
VERTICAL ADHESIVE APPLICATOR HEAD
Buford L. Thomas, and David G. Steffens, both of Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to Vako, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,692
IntCLB05cy/^
MS. CI. 222—5 1 7 7 Claims
An adhesive shutoff valve mechanism for the head of an
adhesive applicator comprising in part a shuttle assembly
934
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
spaced a fractional distance from the outlets in said head holster to which it is fastened, said space being adapted to
through which the adhesive is applied to an adjacent surface, receive and freely accommodate the skirt of a tunic or jacket
said fractional distance being such as to form and maintain a
puddle of adhesive around said outlets to prevent the admis-
sion of air thereto until said valve mechanism is activated,
and an internally pivoted member adapted to align one or
more passageways with said one or more outlets during the
operative periods of applying said adhesive.
3,642,182
MACHINES FOR IRONING LAUNDRY, AND SIMILAR
MACHINES
Guy Bhavsar, 68, Blvd. des Beiges, Lyon, 60, France
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,766
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 30, 1969, 6912707
Int. CI. A41h 43100
U.S. CI. 223-51 1 Claim
■-oat
!■■« 'V»y li <f \*lt^e'VyV''P>V *» ** %» »».^»»Mi'm» ■» m wwi
A machine for ironing laundry, or a similar machine with a
working part heated by steam, such as an ironing press,
ironer-dryer. dryer, or a calender, is equipped with a steam
generator working in a closed circuit with the heated working
part, which may be at least one double-walled cylinder an
upper region of which is connected to the upper region of at
least one of two evaporating vessels which are arranged
parallel to each other below the cylinder and which have
their upper regions connected by an equalizing tube and their
lower regions connected by finned tubes disposed above a
source of heat, the lower regions of the evaporating vessel
also being connected to the bottom region of the cylinder,
and the machine preferably being provided with a filling
valve, a water level indicator, a pressure gauge and an ad-
justable pressure-stat, in addition to the necessary safety
valve, vacuum release valve and air bleeder.
3,642,183
; PISTOL HOLSTER WITH BELT LOOP
Paul D. Boren, Montebello, Calif., assignor to Safety Speed
Holster, Inc., Montebello, Calif.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,218
Int. CI. F4 lb /J/04
U.S. CI. 224—2 B 5 Claims
A pistol -carrying holster, having secured to one side
thereof a loop or hanger element adapted for hanging en-
gagement with the trousers belt of the user, said loop element
having at least its upper portion spaced from the side of the
worn by the user, thereby supporting the holster outside of
the tunic or jacket and affording the user free and ready ac-
cess to a pistol or other weapon housed in the holster.
3,642,184
LIGHT FIREARM MOUNT
Clarence E. Hendricks, 10727 Glenfidd Ct., Houston, Tex.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,552
Int. CI. F41c 33/02
U.S. CI. 224-2 C y^ 10 Claims
./N
\y
This invention relates to a light firearm mount fastened
around a waistband or belt and includes an inclined pedestal
having a J-shaped lip which is insertable into the gun's barrel
for providing both a bottom support and vertical stabiliza-
tion Two clips extend laterally from the pedestal to provide
a first lateral support for the barrel and a second lateral sup-
port for an intermediate portion of the firearm. A belt clamp
having two laterally spaced clamp arms is fastened around
the user's belt. The belt clamp can form integral part with the
pedestal
3,642,185
DISPENSER BOX FOR SHEET MATERUL
George V. Woodling, 22077 West Lake Road, Rocky River,
Ohio
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,445
Int CI. B26f 3/02
U.S. CI. 225-48 6 Claims
A dispenser box for sheet material in which the box has
front, back and end walls and a bottom and top. A sheet
cutter having a longitudinally extending cutting edge is
mounted along the top edge of the front wall of the box. Hin-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
935
gedly connected to the top of the backwall of the box, is
cover means including a lid disposed to cover the top of the
box and a flanged down front flap disposed to cover the
cutter and the upper part of the front wall of the box. The
fianged down front fiap has longitudinal-extending separable
means and a terminal end pxirtion secured to the upper part
continuous length of wire and includes a reciprocating stitch-
forming bar and a relatively shiftable stitch-driving bar
operated by a single rotating cam wheel fitted with a first
cam edge which coacts with a guide roller to feed a predeter-
mined length of wire into stitch-forming position upon each
rotation of the cam wheel. The cam wheel is further provided
with a second cam surface which cooperates with a following
rod to properly p>osition a pivoting anvil into stitch-forming
position during the stitch-forming operation. The guide roller
is adjustable and is provided with a compressible inner core
whereby the stitching head can accommodate different-
dimensioned wire stock without the necessity of changing
either the cam disc or the guide roller Additionally, a dual
directional clutch is utilized to selectively interconnect the
of the front wall of the box below the separable means. The
separable means is below the cutting edge, whereby separa-
tion of the terminal end portion from the cover means
releases the lid for hinge action and exposes the cutting edge
for cutting action. The severed terminal end portion remains
secured to the front wall of the box and stabilizes the cutter.
3,642,186
DEVICE FOR CLAMPING AND ADVANCING
ELONGATED WORKPIECES
Jozsef Nemeth, and Emo Osovak, both of Budapest, Hungary,
assignors to Gepipari Technologiai Intezet, Budapest, Hun-
gary
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,618
Claims priority, application Hungary, Mar. 4, 1 969, GE-766
Int. CI. B65h / 7/36
U.S. CI. 226-164 8 Claims
4 13 1
For the advancing or feeding motion of bars, wires or the
like up to now in most cases two hydraulic devices were
used, one for gripping the rod and the other for moving it.
According to the invention, to make the apparatus more sim-
ple, one single hydraulic cylinder is used for this purpose and
according to one embodiment of the invention the piston
moved in the hydraulic cylinder actuates at the beginning of
its stroke the gripping means and thereafter it shifts this
gripping means together with the rod or other workpiece; ac-
cording to another embodiment the piston is used only for
the moving or feeding but the gripping is produced by a se-
ries of rings actuated by the same hydraulic fluid which acts
on the said piston.
3,642,187
STITCHING HEAD
Lauri C. Barland, West Chester, Pa., assignor to Flynn & Em-
rich Company, Baltimore, Md.
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,190
Int CI. B25c 5/04
U.S. CI. 227-84 24 Claims
A wire stitching head is disclosed for successively produc-
ing a series of uniformly shaped and sized stitches from a
output shaft of an electric motor with the driven shaft which
carries the aforementioned cam wheel at one free end
thereof, the opposite end of the driven shaft carrying means
for actuating electrical svwtch contacts utilized to
synchronize the operation of the stitching head in an overall
stitching machine. Finally, a drag brake assembly which
cooperates directly with the aforementioned cam wheel is
employed to prevent override of the cam wheel when the
clutch disengages to thereby directly prevent the cam wheel
from unintentioBally beginning another stitch-forming opera-
tion. Finally, by employing a solid, one-piece frame, it is
possible to utilize interchangeable stitch-defining lower guide
members whereby the size of the ultimately defined stitch
can be easily varied.
3,642,188
WORKPIECE HANDLING AND CONVEYOR APPARATUS
Thomas D. Pitzer, Birmingham, Mich.; John A. Metzger,
Glenview, and John M. Lamberty, Des Plaines, both of III.,
assignors to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation by
said Pitzer and said Metzger, Oakland, Calif.
Flkd May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,070
InttCI. B23k 1/08
U.S. CI. 228-36 17 Claims
Improved workpiece handling and conveyor apparatus for
transferring workpieces past a plurality of w©rkpiece treating
stations, e.g., a flux station, a preheat station and a dip-sol-
dering station and wherein the apparatus is provided with im-
936
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
proved workpiece gripping and handling elements for effect- made from a rectangular one-piece blank of card board or
ing selective compound movements of a workpiece as the the like The blank comprises parallel foldmg or sconng Imes
workpiece moves progressively through the various stations
and from station to station
3,642,189
BAGS PROVIDED WITH CLOSING AND CARRYING ^^ ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^,^^ ^^ ,^ ^ ^^^^^^^ ^,^^ ^^ ^^^p .^
Ralph Hugo Widenback, Stenungsund, Sweden, assignor to P-^"-'^ -^^- P-P^""« '^' ^'-'^ ^^ ^^^^^'"^ the
KemaNord AB, Stockholm, Sweden packmg
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,690
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 29, 1969,
12017/69
Int. CI. B65d 33/30, 33138
3,642,191
ENVELOPE CLOSURE
IJ.S. CI. 229—7 R
, ^. . Carl W. Roof, South Gate, Calif., assignor to Navarm Chemi-
5 Claims , ,,
cai Co.
Filed Sept. 5. 1969, Ser. No. 855,534
Int. CI. B65d 27/02
U.S. CI. 229 77 12 Claims
A bag of polyethylene or like material is provided with a
valve and a pocket at its top, the valve and pocket being
disposed in side-by-side relation and the valve projects
beyond the pocket. The pocket receives a rigidifying insert
provided with an opening so that the bag may be held, and
the insert includes tabs for maintaining the vaJve closed when
the projecting free end portion of the valve is folded over to
overlie the pocket region.
3,642,190
PACKING FOR A NUMBER OF SIMILAR ARTICLES
Jules Glaser, Ruschlikon, Zurich, Switzerland, assignor to
Migros-Genossenschafts-Bond, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58,868
Claims priority, application Switzerland, July 29, 1969,
11569/69
Int. CI. B65d 5150
U.S. CI. 229—28 4 Claims
A packing for a plurality of similar articles, for example
eggs, comprises a plurality of compartments arranged in a
row and destined each to receive one egg. The packing is
An envelope being formed by overlying sheets peripherally
attached to form a material holding pocket. An extension of
one sheet serves as a flap and includes a crease formed
therein to establish a bias characteristic in the creased
material which encourages self-closure of the flap. The flap
includes a second crease formed therein which enables an
outwardly extending flap section to be tucked in and form a
seal for the pocket entrance. Fastener means are provided to
retain the flap and sealing strip in a closed position. The en-
velope is fabricated from a clear plastic material and allows
the insertion of a data form therein. This allows one to
removably imprint indicia on the surface of the envelope in
columns and rows prescribed by the data form.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
937
3,642,192
COLLAPSIBLE REUSEABLE CARTON
Thomas L. Wilcox, Jr., and Ancil A. Jones, both of Indi-
anapolis, Ind., assignors to Anderson Box Company, Inc.,
Indianapolis, Ind.
Filed Apr. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 27345
Int. CI. B65d5/;0
U.S. CI. 229-39 1 Claim
upper edges of the front and end wall panels and adapted to
be opened by tearing along the weakened lines, the carton
A one-piece carton differing from the RSC type in that it
has a score line medially of each end panel. The bottom-
forming panels are defined only by score lines, without slots,
and the top closure may be of the RSC type or omitted al-
together. The carton is designed particularly for handling the
standard lot of 30 dozen eggs.
3,642,193
LOCKING CONSTRUCTION FOR TELESCOPING
CONTAINER ELEMENTS
Joseph J. Rada, Country Club Hills, III., assignor to ConUiner
Corporation of America, Chicago, 111.
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 662
Int. CI. B65d 45104
U.S. CI. 229-45 5 Claims
st^
53BZ3S
A locking construction for telescoping container sections,
each of which comprises a pair of end panel portions in
folded facing relationship with a side flap panel extending
therebetween. The inner of the end panel elements is
Walker-locked to a main panel. A locking tab is formed by a
perforated score in either the inner or outer panel element,
and a forcing tab is formed in the flap, it being folded out of
the plane thereof and forcing the locking tab out of the plane
of the panel portion in which it is formed.
3,642,194
CARTON HAVING A HINGED END CLOSURE
John W. Scully, Raynham, Mass., assignor to Pneumatic Scale
Corporation, Quincy, Mass.
Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 54,906
Int CI. B65d 5154
U.S. CI. 229-51 TC 6 Claims
A rectangular carton having a hinged top closure con-
nected to the body portion by weakened lines along the
having provision for automatically locking the hinged top
closure to the body portion upon reclosing the same whereby
to prevent inadvertent opening thereof
3,642,195
BANKING ENVELOPE
Karl F. Tulisalo, Atlanta, Ga., assignor to Curtis 1000 Inc.,
Atlanta, Ga.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,899 '
Int. CI. B65d 27/05
\}S. CI. 229-72 5 Claims
Improved drive-in banking envelope of the type which has
a side-opening currency pocket and a flap-closed end-open-
ing coin pocket. The bottom of the coin pocket is spaced
above the lower end of the envelope, thereby permitting the
user to open the pocket easily, reducing the possibility of ac-
cidental opening, and virtually eliminating the tendency of
coins to wedge along the bottom of the pocket.
3,642,196
CENTRIFUGE WITH SLUDGE LEVEL SENSING MEANS
Vilgot Raymond Nilsson, Hagersten, Sweden, assignor to Alfa-
Laval AB, Tumba, Sweden
FUed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,208
Claims priority, application Sweden, May 8, 1969, 6513/69
Int. CI. B04b moo
U.S. CL 233—19 A 4 Claims
The centrifugal rotor has a sludge-accumulating space
from which an indicating channel extends inwardly to the re-
895 O.G.— 34
/
938
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
gion of the rotor axis. Clogging of the outer end of this chan-
nel by sludge is sensed by a device comprising a pressure
signal amplifier, a pressure differential gage, a pressure-trans-
mitting connection between one side of the amplifier and one
side of the gage, a connection for transmitting a pressure of
the liquid being separated, and a connection for transmitting
a pressure of the liquid in the indicating channel, one of said
last two connections leading to the other side of the amplifier
and the other of said last two connections leading to the
other side of said gage. Thus, the arrangement provides a
measure of the difference between the pressure of the in-
dicating liquid and the pressure of the separated liquid.
/
3,642,197
DATA RECORDER AND VERIFIER
Donald E. Bean; James T. Engh; James R. Hammer; John J.
Igel, ail of Rochester; Myron D. SchettI, Oronoco; Harry J.
Tast\jian; Richard J. UUmer, both of Rochester, and John
W. Kerr, Byron, all of Minn., assignors to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,817
Int. CI. G06k 1120
U.S. CI. 234-35 17 Claims
signal pressure and an output member or members as to shift
this member or members between two alternate positions in
-i<y j^
response to successive momentary applications of fiuid pres-
sure.
3,642,199
THERMOSTATIC MIXER FOR HOT AND COLD LIQUIDS
Maarten Halkema, 10, rue des Boudines, Meyrin, Switzerland
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12306
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 4, 1969,
3249/69
Int.CI. GOSd 11116
U.S. CI. 236-12 A 1 Claim
/
A data recorder for punching document cards which are of
the type having three tiers into which encoded data may be
punched, the system including a keyboard on which charac-
ters are entered serially, a magnetostrictive delay line con-
stituting a storage device for storing encoded data from the
keyboard in such serial form, and circuitry for actuating
punches from spaced characters in the storage device so that
a plurality of aligned columns in the plurality of tiers may be
punched simultaneously. The data recorder includes printing
mechanism for printing the data in corresponding tiers, and
the same machine includes circuitry for verifying a punched
document card utilizing the same keyboard as that used for
punching.
3,642,198
SHIFT ABLE FLUID CONTROL CIRCUIT
Andrew B. Huntington, Waterford, Mich., assignor to Ross
Operating Valve Company, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,613
Int. CI. G06m 1112
U.S. CI. 235-201 4 Claims
A plurality of identical three-way normally open poppet
valves are so interconnected between a source of momentary
A thermostatic mixer for hot and cold liquids includes a
casing to which the liquids are delivered for mixing through
first and second inlets controlled by respective diaphragm-
type distribution valves. A back-pressure chamber is as-
sociated with each of the distribution valves and is closed by
the diaphragm of the respective valve. Liquid is supplied to
each chamber from the upstream side of the respective valve
and passes out of the chamber through a delivery jet. Dis-
tributing means responsive to movement of a bimetallic strip
controls the delivery of liquid through the delivery jets
thereby controlling the pressures in the back-pressure cham-
bers. The intake of each chamber includes a movable intake
nozzle borne by the diaphragm of the respective valve and
presenting an intake orifice through which extends a needle
of varying cross section for varying the effective cross section
of the intake orifice in dependence on the position of the in-
take nozzle. The distributing means includes manual control
means acting on a movable adjustment member between the
delivery jets or on a movable one of the jets to provide pro-
portional adjustment of the deliveries of the delivery jets of
the back-pressure chambers, for simultaneous variation of
the pressures in the chambers and adjustment of mixer
delivery by means of the distribution valves.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
939
3,642v200
FLAME-SENSING BULB CONSTRUCTION
Francis S. Genbauffe, Irwin, Pa., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,818
Int. CI. GOSd 2 J// 2
U.S. CI. 236-15 A 8 Claims
144 /30
A condition sensing bulb portion interconnected to capilla-
ry tube means that provides fluid communication
therethrough to the chamber of the bulb portion whereby the
tube and the bulb portion define a juncture area
therebetween. Insulating means is carried by the device for
insulating the juncture area at the exterior thereof so that
substantially no adverse wide temperature gradient can be
created between the bulb portion and the juncture area when
the bulb portion is subjected to relatively high temperatures
provided by flames imposed on the bulb portion. Such insu-
lating means can be a metal sleeve disposed about the junc-
ture area to provide a dead airspace about the juncture area.
3,642,201
HUMIDIFIER CONTROL
Peter F. Potchen, Brooklyn, Ohk>, assignor to The Clark-
Reliance Corp., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Aug. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 847,609
Intel. BO If i/02
U.S. CI. 236-44 A 7 Claims
for low-pressure exit steam located within a closed chamber
for high-pressure entry steam to assure that the exiting steam
is dry or superheated. A slide valve located in the entry
steam chaml^r opens and closes a port between the two
chambers in response to the moisture condition m a space
being humidified by steam from the control unit
3,642,202
FEED SYSTEM FOR COKING UNIT
Jake B. Angelo, Rockaway, NJ., assignor to Esso Research
and Engineering Company
Filed May 13, 1970, Ser. No. 36,733
Int. CI. AO In 17102
U.S. CI. 239-8 14 Claims
^'
cent :c HI
. 4 4^i (I
i
i-..
A mist of atomized hydrocarbonaceous feed material is
sprayed through a nozzle into a fiuid coking zone without
disruption due to coke buildup in and on the nozzle by
discharging the hydrocarbonaceous feed through the orifice
of a temperature-regulated axial passageway into a con-
fluence of several high-velocity gas jets issued from separate
ports spaced about the periphery of the feed passageway ori-
fice. Preferably, the several gas jets are tangentially impinged
upon the feed stream so as to shearingly whirl the feed
stream about the axis of the feed passageway to produce the
mist. Before issuance to produce the mist, the gaseous
material forming the jets are preferably deployed in an annu-
lus stream about the axial passageway to cool the feed
passageway to prevent coking of the feed in the passageway.
An apertured shield coaxially surrounds the ports and orifice
to peripherally protect the ports and the orifice from hot
fiuidized solids in the coking zone. Gsiseous materials
separate from the gaseous materials forming the jets are
streamed along the exterior of the apertured shield to wipe
the shield free of solids from the coking zone. The stream of
wiping gas aids the atomization of the hydrocarbonaceous
feed.
A control unit for a humidification system using steam as
the air moistening agent. The unit includes a closed chamber
3,642,203
FIBER APPLICATOR
Vernon J. Pewtress, Farmington Township, Oakland County,
Mich., assignor to Co-Polymer Chemicals, Inc., Livonia,
Mich.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,106
Int. CI. B05b 5100
U.S. a. 239-15 16 Claims
A composite applicator housing structure includes a
boxlike rear, sheet metal section holding a supply of nylon or
other fibers and having horizontal baffles to keep the fiber
mass evenly distributed, and an electrically nonconductive
front section. The latter has a rear, nonconducting fiberglass
940
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
screen of fairly small mesh disposed across the open front of
the rear section and, in spaced-paraliel relation to this
screen, there is a conductive metal forward screen of
somewhat greater mesh size, which metal screen is electri-
es
moisture content in the earth adjacent to the moisture-
sensing means rises above a predetermined value. In one
form of the invention, the inverse feedback nature of the
moisture-sensing and waterflow-controlling operations is of a
continuous, inversely proportional nature rather than of an
on-off nature
3,64235
NOZZLE FOR TWO OPPOSITE FLOW DIRECTIONS
WITH DIFFERENT FLOW CROSS SECTIONS, AND
APPLICATION THEREOF
OHando Marty, Grundstrasse 68, 8712 Stafa, Switzeriand
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,200
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 25, 1969,
6311/69
Int. CI. B05b 1132
U.S. CI. 239- 1 19 3 Claims
cally charged. The two housing sections are separately con-
nected to one another, the rear section being electrically
grounded and having rear hand grips for the manipulation of
the applicator by an operator.
» 17 U ]i K
3,642,204
WATERFLOW-CONTROLLING APPARATUS FOR AN
AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Edward W. McCloskey, 271 Alpine St., Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,851
Int. CI. AOlg 25100; B05b 1 7104
ViS. CL 239-63 18 Claims
9 22 II
The specification discloses waterflow-controlling apparatus
for an automatic irrigation system of a simple type including
a single moisture-sensing means and one or more automatic
sprinklers or other watering means controlled thereby or a
plurality of such units together comprising a substantially
larger automatic irrigation system. The waterflow-controlling
apparatus includes one or more of the moisture-sensing
means referred to above operatively controlling one or more
waterflow-controlling means, such as valve means, in a water
supply line feeding water to one or more sprinklers or other
irrigating outlets, with each such moisture-sensing means
comprising a hollow cell having a water-permeable wall in
water-transmissive relationship with an adjacent porous
medium which, in one form, includes a main medium such as
a body of earth and in another form includes such a main
medium and intermediate medium such as diatomaceous
earth or other porous, water-holding and water-transmissive
medium, which in one form is disclosed as having its water
permeability controllably adjustable. The transmission of
water in or out of the cell of the mositure-sensing means
produces a corresponding interior pressure variation which
effectively operates the water-flow-controlling valve means in
a waterflow-producing direction either directly, through
water pressure operated servo means, electrical servo means,
or otherwise, when the moisture content of the earth ad-
jacent to the moisture-sensing means falls below a predeter-
mined value and, conversely operates said waterflow-con-
trolling means in a waterflow-reducing direction when the
A nozzle, for filter tanks and for ion exchangers, having a
movable body which automatically sets the flow cross section
in operation according to the particular flow direction.
3,642,206
SECTOR SPRAY DEVICE
John E. Waldrum, Ambler, Pa., assignor to Amchem
Products, Inc., Ambler, Pa.
Filed Mar. 11. 1970, Ser. No. 18,578
Int. CI. B05b 3102- F23d / 1104
U.S. CI. 239-214
5 Claims
6^
A sector spray device comprising a stationary feedpipe
having at its lower end a stationary discharge control cap,
which possesses a discharge slot. The sector spray device
further comprises a drive means for rotating a sleeve to
which are attached discharge tubes that are from time to
time during their circle of rotation in fluid communication
with the discharge slot of the control cap. Thus, liquid
passing through the feedpipe will be discharged through only
those tubes in fluid communication with the discharge slot. In
this way. the liquid is sprayed in a constant sector-shaped
pattern that can be limited to 90" or less, depending upon the
discharge slot.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
941
Also, where the present invention uses a control cap with a
discharge slot, a selector can be employed to change the
position of the discharge slot, and thereby cause the sector-
shaped pattern to be moved accordingly to a new location.
Furthermore, the width of the discharge slot in the cap can
be varied by movement of an indicator.
3,642,207
ROTARY SPRAYER FOR WASHING MACHINE
Stanley R. Krogman, Rossville, III., assignor to FMC Corpora-
tion, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,053
Int. CI. BOSb 3106
U.S. a. 239-251 6 Claims
counterforce of a washing fluid conducted through the body
of the spray arm and outwardly as a Jetstream from a rotata-
ble nozzle on the end of the spray arm The spray arm is pro-
vided with a mechanical linkage that translates motion from
a nut and axial screw arrangement to the rotatable nozzle as-
sembly at the end of the spray arm. This translating action
permits the nozzle to successively swivel between first and
second drive positions to thereby repeatedly reverse the
direction of rotation of the spray arm. Each swivel action of
the nozzle, from one of its drive positions to the other, takes
place after a predetermined number of revolutions of the
spray arm. Rotation of the spray arm and its repeating rever-
sal action continues as long as a pressurized flow of washing
fluid is maintained in the spray arm to provide the Jetstream
from the rotatable nozzle.
A rotary spray assembly for a utensil washer which has
minimized rotary friction and can be employed in an upright
or inverted position. The assembly includes a tubular open-
ended manifold having a laterally extending spray arm. The
manifold is mounted internally of and between a nonrotating
cap and a fixed housing in opposed collar bearings. The
manifold is necked down at the ends forming opposed shoul-
ders that form a rotary sealing engagement with the end faces
of ring seats loosely surrounding the necked down ends of
the manifold. O-rings are employed to locate the ring seats
and form a nonrotating seal between the side of the ring seat
and the bearing housing.
3,642,208
WASHER WITH SELF-REVERSING SPRAY ARM
ASSEMBLY
Lauren W. Guth, LouisviUc, Ky., assignor to General Electric
Company
Continuation of application Ser. No. 799,574, Feb. 17, 1969,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 29, 1%9, Ser. No.
888,267
Int. CI. B05b 3106
MS. CL 239-255 5 Claims
3,642,209
THRUST NOZZLE FOR TURBOJET ENGINES
UUi Stahl, Tutzing, Germany, assignor to Motoren- und Tur-
binen-Union Muncben GmbH
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,099
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 22, 1969, P 19
203 40.8
Int. CI. B63h 1 1110
U.S. CI. 239-265.19 26 Claims
A thrust nozzle for turbojet engines in which wedge-shaped
flaps are adapted to be extended from and retracted into an
engine fairing, the flapw are connected with each other by
ball or roller tracks and are of different lengths while the
flaps of different lengths are actuated at different speeds.
3,642,210
OIL BURNER
Norman E. Fluomoy, Richmond, and Eari W. McPeak, Jr.,
Highland Springs, both of Va., assignors to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,070
Int CI. B05b 7112
U.S. CI. 239—407 4 Claims
A rotatable spray arm, for a washing machine such as a
dishwasher or the like, is caused to rotate by the resultant
A sealing device for locating the internal assembly of a
gun-type oil burner within the gun barrel, comprising a coni-
cal or tapered, thin-walled sleeve arranged coaxially on the
inner surface of the gun barrel and engaged by a mating,
coaxial disc associated with the internal assembly.
^
942
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^11
LIQUID SPRAYERS
Harold Place, Accrington, England, assignor to Joseph Lucas
(Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 840,012
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 14, 1968,
54,069/68
Int. CI. B05b im
IJ.S. CI. 239-426 5 Claims
smooth clear and laminar flow of water into the plumbing fix-
ture The spout-end includes two adjacent flat screens of dif-
ferent meshes, followed in the path of flow by a fluid
straightener, such as a "rosette," for establishing a plurality
of paths which are substantially parallel to each other, and
A liquid sprayer comprises a tubular body with a solid end
wall. A transverse slot extends diametrically across the ex-
terior face of the end wall and a hypodermic tube extends
through a drilling intersecting the slot. The ends of the tube
are seated externally of the body and it is formed adjacent its
ends with openings inside the body. Within the slot a
discharge slot is formed in the tube. The body is contained in
an air casing with air discharge ports to create a flat fan-
shaped air flow pattern enclosing the flat fan-shaped liquid
spray pattern produced by the discharge of liquid from the
slot.
3,642,212
FUEL INJECTION VALVE FOR A SUCCESSIVE
INJECTION OF AN ADVANCE AND A MAIN FUEL
QUANTITY
Willi Voit, Stuttgart, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 14,933
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 8, 1969, P 19 11
914.3
Int.Cl. B05by/i0
U.S. CI. 239-533
3 Claims
In a fuel injection valve that includes a valve needle with
two axially spaced work faces disposed in two separate pres-
sure chambers and exposed to fuel pressure to unseat said
valve, there is provided a throttle channel maintaining con-
tinuous communication between the two pressure chambers.
3,642,213
LAMINAR FLOW DEVICE FOR BATHTUB FILL SPOUTS
Richard G. Parkison, and Guillermo J. Vanegas, both of
Louisville, Ky., assignors to American Standard Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed June 6, 1968, Ser. No. 734,955
Int.Cl. B05b///4f
U.S. CI. 239—590 3 Claims
This invention involves a fluid flow device which is in the
form of a spout-end for a plumbing fixture such as a bathtub,
and which is devised to establish a substantially silent,
then followed by another pair of screens both of which are
concavely shaped at substantially different radii of curvature
so that a gap or chamber is centrally formed between the two
concaval screens for diverting the parallel streams into a
tapered or converging stream which is substantially continu-
ous and laminar
3,642,214
CUTTER TOOTH ASSEMBLY FOR GRINDER
George T. BlackweU, Jr., P.O. Box 278, Oneonta, Ala.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,984
Int. CI. B02c /J/06, 13128
U.S. CI. 241-191 5 Claims
The cutter tooth assembly for a rotor of a grinder of the
type used for grinding wood, scrap or the like. The grinder
comprises a rotor having alternate large and small diameter
breaker rings with at least one breaker head protruding from
each breaker ring The cutter tooth assembly comprises a
holder having a boss or stem inserted into the leading surface
of the breaker head A small, relatively inexpensive cutting
blade is attached to the leading surface of the holder and
makes primary contact with the material being ground up in
the grinder The forces exerted on the cutting blade are
pnmarily compressive and urge the cutting blade against the
holder and the holder against the breaker head, and the
cutting blade defines a sharpened ridge at its outermost edge
to form a cutting edge, and the cutting edge is heat hardened.
3,642,215
SECTOR GEAR FOR ROD WRAPPING MACHINE
John M. Bishop, Orange, and Enunett F. Simon, Garden
Grove, both of Calif., assignors to The Conokm Corporatk>n
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,726
Int. CI. B2 If / 7/00
U.S. CI. 242-7.19 2 Claims
A sector gear for use in a rod wrapping machine has a
wide outer rim from which narrower sector gear teeth pro-
ject, a central wall extending inward from said rim forming
the sides of a radial channel and curving about to form a cen-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
943
tral space, and a web extending between said rim and said
central wall forming an end of said gear, said rim, web and
each bobbin progressively moves away from the drive roll. A
cam and follower associated with the carriage imposes a
predetermined resistance to movement of the carriage,
central wall forming an opening to receive a bobbin carried
by said sector gear.
3,642,216
DEVICE FOR APPLYING TENSION TO A RUNNING
YARN
Samuel L. Abbott, Wilton, N.H., assignor to Abbott Machine
Co., Inc., Wilton, N.H.
Filed Aug. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 851,674
bit CI. B65h 54124, 59122
U.S. CL 242-35.5 R 8 Claims
/*»«
A part supported adjacent the path of linear movement of
a running yam having a substantially flat yieldable surface
broadside to the yam at one side and a rigid part magneti-
cally supported against the aforesaid yieldable surface at the
opposite side of the yam having spaced-parallel ribs trans-
versed to the direction of linear movement of the yam, said
parts collectively applying a light tensional drag to the linear
movement of the yam while permitting the yam to be moved
laterally at right angles to its direction of linear movement.
3,642,217
TANDEM YARN WINDING
Vann M. Sistare, Rome, Ga., and Kenneth Brooks, Chariotte,
N.C., assignors to Cdanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,209
Int. CI. B65h 54106, 54/42
U.S. CI. 242-35.5 R 10 Claims
Method and apparatus for tandem yam winding filamenta-
ry stmctures, such as filaments or yam, onto a plurality of
bobbins in such a manner so as to substantially preclude the
migration of finish from one filamentary structure to the
other. A traversing guide conducts each pair of yam onto the
surface of the drive roll. The yams pass around at least a por-
tion of the surface of the drive roll before being wound on
the bobbins which are driven by the drive roll. Each bobbin
is mounted on a chuck which is movable on a carriage,
preferably along a straight path toward and away from the
drive roll. As the yarn package builds, the axis of rotation of
<VA\vv\\\\v\'^V.\vv ' ' ■-' — TV'T'/TTT'rrrTVs'^xy'Cv^x-'^r^rvr^
thereby maintaining a suitably programmed force between
the bobbin and the drive roll throughout the winding process,
which force is necessary to build stable and well-formed yam
packages.
3,642,218
UNWINDING DEVICE FOR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
Stefan Furst, Monchengladbach, Germany, assignor to Walter
Reiners, Monchengladbach, Ckrmany
Filed Aug. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 850,539
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Aug. 20, 1968, P 17 74
713.6
Int.CI. B65h49//5.6i/00
U.S. CI. 242-36 3 Claims
Unwinding device for filamentary material includes means
for determining the extent of fullness of the thread winding
on a t)obbin being unwound, and means for automatically
controlling, in accordance with the extent of fullness of the
thread winding on the bobbin, the speed at which the thread
is being withdrawn from the bobbin.
3,642,219
THREAD STORAGE AND DELIVERY DEVICE FOR
TEXTILE MACHINES
Kari Isac Joel Rosen, Villa Haga, Ulricehamn, Sweden
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,109
Claims priority, appiicatmn Germany, Feb. 26, 1969, P 19 09
737.1
Int. CI. B65h 5/ /20
U.S. CI. 242-47.12 6 Claims
A thread storage and delivery device for conveying a
thread from a spool to a working point of a textile machine.
The device comprises a storage drum for receiving a thread
supply and a feed disk arranged adjacent thereto TTie disk is
inclined to the axis of the storage drum and has arms extend-
944
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
ing radially through the openings in the drum casing for urg-
ing thread axiaJly along the casing of the storage drum The
\
free ends of the arms are connected by a closed ring which
surrounds the casing of the storage drum to prevent entangle-
ment of the thread by radial feeding arms.
3,642,220
TAPE CARTRIDGE
Donald D. Merry, Westland, Mich., assignor to Rozinante,
Inc., Plymouth, Mich.
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,815
Int. CI. B65h 17/48
U.S. CI. 242-55.19 A
10 Claims
92: 66 62 64 56 30
severed from the remainder of the web. A nozzle situated ad-
jacent the side of the web path opposite the guide plate emits
a stream of air under pressure as the web end is severed, the
stream of air entenng the entrance of the threading
passageway generally in the direction of the passageway, the
effect of the airstream being to direct the new web end into
the passageway and to bias the same into contact with the
rotating core periphery so that the web end becomes wound
upon the core
The guide plate is so formed that the narrow passageway is
tapered, preferably gradually at a generally constant rate,
from the inlet towards the outlet opening for the web, so that
any tendency for the web to fold back while travelling
around the core under the control of the air is eliminated
The portion of the guide plate immediately adjacent the inlet
opening may be straight, i e., uncurved, for cooperation with
a shear blade in severing the web.
/
3,642^22
APPARATUS FOR WINDING UP CLOTH
Hans Rudolf Leysinger, Andelfingen, Switzerland, assignor to
Sulzer Brothers Limited, Winterthur, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 76,043
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Oct 3, 1969,
14911/69
Int. CI. B65h 17/12,25/26
U.S. CI. 242-66 4 Claims
The tape cartridge is of the type comprising a casing which
encloses and rotatably mounts a spool having a reel of
endless tape in endless array within the casing. The tape is
guided past a reproducing head which is received in the cas-
ing through opening means in one end thereof. A spring
structure fabricated of a resilient resinous material is pro-
vided in the casing for pressing the tape into resilient contact
with the reproducing head for replay of the tape.
3,642,221
WEB- WINDING APPARATUS
Albert Joseph Hellemans, Borgerhout, Belgium, assignor to
Gevaert-Agfa N.V., Mortsel, Belgium
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 702,609, Feb. 2,
1%8, now Patent No. 3,501,104, dated Mar. 17, 1970. This
application Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,512
Int.CI. B65h 19/20
U.S. CI. 242-56 8 Claims
A web-winding apparatus in which the moving web is
transferred from one rotating core to another without inter-
ruption. An arcuate guide plate extends partially, preferably
in excess of 180°, e.g., about 240", around the periphery of
the new core to define with the core periphery a narrow
passageway into which the web end is threaded after being
A cloth beam rests on a pair of driven spaced-parallel rol-
lers. One or more, uprights define a sinuous cam to which the
cloth beam is coupled to execute reciprocating endwise mo-
tion as the axis of the cloth beam is moved away from the
plane of the axes of the rollers with growth in the diameter of
the roll of cloth wound up on the beam.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
945
3,642,223
SPOOL
Carl A. Feichtinger, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,484
Int. CI. B65h 75/18
VS. CI. 242-71.8 6 Claims
for normally imparting tension to the film extending between
a pair of spools is made integral with a lever one portion of
A spool formed by joining two substantially identical
halves. Each spool half is provided with projections which
are inserted into openings in the mating half upon assembly
of the spool.
3,642,224
WIRE REELING DEVICE
John D. Taylor, Box 5, Perryton, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 771,733, Oct. 30,
1968, now abandoned. This application Jan. 22, 1970, Ser.
No. 5,079
Int. CI. B65h 75/40
U.S. CI. 242-86.61 5 Claims
A two-wheel trailer frame horizontally journals a reel in a
parallel vertically spaced relation with respect to the trailer
axle. The reel is rotated in response to forward movement of
the trailer by a frame supported clutch frictionally engaging
the periphery of one trailer wheel. Frame supported belt, pul-
ley, chain and sprocket means, connected with the other end
of the reel, reciprocate a wire guide transversely of the reel
as the trailer is moved forwardly.
3,642,225
DEVICE FOR DETECTING THE COMPLETION OF nLM
WINDING
Tokusaburo Kakichi, and Hideaki Akiyama, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,140
Claims priority, application Japan, June 3, 1968, 43/46370
Int CI. B65h 25/04, 63/08; GUh 23/10
U.S. CI. 242-189 1 Claim
A device for detecting the film-winding completion and
giving tension to the film for film cartridge in which a spring
which is adapted to be extended out of the film cartridge
upon completion of the film winding.
3,642,226
AUTOMATIC STOP DEVICE FOR A MAGNETIC TAPE
RECORDER
Kenki Tokunaga, Ora-gun, Japan, assignor to Sanyo Electric
Co., Ltd., Moriguchi-shi and Tokyo Sanyo Electric Co.,
Ltd., Ora-gun, Japan
Filed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 87-',779
("laims priorit\. application Japan. Nov. 20. 1968. 43,85453;
May 13, 1969.44 36817
Int. CI. B65h 25/i2, Glib /5i46
U.S. CI. 242- 191 10 Claims
An automatic stop device for a magnetic tape recorder (or
reproducer), wherein the end of feed of a tape is assuredly
detected by a unique detecting circuit utilizing a simple cur-
rent interrupter and the detected signal is amplified through
a simple transistor circuit to a level sufficiently high to as-
suredly operate a magnetic plunger which actuates the stop
mechanism.
3,642,227
FILM DISPLAY DEVICE
John Henry ReginaM Lewis, Theydon Bois, England, assignor
to The Marconi Company Limited, London. England
Filed Sept 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,129
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Sept. 12, 1968,
43317/68
Int. CI. G03b 1/04; Glib 15/32
U.S. CI. 242- 193 10 Claims
A film display device of compact design having between
the usual two storage spools, a gate through which the film is.
946
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
nassed The two spools are able to rotate on approximately 3,642,230
S^lel axes a^dT f.lm by means of spec Jy positioned REWIND AND FAST FORWARD MECHANISM FOR
rollers is caused to twist so that the axes of the spools are ap- TAPE TRANSPORT
proximately parallel with the line of movement of the film Rodney A. Fleming, Remsen, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
throiiffh the eate ^"^ Company
tnrougn tne gaie ^.^^ ^^ ^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^^^^
Int. CI. Glib /5/i2
U.S. CI. 242-^201 6 Claims
3,642,228
MAGNETIC TAPE CASSETTE
Arthur W. ToUkuhn, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Memorex
Corporation
riled Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,710
Int. CI. G03b 1/04; Glib 15/32, 23/04
U,S. CI. 242-199 3 Claims
A2fc
Top and bottom halves to be mated together to form a
standardized magnetic cassette are provided. The design of
each half facilitates the practice of a method of inserting tape
into the cassette during manufacture. The structure of the
bottom half has no obstructions between the tape path and
the front edge of the cassette half.
3,642,229
MOTION PICTURE CASSETTE WITH SELF-ALIGNING
FILM-HANDLING SYSTEM
Rogers B. Downey, Lexington, and Gerald H. Cook, Lynn-
fieW, both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation,
Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,454
Int. CI. G03b //04. Glib 15/32, 23/04
i V
y
-54
-56
"%
nob
•J
sod
' 1
60
A tape transport mechanism for providing forward, rewind
and fast forward functions. This mechanism consists basically
of two reel carriers which are rotatable about parallel axes; a
relatively movable carriage at least in part extending between
the reel earners, motor and drive means, at least part of
which IS mounted on the movable carriage so that by shifting
the carriage, the motor will be selectively connected to one
of the reel carriers to drive it; and brake-type tensioning
means attached to the carriage and located adjacent to the
reel carriers to provide tension on one reel carrier when the
other reel carrier is drivingly connected to the motor.
3,642,231
BRAKE MECHANISM FOR RSHING REELS
Oscar Fleischer, 2610 S.W. 21st St., Miami, Fla.
ContinuaUon of application Ser. No. 869,489, Oct. 27, 1969.
This application Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,097
Int. CI. AOlk 89/02
U.S. CI. 242-219 2 Claims
U.S. CI. 242-199
18 Claims
A motion-picture film-handling cassette having a pair of
coplanar spools to which the opposite ends of a strip of
photographic material are connected. To facilitate reversible
transport of the film strip between the aforementioned spools
and across a film gate of the cassette, a spur gear accessible
exteriorly of the cassette is axially connected to each spool.
Intermediate each spool and the film gate, the strip of photo-
graphic material is disposed around a plurality of idlers. Each
idler and spool is uniquely mounted for pivotal as well as
rotational movement within the cassette. Apertures are pro-
vided through the cassette housing adjacent the ends of cer-
tain such idlers whereby externally mounted force applying
members may be selectively introduced into the cassette to
snub such idlers. Complementary portions of the cassette
housing and of the idlers adjacent such apertures form a light
seal.
A brake mechanism for fishing reels having a splined shaft,
an operating handle for rotating the shaft in one direction
only there being means to prevent the reverse rotation of the
shaft and a spool with a plurality of altematingly positioned
brake discs and spo<il driven discs mounted on the shaft and
within the hub of the spool. The brake discs rotate freely of
the spool but in unison with the shaft while the driven discs
rotate in unison with the spool and freely of the shaft, means
being provided to adjust the amount of frictional engagement
of the discs upon the axial movement of the splined shaft
whereby the desired amount of drag may be applied to the
spool.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
947
3,642,232
END-OPENING CARRIER FOR PNEUMATIC TUBE
SYSTEM
Donald G. Kelley, Houston, Tex., assignor to C. K. Kelley &
Sons, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41.856
Int. CI. B65g5//06
U.S. CI. 243-35 13 Claims
An end-opening carrier for a pneumatic tube system hav-
ing an open-ended tubular body with air sealing means at the
closed end; a buffer ring adjacent the open end, and a clo-
sure formed of a tubular ring having an inwardly extending
closure tab, a closure plug for fxjsitioning in the open end,
the closure plug having a hinge tab located between the outer
wall of the body and the tubular ring, and hook-and-loop
fastening means to detachably secure the closure tab to the
closure plug.
3,642,233
SYSTEM FOR THE OPTICAL AUTOMATIC AND
AUTONOMOUS GUIDING OF SELF-ROTATING
MISSILES
Jean Pierre Bezerie, Ville D'Avray, France, assignor to Societe
Anonyme De Telecommunication, Paris, Seine, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 460,621, June 2,
1965, now abandoned. This application Dec. 29, 1969, Ser.
No. 888,724
Claims priorit\. application France, ,june 4. 1964. 977052
Int. CI. F41g 7/00, 9/00; F42b 13/30
U.S. CI. 244-3.16 8 Claims
An automatic and autonomous optical guidance system for
an autorotative missile to be directed towards a target
emitting radiations, the missile having a single flight-control
R'dder operable at each revolution of the missile about its
axis of rotation; comprising an optical target position detect-
ing means for producing, at each revolution of the missile,
signals which are a function of the deviation between the au-
torotational axis of the missile and the missile-target
direction; control signal producing means connected to the
optical detecting means for generating, at each revolution of
the missile, a control energy; and motor means connected to
the control signal producing means in order to be supplied
thereby and positively coupled with the single flight-control
rudder in order to guide the missile, at each revolution
thereof, as a function of the deviation between its autorota-
tional axis and the missile-target direction; the optical target
position detecting means comprising an optical modulator
formed of a plane support provided, radially from a point of
origin, with a succession of opaque sectors and transparent
sectors arranged in alternate sequence, the optical modulator
being disposed in the image plane of an objective lens which
projects the target image on to the image plane, and, a
photoelectric cell located downstream of the optical modula-
tor for receiving light pulses generated by a relative displace-
ment between the target and the optical modulator, the
photoelectric cell converting the light pulses into electric
signals which are transmitted to a frequency discriminator
producing an output voltage which is a function of the
frequency of the pulses, thereby a function of the angular
deviation of the target with respect to a reference direction
constituted by the optical axis of the optical target position
detecting means, the voltage actuating, the control signal
producing means; the relative displacement between the opti-
cal modulator and the target image being produced by the
autorotational movement of the missile.
3,642,234
AIRCRAFT
Heinrich Kamber, Lucerne; Werner Hausammann, Feid-
meilen, both of Switzerland, and Henri Deplante, Paris,
France, assignors to Avions Marcel Dassault, Vaucresson,
France and Confedereration Suisse, rep. by Fabrique
Federate D'Avions, Emmen, Switzerland
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,541
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 30, 1968, 182227
Int CI. B64c 3/08
U.S. CI. 244—45 7 Claims
An aircraft for high-speed flight comprising a fuselage, a
main plane or wing and a retractable stabilizer or empennage
comprising aerofoils adapted and profiled for subsonic flight
conditions and arranged to produce, when deployed, a lift-
giving rise to a nose-up pitching moment.
3,642,235
EXTRACTION FORCE TRANSFER SYSTEM
Ronald L. Criley, Conifer; Rkhard H. Frost, Littleton, both of
Cok)., and Predrag Shopaiovich, Ashland, Mass., assignors
to The United States of America as represented by the
Secretary of the Army
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,899
Int. CI. B64d7/;2
U.S. CI. 244-137 R 10 Claims
',» ^trr
An extraction force transfer system in an airdrop system
for transferring the extraction force being applie<i to a load
by the extraction parachute from the load to the deployment
line of the recovery parachutes at a predetermined time after
extraction of the load from an aircraft.
'^^
948
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,236
G-FIELD PARACHUTE RECOVERY APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Robert M. SUnley, Denver, Colo., assignor to Stiinley Avia-
tion Corporation, Aurora, Colo.
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,792
Int. CI. B64d 25/08
U.S. CI. 244- 1 38 22 Claims
An apparatus and method for recovering a man or other
load from an aircraft or other vehicle and comprising a
rocket for accelerating the man away from the vehicle and a
letdown parachute having a canopy stowed in a deployment
bag and connected to the man by shroud and riser lines, The
deployment bag is stowed in a parachute pack cover, and the
parachute shroud lines emerging from the deployment bag
are also stored in the pack outside of the deployment bag
The parachute pack is opened by a delay means while the
rocket is accelerating the man away from the vehicle to
dump the deployment bag behind the man. By being dumped
into the acceleration field resulting from the igniied rocket
flight away from the vehicle, the canopy-containing deploy-
ment bag remains relatively motionless as the rocket moves
the man away, thereby deploying the parachute shroud and
riser lines. As the shroud lines approach full-line stretch the
bottom or skirt end of the deployment bag is opened to
release the canopy, and upon reaching full-line stretch the
shroud lines are pulled taut with a strong jerk causing the
released canopy to leap forward, thereby engulfing a large
bubble of air. Canopy inflation is completed by the continued
motion of the man. The rocket is connected to the man by a
towline so that ignited fiight of the rocket pulls the man away
from the vehicle while his parachute streams out behind him.
3,642,237
SPIRAL REEFED VARIABLE DRAG PARACHUTE
Stanley C. Hulteen, Minnehaha, S. Dak., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Army
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,076
Int. CI. B64d 17/34
U.S. CI. 244— 152 20 Claims
configuration in such a manner as to control the opening
shock and rale of descent of such parachute. The spiral reef-
ing of the parachute effectively increases or decreases the
canopy area thereby controlling the aerodynamic drag of the
parachute
3,642,238
LIGHTING ASSEMBLY
Bertram H. Kapnek, 8106 Douglas Road, Philadelphia, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 720,617, Apr.
11, 1968. This application Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,567
Int. CI. F2Is 9iOO
U.S. CI. 248-^205 R 5 Claims
A support assembly comprising a vertical wall and a sup-
porting bar secured to the wall. A rod is secured in the sup-
porting bar, and the rod serves to support other items, such
as a shelf or lighting fixture
3,642,239
CONTAINER SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT MEANS
Elmer J. Zeiler, Jr.. 928 Mapiewood Drive, Castle Shannon,
Pa.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,926
Int. CI. E06c 7/14
U.S. CI. 248-210 4 Claims
This invention relates to a parachute having reefing lines
formed about the body or canopy of the parachute in a spiral
A planar rectangular base member has depending flanges
on two opposite sides thereof terminating in spaced opposing
intumed flanges to embrace a support for the base member,
an upstanding continuous fiange enclosing the top face of
said base member and two spaced concentric upstanding hol-
low ring members secured to said top face for receiving and
supporting annular containers therein, such as paint cans, the
outer of said concentric ring members extending above said
inner ring member and receiving an annular container to be
supported upon the top face of said inner ring member. The
invention is intended for detachable mounting upon the fold-
ing shelf of the conventional step ladder to securely retain
paint cans in place and prevent accidental displacement
thereof during painting.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
949
3,642,240 3,642^2
HANDY MANS TOOL BOX AND LADDER ACCESSORY TRAVEL TRAILER SUPPORTING MEANS
Richard K. Hershey, 5694 Main St., East Petersburg, Pa. Ftoyd E. Danekas, 1283 Sixth St., La Salle, lU.
Piled July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,608 Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,908
Int CI. E06c 7/14 Int. CI. F16m ]3/00 i
U.S. CI. 248-210 7 Claims U.S. CI. 248-354 R 3 Claims
> 'o
eni
A handy man's toolbox and ladder accessory designed for
use in conjunction with a rung-type ladder having a pair of
arms pivotally mounted on spaced vertical sidewalls of the
box structure and a handle structure for carrying the struc-
ture and for removably mounting the structure on the ladder.
3,642,241 * J
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR BOTTLES
Philip Kaufman, Scarsdale, N.Y., assignor to Instrument
Systems Corporation, West Nyack, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,352
Int. CI. A6 lb 79/00
U.S. CI. 248-327 10 Claims
^^i r
« 1 'U 'M
-^
I
r i
. r
»"
J
In this invention, a track adaptable to be supported by a
ceiling mounted rail or hook is positioned in telescoping ar-
rangement with intravenous fluid containing bottle support
members, the bottle support members being adjustable for
assuming various positions along the track and are normally
locked to the track to prevent the bottle support members
from being displaced relative to the track by sliding.
Legs mounted adjacent comers of travel trailer swingabie
horizontally on vertical axis and adjustable longitudinally on
an axis converging upwardly with that vertical axis.
3,642,243
VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT
Smith Eugene, 329 West Park Ave., Apt. F, El C^on, Calif.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,808
Int. CI. F16m ll/OO
U.S. CI. 248-354 S 4 Claims
The support comprises a plurality of vertically extending,
steel support members that angle upwardly toward one
another to an area adjacent, but below, the upper ends
thereof and angle upwardly and outwardly from that area. A
threaded vertically extending, load supporting shaft extends
through that area and above the upper ends of the support
member. A nut on the shaft rests uf>on the upper ends of the
support member which can be rotated for raising or lowering
the shaft. The support members bend inwardly at the area to
grasp the shaft when a load is placed on the top of the shaft.
3,642,244
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT MECHANISM FOR SWIVEL
CHAIRS
Melvin A. Textoris, Struthers, Ohio, assignor to Hw General
Fireproofing Company, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,352
Int. CI. F16m ll/OO
U.S. CI. 248-406 6 Claims
A support portion includes a sleeve having slots formed
therethrough for gaining access to the interior of the sleeve.
950
A threaded screw portion has the upper end thereof inter-
connected with a seat support and is rotatably supported
within the sleeve. A nut is threaded on the screw portion and
includes a laterally extending projection adapted to engage a
OFFICIAL GAZETTE February 15, 1972
lated sprues. Each sprue is connected via a different runner
member extending through the hole in the sleeve to prevent
rotation of the nut upon rotation of the screw portion. A
further screw is supported by the support portion for
preventing disassembly of the mechanism.
3,642,245
BREAKAWAY BRACKET
Joseph F. Wohnlich, Warren, Ind., assignor to United Filtra-
tion Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 20,942
InLCI. B(»Or //06
U.S. CI. 248-478 4 Claims
This is a hinge or joint for releasably holding a rear vision
mirror for use on the cab of a truck or the like in position but
constructed to yield or "give" in response to a predetermined
breakaway force so that the mirror will fold in to avoid
breakage or bending of the supporting parts.
3,642046
MOLD FOR MOLDING ARTICLES COMPOSED OF
DIFFERENT MATERIALS
Richard Posner, East Northport, N.Y., assignor to Creative
Polymer Products Corp., Long Island City, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,946
Int. CI. B29c 9/00, B29f///2
IJ.S. CI. 249-105 5 Claims
A mold has at least one mold cavity and two mutually iso-
26 40
'10B
30 2^3'oa'^40A 22
or gate to the mold cavity. A different material is fed to the
mold cavity via each sprue.
ERRATUM
For Class 251 — 145 see:
Patent No. 3.642.252
3,642,247
DISC VALVE ASSEMBLY WITH ROCK-IN VALVE
MEMBER
Domer Scaramucci, 3245 S. Hattie, Oklahoma City, Okla.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969. Ser. No. 888,251
Int. CI. F16k5/06
U.S. CI. 251-148 17 Claims
L^2
A disc valve assembly wherein the valve stems, valve
member, and supports for the valve stems are sized and
shaped, such that the valve member having the stems at-
tached thereto is installed by rockingly inserting the valve
member mto the valve body, either individually or along with
the valve stem supports.
3,642,248
SEALING MECHANISM
Robert Edgar Benware, Pawcatuck, Conn., assignor to Allen
& Company FOF Proprietary Funds Ltd.; Robin Harkas
and William Stix Wasserman
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 568,715, July 6,
1966, now abandoned , and a continuadon-in-part of
646,149, June 9, 1967. This application May 7, 1969, Ser.
No. 822,593
Int. CI. F16ki//0, 5//4
U.S. CI. 251-172 38 Claims
This disclosure is directed to a sealing machine for sealing
a first member and a second member against the flow of
system pressure. In this mechanism a wear ring is used which
is compnsed of a seating surface and a flange area which
cooperates with the flanges of a groove located in the first
member to lock said wear ring in said groove. A backing ring
is generally disposed in said groove, beneath the wear ring
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
951
and is locked within said groove by said wear ring. The
backing ring serves to force or preload said seating surface of
said wear ring against said second member when the sealing
mechanism is closed. The backing ring may be eliminated in
an embodiment of the invention wherein the wear ring is so
adapted to provide its own preloading force and the addi-
tional preload of the backing ring is not needed. In one em-
bodiment of the invention the backing ring acts as a seal
'/ ■ '
'■^^ 119 lit I09
' ^ 106
by hydraulic piston-cylinder couples pivotally mounted on
the linkage. Gear sectors and parallel tie rods are provided to
I03 lis
against system pressure trying to leak under and around said
wear ring. Furthermore, provision is made to communicate
system pressure into said groove behind said wear ring to aid
the backing ring in urging said wear ring against said second
member. The backing ring preload and the system pressure
communicated into said groove combine to create a piston
action on the widest part of said wear ring which causes to
amplified force on the narrower seating surface which is in
contact with the second member.
constrain the toggles and stabilize the load platform to
prevent lateral tilting as it is raised and lowered.
3,642,249
SLIDE VALVE
Lee H. Cruse. Springneld. Mo., assignor to Foster Manufac-
turing Co.. Inc.. Springfield, Mo.
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,1 13
Int.Cl. F16kJ//60
U.S. CI. 251—344 9 Claims
34 J2
A slide valve includes a cylindrical body provided inter-
nally with first and second fiuid chambers and having first
and second ports extending from its outer cylindrical surface
into the first and second fiuid chambers, respectively. A
sleeve is slidably mounted on the body and includes an inter-
nal annular groove which is slidably movable from a closed
ptisition wherein the groove is axially spaced from a closed
position wherein the groove is axially spaced from the second
p>ort to an open position wherein it overlies both the first and
second ports. A detent ring surrounds the body and is
adapted to engage the sleeve as it moves from its open to its
closed position. The detent ring protrudes radially outwardly
from the outer surface of the body so as to yieldably resist
the sliding movement of the sleeve toward its closed position.
3,642,250
BOMBLIFT TRAILER LIFTING MECHANISM
John H. Klopp, Baltimore County, Md., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Air Force
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,574
Int. CI. B66f 3/00
U.S. CI. 254— 124 1 Claim
A four-wheel bomblift trailer chassis having a platform
which is elevated by a scissors-type toggle linkage actuated
3,642,251
DOOR JACK
F. J. Guenther Niederholtmeyer, 4814 S. Monroe St, Fort
Wayne, Ind.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 26,020
Int CI. B66f 15100; E05c 15/00; B65g 7/12
U.S. CI. 254-131 ^ 10 Claims
A door jack to facilitate the installation of doors. An elon-
gated pry-bar is provided having a pry-foot at its lower end.
An elongated stabilizing rod is provided having a pad on one
end. A sleeve is secured to the upper end of the pry-bar and
reciprocally receives the stabilizer rod which extends for-^
wardly therefrom in the same general direction as the foot. A
coil spring surrounding the stabilizer rod biases the rod and
pad outwardly away from the pry-bar. A lock washer on the
stabilizer rod locks the same against inward movement from
a selected position. The foot may be inserted under the bot-
tom edge of a door and the pry-bar pivoted rear^^ardly thus
elevating the door to the desired elevation for hanging the
same. In that {X>sition, the pad on the end of the stabilizer
rod engages the surface of the door under the influence of
the spring, the lock washer preventing rearward movement of
the pad and stabilizer rod. Thus, the door is maintained in
the desired elevated position for installation of hinges, etc.
The jack may also be used for carrying the door to the instal-
lation site.
!/
952
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^52
COMBINATION VALVE AND COUPLING
Robert F. Phillips, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to Ethyl Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,753
Int. CI. F 161 5/02. F 16k 5/02
t.S. CI. 251-145 4 Claims
3,642,254
MEANS FOR CONVEYING, DISCHARGING AND MIXING
LIVESTOCK FEEDS
Jacob M. Temes, 202 North Second, Conway Springs, Kans.
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,766
InL CI. BOH 7/08
U.S. CI. 259-46 19 Claims
A combination valve and coupling particularly adapted for
connection to plastic pipe. The valve provides a threaded
lower portion which extends through a hole drilled in the
plastic pipe and has a mating collar and a threaded nut
receivable over the threaded portion of the pipe to couple
the valve to the plastic pipe. The collar and nut have con-
toured surfaces approximating the shape of the wall of the
plastic pipe
3,642,253
SEALED SILENT WINCH
William C. Baldwin, Anaheim, and Theodore N. Meyer, West-
minister, both of Calif., assignors to Plasmachem Inc., New-
port Beach, Calif.
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 842,428
Int.CI. B66d 1/30
U.S. CI. 254-150 1 Claim
A wheeled ensilage wagon provided with a grain box
detachably mounted externally thereon, with means provided
for delivering from the wagon and box an adjustably propor-
tioned mixture of the wagon and box contents. The delivery
means receives contents from the wagon by wagon discharge
means that mcludes a discharge auger in the wagon that is
drivingly connected to the drive for an oscillatory agitator
disposed thereabove The delivery means also receives con-
tents from the box by wagon discharge means that includes a
box discharge auger in the box that feeds the box contents to
the delivenng means via a rotary metering means. The box is
provided with an oscillatory agitator disf>osed above the
auger therem The drives of metering means, auger and agita-
tor are interconnected for concurrent operation, and means
is provided for detachably coupling the shaft of the agitator
of the wagon to such drives so that the metering means is
driven at a rate proportional to rate of operation of the auger
in the wagon The wagon and the auger therein are adapted
to be detachably coupled resjjectively to the tow bar and the
power takeoff of a tractor.
A hand-operated winch designed for marine craft and in
particular for use as a sailboat sheet winch is disclosed. All
braking and bearing elements are sealed and not exposed to
the elements. It includes silent one way clutches as opposed
to conventional pawl escapements for braking. Several dif-
ferent winch diameters may be produced using a common
working mechanism since the drum is separable from the
working mechanism. Dual thrust rings allow axial loads to be
sustained.
3,642,255
CIRCULATING DEVICE FOR LOOSE MATERIALS,
ESPECIALLY AEROBIC DECOMPOSING ORGANIC
WASTE MATERIALS
Hans (lujer. (.lattalstrasse \49, Kumlang Zurich, Switzerland
RIed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,962
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 28, 1969,
8089/69
Int. CI. BO If 7/00
U.S. CI. 259—183 21 Claims
A circulating device for loose materials, especially for
aerobic decomposing organic waste materials comprising a
freely suspended, revolving, endless heavy link or jointed mat
or conveyor structure which is guided over two upper
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
^
953
deflecting devices arranged in spaced relationship from one
another at an undercarriage, at least one of such deflecting
devices being driven. The link mat is equipp>ed at its outside
surface or face with entrainment devices for the loose materi-
al, such entrainment devices being divided over its surface.
The direction of rotation or revolving of the link mat occur-
ring from the top towards the bottom at the side situated in
the direction of advance of the circulation device.
3,642,256
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
HaroM E. Phelps, Plymouth, Mkh., assignor to Harold
Phelps, Inc., Plymouth, Mich.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843^84
Int. CI. F02m 1/04,7/04
U.S. CI. 261-39 D 5 Claims
A fuel-supply system incorporating a downdraft carburetor
having an idle-metering system and also an enrichment valve
that causes both the engine speed to increase and an en-
riched air-fuel mixture to be supplied to the engine for cold
engine operation. The carburetor has a main-metering system
that has its main-metering valve element mechanically linked
to the throttle valve and a restrictor valve that prevents
overcharging during acceleration and an accelerating pump.
3,642^57
AGITATING APPARATUS
Masatami Tanaka, deceased, late of Machkla-shi, Japan (by
Itsuko Tanaka, administratrix), and Tadwhi Hirotani,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan, by sakl Hirotani
Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,728
Int. CLBOlfi/04
U,S. CL 261-93 6 Claims
The present disclosure is directed to an agitating assembly
comprising a stationary lower guide plate means provided
with a centrally disposed opening, the outer, peripheral por-
tion of said lower guide plate means being canted upwardly
and containing radially extending guide blades disposed on
the upper side thereof, means for supporting the lower guide
plate means, blade wheel means disposed immediately above
the lower guide plate means, and agitating shaft means
secured to the blade wheel means, said blade wheel means
being rotatably disposed with respect to the stationary lower
guide plate means. The present disclosure is also directed to
the use of the agitating assembly in a fermentation tank.
3,642,258
COLUMN TRAY
Gerhard Stahl, Doemigheim; Walter Spahn, Frankfurt am
Main; Willi Fischer, Hanau, and Franz Auth, Frankfurt am
Main, all of Germany, assignors to Messer Griesheim
GmbH, Frankfurt, Germany
Filed Oct. 6, I%9, Ser. No. 863,923
Claims priority, appUcation Gemuny, Oct 23, 1968, P 18 04
591.5
Int. CI. BOld 3/22
U.S. CI. 261-113 7 Claims
An improved tray for rectifying and scrubbing columns is
simply constructed by providing a cylindrical member coaxi-
ally within the column shell, placing beams radially between
said member and shell, attaching one end of each beam to
said member or shell, supporting the opposite free end of
each beam on a ring fastened to the vertical surface adjacent
to said free end, and fitting tray segments in locking arrange-
ment between the beams which are circumferentially spaced
from each other. The free ends of the beams supported on
the ring, together with the locked-in tray segments, can move
radially to accommodate differences in thermal expansion of
the components of the column.
3,642,259
AUTOMOBILE EXHAUST nUTER
Cari L. Bowden, 240 N. Ninth Ave., Oakdale, Calif.
Filed July 23, 1%9, Ser. No. 843,938
Int. CI. BOld 47/02
U.S. CI. 261-122
6 Claims
A housing including an inlet opening and an outlet opening
and adapted to be interposed in an exhaust system, such as
an automotive exhaust system, and including internal baffles
defming a tortuous passage extending therethrough from the
inlet to the outlet. The housing further includes a liquid sump
through which gases moving through the housing must pass
as well as a Alter body of activated charcoal or the like
through which the gases must also pass. In one form of the
invention exhaust gases are drawn through the housing by a
vehicle motor-driven vacuum pump and in a second form an
electric motor-driven vacuum pump is disposed within the
outlet end of the housing for drawing the exhaust gases
through the housing. In the first and second form, a vacuum
relief valve is disposed upstream from the liquid sump for re-
lieving excess reduction of gas pressures above the sump.
954
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,260
DEVICE FOR AERATING SEWAGE WATER
Martin Daiyes, Hermannstr. 3, Detmold, and August
Schreiber, Bohnhofstr. 45, Vinnhorst, both of G€rmany
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,037
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 3, 1968, P 17 84
398.0
Intel. BOlfi/04
U.S. CI. 261-122 2 Claims
of the rail portions reduces sicid marks caused by conduction
from the hot slab to the cooled pipe The rail portions are of
inverted channel section.
:^
<2
So
:i (x^ -
The device for aerating sewage water by means of mmute
bubbles consists of a flat elastic air tube which is disposed
below the water surface and comprises a membranelike
upper wall provided with a plurality of small air discharge
ports which ports are pierced by needles with oval or triangu-
lar cross section and a lower unpierced wall of greater
thickness than the upper wall. The longitudinal edges of both
walls are formed as looplike pockets enclosing two parallel
horizontal supporting members which are arranged with a
distance from each other for prestressing the air tube in
transverse direction.
3,642,261
FURNACE SKIDS AND BEAMS
William Robert Laws, Worcester Park, England, assignor to
The British Iron and Steel Research Association, London,
England
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,863
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 16, 1969.
35,859/69
Int. CI. F27d 3102
IJ.S. CI. 263-6 B 12 Claims
—p
3,642,262
METHOD FOR OPERATING A REGENERATIVE GAS
HEATER. AND A GAS HEATER FOR USE IN THIS
METHOD
Aart Kornelis Vroege, Beverwyk, Netherlands, assignor to
Koninklijke Nederlandsche Hoogovens en Staalfabrieken
N.V.
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 653
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 16, 1969,
6900740
Int. CI. F23I 9104
U.S. CI. 263-^ 19 R 6 Claims
\<
If.
In a hot blast stove for a blast furnace a method and means
are provided to prevent, during the "on blast" period, over-
heating of the burner surface, and the occurrence of great
differences in temperature in the hot blcist main. The im-
provement consists in that during the on blast period cold air
is supplied through the burner, to be mixed with the hot blast
inside the stove Preferably the supply of blast air into the
stove and of mixing air through the burner is controlled to
obtain a constant quantity of hot blast per unit time, of a
constant temperature
3,642,263
WORKBASKET FOR USE IN HEAT-TREATING
FURNACE
Wilson C. Pine, Cranston; Herbert W. Westeren, Barrington,
and William H. Kimball, Providence, all of R.I., assignors
to C. I. Hayes Inc., Cranston, R.I.
Original applkation Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,085, now
Patent No. 3,522.357. Divided and this application Dec. 15,
1%9, Ser. No. 884,961
Int. CI. F27b2//04
U.S. CI. 263-47 5 Claims
A skid or beam for a slab reheating furnace has a hollow
fluid cooled pipe on which are supported a number of elon-
gate slab engaging rail portions. The rail portions are al-
ternately offset from the vertical symmetrical plane of the
pipe. The pipe is shaped to minimize shielding of the slab
from the radiant heat of the furnace and may have a triangu-
lar cross section or a rectangular cross section. The offsetting
A workbasket for use in a heat-treating furnace including a
plurality of trays that are mounted in spaced vertical relation.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
965
the spacing of the trays providing for free circulation of a
heated atmosphere within the furnace, and thereby insuring
an even distribution of heat in and around articles located in
the trays.
3,642,264
PRODUCTION OF HIGH-DENSITY, DEAD-BURNED
MAGNESIA IN A SHAFT KILN
Raymond P. Mayer; Ivan M. Thompson, and Walter P. Zboj-
niewicz, all of Ludington, Mich., assignors to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,901
Int. CI. C04b 35104
U.S. CI. 263-52 3 Claims
Dead-burned magnesia density is improved by controlling
the heating in a shaft kiln to a rate of less than about 30° C.
per minute through a temperature range of from about
1,100° to 1,700°C.
3,642,265
LOADING MECHANISM FOR A SHAKER HEARTH
HEAT-TREATING FURNACE
Kari-Heinz Burmeister, Kleve; Wilhelm Hoenselaer, Kleve-
Materbom, and Lothar Moes, Goch, all of Germany, as-
signors to Ako Standard Corporation, Valley Forge, Pa., by
said Karl Heinz Burmeister and Wilhelm Hoenselaer
Filed Apr. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 28,653
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 26, 1969, P 19 21
407.4
Int. CI. F27b 3106
U.S. CI. 263-21 C 7 Claims
V
yf
A heat-treating furnace of the type having a hearth that is
agitated endwise back and forth to advance workpieces
through the heating chamber The workpieces are delivered
to one end of the hearth through an opening in the furnace
above the hearth and the opening is controlled by a sliding
door. Adjacent the opening is a hopper which collects work-
pieces and which includes a chute that may be moved to an
operative position in which the workpieces in the hopper
slide down the chute, through the opening and onto the
hearth. A power actuator is connected to both the door and
the chute and simultaneously opens the door and moves the
chute to its operative position.
3,642,266
BURNER FOR OXYACETYLENE WELDING AND/OR
CUTTING
Edmund Diehl. Frankfurt am Main, and Trauj>otl (iutermann,
Ober-Roden, Waldacker, both of Germany, assignors to
Messer (iriesheim CmbH, Frankfurt am Main. (;ermanv
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,668
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1969, P 19 09
808.9
InL CI. B23k 7100
U.S. CI. 266-23 P 4 Claims
The gas welding and cutting torch comprises an elongated
handle having a handle body. The handle body contains axi-
ally directed bores which are coupled to a gas supply by
means of replaceable conduit pieces The outlet end of each
conduit piece that projects into the bore is shaped into a
valve seat and is controlled by a conical sealing disc. The
sealing disc is seated in a cage which is integral with a guid-
ing member of a movable valve stem. The valve stem is ar-
ranged for axial movement within the bore; the guiding
member of the valve stem has a threaded peripheral portion
which is in engagement with a coaxially arranged hand con-
trol ring The hand control ring is disposed in a recess inter-
secting the bore, and drives the valve stem and thus the seal-
ing disc back and forth against the valve seat. The valve stem
is provided with a central longitudinal passage for passing
through the gas from the valve seat to a replaceable welding
nozzle. The guiding member of the valve stem is sealed at
each side of the recess and is spring loaded to avoid the
backlash in the driving thread.
3,642,267
COPPER SMELTING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Arthur C. Bigley, Jr., White Pine, Mich., and Emil S. Kram-
lick. Anaconda, Mont., assignors to The Anaconda Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Original application Apr. 14, 1967, Ser. No. 631,066. now
Patent No. 3,516,820. Divided and this application Jan. 14,
1970, Ser. No. 7,332
Int. CI. C22b 15100
U.S. CI. 266-24 3 Claims
^.:.--...V..^.
Cupnferous charge materials are introduced substantially
continuously into the smelting zone of a side charging rever-
beralory furnace through longitudinally extending slots
formed in the furnace roof adjacent the two sidewalls of the
furnace. The longitudinal slots extend substantially continu-
ously the full length of the smelting zone, and feed hoppers
having unimpeded openings that coincide with the longitu-
dinal slots are disposed above the furnace. C^rge material
contained in the hoppers flows by gravity directly into the
furnace to form a substantially continuous sloping bank of
charge material disposed against each sidewall of the fur-
nace, the charge material substantially completely filling and
thereby sealing the longitudinal slots formed in the furnace
roof.
r^
956
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^68 3,642,270
HIGH-DAMPING RESILIENT BUSHING SMALL PIECE LAUNDRY FOLDING MACHINE
Gary L. Hipsher, Logansport, Ind., assignor to The General Charles W. Patton, Jr., Chicago, III., assignor to Super
Tire & Rubber Company Laundry Machinery Company, Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 755,268, Aug. Filed Sept. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,365
26, 1968, now abandoned. This application June 12, 1970. Int. CI. B65h 45112
Ser. No. 45,740 U.S. CI. 270-62 10 Claims
Int.CI. B60g///62 ^^
U.S. CI. 267-57.1 16 Claims — -r\ ^^-_:^
i I ■■■■■■iiiiii ■!! » ■■ ph ■■■■ If in II III" "Ml li^lf ~~~ ' ~ -t
10 a 1 1
S lOO
A resilient bushing is composed of inner and outer ngid
concentric sleeves and a molded elastomeric insert radially
compressed therebetween, said insert containing a pair of
recesses that cooperate with the outer sleeve to form fluid-
containing reservoirs or pockets. The reservoirs contain a
fluid such as silicone oil and are in fluid communication with
one another through a suitable tube or orifice. When the
bushing is deflected in a radial direction through the pockets,
the fluid provides high damping in that radial direction for in-
creased vibration isolation. Various types of orifices or tubes
can be used to vary the damping properties of the bushing.
3,642,269
BENCH JIG FOR SKIS
Blaine K. I.add, R.F.D. # 1, Waterville. Maine
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,098
Int. CI. B23q 3118: B25b 1120: B25h 1 110
U.S. CI. 269-40
12 Claims
A small piece laundry folding machine including support
platen means over which the laundry pieces are moved in
longitudinally spaced relation, with the longitudinal marginal
portions to be folded depending therefrom. A first fold plate
folds one of the longitudinal marginal portions of each
laundry piece beneath the support platen means and, as a
second fold plate folds the other longitudinal marginal por-
tion thereof, a tight-fold plate tightly holds said other longitu-
dinal portion of the laundry piece involved tightly around the
longitudinal edge of the support platen means so the second
fold plate will form a strai^t tight fold. The longitudinally
folded laundry pieces after being fed through a transverse
folding portion of the machine are fed one at a time over
confronting trapdtxir-forming panels by an overhead belt
conveyor Laundry piece position sensing means are pro-
vided for effecting the stoppage of the overhead belt con-
veyor as each laundry piece reaches a discharge station, and
the dropping of the panels to permit the laundry piece to
drop by force of gravity onto a stacking surface.
3,642,271
CARD FEEDER
Cecil J. Davis, West Chester, Pa., assignor to Bridge Data
Products, Inc., Philadephia, Pa.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,035
Int. CI. B65h 3106
U.S. CI. 271-41 5 Claims
A table- or bench-type clamp including laterally spaced
pairs of longitudinally aligned and spaced upstanding abut-
ment flanges each having associated therewith an opposing
laterally shiftable flange. A pair of skis are positionable on
the remote sides of the pairs of abutment flanges between the
latter and the corresponding laterally shiftable flanges. The
laterally shiftable flanges have actuating structure operatively
associated therewith for simultaneously shifting those flanges
toward and away from the abutment flanges whereby the op-
posite side marginal edge portions of each of the associated
skis may be clamped between the corresponding pairs of
abutment flanges and the opposing laterally shiftable flanges.
A centering structure is provided for properly longitudinally
shifting the associated skis to positions with their longitudinal
centers in predetermined position spaced between the pairs
of longitudinally spaced abutment flanges aini associated
laterally shiftable flanges and in this manner proper indexing
and rigid stationary support of an associated pair of skis is af-
forded in order that bindings may be properly anchored in
exact corresponding positions on each pair of skis supported
from the clamp assembly.
A card feeder that relies upon an actuator such as a rotary
solenoid to impart intermittent driving force to a feed wheel
which underlies a deck of cards. Forward motion of the feed
wheel moves a card from the deck forwardly until it is en-
gaged by transport wheels which move the card to the next
working station A velocity governor is provided for limiting
the maximum velocity of the shaft and the feed wheel during
response to energization of the rotary solenoid.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
957
3,642,272
SHEET FEEDING APPARATUS
Robert Harry Arnold, London, and Cyril Borthwick Crouch,
Liverpool, both of England, assignors to The Metal Box
Company Limited, London, England
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,648
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 9, 1969,
18,309/69
Int. CI. B65h 1118
U.S. CI. 271-62 R 9 Claims
3,642,274
SHEET-SUPPORTING ASSEMBLY FOR AN INVERTER
ROLL
Francis Walter Herrington, 863 Windermere Ave., Toronto,
and James D. McClure, 23 Dariington Crescent, Bramalea,
Ontario, both of Canada
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 62,086
Int. CI. B65h 29104, 29120
U.S. CI. 271-79 8 Claims
This disclosure relates to apparatus for feeding sheets from
a stack wherein the stack is periodically elevated under the
influence of sensing means and a feeder head feeds the top-
most sheet to feeding devices. The feeder head is mounted
above the stack and has associated therewith counterbalance
means to permit suction means of the feeder head to lightly
engage the top sheet of the stack irrespective of the height
thereof
3,642,273
CARTON WITH INNER COMPARTMENT FOR USE IN
FEEDING SMALL-SIZED PAPER
James P. Baglio, Cheektowaga, N.Y., assignor to F. N. Burt
Company, Inc., Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,998
IntCI. B65hy/04
U.S. CI. 271-61 6 Claims
An inverter roll for an offset printing press includes a pair
of axially spaced-apart spider wheels. A plurality of
peripheral rods extend between the rims of the spider wheels
and sheet-supporting wheels projecting beyond the cylindri-
cal plane of the rims of the spider wheels are rotatably
mounted on such rods to support the paper sheets as they
pass around the inverter roll. The positions of such wheels
along the rods are readily adjustable to ensure that such
wheels always contact the printed surfaces of the sheets at
nonprinted positions thereon.
3,642,275
RIDER PROPELLED MERRY-GO-ROUND
Patrick Ellico, L'Anse, Mich., assignor to Robert J. OToole,
Dearborn, Mich.
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,316
Int. CI. A63g 1112
U.S. CI. 272-33 R 1 Claim
A carton having an inner compartment for containing a
quantity of paper smaller in size as compared to the overall
size of the carton and usable for insertion in the paper recep-
tacle of a copying machine in a manner whereby the machin-
e's feed rollers may successively propel the small-sized paper
through the machine. The carton has a tear strip around its
circumference in the vicinity of the inner compartment so
that the carton may be completely separated therealong after
which the quantity of small-sized paper will become fully ex-
posed to the feed rollers.
A seat secured to one end of a horizontal beam whose op-
posite end is secured to a vertical support column for
horizontal rotation of the seat in a circular path, with
propelling means in the form of a ringlike track, arranged
beneath the seat, and having a curved upper surface forming
peaks and valleys and interconnecting ramp portions. A
propulsion wheel rides upon the track and is rotatably con-
nected to the lower end of a lever connected between its
ends to a pivot on the seat, so that rearward pulls upon the
upper end of the lever, while the wheel is upon a descending
ramp portion, causes a reaction to propel the seat forwardly.
958
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,276
EXERCISING DEVICE WITH SIGNALING MECHANISM
Daniel T. Kropf, 949 N. 13th St., Apt. 81, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed May 8, 1969, Ser. No. 822,994
Int. CI. A63b
L'.S. CI. 272—57 R 5 Claims
An exerciser worn on a garment or other article of apparel
such as a belt adapted to encircle the wearer about the waist
or hips for use in performing isometric exercises therewith
such that an audible tone or signal is produced by the exer-
ciser when a preselected strain on the garment is sensed thus
alerting the wearer to restore the required isometric muscle
contraction in the selected exercising region.
3,642,277
RECREATIONAL ROPE-TYPE ARTICLE
Harold Gersten, 92 Cumberland Road, West Hartford, Conn.
Piled Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 192
InL CI. A63b 5120, 7/04
U.S. CI. 272-60 19 Claims
''
lar cross sections with frictional caps engaging the floor at
their lower ends and a vertical angle for each of the vertical
members connected at their upper ends by bolts for longitu-
dmally and laterally engagmg with two sides of the vertical
members and having a number of equally spaced holes lon-
gitudinally disptised through their frontal sides, each of the
vertical angles provided with a spring, spring plunger, and
spring chamber connected at their upper ends, the spring
plungers being provided with frictional caps engaging the
A semiflexible rope-type article comprises a multiplicity of
rigid elements spaced dlong substantially its entire length.
with nonrigid connecting segments therebetween. In certain
embodiments, sleeves provide the rigid elements, and a rope
or wire cable, upon which the sleeves are mounted, provides
the connecting segments. Alternatively, the rigid elements
and connecting segments may be provided by relatively large
and relatively small cross section portions of the article.
Knots tied in a rope, end handles or parts securing the rigid
and flexible portions together may be relied upon to limit
axial movement of the rigid elements, and to maintain them
in proximity to one another.
3,642,278
ADJUSTABLE FLOOR AND CEILING SUPPORTED
CHINNING BAR
John D. Hinckley, 9302 Sharpcrest, Houston, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 668,135, Sept.
15, I%7. This application July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,395
Int. CI. A63b/ /02
U.S. CI. 272-62 5 Claims
An exercising device for installation between a floor and
ceiling comprised of two vertical members having rectangu-
ceiling whereby the vertical members with their frictional
caps engaging the floor and the vertical angles are supported
exclusively by and between the floor and ceiling; a round
horizontal hand bar extending across and between the verti-
cal angles is connected thereto by a U-shaped bolt extending
through each vertical angle and secured with wing nuts, the
wing nuts t>eing removably secured to each end of the U-
shaped bolls so as to allow for adjustment in the height of the
horizontal bar
3,642,279
TREADMILL JOGGER
John W. Cutter, 70 Arroyo Ave., Piedmont, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 837,603, June
30, 1969, now abandoned. This application Feb. 11, 1970,
Ser. No. 10,358
Int. CI. A63b 23/06
U.S. CI. 272-69 10 Claims
'( 'N K
An exerciser of the treadmill type. A pair of rigid side
members support a series of rollers along a concave curve
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
959
with a forward portion higher than the rear. A continuous
belt has an upper course lying above and resting on these rol-
lers, and a lower course below them, so that a person walk-
ing, jogging, or running on them automatically locates him-
self fore-and-aft of the exerciser by the balance between his
weight, his speed, and the vanation in inclination along the
curved path of the continuous belt. In addition, a foremost
roller may guide the belt in front of the curved path rollers
which may have a pair of identical flywheels, one on each
side inboard of the frame for steadying the velocity. Further,
a pair of diagonally extending and crossing tunibuckles joins
the frame sides and enable adjustment of the training of the
belt and the friction on the rollers. A handle, if used, can
either be in a substantially vertical position for a beginner or
can be put down flat and out of the way, for a more practiced
user to run without any impediment In addition, a forward
roller used when moving the exerciser, is so located that
when the frame is in operating position, the roller does not
reduce the resistance to sliding of the exerciser
3,642,280
SIMULATED FOOTBALL GAME APPARATUS
Edouard Llorens, 69 Boulevard Ornano, Paris, France
Filed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,554
Claims priority, application France, July 18, 1968, 159737
Int. CI. A63f 7/06
U.S. CI. 273-94 R 9 Claims
^x^^p^^
This invention relates to apparatus for playing a game that
will simulate either American football or British rugby. The
game is played on a board inclined to the horizontal with a
ball free to move by gravity over the board. Curb means are
provided for retaining and guiding the ball as are symmetrical
propulsion means actuated by two players, for example, to
propel the ball towards outlet apertures or goals. Means are
provided also for removing the ball and bringing it back into
play. According to the invention, there is an upper outlet
aperture on the board which leads through a passage along
an inclined plane and there is also a lower outlet aperture
which opens below the upper aperture and leads through
another passage along an inclined plane: furthermore, mova-
ble closure means are provided to control access to both
these apertures, these closure means being operable by the
players to take up one of two alternative positions, i.e. a
raised position leaving open the lower outlet aperture and
partially closing the upper aperture and a lower position in
which' the lower aperture is entirely closed while the upper
aperture is entirely open.
wardly therefrom above the turntable along portions of the
periphery of the latter to retain a game piece on the turntable
except when the game piece is centnfugally propelled toward
gaps in the fencelike structure, and a catching member is
movable along one or more of the gaps associated with each
3 642 281 '
ROTATING GAME WITH PERIPHERAL CATCHING
MEMBERS
Joseph Green, Hewlett, N.Y., assignor to Wolverine Toy Com-
pany, Inc., a subsidiary of Spang Industries, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,349
Int CI. A63f 9/00
U.S.CI.273-110 15 Claims
In a game, at least one turntable is manually or otherwise
rotated on a base having fencelike structures extending up-
/^ Jfl
turntable for intercepting the game piece propelled toward
the respective gap. Particular configurations are provided for
the fencelike structures and for the hub of each turntable, by
which the latter may be rotated, so as to increase the random
character of the paths followed by the game piece in
rebounding from such fencelike structures or the hub.
3,642,282
FOLDABLE GOAL STRUCTURE
Arnold Frischman, 43 Ridgevale Drive, Toronto, Ontario,
Canada
Filed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,604
Int. CI. A63b 63/00
U.S. CI. 273-127 B 13 Claims
A foldable hockey goal having top front and rear bars
joined by a pair of side bars to a bottom rear bar, with folda-
ble joints between the top rear bar and the side bars, and
between the bottom rear bar and the side bars. In one em-
bodiment the top rear bar swings down, the bottom rear bar
swings up, and the side bars telescope to fold the goal In
another embodiment, the side bars are hinged at their mid-
dles and fold or buckle inwardly to collapse the top bars
down onto the bottom bar. In all cases the net, which is at-
tached to the top front, side, and bottom rear bars, can be
left in place during folding. A generally vertical central sup-
port member extends between the centers of the upper and
lower rear members to improve the rigidity
960
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
=^. February 15, 1972
3 642 283 playfield of the machine Score-initiating devices (pinballs)
MAGNESIUM TENNIS RACKET WITH WEIGHTED are actuated by a player to subsequently drive the rotating
THROAT PIECE element The rotating element bears score-actuating devices
HowanJ John Wilkens, 8720 Woodview Drive. Cincinnati, to cause registration of a score dependent upon the amount
Ohio
Filed Feb. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 7,457
Int. CI. A63b 49/04
U.S. CI. 273-73 G
of rotation thereof
2 Claims
3,642,285
BOARD GAME APPARATUS
Frank Anthony Impastato, 1240 Papworth Avenue, Metairie,
La.
Filed Mar. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 803,889
Int. CI. A63f 3102
U.S. CI. 273- 1 34 AD 1 Claim
i'^
The invention is a novel configuration of a metal tennis
racket characterized by an extruded magnesium frame sub-
stantially I-shaped in cross section, and having inside and
outside channels. A molded grommetted string cushion strip
seats in the outside channel of the bow of the frame insulat-
ing the strings from all metal contact. An inverted U-shaped
element bridges the throat of the racket completing the bow
and seats in the interior channel of the frame for added struc-
tural support. A separate grommetted string cushion element
seats along the bridge and features a recess therein which
receives balancing slugs of different weights enabling adjust-
ment in weight and balance of the racket prior to stringing.
3,642,284
ROTATING SCORING TARGET FOR A GAME
AMUSEMENT MACHINE
Steven F. Kordek, Chicago, III., assignor to The Seeburg Cor-
poratioa of Delaware, Chicago, III.
Fited Oct 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,044
Int. CI. A63b 7/ /OO
U.S. CI. 273- 127 R 10 Claims
Game apparatus comprising a game board which is pro-
vided with squares numbered from 2 to 12, corresponding to
the available numbers that can be rolled with a pair of dice; a
pair of dice, a can-shaped member; spring means to project
the latter, and 10 playing pieces. Basically, the game is
played by the various participants rolling the dice and mov-
ing a number of positions on the board corresponding to the
number rolled on the dice The "protector of the can" who
subsequently rolls the dice captures the playing pieces of
those players, if any, who rolled the same number as he did.
Any player who rolls 1 2 releases any captured players, who
again become participants. This comprises "kicking the can"
which IS physically performed by the player who rolled 12
placing the can-shaped member upon the spring means,
depressing same, and projecting the can into the air. The
game ends upon capture of all playing pieces by the "protec-
tor of the can "
A scoring device for a game amusement machine such as a
pinball machine, having a rotating element located on the
3,642,286
GAMES WITH CHANGEABLE PLAYING PIECES
Robert L. Moore, 919 Coronet Lane, La Grange, III.
Filed Dec. 22. 1969. Ser. No. 887,184
Int. CI. A63f 3/02
U.S. CI. 273- 134 AD 21 Claims
A game for use by a plurality of players wherein each
player has at least one playing piece for movement between
positions designated on a playing surface. Identifying charac-
teristics are provided for each piece for display on faces of
the pieces with each piece having a plurality of siK?h charac-
teristics Means are provided for selecting |^ particular
characteristic for each piece during operation of the game.
Depending upon the characteristic selected, the piece will
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
961
have a variety of different powers from the standpoint of the 3,642,288
number of spaces which can be moved during one turn of a TAPE CARTRIDGE WITH AUXILIARY SPRING BIASING
ELEMENTS
» ^ Marvin Camras, Glencoe, III., assignor to IIT Research In-
— X '4 y^ , stitute, Chicago, III.
Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 806,347
Int. CI. Glib 2J/6)6
U.S. CI. 274-4 B 14 Claims
player, the direction of movement possible, and the ability of
a piece to capture or be captured by another piece.
3,642,287
ROTATING REEL GAME WITH MASKING SHUTTER
Joseph E. Lally, McHenry, and Roman A. Tojza, Chicago,
both of lU., assignors to Bally Manufacturing Corporation,
Chicago, lU.
Filed Jan. 7, 1%9, Ser. No. 789,480
InL CI. A63f 5/04
U.S. CI. 273- 143 R 1 5 Claims
yyaC^ i> IIIHMH
In amusement and game apparatus of the type having a set
of symbol-bearing reels and mechanism for spinning and in-
dexing the reels in changed positions presenting various ar-
rangements of the symbols in each operating cycle to
represent different score or award conditions, with shutter
means operative to mask the symbols displayed by a particu-
lar one of the reels, improvements are provided in the form
of control circuitry with both optional and automatic opera-
tions under certain award conditions to cause withdrawal of
the shutter in timed relation to the indexing of the particular
masked reel with the object of adding variant award possibili-
ties and conditions, as well as interest and suspense in the
operation of the apparatus resulting from the mode of opera-
tion of the masking means and certain recycling conditions
involving both the masked and unmasked reels and award
p>ossibilities to be determined thereby.
An endless loop magnetic tape cartridge compatible with
existing players which have a single laterally acting retention
roller, the cartridge containing an independent longitudinal
bias element acting on the retention roller and forwardly
biasing the cartridge by reaction Controlled lateral bias may
also be provided. Preferably the cartridge is formed in two
halves of configuration to receive and retain the bias element
therebetween.
3,642,289
FLOATING SEAL FOR FLANGED MEMBERS
Edgar W. Basham, London; John E. Knapman, Kingston-
upon-Thame», both of England; Gordon D. Pollard,
Houston, Tex.; John B. Anthony, London, and Alan C.
Munro, Turnbridge Wells Kent, both of England, assignors
to Oceaneering International, Inc., Houston, Tex., by said
Basham, Pollard, Anthony and Munro
Filed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 17,356
Int. CI. F16j 15/08
U.S. CI. 277-1 7 Claims
Method and apparatus for quickly establishing a seal
between two flange members, not in perfect alignment. A
floating annular sea! ring may be provided in a recess of one
of the flange members. A resilient sealing means may be
mounted in a groove on the face of the sealing ring towards
the other flange member. A sliding resilient sealing means
may be provided between the seal ring and the flange
member in which the seal ring is mounted. The surface of the
seal ring adjacent at least one of the resilient sealing means
may be chamfered away from the surface of the flange
member toward which it faces so that even though the flange
members are not perfectly aligned the resilient sealing means
may contact both flange members in sealing engagement.
Means are provided for urging the seal ring toward the other
962
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
flange member. Several means of coupling on flange member 3,642,292
to ti^ other are disclosed. SEALING ARRANGEMENT
Denis E. Dougherty, 1126 South Country Club Drive,
Schenectady, N.Y.
3,642,290 Filed May 21.1 969, Ser. No. 826,46 1
COMPOSITE ROD WIPER Int. CI. F16j 15148; F02f 11 100
Norman E. Millsap, Salt Lake City, Utah, assignor to Parker- U.S. CI. 211 -Sb 4 Claims
Hannifin Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,855
Int. CI. F16j 15132
U.S. CI. 277-24
8 Claims
This disclosure relates to a rod wiper which is a comp<inent
of a monolithic assembly including a backup washer. The
backup washer is formed of relatively hard material which re-
sists extrusion while the rod wiper is formed of a softer, more
resilient abrasion-resistant material providing optimum wip-
ing action. A bond between the backup washer and the rod
wiper is no weaker than the lowest physical property of
either.
3,642,291
INFLATABLE SEAL
Arthur A. Zeffer, Wadsworth, and Harry R. Weaver,
Cuyahoga Falls, both of Ohio, assignors to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,236
Int. CI. F16j 15146
U.S. CI. 277-34 15 Claims
A way of improving the efficiency of gland seals of a large
steam turbine comprising injecting into the seals a sacrificial
bleed of low-energy fluid. This reduces the energy leakage of
the gland seals and thus increases overall power plant effi-
ciency
3,642,293
ROTARY SHAFT FLUID SEAL FOR HIGH PRESSURE
George V. Woodling, 22077 West Lake Road, Rocky River,
Ohio
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,215
Int. CI. F16j 15132
U.S. CI. 277-206 A 6 Claims
52^ -^2
An annular, mflatable tube for installation between inner
and outer members having a joint at which the tube can be
split for installation around the inner member where it is dif-
ficult to slide a seal over the member. The ends of the tube
are closed and beveled to overlap. A stretchable sleeve fits
over the ends of the tube at the joint and has circumferential
ribs inside the sleeve for engagement with circumferential
grooves in the end portions of the tube. Reinforcing cords in
the tube wall and in the sleeve are arranged so as to control
expansion for sealing the space between the inner and outer
members without increasing or decreasing the length of the
tube.
Rotary shaft seal means for effecting a fluid seal between a
shaft and wall means defining a space extending outwardly of
said shaft and disposed to receive said seal means. Said seal
means is subject to fluid compaction and comprises an O-ring
of rubberlike matenal having an annular crown portion
sealingly engagmg said shaft. Fluid blanking means seals off a
portion of said O-ring which would otherwise be exposed to
fluid pressure to reduce the fluid compaction of said O-ring
at said crown portion
3,642,294
WASHER
George L. Hammon, Oakland, Calif., assignor to Chemetron
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,655
Int. CI. F16j 15110
U.S. CI. 277-207 12 Claims
A one-piece annular washer of resiliently deformable
material has in at least one of its opposite faces radially outer
and inner coaxial annular grooves which together with the
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
963
axial opening of the washer form radially outer and inner nearer the center of the vehicle than the spare wheel. The
coaxial annular skirt portions of generally triangular cross tank has a bottom wall which is downwardly mclmed toward
section. Preferably, the washer further has similar skirt por-
'10
m
^50
42'^
—1
60
**
Z \
41
-W
^4fc
4A" .
'f^^f*^
^-^</^r-^
58--^
^^~
-s*
^"^^^/-^
the center of the vehicle whereby, upon impact on the vehi-
cle, the spare wheel slides under the tank along the inclined
bottom wall.
tions formed on the other of its opposite faces and an annular
fin generally axially extended from the radially inner skirt
portion on one of its opposite faces.
3,642,295
SELF-ADJUSTING SEAL RING
Albert Cohen, Wallingford, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 3,181
Int. CI. F16j 15100
U.S. CI. 277-226 10 Claims
Two half-ring segments of tubing of the Bourdon type are
utilized to provide a self-adjusting seal ring between two sta-
tionary surfaces, as in the first stage nozzle of a turbine. The
stationary parts may be so assembled that there is compres-
sive force on the ring segments to form a seal between the
stationary surfaces. The pressure drop across the rings also
forms a sealing surface.
In an alternate arrangement both ends of each ring seg-
ment are welded closed with a predetermined amount of
vaporizable fluid, such as water, in the tube to form a pres-
sure vessel. When steam is supplied to the turbine, the en-
trapped water is heated to generate pressure which increases
the height of the Bourdon tube to form the seal.
3,642,2%
ARRANGEMENT OF A FUEL TANK AND A SPARE
WHEEL ON AN AUTOMOBILE VEHICLES
Armand Froum^jou, Pontoise, France, assignor to Automo-
biles Peugeot, Paris and Regie Nationals dcs Usines Renault,
Billancourt, France
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,977
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 24, 1969, 6940339
Int CI. B60p i/22 ^^
U.S. CI. 280-5 A 4 Clainw
A vehicle in which the fuel tank and spare wheel are
located under the floor of the luggage boot, the tank being
3,642,297
SAFETY SKI BINDING
James Mitchell Edmund, 6404 Ridge Drive, Washington, D.C.
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,610
Int. CI. A63c 9/056
U.S. CI. 280- 1 1.35 K 27 Claims
A safety ski binding in which the boot is clamped to the ski
by the interaction of a ski boot plate and a ski plate; the
clamping force is obtained by a rodlike actuating member ex-
tending longitudinally in a channel provided in the ski plate
and forcing the boot plate rearwardly against complementary
engaging surfaces of the ski plate, the complementary engag-
ing surfaces located at a point intermediate the heel and toe
of the boot.
3,642,298
RESILIENT BINDING FOR SKIS
Georges P. J. Salomon, 34, Avenue de Loverchy, Annecy,
France
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,818
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 31, 1968, 1101-74
Int. CI. A63c 9100
U.S. CI. 280- 1 1 .35 T 4 Claims
8<. B9 90 92 91
80
— ^ — ' .,' ) I ^
89 86 8S 88 82 87
81
The resilient binding for skis consist of a pivoting support-
ing plate pivotally mounted at its front end on a baseplate
fixed to the ski and of a boot-retaining jaw pivotally mounted
at the rear end of the pivoting plate. TTi^ivoting plate com-
prises one spring transversely mounted and in opposition
with a fixed abutment or another spring having different
resilient characteristics. Tlie rotation of the pivoting plate
causes the first spring to be compressed against the fixed
abutment or the other spring and compels the pivoting plate
to return to its normal position.
964
3,642J99
RELEASABLE TOWLINE CONNECTOR DEVICE FOR
SKI-BOB
George E. Garcia, 987 Bel Marin Keys, Novato, Calif.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,442
Int. CI. B62b 13/04; B60d 1/00
U.S. CI. 280-16 9 Claims
OFFICIAL GAZETTE February 15, 1972
loaded pallet from a floor position, shift the load center of
A device for releasably connecting a vehicle such as a ski-
bob to a towing line so that it can be pulled over the snow by
a snowmobile or the like in a manner that will enable the
rider to traverse and turn with stability and control. The
device includes movable gripping members that are closed in
one position to retain the towing line and are controllable by
the rider's hand to release the towing line whenever desired
3,642300
BOMBLIFT TRAILER SUSPENSION SYSTEM
John H. Klopp, Baltimore, Md., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,001
Int. CI. B62d 21/18
U.S. CI. 280—34 A , 2 Claims
A four-wheel bomblift trailer chassis having pivotally at-
tached suspension arms arranged in a parallel linkage to sup-
port a vertically disposed kingpin and attached spindle. The
rear suspension arms are arranged to pivot 90° around a
point near each rear comer of the chassis and the wheels are
pivotal around each respective kingpin. A hydraulic strut
serves to stabilize the parallel linkage so that the chassis is
supported. The chassis can be lowered to the ground by me-
tering fluid from the internal cylinder which extends the
hydraulic strut and can be raised by pumping fluid back into
the cylinder.
-.^
U,8>*ffl '''
''
''W
Mf
s
.v\J-
gravity for transport of the load and return the load to its
original position for removal of the loaded pallet.
3.642,302
COMPRESSION RUBBER VEHICLE SUSPENSION
Albert F. Hickman, 8009 Gowanda SUte Road, Eden, N.V.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 634,561, Apr.
28, 1967. now Patent No. 3,51 1332. This application Feb.
26. 1970, Ser. No. 14,402
Int.CI. B60gi//4
U.S. CI. 280-124 7 Claims
^ A '3
3,642301
HANDTRUCK WITH MEANS FOR SHIFTING CENTER
OF GRAVITY OF LOAD
Burdette B. Crawford, 511 Elm St., Chadbourn, N.C.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,028
Int. CI. B62b 1/02
U.S. CI. 280-47. 1 2 4 Claims
A two-wheel, tilt-type handtruck incorporates a spring-
loaded, vertically shiftable axle and is adapted to handle a
^^-^
/5>/lJ
With a vehicle frame connected to each supporting wheel
bv an arm extending lengthwise of the vehicle travel and con-
nected to the wheel by a stub axle and to the frame by a
beannged hub parallel with the wheel axis, substantially the
entire resilient frame support is provided by a pair of com-
pression rubber bodies separated by a guide and acting in
tandem between the arm and frame. The guide is guided to
move along a line of force passing centrally through the
bodies which expand and contract transversely of the line of
force to provide such resilient support. The guide is
preferably the free end of a metal spring leaf attached at its
other end to the arm between its stub axle and hub.
3,642303
VEHICLE OCCUPANT RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Fred J. Irish. Pontiac, and Robert F. McLean, Birmingham,
both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,148
Int. CI. B60r2y//0
U.S. CI. 280- 1 50 AB 8 9**"*f
A vehicle occupant restraint system having a plurality ot
bags which are inflated on vehicle impact with a stationary or
moving object One of the bags receives the impact of the oc-
cupant's torso and on such impact, has controlled pressure
relief to prevent excessive rebounding of the occupant.
Another bag receives the impact of the occupant's head and
has controlled pressure relief to prevent excessive relative
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
965
movement between the occupant's head and torso. A third
bag receives the impact of the occupant's legs and remains
3,642304
SAFETY BAG INFLATION SYSTEM FOR VEHICLES
James T. Johnson, and Lester E. Smith, both of Herrin, III.,
assignors to Olin Corporation
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,663
Int. CI. B60r2//;0
U.S. CI. 280- 1 50 AB 5 Claims
A system for inflating a safety bag in a vehicle upon a colli-
sion, wherein additional energy is supplied to a volume of
pressurized gas stored in a reservoir, the additional energy
being supplied by controlled combustion of a propellant
charge to produce combustion gases which admix with the
pressurized gas. The mixture of gases thus flows to the safety
bag to inflate the latter. Energy produced by combustion of
the propellant is also used to open a sealed flow path to the
safety bag.
3,642305
BICYCLE TRAINING WHEEL BRACKET
Carlton P. Pawsat, Maysville, Ky., assignor to Wald Manufac-
turing Company, Incorporated, MaysviUc, Ky.
Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,359
Int. CI. B62h l/IO
VS. CI. 280-293 18 Claims
avoid installation interference with the rear fork members of
a bicycle frame. Eliminates the need for auxiliary spachg
washers, and ensures a safe solid mounting upon the rear
fork without cocking or distorting the constituent parts
3,642306
CANTED SEAL IRRIGATION COUPLING
Lyndie G. Gheen, and Paul J. Daniels, both of Eugene, Oreg.,
assignors to R.H. Pierce Manufacturing Company, Eugene,
Oreg.
FUed May 4, 1970. Ser. No! 34,089
Int. CI. B05b 15/00
U.S. CI. 285-5 12 Claims
^->^ '
inflated on impact by the occupant to maintain the occupant
in the normal seated position.
The training wheel attachment includes a wheel bracket
and a torque arm so shaped and related to one another, as to
A coupling body and a flexible seal permit a tube to be
pivoted 12° upwardly from alignment to provide clearance
for latching pawls, and also permit 6° movement of the tube
downwardly and to each side horizontally. A clamping band
has an inwardly formed biting lip to grip the tube and a lap
joint is provided between an apron and the body
3,642307
QUICK-RELEASE COUPLING
Abner A. Brickhouse, and Dirk A. Schipper, both of P.O. Box
28, Sidon, LetMuion
Filed SepL 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,428
Int. CI. FI6I J7//2
U.S. CI. 285-38 4 Claims
A quick-release coupling for a pair of conduits in which
the base of the fastener holding the conduits joined is parti-
ble to provide rapid release of the connection between the
conduits in an emergency.
3,642308
CONDUIT SYSTEM
George D. Zeile, Jr., Medina, and Robert O. Couch, Wad-
sworth, both of Ohio, assignors to Anvil Industries, Inc.,
Brecksville, Ohio
Filed SepL 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,122
Int. CI. FI6I 11/12
U.S. CI. 285-47 g Claims
A conduit system constructed of prefabricated sections,
each including a fluid-conducting pipe supported within and
extending through a plastic casing. The pipe in each
prefabricated section may be provided with bell and spigot
ends to facilitate quick connection of the pipe sections in the
field. In pne embodiment, the pipe is insulated and is sup-
ported in spaced relation to the inner surfaces of the sections
of casing by nonferrous pipe supports to form an annular air
966
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
space through the system around the insulated pipe. In bers are joined together at a miter joint with holes provided
another embodiment of the invention, each casing section is
filled with foam insulation around the pipe and the ends of
the casing are capped to form a sealed unit. The conduit
ttl (Its
m liz^zi
system includes anchors for restricting longitudinal move-
ment of the pipe, seals for the ends of conduit runs, reducer
structure between the ends of casing sections of different
diameters, and elbow structure designed to form thrust
blocks to resist longitudinal movement of the pipe.
3,642309
COUPLINGS
Gerald V. Horrobin, Halesowen; John F. Hutton,
Crowthorne, and Peter M. Knowles, Kidderminster, ail of
England, assignors to Henry Beakbane (Fortox) Limited,
Kidderminster, Worcester, England
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,782
Int.CI. F16I2//00
t.S. CI. 285-226 3 Claims
for electrical conductors which may extend in a horizontal
and vertical direction through the tubular members.
I 3,642311
TORQUE-TRANSMITTING JOINT
John W. Edgemond, Jr., San Diego, Calif., assignor to Gulf
Oil Corporation, San Diego, Calif.
Filed May 9. 1969, Ser. No. 823362
Int. CI. F16b 7/00; F16d 1100; F16I 21100
U.S. CI. 287^ 109 S Claims
A torque-transmitting joint, and a method for producing
such a joint, are descnbed A rotary tube and a rotary shaft
are joined by forming the tube over a plurality of teeth of
short axial length projecting radially from the shaft.
A corrugated cover is made up of a number of sections
each formed from annular elements. An end element of a
section is formed with a radial slot which ext^ds inwardly
from the outer periphery thereof and the other end element
has a radial slot which extends outwardly from the inner
periphery thereof. This slot arrangement permits rapid
coupling together of the sections.
3,642310
CORNER JOINT ASSEMBLY
Robert Hudson, Schnecksville, Pa., assignor to Keystone
Lamp Manufacturing Corp., Slatington, Pa.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 33,995
Intel. F 16b 7// S
U.S. CI. 287—54 A 4 Claims
A comer joint assembly is disclosed wherein tubular mem-
3,642312
SMEAR CLADDING FOR SEALING AND CORROSION
CONTROL IN PURE-ALUMINUM-COATED ALUMINUM
ALLOY SHEETS
A. Stanley Dalton, Bellbrook, Ohio, assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the Air
Force
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 689,871, Dec. 12,
1967, now abandoned. This application Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No.
882,181
Int. CI.F16bJ/04
U.S. CI. 287- 189.36 1 Claim
Means for smear cladding exposed end-grain high-strength
aluminum alloy in fastener-receiving openings through pure-
aluminum-coated high-strength aluminum alloy sheets by
pure-aluminum-coated hard core metallic fasteners having a
maximum diameter at least as great, or slightly greater, than
the diameter of the openings, and forcing the fasteners
through the openings to wipe off a material layer of the pure
aluminum from the fastener onto the walls of the openings
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
/ 967
from end-to-end thereof, and secure the sheet together and to move more securely into the latched position, and first
to provide pure aluminum continuity from end-to-end keeper means releasably holds the bolt in its latched position
/.
through said openings between the pure-aluminum-coated
opposite side of the sheets.
3,642313
LATCH FOR APPLIANCE DOORS
Donald L. Anderson, Rockford, HI., assignor to Amerock Cor-
poration, Rockford, 111.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,477
InL CI. E05c 5/00
U.S. CI. 292-66 9 Claims
When the appliance door is open, the latching element of
the latch is lodged within a pocket in a slot formed in the
latch bracket and is blocked against movement from an un-
latched position so as to prevent operation of the appliance.
As the door is closed, a strike directly engages the latching
element and forces the latching element out of the pocket to
free the latching element for movement from the unlatched
position. If the door is reopened before being latched but
after the latching element has been moved a short distance
from the unlatched! position, the latching element is blocked
against movement' to a fully latched position and the ap-
pliance cannot be operated.
Second keeper means releasably holds the bolt away from
said latched position
3,642,314
GRAVITY-ACTUATED LOCK
Vernon O. Smith, Ashley, and John W. Binns, Marion, both
of Ohio, assignors to Overhead Door Corporation, Marion,
Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 690,605, Dec. 14,
1967, now Patent No. 3,510,162, dated May 5, 1970. This
application Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,565
Int. CI. E05c 3/W
U.S. CI. 292-134 10 Claims
A lock structure for an upwardly acting door of a truck
van wherein a latch bolt and a manually engageable actuating
member are pivotally mounted upon the door for movement
around an axis substantially perpendicular to the plane of the
door when it is in the closed position. The latch bolt has an
elongated, arcuate hook portion adapted to extend below the
lower edge of the door for engagement with a catch pin
mounted in the truck bed. The latch bolt is urged by gravity
3,642315
MAGNETIC WINDOW LOCK
Alan Alpem, 88 Remsen Street, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40309
Int.CI. E05c 1/06
U.S. CI. 292-144 4 Claims
A magnetic window lock is disclosed for a window with a
sash and frame. The lock includes a first rod which is in-
serted in a channel through one window sash and into a
recess in either the window frame or in the other window
sash. In operation, the rod resides in both the channel and
recess to lock the window in a closed position In a preferred
embodiment another rod magnetically attractive to the
locking rod is inserted into the channel to remove the locking
rod, and thereby free the window for movement
3,642316
PIVOTED CAB WITH LOST-MOTION TILTING
MECHANISM
Dieter Porth, and Hans Rinnergschwentner, both of Rotenfeis,
Germany, assignors to Daimler-Benz AktiengeseUschaft
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,056
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 5, 1%9, P 19 1 1
118.3
Int. CI. B62d 33/06
U.S.C1.2%-28C 9 Claims
An installation for tilting the driver cab of a commercial-
type motor vehicle in which the force necessary to tilt the
968 OFFICIAL GAZETTE
cab is so transmitted to the dnver cab by way of a pivotally
February 15, 1972
3,642318
HUNTER'S BLIND
Ralph 1 \n ant. Koule # 1 . (ira.N. (la.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,567
Int. CI. A47c 29100
U.S. CI. 297-184
2 Claims
connected lever that the force is introduced into the dnver
cab to the rear of its center of gravity.
3,642317
VEHICLE BODY HEADLINING
A device for hunters enabling them to be unobserved by
T ciii^-i.. »:."■«-»■.» ■ M.^/-.»^»^..". -" ^ aevice ror nunicrs cn<iuiiii{( lucm lu i-~ uilwl^a^.l >>,■" ^^j
Carl P. Swindlehurst, Madison Heights, Mich., assignor to ^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ hunting This device is of a collapsible
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,795
Int. CI. B60j 7110
U.S. CI. 2%-l37 A
4 Claims
structure having hinged elements that are colored with a
suitable covering The device also includes an adjustable seat
member for the hunter to sit upon
3,642319
DEVICE FOR ANATOMICALLY POSITIONING THE
HUMAN BODY AGAINST A SEAT BACK
Emilio Berchicci. Via Roma 104, Isernia, Italy
Filed Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,046
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 23, 1968, 3303A/68
Int. CI. A47c 3100
U.S. CI. 297-284 | 1 Claim
A vehicle body includes a roof inner panel provided with a
number of longitudinally spaced rows of laterally aligned T-
shaped openings having their heads directed laterally of the
body and their shanks directed longitudinally and fonvardly
of the body. An intermediate row of elongated openings di-
vides the T-shaped openings into front and rear groups The
elongated openings extend laterally of the body and include
elongated heads and narrower elongated shanks. The
headlining is conventionally provided with listing wires
received in pockets. Clips, corresponding in number and
spacing to the openings in a respective row, are preasscmbled
to each listing wire. Each clip includes a generally rectangu-
larly shaped flat head, an intermediate integral neck, and an
integral bifurcated body portion clamping the listing wire
within a pocket. The listing wires respective to the rear group
of openings are installed in sequence forwardly of the body
by simultaneously inserting the heads of a row of clips within
the heads of a row of T-shaped openings and then moving the
listing wire forwardly of the body to move the necks of the
clips within the shanks of such openings so that the clip
heads overlie the inner panel and the clip necks engage the
base edges of the shanks of the openings. At the intermediate
row of openings, the heads of the clips are inserted within the
elongated heads of the openings and the clips are then moved
relative to the listing wire so that the clip heads overlie the
shanks of such openings. This holds the necks of the preced-
ing rows of clips against the base edges of the shanks of the
T-shaped openings and tensions the headlining between the
rows of insulled clips. The remaining rows of clips are in-
stalled in the same manner as the rows preceding the inter-
mediate row. The front and rear edges of the headlining are
cemented to the backlite and windshield headers and the side
edges are conventionally secured to the roof rails of the
body.
A roller located within a hollow seat back and adjacent the
portion thereof normally engaged by the back of the person
using the seat is pivotally mounted for swinging movement to
press against and move outwardly a portion of the seat back.
The roller assemnly is vertically adjustable to select the posi-
tion at which the back will be engaged and means are pro-
vided for clamping the device in adjusted positions.
3,642320
VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE BOAT SEAT
Milton K. Ward, Monticello, Ark., assignor to DuraCraft
Boats, Inc.
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,502
Int. CI. A47c 3134
U.S. CI. 297-345 3 Claims
A swivel chair mounted on a base secured to the floor of a
boat The seat of the chair is supported by a post locked in a
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
969
vertically adjusted position to the base by a lock rod extend- pedestal. The cover assembly eliminates or hides from view
unsightly components or projections and prevents wearing or
ing through the post and slots in a portion of the base
telescopingly receiving the post.
tearing of clothing or chafing of skin when a passenger
3,642321 brushes against a seat.
HEAD AND NECK REST ;
Bemhard Schwarz, 1 1 Ekhenstrasse, Muri, Bern, Switzerland
FUed Jan. 27, 1 970, Ser. No. 6, 1 76 3,642323
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 28, 1969, MOLDED PLASTIC FURNITURE CONSTRUCTION
1 153/69 WiUiam Paul Taylor, 559 Provident, Winnetka, Dl.
Int. CI. A47c 7138 FUed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,516
U^. CI. 297-410 6 Claims Int- CI. A47c 7102, 1112
MS. CI. 297-456 6 Claims
A head and neck rest for automobile or airplane seats
comprises a headpiece and means for mounting the head-
piece above the backrest of a seat. The mounting means in-
clude a sleeve member which is fixed within the backrest and
an upright rod longitudinally traversing the sleeve. The sleeve
and the headpiece are longitudinally adjustable on the rod
for varying the position of height of the headpiece above the
backrest. Spring means preferably consisting of rubber
blocks are engaged between the internal surface of the sleeve
and the rod to exert pressure on the sleeve in a direction
from the front towards the back of the headpiece for fric-
tionally arresting the headpiece in its adjusted position on the
rod. Friction-increasing inserts may be arranged between the
rod and the internal surface of the sleeve.
3,642322
SEAT WITH DECORATIVE COVER ASSEMBLY
Raymond A. BQaiida, Palatine, III., assignor to Coach and
Car Equipment Corporation, Elk Grove Village, III.
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,189
Int CI. A47c 1112, 4/52, 31/00
U.S. CI. 297-445 9 Claims
A seat for mass transportation vehicles and a decorative
cover assembly for the rear of the seat back and for the seat
A molded plastic seating unit in which a rigid molded shell
provides a base having a cavity adapted to accept a seated
person. A body of elastic and resilient material is secured to
the peripheral edge of the shell, and drawn tautly across the
cavity. Resilient supporting materials are disposed within the
enclosed space between the cavity and the elastic body. Nor-
mally, the seating unit, when unused, presents a solid con-
toured appearance. The support materials and elastic body
are deformed when supporting a person seated on the unit,
however since these materials and body return to their
original shape after the user has arisen from the seat, the
seating unit again presents a solid contoured appearance.
3,642324
LOAD-SUPPORTING BED UNIT FOR A TRUCK
Tom E. Conner, Elk Grove, Calif., assignor to Tom's Hydrau-
Ik Supply, Elk Grove, CaUf.
rUed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,085
Intel. B60p//i'/
U.S. CI. 298-11 3 Claims
A load-supporting bed unit, for a truck, comprised of a
normally lowered but upwardly movable frame connected
between a fixed structure on the truck and a load-supporting
bed thereabove, and a power device adapted to move the
895 O.G.— 35
970
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
frame upwardly; the frame and associated mechanism being
arranged so that the bed, when moved upwardly by the
power device, normally remains in its horizontal position, or-
N BY
3,642,326
STEPPER ADVANCING APPARATUS FOR DRILLING
INCLINED TUNNELS
Willi Steufmehl, Erkelenz/Rhineland, Germany, assignor to
Maschinen- und Bohrgerate-Fabrik Alfred Wirth & Co.
K.G.. Erkelenz Rhineland, Germany
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,484
Claims priority, application Germany, June 23, 1969, P 19 31
775.0
IntCI.EOlqJ/04
U.S. CI. 299-31 6 Claims
—upon nonmanuaJ quick repositioning of certain novel
means— is caused to tilt rearwardly to a bacic -dumping posi-
tion, selectively.
3,642325
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR MINING BY RETREAT
REAMING
Charles S. Mulvaney, 221 1 Grccnkaf Avenue, Chicago, III.
FUed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,789
Int. CI. E21b 9130; E21c 27122
U.S. CI. 299-18 13 Claims
The invention relates to a machine for cutting tunnels,
shafts or the like, comprising a machine frame carrying a drill
head at its leading extremity and a bracing or anchoring
mechanism displaceable relative to the machine frame, which
comprises clamping plates arranged to be thrust against the
wall of the excavation
3,642,327
BEARING SEALS
William D. Walther, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The Dayton
Steel Foundry Company, Dayton, Ohio
Filed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878327
Int. CI. B60b 27/00
U.S. CI. 301 — 108R 1 Claim
A process of mining a horizontal coal seam in an un-
derground mine comprising first boring a hole in the middle
of the seam while continuously removing the coal with an
auger conveyor. Then after suitable penetration reaming
wings on the conveyor are opened to span the full height of
the seam. The wings have cutters on them so that as the ap-
paratus is withdrawn the coal is broken and conveyed to the
accessible face. The apparatus includes an advance mining
head. A tubular enclosure for the conveyor carries the wings
which are pivoted on longitudinally extending axes. A
retracting movement of the shaft which drives the apparatus
causes opening movement of the wings. Spiral ribs on the tu-
bular enclosure engage the coal and urge the apparatus for-
wardly as it is rotated and resist rearward movement when
the shaft is retracted. Doors between the wings and conveyor
open to admit the cut coal into the conveyor and close to
retain the coal on the conveyor. Flanges on the wings act to
retain the coal. Rollers are carried by the wings to engage the
coal and support the weight of the apparatus. Conveyor sec-
tions are attached to the shaft rearwardly of the reaming sec-
tion. Propellers on the shaft and spiral vanes on the tubular
enclosure form a transition conveying means between the
reaming section and the rear conveyor sections.
A boat trailer wheel hub is provided with a flexible
diaphragm which encloses the exposed end of the spindle and
which has a peripheral portion in sealing engagement with
the open end of the hub. When the boat trailer hub is sub-
jected to a sudden temperature change, such as sudden cool-
ing by being backed into water, the diaphragm prevents
water from being drawn into the hub. In one embodiment,
the diaphragm is carried as a part of the hubcap and in
another embodiment it is retained separate from the hubcap.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
971
3,642328
METHOD FOR PRODUCING MAXIMUM VEHICLE
DECELERATION
Harvison C. Holland, 230 22nd Street, SanU Monica, Calif.
Filed Feb. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 708,880
Intel. B60t; 7/00
U.S. CI. 303-6 R 25 Claims
s.^
ERRATA
For Classes 305—38 and 306—1.5 see:
Patent Nos. 3,642,332 and 3.642.333
3,642330
ROLLER WAV BEARING
WiUiam G. Newman, Oak Park, Mich., assignor to Beaver
Precision Products, Inc., Troy, Mich.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,943
Int. CI. F16c 29106. 33/36
U.S. CI. 308-6 C i'* Claims
The method of producing maximum deceleration of a vehi-
cle by ( 1 ) determining the location of the center of gravity
and the weight of the vehicle, and from this information
establishing the maximum stopping forces obtainable at the
front and rear wheels of the vehicle at various coefficients of
friction between the tire and the road surface; (2) determin-
ing the braking forces produced by the front and rear wheel
brakes for various increments of hydraulic fluid displaced by
the master cylinder pistons into the hydraulic lines; and (3)
then displacing master cylinder hydraulic fluid into the
hydraulic lines for the front and rear wheel brakes to
produce the previously established maximum stopping forces
at the front and rear wheels as the brake control is actuated.
3,642329
WHEEL SLIP DETECTION DEVICE PARTICULARLY
FOR MULTIWHEEL VEHICLES
Richard Zechnall, Stuttgart; Hebnut Domann, Leonberg; Hel-
mut Fleischer; Klaus Christ, both of Stuttgart, and Wolf-
gang Maisch, Schwieberdingen, all of Germany, assignors to
Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,825
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 19, 1969, P 19 19
929.2
Int CI. B60t 8/12
U.S. CI. 303-21 BE 15 Claims
7~^^^SO<^C£te ,
''S
J3
u
'j^
JCA/Tjeai. POT ^
i\r^ 30'
•%
45
n
3d
4
'4/T-^G'ejQros.
^4f
// n ^^
The rollers of a recirculating roller way bearing are
crowned convexly to distribute the loading on each roller
more uniformly across the entire length thereof and thereby
increase the load-bearing capacity of the roller and to reduce
skewing caused by excessive and unequal loading on the ends
of the roller. Strap-type retainers hold the rollers in the race
of the bearing without guiding the rollers as they circulate so
as to leave the bearings free to aUgn themselves in the race.
3,642331
HYBRID BEARING
Alexander Silver, Tarzana, Calif., assignor to The Garrett
Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 12, 1%9, Ser. No. 884395
Int CI. F16c 27/00
U.S. CI. 308-35 29 Claims
To detect transition from rolling to slipping of a wheel over
a surface, a transducer coupled to the wheel provides output
pulses having a repetition rate representative of wheel speed.
The pulses are applied to a logic circuit, including a pair of
multivibrators, one of which has a variable time circuit, con-
Uolling its unstable state in dependence on pulse repetition
rate. Control of the unstable state is obtained by means of a
band-pass filter coupled to an integrator, the output of the
band-pass filter further controlling a comparison and coin-
cidence network, the output from the network activating a
wheel slip detector and, if desired, overriding control of
braking.
A hybrid bearing which includes a rolling contact bearing
for startup and low-speed operation, and a hydrodynamic foil
bearing for high-speed operation. The hydrodynamic foil may
be included between the shaft and the inner race of the
rolling contact bearing or between the outer race of the
rolling contact bearing and the bushing. A clutch may be in-
cluded to provide the switch over between the low-speed
rolling contact and the high-speed hydrodynamic foil of the
hybrid bearing.
970
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
frame upwardly; the frame and associated mechanism being ^'^^'^^.^.^ .^„ .^„„ , ,^,^
ai^ged so that the bed, when moved upwardly by the STEPPER ADVANCING APPARATOS FOR DRILLING
power device, normally remains in its horizontal position, or- INCLINED TUNNELS
Willi Steufmehl. Erkelenz/Rhineland, Germany, assignor to
Maschinen- und Bohrgerate-Fabrik Alfred Wirth & Co.
K.G., Erkelenz, Rhlneland. Germany
Filed Dec. 23, 1%9, Ser. No. 887,484
Claims priority, application Germany, June 23, 1969, P 19 31
775.0
IntCI. EOlqJ/04
U.S. CI. 299-31 6 Claims
—upon nonmanual quick repositioning of certain novel
means— is caused to tilt rearwardly to a back-dumping posi-
tion, selectively.
3,642,325
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR MINING BY RETREAT
REAMING
Charles S. Mulvaney, 221 1 Grccnieaf Avenue, Chicago, III.
FUed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,789
Int. CI. E21b 9130; E21c 27/22
U.S. CI. 299-18 13 Claims
L
The invention relates to a machine for cutting tunnels,
shafts or the like, comprising a machine frame carrying a drill
head at its leading extremity and a bracing or anchoring
mechanism displaceable relative to the machine frame, which
comprises clamping plates arranged to be thrust against the
wall of the excavation
3,642327
BEARING SEALS
William D. Walther, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The Dayton
Steel Foundry Company, Dayton, Ohio
nied Nov. 20, 1%9, Ser. No. 878,327
Int. CI. B60b 27/00
U.S. CI. 301-108R 1 Claim
A process of mining a horizontal coal seam in an un-
derground mine comprising first boring a hole in the middle
of the seam while continuously removing the coal with an
auger conveyor. Then after suitable penetration reaming
wings on the conveyor are opened to span the full height of
the seam. The wings have cutters on them so that as the ap-
paratus is withdrawn the coal is broken and conveyed to the
accessible face. The apparatus includes an advance mining
head. A tubular enclosure for the conveyor carries the wings
which are pivoted on longitudinally extending axes. A
retracting movement of the shaft which drives the apparatus
causes opening movement of the wings. Spiral ribs on the tu-
bular enclosure engage the coal and urge the apparatus for-
wardly as it is rotated and resist rearward movement when
the shaft is retracted. Doors between the wings and conveyor
open to admit the cut coal into the conveyor and close to
retain the coal on the conveyor. Flanges on the wings act to
retain the coal. Rollers are carried by the wings to engage the
coal and support the weight of the apparatus. Conveyor sec-
tions are attached to the shaft rearwardly of the reaming sec-
tion. Propellers on the shaft and spiral vanes on the tubular
enclosure form a transition conveying means between the
reaming section and the rear conveyor sections.
A boat trailer wheel hub is provided with a flexible
diaphragm which encloses the exposed end of the spindle and
which has a peripheral portion in sealing engagement with
the open end of the hub. When the boat trailer hub is sub-
jected to a sudden temperature change, such as sudden cool-
ing by being backed into water, the diaphragm prevents
water from being drawn into the hub. In one embodiment,
the diaphragm is carried as a part of the hubcap and in
another embodiment it is retained separate from the hubcap.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
971
3,642328
METHOD FOR PRODUCING MAXIMUM VEHICLE
DECELERATION
Harvison C. HoUand, 230 22nd Street, SanU Monica, Calif.
Filed Feb. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 708,880
Intel. B60t/y /OO
U.S. CI. 303-6 R 25 Claims
ERRATA
For Classes 305—38 and 306—1.5 see:
Patent Nos. 3,642,332 and 3,642,333
3,642330
ROLLER WAY BEARING
WiUiam G. Newman, Oak Park, Mich., assignor to Beaver
Precision Products, Inc., Troy, Mkh.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,943
Int. CI. F16c 29106, 33/36
VS. CI. 308-6 C J 4 Claims
The method of producing maximum deceleration of a vehi-
cle by ( 1 ) determining the location of the center of gravity
and the weight of the vehicle, and from this information
establishing the maximum stopping forces obtainable at the
front and rear wheels of the vehicle at various coefficients of
friction between the tire and the road surface; (2) determin-
ing the braking forces produced by the front and rear wheel
brakes for various increments of hydraulic fluid displaced by
the master cylinder pistons into the hydraulic lines; and (3)
then displacing master cylinder hydraulic fluid into the
hydraulic lines for the front and rear wheel brakes to
produce the previously established maximum stopping forces
at the front and rear wheels as the brake control is actuated.
3 642329
WHEEL SLIP DETECTION DEVICE PARTICULARLY
FOR MULTIWHEEL VEHICLES
Richard Zechnall, Stuttgart; Hebnut Doniann, Leonberg; Hel-
mut Fleischer; Klaus Christ, both of Stuttgart, and Wolf-
gang Maisch, Schwieberdingen, all of Germany, assignors to
Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Gernumy
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,825
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 19, 1969, P 19 19
929.2
InLCl. B60t5//2
U.S. CI. 303-21 BE 15 Claims
T'^^^S^^^:^^ .
0
HOhOl
^^T ^
tf
t/^t-S^^ Jl^
-J9
♦ T^G-ejiro^
The rollers of a recirculating roller way bearing are
crowned convexly to distribute the loading on each roller
more uniformly across the entire length thereof and thereby
increase the load-bearing capacity of the roller and to reduce
skewing caused by excessive and unequal loading on the ends
of the roller. Strap-type retainers hold the rollers in the race
of the bearing without guiding the rollers as they circulate so
as to leave the bearings free to align themselves in the race.
3,642331
HYBRID BEARING
Alexander Silver, Tarzana, Calif., assignor to The Garrett
Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 12, 1%9, Ser. No. 884395
Int. CI. F 16c 27/00
U.S. CI. 308—35
29 Claims
To detect transition from rolling to slipping of a wheel over
a surface, a transducer coupled to the wheel provides output
pulses having a repetition rate representative of wheel speed.
The pulses are applied to a logic circuit, including a pair of
multivibrators, one of which has a variable time circuit, con-
trolling its unstable state in dependence on pulse repetition
rate. Control of the unstable state is obtained by means of a
band-pass filter coupled to an integrator, the output of the
band-pass filter further controlling a comparison and coin-
cidence network, the output from the network activating a
wheel slip detector and, if desired, overriding control of
braking.
A hybrid bearing which includes a rolling contact bearing
for startup and low-speed operation, and a hydrodynamic foil
bearing for high-speed operation. The hydrodynamic foil may
be included between the shaft and the inner race of the
rolling contact bearing or between the outer race of the
rolling contact bearing and the bushing. A clutch may be in-
cluded to provide the switch over between the low-speed
rolling contact and the high-speed hydrodynamic foil of the
hybrid bearing.
972
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642332
TRACK PAD RETENTION DEVICE
Alex H. Sinclair, SouthfieM; Ted Kozowyk, Detroit, both of
Mich.; Ralph K. Reynolds, Saratoga; Robert F. Neargarder.
San Jose, and Robert H. Edson, Monte Sereno, ail of Calif.,
assignors to The United States of America as represented by
the Secretary of the Army
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,404
Int. CI. B62d 55/26
IJ.S. CI. 305-38 3 Claims
^4 JO <?<' -?<?
This invention relates to the field of tracks for tracked
vehicles and more particularly to tracks having removable
track pads
3,642,333
CLAMP
Fred W. Eisenhardt. and Hartley N. Ellingson, both of Fargo,
N. Dak., assignors to Altoway Manufacturing, Inc., Fargo,
N. Dak.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,258
Int.CI. A01by5//2
U.S. CI. 306— 1.5 15 Claims
A plurality of electrode pairs are positioned around the
conductive member, with one electrode of a pair positioned
opposite the other electrode of a pair. A periodic signal
source provides a square wave reference signal. A pair of am-
plifiers are connected to the electrodes of a pair with each
amplifier receiving the periodic signal as an input. A dif-
ferential amplifier is connected across the pair of electrodes
to provide an output signal proportional to the voltage dif-
3,642^334
ELECTROSTATIC SUPPORT SYSTEM
James L. Atkinson, La Mirada, Calif., assignor to North
American Rockwell Corporation
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,604
Int. CI. F16c 39106
U^. CI. 308-10 8 Claims
An electrostatic support for supporting an electrically con-
ductive member, for example, a spherically shaped gyroscope
rotor. /
«r^
ference between the electrodes and the supported conductive
member Switch means are provided for increasing or
decreasing the gain of one amplifier while decreasing or in-
creasing, respectively, the gain of the other amplifier in
response to the difference signal so as to increase the mag-
nitude of the periodic signal applied to one electrode and to
decrease the magnitude of the periodic signal applied to the
other electrode so as to coerce the electrically supported
conductive member towards a centered position.
3,642335
SEALED BEARING
Tadanobu Takahashi, and Yoshiro Kan, both of Fi^isawa,
Japan, assignors to Nippon Seiko Kabushiki Kaisha, Maru-
nouchi, Chiyoda-ku, Japan
Filed Sept. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 71,509
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 12, 1969, 44/86234
Int. CI. F16c 33/76, 33/80
U.S. CI. 308- 1 87. 1 3 Claims
A tool bar clamp for connecting a standard of an earth-
working toolholder to a support, as a tool bar of a cultivator
The clamp has a body with a passageway for receiving a por-
tion of the standard. A first pair of nut and bolt assemblies,
engageable with the forward edge of the standard, clamp the
standard against the back of the body. A second pair of nut
and bolt iissemblies. mounted on the side of the body, clamp
the side of the standard in the body to fix the lateral and per-
pendicular position of the standard in the clamp. The body is
mounted on the support with a retainer and a pair of nut and
bolt assemblies.
A sealed ball or roller bearing which comprises a pair of
seal plates interposed between an outer and inner race, the
inner race having a seal groove of a substantially U- or L-
shaped cross section formed in the outer surface thereof,
each of the seal plates having its outer edge hermetically
secured to the outer race, the inner edge portion of the seal
plate being formed with an inner seal lip facing the seal
groove of the inner race in spaced relationship therewith to
provide a reduced clearance therebetween, an intermediate
seal lip contacting the seal groove, and an outer seal lip out
of contact with the seal groove to provide a labyrinth
clearance therebetween, thus forming a seal portion of the
bearing which is suitable for low-torque high-speed rotation.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
973
3,642336
DISPENSING DEVICE
Wilfred G. Harvey, Sr., Green Brook, N J., assignor to Gk>be
Rubber Products Corp., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 766,459
Int. CI. B65h 19/04
U^. CI. 312-37 7 Claims
and a vertical arm extending upwardly from the front end of
the angular arm to the plane of the horizontal arm where it is
then bent to begin a second triangle of the same configura-
tion and dimensions as the first, such pattern continuing to
form a series of triangles in a vertical offset relationship for
supporting an accordion -folded-type filing folder. The cantil-
A cabinetJike dispensing device is provided, for containing
rolls of wrapping products, such as metal foil, plastic wrap,
waxed paper and the like. The cabinet also has provisions for
carrying an additional roll, for example of paper towels
suspended therebeneath.
3,642337
CASSETTE CONTAINER
Jay Manhcim, 860 United Natkms Plaza, New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,975
Int. CI. A16b 12/00; A47b 53/02
U,S. CI. 312— 111 10 Claims
A cassette container which may be releasably secured to
identical, other containers to form a filelike storage assembly
for cassettes. The container includes a housing with a drawer
slidably mounted for longitudinal motion within the housing
between exposed and enclosed positions. Tongue and groove
members formed at upper and lower ends of the housing ena-
ble the upper end of the container to be releasably secured to
the lower end of another identical container. Numerous con-
tainers can be assembled one upon another to form a con-
nected vertical stack.
3,642338
CONTINUOUS WIRE SUPPORT
David H. Humphrey, San Juan, P.R., assignor to Ortrit Inter-
national, Inc.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,822
Int CI. A47b / 7/00
U^. CI. 312— 184 3 Claims
A filing mechanism includes improved cantilever support
means and accordion-folded filing folders carried on the sup-
port means. The cantilever support means are comprised of a
continuous wire element formed in a manner to facilitate
easy installation and shaped as adjacent triangles comprised
of a horizontal arm, an angular support arm extending for-
wardly at an angle 6 from the rear end of the horizontal arm,
ever support arms are supported by two brackets located at
the top and bottom of the vertical arms, v^ith each bracket
having slots for receiving the vertical arms and having a
detachable portion for locking the vertical arms in place so
as to secure the support arms to the brackets. By swinging
the cantilever arms of)en, access is permitted to the material
filed in the accordion fold between the said arms.
3,642339
WAREHOUSING STORAGE SYSTEM
Walter A. Ruderfer, 101 Monmouth, Brookline, Mass.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,212
Int. CI. A47b 57/00, 97/00
U^. CI. 312-283 10 Claims
/^,
y '■' ■f^^^*-
z L L J 'ft^r z 'i1^
14
In a warehousing storage system wherein the products are
grouped into unit loads, a storage structure is disclosed which
includes vertical and horizontal rows of individually isolated
compartments, each intended to accommodate a substantial
number (e.g., 50) of unit loads along its length. The compart-
ments are preferably constructed from modular elements
formed of concrete or other suitable fireproof material to
provide a dimensionally stable storage structure compatible
with automated order selection arrangements and demon-
strating efficient space utilization.
974
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3 642340 dudes at least two intersecting reflective surfaces which
HIGH-PRESSURE METAL VAPOR DISCHARGE LAMP generate the kaleidoscopic images. In making a photographic
Mikiya Yamanc, Kiinitachi-shi; Akira Saito; Katsuyoshi Mat- record, a camera is positioned adjacent or in the other end
sumoto; Kenkhi Kawasumi; Kazuo Murayama, and Hiroshi
Sttgiyama, all of Ome-shi, Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct 29, 1969, S«r. No. 872,165
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Nov, 1, 1968, 43/79293
Int CI. HOlj 9138
U.S.C1. 316— 20 2 Claims
/O I
An improved method of sealing off exhaust tubes in the
manufacture of high-pressure metal vapor discharge lamps
comprising a translucent ceramic tube containing therein Na.
Hg or like metal.
3,642341
OPTICAL AIMING DEVICE FOR RIFLES
Paul Sdfried, Badenwdlcr, Germany, assignor to RheinmeUU
GmbH, Dusscklorf, Germany
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,427
Claims priority, application Germany, May 14, 1969, P 19 24
606.1
IntCI.F41g7/iS
U.S. CI. 350-10 6 Claims
I
V ^
An optical aiming device for rifles, which comprises a tele-
scopic sight equipped with an aiming member, and a tubular
carrying-grip. The telescopic sight is mounted swingably to
ail sides, as well as screwable inside of the substantially cylin-
drical carrying-grip provided on the rifles.
3,642342
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING A
REPRODUCTION
Raymundo De Larrain, Westbury Hotel, Madison Ave. &
69th Street, New Yorii, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 808,944
Int. CI. G02b 27/05
U.S. CI. 350-4 10 Claims
The disclosure relates to making a reproduction such as a
photographic record of multiple or kaleidoscopic-type
images with extreme clarity and little or no distortion of the
subject. The subject is positioned preferably within and ad-
jacent one end portion of an elongated enclosure which in-
portion of the enclosure at a point where it views and records
the subject as well as at least a portion of the subject's
kaleidoscopic images.
3,642343
LINEAR OPTICAL SCANNING DEVICE
Sarkis K. Tch^eyan, South Milwaukee, and James A. Repin-
ski, Milwaukee, both of Wis., assignors to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,238
Int. CI. G02b/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 350-6 1 Claim
'i-i
A linearly oscillating mirror and an objective lens movable
therewith transversely scan an incident light beam and reflect
the beam sequentially to a pair of mutually perpendicular
mirrors mounted together for linear oscillation in the same
direction as the first mirror. A motor driven cam drives the
pair of mirrors in phase with and at one-half the amplitude of
the first mirror such that the optical path length through the
scanning device remains constant.
3,642344
OPTICAL SCANNER HAVING HIGH-FREQUENCY
TORSIONAL OSCILLATOR
William R. Corker, Wahham, Mass., assignor to Honeywell,
Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Fikd Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,080
Int. CI. G02b/ 7/06
U.S. CI. 350-6 3 Claims
A high-frequency torsional oscillator for use in an optical
scanner assembly, including a torsion rod whose ends are
connected to a frame through a pair of flexural members
which have lower torsional spring constants than the torsion
rod A mirror is attached to the torsion rod near its center,
and a pair of rotors are attached to the torsion rod near its
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
976
ends. Electromagnetic drivers are positioned near the rotors
for imparting oscillatory motion thereto when the drivers are
energized with a sinusoidally varying current. A phase-lock
3,642347
_X IMPROVED EXTERNAL LIGHT DEFLECTION
APPARATUS
James Lipp, Poughkeepik, N.Y., assignor to Intematkmal
Business Machines Corporatkm, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102374
Int CI. G02f U26
U.S. a. 350- 1 50 1 2 Claims
loop feedback system is used to drive the torsion rod as-
sembly at a resonant frequency so that the mirror and the ro-
tors oscillate with opposite phase, causing a pair of nodes to
appear on the torsion rod between the mirror and the rotors.
3,642345
SKELETAL CASE FOR BINOCULARS
Alfred A. Akin, Jr., West Covina, and Russell E. Prentice,
Pasadena, both of Calif., assignors to Bushndl Optical Cor-
poration, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,965
Int. CI. G02b 23118
U.S. CI. 350—65 1 Claim
Light deflection apparatus, operative under electro-optic
control, employing a birefringent deflecting element in
spaced-apart, parallel, substantially coextensive relationship
with an isotropic alignment element and including a refrac-
tive index-matching liquid filling the space between the
birefringent and isotropic elements. The preferred liquid, a
polychlorinated polypheny! oil, has a tendency to break
down when exposed to high potentials generated in the elec-
tro-optic switches. To eliminate the breakdown, the liquid is
confined between the birefringent and isotropic elements
within a container and insulated from the switching voltages.
The container structure includes adjustment means for
precisely varying the distance and angle of the isotropic ele-
ment with respect to the birefringent element.
3,642348
IMAGING SYSTEM
Joseph J. Wysocki; James E. Adams, both of Webster, and
Robert W. Madrid, Macedon, all of N.Y., assignors to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867393
IntCI.G02f 7/2S
U.S. CI. 350- 160 6 Claims
A skeletal open-frame case providing protective covers for
objective and ocular lenses of a binocular. The case has lens-
covering caps or panels which are connected by a flexible
strap, or which are made of magnetic material to be attracted
to the binocular and to each other. The case collapses into a
compact pocket-storable configuration when not in use.
3,642346
PICTORIAL PARALLAX PANORAMAGRAM INCLUDING
A CELLULOSE ESTER HOT MELT THERMOPLASTIC
VIEWING SCREEN
John H. Dittmar, Maaonville, NJ., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,728
Int CI. B44c 1120; B44d ///6. G02b 27122
U.S. CI. 350— 131 12 Claims
A pictorial parallax panoramagram comprising a Unciform
image lay^r, a lenticular screen formed from a cellulose ester
hot melt thermoplastic composition, said screen iiaving a
base face and a lenticulated forward face, there being a
transparent layer of a primer composition between said
image layer and said lenticulated screen base face, said image
layer being in alignment with said lenticulated forward face,
and said transparent layer comprising at least about 55 per-
cent by weight of a tall oil fatty acid alkyd varnish.
A system which transforms a cholesteric liquid crystalline
material from its Grandjean or "disturbed" texture state to
its focal-conic or "undisturbed" texture state by an applied
electrical field, and an imaging system wherein a cholesteric
liquid crystalline member is imaged in a desired image con-
figuration by the electric field-induced texture transition
system.
976
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3 642-349
METHOD OF REPRODUCING X-RAY PICTURES
Friedrich Bestenreiner, Gnienwald, German)'; Silvaan Rene
Lambeir, Bonheiden, and Louis Achilles Meeussen, Mortsel,
both of Belgium, assignors to Agfa-Gevaert Aktien-
geseUschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,627
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 21, 1969, P 19 02
748.6
Int. CI. G02b 27/22, 2 7/i5
U.S. CI. 350- 162 SF 10 Claims
V
ET
X
Stereoscopic X-ray photographs form photographic pic-
tures on one or two record carriers on which also gratings are
formed. When the pictures are projected through apertures
of a diaphragm, positive and negative images having different
diffraction orders are produced whose intensities are simul-
taneously decreased and increased by grey wedges so that the
combined image is varied between positive and negative con-
ditions.
3,642350
COMPUTER-GENERATED nUTERING METHOD
Peter M. Hlrsch; James A. Jordan, Jr., and Louis B. Lesem,
all of Houston, Tex., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
rrfed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,260
Int. CI. G06g 9/00: G02b 27/38
U.S. CI. 350-162 SF 7 Claims
A method of optical filtering in which a phase object is
constructed in accordance with the desired convolutional
filter operator and during the filtering operation incoherent
light is used. This type of incoherent filtering method is made
applicable to filter operators having negative portions which
would require negative intensities by biasing the phase object
to make is everywhere nonnegative. The bias is then removed
during display by means of a vidicon system.
3,642351
EXPANDED TRIPLET OBJECTIVE HAVING AT LEAST
FOUR ELEMENTS
Albrecht W. Tronnier, Gottingen; Joachim Eggert, and Fritz
Uberhagen, both of Braunschweig, all of Germany, as-
signors to Voigtiander A.G.
Filed June 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 836,690
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 14, 1968,
8,895/68
Int. CI. G02b 9/34, 9/60, 9/62
U.S. CI. 350-215 11 Claims
A relatively powerful objective of relatively wide aperture
having at least four elements of the expanded triplet-type
situated in air The objective includes a forward component
made up of three elements and including a rear negative ele-
ment which is followed by a rear component. The front ele-
ment of the forward component has a concave hollow front
surface directed forwardly toward the object and this front
surface has an overcorrecting action. The various elements of
the forward component provide it in its entirety with a bicon-
cave configuration, and the limits of the ranges used for the
various parts and groups of parts of the objective enable it to
achieve a highly efficient optical action for an objective
which has a relatively wide aperture in the range of from ap-
proximately//4 up to //1 .8 or greater.
3,642352
PIVOTED MIRROR FOR ELBOW JOINT IN LIGHT TUBE
Allan David Beach, Newbury, England, assignor to National
Research Development Corporation, London, England
Filed Dec. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 883,451
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec 10, 1968,
58,687/68
Int. CI. G02b 5/08: A61b 17/36
U.S. CI. 350-288 7 Claims
1hl4
16 ^\ 18 10
,\A\\\\\
\SSSSSSS3
A mirror is mounted so that a light beam directed on to it
with a given alignment relative to one of two relatively
rotatable members is reflected with a fixed alignment relative
to the other member as the two members are rotated. This
requires half-rate relative rotation of the mirror, which is
achieved by connecting it to balls or like rollable bodies ar-
ranged to roll in circular paths between surfaces on the two
members. The device may be used in a laser beam manipula-
tor, for example for surgery
3,642353
ADJUSTABLE MIRROR ASSEMBLY
Richard H. FieM, Broomall, Pa., assignor to Lasermation,
Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,435
Int. CI.G02b7//5
U.S. CI. 350-310 5 Claims
A mirror assembly suitable for use in reflecting a laser
beam or any other light beam, in which the mirror can be
positioned to rotate about a pair of orthogonal axes to the
plane of the reflective surface of the mirror. The mirror is
mounted on the front of a trunnion having spherical
peripheral side surfaces which are journaled in the cor-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
97'
responding spherical bearing surfaces of a surrounding cap.
The center of the sphere along which the spherical trunnion
surfaces and the bearing surfaces lie is located at the inter-
section of the orthogonal axes at the reflecting surface of the
mirror about which rotation of the mirror is desired. The
spherical trunnion surfaces and the spherical bearing surfaces
are urged together by means of a partially compressed wave
spring acting between a shoulder on the trunnion and a cap-
ture ring secured to the front of the cap. The trunnion has a
rearward extension within the cap which can be adjustably
positioned rotationally about the center of the spherical sur-
faces by means of set screws extending through the cap and
bearing against the sides of the extension of 90° from each
other. The above-described unit is preferably secured
together as an integral module, which in turn can be
removably secured to a baseplate on a mirror comer support,
with the mirror extending through an opening in the
baseplate and comer support so as to be exposed to the laser
beam. The front of the mirror is positioned forwardly of the
remainder of the module so that it can readily be cleaned.
3,642354
MOTION PICTURE CAMERA
Rolf Heinzmann, Schmidcn, Germany, assignor to Robert
Bosch Photokino GmbH, Stuttgart-Unterturkhcim, Ger-
nuny
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,234
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 20, 1968, P 17 97
131.2
Int. CI. G03b 2/ /i6
U.S. CI. 352-91 7 Claims
A motion picture camera with dissolving shutter for
fadeout and fade-in effects includes a mask which overlies a
light-admitting opening in front of the film gate when the
motor is operated in reverse following the fadeout. The mask
prevents exposure of the film during rewinding preparatory
to fade-in in the event that the operator fails to fully close the
shutter during fadeout.
3,642355
VIDEO nLM PROJECTOR
Eari Chamberlain, P.O. Box 603, Mount Hermon, Calif.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,896
Int-CI. G03b2//50
U.S. CI. 352-92 2 Claims
A film-coding and code-reading device for a motion pic-
ture projector comprises a film-edge-notching punch and a
film edge notch sensor. The punch and sensor are disposed in
coaxial relationship v^thin the projector gate whereby any
desired film frame may be editorily marked.
3,642356
CINEMATOGRAPHIC PROJECTORS
Mario Carignano, Turin, Italy, assignor to Silma S.P.A., Tu-
rin, Italy
FUed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,083
Claims prioritv, application ltal\. Jan. 29, 1969, 50343- \ 69:
Feb. 22, 1%9.50695-A 69
Int. CI. G03b2y/45
U.S. CI. 352- 180 10 Claims
A prbjector for cinematograph film of reduced gauge is
provided with locking means for locking the film-driving ele-
ment in a p>osition of disengagement from the film, while the
projector film drive mechanism for displacing the film-driv-
ing element remains in operation. The locking means are
rendered inoperable at intervals by electrical impulses
synchronized with the projector drive mechanism to cause
the driving element to engage the film intermittently at inter-
vals determined by the frequency of the impulses.
3,642357
MOTION PICTURE PROJECTOR
Fred H. Meyer, Huntington, N.Y., assignor to Picker Cor-
poration, White Plains, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 787,684, Dec., 1968,
now abandoned. Iliis application Sept 4, 1970, Ser. No.
69,973
Int. CI. G03b 1/38
US. CI. 352-189 23 Claims
A movie projector has flickerless forward and reverse film
advance at speeds determined by a Geneva intermittent drive
mechanism controlled by a rotary timing disc driven at a rate
proportional to the film feed rate. Independent servo-driven
film supply and takeup reels are each controlled by a swing-
ing arm which senses the length of film stored in the film
978
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
supply and takeup loops allowing film buildup or excess to
discharge to maintain the proper film loop length for gentle
handling. Excessive arm movement is minimized by employ-
3,642358
FILM PRESSURE DEVICE FOR CARTRIDGE
Tokiisaburo Kakiuchi, and Hidcaki Akiyama, both of Tokyo,
Japui, assignors to KabusMki Kaisha Rkoh, Ou-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jidy 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 841,748
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, July 18, 1968, 43/50780
Int. CI. G03b 1148
US. CI. 352-227 1 Claim
before and after display. The staging assembly includes
fastener means which cooperate with fasteners on the storage
device so that the storage device is supported while the trans-
parencies are being displayed. The staging assembly has a
transparent panel positioned above a light source and relative
to the storage device so that transparencies carried in the
storage device can be pivoted about their point of at-
tachment to the storage device for selective display over the
ing a reverse drive pulse of the reel drive motor to dampen
oscillations. Photocell sensing of the primary film loops in-
sures smooth film transport without damage to the film.
transparent panel on the overhead projector. The staging as-
sembly also includes supports adjacent the transparent panel
for supporting the covers of the storage device in a position
where transparencies can be collected and disposed upon
one of them before and after display. Individual trans-
parencies retained in the apparatus may be moved about an
axis lying in the plane of the transparency as well as about an
axis intersecting the plane of the transparency, generally one
perpendicular thereto.
3,642360
MICROPHOTOGRAPH PROJECTION SYSTEM
Hisanori Ataka, Kawasaki-shi, Japan, assignor to Kabusliiki
Kaisha Rkoh, OU-ku, Tokyo, Japwi
FUed July 7, 1%9, Ser. No. 839361
Claims priority, applicatk>n Japan, July 25, 1%8, 43/52688
Int. CI. G03b 27/00
U.S. CI. 353-38 5 Claims
A film pressure device for use in a cineprojector or camera
having an insertable film cartridge. When the cartridge is in-
serted for projection or photographing, a gate plate forces a
pressure plate against a bias spring so that the film is tightly
pressed against the pressure plate. When the cartridge is dis-
placed for rewinding, the pressure plate has projections
which abut a wall of the cartridge so that the film can travel
freely adjacent the pressure plate.
3,642359
TRANSPARENCY DISPLAY APPARATUS
Paul E. Kitch, West Springfldd, Mass., assignor to Scott
Paper Company, Delaware, Pa.
Ordinal application Mar. 24, 1967, Ser. No. 625,841, now
Patent No. 3336393. Divided and this appUcation Jan. 9,
1970,Ser. No. 10,118
Int. CI. G03b 27/00
U.S. CI. 353-23 10 Oaims
Transparency display apparatus is disclosed including a
transparency storage device for protecting transparencies
during transport and for facilitating display of transparencies
upon an overhead projector and a staging assembly mounta-
ble on the stage of an overhead projector and cooperating
with the storage device for transparency display. The storage
device is separable from the staging assembly during trans-
port of the transparencies and is constructed in a manner
which fully protects the transparencies by providing covers
and sides which form a package for holding the trans-
parencies. When utilized for displaying transparencies, the
storage device may be opened up and the covers pivoted out
of place into a position where they support transparencies
A microphotograph projection system comprising a sub-
stantially planar microlens plate having a plurality of
microlenses arranged in intimately contacted relation with
each other upon the front surface thereof. A plurality of ob-
jects or originals to be projected are disposed in one-to-one
relation with said microlenses and selected for projecting by
aligning a moving elongated slot with an aperture moving in
the opposite direction.
3,642361
ILLUMINATION OF PROJECTING APPARATUS
Benno Str«u, Freiburg im Brdsgau, Germany, assignor to
FriU Hellige & Co., GmbH, Freiburg im Breiscau, Ger-
many
FUed Nov. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 776,144
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 17, 1967, P 15 72
675.7
Int. CI. G03b 27/75
U.S. CI. 353-57 3 Claims
Projecting apparatus which provides a unit which includes
an airtight, rigidly constructed metallic housing that houses
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
979
an illuminating source so that such unit may be interchanged trie field. The donor and receiver layers are separated when
within the projecting apparatus with a like unit. The illu- the tape electrode is wound back onto the spool yielding
minating source may be a high-pressure mercury vapor lamp
and evacuation capabilities may be connected to the airtight
housing to lower the pressure within such housing in order to
minimize the extent of any explosion of the illuminating
source.
3,642362
APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING SHEET MATERIAL
Daniel L. MueUer, Fairpori, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,636
Int. CI. G03g 75/00. B6Sh 7 7/28
U.S. CI. 355-3 1 Chum
.^A
so
,36
^32
21-
^3?
An apparatus for electrostatically tacking sheet material
such as paper onto a moving dielectric belt and conveying it
to a remote location having a ground plate in contact with
the undersurface of the belt, and a tacking corona device
over the upper surface of the belt opposite the ground plate
and a control device to activate the tacking corona device
only when a sheet of paper is between it and the belt. The
tacking corona device in combination with the ground plate
introduces a current fiow through the paper sheet and belt
which enhances the electrostatic attraction between the
paper and belt. The conveying apparatus has an additional
corona-charging device of a polarity opposite that of the
tacking corona device which neutralizes any residue charge
on the upper surface of the belt after the sheet has been con-
veyed to the remote location and removed from the belt.
3,642363
MANIFOLD IMAGING SYSTEM
James R. Davkbon, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Cor-
poration, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,850
Int. CI. G03g 75/00
U.S. CI. 355-3 12 Claims
A manifold set of donor layer, imaging material layer and
receiver layer is formed between a backing electrode and a
tape electrode. The tape electrode is initially wound on a
spool and is laid out over the various layers of the manifold
set by unwinding it from the spool. The imaging material is
exposed to electromagnetic radiation and subjected to elec-
complementary images formed from the imaging material on
the donor and receiver layers.
3,642364
TRANSFER APPARATUS
Raymond K. Egnaczak, WUUamson, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,929
Intel. G03« 75/00,75/70
U.S. CI. 355-3 17 Claims
A mechanism for carrying sheets of support material past a
wetting station and an electrophoretic image transfer station
using grippers and lifter fingers to engage and disengage the
sheet. The mechanism includes a roller capable of holding an
electrical potential and a brush to contact and clean con-
taminating material from the roller. The entire mechanism
can be moved into and out of contact with the member from
which images will be electrophoretically transferred. Op-
tionally, the image-bearing support material passes a fixer to
heat the image for drying it and bonding it to the support
material.
980
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642365
AUTOMATED IMAGING MACHINE
Raymond K. Egiuczak, Williamson, and Gino F. Squassoni,
Pittsford, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 14, 1%9, Ser. No. 876,976
Int. CI. G03g 15/00
U.S. CI. 355-8 20 Claims
3,642367
MOVIE VIEWING AND STILL COPY CAMERA
John Denis Ruff, 206 Birch Street, Alexandria, Va.
Piled Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,438
Int. CI. G03b 27/70
U.S. CI. 355-45 2 Claims
A machine for automatically producing images from
photoelectrophoretic suspensions using a transparent con-
ductive cylindrical electrode section which interacts with an
imaging electrode in the presence of an electric field and
electromagnetic radiation in image configuration. The image
on the transparent cylindrical electrode interfaces with a
transfer member which, under the influence of an electric
field, transfers the image particles from the transparent elec-
trode to a support material. The transparent electrode is
cleaned under the influence of flood illumination readying it
for repetitive cycles.
3,642366
COPYING MACHINE
Kazuo Kawakubo, Kawasaiu-shi, Japan, assignor to Canon
Kabusiilki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,989
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1968, 43/96021
Int CI. G03b 27/70
U.S. CI. 355—8 12 Claims
2v
iS-
6'
AT"'
A copying machine having a slit for exposure of an original
to be copied, a fixed copy stand on which the original is
placed, and a pair of movable mirrors for scanning said
original. The two mirrors are moved perpendicular to each
other with the same speed so that the machine becomes com-
pact in size and light in weight and the driving means is also
simple.
A movie-viewing machine with the added feature of being
able to expose an enlarged still copy of all, or part of a movie
frame, and with a variable degree of enlargement so that the
area being copied can be framed suitably on a standard
frame of photosensitive material, thus giving a properly
framed copy without further enlargement and cropping.
3,642,368
CYLINDRICAL EXPOSURE DEVICE FOR
TRANSFERRING AN IMAGE OF A MASTER SHEET TO
A COPY MEMBER
Mortimer Moss, 133-01 Booth Memorial Ave., Flushing, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 74,971
Int. CI. G03b 2 7/5«
U.S. CI. 355-47 10 Claims
— «J
A device for optically transferring a graphic image from a
master sheet to a copy member includes a transparent cylin-
drical drum. An opaque cylinder is rotatably mounted inside
the drum and has diametrically opposed slots at ends of an
optical path including mirrors and a lens system inside the
cylinder A slight shielding partition separates ends of the op>-
tical path. Lamps in the cylinder at one slot illuminate the
master sheet on the drum. Suction can be applied to the
master sheet and copy member to hold it on the drum. A
blower can ventilate the cylinder. The blower and lamps are
energized via sliprings and brushes in bearing sleeves at one
end of the drum and cylinder.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
981
3,642369
DOCUMENT RECORDING APPARATUS
Charles Don Wells, 136 West Stafford Road, Worthington,
Ohio
Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800,915
Int. CI. G03b 27/70
U.S. CI. 355—64 1 1 Claims
*, 34 38 3 32 10
ing the selected F>ortion of the overlay into superposed posi-
tion with the face of the original document.
An apparatus is disclosed for permitting a seated operator
to microfilm documents. A structure similar to an office desk
has a central aperture in its top in which a transparent expo-
sure plate is mounted and beneath which lighting tubes are
mounted. A microfilm camera is mounted in an upper drawer
to one side of the knee hole. Mirrors are provided to reflect
the image rays toward the rear of the structure, then beside
the knee hole, and ultimately to the camera. A hinged
removable panel is mounted in the aperture flush with the
top surface of the structure. When the panel is removed, the
exposure plate moves upwardly to a flush position for receipt
of the documents to be recorded.
3,642370
DOCUMENT PRESENTATION DEVICE
William Henry Palmer Meredith, 25 Higher Green, Ewdl,
England, and Andre Vandeput, 151, Avenue Ladnis, Brus-
sels 3, Belgium
Filed June 26, 1968, Ser. No. 740,142
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, June 30, 1967,
30,213/67
Int. CI. G03b27/62
U.S. CI. 355-75 6 Claims
• 3,642371
PLATEN COVER FOR COPYING MACHINE
Hugh L. Jones, Rochester, and George E. Marshall, Fairport,
both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford,
Conn.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,488
Int. CI. G03b 27/04
U.S. CI. 355-128 6 Claims
A platen cover for a copying machine in which a top hous-
ing is formed by contiguous walls with an opened bottom
overlying a platen glass on which document material to be
reproduced is placed. A diaphragm assembly under tension is
secured to the bottom of the top housing to ensure lighttight
covering of the platen glass to prevent radiation from
emanating beyond the cover.
ERRATA
For Classes 355—128 and 355—88 see:
Patent Nos. 3,642,376 and 3,642,377
Apparatus for forming composite images on a copy sheet
for use with a document-copying machine having a light-
emitting aperture over which a data-bearing overlay is auto-
matically placed, the document presentation device compris-
ing a transparent support for an original document and a web
of graphic information containing overlays one of which is to
be copied with the original document to form a composite
image of the overlay and the original document. A portion of
the overlay web is supported between the aperture of the
copying machine and the original document for forming the
composite image and is automatically programmed for mov-
3,642372
WARNING LIGHT
John H. Rittenhouse, 20 WiMflower Road, Barrington, R.L
Filed Dec. 17, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,839
Int. CI. B60g 1/26; GOlc 3/00
VS. CI. 356-3 4 Claims
A distance indicating lens system mounted on the rear of a
motor vehicle to give a visual warning to automobiles follow-
ing behind. The visual signal being a projected light whose
viewable color changes as the vehicle following approaches
the advance vehicle.
982
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642373
RING-SHAPED LASER WITH MEANS FOR
CANCELLING THE nZEAU EFFECT
Jean-Michel Catherin, Savigny-sur-Orge, France, assignor to
Compagnie Generale D'Electricite, Paris, France
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36^27
Claims priority, application France, May 9, 1969, 6915091
InL CI. GOlb 9102; HOlg 3100
U.S. CI. 356- 106 LR 8 Claims
3,642,375
OPTICAL COMBINER
Warren M. Macek, Huntington Station, N.Y., assignor to
Sperry Rand Corporation
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,191
Int. CI. GO In 2/ /40
IJ.S. CI. 356-114 7 Claims
*Hcrrosois.Ttvi,
iiy-
A device for cancelling the Fizeau effect in a ring-shaped
laser. A mixing device mixes the two progressive waves of
said ring-shaped laser, a detecting device coupled to the out-
put of said mixing device detects the beat frequency of the
two progressive waves and a control device coupled between
the output of detecting device and the current inputs of the
ring-shaped laser and responsive to the beat frequency causes
the input current to the ring-shaped laser to create an effect
therein equal to, in magnitude, and opposite to, in direction,
to the Fizeau effect.
3,642,374
OPTICAL INSPECTING METHOD
Kazuya Matsumoto, and Taliashi Susuld, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha, Shimomani-
ko, Ota-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,776
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Mar. 31, 1969, 44/24648
Int CI. GOlb 9102; G02b 1105
L.S. CI. 356—107 1 1 Claims
\
I
tilt \\cc. /-Ten
"7^/ 'i \A"'
"^ I'-vV i^"
Apparatus for determining the magnitude and sense of the
frequency difference between two identically sensed circu-
larly polarized light beams comprising a beam splitter and
respective pairs of analyzers and photodetectors. The light
beams impinge on the beam splitter such that the transmitted
component of one beam and the reflected component of the
other beam are directed through one analyzer onto a related
photodetector while the reflected component of the one
beam and the transmitted component of the other are
directed through the other analyzer and its related photode-
tector, the transmission axes of the analyzers being angularly
displaced relative to one another whereby electrical signals
provided by the photodetectors are proportionately phase-
shifted relative to one another.
3,642376
REMOVABLE PLATEN COVER
Ivar N. Halvorsen, Rochester, and George E. Marshall, Fair-
port, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stam-
ford, Coon.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,496
Int. CI. G03b 27/04
U.S. CI. 355-128 4 Claims
An optical inspecting method described in the illuminating
wave and a wave under inspection onto an artificially
prepared a holographic test plate, and filtering waves coming
through the plate to obtain desirable waves.
A removable platen cover for a copying machine in which
a top housing overlying a platen glass is releasable from the
machine frame by a machine operator. Hook members ex-
tending from said housing are received in the machine frame
and adapted for release independently or together to provide
a hinged-cover arrangement or complete removal of the
cover from the machine frame.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
988
3,642377
COLOR PRINTING SYSTEM
James E. Young, Pittsford, N.Y., aasignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Rochester, N.Y.
nicd Dec. 2, 1%9, Ser. No. 789,090
Int. CI. G03b 27/04
U.S. CI. 355-88
9 Claims
B
"■
SJL.
3
«9
An ex{X)sure. control system having application in a color
contact printer wherein the master film is sampled on a line
at a time basis by a detecting head. The detecting head may
comprise a continuous light source, a cylindrical lens, a light
pipe and a plurality of photodetectors. Each photodetector
furnishes an output representing the sensed light which has
been modulated in color and intensity as the result of its
passage through the master film. This detected or sensed
light is thereafter applied to an analog computer for
processing. The computer furnishes control data to a plurali-
ty of phosphor-excited printing light sources which are
modulated in color and intensity thereby. Concurrently, the
printing light sources expose duplicating material or film
while in contact with the master film.
3,642378
BORING BAR
Robert S. Hahn, Northboro, and Arthur F. St. Andre,
Shrewsbury, both cH Mass., assignors to The Heald Machine
Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873380
Int. CI. B23b 29103
U.S. CI. 408- 143 5 Claims
This invention relates to a boring bar and, more particu-
larly, to apparatus for the generation of an internal surface of
revolution, which apparatus contains a weight located at the
end of a rod extending through a recess extending the length
of the apparatus and filled with a viscous fluid.
frequency of excitation puffs will be different from each of
the resonant frequencies of the rotor, such as the resonant
frequency for "saddle" vibration, blade vibration, rotational
and outer edge vibration of the shroud, etc. The excitation
frequency is also made to differ from one-half of each of the
resonant frequencies. In the case of such a machine in the
form of a turbine the number of excitation puffs per revolu-
tion is determined by the number of circumferentially spaced
nozzles carried by the housing to direct the gas against the
rotor, while in the case of a compressor rotor the number of
excitation puffs per revolution is determined by the number
of blades. The blades and the shroud are preferably made
thicker adjacent their inner extremities both to deter vibra-
tion by inherent stiffness of such thicker members and to
change their natural frequencies by the mass of the thickened
members. The same sort of structure makes the shroud more
resistant to vibration by stiffening an imp>ortant component
of the "spring" of the resonant mode while strengthening it
against shear. Another expedient is to cause the blades to
protrude from the wheel outwardly past the plane of the eye
of the shroud and be joined to the hub out beyond such plane
so as to provide bracing for both the shroud and the disk of
the rotor against axial vibration.
3,642380
TURBINE SUPPORT STRUCTURE
Paul D. Saunders, Mountain View, Calif., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,232
Int. CI. FOld 25126
U.S. CI. 415-136 7 Claims
3,642379
ROTARY GAS-HANDLING MACHINE AND ROTOR
THEREFOR FREE OF VIBRATION WAVES IN
OPERATION
Judson S. Swcaringen, 500 Bd Air Road, Los Angeles, Calif. ^
FUcd June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,178 \ J
Int. CI. F04b 39100; F04d 29100 ^^
U.S. CI. 415-119 9 Claims
A rotary gas-handling machine and rotor therefor in which
the number of puffs of gas affecting the rotor so as to tend to
excite vibrations therein on each revolution will be such that
for the designed speed of operation of the rotor the resulting
\
In a turbine of the type in which the cylinder or stator cas-
ing is supported by a vertical wall, vertical motion at the
rotor centerline, due to thermal expansion, is caused mainly
984
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
by expansion of the stator casing. If the casing is effectively
fixed at the bottom, as in prior structures, the thermal expan-
sion of the casing adds to the expansion of the rest of the
supporting structure. The disclosed support structure in-
troduces flexibility into the supporting wall along the lower
portion of the casing, thereby causing the expansion of the
casing to be subtracted from the expansion of the rest of the
supporting structure. |
3,642381
TURBINE, ESPECIALLY STEAM TURBINE, WITH
NOZZLE GROUP CONTROL AND FLOW ADMISSION
CREST
Rudolf Wickl, Hamminkeln, Blumenkamp, Germany, assignor
to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,629
Claims priority, appUcation Gemumy, Mar. 26, 1%9, P 19
15 267.1
Int. CI. FOlb 25102
U.S. CI. 415—151 10 Claims
between the dnve coupling assembly and the fan thereby ob-
structing the heat flow from the coupling to the assembly.
3,642383
ARRANGEMENT FOR HOLDING TOGETHER A
TURBINE ROTOR AND OTHER ALIGNED MEMBERS OF
A GAS TURBINE
Tore Anton Andvig, Kongsberg, Norway, assignor to A/S
Kongsberg Vapenfabrikk, Kongsberg, Norway
Filed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,817
Claims priority, application Norway, Nov. 25, 1968, 4691/68
Int. CI. FOld 5/04, 5/06
U.S. CI. 416-183 3 Claims
Turbine, having a plurality of nozzles, including means for
supplying working fluid to the nozzles in common through a
tubular inlet chest, means for controlling groups of the noz-
zles comprising control valves respectively coordinated with
the individual nozzle groups, a traverse insertable in the tu-
bular inlet chest in longitudinal direction thereof, through
openings formed in the ends thereof, the control valves com-
prising valve tappets carried by the traverse, the tubular inlet
chest having shaped tubular portions provided thereon, the
shaped portions being formed with respective bores, control
spindles vaportightly extending through the bores formed in
the shaped portions and coupled with the traverse, the spin-
dles being displaceable by a drive mechanism for actuating
the traverse to selectively control closing and opening
sequences of the valves.
3,642382
FAN ASSEMBLY
Masaharu Hayashi, Ichinomiya, Japan, assignor to Aisin Seiki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya, Aichi Pref., Japan
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,678
Claims priority, appUcatran Japan, May 11, 1969, 44/42739
Int. CI. F04d 29134
U.S. CI. 416—169 6 Claims
A fan assembly all made from a plastics material and com-
bined to a fluid drive coupling for use in automobiles wherein
a fitting member made from a metal material is provided
The invention comprises an improved design of a radial gas
turbine assembly that is held together by a bolt secured to
the turbme rotor and extending through a bore in members
aligned with the rotor, the bolt having no centering contact
with the walls of the bore, at least in the portion adjacent the
turbine rotor The connection between the bolt and the tur-
bine rotor comprises a hollow sleeve of a heat resistant
matenal that is a relatively poor conductor of heat, said
sleeve having a clearance with respect to the bore in the
order of 0.05 mm. The sleeve is connected to the bolt and to
a pin protruding from the turbine rotor in such a way that the
ends of the pin and the bolt respectively are kept a substan-
tial distance apart.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
985
3,642384
MULTISTAGE VACUUM PUMPING SYSTEM
Henry Huse, 135 South Porter Ave., Waukesha, Wis.
FUed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 877,906
Int. CI. F04b 23108, 23100
U.S. CI. 417—205 13 Claims
motor mounted in a wall-mounted pressure vessel, and a
motor-driven blower in the gas space at the inner end of the
vessel and including guide vanes pivotally mounted in a gas
passage of the impeller casing and adjustable to vary gas flow
h«
A self-regulating vacuum pumping system comprising a
first stage fxjsitive displacement pump arranged in series with
a second stage liquid ring pump. The high volumetric effi-
ciency of the positive displacement pump is substantially im-
proved by the combination compression, cooling and con-
densing action of the liquid ring pump.
3,642385
FLUID PUMP APPARATUS
Eugene A. McMahon, Judy Farm Road, Cariisle, Mass.
FUed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,579
Int. CI. F04b 43100
\iS. CI. 417—41 1 25 Claims
through the cooling circuit. Vane-adjusting gearing is af-
forded protection from the gas in the gas space by disposing
said gas passage adjacent to the inner end of the vessel and
mounting the gearing to extend within the vessel and through
the vessel's inner end.
3,642387
CAM-ACTUATION SYSTEM FOR VARIABLE
DISPLACEMENT VANE PUMP
Jack G. Sundberg, Meriden, Conn., assignor to Chandler
Evans Inc., West Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28392
Int. CI. FOlc 21116; F03c 3100; F04c 15104
U.S. CI. 418-16 3 Claims
A fluid pump utilizing a transducer excited elastic mem-
brane. Resonant wave motion generated in the membrane
serves as the fluid-pumping mechanism. Energy not used to
produce fluid movement is extracted from the membrane by
an output transducer and returned to the input transducer
thereby creating unidirectional wave motion and insuring ef-
ficient operation.
3,642,386
COOLING-GAS CIRCULATORS FOR NUCLEAR-
REACTOR POWER STATIONS
Walter John Cairns, Bearsden, Glasgow, and Ian Norman
MacDonald, Largs, both of Scotland, assignors to James
Howden & Company Limited, Glasgow, Scotland
Filed Oct. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 766,057
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct 12, 1967,
46,803/67
Int CI. F04d 25/06, 27/00
U.S. CI. 417—423 2 Claims
A circulator for pressurized gas in the cooling circuit of a
nuclear-reactor power station is of a kind having an electric
A variable displacement vane pump has a plurality of
vanes slidably fitted in slots formed substantially radially in a
rotor. Two identical track elements are movably arranged
around the rotor to provide a track for the vanes. The posi-
tions of the track elements determines the displacement of
the pump. Each track element includes a radial inlet passage
and a radial outlet passage. The inlet passage of one of the
track elements is diametrically opposed from the inlet
passage of the other of the track elements and the outlet
passage of one of the track elements is diametrically opposed
from the outlet passage of the other of the track elements in
order to pressure balance the rotor. The track elements are
slidably mounted within a frame around which is rotatably
disposed a cam actuation ring. Cam follower members are
/
986
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
provided on the cam ring to contact respective cam surfaces
on the track elements and control the position of the track
elements with respect to the rotor. The cam ring is rotated
about the frame by means of pistons.
3,642388
VARIABLE-CAPACITY VANE PUMPS
Roger MaistreUi, BUlancourt, France, assignor to Regie Na-
tioaak Da Usincs Renault, Emilc Zola, BiUancourt and Au-
tomoMlcs Peugeot, Paris, France
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,780
Claims priority, applicatioo France, Apr. 9, 1969, 6910967
Int. CI. FOlc 21116, 19/08; F04c 27/00
U.S. CI. 418-30 1 Claim
3,642390
VANE-TYPE ROTARY FLUID-DISPLACING MACHINE
Bcmhard Nib Ostberg, Temple St., Heyfldd, Victoria, Aus-
tralia
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 855,996
Claims priority, application Australia, Sept. 12, 1968,
43.288 68; Nov. 8. 1%8, 46,002/68
Int. CI. F04f 3/00, 3/16, 5/00
U.S. CI. 418-133 12 Claims
Variable-capacity pump wherein the movable radial vanes
engage the inner surface of a ring receiving the pressure ex-
erted by a sealing member coacting with the pump casing
and with the cover to form a chamber communicating
through an orifice with the high-pressure side of the pump,
the active surface of this chamber corresponding to a valve
whereat the force resulting from the pressure exerted on said
surface is substantially equal to but higher than the sum of
the efforts due to the fluid which tend to separate said sealing
member from said ring.
3,642389
AIR MOTOR ROTOR ASSEMBLY
William W. Chambers, Baltimore, and David J. Heston, Glen
Arm, both of Md., assignors to The Black and Decker
Manufacturing Company, Towson, Md.
Filed Oct. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,901
Int. CI. FOlc 79/00
U.S. CI. 418-107 9 Claims
A portable pneumatic tool including a rigid housing and
pendant handle. A rotary vane-type motor including a rotor
is disposed within the housing and is powered by compressed
air delivered through the handle. A trigger on the handle
controls the flow of air to the motor and an output spindle,
driven by the motor, is adapted to have rotary tool means
secured thereto, an external member is used to adjust rotor
clearance within the motor.
A fluid-displacing machine has a rotor member and a sta-
tor member relatively rotatable about a common axis. One of
the members has an internal peripheral profile that is sinu-
ous, opposed to which the other of the members has a
peripheral profile that is circular. The contour of the sinuous
profile generates an odd number of evenly spaced chambers
interposed by cam surfaces and is developed so that the
diametral distance between its opposite profile surfaces is
constant. At least one diametrally disposed vane is slidably
mounted in the circular member and adapted to continuously
contact and sweep the sinuous profile surface of the other
member, there being inlet and discharge passages leading
into and out of each chamber respectively whereby upon
relative rotation of the members pumping and/or com-
pressing action is promoted.
Subordinately, novel sealing means between the vane and
the sinuous profile, and pressure-assisted sealing and auto-
matic wear takeup means for the relatively moving lateral
surfaces of the machine, are provided.
Disclosed also is a mathematical formula for developing
the contour of the sinuous profile.
3,642391
ROTARY ENGINES
Gordon Shirley Wilson, Coventry, England, assignor to Cor-
poration of The City of Coventry, Coventry, England
Filed Dec. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,481
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 18, 1968,
60,249/68
Int. CI. FOlc 1/00, 19/00; F04c 15/00
U.S. CI. 418-145 9 Claims
A rotary engine such as an mtemal combustion engine or
pump or compressor is disclosed in which pistons pivotally
interlinked with crank members of the engine shaft are ar-
ranged to follow with oscillatory movement a path of approx-
imately elliptical form in leading and trailing transverse seal-
ing contact with an inner peripheral wall of the engine
chamber of corresponding profile wherein the pistons are ex-
ternally interconnected through openings in sidewall mem-
bers of the engine chamber with follower members such as
rollers cooperating with cam track means outside the engine
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
987
chamber, the formation of the cam track means being of cor- mold. The foam delivery hose has a special nozzle which
responding approximate elliptical form to that of the inner rapidly couples to and decouples from the moW filling port,
peripheral wall of the engine chamber whereby the pistons The mold has special provision for preventing leakage of
foam between the mold cavity and its top plate.
3,642392
MOLDING SYSTEM
Lawrence P. Vanderhagen, Mishawaka, Ind., assignor to
Uniroyai, Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,101
Int. CI. B29d 27/00
U.S. CI. 425-4 1 Claim
3,642393
APPARATUS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF GRANULES
Gerhard Ross, Mederhofheim Taunus; Bernhard Reul.
Schneidhain Taunus: Walter Tillmann. Frankfurt am Main,
and Keinhardt Liebenhoff. Kelkheim Taunus. all of Ger-
many, assignors to Farbwerice Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft
.ormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main.
Germany
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 28,658
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 12, 1969, P 19 18
685.7
Int. CI. B29c 23/00
U.S. CI. 425-6 3 Claims
are supported during their travelling and oscillatory move-
ment in the engine chamber especially for the purpose of
minimizing piston seal wear.
/ "^
lO no
'''.>'3nO
An apparatus has been provided for the manufacture of
bead-shaped granules from melts. It comprises a melt-con-
taining vessel with a distributing bottom and a heating
chamber for heating the distributing bottom, wherein the
outlet apertures of the heating chamber have the shape of an-
nular gaps which are formed by borings in the external wail
of the heating chamber and by small tubes inserted into the
distributing bottom and protruding through the bottom of the
heating chamber.
Low-density foam objects are made from a material so
highly frothed that it is difficult to pour into a mold. It is
therefore delivered to the mold under pressure by means of
system having a holding tank with appropriate foam inlet and
outlet means, a mechanism for maintaining constant pressure
in the tank, a mechanism for preventing overfilling of the
tank, and a control which allows air to enter the tank to
replace the foam material displaced during filling of the
3,642394
GAS EJECTING DEVICE FOR COOLING EXTRUDED
TUBING
Walter Gcil, Remscheid-Lennep, Germany, assignor to
Banner Mascfainenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Remscheid-
Lennep, Germany
FUed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881338
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 2, 1968, P 18 12
078.0
Int. CI. B29d 23/04
U.S. CI. 425-72 9 Claims
A device for applying cooling gas in an annular stream to
the exterior of a tubing of plastic material as it issues from an
extruding machine. The device normally will be of annular
configuration and, as usually arranged, is attached to the
machine in concentric exterior relation with the extrusion
nozzle or die of the machine. The apparatus is interioriy baf-
fled in an essentially radial direction with respect to move-
988
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
ment of the tubing to provide uniformity in the temperature, pressed through a hollow cylindrical die and a second ex-
truded plastic strand is pressed through a generally radial
passageway mto an annular portion. A rotary part rotated
density, sind velocity of the gaseous stream as it issues from
the device.
3,642^95
PREFORMED WALL SECTION MOLDING APPARATUS
Edward J. Dreher, 5841 East 67th Ave., Commerce City,
Colo.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,774
Int. CI. B28b 7108
hS. CI. 425- 109 4 Claims
Molding apparatus for producing preformed brick wall sec-
tions including a tiltable flat table structure including a
horizontal position for molding brick wall sections thereon
and a vertical position for selectively depositing erect brick
wall sections at selected locations. Detachable stay means are
mounted on the table structure for maintaining the shape of
the molded wall sections during erection and curing. Elon-
gated strips are laterally positioned on the table structure for
spacing the bricks and forming a mortar joint. A plastic sheet
may be laid on the table to provide parting of the panel from
the table. Wheels are provided for mobility, and power
means are disclosed in one embodiment of the apparatus for
tilting the table structure from one position to another.
3,642396
EXTRUSION HEAD FOR CONTINUOUSLY EXTRUDING
A COMPOUND STRAND OF PLASTIC MATERIALS
Petros G. Meneidis, Aharnae, Greece, assignor to Lavreotiki
Societe Industrielle Anonyme, Athens, Greece
Filed Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,509
Claims priority, application Creece, Feb. 14, 1%8. 34082/68;
Aug. 21,1968,35413/68
Int CI. B29f i/0/,i//2, B32bi//i0
U.S. CI. 425- 109 4 Claims
Apparatus for manufacturing a strongly integrated com-
pound strand formed by pressing together at least two dif-
ferent plastic materials. A first extruded plastic strand is
about the axis of the cylindrical die includes a portion of the
passageway for helically winding the second plastic strand
into the first plastic strand
3,642397
EXTRUSION MACHINES AND DIES FOR PRODUCING
MULTILAYER TUBES OR HUMS
Heinz Schippers; Walter GeU; Gerd Albrecht, aU of
Remscheid-Lennep, and Reinhotd Jung, Wermciskirchen,
all of Germany, assignors to Barmag Banner Maschinen-
fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Wuppertal, Germany
Filed Feb. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 803,207
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 14, 1968, P 18 08
883.0: Aug. 8, 1968, P 17 79 410.4
Int. CI. B29d 23104
U.S. CI.425-109 8 Claims
Apparatus for producmg tubular films, especially mul-
tilayer blown films, of two or more layers of the same or dif-
ferent plastics material, said apparatus embodying two or
more screw extruders mounted on a turntable and die with at
least two concentric, juxtaposed annular nozzles substantially
coaxial with the axis of rotation of the turntable. Also, im-
proved extrusion dies for production of multilayer tubes or
films wherein the feed lines or passages for the plastic com-
position to be extruded terminate at points situated one be-
hind the other in the axial center portion of the die. The
plastic composition is fed through a plurality of radially con-
necting lines from said points to annular passages and ulti-
mately to annular nozzle means in the die.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
989
3,642398
MOLDING APPARATUS
Kdgar Von Kudgisch, 10 Chinkelstrasse. 5 Cologne 41. Ger-
many
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,971
Claims priority, applkation Germany, June 19, 1969, P 19 30
983.2
InL CI. B29c 3102
U.S. CI. 425- 1 17 28 Claims
jected into the mold cavity and allowed to react to form an
insoluble, flexible, polyurethane foam which completely en-
capsulates the article. After the urethane has set, the mold
walls are retracted and the encapsulated article is removed.
The apparatus consists of a mold form having a baseplate and
four upstanding movable sidewalls which define a mold cavi-
ty. Each upstanding wall is movable with respect to the other
walls thereby to allow for a wide variation in the size of the
~o
A mold, which can be advantageously used for foam mold-
ing articles, has a bottom box with a cover. Means, such as
locating pins are provided for supporting profiled bars which
remain in and reinforce the molded article, drive means
being provided for moving the mold box cover between a
first position in which the cover closes said mold box and a
second position in which the mold box cover lies displaced
from said mold box in a mold open position.
3,642399
CENTRIFUGALLY CAST PIPE RTTINGS
Rudolf F. Barainsky, Bardenberg-Pley; Rkhard Kiefer,
Bcrgisch-Gladbach; Hartmut Pankuweit, LiMar, and Alfred
G. Esser, Eschweilcr, all of Germany, assignors to Deutsche
Fibercast GmbH, Aachen, Germany
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 864,999
InL CI. B29c 5104
MS. CI. 425- 1 17 6 Claims
An apparatus for centrifugally casting wherein a plurality
of molds surround a resin tank on a centrifuge table. Feed
lines communicate between each mold and the lower portion
of the tank. Vent lines communicate between each mold and
the upper part of the tank.
3,642,400
APPARATUS FOR ENCAPSULATING AN ARTICLE
WITHIN MOLDED POLYURETHANE
Theodore E. Theodorsen, Manhasset, N.Y., assignor to Kurt
Salmon Associates, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874363
Int CI. B29c 3104
\iS. CI. 425- 1 29 9 Claims
An apparatus for encapsulating an article within a plastic
foam material, such as polyurethane, wherein the article to
be packaged is placed within a mold cavity of an adjustable
moid, the walls of the mold are adjusted according to the size
of the article and a liquid polymeric-isocyanate mix is in-
mold cavity to accommodate wide variations in article size.
In addition, a plurality of similar mold forms are provided to
rotate on a carousel about a central, liquid polymeric-iso-
cyanate distribution system so that after the liquid has been
injected into a mold, the mold may be moved away and the
polyurethane allowed to set while liquid is injected into the
remaining molds. In this manner, a continuous production
line operation may be maintained.
3 642,401
MOLDING MACHINE MONITORING SYSTEM
Warren Thomas Wilson, Saugus, Mass., assignor to The Gil-
lette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,885
Int a. B29f 1100; B30b 15128
U.S. CI. 425—137 4 Claims
rv^
A monitoring system for detecting molded material in
molding machines with two platens, one of which has a plu-
rality of die recesses and the other of which is removable
from the first, has an array of photoelectric cells, each cor-
responding to a die recess, arranged to sense the condition of
one of the recesses when the platens are separated and hav-
ing different outputs corresponding to differences in condi-
tions of the recesses, and has a switch arranged to prevent
o]:>eration of the machine if the cells indicate the presence of
molded material in any of the die recesses when the platens
are separated. A television camera transmits an image of the
recesses to a television receiver and the sensors are mounted
on the screen of the receiver.
3,642,402
INJECTION MOLDING PROCESS CONTROL
Herman R. Hutchinson, Wyncote; Vasken F. AnMuian,
Huntingdon Valley, and Robert S. Malcomson, Lansdale, all
of Pa., assignors to Pennwalt Corporation
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,142
Int CI. B29f 1106
U.S. CI. 425-144 21 Claims
Process control for an injection molding machine measures
the viscosity characteristics of the plasticized material by
990
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
monitoring pressure in the melt stream being injected at a
predetermined position of the forward stroke of the ram dur-
ing flow of the material into the mold. If the pressure-viscosi-
ty exceeds or falls below the previously determined band
limits set, the heat input to subsequent shots being prepared
is respectively raised or lowered by ( 1 ) increasing or decreas-
ing barrel temperature, (2) increasing or decreasing speed of
screw rotation, or (3) increasing or decreasing back pressure
on the screw during rotation thereof.
3,642,403
INJECTION MOLDING MACHINE
Jarosiav J. Havlik, P.O. Box 430, Preston, Ontario, Canada
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 672,232, Oct 2,
1967, now abandoned. This application June 2, 1969, Ser.
No. 839,765
InL CI. B29f 1106
U.S. CI. 425-145 13 Claims
3,642,404
INJECTION-MOLDING MACHINE
Kdzo Nagawa, Nagoya-slii, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Meikj Seisaliusho, Nagoya, Japan
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,858
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 21, 1968, 43/86012
InL CI. B29c 3106
ViS. CI. 425- 145 13 Claims
TIMt
An injection molding machine provided with a sensing
device for sensing the instant mold becomes filled completely
with a molten material. Such time of mold filling is sensed
either through a sudden or steep increase in the oil pressure
of a hydraulic cylinder which receives a ram connected to a
screw plunger for forcing a molten plasticized material into
the mold cavity or through a sudden increase in the pressure
of the molten material in the vicinity of the injection gate.
Such increase in oil pressure or melt pressure is sensed in the
form of a time derivative or of a rate of change of injection
or oil pressure with respect to time, viz, a differential dPIdT
in which P stands for injection pressure or back oil pressure
and T stands for the time of injection; the derivative is con-
verted into a signal, which acts for triggering certain operat-
ing members of the machine for operating in response to the
time of mold filling.
An injection molding machine which uses hydraulic pres-
sure fluid for
a. opening and closing the platens which carry the mold
cavity,
b. continuously driving the plasticizer screw which
incorporates an automatic cutoff,
c. actuating the iniection plunger. ,
The platens are opened and closed without pressure by
means of a high-speed low- volume hydraulic actuator. The
high pressure required for mold clamping is applied hydrauli-
cally after the platens close and the pressure is released be-
fore the platens open. The mold opening and closing is ac-
complished at high speeds, so that cycle speeds are largely
dependent on the solidification time of the injected material.
Thin-wailed plastic cups for example, may be produced at a
rate of about 30 per minute with single-cavity mold. The
cycle may be initiated either manually, or autonuitjcally with
a simple electrically operating timing system which actuates
the hydraulic system.
The mold clamping pressure can be regulated and varied
while the machine is operating. The injection nozzle can be
adjusted through 360° relative to the sprue channel in the
platens and this can be done with the machine in operation.
The measured amount of plasticized material which can be
injected into the die at each stroke of the injection piston can
be altered while the machine is running. This makes it possi-
ble to quickly calibrate the machine to the requirements of
each article being molded.
3 642,405
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF A
PRESS
Ulrich Eggenberger. Oberuzwil, and Josef Zehnder, Nlederuz-
wil, both of Switzertand, assignors to Gebnider Buhier AG,
St. Gall, Switzerland
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,822
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, May 9, 1968,
6956/68
Int.CI. B29f //OO, 1106
U.S. CI. 425- 149 20 Claims
In a press, of the type including at least two mold parts ar-
ranged to be closed, to define a mold cavity, and opened
relative to each other, relatively movable carrier plates each
mounting a mold part, a toggle mechanism operable by a
driving motor to displace one carrier plate relative to a sta-
tionary carrier plate, a joint plate engaged with the toggle
mechanism, beams extending between the stationary carrier
plate and the joint plate, and laterally of the one carrier
plate, the beams constituting tension members interconnect-
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
901
ing the stationary carrier plate and the joint plate, and a shift-
ing mechanism for adjusting the effective length of the beams
between the stationary carrier plate and the joint plate, a
method of operating the press comprises predetermining the
range of values of the power required by the driving motor to
close the mold parts and, responsive to the power required
by the driving motor, during a preselected range of the clos-
ing movement of the mold parts, deviating from the predeter-
mined value range, operating the shifting mechanism to ad-
just the effective length of the beams in a direction to restore
the required power to the predetermined value range. A
dynamometer is included in the apparatus to measure the
required power, and may be in the form of a pressure respon-
sive switch means. The shifting mechanism includes adjusting
means interposed between a common driving means and plu-
ral nuts threaded on the beam and driven by the common
driving means.
3,642,406
MIXING, EXTRUDING, AND SEVERING APPARATUS
Henry F. Irving, Saginaw, Mich., assignor to Baker Perkins
Inc., Saginaw, Mich.
Continuatioa-in-part of application Ser. No. 688398, Dec. 6,
1967, now Patent No. 3,564,650, dated Feb. 23, 1971, which
Is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 461,840, June
7, 1965, now Patent No. 3,362,044, dated Jan. 9, 1968. This
application Jan. 7, 1971, Ser. No. 104,666
bit CI. B29f 3104
U.S. CI. 425— 198 9 Claims
A mixer and extruder of the type employing a reciprocat-
ing and revolving material advancing shaft in a mixing
chamber has a die mounted on its front end for reciprocation
and rotation with the shaft, there being generally radially ex-
tending extrusion ports provided in the die and a cutter for
severing the material extruded in strands radially from the
die.
3,642 407
MOVING MECHANISM FOR INJECTION MOLDING
MACHINES OR THE LIKE
Alfred Fischbach, Am Scheffert Ruenderoth, Germany
Original application Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 664,566, now
abandoned. Divided and this application May 1, 1970, Ser.
No. 33,585
Int CI. B29f 1100
MS. CI. 425-242 7 Claims
tion into and away from sealing engagement with the sta-
tionary mold section and an auxiliary drive for initial disen-
gagement of the movable mold section from the stationary
section against the opposition of the molded article in the
mold cavity. The auxiliary drive is arranged to operate
between a stationary support member and a platen carrying
the movable mold section. The main drive and the auxiliary
drive are both connected to the movable mold seaion and by
effecting initial opening of the mold by the auxiliary drive,
the main drive, which has to carry out a longer stroke than
the auxiliary drive, can be constructed relatively weak.
3,642,408
APPARATUS FOR MAKING PLASTIC CLOSURE
HAVING WEAKENING LINE
Herbert S. Ruekberg, Highland Park, lU., assignor to Con-
tinental Can Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,710
Int CI. B29c 1100
MS. CI. 425—242 3 Claims
A plastic closure having a weakening line along which the
closure is separable. The closure is formed in a mold which
includes means for forming the weakening line of a predeter-
mined thickness. The weakening line is initially molded to a
thickness in excess of a predetermined thickness. The
predetermined thickness of the weakening line is achieved by
removal of the excess thickness during opening of the mold.
3,642^409
APPARATUS FOR MAKING MOLDED OBJECTS
Jacques Palencher, Troyes, France, assignor to Labocey In-
dustrie, Troyes, France
FUcd Aug. 20, 1%9, Ser. No. 851,546
Claims priority, applkation France, Oct. 29, 1968, 171709
Int CI. B29c 3100, 1 7103
\}S. CI. 425-305 4 Claims
A moving mechanism for an injection molding machine
comprising a main drive for moving the movable mold sec-
The invention relates to a process and device for making
eventually expanded objects of synthetic material in which
the material for molding is kept at a temperature for facilitat-
ing molding and accentuating the increase of volume of the
synthetic material when it is expanded.
992
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
/
February 15, 1972
3,642,410
MACHINE W)R MOULDING HOLLOW PLASTIC
ARTICLES BY BLOWING
Jacques Bourgeois, Lyon, France, assignor to Lesieur-CoteUe,
Sodete Anonyme, Seine, France
FUed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,596
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 18, 1968, 144213
Int. CI. B29d 23103
U.S. CI. 425-326 » Claim
3,642,412
HIGH-PRESSURE DEVICE
Noel C. Pope; Edward B. Kempis, and Kevin H. J. O'-
Donovan. all of JohannesburK. Republic of South Africa,
assignors to Adamant laboratories (Proprietary) Limited
FUed Sept 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,415
Int CI. B29c 3/00
U.S. CI. 425-356 7 Claims
Machine for moulding plastic hollow articles by blowing,
which comprises a movable support on which at least one
mould consisting of two sections is mounted, at least one of
said mould sections being detachably mounted on a mould
carrier tray slidably mounted on said movable support and
adapted to cooperate with the other mould section fixedly or
movably mounted on said support, each tray provided with a
movable mould section being operatively connected to the
piston rod of a fluid-actuated clamping cylinder mounted on
said support so as to control the opening and closing of the
two mould sections, characterized in that the position of each
clamping cylinder on said movable support is adjustable
transversely, that is to say in a direction parallel to the joint
plane of the two mould halves in order to vary the axis of ap-
plication of the thrust exerted by the clamping cylinder on
the movable mould carrier as a function of the dimension
and/or shape of the mould impression.
3,642,411
THERMOFORMING APPARATUS FOR MOVING SHEET
MATERIAL
Mandel L. Desnick, SL Louis Parii; Jesse A. Wiilcox, Excel-
sior, and Jay A. Christensen, Bloomington, all of Minn., as-
signors to Anderson Bros. Mfg. Co., Rockford, III.
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,676
Int. CI. B29c/7/0i
U.S. CI. 425-343 •» Claims
O 0 O O ^0 O O D ooooooooc
O0Q(^pOOOOO00OOOOO<
o o o o Q_o 00. o ooooooooc
uj^^- - ■^'
'Z\
This invention relates to high-pressure dies normally used
for use in the synthesis of diamonds. The die comprises a die
ring having a through cavity within which there is formed a
pressure chamber that is lined with a pyrophyllite sleeve.
Respectively entenng the ends of the sleeve are two plungers.
These plungers are capable of sliding in the sleeve until near
the end of their compressive strokes so that little or no axial
pressure is applied to the ends of the sleeve.
3,642,413
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING HOLLOW
BODIES OF CONCRETE OR THE LIKE
Nkhoias S. Danko, Uvingston, NJ., assignor to Interpace
Corporation, Parsippany, N J.
Filed Oct. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 765,798
Int. CI. B28b 27/25
U.S. CI. 425-365 9 Claims
51-
'c S^ i^^^iij*i<^:«^4:-J
^^^^^^
i-^^
A method and apparatus for conveying a sheet of ther-
/noplastic material at least through the heating zone of a
thermoforming machine in which the sheet margins are at-
tached to laterally spaced conveyors by pressing and per-
manently deforming portions of the sheet margins into lon-
gitudinally spaced openings in the conveyors, prior to ad-
vance of the sheet through the heating zone. A sheet forming
press is operated in timed relation with the conveyors to
press and permanently deform portions of the sheet margins
into the openings in the conveyor.
/
Pipes having dense, watertight concrete walls are produced
by vibrating a rotating mould suspended on a roller shaft as
the mold is being filled, and continuing its rotation without
vibration for a short time after the mold is filled. Vibration is
attained by ndges or fingers which can be made effective, or
not, to vibrate the mold as it is rotating. In one form, fingers
on a roller shaft are slidable between ineffective positions
and positions where they serially engage a smooth running
surface on the mold In other forms, a mold is movable from
a position where it is supported by engagement of a ridged
running surface on either the roller shaft or the mold with a
cylindrical surface on the other to a position where the cylin-
drical surface on the mold runs on the roller shaft or on an
auxiliary sleeve without vibration.
February 15, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
993
^Mw?^Mw A ..,.0.. ^^^ . .l^.!5 °^ *^^ invention, blank-holding means are associated with the
MECHANKM FOR LINWG A SERIES OF SHELLS die-mold device to leave the space between the die-mold
^^A^ . J^lu?ll!"*. ^;.'^*f ^"- ^*^^^ ***"*"^' ^^" ^'l ^ plunger-diaphragm device clear for the inser-
and Ahon J. Fidiback, AusteU, all of Ga., assignors to The tion of blanks and the removal of formed articles with a
Mead Corporation
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. Na 31,687
lni.ClB29cI 7/04
U.S. CI. 425-388 4 Claims
Two series of endless chains each comprising a plurality of
traylike open half-shells pivotaJly interconnected at their
ends are arranged in close proximity to each other so that the
working reaches of the chains are parallel and so that the
open shells of one chain are disposed in opposed relation to
the open shells of the other chain to form a series of cavities
along the working reaches of the chains. A strip of heat
scalable shrink film is disposed along and held against the
open faces of the half shells of each of the chains by articu-
lated force applying structure arranged to impart uniform
force thereto and vacuum means is employed to draw the
film into lining relation with each of the half shells. An as-
sembly of items to be packaged is inserted into the space
between two opposed half-shells adjacent the entry end of
the working reaches of both chains. After the half-shells of
one reach come into biased engagement with the opwn half-
shells of the other reach to envelope as assembly of items to
be packaged, a jet of heated air is applied along the top and
bottom edges of the shells to form top and bottom seals
between the strips thereby to form a series of interconnected
packages. After the packages are formed by heat sealing, jhe
mating shells are moved in opposite directions away fromV
each other and heated air is subsequently applied to each 1
package so as to shrink the film somewhat thereby to
preserve the integrity of the package. Preferably the film is of
the nonoriented type and is preheated before being drawn
into the half shells.
3,642^15
PLUNGER-AND-DIAPHRAGM PLASTIC SHEET
FORMING APPARATUS
Herbert G. Johnson, Havertown, Pa., assignor to Shell Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
Continuatioa of appUcation Ser. No. 693,525, Dec 26, 1967,
now abandoned. This appUcatioa Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No.
62,603
Int CI. B29d / 7/00; B29c 3/00
VS. CI. 425-389 10 Claims
This application discloses plunger-and-diaphragm plastic
sheet forming apparatus and method for forming plastic sheet
blank material into hollow or cupped articles. The apparatus
comprises a die-mold device, means for clamping a blank in
the opening of the die-mold device, and a plunger-diaphragm
device for forming the blank into a shaped article in the die-
mold device by plunger action or by diaphragm action or by
combined plunger and diaphragm action. In one embodiment
minimum of apparatus on the p>lunger side of the assembly,
this being especially applicable to the formation of nonround
articles. In another embodiment the blank holding means is
associated with the blank-cutting means on f e plunger or
ram side of the assembly.
3,642,416
MOLDING APPARATUS
Frederick O. Miller, Saginaw, Mich., assignor to Miller Mold
Company, Saginaw, Mich.
Filed July 26, 1968, Ser. No. 748,075
Int. CI. B29c ; 7/00
U.S. CI. 425-438 12 Claims
Apparatus for molding plastic articles comprising a mold
having a cavity defined in part by an upstanding wall at one
end of the cavity, the apparatus including a core member
normally projecting from the end wall in a position to over-
hang the cavity. The core member is composed of a plurality
of parallel slats pivoted to one another for relative movement
and the slat adjacent the end wall is pivoted to the mold for
rocking movement to enable the core member to be swung
from its cavity-overlying position to a position substantially in
prolongation of the end wall. Springs react between the end
wall and the adjacent slat to urge the core member to its
cavity-overlying position and springs react between each of
the other slats to urge them into confronting, parallel rela-
tion.
994
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^17 3,642^19
RELEASE APPARATUS FOR DIECASTING ASSEMBLY OPERATING MECHANISM FOR CORE TUBES IN
John W. Voo Hoidt, 7430 N. Crooame RomI, NUei, lU. CONCRETE MOLDS
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. Na 32,910 Peter K. Toluvig, Kaiicbo, Denmark, aadgnor to A. Jcfpcrwn
Int CI. B29c 7100 & Son International A/S
U.S. CL 425—443 4 Claims FUed Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 752,630
Claims priority, application Denmarii, Aug. 14, 1967,
4120/67
Int CI. B28b 7130
U.S. CI. 425-457
9 Claims
An improved release device for a diecasting assembly in-
cluding a flexible pin one end of which is moved in a first
direction parallel to the direction of die movement while the
opposite end thereof is guided for movement along a path
inclined to said first direction, the inclined movement of said
opposite end of said pin serving to effect release of a plastic
part subsequent to a diecasting operation.
3,642,418
HEATED FEEDER SYSTEM FOR DIECASTING
APPARATUS
John W. Von HoMt, 7430 N. Cronamc Road, Niles, lU.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,91 1
Int CI. B29f 1103
U.S. CI. 425-447 1 1 Claims
An operating mechanism for core tubes in concrete molds
wherein a plurality of core tubes of different cross section are
releasably supported on a movable truck at either end of the
mold, said core tubes having coupling means for readily
selectively coupling and uncoupling core tubes of different
cross section to the trucks to move therewith or to a stationa-
ry frame.
3,642,420
SPINNERET FOR PRODUCING TRILOBAL YARNS
Jean-Louis Jacquinet, Rhone, France, assignor to Sodcte
Rhodiaceta
Original application Sept 27, 1967, Ser. No. 670,862, now
Patent No. 3,579,625. Divided and this appUcation May 25,
1970, Ser. No. 41,162
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 29, 1966, 78186;
• Aug. II, 1967, 117816
Intel. DOld J/00
U.S. CI. 425-465 1 Claim
y/jmrn////// ■ 'y//////////////////i:mif////i:'/^^^^^
The present invention relates to a heated feeder system for
feeding molten plastic material through a die to one or more
mold cavities therein, including a heated feeder device in the
nature of a screw comprising a rod having one or more spiral
feeder passages formed on the outer surface thereof.
The invention discloses a spinneret for producing a trilobal
filament, and filaments produced using such spinneret. The
shape of each orifice of the spinneret can be considered as
being produced by a circular aperture, diameter D into which
project at 120° intervals, three identical triangular portions,
sides of the triangles being tangent to one or more coaxial
circles having a diameter between one-sixth and one-third of
D, the angle at the apex of each triangle being between 60°
and 100°.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
995
3,642,421
GAS-FUELED LIGHTER
Tsuneo Oluibe, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Yugen-Kaisha Fu-
kunaga Scisakusho, Tokyo, Japan
FUed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,090
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Mar. 14, 1969, 44/19913
Intel. F23q2//6
UJS. CI. 431— 254 9 Claims
burner and filling valve. The burner valve is provided with an
adjustment mechanism for the flame disposed at the bottom
of the liquefied gas tank. The adjustment mechanism in-
cludes a rotatable adjusting device which, in turn, serves to
receive the filling valve. The adjusting mechanism acts on a
10 hz
A gas-fueled lighter having ignition means simultaneously
operatively correlated with fuel feed means.
3,642,422
LIQUEFIED GAS LIGHTER HAVING COMBINATION
BURNER AND FILLING
Walter Schafer, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignor to
Braun AG, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Dec. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 94,133
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Dec. 19, 1969,
60054
Int CI. F23d 13104
U.S. CI. 43 1 -344 3 Claims
A liquefied gas lighter of the type having a combination
rotatable interconnecting control member which serves to
throttle the flow of gas by means of a fleece that may be
squeezed by the rotation of the control member thus regulat-
ing the size of the flame.
CHEMICAL
3,642,423
DYEING HUMAN HAIR WITH HYDROXYALKYL
NITROANILINE DYES
Miles S. Bil, Forest Hills, N.Y., and Walter H. Brunncr, East-
on, Pa., assignors to Clairol Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of applicatten Ser. No. 527,405, Dec. 29,
1965, now abandoned. This application Mar. 21, 1966, Ser.
No. 535,687
Int CI. A61k 7112
U.S. CI. 8-10.1 8 Claims
An aqueous dyeing composition particularly suitable for
dyeing hair having incorporated therein a tinctorially effec-
tive amount of hydroxyalkyi nitroaniline dye of the formula:
R'RN-
/N-NO,
V
wherein R is hydrogen, lower alkyl or hydroxyalkyi and R' is
hydroxyalkyi.
3,642,424
PROCESS FOR DYEING TEXTILE MATERUL OF
MIXTURES OF POLYESTER AND CELLULOSE HBERS
Rudolf Lowenfeld, Buchschlag, and Uwe Kosubck, Offen-
bach/Main, both of Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengeselischaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brun-
Ing, Frankfurt/Main, Germany
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,647
Claims prtority, applkation Germany, July 11, 1968, P 17 69
775.5
Int CI. D06p 3182
U.S. CI. 8-21 5 Claims
Textile materials consisting of mixtures of polyester and
cellulose fibers are dyed equal shades by (a) impregnation
with an alkaline solution containing a coupling component,
and wetting or dispersing agents, (b) drying the material, (c)
impregnation with an acid solution containing a diazotized
aromatic or heterocyclic amine and a disperse dye, (d) dry-
ing the material and (e) subjecting it to a heat treatment.
3,642,425
PROCESS FOR THE CONTINUOUS DYEING OF
SYNTHETIC FIBER MATERIALS WITH
ANTHRAQUINOUS DYESTUFFS AND MIXTURES
THEREOF
Gunter Gehrke, and Volker Hederlcfa, both of Cologne, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
geselischaft Leverkusen, Germany
FUed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 66,065
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Aug. 27, 1969, P 19 43
536.0
Intel. D06p 7/20
U.S. CI. 8-25 3 Claims
Process for the continuous dyeing of synthetic fiber materi-
als from organic solvents, characterized in that the fiber
materials are impregnated yvith dyestuflEs liquors which con-
tain anthraquinone dyestuflfs of formula
0 NHi
S-R
NH-80»-Ri
in which R represents a C,-C|g-alkyl radical and R, denotes
a C,-Cig-alkyl, cycloalkyi or aralkyi radical or an optionally
substituted phenyl radical, with the provisco that the sum of
996
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
^
the carbon atoms present in total in R and R, is at least 6 and
at most 36, and that the fiber materials are subsequently sub-
jected to a heat treatment.
The dyeings obtained are distinguished by high dyestuff
yield, very good buildup and excellent fastness properties,
especially very good fastness to thermofixing, washing,
rubbing and light.
3,642,426
PROCESS FOR THE CONTINUOUS DYEING OF
SYNTHETIC FIBER MATERIALS WITH DIPHENOXY
ANTHRAQUINONE DYESTUFFS
Peter Wegner, Cologne; Rutger Neeff, Leverkusen, and
Robert Kuth, Cologne, all of Germany, assignors to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktlengesdlschaft, Uverkusen. Ger-
many
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60.738
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 7, 1969, P 19 40
184.4
Int. CI. D06p 1120
U.S. CI. 8-39 7 Claims
The process for the continuous dyeing of synthetic fiber
materials in which the fiber materials are impregnated with a
dyeing liquor compnsing an organic solvent and an
anthraquinone dyestuff of formula
3,642^28
VAPOR PHASE RESIN nXATION PROCESS FOR
CELLULOSIC MATERIAL PERMITTING SUBSEQUENT
CURE
Ndsoa F. GetcheU, Great Falls, Va.; Julian Berch, SUver
Spring, and Norman R. S. HoWes, Bctbesda, both of Md.,
assignors to Cotton Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32^70
Int. CL D06m 13114, 13/38, 1116
U.S. CI. 8-116J 11 Claims
Improved crease resistance and smooth drying charac-
tenstics are imparted to cellulosic fiber-containing materials,
such as cotton fabric, with a minimum sacrifice in physical
properties by a process including ( 1 ) applying an aqueous
solution compnsing at least one water-soluble polymer-form-
ing compound possessing reactive N-methylol groups and a
latent curing catalyst to the cellulosic material, (2) exposing
the matenal in a water swollen state in the presence of for-
maldehyde to a reactive vapor atmosphere containing a gase-
ous acidic catalyst such as sulfur dioxide, and (3) drying the
material in preparation for the manufacture of a durable
press article therefrom. The latent curing catalyst is con-
veniently applied to the material from the same bath as the
polymer-forming compound, but as an alternative it may be
applied to the material from a separate bath, e.g., after the
reactive vapor treatment and prior to the final cure. The
durable press article may be made by first making the dry un-
cured matenal mto an article such as a garment having hot
pressed creases therein and then curing the article (delayed
cure), or by first curing the material and then making the
cured material into a final product (precure).
in which B and B' independently of one another represent a
C— C» alkyl, cycloalkyl or aralkyl radical, Hal and Hal'
denote a halogen atom, each of m and « is a number from
0-3, with the proviso that the sum of m+« is at least 1, and
each of p and t? is a number from 0-2; and the dyed materials
are subsequently subjected to a heat treatment
The dyeings obtained are distinguished by high dyestuff
yield, very good buildup and excellent fastness properties,
especially very good fastness to thermofixing, washing,
rubbing and light.
X-N=N-
3,642,429
COSMETIC COMPOSITION FOR TREATING HAIR
Gregoire Kah>pissts, Paris; Jean-Louis Abegg, le Perreaux;
GuUiana GhUardi, and Henri PhUippe de BcauUeu, both of
Paris, all of France, assignors to Sodete Anonyme dite:
LOreal
Filed Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,089
Claims priority, application France, Oct 26, 1967, 54741
IntCI. A61k7/0S, 7//0
U.S. CI. 8— 127.51 6 Claims
A cosmetic composition for treating hair comprising an
electrophile methylol amine and a urein compound, one or
both of which contain a chemical group which has cosmetic
properties; and a method of treating hair with this composi-
3,642,427
COLORATION PROCESS
Alistair Howard Berrie, and Nigel Hughes, both of
Manchester, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited, Loodon, England
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,750
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 27, 1968,
30,762/68
Int. CI. C09b 27/00
U.S. CI. 8-41 B 2 Claims
Process for coloring polyamide, cellulose acetate and
polyester textile materials with an aqueous dispersion of a
disperse monoazo dyestuff of the formula;
tion.
The compounds having the formula
Y(NH-C-NHi) =
II
X
in which «=1 or 2, X is O, S or NH and Y is a disulfide, car-
boxylic acid, tertiary or quaternary amine or — SH group
which has cosmetic properties.
wherein A is an optionally substituted phenyl or naphthyl
radical and X is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted
alkyl or phenyl radical or a cyano, carboxylic acid ester or
carbonamido group.
ERRATUM
For Class 21—2.5 see:
PateiM No. 3,642,998
3,642,430
SEPARATION OF CARBON DIOXIDE AND HYDROGEN
SULFIDE FROM GAS MIXTURES
Homer E. Benson, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Benson, Rdd
and Epes
Filed SepL 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,324
Int. CI. BOld 53134
U.S. CI. 23—2 R 6 Claims
A method permitting the reduction of absorber cross-sec-
tional area when removing COi and/or H,S from gas mixtures
containing a high partial pressure of such acid gases by
means of regenerable aqueous alkaline scrubbing solutions.
The gas mixture is contacted with the scrubbing solution in
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
997
an absorption stage maintained under substantial superat-
mospheric pressure and containing at least two absorption
zones. Each absorption zone is separately supplied with ap-
proximately equal, separate streams of regenerated scrubbing
solution, and separate streams of spent scrubbing solution are
i« — ^x-"
2^7
withdrawn from the bottom of each absorption zone. The gas
mixture to be purified passes successively through the
separate absorption zones with approximately equal quanti-
ties of acid gas being absorbed in each zone. The scrubbing
solution is regenerated at reduced pressure and recycled to
the absorption zone.
CO,->»»l tt*S
CO, AWOHMM
^^T3^
3,642,432
PROCESSES FOR OBTAINING VANADIUM SUBOXIDES
Robert O. Teeg, Grease Pointe, and Robert W. Hallman,
Utica, both of Mich., assignors to Teeg Research, Inc.,
Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 447^46, Apr.
12, 1965, which is a continuation-in-iMrt of applicatioB Ser.
No. 358,065, Apr. 7, 1964, now Patent No. 3,455,724, dated
July 15, 1969. Thk application Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No.
878,881. The portion of the term of this patent
subsequent to July 15, 1986, has been disclaimed.
InL CI. C22b 59100; COlg 31100
U.S. CI. 23-19 V 4 Claims
Method for obtaining vanadium suboxide of the general
formula VO„ wherein x is comprised between 1.5 and 2.02,
and preferably between 1 .88 and 2.02, consisting in heating
vanadium pentoxide, contained in an inert boat, in a reduced
atmosphere in the presence of a stoichiometric amount of
vanadium sesquioxide, and recovering the vanadium subox-
ide in a bulk or crystalline form remaining in the boat.
3,642y433
PROCESS FOR EXTRACTING ALUMINUM COMPOUNDS
FROM DAWSONTTE AND DAWSONITIC OIL SHALE
John R. Dyni, Denver, Colo., aasigDor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Interior
Filed Aug. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 749,968
Int CI. COlf 7102
U.S. CI. 23-52 10 CUiims
Dawsonite and dawsonitic oil shales are heated to decom-
pose the dawsonite into sodium aluminate. Water is then em-
ployed to dissolve and form an aluminate solution from
which alumina can be recovered by known methods.
3,642,431
METHOD OF REMOVING HYDROGEN SULFIDE FROM
GASEOUS MIXTURES
Shigeto Suzuki, San Francisco; Kari H. Kilgren, La Habra,
and Giok H. Tjoa, Placentia, all of Calif., assignors to
Chevron Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,414
Int.CI. B01d5i//6,55/i4
U.S. CI. 23-2 R 9 Claims
3,642,434
PRODUCTION OF SYNTHETIC FAUJASITE
Francis G. Dwyer, Cherry Hill, NJ., assignor to MobU Oil
Corporation
Filed Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 790,454
Int. CI. COlb 33128
U.S. CI. 23— 113 6 Claims
Crystallization of synthetic faujasite from an aqueous reac-
tion mixture comprising alkali metal oxide, silica, alumina,
and water in specified molar ratios and tetramethyl ammoni-
um ions which hasten the crystallization of the synthetic fau-
jasite. Zeolite ZSM-4 is crystallized from the same reaction
mixture by employing a longer crystallization time period
3,642,435
METHOD OF RECOVERING WATER-SOLUBLE
NONFERROUS METAL SULFATES FROM SULFUR-
BEARING ORES
Eugene S. Allen, Santa Monica, CaUf., and Roycc S. Gavrias,
SkouriotiaBa, Cyprus, assignors to Cyprus Mines Corpora-
tion, Los Angeles, CaUf .
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875^56
Int. CL COlg y//o,i/;o
U.S.C1. 23-117 12 Claims
The process for selectively removing H|S and like sulfides
from fluids containing them by contact with a substantially
hydroxyl-free solvent such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, a
dicarboxylic acid anhydride soluble in said solvent and an al-
kali hydrosulfide. Preferably, in the process an admixture of
HfS and COi in natural gas is contacted with the contacting
solution to react the HtS with said anhydride, the COj and/or
like hydrocarbons are rejected from the contacting solution
by mild heating and/or pressure reduction and thereafter HfS
isxegenerated by heating the remaining solution.
lOO-
so
to-
*o-
«-
ao
IK uc rrc nc IK itc ao JK
T£MIIPC(fxriMt If I
Ore with a relatively high sulfur content, containing vari-
ous amounts of ferrous and nonferrous sulfides, and parlicu-
lariy a relatively small amount of copper sulfide, is subjected
to a controlled oxidation leach in an aqueous medium at
998
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
elevated temperatures and pressures, to convert the nonfer-
rous sulfides into water-soluble sulfates with only slight con-
comitant oxidation of the ferrous sulfides.
phosphate plants, and for recovery of fluorine as
hydrofluosilicic acid. The processes involve the separation of
3,642,436
METHOD FOR PREPARING LITHIUM SULFIDE
COMPOUNDS
William Novis SmiUi, Jr., Exton, Pa., aarignor to FooCe
Mineral Company, Exton, Pa.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Scr. No. 877,009
InL CI. COlb 17122, 17116, 1/02
US. CI. 23— 1 34 1 2 Claims
A lithium reactant selected from the group consisting of
lithium metal or lithium hydride is reacted with hydrogen sul-
fide in the proportion from about one-half mol to about 1
mol of hydrogen sulfide per mol of lithium reactant, in the
presence of a strong coordinating ether solvent to produce at
least one lithium sulfide compound selected from the group
consisting of lithium sulfide and lithium hydrosulfide.
3,642,437
PRODUCTION OF ALUMINA AND PORTLAND CEMENT
FROM CLAY AND LIMESTONE
Richard L. Angstadt, Armonk, and Russdl N. BeU, AnMey,
both of N.Y., assignors to Stauffer Chenycal Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 758,485
Int CI. coif 7/02, 7/30, 7/34
U.S. CI. 23— 143 5 Claims
r^ 'xmY'
^J.f, MCA
[c:
eomatmj€M
fluorine comp)ounds from waste gases by absorption-desorp-
tion with NaF, BaFf, or KF, and absorption of SiF4 in water.
HF may also be recovered.
•«.««Tf CCAT
— L
rl
^-C
}■
I
•en «M««Tioa
Ig--^ mtL.
-4m»imm • riuiATiM
CAIXMMTlMi
Alumina is extracted from kaolin-type clays by admixing
the clay with calcium oxide in an amount sufficient to obtain
the mole ratios of CaO: AliQi within the range of from about
0.8/1 to about 1.2/1, and of CaO:SiO, from about 1.8/1 to
about 2.2/1 ; calcining the mixture at about 1,300° C; digest-
ing the clinker with sodium carbonate; following the remov-
ing of the solid residue from the digestion solution, aluminum
trihydrate is precipitated in the crystalline form of Gibbsite
by treatment of the solution with carbon dioxide at elevated
temperatures; and the precipitate is calcined to recover the
desired alumina. The residue from the digestion step is used
to form low-aluminate-containing portland cement.
3,642,438
METHODS FOR PREVENTION OF SURFACE WATER
CONTAMINATION AND AIR POLLUTION BY FLUORINE
COMPOUNDS FROM PHOSPHATE PLANTS
Rufus G. Hartig, 230 HiUsboro, Dover, Fla.
Filed Apr. 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 816,206. The portion
of the term of the patent subsequent to Apr. 13, 1988,
has been disclaimed.
InL CI. COlb 7/22, Ji/00
U.S. CL 23— 1 53 5 Clains
Processes for eliminating fluorine contamination of surface
waters, and other pollution, by fluorine compounds from
3,642,439
METHOD OF SEPARATING MAGNESIUM FROM WET-
PROCESS PHOSPHORIC ACID
WUUam P. Moore, Chester; Rob R. MacGregor, Prince
George, and WUUam C. Sierkhs, HopeweU, aU of Va., as-
signors to AUkd Chemical CorporatiMi, New York, N.Y.
FUed Oct. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,752
Int. CI. COIb 25/22
U.S. CI. 23—165 8 Claims
A method of separating magnesium from wet-process
phosphoric acid characterized in that the magnesium is
separated as a readily filterable fluoride-phosphate complex
compound containing magnesium and aluminum. The
fluoride ion required for formation of the magnesium-con-
taining precipitate is preferably formed by hydrolysis of
fluorine compounds normally in the crude acid. In the case
of insufficient quantities of any of said precipitation com-
ponents, additions of such components are made to the acid
or to the reaction components from which the acid is
produced. The wet-process phosphoric acid low in magnesi-
um is especially useful for production of stable ammonium
polyphosphate fertilizer solutions.
3,642v440
PROCESS FOR NICKEL-COBALT SEPARATION
Tunis L. Hoimes, 1410 Warrington Road, DeerficM, Ul., and
Robert N. Moore, 791 Beau Drive, Des Plaines, lU.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 809,943, Mar.
24, 1969, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
appUcation Ser. No. 721,615, Apr. 16, 1968, now abandoned.
This appUcation Jan. 1 1, 1971, Ser. No. 105,657
IntCI.C01g5//04, 5i/04
U.S. CI. 23— 1 83 13 Claims
A method for the separation of cobalt from a mixture of
certain cobalt compounds and the corresponding nickel com-
pounds wherein the cobalt is in the cobaltous state, e.g., a
mixture of cobaltous hydroxide and nickel hydroxide. The
mixture is treated with a hot (above 150° P.) aqueous solu-
tion of an alkali metal hydroxide, e.g., sodium hydroxide or
potassium hydroxide, containing at least 10 percent hydrox-
ide. The cobalt compound goes into solution while the nickel
compound stays in the solid phase.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
999
3,642^441
TREATMENT OF METAL CHLORIDES IN FLUIDIZED
BEDS
Gezinus Van Wecrt, Richmond HiU, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Fakonbridge Nkkd Mines Limited, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada
FUed Sept 14, 1967, Ser. No. 667,695
Int CI. COIb 13/14; COlg 53/04, 49/02
UA CI. 23-183 17 Claims
A method and apparatus for thermal treatment of solid
particles in fluidized beds and carrying out of heat treatments
and other reactions therein at elevated temperatures such as
formation of metal oxides by the endothermic reaction of
metal chlorides with water. An explosive mixture of gases is
supplied to a fluidized bed of solid particles in a reactor as a
multiplicity of separated streams, each stream is maintained
at a temperature below the ignition temperature of the mix-
ture by cooling a portion thereof outside the reactor, and at a
velocity greater than the ignition velocity of the mixture by
supplying the mixture under sufficient pressure, and the mix-
ture is then combusted in the bed to produce hot fluidizing
gases, thereby maintaining the bed in a fluidized condition at
an elevated temperature and providing a suitable environ-
ment for the conduct of heat treatments and other reactions.
3 642 442
PROCESS FOR PREPARING PIGMENTARY METAL
OXIDE
Howard H. Hoelge, Akron; FrankUn Strain, and WUUam L.
WUson, both of Barberton, aU of Ohk>, ass^rs to PPG In-
dustries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Mar. 25, 1964, Ser. No. 354,597
Int CI. COIg 23/04; COIb 33/18; COlg 1/02
\}S. CI. 23-202 V 12 Clainv
reaction zone supplied with heat energy from a gaseous
stream heated by electrical energy. A gaseous plasma is
generated by passing said gaseous stream through a discharge
being conducted between electrodes and providing in path of
said gaseous plasma a further electrode containing a white
oxide forming metallic element for nucieation of the oxida-
tion reaction.
3,642,443 '
GROUP ra-V SEMICONDUCTOR TWINNED CRYSTALS
AND THEIR PREPARATION BY SOLUTION GROWTH
Samud E. Blum, New York; Luther M. Foster, ChappMpia,
and Thomas S. Plaritett, Onining, aU of N.Y., aarignon to
International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 753,522
Int CI. COIb 25/08; BOld 9/00; BOIJ / 7/02
U.S. CI. 23-204 R 12 ClaioH
The disclosure presents a method of growing large crystals
of GaP from solution in which a zone of liquid gallium satu-
rated with GaP is passed upward through a GaP feed ingot.
In order to grow large crystals, it was found necessary to in-
itiate growth onto a twinned seed crystal in which all of the
twin planes are parallel to each other and parallel to a
<211> growth direction. Wafers cut parallel to the twin
planes exhibit a (111) surface which are suitable for elec-
troluminescent devices.
Metal oxides, such as titanium dioxide, are prepared by
vapor phase oxidation of corresponding metal halides in a
3,642,444
ANALYTICAL REAGENT AND METHOD FOR
CARBOHYDRATE ANALYSIS IN BODY FLUIDS
Paul F. Guehler, White Bear Lake Township, Ramsey County,
and John Joseph Neumayer, St. Paul, both of Mhm., as-
signors to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company,
St Paul, Minn.
FUed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,470
Int CI. GOln 21/24, 31/22, 33/16
VS. CI. 23-230 B 12 Claims
An analytical reagent and a method for its use in the deter-
mination of aldopentoses, aldohexoses, and their derivatives
in a body fluid sample. The reagent comprises an acid com-
ponent an aromatic amine component, and dimethylsulfox-
ide.
1000
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,445
UTILIZATION OF COAL-BURNING POWER PLANT BY-
PRODUCTS
Richard B. Muter, and Williani F. Lawrence, both of Morgan-
town, W. Va., aarignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Interior
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,463
Int. CI. BOld 53134
U.S. CI. 23-2 SQ 8 Claims
An aqueous slurry is formed from modified fly ash, i.e., a
mixture of alkaline earth sulfates or sulfites, unreacted al-
kaline earth oxides and fly ash from coal-burning power plant
ash collection devices. The slurry, which may contain suita-
ble modifiers, is carbonated with COfContaining gases, e.g.,
power plant stack gases, and the resulting carbonates are
separated by flotation methods. The separated carbonates
are dewfltered and dried and may then be reinjected above
the combustion zone of the furnace or mixed with the coal to
be burned.
The flotation reject is dewatered and dried and may then
be fired in reverberatory furnaces to form a molten ash suita-
ble for processing into mineral wool.
Sulfur gases from the flotation reject may also be
processed into useful sulfur compounds, such as sulfuric acid
by the contact process.
into the impure bromine in the vapor phase and thereafter
condensing the bromine and steam to the liquid phase, fol-
3,642At6
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR THE MANUFACTURE
OF CARBON BLACKS HAVING IMPROVED DISPERSION
AND PLATEWEAR CHARACTERISTICS
George L. Heller, Monroe, La.; Frank J. Eckert, Morris vi lie.
Pa.; Charles L. De Land, West Monroe, and Robert W.
Dingman, Monroe, both of La., assignors to Coiombian
Carbon Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 2, 1969. Ser. No. 788.491
InLCI.C09c//50
U.S. CI. 23-209.4 20 Claims
A reaction mixture is formed of a feedstock hydrocarbon
and hot combustion gases, the mixture having a composition
and sufficient heat content for formation of a carbon black of
specific particle size and structure characteristics upon
decomposition of the hydrocarbon within the mixture. Before
the carbon black is completely formed, the mixture is diluted
with a gas which is substantially nonreactive with the carbon
black and cooler than the mixture. Agglomeration of the par-
ticles of carbon black within the mixture is reduced, and the
resultant dispersion and platewear characteristics of the car-
bon black in printing inks are greatly improved.
3 642,447
BROMINE PURinCATION PROCESS BY ADDITION OF
STEAM TO THE VAPOR PHASE
Lynn Harold Hahn, 1208 Pine Street, Ahna, Mich., and
Clarence WendeU Dunbar, 308 Wilson Drive, St. Louis,
Mich.
Filed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,060
InL CI. BOld 3/38
U.S. CI. 23-218 3 Claims
A process for removing impurities from bromine, espe-
cially water-soluble impurities, comprising introducing steam
aKr-
lowed by separating the bromine from the water, and drying.
If desired the impure bromine may be heated, as in a hot
tube, prior to the steam treatment and distilled.
3,642,448
PROCESS FOR REMOVAL OF HYDROGEN SULHDE
FROM GAS STREAMS
David K. Beavon, Long Beach, Calif., assignor to The Ralph
M. Parsons Company, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,464
InLCl. C01b;7/04
U.S. CI. 23-255 R 8 Claims
Removal of oxygen from regenerative alkaline hydrogen
sulfide absorption solutions before contacting the solution
with a hydrogen sulfide containing process gas stream
eliminates the formation of thiosulfate impurities.
3,642,449
DETECTOR COMPOSITION AND METHOD
Thaddeus J. Novak, Edgewood, and Edward J. Poziomek, Bd
Air, both of Md., assignors to The United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,674
Int CI. GOln 27/06. 2//24
U.S. CI. 23-232 R 13 Claims
A colorimetric method and composition for detecting com-
pounds containing halogens or aldehyde groups comprising
the steps of contacting the compounds with an inert absor-
bent impregnated with a detecting composition comprising
an amine, heating the absorbent with its contents and observ-
ing the visible color change in the absorbent.
3,642,450
TEST STRIP PACKAGED-UNIT
Sven Axd Eriksson, Soderta^c, Sweden, assignor to AB Kabi,
Stockholm, Sweden
FUed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 879
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 16, 1969, 585/69
Int. CI. GOln i//22
U.S. CI. 23-253 TP 5 Claims
A packaged-unit comprising a sealed envelope of partible
thermoplastic film material within which is enclosed an elon-
gated absorbent test strip having an indicator portion subject
to change in color by interaction with a sample to be tested.
The envelope has an empty finger-gripping part extending
beyond one end of the test strip and stopping means for it in
the inner end of that part to restrain the strip from slipping
into the empty end. The indicator part of the test strip is
remote from the finger-grip part of the envelope. Inter-
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1001
mediate the outer ends of the envelope and disposed in sub- eludes a bundle of vertical tubes, supported by upper and
stantially oppositely aligned spaced-apart relationship with lower horizontal support plates, the tubes serving for the
respect to each other are sealed welded parting lines each ascent and descent of liquid within such stage The ascent
separately extending inwardly from its respective one of the tubes extend above the upper support plates by between 0.5
■■^
"• 'iw ^' ? ^.^
10
7
3J m) ii-l
/3J /8J II-' \^-Z
/*
elongated sides of the envelope. The parting lines enable the
different parts of the envelope defined thereby to be pulled
apart from one another along a line running through the part-
ing lines when the end portions of the envelope are tightly
gripped and pulled in opposite directions.
3,642,451
APPARATUS FOR THE DISSOLUTION OF RUBBER
Josef Heinz F^a, Recklinghausen, and Kari-Heinz Land-
skroner. Mart, both of Germany, assignors to Chemische
Werke Huls Aktiengcsellschaft, Marl, Germany
Filed Nov. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 776,977
Claims priority, applkatran Germany, Nov. 30, 1967, C
43994
Intel. BOld ;y/02, IH04
U.S. CI. 23-267 1 Chdm
■^iA^\
The present disclosure is directed to an apparatus for the
dissolution of materials, for example rubber, which comprises
a feeding tank provided with a heat exchange means, said
feeding tank containing an inlet means for introducing the
material to be treated thereto, and a dissolving vessel
disposed below the feeding tank and provided with an inlet
means for introducing a solvent thereto, said feeding tank
and dissolving vessel being interconnected by a connecting
means which is provided with at least one opening which par-
tially interrupts the flow from the feeding tank to the dissolv-
ing vessel. The feeding tank can be provided with a means
for introducing a pressurized fluid thereto and the entire
system can be automatized by providing a transmitter means
for synchronizing all of the elements of the apparatus.
3,642,452
MULTISTAGE REACTORS
Jean Roget, and Philippe Tarbouricch, both of Lyon, France,
assignors to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris, France
Filed Nov. 26, 1%9, Ser. No. 880,238
Claims priority, appUcatkm France, Nov. 26, 1968, 175376
Int. CI. BO Ij 1100,1114
U.S. CI. 23—283 6 Claims
A multistage reactor including a vertical column divided
into stages by horizontal separation plates. Each stage in-
and 10 times their diameter. Through pipes in each separa-
tion plate, coaxial with the ascent tubes of the stage above,
ca|:ry up-flowing gas or vapor and a down tube extends
through each separation plate partially into the space above
the upper support plate of the stage below.
3,642,453
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF FINELY DIVIDED
SILICA
Henry Thomas Joseph Chilton, Llangollen, Wales; David
Anthony Everest, Middlesex, and Ian George Sayce,
Teddington, Middlesex, both of England, assignors to Mon-
santo Chemkals Limited, London, England
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,659
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 13, 1968,
38,674/68
Int. CI. COlbii//*
V}S. CI. 23-294 4 Claims
^
A stream of hot gas from a plasma generator is contacted
with a surface of a body comprising silica to form a molten
zone from which evaporation of silica occurs into the gas
stream, the stream is subsequently quenched by the introduc-
tion of cooling gas, and silica in finely divided form is
separated from the stream.
3,642,454
PRODUCTION OF POTASSIUM CHLORIDE FROM
CARNALLmC SALTS
Alfred F. Nylander, Redwood City, Calif., assignor to Kaiser
Aluminum & Chemical Corp., Oakland, Calif.
Filed June 27, 1968, Ser. No. 740,497
Int CI. COld 3108, 3/16
UJS. CI. 23—297 2 Clainn
Potassium chloride is produced from camallitic salts con-
sisting essentially of camallite KCI MgQj'6HtO) and halite
(NaCl). The salt is contacted with an aqueous medium to dis-
solve selectively the magnesium chloride, leaving a solid
phase of KCI-NaCl mixture. This mixture is admixed with an
amount of aqueous medium at least sufficient to dissolve sub-
895 O.G.— 3C
1002
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
stantially all of the NaCl and then the admixture is subjected
to evaporation. The KCl will crystallize from the system and
UT£S!UJ^^,,^ L '<)U{Wi MtOIO^t
HAklT* reel
BW'NC _ BAiKie
RKO>.^Ry p«o»«
_»^T_ ^
Jl
RJ*« KCl
the crystals are washed to recover fertilizer grade KCl of at
least 95 percent purity.
/ 3,642,455
PROCESS FOR RECOVERING LOW-SULFATE
BISCHOFTTE
Burkhard J. Hahn, Ronnenberg; Rolf M. E. Reise, and Walter
R. Raschka, both of Bad Salzdetfurth, all of Germany, as-
signors to Salzdetfurth A.G., Hannover, Germany
FUed Apr. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 720,959
InL CI. coif 5/iO
U.S. CI. 23-304 14 Claims
^-..i.^^
"inr^hsnrss"
■<**• two. j
«■■-»• or i^^i^ *^
3J*»'^ •« KMTMS I
"««'^^
=-°/Tif.V"
! r^^om/tnat : ,
9.tmrt or
UXXM
"""■'' "TT" 1
.™T^
3,642,456
PROCESS FOR PURIFYING GYPSUM USING
FLUOSILICIC ACID
John T. Brent, Jr., Glen Bumie, Md., and Jack S. Page, Tam-
pa, Fla., assignors to W. R. Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
FUed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,871
Int. CI. BOld 9/02; COlf 11/46
U.S. CI. 23-304 6 Claims
In abstract, this invention is directed to a process for puri-
fying crude gypsum, comprising dissolving the gypsum in a
hot aqueous fluosiiicic acid solution, separating the resulting
gypsum containing solution from insoluble impurities, cool-
ing the separated gypsum solution to precipitate purified gyp-
sum therefrom, separating the purified gypsum from the
mother liquor from which it (the purified gypsum) was
precipitated, washing the separated gypsum, aiKl recovering
the washed gypsum, all as recited hereinafter.
3,642,457
MULTIMETAL CORROSION-RESISTANT DIFFUSION
COATINGS
Harry BriU-Edwards, San Antonk), Tex., assignor to
ChromaUoy American Corporatkm, West Nyack, N.Y.
Filed May 31, 1968, Ser. No. 733303
Int. CI. B32b 15/00
U.S. CI. 29— 196.5 3 Claims
Methods and compositions are provided herewith for the
production of multimetal diffusion coatings on metal articles
providing prolonged protection against chemical or galvanic
corrosion of the surface of the coated article during pro-
longed exposure to corrosive conditions, and particularly
high-saline content marine atmospheres, especially where the
protective coating is also subjected to mechanically erosive
and abrasive environments, with the multiplicity of coating
metals being selected so that the combination thereof pro-
vides a coating varying through the thickness thereof from
outer surface toward the interface of coating layer and
coaled article so that the mechanical resistance to chemical
corrosion is greatest at the outer surface but decreases as the
coating thickness is eroded away, while the components of
the coating offering sacrificial or cathodic protection are
more concentrated adjacent the coating-article interface so
that cathodic protection of the coated articles increases as
the coating is removed by abrasion or erosion. As illustrative,
the outer coating surface includes a high concentration of
metallic components inherently resistant to saline corrosion
and/or abrasion, although offering less cathodic protection
for the coated article, while inner layers of the coating are
rich in metallic components offering high sacrificial or
cathodic protection, although less erosion or saline corrosion
resistance.
;»-
Aqueous brines containing both magnesium chloride and
magnesium sulfate are treated to recover a low-sulfate
bischofite (MgCl,6H|). The brines are subjected to
evaporation, as required, to produce a brine which is sub-
stantially supersaturated with respect to magnesium sulfate.
The evaporation is conducted at high temperatures to avoid
crystallization of magnesium chloride. The supersaturated
magnesium sulfate brine is then held at high temperature
under conditions which maintain the magnesium chloride in
solution for a sufficiently long duration to permit the crystal-
lization of magnesium sulfate as MgS04-5/4 HiO. Clarified
brine recovered from the resulting sulfate-crystal slurry is
subjected to evaporation under vacuum and at low tempera-
ture, preferably below about 90° C, at sufficient rate to
produce a low-sulfate bischofite crystal crop.
3,642,458
COKE-MAKING PROCESS AND COKE FUEL "
PRODUCED BY SAME
Howard V. Hess, Glenham, and Edward L. Cole, FIshkill,
both of N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of applkn^km Ser. No. 780,078, Nov.
29, 1968. This applkatran Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,436
Intel. C 101 5//2
U.S. CI. 44— 15 4 Claims
Coke is made from wastes such as fruit and vegetable
peels, sawdust, straw, newsprint and whey liquid by decar-
boxylating and carbonizing these materials in the liquid aque-
ous phase under pressure. The coke produced is light and
fluffy, easy to ignite and has a sulfur content below 0.5 per-
cent by weight, a density of about 1.3 percent, a hydrogen
content of at least 4.9 percent weight percent, a high-oxygen
content, and a surface area ranging from 8 to 26 sq. meters
per gram. These properties make the coke particularly useful
in the manufacture of charcoal briquets, as fuel for orchard
heating and wherever it is desired to avoid air pollution.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1003
3,642,459
COPOLYMERS OF ETHYLENE WTTH UNSATURATED
ESTERS AND OIL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAID
COPOLYMERS
Stephan Ilnyckyj, IsUngton, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
Filed Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 717,915
IntCI.C10l///S
U.S. CI. 44-62 3 Claims
Copolymers comprising within the range of 40 to 89 wt.
percent ethylene, 10 to 40 wt. percent of vinyl ester of Ct to
Ci monocarboxylic acid, and I to 30 wt. percent of unsatu-
rated ester having a C,o to Cn alkyl group and having
number average molecular weights within the range of 1 ,000
to 50,000, are useful in oil, e.g., as pour point depressants in
distillate petroleum fuels and as dewaxing aids.
pressurizer nozzle into the formed articles attached to the
ribbon. The nozzles direct a flow of air under pressure from
within the neck region of the article in a upwardly direction
toward the mouth of the article. Simultaneously with such
airflow, a crackoflF device severs the article from the ribbon
and any glass chips or particles are expelled by the pres-
surizer airflow. The invention includes novel vibration
3,642,460
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A METHANE-
CONTAINING GAS
Brian Hoyle Thompson, Solihull, England, assignor to The
Gas Council, London, England
FUed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819^75
Claims priority, appUcatkni Great Britain, May 3, 1968,
21,186/68
Int CI. C07c 9/04
U.S. CI. 48—214 7 Claims
fMMCi
aaai
A gas containing a high proportion of methane (e.g. 90
percent or more) is produced by (i) reacting a preheated
mixture of steam and the vapor of a predominantly paraffinic
hydrocartran feedstock having a final boiling point of not
more than SCX)" C. in the presence of a steam-reforming
catalyst to give a gas containing methane, hydrogen, carbon
oxides and undecomposed steam, the reaction zone being
cooled by a heat exchanger; (ii) reacting the stage (i)
product gas in the presence of a methanation catalyst to in-
crease the methane concentration, the reaction zone being
cooled by a heat exchanger, and (iii) removing steam and op-
tionally carbon dioxide from the gas leaving stage (ii). Both
stages are operated at as low a temF>erature as possible to
maximize the production of methane. The heat exchangers
are preferably fluid-cooled internal heat exchangers. The
fluid coolant may be water or steam. Water may be used in
stage (iii) to remove (by cooling) steam; passed into the
stage (ii) heat exchanger and converted into steam; passed
into the stage (i) heat exchanger; and then used as the
process steam.
3,642,461
METHOD OF TREATING BOTTLES DURING RIBBON
SEPARATION
Richard A. Heaton, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Dlinois,
Inc.
Filed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 245
Int. CI. C03b 9/12
U.S. CI. 65— 112 6 Claims
The invention pertains to ribbon machine manufacture of
glass articles and employs a pressurizer machine inserting
crackoff technique on the ribbon machine. As the article is
severed, it drops by gravity a short distance onto individual
transfer tongs traveling with the ribbon and just previous to
crackoff is inserted around the article neck region. Upon
severance, the articles are individually delivered in succes-
sion by the tongs to a further processing machine unit, such
as a bumoff machine.
3,642v462
GLASSWARE-FORMING MACHINE BLOW MOLD
STATION
Joseph Thomas, Millville, NJ., assignor to Maul Bros., Inc.,
MiUviUc, N J.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,252
Int. CI. C03b 9/00
U.S. CI. 65-242 6 Claims
The bottom plate adapter at a blow molding station of a
glassware -forming machine is selectively movable toward and
away from the longitudinal axis of the post on which mold
arms are rotatably supported. Mold halves are pivotably sup-
ported on the mold arms and adapted to cooperate with the
bottom plate adapter. The adapter moves toward and away
from the post after the mold arms rotate to a moid open posi-
tion.
1004
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^3
PURIFICATION OF BERYLLIUM
Kenneth A. Wabh, Fremont, and Andrew J. Sandor, Per-
rysburg, both of Ohio, assignors to The Brush BerylUiun
Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No. 573,874, Aug.
22, 1966, now abandoned. This application Aug. 8, 1969, Ser.
No. 848,750
Int. CI. C22b 9/00, 9/0S,9//4
U.S. CI. 75-0.5 14 Claims
There is provided a process for reducing the impurity con-
tent of particulate beryllium characterized by forming a slur-
ry with an acidic solution, agitating the slurry at a tempera-
ture below the boiling point of the solution while maintaining
the acidity below a pH of about 3.5 until impurities are dis-
solved in the solution, and separating the beryllium from the
impurity -containing solution.
3,642,464
TIN ORE TREATING PROCESS
Adrian C. Dorenfeld, Brooklyn Center, Minn.; Fernando
Jorge Dick. Oruro, Bolivia. South .America; and Strathmore
R. B. Cooke. Robbinsdale, Minn., assignors to The Regents
of the Lniversit> of Minnesota, Minneapolis. Minn.
Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,064
Int. CI. C22b 1102- B03c 1136
U.S. CI. 75-2 18 Claims
CauDI Tin OKI
' , 1 ,
I >mNDlNir| ■{ STWONCLf MAqHgTlC MATEHtAL WgMOVgo]
SULPiOlZATlON I
X
MAgNtT.C 56^*WATlON f-
MASNCTlC
CONCCNTHATE
SULPtD<ZeO
T'N ONE
X
I FLOTATION *T yn» |— 4 St.5, CONCeNTKATtj,
1 ., flT.TlQN AT — i '_« S-il-H»I-a»*^k»ll_^^ "'» AND CONO.TK
I FLOTATION AT .r. a ^ CONCeNTIIATe [1^ WiTmSluC
R.OTAT ION AT ^TT}-^ CO^Vnt^E |-^ [-lOtation .^ ^.
Tin sjLFioe
concenthate
OPTIONAL
MAANETIC SEFAHAT
^^}-Ci
«0N luLflOE
>-
FINA. TIN SULFIDE CONCENTBATEI
A method of beneficiating crushed and ground tin oxide
ores, including concentrates, by first sulfidizing to produce
stable tin sulfides SnS,, SnA and SnS, and then, after initial
separation of magnetic iron sulfide constituents, subjecting to
progressive and selective flotation to remove the several tin
sulfides formed. Rotation is ordinarily first carried out under
alkaline conditions and then under conditions of increasing
acidity. Nonmagnetic iron sulfide may be removed by flota-
tion under mildly acid conditions and any residual magnetic
iron sulfide may be removed by further magnetic separation.
When elemental sulfur is used as the sulfidizing agent, as
when pyrite is used as the sulfur source, iron oxide minerals
in the tin ore or concentrates are preferentially sulfidized to
form magnetic and nonmagnetic iron sulfide components.
This characteristic enables the iron oxide minerals to be
separated from the tin oxide ore by magnetic separation and
progressive flotation.
3,642,465
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HIGHLY
PREREDUCED OXIDE PELLETS
Morgan C. Sze, Upper Montdalr, NJ.; William V. Bauer,
New York, N.Y.; Raymond H. Long, Morristown; Ward J.
BkMNner, and Richard T. Whitehead, both of Westfield, aU
of NJ., assignors to The Lunimus Company, BioomfieM,
NJ.
Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,761
Int CI. C21b 1128; C22b 1124
U.S. CI. 75—4 9 Claims
The present invention discloses a process for producing
strong, highl> prereduced iron oxide pellets characterized by
controlled size and degree of prereduction. Production of
such pellets by known processes has failed to achieve
economical commercial application. Pelletizing of finely di-
vided ore, carbon, and inexpensive liquid carbonaceous
binder is disclosed. The resulting green pellets are heated
under conditions leading to coking of the binder and
recovery of the cracked vapors which are subsequently frac-
tionated into gaseous fuel and marketable byproduct liquid
distillates The coked pellets* are then further heated to
achieve the desired degree of reduction. The solid carbon in-
troduced into the pelletizing step is preferably generated
from the same liquid carbonaceous binder by spraying same
onto hot powder under nonpelletizing conditions.
3,642,466
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF CAST IRON
James L. McCaulay, and Joseph B. Hollis, both of Melrion
House, Albert Road North, Reigate, Surrey, England
FUed Nov. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 779,227
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 27, 1967,
53.777/67; Mav 31, I%8, 26,137/68
Int CI. C21c 7/00
U.S. CI. 75-51 16 Claims
The invention relates to a process for incorporating addi-
tives in molten metal by bottom addition so as to ensure ex-
posure of the additive to the molten metal at a predeter-
mined time and to avoid premature and possibly dangerously
violent reaction between the metal and the additive. The ad-
ditive is placed in the bottom of the ladle which is to contain
the metal and is covered with a layer of an inert material
which protects the additive until the cover is disturbed.
3,642,467
TREATMENT OF MATERIALS CONTAINING LEAD
SULPHIDE
Geoffrey Charles Bratt, Moonah, Tasmania, and Roderick
James Sinclair, Mont Albert, Vktoria, both of Australia, as-
signors to Electrolytic Zinc Company of Australasia
Limited, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia
Filed Feb. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 799,081
Claims priority, application Australia, Feb. 29, 1968,
34388/68
Int. CI. C22b 13104
U.S. CI. 75-101 1 Claim
A process for recovery of lead values from a material con-
taining lead sulphide and an iron compound by treatment
with sulphuric acid in the presence of oxygen and a com-
pound containing Na, K and/or NH4.
3,642,468
STEEL SHEET FOR PRESS FORMING
Shinichi Nagashima; Hiroshi Takechi; Youkhi Matsuo;
Hiroshi Kato; Mineo Shimizu, and Nobuyuki Takahashi, all
of KiUkyushu, Japan, assignors to Nippon Steel Corpora-
tkm, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of appUcatkni Ser. No. 601373, Dec. 13,
1966, now abandoned. This appbcation Aug. 19, 1969, Ser.
No. 858,244
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 17, 1965, 40/77319
' Int. CI. C22c 39126, 39/50
U.S.CI. 75-123J 4 Claims
A steel sheet for press forming having excellent deep
drawability and stretchability, the steel of the sheet having W
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1006
in an amount of from about 0.007 and up to about 0. 1 5 per-
cent. The steel can also have one element selected from the
group consisting of Cr and V in an amount of 0.02 to 0.3 per-
cent. It has less than 0.1%C and 0.01 to 0.50% Mn.
3,642,469
HIGH-STABILITY NICKEL BASE ALLOY
Eari Warren Ross, and Howard Thomas McHenry, both of
C'ncinnati, Ohio, assignors to General Electric Company
Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No. 745,717, July 18,
1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 362,945, Apr. 27, 1964, now abandoned.
This applfcatkm Aug. 29, 1969, Scr. No. 859,240
Int. CI. C22c; 9/00
U.S. CI. 75-171 3 Claims
iMf/^ jr^j'ff yf^>'j»»'
\-
I-
•
1
^ i ' ■"
V
0 /ff
k MM'
0 ,r*f
s
1
^4 ^» ^g ^ U
An improved nickel base alloy is provided long time sta-
bility with respect to high rupture and tensile strength and
adequate ductility at high temperatures through the
avoidance of sigma phase. This is accomplished through the
careful balance and coordination of Ti, Al and Cr in a Ni
base alloy including, in addition, Co, Mo, Zr, V, B and C.
3,642,470
METHOD OF IMPROVING THE COLOR TONE OF A
RECORDING LAYER CONTAINING
PHOTOCONDUCTIVE LEAD (II) OXIDE
Bernard Hippoliet Tavemier, Edegem; Alfons Jozef De
Meyer, Schelle, and Johannes Josephus Vanheertum, Hal-
lezandhoven, all of Belgium, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa
N.V., Mortsel, Belgium
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 876,062
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 12, 1968,
53,672/68
Int CI. G03g 5100, 7100
U.S. CI. 96— 1.5 5 Claims
The color tone of a recording layer containing photocon-
ductive lead (H) oxide is improved by treatment with an al-
kali metal halide, alkaline earth metal halide or onium halide
salt
3,642,471
LIQUID DEVELOPING PROCESS IN AN
ELECTROSTATOGRAPHIC IMAGING SYSTEM
Masamichi Sato, and Osamu Fukushima, both of Asaka,
Japan, assignors to Xerox Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Sept 8, 1970, Ser. No. 70,551
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 19, 1969, 44/74406
Int CI. G03g 5100, 7100
U.S. CI. 96— 1.8 9 Claims
An electrostatographic imaging system employing liquid
development of an electrostatic latent image present on an
electrophotographic sheet wherein prior to development at
least the nonimage bearing surface of said sheet is contacted
with an insulating liquid having a boiling point not exceeding
100° C. and subsequently both surfaces of said sheet are con-
tacted with an insulating liquid having a boiling point greater
than about 150" C. The electrophotographic sheet is dried
immediately after immersion in the liquid developer.
3,642,472
BLEACHING OF HOLOGRAMS
Edmund S. Mayo, Wilmington, Dd., assignor to Hokitron
Corporation, Wilmington, Dd.
FUed Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 664330
Int CI. G03c 5144
MS. CI. 96—27 H 9 Clainu
A method for increasing the brightness and quality of a
pictorial hologram made from photographic emulsions is dis-
closed. A critical range of average transmittance of the
developed emulsion for an overexposed hologram has been
discovered which gives a good-quality image after being
bleached. A method for coating a bleached hologram is also
disclosed which further improves its image.
3,642,473
SILVER DIFFUSION TRANSFER PROCESS WITH
MERCAPTO-PURINE ANTIFOGGANT
Edward J. Johnson, Jr., Tewksbury, Mass., assignor to Pola-
roid Corporatkm, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Jan. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 698,716
Int CI. G03c 5154
U.S. CI. 96-29 12 Claims
Mercapto-substituted purines are utilized in diffusion
transfer photographic processes to give positive transfer
prints of high quality over a very broad ange of processing
temperatures.
3,642,474
METHOD FOR PRODUCING HALFTONE MULTICOLOR
IMAGES
Johan Lodewijk Verelst, and Albert August Reyniers, both of
Kontich, Belgium, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa N.V., Mortsel,
Belgium
Fik>d May 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 825,056
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 15, 1968,
23,077/68
Intel. G03c 1164
U.S. CI. 96-30 27 Claims
A colored image or pattern formed of one or more colored
hydrophilic colloid layers is produced on a permanent sup-
port by transferring onto such support in the presence of an
aqueous liquid from a temporary support carrying the same,
an unhardened colored hydrophilic colloid layer containing a
photosensitive iron (III) complex which yields iron (II) ions
on exposure to active electromagnetic radiation, exposing the
thus-transferred colloid layer while in a substantially dry state
to imagewise modulated active electromagnetic radiation,
treating the exposed layer with an aqueous liquid comprising
hydrogen jseroxide or containing dichromale ions so as to ef-
fect hardening of the exposed regions of the colloid layer,
and removing the nonexposed regions of such layer from the
permanent support by washing with an aqueous liquid, these
steps being re(>eated in sequence for each colored colloid
layer transferred to the permanent support to constitute the
ultimate colored image or pattern.
1006
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,475
METHOD OF RECORDING AND REPRODUCING
INFORMATION
Marcd Nicolas Vrancken, Hove, and Danid Alois Claeys,
Mortsd both of Bdgiuni, assignors to Gcvaert-Agfa N.V.,
Mortsd, Bdgilun
Filed Oct- 2, 1968, Ser. No. 764,622
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 2, 1967,
44,765/67
Int. CI. G03( 7110; G03c 5100
MS. a. 96-35 1 » Claims
A heat-sensitive recording material of the type covered by
U.S. Pat. No. 3.476,937 and including a recording layer
formed of a dispersion of solid hydrophobic thermoplastic
polymer particles in a water-soluble hydrophilic binder is
modified to include a diffusion-resistant colorant material
and a visible finely divided material absorbing radiation and
converting the same into heat, such material being either
chemically bleachable or soluble in an aqueous liquid. The
resultant heat-sensitive material is exposed to radiation pat-
tern and then contacted with at least one liquid to bleach or
dissolve the radiation absorbing and converting material and
to remove by washing the water-soluble portions of the
recording layer, the portions corresponding to the radiation
pattern having been rendered water-insoluble by the expo-
sure step but remain water-permeable to permit the radiation
absorbing and converting material to be bleached or dis-
solved by penetration of the liquid.
sheet which consists essentially of a selectively transmissive
filter layer which allows transmission only of longer wave
length light which is effective in reversing the prefogged
direct positive material, and indicia disposed with respect to
the filter layer to form m the master substantially totally
opaque elements and substantially totally white light trans-
missive elements Normal photographic development of the
direct positive material after exposure provides positive
images of equal intensity corresponding to the opaque and
transparent indicia elements.
3,642,476
METHOD OF PREPARING GLASS MASTERS
Nimrod N. Mesley, EodweU, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Annonk, N.Y.
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,412
Int CI. G03c 5/00, ///OO
U.S. CI. 96-38 8 Claims
A method of preparing glass masters for use in the mass
production of printed circuitry is provided. A transparent
glass substrate is coated with a polyvinyl alcohol-catalytic
agent complex, dried and immersed into an electroless metal
bath. The metal coated substrate is coated with a conven-
tional photoresist, exposed to actinic radiation, developed
and the exposed metal is subsequently etched to provide a
desired metal pattern. The deposited metal adheres very
strongly to the substrate without the prior mechanical or
chemical roughening thereof.
3,642,477
IMAGING METHOD
Frank M. Trusheim, Oakhurst, and Walter C. Zaniewski,
Boonton, both of N J., assignors to Keuffd & Esser Com-
pany, Morristown, N J.
Filed Apr. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 819,067
Int. CI. G03c 5132
\}S. CI. 96-45.2 4 Claims
»™rf i./»>T iOUKt 30
— ( W ^-; 1 — V^'.
. i4 riLTE9 .4rB»
•A5f
I- M £»tUL SKfft
ftH^CT I»CSITIYI SKtr Ky-
42 «>
^__| ^y/h hM VM I
3,642,478
PROCESSES AND COMPOSITIONS FOR CONVERTING
ZERO VALENT METALS PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGES TO
FORMAZAN DYE IMAGES
Albert T. Brault, Rochester, and Vernon L. Bissonette,
Brockport, both of N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,228
Int. CI. G03c 5124, 5/44
VS. CI. 96-48 20 Claims
A zero valent metal image in which the metal has a stan-
dard oxidation potential more positive than -0.98 volt is ad-
vantageously replaced by a formazan dye by the single
process step of contacting the metal image with a solution of
a ligand in the presence of a tetrazolium salt when the com-
bination of tetrazolium salt and ligand with water and zero
valent metal produces a solution reaction potential E greater
than - 0.01 volt, the process forming a good dye image when
the formazan dye is nondiffusible and the process blixing the
metal image when the formazan dye is diffusible and the
metal-ligand complex is diffusible. Compositions of tetrazoli-
um salt and ligand are advantageously used in this single step
process for dye image formation or for blixing a metal image.
Images are formed on direct positive photographic materi-
al in a single white-light exposure through the use of a master
3 642,479
PHOTOGRAPHIC ELEMENT AND PROCESS
James A. Van Allan; Dennis E. De Meyer, both of Rochester,
N.Y., and Frank D. Allen, deceased, late of Rochester, N.Y.
(by Mona Armstrong Alkn, executrix), assignors to East-
man Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Fikd Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,867
Int CI. G03c 5/24, 1/72
VS. CI. 96-48 R 9 Claims
Photographic elements having a support on which is
coated a layer including a light-sensitive halocarbon and a
1,4-pyran derivative like l-(p-N,N-dimethylaminophenyl)-
lH-3-(p-ethoxyphenyl)naphtho[2,l-b]pyran or 4-(p-N,N-
dimethylaminophenyl)-2-phenyl-4H-l-benzo(b]pyran yield
printout images in exposed areas on exposure to actinic rays.
The resultant pnntout image can be intensified by heating.
3 642 480
PHOTOGRAPHIC PROCESS AND MATERIALS USED
THEREIN
Marcel Nicolas Vrancken, Hove, Belgium, assignor to
Gevaert-Agfa N.V„ Mortsel, Belgium
Filed Apr. 24, 1%9, Ser. No. 819,086
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 24, 1968,
19,457/68
Int. CI. G03c 5124
I .S. CI. %-48 17 Claims
A method of and material for recording information using
a recording material having a water-permeable recording
layer consisting essentially in one embodiment of a continu-
ous phase of film-forming hydrophilic colloid binder having
uniformly distributed therethrough finely divided particles of
a hydrophobic oil, wax, or thermoplastic polymer, together
with finely divided particles of an inorganic photoconductive
compound, and in another embodiment of a continuous
phase of a film-forming hydrophilic colloid binder having
uniformly distnbuted therethrough finely divided particles of
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1007
a hydrophobic oil, wax, or thermoplastic p>olymer, together
with a water-soluble organic photoconductive dye, wherein
such recording layer is imagewise exp>osed to active elec-
tromagnetic radiation to render the exposed areas substan-
tially impermeable to water, while the unexposed areas
remain permeable but without significantly increasing the
temperature of such layer and is thereafter developed by
contacting the same with an aqueous liquid to produce a visi-
ble change by penetration or removal of the unexposed re-
gions of the layer by such liquid. The binder should be
present in a ratio of about 1:1 to 1:10 relative to the
hydrophobic particles, while the photoconductor is present in
a ratio of 1 :3 to S:3 in the case of an inorganic photoconduc-
tor and at least about 0.05 percent by weight in the case of
the organic photoconductive dye, both relative to the
hydrophobic particles.
3,642,481
PROCESSING OF PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER HALIDE
LIGHT-SENSITIVE MATERIALS
Hikoharu Hara; Reilchi Ohi; Masatoshi Sugiyama, and Tadao
Hatano, all of Kanagawa, Japan, assignors to Fi^i Photo
FUm Co., Ltd., Kanagawa, Japan
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,787
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 3, 1968, 43/55017
Int CI. G03c 5/26, 5/30
VS. CI. 96—50 FT 24 Oalms
Processing silver halide, light-sensitive photographic
materials employing solutions containing aldehyde hardening
agents and certain phenazine oxides or dioxides in order to
maintain the mechanical strength of the emulsion layers
thereof during processing without impairing the photographic
characteristics of the processed materials.
3 642,482
PHOTOGRAPHIC ELEMENT AND PROCESS
Carl J. WiUianu, Jr., Pittsford, and WiUiam F. Knechel,
Rochester, both of N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 655,758, July 25,
1967, now abandoned. This application Apr. 21, 1969, Ser.
No. 818,085
InL CI. G03c 7/00
U.S. CI. 96-53 12 Claims
Photographic elements incorporating anionic azo dyes and
poly(styrene-maleimide) cationic mordants can be exposed
and processed by dye bleach means to yield improved posi-
tive dye images. The scope of the present invention is defined
by the following specification and claims.
3,642,483
THERMALLY DEVELOPABLE DIAZOTYPE COPYING
MATERIALS
Keishi Kubo, Tokyo, and Sadao Matsumura, Yokohama-shi,
both of Japan, asaignon to Kabushlki Kalsba Rkoh, Tokyo,
Japan
FUed Oct 26, 1967, Ser. No. 678,183
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 7, 1966, 41/72900;
Nov. 18. 1966, 41/75823
Int a. G03c i/60, 1/54, 1/58
VS. CI. 96-75 2 Claims
A thermally devekipable diazotype copying material is
manufactured which comprises a supporting sheet and a
light-sensitive copying layer coated on said supporting sheet,
said layer consisting of a water soluble light-sensitive diazo
compound, a water soluble heat fugitive acidic salt (base
generating agent) and a water insoluble coupler. Another
thermally developable diazotype copying material is also ob-
tained, which is of a similar structure but said copying layer
further contains an additional component consisting of an
agent for lowering the melting point of said coupler besides
said diazo compound, said salt and said coupler.
3,642,484
UNSATURATED PHOTOCHROMIC INDOLINO-
SPIROPYRAN MONOMERS AND POLYMERS
PREPARED THEREFROM
Albert Luden Poot, Kontkh, and Gerard Albert Delxenne, ^S-
Gravenwezel, both of Be^um, assignors to Gevaert-Agfa
N.V., Mortsel, Belgium
Filed Sept 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,226
Claims priority, appUcatkM Great Britain, Oct. 3, 1968,
46,948/68
Int CI. F21v 9/10; G02b 5/20
VS. CI. 96-90 9 Claims
Photochromic unsaturated monomeric indolino-
spiropyrans and the polymers and copolymers prepared
therefrom are described. These photochromic materials in a
light-sensitive photographic system containing a
photohardening polymeric system provide nonfading photo-
graphic images.
3,642,485
COLOR-PHOTOGRAPHIC SILVER HALIDE MATERIALS
CONTAINING COLORED AND UNCOLORED COUPLERS
Yasushi Oishi; Yoshinobu Yoshkia, and Kazuya Sano, all of
Kanagawa, Japan, assignors to Fi^i Photo Film Co., Ltd.,
Kanagawa, Japan
FUed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,027
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Aug. 26, 1968, 43/60991
Intel. G03cy/40
U.S. CI. 96-100 10 Claims
In a color-photographic material a silver halide emulsion
layer thereon contains an azo compound represented by the
formula:
OH
xvAv-
W
N=N-R'
and a phenol or a-naphthol derivative substituted by an
iodine atom at the paraposition to the hydroxyl group. The
moieties utilized and additional parameters are defined in the
specification.
1008
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,486
VINYLSULFONYL-CONTAINING COMPOUNDS AS
HARDENING AGENTS
Donald M. Bumess, and Charies J. Wright, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
Original application Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 682,525. Divided
and this application Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 24,979
lnt.Cl. G03c//i0
IJ.S. CI. 96-111 9 Claims
Compositions of matter comprising certain compounds
containing two vinylsulfonylalkyl groups attache^ to a single
heteroatom are disclosed as effective hardt g agents for
hardenable material. Photographic elements comprising said
compounds are also disclosed.
3,642,487
PHOTOPOLYMERIZABLE COMPOSITION USEFUL IN
HEAT nXATION PROCESS
John B. Rust, Malibu, Calif., assignor to Hughes Aircraft
Company, Culver City, CaUf.
Original application Oct. 3, 1966, Ser. No. 583,649, now
Patent No. 3,531,281. Divided and this application Dec. 12,
l%9. Ser. No. 884,716. The portion of the term of this
patent subsequent to Sept. 29, 1987. has been disclaimed.
Int. CI. G03c 1168, 1170
U.S. CI. 96— 115P 16 Claims
Fixation process for a f>olymerization effecting photo-oxi-
dant and catalyst system contained in a photopolymerizable
monomer system, compositions therefore and products.
utilizing a silver compound as the fixing agent of said catalyst
system after activation thereof.
the starch m the starch bearing material while intimately in-
termingled with the nonprotein nitrogenous substance to
produce the reacted composition. The processed product is
characterized by slower ammonia release from the non-
3,642,488
PROTEIN SUPPLEMENTS FOR RUMINANT FEEDING
STUFFS
Noel Watchom, Norton-on-Tecs, and Arthur William James
Broome, Macdesfidd, both of England, assignors to Imperi-
al Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
nied Mar. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 767,482
Claims priority, application England, Nov. 14, 1967,
51,780/67
Int CI. A23k/ /22
U.S. CI. 99-2 2 Claims
A ruminant feedstuff comprising, as a supplementary
source of nitrogen, at least one alkylidene diurea, in particu-
lar isobutylidene diurea and crotonylidene diurea; said alky-
lidene diurea may be 2idmixed with at least one conventional
feedstuff.
3,642,489
FEED PRODUCT CONTAINING NONPROTEIN
NITROGEN COMPOUNDS AND METHOD FOR
PRODUCING SAME
Erie E. Bartley, and Charles W. Deyoe, both of Manhattan,
Kans., assignors to Kansas State University Research Foun-
dation, Manhattan, Kans.
Continuation-in-part of applicatwn Ser. No. 517,074, Dec. 28,
1965, now abandoned. This application Apr. 18, 1969, Ser.
No. 817,499
Int CI. A23k 1 100
U.S. CI. 99-2 R 5 Claims
A reacted, palatable, nontoxic, processed food product for
ruminant animals comprising a protein and energy producing
composition having modified interacted protein and energy
producing constituents wherein the energy producing con-
stituent is derived from a starch bearing material such as ini-
tially ungelatinized grains, grasses, roughage, or vegetable
starches and the protein producing constituent is derived
form a nonprotein nitrogenous substance such as urea, other
amides or ammonium salts. The material and substance are
admixed and then processed in an extruder-cooker in the
presence of sufficient moisture and under conditions of heat
and pressure to assure gelatinization of a major proportion of
fnfrudw Oia
Kn'fk
Cvfrudcr Con4
protein nitrogenous substance, increased synthesis of rumen
microbial protein, reduced toxicity, and avoidance of the
problem of constituent segregation often encountered with
mixed feed compositions.
3,642,490
METHOD OF TREATING VEGETABLE PROTEIN
Robert L. Hawley, Webster Groves; Christopher W. Frederik-
sen, St. Louis, and Ralph A. Hoer, Ballivin, all of Mo., as-
signors to Ralston Purina Company, St Louis, Mo.
Filed Mar. 27, 1967, Ser. No. 625,980
Int CI. A23J 1/14
U.S. CI. 99-17 14 Claims
The preparation of a bland flavored, vegetable protein
food product, preferably a soy protein food product, having
excellent and controlled water dispersibility, by forming a
slurry of the protein in water, preferably after separating the
carbohydrates, sugars, and other nonproteins from the
material, heating the slurried material practically instantane-
ously to elevated temperatures and severely physically work-
ing it, preferably by ejecting the slurry material from a nozzle
while injecting steam into it, retaining the slurried material at
elevated temperatures and under an elevated positive pres-
sure for a brief, controlled time interval, and then suddenly
releasing the pressure, volatilizing some moisture along with
entrained, objectionable fiavor and odor substances, and
thereby causing partial cooling, removing the volatilized
products and leaving a slurry of sterilized, bland flavored,
highly water dispersible protein material, and then preferably
drying the slurry to a bland tasting powder which is highly
redispersible.
3,642,491
ARTIFICL\LLY SWEETENED CONSUMABLE
PRODUCTS
James M. Schlatter, Glenview, III., assignor to G. D. Scarle &
Co., Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 543,054, Apr.
18, 1966, now Patent No. 3,492,131, and a continuation-in-
part of 841,582, July 14, 1969. This application Jan. 12,
1970. Ser. No. 2.393. The portion of the term of this
patent subsequent to Jan. 27, 1987. has been disclaimed.
Intel. A23I 1/26
U.S. CI. 99—28 ' 10 Claims
Artificially sweetened consumable products having low-
caloric content and lacking in unpleasant aftertaste are ob-
tained by incorporating a sweetening agent of the class con-
sisting of the lower alkyl esters of aspartylphenylalanine and
aspartylhexahydrophenylalanine.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1009
3,642,492
METHOD OF PREPARING A SIMULATED SKIM MILK
Robert H. Amdt St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Ralston Purina
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed June 1, 1967. Ser. No. 642,676
Int CI. A23c / l/OO: A23j 1/14
U.S. CI. 99-64 9 Claims
A method of preparing a commercially acceptable, nutri-
tious substitute for dry skim milk as a food additive, compris-
ing the basic steps of pretreating sweet dairy whey, separately
pretreating isolated vegetable protein, particularly soy
protein, by a dynamic physico-thermo-vapor flash treatment
to remove objectionable flavors and odors, blending these
pretreated ingredients in a certain controlled ratio, and ad-
justing the hydrogen ion content to a specific controlled
range. The product is preferably flash dried to a powder.
3,642,493
METHOD OF PREPARING A SIMULATED MILK
PRODUCT
Robert H. Amdt, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to Ralston Purina
Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed June 1, 1967, Ser. No. 642,737
Int CI. \23c 11/00; A23j 1/14
U.S. CI. 99-64 14 Claims
A method of preparing a simulated whole milk beverage
product by physico-thermo-vapor flash pretreating isolated
vegetable protein, preferably isolated soy protein, and com-
bining it with sweet diary whey and special vegetable oil or
fat formed by hydrogenating oil in a special procedure, and
in controlled proportions, involving mixing of the isolated
protein and vegetable oil together while reliquifying or
suspending them in water, reliquifying the whey separately, if
in dry form, blending the materials, adjusting the pH to a cer-
tain range, and homogenizing the materials in a special multi-
ple stage manner.
3,642,494
METHOD OF COMMINUTING LEGUMES
Joseph R. Wagner, Moraga, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of
Agriculture
Filed Oct 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,070
Int CI. A23I 1/20
U.S. CI. 99-98 4 Claims
Processes for preparing bean-milk, purees, and other food
products of improved flavor from edible legume seeds, which
include the feature that raw legume seeds are comminuted in
the presence of added acid, e.g., HCl or H3PO4.
3,642,495
METHOD FOR PROCESSING EDIBLE FOODSTUFFS
Arthur R. Davidson, Lake Oswego, Oreg.; John E. Haubner,
Vancouver, and George A. White, Quincy, both of Wash.,
assignors to Lamb-Weston, Inc., Portland, Oreg.
Fited May 17, 1968, Ser. No. 730,087
Intel. A231//00,///2,i//5
U.S. CI. 99-100 3 Claims
An apparatus for processing edible foodstuffs having a
cylindrical casing and a screw conveyor coaxially disposed
within the casing for transporting a food product from one
end to a point adjacent the other. A vertical discharge flue is
positioned adjacent the discharge end of the casing and is in
communication with an opening at the bottom thereof. Heat-
exchanging liquid is introduced into the casing through ori-
fices in the bottom to heat or cool the product, as the case
may be, and in an amount sufficient to fill the casing to a
level above that of the screw conveyor. The liquid entrains
the product at a point adjacent the discharge end of the cas-
ing causing it to flow through the bottom opening thereof
and vertically up through the discharge flue from which it
passes over a weir at the top thereof at a level substantially
equal to the elevation of the liquid in the casing. The liquid
assisted transport thereby achieves elevation of the product
without risk of damage thereto.
The method of processing a food product involves
mechanically moving it horizontally from a first point to a
second point during a prescribed period of time, during
which time a heat-exchanging liquid is passed upwardly
through the product from a position beneath it to a position
thereabove. Thereafter, the heat-exchanging liquid is moved
parallel to the horizontally moving product until the product
reaches the second point, whereupon the liquid entrains the
product and lifts it from the second point to a liquid separa-
tion point above the second point.
3,642,496
METHOD OF MAKING A BACON-CONTAINING FOOD
PRODUCT
Lloyd R. Gibson, ZancsviUe, Ohio, assignor to Food Methods,
Inc., Zanesville, Ohio
Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,909
Intel. A22c/y/00, 18/00
U.S. CI. 99-107 4 Claims
A food product in which bacon ends are utilized, and
method for making the same. Bacon ends lack natural cohe-
sion when cooked in a pattie or other similar form. The in-
vention involves grinding or chipping the bacon ends, and ad-
ding to the bacon end pieces a meat addition which is high in
protein content, an edible food substance which is high in al-
bumin content, and a protein filler. Water also is added, and
the above are mixed and shaped into a suitable form, while
maintained at a temperature in the range of about 10° F. to
about 45° F. The amount of meat addition, albumin contain-
ing food substance, and filler added to the bacon end pieces
is sufficient to prevent disintegration of the food product dur-
ing cooking.
3,642,497
FLAVORING COMPOSITIONS PRODUCED BY
REACTING HYDROGEN SULnDE WITH A PENTOSE
Roland Guntber, Princeton Junction, NJ., assignor to
Fritische Dodge & Okott Inc., New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 730,665, May 20,
1968, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 746,240, July 22, 1968, now abandoned. This
application July 26, 1971, Ser. No. 161,500
Int CI. A23I 1/26
U.S. CI. 99-140 R 36 Claims
The flavoring compositions produced by the reaction of a
pentose with hydrogen sulfide possess potent flavoring
characteristics even though the reactants from which they
are produced are markedly different from such compositions.
For example, certain such compositions possess a charac-
teristic meat flavor in a concentration as low as one part in
10,000 notwithstanding that one of the components for
producing such compositions has an obnoxious odor Such
meat flavoring bompositions significantly increase the degree
of palatability of nonmeat protein.
v.
\
1010
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,498
METHOD OF PREPARING KERATIN-CONTAINING
HLMS AND COATINGS
Charles A. Anker, Minneapolis, Minn., assignor to General
Mills, Inc.
FUed SepL 18, 1969, Ser. No. 859,198
Int. CI. A23b 1 1 10; C08r 7104
U.S. CI. 99-166 14 Claims
Isolated keratin is dispersed in an alkaline medium consist-
ing of alcohol and water. The dispersion is applied to solid
substrates including food and dried to form an edible coating.
The coating can be stripped from the substrate as a continu-
ous film. A portion of a second proteinaceous substance and
a plasticizer can be included in the dispersion.
3 642,499
METHOD OF PACKING COOKED FOOD PRODUCTS
Juan Morato Castell, 8 Merced St., Barcelona 8, Spain
FUed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,854
Int. CI. B65b 3100
U.S. CI. 99- 1 7 1 CP 3 Claims
A method of packing food having a liquid component and
a solid component in a beatable container compartmented bv
a perforate wall to enable evacuation of the liquid com-
ponent selectively and independently of the solid component
3,642^00
PROCESS FOR STABILIZING STRUCTURE OF GROUND
MEAT
Gary W. Shuhs, Milford, ami Eugen Wicrbicki, Framingham,
both of Mass., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Army
FUed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,703
Int CI. A22c 18100; A23b 1100
U.S. CI. 99-108 5 Claims
Stabilization of the structure of shaped, cooked, ground
meat which is to be sterilized with high energy ionizing radia-
tion is accomplished by incorporating within raw, ground
meat from 0.5 percent to 1.5 percent by weight of sodium
chloride and from 0.25 to 1 .0 percent by weight of a food
grade phosphate. .
3,642,501
SURFACE-COATING COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
ORGANOTIN FUNGICIDES
Pasquale P. Minieri, Woodside, N.Y., assignor to Tenneco
Chemicals, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 708,802, Feb. 28,
1%8, now Patent No. 3,524,869. This application Jan. 15,
1970, Ser. No. 3,194
Int. CI. C08f 45/64. C09d 5114
U.S. CI. 106-15 AF 2 Claims
Organotin compounds that have the structural formula
,'^'^-0-Sn-R
I
R
wherein each R represents an alkyl group having from four to
eight carbon atoms or a phenyl group; one of the X sub-
stituents represents an alkyl group having from four to eight
carbon atoms, phenyl, or menthyl, the other X substituent
represents hydrogen, halogen, nitro, or an alkyl group having
from one to four carbon atoms; and Y represents hydrogen,
halogen, or nitro, are used to protect surface-coating com-
positions from deterioration resulting from attack by fungi
and other micro-organisms.
3,642,502
BLEED RESISTANT INK
Donald J. Schneider, Green Bay, Wis., assignor to Fort
Howard Paper Company
Filed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,420
Int. CI. C09d 11 100 J 1106
U.S. CI. 106-23 6 Claims
A bleed resistant ink for printing on paper products which
is likely to come into contact with common solvents such as
water, alcohol, etc The bleed resistant ink comprises a color-
ing material, polyamide epichlorohydrin, talc and a solvent.
3,642,503
PROCESS FOR BONDING PARTICULATE MATERIALS
Peter Austin Beaney, Birmingham, England, assignor to
Foseco International Limited, Birmingham, England
Continuation of application Ser. No. 815,976, Apr. 14, 1969,
now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 61 1,232, Jan. 24, 1967, now abandoned.
This application June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,637
Int. CI. B28b 7134
U.S. CI. 106-38.35 8 Claims
Silicate— bonded sand mixtures may be hardened by
several known different methods. This application describes
a further method of hardening the mixture by the incorpora-
tion therein of mixture of diacetin and triacetin.
3,642,504
GLASS CONVERTIBLE TO TRANSPARENT GLASS
CERAMICS CONTAINING ALPO
Jurgen Petzold, and Herwig Schddler, both of Mainz-Mom-
bach, Germany, assignors to JENAer Glaswerk Schott &
Gen., Mainz/Hattenbergstrasse, Germany
FUed July 1, 1968, Ser. No. 743,580
Claims priority, application Germany, July 1, 1967, P 15 96
860.2; Nov. 22. 1%7. P 15 % 865.7; Jan. 3, 1968.
P 16 96 062.6
Int. CI. C04b 33100
U.S. CI. 106—39 DV 13 Claims
Glass ceramics made from an initial glass composition, in
weight percent, of
SiO. 35-20
Al,0.i 42-32
PjO» 5-17
Li,0 2-5
MgO 0-4
ZnO 0-5
TiO, 1-5-6
ZrO, 05-3
Na,0 traces-06
As,0., 0,5-1.0.
where the P2O5 to T\Oi ratio is up to about 4, and where the
sum of ZrO, and TiO, is at least about 3 weight percent.
3,642,505
MANUFACTURE OF MULLITE REFRACTORY GRAIN
AND PRODUCT
Wate Thewis Bakker, Sevema Park, Md., assignor to General
Refractories Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed July 11, 1968, Ser. No. 743,935
Int. CI. C04b 35110
U.S. CI. 106-65 12 Claims
A process for manufacturing a mullite refractory grain
from raw bauxite ore which comprises subjecting minute par-
ticles of the dry finely, crushed ore to a high pressure and
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1011
calcining the product at relatively moderate temperatures for
a short period of time. The refractory grain product obtained
has a high density and a low porosity, it consists essentially of
interlocking mullite crystals with only very minor amounts of
siliceous glass and alpha-alumina crystals.
3,642,506
METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE PROPERTIES OF
HYDRAULIC CEMENTITIOUS MIXTURES
Keith L. Johnson, Matteson, III., assignor to Swift & Com-
pany, Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 565,482, July 15,
1966, now abandoned. This application Nov. 28, 1969, Ser.
No. 880,928
Int. CI. C04b 13126
U.S. CI. 106—90 16 Claims
A method of improving the workability and compressive
strength of concrete by the addition of from about one-half
to about 1 ^ fluid ounces per 94 pound sack of cement of a
cementitious admixture including a surface active agent
made up of primary polyglycolamides, tertiary amide oxides
and mixtures thereof; an anionic detergent; and a solvent.
parts by weight of calcium sulphate; 55 to 75 parts by weight
of an alkaline earth metal chloride; 5 to 10 parts by weight of
an alkali metal silicofluoride; 10 to 20 parts by weight of an
alkali metal carbonate; 10 to 20 parts by weight of a buffer-
ing agent; 30 to 50 parts by weight of lignin sulfonate.
A further improvement can be made by adding a com-
ponent C to the mixture of comfXDnents A and B. Component
C has the following composition: 100 parts by weight of at
least one member selected from the group consisting of
weathered granite soil calcined at 700° to 900° C, decom-
posed basalt soil calcined at 300° to 500° C, and volcanic
ashes or decomposed andesite soil calcined at 300° to 500°
C; and 40 to 60 parts by weight of at least one member
selected from the group consisting of sand or pozzolan gravel
calcined at 200° to 300° C, limestone residue which com-
prises overheated calcined residue which is not returned to
slaked lime in the presence of water, calcined at 200° to 300°
C, calcium hydroxide calcined at 200° to 300° C. nickel
blast furnace slag calcined at 200° to 300° C, and the residue
of electrolytic refining of aluminum calcined at 200° to 300°
C. Component C is preferably employed in the range of
about 1 0 parts by weight to about 20 parts by weight per 1 00
parts by weight of component A.
3,642,507
COMPOSITIONS OF NITROCELLULOSE AND CYCLIC
ESTER POLYMERS
Gary Vernon Olhoft, Charleston, W. Va.; Nelson Richard El-
dred, Memphis, Tenn., and Joseph Victor Koleske, Char-
leston, W. Va., assignors to Union Carbide Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
FUed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812384
Int.CI.C08b2///4
U.S. CI. 106- 182 8 Claims
Cyclic ester polymers as plasticizers for nitrocellulose, as
in printing inks, lacquer coatings, adhesives, films and molda-
ble plastics. Flexographic and gravure printing inks employ-
ing cyclic ester polymers as binder, particularly with dyes as
coloring agents.
3,642,508
SAND CONSOLIDATION COMPOSITION CONTAINING
2-HYDR()XY ADIPALDEHYDE. WATER AND AN
ORGANIC SOLVENT
Bobby G. Hamsberger, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Division of Ser. No. 835,225, June 20, 1969,
Pat. No. 3,563314
FUed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 54,064
Int. CI. C09k 3100
U.S. CI. 106-287 2 Claims
Composition for the treatment of unconsolidated sandy
formations to stabilize the formation comprising an aqueous
solution containing from about 15 to about 50 percent by
volume of 2-hydroxyadiapaldehyde and an oxygenated lower
aliphatic hydrocarbon.
3,642309
HYDRAULIC COMPOSITION
Jiro Fi^imasu, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Fi^imasu Industries
International
Filed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,255
Int. CI. C08h / 7188
U.S. CI. 106-287 SS 17 Claims
An hydraulic composition for setting or hardening soils
comprising 1 00 parts by weight of a component A and 6 to
10 parts by weight of a component B. Component A is the
product obtained by calcining a mixture of the following con-
stituents: 100 parts by weight of limestone; 3 to 6 parts by
weight of alumina; 1 5 to 30 parts by weight of silica; 4 to 1 0
parts by weight of magnesium oxide; 5 to 10 parts by weight
of iron oxides; and 5 to 10 parts by weight of magnesium
chloride. This mixture is preferably calcined at a temperature
between about 1,000° and about 1,300° C. and is thereafter
rapidly cooled to a temperature below about 100° C. The cal-
cined granules so produced are pulverized and mixed with
component B having the following preferred composition: 79
3,642310
PROCESS FOR PREPARING TITANIUM OXIDE
PIGMENT HAVING HIGH DISPERSIBILITY IN
HYDROPHOBIC SYSTEMS
Iwakichi Sugiyama, Narashino-shi, and Haruki Tomozuka,
Tokyo, both of Japan, assignors to Matsumoto Chemical In-
dustry Co., Ltd., Mlnamiyawata, Ichikawa-shi, Chiba-kcn,
Japan
Filed Aug. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 753,073
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Feb. 1, 1968, 43/5831
InLCI. C09c//i6
U.S. CI. 106-300 12 Claims
Titanium oxide pigments having a high dispersibility in
hydrophobic systems are prepared by adding an alkali metal
salt of a high molecular weight carboxyl compound to a
titanium oxide slurry finely dispersed in water or an alcohol
containing an aluminum salt or zinc salt to form a soap of
aluminum or zinc on the surface of said titanium oxide.
3,642311
METHOD OF TREATING WOLLASTONITE WITH ACID
AND THE PIGMENT PRODUCT FORMED THEREBY
Morris I. Cohn, Brookline; Roy D. Perdue, Andover, and El-
lk>t E. Rosenberg, Trustee of Mka Trust, Boston, aU of
Mass.
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 766,453, Oct 10, 1968,
now abandoned. This applkation Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No.
18366
Int. CI. C09c 1102. 1/30
VS. CI. 106-306 12 Claims
A novel method of producing from wollastonite finely di-
vided pigments and fillers of unusually high opacifying
power, high brightness, low bulk density and low abrasive-
ness for use in paper, paint and other products by reacting
the wollastonite in the form of a slurry with sulfuric acid,
preferably at an elevated temperature, to form calcium
sulfate pigment particles and to solubilize at least part of the
silica in the wollastonite, followed by raising the pH of the
slurry to gelate the solubilized silica and form agglomerates
or aggregates of the calcium sulfate particles and the silica
gel, followed by dewatering and drying under noncalcining
conditions. The final state of pigment particle aggregation
and stabilization of the pigment aggregates is important in
imparting high surface hiding power. In a preferred embodi-
ment, the wollastonite slurry is reacted with less than
stoichiometric quantities of phosphoric acid at an elevated
temperature prior to reaction with the sulfuric acid.
Preferably, the reaction product is subjected to high shear,
e.g. by passage through a homogenizing valve, and/or a
hydroclassifying step, e.g. a hydrocyclone, to complete reac-
tion and hydration and to reduce abrasiveness.
1012
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^12
METHOD OF COATING FINELY GROUND CARBON
WITH OILS
WiUiam W. Gotshall, 3081 Walma Drive, Orchard Lake,
Mich.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,645
Int.CI. C09C//44
U.S. CI. 106-307 10 Claims
Carbon particles are covered with an organic liquid barrier
against oxygenation by dissolving the barrier liquid in
methanol to form a solution and mixing the solution into the
carbon in a blender. The methanol is then evaporated off
leaving a uniform film of the barrier liquid.
recordmg surface through or into contact with a liquid
developer along a conductive arcuate surface provided with
3,642,513
OXIDATIVE HEAT TREATMENT OF CARBON FIBERS
Roger Stuart Sach, WanUge, and John Bromley, Abingdon,
both of England, assignors to United Kingdom Atomic
Energy Authority, London, England
Filed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 788,609
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 3, 1968,
524/68
Int. CI. C09c 1144; C08g 5///0, COlb i//07
U.S. CI. 106-307 6 Claims
Carbon fibers are heat treated in an oxygen-containing at-
mosphere including a gaseous inhibitor which inhibits the
reaction between carbon and oxygen by reducing the activa-
tion energy of the carbon for oxidation to improve the sur-
face characteristics of the carbon fibers for bonding purposes
in a fiber-resin composite. Example of inhibitors are
halogens, sulfur dioxide, and halogenated hydrocarbons such
as carbon tetrachloride, chlorine being preferred.
3,642314
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE COPYING SHEET UTILIZING
STABILIZED CRYSTAL VIOLET LACTONE, METHOD
OF MAKING AND METHOD OF MAKING
COMPOSITION
Michio OriU, and Masakichi Yahagi, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Nisso Kako Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32^73
Int. CL B41m 5122
VS. CI. 1 17-36.2 7 Claims
A chlorinated diphenyl solvent solution of Crystal Violet
Lactone as well as an emulsion for use in pressure-sensitive
copying papers which contain microcapsules wherein said
solvent solution is encapsulated as an internal liquid phase
may be substantially prevented from becoming blue stained
by the action of light by incorporating at least 0.5 percent,
preferably 2.5-10 percent by weight based on the amount of
Crystal Violet Lactone of 2-[p,p'-bis(dimethylamino)benz-
hydrol)-5-dimethylaminobenzoic acid in said solvent solu-
tion. In a pressure-sensitive copying paper, the rear surface
of a writing sheet being intended to be brought into contact
with the clay-coated surface of a recording sheet, which has
been coated with the aforesaid emulsion, does not substan-
tially tend to become blue stained on exposure to the sunlight
even for a considerably long period of time, and hence is of
great commercial usefulness.
one or more apertures through which the liquid developer is
applied to the recording surface.
3,642,516
CARPET BACKING
Glen P. Gasaway, Buford, and Thomas Render Holbrook,
Cornelia, both of Ga., assignors to Johnson & Johnson
Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,196
Int. CI. B32b / 7104. B44d 1116; C03c 25/02
U.S. CI. 1 17-65.2 17 Claims
An improved heat and dimensionally stable carpet backing
comprising crossing fiberglass yams with each of the yams
coated with a vinyl plastisol and a substantially uniform ad-
herable and noncompatible second coating of acrylic-acetate
resin uniformly distributed over the vinyl coated yams with
the bond strength of the second coating to the vinyl coating
on the yarns being less than the bond strength of the vinyl
coating to the fiberglass.
3,642315
LIQUID DEVELOPMENT UTILIZING A CURVILINEAR
DEVELOPMENT ELECTRODE
Masamichi Sato; Yasuo Tamai; Scfji Matsumoto, all of Asaki-
shi, Saitama-ken, and Satoru Honjo, Suginami-ku, Tokyo,
all of Japan, assignors to Xerox Corporation, Rochester.
N.Y.
Filed Aug. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 753,485
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 24, 1967, 42/54379
Int.CI.G03g/i//0
U.S. CI. 1 17-37 LE 4 Claims
Images are formed by transporting a photoconductive
sheet member bearing an electrostatic latent image on its
3,642,517
PROCESS FOR INCREASING THE STABILITY OF
PROTECTIVE CHROMIUM LAYERS ON METAL
Guy Faber, Ober-Rohrdorf, Switzerland, assignor to Aktien-
gesellschaft Brown, Boveri & Cie, Baden, Switzerland
Filed June 5. 1968, Ser. No. 734,570
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 6, 1967,
12392/67
Int. CI. B44d IH4
U.S. CI. 1 17-71 M 6 Claims
A process for increasing the stability of a protective
chromium layer on metal used in a nitrogen-containing at-
mosphere at high temperatures, the chromium layer being
coated with a layer of a metal having less affinity than
chromium such as unalloyed iron, nickel or cobalt, and in
which the chromium is soluble, the whole then being diffu-
sion annealed in a neutral atmosphere at a temperature
above 1,000° C until the thickness of the chromium-alloyed
portion of the metal coating is at least 0.01 mm.
3,642,518
TREATMENT OF POLYESTER MATERIALS
Masakazu Miki; Yasuhiro Takeuchi, and Hisahani Ku-
wahara, all of Okayama, Japan, assignors to Kuraray Co.,
Ltd., Kurashiki, Japan
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,483
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 20, 1969, 44/21438
Int. CI. B44d 1/14. B32I 27/36
U.S. CI. 117-72 8 Claims
Polyester materials are treated to increase their adhesion
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1013
to rubber by contacting the polyester material with a treating
liquor containing a silane of the formula
R'-(CH2)„— Si(OR»)j-
I
R.1
of the metal is intimately contacted with a vaporous com-
bustible stream containing water to form a reactant stream
which is ignited to form the metal oxide by vapor phase reac-
tion with the volatile metal compound. The ignited reactant
stream is impinged upon a deposition surface to form the
high-purity metal oxide article. In a preferred embodiment, a
wherein R' is an organic radical selected from the group con-
sisting of vinyl, epoxycycloalkyl, glycidyloxy, acryloyloxy,
methacryloyloxy and alkyleneamino; R' is a radical selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl and lower
alkoxy alkyl; R3 is a lower alkyl radical, m is an integer from
0 to 3; and n is an integer of 0 or 1 , and thereafter contacting
the resulting material with a treating agent containing as the
sole adhesive a resorcinol-formaldehyde latex.
3,642319
METHOD FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF HARD COAT
SEAL SURFACES
Nathan A. Tiner, Laguna Beach, and Andrew N. Muller, San
Gabriel, both of Calif., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,370
Int. CI. C23c 7/00
U.S. CI. 117-93.1 1 Claim
A method for imparting wear and corrosion resistance to
valve closure elements which includes depositing a hard fac-
ing alloy coating on the metal substrate surface of the valve
element followed by a series of heating steps to fuse the alloy
coating and age harden the metal substrate.
3,642320
DRIVE ROLLER
Louis P. Lazzarini, San Jose, Calif., assignor to Genevieve I.
Hanscom, Santa Cruz, Calif, and Genevieve I. Hanscom,
Robert Magnuson and Lois J. Thomson, as Trustees of the
Estate of Roy M. Magnuson, part interest to each
Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67318
Int. CI. B08b 7/04, 7/00
U.S.CL 117-94 1 Claim
The present apparatus relates to roller conveyors em-
ployed in fruit and vegetable peeling operation where a
caustic treatment is followed by the application of infrared
radiant heat. The rollers which carry and tum the potatoes
under the infrared rays become coated with a pastelike layer
of substance removed from the potato and this layer is baked
on the cylindrical roller to provide a drive surface thereon.
3,642321
PRODUCTION OF METAL OXIDES
Herbert J. Moltzan, Dallas, and Jack Walker, Richardson,
both of Tex., assignors to Texas Instruments Incorporated,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,843
Int. CI. B05b 7/08
U.S.CL 117-105.2 15Claims
High-purity metal oxide articles are produced by a process
wherein a vaporous stream containing a volatile compound
S
vapor stream of silicon tetrachloride is contacted with
another vapor stream of hydrogen, oxygen, and water vapor
(up to about 2 moles of water vapor per mole of silicon
tetrachloride) to form a resultant stream which is combusted
to form a high-purity silicon dioxide product upon the
deposition surface.
3,642322
METHOD FOR PRODUCING HARD COATINGS ON A
SURFACE
Hans Gass, and Hans Erich Hintermann, both of Neuchatel,
Switzerland, assignors to Laboratoire Suisse De Rechercbes
Horlogeres, Neuchatel, Switzeriand
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 636,614, May 8,
1967, now abandoned. This application July 15, 1969, Ser.
No. 841,975
Int. CI. C23c n/00, 13/00; COlh 3/ /30
U.S. CI. 117-106 C nClaims
The invention is concerned with a process for producing
hard coatings of titanium carbide on a surface. The process
comprises subjecting the surface to be coated to a mixture a
gaseous titanium halide, a gaseous hydrocarbon and
hydrogen, at a temperature of 700° to 96o° C. and under
reduced pressure.
3,642323
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PRODUCING TIN LAYERS
OF >3/x ON COPPER AND COPPER ALLOY WIRE BY
HOT TIN PLATING
Horst Schreiner, and Henryk Fidos, both of Nurnberg, Ger-
many, assignors to Siemens Aktiengeselischaft, Berlin and
Munich, Germany
Tiled Apr. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 724,01 1
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 26, 1967, S
109555
Int. CI. B44d 1/42; C23c 1/04
U.S. CI. 117-114 9 Claims
s-^
3iH|
k----M
The invention has an object the production of good sol-
derability wires of copper and copper alloys, through a
uniformly thick coating of pure tin or a tin alloy with Pb
and/or Sb, Bi, Zn and Cd This object is achieved by passing
1014
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
perpendicularly (or at a small angle to the vertical) copper or
a copper alloy wire through a heated zone after passing a tin
bath. This heated zone is within a heated gas chamber which
is traversed by the wire with the wire at such a distance from
the chamber wall that the oscillating wire is not contacted by
the wall. In accordance with the present invention, a wire
with 0.2 to 1 mm. and preferably 0.5 mm. diameter is led.
after passing the tin bath, through a heating zone of a round
or a square cross section, with a length of 30 to 100 cm. and
a temperature of 200° to 430° C. Adhesion forces as well as
surface tension forces are active in the development of a
uniformly thick tin coating. The present invention also re-
lates to a device used to perform the above method.
3,642^24
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
POLYHYDANTOINS
Rudolf Merten; Willi Dunwald, both of Leverkusen, and Karl-
Heinz Mieike, Cotogne-Stammheim, all of Germany, as-
signors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Lever-
kusen, Germany
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869349
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 8, 1968, P 18 07
742.4
Int. CI. C08g 22102
U.S. CI. 117-128.4 1 Claim
Improvement of the process for producing polyhydantoin
coatings by heat treating polyhydantoin solutions according
to U.S. Pat. Nos. 3.397,253 and 3,448.170 comprising the
addition of a metal catalyst, which is soluble in the polyhy-
dantoin solution.
3,642,525
FIRE-RESISTANT FIBERS AND FABRIC
Jay C. Chapin, Chicago, III., assignor to Ventron Instruments
Corp., Scientific Chemicals Division
Filed Aug. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 751,053
Int. CI. B32b 27108- C09d 5118
U.S. CI. 117— 136 4 Claims
Fibers, such as natural fibers wool and silk and synthetic
fibers, for example, polyesters, such as dacron, and polya-
mides such as nylon are coated with a reaction product of
polyhalogenated acids having a cyclic nucleus such as
chlorendic acid with thiourea to render the fibers fire-re-
sistant and self-extinguishing after removal of the initiating
flame.
3,642326
SEMICONDUCTOR SURFACE BARRIER DIODE OF
SCHOTTKY TYPE AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Yokichi Itoh, and Norikazu Hashimoto, both of Hachioji-shi,
Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 804,757
Int.CI. HO II 7/44, 7/50
U.S. CI. 1 17-200 25 Claims
■/5
'17
'\I0
3,642,527
METHOD OF MODIFYING ELECTRICAL RESISTIVITY
CHARACTERISTICS OF DIELECTRIC SUBSTRATES
Andrew J. Purdes, Pawtucket, R.I., and Ernest M. Jost, Plain-
ville, Mass., assignors to Texas Instruments Incorporated,
Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 787,989
Int. CI. B44dy//S
U.S. CI. 117 212 12 Claims
The electrical resistivity characteristics of selected portions
of a dielectric substrate, such as barium titanate, may be
modified by first forming a relatively porous substrate which
may be handled without breaking, as by prefiring the sub-
strate, masking selected portions of the substrate with a
material such as a photoresist material which will vaporize
during final firing of the substrate, contacting the substrate
with a solution of a first reactant. immersing at least a por-
tion of the substrate in a solution of a second reactant which
will react with the first reactant to precipitate in situ in a por-
tion of the substrate a compound which is insoluble in the
solutions and which is adapted to modify the electrical re-
sistivity characteristics of the substrate, and thereafter firing
the substrate at a temperature on the order of 1,400°- 1,450°
C to reduce the porosity of the substrate and to incorporate
the insoluble compound into the lattice of selected portions
of the substrate Where it is desired to dope selected portions
of an undoped substrate to the desired thickness and form
thick-film positive temperature coefficient (PTC)
thermistors, the starting material may be an undoped barium
titanate, for example, the solution of the first reactant may be
an aqueous solution of a compound such as ammonium
hydroxide, and the solution of the second reactant may be an
aqueous solution of a compound such as lanthanum acetate
which reacts with the ammonium hydroxide to precipitate
lanthanum hydroxide in situ and thereby dope selected por-
tions of the substrate Where it is desired to produce areas of
high-electrical resistivity in selected portions of the substrate,
the starting material is a doped barium titanate, for example,
the solution of the first reactant may be an aqueous solution
of a compound such as ammonium hydroxide, and the solu-
tion of the second reactant may be an aqueous solution of a
feme compound such as ferric chloride which reacts with the
ammonium hydroxide to precipitate in situ ferric hydroxide
which, when fired, produces a high-resistivity area.
3,642,528
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Akihiro Kimura, Takatsuki-shi, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electronics Corporation, Osaka, Japan
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828^01
Claims priorit\, application Japan, June 5, 1968, 43/39252;
.Aug. 12, 1968, 43/57738: 43/57739
Int. CI. H01IJ//6
U.S. CI. 117-212 7 Claims
A semiconductor surface barrier diode of Schottky type
comprising a contact of semiconductor and metal or a com-
pound of the metal and the semiconductor, wherein the con-
tact surface forming a barrier is formed remarkably uneven
so as to adjust the barrier height.
A palladium film deposited on a silicon oxide layer peels
off when subjected to a gas containing hydrogen. A palladi-
film of a predetermined shape can be formed on a
um
semiconductor body by forming a silicon oxide film on the
body, making a contact window of desired shape in the oxide
film to expose the semiconductor body, then depositing pal-
ladium on the body and the oxide film and then subjecting
the assembly to a gas containing hydrogen thereby to peel off
that part of the palladium film which is on the silicon oxide
film leaving the palladium film which is on the contact win-
dow.
February 15, 1972
3,642,529
METHOD FOR MAKING AN INFRARED SENSOR
Robert E. Lee, Essex Junction, Vt.; Philip S. McDermott,
Athens, Pa., and Edward S. Pan, Poughkeepsie, N.Y., as-
signors to International Business Machines Corporation,
Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,312
InL CI. HO II 7/56
CHEMICAL 1015
includes a water based resinous emulsion, a chlorinated
U.S. CI. 117-212
1 1 Claims
An infrared sensitive photoconductive material is
produced by growing a ternary compound of the formulation
Hg<i-j-) Cdj Te from a gaseous mixture of mercury, cadmium
and tellurium onto a substrate which promotes polycrystal-
line growth and is chemically inert vis-a-vis the constituent
gases. Suitable substrate materials are quartz, sapphire, and
certain types of glass which are nonmeltable at growth tem-
p>eratures of the ternary compound. The method preferably
grows the polycrystalline material from a gaseous mixture of
mercury, cadmium and tellurium heated to a temperature
which inhibits binary combinations and then is rapidly cooled
to supersaturation very close to the surface of a solid
amorphous substrate material although crystalline substrates
may be used provided the lattice structure in growth is in-
compatible with the lattice of the ternary compound.
3,642,530
METHOD FOR FORMING AN ELECTRICALLY
INSULATING COATING
Alan E. Webb, Bristol, England, assignor to Rolls-Royce
Limited, Derby, England
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,458
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 20, 1968,
55,090/68
Int. CI. B44d im. 1116
U.S. CI. 117-217 9 Claims
Processes are described for forming electrically insulating
coatings and which comprise applying an epoxy coating con-
taining a thixotropic filler and oxide pigment and applying
over this an epoxy coating containing a thixotropic filler, an
oxide pigment and a powder of inert metal.
3,642,531
WATER BASED HRE PROTECTIVE COMPOSITION
APPLIED TO ELECTRICAL CABLE
Roger L. Peterson, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Dyna-
Therm Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,813
Int. CI. B44d 1/16,1/18; C09k 3/28
U.S. CI. 1 17-218 16 Claims
A self-extinguishing fire protective composition and cables
coated with such composition are disclosed. The composition
hydrocarbon and inorganic noncombustible fibers.
3,642,532
VULCANIZING RUBBER COVERED WIRE
Charles W. Greene, Spartanburg, S.C., assignor to Deering
Milliken Research Corporation, Spartanburg, S.C.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,415
Int. CI. B44d 1/34; C08c / 7/06
U.S. CI. 117-233 5 Claims
A method which comprises applying unvulcanized rubber
to a continuous metal wire cord and subjecting the coated
cord to high-frequency induction heating as the cord is ad-
vanced from a cord supply source to a collection station, the
heating step vulcanizing the rubber coating to a high degree
adjacent the cord and a low degree at the outer surface of
the coating.
3,642^33
MAGNETO-OPTICAL ELEMENTS
Kie Y. Ahn, RFD No. 1, Bedford, N.Y., and Siegfried
Methfessd, College Hill, Montrose, N.Y.
Original application Dec. 22, 1966, Ser. No. 603,933. Divided
and this application Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 48,581
Int. CI. HOlf 10/02
U.S. CI. 117— 237 3 Claims
^
1 \ X V' V
The present invention relates to a novel magneto-optical
device composed of a rare-earth chalcogenide and to a
method for making such device.
1016
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
When such rare-earth chalcogenides are made in the form
of crystals or of thin layers, they are subject to deterioration
by exposure to the atmosphere. The use of a thin overlying
protective layer having optical and magnetic properties com-
patible with the underlying rare-earth chalcogenide is highly
desirable. In one example, EujOj is employed as the protec-
tive layer for EuO.
useful tabletting sugar. Tabletted sugar-containing products
comprismg a major amount of a sugar product produced as
described hereinabove can be manufactured.
3,642,534
SUGAR-CRYSTALLIZING METHOD AND APPARATUS
Jacques De Cremoux, Lille, France, assignor to Fives Lille-
Cail, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,604
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 6, 1968, 176907
Int.CLC13f //02.C13g//04
U^.CL 127-15 8 Claims
A magma of sugar seed crystals is prepared by grinding the
massecuite continuously withdrawn from a crystallizer in a
ball mill until the crystalline, particulate sugar in the mother
liquor of the massecuite is reduced to the necessary grain size
of seed crystals and a suitable magma is thereby formed
which is fed continuously to the crystallizer simultaneously
with a body of concentrated syrup.
3.642,536
CAPSTAN SCRAPER
Edward Robak, Garden Grove, Calif., assignor to
Technicolor, Inc., Hollywood, Calif.
Filed Jan. 7. 1970, Ser. No. 1,183
Int. CI. B65h 27/00
U.S. CI. 134— 6 5 Claims
3,642,535
TABLETTING SUGAR, METHOD OF PREPARING
COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
Charles P. Graham, Hicksville; Louis Fonti, Jr., and Arnold
M. Martinez, both of Brooklyn, all of N.Y., assignors to
American Sugar Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,593
Int.CI.C13fi/00
U.S. CI. 127-29 3 Claims
A tabletting sugar made up of agglomerates of fondant-size
sucrose crystals having a crystal size in the range 3-50
microns and containing sucrose and from about 0.5 to about
7.5 percent by weight malto-dextrin based on the sucrose
content is prepared by concentrating a sugar syrup contam-
ing sucrose and malto-dextrin, the sucrose and malto-dextnn
being present in the above-indicated proportions. The con-
centration of the syrup is carried out to a temperature in the
range from about I 20° to about 1 30° C. to a solids content in
the range about 91-97 percent by weight solids. The result-
ing concentrated sugar syrup is then subjected to impact
beating within a crystallizing zone while at the same time a
gas, such as air, flows through said crystallizing zone to
prevent an increase in the temperature of said syrup and any
sugar product resulting therefrom and to carry off water
vapor produced within said crystallizing zone Within the
crystallizing zone the gas flowing therethrough, the syrup and
the resulting sugar product are in intimate admixture. There
is then recovered from the crystallizing zone a granular sugar
product comprising agglomerates of fondant-size sucrose
crystals and having less than about 2.5-3.0 percent by weight
moisture. The granular sugar product is then dried to a
moisture content below about 1 percent by weight, cooled,
milled and screened to a desired size range so as to produce a
There is disclosed herein a motion picture projector, such
as a cartridge loaded projector, as a cartridge loaded projec-
tor, including a sound pickup assembly for picking up and
reproducing sound recorded on the film. The sound pickup
assembly mcludes a capstan for driving the film past a pickup
transducer at an appropriate speed. A scraper |ssembly en-
gages the capstan in such a manner that the edge of the
scraper bears against the periphery of the capstan at all
times Not only does the scraper clean the capstan, but also
the film is cleaned by the capstan.
3,642,537
RUBBER PRINTING BLANKETS AND PROCESS FOR
REMOVING AND CLEANING GLAZES THEREFROM
Frederick L. Garms, 961 Avenue "A", Battle Creek, Mich.
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 8,075
Int. CLB08b J/05, i//0
U.S. CI. 134-28 17 Claims
A process of removing glaze from printing blankets,
preferably comprising the steps of (a) placing the blankets in
a saturated water solution of a mineral acid salt in combina-
tion with either potassium sodium tartrate or an organic acid,
(b) maintaining the temperature of the solution with the
blankets therein just under 212° F. for a period of approxi-
mately 45 minutes to one hour; (c) then removing the blan-
kets from the solution and rinsing them with water, (d)
removing water spots from the facing of the blankets; and (e)
then drying the blankets
3,642,538
METAL HALIDE BATTERY
Ralph Zito, Jr., Westford, Mass., assignor to The Zito Com-
pany, Inc., Derry, N.H.
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,993
Int. CI. HOlm 35100
U.S. CI. 136-6 22 Claims
A rechargeable metal halide battery, in which a salt of an
electroplatable metal and a halogen selected from the class
consisting of chlorine, bromine and iodine is electrolyzed
from solution in a liquid medium during the charging cycle
and reformed during the discharging cycle, the battery com-
prising at least one electrode for making an external electri-
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1017
cal connection to the battery, adapted to be immersed in the
liquid medium, and a total interface resistance, per square
inch of the extended surface, not greater than about 0.10
ohm, the electrode comprising a conductive layer including
an electroconductive carbon mass, the mass having a
polymeric reinforcing agent in intimate contact therewith to
render the mass stable to the liquid medium, the polymeric
reinforcing agent being substantially inert to halogen in con-
centrations present in the battery, and the conductive layer
being at least coextensive with the extended electrolyte-con-
tacting surface and having a resistivity, p, not greater than
(0. 1 Oa t/)/Bv /-' ohm-in. , where J is the thickness of the conduct-
ing layer and / is the longest electricaffiow path through the
conductive layer from the liquid medium.
3,642,539
SECONDARY BATTERY WITH INDATE ION IN THE
ELECTROLYTE
Akira Kawakami, Ibaraki-shi, Japan, assignor to Hitachi
Maxell, Ltd., Ibaraki-shi, Japan
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,358
Claims priority, application Japan, May 16, 1969, 44/38127
Int. CI. HOlm 47/02
U.S. CI. 136-30 9 Claims
In a secondary battery (e.g., a zinc-alkali storage battery or
secondary air battery) of conventional structure using zinc as
an anode-active substance, the improvement wherein the
electrolyte contains indate ion. Such a battery prevents the
development in dendritic or spongy form of zinc metal during
the charging state of the battery and maintains the electric
capacity materially unchanged for a long duration of time.
3,642,540
METHOD FOR MAKING METAL-AIR CELL
Edwin John Argent, Pyrford, near Woking, and Peter J. Gil-
lespie, Basingstoke, both of England, assignors to Energy
Conversion Limited, London, England
Filed Apr. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 814367
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 25, 1968,
19,740/68
Int. CI. HOlm 29/04, 4i/00
U.S.CL 136-175 2 Claims
A process for making a metal/air oxygen (air) battery is
provided comprising the steps of applying two spaced-apart
cathode layers, one adjacent one edge and one generally cen-
trally disposed on one face of an air permeable sheet-form
member of electrically conductive material, applying an
anode layer on each surface adjacent the other edge of the
sheet-form member, applying electrolyte-resistant absorbent
material to the outer surfaces of the anode, folding the sheet-
form member into a generally S-form configuration and in-
terleaving with another similarly folded sheet-form member
so that the two cathode layers which face one another have
the anode layers of said other member therebetween and
locating an air permeable electrically insulating separator
between the adjacent uncoated surfaces of the sheet-form
members.
3,642,541
METHOD FOR APPLYING CORROSION-RESISTANT
COMPOSITE COATING TO FERROUS METALS AND
PRODUCT RESULTING THEREFROM
George A. Shepard, Parma, Ohio, assignor to Republic Steel
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 798,696
Int. CI. C23c 1/08; C23f 7n2
U.S. CL 148-6.15 20 Claims
A method for the manufacture of a corrosion -resistant alu-
minum metal-coated ferrous product and particularly a
product composed of a zinc-coated ferrous metal substrate
having superimposed thereon a coating of aluminum metal.
The product prepared therefrom is characterized by having
an intermediate layer of phosphate crystals of a minimum
thickness sufficient to prevent interaction between the zinc
undercoating on the ferrous metal substrate and water
passing through the superimposed aluminum metal surface
coating. The interposing layer of phosphate crystals has a
critical maximum thickness such that not more than 100 mil-
ligrams of phosphate crystals is distributed over each square
foot of surface area of the zinc ferrous metal substrate. Op-
timally, the interposing crystalline phosphate layer has a
thickness such that 10 to 30 milligrams of phosphate crystals
are distributed over each square foot of zinc ferrous metal
substrate. The method of applying the said corrosion-re-
sistant aluminum coating to the zinc ferrous metal substrate
comprises: (a) contacting said zinc-coated ferrous metal sub-
strate with a solution containing phosphate ion for about 2 to
15 seconds at a processing temperature of about 70° to 100°
F. and (b) subsequently applying thereto a superimposed
overcoat of an aluminum metal and bonding the composite
coatings and substrate into a corrosion-resistant product.
3,642342
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ALUMINUM BASE
ALLOYS
Philip R. Sperry, North Haven, and Damian V. GuUotti, West
Haven, bioth of Conn., assignors to Olin Corporation
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,189
lnLCI.C22f 7/04
U.S. CI. 1 48- 1 2.7 11 Claims
A process for preparing aluminum base alloys containing
silicon and magnesium comprising the steps of hot working,
quenching and aging and to improved hot-worked aluminum-
based alloys having high-strength and high-impact properties.
3,642,543
THERMOMECHANICAL STRENGTHENING OF THE
SUPERALLOYS
William A. Owczarski, Cheshire, and John M. Oblak, Rocky
Hill, both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Corpora-
tion, East Hartford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 746,013, July 19,
1968, now abandoned. This application Sept. 26, 1969, Ser.
No. 864,268
lntCI.C22f 7//0
U.S. CI. 148-12.7 16 Claims
;^.*^.^ir^y^77x«ir o^y
The superalloys are strengthened in a process involving
both thermal and deformational treatments under controlled
1018
OFFICIAL' GAZETTE
conditions. The method is particularly effective for the
nickel-base superalloys of the -y-y'-type having a volume
fraction of the y' phase exceeding about 25 percent at room
temperature, and for the superalloys precipitating the
topologically close-packed phases such as the sigma phase. It
relies on the establishment of a microstructure wherein the 7'
phase is precipitated in a uniformly distributed array having
an interparticle spacing not exceeding about 5 microns,
warm working the alloy to effect an area reduction of at least
15 percent; and subjecting the alloy to a stabilization heat
treatment. The strength increase is attributable to a particu-
lar thermally and mechanically stable array of microcrystal-
line imperfections thus established and, in those alloys
precipitating the sigma phase, also by an altered sigma phase
morphology.
ERRATUM
For Class 148—143 see:
Patent No. 3,642.595
3,6424144
METHOD OF FABRICATING SOLID-STATE DEVICES
Robert W. Keyes, White Plains, and Kurt Weiser, Millwood,
both of N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines
Corporation, Arnionk, N.Y.
Original application Aug. 2, 1965, Ser. No. 476,275, now
Patent No. 3,440,497. Divided and this application Oct. 7,
1%8, Ser. No. 798,504
Int. CI. HOll 7/i6, 7144
U.S. CI. 148-175 8 Claims
February 15, 1972
3,642,545
METHOD OF PRODUCING GALLIUM DIFFUSED
REGIONS IN SEMICONDUCTOR CRYSTALS
Krich Hammer, and Horst Panholzer. both of Munich, Ger-
many, assignors to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin, Ger-
many
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,751
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 17, 1969, P 19 19
563.2
Int. CI. C23c/ //OS; HOll 7/50
U.S. CI. 148-187 9 Claims
Process for the production of p-doped zones in semicon-
ductor crvstals through diffusion of gallium using the planar
technique The process comprises: Forming an aluminu>n
oxide maskmg layer on the semiconductor crystal surface
through the pyrolytic precipitation from an aluminum and
oxygen containing organic compound. Producing windows in
the aluminum oxide layer using the photoetch technique,
with phosphoric acid etchant. Indiffusing gallium into the
semiconductor crystal and removing the aluminum oxide
masking layer by hot phosphoric acid.
An electroluminescent diode with a negative resistance
characteristic at room temperature is obtained by establish-
ing a host semiconductor substrate of gallium arsenide crystal
with a deep level acceptor impurity such as manganese as the
dominant dopant thereby obtaining a P-type semiconductor.
On a surface of the gallium arsenide there is epitaxially
grown, e.g., by vapor epitaxy, a region of gallium arsenide
doped with an N-type dopant, e.g., tellurium. The latter re-
gion provides injection of electrons, the minority carriers,
into the high-resistivity region when suitable voltage is ap-
plied across the diode. On another surface of the host gallium
arsenide substrate removed from the tellurium doped region,
a shallow level impurity such as zinc is diffused therein to ob-
tain a region dominated thereby. The diffusion produces a
high-resistivity zone bounded by the zinc and manganese
dominant regions.
At room temperature, e.g., 20° C, and below, the diode
shows a high-series resistance at voltages beyond approxi-
mately 1 volt. When a critical breakdown voltage is reached,
a negative resistance is obtained in which the current goes up
with decreasing voltage. The switching speed of the diode
from low- to high-current operations is less than 10
nanoseconds for an overvoltage of the order of I volt.
3,642,546
NITRIDED VANADIUM, COLUMBIUM AND TANTALUM
BASE ALLOYS
Ray J. Van Thyne, Oak Lawn, and John J. Rausch, Antioch,
both of III., assignors to Suriace Technology Corporation,
Stone Park, III.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,570
Int. CI. C22c 27100- C23c / 1114
U.S. CI. 148-31.5 5 Claims
A novel group of nitrided alloys having excellent wear and
abrasion resistance containing as their major constituent at
least two metals of the group columbium, tantalum and
vanadium alloyed with tiunium and/or zirconium. Such al-
loys are fabricated to shape and are then nitrided to produce
high-surface hardness thereon. The nitrided alloys have utili-
ty as cutting tool materials and other areas of use where ex-
cellent wear and abrasion resistance are desired.
3,642,547
METHOD OF CONTROLLING DENSITY IN GAS-
SENSITIZED AQUEOUS EXPLOSIVES
Keith L. Conrad, Tamaqua, Pa., assignor to Atlas Chemical
Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
Filed June 10, 1969, Ser. No. 831,895
Int. CLC06b/ 9/00
U.S.CL 149-2 14 Claims
A process for controlling the density of a gas-sensitized
aqueous explosive. The components of the explosive are in-
termixed to form a continuous stream, one of the com-
ponents being a gas-retaining component. The portion of the
stream containing the gas-retaining component is passed
through a mixing zone across which there is a pressure drop
of at least 5 p s i The gas is added to the mixing zone and is
homogeneously dispersed into the stream.
3,642,548
METHOD OF PRODUCING INTEGRATED CIRCUITS
Helmut Eger, Okhing, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft, Berlin, Germany
Filed July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 55,149
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Aug. 20, 1%9, P 19 42
455.6
Int. CI. C23f 1 100; C23c /J/00
U.S. CI. 156-3 9 Claims
A semiconductor substrate has platinum contact spots at
one surface, a layer of insulating material covering the sur-
face except the contact spots, a titanium layer covers the in-
sulating layer and the contact spots, a platinum layer covers
the titanium layer and a gold layer covers a platinum layer.
To produce an integrated circuit, a chemically easily etcha-
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1019
ble metal masking layer is applied to the gold layer. The
metal masking layer is chemically etched away except for a
desired conductor pattern. The gold layer is etched away and
the platinum layer is etched away, other than the desired
PIATINUM-SBJCDE
CONTACT
CONTAO WINDOW I
CONTACT SPOT^
METALLAyER9 TOPUTINUM UYER
A// 8 GOLD LAYER
7PLATWUM mYER
5TITANIUM ADHE-
SIVE UYEft
2 NITRIDE LAYER
I
1 SEMICONDUCTOR
SUBSTRATE
conductor pattern, by cathode sputtering. The metal masking
layer remaining on the desired conductor pattern is etched
away and the titanium layer other than the desired conductor
pattern is etched away.
3,642349
ETCHING COMPOSITION INDICATION
Roger A. Couture, Rkhmond, and John J. Liyza, Jr., Wil-
liston, both of Vt., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791,521
Int. CI. C03c 15100; C09k 3100; GOln 31122
U.S.CL 156-24 18 Claims
In the etching through a protective glass coating to expose
an underlying metal, overetching is prevented by adding a
polyhydric alcohol, for example glycerin, to a glass etchant,
which causes a color change on a metal, for example alu-
minum or molybdenum, indicating that etching through the
glass coating has been completed.
3,642350
METHOD OF PRODUCING LAMINATED STOCK
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
Martin E. Doll, Patterson, N.C.
Filed Sept. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,252
Int. CI. B32b5//«
U.S.CL 156-78 8 Claims
S S
Liquid-resistant shipping cartons and the like, and liquid-
resistant materials particularly adapted for construction of
such cartons, are produced in accordance with methods
wherein sheet thermoplastic material is formed into a
generally planar, foraminous web having openings
therethrough perpendicular to opposing faces thereof and
webs of paper are adhered to the opposing faces of the ther-
moplastic material web.
3,642351
PROCESS FOR DECORATING POTTERY
Rodolfo L. Laconkh, and Horado N. Schoyett, both of Maipu
Street N. 497, Solado De La Indcpendencia, Buenos Aires,
Argentina
Filed Aug. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 755,690
Int. CI. C03b 29100
U,S. CI. 156—89 3 Claims
A process for decorating ceramic bodies, consisting in ap-
plying a decalcomania of the desired picture, having a heat-
drying or heat-setting adhesive layer, upon a preferably hot.
raw and unprepared ceramic body, exerting a mild pressure
thereon, applying over the ceramic body and decalcomania
an overall glazing mass, and firing the thus decorated ceram-
ic body and glazing mass
3,642352
METHOD OF PRODUCING PHOTOGRAPH ALBUM
LEAF OF CLOSED POCKET CONSTRUCTION
William J. Sibley, South Hadley, Mass., assignor to National
Blank Book Company, Inc., Holyoke, Mass.
Original application July 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,672, now
Patent No. 3,587,187, dated June 28, 1971. Divided and this
application June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 59,832
Int. CI. E06b 3130
U .S. CI. 1 56— 1 08 3 Claims
/^
Photograph album leaf and method of making same. Leaf
is sheet with heat scalable outer surface folded to form pages
back-to-back, spaced photoprint window pockets being
peripherally sealed thereon. Slots underlying pockets provide
access for inserting prints through reverse side of sheet
between pages. Method includes steps of die cutting slots in
flat sheet, overlaying transparent heat scalable sheet
(preferably preprinted with decorative borders defining win-
dow pocket frames), sealing the pocket margins and simul-
taneously forming peripheral tear lines; peeling off overlay
material around pockets; folding the sheet and forming a
binding strip along marginal portions at the free end edges of
the sheet.
3,642353
BONDING CORDS WITH BLOCKED ISOCYANATES
Louis W. Georges, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Firestone
Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,8%
Int CI. C09j 5102
U.S. CI. 156—308 6 Claims
Adhesion of cord fabric, especially polyester cord fabric,
to elastomer compounds is achieved using an adhesive made
from blocked isocyanates. The blocked isocyanates are dis-
solved in an organic solvent, and then dispersed into water to
form an aqueous mixture. The cord fabric is dipped into the
aqueous mixture and heated to dry the cord and dissociate
the blocked isocyanate. Cord fabric thus treated is calen-
dered to coat it with an elastomer compound, and the coated
fabric is assembled into composite articles of cord and
elastomers (such as tires or belts) which are vulcanized with
heat and pressure.
3,642354
CLOSED MAT FORMING SYSTEM
Billy R. Hensley, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to Certain-Teed
Products Corporation, Ardmore, Pa.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,703
Int CI. B29j 5m
U.S. CL 425—83 19 Claims
Method and apparatus to form, dust free, an organic fiber
pad, typically using short staple fiber and dry powder binder.
1020
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
Methods and apparatus for forming an organic (or glass, or
mixture of organic and glass) fiber pad wherein all binder,
fiber and additives, if any. are handled closed cycle except
for the dust collector discharge to atmosphere with all blow-
by. edge trim and dust, from the picker to the oven, including
dust fly, floor drop and binder from the dust collector bags
fed back into the closed cycle system. Method and means for
feeding fiber into the process piping at a constant rate that
can be varied, including blend line feeders which feed a feed
apron, suiuble blend segments, a picker which assures fine
opening of the fibers with fine blends of coarse reclaim, a
fiber feeder which operates as a surge area for the blend line,
tumbling, lifting, combing and doffing the fiber into a fiber
column, and a fiber feeder column which stacks the fiber and
together end-to-end may be fully automated, including five
steps of determinmg particular positions of each tape to be
connected, cuttmg away the lugs of each tape at the connect-
mg positions, butting the cut end of the tapes against each
other so as to adhere to each other, bonding a splice tape on
the butted end of the tapes, and finally cutting away the lugs
of the splice tape at both sides of the tape.
-. Slitttrs
feeds it into the process piping at a constant rate that can be
varied. A binder feed system and dust condenser recycle
system of fiber and binder which cooperates with the fiber
column. A first forming section to open and blend the input
for a second forming section, as well as present the second
forming section with a uniform feed at a constant feed rate
A second forming section which opens the fiber and finish
forms the mat under very stable conditions with no process
changes required. An air recycle system which handles bleed
streams of airborne fiber and binder from the first and
second forming sections and also edge trim from the slitter
section in recycle to the fiber condenser and from there into
the fiber feed system An air recycle system handling binder
input and recycle of binder and fiber from the dust collector
system into the first forming section air system.
3,642^55
AUTOMATIC TAPE SPLICER
Kazuhiro Nagoshi, and Yoshimasa Yagi, both of
Sonezakikami, Kita-ku, Osaka-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan, as-
signors to Kabushiki Kaisha Satomi Denki Shokai, Osaka-
shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed Apr. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 817,421
Claims priorit>, application Japan. Apr. 20. 1%8. 43/2647Q:
43,26480
Int. CI. B31f 5/06. B65h 69106; G03f 15104
U.S. CI. 156-505 6 Claims
3,642,556
LABELING MACHINE
Theodore Maniaci, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Colgate-Pal-
molive Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,733
Int. CI. BOSc llllO; B32b iUl2
U.S. CI. 156-556 3 Claims
The labeling machine and method are for atuching
brochures or similar materials to containers, such as bottles.
The machine is provided with an improved container sup-
porting member which automatically deposits a measured
amount of glue or adhesive to an unlabeled portion of the
conUiner, so that a brochure or similar article may be placed
in contact with said glue or adhesive and thereby attached to
the container
3,642,557
LIGHT CONTROL STRUCTURE
Harold Warp, Chicago, III., assignor to FI«x-0-Glass, Inc.
Filed June 17, 1968, Ser. No. 737,496
Int. CI. E06b im
U.S.CL 161-3.5 13 Claims
An automatic tape splicer in which the tape-splicing opera-
tion to connect or joint two lengths of tape, film or the like
A light control structure having a louver screen embedded
between two flat plastic sheets providing a sealed light-trans-
mitting unit The louver screen may be formed of a material
such as plastic, and is sealingly embedded in the plastic
sheets. The screen includes one or more flat portions and
reinforcing elements are provided for extending between the
frame portions and one or both of the screens for rigidifying
the structure One, or both, of the plastic sheets may be pro-
vided with a suitable light transmission reducing coating, if
desired.
3,642,558
DECORATIVE ARRANGEMENT FOR MICROPHONE
ASSEMBLIES
Rudolf (iorike, Vienna, Austria, assignor to Akustische u.
Kino-(ierate (Jesellschaft m.b.H.. Vienna, Austria
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,672
Claims priorit>. application Austria, .Aug. 28, 1968. 8365/68;
Apr. 21. 1969, 3851/69
Int. CI. B44f 1 100; D04d 17104
U.S. CI. 161-5 4 Claims
A decorative arrangement for microphone assemblies com-
prises light-reflecting bodies fastened on a separate,
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1021
preferably flexible, expansible, or elastic normally flat sup-
port forming a carrier for the light-reflecting bodies. The sup-
port has a conforming fit with that part of the microphone as-
sembly to be provided with the reflective bodies, and is
permeable to sound. The support may have a meshlike struc-
ture formed of various materials and may also be used as a
wind protection for the microphone assembly.
3,642,559
MEMBRANE-LINED STRUCTURAL PANEL
William S. Stokes, 941 N. Placentia Ave., Fulkrton, Calif., as-
signor to William S. Stokes, Westminster, Calif.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 13,014
Int. CI. B32b 13112. 25108; E04c 1124
U.S. CI. 161-38 9 Claims
A membrane-lined structural panel comprising a laminated
membrane bonded to a surface of a concrete structural
panel. The membrane itself comprises an outer sheet of fluid-
impervious, synthetic polymer resin adhesively bonded to a
rubber elastomeric layer. The membrane rubber layer is
cold-flow bonded to the concrete panel. The article may be
fabricated by placing the membrane system resin sheet down
on a pouring platform, tackifying the rubber layer, placing a
pouring frame atop the membrane, and pouring wet concrete
in the frame over the membrane. As the concrete hardens,
the tackitied rubber cold-tlows into the concrete to bind the
membrane to the panel. The resultant structural panel readily
can be removed from the pouring platform without the need
for a release compound.
3,642^60
COMPOSITE ARTICLES INCLUDING BONDED HBROUS
GLASS WITH SAID ARTICLES HAVING DENSITY
GRADIENTS
Henry N. Marsh, Jr., and Barclay P. Gano, both of Granville,
Ohio, assignors to Owens-Coming Fiberglas Corporation
Filed Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 717,494
Int. CLB32b 7/00, 5/74
U.S.CL 161-39 7 Claims
Articles including molded bodies of bonded fibrous glass
integrated with more rigid members with comparatively rigid
areas of the bodies coextensive with the rigid members and
methods utilizing heat and pressure for simultaneously shap-
ing the fibrous glass bodies and integrating the rigid members
therewith.
3,642^61
LAMINATED FABRIC HAVING DIFFERENT
PROPERTIES IN DIFFERENT DIRECTIONS
Wayne W. Grobner, West Springfield, Mass^ assignor to
Johnson & Johnson
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,337
Int. CI. B32b 7108
U.S. CI. 161-50 12 Claims
^' /8
/S ^-'ZO
\
A stitch-bonded backing fabric having excellent stiffness
and resilience in one direction and excellent drape and the
ability to form soft curves with less resilience in another
direction comprising ( 1 ) relatively stiff, resilient yams, or a
combination of relatively stiff, resilient yams and relatively
soft, nonresilient yams in one direction, and (2) stitched
thread rows of nonresilient loops progressing generally in the
other direction which stitch or sew the relatively stiff,
resilient yams and the relatively soft, nonresilient yarns (if
they are present) into a self-sustaining fabric; and heat-fusi-
ble adhesive materials adhered to the self-sustaining fabric,
whereby it is capable of being heat fused and adhered to fac-
ing or other fabrics to yield laminated fabrics having excel-
lent stiffness and resilience in one direction and excellent
drape and the ability to form soft curves with less resilience
in another direction.
3,642^62
MATERIAL FOR BLACKBOARDS COMPRISING
SYNTHETIC RESIN AND PROCESS FOR MAKING THE
SAME
Ryuzo Kawaguchi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kawaguchi
Rubber Industrial Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,475
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 10, 1968, 43/64832
Int. CI. B43I I no
U.S. CI. 161-88 9 Claims
A composite material for blackboards essentially consisting
of a layer of synthetic resin containing fine grains of an inor-
ganic material distributed therein, said layer being deposited
on a flexible carrier body and having a top coating of an anti-
static agent. The composite material may be used as such or
mounted on a stiff board.
The invention also relates to a process for preparing the
composite material which comprises the steps of mixing fine
grains of inorganic material evenly into the synthetic resin,
depositing the mixture on a flexible carrier and applying on
top a coating of an antistatic agent.
\
1022
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642^63
A LAMINATED FABRIC FOR USE AS THE FABRIC
UPPER OF SHOES
Ddbert A. Davis, Kernersville; Samuel R. Averette, Wilson,
both of N.C., and Gary Dwight Voss, El Paso, Tex., as-
signors to Burlington Industries, Inc., Greensboro, N.C.
Filed Sept 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,421
Intel. B32b5//5
U.S. CI. 161-88 2 Claims
A laminated fabric, suitable for use as the fabric upper of
shoes, is prepared by bonding a layer of foam to the woven
fabric, which will form the shell or outer covering of the shoe
and, while the foam is still wet. bonding a second layer of
fabric, which will form the inner lining or sock, to the foam
and curing the thus-formed laminate. In a preferred embodi-
ment a tiecoat which can be. for example, a solution of an
aliphatic isocyanate, is applied to the woven shell fabric to
also improve adhesion of the foam to that fabric and also to
the thermoplastic sole and heel material used to make the
shoe.
trie sheath-core relation along the longitudinal axis of the
filament, in which one component is composed of a polyester
consistmg mainly of polyethylene terephthalate and another
component or components comprise highly shrinkable polya-
mide having a shrinking percentage of 15-80 percent and the
3,642,564
STRIPPABLE PROTECTIVE FILM
Robert R. Walker, and James J. Pepin, both of Wallingford.
Conn., assignors to Allegheny Ludlum Steel Corporation,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,275
Int CI. B32b 7110, 27108; B65d 5154
U.S. CI. 161-145 1 Claim
A temporary, protective plastic coating for an article, such
as ornamental tubing, which may be sprayed on the tubing
becoming adhered thereto and, upon nominal drymg, a stnp
of material such as adhesive-backed tape is placed in contact
with the coating over a full length in one dimension. The
strip and the coating are bonded together with a strength at
least as great as the film strength of the coating such that
upon tearing off the strip, the plastic film directly in contact
with the strip is also removed, enabling rapid removal of the
remaining film on the article.
3,642,565
COMPOSITE FILAMENTS HAVING AN ELASTIC
CRIMPING PROPERTY
Fumimaro OgaU, Joto-ku, Osaka; Tsutomu Naruse, Settsu,
Osaka-fu, and Torazo Itoh, HirakaU, Osaka-fu, all of
Japan, assignors to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan and SNIA Viscosa SocieU Nazionale Indus-
tria Applkazioni Viscosa S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,863
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 21, 1968, 43/18565;
Apr. 20, 1968, 43/26434; Apr. 17, 1968, 43/25756
Int. CI. DOld 5128
U,S. CI. 161-173 18 Claims
Composite filament having an elastic crimping property,
comprised of at least two components disposed in an eccen-
percent by weight of the core or cores in the filament is
5-50 It is preferable that the core component is composed
of the polyester and the sheath component is composed of
the polyamide Furthermore, the eccentricity of the sheath-
core relation is preferably at least 5. The core component
may be constituted with a plurality number of cores.
3,642,566
QUASMSOTROPIC SANDWICH CORE
Irving E. Figge, 183 Revelle Drive, Newport News, Va.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,598
Int CI. B32bJ/25
U.S. CI. 161-131 8 Claims
A structural core consisting of upper and lower sheets of a
fiberglas or like material Each sheet defines parallel rows of
raised, tetrahedronal-shaped, hollow knobs. The upper sheet
is inverted over the lower one so that the edges of the
tetrahedrons abut whereby all tetrahedrons on the bottom
sheet point up and all tetrahedrons on the upper sheet point
clown in alternating sequence along the rows. Each sheet is
formed hy placing it over a male mold having upstanding
tetrahedron shaped raised knobs, folding the sheet between
the tetrahedrons to produce puckers, applying bands in the
fold lines to hold the sheet on the male mold, coating the
sheet with an epoxv resin, cutting the bands and removing
them, inverting a female mold over the male mold and apply-
ing pressure thereto, allowing the resin to cure, then remov-
ing the sheet from the molds The core is then formed by
coating all edges of the tetrahedrons on both sheets with a
resin-type bonding material, inverting the upper sheet and
nesting it in the lower sheet so that the edges of the upper
tetrahedrons abut the edges of the lower tetrahedrons and
then bonded together, the core is then allowed to cure.
3,642,567
NOVEL COMPOSITE ARTICLE AND METHOD FOR THE
PROTECTION OF ARTICLES OF COMMERCE
William A. Rogers, jr.. Lake Jackson, Tex., assignor to The
Dow-Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,902
Int. CI. B32b 15108; B60j 7110; C09j 7102
U.S. CI. 161-165 4 Claims
A novel composite article protected from the forces of na-
ture and manmade hazards, during exposure to outdoor
weather The novel article comprising a weather resistant
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1023
film adhered to the surface of an article of commerce with a
water-soluble adhesive and having the characteristics of ease
of application, maximum weather resistance and ease of
removal. A method for the protection of articles of com-
merce which comprises adhering a weather resistant film to
the surface of the article with a water-soluble adhesive for
protection from outdoor weather and removal of the film and
adhesive with water when protection is no longer desired.
3,642,568
POLYAMIDE COMPOSITE FILAMENTS HAVING AN
IMPROVED LATENT CRIMPABILITY
Satoshi Ando; Yusaku Tanaka, both of Osaka; Sadao Onuma,
Kobe, and Fumimaro Ogata, Osaka, all of Japan, assignors
to SNIA UISCOSA Societa Nazionale Industria Applicazioni
Viscosa. S.p.A., Milan, Italy and Kanegafuchi Boseki
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 625,985, Mar.
27, 1967, now abandoned. This application July 17, 1969,
Ser. No. 842,736
Int. CI. D02g 3104
U.S. CI. 161 — 173 1 Claim
Polyamide composite filaments having an improved latent
crimpability wherein two different fiber-forming polyamide
components are mutually bonded and eccentrically disposed
over the cross section of the filament, one of the components
being a homopolyamide selected from the group consisting of
polycaproamide and hexamethylene adipamide and the othCT
of the components being a copolyamide which contains in its
main molecular chain at least one polymeric structural unit
derived from equimolar amounts of a dibasic acid and a
diamine, at least one of said dibasic acid and said diamine
having not more than four carbon atoms, the average number
of moles of amide-linkages in the main molecular chain of
said copolyamide being 5 to 15 per kilogram of polymer.
3,642,571
METHOD OF SIZING CELLULOSIC FIBERS USING AN
N.N,-(X-ALKVL)-N-CARBAMATE-(N, ,N, -
ALKVLENlUREA
Gerhard Ewald Sprenger, Carlstadt, NJ., assignor to Sun
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 883,276
Intel. D21h J/02
U.S. CI. 162— 158 3 Claims
Aqueous sizing compositions are prepared by combining
an alkyl-N-substituted carbamate containing an isocyanate
group with an alpha, beta-alkylenimine to form an N.N,-(X-
alkyl)-N-carbamate, (N,',N|'-alkylen)urea of a divalent or-
ganic radical having the formula:
(_> /^'^'
R-POf-CO-N
CR'R'
3,642,569
LAMINAR STRUCTURES OF POLYIMIDES
Clare William Gerow, Buffalo, N.Y., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 839,056
Int. CI. HO lb 3130; B32b 27128
U.S. CI. 161 — 189 9 Claims
A laminar article is provided of a layer of a polyimide and
a layer of a fluorinated polymer, which structure is suitable in
the form of narrow tapes for electrical insulation uses, the
laminated article is characterized by improved bond strength
achieved by using alpha-chloromethylphenyltrialkoxysilane
as either a priming solution on the polyimide or in the layer
of the fluorinated polymer.
3,642,570
LAMINATE OF CHLORINATED POLYVINYLIDENE
FLUORIDE
Robert Bacskai, Kensington, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
Original application Nov. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 682,594, now
Patent No. 3,558,582. Divided and this application Aug. 5,
1970, Ser. No. 62,232
Int CI. B32b 2 7/iO. C08f 3122
U.S. CI. 161 — 189 3 Claims
Laminate of metal and chlorinated polyvinylidene fluoride
homopolymer containing about 2 to 20 percent by weight
chlorine.
Ri-X-OC-NH-
which is in situ or subsequently, with the aid of an emulsify-
ing agent, dispersed in water
In the formula each R' is hydrogen or methyl or ethyl so
that their combined number of carbon atoms totals from zero
to not more than two and R is a divalent organic radical,
namely an arylene. alkylarylene, arylalkylene. cycloalkylene
or alkylene radical, which may or may not contain ethylenic
double bonds.
R, is alkyl, alkenyl, aralkyi, cycloalkyl or cycioalkenyi
which may also contain other groups which are inert to iso-
cyanate. The carbon atoms of R and R, combined should
total at least eight and preferably be not more than 54 car-
bon atoms. X is oxygen or divalent sulfur.
3,642,572
CROSS-LINKED POLYAMIDE-IMINE POLYMER FOR
PAPERMAKING
Horst Endres; Rolf Fikentscher; Walter Maurer; Emil Scharf,
and Uwe Soenksen, all of Ludwigshafen, Germany, as-
signors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
jiesellschaft. Ludwigshafen. Rhineland, Rhineland-Pfalz,
Germany
Filed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 864.216
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 11, 1968, P 18 02
435.6
Int CI. D21hi/i6
U.S. CI. 162-164 15 Claims
Cross-linked reaction products obtained by (a) reacting 1
mole of a dicarboxylic acid such as adipic acid with 0.8 to
1.5 moles of a polyalkylene-polyamine such as
diethylenetriamine and/or up to 0.4 mole of an cu-aminocar-
boxylic acid such as W-amino-caproic acid or a lactam
thereof, (b) reacting the reaction product of step (a) with 1
to 30 moles of a 1 ,2-alkylenimine compound such as
ethyleneimine per mole of basic nitrogen in the reaction
product of step (a) in the presence of a small amount of acid
or alkylating agent such as sulfuric acid as catalyst and (c)
cross-linking the reaction product of step (b) with I to 20
parts of a bifunctional compound such as epichlorohydnn
per 100 parts of reaction product Twenty-five percent solu-
tions of the new products have a viscosity of from 300 to
4.000 centipoises at 25" C.
3,642,573
WET PROCESS APPARATUS FOR MAKING NONWOVEN
FABRICS
Heinz Genz, Willich; Dieter Berger; Horst Seeliger, both of
Lahnstein, and Karl Schmidt, Dusseldorf, all of Germany,
assignors to Feldmuhle Aktiengesellschaft, Dusseldorf-
Oberkassel, Germany
Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 840,940
Claims priority, application Germany, July 15, 1968, P 17 61
855.2
Int CI. D21f 1100
U.S. CI. 162-311 4 Claims
Apparatus for the manufacture of nonwoven fabrics on
papermaking or papermaking type of machines in which
1024
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
fibers are deposited on an endless wire screen passing on an
incline through a stock tank containing a water-fiber stock,
the apparatus including an endless belt of a width substan-
tially the same as the width of the screen in the stock tank,
support elements for adjustably mounting the belt in the
stock tank, a variable speed drive for the belt and adjustable
rolls for adjusting the curve of the belt along the fiber-receiv-
ing face of the wire screen.
3,642,576
PROCESS FOR PRODLCING L-GLUTAMIC ACID AND
ALPHA-KETOGLUTARIC ACID
Katsunobu Tanaka; Kazuo Kimura, both of Machida-shi, and
Ken Yamaguchi, Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Kyowa
Hakko Kogvo Co.. Ltd.. Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 478,725, Aug. 10, 1965,
now abandoned. This application July 10, 1968, Ser. No.
743,644
Claims pri(»rit\, applicatiun Japan. Vug. 18, l'>64.
3*^ 45X51: 3"^ 45852; 39/45853; 39 45854
Int. CI. CI 2d 13106
LI.S. CI. 195-28 R 35 Claims
A process for producing L-glutamic acid and alpha-
ketoglutaric acid. A micro-organism of Micrococcus paraf-
rinolyticus. Brevihacierium keloglulamicum. Arthrobacter
roseoparaffinus . or Arthrobacter hydrocarboglutamicus is cul-
tured under aerobic conditions in an aqueous nutrient medi-
um containing one or more of the normal-paraffins as the
major source of carbon.
^ 3,642,574
METHOD FOR PRODUCING VACCINE FOR
IMMUNIZATION OF POULTRY AGAINST MAREK S
DISEASE
William Okazaki, East Lansing; H. Graham Purchase;
Richard 1.. Witter, both of Okemos. all of Mich., assijjnors
to The L nited Stales of America as represented by the Sec-
retary of Agriculture
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 33,060
Int. CI. C 1 2k 5100, 7100, 9/00
U.S. CI. 195— 1.5 3 Claims
A vaccine is produced from a turkey herpesvirus which is
nonpathogenic in chickens but immunizes against Marek's
disease.
3,642,577
GROWING HYDROCARBON-UTILIZING
MICROORGANISMS
Robert L. Gorring, Princeton, N J., assignor to Mobil Oil Cor-
poration
Filed Sept. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 757,286
Int. CI. C12d 13/06
U.S. CI. 195—28 R 2 Claims
Hydrocarbon-utilizing micro-organisms are grown in in-
creased yields by incubating them in a water-in-oil emulsion
containing a hemochromogen wherein the oil is a hydrocar-
bon and the hemochromogen takes up and releases air thus
presenting a greater amount of oxygen for utilization by the
micro-organisms.
f
3,642378
MICROBIAL SYNTHESIS FROM ALDEHYDE-
CONTAINING HYDROCARBONoDERIVED PRODUCTS
Donakl O. Hitzman, and Henry E. Alquist, both of Bart-
lesviUe, Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Aug. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 751,926
Int. CI.C12d 13100,13106
U.S. CI. 195-28 16 Claims
Proteins, amino acids, gums, and other valuable fermenta-
tion products are efficiently biosynthesized from hydrocar-
bon-derived feedstocks containing aldehydes which have
been admixed with a nitrogen-containing compound before
being passed to a fermentor.
3,642,575
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING SUGARS BY
FER.MENTATION
Katsunobu Tanaka, and Takeo Suzuki, both of Machida-shi,
Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 610,745, Jan. 23, 1967,
now abandoned. This application June 17, 1968, Ser. No.
737,384
Int. CLC12dy J/04
U.S. CL 195—28 R 13 Claims
The present disclosure relates to a fermentation process
for the production of sugars. Hydrocarbons such as n-paraf-
fins are used as the main source of carbon and micro-organ-
isms capable of assimilating hydrocarbons are cultured
therewith under aerobic conditions in an aqueous nutrient
medium to produce the sugars. Typical sugars produced are
glucose, mannose, galactose, arabinose, rhamnose, fructose,
ribose and the like as well as the polymers thereof
3,642,579
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING L-PROLINE
Yuichi Noguchi; Junichi Nak^ima; Tetsuo Uno, and Kazumi
Araki, all of Hofu-shi, Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko
Kogyo Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 531,775, Mar. 4, 1966,
now abandoned. This application July 12, 1968, Ser. No.
744,294
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Mar. 6. 1965. 40/12692
Int.CLC12d/i/06
U.S. CI. 195^29 9 Claims
A process for producing L-proline by fermentation which
comprises culturing a strain of Micrococcus glutamicus which
requires isoleucine, arginine, citrulline, orithine, methionine
or vitamin B,2 for its growth in an aqueous nutrient medium
under aerobic conditions. The addition of at least 0.4 percent
by weight of magnesium sulfate to the medium greatly im-
proves the yield of L-proline
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1025
3,642^80
ENZYMATIC SACCHARIFICATION OF CELLULOSE
Tarun K. Ghose, Ashland, Mass., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Army
Filed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1,478
Int. CL C12d 13104
U.S. CI. 195-33 R 6 Claims
A method of enzymatically converting cellulose to simple
sugars wherein finely divided dry cellulose, less than 150
micron particle size, is combined with a concentrated cellu-
lase enzyme solution obtained from Trichoderma viride OM
9123 to form a slurry having a cellulose solids content of 10
to 30 percent, and after hydrolysis the soluble sugar com-
ponents are removed by pressure filtration through a molecu-
lar sieve membrane without any enzyme passing in the ef-
fluent.
3,642,581
FERMENTATION PROCESS
Hugh A. Risky, and Charles T. Goodhue, both of Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Rochester,
N.Y.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,713
Int. CI. CI2c l/OO
U.S. CI. 195—49 17 Claims
An improved method for the microbiological oxidation of
organic compounds such as alcohols and aldehydes, for ex-
ample, pentaerythritol, by organisms such as Flavobacterium
oxydans ATCC No. 21.245, on nutrient medium in the
presence of formate ions, such as formic acid or compounds
capable of providing formate ions, is disclosed.
3,642,582
PURinCATION OF ALPHA AMYLASE
Joseph E. McClary, Fulton, Mo., assignor to Standard Brands
Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,626
Int. CI. C07g 7102
U.S. CI. 195-66 R 8 Claims
Aqueous alpha-amylase preparations may be purified by
removing the polyvalent anions therefrom, and contacting
the preparations with a fibrous alumina of the kind described
in U.S. Pat. No. 2,915,475. The alpha-amylase will be ad-
sorbed on the alumina and may subsequently be recovered
therefrom by washing the same with a salt solution contain-
ing polyvalent anions. In the case where the alpha-amylase
preparation is derived from fermentation of B. subtilis,
prote£ise is present in large quantities and when such a
preparation is contacted with fibrous alumina the protease
will remain in the effluent and can be recovered therefrom
by well-known methods.
3,642,583
TREATMENT OF SEWAGE AND OTHER
CONTAMINATED LIQUIDS WITH RECOVERY OF
WATER BY DISTILLATION AND OXIDATION
Jacob Greenberg, Ventnor City, NJ., and Douglas C.
Whitaker, Wyncote, Pa., assignors to Anti-Pollution
Systems, Inc., Pteasantville, N J.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,270
Int. CI. BOld 3/06
U.S. CL203— 11 16 Claims
In a process for distillation of water and combustion of
waste and other contaminants in liquids, the contaminated
liquid is introduced onto the surface of a molten salt bath
which acts as an efficient heat transfer mechanism for
producing flash distillation of the water and as a catalyst in
promoting efficient oxidation of the organic contaminants. In
one form, the salt bath may be a mixture of neutral salts; in
another form, the salt bath contains a chemical oxidizer
which continuously releases nascent oxygen and retakes am-
bient oxygen, thereby maintaining an equilibnum pressure of
oxygen gas which aids the oxidation process. Where the
liquid contains only salty residues, the water is evaporated off
a
filR
^^^ ^^^j^'^y^^y^ii^^^^ L^i^l
^-
|-VNA,'
,Vv*vW^A-Wv^A'^>^WV^/^A*'.A^"/^.-
while the salt residue remains and adds to the molten bath
without impairment of the heat transfer capability of the
bath
3,642,584
PROCESS FOR METAL PLATING OF SUBSTRATES
Edward J. Quinn, Tonawanda, N.Y., and John K. MacKay,
Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Hooker
Chemical Corporation, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,887
Int. CI. C23b 5/60; B44d 1/092; C23c 3/02
U.S. CI. 204-30 11 Claims
Substrates, particularly plastics, are plated with metals by
pretreatment of the substrate with phosphorus sesquisulfide
in an organic solvent to deposit phosphorus sesquisulfide at
the surface, followed by contacting the treated surface with a
metal salt or complex thereof, to form a metal-phosphorus-
sulfur compound and then with a solution of an alkali metal
hydroxide or carbonate or ammonium hydroxide or a nonox-
idizing mineral acid. The resulting treated surface is either
conductive or is capable of catalyzing the reduction of a
metal salt to produce a conductive surface. Such conductive
surfaces are readily electroplated by conventional
techniques.
3,642385
DOUBLE-DIP PROCESS FOR METAL PLATING OF
SUBSTRATES
Kingso C. Lin, Niagara Falls; Edward J. Quinn, Tonawanda,
both of N.Y., and John K. MacKay, Niagara Falls, Ontario,
Canada, assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation,
Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,992
Int.CI. C23b5/60
U.S. CI. 204-30 14 Claims
There is provided an improved process for the metal plat-
ing of substrates which comprises contacting a substrate with
a solution of phosphorus in an organic solvent having a layer
on the surface thereof of water and/or a surfactant to deposit
phosphorus at the surface of the substrate; exposing said sub-
strate to the atmosphere for a period of time sufficient to ox-
idize a portion of said phosphorus; returning said substrate to
the layer of water and/or surfactant; and thereafter contact-
ing said substrate with a metal salt or complex thereof so as
to form a metal phosphide. The resulting treated substrate
can be electroless plated and/or electroplated by conven-
tional techniques.
3,642386
ANODIC TREATMENT FOR STAINLESS STEEL
George A. Shepard, Parma, and Richard J. Mould, Cleveland
Heights, both of Ohio, assignors to Repubik Steel Corpora-
tion, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36397
IntCLC23b//00
U.S.CL 204-34 19 Claims
A method of treating bright-annealed stainless steel of the
AlSI-type 400 series. The treatment method is particularly
1026
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
suitable for preparing the steel for subsequent plating with
chromium while obviating the need for buffing prior to the
chromium plating step. The article is treated in an elec-
trolytic bath maintained above about 180° F. with an electri-
cal current for a time of at least about 1 minute and at a cur-
rent density which ranges below about 50 amperes per
- \
J'
\
-\
utt wacj^s 4^wm. jt//4w
a. Cellulose is degraded in a strong acid (such as HxS04 or
HCl in the presence of glycocoll and an alkali halide is added
such as NaCl or NaF,
b. A ketone (such as acetone) is mixed in an anhydrous
medium having an alkaline pH value with a cyclic aldehyde
(such as furfural) and with at least one-third compound
selected from the group comprising the unsaturated alcohols,
amyl aldehyde, cinnamic aldehyde and amylcinnamic al-
dehyde, an alkali sulphide or a thiol is then added in the
presence of a mercury salt followed by halogenation and sta-
bilization by addition of an oxidizing agent;
c. The two products are mixed, then filtered and the clear
liquor is retained.
square foot of article surface (current density varies inversely
with treatment time). The article is rendered anodic during
the electrical treatment, and the bath consists essentially of
an aqueous solution of alkali metal hydroxide or hydroxides
and an agent or agents of the class consisting of alkali metal
phosphates and carbonates so that pH is maintained between
about 12 and 1 3.5.
3,642^87
CHROMIUM ELECTROPLATING PROCESS AND
PRODUCT THEREOF
William S. Allen, Baldwin Borough, and Guy Serra, Franidin
Township, Westmordand County, both o( Pa., assignors to
United SUtes Stcd Corporation
Coatinuatioa-in-part of application Ser. No. 680313, Nov. 3,
1%7, now abandoned. This application July 6, 1970, Scr. No.
52,775
Int. Ci.C23f /7/0(?
U.S. CI. 204-35 N 1 1 Claims
A process for producing a duplex coating made up of a
chromium containing oxide (0.5 to 2 mg./ft. *) overlying a
metallic chromium layer (1.5 to 20 mg./ft.') which is ad-
herent to the base material. After the stock is plated in a first
stage, it is passed through an electrolyte containing 40-100
g./l.CrO, plus sulfate and/or fluoride catalyst to effect a dis-
solution and control of the overlying oxide layer. It is sub-
sequently passed to a third stage (which may be omitted)
where it is cathodically treated at a current density of less
than 500 a./ft> to effect further control of the oxide layer. To
reduce costs and simplify the process, all three stages may be
accomplished in the same electrolyte bath.
3,642,589
GOLD ALLOY ELECTROPLATING BATHS
Fred I. Nobel, 75 Fern Drive, and Bamet D. Ostrow, 125
Redwood Drive, both of Roslyn, N.Y.
Filed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,985
Int.CI.C23b5/42
U.S. CI. 204-44 9 Claims
An electroplating bath solution for depositing gold-base al-
loys conUining soluble gold and silver salts as well as a solu-
ble polymeric condensate of an epihalohydrin and an al-
kylene poiyamine The solution also contains free alkali
metal cyanide Optional components include a different
metal salt, such as nickel or cobalt salts; a wetting agent; buf-
fers or conductive salts; and alkylene-, alkanol-, and alkylol-
amines, polymers thereof, or mixtures thereof.
3,642488
ADDITION COMPOSITIONS FOR ACID
ELECTROPLATING BATHS
Rene Charrier, 4 Avenue des Saulcs, 77, Gretz-Armainvil-
lien, France
Filed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,406
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 10. 1969, 6900327
Int. CL C23b 5146
U.S. CI. 204—44 8 Claims
An addition composition for obtaining electrodeposited
metallic coatings of high quality is prepared in accordance
with the following method:
3,642,590
ACID ELECTROPLATING BATH FOR DEPOSITING TIN
Jan Johannes Engeisman, and Cornells Johannes Schoot, both
of Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netheriands, assignors to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,596
Claims priority, application Netheriands, July 16, 1969,
6910903
Int.CI.C23bJ/y4
U.S. CI. 204-54 R 4 Claims
An electroplating bath for depositing lustrous tin which
bath contains bivalent tin ions, sulphate, sulphonate, sulpha-
mate or fluoborate anions, a surface-active substance, a
lustering agent of an unsaturated character having aldehyde
or ketone groups and a compound of the type
(C„H,„t
/ \
H,C=C-C-N H-C-C=CH,
H O R,
R. O H
in which «=1, 2 or 3 and R, and R, represent hydrogen, al-
kyl, or combined represent a ring system.
3,642^91
ELECTRO ZINC PLATING SOLUTION
Cesar Adrianus Boose, The Hague, and Maarten Johan Reidt,
Voorburg, both of Netherlands, anignora to Nederlandse
Organisatic Voor Toegepast-Natuurweten-SchappdUk On-
derzoek Ten Behoeve Van NUverheid Handd en Verkeer,
The Hague, Netherlands
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,978
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 11, 1969,
69/03711
Int. CI. C23b 5/70, J//2, 5/46
U.S. CI. 204-55 R 6 Claims
A cyanide-free zinc plating bath is described. Besides a
zinc salt in the usual concentration range and possible
brighteners, it comprises a polyhydroxy acid or salt and boric
acid and/or borate in a molar ratio of between about
l(zinc):lMj(polyhydroxy):3(boric) and 1:2:4, depending on
the zinc content of the solution.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1027
3,642,592
PRODUCTION OF ADIPONITRILE
Fritz Beck, Ludwigshafen; HaraM Guthke, Frankenthal, and
Hans Leitner, Ludwigshafen, all of Germany, assignors to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengeseilschaft, Lud-
wigshafen am Rhine, Rhineland-Pfalz, (iermany
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,895
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 16, 1%8, P 16
93 005.5
Int. CI. C07b 29106
U.S. CI. 204-73 8 Claims
3,642,594
ELECTROCHEMICAL RECOVERY OF SILVER AND
REGENERATION OF USED PHOTOGRAPHIC FIXING
SOLUTIONS
Terry M. Crellin, Wheaton, Md., assignor to Norton Com-
pany, Troy, N.Y.
Filed Sept 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,571
Intel. BO Ik 3/00,3/04
U.S. CI. 204- 149 7 Claims
Process for the production of adiponitrile by direct elec-
trochemical hydrodimerization of acrylonitrile using a medi-
um containing acrylonitrile, an electrolyte salt, water and, if
desired, a solvent at a terni>erature of from 10° to 60° C. at a
pH of from 1 to 1 0. In the process, electrolysis is carried out
in a cell having a liquid cathode which is contacted by a solid
anode which is not wetted by the liquid cathode or into
which the solid anode is immersed to a depth of up to 20
mm. Adiponitrile is an important intermediate for synthetic
fiber manufacture.
3,642,593
METHOD OF PREPARING SLICES OF A
SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIAL HAVING DISCRETE
DOPED REGIONS
Ronald Lee Meek, Pottersvillc, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 59,977
Intel. B23p/ /OO
U.S. CI. 204- 143 GE 4 Claims
DIPPING^
MEANS r""'
/88 12
■^ 111!
-86
'.}.•}•> -t ■}'>■>}>.' ,.■>•>>, r^vyy')-- Trr,,.,-,-^,,,. r-rrr- ij-r^
A method of preparing slices of semiconductor material,
having a first type of conductivity, which slice has discrete
doped regions, is disclosed. The method consists of preparing
or selecting a block of semiconductive material having at
least one first region of the first conductivity type and at least
one second region of a different conductivity which is more
rapidly electroetched than the first conductivity type region.
The block is exposed to an ion implantation source which im-
plants suitable ions in at least one discrete portion of the first
region. The ion-implanted block is then subjected to an elec-
troetching treatment whereby the second region is selectively
etched thereby resulting in the formation of a slice of the first
conductivity type material, having suitable ions implanted
therein. The slice is then subjected to an annealing or heat
treatment whereby the implanted ions are activated resulting
in a slice having discrete regions having different conductivi-
ty-
An improved method for recovering silver and regenerat-
ing used photographic fixing solutions electrochemically is
disclosed whereby silver is electroplated from used fixing
solutions using high-current densities, e.g. 300 a/ft.*, without
decomposing the fixing solution. The fixing solution is then
capable of being reused in the photographic process.
3,642,595
THERMAL GRAIN REFINEMENT OF MARAGING
STEEL
George Saul, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
Filed Sept 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,399
Intel. C21d/ /OO
U.S. CI. 148-143 3 Claims
Coarse grained maraging steel is refined by first heating
the steel to a temperature between 1 ,700° and 1 ,900° F. and
then cooling the heated steel to a temperature below that at
which the martensite transformation is completed. A steel
having a substantially uniform grain size of ASTM No. 7 is
obtained when the heating and cooling steps are repeated a
total of three times.
This invention relates to the thermal grain refinement of
maraging steel. In one aspect it relates to a method for ther-
mally treating a course grained maraging steel so that its
grain size is reduced.
3,642,596
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ORGANOCHLOROSILANES
Minoru Takamizawa; Takayoshi Hayashi; Kazumoto Uzawa;
Masatoshi Takita, and Yoshiaki Kudo, all of Gunma-ken,
Japan, assignors to Shinetsu Chemical Company, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Sept 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,716
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept 6, 1%8, 43/64131
Int CI. BOlj 7/70
U.S. CI. 204-158 7 Claims
Aromatic group containing organochlorosilanes are
prepared by irradiating, in the presence of chlonne, a mix-
ture of chlorosilanes of the formula
(CH:,), ^CKSiH.
wherein n is 2 or 3 and aromatic compounds. The irradiation
is carried out with light, at least 30 percent of the light hav-
ing a wavelength not exceeding 3,800 A. A wide variety of
aromatic group containing organochlorosilanes are selective-
ly obtained by the inventive process with high yields. Further,
the formation of byproducts, which are difficult to separate
and/or which have no utility, is effectively prevented.
1028
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642497
SEMICONDUCTOR PASSIVATING PROCESS
Gary S. Sheldon, Union Springs, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Original application Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782.093, now
abandoned. Divided and this application Mar. 20, 1970, Ser.
No. 21373
Int CI. BOlk 5102
U.S. CI. 204-181 10 Claims
electrolyte, such as stabilized zirconia, and adapted to hold
an oxygen-containing material, has its open upper end pro-
tectively closed by a vertically elongate, relatively massive,
refractory cap which has a longitudinal passage therethrough
to accommodate the electncal lead for the probe electrode
A semiconductive wafer is selectively protected and etched
so that a grid of intersecting grooves is formed on one or
both major surfaces. The grooves extend below junction
depth. Oxide lip portions overhanging the grooves may be
removed and the grooves may be treated to enhance wetta-
bility. A passivant is then selectively electrophoreticaily
deposited into the grooves. Where glass is employed as the
passivant it is fired after deposition. The wafer may be subdi-
vided into pellets before or after contacts are applied. A
pliant supplemental passivant enpapsulates the semiconduc-
tive pellet, and a casement is molded thereabout to complete
the device. One semiconductive element that may be ob-
tained by the passivation process is characterized by a passi-
vant coating on a beveled periphery that progressively in-
creases in thickness as it approaches a major surface inter-
secting the beveled periphery.
3,642,598
PHOTOELECTROPHORETIC IMAGING METHOD AND
APPARATUS
Robert W. Gundlach, Webster; Leon C. Lot, Victor, and
Christopher SneUing, Penfield, aU of N.Y., assignors to
Xerox Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,347
Int. CI. BOlk 5/02
U.S. CI. 204— 181 7 Claims
/5
tttt-Mtt
z/--
Electrically photosensitive particles dispersed in a carrier
liquid are subjected to an electric field and exposed to
imagewise light by reflection from an opaque document in a
reflex exposure mode. A transparent material is positioned
between the carrier liquid and the document.
and IS long enough to protect the tubular receptacle against
both unrepresenutive, high-oxygen molten material and the
molten material-air interface, and to protect both the tubular
receptacle and the electrical conductor against splash of the
molten material that could otherwise lead to short circuiting
of the electncal signals.
3,642,600
GAS DETECTION ANNUNCIATOR APPARATUS
Harvey N. Seiger. East Brunswick, and Robert J. Dagnall,
Bound Brook, both of N J., assignors to Gulton Industries,
Inc., Metuchen, N.Y.
Original application Oct. 11, 1966, Ser. No. 585,805, now
Patent No. 3,451,901. Divided and this application Apr. 3,
1969, Ser. No. 842,745
Int. CI. GOln 27/2S
U.S. CI. 204-195 13 Claims
^04
-J^
An apparatus for the detection of nerve gases comprising
reservoirs for enzyme and substrate, electrochemical cell
means, air-conveying means and sensing and annunciator
means.
3 642,599
SOLID ELECTROLYTE PROBE FOR DETERMINING
THE OXYGEN CONTENT OF MOLTEN MATERIALS
Henry W. Franz, Salt Lake City, UUh, assignor to Kennecott
Copper Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,701
Int.CI. G01n27/iO
U.S. CI. 204-195 7 Claims
A solid electrolyte probe for direct immersion into a mol-
ten material, such as molten copper, to determine the oxygen
content thereof. A tubular receptacle fabricated from a solid
3,642,601
MACHINE FOR PROCESSING A PIECE OF WORK BY
ELECTRIC CURRENT
Iwao Kondo, 39-9 Kita-machi l-chome, Nerima-ku, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Dec. 3. 1969, Ser. No. 881,728
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 3, 1968, 43/88571
Int. CI. BOlk 3104; B23p 1104
U.S. CI. 204-206 6 Claims
A device for processing a workpiece by electric current,
compnsing an electrode carried by an electrode holder, and
a work holder holding the work stationary. The electrode
holder moves the electrode relative to the workpiece, while
providing electric current therethrough, preferably in three
directions. The electrode holder also moves the electrode
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1029
relative to the holder itself, so as to bring fresh portions of metals by the jetting force of the gas, said mixture being
the electrode into operative contact with the work For elec- small in specific gravity, lifting said liquid metals into a head
tank positioned at a level high enough for recirculating the
liquid metals into the electrolytic cell by gravity, separating
trolytic processing, the electrode includes a means for con-
tinuously ejecting electrolyte to the working area.
3,642,602
ELECTROPLATING APPARATUS
Sigfrid Schweiierhof, Backnang, Germany, assignor to Licen-
tia Patent- Verwaltungs-GmbH, Frankfurt, Germany
Fikd Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,974
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 11, 1969, P 19 18
354.1
Int. CI. C23b 5174
the liquid metals from the inert gas in said head lank, recir-
culating the liquid metal necessary for electrolysis into the
cell, condensing and separating the electrolytically liberated
metal contained in the inert gas from the gas, and returning
the inert gas into the lift pipe for further use by circulation.
3,642,604
ANODIC ASSEMBLY FOR ELECTROLYSIS CELLS
Umberto Giacopelli, Via Pravi, Rosignano-Solvay, (LIvomo),
Italy
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,527
Claims priority, application Belgium, Dec. 30, 1968, 68156
Int. CI. BOlk i/(M, C23b 5/6«, C22d WOl
U.S. CI. 204-211
4 Claims (j.s. CI. 204-286
8 Claims
^ 1 i
C lak
In electroplating an anisotropic magnetic film onto wires,
current through the wires during the plating process is used
to create the magnetic anisotropy in the film. The resulting
voltage drop along the length of the cathodic wires results in
nonuniform chemical composition in the film along the
length of the wires. Such nonuniform compositions are
eliminated in the apparatus and method of the present inven-
tion by providing an equal voltage drop along the length of
the anode.
An assembly for use in electrolysis cells including a per-
manent, rigid, inert and reusable base which has the form of
a square open tank with only three sidewalls, and, an anodic
aggregate set down on this base without an fastening means.
This aggregate is composed of graphite anodic plates, anodic
bars and the fourth sidewall of the base. All metallic parts of
the assembly are protected by a covering which also em-
bodies the fourth sidewall. The tightness between the fourth
sidewall and the base is insured by a flexible seal.
3,642,603
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR CIRCULATING
LIQUID METALS IN FUSED SALT ELECTROLYSIS
HMctami Sakai, Room No. 501, Building No. 182, 2-2, 3-
chome, Takanedai-Danchi, Takanedai-cho, Funabashi-shi,
and Muneyoshi AriU, 68-556, Joza, Sakura-shi, both of
Japan
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,103
IntCI.C22di/02, 7/04
U.S. CI. 204-247 2 Claims
A method of and an apparatus for circulating a liquid
metal in fused salt electrolysis comprising passing the fused
alloy of the cathode liquid metal and the electrolytically
liberated metal both coming out of the cell and the liquid
metal for controlling the temperature of the cell through a
lift pipe by making a mixture of an inert gas and the liquid
3,642,605
APPARATUS FOR THE EXTRACTION AND
DEHYDRATION OF A SOLID PHASE FROM A LIQUID
DISPERSION
Francois Chend, Le Catcau, and Richard Louis Swinnen,
GennevilUers, both of France, assignors to Sodete Generate
Ceramique du Batiment, Luxembourg
Filed Jan. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 699,918
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 24, 1%7. 92303;
92304
Intel. BOlk J/00
U.S. CI. 204- 300 1 0 Claims
Apparatus for the removal of a solid phase from its disper-
sion by electrophoretic deposition and heat using an electri-
cally charged vessel for the dispersion and a moving elec-
trode or rotating drum emerging from the dispersion is dis-
closed. An aqueous layer is removed from the surface of the
1030
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
deposited solid phase by a satellite roller in contact with the
rotating drum, the drum continues to rotate, then a scraper
produce a coal solution having a low viscosity which is readi-
ly deashed by settling and/or filtering. The coal solution has a
low sulfur and mineral ash content and it may be used in the
preparation of fuels or as a feedstock to a furnace process for
producing carbon black All or part of the solvent content of
the coal solution may be recovered and recycled in the
process as a solvent, and the deashed and desulfurized coal
thus produced may be used as a solid or molten fuel, or it
may be blended with petroleum refinery streams to produce
liquid fuels having desired specifications and a feedstock for
producing furnace carbon black.
removes the deposited solid phase from the drum before it
again enters the dispersion.
3,642,606
APPARATUS FOR IMAGE FORMATION ON THE INSIDE
OF A CYLINDER
Edwin Zucker, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox Corpora-
tion, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,545
Int CI. BO Ik 5102; C23b 13/00
U.S. CI. 204—300 17 Claims
IS -
-f^-
A roller electrode is positioned in contact with the inside
surface of a transparent cylindrical electrode forming a nip.
Photoelectrophoretic ink in the vicinity of the nip is exposed
to light through the transparent cylinder while a voltage
gradient is applied between the electrodes. The image
formed on the inside of the electrode is viewed and/or trans-
ferred to a web fed axially into the cylinder and deflected
toward the image.
3,642,607
COAL DISSOLUTION PROCESS
Walter H. Scitzer, West Chester, Pa., assignor to Sun Oil
Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63334
Int.CI. C10g//00
U.S. CI. 208—8 8 Claims
Process for dissolving bituminous coal by heating a mixture
of said coal, a hydrogen donor oil, carbon monoxide, water,
and an alkali metal hydroxide or its precursor at a tempera-
ture of about 400°-450° C. and under a total pressure of at
least about 4.000 p.s.i.g.
3,642,609
DEWAXING WAXY OIL BY DILUTION CHILLING
Ivan Mayer, Summit, and Stephen F. Perry, Westfleld, both of
N J., assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876^66
Int.CLC10g4i/OS
U.S. CI. 208-33 14 Claims
3,642,608
SOLVATION OF COAL IN BYPRODUCT STREAMS
Jack W. Roach, and Leo Garwin, both of Oklahoma City,
Okla., assignors to Kerr-McGee Corporation, Oklahoma
City, Okla.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,688
Int.CI.C10g//00
U.S. CL 208—8 17 Claims
Coal is solubilized in highly aromatic petroleum byproduct
streams such as catalytic cracker recycle oil and slurry oil to
Waxy oil is dewaxed by shock chilling with prechilled sol-
vent under conditions of agitation sufficient to obtain sub-
stantially instantaneous mixing at a plurality of points along
the length of a vertical tower wherein the velocity of solvent
injection is at least 5 to 10 times that of the peripheral
velocity of the mixer blades.
3,642,610
TWO-STAGE HYDROCRACKING-HYDROTREATING
PROCESS TO MAKE LUBE OIL
Joseph M. Div^ak, Jr., Griffith, Ind., and Maurice K. Rausch,
South Holland, III., assignors to Atlantic Richfield Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 855,737
InL CI. ClOg 23102, 13106, 37/00
U.S. CI. 260-58 12 Claims
A high-viscosity-index mineral lubricating oil is produced
by treating, for instance, a deasphalted residuum or a raw,
heavy lubncating distillate oil in a two-stage process. The
feedstock is first catalytically hydrocracked, then catalyti-
cally hydrogenated and can be fractionated and dewaxed to
produce a finished product. Catalysts such as nickel-tung-
state on boria-alumina and nickel-molybdate on alumina are
employed in the two stages, respectively. The catalysts are
preferably used in sulfided form.
3,642,611
PRODUCTION OF MOTOR AND JET FUELS
Odes B. Robertson, Groves; Thomas A. Cooper, Port Arthur,
both of Tex., and Henry D. Moorer, Richnoond, Va., as-
signors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,720
Int.CLClOg/i/02
U.S. CI. 208-87 9 Claims
Good yields of high-quality motor fuel and jet fuel are ob-
tained by solvent extracting a gas oil to produce a paraffin-
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1031
rich raffinate and an aromatic-rich extract, hydrocracking
the raffinate using a catalyst having an amorphous support,
separately hydrocracking the extract using a catalyst contain-
ing a crystalline zeolitic support and recovering jet and motor
fuels from the respective hydrocracker effluents.
3,642,612
PROCESS FOR THE CATALYTIC HYDROGENATION OF
HYDROCARBONS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HIGH-
VISCOSITY-INDEX LUBRICATING OILS
Pierieona Girotti; Telemaco Floris, both of Donato Milanese,
and Giancark) Peed, Milano, all of Italy, assignors to Snam
Progetti S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Feb. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 799,341
Claims priority, application Italy, Feb. 14, 1968, 12716 A/68
Int.CI. C10g2J/00
U.S. CI. 208—89 10 Claims
A novel two-stage hydrogenation process for producing
lubricating oils is disclosed which comprises passing a
deasphalted vacuum residue and/or vacuum distillate feed-
stock through a preheater, contacting the resulting feedstock
with a catalyst consisting of sulfides and/or oxides of the VI
and VIII group metals on a slightly acid support in the
presence of hydrogen at certain temperature, pressure, space
velocity and hydrogen flow conditions (first stage), contact-
ing the resulting product under the same temperature, pres-
sure, space velocity and hydrogen flow conditions as in the
first stage with a catalyst consisting of sulfides and/or oxides
of the VI and VIII group metals on an acid support, convey-
ing the resulting products to a high-pressure separator where
hvdroeen is removed, purified and recycled, conveying the
resulting product to a low-pressure separator where undesira-
ble gases are removed, introducing the resulting product into
a stripping column, where certain useful byproducts are
removed, transferring the bottom products to a deparaffma-
tion unit wherein paraffms removed therein are recycled to
the first reaction stage and then conveying the deparafllnated
product to a vacuum-fractionating column where the desired
lubricating oils are obtained.
3,642,613
BLACK OIL CONVERSION PROCESS STARTUP
PROCEDURE
Garl J. NagI, Downers Grove, Ul., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,905
Int. CI. C10g2i/00
U.S. CI. 208—213 3 Claims
A startup method for a process designed to effect the con-
version of hydrocarbonaceous black oils. Applicable to a
fixed-bed catalytic system, the method involves ( I ) pre-
wetting the catalyst with a hydrocarbon mixture and (2) low-
temperature reduction and sulfiding using circulating (recy-
cle) hydrogen and a sulfurous hydrocarbon mixture.
3,642,614
REDUCTION OF SOLUBLE CONTAMINANTS IN LEAN
SOLVENT
Harry M. Van Tassell, Ariington Heights, III., assignor to
Universal Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,501
Int.CI. CI Og 27/25
U.S. CI. 208-321 15 Claims
/■*
* "^^fL
'\
*f\
\
In a solvent extraction process wherein a mixed hydrocar-
bon feed is contacted in a primary extraction zone under ex-
traction conditions with a specified water soluble primary
solvent selective for aromatic hydrocarbons thereby produc-
ing a nonaromatic raffinate stream and an aromatic-rich sol-
vent stream, the aromatic-rich solvent stream is separated in
a separation zone to provide an aromatic product and a lean
primary solvent stream containing hydrocarbon contaminant
having a boiling point greater than the end boiling point of
the aromatic product, and the lean primary solvent stream is
passed to the extraction zone as the specified primary sol-
vent, a method for reducing the concentration of soluble
hydrocarbon contaminant in the lean solvent which com-
prises contacting a portion of lean primary solvent and at
least a portion of the nonaromatic raffinate in a secondary
extraction zone under extraction conditions including the
presence of a secondary aqueous solvent. The secondary ex-
traction zone produces a nonaromatic raffinate containing
the hydrocarbon contaminant having substantial freedom
from the primary solvent. The secondary extraction zone
further produces a stream of rich secondary aqueous solvent
containing the primary solvent having reduced concentration
of the hydrocarbon contaminant, and the rich secondary
aqueous solvent is separated to produce a lean primary sol-
vent having reduced hydrocarbon contaminant concentra-
tion. The method has particular application to aromatic ex-
traction processing wherein the primary solvent is a sul-
folane-type chemical solvent, or a polyalkylene glycol sol-
vent, or any other typically utilized water soluble solvent
selective for aromatic hydrocarbons.
3,642,615
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE BIOLOGICAL
TREATMENT OF WASTE WATER
Theodor Wieferig, Vechta/Oklb., Germany, assignor to Passa-
vant-Werke, Hutte, Germany
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,745
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 2, 1969, P 19 44
558.0
Intel. C02C///0
U.S. CI. 210-7 12 Claims
A system for active sludge waste water treatment com-
prises an aerating chamber and a clarifying chamber. Raw
water is introduced into the aerating chamber where liquid is
circulated in a path in the aerating chamber and the liquid is
aerated. A portion of the circulating liquid is conveyed to the
clarifying chamber where the sludge settles to the bottom.
1032
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
Settled sludge is conveyed from the bottom of the clanfymg
chamber and introduced into the aerating chamber in a
direction substantially the same as the direction of motion of
3,642,617
FOAM FLOTATION CONCENTRATOR
Edwin H. Brink, San Jose, and Warren G. Palmer, Saratoga,
both of Calif., assignors to FMC Corporation, San Jose,
Calif.
Filed Jan 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,868
Int. CI. B03d nod
U.S. CI. 210— 44 8 Claims
the liquid in the path of circulation in the clarifying chamber.
Clarified water is removed from the top of the clanfier and
sludge is withdrawn from the aerating chamber.
3,642,616
CONTINUOUS METHOD FOR TREATING LIQUIDS
William C. BuriK, Fulkrton, Calif., assignor to Water Treat-
ment Corporation, City of Industry, Calif.
Filed Aug. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 753,160
Int. CI. BO Id 15106; C02b 1176
U.S. CI. 210— 32 7 Claims
a,bS-(S)-S^
A continuous method for producing treated water by utiliz-
ing at least three zones containing ion-exchange material in
which one zone is utilized as a treating or deionization unit,
another zone is utilized for regenerating exhausted ion-
exchange material and a third zone is utilized for rinsing the
regeneration solution from the ion-exchange material, all
three zones being operated simultaneously, and when the
ion-exchange material in the deionization zone is exhausted
the influent water is then transferred to the rinsing zone and
the ion-exchange material in the original deionization zone is
then regenerated with a regeneration solution while the ion-
exchange material in the original regeneration zone is rinsed.
Preferably the rinsing operation is conducted by passing a
portion of the deionized water through the regenerated ion-
exchange material to rinse the salt solution therefrom. It is
also preferred to deionize the water by passing the influent
water upwardly through the ion-exchange material and to
regenerate the ion-exchange material by passing regeneration
solution downwardly through said material. Moreover, very
good results are obtained if each zone has a freeboard suffi-
cient to allow for expansion of the ion-exchange material and
the water to be treated is passed through the ion-exchange
material at a flow rate sufficient to force and hold the ion-
exchange material against the top of the zone and in the
freeboard space, thereby preventing said ion-exchange
material from being mixed.
««•«•£ TMrr-
A suspension of activated sludge from a secondary settling
tank is concentrated by a bubble flotation process. Air is
forced through a mixture of water and a surfactant in a
shear-type foamer at iow pressure to produce a stable foam
of small air bubbles in water. The foam is pumped into the
suspension entering the concentrator and the bubbles attach
to the solids in the suspension. The mixture of foam and
suspension is released within a baffle in the concentrator
tank, causing the surfactant shielded air bubbles to lift the
solids to which they have become attached and form a blan-
ket of concentrated sludge. A rotating skimmer head
removes an upper layer of the sludge blanket whereas the
clanfied effluent flows under the baffle and out over an an-
nular weir for discharge. The concentrated sludge removed
from the concentrator is introduced into an anaerobic
digester, along with primary sludge from the primary settling
tank of the system One overall effect is to reduce the size
required for the digester.
3,642,618
CONTINUOUS CLARIFICATION-FILTRATION METHOD
Rene Narcisco SUva, 614 Albert Place, Ridgewood, N J.
Filed Oct. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 765,507
Int. CI. B03d 1 100
U.S. CI. 210-44 4 Claims
Method and apparatus to improve the adhesion between
the air or gas bubbles used in a flotation clarifier and the floe
already formed with the use of one or more chemicals or
coagulant aids, by adding the necessary electrical charge to
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1088
said air or gas bubbles in order to make them adhere more
efficiently to said floe.
drilling wells using as the drilling fluid dispersant 4-allyl-
dihydroxybenzene.
3,642,619
CONDITIONING SEWAGE WASTE SLUDGES FOR
DEWATERING
Ronald Alfred Lo Saaao, and Emerson G. Rausch, both of
Coraopolis, Pa., assignors to Calgon Corporation, Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,545
InL CI. C02c 3100
U.S. CI. 210-52 6 Claims
Waste sludges are conditioned for dewatering by intermix-
ing with the waste sludge prior to dewatering an admixture of
a water-soluble high-molecular weight nonionic polyacryla-
mide and a water-soluble salt containing ferric ions.
3,642,620
PROCESS FOR TREATING WASTES FROM OXIDATION
PROCESSES
Edward L. Cde, FlshkUl, and Howard V. Hess, Glenham,
both of N.Y., asaigDors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
Condnnation-hi-part of application Ser. No. 780,080, Nov.
29, 1968, now Patent No. 3,507,788. This appikatkm Oct
14, 1969, Ser. No. 866,215
Int CI. C02c 5104
VS. CI. 210-63 8 Claims
y<n:i Xfrom
4if
A process for treating a waste feed stream containing es-
sentially water-soluble organic wastes is described as involv-
ing heating the stream under turbulent flow conditions to
temperatures of 400° to 700° F. and pressures of 300 to 3 100
p.s.i. in the presence of air or of oxygen thereby splitting off
carbon dioxide. The oxidized waste stream, which has a con-
siderably reduced chemical oxygen demand, is continuously
fed to a hot contacting zone and is in heat-exchange relation-
ship with the incoming effluent stream.
3,642,621
PREPARATION OF HRE-EXTINGUISHING MATERIAL
COMPRISING HEATING BIURET WITH SODIUM OR
POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE
Frank Brian Hoitows, Northwich, England, assignor to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Feb. 3, 1%9, Ser. No. 7%, 156
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 16, 1968,
7,768/68
Int CI. A62d 1 100
\}&. CI. 252-5 3 Claims
Fire-extinguishing compositions containing the compound
having the empirical formula MC,N,H,Os where M
represents sodium or potassium, are made by heating biuret
with sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide under an-
hydrous conditions.
3,642,622
DRILLING FLUID
Mahmood S. KaMaoui, and Jack H. Kolaian, both of Wappin-
gers Falls, N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,514
Int CI. ClOm 3114
U.S. CI. 252—8.5 C 5 Clainis
An aqueous drilling fluid dispersant and a method of
3,642,623
OIL BASE WELL DRILLING FLUID COMPOSITION
AND METHOD
Robert B. Bennett and Wairen C. McMordie, Jr., Hoos*
ton, Tex., assignors to Oil Base, Inc., Houston, Tex.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,492
Int CL C09k 3100; BOlf 17/42
VS. CL 252—8.5 M 19 Oaims
Stabilization of oil continuous phase well fluids, par-
ticularly oil base drilling fluids, against contamination with
water-soluble alkaline earth salts, e.g., calcium chloride,
is accomplished by addition of a novel additive system
comprising a water-soluble acid-blocked alkanolamide
nonionic surfactant, a sulfonated acid anionic surfactsint
and an oil-soluble nonionic etboxylated alkyl phenol. The
additive system cwitrols the water wettable solids in an
oil base well fluid system in the presence of alkaline earth
salts for extended periods at high temperature keeping
such solids in the oil- wet state.
3,642,624
THERMAL INSULATING FLUID
John W. Howland, Pnerto La Croz, Venezuela, and Jiuui
C. Rosso, deceased, late of Puerto La Cruz, Venezuela,
by Elsa Vich de Rosso, Buenos AItm, Argentiiia; said
Howland asdgnor to Gulf Oil Corporation, Pittsburgh,
Pa.
No Drawing. FUed Dec 12, 1968, Ser. No. 786,543
Int CI. E21b 21f04; C04b 43/04
U.S. CL 252 — 8.55 8 Claims
A thermal insulating fluid for use in the tubing-casing
annulus of a steam injection well. The fluid contains as
a major ingredient a heavy mineral oil, preferably having
an API gravity less than 30°. The fluid contains ingre-
dients which will form a water-insoluble soap when the
fluid is heated. The viscosity and insulation properties of
the fluid are increased by the incorporation of 2 to 6 per-
cent water, a bentonite-organic base compound, and finely
divided asbestos fibers.
3,642,625
ANnCORROSION LUBRICATING COMPOUND
Stanley J. Caplan, Nortiiridge, Calif., assignor to
Accralubc Company, Nordiridge, Calif.
No Drawing. FUed Oct 1, 1969, Ser. No. 862,930
Int CL ClOm 5/02
U.S. CI. 252—25 7 aaims
An improved heavy duty coating composition for pro-
tection against corrosion of metallic substrates and for
lubrication of metallic parts comprises a substantially
imiform mixture of from about 40 to about 70 weight per-
cent of lead oxide in particulate form having an average
particle diameter size of from about 30-45 microns and
an essentially homogeneous grease-containing vehicle.
The vehicle comprises a major proportion of grease,
preferably heavy duty grease, and a minor proportion of
lubricating oil, preferably high pressure lubricating oil.
The grease-containing vehicle is non-separating and
preferably the grease is present in the vehicle in a weight
ratio to the oil of about 5:1. The lead oxide preferably
comprises at least one of PbO and Pb304.
895 O.G.— 37
1034
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,626
GREASE COMPOSITION COMPRISING
POLYFLUOROALKYL-POLYSILOXANE
John B. Christian, Yellow Springs, Ohio, assignor to the
United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of the Air Force
No Drawing. FUed May 9, 1969, Ser. No. 823,475
InL CI. ClOm 7148
UA CI. 252—33.6 10 Claims
This invention comprises an improved grease having
improved wear, improved extreme pressure characteristics
and improved temperature range utility comprising a poly-
fluoroalkyl-alkyl polysiloxane as a base, fluorinated co-
polymer of ethylene and propylene as a thickener and
antimony dialkyl dithiocarbamate. The improved grease
of this invention has particular utility in aircraft and
other equipment where heavy loads are prevalent and little
or no wear can be tolerated.
3,642,627
LUBRICATING GREASE
Roy L. Waring, Moore, Okla., assignor to
Cato Oil and Grease Co.
No Drawing. FUed May 31, 1968, Ser. No. 733,240
Int CI. ClOm 5/16
U.S. CI. 252—39 9 Claims
A lubricating grease having a calcium soap/salt com-
plex thickener and characterized by outstanding adhesive
qualities, low bleeding rate, and stability at temperatures
above 400° F. The ingredients from which the grease
is formed comprise lubricating oil, a source of calcium
(such as hydrated lime), 12-hydroxy stearic acid, a low
molecular weight organic acid, or a salt thereof, and iso-
butylene polymer having an average molecular weight of
from about 8,000 to about 19,000 (Staudinger).
3,642,628
INSOLUBLE ORGANOTIN SALT STABILIZERS FOR
ACRYLONTTRILE POLYMERS
George Palethorpe, 44-C Colonial Apts.,
Durham, N.C. 27707
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 788,104
Int CI. C08f 45/62
U.S. CI. 260—45.75 K 7 Claims
Insoluble organotin salts of organic and inorganic oxy-
gen-containing acids are effective stabilizers against color
initiated by heat and light in halogen-containing acryloni-
trile polymer fibers. Unlike the soluble tin compounds,
the insoluble organotin salts are well-retained within
these fibers when they are produced by wet spinning
techniques.
3,642,629
CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
Donald R. Randell, Stockport, England, assignor to Geigy
Chemical Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 753,321,
Apr. 26, 1968, now Patent No. 3,536,706, which is a
division of appUcation Ser. No. 526,401, Feb. 10, 1966,
now Patent No. 3,414,618, which in torn is a division
of appUcation Ser. No. 431,709, Feb. 10, 1965. DKided
and this appUcation Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,308
Clahns priority, appUcation Great Britahi, Feb. 11, 1964,
5,593/64; Feb. 29, 1964, 8,579/64
Int a. ClOm 1/38, 1/34
U.S. a. 252— 47.5 7 Oaims
Chemical compositions are composed of synthetic lu-
bricant and antioxidant compound of the formula :
s
/ \
A B
wherein A and B are the same or different and each is an
aryl group, and one of the aryl groups A and B contains
a tertiary alkyl substituent group having from 4 to 12
carbon atoms.
3,642,630
LUBRICANT COMPOSITIONS
Alexander C. B. MacPhaU, Wood River, HI., and Ian
Keddie, Pensby, Wirral, England, assignors to SieU Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,785
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 22, 1968,
8,660/68
Int CI. ClOm 1/38
U.S. CI. 252—47.5 7 Claims
Synthetic ester based lubricant compositions containing
minor amounts each of an N-substituted phenothiazine
and a symmetrical or asymmetrical substituted triazine
have good oxidation stabiUty over a wide range of tem-
peratures.
3,642,631
SUBSTITUTED BITfflOPHENES
Henry Gisser and Seymour Portnoy, Philadelphia, Pa.,
assignors to the United States of America as represented
by the Secretary of the Army
No Drawing. Division of appUcation Ser. No. 8,386, Feb.
3, 1970. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
690,403, Dec. 14, 1967. This appUcation Nov. 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 92,521
Int CI. ClOm 1/30, 1/38
U.S. CI. 252 — 48.4 3 Claims
A new heat-stable compound, 5,5'-diheptafluobutyryl-
2,2'-bithiophene, and methods for its preparation which
involves the use of ethyl bromide in an uncatalyzed Gri-
gnard coupling reaction, as well as methods for preparing
other related bithiophenes having at least one substituent
in each thiophene ring. Lubricating oils and hydraulic
fluids containing this compound as a friction reducing
agent are also described.
3,642,632
ANTHRAMLIC ACID ESTERS AS LUBRICANT
ADDmVES
John F. Cobum, 7 FrankUn Ave., Cranford, NJ. 07016,
and Stephen J. Metro, 1822 Lamberts MiU Road, Scotch
Plains, N J. 07076
No Drawtag. Filed May 24, 1968, Ser. No. 731,735
Int CI. ClOm 1/26, 1/32
U.S. CI. 252—51.5 A 4 Claims
An ester of anthranilic acid or an ester of a derivative
such acid having the general structural formula:
where R is a Ci to Cjo alkyl group and X is hydrogen,
alkyl or a phenyl group, has been found to be an effective
oxidation and corrosion inhibitor in lubricating oils, espe-
cially synthetic ester oils.
i
X 3,642,633
LUBRICANT COMPOSITIONS
Rudolf J. A. Eckert and Johannes M. Wortel, Amsterdam,
Netherlands, assignors to SheU Oil Company, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawhig. Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,704
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, Jan. 1, 1969,
26/69
Int CL ClOm 1/28, 1/34
U.S. CI. 252—57 4 Claims
Lubricant composition containing copolymers having
free hydroxyl groups and derived from a compound com-
prising a single polymerizable C=C group and at least one
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1036
aromatic ring which is incorporated into the monomer
mixture from which the copolymers are polymerized have
improved pour points, viscosity indices and dispersant
properties.
3,642,634
REFRIGERATION LUBRICATING OIL
Sven A. Olund, San Rafael, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San FranciM:o, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 3,523
Int CI. ClOm 1/16, 1/18
VS. CI. 252—59 4 CTaims
Lubricating oil for refrigeration equipment based on
the combination of alkylbenzenes containing from 10 to
25 carbon atoms in the alkyl groups and from about 2 to
about 50% by weight of polyisobutylene having a vis-
cosity in the range of about 3000 to about 1,000,000 SUS
at 100' F.
3,642,635
SYNTHETIC PETROLATUM COMPOSITIONS
David M. MacLeod, Samia, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Esso Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,980
Int CI. ClOm 1/18
U.S. CI. 252—59 4 Claims
Petrolatum-like products are prepared by combining a
distillate lubricating oil, a slack wax derived from a dis-
tillation lubricating oil and a wax crystal modifying addi-
tive having an intrinsic viscosity in the range of about
0.05 to about 0.3 dl./g. and selected from the group
consisting of amorphous polyethylene, amorphous poly-
propylene, copolymers thereof, halogenated homopoly-
mers and copolymers thereof, and copolymers of 3 to 40
molar proportions of ethylene per molar proportion of
an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having the gen-
eral formula:
X H
i
wherein X is selected from the group consisting of hy-
drogen, halogens and Ci to C5 alkyl groups; Y is selected
from the group consisting of — -OOCR, — OOCR and
— COR groups; Z is selected from the group consisting
of — COOR and — R; and R is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and Ci to Cio alkyl groups.
3,642,636
LUBRICATING OIL CONTAINING PARA-t-BUTYL-
ALPHA-METHYLSTYRENE POLYMERS
Robert Bacskal, Kensington, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Hied Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,382
Int CL ClOm 1/18
VS. a. 252—59 3 Claims
High molecular weight homopolymers of t-butyl-alpha-
methylstyrene and lubricating oil containing them.
3,642,637
PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMIC COMPOSITION
Seiji Ikegami, Osaka-fu, and IcUro Ueda, Hyogo-ken,
Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co.,
Ltd., Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
FUed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 92,382
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Dec 26, 1969,
44/623
Int a. C04b 35/46
VS. a. 252—62.9 1 Claim
The present invention is directed to a novel piezoelectric
ceramic consisting essentially of lead titanate and a com-
bined additive of 0.22 to 0.36 weight percent of manga-
nese oxide and 1.08 to 2.43 weight percent of lanthanum
oxide having an electromechanical coupling factor ^ss of
42 to 50%, a mechanical quality factor of about 1000, a
dielectric constant of about 200 and Vicker's hardness of
500. The novel ceramic is suitable for making a high
frequency ceramic filter of wide pass band and low trans-
mission loss.
3,642,638
INSULATING IMPREGNATION COMPOSITION OF
WAXY AND GREASY ETHYLENE POLYMERS
Motoi Kitano, Settsu-shi, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma-shi, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 682,508
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Dec. 7, 1966,
41/80,700; June 30, 1967, 42/42,716
Int CI. HOlb 3/30
U.S. CI. 252—63 3 CUlms
An insulating impregnation composition for electrical
equipment, composed of polymers which are low molec-
ular weight polyethylenes produced along with high
molecular weight polyethylenes in the polymerization of
ethylene by the high pressure process, medium pressure
process or low pressure process, and which have an aver-
age molecular weight of 250 to 2000 and which have
0.05 to 3 C=C unsaturated grounds in every molecular
chain.
3,642,639
PROCESS OF REFRIGERATION USING MIXTURE
SFe AND CHCIF3
Kevbi P. Murphy, BemardsvUle, and Richard F. Stahl,
Madison, NJ., assignors to AlUed Chemical Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Nov. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 777,897
Int CI. C09k 3/02
U.S. CI. 252—67 4 Claims
Monochlorodifluoromethane (CHClFj) and sulfur
hexafluoride (SFe), in certain proportions, form mixtures
having unusually high refrigeration capacity and which
are therefore especially adapted for use as refrigerants
in high capacity, low temperature refrigeration systems.
3,642,640
SYSTEM FOR CORROSION INHIBITION
Robert J. Tedeschi, Whitehouse Station, and Paul W.
Natali, Middletown, NJ., assignors to Air Products
and Chemicals, Inc., AUentown, Pa.
No Drawhig. FUed Dec. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 789,017
Int CI. Clld 7/32
VS. a. 252—146 7 Claims
Aqueous acid solutions are inhibited against corrosion
of metals, especially ferrous metals, by incorporation of a
corrosion-inhibiting system composed of a combination of
l-hexyn-3-ol, 5-decyn-4,7-diol, and 3-methyl-l-butyn-3-ol.
3,642,641
CORROSION INfflBITION
Robert J. Tedeschi, Whitehouse Station, and Paul W.
Natali, Middletown, NJ., assignors to Air Products
and Chemicals, Inc., AUentown, Pa.
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 789,020
Int a. Clld 7/32
U.S. CI. 252—148 9 Oalms
Aqueous acid solutions are inhibited against corrosion
of metals, especially ferrous metals, by incorporation of
a corrosion inhibiting system composed of a mixture of a
major amount of 3-methyl-l-butyne-3-ol, and a minor
amount of n-hexynol, preferably in the presence of ethyl-
ene diamine or urea.
1036
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,642
DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
QUATERNARY AMMONIUM DERTVATTVES
OF N,N'-SUBSTrnJTED 4,4'.BIS(BENZIMII>-
AZOL-2.YL)STILBENES
Nathan N. Crounse, Cindnnati, Ohio, assignor to
Sterling Drug Inc., New Yorli, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 1, 1967, Ser. No.
657,515, now Patent No. 3,583,984. Divided and this
appUcation Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,938
Int CLClld; /i«,i/26
UA CL 252—543 10 Claims
N,N' - substituted 4.4' - bis(benziniidazol - 2 - yl)stil-
benes are interacted with alkylating agents to produce
quaternary ammonium compounds which are useful, par-
ticularly for incorporation in detergent compositions, for
concomitantly disinfecting and whitening or brightening
textile materials.
a stabilizer which is effective in the liquid as well as the
vapor phase. In addition, the degreasing agent may also
contain a tertiary amine in which at least one of the three
aliphatic groups is unsaturated.
3,642,643
REGENERATION OF COPPER OXIDE AND COPPER
CHROMTTE CATALYSTS
Clarence E. Habermann, Midland, Mich., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawhig. FUed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,324
Int CI. BOIJ 11/30. 11/66
VS. CI. 252—412 8 Claims
The activity of a copper oxide or copper chromite cat-
alyst deactivated while being used to convert a nitrile to
the corresponding amide may be regenerated by oxidizing
the catalyst, and then contacting the oxidized cuprous
catalyst with a reducing agent at an elevated temperature.
3,642,646
CARBOXYBEARING ADDUCT POLYOL COMPOSF;
TION CONTAINING TETRABROMOPHTHALIC
ANHYDRIDE
Sheldon H. Marcus, SkoUe, HI., assignor to Standard Oil
Company, Chicago, HI.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 723,594
Int. CI. C09k 3/28; C08g 51/00
U.S. CI. 252—182 5 Claims
Polyol compositions useful in preparing rigid foam
compositions are disclosed. These polyols comprise the
reaction adducts of polyfunctional aromatic carboxylic
acid anhydrides and polyether polyols. Adduct polyols
which additionally contain a polyethyleneglycol are also
disclosed.
3,642,644
STABLE DRY CLEANING COMPOSITIONS
Herbert E. Grote and Wilbar G. Henry, Springfield Town-
ship, Hamilton County, Ohio, assignors to The Procter
& Gamble Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,651
InL a. Clld 1/18, 3/24; D061 1/04
VS. CL 252—153 8 Claims
Concentrated dry cleaning compositions, having a pH
of from about 6.5 to about 9 and consisting essentially of
a dry cleaning solvent containing from about 0.25% to
about 0.75% by weight of a coupling agent and from
about 20% to about 60% by weight of an anionic deter-
gent comprising the monoethanolamine salt off an essen-
tially pure, broad cut, linear Cg to C^ alkyl benzene sul-
fonic acid; weight ratios of detergent to coupling agent are
at least about 80:1. The concentrated compositions here-
in exhibit satisfactory stability against phase separation
and, when diluted with additional solvent and employed
in conventional dry cleaning operations, achieve im-
proved dry cleaning performance.
3,642,647
PRODUCTION OF ANHYDROUS STANNIC CHLO-
RIDE FROM AQUEOUS SOLUTION
Peter Derrick Goulden, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to M & T Products of Canada Limited, Hamil-
ton, Ontario, Canada
FUed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 791,994
Int CI. COlg 19/08 ^ ^
VS. CI. 252—182 9 Clafana
A process for the dehydrating of aqueous solutions
containing tetravalent tin and chloride ions by treatment
thereof with sulfuric acid or oleum to form an upper
phase containing sulfuric acid and a lower phase con-
sisting of anhydrous stannic chloride and removing and
recovering the lower phase as an anhydrous stannic chlo-
ride product.
3,642,648
PREPARATION OF DISPERSIONS OF FINELY
DIVIDED ALKALI METALS
Gerald J. Orazem and Kenneth R. Martin, Gastonia,
MatUiew H. Dellinger, CherryviUe, and WiUlam S.
Leonhardt Bessemer, N.C., assignors to Lithium Cor-
poration of America, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,614
Int. CI. C09k 3/00
VS. a. 252—182 10 Qaims
Dispersions of finely divided alkali metals in inert liq-
uid hydrocarbons are made by utilizing as the dispersing
agent a polyhydrocarbon resin, such as a cross-linked
polystyrene resin, which is soluble or colloidally dispersi-
ble in said iner liquid hydrocarbon.
3,642,645
METAL DEGREASING AGENTS
Ludwig Schmldhammer, Burghausen, Upper Bavaria,
Germany, assignor to Wacker-Chemie G.m.b.H.,
Munich, Bavaria, Germany
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,402
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Feb. 11, 1969,
P 19 06 758.4
Lit CI. C09d 9/00; Clld 7/22
VS. CI. 252—162 4 Chdms
Metal degreasing agents comprising trichlorethylene
or perchlorethylene containing 1,3,5-cycloheptatriene as
3,642,649
LOW TEMPERATURE TERTIARY AMINE
ACCELERATORS
Harold A. Green, Havertown, and Robert G. PetrcUa,
Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to Air Products and Chemi-
cals, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 818,470
Int CI. C08f 45/72; C08g 51/84
VS. CI. 252—182 9 Clafans
Low temperatxire epoxy curing accelerators are pre-
pared from tertiary amine salts of hydrobromic acid, para-
toluene sulfonic acid, 2-ethylhexoic acid or thiocjranic
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1087
acid, wherein the tertiary amine is either triethylene di-
amine, methyl triethylene diamine or 2 - ethyl - 4 - methyl
imidazole.
3.642,650
PIGMENT PARTICLES AND METHOD OF
PRODUCING THE SAME
Maurice Dwight Mcintosh, deceased, late of Willougbby,
Ohio, by Central National Bank, executor, Cleveland,
Ohio, assignor to Day-Glo Color Corp., Cleveland,
Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
767,531, Oct 14, 1968. This appUcation Aug. 28, 1969,
Ser. No. 855,462
Int a. C09k 1/02
VS. CI. 252—301.2 R 30 CUims
A method of separating finely particulated discrete pig-
ment particles from a continuous phase film forming
base vehicle comprising admixing an amidealdehyde con-
densation product with a liquefied continuous phase film
forming vehicle that is immiscible with such product and
may contain a light-absorbing agent that is absorbed by
the product and retained therein. The resultant mixture
is subjected to agitation and time-temperature conditions
sufficient to produce discrete, finely divided generally
rounded and uniformly sized coalescent-resistant pigment
particles. An agglutination-inducing liquefied vehicle hav-
ing an effective Kauri-Butanol value of about 25 to 40
which is soluble in the liquefied vehicle and non-soluble
with the pigment particles is then intermixed in an amount
sufficient to produce a mixture of vehicles and revertibly-
agglutinated particles. The particles are then separated
from the mixture and are produced as a free-flowing pow-
der or as wet pigment cakes. The separated particles can
be readily re-dispersed in various ink and paint vehicles
to regain their coalescent-resistance and other desirable
characteristics.
3,642,651
PHOTOLUMINESCENT GLASS AND METHOD OF
MAKING THE SAME
Evelyn C. Marboe and Woldemar A. Weyl, State College,
Pa., assignors to Brockway Glass Company, Inc., Brock-
way, Pa.
Filed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 813,986
Int CI. C09k 1/54; C03c 3/28
VS. CI. 252—301.4 R 5 Claims
Borate, phosphate or silicate glasses, or combinations
thereof, are melted with a germanium compound, such as
germanium dioxide, under suitable reducing conditions.
The amount of germanium dioxide is in the range of 1 %
to 20% by weight of the mixture, and suitable reducing
agents are azides, nitrides, aluminum powder or some
form of carbonaceous material. The reaction is sensitive
to the time and temperature of melting which, in turn, is
dependent on the type of glass and reducing agent em-
ployed. The glass composition formed upon cooling ex-
hibits fluorescence when irradiated by ultraviolet light hav-
ing a wavelength approximately in the range of 2500-
3700 A.
3,642,653
WATER DISPLACING CORROSION PREVENTIVE
Barbara J. Northan and David B. Boies, Chicago, lU.,
assignors to die United States of America as repre-
sented by the Secretary of die Navy
No Drawing. FUed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 789,067
Int CL C23f 11/16
U.S. CI. 252—389 . . 5 Chdms
An effective corrosion preventive composition compris-
ing in general a combination of an alkylaryl sulfonate
with a surface active agent such as partial organic phos-
phate esters neutralized with ethylenediamine or barium.
A microcrystalline wax may be added to the composi-
tion to enhance durability characteristics thereof.
3,642,654
DEVELOPER COMPOSITION CONTAINING SOL-
VENT REMOVABLE ORGANIC PIGMENT AND
METHOD OF FLAW DETECTION
Richard S. Brusko, Skokie, 111., assignor to Magnaflux
Corporation, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
619,000, Feb. 27, 1969. This appUcation I>ec. 29, 1969,
Ser. No. 888,917
Int CL GOln 19/08, 21/16
U.S. CL 252—408 7 Claims
The use, in the colored liquid penetrant method for
detecting surface discontinuities in a workpiece, of a de-
veloper composition comprising a dispersion in a liquid
vehicle of finely divided discrete particles of an organic
pigment that is insoluble in said liquid vehicle but that is
soluble in chlorinated and fluorinated hydrocarbon sol-
vents. After application of the developer composition to
the penetrant-treated surface and the dissipation of the
liquid vehicle, the remaining layer of pigment particles
forms, with any residual colored penetrant color, indica-
tions that are visible to the operator under appropriate
radiation to indicate the location and extent of any surface
discontinuities. Thereafter, the residual developed colored
indications are completely removed by dissolution in a
chlorinated or fluorinated hydrocarbon solvent, as by the
use of a solvent degreaser.
3,642,652
DIETHANOLAMINE BORIC ESTERS RUST
INHIBITORS
L^n Antoine Jean Birgy, 42 Avenue de SuflEren,
Paris, France
No Drawing. FUed June 19, 1968, Ser. No. 738,073
Claims priority, appUcation France, Dec. 5, 1967,
130,959
IntCLC23f 7//7^, 7//iO
U.S. a. 252—389 3 Claims
A mixture of boric esters of diethanolamine having the
formula (C4Hio03BN)n, wherein n designates an integer
of 1 to 6, used as a water-soluble rust preventing agent in
media contacting ferrous metals, at a concentration of
0.8% to 5% by weight of said media.
3,642,655
HIGH SENSmVITY SOLVENT SOLUBLE DEVEL-
OPER OF WATER-SOLL^LE CRYSTALLINE
MATERIAL IN A WATER-SOLVENT VEHICLE
James S. Borucki, Chicago, HI., assignor to Magnaflux
Corporation, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798,432
Int CLGOlnii /22
U.S. CL 252—408 3 CUdms
A method for detecting flaws and other surface dis-
continuities by the liquid penetrant technique wherein
the developer composition for the development of color
indications is a liquid vehicle comprising water and a
water-miscible organic solvent, and contains water-solu-
ble crystalline substances dissolved therein. Upon evapo-
ration of the liquid vehicle, the solute crystallizes out to
form a layer of fine crystals on the surface undergoing
test. The penetrant used in connection with my method
preferably contains a visible or fluorescent dye dissolved
therein and is of an oily-type which preferably is not
self -emulsifying and is substantially free of any added
emulsifying agent but my method is applicable where the
penetrants are water-washable. The developer composi-
tion can optionally include surfactants and film-forming
ingredients, sequestering agents for use with hard water,
and corrosion inhibiting agents, but in the absence of
these optional ingredients the liquid developer composi-
tion upon evaporation of the liquid vehicle forms a pene-
trant permeable layer of fine crystals that cause the
penetrant to be drawn by capillarity or otherwise into
the crystal layer to form flaw indications of high fidelity
1038
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
and resolution that can easily be detected upon inspec-
tion. The remaining layer after inspection can be ade-
quately cleaned off by the use of water alone. An ad-
vantage of my liquid developer composition is that it can
be sprayed on to the surface undergoing test and due
to its relatively greater volatility than water, it evaporates
more quickly.
3,642,656
REGENERATION OF A COKE-DEACTIVATED
CATALYST CONTAINING PLATINUM AND
RHENIUM , . . ^„
John C. Hayes, Palatine, HI., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, HI.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
797,272, Feb. 6, 1969, and Ser. No. 815,183, Apr. 10,
1969. This appUcation Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 867,077
Intel. B01ii//iS,i//0-^
U.S. CI. 252 419 13 Claims
A deactivated hydrocarbon conversion catalyst — which
is a combination of a platinum group component, a
rhenium component, a halogen component and a sulfur
component with an alumina carrier material, which con-
tains the platinum group component and the rhenium
component in amounts sufficient to result in the atomic
ratio of platinum group metal to rhenium metal being
greater than 1 : 1 and which has been deactivated by dep-
osition of carbonaceous materials thereon during a
previous contacting with a hydrocarbon charge stock at
hydrocarbon conversion conditions — is regenerated by
the sequential steps of: (a) stripping sulfur therefrom at
a relatively high temperature with a substantially sulfur-
free hydrogen stream; (b) purging hydrogen from con-
tact with the catalyst; (c) burning coke from the resulting
catalyst at relatively low temperatures with a substan-
tially sulfur-free gas stream containing a relatively small
_ amount of Oj; (d) treating the resulting substantially
carbon-free catalyst with oxygen at a relatively high tem-
perature; (e) purging oxygen and water from contact
with the catalyst with an inert gas stream; and (f ) reduc-
ing the resulting catalyst by contacting same with a sub-
stantially sulfur-free and water-free hydrogen stream at
an elevated temperature.
3,642,657
PRODUCTION OF ACTIVE CARBONS FROM
AROMATIC CARBOXYLIC ACIDS, PETRO-
LEUM COKE ACID OR FROM POROUS
CARBONS
Arnold N. Wennerberg, Chicago, 111., and John T.
Bukvich, Whiting, Ind., assignors to Standard Oil
Company, Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,693
Intel. C01bi//0S
U.S. CI. 252—425 9 Claims
Improved process for the production of active carbons
by treating porous carbon with the oxide or hydroxide of
an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal, and subjecting
said treated carbon to a suitable acid anhydride and heat
to form high surface carbons.
Group VIII metal surface e.g., Ni or Ft, with a Group V
compound of formula X,M, where X is an organic radical,
H or CI and M is an atom of phosphorus, arsenic or
antimony so that the Group V element or compound is
absorbed onto the metal surface. Preferred Group V
compounds are: (C6H5)3P, Etj?, (nC4H9)3P, tnocty
phosphine, tricyclohexyl phosphine and tnisopropyl
phosphine. In a modification a compound of formula
^P— (CHa)j:CHa— P0a
where x is 0 or an integer and 0 is phenyl group may be
employed.
3,642,659
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF BEAMIKE
CATALYST SUPPORTS FOR HIGH MECHANICAL
STRESSING . ^ ,. J „ ,
Ludwig Dom, Cologne-Stammheim, GerhanI Heinze,
SchUdgen, and Ernst Podschus, Leverkusen, Germany,
assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. FUed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,710
Claims priority, application Germany, June 12, 19W,
P 17 67 754.2
Int CI. BOlj 7 7 /S2. 7 7 /44. 11/40
U S CI. 252 435 ' Claims
Voroiis, abrasion-resistant bead-like catalyst supports
for reactions in fluidised beds containing in a matrix of
a silicon dioxide gel mixed with 0.1 to 3% by weight of
magnesium oxide, a silicon dioxide filler with a specific
surface area of 20 to 200 m.Vg. according to BET in
quantities of from 20 to 60% by weight and an argilla-
ceous mineral from the group comprising kaolinite, mont-
morillonite and attapulgite in quantities of from 5 to 30%
by weight, both quantities being related to the dry gran-
ulated material. The catalyst supports are obtained by
suspending the silicon dioxide filler and the argillaceous
mineral in the aforesaid quantities in an aqueous, stable
silicon dioxide sol with a specific surface area of 150
to 400 m.2/g. according to BET and gelling the liquid
suspension by the addition of hydrated finally divided mag-
nesium oxide in quantities of 0.1 to 3% by weight and
feeding this gellable mixture in droplet form into a liquid
which is immiscible with water and finally separating the
sulphated granulated material from the liquid and driv-
ing and hardening the bead-like granulated material for
at least 10 minutes at a temperature of from 500 to
1000° C.
3,642,658
SELECTIVE HYDROGENATION CATALYSTS
Keith George Allum, Bagshot Christopher John Leonard
Metcalfe, Sunbury, and Daniel John Thomasson, Han-
worth, Feltham, England, assignors to The British
Petroleum Company Limited, London, England
FUed Dec. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 785,219
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 21, 1967,
58,033/67
Int a. C07c 77/00 f
U.S. a. 252—431 P 11 Oaims
Catalysts suitable for the selective hydrogenation of
diolefins to mono-olefins are prepared by contacting a
3,642,660 ^
PREPARATION OF A CATALYTIC COMPOSITE
COMPRISING A COMBINATION OF GERMANI-
UM AND HALOGEN WITH ALUMINA
Roy T. Mitsche, Island Lake, 111., assignor io Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, Ul.
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 851,724
Int CI. BOlj 11/78, 11/44. 11/16
U.S. CI. 252—442 11 Claims
A germanium component is uniformly dispersed
throughout an alumina carrier material by the steps of:
first, uniformly distributing finely divided germanium di-
oxide particles throughout an aluminum hydroxyl halide
sol to form an intimate mixture thereof; second, gelling
the resulting mixture to obtain a hydrogel; and, finally,
treating and calcining the resulting hydrogel to produce
a solid composite having a germanium component uni-
formly dispersed therein. Key feature of this method in-
volves the preparation of the catalyst from an aluminum
hydroxyl halide sol to which finely divided particles of
germanium dioxide are added, thereby achieving unifwm
dispersion of the germanium component in the alumina
carrier material and also causing some beneficial interac-
tion between the sol and the germanium dioxide particles.
Resulting composite is typically combined with a platintim
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1039
group component and utilized to accelerate a wide variety
of reactions in processes such as hydrocracking, reform-
ing, isomerization, etc.
3,642,661
SiOrAljOs-NIO CATALYST AND ITS
PREPARATION
Gordon B. JoUey and Durward T. Roberts, Jr., Baton
Rouge, La., asdgnors to Esso Research and Engineering
Company
No Drawing. FUed Oct 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,210
Intel. BOlj 77/40
VS. CI. 252—453 6 Qaims
This invention relates to a method for preparing a
catalyst complex especially useful in the selective codi-
merization of n-butenes with propylene to form lightly
branched C7 heptenes, said preparation comprising the
step of forming a dispersion of colloidal alumina in an
aqueous solution containing nickel salt and a hydrous
silica sol, coprecipitating said nickel salt and said hydrous
silica sol with a suitable anion such as carbonate whereby
a slurry of precipitated nickel salt and alumina silica gel
is formed; decomposing the precipitated nickel salt under
conditions such that substantially all combined carbon
oxides are removed and activating the resulting nickel
oxide by heating in an oxygen-containing atmosphere at
a temperature ranging from between 800° F. and 1400°
F. for a period of time ranging from 0.1 to 50 hours to
form said catalyst complex.
with an epihalohydrin in a polar solvent to such an ex-
tent that there is little or no crosslinking in the condensa-
tion product and by quatemizing the condensation prod-
uct with a quaternizing agent. Typical useful cpihalohy-
drins are epibromohydrin and epichlorohydrin. Typical
useful alkylenepolyamines are those having at least one
tertiary amino group and at least one primary or second-
ary amino group and include dimethylaminopropylaminc,
N-aminopropyldiethanolamine and N-aminopropylmor-
pholine. The solutions of the quaternized condensation
products are useful as imiM^egnating and coating agents
for making electroconductive paper, liquid ion ex-
changers in non-aqueous systems, coagulant acids, acid
corrosion inhibitors and anti-static agents.
3,642,664
VOLTAGE VARIABLE RESISTOR
Takeshi Masuyama, Takatsukl-shi, MUdo Matsunra,
Neyagawa-shi, Yoshio lida, Suita-shi, and ToshioM
Amemiya, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignors to Matsushita
Electric Industries Co., Ud., Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
nied Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,415
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, May 2, 1969,
44/34,928
Intel. HOlh 7/06
U.S. CI. 252—519 6 Cl«™s
3,642,662
SYNTHESIS OF SODIUM FAUJASITE
David P. Macanis and Lawrence L. Upson, WaUingford,
Pa., and Ronald T. Wood, Wilmington, Del., assignors
to Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., PhUadelphia, Pa.
No Drawhig. Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,418
Int CI. BOlj 11/40; ClOh 33/28
U.S. CI. 252—455 Z 4 Claims
A composite containing more than about 20% sodium
faujasite is prepared from a precursor containing about
19% alumina alpha trihydrate in combination with 81%
de-exothermed kaolin that is, kaolin calcined at a tem-
perature low enough that no significant amount of mullite
is formed but high enough that the product exhibits, upon
analysis by Differential Thermal Analysis, a DTA exo-
therm which is less than about 8% of the DTA exotherm
of a raw kaolin or metakaolin. The mixture of alumina
trihydrate and de-exothermed kaolin has a silica to alu-
mina ratio of about 1.5 to 1. The mixture is dispersed
in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (about 4.2
to about 5 molar) to provide proportions suitable for
faujasite production such as 4.5 to 5 to 1 for the alumino-
silicate to water to sodium hydroxide weight ratios. The
thus prepared batter is aged at ambient temperature for
about 5 hours, and thereafter heated to about 100° C,
and maintained at such temperature to provide sodium
faujasite.
3,642,663
SOLUBLE QUATERNIZED CONDENSATION
PRODUCTS OF EPIHALOHYDRINS AND
POLYAMINES
Albert H. Greer, 228 Warwick Road,
Haddonfield, NJ. 08033
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
699,023, Jan. 19, 1968, which is a continuation-in-
pait of application Ser. No. 353,227, Mar. 19,
1964. This appUcation Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No.
797,256
Int CI. C07c 85/00; HOlb 7/00
U.S. a. 252—500 18 Claims
A polar solvent soluble electroconductive quaternized
condensation product is provided by reacting an alkylene-
polyamine, a polyalkylenepoiy amine or mixtures thereof
1
10
,." ,?
m^>^>):W9:>>^>>>>>>).
A voltage variable resistor comprises a sintered body,
electrodes on opposite major surfaces of the body and
leads connected to the electrodes. The sintered body
comprises zinc oxide, and as an additive, 0.05 to 15.0
mole percent of at least one member selected from the
group consisting of manganese fluoride, magnesium fluo-
ride, calcium fluoride, cadmium fluoride, potassium fluo-
ride, chromium fluoride, sodium fluoride, cobalt fluoride,
copper fluoride, ferric fluoride, lanthanum fluoride and
lithium fluoride.
3,642,665
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF POLY-
ETHERS OF HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT
Robert Gehm, Limburgerhof, Germany, and Ernst-
Guenther Kastning, deceased, late of Assenheim, Ger-
many, by Marie-Louise Hemdne Kastning, heiress-at-
law and legal representative of minor heirs, Assenheim,
and Kurt Schneider, Limburgerhof, Germany, assignors
to Badische AniUn- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft,
Ludwigshafen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,529
Claims priority, appUcation Austria, Aug. 12, 1968,
A 7,877/68
Int a. C08g 23/06, 23/14
U.S. CI. 260—2 4 Ctaims
A process for the production of high-molecular-weight
polymers of 1,2-alkylene oxides using a catalyst prepared
by reacting 1 mole of an alkaline earth metal hexaammo-
niate and /or an alkaline earth metal amide in liquid am-
monia with 0.1 to 1 mole of a 1,2-alkylene oxide and 0.1
1040
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
to 2 moles of guanidine and/or a guanidine salt and/or a perature to wh.ch the P°»y.^i"y»''^^"^fl"°^'^^^^°'"^^^ ^"^
mixtuT of substances which will form a guanidine salt been subjected prior to bemg cast mto a membrane,
under the reaction conditions. y
3,642,666
PROCESS OF MAKING HOLLOW BEADS OF A
COPOLYMER OF VINYL CHLORIDE AND
AN OLEFIN
Herbert Bartl and Frank Wingler, Cologne, Germany,
assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 22, 1967, Ser. No.
684,943. Divided and this application Sept. 14, 1970,
Ser. No. 72,212 _ ^ ^^^^
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 7, 1966,
F 50,864; Aug. 7, 1967, F 53,160
Int. Cl.C08j7/;<B01j7i/02
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 B 4 Claims
Hollow beads of a copolymer containing 70-92 parts
by weight of polymerized vinyl chloride and 30-8 parts
by weight of polymerized ethylene, propylene or a mixture
thereof bonded together with an adhesive for said copoly-
mer, said product being useful as packaging material and
as insulating material.
^ 3,642,669
STABILIZED POLYURETHANES
Roland Nast, Cologne-Buchheim, and Harald Oertel and
Kurt Ley, Odenthal-Globusch, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,372
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 14, 1968,
P 17 94 108.1, P 17 94 144.5
Int CI. C08g 41/00, 51/58. 51/60
VS. CI. 260—2.5 BB 13 Qaims
The invention relates to stabilized polyurcthanes, es-
pecially polyurethane elastomer threads and foils, against
degradation and discoloration caused by the action of
light or UV radiation, oxygen, substances present in the
atmosphere, such as nitrogen oxides, and heat by the
addition of alkoxy substituted, sterically hindered phenols
which have a 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tertiary alkyl benzyl)-ani-
sole unit:
3,642,667
POLYMERIZATION CATALYSTS
Kenneth E. Steller, Newark, Del., assignor to Hercules
Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing, nied Dec. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 789,016
Int CI. BOlf 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—2 A 15 Claims
Epoxides and oxetanes can be polymerized in the pres-
ence of trialkylaluminum compounds that have been com-
plexed with tetrahydrofuran and then reacted with ether
alcohol and diketone chelating agents and water. The thus
complexed and chelated trialkylaluminum compounds are
disclosed as new and useful.
3,642,668
MICROPOROUS VINYLIDENE FLUORIDE POLY-
MER AND PROCESS OF MAKING SAME
James L. Bailey and Robert F. McCune, Dover, Mass.,
assignors to Polaroid Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 557,993,
June 16, 1966. This application Jan. 3, 1969, Ser.
No. 790,192
Int CI. C08f 47/08; C08j 1/14
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 M 18 Claims
OH
OCHi
tert. Alkyl
CHj
VN^^VN--
'V^
\/^
as stabilizers and furthermore to stabilized polyurcthanes
being stabilized with a synergistic mixture consisting of
a) an anisole and b) a 2-(2'-hydroxyphenyl)-benzotri-
azole.
3,642,670
CATIONIC SILICONE SURFACTANTS FOR FLEX-
IBLE POLYESTER URETHANE FOAMS
Bernard Kanner, West Nyack, and Bela Prokai, Mahopac,
N.Y., assignors to Union Carbide Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,429
Int CI. C08g 22/44. 51/00
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 AH 11 Claims
The production of flexible polyester urethane foams
using as stabilizing agents cationic silicone surfactants
having the formula:
MDxM
(a)
wherein M is the trimethylsiloxy unit, Me3SiOi/2, x is an
integer of 1 to 3. and D is a cationic difunctional siloxy
unit of the formula;
X-[RjNR°Si(Me)01
(1)
rcmm k solutiom of
POLTVINYUNOCHt FLUO«IOC M k
SUITAaLC lOLVCWT THCRCFOM ATOM
SCUM * PttCOCTCmilNCD UAXIMUU
rCMPCMTURt TO WHICH SAID
SOLUTKm IS TO 8C SUBJtCTCD
ELEVATE 1*10 aOLUTION TO SAID
MAXIMUM TEMPCKATUKE.
! FOWM SAID SOmTOW INTO A FILM |
CONTACT SAID FILM WITH A UOUIO
WHICH K A NONSOLVCNT FOR SAIO
POLYvumjoeNE FLUomot aho is
UlSOSLC WITH SAIO SOLVENT
ORT SAID FILM
The pore size distribution range of polyvinylidene flu-
oride membranes may be governed by the maximum tem-
wherein R° is a divalent organic having 2 to 18 carbon
atoms and selected from the class consisting of divalent
hydrocarbon groups, hydroxy-substituted divalent hydro-
carbon groups and — R"OR"— groups wherein R" is
selected from the class consisting of divalent hydrocar-
bon groups and hydroxy-substituted divalent hydrocar-
bon groups and may be the same or different in each
occurrence; R is selected from the class consisting of a
monovalent hydrocarbon group when taken individually,
and, when two R groups are taken together with N of
said formula, a divalent group containing a five to six
member heterocyclic ring in which N is bonded to the
remaining R group and said R" group which is selected
from the class consisting of hydroxy-substituted divalent
hydrocarbon groups and said — R"OR"— groups; and X
is an inorganic anion. The cationic silicone surfactants
permit the production of flexible polyester urethane
foams having fine, uniform cell structure, low compres-
sion set and freedom from large voids and splits.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1041
3,642,671
POLYETHYLENIMINE-DEXTROSE AND/OR
PRECURSORS OF DEXTROSE ADHESIVE
COMPOSITION
Chester A. Lesinski, Bay City, Mich., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 816,099
Int CI. C08b 25/02. 25/04
UJS. CI. 260—9 8 Claims
A novel adhesive composition for cellulosic materials
is described which comprises polyethylenimine in com«
bination with dextrose. The composition is particularly
useful as an adhesive for wood in the preparation of ply-
wood, chipboard, and other wood laminates.
3,642,672
UNSATURATED POLYESTER RESINOUS COMPOSI-
TIONS CONTAINING CELLULOSE ESTERS AND
MOLDED ARTICLES THEREFROM
Charles Henry Kroekel, Churchville, Pa., assignor to
Rohm and Haas Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
566,580, July 20, 1966. This appUcation Nov. 21, 1969,
Ser. No. 878,920
Int CI. C08g i9/;0, 57/70
U.S. CI. 260—16 21 Claims
This invention provides a liquid, polymerizable com-
position of matter, suitable for molding fibrous reinforced
articles with exceptionally smooth surfaces, said composi-
tion being curable under heat and pressure to form a rigid,
cured product which is characterized by an optically
heterogeneous appearance. The composition comprises
a thermoplastic cellulose ester, and a,/3-ethylenically un-
saturated polymerizable polyester having a molecular
weight per double bond factor of 150 to 186, and a
monomer containing a CH3=C< group copolymerizable
with the unsaturated polyester.
possess at least one 1,2-cpoxide group located on a carbo-
cyclic fivc-membcred or six-membered ring, and (2) acid
polyesters, obtained by esterification with aliphatic diols,
of aliphatic-cycloaliphatic higher dicarboxyUc acids (pre-
pared by dimerization of unsaturated monomcric fatty
acid having 14 to 24 carbon atoms in the molecule, prefer-
ably 16 to 18, and, if desired or required, subsequent hy-
drogenation of such a dimcric fatty acid), arc reacted at
an elevated temperature to form an adduct 0.1 to 0.5
carboxyl group equivalents of the acid polyester arc used
per 1 epoxide group equivalent of the polyepoxide com-
pound. Curing of these advanced epoxide compounds with
carboxylic acid anhydrides gives flexible, impact-resistant
shaped bodies the mechanical properties of which are
largely independent of the temperature.
3,642,673
NON-COLD-FLOWABLE UNSATURATED POLY-
ESTER RESIN COMPOSITION
Wilhelm Muhlelsen, 8264 Waldkraiburg,
3 Munchner Platz, Germany
Claims priority, application Germany, May 16, 1968,
P 17 69 309.3
Int CI. C08g 17/06
US. CI. 260—22 CB 4 Halms
A composition of matter comprising 100 parts by weight
of a linear unsaturated polyester dissolved in a mono-
olefinic vinyl monomer copolymerizable therewith; 0.04 to
0.2 part by weight thereof of a first peroxide of low-tem-
perature type; 0.2 to 0.6 parts by weight thereof of a
cobalt accelerator; 0.15 to 0.6 part by weight thereof of
a second peroxide, a hydroperoxide of low-temperature
type; 0.3 to 0.7 part by weight thereof of a third peroxide
of high-temperature type, 0.05 to 0.3 part by weight
thereof of an alkaline earth oxide; and 0.1 to 1.5 parts by
weight thereof of water.
3,642,674
ADDUCTS, CONTAINING EPOXIDE GROUPS,
FROM POLYEPOXIDE COMPOUNDS AND
ACID POLYESTERS OF ALIPHATIC CYCLO-
ALIPHATIC DICARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Rolf Schmld, Reinach, Basel-Land, Friedrich Lohse,
Allschwll, Willy Fisch, Binningen, and Hans Batzer,
Ariesheim, Switzeriand, assignors to Clba Limited,
Basel, Switzerland
No Drawfaig. Filed June 10, 1969, Ser. No. 832,004
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, June 19, 1968,
9,097/68; July 19, 1968, 10,813/68
Int CI. C08f 21/04; C08g 77/76; C08h 9/00; C09d 3/64
VS. CL 260—22 EP 16 Oaims
New adducts containing epoxide groups are formed
when (1) cycloaliphatic polyepoxide compounds which
3,642,675
GLARE-FREE COATING COMPOSITIONS COM-
PRISING HOLLOW MICROSPHERES AND
SOLID CRUSH-RESISTANT PARTICLES
Eugene L. McKenzie, 2501 Hudson Road,
North St Paul, Minn. 55109
Filed Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,852
Int CI. C09d 3/26. 3/64, 5/22
VS. CI. 260—22 A 4 Cl^ms
A coating composition for forming paint-like films
that have lasting glare-free properties. The coating com-
position includes a liquid, film-forming vehicle, and two
types of flattening agent particles: (1) hollow micro-
spheres and (2) smaller, solid, crush-resistant particles
that prevent an object that is scraped or rubbed against
an applied film of the composition from totally collapsing
or crushing the hollow microspheres.
3,642,676
PREPARATION OF ARTIFICIAL LATEXES OF
OLEFIN POLYMERS
Frank L. Saunders, Midland, and Ronald R. PeDetier,
Bay City, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing, nied Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,441
Int Cl. C08f 3/04. 47/18
U.S. CI. 260—23 EM 8 Claims
Latexes of olefin polymers having improved stabihty
to creaming or sedimentation and to coagulation arc pre-
pared by an improved emulsion process wherein (1) a
solution of an olefin polymer in a water-insoluble polymer
solvent and an aqueous medium are emulsified with the
aid of an emulsifier system having a hydrophile-lipophilc
balance (HLB) of 7, (2) the polymer solvent is stripped
from resulting emulsion to form a latex of the polymer
and (3) the HLB of the latex is adjusted to 18.
3,642,677
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RESIN AND STABILIZER
COMBINATIONS COMPRISING A DIORGANO-
TIN OXIDE, A TETRAVALENT ORGANOTIN
MERCAPTOCARBOXYLIC ACID COMPOUND
AND A DIVALENT STANNOUS TIN SALT
Lawrence R. Brecker, Brooklyn, and Alfred Tbee, Long
Beach, N.Y., assignors to Argus Chemical Corporation,
Brooklyn, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 790,430
Int Cl. C08f 45/62
VS. Cl. 260—23 X 24 CUdms
This invention provides a polyvinyl chloride resin sta-
bilizer combination which decreases discoloration of the
resin when heated to 350° F. comprising a diorganotin
oxide, a tetravalent di(alkyl and/or cycloalkyl)-tin-alpha-
or beta-mercapto carboxylic acid ester composition and a
synergizing amount of a bivalent stannous tin salt. This
invention further provides polyvinyl chloride resin compo-
1042
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
sitions containing the above stabilizer composition and hydrolyze some of the groups on ^^''^^X^t^^^P^
having a^a Result increased resistance to discoloration ester. The coating composiUon also preferably contams
when heated. ^^ o^g^"'^ ^^'^-
3,642,678
OLEFIN POLYMER/WAX COATING
COMPOSITION
Thomas H. Shepherd, HopeweU, and Murray H. Reich,
Princeton, NJ., assignors to Princeton Chemical Re-
search, Inc., Princeton, N J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
671,568, Sept 29, 1967. This application Aug. 19, 1969,
Ser. No. 851,492
Int CI. C08c 11/70; C08f 15/40. 45/52
U.S. CI. 260—28.5 9 Claims
Olefin polymer/wax blends as coating compositions for
papcrboard or other paper stock materials. The olefin
polymer, which comprises from 5% to 50% by weight
of the blend, is a terpolymer of butene-1 with propylene
and an alpha-olefin having a chain length of from 5 to
20 carbon atoms.
3,642,679
COATING FOR MULTI-WALL BAGS
Buck R. Young, Paiatka, Fla., assignor to Hudson
Pulp & Paper Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 776,506
InL CI. C08f 29/12; C09j 3/14, 3/26
VS. CI. 260 23.3 6 Claims
Multi-wall bags are surface coated with strips of "hot
melt" coating for friction control. The coating becomes
adhesive and cohesive when subjected to either heat or
pressure, or both, but the cohesion and adhesion decreases
greatly when there is no pressure. The amount present
when the coating is at normal ambient temperatures is
determined by varying the components in the "hot melt"
coating composition, so that the desired friction control
is achieved. While the coating has other uses, it is
particularly desirable for preventing the slippage of multi-
wall bags, for example of the type which are filled with
products and stacked on pallets for storage and shipping.
3,642,682
LACQUERS CONTAINING GUANAMINE-BASED
POLYIMIDE RESINS
Gerald G. Vincent, Barrington, and Thomas E. Anderwn,
Palatine, 111., assignors to DeSoto, Inc., I>«s Plalnes, IB.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,768
Int. CI. C08g 20/32. 51/34. 51/44
U S. CI. 260 30.4 N *" Claims
'organic solvent-soluble polyimides are provided based
on guanamine compounds such as benzoguanamine which
are reacted with a stoichiometric proportion of a tetra-
carboxylic acid dianhydride such as pyromellitic dianhy-
dride. Solubility of the polymer is maintained despite ex-
tensive imidization.
3,642,680
ETHYLENE- VINYL ACETATE COPOLYMER LATEX
PREPARED WITH ACRYLIC SEED
Brian Edmund Jennings, Digswell, Welwyn, William Louis
Wallet Lndekens, Bracknell, and Robert Edward Slater,
Welwyn, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 754,455
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 8, 1967,
41,181/67
Int. CI. C09d 5/02
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 4 Claims
Vinyl acetate and ethylene are polymerised in an emul-
sion of a small amount of a seed polymer obtained by
copolymerising an ester or nitrile of methacrylic or
acrylic acid, optionally with a polymerisable carboxylic
acid.
3,642,681
POLYSILICIC ACID COATING COMPOSITION
Matthew Edward Hermes, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 791,170
Int CI. B44d 1/24; C08g 31/32, 47/08
VJS. a. 260—29.6 8 Claims
A coating composition especially useful to render poly-
methyl methacrylate mar resistant. Said composition con-
tains polysilicic acid, a silane containing ester in which at
least two radicals attached to the silicon atom are OR*,
where R* is 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and sufficient water to
3,642,683 _,
POLYMER COMPOSITIONS CONTAl^G UN-
SATURATED POLYESTER, VINYL MONO-
MER, POLYESTER PLASTICIZER, AND
THERMOPLASTIC POLYMER
David PhiUp Fry, Cardiff, Glamorgan, Wales, assignor to
British Resin Products Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 790,176
Clahns priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 25, 1968,
3,907/68
Int. CI. C08g5i/6S
U.S. CI. 260— 31.6 ^ ^ SOaims
Thermosetting molding compositions based on unsat-
urated polyester resins containing a saturated liquid poly-
ester and a thermoplastic polymer which is not capable
of being plasticized by said liquid polyester, in order to
prevent exudation of the liquid polyester when the mold-
ing compositions are set by the action of heat.
3,642,684 _
DISPERSION-TYPE PAINT OF YTNYLTOENE-
FLUORIDE-CONTAINING POLYMERS
Hideaki Kusuno and Miyoji Uchlda, Hyogo-ken, and
Masahiro Segawa and Yukichika KawakamI, Fuku-
shima-ken, Japan, assignors to Nihon Paint Kabushlki
Kaisha, Osakashi, Osaka-fu, and Kureha Kagaku
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
No Drawing. RIed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,626
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, July 29, 1968,
43/53,467
Int. CI. C08f 45/36. 45/44
VS. CI. 260—31.8 F ...,.' ^*f^
A dispersion-type paint of vinylidene-fluonde-contain-
ing polymer principally composed of vinylidene fluoride
polymer particles uniformly dispersed in a mixture of a
high boiling point organic solvent and a low boiling point
organic solvent, both being capable of lowering the crystal
melting point of polyvinylidene fluoride to specific upper
and lower temperature ranges.
3,642,685
FLOWABLE FILLED VINYL SILOXANES CON-
TAINING HEXAMETHYLDISILAZANES
James E. Matheriy, Elizabethtown, Ky., assignor to Dow
Coming Corporation, Midland, Mich.
No Drawhig. Ffled July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,693
Int a. C08g 5//0^ ^^^, ,
U.S. a. 260— 37 SB , ^ 18 Claims
A mixture of 100 parts by weight of a homogeiieous
mixture of 50 to 85 weight percent of a vinyl contaimng
organosiloxane polymer, 10 to 35 weight percent hexa-
methyldisilaiane and 4 to 30 weight percent water and
from 125 to 250 parts by weight of a metal oxide fiUer,
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1043
such as aluminum oxide is flowablc after the volatiles
have been removed and is useful as a base for the prepara-
tion of flowable silicone rubber compositions. The mix-
tures are prepared by mixing the polymer, hexamethyldi-
silazane and water into a homogeneous mixture and there-
after adding the metal oxide filler and removing the vola-
tiles under reduced pressure.
ERRATUM
For Class 260—45.75 see:
Patent No. 3,642,628
3,642,686
PIGMENT PREPARATIONS
Guenther Zwahlen, Domach, Ernst Reich, Bcttingen, and
Albert Riegler, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba
Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. FUed Dec, 20, 1968, Ser. No. 785,769
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 4, 1968,
80/68
Int CI. C08g 51/04. 51/14; C08b 21/04
VS. CI. 260—37 3 Claims
Preparations containing a pigment and/or an optical
brightener and a polyterpene resin are useful for pig-
menting high molecular weight organic materials, espe-
cially thermoplastics, lacquers, printing inks and spinning
melts or solutions.
3,642,687
CURABLE SHAPE-RETAINING MOLDING
MATERIALS
Herbert Naarmann and Benedikt Georgii, Ludwigshafen,
Germany, assignors io Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik
Aktiengesellschaft Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,900
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 13, 1968,
P 18 14 494.0
Int a. C08c 11/00; C08d 9/02
VS. CI. 260—41.5 R 3 Claims
Shape-retaining molding material comprising high
molecular weight and low molecular weight diene poly-
mers, gypsum and free-radical-forming crosslinking
agents. The material may be cured by means of heat or
light. It may be used as a sealing material in the building
industry and as a modeling material in the toy industry.
3,642,688
STABILIZATION OF RIGID POLY(VINYL
CHLORIDE)
Matthew Peter Di Giaimo, Old Bridge, N J., assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
647,350, June 20, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of appUcation Ser. No. 386,383, July 30, 1964. This
appUcation Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,787
Int CI. C08f 45/60, 45/62
VS. ex. 260—45.8 NZ 2 Claims
The stabilization of rigid poly (vinyl chloride) by in-
corporation therein of a stabilizer comprising (a) a phos-
poric triamide and (b) an ultraviolet light absorber, each
of (a) and (b) being present in a concentration of 0.1 to
2.0% based on the weight of the rigid poly (vinyl chlo-
ride). In the preferred embodiments, a heat stabilizer is
also used.
3,642,689
MELT STABILIZATION OF POLYESTERS
Mary J. Stewart, Rlddlewood, Media, and Otto K. Carl-
son, Marcus Hook, Pa., as^gnors to FMC Corpora-
tion, PhUadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,219
Intel. C08g 57/56
U.S. a. 260—45.7 P 3 Chilms
A thermal stabilized polyester resin comprising a satu-
rated polyester containing a minor amount of boron
phosphate.
3,642,690
STABILIZED ALPHA-MONOOLEFINS
Kenneth R. MiUs, BartlcsrUle, Okla., assignor to
PhlUlps Petroleum Company
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,597
Int CL C08f 45/60
U.S. CI. 260—45.75 N 9 Claims
Stabilized polymers from alpha-monoolefins are pro-
vided by employing a stabilizer composition containing
2-hydroxybenzophenone, or derivatives thereof, as an ul-
traviolet stabilizer, at least one antioxidant and nickel
phosphate.
3,642,691
TETRAKIS (HINDERED PHENOLIC)PHOS-
PHONIUM HALIDE ANTIOXIDANTS
Calvin J. Worrel, Detroit, Mich., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original appUcation Oct 27, 1967, Ser. No.
678,511, now Patent No. 3,483,260, dated Dec. 6,
1969. Divided and this appUcation Sept 19, 1969, Ser.
No. 859,564
Int CI. C08c 27/66; C08d 11/104; C08f 45/58
VS. CI. 260—45.85 11 Claims
Tetrakis-hydroxybenzyl phosphonium halides are made
by reacting a hydroxybenzyl halide with one of the fol-
lowing: (1) tetrakis-hydroxyalkyl phosphonium halide,
(2) tris-hydroxyalkyl phosphine oxide, or (3) tris-hy-
droxyalkyl phosphine. The compounds are antioxidants
either alone or in combination with a dialkylthiodialka-
noate synergist.
3,642,692
ROOM TEMPERATURE VULCANIZABLE SILICONE
RUBBER WITH IMPROVED CLEANABILITY
James V. Hartlage, Midland, Mich., assignor to Dow
Coming Corporation, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Hied Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,169
Int CI. C08f 11/04
VS. ex. 260—46.5 G 4 Claims
A mixture of a polydiorganosiloxane having hydroxyl,
acetoxy or alkoxy terminating groups, an organotriace-
toxysilane and tetraethoxysilane or ethylpolysilicate cure
to a silicone rubber at room temperature which is easier
to clean than similar compositions without the tetraethoxy-
silane or ethylpolysilicate. This silicone rubber is useful as
caulking compounds, sealants, encapsulants and electrical
insulation.
3,642,693
METHODS FOR PREPARING ORGANOPOLY-
SILOXANES USING GROUP H-A METAL
HYDROLYSIS CATALYSTS
Amy L. Jaslnski, Reston, Va., assignor to
Owens-miBols, Inc.
No Drawfaig. FUed Apr. 8, 1968, Ser. No. 719,709
Int CL C08f 11/04
VS. a. 260—46.5 R 16 Oaims
Methods for hydrolyzing trifunctional organic silanes
such as methyltrialkoxysilane, phenyltrialkoxysilane, or
mixtures thereof using a Group II-A metal-containing
hydrolysis catalyst such as barium hydroxide or calcium
hydroxide. The resultant heat curable, solvent-soluble
prepolymer is used to prepare excellent laminates, hi^
temperature stable electric insulations, moldings, and
hard, clear, flexible coatings.
1044
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,694
ROOM TEMPERATURE VULCANIZING SILICONE
COMPOSITION CONTAINING A CHELATE OF
SILICON AS A CURING AGENT
Terry G. Selin, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788,948
Int a. C08f 11/ 04
VS. CI. 260—46.5 3 Claims
New organosilicon chelates are formed from diketones
and derivatives of diketones, where the silicon atom has
functional substituents other than the diketone compound
residue. The materials are useful as curing agents for
room temperature vulcanizing materials.
3,642,695
CURING AGENT FOR A LOW RESILIENCE
DIEPOXIDE RESIN COMPOSITION
Boford F. Bamett, Anaheim, and Gilbert M. Knaus,
Fnllerton, Calif., assignors to North American Rock-
well Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 715,714, Mar. 22, 1968. This appUcation
Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67,614
Int a. C08g 30/12
VS. CL 260—47 EA 3 Claims
A low resilience composition which is cured under a
temperature range of 180° F. to 250° F. within the period
of from 16 to 24 hours. The composition comprises the
reaction product of a bisphenol A-epichlorohydrin type
epoxy having the epoxy equivalent of between 120 and
1000, and a curing agent consisting of the reaction product
of glyceryl triricinoleate and a cyclic anhydride of di-
carboxylic acid having the following chemical structure:
CH,
-CH
-CH,
0
0
0
C=0
C=0
C = 0
(CHi)t
(CHj)7
(CH,)7
1
CH
CH
II
CH
II
CH
CH
CH
CH,
CH,
CH,
C1H13-CH
C,H„
-CH
C.Hij
-CH
0
C^O
R-COiH
0
C = 0
R-CO,H
0
C=0
R-CO,H
The ratio of the epoxy equivalent to the curing agent
carboxyl equivalent is 1/.5 to 1/.8 R in the above formula
represents an alkylene.
Principal utility of the invention is to enable encapsula-
tion of individual electronic components or systems in a
low resilience, energy-absorbing potting or encapsulating
compound, to provide structural and environmental pro-
tection for the encapsulated product.
— NH— Ar— CO— NHj.
the reaction of an aromatic tetramine with either
( A ) a bis-ester of the formula :
RjOjC— Ar— NH-^0— Ar'— CO— NH— Ar— COaRi
or (B) a primary diamide of the formula:
HjN— CO— Ar— NH— CO— Ar'— CO
wherein
Ar and Ar' represent aryl of 6 to 18 carbon atoms con-
taining 0 to 3 heterocyclic atoms selected from the
group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, said
Ar and Ar' having their two free valences in separate
positions of the aromatic nucleus; and
Rj represents a monovalent hydrocarbon radical.
For producing the impregnated products, a two stage
system is employed wherein a prepolymer in an inert
organic solvent is used to impregnate solids, and the resul-
tant impregnated solid is cured at a higher temperature to
complete polymerization.
3,642,697
PREPARATION OF POLYETHYLENE 1,2-DI-
PHENOXYETHANE - 4,4'-DICARBOXYLATE
USING STRONTIUM, CALCIUM AND BAR-
IUM COMPOUNDS AS AN ESTER INTER-
CHANGE CATALYST AND ANTIMONY
COMPOUND AS A POLYMERIZATION
CATALYST
Hidehiko Kobayashi, Tokyo, and Hiroshi Komoto,
Tsunigashima-machl, Iruma-gun, Japan, assignors to
Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,785
Claims priority, application Japan, June 3, 1968,
43/37,544
Int. CI. C08g 17/013
VS. CI. 260—47 C 2 Oaims
This invention discloses a process for the preparation
of polyethylene 1,2-diphenoxyethane - 4,4' - dicarboxyl-
ate which comprises ester interchanging l,2-bis(p-carbo-
methoxyphenoxy)ethane and ethylene glycol in the pres-
ence of a strontium, calcium or barium salt of a mono-
carboxylic acid having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an ortho-
borate until methanol no longer evolves, and subsequently
polycondensing the resulting ester interchange reaction
product in the presence of an antimony compound.
Thereby there can be obtained a polyethylene 1,2 - di-
phenoxyethane-4,4' - dicarboxylate having a remarkedly
high crystallization velocity, as compared with the con-
ventionally prepared one. The polyethylene 1,2 - diphe-
noxyethane - 4.4' - dicarboxylate thus obtained is useful
particularly as a material for manufacturing synthetic
fibers which are excellent in tenacity, elongation and
Young's modulus
3,642,696
METHOD OF PREPARING POLYBENZIMIDAZOLE-
AMIDES
Guy Rabilloud, Bernard Dillon, and Gabriel de Gaude-
maris, Grenoble, France, assignors to Institut Francais
dn Petrole, des Carburants et Lubrifiants, Rueil-Mal-
maison, Hauts-de-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed July 5, 1966, Ser. No. 562,529
Claims priority, application France, July 7, 1965,
23 853
Int. CI. C08g 20/20, 33/02
VS, CI. 260—47 CP 6 Claims
For producing benzimidazole-type polymers and com-
posite products of inert solid material with said polymers,
there are provided two alternative processes comi»'ising
3.642.698
EPOXY RESIN CURING WITH IMIDAZOLE ALKYL
ACID PHOSPHATE SALT CATALYST
Harold A. Green. Havertown, Pa., assignor to Air Prod-
ucts and Chemicals, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 662,593, Aug. 23, 1967. This application
May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,921
Int CL C08g iO/7¥ ,, ^ .
U.S. CI. 260—47 ^ Claims
Polyepoxide resin curing is effected with a curing agent
comprising the salt of an imidazole and an alkyl acid
phosphate. Such "a curing agent in the presence of curable
resin exhibits excellent shelf-life characteristics and re-
sponds favorably at elevated temperature curing con-
ditions to yield high quaUty cured resin product.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1045
3,642,699
FORMA'nON OF POLYPHENYLENE ETHERS
Glenn D. Cooper, Dclmar, and James G. Bennett
Menands, N.Y., assignors to General Electric Company
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,508
Int CI. C08g 23/18
VS. CI. 260—47 ET 21 Claims
A process for the formation of high molecular weight
polyphenylene ethers by the oxidative coupling of a phe-
nolic precursor in a reaction system containing a low
molecular weight alcohol and a complex catalyst formed
from a cuprous salt and a primary, secondary or tertiary
amine. The process is characterized by the addition of the
alcohol to the reaction system which results in the forma-
tion of higher molecular weight polymer in a given re-
action time or polymer of comparable molecular weight
in substantially decreased reaction time.
3,642,701
COPOLYMERS OF TRIOXANE AND PROCESS FOR
THEIR MANUFACTURE
Kail-Heinz Hiifner, Bad Orb, Germany, assignor to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktlengesellschaft Tormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. FUed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,639
Claims priority, application Germany, July 10, 1968,
P 17 70 835.9
Int CL C08g 1/18
U.S. CL 260—67 S 6 Claims
Modified copolymers of trioxanc which are a suitable
basis for polyacetal dispersions, are manufactured by cat-
ionic polymerization of trioxane, and bifunctional aro-
matic glycide-oxy-sulfonic acid esters, if desired in the
presence of cyclic ethers or cycUc or Unear acetals.
'^
3,642,700
PHENYLATED IMIDE-QUINOXALINE
COPOLYMERS
Joseph M. Augl, Sterling Park, Va., assignor to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
No Drawing. Filed Sept 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,248
Int a. C08g 75/00, 33/02
U.S. CL 260—50 6 Claims
Phenylated imide-quinoxaline copolymers consisting
essentially of units of the formula
3,642,702
STIBINIC AND STIBONIC CATALYSTS FOR
POLYETHYLENE TEREPHTHALATE
John J. Ventura, Eatontown, and Joseph G. NatoU, Old
Bridge, N J., assignors to M & T Chemicals Inc., New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,742
Int CL C08g 17/015; C07c 67/00
VS. CL 260—75 R 4 Claims
A process for preparing polyethylene terephthalate
wherein diipethyl terephthalate is reacted with ethylene
glycol to form an ester of ethylene glycol and terephthalic
O o
oloj Jool,,/^'
o
s,
i,
N-R-
wherein X is a direct bond,
O, — C— . 8, so and SO,
and R is m or p-phenylene which are useful as coat-
ings for fibers, graphite precursors, films and laminat-
ing materials are prepared by contacting
H,N-
H,N-
/\
o „ o
-NHj
acid or where terephthaUc acid is reacted with ethylene
glycol to form an ester of terephthalic acid and ethylene
glycol where the resulting ester is polycondensed in the
presence of a polycondensation catalyst, the improvement
comprising carrying out the condensation or polymeriza-
tion of the ester in the presence of a catalytic amount of
an antimony compound exhibiting at least one direct bond
from carbon to antimony and exhibiting both a double
bond from antimony to oxygen or sulfur and, in addition,
at least one bond from antimony to a halogen atom or to
a hydroxyl group.
with
0 o
A-H-A-
O
-N
i
o
o o
A /VAJ
N-
o
O
NX
(
or
o o
00 / ^/^-^ \ ^ °
of pj
A
Pi
N-r v4-i-
/\
o
V'
o
1046
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
ERRATUM
For Class 260 — 77 see:
Patent No. 3,642,044
3,642,703
METHOD OF IMPROVING THE STABIUTY OF
POLYURETHANE SOLUTIONS
Isamu Suzuki, Kiyoshi Ichikawa, Jyukichi Ohmura, and
Hldemaro Iwasliita, Shizuokaken, Japan, assignors to
Asahi Kasei Kogyo KabusiiiU Kaisiia
Filed Aug. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 750,785
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 29, 1967,
42/54,998
Int. CI. C08g 22/04
UA CL 260—77.5 AM 11 Oaims
A EXAMPI.C <
a IXAMPLt 2
C LXAMPUt 3
T;Mt Of *AriNG. •OJRSiATSO'C)
EfTECT or Time 3« •BATING OH SOLUTIOtl
VISC06IT1E5 'H EXAt»>VES ■ TO 3.
3,642,705 _
FLUORINE-CONTAINING POLYURETHANE
RUBBERS
Joseph La Mar Zollinger, Maplewood, Minn., assignor to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St
Paul, Minn. ^ ^^ »,, ^*a
No Drawing. FUed Sept 27, 1968, Ser. No. 763,404
Int CI. C08g 22100
U.S. CI. 260—77.5 AP 12 Claims
Methylol-terminated polyperfluoroalkylene oxide is
reacted with a polyisocyanate to form a fluorine-contain-
ing polyurethane rubber, which can be formed in the
shape of a seal or gasket or can be used as a structural
adhesive or a solid propellant binder.
3,642,706
PROCESS FOR SPINNING WHOLLY AROMATIC
POLY AMIDE FILAMENTS
Herbert S. Morgan, Jr., Apex, N.C., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St Louis, Mo.
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,265
Int CI. C08g 20100; DOlf 1102
U.S. CI. 260—78 S 15 Claims
Highly concentrated polyurethane solutions, which are
stable for a long period and have improved properties,
are prepared (a) by reacting isocyanate-terminated pre-
polymers with specified chain extenders consisting of
non-aromatic diprimary diamines and water in an organic
solvent, the mole ratio of said diamines being 0.80 to
0.96 based on one mole of said prepolymers, while the
mole ratio of water being equal to at least two times
as much as 1 minus the mole ratio of said diamines,
namely 0.08 to 0.40, based on one mole of said pre-
polymers, the chain extending reaction being effected by
adding the prepolymer solution into the solution of chain
extenders, and after the content of isocyanate groups
in the reaction medium has fallen substantially to zero
(b) by heating the reaction mixture at 60° C. to 85° C.
for 5 to 30 hours with stirring.
The elastic polyurethane products prepared from the
solutions have good mechanical properties, high elastic
recovery and improved stabilities against light, bleaching
agents and strong hydrolytic media.
3,642,704
POLYMERIC COMPLEXES OF SACCHRIN AND
CYCLOHEXANESULFAMIC ACID
Wilhelm E. WaUes, Midland, Mich., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
573,488, Aug. 19, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part
of appUcation Ser. No. 12,254, Mar. 2, 1960. This
application Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,602
Int a. C08g 19/00; A231 1/26
VS. CL 260—77.5 BB 1 Claim
Saccharin or cyclamate or a mixture of them in the
acid or salt form, is combined with a polymeric cyclic
carbamate such as the copolymer of N-vinyl oxazolidinone
and an ethylenically unsaturated comonomer to obtain a
stable resonance complex of improved properties as a
sweetening agent.
An improved process for preparing filaments, films and
the like shaped objects from wholly aromatic polyamides
is provided. A spinning solution of such polyamidc is
extruded into at least one stream that passes through a
coagulating bath. The resulting filaments are withdrawn
from the bath and then washed, dried, and drawn. Im-
provements result from incorporating in the solutioii a
small but effective amount of a wax having a melting
point above 25° C. and being retained at least in part in
the filaments at least until the filaments are drawn.
3,642,707
FIBERS PREPARED FROM AROMATIC
POLYHYDRAZIDES
August Henry Frazer, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original appUcation Oct 4, 1967, Ser. No.
672,735, now Patent No. 3,536,651, dated Oct. 27,
1970. Divided and this application June 30, 1970, Ser.
No. 51,391
Int CI. C08g 33/04
U.S. CI. 260—78 TF 3 Claims
Film- and fiber-forming solutions comprised of aro-
matic polyhydrazides having recurring structural units of
units of the formula:
(I)
-Ari
,-i
NHNH
-C— Arr
O
-C-NHNH
Jl
wherein Arj and Arj individually are either p-jAenylene
or m-phenylene with the proviso that at least 80 mole
percent of these radicals be p-phenylene, dissolved in di-
methyl sulfoxide containing lithium chloride. These solu-
tions are utilized to form shaped articles of the polyhy-
drazide. Fibers which are so produced have usually high
initial modulus values and the tensile properties of these
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1047
fibers are further enhanced by heat treating them for 1-2
seconds in a nitrogen atmosphere maintained at 350-
450' r
3,642,708
OXADIAZOLE-N-METHYLHYDRAZIDE CO-
POLYMERIC RESIN AND A METHOD
OF PRODUCING THEREOF
Hideo Sckiguchi, Yokohama, and Kazuo Sadamitsu,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to The Furukawa Electric
Company Limited, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
FUed Feb. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 705,718
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 22, 1967,
42/11,270; Aug. 21, 1967, 42/53,670; Sept 22,
1967, 42/60,926
Int CI. C08g 20/20
VJS. CI. 260—78 R 12 Halms
Polyoxadiazole series resin having solubility in addi-
tion to a high heat resistance is prepared by reacting poly-
oxadiazole with methyl sulfate in sulfuric acid, whereby
the oxadiazole ring is opened and N-methylhydrazide
structural unit is formed and introduced into the resulting
product to form copolymeric resin having N-methylhy-
drazide structural unit and polyoxadiazole structural unit.
3,642,709
AZOXY CONTAINING POLYAMIDE POLYMERS
Franco Agolini, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed May 31, 1968, Ser. No. 733,290
Int CI. C08g 20/20
U.S. CI. 260— 78 R 4 Claims
Polyamides derived from aromatic monomers contain-
ing azoxy groups, the polyamides having an inherent vis-
cosity of at least 0.1, having good high temperature prop-
erties and which contract upon heating.
3,642,710
MANUFACTURE OF POLYDODECAMETHYLENE
TEREPHTHALAMIDE
William Ernest Keen and David Kirkaldy, Pontypool,
Engbind, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited, London, England
No Drawing. FUed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772,795
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 13, 1967,
51,537/67
Int CI. C08g 20/20
VS. CI. 260—78 R 5 Claims
A process for the manufacture of polydodecamethyl-
ene terephthalamide wherein dodecamethylene diam-
monium terephthalate is heated in the presence of a lower
fatty acid viscosity stabilizer at a temperature of about
255 to 275° so that the reaction mass remains solid. The
polyamide thus produced can be melt-spun into fila-
ments.
3,642,711
AMIDE OXADIAZOLE POLYMERS AND
POLYMER PRECURSORS
BUly M. Culbertson, BumsviUe, Minn., assignor to
Ashland Oil & Refining Company, Ashland, Ky.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
502,322, Oct 22, 1965. This appUcation Sept 20, 1968,
Ser. No. 761,306
Int CI. C08g 20/00
VS. CI. 260—78 6 Claims
Thermally stable fibers and films have been prepared
by reaction of equimolar quantities of an amino aroyl hy-
drazide and an acid dichloride. The polymers can be con-
verted to the corresponding amide-oxadiazolc polymers
by dehydration.
3,642,712
RETICULATED POLYMERS PREPARED FROM
AZmiDINE DERIVATIVES AND METHOD OF
PREPARATION
Joerg Sambeth, Caronge, Geneva, and Friedrich Gmnd-
schober, Conflgnon, Geneva, Switzerland, assignors to
Sodete Rhodlaceta, Paris, France
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcations Ser. No.
552,388 and Ser. No. 552,403, botii May 24, 1966. This
appUcation Oct 30, 1968, Ser. No. 771,986
Claims priority, appUcation Switzerland, May 28, 1965,
* 7,463/65, 7,464/65
Int O. C08g 20/00
U.S. CI. 260—78 UA 8 Halms
Novel aziridine derivatives of the formula :
H|C
RHC
\
/
N-CH— CO
CHf-CO
\
/
N-Ri
wherein R is hydrogen or methyl and Rj is hydrogen,
methyl, phenyl or a radical of the formula:
-R"-N
\
CO-CH-N
/
\
CHi
CHR
CO-CH,
wherein R is as defined above and R" is an alkylene
radical of 2 to 12 carbon atoms or two phenylene resi-
dues bonded to one another by — CH2 — , -— SO3 — or
— O — are produced by reacting stoichiometric amounts
of an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid imide of the formula :
RiN
\
CO-CH
CO-CH
wherein Rj is hydrogen, methyl, phenyl or a radical of
the formula:
CO-CH
< J
CO-CH
wherein R" is as defined above with an aziridine of the
formula:
H,C -CHR
\^
H
wherein R is as defined above at a temperature of 20
to 200° C. for 10 minutes to 10 hours in the presence or
absence of a solvent.
Novel reticulated polymers are prepared from these
novel aziridine derivatives by polymerizing said aziridine
derivatives. The polymerization process comprises heating
the aziridine derivative to a temperature between 50 to
200° C. and the reticulated polymer produced thereby
is characterized by recurring structural units which are
connected to one another through amide linkages and
having the formula:
-CH}-CH-N-CH-C-N-R4
R CHi
L
1048
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
wherein R is as defined above and R4 is hydrogen, methyl,
phenyl or a pcntavalent radical of the formula :
_R"_M_C-CH-N-CH-CHj-
(!> in, R
I
c=o
wherein R and R" are as defined above; and when R4
is said pcntavalent radical it is attached to the rest of
the recurring structural unit through the R" portion
thereof.
3,642,716
CONTROLLING MOLECULAR WEIGHT IN
LACTONE POLYMERIZATION
Pieter A. Gautier and Herman Verbnigge, Amsterdam,
Netherlands, assignors to Shell Oil Company, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773,301
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 20, 1967,
6715750
Int CI. C08g 17107
U.S. a. 260—78.3 6 Claims
A process for preparing polyesters having controlled
molecular weight comprising (1) reacting a /3-lactone with
0.014-2.2 mol percent of water and (2) in the presence
of the reaction products thus obtained, polymerizing the
unreacted /3-lactone with an anionic initiator.
3,642,713
POLYAMIDE COMPOSITION CONTAINING
SUCCINIC IMIDE COMPOUND
August Bockmann, Krefeld, Karl-August Essig, Karlhelnz
Feltgen, and Herbert Groschel, Dormagen, and Hans
Rudolph, Krefeld-Bockum, Germany, assignors to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellscbaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 785,753
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 2, 1968,
P 16 94 238.4
Int CK C08g 20120
U.S. a. 260—78 R 6 Claims
An antielectrostatic polyamide composition comprising
a polyamide and a succinic acid imide compound of the
formula
R-CH-C
CH,-C
\
/
N-Ri
O
wherein R is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkylaryl, cycloalkyl or an
aryl radical and Ri is a polyoxyalkylen-moiety.
3,642,714
LIGHT STABLE POLYAMIDE HAVING AN
IMPROVED RETENTION FOR ACID DYES
Gene C. Weedon and Robert A. Lofquist, Richmond, Va.,
and Robin B. Mumford, Middletown, N J., assignors to
Allied Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,692
Int CI. C08g 20138
U.S. CI. 260—78 R 16 Claims
Acid dye receptive polycarbonamide filaments are pre-
pared by polymerizing the polycarbonamide-forming
materials in the presence of 10-50 moles of p-toluene-
sulfonic acid per 10" gms. of polymer and less than about
50 moles per 10" gms. of a primary-tertiary diamine.
3,642,715
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
AROMATIC POLY AMIDES
Pierre Allard, Cailloux*sur-Fontaines, France, assignor to
Societe Rhodiaceta, Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,664
Claims priority, application France, May 22, 1968,
50,045
Int CLC08g 20/20. 57 /¥^
U.S. CI. 260—78 R 15 Claims
The invention relates to a process for the preparation of
solutions of aromatic polyamides which comprises react-
ing one or more dicarboxylic acids with one or more diiso-
cyanates, at least one of which is aromatic, in a polar
liquid at a temperature which is raised progressively from
a lower temperature superior to ambient to a higher tem-
perature of 120° to 250° C.
3,642,717
COPOLYMERS OF j3-LACTONES AND
N-PHENETHYLAZIRIDINES
Laurence I. Peterson, Framingham, Mass., and Louisa J.
Sauro, Midland, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical
Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 787,993
Int CI. C08g 20100, 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—78.3 5 Claims
Novel copolymers are prepared in the reaction between
(a) /9-propiolactone, ;3-isobutyrolactone or /9-neopentano-
lactone and (b) an N-phenethylaziridine of the formula
^ \-CHjCHr-N
wherein X is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, or alkyl, aryl
or aralkyl having 1 to about 10 carbon atoms. The co-
polymers are useful as antioxidants and cure rate ac-
celerators in elastomer compositions.
3,642,718
POLYMERS CONTAINING HYDROXYL GROUPS
Herbert Naarmann, Ludwigshafen, and Hans Kiefer,
Wachenbeim, Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin-
& Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellscbaft Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,203
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 11, 1968,
P 17 95 312.7
Int. CI. C08f 3/42, 15/14, 15/36
U.S. CI. 260—78.3 U 9 Claims
Polymers containing tertiary hydroxyl groups, and
their production by polymerizing unsaturated lactic acids
or copolymerizing such acids with other olefinically un-
saturated monomers.
3,642,719
PRODUCT AND PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION
OF ACRYLONITRILE AND X-METHYLENE
GLUTARIC ACID ANHYDRIDE COPOLYMERS
Bernard C. Roest. Geleen, and Jozef L. M. van der Loos
and Peter J. M. W. Claasscn, Sittard, Netherlands, as-
signors to Stamicarbon N.V., Heerlen, Netherlands
No Drawing, nied Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,342
Claims prioritv, application Netherlands, Dec. 31, 1968,
6818848
Int CI. C08f 15/02. 15/40, 27/14
VS. CI. 260—78.5 R 13 Claims
Copolymer containing at least 35 weight percent of
acrylonitrile and the cyclic anhydride of o-methylene
glutaric acid, preferably ranging from 0.1 to 10 weight
percent, said copolymer having an intrinsic viscosity be-
tween 0. 1 and 20; and process for preparing same.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1049
3,642,720
TRIAZINE BASED POLYBENZIMIDAZOLE
Raymond J. Kray, Berkeley Heights, NJ., and Roland
A. E. Whiter, Armonk, N.Y., assignors to Ciba-Geigy
Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,528
Int CI. C08g 33/02
VS. CI. 260—78.4 R 15 Clafans
Triazine based polybenzimidazoles are prepared by re-
acting aromatic tetramines with s-triazine compounds con-
taining at least two alkyl or aryl carboxylic acid groups
or their alkyl or aryl esters. The triazine based polybenz-
imidazoles can be molded and their solutions can be used
to form stiff and tough coatings, films and fibers. These
polymers possess high temperature oxidative stability and
good mechanical properties.
degraded, low molecular weight polyolefin. An improved
modified polyolefin product is separately recovered, while
the unreacted polycarboxylic compounds may be recycled
to the reactor for further conversion. The modified pro-
duct, especially in the form of a thin film at an efevated
temperature, is improved further by vacuum stripping,
preferably at less than 10 mm. of Hg pressure. This
novel improved product has a saponification number es-
sentially all accounted for by acid groups chemically
associated with the polymeric molecules.
3,642,721
METAL-CONTAINING POLYMERS OF ORGANIC
DITHIOLIC ACID AND METHODS OF MAKING
THE SAME
Judidi A. Walmsley, Sylvania, Ohio, assignor to
Owens-nihiois, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 699,338
Intel. C08g 77/00
U.S. CI. 260—78.4 R 9 Claims
Polymers are prepared from divalent metal salts such
as nickel chloride and organic dithiol acids such as di-
thiolterephthalic acid to provide a polymer having the
following recurring unit:
0 0-
M-8-C-R-C-8--
whcre M is a metal such as nickel, zinc and tin and R
is an organic hydrocarbon radical. The polymers are
useful as fillers and modifiers for other polymers and for
forming films and coatings on bases such as glass.
3,642,722
PROCESS FOR PREPARING MODIFIED
POLYOLEFINS
M. B. Knowles and Charies S. Winebarger, Kingsport,
Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Roches-
ter, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
643,872, June 6, 1967. This appUcation Nov. 29, 1967,
Ser. No. 691,099
Int CI. C08f 27/00
VS. CI. 260—78.4 D 15 Claims
•*a^
A process for continuously introducing a mixture of
low-molecular-weight polyolefin and an ethylenically vm-
saturated polycarboxylic compound, e.g. maleic an-
hydride, into an agitated, multistaged reaction zone in
which the mixture is intimately mixed under conditions of
essentially plug-type flow during the reaction. A high
molecular weight polyolefin may be continuously,
thermally degraded and introduced into the reaction zone
while still hot, in lieu of employing a previously thermally
3,642,723
COPOLYMERS OF SUBSTITUTED ALKYL
ETHERS AND MALEIC ANHYDRIDE
Scizo Okamnra, Kyoto, Koichiro Hayashi, Osaka, and
Yasuham Nakayama, Kyoto, Japan, assignon to Clba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed July 16, 1969, Ser. No. 842,368
Claims priority, application Japan, July 20, 1968,
43/51,347
Int CI. C08f 77/00
U.S. CI. 260—78.4 R 10 Claims
Copolymers of substituted alkyl ethers and maleic an-
hydride prepared by the copolymerization of a ketal with
maleic anhydride in the presence of a free radical ini-
tiator are useful as dispersion and emulsion stabilizers,
textile finishing agents or leather treatment agents.
3 642 724
PROCESS OF MAKING UNSATURATED POLY-
ESTERS OF LOW FLAMMABILITY AND PROD-
UCT OBTAINED THEREBY
Karl Schmidt Wiesbaden, and Gerhard Boockmann, Ham-
burg, Germany, assignors to Dr. Beck & Co., A.G.,
Hamburg, Germany
No Drawing. Hied Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 849,296
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 8, 1968,
P 17 95 094.6
Int a. C08g 77/72. 17/133
VS. CI. 260—78.4 EP 12 Claims
Unsaturated polyesters containing tetrabromophthalic
acid or -anhydride as a flammability-reducing element
are made by reacting a dicarboxylic acid anhydride with
an alkylene oxide in the presence of a polymerization
initiator and an alkaline catalyst for the reaction, the
reaction mass including an a,/9-unsaturated dicarboxylic
acid or -anhydride together with tetrabromophthalic acid
or -anhydride. The o,^-unsaturated dicarboxylic acid and
the tetrabromo acid may form all or part of the dicar-
boxylic acid anhydride component or all or part of the
polymerization initiator. The amount of the tetrabromo-
phthalic acid or -anhydride must be in excess of 5% by
weight relative to the weight of the total composition.
The polyesters have an extremely low flammability, are
of a clear color and can be made in the ordinary alloy
steel apparatus without danger of decomposition or dis-
coloration of the reaction products.
3,642,725
POLYMERS OF POLYFUNCTIONAL CYANAMIDES
OF SECONDARY AMINES
Hans Dieter Schminke, Cologne-Mnlheim, Ernst Grigat
Cologne-Stammheim, and Rolf Putter, Dnsseldorf, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
scbaft Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
629,893, Apr. 11, 1967. This application Nov. 5, 1969,
Ser. No. 874,417
Int CI. C08g 33/02
VS. a. 260—78.4 N 10 Claims
New polymers are formed by heating polyfunctional
cyanamides of secondary amines together with catalyti-
1050
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
cal quantities or up to more than molar quantities of
mono- or polyvalent hydroxyl and /or thiol compounds to
higher temperatures.
3,642,726
THERMOPLASTIC CROSSLINKED POLYESTER
MATERIAL AND METHOD OF MOLDING
William J. HeUman, Allison Parit, Pa., assignor to Gulf
Research & Deveiopnient Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 849,180
Int CI. C08f 27 in
U.S. CI. 260—78.5 T 11 Claims
A polyanhydride, such as a copolymer of maleic an-
hydride and an alpha-olefin, when heated together with a
polyhydroxylated compound, such as polyvinyl alcohol,
yields a polyester crosslinked material. When heated to a
temperature in excess of 80° C, this crosslinked polyester
material flows and can be molded. On slow cooling, this
material may again become crosslinked and insoluble in
solvents such as acetone.
3,642,727
VULCANISATION PROCESS
Brian Thomas Ashwortb, Donald Harper, and Peter Hill,
Manchester, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical
Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 841,109
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 19, 1968,
34,539/68
Int CI. C08f 27/06
U.S. CI. 260—79.5 A 12 Oaims
Vulcanised rubbers having improved resistance to heat
are obtained by heating unvulcanised rubber with bis(di-
hydrocarbylthiophosphoryl) tri- or tetra-sulphides, pref-
erably in presence of elemental sulphur and a conven-
tional sulphur-curing accelerator.
3,642,728
SULFONATED POLYMERS
Nathan H. Canter, Edison, N J., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
804,318, Mar. 4, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 765,695, Oct. 7, 1968, both now
abandoned. This application Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No.
877 849
Int CI. C08f 27/06; C08d 11/02, 13/30
U.S. CI. 260—79.3 R 8 Claims
Polymers containing — SO3H groups and salts thereof
are found to have improved physical properties. The
sulfonated polymers are prepared by selective sulfonation
of sites of olefinic unsaturation utilizing a sulfonating
agent comprising a complex of a Lewis base with a sulfur
trioxide donor. The sulfonic acid containing polymers and
their sulfonate salts exhibit improved physical properties
compared to the unsulfonated products.
3,642,729
PRINTING INKS FOR POLYOLEFINS
Marco Wismer, Gibsonia, and Paul J. Prucnal, Monroe-
▼ille, Pa., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh,
Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
689,251, Dec. 11, 1967, now Patent No. 3,551,182,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
473,146, July 19, 1965, now Patent No. 3,484,335,
dated Dec. 16, 1969. This appUcation Apr. 20, 1970,
Ser. No. 30,211
Int a. C09d 11/00
UA a. 260— 80.7 10 Claims
This invention relates to printed thermoplastic polymer
substrates and preferably to olefin high polymer substrates
coated with an adherent ink composition comprising an
interpolymer containing a substantial portion of a poly-
unsaturated hydrocarbon and at least one monoolefin hav-
ing a single copolymerizable ethylenic group, said inter-
polymers having been obtained by the polymerization in
the presence of a transition metal catalyst and character-
ized by the fact that they contain sufficient remaining eth-
ylenic unsaturation in the polymer molecule to permit
substantial curing of the films thereof by oxidative mecha-
nism.
3,642,730
COPOLYMERS OF OLEFINE AND N-UNSATU-
RATED DERIVATIVES OF CARBAZOLE
Yves Amiard, Jean-Paul Bellissent and Gilbert Marie,
Pau, France, assignors to Sodete Nationale des Petroles
d'Aquitaine, Courbevoie, France
No Drawing. Filed Sept 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,446
Claims priority, application France, Sept 29, 1969,
168,369
Int CL C08f 17/00
U.S. CI. 260—80.72 18 Chdms
A process for the preparation of amorphous copolymers
of olefins with N-unsaturated carbazole derivatives con-
sists in copolymerising in the presence of a coordination
catalyst, at least two olefins, particularly ethylene and
propylene, together with one or more N-unsaturated car-
bazole derivatives, in particular one or more N-alkenyl
carbazole derivatives. New amorphous copolymers are
obtained by this process, in particular new ethylenc-propyl-
ene-N-vinyl carbazole terpolymers.
3,642,731
NOVEL PROCESS FOR SOLVENT PURIFICATION
AND RECOVERY
Bruce R. Tegge and William L. Teiser, Madison, James
H. Love, Parsippany, and Barry M. Rosenbaum, Morris
Plains, NJ., assignors to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company
Filed July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 842,907
Int CI. C08f 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—80.78 8 Claims
In the production of polymers of ethylene, higher alpha
olefins and optionally a third monomer, the reactants
may leave the polymerization reaction as a cement which
may be steam-flashed to yield a flash overhead gas con-
taining inter alia diluent-solvent and heavy impurities.
Recovery and recycling of a major portion of pure diluent-
solvent, substantially free of heavy impurities, is effected
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1051
by partial condensation of the A-h overhead gas ^to inS and haWng p^ies desirab^^
form (i) a partial condensate containing a substantial
portion of the heavy impurities and a minor portion of
diluent-solvent and (ii) a non-condensed gas containing
a major portion of diluent solvent (substantially free of
heavy impurities) which major portion may be recycled.
tires and other molded products. The molecular weights
of the products are increased by virtue of the modifier
as compared to the molecular weights obtained with the
radical anion component alone.
3,642,732
TERPOLYMERS OF VINYL CHLORIDE, PROPYL-
ENE AND THIRD VINYL MONOMER AND PROC-
ESS FOR PREPARATION THEREOF
Takashi Yasamnra and Kimiald Matsuoka, Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Central Glass Co., Ltd., Yamaguchi-ken,
Japan
No Drawhig. Hied Aug. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 752,496
Claims piloilty, application Japan, Aug. 16, 1967,
42/52,254
/ Int CI. C08f 15/40
VS. CI. 260—80.81 2 Claims
A terpolymer of vinyl chloride, propylene and at least
one third comonomer of the formula
CHa=CR— COOR'
wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl radical
having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R' represents a hy-
drogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon
atoms
in which 99.8 to 60 molar percent of units derived from
the vinyl chloride, 0.1 to 20 molar percent of units derived
from the propylene and 0.1 to 20 molar percent of units
derived from the third comonomer are present, and
process for their preparation.
3,642,735
RAPIDLY CRYSTALLIZING VINYLIDENE CHLO-
Rn>E-ACRYLONITRILE COPOLYNffiR PRE-
PARED IN THE PRESENCE OF CERIC SALT/
ALCOHOL INITIATOR FOLLOWED BY STEPS
OF HEATING AND COOLING
Dudley Gibson Woodard, Columbia, Md., assignor to
W. R. Grace & Co., ClarksviUe, Md.
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 9,045
Int a. C08f 75/06, 15/22 ,^ ^, ,
UA CL 260—85.5 *'' Claims
Vinylidene chloride-acrylonitrile copolymers having an
acrylonitrile content of up to about 20 percent by weight,
are rapidly crystallizing when prepared using a combina-
tion eerie salt-organic alcohol initiator. Diol alcohols are
the preferred alcohol species and yield the better results.
These copolymers may also contain a stabilizer.
3,642,733
BEAD POLYMERIZATION PROCESS
AND PRODUCT
Carl S. Anderson, Bethlehem, Pa., and David F. Bittle,
Thomas M. Veazey, and Robert G. Wooten, Decatur,
Ala., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 398,047, Sept 21, 1964. This application
Oct 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,110
Int CI. C08f 3/76, 15/40
U.S. CI. 260—80.81 7 Claims
Bead polymers containing acrylonitrile and havmg con-
siderably enhanced receptivity for basic dyestuflFs are pro-
duced by a redox catalyzed suspension polymerization
process wherein small quantities of long chain fatty acids
or fatty acid salts are used.
3,642,736
METHOD FOR RECOVERING VENTED
MONOMERS
Arley L. Downs, Decatur, Ala., assignor to Monsanto
Company, St Louis, Mo.
nied May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,099
Int CL C08f 15/22
U.S CI. 260—85.5 ^ Clainis
A* method is herein described for effectively recovering
volatile, unreacted monomers which are ordinarily lost to
the atmosphere during copolymerization of acrylonitrile
and unsaturated organics, which comprises dehumidifying
the vapor mixture and thereafter absorbing the vapor mix-
ture in absorbing liquids.
3,642,734
POLYMERIZATION PROCESS
Tai Chun Cheng, Akron, and Adel F. Halasa, Bath,
Ohio, assignors to The Firestone Tire & Rubber Com-
pany, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,880
Int CI. C08d 1/32; C08f 15/04, 1/28
U3, CI. 260—83.7 22 Clainis
Conjugated dienes are polymerized by a new catalyst
system which is more economically and more easily pre-
pared and used than present catalyst systems used for
similar purpose. This catalyst system comprises a com-
bination of a free radical anion component modified by
a potassium salt selected from the class of sulfate, phos-
phate, sulfide, cyanide, carbonate and carboxylate. The
free radical anionic component is made in an appropriate
solvent, form an alkali metal and an anion forming
compound such as naphthalene. The catalyst system is
used to polymerize conjugated dienes to polymer products
of controlled molecular weight, suitable for easy process-
3,642,737
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION OF
VINYL CHLORIDE
Lnigi Patron and Alberto Moretti, Venice, and Renato
Pasqualetto, Porto Marghera, Italy, assignoR to Chatl-
lon Sodete Anonima Italiana per le Rbre Tesslb
Artifidali S.P.A., Milan, Italy 0,4: ,**
No Drawing. Filed June 24, 1969, Ser. No.836,166
Claims priority, application Italy, June 28, 19M,
18,362/68
Int a. C08fi /62,i/50
11^ CI 260 85 5 Claims
A prcicess is diK:loscd for obtaining highly syndiotactic,
white and heat-stable polyvinyl chloride (particularly
suited for conversion into fibers) by bulk polymerization
at low temperature of vinyl chloride, the polymerization
being conducted in the presence of a catalytic system con-
sisting essentially of an organic hydroperoxide, such as
cumene hydroperoxide or t-butylhydroperoxide, activated
by an alcoholic solution of sulphur dioxide and of at least
one oxide or hydroxide of an alkaU metal or of ma^e-
sium or of magnesium sulphite, and in which the raUo:
SO,/Me is lower than 1.5 where SOj is the concentration
in gram-moles/liter of the total sulphur dioxide and Me is
the concentration of the metal in gram-equiv^ent/hter.
The polymerization may be short-stopped at the desired
level by treating the polymerization mixture with an aque-
ous solution of a hydroxylamine salt such as the hydro-
chloride or sulphate. At least one other ethylenicaUy un-
saturated monomer copolymerizable with vmyl chloride
may also be present, thereby resulting in a copolymer.^
1052
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,738
PROCESS FOR THE CONTINUOUS BULK POLYM-
ERIZATION OF VINYL CHLORIDE AT LOW
TEMPERATURE
Luigi Patron and Alberto Moretti, Venice, and Glan Paolo
Sinatora, Mestre, Venice, Italy, assignors to Chatillon
Societa Anonima Italiana per le Fibre Tes^ Artifidali
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Oct. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 866,241
Oaims priority, application Italy, Oct. 17, 1968,
22,600/68
Int. CI. C08f 1/04. 1/61. 3/30
VS. CI. 260—85.5 9 Claims
in an aqueous dispersion, (A) an olefinically unsaturated
hydroxyl-containing ester having the general formula
o
k4-o-
C Hr-C H (OH)-C Hj-X-
(i):"'
wherein R is an ali^a, beta-ethylenically unsaturated
group, R' is a group free of olefinic unsaturation, n
is 0 or 1, and X is O or S and (B) at least one other
olefinically unsaturated monomer.
A process is disclosed for the continuous low-tem-
perature bulk polymerization of vinyl chloride with con-
versions greater than 18%, in the presence of a catalyst
system consisting either of ( 1 ) an organic hydroperoxide,
sulphur dioxide and an alcoholate of a metal of the first
or second group of the Periodic System or of aluminum
or (2) an organic hydroperoxide activated by an alco-
holic solution of sulphur dioxide and of at least one oxide
or hydroxide of am alkaline metal or of magnesium or of
magnesium sulphite, the improved features residing in:
(a) pre-charging the reactor with vinyl chloride to
at least V3 of its useful holding capacity;
(b) starting the polymerization with one of the above-
described catalysts until a degree of conversion of
at least 10% is attained in the presence of a mer-
capto-compound having a maximum of 4 carbon
atoms, which compound is fed to the reaction med-
ium in a concentration of at least 1.3 times that pro-
vided in steady conditions of polymerization;
(c) maintaining during the starting phase of the
polymerization a conversion increase below 2.5%/
hr. and a viscosity of the polymer obtained below
1.5 dl./g.; and
(d) carrying on the polymerization in a continuous
way according to the predetermined formulation for
the steady conditions, with a quantity of mercapto-
compound of at least 1.5.10-3 moles/kg. of
monomer.
3,642,739
PROCESS FOR PRODUCTION OF HYDROXYL-
CONTAINING COPOLYMERS
Johan van Gogb and Jan H. de Kruif, Amsterdam, Nether-
lands, assignors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,168
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 15, 1968,
48,867/68
Int. CI. C08f 15/26
U.S. CI. 260 — 86.3 7 Claims
Hydroxyl-containing copolymers which have low acid
values and which when cured with conventional resins
such as melamine-formaldehyde and urea-formaldehyde
resins produce films which exhibit good mechanical and
chemical properties, good gloss and whiteness retention
as well as polishability, are prepared by copolymerizing.
3,642,740
PROCESS FOR PREPARING HOMO- AND COPOLY-
MERS OF VINYL CHLORIDE IN AQUEOUS
EMULSION
John K. Pierce, Jr., Baytown, Tex., assignor to Diamond
Shamrock Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Sept 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,861
Int CI. C08f 1/13. 1/88. 3/30
VS. CI. 260—87.5 11 Claims
Vinyl chloride homo- and copolymers are prepared in
aqueous emulsion, utilizing as the emulsificr system there-
in, from 0.25 percent to 0.45 percent of an alkali metal
salt of a sulfated fatty alcohol having from 8-18 C atoms
per molecule or an ether derivative thereof; from 0.15 per-
cent to 2.0 percent of a tallow fatty alcohol or an epoxi-
dized unsaturated fatty acid oil; and from 0.10 percent to
0.20 percent of a complex organic phosphate ester or salt
derivative thereof, the percentages of these ingredients
being based on the weight of the monomer. The paste
resin products obtained find particular utility as molding
resins, being characterized by excellent clarity, thermal
stability, and negligible moisture-sensitivity. Plastisols of
these products exhibit excellent dispersion rheology and
air-release properties.
3,642,741
COPOLYMERS OF VINYL CHLORIDE AND
EPOXY-a-OLEFINS
Robert Bacskai, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,379
Int CI. C08f 5/00
VS. CI. 260—87.5 5 Claims
Copolymers of vinyl chloride and w-epoxy-a-olefins of
5 or more carbon atoms are provided having improved
resistance to heat degradation and which are clear and
uncolored.
3,642,742
TOUGH, STABLE TETRAFLUOROETHYLENE-
FLUOROALKYL PERFLUOROVINYL ETHER
COPOLYMERS
Dana Peter Carlson, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. L
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 818,391
Int CI. C08f 15/02
U.S. CI. 260—87.5 A 8 Claims
Tough, stable copolymers of tetrafluoroethylene mono-
mer and fluorovinyl ether monomers can be produced by
polymerizing the monomers in perfluorinatcd or suitable
non-perfluorinated hydrogen and chlorine containing fluo-
rocarbon solvents by a process that requires that the re-
action be carried out at from about 30 to about 75° C.
in the presence of a low temperature initiator such as
bis(perfluoro propionyl) peroxide and a hydrogen con-
taining chain transfer agent such as methanol.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1063
3,642,743
CONTROLLED POLYMERIZATION OF MIXTURES
OF VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE AND VINYL CHLa
RIDE IN AQUEOUS SUSPENSION
James E. Schuetz, Midland, and William D. Shelbnrg,
Bay City, Mich., assi^iors to The Dow Chemical Com-
pany, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 586,651, Oct 14, 1966. This application
Oct 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768,547
Int CI. C08f //;;, 75/05
VS. CL 260—87.7 3 Qahns
This invention is directed to a process for preparing
inherently processable substantially heterogeneous inter-
polymers of vinylidene chloride and vinyl chloride in
aqueous suspension by polymerizing a monomeric mixture
comprising essentially from about 70 to 90 weight percent
vinylidene chloride and from about 30 to 10 weight per-
cent vinyl chloride in a completely closed reaction vessel
while controlling the temperature of such reaction vessel
to maintain a constant pressure therein until a conversion
of monomer to polymer of at least about 40 percent is
achieved.
3,642,744
VINYL MONOMER POLYMERIZATION PROCESS
Charies W. Moberly and Gerald R. Kahle, Bartiesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Piled June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,093
Int CI. C08f 1/04, 3/30
VS. CI. 260—87.5 14 Claims
TOTAL »#OOUCT StrO ■*TIO
Vinyl polymers having improved porosity are obtained
by vapor phase polymerization of vinyl monomer in the
presence of a polymerization initiator, seed polymer and
a minor amount of certain porosity modifiers.
3,642,745
PROCEDURE FOR THE POLYMERIZATION AND
COPOLYMERIZATION OF VINYL CHLORIDE
Jean Golstein, Brussels, Belghim, assignor to Solvay &
Cic, Brussek, Belgium
No Drawing. Filed Jnne 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,876
Claims priority, application Belgium, June 7, 1968,
56,220
^tO. cost 3/30
VS. CI. 260—87.5 C 12 Claims
Vinyl chloride is polymerized and copolymerized in the
absence of a dispersing agent and in the presence of a
dispersion of an inert solid and a catalyst in a liquid which
is not a solvent for the monomeric compounds undergoing
polymerization or copolymerization, at a pressure and
below the saturated vapor pressure of the monomeric
compounds. Crusting on the polymerization reactor is
avoided and a product of high purity is produced by
means of the present process.
3,642,746
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION AND/OR
COPOLYMERIZATION OF OLEFINS WITH THE
USE OF ZIEGLER-TYPE CATALYSTS SUP-
PORTED ON CARRIER
Norio Kashiwa and Tadaichi Tokuzumi, Otake-sfai, and
Hiroshi Fujimura, Iwakuni-dii, Japan, assignors to
Mitsui Petrochemical Industries, Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Hied July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 845,031
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 1, 1968,
43/53,933; Aug. 5, 1968, 43/54,963; Dec 30,
1968, 44/96,490
Intel. C08f 7/56, J/02
U.S. CI. 260 — 88.2 12 Claims
A process for polymerizing and /or copolymerizing ole-
fins by using an improved catalyst consisting of a transi-
tion metal compound supported on electrondonor-pre-
treated inorganic solid particles the transition metal com-
pound being a component of a Ziegler-type catalyst, and
an organometallic compound, whereby the polymeriza-
tion activity of the catalyst per unit weight both of the
transition metal and organometallic component remark-
ably increases, thus making it possible to reduce an
amount of a carrier which remains in the resultant poly-
mer causing increased ash content, and also possible to
easily control the melt-index of the resultant polymer.
3,642,747
PRODUCTION OF ETHYLENE HOMOPOLYMERS
OR COPOLYMERS WITH 2-HYDROPEROXY-2-
ISO-PROPYLPHENYLPROPANE
Hans Gropper and Fk-anz Georg Mietzner, Lndwlgshafen
(Rhine), and Friedrich Urban, Limburgeriiof, Germany,
assignors to Badische AniUn- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft Lndwigdiafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawhig. FUed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853,493
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 6, 1968,
P 17 95 294.2
IntCLC08f 5/0^,7/60
U.S. CI. 260—88.2 B 9 Claims
Production of ethylene homopolymers or copolymers
by polymerization of ethylene or of mixtures of major
amounts of ethylene and minor amounts of other mono-
mers at superatmospheric pressure and elevated tempera-
ture using a polymerizatiwi initiator. It is characteristic
of the process according to the invention that a 2-hydro-
peroxy-2-isopropylphenylpropane is used as polymeriza-
tion initiator.
3,642,748
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION
OF OLEFINS
KoicUro Iwasaki, Kazuo Yamaguchi, and Genjiro
KAogawa, Tokyo, Yasuo Ohtsulu, KawasaU-shl, and
Kanji Kasahara, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Mttsnbislii
Chemical Industries Limited, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,271
Int CI. C08f 1/56. 3/06
VS. CI. 260—88.2 5 Claims
A process for polymerizing ethylene or a mixture of
ethylene and other copolymerizable a-olefins, wherein
polymerization is carried out at 0-110° C under atmos-
pheric or superatmospheric pressure in the absence of
a liquid hydrocarbon diluent, and in the presence of a
catalyst which is a mixture of two portions of finely
granular ethylene polymer impregnated with an organo-
aluminum compound of the general formula AlR3_nXn
wherein R is an alkyl group, X may be the same or differ-
ent and is a halogen atom or an alkoxy or trialkylsiloxy
group and « is a number of 0-2, and a vanadium com-
pound of the general formula VOYs wherein Y may be
the same or different and is a halogen atom, an alkoxy
or trialkylsiloxy group, with the proviso that at least one
Y is an alkoxy group or trialkylsiloxy group.
1054
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,749
OLEFIN POLYMERIZATION USING DI-TERTIARY
POLYALICYCUC CHROMATE ESTER CATALYST
SYSTEMS
Robert Norman Johnson, Basking Ridge, and Frederick
Jolin Karol and Loois Anttiony Pilato, Somerset, NJ.,
assignors to Union Carbide Corporation, New Yorlc,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 811,210
Int CI. C08f 1/30, 3/04, 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—88.2 R 29 Claims
Ethylene polymers of broad molecular weight distribu-
tion are obtained from a catalyst system comprising a sup-
ported hindered di-tertiary polyalicyclic chromate ester
treated with an organometallic reducing agent.
3,642,750
ADHESrVES OR SEALING AGENTS WHICH
HARDEN ON EXCLUSION OF OXYGEN
COMPRISING ESTERS OF ACRYLIC ACIDS
AND DICYCLOPENTADIENOLS
Bemd Wegemund, Hilden-Rhineland, and Joachim
Gaiinke, Dusseldorf-Holthaasen, Germany, assignors
to Henkel & Cie GmbH, Dusseldorf-Holtfaausen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Oct 14, 1968, Ser. No. 767,493
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 2, 1967,
H 64,338
Int a. C08f 3/42, 15/16
VS. CI. 260—89.5 5 Claims
The invention relates to adhesive compositions harden-
able under exclusion of oxygen comprising liquid esters
of acids of the formula
CHf=C-C0OH
wherein R is a member selected from the group consisting
of hydrogen, lower alkyl aixl halogen, with a cycloali-
phatic monohydric alcohol derived from cyclopentadienes
selected from the group consisting of dimerized cyclo-
pentadiene and polymerized cyclopentadiene, and an or-
ganic percompound selected from the group consisting of
organic peroxides and organic hydroperoxides.
3,642,751
ACYL AZO COMPOUNDS AS POLYMERISATION
CATALYSTS
Heino Logemann, Leverknsen, Walter Meckel, Dussel-
dorf, and Erwin Moller, Leverknsen, Germany, as-
signors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverknsen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,554
Claims priority, application Germany, July 30, 1968,
P 17 95 015.1
Int CI. C08f 3/64, 3/66. 15/18
VS. CI. 260—89.5 5 Claims
Catalysts for the polymerisation of vinyl- and divinyl
compounds containing as an active ingredient an acyl
azo compound.
polymeric thermoplastic sheet, and discloses a novel prod-
uct produced according to the process of the present in-
vention. Finally, there is disclosed a screw for use in
the barrel of a screw extruder for forwarding material
from the inlet end to the discharge end thereof.
3,642,753
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
POLYPERFLUOROCYCLOBUTENE
Richard W. Anderson and Hnghie R. Frick, Midland,
Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Mid-
land, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,997
Int CI. C08f 3/20
VS. CI. 260—91.5 10 Claims
Disclosed is a process for the preparation of poly-
pe rfluorocyclobutene corresponding to the formula:
PF F-
-c-c—
I 1
C-C
_F, F:_
wherein « is a number greater than 1 representing the
average degree of polymerization. The process involves
reacting polyperfluorocyclobutadiene corresponding to
the formula:
F F"
c-c-
LF F.
wherein X is halogen and n is as defined above with
C0F3, PbF*, SbFs, AgFa, MnF,, CeF*, BiFj, GIF,, BrF„
or IF7. The reaction is carried out at a temperature greater
than 100° C. when C0F3, PbF*. SbFj, AgFj, MnF,, CeF*.
or BiFj is the fluorinating agent.
3,642,754
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING FLUORO-OLEFINS
IN THE PRESENCE OF ISOBUTYRYL PEROXIDE
Yutaka Kometani, Nishinomiya-shi, Masayoshi Tatemoto,
Takatsuki-shi, Masabiro Okuda, Amagasaki-shi, Chuzo
Okuno, Osaka-shi, and Shinsuke Sakata, Shoji Sakai,
and Masahiko Oka, Settsu-shi, Japan, assignors to
Daikin Kogyo Co., Ltd., Osaka-shi, Japan
No Drawing. Hied Aug. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 751,738
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 23, 1967,
42/54,328
Int a. C08f 3/20, 3/22, 3/24
U.S. CI. 260—92.1 6 Claims
Process for manufacturing fluoro-olefin polymers by
polymerization of fluoro-olefins in the presence of iso-
butyryl peroxide as a catalyst. The polymerization reac-
tion of the present invention proceeds with a higher
polymerization velocity at a lower polymerization tem-
perature to give a polymer of a higher polymerization de-
gree than those polymerizations hitherto known. It is also
characterized in the fact that the fluoro-olefin polymers
obtained by the present process are superior in the proper-
ties to those hitherto produced.
3,642,752
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR PRODUONG
NOVEL EXTRUDED ACRYLIC SHEET
David Lord Sutter, Kennebunkport, Maine, assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
FUed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,591
Int CI. C08f 3/68. 15/18
VS. a. 260—89.5 2 Claims
An apparatus for extruding and devolatilizing thermo-
plastic materials comorisinK a pair of cylinders each con-
taining an extruder screw for processing polymeric ther-
moplastic materials and a link joining the cylinders. This
invention also discloses a process for making the extruded
3,642,755
CATALYST COMPOSITION
James A. Barter, Akron, Clifford O. Eddy, Independence,
and Henry C. Stevens, Akron, Ohio, i^gnors to PPG
Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. FUed Sept 26, 1968, Ser. No. 762,996
Int CI. C08f 3/22
U.S. CI. 260—92.1 9 Claims
3-methyl-3-tertiarybutylperoxy butyric acid, salts and
esters thereof its preparation and use as a polymerization
initiator for ethylenically unsaturated monomers is de-
scribed.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1055
3,642,756
METHOD FOR INCREASING THE CAPACITY OF A
POLYMERIZATION VESSEL DURING POLYM-
ERIZATION OF VINYL CHLORIDE MONOMER
IN AQUEOUS SUSPENSION
Merritt R. Meeks, Midland, and Joseph L. Gamer, San-
ford, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,486
Int CI. C08f 1/82, 3/30, 1/11
VS. CI. 260—92.8 W 3 Claims
The present invention is directed to a method of ef-
fectively eliminating the rapid polymerization or "hot-spot"
normally encountered near the end of the suspension
polymerization reaction of vinyl chloride monomer. This
result is obtained by the addition to the aqueous suspen-
sion of vinyl chloride monomer to be polymerized of small
but effective amounts of one or more compounds capable
of effectively inhibiting the polymerization reaction under
normal polymerization temperatures and pressures. The
addition of such polymerization inhibitors effectively
eliminate such polymerization "hot-spot" and additionally,
unexpectedly permits the utilization of increased amounts
of polymerization initiators with resultant increased over-
all rates of polymerization, without exceeding the cool-
ing capacity of a given reaction vessel.
3,642,759
BUTADIENE POLYMERIZATION PROCESS AND
CATALYST SYSTEM COMPRISING TITANTUM
TETRAHALIDE - ORGANOMAGNESIUM COM-
POUND AND Ha GAS
Stephen John Bodnar, Beaumont and Chuck Linwell
McHargue and Lam CameU Anglin, Jr., Nederland,
Tex., assignors to Texas-U.S. Chemical Company, Port
Neches, Tex.
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,155
Int CI. C08d 3/06
VS. CL 260—94.3 12 Claims
A polymerization process for preparing homo- and
copolymers of butadiene characterized by a high cis-1,4
content, said process being conducted in solvent solution
utilizing an ether-free organomagnesium compound-tita-
nium tetrahalide catalyst having the titanium in the tetra-
valent state and in the presence of hydrogen gas.
3,642,757
POLY.CIS-l,2-DIVINYLCYCLOHEXANE AND
METHOD FOR PREPARING THE SAME
Chuji Aso and Toyoki Kunitake, Fukuoka-shi, and Hakara
Uchio, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Asahi Kasei Kogyo
Kabushild Kabha, Osiaka, Japan
FUed Oct 28. 1969, Ser. No. 871,890
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Nov. 5, 1968,
43/80,832
Int CI. C08f 7/02
VS. CI. 260—93.1 5 Claims
Poly-cisrl,2-divinylcyclohexane having excellent ther-
mal stability and chemical resistance comprising recurring
units of the formula
wherein n is polymerization degree, which is a novel poly-
mer and can be fabricated into films and other shaped
articles, is prepared by contacting cis-l,2-divinylcyclo-
hexane with at least one acidic metal halide with optional
addition of lower alkyl aluminium compounds, lower alkyl
zinc compounds, protonic acids or active halides such as
chloromethyl ether, epichlorohydrin, t-butyl chloride and
benzyl chloride.
3,642,758
BUTADIENE POLYMERIZATION CATALYST COM-
PRISING TIXs-nAUs-f ORGANOALUMINUM COM-
POUND AND LEWIS ACID
Charles Cozewith, Westfield, and Erik G. M. Tomqvist,
Roselle, N J., assignors to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company
No Drawing. FUed Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788,908
Int CI. C08d 3/06
VS. CI. 260—94.3 7 Claims
Process utilizing Ziegler-type catalyst system for polym-
erizing butadiene to high molecular weight polybutadienes
possessing varying proportions of trans-1,4 units, in the
range of 50-90%, comprising: an organoaluminum com-
pound, a Lewis base, and a Ti (halogen )3-nAll3 compo-
sition. The polymers thus obtained exhibit outstanding
properties as elastomers when cross-linked and as thermo-
elastic polymers in the uncured state.
3,642,760
POLYMERIZATION AND COPOLYMERIZATION
OF DIOLEFINS
Paul Baekelmans and EmUe Leblon, Brussels, Belgium,
assignors to Solvay & Cie, Brussels, Belgium
No Drawhig. FUed Oct 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,483
Claims priority, appUcation France, Oct 14, 1968,
169,890; Sept 9, 1968, 6930725; Sept 23, 1969,
6932507
Int CI. C08d 3/06, 1/14. 3/04
VS. CI. 260—94.3 4 Claims
Diolefins are polymerized and copolymerized in the
presence of a catalyst which is obtained by reacting a
transition metal compound with a solid compound of a
bivalent metal containing hydroxyl and /or oxygen groups
or with a polymer which contains electron donor groups
and then activating the thus obtained produce with an
organometallic compound.
3,642,761
DEGRADATTVE POLYOLEFIN COMPOSITION
Fukuichi Ohira, Ichiharashi, Toshikazu Matsumura,
Yokohamashi, and Chuji Shiode, Ichiharashi, Japan,
assignors to Chisso Corporation, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
778,762, Nov. 25, 1968. Tliis appUcation Nov. 2, 1970,
Ser. No. 86,279
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Dec. 6, 1967,
42/78,325
Int CI. C08f 3/02
U.S. CI. 260—93.7 3 Claims
Polypropylene composition with added aldol-alpha-
naphthylamine so as to facilitate degradation.
3,642,762
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF GEL-
CONTAINING SYNTHETIC CONJUGATED
DIENE SOLUTION POLYMERS
Gerardus E. La Heij and Gerrit J. van Amerongen,
Amsterdam, Netherlands, assignors to SheU Oil Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 797,712
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britahi, Mar. 15, 1968,
12,779/68
Int CI. C08d 5/02, 7/00
VS. CI. 260—94.7 6 Claims
Conjugated diene solution rubber compositions having
improved green strength combined with satisfactory
processability are obtained by treatment of a solution
diene rubber, in aqueous dispersion, with a redox hydro-
peroxide system to produce a composition having 5-60
weight percent toluene-insoluble gel.
1056
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,763
PROTECTED GLUCAGON AND ITS
HYDROBROMIDE SALTS
Erich Wunsch, Tutzing, and Gerhard Wendlberger,
Manicb, Germany, assignors to Farbwerlte Hoechst
Akticngescllschaft vormals Meister Ludos & Bruning,
Franirfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 752,129
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 19, 1967,
F 53 291
Int CI. C07c 103/52
US. CI. 260—112.5 1 Claim
Process for the manufacture of the peptide Glucagon
by means of carbodiimides in the presence of N-hydroxy-
succinimide or N-hydroxyphthalimide starting from pro-
tected glucagon-peptides of the glucagon sequences 1-6
and 7-29. A protected glucagon derivative and its hydro-
bromide salts.
3,642,766
FIBER-REACTrVE DISAZODYESTUFFS CON-
TAINING A PYRIMIDINE RADICAL
Werner Bossard, Riehen, near Basel, Switzerland, assignor
to J. R. Geigy AG, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 718,383
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 20, 1967,
5,664/67
Int CI. C07c 107/00; C09b 35/20, 43/12
VS. CI. 260—154 7 Claims
Disazo dyestuffs of the formula
OH
80,-M*
N=N—
sorM*
-N=N'
NH-A
3,642,764
DISAZO DYESTUFFS
Ren^ de Montmollin, Riehen, Gerd Hoelzle, Liestal,
and Hans-Joerg Angliker and Richard Peter, Basel,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel, Swit-
zerland
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 753,901
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 25, 1967,
11,938/67; July 17, 1968, 10,745/68
Int. CI. C09b 35/24, 35/28, 62/08
VS. CI. 260—153 17 Claims
Disazo or polyazo dyestuffs, in which two of the same
or different azo dyestuff residues of the general formula
SO,-M+
wherein A represents a fiber-reactive acyl radical capable
of forming at least one covalent bond with a cellulosic
or polyamide substrate, and wherein X represents hydro-
gen or lower alky! and Y represents hydrogen, lower
alkyl or lower alkoxy, are disclosed as useful for the dye-
ing of the aforesaid fiber materials, affording dyeings of
good wet-fastness properties.
(II)
or
(III)
D,-N=N-A,
N
/ \
R. RiJ
Dt-S-S-Xj-S
/
\
RsH
are linked through a divalent bridge member Z, in which
formulae Ri, R2 and R3 each represents a hydrogen ato.Ti
or preferably a low-molecular alkyl group, which may
be linked with the residue Aj or Aj \n the ortho-position
to the group — NR1R3 or — NR2R4 to form a ring; R4
represents a low-molecular alkylene group; Ai and A2
each represents a benzene or naphthalene residue. The
dyestuffs are suitable for dyeing and printing materials
of animal origin, polyamide fibers, polyurethanes and
other such materials. The dyestuffs exhibit excellent light
and wet fastness.
3,642,765
MONO AZO DYESTUFFS CONTAINING A
FIBER-REACTIVE GROUP
Fritz Oesterlein, Basel, and Henry Riat, Arlesheim, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,390
Int CI. C09d 62/05
U.S. CI. 260—153 6 Claims
Fibre-reactive azo dyestuffs of the formula
3,642,767
WATER-INSOLUBLE DISPERSE MONOAZO DYES
Erwin Hahn, Vlemhelm, and Hans Guenter Wippel,
Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigs-
hafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept 16, 1968, Ser. No. 762,317
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 20, 1967,
P 16 44 069.0
Int CI. C09b 29/00. 29/08; D06p 1/04
VS. a. 260—158 2 aaims
Water-insoluble disperse monoazo dyes having an aro-
matic or heterocyclic diazo component and a para-amino-
phenyl coupling component in which the amino nitrogen
atom is substituted by phenylethyl and by an ethyl or
propyl group substituted by hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy,
acetoxy or propionyloxy groups. These dispersion dyes
are useful as applied to hydrophobic fibers, especially
polyester fibers such as polyethylene terephthalatc and
exhibit good fastness to light, wetting and the effect of
high temperatures.
wherein X is an aryl radical of the benzene or naphthalene
series, Y is a hydrogen atom or a sulfonic acid group and
R is a fibre-reactive substituent.
3,642,768
WATER-INSOLUBLE PHENYL-AZO-NAPHTHOL
DYESTUFFS
Joachim Ribka, Offenbach (Main), Germany, assignor to
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 349,142, Mar. 3, 1964. This application
Jan. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 789,962
Int CI. C07c 107/08; C09b 29/20
U.S. CI. 260—204 3 Claims
Water-insoluble monazo dyestuffs consisting of 1-ami-
nobenzene-4-carboxylic acid amide as diazo component
and 1 - ( 2' ,3 '-hydroxy naphthoylamino ) -2-methoxybenzenc
or -2-ethoxybenzene as coupling component. Said dye-
stuffs can be prepared in substance or on a substratum.
The dyestuffs prepared in substance are valuable pig-
ments which, for example, can be used for dyeing and
printing textile materials and paper. The pigments are
especially suitable for dyeing lacquers and natural or
synthetic resins.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1057
3,642,769
ARYLAZODIALKYLAMINOALKYL(2 - AMINO-4-
ACETYLALHNOPHENYL) ETHER DYESTUFFS
Karl-Ladwig Moritz, Cologne-Stammheim, and Carl
Taube, LeTerknsen, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabiiken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Lcverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed July 5, 1968, Ser. No. 742,706
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, July 15, 1967,
F 52,979
Int CI. C09b 43/12; D06p 1/06
VS. a. 260—207 11 Chdms
Azo dyestuffs of the formula
A— N=N
NH— Z
3,642,771
5-BENZYL - (2'-DESOXYRIBOSYL) URACIL COM-
POUNDS, COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME,
AND PROCESS OF MAKING AND USING SAME
Kailash Kumar Ganri, Lentfohrden, H(ristein, Germany,
assignor to Robagen G.m.b.H., Esriingen, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
744,957, July 15, 1968. This appUcation July 11, 1969,
Ser. No. 841,143
Claims priority, application Austria, July 11, 1968,
A 6,706/68
IntCLC07d j;/52
U.S. CI. 260—211.5 R 3 Clafans
5 - benzyl substituted 3-(2'-deoxyribosyl) uracil com-
pounds have a surprisingly high virostatic activity. The
compounds are used in the treatment of vims diseases
and have proved of considerable value in the treatment
of herpes infections by topical administration, for instance,
in the form of solutions, ointments, powders, sprays, plas-
ters, and others.
wherein A, Z, Y, Rj, Rj and alkylene as defined herein-
below are prepared particularly for use in dyeing and
printing of tannin treated cotton and polymers or co-
polymers of acrylonitrile or a symmetrical dicyanoethyl-
ene, or acid modified polyester fibers, as well as condensa-
tion products from sulfoterephthalic acid and ethylene
glycol wherein the dyestuffs exhibit good fastness prop-
erties.
3,642,770
STEROID GLYCOSIDES AND PROCESS FOR
PREPARING THEM
Werner Haede and Ulrich Stachc, Hofheim, Taunus,
Werner Fritsch, Nenenludn, Taunus, and Kurt Rad-
scheit Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany, assignors to Farb-
werke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Fk-ankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 810,358
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 6, 1968,
P 17 68 165.1
Int CL C07c i7J/0(?
U.S. a. 260—210.5 10 CUdms
Steroid glycosides of the formula
H
R-o-c-
3,642,772
PROCESS FOR PREPARING S-ADENOSYL
HOMOCYSTEINE
Erich Haid, Weilheim, and Gunter Welmann, Percha,
Upper Bavaria, Germany, assignors to Boehringer
Mannheim GmbH, Mannheim- Waldhof, Germany
No Drawhig. Filed Aug. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 854,315
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 4, 1968,
P 17 95 282.8
Int CI. C07d 57/5^
U.S. CI. 260—211.5 R 10 CUims
Process for preparing S-adenosyl homocysteine by de-
methylation of S-adenosyl methionine which comprises
reactng an S-adenosyl methionine salt in a polar organic
solvent therefor with an alkali metal or alkaline earth
metal halide or pseudohalide at a temperature of about
10 to 100° C.
Ah
HCORi
3,642,773
MODIFIED CELLULOSE ESTER SEMIPERMEABLE
MEMBRANE
Fred E. Littman, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to McDonnell
Douglas Corporation, Santa Monica, Calif.
FUed Dec 29, 1967, Ser. No. 694,524
Int a. B29d 27/04; C08b 3/24, 21/04
VS. CL 260—229 a claims
k
useful for the treatment of cardiac and renal diseases,
wherein R is a steroid group of the 3-hydroxy-cardenolidc
or 3-hydroxybufadienolide series, Rj is aliphatic or aro-
matic acyl, and Rj is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, or
-CHiORi or -C-CHiOR,
ORi
and methods of making the same by reacting a steroid
alcohol ROH, with a glycal of the formula
HC—
HC-OR, 6
HC-OR,
Hi
r» aAt-a/rT'/a*-*
k.
Cellulose ester, especially cellulose acetate, semiperme-
able membranes having superior permeation properties
of flux and solute rejection which are particularly suited
1058
for desalination of aqueous salt solutions by reverse os-
mosis, produced by a method which includes pre-treat-
ment'of the cellulose ester material in the form of an
aqueous slurry with catalytic amounts of a strong acid
prior to casting the cellulose ester material into a film.
Method for producing the above described membrane,
and method for desalination of salt water employing the
above described membrane.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
wherein A represents a straight-chained or branched al-
kylene radical of from 4 to 10 carbon atoms and Hal rep-
resents halogen, are disclosed as important intermediates
for the production of amino acids such as lysine and agri-
cultural chemicals, e.g. certain fungicides; a process for
producing these intermediates in good yields from corre-
sponding azacycloalkanones is also described.
3,642,774 ^
HIGHLY WATER SOLUBLE DEXTRIN PHOSPHATE
Ulrich Schobinger, Zug, Cla Christoffel, Waedenswil, and
Kurt Berner, PfaeflKkon, Schwyz, Switzerland, assignors
to Blattmann & Co., Waedenswil, Switzerland
No Drawing. Hied May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,707
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 21, 1968,
7,533/68
InL CI. C08b 19/04
VJS. CI. 260—233.5 R 12 Claims
Finely divided starch products classified as dextrin phos-
phate, having extremely light color, high cold water solu-
bility and low and relatively stable viscosity in aqueous
solution are provided by heating under low vacuum to
80-90° C, for 2 to 4 hours, a finely divided mixture of
powdered starch and an aqueous solution of alkali metal
phosphate and phosphoric acid having a pH between 2
and 5, such as a pH of about 3; then heating the mixture
under high vacuum to and at a temperature between 125°
and 140° C. for 1 to 3 hours to complete the dehydration
and reaction of the material; and then cooling it with ex-
clusion of oxygen, as under high vacuum. A water soluble
aldehyde reacted in the mixture further enhances the sta-
bility oi the product. The dextrin phosphate contains 0.3
to 3% of molecularly bound phosphorus. It is especially
useful in mixtures with high molecular starch products
and/or water soluble synthetic polymers for sizing textiles,
and in mixtures with ketene dimers for surface sizing
paper to inhibit ink penetration.
3,642,777
3.ALKYL BENZAZONINES
William J. Houlihan and Robert E. Manning, Mountain
Lalces, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Han-
over, NJ.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 15, 1967, Ser. No.
623,239, now Patent No. 3,498,988, dated Mar. 3,
1970. Divided and this application Nov. 17, 1969, Ser.
No. 877,426
\nt.C\.C^lA 41/00, 99/04
U.S. CI. 260—239 D 5 Claims
The compounds and certain intermediates are useful as
central nervous system stimulants and anti-inflammatorics.
They are prepared by converting an isoindolo[l,2-a]iso-
quinoline to its quaternary ammonium salt by treatment
with a lower alkyl halide, e.g. methyl iodide, and reduc-
ing the salt by sodium in liquid ammonia to cleave the
bond common to the five membered ring of the isoindolo
moiety and six membered ring to the isoquinolino moiety,
thus forming the nine membered N-heterocyclic ring of
dibenzfc.f]azonine. For example, 2,3-dimethoxy-7-meth-
yl-5,6.7.8-tetrahydrodibenz[c,f]azonine can thus be pre-
pared from 2.3-dimethoxy-5,6,8,12b-tetrahydroisoindolo
[ l,2-a]isoquinoline.
3,642,775
lO-OXO-lO.ll-DIHYDRO-DIBENZAZEPlNE
DERTVATTVE
Walter Schindler, Rieben, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,552
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 10, 1969,
3,583/69
Int a. C07d47/05
U.S. a. 260—239 D . 1 Claim
10 - oxo - 10,ll-dihydro-5H-dibenz[b,f]azepine-5-car-
boxamide has a depressant effect on the central nervous
system; the compound is the active ingredient of pharma-
ceutical compositions and is useful for the treatment of
psychosomatic disturbances, of epilepsy and of trigeminal
neuralgia.
3,642,776
1.FORMYL.2-HALOGENO.AZACYCLOALKENES
AND PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
Verena R. Foitl, Dobbs Ferry, N.Y., and Walter Traber,
Riehen, Switzerland, assignors to Geigy Chemical Cor-
poration, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 793,165
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 22, 1968,
939/68
Int CI. C07d 27/16, 29/38, 41/08
U.S. a. 260—239 BE 13 aalms
l-formyI-2-halogeno-azacycloalkenes of the formula
3,642,778
BENZIMIDAZO(l,^dl[l,4]BENZODIAZEPIN■6(5H).
ONES
Grover Cleveland Helsley, Richmond, Va., assignor to
A. H. Robins Company, Inc., Richmond, Va.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,643
Int. CI. C07d 57/02
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 5 Claims
Benzimidazo[1.2-dl[l,4]benzodiazepin - 6(5H) - ones
substituted in the 2 and 5 positions and useful as antide-
pressants are disclosed. The compounds are prepared by
reacting [ 1,2-d] [ l,4]benzodiazepin - 6(5H) - ones with
compounds having a replaceable halogen atom.
3,642,779
INDOLOIl,2.d][l,4]BENZODIAZEPIN.6.0NES
Robert Louis Duncan, Jr., and Grover Cleveland Helsley,
Richmond, Va., assignors to A. H. Robins Company,
Inc., Richmond, Va.
No Drawing. FUed Oct 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,574
Int. CI. C07d 57/02
U.S. CI. 260—239.3
10 Claims
f
CH
/
Vv/
C— Hal
N
CHO
Novel indolo[ 1,2-d] [l,4]benzodiazepin-6-ones having
pharmacodynamic activity as antidepressants and anti-
convulsants are disclosed. The compounds are prepared
by acylation of 2- (2-aminophenyl) indoles with haloacetyl-
halides followed by cyclization under basic conditions.
Compounds substituted in the 5-position are prepared by
reaction with compounds having displaceable halogens
and with isocyanates.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1069
3,642,780
PREPARATION OF 9,11-DICHLORO STEROIDS
Francisco Alvarez, Sunnyvale, Calif., assignor to Syntex
Corporation, Panama, Republic of Panama
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,768
Int CI. C07c 169/00
VJS. CI. 260—239.55 16 Claims
A process for preparing 9,11-dichloro steroids which
involves the step of treating a 9a-unsubstituted-ll^-hy-
droxy steroid with thionyl chloride and chlorine option-
ally in inert liquid reaction media containing a tertiary
amine. The 9,11-dichloro steroid products are known,
useful anti-inflammatory agents.
3,642,783 _,„
METHENE STILBENYH,3,4.0XDIAZOLE
DERTVATIVES
Adolf Emil Slegrist Basel, Peter Liechti, Blnningen, Emin
Maeder, Aesch, and Leonardo GugUelmetti, Birsfelden,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel, Swtt-
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcatlon Ser. No.
247,187, May 3, 1966. This application July 11, 1969,
Ser. No. 841,106 , . . ,, ,« ,««
Claims priority, appUcation Switzerland, May 10, 1965,
6,468/65
Int CI. C09b 23/10
VJS. a. 260—240 CA ^ 13 Claims
New stilbenyl-l,3,4-oxdiazole compounds are provided
which may be represented by the formula
A,-CH=CH-
3,642,781
SUBSTITUTED ACRYLIC ACIDS AND PROCESS
FOR THEIR PRODUCTION
Maximilian von Strandtmann, Rockway, Chester Puchal-
ski, Dover. Marvin Cohen, New Milford, and John
Shavel, Jr.. Mendham, NJ., assignors to Warner-
Lambert Company, Morris Plains, NJ.
No Drawing. FUed Oct 15, 1968, Ser. No. 767,854
Int CI. C07d 27/56
V.S. CI. 260—240 D 1 Clsdm
Substituted acrylic esters or acids of type I are prepared
by reaction of phosphonium ylids with a Mannich base
followed by a Wittig reaction of the resulting substituted
phosphorane (II) with aldehydes.
R4
R1CH2N -I- (C.H,)iP*-CHCOORj .
\
R»
RiCHO
RjCH:-CC00R3 « RiCH=C-COORi
CHiRj
^^ V- '— >i' *.*a
♦P(C,Hi)j
II
In the above scheme Ri is a substituted or an unsub-
stituted aromatic nucleus, alkylidene or aralkylidene
group, Rj is a hydroxylated aromatic or heteroaromatic
nucleus, substituted or unsubstituted indole, methyl aryl
or methyl heteroaryl ketone, R3 is H or lower alkyl. R4
and R5 are lower alkyl or taken together with the nitrogen
atom to which they are attached form a piperidine, pyr-
rolidine, morpholine or piperazine ring. Claimed are com-
pounds of type I, reduction products thereof, intermedi-
ates of type II and the process involving alkylation of
phosphonium ylids with Mannich bases. These compounds
are useful as anti-inflammatory agents.
3,642,782
SCHIFF BASES OF PYRIDOXAL
Yasno Fujimoto, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignor to Kyowa
Hakko Kogyo Kabushild Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,282
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, May 2, 1968,
43/29,121; Mav 25, 1968, 43/35,045; May 29,
1968, 43/35,991; June 1, 1968, 43/37,074; June
3, 1968, 43/37,541; June 4, 1968, 43/37,770
Int CI. C07d 49/06
VS. CI. 260—240 G 11 Claims
Schiff bases prepared from pyridoxal and process for
their preparation.
R
Zy-f Y(^
^
o
where Ai represents phenyl, naphthyl, diphenylyl, styryl,
stilbenyl, thienyl, 2-benzoxazolyl or 2-naphthoxazolyl; B
represents a divalent bridge member such as phenylene,
furoylene or thienylene; Aj represents phenyl, diphenylyl
or naphthyl, R hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, phenyl, carboxyl,
sulphonic acid group, hydroxyl or amino and their sub-
stitutive or functional derivatives. The terminal phenyl
nuclei of the compounds of the above formula may con-
tain 1 or 2 substituents R. The letters m, n and p repre-
sent 1 or 2.
The compounds of this invention are especially useful
for optically brightening organic materials.
3,642,784
ALPHA,ALPHA,ALPHA.TRIFLUORO - 6 - SUBSTI-
TUTED - 5 - NITRO-5-TOLUIC ACID, 5'.NITRO.
FURFURYLIDENE HYDRAZIDE COMPOUNDS
Dean E. Welch, Harry S. Nakaue, and Robert D. Vatne,
Charles City, Iowa, assignors to Salsbury Laboratories
No Drawing. FUed June 17, 1969, Ser. No. 841,182
Int CI. C07d 5/30
U.S. CI. 260—240 A 6 Claims
The compounds of this invention are alpha,alpha,alpha-
trifluoro-6-substituted-5-nitro-m-toluic acid, 5' - nitrofur-
furylidene hydrazides. These compounds possess useful
animal growth-promoting properties and are useful in the
control and treatment of blackhead in poultry.
3,642,785
INDENYL-3-ALIPHATIC AMINES
Tsung-Ying Shen, Westfield, and Richard B. Greenwald,
Fanwood, NJ., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rah-
way, N J.
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 849,194
Int CI. C07c 103/19
V.S. CI. 260—240 R 2 Claims
New substituted l-alkylidcnylindenyl-3-aliiAatic amines
and non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salts and hydrates. The substituted aliphatic amines de-
scribed herein are useful as anti-inflammatory compounds
and bactericides.
3,642,786
MEROCYANINE DYES
Donald W. Heseltine and Lewis L. Lincoln, Rochester,
N.Y., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Roches-
ter, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original appUcation May 29, 1967, Ser. No.
642,156, now Patent No. 3,519,430, dated July 7,
1970. Divided and this appUcation Sept 25, 1969, Ser.
No. 870,856
Int CI. C09b 23/10
VS. CL 260—240.4 12 CUdms
Merocyanine dyes derived from ^,;3-naphthothiazole
have been found to be excellent spectral sensitizers for
1060
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
silver halide emulsions. These dyes have substantially the
same sensitization properties as known corresponding
a-naphthothiazole dyes. However, the ^S.^-naphthothiazole
nucleus does not require the use of a carcinogenic inter-
mediate (^-naphthylamine) in its synthesis.
3,642,787
QUATERNIZED REACTIVE PHTHALOCYANINE
DYESTUFFS CONTAINING TRIAZINE AND
NICOTINIC ACID GROUPS
Sandro Ponziiil, Saronno, Paolo Castelli, Monza, and
Jean Staoislao Lawendel, Milan, Italy, assignors to
Aziende Colori Nazionall Affini ACNA S.p.A., Milan,
Italy
No Drawing. Original application June 5, 1968, Ser. No.
749,899. Divided and this appUcation Mar. 19, 1970,
Scr. No. 21,221
Int CI. C07d 55/22
VS, CL 260—242 5 Oaims
Reactive triazine dyestuffs having the formula:
Chromogen— 80:— NH-
(80|Na)D
>-SO|Na
NH
SOiNa
\
Cl-
(COONa)m J
wherein chromogen is a phthalocyanine dyestuflf residue,
X is selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, OCHs
and OC3H5, n is an integer from 1 to 4, and w is 1 or 2,
are eflFective for dyeing cellulose fibers. The dyestuffs may
be absorbed and fixed onto the cellulose fibers by known
hot or cold dyeing techniques. Intense dyeings having very
good fastness to washing are obtained.
3,642,788
RACEMIC AND OPllCALLY ACTIVE 6H,7H-CIS-7-
AMINO-DESACETYLCEPHALOSPORANIC ACID
DERIVATIVES AND PROCESS
Reni Heymes, Romainville, and Gaston Amiard,
Thorigny, France, assignors to Roussel-UCLAF, Paris,
France
No Drawing. Hied Mar. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 622,440
Claims priority, appUcation France, Mar. 15, 1966,
53,488; Sept. 30, 1966, 78,320
Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260—243 C 16 Claims
This invention relates to a compound selected from the
group consisting of (1) a racemic 6H,7H-cis-7-amino-
desacetylcephalosporanic acid derivative of the formula
H H H 8
N-C-C CHt
R C-N C
^^ \^^ \
O C CHi
0=C-
3 642 789
INDENO[l,2.b]-i,4-OXAZINES
Herman Eldridge Faith and Donald L. Trepanicr, Indian-
apolis, Ind., assignors to The Dow Chemical Company,
Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,285
Int CI. C07d 87/22
U.S. CI. 260—244 R 10 Claims
Indeno[l,2-b]-l,4-oxazine compounds and their phar-
maceutically-acceptable salts such as 4,4a,5,9b-tetrahydro-
indeno[l,2-b]-l,4-oxazine-3(2H)-onc, are prepared by
the reaction of 2-amino-l-indanol with a substituted
acetyl compound such as ethyl chloroacetate or a-bromo-
phenylacetyl chloride. The compounds are useful as anti-
depressants as indicated by their antagonism of reserpine
and their potentiation of amphetamine.
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydro-
gen and triphenylmethyl, (2) its optically active antipodes
and (3) when R is hydrogen their acid addition salts. The
invention also relates to the process of preparing these
compounds. These compounds are intermediates useful in
the preparation of cephalosporin antibiotics and the 7-thi-
enylacetylamino derivative possesses an antibiotic activity.
3,642,790
PROCESS FOR PREPARING l,l'.DISUBSTrnJTED.
l,l'-DIHYDRO.BIPYRIDYLS
John Francis Cairns, Runcorn, England, assignor to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, En^and
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 809,045
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 2, 1968,
15,785/68
Int CI. C07d 31/42
U.S. a. 260—247.2 A 20 Claims
A process for the production of a l.l'-disubstituted-
l,r-dihydro-bipyridyl which comprises reacting the cxx-
responding l,l'-disubstituted-4,4'-(or 2,2'-) tetrahydro-
bipyridyl with sulphur or an organic compound contain-
ing at least one — S — S — linkage.
3,642,791
MORPHOLINO-l-SUBSTrnJTEI>.2(lH).
QUINAZOLINONES
Hans Ott, Basel-Land, Switzerland, assignor to
Sandoz- Wander, Inc., Hanover, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 849,863
Int CI. C07d 87/42
U.S. CI. 260—247.2 12 Oaims
Disclosed are compounds of the class of morpholino-
substituted 1 - substituted - 4-aryl-2(lH)-quinazolinones
useful as pharmaceutical agents, e.g., as anti-inflammatory
agents.
3,642,792
PYRIDA2INE DERIVATIVES
Elvio Bellasio, Albate, Como, and Giulio MafBi, Milan,
Italy, assignors to Lepetit S.p.A., Gruppo per la Ricerca
Sdentifica e la Produzione Chimica Farmacentica,
Milan, Italy
No Drawing, Filed Feb. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 707,950
Int CI. C07d57/0'*
U.S. CI. 260—247.5 R 4 CUhns
Pyridazines, having in positions 3 and 6 respectively a
hydrazine and an amino group variously substituted, are
described. The compounds have pharmacological interest
because of their hypotensive activity.
3 642 793
3-HYDROCARBON.4-'tERTIARY AMINO
METHYL SYDNONES
Yosliio Imashiro, Suita, and Katsutada Masnda, Ashiya,
Japan, assignors to Takeda Chemical Indnstries, Ltd.,
0«ika, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Oct 1, 1968, Ser. No. 764,306
Int CI. C07d 87/42
U.S. CI. 260—247.5 R
Sydnone derivatives of the formula
R:
9 Claims
R,-N C-CHr-N
/
\
N @ C-0
Rj
y
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1061
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, herein
Ri is a hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 6 C-atoms; each
of Rj and Rj is Ci-Ca alkyl, Cj-Ca alkenyl or CrC»
aralkyl; or where
-N
/
R>
Ri
can be a 5- to 7-membered heterocyclic ring, are anal-
gesics of low toxicity in mammals.
3,642,794
OXOCYCLOPENTA{c]PYRROLES
Irwin J. Pachter, Woodbury, and Karl Schoen, Kew
Gardens, N.Y., assimors to Endo Laboratories Inc.,
Garden City, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application Sept 1, 1967, Ser. No. 664,942,
which is a continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
575,303, Aug. 26, 1966, and Ser. No. 599,387, Dec. 6,
1966. Divided and this appUcation July 15, 1968, Ser.
No. 768,564
Int CI. C07d 27/54
U.S. CI. 260—247.5 B 4 Qaims
Process for preparing 2 - aminoalkylpyrrol - 3 - yl ke-
tones and derivatives thereof, and oxocyclopenta[c]pyr-
roles thus produced. The process is carried out by
quatemizing 2-dimethylamino- or 2-piperidino-alkyl-pyr-
roI-3-yl ketones or derivatives thereof, including those
having bi- and tricyclic nuclei, and reacting the quaternary
salts either with a base and an amine, or, alternatively,
with an amine only.
3,642,795
TRIAZINYL-ANTHRAQUINOP^ DYESTUFFS
Paul Ulrlch, Basel, Si^tzerland, assignor to
Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzeriand
No Drawing. FUed Jan. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 794,765
Claims priority, ^plication Switzerland, Feb. 19, 1968,
2,383/68; Nov. 19, 1968, 17,234/68
Int CI. C07d 55/20
VS. CI. 260—249 8 Claims
Dyestuffs of the formula
A-NH-X-NH-B
^^^herein A and B each represent a vattable residue, X re-
'presents a triazine or pyrimidine residue and Y represents
a benzthiazole, benzoxazole or bcnzimidazole residue
which is bound in the 2-position via an NH — group, a
sulphur or oxygen atom to a ring carbon atom of the
residue X, are valuable vat dyestuffs distinguished by
good properties of wet fastness and very good properties
of light fastness.
in an aqueous or organic diluent or in a mixture thereof
to a temperature of from about 50° C. to about 150'
C. until evolution of carbon dioxide lias substantially
ended.
3 642 797
4H-PYRIDO[l,2-a]PYRIMIDIN.4.0NES
George Y. Lcsfaer, Schodack, N.Y., assignor to SterUng
Drug, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
640,359, May 22, 1967. Tliis appUcation June 10, 1968,
Ser. No. 735,566
Intel. C07d 57/56
U.S. CL 260—251 A 7 Claims
4H-pyrido[l,2-a]pyrimidin-4-ones, which can be sub-
stituted at position 6, 7, 8, or 9 of the pyridopyrimidine
nucleus by a substituent selected from the group consisting
of hydroxy, lower-alkanoylamino, lower alkylamino, ben-
zyl, lower-alkoxy, lower - alkylmercapto, lower - alkylsul-
finyl, lower-alkylsulfonyl and trihalomethyl. The com-
pounds are used as anti-inflammatory agents.
3,642,798
CERTAIN 7-[^-OXY-y-(N*-BENZYL-PIPERAZINO)-
PROPYL-THEOPHYLLEVES
YoshUiiro Nitta, Yoshiald Dceda, Toshiyuki Fume, and
Takeshi Shimizu, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Chugai
Seiyaku KabushUd Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Conttaiuation of appUcation Ser. No.
510,099, Nov. 26. 1965. This appUcation Oct 3,
1967, Ser. No. 672,644
Claims iHiority, appUcation Japan, Dec. 8, 1964,
39/68,651; May 14, 1965, 40/27,910; June 26,
1965, 40/37,851; Oct 6, 1965, 40/60,767
Int CI. C07d 57/36
VJ&. CI. 260—254 21 Oafans
1. A compound selected from the group consisting of:
HiC-
CHiCHCHr-N
\ V
N,, OR'
Vr
/
the acid-addition salts and quaternary ammonium salts
thereof, wherein R is selected from the group consisting
of benzyl, methylbenzyl, isopropylbcnzyl, chlorobenzyl
and phenylethyl, and R' is selected from the group CM-
sisting of hydrogen, acetyl and benzyl.
3,642,796
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
QUINOXALINE-DI-N-OXIDE- ALDEHYDE
Florin Seng, Cologne, and Kurt Ley, Odenthal-Globusch,
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabrlken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft, Leverinisen, Germany
No Drawing. FUed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,814
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, July 10, 1969,
P 19 34 887.9
Int CL C07d 51/78
VS. CL 260—250 7 Oaims
Quinoxaline-di-N-oxide-aldehyde is produced by heat-
ing quinoxaline-di-N-oxide-hydroxy-lactone of the i(x-
mula:
3 642 799
sulphonium' NAPHTHALIMIDES
Georges Raymond Henry ^fingasBon, Paris, Annick
Muthe Suzanne Simone Domergue, Eanbonne, and
Robert Frederic Michel Surean, Engiiien les Baines,
France, assignors to Uginc Knhlmann, Paris, France
No Drawing. FUed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 846,999
Claims priority, appUcation F^wice, Aug. 16, 1968,
161,965
Int a. C07d 35/30
U.S. CI. 260—270 R 10 Claims
This invention relates to new salts of sulphonium de-
rivatives of naphthalimide. These salts have the general
formula:
R-0
K
N-(CHi).—
i
Ri
(1)
1062
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
in which R and Ri each represent the same or different
lower alkyl radicals, preferably methyl or ethyl, Rj rep-
resents a lower alkyl radical which may be substituted
by a non-ionic and non-chromophoric substituent such
as for example a lower alkoxy group, n represents a whole
number greater than 1, preferably 2 or 3, and A© rep-
resents a monovalent anion.
3,642,800
DIBENZO[de,g]QUINOLINE 9(10H) ONES
Norman A. Nelson, Galesburg, and Robert W. Jackson,
Portage, Mich., assignors to The Upjohn Company,
Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,565
Int CI. C07d 33/02
VS. CI. 260—286 R 5 Qaims
This invention relates to novel nitrogen containing ring-
D seco steroid transformation products of the following
formula and to processes for their preparation:
and their non-toxic, pharmacologically acceptable acid
addition salts, useful as activators of the liver ferments
in warm-blooded animals as indicated by increase m
liver weight.
3,642,802
FURO[2,3-b]QUINOLINE COMPOUNDS
Haiime Fujimura, Kyoto-shi, Tadasu Tanaka, Oomiya-
jALIkuo Ujlma, Toda-shi, Michihiko Miyazakl, Kawa-
guchi-shi, and Masao Masaki, Tokyo-to, Japan, as-
signors to Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
No Drawing, nied Aug. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 854,311
Claims priority, appUcation '"P"*, Sept 4, 1968,
43/63,605, 43/63,606, 43/63,607, 43/63,608;
Sept. 27, 1968, 43/70,057
Int CI. C07d 33/40
U.S. a. 260—289 3 CTalms
A furo[2,3-b]quinoline compounds of the formula:
OR
/V
CHt-OH
B,).
wherein R is lower alkyl, the ring A is substituted with
1 to 4 halogen atoms and a double bond may be present
at the place shown by a dotted line, i.e. between the 2 and
3-positions, which is useful as an antiinflammatory, anal-
(XI) gesic and/or antipyretic agent.
wherein n is the whole number 2 or 3 and R is hydrogen
or lower-alkyl, and the pharmacologically acceptable acid
addition salts thereof. The compounds of the above struc-
tural Formula XI are central nervous system stimulants.
3,642,801
N-SUBSTTTUTED l.(PYRroYL-2'>l,2,3,4-TETRA-
HYDRO-ISOQUINOLINES AND SALTS
Ernst Seeger, Wolfhard Engel, Helmut Teufel, Hans
Machleidt Heinrich Ueberberg, and Hanns Ihrig, Biber-
ach an der Riss, Germany, assignors to Boebringer
Ingelheim G.m.bJI., Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,657
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 27, 1968,
P 16 95 922.1
3,642,803
3.(0MEGA-SUBSTmJTED ALKYL>lNDOLES
WiUiam J. Welstead, Jr., Richmond, Va^ assignor to
A. H. Robins Company, Inc., Richmond, Va.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
504,087, Oct 23, 1965. This application June 13, 1966,
Ser. No. 556,879
Int CI. C07d 29/38
VS. CI. 260—293.61 24 Claims
3- (omega-substituted alkyl) -indoles are disclosed which
are useful in ameliorating the tremors of Parkinsonism.
The compounds are prepared by metal hydride reduction
of the precursor indole glyoxyloyl compounds.
int CI. C07d 35/10
VS. CI. 260—287 R
Compounds of the formula
4 Claims
N— Ri
3,642,804
ALKYLENEPIPERIDINOTHIO BENZOTHIAZOLES
John Joseph D'Amico, Akron, and Darrell Dexter Mullins,
Norton, Ohio, assignors to Monsanto Company, St
Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,635
Int CL C07d 29/36
U.S. CI. 260—293.57 5 Claims
Sulfenamides of the formula
(CHl)n-R
TSN
wherein R is aryl, — NHST, or l-R'-4-piperidinyl where
R' is lower alkyl, lower hydroxyalkyl, or —ST, and T is
2-benzothiazolyl or substituted 2-benzothiazolyl where the
substituents are chloro, bromo, fluoro, iodo, hydroxy,
R, is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or nalogen, nitro, alkyl, or lower alkoxy, and n is f ° i°t«f«r °] °°^
rI and R, are each hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon to three. The compounds are biological t° J c^nte and also
atoms, and accelerators for the vulcanization of sulfur-vulcanizable
R« is methyl or formyl, diene rubber.
wherein
Ri and Rj are each alkyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms,
R3 is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms or halogen.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1068
3,642,805
CERTAIN ARALKYL DERFVATTVES OF
N-ACYLATED HYDROXYLAMINES
Lajos Kisfaludy, Agnes Patty nee Lnkats, Lajos Dancsi,
Livio Ddmok nee Kis-Vigh, Egon Karpati, and Laszlo
Szpomy, Budapest Hungary, assignors to Richter
Gedeon Vegyeszeti Gyra Rt Budapest Hungary
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,822
Claims priority, appUcation Hungary, Mar. 30, 1968,
RI-343
Int CI. C07d 31/36
U.S. CL 260—295 AM 6 Chdms
New N-acylated hydroxylamine derivatives of the for-
mula
Ac— NH— O— X
wherein Ac is an acyl group of a carboxylic acid con-
taining one or more basic nitrogen atoms with the excep-
tion of the aliphatic amino acids leucine, valine and
alanine and X is an aralkyl group unsubstitutcd or sub-
stituted by halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy or the nitro
group, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salts thereof, having hypotensive and sedative effect. The
new compounds are prepared by N-acylating an 0-substi-
tuted hydroxylamine of the formula H3N— OX with the
corresponding amino acid or a reactive derivative thereof
or by O-aralkylating N-acylated hydroxylamines
Ac— NH— OH
with an aralkyl halide Hal — X.
3,642,806
5-PROPARGYLOXYMETHYL.2.SUBSTITUTED
OXAZOLIDINONES
CUude P. Fauran and Guy M. Raynaud, Paris, Claude
J. Gouret Meudon, and Colette A. Douzon, Paris,
France, assignors to Delalande S.A., Courbevoie, Hauts-
de-Seine, France
No Drawing. Filed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,826
Int CLC07di7/'#'^
VS. CI. 260—295 CA 3 Claims
5-propargyloxymethyl-2-substituted oxazolidinones of
the formula:
CHj
-CH-CHt-0-CHj-C=CH
N O
/ \ /
z c
wherein Z represents a heterocyclic radical,
are prepared by cyclising, in an alkaline medium, the
corresponding 2-N-substituted carbamoyloxy-1-propargyl-
oxy-3-chloro propanes. The compounds have sedative,
myorelaxant, analgesic, antiinflammatory and hypotensive
properties.
3,642,807
CERTAIN 1-/DILOWER.ALKYL AMINO-LOWER-
ALKYL/.^PHENYL INDOUZINES AND QUA-
TERNARY SALTS THEREOF
Lewis A. Walter, Madison, NJ., assignor to Schering
Corporation, Bloomfield, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No.
854,015, Aug. 11, 1969, which is a continuation of
appUcation Ser. No. 571,426, Aug. 10, 1966. This ap-
pUcation June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,636
Int CI. C07d 31/42
VS. CL 260—296 B 8 Claims
The tangible embodiments of this invention involve the
tertiary amino-1-diloweralkylamino lower alkyl-2-phenyl
indolizines. These compounds are of pharmacological im-
portance in that they exert valuable influence on the cen-
tral nervous system of animals, varying from depressants
to stimulants, depending on the embodiment under test,
the dose administered and the animal species used. These
amines may be administered orally as the free base form
or in the form of their non-toxic acid addition salt.
TTie tertiary amines of this invention are intermediates
for preparing the corresponding lower alkyl or phenyl
lower alkyl quaternary salts wherein the latter exhibit anti-
microbial action against a broad spectrum of organisms in
standard vitro tests. The quaternaries, additionally are ef-
fective against the mouse inn worm Syphacia obvelata, and
are, therefore, suited for disinfection of cages, laboratory,
equipment, floors and tables.
3,642,808
(DIBENZ0[a,d]-CYCL0HEPTENE.5'-YLIDENE).
1-HYDROXY PIPERIDINE
Herbert Schroter, Reinach, and Daniel A. Prins, ObcrwU,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation,
Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application July 6, 1967, Ser. No. 662,234,
which is a division of appUcation Ser. No. 452,872,
May 3, 1965, now Patent No. 3,358,026. Divided and
this appUcation Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,909
Claims priority, appUcation Switzerland, May 6, 1964,
5,963/64
Int CI. C07d 29/16
VS. CI. 260—293.62 4 Claims
4 - (5'H-dibenzo[a,d]cyclohepten-5'-ylidene) - 1 - hy-
droxy-piperidine, the 10',ir-dihydro derivative thereof,
as well as their pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salts, have serotonin antagonistic activity.
3,642,809
METHOD FOR PRODUCING 2,3,5,6.TETRA
HYDROIMIDAZO[2,l-b]THIAZOLES
Milon Walker BuUock, HopeweU, N J., assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part oi appUcation Ser. No.
493,231, Oct 5, 1965. This appUcation Mar. 27, 1968,
Ser. No. 716,353
Int CL C07d 91/42, 99/10
U.S. CI. 260—306.7 3 Claims
The preparation of phenyl tetrahydroimidazo[2,l-b]
thiazoles from phenyl haloethyliminothiazolidines by cy-
clization with alkali, is described. These compounds are
useful as anthelmintics.
3,642,810
PENICILLANIC ACID ESTERS
Peter Bamberg, Enhoma, Germany, and BertU Ake
Ekstrom, Bemdt Olof Harald SJoberg, and Lars Solve
Nathorst-Westfelt Sodertalje, Sweden, assignors to
Aktiebolaget Astra, Sodertalje, Sweden
No Drawing. FUed July 2, 1968, Ser. No. 741,839
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, July 21, 1967,
33,734/67; Mar. 18, 1968, 13,102/68
Int CL C07d 99/16
VS. CL 260—239.1 9 Claims
A new class of compounds is disclosed which com-
pounds are nitro- or halogen-substituted benzyl or mono-
carbocyclic arylsulphonylethyl esters of 6-aminopenicil-
lanic acid. Methods for their preparation and conversion
into penicillins are described.
3,642,811
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF 3-AMINO-
4-BROMO-l,2,5-THIADIAZOLE
Hans-Klaus Vorreither, Werner Obcndorf, Kurt Menzl,
and Harald Hofer, Linz (Danube), Austria, assignors
to Osterreichische StickstofiFwerke AktiengeseUschaft
Linz (Danube), Austria
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 811,235
Claims priority, qppUcation Austria, Apr. 3, 1968,
A 3,222/68
Int CL C07d 91/68
VS. CL 260—306.8 D 3 Chdms
3-amino-4-bromo-l,2,5-thiadiazole is prepared by react-
ing an alkalimetal salt of 3-amino-l,2,5-thiadia2oIe-(4)-
carboxylic acid in aqueous suspension with bromine at a
temperature below 65* C.
1064
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,812
HALOGENOPHENYL-ISOXAZOLYL-ALKANOIC
ACID DERTVATTVES
Peter Fulton Soatfaern, Macclesfield, England, assignor to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, Eng-
land
No Drawing. FUed May 27, 1968, Ser. No. 732,034
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 15, 1967,
27,731/67
InL CL C07d 85122
V&. CI. 260—307 H 5 Claims
This disclosure relates to halogenophenyl-isoxazole-
alkanoic acids and derivatives which posses anti-inflam-
matory, analgesic and antipyretic activity. A representa-
tive of the compounds is 5-(4-chlorophenyl)isoxazol-3-
yl-2-propionic acid.
hexanones with a phenyl hydrazine or by reacting a 3-
sulfonyloxy-l,2,3,4-tetrahydrocarbazole with an appro-
priate amine. These compounds have useful antihista-
minic or psychotropic activities, or both.
3,642,813
1,2,3-TRIAZOLES AS UV ABSORBERS
Rudolf Kirchmayr, Binningen, Hans-Jorg Heller, Riehen,
and Jean Rody, Basel, Switzerland, assignors Xo Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 702,554
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 7, 1967,
1 893/67
Int a. C07d '55/02, 99/02. 99/04
VJS. CI. 260—308 A 6 Claims
1,2,3-triazole derivatives (so-called "v-triazoles") are
described which are substituted in I -position by an o-
hydroxyphenyl or o-hydroxynaphthyl radical and which
are useful as ultraviolet light-absorbing agents in the
stabilization of organic materials especially synthetic
polymeric materials which deteriorate under prolonged
exposure to ultraviolet radiation; methods for using these
compounds as UV-absorbing components, and organic
materials stabilized therewith are also disclosed.
3,642,817
PERFLUOROALKYLSULFONAMIDOCARBAZOLES
Joseph Kenneth Harrington, Edina, Donald C. Kvam,
North Oaks, Arthur Mendel, Vadnais Heights, and
Jerry E. Robertson, North Oaks, Mhm., assignors to
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, St.
Paul, Minn. „ .^ « »j
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
588,338, Oct 21 1966. This appUcatlon June 30, 1969,
Ser. No. 837,900
Int CI. C07d 27/68
VS. CI. 260 315 2 Claims
N-substituted perfluoroalkanesulfonamides in which the
sulfonamide nitrogen substituent is selected from the group
consisting of benzothiazolyl, carbazolyl and (2-amino-
thiazolyl) phenyl. Also included are processes for the
preparation and use of said compounds. The compounds
are active as anti-microbial agents and polymerization
catalysts.
3,642,818
FREE RADICALS
Andrd Rassat and Ren^ Ramasseul, Grenoble, France,
assignors to Commissariat a iTnergie Atomlque, Paris,
France
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 810,794
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 4, 1968,
146,947
Int CI. C07d 27/26
VJS. a. 260—326.3 S Claims
New free radicals having the formula:
3,642,814
SUBSTITUTED TETRAZOLOISOINDOLES
^i^liam J. Houlihan, Mountain Lakes, and Marcel K.
Eberle, Madison, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander,
Inc., Hanover, N J.
No Drawing. FUed Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,285
Int CI. C07d 57/26, 99/02
VS. a. 260—308 D 8 Claims
Substituted tetrazoloisoindoles, e.g., 5-(p-chlorophenyl)-
5-methyl-5H-tetrazolo[5,l-a]isoindoles, are useful as CNS
depressants.
3,642,815
PROCESS FOR PREPARING COPPER
PHTHALOCYANINE
Ernst Spietschka, Obcrauroff, and Walter Deucker, Offen-
bach am Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengescllschaft Tormids Meister Lucius &
Bruning, Frank&rt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 775,187
Claims priority, appUcatlon Germany, Nov. 30, 1967,
P 16 44 679.0
Int a. C09b 47/04
V.S. CI. 260—314.5 2 Claims
Improved process for the preparation of copper phthalo-
cyanine by heating phthalodinitrile with copper-I-chloride,
the improvement consisting of carrying out the reaction
in the presence of urea.
3,642,816
3.ACETAMID0.1,2,3,5 TETRAHYDROCARBAZOLE
Aram Mooradian, Schodack, N.Y., assignor to Sterling
Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 10, 1967, Ser. No. 659,606
Int CI. C07d 27/68
VS. CI. 260—315 1 Claim
3 - substituted -amino - 1,2,3,4 - tetrahydrocarbazoles
are prepared by reacting appropriate 4-aminocyclo-
RiCO,
Bi-
COjRi
R4
I
O
in which Ri. Rj. R3 and R4 are C1-C4 alkyl radicals
(methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl,
and tertbutyl) may be prepared from an alkyl alkanoyl-
acetate. The alkanoylacetate is dimerized or reacted with
another alkyl alkoylacetate to give dialkyl (a,;9-dialkan-
oyl) succinate which, after cyclisation with hydroxylamine
gives l-hydroxy-2.5-dialkyl-3,4-di (alkoxycarbonyl) pyr-
role which is oxidised to l-oxyl-2,5-dialkyl-3,4-di (alkoxy-
carbonyl ) pyrrole among the radicals of the above group,
l-oxyl-2,5-diterbutyl-3,4-diethoxycarbonyl pyrrole is par-
ticularly suitable for use in nuclear magnetic reasonance
magnetometry.
3,642,819
OXOCYCLOHEPTA[c]PYRROLES
Irwin J. Pachter, 42 Juneau Blvd., Woodbury, N.Y.
11797, and Karl Schoen, 83—36 Beverly Road, Kew
Gardens, N.Y. 11415
No Drawing. AppUcatlon Sept 1, 1967, Ser. No. 664,942,
which is a continuation-in-part of appUcations Ser. No.
575,303, Aug. 26, 1966, and Ser. No. 599,387, Dec.
6, 1966. Divided and this appUcatlon July 15, 1968,
Ser. No. 768,567
Int a. C07d 27/54
U.S. CI. 260—326.5 J 3 Claims
Process for preparing 2-aminoalkyl pyrrol-3-yl ketones
and derivatives thereof, and oxocyclohepta[c] pyrroles
thus produced. The process is carried out by quatemizing
2-dimethylamino- or 2 - piperidino - alkyl-pyrrol - 3 - yl
ketones or derivatives thereof, including those having bl-
and tricyclic nuclei, and reacting the quaternary salts
either with a base and an amine, or, alternatively, with
an amine only.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1066
3,642,820
4,5-DIHYDROPYRROLO[3,2,l-jk][l,41
BEZODIAZEPINES
Jackson B. Hester, Jr., Portage, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,692
Int CI. C07d 27/54
VS. CI. 260—326.5 B 10 Claims
4,5 - dihydropyrrolo[ 3,2,1 - jk] [1,4] benzodiazepines,
processes for preparing the same and novel intermediates
prepared by said processes. The novel benzodiazepines
exhibit tranquilizing and anticonvulsant activity in
animals.
3,642,821
TETRAHYDROPYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINES
Jackson B. Hester, Jr., Portage, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. FUed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,693
Int CI. C07d 53/02
VS. CI. 260—326.9 16 Claims
4,5,6,7 - tetrahydropyrrolo[ 3,2,1 - jk] [1,4] benzodiaze-
pines, 4,5,6,7 - tetrahydropyrroIo[ 1,2,3 - ef] [ l,5]benzo-
diazepines, 4,5 - dihydropyrrolo[ 3,2,1 - jk] [ l,4]benzodi-
azepin - 7(6H) - ones, 4,5-dihydropyrrolo[l,2,3 - ef] [ 1,5]
benzodiazepin-6(7H)-ones and processes for preparing the
same. Said compounds exhibit tranquilizing and anticon-
vulsant activity.
3,642,822
HEXAHYDROPYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINES
Jackson B. Hester, Jr., Portage, Mich., assignor to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,720
Int CI. C07d 53/02
VS. CI. 260—326.9 8 Claims
1,2,4,5,6,7 - Hexahydropyrrolo[3,2,l-jk][l,4]benzo-
diazepines, 1,2,4,5,6,7 - hexahydropyrrolo[l,2,3-ef] [ 1,5]
benzodiazepines, processes for preparing the same and
intermediates used to prepare said benzodiazepines. The
benzodiazepines have central nervous system stimulant
and depressant activity.
3,642,823
AMINODIPHENYL-INDOLYL-METHANE DYE-
STUFFS AND DYEING AND PRINTING OF
POLYMERS AND COPOLYMERS OF ACRY-
LONITRILE OR ASYMMETRIC DICYANO-
ETHYLENE OR OF ACID-MODIFIED ARO-
MATIC POLYESTERS
Roderich Raue and Hans Peter Kiihithau, Leverkusen,
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
geseUschitft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 1, 1967, Ser. No. 657,500
Claims priority, appUcatlon Germany, Aug. 3, 1966,
F 49,865, F 49,866; May 22, 1967, F 52,475
Int CI. C07d 27/56
U.S. CI. 260—326.15 13 Claims
This invention relates to aminodiphenyl-indolylmeth-
ane dyestuffs being free of sulphonic acid and carboxylic
acid groups. These dyestuffs can be used in the dyeing
and printing of certain polymeric products.
3,642,824
N,N',N"-TRICHLOROSUCCINIMIDINE
Clifford L. Coon, FYemont, CaUf., assignor to Stanford
Research Institute, Menlo Park, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,385
Int CI. C07d 27/04
V.S. CI. 260—326.85 1 Claim
N,N',N"-trichlorosuccinimidine is pref>ared by the reac-
tion of succinamidine with an excess of hypochlorite under
acid conditions, said compound having a high content of
available chlorine and being useful as a chlorinating agent,
bleach and disinfectant.
3,642,825
HETEROCYCLIC ORGANIC ALUMINTJM COM-
POUNDS AND THEIR PREPARATION
Lawrence H. ^epherd, Jr., Baton Rouge, La., assignor
to Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appUcations Ser. No.
821,954 and Ser. No. 822,046, both May 5, 1969. This
appUcatlon Dec 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,741
Int CI. C07f 5/06
VS. CI. 260—340.6 20 Claims
Heterocyclic organic aluminum compounds in which an
aluminum atom and two adjacent oxygen atoms are part
of a ring system are described. They are prepared by either
or both of the following oxidation processes:
-R-
-Al-
+ O,
p-RO— 1
I Al 1
R
\ /
Al
R
/ \
-. O O
\ /
Al
On hydrolysis, diols are liberated.
3,642,826
3-OXO-A,19-BIS.NOR-HOMO-STEROID-5(10)-ENES
AND PROCESS FOR THEIR MANUFACTURE
Georg Anner and Jaroslav Kalvoda, Basel, Switzerland,
assignors to Clba Corporation, Summit N J.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 779,259
Claims priority, appUcatlon Switzerland, Dec. 18, 1967,
17,732/67
Int CI. C07d 13/04
V.S. CI. 260—340.9 9 Claims
Steroid compounds of the partial formula
A-
especially of the androstane series. They are obtained by
reacting a compound of the partial formula
or a tautomer thereof with a strong base. Use: anabolics
or ovulation inhibitors.
3,642,827
TETRACHLORINATED CHROMOGENIC
COMPOUNDS
Sheldon Farber and Arthur John Wright, Dayton, Ohio,
assignors to The National Cash Re^er Company,
Dayton, Ohio
No Drawing. FUed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,642
Int CI. C07d 5/34
VS. CI. 260—343.3 2 Claims
A chromogenic material of normally colorless form is
disclosed having the structural formula:
Ci— ^
Ci
-c=o
"Y^j
I
Cl C R
C:H,
C;H|
NH-R
R
R
wherein R is hydrogen, an alkyl radical having 1 to 4 car-
bon atoms per R group or chlorine and R' is hydrogen,
895 O.G.— 38
1066
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
an alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atomj per R^ group
or phenyl.
3,642,828
ALKYL OR HALO SUBSTITUTED
TETRAHALOFLUORANS
Sheldon Farber and Arthur John Wright, Dayton, Ohio,
assignors to The National Cash Register Company,
Dayton, Ohio
No Drawhig. Filed Nov. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 86,641
Int. CI. C07d 5/34
VS. CI. 260—343.3 2 Claims
A chromogenic material of normally colorless form is
disclosed having the structural formula:
wherein each R', R^, R3 or R* is hydrogen, an alkyl radical
having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or chlorine and at least
one of said R groups is an alkyl radical or chlorine.
3,642,829 —
COxNTINUOUS PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION
OF MALEIC ANHYDRIDE FROM AN AQUEOUS
SOLUTION OF MALEIC ACID BY DISTILLATION
Ernest Weyens, Berchem-Ste.-Agathe, Belgium, assignor
to UCB, Society Anonyme, Saint-Gilles-lez-Brussels,
Belgium
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,224
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 30, 1969,
5,221/69
Int. CI. BOld 3/34; C07c 51/56, 57/14
U.S. CI. 260—346.8 12 Claims
Lmini nTin-i zoMf
Continuous process for the preparation of maleic an-
hydride which comprises:
(a) concentrating a maleic acid solution (e.g. from
washing effluent of catalytic oxidation of benzene)
at 100-150° C. and 400-760 mm. Hg;
(b) converting the dehydrated maleic acid from (a) at
150-200° C. and 40-300 mm. Hg into a liquid phase
of impure maleic acid and a purified gaseous phase
of maleic anhydride and water vapour;
(c) treating the liquid phase from (b) with maleic acid,
filtering off the impurities including any fumaric acid
and either recycling the purified maleic acid filtrate
partly to (a) and partly to (b) or removing said
filtrate from the system;
(d) condensing the gaseous phase from (b) at a tem-
perature above the dewpoint of water giving sub-
stantially pure maleic anhydride and washing the
residual vapour with water and eventually recycling
the solution containing maleic acid to (a).
3,642,830
DINITROFLUOROALKYL EPOXIDES
Milton B. Frankel, Tarzana, Michael G. Warner, Cam-
arillo, and Edward F. Witucki, Sepulveda, Calif., as-
signors to North American Rockwell Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
634,023, Apr. 13, 1967. This application Aug. 26, 1968,
Ser. No. 755,468
Int. CI. C07d 1/00
U.S. CI. 260— 348 4 Claims
Dinitrofluoroalkyl epoxides having the general
formula:
CHj CH-(RIa-C(N0j)2F
\ /
O
wherein R is a lower alkylene radical containing from 1
through 5 carbon atoms and n is 0 or 1.
3,642,831
HYDROCARBYL EPOXIDE MANUFACTURE
Richard D. Smetana, Beacon, Harry Chafetz, Poughkeep-
sie, and Alfred Arkell and Matthew A. McMahon,
Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignors to Texaco Inc., New
York N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,346
Int. CI. C07d 1/08. 1/12
V.S. CI. 260—348.5 L 13 Claims
A method of producing an epoxide of the formula:
o
RiRjC CRjR, or CH CH
\ / \ /
O Rj
where Ri, Rj, R3 and R^ are hydrogen or hydrocarbyl
and R5 is a.n-alkylene, comprising contacting a first olefin
of the formula:
RiRjC=CRiR, or HC:
CIl
Rj
where Rj through R5 is as heretofore defined with a hydro-
peroxy alkanoate o^ the formula:
OGH
OOH
RtRzU— O— CRio aiid/or RiR.C— O— COi
O
i!
o
where Rg, R7, Rg and R9 are hydrogen or hydrocarbyl
and Rio is alkyl of from 1 to 20 carbons in the presence
of a molybdenum, tungsten or vanadium epoxide pro-
ducing catalyst, said alkanoate prepared by contacting
with ozone a mixture of a second olefin of the formula:
RflRTC^CRgRj
where Rg, R7, Rg and Rg are as heretofore defined with
an alkanoic acid of the formula RioCOOH where Rjo is
as heretofore defined.
3,642,832
EPOXIDE PREPARATION
Richard Denis Smetana, Beacon, Harry Chafetz, Pough-
keepsie, and Alfred Arkell, Wappingers Falls, N.Y.,
assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,347
Int CI. C07d7 /OS, i/i2
U.S. CI. 260—348.5 L 5 Claims
A method of producing an epoxide of the formula:
o
RiRiC CR3R4 or CH CH
^^/ ^ /
O Rs
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1067
where Ri, Rj, R3 and R4 are hydrogen or hydrocarbyl and
R5 is o,n-alkylene comprising contacting a first olefin of
the formula:
RiR2C=CRiR4 or HC=
R.
^CH
OOH
OOH
R1R7C and/or R,R|C
ORio ORio
where Rg, R7, Rg and R9 are hydrogen or hydrocarbyl in
the presence of a molybdenum, tungsten or vanadium
epoxide producing catalyst, said hydroperoxide prepared
by contacting a mixture of a second olefin of the formula:
RgRTC — CRgRg
where Rg R7, Rg and Rg are as heretofore defined, and an
alkanol of the formula RiqOH where Rjq is alkyl with
ozone.
3,642,833
OLEFIN EPOXIDATION
Harald Wulff, Alameda, and Peter Haynes, Berkeley,
Calif., assignors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawhig. Hied Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,921
Int. CI. C07d 7/05
US. CI. 260—348.5 L 11 Claims
Olefin oxides are produced by the reaction of an
organic hydroperoxide and an olefinically unsaturated
compound m the presence of an inorganic siliceous solid
having a high surface-to-mass ratio and having a surface
of silanol groups as catalyst.
3,642,834
PREPARATION OF OLEFIN OXIDE
Yoshiaki Suzuki, Tokyo, and Akira Yamnra and Kenichiro
Fnkasawa, Kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignors to Mitsu-
bi^ Chemical Industries Limited
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848,348
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 23, 1968,
43/60,385; Sept 14, 1968, 43/65,947
Int. CI. C07d 1/08
US. CI. 260—348.5 V 10 Claims
An olefin is oxidized with molecular oxygen in a liquid
reaction medium. The oxidation is conducted in the pres-
ence of an arsenic catalyst. A polycyano compound hav-
ing the formula
NC(-C=C-)o
CN may be used in conjunction with the arsenic catalyst.
The olefin oxide yield is greatly increased while the de-
composition of the reaction medium is greatly decreased.
3,642,835
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
ANTHRAQUINONE DYESTUFFS
Volker Hederich and Gunter Gehrke, Cologne, Germany,
assignors to Farbenfahriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 779,205
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 5, 1967,
P 16 44 621.2
InL CI. C09b 1/54
US. CI. 260—376 3 Ctalms
Synthetic fiber materials, particularly polyesters, may
be dyed and printed with anthraquinone dyestuffs corre-
sponding to the formula:
O NHi
li 1 OR,
ORj
in which B stands for the radical
— CHr-CH— CHs
or for the radical
where Rj through R5 is as heretofore defined with an
alkoxyhydroperoxide of the formula:
-CH
\
CH,
CHr-
wherein Rj stands for hydrogen or for an optionally sub-
stituted aryl radical, and Ra stands for an optionally sub-
stituted aryl radical or for an optionally substituted hy-
droaromatic radical.
o
OH
3,642,836
N-[2-(2.METHYL-5-NITRO-l-IMIDAZOLYL)
ETHYL]IMIDES
John W. Cusic, Skokie, and Ernest F. Levon, Evanston,
111., assignors to G. D. Searie & Co., Chicago, HI.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,225
Int. CI. C07d 29/20
U.S. CI. 260—281 3 Claims
Imides having a nitroimidazolyethyl group as a N-
substituent are described herein. They are anti-bacterial
and anti-protozoal agents. The compounds are prepared by
the reaction of the appropriate imide with the chloroethyl-
imidazole or with the tosylate of the corresponding hy-
droxyethyl compound.
3,642,837
ANTHRAQUINONE COMPOUNDS
Colin William Greenhalgh and David Francis Newton,
Manchester, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical
Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 805,027
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 27, 1968,
14,270/68
Int. CL C09b 1/22, 1/32, 1/50
US. CI. 260—381 4 Claims
Anthraquinone compounds which contain one or two
chloromethyl or bromomethyl groups each of which is in
ortho position to an amino group which is attached to an
a-position of the anthraquinone nucleus which may con-
tain additional substituents, the preparation of the said
compounds from the corre^xjnding hydroxymethyl de-
rivatives, and the use of the said compounds as inter-
mediates in the manufacture of dyestuffs.
3,642,838
UNCATALYZED OXIDATION OF ANTHRACENE
TO 9, 10- ANTHRAQUINONE BY MOLECULAR
OXYGEN
Fausto Calderazzo, Pesda, Italy, assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 820,514
Int CI. C07c 49/68
US. CL 260—385 6 CUims
too
Tme 'mm 1
Anthracene is oxidized to anthraquinone by molecular
oxygen in a medium of acetone, or acetic acid, or acetic
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
1068
anhydride, or mixtures of the acid and anhydride. The
oxygen is under pressure, for example 70 to 100 atmos-
pheres, and the temperature is elevated, preferably be-
tween 70° and 105° C. No oxidation catalyst is needed.
February 15, 1972
3,642,839
19-HOMO-STEROIDS
Andor Furst, Basel, Marcel Muller, Frenkendorf, and
Peter Muller, Arlesheim, Switzerland, assignors to Hoff-
mann-La Roche Inc., Nutley, N J.
No I>rawlng. Filed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. hSlO
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Jan. 16, 1969.
637/69
Int. CI. C07c J69/20
U.S. CI. 260—397.4 ^ 25 Claims
The invention comprises 19-homo-steroids of the tor-
mula
3,642,841
17a-SUBSTITUTED 13 - ALKYL ■ 17/3 - HYDROXY-
GONA.4,9-DIEN.3-ONES AND 17^-ALKANOATES
Thomas B. Windholz, Westfield, Arthur A. Patchett,
Metuchen, and John Fried, Plainfield, NJ., assignors
to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 1, 1962, Ser. No. 227,596
Int. CI. C07c 169/20
VS. CI. 260—397.4 2 Claims
Described are 17-hydroxygona-4,9-dien-3-ones their
17a-substitution products, esters thereof and process of
preparation. The steroid final products possess anabolic
and/or progestational activity.
H3CR3
;c--RJ
Formula I
having unsaturated A and/or B rings, wherein R is a
keto, alkoxy, hydroxy or acyloxy; R^ is lower alkyl having
at least 2 carbon atoms or lower alken-l'-yl; R^ is halo-
lower-alkenyl or halo-lower-alkynyl; and R^ is hydroxy,
acyloxy or alkoxy which compounds are useful as
antigonadotrophic agents.
3,642,840
PROCESS FOR THE CONVERSION OF 3-ENOL
ETHERS OF 3.KETO-A*-STEROIDS UNSUBSTI-
TUTED AT C4 AND Ce TO THE CORRESPOND-
ING 3.KETO-A«-6-METHYLENE COMPOUNDS
Verlan H. van Rheenen, Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor to
The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Rled Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,218
Int CI. C07c 167/00
VS. CI. 260—397.1 20 Claims
This invention relates to novel and general processes
for the conversion of the 3-enol ethers (I) of 3-keto-A*-
steroids, unsubstituted at the 4 and 6 positions, of the an-
drostane, 19-norandrostane, pregnane, 19-norpregnane,
stigmastane and spirostane series into the corresponding
3-keto-A«-6i3-(N,N-disubstituted) aminomethyl derivatives
(II), and thence to their 6-methylene counterparts (III).
The compounds of Formula'lII have anabolic, andro-
genic, anti-fertility, anti-inflammatory and estrogenic ac-
tivities, and are consequently useful in treating mammals,
including humans, birds and other animals in those con-
ditions and/or ailments where such activities are desired.
For example, in preventing pregnancy, increasing pelt size
in female mink, treating arthritis, osteoporosis, etc. The
compounds of Formula III are additionally useful as in-
termediates in the preparation, by known methods, of the
physiologically active and therapeutically useful 6-methyl
steroids, such as medroxyprogesterone acetate (6a-meth-
yl-17a-hydroxy-4-pregnene-3,20-dione - 17 - acetate), di-
methisterone [6a-methyl - 17^ - hydroxy- 17a -( 1-propy-
nyl)-4-androsten-3-one], methylprednisolone (6a-methyi-
1 is,l7a.21-trihydroxy-l,4-pregnadiene-3,20 - dione), fluo-
romethylone (6«-methyl-9«-fluoro-ll)3.17a-dihydroxy-l,4-
pregnadieDe-3,20-dione), etc.
3,642,842
SEMICARBAZONES AND THIOSEMICARBAZONES
OF 17a-SUBSTITUTED 3-KETO-STEROIDS
Albert J. Begany, Perkiomenville, Kurt W. Ledlg, Phila-
delphia, Donald W. Oliver, West Chester, and Gerhard
R. Wendt, Havertown, Pa., assignors to American
Home Products Corporation, New York, N.Y.
xNo Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,373
Int. CI. C07c 169/20
VS. CI. 260—397.5 11 Claims
13-aikyl-17a-substituted - 17 - hydroxygon-4-en-3-one,
semicarbazones and thiosemicarbazones, a*«-«<'*>'' ""* "
dehydro analogs, and D-homo analogs thereof, optional-
ly substituted by methyl at positions 1, 2, 4, 6, 7 and 11,
alkanoyl at position 17, by alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl and
alkylaryl in the semicarbazone or thiosemicarbazone
group, and by a 17a-alkyl group or by methyl or halogen
in a 17a-ethynyl group (I) are provided by condensing
the corresponding 3-ketosteroid (II) with the correspond-
ing semicarbazide or thiosemicarbazide (III). Com-
pounds (I) are pharmacologically active in warm blooded
lower animals as bronchodilators and as anti-inflamma-
tory agents.
3,642,843
METHOD OF PRODUCING UNSATURATED
NITRILE AND ESTER COMPOUNDS
Joseph W. Nemec, Rydal, and Donald R. Hoffer, Glen-
side. Pa., assignors to Rohm & Haas Company, Phila-
delphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 183,753, Mar. 30, 1962. This appUcation
Sept. 26, 1966, Ser. No. 581,726
Int. CI. C07c 64/52, 121/02, 121/30
VS. CI. 260—405.5 4 Claims
A method of producing unsaturated compounds which
comprises heating certain nitroalkanes and substituted ni-
troalkanes at about 200° to 240° C. in a batch process or
at about 300° to 600° C. in a continuous vapor phase
process.
3,642,844
METHOD OF PREPARING CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
AND THEIR ESTERS FROM LIPID EXTRACTS
Alan David Forbes, Hampton Wick, Surrey, England,
assignor to The British Petroleum Company Limited,
London, England
nied Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 847,942
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 30, 1968,
41,539/68
Int. CI. Cllci/O-/, i/04
U.S. CI. 260—410.9 R ^ Claims
Fatty acids can be prepared from the lipid extracts ob-
tained by the solvent extraction of the yeast grown on a
hydrocarbon substrate by separating the esters of the
fatty acids contaminated with hydrocarbon from the rest
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1069
of the lipid extract; saponifying the esters, solvent extract-
ing the hydrocarbons and hydrolysing the saponified
esters.
. 1^
\ ttettr tMjo^
/■/AerM 4i]U!iaJc^»9^l''rxr
r MfpAr^^ /^mtrtx^/mo
SHff'Mraf
r
I
3,642,847
COORDINATED COMPLEXES OF NITROGENOUS
COMPOUNDS
Ferdinand P. Otto, Woodbury, and Andreas Logothetis,
Haddonfield, N J., assignors to Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
585,253, Oct. 10, 1966. This appUcation Mar. 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 22,398
Int CI. ClOm 1/40; C07f 3/06, 15/04
VS. CI. 260 — 429.9 14 Claims
Metal complexes useful as additives in industrial fluids
to improve the detergency and neutralizing characteristics
thereof are produced by reacting a metal salt of an acid
with an organic nitrogen compound. The specific metal
complexes of the invention are formed by reacting an
alkylene polyamine with an aldehyde, followed by react-
ing this product with (1) the metal salt and (2) an
alkenylsuccinic acid or aldehyde in the order 1, 2 or 2, 1.
3,642,845
HYDROCARBYLENE BIS(TRIALKYL TIN)
COMPOUNDS
Hugh E. Ramsden, Scotch Plains, N J., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 788,640
Int. CI. C07f 7/22; AOln 9/00
V.S. CI. 260—429.7 5 Claims
Bis-trialkyltin compounds of the formula
(R)3SnR'Sn(R)3
where R is an alkyl group such as CH3 or C2H5. and R'
is a diradical selected from the group of precursor com-
plexes with magnesium e.g..
3,642,848
REACTION PRODUCTS OF DIALKYLTIN OXIDES
AND HIGHER DIALKYLTIN MONOHYDRIC ALI-
PHATIC SATURATED ALCOHOL ESTERS OF
THIOMALIC AND THIOLACTIC ACIDS
Lawrence R. Brecker, Brooklyn, and Alfred Thee, Long
Beach, N.Y., assignors to Argus Chemical Corporation,
Brooklvn, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788,916
Int CI. C07f 7/22; C08f 45/62
V.S. CI. 260—429.7 10 Claims
Reaction products of higher dialkyltin oxides and higher
dialkyltin monohydric aliphatic saturated alcohol esters
of thiomalic and thiolactic acid are provided, that are
excellent stabilizers for polyvinyl chloride resins.
R' Mg
resulting from the reaction of magnesium with: (I) con-
jugated diolefins, (2) mixtures of conjugated diolefins,
(3) mixtures of conjugated diolefins and olefins, (4) mix-
tures of conjugated diolefins and condensed ring aro-
matic hydrocarbons, (5) mixtures of conjugated diolefins
and cyclic-enes, (6) styrenes, (7) mixtures of styrenes
and olefins, (8) mixtures of styrenes and condensed ring
aromatic hydrocarbons, and (9) condensed ring hydro-
carbons, etc., and formulations of such compounds with
inert diluents are effective systemic pesticides against
lepidopterus insect larvae, such as, e.g., Southern army
worm, cotton boll worm, etc.
3,642,846
ORGANOTIN BIS{MONOALKENYL MALEATES)
Samuel Hoch, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 796,901
Int CI. C07f 7/22; C08f 45/56
V.S. CI. 260—429.7 4 Claims
Polyvinyl chloride resin compositions that contain as
stabilizer an organotin compound having the structural
formula
o
o
Ri
R 0-C— CH=CH— C— O— CH-CH=CH— Ri
Sn O O Ri
/ \ II Hi
R 0-C-CH=CH-C— O— CH— CH=CH— Rj
wherein each R represents an alkyl group having from
4 to 8 carbon atoms or a phenyl group; each Ri represents
hydrogen or an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon
atoms; and each R2 represents methyl or phenyl are char-
acterized by excellent heat stability, resistance to degra-
dation resulting from exposure to ultraviolet radiation,
color, and clarity. Illustrative of these organotin com-
pounds is di-n-butyltin bis (monobutenyl maleate).
3,642,849
METHOD OF PREPARING TETRAMETHYLLEAD
Edward G. Newyear, Corpus Christi, Tex., assignor to
PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,693
Int CI. C07f 7/24
V.S. CI. 260 — 437 R 13 Cbiims
A method of preparing tetramethyllead utilizing a novel
catalyst consisting of methanol and diglyme with or with-
out anthracene is described. The catalyst is used in quan-
tities of at least 0.02 mole of methanol and diglyme per
mole of sodium-lead alloy employed. Catalyst composi-
tions, one comprising 14 to 20 weight percent methanol,
58 to 79.9 percent diglyme and 0.1 to 28 percent anth-
racene and a second one comprising 30 to 10 percent
methanol and 79 to 90 percent diglyme basis the mixture,
are claimed.
3,642,850
METHOD OF OBTAINING SOLVENT FREE
ALUMLNUM ALKYLS AND ALKOXIDES
Gifford G. McClaflin, Ponca City, Okla., assignor to
Continental Oil Company, Ponca City, Okla.
Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,155
Int CI. C07f 5/06
U.S. CI. 260—448 A 14 Claims
%^
rmonocAnoi, MLf-
Fluorocarbons are disclosed as selective solvents for sep-
arating aluminum org^no compounds from hydrocarbon
solvents.
1070
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,851
PREPARATION OF LINEAR HALOSILOXANES
AND COMPOUNDS DERIVED THEREFROM
Everett W. Bennett, Katonah, N.Y., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 787,544
Int. CI. C07f 7102
U.S. CI. 260—448.2 N 37 Claims
A process for preparing linear halosiloxane polymers by
the redistribution of halosiloxanes or a halosiloxane with
cyclotrisiloxane or cyclotetrasiloxane in the presence of a
basic catalyst such as the phosphine oxides or amine oxides
as well as novel linear halo endblocked siloxane polymers.
The linear halosiloxane polymers find utility in the prep-
aration of heat curable resins and elastomers.
alkinyl, aryl, alkaryl or aralkyl group or an alkyl, alkenyl,
alkinyl or aryl group having no more than six carbon
atoms and a is an integer from 1 to 4, comprising sub-
jecting a silyl-substituted amine to phosgenation at —80°
to +250° C.
3,642,852
PROCESS OF PRODUCING HALOSILOXANES
Gerd Rossmy, Essen-Werden, and Gotz Koerner, Essen,
Germany, assignors to Th. Goldschmidt A.-G., Essen,
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 791,788
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 16, 1968,
136,129
Int. CI. C07f 710%
\5&. a. 260—448.2 E 6 Claims
Process of producing certain halosiloxanes by reactmg
the corresponding alkylhalosilane with an excess of tri-
methylhalosilane in the presence of tertiary aliphatic alco-
hols at temperatures below 40° C. The process is advan-
tageously carried out in the presence of a hydrogen
halide.
3,642,853
SYNTHESIS OF ALUMINUM HYDRIDE AND
TERTIARY AMINE ADDUCTS THEREOF
Jawad H. Murib and David Horvitz, Cincinnati, Ohio,
assignors to National Distillers and Chemical Corpo-
ration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 784,881
Int. CI. COlb 6106; C07f 5106
U.S. CI. 260—448 35 Claims
A process is provided for the stepwise preparation of
aluminum hydride and its tertiary amine adducts by
( 1 ) synthesizing the trimethylamine-alane adduct from
aluminum, hydrogen and trimethylamine in the pres-
ence of a Group I-A or Group II-A metal catalyst,
(2) transaminating the trimethylamine-alane adduct
with another tertiary amine to form another tertiary
amine-alane adduct, and
(3) thermally decomposing the tertiary amine-alane
adduct in the presence of a Group I-A or Group
II-A metal hydride or organometallic compound
catalyst to form alane and the tertiary amine.
A process is also provided for synthesizing relatively
stable tertiary amine-alane adducts from aluminum, hy-
drogen and the corresponding tertiary amine in the
presence of a Group I-A or Group II-A metal catalyst.
3,642,855
SILYL-CONTAINING DITHIOCARBAMATES WITH
FUNCTIONAL GROUPS ON SULFURALKYL
ESTER SIDE CHAIN
Abe Berger, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to
General Electric Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788,960
Int. CI. C07f 7104, 7/18
U.S. CI. 260—448.8 R 7 Claims
New compositions of matter are prepared by forming
functional substituents on the sulfur-alkyl ester side chain
of a dithiocarbamate substituent formed on an organosili-
con compound. The new compositions are prepared by
reacting an organosilicon compound, substituted with an
alkyl amine, with carbon disulfide in the presence of a
tertiary amine and reacting the reaction product with a
compound having a meta-dirccting group attached to a
carbon atom having an olefinic double bond.
3,642,856
DITHIOCARBAMYLACETONEOXIME
CARBAMATES
Arnold D. Gutman, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,342
Int. CI. C07c 155/08
U.S. CI. 260—455 A 3 Claims
Dithiocarbamylacetoneoxime carbamates having the
general formula
R
\ li ii
NCSCH2C=N0CNH-Rj
in which R and Ri are independently methyl or ethyl, and
Rj is lower alkyl, preferably methyl. The compounds are
useful as acaricides and insecticides.
3,642,857
l,l,l-TRICHLORO-2.PROPYL2,2,2-TRICHLORO-
ETHYL CARBONATE
Jorge Pengman Li and John Hans Biel, Milwaukee, Wis.,
assignors to Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., Mil-
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 783,441
Int. CI. C07c 69/62. 69/64; A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 260—463 . ^, 1 C>a'ni
1,1,1 - trichloro - 2 - propyl 2,2,2 - tnchloroethyl car-
bonate exhibits sedative activity and is useful as a seda-
tive in mammals.
3,642,854
METHOD FOR PRODUCTION OF ISOCYANATES
Vladimir Petrovich Kozjukov, Ulitsa Dimitrova 15/20,
kv. 45; Vladimir Florovich Mironov, Ulitsa Gubkina 4,
kv. 13; and Viktor Dmitrievich Sheludyakov, Ulitsa
Metallurgov 32, korpus 1, kv. 64, all of Moscow,
U.S.S.R.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 729,488
Claims priority, application Ui».S.R., Apr. 26, 1967,
1,152,087; June 16, 1967, 1,164,045
Int CI. C07f 7/08, 7/10; C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260 — 448.2 E 7 Claims
A process of producing isocyanates of the formula
R(NCO)„ wherein R is a silyl substituted alkyl, alkenyl.
3,642,858
CARBONATE SYNTHESIS FROM ALKYLENE
CARBONATES
Ludo K. Frevel and Jo Ann Gilpin, Midland, Mich., as-
signors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich. ^, _^„ _ ._
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 798,765
Inl. CI. C07c 69/00; ClOm 2/20
U.S. CI. 260—463 ' Claims
Carbonates having the formula
O
R— o— c— o— R
February 15, 1972
A
CHEMICAL
1071
are made by reacting an alkylene carbonate having the
formula
o
h
/ \
o o
H-6 C— Ri
with a non-tertiary hydroxy-containing compound having
the formula
R— OH
while in the presence of a catalytic amount of an alkali
metal or a derivative thereof wherein R is an alkyl or
alkoxyalkyl and Ri is H. alkyl or alkoxyalkyl. These car-
bonates are useful as synthetic lubricants, solvents for
cellulosic compounds, e.g. cellulosic ethers, and in lacquer
fixation.
3,642,859
PREPARATION OF MONO- AND DICHLORO-
CYCLOBUTANECARBONITRILES BY CYCLO-
ADDITION OF VINYL CHLORIDE AND AN
ACRYLONITRILE
David M. Gale, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798,454
Int. CI. C07ci 277-^6
U.S. CI. 260—464 6 Claims
A method for the preparation of chlorocyclobutane-
carbonitriles by the cycloaddition of vinyl chloride and an
acrylonitrile of the formula
X
CH2=C
/
\
CN
wherein X is H, CI, Br or I. The compounds prepared by
the method of this invention are dehydrohalogenated in
strong base to form cyanocyclobutanes which can be em-
ployed in the preparation of useful polymeric and co-
polymeric films and fibers.
3,642,860
COPLYMERS OF N-(2-CYAN0ETHYL) AZIRIDINES
AND /3-LACTONES
Laurence I. Peterson, FVamingham, Mass., and Louisa J.
Sauro, Midland, Mich., assignors to The Dow Chemical
Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 787,992
Int. CI. C07c 121/00, 121/28
\}&. CI. 260—465.4 8 Claims
Novel copolymers are prepared in the reaction between
(a) /3-propiolactone, /3-isobutyrolactone, or ^-neopenta-
nolactone, and (b) a compound of the formula
D
CN
N-CHi-CH-R
wherein R is hydrogen or lower alkyl. The copolymers
are fungicides.
3,642,861
HYDRAZONE DERIVATIVES OF BENZOYL
CYANIDES
Werner Meiser, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, Ludwig Eue, Co-
logne-Stammheim, Helmuth Hack, Cologne-Buchheim,
Helmut Timmler, Wuppertal-Vohwinkel, and Richard
Wegler, Leverkusen, Germany, assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed May 23, 1969, Ser. No. 827,159
, Claims priority, application Germany, May 30, 1968,
P 17 68 574.4
Int. CI. AOln 9/12, 9/20; C07c 121/78
U.S. CI. 260—465 E 10 Claims
Hydrazone derivatives of benzoyl cyanides, i.e. (option-
ally chloro and alkyl substituted) -benzoyl cyanide-[N>-
alkyl-N2-(alkyl and alkenyl )-amidino]-hydrazones and
(optionally chloro and alkyl substituted )-benzoyl cyanide-
l-(2,3-dialkyl- and -l-(2-alkenyl-3-alkyl isothioureido)-
imines, which possess herbicidal properties, and which
may be produced by conventional methods.
3,642,862
^-(DIMETHYLAMINO)ETHYLESTERS OF
3-0.(CARBAM0YL) CASSENIC ACIDS
Dietrich Stauffacher, Reinach, Basel-Land, and Hartmut
Hanth, Riehen, Switzerland, assignors to Sandoz Ltd.
(also known as Sandoz AG), Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. FUed Aug. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 754,737
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 31, 1967,
12,217/67
Int. CI. C07c 125/06
U.S. CI. 260—468.5 13 Claims
^-(Dimethylamino)ethyl esters of 3-0-(carbamoyl)-
cassenic acids. These compounds are useful as cardiotonic
agents with a positive inotropic effect.
3,642,863
ALKYL N-(2.NITROBENZOYL) CARBAMATES
Angelo John Speziale, Creve Coeur, and Lowell R. Smith,
Chesterfield, Mo., assignors to Monsanto Company, St.
Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
454,209, May 7, 1965, now Patent No. 3,450,747,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
221,302, Sept. 4, 1962. This appUcation Apr. 12, 1968,
Ser. No. 721,062
Int. CI. C07c 125/06
U.S. CI. 260—471 C 4 Claims
Compounds of the class of alkyl esters of N-(2-nitro-
benzoyl) carbamic acid. These materials are herbicidally
active.
3,642,864
ESTERS OF N-ARYL-ANTHRANILIC ACIDS WITH
MONOSUBSTITUTED GEM-DIOLS
EIso Manghid, Milan, Italy, assignor to Istituto Luso
Farmaco d'ltalia S.r.L., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 770,060
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 12, 1968,
15,229/68
Int. CI. C07c 101/54
U.S. CI. 260—471 R 8 Claims
Various methods of preparation of novel N-aryl-anthra-
nilic acid esters having the formula
.''^'^"l-COO-CH-O-Y R'
-N fl-
are described. These products have very good therapeu-
tical properties, such as anti-inflammatory, antipyretic
and analgesic action, and administration forms are given.
3,642,865
AMINO-BENZOIC ESTERS
Julius Diamond, Plymouth Meeting, Pa., and Gustav J.
Martin, deceased, late of Philadelphia, Pa., by Dorothy
Patricia Martin, administratilx, Philadelphia, Pa.; said
Diamond assignor to William H. Rorer, Inc., Fort
Washington, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
599,381, Dec. 6, 1966. This application Dec. 16, 1968,
Ser. No. 791,533
Int. CI. C07c 79/46, 101/62
U.S. a. 260—471 R 9 Claims
The amino-benzoic acid derivatives of this invention are
useful in the treatment of pain and inflammation in mam-
1072
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
mals. Such derivatives manifest a particularly low degree
of hemorrhage and ulceration while maintaining adequate
salicylate blood levels for relatively high analgesic and
anti-inflammatory activity.
3,642,866
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
SUBSTITUTED DIARYL ETHERS
Harro Witt, Cologne-Bochheim, Hans Holtschmidt, Lever-
kusen-Steinbuechel, and Erwin Muller, Leverkusen, Ger-
many, assignors to Farl>enfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
scliaft, Leverlnisen, Germany
No Drawing. FUed May 13, 1968, Ser. No. 728,841
Claims priority, application Germany, May 13, 1967,
F 52,407
Int CI. C07c 69176, 43/20
VS. CI. 260—473 G 8 Claims
Heating a diaryl carbonate having at least one second
order substituent positioned on the aryl moiety ortho
or para to the carbonate moiety in the presence of a
catalytic amount of a basic to neutral alkali metal com-
pound at a temperature of from about 100 to 300° C.
to produce the corresponding diaryl ether.
3,642,869
5,8-DIHYDRONAPHTHYLOXY ACETIC ACIDS
Venkatacbala Lakshmi Narayanan, North Brunswick,
Frederic Peter Hauck, Somerville, and Frank Lee
Weisenborn, Somerset, NJ., assignors to E. R. Squibb
& Sons, inc.. New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,233
Int. CI. C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260—473 F 10 Claims
This invention relates to new 5,8-dihydronaphthyloxy
acetic acids of the formula
R>
-|— 0-C-COOR5
3,642,867
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A 1,2-BIS<4-
CARBOALKOXYPHENOXY)ETHANE
Saburo Senoo, Tokyo, Toshio Kato, Omiya, Norio Imai,
Tokyo, and Masakazu Kurihara, Ageo, Japan, assignors
to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisba, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing, Filed Mar. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 809,014
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 26, 1968,
43/27,669; May 8, 1968, 43/30,275
Int CI. C07c 69 /7S
VS. CI. 260—473 S 8 Claims
This invention discloses a process for the preparation of
a l,2-bis(4-carboalkoxyphenoxy)ethane by the reaction of
an alkali metal salt of a p-hydroxybenzoic acid alkyl ester
with ethylene dichloride characterized in that said reac-
tion is initiated in the absence of a solvent or said reaction
is initiated in the presence of a solvent selected from the
group consisting of a p-hydroxybenzoic acid alkyl ester
(2-chloroethoxy) benzoic acid alkyl ester and 1.2-bis(4-
carboalkoxyphenoxy)ethane, said solvent being employed
alone or in combination. The rate of said reaction as well
as the yield is improved by additionally employing copper
as a catalyst. Thereby, it is possible to obtain l,2-bis(4-
carboalkoxyphenoxy)ethane in high yield with high selec-
tivity, as compared with the conventional process in which
an alcoholic solvent is employed. The l,2-bis(4-carbo-
alkoxyphenoxy) ethane is used for the production of a
polyester or polyamide useful for a synthetic fibre or plas-
tics.
3,642,868
DIALKYLHYDROXYPHENYLALKANOIC ACID
ESTERS OF DI- AND TRIPENTAERYTHRITOL
Martin Dexter, Briarcliff Manor, John D. Spivack, Spring
Valley, and David H. Steinberg, Bronx, N.Y., assignors
to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
502,587, Oct. 22, 1965, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 359,460, Apr. 13, 1964,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
276,192, Apr. 29, 1963, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 164,618, Jan. 5, 1962, which in
turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
148,738, Oct. 30, 1961, all now abandoned. This appli-
cation June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,958
Int. CI. C07c 69/26
VS. CI. 260—473 R 9 Claims
Esters of dipentaerythritol or tripentaerythritol and
4-hydroxy-5-alkylphenylalkanoic acids having a second
alkyl group in the 2 or 3 position of the phenyl ring are
stabilizers of organic material. The compounds are
obtained through transesterification techniques.
R
and the salts of such compounds, products which are
useful as anti-inflammatory and hypocholesteremic
agents.
3,642,870
2,3-DlHALOALKYL COMPOUNDS
James C. Wygant, Creve Coeur, Richard M. Anderson,
St. Louis, and Erhard J. Prill, Des Peres, Mo., assignors
to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 437,258,
Mar. 4, 1965, now Patent No. 3,317,568, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 405,819,
Oct. 22, 1964, which in turn is a continuation-to-part
of applications Ser. No. 248,853, Jan. 2, 1963, and
Ser. No. 267,783, Mar. 25, 1963, now Patent No.
3,236,659. This application July 15, 1966, Ser. No.
620,191
Int. CI. C07c 69/76, 69/80
U.S. CI. 260—475 R 3 Claims
As new compounds, the 2,3-dibromopropyI esters of
benzenedi- or polycarboxylic acids. The said esters are
flame retardants for polymer systems.
3,642,871
ORGANIC ESTER COMPOSITIONS HAVING
ENHANCED COLOR STABILITY
Clarence E. Tholstnip and Sarah J. Rush, Kingsport,
Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Roch-
ester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
473,234, July 19, 1965, now Patent No. 3,461,153.
This application Jan. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 789,412
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Aug. 12, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C07c 69/80, 69/82
VS. CI. 260—475 R 9 Claims
Organic esters may be provided with enhanced color
stability upon prolonged exposure to elevated tempera-
tures by incorporating therein a combination of (A)
alkali metal atoms provided by at least one alkali metal
carboxylate having 2 to 18 carbon atoms or alkali metal
alkoxide having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and (B) phos-
phorus atoms provided by phosphorous acid. The organic
esters include aliphatic esters of aliphatic and aromatic
carboxylic acids and fatty glycerides.
3,642,872
ESTERS OF HALOGENATED HYDROXY-
DIPHENYL ETHERS
Ernst Model, Basel, and Jakob Btodler, Riehen, Switzer-
land, assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
No Drawing. Application Aug. 8, 1966, Ser. No. 570,742,
now Patent No. 3,506,720, dated Apr. 14, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 345,080,
Feb. 17, 1964. Divided and this application Jan. 21,
1970, Ser. No. 8,115
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 22, 1963,
2,250/63
Int CI. C07c 69/76. 69/78, 125/06
VS. CI. 260—479 R 6 Claims
Halogenated 2-hydroxy-diphenyl ethers and esters there-
of, useful as bactericides.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1073
3,642,873
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF PHENYL
ESTERS AND PHENOL FROM BENZENE
Lothar Homig, Frankfurt am Main, and Therese Quad-
flieg, Kelkheim, Taunus, Germany (both % Farbwerke
Hoechst AG., Frankfurt am Main, Germany)
No Drawtog. FUed Apr. 3, 1967, Ser. No. 627,679
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 9, 1966,
F 48,917
Int CI. C07c 69/14. 69/24, 69/00
U.S. CI. 260—479 R 14 Claims
Preparation of phenylesters and if desired phenoi \jy
reaction of benzene, carboxylic acids and molecular oxy-
gen in the presence of a noble metal of group VIII of
the Mcndeleeff Periodic Table as catalyst.
3,642,874
;3-HALOGENOALKYL ISOCYANATES
Klaus-Dieter Kampe, Frankfurt am Mato, Germany, as-
signor to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
No Drawing. FUed Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 858,256
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept 20, 1968,
P 17 93 460.0
Int CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260 — 487 5 Claims
a-Carboalkoxy-^-halogenoalkyl isocyanatcs are ob-
tained by rearrangement of N-halogeno - 4-carboalkoxy-
azetidinoncs-(2) effected by radical-forming catalysts in
the presence of unsaturated compounds as co-catalysts.
Due to their three groups of different degrees of reactiv-
ity the products are useful intermediates for the synthesis
of heterocyclic compounds.
3,642,875
/9-ACETOXYPIVALIC ANHYDRIDE AND PROCESS
FOR MAKING SAME
Hans-Jurgen Arpc, Fischbach, Taunus, Germany, and
Lothar Heinz Homig, deceased, late of Frankfurt am
Main-Schwanheim, Germany, by Anneliese Homig nee
Munich, co-heiress, Frankfurt am Mato, Germany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Brantog, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
No Drawing. Hied July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 59,009
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Aug. 7, 1969,
P 19 40 206.3
Int CI. C07c 67/00, 69/16
VS. CI. 260—488 J 2 Claims
^-Acetoxypivalic anhydride, a novel compound partic-
ularly suitable for the manufacture of pivalolactone, and
a process for making same by reaction of ^-acetoxypivalic
acid with an excess amount of acetic anhydride.
The present invention relates to /3-acetoxypivaiic anhy-
dride and a process for making same.
3,642,876
PREPARATION OF TELOMERS OF
VINYL ESTERS
Joseph K. Hoffman, Oldwick, and James P. Russell,
Berkeley Heights, NJ., assignors to Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc., Allentown, Pa.
Origtoal application July 31, 1964, Ser. No. 386,593.
Divided and this appUcation Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No.
887,022
Int CI. C07c 67/00, 69/16, 69/22
VS. CI. 260—491 2 Claims
Telomers of vinyl esters of lower alkanoic acids, such
as vinyl acetate, wherein the telogen is a lower alkane
glycol, are produced by reacting the vinyl ester with the
telogen at a temperature of 90° to 250° C. and at a pres-
sure of 50 to 7500 p.s.i. in the presence of a free-radical-
forming catalyst or initiator effective for the polymeriza-
tion of vinyl acetate, the vinyl ester and the telogen hav-
ing a residence time in the reaction of 0.5 to 60 minutes,
preferably 1 to 10 minutes.
3,642,877
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF DIMETHYL-
AMINOETHYL METHACRYLATE
Madhusudan D. Jayawant WUmtogton, Del., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington,
Del.
xNo Drawing. FUed Dec. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 787,609
Int CI. C07c 69/54
VS. CI. 260—486 R 3 Claims
A process for preparing dimethylaminoelhyl mcthacry-
late from dimethylaminoethanol and an alkyl methacry-
late is provided. Di-n-butyltin oxide is used as a catalyst
which can be added at one time after water is removed
by distillation. The dimethylaminoethanol and alkyl meth-
acrylate in certain proportions along with an inhibitor are
mixed; heated to reflux and any water in the system re-
moved by distillation. After a slight cooling, the catalyst
is added, the reaction mixture heated to reflux and the
azeotrope of alkyl methacrylate and alkanol formed is
removed by distillation. After the alkanol is removed,
heating is stopped and a gradual vacuum is applied to the
receiver and unreacted alkyl methacrylate and dimethyl-
aminoethanol are distilled off and then dimethylamino-
ethyl methacrylate distilled off at the reduced pressure.
3,642,878
METHOD OF PRODUCING UNSATURATED
ESTERS
Henry O. Mottem, Far Hills, and James P. Russell,
Berkeley Heights, NJ., assignors to Air Products and
Chemicals, Inc., Allentown, Pa.
No Drawtog. Continuation of appUcation Ser. No.
649,844, June 29, 1967. This appUcation Dec. 22,
1969, Ser. No. 883,674
Int CI. C07c 69/52
VS. CI. 260—497 A 9 Claims
Unsaturated esters of organic acids are produced by
contacting a lower alkene and an organic acid in the
vapor phase in admixture with oxygen in the presence
of a Group VIII or a Group 1-B metal chloride, cupric
chloride, and an alkali metal bromide or chloride at a
temperature of 100 to 160° C.
3,642,879
S-(VINYLBENZYL)ISOTHIOURONIUM SALTS
David P. Sheetz and Edwin C. Steiner, Midland, Mich.,
assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
No Drawing. Rled Feb. 9, 1965, Ser. No. 431,441
Int CI. C07c 123/00, 129/00
U.S. CI. 260—501.14 6 Claims
S-(vinylbenzyl)isothiouronium compounds of the gen-
eral formula
(X)„
3-
CHr-8-C
CH=CHs
NH2^
\
NHj
wherein X and Y are conventional substituents and n
is 0-3. The compounds have biological uses and are mono-
mers to be polymerized.
1074
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,880
NOVEL POLYFLUOROSULFONATE SALTS
Richard F. Sweeney, Randolph Township, Morris County,
and Alson K. Price, Mine Hill, N J., assignors to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New Yoric, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1966, Ser. No. 536,981
Int. CI. C07c 143/00
U.S. CI. 260—503 18 Claims
Compounds of the formula:
Q— O— R— SO3M
wherein
M represents an alkali metal atom;
R represents a divalent radical such that the oxygen and
sulphur atoms are linked by a chain of three or four
carbon atoms which are joined to each other by single
bonds or by bonds forming part of an aromatic ring
and each of whose remaining valencies is satisfied by a
hydrogen or halogen atom, an alkoxy radical or an un-
substituted, alkoxy-substituted or halogen substituted
hydrocarbyl radical or by a divalent unsubstitued, alk-
oxy-substituted or halogen-substituted hydrocarblene
radical which also satisfies another of the said remain-
ing valencies; and
Q represents a saturated radical consisting of carbon, hy-
drogen and fluorine atoms and containing at least three
fluorine atoms in which the carbon atom linked to the
oxygen atom is not linked to a fluorine atom, may be
prepared by reacting an alkali metal salt of a polyfluoro
alcohol with an appropriate sultone. These compounds
are useful as surface active agents, as intermediates in
the preparation of textile treating agents and in the prep-
aration of modifiers for plastic materials.
3,642,881
ALKENYL SULFONIC ACIDS
Joseph Rubinfeld, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Colgate-
Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 16, 1967, Ser. No. 609,307
Int. CI. C07c 143/16
UA CI. 260—513 12 Claims
Conversion of hydroxyalkane sulfonates to the corre-
sponding alkenyl sulfonates by heating in aqueous acidic
medium at pH below 3 and temperature at least about
150° C.
3,642,882
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF NITRO-
ARYLETHERMONOCARBOXYLIC ACIDS AND
THEIR ESTERS
Heinrich Gllch, Krefeld, Gerhard Darsow, Krefeld-
Uerdingen, Ludwig Bottenbruch, Krefeld-Bockum,
Giinter Lorenz, Hans Egon Kunzel, and Giinther
Nischk, Dormagen, and Hermann Schnell, Krefeid-
Uerdingen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. FUed July 22, 1968, Ser. No. 746,257
Claims priority, application Germany, July 28, 1967,
F 53,088; June 7, 1968, P 17 68 619.0
Int. CI. C07c 79/46
U.S. CI. 260—520 6 Claims
Nitroaryl ether raonocarboxylic acids and their esters
and a process for producing them by reacting
(A)
(1) a dialkali metal salt of a m- or p-hydroxy aryl
carboxylic acid or
(2) monoalkali metal salt of a m- or p-hydroxy aryl
carboxylic acid ester with
(B)
an aromatic mononitro-halo-substituted compound
wherein the halogen atom or atoms and nitro sub-
stituent are ring attached;
and effecting the reaction at an elevated temperature
utilizing molar amounts of the reactants at 50-160° C. in
the presence of a strongly polar organic solvent.
3,642,883
PROCESS FOR REMOVAL OF AROMATIC
BROMINE IN BENZOIC ACID PRODUCTION
James A. Jackson, Fords, N.J., assignor to Standard
Oil Company, Chicago, 111.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,207
Int. CI. COlc 51/42
U.S. CI. 260—525 4 Claims
Bromobcnzoic acid produced as a byproduct in the
bromide promoted liquid phase air oxidation of mono-
alkylbenzenes to benzoic acid is converted to benzoic acid
by reaction with zinc or iron.
\
3,642,884
PROCESS FOR PURIFYING TEREPHTHALIC ACID
Fridolin A. Hoyer, East AiA-ora, N.Y., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,749
Int. CI. C07c 51/42
VS. CI. 260—525 11 Claims
Process for removing color-forming impurities from
crude terephthalic acid whereby the crude acid is dis-
solved in an aqueous solution of a sulfite salt of a ^-hy-
droxy primary aliphatic amine, and the purified acid re-
covered by precipitation with a strong acid. The solvent
solution can be recycled. This process provides rapid and
complete dissolution of the terephthalic acid.
3,642,885
ISOMERIZATION OF CIS-CIS OR CIS-TRANS-2,4-
HEXADIENOIC ACIDS TO SORBIC ACID
Lothar Heinz Homig, deceased, late of Frankfurt am
.Main-Schwanheim, Germany, by Anneliese Homig, nee
.Munich, heiress, Frankfurt am Main, Hermann Neu,
Neu-Isenburg, and Otto Probst, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
431,446, Feb. 9, 1965. This appUcation Mar. 30, 1970,
Ser. No. 25,574
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 15, 1964,
F 42,014
Int. CI. C07c 51/00
U.S. CI. 260—526 N 9 Claims
The use of sulfur or hydrogen chloride as a catalyst
in the isomerization of cis-cis and cis-trans hexadiene
(2:4) acids to yield sorbic acid.
3,642,886
OXIDATION PROCESS
Dhafir Yusuf Waddan and Derek Williams, Manchester,
England, assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,200
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 22, 1967,
58,294/67
Int. CI. C07c 55/04, 55/14, 55/16
U.S. CI. 260—533 C 11 Claims
Oxidising cycloalkene with ozonised oxygen in a medi-
um comprising at least 60% of water, preferably in two
stages, resulting in the production of a carboxylic acid.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1075
3,642,887
PREPARATION OF AMINO-SUBSTITUTED
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Philip F. Jackisch, Livonia, Mich., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 19, 1966, Ser. No. 602,533
Int CI. C07c 101/20, 101/26
U.S. CI. 260—534 E 4 Claims
Dimethyl sulfoxide catalyzes the reaction between o-
halosubstituted carboxylic acids and nitrogen compounds
selected from ammonia, primary, and secondary amines.
For example, high yields of nitrilotriacetic acid are ob-
tained when ammonia is reacted with chloroacetic acid
in the presence of promoter quantities of dimethyl sulf-
oxide.
3,642,888
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ;3-ALANINE
Yoshinari Matsui, Tokyo, and Minoru Hara and Yoshioki
Komachiya, Kanagawa-ken, Japan, assignors to Ajino-
moto Co., Inc., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 9. 1969, Ser. No. 790,167
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 11, 1968,
43/1,116
Int. CI. C07c 101/08
U.S. Ci. 260—534 C 3 Claims
^-Alanine is obtained in good yield from bis-(carboxy-
ethyl) amine by the reaction with aqueous ammonia in
the presence of an alkali or alkaline earth metal hy-
droxide at an elevated temperature in a pressure vessel. It
is also obtained in good yield by treating the reaction
mixture resulting from the reaction of bis-(carboxyethyl)
amine and aqueous ammonia with an alkali or alkaline
earth metal hydroxide under heating.
wherein Y and Yj are independently selected chalcogens
with a molecular weight between 13 and 38, R, Ri, Rj, and
R3 are independently selected divalent hydrocarbon groups
consisting essentially of carbon and hydrogen containing
from 1 to about 12 carbon atoms. X and Xj are halogen.
a and b are independently selected integers having a value
from 1 to about 4 inclusive, c, d, e. /, g, and h are integers
having a value zero or 1, 1 is an interger having a value
of from zero to \.A—(c+d-\-e)] inclusive and y is an
integer having a value of from zero to [4 — (/-(-^-f/j)]
inclusive.
3,642,889
PRODUCTION OF LACTIC ACID
Rolf Platz, Mannheim, Heinz Nohe, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), and Toni Dockner, Meckenheim, Pfalz, Ger-
many, assignors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik
Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1966, Ser. No. 591,130
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 12, 1965,
B 84,477
Int. CI. C07c 59/08
U.S. CI. 260—535 R 6 Claims
Process for producing lactic acid by the hydrolysis of
lactic acid nitrate in which the lactic acid nitrate is re-
acted with more than twice its weight of water. It has
been found that high yields of lactic acid can be obtained
either from pure lactic acid nitrate or from the reaction
product containing impurities as well as lactic acid nitrate.
3,642,890
ARYL ETHER THIOANHYDRIDES
Stanley B. Mirviss, Stamford, Conn., and Cari C. Greco,
Gamerville, and Walter Stamm, Tarrytown, N.Y., as-
signors to Stauffer Chemical Company, New York,
V ' N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 789,403
Int. CI. C07c 153/01
U.S. CI. 260—545 R 12 Claims
Vinyl polymer compositions are stabilized against
degradation and discolorization due to heat by adding to
the polymer a stabilizing amount of a novel compound of
the formula:
H(OK n{R,)d H(R)
-(CH2).— t
H(0}h H(R3), H(R2)(
(XOi
Y^-{CH2)b-C
3,642,891
META-ANTLIDE UREA COMPOSITIOxNS AND
THEIR UTILITY AS HERBICIDES
Eugene G. Teach, El Cerrito, Calif., assignor to Stauffer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
746,007, July 19, 1968, which is a continuation-in-pari
of application Ser. No. 662,573, Aug. 23, 1967. This
application Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 23,021
Int. CI. C07c 727/00
U.S. CI. 260—553 A 25 Claims
Meta-anilide urea compositions have the formula:
Z m'
NR
X Rj
\
R)
x/
-NR<C-R,
1
in which X and Y are, independently, oxygen and sulfur;
Ri is hydrogen or lower alkyl; Rj and R3 are, independ-
ently, hydrogen, alkyl, lower alkoxy, haloalkyl, lower
alkenyl, cycloalkyi having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, in-
clusive, carbalkoxyalkyl, furfuryl, naphthyl, phenyl or
substituted-phenyl, inclusive, in which the substituents are
halogen, nitro, or lower alkoxy; R4 is hydrogen or lower
alkyl; R5 is hydrogen, alkyl, ethyl cycloalkyi, lower alke-
nyl, halogenated lower alkyl, cycloalkyi having 3 to 6 car-
bon atoms, inclusive, pinonoyl 2,4-dichlorophenoxymeth-
ylene, benzyl, phenyl, or substituted-phenyl in which the
substituents are halogen, nitro, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy
or trihalomethyl; Z is halogen, lower alkyl, nitro, amino
or trifluoromethyl, and m is an integer having a vahie
from 0 to 4, inclusive, provided that when Rj, R2, R3 and
R4 are each hydrogen, X and Y are each oxygen and m
is 0, then R5 is other than methyl or ethyl. The compounds
are useful as herbicides and they exhibit both pre-emer-
gence and post-emergence activity. Representative com-
pounds are:
l-(3'-isobutyramidophenyl)-3-methyl urea,
1 -cyclohexyl-3- ( 3 '-propionamidophenyl ) u rea,
1 -butyl-3- ( 3'-propionamidophenyl ) urea,
l-butyl-3-(3'-isobutyramidophenyl)urea,
l-(3'-nitrophenyl)-3-(3'-isobutyramidophenyl)urea,
l-N,N-dimethyl-3-(pivalamidophenyI)urea,
l-(3'-propionamidophenyl)-3-n-butyl thiourea, and
l-(3'-pestafluoropropionamidophenyl)-3,3-<limethyl urea.
3,642,892
N,N-DIALLYL-3,4-DICHLOROBENZENE-
SULFONAMIDE
Joseph Willard Baker, Kirkwood, Mo., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,390
Int. CI. C07c 143/78
U.S. CI. 260—556 AR 1 Claim
N,N-di(lower 2-alkenyl)benzenesulfonamides are de-
scribed which are useful as herbicides.
1076
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,893
PHYTOCIDALLY ACTIVE COMPOUNDS
Angelo John Spcziale, Creve Coeur, and Lowell R. Smith,
Chesterfield, Mo., assignors to Monsanto Company, St.
Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. FUed June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,204
Int. CI. C07c 103/44
U.S. CI. 260—558 D 2 Claims
Compounds of the class N,N-disubstituted-N'-(chloro
and/or nitro substituted benzoyl) formamidines, which
compounds are phytocidally active.
by steps including chloromethylation, acetylation, bro-
mination, amination with a compound of the formula
HN
I
\
CHaPh
Ri
3,642,894
CATALYSTS FOR THE HYDRATION OF NITRILES
TO AMIDES
Clarence E. Habcrmann, Ralph E. Friedrich, and Ben A.
Tefertiller, Midland, Mich., assignors to The Dow
Chemiod Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
835,765, June 23, 1969. This application Dec. 5, 1969,
Ser. No. 882,716
Int CI. C07c 103/00
US, CI. 260—561 N 6 Claims
Catalyst life and product quality in the catalytic hy-
dration of nitriles to amides using reduced copper oxide
or reduced copper chromite catalysts are improved by
at least partially protecting the reduced catalysts from
contact with oxygen after reduction.
deacetylation and reduction. The product may be isolated
as a pharmaccutically acceptable salt.
3,642,897
PREPARATION OF 2-ALKYLAMINOBENZO-
PHENONES
Goetz E. Hardtmann, Florham, NJ., assignor to Sandoz-
Wander, Inc., Hanover, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 787,255
Int. CI. C07c 85/00
U.S. CI. 260—570 8 Claims
The invention discloses preparation of 2-alkylamino-
benzophenones involving reaction of a 3-aryl-2,l-bcnz-
isoxazole with an alkyl halide.
3,642,895
2,5.DISUBSTITUTED a-IODOACETANILIDES
John S. Adams, Jr., Centerville, Ohio, and David L.
Gerwitz, Kirkwood, Mo., assignors to Monsanto Com-
pany, St Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 1, 1966, Ser. No.
569,070. Divided and this appUcation Aug. 22, 1969,
Ser. No. 870,693
InL CI. C07c 103/30
U.S. CI. 260—562 B 4 Claims
2,5-disubstituted-a-iodoacetanilidcs of the formula
R,-,/^ N-NH-C-CHjI
wherein R and R^ are chlorine, nitro, hydroxy, alkyl of
not more than 4 carbon atoms and alkoxy of not more
than 4 carbon atoms useful as fungicides.
3,642,898
1-DIMETHYLAMINO - 3 - METHYL-[2' (OR 4')-
ALKOXY-3' (OR 5')-HALOGENO] - 2-PHENYL
PENTANES
Jeannlne A. Eberle, Chatou, Michellne Y. Scrgant,
Clamart, Claude P. Fauran, Paris, and Gerard J.
Huguet, Malesherbes, France, assignors to Delalande
S.A., Courbevoie, Hauts-de-Scine, France
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
686,722, Nov. 29, 1967, and Ser. No. 780,914, Dec.
3, 1968, now Patent No. 3,573,304, dated Mar. 30,
1971. This application May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,790
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 28, 1969,
6901604
Int. CI. C07c 87/28
U.S. CI. 260—570.8 R
3 Claims
A compound of the formula:
3,642,896
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF a'-TERTI-
ARY BUTYLAMINOMETHYL - 4 - HYDROXY-m-
XYLENE-ai,a».DIOL
David Trevor Collin, London, England, assignor to AUen
& Hanbnrys Limited, London, England
No Dnwhig. nied Apr. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 721,214
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 21, 1967, jn which
18,383/67
InL CI. C07c 85/02
U.S. CL 260—570.6 3 Chiims
A multi-stage process for the preparation of com-
pounds of the general formula :
Ri
c /
CHOH.CH.N
^
OR,
CH -CH,-N
CH-CHj
CHr-CHj
CHi
CHi
Ri is an alkyl radical having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and
Rj is a halogen,
having diuretic and hypotensive properties. It is prepared
by reacting LiAlH4 in anhydrous ether or tetrahydrofuran
with an amide of the formula:
HO-
Ri
\
H
is disclosed from the parent ketone of the formula
OH
>
A
CHj
-CH-CO-N
I \
CH-CH3 CHi
I
CHz-CHi
xx:
COCHiRi
in which Ri and Rj have the same meaning as above.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1077
3 642 899
2.PHENYL.4-(1.ADAMANTYL)-6.DIMETHYL-
AMINOMETHYLPHENOL
David W. Henry, Menlo Park, Calif., assignor to the
United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of the Army
No Drawhig. nied Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,431
Int CI. C07c 87/28
U.S. CI. 260—570.9 1 Claim
The disclosure describes three compounds, 2-phenyl-4-
( 1 -adamantyl ) -6-dimethylaminomethy Iphenol, 2-phenyl-
4 - 1 - butyl - 6 - [N - methyl - N - (2 - cyanoethyl)]ami-
nomethylphenol and 2-phenyl-4-t-butyl-6-[N-methyl-N-
(n-octyl)aminomethyl] phenol hydrochloride. The com-
pounds are useful in the prevention and treatment of
malaria.
3,642,900
DmnO AMINO ALKANES
Michihiko Sakai and Masayuki Kato, Kyoto, Japan, and
Hikoichi Hagiwara, deceased, kite of Osaka, Japan, by
Reiko Hagiwara, executor, Osaka, and Kazuo Konishi,
Kyoto, Japan, assignors to Takeda Chemical Industries,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Division of appUcation Ser. No. 612,059,
Sept 22, 1966, now Patent No. 3,501,502, which is a
division of application Ser. No. 205,088, June 25, 1962,
now Patent No. 3,318,936. This application Feb. 13,
1970, Ser. No. 11,318
Claims priority, application Japan, June 27, 1961,
36/23,009
Int CI. C07c 149/24
U.S. CI. 260—583 EE 2 Claims
The compounds 1,2 - dimercapto - 3 - dimethylamino-
propane and l,3-dimercapto-2-dimethylaminopropane are
useful as pesticides.
3,642,901
BORON TRIFLUORIDE ETHERATE-AMINE
REACTION PRODUCTS
Abraham M. Herbsman, 9721 3rd Ave.,
Los Angeles, Calif. 90305
No Drawhig. Application Sept 13, 1968, Ser. No. 759,780,
now Patent No. 3,488,169, dated Jan. 6, 1970, which is
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 283,550,
May 27, 1963. Divided and this appUcation July 31,
1969, Ser. No. 864,241
Int CI. C07c 35/00, 87/00, 87/06
U.$. CI. 260—583 A 4 Claims
A composition of matter, which is soluble in gasoline
and in liquid aliphatic hydrocarbons, and which consists
of the product, produced by reacting boron trifluoride
ethyl ether complex with an amine reagent, selected from
the group consisting of tertiary nonyl amine, a mixture of
tertiary-alkyl primary amines, ranging from t-Ci2Ha5NH2
to t-CisHsiNHj, a mixture of tertiary-alkyl primary
amines, ranging from t-Ci8H37NH3 to t-C24H48NH2, and
primary alkyl aryl amines in which the alkyl radical is
large enough to impart solubility to the reaction product
in gasoline and liquid aliphatic hydrocarbons.
3,642,902
ALLYLAMINES FROM t-ALLYLPALLADIUM
COMPLEXES
Hartwig C. Bach and Helmuth E. Hinderer, Durham,
N.C., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 24, 1968, Ser. No. 786,768
Int CI. C07c 85/00, 85/02
U.S. CI. 260—585 R 4 Claims
AUylic amines have been prepared by a synthesis which
involves the reaction of ammonia, primary or secondary
amines with r-allyl palladium complexes.
3,642,903
HEXABROMOINDONE AND METHOD OF MAKING
THE SAME
Richard Garth Pews, Midland, Mich., assignor to The
Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,492
Int CI. C07c 45/00, 49/00
U.S. CI. 260—586 R 2 Claims
The invention concerns hexabromoindone, a compound
having the structural formula
Br
I
Br-
Br
Br
-Br
3,642,904
a,)3-UNSATURATED KETONES
Carl M. Langkammerer, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, WUmington,
Del.
No Drawing. Original appUcation May 17, 1966, Ser. No.
551,843. Divided and this appUcation Nov. 16, 1967,
Ser. No. 684,600
Int CI. C07c 49/20, 49/76
U.S. CI. 260—590 4 Claims
a,/3-Unsaturated ketones of the formula:
O X
R-A-C=i
wherein
R is t-butyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, naphihyl, chloro-
naphthyl, furyl, thienyl, or ^-phenylethenyl;
R' is hydrogen or alkyl;
R and R' can be joined;
X and Z are separately either cWorodifluoromethyl or
trifluoromethyl.
Typical is 1 - (3-chlorophenyl)-4,4,4-triiluoro-3-trifluoro-
melhyl-2-buten-l-one useful in riot control.
3,642,905
PREPARATION OF CYCL0HEXANE-1,4-DI0NES
Donald M. Fenton, 2861 Alden Place,
Anaheim, CaUf. 92806
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 716,338
Int CI. C07c 49/76
U.S. CI. 260—590 5 Claims
The invention relates to the preparation of aromatic-
substituted cyclohexane-l,4-diones by oxidative dimeriza-
tion of acetone derivatives in the presence of a mercuric
salt. The products are useful as intermediates in the prep-
aration of substituted quinones and hydroquinones which
find utility in manufacture of dyes, as photographic devel-
opers, medicines, antioxidants or inhibitors in coating
compounds for rubber, stone, textiles, etc. and in paints,
varnishes, motor fuels and oils, fats and oils and as
polymerization inhibitors.
3,642,906
MANUFACTURE OF BENZOPHENONE
Samuel Kahn, Rutherford, N J., assignor to Universal
OU Products Company, Des Plaines, 111.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,412
Int CI. C07c 49/76
U.S. CI. 260—591 8 CUims
Manufacture of a benzophenone by the oxidation of
a diphenylmethane in contact with a catalyst consisting
of a naphthenic acid salt or a Ce-C^o aliphatic acid salt
1078
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
of certain metals. The invention is exemplified by the
oxidation of diphenylmethane to benzophenone in contact
with copper naphthenate catalyst.
3,642,907
ACETONYLACETONE AND PARA-CRESOL BY
OXIDATION OF METHACROLEIN DIMER
Thomas A. Schenacb, Dana Point, and David L. Trimble,
Westminster, Calif., assignors to Atlantic Richfield
Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 1, 1968, Ser. No. 764,295
Int. CI. C07c 49112, 39/06
VS. CI. 260—593 R J* C\i^ms
A process comprising the catalytic air oxidation of
methacrolein dimer (3,4-dihydro-2,5-dimethyl-2H-pyran-
2-carboxaldehyde) to produce acetonylacetone (2,5-hex-
anedione) and p-cresol is disclosed. Conventional transi-
tion metal oxidation catalysts are used.
3,642,911
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ARYLOXYALKANOLS
Heinz Schuize, Austin, Tex., assignor to Jefferson
Chemical Company, Inc., Houston, Tex.
No Drawing. Original application Apr. 1, 1968, Ser. No.
717,949, now Patent No. 3,525,773, dated Aug. 25,
1970. Divided and this application Dec. 15, 1969, Ser.
No. 885,318
Int. CI. C07c 43/20
U.S. CI. 260—613 D 4 Claims
Aryloxyalkanols are prepared by reacting a phenol or
polyphenol with an alkylene oxide in the presence of
urea. The compounds prepared by the process of this in-
vention are useful as flame retarders, solvents, inter-
mediates for resins and biocidal agents.
3,642,908
VINYL AND ETHER CONTAINING SULFONES
Donald M. Bumes, Stanley W. Cowan, and Charies J.
Wright, all of Kodak Park Works, Rochester, N.Y.
14650
No Drawing. Application Nov. 13, 1967. Ser. No. 682,641,
now Patent No. 3,490,911, dated Jan. 20, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 488,797,
Sept. 20, 1965. Divided and this application Aug. 22,
1969, Ser. No. 862,144
Int. CI. C07c ]47/02
VS. CI. 260—607 A 2 Claims
Certain compounds containing two or more vinylsul-
fonylalkyl groups attached to a plurality of tertiary or
quaternary nitrogen atoms and/or to a plurality of ether
oxygen atoms are effective gelatin hardeners.
3,642,909
DIALKYL SELENOXIDE HYDRONITRATES
Hill M. Priestley, North Bergen, N J., assignor to Lever
Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
656,325, July 27, 1967. This appUcation Dec. 15, 1969,
Ser. No. 885,298
Int. CI. C07c 163/00
U.S. CI. 260—607 R H Claims
Dialkyl selenoxide hydronitrates having the structural
formula
R,_Se-Ri.HNOs
A
3,642,912
ALKYLATION OF PHENOLS
John Alan Sharp and Raymond Ernest Dean, Bradford,
England, assignors to The Coal Tar Research Associa-
tion, Yorkshire, England
No Drawing. FUed Dec. 11, 1967, Ser. No. 689,275
Int. CI. C07c 37/16
U.S. CI. 260—621 R 4 Claims
Titanium dioxide is used to catalyse the reaction
between at least one alcohol and at least one phenol in the
vapor phase, so as to give alkylphenols. The temperature
range preferred for the reaction is about 250° C. to about
500° C. The reaction can be carried out in a fluidized bed
reactor.
3,642,913
NITRATION OF PHENOL USING RECYCLE ACID
John David Callister, Runcorn, England, and Clayton
George Carlile, Stockton, NJ., assignors to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application July 3, 1967, Ser. No.
650,624, now Patent No. 3,517,075, dated June 23,
1970. Divided and this application Feb. 13, 1970, Ser.
No. 14,899
Int. CI. C07c 79/26
V.S. CI. 260—622 R 9 Claims
The problem of tar build-up in the process of nitrating
phenol to produce predominantly p-nitrop>henol compris-
ing adding the phenol to a mixed acid solution having
defined concentrations of H2SO4, HNO3 and HNOj acids,
separating the precipitated nitrophenol product, recon-
stituting the spent acid solution and recycling it to the
nitration step of the process, is eflfectively counteracted
by the addition of a defined minor proportion of a car-
boxylic acid of a defined type, such as acetic acid, to the
reconstituted mixed acid solution prior to recycle thereof
to the nitration step of the process.
wherein Rj is an alkyl radical having from 8 to 18 car-
bon atoms, R2 is an alkyl radical having from 1 to 14
carbon atoms and the sum of Rj plus Rj is not greater
than 28 carbon atoms, are useful germicides in detergent
compositions.
3,642,910
l,l-DI(p-SUBSTnXJTED PHENYL).2,2-DICHLORO-
CYCLOPROPANES
George Holan, Brighton, Victoria, Australia, assignor to
Monsanto Australia Limited, Melbourne, Victoria,
Australia
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
684,554, Nov. 20, 1967, which is a continuation of
application Ser. No. 402,949, Oct 9, 1964, both now
abandoned. This appUcation June 17, 1969, Ser. No.
834,177
Claims priority, application Australia, Oct. 24, 1963,
36,877/63
Int. CI. C07c 43/20
VS. CI. 260—613 R 3 Claims
l,l-Di(p-substituted phenyl) - 2,2 - dichlorocyclopro-
panes, wherein the phenyl substituents are alkyl or alk-
oxy, as new compoimds and insecticides.
3,642,914
PREPARATION OF BETA BRANCHED
PRIMARY ALCOHOLS
Lawrence C. Mitchell, Southfield, Mich., assignor to
Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 714,073
Int. CI. C07c i7/02
U.S. CI. 260—642 * Claims
Straight-chain, paraffinic, primary alcohols such as
n-dodecanol) dimerize to form /3-branched, primary alco-
hols, when contacted with a catalytic quantity of the ther-
mal decomposition product of sodium bisulfite.
3,642,915
PURIFICATION OF ALCOHOLS
Clarence R. Bresson, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed May 27, 1968, Ser. No. 732,025
Int. CI. C07c 29/24. 35/02
U.S. CI. 260—643 B 3 Claims
Purification of alcohols of color forming bodies com-
prising treating the alcohol with ozone and a reducing
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1079
agent to obtain a non-odoriferous alcohol product sub-
stantially free of color forming bodies.
I
3,642,916
PREPARATION OF 1,2,4,5-TETRAFLUORO-
BENZENE
Julian Frodo Ulney-Bassett, Avonmouth, England, as-
signor to Imperial Smelting Corporation (N.S.C.) Lim-
ited (formerly The National Smelting Company Lim-
ited), London, England
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
392,939, Aug. 28, 1964. This application Mar. 6,
1968, Ser. No. 711,133
Claims priority, application Great Britahi, Sept. 13, 1963,
36,229/63
Int. CI. C09k 3/02
VS. CI. 260—650 3 Claims
A method for producing 1,2,4,5-tetrafluorobenzene in-
volving the step of reacting a fluorinated phenyl hydrazine
of the general formula:
:/
>NHNH2
(where X is fluorine or chlorine or bromine) with a
source of alkoxide ions.
3,642,917
VINYL FLUORIDE FROM l-FLUORO-2-CHLORO-
ETHANE BY PYROLYSIS IN THE PRESENCE
OF ETHYLENE
Joseph Warren Hamersma, Tustin, Calif., assignor to
Atlantic Richfield Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
844,199, July 23, 1969. This appUcation July 27, 1970,
Ser. No. 58,670
Int. CI. C07c 17/34, 21/18
U.S. CI. 260—653.5 7 Claims
l-fluoro-2-chloroethane is pyrolized in the presence
of ethylene dichloride to vinyl fluoride. The pyrolysis oc-
curs at 400° C. to 800° C. in ethylene dichloride to 1-
fluoro-2-chloroethane ratios of 1:10 to 5:1.
3,642,918
PRODUCTION OF PERCHLOROETHYLENE
AND TRICHLOROETHYLENE UTILIZING
OXYCHLORINATION REACTION
Lester E. Bohl and Raymond M. Vancamp, New Martins-
ville, W. Va., assignors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pitts-
burgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
568,763, July 29, 1966, which is a continuation of
appUcation Ser. No. 258,131, Feb. 13, 1963. This
application May 31, 1968, Ser. No. 733,317
Int CI. C07c 21/10, 21/12
U.S. a. 260—654 A 4 Claims
Trichloroethylene and perchloroethylene are produced
by oxychlorinating an aliphatic 2 carbon hydrocarbon or
partially chlorinated hydroacrbon in a two-stage process.
In the first stage, oxychlorination is conducted in a fluid-
ized bed at 550° F. to 750° F. to give a chlorinated prod-
uct of the composition C2HxCly, x ranging from 1 to 3.3
and ,y from 2.5 to 4. This oxychlorination product, along
with further oxygen, is fed to a second fluidized bed oper-
ated at a higher temperature than the first bed between
700° F. to 830° F., wherein it is converted by oxidation
reaction to a predominantly trichloroethylene and jjerchlo-
roethylene product. Some chlorinating agent may be fed
to the second fluidized bed as the chlorine content of the
first stage product dictates.
3,642,919
PREPARATION OF l,4-DICHLOROBUTENE-2
Giovanni A. Bonnetti, Wynnewood, Thomas N. Baker m,
Philadelphia, and Eugene C. Capaldi, Broomall, Pa.,
assignors to Atlantic Richfield Company, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,603
Int. CI. C07c 21/04
VS. CI. 260—654 6 Chdms
Reacting 3,4-epoxybutene-l with hydrochloric acid and
cuprous chloride to produce I,4-dichlorobutene-2. In
another embodiment the 3,4-epoxybutene-l is first hy-
drolyzed to a mixture of the 2 - butene - 1,4 - diol and
erythrol ( l-butene-3,4-diol). These compounds can be
reacted with the hydrochloric acid and cuprous chloride
to produce the l,4-dichlorobutene-2. The 1 ,4-dichloro-
butene-2 is a useful intermediate in the production of
various monomers.
3,642,920
PREPARATION OF ALKYL IODIDE FROM ALKYL
CHLORIDE BY NUCLEOPHILIC SUBSTITUTION
Morris A. Johnson and Kang Yang, Ponca City, Okla.,
assignors to Continental OU Company, Ponca City,
Okla.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 783,426
Int. CI. C07c 77/20
U.S. CI. 260—658 R 5 Claims
Propylene carbcMiate is disclosed as a reaction medium
for the preparation of alkyl iodides from the correspond-
ing alkyl chlorides by nucleophilic substitution.
3,642,921
MANUFACTURE OF 1,2-DICHLOROETHANE
John H. McCarthy and Andrew O. Wikman, Baton Rouge,
La., assignors to Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of appbcation Ser. No.
127,793, July 31, 1961. This appUcation May 29, 1967,
Ser. No. 642,234
Int. CI. C07c 17/02
VS. CI. 260—659 A 4 Claims
A split-feed oxychlorination process conducted by ad-
mitting oxygen and hydrogen chloride to the bottom of a
fluidized reaction zone and ethylene to the zone at a loca-
tion substantially above the bottom, under conditions such
that the reactants form 1,2-dichloroethane.
3,642,922
PREPARATION OF ORGANOCALCIUM
COMPOUNDS
Carl A. Uraneck, WiUiam J. Trepka, and James D. Brown,
Bartlesville, Okla., assignors to PhiiUps Petroleum Com-
pany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,177
Int. CI. C07I 3/04: C08d 3/06
VS. CI. 260—665 R 7 Claims
Polymerization initiators are produced from substan-
tially pure calcium metal together with polynuclear aro-
matic compounds or polyaryl substituted ethylene.
3,642,923
PRODUCTION OF POLYCYCLIC HYDROCARBONS
Richard Gregory Foster, Runcorn, and David Richard
Joy, Stockton-on-Tees, England, assignors to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 35,276
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, May 9, 1969,
23,778/69; July 22, 1969, 36,829/69
Int. CI. C07c 3/00. 13/54, 13/62
US. CI. 260—666 PY 16 Claims
Polycyclic bridged ring compounds are produced by a
two-stage process in which a substituted cyclic hydrocar-
bon such as norbornenyl chloride is condensed with an
acyclic conjugated diolefine, e.g. butadiene, isoprene etc.
and the substituents from the cyclic hydrocarbon subse-
1080
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
quently removed to produce a double bond. A preferred
substituect is a halogen eliminated as a hydrogen halide.
The substituted cyclic hydrocarbon may itself be pro-
duced from cyclopentadiene or a norbomene by reaction
with an acyclic substituted olefine such as vinyl chloride.
The products of the process have utility as termonomers
in EPT rubbers, i,4-endomethylene-6-methyl-l,4,5,8,9,10-
hexahydronaphthalene being particularly useful in this
respect.
3,642,924
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING CYCLIC TRIMERS
OF DIENES
Hiroyuld Morlkawa, Inashiki-gun, Japan, assignor to
Mitsubishi Petrochemical Company Limited, Toityo-to,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 849,912
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 23, 1968,
^ 43/59,817
InL CI. C07c 3/02. 3/10. 3/18
U.S. CL 260—666 B , . u ' ^!" "*,
Cyclotrimerization of a diene is catalyzed by a catalyst
which comprises a combination of
( 1 ) a titanyl compound representable by the general for-
mula TiOXj wherein X is a halogen or an OR group
wherein R is a hydrocarbon radical, and
(2) a dialkylaluminium halide.
which includes both substituted and unsubstituted bi-
phenyl. terphenyl, and higher polyphenyl compounds.
3,642,925
HYDROCARBON ISOMERIZATION PROCESS
Richard E. Rausch, Mundelein, HI., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, lU.
No Drawing. Application June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,786,
now Patent No. 3,558,523, dated Jan. 26, 1971, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 819,114,
Apr. 24, 1969. Divided and this application Apr. 20,
1970, Ser. No. 30,356
Int CI. C07c 15/02. 5/24
\}&. CI. 260—668 A 18 Claims
Isomerizable hydrocarbons are isomerized using a
catalytic composite comprising a combination of a plati-
num group component, a tin component, and a rhenium
component with a porous carrier material.
3,642,927
PROCESS FOR DESULFURIZATION OF
AROMATICS
Stephen M. Kovach, Ashland, and Ralph E. Patrick,
Flatwoods, Ky., assignors to Ashland Oil & Refining
Company, Houston, Tex.
Filed Feb. 7, 1968, Ser. No. 703,585
Int. CI. C07c 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—674 18 Claims
3,642,926
PROCESS FOR ARYLATING AROMATIC COM-
POUNDS WITH MOLECULAR SIEVE CATALYST
Duane K. Chapman, Ashland, Ky., William S. Green,
Cincinnati, Ohio, and John W. Newman, Ashland, Ky.,
assignors to Ashland Oil Inc., Houston, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 795,384,
Dec. 18, 1968. This appUcation June 3, 1970, Ser.
No. 43,003
Int CI. C07c 15/12
UA CI. 260—670 22 Chdms
Bipt«wn.
y
The sulfur — particularly that present as thiophenes —
contained in aromatic hydrocarbons is substantially re-
moved by treating the hydrocarbons with metals, and
oxides thereof having hydrogenating activity. In one em-
bodiment, the aromatic hydrocarbon is contacted with
nickel, cobalt, nickel and tungsten, cobalt and tungsten, or
their oxides at a temperature of about 200 to 600° F. and a
pressure of about 50-500 p.s.i.g. In another embodiment,
the aromatic hydrocarbon is contacted with nickel, cobalt,
nickel and molybdenum, cobalt and molybdenum, nickel
and tungsten, cobalt and tungsten, or their oxides at a tem-
perature of about 600-900° F. and a pressure of about
0-50 p.s.i.g.
3,642,928
CATALYZED ISOMERIZATION OF a-PINENE
Curry Beach Davis, Panama City, Fla., assignor to
Arizona Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,430
Int. CI. C07c 5/30, 13/00; C09f 3/02
V£. CI. 260—675.5 7 Claims
Process for arylating aromatic compounds using a mo-
lecular sieve catalyst, e.g. production of polyphenyls.
A continuous process is described for the isomerization
of a-pinene, ^-pinene, or turpentine, by means of 13X
zeolite catalyst, to give an isomerizate containing pre-
dominantly dipentene and minor amounts of terpinolene
and camphene.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1081
3,642,929
RECOVERY OF ACETYLENE FROM GAS
MIXTURES
Kurt Sennewald, Hurth-Hermnlheim, Alexander Ohorod-
nik, Liblar, and Udo Dettmeier, Hurth-Hermuiheim,
Germany, assignors to Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft,
Knapsack, near Cologne, Germany
No Drawing. FUed Sept 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,213
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 24, 1969,
P 19 53 520.7
InL CI. C07c 11/24, 11/12
U.S. CI. 260—679 A 5 Claims
Isolation and recovery of acetylene from an acetylene-
containing gas mixture by intimately contacting the said
gas mixture with a solvent, that is capable of selectively
extracting and absorbing the acetylene, and expelling the
absorbed acetylene from the solvent. The acetylene is
more particularly isolated and recovered with the use
of a solvent substantially consisting of dimethylphospl^ine
oxide, methyletbylphosphine oxide or diethylphosphine
oxide.
3,642,930
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF ISOPRENE
FROM ISOAMYLENES AND METHYL BUTANOLS
AND CATALYST THEREFOR
Robert K. Grasselli, Garfield Heights, and Hariey F.
Hardman, Lyndhurst, Ohio, assignors to The Standard
Oil Company, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 794,469, Dec. 30, 1968. This application
Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,934
Int. CI. C07c 5/18, 1/24
U.S. CL 260—680 E 12 Claims
A vapor phase catalytic oxydehydrogenation process for
the conversion of a stream of mixed isomeric isoamyl-
enes, methyl butanols or mixtures thereof to isoprene
with relatively short contact times at a reactor tempera-
ture in the range of 500° F. to 1100° F. at from 0.5 to
about 10 atmospheres pressure. The catalysts comprise
an alkali metal as an essential catalytic ingredient.
3,642,931
DISPROPORTIONATION OF OLEFINS
Leonard Turner, Woking, and Keith Vaughan WUIiams,
Shepperton, England, assignors to Brockway Glass
Company, Inc., Brockway, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 22, 1966, Ser. No. 573,881
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 16, 1965,
53,351/65, Patent 1,093,784
Int. CI. C07c 3/62
U.S. CI. 260—683 D 17 Claims
This invention is directed to the disproportionation of
olefinic hydrocarbons with an activated rhenium heptox-
ide-containing catalyst.
and the second component is a Group lb, lib, or IVb
metal halide (the groups as found in the Periodic Table
of the Elements) or binary compound of the metal halide
with AICI3, GaCla, or InCls.
3,642,933
DOUBLE BOND ISOMERIZATION OF OLEFINS
OVER ALUMINA-SUPPORTED ZIRCONIA CAT-
ALYST
Louis F. Heckelsberg, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 30,277
Int. CI. C07c 5/22, 5/24
VS. CI. 260—683.2 8 Claims
Olefins are isomerized with respect to the position of
the double bond by contact with a catalyst comprising
a halogen- and sulfate-free zirconium compound sup-
ported on alumina.
3,642,934
HEPTENE RECOVERY PROCESS
Michael J. Fulham, Quebec, Quebec, Canada, Richard
Jones and Michael Webb, Southampton, England, and
Jacques Hamard, Rixensart, Belgium, assignors to
Esso Research and Engineering Company
Filed July 5, 1968, Ser. No. 744,616
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 7, 1967,
31,377/67
Int. CI. C07c 3/16, 5/24
U.S. CI. 260—683.15 C 10 Claims
CS-C7
X
cs-c?
cs-csi
I
^-J
mpftm fmooucT
CtCb
1 <^7
,^
cs-c?
./^J
./•«
Ta
t.
n€CrcU T PQir
tdAm HimriHi f^ANf
C5 to Cg olefins are passed over an acidic, e.g.. phos-
phoric acid, catalyst at temperatures ranging from 300 to
500° F. to effect isomerization and then subjecting the
isomerized product to fractional distillation to separate
heptenes from the product.
3,642,932
OLEFIN POLYMERIZATION TO YIELD PRE-
DOMINANTLY DIMERS AND TRIMERS
Burnett H. Johnson, Baytown, Tex., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
814,524, Apr. 7, 1969, which is a division of applica-
tion Ser. No. 594,682. This appUcation Feb. 2, 1970,
Ser. No. 8,050
Int. CI. C07c 3/18
U.S. CI. 260— 683.15 D 13 Claims
Dimers and trimers of mono-alhpa-olefins are produced
with a Friedel-Craft type catalyst system consisting of a
first component selected from a compound having the
formula:
RMeXa
where:
R is a lower alkyl group, e.g., Cj to Cg
X is CI, Br, or I, and Me is Al, Ga or In;
3,642,935
DIMERISATION OF OLEFINS
Robert William Dunning, Keith Andrew Taylor, and John
Walker, Runcorn, England, asagnors to Imperial Chem-
ical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawhig. Filed Aug. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 754,740
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 4, 1967,
40,242/67, Patent 1,164,855
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—683.15 D 16 Claims
Process for the oligomerisation of monoalkenes in which
the monoalkene is contacted with a catalyst comprising a
nickel compound, a substituted organic halophosphine and
a Lewis acid. Preferably the catalyst comprises a pre-
formed nickel complex containing an appropriate halo-
phosphine ligand or ligands and a Lewis acid. In either
case, the nickel compound or complex is preferably con-
tacted with an olefin before addition of the Lewis acid.
1082
^OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,936
COATING COMPOSITION OF AN ISOCYANATE
TERMINATED POLYURETHANE, A VINYL
CHLORIDE POLYMER AND POLYSILOXANE
George R. Hodge, Old Hickory, Tenn., and Angelos V.
Patsis, New Paltz, N.Y., assignors to E. L du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Original appUcation Oct 22, 1968, Ser. No.
769,708, now Patent No. 3,551,830, dated Dec. 29,
1970. Divided and this application June 3, 1970, Ser.
No. 43,217
Int. CI. C08g 47/04
US. CI. 260—827 H Claims
A coating composition that consists essentially of an
isocyanate terminated polyurethane, a vinyl chloride
polymer and a reactive polysiloxane is the subject of this
invention. This coating composition is particularly useful
for forming glossy vapor permeable finishes on natural
leather and synthetic microporous coriaceous sheet mate-
rials that are free from surface tack.
3,642,937
SEALANT HAVING EPOXIDE ENCAPSULATED
BY AMINOPLAST SHELL AND POLYMERIC
BINDER
Fred W. Deckert, Waunakee, Wis., and Gale W. Matson,
Minneapolis, Minn., assignors to Minnesota Mining
and Manufacturing Company, St Paul, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 638,428,
May 15, 1967. This appUcation Dec. 22, 1969, Ser.
No. 887,398
Int. CI. C08g 45/10
U.S. CI. 260—834 12 Claims
Mechanical fasteners and stable pressure-activatable
adhesive system therefore based on encapsulated resin,
preferably epoxy and non-volatile curative therefor, pref-
erably an amine such as l,3-bis-4-piperidylpropane or
imidazole, the capsules and curative being contained in
polar solvent-free binder which can hold system on abut-
ment surfaces of fastener.
3,642,939
RADIATION-CURABLE VINYL PAINT CONTAIN-
ING PENDANT UNSATURATION WITH INTER-
VENING ETHER FUNCTIONALITY
John F. Fellers and James E. Hinsch, Livonia, and Ernest
O. McLaughlin, Garden City, Mich., assignors to Ford
Motor Company, Dearborn, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773,346
Int. CI. C08g 45/04
U.S. CI. 260—836 15 Claims
A film-forming, radiation-polymerizable, paint binder
solution of vinyl momomers and an olefinically unsatu-
rated vinyl monomer-comprising polymeric binder is ap-
plied as a liquid coating to an external surface of an ar-
ticle of manufacture and cured thereon with ionizing ra-
diation. The binder polymer is characterized by having
olefinic unsaturation between the terminal carbons of the
side chains, i.e. alpha-beta unsaturation, with said un-
saturation being separated from the principal carbon-to-
carbon chain by two ether linkages. Tlie binder polymer
is formed by reacting an allylic alcohol with a polymer
formed by reacting an unsaturated glycidyl ether with at
least two different vinyl monomers at least one of which
is an ester of acrylic or methacrylic acid.
/
3,642,938
STORAGE-STABLE, HEAT-CURABLE SOLUBLE
AND FUSIBLE PRECONDENSATES BASED ON
POLYEPOXIDE COMPOUNDS, ACID POLY-
ESTERS AND ANHYDRIDE CURING AGENTS
Rolf Schmid, Reinach, Basel-Land, Friedrich Lohse, AU-
schwil, Willy Ffsch, Binningen, and Hans Batzer, Arles-
heim, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel,
Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,453
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 7, 1968,
11,848/68
Int. CI. C08g 45/14
VS. CL 260—835 16 Claims
Curable B-stage from ( 1 ) a polyepoxide with at least
one carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring (for example Araldit
CY 175, triglycidyl isocyanurate or casting resin F), (2)
a polyester containing at least one carbocyclic or hetero-
cyclic ring, with terminal carboxyl groups, with the ratio
of the total chain members Zj to ring members 7^ having
to be 2 to 13, and with the chain possessing 2-10 recurring
structural elements (for example polyesters from phthalic
anhydride and ethylene glycol 11:10, or from succinic
acid and l,l-bis(hydroxymethyl)-cyclohexane 5:4) in
amounts of 0.2-0.8 equivalent per 1 epoxide equivalent,
and (3) a polycarboxylic acid anhydride containing a
carbocyclic ring (phthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic
anhydride) in an amount of 0.8-0.2 equivalent per 1
epoxide equivalent.
3,642,940
POLYOXYMETHYLENES CONTAINING A BUTA-
DIENE POLYMER AND A VINYL AROMATIC
HYDROCARBON OR A METHYL METHACRY-
LATE POLYMER
Karlheinz Burg, Langenhain, Taunus, and Harald Cherd-
ron, Wiesbaden, Germany, assignors to Farhwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals MeLster Lucius &
Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,489
Claims priority, application Germany, June 20, 1969,
P 19 31 392.9
Int. CI. C08g 45/04: C08f 15/00, 19/00
VS. CI. 260—837 10 Claims
Tliermoplastic moulding compositions with high impact
strength are prepared by mixing a polyacetal with a two-
phase mixture which is composed of an elastomeric and a
hard polymer, the elastomeric phase being dispersed in
the hard phase. The moulding compositons obtained can
be worked thermoplastically and are suitable for the
manufacture of semi-finished and finished products, for
example shaped articles, household articles, and machine
parts.
3,642,941
THERMOPLASTIC MOLDABLE MASSES OF
POLYAMIDE BLENDS
Johannes Schneider, 11 Ravensbergerweg, and Wolfgang
Pungs, 1 Paul-Muller-strasse, both of 521 Troisdorf,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,442
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 23, 1968,
P 17 69 040.3
Int. CI. C08g 47/04
U.S. CI. 260—857 6 Claims
Improved polyamide molding materials comprising 1
to 99 parts by weight of partially crystallized or crys-
tallizable polyamides which are the polymeric self con-
densation product of u-amino acids or w-lactams, or the
condensation products of straight chain aliphatic diamines
and aliphatic dicarboxylic acids, and 1 to 99 parts by
weight of an amorphous polyamide which is the condensa-
tion product of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid, anhydride
or lower alkyl ester thereof with 2,2,4 or 2,4,4-trimethyl-
1,6-diamino-n-hexane or with straight chain aliphatic di-
amines having 6 to 12 carbon atoms between next adjacent
amine groups.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1083
3,642,942
MODIFIED OXYMETHYLENE POLYMERS
STABILIZED WITH PHOSPHITES
Claire Castner, Nutley, and Raymond A. Berard, West-
field, NJ., assignors to Celanese Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing, Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,386
Int. CI. C08g 1/22. 51/58
U.S. CI. 260—858 6 Claims
Polyoxymethylene compositions and the process for
producing the same are described and claimed that include
an oxymethylene polymer coupled by means of a diiso-
cyanate to a dissimilar organic polymer and a stabilizer
for the modified oxymethylene polymer. The polyoxy-
methylene compositions are useful as molded articles,
film and the like.
for a variety of applications wherein high impact strengths
and high heat distortion temperatures are required.
3,642,943
ACRYLIC URETHANE COMPOSITION OF ACRYLIC
POLYMER WITH PENDANT ISOCYANATE
GROUPS AND ISOCYANATE CONTAINING
URETHANE PREPOLYMER
Charles M. Noel, Erie, Pa., assignor to Lord
Corporation, Erie, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,336
Int. CI. C08g 47/04
U.S. CI. 260—859 R 49 Claims
There is provided a mixture of (A) a polyurethane pre-
polymer and (B) a copolymer of an acrylic monomer
and an adduct of an organo diisocyanate and a hydroxy-
alkyl acrylic monomer. The composition has enhanced
adhesive properties as compared to the polyurethane pre-
polymer alone, particularly to vinyl substrates, and hence
is especially adapted for use as a coating on vinyl sub-
strates exhibiting marked adhesion thereto and block-
ing migration of plasticizer from the vinyl substrate into
the coating.
3,642,944
FIRE RETARDANT POLYESTERS AND ARTICLES
MADE THEREFROM
Austin C. Abhott, Jr., Millbrae, Calif., assignor to The
Sherwin-Williams Company, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. FUed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,684
Int. CI. C08f 27/00, 27/02
VS. CI. 260—864 g Claims
Fire retardant polyester compositions are made by the
reaction of a brominated polyol and a chlorinated aro-
matic dibasic acid in which the weight ratio of chlorine
to bromine is in the range from about 2:1 to about 6:1,
and a vinyl monomer.
3,642,945
POLYOLEFIN-POLYETHERESTER ALLOY
James W. Cleary, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,687
Int. CI. C08f 29/70
U.S. CI. 260—873 10 Claims
A blend comprising an intimate mixture of polyolefinic
material and from about 1 to about 35 weight percent,
based on the weight of polyolefin. of a polyetherester de-
rived from bis(hydroxyethoxy) benzene and its homologs
are readily spun to fibers having an improved dye recep-
tivity in comparison to unmodified polyolefinic material.
3,642,946
GRAFT COPOLYMER-POLYCARBONATE-
POLYSULFONE BLENDS
Thomas S. Grabowski, Vienna, W. Va., assignor to Borg-
Wamer Corporation, Chicago, 111.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,888
Int. CI. C08g i9/70
U.S. CI. 260—873 5 Claims
This invention relates to ternary blends of ABS graft
polymer, polycarbonate and polysulfones which are useful
3,642,947
PRODUCTION OF IMPACT-RESISTANT
MOLDING COMPOSITIONS
Dieter Stein, Limburgerhof, and Ludwig Bootz, Ludwigs-
hafen, Germany, assignors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,950
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Apr. 25, 1969,
P 19 21 112.2
Int. CI. C08f 47/72, 79/75
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 7 Claims
Thermoplastic molding composition consisting of a
rigid component A and an elastomeric component B.
Component A is a solution or suspension graft polymer of
styrene and acryionitrile on a butadiene rubber. Com-
ponent B is an emulsion graft polymer of styrene and
acryionitrile on an acrylic ester rubber. The molding com-
positions are characterized by high impact resistance at
room temperature, good rigidity and satisfactory impact
resistance at low temperatures. They may be used, for
example, in the manufacture of plastics parts for auto-
mobiles.
3,642,948
HIGH IMPACT STRENGTH MOLDING MIXTURES
BASED ON CHLORINATED POLYVLNYLCHLO-
RIDE
Johann Bauer, Georg Hollenbacb, Walter Popp, and Alex
Sabel, Burghausen, Upper Bavaria, Germany, assignors
to Wacker-Chemie GmbH, Munich, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 790,433
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 12, 1968,
P 17 19 330.5
Int. CI. C08f 29/24, 29/12, 37/18
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 3 Claims
High impact strength molding mixtures consisting es-
sentially of chlorinated polyvinylchloride having mixed
intimately therewith (1) from 5% to 25% by weight of
said mixture of a modified butadiene-styrene copolymer
selected from the group consisting of acryionitrile modi-
fied butadiene-styrene copolymers and lower alkyl meth-
acrylate modified butadiene-styrene copolymers and (2)
from 0.1% to 5.0% by weight of said mixture of low
pressure polyethylene having an average molecular weight
of between 20,000 and 200,000; as well as high impact
strength molded materials produced from said mixture.
3,642,949
IMPACT RESISTANT, HIGH HEAT DISTORTION
COMPOSITIOxN
Owen L. Stafford and Jack J. Adams, Midland, Mich.,
assignors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland,
Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,670
Int. CI. C08f 47/72, 79/02
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 7 Claims
Compositions comprising a blend of a polydiene rubber
nitrile graft copolymer such as a styrene-acrylonitrile
graft of polybutadiene and a thermoplastic resin such as
styrene-maleic anhydride provide impact strength and
high heat distortion as well as a good balance of other
physical properties when certain compositions and pro-
portions are used.
1084
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,950
GRAFT COPOLYMERIZATION ON ALPHA-MONO-
OLEFIN COPOLYMER RUBBERS TO MAKE GUM
PLASTICS
Francis X. O'Shea, Naugatuck, Conn., assignor to
Uniroyal, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 787,984
Int. CI. C08f 15/04
VS. CI. 260—878 19 Claims
A two-stage method of grafting on EPM or EPDM
rubber to make a tough, impact-resistant glim plastic:
(I) A portion only of resin forming monomer (e.g.,
styrene, acrylonitrile) is first "pregrafted" in solution on
the EPM or EPDM rubber spine;
(II) The remaining amount of resin-forming mono-
mer is combined with the lightly grafted rubber, and sub-
jected to further graft polymerization to produce the final
gum plastic.
New graft copolymers of resin-forming monomers on
ethylene/propylene/5-ethylidene - 2 - norbornene terpoly-
mer rubber are also disclosed.
3,642,951
ETHYLENE PROPYLENE BLOCK COPOLYMER
AND A 2-STEP METHOD FOR PRODUCING
SAME
Iso Shirai, Kouichl Kunimune, and Masaaki Muraki,
Higasfal, Ichiharashi, Japan, assignors to Cliisso Corpo-
ration, Osaka-shi, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 762,336
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 23, 1967,
42/61,112
Int. CI. C08f 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—878 1 Claim
A process for preparing an ethylene propylene block
copolymer of improved anti-stress cracking character-
istics in the presence of one of several composite cat-
alyst systems which comprises the steps of ( 1 ) polymeriz-
ing (a) propylene or (b) propylene containing ethylene
in an amount less than that of the propylene so that
the amount of ethylene in the first segment of the co-
polymer is not greater than 5%, in an organic solvent
and in the presence of the catalyst, (2) lowering the
concentration of the unreacted propylene monomers in
the said solvent and (3) continuing the polymerization
reaction by supplying ethylene to form the second seg-
ment of the copolymer. The resulting block copolymer
contains the first segment in an amount of 3-40% by
weight and the second segment in an amount of 97-60%
by weight.
3,642,952
REACTION PRODUCT OF A VINYL ESTER
AND POLYPROPYLENE
Victor Jasinski, Dover, and Raymond A. Stone, Fairfield
Farms, Del., assignors to Standard Brands Chemical
Industries, Inc., Dover, Del.
No Drawing. FUed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,765
InL CI. C08f 15/00
VS, CI. 260—878 R 7 Claims
A process for producing polymeric thermoplastic com-
positions which comprises effecting reaction of a mixture
containing a low molecular weight polyolefin homopoly-
mer, e.g., atactic polypropylene, and a copolymerizable
vinyl ester, e.g., vinyl acetate, in a solvent which is a
mutual solvent for the homopolymer and for the co-
polymerizable vinyl ester, e.g., toluene, in the presence of
a free radical polymerization catalyst until a major pro-
portion of the vinyl ester has reacted, thereafter removing
the solvent, and then continuing the polymerization reac-
tion at an elevated temperature below the thermal degra-
dation temperature of the homopolymer to produce a
homogeneous reaction product.
3,642,953
SELECTIVELY SULFONATED BLOCK CO-
POLYMERS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
PREPARATION
William P. O'Neill, Emeryville, Calif., and Walter V.
Turner, Jr., Lrbana, III., assignors to the United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the De-
partment of Health, Education, and Welfare
No Drawing. Rled May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,165
Int. CI. C08f 15/04. 27/06
US. CI. 260—880 5 Claims
Elastic block copolymer containing a polyelectrolyte
segment, prepared by selective sulfonation of unsaturated
block copolymers wherein the sulfonation is exclusively
confined to the unsaturated elastomeric segments, and
the plastic segments are unaltered, exhibit water absorp-
tion characteristics, and properties when swollen with wa-
ter which indicate their utility for use as construction
materials of devices for surgical implantation or for blood
circulation and oxygenation. Additionally, these block co-
polymers have class utility as reinforcing material for
natural and synthetic rubbers, for modification of rub-
ber-based adhesives, and for high impact plastics. En-
cyclopedia of Polymers Technology (EPT), volume 2,
1965, pages 485, 507, and 517 (Interscience— Wiley ) . The
process for preparation employs complexes of chlorosul-
fonic acid with ethers to obtain selective sulfonation of
the elastomeric segment only.
3,642,954
BLEND OF BUTADIENE/ACRYLONTFRILE CO-
POLYMER, STYRENE POLYMER AND CHLO-
RINE-CONTAINING POLYMER AS A VIBRA-
TION DAMPING COMPOSITION
Alan Edgar Turner, Runcorn, England, assignor to Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 797,672
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 26, 1968,
9,206/68
Int. CI. C08d 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—889 9 Claims
Wide temperature band vibration damping composi-
tions, particularly suitable for use as interlayers between
resonating sheets in laminates, comprise in combination a
butadiene/acryionitrile copolymer, a polymer of styrene
with 0 to 50% of butadiene, a chlorine-containing poly-
mer selected from chlorinated "ethylene polymers and
copolymer of vinylidene chloride with alkyl esters or
nitriles of acrylic or methacrylic acids, and optionally a
filler to improve modulus. The laminates are particularly
suitable for conversion to housings such as valve gear
covers, timing gear covers and sumps for internal com-
bustion engines.
3,642,955
DYEABLE POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS
David E. O'Connor, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Greenburgh, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,914
Int CI. C08f 29/12. 33/08, 7/12
U.S. CI. 260—895 4 Claims
Dyeability of polypropylene is substantially improved by
blending with the polyolefin a copolymer of 2-methyl-5-
vinyl pyridine and vinyl acetate or vinyl alcohol. The
amount of the pyridine copolymers employed may range
from 1 to 15 percent by weight.
/
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1085
3,642,956
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF NEUTRAL
POLYPHOSPHORIC ACID ESTERS FROM PjOj
AND ORTHOCARBONIC ACID ESTERS
Klaus-Dieter Kampe and Edgar Fischer, both % Farb-
werke Hoechst AG, Fnulcfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Contiiiiiation of application Ser. No.
504,187, Oct. 23, 1965. This appUcation Apr. 15,
1969, Ser. No. 817,280
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 28, 1964,
F 44,326
Int. CI. C07f 9/08, 7/02
U.S. CI. 260—920 1 Claim
A process has been provided for producing neutral poly-
phosphoric acid ester derivatives which comprises react-
ing an acid ester with phosphorus pentoxide at a tem-
perature within the range of —78° C. to -fHO'C, in
the absence of moisture and in a mole ratio of ester to
phosphorus pentoxide from 0.02 to 3 moles ester to 1 mole
phosphorus pentoxide, said acid ester being defined by the
formula
(R')„,— C(OR)n
wherein m-fn=4 in which Formula R represents a satu-
rated, unsaturated, oxalkylated, or halogenated aliphatic
radical of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic radical of
1 to 12 carbon atoms, and R' represents a hydrogen, a
saturated, unsaturated, oxyalkylated, or halogenated ali-
phatic or cycloaliphatic radical of 1 to 12 carbon atoms
or an aromatic radical of 1 to 12 carbon atoms. The com-
pounds are useful as catalysts for the production of poly-
acetals.
3,642,957
PHOSPHATE AND PHOSPHONATE ESTERS OF
2.CYANOGLYOXYLAMIDE-2.0XIME
James Billet, Piscataway, NJ., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,738
Int. CI. C07f 9/08, 9/40; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—940 2 Claims
Phosphate and phosphonate esters of 2-cyanoglyoxyl-
amide-2-oxime and the N-substituted derivatives thereof
are new compounds having a broad spectrum insecticidal
activity.
3,642,958
ISOBUTOXY.S-(4.CHLOROPHENYL)
ETHYLPHOSPHONODmnOATE
Mervin E. Brokke, Richmond, Julius J. Menu, Saratoga,
and Stephen C. Dorman, Los Gatos, Calif., assignors
to Stauffer Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed May 14, 1968, Ser. No. 728,902
Int. CI. C07f 9/40; AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 260—961 1 Claim
Isobutoxy ethylphosphonodithioates of the formula
1-C4H,0 8
C,H,
<=
Ri
wherein R is hydrogen or methyl and R' is hydrogen or
chlorine. The compounds are useful as insecticides. Repre-
sentative compounds are isobutoxy-S-phenyl ethylphos-
phonodithioate, isobutoxy-S-(4-chlorophenyl) ethylphos-
phonodithioatc, isobutoxy-S-(2-methyl - 5 - chlorpphenyl)
ethyl phosphonodithioate, and isobutoxy-S-(p-toiyl)ethyl-
phosphonodithioate.
3,642,959
PROCESS FOR PREPARING ALKYL ARYL
PHOSPHATES
George M. Nichols, Chicago, HI., assignor to StauflFer
Chemical Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. FUed Oct 11, 1968, Ser. No. 766,957
Int. CI. C07f 9/18
U.S. CI. 260—973 11 Claims
Process for the preparation of alkyl aryl phosphates
useful as gasoline additives, polymers plasticizers, hy-
draulic fluids, and the like which comprises forming a
a solution of an aryl phosphorohalidate in a cosolvent
mixture of an inert aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent having
from 5 to 10 carbon atoms and an inert aromatic hydro-
carbon solvent selected from the group consisting of ben-
zene, toluene, xylene and mixtures thereof; heating the
reaction mixture to reflux temperatures; incrementally
adding an alcohol to the refluxing solution to effect
alkoxylation of the aryl phosphorohalidate with the at-
tendant formation of a haloacid by-product; and refluxing
the solution for a period of time sufficient to remove
substantially all by-product haloacid from the solution.
3,642,960
METHOD OF PRODUCING THIONO- OR DITHIO-
PHOSPHONIC ACID ESTERS
Harold M. Pitt, Lafayette, and Raymond A. Simone,
Walnut Creek, Calif., assignors to Stauffer Chemical
Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 794,387
InL CI. C07f 9/40, 9/42
U.S. CI. 260—985 5 Claims
A mono- or dithio-phosphonic acid ester such as. e.g.,
0-ethyl-S-phenyl ethylphosphonodithioate. is prepared by
isomerization of a trialkyl phosphite in presence of an
iodine containing catalyst at 185° C. and pressures be-
tween about 12 and about 30 p.s.i.g. The corresponding
dialkyl alkyl phosphonate is reacted with phosgene at a
temperature between about 45° and about 55° C. and a
pressure between about 0 and about 80 p.s.i.g. The dialkyl
phosphono chloridate formed is then reacted with a metal
phenolate at about 15° C. with a pH controlled at about
12.5. Finally the phosphonic acid ester is reacted with
phosphorous p)entasulfide in the presence of a promoter
between about 90° and 130° C. The reaction of the di-
alkyl alkyl phosphonate with phosgene is carried out with
a promoter if elevated pressures are not used. Washing
of the dialkyl phosphono chloridate to remove any nu-
cleophilic materials prevents unwanted side reactions from
occurring.
3,642,961
INJECTION MOLDING PROCESS FOR
INHIBITING PROPELLANT
John A. Sutphin, Lakewood, Colo., and Marlen G.
Whippcn, Succasunna, NJ., assignors to Hercules In-
corporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed June 12, 1968, Ser. No. 736,253
InL CI. B29f 1/10; C08b 21/00; C09j 3/04
U.S. CI. 264—3 13 Claims
Propellant grains are inhibited by injection molding of
an inhibitor material prepared from a low flow tempera-
ture thermoplastic polymer about the surface of the pro-
pellant grain wherein the said grain has been primed with
a lacquer comprising a film-forming polymer selected
from the group consisting of ethyl cellulose having an
ethoxy content of from 43% to about 50%, cellulose
acetate and cellulose acetate butyrate and the inhibitor
material is chosen from the same polymer type as the said
primary lacquer polymer.
1086
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,962
METHOD OF INHIBITING PUFFING IN THE
MANUFACTURE OF GRAPHITE ARTICLES
FROM SULFUR-CONTAINING PETROLEUM
COKE
Rudolph W. Wallouch, Lewlstown, N.Y., assignor to Air
Reduction Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 665,579, Sept. 5,
1967. This appUcation May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 37,479
Int. CI. C01bi7/04
U.S. CI. 264—29 3 Claims
Cyanamids and carbides of the Group II metals of the
Periodic Table, particularly calcium cyanamid and cal-
cium carbide, are used in the manufacture of graphite
articles from sulfur-containing carbonaceous materials,
particularly petroleum coke, to inhibit puffing during
graphitization of the articles. A high purity article is ob-
tained by adding the Group II metal compound to pe-
troleum coke, calcining the coke, and leaching the cal-
cined coke with dilute acid prior to formation and
graphitization of the article.
mixed in the liquid state and passed through a high shear
mixing zone and then through an extrusion zone. The tem-
perature of the reaction mixture is controlled during
3,642,963
METHOD OF SEVERING ARTICLES FROM A CON-
TINUOUS THERMOPLASTIC WEB MOLDED ON
ROTARY VACUUM-FORMING MACHINES
Guide Martelli, Piazza XX Settembre 5; Nerio Martelli,
Via Cavaioni 6; and Francesco Martelli, Piazza XX
Settembre 5, all of Bologna, Italy
Original appUcation May 9, 1968, Ser. No. 727,990.
Divided and this application Dec. 9, 1969, Ser.
No. 880,514
InL CI. B29c 77/00, 17/14
VS. CI. 264—37 3 Claims
Apparatus for severing articles molded in a web of
thermoplastic material in vacuum-forming machines com-
prising a rotary drum on the periphery of which mold are
mounted under the action of heating and suction means,
the said web being first cut into quadrangular sections by
co-action of cutting edges provided transversally on the
drum with swinging cutter means mounted in proximity of
the same drum. Whenever a further cutting of the single
articles from said quadrangular section of web is de-
sired, said sections are piled up in a convenient number
and from said piles of web sections piles of single articles
are cut off by means of reciprocating cutters, which may
have shaped cutting edges.
3,642,964
CONTINUOUS PROCESS FOR THE ONE-SHOT
PREPARATION OF A THERMOPLASTIC NON-
CELLULAR POLYURETHANE
Karl W. Rausch, Jr., Hamden, Conn., and Thomas R.
McClellan, Rosmalen, Netherlands, assignors to The
Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,758
Int CL B29f 3/08; C08g 22/04
U.S. CI. 264—40 8 Claims
A continuous preparation of thermoplastic noncellular
polyurethanes is disclosed. The reaction components are
A
A
^
i
— ^
lot
v/x
tO'€
tininaion
m poooucr
cOLUcriOK
rome
passage through the mixer and extruder in such a manner
that the viscosity of the reaction mixture remains sub-
stantially constant throughout the mixing and extrusion
zones; this requires a temperature gradient in the various
zones rising from a low of about 200° F. at mixing to
about 400—450° F. at the p>oint of extrusion. In a preferred
embodiment the reaction is carried out in a combination
of high shear mixer and twin-screw extruder. The thermo-
plastic polyurethane is preferably extruded as a strand
which is cooled below its melting point and pelletized.
3,642,965
METHOD OF REMOVING ESSENTIALLY SEAM-
LESS FOAMED PARTS FROM A MOLD BY
FLUID PRESSURE
Fleet E. Nuttall and John W. Ryan, Los Angeles, Calif.,
assignors to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, Calif.
Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,231
InL CI. B29c 7/00; B29d 27/04
U.S. CI. 264—45 12 Claims
A method for removing foamed plastic bodies from the
molds in which they are formed comprising opening a
portion of the mold to allow the product therein to be
affected by external pressure, either placing the mold in
a closed chamber or attaching it externally to such cham-
ber, pressurizing said chamber to the point where the
foamed product in said mold is sufficiently compressed
to remove it from the mold, and subsequently withdraw-
ing the body from the mold within the pressure chamber
where, upon the release of the pressure within the cham-
ber, the body fully expands to its formed shape.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1087
3,642,966
DIPPING PROCESS FOR FORMING NONLEATHER,
POROMERIC FOOTWEAR
Richard T. Morrissey, Cuyahoga Falls, and Nelson C.
Hess, Akron, Ohio, assignors to The B. F. Goodrich
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,580
InL CI. B29c 13/04; B29d 27/04
U.S. CI. 264 — 45 3 Claims
One piece poromeric footwear is produced by a dipping
process on footwear forms. The forms are covered with
a textile jacket that has been wet with water and they may
be equipped for fluid to flow therethrough from interior
to exterior. The dip cement is specially formulated for
viscosity and nonsolvent liquid content.
3,642,967
METHOD OF PRODUCING NET-LIKE FOAMED
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL
Martin Doll, Patterson, N.C., assignor to Cellu Products
Company, Patterson, N.C.
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,162
InL CI. B26f 1/18; B29d 7/24
U.S. CI. 264—51 10 Claims
3,642,969
PROCESS FOR CURING CONCRETE IN SITU BY
MEANS OF VAPOR
Manuel Estrada, Mexico City, Mexico
(Insurgentes Sur 408-8 Col. Roma, Mexico)
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 622,024,
Mar. 8, 1967. This application Jan. 15, 1970, Ser.
No. 3,049
InL CI. C04b 15/12
U.S. CI. 264 — 82 4 CUlms
SHEtEtT
3i.im>*i Sheet -N
hteATlNCV
SUTTtb 5nEtT
3:e
0PENIN(^£)HEET
Net-Li Ke Fosjm
LAMINATINGi
WITH Film
tiRAwiMGr Sheet
INJTO TVlBEre
biMEMSlOM
Method of produhcing net-like thermoplastic materials
and products formed in accordance with the methods by
which properties of thermoplastic materials are applied to
provide improved packaging materials, such as wrapping
materials, and receptacles through slitting and opening of
sheet material and heat setting the material in the opened
condition and in any desired configuration.
3,642,968
MANUFACTURE OF BRICKS
Thomas George Clayton, Plymouth, England, assignor to
English Clays Lovering Pochin & Company Limited,
St. Austell, Cornwall, England
Filed Apr. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 820,510
InL CI. B28b 11/00; C04b 15/12
U.S. CI. 264—82 10 Claims
•-^
-<■■< ' i .\
^5
^
F
&"
A method of manufacturing a building element having
a textured surface on at least one face thereof. The build-
ing element is formed from a composition comprising a
granular aggregate, a bonding material and water in
specified proportions, the composition being compacted
in a mould at a pressure of at least I long ton per square
inch to form a coherent body which is thereafter hardened
by treatment with steam. The textured surface is formed
on the building element by passing the compacted com-
position whilst it is contained in the mould and before
it is hardened beneath a wire brush which is positioned
so as to contact one face of the compacted composition
and from thereon a textured surface.
A method for accelerating the curing of concrete in
situ comprising pouring concrete into forms; spreading
a flexible sheet over the uncured concrete in the forms;
and introducing steam from a portable steam generator
into the space between the uncured concrete and the flex-
ible sheet. Steam is introduced, under pressure, until the
concrete mass has achieved an average temperature of
about 77° C. at which time the introduction of steam is
suspended and the exothermic heat of reaction cures the
concrete at an accelerated rate.
3,642,970
METHOD OF MAKING POROUS BODIES
Akira Hagitanl and Yoshishige Morita, Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Daicel Ltd., Osaka, and Nippon Plawder
Co., Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. FUed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,522
InL CI. B29f 5/02
U.S. CI. lhX—\ll 3 Claims
Porous thermoplastic bodies having a relatively high
mechanical strength and a high and uniform porosity in
the range of about 27% to 45% are made by filling a
mold with spherical particles of a thermoplastic polymer
containing from 0.3 to 5% of unreacted monomer and
then heating the spherical particles to a temperature above
the softening point, but below the melting pomt, of the
polymer in the absence of externally applied pressure.
3,642,971
HEAT STABILIZATION OF POLY AMIDE FIBERS,
BRISTLES AND FOILS
Wolfgang Griehl, Chur, Grisons, and Dieter Herion,
Domat-Ems, Grisons, Switzerland, assignors to Inventa
A.G. fur Forschung und Patentvertung, Zurich, Swit-
zerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 666,931, SepL 11, 1967. This application
Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853.524
Claims priority, application Switzerland, SepL 16, 1966,
13,426/66
InL CI. B29g 5/00; DOlf 1/02
\5&. CI. 264—136 6 Claims
A process for the heat stabilization of polyamide fibers,
bristles and foils with copper compounds, aromatic
amines, and alkali halides. The copper compounds and
amines are incorporated in the starting materials prior
1088
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
to the polymerization. The alkali halides and any other
components of the stabilizer are added only upon the
formation of fibers, bristles or foils, prior to stretching.
tion and provided with a plunger, the process comprising
charging the mold with a melt of lactam, activator and
catalyst in an amount such as is required for the produc-
tion of the molding, immersing the plunger in the melt so
that the latter completely fills the mold, compensating for
3,642,972
PROCESS OF PRODUCING NONWOVEN FABRICS
USING AZIRIDINE-MODIFIED POLYURETHANE
BONDING AGENT
Howard L. Needles, Davis, and William L. Wasley, Berke-
ley, Calif., assignors to the United States of America
as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 882.407
Int. CI. D04h 1/00
UJS. CI. 264—123 5 Claims
Non-woven fabrics which combine good tensile strength
with porosity, air-permeability, flexibility, softness, and
the appearance and handle of a woven fabric. Products
of the invention, although made from wool, do not shrink
when washed in aqueous soap or detergent formulations.
Example: An aziridine-modified polyurethane is deposited
on wool fibers which are then arranged in the form of a
thin web and cured at a temperature of about 100-170°
C. under a pressure of about 1000-5000 p.s.i.
3,642,973
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF FOOTWEAR
OR PARTS THEREOF
Frank Vincent Maltby, Don Mills, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Bata Shoe Company, Inc., B«lcamp, Md.
Filed Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 808,628
InL CI. B29h 7/05
VS. CI. 264—244 13 Claims
A method for the production of an article of footwear
or parts thereof from one or more molding materials,
wherein the molding material is injected through a sprue
hole into a two-part mold substantially surrounding a
lasting member and having an enlarged opening spaced
from the sprue hole. A plurality of closure members, each
having a different molding surface on its interior, are
sequentially aligned in sealing relationship to the opening
to thereby permit molding of successive layers or portions
of the article of footwear. A plurality of such molds and
closure members may advantageously be mounted on a
rotatable turret and successively presented to one or more
stationary injectors.
3,642,974
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF MOLD-
INGS OF POLYLACTAMS BY ACTIVATED ANI-
ONIC POLYMERIZATION OF LACTAMS
Hans-Rudolf Jacobl, Mannheim, Abel Hauser, Bruehl-
Rohrhof, and Manfred Hoffmann, Mannheim, Ger-
many, assignors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik
Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
Filed July 2, 1970, Ser. No. 51,972
Claims priority, application Germany, July 7, 1969,
P 19 34 305.6
Int. CL B29g 7/00
U.S. CI. 264—294 3 Claims
A process for the manufacture of polyamide moldings
by activated anionic polymerization of lactams in a com-
pression mold heated to the temperature of polymeriza-
-^<^\\\\\\^^^v!^J^
contraction of the melt during polymerization by advanc-
ing the plunger without applying pressure to the melt,
and, when no further contraction takes place, closing the
mold under pressure and thus giving the polymer its final
shape.
3,642,975
PROCESS FOR FORMING A STRESS-FREE ARTICLE
CONTALNING A DEPRESSION FROM A POLYMER
Ray B. Duggins, Chadds Ford, Pa., and Robert J. Gross,
W ilmington, Del., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company, Wilmington, DeL
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,317
Int CI. B29c 1/04, 1/08. 1/12, 9/00
U.S. CI. 264—314 38 Claims
^^^^^"
^ 1 1 ■ ■ ' ' 1L
A process for forming a stress-free article, contain-
ing a depression, from a polymer that shrinks upon
polymerization, which comprises: forming a mixture from
the polymer and an inert filler; depositing the mixture
onto a first casting surface having a deformable portion;
positioning a second casting surface, containing a con-
cavity, above the first casting surface; applying a force
to deform the deformable portion of said first casting sur-
face towards the concavity while the mixture is still in
a liquid state; hardening the mixture; and, during hard-
ening, causing the deformable portion of the first casting
surface to collapse by just enough to allow the mixture
to harden and shrink freely without straining to overcome
the applied force. A structure with a consistent surface
pattern can be formed using the above process, as can
a completely formed lavatory unit if the concavity sup-
ports a properly positioned degradable drain core that
can be dissolved after the mixture has hardened.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1089
3,642,976
SOLID PHASE, HYDROSTATIC EXTRUSION OF A
FILLED THERMOPLASTIC BILLET TO PRODUCE
ORIENTATION
Alan Buckley and Christopher Casshi, Runcorn, England,
assignors to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, Lon-
don, En^and
Filed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,626
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 27, 1968,
9,466/68
Int. CI. B29f 3/014
U.S. CI. 264—323 13 Claims
Process forming article from a thermoplastic matrix
containing fillers of defined shape, particularly fibres and
plate-like structures, in which both the matrix and filler
are oriented in the same direction or directions. The
tensile properties of the articles are improved over similar
articles in which the components are unoriented. The
preferred process for producing such articles is hydrostatic
extrusion below the melting point of the components.
3,642,977
HAIR SHAMPOO COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
CERTAIN IMIDAZOLINES AND CERTAIN
AMIDE-SUBSTITUTED CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Gordon Trent Hewitt, Upper Montclair, N J., assignor to
Colgate-Palmolive Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
541,137, Apr. 8, 1966. This application May 22, 1969,
Ser. No. 827,042
Int. CI. A61k 7/06
VS. CI. 424—70 9 Claims
A shampoo composition is described which comprises
5-25% of a 2-acyclic-l(ethyl-beta-oxipropanoic)-imidaz-
oline, 3 to 20% of an amide-substituted carboxylic acid
which is a higher fatty acyl sarcosine or a higher fatty
acid amide of polypeptide amino acids, the maximum
amount of carboxylic acid being one mole per mole of
imidazoline, 0-35% of a lower aliphatic alcohol and
water.
3,642,978
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING STABLE
CYTOCHROME C PREPARATION
Nobuhisa Ogawa, Sakaecho Sokashi, Japan, assignor to
Mochida Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisfaa, Kita-ku, Japan
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,746
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 5, 1969,
44/16,266
Int. CI. A61k 25/00, 27/12
U.S. CI. 424—37 7 Claims
Process for producing stable cytochrome c preparation,
by gelating an aqueous solution containing cytochrome c
and gelatin and drying the resulting substaiKe by remov-
ing the water while retaining the cytochrome c in a col-
loidal gel state.
3,642,979
DENTIFRICE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING IN-
SOLUBLE SALTS OF AMINO ALKYLENE PHOS-
PHORIC ACIDS
Riyad R. Irani, Mentor, Ohio, assignor to Monsanto
Company, St Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,225
Claims priority, application Trinidad and Tobago,
Mar. 9, 1968, 22/68
InL CI. A61r 7/76
U.S. CI. 424—54 3 Claims
Dentifrice compositions containing as the primary
polishing agent a substantially water-insoluble salt of an
amino-alkylene phosphonic acid such as the calcium salt
of an amino tri(alkylidene phosphonic acid) having the
formula, e.g.
N— [CM,— PGsHjla
3,642,980
MOLDABLE LIPSTICK COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING AN EMULSIFIER
Felix Lachampt, Franconville, Andre Vioot, Paris, and
Guy Vanlerberghe, Mitry-Mory, France, assignors to
Society Anonyme dite: L'Oreal
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 26, 1967, Ser. No. 693,190
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Dec. 28, 1966,
52,708
Int CI. A61k 7/02
VS. CI. 424—64 6 Oaims
A new material for use in making lipsticks comprising
a moldable mixture of oils and waxes in combination with
an emulsifier of the water-in-oil type having a high affinity
for water, said emulsifier being selected from the group
consisting of the magnesium salts of certain polyoxy-
alkylene fatty alcohols, certain oxypropylene-oxyethylene
alcohols, and certain oxypropylene polyglycerol alcohols.
3,642,981
TOXIC CHEMICAL VACCINES
John J. Cuculis, Baltimore, Howard G. Meyer, Abingdon,
Van M. Sim, Bel Air, and Ludwig A. Stemberger,
Lutherville, Md., assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Army
No Drawing, nied May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,547
Int CI. AOlk 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—88 10 Claims
A composition of matter and method useful as a vac-
cine prophylactic means to protect mammals against
poisoning by anticholinesterase compositions; the vaccine
being the product resulting from the reaction of a carrier
with a compound selected from the group
A
Y
-R.,
A-R.
wherein R is any organophosphate or organophosphonatc
and Rj is a member selected from the group of diazonium,
carboxyl, amino acid, amide, isocyanate, or isothiocyanate.
The carrier can be any protein such as hemocyanin,
ferritin, gamma G immunoglobulin, and egg albumin
having a molecular weight in excess of 500,000 or any
non-protein substance foreign to the host and having a
r
1090
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
molecular weight in excess of 500,000. The vaccination
is carried out by conventional means such as intramuscu-
lar, subcutaneous, aerosol, or intravenous injections.
3,642,982
UTILIZATION OF LIVING BACTERIA AS
INSECTICIDES
Rokuya Morimoto, Neyagawa, and Reijiro Kodama,
Toyonaka, Japan, assignors to Takeda Chemical Indus-
tries, Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
341,436, Jan. 30, 1964. This application Aug. 2, 1965,
Ser. No. 476,682
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 2, 1963
38/5,234; Aug. 6, 1964, 39/44,997
Int. CI. AOln 15/00
U.S. CI. 424—93 9 Claims
Alkalophilic and acid-producing bacteria — Seiratia
piscatorum, Streptococcus faecalis, Aerobacter aero-
genes — are cultured to produce living cells which are use-
ful insecticidally, more especially against lepidopteVous
larvae, such as common cabbage worm, etc.
3,642,983
METHOD OF PREPARING INJECTABLE
LIVER EXTRACTS
Marino Roberto Viola, Viguzzolo, Alessandria, Italy, as-
signor to Laboratorio Chimico Farmaceutico E.
Granelli S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796,573
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 1, 1968,
51,135/68
Int CI. A61k 17/00
U.S. CI. 424—106 7 Claims
A method for preparing an injectable liver extract com-
prising the following steps:
(a) wherein ground liver is first digested and dispersed
in water acidified by sulfuric acid having a pH in
the range of from 5.3 to 5.8;
(b) whereupon the liquid phase is concentrated and
deprived of its proteic fraction for oral administra-
tion by precipitation with an organic solvent, the dis-
solved matter being recovered for preparing there-
from, an injectable aqueous solution;
(c) said method being characterized in that the diges-
tion step is carried out in a temperature range of
from 45° C. to 50° C. for a period of from 5 to 8
hours, followed by filtering said dispersion, where-
after the liquid phase is concentrated in the vacuo
at a temperature not exceeding 35° C, to a dry
matter content of from 13% to 18% by weight, and
subjected to deproteinization by treatment with ace-
tone at a temperature of 15° C. to 25° C, thereafter
separating said proteic fraction for oral administra-
tion through filtration, the resulting aqueous-acetonic
solution being deprived of acetone by concentration
through evaporation at a temperature not exceeding
32° C.
3,642,984
ANTIBIOTIC GARLANDOSUS AND PROCESS
FOR PREPARING THE SAME
Malcolm E. Bergy and Clarence De Boer, Kalamazoo,
Mich., assignors to The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo,
Mich.
Filed Apr. 28, 1964, Ser. No. 363,121
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—117 6 Claims
Garlandosus is a biosynthetic product obtained by cul-
turing a garlandosus producing actinomycete in an aque-
ous nutrient medium under aerobic condition and is active
against gram-negative bacteria.
3,642,985
THREOMYCIN AND PRODUCTION THEREOF
Ken Katagiri, Ikedashi, Japan, assignor to
Shionogi & Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 512,549,
Dec. 8, 1965, This application Feb. 27, 1967, Ser.
No. 623,502
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 8, 1964,
39/69,291
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—120 3 Claims
An antibiotic, Threomycin, having antibacterial prop-
erties, and a process for producing the same being charac-
terized by cultivating Streptomyces threomyceticus n. sp.
in an aqueous nutrient-containing solution under a sub-
merged aerobic condition.
3,642,986
ASPIRIN-CHARCOAL COMPOSITIONS
William Arthur Welch, 401 Eden Road, Apt. 1-5, Lan-
caster, Pa. 17601, and Fritz Peter Kohler, 314 Avon
Road, Bryn Mawr, Pa. 19019
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,833
Int. CI. AOln 9/00, 9/24; A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—125 5 Claims
Aspirin, which is unstable and decomposes in the pres-
ence of activated charcoal, is stabilized by converting the
aspirin to its aluminum salt. Therapeutically useful and
stable compositions comprising aspirin and activated
charcoal are provided.
3,642,987
LINCOMYCIN AND TETRACYCLINE
COMPOSITIONS
Malcolm E. Bergy, 2617 Lomond Drive, and Ross R.
Herr, 1303 Roseland Ave., both of Kalamazoo, Mich.
49001, and Donald Joseph Mason, 4802 Romence
Road, Portage, Mich. 49002
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No. 723,322,
Apr. 22, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part of ap-
plication Ser. No. 134,843, Aug. 30, 1961, now Patent
No. 3,155,580. This application Dec. 23, 1969, Ser.
No. 884,769
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—181 3 Claims
Lincomycin and tetracycline composition with ranges
of lincomycin 5-95 parts (50-1000 mg.) to tetracycline
95-5 parts (50-1000 mg.). The combination of antibio-
tics is prepared with pharmaceutical carriers for oral and
parenteral administration and prevents developments of
resistance pathogens and has synergistic activity.
3,642,988
NEMATICIDAL PHOSPHORYLATED
BENZOFURAZANS
Johannes Th. W. Montagne and Christopher L. Dunn,
Kent, England, assignors to Shell Oil Company, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791,490
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 25, 1968,
3,433/68
Int. CI. AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 424—200 3 Claims
Protection of crops against attack by nematodes is af-
forded by treating the nematodes with a phosphorylated
benzofurazan.
February 15, 1972
CHEMICAL
1091
3,642,989
NEMATOCIDAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING
PHOSPHONIUM COMPOUNDS AS THE IN-
GREDIENT
Henry Martin, Basel, Ernst Beriger, Allschwil, and Kurt
Moser, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited,
Uacpi Switzcrl&Dd
No Drawing. Filed June 16, 1967, Ser. No. 646,450
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 22, 1966,
9,056/66
Int. CI. AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 424—211 6 Claims
The present invention relates to a pesticidal prepara-
tion, especially a nematocidal preparation, which com-
prises as active substance, a compound of the formula
3,642,992
ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
John C. Babcock and J Allan Campbell, Kalamazoo,
Mich., assignors io The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo,
Mich.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
114,621, June 5, 1961, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 69,557, Nov. 6, 1960. This
application Sept. 8, 1967, Ser. No. 666,465
Int CI. C07c 769/05
U.S. CI. 424—238 5 Claims
This invention relates to novel 7a-methyl-17a-alkynyl-
estradiols and processes for their preparation; more par-
ticularly to those compounds embraced by the For-
mula II
Ri
Rj-P-
R<
xo
and, if desired, a di
in which formula R
tri- or poly-halogen adduct thereof,
1, Ra and R3 are identical or different
and each represents an aliphatic, araliphatic, aromatic 01
heterocyclic group, R4 represents an unsubstituted or sub-
stituted aliphatic, araliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic
group and X- stands for an anion, if desired, together
with a suitable carrier.
3,642,990
PROCESS OF INHIBITING TRANSPLANTED
MAMMARY ADENOCARCINOMA IN MICE
USING POLYHALO(AZO OR AZOXY) BEN-
ZENE COMPOUNDS
Ralph Grassing Child, Pearl River, N.Y., and Steve George
Syokos, Westwood, and Andrew Stephen Tomcufcik,
Old Tappan, NJ., assignors to American Cyanamid
Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed July 15, 1968, Ser. No. 744,651
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—226 4 Claims
The process of inhibiting transplanted mammary adeno-
carcinoma in mice which comprises administering to the
animal a compound selected from the group consisting of:
3,3',4,4'-tetrachloroazobenzene, 3,3' - dichloro - 4,4' - di-
fluoroazobenzene, 3,3',4,4'-tetrabromoazobenzene, 2, 2', 3,
3',4,4'-hexachloroazobenzene, 3, 3', 4,4', 5, 5' - hexachloro-
azobenzene, 6-hydroxy-3,3',4,4'-tetrachloroazobenzene, 3,
3',4,4',5,5'-hexachloroazoxybenzene, 2,2', 3, 3 ',4,4' - hexa-
chloroazoxybenzene, 2,2'-dimelhyl-4,4',5,5' - tetrachloro-
azoxybenzene, and 3,3',4,4' - tetrachloroazoxybenzene.
Therapeutic compositions in dosage unit form can be
prepared by combining any of the above compounds in
an amount of between 1 and 250 milligrams per dosage
unit with a pharmaceutical carrier.
OR"
CHs
/^V\
--C=CR'
XV^/
RO
■CHi
II
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydro-
gen, the acyl radical of a hydrocarbon carboxylic acid
containing from one through twelve carbon atoms, an
alkyl radical containing from one through eight carbon
atoms, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 5-substituted
tetrahydropyranyl and a silyl radical of the formula
Ri
RiNSi
wherein Ri, Rj and R3 are selected from the group con-
sisting of alkyl of one through six carbon atoms and
phenyl, R' is selected from the group consisting of hydro-
gen and an alkyl radical containing from one through
four carbon atoms and R" is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, the acyl radical of a hydrocarbon
carboxylic acid containing from one through twelve car-
bon atoms, and a silyl radical of the formula
Bi
\
R.^Si
1^
wherein Ri, R2 and R3 have the same meaning as above.
3,642,991
ALUMINUM CALCIUM GLUCONATE COMPLEX
OF TETRACYCLINE ANTIBIOTIC FOR PAREN-
TERAL USE
George Madison Sieger, Montvale, James Elwood Knieger,
New City, and William Charles Barringer, Pearl River,
N.Y., assignors to American Cyanamid Company,
Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
742,702, July 5, 1968, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 559,073, June 21, 1966. This
appUcation Sept. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,825
Int. CI. A6 Ik 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—227 3 Claims
A dosage unit form is described containing a thera-
peutic dose of an aluminum calcium gluconate complex
of a tetracycline antibiotic, with a product which releases
free glyceraldehyde in solution, such as glyceraldehyde, its
dimer and addition salts. The solutions, when used intra-
muscularly and intravenously, result in blood levels of the
tetracycline antibiotic which rise much more rapidly than
the same doses without glyceraldehyde,
3,642,993
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING
2-METHYL - 5 - PHENYL . l,2-DIHYDRO-3H-2.
BENZAZEPINE FOR TREATMENT OF A CONDI-
TION ASSOCLATED WITH ANXIETY OR TENSION
David N. Harcourt, Bath, and David Jack, London,
England, assignors to Allen & Hanburys Limited, Lon-
don, England
No Drawing. FUed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,961
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, July 17, 1969,
36,028/69
Int. CI. A61v 27/00
VS. CI. 424—244 4 Claims
A pharmaceutical composition comprising 2-methyl-5-
phenyl-l,2-dihydro-3H-benzazepine, or a pharmaceuti-
cally acceptable salt thereof, in association with a
pharmaceutical carrier.
The utility of the composition is to relieve conditions as-
sociated with anxiety, tension or the emotional disturb-
ances.
1092
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,642,994
THERAPEUTIC PROCESS USING MELATONIN
Fernando Anton-Tay, Institute de Investigaciones Bio-
medicas, Apartado Postal 70228, Ciudad Universitaria,
Mexico City 20, Mexico
No Drawing. FUed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,393
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
\i&. CI. 424—274 5 Claims
The symptoms of epilepsy and Parkinsonism are re-
lieved by the oral or parenteral administration of mela-
tonin, and a psychotropic effect is exerted.
cals, and alkylbenzenesulfonic acids, and methods of con-
trolling fungi with said compounds.
3,642,995
METHOD OF CONTROLLING FUNGUS GROWTH
USING SALT OF ALKYLBENZENESULFONIC
ACIDS
Walter Scbenk, Bad Durkheim, and Emst-Heinrich
Pommer, Limburgerhof, Pfalz, Germany, assignors to
Badiscbe Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellscbaft,
Ludwigsbaf en <Rbine), Germany
No Drawing. Original application May 23, 1967, Ser. No.
640,508. Divided and tbis application Oct. 6, 1969, Ser.
No. 871,003
Claims priority, application Germany, June 4, 1966,
P 15 42 827.0
Int CI. AOln 9/22
\}S. CI. 424—248 1 Claim
Salts of alkylbenzenesulfonic acids, in particular salts
of morpholine, which may be substituted by methyl radi-
3,642,996
ANTILIPEMIC AGENTS
Gerald F. Holland, Groton, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 15, 1964, Ser. No.
418,526, now Patent No. 3,448,107, dated June 3,
1969. Divided and tbis application Dec. 31, 1968, Ser.
No. 798,565
Int. CI. A61k 25/00, 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—250 6 Claims
Novel 5-pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl tetra-
zoles and N-oxides thereof useful as lipid regulating
agents.
3,642,997
TRICYCLIC CARBOXYLIC AODS IN THE TREAT-
MENT OF INFLAMMATION
Tsung-Ying Shen, Westfield, Ricbard Greenwald, Fan-
wood, and Bruce E. Witzel and Gordon L. Walford,
Westfield, NJ., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rab-
way, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,583
Int. CI. A61u 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—250 6 Claims
This invention relates to the use of new tricyclic carb-
oxylic acids in the treatment of inflammation.
ELECTRICAL
3,642,998
CORROSION-INHIBITING TOOLBOX
Frederick A. Jennbigs, 22254 Del Valle, Woodland, Calif.
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,921
Int. CI.C23(///02
U.S. CI. 21-2.5 6 Claims
3,643,000
STEREOPHONIC ELECTRONIC PUNO
Clifford W. Andersen, De Kalb, lU., assignor to The WurUtaer
Company, Chicago, Dl.
FUed Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,610
Intel. Gl Oh/ /OO
U.S. CI. 84-1.01 5 Claims
The toolbox is preferably designed with a close-fitting
cover and contains therein a carrier for a volatile corrosion
inhibitor. The toolbox is preferably of injection molded
synthetic polymer composition material, including a continu-
ous hinge of the same material. The carrier in the toolbox is
preferably an open-cell foamed resilient synthetic material,
while the corrosion inhibitor is preferably in the form of
amine nitrite crystals deposited in the foam material.
3,642,999
SIMULATOR FOR CONTINUOUS FREQUENCY
MODULATED SONAR
Frands J. Murphree, Winter Park, Fla., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
FUed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,237
Int. CI. G06g 7178
U.S. CI. 35-10.4 5 Claims
'-^:-lf{^
a
^
Atmltr
5T^dStdi
o
rs;
rZ'
M£lL-
^r^pMHir itt^KfttWS
A multi-band-pass Alter circuit with sequential detector-
sampling means utilizing an azimuth function generator, pro-
grammable oscillator, lost time function generator means,
range time base and range attenuator filter means together
with a cathode-ray tube display (CRT) means and audio
equipment for simulating realistically on the CRT and in the
audio spectrum sonar echo signals representative of varia-
tions of target range, azimuth, conditions of relative move-
ment, and including the effects of reverberation, lost time,
and ambient, own ship and target noise conditions.
JC
An electronic piano is provided with keyboard operated or
controlled tone generators providing electric oscillations cor-
responding to piano tones. These oscillations are amplified
by an amplifier, and are applied to two loudspeakers located
at opposite ends of the keyboard. The loudspeaker at the left
end of the keyboard is adapted to reproduce the piano bass
tones at relatively high efficiency while the loudspeaker at
the right end of the keyboard is adapted to reproduce the tre-
ble tones at relatively high efficiency, whereby the tones
throughout the gamut of the piano are located primarily at
the same locations relative to the keyboard as they would be
on a mechanical or conventional string piano. A third
speaker is provided on the panel below the keyboard to simu-
late sound emanating from a piano soundboard.
to
3,643,001
COMPOSITE SUPERCONDUCTOR
Norbert Schaetti, GUttbmgg, Switieriand, assigDor
Mascbinenfabrik OeriOion, 2Uirich, Switzeriaod
FUed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 43,992
Claims priority, appUcatioa Switzerland, Jnly 8, 1969,
10516/69
Int.CI. H01b7/i4
U.S. CI. 174-15 C 6 Claims
A hollow, elongated support, adapted to have a cooling
medium circulating therethrough, has a plurality of stabilized
1093
1094
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
superconductor assemblies spirally wrapped therearound.
with a pitch of I to 30 cm. per winding; additionally,
preferably, a second layer of windings of nonsuperconductive
wire with a pitch of about half of the pitch of the supercon-
ductor assemblies is wrapped around the outside of the
spiralled superconductor assemblies. A good heat-conduc-
tive, nonmagnetizable bonding medium bonds the stabilized
superconductor assembly and, if used, the layer of wires of
nonsuperconductive material to the support tube. In the
method of manufacture, lengths of hollow longitudinal sup-
port tubes are joined to form a continuous fluidtight tube to
which the superconductor assembly wires are first applied,
then, if desired, the nonsuperconductive wires are wrapped
therearound with a direction of twist opposite to that of the
superconductor wires, the wires being placed closely ad-
jacent each other so that, upon immersion into a melt of
good heat-conductive, nonmagnetizable material, the fluid
material will flow by capillary action in the interstices
between the wires to form a composite, encapsulated whole.
3,643,002
SUPERCONDUCTIVE CABLE SYSTEM
Stephen H. Minnkh, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
FUed Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 809,481
Int. CI. HO lb Z/i'/
U.S. CI. 174-15 5 Claims
power transformer tank and the energized conductor tube
extends into the interior of the transformer tank wherein it is
supported and insulated from the tank wall to provide a sim-
ple and inexpensive connection between metal enclosed
switchgear, for example, and power transformers in a high-
voltage electrical substation.
3,643,004
CORONA-RESISTANT SOLID DIELECTRIC CABLE
Alexander L. McKean, Ardsley, N.Y., assignor to Phelps
Dodge Copper Products Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 33,212
Int. CI. HO lb 9/02, 11106
U.S. CI. 174-36 8 Claims
/-COfiPEF OC ALUMINUM
2
V-SHIELDtNG LAYER
/-METAL SHEATH
ETHYLENE PfWPYLENE
ISOeULYLENC ISOPMCNE
CROSS LINKED POLYETHYLENE
A cryogenic cable system for power transmission applica-
tions has a hollow conductor of a material which is supercon-
ductive at the freezing temperature of hydrogen and which is
maintained at that temperature by providing the interior of
the hollow conductor with a mixture of solid and liquid
hydrogen.
3,643,003
TRANSFORMER TERMINATION FOR METAL-
ENCLOSED, COMPRESSED-GAS-INSULATED
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS
Howard W. Graybill, Grcensburg, Pa., assignor to I-T-E Im-
perial Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,590
Int. CI. HO lb/ 7/26
U.S. CI. 174-18 7 Claims
A conductor is surrounded by an inner shielding layer, aiT
insulating layer of solid dielectric material such as
polyethylene, and an outer shielding layer of polymeric
material which adheres but is unbonded to the insulating
layer and which has a resistivity of at least 1 .0 million ohms-
cm., whereby the outer shielding layer substantially sup-
presses the effects of corona discharge and can be readily
stripped from the insulating layer for ^icmg or termmaung
the cable.
3,643,005
CONDUIT WITH SPACER
L>le H. Mathens, 2712 \V. Porter St.. #2, Fullerton, Calif.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,066
Int. CI. H02g 9106
U.S. CI. 174-37 11 Claims
The grounded enclosure tube of the compressed-gas-insu-
lated electrical conductor is attached to the metal wall of a
A unitary spacer for maintaining separation between elec-
trical conduits in a ditch. The spacer comprises a short tubu-
lar section adapted to slide over the conduit, an annular disc
portion extending radially outwardly from the tubular sec-
tion, and a flanged rim at the periphery of the disc portion. A
plurality of circular openings through the spacer disc portion
cooperate with a locking pin to permit connection of ad-
jacent spacers if desired, the openings also permit concrete
to flow through the spacer while embedding the conduit.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1095
3,643,006
MECHANICAL, SOLDERLESS GROUND WIRE
CONNECTORS FOR TELEPHONIC CABLE SHIELDING
JACKETS
Louis Ance, Hicliory, N.C., assignor to Superior Continental
Corporation, Hickory, N.C.
Filed Mar. 3, 1971, Ser. No. 120,489
Int. CI. H02g 15108
U.S. CI. 174-84 R 3 Claims
Disclosed is a bonding clip adapted to be connected to a
bonding harness and for forming a joint that maintains elec-
trical and mechanical continuity between the shielding of one
cable terminus to another. The clip is made from a piece of
metal, U-shaped in cross section, which has two juxtaposi-
tioned terminal portions. Each terminal portion has an aper-
ture therein that is aligned not only with that aperture in the
opposing terminal portion but also with an aperture through
a coated cable shield. The terminal portions have spaced-
apart perforations deHning inwardly extending plastic and
metal piercing protuberances whereby pressure applied to
said terminal portions by a connector means, disposed
through the apertures, exert a force to thrust said protube-
rances through the plastic covering and the metal shield.
Located in the aligned apertures is a connector means that
has a median shank and two terminal portions, one of which
has unconnected grooves therein and is nested inside of an
annulus sleevelike fitting that has annuluslike protuberances
on the innermost surface thereof, the protuberances being
positioned so that they mechanically interfit and essentially
fill the unconnected grooves. >
3,643,007
COAXIAL CABLE
Walter Roberts, Hickory; Jimmie D. Sherrill, Conover; Bran-
don B. Pusey, Hkkory, and Frederic N. Wilkenloh,
Conover, all of N.C, assignors to Superior Continental Cor-
poration, Hickory, N.C.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 815,252
Int.CI. H01b7//S
U.S. CI. 174-106 / 13 Claims
material and a second electrical conductor formed on the
outer peripheral surface of the dielectric body, but an addi-
tional or third electrical conductor disposed around this
second electrical conductor made of braided copper-clad
steel. Surrounding the third conductor is a cylindrical sheath
of dielectric material adhesively bonded to the third conduc-
tor by a resin copolymer. Both second and third conductors
can be made of aluminum-coated polyethylene terepthalate.
Where metal-coated plastic is used, the second electrical
conductor tape generally is longitudinally wrapped around
the dielectric body center conductor composite and the third
conductor, made up of the same metallically coated
polyethylene terepthalate, is helically wrapped around the
second conductor.
3,643,008
SHIELDED CABLE CONSTRUCTION PROVIDING FOR
AN INTERNAL CONNECTION TO GROUND
John A. Brazee, WalUngford, Conn., assignor to The Whitney
Blake Company, New Haven, Conn.
Filed Oct. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 78,529
Int. CI. H02g 15102; HOlb / //06
U.S. CI. 174-107 10 Claims
/
A shielded cable construction provides for an annular
clearance space between the inner and outer insulation
jackets so that a grounding member can be inserted therein
and internally connected with the cable shield without need
for stripping insulation or taping.
3,643,009
POST-MOUNTED WINGED INSULATOR ARM
ASSEMBLY
Robert A. CoUister, Temple City, Calif., assignor to Scott En-
gineering, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Sept. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 72,453
Int. CI. HOlb 1 7114; H02g 7100
MS. CI. 174-149 R 3 Claims
Disclosed herein is a coaxial cable structure having not
only a center conductor nested axially in a tube of dielectric
An insulator-mounting assembly having oppositely
directed, upwardly angled arms of dielectric material, a two-
part metallic mount for fixedly engaging and holding ad-
jacent ends of said arms, one part of said mount being pro-
vided with portions adapted to fixedly engage the surface of a
pole and to be bolted thereto for mounting said arms on said
pole, a metallic insulator-mounting bracket on the other end
of each arm, said brackets being electrically spaced from the
metallic mount, and a shorting bond wire connecting said
1096
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
brackets and, thereby, electrically connecting the insulators
on said brackets for relaying the circuit and deenergizing the
line wires connected to the insulators.
3,643,010
METHOD FOR MAKING A STEERING STRIP FOR THE
AUTOMATIC CONTROL OF MACHINES
Dr. Ingenieur Johannes Schunack, Berlin, Gernuiny, assignor
to Firma Franz Morat GmbH, HessbnihIstraaBe, Stuttgart-
Vaihingen, Germany
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25.500
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 4, 1969, P 19 17
737.8
Int. CI. H04n 1 1 00; G05b 191 12
U.S. CI. 178-5.2 R 15 Claims
signal translating path coupled to the output of the detector.
A differentiating network is included in the first signal path
for developing a modified version of the detected video
signal in which the high-frequency comp>onents are accentu-
ated. A second signal translating path is also coupled to the
output of the detector and it includes an integrating network
for developing a differently modified version of the detected
video signal in which the high-frequency components are at-
tenuated Phase inversion means are provided for inverting
one of the modified signals relative to the other. Finally,
matrix means, including an adjustable control circuit coupled
to both of the signal paths, is provided for combining selecta-
ble portions of the phase inverted signal and the other of the
modified signals to produce a resultant video signal having an
altered high-frequency response and delayed in time relative
to the detected signal
A method for making steering or control strips for the au-
tomatic control of machines in which a design having one or
more areas with periodically recurring distribution is trans-
formed in raster-form on a pattern draf^ and in which the
pattern draft is then scanned point-by-point in order to store
the information in the form of scannable markings on the
steering or control strips and to apparatus for use therewith.
3,643,011
LUMINANCE SIGNAL CHANNEL
Christopher M. Engd, FrankUn Park, and Charles F. Hepner,
Chicago, both of III., assignors to Zenith Radio Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,220
Int. CI. H04n 9112, 5114
U.S. CI. 178-5.4 R 12 Claims
HofiZOOtol
Ot'l«cl>0'^
Sylttm
ST
Vtfl.COl
D«fMct«r
Z3>
6>-
AudfO
Cifcuiti
Sound
a Sync
D«ttcl(X-
A/nclifN
111
LunnnonMH j ofl*
— Cvom inane* ""^TQ'
n D«t»ctor ^ ■ I-
x^ :
50 ^ ^a
Lfe
F
57 Chroma
il-jAmphfpfr a
D«moduk]tor
111
Video
Amplifier
A video signal translating channel for a television receiver
having a detector for developing a video signal has a first
3,643,012
RAPID FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION OF VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCE SIGNALS
Harold V. Clark, Palo Alto, and Gary B. Garagnon, Redwood
City, both of Calif., assignors to Ampex Corporation,
Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,473
Int. CI. G I lb 15148, 27100; H04n 5178
U.S. CI. 178—6.6 A 14 Claims
COWTIKX niACK j«0 H, itTt
CO'^'^WQC ^RACk PRtME SYNC RATI
OffStT J.— -23
CtXXTfR
^
ji.
«FE«tNCE
SIGNAL
OCNCKATOM
JE!_
CONTROt
TRACK
<>rJLS£
COUNTER
EE
Digital
sue TRACTOR
E
n
O'A
CONVERTtR
52
Jl
/J TAPt -RANSPORT /
^ RCPROOUCE ■*
il
REFERENCE
PUCSE
COUNTER
In order to rapidly synchronize each video frame of a video
tape playback signal with a controlled frequency reference
signal, signal information having a higher periodic rate than
that of the frame or vertical synchronization is used as a time
measure of the phase separation between playback signal
framing pulses and reference framing pulses. The higher rate
information is provided by a control track reproduce signal
corresponding to the rotational rate of a rotary magnetic
head wheel during playback of the video signal. The high-
rate control track signal and a reference signal of cor-
responding frequency are used to develop separate digital
count measurements of the time lapse following the respec-
tive reproduce and reference frame pulses, and a digital dif-
ference count is taken therefrom. The digital difference
count, being a measure of the phase separation, is converted
to analog form and thereafter employed to make suitable
corrections to the playback rate of the tape transport to
cause the video playback signal to assume a condition of
frame synchronization with the reference standard.
3,643,013
DUAL LOOP EQUALIZATION FOR A FREQUENCY
MODULATED SIGNAL SYSTEM
Maurice G. Lemoine, Redwood City, Calif., assignor to
Ampex Corporation, Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,070
InL CI. H04n 5114, 5/78
U.S. CI. 178-6.6 A 9 Claims
In order to compensate for nonuniform frequency response
of a video signal passed through a frequency modulation
magnetic record/ reproduce system, a compound equalization
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1097
circuit having two concurrent modes of control is periodi- 3,643,015
cally and automatically adjusted by control signal informa- SCANNING OPTICAL MICROSCOra
tion. The control signals are derived from a dual loop pilot Paul Davidovits, 95 Lakeview Terrace, and Maurice Darid
Egger, 70 Edgewood Way, both of New Haven, Conn.
: _ J j > t ^ ,<«iOA«Ll £(X**^i:*T^
Filed June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,717
Int. CI. H04n 7/18; G02b 21/06
U.S. CI. 178-6^
19 Claims
signal insertion and extraction means which monitors the
frequency response characteristics of the system, not only at
the frequency of the pilot signal but also at both the black
and white luminance levels of the video signal.
3,643,014
PIP RECORDING APPARATUS
Bamett Rosenberg, Lansing; Felix H. Brown, Okemos, both of
Mich.; David Theodore Nelson Williamson, London, and
Walter H. Bossons, Saunderton, both of England, assignors
to Molins Limited, London, England, by said Williamson
and said Bossons and Owens-Dlinois, Toledo, Ohio, by said
Rosenberg and said Brown, part interest to each
Filed Mar. 7, 1967, Ser. No. 621,205
Int. CI. H04n 5/80; G03g 15/00
VS. CI. 178-6.6 A 5 Claims
An optical microscope suitable for scanning below the sur-
face of specimens of low optical contrast and particularly for
scanning buried tissues and cells. Optical means focus a
beam of parallel light within the object and means are pro-
vided to scan by moving an objective lens system along to
axes orthogonal to the optical axis. An image is generated in
a cathode-ray tube.
3,643,016
FACSIMILE SYSTEM WITH DATA COMPRESSION BY
"WHITE SPACE SKIPPING
Giuseppe A. Dattik), Manhattan Beach, Calif., assignor to The
Magnavox Company, Torrance, Calif.
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,246
Int. CI. H04n 3/00
U.S. CL178— 6 15 Claims
This disclosure comprises the recording and/or storing of
information received in the form of electrical signals by
scanning and illuminating at least a portion of the surface of
a PIP material with a constant intensity radiation beam and
applying a varying potential to the illuminated surface in ac-
cordance with the electrical signals so as to selectively
polarize the PIP material.
PIP material is used herein is defined as any material capa-
ble of exhibiting "persistent internal polarization" under the
influence of radiation and an applied electric potential.
895 O.G.— 39
'^ « ■ ^t;
JrTrrfj^ ; /.^ KH ^i
B r- ^^
A facsimile system with data compression is disclosed ac-
cording to which the information along a scanning line is di-
vided in data blocks, separated by significant runs of contras-
1098
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
tiess portions (white). Beginning and end of a daU block are
identified by address codes developed during a fast search
scan for such boundaries, and they are transmitted as control
information. Slow facsimile scan is restricted to line portions
between data block boundaries, and the receiver moves in
synchronism at slow scan rate and reproduces between such
boundaries as defined by the previously transmitted ad-
dresses. Two methods are disclosed, one thereof alternates
between data block boundary detection and transmission
thereof followed directly by slow scan transmission of the
facsimile data of that block, thereafter fast scan data block
detection on the same line is resumed etc. In the other
method all of the data block boundaries in an entire line are
detected first, next all the addresses thereof are transmitted
followed by transmission of all the data in the several blocks.
3,643,017
APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING A REDUCED
INFORMATION CONTENT HOLOGRAM
Dietlind Pekau, Munich, Gcrnuny, assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,354
Int. CI. H04ni//6
U.S. CI. 178—6.5 5 Claims
semiconductor device or the work implement is moved to ef-
fect the desired alignment, the flying spot is zoomed to in-
"Y/^^M
/Jtmr
crease its magnification and thereby effect more accurate
alignment
3,643,019
VARIABLE LENGTH CODING METHOD AND
APPARATUS
John Prickett BdU, WiUingboro, N J., assignor to RCA Cor-
poration
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,812
Int. CI. H04n7//2
U.S. CI. 178—6.8 14 Claims
— r '
10
A
(30
PM
CONTROLLER
AJVD
PROCESSOR
■22
Apparatus for forming a reduced information content
hologram, for transmitting that hologram, and for the recon-
struction of a scene or object from that hologram. The
reduced information content hologram is formed employing
a cylindrical lens or other means for focusing in one dimen-
sion. The hologram produced by the apparatus of this inven-
tion provides an image having parallax information along a
preselected dimension but no parallax information along all
lines running perpendicular to that preselected dimension.
3,643,018
ALIGNMENT SYSTEM USING AN ELECTRONIC
SCANNER
Alan J. Adler, Pak> Alto, Calif., assignor to Texas Instruments
Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 564,917, July 13, 1966,
now abandoned. This application July 6, 1970, Ser. No.
56,126
Int. CI. H04n J/2S, 7// 5
U.S. CI. 178—6.8 29 Claims
There is disclosed a method and apparatus for aligning a
semiconductor device at a work station for the purpose ot
bonding lead wires thereto. The semiconductor device is
scanned by the optical beam from a flying spot tube whilt
simultaneously scanning a reference standard. As the
There is disclosed a method cind apparatus for providing a
coded representation of a black and white graphical pattern,
such as an alphanumeric character or other symbol, a line
drawing, etc., which reduces the storage space needed to
store a representation of the pattern. Each pattern is divided
into a plurality of adjacent linear zones that include one or
more zonal segments of alternating black and white colors. A
zonal segment is represented by a combination of groups of
binary numbers, with each group containing a predetermined
number of individual binary bits. The number of groups in
the combination varies depending on the length of the seg-
ment. Successive combinations are distinguished from each
other by reserving a first position in each group as a delimiter
bit position to denote the beginning of each combination. A
second predetermined position in the first combination of a
zone is designated as a color bit position and sf>ecifies the
visual reflectance of the first zonal segment of the zone. Suc-
ceeding zonal segments in a zone alternate in color. The
color bit position in the combination defining the last seg-
ment of a zone is redesignated as an end-of-zone bit position
to denote the end of a zone. Thus the combinations defining
a zone vary depending on the length of the zone, and the
number of groups in a combination varies depending on the
length of the corresponding zonal segment.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1099
3,643,020
PICTURE TUBE MOUNTING MEANS
Alfonao St. George, Depcw, and Floyd John Winkler, Buffak>,
both of N.Y., assignors to Sylvania Electric Products Inc.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,800
Intel. HOIJ 29/02, 29/56
U.S. CI. 178-7.81 1 Claim
3,643,022
TELEPRINTER APPARATUS WITH ELECTRONIC
SPEED CONTROL
Lui{!ino Ferrogilo, Turin, Italy, assifinor to In^. C. Olivetti &
C. S.p.A., Turin, Italv
FUed Apr. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 817^27
Claims priority, applkration Italy, Apr. 18, 1%8, 51325 A/68
Int. CI. H04I 13114
U.S. CI. 178-17 R 3ClainH
19--
Apparatus for mounting a cathode-ray tube in an aper-
tured cabinet includes a plurality of support members cir-
cumferentially spaced about the cathode-ray tube and affixed
to the cabinet in the vicinity of the aperture therein, a wire
strand with end portions engaged to form a wire loop, and
engagement means for effecting pressure engagement of the
wire loop and the cathode-ray tube and support members.
3,643,021
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED COLOR FILM RECORDING
SYSTEM
Donald E. DeBlance, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 135
Int. CI. H04I 15120
U.S. CI. 178-15 20 Claims
T- JS,
^
A teleprinter system provided with a variable speed control
for different transmission rates. Rather than attempting to
vary the speed of a motor or mechanical transmission, the
speeds of those devices are maintained constant and the rate
is controlled by varying the speed of keying of the bits being
transmitted and received.
3,643,023
DIFFERENTIAL PHASE MODULATOR AND
DEMODULATOR UTILIZING RELATIVE PHASE
DIFFERENCES AT THE CENTER OF THE MODULATION
PERIODS
Robert G. Ragsdale, Hollywood, and Paul E. Payne, Fort Lau-
derdale, both of Fla., assignors to Milgo Electronic Cor-
poration, Miami, Dade County, Fla.
Filed Mar. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 709,761
Int. CI. H04I 27/24
U.S. CI. 178—67 25 Claims
uS^(A)
7
Mmnm
in^ IB
mm i/m
emffFff
^— -jT
— 1 1 .
«
1 cammmf
'
If"
t*
A photographic film is provided which includes a plurality
of film layers each responsive to a different range of light
wavelengths. A wavelength filter layer is disposed over the
film which is responsive to an electric field for passing dif-
ferent light wavelengths. In the preferred embodiment, the
filter layer is composed of a nematic liquid crystal and a
dichroic dye. A device such as a cathode-ray tube displays a
light image upon the film. Circuitry is provided for selectively
applying an electric field across the film for varying the color
of the light images exposed upon the film.
Digital data transmission at a very high bit rate through
randomly selected voice-grade telephone lines by the use of a
transmitter which includes digital differential angle modula-
tion; and a receiver which includes digital differential angle
demodulation is disclosed. Binary data wherein the individual
bits are represented by a discrete level format during bit cell
times is stored in multibit groups of randomly varying data
patterns. Each multibit group is converted from its digital
level format to a predetermined phase level format which in-
cludes a plurality of different phase, or angle, increments. At
the transmitter a divider circuit receives a high-frequency
signal which is many times higher than the bit rate of the data
1100
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
to be transmitted, and divides it into an intermediate
frequency square wave signal which is still many times higher
than the bit rate. The predetermined phase levels representa-
tive of each multibit group are compared with divider output
taps by a comparison circuit which selectively alters the
dividing operation so that an information-representing phase-
shifted intermediate frequency signal is emitted. This infor-
mation-representing phase-shifted signal is filtered and trans-
lated down to a low-frequency analog signal which is passed
through a narrow band pass communication link exhibiting a
linear phase over the band pass width.
At the receiver end of the data communication system, the
narrow band pass limited signal is translated up to the inter-
mediate frequency and a clock signal is derived from the in-
formation-representing envelope. This clock signal is em-
ployed to synchronously gate a high-frequency counter out-
put into a detector circuit which samples a precise portion of
a phase-shifted signal containing the information to be ascer-
tained. Two separate storage registers in the detector circuit
receive successive counter output valves depending upon the
phase sampled from the precise portion of the information-
containing signal. A parallel adder determines the difference
between successive counts, each count of which is charac-
teristic of the information-representing phase change
originally received during the interval in question. An en-
coder converts the phase-change signal as emitted by the
parallel adder, back to its original digital data level format.
3,643,024
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VERTICAL LOCK 2:1
INTERLACE SYNC
James H. Meacham, Laurel, Md., assignor to Westinghouse
Electrk Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,153
Int. CI. H04n 5/06
U.S. CI. 178-69.5 G 5 Claims
T'
r-|DiFytwc»rTmTai| i b^dtovnxroi^ n
|Hii*ife*iT>L y*.— ga
^
FLO
I 80 K2 I [ VCimCAL 1
/CX.T4« — • T»io<iCT — *
- COiVOarT B.WKHB
input which has a first and a second binary condition. The
receiving-addressing means sequentially produces the same
predetermined number of binary outputs in accordance with
the binary condition on the daU input. These binary outputs
of the receiving-addressing means are initially stored in the
temporary storage means, and only permanently and
JhcMHM9 «M*"rj>iy «l«cAr
????"a
*— T 1 I — l>Sto»<l
I - I
1 ^^
l_.
I ' 1 ' ■ _ I 1 I
i ^ ^ ^-^ I
synchronously registered as outputs by the permanent re-
gister means after all binary outputs from the receiving-ad-
dressing means have been temporarily stored in the tempora-
ry storage means and if there simultaneously is produced a
predetermined condition from the false data inhibiting means
to the permanent register means.
3,643,026
RETRANSMITTING APPARATUS FOR CONVERTING
INTERRUPTED TELEGRAPHIC MODULATED SIGNALS
INTO TELEGRAPHIC SIGNALS WITHOUT
INTERRUPTIONS
Roger Teurnier, Rucil-Malmaison, France, assignor to C.I.T.
Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunications, Paris,
France
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,502
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 23, 1968, 180133
Int. CI. H03k 5104- H04I 25152
U.S. CI. 178-70 R 10 Claims
A technique for establishing the interlace of horizontal
scanning lines in a video information transmission system
based on a vertical lock 2:1 interlace technique which offsets
alternate horizontal sync pulse trains by half the horizontal
period.
3,643,025
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
Vivian David, and David J. Norton, both of King's Cross,
London, England, assignors to Westinghouse Brake and
Signal Company, Limited, London, England
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,743
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 2, 1968,
36,944/68
Int CI. H04I 1100
U.S. CI. 178-69.5 R 10 Claims
This invention relates to an information-communicating
system for receiving and synchronizing information data
transmitted from one location to a remote location. The in-
formation-communicating system includes a receiving-ad-
dressing means, a data control means, a false data inhibiting
means, a temporary storage means and a permanent register
means. The receiving-addressing means sequentially receives
a predetermined number of frequency inputs as well as a data
A telegraphy retransmitter receives bipolar modulated
signals interrupted by telegraphic modulation equipment and
retransmits the bipolar modulated signals without the inter-
ruptions The retransmitter employs polarity sensitive
transistor switching circuits and a holding circuit for main-
taining the desired level of the bipolar signal during the
period of the interruptions, so that the period of interruption
is effectively eliminated.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1101
3,643,027 receiver unit includes a frequency detector for sensing trans-
DIGITAL INFORMATION RECEIVER mission of an alarm signal from the central office unit A
Lawrence H. Goldberg, Eatontown, NJ., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Army
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,171
Int. CI. H04I 15124
U.S. CI. 178-88 3 Claims
\L/<-,
CMO*
( UtHLIUII
^19
A digital information receiver having an error rate detector
for controlling a digital information processor. The error rate
detector, connected to the discriminator output, has a wave
shaper and logic gates for producing pulses for each of the
transitions in the received signal. A clock signal is then gated
with the transition pulses and sampled to produce a series of
pulses one for each transition which occurs in synch with the
clock. The rate at which these pulses occur is measured and
is an indication of the error rate due to noise.
3,643,028
SYNTHETIC TONE GENERATOR SYSTEM
William C. Cleveland, Santa Ana, Calif., assignor to The
United States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,360
Int. CI. H04b 13100
U.S. CI. 179-1 R 10 Claims
speaker is connected to the frequency detector for manifest-
ing an alarm condition.
3,643,030
METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING INFORMATION IN THE
FORM OF TIME SEPARATED SIGNAL ELEMENTS
BETWEEN SUBSCRIBERS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM AND A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ETC.
Gunnar Erik William Sparrendahl, Vendelso, Sweden, as-
signor to Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm,
Sweden
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,734
Claims priority, application Sweden, Mar. 18, 1969, 3706/69
Int. CI. H04j 3/00
U.S. CI. 179-15 BA 16 Claims
J!^
x"
4L
Si'jvu
^
I MMtrr
£«.^U
_^
* --•'
The audio signal generated by a missile electronic subsec-
tion is passed through a threshold detector and into a gate
circuit. Output from the memory circuit causes a tone switch
to connect a fire tone generator to the gunner's earphone.
The fire tone generator produces an audio signal of different
frequency and amplitude from that of the "no fire" tone
generator.
3,643,029
COMMUNITY WARNING SYSTEM USING TELEPHONE
LINES
Paul H. Brcaiealc, 1646 St. Louis St, Springfield, Mo.
FUed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 9,469
Int. CI. H04m/;/04
U.S. CI. 1 79— 5 R 1 2 Claims
A transmitter unit at a central telephone office includes
audio generators connected to a stepping switch which
sequentially completes communication between the central
office unit and connected subscriber stations. In order to
properly receive an alarm signal produced by the audio
generator, a subscriber receiver unit is connected in parallel
with the usual telephone lines at the subscriber station. The
&0-
I I
I I
I I su*
'V=^
CUJ
iii
\
A telecommunication system, in which information is
transferred between subscribers in the form of time separated
signal elements. Each signal element is accompanied by a
specific call number, allotted to the respective connection at
the setting up of the connection. The call number allotted to
a connection is registered in the subscriber equipment of the
subscribers taking part in the connection and transferred in
parallel with every signal element to all subscribers in the
system. The signal elements can however be received only by
the subscribers having the accompanying call number re-
gistered.
1102
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,031
TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM
Hiroshi Sasaki, Chiba; TaUuo Maniyama, Tokyo; Hisao Kan-
zakJ, Tokyo; Yasuhiko Sakamoto, Kawasakl-shi, and
Nobuyuki Yaaoshima, Tokyo, ail of Japan, assignors to
Kokusai Dcnshin Denwa Co., Ltd., Tokyo and Fi^itsu
Limited, Kawasaki, Japan, part interest to each
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,727
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Sept. 16, 1968, 43/66832
Int CI. H04J 3116
U.S. CI. 179-15 BS 9 Claims
r\W'''''''"^^'^*i/)iin^''l(Ut^t^
A time division multiplexing communication system has a
plurality of stations and a switching station. Two of the sta-
tions communicate with each other via the switching station
by utilizing signals comprising a block having a plurality of
words each comprising a plurality of frames which are bursts
of a constant time length. Each of the stations comprises
channel rearrangement control means for rearranging ground
channels to satellite channels and for rearranging satellite
channels to ground channels in accordance with informations
from an order data channel. Burst synchronism control
means connected to the channel rearrangement control
means provides the timing of transmission and reception of
bursts. Order word controls means connected to the channel
rearrangement control means receives command data, pro-
vides an order data channel, changes the command data to
the format of the order data channel, transmits the format to
the other stations and assembles a word from the order data
channel information received from the other stations. Com-
mand control means is connected to the order word control
means, the channel rearrangement control means and the
burst synchronism control means and is controlled by a pro-
gram to discriminate the condition of operation of the chan-
nel rearrangement control means, the burst synchronism con-
trol means and the order word control means, and supplies
thereto command data commanding the means to operate.
The order word control means transfers the work assembled
» from the order data channel received from the other stations
to the command control unit when the word is directed to
the station. Block synchronism controlling means controls
the timing of transmission and reception of the blocks and
provides block synchronism for blocks of period TB deter-
mined in accordance with the equations
n rfl ^ 7/ - IP and (/I - 1 )T B ^ TS
wherein TB is the period of the block period, TS is the period
of time required for an electrical wave to travel from the sta-
tion closest Tl the switching station and back to the station,
T+is the period of time required for an electrical wave to
travel from the station farthest from the switching station and
back to the station, TP is the period of time required for each
of the stations to provide the necessary operations based on
received information and n is a positive integer.
3,643,032
COOPERATIVE PROCESSOR CONTROL OF
COMMUNICATION SWITCHING OFFICE
Werner Uirich, Glen Ellyn, and Frank S. Vigilante, Naper-
ville, both of III., assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories,
Incorporated, Murray Hill, Berkeley Heights, NJ.
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,470
Int. CI. H04q 3154
U.S. CI. 179- 18 ES 22 Claims
i^ 3f'g «
■MH'
In Sj V2A te l1^ !'^ — H
A communications switching office in which each of a plu-
rality of separate processors independently hunts idle paths
between terminals of an associated network and in which two
separate processors cooperatively hunt idle paths between
terminals of the two associated networks by means of data
messages exchanged between the two processors. A data
transmission arrangement is provided between the processors
and mternetwork junctors provide connections between the
networks.
3,643,033
AUTOMATIC PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE WITH
PROVISION FOR OPERATOR ASSISTANCE
Ronald Smithers, Coventry, England, assignor to The General
Electric Company Limited, London, England
Filed Jan. 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 697,066
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Jan. 12, 1967,
1,757/67
Int. CI. H04m 3160
U.S. CI. 179-27 CA 7 Claims
==j]|[pupennwf[
bUrmont*
■f^SwWiri^SwinWs ViWa =ri| I \ncfion ij ll Junchor
V I I Conrrol I 1 Y L(J
Bupin
JervKt
Vrvict
A P.A.B.X. using reed relay switches having a limited
number of "service" units that are arranged to be brought
into use as required. Each of these units has a speech trans-
mission bridge arranged for connection between two dif-
ferent outlets of the main switching matrix of the exchange
so as to enable a call connection to be set up through the unit
involving two transits of the switching matrix. A free one of
these units is taken into use under the manual control of an
operator when an indicator lamp on the operator's
switchboard lights to show that there is a call awaiting atten-
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1103
tion. The operator accepts such a call by operating switches
on the switchboard which extends supervisory, speech and
control circuits to the allotted unit for the purpose of
enabling the caJl to be supervised. The switchboard is ar-
ranged to enable a single operator to supervise up to five call
at a time. Alternatively a "service" unit is automatically
taken into use when a party to an existing call wishes to make
an "inquiry" call to another extension without releasing the
original call.
3,643,034
PREFERRED.NONPREFERRED TRUNK GATING
EQUIPMENT FOR AUTOMATIC CALL DISTRIBUTION
Thomas V. Bums; John M. Catterall; Gary L. Elliott, all of
Columbus, and Ronald E. Fenstermaker, Reynoldsburg, all
of Ohio, assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated, Murray HiU, Berkeley Heighta, N J.
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,396
Int CI. H04m 3164
U.S. CI. 179-27 D 24 Claims
of conductive material, said ground terminal being connected
by said magnetic material or said conductive film at the side
of sliding contact with a magnetic tape; and a magnetic sub-
stance having an insulating portion, at least at the surface
thereof, connected independently of each other to each of
said electromagnetic converting films. This magnetic head is
manufactured by a method having the steps of depositing or
adhering a plurality of electromagnetic converting films on a
sheet of magnetic material, connecting a magnetic substance
independently of each other on said respective electromag-
netic converting films for supporting said electromagnetic
converting films therebetween.
3,643,036
SYSTEM FOR DETECTING A POSITION ERROR IN THE
STEP-BY-STEP MOVEMENTS OF MAGNETIC HEADS
Sciichi Takashima, Kamakura, and Takatoshi Kato, Tokyo,
both of Japan, assignors to Victor Company of Japan,
Limited, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama, Japan
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,574
Claims priority, appikation Japan, Jan. 27, 1969, 44/5319
Int. CI. Glib 27/06
U.S. CI. 1 79-100.2 T 1 1 Claims
A system is disclosed for automatically distributing calls on
groups of incoming lines through line and trunk link frames
to teams of operator positions under control of markers.
Frame and position gate circuitry is provided for serving the
calls in the approximate order of their arrival. Position trunk
gate and marker circuits balance the workload among opera-
tors by equalizing call distribution through a plurality of
trunk link frames to both heavily and lightly occupied teams
of operator positions selectively serving a plurality of dif-
ferent classcs-of-calls. Position trunk and class control cir-
cuits convey data from the markers to advise operators of the
classes of the received calls.
VIOEC S«MAL
3,643,035
MULTICHANNEL MAGNETIC HEAD HAVING A
COMMON GROUND TERMINAL COUPLED TO A PIECE
OF MAGNETIC MATERIAL ON THE FACE OF THE
HEAD
Tiunehiro Tiukagoihi, Tokyo, Japan, aisignor to Pioneer
Electronic Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept 17, 1969. Ser. No. 858,674
Claims priority, appUcation JapMi, Sept. 17, 1968, 43/66561
Intel. Glib 5/i«
U.S. CI. 179-100.2CH 8 Claims
A magnetic head having a sheet of magnetic material
deposited or adhered with an insulating film directly to a
sheet of conductive material and indirectly through a con-
ductive film to a sheet of nonconductive material; a plurality
of electromagnetic converting films provided on said insulat-
ing film; current, voltage and ground terminals formed on
said electromagnetic converting films by ohmic connection
CCT.
pfHi
A system for detecting an error in the step-by-step move-
ments of magnetic heads for a recording and reproducing ap-
paratus using a rotary magnetic medium. A plurality of mag-
netic heads are alternately moved intermittently in a
predetermined cycle over the rotary magnetic medium, from
its marginal portion to its central portion and return, for ex-
ample. The recording or reproducing is a continuous video
signal recorded on a number of concentric circular tracks.
The magnetic heads are moved in step-by-step motion. The
recording magnetic head remains stationary over the rotating
medium, each field or each frame of the video signal being
recorded in one of the circular tracks. The inventive system
enables a ready detection, and it indicates and corrects an
error in the step-by-step movements of the magnetic heads.
1104
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,037
SEPARATION CONTROL FOR RECORD MEDIA
TRANSDUCER WITH TRANSVERSE SLOTS TO SUPPLY
AMBIENT PRESSURE
Richard E. Norwood, Boulder, Colo., assignor to Intemational
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 815,562
Int. CI. Glib 5/22. 5/60
3,643,039
MULTIPLE PITCH CARRIAGE LINE SPACING
James G. Barcomb, End well, and Eugene T. Kozd, Bingham-
ton, both of N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 760,905
Int. CI. B41j 15/00
U.S. CI. 197-133 3 Claims
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 P
4 Claims
Means for improving separation between a transducer
operating surface and a moving record media. Nonuniform
pressure distribution between the media and the operating
surface produces a cocking tendency in the media increasing
upstream separation and decreasing downstream separation
over the processing zone in the transducer. This invention
recognizes that the cocking tendency is caused by a region of
lower than ambient pressure near the point where the media
draws away from the operating surface, and provides means
for supplying ambient pressure at that point. In a preferred
embodiment, the means comprises a transverse slot extend-
ing beyond the side edges of the media.
3,643,038
MAGNETIC RECORDING AND/OR REPRODUCING
SYSTEM
Scyi Sato, Yokohama-ahi, Japan, assignor to Sony Corpora-
tion, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,567
Claims priority, applkatton Japan, Nov. 9, 1968, 43/81673
Int.ClGllh 5152, 21 104
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 T 25 Claims
In a magnetic recording and/or reproducing system, for ex-
ample, a video tape recorder of the type in which, during
recording or reproducing, the magnetic tape is wrapped
about a guide drum to a predetermined angular extent and is
longitudinally advanced while a rotated magnetic head
traverses the tape in skew or oblique tracks thereacross, a
device is provided for automatically wrapping the tape about
the guide drum at the initiation of the recording or reproduc-
ing operation. Such device for wrapping the tape about the
guide drum is controlled to avoid its repeated operation in
the event of successive recording or reproducing operations.
Further, in the event of rewinding of the tape, or opening of
a cover or lid provided for the tape recorder, the device au-
tomatically unwraps the tape from about the guide drum.
CO
lovm
•4^
' fTMT
•0 - • «0
A printer carriage is operated to space a document by
using a counter which may be set by program command to
any count from a single increment which is a submultiple of a
line space to a maximum count of the total number of incre-
ments for a full page. The counter is operated to subtract in
response to each step advance by the carriage motor until a
predetermined count is reached at which a stopping
sequence is initiated to stop the carriage at the desired
number of increments. v.
3,643,040
DISINFECTANT FOR A TELEPHONE MOUTHPIECE
AND A MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF
Masao Kancyatu, Taito, Japan, avignor to Dentiu Central
Kabushiki KaUha
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,859
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 31, 1969, 44/23871;
Mar. 15. 1969. 44/22633
Int.CI. H04r//;2
U.S. CI. 179-185 2 Claims
The present invention relates to a disinfectant wafer of the
disc shape and a container therefor, which is usable by fitting
in a telephone mouthpiece and is simple to handle, and yet
the disinfectant sublimates or volatilizes at normal tempera-
ture and has a strong bactericidal and disinfectant effect.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1105
3,643,041 fixed along opposite inner wails and arranged generally op-
PUSHBUTTON DIAPHRAGM SWITCH WITH IMPROVED posite each other with the contact means on the wall having
DIMPLE ACTUATOR AND/OR CAPACITANCE-TYPE
SWITCH CONTACT STRUCTURE
Charles A. Jackson, LitchfieM Park, Ariz., assignor to
Unidynamks/Phoenix, Inc.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,803
Int. CI. HOI h 9/26, J5/00
U.S. CI. 200-5 A 10 Claims
A faceplate is provided with a plurality of openings
therein, each representing a digit to be used in a keyboard; a
metal switch plate is positioned immediately beneath the
faceplate and includes a plurality of dome-shaped resilient
deformabie dimples forming keys therein, each registering
with and extending into a different one of said openings. An
insulating plate, with holes therein registering with the dim-
ples, separates the switch plate from a contact board that in-
cludes a plurality of contact buttons, each registering with
one of the holes in the insulating plate. The dimples may be
depressed by the fingertip of an operator to "snap" into con-
tact with a corresponding contact button and will "snap"
back to their original position when fingertip pressure is
released.
3,643,042
SLIDE SWITCH WITH IMPROVED RESILIENT, SELF-
BIASING CONTACT
Josef Gratz, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft
Filed June 16, 1970, Ser. No. 46,651
Claims priority, application Germany, June 6, 1969, P 19 30
558.9
Int. CI. HOlh 15/08
U.S. CI. 200- 1 6 D 17 Claims
An inexpensive, compact and reliable miniature switch
means comprises a generally channel-shaped housing having
contact means regularly spaced along each of the opposite
interior housing walls and a racklike structure extending
from one of the walls with a pinionlike switching body being
movable in the channel along the rack to selectively establish
electrical connection between contact means on the opposite
sides of the switch housing. A slot in the upper end of the
switching body facilitates rolling movement of the body. A
transparent cover plate may be pivotally connected to the
housing means for snap-fit locking therewith and may have
suitable indicia thereon to indicate switching body positions.
A separation member which engages the racklike construc-
tion and snap-fits in place across the channel separates the
switching means into a plurality of switching ranges within
each of which a separate switching body may be moved. The
switching body is constructed of a first contact bridge carrier
portion and a second actuating disc portion held together by
projections which form the lugs that engage the racklike
ledge means for positive movement of the switching body.
The contact bridge carrier portion is positioned below the
ledge and between guide surfaces. The contact means are
the racklike ledge being positioned generally in the area
between the rack teeth.
3,643,043
SLIDE SWITCH WITH ROTARY SPRING DETENT
MECHANISM
Kunio Endow, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Mitsumi Electric
Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 91,088
Claims priority, application Japan. Nov. 20. 1969, 44 92653;
No\. 29. 1969. 44,113169: Ma> 27. 1970, 45 45034
Int. CI. HOlh 15/10
U.S. CI. 200-16F 1 Claim
This invention relates to a combined rotary and side detent
switch.
The improvement resides in the combination of a slide
having a plurality of spaced female contacts, with a rotary
detent mechanism, a motion-transmitting means being pro-
vided between the slide and the rotary detent for conversion
of the latter to a corresponding sliding movement of said
slide and said motion transmission means being formed into a
recess or groove-shaped female member slidingly coop>erat-
ing with a follower pin or rib-shaped male member fornxcd
on an extension of said slide.
1106
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3 643 044
RATCHET APPARATUS AND SWITCH CONSTRUCTION
Kent J. Batchlter, Westwood, Mass., assignor to Joseph PoUok
Corporation, Boston, Mass.
Filed Feb. 23, 1 97 1 , Ser. No. 1 1 8,058
Int. CI. HOlh 27/06
L.S. CI. 200-44 8 Claims
-i-f,V,-.-.-.L
from movement with the slider. Movement of the shder rela-
tive to the contactor assembly compresses the sprmg and
moves a cam dependmg from the slider into engagement with
a cam surface on the contactor assembly. Relative movement
'm^
'.I F?T, 21--.. ■',
27 J-9
/~
O
rV
In an ignition switch for automotive engines, a leaf spring
ratchet prevents rotating the switch to engage the starter
motor while the engine is running. The leaf spring has one
end attached to a rotor and the other end free. It has a recess
in the radially outermost surface and a tooth between the
free end and the recess. A stop means adjacent the spring
prevents rotation of the rotor to the "start" position when it
engages the tooth and permits rotation of the rotor to the "-
start" position when it engages the recess.
between the cam and cam surface produces pivoting of the
contactor assembly and removal of the projections from the
notches permitting the force of the compressed spring to
snap the contactor assembly into engagement with another of
the discrete contacts
3,643,045
RECIPROCATING GRINDERS
Herbert P. Beck, Honey Brook, Pa., assignor to Allegheny
Ludlum Steel Corporation, Brackenridge, Pa.
Original application June 3, 1968, Ser. No. 734,008. Divided
and this application Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 31,457
Int. CI. HOlh 2/ /2«
U.S. CI. 200-47 > <^'»''"
3,643,047
SERIES DOUBLE BREAK ROD ARRAY VACUUM
SWITCH
Joseph A. Rich, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Dec. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 96,769
Int. CI. HOlh 33166
U.S. CI. 200-144 8 10 Claims
Described herein is an improvement in a grinding machine
to reduce overgnnding of the surface of a workpiece in the
area at the end of each stroke of a reciprocating gnnder
which comprises counterreciprocating means and means to
limit the forward movement of the reciprocating grinder.
3,643,046
MULTIPLE CONTACT SNAP ACTION SLIDE SWITCH
John Zdanys, Jr., Edwardsburg; WiUlam L. Kelver, Jr., Cas-
sopoUs, both of Mich., and Norman C. Weingart, Elkhart,
Ind., assignors to CTS Corporation, Elkhart, Ind.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,873
Int.CI. H0Ih;5//«
U.S. CI. 200-76 20 Claims
A snap action slide switch is provided having a contactor
assembly engaging a common contact and selectively engag-
ing one of a plurality of discrete contacts. A slider extends
outwardly through a slot in a housing containing the contacts
and has legs extending over the ends of a spring seated in the
contactor assembly thereby biasing the contactor assembly to
move with the slider. Projections on the contactor assembly
engage notches on the housing to position the contactor as-
sembly in engagement with a selected discrete contact and
the common conUct and to restrain the contactor assembly
A series double break vacuum switch includes a pair of
main electrodes and at least one, but preferably at least two
secondary electrodes juxtaposed in a radial array of parallel
spaced rods within a switching chamber. Main electrodes
enter the arcing chamber through one longitudinal end and
secondary electrodes are interconnected by a common con-
ductive mounting member at the opposite end of the
switching chamber. The arrangement and connection of the
main and secondary electrodes facilitates "blow out" of ini-
tial arc to extended area gaps between main and secondary
electrodes and causes current flow in such direction within
switch to prevent formation of destructive anode spots.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1107
3,643,048
ROLLER-BAND DEVICE
Herman L. Crow, River Falls, Wis.; Andrew Lu Conic, New
Port; Patrick Martin Maloney, St. Paul, and Gary
Raymond Bluem, Golden Valley, all of Minn., assignors to
Kroy Industries, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,349
Int. CI. HOlh 3100; F16c / 7100, 27100
U.S. CI. 200-153 R 24 Claims
A roller-band device which utilizes a single roller with a
flexible band encircling it and having its ends extending
generally in opposite directions therefrom. The band has
complimentary cutout and solid portions, preferably a pair of
spaced leg portions at one end of the band and a tongue por-
tion disposed between and having a width somewhat less than
the space between the two leg portions at the other end
whereby the band is wrapped around the roller and the ton-
gue passes between the spaced legs without touching them.
The roller and band are movable together along a predeter-
mined path and may be used for performing various electri-
cal switching functions. Opposite ends of the band decline
from the plane on which the roller moves and form an acute
angle therewith so that a high-contact force is obtained
between contact surfaces on the roller and on the frame. A
unique frame and housing means renders the device easily as-
sembled and calibrated and then encloses the device. Also
disclosed is a roller-band device with multiple rollers spaced
along a common band.
3,643,049
ROLLER-BAND DEVICE
Andrew Lu Conic, New Port; Patrick Martin Maloney, St.
Paul, and Gary Raymond Bluem, Golden Valley, all of
Minn., assignors to Kroy Industries, Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn. ^
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,162
Int. CI. HOlh 13/12,3/00, 1/16
U.S. CI. 200— 1 53 R 29 Claims
A roller-band device which utilizes a roller with a flexible
band encircling it. The band has two sections which are elec-
trically insulated from each other and the roller is noncon-
ductive but has one or more conductors extending axially
along its surface and disposed so that, in certain positions of
the roller and band, the two sections of the band are bridged
and an electrical circuit is completed therebetween and, in
other positions of the roller, the electrical circuit is broken
between the two sections of the band. One section of the
band may include a plurality of legs, each electrically insu-
lated from each other, and with each of the legs being
bridged by the conductor means in different fxjsitions of the
roller and band. In another embodiment the conductor
means is arranged so that a circuit is completed to all of the
legs simultaneously upon the roller and band moving to a
predetermined position. A keyboard arrangement is disclosed
wherein a plurality of switches of this type are utilized
together, each with a different combination of legs connected
into the output circuit to provide a coded signal to a device
such as used in computer periphery equipment Also dis-
closed is a roller-band device of the type described above
having a unique actuating means, especially useful in connec-
tion with a keyboard switch, which includes a force-amplify-
ing connection between the manual actuator and the roller
and band and which provides a breakaway action as the
manual actuator is operated.
3,643,050
RESILIENT ELECTRICAL CONTACTS
Richard E. Pfeifer, Lake Orion, Mich., assignor to Chrysler
Corporation, Highland Park, Mkh.
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,121
Int. CI. HOlh 1/24
U.S. CI. 200- 166 BH 10 Claims
An electrical contact including a flexible rubbery support
member adapted for mounting in a hole. The support
member exteriorly supports an electrical contact button
which is interioriy connected to an electrical wire. The con-
tact is particularly adapted for use in mating contact pairs on
door and doorframes or the like to provide a means of sup-
plying power to electrical devices on the door when it is
closed and the contacts are mated.
3,643,051
ELECTRICAL SWITCHES HAVING IMPROVED
CONTACT STRUCTURE
David Foley, Burnley, England, assignor to Joseph Lucas (In
dustries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,130
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 12, 1969,
29,753/69
Int. CI. HOlni/00
U.S. CI. 200- 166 BH 2 Claims
X /
\7
An electrical switch including an operating member
pivotally mounted on a body and carrying a spigot which ex-
1108
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
tends towards the base of the body, on which the fixed con-
tacts are positioned. A movable contact member slidable on
the base includes a pair of resiliency electrically intercon-
nected parts engageable with the fixed contacts, the contact
member being engaged with the spigot. A compression spring
surrounds the spigot and urges the contact member into en-
gagement with the base, the compression spring acting as
part of an overcenter mechanism.
3,643,052
PULL CHAIN OPERATOR FOR ROTARY SWITCH
SHAFT
Robert Marshall, Jr., 3425 N.E. Ainsworth, Portland, Oreg.
Filed Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. No. 108,526
Int. CI. H01hi//0
L'.S. CI. 200— 1 72 R 9 Claims
An internally threaded tube forming a supporting hub for
the device is mounted on the rotary switch shaft in a socket
for a three-way light bulb in place of the conventional knob
on the switch shaft. An eccentric drum is rotatably mounted
on the tube and a ratchet gear in the drum is fixedly mounted
on the tube A pawl in the drum engages the ratchet gear A
pull chain on the drum rotates the switch shaft through frac-
tional revolutions to switch the light circuit to low, medium,
high and off in successive manipulations. A counterweight in
the drum returns the drum and pull chain to starting position
after each actuation of the switch.
3,643,053
CROSSBAR SWITCH WITH PRESTRESSED MOBILE
CONTACT SPRING AND PERPENDICULAR FIRST AND
SECOND SHIFTING MEANS
Heinz Georg Grundig, Am Erianger, Germany, assignor to In-
ternational Standard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,873
Int. CI. HOIh 67//4
U.S. CI. 200-176 6 Claims
conductor, there bemg one stationary conductor for each
mobile wire spring. Two adjacent notches are inset in a sta-
tionary support insulator for each mobile spring, one for
holding the mobile spring in the released or unoperated con-
dition and the other for holding the mobile spring in the
operated condition in contact with a stationary conductor.
Each wire is permanently flexed toward the notches so that
on movement toward the switch-operated condition the
spring is moved orthogonally past a shoulder separating the
notches and released there for movement due to the spring
flexure
For release of the cross-point connection, the mobile
sprmg is translated in the direction normal to the alignment
of the adjacent notches to free the spring of the shoulder and
allow it to restore to the unoperated condition or release
condition due to the spring flexure. The mobile spring is
moved in operating condition by first and second perpen-
dicular shifting means Actuation of said first and second
shifting means moves said mobile spring into a ready posi-
tion, and then release of said first shifting means allows said
spring flexure to move the mobile spring into the operated
position.
3,643,054
MICROWAVE HEATING APPARATUS
Eric O. Forster, Scotch Plains, N J., assignor to Esso Research
And Engineering Company
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 684,139, Nov.
20, 1967, now Patent No. 3,551,199. This application May
27, 1970,Ser. No. 40,911
Int. CI. H05b 9106
U.S. CI. 219-10.55 7 Claims
A microwave heating unit for curing wire coatings com-
pnsing a microwave generator, a waveguide coupled to said
generator and means for coupling the coated wire to said
waveguide whereby said wire becomes the center conductor
of a coaxial line
The outer conductor of the coaxial line is preferably circu-
lar in cross section. Propagation of microwave energy
between the inner and outer conductors of the cocixial line
necessarily passes through the wire coating, thereby curing
said coating
Shown is a cross-point mechanism for a crossbar switch in
which each cross-point includes one or more mobile rigid
wire springs conductors extending normal to a stationary
3,643,055
HIGH-FREQUENCY HEATING APPARATUS
Ryi^i Suzuki, Nara, and Seiki Yokozeki, Yamatokoriyama-
shi, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Indus-
trial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 92,984
Claims priority, application Japan. Dec. 1, l%9. 44/96984
Int. CI. H05b 9/06
U.S. CI. 219-10.55 6 Claims
A high-frequency heating apparatus, in which the high-
frequency energy is uniformly distributed in a heating
chamber for effectively heating the matter in the heating
chamber. An energy distribution modifying means is pro-
vided in conformity to the shape of the heating chamber and
on at least one of coaxial inner and outer conductors defining
a cylindncal passage, which communicates with a waveguide
coupled to a high-frequency oscillator. The high-frequency
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1109
energy from the high-frequency oscillator is guided through
the waveguide and the cylindrical passage to enter the heat-
ing chamber and is uniformly distributed in the heating
chamber through the energy distribution modifying means.
3,643,056
FLUX DEPTH INDICATOR
Jerry J. Wright, and William H. CurtU, Jr., both of Well-
sville, N.Y., assignors to The Air Preheater Company, Inc.,
Wellsville, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 83,553
Int. CI. B23k 9118
U.S. CI. 219-73 4 Claims
3,643,057
RESISTANCE WELDING OF SHEET METAL COATED
WITH LAYERS
Otto Alfred Becker, 59 Robert-Koch-Strasse 66, Saarbrucken
6, Germany
Filed Feb. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 704,684
Claims priority, application (Jerman>, Feb. 11. 1967.
B 91162; May 26, 1967, B 92707; Apr. 24, 1967, B 92210:
Feb. 27. 1967. B 91404
Int. CI. B23k llllO
U.S. CI. 219-91 11 Claims
i »
The invention relates to a method for the resistance weld-
ing of sheet metal coated with layers, wherein firstly electri-
cal contact is established between the sheets to be inter-
welded and between the welding electrodes and said sheets,
and subsequently welding is effected across the coating
layers. The invention relates also to machines for carrying
out this method.
3,643,058
DEVICE FOR CONTINUOUS TREATMENT OF
ARTICLES
Jacques Long, Annecy, France, assignor to Societe Alsacienne
de Constructions Atomiques de Telecommunications et
d'Electronique Akatel, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,566
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 26, 1968, 180656
Int. CI. B23k 9100
U.S. CI. 219-121 EB 9 Claims
W
An arrangement for measuring the sufficiency of flux
present in an electroslag welding process. In electroslag weld-
ing a space is formed between parts to be welded and a wire
electrode is fed into said space through a tubular flux coated
guide, both wire and guide including the flux thereon being
melted to form the weld between parts when heat produced
by resistance to electricity flowing therethrough is sufficient.
The quality of the weld produced, is to a large extent, depen-
dent upon the adequacy of the flux present at the site of the
molten metal forming the weld. Frequently however, the
weld is obscured from direct observation and only by indirect
sensing as permitted by an arrangement such as provided by
this invention is it possible to determine the quality of the
weld being made.
Device for continuous treatment of a workpiece, having an
essentially constant and possibly complex cross section,
providing means for passing the workpiece within an advanc-
ing passage defined by two opposite walls having an ap-
propriate cross section and widening at particular points so
as to form successively at least one input chamber, one treat-
ing chamber, and at least one output chamber, in that order,
and means for supplying and maintaining predetermined
pressures in said chambers, including regulating means for
constantly regulating the pressure and the composition of the
atmosphere prevailing in the treating chamber by regulating
the opening of the advancing passage at the inlet and outlet
sides, respectively, of said input and output chambers.
1110
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,059
A METHOD OF WELDING TUBES TO TUBE PLATES
William G. Hill, London, and Kenneth Stevens, Richmond,
both of England, assignors to Foster Wheeler Corporation,
Livingston, N J.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,415
Int. CI. B23k 9112
U.S. CI. 219-125R 6 Claims
92 M
This disclosure describes a method of an apparatus for st
welding. In order to allow for automatic welding a groove is
provided around the bore in a tube plate, header or the like,
and an annular filler ring is provided in this groove around
the end of the tube to be seal welded to the tube plate,
header or the like. According to this invention, automatic
seal welding is effected in a time which is comparable with
manual seal welding by temporarily fixing a spindle in the
end of each tube. The spindle is expandable in diameter and
by expanding it, it can be temporarily fixed in place. After
fixing it in place, a welding head is fixed over the spindle and
a seal weld made. While this welding is taking place, the
operator can be fixing one or more spindles in place. After
the weld is completed, the head is removed and placed on a
new spindle to made a new seal weld. The spindle can then
be removed and placed in the end of a fresh tube.
3,643,060
WELDING APPARATUS FOR RESURFACING BREAKER
BARS
Kenneth G. Carter, 175 Virginia, Salt Lake City, Utah
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,816
Int. CLB23k 9/72
U.S. CI. 219-125R 13 Claims
This invention relates to a welding apparatus for resurfac-
ing in situ elongated breaker bars of a rotary impact crusher.
The apparatus is generally located externally of the crusher
and laterally to an end of a breaker roll, said apparatus com-
prising a welding tip extending into the crusher and above
the protruding breaker bar to be resurfaced. The apparatus
further includes means for reciprocating said welding tip
along the length of an elongated breaker bar and means for
transversely displacing said welding tip. The apparatus
further mcludes means for elevating said welding tip, means
for propelling said welding tip along a straight path substan-
tially parallel to an elongated breaker bar and support means
located externally to the rotary impact crusher for supporting
said reciprocating means, said elevating means and said dis-
placing means
3,643,061
TUBULAR COMPOSITE SELF-SHIELDED ARC
WELDING ELECTRODES
Robert B. Duttera, Springfield Township, York County, and
Gordon H. Macshane, Upper St. Clair Township, Allegheny
County, both of Pa., assignors to Teledyne, Inc., Los An-
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,561
Int. CI. B23k 35122
U.S. CI. 219-146 16 Claims
A tubular composite self-shielded arc welding electrode
comprising a metallic outer sheath and a core within and en-
closed by the sheath, the core comprising about 15 percent
to about 60 percent of the electrode weight and consisting
essentially of the following listed components in the specified
weight percentages of the electrode: from about 1 percent to
about 7 percent of at least one slag former, from about 0.5
percent to about 6 percent of at least one fluxing agent, up to
about 3.2 percent of at least one arc stabilizer selected from
the group consisting of calcium titanate, potassium titanate,
potassium-bearing frit, sodium titanate and sodium-bearing
frit, from 1 25 percent to about 4 percent of deoxidizer metal
including at least 1 percent manganese and at least 0.25 per-
cent silicon, and from about 12 percent to about 55 percent
of other metal-bearmg materials selected from the group
consisting of metals, metal alloys and ferroalloys, the elec-
trode being formulated to produce a high-alloy deposit of a
type selected from austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steels
and nickel-base alloys In a preferred form the electrode may
contain up to about 3 percent by weight of at least one fis-
sure-reducing agent selected from the group consisting of al-
loyed and unalloyed metallic forms of calcium, magnesium
and titanium
3,643,062
INSTRUMENT BOARD LIGHTER
Sadahiro OhinaU, Higashiyurimura, Japan, assignor to
Showa Tsusho Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,455
Int. CI. F23q 7122
U.S. CI. 219-265 1 Claim
4!. ^
41*.
An instrument board lighter for use by automobile passen-
gers, having a sliding cylinder adapted for insertion into a
cylinder socket fixed on the instrument board of an automo-
bile. The said sliding cylinder has a through hole for insertion
of a cigarette formed in the axial direction thereof and, at the
same time, a heater for direct contact with the forward end
of the cigarette provided at the inserting end of the sliding
cylinder. The said cylinder socket is provided with bimetallic
leaf springs for holding said sliding cylinder and supplying
electric current to the heater, while the said sliding cylinder
is fitted with resilient springs constantly exerting a force in
the direction of keeping the said sliding cylinder away from
the said leaf springs.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1111
3,643,063
ELECTRICAL DATA LOGGING SYSTEM FOR UTILITY
INDUSTRY
Norman F. Marsh, and Karl W. Struck, both of Springfield,
III., assignors to Sangamo Electric Company, Springfield,
III.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,095
Int. CI. GOlv 1132; G06k 1112. 1102; B06b 1104
U.S. CI. 235-61.1 18 Claims
OHlT«c fui.st »tCP»C»
An event recorder device for providing a record of digital
pulses representative of parameters, such as angular travel of
a rotating shaft on an electrical meter, in which a count of
the pulses is cyclically accumulated for successive measured
time intervals, the count for each period being temporarily
stored in a memory and being read out to lock in correspond-
ing ones of a set of punch devices so that a slow-moving
crankshaft will record the locked information on a standard
multilevel paper tape during the next succeeding time inter-
val. The same mechanical system controls an electrical timer
and gating circuit in the gating of count information from the
memory to the punch mechanism in several discrete sets of
data (or characters) in which the actual reading is a sum of
the weighted bit positions in the first character times a fixed
multiplier plus the sum of the weighted bit positions of the
second character. A tape cassette is used to store the paper
tape which is advanced several times by the same mechanical
system in each predetermined time interval to permit mul-
ticharacter readout in each interval.
3,643,064
CODE AUTHENTICATOR
Edward C. Hudson, Jr., Derry, N.H., assignor to Hudson Cor-
poration, Manchester, N.H.
Filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,343
Int. CI. G06f 3102; G06k / 1100; G08c 9100
U.S. CI. 235-61.7 B 1 Claim
electrical signals which are compared with information en-
tered by a keyboard. Actuation of the keys causes a sequence
of coded electrical signals to be generated corresponding to
the order in which the keys are actuated Each key code is
compared in its turn with an appropriate part of the coded
information read by the transducers from the card Where a
difference occurs between compared signals, the authentica-
tor device provides an indication of noncorrespondence at
the conclusion of a series of comparisons.
3,643,065
CODE RECOGNITION APPARATUS AND METHOD
Francis P. Dunigan, Holden, Mass., assignor to Federal Pacific
Electric Company, Newark, NJ.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,810
Int. CI. (;05b IM): (;06k 5.00. (;06k 1,04
U.S. CI. 235-61.7 R 3 Claims
X
Code-reading apparatus for identifying articles carried past
a code reader by a conveyor, the apparatus using single and
multiple digit codes.
* 3,643,066
ARRANGEMENT FOR THE AUTOMATIC
IDENTinCATION OF INFORMATION ON A
NONPERFORATED DATA PROCESSING CARD
James T. Coliz, New Providence, and Robert R. Meola, Par-
sippany, both of N J., assignors to Calculagraph Company,
E^ Hanover, N J.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,758
Int. CI. G06k 7110; GOln 2//iO, H03k 23136
U.S. CI. 235-61.11 E 9 Claims
An authenticator device has an array of semiconductive
magnetic transducers corresponding to an array of magneti- A plurality of light beams are projected onto a iight-perme-
cally encoded areas on a card. The magnetic transducers able information storage element such as a data processing
statically sense the encoded are& on the card and provide card which is coded by applying a substantially opaque coat-
1112
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
ing to selected areas of the card surface Photoconductive
cells are positioned to receive light beams emerging from the
card, each photocell forming part of a switching circuit
which is actuated when the intensity of the light beam strik-
ing the photocell exceeds a predetermined level.
3,643,067
METHOD OF OBTAINING AND PROCESSING CONTROL
DATA FOR ELECTRONIC PHOTOTYPESETTING
APPARATUS
Armin O. Colditz, Wellsee, and Werner Schmidt, Kiel, both of
Germany, assignors to Dr.-Ing. Rudolf Hell
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,640
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 19, 1969, P 19 08
113.1
Int.CLG06k9//5
U.S. CI. 235-61.11 E 4 Claims
pair of contrasting areas, the ratio of said areas in each "bit"
defining the bmary status of each "bit." The scanned infor-
mation from the label is entered in a cash register or com-
puter for inventory purposes or at a checkout counter.
3,643,069
RECOGNITION APPARATUS WITH READOUT MODE
SELECTION CAPABILITY
Yoshiyasu Kikuchi, Tokyo-to, Japan, auignor to Nippon Elec-
tric Company, Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,818
Claims priority, applicaUon Japan, Sept. 30, 1968, 43/71621
Int. CI. G06k 7100
U.S. CI. 235-61.11 E SCIalmi
A phototypesetting process in which a character original is
provided with coded bars which extend from the initial image
line of successively identical image lines to the next to the
last of such identical image lines as a means of generating a
mark which signifies identical information content of such
lines. The information mark is utilized to provide a recall
order corresponding to the number of repetitions of a single
such information content which would reproduce the
scanned portion of the character associated with each single
mark. The utilization of such recall orders in combination
with repetition counters significantly reduces the storage
capacity required for storing data to reproduce the character
original in that the recall marks are utilized to inhibit storage
of successively identical information and to recycle such in-
formation as frequently as required in accordance with the
character original.
3,643,068
RANDOM ORIENTED DECODER FOR LABEL
DECODING
William L. Mohan, and Samuel P. WllliU, both of Barrington,
III., auignors to SparUnlo, Ltd., Palatine, 111.
Filed Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,371
Int. CI. G06k 7114, 19/06; GOln 21130
U.S. CI. 235-61.1 1 E 7 Claims
A decoder for reading labels and decoding them which
does not require that the decoder be oriented relative to the
label for operation to obtain data for the automatic tabula-
tion of the item as to price, weight and item designation. The
position of the label under the decoder is not critical and the
decoder obtains an image from the label and decodes it and
automatically centers the image in certain embodiments. The
decoder scans the indicia on the circular label in a rotary
fashion when the indicia is arrayed in radial wedges. The in-
dicia is comprised of "bits," each data "bit" comprising a
/
Recognition apparatus for reading mark-sensed documents
having widely variable formats and various types of informa-
tion thereon is provided by the present invention. The recog-
nition apparatus according to the present invention com-
prises a plurality of transducer means adapted to sense marks
present on a document, means for causing the document to
move relative to the plurality of transducer means and means
responsive to outputs of a predetermined number of the plu-
rality of transducer means for selectively encoding outputs of
the others of the plurality of transducers so that the marks on
the document may be separately and selectively encoded in
accordance with their nature whereby the document is read
as a function of certain of the marks thereon and not the
document format.
3,643,070
SLIDE RULES INCORPORATING MAGNETIC
ELEMENTS
Johann Dogigli, Munich, Germany, assignor to ITAB DoglgU
KG, Munich, Germany
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,338
Int.CI.G06g//02
U.S. CI. 235-70 R 8 Clalma
Slide rules constructed predominantly of nonmagnetic
materials such as synthetic resins or light alloys, preferably
having sliding surfaces of or faced with a synthetic resin or
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1113
other material of low frictional coefTicient, and provided with itial movement of the actuator away from its resetting posi-
inserts of magnetizable material in both the slide and body tion. The linkage additionally controls the opposing biasing
forces acting on the reset fingers to provide engagement of
'" the reset fingers with the reset cams during the entire disen-
^^
gagement and reengagement operating sequence of the
trjinsfer pinions and withdrawal of the reset fingers from the
reset cams upon reengagement of the transfer pinions and
counter wheels.
3,643,073
TRANSFER FUNCTION MONITORING APPARATUS
near their contacting faces, at least one of the inserts being Robert T. Sawamuni, Mlnneapolti, Minn., aMignor to
magnetized Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
FUcd Sept 18, 1967, Ser. No. 668,505
*- Int CI. G06g 7/70; H03h 7/02
3,643,071
ADD AND SUBTRACT PAWL ACTION COUNTER
Edwin J. McConnell, Windsor, Conn., anignor to Rcdlngton
Counters, Inc., Windsor, Conn.
FUed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,091
Int.Cl.G06m//;4,i/N
U.S. CI. 235-92 C 11 Claims
A counter has a novel driving assembly including a pinion
cooperating with both a number wheel and an oscillatable
ratchet having a pair of pivotally mounted pawls thereon to
permit selective adding and subtracting. The pinion member
has two adjacent axial portions with each portion having
teeth spaced about the circumference thereof. The number
wheel is in meshing engagement with a first portion of the
pinion and the ratchet is mounted for oscillation adjacent to
the number wheel with the pawls engaging the pinion during
movement thereof to urge the pinion into driving engage-
ment with another portion of the ratchet. Biasing means is
provided to prevent counterrotation of the pinion during
return travel of the ratchet.
3,643,072
RESETTABLE COUNTER
Ludwick Sieluga, South Windsor, Conn., auignor to Vccdcr
Industries Inc., Hartford, Conn.
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,177
Int. CI. G06c 15/42
U,S. CI. 235- 144 HC 8 Claims
A counter reset mechanism includes a whippletree linkage
movable with the counter's reset actuator and operatively
connecting the actuator to both the transfer pinions and reset
fingers. The linkage shifts the transfer pinions out of engage-
ment with the number wheels as the reset actuator is moved
toward the resetting position and permits reengagement
between the transfer pinions and the number wheels upon in-
U.S. CI. 235-150.2
10 Claims
'T^ ^ [^X[iiC — ^
OUTBIT
^140
"'Sr-
■•€i
UMIT
MONtTDR
in
-d*L
J^
LIMIT
MONITM
LJ
Locie
A sensitive control system monitor for control systems
using band rejection or notch filters. An inverse notch filter
reconstructs the input signal to the notch filter and a com-
parator measures the difference between a lagged input
signal and the reconstructed input signal to provide a logic
output when the time rate of change of the input signal ex-
ceeds a predetermined threshold.
3,643,074
ADAPTIVE nLTER USING HEADING CORRECTION
James Hobbs, Overland Park, Kans., auignor to Butter Na>
tk>nal Corporatkm, Oak Brook, 111.
FUcd Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,724
Int. CI. G06g 7/12; GOlc 21/20
U.S. CI. 235- 1 50.27 1 2 Claims
An aircraft navigation system which has a variable
response that is adjustable with the changes in heading rela-
1114
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
live to the known radio bearing so as to filter out and remove
signal frequency components which are greater than may be
obtained with an aircraft having a particular airspeed and
heading relative to the radio course
3,643,075
DIGITAL SIMULATION
William F. Hayes, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instruments
Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
FUed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 221
Int. CI. G06f 15120: GOls 3172
U.S. CI. 235-151 16 Claims
r>*
"Sl.
1
^satzz -3i
! I '
C0MH4I
NM.t 1 1 trf*
^
«*a H&t ^"
T< tWITCwinal [
t r>
for providing reference information for the arithmetical unit.
Such a control system is useful where there are too few con-
trol loops to warrant the use of a computer.
Actuator drive apparatus is also described for providing a
dnve signal for the actuators in the loops. The apparatus
receives the error signal and the error rate signal from the
arithmetical unit, and multiplies these signals by constants by
counting down registers containing the signals at preselected
rates. If the signals have the same sign the registers are
counted down one after the other and the actuator is ener-
gized for the duration of countdown, but if the signals are of
different sign the registers are counted down concurrently
until one reaches zero, and then the actuator is energized
while the other register completes countdown.
3,643,077
ELECTRONIC PRINTING DIGITAL CALCULATOR
John O. Griggs, Jr.; Arthur J. Radcliffe, Jr., both of
Plymouth, and Michael F. Matouka, Sterling HelghU, ail of
Mich., assignors to Burroughs Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,236
Int. CI. G06f 71385
U.S. CI. 235-160 42 Claims
Digital data in the form of a bit pulse train from a phase
shift generator is divided into a primary bit part and a
remainder code. The remainder code is examined in cor-
rection code logic circuitry to determine the addition of a
selected phase increment to the primary bit part of the phase
shift digital data. If the remainder code falls within predeter-
mined limits, a random addition of the selected phase incre-
ment will be made. The mean value of a large number of ran-
dom additions is based on the value of the remainder code.
Timing pulses to the correction code logic circuitry advances
the digital representation of the phase increment through a
half adder along with the primary bit part to simulate a bit
code of higher order. This bit code is applied to an enabled
gate connected to the phase shift network of an element of a
phased array antenna.
3,643,076
PROCESS CONTROLLER
Charles Anthony BcU, Biggleswade, England, and Anthony
David Young, Victoria, Australia, assignors to National
Research Development Corporation, London, England
Filed Sept. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 854^89
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 4, 1968,
42,065/68
Int. CL G06f 15146
U.S. CI. 235-151.1 13 Claims
s^<
\^m.
*B^^
A control system is described which has a number of con-
trol loops with individual sensing and actuating stages but a
common arithmetical unit for calculating digital error and
error rate signals. A common set point store is also provided
COKTROl Ft
— I
MKIEK
If";""/
^n
IcwTWLtLTM™""' ^
— iT ■ T ! \ ! ^MPi
^&T''f'
A printing electronic digital calculator having a system for
translating instructions and decimal data into binary data, a
register for receiving and temporarily storing the binary data,
a memory with a plurality of registers, a single arithmetic re-
gister for transferring data from said receiving register to a
memory register, for transferring data from one register of
the memory to another register of the memory, for storing
and algebraically increasing a factor according to a value
stored in a register of the memory, all under the control of
logic stored in the calculator, and for counting synchronizing
pulses from a printing system to enable alignment of the
proper character in the printer to be printed. A pair of re-
gisters in the memory may be treated as a single entry re-
gister with individually addressable word locations. A word-
change system for this pair of registers transposes the logical
designation of the two words, obviating the necessity for a
physical transfer of a factor from one word location to the
other in operations of the calculator.
3,643,078
ILLUMINATOR FOR BIOLOGICAL TEST PLATES
Andrew J. Lewis, 14718 Onaway Road, Shaker Helghti, Ohio
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,550
Int. CI. F21v 33100
U .S. CI. 240— 2 R 10 Claims
A laboratory lamp is provided for supplying a constant
source of daylight-bright, soft, evenly diffused light for the
examination of test plates which are translucent or trans-
parent. A generally cylindrical housing has a recess in the
center of its top wall for holding a plate to be examined.
Near the bottom of the housing is a white light source provid-
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1115
ing light emitted evenly around a circumference substantially ing the skin, without the rays emitted by the source light
concentric with the cylindrical housing. A light baffle is sup- being able to reach the user's eyes and dazzle h.m; the cup-
ported in the housing between the light source and the plate
opening preventing direct light beam transmission from the
light source to the plate opening but leaving an annular open-
ing substantially continuously around the baffle between its
periphery and the interior of the cylindrical housing. The in-
terior surface of the housing, and preferably the underside of
said baffle, provide softly diffusing light deflectors. The light
intensity may be varied by adjusting the baffle up or down
within the housing.
3,643,079
HIGH-EFFICIENCY ADJUSTABLE LUMINAIRE
Richard B. Glickman, Sherman Oaks, Calif., assignor to
Berkey/Cok>rtran Mfg. Inc., Burbank, Calif.
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6.732
Int.CI. F21p5/00
U.S. CI. 240-3 14 Claims
-^Xs-^5* -- ^
,< ••*
- -«B
board has a light chamber opening below an articulated fron-
tal mirror and mechanical means to vertically displace said
cupboard.
3,643,081
ANTIGLARE HEADLIGHTS
Marcel Sieles, 3605 Sandwkh Street, West, Windsor, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,668
Claims priority, applicatk>n Canada, Sept 15, 1969, 61,954
Intel. B60q//04
U.S. CI. 240—7.1 R
1 Claim
A luminaire mounts an array of standard sealed beam
lamps each of which has a filament orientation and reflector
configuration that produces a generally oval field of illumina-
tion. A plurality of elongate housings are provided, each
housing mounting a set of lamps. The housings are mounted
in side-by-side relationship and so that the housings can be
rotated to achieve a desired degree of overlap or a desired
degree of spacial relationship of the illumination fields
produced by the sets of lamps. The luminaire can be turned
90° so that the spreading or overiap can take place either in a
horizontal direction or a vertical direction as desired. Fila-
ment orientation can be determined independently.
3,643,080
ADJUSTABLE TOILET CUPBOARD WITH LIGHTING
EQUIPMENT
Andre F. GavaUet, 8, rue Dante, Paris, 5e, France
FUed Aug. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 850,145
Claims priority, appUcation France, Aug. 20, 1968, PV
163,450
Int CI. A476 67102; A45d 42110
U^. CI. 240-4.1 9 Claims
An arrangement for toilet cupboard providing intense illu-
mination of the lower part of the face for shaving or examin-
This invention consists of a car headlights in which a far-
beam headlight is in combination with a standard parallel
beam headlight to the underside of which the far-beam
headlight is pivotally atUched so that it can be adjusted and
held at an angle to the parallel beam headlight. A dome-
shaped rear on the far-beam headlight is provided with a light
source which passes through a lens in the front of the said
headlight. This lens has a principal focus a short distance in
front of it so that the light which passes through it diverges.
The above-mentioned angle of the far-beam headlight is such
that the upper limit line of the diverging beam of light emerg-
ing from the far-beam headlight is parallel to the highway
upon which the said car travels, and below the sight of the
driver of an oncoming car
3,643,082
VEHICLE LIGHTING SYSTEMS
Jacques Fleury, Paris, France, assignor to Sodete Anonymc
Automobiles Citroen, Paris, France
Filed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798332
Int CI. B60q 1110, 1112
U.S. CI. 240-8.25 10 Claims
Pivotal headlamps are connected to a vehicle suspension
system to cause the lamp beams to move to illuminate a
1116
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
curve in a road and a mechanical or hydraulic system is 3,643,084
operated by the vehicle suspension to ensure that the beams EXTENSIBLE UNIVERSALLY POSITIONABLE DEVICE
William C. Moore, Qtrs. 57-B Rice St., Boiling AFB,
Washington, D.C.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875381
Int. CI. F21I 13104, F21v 21108, 21128
**Ti
remain in the same plane despite pitching movements of the
vehicle.
3,643,083
BATTERY-OPERATED DEVICES
Helmut A. Heine. Herrsching, Upper Bavaria, Germanv. as-
signor to Propper Manufacturing Company, Inc. and
Optotechnilt G.m.b.H.
Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,776
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 30, 1968, P 18 1 1
923.8
Int. CI. F21I 7100
U.S. CI. 240- 1 0.66 7 Claims
U.S. CI. 240-10.67
12 Claims
20o
A versatile universally positionable portable device which
preferably is provided with an illumination unit for illuminat-
ing desired areas such as an aircraft instrument panel or any
selected cockpit area, wherein the device includes a housing
having coaxial oppositely directed telescoping sectional units
provided at their respective opposite ends with swivel assem-
blies to permit universal positioning of the device as found
necessary or desirable by the user thereof.
3,643,085
PHOTOGRAPHIC LIGHT BOX
Jacqueline Durand, 600 S. Lathrop Ave., Forest Park, III.
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,636
Int. CI. F21v 9/00, F21e 5/72
U.S. CI. 240-20 7 Claims
45 iA az
A battery-operated device such as a medical diagnostic
unit requiring batteries for illumination purposes. The device
has an elongated hollow grip which also acts to accom-
modate batteries in its interior, and a springy clip is carried
by the grip at its exterior surface to enable the grip to be situ-
ated on the wall of a garment pocket or other enclosure with
the grip situated within the enclosure and with an upper part
of the wall thereof extending between the clip and the exteri-
or surface of the grip. A movable switch member is guided
for movement by the clip and situated in a position to be en-
gaged by the upper edge of the wall of the enclosure and dis-
placed thereby to a circuit-opening position whenever the
grip is situated within the enclosure, so that in this way the
circuit will be automatically opened when the device is not
used and carried about in a garment pocket or placed in
another enclosure which will operate in a similar manner to
place tile switch automatically in iu open position.
A photographic light box of generally L-shaped configura-
tion having a surface of similar shape, with a curvature
between the horizontal and vertical surface portions and with
the light distributed in the box to provide a shadowless
background for objects to be photographed so that the
photograph that is produced has no horizon line.
3,643,086
LIGHTING UNIT
Frank D. Shaw, 143 BermondMy Road, Toronto, Ontario,
Canada
Filed July 28, 1970, Ser. No. 58^60
Int. CI. F21v 7/00
U.S. CI. 240-41.6 2Clalm«
A headlamp unit designed to be powered by cells is
pivoted on the ends of a pair of flexible nonmetallic strips
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1117
which extend inwardly along the inner surface of a bowl
which carries the headlamp, each strip is frictionally sup-
from a supporting conduit by a horizontally adjustable
bracket by means of which the luminaire may be positioned
with its center of gravity directly below the supporting con-
duit.
3,643,089
LIGHTING nXTURE FOR ILLUMINATING PLANAR
SURFACES
Paul M. Marantz, New York, N.Y., assignor to Century
Lighting, Inc., Clifton, N J.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,715
InL CI. F21v 7/08
U.S. CI. 240-78 H 8 Claims
ported on the bowl by head pins and each strip has a pair of
rearwardly extending aligned slots, with each slot to a pin.
3,643,087
HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
Sheldon G. Little, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,574
Int. CI. F21v 19/02
U.S. CI. 240— 41.6 1 Claim
A headlamp assembly for a motor vehicle wherein the
reflector of a headlamp is directly universally supported on a
flexible conical lip of a plastic support cylinder. The
headlamp is resiliently biased into seating arrangement with
the lip and selectively positioned thereabout by means of cir-
cumferentially spaced aiming screws and extension springs.
3,643,088
LUMINAIRE SUPPORT
Mitchell M. Osteen, Zirconia, and James L. Grindle, Hender-
sonville, both of N.C., assignors to General Electric Com-
pany
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,944
Int. CI. F21s 1/06
U.S. CI. 240—52 8 Claims
Industrial luminaire having an optical assembly mounted in
offset relation to an associated ballast housing is suspended
A lighting fixture for illuminating planar surfaces such as
walls or the like, is disclosed. The fixture comprises an ellip-
soidal primary reflector open at one end and on one side on a
plane generally parallel to its major axis, an elongated light
source at a focus of the primary reflector and extending
along a portion of the major axis thereof adjacent the focus,
and a second reflector juxtaposed to the open side of the pri-
mary reflector and the light source.
3,643,090
APPARATUS FOR DRIVING A VEHICLE
Jean-Pierre Malon, Maisons Alfort, France, assignor to Ste
Inter-Elec, Aubervilliers, France
Filed Aug. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 752,275
Claims priority, application France, Aug. 18, 1967, 1 18334
Int. CI. B61li/y5
U.S. CI. 246- 182 R I 16 Claims
A
ipa
J3
y^Tr:>^^¥~^fe~^^
I ^^ '' zf ^^.
The path of the vehicle is divided into successive intervals
of space. An adjustable, periodic, pulsed reference signal is
provided for each interval, and its frequency is adjusted so
that the product of this frequency by the length of the cor-
responding interval is proportional to the speed desired for
the vehicle on this interval. The number of reference pulses
received by the vehicle during its travel along each interval is
counted and compared with a determined fixed base number
1118
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
to compare the real speed of the vehicle with the desired
speed.
3,643,091
SPECIMEN STAGE /^D HOLDER ASSEMBLY FOR
ELECTRON MICROSCOPE
Jeffrey H. Lucas, Rickling, NR. Saffron, Waiden, Essex, En-
gland, assignor to Associated Electrical Industries Limited,
Stanhope Gate, London, England
FUed Aug. 19, 1969, S«r. No. 851,172
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Aug. 30, 1968,
41,572/68
Int. CI. HO IJ J 7/20
L.S. CI. 250-49.5 B 17 Claims
In an electron beam apparatus, two stage plates are nested
one within the other and are slidable on a common reference
surface to provide X-Y motion for scanning a specimen posi-
tioned on the optical axis of the apparatus. The specimen
holder is mounted on a carriage which is carried by one of
the stage plates and is movable relative to the stage plate
along one axis. The specimen stage and holder assembly may
be constructed to tilt the specimen in any direction about the
optical axis.
3,643,092
COMBINED LUMINESCENT SCREEN AND
ANTIDIFFUSION GRID, AND METHOD OF MAKING
SAME
Willem H. van der Feyst, Delft, Netherlands, assignor to N.V.
Optische Industrie De Oude Delft, Ddft, Netherlands
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,820
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 5, 1969,
6903366
Int. CI. HOI j 1162
IJ.S. CI. 250-80 7 Claims
and light-reflecting stnps which also form the antidiffusion
grid portion of the assembly. The interspaces between such
strips are partly filled with the phosphor and partly are left
empty or filled with a material transparent for X-rays.
3,643,093
ULTRAVIOLET DETECTOR SYSTEM
John J. Dietz, Cedar Grove, N J., assignor to McGraw-Edison
Company, Elgin, III.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,248
Int. CI. GOlji/00
U.S. CI. 250-83.3 UV 4 Claims
" JONLiGHT
A system for detecting only ultraviolet radiation below a
cutoff value of 2,900 Angstrom uses a detector means
responsive to wavelengths both below and above the cutoff
value Associated partially with the detector means is an opti-
cal filter which passes only radiation above the cutoff value
A bridge circuit and the detector means are connected to a
source of potential to provide a differential potential across
two load resistors proportional only to the radiation below
the desired cutoff value An indicator connected to the
bridge circuit responds according to the average differential
potential across the load resistors whereby to give an indica-
tion only of the L'-V radiation whose wavelengths are below
the desired cutoff value.
3,643,094
PORTABLE X-RAY GENERATING MACHINE
Donald A. Courtois, Ypsilanti, Mich., assignor to The Bendix
Corporation
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,261
Int. CI. G03b 41116; HOlj 35100
U.S. CI. 250-87 4 Claims
// u
A combined X-ray luminescent screen and antidiffusion A portable X-ray generating machine including an X-ray
grid, in which compartmenting of the phosphor layer is partly tube and a spiral generator power source in which the dimen-
or wholly achieved by means of the same X-ray absorbing sions and positioning of the spiral generator are selected so
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1119
that the generator encircles or surrounds the X-ray tube to
form a compact unit. The spiral generator is formed from
conductive sheets or foils which have a high coefficient of
adsorption of X-radiation so that an operator will be effec-
tively protected from X-radiation by the generator during
operation of the tube. The portable combination of this in-
vention is thus extremely light because a minimum of
separate shielding material is needed. In the preferred em-
bodiment illustrated herein of this invention, the electrodes
of the X-ray tube are connected to the foils of the spiral by
extremely short, well insulated paths. The short path lengths
provide minimum inductance and thereby allow maximum
voltage to be developed across the X-ray tube during the
transient discharge, when the time rate of change in current
is extremely high.
3,643,095
AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR CONTROL FOR X-RAY
APPARATUS
Ronald F. Shuster, Euclid, Ohio, assignor to Picker Corpora-
tion, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,620
Int. CI. G21f 5/04
U.S. CI. 250-105
35 Claims
to the safe location of the radioactive source The photocon-
ductor operates a visual indicator through electncal circuitry
^^^
designed so that a positive indication is given when the
radioactive source is in its safe position.
3,643,097
OPTICAL nLTER FOR SUPPRESSING NOISE WHICH
UTILIZES A GRADED OPTICAL FIBER AND MEANS
FOR CONTROLLING TRANSVERSE POSITION OF IRIS
Atsufumi UeU, and Ryi^i Tatsumi, both of Tokyo, Japan, as-
signors to Nippon Selfoc, Limited c/o Nippon Electric Com-
pany Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,853
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 16, 1968, 43/83681
Int. CI. GOlj 1120; G02b 5114
U.S. CI. 250-201 5 Claims
In X-ray apparatus, shutter opening dimensions are con-
trolled automatically in accordance with the distance of an
X-ray tube from a film and the size of film being used.
Shutter opening is controlled automatically in accordance
with film size only when the X-ray tube is oriented in particu-
lar directions, and is spaced from the film within a predeter-
mined range of distances.
Actual shutter opening is compared with computed,
desired shutter opening and the actual shutter opening ad-
justed to correspond to the desired opening. The circuitry is
digital in nature, as opposed to analog, and energizes shutter
drive motors to operate at fixed speed to adjust the shutters
properly, at which time the motors are completely deener-
gized.
Means are provided for manually adjusting the shutter
opening when it is desired not to op>erate automatically, or
when the X-ray tube is oriented in other than predetermined
directions, or when the X-ray tube is spaced from the film by
a distance outside the predetermined range.
3,643,096
RADIOACTIVE SOURCE SHIELD WITH SAFE POSITION
INDICATOR
Luther R. Jeffries, Jr., Medford Lakes, and
Thompson, Millville, both of NJ., assignors
Nuclear, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 802,832
Int. CI. G01ty/26,G21f 5/00
U.S. CI. 250-108 R
Apparatus for indicating when a radioactive source capsule
is in a safe position within its shield comprises a gamma-sen-
sitive photoconductor located in the shield in close proximity
Charles F.
to General
6 Claims
31(32)
33(34)
A noise suppression optical filter having practical utility in
increasing the signal-to-noise ratio of a laser communication
system. The filter comprises a converging light guide element
having an index of refraction which varies inversely with the
square of the distance from the central axis. Irises having
apertures of specified diameters are located at the input and
output ends of that light guide, and means are provided to
position these apertures in alignment with the light travelling
through the guide.
3,643,098
MARK-SENSING PHOTOSENSOR
Samuel P. Willits, Barrington, III., assignor to Spartanics Ltd.,
Barrington Village, U.
Original application July 3, 1967, Ser. No. 650,835. Divided
and this application Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,897
InL CI. G05k 7/0/ , GOlj 1136
U.S. CI. 250-202 5 Claims
A periodically oscillating electro-optical scanning ap-
paratus for indicating the position of registration lines or
1120
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
edges relative to itself by providing an electrical signal output 3,643,100
indicative thereof The optical scanner is positioned relative PHOTOCELL CIRCUIT FOR PROVIDING INDICATIONS
OF BOTH AVAILABLE LIGHT AND FLASHBULB
READINESS
Dieter Engelsmann, Unterhaching; Hubert Hackenberg;
Johann Putscher, and Rolf Strittmatter, all of Munich, Ger-
many, assignors to AGFA Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,204
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 21, 1969, P 19 08
653.4
Int. CI. G03b 9/70, HOlj 39/12; H05b 37/00
U.S. CI. 250-214 P 1 1 Claims
to the material containing the indicia to eliminate output
signal deficiencies.
3,643,099
ELECTRO-OPTICAL NETWORK FOR SELECTIVELY
PRODUCING A SINGLE PULSE OR PULSE TRAIN IN
RESPONSE THERETO OF A SINGLE TRIGGER PULSE
Sadahiko Yamashita, Kadoma, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Company Limited, Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 73,052
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 20, 1969, 44/75572
Int. CI. HOlj i9/y2
U.S. CI. 250-206 6 Claims
^ -44
Operational readiness of a flashbulb is indicated by an in-
dicator lamp prior to release of the camera shutter by con-
necting the flashbulb with a series resistor in the base-emitter
circuit of a transistor, whose collector circuit contains the in-
dicator lamp By a suitable switching arrangement, the circuit
may be combined with the camera automatic exposure con-
trol circuit The condition of the battery and the light condi-
tions affecting the exposure may also be tested.
3,643,101
LASER MICROAPERTURE MEASUREMENT
INSTRUMENT
John I. Shipp; Nathan E. Welch, and Thomas D. Broadbent,
all of Tullahoma, Tenn., assignors to Laser Systems & Elec-
tronics, Inc., Tullahoma, Tenn.
Filed Jan. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 789,458
Int. CI. G02b5//«
U.S. CI. 250-216 14 Claims
V^^'hr^
An electro-optical network having electrically isolated
units, one of said units containing an injection-electrolu-
minescent pulse-generating diode and another of said units
containing a pulse-generating diode in series with a
photoconductive element positioned in radiation-coupled
relationship with said first-mentioned diode. Both of the
pulse-generating diodes are of the type in which they start
oscillation at a certain predetermined bias voltage V, and
cease to oscillate at another predetermined voltage Vj lower
than V,. Under the bias conditions of V,<Vb<V,, when a
single trigger pulse is applied to the injection-electrolu-
minescent pulse-generating diode, it starts to oscillate,
emitting light from the PN junction. The light thus emitted ir-
radiates the photoconductive element, causing a reduction in
the resistance thereof. Consequently, a voltage as applied
across said pulse-generating diode increases, rendering it for
oscillation. With a bias of Vb<Vi, the application of the sin-
gle pulse produces only a single output pulse.
A method and apparatus for determining the diameter of
roughly circular apertures by employing a laser to pass a
beam of coherent light through the aperture whose diameter
is to be measured so that a Fraunhofer diffraction pattern is
produced. The Fraunhofer pattern is split by appropriate
means and the two identical patterns thus produced each
focused upon appropriate photodetectors. For a first
reference photodetector the entire Fraunhofer pattern is al-
lowed to be incident upon the reference photocell while for
the second detector only part of the inner portion of the
bright central area of the pattern known as the Airy Disc is
detected. The ratio of the voltages produced by the two
photocells is then a function of the diameter of the aperture
through which the beam has passed and by appropriate cir-
cuitry an output signal related to that diameter can be
produced.
\
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1121
3,643,102
RADIATION^ENSITIVE CONTROL FOR THE
CONCENTRATION OF A CHEMICAL
Norman Craik Harper; John Henry Marshnun, and Henry
Thomas Marshman, all of Landfield House, Clarence Road,
St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands, Great Britain
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 797,801
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 15, 1968,
7,537/68
Int. CI. GOln 21/26
U.S. CI. 250-218 9 Claims
This invention is a control for the supply of chlorine in a
swimming pool. The water in the pool is continuously recir-
culated and filtered and a sample is taken from the recircu-
lating water in regular sampling cycles and the metered sam-
ple has injected into it a metered amount of chlorine indica-
tor. An optical method is used to measure the effect of the
indicator and to control accordingly an injector for chlorine
into the pool.
3,643,103
LIGHT-CONDUCTING MEMBER FOR PHOTOELECTRIC
CODE SENSOR
Edwin O. Du Buis, SaraioU, Fla., and Carl Bayer, Jr.,
Hackcnsack, N J., aitignon to Mohawk Data Sciences Cor-
poration, Herkimer, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19^90
Int.Ci.G02b5//4
U.S. CI. 250-227 10 Claims
gizazCit^* ^w
-^^^^^;,
v////////> ////////^/^
A light-conducting member for an apparatus which
photoelectrically senses successive columns of coded data-in-
dicating perforations in a punched tape. The light-conducting
member is of a transparent material, located above the tape,
and conducts light from a single elongated light bulb onto the
tape. A phototransistor array is located beneath the tape and
senses light passing through the perforations. The top surface
of the light-conducting member receives the light from the
bulb and contains a trough portion extending substantially
parallel to the columns of (perforations and elongated bulb.
The bottom of the trough is concave and symmetrical about
a plane perpendicular to the columns. The bottom surface of
the light-conducting member emits the light received on its
top surface, is planar and located perpendicular to the plane
about which the trough is symmetrical The bottom surface is
also elongated in a direction parallel to the columns to emit
light to all the apertures in each column. Preferably, the
light-conducting member has two planar side surfaces
located in converging planes which intersect beneath the bot-
tom surface. The insides of these side surfaces are adapted to
reflect at least some of the light directed onto the top surface
and direct such light onto the bottom surface.
3,643,104
MAGNETIC CONTROL DEVICE
Orestes M. Baycura, 2238 Central Park Drive, Campbell,
Calif.
FUed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 991
Int. CI. Gllc 11/08; H03k 19/166
U.S. CI. 307-88 LC 3 Claims
A magnetic control device comprising a magnetic structure
having four openings formiiig an approximately square con-
figuration. An input winding and an output winding are both
coupled with the pair of openings along one diagonal of the
square and a control winding is coupled with the pair of
openings along the other diagonal of the square. An AC con-
trol signal, that is synchronized with an AC input signal, satu-
rates the area around each of its associated openings which
restricts the fiux path available to the flux induced by the
input signal. Varying the amplitude of the control signal va-
ries the volume that flux induced by the input signal may oc-
cupy and therefore varies the current induced into the output
winding. Other embodiments include NOR and NAND logic
circuits that are derived from this basic magnetic control
device.
3,643,105
MODULAR CASCADED REVERSIBLE POLARITY
ULTRAHIGH DC VOLTAGE SUPPLY SYSTEM
George H. Bantz, Brewster; John S. Failc, Carroel, and Stan>
Icy G. Peachel, Brewster, all of N.Y., aMignort to
Hipotronict, Inc., Brewster, N.Y.
Flkd Aug. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 61,654
Int CI. H02m 7/04
U.S. CI. 307—110 18 Claims
A modular cascaded reversible polarity ultrahigh DC volt- \
age supply system is described wherein modular DC voluge 1
power supply units are vertically stacked one upon another I
and connected in cascaded series relationship to form an ul-
trahigh DC voltage supply. Each of the modular units, as
shown, includes a three-position switch electrically con-
nected in each of the modular power supply units to "-
ground" and then to reverse tRe polarity of the system output
voltage, such tliat the whole electrical load is grounded
between polarity reversals. A control is provided external of
the vertically stacked modular units and couples to each of
the switches at vertical intervals to simultaneously control
1122
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
the polarity positions of the respective switches for reversing
the polarity of the system voltage. A grounded intermediate
terminal is effectively located in each of the switches to
ground the system and also to ground the load connected to
it before the polarity of the voltage applied to the load is
3,643,107
FUNCTION GENERATOR
Dennis R. Gilbreath, New Haven, Conn., assignor to United
Aircraft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,546
Int. CI. G06g 7124
U.S. CI. 307-229 17 Claims
reversed. The ability to ground the load and then to apply a
reversed ultrahigh DC voltage is advantageous for use in test
systems, and the modular construction enables various
predetermined ultrahigh DC levels to be obtained con-
veniently by assembling the desired number of stacked
modular units.
3,643,106
ANALOG SHIFT REGISTER
Ted W. Bcrwin, and John A. Rado, both of Los Angeles,
Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft Company, Culver City,
CaUf.
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,705
Int. CI. H03k ; 7160
\}&. CI. 307-221 C 7 Claims
1 1 I '
tm
(4
t > — * — jit, —
-» « < 1 —
u^
— ' 1
ft
A nonlinear generator in which each of a plurality of sec-
tions includes two differentially connected devices each of
which comprises a first string of elements having the same
voltage-current characteristics and through which an input
current is passed to provide a voltage which is applied to a
second string of a different number of similar elements to
produce a current from which there is obtained an output
which is proportional to the input raised to a power which is
the ratio of the numbers of elements in the respective strings.
In maJcing up any function each section produces an output
representing a term of the overall approximating equation of
the function,
3,643,108
AUTOMATIC PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Stephen John Pilkington, Lancaster, England, assignor to SK
Instruments Limited, Skelmersdale, England
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,927
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 8, 1969,
1,089/69
Int. CI. G06g 7112
U.S. CI. 307-230 8 Claims
rmiNOCinoiiT
An analog shift register capable of storing and shifting
sampled analog data as well as digital data. An embodiment
of the analog shift register has four components, two capaci-
tors, and two transistors per stage. Information is stored as
the absence of a quantity of electric charge. The electric
charge is proportional to the sampled value of the input
signal according to the equation <?»Cv. The shifting is accom-
plished by the transfer of electric charge from one capacitor
to the next.
An automatic process control system transfer function
device has a substantially linear small signal response which
falls away at large signal inputs. The device comprises a
square wave oscillator of which the mark-space ratio is
varied by one or more nonlinear elements. These elements
can be transistors used as resistors and which can be driven
into saturation.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1128
3,643,109
LOGIC GATE
Zdenek E. Skokan, Mountain View, Calif., assignor to
Hewlett-Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.
FUcd Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,392
Int. CI. H03k 5/00, 19134, 19136
U.S. CI. 307-235 4 Claims
. . G-^"
and the memory resetting means incorporate inverting cir-
cuits to enable using an economical junction field effect
R2
.R3
12
10 ^ t -"^30
^
^
The base of a common emitter connected transistor is
connected to a threshold detector and the collector of the
transistor is used as an input. When an applied voltage on the
collector exceeds the threshold value, the threshold detector
output is in a first state; and when the collector voltage is less
than the threshold, the output is in a second state.
3,643,110
SAMPLE AND HOLD CIRCUIT
James E. Thompson, Scottsdale, Ariz., assignor to Motorola,
Inc., Franklin Park, lU.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93,591
Int. CI. H03k / 7160
U.S. CI. 307-238 14 Claims
O ♦Vcc
■o (XrTPUT.25
CABkClTOB.ZO
« -Vm
There is disclosed a sample and hold circuit employing an
amplification stage which is turned ON and OFF by steering
a current source between the amplification stage and current
sink circuitry. This decreases the aperture time of the sample
and hold circuit to such an extent that one microsecond
analog to digital conversion is possible for an 8-bit system in-
cluding sync pulses. The sample and hold circuit eliminates
the problem of discharge of the holding capacitor through
the sample and hold circuit while at the same time decreasing
sample and hold aperture time.
3,643,111
MEMORY CIRCUIT
Charles R. Deyo, 7800 Gaston Avenue, Fort Worth, Tex.
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,035
intci.Giicyy/24, y;/i4
U.S. CI. 307-238 1 1 Claims
This specification discloses a memory circuit charac-
terized by a field effect transistor having its gate connected
with a capacitor means, a memory setting means for charging
the capacitor means, and a memory resetting means for
discharging the capacitor means. The memory setting means
transistor in the memory circuit and yet have the memory
circuit remain compatible with conventional logic circuits.
to
3,643,112
THYRISTOR GATE PULSE GENERATOR
Eugene M. Perrin, Cheektowaga, N.Y., assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,599
Int CI. H03k 51153, 17/08, 17/72
U.S. CI. 307-252 W 6 Claims
The invention comprises a thyrislor gate pulse generator
circuit including phase shifting and pulse-shaping networks to
develop controlled firing pulses for single converter opera-
tion, or dual converters operating in the circulating current
mode.
A controlled DC voltage is compared with an AC input
with the intercepts determining the firing angle of the
thyristors. TTie use of a single AC voltage and both positive
and negative intercepts insures inherently the sum of forward
and reverse thyristor gating angles is maintained 1 80°.
The AC input to the comparator is the cosine of the line
voltage applied to the converters to achieve symmetry of
operation around 90°.
3,643,113
VOLTAGE-TO-ANALOG PULSE RATE CONVERTER
Gordon L. Brock, and Charles H. Armstrong, both of
Huntington Beach, Calif., aadgnors to Heracy-Sparling
Meter Company, El Monte, Calif.
Filed Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 805,321
Int CI. H03k 4/56
VS. CI. 307-271 1 Claim
A circuit is provided for converting a relatively slowly
varying DC voltage value to a proportional re(>etitive pulse
train. The circuit is especially adapted to monitoring some
quantity or physical value that can be represented by a direct
1124
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
current input voltage when it is desired to transmit for some flows through the transistor resulting in a feedback action
distance, the monitored value, without loss of accuracy in the which brings the transistor out of saturation. The voltage on
-4 * ,.««
\'2X
lb
H < ■ *■ r
initial measurement. The pulse train can be transmitted
without change in frequency to a remote readout device.
3,643,114
CLOCKLESS FARMOST TOGGLE FLIP-FLOP CIRCUIT
Alton O. Christensen, Houston, Tex., assignor to Shell Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,194
Int. CI. H03k 31286
U.S. CI. 307-279 2 Claims
:^
C0NTB0LLIN9
OtviCt
1 u^. ..
tl^
H
7t
the transistor's collector and the input terminal to the indus-
trial control system then rises to the potential of the positive
voltage source
3,643,116
FAST LOGIC USING ULTRASHORT LASER PULSES
William H. Culver, Washington, D.C., and Farrokh Mehran,
Mohcgan Lake, N.Y., assignors to Intematktnal Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 855,607
Int. CL H03k 19114
U.S. CI. 307-312 17 Claims
T
Q
BINARY HALF AODCM
K)
-Tf
\
^
20-
^ I ±
24
-26
-0 OOTPOT
A clockless, ratioless IGFET toggle flip-flop is compxjsed
of a FARMOST inverter whose input and output are bridged
by the series-connected source-drain circuits of a pair of
switching transistors. The gates of the switching transistors
are connected, respectively, to the true rail and the comple-
ment rail of a double-rail trigger signal source. The true rail
is also connected to the clock input of the FARMOST in-
verter, and the flip-flop output is taken between the two
switching transistors. The operation of the circuit involves
the transfer of incremental charges between the inverter out-
put capacitance, the flip-flop circuit output capacitance, and
the gate capacitance of the inverter input transistor.
3,643,115
INTERFACE CIRCUIT FOR INDUSTRIAL CONTROL
SYSTEMS
WiUiam W. Kiffmeyer, Bayside, Wis., assignor to Allen-
Bradley Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,769
Int. CI. H03k 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-296 12 Claims
One contact of a controlling device connects to the input
terminal of an industrial control system and the other contact
connects to a positive voltage source through a blocking
diode and to a high- voltage source through a resistor, A
transistor collector is connected to the input terminal of the
control system, and a feedback resistor connects its emitter
to a negative voltage source. A bias current supplied to the
base of the transistor saturates it. When the controlling
device contacts close, the high-voltage source applied across
them insures that conduction is established. Current then
"VV
^^v
tiei.Mi«( N
r,3r^
-^r,
Logical elements are formed using resonant multilevel
media and short laser pulses. Ultrashort laser pulses
propagate through the media and interact with the media.
The change in the state of the medium is described by the
angle through which the pseudodipole moment rotates about
the direction of the electric field. This same angle is used for
describing the pulse. Using various combinations of resonant
media and zero and 7^ laser pulses as the binary elements,
logical connectives, such as AND, OR, etc., are fabricated.
3,643,117
LINEAR RECIPROCATING ELECTRIC MOTORS
Philip Langdon Alger, Schenectady, and Charles Wilson,
Troy, both of N.Y. , assignors to Mechanical Technology In-
corporated, Latham, N.Y.
FUed Sept 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,267
Int. CI. H02k SmO
U.S. CI. 310-17 11 Claims
A linear reciprocating electric motor of the type wherein a
moving member is arranged to reciprocate within an opening
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1125
in a stationary member which constitutes the electromagnetic
circuit thereof, is provided with a pair of identical balancing
coils arranged on the stationary member on oppwsite sides of
the moving member and connected in series-bucking rela-
tionship so that the balancing coils are operative to maintain
at opposite ends of the generator. Desirably, a plurality of ar-
cuately displaced stationary vanes are positioned downstream
of the intake fan to increase the air pressure within a zone
circumferentially encompassing the end turn cavity proxi-
mate the fan and that portion of the pressurized air flowing
radially into the end turn cavity is divided in axially opposite
equality of fluxes on both sides of the moving member to
prevent side pull thereon. Further equalizing effect is
achieved by including an airgap region through the stationary
member extending in a direction colinear with the axis of
motion of the moving member.
3,643,118
ROTARY MACHINE
Toshinobu Ichiki; Hironori Okuda, both of Hitachi, and KelJi
Aral, Kita-Ibaraki, all of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,289
Claims priority, applkation Japan, May 2, 1969, 44/33610
Int.CI. H02ky/y2
U.S. CI. 310-40 10 Claims
wrcnoNcr rotatwh
A rotary machine comprising a stator having magnetic
poles each provided with a stator winding, and an armature
mounted for rotation within said stator and provided with an
armature winding. Each of said magnetic poles is integrally
formed at the end thereof with two oppositely directed
polepieces which are aligned along the surface of said arma-
ture with a gap therebetween, said two polepieces being
bisymmetrical so as to provide a larger sectional area of the
magnetic path through a trailing one of said two polepieces
in the rotating direction of the armatupe than that through a
leading one of said two polepiec«!<'Vhereby the output
^capacity of the rotary machine is increased.
3,643,119
VENTILATED DYNAMOELECTRIC MACHINE
Alan Franck Lukens, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,117
Int. CI. H02k 9106
U.S. CL 310—60 8 Claims
A synchronous machine is described wherein a fan impels
a coolant, typically air, into a first end of the generator and
the air is divided into diverse streams which are passed in
radially inward directions over the stator end turns disposed
.....^ ./^,..
L^^■.^^.'.^^^'.^'.^^■-^^'.^^^'■^^^■■^■■■■'^^'■^'■^'^'■'■^yl'V *
,0 ^^ ^ff/y/ffa^wi^\>^^lU|!
^^^^^^^^^^.^^.^^^^0^^■.^'^^^^^^^^^^^^■■.■■^^^^SUy
directions, i.e., one part of the air in the cavity passmg axially
'.hrough the rotor while the second part of the air is ex-
hausted from the intake end of the generator after flowing
across the exciter. A fan also is provided at the opposite end
of the generator to increase air flow through the rotor and to
assist in drawing air over the end turns at the opposite end of
the generator.
3,643,120
COMBINED FLEXIBLE AND MAGNETIC DRIVE
COUPLING
Robert R. Young, Murrysville, and William A. English, Ex-
port, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,636
Int. CI. H02k49//0
U.S.CL 310—96 5 Claims
This invention provides a flexible drive coupling mounted
between a resiliency supported prime mover and a ngidly
supported power takeoff shaft. The prime mover in the in-
stant application is situated in a hermetic enclosure so that a
magnetic coupling means is provided between the flexible
drive coupling powered power takeoff shaft and an output so
as to drive the output shaft mounted outwardly of the her-
1126
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
metic enclosure. This output shaft may conveniently mount a
fan. belting or the like so as to receive its power from the
prime mover.
3,643,121
TRIPLE ELECTRON GUN APPARATUS PROVIDED
WITH CONVERGENCE ELECTRODE
Shinichi Sawagata, Tokyo; Masakatsu Nakahara, and Asahide
Tsuneta, both of Vokohama-shi, all of Japan, assignors to
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831^14
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, June 10, 1968, 43/39430
Int. CI. HO IJ 29/02. / 9/46, 9//S
U.S. CI. 313— 70 5 Claims
A triple electron gun apparatus comprises three electron
gun units, a convergence electrode for converging electron
beams emitted from said units, and three insulating support
bars. These bars Juxtapose the units to form a triple electron
gun assembly as well as securely join the convergence elec-
trode with the triple electron gun assembly.
3,643,122
MEANS FOR CONTROLLING ELECTROSTATIC
CHARGE ON THE REAR WINDOW OF A CATHODE-
RAY TUBE
Chris F. Bossers, 16 Johnston Street, Seneca Falls, N.V.
Original appUcation Dec. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 785,648. Divided
and this applicatk>n July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,473
Int CI. HOlj 29100, 29189, 29/46
U.S. CI. 313-92 R 1 Claim
3,643,123
PLASMA CONTAINMENT DEVICE
Andrew V. Haeff, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to TRW Inc.,
Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed Oct. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 771,103
Int. CI. HOIJ 1/50
U.S.CL 313-162 7 Claims
I
A plasma confinement device having separate means for
repelling positive ions and for repelling electrons from the
walls of the plasma chamber. The electrons are repelled from
the central portion of the chamber by a sufficiently strong
magnetic field. However, the positive ions which are little af-
fected by the magnetic field are repelled from the walls of
the chamber by making the walls of an insulating material
which charges positively by impact of a few of the positive
ions. The chamber has two end portions, one of which in-
cludes an ion generator and accelerator which tends to repel
electrons, the other end portion is provided with an electron
repeller. On the other hand, the positive ions are kept out of
the end portions of the chamber by the positive charge on
the walls thereof
3,643,124
CONSTANT SPEED VECTOR GENERATOR UTILIZING A
VARIABLE SLOPE SAWTOOTH GENERATOR
Richard L. Aiani, Saugus, and Bill T. Jones, Jr., Granada
Hills, both of Calif., assignors to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,868
Int. CI. HOlj 29/52
U.S. CI. 315-22 5 Claims
Means for controlling the electrostatic charge on the rear-
window of a cathode-ray tube wherein a substantially annu-
lar-shaped optical access rear-window is oriented in the tube
envelope in substantially symmetrical relationship to the lon-
gitudinal axis thereof. The window which provides a substan-
tially annular viewing area from observing the electron imp-
inged side of the screen has electrical conductive means sym-
metrically and discretely associated therewith to control the
electrostatic charge thereon.
/
A vector generator which produces a constant intensity
trace on a viewing screen. A pair of output signals control
the angle of a vector as it sweeps across the screen of a dis-
playing tube A first constant sawtooth output voltage is util-
ized to represent the first output signal and a second saw-
tooth output voltage, the slope of which is varied in propor-
tion to the ratio of the input signal components is used to
represent the second output signal.
/
(.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1127
3,643,125
DEFLECTION SYSTEM FOR TRIAD-BEAM CATHODE
RAY TUBE UTILIZING A TOROID-TYPE DEFLECTION
YOKE
Charles Edward Torsch, Rochester, and Joseph Edward
Thomas, Batavia, both of N.Y., assignors to Sylvania Elec-
tric Products Inc.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,935
Int. CL HOlj 29/76
U.S. CI. 315-24 7 Claims
counts the frequency of the variable frequency generator.
Timing and logic circuitry controls the intensity of the
A cathode-ray tube deflection system includes a triad-type
cathode-ray tube and a toroid-type deflection yoke having
horizontal and vertical axes with first and second horizontal
windings symmetrical to the horizontal axis in mirror image
of one another about the vertical axis and first and second
vertical winding symmetrical to the vertical axis in mirror
image of one another about the horizontal axis and said first
and second horizontal and vertical windings each including a
flux altering means for enhancing vertical convergence of
horizontal trace lines. The deflection yoke is formed by a
process wherein a core of magnetic material is wrapped with
wire turns applied in toroidal fashion to form first and second
horizontal windings and first and second vertical windings ad-
vanced in opjxjsite circumferential direction to form a mirror
image relationship. Also, "ringing" is inhibited by circuitry
wherein a specific terminal of each of the horizontal and the
vertical windings associated with the start of electron beam
scanning of the cathode-ray tube is connected to a potential
reference level while the other extremities of the horizontal
and vertical windings are connected to a source of deflection
signals whereby undesired distortions appearing on the trace
lines of the viewing screen are minimized.
3,643,126
FREQUENCY-MEASURING SYSTEM UTILIZING MEANS
FOR MOMENTARILY STOPPING THE VARIABLE
FREQUENCY GENERATOR
Robert R. Hay, Santa Clara, Calif., assignor to Hewlett
Packard Company, Palo Alto, Calif.
FUed Mar. 4,1 970, Ser. No. 16,315
Int. CI. HOlj 29/70
U.S. CI. 315-26 9 Claims
A variable frequency receiver scans a spectrum of frequen-
cies from a signal source, and a cathode-ray tube (CRT)
system detects and displays the amplitude of the signal
source as a function of the frequencies scanned. At any
selected point of the amplitude response curve, the frequen-
cy scanning is momentarily stopped to produce a marker spot
on the CRT screen. During the stop time, a digital counter
wxmtL
^•1
-<^
-SiL.
.,^-{¥]-[^-H3
marker spot and the length of the stop time in response to
the counting time and the frequency scanning rate.
3,643,127
ELECTRONIC GAS DISCHARGE TUBE STARTER
HAVING A SEMICONDUCTOR SWITCH ELEMENT
CONTROLLED BY A CAPACITIVE VOLTAGE DIVIDER
Robert Ronald Laupman, Wijchen, Netheriands, assignor to
N. V. Auco, WUchen, Netherlands
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,147
Claims priority, application Netheriands, Nov. 20, 1968,
68/16538
Int. CI. H05b4//2i
U.S. CI. 315-101 15 Claims
An electronic gas discharge tube starter comprises a
semiconductor switch element with a separate control signal
terminal connected through a semiconductor switch diode to
the node between two capacitors included in a circuit con-
nected in parallel with the switch element. According to the
invention, the capacitors can exclusively be charged through
a diode. It is thus ensured that after a predetermined time the
voltage generated in the node has decreased to the extent
that the switch diode is no longer capable of igniting the
tube.
3,643,128
IONIZED AIR PROJECTOR
Anthony Q. Testonc, Lansdak, Pa., assignor to Testonc Elec-
trostatics Corporation, West Point, Pa.
FUed SepL 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,732
Int CI. H05f 3/06
U.S. CI. 317-4 9 Claims
Apparatus for projecting ionized air comprising a conduc-
tive tube connected to an air source and to an AC source,
1128
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
and having a row of extending points, beside which are air parallel resonant circuit which oscillates for a half-cycle to
discharge passages; a grounded conductive shield around the charge the capacitor
a
i—i
E
^ft
k\^\ \\\\\'
/-JO
Z2Z2zzzzzzaE:
^\\ / /M
'v,,,!,,r,ii\7irrt!
r^^\^^V■^»V4■
tube has opposed rows of air inlet and outlet apertures, the
former receiving the ends of the points.
3,643,129
SOLENOID CONTROL APPARATUS
Lawrence C. Marsh, Dearborn Heights, Mich., assignor to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 93.547
Int. CI. H02h 1122
U.S. CI. 317-11 R 3 Claims
A solenoid control apparatus includes a control switch
connected in series with a solenoid and a power supply. The
control switch energizes the solenoid with an energizing cur-
rent when the switch is rendered conductive and deenergizes
the solenoid which develops a flyback voltage when the
switch is rendered nonconductive. Further, the solenoid con-
trol apparatus includes an auxiliary drive circuit comprising a
boosting network connected in series with the solenoid and a
flyback network connected in parallel with the solenoid. The
flyback network includes a Zener diode for limiting the
flyback voltage to a maximum level. The maximum level is
sufTiciently high to rapidly decrease the energizing current
through the solenoid as the control switch is rendered non-
conductive thereby to minimize the pull-in time of the sole-
noid. However, the maximum level is sufficiently low to pro-
tect the control switch from damage due to the flyback volt-
age. The boosting network includes the parallel combination
of a storage leg, a bypass leg and a reset leg. The storage leg
includes a storage capacitor connected to discharge through
the solenoid to temporarily increase the energizing current
through the solenoid as the control switch is rendered con-
ductive thereby to minimize the pull-in time of the solenoid.
The bypass leg includes a bypass diode connected to shunt
energizing current around the storage capacitor to maintain
the solenoid energized after the capacitor has discharged
through the solenoid. The reset leg includes a reset inductor
connected to combine with the storage capacitor to form a
3.643,130
SUPERVISORY DEVICE FOR RECTIHER HAVING
SEMICONDUCTOR VALVE-TYPE COMPONENTS
Manfred I.iska, and Klaus Hubner, both of Munich, Cermanx,
assignors l<» .Siemens \ktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich,
(ierman\
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,079
Claims priority, application Germany, May 31, 1969, P 19 27
826.3
Int. CI. H02h 7110
U.S. CI. 3 1 7—40 R 10 Claims
sr*
A thermal replica has an RC component having a variable
resistance and a capacitor connected to the resistance. The
variable resistance is dependent upon the operating frequen-
cy of a rectifier having semiconductor valve-type com-
ponents to an extent that the median value of the resistance
increases with decreasing operating frequency when the vari-
able resistance is connected in parallel with the capacitor and
decreases with decreasing operating frequency when the vari-
able resistance is connected in series with the capacitor. A
current proportional to the current supplied to the rectifier is
supplied to the thermal replica. A signal generator coupled to
the capacitor responds when the voltage of the capacitor
reaches a specific critical level.
3,643,131
ELECTRICAL DEVICE HAVING LIQUID-COOLED
CLAMPED DISC CELLS
Friedriih Scherbaum, Munich, (Jermany, assignor to Siemens
Aktienjiesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, (Jermany
Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,721
Claims priority, application Germany, May 10, 1969, PI 9 24
011.0
Int. CLH01I///2
U.S. CI. 317-100 9 Claims
i
An electrically conductive liquid-cooled conductor bar has
a plurality of seats thereon, each of said seats for accom-
modating a corresponding one of a plurality of disc cells.
Each of a plurality of subordinated pressure components
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1129
clamps a corresponding one of the disc cells to the cor-
responding one of the seats. Each of the pressure com-
ponents has a cooling duct therein for conducting a coolant
and such cooling ducts are coupled to each other by a plu-
rality of elastic coupling ducts thereby permitting a coolant
to flow through the pressure components. A slide rail is posi-
tioned in spaced parallel relation to the conductor bar. One
of a pair of spaced bolts is provided on each side of each of
the disc cells and its corresponding pressure component. The
bolts couple the slide rail to the conductor bar in a manner
whereby each of the disc cells and its corresponding pressure
component is enclosed by a frame comprising part of the
conductor bar, part of the slide rail and the bolts. Each of a
plurality of clamping devices is f>ositioned between a cor-
responding one of the pressure compKjnents and a cor-
responding part of the slide rail, each of the clamping devices
abutting the corresponding one of the disc cells on its surface
opposite that adjacent the conductor bar.
3,643,132
PROTECTIVE ASSEMBLY FOR A PANEL-MOUNTED
CALL METER WITH ELASTIC HOUSING-LOCKING
MEANS
Per RanoM Odnsark, Alv^o, Sweden, assignor to Telefonak-
tiebolaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,807
Claims priority, application Sweden, Mar. 19, 1969, 3807/69
InL CI. H02b H02, 9100
U.S.CL 317-107 3 Claims
adapted to receive and be reflow soldered to the legs of dual
in-line packages which extend over the wire-routing fixtures
without any interference therebetween. As a result, a known
and repeatable wire route is provided to facilitate the pro-
gramming and inspection of the finished circuit on the circuit
board.
3,643,134
METER VANE POSITION SENSING CONTROLLER
Thomas E. Beling, Fnuningham, Mass., assignor to Sigma In-
struments, Inc., South Braintree, Mass.
Filed Oct. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 83,033
Int. CI. HOI h 4 7/i2, G08b 21100
U.S. CI. 317- 148.5 R 10 Claims
^.■■■ILZ.
OBIC
IS.X
'^
/r-t* -* ^ To ?
\-
An arrangement for mounting a call meter on a panel and
at the same time protecting the meter. The arrangement con-
sists of two hollow parts. One of the parts is inserted through
an opening in the panel and the meter is placed in this part.
The other part is telescoped on the one part and rests against
the panel. The parts are locked in this position with snap ac-
tion between the two parts.
3,643,133
WIRE-ROUTING SYSTEM
LeRoy Dean Towell, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Computer In-
dustries, Inc., Sherman Oaks, Calif.
Filed Dec. 15, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,025
bit CI. H02b 9100; H05k 1118
U.S.CL 317-122 8 Claims
A wire-routing system for use with reflow wiring machines
is disclosed in which the system includes a single-sided
printed circuit board having a plurality of wire land pads and
integrated circuit pads located thereon. Wire-routing fixtures
are also adapted to be positioned on the circuit board with
each fixture including an elongated baseplate having a plu-
rality of upwardly extending posts longitudinally spaced
thereon. Each of the posts includes a hook portion for receiv-
ing portions of insulated wire used for interconnecting the
wire land pads. The wire routing is done with a conventional
reflow wiring machine having a capillary which is adapted to
lead the insulated wire from soldered joints on the land pads
around adjacent hook portions in a simple and repeatable
route. The integrated circuit pads, each of which is electri-
cally connected to a corresponding wire land pad, are
895 O.G. — 40
A meter movement controller has a movable meter vane,
in the form of a disk of electrically conductive metal, mova-
ble between transmitting and sensor plates of a condenser to
vary the transfer of energy between the plates. An SCR is ar-
ranged to be connected, in series with a diode, across a low-
voltage source of AC potential at commercial frequency, and
its anode is connected to the transmitting plate through a
further condenser. A voltage divider is connected across the
source in series with the diode, and the junction of the volt-
age divider is connected to the gate of the SCR. When the
positive half wave of AC potential reaches a preselected
potential, such as 100 volts, a triggering pulse is applied to
the gate of the SCR to trigger the SCR conductive. This ap-
plies a 100-volt pulse to the transmitting plate of the con-
denser. A transistor amplifier, including a second SCR, con-
nects the sensor plate to a control means, such as a relay
winding. The relay winding is thus energized as a function of
the transfer of energy between the condenser plates as modu-
lated as a function of the position of the meter vane.
3,643,135
TRL\XIALLY EXPANDABLE CIRCUIT ARRAYS
Ernest W. Devorc, and Kenneth L. Hotallng, both of Boulder,
Cok)., assignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,649
Int. CLH02b 7/02
U.S. CI. 317—101 D 1 1 Claims
An electronic circuit module and resulting array, each
module having an insulating support body with first, second
1130
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
and third electrical conductive means extending through the
body along three mutually perpendicular axes. The plugs and
receptacles of the respective conductive means are arranged
to provide orientatiorkof the module such that when a plu-
rality of modules are connected together, appropriate circuit
connections are made. A recess in each of the modules pro-
vides vertical cooling chimneys in the array. The array may
be arranged such that one module in each of the cooling
chimneys is activated at a given lime to minimize the heat ac-
cumulation. The triaxially extending electrical conductive
means also carries heat toward the array surface to further
limit temperature rise within the array.
3,643,136
GLASS PASSrVATED DOUBLE BEVELED
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE WITH PARTIALLY SPACED
PREFORM
Bernard R. Tuft, Scipio Center, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,937
InLCI. HOll 1108
U.S. CI. 317-234 R 25 Claims
3,643,137
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
Minoru Ono; Toshimitsu Momoi, and Yoi^i Kawachi, all of
Tokyo-to, Japan, assignors to Kabushiki Kaisha Hitachi
Seisakusho, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Feb. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 431,677
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 13, 1964, 39/7388
Int. CI. HOll 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 317-235 4 Claims
A semiconductor device which has a semiconductive single
crystalline substrate having a plane surface, and an insulating
film such as silicon oxide covering said plane surface, in
which said plane surface lies parallel to a crystal plane other
than a 111 plane, whereby the surface donor density is
decreased The surface donor density is minimized by sub-
jecting said substrate to a heat treatment under application
across said film of such a voltage as that which renders the
electrode provided on said film negative polarity.
3,643,138
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE
Jack St. Clair Kilby, DaUas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 791,602, Feb. 6,
1959, now Patent No. 3,138,743, dated June 23, 1964, and a
continuation-in-part of 81 1,476, May 6, 1959, now
abandoned , and a continuation-in-part of 81 1,486, May 6,
1959, now Patent No. 3,138,744, dated June 23, 1964. This
application Jan. 29, 1962, Ser. No. 169,557
Int. CI. HOll 19100
U.S. CI. 317-235 " 4 Claims
t^'^^\^>^4 '>>'^
lit lOt «•
140 lO* 10*
fel.^-,4^^.^.,4^^44^>«^^"5a
lit IS4
lot 110
A silicon semiconductive element is provided with first and
second spaced contact surfaces. A beveled peripheral edge
extends from the first contact surface and intersects a first
junction, and a second peripheral edge extends from the
second contact surface to the beveled edge and intersects a
second junction. A ceramic preform surrounds the semicon-
ductive element with a surface conforming to one of the
peripheral edges of the element. The preform has a thermal
coefficient of expansion substantially matching that of the sil-
icon thyristor element. A glass passivant bonds the one
peripheral edge of the element to the conforming surface of
the preform. The glass passivant also overlies a remaining of
the peripheral edges and is spaced from the preform adjacent
this edge. The glass passivant has a thermal coefficient of ex-
pansion in excess of that of silicon and below 45xlO"'/°C., a
firing temperature below that of the preform, and a max-
imum thickness less than 1 mil. Contacts are associated with
tlie first and second contact surfaces and are sealingly as-
sociated with the preform.
»vrPiir-i
INPUT -2
I. .\ semiconductor device comprising:
a. a wafer of semiconductor material having two major
faces;
b said wafer being so shaped as to define a plurality of
regions within said wafer and adjacent to one of said
major faces:
c. at least some of said regions being electrically isolated
within said wafer from others of said regions;
d. said regions having at least one portion thereof extend-
ing to said one major face:
e. at least some of said portions having selected locations
on said one major face for electrical contact to said
region;
f an insulating material on said one major face of the wafer
excluding at least said selected locations;
g. at least one electrically conductive area in contact with
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1181
said insulating material and spaced from said wafer
thereby;
h. said electrically conductive area being disposed in co-
operative relationship with respect to a selected one of
said isolated regions so as to provide the electrical func-
tion of a discrete electrical circuit component; and
i. a plurality of metallic interconnections providing elec-
trically conductive paths between said selected locations
on different ones of said regions and between another
selected one of said locations and said electrically con-
ductive area.
of the motor winding. The rotor and resonator include com-
plementary coupling means which react under rotor motion
D— 1
3,643,139
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT HAVING FOUR MOSFET
DEVICES ARRANGED IN A CIRCLE SURROUNDING A
GUARD DIFFUSION
RUkent Jan Nienhuis, NUmcgen, Netherlands, assignor to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,192
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Nov. 2, 1968,
6815661
Int. CI. HOll 79/00, 7 7/74
U.S. a. 317-235 R 4 Claims
-*.*-^^
to excite the resonator into its resonant mode at synchronous
speed.
A semiconductor device having four insulated gate field ef-
fect transistors uses each transistor electrode zone as a com-
mon electrode zone for adjacent transistors. The transistors
are arranged around a channel stopper and are surrounded
by a second channel stopper. The compact structure of the
semiconductor device optimizes the use of a substrate area
without leakage between electrode zones.
3,643,140
DC ENERGIZED TIMING MOTOR UTILIZING A
RESONANT MEMBER TO MAINTAIN CONSTANT
SPEED
WiUiam W. Allison, Melville, N.Y., assignor to Armec Cor-
poration, Huntington Station, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 763,803, Sept.
30, 1968, now abandoned. This application Aug. 7, 1970, Ser.
No. 62,125
Int. CI. H02k 29102, 33100
U.S. CI. 318-138 21Ctalnis
A DC energized timing device including an electromag-
netically driven rotor, a stator and a frequency reference in
the form of a resonant member, with a pickup system provid-
ing signals which are a function of resonator action or
resonator action and rotor motion, the signals being selec-
tively utilized as part of a control circuit for the energization
3 643 141
POSITION CONTROL AND INDICATING MECHANISM
Lewis B. Jackson, Jr., 31 Lake Shore Ct Apt. 3, Brighton,
Mass.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 791,392, Jan. 15,
1969, now abandoned. This application Jan. 13, 1970, Ser.
No. 2,573
Int. CI. G05g 5100
U.S. CI. 318-162 12Clalmi
A position control and indicating mechanism and method
in which a control member, such as a disk, having a continu-
ous generally spiral track, typically in the form of a groove, is
used to return or advance a controlled device to a selected
equilibrium position. A follower which rides in the groove, or
otherwise follows the spiral track, is constrained to travel
along a fixed, usually a generally axial path relative to the
disk. The follower controls the operation of an output circuit,
depending upon the position of the follower along its path,
for example, its position relative to a null point on the con-
trol member. The output circuit can be used to cause rota-
tion of the output member in a direction which moves the
follower towards the null point, which corresponds to the
equilibrium position of the device being controlled.
3,643,142
AC MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZING A
SELECTIVELY ENERGIZABLE SEMICONDUCTOR
SWITCH MEANS
LyIe E. McBride, Jr., Norton, Mass., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,656
Int CI. H02p 1144
U.S. CI. 318-221 R 23 Claims
A control system is disclosed for an electrical motor having
a run winding and a start winding. The system includes a
gate-controlled current switch device connected between the
start winding and a source of power as well as trigger means
1132
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
including a thermistor adapted for operation in a self-heating
mode coupled to the gate of the current switch device. The
trigger means is adapted to apply triggering current to the
gate only for a predetermined time interval to cause suffi-
cient self-heating of the thermistor for effecting operation
thereof in a high-resistance mode so as to cause a reduction
in the flow of current therethrough and effect deenergization
of the switch device at the expiration of the predetermined
time interval. Means are also provided for energizing the
start winding and the trigger means to permit current to flow
to the start winding during the predetermined time interval in
order to effect starting of the motor. In addition, the system
may include a thermal protection means coupled to the
motor in order to disrupt the flow of current to the run wind-
ing in response to a sensed motor temperature in excess of a
preselected temperature level.
3,643,143
DUAL SPEED BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR
Rodney G. Rakes, Bristol, Tenn., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,330
Int. CI. H02k 29/00
IJ.S. CI. 318-254 2 Claims
to
3,643,144
REGULATOR SYSTEM FOR A DC MOTOR DRIVE
Antonio Vicerte Silva, WilliamsviUe, N.Y., assignor
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,71 1
Int. CI. H02p 9/14
U.S. CI. 318-258 5 Claims
'> .n
<3=;
COMMlUC
ftnxKi
M*ni« COKTXX
SIATIQH
-gj^"** ir'O
'*i a J»
H^g4 y ' (3j iy ^ D^ liiiLigii^
'-^^^:^t
U2 nCITATION
VOIHOI
A regulation system for a DC drive motor having
unidirectional current transfer circuitry in the armature, and
bilateral current transfer circuitry in the field winding. The
system permits regeneration by field inversion, while at the
same time protecting the motor under all conditions when
the field is inverted.
3,643,145
INTERMITTENT CONTROL DEVICE
David Tann, 333 Covington Drive, Detroit, Mich., and Robert
A. Noetzold, 29496 Tawas St., Madison Heights, Mich.
Filed Apr. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 817,451
Int. CI. B60s 1/08; H02p 3/08
U.S. CI. 318-443 6 Claims
-nsrsttsHsr^
I — ^jl 'W^
.-K^>
A brushless DC motor contains a single, center-tapped sta-
tor winding energized through a double-pole, double-throw
type of solid state switching means and a single photosensor
for detecting rotor position. High-speed operation is achieved
by energizing the stator winding through the center tap. Low-
speed operation is achieved by energizing the entire stator
winding.
A control device for operating windshield wiper blades in-
termittently with a dwell period between wiping cycles. The
length of time of the dwell periods is determined by a
thermistor The resistance of the thermistor is varied by the
wif)er motor current so that the length of time of the dwell
periods is varied inversely with the moisture on the
windshield.
3,643,146
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM WITH
PSEUDOPOSITION FEEDBACK AND MONITOR
Donald C. Ferguson, Scottsdale; Frederick W. Lynch, and
Gerald F. Simons, both of Phoenix, all of Ariz., assignors to
Sperry Rand Corporation, Great Neck, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 31,986
Int. CI. G05b 23/02
U.S. CI. 318-565 6 Claims
An automatic control system using digital techniques to
drive a stepper motor for providing precisely controlled in-
cremental output. A preselected output position triggers a
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1133
synchronizing signal to ensure periodic alignment between
the input signal and the corresponding output control posi-
A controlled environment ordered in polar coordinates,
e.g., a cursor position in a polar cathode-ray tube display.
I
^
1^^^-
iy"\J CO««TII
— i i
-Azir
■ mo*.
tion. Monitoring capability is provided by a memory com-
parison system and thereby provides a fail-operational fea-
ture. A multiplexing capability may be incorporated.
3,643,147
SHIFT-CONTROLLING DEVICE FOR SHIFTED
MATERIALS
Haruki Mori, Kitakyushu; Toshinao Takahashi, Tokyo, and
Eisuke Koyama, Kanagawa-ken, all of Japan, assignors to
Nippon Steel Corporation, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11384
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 21, 1969, 44/13849
Int. CI. G05b/ 9/25
U.S. CI. 318-603 1 Claim
CH2Hao{B-
A device for controlling the shift of materials in an ap-
paratus for shifting heavy materials such as, for instance, a
walking-beam -type slab-heating furnace, wherein the ac-
celeration and deceleration of the parts for shifting the
shifted materials are so controlled that they may be stopped
in a fixed position at any time in the end part of the said ap-
paratus.
3,643,148
BALL TRACKER ASSEMBLY
Arthur Brown, Bayside, and Thomas W. Wong, New Hyde
Park, both of N.Y., assignors to Edo Corporation, College
Point, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,144
Int.CI. G05by;/0/
U.S. CI. 318—628 8 Claims
A ball tracker adapted for use in polar coordinate axis
systems employs a rotating subframe including a rotatably
mounted ball member and two ball rotation responsive sen-
sors disposed 90° apart along the median ball circumference.
The electronic output of the two sensors comprises polar
coordinate range (r) and angle (6) parameters, and feedback
apparatus maintains the range sensor spatially aligned in an
angular direction determined by the output of the angle sen-
sor.
/m^
i/TtiiiAntu tfimt
MTMia
i-/r
may be regulated by actuating the ball tracker in a manner
which is conceptually compatible with the natural predictions
of a tracker operator.
3,643,149
SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING DC POWER
Akira Shirashoji, Amagasaki, Japan, assignor to Mitsubishi
Denki Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,836
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 7, 1969, 44/9079
Int. CI. H02my /05,J/i2
U.S. CI. 321-2 2 Claims
OSCiLL*'
y-
J »tTT{»N
ft
DC CUKRCNT
, s
ftMifTia
■ -'tc I '.'".'■' 1
The disclosed DC power control system comprises n chop-
pers connected in parallel to control vehicle motors and a
comparison circuit for comparing a pattern current for the
motors with the actual motor current to produce an error
signal between them. The output from the circuit is clamped
at such a predetermined magnitude that the choppers are
each controlled to have a conduction time equal to any mul-
tiple of the chopping period divided by n at a given period at
which the motor is operated in a predetermined control
mode. TTjc given period corresponds to the period during
which a control handle is disposed at a given control notch of
a conventional controller.
1134
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,150
POWER CONVERTER APPARATUS
Keith J. Bullcyment, St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Honeywell
inc., Minneapolis, Minn.
FUed Nov. 2. 1970, Ser. No. 85,955
Int. CI. H02m 7124
U.S. CI. 321-5 12 Claims
4^^^ 1^ '
3,643,152
COLLECTOR FOLLOWER-TYPE TRANSISTORIZED
VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH THERMISTOR
STARTING CIRCUIT
Koji Matsumura, Kodaira, and Kunio Seki, Higashimu-
rayama, both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd., Tokyo,
Japan
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,184
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 12, 1969, 44/18325
Int. CI. G05f y/56, 1164
U.S. CI. 323-22 T 6 Claims
t:
A power converter and regulator combining regulating
and rectifying portions into one output stage. A polyphase
signal is separated into individual phases each of which is
then applied to one of a number of series-regulating power
transistors. The output of the transistors is summed to create
a regulated DC output.
ERRATUM
For Class 322 — 33 see:*
Patent No. 3,643,153
3,643,151
OVERCLRRENT PROOF CONSTANT-VOLTAGE
Hiroshi Matsushima, Osaka; Ichiro Arimura, Kyoto; Hiroshi
Goto, Osaka, and Voshikadzu Nakao, Hirakata, all of
Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 68,719
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Sept. 17, 1969, 44,75013:
Sept. 18, 1969. 44/75586
Int. CI. H02h 9/02, G05f//20
U.S. CL 323-9 5 Claims
In a transistorized voltage regulator, in which a voltage
source is connected to an emitter input circuit of a regulating
trjmsistor and a load to its collector output circuit, the start-
ing circuit consists of a thermistor having a positive re-
sistance-temperature coefficient connected between the
emitter input circuit and the base of the regulating transistor.
The thermistor supplies a starting current to the regulating
transistor at the starting moment when an operating voltage
is applied to the emitter input circuit of the transistor. On the
other hand, since it is heated by an electric current flowing
therethrough and has a high resistance at a high temperature
the thermistor is substantially electrically isolated from the
voltage regulator in the normal operation of the transistor.
Thus, a regulator effectively operating even in a low-level
load current is obtained.
3,643,153
TEMPERATURE STABILIZATION OF TRANSISTOR
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
Charles G. Hanson, and Glen E. Harland, Jr., both of
Kokomo, Ind., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept 24, 1968, Ser. No. 761,932
Int. CI. H02p 9!iO
U.S. CI. 322-33 4 Claims
A power source circuit having an overcurrent preventing
means comprising a transistor connected in series with a load
for controlling the output voltage supplied to the load to a
constant value, and a base circuit for the transistor including
a thyristor triggered by a voltage produced across a current
detection resistor connected in series with the load and a
delay means to cut off the thyristor ol predetermined time
after the triggering of the thyristor. The delay means consists
of either a combination of a resistor and a capacitor or a
combination of a lamp and a photoconductive cell. The
thyristor is shori circuited either indirectly by driving another
switching means or directly through the main component ele-
ment of the delay means to cut off the thyristor.
t\tri£ / ^ ' Y
A transistor voltage regulator for regulating the output
voltage of a generator. The generator is preferably a diodc-
rectified alternating current generator which is utilized to
supply the electrical loads of a motor vehicle. The voltage
regulator is of the switching-type and includes driver and out-
put transistors connected such that when the driver transistor
is nonconductive the output transistor is conductive and vice
versa. The output transistor is connected with the field of the
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1135
generator to control the output voltage of the diode-rectified
alternating current generator. A thermistor, having a nega-
tive temperature coefficient of resistance is positioned to
sense the temperature of the voltage regulator and is con-
nected across the base and emitter electrodes of the output
transistor. This thermistor provides stable operation of the
voltage regulator at high temperatures by reducing the base
drive to the base-emitter circuit of the output transistor when
the driver transistor is biased fully conductive to ensure a
nonconductive condition for the output transistor. In the
preferred embodiment the driver transistor comprises two
NPN-transistors connected in a Darlington configuration
with the collectors of the transistors connected to the base of
the output transistor through a forward biased PN-j unction
semiconductor diode.
core for sensing a static magnetic field extending between the
core and the backing plate. The magnetometer is designed
3,643,154
COMPOSITE POLYPHASE ON-LOAD TAP-CHANGERS
FOR REGULATING POLYPHASE TRANSFORMERS AND
POLYPHASE TRANSFORMERS PROVIDED WITH SUCH
TAP-CHANGERS
Gcrardus Adriaan Van Rlemsdijk, NUmegen, Netherlands, as-
signor to Smit NUmegen Elcctrotechnische Fabricken N.V.,
NUmegen, Netherlands
Filed Sept. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,631
Claims priority, applkation Netherlands, Oct. 16, 1969,
6915660
Int CI. H02p 13106; HOIf 29104
MS. CI. 323-43.5 R 1 Claim
for detecting the presence of magnetic inks between the de-
tection head and the backing plate.
3,643,156
PULSE-TYPE CIRCUIT ELEMENT-TESTING METHOD
Neil Rutherford Stewart, Cherry Hill, and Donald Ray
Preslar, Cinnaminaon, both of N J., aasignors to RCA Cor-
poration
Filed June 5, 1969, Ser. No. 830,739
Int. CI. GOlr 27/00
U.S. CI. 324-57 R 13 Claims
Composite polyphase on-load tap-changer comprising the
series connection of at least a rotary polyphase diverier
switch adapted to rotate stepwise on and on in both
directions and a plurality of monophase tap selectors, said
diverter switch having at least one circular series of fixed
contacts of which the number is an integer multiple of the
number of phases and sets of rotating contacts and rotating
transition resistances which are connected to a star point and
said tap selectors having each two series of fixed contacts
and two alternately moving bridging contacts for connecting
each the fixed contacts of a relative series with the same in-
dividual fixed contact of the diverier switch.
I
3,643,155
FLUX GATE MAGNETOMETER INCLUDING BACKING
PLATE
John B. Riddle; Amdt Bcrgh, both of Pak) Alto, and Charlci
O. Forge, Cupertino, all of Calif., aadgnora to Micro Mag-
netic Induftrict, Inc., Palo Alto, Calif.
Original appUcatkm July 25, 1966, Ser. No. 596,024, now
Patent No. 3391388, dated July 2, 1968, whkh ia a division
of application Ser. No. 149,799, Aug. 23, 1961, now Patent
No. 3,280,974. Divided and this applkatkin Apr. 26, 1968,
Ser. No. 758,167
Int. CI. GOlr 33104
U.S. CI. 324-43 6 Claims
A magnetometer having a fiux sensing head including a
core and a magnetically permeable backing plate opposite
the core with second harmonic driven detection coils on the
^h^i^:^ -.m
^^^^
A method is provided for testing one or more elements
while in circuit by comparing the reaction of the element or
elements to a step signal applied thereto to at least one dis-
crete moment or time interval after the step signal has been
applied.
3,643,157
DEVICE FOR TESTING THE ADEQUACY OF ELECTRIC
TOOLS, EXTENSION CORDS AND THE LIKE
INCLUDING ENERGIZATION REMOVAL MEANS TO
REDUCE HEATING
David J. Ettelman, Cranford, NJ., assignor to Multi-Amp
CorporatkHi, Cranford, N J.
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,796
Int CL GOlr 75//2,J//02
U.S. CI. 324—73 8 Claims
Device for testing the adequacy of the ground and power
circuits of electric tools, extension cords and the like by per-
forming an automated series of individual tests in sequence.
TTie major tests are to determine: open ground circuit, faulty
ground circuit, shori circuit and poor insulation. If no faults
are found by these tests, the circuit under test is next con-
nected to line potential to determine if it operates properly.
During this phase of testing, the potentials and currents as-
sociated with the previous tests are discontinued to avoid
power drain and heating. A saturating current transformer
1136
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
protects an essential relay from damage from excessive cur-
rent. A long extension cord having a proper ground re-
sistance (in the order of the resistance exhibited by a tool
'^ gt-40^
-9
ft^S?^^^^
=p=
H^M^
=^
=3»=
-^2» .^2^
:,r» ' i '
lP< — M
-^^-•agpnsr-
:^
-flU.
^
Ihp:
lep
: : ^>'' ■
"ir "Cf »' =** =•■• =" '*' '•"•
having a faulty ground cord) may be tested by modifying the
test currents so that an erroneous faulty ground indication is
not given.
3,643,158
TIMING DEVICE
Jamci W. Kroner, SpanUh Lake, and Jowph J. Anthony, II,
St. Louli, both of Mo., aaslgnon to William Kroner, Jr., St.
Louis, Mo., a part intercat
Filed May 18, 1970, Scr. No. 37,963
Int. CI. GOlp 75/00
U.S. CI. 324-162 SCIaima
*^ -fs i
H V4I
a. k^s ,' *
thereby determmmg the elapsed time between the velocity
differential
3.643,159
COUNTING DEVICE FOR MEASURING REPETITION
RATE OF PULSE SIGNAL
Kunio Sekl, Higashimurayama-shi, and Koji Matsumura,
Kodaira-shi, both of Japan, assignors to Hitachi, Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed SepL 12. 1969, Ser. No. 857,421
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Sept. 14, 1968, 4366472;
Nov. 8. 1968. 43/81254
Int. CI. GOlpi/45
U.S. CI. 324-169 8 Claims
3
A counting device for measuring the repetition rate of a
pulse signal which uses a monostable multivibrator including
a constant-voltage diode connected in parallel with one of
two switching elements which are connected in a monostable
multivibrator configuration, thereby producing a measuring
output signal which is independent of any voltage change in
the operating power source for the monostable multivibrator.
3,643,160
THREE-FREQUENCY RELAYING SYSTEM
Roger E. Ray, Panippany, NJ., and Nkholai Perez-SUble,
W. Palm Beach, Fla., aMignon to WettlnghouM Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Scr. No. 21,010
Int. CI. H04b 1160
L.S. CI. 325-3 11 Claims
A device for measuring the time elapsed between zero
velocity and a predetermined velocity of a vehicle incor-
porating: an electrical timer connected in circuit with the
vehicle battery and energized and deenergized by the opera-
tion of a timer switch; a speedometer having a velocity scale
and an electrically conductive velocity indicating needle in
circuit with said battery; a switch control apparatus having a
switch closing contact mounted adjacent "zero" on the
velocity scale in the path of needle movement and a switch-
opening contact slidably mounted for presentation adjacent
with the predetermined "velocity" and within the path of
needle movement; so that upon commencement of accelera-
tion said needle engages said switch-closing contact for clos-
ing a circuit to close said timer switch and energize said
timer; and upon attainment of said predetermined velocity,
said needle engages said switch-opening contact for closing a
circuit to open said timer switch and deenergize said timer.
A frequency shift relaying system utilizing at least one
transmitter which is normally transmitting its signal at a first
or normal frequency and operable to shift the frequency of
its output signal to a second or a third frequency one of
which is above and the other of which is below the normal or
first frequency in response to a first or a second fault condi-
tion and utilizing at least one receiver means tuned to receive
the transmitted signal at the first and second and third
frequencies; the receiver means including a pair of output
circuits operable in accordance with frequency of the trans-
mitted signal, and effective to maintain a first of the output
circuits in a first or a second operating condition in response
to the transmission of the signal at the first or the second
frequency and to maintain a second of the output circuits in
a third or a fourth operating condition in response to the
transmission of the signal at the first or third frequency.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1137
3,643,161 3,643,163
PULSE DURATION MODULATION TRANSMITTER HIGH-ORDER MIXER AND COMPARATOR
Hilmer I. Swanson, Quincy, III., assignor to Gates Radio Com- George Bruck, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to Avco Corpora-
pany, Quincy, III. tion, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Dec. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 690,167 Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,505
Int. CI. H04b ; 102 Int CI. H04b / 104 ; H03d 7102
U.S. CI. 325-150 15 Claims U.S. CI. 325-177 19 Claims
i
Oscill^tom\-
AUDIO
MODUUtTOX
COmPA/ttSOM
C'ircu/r
^ DerecTOK f~
ciacuir
1
A radiofrequency transmitter having a pulse duration low-
level modulator, a threshold amplifier, a power amplifier and
a radiofrequency modulator. The power amplifier and the
radiofrequency modulator are connected in series and means
are provided to control the power level of the power amplifi-
er and RF modulator by controlling the input signal to the
threshold amplifier. Specifically, the plate of the jxjwer am-
plifier is protected by sensing the output RF f>ower, by
sensing the input power to the transmitter, by comparing the
two and by triggering an electronic switch to short circuit the
input to the threshold amplifier when the difference between
the output and input powers exceeds a desired level.
Similarly, a VSWR sensor is utilized to sense the voltage
standing wave ratio of the transmitter, and a threshold trigger
circuit is employed to be responsive to the VSWR sensor for
substantially short circuiting the input to the threshold ampli-
fier, thereby reducing the power to the output stages. In a
similar manner, an arc sensor is employed in combination
with an SCR circuit to short the input to the threshold ampli-
fier in the presence of an unwanted detected arc. Also, the
high-frequency carrier signal is controlled by a negative feed-
back circuit which responds to an excessive carrier level by
reducing the input power to the threshold amplifier.
3,643,162
TRANSMITTER PRODUCING IN RECURRENT CYCLES
TIME-SPACED VARIED-POWER PROPAGATABLE
PULSELIKE SIGNALS
Roger R. Ady, 13945 Alibhai St., Beaverton, Oreg.
FUed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,41 1
Int. CI. H04b//04
U.S. CI. 325- 164 18 Claims
'^^^LiCTom /•im^'ifm
A transmitter which, when energized, transmits in recur-
rent cycles multiple time-spaced pulselike signals, with dif-
ferent signals in a cycle having different maximum power
levels.
A high-order mixer uses a full-wave, odd-function, ex-
ponential (antisymmetric) nonlinearity to transfer modula-
tion information onto a carrier or reference signal. In one
form, a pair of high-order mixers are used in a balanced ar-
rangement to effect comparison of the amplitudes of two
high-frequency input signals without regard to the phase of
these signals and to provide an output at the reference
frequency (or a multiple) which (i) increases monotonically
as the difference between the signal amplitudes increases, (ii)
reverses phase as the signal amplitude difference reverses,
and (iii) becomes zero when the two signal amplitudes are
equal. In another example, such a comparator is used for au-
tomatic tuning.
\
3,643,164
SIGNAL SELECTION APPARATUS
Thomas L. Sly, Clay, N.Y.; Joseph A. Weis, and Joseph T.
Leto, both o* Ringwood, NJ., assignors to Anaren
Microwave, Incorporated, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,344
Int. CI. H04b//06
U.S. CI. 325-308 4 Claims
M
Lit
XT
J
^
JC/M
I nimiMi M { I
I n^
CCCZfVfJl
M
. ca*iomati>i. Ha« r^^rv»*ot< KKCt^ex ^
auBScnrnxn ^-rLf>^voN mcivca /^
A television transmission system includes a source of
television signals. Tlie television signals are within a given
spectrum of frequencies. The spectrum can be divided into a
first group of channels wherein each channel has a different
range of frequencies or into a second group of channels such
as the conventional VHF (very high frequency) channels
wherein each channel has a range of frequencies different
from the ranges of the first group. TTie source alternately
1138
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
transmits television signals in the first and second groups of
channels.
At least one commercial home television receiver is con-
nected via a cable of the source. A frequency converter con-
nects the VHF tuner of the receiver to the cable. The con-
verter includes switching means for transmitting the signals
on the cable directly to the tuner when the conventional
VHF channels are transmitted so that the tuner can select the
channel of the second group in the usual manner, and means
for transmitting the signals via a multiposition frequency
translator or converter which converts incommg signals to
signals having the frequency range of a particular one of the
conventional VHF channels so that the converter can select a
particular one of the channels of the first group for reception
by the television receiver.
trolled by control signals from the master transmitter to com-
pare and remember the phase difference between oppositely
3,643,165
MODULATED CARRIER WAVE COMMUNICATION
APPARATUS
Mkhio Kuribayashi, and Rikhi Mimori, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company, Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 4,805
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 24, 1969, 44/4707
Int. CI. H04b 1168
MS. CI. 325-330 ^* Claims
l^H3?
■vomtMO
Apparatus for recovering information signals from modu-
lated carrier waves is provided in accordance with the
teachings of the present invention. According to one embodi-
ment of this invention, modulated carrier waves including a
first sideband component, a carrier wave component and a
portion of a second sideband component are provided. Carri-
er signal generating means is responsive to the modulated
carrier waves for generating a carrier signal of predetermined
phase. Two-phase demodulation means, responsive to the
carrier signal and a quadrature component thereof recovers
the information signals from the modulated carrier waves
Control means responsive to low-frequency signals produced
by said two-phase demodulation means generates control
signals for adjusting the phase of said carrier signal.
\
._j:°iwH "
positioned transmitters for determining position and dose at
each receiver within the hyperbolic grid.
3,643,167
AUTOMATIC TURNOFF SYSTEM FOR RECEIVER WITH
FM DEMODULATOR
Louis F. Mayle. Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to The Magnavox
Company, Fort Wayne, Ind.
Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,348
Int. CI. H04b//06
U.S. CI. 325-389 10 Claims
3,643,166
FM RECEIVER FOR RADIATION PATTERN
DETERMINING APPARATUS
Thomas W. McCumin, and Lloyd J. Perper, both of Tucson,
Ariz., assignors to The United SUtes of America as
represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Original application Nov. 5, 1%8, Ser. No. 773,451. Divided
and this appUcatioa Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 26,465
Int.CI. H04by//6
U.S. CI. 325-344 3 Claims
A simulation system including a control device, a master
transmitter, a plurality of slave transmitters and a plurality of
receivers. The master and slave transmitters are physically
spaced apart and their transmission signals form a hyperbolic
grid network. The receivers are positioned within the hyper-
bolic grid network and process the signals from the master
and slave transmitters to simulate dose and dose rate of a
simulated detonation that takes place in the hyperbolic grid
network. The master and slave transmitters operate at dif-
ferent modulation frequencies to identify receiver quadrants
and to provide desired resolution. The receivers are con-
The present invention concerns an automatic system for
turning off a television receiver when there is no signal on
the channel to which the television set is tuned. According to
the present invention, the automatic circuitry is sensitive to a
DC voltage change which occurs in the FM sound demodula-
tor of the receiver so that the receiver can be used on chan-
nels having picture and sound, as well as on a channel having
only sound.
3,643,168
SOLID-STATE TUNED UHF TELEVISION TUNER
Gert L. Manicki, Port Credit, OnUrio, Canada, assignor to
SUndard Kalbman Industries Inc., Melrose Park, lU.
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,169
Int.CI. H04b//06
U.S. CI. 325-459 7 Claims
A solid-state voltage-controlled capacitor (varactor or var-
icap) UHF television tuner is described which includes a var-
icap preselector tuned circuit, a varicap tuned RF amplifier
stage inductively coupled to the preselector circuit, and a
varicap tuned oscillator sUge, both the oscillator stage and
the amplifier stage being inductively coupled to the diode
mixer stage from which an IF signal is derived. The tuner em-
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1139
ploys a single tuning voltage source to tune across the entire
UHF range and also includes provision for AGC. Trimmer
capacitors and inductance adjusting devices of unique and
advantageous configuration are employed to align the tuner.
Further disclosed are unique methods of assembly and align-
ment for the tuner.
3,643,169
WAVEFORM SENSING AND TRACKING SYSTEM
Albert M. Klein, Chatsworth, Calif., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873382
Int. CI. H03k 1 7/00
U.S. CI. 328-150 1 Claim
(?— — ^^ — -J mwrcM '
A waveform sensing tracking system for indicating and
tracking the peaks occurring in a waveform. An analog- to-
digital converter changes the incoming analog signal to a
digital signal. Alternate digital signals are switched to dif-
ferent storage resistors. The alternately stored signals are
then compared and an output signal produced when a peak
in the signal occurs.
3,643,170
ENVELOPE DELAY COMPENSATION CIRCUIT
Leon J. Stanger, Quincy, III., assignor to Harris-Intertype
Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,970
Int. CI. H03b 1/04
U.S. CI. 328-163 9 Claims
^-»
A network to compensate for group delay having a pair of
circuit paths with a variable delay network in one path and a
fixed delay network in the other path. The input information
is coupled to both circuit paths and the output of the two
paths is combined in a differential amplifier to produce a
vector addition of the signals from the separate paths. An
isolation network is provided in the variable delay circuit
path and a resonant circuit is provided to have an adjustable
0 and adjustable frequency of resonance and is also located
in the same path. Means are provided to adjust the relative
amplitudes of the two signals so that the resulting output of
the differential amplifier will have a substantially constant
amplitude regardless of the output frequency or phase.
to
3,643,171
CORE MEMORY DELTA NOISE CANCELLATION
Hua-Shan Chang, South Pasadena, Calif., assignor
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Nov. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 87,541
Int. CI. H04b 1/12
U.S. CI. 328-165 1 Claim
m ttrrtntmrtfmi
*iH.n»Li<R
Method and means for delta noise cancellation for memory
systems in which the delta noise decay function is combined
electronically with a separately generated function derived
from the delta noise decay function to cancel or reduce the
delta noise amplitude in the decaying period to improve
memory access time.
3,643,172
FREQUENCY MODULATION DEMODULATION SYSTEM
Gerald Rabow, Nutley, NJ., assignor to International
Telephone and Telegraph Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,116
Int. CI. H03d 3/00
U.S. CI. 329-112 10 Claims
oifrmrr^m'-re]
An iterative-type FM demodulator compnses a first FMFB
demodulator coupled to the original input signal. The output
of the first demodulator is coupled to modulate a voltage-
controlled oscillator. The oscillator output is mixed with the
original input signal. The resultant output of the mixer is
demodulated by a second FM demodulator which may be of
the feedback type. The output of the second demodulator is
added as a correction signal to the output of the first
demodulator to provide the desired system output signal.
This system has greater threshold extension than obtainable
with presently employed FMFB demodulator. The circuit ar-
rangement coupled to the output of the first demodulator
may be repeated a number of times and coupled in cascade
with each other to provide a further threshold extension.
1140
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,173
TUNEABLE MICROELECTRONIC ACTIVE BAND-PASS
FILTER
James Robert Whitten, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,019
Int.CI. H03f y/i5
U.S. CI. 330-26 8 Claims
/i^^c'P'JSSir^i^TT"
cmrm ttiTAttj
^•^/rj (oMtATm riiau0Cr
A microelectronic or integrated circuit active band-pass
filter uses only resistors, capacitors, and active devices, is sta-
ble and has filter characteristics equivalent to an LC band-
pass filter. A known band-pass amplifier comprises an opera-
tional amplifier and a negative feedback tuneable RC band
reject network, such as a twin-T or bridged-T notch filter, or
parallel high- and low-pass filters. To this is added a positive
feedback circuit including an adjustable attenuator (for O
control) and a series feedback capacitor, and also a series
input capacitor, that are effectively tuned to resonance at the
band reject network center frequency. The positive feedback
circuit thus has inductive characteristics at the passband
frequencies, with resulting O enhancement. The pass band-
width and center frequency or high- and low-pass frequencies
are tuneable independently and electronically by preferably
fabricating the attenuator and band reject network in dis-
tributed RC form using insulated gate field effect transistors.
3,643,174
LASER CONSTRUCTION
Gunther Zeidler, Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ali-
tiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Sept. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,509
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 28, 1%7, P 16
14 615.9
Int. CI. HOls 3104
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 7 Claims
o ; N
■>^U
form a hermetic seal therebetween. A pair of oppositely
disposed fianges are adhered to both longitudinally disposed
apex end portions of the closed cavity, and each flange is
formed with an aperture passing therethrough disposed coax-
ially of the transverse axis of the ellipsoid of revolution. The
luminous pump source and the excitable material are
disposed concentncally within a cylindrical, Dewarlike cool-
mg tube arranged along the transverse axis of the ellipsoid of
revolution and supported within the apertures formed in the
pair of fianges The pump reflector including the pair of
fianges and the cooling tube which supports the luminous
pump source and the excitable material are supported within
and encircled by a cylindrical housing disposed coaxially of
the transverse axis of the ellipsoid of revolution and provided
with closed end portions to form a cavity for receiving a coo-
lant.
An optical molecular amplifier (laser) including a mirror
system forming a closed cavity having the configuration of a
prolate ellipsoid of revolution, a luminous pump source
disposed on a transverse axis of the ellipsoid at one focal
point thereof, and an excitable material disposed on the
transverse axis of the ellipsoid at the other focal point
thereof. The closed cavity forming the pump reflector mirror
system includes a pair of superposed semiellipsoidal bowls
joined along a conjugate axis of the ellipsoid of revolution to
3,643,175
THE USE OF MERCURY IN A CARBON MONOXIDE
LASER
Man! L. Bhaumik, Pasadena, and Michael M. Mann, Redondo
Beach, both of Calif., assignors to Northrop Corporation,
Beverly Hills, Calif.
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,023
Int. CI. HOls i/22
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 8 Claims
The room temperature efficiency of a carbon monoxide
laser is increased by introducing mercury vapor into the gase-
ous discharge mixture a further increase in efficiency in the
laser is achieved when xenon is introduced into the mixture
together with the mercury.
3,643,176
SUPERCONDUCTOR ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
RADIATION DEVICE
William D. Gregory, Vienna, Va., and Lutz Leopold, Chevy
Chase, Md., assignors to Georgetown University, Washing-
ton. D.C.
Filed Sept. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,679
Int. CI. HOls 1102,3108,3116
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 12 Claims
88
^%'\ ;°
An injection-type junction superconducting radiation
device, operated below the transition temp>erature of the su-
perconductor The junction is formed from a normal metal,
an oxide insulative film and a superconductive material. The
size of the superconductor element is determined by the
radiation wavelength, and the index of refraction of the su-
perconductor.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1141
3,643,177
OPTICAL MASER
Jon W. Ogland, Glen Bumie, Md., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 808,703, Mar. 19, 1969,
now abandoned, which is a continuation of application
Ser. No. 641,710, May 26, 1967, now abandoned,
which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 265,461,
Mar. 15, 1963, now abandoned.
This application Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 871,669
Int. CL HOls i/09
U.S.CL 331-94.5 8 Claims
with the pentode oscillator in the usual manner, and one of
these elements comprises the variable capacitance of the
triode. Feedback from the pentode oscillator is accomplished
through an integrating circuit which couples energy of the
correct phase to the cathode of the triode. The pentode
operates as a peak detector or a class C oscillator, conduct-
ing for less than 90° of the operating cycle. Essentially, the
signal developed at the cathode of the pentode is a pulse
waveform, resulting in a sawtooth waveform after being in-
3,643,178
ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION BEAM DIRECTING
SYSTEMS
Fred R. Marshall, Sierra Madre, Calif., assignor to TRW Inc.,
Redondo Beach, Calif.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 343,623, Feb. 10, 1964,
now abandoned. This application Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No.
872,458
CI. H01si//0
Int.
U.S. CI. 331-94.5
6 Claims
A dirigible beam of coherent radiation is generated by
using a fixed birefringent element (Calcite plate) and a varia-
ble birefringent (Kerr cell) as a directional filter in combina-
tion with an optical resonator. The resonator is om-
nidirectional over a predetermined range and the directional
filter is modulated to position the coherent light in any
direction within said predetermined range.
3,643,179
REACTANCE TUBE CONTROLLED PENTODE
OSCILLATOR
George J. Jarosz, Chicago, III., assignor to Admiral Corpora-
tion, Chicago, III.
Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 845,947
InL CI. H03b 3104; H03c 3114
U.S. CI. 331-180 5 Claims
A reactance oscillator having a pentode as the active oscil-
lator element and having a triode as a variable reactance ele-
ment. A number of energy storage elements are associated
Means are illustrated for electronically exciting phosphor
material to provide a source of photon energy for pumping
active negative temperature media. Preferably the phosphor
has a fast decay time and is so chosen that its emission spec-
trum substantially matches or coincides with the absorption
spectrum of the active negative temperature medium. The
source of electrons may be a conventional cathode, or alter-
natively, one of special construction.
tegrated. The sawtooth waveform, however, has a fundamen-
tal frequency which lags the voltage at the anode of the
triode by approximately 90". This fundamental, being cou-
pled to the cathode of the triode, produces a current in the
triode which is 180° out of phase. The result is that the cur-
rent through the triode leads the voltage by approximately
90° producing the desired reactance. The magnitude of this
reactance may be varied by varying the applied voltage to the
control grid of the triode.
3,643,180
DELTA MODULATOR APPARATUS
Tadao Shimamura, and Yukio Takimoto, both of Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company, Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,506
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 11, 1969, 44/18022
Int. CI. H03k 13122
U.S.CI.332-11D 15 Claims
Improved delta modulator apparatus comprising a dif-
ferential input circuit, a decision circuit timed by a sampling
pulse generator and a decoder circuit is provided according
to the present invention. In accordance with the teachings of
this invention, the decoder circuit includes first and second
integrator circuits interconnected by a nonlinear imp)edance
device or network. The nonlinear impedance device or net-
work utilized exhibits one value of impedance when the mag-
nitude of the voltage applied thereto resides below a
predetermined value and at least another value of impedance
when the magnitude of the voltage applied thereto exceeds
such predetermined value so that the resulting delta modula-
tor apparatus formed manifests a high signal-to-noise ratio
for slowly varying, relatively flat portions of an input signal to
be encoded while rapidly responding to sharply sloping por-
tions of such input signal.
1142
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,181
AMPLITUDE AND/OR FREQUENCY-MODULATED
PARAMAGNETIC RESONANCE OSCILLATOR
WilUam A. Stirrat, Freehold Township, Monmouth County,
NJ.; WiUiam L. Rollwitz, and GUbert A. Persyn, both of
San Antonio, Tex., assignors to The United States of Amer-
ica as represented by the Secretary of the Army
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,517
Int. CI. H03b/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 332-17 3 Claims
This oscillator includes a pair of radiofrequency (RF) coils
orthogonally disposed to each other and coupled to a mag-
netized paramagnetic sample. At paramagnetic resonance,
the two coils are effectively coupled and a feedback path is
completed through one or more amplifiers which connect the
two RF-coils. The oscillator can be both frequency- and am-
plitude-modulated.
3,643,182
COMPACT DISTRIBUTED-PARAMETER NETWORK
Carl R. Swanson, Des Plaines, III., assignor to Zenith Radio
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97,858
Int. CI. H03h 7134; H04b 3140
U.S. CI. 333-29 9 Claims
3,643,183
THREE-AMPLinER GYRATOR
Philip R. Geffe, Laurel, Md., assignor to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,709
Int. CI. H03h 7144, 11 100
U.S. CI. 333—80 R 4 Claims
Three identical inverting amplifiers are connected in a cir-
cuit combination of two amplifiers in cascade across the
remaining amplifier The circuit configuration, accomplishes
wide banding in a gyrator
3,643,184
MULTIPORT FEEDBACK AND POLE-ZERO CONTROL
John R. D Alessandro, 2970 North Sheridan Road, Apt. 1426,
Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,402
Int. CI. H03h 7104
U.S. CI. 333-80 R 10 Claims
+
TZZZZb
V«IK,jVcj
^•in,.(^^'^i»"'"»'^n)
+
RC
PASSIVE
NETWORK
A compact distributed-parameter network for transmission
of applied electrical signals with a predetermined charac-
teristic impedance, comprising a substrate of dielectric
material having at least two parallel major surfaces with a
coil of coplanar turns of electrically conductive material in a
spirallike configuration of concentric squares in the center
area of the coil and of concentric octagons in the outer area
of the coil affixed to and supported by one of the parallel
major surfaces, and a ground plane comprising a plurality of
electrically joined segments of electrically conductive materi-
al affixed to and supported by the parallel major surface op-
posite the spirailike coil in asymmetrical juxtaposition
therewith.
Apparatus and methods are disclosed which allow the
critical frequencies (poles and zeros) to be independently
controlled by applying state-variable feedback techniques to
both the external and internal ports of an arbitrary linear,
passive, and time-invariant network (system). There are no
limitations on the locations of either the poles or zeros and
the invention allows the generation of RC, RL, LC, and RLC
and nonpositive real driving-point impedances and transfer
functions from active RC networks. Therefore, if one
fabricated any transfer function with these active driving-
point impedances, pole-zero control will be achieved for the
transfer function
3,643,185
MERCURY-WETTED RELAY AND METHOD OF
MANUFACTURE •"^, ^
John S. Zimmer, Waynesboro, Va., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Oct. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 78,042
Int. CI. HOIh 1108
U.S. CI. 335-58 15 Claims
A mercury -wetted contact capsule used in relays or switch
assemblies whose contacts are hermetically sealed in a
chosen environment and includes a flat, spiral spring arma-
ture. The construction permits use of an optimum mercury
film supply affording long operating life, elimination of con-
tact bounce, chatter and noise, and operation in any position.
The concentric symmetry design facilitates manufacture by a
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1143
special preassembly and assembly sequence that ensures
precise control of mercury film maintenance and exact parts
22-^^^^S.
if^/M'^yx/'^^y^^^^r.'\\\ ■r^^x^^^^^x^j'r^j'rxA
4 \r
positioning, and can be readily automated even for subminia^
ture sizes. *
3,643,186
ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE COUNTER
Othmar Fiacher, Modiing, Auitria, aidgnor to International
SUndard Electric Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,676
Claims priority, appUcation Auitria, Apr. 18, 1969, A
3751/69
Int. CI. HO Ih 57/05
U,S. CI. 335-119 20 Claims
« If 0
An electromagnetic pulse counter having successively
operable, contact-operating armatures. The armatures are
movable to a rest position, an intermediate position and an
active position between the main pole and the secondary
pole of a magnetic circuit.
3,643,187
ELECTROMAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCH
CONSTRUCTION
James E. StaUman, Whiteflsh Bay; James J. SchUtt; Jordan F.
Puetz, and Don J. Amcbcrg, all of Milwaukee, all of Wis.,
assignors to Square D Company, Park Ridge, III.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,573
Int. CI. HOlh 50104
UJS. CI. 335- 132 10 Claims
magnet coil of the contactor while the contactor is wired on
a panel. The construction includes a readily detachable cover
which resiliently positions the coil so the coil may be lifted
from its position on a stationary magnet when the cover is
removed and absorbs shock generated when resilient pads
carried on the armature engage the cover when the contactor
jsdeenergized.
3,643,188
ARMATURE MOUNTING STRUCTURE IN AN
ELECTROMAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCH
Jordan F. Puetz, Milwaukee, and James E. SUUman, White-
fish Bay, both of Wis., assignors to Square D Company,
Park Ridge, lU.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,574
Int. CI. HOlh 50104
U.S. CI. 335—132 10 Claims
A structure for mounting and guiding the movements of an
armature in an electromagnetically operated switch. The
structure for mounting the armature includes a pair of mem-
bers which are secured on opposite ends of the armature to
connect the armature to the free ends on the arms of a U-
shaped movable contact carrier. The movable contact carrier
has a bight portion movable in a slot in a rear wall of a
molded base that carries the stationary contacts of the switch
on its front face. The bight portion is guided during its move-
ment in the slot by a bearing portion which is centrally
located on the bight portion and received in a central portion
of the slot. The free ends on the arms of the carrier and the
armature are guided during their movements by portions of a
frame which positions a stationary magnet part and a magnet
coil and four posts which extend from a molded member that
acts as an arc suppressing barrier for the switch.
A contactor construction which will permit easy access to
the movable and stationary contacts and replacement of the
3,643,189
SHOCK TRANSMITTING STRUCTURE IN AN
ELECTROMAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCH
James E. SUUman, Whiteflsh Bay, and Don J. Ameberg, Mil-
waukee, both of Wis., assignors to Square D Company,
Parit Ridge, lU.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser, No. 99,613
Int. CI. HOlh 50100
U.S. CI. 335-132 9 Claims
A structure for supporting the electromagnet in an elec-
tromagnetically operated switch. The structure includes a
metal shock plate which provides a mounting for the elec-
tromagnet and in turn is mounted on four posts that extend
1144
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
from a surface of the base of the switch whereon the sta-
tionary contacts of the switch are mounted The shock plate
provides a mounting for a molded part which encloses the
switch contacts so that part is spaced from the base. Thus
easy access to the contacts is obtained when the shock plate
is removed from its position on the four posts and the shock
generated by the energization of the electromagnet is trans-
mitted through the four posts to the base when the shock
plate is mounted on the four posts.
3 643 190
STRUCTURE FOR MOUNTING AN ELECTROMAGNET
IN AN ELECTROMAGNETICALLY OPERATED SWITCH
Jordan F. Puetz, Milwaukee, and James E. Stallman, White-
flfh Bay, both of Wii., aislgnon to Square D Company,
Park Ridge, III.
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,614
Int. CI. HOlh 50/00
U.S. CI. 335-132 10 Claims
?5t?^
-^4r'
the shock plate has a mounting surface whereon an
eiastomenc pad is positioned and four spaced raised fingers
which provide support surfaces along opposite sides of the
mounting surface The raised fingers provide a mounting for
a pair of L-shaped members that are secured to each other
and to the fingers to provide a frame that surrounds a sta-
tionary magnet when a rear wall of the magnet is positioned
on the eiastomenc pad. The magnet has projections on each
of its opposite ends which provide a surface whereon
elastomeric pads are positioned. The L-shaped members
each have one leg resting on the elastomeric pads located on
the projections so that the magnet is resiliently mounted on
the shock plate The L-shaped members also have openings
therein which receive projections on a magnet coil to posi-
tion the coil on the magnet and portions which guide the
movement of an armature when the electromagnet is ener-
gized.
3,643,191
ELECTRON LENS FOR ELECTRON MICROSCOPE AND
THE LIKE
Shoio Kasai, HachlQJi; Daisaburo Shimizu, KatsuU, and Shin-
Jiro Katagiri, Hachioji, all of Japan, aulgnon to Hitachi,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 44,935
Claims priority, applicaUon Japan, June 13, 1969, 44/55077
Int. CI. HOlf //OO
U.S. CI. 335-212 4 Claims
X\.4
A structure for mounting an electromagnet in an elec-
tromagnetically operated switch. The structure includes a
metal shock plate which is mounted on four posts that extend
from a front surface of an insulated base whereon the sta-
tionary contacts of the switch are mounted. The front face of
9 y^ iiiits 0
6
Bi
r''
^
Movable magnetic compensating pieces are disposed on a
lower magnetic path unit of an electron lens. The compensat-
ing pieces are in partial contact with the lower magnetic path
unit and moved toward and away from each other on the
lower magnetic path unit by manipulation form the exterior
of the lens.
3,643,192
TOROIDAL ELECTROMAGNETIC DEFLECTION YOKE
Wayne Richard Chlodi, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to RCA
Corporation
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 805,276, Mar. 7,
1969. This application June 3, 1970, Ser. No. 42,927
Int. CI. HOlf 5/00
U.S. CI. 335-213 10 Claims
A toroidal deflection yoke is provided for a delta gun
shadow mask color television picture tube. The wire distribu-
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1145
I
tion of the horizontal and vertical deflection coils is deter-
mined by selecting a minimum number of design parameters
in the form of angular distributions of windings which can be
varied for producing a deflection yoke which yields optimum
performance in electron beam convergence and registration.
3,643,193
TIME-DELAY SOLENOID
Robert E. Prouty, Logansport, Ind., assignor to Essex Interna-
tional, Inc., Fort Wayne, Ind.
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,751
Int. CI. HOI I 1118
U.S. CI. 335-240 8 Claims
3,643,195
MAGNETIC TAKEUP DEVICE FOR UMBILICAL CABLE
OR THE LIKE
Bruce A. Sawyer, Ailentown Drive, Woodland Hills, Calif.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877.246
Int. CI. HOlf 7120
U.S. CI. 335-285 24 Claims
A time-delay solenoid includes a cylindrical permanent
magnet and a coil wound cylindrical bobbin mounted within
a single housing and adapted to exert opposite forces on a
plunger. The plunger having a ball check valve connected to
one end thereof is slidably secured for movement inside a
tube within the solenoid. The valve acU to impede movement
of the plunger in one direction through a viscous fluid in the
tube.
3,643,194
RECTinER ENCAPSULATED WITHIN COIL
Ardcn Daniel Athcrton, Oak Park, Dl., assignor to Eaton Yale
& Towne Inc., Cleveiand, Ohio
j Filed Dm:. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,863
Int.CI.HOlfi/00
U.S. CI. 335-260 1 Claim
,t* '*
JO
An umbilical feed cable runs from equipment which may
include electrical controls, pneumatic sources or the like to a
device such as a plotting head which is to be variously posi-
tioned. The cable has a flexible band of magnetic material at-
tached thereto running along substantially its entire extensi-
ble length. Positioned in a desired takeup location is a mag-
netized strip. An end of the band of magnetic material is at-
tached to an end portion of this strip. As the device is moved
about, the band is magnetically drawn against the magnetic
strip to take up any slack which may appear therein.
3,643,196
ELECTRICAL INDUCTIVE APPARATUS
Harral T. RoMn, Mundc, Ind., aailgnor to WcstinghooK
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,%7
Int. CI. HOlf 15104
U.S. CI. 336-84 3 Claims
■«-B.
An integrated rectifier assembly having a coil of wire
wound to form a solenoid about a thermoplastic bobbin. The
coil of wire has a pair of leads for coupling to an external
electrical circuit. A rectifier device is connected to the pair
of leads of the solenoid coil to rectify power delivered to the
coil. The rectifier device is a silicon rectifier and has two
pairs of bifurcated legs which are soldered or otherwise elec-
trically coupled to the electrical socket prongs normally as-
sociated with the solenoid winding. One leg of each bifur-
cated leg pair is coupled to the winding directly and the other
leg of each pair is coupled to an electrical socket prong
which may then be coupled directly to an external circuit.
The entire assembly including the rectifier and its bifurcated
legs are encapsulated in an electrically insulating material to
protect the unit from shock, corrosion or interference electri-
cally with other conductive members associated with the
solenoid assembly.
Electrical inductive apparatus having a static plate which
includes a flat, electrically conductive sheet member
disposed between first and second sheets of electrical insulat-
ing material, and electrically conductive edge strips disposed
about the inner and outer edges thereof. The electrically con-
ductive edge strips are formed of metallic wire cloth disposed
to provide a single turn about a flexible insulating core. The
metallic wire cloth is sized to provide at least one flap which
extends outwardly from the insulating core, with the flap
being of sufficient length to overlap the adjacent edge of the
electrically conductive sheet member.
1146
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,197
THERMORESPONSIVE CONTROL FOR ELECTRICAL
HEATING UNITS
Joseph E. Brosseau, St. Charles, 111., assignor to Joseph E.
Brosseau Co., Franklin Park, Dl.
, Filed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 86,234
' Int. CI. HOlh i 7/52
U.S. CI. 337-370 3 Claims
The inverted cuplike shield is biased into contact with the
bottom of a cooking utensil so the sensing bimetal responds
to the utensil temperature. As the heat rises, the bimetal
moves right to move the right contact arm away from the left
contact arm which is positioned by the ambient temperature
sensing bimetal carried by a bracket which is adjustable to
select the temperature to be maintained by the control.
Preferably the right contact arm is a high-resistance bimetal
through which current flows when the contacts are closed
and which warps to the right when heated to act as an an-
ticipator in that it can open the contacts before the sensing
bimetal would. The anticipator then functions to anticipate
the need for additional heat. This allows the control to
gradually approach the set temperature without overshoot.
When the control regulates a high-wattage heater such as a
heating unit on a range, the heating of the anticipator bimetal
is satisfactory but in low-wattage uses the heating may be too
low for the anticipator to function, in such cases a resistance
heater can be mounted on or adjacent the anticipator
bimetal.
3,643,198
LINEAR DISPLACEMENT TRANSDUCER SYSTEM
Merie A. Economu, 37605 Fifth St. E., Palmdale, Calif.
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, S«r. No. 1 13,377
' Int CI. HOlc 9102
U.S. CI. 338-162 8 Claims
A linear displacement transducer system in which a tension
cable is attached to the object of which the relative displace-
ment is to be measured and to the shaft of a shaft angle posi-
tion transducer (SAPT) such that displacement of the object
relative to the shaft results in rotation of the shaft. This dis-
placement provides a measurable variation of the electrical
characteristics of the transducer. A cylindrical housing con-
taining the transducer is also provided together with a
bracket having a circular opening for accommodating the
cylindncal housing to permit positioning of the transducer
housing in any orientation with respect to the object.
3,643 199
PULLPUSH SWITCH WITH A VARIABLE RESISTOR
Heiroku Tanaka, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Matsushita Elec-
tric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,761
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Aug. 20, 1969, 44/80356;
44,80357; June 5, 1970, 45/55873; 45/55874; 45/55875;
45/55876; 45/55877; 45/55878; 45/55879; 45/55880;
45/55881; 45/55882
Int. CI. HOlc 9108
U.S. CI. 338-172 lOCUUms
A pull-push switch with a variable resistor in which on one
side of a cap-shaped resistor cover is installed a resistor
baseplate or an insulating baseplate mounted with a resistor
thereon and on the other side thereof is installed an L-shaped
metal plate, a bearing mounted on said resistor baseplate
supporting a rotary shaft which is movable through said bear-
ing, one end of said rotary shaft being projected through one
side of said resistor cover and through a flat portion of said
metal plate adjacent to said resistor cover, a switch being in-
stalled on the underside of the other portion of said metal
plate which is in turn situated under said rotary shaft, an al-
most channel-shaped synthetic resin switch driver unit being
placed on said other portion of said metal plate, a protrusion
for operating said switch being fitted into a hole cut in the
trunk of said switch driver unit, a couple of U-shaped music
wire springs being bridged between said end of said rotary
shaft and pockets cut in the inside surfaces of the legs of said
switch driver unit opposite to each other.
3,643,200
HERMETICALLY SEALED RESISTOR
Henry W. Brandi, 31 Ivy St., Newark, NJ.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,810
Int. CI. HOlc //y^
U.S. CI. 338-329 2 Claims
A resistance film is formed on the inner surface of tube of
dielectric material. End terminals interfused with the tube
provide electrical continuity between the resistance film and
metallic end caps closing the ends of tube, which end caps
are soldered in place to provide heretic seals.
3,643,201
IMPEDANCE MATCHING MICROSTRIP CONNECTOR
Robert George Harwood, Harrisburg, Pa., aaaignor to AMP
Incorporated, Harrisburg, Pa.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,710
Int. CI. HOlr 17118; H05k 1102
U.S. CI. 339-17R 4Clainia
Disclosed is a connector for making matched impedance
connections, for example, as between two microstrip circuit
boards. One-half of the connector has pins located therein
with one end of each pin electrically connected to respective
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1147
signal and ground planes in one microstrip, the second half of piercing, extruding, flattening, flaring and drawing
the connector has receptacles located therein, the ends of techniques. Initially, a flat piece of iron is drawn into a cup
each receptacle mating, or making electrical contact respec- and a flange is set. The closed end of the cup is reverse
tively with, signal and ground planes on the second micros- drawn to form a double shell or wall. The closed end of the
cup is pierced and the resulting opening is extruded. The
inner shell is then expanded to form a smooth annular ring
with the outer shell to permit the passage of insulated wire
without scarring the insulation. The inner shell is flared and
flattened to complete the annular ring and to complete an
inner cylindrical wall which may be threaded for mounting
on rigid conduit. One or more ground lugs are then formed
by bending a tang to provide an integral ground connection.
-S2
3,643,204
CONNECTOR FOR PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
Richard C. Drenten, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to Honeywell In-
formation Systems Inc.
Original applicatk>n Dec. 26, 1967, Ser. No. 693,599, now
Patent No. 3,550,062. Divided and this application June 5,
1970, Ser. No. 43,753
Int. CI. H05k 1102
L.S. CI. 339-17 L 5 Claims
trip circuit board. The pins and receptacles are arranged in a
pattern such that matched impedance, as between the two
connectors, and therefore the two microstrip circuit boards,
is effected.
3,643,202
QUICK RELEASE FEMALE PLUG
James A. Coon, 929 Drever St., W. Sacramento, Calif.
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,139
Int. CI. HOlr 13120
U.S. CI. 339-75 P 4 Claims
A quick release female plug in which the socket portions
of the female plug are resilient and are forced into engage-
ment with the male prongs by means of a hand-actuated slid-
ing cam bar engaged therewith.
3,643,203
WROUGHT STEEL CONDUIT BUSHINGS
Bernard J. McLaughlin, St. Louis; George W. Petri, Chester-
field, and Raymond J. Dc Moor, St. Ann, all of Mo., as-
signors to IntematioDal Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,590
Int CI. HOlr 3106
U.S. CI.339-14R 5 Claims
The connector and mounting device of this invention is
used to mechanically and electrically interconnect a printed
wiring board and a backpanel without the use of mounting
devices (such as screws) in the contact area of the connec-
tor. The elimination of mounting devices permits greater
packaging densities (closer spacing) of components on the
printed wiring board. The connector comprises an elongated
block of insulative material having plural transverse chan-
nels, a spring contact in each channel is affixed on one end
thereof to the printed wiring board and the other end of the
spring contact is yieldingly retained within the channel. Each
contact is formed to provide an intermediate contact portion
protruding exterioriy of the connector block. The printed
wiring board with the connector attached as hereinbefore
described is inserted into a U-shaped mounting device which
holds and guides the assembly on the backpanel. A biasing
retainer cap containing a waveform spring is attached to the
mounting device so as to spring-load the printed wiring board
connector assembly into conductive contact with the
backpanel.
A wrought steel conduit bushing is provided. The bushing
is formed from a blank by use of bending, stretching, setting,
3,643,205
TELEPHONE HANDSET CONNECTOR
Lucjenc Elkins, Chicago, 111., assignor to The Bunker-Ramo
Corporation, Oak Brook, lU.
Filed Oct 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,585
Int. CI. HOlr 13154
U.S. CI. 339-91 R 5 Claims
A miniature electrical connector consisting of a receptacle
which latches itself into a single opening through the housing
1148
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
of an electrical instrument (a telephone handset, for exam- sertion or removal of the electrical contact to maintain interi-
ple) together with a plug designed to be self latching upon in- or portions m equilibnum with the pressure of the environ-
sertion into the receptacle yet capable of quick, easy removal
therefrom by proper manipulation.
^
ment and to prevent the loss of fluid from the sealed
chamber
3,643,206
DIAPHRAGM SEAL FOR AN ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR |
Richard R. Cowmeadow, Bramalea, Ontario, Canada, as- 3,643,208
signor to The Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Oak Brook, lU. UNDERWATER SEPARABLE CONNECTOR
Filed Aug. 21, 1969, S«r. No. 851,910 Frank Massa. Jr.. Cohasset, Mass., assignor to Massa Divi-
Int. CI. HOlr 13152 sjon, Dynamics Corporation of America, Hingham, Mass.
U.S. CI. 339-94 R 9 Claims Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,323
Int. CI. HOlr 13152
U.S. CI. 339- 102 R
1 1 Claims
20
L^M.
Diaphragm seal for an electrical connector using a material
capable of taking a set under compression, the material being
used in a manner such that it is effectively subjected only to
tensioning, bending and shear to avoid taking a set. In par-
ticular, a resilient annular lip is engaged by a rigid annular
edge at a point intermediate a root portion and a free edge to
urge the free edge into pressure sealing engagement with an
annular surface of a member from which the root portion is
supported.
A shielded underwater cable terminates at a connector
located inside a cylindrical metal sleeve. The sleeve serves
the dual function of retaining a potting comjxjund which
mechanically protects the connector and of electrically
shielding the connector region. In addition, the cable shield
and sleeve are interconnected by plug and socket connectors
also located inside the sleeve so that there is a positive elec-
trical connection between the shields in two cables when two
mating connector halves are put together.
3,643,207
SEALED ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
James L. Cairns, 5069 Park Rim Drive, San Diego, Calif.
I Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,867
Int. CI. HOlr 9108
U.S. CI. 339—96 14 Claims
A reusable electrical connector for making an electrical
connection in adverse environments in which the electrical
connection is made by passing a contact through a self-seal-
ing, precut opening into a sealed chamber filled with dielec-
tric fluid to electrically contact a contact position in the fluid
and which chamber has means for instantaneously adjusting
in volume to changes in the ambient pressure or with the in-
3,643,209
METER AND SERVICE CONNECTOR FOR ELECTRIC
SERVICE RECONVERSION SYSTEMS
Ostis D. Coston, 1716 Exeter Ave., Besscrmcr, Ala.
Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852.240
Int. CI. AOlr iJ/76
U.S. CI. 339-155 R 1 1 Claims
A connector is provided having two pairs of rearwardly ex-
tending stab terminals and two pairs of forwardly facing
socket terminals mounted to opposite sides of a pair of insu-
lative bushings. One pair of the stab terminals is electrically
isolated from the corresponding socket terminals, while the
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1149
other pair of the stab terminals is conductively connected to
the corresponding pair of forwardly facing socket terminals.
The isolated pair of the socket terminals has connected
thereto the ends of a pair of power or current input lines.
The stab terminals are adapted to be received in a conven-
tional meter socket mounted to a building that normally sup-
3,643,211
CONTACT ELEMENT
Don L. De Lano. Mount Clemens, Mich., assignor to Microdot
Inc.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,021
Int. CI. HOlr 9/05. ii 46
U.S. CI. 339-217 S 4 Claims
ports a plug-in type of watt-hour meter. The unconnected
ends of the power in|)ut lines have affixed thereto male plug-
in jacks for quick connection to the female connectors con-
nected to the ends of a service line of a portable electric
power bypass system. A watt-hour meter is plugged into the
forwardly facing socket terminals of the connector to record
electric consumption.
3,643,210
RELAY SOCKET
Teizo Fujita, 3-34, Naka, Tezukayama, Sumiyoshi-ku, Osaka,
Japan
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,168
Claims priority, applicatran Japan, May 22, 1969, 44/40449
Int. CI. HOlr Ji/76
U.S. CI. 339-192 R 3 Claims
J.
A contact element of formed sheet material secured on the
end of an electrical conductor has a lanced out finger by
which the contact element is retained in an aperture in a
spring-pressed lamp base of a socket. After the contact ele-
ment is inserted in the aperture the finger engages a shoulder
therewithin to prevent the removal of the contact element
and conductor therefrom.
3,643,212
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DUAL LOCATION
SONAR MEASUREMENT OF CAVERNS
Gerald D. Patterson, Tulsa, Okla., assignor to The Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
Filed Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 734
Int. CI. GOls 9/66
U.S. CI. 340-3 R 6 Claims
This invention relates to methods and apparatus for sur-
veying caverns. More particularly the invention relates to
methods and apparatus for surveying an underground cavern
penetrated by spaced-apart boreholes including positioning a
sound-transmitting device into one borehole and a sound-
receiving device in the second borehole, transmitting sequen-
tial sound pulses by the transmitting device, reflecting the
sound pulses from the cavern wall, receiving the sound pulses
at the receiving device, and measuring the elapsed time
between the transmission and receipt of sound pulses
A relay socket for electrically connecting the terminals of
a relay plug to external lead wires comprises a plurality of
socket units assembled in a row, each of said socket units in-
cluding a center base having upper recesses for receiving the
terminals of the relay plug and two leadout portions provided
at the opposite sides of said center base and each having
leadout terminal beds defining a terminal space adapted to
receive the external lead wire. Said upper recesses are each
connected to a front recess formed on the front surface of
said center base and to the terminal space defined by said
leadout terminal bed, and metallic connecting means extend
from the upper recess of said center base to the terminal
space.
\
\
3,643,213
METHOD AND MEANS FOR PROVIDING A SYNTHETIC
REAL WORLD RUNWAY DISPLAY
John F. Yurasek, Oakland, and Abner Owens, Jr., Paramus,
both of N J., assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,069
Int. CI. G08g 5102
U.S. CI. 340-27 NA 6 Claims
A system for providing a perspective of a synthetic real
world runway on a cathode-ray tube in a heads-up display
system for guiding a pilot while landing an aircraft on the real
world runway when visibility is poor. The p>erspective of the
1150
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
synthetic runway changes in accordance with changes in the
position of the aircraft to the real world runway. A waveform
generator provides waveforms corresponding to the synthetic
runway to a computer which modifies the waveforms in ac-
cordance with received signals from the airport, such as in-
e.—
[^
iff\
3hi.
•" '' Ulilli
IL
J
'^■w:
__J2
•y J —
CATMOOC "«* TuK 49.
'^
1tfcA-fi I '&!i r
^
•*e*05 w» O'SPt*' 3'S'tM 4?
strument landing system (ILS) and range signals, and signals
corresponding to sensed conditions, such as altitude, pitch,
roll and yaw, to provide deflection voltages to the cathode-
ray tube which displays the perspective synthetic real world
runway in accordance with the deflection voltages from the
computer.
■ 3,643^14
SOLID-STATE BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM FOR
AUTOMOBILE
Ronald E. Chan, Chicago, III., assignor to Lino Engineering,
Inc., Chicago, lU.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 788,455, Jan. 2,
1969, now abandoned. This application Nov. 23, 1970, Ser.
No. 91,916
Int. CI. B60r 25/04
U.S. CI. 340-64 14 Claims
Solid-state burglar alarm system for operation with the
courtesy light circuit of an automobile, wherein the alarm
system includes a main switch hidden within the automobile
for energizing and deenergizing the alarm system, means for
disabling the ignition system, delay means for permitting the
authorized operator to leave the automobile before the alarm
is set, and delay means to permit the authorized operator to
reenter the automobile and deenergize the alarm system be-
fore it would normally cause the alarm to sound.
3,643,215
PATTERN RECOGNITION DEVICE IN WHICH
ALLOWANCE IS MADE FOR PATTERN ERRORS
William Ellis Ingham, Ealing; Michael Symons, Harrow, and
Peter Murden, Beaconsfleld, all of England, assignors to
Electric & Musical Industries Limited, Hayes, Middlesex,
England
Filed Nov. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 775,410
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 15, 1967,
52,012/67
Int. CI. G06k 9/16
U.S. CI. 340—146.3 S 4 Claims
A pattern recognition device comprises search means
which are controlled initially to make a systematic search of
a pattern presented for classification and produce signals
descriptive of the features. It also comprises storage means in
which are stored (a) a list of likelihoods of classes for given
features, ( b ) a list of likelihoods of features for given classes,
and (c) a list of mean distances between features for given
classes These lists may be built up during a self-organizing
mode of operation of the device. The device further includes
prediction means which, when a given number of features
have been described by the search means, utilizes these fea-
tures and the lists in the storage means and predicts the most
likely class of the presented pattern, another feature likely to
be associated with the features already described, and the lo-
cality of said feature The control of the search means is then
passed to the prediction means which cause a search to be
carried out in the predicted locality. A signal produced as the
result of the search in the predicted locality may be used
either in a further prediction or to cause the systematic
search to be resumed
3,643.216
HOLOGRAPHIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
David Leslie Greenaway, Untereichen, Birchwil, and John
Patrick Russell, Thalwii, both of Switzcriand, assignors to
RCA Corporation
Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,116
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 6, 1968,
37512/68
Int. CI. G06k 9/00
U.S. CI. 340-146.3 P 5 Claims
An identification card or credit card contains a unique
holographically encoded number which may be decoded by a
simple decoder requiring only a single flashlight bulb as a
light source for reconstructing an image of the holographic
code. This reconstructed image comprises a fixed predeter-
mined pattern of a total number of spaced points, some of
which, in accordance with the coded number, are manifested
by light spots while the rest of the points are manifested by
dark spots.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1151
3,643,217
AUTOMATIC VISUAL AID CONTROL UNIT
James R. Morphew, 2513 Lakeside, Garland, Tex.; Roland D.
Ingram, 329 Brookview Drive, Hurst, Tex., and John R.
Stokes, 3004 Dyer St., Dallas, Tex.
Filed Oct. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 766,526
U.S. CI. 340— 147P
Int. CI. H04q 9/02
8 Claims
3,643,219
VISUAL DISPLAY SYSTEM
Richard F. Heiniann, Sudbury, Mass., assignor to Raytheon
Company, Lexington, Mass.
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,175
Int. CI. G06k 15/20; G06f 3/14
U.S. CI. 340-172.5
25 Claims
. , i\TWt*i-^ .CSMPMOO.
OH. Orr i#C
cMMce
suocs
IUC3K
UAMMl
T*Pt
' «Mua
«co«ot»
■*'«--,
-^-
.-/-ij-:;
v.t_
TAPi mjoot
SQNk.
STtPWNG
CMCjr,
CMCHTS
.
2
OM. OFf «C
nee. swTCHwc
^MU«CL
», OFT, 4»c
cHitNac
SLI0C5
"ZL 1 ^' ON, OFF »ie
^>««- r-* mat vnToma
OK OFT, •#*
F*OC WTTCHIMC
CMUACl.
<
LOOC
1 "-
An all-electronic control system for simultaneously operat-
ing a plurality of visual aid components and/or a lighting
system is operated from a programmed input tape to provide
diverse control functions such as on, off, fade-in, fadeout,
etc. The exclusive utilization of fast-switching, solid-state
components in diverse control, slide change and movie pro-
jector control circuits enables several diverse commands to
be executed nearly simultaneously
3,643,218
CYCLIC GROUP PROCESSING WITH INTERNAL
PRIORITY
Hans Cramwinckel, Beekbergen, Netherlands, assignor to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 29. 1970, Ser. No. 6,833
Claims priority, application Netherlands. Feb. 1, 1969,
6901657
Int. CI. G06f 9/18
U.S. CI. 340- 172.5 3 Claims
A limited access real-time data communication and display
system wherein access to selected portions of stored data
may be gained by the insertion of a coded identification card
into the system resulting in the display on a cathode-ray tube
of the selected data in a line raster adjacent to which and
aligned with are a plurality of line selection switches which
allow an operator to gain access to additional data in ac-
cordance with the displayed information and in accordance
with the coded identification card.
^
3,643,220
SYNCHRONIZATION OF SERIAL MEMORY
Kazuo Katagi, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to RCA Corpora-
tion
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,815
Int. CI. G06f 13/02
U.S. CI. 340— 172.5 7 Claims
V=^^^%^;-=#^^ ri*^^^
A priority circuit for passing in accordance with a given
priority one of a plurality of interrogation signals coming
from a number of lines to an output, said number of lines
being divided in a number of different groups of lines, said
circuit comprising means for dealing with interrogations
within one group in accordance with a predetermined priori-
ty, there being provided means for processing cyclically the
groups. The circuit comprises for this purpose a 1-out-of-
(n+2) position device in which n is the number of lines of
each group and the (n+l)th position is provided for activat-
ing the group by the preceding group, whilst the («+2)th
position is provided for setting the group into the rest posi-
tion from a next following group (FIG. 3).
jMhU
jfi
ti
I
.03
0^r/> w
J^
\a4ryt fss/srs^
/^*
\S£iecr u^f X7 Of lA
/a/;
I
MU OUT
< <
da ^
A delay line refresh memory stores the bits to be displayed
on a visual display means such as a television receiver. A
shift register in the feedback loop applies the stored bits back
to the input circuit of the memory. Synchronization pulses
which occur once each recirculation period are employed to
determine which stage of the register to connect back to the
memory, that is, to determine the amount of delay which
must be inserted in the memory feedback loop to make the
stored data synchronous with the synchronization pulses.
1152
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3.643^21
CHANNEL BUFFER FOR DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM
James B. Chambers, Endwell, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,224
Int. CI. G lie 19100
IJ.S. CI. 340-172.5 9 Claims
3,643,223
BIDIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSION DATA LINE
CONNECTING INFORMATION PROCESSING
EQUIPMENT
Richard L. Ruth, Paradise Valley, and William A. Shelly,
Phoenix, both of Ariz., assignors to Honeywell Information
Systems Inc.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,436
Int. CI. G06f 13100
U.S. CI. 340- 1 72.5 15 Claims
n nil t-iiii.i hmuj
An improved shift register, characterized by the ability of
data in each stage to be alternatively not transferred, trans-
ferred one stage, or transferred two stages in response to
each advance pulse depending upon the full or empty condi-
tions of the two succeeding stages, provides efficient transfer
of data between the CPU and high-speed peripheral devices
of data processing system.
3,643,222
REMOTE SUPERVISORY SYSTEM
Naokazu Kimura, Shimodate-shi, Japan, assignor to Hitachi,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 791,895
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 22, 1968, 43/3259
Int. CI. G06f J//4
U.S. CI. 340- 1 72.5 7 Claims
\DyN4MK
-^SiL
~~u^r— ihi ^ pt^<wf
~ TO 39
A remote supervisory system having two dynamic shift re-
gisters for storing a series of signals representing the new and
the old state, respectively, of remotely supervised equipment,
wherein the outputs from the dynamic shift registers are
cyclically distributed to display circuits for a continuous or
flickering display of the existing state of each equipment.
A communicating port in an information prtx;essing device
is equipped with an interconnected logic gating wherein the
bidirectional transmission line is connected to an output of
one logic gate and to an input of another logic gate Series
and parallel interconnections permit one bidirectional trans-
mission line for each bit of information per device and per
port of each device, respectively. A transmitter-receiver cir-
cuit pair is disclosed for the logic gating using current mode
logic driving a grounded base amplifier.
3,643,224
CENTRALIZED MESSAGE ASSEMBLER
Takashi Miyakawa; Tomio Kurita, and Akira Ichimura, all of
Tokyo, japan, assignors to Nippon Telegraph & Telephone
Public Corporation and Nippon Electric Company Limited,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 29, 1969, Ser. No. 845,816
Claims priority, application Japan, July 31, 1968, 43/54543
Int. CI. H04m 3150
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 8 Claims
20
SUB
SO
L.
' |data|- ok%
59 42
-^■li—
53
sw
^00 NT
COMF-C^
REC
r i y
I 12 CENTRAL
1_.
I IC«[^<
.J
A message-reporting system is disclosed in accordance
with the teachings of the present invention wherein compiler
means located at a central office assembles a plurality of
complete messages from message fragments stored on a
recording medium in accordance with a plurality of message
request signals generated by a plurality of subscribers. The
message request signals correspond to predetermined condi-
tions which may be established at a plurality of subscriber
stations associated with a plurality of local offices. Each local
office is comprised of means for storing the message request
signals, means for reading out the appropriate stored message
request signals in response to the occurrence of the predeter-
mined conditions and means for transmitting the message
request signals to the central office where the message
request signals are used to control the compiler means.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1153
3,643,225 a data block containing the information searched for The
MEMORY CONTROL SYSTEM one-level search can enter the multilevel index at any level
Rex Rice, Menk) Park, and William R. Smith, Mountain View,
both of Calif., assignors to FairchiM Camera and Instru-
ment Corporation, Syosset, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 812,773
Int. CI. G06f 9120. 7110
U.S. CI. 340- 1 72.5 5 Claims
r-r:
»o «-! ^
IM17
TT
V~
.- ... . 2 ^M"
^•^J ii^rrJC- f- . . it
c— * am 1 " I ^'
A memory control system for controlling the communica-
tion between a plurality of users and a memory is disclosed,
The memory which is random-access memory, is organized in
a unique way in that it is divided into pages, each page con-
taining a plurality of groups, each group including a plurality
of addressable locations. Each page also includes page con-
trol words and a separate group link word for each group.
Fields of the page control words are used for page linking to
form page lists and to indicate the availability of groups for
assignment, while the fields of the group link words are used
for the linking of groups to form strings of groups. The
memory also includes a specific addressable location in
which a system control word is stored. Various fields of the
system control word are used in controlling the initial assign-
ment of pages, the reclamation of pages no longer needed by
users, and the dynamic reauignment of pages to users. The
memory also includes a separate user control word for each
user. Various fields of a user control word are used to point
to a user's page list, to point to a page in which group space
is available for assignment, and to point to reclaimed groups.
The memory control system includes a plurality of generators
for generating, at clock cycle time, the addresses of any one
of the control words. The memory control system also in-
cludes logic circuitry for automatically executing any one of
a plurality of coded operations, commanded by any of the
users.
3,643^26
MULTILEVEL COMPRESSED INDEX SEARCH METHOD
AND MEANS
Edward Lolzldei; Donald J. Lucai, both of Poughkeepdc, and
George F. Steigerwalt, Hyde Park, all of N.Y., aMignon to
International Biulncat Machlnci Corporation, Armonk,
N.Y.
. FUed June 26, 1 969, Ser . No. 836,825
^ Int CI. G06f 7122
U.S. CI. 340— 1 72.5 42 Clainu
A method and means for searching a compressed index
generated by the method and means disclosed in U.S. Pat.
application Ser. No. 836,930 filed the same day as this appli-
cation. Two types of searches are disclosed, ( 1 ) a multilevel
search, and (2) a one-level search. The multilevel search
begins at the highest, or apex level of a multilevel com-
pressed index and searches one block at each level. The mul-
tilevel search ends after finding a pointer at the lowest level
in the index. The pointer found at the lowest level addresses
ua'iisii
mil < iLoi u«i»<i
and serial search plural blocks for the correct pointer to a
block at the next lower level.
3,643,227 '
JOB FLOW AND MULTIPROCESSOR OPERATION
CONTROL SYSTEM
William R. Smith, Mountain View, and Rex Rice, Menk> Park,
both of Calif., aMignors to Fairchild Camera and Initni-
ment Corporation, Mountain View, Calif.
Filed ScpL 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,000
Int. CI. G06f9//9, yj/;($
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 16 Clainii
3 5 ^
A hardware-oriented control system for use in a time-
shared multiprocessor system is disclosed. The system con-
trols the proceuing or fiow of each requested proceuing
operation or job, which typically requires the performance of
processing tasks of several different processors. The control
system also controls the operation of each processor by
monitoring it and assigning a job thereto when the processor
is found to be idle. The control system includes logic hard-
ware necessary to form and modify a queue for each proces-
sor type, the queue including, by means of the contents of
fields of special-purpose control words, all the jobs requiring
the processing task of its associated processor type. The con-
trol system includes special-purpose dockable hardware
which automatically responds to a signal from any processor
which finished its task for a job previously assigned thereto,
and modifies the processor's queue as well as adds, under
defined conditions, the previously assigned job to the queue
or queues of one or more other processors, whose processing
tasks are required in the job's performance. Tht control
system further includes special-purpose dockable hardware
to assign a job to each idle or nonbusy processor from its
respective queue.
1154
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
3,643,228 independent of standby current amplitudes. Application of a
HIGH-DENSITY STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL SYSTEM pulse to the clock line causes current to be diverted from the
James P. Lipp, Oklahoma City, Okla., assignor to Honeywell dual-emitter flip-flop transistors through the charge-storage
Information Systems Inc.
Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,698
Int. CI. Glib 5/00
U.S. CI. 340— 172.5 13 Claims
-k£
-^
■TMC courTfn
♦ • » » t »
«w8t a.T»' g.,,. MTg OCTi Xn BCTI.
A high-density recording and reproducing system in which
information is divided into groups of binary digits (bits) with
different flux transition patterns recorded in associated
storage cells to represent each group of bits and wherein
each pattern is recorded and read independently of bits in
adjacent cells resulting in reduced pulse crowding effecte.
3,643^29
INTERRUPT ARRANGEMENT FOR DATA PROCESSING
SYSTEMS
Thomas D. Stucbe, Arvada, Coio.; Pedro A. Lenk, Rochester,
and John C. Gifford, Phdps, both of N.Y., assignors to
Stromberg-Carison Corporation, Rochester, N.Y.
I FUcd Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,158
Int. CI. G06f 9/18
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 17 Claims
111 I
Interrupt process and circuit for data processing systems
wherein interrupts are provided on a priority basis with suita-
ble means for temporary inhibit of an interrupt being pro-
vided.
3,643,230
SERIAL STORAGE AND TRANSFER APPARATUS
EMPLOYING CHARGE-STORAGE DIODES IN
INTERSTAGE COUPLING CIRCUITRY
Dennis Joseph Lynct, Madison, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Sept 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69,228
Int. CI. Gl Ic / 1/34; H03k 3/286
U.S. CI. 340-173 FF 13 Claims
In a serial digital storage arrangement bistable storage
cells, each of which includes a pair of dual-emitter
transistors, are diode coupled to a single-phase clock line and
are concatenated via charge-storage diodes and Schottky
barrier diodes. Signal currents are supplied primarily via the
clock line through the coupling diodes and are substantially
diodes; and removal of the pulse from the clock line causes
the charge stored in the charge-storage diodes to be con-
ducted into one of the dual-emitter transistors of the next
succeeding stage for setting the state thereof. |
3,643,231
MONOLITHIC ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY CELL
Fred H. Lohrcy, and Siegfried K. Wiedmann, both of
Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,975
Int. CI. G 1 Ic / 1/40; H03k 3/286
U.S. CI. 340-173 FF 6 Claims
tiSOC
ICNIC
^"
•"•vf"
1
1
\
1
T
9
3
-^ i
_
X
•i
■it DKIVCa/
UNII AM0
•o
iiT onivtni
KNU AMT
i. . ....
mrooo
OOlVfK
II
H
This specification discloses an associative memory storage
cell having two cross-connected transistors with the word line
for the cell connected to the common emitters of the two
transistors and having each of the bases of the two transistors
connected to the base of an input/output transistor. This
emitter of each of these input/output transistors is connected
to a separate bit line and the collectors of the input/output
transistors are connected together and to the associative
sense amplifier. To associatively search the memory, one of
the bit lines is lowered. This causes the input/output
transistor connected to the lowered bit line to conduct and
thereby give a no-match signal to the associative sense ampli-
fier if its base is connected to the base of the conducting one
of the two cross-connected transistors and it causes that
transistor to remain nonconductive and thereby give a match
signal to the associative sense amplifier if it is connected to
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1165
the base of the nonconducting one of the two cross-con-
nected transistors.
3,643,232
LARGE-SCALE INTEGRATION OF ELECTRONIC
SYSTEMS IN MICROMINIATURE FORM
Jack S. Kilby, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instruments In-
corporated, Dallas, Tex.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 420,031, Dec. 21, 1964,
now abandoned. This application June 5, 1967, Ser. No.
645,539
Int. CI. Gllcy//J4
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73 R 24 Claims
Large-scale integration of complex electronic circuitry and
systems in semiconductor microminiature form comprising
functional elements or cells at least partially in one surface of
a semiconductor substrate and arranged in rows and columns
with spaces between the rows, each cell including a plurality
of first conductivity-type semiconductor regions in the sub-
strate of opposite conductivity type in spaced-apart relation
to form plural conduction paths and at least one semiconduc-
tor region of said first conductivity type extending under one
of the spaces and being common to a conduction path in
each of a pair of adjacent cells in a column. Also, disclosed is
a multilayer connector pattern supported by the substrate
and interconnecting the cells into an electronic system
wherein the upper connector layer includes a supply line ar-
ranged to wind along the spaces in a serpentine fashion.
3,643,233
THREE-DIMENSIONAL OPTICAL READ-ONLY
MEMORY
George J. Fan, San Jose, Calif., and James H. Greiner, Mill-
wood, N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines
Corporatk>n, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791,319
Int.CI.Gllc///22, 7;/42
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73.2 6 Claims
mation is stored as domains in each plate. The stack of plates
containing the domains allows a polarized source of light to
traverse the stack and appear, to a detecting device, as a
homogeneous source. When an electromagnetic field is ap-
plied across a single plate in the stack, the polarization of the
domains in that plate is rotated, creating a birefringence in
the material. The polarized source of light is now modulated
by such particulariy selected plate according to this particu-
lar bit pattern of domains. This pattern can be imaged onto
an array of detectors. When the electromagnetic field is
removed, the disturbed domains return to their original
storage states so that the polarized interrogating light reap-
pears as a homogeneous source to all detectors.
3,643,234
READ-ONLY MEMORY EMPLOYING STRIPLINES
Hiro Moriyasu, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Tektronix, Inc.,
Beaverton, Oreg.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,568
Int. CI. G lie 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 340-173 SP 12 Claims
A read-only memory apparatus is described employing a
plurality of stripline-type transmission lines. The input and
output transmission lines are formed by signal conductors
provided on the opposite sides of a common ground plane
conductor. A plurality of openings are provided through the
common ground plane at some of the intersections of the
input and output signal conductors and such openings are
positioned to produce a digitally coded output signal on the
output signal conductors when an input signal applied to the
input signal conductors crosses such openings.
3,643,235
MONOLITHIC SEMICONDUCTOR MEMORY
Horst H. Berger, Sindelfingen, and Sigfried K. Wiedmann,
Esslingen, both of Germany, assignors to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,575
Int.CI. G11C///40, H03kJ/25/
U.S. CI. 340-173 FF 20 Claims
A three-dimensional optical read-only memory is com-
posed of a stack of transparent plates composed of either fer- This specification discloses a storage cell which employs
roelcctric or ferromagnetic materials wherein binary infor- inversely operated and transverse transistors to reduce
1156
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
storage cell size accessing times and power consumption
when the cell is fabricated in monolithic form. Two cross-
connected transistors are inversely operated so that they
share a common emitter region with a separate base region
and collector region for each of the cross-connected
transistors. In this way, the transistors can be fabricated in a
single diffusion region. The collector of each of the cross-
connected transistors is connected to the collector of a load
transistor of the opposite type transistor and to the base of an
addressing transistor having its emitter connected to the
sense line and its collector connected to the base of the load
transistors. The two addressing and load transistors are
formed in a single isolation zone with collector and base re-
gions of the addressing transistors serving also as the base
and collector regions respectively of the load transistors
which are fabricated as transverse transistors with a common
emitter region.
3,643^36
STORAGE HAVING A PLURALITY OF
SIMULTANEOUSLY ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS
Eugene Kolankowsky, Pleasant Valley; Robert F. McMahon,
Poughkeepsie, and David J. Perlman, Wappingers Falls, all
of N.Y., assignors to International Business Machines Cor-
poration, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,51 1
Int. CI. G lie /J/00
U.S. CI. 340- 173 R 6 Claims
■i - t'^'^
S'3UC( VHiU g[:BD(l BfCMEl
lEC I
I-' i ' " ■"
'■"Xi^:~in-».» L/'
-lis . iimi I* ]
ing each device a series arrangement of tunnel junctions.
This built-in redundancy of each switching element
eliminates problems due to frequent device short circuits,
especially where there are thin tunnel barriers and the
I I '— lit IfdS'EI i »»'» USS'tll
In a storage array wherein several locations are simultane-
ously accessed, each location includes a circuit settable to
one of two conditions by signals on lines defining its position
Defining the storage position by three lines, "horizontal," "-
vertical" and "diagonal," each circuit may be selected by ac-
tivating its diagonal line and either the horizontal or vertical
line for that circuit. The storage cell is a solid-stage flip-flop
with two cross-coupled active devices and additional active
device for each of the three driving lines. Connections to
each circuit through selected ones of the vertical and
horizontal lines communicate informatics on the inactivated
line.
devices are operated under extreme temperature ranges. In a
particular case, Josephson devices are used, each of which is
a thin film structure having stacked junctions, i.e., a plurality
of alternate layers of metal and tunnel barrier.
3,643,238
MAGNETIC DEVICES
Andrew H. Bobeck, Chatham, and Le Grand G. Van Uitert,
Morris Township, Morris Co., both of N.J., assignors to
Bell Telephone Laboratories Incorporated, Murray Hill,
NJ.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,154
Int. CI. Glib J/00
U.S. CI. 340-174 7 Claims
Local cobalt concentration inhomogeneities in bubble
domain devices make possible a series of device designs in
which various functions are expedited. These functions in-
clude bubble generation, bubble replication, bubble position-
ing and various logic functions. The exemplary materials are
uniaxial rare earth and related orthoferrites in which small
amounts of cobalt reduce anisotropy.
3,643,239
METHOD OF REDUCING BIT LINE TO BIT LINE
COUPLED NOISE IN A PLATED WIRE MEMORY STACK
Thomas W. Mack; David P. Peretto, and Alden W. Allen, all
of St. Paul, Minn., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,578
Int. CI. G lie 5/06, 11/04, 11/ 14
U.S. CI. 340-174 DC 7 Claims
3,643,237
MULTIPLE-JUNCTION TUNNEL DEVICES
Wilhelm Anacker, Yorktown HeighU, N.Y., assignor to Inter-
national Businca Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,101
Int CI. Gllc;//44, 5/02
VS. CI. 340-173.1 9 Claims
Switching and memory circuits which employ tunneling
devices having nonlinearities are made more reliable by mak-
A method of transposing and interposing the bit lines of a
plated wire bit line memory stack involving coupling the like-
ordered bit lines of different plated wire arrays in alternate
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1157
transposed and nontransposed configurations and then form-
ing separate groups of the transposed and the nontransposed
bit lines, each group, defining an ordered bit of a plurality of
multibit words.
1 3,643,240
' LOCKING MEANS FOR DISK PACK ASSEMBLY
Wilhelm G. Raiser, Baden Wurttemberg, Germany, assignor
to International Business Machines Corporation, Armonk,
N.Y.
I Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 41,034
Int. CI. B65d 55/00, Gl lb 23/02
U.S. CI. 340-174.1 C 19 Claims
This invention teaches the combination in a magnetic disk
storage file which comprises a disk pack assembly having a
memory unit carrying rotatable locking means, a central sup-
port member, a plurality of magnetic disks and a first sta-
tionary engageable locking means; a dust cover enclosing the
top and outer surfaces of the memory and including engaging
means for engaging the first engageable locking means of the
memory unit; a rotatable drive spindle for holding the disk
pack assembly thereon, including second engageable means
for locking the spindle to prevent rotary motion thereof; a
rotatable handle coupled through the cover to the rotatable
locking means; an actuatable spindle locking means for selec-
tively engaging the second engageable means of the rotary
drive spindle; and actuating means responsive to the dust
cover when the disk pack assembly is positioned on the ro-
tary spindle for actuating the spindle locking means to en-
gage the second engageable means.
I 3,643,241
RANDOM-ACCESS INFORMATION STORE SYSTEM
Eugene H. Irasek, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to The Na-
tional Cash Register Company, Dayton, Ohio
I Filed Mar. 1, 1960, Ser. No. 12,032
Int. CI. Glib 5/75, 2i/y2
U.S. CI. 340- 174.1 C 47 Claims
3,643,242
TRANSDUCER DISPLACEMENT CONTROL IN
MOVABLE HEAD-TYPE STORAGE DISK SYSTEMS
Philip Stuart Bryer, Woodland Hills, Calif., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,500
Int. CI. G 1 1 b 2 / /08; H02k 4 1 /02
U.S. CI. 340- 174.1 C 4 Claims
A plurality of transducers are positioned radially relative to
a stack of disks, by means of a linear motor whose stator and
voice coil are mounted on separate, movable carriages for
relative, colinear displacement along low-friction paths, to in-
hibit transfer of momentum to stationary structure.
3,643,243
MEMORY SYSTEM HAVING ASSOCIATED PLURAL
TIMING TRACKS AND DATA TRACKS
Wesley R. Johnson, and Jon J. Hamel, both of Minneapolis,
Minn., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 597,371, Nov. 28, 1966,
now abandoned. This application Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No.
880,429
Int.CI.Gllby5/y2,27/i6
U.S. CI. 340-174.1 B 12 Claims
A random access memory using flexible strips removably
hung in bins which strips are removed for transducing. Also
details of the removing and tape transport system.
A magnetic drum system that incorporates rigid read/write
head mountings described as data blocks and spare blocks.
Each block includes a timing track head, and an associated
group of data track heads which are positioned at associated
opposite ends of the block for minimizing skew and crosstalk
error. Included is a bad-track memory for electrically
switching to a timing track head and an associated group of
(T
1158
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
data track heads in the spare block when a bad-track on the
magnetic drum arises under one of the data track heads in
the data block.
3,643^44
nRE AND SMOKE MONITORING AND ALARM SYSTEM
Marvin J. Levy, 2133 Kenwood Place, Bcllmore, N.Y.
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,744
Int. CI. G08b / 7100
IJ.S. CI. 340-227 6 Claims
.^
^T==3^
A monitoring and alarm system including a plurality of
sensors located at various remote stations, each sensor being
provided with a detector switch which is normally closed and
which opens when any abnormal condition, such as fire or
smoke is sensed. Each detector is connected by a two-wire
line to a respective pair of terminals at a central console,
across which is shunted an indicator lamp in series with a
diode. The terminal pairs are connected in a series chain to a
direct-current source, such that when all of the associated
detector switches are closed, the chain is unbroken and the
lamps are short circuited out of the chain, but when any de-
tector is caused to open, the lamp associated therewith is
then interposed in the chain and is energized through a
flasher circuit to produce a pulsatory indication identifying
the station responsible therefor.
3,643,245
DISCRETE HEAT-DETECTING SYSTEM USING A
THERMISTOR DETECTING ELEMENT
Roger B. Jones, North Caldwell, and Raymond B. Smith,
Wayne, both of NJ., assignors to Walter Kidde & Com-
pany, Belleville, N J.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,460
Int. CI. G08b 7 7/06
U.S. CI. 340-228 R 9 Claims
by the element and an indicator which is actuated when a
portion of the element is heated to a predetermined tempera-
ture causing said element to have a predetermined resistance
value The indicator is actuated by an instrument which mea-
sures the value of resistance of the material and an arrange-
ment is provided to control the resistance value of the ele-
ment at which the instrument actuates the indicator to com-
pensate for changes in the resistance value of the element
caused by the ambient environment.
A heat detecting system of the type using an elongated
heat-detecting element having material therein whose re-
sistance changes in accordance with the temperature sensed
3,643,246
MONITORING METHOD FOR BLINKING LAMPS AND
THEIR FAILURE
Albrecht Gerlach, Emmendingen, and Rolf-Dieter Burth,
Windenreute, both of Germany, assignors to ITT Indus-
tries, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,490
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 25, 1969, P 19 21
034.5
Int. CI. B60q 1 100; G0Sh2]/00
U.S. CI. 340-251 3 Claims
The monitonng of blinking lamps in motor vehicles is
achieved by scanning, after passage of half of the dark
period, a control voltage derived from the decreasing voltage
of the dark period If a lamp is defective the frequency of the
oscillator will be raised
3,643,247
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING OPEN-CIRCUIT
CONDITION
David J. Ratcliffe, Morristown, NJ., assignor to Lockheed
Aircraft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
Filed Dec. 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 887,070
Int.CI. G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 340-251 6 Claims
Apparatus for detecting an open-circuit condition in a cir-
cuit element such as an indicator lamp irrespective of
whether the circuit is switched on or off. A trickle current
flowing through the circuit element is interrupted if the ele-
ment becomes open, and this trickle current controls a suita-
ble indicator.
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1159
3,643^48
WARNING SYSTEM FOR INDICATING FAILURE OF
ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS
Lawrence A. Schott, 15940 Warwick, Detroit, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of Ser. No. 814,359, Apr. 8, 1969
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 873,010
Int. CI. G08b 2//00, B60q 7/24, 7/04
U.S. CI. 340-253 B 3 Claims
A warning system for vehicles such as automobiles and the
like, to indicate when one of at least two lamps of the vehicle
is inoperative. In a preferred embodiment of the present in-
vention a dual winding coil is disposed in separate circuits
connecting a pair of electrical lamps to a source of electrical
energy. One of the dual windings of the coil connected in one
circuit creates an electromagnetic field and the other winding
in the other circuit creates an electromagnetic field can-
celling the first field. A warning device such as an indicator
electrical bulb, for example, positioned proximate the opera-
tor of the vehicle, is connected to the source of electrical
energy by a switching device disposed within the coil. The
switching device comprises a pair of movable contact mem-
bers normally maintained in open position and adapted to en-
gage one another to connect the indicator bulb to the source
of electrical energy in response to an electromagnetic field.
Thus, when both lamps are operative the two electromag-
netic fields cancel one another and the switching device
remains open. When current fiows through one winding of
the coil changes due to a lamp failure, the electromagnetic
field created by the remaining current flow closes the
switching devices and thereby activates the warning device.
3,643,249
WARNING DEVICE FOR INDICATING LOCKED
POSITION OF DOOR
Ralph E. Haywood, 306 Aviador Avenue, Millbrae, Calif.
Fik>d Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,659
Int. CI. G08b 13106
VJS. CI. 340-274 4 Claims
A warning device for indicating locked position of door
wherein a light bulb is mounted in a position so that its light
may be seen from the exterior of the door. An electrical cir-
cuit is provided for the bulb and it includes a switch operated
by a swingable arm, the arm engaging with a movable
member of a door-locking mechanism and movable by the
latter to close the switch and thus illuminate the bulb when
the door is locked. However, the arm is movable into a posi-
tion to open the switch and extinguish the light when the
member is moved into door-unlocked position.
3,643,250
THEFT DETERRENT FOR OFnCE MACHINES AND
SMALL FACTORY TOOLS
Paul F. Sander, 1300 Lakeside Drive, WanUgh, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,016
Int. CI. G08b 13/14
U.S. CI. 340-280 1 Claim
ZZZZJT
1
A cabje device for securing office machines and portable
factory tftols so to eliminate theft thereof, the device com-
prising a strong metal cable that cannot be readily cut, and
the opposite ends of the cable having securement means that
cannot be easily broken off either from the cable or the
device to which they are attached. An alarm device respon-
sive to tensioning of the cable is installed around an inter-
mediate portion of said cable.
3,643,251
CONTROL OF CONFIGURATION SIZE AND INTENSITY
Edwin R. Kolb; John F. Blaha, both of Cleveland, and
Webster C. Roberts, South Euclid, all of Ohio, assignors to
Harris-Intertype Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Original application Nov. 3, 1966, Ser. No. 591,734, now
Patent No. 3,588,870. Divided and this application June 17,
1970, Ser. No. 47,097
Int. CI. G08b 5/22
U.S. CI. 340—324 A 9 Claims
I Eli— M I — ^3 cow
MINO* moot
DCrUCT10« DtrUCTlOI.
H0«CI01<T»1. (Ml VD<TIC*lD/»
Apparatus is provided for displaying configurations on a
surface, such as the face of a cathode-ray tube, with a energy
beam, such as a cathode-ray tube electron beam. TTie beam
is deflected with reference to first and second perpendicu-
lariy related axes in response to positioning signals for posi-
tioning the beam on the surface at selected positions in ac-
cordance with position command signals. A control circuit
provides configuration signals for sequentially positioning the
beam relative to the two axes to provide a plurality of incre-
1160
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
mentally spaced images which, in turn, define a configura-
tion. The magnitude of the configuration signals is dependent
on the selected position, and a configuration size control cir-
cuit serves, in response to size command signals, to change
the magnitude of the configuration signals and thereby
change the size of the configuration.
3,643,252
VIDEO DISPLAY APPARATUS
Richardson S. Roberts, Jr., Cherry Hill, NJ., assignor to Ul-
tronic Systems Corp., Mount Laurel, N J.
Filed Aug. 1. 1967, Ser. No. 657,664
Int. CLG06fi/y^
U.S. CI. 340—324 A 30 Claims
•v^*^ nxMmr
jrre
«*A -«#«-
' yTT' ry^^ >"*»»■ Wg^fT" -
^40y 7>/AS 73MMC
j^^^-
^^VXJV
Coded characters from a plurality of input sources are
stored in different intervals of a recirculating memory, each
interval containing the characters for a row of the display
Characters for a display row are loaded into buffer register
means which is then recirculated and the contents encoded
during successive recirculations to produce signals represent-
ing the portions of the characters to be displayed on respec-
tive lines of the display row. Information from one source is
displayed in the plurality of rows which are upshifted to rows
thereabove and new information displayed in the bottom
row, by delaying the vertical sweep relative to said encoding
during upshift. Information from another source is displayed
in rows which do not upshift, by delaying the decoding so
that it remains unchanged with respect to the vertical sweep.
3,643,253
ALL-FET DIGITAL-TO-ANALOG CONVERTER
Hans G. Blank, New Rochelk, and Richard M. Greene,
Smithtown, both of N.Y., assignors to GTE Laboratories In-
corporated
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,458
Int. CI. H03k 13102
U.S. CI. 340—347 DA 1 1 Claims
^_^->-^-
number and generates an analog voltage of the number. The
apparatus mcludes a plurality of coupled voltage difference
amplifiers, with one amplifier being provided for each digit of
the number The amplifiers, which perform successive mul-
tiplication and subtraction operations upon the input volt-
ages, are ordered in the same sequence as the digits of the
number Each amplifier consists of a plurality of substantially
identical field-effect devices connected in a series arrange-
ment.
3,643,254
KEYBOARD ENCODER SYSTEM
Robert J. Proebsting, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instru-
ments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,686
Int. CI. H04I / 7/00. H03k 13124
U.S. CI. 340 347 DD 31 Claims
(X e»»»LE
An encoder system provides inexpensive means for reduc-
ing the number of output connections from a keyboard,
wherein each character key provides only two output signals.
Each of the output signals from a character key is connected
to only one of the inputs of the encoder system for the trans-
mission of information thereto, and two or more additional
outputs from shift keys are transmitted to separate shift in-
puts of the encoder representing, for example, alphabetical
and numeric characters, respectively. One depression of any
two character keys causes a digital default signal and the en-
coder treats the condition as if no keys were depressed. The
output from the encoder is a binary signal which is trans-
mitted to other peripheral equipment such as the central
processor or memory buffer of a computer system.
3,643,255
PLURAL COLOR LAMP INDICATOR
Dominic Paul Edmund Barnard, Witney, England, assignor to
Smith Industries Limited, London, England
Filed Sept. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,824
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 3, 1969,
48,729/69
Int. CI. G09f 9100
U.S. CL 340-381 9 Claims
A digital-to-analog converter apparatus which receives a
plurality of input voltages representative of the digits of a
Indicator apparatus comprising a plurality of light bulbs,
conveniently capless light bulbs, each of which can emit a
primary light beam to a common region and a second light
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1161
beam to an individual region associated with that particular
light bulb. The primary light beam of some of the light bulbs
has a first color, e.g. red. while the primary light beam of
others of the light bulbs has a second color, e.g. yellow. The
secondary light beam of all the light bulbs has a third color,
e.g. blue or green, imparted to it by a filter which is substan-
tially opaque to stray or unwanted light from the first or
second colored primary light beam so as to avoid a false or
confusing visual indication being obtained from the ap-
paratus.
3,643,256
SECONDARY RADAR SYSTEM
Philip Collinson Owen, Harlow, England, assignor to A. C.
Cossor Limited, Harlow, Essex, England
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,146
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 4, 1969,
11,569/69
Int. CI. GOls 9/56
U.S. CI. 343—6.5 R 8 Claims
threshold circuit to produce automatically an output signal
indicative of moving target presence or absence Either the
ia¥-cia*mt^
«Crn.AroB
cmauriw
« '
itni an- khi
i Tim -C4-1 Ttm
H f
irmn miT
kammtstmt
noise AGC circuit or the clutter control circuit can be used
by itself without the other.
The ground station of a secondary radar system is provided
with improved means for preventing transponder replies
being triggered via reflecting surfaces. A special pair of
reflection suppression pulses are transmitted directively in
fixed azimuthal directions only, the second pulse being the
larger, thereby generating a suppression gate in a trans-
ponder receiving these pulses. The transmission of these pul-
ses is preferably made dependent on the azimuthal angle of
the scanning aerial (FIG. 5).
3,643,257
DOPPLER RADAR AUTOMATIC SIGNAL DETECTION
APPARATUS
Don N. Thomson, King of Prussia; James J. Connolly, Center
Square, and Kenneth K. Zeiger, MorrisviUe, all of Pa., as-
signors to The Magnavox Company, Fort Wayne, Ind.
Filed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,620
Int. CL GO Is 9/42
U.S. CL 343-7.7 4 Claims
The electrical output of a noncoherent doppler radar is ap-
plied to a noise AGC system which varies the channel gain so
as to maintain substantially constant the level of random
noise, thereby counteracting the noise-level distorting effects
of AGC in the radar IF amplifier. Variations in the radar
output due to changes in strength or spread of clutter signals
are reduced by a clutter control circuit including a self-
adapting filter which automatically changes its lower-
frequency cutoff skirt so as to increase the attenuation of
clutter signals when the energy of the interfering clutter-
signal components tends to increase After passing through
the noise AGC circuit and clutter control circuit in series, the
energy of the resultant signal varies substantially only due to
the presence or absence of desired moving-target-produced
received signals, and is applied to an energy-responsive
895 O.G. — 41
3,643,258
ELECTRONIC GENERATOR FOR CONTACT AND
ANALOG AND COMMAND INFORMATION
George H. Balding, Los Altos, Calif., assignor to Kaiser
Aerospace & Electronics Corporation, Oakland, Calif.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 378,892, June 29, 1964,
now abandoned. This application June 30, 1969, Ser. No.
841,684
Int. CI. GOls 1118
U.S. CI. 343— 108 R 18 Claims
"*-♦
A display system for an aircraft including an electronic
generator circuit for generating waveform signals which pro-
vide a pointer-marker on a cathode-ray tube, one end of
which is normally positioned relative to a fixedly positioned
reference mark. Various modes of operation are provided. In
the compass mode, selected means provide signals to
laterally displace the one end of the marker with deviation of
the aircraft heading from a selected heading. In the omni
mode, means responsive to the omni signals displace one end
of the marker relative to the fixed reference with deviation of
the aircraft heading from a selected heading, and effect
lateral displacement of a second end of the marker with
deviation of the aircraft from a selected track. A "to-from"
symbol generator circuit is operative with the marker genera-
tor circuit to provide "to-from" information on the display.
Crab means provide signals which adjust the pointer-marker
on the cathode-ray tube display to the heading to be followed
for crabbing purposes.
3,643,259
NAVIGATION SATELLITE SYSTEM EMPLOYING TIME
SYNCHRONIZATION
Ronald S. Entner, 8148 Lake Park Drive, Alexandria. Va.
Filed Feb. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 15,824
Int. CL GOls niOO
U.S. CI. 343- 1 12 R 7 Claims
A. system to navigate aircraft employing an earth satellite
emitting stored signals from its memory device at predeter-
1162
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
mined times, controlled by a precision clock. The aircraft
desiring navigation aid, having an atomic clock synchronized
with the satellite's, can thus calculate the propagation delay
and the distance travelled by the signal A computer aboard
the aircraft generates a mathematical representation of a
sphere, the radius being equal to the distance travelled by the
satellite signal Employing an inertial navigation set linked to
3,643,261
APPARATl S AND METHOD OF COMPENSATING A
LONG HIGHLY DISPERSIVE TRAVELING WAVE
TRANSMISSION LINE
Earl L. Kenworthy, Los Angeles, and Russell R. HIbbs, West
Covina, both of Calif., assignors to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865,044
Int.CLHOlq 13110
U.S. CI. 343-771 6 Claims
y^
the computer, the computer generates two additional
spheres, each displaced from the previous sphere by the
distance the aircraft travelled pnor to receiving the succeed-
ing satellite transmission The intersection point of the three
spheres is the location of the satellite Knowing the satellite
trajectory in advance, the aircraft can thus determine its
pcisition with respect to the earth.
3,643.260
REMOTELY CONTROLLED FIRING CIRCLIT FOR
SIMULTANEOUS FIRING OF SERIES DEVICES
Stephen Clarke, Westerham, England, assignor to Interna-
tional Rectifier Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13.312
Int. CI. H03k 17 100: H04b 1122
U.S. CI. 343-225 6 Claims
r~u
A method and structure for correcting and linearizing the
phase distribution along the waveguide transmission line feed
of a long, highly dispersive, slow-wave, N-element antenna
array The methtxi involves the phase probing of the in-
dividual radiating elements of a linear array formed by
slotting a serpentine waveguide feed. This probing is carried
out m predetermined equal increments of Y-elements each.
The measured phase over each of the increments of Y-ele-
ments is subtracted from a theoretical or reference phase
desired at the predetermined element and the phase error
(Ak ) thus determined is divided by Y Individual dielectric
panels are affixed to the serpentine broad internal walls ("a"
dimension walls) Enough panels are inserted between the
radiators of each adjacent pair to provide a -A<^/Y phase
shift The prcKess is repeated N/Y times for each linear ar-
ray A two-dimensional array can be assembled from M of
these linear arrays, with each linear array having equal phase
distribution charactenstics overall and among its N-elements.
3,643,262
MICROSTRIP AERIALS
Roger Dumanchin, Paris. France, assignor to Compagnie
Generate de Telegraphic Sans Fil, France
Filed Nov. 24, 1959, Ser. No. 855,234
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 5. 1958, 780929
Int. CI. Holqy/4«
U.S. CI. 343-846 4 Claims
The control electrodes of a plurality of series thyristors are
connected to a radio receiver and simultaneously receive a
firing impulse when a remote transmitter generates a firing
signal. One or more of the devices may be arranged at high
potential above ground and are provided with local power
supplies for their respective control electrode circuits.
A microstrip aerial having a plurality of equally spaced
February 15, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1163
radiating discontinuities obtained by laterally shifting the assembly positively driven in a reciprocating manner both in
edges of the strip.
3,643,263
RECIPROCATING SYSTEM FOR RECORDING
ASSEMBLY
Reginald Henry Fowler, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,944
Int. CI. GOld 15124
U.S. CI. 346- 1 39 R 9 Claims
Electrographic-recording apparatus including a recording a high-speed mode and an incremental mode
\
DESIGNS
FEBRUARY 15, 1972
222,959
UTILITY KNIFE HANDLE
Terence Gerald Riley, Sheffield England assignor to
Stanley Works (Great Britain) Limited, Sheffield, tng-
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. Np. 22 907
Claims priority, application Great Britain Nov. 12, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— Oi
L.S. CI. D8— 107
222,961
P\CK\CINC CLP OR THE LIKE
Br>ant Fdv^ards. Clarendon Hills, III., assignor to
Illinois Tool Works Inc., Chicago, III.
Filed Mar. 12. 1970, Ser. No. 21,880
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— 03
L.S. CI. D9— 216
i
222,960
COMBINED BOTTLE AND CAP THEREFOR
Burt S. Avedon, Boston, and Richard A. Hussey, Water-
town, Mass., assignors to The Gillette Company, Boston.
Filed Dec. 10. 1970, Ser. No. 26,386
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9— O;
U.S. CI. D9— 168
U.S,
222,962
DOl BLE HUNG SILL MEMBER
Raymond M. Dallaire. P.O. Box 220,
Levis, Quebec, Canada
Filed Ma> 14. 1970, Ser. No. 22,974
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— O;
CI. D13— 6
t
1164
February 15, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1165
222,963
COMBINATION STEERING POST AND
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Darrell C. Fuller, Niles, Mich., assignor to
Clark Equipment Company
Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 26,264
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D14— 6
222 966
PENDANT HOIST CONTROL
Harold V. Hawkins and Ralph A. Dick, WUUamsvilie,
N.Y., and Edgar A. Bongort, Southfield, Mich., as-
signors to Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Tona-
wanda, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 24,629
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13 — 03
U.S. CI. D26— 13
.'^'"TfV.
f
222,964
FISHING ROD HOLDER
Luther A. Woodbury, 1340 Garden Ave.,
Waterloo, Iowa 50701
FUed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 24,602
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D22— 05
U.S. CI. D22— 22
222,967
PENDANT HOIST CONTROL
Harold V. Hawkins and Ralph A. Dick, Williamsville,
N.Y., and Edgar A. Bongort, Southfield, Mich., as-
signors to Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Tona-
wanda N Y
' riled Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 24,630
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— Oi
VS. CI. D26— 13
222,965
TOILET SEAT
Alexander Kira and George R. Scheuring, Ithaca, N.Y.,
assignors to American Standard Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept 15, 1970, Ser. No. 25,017
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D23— 02
U.S. CI. D23— 71
\ \
895 O.G,— 42
1166
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
222,968
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 26,686
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— Oi
VS. CI. D26— 13
222,971
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
- Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,784
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Dli— 03
U.S. CI. D26— 13
y
222,969
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
Filed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,779
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— 03
U.S. CI. D26— 13
222 972
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,785
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D13— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 13
222,970
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
FUed Feb. 1, 1971, Ser. No. 111,780
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D13— 03
U.S. CI. D26— 13
February 15, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1167
222,973
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
FUed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,786
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D13— 05
U,S. Cl. D26— 13
222,975
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
FUed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,788
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D13 — 03
U.S. Cl. D26— 13
^■i
222,974
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
FUed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,787
Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D13— Oi
U.S. Cl. D26— 13
222,976
REED SWITCH ENVELOPE
Bernard Edward Shiesinger, Jr., 9411 MacKlin Court,
Alexandria, Va. 22309
r^^ Filed Jan. 28, 1971, Ser. No. 110,789
^^ Term of patent 14 years
Int Cl. D13— Oi
U.S. Cl. D26— 13
1168
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 15, 1972
222,977
WORK DESK OR SIMILAR ARTICLE FOR USE IN
A HOSPITAL OR THE LIKE
Ralph E. Schubert and Alexander Bally, Pittsburgh, Pa.,
assignors to CGR Medical Corporation, Cheveriy, Md.
, Filed Sept 24, 1970, Ser. No. 25,178
' Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6—04
U.S. CI. D33— 7
222,979
CLOCK RADIO
Kazuhiro Hirayama, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Hitachi,
Ltd., Toliyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 26,691
Claims priority, application Japan June 29, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIO— 01
U.S. CI. D42— 7
222,978
GAME TARGET
Marcello Gustavo Vinas, Salta 2331, Mar del Plata,
Buenos Aires, Argentina
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 21,621
Claims priority, application Argentina Aug. 26, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D21— ^7
U.S. CI. D34— 5
U.S,
222,980
NUT CRACKER
Maurice M. Pike, 1827 E. Home Ave.,
Fresno, Calif. 93703
nied July 15, 1970, Ser. No. 23,958
Term of patent 14 years
lot CI. D7— 99
CI. D44— 1
V
February 15, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
11G9
222,981
COMBINED BUCKET AND CLOSURE THEREFOR
George Yates, Jr., Glendale, Calif., assignor to Growth
International Industries Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No. 19,063,
Sept 8, 1969. This application Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No.
20,736
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D7— 99
U.S. a. D49— 29
222,983
TENT STAKE
Alden H. Simpson, 54 Pine Grove St,
Springfield, Mass. 01119
FUed Jan. 27, 1971, Ser. No. 110,359
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D21— 04
U.S. CI. D88— 3
222 982
SPRAY PAINTING MACHINE
Hairy Szczepanski, 900 Clancy NE.,
Grand Rapids, Mich. 49503
FUed Oct 8, 1970, Ser. No. 25,389
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D15— 99
U.S. CI. D55— 1
222,984
MOTORCYCLE LUGGAGE CARRIER
John H. Heltsen, 1091 Terrace Drive, Long^ Beach, Calif.
90807, and Frank G. Stone, 6655 Orange, Apt D,
North Long Beach, Calif. 90805
FUed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,255
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D12— 76
U.S. CI. D90— 3
J
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 15th DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
Note. — Arranged in accordance with the Tint significant character or word of the name ( in accordance with city and
telephone directory practice).
-il
AB Kabi: Set—
Eriksson, Sven Axel, 3,642,450.
Abbott, Austin C, Jr., to Sherwin-Williams Company. Fire retardant
polyesters and articles made therefrom. 3,642,944, CI. 260-864.
Abbott Machine Co., Inc.; Set—
Abbott, Samuel L., 3,642,2 1 6.
Abbott, Samuel L., to Abbott Machine Co., Inc. Device for applying
tension to a running yarn. 3,642,2 1 6, CI. 242-35. S
Abegg, Jean-Louis: Stt—
Kalopissi, Gregoire; Abegg, Jean-Louis; Ghilardi, Guiliana; and de
Beaulieu, Henri Philippe, 3,642,429.
Abitibi St. Anne Paper Ltd.: Stt—
Hamilton, Douglas D.; and Boivin, Joseph J. R , 3,642,041.
Accralube Company: Set—
Caplan, Stanley J.. 3,642.625
Adamant Laboratories( Proprietary ) Limited: Stt—
Pope, Noel C; Kempis, Edward B., and O'Donovan, Kevin H. J.,
3,642,412.
Adams, Anthony L.; Yearsley, Gerald A.; Simmons, Marion I.; and
Yager, Rilly P., to Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Method of ball
bonding with an automatic semiconductor bonding machine.
3,641,660. CI. 29-471.1
Adams, Jack J.: Stt—
Sufford, Owen L., and Adams, Jack J .3.642.949
Adams, James E.: Set—
Wysooki, Joseph J.; Adams. James E.; and Madrid. Robert
W, 3,642,348.
Adams, John S., Jr.; and Gerwitz, David L., to Monsanto Company.
2,S-Disubstituted a-iodoacetanilides. 3,642,895, Ci. 260-562.
Adams, Ronald Alfred Charles, to Howson Algraphy Limited. Ap-
paratus for applying a surface coating of a liquid to a sheet.
3,641, 905, CI. 95-89.
Addante, Michael S. Rubber shims for squeaky beds. 3.641,599, CI. 5-
309.
Adkins, Joel E., to Otis Engineering Corporation. Jar stroke accelera-
tor for pump down well tool. 3,642.069, CI. 1 66-30 1 .
Adier, Alan J., to Texas Instruments, Incorporated, mesne. Alignment
system using an electronic scanner. 3,643,01 8, CI. 178-6.8
Adler, Imre; Felts, Louis; and KluchefT, Nicholas S., to Hewitt-Robins
Incorporated. Rotary plow feeder. 3.642, 153, CI. 214-17.
Admiral Corporation: Stt—
Jarosz, George J., 3,643, 1 79.
Ady, Roger R. Transmitter producing in recurrent cycles time-spaced
varied-power propagatable pulse-like signals. 3,643,162, Ci. 325-
164.
Aelterman, Marcel Frans; and Slievenart, Emile Frans. to Gevaert-
Agfa N.V. Photographic processing apparatus 3,64 1 ,9 1 1 , Ci 95-94.
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft: Stt—
Bestenreiner, Friedrich; and Demi, Reinhold, 3,641,895
Bestenreiner, Friedrich; Lambeir, Silvaan Rene, and Meeussen,
Louis Achilles, 3,642,349.
Durr, Helmut, 3.641,888.
Engelsmann, Dieter; Hackenberg, Hubert; Putscher, Johann; and
Strittmatter, Rolf, 3,643,100
Agolini, Franco, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company. Azoxy
containing polyamide. 3,642,709, CI 260-78.
Ahn, Kie Y.; and Methfessel, Siegfried. Magneto-optical elements.
3,642.533, CI. 117-237.
Aiani, Richard L.; and Jones. Bill T., Jr., to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation. Constant speed vector generator utiliz-
ing a variable slope sawtooth generator. 3,643,1 24, CI. 315-22.
Air Preheater Company. Inc.. The: See—
Wright. Jerry J.; and Curtis, William H , Jr , 3,643,056.
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.: Stt—
Green, Harold A.; and Petrella, Robert G., 3,642,649.
Green, Harold A.. 3.642.698.
Hoffman. Joseph K.; and Russell, James P., 3,642,876.
Macarus. David P.; Upson. Lawrence L.; and Wood, Ronald T.,
3,642.662.
Mottem. Henry O.; and Russell, James P.. 3.642,878.
Tedeschi. Robert J.; and Natali. Paul W., 3.642,64 1 .
Air Reduction Company. Inc.: Stt—
Schrader. Robert L., 3,641 ,973.
Air Reduction Company, Incorporated: See—
Sielaff.Ulrich, 3,642,026.
Wallouch. Rudolph W., 3.642.962.
Air-Products and Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Tedeschi, Robert J.; and Nauli, Paul W., 3,642,640.
Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha: Set—
Hayashi. Masaharu. 3.642,382.
Mori. Miyoshi;and Takasu, Shozo, 3,641,788.
Ajinomoto Co., Inc.: Stt —
Jackisch. Philip F.; Matsui. Yoshinari; Hara. Minoru; Komachiya.
Yoshioki. Matsui, Yoshinari, Hara, Mmoru. and Komachiya.
Yoshioki, 3,642,887
Matsui, Yoshinari. Hara. Minoru, and Komachiya. Yoshioki.
3,642.888.
Akin. Alfred A.. Jr.; and Prentice. Russell E.. to Bushnell Optical Cor-
poration. Skeletal case for binoculars. 3.642.345. CI. 350-65.
Akiyama. Hideaki: Ste—
Kakichi. Tokusaburo. and Akiyama. Hideaki. 3, 642.225
Kakiuchi. Tokusaburo; and Akiyama. Hideaki, 3, 642. 358
Aktiebolaget Astra: 5**—
Bamberg. Peter; Ekstrom. Bertil Ake; Sjobcrg, Bemdt Olof
Harald;and Nathorst-Westfelt. Lars Solve, 3.642,810
Aktiebolaget Secor: See—
Kalb. Lennart Reinhold; Olsson. Karl Gustav, and Blom, Bengt
Gordon Teodor, 3,64 1 .960
Aktiengesellschaft brown, Boveri & Cic: Stt—
Faber, Guy, 3,642,517
Vig,lstvan, 3,641,871.
Akustische u. Kino-Gerate Gesellschaft m.b.H.: Stt—
Gorike, Rudolf. 3,642,558
Albrecht, Gerd: Stt—
Schippers, Heinz; Geil, Waiter Remscheid-Lennep, Albrecht.
Gerd; and Jung. Reinhold, 3, 642. 397
ALDES Ateliers Lyonnais d'Emboutissage Special (Societe
Anonyme):S«—
Jardinier, Pierre, and Simonnot, Jack, 3.641 ,915
Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc.; See—
Li, Jorge Pengman; and Biel, John Hans. 3.642.857.
Alfa-Laval AB; 5**—
Nilsson, Vilgot Raymond, 3,642.196
Alger. Philip Langdon; and Wilson. Charles, to Mechanical Technolo-
gy Incorporated. Linear reciprocating electric motors 3,643,117,
CI. 310-17.
Allard, Pierre, to Societe Rhodiaceta. Process for the preparation of
aromatic polyamides. 3,642,7 1 5, CI 260-78
Allegheny Ludlum Steel Corporation; See—
Beck, Herbert P., 3,643,045
Walker, Robert R.; and Pepin, James J . 3,642.564
Allen & Company F.O.F. Proprietary Funds, Ltd : See—
Benware, Robert Edgar, 3,642,248
Allen & Hanburys Limited: See—
CoHin, David Trevor, 3,642,896
Harcourt, David N; and Jack, David, 3,642,993
Allen, AldenW.:S«-
Mack, Thomas W , Peretto, David P, and Allen, Alden
W, 3,643,239
Allen, Eugene S.; and Gavrias, Royce S., to Cyprus Mines Corporation.
Method of recovering water-soluble nonferrous metal sulfates from
sulfur-bearing ores. 3,642,435, CI. 23-117
Allen, Frank D.; See—
Van Allan, James A.; De Meyer, Dennis E., and Allen, Frank
D, 3,642,479
Allen, Mona Armstrong: See—
Van Allan, James A.; De Meyer, Dennis E.; and Allen, Frank
D.,3,642,479.
Allen, William S.; and Serra, Guy, to United Slates Steel Corporation
Chromium electroplating process and product thereof 3,642,587,
CI. 204-35.
Allen-Bradley Company: 5^^ —
Kiffmeyer, William W., 3,643,1 15.
Allied Chemical Corporation: See—
Boggs, Beryl Aaron; and Ouinn, Robert Ellis, 3,641 .836.
Hoyer. Fridolin A.. 3,642,884
Moore, William P.; MacGregor, Rob R., and Sierichs. William C.
3.642.439.
Murphy. Kevin P.; and Suhl, Richard F., 3,642,639
Sweeney, Richard F.; and Price, Alson K , 3,642,880
Weedon, Gene C; Lofquist, Robert A ; and Mumford, Robin B.,
3.642,714.
Allinquant, Femand Stanislas. Meat tenderizing machine. 3,641,625,
CI. 17-25.
Allis Chalmers Manufacturing Company; See—
Schott. Robert E, 3,642.103.
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company; See—
Rockwell. Harvey W.; and Carlson, Marvin J.. 3,642.1 60
Allison, William W.. to Armec Corporation. D. C energized timing
motor utilizing resonant member to maintain constant speed.
3.643, 140, CI. 318-138.
PI 1
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Alloway Manufacturing, Inc.: See—
Eisenhardt, Fred W . and Ellingson, Hartley N, 3,642, 333
Allum, Keith George; Metcalfe, Christopher John Leonard; and
Thomauon, Daniel John, to British Petroleum Company Limited,
The Selective hydrogenation catalysts. 3,642,658, CI. 252-43 1
Alpern, Alan. Magnetic window lock. 3,642.3 15, CI. 292-144.
Alquist, Henry .: See—
Hitzman, Donald O.; and Alquist, Henry ,3,642,578
Altenpohl, Paul J, to Altenpohl, W. F., Inc. Modular weight sorting as-
sembly for conveyors. 3,642, 1 30. CI. 209- 121
Altenpohl, W. F., Inc.: See—
Altenpohl, Paul J, 3,642,1 30.
Alvarez, Francisco, to Syntex Corporation. Preparation of 9,11-
dichloro sleroids. 3,642,780, CI. 260-239.55
Amchem Products, Inc.; See—
Waldrum, John E., 3,642,206.
Amemiya, Toshioki: See—
Masuyama, Takesho; MaUuura, Mikio, lida, Yoshio; and
Amemiya, Toshioki, 3, 642,664.
American Air Filter Company, Inc.: See—
Timms, Rayford W., 3,641 ,78».
American Cyanamid Company: See-
Bullock, Milon Walker, 3,642,809.
Calderazzo, Fausto. 3,642,838.
Callister, John David; and Carlile. Clayton George, 3 ,642.9 1 3 .
Child, Ralph Grassing; Svokos, Steve George; and Tomcufcik, An-
drew Stephen, 3,642,990.
Di Giaimo, Matthew Peter, 3,642,688.
Sieger, George Madison, Krueger, James Elwood; and Barnnger,
William Charles, 3,642,991.
Sutter, David Lord, 3,642,752.
American Hoist &. Derrick Company: See—
Wicnke, Charles W., 3,64 1 ,876
American Home Products Corporation; See—
Begany, Albert J.; Ledig, Kurt W., Oliver, Donald W., and Wendt,
Gerhard R, 3,642,842.
American Metal Climax, Inc.: See-
Bell, Ronald J., and O'Neal, Edward C, 3.641 ,797.
American Standard Inc.: See—
Parkison, Richard G; and Vanegas, Guillermo J., 3.642,213.
American Sterilizer Company: See—
Kereluk. Karl. 3,642,01 2.
American Sugar Company: See-
Graham, Charles P.; Fonti, Louis, Jr.; and Martinez, Arnold M.,
3.642,535.
American Welding & Manufacturing Company, The: See—
Kinney.JohnM, 3,641,849.
Amerock Corporation: See-
Anderson, Donald L.. 3,642,3 1 3.
Amiard, Gaston: See—
Heymes, Rene; and Amiard. Gaston, 3, 642, 788.
Amiard. Yves; Bellissent, Jean-Paul; and Marie, Gilbert, to Societe Na-
tionale des Petroles D'Aquitaine. Copolymers of olefine and Nun-
saturated derivatives of carbazole. 3,642,730, CI. 260-80.72
Amick, Larry D.. to Carrier Corporation. Refrigerant throttling device
3,642,030, CI. 138-45.
Amos and Smith Hosiery Company: See-
Bryant, Elba H. 3,64 1 ,589.
AMP Incorporated: See—
Busier, W illard LeRoy , 3 .64 1 ,64 1 .
Busier, Willard LeRoy; Phillips. Howard Charles; and Ross, Milton
Dean. 3, 64 1, 649
Folk, Kenneth Foster. 3.64 1 .646.
Folk, Kenneth Foster, 3,64 1 ,650.
Harwood, Robert George, 3.643,201
Ampex Corporation: See— -v..
Clark, Harold V.; and Garagnon,Gary B.. 3,643,012. ^v^.
Lemoinc, Maurice G., 3,643,0 1 3.
Anacker, Wilhelm. to International Business Machines Corporation.
Multiple junction tunnel devices. 3.643.237, CI. 340-173.1
Anaconda Company, The: See—
Bigley, Arthur C, Jr.; and Kramlick, Emil S., 3,642,267
Anaren Microwave, Incorporated: See-
Sly. Thomas L.; Weis. Joseph A.;and Leto. Joseph T.. 3.643,164.
Ance, Louis, to Superior Continental Corporation. Mechanical, solder-
less ground wire connectors for telephonic cable shielding jackets.
3.643.006. CI. 174-84.
Andersen. Clifford W.. to WurliUer Company, The. Tone balancing
element. 3.641, 861, CI. 84-192.
Andersen. Clifford W.. to Wurlitzer Company, The. Stereophonic elec-
tronic piano. 3,643,000, CI. 84-1 .01
Anderson Box Company, Inc.: See—
Wilcox, Thomas L.. Jr.; and Jones. Ancil A., 3,642,192.
Anderson Bros.. Mfg.. Co.: See—
Desnick. Mandel L.; Willcox. Jesse A.; and Christensen. Jay A..
3.642,411.
Anderson. Carl S.; Bittle. David F.; Veazey. Thomas M.; and Wootcn.
Robert G.. to Monsanto Company. Bead polymerization process and
product. 3.642,733, CI. 260-80.8 1
Anderson, Donald L., to Amerock Corporation. Latch for appliance
doors. 3,642.3 1 3. CI. 292-66.
Anderson, Richard M.: See—
Wygant, James C; Anderson, Richard M.; and Prill, Erhard
J.,3,642,870.
Anderson, Richard W ; and Frick, Hughie R., to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The Process for the preparation of polyperfluorocyclobu-
tene 3,642,753, CI. 260-91 .5
Anderson, Thomas E.: See-
Vincent, Gerald G.. and Anderson, Thomas E., 3,642,682.
Ando, Satoshi, Tanaka, Yusaku, Onuma, Sadao; and Ogata, Fu-
mimaro, to SNIA Viscosa Societa Nazionale Industria Applicazioni
Viscosa S.p A., and Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha. Polya-
mide composite Tilaments having an improved latent crimpability.
3,642,568. CI 161-173.
Andrews. James A , to Spyder Manufacturing Company, Inc. Main-
tenance vehicle 3,642,086, CI. 180-66.
Andvig, Tore Anton, to A/S Kongsberg Vapenfabrikk. Arrangement
for holding together a turbine rotor and other aligned members of a
gasturbine. 3,642,383, CI. 416-183.
Angelo. Jake B.. to Esso Research and Engineering Company. Feed
system for coking unit. 3,642,202, CI. 239-8.
Angliker, Hans-Joerg: See—
Montmollin, Rene de, Hoelzle, Gerd; Angliker, Hans-Joerg; and
Peter, Richard,3,642,764.
Anglin, Larn Carnell, Jr.: See—
Bodnar, Stephen John; McHargue, Chuck Linwell; and Anglin,
Lam Carnell, Jr., 3,642,759
Angstadt, Richard L.. and Bell, Russell N., to SUuffer Chemical Com-
pany. Production of alumina and portland cement from clay and
limestone. 3,642,437. CI. 23-143
Anker, Charles A., to General Mills, Inc. Method of preparing keratin
containing films and coatings. 3,642,498, CI. 99-166.
Anner, Georg; and Kalvoda. Jaroslav, to Ciba Corporation. 3-Oxo-
A,19-bis-nor-B-homo-steroid-5( 10)-enes and process for their
manufacture 3.642.826, CI 260-340.9
Anstee, Leon L . to Sperry Rand Corporation. Grass and leaf packag-
ing machine 3,641, 754, CI. 56-341.
Anthony, John B.: See—
Basham, Edgar W , Knapman, John E.; Pollard, Gordon D.;
Anthony, John B . and Munro, Alan C, 3,642,289.
Anthony, Joseph J.. II.: See-
Kroner, James W, and Anthony, Joseph J., II. ,3,643, 158.
Anti-Pollution Systems, Inc.; See—
Grcenberg, Jacob; and Whitaker, Douglas C, 3,642.583.
Anton-Tay, Fernando. Therapeutic process using melatonin.
3.642.994. CI 424-274
Antonulas, Georg: See-
Kramer, Manfred; Flaschar, Heinz; and Antonulas,
Georg,3,642,OI9.
Anvil Industries, Inc.; See—
Zeile. George D , Jr.; and Couch, Robert O.. 3.642.308.
Aoki, Katsumi; See—
Shigeta, Masayuki; and Aoki. Katsumi, 3,64 1 .832.
Arai, Keiji; See—
lchiki,Toshinobu;Okuda, Hironori;and Arai, Keiji, 3,643,1 18.
Arai, Kiyoyuki; See—
Kikuchi,Tomio;and Arai. Kiyoyuki, 3.64 1, 902.
Arakawa, Yoshiteru: See—
Yamada, Eiichi; Arakawa. Yoshiteru; Yamamoto, Masayuki; and
Nagatomo, Hiroto,3,64 1.974.
ArakJ. Kazumi: See—
Noguchi, Yuichi; Nakajima, Junichi; Uno. Tetsuo; and Araki.
Kazumi.3,642.579
Argent, Edwin John, and Gillespie, Peter J., to Energy Conversion
Limited Method for making metal-air cell. 3.642.540. CI. 136-175.
Argus Chemical Corporation; See—
Brecker, Lawrence R . and Thee, Alfred. 3.642,677.
Brecker, Lawrence R ; and Thee, Alfred, 3,642,848.
Arimura, Ichiro; See—
Mauushima, Hiroshi, Arimura, Ichiro; Goto. Hiroshi; and Nakao,
Yoshikadzu.3,643.151.
Arita, Muneyoshi: See—
Sakai, Hidetami; and Arita, Muneyoshi, 3,642.603.
Arizona Chemical Company; See-
Davis. Curry Beach, 3,642,928
Arkell, Alfred: See—
SmeUna, Richard D ; ChafeU, Harry, Arkell, Alfred; and Mc-
Mahon. Matthew A ,3,642.83 1
SmeUna, Richard Denis, Chafetz, Harry; and Arkell, Al-
fred,3,642,832.
Armec Corporation: See-
Allison, William W., 3,643,140. - .
Armstrong, Charles H ; See-
Brock, Gordon L, and Armstrong. Charles H., 3,643, 1 13.
Armstrong Cork Company: See— ""v.
Bobb, Paul D, 3,642,1 27. ^,
Amdt, Robert H., to Ralston Purina Company. Method of preparing a
simulated skim milk. 3,642,492, CI. 99-64.
Amdt, Robert H , to Ralston Purina Company. Method of preparing a
simulated milk product. 3,642,493, CI. 99-64.
Ameberg, Don J.: See—
Sullman, James E.; and Arneberg, Don J. ,3,643, 189.
Stallman, James E.. Schlitt, James J.; PueU, Jordan F.; and Ar-
neberg, Don J. .3.643, 187.
Arnold, Douglas, and Faulconer. Harry A., to Said Arnold atior to Sar-
gent & Company. Magazine-equipped slug-driving tool. 3,641,652.
CI. 29-203.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Arnold. Robert Harry; and Crouch, Cyril Borthwick. to Metal Box
Company Limited. The. Sheet feeding apparatus. 3.642.272. CI
271-62.
Arpajian, Vasken F.: See—
Hutchinson. Herman R.; Arpajian, Vasken F.; and Malcomson.
Roberts. .3.642.402.
Arpe, Hans-Jurgen; and Homig, Lothar Heinz. deceasedO (by Hornig,
Anneliese, nee Munich), to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengersellschaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. ^-Acetoxypivalic anhydride and
process for making same. 3,642,875, CI. 260-488.
A/S Kongsberg Vapenfabrikk: See—
Andvig, Tore Anton, 3,642,383.
Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Aso, Chuji; Kunitake, Toyoki; and Uchio, Hakaru. 3,642,757.
Kobayashi, Hidehiko; and Komito, Hiroshi, 3,642,697.
Senoo, Saburo; Kato, Toshio; Imai, Norio; and Kurihara
Masakazu. 3,642,867.
Suzuki, Isamu; Ichikawa, Kiyoshi; Ohmura, Jyukichi; and Iwashiu,
Hidemaro, 3,642,703.
A«ai, Hidekazu, to Yoshida Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Slider for zip
fasteners. 3,641 ,634, CI. 24-205. 1 5
Asano, Hiroaki, to Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha. Machine tool pro-
vided with apparatus for compensating the wear of grindina wheel
3,641,714, CI. 51-165. 6 »
Ashland Oil & Refining Company: See—
Culbertson, Billy M., 3,642,7 1 1 .
Kovach, Stephen M.; and Patrick, Ralph E., 3,642,927.
Ashland Oil Inc.: See-
Chapman, Duane K.; Green, William S.; and Newman, John W..
3.642,926.
Ashworth, Brian Thomas; Harper, Donald; and Hill. Peter, to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited. Vulcanisation process. 3,642,727 CI
260-79.5
Askins, William J., to Massey-Ferguson Inc. Earthworkine vehicle.
3,642.159. CI. 214-764.
Aso. Chuji; Kuniuke. Toyoki; and Uchio, Hakarvi, to Asahi Kasei
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Poly-ci$-1.2-divinylcyclohexane and
method for preparing the same. 3,642,757, CI. 260-93. 1
Associated Electrical Industries Limited: See-
Lucas. Jeffrey H., 3.643.091.
Associated Research Laboratories (Proprietary ) Limited: See—
Zawels, Jakob; and Renaud. Eric D.. 3.64 1 .685.
Ataka. Hisanori. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Light sensitized plate
holding box for compound photographic camera. 3,641 ,904, CI. 95-
66.
Ataka, Hisanori, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Micro-photograph projec-
tion system. 3,642,360, CI. 353-38.
Auka, Hisanori; and Mikami, Nobunao, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh.
Parallax correction device for use in a multi- photographic device
3, 64 1,900, CI. 95-36.
Atherton, Arden Daniel, to Eaton Yale & Towne, Inc. Rectifier encap-
sulated within coil. 3,643,194, CI. 335-260.
Atkinson, James L., to North American Rockwell Corporation. Elec-
trosutic support system. 3,642,334, CI. 308-10.
Atlantic Richfield Company: See—
Bonetti, Giovanni A.; Baker, Thomas N., III.; and Capaldi, Eugene
C, 3,642,919.
Hamersma, Joseph Warren. 3.642.917.
Kivijak, Joseph M., Jr.; and Rausch, Maurice K., 3,642,610.
Schenach, Thomas A.; and Trimble, David L., 3,642,907.
Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc.: See-
Conrad, Keith L., 3,642,547.
Aubert, Georges. Carcase separation. 3,64 1 .624. CI. 17-23.
Auerdahl.Olav, to Norsk Hydro A.S. Position indicator. 3.641.966. CI
116-125.
Augl. Joseph M., to United States of America, Navy. Phenylated imide-
quinoxaline copolymers. 3,642,700, CI. 260-50.
Auth, Franz: See—
Stahl, Gerhard; Spahn, Walter; Fischer, Willi; and Auth,
Franz,3 ,642,258.
Automated Packaging Systems, Inc.: See—
Lemer, Hershey, 3,64 1 ,733.
Automobiles Peugeot: See—
Maistrelli, Roger, 3,642,388.
Automobiles Peugeot and Regie Nationale des Usines Renault: See—
Froumajou, Armand, 3,642,296.
Avant, Ralph L. Hunter's blind. 3,642,3 1 8, CI. 297- 1 84.
Avco Corporation: See—
Bruck, George, 3,643,1 63.
Averette, Samuel R.: See-
Davis, Delbert A.; Averette, Samuel R.; and Voss, Gary
Dwight,3,642.563.
Avions Marcel Dassault and Confederation Suisse, rep. by Fabrique
Federale: See—
Kamber, Heinrich; Hausammann, Werner; and Deplante, Henri,
3,642,234.
Axhamre, Franz Lennart, to Modema Butiksinredningar AB. RoUU-
ble display sUnd. 3,64 1 ,950, CI. 108-60.
Aziende Colon Nagionali Affmi Acna S.p.A.: See—
Ponzini, Sandro; Caslelli, Paolo; and Sunislao, Jean Lawendel,
3,642,787.
Babcock, John C; and Campbell, J Allan, to Upjohn Company, The.
Organic compounds. 3,642,992, CI. 424-238.
Bach, Hartwig C; and Hinderer, Helmuth E., to Monsanto Company.
Allylamines from ir-allylpalladium complexes. 3,642,902, CI 260-
585.
Bacskai, Robert, to Chevron Research Company. Laminate of
chlorinated polyvinylidene fluoride. 3,642,570, CI. 161-189
Bacskai, Robert, to Chevron Research Company. Lubricating oil con-
Uining para-T-butyl-alpha- methylstyrene polymers. 3,642,636, CI.
252-59.
Bacskai, Robert, to Chevron Research Company, copolymers of vinyl
chloride and epoxy-a-olefins. 3,642,74 1 , CI. 260-87.5
Badische Anilin- & Soda Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Schenk, Walter; and Pommer, Emst-Heinrich, 3,642,995.
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See-
Beck, Fritz; Guthke, Harald; and Leitner, Hans, 3,642,592.
Endres, Horst; Fikentscher, Rolf; Maurer, Walter; Scharf, Emil;
and Soenksen, Uwe. 3,642,572.
Gehm, Robert; Kastning, Emst-Guenther; and Schneider, Kurt,
3,642,665.
Cropper, Hans; Mietzner, Franz Georg; and Urban, Friedrich,
3.642,747.
Hahn, Erwin; and Wippel, Hans Guenter, 3,642,767.
Jacobi, Hans-Rudolf; Hauser, Abel, and Hoffmann, Manfred,
3,642,974.
Naarmann, Herbert; and Georgii, Benedikt, 3,642,687
Naarmann, Herbert; and Kiefer, Hans, 3,642,718.
Platz, Rolf; Nohe, Heinz; and Dockner, Toni, 3,642,889.
Stein, Dieter; and Bootz, Ludwig, 3,642,947.
Baekelmans, Paul; and Leblon, Emile, to Solvay A Cie. Polymerization
and copolymerization of diolefins. 3,642,760, CI. 260-94.3
Baer, John S., to Warner Electric Brake & Clutch Company, mesne.
Soft sUrt clutch. 3,642, 106, CI. 1 92-70
Baglio, James P., to Burt, F. N., Company, Inc. Carton with inner com-
partment for use in feeding small-sized paper. 3,642,273, CI. 271-61.
Bailey, James L.; and Mc Cune, Robert F., to Polaroid Corporation.
Microporous vinylidene fluoride polymer and process of making
same. 3,642,668, CI. 260-2.5
Baker, Harry L. Applicator. 3,642,000, CI. 128-238.
Baker, Joseph Willard, to Monsanto Company. N,N-diallyl-3,4-
dichloro- benzenesulfonamide. 3,642,892, CI. 260-556.
Baker Perkins Inc.: See-
Irving, Henry F., 3,642,406.
Baker, Philip G., to Polaroid Corporation. System for ruptunng a pod
conuining processing fluid for photographic apparatus. 3,641.909,
CI. 95-89
Baker. Thomas N.. III.: See—
Bonetti. Giovanni A.; Baker, Thomas N., III.; and Capaldi, Eugene
C..3.642.9I9.
Bakker, Wate Thewis, to General Refractories Company. Manufacture
of mullite refractory grain and product. 3,642,505, CI. 106-65
Bald, Robert E., to Interpace Corporation. Prestressed concrete pipe
with anchors for tying joinU. 3,642,033, CI. 138-103.
Balding, George H., to Kaiser Aerospace & Electronics Corporation.
Electronic generator for contact and analog and command informa-
tion. 3,643.258, CI. 343-108.
Baldwin. William C; and Meyer, Theodore N., to Plasmachem Inc.
Sealed silent winch. 3.642.253. CI. 254-150.
Ball Corporation: See-
Hurst. Robert L. 3.64 1 .959.
Ballard. Wesley D. Multiple blade junked meul shear. 3.641.927, CL
100-98.
Ballard. Wesley D. Junked metal compressing smasher. 3,641.929, CI
-233.
Balle, Walter, to Herbert. Leonhard, Maschinenfabrik. Device for
cutting cord webs of pneumatic tires. 3.641,855, CI. 83-171.
Bally Manufacturing Corporation: See—
Lally, Joseph E., and Tojza, Roman A., 3,642,287
Balmer, John D., to Berg ElecUonics, Inc. Terminal applicator.
3,641,647, CI. 29-203.
Balogh, Joseph. Pattem grading method and apparatus therefor.
3,641,674, CI. 33-17.
Balzau, Gerhard; and Fosshag, Wolfgang, to Polysius AG. Container
for holding fine material. 3,642, 178, CI. 222-195.
Bamberg, Peter; Ekstrom, Bertil Ake; Sjoberg, Bemdt Olof Harald; and
Nathorst-Westfelt, Lars Solve, to Aktiebolaget Astra Penicillanic
acid esters. 3,642,8 1 0. CI. 260-239. 1
Band-It Company: See—
Beardsley, Harold H., 3,64 1 ,629.
Banjavich, Mark P.; Morrissey, George R.; and Gaudiano, Anthony V.,
to Taylor Diving & Salvage Co., Inc. Method and apparatus for
working on submerged conduit means. 3.64 1 ,777, CI. 6 1 -69.
Bantz, George H.; Faile, John S.; and Peschel, SUnley G., to
Hipotronics, Inc. Modular cascaded reversible polarity ultra-hi{h D.
C. volUge supply system. 3.643,105, CI. 307-1 10.
Baptist, Colin N. T.: See—
Flory, John F.; Baptist, Colin N. T.; Kuhn, Russel C; and Strmcke,
Frederick H.,3,64 1,602.
Barainsky, Rudolf F.; Kiefer, Richard; Pankuweit, Hartmut; and Esser,
Alfred G., to Deutsche Fibercast GmbH. Centrifugally-cast pipe
fittinp. 3,642,399, CI. 425- 1 1 7
Barber & Nicholls Limited: See—
Grewcock, Sidney B.; and Cooper, Alan A., 3,64 1 ,790.
Barbcr-Colman Company: See—
Schach, Albert W.. 3,642,093.
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Barcomb James C, and Kozol, Eugene T., to International Business
Machines Corporation Multiple pitch carriage line spacing
3.643.039. CI. 197-133
Barenyi Bela. to Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft Safety steering ar-
rangement. 3.641 .834. CI. 74-492.
Barland Lauri C . to Flynn & Emrich Company Stitching head
3,642'.! 87. CI. 227-84 „ ^ ^ c"
Barmag Barmer Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Rehn.Karl-Heinz. 3.641.757,
Schippers, Heinz; Geil, Walter Remscheid-Lennep; Albrecht,
Gerd, and Jung. Reinhold, 3.642,397.
Barmer Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Cell. Walter. 3.642.394
Barnard. Dominic Paul Edmund, to Smith Industries Limited. Plural
color lamp indicator. 3.643.255, CI 340-38 1
Barnebl, August C. Bliem. Franz; and Kus. Ernst R.. to Dorr -Oliver In-
corporated Centering devices for endless filter belt. 3,642.142, CI.
210-401. ....
Barnett, Buford F; and Knaus, Gilbert M., to North American
Rockwell Corporation Curing agent for a low resilience diepoxide
resin composition. 3,642,695, CI. 260-47
Barnett, Charles WH, to United States of America, Army. Composite
shell with ceramic base. 3.641. 936, CI 102-56
Barr-Stalfort Company: See—
Cunningham, Ernest R., 3.642,037.
Barringer. William Charles: See—
Sieger. George Madison; Krueger. James Elwood; and Barringer.
William Charles,3.642.99 1
Barter. James A , Eddy. Clifford O , and Stevens, Henry C, to PPG In-
dustries, Inc Catalyst composition. 3.642,755, CI 260-92.1
Bartl, Herbert, and Wingler. Frank, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Process of making hollow beads of a copolymer of vinyl
chloride and an olefin. 3,642,666, CI. 260-2 5
Bartles, Edward C , and Matthews, William R , to Eastman Kodak
Company Method of apparatus for removing tramp metal from
polyethylene 3,642,1 3 1 , CI. 209-133.
Bartley. Erie E., and Deyoe. Charles W., to Kansas State University
Research Foundation. Feed product containing nonprotein nitrogen
compounds and method for producing same 3,642,489. CI 99-2.
Bartley, Thomas S : See-
Lee. Charles Allen, Furbeck, Warren R.; Bartley, Thomas S , and
Beaty, Jeremy, 3,64 1,627.
Basham, Edgar W., Knapman. John E.; Pollard, Gordon D.. Anthony,
John B . and Munro, Alan C , said Basham, Pollard. Anthony and
Munro assors to Oceaneering International. Inc , mesne Floating
seal for flanged members. 3.642,289, CI 277- 1 .
Bata Shoe Company, Inc.: See—
Maltby, Frank Vincent, 3,642,973
Batcheller, Kent J., to Pollak, Joseph, Corporation. Ratchet apparatus
and switch construction 3,643,044. CI. 200-44
Batzer, Hans: See—
Schmid, Rolf, Lohsc, Fnedrich; Fisch, Willy, and Batzer,
Hans.3.642.674.
Schmid. Rolf; Lohse. Fnedrich; Fisch. Willy; and Batzer.
Hans,3,642.938
Bauer. Johann. Hollenbach. Georg; Popp, Walter; and Sabel, Alex, to
Wacker-Chemie GmbH High impact strength molding mixtures
based on chlorinated polyvinylchloride. 3.642,948, CI. 260-876.
Bauer, William V : See—
Sze, Morgan C. Bauer, William V , Long, Raymond H , Bloomer,
Ward J., and Whitehead. Richard T, 3.642,465.
Bauser, Fritz, AG., Maschinenfabrik: See—
Thicrstcin, Hans. 3,642,013
Baxter James C: 5«—
Ullman, William L., Baxter James C; Pearson. Arthur J.; Davis,
Robert E.; and Hullhorst, William B.,3,642,034.
Bayard, Bo Sven. to Bergman. Gustav Albert. Arrangement in impact
piston machines for drilling and like operations, driven by a two-
stroke internal combustion engine. 3,642,077, CI. 173-1 16.
Baycura. Orestes M Magnetic control device, 3,643,104. CI. 307-88
Bayer.Carl. Jr.: S«—
DuBuis. Edwin O.; and Bayer, Carl. Jr. ,3,643. 103.
Beach. Allan David, to National Research Development Corporation.
Pivoted mirror for elbowjoint in light tube. 3,642,352, CI. 350-288
Beakbane. Henry (Fortox) Limited: See—
Horrobin, Gerald V , Hutton, John F.. and Knowles, Peter M.,
3.642.309. , ^^
Bean, Donald E ; Engh, James T.. Hammer, James R.; Schettl. Myron
D.; Tashjian. Harry J.. Ullmer. Richard J., and Kerr, John W.. to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation. DaU recorder and veri-
fier. 3.642.197. CI. 234-35.
Beaney. Peter Austin, to Foseco International Limited. Process for
bonding particulate materials. 3,642,503, CI. 106-38.35
Beardsley, Harold H , to Band-It Company. Band buckle, method of
making and tool for applying. 3,641.629. CI. 24-23
Beaty. Jeremy: 5*«— o j
Lee, Charles Allen; Furbeck, Warren R.; Bartley, Thomas S.; and
Beaty, Jeremy.3,641,627. ^^
Beaver Precision Products, Inc.: See— ^-^
Newman, William G, 3.642,330
Bcavon, David K., to Parsons. Ralph M.. Company. The Process for
removal of hydrogen sulfide from gas streams. 3.642,448, CI. 23-
225.
Beck. Dr , & Co.. AG.: See-
Schmidt. Karl, and Boockmann. Gerhard, 3,642,724.
Beck. Fritz. Guthke. Harald. and Leitner. Hans, to Badische Anilin- &
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Production of adiponitrile.
3.642.592, CI 204-73
Beck. Herbert P . to Allegheny Ludlum Steel Corporation. Reciprocat-
ing grinders. 3.643.045. CI. 200-47.
Becker, Otto Alfred. Resistance welding of sheet metal coated with
layers. 3.643,057, CI 219-91
Begany. Albert J . Ledig. Kurt W . Oliver. Donald W; and Wendt, Ger-
hard R . to American Home Products Corporation. Semicarbazones
and thiosemicarbazones of 17a- substituted 3-keto-steroids.
3.642.842.C1. 260-397 5
Behringer, Alfred C . to Publication Corporation. Ink applicator for
gravure printing press. 3.641 ,932. CI. 101-1 57.
Belco Pollution Control Corporation: 5**—
Schumann, John L , Schindeler, John W.; and Rosen. Milton.
3,641,740
Beling Thomas E , to Sigma Instruments, Inc. Meter vane position
sensing controller 3,643, 1 34. CI. 3 1 7-148 5
Bell. Charles Anthony, and Young, Anthony David, to National
Research Development Corporation. Process controller. 3,643,076,
CI. 235-1511
Bell, Ronald J . and O'Neal, Edward C. to Hunter Engmeenng Com-
pany a division of American Metal Climax. Inc. Stretcher leveling
system 3,641,797, CI 72-160
Bell, Russell N: 5*?-
Angstadl. Richard L , and Bell, Russell N. 3,642.437.
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated: See—
Bobeck, Andrew H , and Van Uitert, leGrand G., 3.643.238.
Bums. Thomas V . Catterall. John M.; Elliott. Gary L.; and Fcn-
stermaker. Ronald E . 3.643.034.
Coyne. James Christopher, and Smith, Arnold Ray, 3,642,076.
Kalberman, Louis Werner, 3,64 1 ,648.
Lynes, Dennis Joseph, 3,643,230
Meek. Ronald Lee, 3,642,593
Ulnch, Werner, and Vigilante, Frank S.. 3.643.032.
Bellasio, Elvio; and Maffii, Giulio, e la Produzione Chimica Formaceu-
tica Lepetit S.p A . Gruoop per la Ricerca Scientifica. Pyridazme
derivatives 3.642.792. CI 260-247 5
Bellissent, Jean-Paul: 5ff— .
Amiard. Yves, Bellissent. Jean-Paul; and Mane, Gil-
bert,3,642,730
Beltz John Prickett, to RCA Corporation Vanable length coding
method and apparatus 3,643,019. CI. 178-6.8
Benchoff. James Martin See—
Destefan. John F . Ezolt. James J., and Benchoff. James Mar-
tin.3.64 1.764
Bendix Corporation. The: See—
Courtois. Donald A. 3.643.094.
Pekau.Dietlmd, 3,643,01 7
Yurasek, John F , and Owens, Abner, Jr.. 3.643,21 3.
Bendler. Hellmut: 5** —
Gawlick.Hcmz.and Bendler, Hellmut.3,64 1. 938.
Bennett. Everett W . to Union Carbide Corporation. Preparation of
linear halosiloxanes and compounds derived therefrom. 3.642.851,
CI 260-448 2
Bennett. Grant S . to Western Geophysical Company of America
Marine imploder-type acoustic impulse generator. 3,642,090, CI.
181-0.5
Bennett, James G.: S**—
Cooper, Glenn D , and Bennett. James G, 3.642,699.
Bennett. Robert B . and McMordie. Warren C. Jr.. to Oil Base, Inc. Oil
base well drilling fluid composition and method. 3.642,623, CI. 252-
8.5
Benson, Field and Epes: See—
Benson. Homer E. 3.642.430.
Benson. Homer E , to Benson, Field and Epes. Separation of CO, and
H,S from gas mixtures 3,642.430. CI. 23-2.
Benware. Robert Edgar, to Allen & Company F.O.F. Propnetary
Funds, Ltd mesne Seahng mechanism. 3,642.248, CI. 251-172.
Beny. Janos: 5*^— ^...■,r,A ^^
Sims. Anson; Stastny. Edwin O.. and Beny, Janos,3,64l ,704.>^
Berard, Raymond A: 5«— ^.,n.,
Castner, Claire, and Berard. Raymond A. ,3,642,942.
Berch, Julian: 5^^— ^ ,. „. ^,
Getchell, Nelson F , Berch, Julian; and Hollies, Norman
R.S.,3.642.428.
Berchicci Emilio Device for anatomically positioning the human body
against a seat back. 3.642,3 1 9. CI. 297-284.
Berg Electronics. Inc.: See—^"
Balmer. John D. 3.641.647
Berger. Abe. to General Electric Company. Silyl-conUinmg dithiocar-
bamates with functional groups on sulfuralkyl ester tide chain.
3.642.855. CI. 260-448.8
Berger, Dieter: S«— ,. . o u j.
Genz. Heinz. Berger. Dieter; Seeligcr. Horst; and Schmidt,
Kari.3,642.573. ,„ .
Berger Horst H . and Wiedmann, Sigfried K., to International Business
Machines Corporation Monolithic semiconductor memory.
3.643.235. CI. 340-173.
Bergh. Amot B: S«— . ^ _. ,
Riddle. John B; Bergh, Amot B.; and Forge. Charles
0, 3.643, 155.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Bergman. Gustav Albert: See—
Bayard. Bo Sven. 3.642.077.
Bergy. Malcolm E.; and De Boer. Clarence, to Upjohn Company, The.
Antibiotic garlandotus and process for preparing the same.
3.642.984, CI. 424-117.
Bergy, Malcolm E.; Herr. Ross R.; and Mason, Donald Joseph. Linco-
mycin and tetracycline compositions. 3.642,987, CI. 424-1 8 1 .
Beriger. Ernst: See—
Martin, Henry; Beriger, Ernst; and Moser, Kurt, 3,642, 989.
Berkey Colortran Mfg., Inc.: See—
Glickman, Richard B., 3,643.079.
Bermel, Thomas W., to Coming Glass Works. Vortex generating sen-
sor. 3.64 1 ,809, CI. 73-37.5
Bemer, Kurt: See—
Schobingcr, Ulrich;Christofrel,Cla;and Berner, Kurt,3,642,774.
Berrie, Alistair Howard; and Hughes, Nigel, to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited. Coloration process. 3.642.427. CI. 8-41 .
Berrie, Robert W., to Omnico Systems International Inc. Prefabricated
building construction with interfitting stud splines. 3,641.720, CI.
52-122.
Berwin, Ted W.; and Rado. John A., to Hughes Aircraft Company.
Analog shift register. 3,643,106. CI. 307-22 1
Bestenreiner. Friedrich; and Demi, Reinhold. to Agfa-Gevaert Aktien-
gesellschaft. Apparatus for photographic color recording. 3.64 1 ,895.
CI. 95-12.21
Bestenreiner. Friedrich; Lambeir, Silvaan Rene; and Meeussen. Louis
Achilles, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Method of reproduc-
ing X-ray pictures. 3,642,349, CI. 350-162.
Bethlehem Steel Corporation: See—
HIinka, Joseph W., 3,642,060.
Lester, Raymond H . ; and Snyder, James N . , 3 ,64 1 ,795 .
Wildt. Roger H, 3,641,799.
Bezerie, Jean Pierre, to Societe Anonyme de Telecommunication.
System for the optical automatic and autonomous guiding of self-
rotating missiles. 3,642.233, CI. 244-3. 1 6
Bhaumik, Mani L.; and Mann. Michael M., to Northrop Corporation.
Useof mercury in a carbon monoxide laser. 3.643,1 75. CI. 331-94.5
Bhavsar, Guy. Machines for ironing laundry, and similar machines.
3.642, 182, CI. 223-51.
Bickmore, John T.. to Xerox Corporation. Development apparatus.
3,64 1. 980, CI. 118-637.
Biel, John Hans: See-
Li, Jorge Pengman; and Biel, John Hans,3.642.857
Bigley. Arthur C, Jr.; and Kramlick, Emil S., to Anaconda Company,
The. Copper smelting method and apparatus. 3,642,267, CI. 266-24.
Bil, Milos S.; and Brunner, Walter H., to Clairol Incorporated. Dyeing
human hair with hydroxyalkyi nitroaniline dyes. 3.642,423, CI. 8-
10.1
Bilancia, Raymond A., to Coach and Car Equipment Corporation. Seat
with decorative cover assembly. 3.642.322. CI. 297-445.
Bill, Hugo. Bathing apparatus. 3.64 1, 596, CI. 4-173.
Billet. James, to Mobil Oil Corporation. Phosphate and phosphonate
esters of 2- cyanoglyoxylamide-2-oxime. 3,642.957, CI. 260-940.
Billings, Roy O. Hydraulically actuated clamshell buckets. 3,641.689.
CI. 37-186.
Binasik, Chester S.; Hudson, Daniel H., and Voorheis, Temple S., to
Coen Company. Combustion chamber burner throat construction.
3.641,951, CI. IIO-I.
Bindler, Jakob: See—
Model, Ernetn and Bindler, Jakob,3,642,872.
Binns, JohQ W.: See—
Srakh. Vernon O.; and Binns, John W. 3,642,3 14.
Bird. James M. Vehicle for rough terrain. 3,642,085, CI. 180-66.
Bird Machine Company: See-
Flaherty, Robert Brendan, 3,642,1 32.
Birgy, Leon Antoine Jean. Diethanolamine boric esters rust inhibitors.
3,642,652. CI. 252-389.
Bishop. John M.; and Simon. Emmett F.. to Conolon Corporation, The.
Filament cutoffand holding head. 3,641,859, CI. 83-566.
Bishop, John M.; and Simon, Emmett F., to Conolon Corporation, The.
Sector gear for rod wrapping machine. 3,642,2 1 5, CI. 242-7. 1 9
Bissaillon, Edmond J.: See-
Cook, Robert W.; Bissaillon, Edmond J.; and Dickinson, Robert
P..3,642.032.
Bissell, Robert D., to Dresser Industries, Inc. Bourdon tube having in-
tegral pointer. 3,641,820, CI. 73-418.
Bissonette, Vernon L.: See—
Brault, Albert T.; and Bissonette, Vernon L., 3,642,478.
Bittle, David P.: See-
Anderson, Carl S.; Bittic, David F.; Veazey, Thomas M.; and
Wooten. Robert G.,3,642,733.
Black and Decker Manufacturing Company, The: See-
Chambers, William W.; and Heston, David J., 3.642,389.
Dwyer,John R, Jr.; and Karasa. Alvydas P., 3,641.749.
Blackwell, George T., Jr. Cutter tooth assembly for grinder. 3,642,214.
CI. 241-191.
Blaha, John F: See—
Kolb, Edwin R.; Blaha, John F., and Roberts, Webster
C, 3,643,251.
Blake Rivet Co.: See—
Swindt, Joseph K.; and Oeike, Erwin S., 3,641 .865.
Blank, Hans G.; and Greene, Richard M., to GTE Laboratories Incor-
porated. All-FET digital-to-analog converter. 3,643,253, CI. 340-
347.
Blattmann & Co.: See—
Schobingcr, Ulrich; Christoffel. Cla; and Bemer. Kurt, 3.642,774.
Bliem, Franz: See—
Bamebl. August C; Bliem. Franz; and Kus, Ernst R..3.642.I42
Blom, Bengt Gordon Teodor: See—
Kalb, Lennart Reinhold; Olsson. Kari Gustav; and Blom, Bengt
Gordon Teodor,3,64 1 .960.
Blood. Raymond; and Strong. Barry Colin, to William Cotton Limited.
Straight bar knitting machines. 3. 64 1, 789, CI 66-96.
Bloomer, Ward J.: See—
Sze, Morgan C; Bauer, William V.; Long. Raymond H.; Bloomer,
Ward J.; and Whitehead. Richard T .3,642,465
Blount, Elmo M., to Mobil Oil Corporation. Process for maintaining
thermal conductivity of insulation in permafrost completion.
3,642.065. CI. 166-244.
Bluem, Gary Raymond: See-
Crow. Herman L.; Lu Conic, Andrew; Maloney, Patrick Martin;
and Bluem, Gary Raymond,3. 643.048.
Lu Conic, Andrew; Maloney, Patrick Martin; and Bluem, Gary
Raymond, 3,643,049.
Blum, Samuel E.; Foster, Luther M.; and Plaskett, Thomas S., to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation. Group Ill-V semiconduc-
tor twinned crystals and their preparation by solution growth.
3,642,443, CI. 23-204
Bobard, Emile. Self-propelled harvester-thresher built up from a con-
ventional tractor and harvesting and threshing means. 3,64 1 ,747, CI.
56-15.6
Bobb, Paul D,. to Armstrong Cork Company. Chair pack 3.642,127.
CI. 206-65.
Bobeck. Andrew H.; and Van Uitert, leGrand G , to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated Magnetic devices. 3,643,238, CI. 340-
174.
Bockmann. August; Essig. Karl-August; Feltgen, Karlheinz; Groschel,
Herbert; and Rudolph, Hans, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Polyamide composition containing succinic imide com-
pound. 3,642,7 1 3. CI. 260-78.
Bodnar. Stephen John; McHargue, Chuck Linwell, and Anglin, Larn
Camell, Jr., to Texas-US. Chemical Company Butadiene
polymerization process and catalyst system comprising titanium
tetrahalide- organomagnesium compound and H, gas. 3,642.759. CI.
260-94.3
Boehringer Ingelheim G.m.b.H.: See—
Seeger, Ernst; Engel, Wolfhard; Teufel, Helmut; Machleidt, Hans;
Ueberberg. Heinrich;and Ihring, Hanns, 3,642,801
Boehringer Mannehim GmbH: See—
Haid. Erich; and Weimann, Gunter, 3,642,772.
Boeing Company, The: See—
Maroshick, Max. 3.64 1 ,833.
Boggs, Beryl Aaron; and Ouinn. Robert Ellis, to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration. Spindle brake actuator. 3.64 1 .836, CI. 74-5 12
Bohl, Lester E.; and Vancamp, Raymond M.. to PPG Industries, Inc.
Production of perchloroethylene and trichloro- ethylene utilizing ox-
ychlorination reaction. 3.642,9 1 8, CI. 260-654.
Boies. David B.: See—
Northan, Barbara J; and Boies. David B, 3,642.653.
Boivin, Joseph J. R.: See-
Hamilton, Douglas D.; and Boivin. Joseph J. R, 3,642,04 1
Bolduc. Lee R.. to Medical Plastics, Inc. Ground electrode and test cir-
cuit. 3,642,008, CI. 128-416.
Bonci, Adolph. Paint holder for painting with roller. 3,641.616, CI 15-
257.06
Bonetti, Giovanni A.; Baker, Thomas N , III., and Capaldi, Eugene C,
to Atlantic Richfield Company. Preparation of 1.4-dichlorobutene-
2. 3.642.919. CI. 260-654.
Boockmann, Gerhard: See-
Schmidt, Kari; and Boockmann. Gerhard,3,642.724
Boose, Cesar Adrianus; and Reidt, Maarten Johan. to Nederlandsc Or-
ganisatie Voor Toegepast Natuurwetenschappelijk Onderzoek ten
behoeve van Nijverheid. Electro zinc plating solution. 3,642.591 , CI.
204-55
Boothe Airside Services, Inc.: See—
Eggert, Walter S, Jr., 3,64 1 .604.
Bootz, Ludwig: See-
Stein, Dieter; and Bootz, Ludwig,3.642.947.
Borden. Abraham Gale. Waste disposal assembly. 3.642,135. CI. 210-
97.
Boren, Paul D., to Safety Speed Holster, Inc. Pistol holster with belt
loop. 3,642,1 83, CI. 224-2.
Borg- Warner Corporation: See—
Grabowski, Thomas S., 3,642,946.
Borman, August H.; Green, Lawrence E.; and Wonn. Ouinby E.. to
General Motors Corporation. Transmission drive establishing con-
trol. 3,642,107. CI. 192-103.
Borucki, James S., to Magnaflux Corporation. High sensitivity solvent
soluble developer of water- soluble crystalline material in a water-
solvent vehicle. 3.642,655, CI. 252-408.
Bosch, Robert, G.m.b.H.: See-
Kramer, Manfred; Flaschar, Heinz; and Antonulas, Georg,
3,642,019.
Voit, Willi, 3,642,212.
Zcchnall. Richard; Domann, Helmut; Fleischer. Helmut; Christ,
Klaus; and Maisch. Wolfgang, 3,642,329.
Bosch, Robert Photokino GmbH: See—
Heinzmann, Rolf. 3.642.354.
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Bomrd. Werner, to Geigy. J. ^ •/G/'^';f«'jr%'i*"°**''"'"'^*
conuining ■ pyrimidine radical. 3.642,766. CI. 260-154
Bosier« Chrii F Mean* for controlling electrostatic charge on the rear
windowofacathoderaytube. 3,643. 122. CI. 313-92.
'^'"Gth^HJlnl^hf Da'^^w. Gerhard; Bo.tenbruch. Ludwig. Lorenz.
Gunter. Kunzel. Hans Egon; Nischk. Gunther. and Schnell. Her-
Bourgeoisjicque.; to Lesieur-Cotelle. SocieteAnonyme. Machine for
molding hollow plastic articles by blowing^ i'^fv^Q^f 7M 1 22
Bowden. Carl L. Automobile exhaust filter. 3.642,259, CI. 261-1 22
Boydman,HymanP.. S«- a i hai nni
Tepper. Sidney, and BoydmanHymanP..3.641.70r
Brandi. Henry W. Hermetically sealed resistor. 3.643.200 CI- 338029
Brandt. Heinrich. Workpiece-sensing milling apparatus. 3.642,040, Cl.
Brandt. Vinton R.Exercisingchair. 3,641,995. CI. 128-25.
Bratt Geoffrey Charles; and Sinclair. Rodenck James, to Electrolytic
Zinc Company of Australasia Limited. Treatment of materials con-
uining lead sulphide. 3.642.467. CI. 75-101. ^^.^
Brault Albert T.; and Bisaonette. Vernon L.. to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Proces.es and compositions for converting lero-valent metals
photographic images to formazan dye images. 3,642.478, CI. 96-48.
Braun AG.; See—
Schafer, Walter. 3,642,422.
Brazee, John A., to Whitney Blake Company, The. Shielded cable con-
struction providing for an internal connection to ground. 3,643,WJ8,
CI 174-107. , w 1
Breazeale, Paul H. Community warning system using telephone lines.
3,643,029, CI. 179-5.
Breckenridge, Frank, to Controls Company of Amenca. Oil control
safety fioat with magnetic latch. 3,642,025. CI. 1 37-400.
Brecker. Lawrence R.; and Thee. Alfred, to Argus Chemical Corpora-
tion Polyvinyl chloride resin and subilizer combinations comprising
a diorganotin oxide, a tctravalent organotin mercaptocarboxy lie acid
compound and a divalent sUnnous tin salt. 3,642,677. CI. 260-23.
Brecker. Lawrence R.; and Thee. Alfred, to Argus Chemical Corpora-
tion Reaction producU of dialkyltin oxides and higher dialkyltin
monohydric aliphaUc saturated alcohol esters of thiomalic and
thiolactic acids. 3.642.848. CI. 260-429.7
Brekle. Oliver R.. to M&B Metal ProducU Company. Apparatus for
preparingwire for drawing. 3.64 1.970. CI. 1 18-5.
Brenner. Lutz; and Gerhardt. Wolfgang, to VEB Spinn-Und Zwimcrei-
Maschinenbau Karl-Marx-Stadt. Stuffing box cnmpmg device
3.641.637. CI. 28-1.6
Brent. John T.. Jr.. and Page. Jack S.. to Grace. W. R. & Co Process
for purifying gypsum using fiuosilicic acid. 3.642.456. CI. 23-304.
Bresson Clarence R.. to Phillips Petroleum Company Punfication of
alcohols. 3.642.915. CI 260-643.
Brickhouse. Abner A.; and Schipper. Dirk A. Quick-release couphng
3,642.307, CI. 285-38.
Bridge DaU Products. Inc.; See—
Davis. Cecil J. 3.642.271
Brill-Edwards. Harry, to Chromalloy American Corporation^^ q1 c'
meul corrosion-resistant diffusion coatings. 3.642.457. CI. 29-196 5
Bnnk, Edwin H.; and Palmer, Warren G . to FMC Corporation Foam
flotation concentrator. 3,642.617. CI. 210-44.
British Iron and Steel Research Association, The; See—
Laws, William Robert, 3,642,261.
British Petroleum Company Limited, The; See—
Allum, Keith George; Metcalfe, Christopher John Leonard; and
Thomatson. Daniel John. 3,642,658.
Forbes. Alan David, 3,642,844.
British Resin Products Limited: See-
Fry, David Philip, 3,642,683.
Broadbent, Thomas D; See- . „ ..u . xu -,
Shipp. John L; Welch. Nathan E.; and Broadbent. Thomas
D, 3,643, 101. „ ^ ,.
Brock, Gordon L.; and Armstrong. Charles H , to Hersey-Sparling
Meter Company. VolUge-to-analog pulse rate converter. 3,643,1 1 J.
CI. 307-271.
Brock, James Donald. Carpet dryer. 3.64 1 .68 1 . CI. 34-4 1 .
Brockway Glass Company, Inc.; See— , ^^, .,,
Marboe. Evelyn C; and Weyl. Woldemar A.. 3,642,65 1 .
Turner. Leonard; and Williams, Keith Vaughan. 3,642,93 1
Brokke Mervin E.; Menn, Julius J.; and Dorman, Stephen C., to
Suuffer Chemical Company. lsobutoxy-S-(4-chlorophenyl
ethylphosphonodithioate.i3.642.958, CI. 260-961.
Bromley. John: See— ,^..-,c,-,
Sach. Roger Stuart; and Bromley. John. 3.642.5 13.
Brooks. Gene A., to Monsanto Company. Traffic machine for carpets.
3,641. 807. CI. 73-7.
Brooks. Kenneth; See— ,.,-,,
Sisure. VannM; and Brooks, Kenneth.3,642.2 17.
Brooks. Sheldon C. to Tri-State Displays. Inc. Sectional display for
samplesof sheet material. 3,642.1 44. CI. 21 1-45.
Broome, Arthur William James: See- , ^., ^oo
Watchom, Noel; and Broome. Arthur William James,3 ,642,488.
Brotseau. Joseph E., Co.: See—
Brosaeau. Joseph E. 3.643,197.
Brotseau, Joseph E.. to Brosseau. Joseph E.. Co. Thennoresponsive
control for electrical heating units. 3,643.197. CI. 337-270.
Brother Industries Ltd.: See— ^ ^ . a v ,.^i.;
Hishida, Yukio; Kato, Takami; HiraU, Takashi; and Kurachi,
Hitao. 3.642.110.
Brown Arthur, and Wong, Thomas W., to Edo Corporation. Ball
tracker assembly 3.643, 148, CI. 318-628.
Brown, DwightC Press-on support for a pallet. 3,64 1.948. CI. 108-51.
Brown, Felix H: See—
Rosenberg, Barnett; Brown, Felix H.; and Williamson, David
Theodore Nelson, 3,643,014.
Brown, James D; See—
Uraneck, Carl A. Trepka. William, and Brown. James
D ,3.642.922
Brown Philip; and Hawkins. Peter. Apparatus for producing tufted
material. 3.641.955. CI. 112-79
Brown. Robert William, and Wolf. Dorothy, to Stone Straw Corpora-
tion of Canada Limited Shipper package for drinking straws.
3.642.1 24. CI. 206-45.33
Bruck George, to Avco Corporation. High-order mixer and compara-
tor 3.643. 163. CI. 325-177
Bruening. David J: See-
Lee. James H .; and Bruening. David J .3.64 1 .806.
Brunner. Walter H.; See—
Bil. Milos S., and Brunner, Walter H, 3,642,423.
Brunswick Corporation: See—
Schmiedel, Robert C. 3.641.965.
Brush Beryllium Company. The: See-
Walsh, Kenneth A., and Sandor, Andrew J., 3,642.463.
Brush-A-Matic, Inc.: See-
Lee, James L, 3,641,606
Brusko, Richard S , to Magnafiux Corporation. Developer composition
containing solvent removable organic pigment and method of flaw
detection. 3.642,654, CI 252-408. .. u ^ r
Bryant. Elba H , to Amos and Smith Hosiery Company. Method ol
fabricating combination panty hose garment. 3.64 1 .589. CI. 2-224.
Bryer Philip Stuart, to Xerox Corporation, mesne. Transducer dis-
placement control in movable head type storage disk systems.
3,643,242, CI. 340-174.1 ., . ^ e
Buchanan. James F , and La Fever, Clifford E., to United States of
Amenca, Army Cartridge chamber structure to compensate for
variable headspace 3,64 1,869, CI. 89-14. . ,,^
Buckley, Alan, and Cassin, Christopher, to Impenal Chemical Indus-
tries Limited Solid phase, hydrotatic extrusion of a filled ther-
moplastic billet to produce orientation. 3,642,976, CI. 264-323.
Budzich. Mieczyslaw, to Western Electric Company, ""corporated.
Fluidic system for controlling operation of an apparatus. 3.642.016.
CI. 138-81.5
Bukvich. John T: See— ^ , ^., ^n
Wennerberg. Arnold N . and Bukvich. John T, 3.642.657.
Bulleyment, Keith J , to Honeywell Inc. Power converter apparatus.
3,643.1 50, CI. 321-5 w .u ^ r
Bullock, Milon Walker, to American Cyanamid Company. Method for
producing 2,3,5, 6-tetrahydroimi- dazo-l2,l-b|thiazoles. 3,642,809,
CI 260-306 7
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The: See— *
Cowmeadow, Richard R . 3,643.206.
Elkins. Luejene, 3,643,205
Martin.HenryL ,3,641,635
Burden Henry S . and Harris, Ronald, to Stibbe Machinery Limited
Patterning mechanism for multi-feed circular knitting machmes.
3,641, 786, CI 66-50. , ,, ^ ^. .
Bure Karlheinz. and Cherdron. Harald, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gc^llschaft vormals Meister Lucius &. Bruning. Polyoxymethylenes
conuining a butadiene polymer and a vinyl aromatic hydrocarbon or
a methyl methacrylate polymer. 3.642.940. CI. 260-837.
Burgarella. John P . to Polaroid Corporation. Exposure conUol system.
3.641.891, CI. 95-10 , .. .
Burgis, William J . to Conveyor Systems, Inc. Apparatus for discharg-
ing articles from a moving conveyor. 3.642,1 1 3. CI. 198-25.
Buriington Industries. Inc.; See— n^^i,,
Davis, Delbert A.. Averettc. Samuel R.; and Voss, Gary Dwight,
Burmeister, Karl-Heinz; Hoenselaer. Wilhelm; and Moes, Lothar, said
Burmeister, Karl Heinz, and Hoenselaer, Wilhelm assor. to AIco
Sundard Corporation Loading mechanism for a shaker hearth tieat
treatingfumace 3,642,265. CI. 263-210. , ., ,
Bumess. Donald M.; Cowan. Stanley W.; and Wright Charles J. Vmyl
and ethercontainingsulfones. 3.642.908. CI. 260-607.
Bumess. Donald M.; and Wright. Charles J., to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Vinylsulfonyl-conuming compounds as hardening agents.
3.642.486.C1.96-111 ^ , .^ .
Bums. Thomas V ; Catterall. John M.; Elliott. Gary L. and Fenster-
maker Ronald E . to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated.
Prefer^ed-nonpreferred trunk gating equipment for automatic call
distribution 3,643,034, CI. 179-27. r„-,in„«...
Burns, William C , to Water Treatment Corporauon. Continuous
methodfortreatingliquids. 3.642.616, CI. 210-32.
Burroughs Corporation; See— ... j u..»..b.
Griggs John O., Jr.; RadclifTe. Arthur J.. Jr.; and Matouka,
Michael F. 3,643.077.
Burt.F N. Company. Inc.: See—
Baglio. James P.. 3.642,273. .
Burt. Harold S . to Conveyor Systems. Inc. Article positioning ap-
paratus for roller conveyors. 3.642.1 17. CI. 198-38.
Burth. Rolf-Dieter; See- . „ „^ , i^^i i^*
Gerlach. Albrecht; and Burth. Rolf-Dieter,3,643,246.
Bushnell Optical Corporation: See-
Akin. Alfred A , Jr , and Prentice. Russell E.. 3,642,345.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Busier. Willard LeRoy, to AMP Incorporated. Covering for a connect-
ing member. 3,641 ,64 1 , CI. 29-33.
Busier, Willard LeRoy; Phillips, Howard Charles; and Rots, Milton
Dean, to AMP Incorporated. Assembly of termiitalt to bobbins.
3,641, 649, CI. 29-203.
Butler National Corporation: See—
Hobbt, James, 3,643,074.
Buvelot. Jacques. Cheese-grating device. 3,642.045. CI. 146-60.
Cairns, James L. Sealed electrical connector. 3,643,207. CI. 339-96.
Cairns. John Francis, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Proceu
for preparing l.l'-disubstituted-l.I'- dihydro-bipyridyls. 3.642,790,
CI. 260-247.2
Cairns, Walter John; and MacDonald, Ian Norman, to Howden, James
& Company Limited. Cooling-gas circulators for nuclear-reactor
power stations. 3.642.386. CI. 417-423.
Calculagraph Company; See—
Coliz. James T.; and Meola. Robert R.. 3.643.066.
Calderazzo, Fausto. to American Cyanamid Company. Uncatalyzed
oxidation of anthracene to 9,10- anthraquinone by molecular ox-
ygen. 3.642.838. CI. 260-385.
Calgon Corporation: See—
Lo Satso. Ronald Alfred; and Rausch, Emerson G. 3.642.619.
Neuberger. Edmond Donald, and Junker, Thomas Joseph.
3,641,821.
California Computer Products, inc.: See-
Hill, Armin J, 3,641,885.
Callister, John David; and Carlile, Clayton George, to American
Cyanamid Company. Nitration of phenol using recycle acid.
3,642.9 1 3. CI. 260-622.
Calvert, Rodney K.; Viescas. Arthur B.; and Fishback, Alton J., to
Mead Corporation, The. Mechanism for lining a series of shells.
3,642,414. CI. 425-388.
Cameron Iron Works, Inc.: See-
Payne, Vivian H, 3,642,020.
Campagnuolo, Cari J.: See—
Egolf, David P.; and Campagnuolo, Carl J. ,3,642,01 8.
Campbell, J Allan; See—
Babcock, John C; and Campbell, J Allan, 3,642,992.
Camras, Marvin, to IIT Research Institute. Tape cartridge with auxilia-
ry spring biasing elements. 3,642,288, CI. 274-4.
Canadian International Paper Company,: See-
Hamilton, Douglas D; and Boivin, Joseph J. R., 3,642,041.
Candor, James T.; See-
Candor, Robert R.; and Candor, James T, 3, 64 1.680.
Candor, Robert R.; and Candor, James T. Liquid removing apparatus
and method. 3,641, 680. CI. 34-1
Canning, Michael Leo; Dunn, Roger SUnley; and Jeansonne, Gerald
Embry, to Texas Instruments. Incorporated. Method of fabricating
integrated circuit arrays. 3.64 1.661. CI. 29-574.
Canon Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kawakubo. Kazuo. 3,642,366.
Mateumoto, Kazuya; and Suzuki, Takashi, 3,642,374.
Canter, Nathan H.. to Esso Research and Engineering Company. Sul-
fonated polymert. 3.642.728. CI. 260-79.3
Capaldi. Eugene C: See—
Bonetti. Giovanni A.; Baker. Thomas N.. III.; and Capaldi, Eugene
C. 3 ,642.919.
Caplan. Sunley J., to Accralube Company. Anti-corrosion lubricating
compound. 3.642.625. CI. 252-25
Cappotto, Samuel D.; Diamond. Herrick R.; and Zeamer. Aaron C. to
SCM Corporation. Belt tension device. 3,642.109. CI. 197-17.
Carignano, Mario, to Silma S.p.A. Cinematographic projectors.
3,642.356, CI. 352-180.
Carlile, Clayton George: See—
Callister, John David; and Carlile. Clayton George,3 ,642.9 13.
Carlo. L. Diaz: See—
Lanus, Alfred L. G.. 3,64 1 ,984
Carlson. Bernard E. Bulk material handling vehicle and unloading
boom therefor. 3,642. 1 55. CI. 2 1 4-83.26
Carlson, Dana Peter, to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company.
Tough, suble tetrafluoroethylene-fluoroalkyl perfluorovinyl ether
copolymers. 3,642,742, CI. 260-87.5
Carlson, John H.; Mansfield, Donald L.; and Robinson, Hugh A., to
USM Corporation. Pneumatic counlerbalancers. 3,641,706, CI. 49-
324.
Carlson. Marvin J.; See-
Rockwell. Harvey W.; and Carlson. Marvin J. .3.642. 160.
Carlson. Otto K: See-
Stewart, Mary J.; and Carlson. Otto K.. 3.642,689.
Carmichael, Donald: See—
Westwood, Alan S.; and Carmichael. Donald. 3, 642. 1 28.
Carrier Corporation: See—
Amick, Larry D., 3,642,030.
Carrozza, Sam J.: See—
Lidert. Albert W. 3.641.794.
Carter. Kenneth G. Welding apparatus for resurfacing breaker ban.
3.643,060, CI. 219-125.
Case, J. I., Company: See-
Smith, Wayne G., 3,642,088.
Cass, Joseph K. Bow tie rack 3,642,143. CI. 211-13.
Cassin. Christopher; See-
Buckley. Alan; and Cassin. Christopher. 3.642,976.
Cassina. Cesare, Centro S.r.L.: See—
Cassina, Cesare. 3 .64 1 ,726.
Cauina, Cesare. to Cassina. Cesare. Centro S.r.L. Method for a
reduced size packing of armchairs, divans and the like. 3.641.726.
CI. 53-24.
Castell. Juan Morato. Method of packing cooked food products.
3.642.499. CI. 99-171.
Castelli, Paolo: See—
Ponzini, Sandro; Castelli. Paolo; and Sunislao. Jean Lawen-
del,3,642.787.
Castle & Cooke, Inc.; See—
Vadas. Leslie. 3.642.043.
Castner. Claire; and Berard. Raymond A., to Celanese Corporation.
Modified oxymethylene polymers sUbilized with phosphites.
3.642.942. CI. 260-858.
Caterpillar Tractor Company: See—
Garman. James A.; Eastman. Richard D.; and Watson. Thomas A..
3.641.662.
Catherin. Jean-Michel, to Compagnie Generale d'Electricite. Ring-
shaped laser with means for cancelling the fizeau effect. 3.642.373,
CI. 356-106.
Cato Oil and Grease Co.: See-
Waring, Roy L. 3.642.627.
Catterall. John M.: See-
Bums, Thomas V.; Catterall, John M.; Elliott, Gary L., and Fen-
stermaker, Ronald E, 3,643,034.
Cederbaum. Jerzy Henryk. Noiseless toft-running power plant.
3,642,092, CI. 181-33.
Celanese Corporation: See —
Castner, Claire; and Berard, Raymond A., 3,642,942.
Keuchel, Herbert W.. 3.64 1 ,760
Sisure, Vann M.; and Brooks, Kenneth. 3,642.217.
Cellu Products Company: See-
Doll. Martin. 3.642.967.
Central Glass Co.. Ltd.: See—
Yasumura. Takashi; and Matsuoka, Kimiaki. 3.642.732.
Central National Bank: See—
Mcintosh, Maurice Dwight,3,642,650.
Centre de Recherchesde Pont-A-Mousson: See—
Hauth, Jean-Marc, 3,642,101.
Century Lighting, Inc.; See—
Marantz, Paul M., 3,643,089.
CerUin-Teed Products Corporation: See—
Hensley. Billy R, 3,642,554.
Chafetz, Harry; See—
SmeUna. Richard D.. Chafetz. Harry, Arkell, Alfred, and Mc-
Mahon. Matthew A.,3.642.83 1 .
SmeUna. Richard Denis; Chafeu, Harry, and Arkell. Al-
fred.3,642,832.
Chamberlain, Earl. Video Film projector. 3,642,355, CI. 352-92.
Chambers, James B., to International Business Machines Corporation.
Channel buffer for daU processing system. 3,643.22 1 , CI. 340-1 72.5
Chambers. William W.; and Heston. David J., to Black and Decker
Manufacturing Company, The. Air motor rotor assembly. 3.642.389.
CI. 418-107.
Chambolle, Stephane; and Hanff. Michel Max, to Compagnie des
Compteurs. Method and device for metering a vector particularly
applicable to the meteringof a fiuid flow velocity. 3.641.816. CI. 73-
189.
Chan. Ronald E., to Lino Engineering. Inc. Solid state burglar alarm
system for automobile. 3,643,214. CI. 340-64.
Chancellor Chair Company: See-
Chancellor. Charles W., Jr.. 3.64 1 .963.
Chancellor. Charles W., Jr., to Chancellor Chair Company. Spring sup-
ported bow baffle for boau. 3,64 1, 963. CI 1 14-219.
Chandler Evans Inc.; See—
Sundberg. Jack G., 3,642,387.
Chang, Hua-Shan, to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Core memory
delu noise cancellation. 3,643, 171, CI. 328-165.
Chapin, Jay C, to Ventron Instruments Corporation Scientific Chemi-
cals Division. Fire resisunt fibers and fabric. 3,642,525, CI. 1 17-136.
Chapman, Duane K.; Green. William S.; and Newman. John W.. to
Ashland Oil Inc. Process for arylating aromatic compounds with
molecular sieve caulyst. 3.642.926. CI. 260-670.
Charbonneaux. Wilson A., to Simmonds Precision Products, Inc.,
mesne. High visibility meter. 3,64 1,967, CI. 116-129.
Chamay, Henri. Drawing Ubies. 3.64 1 ,946. CI. 108-6.
Charrier. Rene, to Commissariat a I'Energic Atomique, and Realisa-
tions Techniques Industrielles. Addition compotitiont for acid elec-
troplating baths. 3.642.588. CI. 204-44.
Chatillon SocieU' Anonima luliana per le Fibre Tetaili Artificial!
S.p.A.:See—
Patron. Luigi; Moretti. Alberto, and Paaqualetto. Renato,
3,642,737.
Patron, Luigi; Moretti, Alberto; and Sinatora, Gian Paolo,
3,642,738.
Chemetron Corporation: See—
Hammon. George L., 3,642,294.
Chemie und Filter GmbH, Verfahrenttechnik KG: See —
Ernst, Franz, 3.642.171.
Chemische Werke Huls Aktiengetelltchaft: See—
Feja, Josef Heinz; and Landskroner. Karl-Heinz. 3. 642.45 1 .
Chenel. Francois; and Swinnen. Richard Louis, to Societe Generale
Ceramique du Batiment. Apparatus for the extraction and dehydra-
tion of a solid phase from a liquid dispersion. 3,642,605, CI. 204-
200.
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15. 1972
Cheng. Tai Chung; and Halasa, Add F., to Firestone Tire & Rubber
Company, The. Polymerization process. 3,642,734, CI. 260-83.7
Cherdron, Harald: See—
Burg. Karlheinz; and Cherdron, Harald. 3,642,940.
Chevalier, Andre; Grolet, Pierre, and Reynard. Remi. to Institut Fran-
cais du Petrole, des Carburants et LubriHants. Process for coupling
to a connecting element an elongated flexible member including
lines for remote transmission of power or data. 3.641,658, CI. 29-
423
Chevron Research Company: See—
Bacskai. Robert. 3,642,570.
Bacskai, Robert. 3.642.636.
Bacskai, Robert, 3.642.74 1 .
Olund.Sven A .3,642.634.
Suzuki, Shigeto; Kilgren, Karl H.; and Tjoa. Giok H.. 3.642.431
Chicago Musical Instrument, Co.: See—
KanstuI, Zigmant J.; and Quinn, Gregory F., 3,64 1 ,863.
Rendell. Sunley E . 3.64 1 ,862.
Chierici. Osvaldo F., to Holland Company. Coupler positioning device
for railroad car couplers. 3,642.149. CI. 213-15.
Child. Ralph Grassing. Svokos. Steve George; and Tomcufcik. Andrew
Stephen, to American Cyanamid Company. Process of inhibiting
transplanted mammary adenocarcinoma in mice using polyhalo(azo
or azoxy) benzene compounds. 3.642.990, CI. 424-226.
Chilton, Henry Thomas Joseph; Everest, David Anthony; and Sayce,
Ian George, to Monsanto Chemicals Limited. Process for the
production of finely-divided silica. 3.642.453, CI. 23-294.
Chiodi. Wayne Richard, to RCA Corporation. Toroidal electromag-
netic deflection yoke. 3,643,192, CI. 335-213.
Chisso Corporation: See—
Ohira, Fukuichi; Matsumura. Toshikazu, and Shiode. Chuji,
3.642,761
Shirai, Sio; Kunimune, Kouichi; and Muraki, Ma&aaki, 3,642,95 1 .
Christ, Klaus: See—
Zcchnail. Richard, Domann. Helmut, Fleischer, Helmut; Christ,
Klaus, and Maisch, Wolfgang.3,642.329.
Christensen. Alton O.. to Shell Oil Company. Clocklcss farmost toggle
flip-nopcircuit. 3.643,1 14, CI. 307-279.
Christensen, Jay A.: 5^^—
Desnick, Mandel L.; Willcox. Jesse A.; and Christensen. Jay
A. ,3,642,41 1.
Christian, John B.. to United States of America, Air Force. Grease
composition comprising polyfluoroalkyi- polysiloxane. 3,642,626.
CI. 252-33.6
Christoffel,Cla: See—
Schobinger, Ulrich; Christoffel, Cla, and Berner. Kurt, 3,642,774
Chromalloy American Corporation: See—
Brill-Edwards, Harry, 3.642.457.
Chrysler Corporation: See—
Pfeifer. Richard E., 3,643,050.
Povilaitis, Frank R.;and Strobel,Carmon R.. 3,641.613.
Smith, John L., Dent, Robert A., and Raetz, James R.. 3.641 ,746
Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Nitta, Yoshihiro; Ikeda, Yoshiaki; Furue, Toshiyuki; and Shimizu,
Takeshi, 3.642,798.
Ciba Corporation: See—
Anner, Georg; and Kalvoda, Jaroslav, 3,642.826.
Ciba Limited: See—
Martin, Henry; Beriger, Ernst; and Moser, Kurt. 3.642.989
Montmollin. Rene de, Hoelzle, Gerd; Angliker. Hans-Joerg, and
Peter, Richard. 3.642.764.
Oesterlein. Fritz; and Riat. Henry. 3.642.765.
Schmid. Rolf; Lohse. Friedrich; Fisch. Willy, and Batzer, Hans,
3,642,674
Schmid, Rolf; Lohse. Friedrich; Fisch, Willy; and Batzer, Hans,
3.642,938.
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti. Peter; Maeder, Erwin, and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo, 3,642,783.
Ulrich, Paul. 3.642.795.
Zwahlen, Guenther; Reich, Ernst; and Riegler. Albert, 3,642.686.
Ciba-Geigy Corporation: See—
Dexter, Martin; Spivack. John D., and Steinberg. David H ,
3.642.868.
Kirchmayr. Rudolf; Heller, Hans-Jorg; and Rody, Jean, 3,642,813
Kray, Raymond J.; and Winter. Roland A. E., 3,642,720.
Marand, Jean, 3,642,035.
Model, Ernest; and Bindler, Jakob, 3,642.872.
O'Connor, David E , 3,642.955.
Okamura, Seizo; Hayashi, Koichiro; and Nakayama, Yasuharu,
3.642,723.
Schindler, Walter, 3,642,775.
Schroter, Herbert; and Prins, Daniel A., 3,642,808
C.I.T.-Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunications: See —
Teurnier, Roger, 3,643,026.
Claassen, Peter J. M. W.: See-
Roest, Bernard C; Van Der Loos, Jozef L. M .; and Claassen, Peter
J. M.W., 3.642.719.
Claeys, Daniel Alois: See—
Vrancken. Marcel Nicolas; and Claeys, Daniel Alois, 3,642,475.
Clairol Incorporated: See—
Bil, Milos S.; and Brunner, Walter H.. 3.642.423.
Clark, Harold V.; and Garagnon, Gary B., to Ampex Corporation.
Rapid frame synchronization of video tape reproduce signals.
3,643,012, CI. 178-6.6
Clark-Reliance Corporation, The: See—
Potchen, Peter F , 3,642,201 .
Clarke, Stephen, to International Rectifier Corporation. Remotely con-
trolled firing circuit for simultaneous firing of series devices.
3.643.260. CI. 343-225
Clayton. Thomas George, to English Clays Lovering Pochin & Com-
pany Limited. Manufacture of bricks. 3,642,968, CI. 264-82.
Cleary, James W., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Polyolefin-
polyetherester alloy 3.642.945. CI. 260-873.
Cleveland, William C. to United States of America, Navy, mesne.
Synthetic tone generator system. 3.643,028, CI. 179-1.
Closa. Jose, to Super Caster Corporation. Tilted roller caster.
3.641.621, CI. 16-45
Clurman, Morton P., and Emerson, Jerry M. Floor cleaning device.
3,641,612, CI 15-231
Co-Polymer Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Pewtress. Vernon J.. 3.642.203.
Coach and Car Equipment Corporation: See—
Bilancia. Raymond A.. 3,642,322.
Coal Tar Research Association, The: See—
Sharp, John Alan, and Dean, Raymond Ernest. 3,642.9 1 2.
Coburn. John F.. and Metro. Stephen J. Anthranilic acid esters as lubri-
cant additives. 3.642,632, CI. 252-51.5
Coen Company: 5**—
Binasik. Chester S , Hudson. Daniel H.; and Voorheis, Temple S..
3.641.951
Cohen, Albert, to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Self-adjusting
seal ring 3.642.295. CI 277-226.
Cohen. Marvin: See—
Von Strandtmann, Maximillian; Puchalski, Chester; Cohen, Mar-
vin, and Shavel. John, Jr. ,3,642. 78 1 .
Cohn. Morris I , and Perdue, Roy D.. to Rosenberg. Elliot E.. trustee of
Mica Trust Method of treating wollastonite with acid and the pig-
ment product formed thereby. 3,642,51 1, CI. 106-306.
Colditz. Armin O.. and Schmidt. Werner, to Hell. Rudolf, Dr., Inc.
Method of obtaining and processing control data for electronic
phototype setting apparatus. 3,643,067, CI. 235-61 .1 I
Cole, Edward L : See—
Hess. Howard V.. and Cole. Edward L..3.642.4S8.
Cole, Edward L , and Hess, Howard V., to Texaco Inc. Process for
treating wastes from oxidation processes. 3,642,620, CI. 210-63.
Cole, Edward N, to General Motors Corporation. Gas turbine catalytic
exhaust system 3.64 1 .763, CI. 60-39.5 1
Colgan. Charles E., and Mc Ardle, Edward J., to Continental Can
Company, Inc. Manufacture of vented closures. 3,641,659, CI. 29-
451
Colgate-Palmolive Compiany: See—
Hewitt. Gordon Trent, 3.642.977.
Maniaci, Theodore. 3.642,556.
Rubinfeld, Joseph, 3,642,88 1 .
Coliz, James T., and Meola, Robert R., to Calculagraph Company. Ar-
rangement for the automatic identification of information on a non-
perforated data processing card. 3,643,066, CI. 235-6 1 . 1 1
Collin. David Trevor, to Allen & Hanburys Limited. Process for the
preparation of al -tertiary- butylaminomethyl-4-hydroxy-M-xylene-
a I .a-diol- 3.642.896, CI. 260-570.6
Collins. Glenn E : See—
Fowlkes, George V.; Collins. Glenn E.; and McCormack. Darrell
W ,3.641.962
Collins Radio Company: See —
Hostetter. John L. 3.64 1 ,972
Collister. Robert A., to Scott Engineering, Inc. Post-mounted winged
insulator arm assembly 3,643,009, CI. 174-149.
Columbian Carbon Company: See—
Heller, George L.; Eckert, Frank J.; De Land, Charles L.; and
Dingman. Robert W.. 3,642,446.
Combustion Engineering, Inc.: See —
Kendrick,GaryR.. 3.641.819.
Commissariat a PEnergie Atomique:S**—
Charrier, Rene, 3,642,588.
Rassat, Andre, and Ramasseul, Rene, 3,642,8 1 8.
Compagnie de Saint-Gobain: See —
Halberschmidt, Friedrich; and Overath, Albrecht, 3.64 1 ,7 1 1 .
Compagnie des Compteurs: See—
Chambolle, Stephane; and HanfT, Michel Max, 3.641 ,816.
Compagnie Generate de Telegraphie Sans Fil: See—
Dumanchin, Roger, 3.643.262.
Compagnie Generale d'Electricite:5«e—
Catherin, Jean-Michel. 3.642.373.
Computer Industries. Inc.: See—
Towell. LeRoy Dean. 3,643,133
Conner, James M., to Polaroid Corporation. Lens shade. 3.641,894,
CI 95-11
Conner, Tom E., to Tom's Hydraulic Supply. Load-supporting bed unit
foratruck. 3,642,324, CI. 298-1 1
Conniff, Jay P.; Delaney, Vincent N.; and Mcrz, Kenneth A., to Torin
Corporation. Centrifugal blower wheel method of making.
3,64 1,644, CI 29-156.8
Connolly, James J.: See—
Thomson, Don N.; Connolly, James J.; and Zeiger, Kenneth
K ,3,643.257
Conolon Corporation, The: See—
Bishop, John M .; and Simon, Emmett F., 3,64 1 ,859.
Bishop, John M., and Simon, Emmett F., 3,642,215.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Conrac Corporation: S*f—
Vick,GeraldL.,3,64l,812.
Conrad, Keith L., to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc. Method of con-
trolling density in gas-sensitized aqueous explosives. 3,642,547, CI.
149-2.
Container Corporation of America: See—
Rada, Joseph J, 3,642,193
Surr, Anthony J. ,3,642, 1 66.
Continental Can Company, Inc.: See—
Colgan, Charles E.; and Mc Ardle, Edward J . 3.641 .659.
Peyser, Harry A.; and Doyle, Diane J., 3,64 1 ,992.
Ruekberg, Herbert S., 3,642,408.
Continental Oil Company: See—
Johnson, Morris A; and Yang, Kang, 3,642,920.
McClaflin. Oifford G.. 3,642,850.
Controls Company of America: See—
Breckenridge, Frank, 3,642.025.
Conveyor Systems, Inc.: See—
Burgis, William J, 3,642,1 13.
Burt, Harolds, 3,642.117.
Cook, Gerald H.:5«—
Downey, Rogers B.; and Cook, Gerald H. 3.642,229,
Cook, Robert W.; Bissaillon, Edmond J., and Dickinson. Robert P.. to
Fischer-Cook, Inc. Internal pipe clamp applying apparatus and
method. 3.642,032. CI. 138-97.
Cooke, Strathmore R. B.: See—
Dorenfeld, Adrian C; Dick. Fernando Jorge; and Cooke.
Strathmore R. B. 3,642.464.
Coon, Clifford L., to Stanford Research Institute. N,N'.N'-
Trichlorosuccinimidine. 3,642,824, CI. 260-326.85
Coon, James A. Quick release female plug. 3.643,202. CI. 339-75.
Cooper, Alan A.: See—
Grewcock, Sidney B.; and Cooper, Alan A. ,3, 641 .790.
Cooper, Glenn D.; and Bennett, James G., to General Electric Com-
pany. Formation of polyphenylene ethers. 3,642,699, CI. 260-47.
Cooper, James H.: See—
Muller, John Thomas; Scull, William L.. Cooper. James H.; and
Soderberg. Curt A. ,3,642.02 1 .
Cooper, Thomas A.: See—
Robertson, Odes B.; Cooper. Thomas A., and Moorer. Henry
D.,3,642,611.
Corey, Joseph T Fastener means 3,64 1 ,632, CI. 24- 1 53.
Corker, William R., to Honeywell. Inc. Optical scanner having high
frequency torsional oscillator. 3,642,344, CI. 350-6.
Corneau, George E., to Indev, Inc. Electrostatic grids. 3,641,976, CI.
118-624.
Cornelius Company, The: See—
Cornelius, Richard T., 3.642,1 74.
Cornelius, George W. Afterburner apparatus having lined burner can.
3.641. 768, CI. 60-30.
Cornelius, Richard T., to Cornelius Company, The. Method and ap-
paratus for dispensing a semi-frozen comestible. 3,642,174, CI. 222-
129.1
Corning Glass Works: See—
Bermel, Thomas W.. 3,641 ,809
Smirmaul, Heinz J., 3,64 1 ,808.
Smirmaul, Heinz J., 3,64 1,810.
Corporation of the City of Coventry: See—
Wilson, Gordon ShiHey, 3,642,39 1 .
Cossor, A. C, Limited: See-
Oven, Philip Collinson, 3.643,256.
Coston. Ostis D. Meter and service connector for electric service
reconversion systems. 3,643,209, CI. 339-155.
Cotton, Incorporated: See—
Getcbell, Nelson F.; Berch, Julian; and Hollies, Norman R.S.,
3,642,428.
Couch, Robert O.: See—
Zeile, George D., Jr.; and Couch, Robert 0, 3,642,308.
Courtois, Donald A., to Bendix Corporation, "The. Portable X-ray
generating machine. 3.643,094, CI. 250-87.
Couture, Roger A.; and Lajza, John J., Jr., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Etching completion indication. 3,642,549,
CI. 156-24.
Cowan, Stanley W.: See—
Bumess, Donald M.; Cowan, Stanley W.; and Wright, Charles
J.,3.642,908.
Cowmeadow, Richard R., to Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The.
Diaphragm seal for an electrical connector. 3,643,206, CI. 339-94.
Coyne, James Christopher; and Smith, Arnold Ray, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated. Impulse-reaction propulsion cycle for
mole. 3,642,076, CI. 173-91.
Cozewith, Charles; and Tomqvist, Erik G. M., to EtK> Research and
Engineering Company. Butadiene polymerization catalyst compris-
ing TiXinAIIj* organoaluminum compound and Lewis acid.
3.642,758, CL 260-94.3
Cramwinckel, Hans, to U.S. Philips Corporation. Cyclic group
processing with internal priority. 3,643,218, CI. 340-172.5
Cranskens, Georg; Jakobson, Hans; Rathje, Armin; and Salger,
Werner, to Lumoprint Zindler KG. Developer replenishing device
for copying apparatus. 3,64 1 ,907, CI. 95-89.
Crawford, Burdette B. Hand truck with means for shifting center of
gravity ofload. 3,642,301 , CI. 280-47. 1 2
Creative Polymer Products Corporation: See—
Posner, Richard, 3,642,246.
Crellin, Terry M., to Norton Company. Electrochemical recovery of
silver and regeneration of used photographic fixing solutions
3,642,594, CI. 204-149.
Criley, Ronald L.; Frost, Richard H , and Shopalovich. Predrag. to
United States of America, Army, mesne. Extraction force transfer
system. 3.642.235, CI. 244-1 37.
Crispe, Sunley William; and Wood. Henry, to T. &. T Vicars Limited.
Biscuit handling machinery. 3.642,1 14. CI. 198-25.
Crouch. Cyril Borthwick: See—
Arnold, Robert Harry; and Crouch, Cyril Borthwick.3,642,272.
Crounse, Nathan N., to Sterling Drug Inc. Detergent compositions con-
taining quaternary ammonium derivatives of N.N '-substituted 4,4'-
bis (benzimidazol-2-YL)stilbenes. 3,642,642, CI. 252-543.
Crow. Herman L.; Lu Conic, Andrew. Maloney. Patrick Martin; and
Bluem. Gary Raymond, to Kroy Industries, Inc. Roller-band device.
3.643,048. CI. 200-153.
Crown Cork & Seal Company. Inc.: See—
Duhan, Frederick William, 3.642,120.
Crown Zellerbach Corporation: See—
Yang. Christen H. C. 3,64 1 ,7 1 9.
Cruse, Lee H., to Foster Manufacturing Co., Inc. Slide valve.
3,642,249, CI. 251-344.
Csovak, Erno: See—
Nemeth, Jozef; and Csovak. Emo,3.642,186.
CTS Corporation: See —
Zdanys, John, Jr.; Kelver, William L . Jr.; and Weingart, Norman
C. 3.643.046.
Cuculis, John J.. Meyer, Howard G,; Sim, Van M., and Stemberger,
Ludwig A., to United States of America. Army. Toxic chemical vac-
cines. 3,642,98 1 , CI. 424-88.
Culbert, Robert M.; and Southworth, Richard V , to Farr Company.
Air filter for trucks. 3 ,64 1 .744. CI. 55-319.
Culbertson. Billy M.. to Ashland Oil &. Refining Company. Amide ox-
adiazole polymers and polymer precursors. 3.642.7 1 1 . CI. 260-78.
Culver. William H.; and Mehran. Farrokh. to International Business
Machines Corporation. Fast logic using ultra-short laser pulses.
3.643.1 16. CI. 307-312.
Cummings-Landau Laundry Machinery Co., Inc.: See—
Hutterer, Martin, 3,641,792
Cunningham, Ernest R., to Barr-Stalfort Company, division of Pittway
Corporation. Liquid transfer system. 3,642,037. CI 141-348.
Curtis 1000 Inc.: S«—
Tulisalo. Kari F, 3,642,195.
Curtis, William H.. Jr.: S«—
Wright, Jerry J.; and Curtis, William H, Jr.,3,643,056.
Cusic, John W.; and Levon, Ernest F., to Searle, G. D.. & Co.N-[2-(2-
methyl-5-nitro-l-imidazolyl)ethyllimides. 3.642,836. CI. 260-281.
Customflex. Inc.: See—
Di Maio. Vincent. 3 ,64 1 ,8 1 4.
Cutter, John W. Treadmill jogger. 3,642.279. CI. 272-69.
Cyprus Mines Corporation: See—
Allen. Eugene S, and Gavrias, Royce S.. 3.642.435.
Dagnall. Robert J.: See—
Seiger. Harvey N.;and Dagnall. Robert J. .3,642.600.
Daicel Ud.See—
HagiUni, Akira; and Morita, Yoshishige, 3,642,970.
Daikin Rogyo Co., Ltd.: See—
Kometani, Yutaka; Tatemoto, Masayoshi; Okuda, Masahiro, Oku-
no, Chuzo; Sakata, Shinsuke; Sakai, Shoji; and Oka. Masahiko.
3.642,754.
Daily, William C; and Welzel, Fred H.. to Jones, R. A.. & Company.
Inc. Bag packer with horizonUl transfer. 3,64 1, 735. CI. 53-159
Daimler-Benz Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Barenyi.Bela, 3,641,834
Edmaier, Franz; Stiefel. Walter; and Merkle, Hans, 3,642,062.
Fricker, Ludwig; and Schafer, Manfred. 3.641.986.
Porth. Dieter; and Rinnergschwentner. Hans. 3,642,316.
Rossler. Heinrich; and Hentschel, Manfred. 3.64 1 .840.
Daito Boshoku Kabushiki Kaisha: 5^^—
Furuta,Taizo;Otsuka, Yuichi;and Mizukawa, Kiyoshi. 3.642.137.
Daito Woolemspinning & Weaving Co., Ltd.: See—
Furuta, Taizo; Otsuka, Yuichi;and Mizukawa, Kiyoshi, 3,642,137.
D'Alessandro, John R. Multiport feedback and pole-zero control.
3,643, 1 84, CL 333-80.
Dalton, A. SUnley, to United Sutes of America, Air Force. Smear
cladding for sealing and corrosion control in pure aluminum coated
aluminum alloy sheets. 3,642,3 12. CI. 287-189.36
D'Amico, John Joseph; and MuIIins, Darrell Dexter, to Monsanto
Company. Alkylenepiperidinothio benzothiazoles. 3,642,804. CI.
260-293.4
Dancsi, Lajos: See—
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy, Agnes, nee Lukats; Dancsi, Lajos;
Domok, Livia, nee Kis-Vigh; Karpati. Egon; and Szpomy, Las-
zlo,3 ,642,805.
Danekas, Floyd E. Travel trailer supporting means. 3,642,242, CI. 248-
354.
Daniels, Paul J.: 5««—
Gheen, Lyndle G.; and Daniels, Paul J. ,3,642,306.
Danjes, Martin; and Schreiber, August. Device for aerating sewage
water. 3,642,260. CI. 261-122.
Danko, Nicholas S., to Interpace Corporation. Method and apparatus
for making hollow bodies of concrete or the like. 3,642,4 1 3, CI. 42S-
365.
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Darsow, Gerhard: S«— ,. . ^ ,
Gilch, Heinrich, Darsow, Gerhard; Bottenbruch. Ludwig; Lorenz,
Gunter; Kunzel, Hans Egon; Nischk, Gunther; and Schnell, Her-
mann,3, 642, 882.
Dattilo, Giuieppe A., lo Magnavox Company, The. Facsimile system
with data compression by "white space skipping". 3,643,0 16, CI 178-
6
David Joseph; and Hubert, Jules. Apparatus intended for cleanng sani-
lary'appliances. 3,64 1 ,597, CI. 4-255
David, Vivian, and Norton, David J., to Westinghouse Brake and Signal
Company, Limited. Information transmission systems. 3,643,025, CI.
178-69.5 .
Davidovits, Paul; and Egger, Maurice David. Scanning optical
microscope. 3,643,015. CI. 178-6.8
Davidson, Arthur R.. Haubncr, John E.; and White, George A., to
Lamb-Westpn, Inc. Method for processing edible foodstuffs.
3,642,495, CI. 99-100
Davidson, James R., to Xerox Corporation. Manifold imaging system
3,642,363, CI. 355-3.
Davidson, Robert W.; and Schuerch, Conrad. Method of forming
wood. 3.642,042,C1. 144-327
Davis, Cecil J., to Bridge DaU Products, Inc.. mesne. Card feeder
3.642,271, CI. 271-41
Davis, Curry Beach, to Arizona Chemical Company. CaUlyzed isome-
rization of o-pinene. 3,642,928, CI. 260-675.5
Davis, Delbert A.; Avcrettc, Samuel R., and Voss, Gary Dwight, to
Burlington Industries, Inc. Laminated fabric for use as the fabric
upperofshoes. 3.642.563, CI. 161-88.
Davis, Donald E.: See—
~~- Rainey, George E.; Heidmeyer, Donald H., and Davis, Donald
E..3.64I.6I8.
Davis. Geromc. Geometric instrument for azimuth sightings
3,641, 677, CI. 33-67.
Davis. Robert E.; See—
Ullman. William L.; Baxter James C, Pearson. Arthur J,; Davis.
Robert E.; and Hullhorst. William B, 3,642,034.
Dawawala. Suryakant K.: See—
La Costc, Bernard L.; and Dawawala. Suryakant K. 3,642,024.
Day-Glo Color Corporation: See—
Mcintosh. Maurice Dwight. 3.642.650.
Dayton Steel Foundry Company: See—
Walther. William D.. 3.642,327
Dean, Ralph, Jr., to General Motors Corporation. Vehicle accelerator
pedal. 3.641. 837, CI. 74-513.
Dean. Raymond Ernest: See—
Sharp. John Alan; and Dean. Raymond Ernest. 3.642.91 2.
de Beaulieu, Henri Philippe: See—
Kalopissi. Grcgoire; Abegg, Jean-Louis; Ghilardi. Guiliana; and de
Beaulieu. Henri Philippe. 3.642.429
De Blance. Donald E., to Texas Instruments. Incorporated. Voluge
controlled color nim recording system. 3.643.021 .CI. 178-15.
De Boer. Clarence; See—
Bergy, Malcolm E.; and De Boer. Clarence, 3,642,984.
Deckert, Fred W.; and Matson. Gale W.. to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company. Sealant having epoxide encapsulated by
aminoplast shell and polymeric binder. 3.642.937. CI. 260-834
De Cremoux, Jacques, to Fives Lille-Cail. Sugar crysullizing method
and apparatus. 3,642,534, CI. 1 27-1 5.
Deering Milliken Research Corporation: See—
Greene, Charles W. 3.642.532. </'
de Gaudemaris. Gabriel: See—
Rabilloud. Guy; Sillion. Bernard; and de Gaudemaris.
Gabriel.3.642.696.
[>eknatel. Inc.: See— ^
Kurz. Leonard D.; and Shave. William H.. 3,642.126.
DeKruif,JanH.:S**-
Van Gogh. Johan; and De Kruif, Jan H. 3,642.739.
Delalande.S. A.:5«f—
Eberle, Jeannine A ; Sergant, Micheline Y.; Fauran. Claude P.;
and Huguet. Gerard J.. 3.642.898.
Dclalande S.A.: See—
Fauran, Claude P.; Raynaud, Guy M., Gouret, Claude J.; and Dou-
zon. Colette A. 3,642.806.
De Land, Charles L.: See—
Heller, George L.; Eckert, Frank J.; De Land. Charles L.; and
Dingman, Robert W. 3,642,446.
Delaney, Vincent N.: See—
Conniff, Jay P.; Delaney, Vincent N.; and Merz. Kenneth
A. 3. 64 1,644.
De Lano, Don L., to Microdot Inc. ConUct element. 3.643,21 1, CI
339-217.
De Larrain. Raymundo. Method and apparatus for making a reproduc-
tion. 3,642,342, CI. 350-4.
Delavin Manufacturing Co.: See—
Reynolds. David W.. 3.641 .829.
Dclcroix, Andre. Structural assembly employing resilient clips.
3.641.723, CI. 52-281.
Dellinger. Matthew H.: See—
Orazem, Gerald J.; Martin. Kenneth R.; Dellinger. Matthew H.;
and Leonhardt, William S, 3,642,648.
Delmag-Maachinenfabrik Rheinhold Domfeld: See—
Domfeld, Eberhard R.; Hennecke, Rudolf R. G.; and Kehrberger,
AchimL, 3,642,078.
DelU-T-Inc: See—
Dreibelbis, Richard C ; and Turner, Warren E., 3.642.176.
Delzenne, Gerard Albert: See—
Pool. Albert Lucien; and Delzenne, Gerard Albert, 3.642.484.
De Meyer, Alfons Jozcf: See —
Tavernicr, Bernard Hippoliet, De Meyer, Alfons Jozef; and Van-
heertum. Johannes Josephus, 3,642,470.
De Meyer, Dennis E : See—
Van Allan, James A., De Meyer, Dennis E.; and Allen. Frank
D .3,642,479
Demi. Reinhold; See—
Bcstenrciner. Friedrich, and Demi, Reinhold, 3.641 .895.
De Moor, Raymond J ; See—
Mc Laughlin, Bernard J.; Petri, George W.; and De Moor,
Raymond J ,3,643.203
Den Bleyker. Hazel M Breast prosthesis. 3.64 1.592, CI. 3-36.
Dennis, Frank S Bezel louver support structure. 3.641.91 3. CI. 98-40.
Dent, Robert A : See—
Smith, John L., Dent. Robert A.; and Raeu. James R.,3,641 ,746.
Dentsu Central Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kaneyasu. Masao, 3.643,040
Deplante, Henri: See—
Kamber. Heinrich; Hausammann, Werner; and Deplante. Hen-
ri,3.642.234
Desnick, Mandel L . Willcox, Jesse A . and Christensen. Jay A., to An-
derson Bros . Mfg., Co Thermoforming apparatus for moving sheet
material 3,642,41 1 , CI 425-343
DeSoto, Inc ; See—
Vincent, Gerald G., and Anderson, Thomas E., 3,642,682.
DeStaat der Nederlandcn. Ten Dezc Vertegenwoordigd Door de
Directeur-Gcneraal der Posterijen, Tclegrafie en Tclefonie: See—
Van Dalen, Christiaan Johannes, 3,641,793.
Destefan, John F , Ezolt, James J ; and BenchofT, James Martin, to
Grove Manufacturing Company. Hydraulic system for sequential
control of hydraulic motors. 3,641 ,764, CI. 60-52.
Dettmeier, Udo: See —
Sennewald, Kurt. Ohorodnik, Alexander; and Dettmeier,
Udo,3,642,929. «^
Deucker, Walter: See—
Spietschka. Emstand Deucker, Walter,3.642,815.
Deutsche Fibercast GmbH: See—
Barainsky. Rudolf F., Kiefer, Richard; Pankuweit, Hartmut; and
Esser, Alfred G, 3,642,399.
Devore, Ernest W ; and Hotaling. Kenneth L.. to International Business
Machines Corporation Triaxially expandable circuit arrays.
3.643. 135. CI. 317-101
Dexter, Martin. Spivack, John D , and Steinberg, David H.. to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation. Dialkylhydroxphenylalkanoic acid esters of di-
and tripenucrythritol 3.642.868, CI. 260-473.
Deyo. Charles R Memory circuit. 3,643,1 1 1 , CI. 307-238.
Dcyoe, Charles W: See—
Bartley, Erie E . and Deyoe, Charles W, 3.642,489.
Diamond. Herrick R See—
Cappotto, Samuel D , Diamond, Herrick R.; and Zeamer, Aaron
C ,3,642,109
Diamond International Corporation: See—
Keen, Everett M; and Siciliano, Anthony J., 3,641,983.
Diamond, Jack Diving bell invention. 3.641 .776, CI. 61-69.
Diamond. Juhus, and Martin. Gustav J., deceasedO (by Martin, Gustav
J , deceased), said Diamond assor. to Rorer, William H., Inc. Amino-
benzioic acid esters 3.642,865. CI. 260-471.
Diamond Shamrock Corporation: See—
Pierce.JohnK .Jr. 3,642.740
Dick. Fernando Jorge: See—
Dorenfcld. Adrian C . Dick. Fernando Jorge, and Cooke.
Strathmore R B .3.642.464.
Dickinson. Robert P : See-
Coo^, Robert W , Bissaillon. Edmond J.; and Dickinson. Robert
P. .3.642.032
Diederich. Gcrd: See—
Schrewe. Hans; Diederich. Gerd; Wahls. Peter; and Pfenning,
Emil, 3,642,052
Diehl, Edmund, and Gutermann, Traugott. to Messer Griesheim
GmbH Burner for oxyacetylene welding and/or cutting. 3.642,266.
CI 266-23
Dietrich. Hans, to Losinger & Co. AG. Rock anchor. 3.641,772. CI.
61-35
Dietz, John J., to McGraw-Ediion Company. Ultraviolet detector
system. 3,643.093. CI. 250-83.3
Di Giaimo. Matthew Peter, to American Cyanamid Company. Su-
bilization of rigid poly(vinyl chloride). 3,642,688, CI. 260-45.8
Di Maio, Vincent, to Customflex, Inc. Electronic method and ap-
paratus for audibly detecting changes. 3 ,64 1 ,8 1 4, CI. 73- 1 86.
Dingman, Robert W.: See—
Heller, George L.; Eckert, Frank J.; De Land, Charies L.; and
Dingman, Robert W. 3,642,446.
Dittmar, John H , to Eastman Kodak Company. Pictorial parallax
panoramagram including a cellulose ester hot melt thermoplastic
viewing screen 3,642,346, CI. 350-1 3 1
Dockner, Toni: 5^*—
Plau, Rolf; Nohe. Heinz; and Dockner, Toni.3,642,889.
Dogigli. Johann. to ITAB Dogidii KG. Slide-rules incorporating mag-
netic clemenu. 3,643,070, CI. 235-70.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 11
Doll. Martin E. Method of producing laminated stock materials and
producu. 3,642,550. CI. 156-78.
Doll. Martin, to Cellu Products Company. Method of producing net-
like foamed thermoplastic material. 3,642,967. CI. 264-5 1 .
Doman. Donald Wayne; and Sauey. Lawrence Kenneth, to Flambeau
Plastics Corporation. Icecube bin. 3,642, 162, CI. 220-1.
Domann, Helmut: See—
Zechnall, Richard; Domann. Helmut; Fleischer. Helmut; Christ,
Klaus; and Maisch, Wolfgang,3,642,329
Domergue, Annick Marthe Suzanne Simone: See—
Mingasson, Georges Raymond Henry; Domergue. Annick Marthe
Suzanne Simone; and Sureau. Robert Frederic
Michel.3,642,799.
Domok, Livia, nee Kis-Vigh: See—
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy. Agnes, nee Lukats; Dancsi. Lajos;
Domok. Livia, nee Kis-Vigh; Karpati, Egon, and Szpomy, Las-
zlo,3,642.80S.
Donohue, James M.: See—
Gerbasi, Dennis P.; and Donohue, James M, 3.64 1. 979.
Dorenfeld, Adrian C; Dick, Fernando Jorge; and Cooke, Strathmore
R. B.. to University of Minnesota. The Regents of the. Tin ore treat-
ing process. 3,642,464, CI. 75-2
Dorman, Stephen C: See—
Brokke, Mervin E.; Menn, Julius J ; and Dorman, Stephen
C, 3,642,958.
Dorn, Ludwig; Heinze, Gerhard; and Podschus. Ernst, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschafl. Process for the production of
bead-like catalyst supports for high mechanical stressing. 3.642.659.
CI. 252-435.
Dornfeld. Eberhard R.; Hennecke. Rudolf R. G.; and Kehrberger.
Achim L.. to Delmag-Maschinenfabrik Rheinhold Dornfeld Earth
drilling equipment. 3.642.078. CI. 175-71,
Dorr-Oliver Incorporated: See—
Bamebl. August C; Bliem, Franz; and Kus, Ernst R.. 3.642.142.
Dory. Jacques, to Realisations Ultrasoniques. Ultra-sonic flowmeter.
3.641.817. CI. 73-194.
Dougherty. Denis E. Sealing arrangement. 3.642.292. CI. 277-56.
Douzon. Colette A.: See—
Fauran, Claude P.; Raynaud, Guy M.; Gouret, Claude J.; and Dou-
zon, Colette A. ,3,642.806.
Dow Chemical Company, The: See—
Anderson. Richard W.; and Frick. Hughie R . 3.642.753
Faith, Herman Eldridge, and Trepanier. Donald L.. 3.642,789.
Frevel. Ludo K.; and Gilpin, Jo Ann. 3,642.858
Habermann, Clarence E., 3,642,643.
Habermann, Clarence E.; Friedrich, Ralph E.; and Tefertiller, Ben
A, 3,642,894.
Lesinski, Chester A., 3,642,67 1 .
Mayer, Raymond P.; Thompson, Ivan M.; and Zbojniewicz, Walter
P., 3,642,264.
Meeks, Merritt R.; and Gamer, Joseph L., 3,642,756.
Patterson, Gerald D., 3.643.212.
Peterson, Laurence I., and Sauro, Louisa J., 3,642,7 1 7.
Peterson, Laurence I.; and Sauro. Louisa J.. 3,642,860.
Pews, Richard Garth. 3,642.903.
Rogers, William A.. Jr., 3,642,567
Saunders, Frank L.; and Pelletier, Ronald R.. 3,642,676.
Schuetz, James E.; and Shelburg, William D., 3,642,743.
ShceU, David P.; and Steiner, Edwin C , 3,642,879.
Sufford. Owen L.; and Adams, Jack J.. 3,642.949.
Walles, Wilhelm E.. 3.642,704.
Dow Coming Corporation: See —
Hartlage, James V.. 3.642.692.
Matherly, James E., 3,642,685.
Downey, Rogers B.; and Cook. Gerald H.. to Polaroid Corporation.
Motion picture cassette with self-aligning film handling system.
3.642,229, CI. 242-199.
Downey, Rogers B.; and Thomas. Paul W., to Polaroid Corporation.
Motion picture film cassette-processor system. 3,641,896, CI. 95-13.
Downs, Arley L., to Monsanto Company. Method for recovering
vented monomers. 3,642,736. CI. 260-85.5
Doyle, Diane J.: See—
Peyser, Harry A.; and Doyle. Diane J. .3.64 1 ,992.
Dreher, Edward J. Preformed wall section molding apparatus.
3,642,395, CI. 425-109.
Dreher, Karl D.; and Sydansk, Robert D., to Marathon Oil Company.
Inhibiting salt water intrusion into fresh water aquifers. 3,642,067.
CI. 166-275.
Dreibelbis, Richard C; and Turner, Warren E.. to Delta-T-Inc. Means
for storing and dispensing heated liquid and system therefor.
3,642.176, CL 222-146.
Drenten, Richard C, to Honeywell Information Systems Inc., mesne.
Connector for printed wiring boards. 3,643,204, CI. 339-17.
Dresser Industries, Inc.: See—
Bissell, Robert D, 3,641,820.
Driver Southall Limited: See—
Forman, Arthur Walter; and Sitkowski, Mark, 3,642,080.
Droogleever Fortuyn, Koenraad. Apparatus and method to control
damping of movable member in measuring instruments. 3,641,824,
CI. 73-430.
DuBuis, Edwin O.; and Bayer, Carl, Jr., to Mohawk Data Sciences Cor-
poration. Light conducting member for photoelectric code sensor.
3.643,103, CI. 250-227.
Duggins, Ray B.; and Grou. Robert J., to Du Pont de Nemours. E I.,
and Company. Process for forming a stress-free article containing a
depression from a polymer. 3,642.975. CI 264-314
Duhan. Frederick William, to Crown Cork it Seal Company, Inc. Con-
veying apparatus and method. 3,642,1 20, CI. 198-203.
Dumanchin, Roger, to Compagnie Generale de Telegraphic Sans Fil.
Microstrip aerials. 3,643,262. CI. 343-846.
Dumitriu, John. Floating turbine construction. 3,64 1 .762. CI. 60-22.
Dunbar. Clarence Wendell: See—
Hahn. Lynn Harold; and Dunbar. Clarence Wendell. 3.642.447.
Duncan. Robert Louis. Jr.; and Helsley. Grove Cleveland, to Robins.
A. H.. Company, Inc.Indolol 1.2-d|[ l.4]benzodiazepin-6-ones.
3.642.779, CI. 260-239.3
Dunigan. Francis P.. to Federal Pacific Electric Company. Code recog-
nition apparatus and method. 3,643.065. CI. 235-61.7
Dunn. Adam D.: See—
Lyons. Charles R.; Dunn. Adam D . and Wadekamper.
Lcslie.3,64 1.753.
Dunn. Christopher L.: See —
Montagne. Johannes Th. W.. and Dunn, Christopher
L.. 3,642.988.
Dunn. Roger Stanley: See—
Canning. Michael Leo. Dunn. Roger Stanley, and Jeansonne,
Gerald Embry, 3,64 1. 661
Dunning, Robert William; Taylor, Keith Andrew, and Walker, John, to
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Dimerisation of olefins.
3.642.935. CI. 260-683.15
Dunwald. Willi: 5««-
Merten. Rudolf; Dunwald. Willi. and Miclke. Karl-
Heinz.3.642.524,
Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company: See—
Agolini. Franco. 3.642.709.
Carlson. Dana Peter, 3.642,742.
Duggins, Ray B.; and Gross, Roberi J , 3,642,975.
Frazer, August Henry. 3.642.707
Gale. David M. 3,642,859.
Gerow, Clare William, 3,642,569.
Hermes, Matthew Edward, 3,642,681
Hodge, George R.; and Patsis, Angelos V., 3,642,936.
Jayawant, Madhusudan D., 3,642.877.
Langkammerer. Cari M.. 3.642.904.
DuraCraft Boats, inc.: See —
Ward. Milton K. 3.642.320.
Durand. Jacqueline. Photographic light box. 3.643.085. CI. 240-20.
Durand, Pierre, to Societe Anonyme Richier. Device for achieving per-
manent equilibration in tower cranes. 3,642.148. CI. 21 2-48.
Durr. Helmut, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Photographic ap-
paratus with automatic exposure control means. 3,641,888, CI. 95-
10.
Duszka, Stephen. Loading device for trucks. 3,642.1 54, CI. 214-83.24
Duttera. Robert B.; and Macshane. Gordon H, to Teledyne, Inc. Tubu-
lar composite self-shielded arc welding electrodes. 3.643,061. CI.
219-146.
Dwyer. Francis G.. to Mobil Oil Corporation. Production of synthetic
faujasite. 3.642.434. CI. 23-1 13.
Dwyer. John R.. Jr.; and Karasa, Alvydas P., to Black and Decker
Manufacturing Company, The Baffle for electnc lawn mower
3,64 1,749, CI. 56-17.5
Dwyer, Raymond J. Machine for making filled packages. 3,641,736,
CI. 53-180.
Dyna-Therm Corporation: See—
Peterson. Roger L.. 3.642.531.
Dynamit Nobel Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Gawlick. Heinz; Marondel. Gunther; and Umbach. Hans.
3.641.935.
Gawlick, Heinz; and Bendler. Hellmut, 3,64 1 .938.
Dyni. John R.. to United States of America, Interior. Process for ex-
tracting aluminum compounds from Dawsonite and Dawsonitic oil
shale. 3,642,433, CI. 23-52
E-C Corporation: See—
Hashemi. HadiT. 3.641.881
E-Z-Em Company. Inc.: See—
Greene. Franklin R. 3.64 1 .999.
Eastman Kodak Company: See—
Bartles. Edward C; and Matthews. William R.. 3.642.1 3 1 .
Brault, Albert T., and Bissonette. Vernon L., 3.642.478.
Bumets, Donald M.;and Wright,Charles J . 3.642.486.
Dittmar, John H.. 3,642.346.
Fcichtinger, Cari A., 3,642,223.
Heseltine, Donald W.; and Lincoln, Lewis L., 3.642.786.
Knowles, M. B.; and Winebarger, Charies S.. 3.642,722.
Risley, Hugh A; and Goodhue, Charles T, 3,642,581.
Tholstrup, Clarence E.; and Rush. Sarah J.. 3.642,871 .
Van Allan, James A.; De Meyer, Dennis E.; and Allen, Frank D.,
3,642,479.
Williams, Cari J., Jr.; and Knechel, William F., 3.642,482
Eastman, Richard D.: See—
Garman, James A.; Eastman. Richard D.; and Watson. Thomas
A. .3,64 1,662.
Eaton Yale & Towne. Inc.: See—
Atherton, Arden Daniel, 3,643,194.
Eberie, Jeannine A.; Sergant, Micheline Y.; Fauran. Claude P.; and
Huguet, Gerard J., to Dclalande, S. A.I-Dimethylamino-3-methyl-
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
t2(or 4) allioxy-3' (or 5') halognoII-2-phcnyl pentanes. 3,642,898.
CI 260r570 8
Ebcrle, Marcel K.;S«—
Houlihan, William J., and Eberle, Marcel K. 3,642,8 14
Eckert, Frank J : See—
Heller, George L,. Eckert, Frank J.; De Land, Charles L ; and
Dingman. Robert W, 3.642, 446.
Eckert, Rudolf J A.; and Wortel, JOhannes M, to Shell Oil Company
Lubricant compositions. 3,642.633, CI. 252-57,
Economu, Merle A. Linear displacement transducer system.
3,643,198, CI. 338-162.
Eddy, Clifford 0.:5*f—
Barter, James A . Eddy, Clifford O., and Stevens, Henry
C, 3,642,755.
Ede. Ainsley N Trenchless laying of pipe underground 3,641,780, CI
61-72.4
Edgemond, John W, Jr.. to Gulf Oil Corporation. Torque transmitting
joint. 3,642,311, CI. 287-109
Edgerton, John Leslie: See—
Locati, Norman C; and Edgerton, John Leslie.3,641 ,75 1
Edmaier, Franz; Stiefel, Walter; and Merkle, Hans, to Daimler-Benz
Aktiengesellschaft Cooling installation for liquid cooled internal
combustion engine for driving m particular combat-type vehicles.
3,642.062, CI. 165-125
Edmund. James Mitchell, safety ski binding. 3.642,297, CI. 280-1 1 .35
Edo Corporation: See-
Brown, Arthur, and Wong, Thomas W., 3,643,148.
Edson, Robert H.: See—
Sinclair, Alex H.; Kozowyk, Ted; Reynolds, Ralph K ; Ncargarder,
Robert F, and Edson, Robert H, 3,642, 332
Eger. Helmut, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Method of producing m-
tegratcd circuits. 3,642.548, CI I 56-3.
Eggenberger. Ulrich, and Zehnder, Josef, to Gcbruder Buhler AG. Ap-
paratus for controlling operation of a press. 3.642.405, CI 18-30.
Egger, Maurice David: See—
Davidovits, Paul, and Egger, Maurice David, 3, 64 3, 01 5.
Eggert, Joachim: See—
Tronnier, Albrecht; Eggert, Joachim, and Uberhagen,
Fritz.3,642.351.
Eggert, Walter S , Jr , to Boothe Airside Services, Inc. Closure ap-
paratus. 3,641,604, CI 14-71
Egnaczak, Raymond K., to Xerox Corporation. Transfer apparatus.
3,642,364, CI 355-3.
Egnaczak. Raymond K.; and Squassoni.Gino F.. to Xerox Corporation.
Automated imaging machine. 3.642,365, CI. 355-8.
Egolf, David P.; and Campagnuolo, Carl J., to United States of Amer-
ica. Army. Pneumatic frequency comparator and transducer.
3.642.018. CI. 137-81.5
Ehrensaal, Jay, to Swank, Inc. Card ejector case. 3,64 1 ,690, CI. 40-67
Ehrlich. John J.: See—
Roberts, Thomas G.; Ehrlich. John J.; Hutcheson. Guilford J.. Jr .
and Rust. Charles M. 3,642,007
Eig, Merrill, to United States of America, Army. Shingle-wrap liner for
agun barrel. 3,641,870. CI. 89-15.
Eisenhardt. Fred W.. and Ellingson. Hartley N.. to Alloway Manufac-
turing. Inc.. mesne. Clamp. 3.642.333, CI. 306- 1 .5
Ekstrom, Bcrtil Ake: See—
Bamberg, Peter; Ekstrom, Bertil Ake; Sjoberg, Berndt Olof
Harald;and Nathorst-Westfelt, Lars Solve, 3, 642,8 10.
e la Produzione Chimica Formaceutica: See—
Bellasio, Elvio; and MafTii, Giulio. 3.642.792.
Eldred. Nelson Richard: See—
Olhoft, Gary Vernon; Eldred. Nelson Richard; and Koleske,
Joseph Victor,3.642,507.
Electric & Musical Industries Limited: See—
Ingham, William Ellis; Symons, Michael; and Murden, Peter,
3.643.215
Electrolytic Zinft Company of Australasia Limited: See—
Bratt, Geoffrey Charles; and Sinclair, Roderick James. 3,642,467
Electrothermic Co., The: See—
Gill. William G. 3.642,066.
Elkins. Luejene. to Bunker-Ramo Corporation. The. Telephone hand-
set connector. 3.643.205. CI. 339-91 .
Ellico, Patrick, to OToole, Robert J. Rider propelled merry-go-round
3,642.275. CI. 272-33.
Ellingson. Hartley N.: See—
Eisenhardt, Fred W.; and Ellingson, Hartley N, 3,642, 333.
Elliott, Gary L.: See—
Bums, Thomas V.; Catterall, John M.; Elliott, Gary L.; and Fen-
stermaker, Ronald E, 3,643,034.
Ellis. Paul H.; Kibler. Ralph J.; and Kramer, Richard R., to United
States of America, Army. Grenade launcher with pivotally mounted
barrel. 3,64 1, 691. CI. 42-1.
Eloninta, Vaito K., to Polaroid Corporation. Liquid spreader.
3,641. 908. CI. 95-89.
Eloranta, Viato K., to Polaroid Corporation. Exposure control system.
3,641. 889, CI. 95-10.
Emerson, Jerry M .: See—
Clurman, Morton P.; and Emerson, Jerry M., 3,64 1.61 2.
Endo Laboratories Inc.: See—
Pachter, Irwin J., and Schoen, Karl. 3.642,794.
Endow, Kunio, to Mitsumi Electric Company Limited. Slide switch
with rotary spring detent mechanism. 3,643,043, CI. 200-16.
Endres, Horst, Fikentscher. Rolf, Maurer, Walter; Scharf, Emil; and
Soenksen, Uwe, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft. Crosslinked polyamide-imme polymer for papermaking.
3,642,572, CI. 162-164
Energy Conversion Limited: See—
Argent, Edwm John, and Gillespie, Peter J., 3,642,540.
Engel, Christopher M , and Hepner, Charles F., to Zenith Radio Cor-
poration. Luminance signal channel. 3,643.01 1 .CI. 178-5.4
Engel, Wolfhard: See—
Seeger, Ernst, Engel, Wolfhard; Teufel, Helmut; Machleidt, Hans;
Ueberberg, Heinrich; and Ihring. Hanns. 3, 642,801 .
Engelsman. Jan Johannes; and School, Comelis Johannes, to U.S.
Philips Corporation Acid electroplating bath for depositing tin.
3.642.590. CI. 204-54.
Engelsmann. Dieter; Hackenberg. Hubert; Putscher, Johann; and
Strittmatter, Rolf, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Photocell cir-
cuit for providing indications of both available light and flash bulb
readiness 3,643,100, CI 250-214.
Engh, James T.: 5**—
Bean, Donald E., Engh, James T.; Hammer, James R.; SchettI,
Myron D., Tashjian, Harry J., UUmer, Richard J., and Kerr,
John W, 3,642, 197
English Clays Lovering Pochin & Company Limited: See—
Clayton, Thomas George, 3,642,968.
English. William A.: See-
Young. Robert R ; and English, William A..3.643.1 20.
Entner. Ronald S. Navigation satellite system employing time
synchronization 3.643.259. CI. 343-1 1 2.
Erickson. John W : See—
Konrad. Marion G . and Erickson. John W, 3,641, 942.
Eriksson, Sven Axel, to AB Kabi. Test strip packaged-unit. 3,642,450,
CI 23-253.
Ern, Klaus-Jurgen, to Zellweger Ltd Apparatus for measuring limited
flow capacities. 3,64 1 ,8 1 8, CI. 73-226
Ernst, Franz, to Chemie und Filter GmbH, Verfahrenstechnik KG. Ap-
paratus for introducing additives into liquids. 3.642.171, CI. 222-59.
Escursell-Prat, Roberto Mechanism and method for yarn-retrieval
control 3.641.758, CI 57-34
Esser, Alfred G.; See—
Barainsky, Rudolf F , Kiefer, Richard, Pankuweit, Hartmut, and
Esser, Alfred 0,3,642,399.
Essex International, Inc.: See—
Prouty, Robert E , 3,643,193.
Essig. Karl-August: See—
Bockmann, August. Essig. Karl-August, Feltgen. Karlheinz;
Groschel, Herbert, and Rudolph. Hans.3,642.7 1 3.
Esse Research and Engineering Company: See—
Angelo.JakeB, 3,642.202
Canter, Nathan H , 3,642,728.
Cozewith. Charles; and Tomqvist. Erik G. M.. 3,642,758
Flory, John F . Baptist. Colin N. T., Kuhn, Russel C, and Stracke.
Frederick H .3,641,602.
Forster, Eric O, 3,643,054
Fulham, Michael J . Jones, Richard; Webb, Michael; and Hamard,
Jacques, 3,642,934
llnyckyj, Stephan, 3,642.459.
Johnson. Burnett H.. 3.642.932.
Jolley, Gordon B . and Roberts. Durward T. Jr.. 3.642.661.
Kraus, Bernhard J , and Kim, Dae Sik, 3,641,767.
Mac Leod, David M , 3,642,635
Mayer, Ivan, and Perry, Stephen F.. 3.642.609.
Ramsden. Hugh E . 3.642.845
Tegge. Bruce R ; Teiser. William L.; Love, James H.; and Rosen-
baum. Barry M . 3.642,731
Estrada, Manuel Process for curing concrete in situ by means of vapor.
3,642,969. CI 264-82
Etablissements Lachaussee, societe anonyme: S^*—
Lachaussee, Maurice L , and Maigret, Andre D., 3,641,801.
Etablissements Rousselet: See —
Rousselet. Joseph. 3.642.1 36.
Ethyl Corporation: See—
Jackisch. Philip F , Matsui. Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; Komachiya,
Yoshioki. Matsui, Yoshinari, Hara. Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki, 3,642,887
McCarthy, John H ; and Wikman, Andrew C. 3,642,921 .
Mitchell. Lawrence C. 3.642.914.
Phillips. Robert F., 3,642.252.
Shepherd, Lawrence H , Jr , 3,642,825.
Worrel, Calvin J.. 3,642,691 .
Ettelman, David J., to Multi-Amp Corporation. Device for testing the
adequacy of electric toots, extension cords and the like including
energization removal mean to reduce heating. 3,634,157, CI. 324-
73.
Eue, Ludwig: See—
Meiser, Werner; Eue, Ludwig, Hack. Helmuth; Timmler, Helmut;
and Wegler, Richard,3,642,861 .
EUROSICMA-Societa italiana Costruzioni Macchine Automatiche
S.T.\.:See-
Tamagni, Luigi, 3,64 1 ,737.
Evans, Richard A , to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Cargo restraint
mechanism 3,641, 940, CI 105-369.
Everest, David Anthony: See—
Chilton, Henry Thomas Joseph; Everest. David Anthony; and
Sayce, Ian George, 3, 642,453.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 13
Excel Corporation: See—
Furlette, James L; and Stadler, Donald A., 3,642,121.
Ezolt, James J.: See—
Destefan, John F.; Ezolt, James J.; and Benchoff, James Mar-
tin,3 ,64 1.764.
Faber, Guy, to Aktiengesellschaft brown, Boveri & Cie. Process for in-
creasing the stability of protective chromium layers on metal.
3,642,517, CI. 117-71.
Factory Mutual Research Corporation: See—
Livingston, William L., 3,642,072.
Faile, John S.: See—
Bantz, George H.; Faile, John S.; and Peschel, Stanley
G, 3,643, 105.
Fairchild Camera and Instrument Corporation: See—
Rice, Rex; and Smith, William R., 3,643,225.
Smith, William R.; and Rice, Rex, 3,643,227.
Faith, Herman Eldridge; and Trepanier, Donald L., to Dow Chemical
Company, The. Indenol 1 ,2-bl 1 ,4-oxazines. 3.642,789, CI. 260-244.
Falcon bridge Nickel Mines Limited: See—
Van Weert, Gezinus, 3.642,44 1
Fan, George J.; and Greiner, James H., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Three dimensional optical read-only
memory. 3,643,233, CI. 340-173.2
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See—
BartI, Herbert; and Wingler, Frank, 3,642,666.
Bockmann, August; Euig, Karl-August; Feltgen, Karlheinz;
Groschel, Herbert; and Rudolph, Hans, 3,642,713.
Dom, Ludwig; Heinze, Gerhard; and Podschus, Ernst, 3,642,659.
Gehrke, Gunter; and Hederich, Volker, 3,642,425.
Gilch, Heinrich; Darsow, Gerhard; Bottenbruch, Ludwig; Lorenz.
Gunter; Kunzel, Hans Egon; Nischk, Gunther; and Schneli, Her-
mann, 3,642,882.
Hederich, Volker; and Gehrke, Gunter, 3.642,835.
Logemann, Heino; Meckel, Walter; and Muller, Erwin, 3,642,75 1 .
Meiser, Werner; Eue, Ludwig; Hack, Helmuth; Timmler. Helmut;
and Wegler, Richard, 3,642,861 .
Merten, Rudolf; Dunwald. Willi, and Mieike, Kari-Heinz.
3,642,524.
Moritz, Karl-Ludwig; and Taube, Cari, 3,642,769.
Nast, Roland; Oertel, Harald, and Ley, Kurt, 3,642,669.
Raue, Roderich;and Kuhlthau, Hans Peter, 3.642,823.
Schminke, Hans Dieter; Grigat. Ernst; and Putter, Rolf, 3,642,725.
Seng, Florin; and Ley, Kurt, 3,642,796.
Wegner, Peter; Neeff, Rutger; and Kuth, Robert, 3,642,426.
Witt, Harro; Holtschmidt, Hans; and Muller. Erwin. 3.642,866
Farber, Sheldon; and Wright, Arthur John, to National Cash Register
Company, The. Tetrachlorinated chromogenic compounds.
3,642,827, CI. 260-343.3
Farber, Sheldon; and Wright, Arthur John, to National Cash Register
Company. The. Alkyl or halo sul»tituted tetrahalofluorans.
3,642,828, CI. 260-343.3
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengersellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning: See—
Arpc, Hans-Jurgen; and Hornig. Lothar Heinz, 3,642.875.
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &
Bruning: 5«—
Burg. Karlheinz; and Cherdron. Harald. 3.642.940.
Haede. Werner. Stache. Ulrich; Fritsch. Werner; and Radscheit.
Kurt, 3.642,770.
Hafner, Karl-Heinz, 3,642,701
Hornig, Lothar Heinz, 3,642,885.
Kampe, Klaus-Dieter, 3,642,874.
Lowenfeld, Rudolf, and Kosubek, Uwe, 3,642,424.
Ribka, Joachim, 3,642,768.
Ross, Gerhard; Reul, Bernhard; Tillmann, Walter; and Liebenhoff,
Reinhardt. 3.642.393.
Spietschka. Ernst; and Deucker, Walter, 3.642.8 IS.
Wunsch. Erich; and Wendlberger. Gerhard, 3,642,763.
Farley, Holt A., to Kinedyne Corporation. Strap tightening buckle.
3.641. 630. CI. 24-68.
Farr Company: See—
Culbert. Robert M.; and Southworth. Richard V.. 3.641 .744.
Fassett.JamesM.II.Winddirectionindicator 3.64 1. 815, CI. 73-188.
Faulconer, Harry A.: See—
Arnold, Douglas; and Faulconer, Harry A. ,3, 64 1 ,652.
Fauran, Claude P.: See—
Eberle, Jeannine A.; Sergant, Micheline Y.; Fauran, Claude P.;
and Huguet, Gerard J. ,3,642,898.
Fauran, Claude P.; Raynaud, Guy M.; Gouret, Claude J.; and Douzon,
Colette A., to Dclalande S.A. 5-Propargyloxymethyl-2-8ubstituted
oxazolidinones. 3,642,806, CI. 260-295.
Federal Paciflc Electric Company: See—
Dunigan, Francis P.. 3,643,065.
Fehrer, Ernst. Apparatus for manufacturing webs from Tiber material.
3.64 1,628, CI. 19-156.4
Feichtinger, Carl A., to Eastman Kodak Company. Spool. 3,642,223,
CI. 242-71.8
Feja, Josef Heinz; and Landskroner, Karl-Heinz. to Chemische Werke
Huls Aktiengesellschaft. Apparatus for the dissolution of rubber.
3.642.45 1, CI. 23-267.
Feldmuhle Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Genz. Heinz; Berger. Dieter; Seeliger. Horst; and Schmidt, Karl,
3,642,573.
Feldstein, Morris. Crib and subilizing latch apparatus therefor.
3,641. 598. CI. 5-100.
Fellers. John F.; Hinsch, James E.; and McLaughlin, Ernest O , to Ford
Motor Company. Radiation curable vinyl paint containing pendant
unsaturation with intervening ether functionality. 3,642,939, CI.
260-836.
Feltgen. Karlheinz: See—
Bockmann, August; Essig, Kari-August; Feltgen, Karlheinz;
Groschel. Herbert; and Rudolph, Hans. 3,642,71 3.
Felts, Louis: See—
Adler, Imre; Felts, Louis; and Klucheff, Nicholas S..3.642.1 53.
Fenstermaker, Ronald E.: See—
Bums, Thomas V.; Catterall, John M.. Elliott, Gary L.; and Fen-
stermaker. Ronald E. 3.643,034.
Fenton, Donald M. Preparation of cyclohexane-l,4-diones 3,642.905,
CI. 260-590.
Ferchland. Harold W.. to General Motors Corporation. Abrasive
cutting tool. 3,641 ,7 1 8. CI. 5 1 -356
Ferguson, Donald C; Lynch, Frederick W.. and Simons, Gerald F., to
Spcrry Rand Corporation. Automatic control system with pseudo
position feedback and monitor. 3,643, 1 46, CI. 3 18-565.
Ferroglio, Luigino, to Olivetti, Ing., C. & C, S.p.A. Teleprinter ap-
paratus with electronic speed control. 3,643,022, CI. 178-17.
Fertig, Joseph; and Lcderer, Seymour J., to Merck & Co., Inc. Produc-
tion of polyurethanes employing organopolymercurial caulysts.
3,642,044, CI. 260-77.5
Fiat Societa per Azioni: See—
Torazza, Giovanni; and Giaco&a. Dante, 3,641.988.
Fibreboard Corporation: See —
Warwick, Charles Herbert. 3,642,1 19.
Fidos, Henryk: See—
Schreiner, Horst; and Fidos, Henryk, 3,642, 523.
Field, Richard H., to Lasermation, Inc., mesne. Adjustable mirror as-
sembly. 3.642,353, CI. 350-310.
Figge, Irving E. Quasi-isotropic sandwich core. 3,642.566, CI.
Fikentscher, Rolf: See—
Endres, Horst; Fikentscher, Rolf; Maurer, Walter; Scharf, Emil;
and Soenksen, Uwe, 3,642,572.
Finney, Charles N. Picture-ironing board combination. 3.641,947. CI.
108-38.
Firestone Tire A Rubber Company , The: See-
Cheng, Tai Chung; and Halasa. Adel F., 3,642.734.
Georges. Louis W., 3.642,553.
Fisch. Willy: See-
Schmid, Rolf; Lohse, Friedrich; Fisch, Willy; and Batzer,
Hans.3.642,674.
Schmid, Rolf; Lohse. Friedrich; Fisch, Willy; and Batzer.
Hans.3.642.938.
Fischbach, Alfred. Moving mechanism for injection molding machines
or the like. 3,642,407, CI. 425-242.
Fischer, Edgar: See—
Kampe, Klaus-Dieter; and Fischer, Edgar,3,642,956.
Fischer, Othmar, to Intemational Standard Electric Corporation. Elec-
tromagnetic pulse counter. 3,643,1 86, CI. 335-1 19.
Fischer, Willi: 5«*-
Suhl, Gerhard; Spahn, Walter, Fischer, Willi; and Auth,
Franz.3.642.258.
Fischer-Cook. Inc.: See-
Cook, Robert W.; Bissaillon. Edmond J., and Dickinson. Robert
P.. 3.642,032.
Fishback, Alton J.: See —
Calvert. Rodney K.; Viescas. Arthur B.; and Fishback. Alton
J. ,3.642,414.
Fishburne, Francis B. Apparatus for packing loose compressible
material in rectangular containers. 3,641 ,734, CI. 53-124.
Fitch, John L.; and Vogt, Thomas C. Jr., to Mobil Oil Corporation.
Formation fracturing. 3,642,068, CI. 166-307.
Fitzgerlad, Hugh J., to Ocean Pollution Control, Inc , mesne. Floating
oil confining apparatus. 3, 64 1.770. CI. 61-1.
Fives Lille-Cail: See —
De Cremoux, Jacques. 3.642.534.
Flaherty, Robert Brendan, to Bird Machine Company. Adjusuble hard
ceramic underflow outlet for hydrocyclone. 3.642,1 32, CI. 209-21 1.
Flambeau Plastics Corporation: See—
Doman, Donald Wayne, and Sauey, Lawrence Kenneth,
3,642.162.
Flaschar. Heinz: See—
Kramer, Manfred; Raschar, Heinz; and Antonulas.
Georg.3.642.019.
Fleischer, Helen Krohn: See—
Fleischer, Oscar; and Fleischer, Helen Krohn; ex-
ecutrix,3,64 1,696.
Fleischer, Helmut: See—
Zechnall, Richard; Domann, Helmut; Fleischer, Helmut; Christ,
Klaus; and Maisch, Wolfgang.3.642.329.
Reischer. Oscar. Brake mechanism for Tishing reels. 3,642,231, CI.
242-219.
Fleischer, Oscar; and Reischer, Helen Krohn; executrix. Interengaging
roller line guide for fishing rods. 3.64 1 ,696, CI. 43-24.
Fleming, Robert L.: See—
Spandau, Howard D., 3,64 1 ,77 1 .
Reming, Rodney A., to General Electric Company. Rewind and fast
forward mechanism for tape transport. 3,642,230, CI. 242-201 .
Reury, Jacques, to Societe Anonyme Automobiles Citroen. Vehicle
lighting systems. 3,643,082, CI. 240-8.2S
Rex-O-Glass, Inc.: See-
Warp, Harold, 3.642.557.
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Florii, Telemaco: Ste—
Girotti, Pierteona; Floris, Telemaco; and Pecci, Giancar-
lo.3,642,612.
Flory, John F.; Baptist, Colin N. T.; Kuhn, Russel C and Stracke,
Frederick H , to Euo Research and Engineering Company. Single
anchor leg single point mooring system. 3,64 1, 602. CI. 9-8.
Flughafen Franfurt Am Main Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Koennecke, Wolfgang; and Strieker, Reinhold, 3,642.1 58.
Ruor Corporation; See—
Koop, Francis Detrich. Jr.; Johnson, Paul Kingston, and Russell,
Larry Rayner. 3.641,779.
Ruor Ocean Services, Inc.: S**—
Gibson. Robert G.. 3,64 1 ,778
Ruornoy, Norman E.; and McPeak, Earl W., Jr., to Texaco Inc. Oil
burner. 3.642.2 10. CI. 239-407.
Fluoroware of California, Inc.; See-
On, Robert F., and Wyers, Joseph H.. 3,64 1 ,906.
Flynn & Emrich Company; See—
Barland, Laurie, 3,642,187.
FMC Corporation; See-
Brink, Edwin H.; and Palmer, Warren G., 3,642,617.
Krogman, Sunley R, 3,642,207.
Reimers, James; and Johnson, Audrey J., 3,642,1 1 1.
Stewart, Mary J.; and Carlson, Otto K , 3,642,689.
Vande Castle, Jerome J., 3,64 1 ,857.
Fo-Mac Enterprises, Inc.: See—
Fowlkes, George V.; Colhns. Glenn E., and McCormack. Darrell
W, 3,641,962.
FoitI, Verena R.; and Traber, Walter, to Geigy Chemical Corporation
l-Formyl-2-halogeno-azacycloalkenes and process for their produc-
tion. 3,642.776, CI. 260-239.
Foley, David, to Lucas, Joseph, (Industries) Limited. Electrical
switches having improved contact structure. 3. 64 3. 05 1, CI. 200-166.
Folk. Kenneth Foster, to AMP Incorporated. Feeding and inserting ap-
paratus. 3,64 1 .646. CI. 29-203.
Folk. Kenneth Foster, to AMP Incorporated. Machine for assembling a
connecting device to an electrical device. 3,641 ,650, CI. 29-203.
Fomin, Igor Alexandrovich. Lubricator for oiling the contact surfaces
of electrical connector elements of leading in current wires m drill.
3.642,098, CI. 184-14.
Fonti, Louis. Jr.: See-
Graham. Charles P., Fonti. Louis, Jr.; and Martinez. Arnold
M.. 3,642.535.
Food Methods. Inc.: See-
Gibson. Lloyd R, 3,642.496.
Foote Mineral Company; See-
Smith. William Novis. Jr., 3,642.436
Forbes, Alan David, to British Petroleum Company Limited, The
Method of preparing carboxylic acids and their esters from lipid ex-
tracts. 3,642.844. CI. 260-410.9
Ford Motor Company; See-
Fellers, John F.; Hinsch, James E.; and McLaughlin. Ernest O..
3,642,939.
Searles, John J .3.642.014.
Forge. Charles O.; See-
Riddle. John B., Bergh, Amot B.; and Forge, Charles
0,3.643.155
Forman, Arthur Walter; and Sitkowski, Mark, to Driver Southall
Limited. Weighing apparatus. 3,642,080. CI. 1 77-1 10
Forster. Eric O., to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Microwave heating apparatus. 3.643,054. CI. 219-10.55
Fort Howard Paper Company: See-
Schneider. Donald J.. 3.642.502.
Foseco International Limited: See—
Beaney. Peter Austin. 3.642.503.
Fosshag, Wolfgang; See—
Balzau. Gerhard; and Fosshag. Wolfgang.3,642,1 78.
Foster. Edson P. Felting needle. 3.64 1 .636. CI. 28-4.
Foster. Luther M.: See-
Blum. Samuel E., Foster. Luther M.; and Plaskett. Thomas
S. 3.642.443.
Foster Manufacturing Co., Inc.: See-
Cruse. Lee H, 3,642,249
Foster, Richard Gregory, and Joy, David Richard, to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries Limited. Production of polycyclic hydrocarbons.
3.642.923. CI. 260-666
Foster Wheeler Corporation; See-
Hill. William G.; and Stevens, Kenneth, 3,643,059
Fowler, Reginald Henry, to Xerox Corporation. Reciprocating system
for recording assembly. 3,643,263, CI. 346-139.
Fowlkes. George V.. Collins. Glenn E.; and McCormack, Darrell W.. to
Fo-Mac Enterprises, Inc. Steering device for boats. 3,641.962. CI.
114-144.
Frankel. Milton B.; Warner, Michael G.; and Witucki. Edward F.. to
North American Rockwell Corporation. DinitrofluoroalkyI epox-
ides. 3,642.830, CI. 260-348.
Franks, George W . Cylindrical nut and wrench. 3,64 1 ,848, CI. 8 1 - 1 2 1 .
Franz, Henry W., to Kennecott Copper Corporation. Solid electrolyte
probe for determining the oxygen content of molten materials.
3,642,599, CI. 204-195.
Franz Just & Sohne Trodat-Werke: See-
Rudolf, Heribert, 3,641 ,934.
Frazer, August Henry, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company.
Fibers prepared from aromatic polyhydrazides. 3,642,707. CI. 260-
78.
Frazier, Donald Rack 3,642,I46,CI. 21 1-I76.
Frederiksen, Christopher W.: See—
Hawley. Robert L., Frederiksen. Christopher W.; and Hoer. Ralph
A. .3.642,490
Frevel, Ludo K , and Gilpin. Jo Ann, to Dow CHemical Company, The.
Carbonate synthesis from alkylene carbanates. 3,642,858, CI. 260-
463
Frick. Hughie R.: See-
Anderson, Richard W . and Frick, Hughie R. 3.642.753.
Fricker, Ludwig, and Schafer, Manfred, to Daimler-Benz Aktien-
gesellschaft. Four-cycle internal combustion engine. 3,641,986, CI.
123-30.
Fried, John: See—
Windholz, Thomas B., Patchett. Arthur A., and Fried,
John.3,642.841
Friedrich Deckel Prazisions Mechanik & Maschinenbau: See—
Heinelt. Roland, 3,641,710.
Friednch, Ralph E.: See—
Habermann. Clarence E.. Friednch, Ralph E.; and Tefertiller, Ben
A .3.642,894
Friend. Homer C Hydrotherapy apparatus. 3,641 ,996. CI. 128-66.
Fnschman, Arnold Foldable goal structure 3,642.282. CI. 273- 1 27.
Fritsch, Werner: See —
Haedc. Werner. Stache. Ulrich; Fritsch. Werner; and Radscheit.
Kurt.3,642,770
Fritzsche Dodge & Olcott Inc.; See—
Gunther, Roland, 3.642,497.
Frost, Richard H.: See—
Criley, Ronald L , Frost. Richard H., and Shopalovich.
Predrag.3,642,235
Froumajou, Armand, to Automobiles Peugeot and Regie Nationalc des
Usines Renault Arrangement of a fuel tank and a spare wheel on an
automobile vehicles 3,642,296, CI. 280-5.
Fry, David Philip, to British Resin Products Limi'ed. Polymer composi-
tions containing unsaturated polyester, vinyl monomer, polyester
plasticizer, and thermoplastic polymer. 3.642,683. CI. 260-3 1 .6
Fuji Heavy Industries. Ltd.: See—
Takahashi. Mitsuo. 3.642.084
Fuji Photo Film Co , Ltd ; See—
Fukuda.Susumu. 3,641.903.
Hara, Hikoharu, Ohi, Rciichi; Sugiyama. Masatoshi; and Hatano,
Tadao, 3.642,481
Oishi, Yasushi, Yoshida, Yoshinobu, and Sano, Kazuya,
3,642.485
Fujii, Shozo. to Kabushiki Kaisha Fujii Kogyo Muffler 3.642.095. CI.
181-57.
Fujimasu Industries International: See —
Fujimasu. Jiro, 3,642,509.
Fujimasu, Jiro, to Fujimasu Industries International. Hydraulic com-
position. 3.642.509, CI 106-287.
Fujimoto, Hiroshi: See—
Yamamoto. Kiyokazu; Kishimoto, Masaru; Ueno, Susumu; Fu-
jimoto, Hiroshi. Hatamoto, Kazutaka; and Kubota,
Tadashi,3,64I,653
Fujimoto, Sakae. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Self-cocking device for a
camera normally loaded non-perforated film. 3, 64 1. 897, CI. 95-31 .
Fujimoto, Sakae. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Behind the lens leaf
shutter mechanism for use with a single lens reflex camera.
3,64 1, 901. CI 95-42
Fujimoto. Yasuo, to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Schiff
bases of pyndoxal 3.642,782. CI. 260-240.
Fujimura, Hajime, Tanaka, Tadasu. lijima, Ikuo, Miyazaki, Michihio;
and Masaki, Masao. to Tanabe Seivaku Co., Ltd.Furo[2,3-bJquin-
oline compounds 3,642,802, CI 260-289.
Fujimura, Hiroshi: See—
Kashiwa, Norio, Tokuzumi, Tadaichi; and Fujimura,
Hiroshi,3,642,746.
Fujio. Masaaki. Method of packaging packs or articles with a heat-
shrinking material. 3,641 .732. CI. 53-14.
FujiU.Teizo Relay socket. 3,643.2I0.CI. 339-192.
Fujitsu Limited: See-
Sasaki, Hiroshi, Maruyama. Tatsuo; Kanzaki. Hisao; Sakamoto,
Yasuhiko, and Yasoshima. Nobuyuki. 3.643,031 .
Fukasawa, Kenichiro: See-
Suzuki, Yoshiaki, Yamura, Akira; and Fukasawa,
Kenichiro,3.642.834
Fukuda, Susumu, to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Exposure control device
for flash light equipped camera. 3,641, 903, CI. 95-64.
Fukushima.Osamu; See-
Sato, Masamichi; and Fukushima, Osamu,3,642,47 1 .
Fulham, Michael J ; Jones, Richard; Webb, Michael; and Hamard,
Jacques, to Esso Research and Engineering Company. Heptene
recovery process. 3.642.934, CI. 260-683.15
Fuller, Francis M.: See—
Godley. Augustus P.. Fuller, Francis M.; Houk. Charles R.; Hol-
land. Henry A. Nelson; and Gendron, George J. ,3,64 1, 775.
Functional Systems Corporation: See—
Keesling.ClifTordE, 3,641,854.
Funk, Buford H, Jr. Optical alignment system. 3,641,675, CI. 33-46.
Furbeck, Warren R.; See-
Lee, Charles Allen; Furbeck. Warren R.; Bartley, Thomas S.; and
Beaty. Jeremy. 3.64 1 ,627.
Furlette, James L.; and Stadler. Donald A., to Excel Corporation. Con-
veyor mechanism. 3.642.121. CI. 198-219.
Hi '■'■■
'.'ft ,'
Furniss. William R.; and Verga. Dominick, to Milprint. Inc. Lock con-
struction for storage box 3,642.102, CI 190-48.
Furst, Andor; Muller, Marcel; and Muller, Peter, to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc. 19-Homo-steroids. 3.642.839. CI 260-396.4
Furst. Stefan, to Reinen. Walter. Unwinding device for filamentary
material. 3,642,21 8. CI. 242-36.
Furue, Toshiyuki; See—
Nitta, Yoshihiro; Ikeda, Yoshiaki; Furue, Toshiyuki; and Shimizu,
Takeshi.3,642,798.
Furukawa Electric Company Limited, The; See—
Sekiguchi, Hideo; and Sadamitsu, Kazuo, 3,642,708.
Furuta, Taizo; Ottuka, Yuichi; and Mizukawa, Kiyoshi, to Daito
Boshoku Kabushiki Kaisha, a/k/a Daito Woolemspinning & Weaving
Co., Ltd. Wool-washing waste-liquid treatment apparatus.
3,642. 137. CI. 210-152.
Gaarder. Kenneth R.; and Leaf. William B.. to Prototypes. Inc. Non-
linear electromyograph. 3.64 1.993, CI. 128-2.1
Gale. David M.. to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company. Prepara-
tion of mono-and dichlorocycio- butanecarbonitriles by cycloaddi-
tion of vinyl chloride and an acrylonitrile. 3,642,859, CI. 260-464.
Galinke, Joachim: See—
Wegemund, Bernd; and Galinke, Joachim. 3.642. 750.
Gano. Barclay P.: See-
Marsh, Henry N.. Jr.; and Gano. Barclay P. .3.642.560.
Garagnon, Gary B.: See-
Clark. Harold V.; and Garagnon, Gary B. 3, 643. 01 2.
Garcia. George E. Releasable tow line connector device for ski-bob.
3.642.299. CI. 280-16.
Gardel. Robert; and Gorsky. Egon, to Mattel. Inc. Doll with leg kick
action. 3.64 1 ,702. CI. 46-1 20.
Garman, James A.; Eastman. Richard D., and Watson, Thomas A., to
Caterpillar Tractor Company. Method of installing a track chain.
3,641. 662, CI. 29-428.
Garms, Fredrick L. Rubber printing blankets and process for removing
and cleaning glazes therefrom. 3.642,537, CI. 134-28.
Garner. Joseph L.; See—
Meeks, Merritt R.; and Garner. Joseph L.. 3,642. 756.
Garrett Corporation. The: See-
Silver, Alexander, 3.642.33 1 .
Garrett, William R.; See—
Woodridge, David D.; Kitchel, Joseph Clyde, and Garrett, William
R.,3,641,982.
Garwin,Leo:iee—
Roach,./ack W.; and Garwin. Leo.3.642.608.
Gas Council, The; See-
Thompson, Brian Hoyle, 3,642.460.
Gasaway, Glen P.; and Holbrook, Thomas Render, to Johnson & John-
son. Carpet backing. 3,642,5 1 6, CI. 1 1 7-65.2
Gass, Hans; and Hintermann. Hans Erich, to Laboratoire Suisse de
Recherches Horlogeres. Method for producing hard coatings on a
surface. 3.642,522, CI. 1 17-106.
Gass, Sadie. Drapery hanger for pinch pleat drapery. 3,64 1 ,63 1 , CI. 24-
84.
Gates Radio Company: See—
Swanson, Hilmer I., 3,643,161.
Gaudiano, Anthony V.; See—
Banjavich, Mark P.; Morrissey. George R.. and Gaudiano,
Anthony V.,3.641,777.
Gauri, Kailash Kumar, to Robugen G.m.b.H.5-Benzyl-(2'-desox-
yribosyl) uracil compounds, compositions containing same, and
process of making and using same. 3.642, 77 1. CI. 260-21 1.5
Gautier. Pieter A.; and Verbrugge. Herman, to Shell Oil Company.
Controlling molecular weight in lactone polymerization. 3,642,716,
CI. 260-78.3
Gavallet, Andre F. Adjustable toilet cupboard with lighting equipment.
3,643,080,01.240-4.1
Gavrias, Royce S.: See—
Allen, Eugene S.; and Gavrias, Royce S., 3,642,435.
Gawlick, Heinz; and Bendler, Hellmut, to Dynamit Nobel Aktien-
gesellschaft. Percussion or vibration fuze for explosive charge.
3,641,938, CI. 102-70.2
Gawlick, Heinz; Marondel, Gunther; and Umbach, Hans, to Dynamit
Nobel Aktiengeiellschaft. Pressure cartridge containing solid fuel
propellant charge. 3,641,935. CI. 102-39.
Gazuit, Georges. Machines for removing surface cracks and flaws from
rough steel producU. 3,64 1 ,709, CI. 51-34.
G. D. Societa In Accomandita Semplice di Enzo E Ariosto Seragnoli:
See-
Seragnoli, Ariosto, 3,642,1 12.
Gearhart-Owen Industries, Inc.: See—
Rosenthal, Wayne O., 3,642,064.
Gebruder Buhler AG: See—
Eggenberger, Ulrich; and Zehnder, Josef, 3,642,405.
Geffe, Philip R.. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Three amplifi-
er gyrator. 3.643.1 83, CI. 333-80.
Gehm, Robert; Kastning, Emst-Guenther, deceased (by Kastning,
Marie-Louise Hermine, heiress-at-law, and legal represenUtive of
minor heirs); and Schneider, Kurt, to Badische Anilin- A Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengetellichaft. Process for the production of polyether*
of high molecular weight. 3,642,665, CI. 260-2.
Gehrke, Gunter: See—
Hederich, Volker; and Gehrke, Gunter,3,642,835.
Gehrke, Gunter; and Hederich. Volker, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Process for the continuous dyeing of synthetic fibre
materials with anthraquinone dyestuffs and mixtures thereof.
3.642,425, CI. 8-25.
Geigy Chemical Corporation; See— f~
FoitI, Verena R.; and Traber, Walter, 3,642.776. ;
Randell. Donald R. 3.642.629 ''
Geigy.J R. AGSee-
Bossard. Werner. 3.642.766.
Geil. Walter Remscheid-Lennep; See—
Schippers. Heinz; Geil. Walter Remscheid-Lennep, Albrecht,
Gerd; and Jung. Reinhold. 3. 642. 397.
Geil. Walter, to Banner Maschinenfabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Gas
ejecting device for cooling extruded tubing. 3,642,394, CI. 425-72.
Genbauffe, Francis S., to Robertshaw Controls Company. Flame
sensing bulb construction. 3,642,200, CI. 236-15.
Gendron, George J.: See—
Godley, Augustus P.; Fuller, Francis M.. Houk. Charles R.; Hol-
land. Henry A. Nelson; and Gendron, George J. ,3. 64 1,775.
General Electric Company: See—
Berger. Abe. 3,642,855.
Cooper. Glenn D.;and Bennett. James G. 3.642.699.
Fleming. Rodney A.. 3.642.230.
Guth. Lauren W.. 3,642.208
Lukens, Alan Franck. 3.643.1 19
Minnich. Stephen H, 3,643.002
Osteen. Mitchell M.; and Grindle, James L . 3.643.088.
Rich. Joseph A. 3,643.047.
Ross. Earl Warren; and Mc Henry. Howard Thomas. 3.642.469.
Selin, Terry G, 3,642.694
Sheldon, Gary S., 3,642,597.
Tuft. Bernard R.. 3,643.1 36.
Uehling, Donald E., 3.641.766.
Whitten. James Robert, 3.643.1 73.
Zimmer. John S.. 3.643.185.
General Electric Company Limited. The: See —
Smithers. Ronald. 3.643.033
General Fire Extinguisher Corporation: See—
Utesch. George A.. Jr.. 3.642.07 1
General Fireproofing Company, The: See—
Hage.CariH. 3,641.620.
Textoris. Melvin A.. 3,642,244.
General Mills. Inc.: See-
Anker, Charles A., 3,642,498.
General Motors Corporation; See—
Borman. August H.; Green. Lawrence E.; and Wonn. Quinby E..
3,642,107.
Cole, Edward N, 3,641.763.
Dean. Ralph. Jr., 3,641,837.
Ferchland. Harold W.. 3.64 1 ,7 1 8
Hanson. Charles G; and Harland. Glen E.Jr ,3,643,153
Heckendorf, Howard A.; and Voorhies, Donald A., 3,64 1 ,826.
Hewko, Lubomyr O.. 3,64 1 ,842.
Hill. David C. 3,641.989.
Irish. Fred J.; and McLean. Robert F.. 3.642.303.
Koivunen. Erkki A.. 3,642,097.
Little, Sheldon G., 3,643,087.
Marsh, Lawrence C, 3,643.1 29.
Swindlehurst, Carl P., 3.642,3 17.
Tchejeyan, Sarkis K.; and Repinski, James A., 3,642,343.
Travis, William H. 3,642.100.
Webbere. Fred J.; and Williams. Roberi G.. 3.642.058.
Week. Nils P.; and Stevenson. Paul D.. 3.64 1 .879.
General Nuclear. Inc.: See-
Jeffries. Luther R., Jr.; and Thompson. Charie* F.. 3,643,096.
General Refractories Company: See—
Bakker, Wate ThewU, 3,642.505.
General Tire & Rubber Company, The: See—
Hipther, Gary L., 3,642,268.
Genz, Heinz; Berger, Dieter. Seeliger. Horst; and Schmidt. Karl, to
Feldmuhle Aktiengesellschaft. Wet proceu apparatus for making
non-woven fabrics. 3,642,573, CI. 162-31 1.
Georges, Louis W., to Firestone Tire & Rubber Company. The. Bond-
ing cords with blocked isocyanates. 3,642.553, CI. 1 56-308.
Georgetown University: See-
Gregory, William D.; and Leopold. Lutz. 3.643,1 76.
Georgii. Benedikt; See—
Naarmann, Herbert; and Georgii. Benedikt, 3.642,687.
Gepipari Technologiai Intezet; See—
Nemeth, Jozef; and Csovak, Emo. 3,642.186.
Gerbasi, Dennis P.; and Donohue, James M., to Xerox Corporation.
Toner reclaiming system. 3,641, 979, CI. 1 18-637.
Gerhardt, Wolfgang: See-
Brenner. Lutz; and Gerhardt. Wolfgang,3,641 ,637.
Gerlach, Albrecht; and Burth. Rolf-Dieter, to ITT Industries, Inc.
Monitoring method for blinking lamps and their failure. 3,643,246,
CI. 340-251.
Gerow, Clare William, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company.
Laminar structures of polyimides. 3.642,369, CI. 161-189.
Gersten, Harold. Recreational rope-type articte. 3,642,277, CI. 272-
60.
Gerwitz, David L.: See-
Adams, John S., Jr.; and Gerwia, David L.. 3,642,895.
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Getchell, Nel»on F.; Berch, Julian; and Hollies, Norman R.S., to Cot-
ton. Incorporated. Vapor phaie re«in Tixation process for cellulosic
material permitting subsequent cure. 3,642,428, CI 8-1 16.3
Geurts, Cletus J. Semi-mounted plow and colter. 3,642,073, CI. 172-
140.
GeurU, Cletus J. Earth working implement. 3,642,074, CI. 172-26.
Gevaert-Agfa N v.: See—
Aelterman , Marcel Frans, and Stievenart, Em ile Frans, 3 ,64 1 ,9 1 1 .
Hellemans, Albert Joseph, 3,642,22 1
Poet, Albert Lucien, and Delzenne, Gerard Albert, 3,642,484.
Tavemier, Bernard Hippolict; De Meyer, Alfons Jozef; and Van-
heertum, Johannes Josephus, 3,642,470.
Verelst, Johan Lodewijk, and Reyniers. Albert August, 3,642,474.
Vrancken, Marcel Nicolas; and Claeys, Daniel Alois, 3.642,475.
Vrancken. Marcel Nicolas. 3.642,480.
Gheen. Lyndle G.; and Daniels, Paul J., to Pierce, R. H. Manufacturing
Company Canted seal irrigation coupling. 3,642.306. CI. 285-5.
Ghilardi. Guiliana: See—
Kalopissi, Gregoire; Abegg, Jean-Louis; Ghilardi, Guiliana; and de
Beaulieu, Henri Philippe. 3.642,429.
Ghose. Tarun K., to United Sutes of America, Army. Enzymatic
saccharification of cellulose. 3,642.580. CI. 195-33.
Giacopelli, Umberto. Anodic assembly for electrolysis cells. 3.642.604,
CI. 204-286.
Giacosa, Dante: See—
Torazza, Giovanni; and Giacosa, Dante, 3,64 1 ,988.
Gibbs, James W.; and Gibbs, John L Pipe cutting apparatus
3.641,851, CI. 82-73.
Gibbs, John L.: See—
Gibbs, James W; and Gibbs, John L.,3,64 1 .85 1
Gibson. Lloyd R.. to Food Methods. Inc. Method of making a bacon
conUining food product. 3.642.496. CI. 99-107.
Gibson. Robert G.. to Fluor Ocean Services, Inc. Apparatus for divert-
ing a pipeline. 3, 64 1.778. CI. 61-72.1
Gifford.JohnC.:S**—
Stuebc. Thomas D.; Lenk. Pedro A.; and Gifford. John
C.,3,643,229.
Gilbreath, Dennis R.. to United Aircraft Corporation. Function genera-
tor. 3,643, 107, CI. 307-229
Gilch. Heinrich; Darsow. Gerhard, Bottenbruch, Ludwig, Lorenz.
Gunter; Kunzel, Hans Egon, Nischk, Gunther; and Schnell. Her-
mann, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the
production of nitroarylether- monocarboxylic acids and their esters.
3.642,882, CI. 260-520.
Gill, William G., to Electrothermic Co., The. Electrical method and ap-
paratus for the recovery of oil. 3,642,066, CI. 166-248.
Gillespie. Peter J.: See—
Argent. Edwin John; and Gillespie. Peter J. .3 .642.540.
Gillette Company. The: See—
Wilson. Warren Thomas. 3.642.401 .
Gilpin. Jo Ann: See—
Frevel, Ludo K.; and Gilpin, Jo Ann, 3,642, 858.
Ginsburgh, Irwin; and Runes, Eugene, to Standard Oil Company (Indi-
ana). Automatic fueling system for automobiles. 3.642.036. CI 141-
94.
Girotti, Pierleona; Floris, Telemaco; and Pecci, Giancarlo. to SNAM
Progetti S.p.A. Process for the caUlytic hydrogenation of hydrocar-
bons for the production of high viscosity index lubricating oils.
3.642,6 12, CI. 208-89.
Gisier, Henry; and Portnoy. Seymour, to United States of America.
Army. Substituted bithiophenes. 3.642.63 1 . CI. 252-48.4
GlanzstofrAG:5M—
Heinen. Peter; Guthmann. Hans; and Gossens, Peter. 3.641.755.
Glaser. Jules, to Migros-Genossenschafts-Bund. Packing for a number
of similar articles. 3,642.1 90. CI. 229-28.
Glickman, Richard B.. to Berkey Colortran Mfg., Inc. High efficiency
adjusUble luminaire. 3,643.079, CI. 240-3.
GlinU, Georgia E. Hair dryer with removable lay on resilient cushion
3,64 1. 682, CI. 34-99.
Glithro, Phillip, to Proctor, E. W., Limited. Frying ranges. 3,641.925,
CI. 99-416.
Globe Rubber Products Corporation: See—
Harvey. Wilfred G., Sr. 3,642.336.
Gnaedinger, John P.: See—
Gnaedinger, Robert J., Jr.; and Gnaedinger, John P., 3.64 1 ,8 1 1
Gnaedinger, Robert J., Jr., and Gnaedinger, John P. Method and ap-
paratus for determining structural characteristics. 3.64 1 ,8 1 1 , CI. 73-
69.
Godley, Augustus P.; Fuller, Francis M.; Houk, Charles R.; Holland,
Henry A. Nelson, and Gendron, George J., to Raymond Interna-
tional Inc. Installation of sand drains. 3,64 1,775. CI. 61-63.
GoettI, Adam D. Above-ground swimming pool construction.
3,64 1,593, CI. 4-172.19
Goldberg, Lawrence H., to United SUtes of America, Army. Digital in-
formation receiver. 3,643,027, CI. 178-88.
Golden Wonder Limited: See—
Westwood, Alan S.; and Carmichael, Donald, 3,642,128.
Goldner, Richard. Extensible panel structure. 3,642.051, CI. 160-197
Golttein, Jean, to Solvay A Cie. Procedure for the polymerization and
copolymerization of vinyl chloride. 3,642,745, CI. 260-87.5
Goodhue, Charles T,: See—
Risley, Hugh A.; and Goodhue, Charles T.,3,642,58 1 .
Goodrich, B. F., Company, The: See—
Morrissey, Richard T.; and Heu, Nelson C, 3,642,966.
Zeffer. Arthur A ; and Weaver. Harry R.. 3,642,291.
Gorike. Rudolf, to Akustische u. Kino-Gerate Gesellschaft m.b.H.
Decorative arrangement for microphone assemblies. 3.642,558, CI.
161-5
Gorring. Robert L.. to Mobil Oil Corporation. Growing hydrocarbon-
utilizing microorganisms. 3.642.577, CI. 195-28.
Gorsky. Egon: See—
Gardel. Robert, and Gorsky, Egon, 3.64 1 .702
Gosling. Raymond George, and King. David Henry. Turbulence
sensing blood Howmeter. 3.641 .994, CI. 128-2.05
Gossens. Peter; See—
Heinen. Peter. Guthmann, Hans; and Gossens, Peter, 3 ,64 1,753.
Goto, Hiroshi: See—
Matsushima, Hiroshi; Arimura, Ichiro; Goto, Hiroshi; and Nakao,
Yoshikadzu,3.643.1Sl
Gotshall, William W Method of coating Tinely ground carbon with oils.
3,642.512. CI 106-307
Gouldcn, Peter Derrick, to M&T ProducU of Canada Limited. Produc-
tion of anhydrous stannic chloride from aqueous solution.
3,642.647, CI 252-182
Gouret. Claude J.; See—
Fauran, Claude P.. Raynaud. Guy M; Gouret, Claude J.; and Dou-
zon.Colette A .3.642.806
Grabowski, Thomas S . to Borg-Warner Corporation. Graft copolymcr-
polycarbonate-polysulfonc blends. 3.642.946. CI. 260-873.
Grace.W R ,&Co Sff-
Brent. John T . Jr . and Page, Jack S . 3,642.456.
Woodard. Dudley Gibson, 3.642.735
Graham. Charles P . Fonti. Louis. Jr.. and Martinez, Arnold M., to
American Sugar Company Tabletting sugar, method of preparing
and compositions containing same. 3,642,535, CI. 127-29.
Grain Processing Corporation; S<*—
Johnson. Gerald Frederick. 3.642,125.
Grasselli. Robert K . and Hardman, Harley F., to Sundard Oil Com-
pany, The (Ohio) Process for the manufacture of isoprene from
isoamylenes and methyl butanols and caUlyst therefor. 3,642,930,
CI 260-680
Gratz, Josef, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Slide switch with improved
resilient, self biasing contact 3.643.042. CI. 200-16.
Graybill. Howard W , to l-T-E Imperial Corporation. Transformer ter-
mination for metal-enclosed, compressed-gas-insulated electrical
conductors 3.643.003. CI 174-18
Grayson. Richard Davis, to International Telephone and Telegraph
Corporation Range control system. 3, 64 1,968, CI. 1 16-133.
Greco. Carl C ; See—
Mirviss. Stanley B . Greco. Carl C . and Stamm. Walter.3,642,890
Greeley, Anthony P , to Houdaille Industries, inc. Viscous torsional
vibrationdampers 3,64 1, 839, CI 74-574.
Green. Harold A. to Air Products and Chemicals. Inc. Epoxy resin cur-
ing with imidazole alkyl acid phosphate salt catalyst. 3,642,698, CI.
260-47.
Green, Harold A ; and Petrella, Robert G., to Air Products and Chemi-
cals. Inc Low temperature tertiary amine accelerators. 3.642.649.
CI 252-182.
Green. Joseph, to Wolverine Toy Company, Inc. Routing game with
peripheral catching members. 3,642, 28 1, CI. 273-1 10.
Green, Lawrence E.; 5^*—
Borman. August H ; Green. Lawrence E.; and Wonn. Quinby
E. 3.642. 107
Green. William S ; See—
Chapman. Duane K.; Green. William S.; and Newman, John
W .3.642.926
Greenaway. David Leslie, and Russell. John Patrick, to RCA Corpora-
tion Holographic identification system. 3,643,216, CI. 340-146.3
Greenberg. Jacob, and WhiUker, Douglas C, to Anti-Pollution
Systems, Inc Treatment of sewage and other conuminated liquids
with recovery of water by distillation and oxidation. 3,642,583, CI.
203-11
Greene. Charles W . to Deering Milliken Research Corporation. Vul-
canizing rubber covered wire. 3.642.5 32. CI. 1 17-233.
Greene. Franklin R.. to E-Z-Em Company, Inc. Stand-up container
adapted for the administration of enemas. 3,641,999, CI. 128-227.
Greene. Richard M.; See—
Blank. Hans G.. and Greene. Richard M., 3.643,253.
Greenhalgh. Colin William, and Newton, David Francis, to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited. Anthraquinone compounds.
3,642,837, CI. 260-381.
Greenwald, Richard B.; See—
Shen, Tsung-Ying, and Greenwald, Richard B., 3,642,785.
Shen, Tsung-Ying, Greenwald, Richard; Witzel, Bruce E.; and
Walford. Gordon L ,3,642,997.
Greer, Albert H Soluble quaternized condensation products of
epihalohydrins and polyamines. 3,642,663, CI. 252-5(X).
Gregory, William D ; and Leopold, Lutz, to Georgetown University.
Superconductor electro-magnetic radiation device. 3,643,176, CI.
331-94 5
Greiner, James H.: See—
Fan, George J., and Greiner, James H., 3,643.233.
Greiner. Leonard. Heating and cooling unit. 3,642,059, CI. 165-2.
Gresens, Stanley T.: S«—
Mills, Thomas C; and Gresens, Sunley T.,3,64 1 ,91 2.
Grewcock, Sidney B.; and Cooper, Alan A., to Barber & Nichotit
Limited. Circular knitting machines. 3,64 1, 790, CI. 66-140.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Griehl, Wolfgang; and Herion, Dieter, to Inventa AG. fur Forschung
und Patentvertung. Heat stabilization of polyamide Tibers. bristles
and foils. 3.642.97 1 , CI. 264- 1 36
Grigat, Ernst; See—
Schminke. Hans Dieter; Grigat, Ernst; and Putter, Rolf,3,642,725.
Griggs, John O., Jr.; Radchffe, Arthur J., Jr ; and Matouka, Michael F.,
to Burroughs Corporation. Electronic printing digital calculator.
3,643,077, CI. 235-160.
Grindle, James L.: See—
Osteen, Mitchell M.; and Grindle, James L, 3.643.088.
Grisell, Richard T., to Polypac, Inc. Method of packaging. 3,641 ,725,
CI. 53-14.
Groat, Craig R.; and Happold. Manfred R.. to Link Engineering Com-
pany. Static torque testing device. 3.641.81 3, CI. 73-121.
Grobner. Wayne W., to Johnson & Johnson. Laminated fabric having
different properties in different directions. 3,642,561, CI. 161-50.
Grolet, Pierre: See—
Chevalier, Andre; Grolet. Pierre; and Reynard, Remi, 3,641 ,658.
Gropper, Hans; Mietzner, Franz Georg; and Urban, Friedrich, to
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Production of
ethylene homopolymers or copolymers with 2-hydroperoxy-2-
isopropylphenylpropane. 3,642,747, CI. 260-88.2
Groschel, Herbert: See—
Bockmann, August, Essig, Karl-August; Feltgen, Karlheinz;
Groschel, Herbert; and Rudolph, Hans,3,642,7 13.
Gross. Robert J.: See—
Duggins, Ray B., and Gross, Robert J. ,3,642,975.
Grote. Herbert E., and Henry, Wilbur G., to Procter & Gamble Com-
pany, The. Stable dry cleaning compositions. 3,642,644, CI. 252-
153.
Grove Manufacturing Company: See—
Destefan, John F., Ezolt, James J., and Benchoff, James Martin,
3.641,764.
Grundig, Heinz Georg, to International Standard Electric Corporation.
Crossbar switch with prestressed mobile contact spring and perpen-
dicular Tirst and second shifting means. 3,643,053, CI. 200-176.
Grundschober, Friedrich: See—
Sambeth. Joerg; and Grundschober. Friedrich. 3, 642, 7 12.
GTE Laboratories Incorporated: See —
Blank, Hans G., and Greene, Richard M.. 3,643,253.
Guehler, Paul F.; and Neumayer, John Joseph, to Minnesota Mining
and Manufacturing Company. Analytical reagent and method for
carbohydrate analysis in body fluids. 3.642.444, CI. 23-230.
Guglielmetti, Leonardo: See—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder, Erwin, and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo, 3, 642, 783.
Gujer, Hans. Circulating device for loose materials, especially aerobic
decomposing organic waste materials. 3,642,255, CI. 259-183.
Gulf Oil Corporation: See—
Edgemond, John W., Jr., 3,642,31 1
Howland, John W.; and Rosso, Juan C , 3.642,624.
Gulf Research & Development Company: See—
Heilman, William J., 3,642.726.
Gullotti, Damian V.: See—
Sperry, Philip R.; and Gullotti. Damian V, 3,642,542.
Gulton Industries, Inc.: See—
Seiger, Harvey N.; and Dagnall. Robert J., 3.642.600
Gundlach, Robert W.; Lot, Leon C; and Snelling, Christopher, to
Xerox Corporation. Photoelectrophoretic imaging method and ap-
paratus. 3,642,598, CI. 204-181 I
Gunther, Roland, to Fritzsche Dodge & Olcott inc. Flavoring compksi-
tions produced by reacting hydrogen sulfide with a pentose.
3,642.497, CI. 99-140.
Gutermann, Traugott: See—
Diehl, Edmund; and Gutermann, Traugott, 3, 642,266.
Guth, Lauren W., to General Electric Company. Washer with self-
reversing spray arm assembly. 3,642,208, CI. 239-255.
Guthke,Harald: See-
Beck, FriU; Guthke, Harald; and Leitner, Hans,3,642,592.
Guthmann, Hans: See—
Heinen, Peter; Guthmann, Hans; and Gossens, Peter,3,64 1 ,755.
Gutman, Arnold D., to Stauffer Chemical Company. Dithiocarbam-
ylacetoneoxime carbamates. 3,642,856, CI. 260-455.
Haber, Arno. Ceramic ware deburring machine and dressing heads.
3.64I.99I,CI. 125-10.
Habermann, Clarence E., to Dow Chemical Company, The. Regenera-
tion of copper oxide and copper chromite catalysts. 3,642,643, CI.
252-412.
Habermann, Clarence E.; Friedrich, Ralph E.; and Tefertiller, Ben A.,
to Dow Chemical Company, The. CaUlysU for the hydration of
nitriles to amides. 3,642,894, CI. 260-561 .
Hachtel, Wilhelm. Device for connecting curtain rails end to end.
3,641,622. CI. 16-95.
Hack, Helmuth: See—
Meiser, Werner; Eue, Ludwig; Hack, Helmuth; Timmler, Helmut;
and Wegler, Richard,3.642,86l .
Hackenberg, Hubert: See—
Engelsmann, Dieter; Hackenberg, Hubert; Putscher, Johann; and
Strittmatter, Rolf,3,643,100.
Haede, Werner; Sttche, Ulrich; Fritsch, Werner; and Radscheit, Kurt,
to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meitter Lucius &
Bruning. Steroid glycosides and process for preparing them.
3,642.770, CI. 260-210.5
Haeff, Andrew V., to TRW Inc. Plasma conuinment device.
3,643, 123. CI. 313-162.
Hafner, Karl-Heinz, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Copolymers of trioxane and proceu for
their manufacture. 3,642.701 . CI. 260-67.
Hage, Carl H.. to General Fireproofing Company, The. Furniture glide.
3,641,620, CI. 16-19.
Hagitani, Akira; and Morita, Yoshishige, to Daicel Ltd., and Nippon
Plawder Co. Method of making porous bodies 3.642.970. CI. 264-
122.
Hagiwara. HikoichiHagiwara. Reiko): See—
Sakai, Michihiko; Kato. Masayuki; Hagiwara. Hikoichi; and
Sazuo. Konishi,3,642.900.
Hahn. Burkhard J.; Reise. Rolf M E.; and Raschka. Walter R.. to Salz-
detfurth. A.G. Process for recovering low-sulfate bischoffite
3,642,455, CI. 23-304.
Hahn, Erwin; and Wippel. Hans Guenter, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Water-insoluble disperse monoazo dyes.
3,642,767, CI. 260-158.
Hahn, Lynn Harold; and Dunbar. Clarence Wendell Bromine purifica-
tion process by addition of steam to the vapor phase. 3.642.447. CI.
23-218.
Hahn, Robert S.; and St. Andre. Arthur F., to Heald Machine Com-
pany. The. Boring bar. 3.642,378. CI. 408-1 43.
Haid. Erich, and Weimann, Gunter. to Qoehringer Mannehim GmbH.
Process for preparing S-adenosyl homocysteine. 3.642.772, CI. 260-
211.5
Hakanson, Nils L.. to Plastic Coating Corporation. The. Toner unit for
photoelectrostatic reproduction. 3,64 1.969. CI. 1 18-3.
Halasa, Adel F.: See-
Cheng, Tai Chung, and Halasa, Adel F, 3.642.734.
Halberschmidt. Friedrich; and Overath, Albrecht, to Compagnie de
Saint-Gobain. Apparatus for grinding glass. 3.641.71 I, CI 51-100.
Halkema, Maarten. Thermostatic mixer for hot and cold liquids
3,642, 199, CI. 236-12.
Hall, George Ernest Herbert, to Sheepbndge Stokes Limited. Cylinder
liner. 3,641,882, CI. 92-171.
Hallauer, Walter, to Swiss Aluminium Ltd. Securing device. 3,64 1 ,728,
CI. 52-498.
Hallman, Robert W.: See—
Teeg, Robert O.; and Hallman, Robert W. 3,642,432
Halvorsen, Ivar N.; and Marshall, George E.. to Xerox Corporation
Removable platen cover. 3.642.376. CI. 355-1 28
Hamard, Jacques: See—
Fulham. Michael J.; Jones, Richard, Webb, Michael, and Hamard,
Jacques,3,642,934.
Hamel, Jon J.: See—
Johnson, Wesley R.; and Hamel. Jon J. ,3.643,243
Hamersma. Joseph Warren, to Atlantic Richfield Company. Vinyl
fluoride from l-f1uoro-2-chloroethane by pyrolysis in the presence of
ethylene. 3,642,91 7. CI. 260-653.5
Hamilton, Douglas D.; and Boivin, Joseph J. R., 1/3 each to Canadian
International Paper Company. Quebec North Shore Paper Com-
pany, and Abitibi St. Anne Paper Ltd Mobile tree processing
machine. 3,642,041, CI. 144-309.
Hamilton Watch Company: 5««—
Reese, James H., 3,641.761 .
Hammer, James R.: See—
Bean, Donald E.; Engh, James T.; Hammer. James R.; Schettl.
Myron D.. Tashjian. Harry J ; Ullmer. Richard J.; and Kerr.
JohnW..3,642.197.
Hammon, George L., to Chemetron Corporation. Washer. 3,642,294.
CI. 277-207.
Hancock, Roger Harvey Yorke; and McCallum, James E.. to National
Research Development Corporation. HydrosUtic vehicle transmis-
sion. 3,641,765, CI. 60-53
Hanff, Michel Max: See—
Chambolle, Stephane; and Hanff, Michel Max, 3.64 1 ,8 16.
Hanscom, Genevieve I.,: See—
Lazzarini, Louis P., 3.642.520.
Lazzarini. Louis P.. 3.642.520.
Hansen. Wesley M. Cleaning device for shoe soles. 3.641,609. CI. 15-
112.
Hanson, Charles G.; and Harland, Glen E., Jr., to General Motors Cor-
poration. Temperature stabilization of transistor voltage regulators.
3,643, 153, CI. 322-33.
Hanyu, Susumu, to Janone Sewing Machine Co., Ltd. Zigzag cam drive
in combination with a sewing machine. 3,64 1, 95 7, CI. 1 12-158.
Happold, Manfred R.: See—
Groat, Craig R.; and Happold, Manfred R.,3,641 ,8 13.
Hara, Hikoharu; Ohi, Reiichi, Sugiyama, Masatothi; and Hatano,
Tadao, to Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Proceuing of photographic
silver halide light- sensitive materials. 3,642,48 1 , CI. 96-50.
Hara, Minoru: See—
Jackisch, Philip F.; Matsui. Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; Komachiya,
Yoshioki; Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki,3,642,887.
Jackisch, Philip F.; MaUui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; Komachiya,
Yoshioki; Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki,3,642,887.
Mauui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki,3,642,888.
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Harcourt. David N., and Jack, David, to Allen & Hanburys Limited.
Pharmaceutical composition containing 2-methyl- 5-phenyl-l ,2-
dihydro-3H»2-benza2epine for treatment of a condition associated
with anxiety or tension. 3,642,993. CI. 424-244.
Hardinge Brothers, Inc ; See—
Peterson, Anders A., 3.641 ,850.
Hardman, Hariey F.: See—
Orasielli, Robert K.; and Hardman. Hariey F. 3,642.930.
Hardtmann, GoeU E., to Sandoz-Wander, Inc. Preparation of 2-al-
kyiaminobenzophenones. 3,642,897, CI 260-570.
Harland. Glen E., Jr.: See—
Hanson, Charles 0.; and Harland, Glen E., Jr. ,3,643,1 53.
Harnsberger, Bobby G., to Texaco Inc. Sand consolidation composi-
tion conuining a hydroxy adipaldehyde. water and an organic sol-
vent. 3,642,508, CI. 106-287.
Harper, Donald: See—
Ashworth. Brian Thomas; Harper. Donald; and Hill,
Petcr,3,642.727.
Harper. Norman Cralk; Marshman. John Henry; and Marshman. Henry
Thomas. Radiation sensitive control for the concentration of a
chemical. 3.643.102. CI. 250-218.
Harrington. Joseph Kenneth; Kvam, Donald C , Mendel. Arthur, and
Robertson, Jerry E., to Minnesota Mining' and Manufacturing Com-
pany. Perfluoroalkylsulfonamidocarbazoles. 3,642,8 17, CI. 260-315.
Harris. Rano J.. Jr.: See—
Harris. Rano J., Sr; and Harris. Rano J.. Jr. .3.641 .822.
Harris. Rano J.. Sr.; and Harris. Rano J . Jr. ,3.64 1 .823
Harris. Rano J.. Sr.; and Harris. Rano J., Jr. Fluid sample injection
valve. 3.64 1.822, CI. 73-422,
Harris. Rano J.. Sr ; and Harris. Rano J , Jr Injection device
3,641,823, CI. 73-425.4
Harns. Ronald: See-
Burden, Henry S.;and Harris. Ronald. 3.64 1,786.
Harris-lntertypc Corporation: See—
Kolb, Edwin R , Blaha, John F.; and Roberts. Webster C .
3.643.251
Sunger. Leon J.. 3.643,170.
Harrison. John R. G. Sinker release for Fishing tackle. 3,641.700, CI
43-43.12
Hartco Company: See—
Langas. Arthur; and Lingle, Harrison C, 3,64 1 ,656.
Harthom, George Stuart, to Porvair Limited. Coating apparatus
3.641.978. CI. 118-412.
Hartig, Rufus G. Methods for prevention of surface water contamina-
tion and air pollution by fluorine compounds from phosphate plants.
3,642,438. CI. 23-153
Hartlage. James V., to Dow Corning Corporation. Room temperature
vulcanizable silicone rubber with improved cleanability. 3,642.692.
CI. 260-46.5
Harvey. Wilfred G.. Sr., to Globe Rubber Products Corporation
Dispensing device. 3,642,336, CI. 312-37
Harwood, Robert George, to AMP Incorporated. Impedance matching
micro-strip connector. 3.643.201 .CI. 339-1 7.
Hashemi. Hadi T., to E-C Corporation. Drive mechanism. 3.641.881.
CI. 91-483.
Hashimoto. Norikazu: See—
Itoh. Yokichi; and Hashimoto. Norikazu. 3.642.526.
Hatamoto. Kazutaka: See—
Yamamoto, Kiyokazu; Kishimoto, Masaru; Ueno, Susumu, Fu-
jimoto. Hiroshi; HaUmoto. KazuUka; and Kubota,
Tadashi,3.64l.653.
Hatano. Tadao: See-
Han, Hikoharu; Ohi, Reiichi; Sugiyama, Masatoshi, and Hauno.
Tadao.3,642.481
Haubner. John E.: See—
Davidson, Arthur R.; Haubner, John E.; and White. George
A. .3,642.495.
Hauck. Frederic Peter: See—
Narayanan, VenkaUchala Lakshmi; Hauck. Frederic Peter; and
Weisenbom. Frank Lee, 3, 642, 869.
Hausammann, Werner: See—
Kamber. Heinrich; Hausammann. Werner; and Deplante. Hen-
ri.3.642,234.
Hauser, Abel: See—
Jacobi, Hans-Rudolf; Hauser, Abel; and Hoffmann, Man-
fred,3.642.974.
Hauth. Hartmut: See—
SUuffacher, Dietrich; and Hauth, Hartmut, 3, 642,862.
Hauth. Jean-Marc, to Centre de Recherches de Pont-A-Mou$son. Disc
brakes. 3,642. 101. CI. 188-73.3
Havlik. Jaroslav J. injection molding machine. 3,642,403. CI. 425-45.
Hawkins, Peter: See-
Brown, Philip; and Hawkins. Peter, 3.64 1,955.
Hawley, Robert L.; Frederiksen, Christopher W.; and Hoer. Ralph A.,
to Ralston Purina Company. Method of treating vegeuble protein.
3.642,490. CI. 99-17.
Haws Drinking Faucet Company: See-
Wright. Allen C. 3,642.03 1 .
Hay, Robert R., to Hewlett-Packard Company. Frequency measuring
system utilizing means for momentarily stopping the variable
frequency generator. 3,643.126, CI. 315-26.
Hayashi, Koichiro: See—
Okamura. Seizo; Hayashi, Koichiro; and Nakayama. Yasu-
haru,3,642,723.
Hayashi, Masaharu, to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha. Fan assembly.
3,642,382, CI 416-169.
Hayashi. Takayoshi: See—
Takamlzawa, Mmoru; Hayashi, Takayoshi; Uzawa, Kazumoto;
Takita. Masatoshi. and Kudo. Yoshiaki,3,642.596.
Hayes. C I , Inc.: See—
Pine, Wilson C; Westeren. Herbert W.. and Kimball. William H.,
3,642.263
Hayes. John C . to Universal Oil Products Company. Regeneration of a
coke-deactivated catalyst containing platinum and rhenium.
3.642,656.CI. 252-419
Hayes. Leonard L . to Potlatch Forests. Inc. Sheet handling apparatus.
3.642. 151. CI 214-6
Hayes. William F.. to Texas Instruments. Incorporated. Digital simula-
tion 3.643.075. CI. 235-151
Hayes-Albion Corporation: See—
Wickham, Robert G ,3,641,800.
Haynes, Peter: See—
Wulff, Harald, and Haynes, Peter,3.642.833.
Haywood. Ralph E Warning device for indicating locked position of
door 3,643.249, CI. 340-274.
Heald Machine Company. The: See—
Hahn, Robert S.; and St Andre. Arthur F., 3.642.378.
Heaton, Richard A , to Owens-Illinois, Inc. Method of treating bottles
during ribbon separation. 3.642.461 . CI. 65-1 12.
Hebert. Roland C , to International Business Machines Corporation.
Flow sensing system and valve. 3,641 ,877, CI. 91-44.
Heckelsberg, Louis F , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Double bond
isomenzation of olefins over alumina- supported zirconia catalyst.
3,642,933, CI 260-683 2
Heckendorf, Howard A ; and Voorhies. Donald A., to General Motors
Corporation. Omnidirectional sensor. 3.641 ,826. CI. 73-514,
Heckler & Koch GmbH. Firma: See—
Seidel. Alex, Moller, Tilo. and Weldel. Helmut, 3.64 1 ,694.
Hederich, Volker: See—
Gehrke. Gunter; and Hederich. Volker.3,642.425.
Hederich, Volker; and Gehrke, Gunter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Process for the production of anthraquinone
dyestuffs. 3,642,835, CI 260-376.
Heidmeyer, Donald H.; See—
Rainey, George E , Heidmeyer, Donald H.; and Davis. Donald
E .3.641.618
Heidtman. Albert G , and Tietjen, Albert H Carrying case for a fishing
rod and reel 3.64 1, 697, CI 43-26.
Heilman. William J , to Gulf Research A Development Company.
Thermoplastic crosslinked polyester material and method of mold-
ing. 3,642,726. CI 260-78.5
Heimann, Richard F.. to Raytheon Company. Visual display system.
3.643.219, CI. 340-172 5
Heine. Helmut A , to Propper Manufacturing Company, Inc., and Op-
tolechnik - GmbH Battery-operated devices. 3.643.083. CI. 240-
10.66
Heinelt. Roland, to Friedrich Deckel Prazisions Mechanik Sc Maschin-
enbau. Orbitally driven grinding apparatus. 3.641 .710, CI. 51-90.
Heinen. Peter. Guthmann, Hans, and Gossens. Peter, to Glanzstoff AG.
Machine and process for making wire cables. 3,64 1 ,755, CI. 57-9.
Heinze. Gerhard: See—
Dom, Ludwig; Heinze, Gerhard, and Podschus, Ernst. 3.642.659.
Heinzmann. Rolf, to Bosch, Robert Photokino GmbH. Motion picture
camera. 3,642.354. CI. 352-91.
Hekkanen. Eero M.. and Tokola. Alpo J., to Kaiser Steel Corporation.
Method and apparatus for fabricating an offshore structure.
3.641,774, CI. 61-46.5
Hell, Rudolf, Dr , Inc.: See—
Colditz. Armin O.. and Schmidt, Werner, 3,643,067.
Hellemans, Albert Joseph, to Gevaert-Agfa N.V. Web winding ap-
paratus. 3.642.221. CI. 242-56.
Heller. George L.. Eckert. Frank J.; De Land, Charles L.; and Ding-
man, Robert W., to Columbian Carbon Company. Process and ap-
paratus for the manufacture of carbon blacks having improved
dispersion and platewear characteristics. 3.642,446, CI. 23-209.4
Heller, Hans-Jorg: See—
Kirchmayr, Rudolf; Heller, Hans-Jorg; and Rody, Jean.3,642.813.
Hellige. Fritz & Co . GmbH: See—
Streu. Benno. 3.642.361
Helm. Herbert W: See-
Smithe. Eliot S . and Helm. Herbert W. 3.641 .883.
Helsley. Grove Cleveland: See-
Duncan. Robert Louis. Jr.; and Helsley. Grove Cleve-
land.3.642,779.
Helsley. Grover Cleveland, to Robins. A. H., Company.
Inc.Benzimidazol I.2arl( 1.41benzodiazepin-6(5H)-one8. 3,642,778,
CI 260-239 3
Henderson. Dennis H..: See—
Von Ende. Robert J.. 3,642.122.
Hendricks. Clarence E. Light firearm mount. 3.642,1 84, CI. 224-2.
Hendrix. Edward M .: See—
Lyon. James, and Hendrix, Edward M., 3,64 1, 998.
Henkel & Cie. GmbH.: See-
Wegemund. Bemd; and Gahnke. Joachim, 3,642,750.
Hennecke. Rudolf R G.: See—
Domfeld, Eberhard R ; Hennecke, Rudolf R. 0.; and Kehrberger,
Achim L. 3.642.078.
Hcnnessy. John A., to Vendo Company, The. Coin toulizing ap-
paratus. 3,642. 1 08, CI. 194-1.
%
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Henry. David W.. to United States of America, Army. 2-Phenyl-4-( I-
adamantyl)-6-dimethyIaminomethyl- phenol. 3,642,899, CI. 260-
570.9
Henry. Wilbur G.:See-
Grote, Herbert E.; and Henry. Wilbur G. 3.642.644.
Hensley. Billy R.. to Certain-Teed Products Corporation. Closed mat
forming system. 3.642.554. CI. 156-377.
Hentschel, Manfred: See—
Rossler, Heinrich; and HenUchel. Manfrcd,3,64I,840.
Hepner. Charles F.: See—
Engel. Christopher M., and Hepner, Charles F. 3,643.01 1 .
Herbert Gerald A., to Mangood Corporation. Rail weighing device.
and subassembly and component therefor. 3,642,081, CI. 177-163.
Herbert. Leonhard, Maschinenfabrik: See—
Balle. Walter. 3.641.855.
Herbsman, Abraham M. Boron trifluoride etherate-amine reaction
productt. 3,642.901 . CI. 260-583,
Hercules Incorporated: See—
Steller. Kenneth E.. 3.642,667
Sutphin, John A.; and Whippen. Marien G.. 3.642.961 .
Herdeg. Donald F.: See-
Rockwell, Adelbert W., Jr.; Herdeg. Donald F.; and Tardiff. Ar-
mandL.,3.64I,65I.
Herion. Dieter: See—
Griehl, Wolfgang; and Herion. Dieter.3. 642.97 1
Hermes, Matthew Edward, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I , and Com-
pany. Polysilicic acid coating composition. 3.642.68 1 , CI. 260-29.6
Herr. Ross R.: See—
Bergy, Malcolm E.; Herr. Ross R.; and Mason. Donald
Joseph.3.642.987
Herrington, Francis Walter; and McClure. James D. Sheet supporting
assembly for an inverter roll. 3,642.274. CI. 271-79.
Hersey-Sparling Meter Company: See-
Brock. Gordon L.;and Armstrong. Charles H.. 3.643.1 13.
Hershey. Richard K. Handy man's tool box and ladder accessory.
3.642,240. CI. 248-210.
Hertel, Heinrich: See—
Hertel, Heinrich; and Ruppin. Dietrich, 3,641 ,796.
Hertel, Heinrich; and Ruppin, Dietrich, to Hertel. Heinrich. Apparatus
for shock-forming of workpieces. 3.64 1 .796. CI. 72-56.
Herzberg, Claude, to Societe Generale des Produits Refractoires.
Boiler construction. 3,641.953. CI. 110-97.
Heseltine, Donald W.; and Lincoln. Lewis L.. to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Merocyanine dyes. 3,642,786, CI. 260-240.4
Hess, Howard V.; See-
Cole, Edward L.; and Hess. Howard V. 3.642.620.
Hess, Howard V.; and Cole, Edward L., to Texaco Inc. Coke-making
proceu and coke fuel produced by same. 3,642.458, CI, 44-15.
Hess. Nelson C: See—
Morrissey, Richard T.; and Hess, Nelson C, 3,642.966.
Hester, Jackson B., Jr., to Upjohn Company, The. 4,5-Dihyropyr-
rolol 3,2, 1 -jk J ( 1.4) benzodiazepines, 3,642,820, CI. 260-326.5
Hester, Jackson B., Jr., to Upjohn Company, The. Tetrahydropyr-
rolobenzodiazepines. 3,642,821, CI. 260-326.9
Hester, Jackson B., Jr., to Upjohn Company, The. Hexahydropyr-
rolobenzodiazepines. 3.642.822, CI. 260-326.9
Heston, David J.: See-
Chambers, William W.; and Heston, David J. .3.642,389.
Hewitt, Gordon Trent, to Colgate-Palmolive Company. Hair shampoo
compositions containing certain imidazolines and certain amide-sub-
stituted carboxylic acids. 3.642.977, CI. 424-70.
Hewitt-Robins Incorporated: See—
Adier, Imre; FelU. Louis; and Klucheff. Nicholas S.. 3.642.1 53.
Hewko, Lubomyr O., to General Motors Corporation. Roller traction
drive. 3,64 1. 842. CI. 74-665.
Hewlett-Packard Company: See-
Hay, Robert R, 3.643,126.
Skokan, Zdenek E.. 3,643.109.
Heymes, Rene; and Amiard, Gaston, to Roussel-UCLAF. Racemic and
optically active 6H, 7H-cis-7-amino- desacetylcephalosporanic acid
derivatives and process. 3,642.788. CI. 260-243.
Hibbard. William M.; and Reeder. Douglas L., Jr., to Wisconsin Shoe
Company. Bowling shoes with sighting line in tip. 3.641 ,687. CI. 36-
2.5
Hibbs, Russell R.: See—
Kenworthy, Earl L.; and Hibbs. Russell R, 3.643. 261.
Hickman, Albert F. Compression rubber vehicle suspension.
3,642.302. CL 280-124.
Hickox, Thomas A.; May, Gordon H.; and Shepard. Joseph E.. to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation. Analyzing, orienting and
printing means in ticket handling mechanism. 3. 64 1. 93 1. CI. 101-93.
Hildebrand, Victor F.: See—
McDevitt, James Palm Harbour; and Hildebrand, Victor
F.,3,64I,9I6.
Hill, Armin J., to California Computer Products. Inc., mesne. Auto-
matic drafting using projected ring of light. 3.64 1 ,885, CI. 95-1 .
Hill, Charles D. Vehicle parking system. 3.64 1 .727. CI. 52-174.
Hill, David C, to General Motors Corporation. Exhaust gas recircula-
tion. 3,641,989, CL 123-119.
Hill, Peter: See—
Ashworth, Brian Thomas; Harper. Donald; and Hill,
Peter,3.642,727.
Hill, William G.; and Stevens, Kenneth, to Foster Wheeler Corpora-
tion. Method of welding tubes to tube plates. 3,643,059, CI. 219-
125.
Hill-Rockford Co.; See—
McGee. Harold. 3.642.039
Hinckley, John D. Adjustable floor and ceiling supported chinning bar.
3.642,278, CI. 272-62.
Hinderer, Helmuth E.: See-
Bach, Hartwig C; and Hinderer. Helmuth E ,3.642.902.
Hinsch. James E.: See-
Fellers. John F.; Hinsch. James E.; and McLaughlin. Ernest
0. 3.642.939.
Hintermann. Hans Erich: See—
Gass. Hans; and Hintermann. Hans Erich. 3.642.522
Hipotronics. Inc.: See—
Bantz. George H.; Faile. John S.; and Peschel. Sunley G.,
3,643,105.
Hipsher. Gary L.. to General Tire & Rubber Company. The. High
damping resilient bushing. 3.642.268. CI. 267-57. 1
Hirasawa, Kotaro: See—
Yuminaka. Takeo; Iwasaka. Tatsuo; Matsuzawa. Hideto;
Kawauke. Koichi; and Hirasawa. Kotaro. 3, 642.099
Hirata, Takashi: See—
Hishida. Yukio; Kato. Takami; Hirata, Takashi, and Kurachi.
Hisao.3.642,110.
Hirotani. Tadashi: See—
Tanaka. Masatami; and Hirotani. Tadashi. 3. 642. 25 7.
Hirsch. Peter M.; Jordan, James A., Jr.; and Lesem, Louis B., to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation. Computer generated filter-
ing method. 3.642,350. CI. 350-162.
Hishida. Yukio; Kato. Takami; Hirata. Takashi; and Kurachi. Hisao, to
Brother Industries Ltd. Power operated typewriter with interlock
means. 3,642,1 10, CI. 197-107.
HiUchi.Ltd.: See—
!chiki.Toshinobu;Okuda. Hironori;and Arai, Keiji. 3.643.1 18
Itoh. Yokichi; and Hashimoto. Norikazu. 3,642.526.
Kasai. Shozo; Shimizu, Daisaburo; and Katagiri. Shinjiro.
3.643.191.
Kimura. Naokazu. 3,643,222.
Matsumura. Koji;and Seki, Kunio. 3.643.152.
Osoegawa. Hideru; and Kobayashi. Katuei. 3,64 1 ,663.
Seki. Kunio; and Matsumura. Koji. 3.643.159.
ShigeU. Masayuki; and Aoki. Katsumi. 3,64 1 .832.
Yamada, Eiichi; Arakawa. Yoshiteru; Yamamoto. Masayuki. and
Nagatomo. Hiroto, 3,641.974.
Yamane. Mikiya; Saito. Akira; Matsumoto, Katsuyoshi, Kawasu-
mi. Kenichi; Murayama. Kazuo; and Sugiyama, Hiroshi.
3.642.340.
Yuminaka, Takeo; Iwasaka. Tatsuo; Matsuzawa. Hideto,
Kawatake, Koichi; and Hirasawa. Kotaro. 3.642.099.
HiUchi Maxell. Ltd.: See—
Kawakami. Akira, 3.642.539
Hitzman. Donald O.; and Alquist. Henry ., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Microbial synthesis from aldehyde containing hydrocarbon
derived products. 3.642,578. CI. 195-28
HIinka, Joseph W., to Bethlehem Steel Corporation Water-cooled ap-
paratus. 3.642.060. CI. 165-47.
Hobbs. James, to Butler National Corporation. Adaptive filter using
headingcorrection. 3.643.074. CI. 235-150.27
Hobson. Russell B.. Jr.. to Per Corporation. Filter tube and connection
thereofto tube sheet. 3,642.141. CI. 210-323.
Hoch, Samuel, to Tenneco Chemicals. Inc. Organotin bis (monoalke-
nyl maleates). 3.642.846. CI. 260-429.7
Hodge, George R.; and Patsis. Angelos V.. to Du Pont de Nemours. E.
I., and Company. Coating composition of an isocyanate terminated
polyurethane. a vinyl chloride polymer and polysiloxane. 3.642.936,
CI. 260-827.
Hoekje, Howard H.; Strain, Franklin; and Wilson. William L., to PPG
Industries. Inc. Process for preparing pigmentary metal oxide.
3.642,442. CI. 23-202.
Hoelzle. Gerd: See—
Montmollin. Rene de; Hoelzle. Gerd; Angliker. Hans-Joerg; and
Peter. Richard.3.642.764.
Hoenselaer, Wilhclm assor. to AIco Standard Corporation: See—
Burmeister, Karl-Heinz; Hoenselaer. Wilhelm; and Moes. Lothar,
3.642.265.
Hoenselaer. Wilhelm; See—
Burmeister, Karl-Heinz; Hoenselaer, Wilhelm. and Moes,
Lothar,3.642,265.
Hoer. Ralph A.: See—
Hawley, Robert L.; Frederiksen. Christopher W.. and Hoer. Ralph
A. ,3,642,490.
Hofer, Harald: See-
Vorreither. Hans-Klaus; Obendorf. Werner; Menzl. Kurt; and
Hofer. Harald.3.642.8Il.
Hoffer. Donald R.: See—
Nemec. Joseph W.; and Hoffer. Donald R, 3,642,843.
Hoffman, Joseph K.; and Russell. James P.. to Air Products and Chemi-
cals, inc.. mesne. Preparation of telomers of vinyl esters. 3.642.876,
CI. 260-491.
Hoffmann. Alfred; and Klein. Heinrich, to Siemens Aktiengesellichafl.
Tomado-fiow apparatus for separating particulate substance from
gases, particularly adhesive liquids from gaaet. 3,641,743, CI. SS-
236.
Hoffmann, Manfred: See—
Jacobi, Hans-Rudolf; Hauser. Abel, and Hoffmann, Man-
fred.3,642.974.
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.: See—
Furst, Andor, Muller, Marcel; and Muller, Peter, 3,642,839
Holan, George, to Monsanto Australia Limited. 1 .l-Di(p-sub8tituted
phenyl )-2,2-dichlorocyclo-propanes. 3,642,910, CI. 260-61 3
Holbrook, Thomas Render: See—
Gasaway,Glen P.; and Holbrook, Thomas Render,3,642,5l6.
Holland Company: See—
Chierici,OsvaldoF., 3,642, 149
Holland, Gerald F , to Pfirer Inc Antilipemic agents 3,642,996. CI
424-250
Holland, Harvison C Method for producing maximum vehicle
deceleration. 3,642,328, CI 303-6
Holland, Henry A Nelson: See—
Godley, Augustus P., Fuller, Francis M., Houk, Charles R.; Hol-
land, Henry A Nelson, and Gendron, George J ,3,641,775
Hollenbach, Georg: See—
dauer, Johann. Hollenbach, Georg; Popp, Walter; and Sabel,
Alex,3,642.948.
Hollies, Norman R.S.:. See—
Gctchell, Nelson F , Berch, Julian, and Hollies, Norman
R S.3,642,428
Hollis. Joseph B.: See—
McCaulay, James L., and Hollis, Joseph B, 3, 642, 466.
Hollows, Frank Brian, to Imperial Chemical Industries, Limited
Preparation of Tire-extinguishing material comprising heating biuret
with sodium or potassium hydroxide. 3,642,62 t , CI. 252-5.
Holmes, Allen B., to United States of America, Army Shock wave sen-
sor. 3,642,017, CI. 137-81.5
Holmes, Tunis L., and Moore, Robert N. Process for nickel-cobalt
separation. 3,642,440, CI. 23-1 83.
Holotron Corporation: See-
Mayo, Edmund S., 3.642,472.
Holtschmidt, Hans: See—
Witt, Harro; Holtschmidt, Hans, and Muller, Erwin,3,642.866
Honeycutt, Don R., to Omark Industries, Inc. Hydraulic lock rod eye
assembly 3, 64 1,880, CI. 9 1-420
Honeywell Inc.: See—
Bulleyment, Keith J., 3.643.150.
Corker. William R.. 3,642,344.
Sawamura, Robert T., 3,643,073.
Honeywell Information Systems Inc.. See—
Drenten, Richard C, 3.643,204.
Lipp, James P.. 3,643,228
Ruth, Richard L., and Shelly, William A., 3,643,223.
Honjo. Satoru: See —
Sato. Masamichi; Tamai, Yasuo. Matsumoto. Seiji, and Honjo, Sa-
toru.3 .642,5 15
Hooker Chemical Corporation: See—
Lin, Kingso C; Quinn, Edward J., and MacKay, John K.,
3.642.585.
Quinn. Edward J , and MacKay, John K., 3.642,584.
Hooper, Bernard. Two-stroke engines. 3.64 1 .987. CI 1 23-7 1
Hooper. Gerald H Torque transmitting apparatus. 3,641,827, CI. 74-
18.1
Hornig. Anneliese: See—
Arpe. Hans-Jurgen; and Hornig. Lothar Heinz.3. 642.875.
Hornig, Lothar Heinz, 3,642, 885
Hornig, Lothar Heinz, deceasedO (by Hornig. Anneliese; heiress, nee
MunichONeu, HermannOProbst, Otto), to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &. Bruning Isomerization of
cis-cis or cis-trans-2,4- hexadienoic acids to sorbic acid. 3,642,885.
CI. 260-526.
Hornig, Lothar Heinz: See—
Arpe, Hans-Jurgen; and Hornig, Lothar Heinz, 3, 642. 875.
Hornig. Lothar; and Quadflieg. Therese. Process for the manufacture
of phenyl esters and phenol from benzene. 3.642.873, CI 260-479
Horrobin, Gerald V.; Hutton, John F , and Knowles, Peter M., to Beak-
bane, Henry (Fortox) Limited. Couplings. 3.642,309, CI. 285-226.
Horton, Billy M . Open-end ratchet wrench. 3,64 1 ,847 , CI. 8 1 - 1 1 1 .
Horvitz. David: See —
Murib, Jawad H ; and Horvitz. David. 3,642.853
Hostetter. John L., to Collins Radio Company. Probe assembly.
3.641.972. CI. 118-9.
Hotaling, Kenneth L.: See-
Devote, Ernest W.;and Hotaling, Kenneth L.,3,643,135.
Houdaille Industries, Inc.: See—
Greeley. Anthony P.. 3.641,839.
Hough, William D., to Leisign Engineering Company, Inc. Gutter and
water supply system for swimming pools. 3,641 .594. CI. 4-172.17
Houk. Charles R.:5««—
Godley. Augustus P.; Fuller. Francis M.; Houk. Charles R., Hol-
land, Henry A. Nelson; and Gendron. George J. ,3.64 1. 775.
Houhhan, William J.; and Eberle, Marcel K., to Sandoz-Wander, Inc
Substituted tetrazoloisoindoles. 3,642,8 14. CI. 260-308.
Houlihan, William J.; and Manning. Robert E., to Sandoz-Wander. Inc
3-alkyl benzazonines. 3,642,777. CI. 260-239
Howard. George C. to Pan American Petroleum Corporation. System
for lowering a subsea device from a vessel. 3. 64 1. 96 1. CI. 1 14-0.5
Howden. James & Company Limited: See—
Cairns, Walter John; and MacDonald. Ian Norman. 3.642.386.
Howland. John W.; and Rosso, Juan C, deceasedO (by Rosso. Elsa
Vich de). said Howland assor. to Gulf Oil Corporation. Thermal in-
sulating fluid. 3.642,624, CI. 252-8.55
Howson Algraphy Limited: See—
Adams, Ronald Alfred Charles, 3,641 ,905
Hoyer, Fridolin A , to Allied Chemical Corporation. Process for purify-
ing terephthalic acid 3.642,884, CI. 260-525.
Hubert, Jules. See-
David. Joseph, and Hubert. Jules. 3.64 1 ,597.
Hubner, Klaus: See—
Liska, Manfred, and Hubner. Klaus. 3, 643. 130.
Hudson Corporation 5^^ —
Hudson. Edward C, Jr , 3,643,064
Hudson. Daniel H : See—
Binasik, Chester S , Hudson, Daniel H.; and Voorheis, Temple
S ,3,641,951
Hudson, Edward C . Jr . to Hudson Corporation. Code authenticator.
3.643.064. CI. 235-61.7
Hudson. Frederick W . to Xerox Corporation. Apparatus for agitating
developer material within a housing. 3.641 .977. CI. 1 18-637.
Hudson. Frederick W.. to Xerox Corporation. Apparatus for con-
trolling developer charge level. 3.64 1 ,98 1 , CI. 1 1 8-637.
Hudson Pulp & Paper Corporation: 5^f —
Young, Buck R. 3.642.679.
Hudson. Robert, to Keystone Lamp Manufacturing Corporation.
Corner joint assembly 3,642,3 10, CI. 287-54.
Hufton, Raymond Evan, and Morgan. George Graham, to Lucas,
Joseph. (Industries) Limited Metering valves. 3,642,028, CI. 137-
625 3
Hughart, Robert P See—
Wilson, Peter C . and Hughart. Robert P. .3.642. 1 39.
Hughes Aircraft Company; See— f
Berwin. Ted W , and Rado, John A , 3,643,106.
Rust.JohnB ,3,642.487
Hughes. Nigel: See-
Berne. Atistair Howard, and Hughes, Nigel, 3,642,427.
Huguet, Gerard J See —
Eberle, Jeannine A . Sergant, Micheline Y.; Fauran, Claude P.;
and Huguet, Gerard J .3.642.898
Hullhorst, William B See-
Ullman, William L , Baxter James C, Pearson. Arthur J.; Davis.
Robert E . and Hullhorst. William B .3.642.034.
Hulteen. Sunley C . to United States of America, Army. Spiral reefed
variable drag parachute 3.642.237, CI. 244-152.
Humes. Norman S Grinding machine. 3.641 .7 I 3. CI. 51-165.88
Humphrey. David H., to Orbit International, Inc. Continuous wire sup-
port 3.642,338, CI 312-184
Hunter Engineering Company: See —
Bell. Ronald J . and O'Neal. Edward C. 3,641 ,797.
Huntington, Andrew B., to Ross Operating Valve Company. Shifuble
fluid control circuit 3,642. 198. CI 235-201.
Hurst. Robert L , to Ball Corporation. Method for producing closures.
3,641,959, CI 113-121
Huse, Henry. Multi-stage vacuum pumping system. 3,642,384, CI. 417-
205
Hutcheson,Guilford J., Jr.: See-
Roberts, Thomas G , Ehrlich, John J., Hutcheson. Guilford J., Jr..
and Rust. Charles M .3,642.007
Hutchinson. Herman R . Arpajian. Vasken F , and Malcomson. Robert
S., to Pennwalt Corporation. Injection molding process control.
3.642.402. CI 425-144
Huttercr. Martin, to Cummings-Landau Laundry Machinery Co., Inc.
Automatic unloading washing machine. 3,641 ,792, CI. 68-210.
Hutton, John F. See—
Horrobin, Gerald V ; Hutton. John F.; and Knowles, Peter
M ,3.642,309
l-T-E Imperial Corporation: See—
Graybill, Howard W , 3,643.003
IBP. Industrie Buitoni Perugina S.p A.: See—
Longinotti. Franco. 3.641,919
Ichikawa, Kiyoshi: 5*^—
Suzuki. Isamu, Ichikawa, Kiyoshi; Ohmura, Jyukichi; and Iwashita,
Hidemaro. 3.642, 703
Ichiki. Toshinobu. Okuda, Hironori. and Arai, Keiji, to Hitachi, Ltd.
Roury machine 3.643.1 18, CI 310-40.
Ichimura, Akira: See—
Miyakawa, Takashi; Kurita, Tomio, and Ichimura,
Akira,3.643,224.
Ihring. Hanns: See—
Seeger, Ernst, Engel, Wolfhard; Teufel, Helmut; Machieidt, Hans;
Ueberbcrg, Heinrkh, and Ihring, Hanns,3 ,642,801.
lida, Yoshio: See—
Masuyama, Takesho; Matsuura, Mikio; lida, Yoshio; and
Amemiya, Toshioki, 3, 642,664.
lijima, Ikuo: See—
Fujimura. Hajime; Tanaka, Tadasu, lijima, Ikuo; Miyazaki,
Michihio; and Masaki, Masao,3,642,802.
IIT Research Institute: 5**—
Camras, Marvin, 3,642,288.
Ikeda, Yoshiaki: See—
Nitta, Yoshihiro; Ikeda, Yoshiaki; Furue, Toshiyuki; and Shimizu,
Takeshi.3,642.798
Ikegami. Seiji, and Ueda, Ichiro, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co.,
Ltd. Piezoelectric ceramic composition. 3,642,637, CI. 252-62.9
Illinois Tool Works. Inc.: See—
Raybum.CharlesC ,3.641.640.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Ilnyckyj, Stephan, to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Copolymers of ethylene with unsaturated esters and oil compositions
containing said copolymers. 3,642,459, CI. 44-62.
Imai, Norio: See—
Senoo, Saburo; Kato. Toshio; Imai, Norio; and Kurihara,
Masakazu,3,642,867
Imashiro, Yoshio; and Masuda, Katsutada, to Takeda Chemical Indus-
tries, Ltd. 3-Hydrocarbon-4-tertiary amino methyl sydnones.
3.642,793, CI. 260-247.5
Impastato, Frank Anthony. Board game apparatus. 3,642,285, CI. 273-
134.
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited: See —
Ashworth, Brian Thomas; Harper, Donald; and Hill, Peter,
3,642,727.
Berne, Alittair Howard; and Hughes, Nigel, 3,642,427.
Buckley, Alan; and Cassin, Christopher, 3,642,976.
Cairns, John Francis, 3,642,790.
Dunning, Robert William; Taylor, Keith Andrew; and Walker,
John, 3,642,935.
Foster, Richard Gregory; and Joy, David Richard, 3,642,923.
Greenhaigh, Colin William; and Newton, David Francis,
3,642,837.
Hollows, Frank Brian, 3,642,621.
Jennings, Brian Edmund; Ludekens, William Louis Wallet; and
Slater, Robert Edward, 3.642,680.
Keen, William Ernest; and Kirkaldy, David, 3,642.710.
Southern, Peter Fulton. 3,642,812.
Turner, Alan Edgar, 3,642,954.
Waddan, Dhafir Usuf; and Williams, Derek, 3,642,886.
Watchom, Noel; and Broome, Arthur Wilham James, 3,642,488.
Imperial Smelting Corporation (N.S.C.) Limited: See—
Tilney-Bassett, Julian Frodo, 3,642.9 1 6.
Indev, Inc.: See—
Comeau, George E, 3,64 1 ,976.
Ingham, William Ellis; Symons. Michael; and Murden, Peter, to Elec-
tric & Musical Industries Limited. Pattern recognition device in
which allowance is made for pattern errors. 3,643,215, CI. 340-
146.3
Ingram, Roland D.: See—
Morphew, James R.; Ingram, Roland D., and Stokes, John
R, 3.643,217.
Institut Francaisdu Petrole: See—
Rabilloud, Guy; Sillion, Bernard; and de Gaudemaris, Gabriel.
3,642,696.
Institut Francais du Petrole. des Carbu rants et Lubrifiants: See-
Chevalier, Andre; Grolet, Pierre; and Reynard, Remi, 3,641,658.
Instituut Voor Bewaring en Verwerking van Landbouw-Produkten:
See-
Sijbring, Pieter Herman, 3,641.924.
Instrument Systems Corporation: See —
Kaufman, Philip, 3,642,24 1 .
International Business Machines Corporation: See—
Anacker, Wilhelm, 3.643,237
Barcomb, James G.; and Kozol, Eugene T., 3,643,039.
Bean, Donald E.; Engh, James T.; Hammer, James R.; SchettI,
Myron D.; Tashjian, Harry J.; Ullmer, Richard J.; and Kerr,
John W, 3,642,197
Berger, Horst H.; and Wiedmann, Sigfried K., 3,643,235.
Blum, Samuel E.; Foster, Luther M.; and Ptaskett. Thomas S.,
3,642,443.
Chambers. James B., 3,643,22 1 .
Couture, Roger A.; and Lajza, John J, Jr., 3,642,549.
Culver, William H.; and Mehran, Farrokh, 3,643,1 16.
Devore, Ernest W.; and Hotaling, Kenneth L, 3,643,135.
Fan, George J.; and Greiner, James H., 3,643,233.
Hebert, Roland C, 3,641 ,877
Hickox, Thomas A.; May, Gordon H.; and Shepard, Joseph E.,
3,641,931.
Hirsch, Peter M.; Jordan. James A., Jr.; and Lesem. Louis B..
3,642.350.
Keyes, Robert W.; and Weiser. Kurt, 3.642.544
Kolankowsky, Eugene; McMahon, Robert F., and Perlman, David
J, 3,643,236.
Lee, Robert E.; McDermott, Philip S., and Pan, Edward S.,
3,642.529.
Lipp, James, 3,642,347.
Lohrey, Fred H.; and Wiedmann, Siegfried K., 3,643,231.
Loizides, Edward; Lucas, Donald J.; and Steigerwalt, George P.,
3,643,226.
Mesley, Nimrod N., 3,642,476.
Norwood, Richard E., 3,643,037.
Raiser, Wilhelm G., 3,643,240.
International Harvester Company: See—
Scamato, Thomas J.; Meyer, Martin H.; and Peacock, Peter J.,
3,641,750.
International Paper Company: See-
Lee, Charles Allen; Furbeck, Warren R.; Bartley, Thomas S.; and
Beaty, Jeremy, 3,641 ,627.
International Rectifier Corporation: See-
Clarke, Stephen, 3,643,260.
International Standard Electric Corporation: See-
Fischer, Othmar, 3,643,186.
Grundig, Heinz Georg, 3,643,053.
International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation: See—
Aiani, Richard L; and Jones. Bill T. Jr. 3.643.124.
Grayson, Richard Davis, 3,641,968
Kenworthy. Earl L.. and Hibbs, Russell R., 3,643,261 .
Klein, Albert M, 3,643, 1 69
Mc Laughlin, Bernard J., Petri, George W., and De Moor,
Raymond J. ,3,643,203.
Rabow, Gerald, 3,643,172.
Interpace Corporation: See-
Bald. Robert E, 3,642.033.
Danko, Nicholas S., 3,642,4 1 3.
Inventa A.G. fur Forschung und Patentvertung: See—
Griehl, Wolfgang; and Herion. Dieter. 3.642.971.
Investrop AG.: See—
Waage. Bard M., 3,642,047.
Ipbach. Henry E. Grass cutting apparatus. 3.64 1 .752. CI 56-29 1
Irani, Riyad R., to Monsanto Company. Dentifrice compositions con-
taining insoluble salts of amino alkylene phosphonic acids.
3,642.979, CI. 424-54.
Irasek, Eugene H., to National Cash Register Company, The. Random-
access information store system. 3,643,241, CI. 340-174.1
Irish, Fred J.; and McLean, Robert F., to General Motors Corporation.
Vehicle occupant restraint system. 3,642,303, CI. 280- 1 50.
Irvin, Donald G., to Robertson, H. H., Company. Lip clinching dies and
joint produced therefrom. 3,641 ,729, CI. 52-528.
Irving, Henry F., to Baker Perkins Inc. Mixing, extruding, and severing
apparatus. 3.642,406, CI. 425-198.
Istituto Luso Farmaco d 'Italia S.r.L.:See — ^
Manghisi, Elso, 3,642,864.
ITABDogidliKG.See-
Dogigli. Johann, 3,643,070.
Ito, Katsunori: See—
Wakamatsu, Hisato; Kato, Takaaki; Kawakubo, Mamoru, and Ito,
Kateunori,3,64l,844
Itoh, Torazo: See-
Ogata, Fumimaro; Naruse, Tsutomu, and Itoh, Torazo, 3,642, 565.
Itoh, Yokichi; and Hashimoto, Norikazu, to Hitachi, Ltd. Semiconduc-
tor surface barrier diode of Schottky type and method of making
same. 3,642,526, CI. 117-200
ITT Industries, Inc.: See—
Gerlach, Albrecht, and Burth, Rolf-Dieter, 3,643,246.
Iwasaka, Tatsuo: See—
Yuminaka, Takeo; Iwasaka, Tatsuo, Matsuzawa, Hideto,
Kawatake, Koichi;and Hirasawa, Kotaro, 3, 642,099.
Iwasaki, Koichiro, Yamaguchi, Kazuo; Kakogawa, Genjiro; Ohtsuka,
Yasuo; and Kasahara, Kanji, to Mitsubishi Chemical Industries
Limited. Process for the polymerization of olefins. 3,642,748, CI.
260-88.2
Iwashita, Hidemaro: See-
Suzuki, Isamu; Ichikawa, Kiyoshi; Ohmura, Jyukichi; and Iwashita,
Hidemaro,3,642,703.
Jack, David: See—
Harcourt, David N; and Jack, David, 3,642,993.
Jackisch, Philip F.; Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; Komachiya.
Yoshioki; Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya.
Yoshioki. to Ethyl Corporation Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Preparation of
amino-substituted carboxylic acids Process for preparing -alanine.
3,642,887. CI. 260-534.
Jackson. Charles A., to Unidynamics/Phoenix. Inc. Pushbutton
diaphragm switch with improved dimple actuator and/or capacitance
type switch contact structure. 3,643,041 . CI. 200-5
Jackson, James A., to Standard Oil Company (Indiana). Process for
removal of aromatic bromine in benzoic acid production. 3.642.883,
CI. 260-525.
Jackson, Lewis B., Jr. Position control and indicating mechanism.
3,643, 141, CI.318-162.
Jackson, Robert W.: See-
Nelson, Norman A.; and Jackson, Robert W, 3,642,800
Jacobi, Hans-Rudolf; Hauser, Abel; and Hoffmann, Manfred, to
Badischc Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the
manufacture of moldings of polylactams by activated anionic
polymerization of lactams. 3,642,974, CI. 264-294.
Jacobsen, Jerome G.: See-
Wine, Robert R.; and Jacobsen, Jerome G.,3,641 ,791 .
Jacques, David E., to Waveline, Inc., mesne. Milling machine with mul-
tiple-spindle attachment. 3,64 1 .873, CI. 90-14.
Jacquinet, Jean-Louiss, to Societe Rhodiaceta. Spinneret for producing
trilobal yarns. 3,642.420, CI. 425-465.
Jakobson, Hans: See—
Cranskens, Georg; Jakobson, Hans; Rathje, Armin; and Salger,
Werner,3,64l,907.
Jakubovicz, Jose. Musical instrument. 3,64 1 ,864, CI. 84-470.
Janone Sewing Machine Co., Ltd.: See—
Hanyu, Susumu, 3,64 1 ,957.
Jardinier, Pierre; and Simonnot, Jack, to ALDES Ateliera Lyonnais
d'Emboutissage Special (Societe Anonyme). Automatic air diffuser
and reguUtor. 3,64 1 ,9 1 5, CI. 98- 1 2 1 .
Jarosz, George J., to Admiral Corporation. Reactance tube controlled
pentodeoscillator. 3,643. 179, CI. 331-180.
Jasinski, Amy L., to Owens-llhnois, Inc. Methods for preparing or-
ganopolysiloxanes using group 1 1 A metal hydrolysis catalysts.
3,642,693, CI. 260-46.5
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Jaiinski, Victor; and Stone, Raymond A., to Standard Brands Chemical
Industries, Inc. Reaction product of a vinyl ester and polypropylene.
3,642.952, CI. 260-878.
Jayawant, Madhusudan D., to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Com-
pany. Process for the preparation of dimethylaminoethyl methacry-
late. 3,642,877, CI. 260-480.
Jeansonne, Gerald Embry: See—
Canning, Michael Leo; Dunn, Roger Stanley, and Jeansonne,
GeraldEmbr>,3,64l,66l
Jefferson Chemical Company, Inc.: See—
Schuize, Heinz, 3,642,911.
Jeffries, Luther R., Jr.; and Thompson, Charles F., to General Nuclear,
Inc. Radioactive source shield vi^ith safe position indicator
3,643,096, CI. 250-108.
JENAer Glaswerk Schott & Gen.: See—
Petzold, Jurgen; and Scheidler, Herwig, 3,642,504.
Jennings, Brian Edmund; Ludekens, William Louis Wallet; and Slater,
Robert Edward, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Ethylene-
vinyl acetate copolymer latex prepared with acrylic seed. 3,642,680,
CI. 260-29.6
Jennings, Frederick A. Corrosion-inhibiting tool box. 3,642,998. CI.
21-2.5
Jergins, Allen A. Offshore drilling and well completion method.
3,642,063, CI. 166-0.5
Jespersen, A., & Son International A/S: See—
Toksvig, Peter K, 3,642.419.
Jivoin, Anton. Manufacturing flexible drinking straws. 3,641,884, CI.
93-84.
Jochems, Jozeph Roelof. Amalgam gun. 3,64 1, 673, CI. 32-60.
Johansson, Leif A. T.: See—
Tillander, Magnus E., Persson, Ake B., and Johansson, Leif A.
T, 3,641, 945.
Johnson & Johnson: See—
Gasaway,Glen P.; and Holbrook, Thomas Render, 3,642,516.
Grobner, Wayne W., 3.642,56 1 .
Johnson, Audrey J.: See—
Reimers, James; and Johnson, Audrey J. ,3, 642, 1 1 1 .
Johnson, Bernt. Device for mounting and demounting a bit. 3,641 ,655,
CI. 29-243.
Johnson, Burnett H., to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Olefin polymerization to yield predominantly dimers and trimers.
3,642,932, CI. 260-683.1
Johnson, David M.: See—
Spandau, Howard D., 3,64 1 ,77 1 .
Johnson, Edward J., Jr., to Polaroid Corporation. Silver diffusion
transfer process with mercapto- purine antifoggant. 3,642,473, CI
96-29.
Johnson, Gerald Frederick, to Grain Processing Corporation. Carton
and package. 3,642, 1 25, CI. 206-47.
Johnson, Herbert G., to Shell Oil Company. Plunger-and-diaphragm
plastic sheet forming apparatus. 3,642,4 1 5, CI. 425-389.
Johnson, James T.; and Smith, Lester E., to Olin Corporation. Safety
bag inflation system for vehicles. 3,642,304, CI. 280-150.
Johnson, Keith L., to Swift & Company. Method for improving the pro-
perties of hydraulic cementitious mixtures. 3,642,506, CI. 106-90
Johnson, Morris A.; and Yang, Kang. to Continental Oil Company.
Preparation of alkyl iodide from alkyl chloride by nucleophilic sub-
stitution. 3,642,920, CI. 260-658.
Johnson, Paul Kingston: See—
Koop, Francis Detrich, Jr.; Johnson, Paul Kingston; and Russell,
Larry Rayner,3,64l,779.
Johnson, Robert Norman; Karol, Frederick John, and Pilato, Louis
Anthony, to Union Carbide Corporation. Olefin (Kilymerization
using di-tertiary poly- alicyclic chromate ester catalyst systems
3,642,749, CI. 260-88.2
Johnson, Roy W. Orchard Pruning and picking apparatus. 3,641,738,
CI. 53-391.
Johnson, Wesley R.; and Hamel, Jon J., to Spcrry Rand Corporation.
Memory system having associated plural timing tracks and data
tracks. 3,643,243, CI. 340-174.1
Jolley, Gordon B.; and Roberts, Durward T., Jr., to Esso Research and
Engineering Company. SiOj-AI, 0,-NiO catalyst and its preparation.
3,642,66 1, CI. 252-453.
Jones, Ancil A.: See—
Wilcox, Thomas L., Jr.; and Jones, Ancil A.,3,642,192.
Jones, Bill T., Jr.: S«—
Aiani, Richard L.; and Jones, Bill T., Jr.,3,643,1 24
Jones, Hugh L.; and Marshall, George E., to Xerox Corporation. Platen
cover for copying machine. 3,642,37 1 , CI. 355- 1 28.
Jones, R. A., &. Company, Inc.: See-
Duly, William C.;and Welzel, Fred H., 3,641 ,735.
Jones, Richard: See—
Fulham, Michael J.; Jones, Richard; Webb, Michael; and Hamard,
Jacques,3,642,934.
Jones, Roger B.; and Smith, Raymond B., to Kidde, Walter, & Com-
pany. Discrete heat detecting system using a thermistor detecting
element. 3,643,245, CI. 340-228
Jordan, James A., Jr.: See—
Hirach, Peter M.; Jordan, James A., Jr.; and Lesem, Louis
B.,3,642.3S0.
Jost, Ernest M.:5«r—
Purde*. Andrew J.; and Jost, Ernest M., 3,642.527.
Joy. David Richard: See—
Foster, Richard Gregory; and Joy, David Richard,3,642,923.
Jung, Reinhold: See—
Schippers, Heinz; Geil, Walter Remscheid-Lennep; Albrecht,
Gerd. and Jung, Reinhold, 3.642, 397.
Jungbeck. Manfred, to Kallwalzwerke Brockhaus GmbH Process and
apparatus for the cutting of material. 3,64 1 ,853, CI. 83-7.
Junker, Ralph Daniel. Reduced recoil caseless cartridge machine gun.
3,641, 867. CI. 89-1.704
Junker. Thomas Joseph: See—
Neuberger. Edmond Donald; and Junker. Thomas
Joseph, 3,64 1,821.
Kabel- und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte AktiengeseflschafI: See—
Scheufcle, Erwin, 3,642,057.
Kabel-und Metallwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Tuschy, Eckhard; and Niggemann, Theodor, 3,641 ,858.
Kablaoui, Mahmoud S., and Kolaian, Jack H., to Texaco Inc. Drilling
fluid. 3,642.622, CI. 252-8.5
Kabushiki Kaisha Fujii Kogyo: See—
Fujii,Shozo. 3.642,095.
Kabushiki Kaisha Hitachi Seisakusho: See—
One, Minora, Momoi, Toshimitsu, and Kawachi, Youji,
3,643,137
Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu: See —
Kikuchi, Tomio, and Arai, Kiyoyuki. 3,64 1 ,902.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh: See—
Ataka, Hisanori, and Mikami, Nobunao, 3,64 1 ,900.
Ataka. Hisanori, 3,641 ,904
Ataka, Hisanori. 3.642.360.
Fujimoto. Sakac, 3.641.897
Fujimoto. Sakae, 3,641.901
Kakichi, Tokusaburo, and Akiyama, Hideaki, 3,642,225.
Kakiuchi, Tokusaburo; and Akiyama, Hideaki, 3,642,358.
Kubo, Keishi; and Matsumura, Sadao, 3,642,483.
Kabushiki Kaisha Satomi Denki Shokai: See —
Nagoshi, Kazuhiro, and Yagi, Yoshimasa, 3,642,555.
Kabushikikaisha Meiki Seisakusho: See—
Nagawa, Keizo, 3,642,404.
Kahle, Gerald R.: See—
Moberly, Charles W and Kahle, Gerald R, 3,642,744
Kahn. Samuel, to Universal Oil Products Company. Manufacture of
benzophenone 3.642.906, CI 260-591.
Kaiser Aerospace & Electronics Corporation: See—
Balding. George H , 3,643,258.
Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation: See —
Nowak. Thomas A.. 3,642,054.
Nylander. Alfred F.. 3,642,454.
Pitzer, Thomas D.; Metzger, John A., and Lamberty, John M.,
3,642,188
Kaiser Steel Corporation: See—
Hekkanen, Eero M ; and Tokola. Alpo J., 3,641 ,774.
Kakichi, Tokusaburo; and Akiyama, Hideaki, to Kabushiki Kaisha
Ricoh. Device for detecting the completion of film winding.
3,642,225, CI. 242-189.
Kakiuchi, Tokusaburo; and Akiyama, Hideaki, to Kabushiki Kaisha
Ricoh. Film pressure device for cartridge. 3,642,358, CI. 352-227.
Kakogawa. Genjiro: See—
Iwasaki. Koichiro, Yamaguchi, Kazuo; Kakogawa, Genjiro; Ohtsu-
ka, Yasuo; and Kasahara, Kanji, 3,642, 748.
Kalb, Lennart Reinhold, Olsson, Karl Gustav; and Blom, Bengt Gordon
Teodor, to Aktiebolaget Secor. Apparatus for joining sheet metal
bands 3,64 1, 960, CI 113-1
Kalberman, Louis Werner, to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incor-
porated. Piece part handling apparatus. 3,641 ,648. CI. 29-203.
Kallwalzwerke Brockhaus GmbH: See—
Jungbeck. Manfred, 3,64 1, 853
Kalning, Frederick E., and Redman, Howard E., to Mathewson Cor-
poration Mattress edge binding machine and method of edge bind-
ing. 3,64 1,954, CI 112-3
Kalopissi. Gregoire, Abegg, Jean-Louis; Ghilardi, Guiliana; and de
Beaulieu, Henri Philippe, to Societe Anonyme dite: I'Oreal.
Cosmetic composition for treating hair. 3,642,429, CI. 8-127.51
Kalvoda, Jaroslav: See—
Anner, Georg, and Kalvoda, Jaroslav, 3,642,826.
Kamber, Heinrich; Hausammann, Werner; and Deplante, Henri, to
Avions Marcel Dassault and Confederation Suisse, rep. by Fabrique
Federale. Aircraft. 3,642,234, CI. 244-45.
Kampe, Klaus-Dieter, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vor-
mals Meister Lucius & Bruning. 0-Halogenoalkyl isocyanates.
3.642,874, CI. 260-487
Kampe. Klaus-Dieter; and Fischer, Edgar. Process for the manufacture
of neutral polyphosphoric acid esters from PtO| and orthocarbonic
acid esters. 3,642,956, CI 260-920.
Kan, Yoshiro: 5*^—
Takahashi, Tadanobu; and Kan, Yoshiro,3,642,33S.
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ando, Satoshi, Tanaka, Yusaku; Onuma, Sadao; and OgaU, Fu-
mimaro, 3,642,568.
Ogata, Fumimaro; Naruse, Tsutomu; and Itoh, Torazo, 3,642,565.
Kaneyasu, Masao, to Dentsu Central Kabushiki Kaisha. Disinfectant
for a telephone mouthpiece and a manufacturing method thereof.
3,643,040, CI. 179-185.
Kanner, Bernard; and Prokai, Bela, to Union Carbide Corporation. Ca-
tionic silicone surfacunts for flexible poly- ester urethane foams.
3,642,670, CI. 260-2.5
Kansas State University Research Foundation: See—
Bartley, Erie E ; and Deyoe. Charles W.. 3.642.489.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
KanstuI, Zigmant J.; and Quinn, Gregory F., to Chicago Musical Instru-
ment, Co. Musical instrument valve construction. 3,641,863, CI. 84-
390.
Kanzaki, Hisao: See-
Sasaki, Hiroshi; Maruyama, TaUuo; Kanzaki, Hiuo; Sakamoto,
Yasuhiko; and Yatoshima, Nobuyuki,3,643,03 1 .
Kapnek, Bertram H. Lighting assembly. 3,642,238, CI. 248-205.
Karageorge, Louis J. Method and apparatus for forming dental
prosthesis. 3,64 1,670, CI. 32-6.
Karasa, Alvydas P.: See—
Dwyer, John R., Jr.; and Karasa, Alvydas P. ,3,64 1 ,749.
Karol, Frederick John: See-
Johnson, Robert Norman; Karol, Frederick John; and Pilato,
Louis Anthony, 3.642,749
Karpati, Egon: See—
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy, Agnes, nee LukaU; Dancsi, Lajos,
Domok, Livia, nee Kis-Vigh; Karpati, Egon; and Szpomy, Las-
zlo,3,642,805.
Kasahara, Kanji: See—
Iwasaki, Koichiro; Yamaguchi, Kazuo; Kakogawa, Genjiro; OhUu-
ka, Yasuo; and Kasahara, Kanji,3,642,748.
Kasai, Shozo; Shimizu, Daisaburo; and KaUgiri, Shinjiro, to Hitachi,
Ltd. Electron lens for electron microscope and the like. 3,643,191,
CI. 335-212.
Kashiwa, Norio; Tokuzumi, Tadaichi; and Fujimura, Hiroshi, to MiUui
Petrochemical industries, Ltd. Process for the polymerization and/or
copolymerization of olefins with the use of Ziegler-type catalysts
supported on carrier. 3,642,746, CI. 260-88.2
Kastning, Ernst-GucntherKastning, Marie-Louise Hermine, heiress-at-
laws): See—
Gehm, Robert; Kastning. Emst-Guenther; and Schneider,
Kurt,3.642,665.
Katagi, Kazuo, to RCA Corporation. Synchronization of serial
memory. 3,643,220, CI. 340-172.5
Katagiri, Ken, to Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Threomycin and production
thereof. 3,642.985, CI. 424-120.
Katagiri, Shinjiro: See—
Kasai, Shozo; Shimizu. Daisaburo; and Katagiri, Shin-
jiro,3,643,l9l.
Katchka, Jay R., to RoberUhaw Controls Company. Dual valve control
device. 3,642,029, CI. 137-629.
Kato, Hiroshi: See—
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi, Hiroshi; Matsuo, Youichi; Kato.
Hiroshi; Shimizu, Mineo; and Takahashi, Nobuyuki, 3, 642,468.
Kato, Masayuki: See—
Sakai, Michihiko; Kato, Masayuki, Hagiwara, Hikoichi; and
Sazuo, Konishi,3,642,900.
Kato, Takaaki: See—
WakamaUu, Hisato; Kato, Takaaki, Kawakubo, Mamoru; and Ito,
KaUunori,3,64 1,844.
Kato, Takami: See—
Hishida, Yukio; Kato, Takami; HiraU, Takashi; and Kurachi,
Hitao.3,642,110
Kato. Takatoshi: See—
Takashima, Seiichi; and Kato, Takatoshi, 3,643,036.
Kato, Toshio: See—
Senoo, Saburo; Kato, Toshio; Imai, Norio; and Kurihara,
Masakazu,3,642,867.
Kaufman, Philip, to Instrument Systems Corporation. Adjustable sup-
port for bottles. 3,642,24 1 , CI. 248-327.
Kawachi, Youji: See—
Ono, Minoru; Momoi, Toshimitsu; and Kawachi, Youji, 3,643, 1 37.
Kawaguchi Rubber Industrial Co., Ltd.: See—
Kawaguchi, Ryuzo, 3,642,562.
Kawaguchi, Ryuzo, to Kawaguchi Rubber Industrial Co., Ltd. Material
for blackboards comprising synthetic retin and proceu for making
the ume. 3,642,562, CI. 161-88.
Kawahara, Ichizo, to Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Electrically driven
camera for an endoscope. 3,64 1 ,898, CI. 95-3 1 .
Kawakami, Akira. to Hitachi Maxell, Ltd. Secondary battery with in-
date ion in the electrolyte. 3,642,539, CI. 1 36-30.
Kawakami, Yukichika: See—
Kusuno, Hideaki; Uchida, Miyoji; Segawa, Masahiro; and
Kawakami, Yukichika,3,642,684.
Kawakubo, Kazuo, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha. Copying machine.
3.642,366. CI. 355-8.
Kawakubo, Mamoru: See—
Wakamatsu, Hisato; Kato, Takaaki; Kawakubo, Mamoru; and Ito,
Katsunori,3,64l.844.
Kawasumi, Kenichi: See—
Yamane, Mikiya; Saito, Akira; Matsumoto, Katsuyoshi; Kawasu-
mi, Kenichi; Murayama, Kazuo; and Sugiyama,
Hiroshi,3,642.340.
Kawatake, Koichi: See—
Yuminaka, Takeo; Iwasaka, TaUuo; Matsuzawa, Hideto,
KawaUke, Koichi; and Hirasawa, KoUro,3,642,099.
Kazakavage, Joseph R.: See-
Wiley, Nathaniel C, Jr.; and Kazakavage, Joseph R.,3.642,1 68.
Keddie, Ian: See—
Macphail, Alexander C. B., and Keddie, Ian, 3,642,630.
Keen, Everett M.; and Siciliano, Anthony J., to Diamond International
Corporation. Anti-blister cage mat and method for raising broilers.
3.641.983, CI. 119-17.
Keen, William Ernest; and Kirkaldy, David, to Imperial Chemical In-
dustries Limited. Manufacture of polydodecamethylene terephthala-
mide. 3,642,710, CI. 260-78.
Keesling, Clifford E., to Functional Systems Corporation. Carpet
cutting apparatus and method. 3,64 1 ,854, CI. 83- 1 8
Kehrberger, Achim L.: See—
Domfeld, Eberhard R.; Hennecke, Rudolf R. G.; and Kehrberger,
Achim L.,3.642,078.
Keiser, David Howard, Jr. Grass shears. 3,64 1 ,668, CI. 30-260.
Keiser, David Howard, Jr. Grass shears. 3,641,669, CI 30-260
Keith, John V.; and Richter, Hans H., to Leesona Corporation. Strand
heating apparatus. 3,64 1 ,756, CI. 57-34.
Kelley, C. K., &. Sons, inc.: See—
Kelley, Donald G., 3,642.232
Kelley, Donald G., to Kelley, C. K., & Sons, inc. End-opening carrier
for pneumatic tube system. 3,642,232, CI 243-35
Kellos, Arnold J. Window seal tape or strip. 3,641,707. CI. 49-462.
Kelly, Warner M: See-
Taylor, Frank H.; and Kelly. Warner M. 3.642,070.
Kelver, William L, Jr.: See-
Zdanys, John, Jr.; Kelver, William L., Jr.; and Weingart, Norman
C, 3, 64 3, 046.
KemaNord AB: See—
Widenback, Ralph Hugo. 3,642.189.
Kempis, Edward B.: See-
Pope, Noel C; Kempis, Edward B.; and O'Donovan, Kevin H.
J.,3,642,412.
Kendrick. Gary R., to Combustion Engineering, Inc Flow responsive
circuit. 3,641,819, CI. 73-229.
Kennecott Copper Corporation: See-
Franz, Henry W., 3,642,599.
Kenworthy, Earl L.; and Hibbs, Russell R., to International Telephone
and Telegraph Corporation. Apparatus and method of compensating
a long highly dispersive traveling wave transmission line. 3,643,261,
CI. 343-771.
Kereluk, Karl, to American Sterilizer Company. Sterilizing apparatus
for continuously sterilizing articles by flames means 3,642,012, CI.
134-83.
Kerr, John W: See-
Bean, Donald E.; Engh, James T.; Hammer. James R.; SchettI,
Myron D.; Tashjian, Harry J., Ullmer, Richard J.; and Kerr,
John W, 3,642, 197
Kerr-Mc Gee Corporation: See-
Roach, Jack W.; and Garwin, Leo, 3,642,608
Kesling, Peter C. Combination lock ring and uprighting spring
orthodontic appliance. 3,641,672, CI. 32-14
Kesselring, Donald J.; and Mulera, Thomas G., to Sperry Rand Cor-
poration. Ruggedized flux valve assembly. 3,641,679, CI. 33-204.
Keuchel, Herbert W., to Celanese Corporation. Foam fibrillated yarn
and process. 3,641,760, CI. 57-157.
Keuffel & Esser Company: See—
Trusheim, Frank M.; and Zaniewski, Walter C, 3,642,477.
Key Education, Inc.: See—
Krass,Alvin, 3,641,686.
Keyes, Robert W.; and Weiser, Kurt, to International Business
(Machines Corporation. Method of fabricating solid state devices.
3,642.544. CI. 148-175.
Keystone Lamp Manufacturing Corporation: See-
Hudson, Robert, 3,642,3 10.
Kibler, Ralph J: See-
Ellis, Paul H ; Kibler, Ralph J.; and Kramer, Richard R, 3,641 ,691 .
Kidde, Walter, &. Company: See-
Jones, Roger B., and Smith, Raymond B., 3,643,245.
Kiefer, Hans: See—
Naarmann, Herbert; and Kiefer, Hans,3,642.7I8.
Kiefer, Richard: See—
Baraintky, Rudolf F.; Kiefer, Richard; Pankuweit, Hartmut; and
Esser. Alfred G.,3,642,399.
Kiffmeyer, William W., to Allen-Bradley Company, interface circuit
for industrial control systems. 3,643,1 15, CI. 307-296.
Kikuchi, Tomio; and Arai, Kiyoyuki, to Kabushiki Kaisha Koparu.
Electronic shutter with electronically controlled self-timer for photo-
graphic camera. 3,641,902, CI. 95-53.3
Kikuchi, Yasubee, to Usui Kokusai Songyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Speed
responsive fluid coupling. 3,642,105, CI. 192-58.
Kikuchi, Yothiyasu, to Nippon Electric Company, Limited. Recogni-
tion apparatus with readout mode selection capability. 3,643.069,
CL235-6l.il
Kilby, Jack S., to Texas instruments, incorporated. Large scale integra-
tion of electronic systems in microminiature form. 3,643.232, CI.
340-173.
Kilby, Jack St. Clair, to Texas instruments. Incorporated. Semiconduc-
tor device. 3,643,1 38, CI. 317-235.
Kilgren, Karl H.: See-
Suzuki, Shigeto; Kilgren, Kari H.; and Tjoa, Giok H..3,642,43i.
Kim, Dae Sik: See—
Kraus, Bemhard J.; and Kim, Dae Sik.3.641 ,767.
Kimball. William H: See-
Pine, Wilton C; Westeren, Herbert W.; and Kimball, William
H. 3,642.263.
Kimura. Akihiro, to Matsushita Electronics Corporation. Semiconduc-
tor device and method of making tame. 3.642428, CI. 117-212.
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15,1972
Kimurt, Kazuo: 5«— . « u-
Tanaka. KaUunobu, Kimura. Kazuo; and Yamaguchi,
Ken,3.642.576.
Kimura. Naokazu, to Hitachi. Ltd. Remote superviiory jyitem
3,643.222. CI. 340-172.5
Kinedyne Corporation: See—
Farley. Holt A. 3.641,630.
King. David Henry: S«— ,^.,naj
Gosling, Raymond George; and King. David Henry .3.64 1, 994.
Kinnersly. Richard Furneaux. Internal combustion engine. 3.641,990,
CI. 123-196.
Kinney, Alfred W., to Phillips Petroleum Company. ConUmer closure.
3.642.1 67. CI. 220-60.
Kinney. John M . to American Welding & Manufacturmg Company.
The. Method and apparatus for calibrating the position of a tool and
for gauging the dimensions of a workpiece. 3.64 1 .849. CI. 82- 1
Kirby, Lonnie Dee: See— /
McDaniel. Philip F., and Kirby. Lonnie Dee.3.642.1 29 /
Kirby. William D. Flow operated selector valve for irrigation systems.
3.642.022. CI. 137-119.
Kirchmayr. Rudolf; Heller, Hans-Jorg, and Rody. Jean, to Ciba-Geigy
Corporation. 1 .2.3-Tria2oles as UV-absorbers. 3.642.813. CI. 260-
308
KirkaWy, David: See-
Keen, William Ernest; and Kirkaldy. David. 3.642,7 10
Kirkendall. William D. Method for manufacturing electrical devices
3,641, 664, CI. 29-592
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy. Agnes, nee Lukats; Dancsi, Lajos, Domok,
Livia. nee Kis-Vigh; Karpati. Egon; and Szporny. Laszlo. to Messrs
Richter Gedeon Vegycszeti Gyra Rt. Certain aralkyi derivatives of
N-acylated hydroxylamines. 3.642,805. CI. 260-295.
Kishiraoto. Masaru: S*r—
Yamamoto. Kiyokazu. Kishimoto. Masaru; Ueno. Susumu. Fu-
jimbto. Hiroshi; HaUmoto. KazuUka; and Kubota,
Tadashi.3.641.653
Kiuno. Motoi. to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd Insulating im-
pregnation composition of waxy and greasy ethylene polymers
3.642,638, CI. 252-63.
Kitch, Paul E., to Scott Paper Company. Transparency display ap-
paratus. 3,642,359, CI. 353-23
Kitchel, Joseph Clyde: See-
Woodridge. David D.. Kitchel. Joseph Clyde, and Garrett. William
R. 3.641.982
Kivijak, Joseph M.. Jr., and Rausch, Maurice K . to Atlantic Richfield
Company. Two-stage hydrocracking-hydrotreating process to make
lube oil. 3.642.610. CI 208-58
Klein, Albert M., to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Waveform sensing and tracking system. 3,643.169. CL^.^28-
150.
Klein, Heinrich: See—
Hoffmann, Alfred; and Klein, Heinrich, 3,64 1 ,743.
Klenco Corporation: See—
Rainey, George E., Heidmeyer, Donald H.; and Davis, Donald E ,
3,641,618.
Klopp, John H, to United States of America, Air Force. Bomblifl
trailerliftingmechanism 3,642,250, CI. 254-124
Klopp, John H.; and Klopp, John H., to United States of America, Air
Force United States of America, Air Force. Bomblift trailer suspen-
sion system Bomblift trailer suspension system 3,642,300, CI. 280-
34.
Klopp, John H.: See—
Klopp, John H.; and Klopp. John H ,3,642,300.
Klucheff. Nicholas S : See-
Adler. Imre; Felte, Louis; and Klucheff, Nicholas S, 3,642, 1 53.
Kiyn, Paul: See-
VonEnde, Robe rtJ..3,642, 122.
Knapman, John E.: See—
Basham, Edgar W.; Knapman, John E.; Pollard, Gordon D ;
Anthony, John B.; and Munro, Alan C, 3,642,289.
Knapsack Aktiengeselbchafl: S«—
SennewaW, Kurt; Ohorodnik, Alexander; and Dettmeier. Udo,
3,642,929.
Knaus, Gilbert M: S«—
Bamett, Buford F.; and Knaus, Gilbert M, 3,642.695.
Knechel, William F.: See-
Williams, Carl J., Jr.; and Knechel, William F, 3,642,482.
Knowles, M. B.; and Winebarger, Charles S., to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Process for preparing modiHed polyolefins. 3,642,722, CI
260-78.4
Knowles, Peter M.: S«—
Horrobin, Gerald V.; Hutton. John F.; and Knowles, Peter
M. 3.642.309.
Knowles, Robert G.: See—
Scaminaci. James, Jr.; and Knowles, Robert G, 3,641 ,666.
Knox. James J., to Knox Laboratories, Inc. Guard enclosed
hypodermic needle and syringe receptacle. 3,642,1 23, CI. 206-43.
Knox Laboratories, Inc.: See—
Knox, James J, 3,642,123.
Knutsen, Elliel F.; and Santiago, Julio A., to Nite-Site, Inc. Radio lu-
minescent gun sight and method. 3,64 1, 676, CI. 33-52.
Kobayashi, Hidehiko; and Komito, Hiroshi, to Asahi Kasei Kogyo
Kabuthiki Kaisha. Preparation of polyethylene 1,2-diphenox-
yethane- 4.4"-dicarboxylatc using strontium, calcium and and an-
timony compound as a polymerization caUlyst. 3,642,697. CI. 260-
47.
Kobayashi. Katuei: S«e—
Osoegawa.Hideru;and Kobayashi. Katuei.3.641.663.
Kodalle. Rudi. to Rohm-Gesellschaft m.b.H., Werkzeug- und Maschin-
enfabrik Omnidirectional pressurized hydraulic and pneumatic fluid
actuated piston type power means for operating mechanisms, such as
a chuck, by reciprocating linear movements, omnidirectionally,
within any plane 3,641 ,875. CI. 91-1 .
Kodama, Reijiro 5^*—
Morimoto, Rokuya. and Kodama. Reijiro, 3.642.982.
Koennecke, Wolfgang, and Strieker. Reinhold, to Flughafen Franfurt
Am Main Aktiengesellschaft. Turn around device for a pallet con-
veyor 3,642, 158. CI, 214-314.
Koemer. Gotz: See—
Rossmy.Gerd;and Koerner. Gotz. 3. 642.852.
Kohler. Friu Peter: See—
Welch. William Arthur, and Kohler. Fritz Peter.3,642,986.
Kohler, Gisbert, to SKF Rugellagerfabriken Gesellschaft mit
beschrankter Haftung. Spindle bearing assembly. 3,641,759, CI. 57-
129
Koivunen. Erkki A , to General Motors Corporation. Engine and trans-
mission fluid supply system 3,642,097, CI. 184-6.
Kokusai Denshin DenwaCo , Ltd : See—
Sasaki. Hiroshi. Maruyama. Tatsuo; Kanzaki. Hisao; Sakamoto.
Yasuhiko;and Yasoshima. Nobuyuki, 3.643.031 .
Kolaian, Jack H : See—
Kablaoui, Mahmoud S ; and Kolaian. Jack H. 3.642.622.
Kolankowsky. Eugene. McMahon, Robert F., and Perlman, David J., to
International Business Machines Corporation. Storage having a plu-
rality of simultaneously accessible locations. 3,643,236, CI, 340-1 73
Kolb. Edwin R , Blaha, John F . and RoberU. Webater C. to Harris-In-
tertype Corporation Control of configuration size and intensity.
3.643.25 I. CI 340-324.
Koleske. Joseph Victor: See—
Olhoft, Gary Vernon. Eldred. Nelson Richard; and Koleske.
Joseph Victor. 3. 642.507.
Kolff, Willem J., to University of Uuh Soft shell mushroom shaped
heart 3. 64 1.591. CI 3-1
Komachiya. Yoshioki: See—
Jackisch. Philip F., Matsui. Yoshinari. Hara. Minoru. Komachiya.
Yoshioki, Mauui. Yoshinari, Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki,3,642,887
Jackisch, Philip F.; Matsui, Yoshinari, Hara, Minoru; Komachiya.
Yoshioki. Matsui. Yoshinari. Hara. Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki. 3.642.887
Mauui, Yoshinari, Hara. Minoru, and Komachiya,
Yoshioki, 3,642.888
Kombinat Veb Pentacon Dresden Kamera- und Kinowerke: See—
Strehle.Horst. 3.641.892.
KomeUni. Yuuka. Tatemoto, Masayoshi. Okuda. Masahiro; Okuno.
Chuzo; Sakau. Shinsuke. Sakai. Shoji; and Oka. Masahiko. to Daikin
Rogyo Co . Ltd Process for polymerizing fluoro- olefins in the
presence of isobutyry I peroxide. 3.642.754. CI. 260-92.1
Komito. Hiroshi: See—
Kobayashi. Hidehiko; and Komito. Hiroshi. 3.642.697.
Komori. Masahiro Safety gate for press. 3.64 1 ,84 1 . CI. 74-6 1 5.
Kondo, Iwao Machine for processing a piece of work by electric cur-
rent 3,642,601, CI 204-206
Koninklijke Ncderlandsche Hoogovensen Sualfabrieken N. V.: See—
Vroege. Aart Kornelis, 3,642,262
Konrad Marion G , and Erickson, John W , to Preco, Inc. Underelung
gate suspension. 3,64 1. 942, CI, 105-376.
Koop, Francis Detnch, Jr., Johnson, Paul Kingston; and Russell, Larry
Rayner, to Fluor Corporation. Stinger system for guiding a pipeline
from or on a moving vessel. 3,641,779, CI. 61-72.3
Kordek, Steven F , to Seeburg Corporation of Delaware, The. Rotating
scoring target for a game amusement machine. 3,642,284, CI. 273-
127.
Komylak, Andrew T. Magnetic conveyor. 3,642.1 18. CI. 198-41.
Kosubek. Uwe: See—
Lowenfeld. Rudolf, and Kosubek. Uwe,3,642,424.
Kovach. Stephen M; and Patrick, Ralph E., to Ashland Oil & Refining
Company Process for desulfurization of aromatics. 3,642,927, CI.
260-674
Koyama, Eisuke: S«—
Mori, Haruki. Takahashi, Toshinao; and Koyama,
Eisuke,3.643,147
Koziukov, Vladimir Petrovich; Mironov, Vladimir Florovich; and
Sheludyakov. Viktor Dmitrievich Method for production of iso-
cyanates. 3,642,854, CI 260-448.2
Kozol, Eugene T.: See—
Barcomb. James G.; and Kozol, Eugene T., 3,643,039.
Kozowyk,Ted:S«— . ,^ „ », j
Sinclair, Alex H., Kozowyk, Ted; Reynolds, Ralph K.; Neargirder.
Robert F.; and Edson, Robert H. 3,642,332.
Kraft, Paul, and Oberlander, Karl. Set of cooking utensiU. 3,641,920,
CI 99-340 , ^ . . ,
Kraft Rupert; and Zimmcr, Johannes. Device for surface treatment or
material. 3.641.928, CI. 100-160.
Kramer, Manfred; Flaschar, Heinz; and Antonulas, Georg, to BoKh,
Robert GmbH Apparatus for controlling the How from two out-
leu. 3,642,019, CI 137-101.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Kramer, Richard R.: See-
Ellis, Paul H.; Kibler, Ralph J ; and Kramer, Richard R, 3,641 ,691 .
Kramlick, Emil S,: See—
Bigley, Arthur C, Jr., and Kramlick, Emil S. 3,642.267,
Kramm,Carl H.; and Lee, Roger E. to Wedge-Lock Honing Stone. Co.
Honingapparatus. 3.64 1.7 IS, CI. 51-204.
Krass, Alvin, to Key Education, Inc. Educational testing machine.
3,641,686, CI. 35-22.
Kratt, Henry J., to Remco Manufacturing Co., Inc. Cleaning brush as-
sembly for cleaning cylindrical surfaces. 3,64 1 ,608, CI. 1 5-88.
Kraus, Bernhard J., and Kim, Dae Sik, to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company, Low polluting internal combustion engine wherein
secondkry air is utilized to prevent overheating of the exhaust
manifold, 3,64 1 ,767, CI. 60-30.
Kray, Raymond J.; and Winter, Roland A. E., to Ciba-Geigy Corpora-
tion. Triazine based polybenzimidazole. 3,642,720, CI. 260-78.4
Kroekel, Charles Henry, to Rohm and Haas Company. Unsaturated
polyester resinous compositions containing cellulose esters and
molded articles therefrom. 3,642.672. CI. 260-16.
Krogman. Stanley R., to FMC Corporation. Rotary sprayer for washing
machine. 3.642.207. CI. 239-25 1 .
Kroner. James W.. and Anthony, Joseph J., II., 1/3 to Kroner, William,
Jr. Timing device. 3,643,158. CI 324-162,
Kroner. William, Jr.: See—
Kroner, James W; and Anthony, Joseph J., II., 3,643,158.
Kropf, Daniel T. Exercising device with signaling mechanism.
3,642,276, CI. 272-57.
Kroy Industries, Inc.: See—
Crow, Herman L.; Lu Conic, Andrew; Maloney, Patrick Martin;
and Bluem,Gary Raymond. 3.643.048.
Lu Conic. Andrew; Maloney. Patrick Martin; and Bluem, Gary
Raymond, 3.643.049
Krueger. James Elwood: See—
Sieger. George Madison; Krueger. James Elwood; and Barringer.
William Charles,3,642,99 1
Kubo, Keishi; and Matsumura, Sadao, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh.
Thermally developable diazotype copying materials. 3,642,483, CI.
96-75.
Kubota, Tadashi: See—
Yamamoto, Kiyokazu; Kishimoto, Masaru; Ueno, Susumu; Fu-
jimoto, Hiroshi; Hatamoto, Kazutaka, and Kubota.
Tadashi,3,64I,653.
Kudo, Yoshiaki: See—
Takamizawa, Minoru; Hayashi, Takayoshi; Uzawa, Kazumoto;
TakiU, Masatoshi; and Kudo, Yoshiaki,3,642,596.
Kuhlthau, Hans Peter: See—
Raue. Roderich; and Kuhlthau. Hans Peter.3.642.823.
Kuhn, Russel C: See—
Flory, John F.; Baptist, Colin N. T.; Kuhn, Russel C, and Stracke.
Frederick H. 3.64 1.602
Kunimune, Kouichi: See—
Shirai, Sio; Kunimune, Kouichi; and Muraki, Masaaki, 3, 642,95 1 .
Kunitake, Toyoki: See—
Aso, Chuji; Kunitake, Toyoki; and Uchio, Hakaru.3.642.757.
Kunkle. George E. Jr. Apparatus for producing wall panels. 3.641,645,
CI. 29-200.
Kunzel, Hans Egon: See—
Gilch, Heinrich; Darsow, Gerhard, Bottenbruch, Ludwig; Lorenz.
Gunter; Kunzel, Hans Egon, Nischk, Gunther, and Schnell, Her-
mann,3,642,882.
Kurachi, Hisao: See—
Hishida, Yukio; Kato, Takami; Hirata. Takashi; and Kurachi.
Hisao.3,642,110.
Kuraray Co., Ltd.: See—
Miki, Masakazu; Takeuchi, Yasuhiro; and Kuwahara, Hisaharu,
3,642.518.
Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kusuno, Hideaki; Uchida, Miyoji; Segawa, Masahiro; and
Kawakami, Yukichika, 3,642,684.
Kuribayashi, Michio; and Mimori, Riichi, to Nippon Electric Company,
Limited. Modulated carrier wave communication apparatus,
3,643,165, CI. 325-330.
Kurihara, Masakazu: See—
Senoo, Saburo; Kato, Toshio; Imai, Norio; and Kurihara,
Masakazu.3.642,867.
Kuril, Arthur, to Ultrasonic Systems, Inc. Ultrasonic method for hair
joining. 3,642.010. CI. 132-5.
Kurita, Tomio: See—
MiyakawB, Takashi; Kurita, Tomio, and Ichimura,
Akira,3,643,224.
Kurtz, Leonard D., to Sutures, Inc. Sutures having long-lasting ger-
micidal propenies. 3,642,003, CI. 128-335.5
Kurz, Leonard D.; and Shave, William H., to Deknatel, Inc. Suture
package. 3,642, 126, CI. 206-63.3
Kus, Ernst R.: See—
Bamebl, August C; Bliem, Franz; and Kus, Ernst R.,3,642,I42.
Kusuno, Hideaki; Uchida. Miyoji; Segawa, Masahiro; and Kawakami,
Yukichika, to Nihon Paint Kabushiki Kaisha, and Kureha Kagaku
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Dispersion-type paint of vinylidene-
fluoride- containing polymers. 3,642,684, CI. 260-3 1 .8
Kuth, Robert: See—
Wegner, Peter; Neeff, Rutger; and Kuth, Robert.3,642,426.
Kuwahara, Hisaharu: See—
Miki, Masakazu; Takeuchi, Yasuhiro; and Kuwahara,
Hisaharu.3.642.S18
Kvam, Donald C: See—
Harrington, Joseph Kenneth; Kvam, Donald C, Mendel, Arthur;
and Robertson. Jerry E. 3.642.8 1 7.
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.. Ltd.: See—
Noguchi, Yuichi; Nakajima, Junichi, Uno, Tetsuo; and Araki,
Kazumi, 3,642,579
Tanaka, Katsunobu; and Suzuki, Takeo, 3,642,575.
Tanaka, Katsunobu; Kimura, Kazuo; and Yamaguchi, Ken,
3,642,576.
Tanaka, Masatami; and Hirotani, Tadashi, 3,642.257.
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Fujimoto. Yasuo, 3.642,782.
Labocey Industrie: See— >'
Palencher, Jacques, 3.642.409.
Laboratoire Suisse de Recherches Horlogeres: See —
Gass. Hans; and Hintermann. Hans Erich. 3.642,522.
Laboratorio Chimico Farmaceutico E. Granelli S.p.A.: See —
Viola, Marino Roberto, 3,642,983.
Lachampt, Felix; Viout, Andre, and Vanlerberghe, Guy, to Societe
Anonymet dite: L'Oreal. Moldable lipstick compositions containing
an emulsifier. 3,642,980. CI. 424-64.
Lachaussee. Maurice L.. and Maigret. Andre D.. to Etablissements
Lachaussee. societe anonyme. Method for manufacturing discs from
wire. 3.641,801. CI. 72-339.
Laconich. Rodolfo L.; and Schoijett. Horacio N. Process for decoratmg
pottery. 3.642.551. CI. 156-89
La Coste, Bernard L., and Dawawala, Suryakant K., to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation. Butterfly valve. 3,642,024, CI. 1 37-340
Ladd, Blaine K. Bench jig for skU. 3,642,269, CI. 269-40.
La Fever, Clifford E.: See—
Buchanan, James F.; and La Fever. Clifford E..3.64 1 .869.
La Forge, David H. Internal combustion engines with rotary pistons.
3,641, 985, CI. 123-8.09
La Heij, Gerardus E., and Van Amerongen, Gerrit J., to Shell Oil Com-
pany. Process for the preparation of gel-containing synthetic conju-
gated diene solution polymers. 3,642,762, CI, 260-94.7
Laible, Roy C, to United States of America. Army. Method of making
a non-woven fibrous felt ballistic armor material. 3,641,638, CI. 28-
72.2
Lajza, John J., Jr.: See —
Couture, Roger A.; and Lajza. John J.. Jr. ,3, 642. 549
Lally. Eugene Brooks: See—
Mathews. Victor M.. Jr.; Nelson, Richard P.; and Lally, Eugene
Brooks,3,642,046.
Lally, Joseph E.; and Tojza, Roman A . to Bally Manufacturing Cor-
poration. Rotating reel game with masking shutter. 3.642.287. CI.
273-143.
Lamb-Weston, Inc.: See—
Davidson, Arthur R.; Haubner, John E.; and White, George A.,
3,642,495.
Lambeir, Silvaan Rene: See—
Bestenreiner, Friedrich; Lambeir, Silvaan Rene; and Meeussen,
Louis Achille$,3,642,349
Lamberty, John M.: See—
Pitzer, Thomas D.; Metzger, John A.; and Lamberty, John
M. 3.642,188.
Landskroner, Karl-Heinz: See—
Feja, Josef Heinz; and Landskroner, Karl-Heinz, 3,642,45 1 .
Langas, Arthur; and Lingle, Harrison C, to Hartco Company. Clip ap-
plying and clinching tools. 3.64 1 .656. CI 29-243.57
Langkammerer. Carl M.. to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company.
.3.642.904. CI. 260-590,
Langlois, Andrew H. A.: See—
Webster.Pierre A. J.;and Langlois. Andrew H. A .3.642.169.
Lanus, Alfred L. G.. 1/2 to Carlo. L. Diaz. Adjusuble dog collar.
3.641. 984. CI. 119-106.
Laser Systems & Electronics. Inc.: See—
Shipp. John I.; Welch. Nathan E.; and Broadbent, Thomas D.,
3.643.101
Lasermation, Inc.: See—
Field, Richard H, 3,642.353.
Laupman, Robert Ronald, to N.V. Auco. Electronic gas discharge tube
starter having a semiconductor switch element controlled by a
capacitive volUge divider. 3,643, 127, CI. 315-101.
Lavreotiki Societe Industrielle Anonyme: See—
Meneidis, PetrosG., 3,642,396.
Lawrence, William F.: See-
Muter, Richard B.; and Lawrence, William F.. 3 .642,445.
Laws, William Robert, to British Iron and Steel Research Association,
The. Furnace skids and beams. 3,642.261, CI. 263-6.
Lazzarini, Louis P., 1/2 to Hanscom, Genevieve I., 1/2 to Hanacom,
Genevieve I., Magnuson, Robert, and Thomson, Lois J., trustees of
the esute of Magnuson, Roy M. Drive roller. 3,642.520, CI. 1 17-94.
Leaf, William B.;See-
Gaarder, Kenneth R.; and Leaf, William B.,3,641 ,993.
Leavenworth, Frederick R., to Waterbury Buckle Company. Buckle.
3,641,633, CI. 24-191.
Leblon, Emile: See—
Baekelmans, Paul; and Leblon. Emile.3,642,760.
Lederer, Seymour J.: See—
Fertig, Joseph; and Lederer, Seymour J. ,3,642,044.
PI 26
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15. 1972
Ledig, KurtW ;5«—
Begany. Albert J.; Ledig, Kurt W; Oliver, Doriald W . and Wendt,
Gerhard R .3.642.842
Lee. Charles Allen; Furbeck. Warren R , Bartley, Thomas S., and
Beaty Jeremy, to International Paper Company, mesne Forming ap-
paratus. 3.641.627. CI. 19-156.3
Lee James H.; and Bruening. David J., to Washington Suburban Sani-
tary Commission. Testing device for water meter registering units
3,641. 806, CI. 73-3.
Lee, James L., to Brush-A-Matic, Inc. Car washing machine
3. 64 1.606, CI. 15-21.
Lee, Robert B. Water jet propulsion unit. 3.64 1.964, CI 1 15-12.
Lee, Robert E.; McDermott, Philip S., and Pan, Edward S., to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation. Method for making an in-
frared sensor. 3.642,529, CI. 1 1 7-212.
Lee, Roger E.: See—
Kramm, Carl H., and Lee. Roger E.,3,641 ,7 1 5.
Leeds &. Micallef; See—
Micallef, Lewis A. 3.642.1 79.
Leesona Corporation: See—
Keith, John V.; and Richter, Hans H., 3,641 ,756.
Lehmann, Kenneth G. Spring-biased metering and non-metering tilt
valve without coil spring. 3,642,1 80, CI. 222-402.23
Leisign Engineering Company, Iric; See-
Hough, William D., 3,64 1 ,594.
Leitner, Hans; See-
Beck, Fritz; Guthke, Harald. and Leitner, Hans, 3,642, 592
Lemelson, Jerome H Building maintenance apparatus. 3,641.607. CI
15-50.
Lemmens. Joseph. Variable speed transmission. 3.641 ,843, CI. 74-751
Lemoine. Maurice G.. to Ampex Corporation. Dual loop equalization
forafrequency modulated signal system 3,643,013, CI 178-6 6
Lenk, Pedro A.; See—
Stuebe, Thomas D, Lenk, Pedro A , and Gifford, John
C, 3,643,229
Leonhardt, William S.See—
Orazcm, Gerald J.; Martin, Kenneth R.; Dcllinger, Matthew H.,
and Leonhardt, William S, 3,642, 648.
Leopold, Lutz; Sm—
Gregory, William D., and Leopold, Lutz,3,643,l 76
Leopoldi, Norbert. Carton cutter or the like 3,64 1 ,667. CI. 30-2.
Lepore.John B. Fin shearing machine. 3,641,639, CI. 29-1.2
Lemer, Hershey, to Automated Packaging Systems, Inc. Method and
apparatus for loading and forming envelopes and blank envelope
stnicture used therewith. 3,641, 733, CI. 53-29.
Lesem, Louis B.; See—
Hirsch, Peter M., Jordan, James A., Jr.; and Lesem, Louis
B.,3,642,350.
Lesher, George Y., to Sterling Drug, Inc 4H-pyrido [ 1,2-al pyrimidin-
4-ones. 3.642,797, CI. 260-25 1
Lesieur-Cotelle, Societe Anonyme: 5«—
Bourgeois, Jacques, 3,642,410.
Lesinski. Chester A., to Dow Chemical Company. The.
Polyethylenimine-dcxtrose and/or precursors of dextrose adhesive
composition. 3.642,67 1. CI. 260-9.
Leslie Co.; See—
Muller. John Thomas; Scull. William L.; Cooper, James H.; and
Soderberg, Curt A., 3.642.02 1 .
Lester. Raymond H.; and Snyder. James N., to Bethlehem Steel Cor-
poration. Method and apparatus for wire drawing with pressure dies.
3.641, 795. CI. 72-42.
Leto, Joseph T.; See-
Sly. Thomas L.; Weis, Joseph A.; and Leto. Joseph T.. 3.643, 1 64.
Level. Bertrand P. E., to Plastrex-Manurhin-S.a.r.L. Tube winding ap-
paratus. 3. 64 1, 975, CI. 118-107.
Lever Brothers Company: See-
Priestley. Hill M. 3,642.909.
Levon, Ernest F.: See—
Cusic. John W.; and Levon, Ernest F, 3,642.836.
Levy, Marcel Louis. Cutting machines. 3.64 1.856, CI. 83-295.
Levy, Marvin J. Fire and smoke monitoring and alarm system.
3.643,244. CI. 340-227
Lewis, Andrew J. Illuminator for biological test plates. 3,643,078. CI.
240-2.
Lewis, John C, Jr., to Tucel Industries, Inc. Artificial tufted sponges
3,641,610, CI. 15-114.
Lewis, John Henry Reginald, to Marconi Company Limited. The. Film
displaydevice. 3,642,227. CI. 242-193.
Ley, Kurt: See-
Nut, Roland; Oertel, Harald; and Ley, Kurt,3,642.669.
Seng, Florin; and Ley, Kurt,3,642,796.
Leysinger, Hans Rudolf, to Sulzer Brothers. Limited. Apparatus for
winding up cloth. 3.642,222, CI. 242-66.
Li, Jorge Pengman; and Biel, John Hans, to Aldrich Chemical Com-
pany, Inc. l.l.l-trichloro-2-propyl 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonate.
3,642,857, CI. 260-463.
Licentia Patent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H.: See—
Schweizerhof, Sigfrid, 3,642,602.
Lidert, Albert W: See-
Lidert, Albert W, 3,64 1,794.
Lidert, Albert W., 1/2 interest to Lidert, Albert W., trustee forCarroz-
za, Sam J. Monitoring system for a helical coil spring winder and
method. 3,64 1,794. CI. 72-4.
Liebenhoff. Reinhardt See—
Ross. Gerhard. Reul, Bernhard. Tillmann, Walter; and Liebenhoff,
Reinhardt,3.642.393
Liechti. Peter: See—
Siegrist. Adolf Emil. Liechti, Peter; Maeder, Erwin; and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo. 3, 642. 783.
Life Support Equipment Corporation: See—
Osthagcn. Sven M . and Wise. Henry M.. Jr., 3,642,004.
Lin. Kingso C, Quinn. Edward J., and MacKay. John K., to Hooker
Chemical Corporation Double - dip process for metal plating of sub-
strates. 3.642.585. CI. 204-30
Lincoln. Lewis L.: See—
Heseltine. Donald W , and Lincoln. Lewis L., 3,642,786.
Lindsay. Thomas W . to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Com-
pany Web cleaning apparatus 3. 64 1,605, CI. 15-1.5
Lingle, Harrison C: See—
Langas, Arthur; and Lingle, Harrison C.,3,64 1 ,656.
Link Engineering Company See—
Groat, Craig R, and Happold, Manfred R., 3,641,813.
Lino Engineering, Inc.; See—
Chan. Ronald E .3.643,214
Lipp, James P . to Honeywell Information Systems. Inc., mesne. High
density storage and retrieval system. 3,643,228, CI. 340-172.5
Lipp. James, to International Business Machines Corporation. External
light deflection apparatus 3.642.347. CI. 350-150.
Liska, Manfred, and Hubner. Klaus, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Su-
pervisory device for rectifier having semiconductor valve type com-
ponents 3,643,1 30, CI 317-40
Lithium Corporation of America; See—
Orazcm, Gerald J , Martin, Kenneth R., Dellinger, Matthew H.;
and Leonhardt, William S., 3,642,648.
Little. Sheldon G . to General Motors Corporation. Headlamp as-
sembly 3,643,087. CI. 240-41.6
Littman. Fred E . to McDonnell Douglas Corporation. Modified cellu-
lose ester semi-permeable membrane. 3,642,773, CI. 260-229.
Litton Systems, Inc.; See—
Scaminaci, James, Jr, and Knowles, Robert G., 3,641,666.
Livingston, William L . to Factory Mutual Research Corporation.
Fixed fire extinguishing system with additive injection apparatus.
3.642,072, CI 169-15
Llorens, Edouard. Simulated football game apparatus. 3,642,280, CI.
273-94.
Lo Sasso. Ronald Alfred; and Rausch, Emerson G., to Calgon Corpora-
tion. Conditioning sewage waste sludges for dewatering. 3,642,619,
CI. 210-52
Locati, Norman C ; and Edgerton, John Leslie, to Omark Industries.
Inc Side sharpenable cutter structures. 3.641 .751 , CI. 56-291.
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation; See—
Chang. Hua-Shan. 3.643, 1 7 1 .
Evans, Richard A , 3.641,940
Ratcliffe, David J , 3.643,247.
Lockwood, Charles A , to Shoe and Allied Trades Research Associa-
tion, The. Shoe making 3.64 1,603, CI. 12-146.
Lofquist, Robert A ; See—
Weedon, Gene C , Lofquist, Robert A.; and Mumford, Robin
B ,3,642,714
Logcmann, Heino, Meckel, Walter; and Muller, Erwin, to Far-
bcnfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Acyl azo compounds as
polymerisation catalysU. 3,642,75 1 , CI. 260-89.5
Logothetis, Andreas; See—
Otto, Ferdinand P , and Logothetis, Andreas,3,642,847.
Lohrey, Fred H , and Wiedmann, Siegfried K., to International Busi-
ness Machines Corporation. Monolithic associative memory cell.
3,643,231, CI. 340-173.
Lohse, Friedrich; S«—
Schmid, Rolf; Lohse, Friedrich; Fisch, Willy; and Batzer,
Hans,3,642.674.
Schmid. Rolf; Lohse. Friedrich; Fisch, Willy; and Batzer.
Hans.3.642,938.
Loizides, Edward, Lucas, Donald J.; and Steigerwalt, George F., to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation. Multilevel compressed
index search method and means. 3,643,226, CI. 340-172.5
Long, Jacques, to Societe Alsacienne de Constructions Atomiques de
Telecommunications et d'Electronique Alcatel. Device for continu-
ous treatment of articles. 3,643,058, CI. 2 19-1 2 1 .
Long, Raymond H.; See—
Sze. Morgan C , Bauer, William V.; Long, Raymond H.; Bloomer,
Ward J , and Whitehead. Richard T, 3,642,465.
Longinotti, Franco, to IBP. Industrie Buitoni Perugini S.p.A. Ap-
paratus for the continuous process cooking of homogenized dietetic
producu. 3.641. 919. CI. 99-330.
Lopez. Pedro R. AdjusUble shoe shine mount. 3,64 1,61 7, CI. 15-267.
Lord Corporation: See—
Noel, Charles M, 3,642,943.
Lorenz,Gunter: See— ...
Gilch, Heinrich; Darsow, Gerhard; Bottenbruch, Ludwig; Lorenz.
Gunter; Kunzel, Hans Egon; Niichk, Gunther; and Schnell, Her-
mann,3,642. 882.
Losinger & Co. AG: See-
Dietrich. Hans. 3.64 1 ,772.
Lot. Leon C; See— . ,. ■•■
Gundlach, Robert W.; Lot, Leon C; and Snelling.
Chnstopher.3.642.598.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Love, James H.: See—
Tegge, Bruce R.; Teiser, William L.; Love, James H.; and Rosen-
baum, Barry M, 3,642, 731
Lowenfeld, Rudolf; and Kosubek, Uwe, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Process for dyeing
textile material of mixtures of polyester and cellulose fibres.
3,642.424, CI. 8-21.
Lu Conic, Andrew: See-
Crow, Herman L.; Lu Conic, Andrew; Maloney, Patrick Martin;
and Bluem,Gary Raymond, 3, 643,048.
Lu Conic, Andrew; Maloney, Patrick Martin; and Bluem, Gary
Raymond, to Kroy Industries. Inc. Roller-band device. 3,643,049,
CI. 200-153.
Lucas, Donald J.: See—
Loizides, Edward; Lucas, Donald J., and Steigerwalt, George
F, 3,643,226.
Lucas, Jeffrey H., to Associated Electrical Industries Limited.
Specimen stage and holder assembly for electron microscope.
3,643.091, CI. 250-49.5
Lucas, Joseph, (Industries) Limited: See—
Foley. David. 3.643.051
Hufton. Raymond Evan; and Morgan, George Graham, 3,642,028
Place, Harold, 3,642.211.
Ludekens. William Louis Wallet: See-
Jennings, Brian Edmund; Ludekens. William Louis Wallet; and
Slater, Robert Edward,3.642,680
Lukens, Alan Franck, to General Electric Company. Ventilated
dynamoelectric machine. 3,643,1 19, CI. 310-60
Lummus Company, The: See—
Sze, Morgan C; Bauer, William V., Long, Raymond H.; Bloomer,
Ward J; and Whitehead, Richard T , 3,642,465
Lumoprint Zindler KG.: See—
Cranskens, Georg; Jakobson, Hans; Rathje, Armin; and Salger,
Werner, 3,641,907
Lyman, Hugh M. Drive means for folding or coilable partitions and the
like 3,642,049. CI. 160-23.
Lynch, Frederick W.: See-
Ferguson, Donald C; Lynch, Frederick W.; and Simons, Gerald
F, 3,643, 146.
Lynes, Dennis Joseph, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated
Serial storage and transfer apparatus employing charge storage
diodes in interstage coupling circuitry 3,643.230. CI 340-173
Lyon, James; and Hendrix. Edward M Animal and bird member
operated vaccinator. 3,641,998, CI 128-218
Lyons, Charles R.; Dunn, Adam D., and Wadekamper, Leslie. Har-
vester for asparagus and like crops. 3,641,753, CI. 56-327.
MAT Chemicals Inc.: See-
Ventura, John J.; and Natoli, Joseph G., 3,642,702.
Macarus, David P.; Upson, Lawrence L., and Wood, Ronald T., to Air
Products and Chemicals, Inc. Synthesis of sodium faujasite.
3,642,662, CI. 252-455.
MacDonald, Ian Norman: See-
Cairns, Walter John; and MacDonald, Ian Norman,3,642,386.
Macek, Warren M., to Sperry Rand Corporation. Optical combiner.
3,642,375, CI. 356-114.
MacGregor, Rob R.: See-
Moore, William P., MacGregor, Rob R.; and Sierichs, William
C, 3,642,439.
Machleidt, Hans: See—
Seeger, Ernst; Engel, Wolfhard; Teufel, Helmut; Machleidt, Hans.
Ueberbcrg, Heinrich, and Ihring. Hanns,3,642,80l .
Mack, Thomas W.; Pcretto, David P., and Allen, Alden W., to Sperry
Rand Corporation. Method of reducing bit line to bit line coupled
noise in a plated-wire memory sUck. 3,643.239, CI. 340- 1 74.
MacKay, John K.: See-
Lin, Kingso C; Quinn. Edward J.; and MacKay, John
K, 3,642.585.
Quinn. Edward J.; and MacKay. John K. 3.642,584.
Mackerle, Julius, to Ustav pro Vyzkum Motorovych Vozidel. Drive
wheel ofvehicle. 3,642,082, CI. 180-8.
Mac Leod, David M., to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Synthetic petrolatum compositions. 3,642,635, CI. 252-59.
Macphail, Alexander C. B.; and Keddie, Ian, to Shell Oil Company.
Lubricant compositions. 3,642,630, CI. 252-47. 5
Macshane, Gordon H.: See—
Duttera, Robert B.; and Macshane. Gordon H. 3.643,06 1 .
Madrid, Robert W: See-
Wyiooki, Joseph J.; Adams, James E.; and Madrid, Robert
W.,3,642,348.
Maeder, Erwin: See—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder, Erwin; and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo,3,642,783.
Maffii, Giulio: See—
Bellasio, Elvio; and Maffii, Giulio,3,642,792.
Magnaflux Corporation: See—
Borucki, James S., 3.642,655.
Brusko, Richard S., 3,642,654.
Magnavox Company, The: See—
Dattilo, Giuseppe A., 3,643,01 6.
Mayle, Louis F, 3,643,167.
Thomson, Don N.; Connolly, James J.; and Zeiger, Kenneth K.,
3,643,257.
Magnuson, Robert: See—
Lazzarini, Louis P.. 3,642.520.
Maigret, Andre D.: See—
Lachaussee. Maurice L.; and Maigret, Andre D.,3,641 ,801.
Maisch, Wolfgang: See—
Zechnall, Richard; Domann, Helmut. Fleischer. Helmut. Christ,
Klaus; and Maisch, Wolfgang,3,642,329
Maistrelli, Roger, to Regie National des Usines Renault, and Automo-
biles Peugeot. Variable capacity vane pumps 3.642.388, CI. 4 1 8-30.
Malcomson, Robert S.: See—
Hutchinson, Herman R.; Arpajian, Vasken F , and Malcomson,
Roberts. ,3,642,402.
Malon, Jean-Pierre, to Ste Inter-Elec. Apparatus for driving a vehicle.
3,643,090, CI. 246-182.
Maloney, Patrick Martin: See-
Crow, Herman L.; Lu Conic, Andrew, Maloney, Patrick Martin;
and Bluem, Gary Raymond, 3, 643,048
Lu Conic, Andrew; Maloney, Patrick Martin; and Bluem, Gary
Raymond, 3,643,049.
Malpas, Charles Henry. Bulk conuiners. 3,642. 172. CI. 222-90.
Maltby, Frank Vincent, to Bata Shoe Company, Inc Method for the
production of footwear or parts thereof. 3,642,973, CI. 264-244
Manghisi, Elso, to Istituto Luso Farmaco d'ltalia S.r.L Esters of N-
arylanthranilic acids with monosubstituted gem-diols. 3,642,864, CI.
260-471.
Mangood Corporation: See-
Herbert Gerald A . 3,642,08 1
Manheim, Jay. Cassette container 3,642,337, CI 312-111
Maniaci, Theodore, to Colgate-Palmolive Company Labeling
machine. 3,642.556, CI. 156-556
Manicki, Gert L , to Standard Kollsman Industries Inc Solid state
tuned UHF television tuner. 3,643,168, CI. 325-459
Mann, Michael M.: See—
Bhaumik, Mani L.,and Mann, Michael M, 3,643. 175
Mannes, Gunter, to Stichling-Werkzeugfabrik Honncknovel &. Co.
Sabre saw. 3,642,038, CI. 143-68.
Mannesmann Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Schrewe, Hans; Diederich, Gerd; Wahls. Peter; and Pfenning,
Emil, 3,642,052.
Manning. Robert E.: See-
Houlihan. William J., and Manning. Robert E, 3.642.777.
Mansfield, Donald L.: See-
Carlson, John H.; Mansfield, Donald L., and Robinson, Hugh
A. ,3,641,706.
Manufacturers Brush Company, The; See—
Schofield, Arthur T., 3,641,61 1.
Marand, Jean, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation Device for the filling of
dispersers of the aerosol type having a separate self-contained
propulsion unit. 3,642,035, CI 141-20.
Marantz, Paul M., to Century Lighting, Inc. Lighting fixture for illu-
minating planar surfaces. 3,643,089. CI 240-78
Marathon Oil Company: See—
Dreher. Karl D ; and Sydansk. Robert D . 3.642.067
Marboe. Evelyn C; and Weyl, Woldemar A., to Brockway Glass Com-
pany, Inc. Photoluminescent glass and method of making the same.
3,642.651,C1 252-301 4
Marconi Company Limited, The: See-
Lewis, John Henry Reginald, 3.642,227
Marcus, Sheldon H., to Standard Oil Company, composition contain-
ing tetrabromophthalic anhydride 3,642,646, CI. 252-1 82.
Marie, Gilbert: See—
Amiard, Yves; Bcllissent. Jean-Paul; and Marie, Gil-
bert,3,642,730.
Marondel, Gunther: See—
Gawlick, Heinz; Marondel, Gunther, and Umbach,
Hans,3,64 1,935
Maroshick, Max, to Boeing Companv. The Mechanical amplifier.
3,641,833, CI. 74-479
Marraffino, Leonard L. Pressurized dispenser for plural fluids.
3,642,1 73, CI. 222-94.
Marsh, Henry N., Jr.; and Gano. Barclay P , to Owens-Coming
Fiberglas Corporation. Composite articles including bonded fibrous
glass with said articles having density gradients. 3,642,560, CI 161-
39.
Marsh, Lawrence C, to General Motors Corporation. Solenoid control
apparatus. 3,643, 129, CI. 3 17-1 1 .
Marsh, Norman F., and Struck, Karl W., to Sangamo Electric Com-
pany. Electrical data logging system for utility industry 3,643,063,
CI. 235-61.1
Marshall, Fred R., to TRW Inc. Electromagnetic radiation beam direct-
ing systems. 3,643,178, CI. 331-94.5
Marshall, George E.: See—
Halvorsen, Ivar N., and Marshall, George E. 3.642. 376.
Jones. Hugh L.; and Marshall, George E., 3,642.37 1
Marshall. Robert. Jr. Pull chain operator for rotary switch shaft.
3.643.052, CI. 200-172.
Marshman. Henry Thomas: See-
Harper. Norman Cralk; Marshman, John Henry, and Marshman.
Henry Thoma8.3.643. 102
Marshman. John Henry: See-
Harper, Norman Cralk; Marshman, John Henry, and Marshman,
Henry Thomas,3,643, 102.
Martelli, Francesco: See—
Martelli, Guido; Martelli. Nerio; and Martelli, Fran-
cesco,3,642,963.
895 O.G. — 43
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15. 1972
Martelli, Guido; Martelli. Nerio; and Martelli. Francesco. Method of
severing articles from a continuous thermoplastic web molded on ro-
tary vacuums forming machines. 3.642,963. CI. 264-37.
Martelli, Nerio; Sm—
Martelli, Guido; Martelli, Ncno; and Martelli, Fran-
cesco,3.642,963.
Martin, Gustav J: S*f- . , ^^, oi:<
Diamond, Julius, and Martin, Gustav J. ,3,642, 865.
Diamond, Julius, and Martin, Gusuv J. ,3,642,865
Martin, Henr> L , to Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The. Pile fabric
finishing methods and apparatus. 3,64 1,635, CI. 26-2.
Martin. Henry; Beriger, Ernst; and Moser, Kurt, to Ciba Limited. Ne-
matocidal preparations containing phosphonium compounds as the
ingredient. 3,642,989. CI. 424-2 1 1
Martin, Kenneth R.:5«—
Orazem, Gerald J.; Martin, Kenneth R., Dellinger, Matthew H .
and Leonhardt. William S. 3.642,648.
Martin Robert 1., to Rimar Manufacturing, Inc. Maintenance free door
light insert assembly. 3,64 1 ,72 1 , CI. 52-212.
Martinez, Arnold M.; See—
Graham, Charles P., Fonti, Louis, Jr.; and Martinez, Arnold
M, 3,642,535.
Marty, Orlando. Nozzle for two opposite flow directions with different
flow cross-sections, and application thereof. 3,642,205. CI. 239-1 19
Maruyama.Tatsuo. See—
Sasaki, Hiroshi, Maruyama, Tatsuo; Kanzaki, Hisao, Sakamoto.
Yasuhiko;and Yasoshima, Nobuyuki,3,643,031.
Masaki, Masao: See—
Fujimura. Hajime; Tanaka. Tadasu; lijima, Ikuo, Miyazaki.
Michihio. and Masaki. Masao,3,642,802.
Maschinen-Und Bohrgerate-Fabrik Wirth, Alfred, & Co. KG.: See—
Steufmehl, Willi, 3,642,326.
Maschinenfabrik Oerlikon; See—
Schaetti, Norbert, 3,643,001
Mason, Donald Joseph. See—
Bergy, Malcolm E.; Hcrr, Ross R.. and Mason, Donald
Joseph,3,642,98-7.
Massa Division, Dynamids Corporation of America; See—
Massa, Frank. Jr., 3,643.208.
Massa, Frank, Jr., to Massa Division, Dynamids Corporation of Amer-
ica. Underwater separable connector. 3,643.208. CI. 339-102.
Massey-Ferguson Inc.; See—
Askins, William J, 3,642,159.
Masuda, Katsutada; See—
Imashiro, Yoshio; and Masuda, Katsutada, 3,642, 793.
Masuyama, Takcsho; Matsuura. Mikio; lida. Yoshio; and Amemiya,
Toshioki. to MaUushita Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd. Voluge variable
resistor. 3.642,664, CI. 252-5 19.
Matherly, James E, to Dow Coming Corporation. Flowable filled vinyl
siloxanes containing hexamethyldisilazanes. 3,642,685. CI. 260-37
Mathews, Lyie H. Conduit with spacer. 3,643,005, CI. 174-37.
Mathews, Victor M., Jr.; Nelson, Richard P., and Lally, Eugene
Brooks, to MKC Electronics Corporation. Variable count slicing of
foodproducu. 3,642,046, CI. 146-95
Mathewson Corporation; See—
Kalning, Frederick E.; and Redman, Howard E, 3,64 1 ,954
Matouka, Michael F ; See—
Griggs, John O., Jr.; Radcliffe, Arthur J., Jr.; and Matouka,
Michael F, 3,643,077
Matricon, Marcel, to Thomson-CSF. Method of manufacturing hollow
superconducting bodies. 3,64 1, 665, CI. 29-599.
Matson,GaleW.;S«—
Deckert, Fred W., and Matson,Gale W, 3,642,937.
Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya, Yoshioki. to
Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Process for preparing ^-alanine. 3,642,888, CI.
260-534.
MaUui, Yoshinari: See—
Jackisch, Philip F.; Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; Komachiya,
Yoshioki; Matsui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki,3,642,887.
Jackisch. Philip F.; MaUui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; Komachiya,
Yoshioki; MaUui, Yoshinari; Hara, Minoru; and Komachiya,
Yoshioki,3,642,887
Matsumoto Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: See—
Sugiyama, Iwakichi.andTomozuka, Hartiki, 3,642,510.
Matsumoto, Katsuyoshi: See—
Yamane, Mikiya; Saito, Akira; Matsumoto, Katsuyoshi; Kawasu-
mi, Kenichi; Murayama, Kazuo; and Sugiyama,
Hiroshi,3,642,340.
Matsumoto, Kazuya; and Suzuki, Takashi, to Canon Kabushiki Kaisha
Optical inspecting method. 3,642,374. CI. 356-106.
Matsumoto, Seiji: See—
Sato, Masamichi; Tamai, Yasuo; Matsumoto, Seiji; and Honjo, Sa-
loru,3,642.5I5.
Mattumura, Koji; and Seki, Kunio, to HiUchi, Ltd. Collector follower-
type transistorized volUge regulator with thermister starting circuit.
3,643,1 52, CI. 323-22.
Matsumura, Koji: Ste—
Seki, Kunio; and Matsumura, Koji. 3.643, 159.
Matsumura, Sadao: See—
Kubo, Keishi; and Mauumura, Sadao,3,642,483.
Matsumura, Toshikazu: See—
Ohira, Fukuichi; Mauumura, Toshikazu; and Shiode, Chu-
ji.3.642.761.
Matsuo, Youichi; 5**—
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi, Hiroshi; MaUuo, Youichi, Kato,
Hiroshi, Shimizu, Mineo; and Takahashi. Nobuyuki, 3,642,468
Matsuoka, Kimiaki; See—
Yasumura, Takashi; and MaUuoka, Kimiaki, 3.642, 732.
Matsushima, Hiroshi; Arimura, Ichiro; Goto, Hiroshi; and Nakao,
Yoshikadzu, to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Overcurrent
proof constant-voltage 3.643. 151. CI 323-9.
MatsushiU Electnc Industrial Co., Ltd.: See—
Ikegami. Seiji; and Ueda. Ichiro, 3,642,637.
Kitano.Motoi, 3,642,638.
Masuyama. Takesho. Matsuura. Mikio; lida. Yoshio; and
Amemiya. Toshioki, 3.642.664.
Mauushima. Hiroshi; Arimura, Ichiro; Goto, Hiroshi; and Nakao,
Yoshikadzu, 3,643,151.
Suzuki, Ryuji, and Yokozeki, Seiki, 3.643.055.
Tanaka, Heiroku. 3.643,199.
Toyooka. Tadao; Ueda. Hiromutsu; Nishida, Takeo; and Ono, At-
suo. 3.641.921
Yamamoto. Kiyokazu, Kishimoto. Masaru; Ueno, Susumu; Fu-
jimoto. Hiroshi, Hatamoto, Kazutaka; and Kubou, Tadashi,
3,641.653.
Matsushita Electric Industrial Company. Limited: See—
Yamashita. Sadahiko, 3,643.099
MatsushiU Electronics Corporation; See—
Kimura, Akihiro. 3.642.528.
Matsuura. Mikio; 5e?—
Masuyama. Takesho; MaUuura. Mikio; lida. Yoshio; and
Amemiya. Toshioki. 3.642,664.
Matsuzawa. Hidcto; See—
Yuminaka. Takeo. Iwasaka, Tatsuo, Matsuzawa, Hidcto.
Kawauke. Koichi. and Hirasawa. Kotaro.3,642,099.
Maturocci. Domenic Fishing weights. 3,64 1 ,699, CI. 43-43. 1
Mattel. Inc ; See—
Gardel. Robert, and Gorsky, Egon, 3,64 1 ,702.
Nuttall. Fleet E , and Ryan. John W., 3,642,965.
Sims, Anson. Stastny. Edwin O.; and Beny, Janos, 3,641 ,704.
Matthews, William R See-
Bartles, Edward C, and Matthews, William R, 3,642,1 31.
Maul Bros, Inc ; See-
Thomas, Joseph, 3,642,462.
Maurer, Walter; S«— ^ ^^ t- i
Endres, Horst, Fikentscher, Rolf; Maurer, Walter; Scharf, Emil;
and Soenksen, Uwe.3,642,572.
May.GordonH S«—
Hickox, Thomas A.. May. Gordon H.; and Shepard, Joseph
E, 3.641,931
Mayer. Ivan, and Perry, Stephen F.. to Esse Research and Engineering
Company Dewaxing waxy oil by dilution chilling 3.642,609, CI.
208-33 ,., , „
Mayer, Raymond P., Thompson, Ivan M.; and Zbojniewicz, Walter P.,
to Dow Chemical Company. The. Production of high density, dead
burned magnesia in a shaft kiln. 3,642,264, CI. 263-52.
Mayle, Louis F., to Magnavox Company, The. Automatic turn off
system for receiver with FM demodulator. 3,643, 1 67, CI. 325-389.
Mayo, Edmund S , to Holotron Corporation. Bleaching of holograms.
3,642,472, CI. 96-27
M&B Metal Products Company: See—
BreklcOliverR ,3,641,970
Mc Ardle, Edward J ; See—
Colgan. Charles E.; and Mc Ardle. Edward J.,3,641 ,659
McBride. LyIe E., Jr., to Texas Instrumenu, Incorporated. A. C. motor
control system utilizing a selectively energizable semiconductor
switchmeans. 3.643,142. CI. 318-221
McCallum. James E; 5«—
Hancock, Roger Harvey Yorke; and McCallum, James
E, 3,641,765 ^ .^
McCarthy John H , and Wikman, Andrew O., to Ethyl Corporation.
Manufacture of 1,2-dichloroethane. 3,642,92 1, CI. 260-659.
McCaulay, James L ; and Hollis, Joseph B. Method for the production
ofcastiron. 3,642,466, CI. 75-51 . , ^ •
McClaflin, Gifford G., to ContinenUl Oil Company. Method ofobUin-
ing solvent free aluminum alkyls and alkoxidei. 3,642,850, CI. 260-
448
McClary Joseph E , to Standard Brands Incorporated. Alpha purifica-
tion of amylase. 3,642,582, CI. 195-66.
McClellan, Thomas R.;5<*- ^^^^
Rausch, Karl W , Jr , and McClellan, Thomas R.,3,642,964.
Mc Closkey , Edward W Water-flow-controlling apparatus for an auto-
matic irrigation system. 3,642,204, CI. 239-63.
McClure, James D; S*f— ,^.,,,.
Herrington, Francis Walter; and McClure. James D..3,642.274.
McConnell, Edwin J., to Redington Counters. Inc. Add and subtract
pawlactioncounter. 3,643,07 1. CI. 235-92.
McCormack,DarTellW.:5«—
Fowlkes, George V.; Collins, Glenn E.; and McCormack, Darrell
W, 3,64 1. 962
McCune, Robert F.:S«— ,^..,.c.co
Bailey, James L., and Mc Cune, Robert F.. 3.642,668.
McCurnin, Thomas W , and Perper, Lloyd J., to United States of
America, Navy FM Receiver for radiation pattern determining ap-
paratus. 3.643.1 66. CI. 325-344.
McDaniel. Philip F , and Kirby. Lonnie Dee. to Southwest Resources.
Inc mesne Apparatus and method for conUnuously separaUng solid
particles in a nuid medium. 3.642. 129,CI. 209-159.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
McDermott. Philip S.: See—
Lee. Robert E.; McDermott. Philip S.; and Pan. Edward
S.,3,642,529.
McDevitt, James Palm Harbour; and Hildebrand, Victor F. Fresh pop
corn vending machine. 3,64 1 ,9 1 6, Ct. 99-238.3
McDonnell Douglas Corporation: See—
Littman, Fred E., 3,642,773.
Mc Dougal, Harmon A.: See—
Wiley, Daniel E.; Mc Dougal, Harmon A.; and Turner, Allan
L.,3.642,053.
McFarland, Lorrell C. Multitubular pressure Unk. 3.642,163, CI. 220-
5.
McGee, Harold, to Hill-Rockford Co. Power screwdriver. 3.642,039.
CI. 144-32.
McGill, Charles H., to Monsanto Company. Device for producing
uniform tow. 3,641,626, CI. 19-65.
McGinnis. Gerald E. Endotracheal tube with inflauble cuff. 3.642.005,
CI. 128-351.
McGraw-Edison Company; See—
Diet!, John J, 3,643.093.
McHargue, Chuck Linwell: See—
Bodnar, Stephen John; McHargue, Chuck Linwell; and Anglin.
Lam Camell, Jr.,3,642.759.
Mc Henry. Howard Thomas: See-
Ron, Earl Warren; and Mc Henry. Howard Thomas,3,642,469.
Mcllvin, Donald B., to USM Corporation. Volume control for molding
machinery. 3,642,177, CI. 222-168.5
Mcintosh, Maurice Dwight, deceasedO (by Central National Bank; ex-
ecutor), to Day-Glo Color Corporation. Pigment particles and
method of producing the same. 3,642,650, CI. 252-301.2
McKean, Alexander L., to Phelps [>odge Copper Products Corpora-
tion. Corona-resisUnt solid dielectric cable. 3,643,004. CI. 174-36.
McKenzie. Eugene L. Glare-free coating compositions comprising hol-
low micropheres and solid crush-resistant particles. 3.642.675, CI.
260-22.
Mc Laughlin, Bernard J.; Petri. George W.; and De Moor, Raymond J.,
to International Telephone and Telegraph Corporation. Wrought
steel conduit bushinp. 3,643.203, CI. 339-14.
McLaughlin. Emest O.: 5m—
Fellers. John F.; Hinsch. James E.; and McLaughlin, Emest
0..3.642.939.
McLean. Robert F.: See—
Irish. Fred J.; and McLean. Robert F, 3.642,303.
McMahon, Eugene A. Fluid pump apparatus. 3,642,385. CI. 417-41 1.
McMahon, Matthew A.: See—
Smeuna. Richard D.; Chafetz, Harry; Arkell. Alfred; and Mc-
Mahon, Matthew A. ,3,642,83 1
McMahon, Robert F.: See—
Kolankowsky, Eugene; McMahon, Robert F.; and Perlman, David
J. ,3,643,236.
McMordie, Warren C, Jr.: See—
Bennett, Robert B.; and McMordie, Warren C, Jr.,3,642.623.
McPeak.EarlW..Jr.:S«e-
Fluomoy. Norman E.; and McPcak. Eari W., Jr., 3, 642,2 10.
Meacham. James H., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Method
and apparatus for vertical lock 2:1 interlace sync. 3,643,024, CI.
178-69.5
Mead Corporation, The: See—
Calvert. Rodney K.; Viescas. Arthur B.; and Fishback. Alton J..
3,642.414.
Mechanical Technology Incorporated: See—
Alger. Philip Langdon; and Wilson. Charles. 3.643.1 17.
Meckel. Walter: S«e-
Logemann. Heino; Meckel. Walter; and Muller. Erwin.3.642.7S I .
Meckstroth. Alan F. Expandable joint device. 3,64 1.730, CI. 52-584.
Medical Plastics. Inc.: See—
Bolduc. Lee R., 3.642,008.
Meek, Ronald Lee, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Method of preparing slices of a semiconductor material having dis-
crete doped regions. 3,642,593, CI. 204-1 43.
Meeks, Merritt R.; and Gamer, Joseph L.. to Dow Chemical Company,
The. Method for increasing the capacity of a polymerization vessel
during polymerization of vinyl cliloride monomer in aqueous suspen-
sion. 3,642,756, CI. 260-92.8 4
Meeussen, Louis Achilles: See —
Bestenreiner. Friedrich; Lambeir, Silvaan Rene; and Meeussen.
Louis Achillet,3,642,349.
Mehran, Farrokh: See —
Culver, William H.; and Mehran, FarTokh,3,643.1 16.
Meiier, Werner; Hue, Ludwig; Hack. Helmuth; Timmler. Helmut; and
Wegler. Richard, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft.
Hydrazone derivatives of benzoyl cyanides. 3,642.86 1 , CI. 260-465.
Memorex Corporation: See—
ToUkuhn, Arthur W.. 3,642,228.
Mendel. Arthur: See—
Harrington. Joseph Kenneth; Kvam. Donald C; Mendel. Arthur;
and Robertson. Jerry E. 3,642.8 1 7.
Meneidis, Petros G.. to Lavreotiki Societe Industrielle Anonyme. Ex-
trusion head for continuously extruding a compound strand of plastic
materials. 3,642,396,01. 425-109.
Menn, Julius J.: 5m—
Brokke, Mervin E.; Menn, Julius J.; and Dorman, Stephen
C..3.642.958.
Menzel, Gerhard, to Propper Manufacturing Company, Inc. Machine
for grinding edges of glass articles. 3,64 1 ,7 1 2, CI. 5 1- 1 22.
Menzl, Kurt: See—
Vorreither, Hans-Klaus; Obendorf, Wemer; Menzl. Kurt; and
Hofer, Harald,3,642,811.
Meola, Robert R.: See-
Cola, James T.; and Meola, Robert R., 3,643,066.
Merck & Co., Inc.: See—
Fertig, Joseph; and Lederer, Seymour J., 3,642,044.
Shen, Tsung-Ying; and Greenwald, Richard B.. 3,642,785.
Shen, Tsung-Ying; Greenwald, Richard, Witzel, Bruce E.; and
Walford, Gordon L., 3,642,997.
Windholz, Thomas B.; Patchett, Arthur A., and Fried, John,
3.642,841.
Meredith, William Henry Palmer, and Vandeput, Andre. Document
presenution device. 3,642,370, CI. 355-75.
Merkle, Hans: See—
Edmaier, Franz; Stiefel, Walter; and Merkle, Hans,3, 642,062.
Merlin Gerin, Societe Anonyme: See—
Remy, Emmanuel M, 3,64 1 .939.
Merry, Donald D., to Rozinante, Inc. Tape cartridge. 3,642,220, CI.
242-55.19
Merten, Rudolf; Dunwald, Willi; and Mielke, KaH-Heinz. to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the production of
polyhydantoins. 3,642,524, CI. 117-128.4
Merz, Kenneth A.: 5m—
Conniff, Jay P.; Delaney, Vincent N., and Merz, Kenneth
A. ,3,641, 644
Mesley, Nimrod N., to International Business Machines Corporation.
Method of preparing glass masters. 3,642,476, CI. 96-38.
Messer Griesheim GmbH: 5m—
Diehl, Edmund; and Gutermann, Traugott. 3.642.266.
Suhl. Gerhard; Spahn, Walter; Fischer, Willi; and Auth, Franz.
3.642.258.
Messrs. Richter Gedeon Vegyeszeti Gyra Rt: 5m—
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy, Agnes, nee Lukats; Dancsi, Lajos;
Domok, Livia, nee Kis-Vigh; Karpati, Egon, and Szpomy, Las-
zlo, 3.642.805.
Metal Box Company Limited, The: 5m—
Arnold. Robert Harry; and Crouch, Cyril Borthwick, 3.642,272.
Metcalfe, Christopher John Leonard: 5m—
Allum, Keith George; Metcalfe, Christopher John Leonard; and
Thomasson, Daniel John, 3,642,658.
Methfessel, Siegfried: See—
Ahn, Kie Y.; and Methfessel, Siegfried,3,642,S33.
Metro, Stephen J.: 5m—
Cobum, John F.; and Metro. Stephen J. .3.642.632.
Metzger, John A.: 5m—
Pitzer, Thomas D.; Metzger, John A.; and Lamberty, John
M.,3,642,188.
Meyer, Fred H., to Picker Corporation. Motion picture projector.
3,642.357, CI. 352-189.
Meyer. Howard G.: 5m—
Cuculis, John J.; Meyer, Howard G.; Sim, Van M . and Stem-
berger, Ludwig A. ,3,642,98 1 .
Meyer, Martin H.: 5**—
Scamato, Thomas J.; Meyer, Martin H., and Peacock, Peter
J. ,3,64 1, 750.
Meyer, Theodore N.: 5**—
Baldwin, William C; and Meyer, Theodore N, 3,642.253.
Micallef, Lewis A., to Leeds & Micallef. Self-restoring dispenser.
3.642,1 79, CI. 222-402.12
Michele, Arthur A. Acetabular replacement phosthesis and method of
assembling. 3,64 1, 590, CI. 3-1.
Micro Magnetic Industries, Inc.; 5m—
Riddle, John B., Bergh, Amot B., and Forge, Charles O.,
3,643,155.
Microdot Inc.: 5m—
De Lano, Don L., 3,643,21 1 .
Mielke, Karl-Heinz: 5m— ^
Merten, Rudolf; Dunwald, Willi; and Mielke, Karl-
Heinz.3,642.524.
Mietzner, Franz Georg: See-
Cropper, Hans; Mietzner, Franz Georg; and Urban,
Friedrich,3.642,747.
Migros-Genossenschafts-Bund: 5m—
Glaser, Jules, 3,642,190.
Mikami, Nobunao: See—
Ataka, Hisanori;and Mikami, Nobunao,3 ,64 1,900.
Miki, Masakazu; Takeuchi, Yasuhiro; and Kuwahara, Hisaharu, to Ku-
rarayCo., Ltd. Treatment of polyester materials. 3,642,518, CI. 1 17-
72.
Milgo Electronic Corporation: See—
Ragsdale, Robert G.; and Payne, Paul E., 3,643,023.
Miller, Frederick O., to Miller Mold Company. Molding apparatus.
3,642,416, CI. 425-438.
Miller Mold Company: 5m—
Miller, Frederick O., 3,642,416.
Miller, Richard A.: 5m—
Von Ende, Robert J., 3,642.122.
Mills. Kenneth R.. to Phillips Petroleum Company. SubiUzed alpha-
monoolefins. 3.642.690. CI. 260-45.75
Mills. Thomas C.; and Gresens. Stanley T., to Robertson Photo-
Mechanix. Inc. Photographic development sink and tray construc-
tion. 3.64 1. 91 2. CI. 95-95.
Millsap. Norman E., to Parker-Hannifin Corporation. Composite rod
wiper. 3,642,290, CI. 277-24.
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Milpnnt, Inc .S«—
FumiM. William R.; and Verga, Dominick, 3,642,102.
Mimori, Riichi;Sef—
Kuribayashi, Michio; and Mimori. Riichi,3,643,165.
Mingasion, Georges Raymond Henry, Domergue, Annick Marthe Su-
zanne Simone; and Surcau, Robert Frederic Michel, to Ugine Kuhl-
mann. Sulphonium naphthalimide*. 3.642,799, CI. 260-270.
Minieri, Pasquale P., to Tenneco Chemicals, Inc. Surface-coating com-
positions containing organotin fungicides. 3, 642,501, CI. 106-15
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company. See—
Deckert, Fred W.; and Matson, Gale W., 3,642,937
Guehler, Paul F.; and Neumayer. John Joseph. 3,642,444
Harrington, Joseph Kenneth; Kvam. Donald C, Mendel, Arthur,
and Robertson, Jerry E, 3,642.8 17
Lindsay. Thomas W., 3.641 ,605
Zollinger, Joseph La Mar. 3,642.705.
Minnich, Stephen H.. to General Electric Company. Superconductive
cable system. 3.643.002. CI. 174-15.
MinolU Camera Co., Ltd.: See—
Takahama,Sho, 3,641,893.
Mironov, Vladimir Florovich; See—
Koqukov, Vladimir Petrovich; Mironov. Vladimir Florovich; and
Sheludyakov, Viktor Dmitrievich.3.642.854.
Mirviss, Stanley B.; Greco. Carl C; and Summ, Walter, to Stauffer
Chemical Company. Aryl ether thioanhydrides. 3,642,890, CI. 260-
545.
Mitchell. Lawrence C, to Ethyl Corporation. Preparation of beU
branched primary alcohols. 3,642.91 4, CI. 260-642.
Mitron Research &. Development Corporation: See—
Rosenberg, Robert A, 3,642,056.
Mitsche. Roy T., to Universal Oil Products Company. Preparation of a
catalytic composite comprising a combination of germanium and
halogen with alumina. 3.642.660, CI. 252-442
Mitsubishi Chemical Industries Limited: See—
Iwasaki, Koichiro; Yamaguchi, Kazuo; Kakogawa. Genjiro, Ohtsu-
ka, Yasuo; and Kasahara. Kanji. 3,642,748.
Suzuki, Yoshiaki; Yamura, Akira; and Fukasawa, Kenichiro,
3,642.834.
Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Shirashoji, Akira, 3,643,149.
Mitsubishi Petrochemical Company Limited: See—
Morikawa. Hiroyuki, 3,642.924.
Mitsui Petrochemical Industries. Ltd.: See—
Kashiwa, Norio, Tokuzumi, Tadaichi; and Fujimura. Hiroshi.
3.642.746.
Mitsumi Electric Company Limited: 5««—
Endow. Kunio. 3.643.043
Miyakawa, Takashi; KuriU, Tomio; and Ichimura, Akira, to Nippon
Telegraph & Telephone Public Corporation, and Nippon Electric
Company Limited. Centralized message assembler. 3.643.224. CI.
340-172.5
Miyazaki, Michihio: See—
Fujimura, Hajime; Tanaka, Tadasu, lijima, Ikuo, Miyazaki.
Michihio; and Masaki, Masao,3,642.802
Mizukawa, Kiyoshi: See—
FuruU,Taizo;Ouuka, Yuichi;and Mizukawa, Kiyo6hi,3,642,137
MKC Electronics Corporation: See—
Mathews, Victor M.. Jr.; Nelson, Richard P., and Lally, Eugene
Brooks, 3,642.046
Moberly. Charles W.; and Kahle. Gerald R . to Phillips Petroleum
Company, vinyl monomer polymerization process. 3,642,744, CI.
260-87.5
Mobil Oil Corporation: See—
Billet, James. 3.642.957.
Blount, Elmo M., 3,642,065.
Dwyer. Francis G., 3,642,434.
Fitch. John L.; and Vogt. Thomas C . Jr . 3.642,068.
Gorring, Robert L., 3,642,577.
Otto. Ferdinand P.; and Logothetis, Andreas, 3,642,847.
Mochida Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ogawa, Nobuhisa, 3,642,978.
Model, Ernest; and Bindler, Jakotu^e Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Esters
of halogenated hydrox^^^iipffenyl ethers. 3,642,872, CI 260-479
Modema ButiksinredjHifgar AB: See—
Axhamre, Frvi Lennart, 3,64 1 ,950.
Moes, Lothar: See—
Burmeister, Karl-Heinz; Hoenselaer, Wilhelm; and Moes,
Lothar,3.642.265
Mohan, William L.; and Williu, Samuel P., to Spartanics, Ltd. Random
oriented decoder for label decoding. 3,643,068, CI. 235-61 . 1 1
Mohawk Data Sciences Corporation: See—
DuBuis. Edwin O.; and Bayer, Carl, Jr., 3.643.103
Molins Limited, and said Rosenberg and said Brown assors. of: See—
Rosenberg, Bamett; Brown, Felix H.; and Williamson. David
Theodore Nelson, 3,643.014.
Moller, Tilo: See—
Scidel, Alex; Moller, Tilo; and Weldel, Helituit,3,64l .694.
Moltzan, Herbert J.; and Walker, Jack, to TexUjnstruments, Incor-
porated. Production of metal oxides. 3,642,52^1. 117-105.2
Momoi.Toshimitsu: See—
Ono, Minoru;Momoi,Toshimitsu;and Kawachi, Youji.3,643,137.
Monk, Homer L. Pallet. 3,641,949, CI. 108-53.
Monsanto Australia Limited: See—
Holan, George. 3.642.910.
Monsanto Chemicals Limited: See—
Chilton, Henry Thomas Joseph; Everest. David Anthony; and
Sayce, Ian George, 3.642.453.
Monsanto Company: See—
Adams. John S., Jr.. and Gerwitz. David L., 3,642,895.
Anderson. Carl S.. Bittle, David F ; Veazey, Thomas M.; and
Woolen. Robert G. 3,642.733.
Bach. HartwigC . and Hinderer. Helmuth E.. 3,642,902.
Baker, Joseph Willard. 3.642,892.
Brooks.Gene A .3.641.807
D'Amico. John Joseph; and Mullins, Darrell Dexter, 3,642.804.
Downs. ArleyL. 3.642.736.
Irani. RiyadR .3.642.979.
McGill. Charles H ., 3.64 1 .626.
Morgan. Herbert S . Jr . 3.642.706.
Spcziale. Angelo John; and Smith. Lowell R.. 3.642.863.
Speziale. Angelo John, and Smith. Lowell R.. 3.642.893.
Wygant. James C ; Anderson, Richard M.; and Prill, Erhard J.,
3.642.870
Montagne, Johannes Th W , and Dunn. Christopher L.. to Shell Oil
Company Nematicidal phosphorylated benzofurazans. 3.642,988,
CI 424-200
Montmollin, Rene dc; Hoelzle, Gerd; Angliker. Hans-Joerg; and Peter,
Richard, to Ciba Limited. Disazo dyestuffs. 3.642,764. CI. 260-153.
Mooradian. Aram, to Sterling Drug Inc. 3-Acetamido-l ,2.3.4
tctrahydrocarbozole 3.642.8 1 6. CI. 260-3 1 5.
Moore. Lester P Gas liquid separator. 3,641 ,745. CI. 55-345.
Moore, Robert L Games with changeable playing pieces. 3,642,286.
CI 273-134
Moore, Robert N.: See—
Holmes. Tunis L ; and Moore. Robert N. 3,642,440.
Moore. William C Extensible universally positionable device.
3,643,084. CI 240-10 67
Moore, William P . MacGregor. Rob R , and Sierichs. William C. to
Allied Chemical Corporation Method of separating magnesium
from wet-process phosphoric acid. 3,642,439. CI. 23-165.
Moorer. Henry D.: 5*^—
Robertson, Odes B.; Cooper. Thomas A.; and Moorer, Henry
D .3.642,611.
Morat. Franz, GmbH . Firma: See—
Schunack. Ingenieur Johannes, 3.643,010.
Moretti, Alberto: 5**—
Patron, Luigi. Moretti, Alberto; and Pasqualetto.
Renato.3.642.737
Patron. Luigi. Moretti. Alberto, and Sinatora, Gian
Paolo,3.642.738
Morgan, George Graham: See —
Hufton. Raymond Evan, and Morgan, George Graham.3,642.028.
Morgan. Herbert S , Jr . to Monsanto Company. Process for spinning
wholly aromatic polyamide filaments. 3,642.706. CI. 260-78.
Mori, Haruki. Takahashi. Toshinao. and Koyama, Eisuke, to Nippon
Steel Corporation Shift controlling device for shifted materials.
3.643.147, CI 318-603
Mon, Miyoshi. and Takasu. Shozo, to Aisin Seiki Kabushiki Kaisha.
Automatic pattern stitch device in a hand knitting machine.
3. 64 1.788. CI 66-60
Morikawa. Hiroyuki, to Miuubishi Petrochemical Company Limited.
Process for producing cyclic trimers of dienes. 3,642,924. CI. 260-
666
Monmoto. Rokuya; and Kodama, Reijiro, to Takeda Chemical Indus-
tries, Ltd Utilization of living bacteria as insecticides. 3,642,982, CI.
424-93
Morita, Yoshishige See—
Hagiuni. Akira. and Morita, Yoshishige, 3,642.970.
Moritz. Karl-Ludwig, and Taube, Carl, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft Arylazodialkylaminoalkyl(2-amino-4- acetylal-
kinophenyDether dyestuffs. 3,642.769. CI. 260-207.
Moriyasu, Hiro, to Tektronix. Inc. Read only memory employing
striplines 3.643.234, CI. 340-173.
Morphew. James R.; Ingram, Roland D.; and Stokes. John R. Auto-
matic visual aid control unit. 3.643,21 7. CI. 340-147.
Morrice, Anthony R. S. Trench shoring frame. 3.64 1 .773. CI. 61 -41 .
Momssey. George R.: See—
Banjavich. Mark P.. Morrissey. George R.; and Gaudiano.
Anthony v., 3.64 1. 777.
Morrissey. Richard T , and Hess. Nelson C, to Goodrich. B. F.. Com-
pany. The Dipping process for forming nonleather. poromeric foot-
wear. 3,642,966, CI. 264-45
Mortensen. Louis Aackersberg. Tubular anchoring member.
3.641, 866, CI. 85-72.
Moser. Kurt; See—
Martin. Henry; Beriger, Ernst; and Moser. Kurt.3.642,989.
Moss. Mortimer Cylindrical exposure device for transferring an image
of a master sheet to a copy member. 3,642,368, CI. 355-47.
Motoren-und Turbinen-Union Munchen GmbH: See—
Suhl.Ulli. 3.642.209
Motorola. Inc : 5«*—
Thompson. James E., 3.643,1 10.
Mottern. Henry O , and Russell, James P.. to Air ProducU and Chemi-
cals, Inc., mesne. Method of producing unsaturated esters.
3,642,878. CI. 260-497.
Mould. Richard J : See-
Shepard, George A.; and Mould, Richard J. .3,642,586.
Moyroud. Louis M. Phototypesetting machines. 3,641,887.01. 95-4.5
February 15. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 31
M&T Products of Canada Limited: 5m—
Goulden. Peter Derrick, 3,642,647.
Mueller, Daniel L., to Xerox Corporation. Apparatus for conveying
sheet material. 3.642,362. CI. 355-3.
Mueller. Everett C. Wind deflector for chimneys and the like.
3.641, 914, CI. 98-66.
Muhleisen. Wilhelm. Non-cold-flowable unsaturated polyester resin
composition. 3.642.673. CI. 260-22.
Mulera, Thomas G.: .See—
Kesselring. Donald J; and Mulera. Thomas G. 3,64 1 .679.
Muller. Andrew N.: See—
Tiner. Nathan A.; and Muller. Andrew N, 3,642,519.
Muller, Erwin: See—
Logemann, Heino; Meckel, Walter; and Muller, Erwin. 3.642, 75 1 .
Witt, Harro, Holtschmidt, Hans; and Muller, Erwin, 3,642,866.
Muller, John Thomas; Scull, William L., Cooper, James H.; and
Soderberg, Curt A., to Leslie Co. Blending valve. 3,642,02 1 , CI. 1 37-
114.
Muller. Marcel: See—
Furst, Andor; Muller, Marcel; and Muller. Peter.3,642,839.
Muller, Peter: 5ee—
Furst. Andor; Muller, Marcel; and Muller. Peter.3,642.839.
Mullins. Darrell Dexter: See—
D'Amico. John Joseph; and Mullins, Darrell Dexter. 3,642, 804.
Multi-Amp Corporation: See—
Ettelman, David J., 3,634,1 57
Mulvaney, Charles S. Process and apparatus for mining by retreat
reaming. 3.642.325. CI. 299-18.
Mumford. Robin B.: See—
Weedon, Gene C; Lofquist, Robert A.; and Mumford, Robin
B. 3,642.714.
Munro, Alan C: See —
Basham. Edgar W.; Knapman. John E.; Pollard, Gordon D.;
Anthony, John B.; and Munro. Alan C. 3,642,289.
Muraki, Masaaki: See—
Shirai, Sio; Kunimune, Kouichi, and Muraki, Masaaki, 3, 642,95 I .
Murayama, Kazuo: See—
Yamane, Mikiya; Saito, Akira; Matsumoto, Katsuyoshi. Kawasu-
mi, Kenichi; Murayama, Kazuo. and Sugiyama.
Hiroshi.3.642.340.
Murden. Peter: See—
Ingham. William Ellis; Symons. Michael; and Murden,
Peler.3.643.215.
Murib, Jawad H.; and Horvitz, David, to National Distillers and Chemi-
cal Corporation. Synthesis of aluminum hydride and tertiary amine
adductsthcreof. 3.642.853, CI. 260-448
Murphey, Carey E., Jr.. and Sheffield. Bascom C , to Shell Oil Com-
pany. Deformation logging apparatus and method. 3,641.678. CI.
33-174.
Murphree, Francis J., to United States of America, Navy. Simulator for
continuous frequency modulated sonar. 3,642,999, CI. 35-10.4
Murphy. Kevin P.; and Stahl. Richard F.. to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion. Process of refrigeration using mixture of SF| and CHCIFf.
3.642.639. CI. 252-67.
Muter. Richard B.; and Lawrence. William F., to United States of
America. Interior. Utilization of coal-burning power plant by-
products. 3.642.445. CI. 23-25.
Naarmann. Herbert; and Georgii. Benedikt, to Badische Anilin- &.
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Curable shape-reuining molding
materials. 3.642,687, CI. 260-4 1 .5
Naarmann. Herbert; and Kiefer. Hans, to Badische Anilin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Polymers containing hydroxyl groups.
3,642.7 18. CI. 260-78.3
Nachazel, John Stanley: See—
Nachazel. Thomas Stanley; and Nachazel. John Stan-
ley,3,64 1,922.
Nachazel, Thomas SUnley; and Nachazel, John SUnley. Multi-purpose
cookinggrill. 3.64 1. 922. CI. 99-340.
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi, Hiroshi, Matsuo. Youichi; Kato.
Hiroshi, Shimizu, Mineo; and Takahashi, Nobuyuki, to Nippon Steel
Corporation. Steel sheet for press forming. 3,642.468, CI. 75-123.
Nagatomo, Hiroto: See—
Yamada. Eiichi; Arakawa. Yoshiteru; Yamamoto, Masayuki; and
Nagatomo, Hiroto,3.64 1 .974.
Nagawa. Keizo. to Kabushiki kaisha Meiki Seisakusho. Injection-mold-
ing ma-'-ine. 3,642.404. CI. 425-145.
Nagl. Gary J., to Universal Oil Products Company. Black oil conver-
sion proceu start-up procedure. 3,642.6 1 3, CI. 208-213.
Nagoshi, Kazuhiro; and Yagi. Yoshimasa. to Kabushiki Kaisha Satomi
DenkfShokai. Automatic Upe splicer. 3.642.555. CI. 156-505.
Nakahara. Masakatsu: See—
Sawagata, Shinichi; Nakahara. Masakatsu; and Tsuneta. Asa-
hide.3.643.121.
Nakajima, Junichi: See—
Noguchi, Yuichi; Nakajima, Junichi; Uno. Tetsuo; and Araki,
Kazumi,3,642.579.
Nakao. Yoshikadzu: See—
Mauushima. Hiroshi; Arimura, Ichiro. Goto. Hiroshi; and Nakao.
Yoshikadzu.3.643.l5l.
Nakaue. Harry S.: See-
Welch. Dean E.; Nakaue, Harry S.; and Vatne, Robert
D.,3.642,784.
Nakayama. Yasuharu: See—
Okamura, Seizo; Hayashi, Koichiro; and Nakayama, Yasu-
haru,3,642.723.
Narayanan. VenkaUchala Lakshmi; Hauck, Frederic Peter, and
Weisenborn. Frank Lee, to Squibb. E. R. & Sons. Inc. 5.8-
Dihydronaphthyloxy acetic acids. 3.642.869. CI. 260-473.
Naruse, Tsutomu: See-
Ogata. Fumimaro; Naruse, Tsutomu. and Itoh. Torazo.3.642.565.
Nast. Roland; Oertel, Harald; and Ley. Kurt, to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft. Stabilized polyurethanes. 3.642.669. CI. 260-2.5
Natali. PaulW.:See-
Tedeschi. Robert J.; and Natali. Paul W. 3,642,640.
Tedeschi, Robert J.; and Natali. Paul W..3.642.641 .
Nathorst-Westfelt. Lars Solve: See—
Bamberg. Peter; Ekstrom. Bertil Ake; Sjoberg, Bemdt Olof
Harald; and Nathorst-Westfelt. Lars Solve. 3.642.8 1 0
National Blank Book Company, Inc.: See—
Sibley, William J, 3,642,552.
National Can Corporation: See-
Phillips, Howard D.. 3,642,1 1 6
National Cash Register Company, The: See—
Farber, Sheldon, and Wright, Arthur John. 3.642.827
Farber. Sheldon; and Wright, Arthur John, 3,642,828
Irasek, Eugene H., 3.643,241 .
National Distillers and Chemical Corporation: See—
Murib. Jawad H.; and Horvitz. David, 3.642,853.
National Research Development Corporation: See-
Beach, Allan David, 3,642,352.
Bell, Charles Anthony; and Young, Anthony David, 3,643,076.
Hancock, Roger Harvey Yorke; and McCallum, James £..
3.641.765.
National Shellfish Processors. Inc.: See—
Woodridge. David D.; Kitchel, Joseph Clyde; and Garrett, William
R, 3,641,982.
Natoli. Joseph G.: See-
Ventura, John J.; and Natoli, Joseph G, 3.642,702.
Navarm Chemical Co.: See-
Roof, Carl W, 3,642.191
Neargarder, Robert F.: See-
Sinclair, Alex H.; Kozowyk, Ted; Reynolds, Ralph K.. Neargarder,
Robert F.; and Edson, Robert H, 3,642,332.
Nederlandse Organisatie Voor Toegepast Natuurwetenschappelijk On-
derzoek ten behoeve van Nijverheid; See —
Boose, Cesar Adrianus;and Reidt, Maarten Johan. 3.642.591
Needles, Howard L.; and Wasley. William L . to United States of
America. Agriculture. Process of producing nonwoven fabrics using
aziridine-modified polyurethane bonding agent. 3,642,972. CI. 264-
123.
Neefe. Charles W. Method for making aspheric convex surfaces.
3,641.717, CI.51-284
Neeff, Rutger: See—
Wegner. Peter; Neeff, Rutger; and Kuth. Robert, 3, 642.426.
Nelson, Norman A.; and Jackson. Robert W., to Upjohn Company.
The. Dibenzolde, g[quinoline 9( IOH)ones. 3,642.800, CI 260-286
Nelson. Richard P.: See—
Mathews, Victor M., Jr.; Nelson. Richard P.; and Lally. Eugene
Brooks.3.642,046.
Nemec, Joseph W.; and Hoffer, Donald R., to Rohm &. Haas Company.
Method of producing unsaturated nitrile and ester compounds.
3,642,843, CI. 260-405.5
Nemeth, Jozef; and Csovak. Emo, to Gepipari Technologiai Intezet.
Device for clamping and advancing elongated work- pieces.
3.642. 186, CI. 226-164.
Neu, Hermann: See—
Homig. Lothar Heinz.3.642,885.
Neuberger, Edmond Donald; and Junker. Thomas Joseph, to Calgon
Corporation. Sampling system for stack gas. 3,641.821 ,C1. 73-421 .5
Neumayer. John Joseph: See—
Guehler, Paul F.; and Neumayer, John Joseph, 3,642,444.
Newman. John W.: See-
Chapman, Duane K.; Green, William S.; and Newman, John
W, 3.642.926
Newman, William G., to Beaver Precision ProducU, Inc. Roller way
bearing. 3,642,330, CI. 308-6.
Newsome, Alfred Anthony. Windshield wiper assemblies. 3.641,614.
CI. 15-250.32
Newton, David Francis: See—
Greenhalgh. Colin William, and Newton. David Fran-
cis.3.642.837.
Newyear. Edward G.. to PPG Industries. Inc. Method of preparing
tetramethyllead. 3.642.849. CI. 260-437
Nichols, George M.. to SUuffer Chemical Company. Process for
preparing alkyl aryl phosphates. 3.642.959, CI. 260-973.
Niederholtmeyer, F. J. Guenther. Door jack. 3.642.25 1 . CI. 254-131.
Niemi, William. Pressure applicator. 3.64 1. 643. CI. 29-1 10.5
Nienhuis, Rijkent Jan. to U.S. Philips Corporation. Integrated circuit
having four MOSFET devices arranged in a circle surrounding a
guard diffusion. 3,643,1 39, CI. 3 1 7-235.
Niggemann. Theodor: See—
Tuschy. Eckhard; and Niggemann, Tbeodor.3.64 1. 858.
Nighman. William, to Reynolds MeUls Company. Method of and ap-
paratus for continuously casting molten metal. 3,642,055. CI. 164-
87.
Nihon Paint Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kusuno. Hideaki; Uchida. Miyoji; Segawa. Masahiro; and
Kawakami. Yukichika, 3,642.684.
Nijo, Kiyoichi. Method of detecting temperature for controlling a
refrigerator or a freezer. 3,64 1 ,781 . CI. 62-80.
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Nilsson Vilgot Raymond, to Alfa-Laval AB Centrifuge with sludge
levelsensingmeans. 3,642, 196, CI 233-19
Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha: See— '^
Wakamatsu. Hitato; Kato, Takaaki; Kawakubo. Mamoru; and Ito.
Kauunori, 3,641,844.
Nippon Electric Company, Limited; See—
Kikuchi, Yothiyasu, 3,643,069.
Kuribayashi.Michio.and Mimori, Riichi, 3,643,165
Miyakawa, Takashi; KuriU, Tomio, and Ichimura, Akira.
3,643,224.
Shimamura,Tadao, andTakimoto, Yukio, 3.643,180.
Ueki, AtMjfumi; and TaUumi, Ryuji, 3,643,097.
Nippon Kogaku K.K.: See—
Ono,Shigeo, 3,641,890
Tiuruoka, Tomio, 3,64 1 ,899.
Nippon PlawderCo.;S«—
Hagiuni, Akira; and Merita, Yoshishigc, 3,642,970.
Nippon Seiko Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Takahashi, Tadanobu; and Kan, Yoshiro, 3,642,335.
Nippon Selfoc, Limited: See—
Ueki, Atsufumi; and Tatsumi, Ryuji, 3,643.097.
Nippon Steel Corporation: See-
Mori, Haruki; Takahashi, Toshinao; and Koyama. Eisuke,
3,643,147.
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi, Hiroshi; MaUuo, Youichi, Kato,
Hiroshi; Shimizu, Mineo; and Takahashi, Nobuyuki, 3,642,468.
Nippon Telegraph & Telephone Public Corporation: See—
Miyakawa, Takashi, KuriU, Tomio; and Ichimura, Akira,
3,643,224.
Nischk, Gunther: See—
Gilch, Heinrich; Darsow, Gerhard; Bottenbruch, Ludwig, Lorenz,
Gunter; Kunzei, Hans Egon; Nischk, Gunther, and Schnell, Her-
mann,3,642,882.
Nishida, Takeo: See—
Toyooka, Tadao; Ueda, Hiromutsu, Nishida, Takeo, and Ono, At-
suo.3.641,921.
Nissho-lwai Company Limited: See—
Terada.Manzo, 3,641.852. .
NissoKakoCo .Ltd.:5<f- t
OriU, Michio,and Yahagi, Masakichi. 3,642,5 14.
Nite-Site, Inc.: See—
Knutsen, Elliel F.; and Santiago, Julio A., 3,64 1 ,676.
Nitta, Yoshihiro; Ikeda, Yoshiaki; Furue, Toshiyuki; and Shimizu,
Takeshi, to Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha. Certain 7-1^-oxy-
a(N-benzyl-pipera2mo)-propyl- theophyllines. 3,642,798, CI. 260-
254.
Nobbs.Mulford J. Brassiere. 3,642,009. CI. 128-484.
Nobel. Fred I.; and Ostrow, Bamet D. Gold alloy electroplating baths.
3,642.589. CI. 204-44.
Noel, Charles M., to Lord Corporation. Acrylic urethane composition
of acrylic polymer with pendant isocyante groups and isocyanate
containing urethane prepolymer. 3,642,943. CI. 260-859.
NoeUold. Robert A.: See—
Tann, David; and NoeUold, Robert A. ,3,643, 145.
Noguchi, Yuichi; Nakajima, Junichi; Uno, Tetsuo, and Araki, Kazumi,
to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing L-proline
3,642.579, CL 195-29.
Nohara, Shunji, and WaUnabe, Hideo, to Pioneer Electronic Corpora-
tion. Underground acoustic device. 3,642,091 , CI. 181-31.
Nohe, Heinz: See—
Plau, Rolf; Nohe, Heinz, and Dockner, Toni.3,642.889.
Norsk Hydro A.S.: See—
Auerdahl.Olav. 3.641,966.
North American Rockwell Corporation: See—
Atkinson. James L.. 3,642.334.
Bamett, Buford F.; and Knaus, Gilbert M., 3,642,695
Frankel. Milton B.; Warner. Michael G.; and Witucki. Edward F.,
3,642,830.
Tafel, Leonard I, 3,641.933.
Northan. Barbara J.; and Boies, David B., to United Sutes of America.
Navy, mesne. Water displacing corrosion preventive. 3,642.653. CI.
252-389.
Northrop Corporation: See—
Bhaumik. Mani L.;and Mann. Michael M.. 3,643.175.
Norton Company: See—
Crellin. Terry M., 3.642.594.
Norton. David J.: See—
David. Vivian; and Norton, David J. .3.643.025.
Norwood, Richard E., to International Business Machines Corporation
Separation control for record media transducer with transverse slots
to supply ambient pressure. 3.643.037. CI. 179-100.2
Novak. Thaddeus J.; and Poziomek. Edward J., to United States of
America. Army. Detector composition and method. 3.642.449. CI.
23-232.
Nowak. Thomas A., to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation.
Process for forming a muttimeUllic rail device. 3.642.054, CI. 164-
86.
NutUll, Fleet E.; and Ryan, John W., to Mattel, Inc. Method of remov-
ing essentially seamless foamed parts from a mold by fluid pressure.
3,642,965, CI. 264-45.
N.V. Auco: See—
Laupman, Robert Ronald, 3,643,127.
N.V. Optische Industrie de Oude Delft: See-
van der Feyst, Willem H.. 3.643.092.
N V COO S«-
Schuurbiers. Petrus J ; Verhagen. Louis A.; and Vernhout.
JohannesGL .3,641,803
Nylander, Alfred F , to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation
Production of potassium chloride from camallitic salts. 3,642,454,
CI 23-297.
OaU, Edwin O., to Roll-A-Sheet. Method and apparatus for dispoiable
storage and utilization of bedding materials. 3,64 1, 600. CI. S-37.
Obendorf. Werner; See—
Vorreither, Hans-Klaus; Obendorf, Werner; Menzl. Kurt; and
Hofer.Harald,3, 642,811.
Oberlander, Karl: See—
Kraft, Paul, and Oberlander,Karl,3,64 1,920.
Oblak,JohnM.;S<*-
Owczarski, William A , and Oblak, John M ,3,642,543.
Ocean Pollution Control, Inc.; See—
Fitzgerlad, Hugh J . 3,641 ,770.
Oceaneering International, Inc.; See—
Basham, Edgar W , Knapman, John E.; Pollard, Gordon D.,
Anthony, John B.; and Munro, Alan C, 3,642.289.
O'Connor. David E., to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Dyeable
polypropylene fibers. 3,642.955, CI. 260-895.
Odmark. Per Ranold, to Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson. Protective
assembly for a panel-mounted call meter with elastic housing locking
means 3.643, 132, CI. 317-107
O'Donovan, Kevin H. }See—
Pope, Noel C . Kempis. Edward B.; and O'Donovan, Kevin H.
J ,3,642.412.
Oelke, Erwin S.; See—
Swindt. Joseph K , and Oelke, Erwin S.,3.641 .865.
Oertel, Harald; See—
Nast, Roland, Oertel, Harald, and Ley, Kurt.3.642,669.
Oesterlein, FriU, and Rial, Henry, to Ciba Limited. Mono azo dyestuffs
containing a fiber-reactive group. 3,642,765, CI. 260-153.
Ogata, Fumimaro; See—
Ando. Satoshi, Tanaka, Yusaku, Onuma, Sadao, and OgaU, Fu-
mimaro,3, 642, 568
Ogata. Fumimaro, Naruse, Tsutomu, and Itoh, Torazo, to Kanegafuchi
Boscki Kabushiki Kaisha, and SNIA Viscosa Societa Nazionale In-
dustria Applicazioni Viscosa S.p.A Composite filaments having an
elastic crimping property 3,642,565, CI. 161-173.
Ogawa, Nobuhisa, to Mochida Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha. Process for
producing stable cytochrome C preparation. 3,642,978, CI. 424-37.
Ogland, Jon W., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Optical maser
3.643,177,CI 331-94 5
Ohi, Reiichi: See—
Hara, Hikoharu, Ohi, Reiichi, Sugiyama, Masatoshi; and HaUno,
Tadao,3,642,481
OhinaU, Sadahiro. to Showa Tsusho Co.. Ltd. Instrument-board
lighter 3.643.062. CI. 219-265
Ohio Brass Company. The; See—
Valentine. Alan T , 3,642,096
Ohira, Fukuichi, Matsumura. Toshikazu. and Shiode, Chuji. to Chisso
Corporation Degradativc polyolefin composition. 3.642.761, CI.
260-93 7
Ohmura. Jyukichi: Se?—
Suzuki. Isamu. Ichikawa. Kiyoshi; Ohmura. Jyukichi; and Iwashita.
Hidemaro. 3,642. 703
Ohorodnik, Alexander $**—
Sennewald. Kurt; Ohorodnik, Alexander, and Dettmeier.
Udo,3.642,929.
Ohtsuka. Yasuo: See—
Iwasaki. Koichiro. Yamaguchi. Kazuo; Kakogawa. Genjiro; Ohtsu-
ka. Yasuo. and Kasahara. Kanji. 3.642.748.
Oil Base. Inc.; See—
Bennett. Robert B., and McMordie, Warren C, Jr., 3,642.623.
Oishi. Yasushi. Yoshida. Yoshinobu, and Sano. Kazuya, to Fuji Photo
Film Co , Ltd Color-photographic silver halide materials conuining
colored and uncolored couplers. 3,642,485, CI. 96-100.
Oka, Masahiko; See—
Kometani, YuUka, Tatemoto. Masayoshi; Okuda, Masahiro; Oku-
no. Chuzo. Sakata. Shinsuke; Sakai, Shoji; and Oka,
Masahiko,3,642.754.
Okabe. Tsuneo. to Yugen-Kaisha Fukunaga Seisakusho. Gas-fueled
lighter. 3,642,42 1 . CI. 43 1-254.
Okamura, Seizo, Hayashi, Koichiro; and Nakayama. Yasuharu. to
Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Copolymers of substituted alkyl ethers and
maleic anhydride. 3.642.723. CI. 260-78.4
Okazaki. William. Purchase. H. Graham; and Witter. Richard L.. to
United SUtes of America. Agriculture. Method for producing vac-
cine for immunization of poultry against Marek's disease. 3,642,574,
CI. 195-1.5
Okuda. Hironori: See—
Ichiki, Toshinobu; Okuda. Hironori; and Arai. Keiji,3,643,l 18.
Okuda, Masahiro: See—
Kometani, YuUka; Tatemoto, Masayoshi; Okuda, Masahiro; Oku-
no, Chuzo, Sakata, Shinsuke; Sakai, Shoji; and Oka.
Masahiko.3. 642,754
Okuno, Chuzo: See—
Kometani, YuUka; Tatemoto, Masayoshi; Okuda. Masahiro; Oku-
no. Chuzo; Sakata. Shinsuke; Sakai. Shoji; and Oka.
Masahiko. 3,642.754.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
.\
Olhoft. Gary Vernon; Eldred, Nelson Richard; and Koleske. Joseph
Victor, to Union Carbide Corporation. Compositions of nitrocellu-
lose and cyclic ester polymers. 3.642.507, CI. 106-182.
Olin Corporation: See-
Johnson, James T.; and Smith, Lester E., 3.642.304.
Sperry. Philip R.; and Gullotti. Damian V., 3.642.542.
Oliver, Donald W.; See—
Begany, Albert J.; Ledig, Kurt W.; Oliver, Donald W., and Wendt.
Gerhard R, 3.642,842.
Olivetti. Ing.. C. & C. S.p.A.: See—
Ferroglio, Luigino, 3,643,022.
Olsson, Karl GusUv: See—
Kalb, Lennart Reinhold; Olsson, Karl Gustav; and Blom, Bengt
Gordon Teodor, 3, 64 1,960.
Olund, Sven A., to Chevron Research Company. Refrigeration
lubricatingoil. 3,642,634, CI. 252-59.
Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.: See—
Kawahara, Ichizo, 3,64 1 ,898
Omark Industries, Inc.; See—
Honeycutt, Don R., 3,64 1 ,880.
Locati, Norman C; and Edgerton, John Leslie, 3,641,751.
Omnico Systems International Inc.; See—
Berrie, Robe rtW, 3,641.720.
ONeal, Edward C.:See—
Bell, Ronald J.; and O'Neal, Edward C.,3,641 .797.
O'Neal, Wilbert O.; and Weston, Warren K., to Vendo Company, The
Insulated cabinet construction for vending machines or the like.
3,642.164, CI. 220-9.
O'Neill. Thomas J., to Pullman Incorporated. Side sill for railway vehi-
cle. 3.64 1.943, CI. 105-418.
O'Neill. William P.; and Turner. Walter V.. Jr.. to United States of
America. Health. Education and Welfare. Selectively sulfonated
block copolymers and process for their preparation. 3,642.953. CI.
260-880.
Ono. Atsuo: See—
Toyooka, Tadao; Ueda, Hiromutsu; Nishida, Takeo; and Ono, At-
suo, 3, 64 1 ,921.
Ono, Minoru; Momoi, Toshimitsu; and Kawachi, Youji, to Kabushiki
Kaisha HiUchi Seisakusho. Semiconductor devices. 3.643,137, CI.
317-235.
Ono, Shigeo, to Nippon Kogaku K.K. Exposure measuring device for
cameras provided with electronic shutter. 3,641 ,890, CI. 95-10.
Onuma, Sadao: See—
Ando, Satoshi; Tanaka, Yusaku, Onuma. Sadao; and OgaU, Fu-
mimaro.3. 642. 568.
Optolechnik - G.m.b.H.: See-
Heine. Helmut A.. 3.643,083
Orazem, Gerald J.; Martin, Kenneth R.; Dellinger, Matthew H.; and
Leonhardt, William S., to Lithium Corporation of America. Prepara-
tion of dispersions of finely divided alkali metals. 3,642,648, CI. 252-
182.
Orbit International, Inc.; See-
Humphrey, David H . 3,642,338.
OriU, Michio; and Yahagi, Masakichi. to Nisso Kako Co.. Ltd. Pres-
sure-sensitive copying sheet utilizing subilized crysul violet lactone,
method of making and method of making composition. 3,642,514,
CI. 1 17-36.2
Orr, Robert F.; and Wyers, Joseph H., to Fluoroware of California. Inc.
Developing apparatus. 3.64 1 ,906, CI. 95-89.
O'Shea, Francis X., to Uniroyal, Inc. Graft copolymerization on alpha-
monoolefin copolymer rubbers to make gum plastics. 3,642,950, CI.
260-878.
Osoegawa, Hideru; and Kobayashi, Katuei, to Hitachi, Ltd. Method for
fitting semiconductor pellet on meUl body. 3,64 1 ,663, CI. 29-589.
Ostberg, Bernhard Nils. Vane-type rotary fluid displacing machine.
3.642,390, CI. 418-133.
Osteen, Mitchell M.; and Grindle. James L.. to General Electric Com-
pany. Luminaire support. 3.643.088. CI. 240-52.
Osterreichische Stickstoffwerke Aktiengesellschafi: See—
Vorreither. Hans-Klaus; Obendorf, Werner; Menzl, Kurt; and
Hofer. Harald. 3.642,811.
Osthagen. Sven M.; and Wise. Henry M.. Jr., to Life Support Equip-
ment Corporation. Urethral valve. 3,642,004, CI. 1 28-349.
Ostrow, Bamet D.: See-
Nobel, Fred I.; and Ostrow. Bamet D. 3.642.589.
Otis Engineering Corporation: See—
Adkins.JoelE. 3.642.069
Taylor, Frank H; and Kelly. Warner M., 3,642,070.
OToole, Robert J.:See—
Ellico. Patrick, 3,642,275.
Otsuka, Yuichi: See—
FuruU, Taizo; Otsuka, Yuichi; and Mizukawa. Kiyoshi. 3.642. 137.
Ott. Hans, to Sandoz-Wander. Inc. Morpholino-l-subttituted-2( IH)-
quinazolinones. 3.642.79 1. CI. 260-247.2
Otterstrom. Ralph W. Surgical tool. 3.642,002. CI. 128-317.
Otto. Ferdinand P.; and Logothetis. Andreas, to Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion. Coordinated complexes of nitrogenous compounds. 3.642.847.
CI. 260-429.9
Oudenhoven. Theodorus Antonio Gerardus. Tool for placing marks in
the ears of animals. 3,641,804. CI. 72-409.
Overath. Albrecht: See—
Halberschmidt. Friedrich; and Overath, Albrecht, 3,64 1 ,7 1 1 .
Overhead Door Corporation: See-
Smith, Vernon O.; and Binns, John W., 3.642,3 1 4.
Owczarski. William A., and Oblak. John M.. to United Aircraft Cor-
poration. Thermomechanical strengthening of superalloys.
3.642.543. CI. 148-912.7
Owen, Philip Collinson, to Cossor, A. C, Limited. Secondary radar
system. 3,643,256, CI. 343-6.5
Owens, Abner, Jr.: See—
Yurasek, John F.; and Owens, Abner, Jr. ,3, 643,2 1 3. |
Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation: See-
Marsh, Henry N., Jr.; and Gano, Barclay P . 3,642,560.
Ullman. William L.; Baxter James C, Pearson. Arthur J.. Davis,
Robert E. and Hullhorst. William B , 3.642.034.
Owens-Illinois: See-
Rosenberg. Barnett; Brown. Felix H., and Williamson, David
Theodore Nelson, 3,643,014.
Owens-Illinois, Inc.: See—
Heaton, Richard A., 3,642.461
Jasinski, Amy L. 3.642.693.
Walmsley. Judith A., 3,642,72 1
Ownbey, Sylvan B. Nondirectional loop tuft carpet making machine.
3.64 1,956. CI. 112-79.
Pachter, Irwin J.; and Schoen, Karl, to Endo Laboratories Inc.Oxo-
cyclopenU(c)pyrroles. 3.642.794. CI. 260-247.5
Pachter, Irwin J.; and Schoen. Karl. oxocyclohepU[c]pyrroles.
3,642.8 19. CI. 260-326.5
Page, Jack S: See-
Brent, John T., Jr.; and Page, Jack S, 3,642,456.
Paige, Richard E. Talking book. 3,64 1 ,684, CI 35-8.
Palencher. Jacques, to Labocey Industrie Apparatus for making
molded objects. 3.642,409, CI. 425-305
Palethorpe, George. Insoluble organotin salt stabilizers for acrylonitrile
polymers. 3,642.628, CI. 260-45.75
Palmaer, Karl V. Link configuration for drive chain. 3,641 ,831 , CI. 74-
250.
Palmer, James. Box beam wall construction. 3,641,724, CI. 52-615.
Palmer, Warren G.: See-
Brink, Edwin H.;and Palmer, Warren G. 3, 642,61 7
Pammer, Erich; and Panholzer, Horst, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft.
Method of producing gallium diffused regions in semiconductor
crystals. 3,642,545, CI. 148-187
Pan American Petroleum Corporation: See-
Howard, George C. 3.641 .961
Pan. Edward S.: See —
Lee. Robert E.. McDermott, Philip S.; and Pan, Edward
S.,3,642,529.
Panholzer, Horst: See—
Pammer, Erich; and Panholzer, Horst, 3,642, 545.
Pankuweit, Hartmut: See—
Barainsky, Rudolf F.; Kiefer, Richard; Pankuweit, Hartmut; and
Esser, Alfred G, 3,642,399
Parker, James H Oil recovery and clean up system 3,642, 140. CI. 210-
242.
Parker, Marion L.; and Southwick, Hillman, to Western Geophysical
Company of America. Marine imploder-type acoustic impulse
generator. 3,642,089, CI. 181-0.5
Parker-Hannifin Corporation: See—
Millsap, Norman E., 3,642,290
Rice,Orval Leroy, 3,642,027.
Segro, Basils. 3.641.802.
Parkison, Richard G.; and Vanegas, Guillermo J., to American Stan-
dUtvlnc. Laminar flow device for bathtub fill spouts. 3,642,2 I 3, CI.
239-590.
Parsons, Ralph M., Company, The; See—
Beavon, David K.. 3.642.448.
Pasqualetto. Renato: See-
Patron. Luigi; Moretti, Alberto; and Pasqualetto.
Renato.3,642.737.
Passavant-Werke: See—
Wieferig.Theodor. 3.642.615.
Patchett. Arthur A.: See—
Windholz. Thomas B.; Patchett, Arthur A.; and Fried,
John,3,642,841.
Patrick, Ralph E: See—
Kovach, Stephen M.; and Patrick, Ralph E, 3,642,927.
Patron, Luigi; Moretti, Alberto; and Pasqualetto, Renato, to Chatitlon
SocieU' Anonima Italiana per le Fibre Tessili Artificiali S.p.A.
Proceu for the polymerization of vinyl chloride. 3,642,737, CI. 260-
85.5
Patron. Luigi; Moretti, Alberto; and Sinatora. Gian Paolo, to Chatillon
SocieU Anonima luliana per le Fibre Tessili Artificiali S.p.A.
Process for the continuous bulk polymerization of vinyl chloride at
low temperature. 3.642.738. CI. 260-85.5
Patsis. Angelos V.: See-
Hodge. George R.; and Patsis. Angelos V.. 3.642.936.
Patterson. Gerald D.. to Dow Chemical Company. The. Method and
apparatus for dual location sonar measurement of caverns.
3,643,2 12, CI. 340-3.
Patthy, Agnes, nee Lukats: See—
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy, Agnes, nee Lukats; Dancsi, Lajos;
Domok, Livia, nee Kis-Vigh; Karpati, Egon; and Szpomy, Las-
zlo,3 ,642.805.
Patton, Charles W.. Jr., to Super Laundry Machinery Company. Small
piece laundry folding machine. 3,642,270, CI. 270-62.
Pawsat. Carlton P.. to Wald Manufacturing Company, Incorporated.
S Bicycle training wheel bracket. 3,642,305. CI. 280-293.
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15. 1972
Payne, Paul E See—
Ragsdale. Robert G, and Payne. Paul E .3,643,023
Payne Vivian H . to Cameron Iron Works, Inc , mesne Pressure
operated-positive displacement shuttle valve 3.642.020, CI. 137-
112
Peacock Brothers Limited: See—
Schneller. Stephen G . 3,642.1 52
Peacock. Peter J 5«- l, o .
Scarnato. Thomas J . Meyer, Martin H , and Peacock, Peter
J. ,3, 641, 750.
Pearson, Arthur J: S«— , -.
Ullman, William L . Baxter James C . Pearson. Arthur J.; Davis,
Robert E ; and Hullhorst, William B ,3,642,034
Peasley, Curtiss M Combined brush depth regulator and scraper
3,641,615, CI. 15-257.05
Pecci, Giancarlo. See—
Girotti, Pierleona, Floris, Telemaco, and Pecci, Giancar-
lo,3,642,6 1 2
Pekau. Dietlind, to Bendix Corporation, The Apparatus for construct-
ing a reduced information content hologram 3.643,01 7. CI 178-6 5
Pelletier, Ronald R.: See—
Saunders, Frank L.; and Pelletier, Ronald R ,3,642,676
Pennwalt Corporation: See—
Hutchinson, Herman R , Arpajian, Vasken F , and Malcomson.
Roberts. 3.642.402
Pentron Electronics Corporation: 5**—
Sampey. Harry R., 3,642.087
Pepin. James J.: See—
Walker. Robert R , and Pepin. James J. ,3,642, 564
Per Corporation: See—
Hobson, Russell B, Jr., 3,642,141.
Perdue. Roy D : See—
Cohn, Morris I ; and Perdue, Roy D .3,642.5 1 1
Peretto. David P : S«—
Mack, Thomas W , Peretto, David P, and Allen, Aldcn
W ,3,643,239
Perez-Suble, Nicholas: See—
Ray. Roger E .and Perez-Stable, Nicholas, 3, 643, 160.
Perlman, David J : Sef —
Kolankowsky, Eugene, McMahon, Robert F , and Perlman, David
J ,3,643,236.
Perper, Lloyd J.: See—
McCumin, Thomas W; and Perper, Lloyd J ,3,643.166
Pcrrin, Eugene M , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Thynstor
gate'pulse generator 3,643,1 12, CI. 307-252.
Perry, Stephen F : See-
Mayer, Ivan, and Perry, Stephen F ,3,642,609
Persson, Ake B.: See—
Tillander, Magnus E., Persson, Ake B , and Johansson, Leif A
T ,3,641,945
Persyn, Gilbert A. 5«—
Slirrat. William A.; RollwiU, William L , and Persyn, Gilbert
A ,3,643,181
Peschel. Stanley G.: See—
Bantz, George H., Faile, John S.. and Peschel. Stanley
G, 3,643, 105
Peter, Richard: See—
Montmollin, Rene de, Hoelzle, Gerd; Angliker, Hans-Joerg; and
Peter. Richard, 3.642. 764.
Peterson, Anders A., to Hardinge Brothers, Inc Adjustment for tool
holders 3,64 1 ,850, CI 82-36
Peterson, Laurence I,, and Sauro, Louisa J , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The. Copolymers of ^-lactones and N-phenethyla- ziridines
3,642,717.CI. 260-78 3
Peterson, Laurence L, and Sauro, Louisa J , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The. Copolymers of N-(2-cyanoethyl) aziridines and ^-lac-
tones. 3.642.860, CI 260-465 4
Peterson, Roger L., to Dyna-Therm Corporation. Water based fire pro-
tective composition applied to electrical cable 3.642,531, CI. 1 17-
218.
Petrella, Robert G.: See-
Green. Harold A., and Petrella. Robert G, 3,642.649.
Petri, George W .: See—
Mc Laughlin, Bernard J.. Petri, George W., and De Moor.
Raymond J.,3,643,203.
Petzold. Jurgen; and Scheidler, Herwig, to JENAer Glaswerk Schott &
Gen.Glass convertible to transparent glass ceramics conuining Al-
PO,. 3,642,504, CI. 106-39.
Pews, Richard Garth, to Dow Chemical Company, The. Hexabromoin-
doneand method of making the same. 3,642,903, CI. 260-586.
PewUess. Vernon J., to Co-Poiymer Chemicals, Inc Fiber applicator.
3,642,203, CI. 239-15.
Peyser, Harry A., and Doyle, Diane J., to Continental Can Company,
Inc. Double-boiler heating conUiner. 3,64 1,992, CI. 126-378.
Pfeifer, Richard E., to Chrysler Corporation. Resilient electrical con-
ucts. 3,643,050, CI. 200-166.
Pfenning, Emil: See—
Schrewc, Hans; Diederich, Gerd; Wahls, Peter; and Pfenning,
Emil,3,642,052.
Pfizer Inc.: See—
Holland. Gerald F., 3,642.996.
Phelan. Louis A.M.; See—
Werner, Bemfried M., 3,641.783.
,256. y
Phelps Dodge Copper Products Corporation: See—
McKean, Alexander L . 3,643,004
Phelps. Harold E , to Phelps. Harold, Inc. Fuel supply system.
3,642,256, CI 261-39. /
Phelps, Harold, Inc Sf<— /
Phelps, Harold E ,3,642',
Philhps, Howard Charles See—
Busier, Willard LeRoy, Phillips, Howard Charles; and Ross, Milton
Dean. 3,64 1,649
Phillips, Howard D , to National Can Corporation. Article inverter.
3.642.1 16, CI 198-33
Phillips Petroleum Company See—
Bresson, Clarence R .3.642,915.
Cleary. James W ,3,642,945.
Heckelsbcrg, Louis F . 3,642,933
Hitzman, Donald O , and Alquist, Henry .. 3,642,578.
Kinney, Alfred W ,3,642.167
Mills. Kenneth R ,3,642,690
Moberly. Charles W. and Kahle. Gerald R., 3,642,744.
Uraneck, Carl A , Trepka, William, and Brown, James D.,
3.642,922.
Phillips, Robert F , to Ethyl Corporation. Combination valve and
coupling 3,642, 252. CI 251-145
Plana. Renato Roll-type blinds for windows. 3.642.050, CI. 160-133.
Picker Corporation .Sff—
Meyer. Fred H .3,642.357.
Shuster. Ronald F . 3.643,095
Pierce. John K . Jr . to Diamond Shamrock Corporation. Process for
preparing homo-and copolymers of vinyl chloride in aqueous emul-
sion 3,642.740. CI 260-87 5
Pierce. R H Manufactunng Company: 5«—
Gheen. Lyndle G . and Daniels. Paul J.. 3,642,306.
Pilato. Louis Anthony: S«f—
Johnson, Robert Norman. Karol. Frederick John, and Pilato,
Louis Anthony. 3.642. 749
Pilkington, Stephen John, to SK Instruments Limited. Automatic
process control systems 3.643.108. CI 307-230
Pine. Wilson C , Westeren, Herbert W.; and Kimball, William H., to
Hayes. C I , Inc Work basket for use in heat treating furnace.
3,642,263, CI 263-47
Pinnow, James E Magnetic tip-up signal for ice Tishing. 3.64 1 .693. CI.
43-17.
Pioneer Electronic Corporation: See—
Nohara, Shunji; and Watanabe, Hideo, 3,642,091 .
Tsukagoshi, Tsunehiro, 3,643,035.
Pitt, Harold M , and Simone. Raymond A., to Stauffer Chemical Com-
pany Method of producing thiono- or dithio- phosphonic acid esters.
3,642,960. CI 260-985
Pittway Corporation: See—
Cunningham, Ernest R, 3,642,037
Piuer, Thomas D . Metzger, John A . and Lamberly. John M., said
Piuer and said MeUger assors to Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical
Corporation Workpiece handling and conveyor apparatus.
3,642, 188, CI 228-36
Place, Harold, to Lucas, Joseph, (Industries) limited. Liquid sprayers.
3,642,21 l.Cl 239-426
Plaskett, Thomas S See-
Blum. Samuel E., Foster, Luther M.. and Plaskett. Thomas
S ,3,642,443.
Plasmachem Inc : See—
Baldwin. William C . and Meyer. Theodore N., 3,642.253.
Plastic Coating Corporation, The: See—
Hakanson. Nils L .3.641.969
Plastrex-Manurhin-S a r L S«—
Level. BertrandPE. 3.64 1,975.
Platz, Rolf, Nohe. Heinz, and Dockner, Toni, to Badische Anilin- &.
Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Production of lactic acid.
3,642,889, CI 260-535.
Pneumatic Scale Corporation: See—
Scully,JohnW, 3,642,194.
Podschus, Ernst 5« —
Dom, Ludwig, Heinzc. Gerhard; and Podschus, Emst,3.642.659.
Polaroid Corporation: See—
Bailey. James L . and Mc Cune. Robert F., 3,642,668.
Baker, Philip G, 3.64 1,909
Burgarella, John P . 3,641.891.
Conner. James M .3.641.894.
Downey, Rogers B.; and Thomas, Paul W., 3.641 ,896.
Downey, Rogers B . and Cook. Gerald H., 3,642,229.
Eloranu, Vaito K , 3,641,908.
Eloranta. Viato K , 3,641,889.
Johnson, Edward J , Jr.. 3.642.473.
Seiden. Myron A., 3,641,886.
Pollak, Joseph, Corporation: See—
Batcheller, Kent J., 3.643.044.
Pollard. Gordon D: S*^—
Basham, Edgar W , Knapman, John E.; Pollard, Gordon D.;
Anthony, John B . and Munro, Alan C. 3.642,289.
Pollution Control, Inc.: See—
Reckers, Donald J , 3,642.1 34.
Polypac, Inc.: See—
Grisell, Richard T, 3.641.725.
Polysius AG: S«— ,.,.-,-,0
Balzau, Gerhard; and Fosshag, Wolfgang. 3.642.178.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
Pommer, Ernst-Heinrich: See—
, Schenk, Walter; and Pommer, Ernst-Heinrich,3,642,995
-^Mtzini, Sandro, Castelli, Paolo; and Stanislao, Jean Lawendel, to
Aziende Colori Nagionali AfTini Acna S.p.A. Quaternized reactive
phthalocyanine dyestuffs containing triazine and nicotinic acid
groups. 3,642.787, CI. 260-242.
Pool, Albert Lucien; and Delzenne, Gerard Albert, to Gevaert-Agfa
N.V. Unsaturated photochromic indolino-spiropyran monomers and
polymers prepared therefrom. 3,642,484, CI. 96-90.
Pope, Noel C; Kempis, Edward B., and O'Donovan, Kevin H. J., to
Adamant Laboratorics( Proprietary ) Limited. High-pressure device.
3,642,412, CI. 425-356.
Popp, Walter: See—
Bauer, Johann; Hollenbach, Georg, Popp, Walter, and Sabel,
Alex,3.642,948.
Porth, Dieter; and Rinnergschwentner, Hans, to Daimler-Benz Aktien-
gesellschaft. Pivoted cab with lost-motion tilting mechanism.
3,642,3 1 6, CI. 296-28.
Portnoy, Seymour: See—
Gisser, Henry, and Portnoy, Seymour, 3,642,63 1 .
Portz. William H. Water cooler. 3,64 1 ,785, CI. 62-396.
Porvair Limited: See—
Harthorn, George Stuart, 3,641,978
Posey, John T, Jr. Restraining device. 3,641,997, CI. 128-134.
Posner, Richard, to Creative Polymer Products Corporation. Mold for
molding articles composed fo different materials. 3,642,246, CI
249-105.
Potchen, Peter F., to Clark-Reliance Corporation, The. Humidifier
control. 3,642,201, CI. 236-44.
Potlatch Forests, Inc.: See—
Hayes, Leonard L., 3,642,151.
Povilaitis, Frank R.; and Strobel, Carmon R., to Chrysler Corporation.
Vehicular headlamp cleaner. 3,641,613, CI 15-250.02
Poweleit. Wilhelm. Wheel assembly for toy vehicles. 3,642,048. CI.
152-323.
Poziomek, Edward J.: See—
Novak, Thaddeus J.; and Poziomek, Edward J. ,3, 642,449.
PPG Industries, Inc.: See—
Barter, James A,; Eddy, Clifford O., and Stevens, Henry C,
3,642,755.
Bohl, Lester E.; and Vancamp, Raymond M., 3,642,918.
Hoekje, Howard H., Strain, Franklin, and Wilson, William L ,
3,642,442.
Newyear, Edward G., 3,642,849.
Wiley, Daniel E.; Mc Dougal, Harmon A.; and Turner, Allan L.,
3,642,053.
Wismer. Marco; and Prucnal, Paul J., 3,642,729.
Preco, Inc.: See—
Konrad, Marion G.; and Erickson, John W, 3.64 1 ,942
Preeman. Marvin B., to Standard Steel Corporation. Asphalt plant
drier with variable lifters. 3.641. 683. CI. 34-1 32.
Prentice, Russell E.: See—
Akin. Alfred A, Jr., and Prentice. Russell E, 3,642, 345
Preslar, Donald Ray: See—
Stewart, Neil Rutherford, and Preslar, Donald Ray,3,643,l56
Press. Irving D., to Resistofiex Corporation. Expanding tool.
3,641,798, CI. 72-122.
Prial, Peter J. Firemens wrench-like tool 3,64 1,846, CI. 81-90.
Price, Alson K.: See—
Sweeney, Richard F , and Price, Alson K, 3,642, 880.
Price, Daniel J. Bearing grinding machine. 3, 64 1,7 16, CI. 51-241.
Priestley, Hill M., to Lever Brothers Company. Dialkyl selenoxide
hydronitrates. 3,642,909, CI. 260-607
Prigent, Claude, to Service d'Exploitation Industrielle des Tabacs et
des Allumettes. Method and device for changing the direction of mo-
tion of articles. 3,642,1 15, CI. 198-28.
PrilLErhard J.:S«—
Wygant, James C, Anderson, Richard M ; and Prill, Erhard
J. ,3,642,870.
Princeton Chemical Research, Inc.: See—
Shepherd, Thomas H.; and Reich, Murray H , 3,642,678.
Prins, Daniel A.: See—
Schroter, Herbert; and Prins, Daniel A. ,3,642, 808.
Probst: See—
Homig, Lothar Heinz, 3, 642, 885.
Procter & Gamble Company, The: See—
Grote, Herbert E.; and Henry, Wilbur G., 3,642,644.
Proctor, E. W., Limited: See—
Glithro, Phillip, 3,641,925.
Proebsting, Robert J., to Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Keyboard
encoder system. 3,643,254, CI. 340-347
Prokai, Bela: See—
Kanner, Bernard; and Prokai, Bela,3,642,670.
Propper Manufacturing Company, Inc.: See—
Heine, Helmut A, 3,643,083.
Menzel, Gerhard, 3.64 1 ,7 1 2.
Prototypes, Inc.: See—
Gaarder, Kenneth R.; and Leaf, William B , 3,64 1 ,993
Prouty. Robert E.. to Essex International, Inc. Time delay solenoid.
3.643.193. CI. 335-240.
Prucnal. Paul J.: See—
Wismer. Marco; and Prucnal, Paul J. ,3.642,729.
Publication Corporation: See—
Behringer. Alfred C, 3,64 1 ,932.
Puchalski, Chester: See—
Von Strandtmann. Maximillian, Puchalski. Chester, Cohen, Mar-
vin; and Shavel, John, Jr. ,3,642, 78 1
Puetz, Jordan F.; and Stallman, James E., to Square D Company. Ar-
mature mounting structure in an electromagnetically operated
switch. 3,643, 188, CI. 335-132.
Puetz, Jordan F., and Stallman, James E., to Square D Company Struc-
ture for mounting an electromagnet in an electromagnetically
operated switch 3,643,190, CI 335-132
Puetz, Jordan F.: See—
Stallman, James E.; Schlitt, James J., Puetz, Jordan F., and Ar-
neberg, Don J.,3,643,187
Pullman Incorporated: See —
ONeill, Thomas J. ,3.641, 943
Pungs, Wolfgang: See—
Schneider, Johannes; and Pungs. Wolfgang, 3, 642,94 I .
Purchase, H. Graham: See—
Okazaki, William, Purchase, H Graham, and Witter. Richard
L, 3.642.574
Purdes, Andrew J.; and Jost, Ernest M., to Texas Instruments, Incor-
porated. Method of modifying electrical resistivity characteristics of
dielectric substrates. 3,642,527. CI 117-21 2
Pusey, Brandon B.: See—
Roberu, Walter; Sherrill, Jimmie D., Pusey, Brandon B.; and Wil-
kenloh, Frederic N, 3,643,007.
Putscher. Johann: 5*^—
Engelsmann. Dieter; Hackenberg, Hubert. Putscher. Johann. and
Strittmatter, Rolf,3,643,100
Putter, Rolf: See—
Schminke, Hans Dieter; Grigat, Ernst; and Putter, Rolf,3.642,725.
Ouadfiieg, Therese: See—
Homig. Lothar; and Ouadfiieg. Therese. 3. 642. 873
Quaker Oats Company. The: See—
Wilkinson. Raleigh J . 3.64 1 .923
Ouebec North Shore Paper Company: See—
Hamilton, Douglas D., and Boivin. Joseph J. R . 3.642.041
Ouinn. Edward J.; and MacKay. John K.. to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration. Process for metal plating of substrates. 3.642.584. CI. 204-
30
Quinn. Edward J.: See—
Lin. Kingso C, Ouinn. Edward J., and MacKay, John
K, 3,642,585.
Ouinn, Gregory F.: See —
KanstuI, Zigmant J., and Ouinn. Gregory F..3.641 ,863.
Ouinn, Robert Ellis; 5**—
Boggs, Beryl Aaron; and Ouinn, Robert Ellis,3,64 1 ,836.
Rabilloud, Guy; Sillion, Bernard; and de Gaudemaris. Gabriel, to In-
stitut Francais du Petrole. Method of preparing poly- benzimidazole-
amides 3,642,696, CI. 260-47
Rabow, Gerald, to International Telephone and Telegraph Corpora-
tion. Frequency modulation demodulation system 3,643,172. CI.
329-112
Rada, Joseph J., to Container Corporation of America. Locking con-
struction for telescoping container elements. 3. 642. 193, CI. 229-45.
Radcliffe, Arthur J, Jr.: See—
Griggs, John O.. Jr., Radcliffe, Arthur J., Jr.; and Matouka,
Michael F, 3.643,077
Rado, John A.: See—
Berwin, Ted W, and Rado, John A ,3,643,106.
Radscheit, Kurt; 5m—
Haede, Werner, Stache, Ulrich; Fritsch, Werner, and Radscheit,
Kurt,3,642,770.
Raetz, James R.; See—
Smith, John L.; Dent, Robert A ; and RaeU, James R.,3,641 .746.
Ragsdale, Robert G,; and Payne, Paul E., to Milgo Electronic Corpora-
tion. Differential phase modulator and demodulator utilizing relative
phase differences at the center of the modulation periods. 3,643,023,
CI. 178-67.
Rainey, George E.; Heidmeyer, Donald H , and Davis, Donald E , to
Klenco Corporation. Automatic rail cleaner. 3.641 ,61 8, CI. 15-312.
Raiser, Wilhelm G., to International Business Machines Corporation.
Locking means for disk pack assembly. 3,643,240, CI. 340-174.1
Rakes, Rodney G., to Spcrry Rand Corporation Dual speed brushless
D.C.motor. 3,643, 143, CI. 318-254
Ralston Purina Company; See—
Arndt, Robert H., 3,642,492.
Arndt, Robert H, 3,642,493.
Hawley, Robert L.; Fredcriksen, Chnstopher W., and Hoer, Ralph
A, 3,642,490.
Ramasseul, Rene: See—
Rassat, Andre; and Ramasseul, Rene, 3, 642, 8 18.
Ramsden, Hugh E., to Esso Research and Engineering Company.
Hydrocarbylene bis(trialkyl tin) compounds. 3,642,845, CI. 260-
429.7
Randell, Donald R., to Geigy Chemical Corporation, mesne. Chemical
compounds and compositions. 3,642,629, CI. 252-47.5
Raschka, Walter R.; See—
Hahn, Burkhard J.; Reise, Rolf M E.; and Raschka, Walter
R, 3,642,455
Rassat, Andre; and Ramasseul, Rene, to Commissariat a rEnergie
Atomique. Free radicals. 3,642.81 8, CI. 260-326.3
Ratcliffe. David J., to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. A(>paratui for
detecting open-circuit condition. 3,643,247, CI. 340-25 1
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Rathie. Armin: 5ef— ^ . c ■
Cranskens. Georg, Jakobson, Hans; Rathje, Armin, and Salger.
Werner. 3,641. 907 ^ . , w ., q
Raue Roderich. and Kuhlthau. Hans Peter, to Farbcnfabnken Bayer
Aktiengescllschafl Aminodiphenyl-indolyl-methane dyestuffs and
dveing and printing of polymers and copolymers of acrylonitrile or
asymmetnc dicyanoethylene or of acid-modified aromatic
polyesters. 3,642.823, CI 260-326.15
Rausch. Emerson G5«- r- i t.A-i f,\Q
Lo Sasso. Ronald Alfred; and Rausch, Emerson G. 3.642.619.
Rausch.John J.;S«- ^ ■ u . ■> ^a-, ^Af.
Van Thyne, Ray J., and Rausch. John J. ,3.642. 546.
Rausch Karl W . Jr., and McClellan, Thomas R.. to Upjohn Company.
The Continuous process for the one-shot preparation of a ther-
moplastic non-cellular polyurethane 3.642.964. CI. 264-40
Rausch, Maurice K.; S«— ^ ■,..-, t.tn
Kiviiak. Joseph M.. Jr.; and Rausch, Maurice K, 3,642.6 10.
Rausch. Richard E . to Universal Oil ProducU Company. Hydrocarbon
isomerization process. 3.642,925, CI. 260-668
Ray, Roger E , and Perez-Stable, Nicholas, to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Three frequency relaying system 3.643.160, CI 325-3
Rayburn. Charles C , to Illinois Tool Works, Inc Method of making
metalized capacitors. 3,641 .640. CI. 29-25.42
Raymond International Inc : Sff—
Godley, Augustus P., Fuller, Francis M . Houk. Charles R . Hol-
land. Henry A Nelson, and Gendron. George J , 3,641,775
Raynaud. Guy M: 5«— ^, ^ , ^ r^
Fauran. Claude P , Raynaud. Guy M., Gouret. Claude J. and Dou-
zon. Colette A .3,642,806.
Raytheon Company: See—
Heimann. Richard F , 3.643.219.
RCA Corporation; See—
Beltz.JohnPrickett, 3.643,019
Chiodi, Wayne Richard, 3,643.192
Greenaway, David Leslie, and Russell, John Patrick, 3.643,2 16
Kaugi,Kazuo, 3,643.220
Stewart. Neil Rutherford; and Preslar. Donald Ray, 3,643.1 56
Realisations Techniques Industrielles: See—
Charrier. Rene. 3,642,588
Realisations Ultrasoniques: See-
Dory, Jacques, 3,641 ,817
Reckers, Donald J , to Pollution Control, Inc Method and apparatus
for tertiary treatment of effluent 3.642.1 34, CI. 210-73.
Redington Counters. Inc : S«—
McConnell, Edv^in J . 3,643,07 I
Redman, Howard E.: See—
Kalning. Frederick E.. and Redman. Howard E ,3,641,954.
Reed. Frederick P., to United States of America. Army Firing
mechanism for a multishot rocket launcher 3. 64 1,868. CI 89-1 81
Reeder, Douglas L, Jr.: S«—
Hibbard, William M., and Reeder, Douglas L., Jr.,3,641 .687
Reese. James H., lo Hamilton Watch Company Watch transducer
3.641.761. CI. 58-28
Regie National des Usines Renault: See—
Maistrelli. Roger, 3,642.388
Rehn. Karl-Heinz. to Barmag Barmer Maschinenfabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft. Multi-spindle double twist twisting machine. 3.64 1 .757,
CI. 57-34.
Reich. Ernst: See— ■,..-, ,ai.
Zwahlen, Guenthcr; Reich, Ernst, and Riegler, Albert. 3. 642,686.
Reich. Murray H.:5«—
Shepherd. Thomas H.; and Reich. Murray H. 3.642.678.
Rcid. Ronald C Specific gravity urinometer. 3.64 1 .825, CI 73-444.
Reidt, Maartcn Johan: S«— -,„,,, cm
Boose. Cesar Adrianus; and Reidt. Maarten Johan.3,642,59 1
Reimers. James; and Johnson. Audrey J., to FMC Corporation. Full
row container feed system. 3.642.1 1 l.CI. 198-21.
Reiners, Walter: See—
Furst. Stefan. 3.642,21 8.
Reinke. Edward C, Sheet metal puller. 3.641 ,805. CI. 72-460.
Reise.RolfM.E.:S**- ^ „ ^, ,^, ,,
Hahn. Burkhard J.; Reise. Rolf M. E.; and Raschka. Walter
R. 3,642,455. . ,
Rembert, Charles. Dnnking water supply for automotive vehicles.
3.642.023, CI. 137-209.
Remco Manufacturing Co.. Inc.: See—
Kratt. Henry J. 3.641.608.
Remy, Emmanuel M.. to Merlin Gcrin. Societc Anonyme. Speed con-
trol system for linear motor conveyors. 3.64 1,939. CI. 104-148.
Renaud. Eric D.: See—
Zawels. Jakob; and Renaud. Eric D, 3. 64 1.685.
Rcndell. Stanley E., to Chicago Musical Instrument Co. String instru-
ment construction. 3,641,862. CI. 84-291.
Repinski, James A: 5**—
Tchejeyan, Sarkis K.; and Repinski. James A. .3,642.343.
Republic Steel Corporation: See—
Shepard, George A.. 3.642.54 1
Shepard. George A., and Mould. Richard J.. 3,642,586.
Resistoflex Corporation: See—
Press, Irving D. 3, 64 1.798
Reul, Bernhard: See—
RoM. Gerhard; Reul, Bernhard; Tillmann. Walter, and Liebenhofr.
Reinhardt,3.642,393.
Reynard, Remi: See—
Chevalier, Andre. Grolet, Pierre; and Reynard. Remi.3.641,658
Reyniers. Albert August: S**—
Verelst, Johan Lodcwijk, and Reyniers. Albert August.3.642,474.
Reynolds. David W . to Delavin Manufacturing Co. Piston shoe hold-
down assembly 3,641,829, CI. 74-60
Reynolds Metals Company; See—
Nighman, William, 3,642,055
Reynolds, Ralph K: 5«—
Sinclair, Alex H . Kozowyk, Ted, Reynolds. Ralph K.. Neargarder.
Robert F . and Edson, Robert H .3,642.332.
Rheinmetall GmbH. See—
Seifricd. Paul. 3.642.341
RhonePoulenc S A : See—
Roget, Jean, and Tarbouriech. Philippe. 3.642,452.
Riat, Henry See—
Oesterlein, Fritz, and Riat. Henry. 3.642. 765.
Ribka. Joachim, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengescllschaft vormals
Meister Lucius 8l Bruning Water-insoluble phenyl-azo-naphthol
dyestuffs 3.642.768. CI. 260-204.
Rice Orval Leroy. to Parker-Hannifin Corporation. Directional con-
trol valve 3.642.027. CI. 137-596.2
Rice. Rex: See—
Smith. William R . and Rice. Rex, 3.643. 227.
Rice, Rex. and Smith. William R . to Fairchild Camera and Instrument
Corporation Memory control system 3,643.225, CI 340-172 5
Rich, Joseph A . to General Electric Company. Series double break rod
array vacuum switch 3.643.047, CI 200-144
Richtcr. Hans H See—
Keith. John V . and Richter, Hans H.,3,641 ,756.
Rick, Frank G Chamfer cutter 3,641, 874. CI 90-38.
Riddington, Fred W , to Sunkist Growers. Inc. Apparatus for printing
indicia on fruit. 3.641.930, CI 101-35
Riddle. John B . Bergh. Amot B . and Forge, Charles O , to Micro Mag-
netic Industries, Inc Flux gate magnetometer including backing
plate 3,643, 155. CI 324-43.
Riegler. Albert: 5**— , ^.-, ,0^
Zwahlen. Guenther; Reich, Ernst, and Riegler, Albert,3,642.686.
Rimar Manufacturing, Inc : See—
Martin.Robert I .3.641.721
Rinnergschwentner, Hans: See—
Porth, Dieter, and Rinnergschwentner. Hans,3,642, 3 16.
Risley. Hugh A . and Goodhue. Charles T , to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Fermentation process 3,642.581, CI. 195-49.
Rittenhouse.JohnH Warning light. 3.642.372. CI. 356-3 '
Roach. Jack W , and Garwin. Leo, to Kerr-Mc Gee Corporation. Solva-
tion of coal in byproduct streams 3.642.608. CI. 208-8.
Robak, Edward, to Technicolor. Inc CapsUn scraper. 3.642.536, CI.
134-6
Robbins, John E . to USM Corporation Multiple component mixers.
3.642. 175. CI 222-135
Roberts. DurwardT.Jr 5«—
Jolley. Gordon B and Roberts. Durward T. Jr. 3,642.661 .
Roberts. Harold D Endosseous ramus implant and denture support
frame' 3.64 1.67 l.CI. 32-10.
Roberts, Richardson S , Jr , to Ultronic Systems Corporation. Video
display apparatus. 3,643,252, CI 340-324.
Roberts, Thomas G , Ehrlich. John J.; Hutchcson, Guilford J.. Jr.; and
Rust. Charles M. Continuous wave laser surgical device. 3,642.007,
CI 128-395 ^ „
Roberts. Walter. Sherrill. Jimmie D . Pusey. Brandon B., and Wilkcn-
loh Frederic N , to Superior Continental Corporation. Coaxial ca-
ble'3,643,007. CI 174-106.
Roberts. Webster C:S«—
Kolb. Edwin R. Blaha, John F.. and RoberU, Webster
C .3.643.251.
Robertshaw Controls Company: See—
Genbauffe. Francis S , 3,642,200.
Katchka,JayR .3.642.029.
Robertson. H H.. Company: See—
Irvin, Donald G ,3,641,729
Robertson. Jerry E: 5*e— . , » u
Harrington. Joseph Kenneth; Kvam. Donald C. Mendel. Arthur;
and Robertson. Jerry E. 3,642,8 17.
Robertson, Odes B ; Cooper, Thomas A.; and Moorer, Henry D . to
Texaco, Inc. Production of motor and jet fuels. 3,642,611, CI. 208-
87.
Robertson Photo-Mechanix, Inc.: See—
Mills, Thomas C, and Gresens, Stanley T., 3,641,912.
Robin, Harral T , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Electrical in-
ductive apparatus. 3,643, 196, CI. 336-84.
Robins, A H,Company, Inc. :5«—
Duncan, Robert Louis. Jr.; and Helslcy. Grove Cleveland.
3.642.779
Helsley. Grover Cleveland, 3,642,778.
Welstead, William J , Jr , 3,642.803.
Robinson. Hugh A: S^f— . „ . u u
Carlson, John H , Mansfield, Donald L.; and Robinion. Hugh
A. ,3.641. 706 . . J B
Robottom. Philip Amos, to Stibbe Machinery Limited. Patterning
devices for circular knitting machines. 3 ,64 1 ,787, CI. 66-50.
RobugenG.m b.H.: See—
Gauri, Kailash Kumar, 3.642.771.
February 15. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 37
Rockwell, Adelbert W., Jr.; Herdeg, Donald F.; and Tardiff, Armand
L., to USM Corporation. Work positioning mechanism. 3,641,651,
CI. 29-203.
Rockwell, Harvey W.; and Carison, Marvin J., to AUis-Chalmers Manu-
facturing Company. Loader with ejector type bucket. 3,642,160, CI.
214-767.
Rodler, Waldo E., Jr. Powered steered wheel auembly and motor vehi-
cle employing tame. 3,642,083, CI. 1 80-3 1 .
Rody, Jean: See—
Kirchmayr, Rudolf; Heller, Hans-Jorg; and Rody. Jean,3,642,8 1 3.
Roett, Bernard C; Van Der Loos, Jozef L. M.; and Claassen, Peter J.
M. W.. to Stamicarbon N.V. Product and process for the preparation
of acrylonitrile and X-methylene glutaric acid anhydride
copolymers. 3,642,7 19. CI. 260-78.5
Rogers, William A., Jr., to Dow Chemical Company, The. Novel com-
posite article and method for the protection of articles of commerce.
3.642,567, CI. 161-165.
Roget, Jean; and Tarbouriech, Philippe, to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. Multi-
stage reactors. 3,642,452. CI. 23-283.
Rohm & Haas Company: See—
Nemec. Joseph W.; and Hoffer. Donald R.. 3,642,843.
Rohm and Haas Company: See—
Kroekel, Charies Henry. 3,642,672.
Rohm-Gesellschaft m.b.H., Werkzeug- und Maschinenfabrik: See—
Kodalle.Rudi, 3,641.875.
Roll-A-Sheet: See-
Oats, Edwin O.. 3.641 ,600.
Rolls-Royce Limited: See—
Webb. Alan E, 3,642.530.
Rollwitz. William L.: See—
Stirrat, William A ; Rollwitz, William L., and Persyn, Gilbert
A. .3.643. 181.
Roof. Cari W., to Navarm Chemical Co. Envelope closure. 3,642,191,
CI. 229-77.
Rorer, William H., Inc.: See—
Diamond. Julius; and Martin, Gustav J., 3,642,865.
Rosen, Karl Isac Joel. Thread storage and delivery device for textile
machines. 3.642,2 19, CI. 242-47.12
Rosen, Milton: See—
Schumann, John L.; Schindeler, John W.; and Rosen, Mil-
ton,3.64 1.740.
Rosen baum. Barry M.: See—
Tegge, Bruce R.; Teiser, William L.; Love, James H.; and Rosen-
baum,BarryM.,3,642,73l.
Rosenberg, BarneH; Brown, Felix H.; and Williamson, David Theodore
Nelson, said Williamson & said Bossons assor. of 1/2 to Molins
Limited, and said Rosenberg and said Brown assors. of 1/2 to Owens-
Illinois. PIP recording apparatus. 3,643,014, CI. 178-6.6
Rosenberg. Elliot E.. trustee of Mica Trust: See—
Cohn. Morris I.; and Perdue, Roy D., 3,642,51 1 .
Rosenberg. Robert A., to Mitron Research & Development Corpora-
tion. Method of catting tiunium. 3,642,056, CI. 164-138.
Rotenfeld, Michael. Furniture and toy construction. 3,64 1 ,701 , CI. 46-
14.
Rosenthal, Wayne O.. to Gearhart-Owen Industries. Inc. Apparatus for
sealingly blocking a conduit. 3.642,064, CI. 1 66- 1 34.
Rots, Earl Warren; and Mc Henry. Howard Thomas, to General Elec-
tric Company. High sUbility nickel bate alloy. 3,642,469. CI. 75-
171.
Rots. Gerhard; Reul. Bernhard; Tillmann, Walter; and Liebenhoff,
Reinhardt. to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengescllschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning. Apparatus for the manufacture of
granules. 3.642.393. CI. 425-6.
Rots. Milton Dean: See—
Butler. Willard LcRoy; Phillipt, Howard Charles; and Rots. Milton
Dean.3.641.649.
Rott Operating Valve Company: See—
Huntington, Andrew B.. 3.642,198.
Rotsler, Heinrich; and Henttchel, Manfred, to Daimler-Benz Aktien-
gctellschaft. Power Uke-off shaft protection. 3,64 1 ,840, CI. 74-609
Rossmy, Gerd; and Koemer, Gotz. to Th. Goldschmidt A.-G. Process
of producing halosiloxanet. 3.642.852.C1. 260-448.2
Rosso, Juan C: See—
Howland, John W.; and Rosao, Juan C..3.642.624.
Howland, John W.; and Rosso, Juan C, 3,642.624.
Routtel-UCLAF; See-
Heymet. Rene; and Amiard. Gaston, 3,642,788.
Rouiselet. Joseph, to Etablitsements Rousselet. Automatic telector for
variout evacuation circuits of a centrifuge. 3,642,136, CI. 210-109.
Roylance, William H. Movable ladder. 3.641. 619. CI. 182-15.
Rozinante. Inc.: See—
Merry, Donald D.. 3,642,220.
Rozwadowtki. Witold; and Szymantki. Alektander. Compretted liquid
engineorpump. 3.641. 878. CI. 91-222.
Rubinfeld. Joseph, to Colgate-Palmolive Company. Alkenyl tulfonic
acidi. 3. 642.88 1, CI. 260-513.
Ruderfer, Walter A. Warehouting ttorage tyttem. 3.642.339. CI. 312-
283.
Rudkin-Wiley Corporation: See—
Wiley. Nathaniel C. Jr.; and Kazakavage. Joseph R.. 3,642. 1 68
Rudolf. Heribert. to Franz Jutt & Sohne Trodat-Werke. Inking pad in
hand-held telf-inking (tampt. 3,641,934, CL 101-333.
Rudolph. Hans: See—
Bockmann, August; Essig. Kari-August, Feltgen. Karlheinz;
Groschel, Herbert; and Rudolph, Hans, 3,642. 7 1 3.
Ruekberg. Herbert S.. to Continental Can Company. Inc. Apparatus
for making plastic closure having weakening line 3,642.408. CI 18-
42.
Ruff, John Denis. Movie viewing and still copy camera. 3,642,367, CI.
355-45.
Runes, Eugene: See—
Ginsburgh. Irwin; and Runes. Eugene, 3,642,036
Ruppin, Dietrich: See—
Hertel, Heinrich; and Ruppin, Dietrich, 3,64 1 ,796.
Rush, Sarah J.: See—
Tholstrup, Clarence E.; and Rush, Sarah J. ,3, 642, 87 1
Russell, James P.: See—
Hoffman. Joseph K.. and Russell, James P. ,3,642,876
Mottem, Henry O., and Rustell, James P. ,3.642,878.
Ruttell, John Patrick: See—
Greenaway, David Letlie; and Russell, John Patrick, 3,643.2 1 6.
Rustell. Larry Rayner: See—
Koop. Francis Detrich, Jr., Johnson, Paul Kingston; and Russell,
Larry Rayner.3.64 1,779.
Rust, Charles M.: See—
Roberts, Thomas G., Ehriich, John J.; Hutcheson, Guilford J., Jr.;
and Rust, Charles M, 3,642,007.
Rust, John B., to Hughes Aircraft Company. Photopolymerizable com-
position useful in heat fixation process. 3,642.487, CI. 96-1 15
Ruth, Richard L., and Shelly, William A., to Honeywell Information
Systems Inc., mesne. Bidirectional transmission dau line connecting
information processing equipment. 3,643,223, CI. 340-1 72.5
Ryan, John J. Rotary-linear motion converter 3,641,828, CI. 74-49.
Ryan,John W.:5«—
Nuttall, Fleet E; and Ryan, John W ,3,642,965
Sabee, Reinhardt N. Disposable diaper or the like. 3,642,001, CI. 128-
287.
Sabel, Alex: 5*^—
Bauer, Johann; Hollenbach, Georg; Popp, Walter, and Sabel,
Alex,3,642,948.
Sach, Roger Stuart; and Bromley, John, to United Kingdom Atomic
Energy Authority. Oxidative heat treatment of carbon fibers
3,642,5 13, CI. 106-307
Sadamitsu, Kazuo: See—
Sekiguchi, Hideo; and Sadamitsu, Kazuo, 3, 642, 708.
Safety Speed Holster, Inc.: See —
Boren, Paul D, 3,642,183.
Said Arnold assor to Sargent & Company: See—
Arnold, Douglas; and Faulconer, Harry A., 3,641.652.
said Burmeister, Karl Heinz: See—
Burmeister, Kari-Heinz; Hoenselaer, Wilhelm, and Moes, Lolhar,
3,642,265.
said Williamson & said Bossons assor. of: See —
Rosenberg, Bamett; Brown, Felix H.; and Williamson, David
Theodore Nelson, 3,643,014.
Saito, Akira: See—
Yamane, Mikiya; Saito, Akira, Matsumoto, Katsuyoshi, Kawasu-
mi, Kenichi; Murayama, Kazuo, and Sugiyama,
Hiroshi,3,642,340.
Sakai, HideUmi; and AriU, Muneyoshi Method of and apparatus for
circulating liquid metals in fused salt electrolysis. 3,642,603, CI. 204-
247.
Sakai, Michihiko, Kato, Matayuki; Hagiwara, Hikoichi, deceased (by
Hagiwara, Reiko, executor); and Sazuo, Konishi, to Takeda Chemi-
cal Industries, Ltd. Dithio Amino alkanes. 3,642,900, CI 260-583.
Sakai, Shoji: See—
Kometani, YuUka; Tatemoto, Masayoshi, Okuda, Masahiro, Oku-
no, Chuzo; Sakata, Shinsuke. Sakai. Shoji, and Oka,
Matahiko.3.642.7S4.
Sakamoto, Yatuhiko: Sec-
Sasaki, Hirothi; Maruyama, Tatsuo; Kanzaki, Hisao, Sakamoto,
Yasuhiko; and Yasothima. Nobuyuki,3.643.03 1
Sakata. Shinsuke: See—
Kometani. YuUka; Tatemoto, Masayothi; Okuda, Masahiro, Oku-
no, Chuzo; Sakata. Shinsuke, Sakai, Shoji; and Oka,
Matahiko,3.642,7S4.
Salger, Werner: See— I
Cranskens. Georg; Jakobson, Hans; Rathje, Armin; and Salger.
Werner,3,64l.907.
Salmon. Kurt Associates, Inc.: See—
Theodorsen, Theodore E., 3,642,400.
Salomon, Georges P. J. Resilient binding for skis 3,642,298, CI 280-
11.35
Salsbury Laboratoriet: See—
Welch. Dean E.; Nakaue, Harry S., and Vatne, Robert D..
3,642,784.
Salzdetfurth. AG. See—
Hahn. Burkhard J.; Reise. Rolf M. E.; and Ratchka, Walter R ,
3,642,455.
Sambeth, Joerg; and Gnindichobcr, Friedrich, to Societe Rhodiaceta.
Reticulated polymers prepared from aziridine derivativet and
method of preparation. 3.642,7 1 2. CI. 260-789.
Sampey. Harry R.. to Pentron Electronict Corporation. Automatic
guidance tyttem. 3,642,087. CI. 180-98.
Sander, Paul F. Theft deterent for office machinet and unall factory
toolt. 3,643,250. CI. 340-280.
PI 38
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Sinders. Wes E. Automatic locking movable bulkhead. 3,64 1 .94 1 . CI
105-3*76
Sandor, Andrew J: S«—
Walsh, Kenneth A ; and Sandor, Andrew J. ,3,642.463.
SandciAG:S«— ,^^,-,,
StaufTacher. Dietnch. and Hauth. Hartmut. 3,642,862
SandozLtd.: See—
Stauffacher, Dietrich, and Hauth, Hartmut, 3,642,862
Sandoz-Wandcr, Inc : See—
Hardtmann, Goetz E , 3,642,897
Houlihan, William J ; and Manning, Robert E . 3.642.777.
Houlihan, William J , and Eberle, Marcel K . 3,642,814.
Ott. Hans. 3.642.791
Sangamo Electric Company; See—
Marsh, Norman F., and Struck. Karl W., 3,643,063.
Sano, Kazuya: See—
Oishi, Yasushi; Yoshida, Yoshinobu; and Sano, Kazuya,3.642.485
Santiago, Julio A.; See—
Knutsen. Elliel F., and Santiago, Julio A. ,3,64 1 ,676.
Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.: See—
Tokunaga, Kenki. 3,642.226.
Sasaki. Hiroshi; Maruyama. Tatsuo; Kanzaki, Hisao, Sakamoto, Yasu-
hiko; and Yasoshima, Nobuyuki, 1/2 to Kokusai Denshin Denwa
Co. Ltd.. and Fujitsu Limited. Time division multiplexing communi-
cation system. 3.643.031. CI. 179-15
Sato. Masamichi; and Fukushima. Osamu. to Xerox Corporation
Liquid developing process in an electro- statographic imaging
system. 3.642.471, CI. 96- 1.8
Sato. Masamichi; Tamai. Yasuo; Matsumoto. Sciji; and Honjo. Satoru,
to Xerox Corporation. Liquid development utilizing a curvilinear
development electrode. 3.642,5 1 5, CI 1 1 7-37
Sato, Seiji, to Sony Corporation Magnetic recording and/or reproduc-
mg system 3,643,038, CI. 179-100.2
Sauey, Lawrence Kenneth: See—
Doman, Donald Wayne, and Sauey, Lawrence Ken-
neth.3.642.162.
Saul. George, to United States of America. Air Force Thermal gram
refinement of maraging steel. 3.642.595, CI 148-143
Saunders, Frank L.; and Pelleticr, Ronald R , to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The Preparation of artificial latexes of olefin polymers
3,642.676. CI. 260-23
Saunders, Paul D., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Turbme sup-
port structure. 3,642,380, CI. 415-1 36.
Sauro. Louisa J.: See—
Peterson, Laurence I ; and Sauro, Louisa J ,3.642.717
Peterson. Laurence I., and Sauro, Louisa J .3,642.860.
SawagaU, Shinichi; Nakahara, Masakatsu; and Tsuneta, Asahide. to
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Triple electron gun apparatus pro-
vided with convergence electrode. 3,643,121 ,C1. 313-70
Sawamura, Robert T., to Honeywell Inc. Transfer function monitoring
apparatus. 3,643.073, CI. 235-150.2
Sawyer, Bruce A. Magnetic take-up device for umbilical cable or the
hke. 3,643. 195, CI. 335-285.
Sayce, Ian George: See—
Chilton, Henry Thomas Joseph; Everest. David Anthony; and
Sayce. Ian George. 3. 642, 453.
Sazuo, Konishi: See—
Sakai. Michihiko; Kato. Masayuki; Hagiwara. Hikoichi. and
Sazuo. Konishi.3.642.900
Scaminaci. James. Jr.; and Knowles, Robert G , to Litton Systems, Inc
Method of packaging electrical connectors and assembling same into
a wire wrap machine. 3,641,666, CI. 29-629.
Scaramucci. Domer. Disc valve assembly with rock-in valve member
3.642.247. CI. 251-148.
Scamato, Thomas J.; Meyer, Martin H.; and Peacock, Peter J., to Inter-
national Harvester Company. Convertible reel. 3,641,750, CI 56-
226.
Schach, Albert W.. to Barber-Colman Company. Sound attenuator
with fluidic control. 3,642.093. CI. 181-50.
Schaetti, Norbert. to Maschinenfabrik Ocriikon. Composite supercon-
ductor. 3. 64 3. 001. CI. 174-15
Schafer, Manfred: See— '
Fricker. Ludwig;and Schafer, Manfred,3, 64 1.986.
Schafer. Walter, to Braun A. G. Liquified gas lighter having combina-
tion burner and filling vaive. 3.642.422. CI. 43 1 -344
Schafer, Wolfgang. Electric couplings with permanent magnet
3.642. I04.CI. 192-18
Scharf. Emil: See—
Endres. Horst, Fikentscher. Rolf; Maurer. Walter; Scharf. Emil.
and Soenksen. Uwe. 3,642,572.
Scheidler, Herwig: See—
Petzold, Jurgen; and Scheidler, Herwig.3.642,504.
Schellgell. George M.; and Torke. Ward J. Automatic coffee dispenser
3,64 1.9 1 8, CI. 99-279.
Schenach, Thomas A., and Trimble. David L.. to Atlantic Richfield
Company. Acetonylacetone and para-cresol by oxidation of
raethacrolein dimer. 3.642.907. CI. 260-593
Schenk. Walter; and Pommer, Ernst-Heinrich, to Badische Anilin- &
Soda Aktiengesellschaft. Method of controlling fungus growth using
sah of alkylbenzenesulfonic acids. 3.642.995. CI. 424-248.
Scherbaum. Friedrich, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Electrical device
having liquid cooled clamped disc cells. 3.643,1 3 1 , CI. 3 1 7-100.
Schering Corporation: See-
Waiter, LewM A., 3,642,807.
Schettl. Myron D : See—
Bean, Donald E.; Engh. James T.. Hammer. James R.; Schettl.
Myron D , Tashjian, Harry J , Ullmer, Richard J.; and Kerr,
John W ,3.642.197
Scheufele. Erwin. to Kabel- und MeUllwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Ak-
tiengesellschaft Construction for cooling a continuously cast string.
3.642.057. CI 164283
Scheyen. Marcel, to Societe dite: A. Scheyen Fils S.A. Baking oven
heated by a fiuid medium 3.64 1 .944. CI. 107-55.
Schindeler, John W See-
Schumann. John L ; Schindeler, John W.; and Rosen. Mil-
ton.3.641.740.
Schindler. Walter, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. lO-Oxo-IO.I l-dihydro-
dibenzazepine derivative 3,642,775, CI. 260-239.
Schipper. Dirk A : See—
Brickhouse, Abner A ; and Schipper, Dirk A. ,3,642, 307
Schippers, Heinz, Geil, Walter Remscheid-Lennep; Albrecht, Gerd;
and Jung. Reinhold, to Barmag Barmcr Maschinenfabrik Aktien-
gesellschaft Extrusion machines and dies for producing multi-layer
tubes or films 3,642,397. CI 425-109
Schlatter. James M, toSearle,G. D.,& Co. Artificially sweetened con-
sumable products 3.642.49 1. CI 99-28
Schlichtig, Ralph C Absorption refrigeration system with multiple ab-
sorption stages 3.64 1.784. CI. 62-476.
Schlitt, James J See—
Stallman, James E , Schlitt, James J.; Puetz. Jordan F.; and Ar-
neberg, Don J ,3.643,187
Schmid. Rolf, Lohse. Friedrich; Fisch. Willy; and Batzer. Hans, to Ciba
Limited Adducts. containing epoxide groups, from polyepoxide
compounds and acid polyesters of aliphatic-cycloaliphatic dicarbox-
ylic acids 3.642.674, CI 260-22.
Schmid. Rolf. Lohse. Friedrich. Fisch, Willy, and Batzer, Hans, to Ciba
Limited Storage-stable, heat-curable soluble and fusible preconden-
sates based on polyepoxide Compounds, acid polyesters and an-
hydride curing agents 3,642,938, CI 260-835
Schmidhammer, Ludwig. to Wacker-Chcmie GmbH. Metal degreas-
ing agents 3,642.645, CI 252-162
Schmidlin. Hans Window unit 3,641 ,705, CI. 49-256
Schmidt, Frederick W Individual tooth broach 3.641 ,642, CI. 29-95.1
Schmidt. Karl See-
Gem. Heinz; Bergcr. Dieter, Seeliger, Horst. and Schmidt.
KaH. 3,642,573
Schmidt, Karl, and Boockmann. Gerhard, to Beck, Dr., Sc Co., AG
Process of making unsaturated polyesters of low fiammability and
product obtained thereby 3,642,724, CI. 260-78.4
Schmidt, Werner; See—
Colditz, Armin O ; and Schmidt, Wemer,3.643,067.
Schmiedel, Robert C , to Brunswick Corporation. Trim indicator
system 3,641,965, CI 115-41
Schminke. Hans Dieter; Grigat, Ernst; and Putter, Rolf, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Polymers of polyfunctional
cyanamides of secondary amines. 3,642,725. CI. 260-78.4
Schmitt. Emil Fastening device for mounting a frame in a wall open-
ing 3.641, 722, CI. 52-213
Schneider, Donald J., to Fort Howard Paper Company. Bleed resistant
ink 3,642,502. CI 106-23
Schneider, Johannes; and Pungs, Wolfgang. Thermoplastic moldabic
massesofpolyamideblends 3.642.94 1, CI. 260-857.
Schneider. Kurt; See —
Gehm, Robert, Kastning, Emst-Guenther; and Schneider,
Kurt,3,642,665.
Schnell. Hermann: See—
Gilch, Heinrich, Darsow, Gerhard; Bottenbruch, Ludwig; Lorenz,
Gunter, Kunzel, Hans Egon, Nischk, Gunther; and Schnell. Her-
mann,3.642. 882
Schneller. Stephen G , to Peacock Brothers Limited. Equipment for
high-linetransfer. 3,642, 152. CI 214-13.
Schobinger, Ulnch. Christoffel, Cla; and Bemer. Kurt, to Blattmann &
Co. Highly water soluble dextrin phosphate. 3.642.774, CI. 260-
233.5
Schoen.Karl: See—
Pachter. Irwin J . and Schoen. Karl.3.642.794.
Pachtcr. Irwin J. and Schoen. Karl. 3.642. 8 19.
Schofield. Arthur T., to Manufacturers Brush Company. The. Brush
construction 3.641 .61 1 . CI. 15-180.
Schoijett. Horacio N See—
Laconich. Rodolfo L ; and Schoijett. Horacio N. 3,642,55 1 .
Schoot. Comelis Johannes: See—
Engelsman, Jan Johannes; and Schoot, Comelis
Johannes, 3,642,590.
Schott, Lawrence A Warning system for indicating failure of electrical
circuits 3,643,248, CI. 340-253.
Schott, Robert E., to Allis Chalmers Manufacturing Company. Dif-
ferential clutch released by hydraulic brake application. 3,642,103.
CI. 192-4
Schrader, Robert L.. to Air Reduction Company. Inc. Vacuum coating
apparatus 3,641 .973. CI. 1 18-49.
Schreiber, August: See—
Danjes, Martin; and Schreiber, August.3.642,260.
Schreiner, Horst; and Fidos, Henryk. to Siemens Aktiengetellichaft.
Method and device for producing tin layers of G2T3S3m on copper
and copper alloy wire by hot tin plating. 3,642.523. CI. 1 17-114.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 39
Schrewe, Hans; Diederich, Gerd; Wahls, Peter; and Pfenning, Emil, to
Mannesmann Aktiengesellschaft. Process of continuous casting of
steel. 3,642.052. CI. 164-55.
Schroter. Herbert; and Prins. Daniel A . to Ciba-Geigy Corporation
(Dibenzo(a.dl-cycloheptene-5'-ylidene)-l- hydroxy piperidine.
3,642.808, CI. 260-293.62
Schuerch, Conrad: See-
Davidson, Robert W.; and Schuerch, Conrad, 3,642,042.
SchueU. James E.; and Shelburg, William D., to Dow Chemical Com-
pany, The. Controlled polymerization of mixtures of vinylidene
chloride and vinyl chloride in aqueous suspension 3,642,743, CI
260-87.7
SchuIze, Heinz, to Jefferson Chemical Company, Inc Process for
preparing aryloxyalkanols. 3,642,91 l.CI. 260-613.
Schumann, John L.; Schindeler, John W.; and Rosen, Milton, to Belco
Pollution Control Corporation. Pulse operated electrostatic
precipitator. 3.641.740. CI. 55-105
Schunack, Ingenieur Johannes, to Morat. Franz, GmbH., Firma.
Method for making a steering strip for the automatic control of
machines. 3,643,010, CI. 178-5 2
Schuurbiers, Petrus J.; Verhagen, Louis A ; and Vemhout, Johannes G
L., to N. V COO. Methods for the manufacture of a contact strip
folded in zigzag for a fixed switching contact and folding machines
for performing said methods. 3,64 1 ,803, CI. 72-381
Schwarz, Bernhard. Head and neck rest. 3,642, 321, CI 297-410
Schweizerhof, Sigfrid, to Licentia Patent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H. Elec-
troplating apparatus. 3,642,602, CI. 204-2 1 1
SCM Corporation: See—
Cappotto. Samuel D.. Diamond. Herrick R.; and Zeamer. Aaron
C. 3.642.109.
Scott Engineering. Inc.: See—
Collister. Robert A.. 3.643.009.
Scott Paper Company: See—
Kitch, Paul E. 3.642. 359
Scull, William L: See—
Muller, John Thomas. Scull. William L . Cooper. James H.; and
Soderberg. Curt A .3.642,02 1
Scully, John W., to Pneumatic Scale Corporation. Carton having a
hinged end closure. 3,642.194. CI 229-5 1
Searle.G D .ACoSee—
Cusic, John W.; and Levon. Ernest F . 3,642.836
Schlatter, James M ., 3,642,49 1
Searles, John J., to Ford Motor Company. Compound governor valve
mechanism. 3,642,014, CI. 137-54.
Seeburg Corporation of Delaware, The: See—
Kordek, Steven F., 3.642,284.
Seeger, Ernst; Engel. Wolfhard, Teufel, Helmut; Machleidt, Hans,
Ueberberg, Heinrich; and Ihring, Hanns, to Boehringer ingelheim
G.m.b.H.N-substituted l-(pyridyl-2)-l,2,3,4- letrahydro-isoquin-
olines and salts. 3.642.801 . CI. 260-287.
Seeliger. Horst: See—
Genz, Heinz; Berger. Dieter; Seeliger, Horst, and Schmidt,
Karl,3,642.573.
Segawa. Masahiro: See—
Kusuno. Hideaki. Uchida. Miyoji; Segawa, Masahiro, and
Kawakami, Yukichika,3,642.684.
Segro, Basil S., to Parker-Hannifin Corporation. Method and apparatus
for setting the fiow rale of a fuel injection nozzle. 3,641.802. CI. 72-
377.
Seidel. Alex; Moller. Tilo; and Weldel. Helmut, to Heckler & Koch
GmbH. Firma. Self-loading pistol with continuous firing device
3.641.694, CI. 42-72.
Seiden, Myron A., to Polaroid Corporation Camera including resilient
mirrormount. 3,641 ,886, CI. 95-1 1
Seifried, Paul, to Rheinmetall GmbH. Optical aiming device for ri-
fics. 3.642.341. CI. 350-10.
Seiger, Harvey N.; and Dagnall, Robert J., to Gulton Industries, Inc
Gas detection annuciator apparatus 3,642,600, CI. 204-195
Seitzer, Walter H., to Sun Oil Company. Coal dissolution process.
3,642,607. CI. 208-8.
Seki. Kunio: See—
Matsumura. Koji; and Seki. Kunio. 3.643. 152.
Seki. Kunio; and Matsumura, Koji, to Hitachi, Ltd Counting device for
measuring repetition rate of pulse signal. 3,643, 159, CI 324-169.
Sekiguchi, Hideo; and Sadamitsu, Kazuo. to Furukawa Electric Com-
pany Limited, The. Oxadiazole-N-methylhydrazide copolymeric
resin and a method of producing thereof. 3,642,708, CI. 260-78
Selin, Terry G., to General Electric Company. Room temperature vul-
canizing silicone composition containing a chelate of silicon as a cur-
ing agent. 3,642,694, CI. 260-46 5
Seng, Florin; and Ley, Kurt, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Process for the preparation of quinoxaline-di-n- oxide-
aldehyde. 3,642.796. CI. 260-250
Sennewald. Kurt; Ohorodnik, Alexander; and Dettmeier, Udo, to
Knapsack Aktiengesellschaft. Recovery of acetylene from gas mix-
tures. 3,642.929. CI. 260-679.
Senoo. Saburo; Kato. Toshio. Imai, Norio; and Kurihara, Masakazu, to
Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Process for the preparation of
a 1.2-bis(4-carboalk-oxyphenoxy)ethane 3,642.867, CI. 260-473.
Seragnoli, Ariosto, to G D. Societa In Accomandita Semplice di Enzo
E Ariosto Seragnoli. Stabilizing device for cigarette packaging
machines. 3,642,1 12, CI. 198-24
Sergant, Micheline Y.: See—
Eberle, Jeannine A.; Sergant, Micheline Y . Fauran. Claude P ,
and Huguet. Gerard J..3.642.898.
Serra.Guy: See-
Allen. William S.; and Serra, Guy, 3.642.587.
Servco Company, The: See —
Van Note, Charles O., 3,642,079
Service d'Exploitation Industrielle des Tabacs et des AllumettesSee—
Prigent, Claude, 3.642.1 15
Sharp. John Alan; and Dean. Raymond Ernest, to Coal Tar Research
Association, The. Alkylation of phenols 3,642,912, CI 260-621.
Shave, William H: See—
Kurz, Leonard D; and Shave, William H. 3.642.126.
Shavel. John. Jr.: See—
Von Strandimann. Maximillian; Puchalski. Chester. Cohen. Mar-
vin, and Shavel. John. Jr..3.642.78 1
Shaw. Frank D. Lighting unit. 3.643.086. CI 240-4 1 .6
Sheda, Raymond F. Filtering tanks for waste disposal systems
3.642. 138, CI. 210-170.
Sheepbridge Stokes Limited: See-
Hall. George Ernest Herbert. 3.64 1 .882.
Sheeu, David P.; and Steiner, Edwin C. to Dow Chemical Company.
The S-(Vinylbenzyl)isothiouronium salts 3.642.879. CI. 260-
501.14
Sheffield. Bascom C: See—
Murphey, Carey E. Jr.; and Sheffield. Bascom C..3.64 1 ,678.
Shelburg, William D.: See—
Schuetz, James E.; and Shelburg, William D .3,642,743.
Sheldon, Gary S., to General Electric Company Semiconductor pas-
sivaling process. 3,642,597, CI 204- 181.
Shell Oil Company: See—
Christensen, Alton O.. 3.643.1 14.
Eckert, Rudolf J. A., and Wortel, JOhannes M.. 3,642,633.
Gautier, Pieter A; and Verbrugge, Herman, 3.642,716.
Johnson, Herbert G., 3,642.4 15
La Heij. Gerardus E.; and Van Amerongen, Gerrit J . 3,642,762.
Macphail, Alexander C. B.; and Keddie, Ian. 3,642,630
Montagne, Johannes Th W., and Dunn, Christopher L..
3,642,988.
Murphey, Carey E.. Jr., and Sheffield, Bascom C, 3,64 1 .678.
Van Gogh. Johan, and De Kruif. Jan H., 3,642,739
Wulff, Harald, and Haynes, Peter. 3.642.833
Shelley, George R. Combination hold-down finger and plate separator
for self-leveling plate dispensers. 3,642,1 70. CI. 221-226.
Shelly, William A; See-
Ruth, Richard L , and Shelly, William A. ,3,643,223
Shelton, Ralph Edward. Refuse can support. 3,642,145. CI 21 1-78
Sheludyakov, Viktor Dmitrievich; See—
Kozjukov, Vladimir Petrovich; Mironov, Vladimir Florovich, and
Sheludyakov, Viktor Dmitrievich, 3, 642, 854
Shen, Tsung-Ying; and Grcenwald, Richard B., to Merck & Co., Inc
Indenyl-3-aliphatic amines. 3,642,785, CI. 260-240
Shen. Tsung-Ying; Greenwald, Richard, Wilzel, Bruce E , and Wal-
ford, Gordon L., to Merck & Co., Inc. Tricylic carboxylic acids in
the treatment of inflammation. 3,642.997, CI. 424-250
Shepard, George A., to Republic Steel Corporation. Method for apply-
ing corrosion-resistant composite coating to ferrous metals and
product resulting therefrom. 3,642.541. CI 148-6 15
Shepard. George A.; and Mould, Richard J , to Republic Steel Cor-
poration. Anodic treatment for stainless steel. 3,642,586. CI 204-34
Shepard. Joseph E.: See—
Hickox. Thomas A.; May, Gordon H., and Shepard, Joseph
E. 3.641.931.
Shepherd. Lawrence H., Jr.. to Ethyl Corporation Heterocyclic or-
ganic aluminum compounds and their preparation. 3,642,825, CI.
260-340.6
Shepherd, Thomas H., and Reich, Murray H., to Princeton Chemical
Research, Inc. Olefin polymer/wax coating composition 3,642,678,
CI. 260-28.5
Sherrill, Jimmie D.; See-
Roberts, Walter; Sherrill, Jimmie D., Pusey, Brandon B . and Wil-
kenloh, Frederic N, 3.643.007.
Sherwin-Williams Company: See-
Abbott. Austin C. Jr., 3,642,944.
ShigeU, Masayuki, and Aoki, Katsumi, to Hitachi, Ltd. Worm gear
type speed reduction device for an elevator. 3,64 1 ,832, CI 74-427.
Shimamura, Tadao, and Takimoto, Yukio, to Nippon Electric Com-
pany, Limited. Delta modulator apparatus. 3,643,180. CI. 332-1 1.
Shimizu. Daisaburo: See—
Kasai. Shozo. Shimizu, Daisaburo; and Katagiri, Shin-
jiro,3,643,191.
Shimizu, Mineo: See—
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi, Hiroshi; Matsuo, Youichi. Kato.
Hiroshi; Shimizu, Mineo; and Takahashi, Nobuyuki, 3,642,468
Shimizu, Takeshi: See—
Nitta, Yoshihiro; Ikeda, Yoshiaki; Furue, Toshiyuki; and Shimizu,
Takeshi,3,642.798.
Shinetsu Chemical Company: See—
Takamizawa. Minoru; Hayashi, Takayoshi; Uzawa. Kazumoto;
Takita, Masatoshi; and Kudo, Yoshiaki. 3,642,596
Shiode, Chuji; See—
Ohira, Fukuichi; Matsumura, Toshikazu, and Shiode, Chu-
ji,3,642.761.
PI 40
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Shionogi & Co , Ltd See—
Katagiri, Ken, 3,642.985
Shipp, John I ; Welch, Nathan E ; and Broadbent, Thomas D., lo Laser
Systems & Electronics, Inc Laser microaperture measurement in-
strument 3,643, 101, CI. 250-216
Shirai, Sio, Kunimune, Kouichi; and Muraki, Masaaki, to Chisso Cor-
poration. Ethylene Propylene block copolymer and a i-step method
for producmg same. 3.642,95 1 , CI. 260-878.
Shirashojl, Akira. to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha. System for
controlling DC power. 3.643. 149. CI. 321-2.
Shoe and Allied Trades Research Association, The; See—
Lock wood, Charles A , 3,64 1 .603
Shopalovich. Predrag; See—
Criley. Ronald L.; Frost. Richard H.; and Shopalovich.
Predrag.3,642,235.
Showa Tsusho Co., Ltd.: See—
Ohinau, Sadahiro. 3,643,062
Shufflebarger.Cleo W. Extractor for lock retainer clips 3,641.657, CI.
29-278.
Shulu, Gary W., and Wierbicki, Eugen, to United States of America,
Army. Process for stabilizing structure of ground meat 3,642,500,
CI. 99-108.
Shuster, Ronald F , to Picker Corporation. Automatic collimator con-
trol for X-ray apparatus. 3,643.095, CI. 250-105
Sibley, William J , to National Blank Book Company. Inc. Method of
producing photograph album leaf of closed pocket construction
3.642.552. CI. 156-108
Siciliano. Anthony J.: See-
Keen, Everett M .. and Siciliano. Anthony J. ,3.64 1 .983.
Sieg. William F. Simulated walker, jogger, and running exerciser
3,641,601, CI 5-345
Sieger. George Madison. Krueger. James Elwood, and Barringer, Wil-
liam Charles, to American Cyanamid Company Aluminum calcium
gluconate complex of tetracycline antibiotic for parenteral use.
3.642.994. CI. 424-227
Siegrist, Adolf Emil, Liechti. Peter; Maeder. Erwin, and Guglielmetti,
Leonardo, to Ciba Limited. Methene stilbenyl-1 .3.4-oxdiazole
derivatives. 3.642.783. CI. 260-240.
Sielaff. Ulrich. to Air Reduction Company, Incorporated Metering
valve 3,642,026, CI 137-525
Siemens Aktiengcsellschaft: See—
Eger, Helmut, 3,642.548
Gratz. Josef, 3,643.042
Hoffmann. Alfred, and Klein. Heinrich, 3,641.743.
Liska, Manfred; and Hubner, Klaus, 3,643,1 30
Pammcr, Erich; and Panholzer, Horst. 3,642,545.
Scherbaum, Friedrich, 3,643,1 3 1 .
Schreiner, Horst, and Fidos. Henryk. 3.642.523.
Wickl. Rudolf. 3,642,381
Zeidler, Gunther. 3 .643, 1 74
Sierichs. William C: See-
Moore, William P.; MacGrcgor, Rob R , and Sierichs, William
C. 3.642.439
Sigma Instruments, Inc.; See—
Bcling. Thomas E.. 3,643.1 34.
Sijbring, Pieter Herman, to Instituut Voor Bewaring en Verwerking van
Landbouw-Produkten Oven for frying edible products, such as
potato chips. 3.64 1 .924, CI. 99-406.
Sillion, Bernard: See—
Rabilloud, Guy, Sillion, Bernard; and de Gaudemaris.
Gabriel.3.642,696.
Silma S.p.A.; See—
Carignano, Mario, 3,642,356.
Silva. Antonio Vicerte. to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Regula-
tor system for a DC motor drive 3.643. 144, CI. 318-258
Silva. Ren Narcisco Continuous clarification-filtration method
3.642.618. CI. 210-44.
Silver. Alexander, to Garrett Corporation, The. Hybrid bearing
3.642.33 1. CI 308-35.
Silverthorne. Clarence B.. to United States of America, Army. War-
head section coupler. 3,641. 937. CI. 102-56.
Sim.VanM :S«-
Cuculis, John J.; Meyer. Howard G.; Sim. Van M., and Stern-
berger. Ludwig A. .3.642,98 1 .
Simmonds Precision Products, Inc.; See—
Charbonncaux, Wilson A, 3,641,967. t
Simmons, Marion I.: S«—
Adams. Anthony L.; Yearsley, Gerald A.; Simmons, Marion I., and
Yager. RillyP ,3,641.660
Simon. Emmett F,: S*e—
Bishop. John M; and Simon. Emmett F. 3.64 1, 859.
Bishop. John M.and Simon, Emmett F.,3,642,215.
Simone. Raymond A.; See—
Pitt, Harold M.; and Simone. Raymond A. ,3,642,960.
Simonnot, Jack; See—
Jardinier. Pierre; and Simonnot, Jack, 3,64 1,9 1 5.
Simons, Gerald F,: See—
Ferguson. Donald C; Lynch. Frederick W.; and Simons. Gerald
F..3.643,146.
Sims. Anson. Stastny, Edwin O.; and Bcny, Janos, to Mattel, Inc Ac-
celerator for a vehicle toy. 3.64 1 .704, CI. 46-243.
Sinatora, Gian Paolo: See—
Patron. Luigi; Moretti, Alberto; and Sinatora, Gian
Paolo.3.642.738.
Sinclair. Alex H . Kozowyk, Ted, Reynolds, Ralph K.; Neargarder,
Robert F , and Edson. Robert H.. to United States of America,
Army, mesne Track pad retention device. 3,642,332, CI. 305-38.
Sinclair, Roderick James: See—
Bratt, Geoffrey Charles, and Sinclair. Roderick James, 3,642,467.
Sistare, Vann M , and Brooks, Kenneth, to Celanese Corporation. Tan-
dem yam winding 3,642,21 7, CI. 242-35.5
Sitkowski, Mark: 5^«r—
Forman, Arthur Walter, and Sitkowski. Mark, 3,642.080.
Sjoberg, Berndt Olof Harald See—
Bamberg, Peter, Ekstrom. Bertil Ake, Sjoberg, Berndt Olof
Harald. and Nathorst-Westfelt, Lars Solve,3.642,8 10.
SK Instruments Limited: S^f—
Pilkington, Stephen John. 3.643.108.
SKF Rugellagerfabriken Geseilschaft mit beschrankter Haftung; See—
Kohler.Gisbert,3.64l,759
Skoda, narodnipodnik: 5*f— '
Strejc. Bohuslav. 3,64 1 .708.
Skokan. Zdenek E. to Hewlett-Packard Company Logic gate
3.643,109, CI 307-235
Slater, Robert Edward: See—
Jennings, Brian Edmund, Ludekens, William Louis Wallet; and
Slater. Robert Edward. 3.642.680.
Sly. Thomas L , Weis, Joseph A., and Leto, Joseph T., lo Anaren
Microwave, Incorporated. Signal selection apparatus. 3,643,164, CI.
325-308
Smeuna. Richard D ; Chafcu. Harry. Arkell, Alfred, and McMahon.
Matthew A., to Texaco Inc. Hydrocarbyl epoxide manufacture.
3,642.83I.CI 260-348 5
Smetana, Richard Denis, Chafetz. Harry; and Arkell. Alfred, to Texaco
Inc Epoxide preparation 3,642.832. CI. 260-348.5
Smirmaul, Hcinz J , to Corning Glass Works. Vortex generating sensor
with secondary now 3,641 .808, CI. 73-37.5
Smirmaul, Heinz J , to Coming Glass Works. Non-contacting sensor
apparatus 3,641,810, CI 73-37.5
Smit Nijmcgen Electrotechnische Fabricken N. V.: See—
Van Ricmsdijk,Gerardus Adriaan, 3,643,154.
Smith, Arnold Ray; See-
Coyne. James Christopher, and Smith, Arnold Ray ,3,642,076
Smith, Eugene Vertically adjusUble support. 3.642.243. CI. 248-354.
Smith, George S Portable film developing tank 3,64 1 ,9 1 0, CI. 95-90,5
Smith, Grant M Emulsion treater having infra-red heating units.
3,641,741. CI 55-175.
Smith Industries Limited; See—
Barnard, Dominic Paul Edmund, 3.643.255.
Smith. John L , Dent, Robert A , and Raetz, James R, to Chrysler Cor-
poration Carburetor air delivery system. 3,641 ,746, CI. 55-385.
Smith, Lester E . See—
Johnson, James T.; and Smith. Lester E. 3.642. 304.
Smith, Lowell R S*^—
Speziale, Angelo John, and Smith. Lowell R. 3,642.863.
Speziale, Angelo John, and Smith, Lowell R. 3.642,893.
Smith, Raymond B.: See-
Jones. Roger B , and Smith, Raymond B, 3, 643,245.
Smith. Vernon O and Binns, John W, to Overhead Door Corporation.
Gravity actuated lock. 3,642,314, CI. 292-1 34.
Smith, Wayne G , to Case, J I.. Company, mesne. Self-locating verti-
cally and facingly adjusUble seat 3.642.088. CI. 180-77.
Smith. William Novis. Jr . to Foote Mineral Company. Method for
preparing lithium sulfide compounds. 3.642.436. CI. 23-134.
Smith. William R . and Rice, Rex, to Fairchild Camera and Instrument
Corporation Job flow and multi-processor operation control system.
3,643,227. CI. 340-172.5
Smith, William R.:S«—
Rice, Rex, and Smith, William R. 3.643,225.
Smithe. Eliot S . and Helm. Herbert W.. to Smithe, F. L.. Machine
Company. Inc Method and apparatus for folding a closure flap of an
envelope 3,641 .883. CI 93-62.
Smithe. F L . Machine Company, Inc.; See—
Smithe, Eliot S, and Helm, Herbert W., 3.641 ,883.
Smithers, Ronald, to General Electric Company Limited. The. Auto-
matic pnvate branch exchange with provision for operator
assistance 3.643.033. CI. 179-27.
SNAM Progetti S p.A ; 5«-
Girotti, Pierleona. Floris. Telemaco. and Pecci, Giancarlo.
3,642.612
Snelling. Christopher; See—
Gundlach. Robert W., Lot. Leon C, and Snelling,
Christopher,3.642.598.
SNIA Viscosa SocieU Nazionale Industria Applicazioni Vitcota S.p.A.:
See-
Ando. Satoshi, Tanaka. Yusaku; Onuma. Sadao; and OgaU. Fu-
mimaro. 3.642.568.
Ogata, Fumimaro. Naruse. Tsutomu, and Itoh. Torazo, 3,642,565.
Snyder. James N.; See—
Lester. Raymond H; and Snyder, James N., 3,641, 795.
Societc Alsacienne de Constructions Atomiques de Telecommunica-
tions etd'Electronique Alcatel;5«<—
Long, Jacques. 3,643,058.
Societe Anonyme Automobiles Citroen; See—
Fleury, Jacques. 3,643.082.
Societe Anonyme de Telecommunication: See—
Bezerie, Jean Pierre, 3,642.233.
February 15, 1972
?>
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 41
Societe Anonyme dile; I'OreaLS**—
Kalopissi. Gregoire; Abegg. Jean-Louis; Ghilardi, Guiliana. and de
Beaulieu, Henri Philippe, 3.642,429.
Societe Anonyme Richier: See—
Durand, Pierre. 3,642,148.
Societe Anonymet dite; L'0real:5w—
Lachampt, Felix; Viout, Andre; and Vanlerberghe, Guy,
3,642,980.
Societe dite; A. Scheyen Fils S.A.; See—
Scheyen, Marcel. 3,641 .944.
Societe Generate Ceramique du Batiment; See—
Chenel, Francois; and Swinnen, Richard Louis. 3.642.605.
Societe Generate des Produits Refractoires: See—
Herzberg, Claude, 3,64 1 .953.
Societe Nationale des Petroles D'Aquitaine;Sff—
Amiard, Yves; Bellissent. Jean-Paul; and Marie. Gilbert.
3,642.730.
Societe Rhodiaceta: See—
Allard. Pierre, 3,642,7 15.
Jacquinet, Jean-Louiss, 3,642,420.
Sambeth, Joerg; and Grundschober, Friedrich, 3,642,712.
Soderberg, Curt A.; See—
Muller. John Thomas; Scull. William L.; Cooper. James H., and
Soderberg, Curt A. .3.642.02 1 .
Soenksen. Uwe; See—
Endres, Horst, Fikentscher. Rolf; Maurer. Walter; Scharf. Emil;
and Soenksen. Uwe. 3.642. 572.
Solvay St Cie: See—
Baekelmans, Paul; and Leblon. Emile, 3.642.760.
Golstein. Jean, 3,642.745.
Sony Corporation; See-
Sato. Seiji, 3.643,038.
Southern. Peter Fulton, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited.
Halogenophenyl-isoxazolyl-alkanoic acid derivatives. 3,642,812, CI.
260-307.
Southwest Resources, Inc.: See—
McDaniel, Philip F.; and Kirby, Lonnie Dee. 3,642.1 29.
Southwick, Hillman; See—
Parker. Marion L.; and Southwick. Hillman. 3.642.089
Southworth, Richard V.; See—
Culbert, Robert M.; and Southworth, Richard V. 3.641 .744.
Spahn. Walter; 5«-
Suhl. Gerhard; Spahn. Walter. Fischer, Willi, and Aulh,
Franz,3, 642,25 8.
Spandau, Howard D., 1/3 to Johnson, David M., and 1/3 to Fleming,
Robert L. Apparatus and method for confining and collecting oil
floating on a water surface. 3,641 ,771, CI. 61-1 .
Sparrendahl, Gunnar Erik William, to Telefonaktiebolaget L M Er-
icsson. Method for transferring information in the form of lime
separated signal elements between subscribers in a telecommunica-
tion system and a telecommunication system, etc.. 3,643,030, CI.
179-15.
Spartanics, Ltd.: See—
Mohan, William L.; and Willits. Samuel P.. 3.643.068
WilliU, Samuel P., 3.643.098
Spcrry. Philip R.; and Gullotti. Damian V . to Olin Corporation.
Process for preparing aluminum base alloys. 3.642.542. CI. 148-12.7
Sperry Rand Corporation: See—
Anstee, Leon L., 3.641 .754.
Ferguson, Donald C; Lynch, Frederick W.; and Simons. Gerald
F. 3.643,146.
Johnson, Wesley R.; and Hamel, Jon J . 3.643,243.
Kesselring, Donald J.; and Mulera. Thomas G.. 3.641 .679.
Macek, Warren M.. 3,642.375.
Mack, Thomas W.; Pcrctto. David P . and Allen, Aldcn W ,
3.643.239.
Rakes. Rodney G, 3,643,143.
Speziale, Angelo John; and Smith, Lowell R., to Monsanto Company.
Alky I N-( 2-nitrobenzoyl ) carbamates. 3 ,642 ,863 , CI. 260-47 1
Speziale, Angelo John; and Smith, Lowell R.. to Monsanto Company.
Phytocidally active compounds. 3.642.893, CI. 260-558.
Spietschka, Ernst; and Deucker. Walter, to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengcsellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Process for
preparing copper phthalocyanine. 3.642,8 1 5, CI. 260-314.5
Spivack, John D.: See-
Dexter, Martin; Spivack. John D.; and Steinberg. David
H. 3,642,868.
Sprenger, Gerhard Ewald, to Sun Chemical Corporation. Method of
sizing cellulosic fibers using an N,N,-(X-alkyl)-N-carbamate-
(N'„NV»lkylen urea. 3,642,571. CI. 162-158.
Spyder Manufacturing Company. Inc.; See-
Andrews, James A., 3,642,086.
Square D Company: See—
Puetz, Jordan F.; and Sullman. James E., 3.643,1 88.
Puetz, Jordan F; and Stallman. James E.. 3.643,190.
Sullman, James E.; Schlitt, James J.; PueU, Jordan F.; and Ar-
neberg. Don J, 3,643,187.
Sullman, James E.; and Arneberg, Don J., 3,643,1 89.
Squasioni, Gino F.: See—
Egnaczak, Raymond K.; and Squastoni, Gino F. 3.642,365.
Squibb, E. R. ft Sons, Inc.: See-
Narayanan, Venkauchala Lakthmi; Hauck, Frederic Peter; and
Weiienbom, Frank Lee. 3,642,869.
St. Andre. Arthur F.; See—
Hahn, Robert S.. and St Andre. Arthur F. 3.642. 378
St. George. Alfonso; and Winkler. Floyd John, to Sylvania Electric
Products. Inc. Picture tube mounting means. 3.643.020, CI 178-
7.81
Stache, Ulrich: See—
Haede, Werner; Stache, Ulrich; FriUch. Werner; and Radscheit.
Kurt,3.642.770
Stadler. Donald A.: See—
Furlette, James L.; and Stadler. Donald A .3.642.1 2 1 .
Stafford. Owen L.; and Adams. Jack J . to Dow Chemical Company,
The. Impact resisUnt, high heat distortion composition 3.642.949.
CI. 260-876.
Stahl. Gerhard; Spahn. Walter; Fischer. Willi; and Auth. Franz, to
Messer Griesheim GmbH. Column tray 3.642.258, CI 261 -1 13.
Stahl, Richard F.: See-
Murphy. Kevin P.; and Stahl, Richard F ,3,642,639
Stahl, Ulli, to Motoren-und Turbinen-Union Munchen GmbH Thrust
nozzle for turbojet engines. 3,642,209. CI. 239-265.19
Stallman, James E.; and Arneberg, Don J , to Square D Company.
Shock transmitting structure in an electromagnetically operated
switch. 3.643.189. CI. 335-132.
Stallman. James E.; Schlitt. James J.; Puetz, Jordan F ; and Arneberg.
Don J., to Square D Company Electromagnetically operated switch
construction. 3.643.187. CI. 335-132.
Stallman. James E.; See—
Puetz, Jordan F.; and Sullman, James E, 3, 643. 1 88.
Puetz. Jordan F.;and Stallman. James E. 3, 643. 190
Stamicarbon N.V.: See—
Roest. Bernard C, Van Der Loos, Jozef L. M., and Claassen. Peter
J. M.W.. 3,642.719.
Stamm, Walter; See—
Mirviss. Sunley B.; Greco. Cari C; and Summ. Wallcr.3.642.890.
Standard Brands Chemical Industnes. Inc.: See—
Jasinski. Victor; and Stone. Raymond A., 3,642,952.
Standard Brands Incorporated: See—
McClary. Joseph E.. 3.642.582.
Standard Kollsman Industries Inc.: See —
Manicki.GertL. 3,643.168.
Standard Oil Company; See-
Marcus, Sheldon H.. 3.642.646.
Wcnnerberg. Arnold N.; and Bukvich, John T . 3.642,657.
Standard Oil Company (Indiana): See—
Ginsburgh, Irwin; and Runes. Eugene. 3,642.036.
Jackson. James A.. 3,642.883.
Standard Oil Company. The (Ohio); See—
Grasselli, Robert K.; and Hardman, Harley F , 3,642.930
Standard Steel Corporation: See—
Preeman. Marvin B., 3.641,683
Stanford Research Institute: See-
Coon. Clifford L.. 3,642,824.
Stanger. Leon J., to Harris-lntertype Corporation. Envelope delay
compensation circuit. 3,643.170, CI 328-163.
Stanislao, Jean Lawendel; See—
Ponzini. Sandro, Castelli, Paolo; and Sunislao. Jean Lawcn-
del,3,642,787.
Stanley Aviation Corporation; See—
Sunley. Robert M., 3.642.236
Stanley. Robert M., to Sunley Aviation Corporation. G-field parachute
recovery apparatus and method. 3,642.236. CI. 244-1 38.
Starr, Anthony J., to ConUiner Corporation of America. Container
and lid construction, 3.642.166. CI. 220-55.
Stastny, Edwin O.; See-
Sims, Anson; Stastny, Edwin O.; and Beny, Janos, 3, 641 ,704
Stauffacher, Dietrich; and Hauth, Hartmut, lo Sandoz Ltd., a/k/a San-
doz AG. ^(Dimethylamino) ethylesiers of 3-0- (carbamoyl )-caisenic
acids. 3.642,862, CI. 260-468.5
Stauffcr Chemical Company; See—
Angsudl, Richard L ; and Bell, Russell N , 3.642,437
Brokke, Mervin E.; Menn. Julius J., and Dorman, Stephen C.
3,642,958.
Gutman. Arnold D.. 3,642.856.
Mirviss, Stanley B., Greco. Cari C. and Summ. Walter.
3.642,890.
Nichols, George M. 3, 64 2. 9 59
Pitt. Harold M.; and Simone. Raymond A.. 3.642.960.
Teach, Eugene G.. 3,642.891 .
Ste Inter-Elec; See—
Malon. Jean-Pierre, 3,643.090.
Steffens, David G.; See-
Thomas. Buford L.; and Steffens, David G.,3,642,1 8 1 .
Steigerwalt. George F.: See—
Loizides, Edward; Lucas, Donald J., and Steigerwalt. George
F.,3.643,226.
Stein ft Roubaix; See—
Waeselynck, Raymond, 3,642.061 .
Stein, Dieter; and Bootz. Ludwig. to Badische Anilin- ft Soda-Fabrik
Aktiengesellschaft. Production of impact -resistant molding composi-
tions. 3,642,947, CI. 260-876.
Steinberg, David H.: See-
Dexter, Martin: Spivack, John D., and Steinberg. David
H, 3,642.868.
Steiner, Edwin C: See—
SheeU, David P.; and Steiner. Edwin C, 3,642,879.
PI 42
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Stellcr Kenneth E, to Hercules Incorporated Polymerization
catalysts. 3.642.667, CI 260-2 ,^^t,«. r. ?.d
Stenson. Raymond A Pick-up truck loading ramp 3.642.1 56, CI. 214-
85
Sterling Drug lnc:5«—
Crounse, Nathan N . 3.642.642.
Lesher. George Y ,3.642,797.
Mooradian, Aram, 3.642.816
Sternberger. Ludwig A.: 5«—
Cuculis, John J.. Meyer, Howard C; Sim. Van M . and Stern-
berger.Ludwig A. .3.642.98 I
Steufmehl, Willi, to Maschinen-Und Bohrgerate-Fabrik Wirth, Alfred.
& Co KG Stepper advancing apparatus for dnlhng inclined tun-
nels. 3,642,326. CI. 299-3 1
Stevens, Henry C: Sm— ^ , o u
Barter, James A , Eddy. Clifford O. and Stevens, Henry
C. 3.642.755.
Stevens. Kenneth: See—
Hill, William G.; and Stevens. Kenneth, 3,643.059
Stevenson, Paul D. See—
Week Nils P.; and Stevenson. Paul D. 3.64 1.879.
Stewart Mary J., and Carlson, Otto K , to FMC Corporation Melt sta-
bilization of polyesters. 3,642,689, CI. 260-45.7
Stewart. Neil Rutherford, and Preslar. Donald Ray, to RCA Corpora-
tion. Pulse type circuit element testing method. 3,643,156, CI. 324-
57
Stibbe Machinery Limited; See—
Burdett, Henry S, and Harns, Ronald, 3.64 1 .786
Robottom, Philip Amos. 3,64 1 ,787
Stichling-Werkzeugfabrik Honneknovel & Co ; See—
Mannes, Gunter, 3,642,038
Stiefel, Walter: 5«e- ,,.,„.,
Edmaier, Franz; Stiefel, Walter, and Merkle. Hans.3.642.062
Stievenart, Emile Frans: 5^f—
Aelterman, Marcel Frans; and Stievenart, Emile Frans,3.64l,91 I
Stirrat. William A.. RollwiU. William L.; and Persyn. Gilbert A., to
United States of America, Army Amplitude and/or frequency
modulated paramagnetic resonance oscillator 3,643,181. CI. 332-
Stofer. Dwight D. Safety release for tensioncr of a belt or chain drive
3.641, 830. CI. 74-242 6
Stokes, John R: Sw—
Morphew, James R . Ingram. Roland D.; and Stokes. John
R. 3.643,217.
Stokes, William S.:5<r*—
Stokes, William S., 3,642,559
Stokes William S.. to Stokes, William S., mesne. Membrane lined
structural panel. 3.642.559. CI. 161-38
Stone, Raymond A.; See—
Jasinski. Victor, and Stone, Raymond A ,3,642.952.
Stone Straw Corporation of Canada Limited: See—
Brown, Robert William, and Wolf, Dorothy. 3,642.1 24
Stracke. Frederick H: 5«f—
Flory. John F., Baptist. Colin N T , Kuhn, Russel C ; and Stracke.
Frederick H, 3.64 1. 602
Strain. Franklin: S«— . „, „
Hoekje. Howard H., Strain, Franklin; and Wilson, William
L, 3,642.442.
Strehle, Horst, to Kombinat Veb PenUcon Dresden Kamera- und
Kinowerke. Objective lens adaptor. 3.64 1.892. CI 95-10.
Strejc, Bohuslav. to Skoda, narodni podnik. Apparatus for finishing
globoid worms. 3,641 ,708, CI. 5 I -33
Streu Benno, to Hellige, Fritz & Co., GmbH Illumination of projecting
apparatus. 3.642,361, CI. 353-57.
Strieker, Reinhold: S«—
Koennecke. Wolfgang; and Strieker. Reinhold.3,642,1 58
Strittmatter, Rolf: See—
Engelsmann, Dieter; Hackenberg, Hubert; PuUcher, Johann; and
Strittmatter, Rolf,3,643,100.
Strobel, Cannon R.: See—
Povilaitis, Frank R.,and Strobel, Carmon R. 3,64 1, 61 3.
Stromberg-Carlson Corporation: 5ff— _ . , ._ /-
Stuebe, Thomas D.; Lenk, Pedro A., and Gifford, John C ,
3.643,229.
Strong, Barry Colin: See—
Blood, Raymond; and^trong. Barry Colin,3,64 1,789.
Stroud.RayD. Safetylid 3.642.I6I.C1. 215-9.
Struck, Karl W.;S«-
Marsh, Norman F.. and Struck, Karl W, 3,643,063.
Stubben, Job's, OHG See—
Stubben, Werner Johannes Karl. 3,64 1 ,739.
Stubben, Werner Johannes Karl, to Stubben, Jobs, OHG Riding sad-
dle and attachment means. 3.64 1, 739, CI. 54-46.
Stuebe, Thomas D.; Lenk, Pedro A.; and Gifford, John C, to Strom-
berg-Carlson Corporation. Interrupt arrangement for data
processing systems. 3,643.229. CI. 340-172.5
Sugiyama. Hiro$hi;S«— .
Yamane, Mikiya; Saito. Akira; Malsumoto, Katsuyoshi; Kawasu-
mi. Kenichi; Murayama, Kazuo; and Sugiyama,
Hiro8hi,3,642,340. ,
Sugiyama, Iwakichi; and Tomozuka, Haruki, to Matsumoto Chemical
Industry Co., Ltd. Process for preparing tiunium oxide pigment hav-
ing high dispersibility in hydrophobic systems. 3,642,510, CI. 106-
300.
Sugiyama, Masatoshi: See —
Hara. Hikoharu. Ohi. Reiichi; Sugiyama. Masatoshi; and Hatano,
Tadao.3.642.481
Sulzer Brothers, Limited: See—
Leysinger. Hans Rudolf. 3.642,222.
Sun Chemical Corporation: See—
Sprenger. Gerhard Ewald. 3.642,571.
Sun Oil Company See—
Seitzer. Walter H, 3.642.607.
Sundberg. Jack G , to Chandler Evans Inc. Cam actuation system for
variable displacement vane pump. 3,642,387, CI 418-16.
Sunkist Growers. Inc ; 5**—
Riddington. Fred W . 3,641 ,930.
Super Caster Corporation: See—
Closa, Jose. 3.641.621
Super Laundry Machinery Company: See—
Patton. Charles W. Jr. 3.642.270.
Superior Continental Corporation: 5*^—
Ance. Louis. 3.643.006
Roberts, Walter. Sherrill, Jimmie D . Pusey. Brandon B ; and Wil-
kenloh, Frederic N . 3.643,007
Sureau. Robert Frederic Michel: See—
Mingasson. Georges Raymond Henry; Domergue. Annick Marthe
Suzanne Simone, and Sureau, Robert Frederic
Michel, 3.642,799
Surface Technology Corporation See—
Van Thyne. Ray J . and Rausch. John J . 3.642.546.
Sutphin. John A . and Whippen. Marlen G . to Hercules Incorporated
Injection molding process for inhibiting propellant 3.642,961, CI.
264 3
Sutter, David Lord, to American Cyanamid Company Apparatus and
process for producing novel extruded acrylic sheet 3,642.752. CI.
260-89 5
Sutures. Inc : See—
Kurtz. Leonard D , 3.642.003
Suzuki. Isamu, Ichikawa. Kiyoshi. Ohmura, Jyukichi; and Iwashita.
Hidemaro. to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Method of im-
proving the stability of polyurethane solutions 3.642,703, CI 260-
77.5
Suzuki, Ryuji; and Yokozeki, Seiki. to Matsushita Electric Industrial
Co .Ltd High frequency heating apparatus 3,643.055. CI. 219-
1055
Suzuki. Shigeto; Kilgren. Karl H.; and Tjoa. Giok H.. to Chevron
Research Company Method of removing hydrogen sulfide from
gaseous mixtures 3,642.43 1 , CI. 23-2
Suzuki. Takashi See—
Matsumoto, Kazuya, and Suzuki, Takashi, 3,642, 374.
Suzuki, Takeo See —
Tanaka, Katsunobu. and Suzuki. Takeo. 3,642,575.
Suzuki. Yoshiaki, Yamura, Akira. and Fukasawa. Kenichiro. to Mit-
subishi Chemical Industries Limited Preparation of olefin oxide.
3,642.834. CI 260-348.5
Svokos, Steve George 5«—
Child. Ralph Grassing; Svokos. Steve George, and Tomcufcik, An-
drew Stephen, 3,642,990.
Swank, Inc : See—
Ehrensaal.Jay,3.641.690
Swanson Carl R . to Zenith Radio Corporation Compact distributcd-
parameternetwork 3.643, 182. CI 333-29
Swanson Hilmer 1 , to Gates Radio Company Pulse duration modula-
tion transmitter 3.643.161 . CI. 325-1 50.
Swearingen. Judson S RoUry gas handling machine and rotor therefor
free of vibration waves in operation 3.642,379, CI. 415-1 19.
Sweeney, Richard F , and Price, Alson K., to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion Novel polyfluorosulfonate salts. 3,642,880, CI. 260-503.
Swift & Company See —
Johnson. Keith L ,3,642,506.
Swindlehurst, Carl P.. to General Motors Corporation. Vehicle body
headhning 3,642, 317. CI. 296-137
Swindt, Joseph K , and Oelke. Erwin S., to Blake Rivet Co. Sealing
shear fastener 3,64 1 ,865. CI. 85-7.
Swinnen. Richard Louis See—
Chenel. Francois, and Swinnen, Richard Loui8,3,642,605.
Swiss Aluminium Ltd.: S*^—
Hallauer, Walter, 3,641,728
Sydansk, Robert D.: See—
Dreher, Karl D.; and Sydansk, Robert D, 3,642,067.
Sylvania Electric Products. Inc.: See—
St George. Alfonso, and Winkler, Floyd John, 3,643,020.
Torsch, Charles Edward, and Thomas, Joseph Edward, 3,643,1 25.
Symons, Michael: 5«— j »- j
Ingham. William Ellis, Symons, Michael; and Murden,
Peter,3.643,2l5
Syntex Corporation See—
Alvarez, Francisco. 3,642,780.
Sze Morgan C ; Bauer, William V . Long. Raymond H.; Bloomer,
Ward J . and Whitehead, Richard T., to Lummus Company, The.
Process for the production of highly pre- reduced oxide pelleU.
3,642,465, CI 75-4.
Szeles. Marcel Anti-glare headlights. 3.643,081, CI. 240-7 1
Szeluga. Ludwick. to Vecder Industries Inc. Reiettable counter.
3.643.072. CI. 235-144.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 43
Szporny, Laszio: See—
Kisfaludy, Lajos; Patthy, Agnes, nee Lukats; Dancsi, Lajos,
Domok, Livia. nee Kis-Vigh, Karpati, Egon; and Szporny, Las-
zlo,3,642,805.
Szymanski, Aleksander: See—
Rozwadowski,Witold;andSzymanski,Aleksander.3,64l,878.
T. & T. Vicars Limited: See—
Crispe. Stanley William, and Wood, Henry, 3,642,1 14
Tafel, Leonard I., to North American Rockwell Corporation Registry
mechanism for printing units. 3,641,933, CI 101-181
Takahama, Sho, to MinolU Camera Co , Ltd Camera cartridge release
mechanism. 3.641,893, CI. 95-1 1
Takahashi, Mitsuo, to Fuji Heavy Industries, Ltd. Independent front
suspension system for a front wheel drive automobile 3,642,084 CI
180-43.
Takahashi. Nobuyuki: See—
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi, Hiroshi; MaUuo, Youichi; Kato,
Hiroshi; Shimizu, Mineo, and Takahashi. Nobuyuki. 3. 642,468.
Takahashi, Tadanobu. and Kan, Yoshiro, to Nippon Seiko Kabushiki
Kaisha. Sealed bearing. 3,642,335, CI. 308-187.1
Takahashi, Toshinao: See-
Mori, Haruki, Takahashi, Toshinao; and Koyama
Eisuke, 3,643, 147.
Takamizawa, Minoru; Hayashi, Takayoshi; Uzawa. Kazumoto; Takita,
Masatoshi; and Kudo, Yoshiaki, to Shinetsu Chemical Company!
Process for preparing organochlorosilanes. 3,642,596, CI. 204-158.
Takashima. Seiichi; and Kato, Takatoshi, to Victor Company of Japan.
Limited. System for detecting a position error in the step-by-step
movementsof magnetic heads. 3.643,036, CI. 179-100.2
Takasu, Shozo: See-
Mori, Miyoshi; and Takasu, Shozo, 3.64 1 ,788.
Takechi, Hiroshi: 5*^—
Nagashima, Shinichi; Takechi. Hiroshi, Matsuo. Youichi; Kato,
Hiroshi; Shimizu. Mineo; and Takahashi, Nobuyuki, 3,642,468.
Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.: 5*^—
Imashiro. Yoshio. and Masuda, KatsuUda. 3.642,793.
Morimoto, Rokuya; and Kodama, Reijiro. 3,642,982.
Sakai, Michihiko; Kato, Masayuki. Hagiwara. Hikoichi; and
Sazuo, Konishi, 3,642.900
Takeuchi. Yasuhiro: See—
Miki, Masakazu; Takeuchi. Yasuhiro; and Kuwahara,
Hisaharu,3.642.SI8.
Takimoto, Yukio: See—
Shimamura, Tadao;andTakimoto. Yukio.3.643.180.
Takita. Masatoshi: See—
Takamizawa. Minoru; Hayashi, Takayoshi; Uzawa. Kazumoto.
TakiU, Masatoshi; and Kudo, Yoshiaki, 3,642, 596
Tamagni, Luigi. to EUROSICMA-Societa italiana Costruzioni
Macchine Automatiche S r.l. Packaging machine for bags to be filled
with liquids, powders or granular products 3,64 1 ,737, CI 53- 1 82
Tamai, Yasuo: See-
Sato, Masamichi; Tamai, Yasuo, Malsumoto. Seiji; and Homo. Sa-
toru,3.642.5l5.
Tanabe Seiyaku Co.. Ltd.: See—
Fujimura, Hajime. Tanaka. Tadasu; lijima. Ikuo; Miyazaki.
Michihio; and Masaki. Masao. 3.642,802.
Tanaka. Heiroku, to MaUushita Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd. Pull-push
switch with a variable resistor 3.643,199. CI 338-172.
Tanaka. Katsunobu; Kimura. Kazuo. and Yamaguchi. Ken. to Kyowa
Hakko Kogyo Co.. Ltd. Process for producing L-glutamic acid and
alpha-ketogluUricacid. 3.642,576, CI 195-28.
Tanaka. Katsunobu; and Suzuki, Takeo, to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.,
Ltd. Process for producing sugars by fermentation. 3,642,575, CI
195-28.
Tanaka, MasaUmi, deceased (by Tanaka, Itsuko, administratrix); and
Hirotani, Tadashi, said HiroUni assor to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.,
Ltd. Agiuting apparatus. 3.642,257, CI. 261-93
Tanaka, Tadasu: See—
Fujimura, Hajime; Tanaka, Tadasu; lijima, Ikuo; Miyazaki,
Michihio; and Masaki, Masao,3,642,802.
Tanaka, Yusaku: See—
Ando, Satoshi; Tanaka, Yusaku; Onuma, Sadao; and Ogata, Fu-
mimaro.3.642,S68.
Tann, David; and Noetzold, Robert A. Intermittent control device.
3,643, 145, CI. 318-443.
Tarbouriech, Philippe: 5^*—
Roget, Jean; and Tarbouriech, Philippe.3.642.452.
Tardiff, Armand L.: See—
Rockwell, Adelbert W.. Jr.; Herdeg, Donald F.. and Tardiff. Ar-
mand L. 3.64 1, 65 1
Tashjian. Harry J.: See—
Bean, Donald E.; Engh, James T.; Hammer, James R.; SchettI,
Myron D.; Tashjian, Harry J.; Ullmer. Richard J.; and Kerr,
John W, 3,642. 197.
Tatemoto. Masayoshi: See—
KomeUni. YuUka; Tatemoto. Masayoshi; Okuda. Masahiro; Oku-
no, Chuzo; Sakata. Shinsuke; Sakai, Shoii; and Oka,
Masahiko,3,642,754
Tatsuroi, Ryuji: 5«—
Ueki. Atsufumi; and TaUumi, Ryuji.3.643,097.
Taube.Carl:5«-
Moritz. Karl-Ludwig; and Taube. Carl. 3,642, 769.
Tavernier. Bernard Hippoliet; De Meyer. Alfons Jozef, and Vanheer-
tum, Johannes Josephus, to Gevaert-Agfa N V Method of improving
the color tone of a recording layer containing photoconductive lead
(ll)oxide. 3,642.470.C1. 96-1.5
Taylor Diving & Salvage Co.. Inc.: See—
Banjavich. Mark P. Morrissey, George R . and Gaudiano.
Anthony v.. 3,641.777.
Taylor Frank H.; and Kelly. Warner M . to Otis Engineering Corpora-
tion. Safety valve system for gas lift wells 3.642.070. CI 166-314
Taylor, John D. Wire reeling device. 3.642.224, CI. 242-86 61
Taylor, Keith Andrew: See—
Dunning. Robert William; Taylor. Keith Andrew; and Walker.
John.3,642,935.
Taylor, William Paul. Molded plastic furniture construction
3,642,323, CI. 297-456
Tchejeyan, Sarkis K., and Repinski, James A , to General Motors Cor-
poration. Linear optical scanning device 3,642.343. CI 350-6
Teach, Eugene G., to Stauffer Chemical Company Meta-anilide urea
compositions and their utility as herbicides 3,642,891, CI 260-553
Technicolor, Inc.: See—
Robak. Edward. 3,642.536.
Tedeschi, Robert J , and Natali, Paul W , to Air-Producu and Chemi-
cals. Inc., mesne System for corrosion inhibition 3.642.640, CI
252-146.
Tedeschi, Robert J.; and Natali, Paul W , to Air ProducU and Chemi-
cals. Inc., mesne. Corrosion inhibition 3.642.64 I. CI 252-148
Teeg Research, Inc.: See—
Teeg, Robert O , and Hallman, Robert W, 3,642,432.
Teeg, Robert O.; and Hallman, Robert W , to Teeg Research. Inc
ProcessesforobUining vanadium suboxides 3.642.432 CI 23-19
Tefertiller, Ben A : 5m—
Habermann, Clarence E ; Friedrich. Ralph E . and Tefertiller Ben
A. ,3.642.894.
Tegge. Bruce R.. Teiser, William L , Love. James H ; and Rosenbaum,
Barry M., to Esso Research and Engineenng Company Novel
process for solvent purification and recovery. 3,642,731, CI 260-
8078
Teiser, William L.: See—
Tegge. Bruce R., Teiser. William L ; Love. James H . and Rosen-
baum, Barry M, 3, 64 2,73 I .
Tektronix, Inc.: See—
Moriyasu. Hiro. 3.643.234
Teledyne, Inc.: 5^* —
Duttera, Robert B; and Macshane. Gordon H , 3.643.061.
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson: See—
Odmark, Per Ranold, 3,643, 132
Sparrendahl, Gunnar Enk William, 3,643,030.
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.: See—
Hoch. Samuel, 3,642.846.
Minieri, Pasquale P., 3,642,501
Tepper Sidney; and Boydman, Hyman P , to Topper Corporation Ani-
mated doll responsive to mouth-inserted element 3,641,703 CI 46-
232.
Terada, Manzo, to Nissho-lwai Company Limited Stripping method
and apparatus for insulated covered wire and cable 3,64 1,852 CI
83-1.
Ternes. Jacob M. Means for conveying, discharging and mixing
livestock feeds. 3,642.254, CI. 259-46
Testone, Anthony Q., to Testone Electrostatics Corporation Ionized
air projector. 3,643,1 28, CI 317-4
Testone Electrostatics Corporation: See—
Testone, Anthony O, 3,643. 1 28
Teufel. Helmut: See-
Seeder. Ernst; Engel, Wolfhard. Teufel. Helmut; Machleidt. Hans.
Leberberg, Heinrich;and Ihnng, Hanns. 3.642, 801
Teumie-, Roger, to C.I.T.-Compagnie Industnelle des Telecommuni-
cations. Retransmitting apparatus for converting interrupted tele-
graphic modulated signals into telegraphic signals without interrup-
tions. 3.643.026. CI 178-70
Texaco Inc.: See—
Cole. Edward L.; and Hess. Howard V , 3,642.620.
Fluomoy, Norman E.;and McPeak,Earl W , Jr . 3,642.210.
Hamsberger, Bobby G , 3,642,508
Hess, Howard V.; and Cole, Edward L , 3,642,458
Kablaoui. Mahmoud S; and Kolaian. Jack H . 3.642.622
Robertson, Odes B.; Cooper, Thomas A., and Moorer, Henry D
3.642,611.
Smetana, Richard D.; Chafetz. Harry. Arkell. Alfred, and Mc-
Mahon, Matthew A., 3.642.83 1
Smeuna, Richard Denis; Chafetz, Harry, and Arkell. Alfred
3,642,832.
Texas-U S. Chemical Company: See—
Bodnar, Stephen John; McHargue. Chuck Linwell, and Anglin,
Lam Camell, Jr., 3,642,759
Texas Instruments, Incorporated: 5«—
Adams. Anthony L.; Yearsley, Gerald A ; Simmons, Marion I ; and
Yager.Rilly P..3,641,660
Adler. Alan J, 3,643.018.
Canning, Michael Leo; Dunn, Roger Stanley, and Jeansonne
Gerald Embry, 3.641,661
De Blance. Donald E., 3,643,021 .
Hayes, William F.. 3,643,075.
Kilby. Jacks. 3.643,232.
Kilby, Jack St. Clair, 3,643.1 38
PI 44
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
McBnde.LyleE, Jr. 3.643 142 ,^^-,,,
Moltzan. Herbert J . and Walker. Jack, 3.642.52 1
Proebsting. Robert J. 3.643.254. ......
Purdes. Andrew J, and Jost. Ernest M, 3,642,527.
Textor,s, Melv.n A . to General F'^tP^oo^l"* Company, The^He-ght
adjustment mechanism for swivel chairs. 3.642.244. CI 248-406.
Th Goldschmidt A.-G : S«- , ^., on
Rossmy. Gerd, and Koerner.GoU. 3,642,852.
Thee. Alfred. S«- a i ^.a-^ k-i-i
Brecker. Lawrence R.; and Thee. Alfred. 3,642.677
Brecker. Lawrence R ; and Thee. Alfred.3.642.848
Theodor«n. Theodore E.. to Salmon, Kurt Associates >"«= Apparatus
for encapsulating an article within molded polyurethane 3.642,400,
CI 425-129
Thierstein, Hans, to Bauser. Fnlz. AG Maschinenfabrik Apparatus
for cleaning hollow cylinders and the like. 3.642.0 1 3. CI 1 34-1 13
Tholstrup. Clarence E ; and Rush. Sarah J., to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany Organic ester compositions having enhanced color stability
3,642,871. CI. 260-475. ., . , h
Thomas. Buford L.. and Steffens, David G.. to Valco. Inc. Vertical ad-
hesive applicator he^. 3,642,1 8 1 , CI. 222-5 17,
Thomas. Joseph Edward; 5«— j ■. a^t n<;
Tor»ch Charles Edward, and Thomas. Joseph Edward, 3,643, 125
Thomas Joseph, to Maul Bros.. Inc. Glassware forming machine blow
mold sution. 3.642.462. CI. 65-242.
Thomas. Paul W .: See—
Downey. Rogers B . and Thomas. Paul W. 3, 641 .896.
Thomasson. Daniel John: S«— . , , j j
Allum. Keith George. Metcalfe. Christopher John Leonard, and
Thomasson. Daniel John. 3.642,658.
Thompson. Brian Hoyle. to Gas Council. The. Process for the produc-
tion of a methane- containing gas 3,642.460, CI. 48-214
Thompson. Charles FSff— . ,A-i nat.
Jeffries. Luther R. Jr.; and Thompson. Charles F .3.643.096.
Thompson. Glenn H. Dental noss holder. 3.642.01 1 . CI. 1 32-9 1 .
Thompson. Ivan M.; S«— . ^, ,., ,.
- Mayer. Raymond P.. Thompson. Ivan M , and Zbojniewicz, Walter
P .3,'642,264 , ,_ ,.
Thompson, James E.. to Motorola. Inc. Sample and hold circuit.
3,643,1 10, CI 307-238
Thomson, Don N.. Connolly. James J., and Zeiger. Kenneth K , to
Magnavox Company, The. Doppler radar automatic signal detection
apparatus. 3.643.257. CI. 343-7.7
Thomson. Lois J., trustees of the estate of Magnuson. Roy M : See—
Lazzarini. Louis P . 3.642.520.
Thomson-CSF. S«*—
Matricon. Marcel. 3.641.665.
Ti-PeElmeko.TillanderA Persson;S«— , ,. t
Tillander. Magnus E . Persson, Ake B.; and Johansson, Leif A I .
3,641.945
Tictjen. Albert H.;S«—
Heidtman. Albert G.. and Tictjen, Albert H.,3,64 1 .697
Tillander. Magnus E . Persson. Ake B , and Johansson. Leif AT to
Ti-Pe Elmcko, Tillander & Persson. Discontinuous oven 3.641.945,
CI. 107-60
Tillmann. Walter: &e— ^ , u u f r
Ross, Gerhard; Reul, Bernhard, Tillmann. Walter; and Licbenhoff.
Re'inhardt.3,642,393
Tilney-Bassett. Julian Frodo, to Imperial Smelting Corporation
(NSC.) Limited. Preparation of 1 ,2,4,5-tetrafluorobenzene
3,642,9 16, CI. 260-650
Timmler, Helmut: See— , u ■ .
Meiser, Werner, Eue. Ludwig. Hack. Helmuth, Timmler, Helmut;
and Wegler. Richard,3,642.861 .
Timms Rayford W., to American Air Filter Company, Inc. Ice skating
nnk.'3,641,782. CI. 62-177.
Tiner Nathan A , and Muller. Andrew N.. to United States of America.
Air' Force. Method for the development of hard coat seal surfaces
3,642,519. CI. 117-93 1
Tjoa. Giok H : S«- ^ ,. u , ^a-, aw
Suzuki. Shigeto; Kilgren. Karl H ; and Tjoa, Giok H, 3.642.43 1
Tojza, Roman A.: Ste—
Lally, Joseph E.; and Tojza, Roman A. ,3,642,287.
Tokola, AlpoJ.:5«— ,^,.,,-,..
Hekkancn. EeroM, and Tokola,Alpo J. ,3,64 1,774.
Toksvig. Peter K , to Jespersen, A., & Son International A/S^Operating
mechanism for core tubes in concrete molds. 3,642.419. CI 425-
Tokunaga, Kenki. to Sanyo Electric Co.. Ltd.. and Tokyo Sanyo Elec-
tric Co Ltd. Automatic stop device for a magnetic tape recorder.
3.642,226,CI. 242-191.
Tokuzumi, Tadaichi: S«— ^ _ .
Kashiwa, Norio; Tokuzumi, Tadaichi, and Fujimura,
Hiro8hi,3,642,746
Tokyo Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd.: See—
Tokunaga, Kenki, 3,642,226.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.: 5«- » . .
Sawagata, Shinichi; Nakahara, MasakaUu; and Tsuneu, Asahide.
3,643.121. ...
Tollkuhn, Arthur W., to Memorex Corporation Magnetic Upe cas-
sette. 3,642,228, CL 242-199.
Tomcufcik, Andrew Stephen: S«— , l *
Child, Ralph Grassing; Svokos, Steve George; and Tomcufcik, An-
drew Stephen.3,642,990.
Tomozuka, Haruki S«—
Sugiyama, Iwakichi, and Tomozuka, Haruki,3,642,5 10.
Toms Hydraulic Supply:5f*—
Conner, Tom E, 3.642,324
Topper Corporation 5fr— ^..-.m
Tepper. Sidney, and Boydman,Hyman P.. 3.641,703.
Torazza, Giovanni, and Giacosa, Dante, to Fiat Societa per Azioni.
Valve actuating mechanism for an internal combustion engine.
3,641,988. CI. 123-90.16
Torin Corporation 5*f—
Conniff. Jay P , Delaney. Vincent N ; and Merz. Kenneth A..
3,641.644
Torke. Ward J 5«-
Schellgell. George M, and Torke. Ward J .3.641 .918.
Tornheim, Harold Tensioning device 3,64 1 ,835, CI. 74-501 .5
Tornqvist, ErikG M 5«— ,,c..^-ico
Cozewith Charles, and Tornqvist. Erik G. M.. 3,642. 758.
Torsch, Charles Edward, and Thomas, Joseph Edward, to Sylvania
Electric Products. Inc Deflection system for triad-beam cathode ray
tube utilizing a toroid-type deflection yoke. 3,643.1 25. CI. 3 1 5-24
Towell LeRoy Dean, to Computer Industries. Inc. Wire routmg
system 3,643. 133, CI 317-122
Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha See—
Asano,Hiroaki, 3,641,714
Toyooka Tadao. Ueda. Hiromutsu; Nishida. Takeo; and Ono, Atsuo.
to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co, Ltd Electric toaster.
3,64 1, 921, CI 99-390
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Katsha: See—
Uozumi.Sumio. 3.641.845
Traber, Walter Srr—
Foitl. Vcrena R, and Traber. Walter. 3, 642, 776
Tragescr. Ludwig Device for the occasional omission of back- stitches
on automatically controlled quilting and embroidery machines.
3,641,958. CI 112-241
Travis. William H . to General Motors Corporation. Pawl parking
brake with toggle apply linkage 3.642.100. CI 188-69
Trepanier. Donald L S«- -, i^-, ibq
Faith, Herman Eldridge, and Trepanier, Donald L.,3,64,i,/BV.
Trepka, William 5fr—
Uraneck, Carl A. Trcpka, William, and Brown, James
D .3.642,922
Tri-State Displays. Inc : See—
Brooks, Sheldon C , 3,642,144
Trimble. David L Sf*— ■,,,-> nnn
Schenach, Thomas A. and Tnmble. David L. 3,642.907.
Tronnier, Albrecht, Eggert, Joachim, and Ubcrhagen. FriU. to Voigt-
lander A G. Expanded triplet objective having at least four ele-
ments 3.642.351. CI 350-215 „,^c
Trusheim. Frank M . and Zaniewski, Walter C, to Kcuffel & Esser
Company Imaging method 3.642,477, CI. 96-45.2
TRW Inc See-
Haeff, Andrew V ,3,643.123
Marshall. Fred R .3,643,178 . „ i ..
Tsukagoshi. Tsunehiro. to Pioneer Electronic Corporation. Multichan-
nel magnetic head having a common ground termmal coupled to a
piece of magnetic material on the face of the head 3,643,035. t-l.
179-100 2
Tsuneu, Asahide See— . * ,
Sawagata, Shinichi; Nakahara. Masakatsu; and Tsuneta. Asa-
hide.3.643, 12 1
Tsuruoka, Tomio. to Nippon Kogaku K.K. Device for preventing dou-
ble exposures in interchangeable film back type cameras. 3,641,899,
CI 95-31
Tucel Industries, Inc.: See—
Lewis, John C ,Jr, 3,641,610
Tuft Bernard R . to General Electric Company. Glass passivated dou-
ble beveled semiconductor device with partially spaced preform.
3.643, 136.CI 317-234
Tulisalo. Karl F. to Curtis 1000 Inc Banking envelope. 3,642,195, t.1.
229-72
Turner Alan Edgar, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Blend of
butadiene/acrylonilrile copolymer styrene polymer *"<* chlonne-
containing polymer as a vibration damping composition. 3,642,954.
CI 260-889
Turner. Allan L.:5ff—
Wiley. Daniel E.; Mc Dougal. Harmon A., and Turner, Allan
L, 3,642,053
Turner. H R . (Willenhall) Limited: See—
Turner. Harold Roy. 3.641.838.
Turner Harold Roy. to Turner. H R., (Willenhall) Limited. Seau for
vehicles. 3,641. 838. CI. 74-530
Turner. Leonard; and Williams. Keith Vaughan. to Brockway Glass
Company, Inc. Disproportionation of olefins. 3,642,931, Cl. i^-
683.
Turner, Walter V, Jr.: 5«- , ,c^, o«a
O'Neill, William P ; and Turner, Walter V.. Jr.,3.642.953.
Turner, Warren E.:S«— , i^i n<,
Dreibelbis. Richard C. and Turner, Warren E. 3.642 176
Tuschy, Eckhard, and Niggemann, Theodor to Kabel-und Metall-
werke GutehofTnungshutte Aktiengcsellschaft. «PP"«t"» ^°' «=""'"«
piecesofpredeterminablelength. 3,64 1,858, CI. 83-337.
Uberhagen. Fritz: S«— iiw.,i....„
Tronnier. Albrecht; Eggert, Joachim; and Uberh««en.
Frit2.3.642,351.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PUS
UCB. Societe Anonyme: See—
Weyens, Ernest, 3,642,829.
Uchida. Miyoji: See—
Kusuno, Hideaki; Uchida, Miyoji; Segawa, Masahiro; and
Kawakami, Yukichika. 3,642,684
Uchio, Hakaru: See—
Aso, Chuji; Kunitake. Toyoki; and Uchio. Hakaru, 3. 642, 757.
Ueberberg, Heinrich: See—
Seeger, Ernst; Engel, Wolfhard; Teufel, Helmut; Machleidt, Hans,
Ueberberg, Heinrich; and Ihring, Hanns,3,642,801 .
Ueda, Hiromutsu: See—
Toyooka, Tadao; Ueda, Hiromutsu; Nishida, Takeo; and Ono, At-
suo,3,64l.92l.
Ueda, Ichiro: See—
Ikegami. Seiji; and Ueda. Ichiro. 3, 642, 637.
Uehling, Donald E., to General Electric Company. Gas turbine engine
constant speed thrust modulation. 3,641,766, CI. 60-262.
Ueki, Atsufumi; and Tatsumi, Ryuji, to Nippon Selfoc, Limited, in care
of Nippon Electric Company Limited. Optical filter for suppreuing
noise which utilizes a graded optical fiber and means for controlling
transverse position of iris. 3,643,097, CI. 250-201.
Ueno, Susumu: 5e«—
Yamamoto, Kiyokazu; Kishimoto, Masaru; Ueno. Susumu; Fu-
jimoto, Hiroshi; HaUmoto, KazuUka, and Kubota,
Tadashi,3,64 1,653.
Ugine Kuhlmann: See—
Mingasson. Georges Raymond Henry; Domergue, Annick Marthe
Suzanne Simone; and Sureau, Robert Frederic Michel,
3.642,799.
Ulfhielm, Christer. Producing a curved surface with numerically con-
trolled machine tool. 3,64 1 .872, CI. 90- 1 3.
Ullman, William L.; Baxter James C, Pearson, Arthur J.; Davis, Robert
E.; and Hullhorst, William B.. to Owens-Coming Fiberglas Corpora-
tion. Tubular fibrous bodies and apparatus and methods for their
production. 3,642,034, CI. 138-144.
Ullmer, Richard J.: See—
Bean, Donald E.; Engh, James T.; Hammer, James R.; SchettI,
Myron D.; Tashjian, Harry J.; Ullmer. Richard J.; and Kerr.
John W, 3,642, 197.
Ulrich, Paul, to Ciba Limited. Triazinyl-anthraquinone dyestuffs.
3,642,795, CI. 260-249.
Ulrich, Werner; and Vigilante, Frank S., to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries, Incorporated. Cooperative processor control of communication
switching office. 3.643,032, CI. 1 79- 1 8.
Ultrasonic Systems, Inc.: See—
Kuris. Arthur, 3.642,010.
Ultronic Systems Corporation: See—
RoberU, Richardson S. Jr., 3,643,252.
Umbach, Hans: See—
Gawlick, Heinz; Marondel, Gunther; and Umbach,
Hans,3.64 1,935
Unidynamics/Phoenix, Inc.: See—
Jackson, Charies A., 3,643.04 1.
Union Carbide Corporation: See—
Bennett, Everett W., 3.642,85 1 .
Johnson, Robert Norman; Karol, Frederick John; and Pilato,
Louis Anthony, 3,642,749.
Kanner, Bernard; and Prokai, Bela, 3,642,670.
Olhoft, Gary Vernon; Eldred, Nelson Richard, and Koleske,
Joseph Victor, 3.642,507.
Uniroyal, Inc.: See—
O-Shea, Francis X.. 3,642,950
Vanderhagen, Lawrence P., 3,642,392.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Gilbreath, Dennis R., 3.643.107.
Owczarski. William A.; and Oblak, John M , 3,642.543.
United Filtration Corporation: See—
Wohnlich, Joseph F., 3,642,245
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority: See—
Sach, Roger Stuart; and Bromley, John, 3.642.5 13.
United States of America
Agriculture: See—
Needles. Howard L.; and Wasley, William L . 3.642.972
Okazaki, William; Purchase. H. Graham; and Witter, Richard
L, 3,642.574.
Wagner. Joseph R , 3,642.494.
Air Force: See—
Christian. John B.. 3.642.626.
Dalton. A. Sunley, 3,642.3 12.
Klopp, John H. 3.642.250.
Klopp. John H.; and Klopp. John H.. 3.642.300.
Klopp, John H.; and Klopp. John H.. 3.642,300.
Saul, George, 3,642,595.
Tiner, Nathan A.; and Muller. Andrew N.. 3.642.519.
Army: See—
Bamett. Charles W.H., 3.64 1 ,936.
Buchanan, James F.; and La Fever, Clifford E., 3,64 1 ,869.
Criley. Ronald L.; Frost, Richard H.; and Shopalovich. Predrag,
3.642.235.
Cuculis, John J.; Meyer. Howard G.; Sim. Van M.; and Stem-
berger. Ludwig A., 3.642.98 1 .
Egolf. David P.; and Campagnuolo. Carl J. 3.642.01 8.
Eig. Men-ill. 3,641.870.
Ellis. Paul H.; Kibler. Ralph J.; and Kramer, Richard R.,
3.641,691.
Ghose, Tarun K.. 3,642.580.
Gisser, Henry; and Portnoy. Seymour. 3.642.631
Goldberg, Lawrence H., 3.643.027.
Henry. David W. 3,642, 899
Holmes. Allen B. 3.642.01 7.
Hulteen, Stanley C, 3,642,237.
Laible, Roy C .3,641.638
Novak, Thaddeus J.; and Poziomek. Edward J , 3,642,449
Reed. Frederick P., 3.641 ,868
Shults. Gary W.; and Wierbicki. Eugen. 3.642.500.
Silverthome. Clarence B.. 3,641.937
Sinclair. Alex H.; Kozowyk, Ted. Reynolds. Ralph K.; Near-
garder, Robert F.; and Edson. Robert H.. 3.642.332
Stirrat, William A.; Rollwitz. William L.; and Persyn, Gilbert A.,
3,643.181.
Wells. Warren W.. 3,641 .692.
Health, Education and Welfare: See—
O'Neill, William P ; and Turner, Walter V., Jr., 3,642.953.
Interior: See—
Dyni, John R, 3,642,433.
Muter, Richard B ; and Lawrence. William F . 3.642.445.
Navy: See—
Augl, Joseph M., 3,642,700.
Cleveland, William C, 3,643,028
McCumin, Thomas W., and Perper, Lloyd J.. 3,643.166.
Murphree, Francis J., 3,642,999
Northan, Barbara J.; and Boies, David B., 3,642,653.
United States Steel Corporation: See—
Allen, William S., and Serra, Guy. 3.642,587.
Universal Oil Products Company: See —
Hayes.JohnC. 3,642,656
Kahn, Samuel, 3, 64 2, 906
Mitsche. Roy T., 3.642,660
NagI, Gary J. .3.642,613.
Rausch. Richard E.. 3.642.925
Van Tassell. Harry M., 3,642.614
University of Minnesota. The Regents of the: See—
Dorenfeld. Adrian C, Dick, Fernando Jorge; and Cooke,
Strathmore R. B., 3,642.464.
University of Utah; See—
Kolff,Willem J, 3,641,591
Uno, Tetsuo: See—
Noguchi. Yuichi; Nakajima, Junichi; Uno. Tetsuo; and Araki.
Kazumi.3.642.579.
Uozumi. Sumio, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Oil pres-
sure control device for fiuid type automatic transmission. 3,64 1 .845.
CI. 74-867.
Upjohn Company, The: See—
Babcock, John C; and Campbell. J Allan. 3.642.992
Bergy, Malcolm E.; and De Boer, Clarence, 3.642.984.
Hester. Jackson B.. Jr., 3,642,820.
Hester, Jackson B., Jr., 3,642.82 1 .
Hester. Jackson B.. Jr., 3.642,822.
Nelson. Norman A; and Jackson. Robert W.. 3,642.800
Rausch, Kari W., Jr.; and McClellan, Thomas R, 3.642,964.
Van Rheenen, VeHan H.. 3,642.840
Upson, Lawrence L.; See—
Macarus, David P., Upson, Lawrence L.; and Wood, Ronald
T, 3,642,662.
Uraneck, Cari A.; Trepka, William; and Brown, James D.. to Phillips
Petroleum Company. Preparation of organocalcium compounds.
3,642,922, CI. 260-665.
Urban, Friedrich: See —
Gropper, Hans; Mietzner, Franz Georg; and Urban,
Friedrich,3,642,747.
U.S. Philips Corporation: 5**—
Cramwinckel, Hans, 3,643,218.
Engelsman, Jan Johannes; and School. Comelis Johannes.
3,642,590.
Nienhuis, Rijkent Jan, 3,643,1 39.
USM Corporation: See—
Carlson, John H., Mansfield, Donald L.; and Robinson, Hugh A.,
3,641,706
Mcllvin, Donald B.. 3,642,1 77.
Robbins, John E., 3,642. 1 75.
Rockwell, Adelbert W., Jr ; Herdcg. Donald F ; and Tardiff, Ar-
mandL, 3,641,651.
Ustav pro Vyzkum Molorovych Vozidel: See—
Mackerie, Julius. 3.642,082
Usui Kokusai Songyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kikuchi, Yasubee, 3,642,105
Utesch, George A., Jr., to General Fire Extinguisher Corporation. Fire
control apparatus. 3,642,071. CI. 169-2
Uzawa, Kazumoto: See—
Takamizawa, Minoru; Hayashi, Takayoshi; Uzawa, Kazumoto;
Takiu. Masatoshi; and Kudo, Yoshiaki.3,642,596.
Vadas, Leslie, to Castle & Cooke, Inc. Pineapple coring and recoring.
3,642.043, CI. 146-6.
Valco, Inc.: See—
Thomas, Buford L.; and Steffens, David G., 3,642.1 81 .
Valentine. Alan T.. to Ohio Brass Company, The. Insulating liner for
man-carrying buckeU. 3,642,096, CI. 1 82-46
Vallee, Felix Alexandre Jules. Apparatus for the sterilization of food
producu. 3,64 1 ,91 7, CI. 99-25 I .
PI 46
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
v,n Allan James A De Meyer. Dennis E ; and Allen, Frank D ,
'dec«sedo'( by Allen. Monl Armstrong, execu.r.K to Eastman
Kodak Company Photographic element and process, 3,642,479. CI
96-48
VanAmerongen.GerritJ 5«— i «,^i 7«.-)
La Heij. Gerardus E ; and Van Amerongen. Gernt J. .3,642,762.
Vancamp. Raymond M.;S«- ju -j^iA^oiR
Bohl, Lester E, and Vancamp. Raymond M 3.642 918
Van Dalen. Chrisl.aan Johannes, to DeStaat der Nederlanden, Ten
Deze Vertegenwoordigd Door de Directeur-Generaai der Poster.jen
Telegrafie en Telefonie. Magnetic pm tumbler lock. 3.641.793. tl
V Jn^de CMtle. Jerome J., to PMC Corporation Rotary cutting head for
wrapping machine. 3.64 1.857. CI 83-322.
Vandeput. Andre; S«— ^ ., . . »„
Meredith. William Henry Palmer; and Vandeput. An-
dre.3. 642. 370 . J r^ J r. If,
-van der Fcyst. Willem H., to N V Optische Industrie de Oude Delft^
Combined luminescent screen and anti-diffusion grid, and method of
making same 3.643.092. CI. 250-80.
Van Der Loos, JozefL. M.; S«— o .-,
Roest, Bernard C ; Van Der Loos. Jozef L M.; and Claassen. Peter
J M W 3 642 719
Vandcrhagen. 'Lawrence P.. to Uniroyal. Inc. Molding system
3.642.392. CI. 425-4.
Vanegas.GuillermoJ Sf*- ■ i ^a-) •>!!
Parkison. Richard G. and Vanegas, Guillermo J. ,3.642,21 3^
Van Gogh, Johan; and De Kruif. Jan H . to Shell Oil Company. Process
for production of hydroxyl-containing copolymers. 3.642,73V. Ci
260-86 3
Vanheertum. Johannes Joscphus:S«— j v,„
Tavernicr. Bernard Hippolict. De Meyer. Alfons Jozef. and Van-
heertum. Johannes Josephus. 3.642,470.
Vanlerberghe.Guy; 5ff— ., ■ u u.
Lachampt. Felix, Viout. Andre. and Vanlerbcrghe,
Guy.3.642.980 _ , ...
Van Note. Charles O . to Servco Company. The. Multi-sleeve stabil-
izer. 3.642.079. CI 175-325 • „ r .u
Van Rheenen. Verlan H . to Upjohn Company. The Processes for the
conversion of 3-enol ethers of 3-keto-A*-steroids unsubstituted at C.
and C6 to the corresponding 3-keto- -6-methylenc compounds
3.642.840, CI. 260-397.1
Van Riemsdijk. Gerardus Adriaan. to Smit Nijmegen blec-
trotechnische Fabrieken N V Composite polyphase on-load tap-
changers for regulating polyphase transformers and polyphase trans-
formers and polyphase transformers provided with such tap-chan-
gers. 3.643. 154,C1. 323-43.5 o^ . „
Van Tassell, Harry M., to Universal Oil Products Company. Reduction
of soluble contaminants in lean solvent. 3,642.614. CI. 208-32 1
Van Thync, Ray J.; and Rausch. John J., to Surface Technology Cor-
poration. Nitrided vanadium, columbium and tanUlum base alloys
3.642,546. CI. 148-31 5
VanUitert.leGrandG :S«- j^,^„,iib
Bobeck. Andrew H.; and Van Uitert, leGrand G. ,3.643.238.
Van Wcert, Gczinus. to Falcon bridge Nickel Mines Limited^ Treat-
ment of metal chlorides m nuidized beds. 3.642.441 . CI 23-183
Varaney. John A Fishing lure. 3.641 ,698. CI 43-42 48
Vatne. Robert D.:5«— ^ ., . D„k„rt
Welch. Dean E. Nakaue. Harry S., and Vatne. Robert
D. 3,642,784.
Veazey, Thomas M.; 5«— ^^ ,. .
Anderson. Carl S.. Bittlc. David F . Veazey. Thomas M.. and
Wooten. Robert G. 3,642. 733 c j c
VEB Spinn-Und Zwimerei-Maschinenbau Karl-Marx-Stadt; iee-
Brenner, Lutz, and Gerhardt. Wolfgang. 3.64 1 .637.
Veeder Industries Inc.; See—
Szeluga.Ludwick. 3.643.072
Venanzetti. Michele Vibratmg screen with one or more groups ot
screcningelements. 3.642. 133. CI. 209-314.
Vcndo Company, TTie: See—
Hennessy, John A, 3,642,108. , ^a-, ,(.a
O'Neal, Wilbert O., and Weston. Warren K.. 3,642,1 64.
Ventron Instruments Corporation Scientific Chemicals Division: See-
Ventu«.''7ohn ^^ knrNatoll Joseph G., to M & T Chemicals Inc
Stibinic and stibonic caUlysts for polyethylene terephthalate
3.642.702. CI. 260-75
Verbrugge. Herman; 5«- ,a>.->7ia
Gautier, Pieter A, and Verbrugge. Herman. 3.642.7 16
Verclst. Johan Lodewijk; and Reyniers. Albert August to Gevaert-
Agfa N.V. Method for producing halftone multicolour images
3.642,474, CI. 96-30.
Verga, Dominick; 5«—
Fumiss, William R.; and Verga, Dominick ,3,642. 102.
Verhagen, Louis A.;5«— , » a yj.^t,,^,,,
Schuurbiers. Petrus J.. Verhagen, Louis A.; and Vemhout.
Johannes G.L.. 3.64 1.803
Vemhout, Johannes G.L.;S«— . . » j v-™K«.,t
Schuurbiers, Petrus J.; Verhagen, Louis A.; and Vemhout,
Johannes G.L.. 3.641, 803.
Vick, Gerald L.. to Conrac Corporation. Silicon diaphragm with m-
tegral bridge transducer. 3.64 1 .8 1 2, CI. 73-88.5
Victor Company of Japan, Limited: 5«— ,^^,-,-
Takashima, Seiichi; and Kato, Takatoshi, 3,643.036.
Viescas. Arthur B5«— j r- uu „l au^-
Calvert. Rodney K ; Viescas, Arthur B.; and Fishback, Alton
J .3.642.414
Viessmann. Hans Prefabricated and transportable basins or pools.
3.64I.595.CI 4-172 19
Vig. Istvan. to Aktiengesellschaft Brown. Boveri & Cie. Millmg tool.
3.641.871. CI 90-11
Vigilante. Frank S;5«— , x^-, «-i-i
Ulrich. Werner, and Vigilante. Frank S.,3.643,032.
Vincent. Gerald G. and Anderson. Thomas E. to DeSoto 'nc.
Lacquers containing guanamine-based polyimide resins. 3,642,682,
CI 260-30.4
Viola Marino Roberto, to Laboratorio Chimico Farmaceutico fc.
Granelli Sp A Method of preparing injectable liver extracts.
3.642.983. CI 424-106.
Viout, Andre; S«— j »/ i ,i..,.i..
Lachampt. Felix; Viout. Andre; and Vanlerberghe.
Vizza. Joseph Pollution control for smokestacks. 3.641,742. CI. 55-
222
Vizza. Joseph Antipollution carburetor attachment. 3,641,769, CI.
60-30
Vogt, Thomas C, Jr.; S«— -,...., n^o
Fitch. John L. and Vogt. Thomas C. Jr .3.642.068.
Voigtiander. A G ; 5f*— j ,,w i. c, t,
Tronnier. Albrecht; Eggert. Joachim, and Uberhagen, hritz,
Voit Willi, to Bosch. Robert, GmbH. Fuel injection valve for a suc-
cessive injection of an advance and a main fuel quantity. 3,642,212,
CI 239-533
von den Benken, Elisabeth Shoe molded by induction heating.
3,641.688. CI 36-43 , ^ai i^>i ri ■>in
von der Osten. Henning Stackable table service. 3.642.165, CI. 220-
23 83
Von Ende Robert J . 30* each to Henderson, Dennis H., Klyn, Paul,
and 104 to Miller. Richard A Receptacle and retainer means.
3 642. 122. CI 206-19 5 .,
Von Holdi. John W Release apparatus for die casting assembly.
3 642,417. CI 425-443
Von Holdt. John W Heated feeder system for die casting apparatus.
3 642 418 CI 425-447
Von Rudgisc'h. Edgar Moulding appartus. 3.642,398, CI. 'S'^^^
Von Strandtmann Maxim.llian, Puchalski, Chester; Cohen, Marvin
and Shavel, John. Jr . to Warner-Lambert Company^ Substituted
acrylic acids and process for their production. 3,642,781. CI. -Jou-
240
Voorheis.TempleS S^f— -r.^^u
Binasik, Chester S . Hudson. Daniel H.. and Voorheis. Temple
S .3.641.951
Voorhies. Donald A; S«- i t.Ai a-if.
Heckendorf. Howard A , and Voorhies, Donald A. ,3,641 ,826
Voorh.es.GeraldHHangerdevice 3.642. 147.CI 211-181.
Vorreither, Hans-Klaus, Obendorf. Werner; Menzl Kurt; and "ofer.
Harald to Osterrcichische Stickstoffwerke Aktiengesellschaft.
Process for the preparation of 3-amino-4-bromo-l .2. 5-thiadizole
3.642.811, CI 260-306 8
Vose. Robert W Counterbalance and lift system for mowing units.
3.641, 748, CI 56-15.7
Voss Gary Dwieht; 5f*— . ,, ^
Davis, Delbert A , Averette, Samuel R , and Voss, Gary
Dwieht. 3,642. 563
Vrancken. Marcel Nicolas, to Gevaert-AgfaN^V. Photographic
process and materials used therein 3.642.480. U. 96-48.
Vrancken. Marcel Nicolas, and Claeys. Daniel Alois, to Gevaert-Agfa
N V Method of recording and reproducing information. 3.64Z,4 0,
VroL^e^ Aart Kornelis, to Koninklijke Nederlandsche Hoogovens en
Staalfabrieken N V Method for operating a ^generative gas heater,
and a gas heater for use in this method. 3,642,262, CI. 263- IV.
WaaRC Bard M., to Investrop AG., mesne. Laminated conUincr of
thermoplastic and non-thermoplastic materials with nipples.
3,642,047, CI. 150-8
Wacker-ChemieGmbH;5^*- lu i. , ,„x «a»w.l
Bauer Johann, Hollenbach. Georg, Popp, Walter, and Sabel.
Alex, 3,642.948
Schmidhammer.Ludwig, 3.642.645.
Waddan. Dhaf.r Usuf; and Williams. Derek. «» '"'P«!,'»lCh«'"'"' In-
dustries Limited Oxidation process. 3.642,886, CI. 260-333.
Wadekamper. Leslie; See— u/.j.i,,^™.,
Lyons Charles R . Dunn. Adam D.; and Wadekamper.
Leslie.3.641.753 ., .
Waesclynck. Raymond, to Stein & Roubaix. Heat exchanger.
3.642,061. CI. 165-111 » ,. w-.i.^
Wagner. Joseph R . to United Sutes of America. Agriculture. Method
of comminuting legumes 3.642.494. CI. 99-98.
^^''schrewc.^Ha'iis; Dieder.ch. Gerd; Wahls, Peter; and Pfenning,
Wakam^auu. Hisato; Kato. Takaaki; Kawakubo. Mamoru; and Ito. Kat-
sunon to Nippon Denso Kabushiki Kaisha. Automatic transmission
svstem 3 641. 844. CI 74-752.
Walberg. Arvid C Apparatus for preventing arcing m an electrostatic
coatingsystem 3.641.97I.CI. 118-8.
Wald Manufacturing Company, Incorporated: See—
Pawsat. Carlton P., 3,642,305.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 47
Waldrum, John E., to Amchem Products, Inc. Sector spray device
3,642,206, CI. 239-214.
Walford, Gordon L.: See—
Shen. Tsung-Ying; Greenwald, Richard; Wilzel. Bruce E.; and
Walford, Gordon L, 3.642,997
Walker. Jack: S««-
Moltzan. Herbert J ; and Walker, Jack. 3.642.521 .
Walker, John: 5er-
Dunning. Robert William; Taylor. Keith Andrew; and Walker,
John,3,642,935.
Walker, Robert R.; and Pepin. James J., to Allegheny Ludlum Steel
Corporation. Strippable protective film. 3,642.564, CI. 161-145.
Walles. Wilhelm E., to Dow Chemical Company. The. Polymeric com-
plexes of saccharin and cyclohexanesul- famic acid. 3.642.704, CI
260-77.5
Wallouch, Rudolph W., to Air Reduction Company, Incorporated.
Method of inhibiting puffing in the manufacture of graphite articles
from tulfur-conuining petroleum coke. 3,642.962, CI. 264-29.
Walmsley, Judith A., to Owens-Illinois, Inc Metal-conuining polymers
of organic dithiolic acid and methods of making the same.
3,642,72 1, CI. 260-78.4
Walsh, Kenneth A.; and Sandor, Andrew J., to Brush Beryllium Com-
pany, The. Purification of beryllium. 3,642,463, CI. 75-0.5
Walter, Lewis A., to Schering Corporation. Certain I-(dilower-alkyl
amino-lower-alkyl)-2- phenyl indolizenes and quaterary salts
thereof 3,642,807, CI 260-296
Walters, William R. Temperature controlling liquid valve, 3,642,015,
CI. 137-59.
Walther, William D., to Dayton Steel Foundry Company. Bearing seals.
3,642,327, CI. 301-108.
Ward, Milton K., to DuraCraft Boats, Inc Vertically adjusuble boat
seat. 3,642,320, CI. 297-345
Waring, Roy L., to Cato Oil and Grease Co.. mesne. Lubricating
grease. 3,642,627. CI, 252-39,
Wamer Electric Brake & Clutch Company; See—
Baer, Johns, 3,642,106,
Wamer, Michael G,: See—
Frankel, Milton B,; Wamer, Michael G , and Witucki, Edward
F. 3,642,830.
Warner-Lambert Company; See—
Von Strandtmann, Maximillian; Puchalski, Chester; Cohen, Mar-
vin; and Shavel, John, Jr , 3,642,78 1
Warp, Harold, to Flex-O-Glass, Inc Light control structure, 3,642,557,
CI, 161-3,5
Warwick, Charles Herbert, to Fibreboard Corporation, mesne.
Vacuum conveyor beam, 3,642,1 19, CI 198-184
Washington Suburban Sanitary Commission; 5«—
Lee. James H; and Bruening, David J,. 3.641,806.
Wasley, William L.; See-
Needles, Howard L., and Wasley, William L, 3,642,972.
WaUnabe, Hideo: See—
Nohara, Shunji; and Watanabc, Hideo. 3.642.09 1
Watchorn, Noel; and Broome. Arthur William James, to Imperial
Chemical Industries Limited. Protein supplements for ruminant
feeding stuffs. 3,642,488, CI 99-2
Water Treatment Corporation; See-
Bums, William C, 3,642,6 16.
Waterbury Buckle Company; See—
Leavenworth, Frederick R.. 3.641,633.
Watson. Thomas A.: 5m—
Garman, James A.; Eastman. Richard D.. and Watson. Thomas
A, 3, 64 1,662.
Waveline, Inc.: See—
Jacques, David E., 3,64 1 ,873.
Weaver, Harry R.: See—
Zcffer, Arthur A.; and Weaver. Harry R. , 3,642,291 .
Webb, Alan E., to Rolls-Royce Limited, Method for forming an electri-
cally insulating coating. 3,642,530, CI. 117-217.
Webb, Michael: See-
Fulham, Michael J.; Jones, Richard; Webb. Michael; and Hamard,
Jacques,3,642,934.
Webbere, Fred J.; and Williams, Robert G . to General Motors Cor-
poration. Mold apparatus for continuous casting. 3,642,058, CI, 164-
283.
Webster, Pierre A. J.; and Langlois. Andrew H. A., said Langlois assor
to said Webster. ConUiners adapted to be sUckcd. 3,642,169, CI.
220-97.
Wedge-Lock Honing Stone, Co.: See—
Kramm, Carl H; and Lee, Roger E., 3,64 1 ,7 1 5,
Weedon, Gene C; Lofquist, Robert A,; and Mumford, Robin B,, to Al-
lied Chemical Corporation, Light stable polyamide having an im-
proved retention for acid dyes. 3,642,7 1 4, CI. 260-78.
Week, Nils P.; and Stevenson, Paul D., to General Motors Corporation
Central hydraulic system for a vehicle. 3,64 1 ,879, CI. 9 1 -4 1 2.
Wegemund, Bernd; and Galinke, Joachim, to Henkel & Cie, G.m.b.H.
Adhesives or sealing agents which harden on exclusion of oxygen
comprising esters of acrylic acids and dicyclopcntadienols.
3,642,750, CI. 260-89.5
Wegler, Richard: See—
Meiser, Werner; Eue, Ludwig; Hack, Helmuth; Timmler, Helmut;
and Wegler, Richard,3.642,861 .
Wegner, Peter; Neeff, Rutger; and Kuth, Robert, to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Process for the continuous dyeing of
synthetic fibre materials with diphenoxy anthraquinone dyettuffs.
3,642.426,01.8-39.
Weimann, Gunter: i>*—
Haid. Erich; and Weimann. Gunter. 3. 642. 772.
Weingart. Norman C: See—
Zdanys. John. Jr ; Kelver. William L . Jr . and Weingart. Norman
C, 3,643,046.
Weis, Joseph A.: See—
Sly, Thomas L.; Weis. Joseph A., and Leto, Joseph T, 3.643. 1 64.
Weisenborn. Frank Lee; See—
Narayanan. Venkatachala Lakshmi; Hauck. Frederic Peter, and
Weisenborn, Frank Lee. 3.642. 869
Weiser, Kurt; See—
Keyes, Robert W., and Weiser, Kurt, 3,642,544,
Weiss, Hubert L, Hinge structure for electric power distribution box or
the like, 3,64 1,623, CI. 16-149
Welch, Dean E.; Nakaue, Harry S.; and Vatne, Robert D., to Salsbury
Laboratories. Alpha, alpha, alpha-trif1uoro-6-substituted-S-nitro- 5-
toluic acid, 5'-nitrofurfurylidene hydrazide compounds 3,642,784,
CI. 260-240.
Welch. Nathan E; 5m-
Shipp, John I.; Welch, Nathan E . and Broadbent. Thomas
D. 3.643. 101.
Welch. William Arthur; and Kohler, Fritz Peter. Aspirin-charcoal com-
positions. 3.642,986, CI. 424-1 25.
Weldel. Helmut; 5m-
Seidel, Alex; Moller, Tilo, and Weldel, Helmut.3.64 1 .694
Wells, Charles Don. Document recording apparatus. 3.642.369. CI
355-64,
Wells, Warren W,, to United Sutes of America. Army, Extractor and
bolt mechanism for firearm firing caseless ammunition, 3. Ml. 692.
CI, 42-25.
Welstead, William J.. Jr., to Robins, A. H., Company. Inc 3-(Omega-
substituted alkyD-indoles, 3,642.803, CI. 260-294.7
Welzel, Fred H ; 5m-
Daily. William C. and Welzel. Fred H..3.64 1 ,735
Wendlbcrger. Gerhard: 5m—
Wunsch, Erich, and Wendlberger, Gerhard,3,642,763.
Wendt, Gerhard R.: 5m—
Begany. Albert J ; Ledig. Kurt W. Oliver. Donald W.. and Wendt,
Gerhard R, 3.642. 842
Wennerberg. Arnold N.; and Bukvich. John T . to Sundard Oil Com-
pany. Production of active carbons from aromatic carboxylic acids,
petroleum coke acid or from porous carbons. 3,642.657. CI. 252-
425.
Wemer. Bernfried M.. to Phelan. Louis A M Scraper assembly and
material retarder for a cylindrical continuous freezer. 3,64 1 ,783, CI.
62-343.
Westeren, Herbert W.: 5m—
Pine, Wilson C; Westeren. Herbert W.. and Kimball. William
H. 3,642.263.
Western Electric Company, Incorporated; 5m—
Budzich,Mieczyslaw, 3,642,016
Western Geophysical Company of America; 5m—
Bennett, Grant S., 3,642,090
Parker, Marion L.; and Southwick, Hillman, 3,642,089
Westinghouse Brake and Signal Company, Limited; 5m— '
David, Vivian; and Norton, David J , 3,643,025
Westinghouse Electric Corporation; 5ff —
Cohen, Albert, 3,642,295.
Geffe, Philip R, 3,643,183.
LaCoste, Bernard L.;and Dawawala, Suryakant K . 3.642.024.
Meacham. James H.. 3,643,024.
Ogland. Jon W, 3.643. 177.
Perrin. Eugene M.. 3,643.1 12,
Ray. Roger E; and Perez-Suble. Nicholas, 3.643,160.
Robin. HarralT. 3,643.196,
Saunders, Paul D,, 3.642.380.
Silva, Antonio Vicerte. 3.643.144,
Wine, Robert R.; and Jacobsen, Jerome G,. 3.64 1 .791 ,
Young, Robert R,; and English. William A,. 3.643.120,
Weston, Warren K,: 5m—
O'Neal. Wilbert O,; and Weston, Warren K,,3,642,I64
Westwood, Alan S,; and Carmichael, Donald, to Golden Wonder
Limited, Apparatus using air jets for sorting by weight. 3,642,128,
CI. 209-121.
Weyens, Emest, to UCB, Societe Anonyme. Continuous process for
the preparation of maleic anhydride from an aqueous solution of
maleic acid by distillation. 3,642,829, CI 260-346.8
Weyl.Woldemar A.:5m-
Marboe, Evelyn C; and Weyl, Woldemar A ,3.642,65 1
Wheeler, Raymond Ralph, Split shot device 3,641,654, CI, 29-212.
Whippcn, Marlen G.: 5m—
Sutphin, John A.;and Whippen, Marlen G, 3, 642, 96 1.
Whistler, Lawrence V., Jr.: 5m—
Whistler. Lawrence V., Sr., and Whistler. Lawrence V .
Jr.,3.64 1,860.
Whistler, Lawrence V.. Sr.; and Whistler, Lawrence V , Jr Punch
reuiner assembly. 3.64 1, 860. CI. 83-686
Whiuker, Douglas C; 5m—
Greenberg. Jacob; and Whitaker. Douglas C ,3.642.583
White, George A.: 5m—
Davidson, Arthur R.; Haubner, John E.; and White, George
A. ,3,642.495.
Whitehead, Richard T.: 5m—
Sze, Morgan C; Bauer. William V.; Long, Raymond H.; Bloomer.
Ward J.; and Whitehead, Richard T.,3,642,46S.
PI 48
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 15, 1972
Whitney Blake Company, The; See—
Brazee John A.,3,643,008 ^ .,
Wh.tun. James Robert to General E'ec!"^,,<J''^,P^"3^o.26"""
microelectronic active bandpass f^'^ef^^'*^. 173. CI 330-26
Wickham, Robert G . to Hayes-Albion Con,orat.on Method and ap-
naratusfor bending fan spider arms. 3,64 1.800. CI 72-2VV.
wfckl RudLlf to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Turbme. especially
swam turbine, with nozzle group controland now-admiss.on crest.
Widenbackl'R^a'lph'Hugo. to KemaNord AB^ Bags provided with clos-
mgandcarryingdevice.3.642.l89.Cl 229-7,
Wiedmann. Siegfried K :5m- , ^ «• iaa-«->T1
Lohrey, Fred H.; and Wiedmann. Siegfried K..3.643.231
Wiedmann.SigfriedK ;5*e- ^ r aw -» a^i ^t;
Bcrger. Horst H.; and Wiedmann. Sigfned K 3,643.235.
Wiefeng": Theodor. to Passav.nt-Werke. Method *"«! »PP*«'"* ^°' '^'
biological trealmentofwaste water. 3.642.61 5. CI. 2 10-7
Wienke Charles W.. to American Hoist &. Derrick Company. Two-
speed hydraulic control system 3.641.876. CI. 91-6.
Wierbicki,Eugen:5«— , ^.-, cnn
ShulU, Gary W ; and Wierbicki, Eugen, 3,642,500
Wikman, Andrew O; See- rwi/i^TOii
McCarthy. John H, and Wikman. Andrew 0,3,642.92r
Wilcox, Thomas L., Jr., anjl Jones, ^ncil A to A"derso" ^o Com-
pany. Inc. Collapsible reuseable carton. 3,642,192 CI. 229-3V
Wildt Roger H , to Bethlehem Steel Corporation Deformed wire for
concretereinforcement.3.64l,799,Cl 72-198.
Wiley Daniel E ; Mc Dougal, Harmon A.; and Turner A 'an L to
PPC Industries. Inc Method of preparing sodium-lead alloy flakes
WUc^y* Nathaniel C , Jr.. and Kazakavage, Joseph R . to f^dkin-Wiley
Corporation Non-tilt stacking and nesti ng container 3,642,168, LI
220-97.
Wilkenloh. Frederic N;5ee- „ ^ n ..,h w.l
Roberu, Walter. Shemll, Jimmie D.; Pusey, Brandon B , and Wil-
kenloh. Frederic N, 3,643.007 u. ^ .u „„
Wilkens Howard John. Magnesium tennis racket with weighted throat
piece 3.642.283. CI 273-73.
Wilkinson. Raleigh J., to Quaker Oats Company, The. Apparatus for
deep fat frying of foodstuffs. 3,64 1 ,923, CI. 99-404.
Willcox Jc&SC \ ' S^f
Dcsnick, Mandel L , Willcox, Jesse A . and Christensen, Jay
A..3.642.4I1.
William Cotton Limited: See-
Blood. Raymond, and Strong. Barry Colin, 3,641, /8V „ . .
Williams. Carl J., Jr., and Knechel, William F^- t° ^/»"L*" '^'^f
Company. Photographic element and process. 3.642,482, U.vooj.
Williams, Clifford Harrison. Jr Car top boat carrier. 3,642,157. Ll
214-450.
Williams, Derek: See— ,. ■, ^a-, ooa
Waddan, Dhafir Usuf. and Williams. Dcrek.3 .642,886
Williams, Helga: See- -....mt
Williams, James M. and Williams. Helga.3,64 1 .926
Williams James M.; and Williams. Helga CombinaUon of cooking
utensils. 3,641,926, CI. 99-448
Williams. Keith Vaughan: See- „ ^ ,, . ,..,0^1
Turner. Leonard, and Williams. Keith Vaughan,3.642,93 1
Williams, Robert G See- „ u ^ i ^>n a«
Webbere, Fred J , and Williams, Robert G, 3,642,058
Williamson, David Theodore Nelson: See—
Rosenberg. Barnett; Brown, Felix H.. and Williamson. Dav.d
Theodore Nelson.3,643,014.
Willits. Samuel P.; See- , a , ^a^ nt.i
Mohan. William L.; and Willits, Samuel P. ,3,643,068
Willits. Samuel P., to Spartanics Ltd. Mark sensing photo sensor
WmrMKGordon. Vehicles for rock drill guiding and supporting
stnictures. 3.642.075, CI. 173-23.
Wilson, Charles; See— ,t^iin
Alger. Philip Langdon. and Wilson. Charles.3.643.1 17
Wilson Gordon Shirley, to Corporation of the City of Coventry. Ro-
tary engines. 3.642,391. CI. 418-145. . r 11
Wilson. Peter C. and Hugh.rt, Rob*f ^ ^^PPr'!"* /°I centnfugally
removing liquid from a mixture. 3,642,1 39, CI. 210/ ' ^
WHs^n wirren Thomas, to Gillette Company. The. Moldmg machine
monitoring system. 3,642,401 , CI. 4251 37.
Wilson, William L: See- u/ i.^n William
Hoekje, Howard H.; Strain, Franklm; and Wilson, William
Windholi, Thoiiias B.; Patchett, Arthur A.; and Fried, John, to Merck
A Co Inc I7a-Substituted l3-alkyl-17^-hydroxygona-4,9- dicn-3-
ones aid 17 -alkanoates. 3,642,84 1, CI. 260-397.4
wCe R^Scrt R; Slid J«:obsen. Jerome G, to Westinghouse E ectric
Corporation. Agitator for a washing machine 3 ,64 1 .79 1 , C I. 6»-4
Winebarger. Charles S: See- ^ , ^a-, -jit
Knowlci. MB.; and Winebarger. Charles S, 3,642,722.
Winfree Associates, Inc.: See—
WinfrccJimmieJ, 3,641,731.
Winfree. Jimmie J., to Winfree Associates. Inc. Bnck wall construe
lion. 3.64 1. 731, CI. 52-747.
Winiler. Frank: See- ,,,^,^^^
BartJ, Herbert; and Wingler, Frank. 3.642,666.
Winkler, Floyd John; See- , ^ai ntn
St. George. Alfonio; and Winkler. Floyd John.3.643.020
Winter, Roland A. E: See- ■, ^a-^ iin
Kray, Raymond J . and Winter, Roland A E. 3.642.720.
Wippel, Hans Guenter See- ,..,,*■,
Hahn, Erwin, and Wippel, Hans Guenter,3,642,767.
Wisconsin Shoe Company See- ^ , , , -.-i^iAjn
Hibbard. William M , and Rceder, Douglas L., Jr.. 3.641.687.
Wise.Henry M ,Jr See- 1 ^A-i ncu
Osthagen. Sven M , and Wise, Henry M.Jr,3,642,004
Wismer Marco, and Prucnal, Paul J . to PPG Industne*. Inc. Printing
inksforpolyolefins 3,642.729. CI 260-80.7
Witt Harro, Holtschmnit, Hans, and Muller, Erwin, to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Process for the preparation of substituted
diaryl ethers 3.642,866, CI 260-473.
'*""ok^ak""U'.ll.am,"purchase. H. Graham, and Witter. Richard
L. 3,642.574.
Witucki, Edward F See— . .,,. , . ^ . .
Frankel, Milton B . Warner, Michael G , and Witucki, Edward
F ,3,642,830.
Witzel, Bruce E: See— , „ _ .
Shen, Tsung-Ying. Greenwald, Richard; Witzel, Bruce E., and
Walford,GordonL ,3,642,997.
Wobbe Walter Device for partial vacuum treatment of pregnant
women 3,642.006, CI 128-361
Wohnlich, Joseph F , to United Filtration Corporation. Breakaway
bracket 3.642,245, CI 248-478
Wolf. Dorothy See- ,..-,,1^
Brown. Robert William, and Wolf. Dorothy.3,642,124.
Wolverine Toy Company, Inc See-
Green, Joseph, 3,642,281
Wong, Thomas W See- ,,.,,^0
Brown. Arthur, and Wong, Thomas W ,3,643.148.
''°"So?m""'\'ugu:rH , Green. Lawrence E.; and Wonn. Quinby
E .3,642,107
Wood, Henry See- ,-^-,iij
Crispe, Stanley William, and Wood, Henry, 3,642,1 14.
Wood, Ronald T See- d„„.ih
Macarus. Dav.d P . Upson, Lawrence L., and Wood, Ronald
T ,3,642,662 ... ,,. .
Woodard, Dudley Gibson, to Grace. W R , & Co. Rapidly crystallizing
v.nylidcnc chloride- acrylonitrile copolymer prepared in the
presence of ceric salt/alcohol initiator followed by step* of heating
andcoolmg 3,642.735, CI 260-85 5 • , , .., ,oc r\
Woodhng, George V Dispenser box for sheet material. 3,642,185, CI.
•^ ^ r J g
Woodiing. George V Rotary shaft fluid seal for high pressure
WoStidge bavid D . K.tchel. Joseph Clyde, and Garrett. William R .
to National Shcllflsh Processors, Inc Bivalvia depuration system.
3,641,982, CI 119-4.
Wooten, Robert G See- . ^ », tk ™«. u >nH
Anderson, Carl S , Bittle, David F ; Vcazey, Thomas M.. and
Wooten. Robert G .3,642.733 . ,. . j u -^i;^»
Worrel, Calvm J . to Ethyl Corporation^ Tetrak.s( hindered phenolic)
phosphonium halide antioxidants 3,642,691 , CI 260-45.85
Wortel,JOhannesM See- .j , /lji iiT»
Eckert RudolfJ A and WorteLJOhannesM, 3,642,633.
Wotschke Johannes Device for thermic destruction of raw and waste
materials 3,64 1,952, CI 110-8
Wright Allen C , to Haws Drinking Faucet Company. Flow control
device 3,642,031, CI 138-45
Wright, Arthur John; See— , ^a-i ati
Farber, Sheldon, and Wright, Arthur John,3,642,827.
Farber, Sheldon, and Wright, Arthur John,3,642.828.
Wright, Charles J. See- , ^u . 1 , t,A^ ao*.
Bumess, Donald M , and Wright, Charles J..3.642.486.
Burness. Donald M . Cowan, Stanley W.; and Wnght. Charles
Wright Jerry j' and Curtis. William H., Jr.. to Air Preheatcr Company.
Inc The Flux depth indicator. 3.643.056. CI. 219-73.
WulfTHarald. and Hayncs. Peter, to Shell Oil Company. Olefin epox-
idation. 3,642,833, CI 260-348 5 . ^ ^ ,, u^.h.t aw
Wunsch, Erich, and Wendlberger, Gerhard, to F^^werke H«:ch.t Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister V"'=,'"V*, ^^r"-,'^^ M 2 5 *
cagon and its hydrobromidc salu 3 ,642,763, CI. 260- 112.5
Wurlitzer Company, The; See-
Andersen, Clifford W, 3,641,861.
Andersen, Clifford W., 3,643,000.
Wyers, Joseph H See- uvi^^Aiant.
Orr. Robert F. and Wyers. Joseph H..3.64 1906
Wygant James C. Anderson. Richard M.; «"<! J""' ^rhard J, to Mon-
santo Company. 2.3-DihaloaIkyl compounds. 3,642.870. CI. 260-
wjwoki. Joseph J . Adams. James E,- *".«*- JJ'Jj;**^ 5^°!'''* ^ ' '°
Xerox Corporation Imaging system. 3.642.348.CI. 350-160.
Xerox Corporation: See—
Bickmore. John T. 3.641. 980.
Bryer, Philip Stuart. 3.643.242.
Davidson, James R, 3,642,363.
Egnaczak, Raymond K, 3,642,364 , iiA? lAS
Egnaczak, Raymond K; and Squassoni, Giivo F.. 3.642,365.
Fowler. Reginald Henry, 3.643,263 ,..,070
Gerbasi. Dennis P . and Donohue. James M.. 3,641 ,V /v.
February 15, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 49
Gundlach. Robert W.; Lot. Leon C; and Snelling, Christopher,
3.642.598.
Halvonen, Ivar N.; and Marshall, George E., 3.642.376.
Hudson, Frederick W., 3,641 .977.
Hudson, Frederick W, 3.641,981.
Jones, Hugh L.;and Marshall. George E., 3.642,371.
Mueller. Daniel L., 3.642.362.
Sato, Matamichi; and Fukushima. Osamu, 3,642,471 .
Sato. Matamichi; Tamai. Yasuo; Matsumoto, Seiji; and Honjo, Sa-
toru, 3,642,3 15.
Wyiooki, Joseph J.; Adams. James E.; and Madrid, Robert W.,
3,642.348.
Young, James E.. 3.642,377.
Zucker, Edwin. 3,642,606.
Yager, Rilly P.: See-
Adams, Anthony L.; Yearsley. Gerald A.; Simmons, Marion I.; and
Yager. Rilly P. .3,64 1, 660.
Yagi, Yoshimasa: See—
Nagoshi, Kazuhiro; and Yagi. Yoshimaui,3,642,SSS.
Yahagi, Matakichi: See—
Oriu, Michio; and Yahagi, Masakichi.3,642,S 14.
Yamada, Eiichi; Arakawa, Yothiteru; Yamamoto, Maiayuki; and
Nagatomo, Hiroto, to Hitachi, Ltd. Apparatus for forming films.
3.641, 974. CI. 118-48.
Yamaguchi, Kazuo: See—
Iwasaki, Koichiro; Yamaguchi, Kazuo; Kakogawa. Genjiro; OhUu-
ka, Yasuo, and Kasahara, Kanji, 3,642,748.
Yamaguchi, Ken: See—
Tanaka. Kattunobu; Kimura, Kazuo; and Yamaguchi,
Kcn,3,642.576.
Yamamoto, Kiyokazu; Kishimoto, Masaru; Ueno, Susumu; Fujimoto,
Hirothi; HaUmoto, KazuUka; and KuboU. Tadashi, to Matsushiu
Electric Industrial Co.. Ltd. Apparatus for automatic assembly of a
rotor and the like. 3,641 ,653. CI 29-208.
Yamamoto. Masayuki: See—
Yamada, Eiichi; Arakawa. Yoshiteru; Yamamoto, Masayuki; and
Nagatomo, Hiroto.3,64 1 .974.
Yamane, Mikiya; Saito, Akira; MaUumoto, KaUuyoshi; Kawasumi,
Kenichi; Murayama, Kazuo; and Sugiyama, Hiroshi. to Hiuchi, Ltd.
High-pressure meUl vapor discharge lamp. 3,642,340, CI. 316-20.
Yamashita. Sadahiko, to Matsushiu Electric Industrial Company.
Limited. Electro-optical network for selectively producing a single
pulse or pulse train in response thereto of a single trigger pulse.
3.643.099. CI. 250-206.
Yamura, Akira: See-
Suzuki, Yoshiaki; Yamura. Akira; and Fukasawa,
Kenichiro.3.642,834.
Yancey. Raymond W. Muffler construction. 3.642,094. CI. 181-50.
Yang, Christen H. C, to Crown Zellerbach Corporation. Cleaning
towel. 3.64 1. 7 1 9, CI. 51-402.
Yang. Kang: See-
Johnson, Morris A.; and Yang. Kang. 3 .64 2, 9 20.
Yatoshima. Nobuyuki: See-
Sasaki, Hiroshi; Maruyama, TaUuo; Kanzaki. Hisao; Sakamoto,
Yasuhiko; and Yasochima, Nobuyuki, 3, 64 3. 03 1 .
Yasumura, Takashi; and Matsuoka, Kimiaki, to.Central Glass Co., Ltd.
Terpolyraers of vinyl chloride, propylene and third vinyl monomer
and process for preparation thereof. 3,642,732, CI. 260-80.81
Yearsley, Gerald A.: See—
, Adams, Anthony L.; Yearsley, Gerald A.; Simmons, Marion I.; and
Yager. Rilly P.,3,64 1, 660.
Yokozeki, Seiki: See-
Suzuki, Ryuji; and Yokozeki, Seiki,3.643.0SS.
Yoshida Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Asai. Hidekazu. 3.64 1 ,634.
Yoshida, Yothinobu: See—
Oishi. Yasushi; Yoshi4a, Yoshinobu; and Sano, Kazuya,3,642.48S.
Young. Anthony David: See-
Bell, Charles Anthony; and Young, Anthony David,3 ,643.076.
Young, Buck R., to Hudson Pulp & Paper Corporation. Coating for
multi-wall bags. 3,642,679, CI. 260-23.3
Young. James E., to Xerox Corporation. Color printing system.
3,642,377, CI. 355-88.
Young, Robert R.; and English, William A., to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation. Combined flexible and magnetic drive coupling.
3.643,1 20. CI. 310-96.
Yugen-Kaisha Fukunaga Seisakusho: See—
Okabe, Tsuneo, 3,642.42 1
Yuminaka, Takeo; Iwasaka. Tatsuo; Mauuzawa. Hideto; Kawatake,
Koichi; and Hirasawa, Kotaro, to Hitachi. Ltd. Group supervisory
control system for elevators. 3,642.099. CI. 1 87-29
Yurasek. John F.; and Owens. Abner, Jr., to Bendix Corporation, The.
Method and means for providing a synthetic real world runway dis-
play. 3,643.2 1 3. CI. 340-27.
Zaniewski. Walter C: See—
Trusheim, Frank M.; and Zaniewski, Walter C. 3,642.477.
Zawels. Jakob; and Renaud, Eric D., to Associated Research Laborato-
ries (Proprietary) Limited. Method and apparatus for monitoring
students' actions. 3.641,685, CI. 3S-9.
Zbojfiiewicz, Walter P.: See-
Mayer, Raymond P.; Thompson, Ivan M.; and Zbojniewicz, Walter
P.,3,642.264.
Zdanys, John, Jr.; Kelver, William L., Jr.; and Weingart, Norman C, to
CTS Corporation. Multiple contact snap action slide switch.
3,643.046, CI. 200-76.
Zeamer, Aaron C; See—
Cappotto, Samuel D.; Diamond, Herrick R., and Zeamer, Aaron
C .3,642.109.
Zechnall. Richard; Domann, Helmut; Fleischer, Helmut; Christ, Klaus;
and Maisch, Wolfgang, to Bosch, Robert G.m.b.H. Wheel slip detec-
tion device particularly for multi-wheel vehicles. 3,642,329, CI. 303-
21.
Zeffer, Arthur A.; and Weaver, Harry R.. to Goodrich, B. F., Company,
The. Inflatable seal. 3,642,29 1 , CI. 277-34.
Zehnder, Josef; See—
Eggenberger, Ulrich; and Zehnder, Josef,3,642,405.
Zeidler. Gunther, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Laser construction.
3.643. 174. CI. 331-94.5
Zeiger, Kenneth K.; See-
Thomson. Don N.; Connolly, James J.; and Zeiger, Kenneth
K. 3 ,643.257.
Zeile, George D., Jr.; and Couch, Robert O., to Anvil Industries. Inc.
Conduit system. 3,642,308, CI. 285-47.
Zeiler, Elmer J., Jr. Container support and attachment means.
3,642,239, CI. 248-210.
Zellweger Ltd.: See—
Ern, Klaus-Jurgen, 3,64 1 ,8 1 8
Zenick, Raymond G. Device for casting a fishing line. 3,641,695. CI.
43-19.
Zenith Radio Corporation: See—
Engel, Christopher M.; and Hepner, Charles F., 3,643,01 1 .
Swanson, Carl R., 3,643, 182.
Zimmer, Johannes: See-
Kraft, Rupert; and Zimmer, Johannes, 3, 64 1 .928.
Zimmer. John S., to General Electric Company. Mercury-wetted relay
and method of manufacture. 3,643, 185. CI. 335-58.
Zito Company, Inc.. The: See— >
Zito, Ralph. Jr., 3.642.538. ^
Zito, Ralph, Jr., to Zito Company, Inc., The, mesne. Metal halide bat-
tery. 3,642,538, CI. 136-6.
Zizak.JosephP.Sheetrock scaffolding. 3,642, 150, CI 214-1.
Zollinger, Joseph La Mar. to Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company. Fluorine-containing polyurethane rubbers. 3,642.705, CI.
260-77.5
Zucker, Edwin, to Xerox Corporation. Apparatus for image formation
on the inside of a cylinder. 3,642.606, CI. 204-300
Zwahjen, Guenther. Reich, Ernst; and Riegler, Albert, to Ciba Limited
Pigment preparations. 3.642,686, CI. 260-37.
LIST OF REISSUE PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 15th DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
Ncrr^.-Arranged in accordance with the «-t^^i,^^«f,-lJ,^'j---Ie^[c:r'^ "' '"^ "^'^'^
( in accordance with city and
Rp
r,285.
IMork
Bajulaz, Roger, to Rotopark S.A. CarryiiiK element
•2-15-72. Vl. 198—156.
Hasten. Kolf ; !>ee . ,, , «„
Dreyer, Hans-Joaohlm, Hasten, and 1 orst. Ke.
Hell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. : iiee —
Lepselter, .Martin I'. Re. 27,287.
Herger. Abe : Hei-- .,- oqi
Wilkus, Edward V., and Herger. Re. 2.. 281
Hertea. Octavian, H. H. Honiberger, Jr., an<l I,, t
R.MI Co Metliod of handling crevice corrosion indii
halide solutions. Re. 27,28(3, 2-15-72, CI. 75—1.;).,.,
Bomberger, Howard H. Jr. ; Ncf .>- .,wc
Hertea octavian, Honiberger, and rloclc. Re _.,-^<>
Drever, Ha'nsJoachim. R. Hasten, and (i. l',.rst to Inter
tlonal Standard Klectric Corp. IT^'^J^;''':^'"'!,";''.'*'!.'.,
tronlc data-processing system. Re. _l,_^o, --lo <-.
340—172.5.
General Electric Co. : >ef—
Wlliius, Edward V., and Herger. Re. 2., 281.
Gustafsson. (iunnar A. ; .s'ec —
Hjalsten, John A., and Gustafsson.
Hialsten, John A., and G. A. GustiUsson
verks Aktiebolag. Threaded drill r.ul
2-15-72, CI 287 — 117.
Hughes Aircraft Co. : Set- \
Kobb, William I'.. Jr. Re. 2i.2s_.
International Standard Electric Corp. : See— 07 oen
Dreyer, Hans-Joachlm, Hasten, and I'orst. Re. 27.285.
s.X.
til
ing
na
CI.
Re, 27.284,
to Sandvikens Jeru
element, Rf 27, 2M
Kolb. William I'. Jr,, to Hughes Aircraft Co. Cold cathode
gas laser discharge tube. Re. 27,282. 2-15-72, CI. .-(1.1-21 *.
Landers Harvey S. Hvdraullc system for operating a cylinder.
Re. 27,288, 2-15-72, CI. 100—218.
Lepselter, Martin I',, to Bell Telephone Laboratorles,_ nc.
Method of fabricating semiconductor contacts. Re,-.,-S7,
■'-15-7'' CI 117--212.
Ma"njlkKiir,' Serop, to Inlversal Water Corp. Production ot
semipermeable membranes. Re, 27,280, 2-15-72, CI. 2(i4-41.
IMock. 1-ayne F, ■ See— . ,„ , u ot ■>q«
Hertea, Octavian, Bomberger. and IMock. Re. 27, -HH.
I'orst, Gottfried : See—- r. 07 o^k
Dreyer, HansJoachlm, Basten, and I'orst. Re. 27.2S5,
R.MI Co. : See — . ,„ , 1, .,7 .)o«
Bertea, Octavian, Bomberger, and I'lock. Re. 27,-8«.
Rotopark S.A. : See—
Bajulaz. Roger, Re. 27,283.
Sandvikens Jernverks Aktiebolag ; Sec- „, „„,
Hjalsten, John A., and (iustafsson. Re. 2i,284.
Sawyer Bruce A. Magnetic positioning device. Re. 27,289.
2-15-72, CI, 318—38.
Universal Water Corp. : See —
Manjiklaii, Serop, Re. 27.280
Wilkus, E.Uvard V., and A. Berger, to General Electrize Co,
\.rvl ketone containing organosillcon materials. Re. _i,-M,
2-15-72, CI. 260— 40 50 y.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
American Standanl Inc. : See— „„„„„.
Klra Alexander, and Scheurlng, 222. 9f);i.
Avedon. Burt S,. and R. A. Hussey, t'> Jhf ,'■'
blned bottle and cap therefor. 222,9bi»,
D9— 168.
Ballv, Ale.vander : Sec
"Schubert. Ralph E. and Bal'y. 222, !G ,
Bongort, Edgar A, : .sec ,^.,r, .w.-
Hawkins, Harold V.. Dick, and Bongort, 222.iH>tj
Hawkins, Harold V., Dick, and Bongort. 222,90.
C*;R -Medical Corp : see- o.io ..--
Schubert. Ralph E., and Bally. 222,9. ..
Clark Equipment Co. : .See —
Fuller. Darrell C. 222,963.
('olumbus McKinnon Corp. ; See —
Hawkins, Harold V,. Dick, and Bongort.
Hawkins. Harold V., Dick, and Bongort.
ette Co, Com
2-15-72, CI
222.966.
222.90'
Dallaire, Raymond M. Double hung sill member 222,902.
2-15-72. CI. D13— 6.
Dick. Ralph A. : See—
Hawkins. Harold V., Dick, and Bongort. 222.9 .0,
Hawkins, Harold V.. Dick, and Bongort. 222.90..
Edwards Brvant. to Illinois Tool Works Inc. I'ackagmg cap
' or the 'llke"222 961, 2-15-72, CI. D9^210,
Fuller. Darrell C. to Clark Equipment Co^ Cond)inath.nst.er
ing post and instrument panel 222,963, 2-1.J-.2, M
D14— 6.
Gillette Co., The ; See—
Avedon, Burt S.. and Hussey. 222,96(K
(Jrowth International Industries ( orp. ; See —
llawk/li^^ilaroufV.'R.'^'S, and E. A. Bonpvrt to Colum-
bus McKinnon Corp. I'endant hoist control. 222,960, 2-1..-
H^wki^l.^Har^^UM-,, R. A, Dick, and E, A. B..ngortto_ Colum-
bus McKinnon Corp, I'endant hoist control. 222,96,. --1..-
Heitzen'' S^IU and F, G. Stone Motorcycle luggage car
rier 222 9>^4 2-15-72. CI. D90— 3. 0000-0
Hlravama.'Kazuhiro. to Hitachi. Ltd. Chick radio. 222,9.9,
2-15-72. CI. D42— 7.
Hitachi, Ltd, : .s'ee-
Hlravama. Kazuhiro. 222,979.
Hussey. Richard A : See— 000 ocn
Avedon, Burt S., and Hussey. 222.960,
L
Illinois Tool Works Inc. : See —
Edwards, Bryant. 222,961. «,„n,!„,rt
Kira Alexander, and (i. R, Scheurlng, to American Stnndaid
Inc, Toilet seat, 222.905. 2-15-72, CI. D23-.1.
I'lke. Maurice M, Nut cracker, 222,980, 2-U>-.2 CI. D44 1
Kllev Tarence G,. to Stanley Works (Great Britain 1 Ltd,
rtilitv knife handle. 222,959, 2-1.5-72, CI. DS-107.
Scheunng, George R, ; See- 000 o«>i
IClra Alexander, and Scheurlng, 222.965,
Schubert, Ralph E . and A. Bally, to CiJR Med cat Corp. Work
desk or similar article for use in a hospital or tbe like
222,977, 2-1.5-72. CI. D33— 907, 000 oftv
Shlesinger, Bernard E., Jr, Reed switch envelope, 222.968,
"15-72. CI, D26 -13, . k^^^ switch envelope. 222.969.
Reed switch envelope. 222,970,
Reed switch envelope. 222,971,
Reed switch envelope, 222,972,
Deed switch envelope. 222.973,
Reed switch envelope. 222.974.
Rfed switch envelope. 222,975.
Reed switch envelope. 222.976,
Shlesinger, Bernard E., Jr,
2-15-72,
Shlesinger.
2-15-72,
Shlesinger.
2-15-72,
Shlesinger,
2-15-72
CI D26 — 13
Bernard K..
CI, D26— 13.
Bernard E,,
CI. D20— 13.
Bernard E,,
CI, D26- 13.
Shlesinger. Bernard E
-15
Shlesinger
2-15-72
Shlesinger
2-15-72
Shlesinger
2-15-
Cl. D26— 13.
Bernard E,,
CI. D26— 13.
Bernard E.,
CI. D26— 13,
Bernard E,.
CI, D20— 13.
Jr,
Jr,
Jr.
Jr.
Jr.
Jr
Jr.
Simpton; Alden nVn^ stake. 222,983, 2-15-72. CI, DS^-93
Stanlev Works (Great Britain) Ltd.: See—
Riley, Terence G, 222.959.
Stone. Frank G. : See —
Heltzen. John IL, and Stone. 222,984. ^
SzczepanskU^ Harry. Spray painting machine. 222,982, --^lo
Vlnas, Marcalo G. Game target, 222.978, 2-15-72, CI, D.34 _.5.
Woodburv, Luther A. Fishing rod holder, 222.964, 2-1.1-.2.
CI D22 — 22.
Yates, George, Jr., to Growth Int""ational Indu.strles t orp.
Combined bucket and closure therefor. 222,981, - K. '-.
CI. D49— 29.
PI 50
w.
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED FEBRUARY 15, 1972
Note.— First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
CLASS 2
283
3,642,452
CLASS 43
CLASS M
512 3,641,836
42 3,641,901
224R 3,641.589
294
3,642,453
17 3,641,693
22
3,641,762
513 3,641,837
533 3,641,902
CLASS 3
1 3,641,590
3,641,591
36 3,641,592
CLASS 4
172.17 3,641,594
297
3,642,454
19 3,641,695
39.51H 3.641,763 1
530 3,641,838
64 A 3,641,903
304
3.642.455
24 3,641,696
52R
3,641,764
574 3,641,839
66 3,641,904
3,642,456
26 3,641,697
53A
3,641,765
609 3,641,840
89D 3,641,906
23W
68
CLASS 24
3,641,629
3,641,630
42.48 3,641,698
43.1 3.641.699
43.12 3.641.700
262
274
303
310
3,641,766
3,641,767
3,641,768
3,641,769
615 3,641,841
665K 3,641,842
751 3,641,843
752 3,641,844
89R 3,641,905
3,641,907
3,641,908
3.641,909
172,19 3,641,593
84C
3,641,631
CLASS 44
867 3,641,845
905 3,641,910
3,641.595
153BP
3,641,632
15 3,642,458
CLASS 61
94R 3,641,911
173 3,641,596
191
3,641,633
62 3,642,459
IF
3,641,771
CLASS 75
95 3,641,912
255 3,641,597
CLASS 5
205. 15H 3.641.634
* CLASS 2*
CLASS 4«
14 3.641,701
35
4IA
3,641,770
3,641,772
3,641,773
3,641,774
.5 3,642,463
2 3,642,464
4 3,642,465
CLASS 9«
15 3,642,470
100 3,641.598
2E
3,641,63}
120 3,641,702
46.5
51 3,642,466
1,8 3,642,471
309 3,641,599
CLASS 2S
232 3,641,703
63
3,641,775
101 3,642,467
27H 3,642,472
3I7R 3,641,600
1,6
3,641,637
243LV 3,641,704
69
3,641,776
I23J 3,642,468
29 3,642,473
345 3,641,601
4N
3,641,636
CLASS 4S
3,641,777
171 3,642,469
30 3,642,474
CLASS S
72, 2R 3.641.638
214 3.642,460
72,1
3,641,778
175,5 Re 27,286
35 3,642,475
10.1 3,642,423
CLASS 29
CLASS 49
723
3,641,779
CLASS SI
38 3,642,476
21 3,642,424
1.2
3,641,639
256 3,641,705
724
3,641,780
90F 3,641,846
45.2 3,642,477
48R 3,642,479
48 3,642,478
3,642,480
50PT 3,642,481
53 3,642,482
75 3,642,483
90 3,642,484
100 3,642,485
35 3,642,425
2543
3,641,640
324 3,641,706
CLASS 62
111 3,641,847
39 3,642,426
41B 3.642,427
116.3 3.642.428
127.51 3.642,429
CLASS 9
8P 3,641,602
33M 3.641,641
95.1 3,641,642
110,5 3,641,643
156.8CF 3,641,644
196.5 3,642,457
200A 3,641,645
462 3,641,707
CLASS 51
33R 3,641,708
34D 3,641,709
90 3,641,710
lOOR 3,641,711
80
177
343
396
476
3,641,781
3,641.782
3,641,783
3,641,785
3,641,784
CLASS 65
121B 3,641,848
CLASS S2
1 3,641,849
36 3,641,850
73 3,641,851
CLASS 13
CLASS 12
^U JD
3,641.648
3,641.651
3.641.649
122 3,641,712
112
3,642,461
1 3,641,852
1 1 1 3,642,486
146C 3,641,603
165.87 3,641,714
242
3,642,462
7 3,641,853
115P 3,642,487
CLASS 14
203D
165.88 3,641,713
CLASS 66
18 3.641,854
CLASS 9C
71 3,641,604
3.641.650
204 3,641,715
50B
3,641,786
171 3,641,855
40VM 3,641,913
CLASS IS
3.641.652
241R 3,641,716
50R
3,641,787
295 3,641,856
66 3,641,914
1.5 3,641,605
203R
3.641.646
284 3,641,717
60
3,641,788
322 3,641,857
121 3,641,915
2IE 3,641,606
208R
3.641.653
356 3,641,718
96
3,641,789
337 3,641,858
566 3,641,859
686 3,641.860
CLASS 99
SOC 3,641,607
212D
3.641.654
402 3,641,719
140S
3,641,790
2R 3,642,489
St 3,641,608
243
3,641,655
CLASS 52
CLASS 6S
2 3,642,488
112 3,641,609
243,5-
r 3,641,656
122 3,641,720
4
3,641,791
CLASS S4
17 3,642,490
114 3.641,610
278
3,641,657
174 3,641,727
210
3,641,792
1,01 3,643,000
28 3,642,491
180 3,641,611
423
3,641,658
212 3,641,721
192 3,641,861
64 3,642,492
231 3,641,612
428
3,641,662
213 3,641,722
CLASS 7t
291 3,641,862
3,642,493
250,02 3,641,613
451
3,641,659
281 3,641,723
276
3,641 ,793
390 3,641,863
98 3,642,494
25032 3,641,614
471.1
3,641,660
498 3,641,728
CLASS 72
470 3,641,864
100 3,642,495
257.05 3,641,615
574
3,641,661
528 3,641,729
4
3,641,794
CLASS S5
107 3,642,496
257.06 3,641,616
589
3,641,663
584 3,641,730
42
3,641,795
7 3,641,865
108 3,642,500
267 3,641,617
592
3,641,664
615 3,641,724
56
3,641.796
72 3,641,866
I40R 3,642,497
312R 3,641,618
599
3,641,665
747 3,641,731
122
3,641,798
CLASS S9
166 3,642,498
CLASS 16
19 3,641,620
629R
3,641,666
CLASS 3«
CLASS 53
14 3,641,725
160
198
3,641,797
3,641,799
174 3,641,867
1813 3,641,868
I71CP 3,642,499
238 3 3,641,916
45 3,641,621
95 3,641,622
149 3,641,623
2
260
3,641,667
3,641.668
3,641,669
3,641,732
24 3,641,726
29 3,641,733
299
339
377
381
3,641,800
3,641,801
3,641,802
3,641,803
I4R 3,641,869
15 3,641,870
CLASS 9«
251 3,641,917
279 3,641,918
330 3,641,919
340 3,641,920
CLASS 17
CLASS 32
124B 3,641,734
409
3,641,804
llA 3,641,871
3,641,922
23 3,641,624
6
3,641,670
159 3,641,735
460
3,641,805
13C 3,641.872
390 3,641,921
25 3,641,625
lOA
3,641,671
180 3,641,736
14 3,641,873
404 3,641.923
CLASS IS
12 3,642,406
I4A
3,641,672
182 3,641,737
CLASS 73
38 3,641,874
406 3,641,924
60
3,641,673
391 3,641,738
3
7
3,641 ,806
3,641,807
3,641,808
3,641,809
3,641,810
3,641,811
SD 3,641,812
3,641,813
3,641,814
CLASS 91
416 3,641,925
CLASS 19
65 3,641,626
156.3 3,641,627
156.4 3,641,628
CLASS 21
2.5 3,642,998
17A
46R
52
67
174L
204
CLASS 33
3,641,674
3,641,675
3,641,676
3,641,677
3,641,678
3,641,679
CLASS 54
46 3,641,739
CLASS 55
105 3,641,740
175 3,641,741
222 3,641,742
236 3,641,743
37,5
69
88.5
121
186
1 3,641,875
6 3,641,876
44 3,641,877
222 3,641,878
412 3,641,879
420 3,641,880
483 3.641,881
448 3.641,926
CLASS IM
98 3,641,927
160 3.641,928
218 Re. 27,288
233 3,641,929
CLASS Itl
CLASS 23
CLASS 34
319 3,641,744
188
3,641.815
CLASS 92
35 3.641,930
2S0 3,642,445
1
3,641,680
345 3,641,745
189
3,641,816
171 3,641,882
93C 3,641,931
2it 3,642,430
41
3,641,681
385 3,641,746
I94A
3,641,817
CLASS 93
157 3,641,932
3,642.431
99
3,641,682
CLASS 56
15.6 3,641,747
15.7 3,641,748
17.5 3,641,749
226 3,641,750
291 3,641,751
3,641,752
327A 3,641,753
341 3,641,754
226
3,641,818
62 3,641,883
181 3,641,933
19V 3,642,432
52 3,642,433
113 3,642,434
117 3,642,435
134 3,642,436
143 3,642,437
153 3,642,438
165 3,642,439
183 3,642,440
132 3,641,683
CLASS 35
8A 3,641,684
9C 3,641,685
104 3,642,999
22R 3,641,686
CLASS 36
2.5T 3,641,687
229 3.641.819
418 3.641.820
421.5R 3.641.821
422GC 3.641.822
425.4 3.641.823
430 3,641,824
444 3,641.825
514 3,641,826
84TW 3,641,884
CLASS 95
I 3,641,885
II 3.641,886
4.5 3,641,887
lOCE 3.641,888
3,641,889
3,641,891
333 3,641,934
CLASS lt2
39 3,641,935
56 3,641,936
3,641,937
70 2 3,641,938
CLASS 1*4
148LM 3,641,939
3,642,441
202V 3,642,442
204R 3,642,443
209.4 3.642,446
218 3,642.447
225R 3,642,448
230B 3.642.444
232R 3.642.449
43
186
67
3,641,688
CLASS 37
3,641,689
CLASS 4«
3,641,690
CLASS 57
9 3,641,755
34HS 3,641,756
34R 3,641,758
34 3,641.757
18.1
49
6C
242.6
250C
CLASS 74
3,641,827
3,641,828
3,641,829
3,641,830
3,641,831
IOC 3,641,890
3,641,892
IIW 3,641,893
11 3,641,894
12.21 3,641,895
13 3,641,896
CLASS 1*5
369 A 3,641,940
376 3,641,941
3,641,942
418 3,641,943
CLASS 43
129 3,641,759
427
3,641,832
31 AC 3.641,897
CLASS IM
IF
3,641,691
157R 3,641,760
479
3,641,833
31 EL 3,641,898
I5AF 3,642,501
253TP 3.642.450
25
3,641,692
CLASS SS
492
3,641,834
31FL 3,641,899
23 3,642,502
267 3.642.451
72
3.641,694
28B 3.641.761
501.5
3,641,835
36R 3,641,900
38.35 3,642,503
PI 5
PI 52
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
J.642.504
3,642,505
3.642,506
3,642,507
3,642,509
3,642.508
3.642.510
3.642.511
3.642,512
3.642.513
CLASS It7
55 A 3.641.944
60 3,641,945
CLASS IM
6 3.641.946
3t 3,641,947
St 3.641,948
S3 3.641,949
«0 3,641,950
CLASS lit
lA 3.641,951
tC 3.641,952
3,641.953
66
134
218
227
238
287
317
335.5
349R
351
361
395
416
484
5
91
3,641.996
3,641,997
3.641.998
3.641,999
3,642,000
3.642,001
3,642,002
3,642.003
3.642,004
3,642,005
3,642,006
3.642,007
3,642.008
3.642.009
CLASS 132
3.642.010
3.642.011
CLASS 112
3R 3,641.954
79R 3.641,955
3,641,956
IS8R 3,641.957
241 3.641,958
CLASS 113
IN 3.641.960
121A 3.641.959
CLASS 114
SR 3,641,961
144 3.641.962
219 3.641.963
CLASS US
12 3.641,964
41 3,641,965
CLASS 116
125 3,641.966
I29L 3,641,967
133 3,641,968
CLASS 1 17
36.2 3.642,514
37LE 3,642,515
65 2 3,642,516
71M 3,642.517
72 3,642,518
93.1 3,642,519
94 3,642.520
1052 3,642.521
106C 3,642,522
114 3,642,523
128.4 3,642,524
136 3,642,525
200 3,642,526
212 Re.27,287
3.642,527
3.642.528
3,642.529
3,642,530
3,642.531
3.642.532
3,642.533
CLASS 134
6 3.642,536
21 3,642,537
83 3,642.012
113 3.642.013
CLASS 134
3.642.538
3.642.539
3.642.540
165
173
189
158
164
311
55
70
86
87
138
283
2
47
III
125
3,642.567
3.642.565
3,642,568
3.642,569
3,642,570
CLASS 142
3,642,571
3,642,572
3.642,573
CLASS 144
3,642,052
3,642,053
3,642,054
3,642,055
3,642,056
3,642,057
3,642,058
CLASS 145
3,642,059
3,642,060
3,642,061
3,642,062
50
57
6
30
175
54
59
81.
101
112
114
119
209
340
400
525
596.2
625.3
629
CLASS 137
3.642.014
3.642.015
3.642.016
3.642.017
3.642,018
3,642,019
3,642,020
3,642,021
3,642,022
3,642,023
3.642.024
3,642,025
3,642,026
3,642,027
3,642,028
3,642,029
217
2IS
233
237
3
5
8
9
48
49
107
412
624
637
CLASS I3S
45 3,642,030
3,642.031
97 3.642,032
103 3,642,033
144 3,642,034
CLASS 141
20 3,642,035
94 3,642,036
348 3,642.037
CLASS 143
68E 3.642,038
CLASS 144
32 3,642.039
139 3.642.040
309AC 3,642,041
327 3.642.042
CLASS 144
6 3,642.043
60 3,642,045
95 3,642.046
CLASS 14S
CLASS lit
3.641,969
3,641,970
3,641,971
3,641.972
3.641.974
3.641.973
3.641,975
3,641.978
3.641.976
3.641.977
3.641.979
3,641.980
3.641.981
CLASS 119
4 3.641.982
17 3.641.983
106 3.641,984
CLASS 123
8 09 3.641.985
30C 3.641.986
71 R 3.641,987
90.16 3,641,988
I19A 3,641,989
196R 3,641,990
CLASS 12S
10 3.641,991
CLASS 124
37g 3,641,992
CLASS 127
15 3,642,534
29 3,642,535
CLASS 121
2 05F 3,641,994
2.IR 3,641,993
25 3,641,995
.5
134
244R
248
275
301
307
314
2
13
140
261
23
91
116
CLASS 144
3,642,063
3,642,064
3,642,065
3,642,066
3,642,067
3,642,069
3,642,068
3.642,070
CLASS 149
3,642,071
3,642,072
CLASS 172
3.642,073
3.642,074
CLASS 173
3,642,075
3.642.076
3.642.077
CLASS 174
15L
15
18
36
37
84R
106
107
149R
6 15
127
315
143
175
187
3.642441
3.642.542
3.642.543
3.642.546
3.642.595
3.642.544
3.642.545
CLASS 149
2 3,642.547
CLASS 154
8 3.642.047
CLASS 152
3.642.048
323
3
24
78
89
108
308
505
556
23
133
197
3.;
5
38
39
50
88
131
145
CLASS 154
3.642.548
3.642.549
3.642,550
3,642.551
3.642,552
3.642.553
3.642.555
3.642.556
CLASS 144
3.642.049
3.642,050
3,642,051
CLASS 141
3,642,557
3,642,558
3,642,559
3,642,560
3.642,561
3,642,562
3.642,563
3,642.566
3.642,564
3,643,001
3,643,002
3,643.003
3.643.004
3.643.005
3.643.006
3.643.007
3.643.008
3.643.009
CLASS 175
171 3,642,078
325 3,642.079
CLASS 177
110 3.642.080
163 3.642.081
CLASS 171
5 2R
5 4R
6
6.5
6.6A
6.8
7 81
15
17R
67
69 5G
69. 5R
70R
88
3.643.010
3,643.011
3.643.016
3.643.017
3.643.012
3.643.013
3.643.014
3.643.015
3.643.018
3.643.019
3.643,020
3.643.021
3.643.022
3.643.023
3.643.024
3.643.025
3.643,026
3,643,027
CLASS 179
3,642,093
3.642,094
3,642,095
CLASS 1S2
15 3,641,619
46 3,642,096
6R
14
CLASS 1S4
3,642,097
3.642.098
CLASS 117
29R 3,642,099
CLASS lU
69 3,642,100
73.3 3,642,101
CLASS 194
48 3,642.102
CLASS 192
4A 3.642,103
18B 3,642,104
58B 3,642.105
70 3.642.106
103F 3.642.107
CLASS 1*4
It 3.642.108
15
28R
28
29
33R
49
66R
IR
5R
MBA
15BS
18ES
27CA
27D
100. 2CH
100. 2P
100. 2T
185
3.643.028
3.643.029
3.643.030
3.643.031
3.643.032
3.643.033
3.643.034
3.643.035
3.643.037
3.643.036
3.643.038
3.643.040
CLASS IM
8F 3,642,082
31 3,642,083
43R 3,642,084
66R 3,642.086
66 3,642,085
77S 3,642.088
98 3.642,087
CLASS 111
5H 3.642,090
.5R 3,642,089
31B 3,642,091
33iC 3,642,092
CLASS 195
3,642,574
3,642,575
3,642.576
3,642,577
3,642,578
3,642,579
3,642.580
3,642,581
3,642,582
87
89
213
321
121
133
159
211
314
7
32
44
52
63
73
97
109
152
170
213
242
323
401
13
45
78
176
181
CLASS 197
17 3.642.109
107 3,642,110
133 3,643.039
CLASS 19t
21 3.642.111
24 3.642,112
25 3.642.113
3.642.114
28 3,642.115
33AD 3,642.116
38 3,642.117
41 3,642,118
156 Re 27,283
184 3,642,119
203 3,642,120
219 3.642.121
3,642,611
3.642,612
3,642.613
3,642,614
CLASS 249
3,642,128
3,642,130
3,642.131
3,642,129
3,642,132
3,642,133
CLASS 214
3,642,615
3,642,616
3,642,617
3,642.618
3,642,619
3,642,620
3,642,134
3,642,135
3,642,136
3,642,137
3,642,138
3,642,139
3.642,140
3,642,141
3,642.142
CLASS 211
3.642.143
3.642.144
3.642.145
3.642.146
3.642.147
39
45
51TC
72
77
CLASS 212
48 3.642.148
CLASS 213
15 3.642,149
CLASS 244
ISW
6H
13
17DA
8324
83 26
85
314
450
764
767
CLASS 214
3,642,150
3.642,151
3.642.152
3.642.153
3.642.154
3.642.155
3.642,156
3,642,158
3,642,157
3.642,159
3,642,160
CLASS 215
3,642,161
CLASS 219
5A
16D
16F
44
47
76
144B
153R
166BH
172R
176
3.643,041
3,643,042
3,643,043
3,643.044
3.643,045
3,643.046
3.643.047
3.643.048
3,64 3.049
3.643,050
3.643,051
3,643,052
3,643,053
CLASS 243
11 3.642.583
10 55
73
91
I2IEB
125R
146
265
3.643.054
3.643.055
3.643,056
3,643,057
3,643,058
3,643,059
3.643,060
3,643,061
3,643,062
30
34
35N
54R
55R
73
143CE
149
158
181
195
206
211
247
286
300
CLASS 244
3,642,584
3,642,585
3,642,586
3,642,587
3,642,588
3.642,589
3,642,590
3,642,591
3,642,592
3,642.593
3.642.594
3.642.596
3,642.597
3,642,598
3,642,599
3,642.600
3,642,601
3,642,602
3.642,603
3,642,604
3,642,605
3.642.606
IR
5A
9F
2383
55AN
60R
97D
97R
CLASS 224
3.642.162
3.642.163
3.642.164
3.642.165
3.642.166
3.642.167
3.642.168
3.642.169
226
59
90
94
129 I
135
146HE
168 5
195
402 12
402 23
517
3.642,192
3,642.193
3,642,194
3.642,195
3,642,191
CLASS 233
19A 3,642,194
CLASS 234
35 3,642,197
CLASS 235
61.1
61. HE
61.7B
6I.7R
70R
92C
144HC
150.2
15027
151
151 I
160
201
3,643,063
3,643.066
3.643.067
3,643.048
3.643.069
3.643,064
3.643,065
3,643.070
3,643.071
3,643.072
3.643.073
3.643,074
3,643,075
3,643,076
3,643,077
3,642,198
CLASS 234
I2A 3,642,199
ISA 3,642.200
44A 3.642.201
CLASS 239
8 3.642.202
15 3.642^03
63 3,642.204
119 3,642.205
214 3.642,206
231 3.642.207
255 3.642.201
265 19 3.642.209
407 3.642,210
426 3,642.211
533 3.642.212
590 3.642.213
CLASS 244
CLASS 221
3.642.170
CLASS 222
3.642.171
3.642.172
3.642,173
3.642,174
3,642,175
3,642,176
3,642,177
3,642,178
3,642,179
3,642,180
3,642,181
19 5R
43
45 33
47R
633
65 K
33
CLASS 244
3.642,122
3.642,123
3,642,124
3.642,125
3.642,126
3,642,127
CLASS 24S
3,642,607
3,642,608
3,642,609
51
2B
20
48
164
84
36
7R
28
CLASS 223
3,642,182
CLASS 224
3,642,183
3,642,184
CLASS 225
3,642,185
224
3,642,186
227
3,642,187
22S
3,642,188
229
3,642,189
3,642,190
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
class:
2R
3
4 1
7 IR
8 25
1066
1067
20
41 6
52
78H
191
3,643,078
3,643,079
3,643,080
3,643,081
3,643,082
3,643,083
3,643,084
3,643,085
3,643.086
3,643,087
3,643,088
3,643,089
CLASS 241
3,642,214
CLASS 242
7 19
35 5R
36
47 12
55 19A
56
66
71 8
8661
189
191
193
199
201
219
35
3,642.215
3,642,216
3,642,217
3,642,218
3,642.219
3,642,220
3,642,221
3,642,222
3,642.223
3.642,224
3,642,225
3,642,226
3,642,227
3,642,228
3,642,229
3,642,230
3,642,231
CLASS 243
3,642,232
CLASS 244
3 16 3,642,233
45 3,642,234
137R 3,642,235
138 3,642,236
152 3,642,237
CLASS 244
182R 3,643,090
205R
210
327
354R
354S
406
478
CLASS 244
3,642.238
3,642,239
3,642J40
3,642,241
3,642.242
3.642.243
3,642^44
3,642,245
CLASS 249
105 3,642.246
CLASS 254
49.5B 3,643.091
80 3,643,092
83.3UV 3,643,093
87 3,643.094
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
PI 53
105
3.643.095
67S
3,642.701
293.62
3.642.808
621R
3.642.912
1278 3,642,282
24 3,643,123
I08R
3,643,096
75R
3,642,702
29SAM
3.642.803
622R
3.642.913
I27R 3,642,284
26 3,643,126
201
3,643,097
77. SAC
3,642,044
295CA
3.642.806
642
3.642.914
I34AD 3.642,285
101 3,643,127
202
3,643,098
77.5AM
3,642,703
2968
3.642.807
6438
3.642.913
3,642,286
CLASS 314
20 3,642.340
206
3,643,099
77. SAP
3,642,705
306.7
3.642,809
650
3.642.916
143R 3,642,287
2I4P
3,643,100
77.5BB
3,642,704
3.642,810
653.5
3.642.917
CLASS 274
48 3,642,288
214
3,643,101
78TF
3,642,707
306.8D
3.642.811
654A
3.642.918
CLASS 317
211
3,643,102
78UA
3,642,712
307H
3.642,812
6S4R
3.642,919
4 3,643,128
227
3,643,103
78R
3,642.708
308A
3.642.813
658R
3,642,920
CLASS 277
MR 3,643,129
CLASS 251
3.642.709
308D
3.642.814
659A
3,642,921
1 3,642,289
40R 3,643,130
US
3,642,252
3.642,710
314.5
3.642.815
665R
3,642,922
24 3,642,290
100 3,643,131
I4t
3,642,247
3.642.713
315
3.642.816
666PY
3,642,923
34 3,642,291
lOID 3,643,133
172
3.642.248
3.642,714
3,642.817
6668
3,642,924
36 3,642,292
107 3,643,132
344
3.642.249
3,642.715
326.15
3.642,823
664A
3,642.923
206A 3,642,293
122 3,643,133
CLASS 252
S 3,642.621
8.SC 3,642,622
g.SM t fui All
78S
78
3,642,706
3,642,711
326.3
326.38
3.642.818
3.642.820
670
674
3.642.926
3.642.927
207 3,642,294
226 3,642,295
I48.5R 3,643,134
234R 3,643,136
78.3U
78.3
3,642,718
3,642,716
326.3J
326.83
3.642.819
3.642J24
675.5
679A
3,642,928
3,642,929
CLASS 2S4
5A 3,642,296
235R 3,643,139
235 3,643,137
8.55
3,642,624
3.642.625
3.642.626
3.642.627
3.642.629
3.642.630
3,642.631
3.642.632
3.642.633
3.642,634
3,642,717
326.9
3.642.821
6S0E
3,642,930
I1.35K 3,642,297
3,643,138
25
78.4EP
3,642,724
3.642,822
683D
3,642,931
I1.35T 3,642,298
CLASS 311
33.6
78.4D
3,642,722
340.6
3,642,825
683. 15C
3,642,934
16 3,642.299
38 Re.27.289
39
78.4N
3.642,725
340.9
3.642,826
683.15D
3,642,932
34A 3.642.300
138 3,643,140
47.5
78.4R
3,642,720
343.3
3,642.827
3,642,935
47.12 3.642.301
162 3,643,141
3,642,721
3.642.828
683.2
3,642,933
124 3.642.302
221R 3,643,142
48.4
3,642,723
346.8
3.642.829
827
3,642,936
I50A8 3.642.303
254 3,643,143
5I.5A
78. 5R
3,642,719
348
3.642.830
834
3,642,937
3.642.304
258 3.643,144
37
78. 5T
3,642,726
348.5L
3.642.831
835
3,642,938
293 3,642.305
443 3,643,145
Sf
79.3R
3,642,728
3.642,832
836
3,642,939
CLASS 2S5
565 3,643,146
3.642.635
3.642.636
3.642.637
3.642.638
3.642.639
3.642.640
3.642.641
3.642.644
3.642.645
3,642 646
79. SA
3,642,727
3.642.833
837
3.642.940
5 3.642.306
38 3.642.307
47 3.642.308
226 3.642.309
CLASS 247
603 3.643.147
62.9
63
67
146
141
1S3
162
80.7
80.72
80.78
80.81
3,642,729
3,642,730
3,642,731
3,642,732
3,642,733
348.5V
376
381
385
397 1
3.642.834
3,642.835
3.642.837
3.642.838
3.642,840
857R
85t
859R
864
873
3,642,941
3,642.942
3,642,943
3,642,944
3,642,94$
628 3,643,148
CLASS 321
2 3,643,149
5 3,643,150
83. 7R
3,642,734
397.4
3.642,839
3,642,946
54A 3.642.310
CLASS 322
85.5
3,642,735
3,642,736
397.5
3,642,841
3,642,842
876R
3,642,947
3,642,948
109 3.642.311
117 Re. 27,284
33 3,643,153
CLASS 323
112
3,642,737
405.5
3,642,843
3,642,949
189.36 3,642,312
9 3,643,151
3,642!647
3,642,648
3,642,649
3,642,738
410.9R
3,642,844
87gR
3,642,952
CLASS 292
22T 3,643,152
86.3
3,642,739
429.7
3,642,845
873
3,642.950
66 3,642,313
43 5R 3,643,154
87. 5A
3,642,742
3,642,846
3.642.951
134 3,642,314
CLASS 324
301.2
3,642,630
87. 5C
3,642,745
3,642.848
880
3.642.953
144 3,642,315
43 3,643,155
57R 3.643,156
73 3,643,157
162 3,643.158
169 3,643,159
CLASS 325
301 4R
389
408
412
3,642,651
3,642,652
3,642,653
3,642,654
3,642,655
3.642,643
3.642«656
3.W2.657
3.642.658
3.642.659
3.642.660
3.642.661
87.5
87.7
8828
88. 2R
3,642,740
3,642,741
3,642,744
3,642,743
3,642,747
3,642,749
429.9
437R
448A
448
448. 2E
3.642.847
3.642.849
3.642.850
3.642.853
3.642.852
3.642.854
889
895
920
940
96:
973
3.642.954
3.642.955
3.642.956
3.642.957
3,642,958
3,642,959
C1.A.SS 294
28C 3,642.316
I37A 3,642,317
CLASS 297
184 3.642.318
419
425
43IP
435
442
453
88.2
89.5
91.5
3,642,746
3,642,748
3,642,750
3,642,751
3,642,752
3,642,753
448.2N
448. 8R
455A
463
464
3.642.851
3,642,855
3,642,856
3,642,857
3,642,858
3,642,859
985 3,642,960
CLASS 241
39D 3,642,256
93 3,642,257
113 3,642,258
122 T i^f f^o
284 3.642,319
345 3.642.320
410 3.642.321
445 3.642.322
456 3.642,323
CLASS 29S
3 3,643,160
150 3,643,161
164 3,643,162
177 3,643,163
308 3,643,164
330 3.643,165
4SSZ
3.642.662
92 1
3,642,754
465E
3,642,861
3!642i260
11 3,642,324
344 3.643,166
500
3.642.663
3,642,755
465
3,642.860
CLASS 299
389 3,643,167
519
3.642.664
92.8W
3,642,756
468.5
3.642.862
CLAi» tmj
18 3,642,325
459 3,643,168
543
3.642.642
93.1
3,642,757
471C
3.642,863
6B
I9R
21C
47
.>,CM2,^DI
31 3,642,326
CLASS 324
CLASS 254
124 3.642.250
93 7
94.3
3,642,761
3,642,758
3,642,759
471R
473F
3,642,864
3,642,865
3,642,869
3,642,262
3,642.265
3.642.263
CLASS 341
I08R 3,642,327
150 3,643,169
163 3,643,170
165 3 643 171
131 " '
3.642.231
3,642,760
473G
3,642,866
52
3.642.264
CLASS 343
9 ^^ t^ ^ ^-^r^w vv f I f ■
150
3.642.253
94 7
3,642,762
473R
3,642,867
CLASS 244
6R 3,642,328
CLASS 329
112 3,643,172
CLASS 259
112.5
3,642,763
3,642,868
3
3,642,961
218E 3,642,329
46
3.642.254
153
3,642,764
4758
3,642,871
29
3,642.962
CLASS 345
CLASS 334
183
3.642.255
3,642,765
475R
3,642,870
37
3,642,963
38 3,642,332
26 3,643,173
CLASS 244
154
3,642,766
479R
3,642,872
40
3.642,964
CLASS 346
CLASS 331
2A
3.642.665
158
3,642,767
3,642,873
41
Re.27,280
1.5 3,642,333
94 5 3,643,174
3.642.667
204
3,642,768
486R
3,642,877
45
3,642,965
3,643,175
2 5AH
3.642.670
207
3,642,769
487
3,642,874
3,642,966
CLASS 347
3.643,176
25BB
3.642.669
210.5
3,642,770
488J
3,642,875
51
3,642,967
88LC 3,643,104
3,643.177
2.58
3.642.666
211 5R
3,642,771
491
3,642,876
82
3,642,968
110 3.643.105
3,643,178
2.5M
3.642.668
3,642.772
497A
3,642,878
3,642,969
221C 3,643,106
180 3,643.179
9
3.642.671
229
3.642,773
501.14
3,642,879
122
3,642,970
229 3.643.107
CLASS 332
IID 3,643,180
17 3,643.181
16
22CB
3.642,672
3,642,673
2335R
239BE
3,642,774
3,642,776
503
513
3,642,880
3,642.881
123
136
3,642,972
3,642,971
230 3,643,108
235 3.643,109
22EP
3,642,674
239D
3,642,775
520
3.642.882
244
3,642,973
238 3,643,110
22A
3,642,675
3,642,777
525
3.642.883
294
3,642,974
3,643,11 1
CLASS 333
23EM
3,642,676
2393P
3,642,778
3.642.884
314
3,642,975
252W 3,643,112
29 3,643,182
23X
3,642,677
3,642,779
526N
3.642.885
323
3,642,976
271 3.643,113
80R 3,643,183
23.3
3,642,679
239.55
3,642,780
533C
3.642,886
CLASS 264 1
279 3,643.114
296 3.643.115
312 3,643.116
3,643,184
2S.5
3,642,678
240CA
3,642,783
534C
3,642.888
23P
3,642,266
CLASS 335
29.2
3.642,681
240A
3,642,784
534E
3.642.887
24
3,642J67
58 3.643,185
29 6RB
3,642,680
240D
3,642,781
535R
3,642,889
ft AC.
*«• «^M
CLASS 348
119 3,643,186
30.4N
3,642,682
240G
3,642,782
545R
3,642,890
6C 3,642,330
132 3,643,187
31.6
3,642.683
240R
3,642,785
553A
3,642,891
57 1
J,Q«^,^DO 1
10 3,642,334
3,643,188
31.SF
3,642,684
240.4
3,642,786
556AR
3,642,892
CLASS 249 1
35 3,642,331
3,643,189
37SB
3.642.685
242
3,642,787
S58D
3,642.893
40
3,642,269
187 1 3,642,335
3.643,190
37
3.642.686
243C
3,642,788
56IN
3.642.894
CLASS 274 1
CLASS 314
212 3.643.191
4I.SR
3,642.687
244R
3.642,789
5628
3.642.895
62
3.642 J70
17 3,643,117
213 3.643.192
45.7P
3.642.689
247. 2A
3,642,790
570A8
3,642.897
CLASS 271
41 3,642,271
61 3,642,273
62R 3,642,272
79 3,642.274
CLASS 272
33R 3,642.275
40 3,643.118
240 3.643.193
4575IC
3,642,628
3,642,791
570.6
3,642,896
60 3,643,119
260 3.643.194
45.75N
3.642,690
247.58
3,642,794
570.8R
3,642,898
96 3,643.120
285 3,643,195
45.8NZ
45.85
46.5C
46.SR
46.5 y
3,642,688
3,642,691
3,642,692
3,642,693
Rc.27,281
247.5R
249
250
251A
3,642,792
3,642,793
3,642,795
3,642,796
3,642,797
570.9
S83EE
583A
585R
586R
3,642,899
3,642,900
3,642,901
3,642,902
3,642.903
CLASS 312
37 3,642,336
111 3,642,337
184 3,642,338
283 3,642,339
CLASS 334
84 3,643,196
CLASS 337
370 3.643,197
46.5
3,642,694
254
3,642,798
590
3.642.904
57R
3,642,276
CLASS 334
47CP
3.642,696
270R
3,642,799
3.642,905
60
3,642,277
CLASS 313
162 3.643,198
47EA
3.642,695
281
3,642.836
391
3,642,906
62
3,642.278
70 3,643,121
172 3,643,199
47ET
3,642.699
286R
3.642.800
593R
3,642,907
69
3,642J79
92R 3.643,122
329 3,643J00
47C
3,642,697
287R
3.642.801
607A
3,642,908
CLASS 273 1
162 3,643,123
CLASS 339
47
3.642,698
289R
3.642.802
607R
3,642,909
73G
3.642.283
217 Re. 27,282
14R 3.643J03
SO
3,642,700
293.57
3.642.804
6I3D
3,642,911 94R
3.642J80
CLASS 315
17L 3,643.204
58
3,642,610
293.61
3.642.803
6I3R
3,642,910
110
3.642.281
22 3,643,124
17R 3,643J0I
\
PI 54
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
7JP
3.643.202
173SP
3.643.234
846
3.643.262
3.642.363
205
3.642.384
274
3,642.994
9IR
94R
3.643.205
3,643,206
173R
3.643,232
3.643.236
I39R
CLASS 346
3.643.263
8
3,642.364
3,642,365
411
423
3.642.385
3,642.386
4
6
CLASS 425
3.642.392
3.642.393
96
3,643,207
173 I
3.643.237
CLASS 3M
3.642,366
CLASS 411
72
3.642.394
I02R
3,643,208
1732
3.643.233
3.642,342
3.642.343
3,642.344
3.642.341
3.642.345
45
3.642.367
16
3.642.387
83
3,642,554
155R 3.643.209
192R 3.643.210
2I7S 3.643.211
CLASS 34«
174DC
174
174. IB
174 IC
3.643J39
3.643.238
3.643.243
3.643.240
6
10
65
47
64
75
88
3.642,368
3.642,369
3.642,370
3 642 377
30
107
133
145
3.642.388
3.642.389
3.642.390
3,642.391
109
117
3,642.395
3,642,396
3,642.397
3,642.398
3,642,399
3R
3,643.212
3.643 J41
131 3.642.346
150 3,642.347
160 3.642.348
162SF 3.642.349
CLASS 424
129
3,642,400
27NA
3,643.213
3.643J42
128
3,642,371
37
3,642.978
137
3,642,401
64
1463P
3.643.214
3.643.216
227
228R
3.643.244
3.643.245
3.642.376
CLASS 356
54
64
3.642.979
3.642.980
144
145
3,642,402
3.642,403
3.642.404
1463S
3,643,215
251
3.643.246
3.642.350
3
3.642.372
70
3.642.977
149
3,642,40$
147P
3,643.217
3.643.247
215
3.642.351
I06LR 3 642 373
88
3.642.981
198
3,642.406
172.5
Re27.285
3.643.2U
3,643.>l9
2S3B
274
280
3.643.248
3.643.249
3.643.250
288
310
3.642.352
3.642.353
107
114
3.642,37*
3.642.375
93
106
117
3.642.982
3.642.983
3.642.984
242
305
3.642.407
3.642,408
3.642.409
3.643.220
3.643.221
3.643.222
324A
347DA
3.643.251
3.643.252
3.643.253
91
92
CLA.SS 352
3.642.354
3,642.355
143
CLASS 4M
3,642.378
120
125
181
3.642.985
3.642.986
3.642.987
326
343
356
365
3,642.410
3.642,411
3.642.412
3,642.413
3.643.223
347DD
3.643.254
180
3.642.356
CLASS 415
200
3.642.988
388
3.642.414
3.643.224
381
3.643.255
189
3.642.357
119
3.642.379
211
3.642.989
389
3.642.415
3,643.225
3,643.226
3.643.227
3.643.228
3.643.229
3.643.230
3 643.231
CLASS 343
65R 3.643.256
227
3,642.358
CLASS 353
136
151
3,642.380
3,642.381
226
227
3.642.990
3.642.991
438
443
447
3.642.416
3,642.417
3.642.418
7.7
3.643.257
23
3.642.359
CLASS 416
238
3.642.992
457
3.642.419
173FF
108R
112R
225
3.643.258
3,643.259
3.643.260
38
57
3.642,360
3,642,361
CLASS 355
169
183
3,642.382
3.642.383
244
248
250
3.642.993
3.642.995
3.642.996
465
254
3.642.420
CLASS 431
3.642.421
3.643.235
771
3,643,261
3
3,642,362
CLASS 417
3.642.997
344
3.642.422
Classification of Designs
D 8- 107
222.959
D22-
22
222.964
D 9- 168
222.960
D23-
71
222.965
216
222.961
D26-
13
222.966
DI3- 6
222.%2
222.967
D14-
222,963
222.968
222.969
222.970
222.971
222,972
222.973
222,974
222,975
222,976
D33-
D34-
D42-
D44-
222.977
222.978
222.979
222.980
D49- 29
D55- 1
D88- 3
D90-
222.981
222.982
222.983
222,984
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
(U.S. Slates, Territories and Armed Forces, the Commonwealth of Puerl.. Rir... and the Canal Z«me)
Alabama i
Alaska 2
American Samoa 3
Arizona 4
Arkansas 5
California 6
Canal Zone 7
Colorado g
Connecticut 9
Delaware ]0
District of Columbia II
Florida 12
(reorpa 13
(»uam 14
Hawaii 15
Idaho 16
Illinois 17
Indiana 18
Iowa 19
Kansas 20
Kentucky 21
Louisiana 22
Maine 23
Maryland 24
Massachusetts 25
Michi^jan 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi 28
Missouri 2V
Montana 30
Nebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersey 34
New Mexico 35
New York 36
North Carolina 37
North Dakota 38
Ohio 39
Oklahoma 40
Orc^con 41
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Rico 43
Rhode Island 44
South Carolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee 47
Texas 48
Ltah 49
Vermont 50
Virginia 51
Virjjin Islands 52
Washin>rtnn 53
West Vir<:inia 54
Wisconsin 55
Wyoming. 56
IS. Air Force 57
L.S. Army ,58
L.S. Navy 59
,i^l"'.?"[?^.' T '"""*' **"""" '"*■•""" •'•^"^'^'"•' '" '^"^ '"'^ R<-f" '" P*'"' numb<.r .n body of ih,- Offic.l (.a«-l.r K, ob..in drliul.
1" * IOC flIIOfi, ^IC.f
at 10 invrnlur
Patents
3.641,626
3,641.675
3.641.807
3.641,970
3.642.007
3.642,214
3,642,406
3,642.736
3.643.209
3.641.593
3.641.679
3.641.848
3.641,927
3.641.996
3.643.041
3.643.110
3.643.146
3.643.166
3.643.204
3,643.223
3.641.998
3.642,320
Re.27,280
Re. 27.282
Re. 27,289
3,641.617
3.641.623
3.641,643
3,641,666
3.641.677
3.641,683
3,641.695
3.641,704
3.641.720
3.641.727
3.641.738
3.641.744
3.641.750
3,641,768
3.641,774
3.641.797
3.641.812
3.641.81$
3.641.827
3.641.830
3.641.831
3.641.83$
3.64 1, 8$4
3.64l,8$9
3.641.863
3,641.86$
3.641,869
3.641.906
3.641.910
3.641.930
3.641.931
3.641.942
3.641.951
3.641.956
3.641,968
3.641.972
3.641.973
3,641,997
3.642,002
3,642,009
3.642.029
3.642.031
3.642.043
3.642.0.59
3.642.079
3.642.083
3,642.111
3.642.1$$
3.642.183
3.642.191
3.642.204
3.642,21$
3.642.228
3.642.243
3,642.2$3
3.642.279
3.642,294
3.642.299
3.642.311
3.642.324
3.642.328
3.642.331
3,642,334
3.642.34$
3.642.3$$
3.642.379
3.642.380
3.642.431
3.642.43$
3.642.448
3,642,454
3,642.456
3.642.487
3.642.494
3.642.519
3,642.520
3,642.531
3.642.536
3.642.559
3,642.570
3.642,616
3,642,617
3.642.625
3.642.634
3,642.636
3.642.695
3.642.741
3.642.773
3.642,780
3,642.824
3.642.830
3.642.833
3.642,856
3.642.891
3,642.899
3,642,901
3,642.905
3.642.907
3,642.917
3.642,944
3.642,953
3,642,9$8
3.642.960
3.642.96$
3,642,972
3.642.998
3.643,00$
3.643.009
3.643.012
3.643,013
3.643.016
3.643.018
3.643.028
3.643.079
3.643.104
3.643.106
3.643,109
3.643.113
3.643.123
3.643.124
3.643.126
3,643.1$$
3.643.169
3.643.171
3.643.17$
3,643,178
3,643,19$
3,643.198
10
3.643.202
3.642.166
3.643.207
3,642,472
3.643.220
3,642,667
3.643.225
3,642,681
3.643.227
3,642,707
3.643,233
3,642,709
3.643,241
3,642,742
3,643,242
3.642.859
3.643.249
3.642.877
3,643.258
3.642.904
3.643.261
3.642.952
3.641.629
11
3,641,776
3.641.699
3.641.847
3,641.805
3.642.297
3.641,922
3.643.084
3,642,067
3.643,116
3,642,139
12
3,641,631
3,642.235
3.641.657
3.642,236
3.641.696
3,642.395
3.641,783
3.642.433
3.641.794
3.642.961
3.641.851
3.643.037
3.641.916
3.643.135
3.641.964
3,643.229
3.641.982
3.641,633
3.642.170
3.641.642
3.642.173
3,641.652
3.642.231
3.641.674
3.642.438
3.641.698
3,642.679
3.641.752
3.642.928
3.641,820
3.642.999
3.641.873
3.643.023
3.642.142
13
3.641.707
3.642.168
3.641.940
3.642.180
3,641.947
3.642J48
3.642.195
3.642J77
3.642.217
3.642.387
3.642.318
3,642,542
3.642.414
3.642.543
3.642.516
3.642.$ 64
15
3.641,985
3.642.890
16
3,642,151
3.642.950
17
3,641,656
3.642.996
3,641,659
3.643.008
3,641,662
3.643.015
3.641.667
3,643.071
3.641.692
3.643.072
3.641,785
3.643.107
3.641.811
3.642.024
3.641.861
3,641.884
3.641,912
3.641.923
3.641.933
3.641.941
3.641,943
3,641,971
3.641,992
3,641,995
3,642.023
3.642.025
3.642.036
3.642.037
3.642.039
3.642.071
3.642.081
3.642,093
3,642,094
3,642.113
3.642,117
3,642.149
3.642.160
3.642.188
3.642,193
3,642.207
3.642.242
3.642.270
3.642.284
3.642.286
3.642.287
3.642.288
3.642.304
3.642.313
3.642.322
3.642.323
3.642.325
3.642.392
3.642.408
3.642.417
3.642.418
3.642,440
3.642,491
3.642,506
3,642.525
3.642.546
3.642.557
3,642,613
3.642.614
3.642.630
3.642.646
3.642.653
PI 55
PI 56
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
J.642.654
3,641.954
3,641,876
J.642.655
3.641,969
3,642.008
3.642.656
3,642,004
3.642,074
3,642.657
3,642.056
3.642,122
3.642.660
3.642.072
3,642,144
3.642.6*2
3,642.132
3,642,150
3.642,»36
3,642.177
3,642,174
3.642.925
3.642,194
3.642.197
3,642,959
3,642,229
3,642,411
3,643,000
3,642,339
3.642,444
3.643,011
3,642,344
3.642,464
3.643.032
3,642.359
3,642,498
3.643,063
3.642,378
3,642,675
3,643,068
3,642.385
3,642,705
3,643,085
3.642,401
3,642.711
3,643,098
3,642,473
3,642,817
3,643.161
3,642.500
3,642,937
3.643.170
3.642,511
3,643,049
3.643,179
3,642.538
3,643,073
3,643.182
3,642.552
3.643.150
3,643,184
3,642.561
3.643.239
3,643,194
3,642.580
3,643.243
3,643.197
3.642.668
29 3,641.782
3.643.205
3,642,717
3.642.108
3,643,214
3,642,766
3.642.164
IS
3,641,600
3,642,860
3,642,167
3,641,672
3.643,044
3,642,249
3,641,725
3,643,065
3,642,490
3,641,959
3,643,134
3,642,492
3.642.030
3.643,142
3.642.493
3.642.032
3,643,208
3.642.554
3.642.192
3,643.219
3.642.582
3.642,245
26 3,641,613
3.642.863
3,642,251
3,641,715
3.642.870
3,642.259
3,641.718
3,642,892
3,642,268
3,641,746
3.642,893
3,642,610
3,641,763
3,643,029
3,642.789
3,641,800
3,643,158
3.643.153
3,641,813
3,643,203
3.643.167
3,641,837
30 3,641,606
3,643.192
3,641,862
3,642,015
3.643,193
3,641,989
32 3.641.697
3.643.196
3,642,014
33 3.641.809
19
3,641,682
3.642,058
3.642.216
3.641,829
3,642.090
3,643,064
3,641,868
3,642,097
34 Re27,287
3.641,914
3,642,107
3,641.590
3,642,088
3,642,121
3,641,602
3,642,125
3.642,198
3,641,607
3.642.784
3.642.203
3,641,630
20
3.642.046
3.642.220
3.641.639
3.642.254
3,642,256
3.641,686
3,642,489
3,642,264
3,641,702
3,643,074
3,642,267
3,641.703
21
3,641.735
3.642.275
3,641.740
3.642,208
3.642.303
3,641.775
3.642,213
3,642,317
3,641,798
3.642.305
3,642,330
3,641,870
3.642,685
3.642.332
3.641.932
3.642.926
3.642.406
3.641,983
3,642.927
3,642,416
3.642.021
22
3,641.777
3,642,432
3,642,033
3.641,822
3,642,447
3.642.034
3,641.823
3,642,512
3,642.044
3.642.252
3,642,537
3.642,076
3.642.285
3.642.574
3.642,106
3.642,446
3.642.643
3,642.116
3.642.661
3.642.671
3,642,141
3.642.825
3.642.676
3,642,146
3.642.921
3.642,691
3,642,153
23
3.642.269
3.642.692
3,642.154
3.642,752
3.642,704
3.642.176
24
3,641,691
3,642,743
3.642.202
3,641,749
3,642,753
3.642.336
3.641.806
3,642,756
3,642.346
3.641.937
3,642,800
3.642.413
3.641.993
3,642,820
3.642,434
3,642,016
3,642,821
3,642,458
3.642.017
3.642,822
3,642,462
3.642.250
3,642,840
3,642,465
3,642,300
3.642.858
3,642,477
3,642,389
3,642,879
3,642,497
3,642,449
3,642,887
3,642,571
3.642.505
3,642,894
3,642,577
3.642,594
3,642,903
3,642.593
3.642.735
3,642,914
3,642,600
3.642.981
3,642,939
3,642.609
3.643.024
3.642.949
3.642.618
3,643.177
3.642,984
3.642.632
3.643.183
3,642,987
3.642.639
25
3.641,615
3,642.992
3.642.640
3.641.638
3.643,014
3.642.641
3,641,651
3,643,046
3.642.663
3,641,688
3,643,050
3.642.678
3.641.701
3,643,077
3.642.688
"i 3.64 1.706
3,643,087
3.642.702
'J,641.713
j;64 1.748
3,643,094
3.642.720
3,643,129
3.642.728
3.641.879
3,643,145
3.642.731
3,641,886
3,643,211
3.642.749
3,641,887
3,643,248
3.642.758
3,641,889
27 3,641,592
3.642.777
3,641,891
3,641,601
3.642.781
3,641,896
3,641,605
3.642.785
3,641.908
3,641,676
3.642.807
3,641.909
3,641,724
3.642.809
35
36
3.642.814
3,642,585
3.642.841
3.642.589
3,642.845
3,642,597
3.642.847
3.642,598
3,642.869
3.642,606
3.642,876
3,642,620
3,642,878
3,642.622
3.642.880
3,642,670
3.642.883
3,642.677
3,642.897
3,642,694
3,642,906
3.642,776
3,642,909
3,642,786
3,642,942
3,642,794
3.642,957
3.642.797
3,642.977
3.642.116
3,642,991
3,642.819
3,642.997
3.642.831
3.643.019
3.642.832
3.643.027
3.642.846
3.643,054
3.642.848
3,643,066
3,642.851
3.643.093
3,642.855
3.643.096
3,642.868
3.643.103
3,642.881
3.643.156
3,642.884
3.643.157
3,642,908
3.643.160
3,642,990
3.643.172
3,643,002
3.643.181
3,643.004
3.643.200
3.643,020
3.643.213
3.643,039
3.643,230
3,643,047
3.643.238
3,643.056
3.643.245
3.643.089
3.643,247
3.643.105
3,643.252
3.643.112
3.641.741
3.643.117
3,643,141
3.643.119
Re 27,281
3.643.122
3,641,612
3,643.125
3,641,616
3.643.136
3,641.632
3.643.140
3.641.684
3.643.144
3.641.690
3.643.148
3,641.792
3.643.164
3.641.808
3.643.173
3.641.810
3.643.221
3.641.828
3,643.226
3.641.839
3,643,231
3.641.846
3.643,236
3.641,850
3,643,237
3.641.860
3,643,244
3.641.867
3,643,250
3.641.877
3,643,253
3.641.883
3,643,263
3,641.894
37 3,641,589
3.641,977
3,641,599
3,641,979
3,641,734
3,641.980
3,641,760
3.641.981
3,642,127
3,641,984
3,642,241
3,641.999
3,642,292
3.642.003
3,642,301
3.642.010
3,642,315
3,642,042
3,642,550
3,642.109
3,642,563
3.642,123
3,642,581
3,642,126
3,642,628
3,642,131
3,642,648
3,642.135
3,642,699
3,642.179
3,642,706
3,642,223
3,642,902
3,642,230
3,642,967
3,642.246
3,643,006
3,642,273
3,643,007
3.642,281
3,643,088
3,642,302
38 3,642,073
3,642,337
3,642,156
3,642,342
39 Re27.286
3,642,347
3,641.611
3,642,348
3.641.618
3.642.357
3.641.620
3,642,362
3.641.680
3,642.363
3.641.730
3.642,364
3.641.733
3,642,365
3.641.736
3,642,368
3.641,766
3,642,371
3,641,791
3,642,375
3,641,802
3,642,376
3,641,814
3,642,377
3,641,842
3,642,400
3,641,849
3,642,423
3,641,967
3,642,437
3,642,000
3,642,443
3,642,011
3,642,476
3,642,027
3,642,478
3,642,096
3,642,479
3,642,100
3,642,482
3,642,118
3,64 2,486
3,642,134
3,642,501
3,642,147
3,642,533
3,642,159
3,642,535
3,642.181
3,642.544
3.642,185
3.642.569
3,642.201
3.642.584
3.642.244
40
41
42
3.642.283
3.642.291
3.642.293
3.642.308
3.642.312
3,642.314
3.642.327
3.642.369
3.642.442
3.642.461
3.642.463
3.642.469
3.642.496
3.642.S4I
3.642.SS3
3.642.560
3.642.516
3.642.S9S
3.642.626
3.642.642
3.642.644
3.642.650
3.642.721
3.642.734
3.642.7S5
3.642.804
3.642.827
3.642.828
3.642.853
3.642.895
3.642.930
3.642.955
3.642.966
3.642.979
3.643.034
3.643.078
3,643,095
3.643.163
3.643.251
3,641,608
3,641.819
3,641.881
3.641.961
3.641.962
3,642.085
3.642.161
3.642.163
3.642.247
3.642,578
3.642.608
3.642.627
3.642.690
3.642.744
3.642.850
3.642,915
3,642,920
3,642,922
3.642,933
3,642,945
3,643,212
3,643,228
3,641,609
3,641,655
3.641.671
3,641,751
3,642,306
3.642,495
3,643,052
3,643,162
3,643.234
3,641.594
3.641.604
3.641.641
3.641.646
3.641,647
3.641.648
3.641.649
3.641.650
3.641.664
3.641.668
3.641.669
3,641.670
3,641,716
3,641,721
3.641,731
3.641.742
3.641,754
3,641,761
3.641,764
3.641,769
3,641.795
3.641,799
3.641,821
3.641.833
3.641.874
3.641.991
3.642.005
3.642.012
3.642.051
3,642.060
3.642.087
3.642.120
3.642.130
3.642,143
3.642,157
3,642.187
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 57
6
17
3.642.200
3.642.206
3.642,238
3.642.239
3.642.240
3.642.271
3.642.295
3.642.310
3.642.353
3,642.402
3.642.415
3,642.430
3.642.436
3,642.547
3.642.583
3,642.587
3.642.607
3.642.619
3.642.631
3.642.649
3.642.651
3.642.662
3.642.672
3.642.689
3,642.698
3.642.726
3,642.729
3,642.733
3.642.842
3.642.843
3.642.865
222.980
19
222,981
25
222.984
222.961
26
43
44
45
46
47
48
3.642.919
3.642.943
3.642.975
3.642.986
3,643.003
3,643.»4S
3,643.061
3.643.120
3,643,128
3,643,201
3,643,257
3.642,338
3,641.756
3.641,976
3.642.263
3,642.372
3,642.527
3,642.532
3,642.237
3,642.333
3.643.101
3,641.681
3.641.825
3,642.145
3,642.722
3.642.871
3,642,936
3,643,143
Re. 27,288
3,641,645
222,964
222,960
222.983
222,963
36
3.641.660
3.641.661
3.641,678
3.641,717
3.641,745
3.641,770
3.641,771
3.641.778
3,641,779
3,641,880
3.641.913
3.641,929
3,641,963
3,642.020
3,642.053
3.642.063
3.642.064
3.642.065
3,642.066
3.642.068
3,642.069
3,642.070
3.642.086
3,642.089
3,642.129
3,642.184
3.642,224
3,642.232
3,642.278
3,642,350
49
3,642.457
3,642.508
3,642.521
3,642.567
3,642,611
3,642.623
3,642,740
3,642,759
3,642.849
3,642,911
3,642,932
3.643.021
3,643.075
3.643.111
3,643.114
3.643,133
3.643,138
3,643J17
3.643.232
3.643.254
3.641.591
3,641.619
3.641.885
3.642.049
3.642J90
3.642.599
3.643.060
50
51
52
53
3.641,610
3,642.529
3,641,640
3,641,644
3,641,836
3,641,936
3,641,948
3,641.949
3.641,965
3,642.018
3.642.055
3.642.140
3,642.210
3,642.367
3,642,428
3.642.439
3.642.549
3,642.566
3,642,700
3,642,714
3.642,778
3,642,779
3.642,803
3.642,946
3.643,176
3,643,185
3,643,259
3,642,693
3,641,719
3,641,753
54
S5
56
3,641,784
3,641,926
3,642.022
3,642,054
3,642,119
3.642,445
3,642.507
3,642.918
3.641.636
3.641,687
3,641,689
3,641,693
3,641.826
3,641.857
3,641,918
3,642.001
3,642,026
3,642,102
3,642,103
3,642,138
3,642.162
3,642.276
3,642.343
3.642,384
3.642.502
3.642J56
3.642.857
3,643,048
3,643,115
3.643,187
3.643,188
3,643,189
3.643.190
3,641.654
Design Patents
222.966
222,982
222,965
222,967
42
31
222,977
222,968
222,969
222,970
222,971
222,972
222,973
222,974
222,975
222,976
U.S. ccTiRRnrr muTiire oFnct:
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
February 22, 1972
Volume 895
Number 4
CONTENTS
Page
Issue of February- 22, 1972 '. - 1171
Patents and Trademark Notices
Trademark Registration Treaty 1173
Title 37 — Trademark Application and Eh-awing Requirements 1215
Trademarks — Initial Processing of Applications 1215
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of February 22, 1972 1217
Dedications 1217
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale 1217
Condition of Patent Applications 1220
Reissue Patents Granted 1221
Patents Granted
General and Mechanical 1224
Chemical 1433
Electrical 1527
Design Patents Granted 1602
Index of Patentees PI 1
Indices of Reissues and Designs PI 50
Classification of
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 51
I>esigns PI 54
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 55
Designs PI 57
The followingr are mailed under direction of the Superintendent of Documentj, Government
Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, to whom all subscriptions should be made payable and
all communications addressed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $89.00
per annum, foreign mailing $22.25 additional; single copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), issued weekly, subscription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.23 additional; single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION coneernliur PATENTS or TRADEMARKS.
price 15 cents each.
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cents each;
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 cents each. Address orders to the Commissioner of PatenU, Washington, D.C., 20231.
/
Printing authorized by Section ll(a)3 of Title 36. U.S. Code P.O.
1171
/
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
TRADEMARK REGISTRATION TREATY
The World Intellectual Property Organization ( WIPO ) These documents are published by the Patent Office at
released on January 31, 1972 in Geneva, Switzerland, a this time so that interested parties will have an oppor-
draft of a proposed Trademark Registration Treaty de- lunity to consider them and offer comments prior to the
signed to facilitate the international protection of trade- May meeting. Interested parties should submit their viey.-s
marks. This draft Treaty is reproduced below together ^^ suggestions to the Commissioner of Patents, Washing-
with the draft Regulations and some of the explanatory ton, D.C., 20231 by April 14, 1972.
materials released by WIPO.
The United States has been invited to send a delegation
to participate in the discussions of a Committee of Ex-
perts scheduled in Geneva from May 2 to 8, 1972, to
consider the draft Treaty.
INTRODUCTORY MEMORANDUM
TO THE JANUARY 31, 1972, DRAFT OF THE
TRADEMARK REGISTRATION TREATY
(prepared by the International Bureau)
Jan. 31, 1972.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK.
Commissioner of Patents.
[TRTll/3]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Paragraphs
Introduction ^ to 8
Part I: Brief Summary of the Draft Treaty _._ 9 to 38
Part II: Main Advantages 39 to 46
Part III: Coexistence with the Madrid Agree-
ment 47to58
INTRODUCTION
1. This document, like all the other documents in the
TRT/II series, has been prepared by the International
Bureau of WIPO for the second session of the "Commit-
tee of Experts on the International Registration of Marks,"
convened for May 2 to 8, 1972, in Geneva. The decision
to convene the Committee was made by the Executive
Committee of the International (Paris) Union for the
Protection of Industrial Property when it met in Septem-
ber/October 1971.
2. The said documents are based on the conclusions of
the first session of the said Committee of Experts (herein-
after referred to as "the 1971 Committee of Experts").
It met at Geneva in October 1971.
3. The member States of the Paris Union and 15 inter-
governmental and 24 nongovernmental organizations, pri-
marily representing trademark owners (particularly pri-
vate industry), trademark lawyers and trademark agents,
were invited. The following were represented:
(a) States: Algeria, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil,
Cameroon, Canada, Cuba, Czechoslovakia, Denmark,
Egypt, Finland, France, Germany (Federal Republic),
Hungary, Iran, Italy, Ivory Coast, Japan, Mexico, Monaco,
Netherlands, Norway, People's Republic of the Congo,
Poland, Portugal, Romania, South Africa, Soviet Union,
Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, United Kingdom,
United States of America, Yugoslavia (36).
(b) Intergovernmental Organizations: United Nations,
United Nations Conference on Trade and Etevelopment,
Benelux Trademark Office, Commission of the European
Communities, African and Malagasy Industrial Property
Office (5).
(c) Non-governmental Organizations: American Bar
Association (ABA), American Patent Law Association
(APLA), Association of Corporate Patent Counsel, Bun-
desverband der Deutschen Industrie (BDI), Chartered
Institute of Patent Agents, Council of European Industrial
Federations (CEIF), Deutsche Vereinigung fiir Gewer-
blichen Rechtsschutz und Urheberrecht, European Feder-
ation of Agents of Industry in Industrial Property
(FEMIPI), Institute of Trade Mark Agents, International
Association for the Protection of Industrial Property
(AIPPI), International Chamber of Commerce (ICC),
International Federation of Agricultural Producers, Inter-
national Federation of Patent Agents (FICPI), New York
Patent Law Association (NYPLA), Trade Marks, Patents
and Designs Federation (TMPDF), Union des Fabricants,
Union of European Patent Agents (UNEPA), Union of
Industries of the European Communities (UNIOE),
United States Trademark Association (USTA) (19).
4. Experts of intergovernmental and non-governmental
organizations had the same opportunities to participate in
the discussions as governmental experts.
5. The conclusions of the 1971 Committee of Experts
are reflected in the report of that Committee (document
TRT/I/11).
6. The second (May 1972) session of the Committee
of Experts is being convened to examine the Second Draft
of a treaty, tentatively called "the Trademark Registration
Treaty," and the Second I>raft of the Regulations to
accompany the Draft Treaty (documents TRT/II/ 1 and
2), as well as other documents issued or to be issued in
the TRT/II series of documents. The document containing
the Second Draft Treaty also contains comments on each
provision of that Draft. They are mainly intended to ex-
plain the reasons for certain solutions and to facilitate
the reader's task of relating the Draft Treaty to the Draft
Regulations.
7. The rest of this document is divided into three parts.
Part I gives a brief summary of the E>raft Treaty. Part
II enumerates some of the main advantages expected from
an international registration system of marks as proposed
in the Draft Treaty. Part III analyzes the questions con-
cerning the coexistence of the proposed new Treaty with
the existing Madrid Agreement.
8. It is to be noted that, the purpose of this document
being to give concise information, many details — fre-
quently quite important — had to be omitted. Only docu-
ments TRT/II/ 1 and 2 are to be considered as fully
reflecting the proposals.
Part I: Brief Summary of the Draft Treaty
9. National Registration Effect of International Regis-
trations. The most important feature of the Draft Treaty,
1173
>
1174
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the provision which constitutes its raison d'etre, is that
marks — and by this term both trademarks and service
marks are meant — could be registered internationally, that
is, with the International Bureau of the World Intellectual
Property Organization (WIPO), and that international
registration would have in each of the Contracting States
(that is. States party to the Treaty) in which the owner
of the mark desires protection the same effect as if the
mark had been registered in each and every one of such
States.
10. A corollary of this "national registration effect," as
important as the effect itself, is that international regis-
trations could be renewed every ten years, and such re-
newals would maintain the national registration effect in
each and every one of such States for the periods for
which the international renewal was effected.
11. International Application. To achieve protection by
international registration of a mark, the owner would file
an international application. Only residents and nationals
of Contracting States would have the right to file inter-
national applications. The international application would
identify the applicant, the mark, the goods and/or services
in connection with which protection of the mark is desired,
and the States ("designated States") in which protection
is desired.
12. The goods and/or services would be listed and
grouped according to the classes of the International
("Nice") Classification. That Classification had 34 classes
for goods, and 8 classes for services. It is used by the
national Offices of some 60 countries at the present time.
13. Any Contracting State, including the applicant's
own, could be designated. Any number of Contracting
States could be designated.
14. A representative may be appointed in the interna-
tional application for contacts with the International
Bureau.
15. The international application could be filed in either
English or French. Preparation of the international appli-
cation could essentially consist in filling in a printed form,
distributed free of charge by the International Bureau.
Listing the goods and/or services is facilitated by an alpha-
betical* list of practically all conceivable goods and serv-
ices which accompanies the International Classification
of Nice. The said alphabetical list contains the names of
some 20,000 products (goods) and services and is avail-
able in English, French, German and Spanish — and will
soon be available also in Dutch, Italian and Portuguese —
in official editions published by the International Bureau.
The alphabetical list indicates, by its number, the class to
which each product or service belongs and is brought up
to date from time to time to cover goods or services which
are new.
16. The international application would be subject to
the payment of a fee. Part of the fee would be kept by
the International Bureau to cover its expenses connected
with the publication of the international registration and
other processing of the international application. The other
part of the fee would belong to the national Offices of the
designated Contracting States to cover their expenses con-
nected with the processing of the international registra-
tion notified to them by the International Bureau. TTie
amount of the fees payable would depend on the number
of the designated States and the number of classes of goods
and/or services listed.
17. The International Bureau would check each inter-
national application to see whether it complied with the
most elementary requirements of any application: Is the
applicant sufficiently identified? Is he, on the basis of his
nationality or residence indicated by him, entitled to file
international applications? Is the reproduction of the mark
included? Are goods and/or services listed? Is there at
least one State designated? Have the fees been paid? Is
the application in one of the prescribed languages (Eng-
lish, French ) ? Is it signed?
18. It is difficult to image that the International Bureau
would err in answering such elementary questions. How-
ever, if it did, the applicant could turn to the national
Office of one or more of the designated States. Each such
Office could request the International Bureau to proceed
with the international registration as far as that State is
concerned if it found that the International Bureau had
erred. The International Bureau would proceed according
to the request.
19. Later Designations. Any Contracting State not desig-
nated in the international application itself could be desig-
nated later. This faculty is important because the applicant
or owner might have no interest in a given State when he
filed but develop an interest in the same State later and
also because a State might not have been a Contracting
State when the international application was filed.
20. Registration, Publication, and Notification. Unless
the international application is declined because of some
formal defect, the mark would be registered in the Inter-
national Register of Marks and all the relevant data —
including the reproduction of the mark and the list of
goods and or services — would be promptly published and
individually notified to the national Office responsible for
the national registration of marks in each of the desig-
nated States.
21. The international registration would normally be
effected within a few days after receipt of the internation-
al application. The international registration date would
be the date on which the International Bureau had re-
ceived the international application. This rule would be
subject to an exception when the application contained
some serious mistake: in such a case the international reg-
istration date would be the date on which the mistake is
corrected. (Any mistake could be corrected within six
months.)
22. The international publication would be made in a
weekly gazette of the International Bureau.
23. The individual notifications could not be different
from the contents of the publication because they would
consist of reprints of the relevant parts of the gazette.
24. The above remarks also hold as far as later desig-
nations are concerned. ^
25. Refusal of National Registration Effect. Each desig-
nated State could, as far as it is concerned, refuse the na-
tional registration effect on the same grounds as those
on which it could refuse an application filed with its na-
tional Office for registration in the national register of
marks. However, grounds incompatible with the Treaty
or with the Paris Convention would be excluded. For ex-
ample, no designated State could require that the applica-
tion be translated into its national language or that fees
other than its share in the international fees be paid to it.
26. Any such refusal would, however, have to be pro-
nounced, or its possible pronouncement announced
("notice of possible refusal") — for example, where the
registration has been opposed by a third party and the
refusal depends on whether the opposition will be suc-
cessful— before the expiration of a certain time limit. As
to the length of the time limit, the Draft Treaty contains
alternatives, 12 or 15 months, counted from the date of
the international publication of the international registra-
tion, or of the later designation, as the case may be.
27. Furthermore, the refusal or notice of possible re-
fusal would have to contain the reasons for the refusal
or possible refusal. Although the final decision could be
rendered after the expiration of the 12 or 15 months pe-
riod, it would be effective only if it contained and was
based on at least one of the reasons indicated in the no-
tice of the possible refusal. According to a possible vari-
February 22, 1^72
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
me
ant, this condition would not apply where the decision was
that of a court.
28. Use of the Mark. No designated State could refuse
the registration effect, cancel it or otherwise impair the
rights of the owner on the ground that he had not used
his mark before the expiration of a certain period of time
counted from the date of the international registration (or
the later designation, as the case may be). As to the length
of the period, there are two variants: three or five years.
No such moratorium on use is, however, required if the
mark's international registration was preceded by a na-
tional registration or another international registration
three (or five) years older than the international regis-
tration, and the term of this moratorium may be corre-
spondingly reduced where the mark's international regis-
tration was preceded by a national registration or another
international registration which is less than three (or five)
years older than the international registration.
29. It is to be noted that the national law of any Con-
tracting State could provide that any action for infringe-
ment by the owner of the international registration and
based upon such registration may not be brought until
the said owner has started using the mark in the said State
and may remedy therefrom may relate only to the period
of such use.
30. Declaration of Actual Use. Routine declarations of
actual use could be filed with the International Bureau in
the form prescribed by the national law of the State which
requires such declarations. According to a possible variant,
the declaration could also be filed on an internationally
agreed form.
31. Declaration of Intent To Use. Declarations of in-
tent to use connected with any designation and filed with
the International Bureau would have the same effects as
declarations of intent to use connected with national ap-
plications and filed with national Offices.
32. Preservation of Acquired Rights. Whenever the
owner of a national registration switches over to interna-
tional registration, his rights acquired under the national
registration would not be affected and would also be
deemed to be included in the international registration.
The same would apply to switching over from interna-
tional registration under the Madrid Agreement to inter-
national registration under the new Treaty.
33. Right of Priority. International applications could
invoke the priority of earlier national applications, and
vice versa. In the former case, the single declaration of
priority, made in the international application, would
apply to all designated States.
34. Assignments. Although their substantive validity
would be subject to the national law of each State, as-
signments and other changes in ownership with respect
to some or all of the designated States, or concerning
some or all of the goods and/or services listed, could be
recorded in the International Register of Marks.
35. "Union." The Contracting States would constitute
a Union with an Assembly and a Secretariat, the latter
being provided by the International Bureau. The Assem-
bly could amend the Regulations subject to a %, and, in
some cases, % majority vote.
36. Financial Obligations of Contracting States. Ex-
cept for the possibility of having to contribute towards
a working capital fund, the Contracting States would
not incur any financial obligations and would not have to
pay any contributions.
37. Becoming Party to the Treaty. Only States mem-
bers of the Paris Union could become party to the Treaty.
Any State could make its acceptance of the Treaty condi-
tional on the acceptance of the Treaty by one, one of
two, or two other States specified by it.
38. Regulations. The Regulations would be attached
to the Treaty. Both instruments would have to be adopted
by a diplomatic conference. Such conference is scheduled
for May 7 to June 2, 1973, in Vienna.
Part II: Main Advantages
39. Complexity of The Present System. Today, the
owner of a mark who wishes to secure protection of a
mark in several States must — unless he can avail himself
of the benefits of the Madrid Agreement and the said
States are party to that Agreement^eparately register
the mark in each of those States. The number of such
States may be very high. More than 50 is not unusual.
The burden placed on the owner is consequently a heavy
one: preparation of a separate application for each State;
translation into the various languages of those States;
filing separately in each of them; being familiar with
their widely varying requirements, in particular with
their fee structures; keeping an eye on as many different
due dates for renewal as there are States in which he
wishes protection; transfer of money in as many different
currencies as there are such States; uncertainty as to
whether he is aware of the latest requirements and the
latest fee schedules; uncertainty as to whether the money
he transfers to persons or authorities in so many States
will arrive in time and will really be applied to the mark
he wishes it to be applied to.
40. Administrative Simplicity Under the Treaty. Under
the Draft Treaty, these difficulties would almost entirely
disappear. There would be only one apphcation; no trans-
lation, or only one, would be needed; that translation
would mainly relate to the list of goods and/or services
and would be easy to make on the basis of the oflScial
English and French lists of the International Classifica-
tion; the amount of the fees payable would be easy to
compute on the basis of a single schedule of fees; filing
would be in one place (with the International Bureau);
renewals would be in one place (the same Bureau); only
one date repeated once every ten years would have to be
remembered for renewal purposes; all fees would be paid
in one currency (the Swiss), by a simple transfer, to an
agency experienced in currency transfers; it would suffice
to know the Treaty and its Regulations — rather than a
great number of different national laws — in order to be
sure that the application is correct and the renewal is
correct.
41. Shortening of Period of Uncertainty. The fact that
the Treaty would oblige each designated Office to notify
refusals or notices of possible refusals within a period of
12 (or 15) months would reduce the period of uncertainty
prevailing without the Treaty as to the ultimate fate of
applications in some of the States. Under the Treaty, the
applicant would know, once the said period was over,
whether he had acquired the national registration effect
or, if there was still no final decision, the obstacles it
would be necessary to overcome in order to secure that
effect.
42. Declarations of Intent To Use and Routine Decla-
rations of Actual Use. Such declarations are required in
a number of States. Under the Treaty, they could be
filed with the International Bureau.
43. Requirement of Using the Mark. Laws vary greatly
from one another on the question whether the owner of
the mark loses his rights because of non-use, particularly
during the period around the initial registration. The
Treaty would not create uniformity in this respect but it
would guarantee to the owner that non-use before, at
the time of, or during the first three (or five?) years after
the international registration could not result in refusal
or cancellation of his mark.
44. Comparison With the System of the Madrid Agree-
ment. Most of the advantages mentioned in connection
with applications and renewals exist also under the Madrid
1176
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Agreement. But that Agreement also contains disadvan-
tages. The most important of them is that any interna-
tional application must be preceded by registration of
the marks in the national register of marks of the country
of origin of the mark. This may be impossible for reasons
peculiar to the national law of that country or because of
anticipations existing only in that country. Furthermore,
the procedure leading to registration in the country of
origin may last for a long time, and may even take years,
causing the loss of any priority right and, in countries
whose laws follow the principle "the-earlier-registrant-has-
the-stronger-right," even the loss of all rights. All these
disadvantages would not exist under the Draft Treaty
since, in the proposed system, international applications
would be filed direct with the International Bureau and
the existence of a registration in the country of origin
would not be required.
45. None of the advantages mentioned in connection
with the three-year (or five-year) moratorium on the re-
quirement to use the mark, the declarations of intent
to use, and the routine declarations of actual use, exists
under the Madrid Agreement.
46. The Madrid Agreement provides that the cancella-
tion of the national registration of the mark in its country
of origin, if effected during the first five years of the
international registration or based on an action com-
menced during that period, nullifies the international reg-
istration in all countries. The new Treaty would contain
no such provision granting extraterritorial effect to a
national decision. This might be regarded as a disad-
vantage for any person wanting to cancel the international
registration of a mark since, instead of instituting one
proceeding in the country of origin, he will have to
institute a separate proceeding in every State where he
wishes the mark to be cancelled. However, the non-in-
clusion of this system in the Treaty would save the owner
of the international registration from what, in many cases,
would be a manifest and grave injustice, namely, the loss
of his rights in a number of countries on the basis of a
decision taken according to the law of a country which
may be quite different from the laws of those countries
and on the basis of a factual situation which may be
quite different from the factual situation prevailing in
those countries.
Part III: Coexistence With The Madrid Agreement
47. New Treaty or Revision? The Draft Treaty is pre-
sented in the form of an instrument independent of the
existing Madrid Agreement. The Madrid Union has 22
members — or 21 if the German Democratic Republic is
not counted as a member (since its membership is con-
tested): Austria, Belgium, Czechoslovakia, Egypt, France,
Federal Republic of Germany, German Democratic Re-
public, Hungary, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Mon-
aco, Morocco, Netherlands, Portugal, Republic of Viet-
Nam, Romania, San Marino, Spain, Switzerland, Tunisia,
Yugoslavia.
48. The Draft Treaty could, with only small drafting
changes, be transformed into a revision of the Madrid
Agreement. The 1971 Committee of Experts did not ask
for such a transformation, probably for the reasons which
were put before it in detail (see document TRT/I/2,
paragraphs 48 to 52) and which may be very briefly sum-
marized as follows:
(a) The differences between the Draft Treaty and the
Madrid Agreement are so substantial — direct filing as
opposed to filing on the basis of a registration in the
country of origin, different terms for the initial registra-
tion, different terms for renewal, different fee systems,
two official languages as opposed to one, the absence of
all extraterritorial effect as opposed to extraterritorial
effect of cancellation of the national registration in the
country of origin — that even if the new instrument were
called a revision of the Madrid Agreement, it would, for
all practical purposes, be an independent treaty. This is
the more so as their administrations could not be merged:
not only would the applicants, owners, national Offices
and the International Bureau have to follow rules funda-
mentally different but also the budgets and finances could
not be merged because the fee systems are different and,
above all. because the States party to one instrument
would not be the same as those party to the other.
(b) The main purpose in proposing a new system is to
find solutions acceptable both to the members of the
Madrid Union and to countries which, without the sub-
stantial changes proposed, cannot accept the Madrid
Agreement. These prospective new members, however,
could vote in the diplomatic conference and could sign
the new instrument — that is, could become responsible
co-authors of the new system — only if the new instrument
were a treaty independent of the Madrid Agreement. If it
were a revision, only the existing members could partici-
pate in the decisions and sign the revised Agreement.
49. Two questions might deserve examination in con-
nection with the proposal to have two independent instru-
ments (Madrid Agreement and the new Treaty): What
are the advantages and disadvantages of such a solution?
Is there any need to establish hnks between the two instru-
ments?
50. Advantages and Disadvantages. The quetion of ad-
vantages and disadvantages will be considered from the
viewpoint of the territorial extension of an international
registration system, the owners of marks, and national
Offices.
51. It follows from what has been said about negotia-
tion and signature in paragraph 46(b), above, that, in
order to increase substantially the number of countries
adhering to an international registration system, the only
safe solution is to have an independent treaty. In other
words, this is a matter of political necessity.
52. As far as the owners of marks are concerned, one
must recognize that knowing two systems (Madrid and
the new one) is more difficult than one. However, know-
ing two systems is still infinitely easier than knowing as
many systems as there are countries outside the Madrid
Union: once it is recognized — and in view of the history
and present status of the Madrid Union one must rec-
ognize— that the Madrid system is not viable in a great
number of countries, it is clear chat it will be an enor-
mous advantage to have a uniform international (the
new) system for at least the countries outside the Madrid
Union plus certainly the majority of the countries F>arty
to the present Madrid system.
53. As far as the national Offices are concerned, some
say that, where a country belongs to two systems, its
national Office will have two kinds of duties to perform
and this will cause complications. However, this is only
a superficial impression because the fact is that, for all
practical purposes, the proposed new system will simply
liberate national Offices from some tasks which they have
to perform under the Madrid Agreement. Those are the
tasks of certifying and transmitting to the International
Bureau the international applications and the fees accom-
panying them, tasks which involve great responsibility be-
cause errors or delays may deprive the owner of the
mark of his rights in all the countries in which he has
sought protection. Under the new Treaty, national
Offices would have no such tasks (because of the filing of
the international applications direct with the International
Bureau) and the remaining tasks (mainly the notification
of refusals or notices of possible refusal) would be sub-
stantially if not entirely the same under the two systems.
In other words, the net result of the existence of the
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1177
second system for national Offices would be to lessen con-
siderably, rather than complicate, their responsibilities.
54. Links. As far as the question whether some links
need be established between the existing (Madrid) system
and the new system is concerned, it would seem that
there is no need for such links. On the contrary, the
absence of any links, that is, the fact of keeping the two
systems entirely apart, would make matters easier to
comprehend and to apply.
55. Having two systems may, in some cases, present
some advantages to the owner of the mark because he
may choose between two possibilities according to which-
ever he considers the more advantageous for him. For
example, take the case where he is a resident of a country
which is party to both the Madrid Agreement and the
new Treaty. If he desires protection in any other country
which is also a party to both instruments, he will have
the possibility of deciding which route to follow: if he
already has a secure home registration and is not afraid
of a cancellation with extraterritorial effect, if the fees
are less under the Madrid Agreement, if he needs no mor-
atorium for starting the actual use of the mark, if he
is confident that he does not need a period of grace for
paying certain fees, if, in fact, any of these reasons ap-
plies, he would probably choose "the Madrid route"; on
the other hand, if he is excluded from obtaining a reg-
istration in his own country or cannot afford the time
necessary for acquiring one, if he dislikes the idea of ex-
posing his mark to a cancellation with extraterritorial
effect, if the fees are less under the new Treaty, if he
does not use the mark and wishes to secure protection in
States which require actual use on filing or before the
end of the third (or fifth) year after filing, if it is in-
different to him whether he lists his goods and/or services
in French or English or if he actually prefers to do so
in English, if he thinks that he might make a mistake in
calculating the fees and wants to be able to use any
period of grace, if, in fact, any of these reasons applies,
he would probably choose "the new route."
56. It is to be noted that, naturally, all the questions
relating to the coexistence of two intstruments should be
considered transitory. Any coimtry acceding to the new
Treaty might decide to leave the Madrid Union. If all
such countries did so, the Madrid Union would auto-
matically disappear for lack of members. Of course, it is
hoped that the present members of the Madrid Union
would not, upon accession to the new Treaty, leave the
Madrid Union, although, even if they did, they would not
harm their residents or nationals in countries which did
likewise because the owner can switch over to the new
system without loss of rights: they could harm them only
in those countries which are party only to the Madrid
Agi^ement.
57 The following would be a completely safe solution:
any member State of the Madrid Union acceding to the
new treaty should leave that union only when its
nationals and residents cease to use the Madrid Agree-
ment This would probably be the case when all, or al-
most all, the present members of the Madrid Union had
acceded to the new Treaty.
58. In the meantime, owners of marks seeking pro-
tection in countries party to all three instruments could
choose not only between the existing two routes — the
Paris Convention route and the Madrid route — ^but from
among three routes: the Paris route, the Madrid route
and the new route. Far from harming them, this wider
choice could only be advantageous to the owners of
marks.
DRAFT
TRADEMARK REGISTRATION TREATY
(prepared by the International Bureau)
[TRT/11/1]
LIST OF ARTICLES
Introductory Provisions
Article 1 : Establishment of a Union
Article 2: Abbreviated Expressions
Chapter I: Substantive Provisions
Article
Article
Article
Article
Article
Article
5:
8:
Article
9:
Article
10:
Article
11:
Article
12:
Article
13:
Article
14:
International Registrations and Inter-
national Applications
Right To File International Applica-
tions and To Own International
Registrations
The International Application
6: Later Designation
7: International Registration or Declin-
ing of the International Applica-
tion
Recording or Declining of Later Des-
ignation
Avoiding the Effects of Declining
Publication and Notification
Effects of International Registration
and of Recording of Later Designa-
tion
Refusal of the Effect Provided for in
Article 11(2)
13: Cancellation of the Effect Acquired
Under Article 11(2)
14: Change in the Ownership of the Inter-
national Registration
Article
15:
Article
16:
Article
17:
Article
18:
Article
IS^is:
Article
19:
Article
20:
Article 20bis:
Article
Article
21:
22:
Article 23 :
Article
Article
24:
25:
Limitation of the List of Goods and/
or Services
Term and Renewal of the Internation-
al Registration
Fees
Certain National Requirements
Certain Changes Recorded by Nation-
al Offices
Preservation of Rights Acquired
Through National Registration
Preservation of Rights Acquired
Through International Registration
Under the Madrid Agreement
Preservation of the Right To Use the
Madrid Agreement
Regional Marks
Representation Before the Interna-
tional Bureau
Effect of Priority Claimed Contained
in International Application or Re-
quest for Later Designation
International Application as Possible
Basis of Priority Claim
Delay in Meeting Time Limits
Chapter II: Administrative Provisions
Article 101: Assembly
Article 102: International Bureau
Article 103: Finances
Article 104: Regulations
Article 105: Search Service
1178
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Chapter III: Revision and Amendment
Article 106: Revision of the Treaty
Article 107: Amendment of Certain Provisions of
the Treaty
Chapter IV: Final Provisions
Article 108: Becoming Party to the Treaty
Article 109: Entry Into Force of the Treaty
Article 110: Reservations to the Treaty
Article 111: Denunication of the Treaty
Article 112: Signature and Languages of the Treaty
Article 113: Depositary Functions
Article 114: Notifications
Comments on the Title of the Treaty
The title proposed is 'Trademark Registration Treaty."
It is admitted that this title could be objected to on at
least two grounds: first, that it uses the word "trademark"
instead of "mark" and, second, that it does not specify
that the registration in question is an international regis-
tration.
To the first objection, one could reply that, in the
English language, the first meaning of the word "mark"
is not "trademark." Thus "mark" could lead to misunder-
standings. That is why it is proposed to use in the title the
term "trademark"— which is unequivocal. The text itself
uses the word "mark" to convey, to the specialist, the
assurance that service marks have not been forgotten.
To the second objection, one could reply that, a treaty
being an international matter par excellence, the word
'Treaty" in the title already conveys the idea that the
registration must be of some international kind. Here,
too, it is of course true that the text uses the expression
"international registration," but for a good reason, namely,
to distinguish it from national registration. In the title,
that distinction follows, as has been stated, from the juxta-
position of the words "Registration" and "Treaty."
Thus, the title — even if not quite in conformity with
the terminology of the text — is believed to convey the
essence of its subject matter and to be understandable also
to the non-specialist.
Furthermore, it has the obvious advantage of being
brief.
Finally, it has the advantage that its initials — TRT—
give an abbreviated title which is easy to pronoimce and
easy to memorize.
Trademark Registration Treaty
(Second Draft)
INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS
Article 1
Establishment of a Union
The States party to this Treaty (hereinafter called "the
Contracting States") constitute a Union for the interna-
tional registration of marks.
Comments on Article 1
Sole paragraph: The Treaty would be a "special agreement"
under Article 19 of the Paris Convention since It would be
concluded among States party to that Convention (see Arti-
cle 108(1) of the Draft Treaty). Article 19 of the Pari.s Con-
vention reads as follows : "It Is understood that the countries
of the [Paris] Union reserve the right to make separately
between themselves special agreements for the protection of
Industrial property, In so far as these agreements do not con-
travene the provisions of this [Paris] Convention."
Each of the seven agreements so far concluded under Arti-
cle 19 of the Paris Convention, which provides also for the
establishment of administrative organs (at least an Assembly
of the Contracting States), provides for the constitution of a
special "Union" under the "general" Paris Union (constituted
by the Contracting States of the Paris Convention). Thus, the
constitution of a Union is in conformity with tradition.
Article 2
Abbreviated Expressions
For the purposes of this Treaty and the Regulations and
unless expressly stated otherwise:
(i) "international registration" means a registration
effected under this Treaty by the International Bureau
in the International Register of Marks;
(ii) "international application" means an application filed
for international registration;
(iii) "applicant" means the natural person who or legal
entity which files the international application;
(iv) "owner of the international registration" means the
natural person or the legal entity in whose name the
international registration stands in respect of some or
all of the designated States or some or all of the goods
and/or services listed in that registration;
(v) "joint owners of the international registration" means
those natural persons or legal entities in whose names
the international registration stands for the purposes
of the same designated States and the same goods and/or
services;
(vi) "mark" means both a trademark and a service mark;
(vii) "regional mark" means a mark registered by an
intergovernmental authority other than the International
Bureau having the power to grant registrations with
effect in more than one State;
(viii) references to any final decision or ftfial refusal shall
be construed as references to a decision or refusal
against which there is no remedy, or against which all
remedies have been exhausted, or where the time limit
for asking for a remedy against the refusal or decision
has expired;
(ix) references to any publication by the Interruaional
Bureau shall be construed as references to publications
effected in the official Gazette of that Bureau.
(x) references to the date of the publication of the inter-
national registration or of the recording of the later
designation shall be construed as references to the date
of that issue of the official Gazette of the International
Bureau in which the international registration or the
recording of the later designation, as the case may be,
has been published;
(xi) references to any recording by the Interruztional Bu-
reau shall be construed as references to recordings made
in the International Register of Marks;
(xii) "designated State" means any Contracting State in
which the applicant or the owner of the international
registration desires that such registration produce the
effects provided for in this Treaty and which has been
identified for that purpose in the international applica-
tion or any request for the recording of later designa-
tion;
(xiii) "national Office" means the government authority
of a Contracting State entrusted with the registration of
marks; references to a national Office shall be construed
as referring also to any intergovernmental authority
which several States have entrusted with the task of
registering regional marks, provided that at least one
of those States is a Contracting State, and provided that
such authority has been empowered to assume the obli-
gations and exercise the powers which this Treaty and
the Regulations provide for in respect of natural Oiflfices;
(xiv) "national register of marks" means the register of
marks kept by a national Office;
(xv) "designated Office" means the national Office of the
designated State;
(xvi) references to national law shall be construed as
references to the national law of a Contracting State
and, where a regional mark is involved, to the regional
treaty providing for the registration of regional marks;
(xvii) "Paris Convention" means the Paris Convention
for the Protection of Industrial Property;
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1179
(xviii) "Madrid Agreement" means the Madrid Agree-
ment Concerning the International Registration of
Marks;
(xix) "Union" means the International Trademark Reg-
istration Union;
(xx) "Assembly" means the Assembly of the Union;
(xxi) "Organization" means the World Intellectual Prop-
erty Organization;
(xxii) "International Bureau" means the International
Bureau of the Organization and, as long as it subsists,
the United International Bureaux for the Protection of
Intellectual Property (BIRPI);
(xxiii) "Director General" means the Director General
of the Organization;
(xxiv) "Regulations" means the Regulations referred to
in Article 104.
Comments on Article 2
These abbreviated expressions seem to be self-explanatory.
However, the following might be noted.
ad (iii): The person who flies an international application Is
called an applicant only as long as his application is not
accepted. Once accepted, he is called the ovrner 0/ the inter-
national registration.
ad (iT): As to the Gazette, see Rule 30 (The Gazette).
It goes without .saying that, as Is usual in legislative texts,
the singular stands also for the plural and masculine pronouns
stand also for feminine and neuter pronouns, wherever
appropriate.
CHAPTER I: SUBSTANTIVE PROVISIONS
Article 3
International Registrations and International Applications
(1) The International Bureau shall register marks in
the International Register of Marks according to the pro-
visions of this Treaty and the Regulations.
(2) International registrations shall be eflfected on the
basis of international applications.
Comments on Article 3
Paragraph (1): See Rule 3 (The International Register of
Paragraph (Z): See Articles 4 (Right To File International
Applications and To Own International Registrations) and
5 (The International Application).
Comments on Article 4
Paragraph (1): See Article 5 (The International Applica
tlon) and the comments thereon, as well as Rule 4 (Appli-
cants ; Owners of International Registrations).
.\ccordlng to Rule 5.2 (Indications Concerning the AppU
cant), the international application must indicate the nation
ality and the residence of the applicant. The Internationa
Bureau will not examine whether these allegations are trut
It is not, and could not reasonably be expected to be equipped
to do so. Whether a person is the national of a State or not
or the resident of a State or not, is a question which the na
tlonal laws answer diflferently, and sometimes not very clear
ly, particularly in the case of dual nationality. Which lat
should the International Bureau follow? Thus, the question
whether the applicant's allegation Is true can be raised only
before the national Office or other authorities of each desig-
nated State. If the allegation Is held to be false, the effect of
the Treaty on the protection of the mark can be refused bv
such Office or authority on the ground that it was obtained
by fraud or by virtue of some other reasoning compatible with
the national law of the particular State.
Paragraphs (i) and fi): These provisions are based on
the concepts used in the Paris Convention, which grants na-
tional treatment to "nationals of any countrv of the Union"
(Paris Convention, Article 2(1)) and assimilates to such
nationals those "who are domiciled or who have real and
effective Industrial or commercial establishments in the terri-
tory of one of the countries of the Union" (Paris Convention
Article 3).
Paragraph (3): Supranational companies are entitled to
file International applications and to own international reg-
istrations If they have a real and effective industrial establish-
ment In at least one of the Contracting States (subparagraph
( a ) ) .
Paragraph fi): This provision means that it Is not neces-
sary that the applicant or owner should have both the nation-
ality of and residence In a Contracting State : compliance
with one of these criteria Is sufficient.
Article 5
Article 4
Right to File International Applications and
To Own Interruztional Registrations
(1) Any resident or national of a Contracting State
may file international applications and may own inter-
national registrations.
(2) (a) Any natural person shall be regarded as a res-
ident of a Contracting State if:
(i) according to the national law of that State, he is a
resident of that State, or
(ii) he has a real and effective industrial or commercial
establishment in that State.
(b) Any natural person shall be regarded as a national
of a Contracting State if, according to the national law
of that State, he has the nationality of that state.
(3) (a) Any legal entity shall be regarded as a resident
of a Contracting State if it has a real and effective indus-
trial or commercial establishment in that State.
(b) Any legal entity shall be regarded as a national of
a Contracting State if it is constituted according to the
national law of that State.
(4) If the State of the residence and the State of the
nationality of the applicant or owner of the international
registration are different, and only one of those States is
a Contracting State, the Contracting State alone shall be
considered for the purposes of this Treaty and the Regu-
lations.
The International Application
(l)fa) The international application shall contain, as
specified in this Treaty and the Regulations:
(i) an indication that it is filed under this Treaty,
(ii) indications concerning the applicant's identiy, resi-
dence, nationality, and address,
(iii) a reproduction of the mark,
(iv) a list of goods and /or services,
(v) the identification of the designated State or States.
(b) The international application may contain a decla-
ration, as provided in the Regulations, claming the priority
of one or more earlier applications filed in any country
party to the Paris Convention or of one or more earlier
filings that are equivalent to regular national filings with-
in the meaning of that Conventional. Furthermore, the
international application may contain such additional
indications as are provided for in other provisions of this
Treaty and in the Regulations.
(c) The international application shall be in a pres-
cribed language and in the prescribed form, shall be signed
as provided in the Regulations, and shall be subject to the
payment of the prescribed fees.
(2) International applications shall be filed direct with
the International Bureau.
[(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding
paragraphs, the national law of any Contracting State may
provide that if the applicant is a resident [Alternative: na-
tional] of that State:
(i) the mark which is the subject of the international ap-
plication must have been first granted a registration in
the national register of marks of that State [or must
have been first filed in that State],
(ii) That State may not be designated [or may be desig-
nated only if specific conditions are fulfilled, such as
that fees additional to those provided for under this
Treaty must be paid],
(iii) the international application [must or] may be filed
through the intermediary of the national Office of that
State.]
1180
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Comments on Article 5
Paragraph ( l)(a), introductory phrase: See Rule 5 (Man-
datory Contfiits of the International Application).
Pararjraiih (DiaXi): See Rule 5.1 (Indication that the
International Application Is Filed I'nder the Treaty).
I'araoraph (Ijiaj(ii): See Rule 5.2 (Indications Concern-
ing tlio Applicant).
Paranraph 1 1 )ia)(iii): See Rule 5.3 (Reproduction of the
Marl< ; Colors, Transliteration and Translation).
Paragraph il)(a)(iv): See Rule 5.4 (List of Goods and/or
Services). That Rule requires, amonj; otlier thlnps. that thi-
poods and/or services must be expressed in "precise terms'
and "as far as possible in those terms appearinj: in the aljilui-
betical list of the International [Nice] Classification. " It is
to be noted that what constitutes "precise terms" is a matter
on which each desi^natetl State may pass its own judgment
and, consequently, even terms appearing In the said alplia-
betlcal list may be considered not "precise."
Paragraph i l>ta)(v): See Rule 5.5 (Identification of the
Ite'^ignated State or States). The designation of one Contract-
ing State Is permitte<l. If paragraph (3) is retained, any
Contracting State could disallow its designation by applicants
who are residents [nationals] of that State, or could impose
specific conditions in connection with such a designation.
Paragraph i Dihi: As to the claiming of priority, see Rule
('..2 (Claiming of Priority). As to the effect of such claiming,
see Article 23. "Karlier filings" could be applications under
the Treaty (see Article 24) or under regional treaties (OAMl'I.
Benelux).
The additional optional indications provided for In other
proxisionn of the Trcotij concern :
the choice of a certain national register (see Article 11(3)
and Rule <!.5 : Option I'nder Article 11(3) i,
the declaration stating intent to use the marlc in respect of
any of the designated States (see Article 18(4), and Rule
6.3 : Declaration of Intent To Use the Mark).
The additional optional Indications provided for in the
Regulations concern :
the preservation of rights acquired through national regis-
trations, or througli International registrations under the
Madrid Agreement (see Articles 19(2) and 20(2), and Rule
0.4: Declarations Under Articles 19(2) and 20(2)).
tlie appointment of a representative (see Rule G.l : Naming
of a Representative).
the indication that the mark is a "marque coUcctive" (see
Rule <;.7 : .Vari/iie collective) .
the indication of the trade or business of the applicant (see
Rule G.6 : Trade or Business of the Applicant).
Paragraph (Ijic): As to language, see Rule 7.1 (Language
of the International Application).
As to form, see Rule 8 (Form of the International Applica-
tion).
As to fees, see Rule 9 (Fees Payable With the Filing of the
International Application), as well as Article 17 (Fees) and
Rule 2(5 (Payment of Fees).
As to signature, see Rule S.2 (Copies; Signature*. Tlie in
ternationai application may be signed by the applicant's duly
appointed representitlve (see .\rticle 22(2). second sentence!.
Paragraph li): Filling may be made by deposit witli the In-
ternational Bureau or wit!) any agency of that Bureau (if and
when sncli at:ency is establislied in a place other than Geneva.
Switzerland), or througli mailing to tlie said Bureau or such
agency. See Rule 24 (Transmittal of Documents to the Inter
national Bureau). However. If paragraph (3) (Hi) is retained,
any Contracting State couhl provide that the international
applications of its own residents must or mav (at the appli
cant's option) be filed through the Intermediary of Its own
n.itional Office.
Paragraph (S): This paragraph appears in brackets to indi
cate that opinion was divided In the October 1971 Committee
of Experts on the question wlietlier it should be retained.
"The main argumt-nts for omitting paragraph (3) were that,
without it, the procedure would be uniform and more simple,
and discrimination by any country against Its own resiilents
would be precluded" (Report of the Committee, document
TRT/I/ll. paragraph 40». Whether, if retained, this para-
graph should relate to nationals or to residents is a question
to be studied. That is why the word "national" appears In
brackets.
Paragraph (S)(i): "The main argument for retaining item
(I) was that a country party to both the Madrid Agreement
and the proposed Treaty would be able to stipulate the same
requirement under the latter as under the former, nan ely.
previoii.s national registration, and thus the residents of such
country would not be exposed to tlie danger of confusion that
would exist If they had to follow two different procedures"
(loc. cit.). Since this argument does not apply to the words
"or must have been first filed in tliat State." those words l.ave
l)een placed between a second pair of brackets. If the pro-
vision is retained, the question arises whether non-compliance
with it should be sanctioned in the Treaty and. if so. how.
If such sanction had to be provided for. one would have to
add to the requirements for international applications (para-
graph (l)(a)) the stipulation that international applications
filed by residents of a Contracting State making use of tlie
faculty in question must lie accompanied by an attestation by
the national (Office of such State that a national registration
has been granted [or that a national application has been
filed] in that State; issuance of the attestation would have
to be preceded by a comparison — by the national Office — be
tween the mark and the lists of the goods and/or services
appearing (in some cases, in different languages) in the na-
tional registration [application] and those appearing in the
international application. Furthermore, the lack of such at-
testation would liave to be included among the reasons (Arti-
cle 7(1)) for which the international registration would have
to be denied by the International Bureau. Such procedures
would appear to be complicated. Therefore. It would .seem to
be preferabU^ — If the item Is retained- -not to write any .sanc-
tion into the Treaty but to leave the matter of .sanctions to
tlie national law and tlie national procedures of the State
of wliich the applicant Is a resident. Rule 14.5 implements this
thoiiglit.
Paragraph / .1 ) I ii i : The main argument used by those In
the October 1971 Comniittee of Kxperts who wished to retain
this Item was that "some States might wish to prohibit the
so-called self-designation" (loc. litj. Since this argument au-
plie.s only to the first si.v words of the Item, the rest of the
provision has l>een placed between a second pair of brackets.
I^ven if the provision is >iialntain<»il. possil)l(' non-compliance
with it does not seem to require any sanction In the Treaty
since the simplest and most effective sanction would consi.s't
in refusing the effect provided for In Article 11(2) bv the na
tional office of the self-designated State. Rule 14.5 imple
iiients this tliought.
Paragraph (.IXiii): Tlie main argument used by those in
tlie October 1971 Committee of Kxperts who wished to retain
this item was tliat "filing international applications tlirough
the intermediary of the applicant's national Office might be
convenient to the applicant, particularly in countries at a
great distance from Cenevn" ^7or. cit.). Since this argument
applies only to the clause in the [lernilssive form, the words
"must or" liave been i)laced b<>tween a second i)air of brackets.
If the item is retained, and Is regained only In the permis-
sive form, it will contain no obllgition and theri'i'ore any
sanction Is excluded by definition. If the Item is retained, and
Is retaineil In its mandatory ("must") form, one could proceed
in eltlier of the two ways indicated above In connection with
Item (I).
Article 6
Later Desif>nation
(1) Any Contracting State not designated in the inter-
national application or whose designation has been can-
celled may be designated by the applicant or, once the
international registration has been effected, by the owner
of the international registration, as provided in the Regu-
lations ("later designation")-
(2) (a) Any later designation shall be the subject of a
request filed direct with the International Bureau and
containing, as specified in the Regulations:
(i) an indication that it is for later designation under this
Treaty,
(\\) indications concerning the identity, residence, nation-
ality and address of the applicant or, where the interna-
tional registration has already been effected, of the
owner of the international registration,
(iii) the identification of the international application or,
once the international registration has been effected, of
such registration,
(iv) the identification of the later designated State.
(b) The request may contain a declaration, as provided
in the Regulations, claiming the priority of one or more
applications filed in any country party to the Paris Con-
vention or of one or more filings that are equivalent to
regular national filings within the meaning of that Conven-
tion. Furthermore, the request may contain such addition-
al indications as are provided for in other provisions of
this Treaty and in the Regulations.
(c) The request shall be in a prescribed language and
in the prescribed form, shall be signed as provided in the
Regulations, and shall be subject to the payment of the
prescribed fees.
(d) Where, at the time of filing the request, different
persons are the owners of the international registration for
the purposes of different designated States, the request may
be made by any of such owners, provided it does not re-
late to a Contracting State already designated by one of
the other such owners.
[ ( 3 ) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1 ),
the national law of any Contracting State may provide
that, if the applicant or, once the international registra-
tion has been effected, the owner of the international reg-
istration is a resident [Alternative: national] of that State,
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1181
that State may not be designated [or may be designated
only if specific conditions are fulfilled such as that fees
additional to those prescribed under this Treaty must be
paid].]
Comments on Article 0
Paragraph (1): Any later designation may relate not only
to a State which was never designated but also to one whose
designation was cancelled (because of the withdrawal of the
designation or on the basis of Articles 12 or 13). For the
latter case, such designation would generally make sense only
if the reason for cancellation no longer existed.
Paragraph (2)(a). introductory phrase: See Rule 10 (Man-
datory Contents of the Request for Recording of Later Desig-
nation),
As to the word direct, see Rule 24 (Transmittal of Doc-
uments to the International Bureau) ; the transmittal of the
request may consist in handing over or mailing to the Inter
national Bureau or any agency thereof.
In connection with the word request, the following termino-
logical pattern of the Draft may be noted : a petition for in-
ternational registration is called an application, a petition
for the recording of ii later designation is called a request, a
petition for renewal is called a demand: furthermore, only
applications lead to registration, all other petitions lead to
recording.
Paragraph (2)(a)(i): See Rule 10.1 (Indication That the
Request Is For Recording of Later Designation).
Paragraph (2)fa){ii): See Rule 10.2 (Indications Con-
cerning the Applicant or the Owner of the International Reg-
istration). The Indication of the residence and nationality
of the applicant or owner is necessary since between the time
of the filing of the international application and the time
of the filing of the request for recording the later <lesignatlon
his residence or nationality may undergo changes wliich no
longer allow him to own international registrations. His
address may also have changed.
Paragraph (i)(a)(iii): .See Rule 10.3 (Identification of the
International Application or International Registration).
Paragraph (2)(a)(iv): See Rule 10.4 (Identification of tlie
Later Designated State.
Paragraph (2)(h): As to the claiming of priority, see Rule
11.1 (Claiming of Priority).
The additional optional indications provided for in other
provisions of the Treaty concern:
the choice of a certain national register (see Article 11(3).
and Rule 11.5 : Option Under Article 11(3)).
the declaration of intent to use the mark in respect of the
designated .State (sec Article 18(4). and Rule 11.2; Dec-
laration of Intent To Use the Mark).
applicant or only such indications as do not permit the
conclusion that he has the right to file international
applications,
(iv) where the international application contains no indi-
cations concerning the applicant's identity and address
or only such indications as do not permit him to be
identified and reached by mail,
fv) where the international application does not include
the reproduction of the mark,
(vi) where the international application does not list any
goods and /or services,
(vii) where the international application does not desig-
nate any Contracting State,
(viii) where the international application is not signed,
(ix) where the prescribed fees are not paid,
(2) Where the only defect is or the only defects are that
the international application has not been signed and /or
that the fees paid are less than the amount prescribed but
at least attain the amount ("minimum amount") fixed in
the Regulations, the International Bureau shall invite the
applicant to sign the application or to pay the missing
part of the fees, as the case may be: if the invitation is
complied with within the prescribed time limit, the Inter-
national Bureau shall effect the international registration.
(3)i'a) The International Bureau shall, subject to para-
graph (4)(b), decline the international application, notify
the applicant accordingly, and reimburse to him such
amounts as are specified in the Regulations, where the
defect or defects consist of:
(i) any of those referred to in paragraph (1), items (i)
to (vii), or
(ii) the fact that no fees have been paid or the amount
paid was less than the minimum amount referred to in
paragraph (2), or
(iii) the fact that the invitation referred to in paragraph
(2) has not been complied with within the time limit
referred to in that paragraph.
(b) The International Bureau shall not proceed under
subparagraph (a) before the expiration of six months
from the date on which it received the international appli-
cation.
(4) (a) Subject to subparagraph (b), the date under
which the international registration shall be eflfected ("in-
ternational registration date") is the date cmi which the
international application was received by the IntematicMial
Bureau.
(b) Where any defect referred to in paragraph
(3)(a)(i) or (ii) is corrected within the six months period
referred to in paragraph (3)(b), or where the missing
signature is furnished or the difference between the mini-
mum amount of fees and the required amount of fees is
cessfui owner from filing a new international application for paid after the expiration of the time limit referred to in
the same mark and the same goods and/or services and de>dg- paragraph (2) but within the said six months period, the
International Bureau shall effect the international regis-
tration and the international registration date shall be the
date on which the International Bureau receives the re-
quired correction or payment, provided that by that date
all defects have been corrected and all required fees have
been paid.
Comments on Article 7
Paragraph (J): As to the registration, see Rule 3.1 (Keep-
ing of the Register).
The possible defects listed under (i) to (vll) are all so
basic that the paper purporting to be an International appli-
cation cannot reasonably be considered or treated as one. The
comments on Article 5(1) refer In more detail to the applica-
ble Rules, which are the following: for item (1), Rule 5.1;
for item (11), Rule 7.1 ; for Items (Hi) and (Iv). Rule 5.2 : for
item (V), Rule 5.3; for item (vl), Rule 5.4; for item (vii),
Rule 5.5 It is to be noted that items (iii) and (iv) concern-
ing the Identification of the applicant do not necessarily
require compliance with all the provisions of Rule 5.2.
Whereas, In the case of the said defects, the international
application will be declined automatically, the possible defects
mentioned In items (vili) and (Ix) — lack of signature or no
indications provided for in the
The additional optional
Regulations concern :
the possibility of presenting a more limited ll.st of goods
and/or services in respect of the later designated State
than the list appearing in the international registration
(see Rule 11.4 : List of Goods and/or Services),
the preservation of rights acquired through national regis-
trations, or through international registrations under the
.Madrid Agreement (see Articles 19(2) and 20(2). and Rule
11.3: Declarations Under Articles 19(2) and 20(2)).
Paragraph (2)(c): As to language, see Rule 7.2 (Language
of the Request f'or Recording of Later Designations).
As to form, see Rule 12 (Form of the Request for Record
ing of Later Designation).
As to fees, see Rule 13 (Fees Payable With the Request for
Recording of Later IVsignation). as well as Article 17 (Fees)
and Rule 20 (Payment of Fee.s).
As to signature, see Rule 12.2 (Copies: Signature). The re-
quest may be signed by the duly appointed representative
(see Article 22(2), second sentence).
Paragraph (2)fd): Any designation contrary to this pro-
vision will be declined by the International Bureau (see Arti-
cle 8(1) (x)). This, however, would not prevent the uiisuc
nating the State which, through the attempted later designa
tion. ne was not entitled to designate. By forcing him into
the latter solution the International Register is kept clearer
since the designation of the same State on the basis of the
same international registration by different owners could
more easily lead to confusion.
Paragraph f-l): See the comments on Article 5(3) and
Item (11) of Article 5(3). The reference to Rule 14.5 should
be understood as a reference to Rule 15.5.
Article 7
International Registration or Declining of the
International Application
(1) The International Bureau shall promptly effect the
international registration as applied for except:
(i) where the international application does not contain
an indication that it is filed under this Treaty,
(ii) where the international application is in a language
other than one of the prescribed languages,
(iii) where the international application contains no indi-
„.• ■ ., -J *• 1-.. f .1. payment or insuflScient payment of the fees— are treated dlf-
cations concerning the residence or nationality of the ferently : the first always, the second in some cases. In the
1182
VOL. 895— OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
case of lack of signature, the applicant will be given a chance
to furnish the signature (see paragraph (2)) and, If he does
80 within one month (see Rule 14.1). his application will b*'
registered under the date on which it was received by the
International Bureau (see paragraph (4) (a)). As far as fees
are concerned, two separate cases are envisaged with differ-
ent consequences. Where the applicant has paid less than the
amount prescribed but at least as much as the minimum
amount defined In the Regulations (see Rule 14.2), he will
be given a chance to pay the difference and, if he does so
within one month (see Rule 14.1). his application will be reg-
istered under the date on which it was received by the Inter-
national Bureau (see paragraph (4) (a)). On the other hand,
where the applicant has paid no fees whatsoever, or paid less
than the minimum amount, or — despite having paid at least
the minimum amount — has not paid the difference within the
."said one-month time limit, his application will be declined
(see paragraph (3)). However, even In such ca.se8, as well as
those where the time limit for furnishing the missing signa-
ture has lapsed without its having been furnished, and even
in the case of any of the other defects, the applicant may pay
the (missing) fees and correct the defects any time before
the expiration of six months from the date on which it re-
ceived the defective International application ; If he does so,
that application will not be declined, but the international
registration will not be effected under the date on which the
international application was received but under the date on
which payment of the fees was made (completed) and all the
defects w"ere corrected (see paragraphs (3) (b) and (4)(b)).
It l8 to be noted that, when the defect is other than lack of
signature or fees above the minimum but less than reouired,
the International Bureau may call the attention of the ap-
plicant to It (.<;ee Rule 14.3 : Calling Attention to Defects
Other Than Those Referred To In Article 7(2)) ; when it l.«
either of the said two, the International Bureau mnst Invite
the applicant to correct it (Article 7(2) ).
Possible defects not sanctioned by declining the interna-
tional application are, for example, non-compliance with the
requirement of transliteration and translation (Rule 5..S :
Reproduction of the Mark ; Colors, Transliteration and Trans-
lation), and non-compliance with the requirement that goods
and/or services must be grouped according to the Interna-
tional (Nice) Classification (Rule 5.4: List of Goods and/or
Services). In such cases, the International Bureau proceeds
itself with the transliteration, translation or grouping (see
the cited Rules) and may charge the applicant a fee (Rule
9.2 : Fees Payable In the Case of Certain Defects In the Inter-
national Application). It will probably charge no fee where
the work is not substantial. Non-payment would have no legal
consequence.
Paragraph fi): The time limit Is one month from the date
of the registered letter which the International Bureau must
send to the applicant. Inviting him to sign his application
or. where the fees paid are more than the minimum amount
but less than the required amount, to pay the missing part
of the fees (see Rule 14.1 : Time Limit Under Article 7(2) ).
The "minimum amount" is fixed in Rule 14.2 (Minimum
Amount Under Article 7(2) ).
Paragraph fSjfaj: See Rule 14.4 (Notification, and Reim-
bursement of Certain Fees, Under Article 7(3)).
Where the International Bureau declines the International
application or, more precisely, declines to give the status of
an international application to a paper purporting to be an
International application, the applicant has no Instance t<i
appeal to since any such Instance could only be an Interna-
tional tribunal and the matter in question could hardly justify
the institution of such heavy machinery. Of course, if the
International Bureau erred In finding a defect when in fact
there was none, it can be alerted to it and come back on its
decision. But even if it perseveres in its error, all the conse-
quences of that error can be avoided by making use of the
possibility offered to him by Article 9 (Avoiding the Effects
of Declining).
Paragraph (3)(b): This subparagraph means that any de-
fect mar be corrected within six months of the (attempted)
filing of the defective international application without the
need to refile that application. However, the International
registration date will not be the date on which the defective
application was filed but the date on which the defect was
corrected (see paragraph (4)(b)). except where. In the ca.ses
envisaged in paragraph (2), the condition stated therein is
fulfilled.
Paragraph f!t)fa): Naturally, where the international ap-
plication has been declined, there will be no "international
registration date."
Paragraph f4)(b): See the comments on paragraph (3) (b).
Article 8
Recording or Declining of Later Designation
(1) Any later designation shall be recorded by the
International Bureau according to the request for the re-
cording thereof except:
(i) where the request does not contain an indication that
it is for a later designation under this Treaty,
(ii) where the request is in a language other than one
of the prescribed languages,
(iii) where the request contains no indications concerning
the residence or naticmality of the applicant or, where
the international registration has already been effected,
of the owner of such registration, or only such indica-
tions as do not permit the conclusion that he has the
right to file international applications and to own inter-
national registrations,
( iv) where the request contains no indications concerning
the identity and address of the applicant, or, where the
international registration has already been effected, ot
the owner of such registration, or only such indications
as do not permit him to be identified and reached by
mail,
(v) where the request does not identify the international
application or, once the international registration has
been effected, such registration,
(vi) where the request does not designate any Contracting
State,
fvii) where the request contains a list of goods and/or
services which is different from the list contained in the
international application or international registration
and does not conform with the concept of limitation as
defined in the Regulations,
(viii) where the request is not signed,
(ix) where the prescribed fees are not paid,
(x) where, at the time of filing the request, different per-
sons are the owners of the international registration for
the purposes of different designated States and the re-
quest designates a Contracting State which has already
been designated by one of such owners other than the
owner making the request.
(2) Where the only defect is or the only defects are
that any request for recording a limitation of the list of
goods and/or services does not conform with the concept
of limitation as defined in the Regulations, that the re-
quest for recording the later designation has not been
signed, or that the fees paid are less than the amo\int
prescribed but at least attain the amount ("minimum
amount") fixed in the Regulations, the International Bu-
reau shall invite the applicant or, once the international
registration has been effected, the owner of such regis-
tration to conform the list of goods and/or services to
the said concept of limitation, to sign the request, or to
pay the missing part of the fees, as the case may be; if
the invitation is complied with within the prescribed time
limit, the International Bureau shall proceed with the
recording of the later designation.
(3) (a) The International Bureau shall, subject to par-
agraph (4)(b). decline the request, notify accordingly the
applicant or, once the international registration has been
effected, the owner of such registration, and reimburse
to him such amounts as are specified in the Regulations,
where the defect or defects consist of:
(i) any of those referred to in paragraph (1), items (i)
to (vi), or
(ii) the fact that no fees have been paid or the amovmt
paid was less than the minimum amount referred to
in paragraph (2), or
(iii) the fact that the invitation referred to in paragraph
(2) has not been complied with within the time limit
referred to in that paragraph, or
(iv) that referred to in paragraph (l)(x).
(b) The International Bureau shall not proceed under
subparagraph (a) before the expiration of six months
from the date on which it received the request for record-
ing the later designation.
(4) (a) Subject to subparagraph (b), the date under
which the later designation shall be recorded ("recording
date of the later designation") is the date on which the
request for recording the later designation was received by
the International Bureau.
(b) Where any defect referred to in paragraph
(3) (a) (i) or (ii) is corrected within the six months period
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1188
referred to in paragraph (3)(b), or where the conforming
with the concept of limitation, the furnishing of the sig-
nature or the payment of the difference between the mini-
mum amount of fees and the required amount of fees is
effected after the expiration of the time limit referred to
in paragraph (2) but within the said six months period,
the International Bureau shall record the request and the
recording date of the later designation shall be the date
on which the International Bureau receives the required
correction or payment, provided that by that date all de-
fects have been corrected and all required fees have been
paid.
Comments on Abticle 8
Paragraph (l): As to the recording, see Rule 3.1 (Keeping
of the Register).
The possible defects listed under (1) to (vi) are all so basic
that the paper purporting to be a request for the recording
of a later designation cannot reasonably be considered or
treated as one. The comments on Article 6(2) refer in more
detail to the applicable Rules, which are the following : for
item (1), Rule 10.1; for item (II), Rule 7.2; for Items (111)
and (iv). Rule 10.2; for item (v). Rule 10.3; for item (vi).
Rule 10.4. It Is to be noted that items (ill) and (iv) do not
necessarily require compliance with all the provisions of
Rule 10.2.
As to item (vil), it Is to be noted that the request for the
recording of later designation may relate to less than all the
goods and/or services appearing in the International registra-
tion, since the owner of the International registration may
liave reasons for aiming at a more limited list in the newly
designated State than In those States which were designate<l
in the international application. However, he will have to
comply with the requirement that the new list conform with
the concept of limitation as defined in Rule 22.2 (Concept of
Limitation).
As to the possible defects concerning the limitation of the
list of goods and/or services as well as to those referred to
in items (vlll) and (ix). the solution parallels that provided
for in connection with international applications suffering
from defects analogous to the two last mentioned. The third
and fourth paragraphs of the comments on Article 7(1) ai)ply
here too. See also Rule 15.3 (Calling Attention to Defects
Other Than Those Referred to in Article 8(2)).
The defect referred to in item (x) cannot be corrected, not
even under paragraph (4)(b).
Paragraph (2): The time limit is one month from the date
of the registered letter which the International Bureau must
send to the applicant or the owner of the International reg-
istration, inviting him to conform with the concept of limita-
tion, to sign the request or to pay the missing part of the
fees (see Rule 15.1: Time Limit Under Article 8(2)). The
"minimum amount" is fixed in Rule 15.2 (Minimum Amount
Under Article 8(2)).
Paragraph (S)(a): See Rule 15.4 (Notification, and Reim-
bursement of Certain Fees, Under Article 8(3)). In the case
of nny erroneous declining of the request for the recording of
later designation, the same guarantees are provided for as In
the case of erroneous declining of the International applica-
tion (see Article 9 (Avoiding the Effects of Declining) and
the comments on Article 7(3) (a) ).
Paragraph (H)(h): This provision parallels Article 7(3) (b)
and the comments made on that provision apply here too
mutatis mutandis.
Paragraph (^)(a): Naturally, where the request has been
declined, there will be no recording date
Para-graph (i)fb): This provision parallels Article 7(4) (b),
and the comments made on that provision apply here too
mutatis mutandis.
Article 9
Avoiding the Effects of Declining
(1) Where the International Bureau has declined the
international application or a request for the recording
of later designation, the applicant or the owner of the in-
ternational registration may, within the prescribed time
limit, file with the national Office of any State designated
in the said declined application or request a petition for
the purpose of requesting the International Bureau to
proceed, in respect of that State, with the international
registration of the mark and the recording of the desig-
nation of the said State or, where the international reg-
istration has already been effected, with the recording of
the designation of that State. He shall, within the same
time limit, transmit a copy of the petition to the Inter-
national Bureau. If the petition relates to a mark which is
already registered in the International Register of Marks,
the International Bureau shall, as provided in the Regu-
lations, record and publish the fact that it has received a
copy of such petition.
(2) If the national Office or other competent authority
of the said State finds that the declining, by the Interna-
tional Bureau, of the international application or of the
request for the recording of later designation was imjusti-
fied under this Treaty and the Regulations, the national
Office of the said State shall request the International
Bureau to proceed as provided in paragraph (1). [It may
request the International Bureau so to proceed even in the
absence of any such finding.]
(3) The International Bureau shall proceed as re-
quested.
Comments on Article 9
Paragraph (1): As to the purpose of this Article, see the
comments on Articles 7(3) and 8(3),
The time limit in question is three months from the date
of the registered letter of the International Bureau notifying
the fact that the international application or the request for
later designation has been declined (see Rule 16.1). See also
Rules 16.2 (Recording and Publication Under Article 9(1))
and 10.3 (Notification of National Offices Under Article 9(1) ).
A matter to be studied further is whether the Treaty should
not allow the applicant to choose between two possibilities :
one contained in this Article and another which was provided
In the Article bearing the same number in document TRT/I/3
of April 13, 1971. That Article read as follows :
"(1) Where the International Bureau has declined the
international application or a request for recordal of later
designation, the applicant or the owner of the interna-
tional registration may within the prescribed time limit,
file with the national Office of any State which the said
applicant or owner has attempted to designate an appli-
cation ("national application") for the registration, In
the national register of marks, of the same mark in re-
spect of a list of goods and/or services not extending
beyond the list of goods and/or services Indicated in the
International application or the request for recordal of
later designation.
"(2) The national application thus filed with the said
natirnal Office shall be treated as If it had been filed on
the date on which the declined International application
or the declined request for recordal of later designation
was filed with the International Bureau, provided that
the national Office finds that the declining, by the Inter-
national Bureau, of the international application or of
the request for recordal of later designation was unjusti-
fied under this Treaty and the Regulations and provided
further that the national application compiles with all
the requirements of the national law of the Interested
State laid down for national applications."
The above text was accompanied by the following comments
In the said document :
"Paragraph (1): As to the purpose of this Article, see
the comments on Articles 7(3) and 8(3).
"The time limit in question is three months from the
date of the registered letter of the International Bureau
notifying the fact that the international application or
the request for later designation has been declined (see
Rule 10.1).
"Paragraph (t): This provision means that. If the
attempted— but declined — international application or re-
quest for the recordal of a later designation was filed
within the six-month priority period provided for in the
Paris Convention, the national application In question
would also benefit from that priority.
"In order to be able to furnish evidence to the national
Office In question that he did file an international appli-
cation and that It was declined In error, the applicant
may ask the International Bureau to communicate to the
national Office a copy of the entire file of his case (see
Rule 16.2: Notification to National Offices Under Artl-
cle9(2)).
"The question arises whether a similar possibility
should be offered to the owner of the international regis-
tration where the International Bureau has erred in ap-
plying a later effective date under the second sentence of
Article 7(4) or the second sentence of Article 8(4)."
Paragraph fi): This provision means. In effect, that any
deslenated State mav force the International Bureau into re-
cording its designation and, if the international registration
has not been effected, also into effecting such registration.
But if such registration is effected, it will have effect only
In respect of the designated State which has forced the regis-
tration. However, the International Bureau may. at its own
discretion, reverse its decision to decline also in respect of
other designated States.
Whether the last sentence should be maintained Is a matter
to be studied further. The main argument for omitting it
would be that if the national Office finds that the declining
was justified there Is no good reason for requesting the Inter-
national Bureau to proceed. The main argument for retaining
it Is that the mistake on which the declining was based — of
necessity, since the International Bureau has no discretion —
may be Insignificant (for example, the fact that the fees were
only a few francs short of the required amount) and It would
only be equitable to disregard such a mistake.
Paragraph fS): "As requested means as requested by the
national Office of the designated State.
A matter to be studied further is whether the scope of this
Article should be extended so as to cover not only the cases
1184
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
where the International Bureau declines the International
application or the request for recording later designation but
also the cases where the International Hureau refuses to
honor a request for recording a change in ownership (see
Vrticle 14) a request for recording a change in the list of
goods and/or services (now covered in Article 15(.'^) (b) ). and
a demand for renewal (see Article K!). Another solution could
consist in making Article 9 applicable to any decision of the
International Bureau in connection with which the applicant
or the owner of the international registration alleges that
the International Bureau has erred.
Article 10
Publication and Notification
(1) International registrations and recordings of later
designations shall be promptly published by the Inter-
national Bureau, as provided in the Regulations.
(2) International registrations and recordings of later
designations shall be promptly notified by the Inter-
national Bureau to the national Offices of each designated
State, as provided in the Regulations.
Comments on Article 10
Paragraph (1): The publication shall take place in the
Cazette of the International Bureau, since Article 2(lx) pro-
vides that "references to any publication by the International
Bureau shall be construed as references to publications ef-
fected in the official r.azette of that Bureau."
As to the contents of the publication, see Rule 17.1 (Con-
tents of Publication of International Registrations) : The
publication will be effected in English and French (see Rule
ZO.?,: Languages of the Gazette), normally within between
ten and twenty days from the international registration date
if it is assum"e<l that preparations for the registration and
publication will last approximately ten days and if It is con-
sidered that the Gazette will be weekly (see Rule 30.2 : Fre-
quency of Issue of the Gazette).
The" Regulations contain no provision on the question
whether the registration of a mark relating to goods and/or
.services belonging to several classes of the Nice Classification
should be published as one item or as many Items as there
are clas.ses. The matter will Iv regulated In the Administra-
tive Instructions. The present intention Is to proceed as fol-
lows. The Gazette will have a separate section for each class
of the Nice Classification. Each registration which relates to
one class only will be published in the section corresponding
to that claims. Where any registration relates to several classes
It will be published in the section corresponding to that class
which has the lowest number among the said classes, whereas
In each other relevant section merely the international regis-
tration number or International later designation number and
tlie page number of the Gazette on which the registration
appears will be mentioned.
As to access to information through other means than the
Gazette, see Rule .31 (Copies and Other Information Available
to the Public).
Paragraph (Z): See Rule IS (Notification of International
Registrations and Recordings of Later Designations), accord-
ing to which the notification will essentially consist of a re-
print of the relevant passages In the Gazette. However, where
the international application or the request for the recording
of the later designation contains a declaration of intent to
use the mark, the notification to the interested designated
Office will also include a copy in full of that application or
request (see Rule 18.1(111) ).
Article 11
Effects of International Registration and of
Recording of Later Designation
(1) [National Application Effect] The international
registration of a mark and the recording of any later
designation, published and notified as provided in Article
10, shall have the same effect in each designated State
as if an application for the registration of the mark in
the national register of marks had been filed with the
national Office of that State on the international regis-
tration date or on the recording date of the later designa-
tion, as the case may be.
ALTERNATIVE A:
(2) [National Registration Effect] Furthermore, the
said international registration and recording shall, sub-
ject to Articles 12 and 13. have the same effect in each
designated State as if the mark had been registered in
the national register of marks of that State; such effect
shall come into existence in any designated State:
(i) where no refusal or notice that a refusal may even-
tually be pronounced ("notice of possible refusal")
has been notified by the national Office of that State
within the time limit fixed in Article 12(2) (a), at the
expiration of that time limit,
(ii) where a refusal or a notice of possible refusal has
been notified by the national Office of that State within
the time limit fixed in Article 12(2) (a), if and when,
and to the extent to which, the refusal is reversed by
a final decision or the final decision taken in the pro-
ceedings referred to in the notice of possible refusal
results in acceptance of the effect provided for in this
paragraph,
and shall be deemed to have started as of the international
registration date or the recording date of the later des-
ignation, as the case may be.
ALTERNATIVE B:
(2) [National Registration Effect] Furthermore, the
said international registration and recording shall, sub-
ject to Articles 12 and 13, have the same effect in each
designated State as if the mark had been registered in
the national register of marks of that State on the follow-
ing date:
(i) where no refusal or notice that a refusal may even-
tually be pronounced ("notice of possible refusal")
has been notified by the national Office of that State
within the time limit fixed in Article 12(2) (a), on the
day following the expiration of that time limit, or
(ii) where a refusal has been notified by the national
Office of that State within the time limit fixed in Ar-
ticle 12(2) (a) but the refusal is subsequently reversed,
on the date on which the decision of reversal becomes
final, or
(iii) where a notice of possible refusal has been notified
by the national Office of that State within the time limit
fi.xed in Article 12(2) (a) but a decision taken in sub-
sequent proceedings results in acceptance of the eflfect
provided for in this paragraph, on the date on which
that decision becomes final.
BOTH ALTERNATIVES:
(3) [Several National Registers] Where, in any desig-
nated State, there is more than one national register of
marks, the reference in paragraphs (1) and (2) to the
national register of marks shall be construed as a refer-
ence to that national register which affords the highest
degree of protection, unless another register is indicated
in the international application or the request for the re-
cording of the later designation, or in a communication
filed direct with the designated Office. In the case of such
indication, the reference in paragraphs (1) and (2) to the
national register of marks shall be construed as a refer-
ence to the register so indicated.
Comments on Article 11
Paragraphs (l) and (2): These two paragraphs state the
two effects of the international registration : the first Is the
same as that of national filing, the second is the same as that
of national registration. In these comments, the first will
sometimes be referred to as the "national application effect
(Of the International application)." and the second as the
•'national registration effect (of the international reglstra-
These indications appear also at the beginning of the para-
graphs In brackets, as a sort of title. Neither these nor any
other such paragraph titles are Intended to remain In the text
of the Treaty beyond the draft stages.
Paragraph (1): The national application effect comes Into
existence as of the international registration date, which Is
generally the date on which the International application was
received by the International Bureau (see Article 7(4) (a))
or In the case of a later designation, as of the recording date
of' the later designation, which generally Is the date on which
the request for recording the later designation Is received by
the International Bureau (see Article 8(4) ).
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1185
In essence, this paragraph provides that an International
registration has the same effect as a national application. It
should be noted tliat it contains no provision attempting to
harmonize the effects attached to national application under
tlie various national laws. Consequently, each State's national
law will continue to be completely free in this respect. What-
ever effect is provided for national applications will be >x\>-
plicable under this paragraph to international registrations.
Paragraph (i): This provision, together with the provision
(in renewals. Is the most Important one of the Treaty. The
Treaty Is being concluded for the very reason that a single
(international) registration should be able to take the iilace
of the separate (national) registrations in each of those
States in which the owner of the mark is interested In ob-
taining protection. Tills is the provision which accomplishes
tlie desired aim.
The provision means that the effect of the International
registration in each designated State (whether designated in
the international application or later) is the same as that of
the registration of the same mark, for the same goods and/or
services, in the national register of marks of that State "(na-
tional registration effect)."
It should be noted that neither this provision nor any other
provision of the Treaty attempts to harmonize the effects
attached to national registration under the various national
laws. Consequently, each State's national law will be free to
provide the effects it desires to provide for national registra-
tion and whatever effect is so provided will be applicable
under this paragraph to international registrations. (_)ne of
the examples of the freedom of national laws is that no given
time limit has necessarily to be computed from the date of
registration ; thus, for example, any requirement of the na-
tional law concerning incontestability or the use of the mark
may run from any point in time (subject, of course, as far as
use Is concerned, to respecting Article 18(3)), but any time
limit or right which, according to the national law, runs
from the national registration date (as distinguished from
national filing), will run from the international registration
date unless the Treaty provides for exceptions or a different
system. (For the sake of simplicity, the comments on this
paragraph speak only of the international registration date :
however the expression should always be understood as in-
cluding also the recording date of the later designation when
the designation has not been made in the international appli-
cation but In a later request.)
Furthermore, It should be noted that protection cannot be
acquired, through international registration, in a designated
State for marks which are unregistrable in the national regis-
ter of that State, for example, service marks in States in
which service marks are not registrable. If such a State is
designated, its authorities should use the right of refusal
given to it bv Article 12 ; but, even if they fall to refuse, the
designation will have the same effect (I.e., in most cases,
none) as that of a national registration made in error.
Finally, It should be noted that the fact that the effect,
once acquired. Is the same as that of a national registration
implies that it can be taken away for the same reasons as
those for which a national registration can be cancelled, for
example, because it should never have been made (because
accepting It for registration was contrary to the law), or
because It has not been renewed, or because the mark is not
being used when it should be. However, in some of these ca.ses,
the Treaty provides for guarantees or alternative iwssibilitles :
cancellation must strictly follow the national treatment prin-
ciple of the Paris Convention (see Article 12), renewal is to
be effected Internationally (see Article 16), and use generally
cannot be required during an initial period of usually three
(or five) years after the International registration or the
later designation (see Article 18(3) (a) ).
All that precedes applies to both Alternatives A and B.
What follows deals with the difference between these two
.Vlternatives.
The difference between the two Alternatives concerns the
question when the national registration effect starts. Accord-
ing to Alternative A, it would start on the international
registration date. -Vccording to Alternative B, it would start,
where there is no "complication." I.e., refusal or notice of
possible refusal, at the end of the 12 for 15) months period
during which refusal or notice of possible refusal ma,v be
forthcoming (see Article 12(2) (a) ) or, where there Is a "com-
plication," if and when it is resolved in favor of the applicant.
Alternative A has the advantage that It fixes a uniform
starting date, which appears to have the merit of simplicity.
.Mternative B has the advantage that it avoids the principle
of retroactlvltv. which might raise fears that rights of third
parties may be prejudiced, and that it avoids the possible
need to change certain national laws In certain respects (see
below).
it Is believed, however, that the differences are more ap-
parent than real and the advantages more theoretical than
practical.
This Is so because according to the national laws of most
countries most effects of national registration are retroactive
to the date of national filing. Thus, even under Alternative B,
there would practically be a de facto retroactivity and to the
same uniform date (the date on which the international reg-
istration was filed) as under Alternative A. For example, in
many countries a registered mark prevails against conflicting
marks If it has been filed before those other marks are filed ;
In others, it prevails if it has been used before those other
marks are used. In neither case Is the date of registration of
any relevance.
Admittedly, there are certain effects under some national
laws which start from registration only. For example. In
some countries infringement actions may be brought only
after registration. It is to cover those situations without
having to change those laws (either in the sense that the said
effects would also start from filing or from some event other
than registration) that .Mternative B is proposed. Another
solution would consist in adopting Alternative A but with a
prdviso or some other provision (perhaps a reservation) which
would allow any Contracting State which "repeats " the inter-
national registration in its national register to apply the said
I'ffects from the date it "repeats" the international registra-
tion, provided that the national Office notifies the Interna-
tional Bureau of the date of such "repeating" within the 12
months period. (Where item (ii) of .\lternative A applies, the
12 months period would, naturally, not apply.)
Paragraph 1 .1 ) : This paragraph is Intended, in particular.
to cover the situation existing in the United States of Amer
ica, the United Kingdom, and a number of States following
the I'K system, namely, that there are two registers of marks
("Principal' and "Supplemental" in the United States of
.Vmerica or 'Part A" and "Part B" in the United Kingdom).
The provision leaves it to the discretion of the applicant or
the owner of the international registration to decide whether
the nationa; registration effect will, in the said examples,
relate to the Principal Register or to the Supplemental Reg-
ister, or to the Part A Register or to the Part B Register. If
the application, or the request for recording of a later desig-
nation or a communication addressed to the interested desig-
nated Office does not contain an Indication that the Supple-
mental Register or the Part B Register Is chosen, the effect
will relate to the Principal Register or the Part A Register,
since thev afford a higher degree of protection than the Sup-
plemental Register and the Part B Register. See Rule (".5
(Option Under Article 11(3)) and Rule 11.5 (Option Under
Article 11(3) ).
Article 12
Refusal of the Effect Provided for in Article J I (2)
(I) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) and
Articles 18. 19(3) and 20(3). the effect provided for in
Article 11(2) may. in respect of any designated State,
be refused by the competent authorities of that State for
the same reasons and to the same extent as those in re-
spect of which applications for the registration of marks
in the national register of marks may be refused under
the national law of the said State, provided that such rea-
sons are not incompatible with this Treaty and the Regu-
lations or the Paris Convention, and provided that Article
dquinquies of the Paris Convention shall apply also to
marks registered under this Treaty, the international reg-
istration taking the place, for the purposes of the said Ar-
ticle dquinquies. of registration in the country of origin.
(2) (a) Any refusal under paragraph (1) shall be ef-
fective only:
(i) if the refusal or the notice of possible refusal is noti-
fied, as provided in the Regulations, by the national
(Office of the designated State to the International Bu-
reau so that the latter receives it within 12 [Alternative:
15 J months from the date of the publication of the in-
ternational registration, or. in the case of a later desig-
nation, of the recording of the later designation of such
State, and
(ii) in the case of a refusal, if the reasons for the refusal
are specified,
(iii) in the case of a notice of possible refusal followed
by a refusal, if the notice specifies, as provided in the
Regulations, the reasons for which a refusal may even-
tually be pronounced, and provided that the reasons
given in the final decision of refusal include at least one
of the reasons specified in the said notice and the said
decision is or is also based on that reason. [Where the
said decision is that of a court, it shall be effective even
if it is not based on any of the reasons specified in the
notice of possible refusal.]
[(b) Where the notice of possible refusal received by
the International Bureau within the time limit fixed in sub-
paragraph (a) (i) includes reasons adduced by a third party
in an opposition procedure and that party later adduces
supplemental reasons, the said reasons shall be considered
to have been included in the notice of possible refusal if
they are notified, as provided in the Regulations, by the
designated Office to the International Bureau so that the
latter receives them within three [Alternative: six] months
from the expiration of the said time limit.]
1186
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
(3) (a) The International Bureau shall, as provided in
the Regulations, notify the owner of the international reg-
istration of any notification received under paragraph (2)
and publish a notice concerning such notification.
(b) The owner of the international registration shall,
in any designated State, have the same remedies against
any decision of refusal and shall have the same procedural
and substantive rights in connection with any intended pos-
sible refusal, whether ex officio or based on the opposition
of a third party, as have applicants who apply for the reg-
istration of marks in the national register of marks of the
State in question.
(4) (a) Where the decision of refusal is final, the na-
tional Office of the designated State shall notify the In-
ternational Bureau accordingly, and that Bureau shall
notify the owner of the international registration, record
the final decision, cancel the designation of that State, or,
in a case where the final decision relates to some only of
the goods and/or services listed, cancel in respect of the
said State those goods and /or services to which the said
decision relates, and publish such cancellation.
(b) Where a non-final refusal or a notice of possible
refusal has been notified under paragraph (2) and the final
decision results in acceptance of the eflfect referred to in
Article 11(2), the national Office of the designated State
shall notify the International Bureau accordingly.
(c) The details of the procedures referred to in sub-
paragraphs (a) and (b) are provided in the Regulations.
COMME.NTS O.N ARTICLE 12
Paragraph (1): This paragraph enunciates the principle
according to which the "national registration effect" may not,
on the basis of an international registration, materialize tor
the same reasons as those for which the national registration
of a mark applied for direct in the national Office cannot be
granted.
The principle is qualified In three respects, First, the re-
fusal must follow certain procedural requirements (see para-
graph i2i). Secondly, the refusal cannot be in violation of
Article 18. which provides for the non-appllcabillty of certain
national requirements generally or for a limited period of
time. Thirdly, the national registration effect cannot be put.
so to speak, in double jeopardy by e.xposlng the mark to a
new possibility of refusal when It has already been exposed
to such possibility because the mark which is the subject of
the international registration is no more and no less than
a mark which is already in the national register or which is
already in the other international register, namely, that
maintained under the Madrid Agreement (see Article 19
(Preservation of Rights Acquired Through National Registra-
tion) and Article 20 (Preservation of Rights Acquired
Through International Filing Under the Madrid Agreement)).
The question that may arise Is why a State in which the mark
is already protected (by virtue of a national registration or
by virtue of the Madrid Agreement) should be designated at
all under the Treaty. The answer is that under the Treaty the
surveillance of renewals is much simpler If not also much
cheaper (see Article 16(2) and the comments accompanying
Article 19(1)).
The grounds on which the refusal is based must not be
Incompatible with the provisions of the Treaty and the Reg-
ulations or of the Paris Convention. That they must not be
incompatible with the Treaty and the Regulations is a mat-
ter of course. That they cannot be incompatible with the
Paris Convention follows from the fact that only States
members of the Paris Union may become party to the Treaty
(see Article 108(1) ). These matters are dealt with In the first
proviso of the paragraph under consideration.
The second proviso provides that the refusal must also
respect Article Qquinquies of the Paris Convention, In this
case, the mere reference to the Paris Convention would not
suffice since the said Article refers to the notion of countrv
of origin, and marks which are the subject of international
registration do not have a country of origin when the inter-
national registration is not preceded by a registration in the
national register of a country. Sections B and C of Article
Cxjuinquiex provide the reasons for which marks mav be "de-
nied registration" or may be "Invalidated" (Section B) or
may be "refused" (Section C). In the Draft Treaty's terminol-
ogy, these acts are called refusals or cancellations (Articles
12 and 13). It Is to be noted that, since Article Gpuintjuies of
the Paris Convention deals only with grounds of refusal con-
cerning the mark as such (the mark itself), any national
law providing for refusal or cancellation for lack of bona fide
Intent to use the mark, lack of actual use, or multiplicity of
applicants, would be compatible with Article 6Quingtiies and
hence, subject to the provisions of Article 18, also with the
paragraph In question.
Paragraph (t), generally: This paragraph specifies the pro-
cedural requirements which any refusal, to be effective under
the Treaty, must satsify. Roughly stated, it means that the
refusal can generally be based only on such grounds as are
notified — via the International Bureau — within a certain
time limit, to the owner of the International registration. The
notification is made via the International Bureau because it
might be awkward, or even impossible from a legal viewpoint.
for a national Office to send official communications to per-
sons in foreign States. Naturally, this difficulty could be
eliminated if the owner of the international registration were
obliged to have a representative or at least an address for
service in each of the designated States. However, this would
always be costly for him and often completely unnecessary,
especially where there is no dispute between him and the
national Office. But, of course. If there Is a refu.sal or notice
of possible refusal, and the owner wants to defend his case, he
will have to conform, from then on, to the national procedure,
because he can only react direct, that Is. not through the
International Bureau. Consequently, he will have to use the
remedies available under the national law in accordance with
that law. This will necessitate a knowledge of the national
law, the use of the official language of the national Office,
and the practical if not the legal necessity of using the serv-
ices of a local representative (attorney, agent, or other). See
Art»"i« 18(6).
Where the address of the owner of the International regis-
tration l.'i in the State which notifies the refusal or notice
of possible refusal, the national Office could, if it so desired,
send a copy of the notification to the owner. Such a copy may
give the owner a few more days to react if he so desires.
Paragraph (i)(nHi): See Rule 19.1 (Notifying the Inter-
national Bureau: Reasons). For the definition of the date of
publication, see Article 2(x).
.\s far as the time limit is concerned, the Draft hesitates
between 12 and 1,') months. The owner of the mark desires the
shortest possible term to reduce the period of uncertainty. On
the other hand, unless the national law provides for no or
only an elementary examination, the designated Office has to
go through an ex officio (ex parte) examination, and, in cer-
tain States, must announce the mark for possible third-party
opposition and forward a copy of any opposition to the Inter-
national Bureau. All this requires time and the question is
whether It can be accomplished within 12 months, or whether
a longer period (for example, 15 months) is needed.
For the case where the notification is made but the time
limit is missed, see Rule 19.5 (Belated Notifications).
Paragraph (2)(a)iii): See Rule 19.1 (Notifying the Inter-
national Bureau; Reasons).
Paragraph (2) (a) I Hi): See Rule 19.1 (Notifying the Inter-
national Bureau; Reasons). For the definition of "final," see
-Xrtlcle 2(vili).
The rule is that the reasons specified in the final decision
of refusal must Include at least one of the reasons specified
In the notice of possible refusal, otherwise the notice could
become a meaningless formality which would not give the
applicant the required warning. However, the question arises
whether It is practical to apply that rule to final decisions in
court proceedings since courts may not wish to have their
freedom of decision limited by any earlier administrative find-
ing. The sentence in brackets would give them that freedom.
.Vaturally, by pronouncing the negative decision In the form
of a cancellation rather than in the form of a refusal the same
result could be obtained without the additional sentence.
Paragraph i2)(h): This subparagraph is placed within
brackets since the question whether It is really necessary Is
still being studied. It tries to take care of the time problem
which might arise where an opposition Is later amended. It
would extend the 12 (or 15) months time limit to between
l.'i and 21 months In the case described In It.
Paragraph (St(a): See Rule 19.2 (Notifying the Owner of
the International Registration).
Paragraph (i)(h): This provision simply specifies, for a
special purpose — namelv. for refusals — the national treat-
ment rule of the Paris Convention.
Paragraph U)(a): See Rule 19.3 (Notification and Record-
ing of Final Decisions of Refusal ; Cancellation of the Desig-
nation, and Publication of the Cancellation).
Paragraoh mfh): See Rule 19.4 (Notification Where Final
Decision Results in Acceptance of the Effect Provided for
in Article 11(2)).
Paragraph (k)fc): See the two Rules referred to in the
preceding two paragraphs.
Article 13
Cancellation of the Effect Acquired Under
Article 11(2)
(I) Subject to Article 18, the effect acquired under
Article IU2) may, in respect of any designated State, be
cancelled by the competent authorities of such State for
the same reasons, to the same extent and subject to the
same procedure as those in respect of which registrations
of marks in the national register of marks may be can-
celled under the national law of the said State, provided
that
(i) such reasons and such procedures are not incompat-
ible with this Treaty and the Regulations or the Paris
Convention.
(ii) Article dquinquies of the Paris Convention shall ap-
ply also to marks registered under this Treaty, the in-
ternational registration taking the place, for the pur-
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1187
poses of that Article, of registration in the country of or services listed in the international registration, the
. 0"8in, provisions of paragraph (1 ) shall apply only in respect of
(iii) the competent authorities of the said State shall give, those designated States or those goods and/or services
with reasonable advance notice, an opportunity to the to which the change in ownership relates.
owner of the international registration to defend his (3) Any recording effected by the International Bureau
rights in the procedure and such owner shall have the
same remed'es against any decision of cancellation as
have owners of marks registered in the national regis-
ter of marks of the State in question.
under paragraphs (1) or (2) shall be subject to the pay-
ment of a fee to that Bureau, shall be published by the
said Bureau, and shall be notified by it to the old and
the new owners and to the interested designated Offices,
lates, and publish such cancellation
Comments on Article 13
Paragraph (1): Since the international registration is a
constructive national registration (see comments on Article
11(2)), it is logical that, once acquired, it should be capable
of being taken away ("cancelled") for the same reasons as
a "real national registration. This Is the principle enun-
ciated in paragraph (1». It can also be regarded as a specifi-
cation of the national treatment rule of the Paris Conven-
tion. It goes without saying that item (111) does not apply
in those cases in which, according to the national law. the
omission of certain acts by such owner entails. ip«o facto.
cancellation of registrations.
Paragraph (i): This provision deals with the question how
final decision of cancellation pronounced by the authorities
of that State. See Rule 20.1 (Notification and Recording of
Final Decisions of Oancellatlon : Cancellation of the Designa-
tion, and Publication of the Cancellation).
As to the definition of "final." see Article 2(vili).
Article 14
(2) If the decision of cancellation is final, the national ^^ provided in the Regulations
Office of the designated State shall notify the International ^^} ' *) The national law of any Contracting State may
Bureau accordingly, and that Bureau shall record that deci- Provide that the eflFect referred to in paragraph (l)(b)
sion, cancel the designation of the said State or, in a case ^^^^} ^PP'y only if, within three months from the date of
where the cancellation relates to some only of the goods notification to the national Office of that State provided
and/or services listed, cancel— in respect of that State— for under paragraph (3), evidence is adduced before such
those goods and /or services to which the said decision re- national Office for the purpose of satisfying the conditions
of the national law as regards changes in ownership.
(b) Where the competent authorities of any designated
State refuse the effect referred to in paragraph (l)(b),
the national Office of that State shall, as provided in the
Regulations, promptly notify the International Bureau
accordingly, and that Bureau shall, as provided in the
Regulations, record the refusal in the International Reg-
ister of Marks and publish it.
[(5) The national law of of any Contracting State
may provide that the effect referred to in paragraph
... (l)(b) shall apply only where the new owner is not a
to Inform all those concerned and the public at large of the resident [Alternative- national 1 nf that <:taf» i
fact that the designation of a State has failed because of a "'"*='" i-niiernaii\e. naiionaij ot ttiat Mate.]
Comments on Ahticle 14
Paragraph (l)(a): "Change in ownership" means any
change in ownership, irrespective of its cause. It mav ti
hv-^'n^rl o?'. "^^°? °^^ contract (typically, assignm^t) ot
by operation of law (for example, inheritance) The Treaty
does not regulate, and the International Bureau will not
fn^nV^it' *,^^ question whether a change has really occurred
n particular whether the contract transferring the property
Is valid and the transferee capable of owning property These
^t^fi °Th V^ ^^"».^^ ^'^f, national law of each Contracting
Mate. The International Bureau will merely record the change
If properly requested to do so— that Is. in a typical case,
it requested by the person in whose name the international
registration stands— and provided the new owner is the resi-
dent or national of a Contracting State. If he is not the
Treaty— which is concluded for the benefit of the residents
or nationals of ContracUng States— will cease to be applicable
(see subparagraph (c) ). As in the case of international appli-
cations, the International Bureau will rely on the allegation
contained In the request : it will not examine the question
\vhether the new owner Is really a national or a resident of
the State of which he alleges that he is a national or a resi-
dent. See Rule 21.1 (Request for Recording of Change In
Ownership) and Rule 21.2 (Procedure Where New Owner Is
Kntitled To File International Applications)
Paragraph (l)(h): This provision means essentiallv that
even where It is possible it is not necessary to record the
change in ownership anywhere else than In the International
Register. Any State may. If it wishes to do so. repeat or
dupl cate the International registration of a mark designat-
ing it In its own national register of marks. It may if it
so wishes, also duplicate recordings of any change Inowner-
.?c ."^ '° °P'ffier case may such State require the owner
of the International application to ask for such duplication of
the registration or recording. Nor may it require that any
fee be paid for such duplication. The recording of the change
in ownership in the International Register will have the
effect described in this paragraph without anv further action
or any payment by the new or the old owner before or to the
national authorities of the designated State However any
Contracting State may apply Its national law In respect of
any condition concerning change in ownership other than
recording In the national register. In particular, such law
may provide that, where a change In ownership relates to
some only of the goods and /or services, the goods and /or
services listed In connection with the new owner mav not be
similar to those which remain listed in connection with the
earlier owner. A further example Is that the national law mav
provide that marks may be transferred only together with the
transferor's goodwill or business or that the transferee Is In-
capable, for certain reasons, of acquiring property. This is
the meaning of the second part of paragraph (4) (a). The
first part of the same paragraph provides in effect that any
Contracting State may require evidence that the said condi-
tions of Its national law have been met. It also provides for
a time limit for presenting such evidence (three months from
the notification of the recording to the designated Office).
The time limit is so fixed that it should allow enough time
for the assembling and forwarding of the documents consti-
tuting the evidence but still not leave third parties and the
designated Office in doubt for too long a time as to whether
the recording not only Is formally correct but also reflects the
true situation.
If any of the conditions of the national law — except, of
course, any requirement that the change must be recorded
Change in the Ownership of the International
Registration
(l)(a) Subject to subparagraph (c), any change in the
ownership of the international registration shall, on re-
quest, be recorded by the International Bureau, as pro-
vided in the Regulations.
(b) Subject to paragraph[s] (4) [and (5)], such re-
cording shall have the same effect as if it had been made
in the national Office of each of the designated States.
(c) If the new owner of the mark is not entitled to
file international applications, this Treaty shall, with the
exception of subparagraph (d), cease to be applicable to
the international registration concerned unless the change
in ownership is by operation of law and, pursuant to a
further change in ownership occurring within two years
from the first change in ownership and before the ex-
piration of the initial term of the international registra-
tion or the then running term of renewal, as the case may
be, the more recent owner is entitled to file international
applications.
(d) K, pursuant to a change in ownership by operation
of law, the new owner is not entitled to file international
applications but is entitled under the national law of the
designated State to file applications for the registration
of marks in the national register of marks of that State,
he shall have the right to file an application for the reg-
istration of the same mark in the said national register,
and if, within two years from the change in ownership
and before the expiration of the initial term of the inter-
national registration or the then running term of renewal,
as the case may be, he files such an application, that ap-
plication shall be treated in the said State as if it had
been filed at the time when the designation of that State
took eflfect.
(2) Where the change in ownership relates to some only
of the designated States or some only of the goods and/
1188
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
In the national register — is not met, the national ;iuthorltles
of the designated State may refuse the effect of the inter-
national recording of the change provided for in uarngraDii
(l)(b) (see paragraph (4) (a)).
Paragraph (l)(cj: As to the first part of this provision,
see the comment on subparagraph (a I. The second part makes
provision for rendering the rule less severe. It Is modelled
on lit least one national law. It would mean, for example, that
if a person acquires the property in a niariv by Inheritance
but happens to be a person who neither has a residence In
nor Is a national of a Contracting State, he would he given
a certain time to transfer the property to someone who has
such a residence or nationality, thereby saving both the pmp-
ertv and the international registration.
Paragraph i Did): It appears to be only logical that per-
sons neither residing in nor being the nationals of Contract
ing States should not be allowed to benefit from the Treaty.
However, where the ownership of the new owner has come
into existence by operation of law and. under the national law
of the designated .State, he may own recistrations. it would
seem to be equitable to allow him to switch over to the
national register. .See Rule 21.3 (Procedure Where New
Owner Is Not Entltle<l To File International Applications).
Paragraph (i): This provision Implies, of course, that a
change in ownership may relate to some only of the desig-
nated States (and even to only one of them) or to some only
of the goods and/or services listed In the International regis
tratlon. However, such fractloning of the international regis-
tration can last only until the end of the ten-year term which
Is running when the change is recorded (see Article 16(4)).
This might be an appropriate place to note a definition ap-
pearing in Article 2(lv) according to which "owner of the
international registration" means the natural person or the
legal entity in whose name the International registration
stands In respect of some or all of the ch'signated States or
some or all of the goods and/or services listed in that regis-
tration.
Paragraph d): As to the fee, see Rule 21.1(c) ; and as to
the publication and the notification, see Rule 21.2(b).
Paragraph (l,)(a): .See the comments on paragraph (l)(b).
Paragraph fi)fb): See the comments on paragraph (l)(b)
and Rule 21.4 (Notification of Refusal: Recording and Publi-
cation).
Paragraph (5): This paragraph is placed between brackets
since It would be needed only If Article 5(3) — also placed be-
tween brackets— is retained. It Is Intended to avoid the cir-
cumventing of the prohibition (should there be one) of self-
designation by having the mark registered in the name of a
non-resident of the country prohibiting self-designation and
then having the registration transferred to a resident of such
a country.
Licenses. It Is to be noted that the Draft Treaty does not
provide for the recording, In the International Rureau, of
licenses (whether exclusive or non-exclusive) and "registered
user declarations" as known, for example. In the UK law.
Where the national law requires such recordings — so that the
effect exists also vls-fl-vls third parties (for example. In
France) — and where the national Office "duplicates" the In-
ternational registration In Its national register. It will be pos-
sible to comply with the national law by having the recording
effected in the national register. But where the national Office
does not "duplicate" the International registration — and not
only is there no obligation to "duplicate" but "duplication"
may even be regarded as uneconomical — there would be no
basic registration to which the recording could relate. It
may, therefore, be advisable to consider whether the Treaty
should not provide for the recording of licenses.
Article 15
Limitation of the List of Goods and/or Services
(1) On the request of the owner of the international
registration, the International Bureau shall record, in
respect of any designated State, any limitation of the list
of goods and/or services which conforms with the con-
cept of limitation as defined in the Regulations.
(2) The request for recording shall be subject to the
payment of a fee to the International Bureau, and the re-
cording shall be published by that Bureau and notified to
all the interested designated States, as provided in the
Regulations.
(3) (a) The International Bureau shall decline the re-
cording of any change in the list of goods and/or services
which does not conform with the said concept of limita-
tion, and shall notify the owner of the international reg-
istration accordingly, as provided in the Regulations.
(b) In the case of a declining under subparagraph (a),
the owner of the international registration may, within
the prescribed time limit, file with the national Office
of any designated State in respect of which the recording
of the limitation was requested a petition for the purpose
of requesting the International Bureau to record the said
limitation in respect of that State. If the national Office
or other competent authority of the said State finds that
the declining by the International Bureau was unjustified
under this Treaty and the Regulations, the national Office
of the said State shall request the International Bureau to
record the limitation in respect of that State. [It may
request the International Bureau so to proceed even in
the absence of any such finding.] The International Bureau
shall proceed as requested.
(4) Where the national Office or other competent
authority of any designated State finds that the limitation
of the list of goods and/or services recorded in respect
of that State is not admissible under the national law,
the national Office of that State shall, as provided in the
Regulations, notify the International Bureau accordingly,
and that Bureau shall, as provided in the Regulations!
make the appropriate annotation in the International Reg-
ister of Marks and publish a notice concerning such an-
notation.
COM.MENTS 0.\ AnXICLE 15
Paragraph (1): As to the request, see Rule 22.1 (Request
for Recording of Limitation of List).
It is important that only such changes be recordable am are
true limitations. If additions or such other changes were per-
mitted as could be regarded as extending the list of goods
and/or services, the designated Offices would have to be given
a new opportunity to refuse the "national registration effect"
since what wa.s acceptable in respect of a certain list might
well be unacceptable under a list of a broader .scope. Re-open-
Ing the retusal procedure would be too complicated. If the
owner wants to cover additional goods and/or services he
will have to apply for a new registration of the mark for those
additional goods ond/or services.
Deciding whether a limitation is a true limitation is not
always easy if the limitation takes the form of substituting
one term tor another. That is why Rule 22.2 (Concept of
Limitation) does not allow substitutions (and obviously —
even less so— additions) but only deletions and such qualifica-
tions of e.vistlng terms as are easy to recognize and can lead
to nothing but a true limitation. A "term" may. of course,
consist of several words (e.g., alcoholic beverages).
It is to be noted that no designated State Is bound by any
finding by the International Rureau that a requested limita-
tion does not conform with the concept of limitation as de-
fined In the Regulations. The competent authorities of such
State have the right to disagree with the International Bureau
and, consequently, may admit limitations which that Bureau
has considered inadmissible or may decide not to admit limita-
tions which it has considered admissible (see paragraph (3)).
Furthermore, where the national Office or other competent
authority of any designated State has accepted a change In
the list of the goods and/or services which does not conform
with the pr(ivisl(ms of Rule 22.2(a) and (b). the International
Bureau will record such change. Naturally, such recording
will relate to the said State only. See Rule 22.1(a) (v) and
22.2(c).
Limitation of the list of goods and/or services is also pos-
sible In combination with the request for recording later des-
ignation (see Article 0(2) (b) and Rule 11.4)) In this case,
there Is no need for a separate request and no fees for the
limitation will be due.
Paragraph (2): As to the fee, see Rule 22.1(c).
As to procedure, see Rule 22.3 (Recording, Publication, and
Notification, of Limitation of the List).
Paragraph (S)(a): See Rule 22.4 (Declining the Recording
of Limitation of the List).
Paragraph (S)(b): See Rule 22.5 (Time Limit Under Arti-
cle 15(3) (b)).
The procedure parallels that provided for In Article 9. See
the comments on that Article.
Paragraph H): See Rule 22.6 (Non-Admission By Desig-
nated State).
See also the last paragraph of the comments on para-
graph (1).
Article 16
Term and Renewal of the International Registration
(1) The initial term of any international registration
shall be ten years from the international registration date.
(2) (a) Any international registration may be renewed
in respect of any designated State by its owner for terms
of ten years.
(b) Renewal shall prolong the effect provided for in
Article 11 (2) in each designated State for the term of the
renewal.
(c) Each term of renewal shall start on the day follow-
ing the day on which the initial term of the international
registration or the term of the last renewal expires.
FEBRUARY 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1189
(3) Renewal shall be the subject of a demand presented
to the International Bureau as provided in the Regulations,
and shall be subject to the payment of fees, as provided
in the Regulations. The International Bureau shall record
and publish the renewal and shall notify each designated
Office accordingly, as provided in the Regulations.
(4) If, at the time of renewal, the owner of the inter-
national registration is not the same in respect of all the
designated States or all the goods and/or services listed
in the international registration, each owner shall present
a separate demand.
Comments on Article 16
Paragraph (1): The "International registration date" is de-
fined In Article 7(4) (a). , . „, K„-.-.„,ou
It goes without sa>ing that any later designation becomes
part of the International registration and thus renewal in re-
spect of later designated States will be due at the same time
as in respect of States designated in the international applica-
tion itself Consequently, for example, where the later desig-
nation took place four years after the international registra-
tion date, it will l)e effective only for the six remaining years
of the Initial term. . . .^ ^ „„ i
Paragraph (i)(a): This provision Implies that the demand
for renewal may relate to some only of the designated States
Pariijraph (i)(h): This provision means that the "national
registration effect" will continue. Compliance with the require
ments of the national law of any designated State concern-
ing renewals is neither required nor, indeed, possible.
Paragraph (i)(c): As to the computation of terms, «ee Rule
2.") 2 (Periods Expressed in Years, Months, or Days).
Paragraph (S): The International Bureau will remind the
owner of the International registration that the time for re-
newal is approaching (see Rule 23.1 : Reminder by the Inter-
national Bureau). . ^ , J r, , .,.,.>
As to the form and contents of the demand. .<ee Rule J.i2
(Demand for Renewal).
As to the fees, see Rule 23.3 (Renewal Fees).
As to the time limit within which the demand and the fees
have to reach the International Bureau, see Rule 23.4 (Time
Limits; Surcharge). , . ..^ . »
As to the recording of the renewal and its notification to
the interested designated Offices, see Rule 23.5 (Recording,
Publication, and Notification).
Paragraph (1,): At the time when the international applica-
tion is filed the applicant(s) must be the same with respe<'t
to all the designated States and the list of goods and/or serv-
ices must be the same with respect to all the designated State.s
Once the international registration Is effected, ownership of
it may be transferred in respect of some States only or some
goods and/or services only (see Article 14(2)). Where there
are different owners for the purposes of different States or for
the purposes of different goods and/or services in the same
State a separate demand by each owner is needed — and this
paragraph so provides — since, otherwise, one owner could pre
vent another owner from renewing his (the latter s) registra-
tion On the other hand, where the same owner's registration
shows different lists of goods and/or services for the purposes
of different States, a single demand will suffice.
Article 17
Fees
( 1 ) Part of the fees payable to the International Bureau
in connection with the filing of international applications,
requests for later designation, and demands for renewal,
shall belong to the designated Offices, and part of them
to the International Bureau.
(2) (a) Subject to subparagraph (b), the Regulations
shall provide the details concerning the amounts of the
fees, their partial reimbursement in certain circumstances,
the application of the provisions of paragraph (1), and
other details concerning fees payable under this Treaty.
(b) In connection with each designation and each class
of goods or services named, a fee shall be payable.
Comments on Article 17
Paragraph (1): This paragraph states the principle accord-
ing to which some of the fees belong to the designated Offices
and some of them to the International Bureau. Rules 28 and
29 specify which belong to the former and which to the latter.
The fees called, in Alternative A, designation fees and class
fees (see Rules 9.1[A] (a) (11) (ill). 13.1[A] (a) (li), 23.3[A] )
and. in Alternative B. State fees (see Rules 9.1[B] (a) (ii).
13 1[B] (a) (11). 23.3[B]). would belong to the designated
Offices ; all others would belong to the International Bureau.
These fees would be payable In connection with the filing
of International applications, requests for later designation,
and demands for renewal. , t^ .^
The amounts of the fees will appear in what the Draft
Regulations call a "Table of Fees" annexed to the Regula-
tions. They are not Indicated in that Draft. They are still
being studied.
The said amounts will eventually depend on the following
considerations.
Aa Jar as the designated Offices are concerned, the question
arises whether the fees should be so fixed (i) that they cover
the expenses of the designated Office connected with the han-
dling of the international registrations in which they are
designated, or (11) that they yield, for each mark, the same
revenue as each national registration earns for the national
Office, or (ill) that, in either case, tine national Office should
receive less in order to facilitate International trade, the State
economy finding compensation for the loss In revenue In the
fact that Its citizens spend less abroad if. by using the Treaty,
they too pay less to foreign States than they would without
the Treaty.
The solution under (Hi) Is generally looked upon with dis-
favor by national Offices, which, quite naturally, look at the
question from the viewpoint of their own budgets. Further-
more, "subsidizing" foreign mark owners by any State seems
to be out of the question even if. in return, the citizens of the
same State receive the same "subsidy" abroad.
Solutions (1) and (11) would yield the same amount of fees
where the national fees exactly cover the costs. However,
many Offices have budgets which show a deficit, whereas others
make a profit. In these cases, solutions (1) and (11) lead to
quite different results.
A further question is whether, if solution (li) is adopted,
the fees should not be so fixed that they reflect the fact that
any designated Office will have to do less work in connection
with a mark already registered internationally than with a
mark coming direct from the applicant. In other words, the
questicn is whether the fees belonging to the national Offices
under the Treaty should not yield less than the national fees.
Alternatives A and B are alike in this respect that they
allow either solution (1) or solution (li) to be achieved. Solu-
tion (ii) also permits a reduction In fees, if the question asked
In the preceding paragraph is answered in the affirmative.
P^erything will depend on the actual amounts which will be
fixed. The main difference between the two Alternatives is
that, whereas under AJternative A the decision on the actual
amounts would be made collectively by the Contracting States,
under .\lternative B the decision would be made separately
by each Office as far as It was concerned. The advantages of
the former system are of two kinds : the fees payable in re-
spect of each designated State being the same, their computa-
tion would be greatly facilitated for the applicant ; any
arbitrariness in fixing the fees would be less likely. On the
other hand, the advantage of allowing each Office to fix the
fees Individually would be that no Office could ever find Itself
in the position of having to accept the decision of a majority
with which It disagreed.
As 'ar as the International Bureau is concerned, the
amounts of all the important fees would be fixed by the As-
sembly of the Contracting States, since they would be fixed
in the Regulations (in the "Table of Fees ' annexed to the
Regulations), the Regulations being amended by the Assembly
(Article 104(3) (a)), and in this respect by a two-thirds vote
(Article 104(3) (b)). Minor fees and charges (for example,
for delivering copies) would be fixed in the Administrative
Instructions, that is, by the Director General under the con-
trol of the Assembly (see Article 104(1) (b) ).
As to the principle which should guide the Assembly In
fixing the amount of the fees belonging to the International
Bureau. Article 103(4) (a) provides that "the amounts of
fees and charges due to the International Bureau and the
prices of its publications shall be so fixed that they should,
under normal circumstances, be sufficient to cover the ex-
penses of the International Bureau connected with the ad-
ministration of this Treaty."
Among these fees, by far the most Important — because
they are expected to represent more than 90% of all the
revenues of the International Bureau in fees and charges^ —
are what are called in Alternative A the basic fees (see Rules
9.1[A](a)(i), 13.1[A](a)(i), 23.3[A]. and In Alternative B
the international fees (see Rules 9.1[B] (a) (1), 13.1tB] (a) (i),
23.3[B] (a) (1) ). These fees, payable in connection with the
filing of international applications, requests for later desig-
nation and demands for renewal, are intended to cover the
expenses of the International Bureau connected with checking
the applications, requests and demands, preparing the mate-
rial for publications, printing the Gazette, notifying the desig-
nated Offices, and other related tasks.
Paragraph (ZJfa): The amounts of all major fees will be
shown in the Table of Fees annexed to the Regulations ; the
amounts of minor fees will be given in the Administrative
Instructions ; and, if AJternative B Is adopted, the amounts
of the fees belonging to each national Office will be published
in the Gazette. ., ^ . ■ „ , ha a ,v *i
Partial rcimbursenient Is provided for In Rules 14.4 (Noti-
flcatloa. and Reimbursement of Certain Fees, L'nder Article
7(3) ) 15.4 (Notification, and Reimbursement of Certain Fees.
Under Article 8(3)), and 23.7 (Reimbursement of Certain
Fees) : where the International Bureau declines the Interna-
tional application or the request for recording of a later
designation, the fees belonging to the designated States would
be reimbursed since, because of the fact that the international
application or the request for recording of a later designa-
tion has been declined, they would not be designated States
and would have no work to perform. The fees belonging to
the International Bureau would not be reimbursed since that
Bureau would have performed the task of checking and con-
ducting correspondence with the applicant, a task that is
frequently more costlv than in a routine case because the
cases involved would be those where the application or re-
^"4^8 to the application of paragraph (1), see the comments
on that paragraph as well as Rules 28 (Fees Belonging to the
Designated Offices) and 29 (Fees Belonging to the Interna-
tional Bureau).
1190
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Afl to other details, see Rule 26 (Payment of Fees).
Paragraph (t)(h): This paragraph enunciates the principle
according to which fees will be payable for each designation
of a State and for each class of the goods and/or services
listed. The amount of the fees will be the same for each desig-
nation and each class if Alternative A Is adopted ; under
Alternative B, these fees could and probably would vary from
State to State (see the comments on paragraph (1), above).
If Alternative B is adopted, the words "and each class of
goods or services named" will have to be omitted since, under
that Alternative, each designated State may or may not
charge a fee per class.
Article 18
Certain National Requirements
( 1 ) [Fees^ No national Office of any designated State
shall, unless acting as an independent review authority,
require the payment of fees other than those provided for
under this Treaty in connection with the obtaining or
renewing of international registrations and recordings
under this Treaty and the effects of such registrations and
recordings in the said State.
(2) [Number of Classes and of Goods and/ or Services]
No designated State may refuse or cancel the national
registration effect merely on the grounds that its national
law allows the registration of marks only in respect of a
limited number of classes or a limited number of goods
and/or services.
(3) (a) [Actual Use] The national law of any Con-
tracting State may impose the same conditions as are
applicable to marks whose registration is applied for or
which are registered in the national register of marks in
that State in respect of any requirement that the owner
of an international registration use the mark in that State
or in any other place, provided that such State shall not
refuse under Article 12, cancel under Article 13. or other-
wise fail to accord the effects of the international registra-
tion as defined in Article 1 1, on the ground that the mark
has not been used at any time prior to the expiration of
[Alternaiive A: three] [Alternative B: five] years counted
from the international registration date or the recording
date of the later designation, as the case may be. How-
ever, the national law of any Contracting State may pro-
vide that any action for infringement based upon an inter-
national registration may be started only after the owner
of such international registration has commenced the con-
tinuing use of the mark in the said State and that any
remedy resulting from such action shall relate only to the
period after such use has commenced.
(b) [Actual Use: Continued] Where prior to the inter-
national registration date or the recording date of the
later designation, as the case may be, the mark has been
registered in the national register of marks of any desig-
nated State or has been the subject of an ^plication for
registration in that register, the proviso of subparagraph
(a) shall not apply to the exent that the said registration
or application relates to the same goods and /or services
as are listed in respect of such State in the international
registration. However, where the application for registra-
tion in the national register was filed less than [Alternative
A: three] [Alternative B: five] years before the inter-
national registration date or the recording date of the later
designation, as the case may be, the proviso of subpara-
graph (a) shall apply, but only during the period between
such date and the expiration of the [Alternative A : third]
[Alternaiive B: fifth] year counted from the date on
which the said application was filed. The present sub-
paragraph shall also apply where the earlier registration
is one effected in the International Register under the
Madrid Agreement or the present Treaty.
(c) [Declaration of Actual Use] Where one of the
conditions of the national law of the designated State re-
ferred to in subparagraph (a) consists of a requirement,
general in the sense that it is applicable to all marks regis-
tered in the national register of marks of that State, that
a declaration stating that the mark is or is still in use in
that State must be filed with its national Office at certain
points in time or in connection with each renewal or other
specific event ["routine declaration"], such declaration
may in the form prescribed by the national law of that
State [or in the form as prescribed in the Regulations]
be filed with the International Bureau and shall have tne
same effect as if it had been filed with the national Office
of that State on the date on which it was received by the
International Bureau. Such declaration shall be promptly
forwarded by the International Bureau to the said nation-
al Office. The said effect shall not be denied on the ground
that the declaration was not accompanied by any required
supporting evidence, or that the evidence accompanying it
was insufficient, without the said national Office's giving
the owner of the international registration an opportunity
to produce or complete before it any required evidence
within not less than three months after having notified the
said owner or his duly appointed representative that evi-
dence or additional evidence is required. The present sub-
paragraph shall not apply in inter partes and other proceed-
ings in which the requirement is not a general one in the
sense indicated above ["ad hoc requirement"].
(d) [Declaration of Actual Use: Continued] No re-
quirement referred to in subparagraph (c) shall be ap-
plicable prior to the expiration of the time limit referred
to in the proviso of subparagraph (a), subject, where ap-
plicable, to subparagraph (b).
(4) [Inignt to Use] (a) Any Contracting State may
apply its national law requiring that applicants file a
declaration with its national Office to the effect that they
intend to use the mark provided that such requirement
shall be considered to have been complied with if a dec-
laration in the form specified in the Regulations to the ef-
fect that the applicant or owner of an international regis-
tration intends to use the mark in that State is contained
in the international application or request for the recording
of the later designation, as the case may be.
(b) The International Bureau shall, as provided in the
Regulations, notify the national Office of any designated
State in respect of which a declaration under subpara-
graph (a) was filed with that Bureau of such declaration.
(5) [Provisions common to paragraphs (i) and (4)]
Whenever paragraphs (3 ) and (4) refer to use of the mark
by the applicant or the owner of the international regis-
tration, use by a person whose use. under the applicable
national law. inures to the benefit of the applicant or
owner shall be sufficient for invoking the benefits pro-
vided for in the said paragraphs,
(6) [Representation] No designated State shall require
that the applicant or the owner of the international regis-
tration be represented by any natural person or legal entity
located in that State or that, for the purposes of serving
notices on such applicant or owner, an address in that
State be indicated, except where the applicant or owner is
involved in a proceeding before the national authorities
of the said State and, where applicable, after the refusal
or notice of possible refusal has been notified by the desig-
nated Office to the International Bureau as provided in
Article 12(2)(a)(i).
Comments on Article 18
Paragraph (II: International registration and renewal being
in lieu of national registration and renewal, the fees paid
under the Treaty and belonging to the designated Offices
should compensate them for not collecting national fees.
The fees paid under the Treaty exempt the applicant or
owner of the International registration from paying any na-
tional fee which otherwise would be due to any national Office
for "the obtaining or renewing ... the effects of such [inter-
national] registrations and recordings [under the Treaty] in
the said [I.e.. the designated] State." The reference to "obtain-
ing" Is intended to cover all fees leading to registration, that
Is— depending on the national laws — filing fees, registration
fees, grant fees, publication fees, class fees, fees payable in an
opposition procedure by the applicant, and any other fees. but.
of course, not fees payable by the opposer in any opposition
proceeding and not 'ees payable by the petitioner in any can-
cellation proceeding (since these are not fees payable by the
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1191
owner of the International registration). The reference to
"renewing" Is Intended to cover all fees connected with the
prolongation of the registration, that is— depending on the
national laws — renewal fees, recording fees, publication fees,
and any other fees. In both cases, only fees concerning na-
tional Offices are meant, and not fees payable by any party in
any proceeding before a court or otlier independent review
authority.
Paragraph (i): Some national laws provide that for each
different class a separate registration Is required, or that each
registration may relate to only a given number of goods and/or
services (for example, ten). Such provisions could not be held
against an International registration. The amount of the fees
payable under the Treaty depending, among other things, on
the number of classes to which the goods and/or services
belong, the fee aspects of the said national laws would Be
taken care of partly if not always wholly.
Paragraph (S)(aj: The national laws of some States pro-
vide that a mark must be used before an application concern-
ing it may be filed, or before the registration concerning it
may be granted. Some national laws provide that the registra-
tion must be cancelled if the mark is not used within a
specified period of time. Some national laws provide for the
cancellation of marks which have been al)andoned and estab-
lish a presumption of abandonment when the mark is not used
for a specified period and Its non-use Is not excusable.
Under the Treaty these provisions would also appl.v —
subject to paragraph 3(c) — to marks which are the subject of
international reigstration to the same extent as they are appli-
cable to the marks registered nationally in that State, but
with an Important qualification : nonuse at any time prior to
the expiration of a certain number of years — the Draft hesi-
tates between three and five— <?ould not be a ground for refus
ing the International registration effect, for cancelling it or
for otherwise impairing It. The period would count from the
international registration date or the recording date of the
later designation, as the case may be, that is. from the date
which, for the purposes of the interested State, is the "filing
date."
As stated in the second sentence of subparagraph (a), even
though the national registration effect In a State cannot be
refused, cancelled or otherwise Impaired on the ground of
non-use during the three-year or five-year period, the national
law of any Contracting State could provide that any action
for Infringement may not be started until the owner lias com-
menced use of the mark In that State and any remedy result-
ing from such action could relate only to the period after
the Bald owner has started use. For example : the owner starts
to use the mark as from the second year after the interna-
tional registration ; during the third year after such event,
he sues for damages a person who has started to use a simi-
lar mark just after the international registration date of his
mark and is still using it : the national law may provide that
the plaintiff will recover damages only as from the second
year.
It goes without saying that provisions of any national law
excusing non-use even beyond the three-year or five-year
period — for example, because the owner of ihe mark for a
pharmaceutical product cannot use it before the authorization
of the health authorities Is granted — would remain applicable
by virtue of the national treatment provisions of the Paris
Convention. Such justified non-use, where it is of relevance,
would have to be proved according to the national law of each
designated State direct before the competent national author-
ities of such State, without the intermediary of the Interna-
tional Bureau.
Of course, nothing in the Treaty could prevent the national
law of any Contracting State from requiring at any time, from
the owner of an international registration, evidence of use in
any proceeding where such evidence is relevant or necessary
under such national law to overcome a ground other than
non-use for refusing under Article 12. or cancelling under
Article 13, the effects of the International registration as de-
fined In Article 11. For example, if registration Is refused or
cancelled on the ground that the mark Is descriptive (or, in
the British law, not distinctive) and that ground, in the given
case, can be overcome only where the applicant or owner shows
that the mark has acquired a secondary meaning (or, as in
the British law, that it has been adapted to distinguish or is
capable of distinguishing) by reason of use of the mark,
evidence of use could be required, but only to overcome the
said ground, which Is a ground other than non-use.
Paragraph (3)(b): This provision relates to the situation
where a mark has been the subject of a national application or
registration and is later the subject of an international regis-
tration cum designation. The three-year or five-vear mora-
torium would apply only if the national registration took
place within the three or five years preceding the Interna-
tional registration or later designation and only for the period
between such registration or designation and the end of a
form of the declaration, the Draft hesitates between two golu-
tlons. One — uAthout the words In brackets — would mean tlat
the declaration must be In the language and In the form pre-
scribed by the national law of the State which the declaration
concerns ("national forms"). The other — with the words In
brackets — would mean that the owner mav use either the said
national form or an "International form" In the language of
the International application. (See Rules 236i«.2 : National
1-orms and 23b<«.3 ; International Forms.) Both kinds of forms
would be put at the disposal of the owner of the international
registration, free of charge. In any case, the declaration would
be transmitted by the International Bureau to the designated
OfBce. A further advantage provided for is that where evidence
is required and does not accompany the declaration (it may
accompany it but does not have to do so) or Is Insufficient,
the national Office will give three months for filing or com-
pleting such evidence.
It Is to be noted that the said faculties apply only to
"routine declarations" and not to any declaration which Is
needed on an ad hoc basis. For example, when non-use is
alleged In a cancellation proceeding dealing with a specific
mark. In order to overcome such allegation it may well be
necessary to make a statement of use. Another example Is the
declaration of use provided for in the US law as one of the
conditions for obtaining Incontestability of the owner's right
to use the mark : no owner Is required to seek such Incontest-
ability but, if he wishes to do so. he will, among other things,
have to file a declaration alleging continued use for a period
of five years subsequent to registration.
Paragraph (S)(i): This provision means that neither gen-
eral nor ad hoc declarations could be required during the
three-year or five-year moratorium.
Paragraph <lf)(a): Some national laws provide that at the
time a person files an application for the registration of a
mark he must have a bona fide Intent to use the mark in the
country and that a declaration to that effect must be filed
with the national Office. The requirement for a declaration to
be filed with the national Office would be Inapplicable or.
rather, it would be replaced by a declaration to the same effect
filed with the International Bureau. Rules 6.3 (Declaration
of Intent To Use the Mark) and 11.2 (Declaration of Intent
To Use the Mark) provide for the details where the declara-
tion Is made In connection with the International registration
or a later designation, as the case may be. and contain a sug-
geste^a wording for the declaration which would be recognized
by all Contracting States. The wording does not include the
expression "bona fide" since, at least In civil law countries, it
goes without saying that a solemn declaration producing legal
effects is not a declaration If it is not made in good faith. The
substantive requirement of the national law that the Intent
to use must exist would be left unaffected by the Treaty. Con-
sequently, where the applicant or owner does not, in fact,
intend to use the mark, the registration effect may be taken
away by any designated State requiring intent to use. It may
do so notwithstanding the existence of the — false — declara-
tion, and mav do so at any time, even before the three-year
or five-year period referred to In paragraph (3) (a) expires.
Paragraph (i)(bj: See Item (111) of Rule 18.1 (Form of
Notifications).
Paragraph (5): This provision means that. In any routine
declaration of actual use (paragraph (3)(c)) and in any
declaration of intent to use (paragraph (4) (a) ). the alleged
use may be either direct (that is, by the owner of the interna-
tional registration or by the applicant, respectively) or in-
direct (that Is, by a person whose use Inures to the l)eneflt
of such owner or applicant).
Paragraph (6): Since the International application Is filed
with the International Bureau (see Article 5(2)) and since
any notice of possible refusal or refusal under Article 12 is
notified to the International Bureau (see Article 12(2) (a) (1) ).
there Is no need for direct contact between the applicant or
owner of the international registration and the designated
Office. However, once the notice of possible refusal or the
refusal has been notified to the said owner and the latter con-
tests it, any further contact between the owner and the na-
tional authorities (administrative or judicial) will be direct —
since the Treaty does not provide for such contacts through
the International Bureau — and for such direct contact the
designated Office may wish to require that the owner be repre-
sented by a local agent or have an address for service in the
State concerned.
Article 18"**
Certain Changes Recorded by National Offices
( 1 ) Where the national Office of any designated State
has recorded in its own records any change in respect of
any mark which is registered in the International Register
three-year or five year period counted from the national filing of Marks, such Office shall, as provided in the Regula
date.
Paragraph (S)(c): Some national laws require not only that
a mark be used but also that the owner of the mark file with
the national Office at a certain point in time or from time to
time (as fixed In that law) a declaration ("routine declara-
tion") that the mark Is (still) used. The Treaty leaves any
such requirement Intact, subject to two exceptions. One Is that
such a requirement cannot, obviously, be applied during the
three-year or five-year moratorium provided for in paragraph
(a) (see subparagraph (d)). The other is that any routine
declaration could be filed with the International Bureau rather
than the national Office (see the subparagraph under consid-
eration). The question when such routine declarations are due
will depend on the national law but the national Office will
provide and the International Bureau will publish the neces-
sary information (see Rule 23bi».l : Information Concerning
Requlremsnts Under Article 18(3) (c) ). On the question of the
tions. promptly notify the International Bureau of such
recording unless the said recording has been made pur-
suant to a notification by the International Bureau to such
national Office.
(2) The International Bureau shall, as provided in the
Regulations, make the appropriate annotation in the In-
ternational Register of Marks and publish a notice con-
cerning such annotation.
Comments on Article 18«"»
Paragraph (l): This Article was provisionally given a "bis"
number In order not to have to change the numbering of the
Articles aa they appeared In the last series of documents.
1192
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
The Treaty does not require any Contracting State to enter
In Its national register marks which, by virtue of the Treaty,
have a national registration effect in that State. (Such effect
exists by virtue of the Treaty, In particular, under Article
11(2) whether such marks are entered In the national regis-
ter or' not.) But the Treaty does not prohibit the entering of
such marks in its national register. If any country chooses
to make such entries, that is. to "repeaf the international
registration in its national register. It may be that certain
changes affecting the mark only In that State will be entered
In the national register without the owner's asking for their
recording by the International Bureau. For example, owner
ship of the mark or the list of goods and/or services may
change In that State. If such changes are entered in the na-
tional register without the owner's asking for them to be
recorded in the International Register of Marks, the latter
would not reflect them. Such a situation is undesirable since
the International Register of Marks would then become in
complete and third parties could not entirely rely on it. It Is
to avoid this situation that the provision is proposed : any
change "directly" entered would have to be promptly com-
municated to the International Bureau by the national Office,
and the International Bureau would reflect It In the Interna
tionaJ Register of Marks and the International Marks (.azette^
Rule 29b<« (Changes In the National Register) deals with
the procedure. . ^, . ..^ „v,„_„
It Is recognized that there Is no sanction for the case where
the national Office does not comply with the obligation pro-
vided for In this paragraph. But since non-compliance would
amount to violating an obligation assumed under the Treaty,
it Is reasonable to expect that the obligation will generally
Paragraph (i): See Rule 29W« (Changes in the National
In certain cases, the change could only with great difficulty
be recorded In all Its details In the International Bureau,
nrlmarlly because of language problems (for example where
the change is in the list of goods and/or services). In such
cases probably only the fact that a change has been entered
In the national register and an Indication of the nature of the
change will be all that is practicable for the purposes of Inter-
national annotation and publication. The details will be reg-
ulated in the Administrative Instructions (see Rule 296i«.2).
Article 19
Preservation of Rights Acquired Through
National Registration
( 1 ) If, at the international registration date or the re-
cording date of the later designation, as the case may be.
the owner of the international registration of a mark owns,
in any designated State, a registration of the same mark
in the national register of marks ("national registration"),
his rights under this Treaty shall be deemed to include all
rights, particularly any priority rights, existing under that
national registration, and to continue to include them even
where the national registration subsequently expires. The
foregoing provision shall apply to the extent that the goods
and/or services referred to in respect of the said State in
the international registration are the same as the goods
and/or services referred to in the said national registra-
tion.
(2) The applicant or the owner of the international
registration of a mark may, as provided in the Regula-
tions, file a declaration alleging that he owns national
registrations of the same mark in certain designated States
and identifying such registrations and the goods and/or
services to which each of them relates. Once the interna-
tional registration or the recording of the later designa-
tion has been effected in respect of the said States, the
International Bureau shall record and publish the decla-
ration and shall notify any interested designated Office
accordingly, as provided in the Regulations. That Office
shall refer to the declaration in the national register of
marks in connection with the said national mark.
(3) (a) Where a declaration under paragraph (2) has
been notified to the designated Office and the conditions
referred to in paragraph (1) are complied with, and to
the extent that they are complied with, the effect provided
for in Article 11(2), may not, subject to subparagraph
(b), be refused under Article 12.
(b) Where, in any designated State, there is more than
one national register of marks and the national registra-
tion referred to in paragraph ( 1 ) exists in a national reg-
ister which affords less than the highest degree of protec-
tion, subparagraph (a) shall apply only if the declaration
under paragraph (2) relates to a registration in the same
national register.
COMME.VTS O.V ARTICLE 19
Parafpaph (1): This paragraph deals mainly with the sit-
uation in which the owner of a mark switches over from pro-^
tectlon by virtue of national registration to protection by
virtue of international registration oum designation under
the Treaty. It is essential that he suffer no prejudice because
of such switchover, and that is what this provision and para-
graph (3) accomplish. The reason for which the owner of a
mark may desire such a switchover Is that under the Treaty
the surveillance of his mark becomes much simpler and gen-
erally also much cheaper, If for no other reason than that
renewals \-aJi(l In a number of States can be made at regular
(ten year) intervals. In one place (the International Bureau)
according to a centrally (In the Gazette) publicized fee sched-
ule, by payment In one currency (Swiss) by a single transfer
subject to the simplest single formality (filling in one form)'
and without the need of any intermediary.
The iiaragraph provides that the effect of the switchover is
that the rights under the national registration are deemed
to Ije Included and continue to be deemed to be Included in
the international registration even if the national registra-
tion subsequently expires, in particular because it has not been
renewed.
Paragraph (t): As to the declaration, see Rule 6.4 (Declara-
tions Inder Articles 19(2) and 20(2)), dealing with declara-
tions relating to international registration and Rule 11 .'i
(Declarations Under Articles 19(2) and 20(2)) dealing with
declarations relating to later designations.
As to recording the declaration, see Rule 3.1 (Keeping of
the Register).
As to publishing the declaration, see Rules 17.1 (a) (x)
(Contents of Publication of international Registrations) and
17.2(a) (vi) (Contents of Publication of Recordings of Later
Designations).
As to notifying the declaration, see Rule 18.1 (Form of
.Notifications [of International Registrations and Recordings
of I.,ater Designations]), by virtue of which everything that
Is published is also separately notified to each Interested des-
ignated State.
The last sentence of this paragraph provides that the dec-
laration shall be referred to in the national register In con-
nection with the national mark on the basis of which the
switchover took place. This is important because it means
that anybody consulting the national register will be alerted
to the fact that mere failure to renew the national registra-
tion does not necessarily mean that the protection has ceased.
Paragraph ( S)(a): The words "to the extent that they (the
conditions referred to In paragraph (1)] are complied with"
are intended to emphasize that the provision applies only to
the extent to which the goods andA)r services listed in the
national registration are the same as those which are listed
In the international registration.
See also the comments accompanying Article 12(1).
Paragraph (i)(bj: This subparagraph deals with the situa-
tion contemplated in Article 11(3) (see the comments there-
on) and means that, for example. If a person owns a mark
registered in the Supplemental Register of the U.S. Patent
Office and later switches over to an International registration
cum designation of the United States of America, such desig-
nation shall not be subject to the possibility of refusal only
if it is connected with the Indication of the Supplemental
Register (see Rule 6.5: Option Under Article 11(3)).
AR-ncLE 20
Preservation of Rights Acquired Through International
Registration Under the Madrid Agreement
( 1 ) If, at the international registration date or the re-
cording date of the later designation, as the case may be,
the owner of the international registration of a mark
effected under this Treaty owns, in respect of any desig-
nated State, an international registration effected under
the Madrid Agreement ("Madrid registration"), his rights
under this Treaty shall be deemed to include all rights,
particularly any priority right, existing under that Madrid
registration and to continue to include them even where
the Madrid registration subsequently expires. The forego-
ing provision shall apply to the extent that the goods
and/or services referred to in respect of the said State in
the international registration imder this Treaty are the
same as the goods and /or services referred to in respect
of the said State in the Madrid registration.
(2) The applicant seeking the international registration
of a mark under this Treaty, or the owner of the inter-
national registration of a mark under this Treaty, may, as
provided in the Regulations, file a declaration alleging
that he owns a Madrid registration of the same mark in
respect of certain designated States and identifying such
registration and the goods and/or services to which such
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1193
registration relates in each such State. Once the interna-
tional registration or the recording of the later designation
has been effected in respect of the said States, the Inter-
national Bureau shall record and publish the declaration
and shall notify any interested designated Office accord-
ingly, as provided in the Regulations.
(3) Where a declaration under paragraph (2) has been
notified to the designated Office and the conditions re-
ferred to in paragraph ( 1 ) are complied with, and to the
extent that they are complied with, the effect provided for
in Article 11(2) may not be refused under Article 12,
unless protection under the Madrid Agreement has been
refused or as long as refusal under that Agreement is still
possible.
Comments on Article 20
Paragraphs (1) (2) and (S): This Article has the same
content as Article 19, except that it deals with the preserva-
tion of rights acquired not through national registration but
through international registration under the Madrid Agree-
ment. ... ,
Consequently, the comments made in connection with Arti-
cle 19 apply also to this Article, mvtatis mutandis.
The switchover Is facilitated in certain circumstances
through exemption from certain fees (see Rule 9.3: Exemjv
tlon from Certain Fees).
AR-ncLE 20*>i«
Preservation of the Right To Use the Madrid Agreement
Where any natural person or legal entity has the right
to seek international registration under the Madrid Agree-
ment or to renew his or its international registration under
that Agreement, such right shall not be affected by this
Treaty in any Contracting State party also to the Madrid
Agreement.
Comments on .\rticle 20''''
Sole paragraph. This Article was provisionally given a "bis"
number in order not to have to change the numbering of the
Articles as they appeared in the last series of documents.
The proposed "Treaty will not replace the Madrid Agree-
ment, not even among States which will be party to both In-
struments. Where anv applicant or owner of a mark Is a
national or a resident of a State party to both Instruments,
he will have the freedom to choose and may use, for the pur-
poses of protection in other States that are also party to both
Instruments, either of the two instruments. The freedom to
choose the Madrid Agreement is spelled out in this Article.
The freedom to choose the present Treaty — which will be the
more recent one — goes without aaylng.
AR-ncLE 21
Regional Marks
(1) The provisions of this Treaty shall also apply,
mutatis mutandis, where marks have effect, by virtue of
a regional treaty, in one or more States under such re-
gional treaty.
(2) The implementation of the principle laid down in
paragraph ( 1 ) shall be provided for in the Regulations for
the purposes of any present or future regional treaty caa-
ceming marks.
Comments on Article 21
Paragraph ft): "Hie intent of this Article is to provide the
possibility of uslnf* this Treaty to obtain the effect of a
regional mark registration.
Paragraph (2) : Rule 32 Is reserved for the purpose specified
In this paragraph.
However, no draft Is proposed for Rule 32 at the present
time. Proposals will be made only after consultation In par-
ticular with those two regional offices which, for the moment,
are the only ones falling under the definition of this para-
graph, namelv, the African and Malagasy Industrial Property
OflSce (In Yaounde, Cameroon ; commonly called "OAMPI")
and the Benelux Trademark Office (In the Hague. Nether-
lands).
before the International Bureau by any natural person or
legal entity empowered by them to that effect (hereinafter
referred to as "the duly appointed representative").
(2) Any invitation, notification or other communica-
tion addressed by the International Bureau to the duly
appointed representative shall have the same effect as if
it had been addressed to the applicant or the owner of the
international registration. Any application, request, de-
mand, declaration or other document whose signature by
the applicant or the owner of the international registration
is required in proceedings before the International Bureau,
except the document appointing the representative or re-
voking his appointment, may be signed by his duly
appointed representative, and any communication from
the duly appointed representative to the International Bu-
reau shall have the same effect as if it had been effected
by the applicant or the owner of the international regis-
tration.
(3) (a) Where there are several applicants and they
have not appointed a common representative as provided
in the Regulations, the applicant first named in the inter-
national application shall be considered the duly appointed
representative of all the applicants.
(b) Where there are several joint owners of an inter-
national registration and they have not appointed a com-
mon representative as provided in the Regulations, the
natural person or legal entity first named among the said
owners in the International Register of Marks shall be
considered the duly appointed representative of all the
•"•"t owners of the international registration.
Comments on Article 22
Paragraph (1): See Rules 2.1 (Number of Duly Appointed
Representatives), 2.2 (Form of Appointment). 2.3 (Revoca-
tion. Lapse, or Renunciation of Appointment).
This provision means that any person may represent an
applicant or owner of an international registration before the
International Bureau. The representative may be not only a
trademark agent or attorney but also one of the employees
of the applicant or owner, or any other person. Includine a
legal entity, and no requirements as to professional qualifica-
tions may "be prescribed. Of course, if and when any act has to
be accomplished before a national Office, the national law
applicable to that Office will govern and. consequently, it will
frequently be necessary that the representative be a qualified
trademark attorney or agent residing In the country in which
that national Office is located.
Paragraph (2): According to the first sentence, where, for
example, the Treaty provides that the International Bureau
has to (i) invite the applicant to sign the international appli-
cation or pay the missing part of the fee (Article 7(2)). (11)
not.fy the applicant if it declines the International anplication
(.Article 7(3)) or if It receives from a designated State a
notice of refusal or possible refusal (-■Vrtlcle 12(3) (a)), or
dill notify the owner of the International recistration If It
relects a request for changing the list of poods and /or serv-
ices (Article 15(3) (a)), the said Bureau will send the Invita-
tion or notification to the duly appointed representative
(ra*her than the annlicant or the owner of the international
registration) and thus will have complied with the require-
ments of the Treaty.
According to the second sentence, the duly aonolnted reore-
senratlve. Instead of the annlicant or the owner of the Inter-
national registration, may, for example, sign the International
annllcatlon. any reonest for recording a later deslenation or a
change In ownership or a change In the list of goods and/or
services, any demand for renewal, any declaration of Intent to
use. or any declaration of actual use.
Paragraph fS)(a\: See Rule 2.1(a). which provides that. If
there are several anoHcants or joint owners of the interna-
tional registration, they may anpolnt only one representative.
"Joint owners of the International registration" are defined
In .Article 2(v) as "natural persons or legal entities in whose
names the international registration stands for the purposes
of the same designated States and the same goods and/or
services."
Paragraph f3)(b}: See the comments on paragraph (3) (a).
Article 23
Article 22
Representation Before the International Bureau
(1) Applicants and owners of international registra-
tions may, as provided in the Regulations, be represented
Effect of Priority Claim Contained in International
Application or in Request for Later Designation
The effect of any declaration of priority made in the
international application or in the request for recording
of later designation shall be as provided for in respect
of marks in the Paris Convention.
IIM
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
COMMBNTS ON ABTICLE 23
Sole Paragraph: The international application or any re-
quest for later designation may contain a declaration claimlne
the priority of one or more earlier applications filed in any
country party to the Paris Convention or of one or more
earlier flllngs that are equivalent to regular national fillnffs
within the meaning of that Convention (see Articles o( 1) (b»
and 6(2) (b)). Rule 6.2 (Claiming of Priority) regulates the
details for making the declaration of priority effective in re-
spect of all of the States designated in the International appli-
cation Rule 11.1 (Claiming of Priority) provides for the same
In respect of any later designated State.
The Paris Convention regulates the effect of the right ot
priority in Article 4B.
Paragraph (3j: The time limit provided for in Article 12(2)
is the time limit for notifying refusals or notices of possible
refusals to the International Bureau. Excusing delays in
meeting that time limit would mean that the Contracting
State would be excusing its own delay. This would seem to
be going too far. particularly since it would create uncer-
tainty both for the owner of the mark and for third parties
over an indefinite period of time.
Article 24
International Application as Possible Basis
of Priority Claim
( 1 ) Any international application which is regular
shall be equivalent to a regular national filing within the
meaning of the Paris Convention and shall be recognized
as the basis of a priority claim as provided for in that
Convention.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1), an interna-
tional application shall be regarded as regular unless it
has been declined by virtue of Article 7(3) and shall
be regarded as having been filed on the international reg-
istration date.
Comments on Article 24
Paragraph (1): This Article makes the international appU
cation the possible basis of a priority claim. Since, under the
Treaty international applications may be tiled without or
before 'the existence of any national filing (except In the case
contemplated In Article 5(3) (D). international applications
will frequently be '•first" applications, and it will be u.seful to
invoke their priority in States which cannot be designated
(because they are not pariy to the Treaty) or which, for one
reason or another, are not designated although they could be
The Paris Convention provides that "any filing that s
equivalent to a regular national filing . . . under . . mu ti^
lateral treaties concluded between countries of ;he I mon
shall be recognized as giving rise to the right of priority
^*^The'paragr"aph under consideration provides that a regular
international filing comes within the scope of the quoted pro-
vision of the Paris Convention. .„ ,^ .,.,
Paragraph (i): This paragraph specifies the cond on>
which an international application must satisfy to constitute
a "regular" filing and defines the date of filing. «,,„„
Thrprovlslon means In effect that the l^tfrnat.onal filing
cannot be regarded as Irregular If it has led to an Interna
rional registration Any national law may. of course recog-
nize for priority purposes, even International applications
which b»ve been declined.
Article 25
Delay in Meeting Time Limits
(1) Any Contracting State shall, as far as that State
is concerned, excuse, for reasons admitted under its
national law. any delay in meeting any time hmit fixed
in this Treaty or the Regulations.
(2) Any Contracting State may, as far as that State is
concerned, excuse, for reasons other than those admitted
under its national law, any delay in meeting any time
limit fixed in this Treaty or the Regulations.
(3) Paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply to any
delay in meeting any tinw; limit provided for in Article
12(2).
Comments on Article 25
ParaGraph (1): A typical reason for which national laws
excuse decays In meeting time limits Is force majeure. Thus,
for exampfe if according to the national law of a (^ontract
ing Itite a postal strike Is considered force majeure and, be-
cause of that strike, the missing signature on a requ ^ f ,.r
the recording of the later designation of that State is fur
nuhed after the expiration of the time limit fixed In ArtUl.^
?8) (2) the national Office of that State will, on the reques
if the ownir of the international registration, have o request
the International Bureau to proceed with the recording of the
^'Tr^^Znrz)^'liXi''ii^l>^^, the delay is not due to
force majeure but— to modify the example given aboy^-ls
caused by the late arrival in the mail of the signature, for no
apparent reason, the designated State may. If It so wishes,
proceed as ouUlned In the above example.
CHAPTER 11: ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS
Article 101
Assembly
(l)(a) The Assembly shall consist of the Contracting
States.
(b) The Government of each Contracting State shall
be represented by one delegate, who may be assisted by
alternate delegates, advisors, and experts.
(2) (a) The Assembly shall:
(i) deal with all matters concerning the maintenance
and development of the Union and the implementa-
tion of this Treaty:
(ii) exercise such rights and perform such tasks as are
specially conferred upon it or assigned to it under
this Treaty;
(iii) give directions to the Director General concerning
the preparation for revision conferences;
(iv) review and approve the reports and activities of the
Director General concerning the Union, and give to him
all necessary instructions concerning matters within
the competence of the Union;
(v) determine the program and adopt the budget of the
Union, and approve its final accounts;
(vi) adopt the financial regulations of the Union;
(vii) establish such committees and working groups as
it deems appropriate to facilitate the work of the Union
and of its organs;
(viii) determine which States other than Contracting
States and which intergovernmental and international
non-governmental organizations shall be admitted to
its meetings as observers;
(ix) take any other appropriate action designed to further
the objectives of the Union and perform such other
functions as are appropriate under this Treaty.
(b) With respect to matters which are of interest also
to other Unions administered by the Organization, the As-
sembly shall make its decisions after having heard the ad-
vice of the Coordination Committee of the Organization.
(3 ) A delegate may represent, and vote in the name of,
one State only.
(4) Each Contracting State shall have one vote.
(5) (a) One-half of the Contracting States shall con-
stitute a quorum.
(b) In the absence of the quorum; the Assembly may
make decisions but, with the exception of decisions con-
cerning its own procedure, all such decisions shall take
effect only if the quorum and the required majority are
attained through voting by correspondence as provided
in the Regulations.
(6) (a) Subject to the provisions of Article 103 (5)(f),
Article 104(3 )(b) and (c), and Article 107(2) (b), the
decisions of the Assembly shall require a majority of the
votes cast.
(b) Abstentions shall not be considered as votes.
( 7 ) ( a ) The Assembly shall meet once in every calendar
year in ordinary session upon convocation by the Director
General, preferably during the same period and at the
same place as the Coordination Committee of the Or-
ganization.
(b) The Assembly shall meet in extraordinary session
upon convocation by the Director General, either on the
Director General's own initiative or at the request of one-
fourth of the Contracting States.
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1195
(8) The Assembly shall adopt its own rules of proce-
dure.
COMMENT.S ON ARTICLE 101
Paragraph (l)(a>: "The States party to this Treaty"
(Article 1(1)) are the Contracting States.
Paragraph (l)(h): See Rule 101.1 (Expenses Born liv <;ov-
ernnients), according to which the expenses of fach Delega-
tion are borne by the Govornnient which the Delegation
represents.
Paragraph (2) (a): This paragraph enumerates some of the
main tasks of the .\ssembly. The Assembly is the principal
organ of the Union, in which all Contracting States are rep-
resented (paragraph (l)(a)) and have equal rights (para-
graph (4)). The Draft provides for only one other organ and
that Is the secretariat, called the "International Bureau. '
headed by the Director General (see Article 102). The Inter
national Bureau is the secretirlat of the World Intcllccfnal
I'roperty Organization (WII'O). with headquarters in (Jeneva.
Switzerland (see Article 2). WIPO administers several In-
tellectual property Unions, including the Paris Union, the
Madrid Union, and, once it comes into effect, the Union
created by the Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT).
As to the reasons for not proposing" the creation of an
Executive Committee, see the comments on paragraph (7) (a).
Paragraph (2)(bj: The Coordination Committee of WIPO is
composed of the members of the Executive Comniittet' of the
Paris Union and the members of the f'xecutive romniittee of
the International (Berne) Union for the Protection of Liter-
ary and Artistic Works.
Paragraph (S): In other words, no person can represent
two or more member States.
Paragraph (k): This provision ensures equality among the
member States.
Paragraph {S)(a): This provision is qualified In subpara-
graph (b), which provides that decisions can be made also
In the absence of a quorum : decisions of a procedural nature
made In the absence of a quorum are uncon(litionallv valid,
whereas all other decisions made In the absence of a "quorum
and of the required majority obtained effect after what
amounts to a continuation — by correspondence of the voting
Paragraph (5){b): See the comments made in connection
with the preceding subparagraph. See also Rule 102.1 (Vot
Ing by Correspondence).
Paragraph (6)(a): Article 103(5) (fi deals with the ma
Jorlty required for decisions concerning the working capital
fund. Article 104(.'^)(b) and Article 104(;?)(cl deal with tlie
majorities re<iulred for amending the Regulations, a matter
within the power of the Assembly. The majorities are two-
thirds for some provisions and three-fourths for others.
Article 107(2) (b) deals with the majorities required for
amending certain provisions (some administrative i)rovisions
and the length of the time limit for notifying refusals and
warnings) of the Treaty, a matter within the power of the
.\ssembly. The require*! majority is tliree-fourths for the said
administrative provisions, and unanimity for changing tlie
length of tlie said time llndt.
Paragraph (6J(b): .\bstentlons, whether explicit or tacit, of
delegations represented In the Assembly are, of course, counted
in the (|uoruni.
Paragraph f7i(a): Traditionally, the place and the period
are Geneva and the end of September/beginning of Octobfr
In some other treaties which are admliiistfred by WII'O
and which constitute a Union, the I'nion has not only an
.Vssembly but also an Executive Committee (generally con-
sistinc of one ([uarter of the States members of the Asseiiiblv)
and that Committee meets once a year and the .Vs>ienihly
once every three years. For the purposes of the present Treaty,
the constitution" of a body (e.g., an Executive Conimlttee)
consisting of some only of the members of the Union is not
proposed and it Is proposed that the Assembly meet every
year. The main reasons for not i>rnposlng tlie establishment
of an Executive (^'ommittee and tor proposing the institution
of annual sessions of the Assembly are that the Regulations,
including the fees under those Regulations would probably
have to be under constant review, that relatively large sum>i
of money would go to the member States through the T'nion
•■ach year, and that those are all matters of equal interest to
all member States.
Paragraph {7)(bi: The request will be addressed to the Di
rector General, who must then convene the extraordinary
session.
Paragraph {81: There are in existence what are called the
(ieneral Rules of Procedure of WIPO, which the organs of
the various Unions usually take as a basis for their own rules
of procedure. The latter may, of course, differ from the former
in any and every respect which the Assembly sees fit.
established by the Assembly, and of any other meeting
convened by the Director General and dealing with
matters of concern to the Union.
(2) The Director General shall be the chief executive
of the Union and shall represent the Union.
(3) The Director General shall convene any commit-
tee and working group established by the Assembly and
all other meetings dealing with matters of concern to the
Union.
(4) (a) The Director General and any staff member
designated by him shall participate, without the right to
vote. :n ail meetings of the Assembly, the committees and
working groups established by the assembly, and any other
meeting convened by the Director General and dealing
with matters of concern to the Union.
(b) The Director General, or a staff member desig-
nated by him, shall be ex officio secretary of the Assem-
bly, and of the committees, working groups and other meet-
ings referred to in subparagraph (a).
(5) (a) The Director General shall, in accordance with
the directions of the Assembly, make the preparations for
revision conferences,
(b) The Director General may consult with intergov-
ernmental and international non-governmental organiza-
tions concerning the said preparations.
(c) The Director General and persons designated by
him shall take part, without the right to vote, in the dis-
cussions at revision conferences.
(d) The Director General, or a staff member desig-
nated by him, shall be ex officio secretary of any revision
conference.
(6) The Regulations shall specify the services that na-
tional Offices shall render in order to assist the Interna-
tional Bureau in carrying out its tasks under this Treaty.
Comments on Article 102
Paragraph (l)(i): Among the tasks specially assigned, the
most Important are the receiving of the internatlonar applica-
tions, the keeping of the International Register of Marks,
the publication of the Gazette, and the notification of national
Offices and owners of International registrations.
Paragraph (l)(n): As to revision conferences, see Article
10r,(2).
Paragraph (i): A similar provision Is included in the
"Charters' of all the Unions administered by WIPO.
Paragraph fSl: The rules of procedure will contain provi-
sions as to agendas and the length of the period which must
be left between the sending of the preparatory documents and
the meeting. In one case (Article 107(1) (bti, this period Is
fixed by the Treaty Itself.
Paragraph fijfa): "Participate" should be understood as
meaning that he has the right to be present and the right to
speak.
Paragraph ri)(b): The usual tasks of the Secretary are to
assist the Cliairman and prepare a draft report "on the
meeting.
Paragraph (5) fa): As to revision conferences, see Article
10G(2). "Preparations" mainly consist In making proposals,
receiving and distributing any proposals made bv member
States, convening preparatory meetings and preparing pro-
posals for such meetings.
Paragraph (5)(b): This is a customary provision for all
Unions administered bv WIPO.
Paragraph ( 5) fc) : '"T&\io apart" should be understood as
meaning that they have the right to be present and the right
to speak.
Paragraph (5)(d): See the comments made on paragraph
(4)(b). "^ '
Paragraph f6): Such sources Include, for example, furnish-
ing their statistics. Naturally, the services in question would
be of the same kind for each national OflSce.
Article 102
International Bureau
( 1 ) The International Bureau shall :
(i) perform the administrative tasks concerning the
Union; in particular, it shall perform such tasks as are
specially assigned to it under this Treaty or by the
Assembly;
(ii) provide the secretariat of revision conferences, of
the Assembly, of the committees and working groups
Article 103
Finances
(l)(a) TTie Union shall have a budget.
(b) The budget of the Union shall include the income
and expenses proper to the Union, its contribution to the
budget of expenses common to the Unions, and any sum
made available to the budget of the Conference of the
Organization.
(c) Expenses not attributable exclusively to the Union
but also to one or more other Unions administered by
1196
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the Organization shall be considered as expenses com-
mon to the Unions. The share of the Union in such com-
mon expenses shall be in proportion to the interest the
Union has in them.
(2) The budget of the Union shall be established with
due regard to the requirements of coordination with the
budgets of the other Unions administered by the Organi-
zation.
(3) The budget of the Union shall be financed from
the following sources:
(i) fees and other charges due for services rendered by
the International Bureau in relation to the Union;
(ii) sale of, or royalties on, the publications of the In-
ternational Bureau concerning the Union;
(iii) gifts, bequests, and subventions;
(iv) rents, interests, and other miscellaneous income.
(4) (a) The amounts of fees and charges due to the
International Bureau and the prices of its publications
shall be so fixed that they should, under normal circum-
stances, be sufficient to cover the expenses of the Inter-
national Bureau connected with the administration of this
Treaty.
(b) If the budget is not adopted before the beginning
of a new financial period, it shall be at the same level
as the budget of the previous year, as provided in the finan-
cial regulations. If the income exceeds the expenses, the
difference shall be credited to a reserve fund.
(5) (a) The Union shall have a working capital fund
which shall be constituted by a single payment made by
each Contracting State. If the fund becomes insufficient,
the Assembly shall arrange to increase it. If part of the
fund is no longer needed, it shall be reimbursed.
(b) The amount of the initial payment of each Con-
tracting State to the said fund or of its participation shall
be proportionate to the number of international applica-
tions which, among the total number of such applica-
tions, it is estimated that its residents will file. The par-
ticipations of all Contracting States in the fund may be
revised from time to time by the Assembly to make them
correspond to the number of international applications
actually filed by the residents of the various countries since
the date of the initial payments or the last such revision.
(c) The proportion and the terms of payment shall
be fixed by the Assembly on the proposal of the Director
General and after it has heard the advice of the Coordina-
tion Committee of the Organization.
(d) If loans from the reserve fund permit the con-
stitution of a working capital fund that is sufficient, the
Assembly may suspend the application of the provisions of
subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c).
(e) Any reimbursement under subparagraph (a) shall
be proportionate to the amounts paid by each Contract-
ing State, taking into account the dates at which they were
paid.
(f) Any decision under subparagraphs (a) to (d) shall
require two-thirds of the votes cast.
(6) (a) In the headquarters agreement concluded with
the State on the territory of which the Organization has
its headquarters, it shall be provided that, whenever the
working capital fund is insufficient, such State shall grant
advances. The amount of those advances and the condi-
tions on which they are granted shall be the subject of
separate agreements, in each case, between such State and
the Organization. As long as it remains under the obliga-
tion to grant advances, such State shall have an ex officio
seat in the Assembly if it is not a Contracting State.
(b) The State referred to in subparagraph (a) and the
Organization shall each have the right to denounce the
obligation to grant advances, by written notification. De-
nunciation shall take effect three years after the end of
the year in which it has been notified.
(7) TTie auditing of the accounts shall be effected by
one or more of the Contracting States or by external audi-
tors, as provided in the financial regulations. They shall
be designated, with their agreement, by the Assembly.
Comments on Article 103
Paragraph (l)(a): This provision and most of the others
In this Article are identical or almost Identical with the
"Finances" provisions in the "Clharters" of the other Unions
administered by WIPO.
Paragraph (l)(b): The main sources of Income will be
fees and the sale of publications. The main expenses will be
for staff salaries and printing. The "sum made available to
the budget of the Conference of the Orgianizatlon" would
mainly serve purposes of technical assistance to member
States. Similar provisions exist in the "Charters" of the Paris
and Berne Unions. Of course, It Is for the Assembly to decide
whether to make any contribution for the said purpose and,
If so, how much.
Paragraph (l)(o): Typical common expenses are those con-
nected with the buildings used by the International Bureau
and the staff salaries of such "common services" as the Direc-
tor General's Office. External Relations, Finances, and Per-
sonnel.
Paragraph (t): Such coordination Is mainly necessary In
connection with the "common expenses."
Paragraph (S): Fees and the sale of publications will rep-
resent the greatest part of the income.
Paragraph (k)(a): In other words, the Union should be
self-supporting. Consequently, there is no provision for any
regular contribution by member States. In other words, any
State which becomes party to the Treaty assumes no financial
obligations, except, perhaps, that of contributing to a working
capital fund. The constitution of such a fund may not. In cer-
tain circumstances, take place at all (see paragraph (5)(d)),
but, If It does. Its amount will be decided by the Assembly
(see paragraph (5)(c)). Any contribution will be rather In
the nature or a loan since it must be reimbursed If no longer
needed (see paragraph (5) (a), last sentence).
The existing Madrid Agreement provides for the yearly
distribution, among the member States, of any "profit" of the
International Bureau, that is, of any difference between In-
come and expenditure when the former is larger than the
latter. Tht» main source of Income being fees, such profit means
that the fees are set at a higher level than Is necessary to
inakp the international registration service self-supporting.
The intention of this provision, and, more generally, of the
proposed system. Is not to make a profit but to fix the fees
at the lowest possible safe level to make the service self-sup-
porting. Consequently, there should be no or only an In-
significant profit. That Is why the present Draft does not
provide for distribution of profits, but if there are any. they
will be nald Into a reserve fund.
Para^aph (k) (b) : The financial regulations will be adopted
liv the .\ssemblv.
'Paragraph (5) fa) (h) fc) (d) (e) and (f): See the comments
made In connection with paragraph (4) (a).
Paragraph (S): The State In question Is Switzerland.
Paragraph (7): The financial regulations will be established
by the Assembly.
Article 104
Regulations
(l)(a) The Regulations under this Treaty provide
rules:
(i) concerning matters in respect of w*ich this Treaty
expressly refers to the Regulations or expressly provides
that they are or shall be prescribed,
(ii) concerning any administrative requirements, matters
or procedures,
(iii) concerning any details useful in the implementation
of this Treaty.
(b) Furthermore, the Regulations provide for the estab-
lishment, under the control of the Assembly, of Adminis-
trative Instructions by the Director General.
(2) The Regulations as adopted at the same time as
this Treaty are annexed to this Treaty.
(3) (a) The Assembly may amend the Regulations.
(b) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (c),
amendments shall require two-thirds of the votes cast.
(c) The amendment of any provision concerning any
of the following matters shall require three-fourths of the
votes cast:
(i) the amount of fees paid by applicants or owners of
international registrations under this Treaty which are
intended for the national Offices of the Contracting
States,
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1197
(ii) the distribution among the national Offices, and the
transfer to them, of the fees referred to in (i), above.
(4) (a) In the case of conflict between the provisions
of this Treaty and those of the Regulations or the Admin-
istrative Instructions, the provisions of this Treaty shall
prevail.
(b) In the case of conflict between the provisions of
the Regulations and those of the Administrative Instruc-
tions, the provisions of the Regulations shall prevail.
Comments on Article 104
Paragraph (l)(aj: This provision Is intended to define the
scope of the Regulations, that Is, the matters which they are
likely to provide for.
Paragraph (l)(b): See Rule 103 (Administrative Instruc-
tions). "Under the control of the Assembly" is implemented
by Rule 103.2, which reads as follows: "The Assembly may
invite the Director (Jeneral to modify any provision of the
Administrative Instructions, and the Director General shall
proceed accordingly." _ ., . . ...u
Paragraph (2): "Annexed to this Treaty means that the
Regulations will be adopted in and by the diplomatic confer
t'uce which will adopt the Treaty and that the text of the
Regulations will be part of the document opened for signature
at the end of that conference. , , .
Paragraph IS)(a): This is probably the most Important
right of the Assembly. , ^ . , . ,„
Paragraph (5)(b): Amendment of subparagraph (c» re
quires three-fourths of the votes cast.
Paragraph (S)(c): The two Items in this provision are the
only matters in the Treaty or the Regulations which have an
effect on the size of the Income that each Contracting State
will derive from the Treatv. _. , . ^ . .i. .u
Paragraph (k)(a) and fb):The hierarchy of the three in-
struments (Treaty. Regulations. Administrative Instructions)
follows that of the three organs (Diplomatic Conference.
.\s.serably. Director Ceneral) which adopt them.
Paragraph (i): "Revision conference" means the same as
"special conference," the term used in paragraph (1).
Paragraph (S): The provisions referred to in Article 107(1)
(a) are certain administrative provisions and the length of
the time limit fixed in Article 12(2).
Article 107
Article 105
Search Service
( 1 ) The International Bureau shall maintain a Service
whose task shall be to search for anticipations among
marks registered under this Treaty, and, to the extent
authorized by the Assembly, other marks as well^
(2) Searches shall be made on request and 'shall be
subject to the payment of fees fixed in the Administrative
Instructions. The Service shall be at the disposal of any
Government, national Office, other legal entity, or natural
person.
(3) The amounts of the fees referred to in paragraph
(2) shall be so fixed that they should be sufficient to cover
the expenses of the International Bureau connected with
the Service.
COMMENT.S ON ARTICLE 105
Paragraph (1): Such a search Service for marks registere<l
under the Madrid Agreement exists today and has been in
existence for decades.. "Anticipations" means identical and
similar marks. "Other marks" means marks registered under
the Madrid Agreement and marks registered in the national
register of marks of any given State. Inclusion in the Service
of other marks, however, requires a decision by the Assembly.
Paragraph (2): Search reports are confidential between the
requesting party and the International Bureau. They have, ot
course, no legal effect whatsoever.. , . „ i ,«!«■ o.,^
Paragraph fS): The fees must make the Service selfsut^
porting since no sources of revenue other than the fees are
provided for.
CHAPTER III: REVISION AND AMENDMENT
Article 106
Revision of the Treaty
(1) This Treaty may be revised from time to time by
a special conference of the Contracting States.
(2) The convocation of any revision conference shall
be decided by the Assembly.
(3) The provisions referred to in Article 107(1) (a)
may be amended either by a revision conference or accord-
ing to the provisions of Article 107.
Comments on Article IOC
Paragraph (1): "Special conference" means a diplomatic
conferen e that Is, a conference among Governments repre
sented by delegations having full powers to vote and sign.
Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Treaty
(l)(a) Proposals for the amendment of the length of
the time limit fixed in Article 12(2), or for any amend-
ment to Article 101(5) and (7), 102, 103 and 105, may
be initiated by any Contracting State or by the Director
General.
(b) Such proposals shall be communicated by the
Director General to the Contracting States at least six
months in advance of their consideration by the Assembly.
(2) (a) Amendments to the provisions referred to in
paragraph ( 1 ) shall be adopted by the Assembly.
(b) Adoption shall require three-fourths of the votes
cast, provided that adoption of any amendment of the
length of the time limit fixed in Article 12(2) shall require
that no Contracting State vote against the proposed amend-
ment.
(3) (a) Any amendment to the provisions referred to
in paragraph ( 1 ) shall enter into force one month after
wTitten notifications of acceptance, effected in accordance
with their respective constitutional processes, have been
received by the Ehrector General from three-fourths of the
Contracting States members of the Assembly at the time
the Assembly adopted the ameiKiment.
(b) Any amendment to the said Articles thus accepted
shall bind all the Contracting States which were Contract-
ing States at the time the amendment was adopted by the
Assembly, provided that any ameivdment increasing the
financial obligations of the said Contracting States shall
bind only those which have notified their acceptance of
such amendment.
(c) Any amendment which has been accepted and
which has entered into force in accordance with the pro-
visions of subparagraph (a) shall bind all States which
become Contracting States after the date on which the
amendment was adopted by the Assembly.
Comments on Article 107
Paragraph (l)(a): The time limit fixed In Article 12(2)
concerns refusals and notices of possible refusals. As to its
length, the Draft contains several alternatives. Since it Is
believed that changing circumstances may make It desirable
to lengthen or shorten those time limits. It is proposed to
provide for them an easier procedure than a revision con-
ference. That is why they appear In this provision. This pro-
vision follows very closely the Patent Cooi)eratlon Treaty
iVCT), according to which any time limit fixed in that Treaty
mav be modified bv a unanimous decision of the Assembly
(see PCT Article 4"7(2) and PCTT Rule 81). Here too. una-
nimity is required (paragraph (2)(b)). But whereas the
PCT allows such modlfieatlon of any time limit fixed therein,
the proposed Treatv allows the same modification in respect
of one only of the time limits fixed in that Treaty. All other
time limits (Articles 14(l)(c)(d). 16(1)(2), 18(3)(a)) can
be changed only through a revision conference and any such
change would bind only those States which ratify or accept
the revised text. In the case of the proposed Treaty, this
seems to be Indispensable for the very Important time limit
fixed in Article 18(3) (a), and does not seem to matter as
far as those time limits are concerned which It Is unlikely
to become necessarv to change (Articles 14(1) (c)(d) and
16(1)(2)).
Article 101(5) and (7) are the provisions on the quorum
In the Assembly and the provision on the times when ordinary
and extraordinary sessions of the Assembly meet. Whereas
the StOi^kholm Acts of the Paris Convention (Article 17) and
of the Madrid Agreement (Article 13) provide that a qualified
majority of the Assembly may amend any provision of that
Convention or that Agreement concerning the Assembly, the
VCT (Article OKI) (a)) allows the same procedure only in
the case of those provisions concerning the Assembly which
deal with the quorum, voting on matters relating to Chapter
II (inapplicable here) and the Executive Committee (inap-
plicable here). The proposed Draft follows the PCT by allow-
ing the said procedure not in the case of all, but only in the
ca.se of some, of the provisions concerning the Assembly,
namelv, as already stated. In the ease of the quorum (as in
the PCT) and the frequency of the meetings of the Assembly
(a matter not relevant In the PCT, which provides for an
Executive Committee). The proposed Draft does not follow
the Stockholm Act of the Paris Convention because, there,
1198
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the role of the Assembly Is quite different Ut has no regu a-
tlon-maklng jxiwer) ; and It does not follow the Stockholm
Vet of the Madrid Agreement because the expected member-
ship of the proposed Treaty will probably be more like that
of the PCT than that of the present Madrid Asreement.
Article 102 deals with the International Bureau. The .stock-
holm Acts of the Paris Convention (Article 1;' and the
Madrid Agreement (Article 13), as well as the PCT (Article
liK 1) (a)), follow exactly the sajne pattern
\rtlcle 103 deals with the finances of the L nlon. The Mock
hoim Acts of the Paris Convention ,i Article 1 ' ' '^^AhVip
Madrid Agreement (Article 13), as well as the PCT (Article
61(1) (a) ), follow exactly the same pattern ,..„<.= ,,=
Article 105 deals with the search Service. '•Initiated means
""paragraph il)(h): This provision is intended to give suffi-
cient time for reflection to the Governments of the Contract-
'"^arSjrap^ (i)fa): As to the required majority, see the
'"'paraa^apf^^^fS'-'since the time limit fixed In Article
12(2) is one which national Offices have to respect. It appears
^^^^r^^a^/^rAa^y" As"t^ f.l\lTil^?^%^<:or.e Contracting
^^ral,^S/.T.^^TTfX;^ords, no Contracting State
win be^bound by an amendment '""«*^^'°K|*^ «"X fln"anclal"
tlons unless it agrees to be so bound. The onlj nnanciai
obUgaHon provide.! in the Draft Is the obligation to contribute
rr> Rworkine capital fund (see Article 103(5) ).
Par^raXnHc): As to becoming a Contracting State, see
Article 108.
CHAPTER IV: FINAL PROVISIONS
Paragraph li): Sucli Instruments are usually signed by the
Head of State.
Paragraph ( .i t ( a ) : This provision enables any State to say.
ill pfFect, that it will become i>arty only if State X. or State X
iir State V. or States X and Y. also become party. The provi-
sion is not without precedent. Protocol No. 3 of the Universal
Copyright Convention, concluded In 1952, Is an example of
such a. precedent.
Piimgraph I .^)(b): This provision enables any State having
said, in eflfect, that it will become party only if State X
also becomes party, to change its mind, which it might well
wish to do if. In the meantime, the membership of State X has
ceased to be indispensable in tlie eyes of the State having
made the declaration.
ARTICLE 108
Becoming Party to the Treaty
( 1 ) Any State member of the International Union for
the Protection of Industrial Property may become party
to this Treaty by.
(i) signature followed by the deposit of an instrument of
ratification, or
(ii) deposit of an instrument of accession.
(2) Instruments of ratification or accession shall be
deposited with the Director General.
(3) (a) Any instrument of ratification or accession may
be accompanied by a declaration to the effect that it
shall be considered to have been deposited only when;
(i) another State, or
(ii) either one of two other States, or
(iii) both of two other States,
specified by name, shall have deposited instruments of
ratification or accession. The instrument of ratification
or accession of any State having made such a declaration
shall be considered to have been deposited on the day
on which the specified State, or one of the two specified
States, or the second specified State, as the case may be,
deposits its instrument of ratification or accession.
(b) Any declaration made under subparagraph (a)
may be withdrawn at any time or, if it was made in re-
spect of two States in accordance with subparagraph
(a) (iii), may be limited to one of them. The instrument
of ratification or accession of any State withdrawing its
declaration shall be considered to have been deposited
on the day on which the withdrawal is notified to the
Director General, whereas the instrument of ratification
or accession of any State limiting its declaration shall be
considered to have been deposited on the day on which
the remaining State deposits its instrument of ratifica-
tion or accession. If the instrument of ratification or ac-
cession of the remaining State has already been de-
posited, the instrument of ratification or accession of the
State limiting its declaration shall be considered to have
been deposited on the day on which the limitation is
notified to the Director General.
Comments o.v Article 108
Paragraph 1 1 ) : The legal effect of ratification and acces-
sion is the same. The difference Is merely a terminological one.
"ratification" referring to acceptance by a signatory State,
and "accession" referring to acceptance by a State which has
not signed the Treaty.
Article 109
Entry Into Force of the Treaty
( 1 ) This Treaty shall enter into force six months
after five States have deposited their instruments of
ratification or accession.
(2) Any State which is not among those referred to in
paragraph ( I ) shall become bound by this Treaty three
months after the date on which it has deposited its instru-
ment of ratification or accession.
Comments on Articles 109
Paragraph 1 1 ) : It has been said in the past that any new
Treaty on the international registration of marks should come
into effect only if certain States not members of the .Madrid
Union accept it. It is believed that this desire is largely met
by Article 108(3) (a (. Declarations under that Article and the
naming of the same State or Statps can hold up the entry into
force of tb(^ Treaty until the said State or States accept it.
even if the number "of otluT States runs to dozens.
In other words, the paragraph under consideration, although
It speaks of five States does not necessarily mean that when
tive States have deposited their Instruments the Treaty will
come into force. The number actually required depends on the
influence of the declarations made under .Article 108(3i(a) :
it may be anything between five and any other, possibly much
higher number. . , ,. ,
Paragraph (i>: The time limit of three months Is the usual
one.
Article 110
Reservations to the Treaty
No reservations to this Treaty are permitted
CoMMENT.s ON Article 110
f!ole paragraph : It Is now accepted practice of the law of
treaties that, when a Treaty does not provide for any possi-
tilllty of making reservations, it must expressly state the fact
in order to avoid any misunderstanding.
Article 111
Denunciation of the Treaty
(1) Any Contracting State may denounce this Treaty
by notification addressed to the Director General.
(2) Denunciation shall take effect one year after the
day on which the Director General has received the
notification.
(3) The right of denouncing this Treaty provided for
in paragraph (1) shall not be exercised by any Contract-
ing State before the expiration of five years from the date
on which it becomes bound by this Treaty.
(4) (a) The effects of this Treaty on any mark en-
joying the benefits of this Treaty on the day preceding
the day on which the denunciation by any Contracting
State takes eflfect shall continue in that State until the
expiration of the initial or renewal term which was run-
ning on that date.
(b) The same shall apply in Contracting States other
than the denouncing State in respect of marks whose inter-
national registration is owned by a resident or national
of the denouncing State.
(c) The owner of the international registration of a
mark may, during the year referred to in paragraph (2),
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1199
apply for the registration of the same mark in the national
register of marks of any designated State. Such national
registration shall, provided the requirements of the na-
tional law are complied with, be granted in that State,
and the rights of the said owner under such national
registration shall be deemed to include all rights, par-
ticularly any priority right, existing by reason of the
effects of the said international registration in the said
State. The foregoing provision shall apply to the extent
that the goods and/or services listed in the said appHca-
tion are the same as the goods and /or services referred
to in the said international registration in respect of the
said State.
Comments on Article 111
Paragraph (1): This provision is subject to one exception
stated in paragraph (3).
Paragraph (i): This provision is subject to certain qualifi-
cations stated in paragraph (4).
Paragraph fS): This provision is intended to give a cer-
tain degree of stabilltv to the membership of the Inion.
Paragraph (k)(n]: This provision is intended to allow a
certain period of time for owners of international registra-
tions to look for means of protection other than under the
Treatv in the denouncing State.
Paragraph (J,)ih): This provision is intended to allow a
certain period of time for owners of International registra-
tions who are residents or nationals of the denouncing State
to look for means of protection other than under the Treatv
In any Contracting State other than the denouncing State.
Paragraph fk)^c): This provision is Intended to allow a
"switchover" from the International Register of Marks to the
national register. In certain respects it parallels the provi-
sions of Article 19.
Article 112
Signature and Languages of the Treaty
( 1 ) This Treaty shall be signed in a single original in
the English and French languages, both texts being equal-
ly authentic.
(2) Official texts shall be established by the Director
General, after consultation with the interested Govern-
ments, in the German, Japanese, Portuguese, Russian and
Spanish languages, and such other languages as the As-
sembly may designate.
(3) This Treaty shall remain open for signature at
Vienna until December 31, 1973.
Comments on Article 112
Paragraph (1): This provision follows the trend of treaties
recently concluded under the aegis of the Paris Convention.
Paragraph (i): The comment made In respect of the pre-
ceding paragraph applies also to this paragraph.
Paragraph i S ) : This provision assumes that the Vienna
Diplomatic Conference, now scheduled for May 7 to June 2.
1973, will take place as scheduled and will adopt the Treaty.
Article 113
Depositary Functions
( 1 ) The original of this Treaty, when no longer open
for signature, shall be deposited with the Director General.
(2 ) The Director General shall transmit two copies, cer-
tified by him, of this Treaty to the Governments of the
States party to the Paris Convention and, on request, to
the Government of any other State.
(3) The Director General shall register this Treaty
with the Secretariat of the United Nations.
(4) The Director General shall transmit two copies,
certified by him, of any amendment to this Treaty to the
Governments of the Contracting States and, on request,
to the Government of any other State.
Comments on Article 113
Paragraph 11): This provision follows the contemporary
trend of treaties recently concluded under the aegis of the
Paris CoLvention.
Paragraph (ir. The comment made in respect of the pre-
ceding paragraph applies also to this paragraph.
Paragraph iSi: Article 102 of the Charter of the United
Nations provides for the mandatory registration of treaties
with the Secretariat of the United Nations.
Paragraph / i ) : The comment made In respect of paragraph
1 1 ) applies also to this paragraph.
Article 114
Notifications
The Director General shall notify the Governments of
the States party to the Paris Convention of:
(i) signatures under Article 112;
(ii) deposits of instruments of ratification or accession
under Article 108(2) and of any declaration accom-
panying them under Article 108(3) (a) and any with-
drawal or limitation of such declarations made under
Article 108(3)(b);
(iii) the date of entry into force of this Treaty under
Article 109(1) and any amendment under Article
107(3)(a);
(iv) denunciations received under Article 111.
Comments on Article 114
Sole paragraph: These notifications are indispensable to
keep the interested States officially infonned of the status of
the Treaty.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being duly
authorized thereto, have signed this Treaty.
DONE at Vienna, on June . . ., 1973.
DRAFT REGULATIONS
UNDER THE TRADEMARK REGISTRATION TREATY
(prepared by the International Bureau)
[TRT/11/2]
LIST OF RULES Rule
Rule Concerning These Regulations j^^jg
Rule 1 : Abbreviated Expressions
1.1 'Treaty"
1.2 "Chapter" and "Article"
1.3 "International Classification"
Rules Concerning Chapter I
Rule 2: Duly Appointed Representatives
2.1 Number of Duly Appointed Representa- Rule
lives
2.2 Form of Appointment
2.3 Revocation, Lapse, or Renunciation of
Appointment
3: The International Register of Marks
3.1 Keeping of the Register
4: Applicants; Owners of International Regis-
trations
4.1 Several Applicants; Joint Owners of the
International Registration
4.2 Certain Associations of Natural Persons
or Legal Entities
4.3 The Same Applicants for All Designated
States
5: Mandatory Contents of the International Ap-
plication
5.1 Indication that the International Appli-
cation Is Filed Under the Treaty
5.2 Indications Concerning the Applicant
1200
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
5.3 Reproduction of the Mark; Colors,
Transliteration and Translation
5.4 List of Goods and/or Services
5.5 Identification of the Designated State or
States
Rule 6: Optional Contents of the International Ap-
plication
6.1 Naming of a Representative
6.2 Claiming of Priority
6.3 Declaration of Intent To Use the Mark
6.4 Declarations Under Articles 19(2) and
20(2)
6.5 Option Under Article 11(3)
6.6 Trade or Business of the Applicant
6.7 "Marque collective"
Rule 7: Language of International Applications, Re-
quests for Recording of Later Designations,
Registrations, Recordings, Notifications,
and Correspondence
7.1 Language of the International Applica-
tion
7.2 Language of the Request for Recording
of Later Designations
7.3 Language of Registrations, Recordings,
Notifications, Correspondence
Rule 8: Form of the International Application
8.1 Prioi^d Forms
8.2 Copies; Signature
8.3 No Additional Matter
Rule 9: Fees Payable With the Filing of the Inter-
national Application
Alternative A:
9.1 [A] Fees Payable in Any Case
Alternative B:
9.1 [B] Fees Payable in Any Case
Both Alternatives:
9.2 Fees Payable in the Case of Certain De-
fects in the International Application
9.3 Exemption from Certain Fees
Rule 10: Mandatory Contents of the Request for Re-
cording of Later Designation
10.1 Indication That the Request Is For Re-
cording of Later Designation
10.2 Indications Concerning the Applicant or
the Owner of the International Reg-
istration
10.3 Identification of the International Ap-
plication or International Registra-
tion
10.4 Identification of the Later Designated
State
Rule 1 1 : Optional Contents of the Request for Record-
ing of Later Designation
11.1 Claiming of Priority
11.2 Declaration of Intent To Use the Mark
11.3 Declarations Under Articles 19(2) and
20(2)
11.4 List of Goods and/or Services
11.5 Option Under Article 11(3)
Rule 12: Form of the Request for Recording of Later
Designation
12.1 Printed Forms
12.2 Copies; Signature
12.3 No Additional Matter
Rule 13: Fees Payable With the Request for Record-
ing of Later Designation
Alternative A:
13.1[A]Later Designation Fees
Alternative B: /
13.1 [B] Later Designation Fees
Both Alternatives:
13.2 Exemption from Certain Fees
Rule 14: Defects in the International Application
14.1 Time Limit Under Article 7(2)
14.2 Minimum Amount Under Article 7(2)
14.3 Calling Attention to Defects Other Than
Those Referred to in Article 7(2)
14.4 Notification, and Reimbursement of
Certain Fees, Under Article 7(3)
[14.5 Non-Compliance With Certain Provi-
sions of National Laws]
Rule 15: EXefects in the Request for Recording of
Later Designation
15.1 Time Limit Under Article 8(2)
15.2 Minimum Amount Under Article 8(2)
15.3 Calling Attention To Defects Other
Than Those Referred to in Article
8(2)
15.4 Notification, and Reimbursement of
Certain Fees, Under Article 8(3)
[15.5 Non-Compliance With Certain Provi-
sions of National Laws]
Rule 16: Procedure Where Avoiding the Effect of De-
clining Is Sought
16.1 Time Limit Under Article 9(1)
16.2 Recording and Publication Under Ar-
ticle 9(1)
16.3 Notification of National Offices Under
Article 9(1)
Rule 17: Publication of International Registrations
and Recordings of Later Designations
17.1 Contents of Publication of Internation-
al Registrations
17.2 Contents of Publications of Recordings
of Later Designations
Rule 18: Notification of International Registrations
and Recordings of Later Designations
18.1 Form of Notifications
18.2 Frequency of Notifications
Rule 19: Refusal; Notices of Possible Refusal
19.1 Notifying the International Bureau;
Reasons
19.2 Notifying the Owner of the Internation-
al Registration
19.3 Notification and Recording of Final
Decisions of Refusal; Cancellation of
the Designation, and Publication of
the Cancellation
19.4 Notification Where Final Decision Re-
sults in Acceptance of the Effect Pro-
vided for in Article 11(2)
19.5 Belated Notifications
Rule 20: Final Decisions of Cancellation
20.1 Notification and Recording of Final
Decisions of Cancellation; Cancella-
tion of the Designation, and Publica-
tion of the Cancellation
Rule 21: Recording of Changes in Ownership
21.1 Request for Recording of Change in
Ownership
21.2 Procedure Where New Owner Is En-
titled To File International Applica-
tions
21.3 Procedure Where New Owner Is Not
Entitled To File International Ap-
plications
21.4 Notification of Refusal; Recording and
Publication
Rule 22: Recording of Limitations of the List of
Goods and/or Services
22.1 Request for Recording of Limitation of
the List
22.2 Concept of Limitation
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1201
22.3 Recording, Publication, and Notifica-
tion, of Limitation of the List
22.4 Declining the Recording of Limitation
of the List
22.5 Time Limit Under Article 15(3 )(b)
22.6 Non-Admission by Designated State
Rule 23: Renewal
23.1 Reminder by the International Bureau
23.2 Demand for Renewal
Alternative A:
23.3 [A] Renewal Fees
Alternative B:
23.3 [B] Renewal Fees
Both Alternatives:
23.4 Time Limits; Surcharge
23.5 Recording, Publication, and Notifica-
tion
23.6 Declining the Demand
23.7 Reimbursement of Certain Fees
Rule 23'"^ Declarations of Actual Use
23'"'.1 Information Concerning Require-
ments Under Article 18(3) (c),
First Sentence
23bis_2 National Forms
[23*"«.3 International Forms]
Rule 24: Transmittal of Documents to the Internation-
al Bureau
24.1 Place and Mode of Transmittal
24.2 Date of Receipt of Documents Mailed
Rule 25: Calendar; Computation of Time Limits
25.1 Calendar
25.2 Periods Expressed in Years, Months, or
Days
25.3 Local Dates
25.4 Expiration on a Non-Working Day
Rule 26: Payment of Fees
26.1 Payment to the International Bureau
26.2 Currency
26.3 Deposit Accounts
26.4 Indication of the Mode of Payment
Rule 27: Withdrawals and Renunciations
27.1 Withdrawal of the International Appli-
tion or Request for Recording of
Later Designation
27.2 Renunciation of the International Reg-
istration or of Certain Designations
27.3 Procedure
Rule 28: Fees Belonging to the Designated Offices
Alternative A:
28.UA] Fees Belonging to the Designated
Offices
28.2 [A] Distribution and Transfer of Fees
Alternative B:
28.1 [B] Fees Belonging to the Designated
Offices
28.2[B]Transfer of Fees
Rule 29: Fees Belonging to the International Bureau
29.1 Fees Belonging to the International
Bureau
Rule 29'»'«: Changes in the National Register
29bi5_i Notification of Changes
29bi» 2 Annotation and Publication
Rule 30: The Gazette
30.1 Contents and Title of the Gazette
30.2 Frequency of Issue of the Gazette
30.3 Languages of the Gazette
30.4 Sale of the Gazette
30.5 Copies of the Gazette for National
Offices
Rule 3 1 : Copies and Other Information Available to
the Public
31.1 Copies and Information Concerning In-
ternational Applications and Regis-
trations
31.2 Authentication of Documents Issued by
the International Bureau
Rule 32: Regional Marks
[Reserved]
Rules Concerning Chapter II
Rule 101: Expenses of Delegations
101.1 Expenses Borne by Governments
Rule 102: Absence of Quorum in the Assembly
102.1 Voting by Correspondence
Rule 103: Administrative Instructions
103.1 Matters Governed by the Administra-
tive Instructions
103.2 Control by the Assembly Under Ar-
ticle 104(l)(b)
103.3 Publication and Effective Date
Rule 1
Abbreviated Expressions
1.1 "Treaty"
In these Regulations, the word 'Treaty" means the
Trademark Registration Treaty.
1.2 "Chapter" and "Article"
In these Regulations, the words "Chapter" and "Article"
refer to the specified Chapter or Article of the Treaty.
1.3 "International Classification"
In these Regulations, "International Classification"
means the classification provided for in the Nice Agree-
ment Concerning the International Classification of Goods
and Services for the Purposes of the Registration of
Marks.
RULES CONCERNING CHAPTER I
Rule 2
Duly Appointed Representatives
2.1 Number of Duly Appointed Representatives
(a) Where there are several applicants or joint owners
of the international registration, they may appoint only
one representative.
(b) Where several natural persons or legal entities have
been indicated as representatives by the applicant or appli-
cants, or by the owner or joint owners of the international
registration, the natural person or legal entity first men-
tioned in the document in which they are indicated shall
be regarded as the only duly appointed representative.
2.2 Form of Appointment
(a) A representative shall be regarded as a "duly
appointed representative" if his appointment complies with
the prescriptions of paragraphs (b), (d) and (e).
(b) The appointment of any representative shall re-
quire:
(i) that his name appear as that of a representative in the
international application, in the request or in any other
document addressed to the International Bureau, and
that such document bear the signature of the applicant
or the owner of the international registration, or
(ii) that a separate power of attorney (i.e., a document
appointing the representative), signed by the applicant
or the owner of the international registration, be filed
with the International Bureau.
(c) The signature shall not require any legalization or
authentication.
1202
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
(d) Where there are several applicants or several joint
owners of the international registration, the document con-
taining or constituting the appointment shall be signed by
all of them.
(e) Any document containing or constituting the
appointment of a representative shall indicate his name
and his address. Where the representative is a natural
person, his name shall be indicated by his family name
and given name(s). the family name being indicated be-
fore the given name(s). Where the representative is a legal
entity (for example, a partnership of trademark lawyers
or agents), "name" shall mean the complete official name
of the legal entity. The address of the representative shall
be indicated in the same manner as that provided for in
respect of the applicant in Rule 5.2(c).
(f) Where the appointment does not comply with the
requirements referred to in paragraphs (b), (d) and (e),
it shall be regarded as non-existent.
2.3 Revocation, Lapse, or Renunciation of Appointment
(a) The appointment of any representative may be
revoked at any time by the natural person who or legal
entity which has appointed that representative. The re-
vocation shall be effective even if only one of the natural
persons who or legal entities which have appointed the
representative revokes the appointment.
(b) Revocation shall require a written document signed
by the natural person or the legal entity referred to in
the preceding paragraph. The signature shall not require
any legalization or authentication.
(c) The appointment of a representative as provided in
Rule 2.2 shall be regarded as the revocation of any earlier
appointment of any other representative.
(d) Any representative may renounce his appointment
through a notification signed by him and addressed to the
International Bureau.
Rule 3
The International Register of Marks
3.1 Keeping of the Register
(a) The International Register of Marks shall contain,
in respect of each mark registered therein:
(i) all the indications that the applicant or owner of the
international registration must or may furnish and has,
in fact, furnished and, where relevant, the date on which
such indications were received by the International
Bureau,
(ii) the amount of all fees received and the date on which
they were received by the International Bureau,
(iii) the dates and numbers of all international registra-
tions and recordings,
(iv) any other indication whose recording is provided for
by the Treaty and these Regulations.
(b) The Administrative Instructions shall regulate the
establishment of the International Register of Marks, and,
subject to the Treaty and these Regulations, shall specify
the form in which it shall be kept and the procedure which
the International Bureau shall follow for inscribing entries
and recordings therein and for preserving it from loss or
other damage.
Rule 4
Applicants; Owners of International Registrations
4.1 Several Applicants; Joint Owners of the International
Registration
(a) If there are several applicants, the right to file
an international application shall be recognized only if
all of them are residents or nationals of Contracting
States.
(b) If there are joint owners of an international reg-
istration, the right to own such a registration shall be
recognized only if all of them are residents or nationals
of Contracting States.
4.2 Certain Associations of Natural Persons or Legal
Entities
Where, under the national law of a Contracting State,
a certain type of association of natural persons or legal
entities may acquire rights and be the subject of obliga-
tions without constituting a legal entity, such association
shall be regarded as a legal entity for the purposes of the
Treaty and these Regulations.
4.3 The Same Applicants for All Designated States
(a) The applicant or applicants shall be the same for
the purposes of all the designated States.
(b) Where the international application, as filed, does
not indicate the same applicant or applicants for the
purposes of all the designated States, that application
shall be treated as if only the State first mentioned there-
in, and any other State for the purposes of which the
same applicant or applicants are indicated as for the
said first-mentioned State, had been designated.
Rule 5
Mandatory Contents of the International Application
5.1 Indication that the International Application Is Filed
Under the Treaty
The indication referred to in Article 5(1 ) (a) (i) shall
be worded as follows: "The undersigned requests that
the mark herein reproduced be registered in the Interna-
tional Register of Marks established under the Trade-
mark Registration Treaty."
5.2 Indications Concerning the Applicant
(a) Tht applicant's identity shall be indicated by his
name. If the applicant is a natural person, his name shall
be indicated by his family name and given name(s), the
family name being indicated before the given name(s).
If the applicant is a legal entity, its name shall be in-
dicated by the full, official designation of the said entity.
(b) The applicant's residence and nationality shall be
indicated by the name(s) of the State(s) of which he is
a resident and of which he is a national.
(c) The applicant's address shall be indicated in such
a way as to satisfy the customary requirements for prompt
postal delivery at the indicated address and shall, in any
case, consist of all the relevant administrative units up
to, and including, the house number, if any. Where the
national law of the designated State does not require the
indication of the house number, failure to indicate such
number shall have no effect in that State. Any telegraphic
and teletype address and telephone number that the ap-
plicant may have should preferably be indicated. For each
applicant, only one address shall be indicated; if several
addresses are indicated, only the one first mentioned in
the international application shall be considered. Any sub-
sequent change in address shall be recorded on request,
free of charge, by the International Bureau.
5.3 Reproduction of the Mark; Colors, Transliteration
and Translation
(a) Where the mark contains only letters of the Latin
alphabet, Arabic or Roman numerals, and punctuation
signs usual in connection with the Latin alphabet, and the
applicant does not wish to claim any special graphic fea-
ture, the mark may be reproduced, for example by typing
the letters, numerals and signs, on the sheet itself on
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1203
which the international application appears. The use of
small letters and capital letters shall be permitted, and
shall be followed in the publications of the International
Bureau.
(b) In cases other than that referred to above, the
mark shall be reproduced on a sheet of paper of A4
size (29.7 cm x 21 cm), separate from the sheet on which
the text of the international application appears, and shall
be attached to the latter sheet. The reproduction of the
mark itself on the separate sheet shall not occupy a space
larger than 10 centimeters horizontally and 10 centi-
meters vertically. [Alternative A: The mark may be in
one or various colors.] [Alternative B: If colors are
claimed, the reproduction shall be in black and white and
the colors shall be described in words and, where the
nature of the mark permits, also by means of the signs
of the Heraldic Convention, as specified in the Admini-
strative Instructions.] In any case, the reproduction shall
be of a quality admitting of direct reproduction by pho-
tography and printing processes.
(c) [Alternative A: Any reproduction presented in
color shall be reproduced in color in the publications of
the International Bureau only if the application contains
an express statement to the effect that color is claimed.]
[Alternative B: If the provisions of paragraph (b) con-
cerning colors are not complied with, no account shall
be taken by the International Bureau of the claiming of
colors.]
(d) Any reproduction of a three-dimensional object
whose shape constitutes or is part of the mark shall be
accompanied by an indication to the effect that the mark
is a three-dimensional mark.
(e) Marks which cannot, or whose picture cannot,
be reproduced by the usual printing processes shall not
be the subject of international applications.
(f) Where the mark consists of or contains matter
in script other than Latin script or numbers expressed
in forms other than Arabic or Roman, the international
application shall also contain a transliteration of such
matter in Latin script and Arabic numerals; the translit-
eration shall follow the English pronunciation if the in-
ternational application is in English, and the French pro-
nunciation if it is in French. If the International Bureau
finds that such transliteration is missing and it is equipped
to effect the said transliteration itself, it shall proceed
accordingly.
(g) If the mark consists of or contains words which
are part of the vocabulary of the language of or the lan-
guage in general use in the country of residence or na-
tionality of the applicant, and where such language is
other than English or French, the international applica-
tion shall contain a translation of such words in the lan-
guage in which the international application is written.
If the International Bureau finds that such translation is
missing and it is equipped to effect the translation itself,
it shall proceed accordingly.
5.4 List of Goods and /or Services
(a) The goods and /or services concerning which the
international registration is applied for shall be expressed
in precise terms, and as far as possible in those terms
appearing in the alphabetical list of the International
Classification. The said terms shall be grouped according
to the classes of the International Classification. Each of
the said groups shall be preceded by an indication of the
number of the class and the various groups shall follow
in the numerical order of the corresponding classes.
(b) If the International Bureau finds that the terms
used by the applicant do not correspond to the conditions
laid down in the first sentence of paragraph (a), it may
call this fact to the attention of the applicant.
(c) If the International Bureau finds that the grouping
of the goods and/or services does not correspond to the
conditions laid down in the second and third sentences
of paragraph (a), it shall itself proceed with such group-
ing.
5.5 Identification of the Designated State or States
(a) Identification of the Contracting State or States
shall consist in writing its name, or their names, in the
international application in a manner sufficiently clear for
the purposes of identification.
(b) Any identification of States which are not Con-
tracting States shall be treated as if such identification had
not taken place.
Rule 6
Optional Contents of the International Application
6.1 Naming of a Representative
The international application may indicate a repre-
sentative.
6.2 Claiming of Priority
(a) The declaration referred to in Article 5(l)(b)
shall consist of a statement to the effect that the priority
of an earlier application is claimed and shall indicate:
(i) where the earlier application is an application filed
for the registration of the mark in the national reg-
ister of marks of a country, the country in which it
was filed; where the earlier application is an interna-
tional application filed under the Treaty, the State or
States designated therein; where the earher application
is an application for a regional mark, the authority
with which it was filed and the State or States for
which it was filed;
(ii) the date on which the earlier application was filed;
(iii) the number allotted to the earlier application.
(b) If the declaration does not indicate the country,
State or States, and the date, referred to in paragraph
(a)(i) and (ii), the International Bureau shall treat the
declaration as if it had not been made.
(c) If the application number referred to in paragraph
(a) (iii) is not indicated in the declaration but is furnished
by the owner of the international registration to the Inter-
national Bureau prior to the expiration of the 10th month
from the filing date of the said application, it shall be
considered by all States designated prior to the expiration
of 6 months counted from the said date to have been
furnished in time, and the number so furnished shall be
published by the International Bureau.
(d) If the filing date of the earlier application as indi-
cated in the declaration precedes the filing date of the
international application by more than 6 months, the Inter-
national Bureau shall treat the declaration as if it had not
been made.
(e) If the statement referred to in Article 5(l)(b)
claims the priority of more than one earlier application,
the provisions of paragraphs (a) to (d) shall apply to
each of them and the statement shall specify which of the
earlier applications relate to which of the goods and/or
services listed in the international application.
6.3 Declaration of Intent To Use the Mark
(a) Any declaration made under Article 18(4) shall
consist of the following statement: "The undersigned
applicant declares that (he) (it) intends to use the mark
which is the subject of this international application him-
self (itself) and/or by and through persons authorized by
him (it) in commerce with and/or on the territory of . . .
[either insert "each of the States designated in this appli-
cation" or indicate those of the States designated in re-
spect of which the declaration is made] on and/or in
895 O.G.— 45
1204
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
connection with the goods and/or services listed in this
application." Blanks shall be filled in by the applicant, as
appropriate.
(b) It shall depend on the national law of each desig-
nated State whether any declaration to the same eflfect as
but worded differently from the statement in paragraph
(a) shall produce the effect provided for in Article 18(4)
in that State.
6.4 Declarations Under Articles 19(2) and 20(2)
(a) Any declaration made under Article 19(2) or Arti-
cle 20(2) and relating to one or more States designated
in the international application may:
(i) be included in the international application, or
(ii) be filed as a separate document after the filing of
the said application.
(b) Where the declaration referred to in paragraph (a)
is filed under Article 19(2), it shall:
(i) specify the designated State or States in respect of
which it is made,
(ii) contain the allegation that the applicant owns na-
tional registrations of the same mark in the said State
or States,
(iii) indicate, in respect of each such national registra-
tion, its number and the goods and/or services to which
it relates,
(iv) if the said declaration is filed as a separate docu-
ment, identify the international application by attaching
a copy thereof or, where international registration has
already been granted, by indicating the international
registration number.
(c) Where the declaration referred to in paragraph (a)
is filed under Article 20(2), it shall:
(i) specify the designated State or States in respect of
which it is made,
(ii) contain the allegation that the applicant seeking the
international registration of the mark under the Treaty
owns an international registration of the same mark
under the Madrid Agreement ("Madrid registration")
in respect of the said State or States,
(iii) indicate the number of the Madrid registration and,
in respect of each of the said States, the goods and/or
services to which such registration applies,
(iv) if the said declaration is filed as a separate docu-
ment, identify the international application by attaching
a copy thereof or, where international registration has
already been granted, by indicating the international
registration number.
6.5 Option Under Article 11(3)
The indication referred to in Article 11(3) shall be
effected by identifying the appropriate national register
(for example, "Supplemental Register" or "Part B Regis-
ter").
6.6 Trade or Business of the Applicant
The applicant may indicate in the international appli-
cation the trade or business in which he is engaged.
6.7 "Marque collective"
(a) Where the mark whicn is the subject of the inter-
national application is presented as a "marque collective,"
the international application shall contain the appropriate
indication.
(b) The term "marque collective" includes certification
marks.
[Note: If this Rule is maintained. Article 18 will have
to be completed to permit designated States to require the
filing of supporting documents.]
Rin,E 7
Language of International Applications, Requests for Re-
cording of Later Designations, Registrations, Record-
ings, Notifications, and Correspondence
7.1 Language of the International Application
The international application shall be in the English or
in the French language.
7.2 Language of the Request for Recording of Later Des-
ignations
The request for the recording of any later designation
shall be in the same language as that in which the inter-
national application was filed.
7.3 Language of Registrations, Recordings, Notifications,
Correspondence
(a) Registrations, recordings and notifications by the
International Bureau shall be in the same language as that
in which the international application was filed.
(b) Correspondence between the International Bureau
and the applicant or the owner of the international reg-
istration, or his duly appointed representative, shall be in
the same language as that in which the international appli-
cation was filed.
(c) Notifications by the national Offices to the Inter-
national Bureau, and letters or other written communica-
tions from the national Offices to the International Bureau,
shall be in the English or in the French language, it being
understood that copies of papers filed by a third party
in the case of an opposition procedure attached to any
notice of possible refusal shall be in the original language
of such papers.
(d) Where the International Bureau is under the obli-
gation to forward to the applicant any of the communi-
cations referred to in paragraph (c), it shall forward them
in the language in which it received them.
Rule 8
Form of the International Application
8.1 Printed Forms
(a) The international application shall be made on a
printed form furnished free of charge, on request, by the
International Bureau to prospective applicants, attorneys,
patent or trademark agents, and the national Offices.
(b) The form shall be filled in preferably by type-
writer and shall be easily legible.
8.2 Copies; Signature
(a) The international application, including the re-
production of the mark and any attachments, shall be
filed in one copy.
(b) The international application shall be signed by
the applicant.
(c) Where the applicant is a legal entity, the name of
the legal entity shall be indicated in the place reserved
for signatures and shall be accompanied by the signature
or signatures of the natural person (persons) who is
(are), according to the national law of the country under
whose law the legal entity was established, entitled to sign
for such legal entity.
8.3 No Additional Matter
(a) The international application shall not contain any
matter and shall not be accompanied by any document
other than those prescribed or permitted by the Treaty
and these Regulations.
(b) If the international application contains matter
other than that prescribed or permitted, the International
Bureau shall delete it ex officio; and if it is accompanied
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1205
by any document other than those prescribed or per-
mitted, the International Bureau shall treat it as if it had
not been transmitted to it.
Rule 9
Fees Payable With the Filing of the International
Application
9.1 [A] Fees Payable in Any Case (Alternative A)
(a) The fees payable with the international applica-
tion shall be the following:
(i) a basic fee,
(ii) as many designation fees as there are designated
States,
(iii) as many class fees as there are classes to which
the goods and /or services listed in the international
application belong according to the International Clas-
sification [Sub-alternative: multiplied by the number
of designated States].
(b) The amount of each of the said fees is indicated
in the Table of Fees.
9.1[B] Fees Payable in Any Case (Alternative B)
(a) The fees payable with the international application
shall be the following:
(i) an international fee,
(ii) State fees for every designated State.
(b) The amount of the international fee is indicated in
the Table of Fees.
(c) The amounts of the State fees concerning the
various Contracting States shall be published by the Inter-
national Bureau each year in the month of August. The
amounts so published shall be applicable as the State fees
from January 1 to E>ecember 31 of the year following the
year in which they are published.
(d) Each Contracting State shall, subject to the fol-
lowing provisions, be free to determine the amount of
the State fee applicable to it:
(i) Each Contracting State shall communicate the amount
in Swiss francs of the State fee to the International
Bureau each year before the end of the month of June.
If the said communication is not made within the said
time limit, the amount last communicated shall remain
applicable.
(ii) The amount of the State fee may vary only accord-
ing to the number of classes to which the goods and /or
services listed in the international application belong
according to the International Classification. For each
class, the fee shall be the same.
(iii) The amount of the State fee shall not exceed the
total amotint of [Sub-alternative: 75% of] any filing,
registration, publication or class fees which would
be payable if the application were an application for
registration in the national register of marks.
9.2 Fees Payable in the Case of Certain Defects in the
International Application (Both Alternatives)
(a) If the International Bureau finds that the require-
ment of transliteration or translation contained in Rule
5.3(f) and (g) has not been complied with, or that the
requirement of proper grouping of the goods and/or serv-
ices contained in Rule 5.4(b) has not been complied with,
it may charge the applicant a "transliteration fee," a
"translation fee," or a "classification fee," as the case
may be.
(b) If the indication of the applicant's trade or busi-
ness exceeds twenty words, the International Bureau may
charge the applicant a fee.
(c) The amounts of the fees referred to in paragraphs
(a) and (b) are indicated in the Table of Fees.
9.3 Exemption from Certain Fees
Where the owner of the international registration of
a mark registered under the Madrid Agreement for cer-
tain goods and /or services applies for the international
registration of the same mark for the same goods and /or
services under the Treaty at least five years before the
expiration of the then current term of protection under
the Madrid Agreement and files a declaration under Ar-
ticle 20(2), he shall be exempt from [Alternative A: the
designation fee] [Alternative B: the State fee] in respect
of any Contracting State in which his mark is then pro-
tected by virtue of the Madrid Agreement.
Rule 10
Mandatory Contents of the Request For Recording oj
Later Designation
10.1 Indication that the Request Is for Recording of
Later Designation
The indication referred to in Article 6(2) (a) (i) shall
be worded as follows: "The undersigned applicant/owner
of the international registration requests the recording in
the International Register of Marks of the following later
designation made under the Trademark Registration
Treaty."
10.2 Indications Concerning the Applicant or the Owner
of the International Registration
The provisions of Rule 5.2 shall also apply, mutatis
mutandis, in the case of Article 6(2) (a) (ii).
10.3 Identification of the International Application or In-
ternational Registration
(a) The international application shall be identified by
a copy of the same and the date on which it was filed with
or mailed to the International Bureau.
(b) The international registration shall be identified by
its international registration number and date.
10.4 Identification of the Later Designated State
The provisions of Rule 5.5 shall also apply, mutatis
mutandis, in the case of Article 6(2)(a)(iv).
Rule 11
Optional Contents of the Request for Recording of
Later Designation
11.1 Claiming of Priority
Rule 6.2 shall apply also to the declaration referred to
in Article 6(2) (b), provided that any reference in Rule
6.2(c) and (d) to the filing date of the international ap-
plication shall be construed as a reference to the filing
date of the request for recording a later designation.
11.2 Declaration of Intent To Use the Mark
(a) Any declaration made under Article 18(4) shall
consist of the following statement: 'The undersigned ap-
plicant/owner of the international registration intends to
use the mark which is the subject of the international ap-
plication/international registration to which this request
relates himself (itself) and/or through persons authorized
by him (it) in commerce with and/or on the territory
of the State designated herein on and /or in connection
with the goods and/or services listed in this request."
(b) It shall depend on the national law of each desig-
nated State whether any declaration to the same effect as
but worded differently from the statement in paragraph
(a) shall produce the effect provided for in Article 18(4)
in that State.
1206
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
11.3 Declaration Under Articles 19(2) and 20(2)
(a) Any declaration made under Articles 19(2) and
20(2) and relating to one or more States which are the
subject of a later designation shall be included in the re-
quest for recording such designation or be filed as a sepa-
rate document after the filing of the said request.
(b) The declaration shall contain the indications pro-
vided for in Rule 6.4(b) or (c), as the case may be.
11. 4 List of Goods and /or Services
Where the applicant or owner of the international reg-
istration wishes to indicate a list of goods and /or services
more limited than the list which was included in the in-
ternational application or which was published with the
international registration, he shall set out, in his request,
the more limited list, presented in a form which conforms
with the concept of limitation as defined in Rule 22.2, or,
if paragraph (c) of the said Rule is applicable, he shall
set forth the more limited list in conformity with the deci-
sion of the national Office, or other competent authority
of the later designated State, and shall attach to the re-
quest the indications concerning such decision specified in
Rule 22.1(a)(v).
11.5 Option Under Article 11{3)
The indication referred to in Article 11(3 ) shall be ef-
fected by identifying the appropriate national register (for
example, "Supplemental Register" or "Part B Register").
Rule 12
Form of the Request for Recording of Later Designation
12.1 Printed Forms
(a) The request referred to in Article 6(2)(c) shall be
made on a printed form furnished free of charge, on re-
quest, by the International Bureau to applicants, owners of
international registrations, attorneys, patent or trademark
agents, and the national Offices.
(b) The form shall be filled in preferably by typewriter
and shall be easily legible.
12.2 Copies: Signature
(a) The request referred to in Article 6(2)(c) and any
attachments thereto shall be filed in one copy.
(b) The request shall be signed by the applicant.
12.3 No Additional Matter
Rule 8.3 shall also apply to requests for recording later
designations.
Rule 13
13.1 [B] Later Designation Fees (Alternative B)
(a) The fees payable with the request for the later des-
ignation of any Contracting State shall be the following:
(i) an international later designation fee,
(ii) the State fee applicable to the designated State.
(b) The amount of the international later designation
fee is indicated in the Table of Fees.
(c) The State fee shall be the same as that referred to
in Rule 9.1[B](a)(ii).
13.2 Exemption from Certain Fees (Both Alternatives)
The provisions of Rule 9.3 shall, mutatis mutandis, also
apply in connection with the fee [Sub-alternative: fees]
referred to in Rule 13.1[A](a) (ii).
Rule 14
Defects in the International Application
14.1 Time Limit Under Article 7(2)
The time limit under Article 7(2) shall be 1 month
from the date of the registered letter from the Interna-
tional Bureau containing the invitation to sign the appli-
cation or to pay the fees or the missing part of the fees.
14.2 Minimum Amount Under Article 7(2)
The minimum amount referred to in Article 7(2) shall
be an amount equivalent at least to the total amount of
[Alternative A: the basic fee, one designation fee and
one class fee, referred to in Rule 9.1[A](a)] [Alternative
B: the international fee and that State fee which, among
the State fees of all the designated States, is the lowest].
14.3 Calling Attention to Defects Other Than Those
Referred to in Article 7(2)
Where any international application has any defect
other than those referred to in Article 7(2), the Inter-
national Bureau may call it to the attention of the appli-
cant.
14.4 Notification, and Reimbursement of Certain Fees,
Under Article 7(3)
Where, under Article 7(3), the International Bureau
declines the international application, it shall notify the
applicant by registered letter stating the reasons for declin-
ing and shall reimburse to him those [Alternative A:
designation fees and class fees referred to in Rule 9.1[A]
(a)(ii) and (iii)] [Alternative B: State fees referred to
in Rule 9.1 [B](a)(ii)] which he has paid.
[14.5 Non-Compliance With Certain Provisions of Na-
tion Laws
The International Bureau shall not take note of any
lack of compliance with possible provisions of national
laws referred to in Article 5(3).]
Fees Payable With the Request for Recording
of Later Designation
13.1 [A] Later Designation Fees (Alternative A)
(a) The fees referred to in Article 6(2) (c) shall, for
each later designation, be the following:
(i) a basic later designation fee,
(ii) a designation fee [Sub-alternative: and as many class
fees as there are classes to which the goods and/or
services listed in respect of the designated State belong
according to the International Classification].
(b) The amount of the fees referred to in paragraph
(a)(i) is indicated in the Table of Fees. The amount of
the fee referred to in paragraph (a)(ii) is the same as
that of the fee referred to in Rule 9.1[A](a)(ii).
Rlxe 15
Defects in the Request for Recording of Later
Designation
15.1 Time Limit Under Article 8(2)
The time limit under Article 8(2) shall be 1 month
from the date of the registered letter from the Interna-
tional Bureau containing the invitation to conform with
the concept of limitation, sign the request, or pay the fees
or the missing part thereof.
15.2 Minimum Amount Under Article 8(2)
The minimum amount referred to in Article 8(2) shall
be an amount equivalent at least to [Alternative A: the
FEBRUARY 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1207
basic later designation fee] [Alternative B: the interna-
tional later designation fee].
15.3 Calling Attention to Defects Other Than Those Re-
ferred to in Article 8(2)
Where any request for the recording of a later designa-
tion has any defect other than those referred to in Article
8(2), the International Bureau may call it to the attention
of the applicant or owner of the international registration.
15.4 Notification, and Reimbursement of Certain Fees,
Under Article 8(3)
Where, under Article 8(3), the International Bureau
declines the request for the recording of the later desig-
nation, it shall notify the applicant or owner of the inter-
national registration by registered letter stating the rea-
sons for declining and shall reimburse to him [Alterriative
A ■ the designation fee referred to in Rule 13.1 [A] (a) dO
[Alternative B: the State fee referred to m Rule 13.1[B]
(a)(ii)] to the extent to which he has paid it.
[15.5 Non-Compliance With Certain Provisions of Na-
tional Laws
The International Bureau shall not take note of any
lack of compliance with possible provisions of naUonal
laws referred to in Article 6(3).]
Rule 16
Procedure Where Avoiding the Effect of Declining
Is Sought
16.1 Time Limit Under Article 9(1)
The time limit referred to in Article 9(1) shall be 3
months from the date of the notification referred to under
Rule 14.4, or Rule 15.4, as the case may be.
16.2 Recording and Publication Under Article 9(1)
(a) The fact of having received a copy of a petition
under Article 9(1) shall be recorded by recording the
subject of the petition, the name of the national Office to
which it appears to be addressed, and the date on which
the said copy was received. * • i
(b) The information to be published under Article
9(1) shall indicate the international registration number
of the mark, the name of the State to whose national Office
the petition appears to have been addressed, and the date
on which the copy of the petition was received by the
International Bureau.
16.3 Notification of National Offices Under Article 9(1)
On the request of the applicant, the International Bu-
reau shall send to each interested national Office a copy
of the file of the declined international application or
declined request for recording of later designation, to-
gether with a memorandum setting out the reasons for and
The various steps leading to the declining of the said appli-
cation or request.
Rule 17
Publication of International Registrations and
Recordings of Later Designations
17.1 Contents of Publication of International Registra-
tions
(a) The publication of any international registration
shall contain:
(i) the name and address of the applicant together with
any indication of his trade or business and, if he bases
his right to file international applications on his resi-
dence in, or his nationality of, a State other than that
in wh.ch he has his address, the name of the State of
his residence or nationality, as the case may be,
(ii) the reproduction of the mark, together with any
transhteration, translation, [or description of color or
colors,]
( iii ) the list of goods and/or services,
(iv) the names of the designated States,
(V) the international registration date,
(vi) the international registration number.
(vii) where the priority of one or more earlier appli-
cations is claimed, the date of filing and the number
(if available) of such applications, and the name of
the country or countries in which or for which they
were filed,
(viii) where appropriate, an indication that the mark is
a ma'-que collective,
(ix) any indication under Article 11(3),
(x) any declaration under Articles 19(2) and 20(2).
(b) The international registration number shall be a
single serial number, followed by an oblique stroke and
a zero.
17.2 Contents of Publication of Recordings of Later
Designations
(a) The publication of any recording of a later des-
ignation shall contain:
(i) the international later designation number,
(ii) the date of the recording of the later designation,
(iii) the name of the later designated State.
(iv) if, for the purposes of the later designated State,
the list of goods and/or services is more limited than
the list of goods and/or services which was published
with the international registration, the more limited
list,
(v) any indication under Article 11(3),
(vi) any declaration under Articles 19(2) and 20(2).
(b) The international later designation number shall
consist of the international registration number of the
international registration to which the later designation
refers, followed by an oblique stroke and a number in-
dicating the original number of the later designation in
question among all the later designations referring to the
same mternational registration.
(c) Where the recording of the later designation was
effected sufficiently prior to the date of publication of
the international registration to be practical to do so,
the said publication shall, itself, contain the elements
indicated in paragraph (a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi),
and the number of the said publication shall consist of
the number referred to in Rule 17.1(b) and the number
or numbers referred to in paragraph (b).
Rule 18
Notification of International Registrations and
Recordings of Later Designations
18.1 Form of Notifications
The notification referred to in Article 10(2) shall be
effected separately for each national Office and shall
consist of:
(i) a list of the international registration numbers and
the international later designation numbers of the in-
ternational registrations and recordings of later des-
ignations in which the Sute of the said Office has been
designated,
(ii) separate reprints made of the publication by the In-
ternational Bureau of each international registration
referred to in the said list,
1208
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
(iii) a copy of the international application or the request
for the recording of later designation if it contains a
declaration of intent to use made under Article 18(4).
18.2 Frequency of Notifications
The notification shall be effected on the same day as
that on which the issue of the Gazette is published which
contains the matter from which the reprints referred to
in Rule 18.1 are made.
Rule 19
Refusals; Notices of Possible Refusal
19.1 Notifying the International Bureau; Reasons
(a) Any notification under Article 12(2) shall be sent
in one copy, preferably on a form furnished free of
charge by the International Bureau to the national Office
of each Contracting State. The notification shall, in any
case, contain:
(i) the international registration number of the interna-
tional registration, or the international later designation
number of the later designation, as the case may be, to
which the refusal or the notice of possible refusal re-
lates,
(ii) the name of the owner of the said international regis-
tration,
(iii) an indication as to whether the notification is that
of a refusal or of a notice of possible refusal,
(iv) if it relates to some only of the goods and /or serv-
ices listed, identification of those to which it relates,
(v) the reasons referred to in Article 12(2)(a)(ii) and
(iii), together with a reproduction of any mark cited
in the notification and not reproduced therein, and,
when the notice of possible refusal specifies the reasons
by reference to the opposition of a third party, a copy
of any document filed by the opposing party in which
the said reasons are specified,
(vi) an indication as to whether any remedy is available,
and if so with which authority it has to be sought and
within what time limit.
(b) The form referred to in paragraph (a) shall be
prepared separately for each Contracting State, in collab-
oration with its national Oflfice. It shall list the more
common of the reasons for refusal with a reference to
the pertinent provisions of the national law so that, wher-
ever possible, such reasons may be specified by marking
the applicable items of the list. The form shall contain
a space reserved for specifying any other reasons and for
other possible indications.
19.2 Notifying the Owner of the International Registra-
tion •
(a) The notification referred to in Article 12(3) (a)
shall indicate the date on which any notification made
under Article 12(2) was received by the International Bu-
reau and shall include a copy thereof.
(b) TTie International Bureau shall effect any notifica-
tion referred to in Article 12(3) (a) promptly after the
receipt of the notification referred to in Article 12(2).
19.3 Notification and Recording of Final Decisions of
Refusal; Cancellation of the Designation, and Pub-
lication of the Cancellation
(a) The notification to be effected by the national
OflBce under Article 12(4) (a) shall be effected promptly
after the date on which the decision of refusal becomes
final. The notification shall contain:
(i) the indications referred to in Rule 19.1 (a) (i) and
(ii);
(ii) the reasons given in the decision;
(iii) if the notification relates to some only of the goods
and/or services listed, identification of those to which
it relates;
(iv) the name of the authority which pronounced the deci-
sion, the number, if any, and the date of such decision,
and
(v) the date on which the decision became final.
(b) The notification to be effected by the Internation-
al Bureau under Article 12(4) (a) shall be effected as soon
as possible and shall include a copy of the notification
referred to in paragraph (a).
(c) The details of the recording referred to in Article
12(4) (a) shall be provided in the Administrative Instruc-
tions.
(d) The publication referred to in Article 12(4) (a)
shall be effected promptly and shall consist of the indica-
tions contained in the notification referred to in para-
graph (a), as well as the name of the State whose authori-
ties have pronounced the final decision of refusal.
19.4 Notification Where Final Decision Results in Ac-
ceptance of the Effect Provided for in Article
]1{2)
The notification under Article 12(4) (b) shall be effect-
ed promptly after the final disposal of the case and shall
consist of a statement to the effect that the notice of pos-
sible refusal or the refusal is withdrawn, the indications
referred to in Rule 19.1(a)(i) and (ii), the number, if
any, and the date of the decision, and the date on which
the decision became final.
19.5 Belated Notifications
If any notification referred to in Article 12(2) is re-
ceived by the International Bureau after the expiration of
the time limit fixed i i that provision, the International
Bureau shall inform accordingly the national Ofl^ce which
effected the notification and shall treat such notification
as if it had not been effected.
Rule 20
Final Decisions of Cancellation
20.1 Notification and Recording of Final Decisions of
Cancellation; Cancellation of the Designation, and
Publication of the Cancellation
(a) The notification referred to in Article 13(2) shall
be effected promptly after the date on which the decision
of cancellation becomes final. The notification shall con-
tain:
(i) the international registration number of the interna-
tional registration, or the international later designa-
tion number of the later designation, as the case may
be, to which the final decision of cancellation relates,
(ii) the name of the owner of the said international regis-
tration,
(iii) if the final decision relates to some only of the goods
and/or services listed, identification of those to which
it relates,
(iv) the name of the authority which pronounced the
final decision.
(v) the number, if any, and the date of such decision,
(vi) the date on which the decision became final.
(b) The details of the recording referred to in Article
13(2) shall be provided in the Administrative Instruc-
tions.
(c) The publication referred to in Article 13(2) shall
be effected promptly and shall consist of the indications
contained in the notification referred to in paragraph (a),
as well as the name of the State whose authorities have
prcmounced the final decision of cancellation.
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1209
Rule 21
Recording of Changes in Ownership
21.1 Request for Recording of Change in Ownership
(a) The request for recording referred to in Article
14(1) (a) shall indicate its purpose and contain:
(i) the name of the owner of the international registra-
tion,
(ii) the name, residence, nationality, and address, of the
new owner, in the manner provided for indications to
be furnished in respect of applicants,
(iii) the international registration number,
(iv) if the change in ownership relates to some only
of the designated States, identification of those States
to which it relates,
(v) if the change in ownership relates to some only of
the goods and/or services listed in the international reg-
istration, a list of those of such goods and/or services
to which it relates.
(b) The request shall be signed by the natural person
or legal entity whose name appears in the International
Register of Marks as the owner of the international reg-
istration or, if that person is dead or incapacitated, or--
in the case of a legal entity — if it is dissolved or incapaci-
tated, by his (its) successor in title or a person entitled
to act for him or his estate. When the request is signed
by the said successor in title or other person, it shall indi-
cate his address and contain a statement of the reasons
for which the owner of the international registration can-
not sign it and for which the person signing is entitled to
do so.
(c) The amount of the fee referred to in Article 14(3)
is indicated in the Table of Fees.
21.2 Procedure Where New Owner Is Entitled To File
International Applications
(a) Where the new owner is a natural person or legal
entity entitled to file international applications and the
request complies with the prescribed requirements, the
International Bureau shall record the change in the owner-
ship of the international registration as a whole or in
respect of the designated States or goods and/or services
specified in the request, as the case may be. If the request
does not comply with the prescribed requirements, the
International Bureau shall reject it and shall notify the
owner of the international registration accordingly.
(b) The publication and the notifications referred to in
Article 14(3) shall contain the indications referred to in
Rule 21.1(a) and the date of the recording. All notifica-
tions shall bear the same date and shall be transmitted on
the same day. Where the request referred to in Article
14(1) (a) was signed by a person other than the person
whose name appears in the International Register of
Marks as the owner of the international registration, this
fact as well as the name of that other person, together
with an indication of the capacity in which he signed, shall
also be indicated in the said publication and notifications.
21.3 Procedure Where New Owner Is Not Entitled To
File International Applications
(a) Where the new owner is a person (natural person
or legal entity) not entitled to file intematicwial applica-
tionsj the International Bureau shall not proceed to effect
the requested recording but shall merely record the fact
ohat, for the reason stated, the International Register of
' Marks is, subject to the last part of Article 14(1 )(c),
closed in respect of the international registration in ques-
tion, or in respect of the designated States or goods and/or
services specified in the request, as the case may be.
(b) The recording of the fact referred to in paragraph
(a) shall be published by the International Bureau. Fur-
ther details of the procedure are provided in the Admin-
istrative Instructions.
21.4 Notification of Refusal; Recording and Publication
The notification, recording and publication provided for
in Article 14(4) (b) shall refer to the fact of the refusal,
identify the State whose authorities pronounced the re-
fusal, and contain:
(i) the name of the owner of the intematicHial registra-
tion,
(ii) the name of the purported new owner,
(iii) the international registration number,
(iv) a brief indication of the reasons for the refusal,
(v) the identification of the publication referred to in
Article 14(3) which is the subject of the refusal.
Rule 22
Recording of Limitations of the List of Goods
and/or Services
22 A Request for Recording of Limitation of the List
(a) The request for recording referred to in Article
15(1) shall indicate its purpose and contain:
(i) the name of the owner of the international registra-
tion,
(ii) the international registration number,
(iii) the desired limitation of the list of goods and/or
services,
(iv) if the request relates to some only of the designated
States, identification of those States to which it relates,
(v) if the request relates to one only of the desigiiated
States and conforms with a decision of the national
Office or other competent authority of such State con-
cerning the international registration, a certified copy of
such decision and, if the decision is in a language other
than English or French, a certified translation of such
decision.
(b) The request shall be signed by the ovraer of the
international registration.
(c) The amount of the fee referred to in Article 15(2)
is indicated in the Table of Fees.
22.2 Concept of Limitation
(a) Subject to paragraph (c), any request under Article
15 shall be regarded as conforming with the concept of
limitation if it is presented in either of the foUowing
forms:
(i) it asks for the deletion of one or more terms in the
list of goods and/or services,
(ii) it asks for the insertion of one or more words, Imked
to the existing term by words (such as "except") which,
from the point of view of syntax, make it clear that the
inserted word or words are meant to be excluded from
the existing term (for example, milk products (existing
term) except (linking word) condensed milk (inserted
words)),
(iii) it asks for the insertion of one or more words linked
to the existing term by wt)rds (such as "provided that")
from the point of view of syntax, make it clear that the
inserted words are covered by the existing term (for
example, shoes (inserted word) provided that they are
(linking words) rubber articles (existing term)),
(b) Unless the limitation is presented in one of the
forms described in paragraph (a), it shall not, subject to
paragraph (c), be regarded as conforming with the con-
cept of limitation, however clear it may be that, in the
ordinary sense of the word, there is a limitation (for ex-
ample, replacing the term "milk product" by "cheese").
1210
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
(c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) shall not apply in the case
contemplated under Rule 22.1(a) (v).
22.3 Recording, Publication, and Notification, of Limita-
tion of the List
(a) If the request complies with the prescribed require-
ments, the International Bureau shall record the indica-
tions referred to in Rule 22.1(a) and the date on which
the request was received. If the request does not comply
with the prescribed requirements, the International Bureau
shall decline the recording of the limitation and shall
notify the owner of the international registration accord-
ingly-
(b) The publication and the notification referred to in
Article 15(2) shall contain the indications referred to in
Rule 22.1(a) and the date of the recording.
22.4 Declining the Recording of Limitation of the List
The notification referred to in Article 15(3) (a) shall
include the reasons for declining the recording of the lim-
itation of the list of goods and /or services.
22.5 Time Limit Under Article J5i3)(b)
The time limit referred to in Article 15(3 )(b) shall be
3 months from the date of the notification referred to in
Article 15(3) (a).
22.6 Non-Admission by Designated State
(a) The notification referred to in Article 15(4) shall
consist in indicating the recording to which it refers and
the fact and date of the finding.
(b) The annotation and publication referred to in Ar-
ticle 15(4) shall contain the indications mentioned in
paragraph (a).
(c ) The details of the procedure concerning paragraphs
(a) and (b) shall be provided in the Administrative In-
structions.
Rule 23
Renewal
23.1 Reminder by the International Bureau
^ The International Bureau shall send a letter to the owner
of the international registration before the expiration of
the term, initial or renewal (as the case may be), which
is in effect, reminding him that such term is about to ex-
pire. Further details concerning the contents of the re-
minder shall be provided in the Administrative Instruc-
tions. The reminder shall be sent from 6 to 3 months
prior to the expiration date. Failure to send or receive
the reminder, or the fact of sending or receiving it outside
the said period, shall not affect the expiration date.
23.2 Demand for Renewal
(a) The demand for renewal referred to in Article
16(3) shall preferably be made on a printed form fur-
nished free of charge by the International Bureau together
with the reminder referred to in Rule 23.1. The demand
shall, in any case, indicate its purpose and contain:
(i) the name of the owner of the international registra-
tion, his residence and nationality, and his address,
(ii) the international registration number,
(iii) if the demand relates to some only of the designated
States for the purposes of which the person presenting
the demand is the owner of the international registra-
tion, the identification of those States to which the de-
mand relates.
(b) The demand shall be signed by the owner of the
international registration.
(c) The demand for renewal shall not be combined
with any other request; in particular, it shall not contain
a request for recording a later designation, a request for
recording a change in ownership, or a request for record-
ing a limitation in the list of goods and/or services. Rule
8.3 shall also apply to demands for renewal.
23.3 [Al Renewal Fees {AL'ernative A )
The fees payable under Article 16(3) shall be the same
as those referred to in Rule 9.1 [Al.
23.3[B| Renewal Fees (Alternative B)
(a) The fees payable under Article 16(3) shall be the
following:
(i) an international renewal fee,
(ii) State renewal fees for every designated State.
(b) The amount of the international renewal fee is
indicated in the Table of Fees.
(c) The amounts of the State renewal fees concerning
the various Contracting States shall be published by the
International Bureau each year in the month of August.
The amounts so published shall be applicable as the State
renewal fees from January 1 to December 31 of the year
following the year in which they are published.
(d) Each Contracting State shall be free to determine
the amount of the State renewal fee applicable to it, sub-
ject to the provisions of Rule 9.1[Bl(d)(i) and (ii) and
provided that the amount of the said fee shall not exceed
the amount of [Sub-alternative: 75% of] the renewal fee
which would be payable if the demand were for the re-
newal in the national register of marks of the said State
for a comparable period of time.
23.4 Time Limits, Surcharge (Both Alternatives)
(a) Subject to paragraph (b), both the demand and
the fees referred to in Article 16(3) must reach the Inter-
national Bureau by the last day of the term about to
expire.
(b) Where, by the said day, the International Bureau
has received the demand as prescribed and no renewal fees
or an amount intended as renewal fees but which is less
than the full amount payable for the demand, the Inter-
national Bureau shall promptly invite the owner of the
international registration to pay the fees or the missing
part of the fees. If the said owner complies with the in-
vitation within 6 months from the last day of the term
about to expire, the fees or the missing part thereof shall
be considered to have been paid within the time limit
fixed in paragraph (a), provided that, where the payment
reaches the International Bureau after the last day of the
term, a surcharge whose amount is fixed in the Table of
Fees shall also be payable within the said 6 months time
limit.
(c) Failure to send or receive the invitation referred
to in paragraph (b ), or any delay in dispatching or receiv-
ing such invitation, shall not prolong the time limits fixed
in that paragraph and in paragraph (a).
23.5 Recording. Publication, and Notification
Where the demand is presented and the fees are paid
as prescribed, the International Bureau shall record the
renewal, shall publish the indications referred to in Rule
23.2(a) together with a reference to all previous publica-
tions concerning the registration effected since the most
recent renewal and an indication of the date on which the
renewal shall expire, and shall notify the designated States
of the said indications and the said date.
23.6 Declining the Demand
Where no demand is presented or the demand does not
conform with the requirements of Rule 23.2 or the fees
(including, where applicable, the surcharge referred to in
Rule 23.4(b)) are not paid as prescribed, the Interna-
tional Bureau shall decline the demand and shall notify
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1211
the owner of the international registration by registered
letter stating the reasons for declining the demand.
23.7 Reimbursement of Certain Fees
Where, under Rule 23.6, the International Bureau de-
clines the demand, it shall reimburse to the owner of the
international registration M//f"mr/v. /I.- the designation
fee and the class fees referred to in Rules 23.3[A] and
9 1[A](a)(ii) and (iii)] [Alternative B: The Mate re-
newal fees referred to in Rule 23.3 [B] (a) (ii)] to the ex-
tent to which he has paid them.
RULE 23»"«
Declarations of Actual Use
23bi» 1 Information Concerning Requirements Under Ar-
ticle I8i3)(c), First Sentence
The national OflRce of any Contracting State whose na-
tional law requires the filing of declarations within the
meaning of the first sentence of Article 18(3)(c) shall
inform the International Bureau of such requirement and
of any changes therein. Such information shall, in particu-
lar indicate the time limits within which such declara-
tions must be filed according to the national law. The
International Bureau shall promptly publish such infor-
mation.
23'''».2 National Forms
The national Office of any Contracting State referred
to in Rule 23ftw.l shall supply free of charge to the Inter-
national Bureau in reasonable quantities declaration
forms, in the form prescribed by the national law of that
State for the purposes of making declarations referred
to in Article 18(3) (c). The International Bureau shall
furnish such forms free of charge to interested persons.
[23bi».3 International Forms
(a) Where the declaration referred to in Article
18(3) (c) is not made on a national form accordmg to
Rule 23bis.2, it shall consist of the following statement
and shall be signed by the owner of the international
registration :
'The undersigned owner of the international reg-
istration declares that he (it) is the owner of the
international registration which was efifected under
No. . . . , as shown by recordings in the Interna-
tional Register of Marks, in respect of ... © on
(D; that the mark which is the subject of the
international registration herein identified is now in
use by and through ... ® in commerce with and/
or on the territory of the said State on or m con-
nection with the following goods and/or services
listed in respect of such State: . . . ®; that such
use commenced on ... ®; and that the mode or
manner in which the mark is used is:
n on labels or tags affixed to and/or containers
for the goods, as evidenced by the attached
specimen ( s ) or facsimile ( s ) ;
n on displays which are associated with the
goods, as evidenced by the attached speci-
men(s) or facsimile (s);
O in the case of services, in advertising of such
services, as evidenced by the attached speci-
men(s) or facsimile (s);
D other [recite sufficient facts in addition to, or
in lieu of, checking one or more of the above
boxes as to sales or advertising, or both, to
show that the mark is in current use].
"[® Insert name of State; © insert international
registration date or, if applicable, recording date of
the later designation of such State; ® Insert "the
undersigned owner" and/or, if applicable, the name
and address of the person and/or persons using the
mark under the authority of the owner in the State;
® Insert "all" or indicate the particular goods and/
or services on or in connection with which the mark
is used; ® Insert the date of commencement of the
continuing use of the mark, including, where differ-
ent dates are applicable to different goods and /or
services, the particular goods and/or services to which
each such date relates.]"
Blanks shall be filled in by the owner of the international
registration, as appropriate.
(b) The International Bureau shall furnish such forms
free of charge to interested persons.
(c) The declaration shall be filed in the same lan-
guage as the international application to which it relates.
(d) The specimens referred to in paragraph (a) shall,
in the case of a mark for goods, be duplicates of the
actually used labels, tags, or containers, or of the dis-
plays associated therewith, or portions thereof, when
made of suitable material and capable of being arranged
flat and of a size not larger than the declaration. When,
owing to the mode of applying or affixing the mark to
the goods or to the manner of its use on the goods, such
specimens cannot be furnished, suitable photographs or
other acceptable reproductions, not larger than the dec-
laration, which cleariy and legibly show the mark and all
matter used in connection therewith shall be furnished. In
the case of marks for services, specimens or facsimiles,
as specified above, of the mark as used in the sale or ad-
vertising of the services shall be furnished unless impos-
sible because of the nature of the mark or the manner m
which it is used, in which event some other acceptable
reproductions shall be furnished.
(e) It shall depend on the national law of each Con-
tracting State whether any declaration to the same effect
as but worded differently from the statement set out in
paragraph (a) shall produce the same effect.]
RiH-E 24
Transmittal of Documents to the International
Bureau
24.1 Place and Mode of Transmittal
International applications, requests, demands, notifica-
tions and any other documents intended for filing, notifi-
cation or other communication to the International Bureau
shall be deposited with the competent service of that
Bureau during the office hours fixed in the Administrative
Instructions, or mailed to that Bureau, or deposited with
or mailed to agencies of the said Bureau in places other
than Geneva (Switzerland). The AdministraUve Instruc-
tions shall provide for the setting up and operation of any
such agency.
24.2 Date of Receipt of Documents Mailed
Any document received by the International Bureau or
any of its agencies through deposit or mail shall be con-
sidered to have been received on the day on which it is
actually received by such Bureau or agency, provided
that, when it is actually received after office hours, or
on a day when the Bureau or the agency is closed for
business, it shall be considered to have been received on
the next subsequent day on which the Bureau or agency
is open for business.
1212
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Rule 25
Calendar: Computation of Time Limits
25.1 Calendar
The International Bureau, national Offices, applicants
and owners of international registrations shall, for the pur-
poses of the Treaty and these Regulations, express any
date in terms of the Christian era and the Gregorian cal-
endar.
25.2 Periods Expressed in Years, Months, or Days
(a) When a period is expressed as one year or a certain
number of years, computation shall start on the day fol-
lowing the day on which the relevant event occurred, and
the period shall expire in the relevant subsequent year in
the month having the same name and on the day having
the same number as the month and the day on which the
said event occurred, provided that if the relevant subse-
quent month has no day with the same number the period
shall expire on the last day of that month.
(b) When a period is expressed as one month or a
certain number of months, computation shall start on the
day following the day on which the relevant event
occurred, and the period shall expire in the relevant sub-
sequent month on the day which has the same number as
the day on which the said event occurred, provided that
if the relevant subsequent month has no day with the
same number the period shall expire on the last day of
that month.
(c) When a period is expressed as a certain number
of days, computation shall start on the day following the
day on which the relevant event occurred, and the period
shall expire on the day on which the last day of the count
has been reached.
25.3 Local Dates
(a) The date which is taken into consideration as the
starting date of the computation of any period shall be
the date which prevails in the locality at the time when the
relevant event occurred.
(b) The date on which any period expires shall be the
date which prevails in the locality in which the required
document must be filed or the required fee must be paid.
25.4 Expiration on a Non-Working Day
If the expiration of any period during which any docu-
ment or fee must reach the Intematicmal Bureau or any
of its agencies falls on a day on which such Bureau or
agency is not open for business, or on which ordinary mail
is not delivered in Geneva or the locality in which the
agency is situated, the period shall expire on the next sub-
sequent day on which neither of the said two circum-
stances exists.
Rule 26
Payment of Fees
26.1 Payment to the International Bureau
All fees payable under the Treaty and these Regulations
shall be payable to the International Bureau.
26.2 Currency
(a) Subject to paragraph (b), all fees payable under
the Treaty and these Regulations shall be payable in Swiss
currency.
(b) Where the International Bureau has local agencies,
referred to in Rule 24.1, the Administrative Instructions
may, under specified conditions, allow exceptions to the
provisions of paragraph (a).
26.3 Deposit Accounts
(a) Any natural person or legal entity may open a
deposit account with the International Bureau or any of
its agencies.
(b) The details concerning deposit accounts shall be
provided in the Administrative Instructions.
26.4 Indication of the Mode of Payment
(a) Unless the payment is made in cash to the cashier
of the International Bureau, the international application,
and any request, demand, or other document, filed with
the International Bureau in connection with any interna-
tional registration, subject to the payment of any fee,
shall indicate:
(i) the name and address, as provided in Rule 5.2(a),
of the natural person or legal entity making the pay-
ment,
(ii) the mode of payment, which may be by an authoriza-
tion to debit the amount of the fee to the deposit ac-
count of such person or entity, or by transfer to a bank
account or to the postal cheque account of the Inter-
national Bureau, or by cheque. The Administrative In-
structions shall provide the details, in particular those
governing the kind of cheques that shall be accepted in
payment.
(b) Where the payment is made pursuant to an author-
ization to debit the amount of the fee to a deposit account,
the authorization shall specify the transaction to which
it relates, unless there is a general authorization to debit
to a specified deposit account any fee concerning a certain
applicant, owner of an international registration, or duly
appointed representative. The details shall be provided in
the Administrative Instructions.
(c) Where the payment is made by transfer to a bank
account or to the postal cheque account of the Interna-
tional Bureau, or by a cheque not attached to the inter-
national application, request, demand, or other document,
the notification of the transfer or the cheque (or paper
accompanying it) shall identify the transaction to which
it relates, in the manner to be provided for in the Admin-
istrative Instructions.
Rule 27
Withdrawals and Renunciations
21 A Withdrawal of the International Application or Re-
quest for Recording of Later Designation
(a) Any withdrawal of an international application
shall be treated as such by the International Bureau if the
communication of withdrawal reaches it before registra-
tion is effected and preparations for publication have been
completed.
(b) Any withdrawal of a request for the recording of
later designation shall be treated as such by the Interna-
tional Bureau if the communication of withdrawal reaches
it before recording is effected and preparations for pub-
lication have been completed.
27.2 Renunciation of the International Registration or of
Certain Designations
(a) The owner of the international registration may, at
any time, renounce the international registration or the
recording of the designation of any designated State.
(b) Renunciation of the recording of all designated
States shall be treated as renunciation of the international
registration.
27.3 Procedure
(a) Withdrawals and renunciations referred to in Rules
27.1 and 27.2 shall be effected in a written communica-
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1213
tion addressed to the International Bureau and signed by
the applicant or the owner of the international registra-
tion, as the case may be.
(b) The International Bureau shall acknowledge re-
ceipt of the communication referred to in paragraph (a).
In the case of withdrawals, the International Bureau shaU
reimburse to the applicant [Alternative A: the fees re-
ferred to in Rule 9.1[A](a)(ii) and (iii), or Rule 13.1
[A](a)(u), as the case may be] [Alternative B: the fees
referred to in Rule 9.1 [B](a)(ii), or Rule 13.1[B](a)
(ii), as the case may be].
(c) The International Bureau shall record and publish
renunciations, and shall notify interested designated Offices
thereof. The details shall be provided in the Admimstra-
tive Instructions.
Rule 29
Fees Belonging to the Internatiorud Bureau
29.1 Fees Belonging to the International Bureau
All fees and charges collected under the Treaty, these
Regulations and the Administrative Instructions, except
those referred to in Rule 28, shall belong to the Inter-
national Bureau.
Rule 29'>i=
Rule 28
Fees Belonging to the Designated Offices
28.UA] Fees Belonging to the Designated Offices {Alter-
native A )
The fees referred to in Rule 9.1[A](a)(ii) and (Hi),
Rule 13.1[A](a)(ii), and Rule 23.3[A] as far as it refers
to Rule 9.1[A](a)(ii) and (iii), shall belong to the desig-
nated Offices.
28.2 [A] Distribution and Transfer of Fees
The total amount of the fees referred to in Rule
28 1[A] collected by the International Bureau m respect
of international registrations, recordings of requests for
later designations, and recordings of renewals effected in
any given calendar year, shall be distributed among and
transferred to the Contracting States in the course of the
next subsequent calendar year in proportion to the num-
ber of cases in which they have been designated, pro-
vided that the number resulting for each State has first
been multiplied:
(i) by 2, if the national law provides only for examina-
tion of "absolute grounds of nullity,"
(ii) by 3, if the national law provides for examination as
to whether there is conflict with another mark ("rela-
tive grounds of nullity") and if such examination is
carried out only where there is a third-party opposition,
(iii) by 4, if the national law provides for examination of
relative grounds of nullity ex officio and without third-
party opposition,
(iv) by 5, if the national law provides for exammation
of relative grounds of nullity ex officio followed by the
possibility of third-party opposition.
Further details shall be provided in the Administrative
Instructions.
28.1 [B] Fees Belonging to the Designated Offices {Al-
ternative B)
Any fee collected by the International Bureau under
Rule 9.1[B](a)(ii), Rule 13.1[B](a)(ii), and Rule
23.3 [B] (a) (ii), shall belong to the designated Office of
the State in respect of which it was paid.
28.2 [B] Transfer of Fees
The International Bureau shall in every calender year
transfer to any interested designated Office the fees re-
ferred to in Rule 28.1 [B] and collected in respect of in-
ternational registrations, recordings of requests for later
designations, and recordings of renewals, effected in the
preceding calendar year. Further details shall be provided
in the Administrative Instructions.
Changes in the National Register
29bis ] ^Notification of Changes
The notification provided few in Article \%bis{\) shall
be made on a form furnished by the International Bu-
reau and the details of which are provided in the Ad-
ministrative Instructions.
29'"*.2 Annotation and Publication
The Administrative Instructions provide for the extent
to which annotations of any changes notified under Ar-
ticle 18bw(l) shall be made in the International Register
of Marks and shall be published by the International Bu-
reau, provided that such annotation and such publication
shall at least indicate the international registration num-
ber of die mark, the State which it concerns, the date on
which it was received, and its subject matter (change in
ownership, change in list of goods and /or services, etc.).
Rule 30
The Gazette
30.1 Contetus and Title of the Gazette
(a) All matters which, according to the Treaty or these
Regulations, the International Bureau is obliged to pub-
lish shall be published in a periodical entitled "'Interna-
tional Marks Gazette/ Gazette Internationale des marques"
(hereinafter referred to as "the Gazette").
(b) The Administrative Instructions may provide for
the inclusion of other matters in the Gazette.
30.2 Frequency of Issue of the Gazette
The Gazette shall be issued once a week.
30.3 Languages of the Gazette
(a) The Gazette shall be issued in a bilingual (English
and French) edition.
(b) The Administrative Instructions shall identify those
portions which require translation (for example, the lists
of goods and /or services) and those portions which do
not require translation (for example, the names of the
designated States).
(c) Matters which can be easily understood even if
not translated (for example, the names of the designated
States, or which are indicated by signs or abbreviations
(for example, "Ren." for ''Kene^i^M Renouvellement" ) to
which the keys shall be published in each issue, need not
be translated. The details shall be provided in the Ad-
ministrative Instructions.
(d) Matters not falling within the scope of paragraph
(c) (for example, the lists of goods and/or services) shall
always be published in both languages. The publication
shall indicate which is the original language. Translations
shall be prepared by the International Bureau. In case of
any divergence between the original and the translation,
all legal effects shall be governed by the original.
1214
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
30.4 Sale of the Gazette
The subscription and other sale prices of the Gazette
shall be fixed in the Administrative Instructions.
30.5 Copies of the Gazette for National Offices
(a) Before July 1 of each year each national office
shall notify the International Bureau of the number of
copies of the Gazette which it wishes to receive in the next
subsequent year.
(b) The International Bureau shall make the requested
number of copies available to the national Office:
(i) free of charge, up to the same number as the number
of units corresponding to the class chosen under the
Paris Convention by the Contracting State of which
the said Office is the national Office,
(ii) at half of the ordinary subscription or sale price for
copies in excess of the said number.
(c) Copies given free of charge or sold under para-
graph (b) shall be for the internal use of the national
Office which has requested them.
Rule 31
Copies and Other Information Available to the Public
31.1 Copies and Information Concerning International
Applications and Registrations
(a) Any person may obtain from the International
Bureau, against payment of a fee whose amount shall
be fixed in the Administrative Instructions, certified or
uncertified copies or extracts of any document in the file
of any international application or registration.
(b) On request and against payment of a fee whose
amount shall be fixed in the Administrative Instructions,
any person may obtain from the International Bureau
oral or written information on any fact appearing in any
document in the file of any international application or
registration.
31.2 Authentication of Documents Issued by the Inter-
natioruil Bureau
No authority of any Contracting State shall ask for
the authentication by any person or authority of cer-
tificates issued and of copies or other documents certified
by the International Bureau, provided such certificates,
certified copies or other certified documents bear the seal
of the International Bureau and the signature of the
Director General or a person acting under his authority.
Rule 32
Regional Marks
[Note by the International Bureau: Proposals will be
made after consultation with the African and Malagasy
Industrial Property Office (OAMPI) and the Benelux
Trademark Office.]
RULES CONCERNING CHAPTER II
Rule 101
Expenses of Delegations
101.1 Expenses Borne by Governments
The expenses of each Delegation participating in any
session of the Assembly and in any committee, working
group or other meeting dealing with matters of concern
to the Union shall be borne by the Government which
has appointed it.
Rule 102
Absence of Quorum in the Assembly
102.1 Voting by Correspondence
(aj In the case provided for in Article 101 (5) (b), the
International Bureau shall communicate any decision of
the Assembly (other than decisions relating to the As-
sembly's own procedure) to the Contracting States which
were not represented when the decision was made and
shall invite them to express in writing their vote or absten-
tion within a period of 3 months from the date of the
communication.
(b) If, at the expiration of the said period, the num-
ber of Contracting States having thus expressed their vote
or abstention attains the number of Contracting States
which was lacking for attaining the quorum when the
decision was made, that decision shall take effect pro-
vided that at the same time the required majority still
obtains.
Rule 103
Administrative Instructions
103. 1 Matters Governed by the Administrative Instruc-
tions
The Administrative Instructions referred to in Article
104(1 )(b) shall contain provisions;
(i) concerning matters in respect of which these Regula-
tions expressly refer to such Instructions,
(ii) concerning any details in respect of the application
of these Regulations.
103.2 Control by the Assembly Under Article 104(1 )(b)
The Assembly may invite the Director General to mod-
ify any provision of the Administrative Instructions, and
the Director General shall proceed accordingly.
103.3 Publication and Effective Date
(a) The Administrative Instructions and any modifica-
tion thereof shall be published in the Gazette.
(b) Each publication shall specify the date on which
the published provisions become effective. The date need
not be the same for all the provisions provided that no
provision may be declared effective prior to its publica-
tion in the Gazette.
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
TITLE 37— PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, AND
COPYRIGHTS
Chapter I — Patent Office, Department of Commerce
Part 2— Rules of Practice in Tbadkmabk Cases
Trademark Application and Drawing Reguirementg
A proposal was published at 36 F.R. 18002 to amend and
revise li 2.21-2.23, 2.&2, and 2.56. Pursuant to this notice, a
number of comments have been received from Interested per-
sons. In light of the comments submitted, some changes have
been made In the rules as proposed.
An additional subparagraph has been added to { 2.21 re-
quiring that the application state the name of the applicant.
In the same section, a paragraph (c) has been added. This
paragraph Incorporates the substances of proposed I 2.22.
Section 2.52 has been revised to state that drawings must be
8 to 8Vi Inches wide and 11 inches long. In view of the change
in I 2.62, i 2.31 has also been revised to make It clear that
applications submitted on either letter or legal-size paper
are acceptable.
Effective date. This revision shall become effective on Feb-
ruary 1, 1972. However, as to | 2.52, drawings which comply
only with the existing rule will be accepted until March 1,
1972.
1. Section 2.21 Is revised to read as follows :
I 2,21 Requirements for receiving a filing date.
(a) Materials submitted as an application for registration
of a mark will not be accorded a filing date as an application
until all of the following elements are received :
(1) Name of the applicant ;
(2) A name and address to which communications can be
directed ;
(3) A drawing or other identification of the mark sought
to be registered ;
(4) An identification of goods or services ;
(5) At least one specimen or facsimile of the mark as ac-
tually used ;
(6) A date of first use of the mark In commerce, or a cer-
tification or certified copy of a foreign registration if the ap-
plication is based on such foreign registration pursuant to
section 44(e) of the act, or a claim of the benefit of a prior
foreign application in accordance with section 44(d) of the
act ;
(7) The required filing fee for at least one class of goods
or services.
Compliance with one or more of the rules relating to the ele
ments specified above may be required before the application Is
further processed.
(b) The filing date of the application Is the date on which
all of the elements set forth in paragraph (a) of this section
are received in the Patent Office.
(c) If the papers are so defective that they cannot be ac-
cepted, the applicant will be notified and the papers and fee
held 6 months. If the requirements for receiving a filing date
have not been satisfied within such time, the papers and fee
will be returned to the applicant or otherwise disposed of ;
the drawing or fee of an unaccepted application may be trans-
ferred to a later application.
1 2.22 [Revoked]
2. Section 2.22 is revoked,
3. Section 2.23 is revised to read as follows :
i 2.23 Serial number.
Applications will be given a serial number as received, and
the applicant will be informed of the serial number and the
filing date of the application.
4. Section 2.&1 is revised to read as follows :
I S.31 Application must be in Enoliah.
The application must be in the English language and plainly
written on but one side of the paper. It Is deemed preferable
that the application be on legal or letter-size paper, type-
written double spaced, with at least a one and one-half Inch
margin on the left-hand side and top of the page.
5. Section 2.52 Is amended by revising paragraph (c) to
read as follows :
I 2.52 Requirementt for draxcinga.
♦ •
(c) Bise of paper and margins. The size of the sheet on
which a drawing is made must be 8 to S^*; inches wide and
II inches long. One of the shorter sides of the sheet should
be regarded as its top. When the figure is longer than the
width of the sheet, the sheet should be turned on its side with
the top at the right. The size of the mark must be such as
to leave t margin of at least 1 Inch on the sides and bottom
of the paper and at least 1 inch between it and the heading.
6. Sect-.on 2.56 Is revised to read as follows :
I 2.56 Specimens.
The application must Include five specimens of the trade-
mark as actually used on or in connection with the goods in
commerce. The specimens shall be duplicates of the actual
used labe.s, tags, or containers, or the displays associated
therewith or portions thereof, when made of suitable flat
material and of a size not to exceed SVi Inches wide and 13
inches long.
Dated : January 11, 1972.
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
Approved :
James H. Wakelin, Jb.,
Assistant Secretary
for Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-924; Filed 1-20-72; 8:48 am]
Published in 37 FR 931; Jan. 21, li)Ti
TRADEMARKS
Initial Processing of Applications
On February 1, 1972, the operations of the Trademark Ap-
plication Section of the Patent Office will be reorganized. The
purpose of the reorganization is to provide the public and
applicants with more current information concerning newly
filed applications.
The prompt initial processing of trademark applications is
necessary :n order to fulfill one of the main Patent Office
functions, :hat of producing a record, accessible to the public,
of new trademark activity to facilitate the clearance of new
marks for use, determine the registrability of proposed marks,
and avoid conflicts with the rights of others. In order to main-
tain a record of marks applied for which reflects the most
current Information available to the Office concerning them,
the early processing of drawings In order to have them placed
In the search room Is considered as a first priority. The proc-
essing of these drawings Includes the assignment of serial
numbers. Initial classification, duplication of the drawing
and the forwarding of copies of the drawing to the search
room. Other functions which are necessary in the processing
of applications, such as the processing and mailing of filing
receipts, are secondary to the processing of drawings.
In past years, there have been delays in processing applica-
tions and forwarding application drawings to the search room.
These delays have varied from several weeks to several months.
In view of the Importance, both to applicants and the public,
of recording essential Information concerning newly filed ap-
plications as quickly as possible, a reorganization of the work-
flow in the Application Section is being effected.
There is no change in the processing of applications through
the mail room aiu} flo&uce brandi to the Application Section.
However, under the new plan, upon receipt in the Trademark
Application Section, all applications will be stamped with
a serial number, and the drawing of the mark will be repro-
duced Immediately and placed in the search file. This process-
ing will occur as soon as the application files reach the Appli-
cation Section. Such procedures as determining whether or
1215
1216
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
not an application will receive a filing date, preparation of
the file jackets, and mailing of the filing receipt will take
place at a later time.
Applicants who wish to be notified promptly of the date their
papers were received In the office and their serial number, may
send two self-addressed postcards with their application pu
pers. The mall room will stamp both postcards with the date
of receipt and return one to the applicant ; the second post-
card will be stamped with the serial number and forwarded to
the applicant from the Application Section. The postcards
should contain the applicant's name and the trademark which
is the subject of the application. When more than one set of
application papers are forwarded under one cover, postcards
should be attached to each set of papers for which a receipt
is desired.
Under the new system of processing application papers, your
particular attention is directed to the following changes as
compared to the present procedure.
1. Application drawings will be placed In the public search
file prior to the mailing of the filing receipt.
2. By using the postcard system described above, applicants
will be notified sooner of the date of receipt of their papers
and the serial number of their application. Applicants are en-
'idiragpil lo ust> tlie postcard system.
.'!. Additional papers sent in Sy the applicant or attorney
sliould be Identified by serial number, thereby enabling tiic
office to process ttipse papers quickly.
4. When an application is accompanied by a petition to tlie
Commissioner under | 2,140, the petition will not be considered
until [)rocetising by the Application Section Is complete.
Effective date. The procedure outlined In this notice will
become effective February 1. 1972.
January 11, 1972.
Approved :
RICHARD A. WAHL,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
J.uMEs H. Wakelin. Jr.,
.i.ssistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-925; Filed 1-20-72; 8:48 am]
Published in 37 FR 942 ; Jan. il, I97i
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1217
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 22, 1972
3,258,802
;i, 370, 578
3,372,006
3,421.133
3,465,044
3,470,205
3,471,685
3,509,878
3,527,747
;i, 542, 502
3,554,683
3,555,027
3,355,182
3,560,461
3,562,494
3,562,011
3,564,016
3,564,328
3,566,940
3,567,789
3,568,142
3,568,734
3,572,775
3,574,701
3,575,281
3,576,319
3,577,026
3,578,470
3,578,556
3,578,702
3,578,742
3,579,627
3,580,477
3,580,531
3,580,848
3,580,875
3,581,054
3,582,050
3,582,207
3,582,650
3,582,708
3,582,814
3,583,189
3,584,084
3,584,125
3,584,459
3,584,467
3,584,779
3,585,163
3,585,205
3,585,348
3,585,524
3,585,690
3,586,949
3,587,175
3,587,245
3,587,516
3,587,750
3,587,858
3,588,076
3,588,095
3,588,612
3,588,679
3,588,813
3,589,742
3,589,825
3,589,989
3,590,227
3,590,463
3,590,771
3,590,824
3,590,892
3,591,341
3,591,405
3,591,464
3,591,627
3,591,881
3,592,527
3.592,807
3,592,910
3,593,015
3,593,592
3,593,597
3,594,086
3,594,261
3,594,352
3,594,421
3,594,574
3,594,607
3,595.075
3,595,814
3,596,116
3,596,163
3,596,700
3,596,767
3,596,987
3.597,690
3,597,751
3,598,135
3,598.283
3,598,379
3,598,384
3.598,429
3,598,485
3.598,580
3.598,845
3,599,326
3,599,355
3,599,568
3,599,609
3,599,970
3,600,163
3,600,478
3.600.573
3,601,016
3,601,750
3,002,224
3,602.344
3,605,256
3,605,760
3,605.989
3,607.413
3,607,775
3,609.519
3,613,044
Dedications
2 898 266 ^Robert L. Gates, Medina. N.Y. CONTROL OF
' PL\NT DISEASES OF ASCOMYCETES ORIGIN f:M
PLOYING N-PHENYL-DICHLOROMALEIMIDE. Patent
dated Aug. 4, 1959. Dedication filed Nov. 4. 1971, by the
assignee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,960,431.— AoMTord A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore.
Md.. and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, NY, SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS, Patent dated
Nov, 15, 1960. Dedication filed Nov, 4, 1971. by the as-
signee. FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,960.432.— Hotcord A. Jones and John R. Garman, Baltimore.
Md,, and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y, SYNER
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Nov. 15, 1960. Dedication filed Nov, 4. 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,901,370,— i/o-u-ard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore.
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, NY. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Nov. 22 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971. by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,970,939.— FWon Gene Maitlen, Mlddleport, N.Y. CONTROL
OF NEMATODES EMPLOYING N-NITROSO-N.N-DI-
METHYLAMINE. Patent dated Feb. 7. 1961, Dedication
tiled Nov. 4. 1971, by the assignee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,990,315. — Hoicard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
June 27, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2 936 734 —Frank K. Chestnut, Jr., Mlddleport, and Laurence
' G Mayne, Corfu, N.Y. SELF-DISPENSING FEEDING
STATION. Patent dated May 17, 1960. Dedication filed
Nov. 4, 1971, by the assignee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2 945,780.— Howard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
July 19, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,955,069. Howard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore.
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle. NY. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Oct. 4, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,990,316. — Hoicard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md,, and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle. N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
June 27, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,995,488. — Howard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore.
Md.. and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Aug. 8, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby cedlcates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent. »s
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale
D 222 798. HAND-E-HOSE REEL. Stanley Erickson,
7358 23rd NW., Seattle, Wash.. 98107.
3 145,72.S. WATER FEED CONTROL VALVE FOR
WATERING TROUGHS. Vance C. Sterrett, 501 \\ est Linden
Ave., Logaasport. Ind., 46947.
3 195 125. TELEVISION AID TO AIRCRAFT INSTRU-
MENT LANDING. Henry Reitler. P.O, Box ..s.i. Nashville,
Tenn.. 372D2.
3.225,761. FATIGUE SUPPORT.
Poinclana Drive, Martinez, Ga., 30907,
Robert Swensen, 120
2,955,070.— ffotrord A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonvllle, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Oct. 4, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, Fife Corporotton.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
3 541 362. ELECTROMAGNETIC GENERATORS Kobert
Proiilt. Correspondence to : Southwest International. Inc., l .u.
Box 374, Albuquerque. N. Mex., 87103.
3 563 237. DISTAL PHALANX BANDAGE. Edwin L, Max-
well', Washington, D.C. Correspondence to : Mlllen Raptes^ &
White 503 Crvstal Mall, Bldg. 1, 1911 Jefferson Davis High-
way, Arlington. Va.. 22202.
3,587,105. PICTURE FRAMED ANTENNA^ ^'loinV""
Nellson, 255 East Wendy Way, King of Prussia. Pa.. 19406.
3 591 Oil APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING SOLID PAR-
TICLES FROM A FLUID MEDIUM. Heinz Holter et al., Ger-
many Correspondence to : Michael S. Striker. 360 Lexington
Ave. New York. N.Y., 10017.
1218
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,591,925. LINE ANGLE DEGREE LEVEL INSTRU
MENT, Frank Dupln, 3170 Grandvlew Ave., Wajkegan, 111..
60085.
3,603,823. MAGNETIC MOTOR WITH PLURALITY OF
STATORS. Elmer K Mason, 901 Vickie Drive., Del City. Okla .
73115.
3 611 033. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OUTDOOR
FLOWER ARRANGEMENTS. Clarice W, Shackelford. 362s
13th St. NW., Washington. D.C., 20010.
3,612,049. PERSONAL HUMIDIFIER. Cecil C. Schmidt,
1630 Midwest Plaza Bldg., Minneapolis, Ind., 55402.
3,618,059. ELECTRONIC DETECTION AND TRACING
MEANS. Milton F. Allen, 551 E. College Ave.. P.O. Bo.\ 7!>9.
Decatur. Ga., 30031.
3.623,103. CONTINUOUSLY INDICATING RADIO DI
RECTION FINDER. Charles A. Baldwin, 3406 Old Dominion
Road. Alexandria, Va.. 22305.
Eastman Kodak Company announces that, in accordance
with Its policy, nonexclusive licenses upon reasonable terms
are available to responsible applicants under the following
I' S. patent.
This offer is consistent with the present practice of Eastman
Kodak Company generally to grant nonexclusive licenses un
der unexpired I'.S. patents on photographic inventlmis issued
til Kodak prior to 19»)7 and on Inventions made li. the course
of researcli or development work for the U.S. Government.
Applications for license may he addresstHi to I)ire''tor. Patent
Department. Eastman Kodak Company, 343 State St.. Roch-
ester. X.Y.. 14650.
3,226.'5l6.
METHOD AND
ROLL FILM.
MACHINE FOR PACKAGING
.Monsanto Re>earch Corporation is prepared to grant
licenses, at reasonable royalties, to domestic manufacturers
under the following twenty-one Fuel Cell Patents isome of
which are already licensed i.
Applications for licenses may be addressed to L. Briu .•
Stevens Jr.. Manager. Patents. Monsanto Resear<li Corpora
tlon P.O. Box s. Station B. Davton. Ohio. 45407
3.252,837
3.260.620
;',. 293,0^0
3.368.922
3.3S2.103
3.3S5.730
3.395.047
3.436,26^
3,438,816
3.442.715
3.444.000
3,444,001
3.4,54,429
3,454,430
3,457,113
3.479,227
3,508,694
3.542,597
3. 553.028
3,570,260
3. 617. 388
The RCA Corporation offers to grant nonexclusive licenses
on reasonable terms and conditions under patents listed below.
Inquiries respecting licenses under RCA patents sliould be ad-
dressed to RCA Cori)oration, Staff Vice President. Domestic
Licensing, 1133 Avenue of the Americas. New York, NY.
10036.
3.625.147. APPARATUS FOR CONTACT PRINTING,
3.625,593. ELECTRICAL CONTROL OF LIGHT POLARI-
ZATION UTILIZING THE OPTICAL PROP
ERTY OF FLUIDS.
3.625,760 MAGNETIC RECORDING MEDIUM WITH LU-
BRICANT.
3.626,238. THYRISTOR CONTROLLED POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUITS AND DEFLECTION CIRCUITRY
ASSOCIATED WITH A KINESCOPE.
3.626,242 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS,
3,626,511. DIGITAL LIGHT DEFLECTOR USING ELEC
TRO-OPTIC GRATING.
3.627,392. STEREOPHONIC SOUND REPRODUCING AP
PARATUS.
3,027,526. ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDING ELE-
MENTS WITH HALF-TONE SCREEN COAT-
INGS THEREON.
3.627.528. ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDING ELE
MENT HAVING PHOTOCONDUCTOR WITH
QUENCHED LUMINESCENCE DURING
CHARGING AND METHOD OF MAKING THE
PHOTOCONDUCTOR.
3 627.599. METHOD OF APPLYING AN N.N'DIALLYL-
MELAMINE RESIST TO A SURFACE.
;'., 62^.070.
3.628.082.
3,628.152.
3.628,166.
3.628.170.
3.628.177
3.628.847.
3.628.869.
3.629,494.
3.629,503.
3.629,519.
3.629.(ill
3,629,612.
3,629.691.
3.629.692
3.629.721
3,629.734
3,629,737
3.029,956
3.030,594.
3,631,131.
3.631.34S.
3,631.411.
3,631,417.
VOLTAGE REFERENCE AND VOLTAGE LEVEL
SENSING CIRCUIT.
LINEARITY CORRECTION CIRCUIT UTILIZ-
ING A SATURABLE REACTOR.
TELEVISION TUNING CIRCUIT UTILIZING
VOLTAGE VARIABLE CAPACITANCE.
WIDE BAND AMPLIFIER,
LSA OR HYBRID MODE OSCILLATOR START-
ED BY SERIES CONNECTED GUNN OR
QIENCHED MODE OSCILLATOR.
OPTICAL MODULATION SYSTEM.
HOLOGRAM MEMORY.
AUTOCOLLIMATOR INCLUDING A RETRO-
FLKCTOR ELE.MENT.
SIGNAL PROCESSOR FOR DROPOUT CORREC-
TION BEFORE DEMODULATION.
DIGITAL SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM.
MAGNETIC HEADS WITH POLES JOINED BY
.MOLECULAR TRANSPORT BONDING.
ELECTRONIC PROCESSING APPARATUS.
OPERATION OF FIELD-EFFECT TRANSISTOR
CIRCUIT HAVING SUBSTANTIAL DISTRIB-
UTED CAPACITANCE.
CURRENT SOURCE.
CURRENT SOURCE WITH POSITIVE FEED-
BACK CURRENT REPEATER.
ORTHOGONAL FILTERS.
RIDGE WAVEGUIDE
BROADBAND DOUBLE
MAGIC TEE.
TRANSMISSION LINE FORMED BY A DIELEC-
TRIC BODY HAVING A METALLIZED NON-
PLANAR SURFACE.
TEACHING AND GAME PLAYING MACHINE.
HOLOGRAPHIC SCAN CONVERTER.
METHOD OF RECONSTITUTING UNFIRED.
CAST. ALIMINA SCRAP.
SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
ELECTRICALLY AND OPTICALLY ACCESSI-
BLE MEMORY
CYLINDRICAL MAGNETIC MEMORY CON-
STRUCTION.
General Electric Company is prepared to grant nonexclusive
licenses under the following 41 patents upon reasonable terms
to domestic manufacturers.
Applications for license under the following patent may be
addressed to : Division Patent Counsel, Switchgear Equip-
ment Business Div.. General Electric Co.. 6901 Elmwood Ave..
Philadelphia. Pa., 19142.
3.571.773. CENTER CLAMPED BUSHING TRANS
FORMER
Applications for licenses under the following patent may
be addressed to : Patent Counsel. Telecommunication Products
Iiepartment. General Electric ('ompanv Lvnchburg Va..
24502.
3.603.917 MOUNTING DEVICE FOR A WOUND INDUC-
TOR.
Applications for licenses tinder the following 3 patents may
be addressed to : General Electric Company. Patent Counsel.
Housewares Business
Conn.. 00602.
Div., 1285 Boston Ave., Bridgeport,
3.007,029. TE.MPERATURE RESPONSIVE CONTROL FOR
ELECTRICALLY HEATED DEVICES.
3,189.995. LID HOLDING MEANS FOR CAN OPENERS.
3.439.417 CAN OPENER.
Applications for license under the following 12 patents may
be addressed to : General P^lectrlc Companv. Aircraft Engine
Group. 1000 Western Ave.. Lynn. Mass.. 01910. Attention :
Patent Counsel.
3.106,094. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE APPARATUS.
3.158,912. CONTROLLED GRAIN SIZE CASTING.
3.208,847. CHROMIUM BASE ALLOY.
3.268.093. OBJECT HANDLING SYSTEM.
3.365.251. SEAL ASSEMBLY FOR ANTIFRICTION BEAR-
INGS.
3.514.955. MIXING STRUCTURES AND TURBOFAN EN-
GINES EMPLOYING SAME.
3.514.957 HIGH SPEED PROPULSION ENGINE.
3.526,953
LIGHTWEIGHT
3,540,214. FUEL SYSTEMS FOR GAS TURBINE ENGINES.
METHOD FOR MAKING
METALLIC STRUCTURE.
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1219
3,540,811. FLUID COOLED TURBINE BLADE.
3,548,204. ELECTRICAL FUNCTION GENERATOR.
3.598,319. PROPULSION NOZZLES.
Applications for license under the following 17 Patents may
be addressed to: Patent Counsel LSTG-I & MT Divlsnons,
General Electric Company, 1 River Road. Bldg. No. 43. Sche-
nectady. N.Y., 12305.
3.135,322.
3.407.681.
3.422,831.
3.429,557.
3.443.550.
3,443,633.
3,453,181.
3,505,811.
3,547,085.
LIQUID COOLED CONDENSER
FACE GEAR AND METHOD OF ITS MANU
FACTURE.
TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM.
STEAM TURBINE ROTOR COOLING ARRANGE
MENT.
TWO-SECTION HEAT RECOVERY STEAM GEN
ERATOR.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED AIR-COOLED
STEAM CONDENSER.
EVAPORATOR UNIT WITH INTEGRAL LIQ
UID HEATER.
CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A COMBINED GAS
TURBINE AND STEAM TURBINE POWER
PLANT.
STEAM DRUM BAFFLE ARRANGEMENT FoR
A FORCED RECIRCULATION STEAM GEN
ERATOR.
3 573 460 ION CHAMBER DETECTOR FOR SUB-MICRON
PARTICLES.
3 588,562. INSULATED SHAFT ATTACHMENT FOR RO-
TATING CONDUCTING RING AND METHOD
OF ATTACHING
3.597.653. DIGITAL LOW SPEED SWITCH.
3,600.102. COBALT IRON MAGNETIC ALLOYS.
3.601617. TURBINE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH EARLY
VALVE ACTUATION UNDER INBALANCED
CONDITIONS.
3 601,642. MULTI-THREE PHASE WINDING WITH IN-
TERCHANGED CIRCUIT SEQUENCE
3 601 643. ANTI-EROSION FEED SLOT FOR LIQUID
METAL COLLECTOR.
3 004 200. SHAFT SEALING SYSTEM FoR NUCLEAR
TURBINES.
Erratum
In the Offhi.^l G.^zette of Feb 1. 1972, the following
patent listed as being avnliable for licensing or sale offered
by ''Sevmour H. Miller. Executive Vice President. Master-
piece Iiic 29 Elm Ave,. Mount Vernon, N.Y'.. 10550." should
read as follows: Magterptecf, Inc.. '' , Americayx Technical In-
iluntriex. Inc., iiio -ith Ave., .Veif York, .V.l'., I'liUv. Attn:
aeymour H. Miller, Executive Vice President.
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
F. H. BRONAUGH» Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF FEBRUARY 8, 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
Filing Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY, GROUP UO-M. STERMAN. Director 1-06-71
Inorganic Compounds: Inorganic Compoeltlons; Organo-Metal and Organo-Metallold Chemistry; Metallurgy; Metal Stock;
Electro Chemistry; Batteries; Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compoeltlons;
Fuel and Igniting Devices.
GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, GROUP 120— I. MARCUS, Director 8-M-70
Heterocyclic; Amides; Alkaloids; Azo; Sulfur; Misc. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicides; Poisons; Medicines; Cosmetics; Steroids;
0x0 and Oxy; Qulnones; Acids; Carboxyllc Acid Esters; Add Anhydrides; Acid Halldes.
HIGH POLYMER CHEMISTRY, PLASTICS AND MOLDING, GROUP 140-L J. BERCOVITZ. Director 10-23-70
Synthetic Resins; Rubber; Proteins; Macromolecular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin Compositions; Synthetic Resins
With Natural Polymers and Resins; Natural Resins; Reclaiming; Pore-Forming; Compositions (Part) e.g.: Coating; Molding;
Ink; Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes
COATING AND LAMINATING, BLEACHING, DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY, GROUP 160-A. P. KENT, Director . . 1-25-71
Coating; Processes and Misc. Products; Laminating Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; .\dheslve Bonding; Special Chem-
ical Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.
8PECLALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, GROUP 170-W. B. K.VIGHT, Director. 8-10-70
Fertilizers; Foods; Fermentation; Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper Making; Glass Manufacture; Gas;
Heating and Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purification; Distillation; Preserving; Liquid and Solid Separation; Gas
and Liquid Contact Apparatus; Refrigeration; Concentratlve Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus; Misc. Physical Processes.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS. GROUP 210- N' ANSHER, Director.... 6-08-71
Generation and Utllliatlon; General Applications; Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Conductors; Switches;
Miscellaneous.
SECURITY, GROUP 220— R. L. CAMPBELL, Director --- 8-20-70
Ordnance, Firearms and Ammunition; Radar, Underwater Signalling, Directional Radio, Torpedoes, Seismic Exploring, Radlo-
Actlve Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy, Rocket Fuels; Radlo-Actlve Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL, GROUP 230-J. F. COUCH, Director 2-03-71
Communications; Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Processing, Computation and Conversion; Storage Devices and
Related Arts.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 2fi0— W. L. CARLSON, Director 3-04-71
Seml-Conductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; Wave Transmission Lines and
Networks; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring.
PHYSICS, GROUP 280— R. L. EVANS, Director - 1-04-71
Photography; Sound and Lighting; Indicators and Optics; Measuring and Testing; Geometrical Instruments.
DEBIQN8, GROUP 290— R. L. CAMPBELL, Director 1-04-71
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310-A. BERLIN, Director 1-06-71
Conveyors; HolsU; Elevators; Article Handling ImplemenU; Store Service; Sheet and Web Feeding; Dispensing; Fluid Sprinkling;
Fire EitlngulshfTs; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and Assorting Solids; Boats; 3hlps; Aeronautics;
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Railways and Railway Equipment; Brakes; Rigid Flexible and Special Recep-
tacles and Packages.
MATERIAL SHAPING, ARTICLE MANUFACTURING, TOOLS, GROUP 320— D. J. STOCKING, Director 12-08-70
Manufacturing Processes, Assembling, Combined Machines, Special Article Making; Metal Deforming; Sheet Metal and Wire
Working; Metal Fusion— Bonding, Metal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus; Plastics Working Apparatus; Plastic Block
and Earthenware Apparatus; Machine Tools for Shaping or Dividing; vV ork and Tool Holders Woodworking; Tools; Cutlery;
Jacks.
AMUSEMENT, HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT, INFORMATION, GROUP 330-A. RUEGG, Director 12-02-70
Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchering; Earth Working and Excavating;
Fishing, etc.; Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; Jewelry; Surgery; Toiletry; Printing; Typewriters; Stationery;
Information Dissemination.
HEAT, POWER AND FLUID ENGINEERING, GROUP 340— M. M. NEWMAN. Director 2-11-71
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Pumps; Turbines; Heat Generation and Exchange; Refrigeration; Ventilation;
Drying; Vaporizing; Temperature and Humidity RegiUatlon; Machine Elements; Power Transmission; Fluid Handling; Lu-
brication; Joint Packing.
CONSTRUCTIONS, SUPPORTS, TEXTILES, CLEANING, GROUP 350— T. J. HICKEY, Director 1-04-71
Joints; Fasteners; Rod, Pipe and Electrical Connectors; Miscellaneous Hardware; Locks; Building Structures; Closure Operators;
Bridges; Closures; Earth Engineering; Drilling; Mining; Furniture; Receptacles; Supports; Cabinet Structures,- Centrifugal
Separations; Cleaning; Coating; Pressing; Agitating; Foods; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewing Machines; Winding and
Reeling.
Expiration of patenU: The patents within the range of numbers Indicated below expire during February 1972, excwt those which may have
•xpiied earlier due to shortened terms under the provisions of Public Law 890, 79th Congress, approved August 8, 1948 (80 Stat. 940) and Public Law
819, 83rd Congress, approved August 23, 19M (88 Stat. 784), or which may have had their terms curtailed by dlselalmer under the provisions of
35 tr.S.C. 263. Other patents, issued after the dates of the range of numbers Indicated below, may have expired before the full term of 17 years for
the same reasom, or have lapsed under the provisions of 35 U.S.C. ISl.
Patents - - Numbers 2,700,764 to 2,702,900, Inclusive
Plant Patsiita - — Nmnbers 1,346 to 1,364, Inolasive
1220
REISSUES
FEBRUARY 22, 1972
Matter enclosed In heavy brackets CI appears in the original patent but forms no part of this reissue spedflcatlon ; matter
printed in italics Indicates additions made by reissue.
27,290
WATCH CALENDAR SETTING MECHANISM
Donald J. Rogers and John A. Van Horn, Lancaster, Pa.,
assignors to Hamilton Watch Company, Lancaster, Pa.
Original No. 3,427,798, dated Feb. 18, 1969, Ser. No.
593,374, Nov. 10, 1966. AppUcation for reissue Apr.
1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,891
Int CI. G04b 19/24
U.S. a. 58—58 19 Cbims
in its first path and prevents the bolt from moving inward-
ly to its latched position unless the door is dosed and the
bolt actually engages the strike to create a force over-
coming the spring force.
27,292
APPARATUS FOR SUBMARINE CORE DRILLING
Pierre Grolet, Pierre Moulin, and Jean Parola, Rnell
Malmaison, France, assignors to Institut Francais du
Petrole des Carburants et Lubrifiants, Rueil Malmaison,
France
Original No. 3,370,656, dated Feb. 27, 1968, Ser. No.
510,285, Nov. 29, 1965. AppUcation for reissue Feb. 27,
1970, Ser. No. 15,305
Int CI. E21b 7/12
U.S. a. 175—6 5 Oaims
The watch calendar setting mechanism has a rotatable
stem axially movable into three positions. A pivoted set-
ting wheel is biased into engagement with a clutch slidably
mounted on the stem. When the stem is in an innermost
position, the setting wheel engages the watch winding
mechanism. When the stem is in an intermediate position,
the setting wheel engages the calendar ring which may
then be rotated in response to rotation of the stem. When
the stem is in the outermost position, the setting wheel
engages a hand setting gear. The dial train continuously
drives the calendar ring through a slip clutch.
27,291
LATCHING DEVICE
Roland V. Fowler, Louisville, Ky., assignor to Amerock
Corporation, Rockford, 111.
Original No. 3,410,591, dated Nov. 12, 1968, Ser. No.
592,137, Nov. 4, 1966. AppUcation for reissue Mar. 12,
1970, Ser. No. 18,870
Int Ct E05c 5/00, 19/10
U.S. CL 292—113 18 Claims
A latch for a self-cleaning oven and comprising a
handle operable to move a bolt along a first path into
engagement with a strike on the oven door and then in-
wardly along a second path to a latched position to draw
the door in tightly against the oven cabinet. A sjM-ing
acting on the bolt normally holds the bolt for movement
A submarine core drilling apparatus comprising a basic
structxire which is suspended by a supporting cable from
the surface installation. A flexible conduit is wound upon
a storage reel which in turn is carried by the basic struc-
ture. The free end of the conduit is connected to a rigid
tubular part comprising a bottom motor operatively con-
nected to a core drill at its lower end. The apparatus fur-
ther comprises means for guiding the rigid tubular part
above the sea bottom, means supported by the basic struc-
ture for feeding water imder pressure into the conduit,
means associated with the conduit storage reel to control
1221
1222
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the unwinding of the flexible conduit when the core drill
is lowered and advanced into the underwater strata, and
at least one cable which may or may not be distinct from
the supporting cable. This cable contains electric power
and has control and command conductors connected to a
source of electric energy and a switchboard on the surface
installation.
27,293
SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE FOR PRODUCING AND
AMPLIFYING ELECTRICAL SIGNALS OF VERY
HIGH FREQUENCY
Robert Veilex, Paris, France, by U.S. Philips Corp.,
assignee, New York, N.Y., assignor to U.S. Philips
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Original No. 3,458,831, dated July 29, 1969, Ser. No.
644,001, June 6, 1967. Application for reissue Feb. 12,
1970, Ser. No. 14,883
Claims priority, application France, June 10, 1966,
65.098
Int. CI. H03b 5 i2, 7 '14; H03f 3/04
U.S. CI. 331—107 A 12 Claims
adapted to be releasably locked in each of said positions,
having fluid pressure differential pulse code signal re-
sponsive operator means for actuating and releasing the
locking means of said operator device in response to se-
lected predetermined pulse code pressure differential sig-
nals transmitted to said operator device from a remote
source of pressure fluid; and a system utilizing a plurality
of said operator devices in which each is selectively op-
erated in response to a predetermined selected pulse code
pressure differential signal transmitted to all of said opera-
tor means by fluid pressure.
27,295
APPLICATOR APPARATUS ATTACHABLE TO A
WHEELED AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENT
Joseph H. Pechacek, 1050 Blaine,
Woodbum, Oreg. 97071
Original No. 3.526,342, dated Sept. 1, 1970, Ser. No.
743,715, July 10, 1968. Application for reissue Oct.
16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,434
Int. CI. AOlc 23/00
U.S. CI 222—176 1 Qaim
A> ,2 3 ^
*'-itH-
GaAACryttar ^2
^^-^
-lllf-^ (|l|-^
A semiconductor device for producing and amplifying
electrical high frequency signals comprising an elongate
body of monocyrstalline piezoelectric material which
exhibits a negative resistance characteristic over a por-
tion of the current-voltage characteristic thereof. The
body which may consist of gallium arsenide and cut
with its longest dimension in the (l.I.O) direction has
one end thereof operated at a field intensity at which
the material exhibits its negative resistance characteristic
thereby to generate at this end electrical and concur-
rent acoustical oscillations. The acoustical oscillations are
coupled to the intermediate portion of the rod which
is subject to an electric field which brings about an
amplified acoustic oscillation. The terminal end portion
of the elongated body is operated at a potential at which
the material thereof exhibits a negative resistance char-
acteristic whereby the impinging acoustic oscillations
from the intermediate portion bring about an output
amplified signal.
27,294
OPERATOR DEVICES
John V. Fredd, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Otis
Engineering Corporation, Dallas, Tex.
Original No. 3,444,783, dated May 20, 1969, Ser. No.
435,990, Mar. 1, 1965. Application for reissue Feb.
18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,420
Int. CI. F15b 15/26, 11/00. 13/00
U.S. CI. 91—41 20 Claims
" V <■ -' I' ■
A pressure fluid actuated operator device movable to
at least two positions for operating other devices and
A frame having stub axles aflfixed thereto for suspend-
ing the frame on the wheels of an agricultural imple-
ment so that the frame extends above the instrument and
supports a material container thereabove, for various
tasks such as spraying weeds, fertilizing, etc., while add-
ing very little, if any, weight to the frame of the agricul-
tural implement.
27,296
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF AROMATIC
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Yataro Ichikawa, Iwakuni, Japan, assignor to Teijin
Limited, Kita-ku, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Original No. 3,299,125, dated Jan. 17, 1967,
Ser. No. 362,488, Apr. 24, 1964. Application for reissue
June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 871,487
Claims priority, application Japan, May 1, 1963,
38/22,901
Int. CI. C07c 63/02
U.S. CI. 260—524 R n Claims
A process for producing aromatic carboxylic acids com-
prising reacting under conditions of oxidation, an aro-
matic compound having at least one substituent selected
from methyl, hydroxy methyl and aldehyde radicals in the
presence of a catalyst system containing in combination
(A) at least one substance selected from the group con-
sisting of scandium, yttiium, lanthanum, neodymium,
gadolinium, thorium, zirconium and hafnium and the or-
ganic acid salts, inorganic salts, oxides, hydroxides, basic
salts, complex salts and alcoholates thereof, and (B) at
least one substance selected from the group consisting of
the metal cobalt, organic acid salts, oxides, hydroxides
and complex salts of the metal cobalt. When two sub-
stituents are present on the aromatic compound, they
should be separated by at least one unsubstituted nuclear
carbon.
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1223
27,297
DISPENSER WITH CUP SUPPORTING BRISTLES
Howard W. Johnson and Glacinto C. lyErcoli, Park
Forest, and Ehner J. Knize, Chicago, 111., assignors to
Solo Cup Company, Chicago, 111.
Original No. 3,342,375, dated Sept. 19, 1967, Ser. No.
531,842, Mar. 4, 1966. Application for reissue June
16, 1969, Ser. No. 835,905
(FUed nnder Rule 47(a) and 35 U.S.C. 116)
Int CI. A47f i/04
V3. CL 221—308 10 Claims
27,299
N-WAY ELECTRICAL POWER DIVIDER WHEREIN
N IS AN ODD NUMBER
Joseph Oleksiak, Dudley, Mass., assignor to Adams-
Russell Co., Inc., Waltham, Mass.
Original No. 3,428,920, dated Feb. 18, 1969, Ser. No.
597,650, Nov. 29, 1966. Application for reissue Mar.
10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,357
Int CI. HOlp 5/12
U.S. CI. 333—8 9 Claimii
The specification discloses a cylindrical dispenser for
paper or plastic cups having a tapered open end through
which the cups are put into or taken out of the dispenser.
At the lower open end, bristles project toward the axis
of the cylinder for supporting a stack of nested cups. The
bristles are of progressively shorter length and therefore
stiffer toward the open end whereby the lower stiff'er
bristles provide good support for the stack while the long-
er, less stiff bristles assist in separating the nested cups
to facilitate removing only one at a time.
27,298
PROCESS OF PRINTING NUMBERS ON FORMS
Arthur S. FoUno, 444 Stone Mill Road,
Dayton, Ohio 45409
Original No. 3,421,752, dated Jan. 14, 1969, Ser. No.
488,331, Sept. 20, 1965. Application for reissue Jan. 20,
1970, Ser. No. 4,431 , _
Int. CI. B41f 13/54; B41I 45/00; B65h 45/16
VS. CL 270—1 13 Claims
An electrical network for summing or dividing high-
frequency electrical power. Any odd number of high
frequency electircal power inputs can be summed and the
sum will appear at a single output pvort or. alternatively,
a single high-frequency input can be divided into any
odd number of output, each appearing at one of a plu-
rality of ports. The network achieves a high degree of
isolation between the plurality of ports as well as close
coupling between the single port and each of the plurality
of porta. These ends art attained by utilizing a plurahty
of transformers, each having two windings, the two wind-
ings consisting of a pair of insulated wires, each twisted
about the other and the toroidal ly wound around of ferro-
magnetic core. The windings are connected to each other
in such a way as to bring about net cancellations of elec-
trical signals tending to transfer between the plurality of
ports and net reinforcements of electrical signals tending
to ranster between each of the plurality of poits and a
common terminal.
27,300
RAILROAD CAR PUSHING APPARATUS
Carl Ludwig, Cleveland, Ohio, assignor to McDowell-
Wellman Engineering Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Original No. 3,212,454, dated Oct. 19, 1965, Ser. No.
315,237, Oct. 10, 1963. Application for reissue May 6.
1970, Ser. No. 34,971
Int CI. B61j 3/06
U.S. CI. 104—176 18 Claims
A method of applying consecutive numbers of miiltiple
denominational position to ticket and like forms without
the use of numbering devices, including steps of imprint-
ing in successive denominational positions and of collating
the ticket forms intermediate imprinting operations to
form numerically related groups and sets within groups.
m^
There is provided a railroad train moving system in-
cluding a train of coupled railroad cars, a track portion
therefor, and characterized by a carriage movable along-
side the track portion and having an arm selectively posi-
tionable into and out of train pushing position between a
pair of coupled cars for applying, centrally and on or near
the coupler, a force sufficient to move the train as a unit
when the arm is in its train pushing position.
I
PATENTS
GRANTED FEBRUARY 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,643;t64
UNDERWATER DIVING GARMENT CONSTRUCTION
Cari T. Rector, 2408 Meadow Lane, Eureka, Ciritf.
Filed OcL 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,609
Iiit.CLB63c7//02
U.S. CL 2-2.1 R 2 Claims
An unproved fastening means for use in the cx)nstniction
of an underwater diving garment having a tail strap and vest
poftion that extends below the waistline, said improved
fastening means comprising a pair of pads having hooked sur-
faces, one pad being secured to the lower portion of said vest
and the other pad being hinged to the vest above said first
pad, the hooked surfaces of said pads being in opposed fac-
ing relation, and a wooUy fabric material mounted on both
sides of said tail strap for simultaneously engaging both pads
while the end of said tail strap is sandwiched therebetween.
3,643,265
HOLDING TANK FOR MARINE TOILET
George C. Wiswdl, Jr., 1014 Requot Road, Souttiport, Conn.
Filed Sept 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,570
InL CI. E03d 7/00, 3100, 5100
U.S.CL4-10 5 Claims
inner bag. The outer bag is connected to a source of fluid
pressure so that pressure can be applied against the inner bag
to force the contents thereof through the discharge line.
3,643,266
PORTABLE WASTE RECEPTACLE
Robert D. Black, 515 South Uberty, Harrison, Ark.
Filed Nov. 24, 1970, Ser. Na 92,461
Int. CI. A47k 77/02
U.S. CI. 4-142
10 Claims
U* 01 (ITCH
A holding tank for a marine toilet comprises a pair of flexi-
ble bags, one inside the other and separate from each other.
The inner bag is connected to a high point of a siphon line
between the exhaust of a marine toilet and the overflow
discharge. A separate discharge line also extends from the
An enlarged upright cylindrical container having a remova-
ble funnel seated in the upper portion thereof. The funnel
has an offset spout which lies to one side of and below a bar
spanning the internal chamber of the container. A waste
receiving bag is fitted within the funnel and projects through
the spout and along a reversely curving path over the bar and
subsequently into the bottom of the chamber, the folding of
the bag over the bar defining a trap.
3,643,267
METHOD AND MEANS FOR MAINTAINING THE
THROAT PLASTIC-TYPE CLOSET BEND SPACED FROM
CEMENT FLOORING AND FOR SECURING A WATER
CLOSET THERETO
Arthur L. Winter, 54 San Carkw SL, SaUnas, CaUf.
FUcd May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,125
Int. CI. E03d 77/00
U.S. a. 4-252 9 Claims
A guard form for circumscribing and maintaining the
threat of a closet bend free and clear of cement flooring by
1224
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1225
removable coring and the replacement of such coring by a
closet fastening ring tightly fitting between the guard form
and the throat for stabilizing and securing a water closet rela-
tive thereto.
3,643^68
SELF-INFLATABLE HOLLOW BODIES FOR USE AS
CUSHIONS AND FOR LIKE PURPOSES
Paul Stamberger, 552 West University Parkway, Baltimore,
Md.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 738,657, June
20, 1968, now Patent No. 3,553,113, dated Oct 13, 1970,
which b a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
453,252, May 5, 1968, now abandoned. This application Sept
30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,734
Int. CI. A47c 2 7/OS
U.S. CL 5—348 12 Claims
made so by strengthening or reinforcing means to be stiffer
or more rigid than the remaining portion of the hollow body.
When the hollow body is in its normal, collapsed arid readily
foldable condition with the top and bottom portions in jux-
taposed relation, said opposed members are disposed in sub-
stantially parallel relation with respect to the plane of the
said juxtaposed top portion, and when said members are
moved manually or automatically to positions at right angles
to said plane, they act as levers to cause said top and bottom
portions to be separated to form the hollow body, the extent
of such separation being limited by the height of the flexible,
foldable portion or portions which connect the marginal
edges of the said top and bottom portions. It is the provision
of the pair of opposed, relatively stiff or stiffened members
which act as levers upon manual or automatic operation
thereof to effect separation of the top and bottom portions to
form the air-filled hollow body, which constitutes an impor-
tant feature of the present invention and distinguishes said in-
vention, in a patentable sense, from the pneumatic cushions
and the like of the prior art. The means by which the self-in-
flatable device of the present invention may be moved from a
normal flat condition to an extended condition are so con-
structed and arranged that such movement may be entirely
manual or may be entirely automatic, the automatic move-
ment being effected by the provision of novel means as-
sociated with each of the pair of opposed stiff or stiffened
members which will move said opposed members from their
normal flat positions substantially parallel to the plane of said
top portion to their extended positions at substantially right
angles with respect to the plane of said bottom portion.
The present invention relates to self-inflatable hollow
bodies made of relatively flexible, strong, air-impervious
sheet material, which bodies comprise a top portion and a
bottom portion of substantially the same relative size and
configuration, the marginal edges of said top and bottom por-
tions being connected in airtight relation by means of a flexi-
ble, foldable f)ortion or portions of sufficient height to form a
hollow, hermetically sealed, body provided with an air inlet
and exhaust valve which permits air to be drawn into said
hollow body when said valve is opened and when the top por-
tion is being moved into spaced or extended position with
respwct to said bottom portion and which valve is closed
when the self-inflative hollow body is formed to thus retain
the air within said hollow body to provide the self-inflated
cushion, pillow, mattress or the like article of manufacture.
As a means for moving said top and bottom portions from
their normal, juxtaposed and readily foldable positions to
their spaced positions to form the hoUow body, there is pro-
vided a pair of opposed members whose upper and lower
edges are secured to aligned portions of the top and bottom
portions, which opposed members are sufficiently stiff or are
3,643,269
DYEING SYNTHETIC POLY AMIDE FIBERS WITH
DISULFONATED DIARYL BIS AXO CARBONILIDES
August Schweizer, Muttenz, Switzerland, assignor to Sandor
Ltd. (also known as Sandoz A.G.), Basel, Switzerland
Filed Sept 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,925
Claims priority, applkation Switzerland, Oct. 25, 1967,
15022/67
Intel. D06p7 /20
U.S. CI. 8—41 10 Claims
"A process for dyeing or printing poly amide fibers with
dyes of the formula
OClli
HOsS
SOjH
-CU
(I)
where R stands for methyl or ethyl, or with dyes of the for-
mula
0CH3
HO3S
>-<3-
NH-
O
-C-NH-
OCH3
<_>-■-■<
;03H (ID
or their water-soluble salts.
1226
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^70
PROCESS FOR DYEING ANIONIC GROUPS
CONTAINING SYNTHETIC FIBER MATERULS
Helmut Kirschnek, Lcverkusen-Schlebusch; Dietrich Hil-
debrand, Leverkusen. and Gunter Breidbach. Cologne-
Fljttard, all of Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktkngesellschaft, Leverkusoi, Germany
Rled Feb. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 798,768
Claims priority, applicatioa Germany, Dec 20, 1968, P 18 IS
943.8
Int CI. D06p 5106
UJS. CI. 8— 172 7 Claims
An improvement in the process for dyeing synthetic fibers
containing anionic groups, e.g., acrylonitrile copolymers,
with basic dyestuffs in chlorohydrocarbon dyebaths contain-
ing 0. 1-4 percent by weight of water is obtained by utilizing a
dyeing auxiliary having the formula
edges to be seamed in adjacent relationship on a support sur-
face having a grooved-out portion aligned with the edges to
be seamed, forming a weld along said adjacent edges, flowing
a portion of the weldment into the grooved-out portion dur-
ing welding, thereby forming a reinforcing rib aligned with
and superimposed over the seam joining said workpieces and
apparatus for use in practising the method.
3,643^72
WHEEL WASHER CONSTRUCTION
Alien D. Ridtel, Northbrook, IB., assignor to Auto Laundry
Equipment Sales Company, Glenvicw, 111.
Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,257
Int CI. B60b 3106
U.S. CI. 15-21 D 3 Claims
■Ri Rsl
\ /
X
LRj
\
R^J
(+)
X(-)
wherein
R; and Rj. independently of one another are Cxt-Cyy
alkyl or Cu-C^j-alkenyl in which the total of the carbon
atoms contained in Ri and Rj is 32-44;
R,j IS lower alkvl. haloalkyi or hydroxyalkyi;
R4 is optionally substituted cycloalkyl. aralkyl or C|-C,-
aikyl. or together with Ri forms a 5- or 6-membered
heterocycle; and
X' ' is an anion.
3,643,271
METHOD AND APPARTUS FOR SEAM FORMING
Lionel W. G. Wilkinson, Narborough, England, assignor to
USM Corporation, Flemington, N J.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,446
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 1 1, 1%9,
44,907/69
Int. CI. A43d 11100
U.S. CI. 12-146 C 6 Claims
A wheel washer for use in automatic automobile laundries
whereby an entire wheel, including the tire, of an automobile
is washed and cleaned during one pass of the forwardly mov-
ing, rotating wheel Staggered and stacked brush assemblies
provide maximum surface cleaning of the automobile wheel
in a minimum of linear travel distance. Direct chain-and-
sprocket and geared driving means provide positive power
delivery to the brush assemblies.
3,643,273
AUTOMATIC TOOTHBRUSH WITH A FLUID MOTOR
Comelis Johannes Tberesia Potters; Jacobus Ptcter Rein-
houdt, and Hendricus Franciacus Gcrardus Smulders, all of
Emmasingd, Eindhoven, Netherlands, aarignors to U.S.
PhiUps Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,739
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 24, 1969,
6901274
Int. CI. A46b 13102
U.S. CI. 15-22 R 9 Claims
A method of forming a seam joining two workpieces, such
as thermoplastic shoe parts, by supporting said parts with the
An automatic toothbrush having a fluid motor, in particu-
lar a water motor, which produces reciprocating movements
of a part, such as a piston, coupled to the brush proper, one
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1227
or more ports being located in the fluid supply passage
and/or the fluid discharge passage, which ports can periodi-
cally be opened and closed by a member, such as a slide,
which is driven by a switching mechanism the position of
which is determined by the position of the pistons. Preferably
a buckling spring mechanism is used.
3,643,274
CATTLE FEED TROUGH TREATING APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Roy Kenneth Hodges, Stratford, Tex., assignor to Kenneth
Poole, Cactus, Tex., a part interest
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 85933
Int. CI. A46b 13102
U.S. CI. 15-56 7 Claims
dividual bristles to be cleaning or brushing at one time. The
brush is mounted at an angle so that the face of the brush is
disposed generally at a 90° angle with respect to the axis of
rotation of the wheel. The brush in the preferred form is also
stepped.
3,643,276
FLOOR-CLEANING MACHINE
Eberhard Worwag, Stuttgart, Germany, assignor to Progress-
Elektrogerate Manz & Pfdffer, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,699
Claims priority, appttcation Germany, Apr. 5, 1969, G 69 13
820
lnt.CI. A471 11118
U.S. CI. 15-49 8 Claims
^ 180
Apparatus for treating and cleansing a feed Uough having
a longitudinally extending upwardly open channel of round,
curved or rectangular section by the concurrent steps of sup-
porting a cylindrical brush means having a cenual longitu-
dinally extending axis in the trough channel; rotating the
brush about its axis and thereby contacting and brushing said
trough channel and thereby applying a force between the
trough channel and rotating brush while supporting the rotat-
ing brush in the channel against that force between the rotat-
ing brush and the trough channel; and moving the brush
along the length of the trough with the axis of the brush at an
angle to the length of the trough channel, the brush contact-
ing the bottom and horizontally spaced-apart vertically ex-
tending wall portions of the trough channel, in alternating
combination with the step of stirring the feed in said trough
by concurrent steps of supporting in said trough, pivotally
about a horizontal axis above said trough, plowlike stirring
means extending transversely of the length of said channel of
said trough and moving said stirring means along the length
of the trough through the feed in said trough. The apparatus
for supporting and locating and moving the brush along the
length of the trough is the same as the apparatus for support-
ing, locating and moving the stirring means.
3,643^75
HUBCAP WASHER
Russd A. Van Brakd, Wood Dale, lU., assignor to Haverberg
Auto Laundry Equipment Co., Inc., Chk:ago, m.
FUed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,503
Int CI. B60s 3104
U.S. CI. 15-21 R 7 Claims
A floor-cleaning machine with a cleaning tool which is
adapted to be driven by a motor and is rotatabiy joumaled
between two supporting arms, said supporting arms being
provided with plug-in coupling means for rotatabiy engaging
and supporting said cleaning tool, said supporting arms
together with said cleaning tool being pivotable selectively
from a position within the housing to a position outside the
housing and vice versa.
3,643,277
DEVICE FOR CLEANING VENETIAN BLIND SLATS
Felix Durst, Oberweningen-Scbofflisdorf , Switzeriand
Filed July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,732
Claims priority, appUcation Switzerland, July 12, 1968,
10649/68: Mav 14, 1%9. 7530/69
Int CI. A46b 13104
U.S. CI. 15-77 10 Claims
4U
A device for cleaning Venetian blind slats includes a hous-
ing having spaced opposite sidewalls defming an inlet open-
ing for the slats respectively. A substantially horizontal slat
passage plane is defined between the apertures within the
housing and the clamping points of two pairs of superposed
driving rolls having rubber-elastic surfaces and arranged ad-
jacent the respective apertures and provide guiding means
for the slats for delivering the slats between two horizontally
A hubcap washer is provided with a brush having a beveled spaced pairs of cleaning rolls. The apparatus also includes a
or tapered face that allows the maximum number of in- horizontally arranged spray pipe connected to a pressure Ime
1228
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
for applying a cleaning fluid in the vicinity of the space
defined between the two cleaning roll pairs. The spray pipe
advantageously defines a slat guide channel having a conver- Marvin D
gent entrance for guiding the slats therethrough. '
3,643^78
PRINTED CIRCUIT PANEL SCRUBBING APPARATUS
Dwid M. Harris, Canofa Park; Jack E. Moore, Woodland
Hills; Chester E. Tayk)r, Reseda, and Walter H. Wakzyk,
Oxnard, all of CaUf., assignon to The Bimkcr-Ramo Cor-
poration, Oak Brook, 111.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. Na 29366
Int. CI. A46b 1 3102
U.S. CI. 15-77 8 Claims
A scrubbing apparatus particularly useful for scrubbing
clean the plating on the base contact fingers of printed cir-
cuit panels. The apparatus is comprised of a pair of cylindri-
cal brushes each mounted for rotation in the same horizontal
plane about spaced vertically oriented axes. The brush
peripheries are closely spaced from one another to permit
the passage of a circuit panel therebetween along a guide and
support track. Means are provided to adjustably position the
brushes to permit simultaneous scrubbing of either both sides
of a single panel or one side each of a pair of panels. Adjusta-
bility also enables the brush wear to be compensated for. A
source of waterflow is provided to continually wet the brush
periphery.
3,643,279
EYEGLASS CLEANER
AkNizo M. De Bnihl, 1 1 Shrevewood Drive, Taylors, S.C.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,476
Int. CI. G02c 13100
MS. CI. 1 5-104.94 2 Claims
3,643,280
PIPELINE PIGS
Powers, 6060 Skyline Drive, Houston, Tex.
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,629
Int a. B08b 9104
U.S. CI. 15— 104.06 R 12
ClaioM
This invention relates to pipeline pigs for removing liquids
and solid debris. The pig includes at least one fluid extraction
chamber and is propelled through the pipeline under the
pressure exerted by a suitable gas which picks up and
atomizes the liquids within the chamber. The pig preferably
also includes a drying chamber from which liquids are
removed through a syphon tube operated by the gas pressure.
The gases, together with the extracted liquids, become
ejected in front of the moving pig in the direction of fluid
flow.
3,643081
ROTARY BRUSH
Arthur T. Schofiekl, Brecksville, Ohio, assignor to The Manu-
facturers Brush Company, Cuyahoga County, Ohio
Filed Jan. 6, 1%9, Ser. No. 789302
Int. CI. A46b 13100
U.S. a. 15-181 25ClainH
2
r—
^4
a.
ff
fir,
5h
^,
iml^-^*
7^*^^^lgk
Wfc_— 5
"^uiB
Bfr"*
"■ ,.Hj
M^ — "^
*ri ~
W^'"
1
^
\
7n=4°
An apparatus for applying a cleaning agent simultaneously
to both sides of the lens of a pair of eyeglasses. The ap-
paratus includes a pair of arms that are pivotally connected
together, and have cup-shaped recesses carried adjacent one
end thereof Positioned within each recess is an absorbent
material saturated with a cleaning agent. A rim extends
around the recesses for minimizing evaporation of the clean-
ing agent when the arms are in a closed position.
A rotary brushing tool adapted for mounting on a drive
shaft in brushing machinery and suitable for sweeping or
scrubbing large areas; such brushing tool comprising a plu-
rality of similar interlocking annular brush elements joined
end to end, one to the other, in coaxial alignment. The brush
elements are each formed of unitary first and second mem-
bers and brush bristle material held in such members by
anchoring means. The unitary first member has an axial hub
portion and a radial flange, as does the unitary second
member, and they are mounted with their flanges adjacent
one another to form a channel holding the brush bristle
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1229
material therebetween. The end of the hub portion of the
first member is shaped to interlock with the end of the hub
portion of the second member of another brush element so
that brush elements so formed are joined in this manner end
to end in interlocking coaxial alignment. The brushing tool so
formed is suited for construction from a variety of materials
including sheet metal, but is particularly suited for plastic
construction. The tool is also suited for a variety of bristle
configurations including a configuration characterized by the
brush bristles intersecting the brush axis at oblique angles to
afford a side-to-side motion during brush rotation.
3,643,282
BRISTLE MAT ASSEMBLY FOR BROSHES
Leo Lechenc, Patton, and John Campbell, Coalport, both of
Pa^ avignors to Fab Fibre Company, Patton, Pa.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881^30
Int CI. A46b 1/00
UACLI5— 179 1 Claim
respect to the rotational axis of the roller so that the brooms
engage the circumference of the roller at a defined point,
there is provided a connecting rod joining each of the broom
carriers to a collar which is slidably mounted on a roller so
that when the collar is positioned on the roller, the broom
carriers can be easily adjusted in order to equalize the wear
on the broom bristles during the operation of the street
cleaning device.
3,643,284
REUSABLE BUFFING WHEEL CARRIER
Henry J. Patterson, 468 W. Hudson, Madison Hciglrts, Mkh.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,534
InL CI. B24d 29100
VS. CL 15-230.19 3 Claims
A bristle mat assembly for brushes which consists of a mat
of rectangular shape, having a fastening device at its opposite
ends so that the strip may be formed into a cylinder with its
ends interconnected, and a series of spaced rows of longitu-
dinally spaced plastic bristle bundles overiying one side of
the strip, with the bristle ends projected through the mat,
fused and bonded thereto and extending at right angles
thereto; and the method of making same wherein the mat is
pressure molded to shape with the bristle bundles assembled
into the mold with the bristle ends projected through the
mold cavity.
3,643,283
CENTRIFUGAL ROLLER FOR STREET CLEANING
DEVICES
Fritz Jahnert, Stadtbergen near Augsburg, and Martin SchoU-
hom. Kissing near Augsburg, both of Germany, assignors
to Keller & Knappkh GmbH, Augsburg, Germany
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. Na 65,470
Cbdnn priority, appttcatkm Germany, Sept. 30, 1969, P 19
49 304.0
Int CI. A46b 13/02; EOlh 1/02
UACL 15-183 5 Claims
Two slidably interfitting duplicate and complementary
members, each having an end plate, a hole approximately
centrally formed in said end plate to mount the member on
an arbor, three webs, each defining one face, equally, angu-
larly spaced about the center of said hole, said faces occupy
planes intersecting at substantially the center of the hole; the
hole is elongated through the end plate and through said
webs with the effect of dividing the webs into three V-shaped
units equally spaced about the center of said hole, and each
said unit is comprised of two sectional webs having their
inner end portions conjoined and diverging outwardly to ter-
minate uniformly in peripheral faces on which buffmg wheels
may be mounted; an outer marginal edge portion of the plate
extends beyond said peripheral faces and buffmg wheels may
abut against such marginal portion which resists their escape
axially of the member; the spacing of the three V-shaped
units leaves three equally spaced V-shaped sockets, one
between each pair of such units, so that when two comple-
mentary members are assembled, the V-shaped units on each
member is received in a V-shaped socket on the other
member; the aforesaid surfaces forming the outer surfaces of
each V-shaped unit, and being so inclined as to define a V of
larger dimensions at the juncture of the surfaces with the end
plate and a smaller V at the end of such surfaces remote
from said end plate, with the effect that the V-shaped sockets
are larger at the ends of said units remote from said end plate
and smaller at the juncture of the adjacent faces which form
such socket, whereby the smaller ends of the V-shaped units
are received into the larger ends of the V-shaped sockets,
and with the result that upon slidably assembling the two
complementary units, the inclined surfaces fully interengage
with little or no space therebetween.
In a centrifugal roller mounted on street cleaning devices
having pivotable broom carriers which pivot parallel with
3,643085
SLUDGE SCOOP FOR OIL TANKERS
Henry J. Modrey, Eagle Drive, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Sept 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,154
Int CI. B63b 57/00
VS. CL 15-246.5 5 Claims
This invention is directed to apparatus for removing sludge
from the bottom of the tanks of an oil tanker and includes a
hoisting winch at the top of the tank v«th its cable extending
1230
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
down into the tank and attached to a sludge scoop initially
remotely located at the bottom of the tank. An adjustably
below to above the floor of a building structure which pro-
tects the cable or wires from contact with the concrete and
has a resilient hood which extends above the floor a short
distance to protect the wires or cable.
ERRATUM
For Class 16 — 96 see:
Patent No. 3,643,529
3,643^88
TELESCOPING DRAPERY ROD CONSTRUCTION
Humbert Oiivari, Randailstown, Md., assignor to Elastern
positioned snatch block is used to control the lead of the Products Corporation, Columbia, Md.
cable and to establish the desired path of travel of the sludge pji^ Qct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,740
Int. CI. A47hy/04
VS. CI. 16-96 I Claim
scoop.
3,643,286
WINDSHIELD WIPER
Leo J. Wubbe, Beveriy Shore, Ind.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, S«r. No. 20,585
InLCI. B60S//02
US. CI. 15-250.38
41 40 34 3?
7 Claims
4 I 40 34
This invention relates to blade elements adapted for use in
windshield wiper assemblies for wiping curved windshields
The assembly includes a blade element and a pressure-dis-
tributing superstructure operatively connected together so as
to transmit and distribute pressure received by the pressure-
distributing superstructure from the wiper arm to spaced lo-
cations along the length of the blade element to conform the
blade element to the shape of the surface of the windshield to
be wiped. The blade element comprises a support member
and a resilient wiping member whose lowermost portion is
adapted to wipe windshields and which is maintained under
longitudinal tension by means interlocking the support
member and the resilient wiping member
3,643,287
LEAD-THROUGH DEVICE
Oliver W. Miuors, P.O. Box 1781, Corpus Christi, Tex.
Filed Feb. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 799,659
InL CL F161 5/00
VS. CI. 16—2 8 Claims
A fabric covered drapery rod having inner and outer
telescoping rod sections slotted at the back and including re-
gistering grooves forming continuous channels for anchoring
the fabric along the edges of the slot with the rod extended to
desired length. The lateral edges of the fabric are held in the
channels by frictional tucking strips.
3,643,289
INnNITE POSITION HOLD OPEN HINGE
Thomas E. Lohr, Warren, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed June 2, 1%9, Ser. No. 829,255
Int. CI. E05d 11/08
U.S. CL16— 142 4 Claims
A lead-through device insertable in holes drilled in a
concrete floor and the like for leading cables or wires from
A door is pivotally mounted to a vehicle by an infmite
position hold open hinge including conventional male and
female hinge members pivotally interconnected. The female
hinge member pivotally mounts one end of a lever about an
axis inboard from the hinge axis with the other end of the
lever having a depending flange with a center arcuate surface
generated about and facing away from the hinge axis. The
male hinge member mounts a plastic brake having an arcuate
surface generated about and facing the hinge axis for engage-
ment with the arcuate surface of the lever. A spring extend-
ing between the female hinge member and the other end of
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1231
the lever biases the arcuate surface of the lever into frictional
engagement with the arcuate surface of the brake. The de-
pending flange also has lead in surfaces providing a smooth
transition to the center arcuate surface the female hinge
member includes and a stop preventing engagement of the
lever the and brake when the door is in closed jxjsition to
prevent the brake from taking a permanent set. Moving the
door from closed position to open position moves the arcuate
surface of the lever along the arcuate surface of the brake to
produce a frictional drag which wedges the surfaces apart
against the action of the spring to decrease the effort of
opening the door. Moving the door from open position to
closed position moves the arcuate surface of the lever op-
positely along the arcuate surface of the brake to produce a
frictional drag which wedges the surfaces together aiding the
action of the spring to increase the effort of closing the door.
When the door is in an intermediate f>osition between the
open and closed positions, the engagement between the arcu-
ate surfaces of the lever and brake prevents movement of the
door toward either the open or closed positions until a
predetermined force is applied to the door.
3,643,290
BUSHING AND BUSHING ASSEMBLY
John D. Milne, c/o 62 Shaft Road, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,215
Int CI. F16I 3/00
VS. CI. 16—2 17 Claims
3,643,291
COMBINATION HINGE AND CLOSING DEVICE FOR
DOORS
Robert E. Clark, West ColumMa, S.C, assignor to Revoo,
Inc., West Columbia, S.C.
Filed Oct 12, 1970, Ser. No. 79,816
InL CI. E05f ]/12
U.S. CI. 16-188 6 Claims
A bushing comprising a cylindrical portion, and a flange
portion presented at one end of the cylindrical portion and
projecting outwardly from and around the cylindrical por-
tion. The bushing is axially split throughout its length, a plu-
rality of circumferentially spaced openings being formed
through the flange portion of the bushing on one side of the
split, and one or more locking pins projecting from the flange
portion on the other side of the split so that, depending on
which of the openings the or each pin is disposed through,
the diameter of the bushing which is formed of a resiliently
deformable material can be varied. In an alternative embodi-
ment the plurality of openings are formed transverse to the
axis of the bushing rather than through the flange portion,
and instead of the above-mentioned pin or pins a single cir-
cumferentially disposed locking pin is presented by the flange
portion on the above-mentioned other side of the axial split,
the pin having a tooth which is engageable with the farthest
opening from the split through which the pin is disposed
thereby again permitting the diameter of the bushing to be
varied. Two or more of the bushings may be assembled
together with the locking pin or pins presented by one of the
bushings in engagement with selected openings provided in
the other bushing and with the locking pin or pins presented
by said other bushing in engagement with selected openings
in the first-mentioned bushing. Thus, a bushing assembly is
provided, the diameter of the assembly being variable within
a range of sizes which is substantially greater than the range
of sizes which can be achieved using only one of the
bushings. Furthermore, a game comprising a plurality of the
bushings together with a board formed with a plurality of
holes may be provided. The holes in the board are of dif-
ferent sizes, and the adjustable sizes of the bushings are such
that, in relation to each hole in the board, only one of the
bushings has an adjustable size which corresponds to the size
of said hole.
A pair of hinges carried closely adjacent the sides of a
chest freezer and the like, for aiding in closing the door
thereon. The hinge includes a mounting bracket, a hinge
means extending between the mounting bracket and the
door, an elongated slot earned in the side of the door, an
elongated linkage arm, a beanng means carried adjacent one
end of the elongated linkage arm, and a pivot means con-
necting the other end of the linkage arm to the mounting
bracket. A spring is coupled between the hinge means and
the bearing means so that according to the location of the
center line of the spring the apparatus either aids in main-
taining the door closed, or for heavier doors aids in raising
the door.
3 643,292 ^
AUTOMATICALLY INTERLOCKABLE HINGE FITTING
Otto Mayer, Muhlstrasse 76, D-7067 Pluderbausen, Germany
FUed Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 851,974
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 23, 1968, P 17 75
524.7
Int.CI. E05dy//yo
U.S. CI. 16-144 2 Claims
A lockable hinge fitting which usually forms part of folding
ladders, reclining chairs, etc., in which a pair of hinge arms
are connected one to the other tumable round a common
axis. One hinge arm carries a spring-loaded locking member
which in its operative position locks the hinge fitting in a
desired angular position by engaging one of a number of
recesses circumferentially spaced apart from each other on
the periphery of the other hinge arm. An unlocking lever is
provided to move the locking member into its inactive posi-
tion where the locking member is locked by a pawl. The pawl
can be moved into its operative f>osition in which it locks the
locking member in its inactive position by pawl-actuating
means during the movement of the unlocking lever in its un-
locking position. This pawl actuating means is preferably an
integral part of the unlocking lever or the pawl. According to
the different attachments of the hinge fitting, the pawl will
either release the locking member in any subsequent angular
1232
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
position defined by a recess or only when a suitable pivotable
movement of the hinge fitting is performed. In both cases,
the interlocking is performed automatically.
3,643»293
POULTRY TRANSFER APPARATUS AND METHOD
Jack J. R^sa, Minneapotis, Minn., and Paul K. Kiker, EllUay,
Ga., assignors to The Pillsbury Company, Minneapolis,
Minn.
Filed Oct. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 81^31
InL CI. A22b 3108
U.S. CI. 17-11 8 Claims
3,643,295
ADJUSTABLE CLOSURE DEVICE FOR SPORTS SHOES
Robert Schoch. Singen. Hohentwiel, Germany, assignor to
Weinmann AktiengeseUschaft, Schaffliausen, Switzerland
FUcd June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,680
ClaioK priority, application Germany, July 5, 1968, P 17 60
817.2
Int CI. A44b 21100; A43c I HOG
U.S. CI. 24-70 SK 3 Claims
3t I J« M* i. -^ •
Poultry transported by a first conveyor is hung by the feet
ft-om shackles. As the birds are moved horizontally at a con-
stant speed by the first conveyor, they are engaged by
transfer shackles of a special construction which are sup-
ported from a second conveyor. The transfer shackles m-
clude a clamp for each thigh composed of a slot and a retain-
ing lug. When the thighs of each bird are forced into the
slots, the retainer lug snaps into place over the open end of
the slot to prevent the thigh from being released. The birds
are then carried by the transfer shackles to a third conveyor
which is also provided with leg shackles. The legs of the bird
are brought into registry with the shackles of the third con-
veyor and a cam assembly engaging the transfer shackle
releases the retaining lugs and allows the thighs of the bird to
fall from the transfer shackles.
A slepless adjustable closure device, for sports shoes hav-
ing two flaps to be releasably closed, has holding means con-
nected to one of the flaps, a threaded arcuate spindle held by
the holding means and carries a nut, and the holding means
include journal means engaging the spindle on both sides of
the nut, thereby restraining longitudinal movement of the
spindle with the thread; the longitudinal position of the spin-
dle can be adjusted by manual turning of the nut on the spin-
dle thread.
3,643,296
TWO-PART SNAP FASTENER
Edward Jod Kirim, Baltimore, Md., aMignor to Togs, Inc.,
Baltimore, Md.
Continuation-in-part of applk»tion Ser. No. 863,060, Oct 2,
1969, which is a coatinuatkn-ln-part of appUcadon Ser. No.
819,144, Apr. 25, 1969, which is a continuatloii-ln-part of
appUcation Ser. No. 781,296, Oct. 16, 1968, now abandoned.
This application Sept 3, 1970, Ser. No. 69324
Int CL A44b 1134, 1132, 17/00
U.S. CI. 24-108 9 Claims
3 643,294
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A PLURALITY OF
UGHT SOURCES
James F. Wibon, Palatine, IlL, aarignor to BeU & Howdl
Company, Chkago, DL
Continuation-in-part of appttcation Ser. No. 779317, Nov.
29, 1968. This application Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62^93
Int CI. HOlh 19158,21178; H04n 9/48
VS. CI. 178—5.4 R 12 Claims
«*«
Three variable, addable factors are controlled simultane-
ously from a single manual setting of the apparatus to
produce a resultant having a constant characteristic.
The invention is a two-part snap-fastening device which in-
cludes a button member having a stud projecting therefrom,
and a foundation member securable to a gannent. The pro-
jecting stud mates with the foundation member in a semiper-
manent fashion so that disengagement does not result during
normal wearing. The button portion is made of relatively
hard material having a stud integral therewith, the free end of
which is bulbous and adapted to be inserted into the
somewhat resilient foundation member and form a semiper-
manent connection.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1233
3,643,297 3,643,299
SLIDE FASTENER ELECTRON BEAM TUBE AND METHOD OF ADJUSTING
Walter Urban, Egerer^trasse 7, Burgthann, Germany THE ELECTRODE SPACING OF AN ELECTRON GUN
FUed Dec. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 884,176 THEREIN
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 29, 1%9, P 19 Martin Kamp Brown, Lancaster, Pa., assignor to RCA Cor-
16 228.8 poratioo
Int. CI. A44b 19/06 Filed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,615
U.S CI 24—205 13 4 Claims Int CL HOlj 9/18, 9/36
U.S. CI. 29-25.16 9 Claims
A link for a slide fastener, the links of which are secured to
two binding strips by locking beads along the strip edges in
grooves of the links. These grooves are formed on two op-
posite sides of each link and the two branches defined by
each of the grooves are lengthwise slotted parallel to the
grooves thereby forming two inner tabs and two outer labs
on each of said sides. The inner tabs are clamp)ed against the
beaded strip portion inserted into the grooves thereby
locking the links to the respective strip. The outer tabs which
are left unchanged conceal the deformation of the inner tabs
so that the links present a smooth and ornamental ap-
pearance on the outside of the fastener.
3,643,298
STEAM CRIMPING OF YARN
Hayes J. Schmk:k, Morrisville, N.C., assignor to Phillips
Fibers Corporation
Filed Sept 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,433
IntCI. D02g//76
U.S. CI. 28-1.4
A novel electron beam tube and a method of adjusting the
electrode spacing of an electron gun therein utilize an expan-
sion member to support the cathode cylinder of the gun
within the electron gun assembly of the tube. With this
method, the proper control grid-cathode spacing for cutoff of
the electron gun at desired operating voltages is fixed after
the tube is constructed and while the gun is operating under
normal conditions.
9 Claims
3,643300
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING NONWOVEN SCRIM
FABRICS
Pierre Seguin, Chavanoz, France, assignor to Moulinage et
Retorderie de Chavanoz, Chavanoz, (Isere), France
FUcd Oct 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85368
Claims priority, appUcation France, Nov. 7, 1969, 6938635
Int CI. D02g 3/00; D04h 3/08
U.S. CI. 28- 1 CL 10 Claims
An apparatus and method for uniformly crimping yam by
passing a yam through a confined crimping zone and provid-
ing means in the crimping zone for interrupting the flow of
steam streams against opposed sides of the yam. Each steam
stream intermittently contacts the yam at uniformly spaced
portions along the length of the yam with one steam stream
conucting the yam at a medial location between the contact-
ing locations of the other steam stream. The yam is
thereafter cooled and recovered in a relaxed condition.
40
,19
5 ,7
ifcHHHH:
3 6^
^'
The invention relates to a device for making nonwoven
scrim, which device comprises a rotary member distributing
two weft threads drawn from two fixedly mounted bobbins. It
permits the production of nonwoven scrim of various con-
structions.
1234
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643301
METHOD OF MAKING AN ELASTIC STITCH-BONDED
FABRIC
Bedrich V\ eigl; Milos Janku, both of Dvur Kralo\e nad I.abem:
Milos Prikrvl. Zabori; Jaroslav Hubenv, Lipnic. and Milos
- Hofman, Dvur Kralove nad Labem, all of Czechoslovakia,
assignors to V.vzkumnv I stav Zuslechtovaci. Dvur Kralove
nad Labem. Czechoslovakia
FUed June 10, 1968, Ser. No. 735,748
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, June 13, 1967,
4323/67
Int. CI. D06c 23104
U.S. CI. 28-76 (E) 12 Claims
said space, said methixi consisting of steps of machining each
of said bearing elements to form the raceways and thereafter
securing each bjearing element to its respective support
member.
3,643303
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING TYPE
Joseph S. Kanarek, 5435 West 63rd St, Chicago, lU.
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,718
Int. CI. B23p / 7100
U.S. CI. 29 413
4 Claims
-J-
,or.-»o«lliv4 \P-* r.bro«» ■•b ae ■ ■ti tcn-fto«><llM — c^J-a*
11,. i,i^.«»iia» IT. r.brlo .11.1 • ~.lUi« ' i»i i».p~i i»».>»«ii or 1.1. •til.O-Oolva,^
( I*
LAfir- cD> 1 1 a^ CM fabrLo ■!!..%• ^pvIIlt^
•«wit mtcr- ■• •odi.M v*^»'*»- »"*'
•niorla*. not ••i«r wd U>« l.U«,
vUlB ■l^u^c«n*ou«l7 laMianxotf Um
•^ LO lAfi4liu4iD«: . ar irAttnaxrM
dlP»«llon
Lb lon^l ttjdiK>l .
illft< LA« i*i\er>-t»ond«^ fiM
I tfv« •lH,cr>-6o(v;»d fior
■ivj a H»»i-«wr«el« r«»ln. Ir7lr,4
\ end Uk«r^l 3«nd«a*att3r ^-Mrvof,
\ «^w Lo loAcltudloa:. or ir»na««r»
\ 3ir«ctla(i
A fibrous web is stitch-bonded m an atlas construction
which is elastic in two directions whereupon the web is ten-
sioned in one direction thereof. The web contracts and is
crimped by the stitches in the respective other direction, and
is treated to make the crimp permanent so that the finished
fabric is expansible in the crimped direction.
3,643302
METHOD OF MAKING A ROLLING BEARING
ASSEMBLY
Sture Asberg, LiUa Pukevagen 5, Savedalen, Sweden, and
Henrikus Jacobus Maria Timmer, Irenelaan 39, Ede,
Netherlands
Original application Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,545.
Divkled and this appikation Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,107
Claims prioritv. application Netherlands. Nov. 14. 1%X.
6816232: 6816233
Int.CI. B23py//00
U.S. CI. 29— 148.4A 3 Claims
A twcvpart die set forms type by extruding characters
while simultaneously scoring a fracture line around each
character Added height for each character may be provided
to maintain its sharpness over an extended period of usage. A
holder connected to a heating means carries the type such
that it is slidably insertable and removable but effectively
retained in operational position therein.
3,643304
METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY DRAWING A
NUMBER OF WIRE MEMBERS
Kaoru Kokubu, and Osami Hirai, both of Osaka, Japan, as-
signors to Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed May 15, 1969, Ser. No. 824,827
Int. CI. B23p 17100
U.S. CI. 29-423 6 Claims
A method for manufacturing a rolling bearing assembly
consisting of inner and outer bearing elements having con-
fronting raceways, a plurality of rolling elements in the annu-
lar space between the inner and outer bearing elements, each
of the bearing elements being associated with a support
member and an access opening in one of said bearing ele-
ments communicating with the space between said bearing
raceways to permit the rolling elements to be positioned into
A number of wires are gathered together and bound with
an armonng material in the shape of a band. The wires in this
condition are drawn by means of a wire-drawing apparatus
having dies and a capstan. A plurality of bundles of such
wires are gathered together and bound in the same way as in
the foregoing to form a composite bundle body, which is
further drawn, and these processes are repeated until at last
filaments of a specified diameter are obtained in quantities.
3,643305
METHOD OF FABRICATING A PIEZOELECTRIC
DEVICE
Thomas J. Fumival, Logansport, Ind., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Piled June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,288
Int. CI. BOlj I 7100; H04r / 7/00
U.S. CI. 29-2535 5 Claims
A method of fabncating a piezoelectric device which in-
cludes providing a resilient metallic unit, bonding an insulat-
z
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1235
ing base member between two leg members of the unit,
severing a bar element of the unit to provide facing projec-
indexing movements of the carrier are accessible from the
front side of the frame and each of the remaining two sta-
jf
4>
Fn
An
af-^^
/9
f¥'
tions, and compressively supporting a piezoelectric element
therewith prior to permanently bonding it in place.
3,643306
MACHINE FOR PRODUCING PLASTIC FOAM— SHEET *'°"^ accommodates one or more movable tool holders for a
METAL PANELS variety of tools. All of the stations are located at different
Duiiel MassagU, Covina, and Marino Ralph Massagli, CUr«- '^^^'^
moat, both of Calif., assignors to Tru-Lok Metal Fabricat-
ing Company, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif. 3 543308
U*** \^' ^'Z'''®' ^'■- ^^' '^^ METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING MATTRESSES
.. ., ^. ,„ ,, P ' ' ' • " "^ ^^'^^ Haruhlko Yamamoto, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to France Bed
U.S. CI. 29-33 R SChdms Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
loz wo
112 ICM
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,010
Int CI. B68g 9100; B65b 43100
U.S. CI. 29-91.1
28 ^^
4 Claims
24
6'<^ [
B— "
A machine and process to continuously produce sand-
wiched sheet metal rigid plastic foam panels provided with a
metal forming unit, an injector for the plastic reactants, and
an expansion confining apparatus, the foam-forming reac-
tants being introduced into that portion of the metal panel
that is ahead of the location where the metal panel enters the
expansion confining apparatus to allow the foam formed to
start expanding prior to entry of the panel into the expansion
confining apparatus, the expansion confining apparatus being
provided with a cavity conforming to the cross-sectional out-
line of the panel, that portion of the panel remaining in the
cavity until full expansion has taken place before it is
discharged from the confming apparatus.
3,643307
MACHINE TOOL
Alfred Ledergerber, and Hans Jacoby, both of Bidefekl, Ger-
many, assignors to Werkzeugmaschincnfabrik Gildemeister
& Comp. Aktiengesellschaft, Bielefeld, Germany
Filed Feb. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 801,026
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Feb. 23, 1968, P 16 52
728.9
Int CI. B23b 9110
U.S. CI. 29—38 B 9 Claims
A machine tool with four equidistant work spindles rotata-
ble in a carrier which is indexible about a horizontal axis.
Two stations at which the spindles dwell between successive
A method for manufacturing mattresses including a
cushion member wrapped in a cover which comprises receiv-
ing the cushion member in the cover initially having a larger
inner capacity than the volume of the cushion member and
formed of fabric woven from heat shrinkable fibers and sub-
jecting the cover to heat shrinkage until the inner capacity of
the cover becomes slightly smaller than the volume of the
cushion member.
3,643309
TOOL ARRANGEMENT FOR A MACHINE TOOL
Erhard Anschutz, Plochlngen, Germany, assignor to Feklmu-
hie Aktiengeselischaft, Dusseldorf , Germany
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,81 1
Claims priority, application Germany, June 18, 1969, P 19 30
916.1
InL CI. B26d 1 100
U.S. CI. 29-96 8 Claims
A ceramic, five-sided cutting plate is clamped in a recess
of a toolholder in such a manner that two sides of the plate
which constitute cutting edges and enclose an angle of 7S°
are exposed, the other three sides being located in the recess.
The two sides contiguously adjacent the cutting edges are
895 O.Q.
16
1236
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
backed by faces of the toolholder in the recess which jointly
define an angle of 37*. The fifth side of the plate which con-
nects the last-mentioned two sides defines an airgap with the
\^ y,
North and South poles with these bands being at an angle of
about 45° to the generatrix of the cylinder. The cylindrical
surface of the toolholder. Working stresses applied to the
cutting plate in all normal turning operations tend to wedge
the plate deeper into the recess of the toolholder, and thus
do not cause displacement of the plate.
3,643310
MILLING WHEEL STRUCTURE
Ralph Werner KUboume, Glenn Mills, and Frank L. Di Fer-
dinando. West Chester, both of Pa., assignors to
Westittslwine Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FDcd Dec. 8, 1969, Scr. No. 883,015
InL CI. B26d liOQ, 1 1 12
VJS. CI. 29—105 6 Claims
A milling wheel structure for a milling machine comprising
a circumferential row of interchangeable cartridges which
are nonsymmetrically spaced on the periphery of the wheel.
The cartridges receive disposable multiedge cutters, which
are rotatable to bring other edges into cutting relation. The
cutters are of the fmishing or semifinishing type, both of
which may be used simultaneously or individually.
3A43311
ROTATABLE POWDER DISPENSING CYUNDER FOR
AN ELECTROSTATIC POWDER IMAGE FIXING
APPARATUS
Wilhdm Knecfatd, Rodheim; Kurt Brinkmann, Frank-
furt am Main-Roedelheim; Hans Krebs, Hinter dem Hain, and
Heinrich Mohr, Dortmund-Aplcrbeck, all of Germany, as-
signors to Flrma ECE-Ekktrostatik und Chcmische Ent-
wicklungagesellschaft mbH, Gicsscn and Firma Deutsche
Edetatahlwerke AG, Krcfdd, Germany, part interest to
each
Filed July 27, 1970, Scr. No. 58,514
Cbrfms priority, application Germany, Dec. II, 1969, P 19 62
106.8
Int.CI.B21biy/0S
U.S. a. 29— 1 25 9 Claims
A rotatable cylindrical member has ntagnetic poles on its
peripheral surface comprising parallel bands of alternating
member may be solid or tubular and comprise a plurality of
magnetic or nonmagnetic rings or disks adhered together and
mounted upon a shaft which defines the rotary axis.
3,643312
METHOD OF MAKING FINNED TUBING
Charles S. Shriver, Orcland, Pa., assignor to Orbit Manufac-
turing Company, Perliasic, Pa.
Original appUcadon Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,744, now
Patent No. 3350,680. Divided and this appUcadon June 18,
1970, Ser. No. 47308
Int. CI. B21d 53102
U.S. CI. 29-157.3 B
7 Claims
^— €
Wi"
A method is disclosed for making a finned tube heat
exchanger wherein each of a plurality of platelike fins is
mounted on an elongated heat conductor by means of a se-
ries of interference fits provided between each fin and the
conductor. The interference fits are effected by forming a
noncircular aperture in the fins, forming a slightly smaller
noncircular cross-sectional shape on the conductor, aligning
the conductor with the apertures, displacing the conductor
longitudinally through the apertures, and, after the fins are
properly positioned on the conductor, locking them in place
by effecting relative rotation through a portion of a turn to
cause a series of interference fits to be established between
each fin and the conductor.
3,643313
DEVICE FOR REMOVING BANDING MATERIAL FROM
A BALE OF CROP MATERIAL
Lawrence C. Dickinson, Reno, Nev., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporatioo, New Holland, Pa.
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Scr. No. 855,796
Int. CI. B23p moo
MS. CI. 29-200 D 16 Claims
A device, adaptable for use in combination with a single
bale unloading wagon, for cutting and twisting the retaining
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1237
band, such as twine or wire, from a bale of crop material by
first severing the band with a cam actuated cutting means
and then winding the severed band around a pair of twisting
bars to remove the band from the bale.
3,643314
DEVICE FOR SPACING THE SEGMENTS OF A
COMMUTATOR
Anton Womer, Stuttgart, and Helmut WUbert, BoMhigen,
both of Germany, assignors to Kaut & Bux oHG, Stuttgart-
Vaihingen, Germany
Filed July 22, 1970, Ser. No. 57,160
Int. CI. H02k 15100
U.S. CI. 29-205 CM 9 Claims
3,643316
METHOD OF MAKING SEPARABLE FASTENING
DEVICES
Laurent H. Girard, Bedford, N.H.; CUvc £. Hockmcycr,
Lowdl, Mms., and Marcel C. QueUette, Manchoter, N.H^
assignors to American Velcro, Inc.
Original application Feb. 20, 1967, Ser. No. 617,265, now
Patent No. 3,461313- Divided and thta application Feb. 24,
1969, Ser. Na 801357
InLCI. B23p7 7/00
U.S.CL 29-400 11 Claims
A cagelike device having an outer tubular wall and a plu-
rality of spacing strips integral with this wall and projecting
radially from the inner side thereof for holding the segments
of a commutator at the proper distance from each other dur-
ing the production of the commutator including the step of
filling of the commutator with a molding material.
A method of making separable fastening devices which
have a very large number of closely spaced hooking elements
of the hook and loop type such that pressing opposed sur-
faces of two fastening members together in face-to-face rela-
tion will engage a large number of hooks and loops; the
hooking elements are formed of metal and in preferred forms
are operable at temperatures from cryogenic temperatures to
above 1,000° F.
^
3,643315
APPARATUS FOR DRIVING ANTISKID STUDS INTO
THE TREAD SURFACE OF TIRES
Friedrich Bartsch, Hannover-Herrcnhausen, and Heinrich
Blum, Horst, both of Germany, assignors to Continental
Gummi-WcrlLe Alitiengesellschaft, Hannover, Germany
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,674
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 25, 1969, P 19 03
8083
Int CI. B23q HIO
UA CI. 29-211 R 15 Claims
3,643317
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING SHAPED
INSULATORS OF DIFFERENT LENGTHS
Richard B. Arnold, and Dallas F. Smith, both of Fort Wayne,
Ind., assignors to General Electric Company
Origtaial applicatian Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,057, now
Patent No. 3379318, dated May 25, 1971. Divided and this
application Oct 27, 1970, Ser. No. 84,406
Int CI. H02k 15110
U.S. CL 29-205 E 13 Claims
An apparatus for driving antiskid studs into the tread sur-
face of tires, especially pneumatic tires, by means of driving
tools, which includes holding means for grasping and holding
the tire to be studded and which also includes annular sup-
porting means operable to be placed onto and around the
tread surface of the tire to be studded, and equipped with a
plurality of driving tools distributed over the circumference
of said annular supporting means and operable selectively
simultaneously to drive a plurality of studs into the tread sur-
face of the tire to be studded.
Method and apparatus for forming shaped insulators of dif-
ferent lengths from a strip of insulative material. The insula-
tors are automatically formed into the predetermined desired
1238
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
lengths from a continuous strip of insulative material by ap-
paratus which includes a guide for the strip of insulative
material, a driving feed member which advances the strip
along the guide and a retaining member which retards move-
ment of the strip. A linkage is coupled to the driving feed
member and has a movable pivot to effect a change in the
length of strip advanced. A timing means includes a rotatable
member connected to the linkage for periodically reciprocat-
ing the driving feed member. Control means is connected to
selectively effect movement of the pivot to vary the length of
stroke of the driving feed member. Severing means is as-
sociated with the timing means to sever the advanced strip of
insulative material. There is a magazine to receive the
severed length of insulative material and shaping means as-
sociated with the timing means to insert the severed length of
insulative material into the magazine.
3,643318
ASSEMBLY MACHINE AND METHOD
Willard I. RooCe, Flint, Mkh., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Hied Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. Na 62,279
Inta.B23p/9/00. /i/00
VS. CI. 29—434 5 Claims
The ball tip of the present invention is made of a heat-treated
beryllium copper and incorporates a tungsten carbide ball of
a mirror finish. In addition to the conventional steps utilized
in producing a ball tip for a ball pen, the method of the
present invention incorporates the unique steps of shaping
the metal around the ball by a forming tool prior to a
spinning operation utilized to free the ball and then subject-
ing the completed ball tips to an atmospherically controlled
heat treatment operation. The ball tip of the present inven-
tion renders a greatly improved wear resistant construction
having an initially established controlled clearance between
the ball and housing thereby rendering an initially intense ink
deposit which does not increase to any extent during use due
to the wear resistant properties of the housing.
3,643320
METHOD OF MOUNTING AN AUTOMOBILE ENGINE
Lawrence E. Werner, Grosse Pointc, Mich., a§Bignor to
Chrysler Corporation, Highland Park, Mich.
Original application Sept 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,720, now
Patent No. 3,556,445, dated Jan. 19, 1971. Divided and this
application May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37^56
Int.Cl. B23p2//00
U.S. CI. 29—469 4 Claims
Machine and method for assembly of workpieces such as
primary and secondary weights of a transmission governor.
Leading edge of the top flange of the primary weight is used
to compress the coil spring seated on the secondary weight.
An insert slide wipes the secondary weight and spring off of a
carrier to assemble the secondary weight inside of the prima-
ry weight and to load the spring internally between the
weights.
3,643319
METHOD OF PRODUCING A HEAT-TREATED
BERYLLIUM COPPER TIP FOR A BALLPOINT WRITING
INSTRUMENT
William B. Payne, San Marino, Calif., assignor to Scripto,
Inc., Atlanta, Ga.
Orig^ appUcation Nov. 16, 1967, Ser. No. 683,533, now
Patent No. 3302,418, dated Mar. 24, 1970. Divided and this
application Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20362
UA.CIE23P niOO
U.S. CI. 29-441 5 Claims
This invention relates to a new improved ball tip for ball-
point writing instruments and a method for producing same.
At each of the forward sides of an automobile engine, a
voided bushing assembly comprises an electric bushing radi-
ally spacing and bonded to an outer tubular housing member
of oval cross section and a coaxial inner tubular support
member. The outer member is tightly secured by a forced fit
within a pair of closely conforming oval holes in a pair of axi-
ally spaced channel sides respectively of a one-piece channel-
shaped engine bracket secured to the engine. A one-piece
channel-shaped body bracket associated with each bushing
assembly has a ftair of bracket arms spaced axially to receive
the bushing assembly therebetween. A pair of upwardly
opening guide slots vyithin the latter arms respectively receive
the axially opposite ends of a bolt in supported relationship
on their bases, the bolt being releasably confined coaxially by
friction within the inner tubular member. Enlarged clamping
members at opposite ends of the bolt axially outward of the
slotted bracket arms and oversize with respect to the slots to
prevent passage therethrough are adjustable axially with
respect to each other by screw action to clamp the latter
arms tightly against the bushing assembly therebetween.
Ranges of the latter arms closely overlie the tightened
clamping members to limit their movement from the slot
bases, but without interfering with their adjustability.
Prior to mounting the engine, the engine brackets with
their bushing assemblies are secured to the engine. The bolts
are inserted into the inner tubular members and the clamping
members are arranged on the bolts so as to clear the flanges
of the slotted bracket arms freely. The engine is then lowered
into preassembled position by guiding the bushing assemblies
between the slotted bracket arms and the bolts downwardly
into the slots to their supported positions on the slot bases.
The clamping members are then tightened to clamp the ad-
jacent bracket arms against the bushing assemblies.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1239
3,643321
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TAU.LESS WIRE
BONDING
Edwin C. Fldd, Lansdak; Frederidi W. KuUdie, Jr^
Philadelphia, and Richard W. Masso, Conshohodten, aU oT
Pa., assignors to Kulicke and Sofia Industries, Inc., Fort
Washington, Pa.
Hied June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,902
Int. CI. B23li 27/00
U.S. CL 29-470.1 ** Claims
a tube section having a longitudinal seam weld along the
length thereof; forming a concave die havmg an mside sur-
face with a central opening therein and a plurality of radial
grooves extending from the central opening to the outer
peripheral edge of the concave surface; pressing the tube mto
the die and causing the metal at one end of the tube to form
into the inside surface of the concave die to cover nbs
between the grooves and to fiow into the grooves so as to
form spaced, inwardly and outwardly directed reinforcmg
ribs and a small diameter tapered opening through the
formed tube surrounded by a high-density concentration of
material; thereafter locaUng a connector element against the
high-density concentration of material and heating and
pressing the metal to cause it to flow into the tapered open-
ing for sealing the end of the tube while sinking the connec-
tor into the end of the tube for connecUon to the spaced
reinforcing ribs.
3,643323
METHOD OF MAKING A DRAWER FRONT
Everett K. Harris, Geneva; John P. Ericson, St. Charles, and
Richard E. Miller, Aurora, aD of Ui., assignors to All-Steel
Equipment Inc.
Original application July 22, 1968, Ser. No. 746,609, now
Patent No. 3349301, dated Dec. 22, 1970. Divided and this
application Oct 30, 1969, Ser. No. 871350
InL CI. B21d 39100; B23p 11100
U.S. CI. 29-511 2 Claims
A tailless wire-bonding apparatus for bonding a fine wire
to a semiconductor device and breaking the wire behind the
bond without disturbing the bond. A wire threaded through a
capillary bonding tool is maintained stiff as the wire is being
bonded for a final bond. A wire clamp above the bonding
tool is actuated to provide the taut piece of wire between the
bond and the wire clamp enabling the bonding tool to be
moved toward the wire clamp along the taut wire. Sub-
sequenUy the wire clamp and bonding tool are moved to
break the wire at the reduced cross-sectional area of the
bonded wire and to expose a predetermined length of wire
out of the end of the bonding tool which may be formed
under the bonding tool.
3,643322
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING A SHOCK
ABSORBER RESERVOIR TUBE
De Witt F. Gerstie, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50329
Int. CI. B23k//20. 3 //02
U.S. CI. 29-482 4 Claims
The disclosure relates to a drawer construction for office
furniture units, such as desks, m which the drawer is made
from sheet metal components, including a body member of
generally U-shaped transverse cross-sectional configuration
defining a drawer bottom and sides, a rear panel, and a spe-
cial fabricated front made of a stamped or drawn frontpiece
and liner secured together by a press-forming operation to
form a mitered border along the front of the drawer that
avoids machining for smoothness. The sidewalls of the
drawer each have secured to same a side panel member that
makes the sides of a double-wall construction and hides
brackets and the like which secure the drawer front to the
drawer and houses a drawer stop device on either side of the
drawer. The side panels are shaped to avoid all possible
ledges, cracks, and the like that could accumulate dust, and
to give the drawer as clean an appearance as possible. As-
sociated with the drawer is a novel clip and divider arrange-
ment that removably mounts the divider within the drawer.
In preferred form, a method of manufacturing a shock ab-
sorber tube from sheet metal comprising the steps of forming
3,643324
MACHINE FOR MANUFACTURING A LOCK TUMBLER
Roy C. Spain, Box 190, Salem, Va.
Filed Feb. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 10,187
Int. CI. B23p 75/00
U.S. CI. 29-566 9 Claims
Machine for manufacturing a lock tumbler comprises
means for drivinfS'SIank down a passageway past successive
1240
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
broaches against a punch in a socket at the end of the
passageway. The socket is then moved laterally of the
..-P
passageway so that the blank therein contacts a third broach
and is finally ejected from the socket.
3,643325
METHOD OF HYDROSTATICALLY FORMING A
TUNNEL STRUCTURE FOR A MAGNETIC PLATED
WIRE MEMORY ARRAY
Clyde E. Reed, W. St. Paul, Minn., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Scr. No. 20,986
InL CI. HO If 7106
U.S. CI. 29-604 3 Claims
SAwOwiCiiWtt
fommoQ
•'»a
KT«fEN "mz
AOHE)
VtL'
"T*! 4T£;
MSoL
*Tiv«
jniw
•OWIIiWO -'OWOJ
..c
**ttsu*c »iim.
*«(KiT MMOWiCnCC
-*Ttn
i
^hc*m*u>t a TOMPmiii^^-
njAMMtfi rtffmj'-rt
_ATfW
MouMC »o«i<n.a
viHCa
cuMN coMMtnsco *arv
WTMOIUarttQ rONWNO
•TlhiCTljUt
N TUNNClJ
3,643326
METHOD FOR MAKING COILS FOR ARMATURES OF
ELECTRICAL MACHINES OR THE LIKE
Reinhard Boke; Alfred Schmid, and Heinz WUke, all of HU-
desheim, Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH,
Stuttgart, Germany
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,145
Claims priority, applkation Germany, May 29, 1968, P 17 63
434J
Int CI. HOlf 7106
U.S. CI, 29—605 3 Claims
Armature coils for use in electrical machines are produced
on a revolving pattern of polygonal outline. A continuous
length of wire having a current-conducting core surrounded
by an insulating sheath is fed under tension to the peripheral
surface of the revolving pattern. A set of pushers cooperate
with the pattern to move successively formed convolutions
axially of the pattern. A cutting device which severs the wire
between selected convolutions to form a succession of coils
comprises a fmger which orbits about the pattern and a
reciprocating device which moves the flnger axially at
predetermined intervals so that the flnger loops the v^re
between selected convolutions and moves the thus engaged
part of the wire against a counterknife which is adjacent to
the periphery of the pattern. A removing device strips the in-
sulation off those portions of the wire which are to be
severed by the cutting device so that the coils are formed
with blank terminals.
3,643327
METHOD OF MAKING A SERIES OF ELECTRICAL
CONNECTIONS
David L. Jackson, Doylestown, Pa., assignor to Thomas 8t
Betts Corporation, Elizabeth, N J.
Original application June 26, 1967, Scr. No. 648,795, now
Patent No. 3,509,615, dated May 5, 1970. Divided and this
application Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 888,095
InL CI. HOlr 9100
MS. CI. 29—628 R 5 Clainv
A method of using hydrostatic pressure to form copper
word lines and/or a copper ground plane about parallel-
aligned forming wires to form a plated wire tunnel structure.
The copper word lines and the adhesively coated opposing
faces of the plastic films to which they are bonded are firmly
and compressively formed about the forming wires with the
interstitial portions of such plastic films brought into contact
to form one physical structure. After curing, the forming
wires are removed from the sandwiched construction forming
the tunnels into which respectively associated plated wire
memory elements are inserted.
The connectors are deposited in the rotary wheel at the
rear of the machine and fed to the stalung station at the front
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1241
of the machine. The staking jaws come together to stake the
connector on a pair of conductors by crimping the notched
ends of the connector over the conductors. The index system
indexes the rotary wheel in synchronism with the staking jaws
to sequentially advance another connector into the staking
station after a connection has been made with a previous
connector.
3,643328
SKI-RENOVATING TOOL
Albert V. Wainwright, Jr., 35 Lakeshore Drive, Nabnasset,
Mass.
Filed Oct 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,667
Int. CI. A63c 11106; B27g 77/04
U.S.CI.30— 172 7 Claims
the piston with great force against an appropriately posi-
tioned workpiece thereby cutting the workpiece. A series of
gas-sealing elements vvithin the device prevent the discharge
of explosive resulting gas and prevent fluid entry.
3,643330
CUTTERS FOR DRY SHAVERS
Norman J. Brown, Maidenhead, England, assignor to The Gil-
lette Company, Boston, Mass.
Filed July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,649
Claims priority, appttcatkm Great Britain, July 1 1, 1969,
35,030/69
Int. CI. B26b 19104
U.S. CL 30-346.5 1 2 Claims
A ski-sharpening and surface-renovating unitary tool con-
sisting of a strong, rigid, one-piece handle, having a grip at
each end, and having three abrading surfaces, one longer
abrading surface being placed just below and at right angles
to two shorter abrading surfaces whereby the longer surface
and at least one of the smaller surfaces can be simultaneously
utilized to renovate the bottom surface of a ski and a metal
edge of a ski, respectively. All of the scraping surfaces are of
hard metal aiKl the shorter surfaces are both detachably fixed
to the longer surface for removal for sharpening.
3,643329
EXPLOSIVELY ACTUATED CUTTER
Morris S. Lieberman, SUver Spring, Md., asrignor to The
Unhcd Stotes of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Navy
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29374
Int. CI. B26b 7 7/04
U.S.CL30— 180 IClahn
This invention relates to a cutter for a dry shaver having a
stationary outer arch shape shear plate and an inner
reciprocating cutter that is formed as an integral molding of
plastics material having a transversely curved convex surface
for engaging the inner surface of the shear plate and present-
ing a plurality of transversely extending convexly curved
cutting edges, at least the convex surface of the plastics
molding being coated with a thin layer of metal, the cutting
edges being formed by the metal of said layer. This form of
cutter is cheaper to produce, lighter and stiffer, and easier to
clean than conventional cutters.
3,643331
METAL PLATE HAVING STABILIZED FRICTION
PROPERTIES
Bodo Futtcrcr, Handdsbof, 6060 Samen Obwaklen, and
Hugo Fritachy, Huas Jasmin 6072 Sachadn, both of Swit-
zerland
Continuatioo of applkation Scr. No. 647,659, June 21, 1967,
now abandoned. This applkation June 24, 1970, Scr. No.
56,046
Int.a. B26b27/i4
U A CI. 30-34634 1 2 Claims
Apparatus for cutting a hard elongate workpiece having a
slideable cutter piston positioned within a cylindrical hous-
ing, such piston being actuated by an explosive charge
located within the housing, which upon actuation will thrust
A shearing foil for a razor constituted by a metal plate hav-
ing a surface which is in slidable contact with the surface of
another foil, and microscopically small solid particles em-
bedded in the plate at least at the contact surface.
1242
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643332
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECORDING JAW
MOVEMENTS
Robert L. Lee, 22937 Grand Terrace Road, ColUm, Calif., as-
signor to Roljert L. Lee; Ariene M. Lee and Gene W. Arant,
Los Angeles, Calif., part interest to each
Original application Aug. 1, 1966, Ser. No. 569,472, now
Patent No. 3,452,439. Divided and this application June 24,
1969, Ser. Na 836,062
Int CL A61c 9100
U.S. CI. 32-19 29 Claims
direction finder or the like. The third disc is employed to in-
dicate the course to be followed from the fixed position to a
desired destination.
/U/S Of TMe *4tQlAM3i/at.£
COfM>yL£
co^vipyce
rorroo
The disclosed method consists in measuring the move-
ments of the lower jaw (mandible) relative to the upper jaw
by selecting two points a fixed distance apart on the horizon-
tal axis of rotation of the subject's mandible, one on each
side of subject's head and at substantially equal distances
from the subject's head; recording the positions of the points
relative to the subject's head when the jaws of the subject are
in centric relation; and when the subject's mandible moves
from centric relation, continuously measuring in three
dimensions the position of each of the points relative to the
position that it occupied in centric relation.
3,643333
NAVIGATIONAL COURSE COMPUTER AND PLOTTER
Peter W. Pepper, 8899 Bcveriy Blvd., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23^59
Int. CI. GOlc 2 7/20
U.S.Cl.33-1 8 Claims
3,643334
PEN CARRIAGE ASSEMBLY
John Gdb, Tarzana; Eugene M. Merwin, Northridge, and
William B. Richardson, Santa Susanna, all of Calif., as-
signors to Computer Industries, Inc., Sherman Oaks, Calif.
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,167
Int CI. B431 13100
U.S. CI. 33-18 R 11 Claims
A pen carriage assembly for automatic drafting machines is
described having a scribe holder reciprocably driven by a
pneumatic drive assembly. The scribe holder is driven in two
modes, a pressure mode and a gravity mode. In the pressure
mode, the pneumatic drive assembly includes a first pressure
chamber, the expansion of which forces the movable portion
of the assembly downward to move the scribe into writing en-
gagement with the drafting paper. In the gravity mode, the
pneumatic drive assembly includes a second pressure
chamber, the expansion of which enables the movable por-
tion of the assembly to be released from its support means to
drop downwardly due to gravity and also to move the scribe
into writing engagement with the drafting paper.
3,643335
TILE-MARKING DEVICE
Ehner L. Smith, 14079 Dumbarton Drive, Brock HaU Estates,
Upper Mariboro, Md.
Filed Oct 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,196
Int CI. B431 I3m
U.S. CI. 33-42 5 Claims
A navigational course computer and plotter for a boat util-
izes a base member that receives a navigational chart and is
imprinted with a compass rose. Three transparent discs are
mounted for rotation relative to the base member on a com-
mon verticaJ axis. Each of the discs is imprinted with sets of
spaced parallel lines. Two of the discs are manipulated to
diagram a fix of the boat's location when used with a radio
A tile-markmg device including a baseplate having bosses
on the top and bottom surface thereof spaced apart 9 and 1 2
inches respectively for reversible use with 9 and 1 2 inch tiles
respectively. The baseplate includes a longitudinal slot
thereon and a slide member is reciprocally mounted on the
baseplate and provided with a projecting finger which en-
gages an irregular surface to be followed with the sliding
member including central holes spaced 9 and 12 inches
respectively from the tip end of the finger so that the
baseplate may be placed on a tile overlying a previously laid
tile and the finger engaged virith an irregular surface to
duplicate the irregularity of the surface to be cut or edge to
be formed into the tile.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1243
3,643336
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PLEATING FABRIC
Jennie Henry, 425 West Douglas Drive, Midwest City, Okla.
FUcd Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,754
IntCI. GOlbi/00
U.S. CI. 33- 1 74 G 5 Claims
t
Jl
17
./s
Apparatus for placing pleats in a fabric including an elon-
gated measuring device having longitudinally spaced holes
formed therethrough, and a plurality of pleat guides each
having two substantially parallel edges and a transverse bend
line extending between and normal to these edges to form a
retainer flap for retaining the respective pleat guide adjacent
an edge of the fabric at which pinch pleats are to be formed.
A table of pleat guide selection indicia and fabric amount
data is provided for indicating the amount of fabric required,
and a particular pleat guide to be utilized where the pleated
fabric is to traverse a predetermined distance.
In practicing the invention, the distance to be transversed
by the pleated fabric is initially measured. The table of pleat
guide selection indicia is consulted to determine which of the
several pleat guides should be utilized for the particular mea-
sured distance of traverse. The table also indicates the
amount of fabric required to span this distance after a series
of pleats are sewn therein. The measuring device is used to
indicate, the locations along a marginal edge of the fabric
where bisector fold lines of the pleats are to be formed.
Finally, the selected pleat guide is placed on the fabric with
one of the parallel edges extending through one of the marks.
The other parallel edge is used to determine the seam line of
a pleat to be formed at the location of the mark. This use of
the selected pleat guide is repeated for each of the marks to
form all of the pleats.
3,643337
AUTOMOBILE FRONT END ALIGNMENT EQUIPMENT
Roy E. Dick, 3758 Blue Rock RomI, Cincinnati, Ohio
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 386,460, May 19,
1964. This application Aug. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 757,190
Int CI. GO lb 7120
U.S. CI. 33—203. 13 8 Claims
orientation while free for universal movement on a horizontal
surface, supports respective carriages for free swinging about
respective vertical axes, which carriages engagingly support
front wheels of a vehicle in predetermined relation to the
wheels of a vehicle, and a bracket attachable to a wheel
whereby correlated toe-in toe-out and camber of wheels may
be simultaneously measured.
3,643338
DRYING SYSTEM FOR A PAPERMAKING MACHINE
Albert Edward Harold Fair, 101 Monmouth St., Brookline,
Mass.
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,593
Int CI. F26b 3100
U.S. CI. 34—6 6 Claims
Drying of paper is accomplished by heated, dry air of rela-
tively higher temperature than normally used in paper dryers
which is directed under pressure through a restricted orifice
across the paper machine width onto and through a porous
woven felt and onto and against the wet paper web entrained
between the felt and the periphery of a heated dryer drum,
thereby creating high, locally induced vapor pressures for in-
ducing a rapid release of the generated vapxjrs. The web is
held tightly between the felt and the face of the dryer drum
thereby restricting the usual lateral contraction of the web,
which contraction results in loss of web width and formation
of cockles, streaks and general unevenness in the dried web.
3,643339
LEATHER DRYING
Bohuslav Plechac, Otrokovice; Miroslav Ambroz, Gottwaldov-
Malenovice, and Josef Mudrik, Lhota u Malenovic, all of
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Statni vyzkumny ustav
kozeddny, Gottwaldov, Czechostovakia
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,684
Claims priority, application Czecboslovalua, Apr. 28, 1969,
2990/69
lntCI.F26b J/00. 5/74
U.S. CI. 34-9 6 Claims
Automobile front end alignment equipment in which a
platform comprised of a pair of trucks correlated for like
Wet or moisture-saturated leather is placed on a surface of
a heated drying cylinder with its grain arranged in a stretched
1244
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
and smcx)th condition and its longitudinal axis as defined by
the rear edge of the leather piece parallel with the axis of the
drying cylinder and with its fresh side out. In this condition
the leather piece is then passed between the roller surface
and a flexible conveyor band stretched as sling about a por-
tion of the outer periphery of the drying roller, completely
across its longitudinal length, until it is dried.
3,643340
METHODS OF DRYING YARNS AND APPARATUS
THEREFX)R
Stewart C. Jackson, Coogietoii, and Arthur Harrison, Leek,
both of England, assignors to William Tatton & Co.
Limited, Leek, England
FUed Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 848,782
Claims priority, apptication Great Britain, Aug. 16, 1968,
39,195/68
InL CI. F26b 5104
U.S.CL 34-15 3 Claims
dryer comprising a perforated drum mounted for reversible
rotation in a housing through which heated air is circulated.
The drum is lined with thermally nonconductive material
(preferably hard wood) and has radial baffles to promote
tumbling. The air is heated to a temperature exceeding 100°
C. and preferably to a temperature from about 1 10° to about
160° C. for from about 10 minutes to about 240 minutes.
3,643342
DRYER OR HEATER WITH SHIELDING MEANS
David Z. Tyson; Edward E. Hunter, both of Akron, Ohio, and
WiUie Herman Best, Columbia, S.C., assignors to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohk)
Original appUcatkm May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,413, now
Patent No. 3,590,495. Divkied and this appikaitkm Aug. 17,
1970, Ser. No. 64,488
Int. CI. F26b/ 9/00
VS. CI. 34—48 10 Claims
s.-r^.
A process for the drying of yam on packages in a kier in
which air is drawn through the kier by a vacuum pump to
lower the boiling point of the water in the packages in order
to "flash ofT' the moisture to promote quicker and more effi-
cient drying of the packages and apparatus for carrying out
the process.
3,643341
APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR DRYING SKINS,
PELTS, HIDES, FURS, SOFT LEATHERS, AND THE LIKE
Berthold Magin, Bietigheim, Wuerttemberg, Germany, as-
signor to Hans F. Arendt, Maschincnbau, Bleichinsel,
Bietigheim, Germany
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,480
Claims priority, appikation Germany, Apr. 2, 1969, P 19 16
916.5
Int. CI. F26b 3100
U.S. CI. 34—31 9 Claims
Apparatus for drying or heating a continuous length ele-
ment, and more particularly a drying apparatus in a machine
for impregnating such fiber with a liquid fiber-to-rubber ad-
hesive coating in the manufacture of tires, belting and sinular
products, wherein the element is rapidly dried at a controlled
temperature by flame generated infrared-type heating means
while ( 1 ) an adjustable shielding means controls heat flow
from the heating means to the element, and/or (2) moving a
gas stream rapidly ov6r the surface of the element and shield-
ing means to protect the heating means from the flowing gas
stream against any adverse effect on the infrared radiation
from the heating means and to remove heat products from
the shielding means and element.
The foregoing abstract is not to be taken as limiting the in-
vention of this application, and in order to understand the
full nature and extend of the technical disclosure of this ap-
plication, reference must be made to the accompanying
drawings and the following detailed description.
This disclosure teaches a dryer and related process for
skins, pelts, hides, fiirs, soft leathers, and like materials, the
3,643343
THREADING A PAPER WEB IN A WEB DRYER
Paul Henri Marchal, NeuiUy, France, assignor to Midland-
Ross Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Dec. 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 886,835
Claims priority, appUcathm France, Dec. 24, 1968, 180506
Int. CI. F26b 13106
U.S. CI. 34— 1 20 11 Claims
This disclosure pertains to a multipass web-treating ap-
paratus particularly adapted for drying a paper web. The web
is transferred between passes or zones by turning rolls. A
threading device associated with the dryer utilizes turning
sheaves which are associated with each turning roll over
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1245
which at least one threading rope or tape travels. A clutch is
arranged to operatively associate each turning roll and turn-
ing sheave to transmit rotary motion from the sheave to the
free end and having its other end pivotally mounted on a
base to one side of the model in the case where the model is
roll such that the peripheral speed of the roll is equal to or
greater than the linear speed of the threading rope or tape.
An attachment device is fixed to the tape to hook or unhook
the end of a paper web to be threaded through the dryer.
3,643344
DRYING CYLINDERS
Henri Robert Strube, Paris, France, assignor to Sodete de
Recherches et de Realisations Industrielles S.R.R.I. (Sodete
Anonyme), Paris, France
FUed July 17, 1%8, Ser. No. 745321
Int. CI. F26b/ //02
U.S. CI. 34— 1 24 7 Claims
This invention relates to improvements in drying cylinders
for papermaking machines which comprise two concentric
cylindrical casings, the confronting walls of which provide a
chamber which is separated into individual compartments
each of which is fed v^th controlled quantities of steam, the
cylinder also including an evacuation system for the con-
densed liquid.
ERRATA
For Classes 34 — 202 and 34 — 133 see:
Patent Nos. 3,643,346 and 3,643,349
horizontal or above or below the model in the case where the
model is vertical.
3,643346
DRYING APPARATUS
Robert W. Lester, Manhasset, N.Y., assignor to Lestron Inter-
national Corporation, Jamada, N.Y.
Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 829,005
Int. CI. F26b7 9/00
U^. CI. 34—202 6 Claims
3 643345
TERRAIN MODEL VIEWING DEVICE
Raymond Charks WOton, Worthing, and Peter James Asdey,
Pulborough, both of England, assignors to Miles Electronks
Limited, Sboreham-by-Sea, Middlesex, England
Filed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,669
Claims priority, applkatkMi Great Britain, Oct 1, 1968,
46343/68
Int CI. B64g 7100; G09b 9108
U&CL 35-12 N 5aaims
A terrain model viewing device for an aircraft flight simu-
lator comprises an articulated arm mounting a camera at its
An improved electric hand dryer which provides a partially
enclosed chamber within its housing so that the user's hands
can be inserted into the chamber during the drying cycle.
Warm dry air is directed in a circular flow path within the
chamber so that a major portion of it is recirculated through
the heater and dryer while it dries the users hands on all
sides so that the drying cycle and the power requirements of
the apparatus are significantly reduced. The dryer can also
be adapted for use as a face dryer, food warmer, hair dryer,
and as a room heater, and as a clothes dryer.
3,643347
NUMERAL BASE CONVERSION INSTRUCTIONAL
DEVICE
Sigi Ziering, 720 North Waklen Drive, Beverty Hills, Calif.
FUed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,484
Int. CI. G09b 79/02
U.S. a. 35-30 3 Claims
The instant invention involves a conversion device which
enables the ready conversion of numerals in a first numeral
base, such as the base 10, or decinial system, to another and
different, numeral base system, such as the base 2, or binary
system. The conversion device generally comprises a con-
tainer divided into an upper section, a midsection and a
lower section. The upper section serves as a reservoir for dis-
crete measuring units, such as balls. The midsection serves as
an area of transfer for the balls between the reservoir and the
lower section. The lower section consists of a plurality of
parallel channels, each adapted to receive a preselected
1246
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
number of balls. A selector bar, moveable along the lower
section, has means for defming the number of balls which
can be contained in each column. The device is operated by
a gravity feed. If a predetermined number of balls is released
from the reservoir into the midsection, and selectively
directed to the lower section, the balls will fill up varying
numbers of the columns, depending uf>on the location of the
selector bar. By observing this number of columns filled up
by the balls, one can readily determine the corresponding nu-
meral in a particular base system. The corresponding nu-
meral in a different base system for the same amount of balls
can readily be determined by moving the balls from the
columns back into the midsection, relocating the selector bar
again allowing the columns to fill up with balls, and then not-
ing the number of filled columns.
3,643348
SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INDIVIDUALLY
PROGRAMMED AUTOMATIC TEST GRADING AND
SCORING
Leo L. Azure, Jr., Rkhland, Wash., assignor to Automata
Corporatioa, Richland, Wash.
Filed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,856
Int. CI. G09b 7100
MS. CI. 35—48 B 24 Claims
number of code bit permutations for identification of each of
the answer indication areas as a correct answer to prevent
deciphering of the correct answer code. Automatic system
control and recording of grading and scoring results is pro-
vided.
3,643349
DRYER WITH DRUM GROUNDING MECHANISM
Fred J. Zenz, Berrien Springs, Mich., assignor to Whirlpool
Corporation, Benton Harbor, Mich.
FUed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,402
Int. CI. F26by//02
U.S. CI. 34— 1 33 6 Claims
An electrical grounding device for use in connection with
laundry appliances having an open-ended rotating drum. The
grounding device consists of a metal member affixed to an
electncai contact with the metal appliance body or cabinet
adjacent the door opening and having an arm spring-biased
toward the drum with a contact point on the end thereof
adapted to contact a metal portion of the drum for grounding
through the arm from the drum to the housing. An offset por-
tion of the arm is provided with an abutment member which
will be contacted by the door of the appliance, when closed,
to lift the arm off of contact with the drum. When the door is
open, the abutment member will be released and the spring
bias of the arm will create mechanical and electrical contact
with the drum.
3,643350
LAMINATED SHOEHORN
Rocco E. Paoletta, Boston, and William Petrou, Haverhill,
both of Mass., assignors to Perma Horn Sales Corporation,
Haverhill, Mass.
Filed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,402
Int. CI. A43b 00100
U.S. CI. 36-2.5 Y 8 Claims
Test cards include a group of answer indication areas cor-
responding to the multiple choice answers for each of a plu-
rality of problems for receiving indicia indicating answer
responses to the problems. Correct answer information
coded on the card identifies predetermined answer indication
areas as corresponding to the correct answers for each
problem. Sensing of the correct answer code from each test
card automatically programs the apparatus with the correct
answer for the problems for comparison with the sensed
answer response indicia for grading and scoring the answer
responses to the plurality of problems of each test card. ^
visible correct answer code of plural bit positions includes a
A laminate having upper and lower strata is provided for
incorporation into a shoe as an integral part thereof. The
lower stratum includes a tab portion having flocking on one
face for cushionable engagement with the heel of a person's
foot and a glazelike surface on the opposite face for slidable
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
124Y
engagement with the counter of the shoe. The profiles of the
rearward edge of the lower stratum with the exception of the
tab portion and the rearward edge of the upper stratum sub-
stantially conform to the profile of the rearward edge of the
shoe sock lining. The upper stratum and lower stratum are
bonded together, the rearward edges being in registration.
The laminate is bonded to the shoe in such a way that the tab
portion and the upper and lower strata arc adapted to be
pulled up for engagement with the heel of the person's foot
as it is about to be placed within the shoe and are adapted to
slide downwardly with the foot as it is inserted into the shoe.
plurality of cleats to give good footing. The cleats are located
within holes in the outer sole of the shoe and have threaded
stems which are engaged v^thin threaded openings in
washers located on the inside of the overshoe. The washers
are overlain by separate heel and sole pads which are in turn
overlain by a complete insole.
3,643351
FLUID-OPERATED SYSTEM FOR AIDING THE USER IN
STANDING AND WALKING AND OTHER
APPLICATIONS
Herbert M. Eckerlin, Raleigh, and Morris V. Ward, Cary,
both of N.C., assignors to Coming Glass Works, Coming,
N V
Filed Mar. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 803,757
Int. CI. A43b 00100
\}S. CI. 36-2.5 7 Claims
3,643353
FOOTWEAR
Donald Weight. Chalfont St. Giles, England, assignor to Mon-
santo Chemicals Limited, London, England
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,555
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 25, 1969,
21,332/69
Int. CI. A43b 13138
U.S. CI. 36-44 18 Claims
An improved article of footwear compnsing a heelboard
and an upper wherein the outer edge of the upper is bent
around the heelboard and adhesively bonded to the lower
surface thereof, wherein the improvement comprises a sheet
of resin which covers at least a portion of the lower surface
of the heelboard, said resin being selected from the group
consisting of:
A. copolymers of at least one olefin with at least one
nonhydrocarbon aliphatic monomer, and
B. blends of A with at least one poiyolefin, whereby the
adhesive bond between the upper and the heelboard is
strengthened
A pair of shoes, hand-held members, or the like having one
or more cavities therein which communicate with one or
more output passages of a conventional bistable fluidic ele-
ment. Fluid is supplied to the element to activate the suction
forming capabilities of the shoes, a negative pressure or par-
tial vacuum being drawn on the passages whenever one or
both of the passages are in a passive condition with respect to
fluid flow therein. The shoes or hand-held members adhere
to a floor or other surface of contact when the soles or cavity
defining parts are placed in conforming contact with the
floor or surface.
3 643354
APPARATUS FOR ROOTED PLANT EXCAVATING
Samuel E. Clegg, 729 BarUett Avenue, Plainfield, Dl.
Filed Jan. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 790,540
Int. CI. AOlg 23104
U.S. CI. 37-2 R ^ Claims
3,643352
" OVERSHOE FOR GOLF
Raymond K. S. Adair, 104-2040 York Street, Vancouver,
British Columbia, Canada
Filed Oct. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 77,554
Int.CI. A43b//70
U.S. CI. 36-73 11 Claims
The specification discloses an overshoe for use in playing
golf and other sports. The overshoe is of the flexible resilient
kind which is stretched over an ordinary shoe and it has a
An excavating apparatus for digging a plant and root ball.
In one embodiment the apparatus is adapted for attachment
to a power source, and has a curvilinear cutting arm rotata-
ble with respect to a positionable support frame and a
digging member attached to the frame to dig a hole to allow
a portion of the frame to descend into the ground with the
curvilinear cutting arm. The method of excavating a rooted
/
1248
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
plant by digging a curvilinear channel vertically into the
ground adjacent the plant to be excavated, arcuately under
the rooted plant to a point directly below the plant, retracing
the path of the channel to remove the digging apparatus from
the ground, digging a curvilinear channel vertically into the
ground adjacent the plant opposite the first channel, arcuate-
ly under the rooted plant to a point directly below the plant,
and lifting the undercut plant and its protective soil ball from
the ground.
3,643355
SELF-LOADING SCRAPER WITH CLEANING SHIELD
FOR THE BLADES
WilUam H. Eiger, EasUake, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Midi.
nied Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,657
InL CI. B60p//00./ /i6
U.S. CI. 37—4 1 Claim
.1
j%.- o g
>5f
A self-loading earthmoving scraper having a scraper bowl
provided with a loading device carried by the front end of the
bowl above the scraper blade. The loading device has a plu-
rality of paddles supported for orbital movement about a
transverse horizontal axis and is adapted to be driven in a
direction to load material cut by the scraper blade into the
bowl. Each of the paddles is provided with outwardly project-
ing means formed on the rear surface of the paddle that
cooperate with the ejector for discharging material out of a
bowl.
3,643356
HAND-OPERATED SNOW REMOVING TOOL
Helmut Gohl, Sulzbach Murr, Germany, assignor to Falir-
zetige und Gerate GmbH & Co. KG, Hannover-Riddinger,
Germany
FUcd Sept 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,718
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 25, 1%8, P 17
84 843.0
InL CI. EOlh 5/02
VS. CI. 37—53 5 Claims
■a .11 -i
the lower side of the bottom at a point underneath the center
of gravity of the entire tool.
3,643357 '
ROUTER BIT FOR SCRAPER BOWL
Gregory M. Bcnning, Joiiet, and Dennis E. Shipp, CentraHa,
both of 111., assignors to Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, 111.
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,966
Int CI. E02f 9/00
U.S. CI. 37-141 3 Claims
A hard metal protective bit for the forward, lower edges of
the bowl of an earth-moving scraper, which bit is bifurcated
to provide protection to both sides of the leading edge and
bisymmetnc to permit its use interchangeably on the two
edges It IS held in place by retaining pins which do not have
projecting parts subject to wear and deformation in use.
3,643358
IDENTIFICATION STRUCTURE
Lawrence D. Morderosian, 918 Harcourt Road, Grosse Pointe
Parii, Mich.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 517,695, Dec. 30, 1965,
now abandoned. This application July 25, 1968, Ser. No.
751,678
Int. CI. G09f 3/02
U.S. CI. 40-2.2 4 Claims
^^ jr^
J-jf
A tool in the nature of a snow shovel comprising a box-
shaped container having an open top and front side, a pair of
adjustable handle bars projecting upwardly from the rear end
of the container and at an oblique angle to the bottom of the
container, a slide rail removably secured to the front part of
said bottom and projecting slightly beyond the front edge of
the bottom, and a runner rotatably and pivotably mounted on
An identifying system for objects made from metal utilizing
indicia selected from material having a substantially different
radiation absorption coefficient and melting temperatures
higher than the melting point of the object to permit identifi-
cation by radiographic techniques.
\
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1249
3,643359
ADVERTISING BOARD
Witold NowicW, 3 rue La Condaminc, 75, Paris, France
FUcd Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 7,484
Claims priority, appttcatioa Germany, Jan. 30, 1969, P 79 04
533.1
Int. CI. G09( 7 7/02
U.S. CI. 40-35 5 Claims
3,643361
MOIRE MOTION ILLUSION APPARATUS
Robert B. Eaves, Wayne, Pa., assignor to Photo-Motion Cor-
poration, King of Prussia, Pa.
FUed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,298
Int. CI. G09f 13/34
U.S. CI. 40— 106.53 12 Claims
^m^-'M^'^^^A
An advertising board includes a plurality of groups of
plates placed close by. In each group the plates are set up in
a semicircle movable round the common axles. The plates
standing on the straight edges of the semicircles, form
together a good sight-surface of the advertising board. The
number of plates in each group equals the number of dif-
ferent plate positionings and different sight-surfaces. The
mechanism that changes position of the plates consists of a
revolving and steering system.
3,643360
LOOSE-LEAF HLING INDEX AND METHOD OF
MAKING IT
Kurt C. Vogl, Clay, N.Y., assignor to Boorum & Pease Com-
pany, Brooklyn, N.V.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875359
InL CI. G09f 1/00
U.S. CI. 40-104.19 11 Claims
JL
10 ^12
it
0 00 0
o ooo o
00000
o oooo
00 C 00
pooccccc
OOC COG
00000
'O 0 0 0 0 0
OOC ooooc
OOOOO 000
'oococ ooo
'ocooo ooo
ooooc oco
0 0 0 0 OOC
0 0 0 0 0
Apparatus and methods are presented for the simulation of
motion through the use of moire patterning. Motion simula-
tion is accomplished with two overlay transparent sheets im-
printed with dot patterns of different frequencies. One of the
sheets, having a plurality of dot patterns of different frequen-
cies, is held stationary and the other sheet, having a uniform
dot pattern, is moved relative to the stationary sheet, and an
illusion of motion is created on the stationary sheet by move-
ment of moire patterns resulting from the interaction of the
dot patterns on the two sheets. Depth illusion may also be ac-
complished through the use of dot patterns of different
frequencies on the front and back surfaces of the stationary
sheet.
The index is a composite sheet or panel with pockets for
filing cards on both its faces. The index and its pockets are
made by nesting a plurality of folded sheets which have tabs
offset along one side of the foldline. When nested, the tabs
depend below the foldline and space the folded sheets apart
and form individual pockets on each face of the index, for fil-
ing cards with a margin visible.
3,643362
SIGN DISPLAY DEVICE
Robert H. Hackett, Oakmont; Charles D. Hartmann, Pitt-
sburgh, and Brady M. Elias, Jeannette, all of Pa., assignors
to I.D.L. Incorporated, Pittsburgh, Pa., by said Hackett and
HJ. Heinz Company, Pittsburgh, Pa., by said Hartmann
and said Ellas
Filed Dec. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 883,160
IntCl.G09f 7/72
U.S. CI. 40-156 15 Claims
A signlike display device is disclosed having a substantially
flat backup board member, a frame about and enclosing the
outer peripheral edge portions of the board member, and
support assemblies at each end of the frame in the form of a
pair of members, each having an upright leg and a horizon-
tally outwardly projecting foot and being removably and ad-
justably secured to vertical end members of the frame and
adaptable for different heights of support and for different
spacing of members. The frame, of integral construction, has
an outer, reinforced part of hollow boxlike section and an
1250
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
inner part of dual channellike section whose back portion is
adapted to slidably closely receive edge portions of the board
and whose forward open mouth portion is adapted to bypass
the board and to removably receive mounting means in the
form of clamping elements for positioning paperlike sheets of
advertising material on wide side faces of the board member.
3,643363
REUSABLE FILE FOLDER
F. Joseph Biro, 416 Montdair Avenue, Pompton Lakes, N J.
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Scr. No. 20,672
Int. CI. B65d 27106
MS. CI. 40—359 9 Claims
M'
3 t
i. :,(
<
A file folder is made with both front and back covers of
sheet plastic, joined by a flexible material such as cloth.
These cover members have their longitudinal side margins in-
tegrally formed into clips disposed to releasably retain sheets
of paper and the like. One of the covers preferably has an
index tab retainer attached or formed from the cover so as to
extend outwardly from the cover, said tab retainer adapted
for inserting or attaching new indexing strips when desired.
3,643364
RIFLED GUN BARREL WITH THE INTERIOR CROSS-
SECTIONAL CONFIGURATION DEFINING A REGULAR
CURVILINEAR POLYGON
Theodor Koch, 7238 Obemdorf, (Neckar), Lehenhofweg 29,
Germany
Continuation of application Scr. No. 670,654, Sept. 26, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No.
871,624
Int. CI.F41c2//00
U.S. CI. 42—78 9 Claims
such that the interior surface of the barrel defmes a regular
polygon with rounded sides and corners, which comers form
the rifling in the barrel wall and represent arc segments
spaced uniformly about the interior surface and having a
common radius of curvature, the rounded sides of the
polygon extending between the rounded comers and
representing arc segments having a common radius of curva-
ture of lesser magnitude than the first-mentioned radius of
curvature, the transitional regions between adjacent arc seg-
ments having different radii of curvature being continuous.
3,643365
MOUNTING MECHANISM FOR A SEINE-HAULING
POWER BLOCK
Lawrence E. Demmert, 3408 Redwood Avenue, Bellingham,
Wash.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 759,693, Sept
13, 1968, now Patent No. 3^35,81 1. This application Jan. 5,
1970, Ser. No. 701
Int. CI. AOlk 73112
U.S. CI. 43-8 9 Claims
A rifled barrel intended for use with small arms, particu-
larly in combination with steel-jacketed soft-core ammuni-
tion having no special rotating bands provided on the exteri-
or thereof, which barrel has a cross-sectional configuration
A trolley carrying the seine-hauling power block can be
driven along an elongated track having its length extending
athwartships of a boat. A carriage supporting such athwart-
ships track can be dnven along a fore-and-aft boom and the
block trolley can be dnven along the athwartships track so as
to lay the seine back and forth in a pile below the block as it
is hauled in. The athwartships track may include two
quadrants havmg inboard ends parallel to each other and to
the boom or such track may be straight. If the athwartships
track includes two quadrants, the boom carriage carries a
transfer track section which can be placed in registry with
the inboard end of either arcuate track section by shifting
such arcuate track sections transversely of the boom. Rollers
mounted for engagement by a seine being hauled by the
power block can guide and deter billowing of the seine.
3,643366
LURE DISLODGING AND RETRIEVING DEVICE
Eugene R. Gates, 941 S. Gertrude Street, Stockton, Calif.
Filed Sept 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,651
Int. CI. AOlk 97100
U.S. CI. 43-17.2 8 Claims
A fish lure loosening and dislodging retriever comprising a
weight provided at its upper end with a first eye to which a
lifting line is connected and a second eye fixed on one side
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1251
below but adjacent the upper end and which embodies a pig-
tail coil and is detachably and slidingly connectable with the
fishing line. This weight attaching eye is rigid and constitutes
a lure knocker and is manipulable in a manner to hammer
having a line passage through a wall at its other end, the tube
being adapted to house live bait for casting, and having an
i^^r"
J)
and, as is ordinarily the case, free the snagged lure If this
step fails, the clawlike grappling hooks can be brought into
play in a manner to lift the log or brush and render the lure
accessible for removal by hand.
3,643367
THUMB RELEASE ATTACHMENT FOR SPINNING REEL
Frank E. Denny, 203 2nd Street P.O. Box 326, Hawthorne,
Nev., and Douglas M. Denny, 724 Crane Avenue, Foster
City, Calif.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,202
Int. CI. AOlk 59/02
U.S. CI. 43-25 ^ Claims
overall specific gravity greater than the water in which it is to
be used.
3,643369
nSHLURE
Eari D. Jacobson, 2037 West 4200 South, Roy, Utah
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,203
Int CI. AOlk 55/00
U.S. CI. 43-42.03
A housing located on top of the handle of a spinning rod
possesses a thumb-actuated latch member capable of selec-
tively retaining or releasing a fishing line extending from a
spinning reel (located below the handle) upwardly to the
latch member and thence forwardly through the line guides
and tip eye to the terminal line tackle. The line is released by
a slight movement of the thumb at the appropriate juncture
in the casting operation.
2 Claims
n '
100.
A fish lure having a body section formed of very thin, high-
tensile strength, but flexible sheet metal. The body is shaped
to provide a three-dimensioned perspective representation of
a small bait fish. The body has upturned side flanges to serve
as stiffeners for a portion of the body, the side flanges ex-
tending from a point just rearward of the leading edge of the
nose to a point not exceeding one-half of the overall length
of the body, the said flanges functioning to generally funnel
water over the central portion thereof as it is traveled
through water and the tail is dropped, whereby impinging
water repeatedly flexes it up until it is repeatedly contacted
and forced down by the funneled water.
3,643368
SLIDING SINKER BAIT CARTRIDGE
Samuel T. Pool, P.O. Box 1 102, S«:raniento, Calif.
Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 802,901
Int. CI. AOlk 97/04
U.S. CI. 43-41 J * Claims
A sliding sinker assembly for bottom fishing, compnsing a
cartridge in the form of a hollow tube open at one end and
3,643370
DIVING SINKER MEMBER
John W. Cook, 1512 South 11, Mount Vernon, Wash., and
Lester M. Davis, Gig Harbor, Wash., assignors to said
Cook, by said Davis
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63030
Int CI. AOlk 95100
U.S. CI. 43—43.13 8 Claims
A diving sinker comprising a flat surface deck member and
a keel extending downwardly therefrom, which may be in-
tegral and molded from a plastic. A support extends up-
wardly from a longitudinal midportion of the deck and ter-
minates in one-half of a frictionally engageable and detacha-
1252
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
We coupling member. Link means has one end thereof
swingingly connected to the forward end portion of the deck
member and has the other end portion thereof terminating in
the other half of the frictionally engageable and detachable
coupling member. Adjusting means is provided for said
downwardly to lower the hook and engage and hold a portion
of a toy vehicle to be towed and upon being released, the
coupling member to adjust the frictional engagement
between the two halves thereof. Fishing line receiving means
is carried by an upper portion of said link means and the fish-
hook means and other fishing gear are connected to the trail-
ing end portion of said deck member.
3,643^71
INSECTICIDE APPARATUS
Walter C. Gordon, Arcadia, Fla^ assigiior to DeSoto Chemical
Co., Inc., Arcadia, Fla.
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,622
Int. CI. AOlm 25100
\}S. CI. 43-131 10 Claims
boom returns to its unflexed position to thereby raise the
hook and lift the toy vehicle. The hook may be a separate
member or it may be an integral part of the boom.
3,643373
TETHERED AERIAL TOP
Luther J. RuaseU, 524 Femwood Road, Key Biscayne, Fla.
Filed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,588
Claims priority, appUcatioa Spain, Feb. 5, 1%9, 145^19
Int. CI. A63h 1130
U.S. CI. 46— 61 5 Claims
An insecticide apparatus comprising a substantially tubular
housing having an open end and including a chemical exter-
minating means such as lead arsenate and a resilient flexible
guard which must be squeezed to permit insertion into the
open end of the tubular housing, and which is positioned
over the chemical exterminating means to prevent the chemi-
cal exterminating means from being easily removed or im-
properly accessible either accidentally or intentionally by
other than insects. A guard-holding lip is also positioned and
projects across the portion of the open end to retain the
guard in place after release. The guard may be made of any
suitable plastic or other material which is flexible and
resilient.
3,643372
TOY TOW TRUCK
Alan W. B. Naah, and Brian S. Prodger, both of Torrance,
CaUf ., assignors to Mattel, Inc., Hawthorne, CaUf .
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,675
Int. CI. A63h 33130
MS. a. 46—40 8 Claims
A wheeled toy truck body is shown having a spring
operated boom mounted therein, the boom holding a toy
vehicle engaging member such as a hook. The boom is forced
A tethered aerial top comprising a pair of circular disks
each having a central hub formed with a stepped bore
therethrough, a tubular shaft pressed into the larger-diameter
portions of the bores and a rivet extending through the tubu-
lar shaft and having at one end a head abutting against the
end face of the hub on one disk and means connected to the
other end of said rivet and abutting against the end face of
the hub of the other disk, to thereby securely hold the two
disks in spaced and axial alignment with each other.
3,643374
ACTION STAGE FOR DANCING DOLL
Gregory M. Gunther, Palos Verdes Estates; Ferenc Fekete, In-
glewood; Ronald R. Liedtke, Redondo Beach, and Donald
H. Stephens, Pomona, all of Calif., assignors to Mattel, Inc.,
Hawthorne, Calif.
FUed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. %,032
Int. CI. A63h 13102
U.S. CI. 46— 1 39 7 Claims
A stage for use with a doll that can flex at the waist, to
make the doll perform an entertaining dance, including a pair
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1253
of foot holders for engaging the feet of the doll. Ot^e of the ,mON Of'seED SPROUTC
foot holders is stationary while the other is vertically oscil- ^522^1^ 2^ m w. i«A of Mo«^
lated by an electric motor to cause the doll to sway at the Everton G. Polndexter, and Hugh M. Scott, both of Monroe,
waist. A child can operate a manual speed control to increase C««u^^_^^ ^ ^^^^^^^ ^ ^^ ^^^ ^^
12, 1968, now abandoned , Continuatlon-in-pan of
application Ser. No. 651391, July 6, 1967, now abandoned.
This application Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,737
Int. CI. AOlg J7/02
U.S. CI. 47-1.2 5 Claims
' .fKjL
Mil
Sprouting various seeds and growing these sprouts for the
purpose of providing edible sprouts as a vegetable.
the oscillation speed past the natural frequency of oscillation
of the doll at the waist, to make the doll's swinging change
from a large nxxlerately slow movement to a rapid small
movement.
3,643375
MOVABLE SUPPORT
Arthur Ghisberg, Great Neck, N.Y., and Atsumu HiraU,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Royal London, Ltd., New York,
N Y
Filed Oct 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,642
Int. CI. A63h 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 46—208 6 Claims
3,643377
WINDOW STRUCTURE
Rkhard N. Anderson, Owensboro, Ky., assignor to V. E. An-
derson Mfg. Co., Owensboro, Ky.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 634,169, Apr.,
1967, now Patent No. 3,464,160. This application Apr. 2,
1968, Ser. Na 718,052
Int. CI. E05d 15122
MS. CI. 49-181 4 Claims
A moveable support which may be in the form of a coaster
to support a glass and which operates in a manner to provide
entertainment for the user. When a weight such as a glass
filled with liquid is placed on the support, it automatically
begins to move and stops as soon as the weight is removed. If
after a weight has been placed on the support, and the sup-
port moves to the end of a surface, such as a table, the move-
able support will automatically stop to prevent the moveable
support from passing over the edge of the table.
Tilting double hung window construction, including a sin-
gle plastic guide member at each side of a window sash for
providing compression between a window frame and the win-
dow sash mounted therein and weatherstripping
therebetween, as well as guiding the window sash in sliding
movement relative to the frame and two-part pivoted
camming and locking structure for securing the window sash
in a tilted vertical position, especially in conjunction with
counterbalance structure which is readily engageable with
and releasable from the counterbalance structure.
The window construction further includes unique single
member glazing and mullion extrusions for facilitating glazing
of the vrindow structure and the sealing of window structures
positioned side-by-side. Shipping clips for maiittaining the
frame of the window structure vrithin predetermined limits
during shipping and iiistalling are also disclosed.
1254
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643378
HINGE COUNTERBALANCE
AtfoosH Vdavidus, Warren, and Nicholas Tonik, Allen Park,
both of Mich., assignors to General Motors Corporatkm,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed ScpL 15, 1970, Scr. No. 72^23
Int CI. E05d 13/10; E06b 3/34
U.S. CI. 49-445 5 Claims
A closure is supported on a vehicle body for generally ver-
tical bodily shiftjable movement between open and closed
positions relative to an opening in the vehicle body by a
hinge arm supported on the vehicle body for pivotal move-
ment about a first axis of the latter. The weight of the closure
produces on the hinge arm about the first axis a gravitational
turning moment which is counterbalanced by a hinge coun-
terbalance according to this invention including a torsion rod
with a crank thereon, an intermediate lever pivotally sup-
ported on the vehicle body, a connecting link between the
torsion rod and the intermediate lever, cam means on the in-
termediate lever and follower means on the hinge arm. The
torsion rod through the connecting link produces a primary
turning moment on the intermediate lever while the cam
means and follower means cooperate to produce a secondary
turning moment on the hinge arm of magnitude varying in in-
verse proportion to the magnitude of the primary turning mo-
ment.
3,643379
CONTINUOUS GRAINING AND APPARATUS THEREFOR
Reno J. Testolin, Wbeaton, lU., assignor to The Richardson
Company, Mdrose Park, 111.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,794
Int. CI. 8246 79/00
U.S. CI. 51— 6 I 11 Claims
\
^F
graphic printing plates. More particularly, this invention re-
lates to the continuous ball graining of such metal sheet and
to apparatus for effecting such continuous ball graining.
This invention relates to the graining of metal sheet espe-
cially of the type employed as the supporting base for litho-
3,643380
APPARATUS FOR BLAST TREATING ARTICLES
James F. Thomson, Low House Farm, TimMe, near Otley,
Yorkshire, England
Filed June 2, 1970, Scr. No. 42,698
Int. CI. B24c 3/28
U.S. CI. 51-13 8 Claims
^--n:^
'to
Shot blasting apparatus comprising a blasting chamber, an
inclined rotatable drum in the chamber for holding articles to
be shot blasted, and means to raise and lower the drum to
enable articles which have been shot blasted to leave the ap-
paratus.
3,643381
KNIFE GRINDER
George M. Sundal, 1916 San Fernando Place, Victoria,
British Columbia, Canada
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,093
Int CI. B24b 7/00
U.S. CI. 51-31 4 Claims
^f-m
g
A knife grinder for chipping knives having plane beveled
surfaces interconnected by a curved beveled comer surface.
The knives are mounted on a rotatable head that carries
them past a movable grinding unit. A powered grinding sur-
face engages each knife while moving in an arcuate path
about the comer axis of the knife along the line of engage-
ment and while moving in arcuate paths about pivot axes per-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1255
pendicular to the straight knife edges. The grinding unit is
guided by a pivot frame and powered by a constantly tuming
crank. Automatic advancement of the grinding unit toward
the knives is provided by a pawl and ratchet wheel engaged
at the completion of each complete pass of the unit across
the knife surfaces.
is provided for the table to feed it toward the grinding wheel.
The feed shaft is located in a plane perpendicular to the axis
of the grinding wheel and passing through substantially the
center of the width of the grinding wheel.
3,643382
GRINDING MACHINE
Herbert R. Uhtenwokit, Worcester; WUIiam H. GrotewoW,
Holdcn, and Norman S. Humes, Worcester, aU d Mass., as-
signors to The Heald Machine Compuiy, Worcester, Mass.
FUed Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1378
InLCI. B24b5//5
U.S. CI. 51-103 WH 6 Claims
3,643384
VIBRATORY APPARATUS
Max Isaacson, and BoUunln Smilg, both of Dayton, Ohk>
signors to Vlbrodyne, Inc., Dayton, Ohio
FUed Mar. II, 1969, Ser. No. 806,079
Int.CI. B24b57/06
U.S. CI. 51-163
IS Claims
lOO
32-~^E4
This invention relates to a grinding machine and, more
particularly, to apparatus for grinding large workpieces in-
cluding a regulating roll having visco-elastic material con-
tained in it and having a loading arm particulariy adapted for
use with a curved ramp for conveying the workpiece to and
from the work area.
3,643383
GRINDING MACHINES
Hiroaki Asano; Tsuyoshi Koide; Ikuo Ohtsu; Showi Hayashi,
and Hiroshi Kobayashi, aU of Kariya-shi, Japan, assignors
to Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha, Kariya-shi, Aichi-ken,
Japan
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,942
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Aug. 30, 1969, 44/68866
Int CI. B24b 5/00, 7 7/00
U^. CI. 51-105 7 Claims
A vibratory finishing machine includes an elongated con-
tainer supported at longitudinally spaced intervals for oscilla-
tor movement at a predetermined natural frequency and on
an effective axis offset laterally to a vertical plane extending
through the center of the container. In one form, the con-
tainer consists of longitudinally aligned and ngidly connected
sections each supported by a plurality of aligned spnng
beams mounted on a corresponding frame section so that
each container section has substantially the same natural
frequency of oscillation. A pair of opposing magnets are
mounted on each frame section to effect vibration of an ar-
mature rigidly connected to the cortesponding container sec-
tion, and each armature is generally aligned with the cor-
responding spring beams. Each pair of magnets is separately
controllable to provide for varying the amplitude of oscilla-
tion of each conUiner section. The container may also be en-
closed to provide a ball mill or may be provided with end
openings for progressive finishing an elongated part.
1 J n li - ij i: «
3,643385
PORTABLE GRINDING TOOL
Toshk) Mikiya, 17-10, 1 chome, Ikegami, Ota-ku, Tokyo,
Japan
Coatinuatk»n-in-part of application Ser. No. 729,692, May 16,
1968. This appUcatkm Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 877,987
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 30, 1%7. 42/62742:
U.S. CI. 51 — 170EB 24 Claims
In a grinding machine comprising a motor-driven grinding
wheel and a headstock for holding a workpiece to be ground
by the grinding wheel, the base for supporting the gnnding
wheel is secured to a stationary bed, a table for supporting
the headstock is slidably mounted on the bed and a feed shaft
A portable grinding tool consisting of a handle, a telescop-
ic holder and arm having a rotatable pulley attached to one
end. The telescopic holder is adjustably fastened to the han-
;
1256
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
die at variable angles, and a rototablc driving member posi-
tioned within the holder is adapted to be driven by suitable
power means so as to rotate a grinding belt entrained about
and interconnecting the driving member and the rotaublc
pulley. Pressure plates for the belt and pulleys of various con-
figurations may be interchangeably mounted for the effective
and accurate grinding of different surfaces of a wide range of
objects.
3,643386
ABRASIVE HAND APPAREL
John V. GrzyU, 1040 Agate Street, St Paul, Minn.
Filed Feb. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 12,707
Int.CI. B24dy//00
UA CI. 51-391
8 Claims
Hand apparels, gloves and mittens, having abrasive materi-
al secured to the hand apparel at effective working areas
such as extending beyond and partially around an extending
member, finger or thumb, to afford cleaning and abrading
contact with an object while providing various advantages
and protections to the user.
3,643387
ENDLESS ABRASIVE BELT HAVING AN OVERLAPPING
JOINT
Hans Hildebrand, Koein-Nippes, Germany, assignor to Norton
Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,1 17
Claims priority, application Germany, May 16, 1969, P 19 25
151J
Int. CI. B24d 77/06
UA CI. 51—399 4 Claims
^?^
/7
/^
%%^\>^1\A'S.*i^Zl^^^^^^^.^jrtf>^^^
II'
)
2Z
19
J
/3
23
r
22
^//
3,643388
FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINT FOR STRUCTURES
Russell Dale Parr, and Leo Joseph Dete, Jr., both of Carlisle,
Pa., assignors to Carlisle Tire and Rubber Division of Car-
lisle Corporation
Filed Jan. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 697,285
Int CI. E04d 1/36
VS. CI. 52-58 2 Claims
An endless abrasive belt of the type including one or more
sections of backing material supporting an abrasive coating
and having adjacent end portions overlapped to form joints
extending obliquely of a direction of belt travel is charac-
terized by the abrasive coating on an inner one of the over-
lapped end portions being removed over the longitudinal ex-
tent of the overlapping and the abrasive coating on an outer
one of the overlapped end portions being removed only over
a longitudinal extent in a range of about 30 to 80 percent of
the overlapped distance.
The present flexible expansion joint and joining member
therefore is for structures which tend to move under varying
conditions such as changes in temperature which cause ex-
pansion and contraction of the structure. To prevent possible
damaging changes to the structure, extended portions thereof
have one or more elongated openings therein which may be
provided by spacing apart sections of the structure, position-
ing a sheet of flexible joining material in an arc across each
opening and fastening a pair of flaps attached to said sheet,
to the marginal portions of said structure on opposite sides of
each opening.
3,643389
MODULAR ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE
WilUam S. Sheppley, Jr., Rhinebcck, N.Y., assignor to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 30, 1970, Ser. No. 51,238
Int. CI. E04h 9/00; E04b 1/348, 5/48
VS. CI. 52-79 7 Claims
7^:;;~iccccrqctc##i
-Tii^T't' II I'll — r^ 'ii ' 1"
Modular frames are provided that support electrical com-
ponents and other apparatus of a data-processing system.
The frames are open at their front and back and are partially
open along the two sides so that the components are easily
accessible for maintenance and operation and are accessible
for cooling and for wiring connections. The frames are com-
bined with other components to form a room size, walk-in,
enclosure.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1257
3,643390
MODULAR BUILDING STRUCTURE
Shelley W. SheUey, San Juan, P.R., assignor to Shdlcy
Systems, Inc., Rio Piedras, P.R.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 762,668, Aug.
14, 1968, now Patent No. 3303,170. This application Nov.
26, 1969, Ser. No. 880316
Int. CI. E04h 7/00, E04c 3/ 70
U.S. CI. 52—79 18 Claims
JOOd
3,643392
BUILDING BLOCK AND STRUCTURE MADE
THEREWITH
Charles Martinez, P.O. Box 362, Woldorf, Md.
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,485
IntCI. E04c7/70
U.S. CI. 52—262
300a
A modular building structure comprised of a plurality of
prebuilt boxlike units, each having sidewalls, a ceiling and a
floor slab, which are stacked to form successive stories of a
building. The units are positioned such that there is an open
space between any two units on the same floor level. The in-
terior units at intermediate levels are each stacked between
at least four other units. In one embodiment the boxlike units
have load-bearing vertical columns which are located in-
wardly with respect to the sidewalls, and the units are
stacked such that at least portions of the sidewalls overlap
sufficiently that one or more of the load-bearing columns of
the upper and lower units are aligned. In high-level embodi-
ments these columns are post-tensioned to form a unitary as-
sembly. In some embodiments the units are arranged with
their sidewalls perpendicular to the front of the building,
while in other cases each of the walls meets the length of the
building at an angle other than 90°.
3,643391
ROOF CONSTRUCTION
Sebastian MoUinger, 17 Irving Place, Montreal 970, Quebec,
Canada ,
Filed Oct. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 863384
InL CI. E04b 7/74
U.S. CI. 52-83 8 Claims
5 Claims
A flexible roof structure supported by tension members ex-
tending in a catenary between the walls of the structure and a
second set of tension members intercormected to the first set
of tension members through a hold, the tension members of
the first set in position and preventing undue flexing of the
roof.
A building block which is adapted to be employed in the
formation of walls and the like of a building structure and
which is so shap>ed as to interiock with one another to enable
the same to be employed in this environment without the use
of any adhesive or mortar but relying on the forces of gravity
to retain the blocks in their assembled elation to one another.
3,643393
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
Edwin A. Pierce; Richard W. Knob; Samuel O. Roth, aU of
Piqua, and Emery L. McKinney, Troy, all of Ohio, as-
signors to Inland Systems, Inc., Piqua, Ohio
Tiled Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,816
Int. CI. E04b 7/40; E04c 7/40
U.S. CI. 52-287 9 Claims
Modular building construction in which the walls of each
module are manufactured as panels consisting of one or more
gypsum board subpanels secured to a core of studs and plates
and overlaid with a continuous sheet of embossed, polyvinyl
chloride, and in which the comer joints of the module are
covered by a strip of polyvinyl chloride of the same color and
texture as the continuous sheets and secured to the adjacent
edges of the panels by means of a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
3,643394
INSULATED PREFABRICATED BUILDING MODULE
Bobby G. Johnson, P.O. Box 1621, Durham, N.C.
Filed Oct 24, 1%9, Ser. No. 869,054
Int- CI. E04b 2/70, 2/38; E04d 3/35
VS. CI. 52-309 5 Claims
A buildmg structure module in the form of a wall panel
capable of load bearing constructed of glass fiber reinforced
1258
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
members
plastic resin, semicylindrical structural members for load
bearing and reinforcement and foam plastic for msulation
purposes with the module having fire-retardant properties
and a peripheral edge channel member to enable adjacent
44 ^ Zl*
modules to be readily interconnected. The module is con-
structed by employing a procedural method so that the
sequential steps are performed in a production line technique
to facilitate construction of the modules.
wrapped by the film from its forward end toward its rear end
as the article continues its advancement. When the article is
wrapped by the film over its upper and lower surfaces, it is
stopped and the film portions at the rear of the article are
fuse welded Upon completion of the fuse welding, the film
edges projecung transversely beyond the article are folded
together aid joined upon further advancement of the article.
3,643397
PACKAGING MACHINE AND METHOD AND ARTICLE
PRODUCED THEREBY
Erwin B. Bahnsen, Hinsdale, lU., assignor to Steiner American
Corporation. Salt Lalce City, Utah
Filed May 28, 1%9, Ser. No. 828,533
Int. CI. B65b 9/02. 57//2
U.S. CI. 53-28 26 Claims
3,643395
REVERSIBLE WALL ASSEMBLY
Richard C. Schuyler; Jacquie G. Schuyler, both o( 6120 Elm-
wood Circle, Charlotte, N.C.; Margaret E. Griffin, 1336-A
Green Oak Lane, Charlotte, N.C.; WiUiam E. Tobias, 3108
Buckeye Drive, West Columbia, S.C., and Jack R. Finney,
901 Frink St., Cayce, S.C.
Fikd Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,872
Int CI. E04b 2106
U.S. CI. 52-509 6 Claims
A wall assembly for mounting on a substantially planar
supporting wall structure and characterized by being easily
reversible to provide a desired decorative effect. The wall as-
sembly includes at least two elongated splines which are
removably secured in spaced-apart parallel relation to the
planar supporting structure. An elongate planar wall pane!
including opposite faces having different surface charac-
teristics for providing a desired decorative appearance on op-
posite faces thereof has the longitudinal edges thereof rever-
sibly interconnected with proximal edges of the splines.
3,643396
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WRAPPING AN
ARTICLE
Shozo Togashi; YoshUhna Makijlma, both vi Kawasaki; Ikuo
Tanaka, and Kaoru Narita, both of Tokyo, all of Japan, as-
signors to Ikegai Tekko Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed May 8, 1970, Ser. No. 35,699
Int. CI. B65b 62102
U.S. a. 53-24 7 Claims
An article to be wrapped such as a bundle of newspapers is
firstly compressed so as to decrease its height, then it is
moved forwardly in compressed state toward a sheet of ther-
moplastic resin film which is stretched tightly across the
course of movement of the article so that the article is
A machine for packaging a workpiece in a heat-sealable
film, including a U-shaped sealing pad and heater, means for
establishing a longitudinal reach of film adjacent to the seal-
ing pad, the sealing pad and the heater being movable
between a receiving position and a sealing-severing position,
means for urging the workpiece against the reach of film
when the heater and the sealing pad are in the receiving posi-
tion to provide superimposed lengths of film positioned
between the sealing pad the the heater and forming an en-
velope open along one side and the ends of the workpiece.
the heater in the sealing-severing position overlying the seal-
ing pad and being in contact with the superimposed lengths
of film to seal and sever the same along the one side and the
ends of the workpiece. A method for packaging the work-
piece in the heat-sealable film is disclosed as is the article of
manufacture produced thereby.
3,643398
BOTTLE CAPPING MACHINE
Kari Quest, Dortmund; Werner Heckmann, Dortmund-Apler-
beck, and Uwe Knabe, Dortmund-Hombruch, aU of Ger-
many, assignors to Holstein & Kappert, Maschinenfabrik
Phonix GmbH, Dortmund, Germany
Fikd Sept 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,941
Claims priority, appUcatk>n Germany, Sept 18, 1969, P 19
47 169.3
Int CI. B65b 57/00, 7/25
U.S. CI. 53-77 10 Claims
A botde capping machine wherein the capping units orbit
about a vertical axis and have sockets which travel past a
transfer station where each socket receives a cap which is
thereupon engaged by a permanent magnet and is lifted
toward a sealing ram of the respective unit while the latter
moves toward registry with a filled bottle. The transfer sta-
tion accommodates a vertically adjustable platform which
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1259
supports a chute for delivery of caps to successive sockets
and a stop which centers the caps in the sockets to place
them into an optimum position for engagement with the
3,643,400
SYSTEM FOR THE CRATING OF FLOATABLE GOODS
Robert Louis Barbet, 35 bis Rue Pasteur, Chateau^u-Loir,
Sarthe, France
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,545
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 4, 1969, 6905887
Int CI. B65b J/00, 39114
U.S. CI. 53-/248 10 Claims
respective magnets. A deflector is mounted on the platform
to expel, if necessary, from successive sockets caps and/or
fragments of bottles before such sockets reach the transfer
station.
3 643399
MACHINE FOR DOSING AND nLLING THICK LIQUIDS
INTO BAGS OF PLASTIC MATERIAL
Guklo D. Berloglk), Lugano-Viganelk), Switzerland, assignor
to Centra Anstalt, Vaduz, Liechtenstein
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,635
Claims priority, applkatkm Switzerland, Oct. 31, 1968,
16305/68
Int. CI. B65b 43129, 3132
U.S. CI. 53-187 6 Claims
Apples or other floatable goods are loaded into a per-
forated container through a duct terminating in a screen at
the top of a cage immersed in a water bath, the water being
circulated by a pump to drive the goods into the duct from a
channel aligned therewith. The cage is then lifted out of the
bath to the level of a track while a pair of spring-loaded con-
tainer-supporting bars are depressed to lower the loaded con-
tainer onto a set of rollers whence it can be discharged onto
the track preparatorily to the introduction of the ntfxt con-
tainer. ^ /
3 643,401
APPARATUS FOR PACKING PIECE GOODS,
PARTICULARLY FRUITS, INTO A HOSE-SHAPED
PACKING MATERIAL
August Wickersheim, 4, Industriestrasse. Egenbuttel near
Hamburg. Germany
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,841
Claims priority, application Germany, May 8, 1969, P 19 23
508.6
Int CI. B65b 5100, 39112
U.S. CI. 53-266 15 Claims
* I*
An arrangement for metering and filling plastic bags with
thin and thick liquids. A rotary member is intermittently in-
dexed and carries a plurality of jaws equipped with suction
means for holding the bag to be filled at the open edges. Me-
tering cylinders fill the bag with a predetermined quantity of
liquid, after which the bag is sealed through thermopulse
welding. Indexing is accomplished through a maltese-cross
device which is indexed and stopped through a cam-operated
indexing mechanism. The indexing mechanism also operates
the metering cylinders. A closure device closes the bag after
filling and before indexing the rotory member to the next sta-
tion.
77
Cx \?
30 ^^%k. ^
aMrmL
imiT
" '>^\
B
n \\
X 2:
U
1
/=*T-
>\^ J7
^Ul
I
ri
-V
31
A fiiUy automatic apparatus for packing discrete articles
such as fruits into a hose-shaped packing material and sealing
a filled package at both ends. The apparatus comprises two
coaxially arranged pipes whereby the outer pipe is slidably
mounted on the inner pipe and holds a supply of the hose
material and part of a brake device. The articles are passed
through the inner pipe into the hose which is closed at its
bottom end by a conventional closing and severing device in
timed relationship to the movement of the outer pipe along
the inner pipe. Below the pipes is arranged a clamping ring
1260
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
controlled in its movement by the closing and severing device
and serving to constrict the hose into a suitably narrow neck
portion at which the hose may then be closed and severed.
3,643^2
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPLYING
DEHYDRATED MR TO AIR-OPERATED MECHANISMS
Wallace H. Wiranaii, 3514 Handman Avenue, Cincinnati,
Ohio
Filed Feb. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 9^36
Int. CI. BO Id 53/04
U.S. a. 55-33 9 Claims
3,643,404
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING THE
SEPARATION OF PARTICULATE MATERIAL FROM AN
EFFLUENT STREAM
Richard L. Ronning, 9714 West 91st Terrace, Overland Pari^
Kaas.
Filed Jan. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 794,652
Int. CI. BOld 7/16; AOlt 17/84
U.S. CI. 55-92 10 Claims
f?^
34--Qi
— 7~
10
so
■-^lotUCCAUT f" ~1oCSlCCMT ir^**
co«T4ii«n i_ico»rr*ii*i»
I
4 WAT
V»LVt
. ^ ~i* (J
HC0>IP«IS3O»
^^^
The apparatus supplies thoroughly dehydrated super-clean
air to an air-operated mechanism in a closed dehydration,
pressure differential reactivation system. In the operation of
the apparatus, dehydrated air, under pressure supplied to an
air-operated mechanism, is exhausted from said mechanism
as spent dry air at a lowered pressure, but without substantial
reduction in volume, and is then without loss of any volume
utilized to reactivate one or the other of a pair of dehydrators
incorporated in the system. The entire exhaust from the air-
operated mechanism is utilized to reactivate one dehydrator.
while the other dehydrator gathers moisture from the air sup-
plied to the air-operated mechanism. The arrangement
eliminates the need for heat in effecting reactivation of the
dehydrators.
3,643y403
DOWNFLOW BUBBLE CONTACT AERATION
APPARATUS AND METHOD
Richard E. Speece, 6205 Shoal Creek Blvd., Austin, Tex.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32346
Int. CL BOld 19/00
U.S.a.55-53 11 Claims
■"^;^rL"Q>'
Oxygen deficient water is aerated by dispersing bubbles of
air or oxygen gas in a forced downflow of water through a
downwardly diverging funnel trapping the bubbles therein for
prolonged contact with the water. The bubbles are displaced
by crowding from the lower end of the funnel after some of
the oxygen has been absorbed in the water and in some cases
partially replaced by nitrogen gas stripped from the water.
A method and apparatus for minimizing the particulate
material content from an effluent stream of gases by enhanc-
ing the efFiciency of centrifugal separation. A conduit feeds a
stream of cooling gases into the separator to cod the effluent
stream closer to its dew point. Condensing moisture collects
on the particles, augmenting the mass of each particle so that
separation by centrifugal force is enhanced.
3,643y405
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL
OF THE VOLTAGE OF AN ELECTRICAL FILTER
Lovro Vukasovic, and Rudolf Hofmann, both of Munich, Ger-
many, assignors to Siemens Aktiengeselbchaft, Berlin and
Munich, Germany
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,176
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 8, 1969, P 19 1 1
924.5; P 19 11 925.6
Int CI. B03c 3/66
U.S. CI. 55-105 liaaims
OMCIIT
amnrai
samae
A control unit comprises a charging circuit which connects
a guide capacitor to a source of DC voltage whereby a con-
trol voltage supplied to a control system is produced by the
control unit in accordance with the voltage of a guide capaci-
tor. A discharging circuit is connected in parallel with the
guide capacitor and includes a controllable resistor having a
resistance value dependent upon the voltage of the filter. A
photoelement is in operative proximity with a glow lamp in a
manner whereby light produced by the glow lamp impinges
on the photoelement. The photoelement is coupled by a cir-
cuit to the discharging circuit for supplying a control signal
dependent upon the irradiation of the photoelentent whereby
the control signal controls the controllable resistor of the
discharging circuit to a low resistance value when the glow
lamp does not glow and controls the controllable resistor to a
high resistance value when the glow lamp glows. A cutoff cir-
cuit supplies a cutoff signal to the control system and the
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1261
control system controls a control circuit to interrupt the filter
current without delay when a sparkover occurs in the filter.
3,643,406
SAMPLE SCRUBBER
Otis E. Rhie, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to PhiUips Petrole-
um Company
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12388
Int. CI. BOld 47/00
3 643^408
PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR ROTARY MOWERS
John Kulak, Port Colbome, and Kenneth Lawrence Kirk-
Patrick, Welland, Ontario, both of Canada, assignors to
Deere & Company, Moline, Hi.
Filed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,477
Int. CI. AOld 35/26
U.S. CI. 56— 1 7.4 4 Claims
MS. CI. 55-238
5 Claims
-^
>-Ml
U^
Apparatus for breaking up, cooling, and water scrubbing
solids and oils from a sample vapor stream.
3,643,407
AUTOMATIC HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT OF CROP
HARVESTER
Arthur Lowell Hubbard, and Leon Franklin Sanderson, both
of Des Moines, Iowa, assignors to Deere & Company,
Moline, lU.
Filed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,769
Int CI. AOld 45/18
U.S. CI. 56-10.2 20 Claims
A protective device for use in conjunction with a rotary
mower of the type having a housing, a vertical driven shaft
extending through the housing, and a cutting blade assembly
mounted on the lower end of the shaft, the assembly consist-
ing of a center section rigidly fixed to the shaft for rotation
therewith, and a pair of outer sections pivotally connected to
the outer ends of the center section. The device, which
serves the dual function of, first, limiting the deflection of the
center blade section, and, secondly, shielding the vertical
shaft and center blade section from stumps and similar ob-
structions, consists of a circular ring mounted on the housing
concentrically with the shaft and having a lower edge ter-
minating in close proximity to the center blade section, the
outer circumference of the ring being located just inwardly of
the pivotal connection between the center and outer blade
sections.
3,643,409
MOWER BLADE
WiUiam ArchibaM Jones, FonthUl, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Deere & Company, Moline, III.
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,188
Int. CI. AOld 55/18
U.S. CI. 56-295 6 Claims
A crop harvester, particularly of a cotton-picker-type in
which the row unit is suspended on a main supporting struc-
ture to rock about a transverse axis and in which there is pro-
vided a hydraulic motor for rocking the unit so as to raise
and lower the forward end which is controlled by a ground-
sensing device at the forward end of the row unit. The unit is
further characterized by having a hydraulic cylinder which
will raise and lower the structure suspending the unit and the
hydraulic cylinder is controlled through a valve and mechani-
cal linkage connection to the row unit that actuates the latter
hydraulic cylinder upon the row unit being rocked beyond a
predetermined range of movement.
A mower blade assembly for use in a rotary mower having
a vertical, power-driven shaft, the assembly consisting of an
elongated blade carrier rigidly secured at its midpoint to the
vertical shaft for rotation therewith, and a pair of vertically
offiset cutting blades swingably nwunted on opposite ends of
the carrier. The cutting blades are sv«ngable about axes slop-
ing downwardly, radially inwardly, and tangentially rear-
wardly relative to the direction of rotation of the carrier,
whereby the outer ends of the blades move upwardly to pro-
vide increased ground clearance as they are swung from an
operative, radially outwardly extending position, to an in-
operative, tangentially rearwardly extending position.
1262
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^10
RAKE AND TONGS COMBINATION
Walter A. Mcnning, 122 Harvard Street, Youngstown, Ohio
Fikd Dec. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 99,126
Intel. A01d7//0
U.S.CI. 56— 400.12 5 Claims
wherein the yams are pretwisted together and heated so as to
be under a plastic state at least in a part of the zone. The
yams are thereafter separated into individual yams by being
pulled apart in different directions and at the same speed.
A lawn tool in the form of a pair of leaf rakes, the handles
of which are crossed and pivoted to one another with one of
them being offset to increase the area between the rake por-
tions is disclosed which tool may be used as a grass or leaf
rake and also as a grass or leaf pickup and carrying tongs by
moving the rake portions relative to one another by their
pivoted handles.
3,643,411
METHOD AND APPARATUS INCLUDING A ROTATING
INTERMEDIATE STORER FOR SZ TWISTING OF
ELEMENTS OF A CABLE
Dieter Vogebberg, Berlin, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengeseilschaft, Berlin and Munich, German>
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,663
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 7, 1969, P 19 06
997.7
Int. CI. HO lb 13104
U.S. CI. 57-34 AT 1 1 Claims
Co tlo 2_ 15
Ik
6q f7o l8or
f/b IDb 9b 3
Ob C '8t> fTb 16b
// /y ////////// ^\^ y' ^ y '' '^ '' ^ '''''' ^^Y
The twisted yams are turned at the separating point in the
same direction as that of the initial pretwisting while the
separated yams are also tumed in the same direction as that
of the initial pretwisting.
3,643,413
MECHANICAL CHECKING DEVICE FOR
CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF SPINNING UNIT
Brazda Ladislav, deceased, late of Cerveny Kostelec, Czecho-
slovakia (bv Drahuska Brazdova and Dagmar Brazdova,
heirsi; Miloslav Prochazka. Nachod; Karel Kaulich, and
Josef Ozdian. both of Cerveny Kostelec. all of Czechoslo-
vakia, assignors to Elitex, Zavodytextilniko Strojirenstvi
Heneralni reditelstvi, Liberec, Czechoslovakia, by said
I'rochazka. Kaulick. and Ozdian
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,958
Claims priority, application Czechodovakia, Mar. 6, 1969,
1636/69
lnt.CI.D01h7i//6, ///2
U.S. CI. 57-83 10 Claims
22
The elements are pretwisted prior to the supply of such
elements to a rotating intermediate storer and independently
of the rotary movement of the storer. An additional twist is
superimposed on the section of elements withdrawn from the
intermediate storer independently of the rotary movement of
the storer.
3,643,412
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
CRIMPED YARNS
Yutaka Maeda, Fiyiyoshida-shi; Hiroshiro Kimura; Akio
Koshimo, both of Uji-sfai; Nagamasa Kanzaki, Kyoto-fu;
Katsumi Yasuzuka, and Yoshinobu Furukawa, both of Uji-
shi, all of Japan, assignors to Nippon Rayon Company
Limited, UJi-shi, Japan
Filed Sept. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,309
Claims priority, applkation Japan, June 18, 1969, 44/56831
Int CI. D02gy /02
U.S. CI. 57-34 HS 1 1 Claims
The production of crimped yams in which at least two
yams are fed under tension to a common twisting zone.
A mechanical checking device for controlling the opera-
tion of a spinning unit for manufacturing yam. The checking
device includes a feeler which is freely movable from a first
position in which it engages the yam being pulled under ten-
sion from the spinning unit to a second position when such
yam breaks. Fibrous material is fed into the spinning unit by
a driven roller, there being a controllable clutch interposed
between such roller and a driving means. The clutch remams
engaged when the feeler is in its first position; when the yam
breaks, however, the feeler acts mechanically effectively to
disengage the clutch and to stop the feeding of fibrous
material into the spinning unit.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1263
3,643,414
CHECKING MECHANISM FOR DETECTING YARN
BREAKAGES IN OPEN END SPINNING MACHINES
MOodav Prochazka, Nachod, and Karel KauUch, Cerveny
Kostelec, both of Cxechodovakia, assignora to Elitex,
Zavody textilhino strojirenstri, Liberec, Czechoslovakia
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,734
Claims priority, applicatk>n Czechoslovakia, Mar. 10, 1969,
1715/69
Int CI. DOlh /J//S, /i/76, //;2
U.S. CI. 57-83 7 Claims
of the finger itself, in a direction axial of the package in rela-
tion to its support by a distance equal to at least half the
width of the tape guide. If ridging starts the nose portion will
engage the intervening depressions to wind tape in the
f^^
Yam breakage-detecting mechanism for open end spinning
machines, such as those in which a spinning chamber is used
which operates under pressure. On the outer end of the
withdrawing tube of the chamber there is a sidewardly ex-
tending extension piece having a groove on its upper surface
communicating with the mouth of the tube. A yam tension
checking and fibrous material feeding controlling lever is
mounted on a pivot at one side of the tube, the lever having a
plate attached to its upper end. The parts are so arranged
that when the yam is unbroken and extends from the mouth
of the tube to yam-vrithdrawing rolls, the yam engages the
outer edge of the plate to maintain the lever in its fibrous
material feeding position. When the yam breaks, the lever
tips to stop the feeding of fibrous material, the plate then
covering the groove on the extension. To repair the
breakage, a yam is introduced into the groove and thence
into the withdrawing tube. When the end of the yam is inside
the spinning chamber, the yam is automatically placed under
tension, thereby to hold the lever in its fibrous material feed-
ing position.
depressions and as a result of the elastic displacement will
tend to dwell for a short period in each depression until it
jumps to the next depression. In this way a smooth surfaced
package is formed.
3,643,416
COMPACT TEXTILE TOW AND METHOD FOF
FORMING SAME
John W. Andrews; William J. Schmiel; Gene E. Inman, all of
Chariotte, and James Phillip Jones, Matthews, all of N.C.,
assignors to The Railway Supply & Mfg. Co., Chariotte,
N.C.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,777
InLCI. D01g//00
U.S. CI. 57-142 17 Claims
3,643,415
FLYERS
John K. P. Mackie, Belfast, Northern Ireland, assignor to
James Mackie & Sons Limited, Belfast, Northern Ireland
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,789
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 18, 1969,
14,201/69
Int CI. DOlh H24, 1/04
U.S. CI. 57-117 7 Claims
A device for winding packages of synthetic plastic tape in-
cludes a member for controlling the lay of the tape which is
designed to overcome the problems of the ridgjng normally
encountered. The device may comprise a part which is
traversed in relation to a rotary support or may be a flyer
driven round the axis of a stationary support in which case
the member is in the form of a finger which has at its
package-engaging end a tape guide on its outer surface for
controlling the lateral movement of the tape and on its inner
surface directly opposite the tape guide an inwardly project-
ing nose portion shaped for engaging the surface of the
package over a width less than that of the tape guide. The
end of the fmger adjacent the nose portion is capable of
elastic displacement, preferably resulting from the resilience
A compact textile tow adaptable for forming staple fibers
therefrom comprising an elongate condensed bundle of a plu-
rality of textile filaments having an inherent tendency to ex-
pand to a greater cross-sectional area, and a yam spirally
wound around the bundle of filaments and maintaining the
same in the condensed condition. The method comprises
feeding an elongate bundle of a plurality of textile filaments
in a predetermined path of travel while condensing the same
to a smaller cross-sectional area and while spirally winding a
yam around the same to maintain the bundle of filaments in
condensed condition by opposing the inherent tendency of
the bundle of filaments to expand.
1264
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,417
SPLICING OF TEXTILE STRANDS
Makolin F. Irwin, Philaddphia, Pa., aasignor to Techniscrvicc
Corporation, North Kennett Square, Pa.
Filed Oct 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,581
Int CI. D02g 3100; DOlli 13130
U.S. a. 57-142 10 Claims
Textile strands, including at least one monofilament strand,
are spliced together by being overlapped and subjected to
fluid rotating circumferentially thereof, which swirls the
overlapped component filaments into interengagement so
that the strands will not be separated by applied tensions.
Gun-type apparatus is provided for applying air or the like as
the swirling fluid and for applying an auxiliary adhesive
material in like manner.
3,643,418
TIME-SETTING DEVICE FOR AN ELECTRONIC WATCH
Hetbtxi S. Polln, and GusUvo Kuhn, both of Veyrier, Swit-
zerland, assignors to Paul Vogd, Geneva, Switzerland
Filed May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 34,928
Clabns priority, appUcation Switzerland, Aug. 27, 1%9,
8127/69
Int. CI. G04c 3100; G04b 27/00
U.S. CI. 58-23 7 Claims
tiometers, each having a single point connected to ground,
are driven by the knob in such a fashion that while the re-
sistance of one is cyclically increasing and decreasing, the
other is cyclically decreasing and increasing. The separate
potentiometers are connected to monostable multivibrators
(MV's) triggered by the frequency standard to vary their
duty cycles as a function of resistance. Each variable MV
triggers a separate MV at the end of its duty cycle to produce
output pulses having fixed durations equal to the period of
half a cycle of the constant frequency signal. The device is
•OM, oici'"
""V-'"
driven alternately by output pulses of the separate MV while
time is being adjusted. A cam synchronizes the transfer from
one output MV to the other at the midpoint of a half turn of
the knob thereby allowing the phase of the frequency stan-
dard applied to the motor to be advanced or retarded 90°
through one MV and another 90° through the other MV. A
magnet is driven by the clock motor in a circular path over a
reed switch to periodically produce a pulse to be used as a
time signal from the clock and in comparing the time of the
clock with a time standard to within a fraction of a second.
3,643,420
CLOCK SYSTEM
Arthur W. Haydon, Middlebury, Conn., assignor to Tri-Tech,
Inc., Waterbury, Conn.
Filed Oct 14, 1%9, Ser. No. 866,322
Int CI. G04c 13102, 13104
MS. CI. 58—24 17 Claims
The invention concerns a time-setting device for an elec-
tronic watch. This time-setting device is original in that it
comprises only one control member to set the watch at dif-
ferent setting speeds. Furthermore, this control member is
formed by a pushbutton which is made alike the winding and
setting crown of an ordinary mechanical watch to be im-
mediately familiar to the user.
\
3,643,419
APPARATUS FOR FINE ADJUSTMENT OF SIGNAL
FREQUENCY
Nathnid Motta, Pasadena, Calf., aasignor to CaUfomia In-
stitnte of Techiiology, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 84M59
Int a. G04c 3100; H03k 5100, 1 7100
U.S. CL 58—23 16 Claims
A clock is so driven by a constant frequency signal through
a phase splitter that, to advance or retard the time in incre-
ments of half the cycle period of the constant frequency
signal, a control knob is turned clockwise or counter-
clockwise in half-turn increments. A pair of annular poten-
10
z-^-
.^t-
.--^^
— (cUlfC^fl
tTANO-IY
A master-slave clock system for use with a source of alter-
nating current of uniform frequency with translates the
frequency of the source into readable time by dividing or
counting the frequency into submultipies, by distributing
clock pulses to the slave clocks at this submultiple frequency
{
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1266
and by using stepper motors in each clock to intermittently
advance the clock a predetermined discrete step in response
to receipt of each clock pulse. In certain embodiments, in
which no more than one slave clock operates at the same
time, the pulses are distributed to the successive clocks in
sequence. In other embodiments all of the slave clocks ad-
vance simultaneously. In certain embodiments each slave
clock includes a trigger circuit which momentarily connects a
direct current power source in the clock across the clock's
stepper motor on receipt of a pulse, and low power rectified
current is fed to this source between the pulses. The entire
system requires only one to two watts of power for its opera-
tion. The system is uniquely suitable for use with a standby
power source which continues to drive the slave clocks in the
event of a power failure or other interruption of the incoming
signal.
3,643,421
ELECTRIC ALARM CLOCK WTTH ILLUMDSABLE FACE
Friedrich Herr, Hubertusstrasse 1, 7911, WuUenstetten, and
Jurgen King, Erich RittinghausstrasBe, 7913 Senden/Dler,
both of Germany, assignors tolihrenfabrik Sender GmbH,
Sender/Iller, Germany, by said Herr
FUed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,902
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Sept. 28, 1%8, P 17
98 352.7
Intel. G04b/9/J4
U.S. CI. 58—50 26 Claims
An electric alarm clock has an hour wheel which can move
axially to engage with several teeth in an alarm-hour setting
wheel and make an electrical contact therewith by means of
a protruding metallic tongue on a conductive plate mounted
on the nonconductive hour-wheel. This tongue makes a brief
contact until further rotation of the hour wheel allows it to
drop into the hole and open the circuit for the alarm. A
second pair of contacts in series with the first-mentioned pair
is closable on axial shifting of the hour-wheel into the alarm
wheel. A contact-breaking arm of nonconductive material
can be pushed between these second contacts and is clamped
by them there until the hour-wheel is automatically cammed
out of and away from the alarm wheel, whereupon the con-
tact-breaking arm is released. Depression of a button on the
clock lights a lamp for illuminating the clock dial face and
can shift the contact-breaking arm toward the second con-
tacts to open same. Means is provided to prevent pivoting of
the contact-breaking arm between the contacts except when
the teeth of the hour-wheel are engaged fully in the holes in
the alarm wheel.
3,643,422
CHRONOGRAPH MOVEMENT
Peter Bachmann, Bettlach, Switzerland, assignor to Ebaucbcs
Bettlach S.A., Bettlach, Switzerland
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44^12
Claims priority, appUcation Switzerland, June 10, 1969,
8820/69
Int CI. G04f 7104
U.S. CL 58—74 4 Claims
This invention is exemplified by a hammer made in two
pieces, a body piece and a lever piece. The hammer is used
to return heart cams such as are used in stopwatches and
counting devices to the zero |x>sition when a button is
pressed. The hammer disclosed consists of a pivoted part
which coacts with the button and a lever part which is held
between the pivoted part and a platen in such a way that it
drives the heart cams to zero position when the pivoted lever
engages it at one point. '
3,643,423
PROTECTIVE SCREEN FOR A TIMEPIECE CASING
Ervin Piquerez, 2854 Bassecourt Switzerland
FUed Sept 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,255
Int CI. G04b J 7/00
U.S. CI. 58-88 R 5 Claims
An annular protective jacket of hard scratch-resistant
material such as tungsten carbide covers and protects the
sidewall and front edge of the casing of a wristwatch. The
protective jacket is removably secured in place on the casing
by a ring of elastomeric material received in mating annular
grooves provided respectively in the sidewall of the casing
spaced from the front edge and in the inner periphery of the
protective jacket. A second elastomeric ring may be provided
between the front edge of the casing and an inwardly project-
ing rim portion of the protective jacket to absorb axial
shocks applied to the jacket.
1266
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,424 3,643y426
FLUIDTIGHT WATCH POWERPLANT DRIVEN BY A GAS TURBINE, AND A
PMer Simon, Schrambcrg, Germany, assignor to Ronald Blcy, METHOD OF OPERATING SUCH A POWERPLANT
Schramberg, Germany Ingvar Janelid, Forsetevagcn 18, Djurshofan, Sweden
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,276 Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,726
Clainu priority, application Germany, Aug. 19, 1968, P 17 98 Claims priority, application Sweden, June 30, 1%9, 9298/69
081 J Int.Cl. F02c
Int. CI. G04b 37108 \}S. CI. 60-39.02 8 Claims
U.S. CI. 58—90 R 26 Claims
tH
■^^Ji*i
■FFT^'"
In a watchcase a radially preloaded spring ring urges a soft-
elastic packing ring radially outwardly against the inner walls
of the case middle and axially outwardly against closure ele-
ments to provide a fluidtight watchcase and a floating sup-
port for said closure elements as well as for the movement.
3,643,425
LOW-POLLUTING INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
WHEREIN SECONDARY AIR IS INJECTED INTO THE
EXHAUST PORTS
Bemhard J. Kraus, Roma-Ostia, Italy, and Dae Sik Kim,
Mapiewood, N J., assignors to Esso Researdi and Engineer-
ing Company
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,905
Int CI. FOln J//0
U.S. CI. 60—30 2 Claims
A powerplant is dnven by a gas turbine. The compressed
air for the gas turbine is accumulated in a rock chamber. The
rock chamber communicates through a conduit with a lake,
so that the rock chamber can receive water to any desired
level. A pump is arranged in said conduit, to assist the flow of
water from the lake to the rock chamber, or vice versa.
3,643,427
FUEL CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING FUEL TO
PRIMARY AND MAIN BURNERS IN A GAS TURBINE
ENGINE
Owen Napier Lawrence, Boxford, near Newbury, and Eugene
Harold Wame, SolihuU, both of England, assignors to
Joseph Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 624,016, Mar.
17, 1967, now abandoned. This application Aug. 22, 1%9,
Ser. No. 852386
Int CI. F02c 9104
U.S. CI. 60-39.28 4 Claims
\
Low-polluting internal combustion engine wherein means
are provided to inject secondary air in a pulsed manner to
the exhaust ports of the cylinders when the port valves are
open to permit the ejection of exhaust gases. Particular fea-
tures comprise controlling these pulses with respect to the
shape of pulse, duration of pulse, and timing of the pulse with
the cycle of the engine.
Fuel control systems for supplying fuel to the primary and
main burners in gas turbine engines of the fan-type in which
means are provided for controlling the primary fuel supply in
accordance with the engine compressor pressures. A variable
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1267
operator control vaJve is utilized for supplying fuel to the
main burner and means are included to maintain the flow
rate to the main burners as a function of that of the primary
burners.
3,643,428
FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A GAS TURBINE
ENGINE
David Marshall, and Arthur Leslie Lloyd, both of Wolver-
hampton, England, assignors to H. M. Hobson Umited,
London, England
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 57,944
Int CI. F02c 9108
U.S. CI. 60-39.28 5 Claims
A fuel supply system for a gas turbine engine which com-
prises a fluidic vortex valve which meters the flow of fuel
delivered by a pump to the main burner of the engine, a
governor controllable by the pilot which adjusts the pressure
of fuel at the control port of the vortex valve to maintain dur-
ing steady state conditions the engine at a speed determined
by the governor, and means operable during periods of ac-
celeration and when the flow through the control port of the
metering vortex valve is saturated to vary the pressure drop
across the metering vortex valve, as a function of engine
speed and compressor pressure, so that the flow of fuel to the
engine cannot exceed a limit permissible during acceleration.
3,643,429
GAS GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION
Manfred Schutz, Ottobninn, Germany, assignor to Mes-
serschmitt-Bolk-Blohm GmbH, Munich, Germany
Filed Oct 24, 1969, Ser. No. 868,997
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 16, 1968, P 18 09
348.6
Int CI. F02k 9102
VS. CI. 60-39.46 5 Claims
A gas generator construction particularly an auxiliary com-
bustion chamber for a rocket engine of the main current type
for the production of oxygen-rich propellant gases of rela-
tively low temperatures includes either a single annular reac-
tion chamber or a plurality of individual side-by-side reaction
chambers arranged within an annular combustion chamber
which is located to discharge its gases to a rotating turbine.
The construction includes means for directing a propellant
component in the form of a liquid fuel into the reaction
chamber in the form of a spray and for directing the primary
oxygen supply through openings surrounding the nozzle for
the liquid fuel in order to provide a stoichiometric com-
bustion of the fuel with a part of the oxygen and oxygen car-
rier in the reaction chamber. The reaction chamber or cham-
bers are of shorter length than the casings for the gas genera-
tor and combustion of the fuel wnth a part of the oxygen
supply takes place in the reaction chamber. Secondary ox-
ygen is directed into contact with the walls of the reaction
chamber either from the pwrtion of the walls which are
located within the auxiliary gas generator or through bores
defined along the length of the walls defining the reaction
chamber.
3,643,430
SMOKE REDUCTION COMBUSTION CHAMBER
John M. G. Emory, Jr., Vernon, and Joseph J. E. Faitani,
Hartford, both of Conn., assignors to United Aircraft Cor-
poration, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,527
Int CI. F02c 7100
U.S. CI. 60-39.65 6 Claims
A combustion chamber either an annular or can-annular
type, which substantially eliminates the production of smoke
while maintaining all other performance parameters of the
combustion chamber. The combustion chamber is provided
with a front end configuration which substantially eliminates
local fuel rich regions and which provides a means for mixing
the incoming fuel and air.
3,643,431
FLOW CONTROL DEVICES
James Barry Jaraieson, Fleet, England, assignor to Mhiistcr of
Technology in Her Britannic Mi^esty's Government of the
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
London, England
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,152
Claims priority, appUcatkm Great Britain, Dec. 6, 1968,
58,178/68
Int CI. F02c 3100; FlSd 1/06
U.S. CI. 60-39.7 1 9 Claims
2h
In a venturi having a wide angle divergent section, flow
separation can occur near the throat resulting in throttling.
Suction is applied through perforations in the venturi surface
to cause reattachment with consequent increase in flow rate.
Air flowing to primary zones in combustion chambers can be
895 O.G.-
1268
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
controlled by selective application of suction so as to vary
local air/fuel ratios according to operating conditions. A
similar arrangement may be applied to fuel injector vaporiz-
ing tubes.
which can be engaged and disengaged. Valves are hydrauli-
cally connected to the units, so that a single unit can be
operated as a pump or motor, that both units can be simul-
taneously operated as pumps or motors, and so that the two
units form a hydrostatic transmission.
3,643,432
PNEUMATIC PUMP ACTIVATOR FOR OIL WELLS 3,643,434
Joseph H Klaeeer, 147 Stardream, San Antonio. Tex. HYDRAULIC APPARATUS WITH AXL\LLY ALIGNED
Filed Apr. 23, 1970. Ser. No. 31,158 HYDRAULIC UNITS
Int CI. F15b /J//S.F011 25/05, 25/02 Dieter Wklmaier, FeUbach, Germany, assignor to Robert
U S CI 60—52 PJ > » Claims Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44^29
Claims priority, applicatioa Germany, July 23, 1969, P 19 37
347.8
Int. CI. F16d J//02
U.S. CI. 60-53 A
14 Claims
A wellhead mounted pneumatic actuating device for oil
well pumps designed for operation by compressed air or gas.
The preferred embodiment utilized a single action cylinder
with the dowm stroke actuated by the weight of the sucker
rods. The elongated pneumatic cylinder was powered by fil-
tered lubricated compressed air. The pressure or solenoid
control floating piston bleeder valve supplies high-pressure
air or gas from an external source for lifting the piston and
attached sucker rods and the release of pressure from the
cylinder accomplishes the down stroke.
3,643^433
HYDRAULIC APPARATUS WTTH INTERCONNECTED
HYDRAULIC UNITS
Dieter Widmaler, FeUbach, Germany, assignor to Robert
Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,427
Cbdms priority, application Germany, June 10, 1%9, P 19 24
010.9
Int. CI. F16d 31102
U.S. CI. 60-53 A 19 Claims
Two hydraulic units, each operable as a pump or hydraulic
motor, have coaxial shafts in end-to-end relationship which
can be coupled and disengaged from each other by a
coupling Valve means hydraulically connect the two units,
so that a single unit can be operated as a pump or motor, that
both units can be simultaneously operated as pumps or mo-
tors, and so that the two units can form a hydrostatic trans-
mission in which one unit operates as a pump driven by a
prime mover, and the other unit operates as a hydraulic mo-
tor.
3,643,435
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING A
DEVICE BY FLUID PRESSURE
Gerhard Klee, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, assignor to
Samson Apparatebau A.G., Frankfurt am Main, Germany
RIed Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,145
Claims priority, applicatioa Germany, Apr. 4, 1968, P 17 52
115.2
Int. CI. F15b 7100; POlb 79/00
y}S. CI. 60-54.5 R 7 Claims
Two hydraulic units, each operable as a pump or motor,
are mechanically connected by a coupling transmission
A method of conUolling a fine adjustment of a part such as
a machine tool, for example, by using a stop and using a fluid
pressure for indicating desirable changes in the position of
the stop, comprises amplifying the signals produced by the
February 22, 1972 "N.
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1269
changes in fluid pressure and transforming it into a hydraulic
working pressure at a location separate from the means to be
adjusted and feeding the working pressure through a con-
necting line to the adjusting means to effect the adjustment.
An apparatus for carrying out the method comprises in its
simplest form a diaphragm which is exposed on one side to
the changes of fluid pressure in accordance with the adjust-
ment necessary and which is exposed on the other side to a
fluid pressure which may be a combination of a pneumatic
and hydraulic pressure. The hydraulic pressure is maintained
within a cylinder which is closed by a piston member which is
connected to the diaphragm. Flexing of the diaphragm causes
movement of the piston member to change the pressure in
the hydraulic cylinder. The hydraulic cylinder is in turn con-
nected through a line to a semirigid spring tube which forms
a stop having a stop head at one end. The spring tube is made
with corrugated sidewalls to permit its expansion in ac-
cordance with the pressure indications and variations of the
hydraulic fluid to adjust the position of the stop head.
3,643,436
INTEGRATING HYDRAULIC BRAKE BOOSTER
Hugh E. Riordan, Aim Arbor, Mich., assignor to Kelsey-
Hayes Company, Romulus, Mkh.
FUed SepL 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,777
Int CI. F15b 7100
MS. CI. 60- 54.6 P 10 Claims
^-.
^^^P-^I^.
A power booster for a brake system in which input force
and input displacement hysteresis relative to output pressure
is avoided or minimized.
3,643^437
OVERSPEED PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR A STEAM
TURBINE GEl AERATOR
Manfred E. Bimbaum, Pittsburgh, Pa.; Andrew S. Brayten-
bah, Pennsauken, NJ., and Arthur W. Richardson, West
Chester, Pa., assignors to Westingbouse Electric Corpora-
tioa, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct 16, 1969, Ser. No. 866,965
InL CI. FOlk 73/02,77/02
U.S. a. 60—73 29 Claims
The disclosure relates to a steam turbine-driven electrical
generating plant wherein a protection system is provided for
preventing the turbines from reaching speeds which would
result in damage to the turbines; such speeds resulting from a
sudden partial or entire loss of the electrical load. A partial
loss of the load is sensed by a comparison of the inlet pres-
sure at the lower pressure turbine stages with the outfHit
power provided to the load. If the output power decreases
according to a predetermined relationship and if the input
pressure corresponds to a value above a predetermined per-
centage of rateid load, the interceptor valve is closed for a
predetermined period of time to stop steam flow between the
steam reheating apparatus and the lower turbine stages and
thereby to reduce turbine speed buildup during and up to the
time that additional load is connected to the generator out-
put. In the event of a total load loss, which is determined in
the same manner as in the case of a partial loss of the load
but with the additional criteria that the circuit breakers as-
sociated with the generator be opened, both the intercept
^;i'-r^
'n:
valve and the main governor valve, which regulates the steam
through the high-pressure turbine stages, are closed. When-
ever the speed of the turbine generator exceeds a predeter-
mined percentage of rated speed, an overspeed protection
system maintains both the interceptor valve and the governor
valve in a closed position and cooperates with the main
governor valve control system to relieve steam pressure
within the reheating apparatus.
3,643,438
JET ENGINES
Charles R. Barsby, Little Croft, Two Mile Ash, Horsham, Sus-
sex, England
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,403
Int. CI. B63h 11108
U.S. CI. 60-221 6 Claims
Liquid pumped at constant velocity through a pipe is in-
jected with an excess quantity of gas under pressure which is
thoroughly mixed with the liquid in the pipe to form a small
bubble dispersion and the accelerated jet of liquid issuing
from the outlet end of the pipe may be used to propel a boat
or a land vehicle.
In a jet engine operating on the above principle, a pump
driven by a prime mover draws in water from the vicinity of a
boat or from a tank mounted on a road vehicle and delivers it
under constant pressure through a jet pipe having a per-
forated section at or near its outlet surrounded by a chamber
to which gas under pressure is fed from the exhaust of the
prime mover or from a compressor driven by the prime
mover and the accelerated jet of water discharged through
the pipe outlet produces a propulsive thrust or is employed to
drive the wheel of a turbine.
3 643 439
COMPOUND REACTION PROPULSION MEANS WITH
MULTIPLE THRUST
Adoipbe C. Petersen, 4623 Bruce Avenue, S.E., MhmeapoUs,
Minn.
FUed Nov. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 779,999
Int CL P02c 7120; F02k 77/00; FOlk 25100
UA CI. 60-225 7 CMnm
This power propulsion system involves compound reaction
thrust for propulsion, and including supplementary air
1270
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
propulsion by supplementary propelled airstream impulse,
and including pressurized heated work fluid driving supple-
nofi fiuio airfrvoar
n.mo
C9*IOtt*tt»
mentary^r propulsion and including work fluid container
means for heat absorption.
3,643,440
DEVICE FOR REINFORCING HYDRAULIC
STRUCTURES
Gerhard Knisse, Wohhorf; Rkhard Berger, DettingenyTeck,
and Karl-Heinz Egert, Hamburg, all of Germany, assignors
to Farbwerke Hoechst AktIengeseUachaft vormals Meister
Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Apr. 15, 1%9, Scr. No. 836,679
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 28, 1968, K 60
428
Int CI. E02b 3\04
U.S. CI. 61— 4 7 Claims
host media, whereby oil (or other product) may be stored in
the permafrosted crater without seepage loss. Further, per-
mafrost (or frozen moisture between the permafrost and the
product to be stored) in the fallback material (rubble) in the
crater will form an effective separation barrier between the
oil (or other product) and residual radioactivity formed as a
result of the nuclear detonation.
3,643,442
AGRICULTURE IRRIGATING METHOD
Richard K. Houston, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to Agrecok>-
gy. Incorporated, Kansas City, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 697,980, Jan. 15,
1968, now abandoned. This application Feb. 25, 1970, Scr.
No. 13,975
InL CI. E02b 13100, B05b 3100
U.S. CI. 61-12 5 Claims
Device for reinforcing hydraulic structures, especially
dams, groins, rinsing fields, and for transporting materials
which can be transported by means of pumps or similar
devices. The device consists of a hose of plastic material pro-
vided at both ends with sockets for the inlet and outlet of a
sand-in-water mixture and having a length which corresponds
to a multiple of its diameter.
3,643^441
OIL STORAGE METHOD
Rkhard S. Hague, Boulder City, Nev., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Atomic Energy
Commission
Plied May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,759
InL CI. B65g 5100
U.S.C1.61-.5 1 Claim
A method of irrigating a field for maximum efficiency
wherein the water is flowed onto the field from above and
from mobile irrigation apparatus at a flow rate far exceeding
the permeability factor of the soil. Slots are formed in the soil
surface to receive the inherent water runoff to conduct the
water into the subsurface soil regions. The water may be
discharged directly into the slots by aligning hoses and the
slots and the latter are preferably mulched to minimize
evaporation Elongated irrigation manifolds are moved
through successive arcs swung about pivot points at alternate
ends of the manifold to maximize length of crop rows and the
efficiency of movement of the apparatus in the irrigation
operation.
3,643,443
AUTOMATIC CONSTANT DOWNSTREAM LEVEL GATE
Philippe Alexandre, La Trouche, France, assignor to Sodcte
Generaie de Constructions Ekctriques et Mecaniques
(Alsthom), Grenoble, France
Filed Dec. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 102,286
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 5, 1970, 7000464
Int CI. E02b 7\52
U.S. CI. 61-22 2 Claims
Vessels for the storage of liquid, such as crude oil, are
formed by detonating a nuclear (or conventional) explosive
under the surface of a permafrost area such as occurs in arc-
tic and subarctic regions, to form an open crater. The walls
of such a crater are naturally sealed or may be easily sealed
liquidtight by the freezing of water in the pore spaces of the
The control gate herein embodies a sector float immersed
in a container which is in communication with the tailrace
through an opening formed between the lower end of the
downstream wall of the container and its base which projects
downstream beyond such opening to shelter the latter from
the tailrace current.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1271
3,643y444
SURFACE STABILIZATION PROCESS
Stamford Hodgson, Penarth, Wales, assignor to BP Chemkals
Limited, London, England
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 63,016
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 20, 1969,
41,642/69
Int CI. E02d 3114
U.S. CL 6 1 — 36 R 8 Claims
Ground surfaces such as oil storage bund areas are pro-
tected from seepage of hydrocarbon liquids by coating the
surface with a plasticized polyvinyl acetate latex prepared in
the presence of a partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate
homopolymer. In a prepared aspect, excessive layers of finely
divided mineral materials bound together with latex are put
down, and the whole sealed by a surface dressing of latex.
adjusted into vertical alignment with a connector depending
downwardly from the marine structure. While being held in
3,643^445
HYDRAULIC CASING SYSTEMS IN MINE WORKINGS
Helmut Schmidt, Essen-Haarzopf, Germany, assignor to Berg-
werksverband GmbH, Essen, Germany
FUed June 12, 1968, Ser. No. 736,487
Claims priority, application Germany, June 14, I%7, P 15 33
723.2
Int a. E21c 35124; F15b / 1116, 13106
U.S. CI. 61—45 D 6 Claims
.30t .9C» ,503 ^S(>«
_«>*• I tp*«
r
1 KMc I Z04c I KM
V V r
This invention provides a hydraulic casing system compris-
ing automatically advancing casing structures which are con-
nected together in groups in such fashion that in each group
only one casing structure can move at once, although several
casing structures in different groups can move at the same
time, the casing structures being allocated individual control
systems which are prepared for the advancing movement, or
are locked, by elements which sense a freedom to advance,
in particular by sensing elements which cooperate with the
roof or sill of the seam or working, and is characterized by
the fact that the individual control systems are incorporated
in a logic system governing the selective advance of the dif-
ferent groups.
3,643y446
MARINE PLATFORM FOUNDATION MEMBER
George E. Mott, Metairic, La., assignor to Texaco Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,943
Int CI. E02b / 7100; E02d 27104
MS. CI. 6 1 —46 J 8 Claims
The invention relates to an anchor or foundation member
for positioning a buoyant platform at an offshore location
characterized by a sloping or irregular floor surface. The
anchor includes initially separable members which are
floated to an operating or anchoring site. A coupling member
depending from the anchor is adapted to engage the lower
end of the elongated, buoyant structure for retaining the
latter in place at the water's surface. The coupling member is
-n
^
p
{^^-
^T9~
^W
-a
J f
II 1
^=^*
the upwardly aligned position by an enclosing retainer, a
hardenable fluid such as cement is introduced to solidify and
form the coupling and retainer member into a singular body.
3,643,447
FLEXIBLE STORAGE CONTAINER FOR OFFSHORE
FACILITY
Ivo C. Pogonowski, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,241
Int CI. E02d 29100; B63b 35144
U.S. CI. 61— 46 7ClainB
A submergible flexible storage container for storing crude
product anchored to columns beneath an offshore drilling
and production platform or similar support structure. The
container includes inlet and outlet means for receiving crude
product and for disposing of crude product to a floating ves-
sel. A manhole opening is also provided for ingress and
egress of personnel in removing extraneous matter collected
in the base of the flexible storage container.
3,643,448
FLOATING LANDING STAGES
Waiter Bower, Newark, England, assignor to Thos. Storey
(Engineers) Limited, London, England
RIcd Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,419
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 24, 1969,
20,976/69
Int CI. E02b 3\20; E02c 5\02
U.S. CI. 6 1 —48 4 Clainis
A floating landing stage including a plurality of floating jet-
ties the free ends of adjacent jetties being interconnected by
ties which prevent any substantial movement of the jetties
relative to each other or to the remainder of the landing
stage and which are located beneath the surface of the water
1272
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
so as to allow passage of craft between the Jetties. Guide
means is provided to restrain the movement of the landing
stage relative to the shore so that the landing stage can rise
and fall with the water in which it is floating without any sub-
stantial lateral movement.
Ground moisture dissolves the composition, forming in the
earth surrounding the cable a rodent-repellent barrier thus
preventing contact of the rodent with the cable or material.
Any rodent repellent in a water-soluble or water-dispersible
composition can be used. Specifically mentioned in the dis-
closure as now-preferred effective rodent repellents are N,N-
dialkyl sulfenyl dithiocarbamates, e.g., the N,N-dimethylsul-
fenyl dithiocarbamates, N,N-<limethyl-S-methylsulfenyl
dithiocarbamate and N,N-dimethyl-S-tert-butylsulfenyl
dithiocarbamate
3,643,451
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HIGH-PURITY,
HIGH-PRESSURE CARBON DIOXIDE FROM A MIXTURE
OF LOW-PRESSURE MIXED ACIDIC GAS
Harry G. Foucar, Shalcr Township, Allegheny County, Pa.,
assignor to United States Sted Corporation
Filed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,852
Int CI. F25j 3102
VS. CI. 62-28 13 Claims
3,643,449
VARIABLE BUOYANCY ARRANGEMENT
Robert H. Murphy, West Hartford, Conn., assignor to The
WiremoM Company, West Hartford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 767^73, Oct. 14,
1968, now Patent No. 3,572,048, dated Mar. 23, 1971,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 766,932, Oct. 11,
1968, now Patent No. 3,541,985, dated Nov. 24, 1970. This
application Sept 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,699
Int. CI. B63c 11122
U.S. CI. 61-69 13 Claims
/*,
^
^^=*tH^
/7-!
A variable buoyancy arrangement includes a tank of fixed
volume and pressure-regulating apparatus for maintaining the
interior of the tank within a fixed pressure range above the
ambient underwater condition. An air pressure actuated
pump is selectively operable under user control for decreas-
ing buoyancy by inserting water into the tank; and buoyancy
may be increased by opening a stop valve to expel water
from the tank.
3,643,450
PROTECTING A BURIED MATERIAL SUCH AS A CABLE
WITH WATER-SOLUBLE RODENT-REPELLENT
COMPOSITIONS
Roy E. Stansbury, and James A. Shotton, both of Bartlesvilie,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,175
Int CI. F16I 1100
U.S. CI. 61—72.1 7 Claims
A water-soluble rodent-repellent composition is coated
onto a material, e.g., a cable, which is laid into the ground.
A process is disclosed for producing high-purity, high-pres-
sure carbon dioxide from a concentrated low-pressure mix-
ture of acid gases including one or more sulfur-containing
gaseous compounds, and carbon dioxide as the major gas in
the mixture with the highest vapor pressure, the mixture con-
taining less than 1 percent of nonacid gases. The process in-
cluding the steps of: compressing the mixture of acid gases,
cooling the mixture of acid gases to liquefy the mixture of
acid gases, fractionating the mixture of liquefied acid gases
into a high-purity carbon dioxide liquid overhead of about
99.95 percent and a liquid bottom of condensed sulfur com-
pounds, and vaporizing the carbon dioxide liquid overhead in
heat exchange relationship with the mixture of acid gases
during the cooling thereof
3,643,452
RECOVERY OF GASES
Martin Siegfried William Ruhemann, Brootdands, and Stanley
Mercer, Manchester, both of England, assignors to
Petrocarbon Developments Limited, Manchester, England
Filed Aug. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 851,705
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 20, 1968,
39,734/68
Int. CI. F25jJ/00,i/05
U.S. CI. 62-22 9 Claims
A light gas, namely hydrogen or helium, of increased puri-
ty is obtained from a gaseous mixture consisting predomi-
nantly of the light gas by passing the mixture through a rotat-
ing gas centrifuge under conditions such that gaseous impuri-
ties are condensed and a light gas stream of increased purity
is recovered The process may be applied to a light gas con-
centrate obtained from a gaseous mixture by separation of
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1273
the constituents other than the light gas by low-temperature circulated through openings formed in the top of a harvesting
condensation, in which case a gas expansion turbine used to auger. The water flow aids in lifting harvested ice product
Ul HOOUCT
WtiJE OAi
^
-e^
^14
27-
/7
■ 22
n
.J.
41
26
■riO
produce refrigeration for the process may be used to drive
the gas centrifuge.
3,643,453
SELECTIVE CRYSTALLIZATION OF PARAXYLENE IN
A WATER-ALKANOL MIXTURE
Hendrik Groothuis, and Jan G. van de Vusse, both of Amster-
dam, Netherlands, assignors to Shell Oil Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 787,063
Int. CI. BOld 9104
U.S. CI. 62-58 6 Claims
and also serves to thaw out the unit and prevent it from
becoming ice bound.
3,643,455
COMPOSITIONS FOR ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION
SYSTEM
William E. Hensel, Jr., Powell, Ohio, and William W. Mar-
lowe, Jr., San Antonio, Tex., assignors to Arkia Industries,
Inc., Evansville, Ind.
Original application Jan. 3, 1968, Ser. No. 695,523, now
Patent No. 3,524,815. Divided and this application July 20,
1970, Ser. No. 56,580
Int. CI. F25b 15/06
U.S. CI. 62— 112 2 Claims
/c te sc *c sc to re 0c
Selective crystallization of paraxylene from a liquid mix-
ture by direct contact with a cooled, immiscible, liquid
refrigerant consisting of alkanol, water and a surface active
agent which refrigerant wets the paraxylene crystals
preferentially and has a low-interfacial tension relative to the
resulting mother liquor.
3,643,454
WATER SYSTEM FOR AN ICEMAKING APPARATUS
Phillip H. Turner, Inver Grove Heights, Minn., assignor to
Whirlpool Corporation, Benton Harbor, Mich.
Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,774
Int CI. F25c 1114
U.S. CI. 62-66 9 Claims
A method and means for producing ice by gravitationally
feeding water from a source of supply in excess of the freez-
ing capacity of a refrigerated cylinder, wherein the feed
water is directed into a lower part of the cylinder and the ex-
cess feed water is vented through a drain located in a com-
pression nozzle above the level of the cylinder. The water is
Aqueous solutions of Lil-LiBr containing up to about SO
weight percent Lil based on total salt are used as the
refrigerant-absorl)ent in an air-cooled, two-pressure absorp-
tion refrigeration system. The crystallization temperatures of
these solutions are sufficiently low that crystal formation wrill
not occur when the temperature of the solution drops to or-
dinarily expected ambient temperatures of, for example, 100°
F. Furtiier depression of the crystallization temperature is ob-
tained by adding ethylene glycol or glycerine to the mixed
salt solution.
3,643,456
MECHANICAL BIN-LEVEL-SENSING CONTROL FOR
DOMESTIC ICE MAKER
Duane C. Nichok, Evansville, Ind., assignor to Whirlpool Cor-
poration
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 46,920
IntCI.F25c5/7S
U^CI. 62-137 12 Claims
An ice body maker having means permitting the drive
motor to run continuously while interrupting the operation of
1274
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the mechanism when collected ice bodies reach a preselected
level. A sensing means is provided which includes means for
cyclically ascertaining the quantity of ice bodies in a collect-
ing bin and permitting a successive ice body forming cycle
only in the event that the level is below the preselected level.
The cycle of operation of the mechanism comprises a timed
cycle under the control of the drive motor.
3,643,457
FROST DETECTOR FOR REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
Charles L. Winkler, Pittsburgh, Pa., assigiior to Westingbouse
Electric Corporatioii, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 91,299
Int. CI. F25d 2/ /02
U.S. CI. 62-140 4 Claims
A frost detector for an air-cooling refrigeration system
having an evaporator coil mounted in a main airflow duct is
comprised of a first bypass duct connected to the main duct
on each side of the coil and a second reference bypass duct
connected to each side of a constriction in the outlet side of
the main duct downstream from the coil. Signals from airflow
velocity sensing devices in each bypass duct are compared to
provide a defrost initiation signal to the refrigeration ap-
paratus and the preferred airflow velocity sensing device is
an air-cooled electrical resistor connected in a bridge circuit.
\
3,643,458
DEFROST BIMETAL FOR INTERRUPTING TIMED
CYCLE ICEMAKER DURING DEFROST— TWO TIMERS
William J. Linstroingerg, and Duane C. Nichols, both of
Evansville, Ind., assignors to Whirlpool Corporation
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,521
Int. CI. F25d 27/00
U.S. CI. 62—155 4 Claims
A refrigerator-freezer apparatus normally operating
through freezing and defrosting portions of an operating
cycle including a freezer compartment, a refrigeration system
including a compressor and an evaporator for chilling the
compartment to a subfreezing temperature, an icemaker
producing ice bodies and having a motor for timing the
period between harvests and for harvesting the ice bodies, an
energizable defrost means for periodically wanning the
evaporator to defrosting temperature, an electrical circuit in-
cluding the defrost means, an icemaker circuit including the
icemaker motor and a temperature responsive switch com-
mon to both of these circuits and in heat exchange relation-
ship with the evaporator for opening both circuits at an
above freezing temperature of the evaporator so that the
temperature responsive switch serves to terminate defrosting
when the evaporator attains a substantially frost-free condi-
tion and to inactivate the icemaker motor also at above
freezing temperatures in order to interrupt the timing func-
tion and avoid dumping water from the icemaker into the
freezer compartment
3,643,459
TIMER-CONTROLLED REFRIGERATION SYSTEM
Alan A. Matthies, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Controls
Company of America, Melrose Park, III.
Fited Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,913
Int. CI. F25b4//04
U.S. CI. 62-157 8 Claims
An expansion valve in a refrigeration system has an electri-
cally energized operator assembly which controls the opera-
tive state of the valve on the basis of the electrical input to
the operator assembly. The electrical input to the operator
assembly is timer controlled and the system is taken through
a preselected refrigeration cycle under control of the timer.
3,643/460
GRAVITY REFRIGERANT RECIRCULATION
Milton W. Garland, Waynesboro, Pa., assignor to Frkk Com-
pany, Waynesboro, Pa.
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,487
Int. CI. F25b 47/00
U,S. CI. 62-174 6 Claims
A feed accumulator receives liquid refrigerant from the
receiver and feeds it by gravity to the evaporator. Excess
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1275
liquid refrigerant from the evaporator is temporarily stored in
a lower level tank from which it is, from time to time, forced
device as controlled by a reversing valve. One of the passages
is substantially more restrictive than the other. The reversing
valve is responsive to the room temperature so that when full
capacity cooling is required, the valve directs refrigerant flow
from the first passage to the substantially more restrictive
second passage and then through the expansion device so
that the heat exchanger functions as a normal condenser;
however, when reduced capacity cooling is desired, the valve
directs refrigerant flow from the first passage, through the ex-
back to the accumulator by high-pressure refrigerant. Auto-
matic controls and oil separator features are included.
3,643,461
AIR CONDITIONER WITH CYCLING FRESH AIR
PERIODS
James W. Jacobs, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,512
Int.CI. F25d 77/00
U.S. CI. 62—180 2 Claims
In the preferred form, this air conditioner is provided with
an electromagnetically opened exhaust air door energized
through a bimetal switch connecting in different circuit ar-
rangements to either the portion of the compressor motor
circuit controlled by the air conditioner thermostat or the un-
controlled portion to provide periodic opening of the door
during either the idle period and the running period or the
running period alone or the idle period alone or only at the
start of the running period of the compressor.
ERRATUM
For Class 62—196 see:
Patent No. 3,643,754
^^
pansion device, then through the second restrictive passage
which passage than functions similar to an evaporator and
reduces the cooling capacity of the system. Further, with this
arrangement, the reduced capacity operation permits a
reduction of power for driving the compressor. Conuols to
stop and start the compressor and to control the valve are
also provided along with an evaporator having multiple inlets
to prevent freezeup when the system is operated continu-
ously.
3,643,463
PASSIVE MICROCLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Sidney Lee Friedlander, 4613 La Subida Place, Tarzana,
Calif., and Walter Vincent Blockky, 27727 Padfic Coast
Highway, MaUbu, Calif.
Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28,488
Int. CI. F25d 23112
VS. CI. 62-259 12 Claims
3 643 462
VARIABLE CAPACITY REFRIGERATION SYSTEM AND
CONTROLS
Arthur H. Eberhart, Hilliard, Ohk), assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed SepL 18, 1970, Ser. No. 73,544
Int. CI. F25b47 /OO
U.S. CI. 62—196 8 Claims
A refrigeration system for a room air conditioner having an
outside heat exchanger with two separate refrigerant flow
passages connected either directly or through an expansion
A microclimate control system is disclosed for controlling
the removal of metabolic heat from a person's body. The
system comprises a self-contained refrigerant garment worn
over a variable insulation gannent whose thermal con-
ductance is controlled at will by the wearer. The refrigerant
garment comprises a plurality of tubes attached to a network
of webbing adapted to fit at least over the upper torso of the
wearer. Each tube is filled with water and sealed at 4-inch in-
tervals to form a string of individual water compartments.
The water-filled tubes are then frozen to provide a
refrigerant having a large thermal capacity. The insulation
1276
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
gannent comprises an open cell foam material sandwiched
between two outer layers of airtight material. The outer
layers are sealed about the periphery of the garment to make
an airtight garment. Vacuum means are provided to evacuate
the interior of the garment and gradually reduce the
thickness of the insulation layer in order to vary the heat
conductance of the garment according to the varying
metabolic demands of the user.
3,643,464
EXTERNAL ICE SERVICE
Donald E. HUliker, and Wiiliam M. Webb, both of Louisville.
Ky., assignors to General Electric Company
Filed June 29, 1970, Scr. No. 50,475
InL CI. F25c 5118
U.S. CI. 62-344 8 Claims
A refrigerator including a freezer compartment, a freezer
door having an ice access opening therein normally closed by
an ice access door and an ice receptacle slideably supported
within the freezer compartment. The ice access door and the
receptacle are provided with means for sliding the receptacle
forwardly to an accessible position when the ice access door
is opened.
3,643^465
REFRIGERATION SUCTION ACCUMULATOR
Edward W. BoCtum, 9357 Spencer, Brighton, Mich.
Original appUcadon Sept 16, 1968, Scr. No. 759,876, now
Patent No. 3,58935, dated June 27, 1971. Divided and this
application Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 85,861
Int. CI. F25b 43100
U.S. CI. 62—503 6 Claims
A suction accumulator is provided for the compressor of a
refrigeration system. The accumulator includes a casing hav-
ing an inlet and an outlet. A U-shaped conduit is provided
within the casing. One leg of the conduit extends from a
point adjacent the bottom of the casing to the casing outlet.
The other leg extends from the casing bottom and terminates
in an open end within the casing. A metering opening is pro-
vided in the bend of the U-shaped conduit to meter liquid
refrigerant into the conduit. The open-ended leg is adapted
to receive gaseous refrigerant which passes through the U-
shaped conduit and on to the compressor of the system.
The inlet comprises a tubular member which extends from
a point exteriorly of the casing into the casing. A fluid guide
surface is provided on the inner end of the tubular inlet to
direct incoming fluid exiting from the inlet at an angle to the
longitudinal axis of the inlet and tangentially around the
inner periphery of the accumulator casing to thereby reduce
turbulence within the casing. The guide surface is defmed by
a wall portion of the tubular inlet. The inlet wall is deformed
inwardly and the downstream edge is severed from the main
portion of the tubular member. Tlie wall is bent onto the op-
posite wall surface to provide an opening at the guide sur-
face This constrjction may also serve as an outlet in some
pressure vessel applications.
3,643,466
REFRIGERATION SUCTION ACCUMULATOR
Edward W. Bottom, 9357 Spencer, Brighton, Mich.
Original appUcatioa Sept 16, 1968, Ser. No. 759,863, now
Patent No. 3,563,053, dated Jan. 16, 1971. Divided and this
appUcation Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,953
Int. CI. F25b 43100
U.S. CI. 62-503 3 Claims
The suction accumulator of the invention is designed for
use with the suction or compression side of a refrigeration
system. The accumulator comprises a casing having an inlet
and outlet A conduit is provided within the casing. The con-
duit extends from a (Mint adjacent the bottom of the casing
to the casing outlet and acts as a suction tube to draw liquid
from the casing and expel it into the casing outlet at a me-
tered rate. A liquid trap chamber is connected to the outlet
to receive excessive amounts of liquid expelled from the con-
duit. The liquid trap chamber is connected exteriorly of the
casing.
3,643^467
MOUNTING HEAD FOR ARTICLE OF JEWELRY
CONTAINING INTERCHANGEABLE ORNAMENTS
Edward Postd, 6330 Azalea Lane, Dallas, Tex.
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824^04
Int CI. A44c/ 7/02
U.S. CI. 63-29 R 3 Claims
Disclosed is an interchangeable ornament mount for an ar-
ticle of jewelry having a head member defming a plurality of
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1277
substantially separately operable pronged sections for
gripping a removably inserted ornament inserted therein, a
conically shaped spring disposed within said head member
urging said ornament against the indented gripping surfaces
of the prongs, an aperture being provided in a base portion of
said head member for insertion of a tool to eject the orna-
ment.
degree of friction thereof adjusted. The transmission coacts
with the rotary drive for transmitting the drive therefrom to
the film winder. In addition, the transmission responds auto-
matically to an increasing load for automatically increasing
the friction of the friction clutch, so that in this way the
mechanism adapts itself to the size of the load and is capable
of absorbing sudden load increases while maintaining a
smooth film movement substantially free of any shocks.
3,643,468 ^^xAin
CONSTANT VELOCITY SLIDING JOINT COUPLING m^wtnTTlNC MACHINES
Hans-Joachim Kldnschmidt Essen, and Kari-Heinz Teinert, DESIGN WHEEL FOR KNTTTING MACHINES
nSiSk, hSholGer^iany, Assignors to Gelenkwellen- Louis Pemick, Mi«ni, Fla., »»ignor to Dfvid Pernick; ^vW
Sr^H Ea«n,Gerlny Haft, Brooklyn u>d Arthur Finkelstein, Rockway Pari.,
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,158 N.Y., part »«f«[f _»» *f*;„„ c„ n„ q ,04
Claims priority, application Germ«.y, Dec 27, 1968, P 18 17 F.led ^jb^^^^^^^ ^o. 9,194
IntCI.Fl'6di/02 U.S. CI. 66-50 A 3 Claims
U.S. CI. 64—8 6 Claims
<:, <«>«►-*•« I!
17 'f>
^2tth
2i^ lil'^Vh^n
Constant velocity sliding joint coupling includes one joint
half having a plurality of axially extending arms disposed at
equally spaced intervals about the periphery thereof, the
arms having free ends and axially extending lateral faces,
respective lateral faces of adjacent arms being disposed op-
posite one another and defining therebetween an imaginary
cylinder having an axis extending parallel to the axis of the
one joint half The other joint half is in the form of a star and
includes a hub, a plurality of stubs or arbors extending radi-
ally from the hub, and a respective joint member comprising
a central spherical segment having a radius substantially
equal to the radius of the imaginary cylinder which is
routably and longitudinally displaceably mounted on the
stubs. The free ends of the axially extending arms arc en-
closed by a ring member.
Needle-driven inclined rotary design wheel having equally
spaced replaceable inserted walls extending radially from the
periphery thereof wherein the wall inserts extend radially
between and within the slots of radially spaced inner and
outer circular series of radially extending slots provided in a
body portion of the design wheel and wherein the inserted
walls provide lateral support for replaceable needle-raising
jacks positioned between the inserted walls, the design wheel
having a bottom cover plate releascably secured to the bot-
tom side of the design wheel body portion and serving to
releaseably secure the wall inserts therebetween and having a
top cover plate releaseably secured to the top side of the
design wheel body portion and serving to releascably secure
the jacks therebetween.
3 643^469
MECHANISM FOR WINDING PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM
Nobuaki Enomoto, Okaya-shi, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kalsha Yasbka, Tokyo, Japwi
nicd Nov. 4, 1969, Scr. No. 874,000
CUdnH priority, appUcation Japan, Nov. 13, 1968, 43/82515
Int CI. F16d 3106
UA CI. 64-23 5 Claims
3,643,471
WARP KNITTING MACHINE
Stefan Furst, MonchengladlMch, Germany, assignor to Walter
Reiners, GladlMch, Germany
Flkd July 9, 1969, Scr. No. 840,161
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, July 11, 1968, P 17 60
860.5
Int. CI. D04b 25/72
U.S. CI. 66-84 8 Claims
M a a
A mechanism for winding photographic film in a device
such as a camera. The mechanism includes a rotary drive and
a transmission for operating a film winder. The transmisSon
includes a friction clutch which is capable of having the
A warp knitting machine having a zone wherein knitting
needles arc disposed and means for supplying warp threads
to the needles includes device for filling a weft having holder
members for making the weft ready outside the needle zone.
1278
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the holder members being disposed in the vicinity of weft
reversal locations and being rotatable in closed travel paths,
and means for guiding the weft to the warp threads, the
holder members having a thread guide cooperating therewith
for making the weft ready, the thread guide being displacea-
ble in the closed travel path of one of the holder members.
3,643,472
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING A LOOPED FABRIC
Harry Apprich, Uhlandweg 34, 7305 Altbach/Neckar, Ger-
many
FUed Aug. 11, 1%9, Scr. No. 849,010
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 13, 1%8, P 17 85
125.1
Int. CI. D04b /5/06./5//4
U.S. CI. 66-106 11 Claims
The sinkers of a knitting machine are pivotally mounted
immediately adjacent their associated needles in a common
slot in the needle-guiding structure of the knitting rfiachine.
This arrangement can be used in any suitable circular or flat
knitting machines. The slots can be formed by means of
removable plates, which also act as supports for the sinkers.
Camming systems actuate the sinkers and needles. The sin-
kers can be of various configurations for different functions
in the knitting process.
3,643,473
RACKED PROGRAMMING CONTROL MEANS
Barry Colin Strong, Syston, England, assignor to William Cot-
ton Limited
FUed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,584
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 6, 1967,
55,518/67
Int. CL D04b 15166
U.S. CI. 66-155 8 Claims
racked once per course, indexing mechanism movable with
the auxiliary ratchet mechanism, means under control of
holes in the punched chart for introducing the auxiliary
ratchet mechanism and indexing means, and means under
control of the indexing means for rendering the punched
chart racking mechanism inoperative for periods governed by
the index pitch of the indexing mechanism.
ERRATUM
For Class 66 — 111 see:
Patent No. 3,643,476
3,643,474
APPARATUS FOR WET TREATING TEXTILE FABRICS
Gunter Schiffer, Krefdd, Germany, assignor to Joh. Klein-
wefers Sohne, Krefeid, Germany
Filed Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,763
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 22, 1969, P 19
47 858.1
Int CI. B05c 8102
VS. CI. 68-8 8 Claims
An apparatus for wet treating webs of textile material in
which the web is passed over and below staggered rollers in a
trough adapted to receive treating liquid into which at least
some rollers are at least partially immersed while the web
material leaving the last roller is wound onto a perforated
drum which latter is, relatively to said last roller, pressed
against the latter at a substantially uniform pressure during
the winding-up operation, said drum being arranged in a
housing adapted selectively to be closed completely for inde-
pendent wet treatment of material on the perforated drum.
3,643,475
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING KNIT
GOODS AND THE LIKE
Brooks Stevens, Jr., Concord, Mass., assignor to Riggs &
Lombard, Inc., Lowell, Mass.
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,501
Int. CI. D06f 43106, 43108; B05c 31132
U.S. CI. 68-18 C 7 Claims
liq !ia
6n ° W
Programming control means, primarily for a straight bar
knitting machine, having a punched chart racking mechanism
racked once per course, auxiliary racking mechanism also
A running web of knit material or the like is processed on
a continuous basis and in a tensionless open width condition
by means of a moving belt, coextensive with the web, which
carries the web first through a wet-out stage where it is
scoured in a solution or otherwise treated and then to a dry-
ing stage. The fabric is carried in tight contact against a plu-
rality of heated rotary drums which cause the entrained
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1279
liquid to evaporate from the fabric. A condensate system is
provided for condensing and recovering the solution.
3,643,476
YARN GUIDE FOR CIRCULAR KNITTING MACHINES
Dieter Overdyck, Ebingen, and Fritz Lehner, Tailfingen, both
of Germany, assignors to Mayer & Cie, Tailfingen, Ger-
many
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 862,1 19
Claims priority, applKation Germany, Aug. 14, 1968, G 67
52 402
Int. CI. D04b 15108, 15154
U.S. CI. 66-111 4 Claims
3,643,478
SAFETY DOOR LOCKING DEVICE
John E. McPeake, 3437 West ClearfieW Street, Ptuladelphia,
Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 797383, Feb. 4,
1969, now abandoned. This application June 8, 1970, Ser.
No. 44,011
Int. CI. B60r 25102; E05c 191 1 8
U.S. CI. 70-212 15 Claims
A yam guide particularly for guiding the yam of a knitting
machine. The yam guide includes a yam-guiding member
formed with at least one passage through which the yam is
guided. This member is composed at least in part of a ceram-
ic material, and preferably it is in the form of a single body of
pure ceramic material.
Unauthorized operation of an exposed latch -operating
lever for a door includes bars mounted on the interior of the
door to support a pair of eye bolts having their eyes lying on
the exterior side of the door. One eye swingably supports an
obstruction member such as a tumbuckle and the other eye
carries a lock which permits detachable retention of the op-
posite end of the obstruction member. The elements are posi-
tioned so that the obstruction member will prevent move-
ment of the latch-operating lever to a door-releasing position.
3,643,477
PROGRAMMED CENTRIFUGE DRUM FOR TREATING
SHEETLIKE MATERLAL
Fritz Lorenz, WattwU, Switzeriand, assignor to Heberiein &
Co. AG, Wattwil, Switzerland
FUed Apr. 18, 1%9, Ser. No. 817344
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 30, 1968,
6441/68
Int CI. B05c 5/02. 11/122; D06f 39/00
U.S. CI. 68-150 10 Claims
Programmed centrifuge drum to treat thread and sheetlike
material wound on the drum according to which selected
parts of the material are subjected to treatment fluid passing
through areas of the drum jacket according to a desired pro-
gram; and means for controlling such passage.
3,643y479
ELECTRONIC HOOD AND TRUNK-LOCKING DEVICE
Joseph Sotow, P.O. Box 116, Plainview, N.Y.
FUed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,697
Int CI. E05b 65/79,47/02
U.S. CI. 70—241 9 Claims
l»^?*X 60." SO^*
A locking device for an enclosure such as a hood or trunk
of an automobile includes a casing having a slidable bolt ac-
tuated by a first solenoid and held by a lever in extended
position. A second solenoid retracts the lever to permit
retraction of the bolt by a spring. A switch in the casing is
disposed for operation by the bolt when the bolt is retracted
The first and second solenoids are operable m response to
actuation of a key controlled switch and associated elec-
tronic circuitry which includes two opposing transistors. The
first solenoid is actuated by discharges of a capacitor through
one of the transistors when the other transistor is rendered
nonconductive.
1280
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,480 3,643,482
FORMING COIL APPARATUS FOR SHOCK DEFORMATION OF
Hai^Jorg Janscn, La JoUa; Paul Wiidi, and James A. KUne, WORKPIECES
both of San Diego, all of Calif., assignors to Gulf Oil Cor- Hdnrich Hertd, Tannenbergalkc 36, Berlin 19, and Dietrich
poratioa ^^ ^^ Ruppin, Berlin, both of Germany, assignors to said Hertel,
Filed Dec. 9. 1968, Ser No. 782383. The portion of the term by said Ruppin
of the patent subsequent to Feb. 18, 1986, has been FUed Sept 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,704
disclaimed. Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 24, 1968, P 17
Int. CI. B21d 26114 11 208.6
U.S. CI. 72-56 7 Claims Int. CI. B2 Id 26/05
U.S. CI. 72-56 12 Claims
Magnetic forming apparatus is described in which a con-
ductive forming coil is formed in a generally cylindrical sin-
gle turn, and wherein a pair of generally parallel flat conduc-
tors are connected to the adjacent ends of the coil and ex-
tend axially of the coil.
3,643,481
EXPLOSIVE-FORMING DEVICE
Hcinrich Hertd, Tannenbergallec 36, 1 Berlin 19, and
Dietridi Ruppin, Berlin, both of Germany, assignors to said
Hertel, by said Ruppin
Filed Sept 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,703
Claims priority, appUcatioa Germany, Sept. 25, 1968, P 17
77 207.5
Int. CI. B2 Id 26/05
U.S. CI. 72—56 10 Claims
An explosive-forming device has walls surrounding a pres-
sure chamber arranged to accommodate a workpiece and a
die whose surface contour is to be imparted to the workpiece
for shock-deformation of the latter into conformance with
the surface contour. A recess is provided in the wall means
and has an opening communicating with the pressure
chamber. A gunpowder charge is accommodated in the
recess and fills the same partly. Damping means is arranged
in the remainder of the recess intermediate the charge and
the opening of the recess and fills at least a part of this
remainder of the recess.
An apparatus for shock deformation of workpieces com-
prises a pressure chamber surrounded by at least two walls
and arranged to accommodate a workpiece and a die as a
surface contour which is to be imparted to the workpiece by
shock deformation of the latter into conformance with the
surface contour. The walls have respective juxtaposed sur-
faces and at least one of the walls is movable relative to the
other between a chamber-closing position in which the sur-
faces abut in other-than fluidtight contact and a chamber-
opening position. The walls has an inertia so selected as to at
least substantially equal the shock pressure necessary for
producing the energy level required to obtain the desired
deformation of the workpiece so that upon exceeding of the
necessary shock pressure relative movement of the walls to
the chamber-opening position results with concomitant vent-
ing of the chamber. Shock pressure producing means
produces a sudden increase in pressure in the chamber. A
quantity of pressure-transmitting liquid fills the pressure
chamber to a predetermined level and is operative for trans-
mitting shock pressure to the workpiece. Portions of the
liquid tends to escape from the chamber between the sur-
faces so that the level of liquid tends to drop. Replenishing
means replenishes the quantity of liquid in the pressure
chamber to thereby maintain the predetermined level at least
substantially steady.
3,643483
SONIC SYSTEM FOR DEFORMATION OF SHEET
MATERIAL
Hildegard M. Mincfacnko, Reynoldsburg, and Lytton A. Ken-
dall, Jr., Columbus, both of Ohio, assignors to The Ohio
State University, Cohimbus, Ohio
FUed Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 849,823
Int CI. B21d 26102, 22100
U.S. CI. 72—56 7 Claims
A system and process for the bending and drawing of
metals using vibratory-mechanical energy to facilitate the
deformation process. A forming tool or punch is "impact
coupled" with the free or unattached end of the transmission
line of a piezoelectric electromechanical transducer-trans-
mission line assembly. A mating die is positioned opfxisite
the punch and the metalwork material is inserted
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1281
therebetween. Intermittent impacts made by the forming tool the workpieces around their circumference. Means may be
against the metal blank effectively transfer dynamic force
and static force sufficient to pwrform the desired deforma-
tion.
3,643,484
DEVICE FOR FORMING PROJECTIONS ON SIDES OF
HOLLOW DETAILS
Nikolai Niliolacvich Oriov, uUtsa Lenina, 195, kv. 6; MikhaU
Shcvelevkh Leveikin, ulitsa Bikemicku, 63, kv. 13, and
Ilmar AKrcdovkh Pukitis, ulitsa L. Laitsena, 5, kv. 1, all of
Riga, U.S.S.R.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,200
IntCI. B21b //OO, B21d
U.S. CI. 72-67 7 Claims
^.K."^
L_4-"?vJ*
The invention consists in a device for forming projections
on the sides of hollow workpieces with the aid of punches in-
troduced inside a workpiece and forming rollers mounted on
rotary and advancing heads arranged outside the workpiece.
3,643,485
HIGH-PRESSURE ROLLING OF WORKPIECES
Jacob Marcovitch, Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa, as-
signor to Rotary Profile Anstalt, Vaduz, Liechtenstein
ContinuatkMi of applicatk>n Ser. No. 634,947, May 1, 1967,
now abandoned. This applicatkMi Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No.
882367
Claims priority, application Republic of South Africa, .May 5,
1966, 66/2610; Aug. 17, 1966. 66/4911
Int CI. B2 lb/ 9/05, i/06
U.S. CI. 72—96 27 Claims
A die for drawing tubular workpieces has its orifice
defined by a ring of small rollers which are rotatable to work
present to straighten the tube and the die may include means
to make the wall thickness of the workpiece uniform.
3,643,486
WORK-HOLDING ASSEMBLY
Vaclav Hladky, Brno, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Vyzkumny
ustav tvarecich stroju a technologie tvareni, Brno,
Czechoslovakia
RIed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 813,872
Int CI. B21h 9/00
U.S. CI. 72— 108 3 Claims
/
In a work-holding assembly wherein a workpiece is sup-
ported while fed to a working location, a main work-holding
means includes a pair of main jaws which hold the work-
piece, and an auxiliary work-holding means includes a pair of
auxiliary jaws which also engage the work. A cormecting
means in the form of a pair of elongated bars interconnects
the auxiliary jaws with the main jaws. With this arrangement,
while the main jaws are in the region where working of the
workpiece takes place, the auxiliary jaws are also located in
this region so as to support even a relatively short workpiece
in the direct vicinity of the region where it is worked upon by
devices such as, for example, wedge-rolls.
3,643,487
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY BENDING AND
FLEXING STRIP MATERIAL
Chester M. Wiig, Lincolnwood, DL, assignor to F. J. Littell
Machine Company, Chicago, 111.
FUed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,841
IntCI. B21dy /02
U.S.CI.72— 164 10 Claims
For cold-working metal strip material, suitably spaced
bending and flexing rollers are provided and which are jour-
naled for rotation in end members that form part of a drum
type of support. The said support is in turn mounted for rota-
tion since the end members are each rotatably supported in
the frame structure of the machine. Thus the rotative posi-
/
/
1282
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
tioning of the drum support will produce various degrees of exact and predetermined amount of fluid flow is detected. A
bending of the strip material as it passes over the rollers ball return conduit is connected to the inlet and outlet ends
which rotate simultaneously and at the same speed for the
said purpose.
of the calibration barrel so that a ball is returned from the
outlet to the inlet for another calibration test.
3,643,488
ROLLING MILL
Erich J. F. E. Bretschneider, Budcrich, Germany, assignor to
SIEMAG Siegener Maschinenbau GmbH, Dahlbnich, Ger-
many
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,135
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 7, 1968, P 18 13
331.8
Int. CI. B2 lb 2/ /OO
U.S. CI. 72-191 10 Claims
1 K^iriiMJ 1
This invention has to do with a universal planetary rolling
mill in which clusters of rolls are rotated to swing successive
rolls into the path of the stock to be rolled.
3,643,489
CALIBRATING BARREL
Billy E. Davis, Tulsa, and Paul V. Gilliam, Broken Arrow,
both of Okla., assignors to Signet Controls, Inc., Tulsa,
Okla.
Original application June 13, 1968, Ser. No. 736,752, now
Patent No. 3,541,837, dated Nov. 24, 1970. Divided and this
application Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,817
Int. CI. GOlf 25/00
US. CI. 73-3 8 Claims
Fluid flowmeters are calibrated by comparing the flowme-
ter through a calibration barrel. The barrel is of uniform in-
ternal diameter with two detector switches placed a predeter-
mined distance apart. Balls with a diameter substantially
equal to the internal diameter of the barrel move the
predetermined distance to actuate the switches so that an
3,643,490
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INVESTIGATING
INTERFIBER FRICTION
Kenneth L. Hertel, Knoxville, Tenn., assignor to The Universi-
ty of Tennessee Research Corporation, Knoxville, Tenn.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1967, Ser. No. 660,044
Int. CI. GO In i/56, 79/02
U.S. CI. 73-9 16 Claims
Interfiber friction information is obtained by measuring the
energy dissipated when a fibrous assembly is loaded in shear.
The specimen of fibers is mounted between parallel surfaces
one of which is connected to a pendulum so as to be oscil-
lated in a direction parallel to the surfaces. During relative
oscillatory movement between the surfaces, fibers of the as-
sembly move relative to each other and the work expended
in overcoming friction is reflected in the decay in the am-
plitude of the pendulum oscillations.
3,643,491
DERIVATIVE DIFFERENTL\L SCANNING
MICROCALORIMETER
Curtis G. Dell; Dennis W. Janzea, both of Newark, Del., and
John D. McGbee, Plymouth Meeting, Pa., assignors to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Oct. 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 766,857
Int. CI. GO In 25/00
U.S. CI. 73-15 B 6 Claims
A scanning differential microcalorimeter in which energy
is differentially supplied to a reference and sample in an ef-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1283
fort to equalize their temperatures. A signal proportional to
the difference in energy flows is produced and its derivative
material is then compacted into a predetermined volume and
air passed therethrough, the air being increased from an ini-
tial pressure to a predetermined increased pressure. The
PIOCIltlEI
[ u
lEllEI
-< POIEI
SIP'II
pH S»IPlE
« /
:.,....,.,.^
«x '
II
H I OEIH«II»E
~y^ ci«c»ii
POlil
4
lElTTI
(tf)^|— j •■PLIIIEI
— «I!IE1CE
'
^ . ..
1
T'l--^'
—^
T
1 M
1 IBCOIOEI
obtained and added to this signal to correct for the lag in the
difference signal.
3,643,492
POUR AND CLOUD POINT ANALYZER
Samuel W. Simpson, Florissant, Mo., assignor to SheU Oil
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30393
Int. CI. GO In 25104
U.S.CI.73-17A 4 Claims
pressure is then allowed to decrease to its initial position and
the time taken is measured against a fixed reference. The
process is cyclically and repetitively operated.
3 643^494
A NONDESTRUCTIVE MEASURING SYSTEM
Erwin W. Kanmier, McLean, Va., assignor to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the SeoreUry of the
Navy
FUed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,020
Int. CI. GOln 29100
VS. CI. 73-67.2 2 Claims
Apparatus for determining the pour point of a normally
liquid composition having constituents which crystallize upon
being cooled by observing the temperature at which the
solidifiable constituents in a sample of the composition, upon
being cooled, will support a small object. This point is in-
dicated by discontinuance in an automatically recorded
time/temperature curve. This solid point correlates with the
ASTM solid point and also the ASTM pour pomt tempera-
ture which is 5° F. above the solid point temperature. The in-
ception point of a plateau in the time/temperature curve dur-
ing the cooling portion of the cycle is the crystal point. This
crystal point correlates vkith the ASTM cloud point. Modifi-
cation of the apparatus for continuous service can be accom-
plished by automatically introducing the sample, heating,
then cooling, removing the sample and recirculating a fresh
sample.
O
RtCE'VE"
A system for nondestructively measuring the thickness of a
surface stress layer of a glass material by measuring an in-
crease of the fundamental frequency of a quartz resonator
due to the stressed surface layer.
3 643,493
MEASURING SPECIFIC SURFACE OF POWDERS
Jan Vitovsky, Brno, Czechoslovakia, assignor to Vyzkumny
ustav Stavebnkh hmoi, Brno, Czechostovakia
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,406
Claims priority, application Czechostovakia, Mar. 31, 1969,
2278/69
Int. CI. GOln 15/08
VS. CI. 73-38 9 Ctaims
Method and apparatus for measuring the specific surface
of pulverized materials successively feeding a predetermined
weight of pulverized material to a transparent container. The
3 643,495
PROGRAMMED ULTRASONIC PULSE-ECHO
APPARATUS FOR FLAW SIZE INDICATION IN
MATERIALS TESTING
Ludwig Niklas, Lovenich near Cologne, (iermany, assignor to"
Dr. J.L.H. Krautkramer Gesellschaft Fur Elektrophysik.
Luxemburger, Germany
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,921
Claims priority, appttcatkm Germany, Mar. 28, 1969, P 19
15 833.9
Int. CI. GOln 29/00
VS. CI. 73—67.9 8 Claims
In an ultrasoruc pulse-echo apparatus for nondestructive
materials testing, particularly for flaw size determination,
1284
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
flaw size is determined by the reflected echo intensity as sure a 1 80° wire wrap about each main pulley groove. This
analyzed by means of programmable circuit modules the out- permits a high-testing tension to exist in the loop that extends
12 'J li
I .1 || -I ;|
L
#j: '
P ! 9
L>l L -«
'J
'J
\)
put of which is readout in terms of the flaw distance on the
scale or similar means of an indicator instrument.
about the free pulley, while only a low tension exists prior to
entenng on the main pulley and after leaving it.
Xfji^Aiu. 3,643,498
HYDRAULIC LOAD TEST DEVICE APPARATUS FX)R TESTING SOILS IN SITU
*/. ^. : , .. •^^''*S,^"/^ . ^^^ DEVICE Bobb o. Hardin, 767 Bravington Way. Lexinston Kv
narodni podnick, PIzen, Czechoslovakia ,„, f.. r-n, ,o^ ^o.w:^
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,416 U S CI 73—101
Claims priority, applkation Czechoslovakia, Apr. 10, 1969,
2528/69
10 Claims
Int. CI. coin 3110
U.S. CI. 73—93
5 Claims
Apparatus for determining the stiffness of soil in situ in-
cludes a compact, sturdy assembly suitable for insertion into
a borehole or for use as a penetrometer. An oscillatory por-
tion of the assembly in coupled contact with the soil
generates a signal when actuated by a magnet and coil means
serving to oscillate that assembly portion in a controlled elec-
trical circuit.
A hydraulic load test device for examination of load test
pieces by pull, pressure or bending, provided with hydraulic
elastic steel cushions, inserted between crossbeams of a mo-
bile frame arranged slidable along posts and between a cross-
beam, connecting both posts of the test device within an
opening of the frame.
3,643v499
APPARATUS FX)R SHEAR AND FATIGUE TESTING OF
PINS
Arthur G. Thayer, Rossford, Ohio, assignor to Libbey-Owens-
Ford Company, Toledo, Ohio
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,1 IS
InL CI. GO In i/24.J/i2
U.S. CI. 73-101 9 Claims
3,643,497
TENSILE LOADING APPARATUS FOR MOVING WIRE
George W. LeCompte, Rockville, Md., assignor to Hughes
Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 812,971
Int. CI. G01nJ/2<S
U.S. CI. 73—95.5 1 1 Claims
Apparatus for testing the tensile strength of moving wire
without subjecting wire at the supply coil or other source to
high tension, comprising a main pulley with two grooves and
a free pulley biased away from the main pulley for leading
wire in a loop from one main pulley groove to the other.
Guides for guiding wire to and away from the main pulley as-
Apparatus for testing shear pins to determine the most effi-
cient notch design and base comp>osition of metals and metal
I
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1285
alloys from which the pins can be produced by subjecting
specimen pins to conditions simulating the actual conditions
under which they are to be used.
strain on the fastener is exceeding its elastic limit. A signal is
created in response to the exceeding of the elastic limit of the
fastener, and actuates a shutoff means to stop the wrench.
3,643,500
GRIPPING DEVICE
Philip J. Anderson, Deerficid, lU., assignor to Institute of Gas
Technok)gy
FUed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,476
Int. CI. GOln 3100
U.S. CI. 73-103 3 Claims
\
3,643,502
ELECTROMECHANICAL FORCE MEASURING CELL
Gottfried Birkboltz, WeiterstwJt, Germany, assignor to Cari
Schenck Maschinenfabrik GmbH, Darmstadt, Gemumy
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,042
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 3, 1969, P 19 49
924.2
InL CI. GOll 7/22
U.S.CI.73-141 A 6 Claims
A device for gripping test specimens or workpieces. The
device includes a body having an aperture therein for receiv-
ing one end of the specimen or workpiece. Means are
mounted around the one end for translating axial forces into
radial inward gripping forces. Means are mounted around the
specimen or workpiece, adjacent the translating means and
removably secured to the body for applying the axial forces
to said translating means so that the inward radial forces are
transmitted from the translating means to the specimen or
workpiece for positively gripping the specimen or workpiece
about its periphery.
3,643,501
WRENCHING SYSTEM AND METHOD
RcginaM W. Pauley, Belle Mead, N J., assignor to IngersoU-
Rand Company, New York, N.Y.
FUed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877,606
UiL CI. GOll 5124
U.S. CI. 73-133 6 Claims
Electromechanical force-measuring cell which includes a
deformation member formed of two cylindrical tubes of dif-
ferent diameters having a common central axis extending in
direction of measurement of a force, one end of each of the
tubes being adapted, respectively, to absorb an applied force
and a force reactive thereto, a conical tube interconnecting
the other ends, respectively, of the tubes, the other ends fac-
ing in opposite directions along the common central axis, and
force-measuring means comprising a mechanical-to-electrical
transducing device disposed at the resp)ective other ends of
the cylindrical tubes to which the conical tube is connected,
for converting to an electrical signal a deformation produced
in the deformation member by action of a force applied
thereto.
3,643,503
TRACK SURVEYING METHOD
Franz Plasser; Josef Theurer, both of Johannesgasse 3, 1010
Vienna, and Egon Schubert, Lainzerstrasse 246, Vienna
XID., aU of Austria
Filed Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 813,854
Claims priority, applkation Austria, Apr. 9, 1968, A3507/68
Int. CI. EOlb 35100
U.S. CI. 73— 1 46 12 Claims
A wrenching system and method including a wrench for
tightening a threaded fastener, measuring the torque placed
on the fastener by the wrench, measuring the angle through
which the fastener is rotated simultaneously with the mea-
surement of the torque, simultaneously comparing the torque
and the rotation angle of the fastener and determining when
the rotation angle begins increasing at a nonlinear rate rela-
tive to the increase of torque, thereby indicating that the
A surveying vehicle is continuously moved on and along a
track, the track is subjected to mechanical forces from the
continuously moving vehicle, and the change in the track
produced by the mechanical forces is measured. Signals cor-
responding to the measured changes indicate track condi-
tions at successive track px)ints where the mechanical forces
have been exerted.
1286
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^04 tion The invention is of particular utility in an offshore en-
SYSTEM FOR BOREHOLE DEPTH AND TOOL POSITION vironment wherein the continually chanciniz elevation of the
IVffiASUREMENTS
Herbert A. Runddl, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 854,057
Int. CI. E2 lb 47/00
U.S. CI. 73-151.5 1 Claim
vessel with respect to the subsea well bore characteristically
makes surface control difficult.
Disclosed is a method and system for monitoring the depth
of a borehole and the distance between the drilling tool and
the bottom of the borehole which is usable concurrently with
the drilling of the borehole. A rotary pulse generator is pro-
vided driven by the slow sheave of the crown block which
senses upward and downward movement of the drill string
and which provides a pair of pulse train signals representing
movement through incremental length segments of predeter-
mined magnitude such as, for example, 1 foot. A discrimina-
tor is provided for discriminating between the upward and
the downward pulses and for providing a pair of pulse train
signals the first representing downward movement and the
second representing upward movement, of the drilling tool.
The pulses of the first signal are summed by a first pulse
counter which in turn provides an output signal representing
the accumulated depth of the borehole. A second pulse
counter is provided for summing the pulses of the second
signal and for subtracting from the resulting sum the pulses
of the first signal and for providing a second output signal
corresponding to the distance between the drilling tool and
the bottom of the borehole, inhibit means are provided for
inhibiting the summing performed by the first counter when
the aforementioned second output signal is greater than zero
and for inhibiting the subtracting performed by the second
counter when the second output signal is not greater than
zero. Also, means are provided for inhibiting the operation of
both counters when the weight of the drill string is off the
drilling cable.
3,643,505
PROGRAMMED OFFSHORE FORMATION TESTERS
James W. Kisling, III, Houston, Tex,, assignor to Schlum-
berger Technology Corporation, New York, N.Y,
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No, 2
Int. CI. E2 lb 47/00
U.S. CI. 73-155 11 Claims
In accordance with an illustrative embodiment of the
present invention, an apparatus is described for making auto-
matic formation evaluation tests in a well bore. To accom-
plish this, a formation tester is provided with timing means
for controlling execution of various predetermined opera-
tions, such execution continuing from initiation to termina-
tion ofthe test with no requirement for operator interven-
3,643,506
MARINE SPEEDOMETER
Frederick G. Miles, Ashurst, England, assignor to F. G. Miles
Engineering Limited, Sussex and Cbetwode Marine Sales
Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,661
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec 31, 1968,
61,945/68
Int. CI. GO Ic 2/ /OO
U.S. CI. 73-186 9 Claims
A marine speedometer for use on small boats has a mount-
ing for fitting to the hull of the boat, the mounting projecting
through the hull. The mounting supports a vertical shaft the
lower end of which carries a wand deflectable against a
restoring force by the movement ofthe water past the boat to
turn the wand about the shaft axis to a position de{>endent on
the speed of the boat. The shaft is turned with the wand and
is coupled to the wiper of a rheostat located in board of the
boat. The rheostat is part of an electrical circuit providing a
speed indication. Additionally an integrating circuit may be
provided to give a log of distance covered.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1287
3,643^07
MEANS FOR DETERMINING FLOW RATE AND
VOLUME OF A FLOWING FLUID MASS
Sheyri W. Garrett, Tulsa, Okla,, assignor to Combustion En-
gineering, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88^06
IntCLGOlf 7/00
U,S, CI. 73- 1 94 R 4 Claims
3,643,509
THERMOCOUPLE LANCE
Hubertus Joannes Josephurs Surinx. Kuilenbroekstraat 2,
Genk, Belgium
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839361
Claims priority, application Luxembourg, Feb. 4, 1%9,
57920
Int. CI. GOlk 7i/y2
U,S. CI. 73-354 10 Claims
•-v
:!^^o-.^
Dfrrc^o^ raw€»'f»
Ul
A system which includes a flow meter producing voltage
pulses of a frequency proportional to the flow rate of a flow-
ing mass, and a sensing element responsive to a physical con-
dition of the flowing mass with a circuit which produces a
DC voltage signal analogous to that condition. A generator
provides linear sawtooth voltage pulses against which a com-
parator circuit compares the analog voltage from the sensing
element and circuit. The voltage resultant of the comparison
switches a portion of the voltage pulses from the flow meter
to a divider circuit element and a subtractor circuit element
of the system for conversion of relatively low order changes
in the physical condition to their full range equivalents, and
for correction of the flow rate or volume as a function of
such changes. The flow rate or volume as thus corrected is
registered on a suitable flow rate indicator or volume
counter.
A lance for removing gas and furnace charge probes from
shaft furnaces, and in particular from blast furnaces. The
lance is also suitable for taking temperature and gas pressure
measurements in the interior space of the furnace. The lance
is horizontally movably mounted on a platform and is
adapted to be inserted into the charge of the furnace via a
stuffing box packing and a shutoff gate valve, both of which
are arranged in the furnace wall.
An expendable thermocouple unit facilitates measuring
temperature of a molten bath, obtaining a sample of the bath,
£md facilitates ascertaining the liquidus arrest temperature of
the sample. The unit contains a single thermocouple within a
cup-shaped container having thin walls and good thermal
conductivity so that the temperature of the sample may
equalize the temperature of the bath through the container
wall. The container has an entry port at one end so that the
sample may enter thereinto to remote from the hot junction
ofthe thermocouple.
3,643,508
DEVICE FOR REMOVING GAS AND FURNACE CHARGE
PROBES FROM SHAFT FURNACES AND/OR FOR
TAKING TEMPERATURE AND GAS PRESSURE
MEASUREMENTS IN THE INTERIOR SPACE OF THE
FURNACE
Werner Schneider, Siegen/Westfalen, Germany, assignor to
Dango & Dienenthal Kommanditgesellschaft. Siegen am
Westfalen and Salzgitter Huttenwerk Aktiengesellschaft
Salzgitter, Drutte, Germany
Filed Dec, 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,971
Int CI. GOlp 5//6, GOlk JH4; GOln 1/24
VS. CI, 73—344 9 Claims
3,643^10
FLUID DISPLACEMENT PRESSURE GAUGES
Frederic Lissau, Forest Hills, N.Y., assignor to Liquidonics
Inc., Westbury, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,933
Int. CI. GOl I 79/04
U,S. CI. 73—393 14 Claims
^^"
\
Fluid displacement pressure gauges have pressure respon-
sive elements which displace gauging fluid in readout tubes.
Gauging fluid can be located inside or outside the pressure
responsive elements. The pressure responsive elements may
be capsules with flexible walls or tubular members with flat,
curved, corrugated or round walls. Temperature-compensat-
ing means and spring rate adjustment means are provided to
improve accuracy of reading precision instruments. Hermeti-
cally sealed gauges can be used in any position. Readout
tubes may have bores of different sizes to improve readout
resolution. Differently colored gauging fluids in the readout
tubes serve to improve readability. Automatic compensation
means may be provided to compensate for variations in fluid
volume due to temperature changes. Readout tubes can be
provided with means to eliminate parallax in reading scales.
1288
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Readout tubes and scales can be coiled to improve readout
resolution without increasing overall scale height.
3,643^11
SAMPLE-INLET VALVE FOR GAS CHROMATOGRAPHS
Hdnz Warncke, Cologne, and Mdchior Kahl, Leverkusen,
both of Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
ticngesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,310
Claims priority, applkatk>n Germany, Apr. 24, 1970, P 19 20
768.2
Int.CI. G01n//;0
VS. CI. 73-422 GC 1 1 Claims
which is circular in cross section and the diameter of the
strand is progressively reduced until the strand crumbles.
3,643313
ACCELEROMETER
Preston R. Weaver, Rocky HUl, Conn., assignor to UMC Elec-
trooks Company, North Haven, Conn.
Rled Aug. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 749,416
Int. CI. GOlp 15108
U.S. CI. 73-517 R 4 Claims
^lvUu\\
A liquid-inlet valve for a gas chromatograph is designed on
the principle of a metering rod with a metering groove or
bore milled into it, the rod being inserted into a heated
evaporator, wherein that part of the valve which is to receive
liquid upon loading of the metering groove before insertion
into the evaporator, comprises of a solid cylinder of a highly
corrosion-resistant material of limited thermal conductivity
which seals without lubrication.
3,643,512
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WORKING SOIL
SAMPLES
Hans Muller-Wdt, Stuttgart, Gemumy, assignor to AmtUche
Forschungs-und Materialpnifungsantalt fur das Bauwesen,
Otto-Graf-Institut an der Universitat Stuttgart, Stuttgart,
Vaihingen, Germany
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 14,146
Claims priority, applkatwn Germany, Feb. 24, 1969, P 19 09
609.4
Int. CI. GOln 33/24
VS. CI. 73—432 24 Claims
An accelerometer for sensing and recording maneuvering
acceleration loading of an aircraft where an electrical signal
is produced proportional to the loading and the magnitude of
the loading above a threshold level is sensed and recorded if
the loading is due to maneuvering acceleration.
3,643,514
GOVERNOR DEVICES
Frederick WUIiam Price, and Derek Williams, both of Lon-
don, England, assignors to Sinuns Motor Units Limited,
London, England
FUcd Sept 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,440
Int. CI. G05d ]3/]6
VS. CI. 73-530 9 Claims
A method and apparatus for working soil samples to deter-
mine characteristics thereof. The soil is formed into a strand
A governor device comprises two rotatably mounted
governor weights. An output channel member has inclined
slots engaging pins in one face of the weights so that the
member is displaced axially when the weights are displaced
radially An output tube is coupled to the weights, for rota-
tion therewith, through abutment members engaging inclined
slots in the opposite face of the weights so that the rotational
position of the tube is advanced when the weights move radi-
ally outwards.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1289
3,643,515
MULTIOPTION CONTROL HEAD
Arae H. Hansen, New City, N.Y., and Lester Vfctor Heben-
strdt, Bloomfiekl, NJ., assignors to Walter Kidde & Com-
pany, Inc., Belleville, N J.
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,336
Int. CI. G05g 7 7/00
U^. CI. 74-2 18 Claims
journal bearing so that there are no wear points during
operation of the rotary pump which is particularly adapted
for use in an arrangement for supplying fluid pressure to
hydrostatically supported bearings of the gyroscope.
3,643,517
POWER TRANSMITTING CHAIN WITH FLOATING
BUSHING AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURE
William T. Paul, Holyoke, Mass., assignor to North American
Rockwell Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Fikd Oct. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 85,053
Int. CI. F16g 13/02
VS. CI. 74-254 7 Claims
A valve-operating control head for a fire extinguishing
system which can be equipped to be operated by either an
electrical, a pneumatic, or a mechanical fire detecting
system. The control head mechanism includes a lever cen-
trally mounted on a pivot and carrying a trigger member
rotatably mounted on one end thereof. The trigger holds a
rotatable spring-loaded valve-operating device against opera-
tion by engaging a pin extending from the valve-operating
device. A spring extending from the control head casing
holds the trigger in engagement with a ratchet wheel carried
by the pivot and also tends to rotate the lever and the trigger
about the pivot to move the trigger out of engagement with
the pin. The trigger is held against rotation about the pivot by
either holding the free end of the lever or by holding the
ratchet wheel from rotating. When the control head is util-
ized with an electrical detecting system, a solenoid is posi-
tioned to hold the lever and when it is used with a pneumatic
system a diaphragm-operated arm holds the lever. When the
control head is used with a mechanical detecting system a
tensioned cable extending from a fusible link is wound
around the ratchet wheel to hold it from rotating.
3,643,516
HYDROSTATICALLY SUPPORTED GYROSCOPE, A
COMBINED CENTRIFUGAL AND VISCOUS SHEAR
ROTARY PUMP
Oscar D. Jacobson, New York, N.Y., assignor to The Bendix
Corporatkm
FUed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,232
Int. CLGOlc 79/20
U.S. CI. 74—5 9 Claims
A combination in a hydrostatically supported gyroscope of
a centrifugal and viscous shear rotary pump of a disc impeller
type with extremely shallow spiral grooves fabricated in both
sides of the disk and in close proximity to smooth stator sur-
faces so as to cause a high viscous shear in a low-viscosity
fluid to effect an improved pressure rise in the spiral grooves
as the disk rotates in a sense aiding in a centrifugal pumping
action of the impeller disk. In operation, the disk floats
hydrodynamically between the stator faces and on a center
/J ^^ xV // //-^ /^
// vv
At least one floating metallic bushing acts as an inter-
mediate bearing member between roller link subassemblies
and link pin subassemblies of a power chain. At least one
master connection link is held in place by means of a readily
disconnectable spring clip. Manufacturing steps include plac-
ing a roller link subassembly over open link pin ends of ad-
jacent link pin subassemblies, inserting at least one metallic
floating bushing over each pin end and closing each link pin
subassembly by fixing link pin members on the open link pin
ends of each link pin subassembly.
3,643,518
BELT AND BELT DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Roy E. Semin, and Joseph C. Geist, both of Lincoln, Nebr., as-
signors to The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron,
Oluo
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,452
InL CI. F16g 7/02. 7/22; F16h 5/20
U.S. CI. 74-219 22 Claims
A flexible power transmission belt used in conjunction with
toothed and/or grooved pulleys of a belt drive assembly and
capable of driving from opposite portions thereof The belt
includes one driving portion which is preferably transversely
toothed to mesh with toothed pulleys and an opposite lon-
gitudinal plural V-ribbed driving portion which engages at
least one grooved pulley. The belt is particularly useful in
belt drive assemblies in which the arc of contact between the
1290
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
plural V-ribbed driving portion of the belt and the pulley is
small or relatively small with the required high tension
materially increasing stresses on the tension member of the
belt.
3,643^19
TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY
Robert C. EbersoM, Novelty, Ohio, assignor to The Warner &
Swasey Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,675
Int. CI. F16h 55122
U.S. CI. 74— 230.17 A 21 Claims
P
3,643,520
TRANSMISSION
Bohdan A. Andrushkiw, Dearborn Heights, and Lynn A.
Range. Detroit, both of Mich., assignors to Chrysler Cor-
poration, Highland Park, Mich.
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,978
Int. CI. F16h 3108
MS, CI. 74-333 4 Claims
,w^
A fully synchronized four-forward-speed transmission with
a reverse gear m an extension housing. The reverse gear is
coupled to a constantly driven countershaft by a slideable
reverse idler member. An interlock device including two
levers having notches in the ends thereof into which pins are
movable is also provided.
3,643,521
SEALING MEANS FOR A TRANSMISSION MECHANISM
Sven Walter Nilsson, Partille, Sweden, assignor to Ak-
tiebolaget Svenska Kullagerfabriken, Goteborg, Sweden
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 3,106
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 16, 1969, 521/69
Int. CI. F16h 55100; F16k 41100
U.S. CI. 74-459 8 Claims
An improved transmission assembly includes a pair of vari-
able diameter drive pulleys having effective diameters which
can be changed in response to a command signal to vary the
speed of rotation of an output member relative to the speed
of rotation of an input member. To accomplish this, the com-
mand signal effects operation of a reversible servomotor to
operate drive assemblies. One of these drive assemblies
moves a section of one drive pulley toward another section of
the drive pulley to increase the effective diameter of this
drive pulley. Operation of the drive assemblies also moves a
section of the other drive pulley away from an associated sec-
tion of the pulley to decrease the effective diameter of this
drive pulley. As the sections of the drive pulleys are being
moved, a signal generator provides a feedback signal which
varies with variations in the effective diameters of the drive
pulleys. An error detector interrupts operation of the ser-
vomotor when the feedback signal is a predetermined func-
tion of the command signal. A belt stretch compensator as-
sembly is provided to increase the effective diameters of both
drive pulleys in response to an increase in the effective length
of a drivebelt extending between the drive pulleys.
The nut component of a transmission mechanism is at each
end provided with a sealing member designed as a tubular
element enclosing the screw of the transmission and having
an internal, helical ridge to cooperate therewith. The
member is further provided with means for biasing the
member away from the nut in such a manner that said ridge
will be forced against the sidewall of the groove in the screw
remote from the nut, whereby the groove is continuously
swept clean as the nut is displaced along the screw. The seal-
ing member is further designed as a reservoir for grease and
is equipped to release surplus grease from the nut, when the
latter is being filled.
3,643,522
LOW FRICTION BEARING LINER FABRICATION
John Peter Fullam, Bale D'Lrfee, Montreal, Quebec, Canada,
assignor to Abex Industries of Canada, Ltd., St. Laurent,
Montreal, Canada
Fikd Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,1 16
Int. CI. F16h 7//S, 55122, 57/04
VS. CI. 74—424.8 A 16 Claims
A low friction nut liner for lining the interior of the nut
member of a jackscrew type actuating mechanism. The nut
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1291
liner is cut longitudinally into three arcuate segments, one
segment being cut along two parallel planes. The three seg-
ments are bonded at the interior of the nut member with an
epoxy adhesive which contains aluminum particles for im-
proved heat transfer from the liner to the nut member. The
liner is mounted in the nut member by inserting each seg-
ment, in turn, axialiy into the nut member and then moving it
radially outwardly against the inner wall of the nut member.
The segment having parallel cuts is inserted last by similarly
moving it axialiy into the nut member and then moving it
parallel to its cuts into the remaining gap.
3,643,523
KNOB ASSEMBLY FOR VERNIER CONTROL DEVICE
John Mihaila, Alliance, Ohio, assignor to North American
Rockwell Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,846
InLCI. F16C///6
VS. CI. 74—502 5 Claims
''^"m " »
A knob assembly particularly adaptable to a control device
for moving the core of a push-pull cable with respect to the
casing thereof in gross amounts, and, selectively, in accurate-
ly fine, or vernier, increments. The control device employs
concentric inner and outer members that are rotatable in
unison to provide vernier control, but the inner member must
first be moved in one direction independently of the outer
member and sequentially thereafter the inner and outer
members must be moved axialiy in unison to effect gross con-
trol. The knob assembly has a fixed knob means secured to
the inner member, and a floating knob means slidably
mounted about the outer member. A lever arm is swingingly
mounted on a fulcrum carried by the outer member and
operatively joins the floating knob means to the inner
member in order to effect the required coordination of
movement between the inner and outer members in response
to the natural application of forces to the knob assembly by
an operator.
mechanisms of an automotive vehicle further includes a
pivoted brake pedal carrier member suitably swingably
mounted on support structure of the vehicle and an accelera-
tor r>edal bracket fixedly mounted on such support, each car-
rier and bracket having mounted for rotation thereon an
Acme screw. One such screw carries an integrally formed nut
end portion of the brake pedal member while the other
rotatably mounts an elongated nut or throttle pedal carrier
3,643,524
CONTROL PEDALS FOR VEHICLES
Lk>yd D. Herring, Jenison, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Fifed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,668
Int. CL G05g 1/14
UACL 74—512 6 Claims
Control pedal apparatus including brake and accelerator
pedals adapted for connection with the brake and throttle
member pivotally carrying on a distal end thereof a low-
pivoted accelerator pedal member. Linkage between the sup-
port structure, the accelerator carrier and the pedal thereon
adjusts the vertical attitude of the pedal on the carrier during
rotation of the corresponding screw.. The accelerator pedal
connects with the vehicle throttle through push-pull cable
means arranged to transfer actuation through flexure of a
loop portion thereof within the passenger compartment.
3,643,525
ADJUSTABLE CONTROL PEDALS FOR VEHICLES
Jack E. Gibas, EssexviUe, Mich., assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Fifed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,669
Intel. G05g7//4
U.S. CI. 74-512 4 Claims
An adjustable control pedal apparatus including brake and
accelerator p>edals adapted for connection with the brake and
throttle mechanisms of an automotive vehicle further in-
cludes a pivoted brake pedal carrier member suitably
sv^ngably mounted on support structure of the vehicle and
an accelerator pedal carrier fixedly mounted on such sup-
port, each of the carriers having mounted for rotation
thereon an Acme screw. One such screw carries an integrally
formed nut end portion of the brake pedal member while the
1292
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
other rotatably mounts an elongated nut member pivotally
carrying on a distal end thereof the accelerator pedal
member. A tandem cable drive connects the two screws for
simultaneous adjusting rotation under operation of a reversi-
ble electric motor connected with only one of the screws.
3,643^26
IGNITION TIMING AND THROTTLE POSITION
CONTROL
WilHam F. Tbornbursh, Rochester, Mkh., assignor to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,939
Int. CI. F02d 33102; F02p 5112
U.S. CI. 74—860 4 Claims
A solenoid is energized when the transmission is in high-
drive ratio and is deenergized when the transmission is in the
lower drive ratios or when the engine ignition system is shut
off. A valve carried on the solenoid plunger closes the
vacuum conduit between the induction passage and the dis-
tributor vacuum advance unit when the solenoid is deener-
gized to prevent vacuum advance during low-drive ratio
operation and opens when the transmission is in high-drive
ratio to permit vacuum advance during high-drive ratio
operation. The solenoid plunger also carries a carburetor
throttle stop which prevents closure of the carburetor throt-
tle beyond a relatively fast idle position when the transmis-
sion is in high-drive ratio and which permits closure of the
carburetor throttle to a relatively slow idle position when the
transmission is in low-drive ratio or when the engine ignition
system is shut off.
3,643,527
HYDRAULIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR AN AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION FOR A MOTOR VEHICLE
Kiyoshi Olinuma, Toyoda-shi, Japan, assignor to Toyota
Jidosha Kogyo KabusliiU Kaislia, Toyoda-shi, Japan
Filed Dec. 17, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,849
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1968, 43/95922
Int. CI. B60k 27/70
U.S. a. 74—868 4 Claims
'21
<Mm
^FilM
'20
8 ""r ' a
pressure regulator to assure smooth torque transmission for a
large torque demand during low speed operation of the vehi-
cle. A compensating pressure provided by the pressure
modulator valve is applied to the pressure regulator valve to
assure a control pressure, proportional to the throttle pres-
sure opening or the torque demand, being applied to the
servo-operated speed change gear. The pressure modulator
valve restricts the control pressure to a value below the max-
imum constant pressure for a throttle valve opening exceed-
ing a certain value, preventing excessive increase in the con-
trol pressure and assuring a constant low control pressure
when the vehicle speed increases to a predetermined speed
or when the transmission is set for the usual driving range.
A hydraulic control system for an automatic transmission,
having a torque converter or a hydraulic coupler and a servo-
operated speed change gear, for use in vehicles, includes a
pressure regulator regulating a control hydraulic pressure
supplied to the servo-operated speed change gear, and
further includes a pressure modulator valve connected to the
3,643,528
ACTUATING HANDLE ASSEMBLY
Jan van der Loos, Broekseweg 82, Meerkerk, Netherlands
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15330
Int. CI. B60k 27/0(7
U.S. CI. 74-876 8 Qaims
An sissembly for actuating the reversing gear and the gas
throttle of an internal -combustion engine, comprising a first
lever for actuating the reversing gear and a second lever for
actuating the throttle, the first lever being rotatable around a
fixed axis and the second lever being mounted on a pivot on
the first lever which pivot does not coincide with said fixed
axis. The second lever is also used as an operating handle.
During the first part of the stroke of this operating handle on
either side of the neutral position, the extremity of the
second lever lying in the vicinity of the fixed axis of the first
lever is guided by guiding surfaces in such a manner that
both levers substantially move as a unit, but after leaving
these surfaces the second lever is independently movable
around its pivot and the first lever is blocked in its extreme
position.
3,643^29
FURNITURE CONSTRUCTION
Joseph P. Bright, 315 Parlcway Drive, Berea, Ohio
Filed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,536
Int CI. E05d 13102, 15/06
VS. CI. 16-96
1 Claim
Furniture construction including a sliding door support
track structure comprising a vertical wall portion having a
top flange member extending horizontally outwardly in one
direction from its top edge and having an intermediate flange
member extending in said one direction outwardly from the
wall portion below and parallel to the top flange member.
The flange members are spaced from each other to provide a
cavity therebetween for receiving the top panel front edge
portion of a cabinet. Depeqfling from the intermediate flange
member is a hook portion or first track for receiving rollers
of a sliding door. The vertical wall portion also has a hook
portion or second track formed in such wall portion parallel
to the first track for receiving rollers of a second sliding door.
Another form of the invention includes a drawer handle
comprising a flat top wall having first, second, and third
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1293
flange portions depending therefrom. The first flange portion stroke by a pusher mounted o" across f^^e of *eUthr Thh
forms Thandle for manual grasping. The second and third mechanical check retams the tool in its dispiacea pos
flange portions are spaced from each other to form a cavity
therebetween for receiving the top edge portion of a drawer
front wall.
3,643,530
BUTTON ASSEMBLY APPARATUS
Makolm J. Roebudi, La Salle, Dl., assignor to First National
Bank in Peru
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,125
Int. CI. A44b 7/06
U.S.CI.79-5 11 Claims
against the bias of the spring which normally seeks to return
the tool to its "home" position.
3,643,532
SHAFT SUPPORT FOR LATHES
Eric Frank Moss, Braiswick, England, assignor to The
Cokhcster Lathe Company Umited, Colchester, England
Filed May 21, 1970, Ser. No. 39,209
CUdms priority, applkation England, May 27, 1969,
26,750/69
Int. CI. B23b 27/00
U.S. CI. 82-27 5 Claims
A button assembly apparatus including a die assembly hav-
ing two die members movable between an open and closed
position. The die members include means for applying a
covering on a button shell upon closing of the die members.
Upon closing the die members a second time, selectively
positionable means render the die members suitable for as-
sembling the covered shell to a body member to complete
the button.
3,643,531
MECHANICAL CHECK
John E. Burke, RroomaU; Edward J. Kaiser, Philadelphia,
both of Pa., and Charles J. Myers, Woodbury, NJ., as-
signors to J. E. Lonergan Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876311
Int CI. B23b 5136
UA CI. 82-11 9 Claims
An attachment for a lathe having a turret slide head which
mounts a tool for normal movement in a stroke axially
towards the chuck, and which may be displaced laterally
away from its "home" position at the forward end of its
j —
r^^
1 ' —
i
rk^
y-] _ ^
^^
» <.*(■.••-- <
-1
=^'
— ,^, —
A lathe having a long feed shaft and lead screw in which
such long shafts are supported against sagging and whirling
by a shaft support assembly including a support beam
mounted longitudinally on the lathe bed and two support
brackets slidable along the support beam, the brackets being
joined by a rod having stops engageable by a projection on
the carriage so that the position of the carriage determines
the position of the brackets to support the shafts remote from
the carriage.
3,643,533
TURRET LATHE
Frani Refaiers, Post Berg/Erketeni-land, and Georg Walk,
Rheydt, both of Germany, assignors to A. Monforts,
Monchengladhach, Germany
Filed Dec 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,216
Clafans priority, applkation Germany, Nov. 30, 1968, P 18 1 1
958.9
Int. CI. B23b 29/30
U.S. CI. 82-36 A * Ctaims
Turret lathe includes a multiarmed tool turret rototably ad-
justable to at least two angular positions, and indexing arm
carried by the tool turret for indexing the tool turret in each
of the angular positions thereof, the indexing arm being
1294
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
formed with an indexing bore, and an indexing pin continu-
ously extending through the indexing bore for uninterrup-
_:J'2in»M .3 if.S ,7^,3-.. ,2 i Cl—
(^K^
3,643^35
CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A
FABRICATING SYSTEM
Raymond L. Valente, Kankakee, lU.
FiJed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,097
InL CI. B26d 5132
UJS. CI. 83—50 21 Claims
^k[ / 7L ^-77-^.
tedly holding the indexing arm against rotation with the
rotatable tool turret.
3,643,534
METHOD FOR DIECUTTING SHEET MATERIALS BY
MEANS OF A DIECUTTING MACHINE AND A
DIECUTTING PLANT FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF
THIS METHOD
Erik Chresten Jacobsen, Hong, Denmark, assignor to Vilh
Pedersen A/S, Hoeng, Denmark
FUed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 7,299
Int CI. B26d 1/44
VS. CI. 83-29 2 Claims
TTZS-
lbs^
.''
Control apparatus and a method for providing fabricating
apparatus of the type employed with structural members,
with an automated operating cycle, where various tool means
at one or more tooling stations required for the fabrication of
the structural members are actuated automatically. The ap-
paratus utilizes a programming template formed from a thin,
flexible metal nbbon that is coiled about a stationary reel,
having a free end thereof fixed with regard to a structural
member that is moving relative to said tool means. A sensing
unit, also fixed, monitors movement of the programming
template and upon the detection of the occurrences, indicia
on said template at a monitored point produce signals that
are employed to control the various functions of the operat-
ing cycle The relationship between the control apparatus
and the remainder to the system is such that the template
movement corresponds exactly to that of the structural mem-
bers, so that the dimensional relationship of the patterns of
operations to be performed on said members may be trans-
ferred directly to the template.
3,643^36
SELF-ADJUSTING ROLLER GUIDE
Carl J. Alexander, Moorepark, Mich., assignor to Wells
Manufacturing Corporation, Three Rivers, Mich.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,158
Int. CI. B23d 55108
U.S. CI. 83-201.15 2 Claims
Die cutting of textiles, plastic foil, plastic fabric, paper and
similar materials occurs by means of assembly of cutting dies
having cutting edges corresponding to parts to be cut with a
bridge diecutting machine including an upper pressure plate
movable vertically up and down and including table frames
having tabletops that form supporting surfaces for a pad for
the material. Part of the supporting surfaces nearest to the
diecutting machine has a resilient support and is pressed
downwardly by the upper pressure plate of the diecutting
machine during the downward stroke of the upper pressure
plate. There is a step of placing the cutting die corresponding
to the parts separately with their cutting edges facing
downwards on the material according to a visually deter-
mined arrangement, having regard to the pattern of the
material and the degree of the utilization of the material.
With respect to that part of the pad which during the opera-
tion is outside the active scope of the diecutting machine,
together with material and the cutting dies, there is a step of
following the pressure plate in the movement of the latter so
that the cutting dies within the scope of the pressure plate al-
ways lie approximately horizontally.
11"
'9 ''
19'-
WRt^
1
^
^
Self-adjusting band saw roller guide comprises a yoke hav-
ing a pair of opposed legs with guide roller thereon. At least
one of the rollers is carried by an eccentric sleeve bearing
rotatably mounted on a leg of the yoke. A torque spring
means mounted on the yoke engages the eccentric sleeve
bearing and urges the roller to a predetermined position.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1295
3 643,537 3,643^39
CONTINUOUSLY ROTATING SHEARS TONE-BALANCING RIB MEMBER
Gunter Kari Fries, Neukirchen-Saar, Germany, assignor to Clifford W. Amlersen, DeKalb, Dl., assignor to The Wuriltaer
MoeUer & Neuman GmbH Company, Chi«go, Dl.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,293 FU«1 J**-* ^ V?!?,'^" ?° ^*''^^
Claims priority, appiictkx. Germany, Aug. 10, 1969, »* 1' ^2 mt CI. GlOc 3/06
355_3 U^. CI. 84 — 195 / v-uuii»
InLCI. B26d;/56 |
U.S. CI. 83-305 4 Claims
^^-^'
A continuously operating rotating shears for cutting rolled
products to definite lengths includes cutter supports mounted
on crankpins and controlled by pairs of parallel connecting
rods guided at their remote ends by means of guideways.
Shafts carrying the crankpins are supported in eccentric
bushings which can be rotated at a different, but
synchronously related, speed from the cutter shafts to pro-
vide for a variable number of miss-cuts between active cuts.
3,643,538
MOUTHPIECE OF WIND INSTRUMENTS
Nobuo Toyama, 375 Yodobashi, Shiniuku-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,039
Int. CI. GlOd 7/02
U.S. CI. 84-384 6 Claims
A laminated piano soundboard includes a treble and bass
bridge for transmitting vibrations from the piarx) stnngs and
a plurality of spaced-apart ribs for localizing the vibrations at
the center, prime resonating area of the soundboard. Since
the laminated character of the soundboard tends to inhibit
localization thereby adversely affecting its tonal quality, care-
fully sized and shaped weakened areas are provided in cer-
tain preselected ones of said plurality of rib members for as-
suring enhanced resonance.
3,643,540
APPARATUS, INCLUDING ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
FOR PROVIDING A TONAL STRUCTURE FOR THE
METRONOMIC DIVISIONS OF MUSICAL TIME
MUton M. Rosenstock, 780 RiversMe Dr., New York, N.Y.,
and George J. Doundoulakis, 2498 Kayron Lane, North
Bellmore, Long Island, N.Y., assignors to Milton M. Rosen-
stock and Albert C. Nolte, Jr., part interest to each
Filed July 21, 1970, Ser. No. 57385
Int.CI.G 10b/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 84—484 10 Claims
'te-po e +f + F' + G +'G"'+A ♦'»' +'B tic ♦iC ♦lO ♦;0' +
I — "jjTM'MTirw « 9« IQO>»«)4^IO«ilgjlH:i"
It iroia*a»ai nem tMni* 'MO*
THE METROTON SCALE OF 12 TEMPO-TONES i .»ch«i«Wto«s
In a mouthpiece of wind instruments and the like, the im-
provement comprising an outer barrel portion and a thin-
walled wind slot portion having a disc mounted at its base,
said portions being combined together and connected to a
hollow cylinder portion such that the wind slot portion is sur-
rounded by the outer barrel portion.
The repetition rates of audible sounds are correlated to the
audio frequency values of tones. While the invention can be
carried out by mechanical apparatus, the specific improve-
ment disclosed utilizes electronic equipment for efficiency,
effectiveness, accuracy and reliability. Electronic equipment
produces audible tones and audible sounds. Manually
operated controls select a tone or a sound, select an octave
range for the tone or the sound and control the duration and
repetition rate of the tone or the sound. A electroacoustic
transducer connected to the controls produces the selected
tone or sound in the controlled octave range at the con-
trolled duration and repetition rate to relate pitch tonally and
numerically to the repetition rate of pulse beats.
1296
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^41
MUSIC TEACHING AID
Alvcr W. Ruth, 1125 Young Street, Honolulu, Hawaii
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,769
Int. CI. G09b 15/02
U.S. CI. 84—485 4 Claims
An educational device for teaching a student chromatic
notes and fingerings of hom instruments including a panel
having note and scale representations, finger piston valves,
and indicator and electrical circuit including jacks cor-
responding to the notes on the scale whereby placing the in-
dicator in a jack and fingering of the piston valves causes the
indicator to give a signal that the proper fingering cor-
responding to the selected note has occurred.
3,643,542
MINE ROOF PINS AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING THE
SAME
Gerald W. EMers, Christopher, III., assignor to Pin-Set Cor-
poration, Christopher, HI.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 846,795, Aug. 1,
1969. This application Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 1 10
Int. CI. F16b 15/00
U.S. CI. 85-10 8 Claims
A roof pin adapted to be pressed into a mine roof which
includes an elongate shank having a head at one end and a
pointed tip at the other end, a first portion of the shank being
of greater peripheral dimension than a second portion to
control the amount of surface pressure and skin friction
when pressed into the mine roof, and thereby predetermine
the force required for insertion. The relative longitudinally
axial length of the first and second shank portions are
preselected to provide such regulation. In one embodiment.
the first shank portion is located ahead of the relatively
reduced second shank portion in the direction of the pointed
tip to provide a passage in the roof strata that is larger than
the reduced second shank portion.
The method of installing a pin of this typ>e in a mine roof
comprises the steps of inserting the elongate pin by pressing
into the mine roof, subjecting the mine roof to a compressive
pressure in the area of the pin to force the strata tightly
together so that the pin will hold the strata in such condition,
and releasing the compressive pressure after the pin has been
inserted so that the roof strata will provide substantially full
length contact with the pin to lock the pin in place. In those
pins in which the first shank portion is located ahead of the
relatively reduced second shank portion in the direction of
the pointed tip, the roof strata will fill in behind the first
shank portion and assist in locking the pin in place when the
compressive pressure is released after the pin has been in-
serted.
The pin-setting device for use in fixing pins of this type in a
mine roof include positioning means that locate the pin at a
predetermined area of the roof and subject the mine roof to
the compressive pressure in the predetermined area to force
the roof strata tightly together so that the pin will hold the
strata in such condition, and which will selectively release the
compressive pressure after the pin has been inserted so that
the roof strata will provide substantially full length contact
with the pin to lock the pin in place.
3,643343
MACHINE SCREW
Charles E. Gutshall, Eilwood City, Pa., assignor to Textron,
Inc., Providence, R.l.
Filed Sept 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,771
Int CI. F16b 25/00, 35/00
U.S. CI. 85-46 4 Claims
A coarse machine screw which terminates in a gimlet point
has a plurality of threads adjacent to the point end which
have an included angle substantially greater than the stan-
dard included angle. In the preferred embodiment, two
thread forms are employed, the thread form adjacent the
point end having an included angle of about 90° and the stan-
dard thread form, i.e. 60°, comprising the balance of the
threads.
3,643344
HIGH-STRENGTH STRUCTURAL BLIND FASTENER
FOR USE IN AIRPLANES, ROCKETS AND THE LIKE
Joseph H. Massa, Rocky River, Ohio, aatrignor to The National
Screw & Manufacturing Company, Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 803,040
Int CI. F16b 13/06, 39/30
U.S. CI. 85-72 3 Claimi
A three-part high-strength structural-type blind fastener of
the bolt- and nut-type, the parts of which are made of high-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1297
strength material and have a structural design relationship
ing a tuned damped vibration absorber, which comprises a
damping mass supported by a viscoelastic material element,
which provides in the fastener higher tensile and shear
characteristics and improved clamp up characteristics.
3,643345
ZERO BREECH GRENADE-LAUNCHING SYSTEM
Joseph A. Nahas, Laurel, Md., assignor to The United SUtes
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
FUed Nov. 13, 1%9, Ser. No. 876,518
IntCI.F41f //06
U.S. CI.89-1F 4 Claims
within the milling cutter. The element of viscoelastic material
is retained within the damping mass by retaining means.
3,643347
HYDRAULIC RECIPROCATING ENGINE
Hillebrand Johannes Josephus Kraakman, Emmasingel, Eind-
hoven, Netherlands, assignor to U.S. Philips Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
FUed Sept 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,445
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Sept 18, 1968,
6813313
IntCI. F15b/i/042, ///05
U.S. CI. 91-48 2 Claims
A grenade-launching pod including a housing supporting a
matrix of spigots aimed to cover a sector of approximately
20°. Each spigot includes a hollow pipe containing a slidable
firing pin biased rearwardly by a coil spring. A matrix of sole-
noids is secured to the inside of the housing, each one
aligned with a respective spigot and having its plunger in con-
tact with the firing pin of the associated spigot. A propellant
cartridge is removably held in a slot in the end of each spigot
and a grenade tail pipe is fitted over the spigot. When ener-
gized, the solenoid propels its plunger which pushes the firing
pin into a primer in the propellant cartridge which in turn
fires the cartridge and propels the grenade off the spigot and
along a ballistic trajectory.
3 643346
TUNED DAMPING MEANS FOR INCREASING THE
MINIMUM DYNAMIC STIFFNESS OF A SPINDLE
SYSTEM
Robert C. Richtcr, Cinchinati, Ohk>, and Shirooga K. Srinath,
Seattle, Wuh., assignors to Cincinnati Milaoron Inc, Cin-
cinnati, Ohk>
FUed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,063
Int CI. B23c 9/00; B23b 47/00
VS. CI. 90- 1 1 A 12 Claims
The minimum dynamic stiffness of a milling cutter and its
holder, which form a spindle system, is increased by dispos-
A hydraulic reciprocating engine having a piston which is
movable in a cylinder, at least one piston rod is secured to
the piston. On one side of the piston a supply pressure
prevails, and on the other side a regulating pressure prevails.
A pressure regulating system is connected between the duct
in which the supply pressure and the regulating pressure
prevails. The value of a regulating pressure is adjustable in
accordance with the value of the supply pressure and in ac-
cordance with an adjusting element, for example a spring,
acting on a regulating valve of the system. The pressure-regu-
lating system has at least one regulating member, in which
the ratio of the surfaces of the regulating member has such a
value that in the absence of a force exerted by the adjusting
element, the regulating pressure adjusted by the pressure
regulating valve relative to the supply pressure, has a value
which is inversely proportional to the ratio of the value of the
piston surfaces of the hydraulic motor.
1298
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^48
FLUID-PRESSURE-OPERATED MOTORS
Philip Butterworth, Bramhall, England, assignor to Butter-
worth Hydraulic Developments Limited, London, England
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,782
Int CI. FOll 25106
U.S. CI. 91-298 27 Claims
r I r
A fluid-pressure-operated reciprocating motor having a
spool and piston slidable in spool and piston cylinders respec-
tively in which the spool has a first pair of opposed faces
which respectively communicate with a pair of spool-working
chambers, and a second pair of opposed faces which respec-
tively communicate with a pair of spool-biasing chambers,
and the piston is double acting and has a pair of opposed
faces which respectively communicate with a pair of piston
chambers, reversal of the piston being initiated by reversal of
the spool which serves to connect one piston chamber al-
ternately to fluid pressure and to exhaust and to connect the
other piston chamber alternately to exhaust and to fluid pres-
sure respectively; in which the timing of reversal of the spool
is determined according to the position of the piston in its
cylinder, and the motor is so arranged that, with the spool at
an end of its stroke, one spool-working chamber is owp to
pressure while the other spool-working chamber is opto. to
exhaust to urge the spool to that end and one spool-biasing
chamber is open to exhaust and, to reverse the spool, fluid
pressure in both spool-working chambers is caused to apply
equal and opposite axial thrusts on the spool and pressure is
caused to be admitted to the other spool-biasing chamber in
opposition to the load on the spool applied by fluid pressure
in said one spool-working chamber.
3,643,549
AXIAL PISTON PUMP OR MOTOR
Kuniyasu Nagatomo, Fukuoka-ken, Japan, assignor to Mit-
subishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Piled July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,464
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 1, 1969, 44/60821
InLCI. F04b//20
U.S. CI. 91-505 4 Claims
piston and a retainer ring for keeping the slipper pads in con-
tact with the swashplate
A sphencal pressure member which externally engages a
corresponding central bore of the retainer ring is internally
slidably mounted on a cylindrical portion of an annular
pusher having a flange portion which is in turn slidably
mounted on the shaft. Between the spherical pressure
member and the pusher is disposed a first spring while a
second spnng is disposed between the pusher and the
cylinder barrel
As inclination angles below a predetermined valve of the
swashplate, the retainer ring is urged toward the swashplate
through engagement of the flange of the annular pusher with
the spherical pressure member under the force of the second
spring. At an inclination angles above the predetermined
valve, the retainer ring is urged through engagement of the
fiange of the pusher therewith at a point.
3,643,550
POWER TRANSMISSION
Robert J. Lease, Rochester, Mich., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation, Troy, Mich.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,528
Int. CI. F04b U20
U.S. CI. 91-506 3 Claims
An axial piston pump or motor comprises a cylinder barrel
fixedly mounted on a rotating shaft, a plurality of cylindrical
bores formed axially in the cylinder barrel, piston slidably
fitted in the associated bores, a swashplate adjustably ar-
ranged at a desired inclination angle with respect to the axis
of the shaft, slipper pads each engaged with an end of each
?< M «
A variable displacement piston pump or motor unit has an
oscillatable yoke controlled by double-acting preloaded
spring centering mechanism. Abutments are provided in the
casing and on the yoke between which a tool may be wedged
to hold the yoke in neutral position while the centering
springs are being adjusted. The housing has openings provid-
ing access for the tool, which openings may also serve as
fluid connections.
• 3,643,551
HYDRAULIC CYLINDER
David A. Berg, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to AlUs-Chalmcrs
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 62,028
Int. CI. FOlb 29100
U.S. CI. 92-128 9 Claims
^v.
A hydraulic cylinder having a cylindrical sleeve with a clo-
sure wall on the end including a seal and a resilient lock ele-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1299
ment removably positioned to fix the axial position of the
wall relative to the sleeve.
another developed configuration of a cardboard box is ap-
plied to the strip roll, the old waste contour is replaced with a
3,643,552
BAG-MAKING MACHINE
WilB Stork, ApfMallec 3, 4542 Techlenburg, Germany, as-
signor to WindmoUer & Holschcr, Lengerkh of Westphalia,
Germany, by Elfriede Stork geb. Aufderhaar, heir of said
Stork, deceased
Filed Feb. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,486
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 11, 1969, P 19 06
774.4
Int. CI. B31b U08; B65b 57102; B31b 29/74
U.S. CI. 93-27 11 Claims
new one with a number of pins planted so that the positions
of the pins are altered on the strip roll.
3,643,554
BOX MANUFACTURING APPARATUS
Gerald Uppman, Oceanside, N.Y., assignor to Thermo-Dickc-
trk Machine Co., Inc.
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21^06
InL CI. B31b 7/72. ;/72, 9/60
U.S. CI. 93-36 J JO Claims
A machine for making bags having cross bottom end clo-
sures, comprising an end closure forming station from which
each bag moves with the end closure folded over so that an
inner half of the end closure lies flat against one side of the
bag, a delivery station and, disposed between the stations, a
diverter which is controlled by end-closure checking means
and is effective to reject faulty moving bags from a conveying
path for the bags between the sutions, the checking means
for said inner half comprising photoelectric reflection sensors
cooperating with stationary reflectors for checking any devia-
tion in the position of edges of the inner half from a predeter-
mined desired position as the bags are movwl past the
checking means, wherein guide means provided in the con-
veying path for the bags are effective to engage each end clo-
sure and erect it to an oblique position so that the said inner
half of the end closure is lifted off the said bag side, the
reflectors being carried by a bracket disposed such that the
reflectors pass between the bag side and the lifted inner half
as the bag moves past the checking means.
3,643^53
STRIP MACHINE
Hideo Morimoto, 1090 Kono-machi, Adachi-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 866,962
Int a. B26d 7118; B31b 1114
VS. CL 93-36 A 5 Claims
A strip machine comprising a waste strip roll and a press
roll arranged opposite to each other. A waste contour cor-
responding to a waste portion to be cut from the material
cardboard is placed on a soft plate such as rubber and a
number of pins are pierced from the back side of said waste
contour through said soft plate so that the tips of pins project
from the surface of the soft plate. Such plate is removably
placed on the circumferential surface of said strip roll. When
A method and apparatus for manufacturing boxes. A sheet
feeder feeds in succession sheets of predetermined peripheral
configuration to a working station where a strip feeder feeds
an elongated strip along the periphery of the sheet. After a
given length of strip corresponding to the peripheral length
of the sheet has been fed to a position next to the edge of the
sheet, the strip is cut, and then a fastening unit presses part
of the strip against an outer face of the sheet along the
peripheral edge thereof while the remainder of the strip ex-
tends inwardly beyond the sheet form an endless side of a
box. The apparatus and method are particularly suitable for
manufacture of heart-shaped boxes.
J
3,643,555
FLAP FOLDING APPARATUS FOR ENVELOPE MAKING
MACHINES
Guenter EUscheid, NddcrMeder, Germany, assignor to Win-
kler & Duennebier, Neuwied am Rhine, Germany
Filed SepL 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,661
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Oct 13, 1969, P 19 51
548.1
Iiit.a.B31b27/00
U.S. CI. 93-62 3 Claims
Machine for producing envelopes has a flap folding ap-
paratus whereby the flap of an envelope is optionally folded
against its rear side, or after being previously folded is
opened once again, or is folded against the front side of the
envelope. The apparatus has a first suction cylinder and
delivery discs. The invention is particularly characterized in
895 O.G.— 48
1300
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
that between the first suction cylinder and the delivery discs
there are provided a second and third suction cylinder
preceded by an adjustable stop abutment and a flap opener
and associated with a folding pocket and a folding cylinder.
The apparatus has three operational possibilities. According
to the first one, each envelope with a closed flap is conveyed
by the suction cylinders into a slot of the delivery discs. Ac-
cording to the second operation each envelope is conveyed
by the first suction cylinder to a stop abutment, then is
over a common portion of their respective paths. The
beginning of this portion provides a nip which receives the
bottom end of each bag in turn as it is ejected from the sur-
face of a rotating drum. The bags are conveyed between the
conveyors through their common portion and are delivered
therefrom downwardly to a delivery station at which they are
gripped by the third suction cylinder and is conveyed in the
opposite direction to a flap opener, so that the envelope with
an open flap is conveyed into the slot of the delivery discs.
According to the third operation each envelope which is pro-
vided with a precreased folding edge and a flap is transferred
by the first and second suction cylinders into a folding pocket
and then is conveyed by the third suction cylinder under a
folding cylinder and into a slot of the delivery discs.
3,643^56
LABEL STACKING
Donald H. Drent, BekUng, Mkh., aasigDor to RosfMtch Cor-
poration, Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,621
Int CI. B31b 1198; B65b 27108; B65c 9110
U.S. CI. 93-93 DP 5 Claims
X /> I TO*-
"1
Apparatus for stacking labels or the like, employing
cooperative apparatus that advances the individual labels
successively to stacking comb means, where the previously
advanced and stacked labels are momentarily elevated on a
specially controlled basis, for insertion of the individual label
beneath the stack portion and above the comb means, with
unique reciprocated control means on the forming stack.
3,643,557
BAGMAKING MACHINES
Bruce Ian Hayes, Bristol, England, assignor to Bcasley French
& Company Limited, Bristol, England
Fikd Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63301
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 14, 1969,
40,773/69
Int. CI. B65h 33100
MS. CI. 93—93 DP 5 Claims
At the delivery end of a bagmaking machine, upper and
lower endless belt conveyors are arranged to run face to face
arrested. The conveyors are run more slowly than the drum
so that the bags, which are spaced apart around the drum,
overlap each other in a continuous shingled form when they
pass through the conveyors. Thus, when arrested at the
delivery station they from easily into a stack or wad of bags.
3,643,558
AUTOMATIC SETTING FOR PHOTOCOMPOSING
MACHINE
Roland F. Hecker, Berkeley Heights, NJ., and Mahmut I.
Goench, Queens Village, N.Y., assignors to Vari-Typer Cor-
poration, Hanover, N J.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 63,539
Int. CI. B4 lb 2 //OS
U.S. CI. 95-4.5 14 Claims
A photocomposing machine of the type where an annular
set of character transparencies mounted on a disc form carri-
er is utilized in conjunction with a sensitized strip and a light
to expose the strip with the desired characters. The machine
is provided with an arrangement wherein the disc has
reference surfaces to set the aperture size for the lighthouse
as well as a full font or half font mode of filmstrip advance-
ment.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1301
3,643,559
PHOTOGRAPHIC TYPE-COMPOSING MACHINE
Louis M. Moyroud, 202 Grove Way, Delray Beach, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of appUcatkni Ser. No. 629300, Apr. 7,
1967, now abandoned , Continuatk>n4n-part of application
Ser. No. 368^39, , now Patent No. 3,291,015, Continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 441,738, , now Patent No.
3,422,736, Continuation-in-part of applkation Ser. No.
506,936, , now Patent No. 3,416,420, Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 617,912, Feb. 23, 1967, now Patent No.
3,512,562. This application May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 827,128
InL CI. B41b 19100, 19106, 21124
U.S. CI. 95-4.5 32 Claims
3,643,560
EXPOSURE TIME SETTING DEVICE FOR A
PHOTOGRAPHIC CAMERA WITH A FROSTED GLASS
PLATE PRECISION SETTING AND AN ELECTRONIC
TIME SETTING ARRANGEMENT
Heinricfa Sylvester Bonk, Cafanbach, Germany, assignor to
Prontor-Werk Alfred Gautiiier, GmbH, Calm-
bach Black Forest, Germany
Filed June 24, 1969, Ser. No. 836,081
Claims priority, application Germany, July 2, 1968, P 17 72
777.4
Int CI. GOlj 1144; G03b 7108
U.S.Cl.95— IOC 7 Claims
(5'«
r — 1 "
A high-speed photographic type-composing machine is dis-
closed. Light is projected from a source of illumination such
as a cathode-ray tube, laser, or multiplicity of flashlamps
through a plurality of light-directing means such as light
channels to an arcuate projection zone which is formed by a
portion of the curved surface of a rotatable character-carrier.
The light channels may be movable in unison among a plu-
rality of discrete positions relative to the arcuate projection
zone. The characters are carried on filmstrips which are
mounted on a rotatable drum by rigid holding means in the
form of arcuate segments, and the characters continually
pass through the projection zone, which is large enough to in-
clude a plurality of characters at any given time. Selected
characters are projected from the zone to an image-receiving
surface (such as a film) by an optical projection system
which may include a field-flattening lens. Control circuitry is
provided for storing and sorting selected characters such that
these characters may be illuminated in a sequence which is
dissimilar to their respective positions in the composed line.
The control circuitry is adapted to achieve this result by
varying the time at which any selected character is illu-
minated as it passes through the projection zone, and is
further adapted to center lines on the film by delaying the
projection of the firat character of the line by a time interval
which is dependent upon the selected point size. Also, the
film may be incrementally moved by stepping motors in
order to compensate for relative displacement between the
film and characters if the character-type style and/or point
size is changed.
A device for the light dependent setting of the exposure
time of a photographic camera having a frosted glass pane
observation plane for controlling the exposure adjustment
and an electronic time setting arrangement comprising re-
sistance-capacitance members which are separately selecta-
ble in accordance with the photographic sensitivity of the ex-
posed medium. The device has a funnel-shaped housing with
an opening for the entry of light. The housing is adapted to
be placed upon the frosted glass pane of the camera.
Disposed inside the housing is a light sensitive element that is
a component of a bridge circuit which also has an adjustable
resistance and a meter movement coil. With these com-
ponents, the resistance value corresponding to the degree of
brightness of the frosted pane is determined and delivered to
the circuit of the electronic time setting device by a switch
arrangement and a wire connection.
3,643,561
EXPOSURE CONTROL SYSTEM FOR A SINGLE LENS
REFLEX CAMERA
Saburo Numata, Ohmiya, Japan, assignor to Fi|ji Shashin
Koki Kabushiki Kaisha, Ohmiya-shi, Saitama, Japan
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,219
Claims priority, appttcation Japan, Feb. 3, 1969, 44/7943
Int. CI. G03b 7108
U.S. CI. 95- 10 CT 2 Claims
t
A single-lens reflex camera which includes a photosensitive
light sensor having diode characteristics and a hinged mirror
that is swung out of the view fmder optical system during
shutter release. The shutter is electrically operated through a
relay coil under the control of an electrical condenser con-
nected to the relay coil for controlling shutter speed. The
photoelectric sensor is series connected to a source of volt-
age. A switch coupled to the shutter selectively connects a
1302
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
pair of resistors in parallel with the condenser and in series
with the sensor during shutter release.
by a variable resistor bias control. The various adjustments
are made in accordance with photographing parameters
other than the incident light.
3,643^2
PROGRAMMING SHUTTER FOR A PHOTOGRAPHIC
CAMERA
Matsuzaki Sokhiro; Masanobu Sato, and Kato Toshikazu, all
of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Olympus Optical Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 17, 1970, Ser. Na 90,289
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Nov. 22. 1%9, 44/111050;
Nov 27. 1969.44/112675
Int. CI. r.Olj 1104
U.S. CI. 95-10 CE 4 Claims
3,643,564
INDICATOR FOR FLASHUGHT PHOTOGRAPHY
Takashi Uchiyama, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Canon Inc.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,085
Claims priorit>, application Japan, Oct. 28, 1968, 43/78462;
Dec. 6.1 %8. 43/106459
Int. CI. GOIj 1144: C03b 7102. 7116
U.S. CI. 95- 10 C 25 Claims
FUA 0
(SlU * Of^
5c'20-
A photographic shutter in which the shutter blades are
opened to such an extent as to define the effective aperture
of the objective corresponding to the scene brightness for ob-
taining the proper exposure. The shutter has a first lever
which pivots through a predetermined angle each time the
shutter is operated, a second lever coupled with a shutter
blade operating ring so as to open the shutter blades to an
objective aperture corresponding to the pivoting movement
of the second lever, and a third lever interposed between the
first and second levers so as to transmit the movement of the
first lever to the second lever. The pivot axis of the third
lever is shifted in accordance with the scene brightness
sensed by a photoelectric exposure control device so that the
second lever is moved at a variable transmission ratio by the
first lever in accordance with the sensed scene brightness for
proper exposure.
3,643,563
SHUTTER.TIMING NETWORK
Tsiikumo Nobusawa, Aaaka-siii, Saitama-km, Japan, assignor
to Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabusfalki Kaislia, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,524
Claims priority, application Japan, July 3, 1968, 43/45878
Int CI. G03b 7/08
VS. CI. 95- 10 CT 5 Claims
An indicator for flashlight photographing is provided with
an exposure-measuring circuit Y comprising at least an am-
meter 1 and a photosensitive current source P. "A flash-
ready" range F is provided outside of an EE operation range
A of a pointer 1 — 1 of said ampere meter 1, an overrange 0
and an under range U. As the exposure is adjusted the
pointer 1 — 1 is brought in the flash-ready range F to indicate
that the preparation for flash photography is completed.
A shutter-timing network comprises a photoconductor and
first resistor connected in a series, a timing circuit including a
variable second resistor and timing capacitor connected in
series, a memory capacitor, and a switch alternatively con-
necting the memory capacitor across the first resistor and
across the timing circuit. The timing capacitor is connected
to the input of a solid-state switch whose output controls a
shutter closure release electromagnet. The first resistor may
be variable and the switch response voltage may be adjusted
3,643,565
FOLDING CAMERA WITH DEVELOPING MEANS
Alfred H. Bdlows, Cambridge, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 102,775
Int. CI. G03b/ 9/02, 7 7/52
U.S. CI. 95-11 R 7 Claims
A compact folding camera of the self-developing type in-
cluding an open ended chamber for receiving a film assem-
blage. A lens housing section and a processing housing sec-
tion are mounted in closing relation to the open end of the
chamber when the camera is folded. Both are movable, in
opposite directions, to expose the open end of the chamber
to allow a film assemblage to be inserted into or withdrawn
from the chamber through the open end.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1303
3,643,566
UNDERWATER CASE FOR CAMERAS
SMlanao Ando, Musashino-siii, Tokyo, and Nobuki Matsu-
moto, Yokohama-chi, both of Japan, assignors to Kabushiki
Kaisha Rkoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,498
Claims priority, applicatioa Japan, Sept. 27, 1968, 43/84592
Int.CLG03b/7/0S
UACL 95-11 W 3 Claims
fiiUy extended, operative position. In an alternative embodi-
ment the camera's shutter actuating member is provided with
a solenoid-controUed detent. The solenoid circuit mcludes
three switches connected in series, the first being closed by
movement of the shutter-actuating member; the second being
closed only when the camera is in the hilly extended position;
and the third being closed only when the camera's loading
door is closed thereby insuring operation of the shutter only
when the camera is in the fully extended position and the
loading door is closed.
3,643,568
LASER SYNCHRONIZING ARRANGEMENT FOR
PHOTOGRAPHIC ILLUMINATION
Hubert GuiUct, Arpt^on, and Denis U Goff, Enghicn, both of
France, assignors to Compagnie Generalc D'Electridtc,
Paris, France
Filed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,056
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 13, 1968, 166255
Int CI. G03b 9/70
U.S. CI. 95-11.5 R 8 Claims
An underwater case for cameras whose specific gravity
when housing a camera is less than unity and which has sup-
port members for supporting the camera within the case so as
to deviate the center of gravity of the camera from that of
the case toward the front face thereof. The case has a rear
surface which is colored with a color which can readily
distinguish the case in the water. Ordinary cameras can be
used for underwater photography and the case housing the
camera floats and can be readily recognized under water.
,32 ,28 30 26
3,643,567
CAMERA LATCH
Lawrence M. Douglas, Easton, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,420
Inta.G03b/7/04
U.S.a.95— IIR
11 Claims
A folding camera including a plurality of housing sections
pivotally coupled for movement between a compact, folded
position and an extended, operative position. A shutter-ac-
tuating member is provided for actuating the camera's
shutter and a detent located adjacent the shutter actuating
member is adapted for movenient into locking engagement
with the shutter-actuating member to prevent actuation of
the camera's shutter in all positions of the camera except the
A laser synchronization system synchronizes the emission
of a light pulse on a laser triggered by a rotating mirror and
the control of the exposure of a photographic camera by
means of a light pulse. The system comprises a light detector
connected to the camera and is adapted to supply an electri-
cal pulse suitable for controlling the camera. An auxiliary
light source in the form of an auxiliary laser directs a light
beam through an optical system onto the light detector when
the rotating mirror is in appropriate angular position. Two
semitransparent mirrors define the optical resonating cavity
of the auxiliary laser, and the auxiliary laser emits light in two
opposite directions in the form erf a visual display beam and a
synchronizing beam whereby a visual display of the path of
light emitted by the triggered laser is achieved by a continu-
ous light beam supplied by the auxiliary light source.
3,643,569
COLOR RESTORATION OF UNILAYER AND
DUOLAYER COLOR PHOTOGRAPHIC ELEMENTS
WUttard E. Vary, 4734 Bromley Avenue, Bradbury Parii, Md.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,400
Int CL G03b 33/00
VS. CI. 95—12.2 13 Claims
Full or partial color is restored to unilayer or duolayer
emulsion films which have been sensitized to only one prima-
ry color per layer by adding the required subtractive primary
colore s) to the viewing, projection, or printing illumination
means.
3,643,570
DUAL CAMERA
Marvin A. ReW, and William R. Swift both ol Placcntia,
Calif., Msignors to Coteman Engineering Company, Inc.,
Santa Ana, Calif .
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,718
Int CL G03b 35/08
U.S. CI. 95-18 10 Claims
To provide an immediate duplicate of an image projected
1304 OFFICIAL GAZETTE
by a beam of light onto a conventional film in a camera, a
February 22, 1972
beam splitter is employed to reflect a portion of the beam to
project the same image on "Polaroid" film in the camera.
3,643^71
PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM ASSEMBLAGE
Irving ErUchman, Waytand, and Maxwell E. Lawrence, West
Acton, both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid CorfMratioa,
Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Dec. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 785,157
Int.Cl.G03b/9//0
U.S. CI. 95-19 26 Claims
3,643^72
CAMERA STRUCTURE FOR PREVENTING IMPROPER
AUTOMATIC EXPOSURES
Hiroshi Kurd, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignor to Asahi Kogaku
Kogyo Kabusbild Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Oct. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,641
Claims priority, appUcatkm Japan, Dec. 6, 1969, 44/115580
IntCl.GOlJ 1100,1152
U.S. CI. 95-42 10 CWms
A single-lens reflex camera of the type which provides au-
tomatic exposure determination with light received through
the objective. A mirror or reflector has a viewing position in
the path of light received through the objective and per-
mitting proper automatic exposure determination. This
reflector also has an exposure position situated beyond the
latter path of light and preventing proper automatic exposure
determination. For special photography purposes, a manually
operable positioning structure coacts with the reflector to
maintain it in its exposure position. A manually operable
selecting structure is provided for selecting either automatic
exposure determination or one of a plurality of exposure-
determining factors. A shutter release is available to be
manually actuated for tripping the shutter. A blocking struc-
ture coacts with the shutter release as well as with the posi-
tioning structure and selecting structure to block the shutter
release automatically in response to location of the position-
ing structure in its position maintaining the reflector in its ex-
posure position and to location of the selecting structure in
the position providing for automatic exposure determination.
' 3,643^73
EYE-LEVEL EYEPIECE SHIELDING DEVICE FOR EYE-
LEVEL AND WAIST-LEVEL VIEWFINDER
KeiOi Hinima, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabusliiki Kaisha
Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
FUcd Aug. 18, 1969, S«r. No. 850,711
Int. CI. G03b 19112
MS. CI. 95—42 5 Claims
A photographic film pack including a container having a
forward wall and dependent end and sidewalls formed of a
rigid vapor-impermeable material such as sheet metal and an
opening at the rear; a plurality of self-developing film units
each including a photosensitive element stacked within the
container; a support member located behind the stack of film
units; a battery located behind the backing member; and a
vapor-impermeable closure for the opening at the rear, the
closure being dbplaceable relative to the forward wall. The
forward wall includes an exposure opening and one ei\d wall
is formed with a withdrawal opening for the film um^. A
vapor-impermeable cover is removably secured to the con-
tainer in closing relationship to the exposure and withdrawal
openings. The film pack is adapted to be employed in electri-
cally operated photographic apparatus, having a spring-
biased pressure member adapted to extend into the container
through the opening at the rear for urging the film units
toward the forward wall to locate the forwardmost film unit
in position for exposure, and spring-biased electrical contacts
for engaging the terminals of the battery to couple the bat-
tery to electrically energized means within the camera.
/
An eye-level eyepiece shielding device for a camera in
which a waist-level eyepiece is disposed upwardly of a final
reflecting surface of a pentaroof-type reflecting mirror of a
viewfinder optical system of a single-lens reflex camera, an
eye-level eyepiece is disposed in the vicinity of a light exit of
said pentaroof-type reflecting mirror, a planar reflecting mir-
ror is disposed between the waist-level eyepiece and the final
reflecting surface, and a shielding plate which can optionally
shield and open the eye-level eyepiece is disposed forwardly
of the eye-level eyepiece, the shielding plate being adapted to
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1305
optically shield or open the eye-level eyepiece in response to
the rotation of the planar reflecting mirror through a cam
mechanism and a link mechanism so that when the waist-
level eyepiece is used the external light through the eye-level
eyepiece may be prevented from entering into the viewfinder
optical system.
connected to the diaphragm ring of the interchangeable lens
to adjust the sensitivity of the photocell for different aperture
ratios of different interchangeable lenses. When the adjusta-
ble aperture in the relay optical system is not connected.
3,643,574
FOCUSING DEVICE FOR OPTICAL EQUIPMENT
Hisao Moriyama, Chino, and Katsuhkle Takagi, Okaya, both
of Japan, assignors to Sankyo Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha, Suwa-shi, Japan
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 58^28
Claims priority, appUcatkm Japan, July 31, 1969, 44/73096
Int. CI. G03b 3100
MS. CI. 95-44 C 9 Claims
3fc 36
A focusing device is provided for optical equipment of the
type having a pair of windows providing respective focusing
light beams, a taking lens system including a focusing lens
having a bodytube, and a view finder optical system. The
focusing device comprises a semitransparent focusing mirror
positioned in the optical path of one focusing light beam and
a focusing total reflector positioned in the optical path of the
other light beam and reflecting the other light beam to the
semitransparent mirror. Either the semitransparent mirror or
the total reflector is connected to the bodytube of the focus-
ing lens for angular displacement responsive to focusing
movement of the focusing lens. An image-forming optical
system of high magnification is positioned in the optical path
behind the semitransparent mirror. An optical path switching
reflector is disposed rearwardly of the image-forming lens
system, and is moved into the optical path of the view finder
optical system during focusing and moved out of the optical
path of the view finder optical system after focusing has been
effected. This movement of the switching reflector may be
effected, through associated linkage, by depression of a
manually operable switching button. Alternatively, the move-
ment of the switching reflector can be effected, through
suitable linkage, responsive to movement of a lens hood on
the taking lens bodytube or cylinder.
/
compensating means associated with the photocell are auto-
matically actuated to enable the exposure meter system to
operate by using the diaphragm of the interchangeable lens
to control the light reaching the photocell.
3,643^75
EXPOSURE-MEASURING DEVICE IN A SINGLE-LENS
REFLEX CAMERA
Shigeo Ono, Yokohama-shi, Japan, assignor to Nippon
Kogaku K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Oct 25, 1968, Ser. No. 770,666
Claims priority, applicatk>n Japan, Oct. 31, 1967, 42/69584
Int. CI. G03b 79/72,9/02
U.S. CI. 95—42 4 Claims
An exposure meter system for a single-lens reflex camera
which can function either by sensing the light passing
through the maximum diaphragm opening of an interchange-
able lens mounted on the camera or by sensing the light
which has been restricted by the diaphragm of the in-
terchangeable lens. Light from the interchangeable lens is
directed through a relay optical system to a photocell. An ad-
justable aperture in the relay optical system is adapted to be
3,643,576
CAMERA CAPABLE OF COMBINATION WITH A
POWER-DRIVEN HOUSING FOR FILM -REWINDING
Kouicfai Daitoku, and Shi^i Kimura, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Nippon Kogaku K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 95,147
Claims prioritv. application Japan, Dec. 12. 1969. 44/117539;
44/117540
U.S. CI. 95-3 1 EL 7 Claims
A camera of the type which uses a magazine provided with
a supply spool having the opposite ends thereof exposed out
of the shell of the magazine, a slit for passing a film
therethrough and capable of being opened and closed, and a
slit-op)erating means for opening and closing the slit provided
in one end face of the magazine. The camera includes an
aperture formed below a film magazine containing chamber,
and a light-intercepting cover for covering the aperture to
prevent the entry of any extraneous light therethrough while
enabling the opening and closing of the camera's backplate
and the slit of the film magazine, whereby power-driven film-
rewinding operation can be accomplished by replacing the
light-intercepting cover with power-driven film-rewinding
means, and the camera's backplate and the slit of the film
magazine can be opened and closed with the power-driven
film-rewinding means mounted on the camera. The camera
may further include a retaining member for retaining the
light-intercepting cover so as to inhibit the removal of such
cover unless the camera's backplate is opened, and a release
member for releasing the light-intercepting cover from its
retained position provided in the film magazine containing
chamber.
1306
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Februaky 22, 1972
3,643^77 3,643^79
CAMERA HAVING FOCUS ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY MOTION PICTURE PROCESSING SYCTEM
Paolo Mooachesi, Carcair, Italy, aangnor to Sodeta' Pet Rogers B. Downey, Lexington, and Paul W. Thomas, Duxbu-
Azionl Ferrania n^ Im>^ of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation, Cam-
nied Apr. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 811,885 bridge, Mass.
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 4, 1968, 15,957 Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,604
Int. CI. G03b 3/00 Int. CI. G03d 3/00
U.S. CI. 95-45
7 Claims U.S. CI. 95—89 R
39 Claims
ja ^J7
A camera is shown having a focus adjustment assembly, a
focusing lens having a principal axis, and a support for at-
tachment of an illumination device to the camera. The focus
adjustment assembly causes the focusing lens to traverse its
principal axis between near and distant focusing positions in
response respectively to attachment to or removal from the
camera of the illumination device.
3,643378
PHOTOGRAPfflC CAMERA LENS AND DIAPHRAGM-
MOUNTING MECHANISM
Tatsuo Kobayaatai, Kaizulu; Keisuke Maeda, Osalia, and
Kyozo Ucsogi, Sakai, all of Japan, assignors to Minolta
Camera KabushiU Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
FUcd Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,717
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 18, 1%9, 44/120^4:
Mar. 19, 1%9, 44/21049
Int. CI. G03b 9107
VS. CI. 95—64 B 3 Claims
16 Ti IJi 15
8 9 9i Ti 14
22 I9i II 7l 8-
A lens and diaphragm mounting barrel mechanism for a
photographic camera. The mechanism comprises a fixed bar-
rel and a rotatable barrel interconnected by helicoid struc-
tures to cause relative axial movement of the rotatable barrel
in response to rotation thereof. A diaphragm is mounted
within the rotatable barrel and is interconnected with the
fixed barrel to prevent its rotation relative to the latter.
An applicator system particularly useful in a compact mo-
tion picture film-handling cassette and which includes a
dispensing container having a reservoir chamber for retaining
processing fluid with an orifice provided therethrough. A
slider displaceably mounted for movement along the
dispensing container includes a frame portion across which a
strip of flexible material is mounted to overlay the con-
tainer's orifice. An opening is provided through the strip of
flexible material to be out of alignment with the orifice when
the slider is in its initial position, to be aligned with the ori-
fice when the slider is in a second position and to once again
be out of alignment v^th the orifice when the slider is in a
third position. A leaf spring carried by the slider continually
urges a pressure plate towards the strip of flexible material.
The filmstrip is progressively advanced across the orifice in-
termediate the stnp of flexible material and the aforemen-
tioned pressure plate. When the slider is in its initial and
third positions, guide tracks on the dispensing container posi-
tion the pressure plate in spaced-apart relationship to the
filmstrip. These guide tracks are configured such that, when
the slider is in its second position, the pressure plate slideably
engages the filmstrip against the flexible material. Cooperat-
ing p>ortions of the slider and the dispensing container engage
one another to preclude further movement of the slider once
it has been displaced into its third position.
3,643,580
FLUID DISTRIBUTION APPARATUS PRESERVING
ALIGNMENT OF LONGITUDINAL AXES OF FLOW
Matthew Siegel, 4051 Riverside Court, Fort Worth, Tex.
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,016
Int CI. F24f 7/00
U.S. CI. 98—40 C 16 Claims
Apparatus for use in a fluid distribution system charac-
terized by a combination hanger and coupling adapter having
a coupling means with ends adapted to receive and support
ends of ducts with their respective longitudinal axes being
maintained in linear alignment so as to preserve the Velocity
component of a fluid flowing therethrough; and fastening
means such as spring clips retained in each end of the
coupling mejms and adapted to move outwardly to allow
passage of the end of the ducts and to snap inwardly once the
ends have passed, retaining the ducts in the coupling means.
Great flexibility is attainable since one end of the coupling
means may be smaller than the other and may be concentri-
cally or eccentrically jxjsitioned to provide a vent mean^for
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1307
general or directional distribution of a fluid flowing dition of an objective circumstance such as air m a room by
therethrough The apparatus enables economical and rapid adjusting a flow rate of a heat medium through a conduit
duct upon detection of the temperature for effecting instant
intercepting of the flow path upon detection of an abnormal
overheated medium's passing in a manner independent from
the flow rate controlling action.
3,643,583
BLAST VALVE ACTUATOR
Norman George Fritz, Dd Mar, CaUf., assignor
tional Harvester Company, San Diego, CaUf .
Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,263
Int.Cl.F231 17/00
U.S. CI. 98-119
to Interna-
21 Claims
installation of a fluid distribution system, as well as low-
operating cost.
3,643,581
FAN ARRANGEMENT FOR POLLUTION CONTROL
Lewis Fddman, 15 Ireland Place, Amity villc, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 6, 1%9, Ser. No. 789,1 18
Int CI. A23c 9/10
VS. CI. 98—58 14 Claims
d 0 I —
A rotary fan arrangement mounted on a structure such as a
smokestack creates a plume of ambient air concentric with
the pollutants rising upwardly from the stack, the plume of
air serving both to dilute the pollutants and to carry the pol-
lutants alofl. In one embodiment, the fan arrangement in-
cludes hinged blades and, in another, centrifugally erected
sail rotors.
3 643,582
SAFETY MECHANISM FOR A FLOW CONDUIT
DAMPER
Hisashi Mochida, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Daito Mfg. Co.,
Ltd., Osaka, Jaitan
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43/123
Claims priority, appttcation Japan, June 6, 1969, 44/53068
IntCI.F23I7 7/02
U.S. CI. 98—86
7 Claims
Blast valve assemblies having a rotary or butterfly-type
valve member and an actuator including a valve-closing
mechanism which is cocked in an inoperative configuration
when the valve is open. Pressure on the valve member or a
signal to a solenoid incorporated in the actuator unlatches
the valve-closing mechanism which slams the valve to its
closed position. Reset mechanism is incorporated in the ac-
tuator to recock the closure mechanism and reopen the
valve.
3,643,584
READILY ASSEMBLED VENTILATOR HOUSING
Albert S. Sheppard, Granada Hills, CaUf., assignor to The Ex-
itaire Company, Pacoima, CaUf.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,278
Int CI. F24f 13/08
U.S. CI. 98-121 13 Claims
An additional safety mechanism of a fuse melt type applied
to a damper arrangement for controlling a temperature con-
A housing formed of louvered panels having similar angu-
lariy disposed end plates for abutting relation at the comers
to act as posts and to receive securing means for fastening
1308
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the panels together and a top plate secured by clips to the
panels.
3,643^85
DISTRIBUTOR DUCT WITH FLEXIBLE BAFFLE PLATES
Ulrich Barteieit, Kornwestheim; Walter Regenscheit, Zuffen-
hausen; Helmut Schroder, Ludwigsburg, and Erich Wolf,
Wangen, all of Germany, assignors to Werner & Pfleiderer,
Stuttgart-Feucrbach, Germany
Filed SepL 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,375
ClaioB priority, application Germany, Oct. 4, 1968, P 18 01
201.6
Int CI. F24f 13106
U.S. CI. 98-121 8 Claims
3,643,587
SMOKING MACHINE
Herbert A. Harrington; William M. Allen, both of Cincinnati,
and William C. Kuhn, West Chester, all of Ohio, assignors
to Beatrice Foods Company, Chicago, 111.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,083
InLCl. A23b//04
U.S. CI. 99-261 9 Claims
V,, . . »o * <» : L .. ^* ;>-- -
iU.
3«
*■'
A distributor duct for a pressure airflow through a baking
or drying oven has a lengthwise elongate outlet into which
are transversely fitted a plurality of spaced-apart flexible baf-
fle plates held in position by being each snapped in a pair of
notches formed in the sidewalls of the outlet. The notches
are at a distance from each other which is less than the
distance between the engaged sides of the baffle plates
thereby forcing the plates into a curved configuration and
tensioning the plates against the notch walls.
3,643^86
ASEPTIC PACKAGING OF FOODS
David V. Robinson, Laurel, Md., assignor to Donald A.
Rosini, Shamokin, Pa., a part interest
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,087
Int. CI. B65b 55106
U.S. CI. 99-234 R 9 Claims
o-ftj n
A method is provided for producing an aseptically
packaged food product in which the food is sterilized and
then packaged under aseptic conditions in presterilized con-
tainers. An apparatus for carrying out the method is pro-
vided.
Apparatus for rapidly imparting a smokey flavor to a quan-
tity of comestible products by moving a stream of said
products through a smoke chamber wherein said products
are exposed to nebulized liquid smoke.
3,643,588
COOKING WHEEL ASSEMBLY FOR BROILING HOT
DOGS
John F. Scfawarz, and Richard H. Bennett, both of St. Louis,
Mo., assignors to Hercules Gallon Products, Inc., GaUon,
Ohio
Filed Oct 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,200
Int.Cl. A47g27//4
U.S. CI. 99-427 9 Claims
There is shown a cooking wheel assembly for broiling hot
dogs rotatably mounted for power movement in a cabinet
beneath an electric heater. The cooking wheel, which in-
cludes a plurality of circumferentially spaced elongated hot
dog receiving wire baskets, each pivotally mounted on a wire
platform or cover, is welded to the circumferences of two
spaced wheels. The automatic relationship of each basket to
its cover in 360° of rotation of the spaced wheels is such that
in one segment of travel the bsisket is spaced from its cover,
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1309
permitting removal of a cooked hot dog and insertion of one
for broiling. In the remaining travel segment, the basket and
cover trap and roll the hot dog to present all surfaces to the
heater.
3,643,589
STATIONARY REFUSE PACKER
Franklin T. Carter, Waterioo, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Belgium Standard Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 758389, SepL
10, 1968, now abandoned. This application July 27, 1970,
Ser. No. 58,598
Claims priority, application Canada, Feb. 23, 1968, 13.248
Int. CI. B30b 15114
U.S. CI. 100—49 7 Claims
A refuse packer having a ram mounted slidably in a hous-
ing for reciprocation between a packing position and a load-
ing position, a ball nut and feed screw ram actuator is con-
nected operatively to the ram and electrically operated
power means is arranged to actuate the ball nut and feed
screw ram actuator to reciprocate the ram.
3,643,590
VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL BALING PRESS
Dominick M. Ahiotto, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Antonio
Aluotto, Brooklyn, N.Y.
Filed Sept 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,468
Int CI. B65b 13102; B30b 7104
U.S. CI. 100-53 5 Claims
*^ St so
\ »;, "-fi''* '.»
2
^
The baling press has a horizontal portion and a vertical
portion and is adapted to bale waste pap>er and other loose
and bulky materials. The horizontal portion embodies a con-
ventional baling chamber and a plunger operated by a
hydraulic cylinder. The vertical portion embraces a pit
disposed between the baling chamber and the plunger when
in retracted position, with a lifter of special construction
within the pit and cooperating with the end walls of the pit.
3,643^91
CUTTING DEVICE
Charles Gail Br^g, 1238 York Avenue, Corpus Christi, Tex.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,832
Int CI. B30b 3104
U.S. CI. 100—95 1 1 Claims
A cutting assembly comprising a plurality of interposed
roller-type cutters that are driven by a prime mover through
a torque transmitting device. Also, a feed material conveying
device is provided which includes converging live-roll con-
veyors for simultaneously transporting, crushing and com-
pacting the material being handled prior to insertion into said
cutters.
3,643,592
PRESS
Harry Blaser, Oensingen, Switieriand, assignor to Voo Roll
AG, Gcriafingen, Switzerland
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,663
Claims priority, appUcatk>n Switzerland, Mar. 24, 1969,
4395/69
Int CI. B30b 15128
U.S. CI. 100—214 5 ClaiuH
A press comprising a press frame formed of a lower yoke
and an upper yoke and intermediate members for intercon-
necting said lower yoke with said upper yoke. Further, a plu-
rality of preloaded tensioning cables, apart from the afore-
mentioned intermediate members, serve to hold together
both of said yokes.
3,643,593
FOIL-FEEDING UNIT FOR BED AND PLATEN HOT DIE
PRINTING MACHINE
Hans Krosel, Gladbacberstr. 56, 4018 LanganfeM, Germany
Filed Dec. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 782,804
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Jan. 10, 1968, P 16 1 1
234.8
Int CI. B41k 3158
U.S. CI. 101—27 7 Claims
This invention relates to a printing unit for gold printing or
the like for use in a platen press of the kind which prints the
required symbols onto a substrate from a foil in the form of a
web which is unwound outside a type bed of the press and
rewound also outside the type bed. The unit comprises a
1310
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
delivery roller for the foil, a winding roller on which the foil
is rewound, a plurality of tension rollers which content the
foil, and a plurality of deflectors for the foil. These are ar-
ranged on a replaceable chase.
3,643^94
PRINT HAMMER FOR HIGH-SPEED PRINTER
Roberto Pfpitooe, Milan, Italy, anignor to SodeU ItaUana
Telccomuiiicaiioiii Siemens S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed June 9, 1969, Scr. No. 831,460
Claims priority, application Italy, June 1 1, 1968, 17,577
Int CI. B41g 9/38
VJS. CI. 101-93 C 11 Claims
3'
s
3
1
f
1
*
♦ -
i
i».
j
W 1
4
ArfM
-^
ff
-i
4
^
An electromagnetically actuated print hammer comprises
two rockers independently pivoted on a common axle, one
rocker carrying a striker and being urged by spring force
against the other rocker which has a long lever arm acting
upon the striker-carrying rocker and a short lever arm carry-
ing an armature attractable by an electromagnet; upon ener-
gization of the electromagnet, the armature-carrying rocker
is arrested before the striker contacts the working surface.
** 3,643395
PRINTER HAMMER BANK ASSEMBLY
Cliflord J. Helms, Woodland HiOs, and Stelios B. Papadopou-
los, Wcstlake Village, both of Calif., assignors to DaU
Products Corporation, Woodland Hills, Calif.
Filed June 25, 1969, Scr. No. 844,789
Int CI. B41J 9/10
UACLlOl— 93C 13 Claims
A hammer bank assembly useful in high-speed impact prin-
ters of the type generally employed in data processing
systems. The assembly is comprised of a one-piece cast frame
having openings therein to permit air cooling. A plurality of
hammer modules are provided, each module including a pair
of hammers resiliently mounted on a common foot member.
A mounting bar having a plurality of aligned recesses is
secured to the frame. Each recess is shaped so as to receive
and precisely position a foot member along the length of the
mounting bar. Additionally, each recess is provided with a
cylindrical bore for receiving an internally threaded stud pro-
jecting from a foot member for precisely positioning the foot
member in a direction perpendicular to the length of the
mounting bar. Each hammer is comprised of an impact tip
carried on a rigid coil structure disposed in a permanent
magnet field. Energization of the coil develops a force on the
coil structure to propel the hammer toward a print drum. An
adjustable backstop, carrying a long wearing deformable and
resilient sleeve, is provided for each hammer to establish a
precise rest position.
3,643,596
HIGH-SPEED IN-LINE PRINTER
Gunther Vorbacfa, Schwindegg, and Harald Kocli, Baicr-
brunn, both of Germany, assignors to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Scr. No. 880,281
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 10, 1968, P 18 13
769.4
Int CI. B41J 7/06
U.S.CI. 101-93C lOClaiuK
I 4
Apparatus for making flying impressions of type symbols
by the use of two or more side-by-side impact wheels extend-
ing in planes parallel of the plane of a disklike-type carrier
and spaced laterally therefrom. A rocking lever pivoted inter-
mediate its ends forms the printing hammer and is actuated
by coupling members independently engaged between the
teeth of the rotating impact wheels. The impact wheels have
teeth spaced one-half pitch apart, where two wheels are used.
The teeth correspond to the characters on the type carrier,
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1311
and each impact wheel has one-half the number of teeth as
the number of characters on the type carrier. The impact
wheels are coupled to the type carrier to rotate therewith,
rhe coupling members are actuated by electromagnets ener-
gized by an energy storer for the jprinting energy, and are
selectively engaged between the teeth •f the thrust wheels by
the electromagnets, to actuate the rocking Igyer to effect the
high-speed making of flying impressions of selected-type
symbols. In a modified form the rocking lever moves between
two stops and engages a vertically guided hammer, and
moves the hammer radially to strike a recording medium
against the type carrier and returns the hammer on its return
stroke.
3,643,597
METHOD OF MAKING SCREEN PRINTING ARTICLES
Louis A. Lala, 1612 East Third, Dayton, Ohio
Filed May 12, 1969, Scr. No. 823,630
Int CI. B41n 1/24; G03c 5/00
VJS. CI. 101- 128 J 10 Claims
guides at the desired positions by clamping screws. It can be
arranged that sheet supporting members carried by the arcu-
r°^ I c [ ■
Ml
• -^^■^M:
ate elements engage a sheet to be transferred at selected rela-
tively print-free regions.
3,643399
RETRACTABLE STABILIZER HNS AND DRAG BRAKES
FOR MISSILES
Henry O. Hubkh, Upperco, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed July 22, 1968, Ser. No. 746,583
Int. a. F42b 25/02
VJS. CI. 102-4 5 Claims
A screen printing article and method of making the article
includes using the fibers of the screen to divide the image to
be printed into a plurality of dots, the size of each represent-
ing the density of the light passing through the screen. Since
the fibers of the screen themselves are used to break up the
image, each dot being thus created falls substantially cen-
trally in the openings between the fibers. A photographic film
is placed adjacent the screen, exposed to the image to be
printed and developed. The screen is then coated with a sen-
sitized emulsion, and exposed to light projected through the
developed photographic film. The film and the unexposed
emulsion are then removed to leave a plurality of openings in
the screen, each centrally positioned between the fibers of
the screen, through which ink may pass.
3,643,598
SHEET TRANSFER ROLLER FOR USE IN MULTICOLOR
ROTARY PRINTING PRESSES
Paolo Papa, and Federico Capetti, both of Turin, Italy, as-
signors to Sodeta' Nebiolo S.p.A., Turin, Italy
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,046
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 6, 1969, 50258
Intel. B41I4//06
U^. CI. 101—420 4 Claims
A sheet transfer roller for use in multicolor printing presses
is formed by a number of sets of arcuate elements arranged
concentrically with the roller axis and slidably mounted on
respective guides carried by the roller and extending parallel
to the roller axis. The arcuate element can be clamped to the
Retractable stabilizing fins and drag brake apparatus hav-
ing coactive connection between the stabilizing fins and drag
brakes. The stabilizing fins when deployed to a position per-
pendicular to the missile axis present an edge to air stream.
The drag brakes when deployed to a position fserpendicular
to the missile axis produce aerodynamic drag as well as
rotate the stabilizing fins to a position to produce
aerodynamic drag.
3,643,600
GROUND-EFFECT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
Jean Henri Bcrtin, Neuilly-sur-Seine, France, assignor to
Bertin & Cie, Plaisir, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 782,968, Dec. 11,
1968. This applicatioa Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,141
Int. CI. B61b 13/08
UJS. CI. 104—23 FS 6 Claims
A ground effect transit system in which an air cushion
vehicle moves over a track having a guiding upright which is
laterally offset with respect to a bearing track surface. The
vehicle is provided on each side with a retractable guiding
device in the form of an inverted U straddling the upright
when the device is in its operative position, so that the vehi-
1312
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
cic may then be guided selectively from its port side, or from
its starboard side, or from both its port and starboard sides.
Such a device is useful for marshalling the tracked air
cushion vehicle.
3,643,601
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM
Paul A. Taylor, Eait Hartford, Conn., and Tbomas A. Bois-
sevain, Bedford, Mass., assignors to Alden Self-Transit
Systems Corporation, Bedford, Mass.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,954
InL CI. B61b 5/02. /i/00
VJS. CI. 104—88 11 Claims
A vehicle includes a steering mechanism and a switching
mechanism that includes biasing means for biasing the steer-
ing mechanism in a selected direction away from a predeter-
mined vehicle path, and guide sensor means for resisting the
biasing means in response to path defming means external of
the vehicle for maintaining the vehicle on a predetermined
path.
3,643,602
RAILWAY CAR HYDRAULICALLY DAMPENED ROLL
STABILIZER
Raymond M. Astrowski, 192 Lafayette Lane, Hoffman
EsUtes,III.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19^04
Int. CI. B61d 7/00; B61f 3/02, 5/24
VS. a. 105- 199 A 9 Claims
A railroad car body has a crossframe above and extending
approximately the width of the car truck. The proximal side
of the crossframe is pivotally attached to the car body for
movement about a horizontal axis. At one end of the cross-
frame, at a spaced distance from the proximal side, is an
upright strut extending between the crossframe and the
truck. The upper and lower ends of the strut are connected
respectively to the crossframe and the truck by ball and
socket joints. At the other end of the crossframe, and at the
same distance from the proximal side, is an upright double-
acting hydraulic energy absorber connected, by ball and
socket joints, at the top to the crossframe and at the bottom
to the truck.
3,643,603
SPACER AND COUPLING DEVICE FOR CARGO
. PALLETS
/ Eddie L. King, 228 South 16th Street, Richmond, Calif.
*^ Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,464
Int. CI. B61g 5/00; B65J 1/24
VJS. CI. 105-366 6 Claims
42
"Jofis '°^'
A coupling device for releasably interconnecting two suc-
cessively adjacent cargo pallets to form a train thereof as
when loading, unloading or while aboard a cargo aircraft or
other transport therefor. Such pallets are relatively large and
carry loads of several tons, and they are bordered with a
perimetric frame having spaced-apart flanges therealong al-
ternating with tiedown rings pivotally secured to the frame.
The coupling device has a plate adapted to overlie the pallet
flanges, and it also has a T-shaped spacer cooperative with
the flanges and spaces therebetween to position two succes-
sive pallets in a predetermined spaced orientation. Posts car-
ried by the coupling device receive tie rings from the succes-
sive pallets, and reieasable lock means confmes the rings in
position upon the posts.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1313
3,643,604
TILT ABLE AND TRANSLATABLE TOP MEDICAL
TABLE ASSEMBLY
William E. M. Joocs, Pittsburgh, and James A. Richard, Mon-
roeville, both of Pa., assignors to CGR Medical Corpora-
tion, Cheverly, Md.
Filed Oct. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 77,094
InLCI.A17f5//2
U.S. CI. 108—5 5 Claims
with a plurality of bearing means each being adapted selec-
tively to receive suspension means for suspending the table
=/^
[AO-TD
}~50
10
Ir-J
Disclosed is a medical table assembly including a normally
horizontal patient support table top translatable and tiltable
longitudinally relative to a transversely extending horizontal
axis, one way acting roller wedge lock means biased by an
operating spring to lock such top automatically against trans-
lational movement downwardly when such top is tilted, and
release means operable to unlock such roller wedge lock
means against action of such operating spring.
3,643,605
ADJUSTABLE TRAY FOR WORKTABLE
RuskU W. Miller, Jr., 7121 Lindsdale Street, Detrxtit, Mich.
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,422
Int CI. A47f 5/12
UJS. CI. 108—6 2 Claims
^.-^,^___
^
!f
'^
I >
\
3t~
:^
^
A
— _
\ '
\V
1 1 I
\t
structure at different heights over a steering wheel so as to
accommodate the height of suspension of said table structure
to the convenience of the user of said table structure.
3,643,607
SHELVING COMPONENTS
James Alexander MacKenzie, 70 Gloucester Street, Ottawa,
Ontario, Canada
FUed Nov. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 779,760
Int. CI. A47b 96/00
U.S. CI. 108-111 9 Claims
A longitudinally and pivotally adjustable tray for a workta-
ble which is mounted on the lower end of a traversing bar ex-
tending transversely across the table; the traversing bar is at
both ends provided with antifriction rolling means and rail
means are provided along the lower edge of the worktable to
enable the traversing bar which supports the adjustable tray
to be longitudinally moved along the table; the worktable
may be inclined relative to a horizontal ground surface as is
frequently the case in drafting tables and similar worktable
arrangements and the tray is pivoted on a bracket extending
upwardly from the lower end of the longitudinally movable
traversing bar so that the tray may be adjusted in a horizontal
position relative to the inclined ()osition of the worktable.
The present invention provides a constructional com-
ponent useful in forming shelving, framework and combina-
tions thereof. By use of such constructional components,
lightweight framework of any desired dimensions can be
readily assembled by unskilled labor from a minimum
number of standard sizes.
3,643,608
TABLE CONSTRUCTION
Frederick DeCesaris, Providence, R.I., assignor to Guild
Metal Products, Inc., Providence, R.I.
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36,005
Int. CI. A47b 3/06
U.S. CI. 108-157
2 Claims
/
3,643,606
TABLE STRUCTURE FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHICLES
Mathias JoMph Vise, Untere Ibem 5, Eupen, Belgium
Filed June 25, 1970, Ser. No. 49,850
Claims priority, application Germany, June 26, 1969, P 19 32
357.0
Int. CI. A47b 23/00
U.S. CI. 108-44 8 Qaims
A table structure, especially for suspension on a steering
wheel of a motor vehicle, which comprises two table sections
hinged together and foldable selectively toward and away
from each other into a plurality of positions in which they are
arrestable while the back of the table structure is provided
A table construction having a plurality of curved legs that
are joined together by a clip element intermediate to the
1314
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
ends thereof. The clip element as Joined to the leg requires
no fasteners or screws and an upper frame is secured to the
uppermost portions of the leg members and cooperates with
the clip element to lock the legs in place.
3,643,609
SECURITY CONTAINER HAVING DESTRUCT MEANS
Dennis W. Maywald, P.O. Box 281, Bedford Hills, N.Y.;
SoiouHMi Wolff, 80 Rockland Parkway, Spring Valley, N.Y.,
and James R. Arcara, 9 Sixth Street, New RociieUe, N.Y.
Filed Sept 5, 1969, Ser. No. 855,632
Int CI. E05g 1102
\}S. CI. 109-29 4 Claims
/
3~P
■■■■'■' -*^ ' : ^
.,TT ^rjala^--
A piece of luggage in the form of an attache case is
equipped with destruct means for destroying the contents
therein in response to an intentionally given signal. The in-
terior of the case comprises a compartment in the form of a
metallic box with a cover, which box when closed serves as a
combustion chamber to incinerate the contents therein when
so desired. Fuel and electric igniter means are placed within
the box and ignition current is supplied by a power pack
housed in the attache case. A heat insulation barrier sur-
rounds the box and prevents transfer of combustion heat to
the walls of the attache case. The circuit interconnecting the
electric power pack and the igniter means includes a number
of normally open switches arranged in series; all of which
must be closed to initiate and start the destruct cycle. One
switch is closed in response to closure of the attache case,
and others may be deliberately closed by key means or the
like. The final switch is closed by a pushbutton in the vicinity
of the attache case handle, whereby the carrier of the case
may set off the destruct cycle by manipulating the pushbut-
ton with a finger of the hand around the handle.
IS provided a guard at the burner opening to prevent suffoca-
tion of the flame.
\
3,643,610
INCINERATOR
William R. Bycroft, P.O. Box 126, Williamsficld, Dl.
Filed July 15, 1960, Ser. No. 55,009
Int CI. F23g 5112
U.S.CI.110-8C 23 Claims
3,643,611
PLANTING APPARATUS
Edwin G. Owens, and Joseph J. Wiley, Jr., both of Summer-
ville, S.C, assignors to Westvaco Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,491
Int. CI. AOlc// /02
U.S. CI. 111-2 11 Claims
4A
Apparatus for setting plants such as tree seedlings into the
ground including a planter frame having a front end arranged
to be attached to a tractor for freely pivotal movement in a
vertical plane by means including a support frame and having
a rear end supported on earth compacting means in front of
which are supported on the planter frame, furrow-forming
means and a plant-setting device, the planter frame being ar-
ranged to follow the contour of the ground during its forward
movement independently of the support frame on which an
operator is supported for manually feeding plants to the
plant-setting device.
3,643,612
FEEDING ARRANGEMENT FOR ZIGZAG SEWING
MACHINE
Susumu Hanyu, and Noboru Kasuga, both of Tokyo, Japan,
assignors to Janome Sewing Machine Co., Ltd., Chuo-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 645,585, June 12, 1967.
This application Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 872,449
Claims prioritv. application Japan, June 13, 1966,41/37776
Int CI. D05b 3102
U.S. CI. 112-158 R 20 Claims
liL-teL J
"■>
A ^•
An incinerator includes a cabinet having a concave hopper
that is apertured with draft openings, and a burner supplied
by fluid fuel which directs a blast of flame inwardly through
the cabinet against the material to be incinerated that is sup-
ported on the hopper. Door means expose substantially the
entire upper side of the hopper, and within the cabinet there
The feeding of a sewing machine can be automatically con-
trolled by a cam, or manually controlled by a knob. ManuaJ
control means, which preferably can also be used for making
buttonholes by setting the feed regulator to forward feeding,
reverse feeding and minimum feeding, also connect and
disconnect the cam follower from the cam of the automatic
operating mechanism so that manual control and automatic
operation of the feed regulator do not interfere.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1315
3,643,613
DEVICE FOR GUIDING THE NEEDLE THREAD OF
SEWING MACHINES
Lothar Schwehm, Kaiserslautem, Germany, assignor to G.M.
Pfaff AG, Kaiserslautem Pfalz, Germany
FUed Aug. 9, 1968, Ser. Ndt 751,422
Claims priority, appttc^tkm Germany, Sept 23, 1967, P 30
120/52
IntCI.B65h59//2,6i/00
U.S. CI. 112-218 R 2 Claims
A device for guiding the needle thread of sewing machines
including a lug having a thread guide eyelet mounted on the
needle bar and a frame mounted on the stepper foot shaft,
which frame has a crossbar that extends transversely proxi-
mate the path of the needle and is overlapped by the thread
guide eyelet when the needle is in the lower position. This
device serves to seize the excess thread between the needle
eye and the thread carrier, thus facilitating the formation of
the thread loops.
3,643,615
EXTERIOR-OPERATED BREECH DOOR
Paul Cohen, Glen Cove, N.Y., aarignor to Subcom Iku, Glea
Cove, N.Y.
Coatinuatkm-in-part of appUcatkM Ser. No. 848,419, Aug. 8,
1969. This application Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,895
InL CI. B63g 8100, B63h / 9100
U.S.CI. 114— 16.4 10 Claims
3,643,614
ZIPPER FOOT ATTACHMENT FOR SEWING MACHINES
Leoda J. Gooderum, 1 133 Vine Street, La Crosse, Wis.
FUed June 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 736,166
Int. CI. D05b 29/72
U.S. CI. 1 12-240 »8 Claims
A communicating passage for submersible vessels in which
a chamber has an entranceway and a closure door therefor
with the operative structures for the door being exterior of
the door and the chamber for moving the door between open
and closed positions.
3,643,616
TORPEDO GUIDANCE SYSTEM
Louis F. Jones, Panama City, Fla., assignor to The United
SUtes of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Mar. 24, 1964, Ser. No. 355,146
Int. CI. F42b 79/07
U.S. CI. 1 14-21 W 1 1 Claims
Method and means of guiding a torpedo along a collision
course with a moving target ship, wherein the torpedo main-
tains a predetermined substantially constant lead angle with
respect to the target ship. The lead angle is maintained con-
stant by adjusting the torpedo speed as it travels toward the
anticipated collision.
A presser bar attachment for sewing machines of different
types, accommodating the sewing of zipper tapes to gar-
ments. Zipper chains of different widths may be received
between adjustably spaced foot elements engageable with the
garment fabric. The foot elements are adjustably positioned
to receive the needle through one of the aligned slots formed
in both confronting edges of the foot elements.
3,643,617
STABILIZER SYSTEMS FOR WATER-BORNE VESSELS
Stanley Joseph Holden, Portsmouth, England, assignor to
Vosper Limited
FUed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,599
Claims priority, appUcatioa Great Britain, Feb. 27, 1969,
10,552/69
Int. CL B63b 39106
MS. CL 1 14-126 J6 daims
A stabilizer system for a ship having one or more hollow
closed cylinders or fins projecting from the ship's hull into
the water stream. Each cylinder or fin is provided with aper-
tures through which water under pressure, supplied by a
pump via valves, is directed to produce a variable boundary
1316
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
layer flow of water giving positive or negative lift on the or rotation about its central axis and such rotation occurs in a
each cylinder or fin. The valves are operated by a hydraulic single direction,
actuator in accordance with signals from a gyroscopic
Ua^ UM uat
tda'^
sensing mechanism so that the lift produced on each cylinder
or fm opposes pitching, rolling and/or yawing motion of the
ship.
3,643^18
AMPHIBIOUS VEHICLE WITH AUXILIARY FLOATING
ELEMENTS
Hermann Waho- Gddcn, Ptrmasenser StnuM 60, Kaiaenlau-
tern Pfalz, Germany
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Scr. No. 876^55
Ctaims priority, appUcation Germany, May 14, 1969, P 19 24
613.0
Int CI. B60r 3100
U.S. CI. 115-1 B 2 Claims
Amphibious vehicle with lateral auxiliary floating elements
which are of rigid construction and pivotable about joints at
the upper lateral edge of the floating body of the vehicle and
are linked on only at their two endis and equipped there with
spacing members relative to the joints, which when the
lateral floating elements are tilted upwardly provide a space
over the deck of the main floating body which they cover
which is of the extent thereof in horizontal direction and of a
height determined by the spacing elements.
3,643,619
LONGITUDINAL TO ROTATIONAL MOTION
James H. Nicliolson, 5501 Onacrcst Drive, Los Angdes, Calif.
Fikd Aug. 3, 1970, Scr. No. 60,527
Int. CI. B63h 76/72
U.S. CI. 115-24 16 Claims
An apparatus for providing a conversion between longitu-
dinal and rotational motion including a screw member having
a thread having a constant angle and with individual ones of
the opposing lands of the thread serving as the rolling surface
for a cone member. The cone member is positioned within
the lands of the thread and the cone member engages only
one of the lands at a time along a line contact. Relative lon-
gitudiiud movement between the screw member and the cone
member is accomplished simultaneously with a relative heli-
cal movement between the screw member and the cone
member and with the longitudinal motion and the helical mo-
tion between the screw member and the cone member occur-
ring in either direction depending upon which of the lands is
engaged by the cone member. The cone member also has a
^.VV
^z^
Other aspects of the invention include the use of the ap-
paratus for converting between longitudinal and rotational
motion as part of a propulsion device for a boat.
3,643,620
MULTICOLOR INDICATOR FOR A FLUID OPERATED
SYSTEM
Peter A. Penny, Stratford, Conn., assignor to Remington
Arms Company, Inc., Bridgeport, Conn.
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,1 15
IntCI. GO8b7/04
U.S. CI. 1 16—65 1 Claim
NORMAL
14 26^13^^
20-
zl
[^rs^<xi
A visual indicator comprises a rotatably mounted body
having three different f>ositions and colors painted over a
120° portion of the body peripheral surface and vanes on
each end of the body. A fluid flow acting upon the vanes on
one end rotates the body in one direction through an angle of
1 20° so that a predetermined color is visible in a viewing win-
dow. Ruid flow on the vanes at the other end of the body
rotates the body 120° in the other direction so that another
color is visible in the viewing window. The body is weighted
so as to remain in its normal position when there is no flow.
3,643,621
LUMBER STACKER STICK PLACER
Ray WiUiam Newnes, P.O. Box 8, Salmon Arm, Britisli
Columbia, Canada
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 63,858
Claims priority, application Canada, Aug. 27, 1969, 60567
Int. CI. B65g 59106
U.S. CI. 2 14—8.5 K 1 1 Claims
The apparatus of this invention consists of a number of
stick-placing units, each unit consisting of a vertically
disposed elongated magazine-type container for containing
sticks, a holding mechaiusm for holding the sticks in the
magazine, and movable means for transporting the lowermost
stick from the magazine and placing it upon a layer of
lumber. The units arc positioned in places where sticks are
required and all the units are operated simultaneously by an
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1317
operating mechanism. The operation of the apparatus id con-
trolled by limit switches, and initiation of an operating cycle
_
^43
Id
S5-[j
\ _
-55
-45
73
57^
^
61,
-6' y
e
3
y71
.67
7^^
i
^65
8!
\
iPS
fsT
3,643,623
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PURIFYING
POLLUTED GASES
Joseph W. Eng, Bayside, N.Y., and Stanley C. F. Lin,
Matawan, NJ., assignors to Lin Eng Corporation, New
Yorii, N.Y.
Original application Aug. 30. 1%7, Ser. No. 664.416. nov*
Patent No. 3,494,099. Divided and tliis application Sept 12,
1969, Ser. No. 870,780
Int CI. B06b 3/00
U.S. CI. 1 1 6— 1 37 4 Claims
^63
is controlled by a limit switch on a lumber stacker associated
with the stick placer.
3,643,622
POSITION INDICATORS
Edward Cryer, Higliam near Burnley, England, assignor to
Joseph Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingliam, England
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,913
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 12, 1969,
40,190/69
Int CI. G09f 9100
U.S. CI. 116— 124 2 Claims
A position indicator includes a display panel which
receives one end of each of a plurality of optical cables, the
one ends of the optical cables being disposed to form a com-
posite pattern such that predetermined sets of the one ends
defme required legends. The other ends of the optical cables
terminate in a receiving station and the indicator further in-
cludes a light source capable of illuminating the other ends of
the optical cables and a mask mounted for sliding movement
between the light source and the receiving station. The mask
serves in different positions to permit illumination of the
other ends of only those optical cables whose one ends
define, at the display panel, the legend corresponding to the
position of the mask.
A method and apparatus for ultrasonically generating fog
with a venturi having a converging section, a diverging sec-
tion and an intermediate restricted throat section through
which extends a slot for substantially the entire width thereof
and in a plane substantially transverse to the axis thereof.
Concurrently water is fed through the throat slot to form a
continuously flowing thin sheet of water across the width of
the throat section while gas under pressure is fed into the
converging section of the venturi wherein the gas is formed
into a stream. The gas stream is then fed into the throat sec-
tion to increase its linear velocity to produce a sound wave
which, together with the gas under pressure, moves through
said sheet of water flowing across the width of said throat
section continually, breaking the sheet of water into fine
water droplets having vibrating surfaces. The comingled gas
under pressure and the water droplets are then expanded in
the venturi divergent section and pass therefrom as ultrasoni-
cally generated fog with fine vibrating droplets of water.
3,643,624
METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PURIFYING
POLLUTED GASES
Joseph W. Eng, Bayside, N.Y., and Stanley C. F. Lin,
Matawan, N J., assignors to Eiectro-Sonic Pollutioo Control
Corporation
Orig^ application Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 664,416, now
Patent No. 3,494,099. Divided and this application Sept 12,
1%9, Ser. Na 870,781
Int CI. B06b 3100
U.S. CI. 1 16- 137 A 8 Claims
This invention relates to a method of and apparatus for
removing contaminants from polluted gases with a low flow
resistant, porous, infinite capacity filter in which ultrasoni-
cally generated, oscillating fog of substantially increased con-
tact area and contact duration, contacts, absorbs and ag-
glomerates contaminants carried by such gases, ar«l from
which the absorbed agglomerated contaminants are removed.
1318
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Preferably the fog droplets are charged electrically and ac-
tivated chemically, as well as generated in a range of sizes
3,643^25
THIN-FILM DEPOSITION APPARATUS
Gunard O. B. Mahl, San Frandaco, Calif., aaaigiior to Cari
Hermianii AModatcs, Inc., Mcnlo Park, Calif.
FUed Oct- 7, 1969, S«r. No. 864,377
Int CI. C23c/ //02
U.S. CI. 118-48 13 Claims
A thin-film deposition apparatus having a holder and a plu-
rality of racks. Each of the racks has a surface which has the
conformation of a portion of the surface of a sphere. Means
IS provided for rotatobly mounting the racks on the holder in
such a manner that said surfaces of 1^ racks lie generally on
the surface of a common sphere. MeMs is provided for rotat-
mg the holder upon an axis centrally disposed with respect to
the racks and for rotating the racks about their own axes of
roution with respect to the holder.
tilt laterally of the direction of movement of the conveyor. A
heating means such as a gas burner is located adjacent the
conveyor to preheat the articles carried by the holders. An
open-topped vessel to contain the plastics material is located
best suited for removing contaminants from the polluted
adjacent the conveyor downstream of the heating means.
Each holder engages with a guide which laterally tilts the
holder after it has passed the heating means to introduce the
preheated artjcle into the plastics material in the vessel so
that the article becomes coated with the plastics material.
3,643,627
APPARATUS FOR INTERCHANGING COATING POTS
AT A COATING LINE STATION
King Dwight KiUin, Middletown, and Ellis Homer Lieungh,
Miamisburg, both of Ohio, assignors to Kaiser Industries
Corporatioa, Oakland, Calif.
FUed July 23. 1970, Ser. No. 57,494
Int CI. B05c 3/00
U.S. CI. 118-421 ,4cud„«
'•^ 4W «
3,643,626
COATING OF ARTICLES WITH PLASTICS MATERIAL
l^rte^ Henry McKay, and Morris James Legg, Surrey, both of
-• —"- to Plastic Coating Limited, Surrey, En-
An apparatus for positioning coating pots at a coating line
station constructed m a deep well such that the top of the
coating pots is just below the level of the coating line.
In one embodiment, the two coating pots carried on
transfer cars are conveyed through a 180° angle between a
workmg position and hold position by a turntable mounted in
the bottom of the well The coating pot when in the hold
position is adapted to be transferred to an adjacent repair
area along rails extending radially on and away from the
turntable.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,844
Claims priority, appHcatkm Great Britain, Jan. 23, 1969,
3,991/69
InL CI. B05c 3/02
UACL 118-58 10 Claims
An apparatus for coating small articles with plastics
material comprises an endless conveyor such as a chain upon
which hoklers for the articles are mounted so that they can
3,643,628
COMPACT LIQUID TONER APPARATUS WITH
STRAIGHT-THROUGH FEED
Meyer L. Sugarman, and Joseph H. Jaeger, both of c/o Op-
to/Graphics, Inc. 512 Green Bay Road, Kenilworth, 01.
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 692,234, Dec. 20,
1%7. This appUcation July 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 859,219
Int. CI. B05b 5/02; BOSc 3/02
U.S. CI. 1 18—637 3 ciaimi
Apparatus for applying a liquid toner only to the surface of
a sheet of paper or the like for developing an electrostatic
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1319
image thereon, the paper being fed in a rectilinear path, and
preserve the vacuum when not milking. At the same time the
relatively stiff hose firmiy fixes the receiver and claw as-
-55^^ ^f
the liquid toner being supported on the surface of the paper
or the like, with a roller or other means serving as a dam.
3,643,629
MAGNETIC POWDER APPLICATOR
Larry G. Kangas, St. Joseph Township, Saint Croix County,
Wis., and Robert J. KHnc, Grant Township, Washington
County, Minn^ assignors to Minnesota Mining & Manufac-
turing, St Paul, Minn.
Filed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,768
Int. CI. G03g 13100
U.S. CL 1 18—637 6 Claims
•^
sembly to a cow during milking providing lift and preventing
excessive sway of the receiver.
3,643,631
DOUBLE- WALL INSULATED BIRDHOUSE
Jesse L. Wade, and Arthur E. VaU, both of GriggsvOk, HI.,
assignors to Trio Manufacturing Company, Griggsville, DL
Filed Sept 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,096
Int. d AOlk 3 1/00
U.S. CL 1 19-23 13 Claims
An applicator for uniformly applying magnetically respon-
sive dry particulate material to broad areas on a web moved
past the applicator to deposit the material in pattern areas at-
tracting the material thereto. The applicator comprises an
applicating roller having a plurality of magnetic members ar-
ranged about a shaft within a rotatable nonmagnetic sleeve to
provide a magnetic field around the roller having a feed zone
with a radial field changing to a tangential field, an applicat-
ing zone with a stronger radial field following the feed zone
and a return zone extending from the applicating zone to the
feed zone and having a stronger tangential field immediately
following the applicating zone. A scavenging roller has a plu-
rality of magnetic members arranged about a rotatable shaft
within a nonmagnetic sleeve to carry any free particulate
material applied by the applicating roller away from the web
surface and back to a tray.
3,643,630
INFLATION TUBE CONNECTION
Uoyd P. Duncan, Washington, Mo., assignor to Zero Manu-
facturing Company, Washington, Mo.
Flkd Jan. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 1,458
Int CI. AOIJ 05/04
VJS. a. 1 19- 14.47 5 Claims
A milking claw assembly has a flexible inflation housed
within a shell and the inflation has a thickened hose with a
large interior diameter at its lower end. The terminal end of
the hose is bent relative to the hose's remainder so that when
attached to a bias cut inlet nipple on a milk receiver, the
hose sags at its bent portion to close off the inlet and
A metal birdhouse having a double-wall construction open
at one end for achieving desirably cooler interior tempera-
ture conditions while still using darker, heat-absorbant
finishes for exterior wall surfaces. The birdhouse has a venti-
lated attic and a hingedly mounted roof for access to the in-
terior of the house; a perforate floor; an entrance opening in
a sidewall of the house designed to accommodate adapter
members for selectively varying the diameter of the opening
for restricting the size of bird occupant; a removable drop
floor for selectively changing the depth of the interior of the
house, and, an internal climbing and drainage aide. Improved
ventilation is realized by locating venting openings in upper
portions of the birdhouse walls arranged to minimize expo-
sure of the interior to driving rain and other adverse weather
conditions.
3,643,632
AUTOMATICALLY OPERATED FEEDING DEVICE
Eugene M. Polrot, Golden City, Mo.
FUed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,751
Int CI. AOlk 5/02, 64/00
U.S. a. 119-54 10 Claims
A feeding device for fish or other aquatic creatures has a
feed-dispensing container disposed above the level of the
1320
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
water, has a feed-supporting tray disposed below the level of 3,643,634
the water, and has a yieldable connection between that tray STEAM TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
and the valve of that container. That yieldable connection Dohgi Soh, Yokohama-shi, Japan, aadgnor to Ishikaw^Jima-
Haiinu Jukocyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
FUed Dec. 8, 1969, Scr. No. 882,993
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, June 11, 1969, 44/45452
Int CI. F22g 5116
VS. CI. 122-483 3 Claims
(ih^
will permit waves to induce rising and falling of that con-
tainer relative to that tray without causing excessive release
of feed from that container.
3,643,633
INCINERATOR
Kumakichi SugMO, 346, 3 cbome, Asakusabashi, Dalto-ku,
Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed July 27, 1970, Scr. No. 58,249
ClaioK priority, appHcadon Japan, Apr. 15, 1970, 45/31716
InL CI. F23g 5100
U.S. CI. 122-2 4 Claims
A steam temperature control system for a double reheat-
ing, forced circulation steam-generating unit is provided. The
heat recover area of said unit is divided into two gas
passages, a high-pressure reheater being disposed in one of
the passages while a low-pressure reheater, in the other
passage. A surface-type heat exchanger of the shell and the
tube type is interposed in said low-pressure reheater so that
the heat is transferred from the superheated steam bypassed
from the main steam passage of said unit to the steam in said
low-pressure reheater. By varying the temperature difference
between said two steams, the quantity of heat to be trans-
ferred may be adjusted, thereby controlling the temperature
of the steam in said low pressure reheater.
3,643,635
ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
William T. Milam, 4501 Cohrane Road, Oklahoma City,
Okla.
nied Apr. 24, 1970, Scr. Na 31,613
Int. CI. F02b 3100; F02d 1/04
VS. CI. 1 23-32 EA 1 1 Claims
ta-j^CM9tt« lONinaM
.00- r-BTTLf ry- y ■>""*^'»'
"^ — I rS i-H r^ K r
40JwtrHfirr
An incinerator comprising a first combustion chamber pro-
vided with a hearth. A second combustion chamber is super-
posed above the first combustion chamber and a flame extin-
guishing chamber is positioned above the second combustion
chamber. The hearth has slanted portions for forming a well
offset from alignment with the second combustion chamber
and the second combustion chamber is provided with a gate
through which material to be incinerated may be fed so as to
be preheated as it falls into the first combustion chamber and
is directed into the well.
The invention is an electronic fuel injection system for use
on internal combustion engines. The fuel is injected into the
intake manifold by a variable flow positive displacement
pump which varies the amount of fuel flow by varying the
motor speed driving the pump. Sensing devices which sense
the exhaust gas temperature, movement of the throttle and
the r.p.m. of the fuel pump, continually feed sigruds to the
electronic control unit which computes the proper pump
speed for an optimum air-to-fuel ratio in accordance with the
previously mentioned variable operating factors.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1321
3,643,636
ENGINE VIBRATION DAMPER
Rkhard Erwln MUcy, and John Gary Meylink, both of Hor-
icon. Wis., aarignors to Deere & Company, Molinc, Dl.
FUcd June 11, 1970, Scr. No. 45,436
Int a. F02b 75106; P02I 1/30
VS. CI. 123—41.69 5 Claims
3,643,638
FREE PISTON ENGINE IGNITION APPARATUS
Anton Braun, 6421 Warren Avenue, Minneapolis, Minn.
FUed Ai«. 24, 1970, Scr. Na 66385
InL CI. F02b 71/00; F02n / 7/00
VS. CI. 123—46 R 17 Claims
A vibration damper for a reciprocating internal com-
bustion engine consisting of a weight rigidly mounted exter-
nally on the cylinder head of the engine. The weight, a solid
mass of high-density, inert material, has a periphery generally
conforming to that of the head, and is mounted thereon by
means of the same threaded fasteners used to mount the
head on the cylinder. The weight is mounted on the cylinder
head in spaced relation thereto to serve also as a cooling air
shroud.
3,643,637
LIQUID-COOLED SINGLE OR MULTIPLE CYLINDER
TWO-CYCLE COMBUSTION ENGINE
Johannes Strossner, Numberg, and Armin Drebes, Grossbel-
fendorf, both of Germany, assignors to Finna Zundapp-
Werke GcflcUachaft mit beachrankter Haftung, Munchcn,
Germany
FUed Oct 30, 1970, Scr. No. 85^74
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 5, 1969, P 19 55
586J
Int CI. F02f 1/10; P02b 33/04
VS. CI. 123-41.72 11 Claims
Liquid-cooled single or multiple cycle two-cycle internal
combustion engine produced by mold or die casting, particu-
lariy pressure-casting, having a cylinder liner with apertures
to the waste gas and transfer port channels, as well as a
piston controlling the changes in the load where conically
tapering channels are formed in the cylinder block outside
the cylinder liner parallel, or nearly F>arallel, to the longitu-
dinal axis of the cylinder where the lower channel portion
forms the transfer port channel and the upper channel por-
tion the cooling water chamber, and both channel portions
are tighdy sealed relative to one another by an insert member
in the area of the passage from the tranter port channel to
the combustion chamber of the cylinder.
'"[
PISTON MOVEMENT
SENSING MEANS
FREE PISTON
ENGINE
J4
J3-
J2A
-* MEASURING
I MEANS I
' ( REFERENCE)
TIMING
MEANS
CONTROL MEANS
COMBUSTION
CAUSING MEANS
'JS
Apparatus and method features are disclosed for initiating
combustion in free piston engines in response to a move-
ment-related characteristic of the power piston, such as its
rate of change of position in the power cylinder of the en-
gine, so that combustion is caused to occur at a desired time
which is related to the time the power piston reverses
direction at the start of a power stroke, without regard to
variations from one stroke to another in the actual physical
position of the power piston along its path of movement in
the power cylinder at the moment of piston reversal. Various
means are shownn or suggested for sensing piston movement
and causing combustion in response to changes in the
velocity or acceleration of such piston movement at a con-
trolled time interval before or after such velocity drops to
zero or after such velocity has reached a maximum, i.e., at or
near the moment when the piston reaches its inner dead
point in the power cylinder, and preferably somewhat before
that moment.
Specific means disclosed for this purpose include means
for sensing a desired movement-related characteristic near
the end of the stroke and developing a signal dependent, for
example, upon the rate of such movement or upon the ac-
celeration of the piston. In one form, an auxiliary piston is
moved in synchronism with the movement of the power
piston to create, in an auxiliary compression chamber, a pres-
sure signal related to the velocity of the power piston. The
pressure signal thus created is then referred to suitable con-
trol means where the sensing signal is utilized, for example,
by comparison with a reference means, to provide a control
force or signal, which is employed to operate a combustion-
causing means, such as a spark plug ignition circuit. The
reference force for use with such a pressure signal may be
obtained by the use of an adjustable spring-biased second
auxiliary piston and a controlled oriflce. More specifically,
the pressure signal created by the first auxiliary piston and
cylinder is modified or affected by the rate of flow through
the controlled oriflce, and the resultant pressure acts on the
second auxiliary piston to actuate conventional ignition
breaker points against the action of the adjustable spring.
The points, in turn, control the delivery of electrical energy
to the spark plug. In one embodiment shown, the pressure
created by the first auxiliary piston is also used to control the
rate of flow through the controlled orifice and thus further
determine the point in time at which ignition will be initiated
to maintain the proper timing of ignition in spite of variations
in the cycle-to-cycle value of power piston velocity or stroke.
3,643,639
PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL SPEED SENSOR
Kennetk C. Bier, BkMmfichl HiUs, Mkh., assignor to Holley
Carlmretor Company, Warren, Mich.
FUcd July 28, 1970, Scr. No. 58^15
Int CI. F02d 1 1/08; ¥l6k31/385
VS. CI. 123—103 E 10 Claims
A pressure differential sensing device has a housing di-
vided into two chambers on opposite sides of a diaphragm
contained therein; a first of the two chambers has conduit
means ad£^>ted for connection to the inlet of a fluid pump
1322
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
while the other chamber has a first conduit connected to the manifold, the gasket body having an air inlet passageway
discharge of the fluid pump and a second conduit leading to leading from a source of air to the gasket opening and
some associated device to be controlled thereby; a valve car- through which additional air may be conveyed to the carbu-
ried by the diaphragm is urged into seating engagement with
^^
the inlet end of the second conduit by a spring so as to
prevent communication between the other chamber and the
second conduit whenever the differential of pressure between
the pump inlet and pump outlet is less than a predetermined
magnitude.
3,643,640
LOW-POLLUTING INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE
WHEREIN EXHAUST GASES ARE RECYCLED IN A
CONTROLLED PATTERN
Bernard J. Knus, Roma-Ostia, Italy, and Dae Sik Kim.
Maplewood, N J., awignors to Easo Research and Engineer-
ing Company
FUed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 10,906
Int CI. F02ni 25106
U.S. CI. 123- 1 19 A 7 Claims
A low-pollution internal combustion engine wherein ex-
haust gas is recycled by control means only when the engine
is operating intermediate idle and full throttle subject to the
engine not being choked. A particular feature is the introduc-
tion of the recycle exhaust gases intermediate, the point of
introduction of the fuel and the flapper valve.
3,643,641
GASKET WITH PASSAGEWAY AND VACUUM BLADE
FOR INTRODUCING AIR INTO BARREL OF
CARBURETOR
Ewald A. Busse, 3276 Fair Oalu Avenue, Redwood City,
Calif.
FUed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,005
Int CL F02ni 25106, 23/00
UAQ. 123— 119A 4 Claims
A gasket body formed with an opening disposed in regis-
tration with the bore of a carburetor barrel so that the fuel
mixture will pass therethrough on its way to an intake
retor for intermixing with the fuel mixture for leaning down
the air-fuel ratio, and a vacuum blade projects into the gasket
body opening and arranged to create a vacuum in the air
inlet passageway for drawing in the additional air.
3,643,642
POWER TAKEOFF ON MARINE DIESEL ENGINE
Norman E. Junes, Route 3, Box 148, Astoria, Orcg.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,641
Int. CI. F02b 77/00; F16d 11/04, 3/48
U.S. CI. 123-198 C
7 Claims
A hydraulic pump is mounted as an accessory on a marine
diesel engine to operate hydraulic equipment on a boat. The
driving connection includes a double universal joint which
eliminates side loading on the engine shaft which is utilized
for driving the pump whereby the pump may be driven from
one of the engine cam shafts. An intermediate member is
resiliently mounted on a pair of axially spaced rubber O-rings
on a driven hub member on the pump shaft. One end of the
intermediate member is equipped with a circle of axial pins
which fit loosely in a circle of holes in the hub member to
provide one of the universal joints. A driving member bolted
to the engine cam gear has a circle of axial pins which fit
loosely in a circle of holes in the other end of the inter-
mediate member to form a second universal joint. The hub
member and intermediate member are mounted in a sleeve
for axial sliding movement in a housing bolted to the engine
housing. The pump is mounted on the sleeve. By sliding the
pump and sleeve bodily toward the engine, the last named
pins and holes cooperate as a dental clutch to drive the
pump. By sliding the pump bodily away from the engine, the
last named pins and holes are disengaged from each other to
declutch the pump. This sliding movement is effected by a
hand lever and a spring detent is provided to hold the clutch
parts in engaged and disengaged positions.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1323
3,643,643
BOW OR ELASTIC DEVICE FOR PROPELLING
PROJECTILES
Clarence C. Jordan, Box 224, Splcndora, Tex.
FUed ScpL 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,870
Int CI. F41b 5/00, 7/00
U.S. CL 124-20 R 5 Claims
3,643,645
VAPORIZING FirnNG FOR PROPANE STOVE
Raymond E. Beuon, Forest Park, 111^ assigDor to OBn Cor-
poration
FUed Dec 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,669
Int CI. F24c 5/20
U.S. CI, 126-38 4 Claims
A device for launching missiles, such as rocks, steel balls,
or arrows, having an adjustable lock and a novel triggering
mechanism, mounted on a support, the rock or ball-
launching mechanism having a missile pocket secured to the
power unit by swivel connections and having a trigger-receiv-
ing latch mounted thereon, said triggering mechanism
providing means for triggering the missile launch and for
releasing the lock for readjustment, in sequence both the
latch mechanisms are in the same housing and the lock en-
gages the pocket member and the latch engages the base
member.
3 643,644
TEMPLATE COPYING DEVICE FOR MACHINE TOOLS
Adino Nadalini, Padova, Italy, assignor to Soc. Az. Industrie
Meccanicbe Padovane Saimp, Padova, Italy
FUed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,918
Claims priority, appttcation Italy, Feb. 1 1, 1969, 12706 A/69
Int CL B24b 53/08; B23b 3/28
U.S. CI. 125-11 11 Claims
i^^
o ' ?
A fitting for use with relatively flat and compact camping
stoves £md the like using bottled liquid propane for fuel. The
fitting supports the fuel cylinder and holds it at an angle with
the horizontal so that the liquid propane will settle at the bot-
tom of the cylinder and propane vapors will rise to the top of
the cylinder to be withdrawn therefrom to fuel the stove.
Device for working with a template, for lathes and grinding
machines, in which a control support advances with continu-
ous motion parallel to the axis of the machine, the tool is car-
ried by a first slide of a pair of slides connected with the ad-
vancing support, one slide being movable parallelly to the
axis of advance and the other being movable perpendicularly,
said first slide being mounted on the other slide and being
connected to it and to the advancing support through a
rectilinear guide and follower, in which the guide is rigidly
connected to the first slide and is oriented at 45* while the
follower is rigidly coimected to the advancing support.
3,643,646
FLUE EXHAUST AND COMBUSTION AIR INTAKE
ASSEMBLY FOR UNDERCOUNTER FURNACE
Bernard G. Honaker, Jr., Wkhita, Kans., assignor to The
Coleman Company, Inc., Wichita, Kans.
FUed Oct 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,605
Int CI. F23j U/00; F24c 3/00; F24h 3/00
U.S. CI. 126-85 B 10 Claims
^ y- / *.
The backwall of an outer casing for a sealed-combustion
furnace is provided with an opening aligned with a similar
opening through the wall. A vent hood having an upper ex-
haust opening and a lower intake opening are adapted for
mounting on the exterior of the wall. An exhaust tube con-
nects the exhaust opening of the vent hood with the hot air
flue of the furnace; and a frustum is provided at the exhaust
opening on the vent hood which flares outwardly to define a
base at the vent exhaust opening which has an area slightly
greater than the cross-sectional area of the exhaust tube to
cause the forced exhaust gases to curl about it after exiting
the exhaust opening for mixing with outside gases before ris-
ing thereby reducing the temperature of the surrounding wall
portion and reducing recirculation of the spent combustion
gases. A curved baffle about the upper part of the intake
opening aSso reduces recirculation under certain downward
1324
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
wind conditions. A thin intake conduit is formed on the in-
side back wall of the furnace casing which sealing commu-
nicates the annular intake space about the exhaust tube with
an inlet to the fresh air blower.
3,643^7
THERMOSTATICALLY CONTROLLED HEAT SHIELD
FOR WINDOW UNITS IN PYROLYTIC OVENS
Robert B. Larkin, Farmington, Mich., anignor to Mills
Products, Inc., Farmington, Mkh.
FUed Oct. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 83,793
Int. CI. F23ni 7100
MS. CI. 1 26— 1 98 9 Claims
flexible tape so that they can be collapsed in a superposed
storage position and expanded with a fanlike movement to
form a semiparabolic reflector. Means on the frame enable
adjustment of the focal points of the reflectors. A second
post is fixed, pivotally or otherwise, to the first post to enable
an object to be held in the vicinity of the focal points of the
reflectors. The frame can form a case for storage of the
device.
3,643,649
MECHANIZED TRACHEOTOME
Joseph John Amato, North Riverside, 111., assignor to United
SUtes Surgical Corporation, Baltimore, Md.
FUed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,457
Int. a. A61b/ 7/00. 17110
U.S. CI. 128-1 R 3 Claims
A window unit for use in the oven door of a self-cleaning
oven comprising a pair of spaced glass panels separated by a
spacer and clamped together by a peripheral clamping flange
with a series of pivoted louvers disposed between the glass
panels and supported at their opposite ends by the spacer,
and a thermally responsive actuator for automatically pivot-
ing the louvers to a closed position to prevent radiation of ex-
cessive heat to the outer glass panel when the oven is on the
cleaning cycle. The louvers are automatically opened by the
actuator to permit viewing through the window unit during
normal cooking operations.
3,643,648
SOLAR HEATING DEVICES
Adnan S. Tardd, Avenue dc Bode 13, 1200 Geneva, Switzer-
Flkd Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,938
Int CI. F24i 3102
U.S. CI. 1 26- 270 1 3 Claims
A solar heating apparatus comprises a post, a collapsible
tripod for holding the post perpendicular to a supporting sur-
face and a frame universally mounted on the [X}st. A pair of
reflectors are mounted on the frame, each reflector compris-
ing a plurality of sector-shaped segments pivotally joined at
one end and alternate segments being interconnected by a
A tracheotome for the mechanized performance of a
tracheostomy The inventive tracheotome, upon triggering,
makes an incision through the skin, fascia and trachea of the
patient. Then, after the incision has been made, a delayed-ac-
tion plunger is activated and serves to bend a staple which
maintains the opening in the trachea.
3,643,650
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING
BACTERIOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Harvey A. Elder, 1 1577 Acacia Street, Loma Unda, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 744,279, June
10, 1968, now abandoned. This application May 25, 1970,
Ser. No. 40,253
Int. CI. B65d 79/00; A61b 70/00
U.S. CI. 128-2 R 13 Claims
■«^<
A kit which permits bacterial cultures to be quickly and
easily obtained from urine samples and transmitted to a clini-
cal laboratory for bacteriological examination. The main
component of the kit is a specimen sampler molded from
clear plastic in the form of a jointed strip. The strip has sym-
metrical, longitudinal half -segments integral with a central
joint segment through which the half-segments are movable
relative to one another. The half-segments have two bowllike
indentations with outwardly bulging walls which serve as
deposit areas for beds of congealed culture medium. Melded
to the bottoms of the bowllike indentations are four shallow
cups with flaring rims, around which the beds of congealed
culture medium are formed and which serve to anchor the
beds in place, and hold them intact, during usage of the
specimen sampler. The sampler is designed so that its two
half-segments can be folded together until the bottoms of
their bowllike indentations touch and their open fronts face
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1325
outwardly in opposite directions. The sampler has a pair of
finger grip indentations either side of its joint segment. The
kit includes, in addition to the specimen sampler, a narrow,
scalable container into which the folded sampler snugly fits.
When the sampler is ready for use, it is pulled firom the con-
tainer by means of the fmger grip indentations, then held by
these indentations and dipped into a sample of urine until its
culture bed areas are immersed. The sampler is then
removed from the urine and sealed in the container for trans-
mittal to a clinical laboratory for examination.
3,643/>51
nNGER SCALE FOR GYNECOLOGIC AND OTHER
MEASUREMENT OF BODY ORIFICE
Alvaro J. Cuadros, Hartsdale, N.Y., assignor to Lorton
Laboratories, Ltd., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 60,815
Int CI. H61I 5100
U.S. CI. 128-2 S 9 Claims
tubes are connected to the ports and the differenbal pressure
measured across the free ends of the transmitting tubes in
Vlll«i.E
m SHOT
01! Ti«l 4^,,,
tniTitnoi
ceuiTti
order to obtain an indication of the respiratory gas flow rate
through the tube in the mammal's trachea.
3,643,653
ENDOSCOPIC APPARATUS
Nagashige Takahashi, and Kunio Kinoshita, both of Tokyo,
Japan, asstgnors to Olympus Optical Co., Ltd., Shibuya-ku,
Tokyo, Japan
FUed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886^52
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Dec. 24, 1968, 43/94475
Int.CI. A61b//06
U.S. CI. 128— 6 8 Claims
A diagnostic instrument for taking gynecologic and other
pelvic measurements is adapted to be worn on the hand and
includes a narrow measuring strip of flexible inextensible
material having a finger stirrup at one end thereof which is
adapted to retain a fingertip inserted therein, such that the
strip extends along the fmger from the fingertip to a band of
elastic material which in turn is fixed to an adhesive strip for
securing the instrument to the hand. The band of elastic
material intervening between the measuring strip and the ad-
hesive strip allows the instrument to conform to the hand
when the fingers are flexed or extended. The narrow strip is
calibrated in units of length from a zero point at the tip of the
stirrup so that gynecologic and pelvic measurements may be
taken upon insertion of the fmger into a body orifice such as
the vagina.
3,643,652
MEDICAL BREATHING MEASURING SYSTEM
Ddfin J. Beltran, 2364 Bryant Street, Pak> AHo, CaUf.
FUed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,465
Int CI. A61b 5108
MS. CI. 128-2.08 6 Claims
A tube for measuring respiratory gas flow of a mammal, in-
cluding a tube which fits into the mammal's trachea and a
pair of ports spaced along its length. A pair of transmitting
Endoscopic apparatus comprising a major endoscope and a
minor endoscope adapted to be inserted in the major en-
doscope and capable of vievring on a magnified scale an ob-
ject sought by the major endoscope. The forward end portion
of the minor endoscope is provided with a cylindrical wall ex-
tending forwardly therefrom so that, by contacting the front
end edge of the cylindrical wall with the object, the forward
end portion of the minor endoscope can be firmly secured
relative to the object, while a sharp image of the object can
be properly observed on a magnified scale through an objec-
tive lens provided in the forward end portion by virtue of the
proper spacing of the objective lens from the object by
means of the cylindrical wall extending forwardly from the
forward end portion of the minor endoscope. In order to
positively fix the forward end portion in position relative to
the object, the front end edge of the cylindrical wall may be
provided with a plurality of pricking needles which prick the
object when the cylindrical wall contacts the object or
vacuum may be introduced into the hollow space defmed by
1326
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the cylindrical wall between the object and the front end of
the objective lens.
3,643^54
ILLUMINATING LARYNGOSCOPE WITH REFLECTING
MEANS
Hector R. Fdbarg, 12 Kinsdcy R<Md, Huntington, N.Y.
Cootiniiation-in-part of applkation Scr. No. 733394, May 31,
1968. This appttcation Sept 14, 1970, Scr. No. 72,044
Intel. A61b//06
U.S. CI. 128— 11 1 Claim
3,643,656
INFLATABLE SURGICAL CAST
Joseph V. Young, Route 2, Box 90A, LewisviUe, Tex., and
Richard M. Johnson, 3815 Weeburn Drive, Dallas, Tex.
FUcd June 16, 1%9, Scr. No. 833,355
Intel. A6 If 5/04
U.S. CI. 128—90 10 ClainH
A laryngoscope of the type comprising a tubelike member
of U-shaped cross section, open on one side and having a
light source at the end thereof. The member has a flattened
bend having an interior angle of more than 90°. A first mirror
is mounted on the bottom interior of the tubular member in
the area of the bend and a second mirror is mounted on the
upper interior of the tubular member near the operator's end
so that the operator can look at the second mirror and see a
right-side-up image of the throat and larynx at the end of the
blade.
3,643,655
AUTOMATIC SURGERY RETRACTOR
Anthony Peronti, Morton Grove, 111., assignor to Michad S.
White, Chicago, 01., a pmrt interest
FUcd July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,728
Int CI. A61b 17/02; A61g 13/00
U.S. CI. 128-20 12 Claims
vij ■>* -ti
^>ji
An automatic surgery retraction apparatus which is self-
supporting away from an operating table or a patient and is
selectively positionable along both. The apparatus includes a
vertically extensible upright assembly mounted for rotation
about a base member and a horizontally extensible boom as-
sembly mounted for pivotal movement about the upright as-
sembly. The upright and boom assemblies are provided with
electronic precision servo-positioning systems allowing
remote actuation thereof for precise and accurate position-
ing. The boom assembly is provided with one or more
disposable strap members carrying retraction instruments,
which may also be disposable.
A water-impervious cast having a rigid tubular outer wall
or shell and a flexible tubular inner wall which form a sub-
stantially cylindrical chamber about a body portion, such as a
leg, arm, torso and the like, to be inimobilized by the cast
and a foamed-in-place rigid plastic filling the chamber and
causing the inner surfaces of the flexible wall to contact the
body portion and assume the configuration of the body por-
tion to hold immobile the body portion. A method of forming
a cast about a body portion by forming a substantially cylin-
drical chamber about a body portion by forming a substan-
tially cylindncal chamber about a body portion closed at
both ends and having an inner flexible wall movable into en-
gagement with the body portion and introducing a foam-
producing substance into the cylindrical chamber to cause it
to foam and expand and move the fiexible wall into engage-
ment with and to conform to the shape of the body portion
while the body portion is immobile.
3,643,657
SPACER FOR SURGICAL CAST
Francis Whyte, 2 Cascade Drive, Halifax, Nova Scoda,
Canada
FUcd June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 41,830
Intel. A6 If 5/04
U.S. CI. 128-91 R 2 Claims
23 22
A spacer, for use in forming a surgical cast of hardenable
material, consisting of an elongated, laterally arcuate central
rib with fianges projecting outwardly from the lateral edges
of the central rib and tapering to their free edges. The spacer
is made of form-retaining, severable material. A cast is made
by using one or more slabs of malleable, hardenable material
having its lateral edges overlying the flanges of one or more
spacers and contiguous with the central rib.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1327
3,643,658
iMPLANTS OF TITANIUM OR A TITANIUM ALLOY FOR
THE SURGICAL TREATMENT OF BONES
Sttnud Steinemenao, Ucstal, Switnrtaiid, aarignor to In-
stitute Dr. Ing. Rdnhard Straumann, Waldcnburg, Switzer-
FUed Aug. 27, 1969, Scr. No. 869,428
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept 3, 1968,
13217/68
Int CI. A6If 5/04
U.S. CL 128—92 D 2 Claims
A titanium or titanium implant with the novel feature of
the surface layer formed as an oxide, nitride, carbide and
carbonitride. The surface layer is applied to prevent abrasion
and corrosion of the implant and to prevent fretting between
contacting implants as well as to improve the appearance
thereof.
3,643,659
TOE GUARD
Arthur J. Storcr, Maduy, Idaho
Filed June 20, 1969, Scr. No. 835,061
Int CI. A61f 5/30
UA a. 128-153
2aainis
A toe guard, for supporting bedding or other covering,
which is worn on the foot in the manner of a sandal. A heel
cup with a retaining strap holds the guard in place and an ad-
justable guard band of straplike, open loop form encom-
passes that part of the foot forward of the heel. Actual con-
tact of the guard with the foot is minimized to avoid discom-
fort.
3,643,660
NASAL CANNULA
Allan C. Hudson, 3323 Spur Boulevard, Glendalc, Calif.;
John M. Khinear, 20515 San Gabrid Valley Drive, Wafaiut
Calif., and Harold R. Havstad, 6612 CentraUa, Lakewood,
CaUf.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Scr. No. 878,628
Int CI. A61m 15/08
VS. CL 128-206 13 Claims
A unified nasal cannula comprises a hollow tubular body
having an upper flat or plane surface and a pair of spaced
and curved elongated tubular extensions, having exterior ori-
fices for directing a gas flow which extensions project up-
wardly at an angle from the surface.
3,643,661
TAMPON FOR DIRECTIONAL PLACEMENT AND
APPLICATOR THEREFOR
Joseph R. Crockford, Fhuhing, N.Y^ aarignor to Kimbcrty-
Clark Corporation, Nccn^i, Wis.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841^79
Int CI. A61f 13/20, 15/00
VS. CI. 128—263 15 Claims
A catamenial tampon designed for directional placement
in the vaginal cavity. The tampon is made of an oblong
pledget of absorbent material, compressed into thin, flat, self-
sustaining, resilient sheet form and folded longitudinally on
itself in symmetrical segments to form an elongate body of
substantially circular cross section of a size suitable for inser-
tion in the vaginal tract. The folds are arranged to form at
least one longitudinal groove in the tampon body. The folded
tampon, which tends to spring back to flat form unless
restrained, is held in its folded form within a tubular applica-
tor which has at least one longitudinal rib in mated and slida-
ble relationship vnth the longitudinal groove of the tampon,
and which has a telescoping ejector disposed in one end. Hie
applicator tube has indicia to show the radial disposition of
the tampon within the tube in order to facilitate placement of
the tampon in a predetermined position by the user.
3,643,662
REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE LINER FOR NETHER
GARMENTS
Mary H. McGuire, and Chandra Kapur, both of East Brun-
swick, N J., assignors to Personal Products Company
Filed Nov. 4. 1%9, Ser. No. 873.865. The portion of the term
of the patent subsequent to Apr. 20, 1988, has been
disclaimed.
Int CI. A61f 13/16
VS. CI. 128-287 9 ClaiuH
A protective liner which is temporarily, but securely, held
to the interior crotch portion of nether garments by a nar-
row, double-faced, pressure sensitive adhesive tape provided
on the under surface of the liner. The adhesive tape possesses
differential adhesion levels such that the adhesive layer that
secures the tape to the protective liner possesses a greater
level of adhesion so as to permanently adhere the tape
thereto, than does the adhesive layer of the tape that tem-
porarily, but securely, adheres the tape and the liner to the
crotch portion of the nether garment.
1328
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,663
COAGULATING INSTRUMENT
Hcrmami Sutter, WDdtal nemr FreflMirs, Germany, aasigDor to
F. L. Fischer, Freiburg am Martinstor, Freeburg. Cermany
Filed Oct 15, 1969, Scr. No. 866,477
Claims priority, appttcatioa Gennany, Oct 16, 1968, P 18 03
292J
Int. CI. A6 lb/ 7/i6
U.S. CI. 128-303.17 8 Claims
minutely expanded polystyrene paper and aluminum foil,
various portions of which may be selectively removed to pro-
A forceps-type coagulating instrument provided with
means for electrically connecting the relatively insulated
blades of a forceps to a generator supplying a high-frequency
voltage, for the purpose of coagulating a part held between
the points of the blades of the forceps, wherein said connect-
ing means are constituted by a push-on and pulloff connec-
tor.
vide an effective heat-transfer path of a predetermined size,
to accomplish the desired therapeutic treatment.
3,643,664
DUAL-PULL VETERINARY FETAL EXTRACTOR
Robert L. McMillan, 133 Winn Avenue, Box 2189, Universal
City, Tex-
FUcd Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,706
Int CL A61b 17142; A61d 1108
UA CL 128-353 8 Claims
A veterinary obstetric instrument for assisting the birth of
fetal animals to avoid the necessity of caesarian operations.
The construction of the device comprises a quick-release
progressively locked telescoping body portion, a breeching
plate and belt for attaching the device to an animal, a ground
support member and a positioning handle, dual cables
mounted on lever-driven ratchet reels rotatably mounted on
a reel bracket, and chain or cable means for attaching the
reel mounted cables to the head or body portion of the fetal
animal.
3,643,665
THERAPEUTIC PACK FOR THERMAL APPLICATIONS
James C. CaiUoucttc, Pandena, Calif., asrignor to Kay
Laboratories, Inc., San Diego, CaHf .
Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Scr. No. 813,491
Int a. A61( 7104
U.S. a. 128—403 8 Claims
A therapeutic pack containing chemicals to produce a
temperature-changing chemical reaction, e.g. endothermic or
exothermic. The chemical components for the reaction are
held spaced apart within a bag by a fracturable means, e.g. a
diaphragm. The bag incorporates an insulation cover, e.g.
3,643,666
STONE GUARD FOR COMBINES
Henry Hoyt Denison, MoUne, HI., assignor to Deere & Com-
pany, MoUne, 111.
FUed Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,002
Int. CI. AOlf 12120
U.S. CI. 130-27 JT 15 Claims
A plurality of adjacent fmgers form a door which extends
fore-and-aft between the lower edge of the crop inlet opening
in a combine body and the front edge of the concave. The
door is composed of three individual sections, each of which
is mounted on a transverse pivot adjacent the crop inlet
opening and adapted to swring downwardly when a rock or
like object is introduced between one of the sections of An-
gers and the threshing cylinder, thereby allovnng such objects
to fall away before entering the area between the cylinder
and concave. A spring acting through a toggle-type linlcage
urges each of the finger sections upwardly against an adjusta-
ble stop, the linkage being so arranged that the urging force
transmitted to the sections diminishes rapidly aSf the sections
swing downwardly. The shape of the fmgers is such that an
entering rock will trip the mechanism a substantial distance
forwardly of the leading edge of the concave.
3,643,667
METHOD OF MAKING A SMOKABLE PRODUCT FROM
OXIDIZED CELLULOSE
Theodore S. Brisidn, Bcveriy Hilb, and AUcn H. Remanick,
Pasadena, both of Calif., aasigDors to Sutton Rcacarcfa Cor-
poratioo, Los Angeles, CaUf .
FUed Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 5,098
Intel. A24d 07/75
U.S.CI. 131— 2 14 Claims
A method for preparing a smokable product wherein a cel-
lulosic material is first selectively oxidized with a gaseous
nitrogen dioxide, and the resulting oxidized cellulosic materi-
al is thereafter subjected to a reduction reaction by means of
a borohydride at an alkaline pH.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1329
3,643,668
OXIDIZED CELLULOSE SMOKING PRODUCT
COMPOSITION
Theodore S. Brisidn, and Geoffrey R. Ward, both of Beveriy
Hilb, Calif., aaignors to Sutton Research Corporation, Los
Angdcs, Calif .
Coothiuation-in-part of appiication Ser. No. 802,229, Feb. 25,
1969, now Patent No. 3,559,655, Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 595,622, Nov. 21, 1966, now Patent No.
3,447,539, Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No.
674,994, Oct 12, 1967, now abandoned. This application
Aug. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 849,497
Int CL A24b 15102
U.S.CL 131-2 3 Claims
A smoking product is disclosed which comprises a charge
of oxidized cellulosic material in combination with a treating
agent which is designed to enhance the aroma evolved from
the burning of the oxidized cellulose by masking undesirable
residual odors. The treating agents which have been found to
be effective are long fatty aldehydes containing 9-18 carbon
atoms, 3,7,-dimethyl-2,6-octadienol, methylheptyne car-
bonate, ethyl glyoxalate, sandalwood oil and amyris oil.
3,643,669
TOBACCO ROD FORMING MACHINE
Kurt Korber, Hamburg-Bergedorf, Am Pfingstberg 10, Ger-
many
Continuation of application Ser. No. 264,145, Mar. 11, 1963,
now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
852,060, Nov. 10, 1959, now abandoned. This application
Apr. 18, 1966, Ser. No. 543,438
Claims prioritv. application Germanv, Nov. 12, 1958, H 34791;
Dec. 11, 1958, H 35078
Int. CI. A24c 05118
US. CL 131-84 C 3 Claims
portions only of horizontally fed, vertical positioned thin
strips and arrays of workpieces is accomplished by recirculat-
ing electrolyte or the like through a bathtub provided with
vertical slots to receive and discharge such workpieces. The
rate of recirculation is such that an effective plating height
well above the lx)ttom of the vertical bathtub slots is main-
tained. A plurality of horizontally moving clamps support the
workpieces and are electrically connected thereto as the
workpieces move into, through, and out of the bathtub.
These clamps are also electrically slidably connected to bus
bars to form part of a complete electroplating circuit.
3,643,671
APPARATUS FOR TREATING ELEMENTS OF
CIRCULAR OUTLINE
Karin Henninges, Stuttgart, and Bemd Scfauize, Benninger,
both of Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch GmbH, Stutt-
gart, Germany
Original application Dec 5, 1968, Ser. Na 781315. Divided
and this application June 19, 1970, Ser. No. 47,805
Claims prioritv, application Germanv, Dec. 14, 1967,
P 1621 428.1
Int CLB08b J/05, ///02
U.S.CL 134-118 5 Claims
An automatic cigarette making machine wherein tobacco
shreds are showered from a hopper through a guide and onto
the upper stretch of a narrow elongated collecting tape which
accumulates a stream containing a surplus of tobacco. Such
stream is transferred into the circumferential groove of a suc-
tion wheel and is trimmed to remove the surplus prior to
delivery to a horizontally extending rod former wherein the
trimmed stream is enclosed in wrapper tape to form a
cigarette rod.
3,643,670
APPARATUS FOR LIQUID TREATMENT OF FLAT
MATERIALS
Whiston E. Sabatlu, Lalieville; Wilbum M. Bloomquist, Min-
neapolis, and Raymond W. Rdnkc, Rosemount all of
Minn., assignors to Finishing Equipment and Supply Co.,
Inc., Bloomingtoo, Minn.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. Na 65,467
Int CL B05c 3110, 11/14; B08b 3/04
VS. CL 134—117 12 Claims
Plating or etching or other immersion treatment of lower
An apparatus for treating elements of circular outline. A
vessel is provided with guide grooves which are either
straight and parallel to one another or are torus shaped and
concentric with one another. The vessel is mounted for tilting
movement about a ball-and-socket joint and accommodates a
bath of etching fluid. Disc-shaped elements to be treated are
supported on edge in the respective guide grooves. A motor
is mounted below the vessel and its output shaft drives a can
follower having at least one ascending and at least one
descending surface portion, and in the case of straight paral-
lel guide grooves two rod-shaped follower members are
mounted for sliding movement in axial direction of the motor
shaft v^th their lower ends resting on the can disc surface
and their upper ends engaging the bottom wall of the vessel
so that, when they are shifted in axial direction of the motor
output shaft, the vessel is tilted alternately to one side and
the opposite side about the ball-and-socket joint. If the guide
grooves are torus shaped, then three such follower members
are used which are circumferentially spaced about the axis at
equiangular locations.
1330
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3 643^72 3,643,674
CONTACT LENS CASE POCKET UMBRELLA WITH THREE-SECTIONAL STICK
Frank E Brown 1842 Emerald Terrace, Glendale, Calif. Gunter Granrnth, SoUngen, Germany, assignor to Kortenbadi
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,755 & Rauh KommanditgeMUacfaaft, Solingen-Weyer, Germany
Intel. B08bi/04,///02
U.S.C1. 134-143
^ec
FUed Sept 11, 1969, Ser. No. 856,973
9 Claims Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 1 1, 1969, G 69 00
937
Int CI. A45b 79/04,25/05
U.S. CI. 135-25 4 Claims
-7Z
A case for storing and cleaning contact lenses, comprising:
a container having an open end; a closure for the open end of
the container; a receptacle carrier movable from a retracted
position within the container to an extended position wherein
it projects from the open end of the container; interengagea-
ble annular shoulders on the container and the carrier for
limiting outward movement of the carrier and for closing the
open end of the container to prevent loss of liquid therefrom
when the carrier is in its extended position; a spring biasing
the carrier toward its extended position; and two lens recep-
tacles pivotable relative to the carrier, when the latter is ex-
tended, from aligned retracted positions to extended posi-
tions wherein the interiors of the receptacles are accessible
for insertion or removal of contact lenses, the receptacles
being pivotable about a common axis spaced laterally from
and parallel to the central axis of the container. With the
foregoing construction, the container is automatically sealed
against loss of liquid therefrom when the carrier is extended,
whereupon the lenses in the receptacles mounted on the car-
rier may be washed readily without any loss of liquid from
the container.
3,643,673
UMBRELLA
Heinz Weber, Rhineland, German>, assignor to Telesco
Brophey Limited, Montreal, Canada
Filed July 16, 1970, Ser. No. 55,349
Claims priority, application Germany, July 25, 1969, P 19 37
891.7
Int. CI. A45b 25104
U.S. CI. 135-20 5 Claims
A multisectional umbrella frame having a stick section
with a handle and having an intermediate stick section with a
window located at the lower end of said intermediate stick
section when the umbrella frame is in its unfolded position of
use, in which that stick section which has the handle con-
nected thereto is provided with guiding means, e.g. in the
form of a longitudinal groove, arranged below said window
while in use position of said stick between the lower edge of
said window and the lower edge of the intermediate frame
stick there is provided a guiding member for cooperation
with said guiding means, said frame also comprising a runner
having pivotally connected thereto a pawl the locking section
of which has a first edge surface which in said window engag-
ing position engages that window edge surface which faces
away from said handle in such a way that the longitudinal
plane of symmetry of said pawl is substantially perpendicular
to said window edge surface, said pawl having a second edge
surface opposite said first edge surface arid being so inclined
that the extensions of said first and second edge surfaces in
the direction away from said stick define an acute angle, said
pawl having a third edge surface interconnecting said first
and second edge surfaces and forming with said first edge
surface an obtuse angle and with said second edge surface an
acute angle.
U=^
An injection molded runner for an umbrella with an in-
tegrally pivoted shaft to which a stretcher member is pivoted.
3,643,675
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING A CONTROL
OF THE VELOCITY PROFILE OF THE WORKING
MEDIUM IN THE INLET OF FLOW MEDIUM
Lennart Wetterstad, Storcgardsuagen 27, TroUhattan,
Sweden
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 307
Int CI. F15d/ /02
U.S. CI. 137-13 21 Claims
A method and apparatus for controlling the velocity profile
of the working medium of fluid actuated or fluid impelling
mechanisms, such as water and gas turbines, turbopumps,
compressors, etc., having radial or axial flow patterns in
which a control fluid of the same character as the working
fluid is introduced tangentially into the working fluid at the
working fluid inlet to impart a rotational motion to the work-
ing fluid either in the same direction as the direction of rota-
tion of the rotor of the mechanism or in a direction opposite
to the direction of rotation of the rotor, and at a substantial
distance forward of the rotor, with respect to the direction of
flow of working fluid, and the rotational movement is then
amplified by restricting the flow path of the working fluid
February 22. 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1331
prior to its contact with the rotor. Preferably, the control
fluid is introduced through a plurality of orifices or nozzles
distributed along radially disposed conduits in the working
fluid inlet and the control fluid is obtained from the outlet of
the machine or from both the outlet and an external source
and is passed through a control apparatus, such as a fluid am-
plifier system, to control the volume, pressure and distribu-
tion through the orifices or nozzles.
Bel-
3,643,676
SUPERSONIC AIR INLET CONTROL SYSTEM
Charles R. Umage, Dallas, Tex.; Herbert P. Lindahl,
levue, and ElUng TJonneland, Kent, both of Wash., a»-
sigDors to The United States of America as represented by
the Administrator of tlie Federal Aviation Administration
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,082
Int CL F02k / 1 100; F15c 7 /OS
U.S. CL 137- - 15.2 8 Claims
^ —
"^iy^:'^v:'>c^.
sures from the respective tanks to the supply line, and the
regulating valve associated with one of the tanks is set to feed
at a pressure slightly higher than that at which the other
regulating valve is set to feed so that gas is initially supplied
from the tank whose regulating valve is set at the slightly
\
Hf-^.
higher pressure and feeding of gas from the other tank com-
mences automatically only when the pressure of gas in the
first tank has been reduced substantially to the pressure
setting of the regulating valve for that other tank.
3,643,678
SELF-CONTAINED PUMPLESS COOLING WATER
SYSTEM
Kurt Genrich, Oak Park, III., assignor to Seta Basic Indus-
tries, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,777
IntCl.F04f 7/06
U.S. CI. 137-209 1 Claim
A fluid flow stabilizing and terminal or normal shock wave
stability control system, utilizing fluidic vortex throttling
valves can be integrated with the intake of a jet propulsion
power plant, to attenuate gust disturbances and the intake's
terminal or normal shock wave movement, thereby prevent-
ing unstart or undesirable terminal shock wave expulsion
from the intake during transonic or supersonic mode.
Further, the vortex valve terminal shock stability system can
be used for preventing unchoking of the intake during a noise
abatement mode of operation, wherein the shock wave is
positioned within the intake forward of the engine section to
prevent the engine compressor noise from passing out
through the cowl entrance. The vortex valve shock stability
system can also stabilize buzz for mixed, internal, or external
compression intakes.
3,643,677
COMPRESSED GAS SUPPLY SYSTEM
Manny Bcgleiter, Bronx, N.Y., assignor to Miner Industries,
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 32,786
Int CI. G05d 76/06
U.S. a. 137—113 5 Claims
In a compressed gas supply system, particularly for supply-
ing helium under pressure to inflate balloons, as in balloon
vending machines, two tanks containing gas under pressure
are connected to a supply line through respective pressure
regulating valves set to feed gas under relatively low pres-
A water storage tank maintained under constant air pres-
sure is supplied with water from a filler tank which can be
coiuiected to a source of air pressure or to the atmosphere
through a three-way valve. The valve is actuated in response
to the level of water in the filler tank to transfer water to the
storage tank when the filler tank is full and permits the
replenishment of water in the filler tank when a low level is
reached.
895 O.G. — 49
1332
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^79
EQUIPMENT DESIGNED TO REGULATE THE FLOW OF,
PREFERABLY, A STERILE UQUID AND A
DISHWASHING LIQUID OR A STERILIZING AGENT
Jan Ingvar Hjuhmmi, Lomma, Sweden, assignor to Tetra Pak
Intematiooal AB, Lund, Sweden
Filed May 26, 1970, Ser. No. 40,540
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 26, 1%9, 9059/69
Int. CI. F 16k 57/00
U.S. CI. 137-241 17 Claims
3,643,681
TURBLTLENCE-DAMPENED FLOAT CONTROL
Edward C. Simmons, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
nied Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89^24
Int CI. G05d 9/12
U.S. CI. 137-429
4 Claims
A valve structure for controlling the flow of a liquid in a
pipe for filling packages and for controlling the flow of a
liquid for cleaning the pipe whereby suitable separation is ob-
tained and vapor seals are employed.
3,643,680
BOTTOM POUR STOPPER
Robert T. Hall, Orchard Lake, and Donakl L. Justen, Ann
Arbor, both of Mich., assignors to Kebey-Hayes Company
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 71,756
Int CI. F16k 29/00; B22d 37/00
VS. d 137-331 1 1 Claims
A standpipe extending upward from the bottom of a liquid
container is provided with external helical square threads. A
float fits over the standpipe and has a standpif>e-operating
rod extending down through the standpipe to a control
switch below the container. The switch controls a valve for
niling the container with liquid to a predetermined liquid
level. The float is provided with a sheet metal nut having in-
wardly projecting teeth engaging the helical threads for rotat-
ing the float as the changing liquid level raises and lowers the
float relative to the standpipe.
X..
3,643,682
POWER TRANSMISSION
Bernard J. Chmura, Clawson, Mich., aarignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation, Troy, Mich.
Filed Oct 26, 1970, Ser. No. 84,014
IntCI.F16kjy/72, 7 7/ifi
U.S. CI. 137-489 4 Claims
A stopper arrangement for controlling the flow of molten
metal or the like through the bottom opening of a ladle. The
stopper arrangement is supported for movement about a lon-
gitudinal axis between its opened and its closed positions
The supporting arrangement for the stopper element is such
that the element may shift transversely with respect to the
longitudinal axis but will always move in a direction parallel
to the longitudinal axis as it is opened or ckjsed. The stopper
element is also supported for oscillation and is positively
rotated when in its closed position for insuring good sealing
engagement vtr*H the opening.
A fluid pressure control system includes a pilot-operated
main relief valve having a vent coimection by which its re-
lieving pressure is controlled. A series of pilot relief valves
with individual bypassing valves are connected in a ladder
network to the vent. Their individual pressure settings vary in
binary increments and may be controlled by a digital process
controller to select any one of a number of discreet pressure
settings equal to two raised to a power represented by the
number of pilot rehef valves.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1333
3,643,683
DOUBLE VENTURI PRESSURE REGULATOR
Albert L. Scmon, 11 Eliot Pi., Short Hills, NJ.
Filed Sept 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,746
Int. CI. F16k 77/34
U.S. CL 137-484.8 5 Claims
3,643,685
FLOW REGULATOR
Ruasell Duane Hays, Broadview, m., assignor to Schaub En-
gineering Co., Downers Grove, III.
Filed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,901
Int CI. G05d 7/07
U.S. a. 137-501 10 CWm
A fluid pressure regulator casing has a piston valve in a
cylinder coactive with an adjustable spring-pressed
diaphragm to control flow of fluid from an inlet passage
through an outlet duct across which extends a venturi tube
for subjecting both said diaphragm and said piston valve to
the pressure produced by fluid flow through said outlet duct
past the venturi tube, so that the regulator may be small and
may have greater capacity or outlet flow and less pressure
drop in relation to prior regulators. A locking ring coaxially
rotatable on a resilient flange on the casing coacts with said
flange to lock and release an adjusting knob for the regula-
tion of the spring pressure on the diaphragm with a minimum
of possibility of unintentional rotation of the knob from its
adjusted position.
3,643,684
PRESSURE CONTROL DEVICES FOR PNEUMATIC
COICUITS
William L. Moore, 560 S. Ann Arbor St, Salfaie, Mkh.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19^99
Int. CI. F16k 77/75
U.S. a. 137—493.7 1 1 Claims
An adjustable fluid flow regulator has an orifice through
which the fluid flows. The regulator includes end-to-end
housing sections which have precision facing surfaces that
define the orifice. The effectively used part of the orifice is
preset by a manifold rotatable on the housing. A spring-
loaded sensing device comprising a bellows which operates a
metering valve maintains a constant pressure differential
across the orifice despite variations in upstream and
downstream pressures.
3,643,686
HIGH- VELOCITY BREATHING VALVE
Ewald Koegd, 946 E. Sunshine Drive, San Antonio, Tex.
Filed Oct 21, 1970, Ser. No. 82,656
Int. CI. F16k 75/74
U.S. CI. 137-512 5 Claims
A high-flow, low-resistance minimal dead space breathing
valve having intake and exhaust flow paths separated but
coaxial and coupled with in-line K-valves which reduce tur-
bulence and flow resistance to a minimum. The breathing
valve is particulariy suitable for making very accurate max-
imal breathing capacity and oxygen cost determinations
under conditions of severe exercise.
Pressure-reducing devices for use in pneumatic systems
which include apparatus, such as air cylinders and the like,
that are operated from a source of air under pressure. The
devices are adjustable so that a common source of high-pres-
sure air can be used in connection with different apparatus
operable at different reduced pressures, and the devices will
permit optimum selection of air pressures for each such ap-
paratus. In one form, the device is a platelike structure that
can be sandwiched in between a conventional solenoid
operated air valve and a subplate manifold therefor. Other
forms of devices are disclosed for use in other locations in
pneumatic systems.
3,643,687
COMPRESSOR VALVE ASSEMBLY AND METHOD OF
PRODUCING THE SAME
Sharon J. Hndnn, Jr., Lambertvflle, Mlch^ asrignor to
Sharon Manufacturing Company, Toledo, Ohfe
Filed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879^63
Int CL F16k 75/74
U.S. CL 137-512 15 Claims
A laminated valve plate assembly for a reciprocable piston
compressor said plate being of the type formed substantially
1334
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
by stamping prcx;esses and characterized by being only two
laminations thick and having at least some of the port-defin-
ing surfaces which are smooth and have compound curva-
tures that are inclined with respect to the plane of the plate
I to provide a less turbulent flow through the ports and to
reduce the required thickness of the finished valve plate. The
outlet end portions of both the intake and exhaust means
comprise continuous slots formed by stamping processes and
stamped parts while the inlet end portions of these port
central pressure nozzle as part of an axially adjustable hollow
plunger through which the pressurized liquid, water in the
case of soft drinks, passes into a receiving nozzle past the in-
finitely variable annular opening of a suction chamber
through which one or more admixed components are drawn
into the receivmg nozzle The adjustment of the annular
openmg for the suction chamber determines the overall mix-
ing ratio to water, while the flow volume of the various ad-
mixed components is controlled by separate throttle valves in
their supply conduits. Distortions of the mixing ratio dunng
startup and shutdown of the installation are nrunimized by ac-
curately synchronizing all shutoff valves and by keeping the
liquid volumes within the mixer cavities within predeter-
mined ratios
means comprise a plurality of discontinuous slots. Peripheral
recesses are formed around the top and bottom surfaces of
the plate by shearingly depressing the edges thereof to
eliminate burrs and to protect the edges of the lapped top
and bottom surfaces from damage due to rough handling
prior to the installation of the valve assembly between the
cylinder head and cylinder block of the compressor. The dis-
closure also includes novel methods for forming the above-
mentioned structures.
3,643,689
FLUID DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD
Jack Isreeli, Mamarooeck, and Aaron Kassei, Brooklyn, both
o( N.Y., assignors to Technicon Corporation, Tarrytown,
N Y
Filed Oct. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872316
Int. CI. BOld I5I08
U.S. CI. 137-561 7CWms
^ 3,643,688
DEVICE FOR THE CONTINUOUS MIXING OF
BEVERAGE COMPONENTS IN A PREDETERMINED
QUANTITY RATIO
Hartmut Mcinert, Haddenhauaen, Germany, assignor to NoU
Maschinenfabrik GmbH, Minden, Westphalia, German\
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,681
Claims priority, appttcatioa Germany, Jan. 28, 1969, P 19 04
014J
Int. CL F16k 19/00
VS. CI. 137-556 ^5 Claims
^^£J=^*=S
A fiuid distnbution manifold for the division of a seg-
mented fluid stream into a plurality of similarly configured
segmented fluid streams is provided and comprises a
manifold body forming a manifold chamber, a fluid stream
inlet, and a plurality of fluid stream distribution outlets to
flow the similarly configured fluid streams from the distribu-
tion chamber. The volume of said manifold chamber is no
greater, and preferably substantially less, than the volume of
the smallest of said fluid stream segments to thus insure sub-
stantial manifold chamber washout to prevent contamination
of a succeeding fluid stream segment by the residue of a
preceding fluid stream segment, and provide for accurate
division of said segmented fluid stream into said plurality of
similarly configured segmented fluid streams.
/
A device for the continuous combination and mixing of a
plurality of liquid beverage components in an accurately
maintained adjustable quantity ratio, where a jet mixer has a
3,643,690
VENTED FUEL TANK
Hiroshi Sarai. Toyota, Japan, assignor to Toyota Jidosha
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Toyota, Japan
Filed Sept. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,695
Claims priority, appBcation Japan, Sept. 13, 1%9, 44/87497
Int. CI. F16k 45100
VJS. CI. 137-587 ^ Claims,
A fuel tank comprising a fuel tank body, a first vent pipe,
one end of which extends for a desired length into the tank
body from an upper faceplate while its other end is in com-
munication with the upper part of a fuel filling pipe which is
connected at its lower end to the ftiel tank body. For forming
an air chamber having a desired capacity in the upper part of
the tank body, the lower end of the fuel filling pipe opens
into the inside of fiiel tank body at a position below the lower
opened end of the first vent pipe, a second vent pipe is pro-
vided with its lower end opening into the upper part of the
fuel filling pipe and with its upper end opening into the at-
mosphere, and a third vent pipe communicating between the
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1386
second vent pipe and the air chamber in the fuel tank body
through a check valve. By means of the check valve the third
3,643,692
VALVE
Paul L. Traylor, 2506 Ligbtbouse Lane, Corona Dd Mar,
CaUf.
FUcd Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,076
Int. a. F16k 43100
VJS. CI. 137-599.1 10 Claims
vent pipe is opened into the atmosphere through the second
vent pipe only when the fuel overflows out of the fuel filling
pipe.
3,643,691
VALVED HEAD ASSEMBLY FOR PRESSURIZED
RECEPTACLES
Charles K. HutMng, Jr., OM Sdiool Road, Ubertyville, lU.
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,091
Int.Cl.F16ki//44
U.S. CL 137-590 12 CUms
A fire extinguisher head assembly includes a core, a
syphon tube seated in said core, a spring biasing a valve con-
struction upwardly into engagement with a valve seat on a
retaining bushing that is screwed into the core to clamp the
syphon tube in place. An independent handle and valve-
operating assembly may be attached to said retaining bushing
with a quick-release coupling. Said operating assembly in-
cludes a body portion having a collar that fits about a retain-
ing bushing, a handle means, an actuator pin connected
therewith, a discharge rod extending through a vertical
passage from the valve construction to a pivoted operating
lever means whereby upon depression of the rod by the
operating lever the valve is unseated and allows discharge of
the receptacle contents through the vertical passageway and
intersecting generally horizontal passageway. An alternate
operating means includes a cam pivotable by a sliding trigger
to depress the actuator pin.
A valve for controlling fluid flow and particularly useful as
a bypass valve for water treatment equipment. The valve is
characterized by a casing provided with parallel main and
auxiliary bores intersected by a plurality of passages and
reciprocably accommodating a valve member for movement
in the main bore between bypass and water treatment posi-
tions. The axes of the bores and passages lie in the same
plane to facilitate water flow and simplify installation, and
the auxiliary and main bores are preferably cylindrical and of
approximately the same diameter so that the valve is thereby
capable of flexibility in mounting auxiliary elements such as
strainers, shutoff valve members and the like.
3,643,693
MULTISTABLE WAKE DEFLECTION AMPLIFIER
Raymond N. Auger, 456 Riverside Drive, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept 8, 1969, Ser. No. 855,945
InL CI. F15c 3/00
VS. CI. 137-608 9 ClainK
A fluidic amplifier for use in the performance of logical
fitnctions in digital systems utilizing a cylindrical or other
shape obstruction in a power stream to produce a deflectable
wake when the stream is a jet of approximately the same size
as the deflecting shape.
3,643,694
AQUARIUM GANG VALVE
Bernard Duke, Deal, NJ., and DavU Z. Levcnsobn, New
York, N.Y., assignors to Mirade PH Products, Inc., Jersey
City, NJ.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,040
IntCI.F17d//00
U.S. CI. 137—606 1 Claim
An aquarium gang valve including a manifold formed with
an inlet chamber and a plurality of through stem-receiving
bores leading therefrom. The bores are formed along their
inner portions with reduced-in-diameter valve seats and on
their outer extremities with internally threaded sections. The
manifold includes outlet ports which are in communication
with the respective bores. A plurality of elongated valve
1336
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
stems arc inserted in the respective bores and are formed on
their axially outer lengths with externally threaded portions
for engagement with the internally threaded bore portions.
The valve stems include resilient poppets on their inner ends
for engagement with the respective seats whereby the stems
may be screwed inwardly in the respective bores to engage
ponents for opening or closing lines connected to said ports.
Further, a circuit for regenerative cylinder operation wherein
the cylinder is positively blocked against movement in both
directions when the control circuit is set for such condition
and wherein the regenerative position of the control spool is
hydraulically locked and a pressure relief valve is in circuit
ss
the respective poppets with the respective seats to gradually
deform the poppets and progressively decrease the airflow
past the respective seats to thereby provide for relatively fine
noetering of air to the outlet ports. Frictional grommets may
be disposed concentric with the axially outer ends of the
stems for providing resistance to turning of the stems to
maintain such stems at their desired settings.
3,643^95
FLUID LINE COUPLER
Frank L. Strah, Rkhmood Hgte., and Edward J. Trcpannier,
Paincsvilk, both of Ohio, aaa^piors to Commaxial Screw
Productiflnc
FUed Mar. 23, 1970, Scr. No. 21,728
Int CL F161 29100
UA a. 137-614.04 5 Claims
^^^j^..M,C^£^Ax^\M^^
A single hand manipulatable quick-connect-disconnect
fluid line coupler with female body portion and a male con-
nector portion attachable to respective line ends by integral
fittings. The body is pro(>ortioned for manual grasping with
two-finger manipulatability of a slidable actuating sleeve; and
the body slot convergency and the disposition therein of
parallel locking pins engageable with a male portion circum-
ferential locking groove are so related and a simple seal
structure provided so as to afford a firm sealed lock under
high pressure while facilitating manual actuation in a low-
cost structure. Single, double, and nonvalving couplers are
shown.
3,643,696
HYDRAULIC CONTROL CIRCUIT
Norman B. Chrfatcnaoi; Thomas A. Clark, and Robert J.
Webers, all of Radne, Wis^ aasignorB to Rex Chalnbdt Inc.
FUed Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,874
Int CI. F16k 7 7/07; F15b lim
U.S. a. 137-625.6 12 Claims
A hydraulic control circuit having a control valve with a
multiposition control spool having hydraulically set cutoff
positions wherein the spool is hydraulically blocked against
movement including a plurality of ports communicating with
the control valve bore and suitable hydraulic control com-
30
.acy
mi
^'^
I
^7 I— (^
'^^
— ^
/H>
-^
'40
/qj /o7
..----l-^.v^
whereby, when the cylinder pressure exceeds a predeter-
mined amount, the relief valve opens to release the hydraulic
locking of the control spool whereby the control spool can
move to a position to discontinue the regenerative flow of
fluid to the cylmder.
3,643,697
MIXING VALVE STRUCTURE
Aaron A. Staat, 82 Dudley Road, and Robert A. Staat, 350
Marmil Circle, both of Fort MhcheU, Ky.
ContlmiatkNi-in-part of applkatfcNi Ser. No. 614,098, Feb. 6,
1967, DOW abandoned. This appttcatko Feb. 10, 1969, Scr.
No. 797,737
Int. CI. F16k 79/00
U.S. CL 137-625.17 23 Claims
A valve including an outer casing having a pair of inlets, an
outlet and a cup-shaped recess formed therein. A valve
chamber cartridge is removably received in the recess, the
cartridge including a body having a pair of end surfaces and a
valve chamber formed in the body extending from one of the
end surfaces. A pair of inlet passages are formed in the body
of each of which has one end communicating with the valve
chamber and its other end communicating with an exterior
surface of the cartridge body. Ports in the casing connect
each of the inlet passages with one of the pair of inlets, and a
slide valve member is received in the valve chamber for con-
trolling communication between the pair of inlets and the
outlet through the inlet passages.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1337
3,643,698
VALVE
Lester E. Smith, Hcrrin, in., assignor to Olin Corporatioa
Orighial appttcatkm Dec. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 781,494, now
Patent No. 3,535^74, dated Oct 27, 1970. Divided and this
application Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 13,226
Int. CLF16k 77/02
permits all fluid entering the valve inlet to pass directly to the
valve outlet. Upon displacement from the neutral position, a
portion of the flow into the valve inlet is diverted to the as-
sociated motor, passes through the motor and is returned to
the valve to rejoin the nondiverted portion of the flow. The
magnitude and direction of flow through the motor is depen-
UA CL 137-625.23
6 Claims
-^Sc#^W^
"1
V
A valve including a body having four ports having coplanar
axes. A floatable rotor, having a flow channel therethrough,
is mounted in said body and is rotatable to a position where
each opening of the flow channel is in communication with
an adjacent port.
3,643,699
TORQUE MOTOR OPERATED VALVE
Rkhard K. Mason, Granada HlDs, Calif., assignor to Textron,
Inc.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 37,985
Int CL G05d 76/20
\i&. CL 137-625.64 8 Claims
A valve slidably disposed within a bore and movable
between first and second positions to control application of a
source of fluid under pressure between an inlet and outlet
port An electrically operated torque motor is connected to
the valve to drive the valve in response to an electrical signal
applied to the torque motor. The valve is connected to a
system and is responsive to a discrepancy between a control
and monitor section of the system to effectively lock the
system in a failure indicating mode of operation.
3,643,700
VALVE
Ddbert L. Black, Route 1, Box 92, WelHngton, Cok).
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66360
Int CLF16k 77/07
UA CL 137—625.68
A hydraulic system for independently controlling a plurali-
ty of individual reversible variable speed hydraulic motors
from a common pressure supply source. A plurality of con-
trol valves, one for each motor to be controlled, are con-
nected in a closed series circuit with a pump which is opera-
ble to recirculate fluid under pressure through the circuit.
Each valve, when located in a centered or neutral position.
dent upon the magnitude and direction of displacement of
the valve from its neutral position. Displacement of a valve in
either direction beyond a selected maximum displacement
blocks the inlet port of the valve and the resultant increase of
pressure at the pump triggers a pressure responsive sv^tch to
shut down the pump.
3,643,701
EMERGENCY MONOWALL TUBE REPAIR KIT
Michael Wadiak, WestfieM, and George T. Higham, Parsip-
pany, both of NJ., assignors to Foster Wheder Corpora-
tkm, Livingston, N J.
Filed Sept 14, 1970, Scr. No. 71,955
Int CL F16I 55/76
UA CL 138-97 2 Claims
4 Claims
A quick temporary repair for a ruptured tube which is one
of a number of parallel tubes making up a boiler furnace
wall. The rupture is enlarged to form an opening large
enough to accept a pipe having at each end a gasket, which
may be compressed axially and consequently to expand radi-
ally to engage the sidewalls of the tube so that the water or
steam will pass through the pipe rather than pass out of the
rupture.
1338
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,702 3,643,704
FLEXIBLE PIPE SYSTEM DEVICE FOR COLLECTING AND SELECTIVELY
Knut Kauder, Hannover, Gennany, assignor to Kabd- und DISPENSING A FLOW ABLE SUBSTANCE
MeUllwerke Gutcboffmuigsliiittc AkticngcflellKhaft, Han- WUIiam G. Carr, Brooklyn, N.Y., assignor to Stamco, Inc.,
never, Gennany Levittown, N.Y.
Filed Oct 16, 1%9, Scr. No. 866^43 Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,410
Int CI. F161 / 1112 lot CI. B65b 1104, 3/04
U.S. CI. 138— 121 7 Claims L.S. CI. 141-106 5 Claims
^^\.. .^^
v\
.Ql
4.
^^£i£
7*r
f ;rii
il
[ i 1
A pipe system is disclosed which includes a corrugated
pipe for conduction of fluid, the corrugation defining an
asymmetrical wave pattern in an axial plane, to establish a
periodically recurring sequence of flow zones of gradually in-
creasing cross section, alternating with nozzles.
3,643,703
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MILLING PEANUT
BUTTER
Saul R. Rosenberg, 2220 Bagley Ave., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed July 31, 1970, Scr. No. 59,947
Int CI. B65b 1/04, 3/04
U.S.a. 141-1 4aaims
A device for draining a flowable substance such as ketchup
in partly filled bottles into a receptacle and filling a bottle
with ketchup collected in the receptacle includes a recepta-
cle open at its top and including a holder for holding one or
more f)artly filled bottles in draining position. A discharge
valve in the bottom of the receptacle serves to fill a bottle
placed underneath the receptacle by temporarily opening the
valve.
3,643,705
LIQUID DISPENSER
Peter J. Pinto, Union City; Donald M. King, Alameda, and
Roy B. McCarthy, San Lcandro, all of Calif., assignors to
Leslie Salt Co., San Francisco, CaUf.
Filed Sept 14, 1970, Scr. No. 71,660
Int. CI. B65b 57/06
U.S. CI. 141 -141 6 Claims
An automatic vending machine for producing fresh peanut
butter from deshelled peanuts is provided which upon inser-
tion of a coin enables the user to open a door, insert a cup,
close the door and thereby cause automatic feeding of pe-
anuts and milling of a pn-edetermined amount of peanut
butter which, when delivered into the cup, shuts off the mill
and allows the user to open the door and remove the cup.
IS^i
A device for dispensing liquid into cans moving along a
straight path. A rotating reservoir holds liquid at a desired
head pressure, and has spaced peripheral bottom outlets. A
pair of chains is joined together by a series of vertical rods
and driven by sprockets along a horizontal path, part of
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1339
which parallels the can path, the chains and reservoir being
driven in synchronization. Valve carriages are sUdable up and
down, each on a pair of the rods, and each carriage supports
a valve housing that is connected by a conduit to a reservoir
outlet. A valve closure member in each housing has a fer-
romagnetic upper portion. Each carriage has a lever which
holds the carriage up to a desired height only when in con-
tact with a can. A cam track is engaged by a follower for
each carriage for elevating the carriage and valve from a nor-
mal lower position to an upper position, and a star wheel
near this track synchronizes the valves with the cans, so that
each valve accompanies a can for a predetermined distance
along the straight path. An electromagnet above the can line
opens and holds open each valve that is held up by a can en-
gaging its lever.
liquid when the tank is substantially empty. Such shoulder
permits high-volume rapid flow to occur with minimized
•r to
3,643,706
PROXIMITY CONTROL APPARATUS
Edwin E. Ritchie, Bainbridge Island, Wash.,
Wyott Corporation
Ordinal application Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,967, now
Patent No. 3,601,621. Divided and this application Apr. 30,
1971, Scr. Na 138,982
Int CI. B65b 57/02
UA a. 141-160 2 Claims
An electronic control responsive to the presence of an ob-
ject in predetermined proximity to the probe thereof The
probe is connected to an oscillation generator which supplies
electrical oscillations to a circuit which controls the initiation
of the timing cycle of a timing device when an object is
brought into proximity of the probe and electrical oscillations
supplied by the generator are interrupted. The timing device
supplies a signal to a control circuit after a predetermined
timed interval to shut off the load circuit which was activated
when the timing cycle was started.
3,643,707
STATIC-REDUCING AND VAPOR-REDUCING LOADING
VALVE WITH LOW-PRESSURE DROP
Harold W. Ensign, Fulkrton, Calif., assignor to Cla-Val Co.,
CosU Mesa, Calif.
Cootinuation-in-part of application Scr. No. 799,567, Febc 17,
1969. This application Sept 8, 1970, Scr. No. 70,247
Int CI. B65b 1/04, 3/04
UA CL 141—286 25 Claims
A valve for use in loading the tanks of tank trucks with
gasoline or other dangerous liquid. The valve incorporates an
automatic flow restrictor for greatly restricting flow when the
tank is substantially empty, thus minimizing generation of
vapors and static electricity, but for permitting rapid flow
when the valve outlet into the tank is submerged. An internal
shoulder, of small size and located close to the top of the
valve, is provided to greatly reduce the flow velocity of the
pressure drop. An external deflector causes the liquid to flow
generally horizontally when entering the tank.
3,643,708
DELIMBING ARRANGEMENT
Karl Thore Lindblom, AlfU, Sweden, assignor to Ostbergs
Fabriks AB, Alfta, Sweden
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,277
Claims priority, application Sweden, Jan. 31, 1969, 1303/69
Int. CI. AOlg 23/02
U.S. CI. 144—2 Z 3 Claims
The delimbing apparatus of the present invention is an im-
provement over the conventional chain link type of delimber,
the improvement being characterized in that the cutting cir-
cumference of the chain link device of the apparatus acts in
the axial direction of the link pivots and is offset successively
in said direction for consecutively shearing off limbs project-
ing from the same tree trunk level.
to
3,643,709
ROUNDWOOD STUMP PROCESSOR
Bmce J. McCoU, Whitby, Ontario, Canada, assignor
Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Scr. No. 10,976
Int CI. AOlg 23/02
U.S. a. 144—3 D 10 Claims
Apparatus for severing and processing trees into sectioned
pulpwood bolts includes an extendable head-reach
mechanism pivetally supported on a mobile vehicle for arcu-
ate horizontal nwvement and vertical elevational movement
1340
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
about and with respect to the machine. The head-reach
mechanism supports at its outer end (a) a processing unit in-
3,643,711
TREE HARVESTING MACHINE
Ericfa Puna, Gavic, Sweden, asaignor to Bninddl Ocfa JooaMMi
AB, Gavte, Sweden
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,154
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 16, 1968, 17203/68
Int. CI. AOlg 23102
VS. CI. 144—2 Z 5 Claims
eluding tree grasping shearing debranching means and feed
mechanism and (b) a storage magazine for pulpwood and un-
loading means.
3,643,710
METHOD AND MACHINE FOR MAKING BAMBOO
VENEER AND PRODUCTS THEREOF
Chester Manfidd Fitzgibbon, Seattle, Wash., assignor to Bel-
ize Plywood and Veneer Company, Inc., Union City, N J.
Fikd Nov. 5, 1969, Scr. No. 874,283
InL CI. B27I 5/02
VS. CL 144—3 R 7 Claims
tot
/"
A method of malcing bamboo veneer including subjecting a
debarlced green bamboo trunk to softening by moisture and
heat, cutting the trunic to a desired length, decoring the trunk
by forcing a plunger longitudinally therethrough, straighten-
ing the decored and softened trunk by applying pressure in-
ternally and externally to the trunk, and simultaneously
cutting a thin veneer from the trunk while rotating the trunk.
The invention further contemplates a machine for perform-
ing the described method and bamboo products utilizing the
formed veneer as, for example, bamboo plywood.
A tree harvesting machine comprising a vehicle carrying a
crane. Clamping and cutting means are mounted on a com-
mon holder pivotally connected to the outer end of the fore
crane arm which can be extended backwards to form a mast,
and delimbing means are mounted at the top of the rearmost
mast unit
/
3,643,712
TREE-SHEARING HEAD
R. Garth Dod; WiUiam H. BrickneU, and Stephen Osipenko,
aU of Fort William, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Hawker
Siddeley Canada Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed June 9, 1969, Scr. No. 831,491
Claims priority, application Canada, June 28, 1968, 023,815
Int. CI. AOlg 23102
VS. CI. 144-34 E 3 Claims
A tree-shearing head for use at the end of a boom attached
to a logging vehicle has a shear with an associated tree
retaining means which retains the butt of the sheared portion
of the tree after cutting. A tree grasping means is spaced
above the shearing means, and is pivotable with respect
thereto, so that the tree can tilt during the shearing and while
being grasped, thereby reducing binding of the shearing
means.
3,643,713
MACHINE TO MANUFACTURE CLOSING FOLDING
ELEMENTS AND THE DOORS AND SHUTTERS
MANUFACTURED WITH THE SAME
Manlio Massctani, Bahia Blanca 2657-63, Buenos Aires, Ar-
gentina
Filed Sept 20, 1969, Ser. No. 861,266
Claims priority, application Argentina, Jan. 7, 1969, 218964;
June 26, 1%9, 222452
Int CI. B27f im
VS. CI. 144—86 1 Claim
A machine for producing an internal cavity or slot in a
workpiece, and articles manufactured therewith. The
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1841
machine includes two wheels rotatably mounted on a frame,
and a motor for rotating one of the wheels. Disposed around
the wheels is an endless tape having a segment provided with
cutting teeth. The cutting teeth consist of notches along one
taper in the log. The first set of grapples uses separate fixed
pivotal axes, the second set uses a single grapple axis which is
ii~ ii.
II ,11 ,-ii
tape edge and a tooth element transverse to the tape and
located at one of the vertices of the notch. The tooth ele-
ments have different dimensions and are arranged progres-
sively from smallest to largest.
3,643,714
PULP CHIP FORMING APPARATUS
Victor I. UttertMck, 4583 Sumyview RomI, N.E., Salem,
Oreg.
ContfaMiation of application Ser. No. 678,836, Oct 30, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No.
888,995
Int. CI. B27b 27/05
U.S. CI. 144—176 2 Claims
;iii« / v^' W
A pair of chipping wheels mounted on a common drive
shaft have blades on their outer, plane working surfaces, the
blades on one wheel being for chipping veneer material and
the blades on the other wheel being for chipping core materi-
al. The blades extend across a major proportion of the radii
of the wheels, and feed means are arranged to feed veneer
and core material to the associated wheels across substan-
tially the full radial length of the blades. The veneer material
is fed to its wheel substantially perpendicular thereto and the
core material is fed to its wheel at an acute included angle
thereto.
3,643,715
LOG POSITIONING APPARATUS
Leonard L. Hayes, and Gerald J. HoCtfaiser, both of Lewiston,
Idaho, assignors to Potlatch Forests, Inc., Lewiston, Idaho
Filed Sept 28, 1970, Scr. No. 75,934
Int CI. B27i Sm
VS. CI. 144—209 A 4 Oaims
A positioning apparatus for aligning wood logs along a
chosen axis in preparation for sawing or other processing in a
plane perpendicular to the longitudinal log axis. A pair of
transversely ^)aced grapples are used, each gripping the log
securely. One set transversely centers the log with a minimal
amount of lifting. The second set also transversely centers
the log, and in addition locates the elevation of the log axis
along a desired plane regardless of the amount or degree of
elevationally varied as a function of the degree of closing of
the first set.
3,643,716
MEANS FOR SECTIONIZING CITRUS FRUIT
Ronald C. Bushman, Pomona; Donn J. Richard, Glcndora,
both of CaUf.; John D. Webb, Whiter Haven, Fla.; L. Bruce
Alexander, San Marino, and Cleveland B. Church, WMtti-
er, both of Calif., assignors to Brown Intemafionai Cor-
poration, Covina, CaUf .
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Scr. No. 873350
Int a. B26d 1128, 1144, 3100
VS. CL 146—3 N 29 Oabm
i:
«w$— VTA.'
n
l^H
i3& "t-
75^
-I4S
With a plurality of sectionizing tools partially inserted into
a corresponding plurality of citrus fruit that are impaled on
corresponding holders, each holder rotates until a radial
membrane of the fruit thereon impinges on the correspond-
ing sectionizing tool whereupon the sectionizing toc^ makes a
sectionizing stroke. In the meantime, a new plurality of fruit
is being loaded manually on corresponding loading spikes
that are adapted to transfer the new plurality of fruit to the
respective holders.
1342
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,717
APPARATUS FOR HANDUNG, ORIENTING AND
PimNG DRUPE HALVES
KonrMl E. Mdssner, Lafayette; Etheridge R. McClelland,
Hayward, and George E. KUner, Alameda, aB of Calif., as-
signors to Fllper Corporadoa, San Ramon, CaUf.
Original application Apr. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 814,1 18, now
Patent No. 3,583,456. Divided and this applicatioa Dec. 21,
1970, Ser. No. 99,928
Int CI. A23n 3108
U.S. CI. 146—28 A 14 Claims
A pitter for removing pits from clingstone peaches and the
like, in which conveyor and orienting means is provided for
delivering a plurality of drupe halves having pits or pit halves
therein to pit removing devices that operate in synchronism
with the delivery of said halves thereto for removing said pits
from said halves, and which orienting and conveyor means
automatically adjusts the positions of the drupe halves for
pitting and the conveyor means holds them for resisting rota-
tion while applying a rotary force to the pits relative to said
halves to remove said pits.
3,643,718
FXX)D-SLICING MACHINES
WUUam Richard Swann, Rudgwidi, Nr. Horsham, Sussex,
Rwghnri, assignor to Jeasett & Henry (Food Machinery)
Limited, Fdtham, Middlesex, England
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,425
Inf CI. B26d 1118
\}S. CI. 146-94 8 Claims
A solid food sheer for bacon and the like including a pair
of circular blades joumaled at the opposite ends of an elon-
gated centrally pivoted rotor driven about a horizontal axis in
a vertical plane. The blades are driven in a direction opixsite
to that of the rotor by a double pulley coaxial with but
rotatable independently of the rotor drive shaft, a belt engag-
ing one portion of the double pulley and both of a pair of
drive pulleys attached to the respective rotatable cutting
blades The second belt engages the other portion of the dou-
ble pulley to couple the same to a drive motor.
3,643,719
CONVEYING AND STACKING APPARATUS FOR BAKED
GOODS
Garland W. Kimberling, R.R. 2, Metamora, 111.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,433
IntCI. B26d 1/14
VS. CI. 146—98 10 Claims
/
A portable wheeled frame is positioned between an oven
and a packaging table in a bakery. The frame carries two
motor-driven conveyor belt systems. One system includes a
broad belt extending in a substantially horizontal plane and
carrying two rows of aligned baked goods. The second
system includes two narrow belts positioned alongside the
broad belt and which are inclined downwardly at their ter-
minal ends. Each narrow belt carries a single row of like
baked goods. The baked' goods carried on the broad belt ac-
tuate a switch to dnve a stacking chain carrying hook mem-
bers. Each hook member travels in a plane transverse to the
path of travel of the baked goods and displaces two of the
aligned baked goods items from the broad belt to a position
wherein each is stacked above the corresponding baked
goods items on one of the narrow belts. A pair of circular
saw blades are secured to a forward shaft which drives the
pulleys The saw blades separate the baked goods items so
that they are positioned on their appropriate belts.
3,643,720
FORAGE HARVESTER FEED ROLL DRIVE
Loren G. Sadler, Stevens, and Thomas W. Waldrop, New Hoi-
land, both of Pa., assignors to Sperry Rand Corporation,
New HoUand, Pa.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 66,942
Int. CI. AOld 57/00, 69/00
U.S. CI. 146-120 9 Claims
The drive for the floating and fixed feed rolls adjacent to
the rotary cutter of a forage harvester comprises driven
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1343
sprockets on the respective rolls, an input sprocket on the
input drive and a pivotally mounted spring-loaded idler
sprocket. The floating roll sprocket and the idler sprocket
are rotatably attached at opposite ends to an arm pivotally
mounted intermediately between the centers of the idler and
floating sprockets to provide adequate arc of contact on the
floating and fixed sprockets and a taut chain with variations
in the floating roll.
diameter greater than is standard for the particular fastener
size, and a root width less than is standard. At least one
locking lobe is formed on the thread which lobe is engaged
by material displaced by the thread whereby to effect
locking.
3,643,721
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SLICING POTATOES
John E. HauhncT, Portland, Orcg., assignor to Lamb Weston,
Inc., Portland, Oreg.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,189
Int CI. B26d 4/22, 3126
U.S. CI. 146-241 4 Claims
3,643,723
PNEUMATIC TIRE HAVING A BELT MEMBER
Tsuneo Mului, and Toahiro Tezulia, both of Toliyo, Japan, »8-
signor« to Bridgestone Tire Compuiy Limited, Toliyo,
Japan
Filed Sept 29, 1966, Ser. No. 582,961
Oaims priority, application Japan, Mar. 1 1, 1966, 41/14601
Int CI. B60c 9118
1)3. CI. 152-361 10 Claims
A rotary potato cutter has a stationary knife with an undu-
lating cutting edge to obtain a corrugated surface on a potato
slice. The outer surface of the knife is grooved along its full
length to guide the slice therealong as the cut is made. Rotat-
ing crxKSCut knives adapted to cut the slice transversely into
french fry size strips having cutting edges similar to the
cutting edge on the stationary knife. Alternate ones of the
crosscut knives are offset laterally in opposed directions from
the stationary knife such that a ridge on a crosscut knife is
90" out of phase with a ridge on the stationary knife, adjacent
crosscut knives being 180° out of phase with each other.
Mounting the crosscut knives in this manner results in the
surfaces of a potato strip cut by such knives having ridges
and valleys therein in opposed relationship, whereby the
finally cut potato strip appears to have ridges and valleys
therein running substantially continuously therearound.
A pneumatic tire having a carcass of at least one rub-
berized sheet including cord elements of flexible material, a
tread portion mounted on but spaced from the carcass, and a
breaker member mounted between the carcass and tread
portion. The breaker member consists of at least two groups
of sheets including parallel cord elements with different
modulus of elasticity for each sheet The groups each include
at least a pair of sheets with the cord elements of the first
group deviating from the equatorial direction of the tire by a
first angle and the second group at a second angle larger than
the first angle.
3,643,722
SELF-LOCKING THREADED FASTENERS
Louis Ocstcrckher, Teanccli, NJ., assignor to Parlier-Kalon
Corporation, Clifton, N J.
Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825^34
Int. CI. F16b 39/30
U.S. CI. 151-22 12 Claims
3,643,724
METHOD OF INDICATING THE LEVEL OF A MOLTEN
FLUID
Vcme E. Lee, Portage, Ind., aasigDor to United States Stcd
Corporation
Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,968
Int. CI. B22c 19104; GOlf 23/06
U.S. a. 164—4 4 Claims
A self-locking threaded fastener adapted for assembly with
a member in which a standard internal thread is formed
either by the fastener or a conventional tap. A thread is car-
ried on the shank of the fastener having an included thread
angle less than the standard included thread angle, a major
A method of indicating a predetermined level of a molten
fluid contained in an ingot-forming member for forming the
molten fluid into an ingot when it cools is disclosed. The
ingot-forming member has a molten fluid receiving end, an
inner wall, an outer wall and a top wall bridging the inner
1344
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
wall and the outer wall. The method includes the steps of: (a)
providing a support member in loose fitting engagement with
the ingot-forming member and having an outside support
portion adjacent the outer wall, an inside support portion ad-
jacent the inner wall and a bridging support portion adjacent
the top wall for connecting the outside support portion and
the inside support portion; and (b) mounting a float member
on the free end of the inside support portion to extend in-
wardly from the inner wall at the predetermined level sub-
stantially parallel to the level of the fluid line of the molten
fluid. The float member has a molten fluid contact volume so
that the mean density of the sum of the weights of the sup-
port member and the float member per unit of volume of the
contact volume is less than the mean density of the molten
fluid and so that when the molten fluid engages the float
member the support member moves away from the top wall
of the ingot-forming member thereby giving a visual signal of
the molten fluid reaching the predetermined level. The float
member is formed of a material having an ignition tempera-
ture lower than the temperature of the molten fluid so that
the float member is partially consumed upon contact with the
molten fluid thereby decreasing the weight of the indicating
device and produces downward flowing gases from the float
member against the molten fluid to aid in the elevation of the
float member thereby speeding up the visual signal.
3,643,725
METHOD FOR UFTING FLASKS AND MOLDS
Williani L. Fismer, 162 Franklin St., Verona, N J.
FUed May 15, 1969, Ser. No. 824,777
InL CI. B22c/ 7/06
UA a. 164—44 4 Claims
An arrangement is disclosed for improving the handling or
stripping of the flasks or molds of the type which are used to
cast large items such as cast metal plates or frames. A system
is provided for lifting the flask or mold vertically from the
pattern with assurance that each portion or part is moved at
exactly the same rate and amount as every other part.
3,643,726
ELECTRIC SLAG REMELTING PROCESS AND
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING METAL INGOTS
HAVING A CHANGE IN TRANSVERSE DIMENSION
Erwin Pkicldngcr; Wolfgang Holzgmber, and Adolf Schneid-
hofer, ail of Kapfenberg, Austria, anignors to Gcbr. Bohler
& Co. AktiengcaeUflchaft, Vienna, Austria
FUed Nov. 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 87537
Claims priority, application Austria, Nov. 15, 1968, A
11116/68
Int. a. B22d 27102
U& a. 164—52 15 Claims
A plurality of superimposed ingot molds are provided,
which have open ends and differ in at least one inside trans-
verse dimension. A slag layer is provided in said ingot molds.
Electrode means which consist of a metal from which an
ingot is to be formed are maintained dipped in said slag layer
in each of said ingot molds for a period of time while electric
current is passed through said electrode means to generate
I— I.
.^nf=a
heat and thus fuse down said electrode means in each of said
ingot molds to form molten metal therein. Said molten metal
is solidified in each of said ingot molds, whereby an integral,
rigid ingot is formed.
3,643,727
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR LINING CONDUCTIVE
TUBES WITH INSULATING MATERIAL
Sergk) Longoni, Milan, and Antonio Portinari, Scsto San
Giovanni (Milan), both of Italy, aasignori to Industrie Pirel-
li S.p.A.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,666
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 5, 1969, 15148 A/69
Int. CI. B22d////2
U.S. CI. 164-76 13 Claims
Process and apparatus for producing layer of insulating
material on interior of a conductive tube in which the insulat-
ing material in a fluid carrier is sprayed interiorly of the tube
by a spray and carrier evacuating head as the tube is ex-
truded around said head and advanced.
3,643,728
PROCESS OF CASTING NICKEL BASE ALLOYS USING
WATER-SOLUBLE CALCLV CORES
Charles O. Hube, Manchester, Conn., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,291
Int. CI. B22d 29100
MS. CI. 164—132 6 Claims
A process for producing heat-resistant metal articles from
nickel base or cobalt base superalloys having at least one
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1345
cavity therein comprising fabricating a ceramic core to the
configuration of the cavity, the core consisting essentially of
at least SO percent calcia, the balance, if any, being a refrac-
tory ceramic material, the whole fired at a density range of
70 to 100 percent of theoretical density, supporting the core
in a mold, casting the nickel alloy therearound and dissolving
the core with hot water.
3,643,729
SQUEEZE HEAD ASSEMBLY FOR MOLDING
MACHINES
RusaeU J. Smith, Toledo, and William H. Froman, Luckey,
both of Ohio, assignors to Mklland-Ross Corporation,
Cleveland, OUo
Filed Nov. 14, 1%9, Ser. No. 876,882
Int. CI. B22c 15108
U.S. CI. 1 64— 1 70 6 Claims
A molding machine for making metal casting sand molds
having for compacting the sand a squeeze head presenting to
the sand a diaphragm backed by a liquid-filled pressure
chamber open to the liquid side of an accumulator which
adds liquid to the chamber for an initial compacting of the
sand under low pressure and receives liquid therefrom during
projection of the head in a final high-pressure compacting
stage.
unprepared stump model is pressed into the composition and,
after any necessary preparation of the stump model, fine
channels are notched into the surface of the conically shaped
portion of the composition to extend between the base of the
3,643,730
APPARATUS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SYNTHETIC
PLASTICS MOLDS FOR METAL CASTING SMALL
DENTAL PROSTHETIC PARTS, SUCH AS CROWNS AND
CAPS
Rudolf Scbeu, Burgberg 20, 5868 Letmatbe, Westfalia, Ger-
many
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,458
Claims priority, applkation Germany, July 10, 1969, P 19 34
975.8
Int CI. A61c 13108; B22c 7102; B29c 1102, 17100
U.S. CI. 164—235 11 Claims
In the production, by fluid pressure deformation of plastic
foils, of molds for metal casting of small dental prosthetic
parts, and in which a stump model is imbedded in a vessel at-
tachable to a work plate of a foil deforming appliance, an in-
sert, formed with a number of openings, is provided for at-
tachment to the work plate. At least one pot-type vessel, hav-
ing a supporting edge formed with fine air discharged chan-
nels, is inserted into an appropriate opening of the insert and
a kneadable composition is placed in the vessel and shaped
to extend somewhat conically above the support edge. The
stump model and the fine air discharge channels. Thereafter,
a plastics foil is deformed into conforming relation with the
model either by the application of fluid pressure or by
vacuum drawing.
3,643,731
DETACHABLE JOINT BETWEEN CONTINUOUS-
CASTING STARTER BAR AND CASTING
James T. StuU, Jackson Township, Butler County, Pa., as-
signor to United SUtes Stcd Corporation
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,161
Int.CI. B22d;//0S
U.S. CI. 164—274 2 Claims
Described is a starter bar having a detachable head which
when attached to the bottom of a continuous-casting may be
detached from the starter bar by lateral deflection of the
leading end of the casting relative to the starter bar. The
detachable head consists of a cu{vshaped chill plate slidably
disposed in a recess in the head end of the starter bar. A key
is fixedly attached to the bottom of the chill plate with its
upper end projecting upwardly and its lower end depending
dovmwardly from the chill plate bottom into a slot extending
transversely of the head portion of the starter bar. The upper
portion of the key serves as an anchor for the lower end of a
continuously formed casting as it solidifies. In practice, the
leading end of a descending continuous-casting supported by
a starter bar is deflected by a bending roll which deflection
causes the key and attached chill plate to slide laterally out
of the recess and slot, respectively, of the starter bar head to
thus effect separation of the starter bar from the casting.
/ 3,643,732
METAL CASTING APPARATUS
Jon E. M. Carlsen, 2 Western Ave., Newport, Mon-
mouthshire, England
Filed Dec. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,544
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec 21, 1968,
60,901/68
InL a. B22d 17/06,33/04
VS. CL 164-309 5 Claims
A low-pressure metal die casting furnace including a top
die-supporting structure mounted on a cantilevered support
1346
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
capable of pivotal movement about a vertical column at one
side of the furnace, and also capable of vertical movement
under control of a ram to give access to the furnace top. The
3,643,734
ANISOTROPIC HEAT VALVE
Nicholas H. Deschamps, Ferry, N.H., asaignor to Sanders
Nuclear Corporatkm, Nashua, N.H.
FU«d June 17, 1968, Ser. No. 737,753
IntCI.F28f27/0{?
VS. CI. 165—96 12 Claims
ram controlling the top die structure can also be coupled to a
lower die -supporting plate, to raise the plate. A single
mechanism can serve two adjacent furnaces.
3,643,733
HEAT EXCHANGER
Roser W. HaU, 7008 Stafford Ave., Apt. G, Huntington Park,
CaUf., and John M. Spicer, Mira Loma, CaUf., assignors to
said HaU, by said Spicer
FUcd Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 83 H
Int CI. F28f 7/00
US. CI. 165-81 9 Claims
il I! / II
»(>t>IC 91
COOliIC.JIC
^\]\j\j\] .h^^
sc*-"
A heat exchanger in which fluid is passed through the in-
side of an inner tube to heat or cool fluid passing between
the outside of the inner tube and the inside of an outer tube
concentrically disposed about the inner tube accommodates
substantial expansion and contraction of both the outer tube
and the fluid to be heated or cooled without leakage or
damage to the heat exchanger. The outer tube is made of
resilient material so as to expand and contract in response to
changes in the volume of the fluid to be heated or cooled,
and the heat exchanger is provided with circular end bells
between the inner and outer tubes at the opposite ends, one
of the end bells being movable axially relative to the inner
tube to allow for freezing of the fluid to be heated or cooled
and to accommodate axial expansion and contraction of the
outer tube. Each end bell includes a pair of elastomeric O-
rings disposed between the end bell and different ones of the
inner and outer tubes, and the axially movable end bell is
restrained by a coil spring and included stop washer mounted
on the inner tube adjacent the end bell.
r>
An anisotropic heat valve is provided for use between a
heat source and a heat user to regulate flow of heat from the
source to the user, A housing overlies an anisotropic member
and means are provided for pivoting the anisotropic membei
to change the thermal conductivity through the member in
one direction and thus provide regulation of heat flow
through the valve. The valve is particularly useful in conjunc-
tion with radioactive isotopic thermal power sources.
3,643,735
FIN AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGER
Homer D. Huggins, Racine, Wis., assignor to Modinc Manu-
facturing Company
FUed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 122,757
Int CI. F28f 1/36
US. CI. 165- 172 8 CWms
16
A metal fm and tube heat exchanger comprising laterally
adjacent tubes and a helical fm around each tube in which
each fm tip is closely adjacent the tip of the next fm so that
shifting of the tube and its fm under thermal expansion and
contraction tends to cause intemesting and interlocking of
these adjacent tips, and a helical metal strip around and en-
gaging each fin adjacent its tip. Each strip has a pitch differ-
ing from that of its fm to provide barriers that block inter-
nesting and interlocking of the adjacent fins on relative
movement between the adjacent fins.
3,643,736
SUBSEA PRODUCTION STATION
William A. Talley, Jr., Dallas, Tex., assignor to MobU OU
Corporation
FUed June 27, 1968, Ser. No. 740,520
Int. CI. E21b4i/07
U.S. CI. 166-.5 22 Claims
This specification discloses a method and apparatus for the
production of subaqueous deposits of fluid minerals through
a subsea satellite system. The wells are drilled in a circular
pattern through a template on the marine bottom serving also
as base upon which the satellite body is installed. The
production and control passages of each of the wells are con-
nected to production equipment within the satellite body by
separate connector units, independently lowered into place
from a surface vessel, to form portions of fluid paths between
the passages within the subsea wellheads and the production
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1347
equipment within the shell of the satellite. Such an installa-
tion permits production through the satellite, installed on the
template base, after only one of the wells has been drilled
and completed. The produced fluids are separated and/or
metered within the satellite prior to being transported to
storage. Rowline tools are programmed to enter the various
lower cone by integral dovetail coacting engaging surfaces
with a centering sleeve engaging each slip for maintaining the
longitudinal movement of all slips in unison as they are
moved outwardly and inwardly with the centering sleeve in-
cluding an opening for each slip whereby the slip may be
connected to the cones by inserting the slips from the interior
of the sleeve openings thereby allowing improved slip con-
struction. A tubing anchor utilizing said slip assembly and
having a mandrel with the upper cone ihreadably engaged to
the mandrel and a lower cone mounted for rotation on the
mandrel but longitudinally secured thereto by shear pins and
a bow spring connected to the upper cone for actuating the
movement of the slips.
3,643.738
WETTABILITY CONTROL IN AN OIL RECOVERY
PROCESS
Karl D. Dreher, and Michael Holmes, both of Littleton, Colo.,
assignors to Marathon OU Company, Findlay, Ohio
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41,477
Int. CI. E21b45//6, 49/00
U.S. CL 166-252 6 Claims
subaqueous wells through the connector units. Hydraulic cir-
cuitry and controls are provided for pumping the tools and
chemicals down through the various wells and for retrieving
the tools. Also disclosed is a hot water well utilized in con-
junction with the heat exchanger within the satellite for
warming the separated-off gases to prevent the formation of
hydrates.
3,643,737
SLIP ASSEMBLY FOR A WELL TOOL
James H. Current, and Marion D. KUgore, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to Cameo, Incorporated, Houston, Tex.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,102
Int. CI. E21b 23/00
US. a. 166—216 4 Claims
1000
— :--i-4
-f-
r Tm —
, ,\ 1 __
■
y
1
\
\
\
W I
\,
'
\
— V-
—I
— , —
— ^
;i -
\
\
\
A
-JU
1 i.
n
^
"^ \-l
PUTT Of ff COS e ffi ^ Svi
For a reservoir rock having constant lithology (i.e. a given
rock type and/or grain size) there exists a linear relationship
between the log-log plot of ct (interfacial tension) cosine 6
(contact angle) vs. (i> (porosity) S^, (irreducible water satura-
tion). The contact angle (measure of the wettability of the
reservoir rock) can be determined at in situ conditions from
the above relationship, <i> and S„, obtained from logging data,
and a- representative of the reservoir fluids W ith this in situ
determined 6, a more efficient oil recovery process can be
designed For example, if the contact angle is less than 90°,
the surfactant within the displacing fluid should have an HLB
(hydrophil-lipophil balance) within the range of about 7-40
but if the contact angle is above 90". the HLB number should
be about 0-7. Such a design criteria is especially useful with
petroleum sulfonates to obtain emulsion and micellar
systems.
An improved slip assembly for a well tool having a mandrel
wherein unitary slips are positively held to an upper and
3,643,739
CENTRALIZER
John A. Hall, Sr., H'eatherford, Tex., assignor to Weatherford
Oil Tool Company, Inc., Houston, Tex.
Filed Sept. 6, 1966, Ser. No. 577,364
Int. CI. E2 lb 17/10
U.S. CL 166-241 6 Claims
The new centralizer for well casings consists of a pair of
collars connected by bowed leaf springs of different curva-
1348 OFFICIAL GAZETTE
ture and in stacked or side-by-side arrangement for increas-
February 22, 1972
3.643,741
SEALING OF I NDERVV ATER FISSURES
Salvatore VV . Miranda, P.O. Box 5746, Carmel, Calif.
Filed Feb. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 8,197
Int. CI. E02d J//^. E21bii/yj
U.S. CI. 166-295 4 Claims
ing the resistance of the bows to radial bending and for in-
creasing the radial extent of the centrahzer
3,643,740
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFECTING GAS
CONTROL IN OIL WELLS
Kork Kelle.>, P.O. Box 387, Weatherford, Tex.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 650,286, June
30. 1967, now Patent No. 3,451,477, which is a continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 433,909, Feb. 19. 1965, now
abandoned. This application Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,606
Int. CI. E21bi9/00.-^-?//:. F04b 2//00
U.S. CI. 166-265 8 Claims
Oil flow from an open fissure on the ocean bottom is con-
trolled by polymerizing in place in the fissure a resin com-
position which binds the oil or by placing a dome over the
fissure to capture the oil. The dome may be tapped and the
oil collecting in the dome recovered.
3,643,742
FOLDUP IMPLEMENT
Erwin W. WeUendorf, OrtoaviUc, Minn.
Filed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 788,500
Int. CLAO lb 6i/22
U.S. CL 172-316
4 Claims
^-H-
A method and apparatus for controlling the rate of produc-
tion of oil wells including a sea! at the casing head, an auto-
matic pressure-responsive valve venting the casing to the at-
mosphere and a gas anchor to assure separation of oil from
gas in the producing zone whereby the producing zone is
held under controlled even pressures. The gas anchor in-
cludes a bucket vertically reciprocable in a housing, a dou-
ble-acting lost motion valve member attached to the bucket
to be pulled off its seat by the bucket, and a tubing string ex-
tending into the bucket and closed off by the seat for the
valve member
A foldable multiple section farm implement having a cen-
tral wheeled cart, laterally extending folding units for sup-
porting harrow sections, a rearwardly extending tail unit also
for supporting harrow sections, and a single lift means for
raising and lowering the lateral and tail units from an ex-
tended operating position to a raised storage and travel posi-
tion. The laterally extending sections comprise inner and
outer wings. When the inner wing is lifted, a static cable
causes the outer wing also to be elevated for a short distance
(so that the outboard wheel does not drag on the ground),
then to fold down about the hinged junction between the
inner and outer wings as the inner wing is further raised.
Upon lowering of the inner wing the outer wing unfolds to a
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1349
fully extended position without substantial dragging on the
ground. Preferably, the initial load on the lift means is
reduced by employing a lost motion connection between it
and the tail unit whereby the tail unit does not begin to raise
until the lateral units have been raised a substantial distance.
3,643,745
EARTHWORKING IMPLEMENT AND SUPPORT
Gilbert E. Betulius, and Norman W. Pfeiffer, both ot Mount
Vernon, Ind., assignors to Chem-Farm Inc., EvansviUe, Ind.
Filed June 25, 1%9, Ser. No. 836,521
Int. CI. AOlb 63/22
U.S. CI. 172-413 6 Claims
3,643,743
MECHANISM FOR OPENING AND CLOSING AN OFFSET
DISK HARROW
Jerome L. Fueslein, Linden, Calif., assignor to International
Harvester Company, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 888,687
lnt.Cl.\Olb 23104,65102
U.S. CI. 172-320 I Claim
An agricultural implement having front and rear gangs of
earth-working tools being interconnected in such a manner
that they may easily be adjusted from a transport to a field
operating position and also be laterally adjusted with respect
to each other to provide the proper tool relationship between
said front and rear gangs of earth-working tools for various
field operating conditions.
3,643,744
GARDENING TOOL
Gunnard Tumquist, 230 Alice St., Bloomfield Hills, Mich.
Filed May 15, 1969, Ser. No. 824,825
Int. CL AOlb 75/00
U.S. CL 172—372 1 Claim
An earthworking implement containing a plurality of
earthworking tools attached to a rigid frame which is sup-
ported by at least four wheel assemblies. The wheel assem-
blies are spaced so as to provide stable support for the frame
when one or more of the wheel assemblies are disengaged
from their supporting surface. The wheel assemblies are jour-
naled to supporting struts which are attached to a cylindrical
wheel support rod. The wheel support rod is joumaled to the
frame, and means are provided to rotate the wheel support
rod to raise and lower the frame with respect to the wheels.
3,643,746
DRAWBAR AND HITCH CONNECTION FOR TRACTOR
DRAWN IMPLEMENT
Arnold A. Dedoes, 2070 West Eleven Mile Road, Berkley,
Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 795,853, Feb. 3,
1%9. This application Jan. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 2,582
Int. CI. AOlb 59/042, 63/102, 45/02
\]S. CL 172—445 10 Claims
This invention is an improved garden hoe having a
generally triangular one-piece flat sheet steel hoeing blade.
The blade is attached detachably to the hoe handle by means
of step bolts having male quadrilateral surfaces which engage
centrally spaced female quadrilateral opening in the blade to
prevent turning of the step bolts in the blade. Nuts are pro-
vided to secure step bolts, the blade, and hoe handle together
as an assembly.
A drawbar and hitch connection for coupling implements
to a tractor and including means for utilizing the power lift
unit of the tractor to transfer a portion of the weight of the
tractor to the implement and also including means for
disconnecting the implement from the tractor without
disturbing the weight transfer means.
1360
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,747
FAIRWAY TOOL BAR CUTTER
Miller Taylor, and Dewey R. Davis, both of
Elizabethtown, N.C.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,797
Int. CI. AOlb 23104, 45/02
U.S.CI. 172-657
spindle and includes a member for preloading or prewinding
the torsion bar so that it does not wind up further until after
Box 518, the torque on the torsion bar exceeds a selected value. A
shutoff valve in the wrench is connected to a hollow signal
passage extending through the torsion bar and terminating in
an exit port which is normally closed by the preloading
5 Claims means and is opened when the torsion bar winds up further
A tool bar cutter is formed by an I-beam crossmember
having spaced-apart parallel apertures through the center
portion of the I-beam member in which apertures are ad-
justably mounted a plurality of cutter blades.
3,643,748
PLOW BOTTOM
Charles Woodrow Matthews, East Molinc, and Loren Glenn
Arnold, Rock Island, both of Ul., assignors to Deere &
Company, Moiine, 111.
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,527
Int. CI. AOlb 15/00
VS. CI. 172—704 1 Claim
A plow bottom having a reversible landside. The plow bot-
tom includes a frog, a landside mounting plate secured to the
frog, and a landside releasably secured to the mounting plate
by plow bolts which extend through a pair of apertures pro-
vided in the landside and a corresponding pair of apertures
provided in the mounting plate. The apertures of each pair
are spaced both horizontally and vertically from one another,
with the front and rear apertures in the landside positioned
equal distances from the front and rear edges, respectively,
of the landside and the upf)er and lower apertures in the
landside positioned equal distances from the upper and lower
edges, respectively, of the landside.
3,643,749
SIGNAL INHIBITOR FOR IMPACT WRENCH
Reginald W. Pauley, Belle Mead, NJ., assignor to IngersoU-
Rand Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 14, 1970, Ser. No. 54,702
Int. CI. B25b 79/00
U.S. CI. 173— 12 8 Claims
A rotary impact wrench containing a motor, a rotary im-
pact mechanism, and a spindle adapted to drive a fastener. A
resilient torsion bar is mounted between the motor and the
in response to the rise of torque on the torsion bar above the
selected value of torque, resulting in creating a fluid signal
which causes the valve to shut off the power supply to the
wrench motor Means is provided for inhibiting the signal
when the sjjeed of the motor is abnormally high to avoid the
motor from stopping prematurely. A second embodiment
moves the signal passage out of the torsion bar.
3,643,750
FLUID POWER TOOL
Edward L. Allen, Athens, Pa., assignor to IngersoU-Rand
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 76,569
Int. CI. B23b 45/04
U.S. CI. 173—170 4 Claims
An air-powered tool having a pistol shape and an air hose
inlet located on its body opposite the handle. The inlet is
located where the tool will normally hang with its body axis
located horizontally and its handle depending when the tool
is attached to a vertically suspended air hose.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1851
3,643,751
HYDROSTATIC RISER PIPE TENSIONER
Charles D. Crickmer, Box 1348, Houston, Tex.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,088
Int. CLE2 lb/ 7/02
U.S. CL 175-7 21 Claims
being maintained and a resultant control signal produced to
increase or decrease the amount fed where the percentage is
not maintained.
3,643,753
ELECTRICAL FILTERS FOR WEIGHING SYSTEM
CIRCUITS
GUbert A. Godwin, Oakland, N J., and Anthony T. Kirkman,
Ravenshead, Nottingham, England, assignors to Howe
Richardson Scale Company, Cttfton, N J.
Filed Sept 3, 1969, Ser. No. 854,994
Int. CLGOlg 23/70, 7 7/04
U.S.CL 177-185 15 Claims
A hydrostatic riser pipe tensioner for use in underwater
drilling operations and more specifically a means and method
of insuring a resultant net tension force on an underwater
riser pipe.
3,643,752
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING
PRODUCT CHARGE WEIGHTS
Stewart B. Bkxigett, 12322 Mossycup Drive, Houston, Tex.
Filed Nov. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 775^58
Int. CI. GOIg 13/08, 15/00
VJS. CL 177—122 4 Claims
-^ 1 /
Xr 1 — — 1
10
r^ '^^ — 1
"T
'-3;
A weighing system comprising a transducer operatively
connected to a load supporting structure for producing a DC
analogue signal voltage having an amplitude which represents
a weight condition of a load applied to the structure, at least
one signal utilization device, and a circuit for transmitting the
DC signal voltage to the signal utilization device and includ-
ing an electrical filter for attenuating undulating voltage su-
perimposed to the DC signal voltage. The filter includes an
amplifier and is characterized by a variable impedance con-
nected to the input of the amplifier for selectively varying the
time response of the filter without altering the DC gain
thereof. The damping coefficient of the filter is a function
only of a preselected value of the percentage by which the
filter output voltage initially overshoots its steady state value
when the transducer voltage is applied as a step input to the
filter.
3,643,754
APPARATUS FOR COOLING A LIQUID
Tore Brandin, and Sven Yngve David Johansson, both of
Norrkoping, Sweden, assignors to Stal Refrigeratk>n Ak-
tieholag, Norrkoping, Sweden
Filed Feb. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 12,404
Claims priority, appttcation Sweden, Feb. 21, 1969, 241 1/69
Intel. F25b47 /OO
U.S. CI. 62-196 2 Claims
8—
A method of controlling the weights of product charges
and reducing product giveaway is provided wherein a
predetermined percentage of charges are deliberately held
underweight so that a high percentage of the charges are
delivered at a weight near the minimum acceptable level.
The underweight charges are then brought up to weight by
adding additional product so that all charges are delivered at
weights above the minimum. A method for maintaining the
predetermined percentage of underweight charges are com-
pared to determine whether the predetermined percentage is
An apparatus for cooling liquids comprising a compressor
connected to an evaporator, the evaporator having a double-
1352
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
coil, the inner coil thereof being composed of a metallic
material, the outer coil surrounding the inner coil and said
outer coil being composed of a nonmetallic resilient insulat-
ing material such as plastic or rubber. Spacing provided
between the inner and outer coils constitutes a passage for a
cooling liquid. Means is provided for introducing hot gas
from the high-pressure side of the apparatus to the low-pres-
sure side, that is before the evaporator and after the evapora-
tor. A solenoid valve controlled by a thermostat or pressure-
stat is used for the regulation of temperature.
3,643,755
CLOSURE INSTALLATION
Edmond R. Giooet, Warren, and Neil A. Hull, Birmingham,
both of Mkh., assignors to General Motors Corporation,
Detroit, Mich.
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53358
Int. CI. B62d 25112
\]S. CI. 180—69 C 3 Claims
windshield will cut off all electrical systems, thus stopping the
engine and eliminating possible fire, shock and similar
hazards.
3,643,757
FLEXIBLE SKIRTS FOR SURFACE-EFFECT MACHINES
Guy Robert Ddamare, "Lcs Iris," HerMay, France, assignor
to Societe d Etudes et de Developpement des AerogUsseurs
Marins Terrestres et Amphibies S.E.D.A.M., Paris, France
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,595
Claims priority, application France, May 9, 1968, 151208
InLCI. B60vy/76
U.S. CI. 180-127 3 Claims
v/y////////
^ ^
An improved hood-type closure installation for vehicles in-
cluding a closure supported on the vehicle body by a pair of
hinge assemblies for movement between open and closed
positions relative to an opening in the vehicle body, each
hinge assembly including an intermediate support pivotally
mounted on the vehicle body for movement between ex-
tended and retracted positions. The intermediate supports
carry pintles to support the closure for the aforementioned
movement between the open and closed positions and are
normally maintained by frangible locking means in the ex-
tended positions. Forced rearward bodily shiftable movement
of the closure generally in the plane thereof initiates fracture
of the frangible locking means after which each intermediate
support pivots from the extended to a retracted position and
simultaneously forcibly constrains the rear edge of the clo-
sure to move in a path of motion toward a position below the
corresponding edge of the vehicle body opening.
3,643,756
SAFETY CIRCUIT CONTROL DEVICE
Ivan L. Soreghy, Swanton, Ohio, assignor to Libbey-Owens-
Ford Company, Toledo, Ohio
FUed Dec. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,41 1
Int CI. B60I 3104
U.S. CI. 180- 103 5 Claims
-lO
Z.1 — Ig. i9 ^ 15
This application discloses an automatic safety switch in the
form of a strip of silver-frit fired onto a margin of one of the
glass sheets in the windshield of an automobile and inter-
posed in the ignition circuit so that breaking of the
A skirt for peripherally confining a fluid cushion for a sur-
face-effect machine, comprising a fluidtight flexible sheet en-
circled by a plurality of transverse hoops made of a material
less deformable in the peripheral direction of the skirt than
that of the sheet, whereby the said hoops cooperate with the
said sheet in such a manner that the height of the skirt auto-
matically decreases when the pressure of the cushion in-
creases.
3,643,758
SKIRTS FOR AIR CUSHION VEHICLES
Anthony Winter, Sandown, England, assignor to Britista
Houercraft Corporation Limited, Somerset, England
Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,230
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 15, 1969,
45376/69
Int CI. B60v 1116
U.S. CI. 1 80- 1 28 10 Claims
An air cushion vehicle wherein the cushion is bounded in
part by a skirt including a plurality of segments extending
from the rigid structure of the vehicle and includes a flexible
diaphragm extending between and secured to the webs and
arcuate part of each segment, the diaphragm extending from
a position centrally of the arcuate part to the inner upper
edge of each web. The diaphragm, together with the segment
and the rigid structure of the vehicle, forms an inflatable
compartment separate from the fluid cushion.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1353
3,643,759
MUFFLER WITH REED VALVE PROVIDING
CONTINUOUS VENTING
Jay Richard Bailey, Woodland Hills, Calif., assignor to Mc
CuUoch Corporation, Los Angeles, Calif.
FUed Dec. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 101,572
Int. CLF01n7//0, 7/22,5/06
U.S. CI. 181-40
oscillation or sway while exerting relatively little force on the
vertical work surface.
3,643,762
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING AN
ELEVATOR FOR MEDIUM TO HIGH RUNNING SPEED
21 Claims Mared SchibU, Kussnacht a.Rigl, Switzerland, assignor to In-
ventio Aktiengesellschaft, Hergiswil NW, Switzerland
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,996
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 18, 1969,
17259/69
Int CLB66b 7/36
U.S. CI. 187-29 R 8 Claims
A muffling technique wherein a cantilever-supported
spring reed normally blocks a major portion of an exhaust
outlet opening while a minor portion of the exhaust outlet
opening continuously vents an amount of exhaust gas suffi-
cient to avoid substantial flutter of the reed during engine
idle and to avoid substantial floating during engine operation.
3,643,760
OFFCENTER PINCH CAN FOR MUFFLER
Franklin R. HubbeU, HI, Brooklyn, Mich., assignor to Ten-
neco Inc., Racine, Wis.
FUed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,024
Int CI. FOln 7/02, 7/05,7/75
U.S. CI. 181-48 5 Claims
=^/y7
The inlet and outlet axis of a pinch-type chamber forming
shell for a muffler tube is radially separated from the center-
line of the chamber so that the width of the shell when
mounted on a tube is variable and controllable with respect
to a given angular position on the tube.
3,643,761
PLATFORM
Domdd F. Melton, 899 West Highway 96, St Paul, Mmn.
FUed Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,519
Intel. E04g 3/70
U.S. CI. 182-19 11 Claims
1=^
k
/J
t A
, —1
\
h.i
-J4
J'J-^
-1
-— ^}
I
k
i
ft " \.-
! 1 "^^
Mta
A nominal value element, an actual value element, a con-
trol panel and a selector are operatively associated with a
speed regulated drive for an elevator cabin. Those floors
lying in the selected running direction are successively
searched for the presence of a call and, immediately after
starting of the run, a pulse sequence is produced to advance
the selector and a counter, in synchronism, step-by -step.
Upon discovery of a call by the selector, or when a pulse
total greater by one than the number of floors that can be
served at a running speed not exceeding a predetermined
first velocity, the pulse sequence is interrupted by the
counter. In the absence of a call, after interruption of the
pulse sequence, and until a call is discovered, the selector is
advanced by brake engagement start pulses correlated with a
predetermined second velocity. The braking nominal voltage,
corresponding to the running speed adjusting itself, is
preselected by evaluating the counting position of the
counter. The brake engagement starting pulse, to be supplied
to the nominal value element, is selected by the starting pulse
correlated to the target floor as well as to the selected
running direction and to the running speed. The nominal
value element includes a time-dependent nominal value
setter, a path-dependent nominal value setter, a root former
and a discriminator. The control panel includes a selection
circuit, connected to shaft switches, a nominal value starter,
a blocking circuit, the counter, a pulse generator and a
stopping transmitter. The nominal value element and the
selector are connected to the control panel.
This invention relates to a traveling suspended platform,
for use with vertical work surfaces, which is stabilized against
3,643,763
COMBINATION HYDRAULICALLY AND
MECHANICALLY ACTUABLE DISC BRAKE WITH
HYDRAULIC WEAR ADJUSTMENT
Charles N. Hay, Sandusky, Ohio, ass^nor to General Motors
Corporaiton, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,641
Int CI. F16d 55120
MS. CI. 188—71.8 6 Claims
A disc-brake caliper assembly having a hydraulically actua-
ble primary piston is provided with an extendible member in-
cluding a fluid link between second and third pistons. The ex-
1354
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
tendible member acts as a rigid link through which the brake fixed collet-type clampmg sleeve with an exterior taper and a
is mechanically actuated and is extendible at the urging of a spnng-loaded matching female sleeve which takes the form
of a moveable hydraulic piston inside a stationary housing.
•* -V
spring by addition of fluid to the fluid link to adjust for lining
wear.
Hydraulic pressure against the female sleeve releases the nor-
mally clamped shaft The clamping sleeve itself has a slightly
tapered bore to provide initial clamping close to the sleeve
shoulders.
3,643,764
DISC BRAKE, ACTUATOR, AND ADJUSTING MEANS
Jean Maurice, Paris, France, assignor to Societe Anonyme
Francaise Du Ferodo, Paris, France
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888^56
Claims priority, applicatioa France, Dec. 31, 1968, 182405
Int. CI. F16d 65152
U.S. CI. 188—71.8 24 Claims
3,643,766
RAILWAY VEHICLE BRAKE RIGGING
Roy W. Roush, Jr., Downers Grove, III., assignor to General
Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 20,924
Int CI. B60t 8124
U.S. CI. 188-190 2 Claims
?l2«Tn^^,. /
12
ti ** J-»«
/"_!-
5 =^-«' \ -' "
ZO Xi »
A disc-brake system comprising a hydraulic control, a
mechanical control, and means for automatically taking up
play due to wear of the brake shoes, the said means compris-
ing essentially a notched rod carried by one of the two
pistons of the hydraulic operating system and a notched core
engaged on the said rod, locking means being provided actu-
ated by the mechanical control for putting the notches of the
core into engagement with those of the notched rod.
3,643,765
CLAMPING DEVICE FOR AN AXULLY MOVEABLE
PLUNGER SHAFT
Siegfried Hanchen, Bninnwiesenstr. 3, 7304, Ridt, Germany
Filed Oct 24, 1969, Ser. No. 869,288
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 24, 1968, P 18 04
857.2
Int. CI. F16d 65/24
U.S. CI. 1 88— 1 70 9 Claims
A clamping device for an axially moveable plunger shaft as
used in electroerosion machine tools where clamping and
release must be accomplished without any kind of displace-
ment or distortion of the shaft, clamping being effected by a
In a preferred embodiment, a multiple axle railway vehicle
truck has axle and wheel assemblies mounted with relatively
large lateral clearances to provide for lateral movement when
negouating sharp curves. The brake rigging is provided with
stabilizing means adapted to normally maintain the brake
shoes in a desired nominal position relative to the frame so as
to be properly aligned with the wheel treads in their centered
axle positions, the stabilizing means being resiliently yielda-
ble to permit any of the brake shoes to be deflected out-
wardly when they are contacted by their respective wheel
flanges upon a sufficient lateral movement of the their
respective axles.
3,643,767
CLUTCH MECHANISM HAVING POWER
DISENGAGEMENT
Philip F. Fleming, West Bend, Wis., assignor to Gehl Com-
pany, West Bend, Wis.
Filed Nov. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 93,063
Int.Cl.F16d///04.2//04
U.S CI. 192—21 ^ Claims
A power shift mechanism for causing a clutch to be disen-
gaged by the power of the shaft of the transmission. In other
words the mechanism is shifted out of gear under its own
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1355
power and with little effort on the part of the operator. The
mechanism is particularly useful in clutching arrangements
for feed rolls of a forage harvester for example, when the
rolls become clogged with an excess or slug of material and it
is otherwise difficult to shift the clutch out of engagement
^n-
The mechanism includes a shifting assembly which first acts
to shift a cam means out of the way to a position that permits
the shiftable clutching part to be engaged and reverse feed
roll direction, and then acts to permit the cam means to
cause the shiftable part of the clutch to be forcibly disen-
gaged due to the power of the shaft on which it is splined.
3,643,768
ONE-WAY SPRAG CLUTCH
Gcorg Titt, Furstenfeldbnick-Buchenau, Germany, assignor
to Gcorg MuUer Kugellagerfabrik K.G., Aussere
Bayreuthcr Str., Nuernberg, Germany
FUed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,725
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 31, 1969, P 19 04
785.9
Int. CI. F16d 47/07
U.S. CI. 192-41 A 5 Claims
initially rectangular cross section by cold rolling the bar to
provide the laterally projecting portions which extend from
the opposed side surfaces of the bar which initially is of
rectangular cross section and which is converted by the cold
rolling into the profile of substantially Z-shape. After this
cold rolling the sprag bodies are simply struck from the bar.
3,643,769
CONTROL FOR HYDRAUUC FORWARD-REVERSE
STEERING CLUTCHES
Donald H. Hagen, and Donald L. Leopold, both of Hennepin
County, Minn., assignors to Ridge Runner, Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 27.085. Apr. 9.
1970, now abandoned. This application Nov. 12, 1970, Ser.
No. 88,679
Int.CI. F16d2J//0
U.S. CI. 192-51 2 Claims
A control mechanism for a dual and selectable drive
system, which system includes hydraulically actuated
clutches to deliver driving power to either or both driving
members whether the driving members are tracks or wheels.
Such a drive system commonly known as a caterpillar drive.
The control mechanism includes a pair of control arms ar-
ranged to actuate a pair of moveable piston elements, the
piston elements being of the dual action and accumulator
variety. The pistons are directly connected to the clutches for
one directional hydraulic control and being connected
through the accumulator for the other directional control,
and further the arms being arranged through an over center
mounting for locking engagement for the other directional
control.
3,643,770
OVERLOAD TORQUE CLUTCH
William W. Faufcls, R.R. 3, St Catharines, Ontario, Canada
Filed Nov. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 89,684
InLCI. F16d 11106,43120
U.S. CI. 192—56 R 7 Claims
2f i.a
Clutches of the type having spaced clutch surfaces
between which sprags extend for engaging and disengaging
clutch bodies which have said clutch surfaces. Each clutch
sprag has a wall of uniform thickness and substantially
rectangular cross section adapted to extend between the
clutch surfaces of the clutch bodies with this wall terminating
in a pair of opposed end surfaces adapted respectively to be
directed toward the clutch surfaces. The sprag has a pair of
opposed clutch-engaging portions extending laterally from
opposed end regions of the ^rag wall in opposite directions
from and merging with the end surfaces thereof, with these
clutch-engaging portions having outer convexly curved
clutch-engaging surfaces of substantially equal magnitudes.
The wall of the sprag is inclined with respect to a pair of
parallel planes which are tangent to the opposed end surfaces
of the wall. With this sprag having a substantially Z-shaped
profile. The sprag is manufactured from an elongated bar of
An overload torque clutch in which a pair of slidable fin-
gers on a driving member engage rigidly mounted stops on a
1356
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
coaxially mounted driven member. The slidable fingers are
held in the engaged p>osition by a transverse resiliently loaded
yoke member which locates in specially designed recesses in
the fingers. At a predetermined torque level of the fingers are
forced out of contact with the stops and the yoke rides out of
the recesses against the action of the resilient loading. The
clutch may be reset manually, hydraulically or pneumatically.
The device is particularly useful as a safety clutch to disen-
gage heavy-duty equipment, such as conveyor belt systems,
from an electric drive in the event of jamming or the like.
3,643,771
MEDAL STAMPING MACHINE
Kusutugu Takebe, No. 32, Higashi 3-chrome-Abiko, Su-
miyoshi-ku, Osalu-shi, Osaka-fu, Japan
Filed July 16, 1969, Ser. No. 842,295
InL CI. B41j //JO
U.S. CI. 197-6.7 2 Claims
A medal stamping device having a finger dial, with a stamp
disk beneath the dial, having alpha-numeric symbols, a
hammer on one side and a revolvable medal receiver on the
other side. Alpha-numeric symbols can be hammered into a
medal on the medal receiver by dialing. The device may be
coin operated by adding a coin detector and stopper. The
dial rotation is stopped unless the correct coin is detected.
3,643,772
TYPEBAR DRIVE MECHANISM
Arthur Kittel, and Kurt ChvatUnAy, both of WUhdmshaven,
Germany, aarisnors to Oiympia Werkc AG, Wil-
helmshaven, Germany
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7363
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 1, 1969, P 19 04
964.0
Int CI. B41J 23138, 23/08
UA CI. 197-14 10 Claims
A typebar drive mechanism for a plurality of typebars has
a drag link with a bellcrank and two associated links at the
reciprocating end. A drive rail is rotatably mounted on the
reciprocating end of the drag link so as to have a pushing
edge that describes different paths during the outward and
return movements of the reciprocating end of the drag link.
A drive pawl is provided for each typebar; each pawl having
a pushing tongue arranged to be actuated by the pushing
edge during the outward stroke of the drive rail when the
respective typebar has been selected. The pushing tongue is
also arranged to be in a path other than that of the return
movement of the pushing edge, so that the drive pawl of a
next-selected typebar can be actuated before the drive rail
has returned. The drag link and drive rail assembly can be
adjusted in response to either type-shifting or the copy set.
3,643,773
CYCLE INHIBITOR FOR AN ELECTRICAL
TYPEWRITER
Uwrence Hobnes, Jr., 22 A Byrne Ct., Wayne, N J.
FUed June 16, 1969, Ser. No. 833,647
Int CI. B41j 23/02, 5/30
UA CI. 197-16 8 Claims
{
A typewriter baseplate with means for generating and
transmitting electrical signals indicative of print and function
cycles of the typewriter and having means for initiating
typewriter operation in response to signals from a remote
typewriter or computer is provided with mechanism for limit-
ing the maximum cycle repetition rate of the typewriter to
adapt to systems having slower signal processing rates. The
cycling inhibit mechanism may serve other purposes such as
preventing overloading of a buffer storage in the signal cir-
cuit and delaying cycling in response to uninterrupted input
signals, during the carriage return periods.
3,643,774
PRINTING MECHANISM WITH RESILIENTLY BACKED
PRINTING ELEMENT
Nicholas Kondur, Jr., Plymouth Township, Mich., assignor to
Burroughs Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
FUed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,960
InL CI. B4 Ij //22
U.S. CI. 197-18 IClahn
The disclosure embodies a printing mechanism wherein
type is arranged on resilient arms radially extending in a
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1357
predetermined angular disposition from a continuously ferent line spacing. Separate engaging levers are selectively
driven rotatable member to position the type between an ac- engageable with each ratchet wheel, and each of the levers is
tuator and an impression means. operated by a common electromagnet and associated linkage
to provide a selective desired spacing. Line spacing is also
provided by a manually operated release lever.
3,643,775
APPARATUS FOR POWER-DRIVEN TYPEWRITERS AND
SIMILAR MACHINES 3,643,777
Arthur Kittel, Wllhetaishaven; Rudi Frank, Sande, and Horst TYPEWRITER RIBBON CARTRIDGE
Purr, Wilhehnshaven, all of Germany, assignors to Oiympia Carl P. Anderson, Homer, and Thomas E. Hanson, Syracuse,
Werke AG, WUhdmshaven, Germany both of N.Y., assignors to SCM Corporatkm, New Yorli,
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. Na 31,078 N.Y.
Clabns priority, applkation Germany, Apr. 26, 1969, P 19 21 Continuation of appUcation Ser. Na 710,185, Mar. 4, 1968,
414.3 now abandoned. This applicatk>n July 23, 1970, Ser. No.
Int.CI. B41J/9/70 64,058
U.S. CI. 197-66
6 Claims laLa.Mli 33/14,35/10,35/04
U.S. CI. 197—151 22 Claims
A mechanism for shifting lines and returning the carriage
to its left-margin position in i>ower-driven typewriters and
similar machines having a drive motor, and including a
manually controlled member for triggering both the line
shifting and carriage return operations, two linkages
resiliently connected to the member and each arranged for
nornuilly producing a respective one of the operations, and
various blocking means for selectively blocking the operative
connection between the member and either linkage when the
operation produced by that linkage is not to occur; particu-
lariy for blocking the carriage return linkage when the car-
riage is already in its left-margin position. A link member
resiliently connected by means of a spring to the other of the
arm members of the pivotally mounted lever and operable to
pivot a crank provided on the clutch to engage that clutch
and return the carriage, and reciprocating elements provided
to block either the connecting rod or the link when only a
line shift or a carriage return, respectively, is desired.
3,643,776
UNE SPACE ADJUSTMENT DEVICE FOR USE WITH
TYPEWRITER
Yosliitsugu Tanaka, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to KabushUu
Kaisha Rfcoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,073
Clainn priority, appUcatkm Japwi, Dec. 20, 1967, 42/81758
Int CI. B41j 79/76
U.S. CI. 197— 1 14 R 10 Claims
»„ <9c
A cartridge for housing a supply of ribbon for typewriters
or like machines. The cartridge includes an arm extending
therefrom to guide the ribbon from the cartridge to the
typewriter print point and to reverse the direction of the rib-
bon for guiding the ribbon back t^^the cartridge which is sup-
ported on a machine rigid framp on one side of the print
point. The arm being capable ofrarrying the ribbon from a
px)int adjacent the print point to the print point as a ribbon
vibrator.
3,643,778
TYPEWRITER RIBBON CARTRIDGE GUIDE SUPPORT
Cari P. Anderson, Homer, N.Y., assignor to SCM Corpora-
tkm, New York, N.Y.
Continuatkm of applkation Ser. No. 710,064, Mar. 4, 1968,
now abandoned. This appUcatkm Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No.
75,790
Int. CI. B41j 33/14, 35/04
U.S. CI. 197-151 5 Claims
A line space adjustment device for a typewriter comprising
a set of ratchet wheels having different pitches to provide dif-
A typewriter support for guiding a ribbon cartridge to and
retaining the cartridge in a rest position. The support in-
cludes a U-shaped member which is positioned near the
machine side frame, a spring urged detent for retaining the
cartridge after it is inserted to a predetermined depth within
the guide support, and a biasing meaiis for ejecting the car-
tridge from the support upon manual release of the detent
means.
1358
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,779
RIBBON MECHANISM FOR CARTRIDGE SUPPORTED
RIBBONS
Carl P. Anderson, Homer; Charles H. Kennedy, Ithaca, and
Don^d S. Perry, Fayetteviile, all of N.Y., assignors to SCM
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 732,343, May 27, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No.
98,145
Int CI. B41j 35/ W, 33/10, 33/14
i;.S. CI. 197-151 24 Claims
A ribbon mechanism for cartridge supported ribbons in-
cludes a gear train which is clutch operated in response to
typing actuations and which provides incremental rotation to
two independent cartridge-type ribbon driving means for
feeding a ribbon past the machine print point. The two inde-
pendent driving means are coaxially mounted and are driven
in opposite directions thus accomplishing both a feed means
and a takeup means for either a cartridge having an endless
ribbon system supported therein or a cartridge having a two
spool ribbon system support therein.
3,643,780
AUTOMATIC BOTTLE FEEDER
Toshio Shimogald, Tokyo; Saburo Suzuki, Osaka, and Hiroaki
Shlgematsu, Nara, all of Japan, assi^aors to Barry-Wefa-
miller Co., St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 808,166, Mar. 18, 1969,
now abandoned. This appUcatkm Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No.
75302
Claimsprioritv.application Japan, Mar. 22, 1968,43/18700;
43/18701
Int. CI. B65g 47/52
VS. CI. 198—25 6 Claims
ties are placed in an upright position on a first conveyor
means. At the output end of the first conveyor means is
found a plurality of parallel divider plates for forming a plu-
rality of discrete rows of bottles.
A rotatable lift having diametrically extending claw means
thereon receives each row of upright bottles and places each
bottle in a horizontal position on a second conveyor. Detec-
tion means located above the second conveyor serve to
produce a detection signal to the operator if the bottle is fed
from the second conveyor to the bottle-washing machine
conveyor with its bottom directed forward. If this condition is
not corrected in a predetermined time, the drive connection
to the lift is broken and bottle-feeding operation for the par-
ticular row is stopped
3,643,781
DEADPLATE CONSTRUCTION FOR A CONVEYOR
SYSTEM
Robert F. Risley, Wauwatosa, and Wayne A. Smith, Shore-
wood, both of Wis., assignors to Jos. Schlitz Brewing Com-
pany, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,807
Int. CI. B65g 47/04. 47/57
U.S. CI. 198—28 7 Claims
■~y/4
KE
A conveyor system including a pair of conveyors located at
right angles with respect to each other. An inclined deadplate
is mounted adjacent the side edge of one conveyor and the
high end of the deadplate abuts the side edge of the second
conveyor Guide rails are mounted above the conveyors and
the articles to be conveyed are conveyed over the first con-
veyor across the deadplate and drop from the high edge of
the deadplate onto the second conveyor.
3,643,782
CONVEYOR SYSTEM HAVING APPARATUS FOR
DIVIDING CONVEYED ARTICLES INTO ROWS
Robert F. Risley, Wauwatosa, Wis., assignor to Jos. Schlitz
Brewing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Oct. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 82,264
Int. CI. B65g 47/26
U.S. CI. 198-30 1 1 Claims
This invention relates to an apparatus for handling bottles
being fed to a bottling-washing machine. A plurality of bot-
A conveying system for containers including a mechanism
for dividing the containers into separate rows and for
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
\
1359
eliminating tipped containers from the rows. The mechanism
includes a central dividing wall disposed longitudinally of the
conveyor and a pair of sidewalls, each of which defines a
passage with the central wall. The upwtream portions of the
passages diverge outwardly toward the sides of the conveyor
and while the downstream portions of the passages converge
inwardly toward the longitudinal center of the conveyor. The
central dividing wall is inclined upwardly and a tipf)ed, cross-
wise-oriented container moving along the conveyor will en-
gage and ride up the inclined central wall to automatically tilt
the container to an upright position. The portions of the
sidewalls which border the discharge or converging portions
of the passages are provided with openings and if a tipped,
longitudinally oriented container moves through the diverg-
ing upstream portion of the passage, it will be directed
through the opening to the exterior of the conveyor. The
mechanism separates an accumulation of containers into two
distinct rows, as well as righting transversely oriented, tipped
containers and removing longitudinally oriented tipp>ed con-
tainers.
stantial parallelism with the intended direction of movement
of the container and are composed of flexible material. An
elongated contact strip overlies the outer surface of at least
one of the sidewalls arid has two end portions. At least one of
these end portions is connected with the re^)ective sidewall
3,643,783
CLOSURE-HANDLING APPARATUS
Waker S. Sterling, Quincy, Mass., assignor to Pneumatic
Scale Corporatkm, Quincy, Mass.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 19,911
Int. CI. B65g 47/24
U.S. CI. 198-33 AA 12 Claims
*t^.T^.
«« v/J
Closure-handling apparatus designed to effect orientation
of relatively narrow elongated and slightly tapered cylindrical
closures which are substantially greater in length than in
diameter and in which the distribution of weight is substan-
tially equal throughout its length. Randomly arranged clo-
sures are deposited on a rotary inclined carrier having a plu-
rality of radially arranged pockets into which the closures are
received, those assuming a desired position of orientation
being transferred to the mouth of a supply chute.
3 643 784
TRANSPORT CONTAINER FOR USE WITH A
CONVEYOR SYSTEM
Heinz Krctzsdunar, Wiesensteig, and Franz Naumann, Muhl-
haoaen, both of Germany, assignors to Organisatkm Ralfs
KG, Wiesenstdg, Germany
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,757
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Mar. 7, 1969, P 19 1 1
596.9
Int. CI. B65g 43/08
VS. CI. 198-38 14 Claims
A transport container has peripheral walls including a pair
of transversely spaced sidewalls which extend in at least sub-
in such a manner that the strip and the sidewall are con-
nected with limited freedom of displacement relative to one
another to thereby limit the transmission of stresses between
them. The other end portion may be similarly connected or it
may be immovably connected with the respective sidewall.
3,643,785
TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Hans Gunnar Bostedt, 8 Drottninggatan, Hudiksvall, Sweden
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 845,934
IntCI. B60py/i6
U.S. CI. 198—75 3 Claims
A portable conveyor frame supporting a plurality of con-
veyors that are simultaneously and individually operative
under selective control. Each conveyor has a pair of eiKiless
conveyor chains, the chains of each pair being intercon-
nected by dogs movable over and supported on a platform.
The platform has longitudinal grooves within which the con-
veyor chains are received along the upper flights.
3,643,786
MANURE SPREADER FLOOR CONVEYOR MEANS
Raymond Steele Wilkes, Moline, III., assignor to Deere &
Company, Moline, III.
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,136
Int. CI. B65g 19/02
U.S. CI. 198—173 10 Claims
A manure spreader floor conveyor means includes a con-
veyor that has a pair of spaced endless log or proof-coil
1360
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
chains interconnected by transverse flights. Specially con- 3,643,789
figured drive and idler sprockets operatively engage the links LIVE ROLLER CO^fVEYOR WITH VARIABLE DRIVE
of the chains and accommodate cylindrical flight connections Charie* W. Werntz, Ferguson, Mo., aaalgnor to Alvey Inc., St
which interconnect central material engaging portions of the Louis, Mo.
flights with the chains.
3,643,787
STERILIZING MACHINES
William Woof, Harwood; Colin Barlow, Raddiffe; Arthur
Gray, Sharpks, and Richard Wignun, Raddiffe, all o( En-
gland, Mslgnars to Mather & Piatt Limited, Manchcser,
Lancashire, England
Filed Feb. 17, 1970, Scr. No. 12,154
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 20, 1969,
9,195/69; May 1, 1%9. 22.181/69
Int. CLB65g 77/72
U.S. a. 198-131 5 Claims
Filed July 6, 1960, Ser. No. 52,285
Int. CI. B65g 13/02
U.S. CI. 198—127
lIClaiuH
<» '1
ffi «.,. ;JK' ,
^*
- "Ln .'---^■^' — ----y---'-^-^---"^-^'/^
A sterilizing machine in which the carriers for the sticks of
cans have a number of equiangulariy spaced pockets in a
beam which is relatively rotatable with an external shell hav-
ing an axial inlet and outlet slot. Locking means are provided
at one end of the carrier to prevent such relative rotation and
an orientating means is provided at the other end of the car-
rier. The carrier is also provided with a toothed wheel which
engages an agitating chain and an indexing means which is
associated with a releasing means for the lock between the
beam and shell. Cam and guide mechanism is provided for
orientating the carrier if necessary to present the axial slot to
discharging and loading stations.
3,643,788
ACCUMULATION LIVE ROLLER CONVEYOR
Charles W. Werntz, Ferguson, Mo., assignor to Alvey Inc., St.
Louis, Mo.
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,286
Int. CI. B65g 13102
U.S. CL 198— 127 R 8 Claims
A live roller conveyor having a belt drive for the load sup-
porting rollers and means to position the drive belt more or
less in friction driving contact with the rollers. The drive belt
positioning means includes belt carrier rollers, roller posi-
tioning eccentrics and clip-on eccentric brackets, all of which
is distributable along the length of a conveyor run to provide
local drive variations from zero to maximum available power.
3,643,790
NONJAM LEAD-ON TRACK FOR CONVEYOR SYSTEMS
William F. Altenpohl, and Paul J. Altenpohi, both of Union
HiU RomI, Conshohocken, Pa.
Filed Oct 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81^74
Int. CI. B65g 7 7/20
U.S. CI. 198-177 R 16 Claims
A live roller conveyor provided with a series of driving
units and drive transfer wheels for delivering power to groups
of article supporting and conveying rollers a power delivery
belt drive connected to all of the driving units, and an article
sensing conveying roller located downstream from a preced-
ing drive unit to sense the continued presence of an article
thereon and respond by disabling the associated driving unit
so that trailing articles are not caused to exert pressure on
leading articles should blockage of a leading article occur.
Jamming of article carriers on the lead-on ramp of a track
causes displacement of the ramps to retracted |X)sitions and
stoppage of the conveyor from which the carriers are
suspended The ramps are pivotally mounted by crank ele-
ments projecting forwardly from the track and are yieldably
held in operative and retracted positions by detents.
3,643,791
APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY CENTERING
STRIP
George W. Thomsbery, Modesto, CaUf., assignor to United
States Stcd Corporation
Filed Oct 14, 1969, Ser. No. 866^51
Int. CI. B65g 75/i2
U.S. CI. 198-184 2 Claims
A roll for automatically centering and aligning a strip or
belt includes a resilient outer sleeve having a helical slot ex-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1361
tending around the roll on each side of a circumferential cen-
tral slot. One helical slot has a right-hand lay and the other a
left-hand lay. Each slot is inclined radially toward the axis of
the roll away from the circumferential slot.
3,643,792
CABLE CONVEYOR
Baird E. Rcsener, IndianapoUs, Ind., assignor to Amsted In-
dustries Incorporated, Chicago, III.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879^48
Int.CI.B65g7 7/00
U.S. CI. 1 98- 1 89 5 Oaims
flexible side frame conveyor and which wedge is formed with
a generally wedge-shaped body having a self-captivating
means formed at the front end thereof for preventing the
wedge from being disengaged from the idler assembly. The
self -captivating means consists of a pair of lugs formed on the
wedge which extend substantially normal to the sides of the
wedge body and a pair of slots formed in the body im-
mediately adjacent, and to the rear of, the lugs. The self-cap-
tivating means is specifically designed so as to require a com-
bination of movements in order to insert the front of the
wedge into the aperture which captivates the wedge and the
lugs are further designed so as to create an interference fit as
the front of the wedge is moved through the above-men-
tioned aperture.
/
3,643,794
COMBINED BLADE HOLDER AND DISPENSER
Paul A. Braginetz, Augusta County, Va., assignor to Philip
Morris Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,135
Int. CI. B65d 83110
U.S. CI. 206— 1 6 B 8 Claims
A cable conveyor having a series of removably mounted
top plates that are snapped over spheres rigidly fastened to
the cable. The top plate edges are tapered to allow the con-
veyor to travel around comers without having the adjacent
top plates interfere with each other. Also disclosed is a new
sprocket wheel for the cable conveyor having a peripheral
groove formed around the sprocket wheel to define a circular
f>ath for the cable to travel thereby eliminating chordal ac-
tion on the cable.
3,643,793
SELF-CAPTIVATING WEDGE
Daniel J. Diantolio, Nutley, N.J., assignor to Hewitt-Robins,
Incorporated, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13380
Int. CI. B65g 75/05
U.S. CI. 198— 192 R 7 Claims
A one-piece holder and dispenser for flat relatively thin
oblong articles which have a thicker portion between their
ends the dispenser having a plurality of slots or grooves each
adapted to receive the article slidable endwise therein, the
slots having a narrower portion in which the thicker portion
of the article is wedged but releasable by endwise outward
shifting of the article for a portion of its length. In ac-
cordance with the specific disclosure the article comprises a
paper wrapped hair shaper blade the wrapper being over-
lapped midway of the ends of the blade which thereby com-
prises the thicker portion adapted to be wedged in the nar-
rower portion of the respective slot.
3,643,795
SEED-TAPE AND CARD-SPOOL-AND-ROW-MARKER
ASSEMBLY
Robert P. Watwood, Salinas, Calif., and James A. Moore,
Ringwood, NJ., assignors to Union Carbide Corportion,
New York, N.Y.
Filed July 17, 1970, Ser. No. 55,666
Int CI. B65d 25/70, 77122^ B65h 75106
U.S. CI. 206-45. 14 13 Claims
A self-captivating wedge is disclosed which has particular A seed-tape and card-spool-and-row-marker assembly. A
utility in securing idler assemblies onto the side cables of a flat, stiff sheet, such as cardboard or plastic, has an upper
1362
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
spool portion with two generally parallel side edges lying
between upper and lower flange portions. The upper flange
portions have converging upper edges obtusely inclined to
the side edges, and the lower flange portions have converging
lower edges obtusely inclined to the side edges and leading to
a narrower stem portion. The stem portion has two
downwardly converging side edges that lead downwardly
from the lower edges to a bottom pointed portion. Where at
least one lower edge meets the stem portion, there is an
anchor slit. The seed tape is wound around the spool portion
and its free end anchored in the anchor slit. The card can be
used to aid in unwinding the seed tape when planting it, and
then the stem portion can be pushed into the ground, leaving
the spool portion to stand as a row marker, which can be
labeled with the name of the crop.
3,643,796
CONTAINER PACKAGE AND METHOD AND
APPARATUS FOR ASSEMBLING SAME
Lawrence E. Arnesoa, 141 West Jacksoa Blvd., Chicago, III.
Filed July 7, 1969, S«r. No. 839,284
Int. CI. B65d 77/00
U^. CI. 206—65 E 3 Claims
J-
^■a;^-<D.
X
-JlD
A six-pack of bottles is provided by encircling mid portions
of the bottles with a retainer and engaging a paper board car-
rier and retainer beneath the bottle caps. The paper board
carrier has rows of apertures formed therein for receiving the
upper ends of the bottles, and is assembled with the bottles
by conveyor and guide means which advance the bottles and
carrier continuously along a path of travel, initially fold sec-
tions of the carrier along lines intersecting the apertures for
opening the apertures to receive the upper ends of the bottles
and then reversely fold the portions of the carriers for closing
the apertures and securing the carrier with respect to the bot-
tles.
3,643,797
TRASH-SEPARATING APPARATUS AND METHOD
Lawrence Berkowitz, WUlingboro; Gcorgs Novickis, Lin-
denwold, both of NJ., and Prafukhandra N. Sbeth, Lan-
sdowne. Pa., assignors to Dkkson Paper Fibre, Inc.,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Piled July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,320
Int. CI. B07b ISm
U.S. CI. 209-2 22 Claims
A system is provided for reclaiming usable paper other
selected materials from a heterogeneous trash mixture that
has previously been shredded to a predetermined size. The
trash is deposited on a sloped vibrating screen which permits
the passage therethrough of smaller sized trash particles.
These particles then pass onto another sloped vibrating
screen whereby minutely sized particles may pass
therethrough, to be discarded. The smaller sized particles
that pass through the first screen, but not the second then
enter a chute which has a cross current in the form of an air
stream, whereby paper, light sheet plastic and the like are
forced from the smaller sized mixture and are delivered onto
a conveyor The larger sized particles that do not pass
through the first vibrating screen are delivered onto a trash
wheel, which is rotating, and which throws the larger sized
particles m a given direction whereby the particles travel a
given distance depending upon their weight, or upon their
ability to be thrown, with at least the heavier of these larger
particles passing through an air screen directed toward a se-
ries of bms The lighter of these larger particles are collected
in a bin which is located most closely to the trash wheel.
which bin deposits these lighter particles onto the conveyor.
Trash which is thrown into an intermediate bin is deposited
onto another sloped vibrating screen, whereby larger paper
matenals are separated from smaller but heavier trash com-
ponents such as heavier plastics, with the thus separated
paper materials also passing onto the conveyor. The con-
veyor then passes beneath an extractor which removes sheet
plastic films and the like therefrom, preferably by means of
electrostatic attraction of the plastic films from the paper
materials, resulting in paper reclamation having an accepta-
ble minimum percentage (if any) of nonpaper materials
therein.
3,643,798
MAIL WEIGHING AND SORTING MACHINE
Edward A. Knipotich, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Bell and
HowelJ Company, Sidney, Ohio
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,088
InL CI. B07c 5118
U.S. CI. 209-74 13 Claims
A synchronizing station sequentially interrupts the travel of
serially fed pieces of mail so that they are both aligned and
sequentially delivered to a weighing station one at a time. A
means at the weighing station generates a signal representing
a weight category for each piece of mail and delivers each
signal to a memory. The pieces of mail are then moved in a
first direction along a track having segments that are selec-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1363
tively pivotable upwardly by means operative in response to
signals from the memory. In this manner, selected track seg-
ments are thusly pivoted to direct pieces of mail onto
separate secondary track segments adapted to move the tftail
in a second direction. Each secondary track segments is also
selectively pivotable about a horizontal axis to selectively
direct given pieces of mail along either first or second planes
into corresponding first or second bins.
A means is also provided for changing the weight range of
the weighing station so that the above described structure is
adapted for use with mail falling within a plurality of weight
ranges.
disposed outlet includes an upper annular plate defining an
upper annular gap with the wall of said chamber. A scroll
3,643,799
APPARATUS FOR SIZING FRUIT
Charles E. Shectz, Woodstock, Va., assignor to FMC Cor-
poratioa, San Jose, Calif.
Filed Sept 30, 1970, Ser. No. 76,955
Int CI. B07c 5104
U.S. CL 209-73 6 Claims
structure imparts a rotary motion to a secondary gaseous
stream in the same direction as the feed suspension.
3,643301
DISPOSABLE AQUARIUM FILTER
Harry Zdenko, 150 East 61st St., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,190
InL CI. E04h 3120
U.S. CI. 210—169 9 Claims
A fhiit-sizing system comprising a horizontally positioned,
generally U-shaped water-filled conveyor tank having a recir-
culation pumping system connecting the ends of the tank to
cause the water therein to continuously flow longitudinally
through the tank. Fruit of different sizes is deposited in the
water at the end of one of the legs of the tank and is con-
veyed through the tank by the movement of the water
therein. At each comer of the tank and at the end of the
other of the legs there is provided an endless sizing conveyor
which removes certain of the fruit from the tank while per-
mitting the remainder to flow therethrough and continue in
their flow path through the tank.
3 643300
APPARATUS FOR SEPARATING SOLIDS IN A
WHIRLING GASEOUS STREAM
Bo Giistav Emil MansBon, Sandgatan 40, Enkoping, Sweden
Filed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,527
Int CI. B04c 3106
\]&. CL 209-144 6 Claims
A device for separating solids having a cylindrical separat-
ing chamber, an axial inlet for introducing a whirling gaseous
suspension into said chamber and including an annular plate
extending radially outwardly and downward therefrom defin-
ing an annular gap with the chamber wall. An upper axially
A disposable aquarium filter has a filter medium sealed
within a filter housing. The housing has one compartment for
the filter medium and another compartment for receiving the
end portion of an air supply tube, the compartments being
oriented and arranged so that air discharging from the air
supply tube functions to circulate water through the filter
compartment. When the filter medium becomes con-
taminated or clogged, the entire filter including the housing
with the filter medium therein is discarded. A new, unused
filter is installed by withdrawing the air supply tube from the
old filter and reinserting it into the new filter.
3,643302
BILGE SCAVENGER
Andrew D. Jackson, Jr., Route 2, Box 524, Brownsville. Tex..
assignor to Lee W. Pohl; Jack G. Carinhas, Jr., both of
Cameron County, Tex., part interest to each
Filed Oct 17, 1969, Ser. No. 867,188
Intel. E03b7//00
U3.CL210— 172 15 Claims
Scavenger comprises inverted channel-shaped body to be
positioned with lower edges of sides resting on bilge bottom.
A screen, shaped correlative to body hncs, is spaced from
sides of body. The screen is carried by a plate pressed
895 O.G.— 50
1364
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
between lower side edges of body. Screen and plate form a
removable, box-shaped receptacle for trash filtered out of
water by screen. Outlet nipple at top of body is to be con-
nected to pump which sucks water into body through end
openings of receptacle. Replaceable end covers for recepta-
^^^
m
/ J"
cle each comprise an elastic plastics frame snapped over end
of receptacle. Frame carries gate formed of a plurality of
flexible, elastic plastics material, flat, tapered fingers secured
to top of frame. Fingers overlap lower edge of frame on in-
side so they can swing in but not out, thereby to trap trash by
admitting trash to receptacle and retaining same therein.
3,643303
SECTION FOR DISC FILTER APPARATUS
Edward A. Glos, II, Decrfidd, DI., aasigiior to Gladys M.
Gkx; Thomas C. Nathan and Jack W. La FoUette, part in-
terest to each
CootinuatkMi-in-part of appUcatioa Ser. No. 598,077, Nov.
30, 1966, now Patent No. 3,491^86. This application Jan.
19, 1970, Ser. No. 3^51
Int. CI. BOld 33126
U.S.CI. 210— 232 12 Claims
A polygonal section for filter apparatus in which each sec-
tion consists of a hollow open-faced frame connected to a
vacuum source with a perforated panel overlying each open
face, and a stretcher element for holding filter media taut
over the panel, accessible from one margin of the frame, and
which may be removed from the section and apparatus inde-
pendently of the frame and panel.
3,643304
WASTE OIL RECOVERY UNIT
Ddlas E. Sharpton, P.O. Box 444, Dewey, Okia.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,214
Int CL C02b 9/02
U3. CI. 210—242
2 Claims
forwardly therefrom towards a water surface having oil float-
ing thereon. Buoyancy means located at the lower end of the
belt are adjustable such that the lower run of the belt can be
selectively positioned slightly below the interface of the
water and oil to assure maximum oil absorption with
minimum water pickup.
3,643305
A MEMBRANE SYSTEM WHICH INCLUDES A TUBE
SHEET FOR SECURING SUPPORTED MEMBRANE
TUBES THEREIN
Robert R. Hoffman, Clark, NJ., assignor to Abcor Water
Management Company, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
FUcd Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4,256
Intel. BOld J/ /OO, 13/00
VS. CI. 210-321 11 Claims
r'o.
X.y
mF^=^
This disclosure is concerned with a tube sheet for holding a
bundle of braided fiber support tubes in place for use in a
reverse osmosis or an ultrafiltration system. The tube sheet is
formed of a thermosetting plastic having a process tempera-
ture below the temperature at which the support tube will
melt, degrade or deform. The thermosetting plastic is molded
to the braided fiber tubes under pressure to provide a seal
between the support tube and tube sheet when subjected to
pressures in excess of 1,000 p.s.i. In order to prevent dis-
placement of the braided fiber tubes from the plastic tube
sheet dunng the molding process molded retaining members
are provided which are molded to the tubes and tube sheet.
3,643306
ADJUSTABLE KNIFE BLADE FOR DRY FILTER CAKE
DISCHARGE
Theodore H. O'Chcskey, Whittier, CaUf., assignor to United
States Filter Corporation, Whittier, Calif.
FUed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,522
Int. CI. BOld 29/34
U3. CI. 210-327 8 Claims
An endless conveyor belt having an affinity for oil is
mounted on the bow of a barge and projects downwardly and
An elongated knife blade spans the surface of a filter leaf,
with its inner end making a loose fit around the central shaft
of the filter. After the filtration process, the blade is held sta-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1365
tionary and the filter leaf is rotated under it to remove the
filter cake which has accumulated on the leaf. The spacing
between the blade and the surface of the leaf is adjustable so
that the cake left on the leaf can be set to the desired
thickness. The leaf can be rotated relative to the blade during
filtration to continuously remove cake from the leaf and
thereby increase the concentration of solids in the liquid cir-
culated through the filter.
Box
3,643307
FILING CABINET
Harry F. Childs, Route 28 South Orieans Road, P.O.
427, Orleans, Mass.
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,249
Int CI. B42f / 7/00
U3. a. 211-10 1 Claim
A filing cabinet having a plurality of rows or tiers of open
compartments arranged in a novel manner such as to reduce
the overall height of the cabinet for accommodating a
predetermined number of compartments and to facilitate
placing and removing of articles into and from the compart-
ments.
3,643308
GRAVITY FEED MERCHANDISING RACK
James D. Ryan, and Raymond L. Hoagland, both of Fremont,
Mich., assignors to Gerber Products Company, FrenHMt,
Mich.
Filed Sept 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,481
Int. CI. A47f 5/00, 7/00
U3. CI. 21 1-49 D 10 Claims
lowermost side of the carton from where the containers are
removed.
3,643309
HOLDER FOR CREDIT CARD RECEIVING MACHINE
DavM H. Donnan, Corpus Christi, Tex., assignor to Guaranty
National Bank and Trust of Corpus Christi
FUed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,874
Int CI. A47f 7/00
U.S. CI. 211— 49 6 Claims
r
«
-/--
ii^ — -^^- -
W'^ifrt
^ ^
A receptacle having a plurality of bins underlying a tray
which receives a credit car imprinter. Charge forms are
placed in the bins. A pocket is formed in the rear of the
receptacle for accommodating an enlarged card for advertis-
ing or for explaining use of the imprinter.
3,643310
DEVICE FOR CARRYING AND SECURING SKI
EQUIPMENT
Samuel M. Highberger, 5543 Westwood Lane, Birmingham,
Mich.
Original anilkatkMi July 11, 1968, Ser. No. 744,197, now
Patent No. 3,568,902. DivMed and this appbcation Dec. 17,
1970, Ser. No. 99,173
Int CI. A47f 7/00
U3. CI. 211-60 SK 12 Claims
Flat-ended containers are shipped in cartons and arranged
therein in a single layer so that the flat sides rest on the car-
ton base. To merchandise the containers the carton tops are
removed, while the containers remain in the open box, and a
plurality of Cioxes are vertically stacked in a rack spacing the
cartons sufficiently to permit removal of the containers from
the cartons. The rack inclines the cartons so that the con-
tainers slide downwardly along the carton base towards the
A device for use in carrying and securing ski equipment in-
cluding a U-shaped member and a hinged member that is
lockable with respect to the U-shaped member after the U-
shaped member and hinged member are positioned around a
pair of skis that are disposed in back-to-back relationship.
The device also includes a pivotable member for locking ski
poles into a fixed position, the pivotable member being posi-
tioned so that a single locking plunger can tie together the U-
shaped member, the hinged member, and the pivotable
member thereby adapting the device to be carried or altenu-
tively secured to a fixed object.
1366
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643311
LOCKING GUN RACK
Gkn Howertoa, Rural Route, JuUaetta, Idaho
FIM Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,187
Iiit.Cl. A47b5//00
U.S. CI. 211-64
3,643,813
HOLDER FOR PRESSURE CYLINDERS
Robert J. Noooan, 1 178 West Seymour, Cindnnati, Ohio
FUed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,732
Int. CI. A47b 73100
3CIaiins U.S. CI. 211-75 I4CIaiiM
A rack securable within an automotive vehicle, the rack
being adaptable for supporting a plurality of rifles or shot-
guns, and the rack including a locking means for securing the
firearms and preventing theft thereof when the vehicle is
open.
3,643312
TUBE STORAGE RACK
Robert J. Mander, Mays Landing; Duanc E. Ranun, and
Robert J. Sinuns, both of Vindand, all of N J., assignors to
Owens-Dlinois, Inc.
Flkd June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,725
Int. CI. A47b 73100
U.S. CI. 211-74 2 Claims
^--H J
The holder for pressure cylinders comprises a series of
pocket-forming elements which are hinged to one another
and swingable relative to a fixed base member, so as to ena-
ble quick and easy release of spent cylinders for replacement
with charged cylinders.
3,643314
STORAGE RACKS
Stuart A. Martin, Euclid, Ohio, assignor to McNeil Corpora-
tion, Ak,ron, Ohio
FUed Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,440
Int CI. A47f 5100
U.S. CI. 211-177 6 Claims
A storage rack for culture tubes or similar tubular articles
is vacuum-formed from a plastic material, such as
polypropylene and comprises two separably connected ele-
ments, one being a boxlike member with upstanding
peripheral walls and a floor having a plurality of wells in
which to receive the lower end of culture tubes or such arti-
cles and restrain them against lateral displacement and which
also are provided with bottom drain openings for discharge
of condensation. The other separably connected element
which is in the form of a cover, or toppiece, separably at-
tachable to the upper margin of the upstanding peripheral
walls, has vertical, tube-receiving apertures with depending
guide sleeves which are coaxial with the wells and which aid
in initial placement of such tubes or articles in the rack.
Pigeonhole-type storage racks, shelves, stands and the like
constructed of a plurality of precast, molded or extruded
duplicate members, preferably of concrete secured together
by metal parts or members.
to McCabc-
3,643315
MOBILE DERRICK
Roy Baiogh, St Louis County, Mo.,
INiwers Body Company, St Louis, Mo.
Filed June 23, 1969, Ser. No. 835,445
Int CI. B66c
U3. CI. 212-1 11 Claims
A mobile derrick includes a chassis frame and a mast
frame rigidly mounted on the chassis frame. A mast is rigidly
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1367
secured to the mast frame and extends upwardly therefrom 3,643317 _,_,„-,„
for supporting a derrick at its upper end. A body is mounted COMBINATION STACKER-FEEIWER
over the chassis frame in a manner which permits it to be Boyd W. Rose, Riverride, CaW., aMignor to FMC Corpora-
tioo, San Joae, CaUf .
- FUed Sept 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,706
Int. CI. B65g 57130
MS. CI. 214—6 BA 13 Claims
free from rigid connection with the mast so as to allow the
mast mast frame, and chassis frame to deflect independently
of the body.
3,643316
STACKER FOR BAGS AND THE LIKE
Paul W. Jacobaen, Kid, Wis., assignor to H. G. Weber and
Company, Inc., Kid, Wis.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40317
Int CL B65g 57103
U3. CI. 214-6 H 10 Claims
5"
A combination stacker-feeder for filler flats which includes
a member for lifting the flats individually from a primary
conveyor onto a pair of opposed supports which are cammed
outwardly by the upwardly moving flat. When it is desired to
feed the flats individually from the supports, an endless chain
conveyor having spaced pusher lugs thereon is positioned
between the supports with its lower run in the plane of the
supports. The endless conveyor is intermittently energized by
the lifting of each flat so that the flat will be engaged by one
of the lugs to be slid off the supports and moved laterally of
the primary conveyor. When it is desired to stack the flats
upon the supports, the endless chain conveyor is arranged for
pivotal movement about one end thereof so that it can be
rotated completely out of the stacking area.
3,643318
STACKING DEVICE
Francis Gallucd, North Hunthigdon Township, Pa., assignor
to United SUtcs Sted Corporatioa
FUed Oct 30, 1970, Ser. No. 85,588
Int.CI. B65g 57// 0
U3. CI. 214—6 G 33 Claims
Counter and stacker for flat articles such as paper bags and
the like. The stacker includes a frame having laterally spaced
vertically extending side guides, which may be adjusted to
converge towards each other at their lower ends. Conveyor
chains move downwardly along the guides. The chains have
spaced flights extending horizontally therefrom towards each
other, with the flights extending from opposite chains re-
gistering with each other during downward travel of the
flights to provide separated downwardly movable platforms
spaced along the chains. The chains are driven by a Geneva
drive mechanism to provide dwells in downward travel of the
flights to accelerate and decelerate the flights and establish a
series of holding areas during the periods of dwell, and to ad-
vance the flights downwardly ahead of the articles stacked at
accelerated speeds when initially traveling from a holding
station. The stacker is driven by the bag machine at a speed
related to the delivery speed of the bag machine to effect the
stacking of a preselected number of bags and to thereby
count the bags stacked. The speed of the stacker may be
varied in accordance with the size of stacks selected.
34 M S4
A stacking device for a longitudinal member being trans-
ported along a predetermined path of movement is disclosed.
Arresting means are disposed along the predetermined path
of movement for arresting the longitudinal member adjacent
to a preselected location. The stacking device has a stacked
supporting means adjacent the preselected location on one
side of the predetermined path of movement A movable
guide means is disposed on the one side of the predetermined
path of movement and is operable to guide longitudinal
member from the predetermined path of movement and are
reciprocable between a rest position and a stacking position
to move the longitudinal member from the predetermined
path of movement over the guide means and onto the stack
supporting means. Elevating means are coimected to the
1368
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
movable guide means for moving the guide means, after
delivery of the longitudinal member to the stack supporting
means, so that the guide means is aligned with the top of the
stacked longitudinal member preparatory for the transfer of
another longitudinal member by the stacking device onto the
stacked longitudinal member on the stack-supporting means. VS. CI. 214—140
3,643321
FRONT LOADER-TYPE ROCK nCKER
Floyd W. Vid, P.O. Box 632, Billings, Mont
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Scr. No. 61,929
lot. CI. B65g 61100
9 Claims
3,643319
DISTRIBUTOR FOR SILAGE OR THE LIKE
Winston C. Hakomb, Route 2, Ridunond, Ky.
Filed Sept 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,944
Int. CI. B65g 65/32
U3.CI. 214— 17CB 10 Claims
A pyramidal-shaped body is rotatably mounted beneath
the outlet end of a silage supply pipe. Each side of the body
has a fin thereon with the fin being slightly divergent to a
junction between the side of the body on which the fm is
mounted and an adjacent side of the body remote from the
fin. The body is adjustably positioned relative to the outlet
end of the supply pipe in both vertical and angular directions.
3,643320
FLOW CONTROL BAFFLE FOR A BIN UNLOADER
Ronald W. Hammond, Villa Park, 111., assignor to A. O. Smith
Corporation, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 3,673
Int. CL B65g 65/44
U3. CI. 214-17 D 8 Claims
A rock picker attachment consisting of a crossbar adapted
to be pivotally connected to the end of a boom structure
swingably carried by the front portion of a tractor, the boom
structure being provided with hydraulic cylinders for pivoting
the crossbar around a transverse horizontal axis. Side-by-side
L-shaped members are adjustably clamped to the crossbar,
the L-shaped members having forwardly projecting bottom
arms defining prongs.
3,643322
CAN PALLETIZER
Thomas D. Birchall, Turiock, Calif., assignor to G. W. Hume
Company, Turiock, Calif.
Original appUcatkm July 16, 1968, Ser. No. 745,274, now
Patent No. 3,522390. Divkled and this appUcation Feb. 17,
1970, Ser. No. 14357
Int. CI. B65g 57/24
U.S. CI. 214— 152 10 Claims
,, ■■rVv - ^ rj
^^L_r
A flow control baffle is disposed over a conveyor operating
in a channel pit at the bottom of a storage bin. The baffle ex-
tends upward into the bin and has inclined baffle walls which
channel the stored material around the sides of the baffle
into the conveyor. The baffle has a bottom surface disposed
over the conveyor and has elongated ribs extending below
the bottom surface to establish the level of stored material in
the conveyor. A vibration motor assembly is used to agitate
the baffle independently of the conveyor.
In this automatic can palletizer cans are presented to a
long draper and moved thereby to the rear end of a normally
stationary short draper having at its forward end can clamps
normally holding a front row of cans. A stripper plate lies ad-
jacent the forward end of the short draper, and cans are
delivered to it at transfer time. A hoist supports a pallet
beneath the normal position of the stripper plate and raises a
pallet to a level slightly below the stripper plate. A switch on
the long draper releases the can clamps when a desired
number of cans have been backed up behind the front row,
and thereupon the short draper moves caiu onto said stripper
plate. Switches are actuated by the cans reaching a stripping
wall at the end of the stripper plate, and they reenergize the
can clamps, stop the short draper, and cause said stripper
plate to move out beneath the stripping end wall and drop
the cans onto the pallet or onto a layer of cans already on
said pallet, to make a palletized can layer. The hoist is then
lowered by the height of one layer of cans and is stopped.
The stripper plate then returns to its original position ad-
jacent the short draper. Each time the stripper plate reaches
its fiilly stripped position it picks up a paper sheet the size of
the area of the pallet, carries it with it on its return, and
releases the paper sheet over the layer of cans. After a
preselected number of layers has been deposited on the pal-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1369
let, the hoist is automatically lowered and the loaded pallel
transferred away from said hoist to a dock where it can be
picked up and moved elsewhere. Meanwhile, a stack of
empty pallets is retained adjacent the hoist, and one empty
pallet is transferred to the hoist as the filled pallet is being
transferred away therefrom, the empty pallet is then raised to
its uppermost position. During this pallet transfer operation,
the stripper plate is held in its stripped position, and as the
empty pallet is raised and nears its uppermost position, the
stripper plate is returned to its original pxjsition and deposits
on the empty pallet a sheet of paper.
the aperture into the chamber, a second hydraulic compact-
ing ram is located in said carrying chamber to plunge verti-
cally onto the refuse in said chamber. A hydraulic pressure
system is mounted on the chassis for operating the loading
ram and the refuse-compacting ram and is controlled by elec-
3,643323
MACHINE FOR UNLOADING RETORT CRATES
George Argyres, San Leandro, and Donald Clendenen, Fre-
mont, both of CaUf., assignors to Gcrber Products Com-
pany, Fremont, Mich.
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,838
Int. CI. B65g 65/34
U.S. CI. 214-310 5 Claims
>3 t S(
sr :
19 ',5 12^^-' »
i\ 0
trie switch means including ram movement limiting switches
and pressure limit switches to cyclically activate and deac-
tivate solenoid operated valves in said pressure system
whereby said loading ram and said compacting ram are con-
tinuously synchronously reciprocating.
A machine for unloading retort crates of the type wherein
successive stacked layers of containers can be exposed above
the crate sidewalls for unloading by elevating the false bot-
tom of the crate with respect to its sides. A bail mounted to
the machine sweeps elevated and exposed layers of con-
tainers off the crate and onto an adjoining, moving conveyor.
The bail in sweeping provides the containers with a substan-
tially uniform acceleration to the conveyor speed to minimize
the possibility of tipping the individual food containers in
their transfer from the retort crate to the conveyor. The con-
tainers are free floating in their movement with respect to the
bail so as to minimize the tendency of the individual con-
tainers to be broken or damaged during sweeping and to per-
mit the containers during movement of the bail to frictionally
orient themselves into a compacted mass. Provision is made
to drive the bail by direct coupling to a single hydraulic
cylinder.
3,643324
AUTOMATIC PACKER CYCLE FOR REFUSE-
CARRYING APPARATUS
Harvie C. Partridge, Port Credit, Ontario, Canada, assignor
to Smithpac Canada Ltd., Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,700
Int.Cl. B60p//2S
U3. CI. 214-510 1 Claim
A refuse carrying vehicle receives refuse into a receptacle
mounted thereon. An aperture extends through a wall of the
receptacle for alignment with a carrying chamber pivotally
mounted on the vehicle for movement between a horizontal
position and a tilted dumping position. A hydraulic ram
pushes refuse horizontally from within the receptacle through
3,643325
SIDE-LOADING ARTICLE-HANDLING ATTACHMENT
Edward Robert Zane, Jr., Greensboro, N.C., assignor to
BurUngton Industries, Inc., Greensboro, N.C.
Continuation of appikation Ser. No. 698,293, Jan. 16, 1968,
now abandoned. This appikation Dec. 1, 1969, Scr. No.
881,101
Int CI. B66f 9114
U.S. CI. 214-512 17 Claims
The side-loading article-handling means is in the form of
an attachment designed to be mounted on the vertically
movable fork of a conventional lift truck, such as a so-called
"order picker truck" or "hi-rider," and adjacent to the con-
ventional operator platform or cage customarily mounted on
the fork of such trucks. The article-handling attachment
comprises a carriage adapted to be moved at right angles to
the prongs of the fork, a turntable rotatably mounted on the
carriage, a mast structure rigidly secured to the turntable, a
second smaller carriage mounted on the mast for vertical
movement relative thereto, and an article-handling means
mounted on the second carriage. Hydraulic rams are
produced as exemplary structure for effecting the various
movements of the operative parts of the attachment, during
use, and they are operatively connected to the conventional
control panel, or the like, provided in the operator's cage, to
1370
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
be under the control of an operator as the fork is raised,
lowered, or held stationary during use.
3,643326
COMBINE CLEAN GRAIN ELEVATOR
Martin Earie Weakly, MoUnc, III., aarignor to Deere & Com- u^. ci. 214—762
pany, MoUne, 111.
Filed Sept 17, 1970, Scr. No. 73,048
InLCl. B63py/00
U.S.CL214— 519 6 Claims
3,643,828
AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR FRONT END
LOADER
James H. Elliott, 1441 Stoncygate Lane, Cohunbus, Ohio
Filed July 9, 1969, Scr. No. 840367
Int CI. E02f 3100
4 Claims
A hillside-type combine has a main separator body and an
elevated grain tank mounted on the main separator body in a
laterally overhanging disposition. A laterally extending auger-
type conveyor collects the clean grain at the bottom of the
body and feeds a first clean grain elevator, which extends up-
wardly alongside the body sidewall below the overhanging
grain tank. The first clean grain elevator feeds a downwardly
inclined chute which delivers the clean grain to a second
elevator disposed outwardly of the first, the bottom end of
the second elevator being substantially above the elevation of
the bottom of the first clean grain elevator and delivering the
grain upwardly along the lateral side of the grain tank to a
grain tank loading system.
3,643327
CLAMP ATTACHMENT FOR LIFT TRUCK AND THE
LIKE
David H. Link, Battle Creek, Mkh., assignor to Clark Equip-
ment Company
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,063
Int CI. B66f 9118
U.S. CI. 214-653 9 Claims
A clamp attachment especially for lift trucks in which the
elements of each of a pair of pivotal clamp pad and support-
ing clamp arm assembly provide a substantially coplanar and
continuous clamping surface.
Automatic control system for a front end loader utilizing a
bucket or fork at the end of a rigid boom. An automatic
digging and dumping cycle is in parallel operation with a
manual control system and which automatic control system
may be changed to manual by an operator or be preselected
for automatic or manual operation. Pressure sensitive means
are utilized to determine and control the position and at-
titudes of the various elements that perform the necessary
work functions.
3,643329
PRESSURE-RESISTANT PLASTICS BOTTLE
Otto Lachner, Kempten, Allgau, Germany, assignor to Lever
Brothers Company, New York, N.Y.
FUed Aug. 22, 1969, Scr. No. 852,315
Intel. B65d 7/02
U.S. CI. 215-1 C 5 Claims
FT
/-^
\.
^•'V ^-^
-rr^
A blow-molded plastics bottle for carbonated drinks has a
shoulder region, above a cylindrical main part, of height O.S
to 0.6 of the bottle height and formed with an externally con-
vex curvature, the radius of the curvature of which progres-
sively decreases from less than infinity adjacent the main part
to a value lying between O.S D and 2 D where D is the diame-
ter of the main part. Between the shoulder and a cylindrical
neck of the bottle is an externally concave curve of max-
imum radius 6 millimeters.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1371
3,643330
PACKAGING CONTAINER AND CLOSURE THEREFOR
Alfrvd W. Kinney, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to PhiUips
Petroleum Company
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 8,961
Int CI. B65d 51116, 43110, 21102
U3. CI. 220-44 R 5 Claims
3,643332
PULL TAB ARRANGEMENT FOR EASY-OPENING
CONTAINER
Nick S. KlMMiry, Worth, HI., assignor to Continental Can
Company, Inc., New Yorii, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 6, 1970, Scr. No. 61,529
Intel. B65d 7 7/24, 27/02
U3. CI. 220—54 4 Claims
etfer
A container having a closure retention shoulder is com-
bined with a closure having a retention bead. The closure is
formed so that the portion thereof between the closure rim
and the retention bead grips the portion of the container
between the retention shoulder and the container rim to
secure the closure to the container. The container wall sec-
tion between the points of the rim and retention shoulder is
substantially straight and at least approximately parallel to
and positioned at least closely adjacent to a line through the
points of contact at the retention shoulder and rim. This con-
tainer wall section and a substantially parallel second wall
section below the retention shoulder can serve as upper and
lower stacking shoulders for the container.
3,643331
CONTAINER FOR LIGHT-SENSITIVE PARTICULATE
SOLIDS
Lee A. Casper, 323 Cherry Bend, Mcrkm, Pa.
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,599
Int. CI. B65d 47/00
U3. CI. 220—42 B 4 Claims
A container for light-sensitive particulate solids is generally
cylindrical with opaque walls and top. The latter may be of
any of the conventional dispensing types. The bottom, how-
ever, is of transparent material and is preferably in the form
of a clear plastic plug. When stored normally on a shelf, the
contents are shielded from light. However, when the con-
tainer is renwved temporarily from its position of rest on a
horizontal surface, the contents may be observed through the
transparent bottom.
An easy opening container having a pull tab including a
ring portion and pair of fulcrum legs straddling the weaken-
ing line defining a removable panel portion. The pull tab in-
cludes an attachment panel hingedly cormected to the ring
portion and between the fulcrum legs. The attachment por-
tion receives a rivet formed integral with the removal panel
portion. Cooperating means are formed on the pull tab and
the panel for minimizing the stresses on the integral rivet.
Wells disposed below the ends of the fulcrum legs reduce the
force required to tilt the pull tab to a position in which the
legs are the ends of a fulcrum lever.
3,643333
EASY OPENING CONTAINER WALL
Ermal C. Fraze, 355 West Stroop Road, Dayton, Ohio, and
Franklin C. Eickenhorst, Mason, Ohk>, assignors to Ermal
C. Fraze, Dayton, Ohio, a part interest
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873389
Int. CI. B65d7 7/24
U3. CI. 220-54 7 Claims
An easy opening container wall including a main score line
in the container wall defining a panel removable therefrom
and a tab connected to the panel to initiate severance of the
panel. A plurality of generally radially extending secondary
score lines are formed in the panel and sections of the panel
are preferably axially offset relative to each other.
3,643334
ACID DISPENSERS FOR DRY-CHARGED BATTERIES
Anthony Sabathio, St Paul, Minn., assignor to GouM Inc., St
Paul, Minn.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Scr. No. 879359
Int CI. B67d 5108
U3. CI. 222-54 11 Claims
An acid dispenser with a perforated tube mixing channel
and two openings each of which is sealed by means of a
rubber gasket held in place by a water-soluble pellet. The
1372
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
dispenser is placed inside a battery. When water is added to
the battery the pellet dissolves releasing the gasket and allow-
ing the acid within the container to mix with the water in the
channel and in the battery.
3,643335
AUTOMATIC LIQUID PROPORTIONER
Leonard G. Popinski, Chicago, 111., assignor to The Nediog
Company, Chicago, Dl.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 739,806, June
25, 1968, now Patent No. 3,528,587. This application Feb.
13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,132
Int CI. B67d 5108
U.S. CI. 222-56 13 Claims
An automatic liquid proportioner device for simultane-
ously feeding a predetermined amount of one liquid and a
predetermined amount of another liquid into a beverage
dispenser machine to provide a beverage comprising a mix-
ture of said liquids.
3,643336
PROGRAMMED TIMER DEVICE AND DISPENSING
APPARATUS INCORPORATING SAME
William Graymn Hunt, 322 McRae St, Laurinburg, N.C.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,251
Int CI. B67d 5120
MS. CI. 222—70 8 Claims
A self-contained and readily f)ortable apparatus for at ad-
justably variable desired times dispensing desired amounts of
liquid-spray or other material from containers such as pres-
surized aerosol cans, the apparatus including a drive motor
and a driven linkage effective upon actuation and during
each cycle of operation of the drive motor to momentarily
depress the container's spring-biased discharge valve. The
frequency at which cycles of operation are instituted is ad-
justable and is controlled by a novel timer device including a
clockworks mechanism having an hour hand output shaft
uF>on which is mounted a disc element having on one surface
a plurality of electrically conductive segments arranged in
circular sets concentric with and at varying radial distances
from the central axis of the disc, the circumferential spacing
between the segments being equal within each set and dif-
ferent from set to set An electric contact is mounted for ad-
justment radially of the disc surface so as to overlie any
desired set of conductive segments thereon, and so as to
sequentially and periodically engage the segments of such set
during disc rotation Engagement between the contact and a
conductive segment completes a circuit including the drive
motor and its power source, which comprises a battery pack
from which the clockworks mechanism is also energized, in-
stituting a cycle of operation. The cycle is terminated by en-
gagement between a switch element in the circuit and a cam
member of the motor-driven linkage. Intermediate successive
cycles of operation, a second contact engaging the disc sur-
face actuates the motor momentarily to disengage the cam
member and the switch
3,643,837
COMBINATION CONTAINER-DISPENSER FOR VISCOUS
MATERIALS
Ronald A. Green, 559 North OUve St., Orange, Calif.
FUed Aug. 25, 1%9, Ser. No. 852,560
Int. CI. B65d 35128
U.S. CI. 222- 101 13 Claims
A combination container-dispenser for viscous materials
comprising an elongated tubular container which is open
along one side thereof, the ends of the container along the
open side extending inwardly of the container. A roller or
slider having first and second grooves therein is positioned
within the container so that the inwardly extending ends of
the container project into the grooves. By confining the
viscous material within the container and by providing an
opening in one end of the container, movement of the roller
or slider forces the viscous material out of the opening. In ad-
dition, the interlocking connection between the ends of the
container and the grooves in the roller or slider eliminates
the need for a rigid, nondistortable container. Finally, a novel
closure, including a slider which cooperates with an opening
in the container, eliminates the standard nozzle and cap.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1373
3,643338
FOOD SEASONER APPARATUS
WUford W. Alien, 323 VifU PI., Los Angdes, Calif.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,127
Intel. A47g 79/24
U3.CI. 222— 161
member and a pair of resilient catches which project from
one end of the member to engage a sleeve of material to be
everted. The catches engage and pull the end of the fabric
3 Claims
A commercial solid-particle food seasoner has a thin wall
right cylinder length, each cylinder end being closed, the
cylinder length and the closures cooperatively form the wall
of a seasoning container. At least one seasoning filling aper-
ture is formed in the container wall and has a detachable
sealing closure. A multiplicity of seasoning-dispensing aper-
tures are disposed in the cylinder length wall area bounded
by a minor cylinder arc and the cylinder length. The season-
ing container has a shaft coaxially secured to the pair of end
closures and a container support shaft mount cooperatively
holding the container in a superimposed horizontal position
above a food preparation area. A handle secured to the shaft
adapts the container to shaking and dispensing the contained
seasoning.
3,643339
FERTILIZER SPREADER MARKING SYSTEM
James R. King, 6804 Capstan Drive, Annandaic, Va.
Filed July 9, 1969, Ser. No. 840,417
Int CI. AOlc 75/00
U3. CI. 222—177 15 Claims
i
sleeve within the end of the tubular member. The sleeve can
be everted by sliding the remainder of the sleeve over the
end of the tube where the end of the sleeve is caught by the
catches.
3,643341
HANGER
Walter H. Rhindress, 62 North Harbor Drive, Ocean Ridge,
Fla.
nied Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,099
Int CI. A47j 57/72
U3. CI. 223-95 4 Claims
A method and apparatus for marking the coverage of a
lawn spreader are disclosed wherein one or more spikes are
attached to the wheel of said spreader, which spikes serve to
lift tufts of thatch to provide the guide lines. The spikes are
mounted for radial movement and resiliently biased out-
wardly to allow retraction for free movement of the wheels
over sidewalks or the like. The spikes are carried on an in-
tegral hoop having a guide box for each spike and the
resilient means is in the form of a spring steel hoop engaging
the upper portion of the spikes.
A hanger having spring-loaded means for gripping the
inner waistband of trousers and a projecting arm for receiv-
ing folded Irouser legs particularly for bedside use, inside the
waistband to keep the pants smooth, permit wrinkles to fall
out, and prevent the pockets from emptying; at the same
time permitting the leg portions to be folded over the arm in
order to present a very short profile, such that they can be
hung along one's bedstand.
3,643340
DEVICE FOR EVERTING A SLEEVE OF FLEXIBLE
MATERLU.
Placide N. LeBlanc, 194, Jerry Road, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. Na 66,434
Int CI. A41h 43100
U3. CI. 223— 42 11 Claims
A device for everting a sleeve of fabric material without in-
jury to the material. The device is comprised of a tubular
3 643342
CLAW MECHANISM FOR ADVANCING A PERFORATED
RECORD CARRIER ALONG A PATH
Johan van dcr Maaden, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands,
assignor to U3. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,707
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Jan. 24, 1%9,
6901273
Int CI. G03b7 /22
U3. CL 226—71 6 Claims
A claw mechanism for advancing a perforated record car-
rier, in particular a film, in a cinematograph film projector.
/
1374
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
which mechanism comprises a pivotable arm arranged paral-
lel to the direction of advance and a forked claw member
which is arranged at right angles to the direction of advance
and is hinged to the arm, the claw member being moved by a
an assembly of holdback rolls and the fabric is elongated dur-
ing its passage through the assembly of rolls. Torque is ap-
plied to the shafts of the rolls through friction clutches which
slip when a predetermmed torque is exceeded, the clutches
•*0T - ItWITCNIIrt UWIT
*
»'.
19 13 '^20
continuously revolving crank pin which engages between the
teeth of the fork, whilst the arm with the fork can be moved
towards and away from the record carrier by means of an
electromagnet in order to vary the speed of advance.
being adjusted so that the rolls accommodate their speeds to
variations in the speed of the web due to the elongation of
the material without slippage taking place between the web
and the rolls.
3 643343 3,643345
YARN SUPPLY CHAMBER APPARATUS FOR FEEDING STRIP STOCK
Jiri Havlas; Premysl Kostdecky; Zdenek Holy, all of Uhmc; ^^^ ^ ">^*P*' ^^^ Tenn., assignor to PhilUps Industries,
Jeromir Rydk), Vesec u Liberee, and Vlastimil Rejnart, ^•' FranW«rt, Ind.
Krizany, all of Czechoslovakia, assignors to Elitex, Zavody
textilniho strojirenstvi generalni rediteistvi, Liberec,
Czechoslovakia
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,072
Clains priority, appUcatioo Czechoslovakia, Feb. 21, 1970,
1258/69
Int. CI. B65h/ 7/i2
VS. CI. 226—97 9 Claims
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886,186
Int. CI. B65h 17/36
U3.CI. 226— 145
4ClaiaK
A yam supply chamber formed of regularly displaced,
generally longitudinally extending bars connected at one end
by a yam introducing mechanism and at the other end by a
closure having a yam discharge orifice. The bars may be
disposed at an angle of from about O''to 20° with respect to
the longitudinal axis of the chamber, the chamber preferably
increasing in diameter in the direction of passage of yam
therethrough. The chamber virtually eliminates the formation
of loops in the yam reserve supply. Upon the interruption of
the feeding of yam into the chamber while continuing its
withdrawal, the discharge end of the chamber remains sub-
stantially uniformly filled with yam.
3,643344
APPARATUS FOR TENSIONING FABRIC
Edward E. Hunter, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Goodyear
Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Division of Ser. No. 616337, Feb. 15, 1967,
Pat. No. 3,517,425
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 22,727
Int. CL B65h 23/18
U3. a. 226— 111 9 Claims
Apparatus for tensioning fabric such as tire cord fabric in
which the fabric is pulled through one or more treatment
chambers under substantial tension. The tension is created in
Strip stock feeding apparatus including a pair of diaphragm
operated clamps, one movable and one stationary. A fluid
cylinder is arranged to move the movable clamp back and
forth. The two clamps are alternately actuated at the same
time as the fluid cylinder so as to hold the stock in position
while the movable clamp moves in one direction and so as to
move the stock with the movable clamp as it moves in the
opposite direction. Coil straightening rollers and guiding rol-
lers are also provided.
3,643346
TEMPORARY STOP DEVICE FOR TAPE RECORDER
Yoshiro Kato, Yokohama, and Kimio Uno, Kamakura, both of
Japan, assignors to Victor Company of Japan, Limited,
Yokohama, Japan
FUed June 19, 1969, Ser. No. 834,767
Claims priority, application Japui, June 22, 1968, 43/5239
Int. CLB65h 17/22
VS. CI. 226—181 4 Claims
A temporary stop device for tape recorder temporarily or
transiently stopping the mnning of a tape by parting a pinch
roller from a rotating capstan which is contacted with the
pinch roller by compression and thereafter instandy running
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1375
the tape by contacting the pinch roller with the capstan. Con- opposite surfaces of the movmg body of glass. The axes of
tacting and parting operations of the pinch roller with and the roUers are substantially perpendicular to the direction of
from the capstan are made by a cam means. A cam operation glass movement and two ue members interconnect the ends
^9 21 n /^J24 44 37 35
30 ae
switch and a tape mnning indication part are housed in a
remote control part at some distance apart from the tape
recorder body.
3,643347
DEVICE FOR GRIPPING AND MOVING A FELLED TREE
Charles E. McEMerry, C/O Mack Welding Co. Inc., 9206
Grand Ave. PL, Duludth, Minn.
Original appttoition Dec. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 781,148, now
Patent No. 3,572,410. Divided and this application Dec. 28,
1970, Ser. No. 101,591
Int. CI. B65b/ 7/20
VS. CL 226- 186 6 Claims
of the rollers of each pair, the tie members being pivotable
about their axes which are parallel to the roller axes, and
biassing means are provided to bias the members about the
pivot axes so that the moving body of glass is gripp>ed.
3,643,849
TAPE GUIDE
Clyde D. Roberts, Sapulpa, Okla., assignor to Midwestern In-
struments, Inc., Tulsa, Okla.
Filed Feb. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 13,953
Int. CI. B65h 23/32
VS. CI. 226-199 4 Claims
A support means, a tree delimber unit having articulated
arcuate limb cutting blades for placement about a felled tree,
a pair of tree-cutting blades in alignment with the articulated
blades together with gripping rollers positioned on the sup-
port means intermediate of and in alignment with the articu-
lated limb-cutting blades and the tree-cutting blades for
gripping and moving a felled tree through said limb-cutting
blades and to the tree-cutting blades.
3,643348
GLASS GRIPPING DEVICES
Harry Haller, Warley, England, assignor to Chance Brothers
Limited, Warley, England
Filed Dec. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 887,582
ClainH priority, appUc^tioa Great Britain, Jan. 2, 1969,
371/69
Int.CLB65h7//22
VS. CL 226-186 2 Claims
A device for gripping a moving body of glass comprises
two pairs of rollers supported for rotation about parallel axes
and which engage between the rollers constituting each pair,
This invention relates to a tape guide for guiding a mag-
netic tape and includes means of aligning the tape by apply-
ing slight continuous pressure to one edge so that the other
edge contacts at all times a fixed edge member, the means
for urging the tape including a movable edge member dis-
placeable in a direction towards the fixed edge member and
including resilient means urging the movable edge member
towards the fixed edge member.
3,643350
PIN-DRIVING TOOL
Kum^i Endo; Fumio Ebisawa, and Masao Muratani, all of
Yokohama-shi, Japan, assignors to Japan Drive-It Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
FUed Dec 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 885,528
IntCLB25c7/74
VS. CL 227-8 3 Claims
A pin-driving tool actuated by explosive forces is shown.
The tool includes a housing having an explosive chamber
1376
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
thercwithin, pin support means operatively connected with
said explosive chamber, and a cartridge selectively contained
within said explosive chamber. A connecting cylinder is
mounted upon the housing and contains an actuating lever
therewithin which, by movement of the handle, controls a
3,643352
NABL CHUCK
Adam V. Kowalczyk, 84-33 Pendope Ave., Rego Purk, N.Y.
Original appUcation Jan. 1 1, 1965, Ser. No. 494,467, now
Patent No. 3,514,467, dated May 26, 1970. Divided and this
application May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,535
Int CI. B27f 7102
U.S. CI. 227-149 4 Claims
3A-^_-JA ^
control lever. The control lever in turn abuts a forwardly
biased spring-loaded ram which, in turn is adapted to strike a
firing pin. A safety hook is provided which prevents the con-
trol lever from moving if the probe to which it is connected
projects from the tool and the tool is not in abutting relation-
ship with work.
3,643351
SKIN STAPLER
David T. Green, Nomralk, and Graham W. Bryan, Ridgefield,
both of Conn., assignors to United States Surgical Corpora-
tion, Baltimore, Md.
FUed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,822
InL CI. B25c5//0, 5//6
U.S. CI. 227-19 41 Claims
A surgical instrument for applying sterilized staples from a
disposable staple-carrying cartridge to the disunited skin of a
patient in order to effect a joining of the skin. The instrument
consists of an anvil adapted to lie flush with the skin, a
disposable cartridge housing a plurality of staples which are
to be folded around the anvil, and a pusher for bending the
staples around the anvil. The pusher is U-shaped with cham-
fers on the arms thereof to effect the bending with a
minimum of force. A gas-powered unit serves to eject and
form the staples in a neat and uniform manner. A novel
disposable gas cartridge is also disclosed.
Nail chuck comprismg a pair of pivoted jaws forming a
bore therebetween, the jaws pivoting about pivot points to
permit a punch to drive a nail out of the chuck, the points
being adjacent the upper ends of the jaws.
3,643353
FLUX BACKUP UNIT
James J. Htller, Jennings, Mo., assignor to Valley Sted
Products Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,857
Int. CI. B23ky/00
U.S. CI. 228-41 9 Claims
A flux backup unit applies a continuous flow of granular
flux to the underside of a joint as a weld is made at that joint.
The backup unit includes a hopper, an open top container
within the hopper, and a feed screw for lifting the flux from
the bottom of the hopper to the container. The continuous
flow of flux into the container causes the container to remain
full as the joint is moved relative to it so that the joint is con-
tinuously backed with flux. The excess flux introduced into
the container overflows into the hopper and is thereby auto-
matically recirculated through the container by the feed
screw.
3,643354
PAINT CONTAINER
Gordon W. Holmes, 1475 Larchvicw TraU, Port Cr«dit, On-
tario, Canada
FUed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,050
Int CI. B65d 5160
U.S. CI. 229— 14 B 1 Clahn
A container for paints and like liquids comprises a carton
erected from a collapsible tubular blank, a rectangular lid
which is secured to the top of the carton, and a flexible bag
^BRUARY 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1877
having an opening which is peripherally sealed to a skirt de- cHi^SS^mNTAINFR
pending from the lid within the carton. The carton can be BULK SHffPWG CONTAINER ^
^ * Chandler H. Jones, Memphis, Tenn., assignor to Owens-D-
linois. Inc.
Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. Na 65,016
^/ ,u-« InL CI. B65d J/J2, 5/56
/ L U.S. a. 229-37 R 7 Claims
stored in a flat condition prior to assembly, and the lid and
bag assembly can also be stored in a flat condition.
3,643355
MOULDED CONTAINER
David Donaldson, Wibnington, Del., assignor to Container
Corporation of America, Chicago, III.
Filed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,896
Int CI. B65d 1124, 1136
U.S. CI. 229-2.5 3 Claims
A bulk shipping package including an outer container con-
structed of suitable sheet material, such as corrugated paper-
board, from a flat blank property slit and scored and set up in
parallelepiped form usually with the final connector joint for
the adjacent end extremities of the blank at one of the verti-
cal connectors of the package, an insert sleeve of triple wall
corrugated paperboard, and a unique connector joint which
provides increased strength to prevent failure of the papkage.
3,643,857
PLASTIC EGG PACKAGE
Hikoji Noguchi, No. 1251-10, Oaza-Narabashi, Yamato-cbo,
KiUtamo-gun, Tokyo-to, Japan
Tiled Sept 30, 1%9, Ser. No. 862,324
Int. CI. B65d 85132
U3. CI. 229-44 R 1 Claim
A moulded container, particularly for the packaging of
frangible articles, such as eggs. The container is charac-
terized by a tray having a plurality of cup-shaped cells
formed therein, each receiving one of a number of similar ar-
ticles, which may vary in size and contour, but each having a
transverse cross section which is essentially circular. Each of
the cells has at least one planar surface therein resulting in a
diametrical distance which is less than the normal diameter
of said cell in a plane normal to the longitudinal axis of said
cell. The thickness of the moulded material at such planar
surface is less than the thickness of the material forming the
cell, so that when the cell is loaded, and the article contacts
the planar surface, the latter deflects the larger articles, and
increases materially the amount of wedging of the article as it
approaches the bottom of the cell. The deflection of the
thinner planar surfaces of the cell thus absorbs energy and
minimizes rebound of the egg. By reason of such deflection, a
range of different sized articles may be accommodated suc-
cessfully.
An egg package made of transparent synthetic resin in-
cluding a bottom portion and a cover joined together at one
side, both the bottom and cover containing carrier concavi-
ties for holding eggs, said concavities having lateral ribs
therein for contacting the eggs and spaces between the
flanges of the bottom and cover to permit circulation of air
around the eggs.
3,643358
FOLDING COMPARTMENTED HLE
Jonas Deckys, 19155 66th PI. N j:., Seattle, Wash.
Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,557
Int. CI. B65d 27108
MS. CI. 229-72 10 Claims
A three compartment file folded from a single blank. The
blank, and file folded therefrom, includes a plurality of
1378
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
panels and Haps, along with foldlines and expanding folds.
The assembled file incorporates an expanding closure flap to
overlie the three compartments and a locking flap to lock the
closure flap closed.
3,643^59
SHOPPER CALCULATOR AND COMPARISON DEVICE
George R. Kreisd, Jr., 4719 Parkman Ct, Annandale, Va.
FIM Aug. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 62^01
Int CI. G06c 3100
U.S. CI. 235-88 28 Claims
to ride on either wheel of the cart to drive a reduction gear
mechanism as the cart wheel rotates, the output of which is
connected to a pointer which rotates around a dial to accu-
rately and visually indicate the yardage traveled by the cart.
The pointer is frictionally connected to the gear mechanism
output shaft to permit a manual resetting of the F>ointer to
any mark on the dial without affecting the gear mechanism.
The indicator is provided with adjustable mounting means to
compensate for different cart designs and different diameters
and tracks of cart wheels.
3,643361
FLUIDIC THRESHOLD GATE
Herbert M. Eckerlin, Raleigh, N.C., assignor to Coming Glass
Works, Coming, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 2, 1%9, Ser. No. 881,537
Int. CI. G06d 5100
U.S. CI. 235-201 1 1 Claims
This disclosure relates to a calculator and comparison
device for use by shoppers in determining the most economi-
cal brand or package of a variety of brands or sizes of the
same product. The device has a center disc which has a series
of logarithmic scales which are marked-off in indicia of dol-
lars and cents values, and an outer disc which is carried on
the center disc which has a logarithmic scale measured in
standard weight measure units. The outer disc is smaller in
diameter than the center disc thus permitting the scales on
the center and outer discs to be read simultaneously. The
center disc and the outer disc are rotatable with respect to
each other about their center axis. A transparent member is
rotatably secured on the outer disc and is associated v^th the
center and outer discs. The transparent member has a scale
marked-off in indicia of units, cans, boxes, etc. The scale on
the transparent member may be superimposed over the
scales on the center and outer discs, thereby permitting the
three scales to be read and used simultaneously. Some means
to reduce friction is provided between the center and outer
discs so that the outer disc and transparent member can be
rotated together about the center axis of the disc without
moving the center disc.
3,643360
YARDAGE INDICATOR FOR HANDCART
Robert H. Murphy, Jr., 6242 Lake Forest, and William G.
Goetz, 6346 Tangiewood, both of Grand Blanc, Mich.
Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,123
Int. CI. GOlc 22100
U.S. a. 235—95 2 Claims
A yardage indicator to be mounted on a manually driven
handcart, such as a golf cart, having a friction wheel adapted
A fluidic logic gate utilizing the principles of threshold log-
ic. This type of fluidic gate, which realizes complex logical
functions with fewer gates than conventional fluidic logic
gates, consists basically of the following types of components:
diverters or fluidic inverters which perform a selective inhibit
function, passive summing junctions, a proportional fluid am-
plifler and a threshold biased bistable fluid amplifler.
3,643362
AUTOMATIC DAMPER ON REGISTER FOR
COMBINATION HEATING-COOLING SYSTEM
Charles H. Byme, 540 Orange Ave., South San Frandsoo,
CaUf.
Filed Jan. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 5,174
Int. CI. G05d 23102
U3. CI. 236— 1 lOCIirfms
An airflow-controlling damper mechanism consisting of a
fixed frame in which a damper flap frame is rotatably
mounted. The flap frame has damper segments pivoted
therein on radial axes. A drive shaft is joumaled axially in the
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1379
fixed frame and has a drive gear meshing with gear segments and substanUally complementing the rail profile. RestJiig
carried by the damper segments. Respective thennorespon- upon the support members andosecured thereto, are filler
sive torsion springs connect the flap frame and the drive shaft plate members which extend between the two rails and out-
through the fixed fi-ame, one being responsive to the tern- wardly from either rail. Inasmuch as the filler plate members
» s/
rt
TT'
perature of incoming air and the other being responsive to
the temperature of room air, whereby to open or close the
damper segments in accordance with the relative tempera-
tures of the incoming air and the room air.
3,643363
COMBINATION CONTROL DEVICE HAVING A
HYDRAUUC HIGH LIMIT VALVE ASSEMBLY
John W. Wright, Long Beach, Calif., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Rkhmond, Va.
Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,078
Int CL GOSd 16116
U3. CI. 236-80 13 Qalms
do not directly contact the rail, and therefore do not need to
be elaborately profiled, the filler plate members may be con-
structed of concrete, thereby effecting a great cost saving
over known cast-iron filler plates.
3,643365
VEHICLE TRACK FOR USE IN TOY BUILDING KITS
Wolfgang Mutz, Domstetten; Tbeodor Killgus, Freodcnstadt,
and Artur Fischer, Altbeimer Str. 219 D-7241, TumUngen,
all of Germany, assignors to sakl Fischer, by sakl Mutz and
Killgus
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,090
Claims priority, applkatkm Germany, May 19, 1969, P 19 25
377.1
Int CI. A63hy 9/iO
U3. CI. 238— 10 F 16 Claims
^S^J^P^=^
A combination control device for main and pilot burner
apparatus having a differential pressure operated diaphragm
valve operated by an internal bleed line which is subject to
pressure regulation, thermostatic on-off control, and high-
temperature shutoff regulation. The pressure regulation,
thermostatic on-off control, and high-temperature regulation
features are independently provided by individual valve as-
semblies so as to increase the overall fail-safe characteristics
of the combined device, the high-temperature valve assembly
including a hydraulic snap acting mechanism actuated by a
closed hydraulic system charged v«th a gas vapor having a
vapor pressure which is less than atmospheric pressure for
enabling rapid fiiel flow cutoff upon the occurrence of a
preselected excessive ambient temperature and for assuring
fuel cutoff in the event of a rupture of the hydraulic system.
A vehicle track for use in toy building kits of the type in-
cluding connectable structural elements having interengagea-
ble connectors, has at least one elongated strip-shaped track
member provided in its transversely spaced longitudinally ex-
tending margins writh a plurality of slots spaced lengthwise of
the track member and extending transversely of the latter.
The slots may either extend from one margin towards but not
quite to the other margin, or they may alternately extend
from opposite margins substantially to the midpoint between
the margins. The track member is thereby subdivided into a
plurality of connected sections which may be angularly dis-
placed relative to one another if the track member is bent in
its plane for imparting to the track member a straight or a
curved configuration as desired. Connecting means provided
on the sections of the track member is interengageable with
the connectors of the structural elements.
3 643364
RAILROAD GRADE CROSSING
Hans Ziegler, SchurtannenstrasM 21, 9400 Rorschach, Swit-
zerland
Filed Nov. 18, 1%9, Ser. No. 877,607
Cbdms priority, applkatkm Switzerland, Nov. 19, 1968,
17246/68
Int CL EOlb 2100
U3. a. 238-8 9 Claims
A novel railroad grade crossing is disclosed comprising
elongated support members secured to each side of each rail
3,643366
REVERBERATING UQUID DISCHARGE DEVICE
John O. Hruby, Jr., Burbank, Calif., aarignor to Rahi Jet
Corp., Burbank, Calif.
ContinuatkHHin-part of appttcatkm Ser. No. 686,410, Nov.
29, 1967, now Patent No. 3,547^51, dated Dec 5, 1970. This
appUcatkM June 15, 1970, Ser. Na 46,400
Intel. BO5b7/0S
U3. a. 239-101 3Claini8
A liquid discharge device having no moving parts which in-
herently reverberates and pulsates liquid being discharged
1380
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
therefrom, is especially adapted to provide unusually precise surrounding the flaps being moved cixially along the jet pipe.
control over the degree and extent of the reverberation and Between the shroud and each of the flaps there is provided a
cam and roller device to convert the movement of the shroud
into that of the flaps The shroud comprises walls extending
at a boat tail angle and in relatively close proximity to the
pulsation as well as over the nature and extent of the
discharge pattern.
3,643367
SELF-PROPELLED IRRIGATION SYSTEM
Rudolph N. Thktjc, 1744 S. Daytoa PI., Kennewick, Wash.
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,903
InLCI. B05bi//5
U.S. CI. 239-183 11 Claims
A supply conduit is positioned across a Held to be ir-
rigated. The conduit has a slit formed along its length and a
displaceable seal is located in sealing relation with the slit. A
water commutator rides along the conduit and has riders
connected thereto which depress that portion of the seal
upon which the commutator is riding thereby allowing water-
flow from the conduit to the commutator. Sprinkler supply
pipes communicating with the commutator mount means for
driving the sprinkler supply pipe and the commutator along
the length of the supply conduit. The drive means comprises
wheels powered by pressured water in the sprinkler supply
pipes.
3,643368
JET NOZZLE
David Roberts McMurtry, Bristol, England, assignor to RoUs-
Roycc Limited, Derby, England
Filed June 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 45,526
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 6, 1969,
30,997/69
Int. CI. B64c 15106
U.S. a. 239-265 J9 4 Claims
The disclosure of this invention pertains to a jet nozzle for
a gas turbine engine wherein the throat diameter of the noz-
zle is defined by the downstream end of an annular arrange-
ment of flaps connected to a jet pipe and pivoted by a shroud
21 20
flaps, from the position of maximum throat diameter to a
larger diameter upstream thereof, each wall extending
between two adjacent said cam and roller devices, and each
of these devices is housed by a strake connected to the ad-
jacent walls. Tlie arrangement of the walls and the strakes
ensures low-base drag.
3,643,869
CONVERTIBLE LAWN SPRINKLER
Marvin E. I.ightfoot, Pacific Marina-Caravel Apt. #204,
Alameda, Calif.
Filed Sept 16, 1970, Ser. No. 72,660
Int. CI. B05b 15100
\\ U.S. CI. 239-289 7 Claims
A sprinkler head of modem design is enclosed within a
closed split housing that includes oppositely disposed wall
sections connected to a base. Snap action springs selectively
cause the outward rotation of the wall sections so that the
wall sections become inverted and forcefully raise the base
up off the ground. This elevates the sprinkler head above the
ground and increases the irrigation efficiency thereof. A wall
section of the housing carries indicia thereon indicating the
name and location of a residence. With a ck>sed housing
placed on a lawn ground surface, the indicia becomes visible.
3,643370
LIQUID-ATOMIZING DEVICES
Ronald D. H. Saonders, Clitheroe, England, assignor to
Joseph Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,649
Int CI. B05b 7110
U.S. CI. 239-403 l Claim
A liquid-fuel-atomizing device comprises a tubular body
open at both ends and having inclined blades mounted within
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1881
one end to impart a swirling motion to air passing through
the body. Fuel is supplied through nozzles which are directed
towards the faces of the blades which are, in use, at the
higher pressure.
3,643371
TORCH APPARATUS
Edward L. Hamemik, and Frank T. Kawamoto, both of Min-
neapolis, Minn., assignors to Tescom Corporation, Min-
neajwlis, Minn.
Filed Jan. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 7,173
Int.CI.F23d 77/76
U3. CI. 239— 419 J 7 Claims
'liuuI ...,J..iT.-
^^:^n5-^:<^
tor rings with outlet ports are positioned between the
spreader and the hopper. The hood has a plurality of ejection
openings arranged around the disc to receive granular or
powdery material which is first passed through the ports in
the distributor rings and then propelled by the disc. Outlets
in distributor arms are located dovmstream from the
openings at varying distances from the disc. Air inlets are
provided in the hood adjacent the spreader disc so that air
can be drawn in and expelled by the rotating disc, carrying
the granular or powdery material being spread. An internal
web of guide segments within the hood divide the openings
from one another and assist to dispense even amounts of
material received from the hopper. BafRes are located near
the outlets to guide ejected material towards the ground.
3,643373
PROCESS FOR FRAGMENTING SCRAP METAL
Robert George, Liege, Belgium, assignor to George & Cie
S.P.R.L., Liege, Belgium
Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828^83
Claims priority, application Belgium, July 25, 1968, 41957
Int. CI. B02c 79/72
U3. CI. 241-3 5 Claims
Torch apparatus that includes a torch head having a torch
bore, a mixer in the torch bore, a torch tip, a collar on the
torch tip and a head nut threaded on the torch head to,
through the collar, retain the seating surface of the torch tip
against the seating surface of the mixer. A mixer cutting ox-
ygen passageway at each end respectively opens to a cor-
responding passageway in the torch head and the torch tip.
Torch head preheat oxygen and fuel gas passageways open to
oxygen-fuel gas passageways in the mixer which in turn opens
to an annular groove in the torch tip, the torch tip oxygen-
fuel gas passageways opening to the groove. The tip seating
surface is recessed from the flanged edge of the collar.
3,643372
DEVICE FOR SPREADING GRANULAR OR POWDERY
MATERIAL
Eiwood Lcc Smith, Elm City, N.C., assignor to The Ldy Cor-
poration, Wilson, N.C.
Filed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,733
Int CI. AOlc 15104
U3. CI. 239—655 19 Claims
A spreading device including a hopper, a rotatable
spreader disc and a hood beneath the hopper, the hood sur-
rounding the disc. Within the hood, tumable feed or distribu-
6
15 M
1 , ff- — — r ^-^,
? 1 3 C^
1Q
> III 1 ' I
A process for fragmenting scrap metal comprises precom-
pressing the scrap metal into blocks having numerous in-
terstices therein, flowing liquid nitrogen at a temperature
between —a" and —120° C. through the interstices to cool and
embrittle the blocks, and then compressing the cooled and
embrittled blocks to fragment them into pieces of scrap
metal. If desired, the fragmented scrap metal may then be
seperated according to its size or composition The process is
particularly suitable for fragmenting automobile wrecks and
if the scrap separated contains iron and iron alloys, the
separating step may be magnetically performed
1382
3,643,874
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
INTERMEDIATES OF POLYADDITION RESINS
Peter Franz, Mumpf, and Andreas Maier, Pratteln. both of
Switzerland, assignors to Buss A.G., Basel, Switzerland
Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,336
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 13, 1968,
14003/68
Int. CI. B02c 2//00
L.S. CI. 241-3 5 Claims
OFFICIAL GAZETTE February 22. 1972
taming the liquid to be milled under uniform pressure and
Process for the preparation of polyaddition resins, includ-
ing proportioning and feeding base compositions in a mixing
and Icneading machine, mixing them with simultaneous heat-
ing or cooling, in a solid and/or liquid state, plasticizing and
homogenizing the compositions, expelling the resin mix
through a heated die onto a cooling belt, solidifying and
preforming the resin mix into loosely connected small pieces,
and breaking up as well as grinding the preformed pieces of
the resin mix Optionally crushing may be performed before
the breaking and grinding step.
3,643,875
FLUID ENERGY GRINDING METHOD AND SYSTEM
Roger M. Dille, La Habra, and Warren G. Schlinger,
Pasadena, both of Calif., assignors to Texaco Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Filed June 27, 1969, Ser. No. 837,065
Int. CI. B02c 19106
U.S. CI. 241-5 7 Claims
control means for regulating the pressure on the liquid to
deliver the liquid to the feed-pool as required.
3.643,877
PUMP WITH MACERATOR
George H. Zimmer, Springfield, Ohio, assignor to Robbins &
Myers, Inc.. Springfield, Ohio
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,445
Int. CI. B02c 18106
U.S. CI. 241-46.02 3 Claims
jEjno-. ,,
iS/urrt^ /5/»^
A fluid energy grinding system wherein a stream of a
dispersion of solid particles suspended in gas or vapor is ac-
celerated to supersonic velocity in a nozzle having a diver-
gent discharge section sufficient to produce a standing shock
wave along the path of flow of solid particles effecting size
reduction of particles.
3.643,876
AUTOMATIC APPARATUS FOR SUPPLYING LIQUIDS
rO ROLLER-MILLS
Leslie F. Stone, Westchester, III., assignor to The Richardson
Company, Melrose Park, III.
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 884,057
Int. CI. B02c 4128
U.S.CL 241-34 5 Claims
An apparatus for automatically controlling the liquid level
of a roller mill feed-pool embodying a pressurized vessel con-
A pump of the progressing cavity type having a direct
driven shredding or macerating unit combined therewith for
the purpose of shredding or comminuting raw sewage or
other large suspended bodies and pumping the fluids with the
suspended solids therein to a holding tank and the like, as for
example in recreational units such as trailers, campers, boats,
and the like. A cutter element is secured to the rotor shaft at
the pump intake, and coacts with a stationary cutter element
surrounding the cutter intake to reduce the large and
suspended solids to a state in which, while suspended in a
fluid, they may be pumped.
3,643378
DEVICE FOR FEEDING DENSE CELLULOSIC PULP
INTO A CLOSED CONTAINER
Johan C. F. C. Riditcr, St Jean Cap Fernit, France, aaaisnor
to Kamyr Aktiebolag, Karbtad, Sweden
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,760
Claims priority, application Sweden, Apr. 3, 1%9, 4834/69
Int CL B07b 9100
U.S.CL 241-48 3 Claims
A means for fluffing celiulosic pulp that should be treated
in a gaseous environment, e.g., bleached with a gaseous
bleaching agent, consists of a rotary breaker inserted in an
inlet chamber at the top of the container in which the treat-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1383
ment takes place. The breaker comprises a hub carried by a ^^A^.^^ ^^
vertical shaft and a number of inclined vanes distributed over MATERIAL CUTTING MAClflNE AND SOUND-
the cylindrical face of said hub and having serrated edges ABSCMIBING HOOD THEREFOR
RuaseU 1. Peterson, Jr., Seekonk, Mam., anignor to Cumber-
land Engineering Company Inc., Pawtucket, R.I.
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. Na 63,066
Int a. B02c 23/00, 18100
U.S.CL 241-100 12 Claims
working upon a plug of pulp continuously fed into said inlet
chamber through a horizontal conduit having its orifice op-
posite the breaker.
3,643379
TWO-STAGE HAMMER MILL
Lcflie Paiyi, Don Milb, Ontario, Canada, assignor to Nicholas
PMra
Filed July 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 840,691
Claims priority, appUcatkm Great Britain, July 17, 1968,
34,052/68
Int CL B02c 13104
U3.CI. 241-55 10 Claims
The invention is a machine for comminuting material in
which a rotary cutting mechanism is used. A hood is
mounted on the machine adjacent the inlet passage thereto,
the function of the hood being to minimize the noise caused
by the machine when it cuts material. Throughout the
machine, additional sound-absorbing means are used at
strategic locations to eliminate or minimize the passage of
sound from the inside of the total enclosure of the machine
to the outside thereof.
3,643381
APPARATUS FOR WINDING A CORE AND SPLimNG
MULTISTRAND WIRES
Kari W. Bcumer, Poughkecpak; Gerard M. Geany, Somers;
John A. Haran, Peckskill; Edward P. Hecker; George E.
Nyman, and Robert E. Post, Poughkeepsie. all of N.Y., as-
signors to International Bushiess Machhies Corporation,
Annonk,N.Y.
Filed July 17, 1968, Ser. No. 745,459
Int CI. HO If 47/05
U.S. CI. 242—4 B 17 Clalnii
A two-stage rotary hammer mill having first and second ro-
tary hammer mill stages mounted on a common drive shaft
and driven together in unison, the first stage producing a
semiground product, and the second stage receiving the
semiground product and producing a finely ground product,
in which the second stage incorporates Wower means draw-
ing air through the system and thereby ensuring free flow of
product therethrou^. the two stages being arranged in a
common housing, and product released from the screen of
the first stage being collected in a generally annular space
and directed into a conduit and delivered to the second stage
around the central axis thereof.
V
!L
n
•-^
\
M
'^
n-
k
^
fed
A flat multistrand wire is tightly wrapped around a core
through utilization of a shuttle having a passage within which
the multistrand wire is disposed during winding. The ap-
paratus includes a device for separating each end of the
strands of the wire after the wire has been tightly wrapped
around the core.
1384
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643382
YARN HANDLING
Donald W. Grant, Warwick, R.I., anignor to Lessooa Cor-
poration, Warwick, RJ.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,790
Int. CL B65h 63100
U.S. CI. 242—36 5 Claims
3,643384
SPINDLE RELEASE HOLDER FOR ROLL PRODUCTS
Frank M. Curtin, 3747-9 ViaU Compana, Oceandde, Calif.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,100
Int. CI. A47k/ 0/22, 10132
U.S. CI. 242-55.2 3 Claims
A breakage lever assembly and assembly control for a
winder has an electromagnet connected in circuit with an
electronic yam clearer for withdrawing the breakage lever
from contact with an advancing strand of yam when the
clearer detects that the yam is advancing nomially. When the
clearer detects that the yam is not advancing nomially, the
breakage lever is released for movement to a position in the
normal yam path and thereupon perfomis all of its nomial
functions in conjunction with the winder control, such as
commencement of a knotting cycle to piece up a broken
yam, initiating a second knotting cycle in the event of a
mistie and other functions as are well understood in the art.
3,643383
LAP-DETECTING STOP MOTION
Olivier Woest, Winterthur, Switzerland, assignor to Rieter
Madiinc Works, Ltd., Wintertliur, Switzerland
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847^35
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 8, 1968,
12119/68
Int. CI. B65h 63100
U.S. CI. 242-36 12 Claims
iSb "'
A holder for roll products such as toilet tissue and the like.
Such roll products comprise a relatively stiff paper core hav-
ing a continuous paper web wound thereupon, and the entire
roll is rotatably supported by the spindle of a holder so that
desired lengths of the web can be withdrawn and separated
from the roll. The holder includes a pair of supports provided
with axially spaced journal recesses that rotatably support an
elongated spindle having bearing journals at the ends thereof
which seat within such recesses. The spindle is equipped with
spring means biasing the bearing journals away from each
other so that they seat firmly within the bearing recesses, and
means are provided for releasing the spindle from the sup-
ports therefor while the depleted core of such roll remains
upon the spindle. The spindle release mechanism includes a
reciprocable plunger movable into engagement with one of
the bearing journals so as to displace the same from the bear-
ing recess therefor, thereby enabling the core-equipped spin-
dle to be removed from the supports.
3,643385
CARPET SUPPLY CRADLE AND FEEDER MECHANISM
FOR A CARPET MEASURING AND CUTTING MACHINE
Karl K. Kecsling, Los Ahos, Santa Clara County; Thomas B.
KeesUng, Los Gatos, Santa Clara County, and Clifford E.
Kecsling, San Jose; Santa Clara County, all of CaUf., as-
signors to Functional Systems Corporation
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,034
Int. CI. B65h / 7112, 25126
U.S. CI. 242-55 2 Claims
SO
'br3.
yl -T"SrTTTI+lTTTiyTIl
There is disclosed a lap-detecting stop motion for thread
transporting rolls of draw-winding, drawtwisting or takeup
machines for processing endless filaments. Such stop motion
comprises a feeler set closely to the roll surface, the feeler in
its rest or idle position being arranged substantially in a plane
containing the roll axis, wherein the feeler portion nearest to
the roll can be deflected in the direction of the roll circum-
ference.
A cradle for supporting and rotating a supply roll of car-
peting on a carpet measuring and cutting machine, the cradle
drive being reversible to at times wind up the supply roll and
at other times to drive the carpet in feed-out direction onto
the lead bed of the machine. A cradle trigger is located in the
cradle for sensing the free edge of the rug during rotation
and operating upon sensing the free edge on the first revolu-
tion of the carpet after receipt of a "carpet advance" signal
to terminate reverse rotation and initiate forward rotation to
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1385
unwind the carpet onto the lead bed. Feeder drive belts con-
tact the supply roll and are driven in a direction urging the
free edge of the carpet away from the supply roll and onto
the lead bed. The feeder belt is subsequently reversed in
direction and serves to uncurl and flatten out the trailing
edge of the carpet supply roll onto the lead bed when the
carpet is fully unrolled.
as to tend to rotate this rotary unit in response to a pulling
force which acts on the cable or other tension transmitting
structure. A brake assembly coacts with the rotary unit to re-
sist rotation thereof. Therefore, when the rotary unit is
turned the force transmitted thereto will be converted into
heat by the braking action.
3,643386
WATER-SKI-ROPE-RETRIEVING DEVICE
EMon L. CoHon, 366 Brentwood Drive N.E., Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
Filed Sept 4, 1970, Ser. No. 69,701
Int. CI. B65h 75140
U.S. CI. 242—86.5 A 10 Claims
A water-ski tow-rope-retrieving device in which the tow
rope is retrieved by winding it around a reel. The reel is not
connected to the drive mechanism, but rather is driven by
frictional engagement with a rotating shaft or drum. When
the rope is to be let out, the reel is disengaged from the
drum. The reel is mounted on an operating handle which is
used to engage and disengage the reel from the dmm and to
lift the reel from the device whenever desired. Therefore, a
single drive unit can be used with several reels on the same
boat for retrieving several tow ropes.
3,643387
PULLING ASSEMBLY FOR CONNECTING A LOAD TO A
PULLING DEVICE
Hans Kuhl, Kombergweg 12, Plochingen, Germany
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,632
Int. CI. B65h 75148
U3. CI. 242- 107.3 14 Claims
3,643388
BOBBIN SLEEVE FOR WINDING OF TEXTILE FIBERS
Louis D. Blue, Wyomissing, Pa., assignor to Essex Chemical
Corporation, Myerstown, Pa.
Filed Sept. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,497
Int. CI. B65h 75/26, 75110
U3. CI. 242- 1 18.32 4 Claims
^.
This invention relates to a bobbin sleeve upon which tex-
tile fibers, such as those made of glass, can be wound. The
sleeve is made of a thermoplastic polymer, such as
polypropylene, and is characterized by protrusions formed
into the wall of the tube to minimize sliding of the fiber
package.
3,643389
AUTOMATIC TAPE-THREADING SYSTEM AND
APPARATUS
Konrad A. Krausc, 870 East El Camlno Real, Mountain View,
CaUf.
Filed July 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 843,452
Intel. Glib 75/55, 75/66
U3. CI. 242—182 12 Claims
A pulling assembly where a rotary unit is acted upon by a
tension-transmitting structure, such as a cable, in such a way
A threading system and apparatus for automatically
threading flexible tape such as magnetic recording tape
through a tape device by a travelling carriage physically
gripping a free tape end at a supply location and moving it
along a tape traverse path for release at a takeup posibon.
The tape requires no end connector and the free tape end is
automatically located and gripped without prepositioning.
1386
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643390
APPARATUS FOR THE AUTOMATIC THREADING OF A
FLEXIBLE MEDIUM
Lcc J. MUUgan, FairfieM, and Douglas M. Mayer, Wayne,
both of N J., MBignors to Certex, Inc., FairfieM, N J.
Filed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877,652
Int. CI. Glib /5/5S,2J//2
U.S. CI. 242-182 10 Claims
A unit for transporting a flexible record-keeping member,
such as magnetic tape, with respect to a transducer, such as a
read-write head, in which the medium is automatically
threaded over a circuitous path from a supply member to a
talceup member.
Automatic threading is accomplished despite the circuitry
of the tape path by the retracting of the read-write head and
using a jet of fluid, such as air, to directly carry the lead end
of the tape from a supply reel to a takeup reel. The jet of air
emanates from a rectangular aperture to prevent spiraling of
the tape as it approaches the takeup reel. The latter includes
a vacuum hub that seizes the tape and applies continuous
suction during the threading operation. The tape is sub-
sequently directed into its final position, and the read-write
head repositioned for "reading" the tape and "writing" on it.
3,643391
HLM TRANSPORT UNIT
Willard D. bbeU, San Dtego, CaUf., assignor to Cubic Cor-
poration, San Diego, CaUf.
Filed Nov. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 90,982
Int. CI. B65h 59138; G03b 1104; Glib 15/32
VJS. CI. 242-189 14 Claims
variety of standard film magazines. Film is drawrn from the
supply magazine and a supply loop is maintained by a drive
which grips only the edges of the film, and is advanced incre-
mentally through an exposure gate by an edge gripping cap-
stan dnven by a steppmg motor. The film loading path is very
simple and the guiding elements incorporate means for main-
taining constantly precise film advance over long (periods of
use, without damaging stresses or wear on the film.
3,643392
RIBBON-FEEDING SYSTEM
Charles A. Vogel, Sunnyvale, and John A. CuvcUer, Mountain
View, both of Calif., assignors to Newell Industries Inc.,
Sunnyvale, Calif.
FUed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853,428
Int. CI. Glib /5/J2
U.S. CI. 242- 192 5 Claims
Ribbon-feeding apparatus, e.g., of a type such as a mag-
netic tape transport, employs a tape drive capstan riding in
contact with supply and takeup rolls while the rolls are urged
against the capstan. The capstan carries a tire which forms a
resilient drive surface to define a ribbon-feeding nip. The
drive surface of the capstan is encircled by laterally spaced-
apart grooves of a depth and width which drive the rolls at a
slower speed than the speed of the driving surface of the cap-
stan in response to application of the compressive forces, i.e.,
so that the rolls progress "negatively" relative to the
direction of rotation of the capstan.
3,643393
WEB-THREADING APPARATUS
Joseph J. Neff, Pasadena, CaUf., assignor to Bell & Howell
Company, Chicago, Dl.
Filed Aug. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 847,032
Int. CI. G03b 1/04; Glib 15/32
U.S. CI. 242- 1 95 9 Claims
A film transport unit for use as a microfilm camera, or the Automatic web threading apparatus providing an unob-
like, and having quick release means for attachment of a structed and continuous temporary threading path between
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1387
web supply and takeup stations. A threading track having in-
tegral stripper means is normally positioned completely out
of the web transport path, and during threading operation the
track is caused to move to a position for receiving the web,
or a "relatively stiff' leader attached thereto, when supplied
by the supply station and for guiding the supplied web or
leader to the takeup station.
3,643394
FILM MOVEMENT DIRECTION SWITCHING DEVICE
FOR SMALL MOVIE PROJECTORS
Tatsusuke Kadowaki, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to
Kabushiki Kaisha Rkoh, Tokyo, Japan
FUed SepL 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,726
Clahns priority, appUcation Japan, Sept. 29, 1969, 44/77973
Int CI. Bllb 15/32; G03b 1/04
U3. CI. 242—201 10 Claims
/2 'I, ^^_
drum are moved in phase with each other; a selector runner
adapted for showing a selected length of travel of said tape;
an electrical switch arranged to be controlled by said selector
T^W-
.rJ*'~ ^'^^^
when the tape has travelled the selected length and to control
in turn the operation of the tape-reeling mechanism of the
tape recorder.
3,643396
DEVICE FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN HLM ADVANCE
AND FILM REWIND IN MOVIE PROJECTORS
Tatsusuke Kadowaki, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to
Kabushiki Kaisha Rkoh, Tokyo, Japan
FUed ScpL 10, 1970, Ser. No. 70,696
Clahns priority, appikation Japan, Sept 20, 1969, 44/74351
InL CI. Bllb 15/32; G03b 1/04
U3. a. 242—205 8 Claims
A fUm movement direction switching device, for small
movie projectors, includes an externally accessible control
knob for switching the direction of rotation of the main shaft
of the projector between a normal film feed forward
direction and a film rewind reverse direction, as well as to
disconnect the main shaft from a driving motor. A spindle
driving mechanism is coupled to the main shaft and is auto-
matically drivingly engaged with the takeup reel spindle upon
rotation of the main shaft in a normal direction, with the
supply reel spindle being idly rotatable, and is automatically
drivingly connected to the supply reel driving spindle when
the main shaft is rotated in the reverse direction, with the
takeup reel spindle rotating idly, bi the neutral position of
the control, the drive mechanism is disconnected from both
spindles. Selectively operable clutch means are provided ad-
ditionally for rotating the supply reel spindle in the film re-
wind direction.
3,643,895
TAPE-RUNNING INDICATOR
Katsuya Atsumi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Akai Electrk
Company Limited, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,497
Clahns priority, applkatkm Japan, Jan. 23, 1968, 43/4267
Int. CI. B65h 61/00; Glib 19/28
U3. a. 242—201 3 ClainK
A tape-running display unit for magnetic tape recorder,
comprising a rotatable display drum provided with a dark-
colored zone and a light-colored zone formed on the cylindri-
cal surface of said drum the zones being defmed by a heUx
and a generatrix, a slitlike window opening for viewing the
movement of a part of said helix when said tape and said
2-,
4--
7
5-V-
! I I I 29-- r^
^ pX 2B^^' >2^
/y-c
30^
32
C
A device for switching between film-advancing and film-re-
winding operations of a movie projector, having a main shaft
included in the fUm-driving means, comprises respective
wheels secured to rotate with the supply reel-mounting spin-
dle and the takeup reel-mounting spindle. A support is
slidably mounted between these wheels, and carries a pair of
pulleys rotatably mounted at respective opposite ends thereof
and each adjacent a respective wheel. A drive pulley is
mounted on the main shaft for rotation therewith, and an
endless belt is trained around the drive pulley and the two
pulleys on the support. The direction of tension in the belt
changes in accordance with the direction of rotation of the
main shaft, to shift the support in the direction of the tension
to effect driving of a respective spindle wheel by the belt
through rotation of the adjacent pulley. A reversing wheel is
rotatably mounted between one spindle wheel and its as-
sociated pulley. Either the takeup reel or the supply reel is
selected automatically for driving in response to the direction
of rotation of the main shaft.
1388
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643^97
NUTATION CORRECTION SYSTEM FOR SPIN-
STABILIZED SATELLITE
George B. Johnson, Jr., Santa Clara, Calif., assignor to Com-
munkations Satellite Corporatioa, Washington, D.C.
Filed Oct 18, 1968, Ser. No. 768,631
Int. CI. B64g 1/00
U.S. CI. 244-1 5 Claims
Methods for steering a truck of wheels, particularly for a
heavy vehicle, such as but not limited to aircraft, and
mechanisms for carrying out the methods are disclosed com-
prising two fore-and-aft steerable axles on a truck beam and
a truck beam actuator, the steerable axles being pivotally
mounted on canted and eccentric ends on the truck beam
and responsive to the truck beam actuator or rotation of the
truck beam for being rotatable in a horizontal plane so that
scrubbing of the tires is prevented and turning forces to steer
the landing gear truck are substantially reduced.
Likewise, varying of the canting of the wheel axles' pivotal
axes provides turning of all wheel axles about a common
center of turning for prevention of skidding of the tires dur-
ing turns on the ground.
Further, rotation of the truck beam about a tilted axis pro-
vides increasing of the steering angle of the truck wheel axles
without increasing the truck size.
In addition, retraction of the truck of wheels into a smaller
and shallower wheel well results from the eccentricity of the
fore-and-aft axle bearings.
Dual usage of the truck beam rotating actuators results in
both steering of the fore-and-aft truck wheel axles and for
rotating the truck prior to retraction.
Likewise, single axle steering is obtained with a rotatable
fore-and-aft extending eccentric shaft.
A nutation control system for spin-stabilized satellites in
which correction thrusters are cyclically fired by timed pulses
generated in response to accelerometer signals. Correction is
initiated when the accelerometer output exceeds a high-
threshold level and continues until it is reduced below a low-
threshold level. The termination point is detected by sam-
pling the slope of the accelerometer signal during a window
period in each half -cycle.
3,643398
METHODS AND MECHANISMS FOR STEERING TRUCK
WHEEL AXLES BY A ROTATABLE TRUCK BEAM
Philip C. WUtener, and Robert M. Wcigel, both of Seattle,
Wash., assignors to The United States of America as
represented by the Admhiistrator of the Federal Aviation
Administration
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885,772
Int. CI. B64c 25150
U.S. a. 244—50 26 Claims
3,643399
AIRPLANE WITH SPATIAL PANORAMA
Floyd A. Firestone, 172 Clinton Ave., Dobbs Ferry, N.Y.
Original application Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 806346, now
Patent No. 3,572,615, which is a continuation-bi-part of
appiicatioa Ser. No. 660,700, Aug. 15, 1967, now abandoned
, Continuatioa-in-part of application Ser. No. 616,056, Feb.
14, 1967, DOW abandoned. Divided and this application Nov.
13, 1969, Ser. No. 876,434
IntCI. B64c7/00
U.S. CI. 244-118P 16 Claims
A fixed wing airplane having a substantially transparent
fuselage, which in straight and level flight pennits both the
pilot and copilot to see the entire ground and sky in all
directions and from nadir to zenith, with the exception of
roughly two steradians of solid angle in the quadrant above
and behind him. The necessary opaque struts which cross the
transparent areas are so oriented and dimensioned that the
distant scene as seen through the major areas of the plane ap-
pears to be continuous, advantage being taken of the fact
that the pilot has two eyes whose lines of regard are not
simultaneously occulted by narrow struts properiy spaced
and oriented. Utilizing the same fact of vision, instrument ar-
rays and stressed skin structures are described, that the pilot
can see through.
3,643,900
JIG PANEL FOR AIRFOIL
John P. Maloney, c/o World Engines 8960 Rossash Ave., Cin-
cinnati, Ohio
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,772
Int CI. B64c 3120
UA CI. 244—123 4 Claims
A formed jig panel and method of fabricating therefrom an
aircraft wing, aileron, flap, horizontal stabilizer, vertical sta-
bilizer, or fuselage. The panel is formed with channels, into
which spars are secured, the panel becoming an integral part
of the finished structure and forming the top or bottom sur-
face thereof. The configuration of the leading and trailing
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1389
ends of the jig panel is such as to act as a locator and support
for leading and trailing edge members which are secured
thereto. Ease of assembly, accuracy and proper alignment
are assured.
3,643,901
DUCTED SPIKE DIFFUSER
Udor C. PaUpis, 4853 CardeU Ave. Apt 1119, Betbesda,
Md.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,948
Int. CI. B64c 23/04
U.S. CI. 244— 1 30 7 Claims
A ducted spike diffuser for reducing forebody drag and
rain erosion of blunt bodies operating at supersonic speeds.
The spike has a directed conical front section to receive
high-pressure oncoming air. This air is ejected at substan-
tially right angles to the freeflow from an annular gap at the
rear of the conical front section. This not only decreases
pressure drag on the conical section but causes the conical
bow shock wave-shear layer to occur radially further from
the blunt body, resulting in better rain dispersion and
decreased erosion of the blunt body.
3,643,902
AUTOMOBILE STAFF HOLDER
EmU V. Gualano, 10711 Bcveriy Blvd., Whittier, Calif.
Original application Oct 17, i%9, Ser. No. 867^04, now
Patent No. 3,540,685. Divided and this application July 9,
1970, Ser. No. 53^90
Int. CI. G09f 7 7/00
U.S. a. 248—40 4 Claims
A staff holder having a C-shaped member for attachment
onto an elongated flange portion of an automobile. A socket
device is mounted on and movable relative to the C-shaped
member to present a vertical socket for vertically receiving a
staff, regardless of the orientation of the C-shaped member.
One embodiment includes a socket pnvotally attached to the
screw of the C member and another embodiment includes a
rotating element attached to the C-shaped member and hav-
ing a plurality of sockets therein, each at a different angle of
inclination.
3,643,903
BASE FOR A SPHERICAL CONTAINER
Per-OM Eriluson, Sandvilien, and Finn Borsum, Degerfors,
both of Sweden, assignors to Uddeholme Aktieboiag, Ud-
deholm, Sweden
Filed Aug. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 662,176
Claims priority, application Sweden, Aug. 25, 1966,
11505/66
Int. CI. F16m 13/00
US. CI. 248— 146 4 Claims
When mounting a big spherical container on a base or
foundation the bottom of the container has often to be pro-
vided with reinforcements. Such reinforcements can be
omitted if the upper surface of the base has the general shape
of a sphere, the radius of said sphere exceeding the radius of
the container to such an extent that the weight of the con-
tainer is substantially evenly distributed on the base when the
container is filled to its maximal weight.
3,643,904
PIN-MOUNTING MEANS
Larry Gene McMuIlcn, Dubuque, Iowa, assignor to Deere &
Company, Moline, HI.
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 882,925
Int. CI. F16h 27/44
U.S. CI. 248-289 7 Claims
Means for mounting a pin between two spaced mounting
plates utilizing a pin having tapered end portions, each of
which is fitted with a complementary, internally tapered
sleeve, each sleeve, in turn, being received in an appropriate
aperture in its respective mounting plate. The sleeve received
1390
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
in the first mounting plate is provided with a shoulder to
restrict its movement in a direction away from the second
mounting plate, while the sleeve received in the second
mounting plate is provided with a lock mechanism to urge
the pin toward the first mounting plate and thus hold it
rigidly in accurate alignment between the two plates.
3,643,905
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE FOR CHAIRS
Bernice V. Kint. 1600 S. Eads, #215 South, Arlington. V a.
Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,659
Int. CI. A47b 95/04
VS. C\. 248-345. 1 2 Claims
when not in use The housing forms a hollow or open space
into which the bolt is retracted. The bolt extends upwardly
through an opening in the top of the housing with its head
resting on a collar When the bolt extends through the
socket-type opening in the container, it can be pivoted rela-
tive to the collar for securing the container to the housing. A
pivot handle is attached to the bolt for rotating it and for
retracting it into the housing.
3,643,907
LOAD-CARRYING VEHICLES
Rowland Herbert Ham, 10, Park Lane, Twyford, Bcrkshfre,
England
FUed Nov. 13, 1969, S«r. No. 876,248
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, Nov. 19, 1968,
54,921/68
Int CI. B60s 9/00
VS. CI. 248-439 3 Claims
Decorative sleeve means for protectively covering the radi-
al leg portions of the base of a swivel-type chair, charac-
terized in that the sleeve means are providoj at one end with
fringe means that conceal the extremity of the leg portion
and protect an occupant against damage thereby. Preferably
the sleeve means comprises a tubular body consisting of a
stretch fabric formed of a synthetic fiber. At least one end of
the sleeve is provided with a resilient portion of reduced
diameter adapted to tightly engage the leg portion upon
which the sleeve is mounted.
3,643,906
RETRACTABLE PIVOT BOLT ARRANGEMENT
Ham Werner, deceased, late of Neu-Isenburg, Germany (by
Cari SUub, Administrator); Baldur Koschlnat, and Otto
Vormbaum, botli of Neu-Iaenburg, ail of Germany, as-
signors to Jost-Werke GmbH, Frankfurt am Main. Germany
Filed Sept. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 870,590
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 4, 1968, P 17 80
352.0
Int. CI. A62b 35/00
VS. CI. 248-361 5 Claims
A demountable vehicle body with supporting legs, pivoted
to the vehicle body frame with a stay pivoted to the lower
portion of each leg and at its upper end having a pin moving
along an inclined element fixed to the frame and engaging in
a recess in the track in the erected position of the leg.
3,643,908
APPARATUS FOR CASTING LARGE MONOLITHIC
STRUCTURES
Randolph Ndl Laing, 4500 Richmond Henrico Turnpike,
Richmond, Va.
Original applkation Apr. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 718,065, now
abandoned. Divided and this application Apr. 10, 1970, Ser.
No. 27371
Int.Cl. E04g///02
U.S. CI. 249-27 19 Claims
O 9 12
A pivot bolt arrangement for securing a container having
socket-type openings to a housing mounted on a chassis
frame support is arranged to be retracted into the housing
This disclosure describes a method and apparatus for cast-
ing concrete swimming pools, tanks or walls, etc. In the
below-the-ground applications, the preferred method
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1891
generally comprises the steps of: excavating a hole in the
earth; placing inner permanently prebraced forms in the
hole; aligning the forms in spaced relationship with the sides
of the hole; locking the forms together in an open position;
anchoring the forms in the hole; filling open spaces in the
sides of the forms; pouring concrete between the forms and
the sides of the hole; disconnecting the forms; closing the
forms; removing the forms; and, pouring a bottom. The ap-
paratus is adapted to carry out the method and generally
comprises a plurality of inner permanently prebraced form
sections. Each form section includes outside wall surfaces
that define the inner walls of the pool, or the like. These
form sections are braced against inner or center brace mem-
bers. The inner brace members of each form section are
locked to inner brace members of other form sections in a
separated, predetermined relationship. Also included are
means for filling wall spaces occurring between the wall sur-
faces of adjacent form sections; and, where applicable,
means for attaching the form sections to the bottom of a
hold. In addition, in connection with swimming pools means
are provided for forming a coping at the upper edges of the
wall surfaces of the form sections.
plastic materials or the like which is cast or gunned on the
form after the latter has been inflated. In particular the in-
3,643,909
PLASTIC PLUGS FOR USE IN CONCRETE FORMS
Louis PhlUppe Broaseau, ViUc D'Ai^ou, Montreal, Quebec,
Canada, assignor to Formex Ltd., Cite Jacques-Cartkr,
Quebec, Canada
FUed Aug. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 850,493
Int. CI. E04g 7 7/06
U.S. CI. 249—41 2 Claims
vention deals with base ring structures for use with such
forms.
3,643,911
PLASTIC MOLDING APPARATUS
Glenn J. Rdd, BloomfleM Hills, Mkh., asrignor to Williams
Products, Inc., Troy, Mkh.
FUed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,401
Int CI. B29c 7/00, 5/00
VS. CL 249- 1 70 7 Claims
A plastic plug for use with a tie bar of concrete wall forms
which is made of a plastic frustoconical body having an outer
larger end intended to be applied against the inner surface of
a form panel and having an inner smaller end that is em-
bedded in the concrete of the wall. The plastic body is
formed on the inside with a longitudinal through passage hav-
ing a shape and size to slidably and snugly receive one end of
a tie bar. The inner end of the body is closed but for the
opening created by the passage so as to prevent entry of
concrete inside the body. The outer end of the body has a
circumferential sealing flange intended to be applied against
the inner surface of a form panel to prevent entry of concrete
inside the plug body.
In combination with this plug, a flat tie bar for holding
concrete form panels in position and formed at one end with
a pair of notches each provided along one of the two edges of
the bar and opposite one another. A resilient ring pressed
into the notches for abutment by the plug, said notches and
ring being spaced from the end of the bar a distance such
that the plug outer surface and the sealing flange may be
slightly pressed, in use against the inner surface of a form
panel.
A mold assembly for use in molding foam plastic products
such as simulated beams. The assembly includes a rubber
n[K>ld liner and a steel jacket or carrier in which the liner is
confined. The carrier is hinged so that opposite sides of the
liner can be inclined away from one another to facilitate the
removal of the molded product from the liner.
3,643,910
INFLATABLE FORMS
Halm Heifetz, 24 Shderot Hazvi, Haifa, Israel
Filed Mar. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 805,143
ClainH priority, appUcatlon Israel, Mar. 7, 1968, 29599/68
Int CI. B28b 7/32
VS. CL 249—65 13 Claims
Inflatable forms for use in the construction of shells, such
as shells used in building, from material such as concrete.
3,643,912
DYNAMIC SHUTOFF VALVE
William L. Livingston, Sharon, Mass., assignor to Factory
Mutual Research Corpor^lon
Filed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 848,986
Int CI. F16k 7/07
U.S. CI. 251-5 8 Claims
/..-20
A shutoff valve for main supply conduits in fluid-handling
systems, such as fixed fire protection systems, where it is im-
1392
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
perative that the supply conduit remain open at all times ex-
cept when repairs and other maintenance operations require
the system to be shut off. The valve is biased open and in-
cludes an actuator which moves the valve to and maintains it
in a closed position in response to an energy input, the cessa-
tion of which effects return movement of the valve to its nor-
mal open position.
3^3,913
MODULATING VALVE
Harold A. Mclntoih, South Pmdena, Calif., aMigDor
Robcrtriuw Controls Compwiy, Rkhmoiid, Va.
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Scr. No. 853,728
Int CI. F03g 7106
UACL 251-11
7ClalnH
J—
A modulating valve for controlling fluid flow in response to
variance in a parameter and comprising a valve body having
a flow port and a control chamber. One wall of the control
chamber includes diaphragm which carries a poppet valve for
seating over the flow port in response to pressure in the con-
trol chamber. A bleed passage communicates upstream pres-
sure to the control chamber, and an exhaust passage relieves
pressure from the control chamber. A plug is provided to
selectively block flow through the exhaust passage, thereby
to maintain the control chamber pressurized and to seat the
poppet valve on the flow port. Positioning of the plug is con-
trolled by an electrical control means which includes a ther-
mally responsive element coupled with said plug and respon-
sive to a parameter for adjusting the position of such plug to
vary the pressure in said control chamber to control the posi-
tioning of said poppet. The thermally responsive element
may be in the form of a thermostatic blade which has one
end coupled with the plug and its opposite end constrained
by the valve body to form an arcuate configuration. Such
blade may then be heated by a heat motor having current
therethrough controlled by a variable resistor including ad-
jacent lengths disposed in heat exchange relationship with
one another whereby expansion or contraction of the re-
sistor, by means responsive to variations in said parameter,
will vary the spacing and therefore the rate of mutual heat
exchange between such lengths.
3,643,914
VALVE FLOW TRANSITION
Earl A. Bake, Phtsburgh, Pa., aflrignor to Rockwell Manufac-
turing Company, PUtsburgh, Pa.
Coiidnuatk»-in-part of application Ser. No. 815,149, Apr.
10, 1969, DOW abandoned. This appttcatkM Mar. 30, 1970,
Ser. No. 23,779
Int CL F16k 5102, 5/04
U.S. a. 251-124 ISClahm
A valve construction in which the flow transition region
extending from a valve port to the end of the valve body
comprises a diffuser section diverging to give cross-sectional
area change equivalent to that produced in a cone with an in-
cluded cone angle of from 6° to less than 20° from the port to
a location at or near the end of the body where it terminates
to
in an abrupt discontinuous section which enlarges the flow
transition region substantially to the flow area of the conduit
to which the valve is connected.
3,643,915
ELBOW COLPLING FOR LEVELER EXHAUST CONDUIT
Joseph W. Wanner, Kettering, Ohio, assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,844
InL CI. F16I 5/02; F16f 9/04, 9/50
U.S. CI. 251-148 5 Claims
In preferred form, a coupling assembly including a resilient
seal element located through the cylindrical outer movable
wall of a pneumatic leveler unit for sealing an opening
therein. An elbow coupling element has a longitudinal open-
ing through a base portion thereof, a slotted head with shoul-
ders thereon which cooperate to define a tube elbow support
and a flat surface on one side thereof supported against the
seal element to hold it tightly against the wall. The coupling
element and the valve element are held together by a flexible
tube that has one end directed through the valve element to
be held in engagement therewith; an elbow portion supported
by the elbow coupling element and a tube end maintained by
the elbow coupling in parallelism with the outer surface of
the cylindrical wall.
3,643,916
BALL VALVE AND PIPE FLANGE ASSEMBLY
George R. Sandenburgh, Wapping, Conn., assignor to Contro-
matics Corporation, Rociiville, Conn.
Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 829,078
Int. CI. F16k 5/06
U.S. CI. 251-151 5 Claims
A ball valve assembly is described in which the end pieces
are made of two separate pieces rather than being single in-
tegral members. Each end piece comprises a cylindrical in-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1893
sert made of a corrosion-resistant material having an end
thereof secured in an abutting relationship with the valve
body by a flange member made of a powdered metal or a
casting or forging of a metal less precious than the cylindrical
insert. Each cylindrical insert has an annular projection
driven, comprising a pneumatically operated impact member
drivingly engaging a pair of pivotally mounted jaws and
adapted to reciprocate the jaws between a first position in
^^
J 7 31,
around the exterior surface thereof which mates with an an-
nular groove in the opening in the flange member which
receives the cylindrical insert, and the annular projection on
the insert has a machined indent which matches with a cor-
responding projection in the flanged member to prevent rota-
tion of the insert with respect to the flange member.
3,643,917
PLASTIC DRAIN COCK
Graham Ernest Griffiths, Horsham; Roger Keith Geiger,
Shoreham, and John Walter Miles, East Grinstead, all of
England, assignors to Shipston Engineering Company
Limited
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 39,957
Int. CLF16kJy/50
U.S. CI. 251-215 3 Claims
12 33 26 ^25
Drain cock means including threadably connected first and
second members, characterized in that the first member con-
tains a first passage that is open at one end and is closed at
the other end by the second member, said second member
having a sealing portion adapted to engage the first member
to close the drain cock. The second member includes also a
spigot-forming portion that extends through said first passage
and includes an enlarged end engageable with said first
member to prevent or hinder the members from being
completely detached from each other.
3,643,918
NAIL-EXTRACTING DEVICE
Rollo G. Eilis, Birmingham, Mich., assignor to Rollo G. Ditty
and Gerald T. Gilleran, Detroit, Mich., part interest to each
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Scr. No. 885,042
Int. CI. B25c ll/OOi B66f 15/00
U.S. CI. 254-19 15 Claims
A device operable to remove nails, spikes or the like from
any material within which said nails or the like may be
•%
which the jaws are pivoted relative to one another to engage
the head of the nail and a second position in which the jaws
withdraw the nail from the material
3,643,919
SCREW-DRIVEN SUPPORT FOR APPLIANCES OR THE
LIKE
Andrew G. Sothen, 24 West National Drive, Newark, Ohio,
and Richard S. Spaulding, 887 Woodhill Drive, Columbus,
Ohio
Filed Oct, 13, 1970, Ser. No. 80,349
Int. CI. B66fi/05. -?//«
U.S. CI. 254-98 4 Claims
I (0«i H«Mt,*)
An apparatus for supporting and moving a major kitchen
appliance to and from a given position An electric motor
operatively connected to a pair of screwjacks that are at-
tached to the appliance readily facilitate the moving of said
appliance a predetermined distance from its initial or original
position. The motor is capable of rotatablv driving the
screwjacks in a forward or reverse direction to permit the ap-
pliance to be moved and then returned to its initial position.
1394
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,920
PROCEDURE AND DEVICE FOR FELLING OF TIMBER
Lars Harald Widegren. Arent Frap«gatan 31, Kiruna, and
Tage Oskar Keskitalo, Knavagen 9, Tuolluvaara. both of
Sweden
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,755
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 28, 1968, 8943/68
Int. CI. B66f 3/00. AOlg 23/08
U.S. CI. 254-124 2 Claims
thereof and hydraulically operated winches to haul and veer
the suction pipe, is characterized by means to limit the brak-
ing action on the veering winch when the other winch is haul-
ing, and to increase the braking action on the veering winch
when the load on the hauling winch decreases below a
Timber-felling method according to which the tree is
drawn up with its roots by a mechanical device, the tree
being first pulled out of the ground in a vertical direction and
thereafter prized at an increasing angle thereto
3,643,921
POWER BLOCK
Mario J. Puretic, 259 6th Ave. N., Monte Cristo Isle, Tierra
Verde, Fla.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 715,926, Mar. 25, 1968,
now abandoned. This application June 9, 1970, Ser. No.
66,598
Int. CI. AOlk 73/06
U.S.CL 254-138 12 Claims
*fn)
An improved power block for pulling a fishing net from a
submerged expanded fish-catching position onto the deck of
a fishing boat in a gathered-together position. The improved
power block includes a spool having a pair of outwardly
tapering spool halves, the proximate sides of which define a
generally V-shaped gap that frictionally receives the fishing
net. The spool halves are relatively tillable for varying the
angle of the gap to thereby accommodate varying bulks of
the net passing through the gap and also varying friction
requirements. The improved power block may either be
suspended above the deck of the fishing boat or alternativelv
may be mounted on such deck.
predetermined value. In the case of hydraulically operated
winches, this is done by providing throttle valves in the fluid
circuits of the winches, with each throttle valve responsive to
the pressure in the high-pressure branch of the circuit of the
other winch.
3,643,923
PADDOCK
Christian H. Kirchboff, Jr., P.O. Box 286, Freehold, NJ.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,942
Iiit.CLE04h/7//5
U.S. CI. 256—25 3 Claims
An improved paddock for conditioning of horses and com-
prising a plurality of anchor sleeves positioned at predeter-
mined spacing, removable posts for insertion in these anchor
sleeves and removable to other anchor sleeves to relocate the
paddock, an elastic plastic stringers connecting the posts and
defining the outline of the paddock.
3,643,924
HIGHWAY SAFETY DEVICE .
John C. Fitch, Fails Village, Coon., assignor to Fibco, Inc.,
Hartford, Coon.
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,074
lot CI. EC If 15100
U.S.CL 256-13.1 10 Claims
3,643,922
DEVICE FOR THE CONTROL OF THE SHIFT
MOVEMENTS OF A FLOATING BODY
Franciscus Henricus Van Der Linde, Wassenaar, Netherlands,
assignor to N. V. Industrieele, Handelscombinatie, Nether-
lands
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,632
Int. CI. B66d 1/48
U.S. CI. 254—172 2 Claims
A suction dredger comprising a floating body carrying a
suction pipe having a rotatably driven cutter at the lower end
A highway safety device for deflecting or decelerating a
vehicle as it approaches a highway hazard comprising a
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1395
deformable container, the lower portion of which is filled
with a low mass, collapsible core structure, and the upper
portion of which contains a high-density dispersable mass,
such as sand. In one form the device includes an attached or
free-standing external guard rail. An impact attenuation
system is also provided including the deformable container
and an array of separate sacrificial containers each filled with
a dispersable mass.
3,643,925
PNEUMATIC VIBRATOR
Phillipp Uebel, Munich, Germany, assignor to Wacker-Werke
KG, Munich, Germany
Filed Sc|>t. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 855,247
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 10, 1968, 165600
Int CL B06b 1/18
U.S.CI.259— IR 3 Claims
3,643,927
STATIONARY MIXTURE AND METHOD FOR MIXING
MATERIAL
RoH A. Crouch, Borgcr, Tex., anignor to Phillipa Petrotemn
Compaoy
Filed Oct 15, 1970, Ser. No. 81,080
Int CL BOlf 15102
U.S. CL 259—4
UChdms
in)
Method and apparatus for compacting concrete and
similar masses according to which the medium to be com-
pacted is, by means of a pressure medium, actuated eccentric
mass circulated in a tubular housing with circular cross sec-
tion, subjected to oscillations.
3,643,926
APPARATUS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PARTICULATE
SOLIDS
Alan Grieve, Bramhall, England, assignor to Simon-Carves
limited, Cheshire, England
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,051
Claims priority, appUcatioa Great Britain, Nov. 18, 1969,
56,296/69
Int CL BOlf 13/00
U.S.CL 259-2 11 Claims
A conduit has at least first and second pairs of material
guiding plates angularly disposed therein with each plate pair
attached to a separate wall means for separately dividing a
material stream and individually rotating and mixing each
stream portion passing therethrough.
3,643,928
FOOD MIXING MACHINE
Richard A. StoUman, Cheltenham, Pa., and Vincent N.
Cedrone, Marlton, NJ., assignors to Fantastic Fudge, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 16,403
IntCLBOlf 7/OS, 75/02
U.S. a. 259-6 7 Claims
Apparatus for the treatment of particulate solids comprises
a vessel disposed with its longitudinal axis in a horizontal or
inclined direction and adapted to receive the material to be
treated at one end for discharge at the other end after
passage therethrough, the vessel having a longitudinally ex-
tending inwardly directed protuberance in its lower part and
being mounted for oscillatory movement about a longitu-
dinally extending axis and means for effecting said movement
whereby material passing through the vessel is repeatedly
transferred from side-to-side of said inwardly direct^ protu-
berance.
Mixing and extruding apparatus for the preparation of a
confection comprises front and rear bearing biocics in which
two axles are joumaled, mix extrude screws detachably
secured to said axles and extending into a mixing chamber,
and means for detachably clamping the mixing chamber to
the front bearing block. The mixing chamber includes a bar-
rel in which a recirculation plate is positioned to rotate the
mix back into the screws for continuous mixing and extrud-
ing. A slidable gate can be moved to open an outlet aperture
in the mixing chamber so that the mixture can be expelled
from the chamber by the screws.
895 O.Q.— 51
1396
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,929
APPARATUS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
AGGLOMERATES
Bemardut B. Quist, and Jacobus A. J. SmH, both of Amta--
dam, Netherlands, an^nors to Shdl OO Company, New
York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,461
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Feb. 26, 1969,
6902962
Int CI. BO If 7104
U.S. CL 259—9 5 Claims
3,643,931
SPRAY SYSTEM FOR COOLING TOWERS
Herbert Henning, Langenberg; Werner Ah, Bochum, and
Paul Reiter, Hattingen, all of Germany, assignors to
Maschinenbau-Aktiengesellschaft Balcke, Bochum, Ger-
many
Filed Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,014
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 19, 1968, P 18 09
605.4
Int. CI. B01(i/04
U.S. CI. 261-111 6 Claims
LO^
-^-tnnr
n
19, 16
J_2/
\>^
2K
^T-
Apparatus for the preparation of agglomerates of one or
more solid substances from a suspension thereof in a liquid
with a density lower than that of the agglomerates. The zp-
paratus includes an oblong, substantially cylindrical vessel
which is provided near one of the ends with a supply for the
suspension of the solid substances, and, if desired, with a
supply for one or more auxiliary substances, near the op-
posite end, with a discharge for liquid and agglomerates. A
stirring device consisting of a rotatable shaft is provided in
the vessel which is in a coaxial position thereto and to which
a number of stirring elements are attached. An annular baffle
is disposed in the proximity of at least one, but at most half
of the total number of those stirring elements, and on the
downstream side thereof, perpendicular to the centerline of
the vessel and fastened to the wall thereof.
"""TT^'frfrP"*
^ li ' I '''''''■''''"'''' 1 1 '~ '»''''''''''' I '1 1 1 ■< I
4p:n:
A trickling assembly for cooling towers, according to
which lattice means are supported by trickling plates while at
least a portion of said lattice means extends to a level lower
than that of said trickling plates, said portion carrying spray
slats arranged in a vertically spaced relationship to each
other
3,643,930
APPARATUS FOR ADDING MOISTURE TO AIR 3.643,932
James L. Schuize, St., Middktown, Ky., assignor to General METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCINING
Electric Company PARTICULATE MINERAL MATERIALS
FUcd May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,495 Bolton L. Corson, Philadelphia, and Budd R. Royer, Lan-
IntCL BOIdi/04 sdale, both of Pa., assignors to G. & W. H. Corson, Inc.,
U.S. CI. 261-97 6 Claims Plymouth Meeting, Pa.
Filed Apr. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 25^92
Int. CI. F27b i/06, 15100
U.S. CI. 263-21 C
1 1 Claims
^■4
fSS f*S
Improved apparatus is provided for adding moisture to air.
The apparatus includes hollow cabinet means, having an air
inlet ajxl outlet, and humidifier means for adding moisture to
an air stream flovnng between the inlet and outlet. The hu-
midifier means includes evaporative media means mounted
for movement across the air stream and through a moisture
reservoir that is supplied with liquid, such as tap water or the
like. In accordance with the present invention, means are
provided for purging or draining fluidized material, such as
tap water and the mineral salts precipitated therefrom, from
the reservoir and these drain means include a fluid inlet that
is connected to the reservoir via siphon means comprising
conduit means including an inverted generally U-shaped sec-
tion.
A method and apparatus for the improved calcining of par-
ticulate mineral materials adapted particularly for the vibra-
tory type kiln wherein a bed of particulate material is inter-
mittently vibrated or reciprocated during the burning of a
gaseous fuel therein. In the present invention, gaseous fuel
and preheated air are separately introduced into the particu-
late material bed at a plurality of regularly spaced locations.
This permits a uniform penetration of the air and fuel into
the interstices of the particulate material and a consequent
uniform burning of the fuel throughout the material bed. As
a result, a deeper bed may be maintained, and a more
uniform product is obtained at a faster rate and with lower
fuel consumption.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1897
^'^^'^^3 pensated by a compression spring that acts in concert with
n \\\A v>^ ij D ^'^ ^^^ ROTARY KILN the mam spring between overcenler positions in which the
Aiu J?^*V"'"*"' Beaconsfldd, Quebec, Canada, assignor to compression spring acts with or against the main spring
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company, MUwaukee, Wis. Preferably, there is an opposed pair of compression springs
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,246 whose forces act toward and balance each other in the over-
Int. CI. F27b lj02 center position.
U.S. CI. 263-32 4 ci.i„s
3,643,935
DOOR-HANGING WORKBENCH
Archie Y. Bell, 1415 E. Mountain St., Glendale, Calif.
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,050
Int. CI. B25by/22, A47f5/;2
U.S. CI. 269-16
9 Claims
ff -a;
A plurality of material cooling tubes are attached in paral-
lel alignment around the periphery of the material discharge
end of a rotary kiln. An oblique passage is provided from
each tube to the interior of the kiln for conducting air from
the tube to the kiln. A first duct is provided for receiving hot
material from the kiln. The first duct is within the oblique
passage and extends from the kiln a predetermined distance
to a terminal portion thereof intermediate the kiln and tube.
A second duct is provided which has a first end portion con-
nected to the terminal portion of the first duct and the
second duct projecu out of the oblique passage to be ex-
posed to surrounding atmosphere. The second duct has a
second end portion connected to the tube. The second duct
is a spiral that turns away from the adjacent end of at least
about 1 80° to where it discharges material into the tube and
the tube projects through the space inwardly of the spiral
duct toward the adjacent discharge end of the kiln. The spiral
duct, being exposed to atmosphere, is cooled and material
therein is cooled, to reduce thermal stress in the assembly.
3,643,934
RESILIENT SYSTEM WITH COMPENSATING DEVICE
FOR VARIABLE FORCE EXERTED THEREBY
Cornells Bordes, Bloemendaal, Netherlands, assignor to N.V.
Industrieele Handelscombinatie Holland, Rotterdam,
Netherlands
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,210
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Dec. 4, 1968,
6817380
Int. CI. F16f 15102
U.S. CI. 267-155 6 Claims
A door-hanging workbench consisting of a chassis
mounted on wheels for supporting a door in one position or
another while cutouts are made on one side for hinges, on
the other side for mounting such hardware has knobs, latch
bolts and locks. Horizontal carriers support and clamp the
door on the bench and are tiltably mounted on upright sup-
ports so that the door can be held with either edge upper-
most or with the fiat side horizontal. The carrier is adjustable
so that the same workbench can accommodate doors of vari-
ous different sizes.
3,643,936
VISE
John L. Hostetter, Murray, Nebr. 68409
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,928
Int. CI. B25b 1102
U.S. CI. 269-190
3 Claims
A vise having a frame on which a stationary jaw is
mounted, a sliding carriage mounted in said frame in a
rnanner for movement of a movable jaw on the carriage to
A mechanical or fluid spring acts with a force that varies move toward and away from the stationary jaw, such free
accordmg to lU extension. These force variations are com- sliding being accomplished by an operator simply pushing the
1398
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
movable jaw toward the stationary jaw by hand quickly,
pushing and pulling wedges which are adapted to lock them-
selves in a position in the frame at times wnen a lever is
operated, following engagement of the jaws with the work-
piece, further movement of the lever causing the jaws to be
pressed together and rotation of the lever in an opposite
direction causing the jaws to pull apart and the wedges to un-
lock themselves from the frame i
each have an inwardly facing, concaved thigh engaging
padded plate with belt fastened around one of the thighs of
the patient so that the knees of the patient are anchored
against movement while the surgeon performs the operation.
The angle of affixation is quickly changeable if the surgeon
finds the patient too obese, by merely loosening the table
clamps.
3,643.937
PRECISION VISE
Edwin Russ, 27736 Palmer Lane, Madison Heights. Mich.
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,560
Int. CI. B25b 1124
3,643,939
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSPORTING
STACKED FLAT ARTICLES SEQUENTIALLY TO A
RECEIVER
Henry A. Nusbaum, Atlanta, Ga.; Henry W. Rehr, Concord,
and Clair W. Tdber, Jr., Yuba City, both of CaUf., as-
U.S. CI. 269-251
4 Claims stgnors to Crown Zdierbach Corporation, San Francisco,
CaUf.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48^19
InLCI. B65hy/00
fl U.S. CI. 271-62 21 Claims
The precision vise has four major components includmg a
base having a stationary jaw, a movable jaw, a cylindrical
guide element or pin and a threaded operating rod or ele-
ment. The base is provided with an accurately finished jaw
support surface having a longitudinally extending slot or
groove therein extending from one end of the base to the
other end. The cylindrical guide element is located in the slot
in engagement with curved or part cylindrical guide surfaces
located on opposite sides of the slot. The movable jaw having
an accurately finished bottom surface is mounted on the sup-
port surface and is fastened to the cylindrical guide element.
The threaded operating rod is rotatably carried by the base
and is connected to the movable jaw. Manipulation of the
operating rod is effective to move the movable jaw in one
direction only in a straight path towards or away from the
stationary jaw depending on the direction of rotation of the
rod, with the guide element traveling in the slot in engage-
ment with the guide surfaces to thereby maintain the mova-
ble jaw properly oriented and aligned.
3,643,938
DETACHABLE BRACE FOR CULDOSCOPY
OPERATIONS
John Henry LevasMur, Main St, North Bcrwicli, Mahie
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,113
Int. CL A6lK UIOO
MS. CL 269—328 6 Claims
i3Z3tri
A readily usable pair of braces for quick affixation, each
on an opposite side of an elongated operating table, after a
patient has assumed the knee-chest, hypoextension position.
The braces each have a longitudinally extending, lower arm,
supported generally horizontally in one of the table clamps,
each have an integral, upwardly extending support arm,
inclining inwardly toward the other laterally of the table and
An endless transfer conveyor has its article-supporting sur-
face initially positioned in a substantially vertical article-
receiving position and a pair of legs extend perpendicularly
from the bottom end thereof. A stack of box blanks is moved
by a stack conveyor to a {>osition over the legs and against
the article-supporting surface of the transfer conveyor. The
transfer conveyor is then pivoted through an arc slightly
greater than 90° to an article-discharging position and the
blanks are deposited sequentially from the discharge end of
the transfer conveyor onto a shingling conveyor. The shin-
gling conveyor transfers the blanks sequentially onto a
receiver. Scraper arm means are provided to accelerate
removal of the last several blanks from the transfer conveyor
to accumulate a supply of blanks on the infeed end of the
shingling conveyor while the transfer conveyor returns to
pick up another stack of blanks. Appropriate switch actua-
tors are provided to energize drive motors as required.
3,643,940
CONTROL ATTACHMENT FOR SHEET CONVEYING,
STACKING AND DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT
John Lopez, WestScid, N J., aaslgnor to Universal Corrugated
Box Machinery Corporation, Cranford, N J.
Continuation-in-part of appUoition Ser. No. 838,405, July 2,
1969, now Patent No. 3,574,024. This application May 6,
1970, Ser. No. 35,185
Int. CL B65h 29168
U.S.CL 271-76 6 Claims
In a sheet conveying, stacking and discharge apparatus of
the type in which feed from a sheet-forming apparatus to a
stacking apparatus is periodically interrupted to permit the
stacked sheets to be cleared, pivotal gate means for blocking
movement of fed sheets to the stacking apparatus during the
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1399
period in which stacked sheets are cleared. The gate means is member makes the structure suitable for use as a collapsible
characterized by a freedom from interference w^th the orien- playpen or base for a table or trampoline and the other alter-
native end member makes the structure suitable as a climb-
tation of sheets stacked thereagainst in the course of move-
ment from the blocking to the unblocking position.
3,643,941
RELAXATION CHAMBER
GaU Carleton Kashar, 5737 Howe St., Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,218
Int. CLA63gi 7/00
U.S. a. 272-2 2 Claims
ing frame or a support for a swing, slide, seesaw, or other
similar apparatus, such second alternative end member being
rigidly connected to the side frame and being arranged in use
at the top of the structure.
3,643,943
EXERCISER WITH WORK-INDICATING MECHANISM
Curtis L. Erwhi, Jr., 1510 SX.. 41st, Portland, Oreg., and
Gene D. Fosdick, 4910 S.E. 35th Ave., Portiand, Oreg.
Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845^5
Int CI. A63b 23106, 69106, 69/16
\}S. CI. 272-69 12 Claims
There is disclosed a relaxation chamber including a room
in which there is a mass of very light, very white, small sphe-
roidal particles, typically composed of expanded polystyrene
such as is used in mailing Styrofoam. The occupants of the
room can lie down, sit or move in the mass. The movement
gives a sensation similar to that of moving in a swimming
pool. The room typically has translucent wails and/or ceiling
and colored lights, whose colors may change, are projected
on the particles producing a pleasing color effect. The mass
may be fluidized by blowing air through it from the base of
the room.
3,643,942
PLAY DEVICES
Gerald G. Williams, 71 Listowd Road, Kings HeaUi, Bir-
mingham, England
Filed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 843,969
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 27, 1968,
35,966/68; Dec. 18, 1%8, 60,175/68
Int. CLA63b 77/04
VJS. CL 272—60 8 Claims
A childrens' play device comprising side frame and end
members, one of which is detachable. One alternative end
Exercise apparatus such as a treadmill, rowing machine,
pedaling device or the like which includes an indicator ar-
ranged to be driven at a rale in proportion to the degree of
difficulty of the exercise expended for recording work done.
The apparatus in its embodiment employs an operating
member on which the person exercises and adjustable con-
trols for varying the difficulty of the exercise. The indicator is
driven by the operating member through a drive connection,
and the apparatus includes adjustment means incorporated in
the drive connection which is connected directly to the ad-
justable controls so that the rale of operation of the indicator
is in proportion to the degree of difficulty of the exercise.
3,643,944
GOLF CUP RETAINING HOLDER
BiU A. Boyes, 131 West Maple, Cohunbus, Kans.
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 873,923
Int. CI. A63b 57/00
VS. a. 273—34 R 3 Claims
A golf cup retaining holder is provided within which is sup-
ported a conventional golf cup for use on greens made of ar-
tificial grass. The retaining holder is positioned intermediate
1400
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the artificial green and underiying base over which the artifi-
cial green is installed and includes a flat channeled disc
member having a central opening. The disc is adapted to be
secured to the back side of the artificial green with the cen-
tral opening over the hole. The channels serve to vent the
area beneath the artificial green to the atmosphere. A cylin-
drical member extends downward into the hole and supports
a golf cup.
3,643,945
CONTROL FOR PRACTICE BOWUNG
Robert Torraen, and Herbert D. Groivenor, both of
Muducon, Mich., Mrignon to BruiHwick Corporatkn
Filed June 5, 1969, Scr. No. 830,815
InL CL A63d 5/00
VS. CI. 273—54 C 8 Clainia
The improvement in a bowling scoring system including
means for enabling the rolling of one or more practice balls
without the cycling of the system so that pinfall achieved by
the practice balls is not tabulated. In the exemplary embodi-
ment, the same is achieved with the maintenance of various
peripheral functions involving the automatic pinsetter and
bowler identification interlocks.
3,643,946
TOY FOOTBALL GAME
Klaus Johannes Ylinen, Fr^gatan 13, StocUiolm, Sweden
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879^68
Claims priority, application Sweden, Nov. 22, 1968, 15896/68
Int. CI. A63b 71/06
U.S. CL 273-85 R 1 Claim
A ball game amusement device for two contestants com-
prises a playing field beneath a transparent cover and a ball
that is sent back and forth across the field by a projector for
each player. The central portion of the ball field can be
raised to catch and retain the ball between the ball field and
the underside of the transparent panel, and a power-driven
rotating cam raises the central portion of the ball field at the
end of play.
3,643,947
ROPE FLIPPING RACING GAME
Ronald B. Collins, 3581 Greenleaf, Memphis, Tenn.
Filed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 149
Int CI. A63f 9/14
US. CI. 273-86 E
3Claims
A game to be played in or out of doors by one person
against time or by a number of people in competition, the ar-
ticles used in play comprising a removable but firmly up-
standing center post, a length of rope for each player and
tethered to the said post at substantially shoulder height, a
handgrip at the outer end of the rope, a plurality of obstacles
attached to the rope in spaced relation and, for each player,
a play piece in this instance a wigged head linked to his
respective rope and slidable thereon between successive ones
of said obstacles and, according to rules of the game, hopped
or flipped over the obstacles, one at a time, by up, down and
sidewise manipulations of the rope.
REBOUNDING TETHERED BALL
Leroy Coatcs, Covington, Ky., assignor to Willy Wboper, Inc.,
Covington, Ky.
Filed Oct 24, 1969, Ser. No. 870,416
Int. CI. A63b 33/00
VS. CL 273—97 4 Claims
A toy comprises a circular plate having one end of a
resilient member releasably connected thereto. The other
end of the resilient member is releasably connected to a
fluid-filled, collapsible element. The releasable connection
between the resilient member and the fluid-filled collapsible
element allows the fluid-filled, collapsible element to be filled
whenever there is leakage of fluid from the collapsible ele-
ment.
3,643,949
MARBLE GAME WITH MOVING TARGET
Naman G. Habasfa, 15249 S. Van-Ness, Gardena, Calif.
Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Scr. No. 19,901
Int CI. A63b 63/04
VS. CI. 273—101 3 ClainH
A game played with rolling bodies such as marbles and the
like, the marbles being roiled along a track, under an end of
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1401
which is suspended a swinging receptacle or basket to catch
only those marbles which are caused to fall from the end of
-V^
radial segmental opening therein. Launching trays and capsu-
lelike playing pieces are also provided for launching the cap-
sules towards the playing surface in an attempt to feed the
capsules through one of the openings in the playing surface
in timed relationship to the rotation of the underiying disc
having the segmental opening therein.
3^*3,952
TILTING SURFACE BALL GAME
Eari D. Sprowl, 251 West Eight St, Salem, Ohio
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Scr. No. 21,280
Int. CL A63b 67/00
U.S.CL 273-110
2Cl^ms
the track at a time to reach the basket directly below the end
of the track as it swings to-and-fro through such position.
3 643,950
TARGET FOR BALL TOSS GAME
Howard A. Hoik, 12025 Rutherford, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept 18, 1970, Scr. No. 73,482
Int. a. A63b 63/00
UA a. 273-105 R
1 Claim
A ball toss game, suitable for either indoor or outdoor
play, consisting of a box having in the front side thereof a
plurality of openings. A target basket, adjacent each of the
openings in the box, receives the tossed ball and directs the
same into such openings. Ducts in the box conduct the balls
from each of the openings to a separate compartment, having
an assigned numerical value which the players use in comput-
ing their scores. In use, the box may either be suspended
from a fixed support, or supported in an upright position by
collapsible legs.
/O
.^tC
A game device having a housing and a rimmed plate
mounted thereon for tilting about two axes while being
revolved, the tilting of the plate being controlled by one lever
and the revolving of the plate being controlled by a crank
whereby two persons may control the action of the rimmed
plate and one or more spheres rolling thereon.
3,643,953
FLUID PRESSURE OPERATED GAME
Jon S. Fixler, Philadelphia, Pa., assignor to Industrial Patent
Devdopment Corp., PhOa., Pa.
Filed Aug. 13, 1970, Ser. Na 63^82
Int CI. A63d 3/02
U.S. CL 273—119 B 12 Claims
I
V
3,643,951
SURFACE PROJECTILE GAME DEVICE WFTH
INTERMITTENTLY CLOSED TARGET OPENINGS
Jeffrey D. Brcsiow, Chicago, lU., assignor to Marvin Glass &
Associates
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 65,944
Int. CL A63b 67/14
VS. a. 273— 108 4 Claims
iQi a
A game device including a base having apertures therein
with a rotatable disc underiying the apertures and having a
i6'
*6
A game device is disclosed, suitable for play by two or four
persons representing two opposing sides, comprising a "-
board" having interconnected sets of conduits, arnl projec-
tiles normally disposed at opposite ends of one of the sets
capable of being individually released and propelled through
their conduits by selectively applied fluid pressure. The op-
posing sides control the release of their projectiles and the
1402
OFFICIAL ,GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
flow of fluid in conduits in one direction, the object of the
game being for one side to drive its projectiles from its end of
the conduits to its opponent's end, against a defense mounted
by its opponent.
3 643,954
GAME WITH PROJECTILE LAUNCHING ROTOR
Burton S. Meyer, and Marvin L Glass, both of Chicago, 111.,
assignors to Marvin & Associates
Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Scr. No. 848^74
Int CL A63d 3102
U.S.a. 273— 119A 10 Claims
3,643,956
BOARD GAME APPARATUS
Bernard X. Bovasso, Rm. 302, 1911 Jefferson Davis Hwy.,
Arlington, Va.
Continuatioa-in-part of application Ser. No. 849,1 18, Aug.
1 1, 1969, now abandoned. This application May 4, 1970, Ser.
No. 34,443
Int CI. A63f 3100
U.S. CI. 273- 130 R 3 Claims
80«
A game of the type having a playing surface, a playing
piece and playing piece recesses at the edges of the playing
surface characterized by the provision of a playing piece
launching rotor positioned centrally of the playing surface,
the speed and direction of the rotor being controllable by the
player to launch the playing piece into a desired recess.
Movable blocking elements are provided adjacent the
recesses for preventing the entry of the playing piece into a
recess. Also, the game is characterized by the provision of
reversible recess insert pieces capable of being oriented in
one fashion to block some of the recesses when the game is
being played with a reduced number of players, or to be
oriented in a reverse fashion to provide plural cavities for
receiving the playing piece.
3,643,955
SIGLL-TYPE GAME
Jeffrey D. Brcsiow, Chicago, III., assignor to Marvin Glass &
Assixriates
Filed Oct. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,288
Int CI. A63d 3102
U.S. CI. 273— 1 19 R 1 2 Claims
A&t ^
A skill-type game which comprises motive means for
propelling objects outwardly therefrom at random intermit-
tent intervals in a plurality of angular directions toward a plu-
rality of receiving positions disposed angularly about the mo-
tive means. The receiving positions have gates normally
blocking the entrance thereto and the gates are selectively
movable by a player to open the entrance to the receiving
positions in an attempt to "catch" the propelled objects.
y^KI^
This invention relates to a game played with square mem-
bers, which may be cards or blocks, disposable upon a play-
ing board having squares defined thereon, each of said cards
or blocks having an identical pattern marked thereon, said
pattern comprising markings achieving equal divisions upon
the sides of the square, and having contrasting colors defln-
ing said pattern, wherein each color occupies an identical
portion of each side of said square and wherein any terminus
of any marking will meet and mate with any other terminus
of a like colored marking on any other member. The purpose
of the game is to generate, by the sequential placement of
said squares, either a continuity of pattern from one side of
the playing board to another side of the playing board, or the
completion of a circuit, i.e., an endless track or path,
anywhere on the board.
3,643,957
BOARD GAME APPARATUS
CUfford F. Bryant 19 Washington St., Struthcrs, Ohio
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,065
Int CI. A63f 3102
U.S. a. 273-134 AD
2 Claims
A gameboard having a pyramid depicted thereon and a
plurality of zigzag paths of movement from the bottom of the
pyramid to the top thereof for movement of game pieces.
Control cards having indicia thereon controlling the move-
ment of the game pieces are provided so that a plurality of
players may endeavor to move their game pieces from a start
position to a finish position at the top of the pyramid by
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1403
drawing cards which instruct them to move the game piece in
a particular manner, with certain of the cards depicting an in-
crement of movement along the zigzag paths of movement.
Sand dunes are depicted alongside the pyramid to which the
game pieces are directed in certain instances by the cards.
3,643,958
GAME SIMULATING ASPECTS OF SOCIETY
Solomon Sperber, 34 Bladibum RomI, Hillside, N J.
Filed Feb. 29, 1968, Scr. No. 709,410
Int CI. A63f 9100
MS. CI. 273-134 AD 9 Claims
■_^ VtONCQ
COLONCL5
53 i :> XX
inWOcj^ v^'^^M ^ - — -
■- ■ ' ,;^ TCro- ajmi aii»r _
^^
^2
if-*^ *^Cvo
A game board, a first set of cards stating numbered issues,
a recording set of cards, a second set of numbered cards stat-
ing laws, and having indicia identical to the issue numbers
whereby one's opinion relating to the laws are correlated to
the issues, a third set of cards stating cases and bearing in-
dicia identical to the numbered issues and numbered law
cards whereby one's opinions as to the cases are correlated
to the laws and issues, a fourth set of cards allowing players
to advance, and a set of chance cards stored in an used in
conjunction with a game accessories container.
3,643,959
GOLF GAME
William D. Cornell, Grand Haven; Martin M. Schankler,
Muskegon, and Charles R. Kenridi, Grand Haven, all of
Mich., asaigDors to Brunswick Corporation
Original appttcatioa Apr. 13, 1966, Ser. No. 542,414, now
Patent No. 3,523,689. Divided and this application Dec. 18,
1968, Ser. No. 807,148
Intel. A63b 67/02,69/56
U.S. CI. 273— 1 76 FA 10 Claims
.*/^ i^/V_«»* -tv ^ACf .a^ 7M^6Sr
Sicr^a^ o^^^y^^Vlr i-'>OJ/£
The invention is a device for measuring the flight charac-
teristics of a golf bail hit in the ordinary manner by a golfer
from a stationary tee against a prepositioned target. The self-
healing target, positioned a known distance from the tee,
temporarily records the initial direction of the hit v^ithin a
directional indicating grid on the surface thereof. Tlie target
resembles a section of an inverted cone wherein all points
thereon in a given horizontal plane are equidistant from the
tee, and points in a higher plane are further from the tee. The
target absorbs most but not all of the kinetic energy of the
ball allowing it to rebound at a low velocity so as to roll along
a level ball receiving surface located in front of the target to
a spin detection device positioned thereon. Numbered zones
on the directional indicating grid represent direction from
the tee, and numbered (plus and minus) zones associated
with the spin detection device indicate the relative effect of
spin upon the shot. By algebraically adding the number of the
zone where the ball impacts upon the target and the number
of the spin detection zone to which the ball rolls after impact,
the golfer obtains a number which designates the directional
indicating zone on the target face indicating the direction of
the terminal impact point of the ball. A microphone as-
sociated with the tee and an electrical sensing element as-
sociated with the target measures the approximate distance
the hit ball would theoretically travel in the direction of its
terminal impact point had it not been intercepted by the tar-
get.
3,643,960
CORRECT HEAD POSITION TRAINING DEVICE FOR
GOLFERS
Edwin E. Gentilly, 14029 Gramatan Ave., Cleveland, Ohio
Filed Nov. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 88,124
Int. CI. A63b 69/i6
U.S. CI. 273- 1 83 B 4 Claims
A training device adapted to teach a golfer to keep his
head down during swings at the ball has a unitarily cast bel-
lows with a whistle carried in a cavity formed in the lower
wall thereof and operatively connected therewith. The bel-
lows is fastened to the front part of a vertically disposed strap
of foam-backed plastic that is adapted to be formed in in-
verted U shape to overlie a portion of the shoulder region of
the golfer. The vertically disposed strap is held in place by a
torso-encircling connecting strap passing under the arms of
the golfer.
3,643,% 1
GOLF-PRACTICING DEVICE
Arthur C. Schroeder, 730 Emerson Road, Creve Coeur, Mo.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,626
Int CI. A63b 69136
U.S. CI. 273- 197 R 2 Claims
A golf-practicing device having a molded, integral driven
member rotatively mounted on a substantially upright post
attached to a resilient, flexible mat. The driven member in-
cludes a head portion rotatively mounted on the post, a ball
portion at its free end which overlies the mat in spaced rela-
tion, and a rod portion interconnecting the head portion and
ball portion and extending laterally at the post. The molded,
integral driven member is constructed of a resiUent material.
1404
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the head portion and ball portion being substantially the size
of the conventional golf ball, and the interconnecting rod
portion being of sufficient cross section to preclude per-
manent deformation when the ball portion is struck by a golf
club. A spacer of resilient material is located on the post
between the mat and the head portion of the driven member,
the spacer providing a bearing for the rotative head portion
and extending laterally of the post for a distance short of the
ball portion. The spacer maintains the ball portion in spaced
relation above the mat. The driven device is freely rotated on
3,643,963
SIGNAL RECORDING AND/OR PLAYBACK APPARATUS
Jahangir Macyidi Ahy, 13 Duke St, Manchester Square, Lon-
don, W. I.England
Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819^62
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 30, 1968,
20^107/68; 20^09/68
Int. CI. Glib 5/00
U.S. CI. 274—4 J 9 Claims
vvvvvvvvvvvv'^N
20 15
the post when the ball portion is struck by the golf club
In one embodiment a pair of rigid plates are provided one
above and one below the mat, the post extending through the
mat and secured to the rigid plate. This construction provides
a unit that can be utilized both indoors and outdoors.
In another embodiment particularly suite for outdoor use,
an elongate sleeve, constituting a socket, is inserted into the
ground to provide a permanent anchorage. In usage, the post
extends through the mat and into the socket to secure the
mat to the ground.
3,643,962
MAGNETIC TAPE PLAYING AND CHANGING
APPARATUS
Rowland K. Wbite, Rockville, and Simon L. Lindbecli, Bowie,
both of Md., assignors to Qatron Corporation, Rockville,
Md.
FUed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,1 10
Int. CI. Glib /5/29
VS. CI. 274—4 F 9 Claims
A plurality of tape cartridges are held in a rotary magazine.
Mechanism is provided for indexing the magazine so as to
move a particular cartridge to a play (or record) position. At
the play position, the selected tape cartridge is shifted into
engagement with a friction drive forming a part of the power
train for indexing the magazine and shifting cartridges. A
magnetic pickup (or record) head has an independent drive
enabling the head to register with each of a plurality of tape
channels. The entire apparatus is characterized by simplicity,
compactness and economy as well as durability.
6-
This specification describes a signal recording and/or
playback apparatus for recording signals on a broad record
band m a plurality of parallel tracks or track sections and/or
for playing back signals so recorded. The apparatus
described includes a transducer head which is driven across
the record band in a series of steps, means being provided
which ensure that each step corresponds to the spacing
between two tracks or track sections. The apparatus
described also includes a position indicator for indicating the
position of the transducer head along the length of the band.
This counter is reset to zero by means adapted to be actuated
by trigger means provided on the band at a position cor-
responding to the ends of the tracks or track sections in
which said signals are recorded or to be recorded. In a
modification, two transducer heads are provided which are
rendered operative during alternate periods, each of said
heads being shifted to another track while it is inoperative.
3,643,964
PULL |lOD SEAL
Christopher Sndling, Penfidd, and Anthony J. Gardone,
Rodiester, both of N.Y., assignors to Kayex Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,072
IntCI.F16j/5/yO
U.S. CI. 277-24 14 Claims
A seal is disclosed which permits a pull rod to be rotated
and moved axially with respect thereto and which is provided
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1405
with a plurality of washers arranged in a stacked relation so
that their engagement with the peripheral surface of the rod
removes any oxide impurities thercfirom and provides for
deposition of the impurities into a chamber that is a part of
the seal for the rod. The chamber is connected to the at-
mosphere through a series of radial holes and by a clearance
hole surrounding the pull rod to the interior of the furnace.
Consequently, the pressurized gas normally in the furnace
moves or flows along the pull rod and into the chamber. The
gas is still under sufficient pressure so that the impurities
deposited in the chamber can be removed through the radial
holes.
3,643,965
SEALING MEANS
Terence P. Nicholson, CraigmiBer, Stocksfidd, EngUnd, as-
signor to The Corrugated Packing and Sheet Metal Com-
pany, LimitMi, Hamsterley, Newcastle upon Tyne, England,
a part interest
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846,692
Claims priority, appUcatkni Great Britain, Aug. 2, 1968,
37,018/68
Int CI. Fl«(l 15/08
UA CI. 277-75 8 Claims
loa s yoe
■^
■ ///\
^^
JOt-
y^f^w^ ivww^^
106 S
lot
A sealing washer or gasket has a hollow section formed by
walls which converge but leave at least one opening between
the hollow section and the high-pressure side of the seal so
that an increase in fluid pressure has the effect of urging the
walls outwardly, thus tending to increase the sealing pressure
with the surfaces between which it is located. Means are pro-
vided to prevent the opening being entirely closed by the
normal pressures used to clamp the parts sealed by the
washer or gasket. The outer periphery of the sealing washer
or gasket, as seen in a section which includes the axis, is
either generally straight or concave.
3,643,966
SHAFT PACKING
Jean-Claude Bardet, Puteaux, France, aarignor to Sodetc In-
tcmartonale dc Mccanique IndustrieUe S.A., Luxembourg
FUed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,199
Claims priority, appUcatkm France, July 29, 1970, 6925890
Int CL F16J 9/00, E2Ib 33100
MS. CL 277-80 1 Cbdm
electromagnetic device solid with the aforesaid rotary
member.
A shaft packing characterized in that it is capable of trans-
mitting electric current, whether direct or alternating, from
the fixed member to the rotary member; this possibility is
particularly advantageous in case it is desired to control an
3,643,967
SEALING RING FOR FACE SEALS
FlUp TorvaM Stahl, Alv^o, Sweden, Msignor to Stcnberg
Flygt AB, Svctsarvagen, Solna, Sweden
Filed Feh. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 796363
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 16, 1968, 2081/68
InL CI. F16J 15134
V)S. CI. 277—92 3 CI
uu^
A sealing ring for face seals comprises a supporting ring, a
hard material ring and a rubber ring bonded both to the sup-
porting ring and to the hard material ring, the hard material
ring and the rubber ring being bonded to one side of the sup-
porting ring whereby the supporting ring is capable of dis-
sipating the heat of friction. The supporting ring has a sub-
stantially L cross-sectional shape and the hard material ring
can be either ceramic or sintered carbide.
3,643,968
GASKET
Guy E. Horvath, WUliamsviUe, N.Y., assignor to Hercules
Packing Corporatkm, AMen, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 887,988
Int CI. F16j 75/00
U.S. CI. 277-166 10 Claims
A gasket comprising in combination an elastomeric
member and a resilient support member of sidewalls sptaced
from each other and a bottom wall joining such sidewalls at
lower positions thereof and together with such sidewalls
defining a cavity in which the elastomeric member is main-
tained in a supportive arrangement.
3,643,969
PLUNGER OPERATED ROTATABLE COLLET
Robert L. FInlcy, NorfoUi, and Raymond E. Sansom, New
MUford, hoth of Conn., asd^ion to Diventoo, Inc., New
Mllford, Conn.
FUed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,428
Intel. B23bi 7/30
U.S. CL 279-4 16 CWns
A machine tool spindle characterized by excellent dyiumiic
balance at very high rates of rotation and adapted for auto-
matic tool changing has a tool-hokling coUet actuated by a
plunger coaxial with the spindle. The plunger is maintained
in the tool-holding position by belleville springs that rotate
with the plunger and collet and a nonrotating push rod en-
1406
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
^
gages the plunger and drives it against the spring bias to open the vehicle a noninflammable gas generating medium
* the collet when a tool is to be released or picked up. Ad- produces and delivers a gas into the protective bags to inflate
vantageous embodiments of the invention, the collet draws
air through a small conduit in the spindle, thereby cleaning
dust from the collet fixture.
«N»iTlvC
Device
3,643,970
LOCKABLE SUSPENSION FOR VEHICLES
Yves M. Gauchct, Senlis, France, assignor to Sodete Anonyme
Podain
Filed May 12, 1970, Ser. No. 36,551
Claims prioritv, application France, Ma> 14. 2069, 6915773 them, thus providing shock-absorbing cushions between pas-
Int. CI. B60g / 7100 sengers or other objects and rigid vehicle parts.
U.S. CI. 280- 1 24 F 4 Claims
3,643,972
SAFETY SHIELD
Michael I. Caiati, Evanston, and William L. Lehle, WUmettc,
both of III., assignors to H.M.K., Inc.
Filed Jan. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 700355
Int.CI. B60r2//02
U.S. CI. 280- 1 50 B 8 Claims
H
IT
»-j
>»^ ^iS
^^j^;
ja,
3ti
I
.-Sd
10 .-■'
M
■-Q \l '6
J5
tr^d
^38
L > —
%
f
In an hydraulic suspension system for the wheels of an axle
of a vehicle such as a public works machine and with respect
to the chassis of the vehicle, two separate suspension arms
articulated to the chassis, a jack coupled between the chassis
and each of the suspension arms, a resilient member ar-
ranged in the chamber of each jack wherein the resilient
member is capable of being compressed by hydraulic fluid
feeding the jack, a conduit connecting the chambers of the
two jacks, and selective isolating means arranged between
the chamber and on the conduit connecting the chambers of
the two jacks, whereby the suppleness of each of the suspen-
sion arms is adjustable for road travel of the vehicle and the
suspension arms are lockable for stability of the vehicle at a
worksite.
Injury to passengers in vehicles from either collision with
hard surfaces and/or quick whiplash movement of the body is
prevented by a safety shield comprising a yieldable, flexible
transparent material removably mounted along at least two
opposite edges and held taut to provide a shock-absorbing
barner between the person to be protected and the direction
of movement of his person particularly in times where the
movement is due to outside forces overpowering the persons
ability to resist them e.g., during vehicle collisions.
3,643,971
SELF-INFLATING IMPACT-ABSORBING BAG FOR
VEHICLES
Julian H. Kuahnick, BrooUyn, N.Y., assignor to Allied Chemi-
cal Corporation, New Yorli, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 63,196
Int. CI. B60r 27/70
U.S. CI. 280—150 AB 13 Claims
A vehicle safety device having normally contracted protec-
tive bags installed in a vehicle at convenient locations and
which is adapted so that upon the occurrence of a collision of
3,643,973
SLIDING TIEDOWN DEVICE
John A. Bott, 931 Lake Shore Drive, Grosse Pointe Shores,
Mich.
Filed Apr. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 30,665
Int CI. B60p 1100
U.S. CI. 280- 1 79 R 3 Claims
A slidable tiedown device for an automobile vehicle such
as a pickup truck. A pair of channel members are mounted
on the sidewalls of the truck bed and serve as mounts for one
or more pairs of tiedown members. The tiedown members
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1407
are slidable along the length of the channel members and
may be locked in any desired position thereon by an inter-
3,643,976
LATCH FOR DRAFT ARM EXTENSION
Robert C. Haupt, Milwaukee, and DonaM E. Peterson, Wau-
watosa, both of Wis., assignors to Allis-Chalmers Manufac-
turing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed Oct 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81363
InLCI. B60d IjOO
U3. CI. 280-478 R lo Claims
nally threaded collar, nut or the like. The tiedovm members
have eyelet openings adapted to receive a rope or the like.
3,643,974
BICYCLE FORK EXTENSION
Norman T. Peate, 5951 East 18th St, Tucson, Ariz.
Filed Apr. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 25,459 An extendible draft arm including an extendible member
Int. CI. B62k 27/02 telescoping in a base member with a latch to retain the draft
U3. CI. 280—278 1 Claim ^"ti in its retracted position.
The present invention comprises a dragster rail or bicycle
fork extension adapted to either nonmotorized or motorized
bicycles, the respective elements of which are stabilized
against misplacement by a yoke member.
3,643,975
RETRACTABLE TONGUE STAND FOR TRAILERS
William R. Parkburst, SedaUa, Mo., assignor to Parkburst
Manufacturing Co., Inc., Sedalia, Mo.
Filed Feb. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 8,276
Int CI. B60s 9102
U3. CI. 280-475 2 Claims
3,643,977
SKI BOOT HEEL BINDING
Bernard E. Berlenbacfa, Mill Valley, Calif., assignor to 9d
Free Company, Mill VaUey, CaUf. and M. A. Miller Manu-
facturing Co.
Filed July 23, 1970, Ser. No. 57,696
Int CI. A63c 9108
U.S. CI. 280-11.35 T 23 Claims
/f/«
A retractable tongue stand assembly has a pair of spaced,
depending plates rigidly secured to the tongue which
pivotally carry a rigid support member therebetween for
swinging movement between retracted and extended posi-
tions. A spring-loaded latch is shiftable along a longitudinal
track on the member into locking engagement with sets of
notches on the plates to releasably lock the member in either
its retracted or extended positions.
In a heel binding of the type having elongated body
member having a forward heel boot holding means, a body
member swingable relative to a base member about a rear-
ward horizontal pivot axis substantially perpendicular to the
axis of the ski runner substantially parallel to the top face of
the runner, whereby the heel boot holding means is pivoted
from a holding position in which the heel holding means is
substantially abutting the top face of the runner, to a release
position in which this heel holding means is raised from and
inclined relative to the top face of the runner, the improve-
ment including: (a) a single coil spring carried by one of the
body members and the base member operating along a zone
of action; (b) a V-frame connecting mearw positioned inter-
mediate the rearward pivot axis of the binding and the heel-
holding means in operative contact with the single coil
spring, and including first and second leg means carrying
cooperative broad-contacting, complementary surface means
at their swingably engaging surfaces to each other, one of the
1408
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
leg means also carrying thereto a substantially disconnectably
connecting L-shaped cam surface aligned with the zone of
action of the spring; (c) linking means for connecting the
first and second leg means to the body member and the base
member, respectively, a pair of horizontal pivot axes, and in-
cluding a stationary pin means disconnectably positioned
with respect to the disconnectably connecting L-shaped cam
surface on the one leg means to normally prevent pivotal tilt-
ing of the body member relative to the base member, but
being adapted to release from said cam surface allowing rela-
tive angular displacement of the first and second leg means
when subjected to either of two load conditions correspond-
ing to (i) an accident condition or (ii) a manual release con-
dition above the operational release level of the binding; (d)
the single coil spring adapted to undergo axial movement to
release the stationary pin means of said linking means from
the disconnectably connecting cam surface carried on the
one leg means, by cooperative angular movement of said leg
means in response to a load condition resolvable into an an-
tibias component force acting along the zone of action op-
posite to the normal bias force of the single coil spring; (e)
after release of the stationary pin means of the linking means
from the cam surface, continued depthv^se displacement of
the horizontal pivot axis being aided, at least in part, by the
normal bias force of the single coil spring until the release
position of the heel-holding means is achieved, after the
release position is attained and the load condition acting on
the binding is terminated, the release position being main-
tained by the normal bias force of the single coil spring.
3,643^8
SKI FLANGE
RumU C. Westbcrg, 10342 Pkasaot Ave. S., BkxHningtoa,
Mich.
Filed Dec. 9, 1%9, Scr. No. 883^28
hA. CI B62b 17100
VS. CL 280-28 1 Claim
A flange for snowmobile ski. One or more flanges are at-
tached to each of the steering skis of a snowmobile to
prevent the ski and snowmobile from sliding sideways in
snow or on icy surfaces. The flange engages the snow or icy
surfaces and prevents lateral movement of the ski when the
snowmobile is making a turn.
3,643,979
SNOWMOBILE SKI CONSTRUCTION
WilUam R. Ricliards, Roaeau, Minn., asBignor to Textron Inc.,
Providence, R.I.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,091
Int. CI. B62b 77/02
DS. CI. 280—28 3 Claims
6i*-
The disclosure is directed to a snowmobile ski of laminated
construction, having an abrasion-resistant outer skin and an
inner polyurethane fill bonded to the outer skin. An arcuate
metal rod runs along the midline of the ski, bowing from the
bottom surface of the ski to provide an abrasion -resistant
runner to enhance control of the vehicle.
3,643,980
PUSHCHAIR
Guenther Kirsch, 5 In der Poelten, 3472 Beverungen.TVeser,
Germany
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,550
Claims priority, application Germany, July 5, 1968, G 67 51
042
Int CI. B62b 7/06
U.S. CI. 280—41 A 8 Claims
A pushchair comprising a supporting frame, a body, means
for detachably mounting said body on said frame, a pair of
sides for said frame, a pair of frame parts for each said side, a
pivot interconnecting said frame parts so that at least the
lower ends of said parts form an inverted V, an extensible
spring unit interconnecting the lower ends of said parts, a
pair of coextending hollow levers composing said unit, at
least one tensioned spring within said levers, and a bendable
joint between said levers.
3,643,981
STEERING COLUMN ASSEMBLY SUPPORT
Leonard F. Grandel, CarrolHon; Floyd A. SchlnckcMer, Fran-
kenmuth, and Dan R. Kimberlin, Saginaw, all of Mich., as-
signors to General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Scr. No. 33,234
Int CI. B62d 1118
U.S. CI. 280—87 R 3 Claims
A vehicle steering column assembly is engaged by a sup-
port arrangement intermediate the ends thereof which
generally rigidly connects a portion of the column assembly
to the vehicle body but which is permanently deformable
upon relative displacement between the column assembly
and vehicle body and thereafter again rigidly supports the
column assembly in the displaced position and without exert-
ing thereon substantial restoring forces, the support arrange-
ment including a support member having inner and outer
rings attached respectively to the column assembly and vehi-
cle body and interconnected by a plurality of permanently
deformable webs the thickness and configuration of which
determine the strength of the support member.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1409
3 643 982
DUST SEALING MECHANISMS FOR HOPPERS OR THE
LIKE
Arthur Douglas Murphy, Bramhall, England, assignor to
Shnon-Carvcs Limited, Cheshire, Ei^land
Continuation of application Ser. No. 804,966, Mar. 6, 1%9,
now abandoned. This application Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No.
62,149
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 14. 1%8,
12,402/68
Int. CI. F16I 25/00
U.S. CI. 285-9
12 Claims
like number of bolts to hold the flanges together. The devices
are provided v^th a plurality of camming surfaces adapted to
bear against the bolts and force them into a limiting position
of their radial travel jxrmitted by the clearance of the over-
size bolt holes around the bolts, thus axially aligning the
flanges.
3,643,984
PLASTIC COATED FERRULE FOR A TUBE COUPLING
Bernard J. Bucccri, Eric, Pa., assignor to Autodave En-
gineers, Inc., Eric, Pa.
Filed SepL 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,711
Intel. Fl 61 79/05
U.S. CI. 285—94 3 Claims
.^,, , ill _['{ \
~ — iK " tq '-i^fl " ^1^ ISO ^19
A dust sealing mechanism for use in association with a
receptacle for dust containing material and comprising a pair
of relatively movable telescoped sleeves, one of said sleeves
being adapted to be moved into sealing engagement with an
outlet from which the material is fed to the receptacle, and
the other of said sleeves being adapted to cooperate with an
inlet in the receptacle, and means interconnecting the two
sleeves for effecting opposite axial movement of the sleeves
into their operative position whereby material can be fed
through the sleeves into the receptacle comprising a rotata-
ble ring having camming engagement with the respective
sleeves.
3,643,983
DEVICES FOR AXIAL ALIGNMENT OF PIPE OR OTHER
FLANGES
Edwin H. Ludcman, Red Bank, N J., assignor to Andrews In-
dustrics, Dayton, N J.
FUcd Nov. 21, 1%9, Scr. No. 878,765
Int CI. F16I imo
U.S. CI. 285-31 3 Claims
Devices are described which are adapted to be positioned
between a pair of plain faced pipe or other flanges having a
plurality of evenly spaced, oversize bolt holes to receive a
A plastic coated, positive-bite-type ferrule for a high-pres-
sure tube coupling including cooperating body and closure
members which engage the plastic coated ferrule
therebetween to seal the coupling.
3,643,985
LATCHING DEVICE FOR COUPLING ASSEMBLY
Bidwell C. Cranage, Ferguson, Mo., assignor to Stile^raft
Manufacturers, Inc., St Louis, Mo.
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Scr. No. 882,21 1
Intel. F16I 47/00
U.S. CI. 285-189 8 Claims
This latching device is used to couple connectable mem-
bers together, one of which includes an adapter assembly
having a valve plug, and the other of which includes a valve
assembly having a valve plug receiving body. The adapter as-
sembly includes an offset latch plug, and the valve assembly
includes a latching unit engageable with the latch plug. The
latching unit includes a slotted bracket member and an inde-
pendent latch frame member capable of guided movement
within the slots. A tension spring between these two members
tends to pull them together. The latch plug includes a
cammed nose portion and a transverse latch slot. The latch
frame includes a cammed lip deflected by canv^tion and
received into the latch slot to provide the latched eondition.
Unlatching is effectuated by depressing the latch frame.
1410
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,986
PIPELINE SADDLE ASSEMBLY
Donald R. Allan, Menlo Park, Calif., assignor to Raychem
Corporatioo, Menlo Park, Calif.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 644,291, June 7, 1967,
now abandoned. This application Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No.
882,358
IntCI. F16J4//04
U.S. CI. 285-197 15 Claims
An assembly of a pair of axially slidable, interlocking parts
which can be installed at any point on a continuous pipe to
permit the attachment of a standard tee to the pipe.
3,643,987
SPOUT STRUCTURE
Ronal Charles DuPont, London, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
GSW Limited-GSW Limitee, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Filed SepL 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71325
InL CI. F16I 5100
U.S. CI. 285—205 2 Claims
38 /
y
I
30- O
/
-[I
X'
A spout structure for liquid receptacles having an opening
in a wall consists of a tube extending through the opening, a
gasket on the inside of the wall surrounding said opening, a
flange at one end of the tubular member engaging the gasket
having a ledge on the tubular member outward of the wall
and a dished resilient ring bearing against the ledge and the
wall, the ring having legs which can be sprung apart to enable
it to pass over the ledge and fixed into position.
3,643,988
RELEASABLE CORNER JOINT ARRANGEMENT FOR
STACKING FRAMES FOR LOADING PALLETS
Ame Ingvartsen, Bubbel, 5592 E^jby, Denmark
FUed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877,758
Claims priority, application Denmark, Nov. 27, 1968,
5794/68
Int. CI. F 16b 2104, 7104
U.S. CI. 287—53.5 1 Claim
This invention relates to a releasable comer joint for a
stacking frame with detachable side members for a loading
pallet. The detachable side members of such a stacking frame
normally comprises two tubular outer posts held together by
means of a girder, and are interconnected by means of a
comer joint being formed as a U-shaped fitting pivotally con-
nected to the girder so that its downwardly facing flanges in
the locked position grip and hold the girder. The joint may
further be provided with a gib member adapted to be in-
troduced mto one tubular side post of an adjacent side
member In accordance with the present invention the side
post of the said side member supporting the joint is provided
with a resilient locking member projecting through one or
two apertures in the wall of said tubular side post and
adapted to cooperate with a recess in one or in both flanges
of the said U-shaped jomt, whereby easy handling and proper
function is secured.
3,643,989
DOWEL FOR EXTRUDED SECTIONS OF PLASTICS
MATERIAL
Eridi Sattier, WiMbad (Bundcsrepublik Dcutsdiland), Som-
merberg, Germany
FUed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 870,227
InL CI. F16b 7H6
U.S. CI. 287- 1 8936H 1 Claim
A dowel adapted to be inserted into an open end of a tubu-
lar section of plastics material comprises a prismatic plug
consisting of solid plastics material and having side face por-
tions and an inserting end portion, and spring sheet steel
means contacting said side face portions and formed with lug
means extending away from said inserting end portion at an
oblique angle to the longitudinal axis thereof.
3,643,990
METHOD OF AND DEVICE FOR GRIPPING A MOVING
YARN END IN TEXTILE MACHINES, PARTICULARLY
YARN WINDING MACHINES
Rudolf Horatschke; Zdenek Holy; Jiri Havlas; Premysl
Kostelecky, and Vlastimil Rejnart, all of Liberec,
Czechoslovakia, assignors to Elitex Zavodny textUnibo
strojirenstvi generalni reditelstvi, Liberec, Czechoslovakia
Filed Jan. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 5,334
Claims priority, application Czechoslovakia, Feb. 7, 1969,
821/69
Int. CI. AOld 59104
U.S. CI. 289-1.5 10 Claims
A method of and an apparatus for gripping a moving yam
end in textile machines, particularly yam winding machines
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1411
having yam storage magazines which are impositively fed by
driven pinch rolls. Upon the breakage of or exhaustion of
yam, the yarn end is automatically gripped in a novel
manner. Thereafter, a new yam end is fed into the apparatus
where it meets the old, gripped end in a knotter. After the
two ends are tied and knotted, the free ends of the two yam
ends are cut off, the knotted portion of the yam is released
from the knotter, and feeding of the yam into the yam
storage magazine is resumed.
3,643,991
CONDUrr THREADING TOOL
Jack Eaton, Gleason, Wis., assignor to Van Ert Electric, Ru-
dolph, Wis.
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,005
Int. CI. A47f 13106
U.S. CI. 294-19 4 Claims
*■«
hose attachment on the back of the casing enables a vacuum
hose to be attached thus transferring suction to the apertures.
When the tiles are placed in position on the wall by the
device, the vacuum is broken by releasing a cap on the other
end of the hose attachment thus releasing the tiles.
3,643,993
FORK EXCLUDING FLAP FOR RUBBISH CONTAINER
Manuel Asadurian, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to G. I. Rub-
bish Company
FUed Feb. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 8,662
Intel. B65f 7/00
U.S. CI. 294—73 3 Claims
A tool to be used in threading conduit or pipe section
together. The tool includes a roller to be inserted in the free
end of the pipe section, and the roller is joumaled on a shaft
which extends outwardly from the lower end of a column. A
pair of handles project from opposite sides of the column and
are adapted to be grasped by a workman to hold the free end
of the pipe section above the ground and in alignment with
the other pipe section to be joined. As the pipe section is
manually rotated to threadedly connect the pipe sections, the
pipe section will rotate freely on the roller.
20,
3,643,992
TILE HOLDING AND PLACEMENT DEVICE
Romeo Jacobucd, 337 Lynbrook Drive, Winnipeg
Manitoba, Canada
Continuation-in-part of applkation Ser. No. 847,065, Aug. 4,
1969, now abandoned. This applkation May 27, 1970, Ser.
No. 40,915
IntCLB66c7/02
MS. a. 294—65 4 Clain»
A rectangular casing having a planar rubber facing aper-
tured and communicating with the interior of the casing. A
An improved container for refuse collection, which is
adapted to be lifted and dumped by an appropriate elevating
mechanism, is provided with a flap assembly on the support-
ing channels to prevent entry of lifting forks from the "-
wrong" side.
3,643,994
EXCAVATOR WITH AN OPERATOR'S CAB
Hans Egron Karlsson, Sater, Sweden, assignor to Aktiebolaget
Bofbrs, Bofors, Sweden
FUed Dec. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 883,855
Claims priority, applkation Sweden, Dec. 12, 1968, 17058/68
Int. CI. B62d 33106
U.S. CI. 296-28 C 4 Claims
. _ I
An excavator with an operator's cab which includes a cap
whicn is displaceable from a forward end position in which it
sealingly engages the front wall of the cab, to any desired
rear position to expose a corresponding portion of the cab to
the surrounding atmosphere for ventilating the cab.
1412
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,643,995
SADDLE SUPPORT MEANS
Maurice E. Rkh, Jr., Memphis, Tenn., assignor to Troxel
Manufacturing Company, Moscow, Tenn.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,412
InL CI. B6;j 1102
U.S. CI. 297-209 13 Claims
3,643,997
SEATING UNIT AND WEB THEREFOR
Stuart John Gilbert, and Karen T. Gilbert, both of Comtan-
tine, Mich., assignors to Harter Corporation, Sturgis, Mich.
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,407
InL CI. A47c 4/02, 7114
MS. CI. 297-441 10 Claims
//
.^xr?
28
^ "^ 1>C^
34^
j^^
1-^35
30 ""^f^
c
^'^'
^^'/^^^~~^
ifM
^^25
33
22
\23 32
>-
Assembly for supporting an elongated bicycle saddle or
seat adjacent the rearward end. The assembly has an inverted
U-shaped brace including a pair of elongated legs each hav-
ing an elongated compression spring externally encircling the
lower end thereof, to provide a more comfortable ride par-
ticularly over a bumpy or rough surface.
3,643,996
HEADREST APPARATUS FOR A WHEELCHADl
William Canuhan, 2158 South M-47, Owosso, Mich.
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 14,977
Int. CI. A47c 1136, 7142
U.S. CI. 297— 410 9 Claims
A knockdown-type seating unit comprises a pair of spaced,
upwardly extendmg side panels, three horizontally spaced
cross braces detachably secured between said side panels and
together defining a seating frame, and an articulated web
draped over said seating frame and held captive by said cross
braces
3,643,998
TUNNELING MACHINE FOR NONCIRCULAR BORES
Thomas N. Williamson, San Mateo, Calif., assignor to Jacobs
Associates, San Francisco, Calif., a part interest
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,998
InLCI. EOlgi/04
U.S. CI. 299-31 4 Claims
,14 ^53 ^5Z
26
42
41
51
■^ 5f
H_^
V t,
24|
T^g^^^T^^jfetfS^
'31
-27
A wheelchair having rearwardly projecting frame members
on which headrest apparatus is adjustably mounted for move-
ments vertically and horizontally to accommodate patients of
varying physiques. Mounting apparatus is provided to permit
the headrest apparatus to swing in a horizontal plane and in-
cludes a swivel, and mechanism for selectively restricting the
movement of the swivel.
To bore ' a noncircular hole a conventional tunneling
machine is provided with two or more rotatable cutter wheels
mounted at the rear of the machine and rotating about axes
parallel, but offset relative to, the main boring head of the
machine. The main boring head digs the conventional circu-
lar bore. The rear-mounted wheels advance with the machine
and dig into the circular bore to form the desired cross-sec-
tional shape-D-or horseshoe-shape, etc.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1413
3,643,999 3,644,001
TUNNEL DRIVING MACHINE EMERGENCY WHEEL
Gcrd Kampf-Emden, Hosd; Heinz Horst, and Fricdricfa Klap- Robert Lavallee, 2131 Chapdelaine Apt. 10. Quebec, 10 Quebec.
dohr, both of Rheinhausen, all of Germany, aasignon to Canada
Demag A.Gm Dalsburg, Germany Filed Feb. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 12,100
Filed Oct 31, 1969, Ser. No. 872,808 Int. CI. B60b 1 1 100
Clainv priority, application Germany, Nov. 9, 1968, P 18 07 U^. CI. 301—38 S
971.5 \
InL CI. E21c 29/02; EOlg 3/04 \
VS. CI. 299-31 ^aims
13 Claims
A tunnel driving machine includes an elongated machine
frame having a central large frame portion accommodating a
tunnel tool driving gearing and the associated driving motors
and a forwardly extending and rearwardly extending tubular
frame portion. The forwardly extending portion accom-
modates the main shaft for the forward driving tool and it is
supported on front bracing in a manner permitting its lon-
gitudinal shifting movement relative to the bracing. A rear-
wardly extending tubular portion is supported in rear bracing
which permits a longitudinal shifting movement. In addition
to the front and rear bracing, there is a front support and a
rear support for the tubular frame which may be selectively
engaged with the tunnel wall during the times at which the
front and rear bracing are removed from tunnel-wall engage-
ment and shifted longitudinally. The construction includes
driving motors connected between the main frame and the
front bracing and main bracing and the rear bracing for
facilitating advancing movement of each bracing element
within the tunnel during those times at which the frame is
supported on the front and rear supports.
3,644,000
TOOL HAVING A SWEEPING MOVEMENT FOR
CONTINUOUS BORING OR CUTTING MACHINE
Marcel Montadc, Paris, France, assignor to Union Industrielle
Blanzy-Qucst, Paris, France
Filed Feb. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 11,992
ClainH priority, application France, Feb. 17, 1969, 6903893
InL CI. E21c 27/24
U^. CI. 299-86 5 Claims
A tool for a rotating head of a continuous boring or cutting
machine wherein the tools are mounted in pairs and are sym-
metrically arranged in relation to the axis of the rotating
head and are caused to oscillate automatically in a radial
direction by a rack and pinion drive mechanism operated by
a double-action hydraulic jack means powered by an auto-
matically controlled electrically driven hydraulic pump,
wherein the movement of each pair of tools is synchronized
and operate in opposite directions to each other to thereby
provide dynamic and static balancing of the rotating head to
perform a continuous boring or cutting operation.
r
An emergency wheel comprising an outer disc carrying a
tire and an inner disc adapted for concentric attachment to
the regular wheel of a vehicle. Both discs are rotatably joined
by eccentrically and obliquely disposed mating portions,
causing the outer disc to shift from a position eccentric and
oblique v^th respect to the regular wheel of the vehicle, to a
position concentric with and parallel to the regular wheel and
closely encircling the same. Means are also provided for
securing the inner disc with respect to the outer disc when
shifted to such concentric and parallel px>sition.
3,644,002
WHEEL WEIGHT ASSEMBLY FOR A TRACTOR
Hubert Barth, Mannheim, and Klaus Hauk, Altrip, Lud-
wigshafen, both of Germany, assignors to Deere & Com-
pany, Moline, 111.
Filed Aug. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 63,093
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 20, 1%9, P 19 42
315.5
Int. CI. B60b 15/28
U^. CI. 301-41 W 15 Claims
Individual, ring-shaped wheel weights are provided as bal-
last for increasing the traction of a tractor. The weights are
constructed to be mounted coaxially, one against the other,
in numbers suflTicient to supply the ballast desired. The first
weight mounted is bolted to the outer face of the wheel disc
and the weights added thereafter are secured in succession
only to the adjacent previously mounted weight. The connec-
tion between the adjacent weights is effected by a pair of in-
terengaged hook arid shoulder connection parts in coopera-
tion with a bolt which is inserted into and held by a nut in an
opening formed by cooperating, U-shaped grooves in the ad-
jacent weights. The hooks, shoulders and grooves are so
1414
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
disposed relative to each other that by tightening the nut on
the bolt the hooks of the weight being mounted become
tightly engaged with the shoulders of the adjacent mounted
weight.
3,644,003
PNEUMATIC PRESSURE CONVEYING SYSTEM
Irwin Von Funk, P.O. Box 157, Macungie, Pa.
FUed Jan. 12, 1970, Scr. No. 2,064
Int. CI. B65g 53140
U.S. CI. 302-53 14 Claims
' i?o „ a^?
^X* j'?^><' R .
3,644 005
METHOD OF MAKINGJOURNAL CONSTRUCTIONS
Kari-Heinx Sdineklcr, Sontliofen, Germany, assignor to
Robert BokIi GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
FUed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,511
Claims priority, appUcatioa Germany, Jan. 29, 1969, P 19 04
275.2
Int. CI. F16c 29112
\}J&. CI. 308-37 5 Claims
96 29 50
A conveying conduit is maintained completely filled with
dry sand by an air pressurized supply from a refill vessel. The
sand is transferred by the conduit to one or more dispensing
vessels maintained at a substantially lower pressure than the
conveying conduit. The sand is fluidized and selectively
discharged from the dispensing vessel under this substantially
lower pressure while the sand in the conduit is maintained
pressurized when flowing as well as in a static condition when
discharge from the dispensing vessel is stopped.
3,644,004
MEANS TO PREVENT LUBRICANT FROM BEING
FORCED OUT OF BEARINGS AND THE LIKE
Alton E. Hand, Birmingham, Ala., assignor to Zum Indus-
tries, Inc.
Filed Aug. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 64,785
Int. CI. F16c 33172
U.S. CI. 308—36.3 2 Claims
-/i. P
ISE
Means to prevent lubricant from being forced out of shaft
supported bearings and the like when the bearing is subjected
to differential in pressure at opposite ends. The pressure
against the downstream end or face of the bearing is in-
creased by reversely directing some of the air flowing axially
of the bearing against the downstream end thereof, thus in
part equalizing pressure at both ends, preventing lubricant
from being drawn through the bearing.
A tubular journal member of predetermined inner diame-
ter and composed of material having a predetermined
elasticity is provided. An element to be joumaled in the jour-
nal member has an outer circumferential surface of a given
diameter and at least one circumferential bead projecting
from the surface by a predetermined amount. The bead is in-
serted through the journal member and the diameters, the
predetermmed amount of projection and the elasticity of the
material of the journal member are so correlated that inser-
tion of the bead through the journal member effects calibra-
tion of the inner diameter of the latter with the material of
the journal member elastically yielding to the bead and
thereupon returning to define with the outer circumferential
surface a predetermined amount of play.
3,644,006
CAGES FOR ROLLER-BEARINGS
Pierre Feuillat, and Joseph Lyard, both of Annecy, France, as-
signors to Sodete Nouveile de Roulements, Annecy (Haute
Savoie), France
FUed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877,782
Claims priority, appUcation France, Nov. 20, 1968, 174606
Int. CI. F16c 19126
\}S. CI. 308-213 1 Claim
This cage, separator or retainer for roller-bearings consists
of a one-piece envelope and the rollers arc retained, in the
absence of one of the bearing races, by bosses formed in said
cage and engaging adequate cavities centered at each end of
the rollers.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1415
3,644,007
HIGH-SPEED ROLLER THRUST BEARING
Rkhard L. AlUng, Torringtoo, Conn^ assignor to The Tor-
rfaigtoa Company, Torrington, Conn.
FUed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,097
Int CI. F 16c 33164
\}S. CL 308—235 5 Claims
A roller thrust bearing including a cage composed of a pair
of C-shaped cage members which have slotted faces and
pairs of lips extending at right angles from the faces. The two
cage members fit together with their lips overlapped and
their faces spaced in parallel relationship with a group of
bearing rollers having substantially flat ends housed in the
cage and seated in the face slots. The face slots are extended
radially outward far enough for the outer ends of the rollers
to seat on the lips at the outer periphery of the cage without
interferring with the rollers.
3,644,008
MODULAR CABINET CONSTRUCTION
Robert R. Overby, 4721 Qinton St., Los Angeles, Calif.
FUed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,001
Int. CL A47b 87102
U.S. CI. 312-107 14 Claims
^78
-16
Modular cabinet assembly wherein the modules are verti-
cally stacked and horizontally sequenced, being in wall shar-
ing, interlocked relationship. The modules in each vertical
stack share horizontal walls, each having a top wall that
serves as the bottom wall of the next module above; while the
modules in each horizontal sequence share vertical walls,
each having an outer sidewall that serves as the inner
sidewall for the next added module in the sequence.
with the openings being of a size that will not permit the
tapes to be passed therethrough. A conveyor is disposed at
3,644,009
DISPLAY RACK FOR TAPE CARTRIDGES
Henry W. Tyler, 7112 WUshire Blvd., Dcs Moines, Iowa
FUed July 28, 1970, Ser. Na 58331
Int CI. A47f 3100
U.S. CI. 312-117 4 Claims
A compartmented display rack for tape cartridges which
includes a transparent barrier or door through which the car-
tridges can be viewed. The door is suitably spaced from the
tape compartments and includes a plurality of openings
through which a viewer can extend his hands for removing
individual tapes from the compartments for inspection but
the bottom of the rack between the barrier and the compart-
meots so that any cartridge selected for purchase can be
deposited on the conveyor which delivers the same to a point
of deposit under the control of the store management.
3,644,010
TAPE CASSETTE DISPLAY FDTTURE
John F. Murphy, Alkntown, Pa., assignor to Hess's of Alien-
town. Inc., AUentown, Pa.
FUed Sept 8, 1970, Ser. No. 69,640
IntCI.A47fi//0
U.S. CI. 312-135 12 Claims
A tape cassette display fixture is disclosed wherein tape
cassettes are displayed in a manner which minimizes the pos-
sibility of theft while exhibiting tape cassettes in an attractive
manner, facilitating observation of both sides of the cassette
by potential purchasers.
3,644,011
COLLAPSIBLE CABINET
Kenneth A. MacDooakl, 251 York St, Canton, Mass.
FUed July 20, 1970, Ser. No. 56,535
Int CL A47b 43100
MS. CL 312-258 3 Claims
38
-»»-
^■50 ■
54
56
'fi^'.5"--
5S B5
60
A cabinet is formed with hinged sidewalls, a removable top
and a hinged inner shelf adapted to fold into a thin, compact
1416
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
unit for shipping and storing. The cabinet is readily folded ductivity which topically expands in proportion to the
and erected without the use of tools, the top locking in and equivalent heat content of the radiant energy pattern in the
out of position by means of snap catches. beam to form a steric image thereof and recording the steric
image thus formed by double-exposure holography. The
3,644,012
RECORDING MICROHOLOGRAMS OF MAGNDIED
VIRTUAL IMAGES
Robert E. Brooks, Redondo Beach, CaUf., assignor to TRW
Inc., Redondo Beach, Calif.
Filed Oct 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,456
Int. CI. G02b 27/00
U.S. CI. 350-3.5 4 Claims
07
C3^5^
A microhologram of a magnified virtual image of the ob-
ject is recorded. This is accomplished by a lens interposed
between the object and the hologram. The object is posi-
tioned in a plane spaced from the front focal plane of the
lens by a distance which determines the desired magnifica-
tion. The hologram itself is disposed approximately in the
rear focal plane of the lens. The hologram is reproduced by
the conjugate reference t)eam of the one that was used for
recording it. This will generate a magnified real image which
may be projected on a screen. By means of a lens, the image
may t^e directed in a desired direction. However, no lens is
required for viewing the magnified reproduced object.
3,644,013
THREE-DIMENSIONAL CAMERA
Gordon Gould, New York, N.Y., assignor to Hoiobeam, Inc.,
Paramus, N J.
FUcd Aug. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 754^35
Int. CI. G02b 27122
U.S. CI. 350—3.5 7 Claims
ih±i
energy-absorbing reactive layer may be formed of natural
substances, such as cork, or of artificial compositions, such
as urethane or styrene foams. The reactive layer n\ay be suf)-
ported on a plate of metallic, plastic or vitreous material, and
may be coated with an energy-absorbing coating.
3,644,015
ACOUSTO-OPTIC BAND REJECT LIGHT FILTER AND
APPARATUS USING SAME
John R. Heam, Los Altos HiUs, CaHf., assignor to Hewlett-
Packard Compmy, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,267
InL CI. G02f 1124
U.S. CI. 350- 149 12 Claims
L. ^
/<# ANNULARjo,
ZONE'-'''
A three-dimensional hologram producing camera utilizing
a single lens system for providing a volumetric image on bulk
sensitive film having a zone plate positioned in front of the
lens to provide greater resolution to the recorded image
point formed as a volumetric biconically shaped light dis-
tribution in the film bulk.
3,644,014
IMAGE-RECORDING METHOD AND DEVICE
Joseph G. Hirscfaberg, Coral GaMcs, Fla., assignor to
Research Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,787
Int CI. G02b 27/22
U.S. CL 350— 3J 4 Claims
Reproducible images of the transverse distribution of ener-
gy in a beam of radiation are formed by focusing the beam
on a layer of an energy-absorbing substance of low heat con-
An acousto-optic band reject light filter is disclosed. The
light filter includes an optically anisotropic medium, such as
a birefringent crystal, in which an acoustic wave is excited at
a certain selected radiofrequency corresponding to a selected
optical frequency to be rejected. The crystal is disposed to
receive an incident light beam containing the selected optical
frequency to be rejected. The light beam is collinearly dif-
fracted on the acoustic wave within the optically anisotropic
medium to diffract light of a first polarization and of the
selected optical frequency related to the acoustic frequency
into light of a second polarization. The diffracted light beam
is then passed through a polarization analyzer to reject from
the diffracted light beam light of the second polarization
while retaining in the diffracted light beam light of the first
polarization. The selectable frequency in the light beam
which is to be rejected can be tuned over a wide band by tun-
ing the frequency of the acoustic wave within the crystal.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1417
3,644,016
OPTICAL ISOLATOR
John A. Madien, Orange, Calif., assignor to North American
Rockwell Corporation
FUcd Mar. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 714,307
Int CI. G02f 7/26
U.S. CI. 350-150 1 Claim
having the same geometrical form but having an opposite
sign of double refraction, the optical axis ai the second
[CWCULAH
An optical isolator is constructed using a pair of rotating
half-wave plates as the active elements. In a first embodi-
ment, the rotating half-wave plates are arranged in series
between a pair of linear polarizers, the spacing between the
plates being adjusted to pass light travelling in one direction
but not in the opposite direction. In a second embodiment, a
Fabry-Perot interferometer is positioned between two rotat-
ing half-wave plates so as to pass circularly polarized light
travelling in one direction but not in the opposite direction.
3,644,017
ELECTRO-OPTIC LIGHT MODULATOR WITH AREA
SELECTION
Richard S. Ploss, Danvers, Mass., assignor to Baird-Atomic,
Inc., Cambridge, Mass.
FUed Dec. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 780345
IntCl.G02f //26
U.S. CI. 350- 150 6 Claims
COLLI MATED
LIGHT
An electro-optic valve construction is capable of transmis-
sion throughout the entire field or at selected incremental re-
gions. The construction is characterized by at least one stack
of thin electro-optic plates, the opposite faces of which are in
contiguity with interposed conducting strata. These plates are
disposed in planes that are parallel to an axis of incident-col-
limated light in order to provide selected incremental win-
dows under the control of selected pairs of conducting strata.
3,644,018
DOUBLY REFRACTING CRYSTAL ARRANGEMENT
FOR REDUCING APERTURAL DEFECTS
Gunter Pasold, Dresden, Germany, assignor to Veb Kombinat
Robotron, Radeberg, Germany
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22,202
Int CI. G02b 5130
U.S. CI. 350—157 5 Claims
Arrangement of doubly refracting crystals for reducing
apertural defects characterized in that there is added to a
double refracting crystal a second double refracting crystal
crystal being located in the plane defined by the system axis
and the optical axis of the first crystal.
3,644,019
OPTICAL APPARATUS FOR THE REPRODUCTION OF
SUPERIMPOSED PICTURES
Friedrich Bestenreiner, Grunwald near Munich; Reinhold
Demi, Munich; Ulrich Greis, Miesbach, and Josef Pfetfer,
Unterhaching, ail of Germany, assignors to AGFA-Gevaert
Aktiengesellsdiaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Oct. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,775
Claims priority, appUcatkHi Germany, Oct. 5, 1968, P 18 01
540.2
IntCI.G02b27/y<S,27/i«
U.S. CI. 350- 162 SF 13 Claims
Images of two or more groups of pictures exposed onto a
photosensitive record carrier in the presence of gratings are
projected onto a screen by focusing all of the pictures into a
focal plane which accommodates several adjustable
diaphragms or analogous image selecting devices each
blocking all but one image of the corresponding group. Mir-
rors or analogous optical deflecting components are used to
project the unblocked images from the focal plane onto
separate sections of a screen so that two or more images can
be viewed simultaneously.
3,644,020
VARIABLE CONTOUR REFLECTOR WITH COOUNG
SYSTEM
Thomas E. Shannon, Knoxville, Tenn., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,103
Int CI. G02b 5110; F21v 29100
\}S. CI. 350-295 1 1 Claims
A circular reflector or mirror is mounted in a housing for
rotation about a hollow shaft fixed to its center. A drive
mechanism is provided to drive the reflector at various
speeds. The reflector is provided v^th channels therein from
its center to its outer periphery through which a coolant can
flow from said hollow shaft to cool the reflector. A manifold
is located around the periphery of the reflector to receive
any coolant which passes therefrom. The coolant passes from
the manifold and is recirculated through a cooler by a pump-
ing means and directed back into the hollow shaft. Weights
are located on the outer f>eriphery of the reflector, offset
/
1418
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
from the center plane of the reflector, to provide a force
when the reflector is rotated to vary its contour. The outer
periphery of the reflector is connected to the manifold by
a reflective plate, a earner plate, and a supporting frame in-
termediate said plates and connecting them to each other
and having a honeycomb structure consisting of a plurality of
hexagonal cells, m which the supporting frame is composed
sealing means to minimize loss of coolant at this point. The
channels of the reflector can provide some pumping action if
necessary.
3,644,021
ADJUSTABLE VEHICLE MIRROR
Robert L. Hamby, Dodge City, Kans., assignor to Richard A.
Wolfe, Dodge City, Kans., a part interest
Filed May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 36,01 1
Int CI. G02b 5108
U.S. CI. 350-304 4 Claims
A rear vision mirror assembly for support from one side
portion of a vehicle. The assembly includes a nuun upstand-
ing mirror section of greater height than width and supported
from a suitable support at two vertically spaced points for
oscillation about an upstanding axis. The assembly further in-
cludes at least one upstanding secondary mirror section sup-
ported in vertically spaced relation relative to the main sec-
tion by a ball and socket structure disposed between the
main section and the secondary section whereby the secon-
dary section may be universally adjusted relative to the main
section.
3,644,022
OPTICAL MIRROR
Rdnhard Jagdt, Mainz-Gonsenbdm, and Ingo KkMS, Gros-
sauhrim, both of Germany, assignors to Heraeus-Scbott
Quarzschmelze GmbH, Hanau am Main, Germany
Filed Sept. 14, 1970, Scr. No. 72,062
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct 18, 1969, P 19 52
584.9
Int CI. G02b 5108
U.S. CL 350— 310 5 Claims
An optical mirror essentially consisting of a material con-
taining silicon dioxide, for example, quartz glass, comprising
of a plurality of Y-shaped elements and the outer longitu-
dinal edges of the three wings of each of these elements are
welded together with the corresponding edges of the wings of
the adjacent elements so that each hexagonal cell is formed
by two wings of each of three adjacent elements.
3,644,023
SPRING-LOADED SPECTACLE HINGE
Luciano Villani, 2 Via Dofia, 20026 Nova Milanese, Italy
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 4,604
Claims priority, appUcatioo Italy, Jan. 22, 1%9, 1 1864-A/69
Int CI. G02c 5/76. 5/22
U.S. CI. 351-113 4 Claims
-1—^
An improved hmge construction for spectacles, wherein
two components are secured to the frontpiece and respec-
tively the side arms of the spectacles' frame, the said com-
ponents comprising cam means and spring-biased cam fol-
lower means for providing an elastic resistance to widening
apart of the side arms, outside of a given service position,
and planar faces complementary arranged for abutting on
each other when a given excess-wide position is attained,
providing a positive stop to further widening apart.
3,644,024
APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A STRIP OF
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIAL
Rogers B. Downey, Lexington, Mass., assignor to Polaroid
Corporation, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Jan. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 788^97
IntCI.G03c/y/00
U.S. CI. 352- 130 24 Claims
A motion picture film-processing system employing an ap-
plicator having an orifice through which processing fluid may
be expressed onto a strip of exposed film as the film is drawn
across the face thereof Processing fluid is initially stored in a
collapsible container having a weakened portion adapted to
rupture when a predetermined compressive force is applied
to the container. An expandable chamber having a restricted
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1419
exit orifice communicating with the applicator also has an
entrance port connected to the weakened portion of the col-
lapsible container. Positioned in operable relationship to the
expandable chamber is a force-applying member adapted to
exert a pressure on the fluid after it has been received into
that chamber to cause the fluid to be fed from the expanda-
ble chamber to the applicator. This system can ad-
vantageously be employed in a compact multipurpose fllm-
handling cassette adapted to be mounted in both a camera
and a projector.
3,644,025
DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING ANGLE OF OPENING OF
SHUTTER FOR MOVIE CAMERA
Yoshihisa Katsuyama, Kawasaki, Japan, assignor to Nippon
Kogaku K.K., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,430
Claims priority, appttcation Japan, Mar. 27, 1969, 44/266%
Int CI. G03b 27/36
MS. CI. 352-217 4 Claims
3•^-
-4
2 12 I
14/; .
^20
22
10 '3 29--- k~^23
28 if 25
27
A device for controlling a variable shutter in a motor
driven movie camera having a multibladed adjustable shutter
in which relative movement between the shutter blades varies
the opening angle of the shutter aperture. A driving train is
provided for relatively moving the shutter blades which in-
cludes a cam connected to the shutter blades so that one
revolution of the cam opens or closes the shutter aperture, a
driven gear carried by the cam, clutch means, manually
operable means for actuating the clutch means including a
manually controlled lever movable between a first position in
which a driven gear is disconnected from a driving gear and a
second position in which the control lever actuates the clutch
means to interconnect the driving gear with the driven gear.
A detent pawl is engageable with the teeth of the driven gear
for arresting variation of the shutter aperture, said detent
pawl being movable in cooperation v^th the control lever to
disengage it from the driven gear when the control lever is
positioned in its second position.
3,644,026
STOPPER DEVICE FOR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED
SHUTTER OF A CAMERA
Katuhiko Toda, Yokohama-sbi, Japan, assignor to Canon
Inc., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Scr. No. 887,438
Int CI. G03b 9/70
U.S. a. 352-219 7 Claims
A stop device for holding an electrically operated camera
shutter in a locked position is provided by a pair of arms
pivotally mounted on a shaft with a release lever arranged to
pivot the arms. In the locked position one of the arms en-
gages a stop block on a rotatable disc while the other arm has
a detent at its free end which engages within a notch in the
circumferential periphery of the disc. The disc is associated
with the shutter and is rotatable by the device which electri-
cally operates the shutter. When the release lever pivots the
arms to unlock the disc for rotation, one of the arms closes a
svkitch which actuates a motor for rotating the disc. The
release lever and the arm are spring biased so that the arms
are positioned relative to the disc to engage it in the locked
position after it completes one revolution. In locking the disc
one arm contacts the stop block while the detent on the
other arm drops into the notch on the disc arxl brealis the
switch for stopping the motor driving the disc.
3,644,027
RANDOM SELECTION SYSTEM FOR A SLIDE
PROJECTOR
Frank P. Bennett Northbrook, Dl., assignor to GAF Corpora-
tkm. New York, N.Y.
FUcd June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,353
Int CI. G03b 23106
U.S. CI. 353-25 13 Claims
lO-X 25 2« A'*
The random selection system consists of an attachment
unit which is detachably mounted on the housing of the slide
projector, a remote control unit which is separate and remote
from the slide projector, and an extension cable connecting
these units. The attachment unit contains a commutator. The
remote control unit includes receiving means in the form of
DC motor parts. The commutator acts as a transmitter and
the motor parts as a receiver for stepping or rotating the
1420
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
rotor in synchronization with rotation of the movable com-
ponent of the commutator. The rotor drives a seeking con-
tact for movement in an arcuate path.
3,644,028
SLIDE CHANGER MECHANISM FOR SLIDE
PROJECTORS
Helmut Rube, Endersbach, Gemumy, assignor to Robert
Bosch Ptiotokino GmbH, Stuttgart-Unterturkheim, Ger-
many
Filed Feb. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 799,558
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 17, 1968, P 16 22
087.4
Int. CI. G03b 23102; F16d 7102; F16h 21118
U.S. CI. 353-103 8 Claims
of a slide v^hich is being transported from the magazine to
projection position, and the other arm serves to return the
slide from projection p>osition back to the magazine. When
the operator wishes to skip a slide and to retain the shutter in
closed position, the coupling is disengaged to hold the one
arm against movement with the other arm until a desired
slide reaches the position from which it can be transported
into registry with the gate.
3,644,030
LIGHT SOURCE SYSTEM
Yoshio Fukushima, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki
Kaisha Ricoh, Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 839,936
Claims priority, appUcatkHi Japan, July 12, 1968, 43/49223
Int.CI. G03b2//2S
U.S. CI. 353-98 4 Claims
6 -^^
7- '
Slides in a slide projector are movable from their tray to
projection position and vice versa by a reciprocable carriage
which is driven by an electric motor throu^ the intermedia-
ry of a friction clutch when it transports slides back into the
tray and through the intermediary of the friction clutch and a
second clutch, which latter can transmit a weaker force than
the friction clutch, when the slides are moved from the tray
to projection position so that a slide which jams during move-
ment toward projection position can be returned to the tray
because the carriage is driven with a greater force when it
moves slides back into the tray.
A light source system for a projection system wherein a
reflecting mirror having an observation window formed
through a center portion thereof is inclined in front of a pro-
jector and an object illuminated by light beam from a ring-
shaped light source or ring-shaped light source image is pro-
jected upon a reflex reflecting screen through said reflecting
mirror so that the projected image may be viewed through
the observation window.
3,644,029
SLIDE PROJECTOR
Albert Sticringer, Cafanbacfa, Germany, asdgiior to Robert
Boflch GmbH, Stuttgart-Unterturkbeim, Germany
Filed Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 848,010
Claims priority, appUcatkm Germany, Aug. 14, 1968, P 17 97
084.1
Int. CI. G03b 23102
MS. CI. 353- 103 10 Claims
A slide projector wherein the slide changer comprises two
arms connected to each other by a coupling and wherein the
gate is normally overlapped by a shutter. One of the arms
serves to move the shutter away from closed position by way
3,644,031
MEANS FOR ALTERNATELY INDEXING TWO SLIDE
TRAYS WHICH DIFFER IN RESPECTIVE DISTANCES
BETWEEN ADJACENT SLIDE-RECEIVING SPACES
Frank P. Bennett, Northbrook, 111., assignor to GAF Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of appUcatkm Ser. No. 739353, June
24, 1968. This appikatkni Nov. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 777,280
Int. CI. G03b 23106
U.S. CI. 353-117 1 Claim
A slide projector is adapted for alternately receiving a
" lOO-slide" tray and an "80-sIide" tray. These trays have the
same outside diameter. The " lOO-slide" tray is provided with
100 indexing teeth and the "80-slide" tray is provided with
80 indexing teeth, the teeth on the latter being shaped and
spaced differently than the teeth on the former. The projec-
tor includes a single indexing gear having 12 teeth. During
each slide-changing cycle, this indexing gear is rotated
through 30°. Each tooth on the indexing gear engages the
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1421
teeth on the "80-slide" tray at the distal end of the former
such that a 30° rotational movement of the indexing gear
rotates the "80-8lide" tray 4.5°. Each tooth on the indexing
gear engages the teeth of the "lOO-slide" tray at a location
inwardly of the distal end of the former so that 30° of rota-
tional movement of the indexing gear serves to rotate or ad-
vance the "lOO-slide" tray 3.6°.
3,644,032
AUDIOVISUAL PROJECTION SLIDES
Panayods C. Dlmitracopoukis, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, as-
slffDor to The A. V. Corporation N. V., Curacao, Nether-
lands
Filed Feb. 10, 1967, Ser. No. 615,141
Int.Cl.G03b2//00
U.S. CI. 353-120 8 Claims
\03
\o5 \oi
az
za ioi
103
^
v^^mmm
\07
An audiovisual projection slide having a spiral sound track
surrounding a projectable transparency, the sound track
being formed on a magnetized film impressed with a spiral
groove and the magnetized film having optionally beneath it
a spongy, resilient, backing layer. The slide may constitute a
data record card carrying on its surface the spiral sound
track surrounding a window adapted to receive a projectable
transparency, but in this case, the spiral sound track may also
be of other desirable types, for example, phonographic.
3,644,033
SLIDE MAGAZINE
Rkhard Frystak, Park Rkige, Mid Irwin M. GouM, Skokie,
both of III., aarignors to BcU & Howell Company, Chkago,
Ul.
Filed Sept 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,856
Int. CI. G03b 27/00
U,S. CI. 353— 1 20 8 Claims
registration at a transfer station against registration pins.
Transfer of the toner image from the photoconductive ele-
ment to a receiver sheet is accomplished by means of a
transfer device comprising spaced rollers having an endless
belt extending therearound which includes alternating con-
ductor and insulative segments and has means for supporting
the receiver thereon. A first potential can be applied to one
roller to assure intimate contact between the receiver and the
photoconductive element and a second and greater potential
of the same polarity may be applied to the second roller to
cause transfer of the toner image from the photoconductive
element to the receiver. As the transfer device is moved
through the transfer station the receiver is brought into
progressive line contact v^th the photoconductive element by
the first roller followed by the second roller which causes
image transfer from the photoconductive element to the
receiver and separation of the receiver from the photocon-
ductive element along a progressive line. The segmented belt
supports the receiver stationarily against the photoconduc-
tive element and successively conducts the potential applied
by the respective rollers to the receiver. A plurality of
transfer stations can be provided so that a plurality of images
can be transferred sequentially to a single receiver, if desired.
3,644,035
FLAT PLATE TRAVELING ROLLER IMAGING SYSTEM
Raymond K. Frgnarrak. WUttamsoo, and Gino F. SquasMmi,
Pfttsford, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporatkm,
Rochester, N.Y.
FUed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,848
Int CI. G03g 15/00
\]JS. CL 355-3 19 Claims
A novel slide magazine especially adapted to present slides
accurately to a slide projector in a horizontal plane and to
provide a convenient storage device for photographic slides.
3,644,034
BELT TRANSFER DEVICE
Raymond L. Nelson, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Fjstman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 98,501
Int. CI. G03g 15116
U.S. CI. 355—3 7 Claims
An electrostatic toner image transfer device is provided in
which separate photoconductive elements are brought into
A photoelectrophoretic imaging machine employing a sta-
tionary electrode over which two imaging and one transfer
roller electrode travels to form and transfer an image formed
from photoelectrophoretic ink exposed to light and subjected
1422
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
to electric field. The roller electrodes are joumaled in two
separate carriages with one drive mechanism employed to
propel the carriages and a second drive mechanism employed
to rotate the roller electrodes. The roller electrodes are
lowered into contact with the stationary electrode by an
elevator mechanism that enables the forces exerted on the
roller to be varied from one end of a roller to the other.
Means are provided for loading and ejecting a record sheet
from the surface of the transfer roller. An auxiliary drive
mechanism and cleaning station are positioned to engage the
imaging roller electrodes after they pass over the stationary
electrode.
3,644,036
APPARATUS FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC PRINTING
WITHOUT A DARKROOM
Mertyn O. Canfield, 27022 12th Ave. S., Kent, Wash.
FUed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,477
Int. CI. G03b 13126
U.S. CI. 355—44 18 Claims
system takes width-compressed motion pictures and may be
used for cinema-to-graphic projection at correspondingly
concumng width expansion.
3,644,038
nLM-HOLDING DEVICE
Gunnar Nils Uddgren, Vaxehnyntscatan, 41 D Goteborg,
Sweden
FUed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,111
Int. CI. G03b 27/62
U.S. CI. 355-75 3 Claims
3^1
A lighttight casing adapted to be connected to the lens of a
conventional photographic enlarger, and a lighttight photo-
graphic paper holding container movable in and out of the
lighttight casing. The paper-holding container including a
focusing target on one side, an opening having a slidable
close on a second side opposite said focusing target and an
internal paper display area aligned with the target and the
opening. The paper-holding container adapted to be manipu-
lated such that the focusing target and the internal paper dis-
play area may be placed an equal distance from the enlarger
lens. The paper-holding container including light-trapping
baffles which allow fluid to flow therethrough such that a
sheet of exposed paper therein may be developed by im-
mersing the paper-holding container serially in conventional
photographic developing fluid baths. A method of exposing
and developing a piece of photographic paper without a dar-
kroom.
3,644,037
ANAMORPHIC LENS SYSTEMS
PhiUp Michel Larraburu, North Hollywood, Calif., assignor to
CK Optical Co., Inc., Ingkwood, Calif.
Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,790
Int. CI. G03b 21168; G02b 13108
U.S. CI. 355-52 1 Claim
An anamorphic lens system is provided which can be at-
tached to a photographic camera. The anamorphic lens
A film-holding device having two pairs of pivotally con-
nected jaws for gripping and stretching film held
therebetween, has one pair of said jaws fixedly mounted on a
plate while the other pair of jaws is slideably mounted on said
plate for movement to and from said first pair of jaws
through operation of a cam or springs and said jaw pairs are
each on an opposite side of an opening in said plate over
which the film is positioned.
3,644,039
CONTACT PRINTER FOR PHOTOSENSITIVE
MATERIAL
Barton H. Boyer, 111, Santa Barbara, Calif., assignor to Varo
Inc., Garland, Tex.
FUed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877^89
Int. CI. G03b 27104
U.S. CI. 355-85 1 Claim
?.
A cabinet for use with an optical system for exposure of
either or both sides of a workpiece which is sensitive to light.
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1423
A transparent work holding frame, in which the workpiece is
supported by a sheet of glass and covered by a sheet of
plastic, is pivotally mounted on the cabinet. Air is withdrawn
from between the glass and the plastic by a vacuum system
acting through the pivot bearing structure and the vacuum
created holds the workpiece firmly in place. A valve is
mounted on the cabinet base for adjustment of the vacuum
to preclude tearing or breaking the plastic when different
sizes and shapes of workpieces are used. A sliding cam-latch
is provided on the openable side of the frame to provide a
positive closing between the members supporting the sheet of
glass and the sheet of plastic. A safety interlock switch is pro-
vided to ensure that the lamp unit cannot be actuated when
the work-holding frame is either open or pivoted from its
normal position.
means for holding the individual patterns in place while al-
3,644,040
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS CONTACT PRINTING
Robert Bdspd, Wcstlakc Village, Calif., assignor to Extek
Microsystems, Inc., Van Nuys, Calif.
Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 848,201
Int. CI. G03b 21110
U.S. CI. 3|5— 103 9 Claims
C-*
""C^^S^T^I^a? U9
-h^.
'-■sr
■81
^v rX
iO-
-<1^
*/
1
^01
° 1
An apparatus for continuous contact printing from an
image-bearing master transparent film to a continuous
duplicate or light-sensitive strip of material, including, a
frame carrying the master and duplicate on supply and
takeup reels including means for driving such reels, a light
source for exposing the duplicate when the master and
duplicate are in an exposure zone, and means for positioning
the master and duplicate during continuous movement of
such master and duplicate including vacuum means for guid-
ing and initially compressing the master and duplicate
together and further vacuum means for maintaining the
master and duplicate in registry during movement through
the exposure zone. The duplicate and master have substan-
tially no relative difference in speed and may also be laterally
aligned so as to closely and accurately control the positioning
of the master and duplicate with respect to one another.
3,644,041
COPIER FOR MAKING PRINTS OF PATTERN LAYOUTS
ON LIGHT-SENSITIVE COPY PAPER
Hans Hius, 6250 Limburg/Lahn, Germany
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,824
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 28, 1968, P 17
85 486.3
Int. CI. G03b 27/04
U.S. CI. 355-122 12 Claims
This invention relates to a copier and, more particularly, to
a copying machine for printing patterns and the like having
lowing '.he position to be adjusted.
3,644,042
LASER SYSTEM FOR MONITORING THE MOTION OF
OBJECTS
William P. Kolb, Jr.. Manhattan Beach, and Frank E. Good-
win, Malibu, both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Aircraft
Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,080
Int. CI. GOlc 3108; GOlp 3136
U.S. CI. 356-5 11 Claims
m
-1 jMi»
The motion of an object may be monitored by directing a
laser beam at both 3.39m and 0.6328m from a helium-neon
laser oscillator toward the object to be monitored in such
manner that a portion of the laser beam is reflected by the
object back into the laser, causing the laser to produce out-
put laser energy at 0.6328m which varies significantly in in-
tensity in accordance with the motion of the object The
number of intensity maxima and minima is indicative of the
distance moved, while the number of maxima and minima
per unit time is indicative of the velocity of movement. The
0.6328m output laser energy may be detected and processed
electrically to obtain distance- and velocity-indicating signals.
A laser amplifier may be disposed in the path of the laser
beam to extend the range of the system and/or enable moni-
toring of lower reflectivity objects
3,644,043
INTEGRATED INFRARED-TRACKER-RECEIVER
LASER-RANGEFINDER TARGET SEARCH AND TRACK
SYSTEM
Sheldon Jones, Palos Verdes Estates, and Raymond W.
Briggs, Los Angeles, both of Calif., assignors to Hughes Air-
craft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed Aug. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 849.219
Int. CI. GOlc J/0*
U.S. CI. 356-5 7 Claims
For use in a fire control system, a target search and track
system to which approximate azimuth and elevation informa-
tion of the position of a searched target is applied, when the
system ;s in a search mode. The information is used to cause
1424
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
a pointing mirror to point to the target, so that infrared ener-
gy is received therefrom, and is reflected to an infrared
tracker receiver. Once infrared energy from tee target is
received, the system is switched to a track mode in which the
position of the pointing mirror is controlled by error signals
from the receiver. The receives includes a detector array and
an oscillating, of scanning mirror which, initially, is con-
trolled to scan the array in a wide-angle coarse track mode,
in which the array is scanned over a relatively large field of
view. When the target is detected near the center of the
receiver field of view, the receiver is switched to a small-
angle fine track mode, in which the array of detectors is
' n 1
4C#k'4tf-W^ V O
"^i \=yf — ^' I "j^J
scanned over a much smaller field of view, so that the
receiver provides a much higher rate of pointing mirror posi-
tioning signals. The positions of the pointing mirror, about
two orthogonal axes of rotation, are encoded to provide
tracked target azimuth and elevation information, which is
supplied to a fire control computer. A laser rangefinder is in-
corporated, which uses the accurately positioned pointing
mirror to reflect laser light to the target and receive laser
light, which is reflected by the target back to the system. The
laser rangefinder provides the tracked target range informa-
tion.
3,644,045
ATOMIC ABSORPTION SPECTROSCOPY
Alan Walifa, Brighton, Victoria, Australia, anlgiior to Com-
monwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization,
Victoria, Australia
Filed May 1, 1969, Scr. No. 821,008
Claims priority, application Australia, May 1, 1968,
37184/68
Int CI. GOIJ 3142
V)S. CI. 356-85 20 Claims
3,644,044
METHOD OF ANALYZING A SOLID SURFACE FROM
PHOTON EMISSIONS OF SPUTTERED PARTICLES
Norman Henry Tolk, Westfidd, and Clarii Woody White,
Dover, both of N J., aarignors to BcU Teiephone Laborato-
ries Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. Na 38,% 1
InL CL HOIJ 37126; GOlj 3\30
UA CL 356—85 6 Claims
Identification of unknown constituents and their relative
concentrations in a solid surface is made by bombarding the
solid surface with an ion or molecule beam having low ener-
gy and low density, so as to achieve the sputtering of excited
particles directly from the surface and resultant photon emis-
sions characteristic of the sputtered particles.
^^^x>/JkwMvA>/m'^
** *t *»
Method and apparatus for atomic absorption spectroscopic
analysis, particularly of a solid sample substance, by sputter-
ing 6ie sample to produce an atomic vapor, illuminating the
vapor with spectral radiation including the spectrum of an
element to be determined and using a photodetector to mea-
sure the quantity of resonance radiation emitted by the vapor
as a measure of the quantity of the element in the sample,
with or without the use of modulation techniques to obtain
usable signal to noise ratios in the detector output.
3M4.046
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING
INTERFEROMETER FRINGE PATTERNS
William H. Ryan, Toledo, Ohio, asrignor to Owens-Dlinois,
Inc.
Filed Apr. 2, 1969, Scr. No. 812^40
Int. CI. . GOlb 9102; H04n 3100
U.S. CI. 356— 1 06 15 Claims
Method and apparatus for accurate automatic measure-
ment of fringe pattern shift in an optical interferometer.
Fringe patterns from an interferometer are imaged upon the
photosensitive target of a television camera with fringe line
patterns parallel to horizontal scanning lines or scanning
raster of the TV camera. Scan line video signals from the
camera are integrated and intensity detected to produce a
corresponding binary fringe signal for controlling a bistable
circuit which is caused to be in one or the other of its stable
states according to whether the video signal from the TV
camera is above or below, respectively, a selected threshold
level, e.g. presence or absence of an interference fringe line
during a line scan. Counters count the number of scanning
lines occuring during the time the bistable circuit is in each
of its states, respectively. Thus, the scanning lines between
fringes as well as those covered by each fringe can be
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1425
counted for as many fringes as necessary to determine fringe
positions. The center of a fringe may be located by dividing
the number of scanning lines per fringe by two. Consult the
specification for further features and details.
third color, the brightness of the measured light is equal to
the predetermined brightness of the reference light. Reflect-
3,644,047
APPARATUS AND METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY
INSPECTING A PLURALITY OF SURFACES OF A BODY
BY HOLOGRAPHIC INTERFEROMETRY
Gordon M. Brown, Ann Arbor, and Kenneth R. Porter,
PInckney, both of Mich., assignors to GC Optronics Inc.,
Ann Arbor, Mich.
Filed May 8, 1956, Scr. No. 823,100
Int CI. GOlb 9102
U.S. CI. 356— 109 12 Claims
tng grid surfaces are used for deflecting the reference light
into the path of the colored part of the measured light.
3,644,049
MACHINE TOOL
Robert S. Hahn, Northboro; David H. Yooden, and Arthur F.
St Andre, both of Worcester, all of Mass., assignors to The
HeakI Machine Company, Worcester, Mass.
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Scr. No. 880,239
Int CI. B23b 49100
U.S. CI. 408— 10 4 Claims
To detect imperfections on at least two nonparallel sur-
faces of a pneumatic tire simultaneously the tire is inflated on
a rotatably supported wheel and a hologram is formed of sur-
faces to be studied by photographically recording the inter-
ference pattern between an object beam originating from a
laser and reflected from the tire and a composite reference
beam derived from the laser. The object beam is formed by
illuminating the tread surface of the tire directly and illu-
minating the sidewalls if the tire by means of mirrors which
also direct the reflected light to a photographic plate. The
composite reference beam is formed by passing the laser light
through an interferometer which divides the light into two
components and recombines them after they have gone
through different path lengths. Since the components have
traveled through different distances to arrive at the plate dif-
ferent components of the beam will be coherent with the
reflections from the various nonparallel surfaces of the tire
thereby allowing the photographic plate to record inter-
ference patterns with reflections emanating from the sur-
faces. With the use of either the real time or double exposure
technique any variations in the surface contour of the non-
parallel surfaces of the tire will be revealed in the form of
anomalies in fringe lines or shaded areas which appear on the
hologram because of the interference of the two optical wave
systems and may be viewed by appropriately illuminating the
hologram with the reference beam.
3,644,048
BRIGHTNESS INDICATING COMPARISON DEVICE
Hans Gunthcr, Untcrhaching; Georg Konigl, and Hans
Kortner, both of Muencben, all of Germany, assignors to
AGFA-Gcvaert Akticngesellschaft Leverliuscn, Germany
Filed June 23, 1970, Scr. No. 49,038
Claims priority, application Germany, June 27, 1969, P 19 32
751.6
Int CI. GOlj mo
U.S. CI. 356—329 10 Claims
Reference light having a first color within a predetermined
spectral range is combined with a colored part of the light to
be measured which has passed through a filter having a
second color within a spectral range complementary to the
predetermined range. When the combined light assumes a
This invention relates to a machine tool and, more particu-
larly, to apparatus for generating a surface of revolution with
a single point tool where extreme accuracy is obtained by
calculation of tool setting by means of electronic data
processing.
3,644,050
CARTRIDGE-TYPE CUTTING TOOL WITH INSERT
LOCK
Adam A. Schiller, Waulicsfaa, Wis., assignor to Wauliesha
Cutting Tools, Inc., Wauliesha, Wis.
Filed Apr. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 25,1 13
Int. CL B23b 29103
U.S. CI. 408—197 9 Claims
'^^ -<;'
^18
A rotary cutting tool having one or more cartridges for
holding a cutting insert. Each cartridge is disposed in a Ion-
1426
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
gitudinal groove in the tool head, and a semicircular ringlike
cam lock is disposed in a transverse slot in the cartridge
body. Tightening of a setscrew in the cartridge body forces
one cam lock end portion into engagement with the insert to
lock it in place. The cam lock is also forced against the tool
head groove wall to screw the assembly in place. An addi-
tional cartridge clamp is also provided for radial adjustment.
basin which releases impounded sea water, on the wave
recession, m an undershot paddle wheel flow to utihze both
3,644,051
TURBOMOLECULAR AND STATOR PUMP HAVING
IMPROVED ROTOR CONSTRUCTION
Asciicr H. Shapiro, Cambridge, Mass., assignor to Sargent-
Wdcti Scientific Company, Sliokie, lU.
Filed Oct 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,848
Int. CI. F04b /9/76. F04d 17108
MS. CI. 415-90 21 Claims
the incoming and outgoing sea waves as a source of power
for the generator.
3,644,053
WATER TURBINES
Michael Braikevitch, and Emil Goidwag, both of Nethertoo,
England, assignors to The English Electric Company,
Limited, London, England
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Scr. No. 804,446, Mar. 5,
1969, now abandoned. This applicatioa July 17, 1970, Scr.
No. 55,641
Int CI. FOld 15110; F16c 7104; FOld 5120
U.S. CI. 415—173 8 Claims
An axial turbo-type vacuum pump operating in the free
molecule flow pressure range aixi characterized by a number
of multistage groups, each group being operable principally
in a different pressure range, and each stage of each group
comprising a rotor element and an associated stator element.
Each rotor includes a hub portion and a row of blades ex-
tending radially outwardly therefrom, with the blcides having
leading and traibng edges, and front and rear blade face por-
tions in respect to the direction of travel on the rotor ele-
ment. Each stator is of approximately mirror-image configu-
ration in relation to its associated rotor. The relation between
blade thickness blade chord, interblade spacing, radial blade
span and blade angle are different for the elements of each
group, and these and other characteristics of the rotors and
stators, including the presence of trailing edge-leading edge
overlap, are determined for each group to provide optimum
performance characteristics for the entire turbopump.
3,644,052
SEA WAVE POWER GENERATOR
William W. Lininger, 775 S. Corona St, Denver, Colo.
Plied Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,481
Int. CI. FOld 25128
U.S. CI. 415-7
2 Claims
A power generator, utilizing sea waves as a motivating
mechanism, having a rotatable paddle wheel arranged to
rotate a propeller shaft, includes a gathering platform to
guide incoming wave propelled sea water in an overshot flow
onto the paddle wheel and discharging the same into a catch
An axial flow water turbine comprises a runner disposed
for rotation in a water flow tube and carrying a peripheral
drive member such as an electrical generator rotor. The
runner is mounted on a stub shaft carried by an upstream
supporting structure. The stub shaft is provided with discrete
resiliently mounted bearing pads between which and the
runner hydrostatic lubrication can be provided.
Preferably the stub shaft is hollow and each bearing pad is
disposed in a recess formed in the stub shaft, the recess being
provided with a detachable backing plate. Thus each pad can
be withdrawn radially inwardly into the stub shaft and can be
inspected or replaced without necessitating removal of the
runner from the stub shaft.
/
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1427
3,644,054 with similarly relieved areas in the vanes thereof to commu-
COMPRESSOR BASE AND INTERCOOLERS nicate the disparate pressure zones to either sides of the
Karol Pilarczyli, Loudonville, N.V., assignor to Carrier Cor- vanes.
poration, Syracuse, N.Y.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,034
InL CI. F04c 29158; F24h 9108
U.S. CI. 415-179
3,644,056
1 2 Claims CENTTRIFUG AL PUMP
Samuel I. Wisdius, Hengdo, Netherlands, assignor to Konin-
IdUlie Machinefabriel( Stork N.V., Hengek), Netherlands
Filed Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,135
Int CI. F04d 7100
U.S. CI. 415-215 2 Claims
A base containing a pair of identical heat exchangers,
demisters and separators has rigidly mounted thereon a cast
multistage compressor casing provided with integral air inlet
and discharge passages in direct communication with cor-
responding passages in the top wall of the base for providing
the intercooling between stages. Fluid passes through the in-
tercoolers by moving downwardly through the heat exchan-
gers, downwardly through restricted nozzles and reversely
upwardly for separating condensation, upwardly through the
demisters and through central partition walls forming central
manifold chambers. The liquid connections for the inter-
coolers may be uncoupled at one end for sliding the inter-
coolers off shelves from the opposite end. A telescopic
resilient coupling between the casing inlet to the rotor and an
inlet housing rigidly coupled to a fluid supply will prevent
transmission of forces therebetween. The base further
mounts the drive structure for the compressor and carries an
oil sump below the drive structure.
3,644,055
FLUID-MOTION APPARATUS
Raymond C. Davis, Phoenix, Ariz., assignor to IngersoU-Rand
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,205
IntCI. F04d/ /OO, 7 7/05
U.S. CI. 415-211 9 Claims
A centrifugal pump comprising a vaned impeller which has
an axial inlet wherein the impeller vanes at the inlet end are
extend in the normal direction of rotation of the impeller and
in the axial direction, the extension from that end of the inlet
edge adjacent the impeller hub, to the other end thereof
gradually increasing from zero to a maximum value, and the
total extension with respect to an axial plane through that
end of the inlet edge which is adjacent the hub covering an
arc length equivalent to an angle of between 30° and 1 80°.
3,644,057
LOCKING DEVICE
Jay O. Steinbarger, IndianapoUs, Ind., assignor to General
Motors Corporatioa, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Sept 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,008
Int. CI. F04d 29140, 29100; FOld 9100
U.S. CI. 415-218 8 Claims
A locking device utilizing a part-circular disc which, when
rotated, serves to lock concentric cylindrical parts against
axial or rotary movement or both, the disc then being
retained in its rotated position to retain this locking arrange-
ment.
Fluid compressor, pump, or like fluid-motion apparatus
having rotor with blades interposed in a housing chamber in-
termediate the fluid inlet and discharge ports. The blades
have relieved areas formed in the lateral edges thereof which
interface a wall of the chamber to conrmiunicate a high-fluid
pressure zone on the one side of said blades with a low-fluid
pressure zone at the other side of said blade, thereby to con-
trol the fluid boundary layer. Further included is a diffuser
3,644,058
AXL\L POSITIONER AND SEAL FOR TURBINE BLADES
Philip S. Bamabei, Medford, NJ., and Norbert Vettd,
Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to Wesdnghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,197
Int CI. FOld 5118
U.S. CI. 416—95 9 Claims
The invention comprises novel structure for axial position-
ing of turbine rotor blades and for sealing the cooling air
805 O.Q.— 52
1428
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
passages under the blade root portions thereof.
The periphery of each rotor disc is provided with spaced,
axially extending, side entry channels for receiving the root
portions of the rotor blades. Cooling fluid is led into a
passageway under the root portion of each blade and escapes
through radial holes in the blade. An integral grooved exten-
sion is provided laterally of each root portion which supports
thereon a downstream seal plate.
waJl to reinforce the wall. The dovetails may be directly on
the wall or on a fluid distributing plate bonded to the wall.
V3U ^
Sealing and locking segments are located downstream in a
peripheral groove formed on the rotor disc, which segments
effectively seal the root p>ortions of the blades to the disc and
prevent escape of cooling fluid. The sealing and locking seg-
ments cover a plurality of blades so as to reduce the number
of leakage paths.
3,644,059
COOLED AIRFOIL
John K. Bryan, 28 Harwood Drive E., Glen Cove, L. L, N.Y.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,838
Int CI. FOId 5118
U.S. CI. 416— 97 9 Claims
^■a>
A transpiration-cooled turbine blade has a porous wall and
may have an internal strut extending spanwise of the blade
and carrying cooling air into the blade. A honeycomb materi-
al with the cells extending generally from face-to-face of the
blade is bonded to the interior of the blade wall and to the
strut, if present. If there is no strut, the honeycomb extends
from face-to-face, and has air supply passages cut through
the honeycomb extending spanwise of the blade.
3,644,060
COOLED AIRFOIL
John K. Bryan, 28 Harwood Drive E., Glen Cove, Long
Island, N.Y.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,837
Int CI. FOld 5/08
US. CI. 416—97 8 Qaims
A transpiration-cooled turbine vane has a porous wall and
an internal strut with a slidable dovetail connection to the
This fluid distributing plate, if present, or the strut provides
for metering flow of cooling air to some areas of the wall.
3,644,061
PUMP APPARATUS
SUnley B. McFarlin, Jeromesville, Ohio, assignor to The Gor-
man-Rupp Company
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,477
Int CI. F04d 9/00; F04c 5/00; F04b 1 7/00
U.S. CI. 417-203 21 Claims
Pump apparatus embodying a flexible conduit which is col-
lapsed to effect a pumping action. In one embodiment the
flexible pumping conduit forms a priming mechanism for a
centrifugal pump and the actuating member for collapsing
the conduit is connected to the pump shaft by a drive
coupling which prevents operation of the mechanism when
the pump IS pnmed. In another embodiment the actuating
member is connected to a shaft by a spiral spring which per-
mits the member to shift radially with respect to the shaft.
3,644,062
BILGE PUMP FOR BOATS
Albert Cozic, 49, Avenue Isola-Bella-06, Cannes, France
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,717
Claims priority, application France, June 6, 1%9, 6918853;
Oct. 2, 1%9, 6933728
Int CI. F04b 19/00
U.S. CI. 417— 211 11 Claims
A bilge pump for a boat or vessel of any type is provided
which is operative in response to any movement of the boat
in which the pump is provided, such as pitching or rolling.
The pump includes preferably two or three diaphragm-type
pumps mounted in a housing. A vertical shaft is rotatably
mounted in a housing, the shaft is secured to an unbalanced
mass exterior responsive to the movements of the boat to ef-
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1429
feet the rotation of the shaft. The end of the shaft remote
from the end at which the mass is secured comprises an ec-
centric journal which is connected to a two- or three-arm
member by a bearing and whose cums are in turn connected
to the diaphragms for operating same successively to take in
bilge water through intake pipes and valves and discharge
same through outlet valves and pipes.
3,644,063
REGULATED HYDRAULIC APPARATUS
Paul Bosch, Ludwigsburg, Germany, assignor to Robert Bosch
G.m.b.H., Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 25,701
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 5, 1965, P 19 17
488.0
Int. CI. F04b 49/00
U.S. CI. 417-213 7 Claims
W"'^''
A hydraulic machine, which may be a pump, or hydraulic
motor is adjusted by a control device so that pressure fluc-
tuations are compensated. When a pressure increase is so
rapid that it cannot be corrected soon enough by the slowly
operating control device, a regulating device is actuated by a
pressure-reponsive valve to directly connect the high- and
low-pressure conduits of the machine so that the pressure
drops immediately.
3,644,064
FUEL INJECTION PUMP FOR INTERNAL COMBUSTION
ENGINES
Konrad Eckert, Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt and Gerald Hofer,
Stuttgart, t>oth of Germany, assignors to Robert Bosch
GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,113
Int. CI. F04b 49/00
US. CI. 417—293 10 Claims
In a fuel injection pump the quantities delivered during
each pressure stroke thereof are varied by opening a bypass
channel at a predetermined moment by means of a regulator
shuttle driven from a constant abutment by hydraulic pres-
sure generated by pump means op}erating synchronously with
the main piston of the fuel injection pump. Said predeter-
mined moment is variable by turning said regulator shuttle.
The moment fuel delivery starts during each pressure stroke
may be changed without affecting the delivered fuel quanti-
ties by means delaying to a lesser or greater extent the buil-
dup of said hydraulic pressure.
3,644,065
APPARATUS FOR HLLING THE SUCTION CHAMBER
OF A PUMP AT HIGH-PUMP SPEEDS
Rolf-Dieter Lettenmayer, Hirschlanden; Erich Schonberr,
Ludwigsburg, and Egon Tittmann, Leonberg, all of Ger-
many, assignors to Robert Bosch Cm.b.H., Stuttgart, Ger-
many
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,555
Int CI. F04b 49/00
U.S. CI. 417—300 \
12 Claims
An apparatus including a valve for connecting the pressure
discharge conduit of a pump with the suction conduit only at
high-pump speeds so that the machine driven by the pump is
partly bypassed. The pressure medium is accelerated in the
suction conduit and applies suction to the outlet conduit of a
container for the medium, which is connected by a filling
conduit and by a single groove in the valve piston, with the
suction conduit so that the suction chamber of the pump is
completely filled.
3,644,066
FAN
Norvd J. Heob, Sturtevant and Jon D. Stoor, Kansasville,
both of Wis., assignors to MSL Industries, Inc.
Filed Oct 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,725
Int CI. F04b 35/04; H02k 5/16; B23p 15/02, 15/04
US. CI. 417-354 12 Claims
A ventilating fan in which a hub carrying a fan blade is af-
fixed to a rotor which is rotatable about a fixed shaft. A sta-
1430
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
tor assembly surrounding the rotor is fastened to a motor mounted spools The springs urge the spools outwardly into
receiving member and has stator windings which are partially contact with the resilient tube and the force exerted by the
embedded in epoxy resin. The hub covers the rotor and sta- sprmg on the spool causes the spools to sequentially corn-
tor assembly and serves as an oil seal for the rotor assembly press the resilient tube as the spools roll thereon. At least one
A terminal block is provided having a pair of terminals
which are twisted at one end with respect to their respective
slots in an insulative member, to prevent longitudinal move-
ment of the terminals in the direction of the other end.
3,644,067
POWER TRANSMISSION
Gordon H. Yowdl, North Branch, Mich., assignor to Sperry
Rand Corporation, Troy, Mich.
Filed May 25, 1970, Ser. No. 40,176
Int. a. F04b 17100, 35/00, 39/02, 39/06
VS. CI. 417-370 2 Claims
spool is in contact with and compressing the tube at all times.
Roution of the shaft pumps the material contained within
the tube by the sequential compressing of the tube by the
spool means.
3,644,069
ROTARY ENGINE CONSTRUCTION
George R. Stewart, 10049 Sideview Drive, Downey, CaUf.
nied Aug. 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 848,989
Int. CI. FOlc 79/00, F04c 27/00; F02b 53/00
U.S. CI. 418-33 5 Claims
^J^l.
An electric motor-pump unit utilizes a hollow drive shaft
supporting the motor rotor and the pump impeller. A sleeve
within the hollow shaft forms a reentrant passage for con-
ducting a portion of the pumped fluid into heat conducting
relation with the motor rotor for cooling purposes. The unit
is especially adapted for driving and supercharging high-pres-
sure hydraulic pumps in aircraft.
3,644,068
PUMP ARRANGEMENT
Cariey J. Lepali, Huntington Beach, Calif., assignor to Ken-
neth Leeds
Filed Mar. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 18,919
Int. CI. F04b 43/08
U.S. CI. 417-477 5 Claims
There is described herein an improved pump arrangement
for pumping materials contained entirely within a resilient
tube. The material to be pumped is in a resilient tube which
is positioned within a case means adjacent of bearing wall. A
motor rotates a shaft upon which are a pair of spring-
A rotary internal combustion engine including a toroidal
housing having an annular cylinder formed therein, provided
with spaced inlet and exhaust ports; a plurality of drive
pistons equally angularly spaced in the cylinder and fixed
through a drive disk to an output shaft; compression pistons
in the cylinder between successive drive pistons, the com-
pression pistons being fixed through a compression disk to a
tubular countershaft coaxial with the output shaft; means for
oscillatonly moving the countershaft and compression
pistons during rotation of the output shaft and countershaft,
including a raceway and rollers cammingly rollable in the
raceway, the rollers being linkingly connected to the output
shaft and to countershaft; sealing ring assemblies between the
disks and between each disk and the housing, each ring as-
sembly comprising two interengaged relatively rotatable
rings, each ring having an outer side lying in a plane normal
to the ring axis, an inner side describing a single turn helix
about said axis, and a juncture portion having an axial length
equal to the pitch of the helix, the rings being assembled with
their inner helical sides in slidable juxtaposition, the ring as-
sembly including resilient means for biasing apart the two
February 22, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1431
juncture portions whereby to tend to increase the effective
overall width of a ring assembly; means to minimize leakage
and blowby of compressed gases past the pistons during
operation, including turbulence-inducing elements carried by
the pistons adjacent the edges of the piston faces, and turbu-
lence-inducing configurations such as indentations on the
walls of pistons, cylinder, or both, and on adjacent surfaces
of other relatively movable members between which sealing
is necessary, including radial surfaces of the drive and com-
pression disks and adjacent radial surfaces of the housing;
liners or coatings on piston and cylinder walls of material
such as asbestos, fused silica and pyrolitic boron nitride hav-
ing low-thermal conductivity, low coefficient of thermal ex-
pansion, and high-temperature strength to improve com-
bustion efficiency.
reservoir; a pair of sleeve bearings rotatably mounting each
impeller in the body for rotation in the cavity in an inter-
meshing relationship so as to be capable of transferring fluid
between the inlet and the outlet; one end of each of the im-
peller sleeve bearings being in communication with the trans-
ferred fluid about the impellers and the other end of each of
the impeller sleeve bearings being in communication with the
oil reservoir; an O-ring sealing the rotary face of each sleeve
3,644,070
COOLING CIRCUIT FOR ROTARY PISTON INTERNAL
COMBUSTION ENGINES
Lucien Lermusiaux, Saint-Etienne, France, assignor to Sodete
De Construction et D'Exploitation De Materiels et Moteurs
S.C.E.M.M., Paris, France
Filed SepL 30, 1969, Ser. No. 862,336
Claims priority, appUcation France, Sept. 30, 1968, 168221
Int. CI. FOlc 21/06,1/02,21/10
U.S. CI. 418—61 6 Claims
So •^^ /
3e
bearing, and another O-ring sealing the stationary face of
each sleeve bearing; a shaft; means sealably mounting the
shaft in the body with one end interconnected to one of the
gear impellers and the other end extending from the body
into a low pressure environment; and pressure reducing
means communicating the oil reservoir with the exterior of
the body for pressure application.
3,644,072
HYDRAULIC GEAR PUMPS AND MOTORS
Robert Gdin, Lyon, France, assignor to Sodete IndustrieUe
Generate de Mecanique Appliquee S.I.G.M.A., Paris,
France
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,108
Claims priority, appUcation France, Sept 9, 1968, 165536
Int CI. FOlc 1/18; F03c 3/00; F04c 1/08
US. CI. 418-206 7 Claims
The casing comprises a peripheral envelope having an inlet
orifice, an exhaust orifice and spark plug wells. This envelope
is cooled in its hot zone by a liquid circulating in a part of the
cooling circuit. The successive cross sections of that part of
the circuit are such that, at each cooled point of the en-
velope, the thermal exchanges take place in conditions of
convection situated in the range 10° to 20° C. below the
beginning of the nuclear ebullition conditions.
3,644,071
PUMP FLUID MOTOR WITH PRESSURIZED BEARING
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Stephen K. SchuHheis, Tujunga, Calif., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Nov. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 90,559
Int CI. FOlc 21/04; F03c 3/00; F04c 29/02
U.S. CI. 418—83 7 Claims
A pump fluid motor rotating impeller-type mechanism with
pressurized bearing lubrication comprising: a body having an
impeller cavity with an inlet and outlet, and an oil reservoir
in communication with the cavity; a pair of hollow cylinder-
type gear impellers mounted in the impeller cavity, the interi-
or of each impeller being in communication with the oil
^3 /* /^J' ^^5 ^ 7.' 7^ 7? 73 i'
M\
m J<s
^f^-:
aj
/■fc.^_£% Jf y-g ^ ^^
Hydraulic gear pumps and motors having different dis-
placements are provided by means of fjmiilies of interchange-
able parts Leakage pathways from internal zones of high
pressure are provided to a low-pressure zone in the vicinity
of the intake.
1432
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
ERRATUM
For Class 425—83 see:
Patent No. 3,644,078
3,644,073
METHOD OF SMOKE REDUCTION AND APPARATUS
THEREFOR
Alexander GoMsnikh, Chicago, Ul., assignor to The United
States ol America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Nov. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 92.620
Int. C1.F23C 11100
U.S. CI. 431-2 10 Claims
condition and for preventing energization of the control
device in the absence of the condition. The system includes a
first switch device, having a control element, the switch
device bemg sericilly connected to the control device for con-
trollmg energization thereof. A system for producing high-
voltage electncal signals for effecting the occurrence of the
predetermined condition is provided, and is coupled to the
first switch device for effecting energization thereof in
response to the production of the high-voltage electrical
signals. The system for producing the high-voltage electrical
signals includes an actuating element which is rendered
operable in response to continued production of the high-
sM^}^
^.=4-^"
Reduction in amount of smoke associated with fuel oil fires
in pans for firefighter training purposes is achieved by
providing atomized water sprays impinging on the fire just
above the layer of burning oil which floats on a body of water
in the pan. Water is pumped through spray heads at con-
trolled rates via distribution system immersed in the water
beneath the burning oil to prevent generation of steam.
3,644,074
CONTROL APPARATUS
Phillip J. Cade, Winchester, Mass., assignor to Electronics
Corporation of America, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,014
Int. CI. F23n
U.S. CI. 431-26 8 Claims
^atoa
'Pi»
<«ir
txi^
Control apparatus featuring a condition sensor, a first relay
responsive to a signal from the condition sensor, the first
relay being in a first state in the absence of a signal from the
condition sensor and being switched to a second state in
response to a signal from the condition sensor, a control
relay adapted to be switched between first and second states,
circuitry responsive to an operation request for switching the
control relay from the first state to the second state after a
time interval, and clamping circuitry operative in response to
the detection of the first relay in its second state during the
time interval to clamp the first relay in the second state and
the control relay in the first state, overriding the influence of
the condition sensor on the first relay.
■i--^^ — ^'—
^v^^*
'LT"
&*•
voltage electncal signals. A switch control network is cou-
pled to the control element of the first switch device and in-
cludes a sensing element in communication with the actuat-
ing element Operation of the sensing element in response to
actuation by the actuating element is effective to prevent the
application of trigger signals to the first switch device so as to
render the same nonconductive thereby preventing energiza-
tion of the control device, while the occurrence of the
predetermmed condition renders the actuating element in-
operable so as to permit the continued application of trigger
signals to the first switch device, thereby maintaining the
control device conductive.
3,644,076
LIQUID FUEL BURNER
Leonard P. Baggc, Workingham, England, assignor to Shell
Oil Company. New York, N.Y.
FUed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,572
Claims priority, applkatmn Great Britain, May 8, 1969,
23,443/69
Int. CI. F23q 9IQ0
U.S. CI. 431-284 10 Claims
3,644,075
FAIL SAFE ELECTRONIC-CONTROL SYSTEM
David J. Squiers, Attleboro Falls, Mass., assignor to Texas In-
struments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
FUed Sept 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,007
InL CI. F23n 5100
\iS. CI. 431-66 19 Claims
A system for maintaining a control device electrically ener-
gized only in response to the occurrence of a predetermined
)
A liquid fuel furnace comprising a hollow coolant enclo-
sure and at least a first annular oxidant channel therein ad-
jacent to and concentric with a second annular liquid fuel
channel inwardiv of the first channel. A fuel supply opening
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1433
is in communication with both of the channels and a bluff
body is disposed downstream of the opening and retracted
with respect to the end face of the enclosure thereby form-
ing, together with the opening, an annular fuel and oxidant
discharge duct common to the first and second channels.
3 644,077
FLAME STABILIZING SYSTEM FOR POWER GAS
BURNERS
Enoch Alfred Dimick, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to S. I. John-
son Co., Oakland, Calif.
FUed Nov. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 85,866
Int. CI. F23d/ 5/00
U.S. CI. 431-351 9 Claims
3,644,078
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING NONWOVEN FABRICS
SachihUu) Tachibana; Susumu Nakai; Yoichi Makino; Hisashi
MatsiuBura; Kimitaka Tabuchi; Michio Hiraoka; Shigdchi
Akoh, and Hiroshi Orito, aU of Tokyo, Japan, assignors to
Honshu Seishi KabushUd Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Original appUcatioo Apr. 27, 1966, Ser. No. 545,678. Divided
and this applicatkm Oct 2, 1969, Ser. No. 871,044
Int a. B29c 13/00,27/10; D04h 1/64
VS. CI. 425-83 6 Claims
\
X
\,
__
x..
1
O N. •
-- ll -V y V
A power gas burner having a plurality of circumferentially
spaced conventional gas jets directed axially of the burner. A
conventional flame retention ring surrounds these gas jets. In
accordance with this invention, said ring is provided with a
plurality of secondary gas nozzles surrounded by an air
supply and arranged circumferentially and disposed axially
forwardly of the pure gas jets for introducing excess air to
stabilize the fiame.
An apparatus for producing nonwoven fabric comprising a
duct for blowing fibers, a screen at the open end of said duct,
a first endless wire-netting for receiving the fibers passed
through said screen to form a band-shaped fiber mass on said
first endless wire netting, a second endless wire-netting
receiving said fiber mass from said first endless wire-netting,
an adhesive sprayer provided at said second wire-netting, a
suction section opposite to said sprayer, a dryer provided at
said second wire-netting, a third endless wire-netting receiv-
ing said fiber mass from said second wire-netting, a second
adhesive sprayer provided at said third wire-netting, a second
suction section opposite to said second sprayer, a fourth
endless wire-netting receiving said fiber mass from said third
wire-netting, and a second dryer provided at said fourth wire-
netting.
CHEMICAL
3 644,079
METHOD FOR IMPROVING THE DYEABILITY AND
FOR HEAT SETTING SYNTHETIC LINEAR
POLYESTERS
Vernon C. Smith, HuntersviUe; James Bamette Hobgood,
Roxboro, and Frederick E. Barwick, III, Chariotte, aU of
N.C., assignors to CoUins & Aikman Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
FUed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 840,936
Int CI. D06p 3/00
VS. CI. 8—4 13 Claims
A method is provided for improving a dyeability and for
heat setting synthetic linear polyesters, wherein the polyester
in fibrous or film form is contacted at an elevated tempera-
ture, for example, 120° to 200° C. for about 1 to 20 seconds
with a monocyclic or bicyclic halogenated aromatic
hydrocarbon. The halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon is ex-
tracted from the polyester after treatment. The polyester
fibers and films treated in accordance with the method of this
invention exhibits superior dyeing properties being readily
dyed to deep shades in the absence of a carrier. The
polyester fibers and films treated in accordance with the
present invention likewise exhibit improved dimensional sta-
bility.
\
3,644,080
METHOD OF PRINTING SYNTHETIC LINEAR
POLYESTER SHEET MATEIUALS
Robert W. McCuUough, Riverside, Conn.; Vernon C. Smith,
HuntersvUle; Frederick E. Barwkk, lU, Charlotte, and
James B. Hobgood, Roxboro, aU of N.C., assignors to Col-
lins & Aikman Corporation, New Yorii, N.Y.
FUed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,843
Int. CI. D06p 3/00
VS. CL 8-4 10 Claims
A method is provided for printing synthetic linear
polyester sheet materials such as films and fabrics, in which
the area of material which is to be printed is initially treated
with a halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon at an elevated tem-
perature. The halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon is then
removed and a composition containing a dyestuff is applied
to the treated area to provided desired iiKlicia on the
polyester material. The method of this invention is particu-
\
1434
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
larly useful in providing printed polyester films and printed
heavy weight fabrics such as carpeting.
3,644,081
PROCESS FOR THE TREATMENT OF POLYESTER
FIBEROUS MATERIALS
Shogo Matsuda, Toyonaka-shi; Yutaka Shimodoi, Suita-shi;
Hiraku Yamada, and Kiyoshi Takao, both of Ibaraki-shi, aU
of Japan, assignors to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 708,506
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 7, 1967, 42/13892
Int. CI. D06m 15124
U.S. CI. 8-115.6 5 Claims
A process for improving the handling of fibrous materials
made of polyester by impregnating said fibrous materials with
a solution containing an alkaline substance and a ]X)lymeric
substance soluble or dispersible in said alkaline solution, and
then treating said fibrous materials with dry heat at a tem-
perature higher than 120° C. and lower than the melting
point of the polyester fiber.
3,644,082
PREPARATION OF DIETHYL AMINOETHYL COTTON
USING NONAQUEOUS SOLVENTS
Ralph J. Bcrni, Metairie; Ruth R. Benerito; John B. McKel-
vey; Truman L. Ward, and Donald M. Soignet, all of New
Orleans, all of La., assignors to The I nited States of America
as represented b\ the Secretary of Agriculture
Filed June 24, 1970, Ser. No. 49,412
InL CI. D06m 13/08, 13/38
U.S. CI. 8— 116.2 7 Claims
Fibrous cellulosic material was impregnated with a swelling
agent, solvent exchanged to remove any water present, and
reacted with a solution containing sodium methoxide. This
product was rinsed, then reacted with a solution containing
2-chloroethyldiethylamine and washed. The finished product
was a partial cellulose ether having anion exchange proper-
ties with a wide range of ion exchange capacities. By convert-
ing the finished product to the acid salt form in situ catalytic
sites for cross-linking reactions are provided. In addition, the
diethylaminoethylated product may be converted to the
quaternary form by refluxing with methyl iodide.
3,644,083
DURABLE FLAME RETARD ANT FINISH FOR
CELLULOSIC TEXTILE MATERIALS
Richard Frederick Stockel; William Frank Herbes, both of
Bridgewater Township, Somerset, and Samuel James O'-
Brien, Duneilen, all of NJ., assignors to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 27,167
Int. CI. D06m 13/28, 13/44; C09k 3128
U.S. CI. 8-116J 7 Claims
Rame retardant finishes for cellulosic textile materials
containing tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)phosphonium phosphate,
tris(hydroxymethyl)phosphine, and at least one organic
nitrogenous compound.
3,644,084
TREATMENT OF KERATIN nBERS
Du Yung Hsiung, Park Forest, III., and Leszek January Wol-
fram, Rockville, Md., assignors to The Gillette Company,
Boston, Mass.
Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,797
Int. CI. A61k 7/10
U.S. CI. 8— 1 27.5 1 8 Claims
Keratin fibers are softened by sulfitolysis which forms S-
sulfo groups or a mixture of S-sulfo groups with thiol groups
in the fibers, then changed in configuration and maintained
in the new configuration while restoring the fibers by treating
with an aqueous solution containing ^t pH S to 11 from 0.02
to 0.3 mole per liter of an alkali metal, ammonium or lower
alkanolamine sulfide or hydrosulfide, an aliphatic mercaptan,
or mixtures thereof with each other or with an aliphatic disul-
fide. An aliphatic disulfide may be used alone when the ratio
of S-sulfo groups to thiol groups in the sulfitolyzed keratin
fibers is from 4; I to 1 :4.
3,644,085
GARMENT HNISHER AND METHOD OF FINISHING
GARMENTS
Mkhad G. Beeiey, North Sah Lake; Paul W. Frisby, and
Richard D. Thompson, both of Salt Lake City, all of Utah,
assignors to McGraw-Edison Company, Elgin, III.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,578
InL CI. B08b 3/02; D06c 1/06
U.S. CI. 8-150 17 Claims
A garment finisher with adjacent internally communicating
conditioning and drying chambers, respectively each having
horizontally narrow inlet and outlet openings, means
discharging steam within the conditioning chamber and as
converging mwardly directed jets from opposite sides of the
inlet and outlet openings, and means directing heated air
downwardly at high velocity within the drying chamber, a
first conveyor for carrying successive garments susf)ended in
adjacent generally edge-to-edge spaced orientation on ap-
proximately 20 to 30 mch centers to within the conditioning
chamber and then through the drying chamber, a second
conveyor for carrying the garments suspended within the
conditioning chamber but in adjacent spaced generally front-
to-rear orientation on approximately only 3 to 6 inch centers,
means to transfer the garments from the first conveyor to the
second conveyor and back again from the second conveyor
to the first conveyor all in the conditioning chamber, means
driving the conveyors in synchronization where the second
conveyor feed is slower than the first conveyor feed by an ap-
proximate ratio of the garment center spacings of the respec-
tive conveyors, and the method of finishing garments includ-
ing a dual-speed garment feed through adjacent conditioning
and drying chambers where the garments are normally in
general edge-to-edge orientation at liberal center spacings
except in the conditioning chamber where they are in general
front-to-rear orientation and at much reduced center
spacings.
It is possible to finish garments, particularly those of a
material having memory retaining characteristics, without ac-
tually pressing the garment between hot press faces. The gar-
ment is initially conditioned, by steam for example, and then
is fluffed and dried typically with high-velocity heated air to
remove the wrinkles. Equipment is available to finish the gar-
ments individually or in batches for each cycle of the finisher
unit, or successively on a continuing progressive cycle basis
where the garment moves relative to the finisher unit. Tun-
nel-type finishers, as they are called, operate according to the
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1435
last-mentioned basis and pass a series of garments successive-
ly and continuously, through adjacent internally commu-
nicating conditioning and drying chambers.
3,644,086
DEODORANT DISPENSER
Jimmy R. O'DeU, 2240 West 72nd Street, Prairie VUlage,
Kans.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 32,077
Int CI. A61I 9/00
U.S.CL 21-77 5 Claims
A deodorant dispenser for use in connection with portable
toilet enclosures, consisting of a housing adapted to be
secured to a wall of said enclosure adjacent the door thereof,
and to receive therein an aerosol container of deodorant hav-
ing a press-type release valve, a lever carried movably by said
housing and projecting therefrom to engage said door,
whereby to be moved by the opening or closing of said door,
and mechanism carried by said housing and operable to press
said release valve each time said door is opened and closed.
3,644,087
PROCESS FOR SCRUBBING SULFUR DIOXIDE FROM A
GAS STREAM
Peter Urban, Northbrook, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, Dl.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,968
Int. CI. COlb/ 7/64
U.S. CI. 23-2 SQ 13 Claims
A process for the removal of SOj from a gas stream con-
taining SOt and Oi wherein the use of a conventional
scrubbing solution containing an alkaline reagent results in
the formation of undesired, intractable sulfate byproducts, is
improved by adding to the scrubbing zone a reducing agent
selected from the group consisting of finely divided sulfur, a
polysulfide compound, a water-soluble sulfide compound and
mixtures thereof, and by thereafter operating the scrubbing
zone under thiosulfate-production conditions, thereby sup-
pressing the production of undesired sulfate byproducts.
Principal utility of this improved process is associated with a
process for scrubbing SOt from a flue or stack gas stream.
Key feature of this improved process involves the selective
conversion of the absorbed SOt to the corresponding
thiosulfate compound within the scrubbing zone, thereby
minimizing the opportunity for the oxygen contained in the
gas stream to oxidize the sulfite salt to the undesired sulfate
byproducts.
3,644,088
PREPARATION OF TRANSITION METAL OXYHALIDES
Jay G. Bryson, TaUmadge; Henry R. Menapace, Stow, and
GcreM S. Benner, Tallmadge, all of Ohk>, assig^rs to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed Sq>t 14, 1970, Ser. No. 72,182
Int. CI. C22b 59/00
VS. CI. 23-15 W 6 ClaiiK
There is disclosed a method of preparing tungsten ox-
ychloride, tungsten oxybromide, vanadium oxychloride and
vanadium oxybromide which comprises passing at least one
transition metal halide from the group of tungsten hexachl-
roide, tungsten hexabromide, vanadium pentachloride and
vanadium pentabromide, while in vapor form, over a catalyst
comprising at least one oxide selected from the group of alu-
mina, magnesia, silica, boria, calcium oxide, chromia, man-
ganese dioxide, cobaltic oxide, nickel oxide, phosphorous
pentaoxide, zinc oxide and mixtures thereof, at temperatures
ranging from about 200° C. to about 300° C.
3,644,089
PREPARATION OF SODIUM CARBONATE
Franz-Rudolf Minz, Dormagen, and Eberfaard Zimgiebl,
Cologne-Flittard, both of Germanj. assignors to Farben-
fabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft. Leverkusen. Germany
FUed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,667
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 27, 1968, P 18 1 1
168.7
Int. CI. cold 7/00
U.S. CI. 23—63 6 Claims
Preparation of sodium carbonate monohydrate by reacting
caustic soda solution of a concentration of 10 to 70 percent
and cart>on dioxide in the presence of solid sodium carbonate
at temperatures of 80° to 115° C. the caustic soda solution
and the carbon dioxide are continuously reacted in an aque-
ous sodium-carbonate -containing slurry at a pH-value of 1 1 .3
to 11.5. By driving off the water fed in together v^th the
caustic soda solution and by withdrawing a portion of the
slurry, from which the sodium carbonate monohydrate
formed in the reaction is recovered a sodium carbonate solid
concentration of about 100 to 600 g./l. is maintained in the
slurry.
3,644,090
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ACTIVE LEAD
DIOXIDE
Hermann Beecken, Cologne-Stammheim, Germany, assignor
to Farfoenfabriken Bayer AktiengcseUschaft, Leverkusen,
Germany
Filed Sept 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856354
Claims priority, application Germany, Oct. 2, 1968, P 18 00
489.2
InL CI. COlg 2 1/08; BOlj 1/00
U.S. CI. 23— 146 9 Claims
\n^
\
J ) i i I ) I I * /i i
-I flai
i IMI
• fM
irfjtf
Suspending lead sulphate, lead carbonate or mixtures
thereof in water and adding to said suspension a halide and
alkali in such quantitative proportions to obtain a higher
basic lead halide or lead halide carbonate and thereafter ox-
idizing said compound with halogen or hypohalite under
neutral or alkaline conditions thereby effecting precipitation
of highly active lead dioxide.
1436
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,091
CLARinCATION OF PHOSPHORIC ACID
John H. Naschke, and Robert L. Taylor, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Filed Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,181
Int. CI. COlb 25/18, 25122
U.S. CI. 23-165 13 Claims
Phosphoric acid in a wet phosphoric acid process is
clarified by introducing into the acid a small but effective
amount of a clarification additive which is a sulfonated
polystyrene or a water soluble salt thereof having a molecular
weight from about 1 to about 40 million and sulfonated m
the para-position in the benzene ring in an amount of about 1
to 3 moles per mole of benzene ring, the clarification addi-
tive being added to the acid in one or more zones of the
process.
3,644,092
PROCESS FX)R CONTROLLING THE BURNING OF
SULFUR
Ivan D. Campbell, Bellingham, Wash., assignor to Georgja-
Padfic Corporation, Portland, Oreg.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,292
Int CI. COlb 17154; F23n 5100
U.S. CI. 23— 179 8 Claims
rRE»<«*TtR
-^
ICTIUS LJIC »•
■nff
V
J
COaXOSASTD
axxjNe<uTcrt
MCCrEN SULFUB
r nmun oooloi KCONorwr coolqi
A method for controlling the burning of sulfur to obtain
sulfur dioxide by determining the ultraviolet radiation of the
combustion gases discharged from the combustion chamber
and adjusting the ratio of air to sulfur being used to obtain a
flame of a predetermined magnitude in the combustion gases
discharged from the combustion chamber.
3,644,093
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TREATING PRE-
ENRICHED AMMONIA
Fortunat Hartmann, Zurich, and Hans Rudolf Gisier, Win-
terthur, both of Switzerland, assignors to Sulzer Brothers,
Ltd., Winterthur, Switzerland
Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,862
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 8, 1968,
6871/68
InL CI. COlb 5102; BOlj 7/00, F25j 3100
U.S. CI. 23-204 C 1 2 Claims
The pre-enriched ammonia is delivered into the exchange
column prior to the final enrichment stage and is placed into
a material exchange with a portion of the deuterium-im-
poverished water from the rectifyi
exchange enriches the water with
ng column
deuterium.
The material
The enriched
water is then fed into an intermediate point in the rectifying
column for final ennchment.
3,644,094
PROCESS FOR THE RECOVERY OF DIAMOND
PARTICLES FROM ALUMINA OR SILICATE WASTES
Douglas N. Stevens; Ramond E. Bisque, and Duane N. Bloom,
all of Golden, Colo., assignors to Earth Sciences, Inc., Gol-
den, Cok).
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 1 1,922
Int. CI. COlb i//06. coif 7134
\jS. CI. 23-209.9 8 Claims
Alumina wastes, and various silicate wastes, produced by
grinding ceramic workpieces with diamond impregnated
wheels are intermixed with a borax flux and heated in a
nonoxidizing atmosphere to produce a fluid melt of the alu-
mina and flux. The melt or resulting solid phase is then acid
treated to dissolve and liquefy the alumina or silicate con-
tents and the resulting liquor is drawn off leaving the particu-
late fraction which contains the desired diamond particles.
3,644,095
APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CHEMICAL
ANALYSES
Hdnrich Netbeler; Gunter Bechtler, and Wilhelm Bergmann,
all of Hamburg, Germany, assignors to Eppendorf
Geraetebau Netbeler & Hinz GmbH, Hamburg, Germany
Filed June 18, 1968, Ser. No. 737,981
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 20, 1967, P 16 48
900.2
Int.CI.G01n 1110,1114
U.S. CI. 23-259 7 Claims
Mim I II II uis» Ji 3
Apparatus for handling samples of material wherein a first
transport system intermittently moves units of the material in
small steps and a second transport system receives sample
portions of said units and intermittently moves these portions
in larger steps; both systems operating with the same
cadence.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1437
3,644,096
APPARATUS FOR USE IN A CONTINUOUS FLOW
REACTION FOR PRODUCING A MONOMER AND/OR A
PROTOPOLYMER
Alan E. Lewis, and Frederick W. Voigt, Jr., both of King-
sport, Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Original application Aug. 12, 1%8, Ser. No. 752,058. Divided
and this application Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 29318
Int CI. C07c 691&2, BOlj HOO
U.S. CI. 23-263 3 Claims
Apparatus by which an esterification precursor is continu-
ously converted to an esterification reaction product liquid
by admixing a feed stream of the precursor into and with a
circulating stream of the product liquid, heating the admix-
""^ W I ■.>■■■■ mti 1
=^?:fiti-'
3,644,098
CATALYTIC CONVERTER FOR EXHAUST GASES
Ted V. De Pahna, Roselle, and Robert S. Carleton,
Libertyville, both of III., assignors to Universal Oil Products
Company, Des Plaines, Dl.
FUed Sept 18, 1969, Ser. No. 858,918
Int CI. BOlj 9m, BOld 53134, FOln i//6
U.S. CI. 23-288 F 8 Claims
A catalytic converter for treating exhaust gas streams
which has a removable catalyst cartridge embodied therein
and which is designed to be connected directly to the exhaust
ports of an internal combustion engine.
3,644,099
GAS ATMOSPHERE GENERATING MEANS FOR HEAT-
TREATING FURNACES
C. Grans, Detroit, Mich., assignor to Holcroft & Corn-
Livonia, Mich.
Filed Sept. 15, 1969. Ser. No. 858.030
Int. CI. BOlj 7 00
L.S. CI. 23-281 7 Claims
Roland
pany.
ture to vaporize a low-boiling component, the heating being
at a sufficient temperature and for a sufficient time to con-
vert the precursor to the product liquid, and continuously
withdrawing a stream of the product liquid from the circulat-
ing admixture.
3,644,097
APPARATUS FOR CONTROL OF HEAT RADIATION IN
ZONE MELTING
Poul E. Knudsen, Skodsborg, Denmark, assignor to Haldor
Frederik Axd Frydenlundsvcj, Vedbaek, Denmark
FUed Nov. 13, 1%8, Ser. No. 775^09
Claims priority, application Great BriUin, Nov. 16, 1967,
52,181/67
Int CI. BOlj 7 7/ ;0
U.S. CI. 23-273 SP 1 Claim
-S Mt*' «ADiAT:NC BOOT
CU»»WNT
2 MOO - CRTSTAi.
Control of heat radiation from the "critical zone" adjacent
the molten material in a floating-zone purification of a
semiconductor monocrystal to achieve a low level of disloca-
tions.
^i
Gas atmospheres for use in metallurgical furnaces are
prepared by burning hydrocarbon gas and circulating the
products of combustion, together with additional hydrocar-
bon gas, through a catalytic retort subjected to the heat
produced by the combustion. The gas-generating apparatus
has a valved outlet for withdrawing excess products of com-
bustion to be used for purging furnaces It also has val\e-con-
trolled auxiliary air and hydrocarbon gas inlets 'Ahich can be
adjusted to produce various gas compositions including AGA
gas-types 101, 302 and 501.
3,644,100
APPARATUS FOR REFORMING HEAVY
HYDROCARBONS
Pierre Lhonore, Douai; Jacques Quibel. Maisons Laffitte, and
Michel Senes, Saint-Nazaire, all of France, assignors to La
Societe dite Societ Chimique de la Grande, Paroisse, France
Filed Sept 10, 1968, Ser. No. 758,768
Claims priority, application France, Sept. 12, 1967, 120743
Int. CI. BOlj 9/20, COlb 2/22
U.S. CI. 23-288 S 2 Claims
A process for the catalytic reforming, with steam in a
fluidized bed, of heavy hydrocarbons with a boiling point
1438
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
higher than 220' C , carried out under an effective pressure
of 2 to 150 bars, in which the reforming mixture is in-
troduced to the catalyst in the form of catalytic particles of a
solid solution of nickel oxide and refractory oxides, with a
grain size which is between 1 mm. and 60 fx. at a temperature
3,644,103
COLNTERCl RRENT SOLID-LIQUID CONTACTING
I SING FLEXIBLE BRISTLE SCREW FLIGHT MEANS
Chong \. ^oon. Kalamazoo; Robert E. Melson, Portage, both
of Mich., assignors to The Lpjohn Company. Kalama/mt,
Mich.
Original application Oct. 6, 1967, Ser. No. 674,381, now
Patent No. 3,529.938. Divided and this application Mar. 13,
1970, Ser. No. 24,409
Int. CL BO Id 1 1!02. 9/00. 9/04
U.S. CL 23-310 8 Claims
between 300° and 700" C . the volumetric speed on the A process for separating components of a mixture of
fluidized bed is between 5 and 0 1 liter/hour per liter of chemicals in which a selective liquid solvent is fed through a
catalyst, the ratio between steam and carbon in moles being treating zone countercurrent to the mixture of chemicals in
between 0 75 and 3 0 and without regeneration or reoxidiza- such a fashion that a multistage leaching or solvent cryslal-
tion of the catalvst lizatjon operation is carried out.
3,644,101
CESIUM EVAPORATOR
Haruo Takashio, Tokyo, and Takayoshi Matsuzawa,
Yokohama-shi, both of Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura
Electric Co., Ltd., Kanasaki-shi, Japan
Filed June 6, 1968, Ser. No. 734,963
Claims priority, application Japan, June 10, 1967, 42 36770
Int. CI. B44d 1/02, C23d liQ2
U.S. CI. 23-294
3,644,104
PROCESS FOR PROCESSING CANNED IRRADIATED
CERAMIC FUEL ELEMENTS
Georges Manevy, 68 Rue Vdpeau, 92-Antony, and Georges
Matcheret, Cite de la Plaine, Immeubk M 21, Apt 1599,
92-Clamart, both of France
Filed Oct. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 769,898
Int. CLCOlg 56/00
I Claim U.S. CI. 23-324
6 Claims
Cesium evaporator filled with a mixed powder of a silicon
and cesium chromate and/or cesium bichromate for deposit-
ing cesium vapor on the face plate of a photoelectric tube,
the silicon powder has such a particle size distribution that
the average particle size is 30 to 80 microns, with particles
larger than 100 microns or those smaller than one micron
constituting not more than 30 weight percent, and the cesium
chromate or cesium bichromate powder has such a particle
size distribution that the average particle size is 3 to 10
microns with particles larger than 25 microns constituting
not more than 30 weight percent and those smaller than 0 5
micron constituting not more than 40 weight percent.
3,644,102
CRYSTALLIZATION OF POTASSIUM CHLORIDE FROM
CARNALLITE DECOMPOSITION
Hans Svanoe, Warren, Pa., assignor to Struthcrs Scientific
and International Corporation
Filed Nov. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 686,826
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 1, 1966,
53,867/66
Int. CI. BO Id 9/02, CO Id 3/08
U.S. CI. 23-298 3 Claims
Carnallite is decomposed by adding it to water under op-
timum conditions so that potassium chloride may be crystal-
lized therefrom using potassium chloride seed crystals of over
60 mesh size
The decanning step constituting the first step in the
reprocessing of ceramic nuclear fuel elements is carried out
by cutting the fuel elements in short-length fragments and
then crumbling the fuel into a powder which leaves the can
fragments by processing the fuel fragments in a ball mill.
Prefluoration of the fuel into UF4 and PuF^ may take place in
the ball mill.
3,644,105
MULTILAYER BEARING
Milton L. Selker, Shaker Heights; Betty L. Berdan, and Betty
M. Luce, both of Willowick, all of Ohio, assignors to Clevite
Corporation
Filed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,1 12
Int. CI. B32b 15/00
U.S. CI. 29- 196.3 4 Claims
There is provided a multilayer bearing and method of
forming same, said bearing characterized by its resistance to
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1439
seizure under high-load conditions, said bearing comprising a in a gas by conditioning methanol and injecting said condi-
steel backing member, an electrodeposited intermediate tioned methanol into the gas conduit
composite layer consisting of copper and molybaenum disul-
fide and an overlay of lead-tin alloy.
3,644,106
COLLOIDAL DISPERSIONS
Victor C. E. Bumop, Church Croft, West Chaliow near
Wantage, England
Continuation of application Ser. No. 660,896, Aug. 16, 1967,
DOW abandoned. This application Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No.
64,148
Claims priority, application (ireat Britain, Aug. 24, 1966.
38.025/66
InLCLC10i;/i2
U^.CL 44-51 7 Claims
The tendency of a liquid hydrocarbon fuel to produce
smoke when it is burned is reduced by incorporating into the
fuel a colloidal dispersion of a sulphate, phosphate, or halide
of an alkaline earth metal, the average size of the coUoidally
dispersed salt being less than 0.2 micron. The invention is
particularly applicable to fuels for diesel engines. To prepare
the dispersion, an alkaline earth metal oxide, hydroxide, car-
bonate, phenate, or salt of any weak acid is first dispersed in
a lubricating oil or hydrocarbon fuel with the aid of a
dispersing agent such as a phosphosulfurized hydrocarbon,
an alkyl phenol or bisphenol, or a long-chain fatty acid
amine. The dispersion is then treated with a hydrogen halide,
or hydrochloric, sulphuric or phosphoric acid, or with an am-
monium or volatile amine salt of one of those acids, thereby
forming the desired dispersed salt in situ. The product is
usually a concentrate which is then added to hydrocarbon
fuel in the desired quantity.
3,644,107
METHOD FOR PREVENTING THE FORMATION OF
HYDRATES AND ICE
Merlin O. Clark, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,622
Int.CLF17d 1/04,1/05
U.S.CL 48-190 4 Claims
3,644,108
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING
FILAMENTS BY CENTRIFUGAL FORCES
Robert G. Russell, Granville, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Com-
ing Flberglas Coqporation
Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,269
Int. CLC03bi 7/04
U^. CL65-8 12 Claims
The disclosure embraces a methcxl of and apparatus for
producing fine fibers or filaments of heat-softenable material
such as glass and involves the formation of discrete streams
of heat-softened glass of comparatively low viscosity by cen-
trifugal forces, and dissipating or transferring heat from the
streams to moving surfaces having passageway to accom-
modate a cooling liquid to thereby increasing the viscosity of
the material of the streams to enable the attenuation of the
streams by centrifugal action to fibers or filaments.
3,644,109
APPARATUS FOR SEVERING LINEAR MATERLAL
Jerome P. KUnk, and Walter F. Fulk, both of Newark, Ohio,
as^gnors to Owens-Coming Flberglas Corporation
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,709
Int. CL B23d 25/12
U.S.CL 65-11 12 Claims
'^-^
/>-.
A method for preventing the formation of hydrates and ice
Apparatus for severing linear material including a cutter
roll having blades thereon extending outwardly of the cir-
cumferential surface of the member and means communicat-
ing with the opposite sides of the blades in a region spaced
from the circunvferential surface to fix the cutting edge of the
blades against movement circumferentially of the cylindrical
member
1440
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,110
GLASS-MAKING TOOL AND METHOD OF USE
Alfred Sendt, Gutersioli, Germany, assignor to Firma Her-
mann Heye, Obemklrcben, Alice, Germany
Filed Mar. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 16,755
Claims priority, appUcatioD Germany, Mar. 18, 1969, P 19
13 579.6
lnt.Ci.C03b///y2
of work pieces carried by the neck rings at or between the
stations.
U.S. CI. 65-137
20 Claims
3,644,112
METHOD OF CONTROLLING UNWANTED PLANTS
Hans Osieka, Ludwigshafen; Adolf Fischer, Mutterstadt, and
Hans Eugen Kiefer, Wachenbeim, all of Germany, assignors
to Badische AnUin- & Soda-Fabrik AlitiengescUschaft, Lud-
wigshafen Rhine. (ierman>
Filed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,266
Claims priority, application Germany, May 24, 1968, P 17 68
542.6
Int. CI. AOln 9112
U.S. CI. 71-90 3 Claims
New and valuable substituted 1 ,4-oxathiins having the for-
mula
O
/ \
i li
H,C C-C-NH-CCIfj),
\ / II
s o
In a glass-maicing method and a tool involved in carrying
out the method, the tool is subjected to heating. The inven-
tion provides for controlling the temperature of the too! by
providing the latter with at least one internal chamber and
accommodating therein a vaporizable volatile heat-exchange
medium which is evaporable in the chamber in one region
thereof as a result of the heating of the fool, moves to
another cooler region where it becomes condensed, and is
returned to the one region by capillary means accommodated
in the chamber.
3,644,111
MACHINE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF GLASS BOTTLES
OR THE LIKE
Kurt Beclier, Obemkirchen, Germany, assignor to Hermann
Heye, Obemkirchen, Germany
Filed Dec. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 786,899
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 9, 1968, H 65000
Int. CI. C03b 9140
U.S. CI. 65— 158 / 48 Claims
A press-and-blow bottle-making machine wherein several
neck rings orbit about a vertical axis and wherein each neck
ring is moved by a separate motor so that the length of inter-
vals during which the rings dwell at various treating stations
and the speed of rings during travel between the stations can
be selected as a function of the time required for treatment
wherein n denotes one of the integers 0 and 1 and R denotes
a monocycloaliphatic, bicycloaliphatic, tricycloaliphatic or
tetracycloaliphatjc radical havmg in all five to 15 carbon
atoms, but not a cyclohexyl radical if n is 0. which have a
good herbicidal action. The compounds are particularly
suitable for controlling unwanted plants without damaging
crop plants. The compounds are also suitable for destroying
all plants on a certain area.
3,644,113
AGGLOMERATE INCLUDING GRAFT COPOLYMERS
OF ACYLIC ACID AND METHYL CELLULOSE AND
METHOD OF MAKING
William J. Lang, LibertyvUle, lU., and Joseph M. Chdini,
Denver, Colo., assignors to International Minerals &
Chemical Corporation
Filed Sept. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 757,468
Int. CI. C21b 1126: C08f 25100, 43100
U.S. CI. 75-3 21 Claims
Water-soluble graft copolymers of acrylic acid and methyl
cellulose, including water-soluble salts thereof, are useful as
binders in the agglomeration of finely divided materials. The
graft copolymers are especially useful as binders in the pel-
letization of minerals and ores, such as taconite.
3,644,114
METHOD FOR LEACHING REDUCED LATERITE ORES
Eva A. Vosahlova, Edmonton, and Donald Robert Weir, Fort
Saskatchewan, Alberta, both of Canada, assignors to Sher-
ritt Gordon Mines Limited, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
Piled Jan. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 5,658
Int. CI. C22b 23104
U.S. CI. 75-101 7 Claims
Reduction roasted laterite ore is leached in ammoniacal
ammonium cartx)nate solution under oxidizing conditions.
The first stage leach is prolonged for a period of time beyond
that required to obtain maximum extraction of nickel and
cobalt values from the reduced ore and is then terminated
after the dissolved magnesium content of the leach solution
reaches a constant low value. As a result of this procedure,
more magnesium contamination precipitates on the leach
solids as an insoluble compound. The resulting low-magnesi-
um content of the leach solution, together with a novel cool-
ing scheme in which the leach feed slurry is cooled to below
115° F. prior to the first stage leach, obviates the heretofore
serious problem of magnesium scale development in leach
solution recycle lines.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1441
3,644,115
SOLDERING HLLER METAL
Hachiro Hamagiichl; Mlsao Sakashita, and Mamoni Koyama,
all of Osaka, Japan, assignors to Tatsuta Electric Wire &
Cable Co., Ltd., Osaka City, Japan
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 22,016
Int.CI.C22c;//00, /J/00
U.S. CI. 75-134 B 2 Claims
Tin-lead alloys used for soldering and plating metal wires
are improved in their resistance to oxidation when they con-
tain a small amount of aluminum.
3,644,116
IDENTIFICATION CARDS HAVING DIFFUSION
TRANSFER LAMINATIONS
Paul A. Andrews, Belmont, and Bernard T. Coyle, Jr., Mar-
Mchead, both of Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation,
Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Feb. 27, 1967, Ser. No. 618,685
Int. CI. G03c 5154
U.S. CI. 96-29 14 Claims
Laminar structures comprising a photographic image in
silver laminated to a transparent layer through or via a layer
comprising a water-activated plasticized vinyl acetate
polymer.
3,644,117
IMAGE-FORMATION IN STABLE POLARIZING MEDIA
Bruce E. De Palma, Boston, Mass., assignor to Polaroid Cor-
poration, Cambridge, Mass.
Filed Jan. 19, 1967, Ser. No. 610378
InL CI. G03c 5100, 5104
U.S. CI. 96—35 8 Claims
This disclosure concerns image-formation methods for
forming visible images in polarizing media which are not
generally considered photosensitive. The disclosed subject
matter includes information pertaining to instantaneous film
recording from television-type scanning signals, and the
production of stereoscopic vectographic images.
3,644,118
POLYDIACRYLYL PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITIONS
Ram K. Agnihotri, Flshidll, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 68,567
Int CI. G03c; /52, 1168
U.S. CI.96-115R 42 Claims
A photoresist composition for use in photolithographic and
photomechanical processes comprised of either cinnamates
or quinone diazide sulfonates of polymeric materials derived
by the alkaline condensation of vinyl ketones and acrylates,
also referred to as polydiacrylyl methane polymers, and light
sensitive elements coated with such compositions.
The cinnamates of the polydiacrylyl methane polymers
form negative photoresists, and the diazoquinone sulfonates
thereof form positive photoresists.
3,644,119
PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS AND ELEMENTS
Evan T. Jones, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,495
Int. CI. G03c 1128, 1/36, 1/84
U.S. CI. 96— 108 12 Claims
Direct positive emulsions fogged with a reducing agent and
a compound of a metal more electropositive than silver con-
tain a dinitro-substituted thiacyanine dye as electron accep-
tor. Preferably, the emulsions contain a synthetic polymeric
latex and the dye contains a sulfoalkyl substituent.
3,644,120
PHOTOSENSITIVE COMPOSITIONS
Tsunetoshi Kai, 328 Mizonuma, Asaka<ho, Kitaadachi-gun,
Saitama-ken, and Mitsuhiro Inoue, 27-6, 3-cbome,
Nakadai, lUbashi-ku, Toyko, both of Japan
FUed Sept 14, 1967, Ser. No. 667,656
Claims priority, application Japan. Sept. 27. 1%6.
41/63381: Sept. 28. 1966. 41/63428
Intel. G03c 7/65
U.S. CI. 96-115 8 Claims
The photosensitive compositions comprising (a) an unsatu-
rated polyester (b) at least one addition polymerizable
ethylenically unsaturated monomer having at least one
CH5=C
y
group £ir>d having a boiling point above 100° C. at normal at-
mosphenc pressure and (c) a photopolymerization initiator,
said unsaturated polyester comprising the segment (I) of the
formula;
(wherein R, is alkylene group having two to four carbon
atoms; and j: is 2 to 100) the segment (11) of the formula
^cu>
LV Vr
o
o
R:-C-
o1
(wliercia K; is
-(CH:)
-0-(CH2)u-0-
or naphthylene; y is 2 to 4; z is 1 to 10; kj and u are respec-
tively 1 to 4) and the segment (III) corresponding to the
residue of an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid. These photosen-
sitive compositions are soluble in water or aqueous solvent
such as an aqueous alkali solution and are nontacky solids at
a temperature of 20° C.
3,644,121
METHOD OF PREPARING REHYDRATABLE
DEHYDRATED PROTEIN PRODUCTS
Robert A. Boyer, Creve Coeur; Arthur A. Schuiz, and Ed-
mood A. Schatzman, both of St. Louis, all of Mo., assignors
to Ralston Purina Company, St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 210,843, July 18,
1%2, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 841,899, Aug. 23, 1965, now abandoned ,
Continuation of appUcation Ser. No. 729,370, May 15, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Jan. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 505
Int CI. A23I 1/20
U.S. CI. 99-17 R 6 Claims
A rehydratable dehydrated protein product is made by
mixing stretched, oriented precipitated isolated protein fila-
ment fibers with a food flavor and a heat-setting protein
binder to form a moldable mixture, setting up the mixture
and dehydrating it. The dehydrated product rapidly recon-
stitutes upon addition of water to form a product analogous
to the mixture before dehydration.
3,644,122
ALKALINE TREATMENT OF COFFEE
James A. Yeranstan, Peari River, N.Y., assignor to General
Foods Corporation, White Plains, N.Y.
FUed Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,140
Int CI. A23f 1/08
U.S. CI. 99-71 8 Claims
Ground, roasted coffee or spent coffee grounds are treated
1442
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
with an alkaline material to provide coffee extract in in-
creased yield and with improved color.
3,644,123
PROCESS FOR REMOVING DELETERIOUS ACID
COMPONENTS FROM STEAMED COFFEE
Esra Pitchon, Flushing, N.Y., assignor to General Foods Cor-
poration, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 19. 1969, Ser. No. 878,227
Intel. A23fy/05
U.S. CI. 99-71 7 Claims
Roasted and ground coffee is subjected to a dearomatiza-
tion, steaming operation prior to percolation of the coffee.
The flow of extract in the percolators is then controlled such
that it passes through the steamed coffee and then through a
bed of unsteamed coffee. The unsteamed coffee deacidifies
the exUact which contains acids picked up from the steamed
coffee.
sections which are moved into superposed relation to each
other with the macerated surfaces of the pieces contacting
each other, whereupon the assembly of major sections and
i, motor pieces
a
minor pieces
3,644,124
METHOD OF COOKING AND IMPORTING NATURAL
BARBECUE FLAVOR TO PORK MEAT
Raymond A. Bedsole, 202 West Hudson Street, Fayetteville,
N.C.
Filed Jan. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 1,194
Int CI. A22c 18100- A23b 1104
U.S. CI. 99— 107 1 Claim
F
A. ^ei>ofied
minor sections is compressed in a mold and cooked so that
the pieces are bonded together with bonds which are practi-
cally as strong as the tissue of any of the pieces.
ERRATUM
For Class 99—135 see:
Patent No. 3,644,169
3 644 126
METHOD OF MAKING ASTARCH CONVERSION SYRUP
Dean \. Bodnar: C haries VV. Hinman, both of Clinton, and
William J. Nelson. C amanche. all of Iowa, assignors to
Standards Brands Incorporated, New York. N.V.
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,982
IntCI. CI 2b/ /OO
U.S. CI. 99-142 10 Claims
The disclosure is directed to a method of making a starch
conversion syrup which includes treating an aqueous slurry
of starch with a starch-liquefying enzyme under conditions to
obtain therein a D.E of less than about 35. This liquefied
starch slurry is then digested with glucoamylase and malt en-
zymes to obtain a conversion syrup having less than 45 per-
cent dextrose and sufficient maltose to provide at least 85
percent total fermentable sugars.
In abstract, a preferred embodiment of this invention is a
barbecue type cooking process and device which uses an
incline heat conductive drip plate having a controlled tem-
perature to produce a pleasing barbecue flavor and aroma in
cooked meats without necessitating the use of wcxjd coals
and other artificial flavoring means.
3,644,125
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING COOKED HAMS
Salvatore J. Lobiondo, 12 Decamp Court, West Caldwe!^
NJ., and Joseph V. Lobiondo, 12 Winding Lane, Bloom-
field, N J.
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,661
Int. CI. A22c 18100; A23b 1100
U.S. CI. 99-107 2 Claims
The bone is removed from a ham in known manner and
the ham is cut in an axial plane of the hole that was formed
when the bone was removed to provide two m^or integrally
connected sections which re relatively moved to dispose their
cut surfaces in approximately a common plane. Minor sec-
tions are severed from said major sections, after which said
cut surfaces of the major sections and said minor sections are
macerated. The minor sections are placed between the major
3 644 127
PRODUCTION OF SOLID FLAVORING COMPOSITIONS
Ralph G. Moores, Briarcliff Manor, and Charles L. Teitel-
baum. New York, both of N.Y., assignors to General Foods
Corporation, White Plains, N.Y.
Filed Sept 16, 1969, Ser. No. 858,506
Int CI. A 231 1126
U.S. CI. 99-140 R 9 Claims
Solid flavoring compositions are produced by heating a
sugar-water mixture to caramelization and then combining
this mixture with a flavor oil such as a citrus fruit oil. The
resultant liquid is then emulsified in a typical flavor fixative
and spray dried to form a free flowing powder consisting of
spherical particles having an outer surface flavor fixative
literally encapsulating the flavor oil component.
3,644,128
METHOD OF PREPARING COMMINUTED MEAT
PRODUCTS
Stuart Lipner, P.O. Box 2087, Newark, N J.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 622,422, Mar.
13, 1967, now abandoned. This application Dec. 28, 1970,
Ser. No. 102,135
IntCI. A22c///00,/S/00
U.S. CI. 99-108 3 Claims
Protein ennched meat food products of improved texture,
composition and nutntional value which comprises from
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1443
about 95.0 to 99.96 percent by weight of product of com-
minuted meat solids base and from 5.0 to 0.04 percent by
weight of product of an edible nontoxic proteinaceous binder
composition.
The protein binder of the meat product is water-soluble
though it comprises principally spray-dried plasma from the
blood of slaughtered livestock. However, this protein binder
also includes less than 1 jjercent and preferably from 0.05 to
about 0.01 percent by weight of a unique edible anticoagu-
lant which remains in the plasma to complex the protein
binder prior to use. This organic material is known popularly
as carrageenan. The process for preparing meat products
using the unique binder is also described and claimed.
3,644,130
POWDERED WAX SUITABLE FOR EMULSIONS AND
RUBBER BLENDING
Robert R. Evans, Fullerton, and Peter S. Backlund, Anaheim,
both of Calif., assignors to Union Oil Company of Califor-
nia, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Jan. 23, 1967, Ser. No. 610,821
Int CI. C08h 9m
U.S. CI. 106—270 2 Claims
Wax powder which is resistant to congealing is prepared by
blending molten wax and an antiblocking agent, dispersing
the blend, and then cooling the dispersed blend below its
melting point to form the jxiwder.
3,644,131
REINFORCING AGENT FROM SCRAP RUBBER CHAR
WilUam W. Gotshall, 3081 Wahna Drive, Orchard Lake,
Mich.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 22,648
IntCI. C09c 1144
U.S. CI. 106-307 10 Claims
Scrap rubber, e.g., scrap tire stock, is destructively distilled
to produce a carbonaceous char which is then ground to par-
ticles having an average particle size of less than about 2.5
microns with at least 99 f)ercent by weight less than 5
microns. The grinding is accomplished under a nonoxidizing
atmosphere and the particles are protected from oxygenation
of their surfaces until they have been coated with an organic
liquid. The resulting coated carbon particles are useful in the
production of reinforced elastomeric compositions, e.g., SBR
or EPDM or natural rubber, butyl or chlorobutyl tire com-
ponents.
sulating supporting wall having an exposed surface covered
with a conductive gel coat comprising a tooling base resin
and an electrically conductive filler of a carbonaceous
material in particle form, particles being in contact to form a
conductive network throughout the gel coat. Ground con-
3,644,129
METHOD OF PROCESSING POTATOES PRIOR TO
COMBINED FREEZE DRYING AND AIR DRYING
Jerry L. Sloan, Portland, Oreg., assignor to Lamb-Weston,
Inc., Portland, Oreg.
Filed Oct 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,712
Int. CI. A23b 7103; A23I 1112; A23b 7104
U.S. CI. 99-207 3 Claims
A process of treating potatoes prior to dehydration in
which potatoes cu-e cut into pieces of desired physical shape,
blanched, cooled in either air or water, and then blanched
again. The potato pieces are individually quick frozen and
then dehydrated by combined freeze drying and air drying,
^/a
ductors are molded into the supporting wall and are in con-
tact with the conductive gel coat, the conductors being suffi-
cient in number that the conductive gel coat has a resistance
of not more than about two thousand megohms from any
point on the mold surface to the nearest conductor.
3,644,133
LAYER LATTICE STRUCTURED DRY LUBRICANT
COATING METHOD
Robert D. Nelson, Sunnyvale, Calif., assignor to Lubrication
Sciences, Inc., Mountain View, Calif.
Continuation-in-part of appUcatkm Ser. No. 777,161, Nov.
19, 1968, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 656,028, July 26, 1967, now abandoned.
This appUcatkm Nov. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 878,257
Int CI. B44d 11094; C23c 7/00
U.S. CI. 117-31 10 Claims
Method of applying a dry lubricant coating to a metal sub-
strate by air impingement in the absence of a vehicle or
binder including pretreating the particulate dry lubricant by
heating at elevated temperature in a vsicuum.
3,644,134
CONTACT EXPOSURE MASK FOR THE SELECTIVE
EXPOSURE OF PHOTOVARNISH COATINGS FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR PURPOSES
Dietrich Widmann. Munich: Rudolf Kappelmever. Oberhach-
Ing; Kurt Schluter. and Hermann Steggewentz. both of
Munich, all of Germany, assignors to Siemens .Aktiengesell-
schaft, Berlin and Munich, German>
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 783,784
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Dec. 12, 1967, P 16 14
677J
Int CI. B44d U14; G03c li84\ C23c 15100
U.S. CI. 117— 45 5 Claims
3,644,132
CONDUCTIVE MOLD COMPRISING A
NONCONDUCTING SUPPORTING WALL AND A
CONDUCTIVE GEL COAT APPLIED THERETO
Robert J. Gelin, Newark, Ohio, assignor to Owens-Coming
Fiberglas Corporation
Filed Oct. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 821,158
Int CI. B29c U04
U.S. CI. 117-5.1 2 Claims
An inexpensive conductive mold designed primarily for
low-production output is provided. The mold irKludes an in-
Described is a contact exposure mask for selective expo-
sure of photovamish layers for semiconductor fabricating
purposes. The contact exposure mask consists of a metallized
layer which is de[X>sited upon a carrier plate of transparent,
hard material and is provided with exposure windows. The
metallized layer is covered by a layer of transparent, hard
material having a thickness of at most 3 microns.
1444
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,135
IN-SITU CARBIDING OF PYROLYZED COMPOSITES
Fred B. Speyer, Euclid, Ohio, assignor to TRW Inc., Cleve-
land, Ohio
Filed Oct 18, 1968, Ser. No. 768,685
Int CI. C23c 3104, 9/06; C03c 7 7/20
U.S. CI. 117-46 5 Claims
of ( 1 ) subjecting the fibrous material to a subatmospheric
pressure, (2) bnnging the processing liquor and the fibrous
matenal into mutual contact. (3) restoring the pressure on
the material to atmospheric pressure. An apparatus for per-
forming the method having an evacuation chamber for the
fibrous material, means for bringing the processing liquor
and the material into mutual contact and meaits for restoring
the pressure on the material to atmospheric pressure.
^jf
.3^
3 644,138
METHOD FOR PREPARING AN ASBESTOS HBER
PRODUCT OF IMPROVED RLTRATION
CHARACTERISTICS
Charles E. Stiefken, Westfield, NJ., assignor to American
Smelting and Refining Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,754
Int. CI. C03c 25102
U.S. CI. 1 17- 100 S 7 Claims
Ablation-resistant compositions for use in high-tempera-
ture environments produced by impregnating bundles of car-
bonaceous filaments with an organometallic compound of a
refractory meral followed by pyrolysis and carburizing to
thereby form the refiractory metal carbide in uniformly
dispersed form throughout the bundles of carbonaceous fila-
ments.
3 644,136
PROCESS FOR IMPROVING THE ADHESION OF
POLYESTER FIBROUS MATERIAL TO RUBBER
Robert W. McCuUough, Riverside, Conn., assignor to Collins
and Aiknum Corporation, New Yorli, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 874,043
Int. CI. B44d 1/092; B32b 25/08
U.S. CI. 117-47 A 8 Claims
Polyester fibrous materials are provided which have im-
proved adhesion to rubber. The polyester fibrous materials of
this invention are obtained by treating the polyesters in the
form of fibers, filaments, yams or fabrics with halogenated
aromatic hydrocarbon at an elevated temperature for a short
period of time and then advantageously removing substan-
tially all of the halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon from the
treated material. The polyester fibers prepared in accordance
with this invention are especially useful as reinforcement for
rubber products such as tires, conveyor belts and the like.
Zh-
Asbestos fiber having aluminum sulfate deposited on its
surfaces and especially well suited for forming fast-filtering
asbestos-cement slurnes. the preparation of such fiber, and
the production of water-laid asbestos-cement products in-
volving the formation of the fast-filtering asbestos-cement
slurries utilizing the asbestos fiber having the aluminum
sulfate previously deposited thereon. Such asbestos fiber
product is preferably dry but can be only partially dry or wet.
3 644,137
METHOD OF APPLYING PROCESSING LIQUORS TO
TEXTILE MATERIALS AND APPARATUS THEREFOR
Maurice Rayner Fox; Neil David Stewart, and Alfred Peter g^jjigrd C. A. Schwarz, Neenah, Wis., assignor to Kimberly-
Lockett, aU of Manchester, England, assignors to Imperial ^,j^,^ Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
3,644,139
OPAQUE POLYMER FILM AND METHOD OF
PRODUCING
Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
FUed Oct. 9, 1%7, Ser. No. 673,647
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 10, 1966,
45,197/66
Int. CI. D06p 7/00
U.S.CI. 117— 61 5 Claims
Clark Corporation, Neenah, Wis.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,530
Int. CI. B44d 5/12
U.S. CI. 117-118 16 Claims
A method for impregnating fibrous materials with
processing liquors, such as dye liquors, comprising the steps
An opaque microporous thermoplastic film useful as paper
including printing paper. The film contains dispersed
throughout it microscopic voids. The voids are apparently
created by the shrinking of globules of a reaction product of
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1445
an organic anhydride introduced into the film in the fused or
dissolved state of the p>olymer and then reacted with an agent
capable of acylation.
3,644,140
METHOD FOR RENDERING CELLULOSIC MATERULS
FLAME RETARDANT
Herman S. Weisz; Bernard Scheffler, and Lester W. Neely, all
of Rock Hill, S.C., assignors to M. Lowenstein & Sons, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 29,480
Int. CI. B44d ]/46; C09k 3/28
U.S. CI. 117-1 19.6 6 Claims
AUXILIARY HEATER
LOOP CURCR
^
v_y
W
^ & K^
v_y
0
The invention provides a teaching of method and ap-
paratus for utilizing certain substituted phosphono-amide
fiame retardant containing compositions on cellulosic materi-
als in a manner effective for mass production by continuous
movement of the material. In particular, the invention utilizes
apparatus which avoids sticking of the material to any con-
veying means during curing in the utilization of a festoon- or
loop-curing-typ>e oven. A critical material temperature range
during curing has been found to be particularly effective in
the process disclosed herein and the curing may be assisted
by means of an auxiliary heater to render certain the main-
tenance of a predetermined temperature in the material itself
as it passes through the oven.
3,644,141
METHOD OF DISPERSING REACTION OF
ORGANOSILANE AND POLYOLEFIN
Jerome A. Preston, Fort Wayne, Ind., assignor to Owens-
Corning Fiberglas Corporation
Filed Dec. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 781,618
Int. CI. C03c 25/02
U.S. CI. 117— 126GS 9 Claims
A method of disf>ersing polyolefins in water and a resulting
product useful as a coating material for glass fibers. Glass
fibers coated with the products and mixed with polyolefin
molding resins produce molded parts having increased
strength. The polyolefin material is combined with an or-
ganosilane and the combination is then mixed with a water
dispersible polyester material which acts as a carrier for the
polyolefin-silane material during a subsequent emulsification
or dispersing operation.
3,644,142
PROTECTIVE GARMENT AGAINST WHITE
PHOSPHORUS
Francis Clyde Ranch, Stamford, Conn.; Michael Albert Mur-
ray, White Plains, N.Y.", and Richard Vincent O'Lenick,
Parsippany, NJ., assignors to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Dec. 1 1, 1968, Ser. No. 783,152
Int. CI. B32b 27/20; A62b 1 7/00
U.S. CI. 117— 138.8UF 5 Claims
Protective garment fabric impervious to burning
phosphorus is made with fibrillated polytetrailuoroethylene
containing an incorporated copper adjuvant which consists of
metallic copper or a copper compound, e.g., copper sulfate,
cuprous or cupric oxide and the like. The fabric comprises
10 to 95 percent weight of the copper adjuvant. In preferred
embodiments the fabric may also include inorganic fibers,
e.g. asbestos. Incorporated polytrifluorochloroethylene im-
proves strength of the fabric. Protective garments can be
fashioned from the new fabrics.
3,644,143
LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
Alexander Campbell Flett, Pontypool, England, assignor to
Imperial Chemical Industries Umited, London, England
Fikd Aug. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 750,021
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 11, 1967,
37,029/67
Int. CI. D06m 13/00
U.S. CI. 1 17- 138.8 N I Claim
A polyamide yam-lubricating composition of particular
value to yarns that are to be subjected to a false-twisting
operation which comprises in disp)ersion a volatile aliphatic
ester (A), optionally a volatile oil-soluble surfactant (B), an
anionic surfactant (C), that is different from (B) if (B) is
present and an antistatic agent (D).
3,644,144
COATED ELECTRODE FOR ELECTRIC ARC WELDING
OF STEEL OF VARIOUS STRUCTURE
Mikhail Mikhailovich Thnofeev, ulitsa Velozavadskaya, II/I,
kv. 323, Moscow; Vladimir Leonidovich Sokoiov, ulitza
Komsomolskaya 5, kv. 96, Reutovo, Moskovskaya Obtast;
Samuil losifovich German, ulitsa Mayakovskogo, IL kv. 21;
Nind Efimovna Levenberg, ulitsa Galana, 3, kv. 58, both
of, Kharkov, and Nikolai Ivanovich Popov, ulitsa Kovsk-
kova 8/50, kv. 36, Eiektrostal, Moskovskaya OMast, all of
U.S.S.R.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,208
Int. CI. B23k 35/22
U.S. CI. 117-205 1 Claim
Tlie present invention relates to welding coated electrodes
and is used for welding steel of various structure.
The electrode comprises a rod containing carbon, silicon,
manganese, molybdenum, nickel, titanium and iron, and a
coating of the fluoric-calcium type
3,644,145
INCORPORATION OF VALVE METALS INTO
CURRENT-PRODUCING CELL CONSTRUCTIONS
Anthony Vincent Fraioii, Esatx Falls, NJ., and John Phillip
Mohns, Stamford, Conn., assignors to American Cyanamid
Company, Stamford, Conn.
Fikd Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863347
Int. CI. HOlm 35/00
U.S. CI. 136—6 13 Claims
In electrochemical current-producing cells having
nonaqueous electrolyte solutions, metal parts of the positive
electrode which contact the electrolyte are of a valve metal,
e.g., aluminum, coated with a corrosion-resistant film of the
valve metal oxide.
3,644,146
METHOD FOR CYCLING BATTERY ELECTRODES IN
BULK
Bernard G. Bergum, Monona, Wis., assignor to ESB Incor-
porated
Continuation-hi-part of applkation Ser. No. 703,296, Feb. 6,
1968, now abandoned. This applkation Mar. 23, 1970, Ser.
No. 21,850
Int. CI. HOlm i5/i0
U.S. CI. 136—76 12 Claims
Battery electrodes are cycled in bulk in a conductive con-
tainer by depositing the container in an electrolyte (or alter-
natively, by depositing the electrolyte in the container) and
1446
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
then passing a current between the container and another
conductor present in the electrolyte. The electrodes are then
removed from the container and assembled into batteries.
Ei.ECTKiXJE'b
placing one of the reactants of the electrodes and electrode
chambers by filling the electrodes and electrode chambers
with nonreactant substance, closing the inlet valve for the
one reactant and holding the valve closed during the inac-
tive-and-ready state of the battery.
3,644,149
BATTERY TERMINAL CONSTRUCTION AND METHOD
FOR FX)RMING BATTERY TERMINALS
James P. Coffey, Hatboro, and Frank A. Vengrofsid,
Rockledge, both of Pa., assignors to ESB Incoq;K>rated
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 47,989
Int. CI. HOI m 5/00
VS. CI. 136- 135 S 18 Claims
Preferably the electrodes are agitated while the current is
being passed. Cylindrical rotating containers may be used for
the cycling.
3,644,147
MIXED VALENCY TRANSITION METAL PEROVSKITES
AS CATHODIC REDUCTION CATALYSTS
Archie R. Young, II. Montclair, NJ., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
FUed Apr. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 819,107
Intel. HOlm 27/04, /J/00
U.S. CI. 136—86 D 6 Claims
Ionic crystals having a perovskite structure and comprising
a solid solution of oxides of the formulas ABO3 and ABOs
where A and A' are nontransition metals and B is a transition
metal present in two different valency states are effective
cathodic electrocatalysts for use in electrochemical cells such
as fuel cells.
3,644,148
METHOD OF PLACING AND HOLDING A FUEL-CELL
BATTERY IN INACTIVE MAINTENANCE-FREE READY
CONDITION
Hdnridi Gutbier, Eriangen, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851,232
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 28, 1968, P 17 96
080.4
Int. CL HOI m 27/00
U.S. CI. 136—86 E 4 Claims
ex; — _, ■ — ,,
■. 11 B
CD
5 8
I' ij rr
UJ
UDQLlQDttD
^.^
Method of placing and holding in inactive maintenance-
free ready condition a fuel-cell battery having electrode
chambers, respective electrodes in the chambers, and respec-
tive supply means for two reactants, namely fuel and oxidant,
the supply means having respective inlet valves for con-
trolling the supply of the reactants, includes the steps of dis-
/
Batteries are described having battery p>osts disposed
wholly within the battery container. Terminal inserts are in-
stalled through the walls of the battery container and into the
posts within by a method combining high-speed rotation and
pressure The terminal inserts make permanent electrical and
mechanical contact v^ith the interior battery posts and pro-
vide external electrical contact means. Means are described
to lock the wall of the container to the fxjst and insert and
provide a tiquidtight seal therebetween.
3,644,150
STABILIZING OF AQUEOUS SOLUTIONS OF
POTASSIUM PERSULPHATE
Joris Jan Comelis Oomcn, and Jan Adrianus Visser, both of
Emmasingd, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignors to U.S.
Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 874,962
Int. CI. HOI m 75/04
U.S. CI. 136-137 7 Claims
Aqueous solutions of potassium persulfate may be stabil-
ized by a sulfonic acid salt
3,644,151
METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CRUCIBLE-FREE ZONE
MELTING A CRYSTALLINE ROD
Wolfgang Keller, Pretzfeld, Germany, assignor to Siemens
.Aktiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich. Germany
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 19,290
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Mar. 19, 1969, P 19
13 881.9
Int. CI. BO Ij 17/10
U.S. CI. 148-1.6 10 Claims
Method of crucible-free zone melting a crystalline rod,
such as a semiconductor rod especially, wherein the rod is
surrounded by an induction heating coil energizable so as to
form a molten zone in the rod, includes passing the molten
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1447
zone axially through the rod, and simultaneously maintaining
the crystalline rod and the induction heating coil at the same
-,t^^
f=™
■3
the wafer. The wafer is positioned so that one entire surface
thereof is less than one-fourth inch and may be flush against
the substrate which has a heat capacity of at least 10 times
that of the wafer. The wafer is maintained in this position
whenever it is at a temperature above 850° C. The wafer is so
)
electric potential during passage of the molten zone through
the rod; and device for carrying out the method.
3,644,152
METHOD AND COMPOSITION FOR PRODUCING A
BLACK MATTE HNISH ON FERROUS METALS
Louis Schlossberg, Farmington, and Stanley M. Sokalski,
Southfidd, both of Mich., assignors to Detrex Chemical In-
dustries, Inc., Detroit, Mich.
Fikd Oct 21, 1969, Ser. No. 868,218
Int. CI. C23f 7/10
VS. CI. 148-6.15 R 8 Claims
A method is provided for producing a black matte finish
on ferrous metal objects, wherein the ferious metal object is
contacted with a sulfuric acid solution of a trivalent antimony
salt and a complexing agent and thereafter a phosphate coat-
ing is deposited on the object. The treating solution may also
contain a minor amount of hydrochloric acid or a salt of
hydrochloric acid. The finish produced on the ferrous metal
is of a uniform black stable shade.
maintained during both the periods when such high-heat
processing is being carried out, as well as when the wafer is
removed from the source of heat and being cooled.
There is also provided a wafer holder having a plurality of
spaced walls and means for supporting a plurality of wafers in
the above-described positions between said walls.
3,644,155
CLEANING AND BRIGHTENING OF LEAD-TIN ALLOY-
RESISTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Bernard James Hogya, Sayreville, NJ., and Joseph Thomas
McManamon, Levittown, Pa., assignors to FMC Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 821,088
Int CI. C23g 1/06; C23f 3/04
U.S. CI. 156-20 6 Claims
Etched copper circuits having a solder-plated resist are
cleaned and brightened by contacting the solder surface with
hydrobromic acid.
3,644,153
ABRASION-RESISTANT MATERIALS AND CERTAIN
ALLOYS THEREFORE
John J. Rausch, Antioch, and Ray J. Van Thyne, Oak La%vn,
both of lU., assignors to Surface Technology Corporation,
Stone Park, Bl.
FUed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,379
Int. CI. C22c 27/00; C23c 11/14
VS. CI. 148-31.5 12 Claims
A novel group of alloys consisting essentially of
,'\. columbiuni and/or tantalum and/or vanadium;
B. titanium and/or zirconium;
C chromium and/or manganese and/or rhenium; and
optionally.
D. molybdenum and/or tungsten.
Such alloys illustrate utility in themselves and when
nitrided as hereinafter taught are characterized by excellent
wear and abrasion resistance and show considerable utility,
for example, as cutting tool materials.
3,644,156
METHOD OF MAKING A COIL BOBBIN
Emerick J. Petriiyak, Masury, Ohio, and William J. Gras-
inger, Stoneboro, Pa., assignors to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Sept 15, 1969, Ser. No. 857,962
Int CI. B29d 3/00; HOU 27/02, 27/28
U.S. CI. 156-90 2 Claims
3,644,154
METHOD OF FABRICATING SEMICONDUCTOR
STRUCTURES WITH REDUCED CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC
DEFECTS
ComeUus Hoogendoom; Mattie Moody, and Guenter H.
Schwuttke, aU of Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignors to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 9, 1 969, Ser. No. 83 1 ,675
Int CI. HOI I 7/44
U.S. CI. 148— 187 6 Claims
A method of fabricating semiconductor structures and
devices with reduced crystallographic defects by supporting A method of making coil bobbins wherein a plurality of
said wafers in close proximity to a substrate which serves to bobbins are assembled on an upstanding guide form, while
maintain a linear temperature gradient across the surface of simultaneously gauging the length dimension between the
1448
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
flanges of eaah bobbin, gauging the squareness of the flanges
to the longitudinal dimension of the bobbins, and regauging
the openings in the tubular member of each bobbin to its
original as formed configuration.
3,644,157
METHOD OF MAKING LAMINAR GARMENT BY
AUTOGENOUS BONDING OF CONTINUOUS WEBS
Neal M. Draper, 25 Hawthorne Road, Short Hills, N J.
Filed Jan. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 6,155
Int. CI. B32bi//00
U.S. CI. 156—160 4 Claims
A laminar garment comprising a first layer of finished
materia], a second layer of finished material and an inter-
mediate layer of elastic material disposed between the first
and second layers of finished material is disclosed as being
manufactured by a process wherein the first layer of finished
material and the intermediate layer of elastic material are
bonded together at selected points, thereafter the second
layer of finished material is positioned adjacent the inter-
mediate layer of elastic material and bonded to both the first
layer of finished material and the intermediate layer of elastic
material at points other than the points of initial bonding
between the first layer of finished material and the inter-
mediate layer of elastic material. The method of bonding is
disclosed as being heat-pressure bonding, the elastic material
being heat-pressure sealable material such as polyester
ure thane foam.
3,644,158
METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING A HONEYCOMB CORE
STRUCTURE
William P. Stnunbos, 85 MiddkviUe Road, Northport, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,698
Int. CI. B31d 3102
U.S. CI. 156- 197 10 Claims
In the art of constructing honeycomb core structures, a
method for treating the honeycomb core material during the
manufacturing process with a self-contained force-generating
substance such that it can be shipped in the unexpanded con-
dition and can be expanded when required by activating the
substance. The force-generating substance is a stable, but
potentially reactive, foamable material coated on the walls of
the unexpanded core cells with the reactants of the matenal
isolated from one another by impermeable barrier means.
These barrier means are ruptured or dissolved by suitable
means to trigger the foaming reaction that provides the
forces to expand the core. Because the foamable means for
expanding the core are self-contained, and can be remotely
activated, honeycomb core structures can be produced hav-
ing a foamed-in-place core in which, also, the expansion of
the core locks the components of the structure together such
that the need for other fastening means is thereby eliminated.
3,644,159
METHODS FOR MANUFACTURING CORRUGATED
BOARD
Alie Evald Edkvist, Lockarp, Sweden, assignor to Falson Cor-
poration AB, Maimo S, Sweden
Filed June 13, 1967, Ser. No. 645,673
Claims priority, application Sweden, June 20, 1966, 837 1
Int. CI. B31f 1128
Ui>. CI. 156-210 7 Claims
\ ■i2®' /
A method and an apparatus for manufacturing corrugated
board in which layers of material for the corrugated board
are coated with a mixture of a thermoplastic and a wax which
can be brought into liquid form and which after melting and
setting on the layers keeps said layers together.
3,644,160
METHOD OF MAKING MULTILAYER ARTICLES
James R. Valentine, Jr., Orange, and Ralph C. McBce, Foun-
tain Valley, both of Calif., assignors to Comatico Tiles, Inc.,
Artesia, Calif.
FUed June 26, 1968, Ser. No. 740,279
Int. CI. B32b 31100
U.S. CI. 156—250 15 Claims
A method of making multilayer articles having a flat frame
board wherein each of the faces of the frame board receive a
sealing coat and, after a dam is formed around the perimeter
of the board, one of the board faces receives a color coat
which IS considerably thicker than the respective seal coat,
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1449
which color coat has veins of a contrasting color formed
therein, and then a final coat is applied over the color coat,
said frame board being cut, in some cases, to the final shape
of the article before said coats are applied. The method also
effects a seal at the edge of the frame board where an edge
mold is located, even though the sealing compound used will
not adhere to the edge mold. This is accomplished by provid-
ing that the edge mold main body is spaced slightly away
from the board edge to permit the sealing compound to fill
the space between the board edge and the main body of the
edge mold and providing that the edge mold anchor flange,
which is received in a slot in the board edge, is provided with
a recess thereon which is filled with sealing compound to ef-
fect a mechanical gripping by the sealing compound on the
edge mold.
3,644,161
PROCESS FOR CURING AIR-INHIBITED RESINS BY
RADIATION
Roger P. HaU, Mayfield Heights, Ohio, assignor to SCM Cor-
poration, Cleveland, Ohio
FUed Nov. 13, 1%7, Ser. No. 682,140
Int. CI. B29c 19102
U.S. CI. 156-272 12 Claims
A process for curing a normally air-inhibited, ther-
mosetting resinous reaction product comprising exposing a
film or coat of the resin while overlying a substrate to high-
energy radiation to cure at least a depthwise segment of the
film that is contiguous to the substrate to provide a nontacky,
mar-resistant undersurface to the film, then inverting the film
on a substrate, and again exposing the inverted film to high
energy radiation or to heat. Electron emission, microwaves,
ultraviolet light, and the like may be used as the high-energy
radiation. As a modification, the resin film or coat may be
stretched prior to completing the second exposure. As a
further modification, the resin film may be laminated to a
substrate during the second exposure, preferably with an ad-
hesive curable by exposure to such high energy radiation.
3,644,162
TIRE-BUILDING DRUM
Paul E. Appleby, SUverlake; Denver C. Folden, Akron, and
Robert S. Riggs, Stow, aU of Ohio, assignors to The
Goodyear Thv & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed July 6, 1970, Ser. No. 52,232
Int.CI. B29h;7/76
U.S. CI. 156-415 12 Claims
full nature and extent of the technical disclosure of this appli-
cation, reference must be made to the accompanying draw-
ing and the following detailed description.
3,644,163
WELDING APPARATUS
August Schwarzkopf, and Fritz AcfaelpoM, both of
Westphalia, Germany, assignors to WindmoUer & Hoiscber,
Westphalia, Germany
FUed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,563
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Sept. 18, 1968, P 17
79 733.0
Int CI. B32b 37/20, B30b 15134
MS. a. 156—583 9 Claims
Apparatus for forming a longitudinal seam in heat sealable
layers of a traveling web of material comprising a rotatable
guide roll extending longitudinally the width of the web to be
sealed, the guide roll being provided on its periphery at one
end with a striplike heating element, and a pressure roll to
press the web against the heat element located where the
web leaves the surface of the guide roll, the pressure roll lon-
gitudinally extending only over the region of the heating ele-
ment.
3,644,164
PLASTIC GREENERY STRIPS FOR DECORATIVE
PURPOSES
Wesley S. C. Chin, P.O. Box 8412 Crenshaw Station, Los An-
geles, CaUf.
FUed July 27, 1970, Ser. No. 58,219
Intel. A41gy/(>0
U.S. CI. 161-25 5 Claims
7^
A tire-building drum of the collapsible type having a plu-
rality of segments which, in the expanded condition of the
drum, collectively form a tire-building surface. Radial move-
ment of the segments between the expanded and collapsed
condition of the drum is controlled by two sets of links one of
which set has a through center toggle action as the segments
associated therewith move into or out of expanded condition.
The segments are guided in their radial movement by pistons
mounted on the segments and received in cylinders which are
fixed relative to the drum shaft. In the expanded condition of
the drum, the links are contained within the pistons to pro-
vide a compact structure.
The foregoing abstract is not to be taken as limiting the in-
vention of this application, and in order to understand the
A series of molded plastic greenery sprigs, each having an
orificed cylindrical base, are strung upon a flexible longitu-
dinally extending element. The latter is polygonal in cross
section and the orifice of each cylindrical base is of a similar
cross section but sufficiently greater in its inside dimension to
permit the element to be passed therethrough in a mating fit.
In one form, the flexible element may be a plastic jacketed
wire. In assembling the sprig onto the longitudinally extend-
ing element, its angular orientation relative to the axis of the
element and to other sprigs slipped onto the same element
1450
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
may be varied The polygonal configuration of the element
prevents any rotation of the sprig base after it is assembled
onto the element.
3,644,165
nBER REINFORCED LAMINATED PLASTIC FILM AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Wei-Gwo Chen, Houston, Tex., assignor to Griffolyn Com-
pany, Incorporated
Filed Oct 15, 1969, Ser. No. 866,599
Int. CI. B32b 5/08
U.S. CI. 161-58 10 Claims
An improved fiber reinforced laminate, in which the non-
woven reinforcement is oriented in four different planes,
each of the four containing fibers parallel with each other
Describing the construction in another way, it consists essen-
tially o.' two diamond patterns superimposed on each other,
one of which has its longer diagonals parallel with the lon-
gitudinal direction of the laminate (the machine direction),
and the other has its shorter diagonal parallel with this
direction. The invention also contemplates a method for
mass producing this laminated article, by means of modulat-
ing the speed of the fiber angulahzing means of the laminate
producing machine.
3,644,166
OXIDE-FREE MULTILAYER COPPER CLAD LAMINATE
Smith A. Cause, Hampton, S.C, assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 716,819
InL CI. H05k J/00; B32b 15/08
L.S. CI. 161—89 9 Claims
3,644,167
PREPARATION OF CORRUGATING LINERBOARD
Warren E. Mowry, Bellingham, Wash., assignor to Georgia-
Padflc Corporation, Portland, Oreg.
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,578
Intel. D21h 1/04,3/28
U.S. CI. 161-125 lOCIaims
A corrugatmg linerboard is prepared from a paperboard
made from waste paper fiber by surface sizing the paper-
board with an aqueous solution of 5 to 30 weight percent
solids concentration of an alkali metal borate treated mixture
of lignosulfonate and starch. The starch is present in the mix-
ture in an amount of from 1 5 to 25 weight percent of the
lignosulfonate solids and the mixture is treated with the alkali
metal borate m an amount of from 1 to 5 weight percent of
the lignosulfonate solids.
3,644,168
VARIED DENSITY POLYISOCYANURATE FOAM
STRUCTURE
Henry W. Bonk, Wallingford; Robin L. Grieve, North Guil-
ford; Herbert G. Nadeau, North Haven, and Peter G.
Palmer, Wallingford, all of Conn., assignors to The Upjohn
Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 798,103, Feb. 10,
1969. This application June 12, 1970, Ser. No. 45,756
Int CI. B32b 3/26, 5/14; B29d 27/00
U.S. CI. 161-160 11 Claims
A novel structural material is described. The material is a
rigid cellular polymer having an integrally formed continuous
noncellular surface layer. There is an abrupt change of densi-
ty at the juncture of the inner cellular core and the outer
noncellular layer, the thickness of the latter being not less
than about 0 25 millimeters. The inner cellular core and the
outer noncellular layer are of uniform chemical composition
and comprise a polymer having isocyanurate moieties as the
major recurring chemical linkages and oxazolidinone, amide,
imide, and urethane moieties as minor recurring units. Op-
tionally the novel structural material can contain fillers
and/or reinforcing elements. The novel structural material is
further characterized by high-insulating capacity, high-struc-
tural strength and high resistance to heat and to flame
spread. It can be used in place of sheet metal, wood, rein-
forced resin and the like, in the fabrication of automobiles,
appliances, furniture, buildings, marine vessels, sporting
goods equipment, pipe insulation, and many allied fields.
3,644,169
LAMINATED SLABS OF CHEWING GUM BASE
Michael Phillips, North Brunswick, NJ., assignor to L. A.
Dreyfus Company, South Plalnfieid, N J.
Original application Dec. 31, 1963, Ser. No. 334,870, now
Patent No. 3,455,755. Divided and this application Sept. 9,
1968, Ser. No. 774,558
Intel. A23gi/00, i/iO
U.S. CI. 99-135 3 Claims
Support layers
UlfC-SIUUC -MV)
COPPER LATER
A copper-clad laminate is made with a copper foil, an in-
termediate thin film of an amino-silane applied over the
copper surface and layers of a resin impregnated support
material. The amino-silane film uniformly covers the copper
surface and prevents oxide transfer to the support material.
A laminated chewing gum base slab comprising a ribbon of
chewing gum base in which the ribbon is folded in accordion
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1461
fashion with the faces of separate folds adhered together.
The adjacent faces of some folds can be separated by a
nonadherent layer.
equilibrium normally exists between vapor addition to and
removal from the air of the containment, measurement of the
3,644,170
FIBRILATING HBROUS PULP STOCK IN A GAS
STREAM
Teizo Mekata, 3474, Showa-dori; Takashi Yoda, and
Masahani Shiraishi, both of 579/41 Ishizaka, all of
Yoshiwara, Shizuoka-ken, Japan
Continuation-in-part of applkation Ser. No. 598,407, Dec. 1,
1966, now abandoned. This application Dec. 10, 1969, Ser.
No. 883,947
Claims priorit>, application Japan, June 18, 1966, 41/39219
Intel. D2 Id; /J«
U.S. CI. 162—21 1 1 Claims
Pulp stock in the form of dehydrated pulp flakes having a
moisture content of between 20 and 50 percent is entrained
in an airstream and is fed into a fibrilator where it is sub-
jected to a three-dimensional turbulent flow resulting from
the unidirectional propulsive force of the airstream and cen-
trifugal force caused by rotating blades within the fibrilator.
The flakes impinge upon one another and when disintegrated
are withdrawn from the fibrilator by the unidirectional force
of the airstream. The less fully disintegrated flakes undergo
mechanical impact with a toothed surface in the fibrilator
and are then withdrawn. The temperature of the airstream
may be controlled by a heat exchanger and the moisture con-
tent thereof by valved water and steampipes connected to the
airstream carrying duct upstream of the fibrilator.
3,644,171
PROCESS FOR PREPARING A WOOD CHIP PILE FOR
DIGESTION BY COATING THE PILE WITH A GAS
IMPERMEABLE LAYER AND PRODUCTS THEREOF
Rhys Dilwyn Bevan, 245 Springhill Road, Rosemorc, Quebec,
Canada, and Ingemar Liss-Albin Croon, S. Aspgatan 1 , Al-
fredsbem, Omskoldsvik, Sweden
Filed July 7, 1%9, Ser. No. 839,674
Claims priority, applkation Great Britain, July 12, 1968,
33475/68
Int CI. D21c 3/04
U.S. CI. 162-70 7 Claims
Wood chips, at least I percent of which, by volume are im-
pregnated with a cooking liquor are cooked while stored in
the form of a pile. The pile is characterized by being coated,
except for a limited area at the top, with a gas impermeable
layer of a foamed resin or of an admixture of a wood deriva-
tive selected from saw dust, kraft pulp or screenings and sul-
phite pulp screenings with a binding agent which can be
cross-linked to form a gel. The coating facilitates the control
of the temperature and the circulation of air in the pile.
3,644,172
SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING LEAKAGE INSU)E A
REACTOR CONTAINMENT
Donald A. Campbell, Monroeville, Pa., assignor to
Westinghouse Ekctric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUcd Sept 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,638
Int CI. G21c 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 176—19 LD 6 Claims
The invention provides a system for determining the total
leakage of steam and water systems inside a reactor contain-
ment by measuring the condensate collected by the contain-
ment cooling coils. The leakage from the system is present in
the containment as vapor, either directly or by subsequent
evaporation from the liquid state, is transp>orted by air circu-
lated within the containment and removed by condensation
at the cooling coils of the air recirculation system. As
collected condensate provides measurement of leakage
within the containment.
3,644,173
NUCLEAR REACTOR OF THE METAL HYDRIDE
CONTROL TYPE
Robert E. Magladry, Baltimore, Md., assignor to Tetedyne,
Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Nov. 6, 1967, Ser. No. 680,618
Int CI. G21c 7/00
U.S.CL 176-42 21 Claims
'K j^'^t'v'" ^'C!^^ s^ ^^ r*^
A nuclear reactor comprising thermally isolated first and
second sealed containers carrying metal hydnde, one of
which also includes nuclear fuel material with the metal
hydride material forming essentially the reactor core, circu-
lating coolant passages through the core containing container
means for fluid connecting the sealed containers to allow in-
tercontainer transfer of released hydrogen and means for
heating the nonreactor core container to control reactivity
within rJie reactor core.
3,644,174
PRESSURIZED FUEL ELEMENT
Harry \f. Ferrari, Pittsburgh, Pa., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUcd June 19, 1968, Ser. No. 738,237
Intel. G21ci/04
U.S.CI. 176— 68 7 Claims
A metallic clad sealed fuel element for a nuclear reactor is
internally pressurized to resist creep collapse m the early
1452
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
stage of bumup. The fuel element has a nomiaJly sealed
plenum chamber which is rupturable when a predetermined
3,644,178
AROMATIC ESTER RECOVERY
AJbert J. Shmidl, Crosby, and Edgar C. Wlnegartner,
Baytown, both of Tex., assignors to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company
Filed June 12, 1969, Ser. No. 832,843
Int. CI. C07c 67106
U.S. CI. 203-29 4 Claims
In the recovery of aromatic esters, a product of improved
color is obUined when heated in the presence of antimony
trioxide.
increased pressure is reached during bumup to provide a
void space for fission gases.
3,644,175
DETOXIFICATION OF GRAM-NEGATIVE BACTERIA
GROWN IN A FERMENTATION PROCESS
Bruce L. Dasinger, Scotch Plains, and Lars A. Naslund, Mor-
ganvillc, both of N J., assignors to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company
Filed July 8, 1968, Ser. No. 743,012
Int.Cl.C12d/i/06
MS. CI. 195-28 R 7 Claims
The present invention is concerned with the detoxification
of gram-negative bacteria produced in an aerobic biosynthes-
is fermentation process. It is preferred that the detoxification
be carried out at elevated temperatures using an inorganic or
organic acid. Preferred acids comprise inorganic and organic
acids, such as hydrochloric and acetic acids.
3,644,176
SYNTHESIS OF 6-HYDROXYNICOTINE
William C. Squires, and Lawrence E, Hayes, both of Winston-
Salem, N.C., assignors to R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company,
Winston-Salem, N.C.
Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,498
Int. CI. C12d 73/00
U.S. CI. 195-51 R 8 Claims
Process for preparing 6-hydroxynicotine by conversion of
nicotine using Arthrobacter oxydans micro-organisms.
3,644,179
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUS
FRACTIONATION OF TALL OIL AND SIMILAR
MIXTURES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES WITH
PRELIMINARY PLURAL STAGE THIN HLM
EVAPORATION
Peter Knoer, Zurich, Switzerland, and Gerhard Pleh,
Krems an der I)onau. .Austria, assignors to Krems-Chemie
(Jesellschaft m.b.H., Krems an der Danube, Austria and
I.urva A.Ci.. Zurich. Switzerland
Filed SepL 23, 1968, Ser. No. 761,774
Claims priority, application Austria, Sept 28, 1%7,
A8825/67
Int CI. BOld 3118
U.S. CI. 203-72 9 Claims
3,644,177
MONITORING PENICILLIN IN BIOLOGICAL
SUBSTANCES
Naomi Zyk, Jerusalem, Israel, assignor to Yissum Research
Development Company, Jerusalem, Israel
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,667
Int.CI.G01nJ///4
U.S. CI. 195- 103.5 R 17 Claims
A method of determining the penicillin content in biologi-
cal, metabolic, and alimentary substances by partially inac-
tivating penicillinase with iodine in the presence of and in
proportion to the amount of a penicillin contained in a
specimen, and measuring the residual activity of the enzyme
by contact with a suitable substrate such as an S-type penicil-
lin in the presence of an indicator whose color change signi-
fies accumulation of the hydrolyzate penicillmoic acid and is
correlated in terms of time or hue to a standardized amount
of the penicillin under test. Monitoring strips for carrying out
the procedure consisting of 2 sorbefacient pads one of which
is impregnated with the test enzyme while the other is suf-
fused with an S-type penicillin and an indicator which may be
a soluble starch-iodine complex or a pH-sensitive organic
dye.
Method and apparatus for continuous fractionation of tall
oil and similar mixtures of organic substances containing
components prone to react upon heating. One or more frac-
tionating columns are utilized to separate the mixture into at
least two main fractions, for example, a rosin acid fraction
and a fatty acid fraction with a pretreating device comprising
an evaporator, a fractionating column jmd a condenser. The
evaporator of the pretreating device and the evaporator
which precedes the first fractionating column are both thin
film evaporators whereby evaporation occurs so quickly as to
avoid reaction of the components of the light and heavy ends
of the mixture which are otherwise prone to react upon heat-
ing. Preferably, a pair of fractionating columns are utilized,
the first serving as a rosin acid distilling column and the
second serving as a fatty acid distilling column, with the bot-
toms from the first fractionating column being recycled to
the evaporator which precedes the first fractionating column
to subject the same to further evaporation and fractionation.
Improved yield and improved quality of yield are found.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1453
3 644 180
METHODS OF USING INORGANIC RESISTS
Russell Burock, Allentown; David M. Swirsky, Minersville,
and Robert A. Whitner, Allentown, all of Pa., assignors to
Western Electric Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 14,478
Int CI. C23b 5148; B23p 1100: BOli / 7100
U.S. CI. 204-15 11 Claims
3 644 182
PROCESS AND APPARATUS OF PLATING ENCLOSED
VESSELS
Karl VVittel, Kahl. am Main. (Jerman>. assignor to Indusfrie-
Hartverchromung Praezisionsmechanik (JmbH. Kahl, am
Main, (Germany
Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865,805
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1968, P 18 08
865.8
Int CI. C23b 5/56, 5/65, BOlk 3100
U.S. CI. 204-26 9 Claims
Chemical treatment of surfaces is limited to selected por-
tions of the surface by applying inorganic resists to the sur-
face in a desired pattern. In a specific example, silicon diox-
ide is deposited at a low temperature on a titanium surface
surrounding a platinum interconnection pattern on a silicon
semiconductor slice. The silicon dioxide is patterned to ex-
pose the platinum but cover the titanium. Gold is then elec-
troplated onto the platinum in a well-defined pattern.
3,644,181
LOCALIZED ELECTROPLATING METHOD
John G. Donaldson, Warren, Pa., assignor to Sylvania Electric
Products Inc.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,323
Int CI. C23b 5148, 5/58; BOlk 3/00
U.S. CI. 204-15 7 Claims
r
X
An improved electroplating process is disclosed wherein a
metal is deposited in the form of a predetermined pattern
u{X)n a continuously advancing strip of electrically conduc-
tive substrate. The process involves providing a potential dif-
ference between an anode and a cathode wherein the
cathode is the strip of electrically conductive substrate, and
the current density at the cathode is at least about 300 am-
peres per square foot per feet per minute of the advance of
the cathode, and circulating an electroplating solution con-
taining the metal to be deposited between the anode and the
cathode at a velocity of at least 6.5 ft/sec. at the cathode. In
addition, an apparatus is disclosed that comprises a means of
continuously advancing the strip of electrically conductive
substrate past at least one electroplating station that com-
prises a housing having one face adapted for contact with the
strip, an anode recessed in the housing, a channel having
specific dimensions and connecting the anode and the strip
and a pair of passages at opposite ends of the channel that
are in close proximity to the channel, the passages have one
end terminating at the face that is in contact with the strip
and the other end terminating at a face other than the one
that is not adapted for contact with said strip and a container
for an electroplating solution and a means for circulating the
electroplating solution through the electroplating station and
a means for receiving the electroplated strip.
The inside surfaces of pressure vessels are electroplated by
mounting the anode within the vessel, continuously circulat-
ing electrolyte through the vessel and passing an electrolysis
current from the anode to the wall of the vessel. Vessels hav-
ing permanently mounted heads, as by welding, are uniformly
plated.
3,644,183
PROCESS FOR COATING AN OBJECT WITH A BRIGHT
NICKEL/CHROMIUM COATING
Jules Marie Odekerken. Vught, Netheriands, assignor to N.V.
Research Holland, s-Hertogenbosch, Netherlands
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 336.015, Jan. 6,
1964, now abandoned. This applkation Feb. 19, 1968, Ser.
No. 706,619
Claims priorit>. application Netherlands, Jan. y. 1%3. 287612
Int CI. C23b 5/50; C23c 3/02
U.S. CI. 204-38 B lo Claims
Objects are coated with a basic bnght nickel layer, an in-
termediate layer in which solid particles are embedded, and a
chromium layer. The solid particles comprise panicles of a
solid, nonacid-resistant silicate which gives an alkaline reac-
tion in aqueous suspension. The resulting composite coating
has an outstanding corrosion resistance.
3 644 184
ELECTROLYTIC GOLD PLATING SOLUTIONS AND
METHODS FOR USING SAME
Paul T. Smith, Pascoag, and Augustus Fletcher, Coventry,
both of R.I., assignors to Sd-Rex Corporation, Nutley, N J.
Filed June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,969
Int CI. C23b 5/28
U.S. CI. 204-46 10 Claims
Electrolytic solutions containing gold and small amounts of
thallium wherein the solution is neutral or alkaline yield
uniformly deposited gold platings possessing good aesthetic
qualities and having good attachability to surfaces. Thallium
inclusion in the range of from about 1 to 140 milligrams per
liter of solution are especially suitable.
14:54
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,185
METHOD OF IMPROVING MAGNETIC PERMEABILITY
OF CUBE-ON-EDGE ORIENTED, SILICON-IRON SHEET
STOCK
James G. Benford, Monroevilk Boro, and Edward B. Stanley,
Washington Township, Westmoreland, both of Pa., as-
signors to United States Steel Corporation
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,562
Int. CI. C23b 1100,3106
U.S. CI. 204-140.5 4 Claims
The method of improving the magnetic properties of con-
ventional cube-on-edge oriented, silicon-iron sheet stock by
providing the sheet with a light eiectropolish before or after
the final high-temperature orientation anneal sufficient to
substantially eliminate large microscopic peaks but insuffi-
cient to significantly enhance average surface smoothness
3 644 186
PROCESS FOR IRRADIATING SYNTHETIC RUBBER TO
IMPROVE GREEN STRENGTH
Albert J. Gracia; Patrick J. RelUy, both of Akron, and Sandra
J. Walters, Cuyahoga Falls, all of Ohio, assignors to The
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
Filed June 27, 1%8, Ser. No. 740,459
Int. CI. C08I llOOi C08d 5100; C08f 1188
U.S. CI. 204— 159.2 5 Claims
The green sUength of synthetic cis-1.4 polyisoprene is in-
creased to levels equivalent to those of natural rubber by ir-
radiating the polyisoprene with 0.1-6 0 Mrads.
3,644,187
INSTRUMENT FOR MEASURING CONDUCTANCE OR
CAPACITANCE OF AN ELECTRICAL LOAD DURING
OPERATION
Homer M. Wibon, Houston, Tex., assignor to Petrolite Cor-
poration, St. Louis, Mo.
Original application Mar. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 717,346, now
Patent No. 3,566,259, dated Feb. 23, 1971. Divided and this
application June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 46,260
Int. CI. B23c 5100; B03c 5102
U.S. CI. 204— 186 11 Claims
3,644,188
ANODIZABLE CERMET RLM COMPONENTS AND
THEIR MANUFACTURE
EKmald J. Sharp, Trenton, NJ., and Richard D. Sutch, Allen-
town, Pa., assignors to Western Electric Company, Incor-
porated, New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 776,962
Int. CI. C23c 15100
U.S. CI. 204 1 92 29 Claims
rr
t_
i^_.
A film-forming metal and a ceramic are cosputtered on a
glass substrate to form an anodizable cement film whose re-
sistance, as measured between a pair of conductive terminals
deposited thereon, is less than a predetermined value. The
film is antxjized electrolytically to increase or "trim," its ter-
minal resistance to the predetermined value. Interaction
between the ceramic and the amxlically grown oxide of the
film-forming metal during the anodizing step stabilizes the
terminal resistance so that the tnmmed value is maintained
within close tolerances during subsequent thermal aging and
operation.
3,644,189
APPARATUS FOR CONTINUOUSLY PROCESSING WIRE
OR THE LIKE INCLUDING VIBRATING MEANS
Robert C. Moyer, Monroeville Borough, Pa., assignor to
I nited States Steel Corporation
Filed Sept. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 856,353
Int. CI. BO Ik i/00
U.S. CI. 204- 209 9 Claims
■xs^'
^
/•!
r"
.,
• '^M
,-/
/
/
,r-
-- .Vi.. '
* ' ""c ,
99 f
^ k -■'■"■-■-■-- — i • "i '
Instrumentation for measuring electrical characteristics of
a load during application of stored electrical energy to the
load. The current to the load is accurately monitored over a
wide dynamic range. An instrument including a current
source for charging a capacitance, a switch for discharging
the capacitance through a diode into the load, and an RC cir-
cuit for developing an output signal which is the derivative of
the voltage across the diode, with this output signal being
directly proportional to the conductance of the load at any
time during the discharge of the capacitance. A similar in-
strument for measurement of capacitance of a load. The in-
struments are suitable for the measurement of conductance
and capacitance of an electric emulsion treater dunng opera-
tion of the treater
^iv^
lA^L^^d!^-
Apparatus for processing wire, strip or the like passing
through a medium which reacts with the wire has means for
vibrating the wire longitudinally without striking the wire so
as to provide more efficient reaction.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1455
3,644,190
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR INDICATING AND
AUTOMATICALLY ELIMINATING SHORT CIRCUITS IN
ELECTROLYSIS CELLS
Martin Weist, Leverkusen, and Walter Busing, Koeln-Stamm-
beim, both of Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
FUed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,675
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, July 20, 1968, P 17 63
702.4
Int CL BOlk 3100
U.S. CI. 204-228
3 Claims
A circuit arrangement for indicating and automatically
eliminating short circuits in electrolysis cells, particularly al-
kali metal chloride electrolysis cells. Alterations in the cell
voltage caused by the appearance and disappearance of short
circuits are detected by a monostable or bistable electrical
circuit and fed to a short circuit indicator. The cell voltage is
separated from the electrical indicator and control device by
interposition of a direct current transformer.
3,644,191
SPUTTERING APPARATUS
Katsuo Matsushima, Kawasaki-shi, Japan, assignor to Tokyo
Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
FUed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 806,972
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 15, 1968, 43/19904
Int. CI. C23c 15100
\}S. CI. 204-298 4 Claims
In a sputtering apparatus a plasma is formed between a
cylindrical first electrode and a second electrode concentric
with the first electrode. Either one of the electrodes is made
of a material to be sputtered and the surface of the other
electrode is covered by a thin film of the sputtered material.
3,644,192
UPFLOW THREE-PHASE FLUIDIZED BED COAL
LIQUEFACTION REACTOR SYSTEM
Sik U. LI, 42 Dorothy Drive, Morris Township, Morris Coun-
ty, NJ.; Edward Effron, 45 Femhill RomI, SpringficM,
NJ., and Robert M. Koros, 6 Faulkner Drive, WestfieM,
NJ.
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 67,729
InLCI. C10g//0S
U.S. CI. 208—8 7 Claims
SI. JUKI ,J,j,
WITHDRAWAL ^'-^
A coal/liquid slurry is conducted upwardly in a three-phase
fiuidized slate through a plurality of vessels connected in se-
ries, with the gas generated in each individual vessel being
purged to a common header by a pressure control system in-
cluded in each stage for ensuring control of flow through the
reactors. The lead vessel includes the following features; a
narrow, bottom entrance section designed to produce a su-
perficial liquid velocity which is higher than the minimum
fluidization velocity of the heaviest, largest particles in the
slurry, so that all entering particles can be fiuidized in the en-
trance section, an expanded upp>er section designed to slow
the upflow of the slurry to a superficial liquid velocity suffi-
ciently lower than the aforesaid minimum fluidization
velocity to carry upwardly all particles which are essentially
organic in composition but insufficient to carry upwardly a
major portion of particles which are essentially nonorganic in
nature, so that such major jxjrtion of essentially nonorganic
particles settle from the upper section and do not carry over
to a subsequent vessel; and a side opening at the intersection
of these two sections for the continuous withdrawal of a slur-
ry of those particles which settle from the upper section. The
vessels subsequent to the leading vessel each have a uniform
diameter smaller than the diameter in the lead vessel, so that
particles passed from the lead vessel will not settle in the sub-
sequent vessels. Each subsequent vessel also has vertical in-
ternals to provide a close approach to plug flow per-
formance. Also, entry ports are provided at the base of each
subsequent vessel for hydrogen gas addition.
3,644,193
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR THE RECOVERY OF
OIL FROM SHALE BY INDIRECT HEATING
Ralph W. Weggel, Wauwatosa, and WiUiam A. Mann,
Manitowoc, both of Wis., assignors to Alhs-Chalniers
Manufacturing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 686,038. No>. 28, 1%7.
now abandoned. This application May 1 1, 1970, Ser. No.
56,037
Int.Cl.ClObJi/06
U.S. CI. 208-11 3 Claims
A system is disclosed for recovering oil from oil-bearing
shale rock in which shale is placed on a traveling grate and
transported through a preheating zone; a retorting zone
where oil is educted from shale; a combustion zone where
residual carbon in the shale after the oil is removed, is
burned; and a cooling zone. A fu^ gas stream, which may be
1456
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
air. is passed through shale that has traveled on the grate at
least to where combustion takes place. This air is thereby
heated, and then used to heat a heat-transfer media such as
alumina balls from which a second and oxygen-free gas
stream extracts the heat. The second gas stream, heated in-
directly by the first gas stream but not contaminated with
6&_
■cchmkaJ
ITTa
55
>20<»V
^■^*r
r ...'re. oS-;^^ J6
'!00"-2S0"f _-'A
I
«/'-t:x^ '^-
It
It
_ I-
-r
T~r-
^•^_^
,S6
♦aopv
4fe
^44 '^^ 1
combustion gases from the first gas stream, passes through
the shale in the retorting zone to educt oil from the shale and
then through the shale in the preheating zone where the
educted oil is condensed and becomes suspended as a stable
mist in the second gas stream from which the oil may be
mechanically separated.
3,644,195
SOLVENT DEWAXING-DEOILING PROCESS
David A. Gudelis, and John F. Eagen, both of Sarnia, Ontario,
Canada, assignors to Esso Research and Engineering Com-
pany
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Scr. No. 881,025
Int. CI. ClOg, 43 lU^
U.S. CI. 208—33 16 Claims
Wax-containing oil is chilled in a multistage tower by the
introduction of cold solvent to each stage under intense
agitation so that substantially instantaneous mixing and cool-
mg occurs in each stage. The wax is separated from the oil
■-3-
D
»4 fn ' t-»x.vi
^^
, 7
COMBINED 0£«IAXlNG OCOlLINC PROCESS
and is again mixed with solvent at a temjjerature sufficient to
dissolve the low-melting wax only from which the high-melt-
mg wax is then separated.
3,644,196
PRODUCTION OF MOTOR FUEL-BLENDING
COMPONENTS
Shdby D. Lawson, Bartiesvilie, Okla., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum ( ompanv
FUed July 6. 1970, Ser. No. 52,416
Int. CI. C10gJ5/20,i9/00
U.S. CI. 208 62 14 Claims
3,644,194
RECOVERY OF OIL FROM TAR SANDS USING WATER-
EXTERNAL MICELLAR DISPERSIONS
Joe T. Keely, deceased, late of Littk<on, Colo, (by La Verne S.
Kelly, executrix), and Fred H. Poettman, Littleton, Colo.,
assignors to Marathon Oil Company, Findlay, Ohio
FUed Dec. 29, 1%9, Ser. No. 888,899
Intel. C10g//04
U.S. CI. 208-11 15 Claims
Oil from tar sands is recovered by contacting the tar sands
with a water-external micellar dispersion in amounts suffi-
cient to solubilize at least portions of the oil from the tar
sands. Thereafter, the solubilized oil within the micellar
dispersion is separated from the "spent" tar sands and the oil
is recovered from the micellar dispersion. To facilitate the
solubilization, the micellar dispersion can have a pH of about
7-14 and the micellar dispersion and/or the tar sand can be
heated to temperatures above 100° F. Volume amounts of
about 0.05 to about 30 volumes of micellar dispersion per
volume of tar sand is useful with the invention. The micellar
dispersion contains hydrocarbon, surfactant, aqueous medi-
um, and optionally cosurfactant and/or electrolyte.
Motor fuel-blending components are produced by a com-
bination of steps compnsing naphtha reforming, hydrogena-
tion of aromatics, e.g., benzene, separated from the refor-
mate, and isomerization of cyclohexane to methylcyclopen-
tane
3,644,197
DUAL-CATALYST HYDROHNING PROCESS
Arnold E. Kelley, Orange, and Frederick C. Wood, FuUerton,
both of Calif., assignors to Union Oil Company of Califor-
nia, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Jan. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 795,500
Int. CI. ClOg 2J/02
U.S. CI. 208—89 17 Claims
A hydrofining process to reduce the nitrogen content of
mineral oil feedstocks at relatively high-space velocities
which comprises contacting the feedstock and added
hydrogen with a conventional, substantially nonzeolitic.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1457
amorphous-based hydrofining catalyst, and contacting the ef-
fluent therefrom with a second hydrofining catalyst compris-
controUed by the degree of closure effected by the position-
ing of the closure means. Intensity of conversion is regulated
»fCfC^ Oft.
ing a hydrogenating metal or metal sulfide supported on an
active zeolitic cracking base.
3 644 198
HYDROGEN-CONSUMING PROCESS AND CATALYST
THEREFOR
Frederick C. Wilhehn, ArUngton Heights, 111., assignor to
Universal Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, lU.
Continuation-hi-part of application Ser. No. 15,960, Mar. 2,
1970. This application May 11, 1970, Ser. No. 36^74
Int CI. ClOg 23102- BOlj / 1140; ClOg 2i\00
U.S.a. 208-111 13 Claims
A hydrocarbon hydroprocess utilizing a catalytic com-
posite of a porous carrier material, a nickel component, a
Group Vin noble metal component and a Group IV-A metal
component, in which process there is effected a chemical
consumption of hydrogen. A specific example of one such
catalyst is a composite of a crystalline aluminosilicate, a
nickel component, a platinum component, and a germanium
component, particularly for utilization in a hydrocracking
process. Other hydrocarbon hydroprocesses are directed
toward the hydrogenation of aromatic nuclei, the ring-open-
ing of cyclic hydrocarbons, desulfiirization, denitrification,
hydrogenation, etc. The catalyst contains 0.01 to about 2.0
percent by weight of the noble metal component, 0.01 to
about 5.0 percent by weight of the nickel component, and
the atomic ratio of the Group IV-A metal component to the
noble metal component is in the range of 0.05:1 to 10.0:1.
3,644,199
CONTROL OF CONTACT TIME IN TRANSPORT
REACTORS
Richard El Evans, Highland, and Harold D. Zacher, Ham-
mond, both of Ind., assignors to SUndard Oil Company,
Chicago, lU.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 40,%7
InLCI.C01bii/2S, ClOg y///S, ///20
U.S. CI. 208—120 10 Claims
by selection of catalyst-oil ratio and control of dispersion
velocity in response to the degree of closure.
3,644,200
AMMONIATED ZEOLITE CATALYSTS
Dean Arthur Young, Yorba Linda, Calif., assignor to Unkm
Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786,437
Int. CI. BOlj 11140; ClOg 73/02, 23100
U.S. CI. 208- 1 20 24 Claims
A new class of aluminosilicate zeolite catalysts is
described, comprising a crystalline aluminosilicate zeolite
modified by the incorporation therein of ammonia in non-
zeolitic form. They are prepared by ammoniating the parent
aluminosilicate at temperatures above about 350° C, with
resultant displacement of water from the zeolite structure ("-
dehydroammoniation"). The ammonia is believed to be in-
corporated into the zeolite structure in the form of amide
and/or imide groups bonded to silicon and/or aluminum
atoms. The resulting compositions are found to display an
unique selectivity for catalyzing carbonium ion reactions in
hydrocarbon conversions, while competing free radical reac-
tions (leading typically to polymerization and coke forma-
tion) are suppressed.
3,644,201
EVAPORATION OF WATER DURING UREA ADDUCT
FORMATION
Comelis W. C. Van Paassen, Hague, and Hubrecht C. A. Van
Meurs, Amsterdam, both of Netheriands, assignors to Shell
OU Company, New York, N.Y.
Fikd Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,791
Claims priority, application Netheriands, Dec. 16, 1968,
6,818,024
Int. CI. C07b 27/00
U.S. CI. 208-308 9 Claims
A0OCCXJ5 . 10.,*
URE» "-f
rUMTt
Conversion of a petroleum stock is effected catalytically in
a vertical, elongated transport reactor having an internal
elongated open-ended tube closable at its upper end. Passage Extractive crystallization separation process in which ad-
of the fluid catalyst-oil dispersion through the internal tube is duct formation and concentration of an aqueous solution of
1458
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the adduct-forming agent are simultaneously performed in
the same reaction zone.
3,644,202
COLLAGEN MEMBRANES FOR REVERSE OSMOSIS
DESALINATION
WiUard S. Higley, 837 Huerte Verde Road, Glendora, Calif.
Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,337
Int. CI. BO Id 13100
U.S. CI. 210-23 5 Claims
A collagen membrane is employed as reverse osmosis
membrane in desalination of water. The process is particu-
larly applicable to desalination of brackish waters containing
substantial amounts of divalent ions.
3,644,203
FABRIC SOFTENER
Vincent Lamberti, Upper Saddle River, NJ., and Ralph R.
Sepulveda, Suffem, N.Y., assignors to Lever Brothers Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,469
Int. CI. D06m 13138; CI Id 1112, 1186
L.S. CI. 252-8.75 6 Claims
An improved fabric softener is disclosed comprising a mix-
ture of a softener such as a quaternary ammonium compound
or an imidazoline with an antiyellowing agent which is a com-
plex of C, to Cii alkyl alcohol and C,, to C,» alkylsulfate
3,644,205
INHIBITION OF AQUEOUS SYSTEMS FROM
DEPOSITION OF SCALE
William G. DePlerri, Jr., Baytown, Tex., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
Original application Apr. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 718,901. Divided
and this application July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 54,014
Int. CI. C02b 5/06
U.S. CI. 252-8.55 B 7 Claims
The deposition of scale-forming salts from an aqueous
system containing a scale-forming amount of a salt such as
calcium carbonate, calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, strontium
sulfate, strontium carbonate and magnesium carbonate is in-
hibited by adding to the system an effective amount of tri-
orthophosphate ester of trimethylol propane and the alkali
metal and ammonium salts thereof. The aqueous system is
suitably a bnne m a subsurface formation to which the inhibi-
tor is added
3 644,204
AGENT FOR THE POST-TREATMENT OF WASHED
LAUNDRY
Arnold Heins, Hilden Rhineland; Hans-Werner Eckert. and
Horst BellinKer. both of Dusseldorf . all of (Jermanv. assign-
ors to Henkel & Cie C.mbH. Dusseldorf-Holthausen. (ier-
man\
Filed July 10, 1968, Ser. No. 743,610
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 14, 1967, H
63600
Int. CI. D06m 13140
U.S. CI. 252-8.8 8 Claims
Compositions for the posttreatment of washed laundry, the
same being adapted for addition to the rinse water either as a
solid or in liquid form comprising a softening agent cor-
responding to the following formula:
I
Z
(I)
alone or in combination with a softening agent corresponding
to the following formula;
R,_N_CO-R:
CH.-(CHOH)„-C H,()H
III)
3,644,206
LUBRICATING OILS OR FUELS CONTAINING
ADDUCTS OF PHOSPHORODITHIOATE ESTERS
Milton Braid, Westmont, N J., assignor to Mobil Oil Corpora-
tion
FUed Nov. 14, 1968, Ser. No. 775,916
Int. CI. C 10m 1/48
U.S. CI. 252-46.7 1 1 Claims
Reaction between diorganophosphorodithioate esters and
hindered aldehydes, i.e. those having no alpha-hydrogen
atoms, produce products having antioxidant and thermal sta-
bility characteristics. Such products would be effective in or-
ganic base media, such as lubricating oils. The reaction is one
of addition rather than condensation.
3,644,207
LITHIUM-TIT ANIUM-ZINC FERRITES
Paul D. Baba, San Carios, and Giltan Michael Argentina,
Belmont, both (A Calif., assignors to Ampex Corporation,
Redwood City, Calif.
Filed Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863372
Int. CI. C04b 35/26
U.S. CI. 252-62.59 1 Claim
Microwave ferrites with narrow resonance linewidths, good
temperature performance, low losses, low costs, and rectan-
gular hysteresis loops are made from a lithium-titanium fer-
rite containing a small amount of zinc. In addition, small
amounts of copper or manganese can be present in the fer-
rites.
wherein R, is alkyl containing 10 to 22 carbon atoms and
may be interrupted by ether oxygen atoms in the vicinity of
the NH, group, Ri is alkyl containing seven to 21 carbon
atoms, the total number of carbon atoms contained in R, and
R, amounting to from 23 to 39. n is either 3 or 4 and Z is
either
I ^ I
H,C-CHOH-CH,OH or ( H,OH -CH -CH^OH.
the polyhydroxyl radicals present in the compounds I and II
may be etherified with additional polyhydroxylalleyl radicals.
The aforesaid softening agent (I) or agents (I and II) can be
employed per se or in combination with other conventional
laundry agents such as optical brighteners, deacidifiers, disin-
crusting agents, colorants, perfumes, antimicrobial agents,
etc.
3 644 208
leak-stopp'ing'composition
Achim R. Krueger, Cherry Hill, N J., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Dd.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 748,930, July 31,
1968, now abandoned. This application Dec. 19, 1968, Ser.
No. 785332
Int.CI.C09k3//2
U.S. CI. 252-72 10 Claims
There is disclosed a liquid composition which is adapted
for use as a leak-stopper in heat-exchangers (e.g. automobile
radiators) or other vessels designed to hold a liquid; said
composition compnses (A) a liquid (e.g. water and/or a
suitable alcohol ) which is inert to the inside of the vessel and
to certain polymeric particles (component B) dispersed
therein under the conditions of using the composition, and
(B) dispersed in said liquid, substantially spherical particles
(within certain size requirements) of a polymeric material
which is a solid (nonliquid) under the conditions of using the
composition (e.g., a polymeric material containing certain
proportions of polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) and polystyrene
or a copolymer of styrene and methacrylic acid); preferably
at least some of said particles are hollow.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1459
3,644,209
FUNCTIONAL FLUID COMPOSITIONS
Kurt A. Nowotny, Dublin, Calif., and Robert W. Street,
Bloomington, Ind., assignors to Monsanto Company, St.
^uis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 398,080, Sept.
21, 1964, now abandoned. This appUcation Nov. 14, 1967,
Ser. No. 682,980
Int. CI. C09k 3/02
U.S. CI. 252—78 5 Claims
Functional fluid compositions particularly useful as
hydraulic fluids comprising as base stocks dihalogenated
diphenyl ethers or sulfides and as blending agents
halogenated lower alkylbenzenes. monohalogenated diphenyl
ethers, halogenated benzenes and chlorinated biphenyls or
combinations thereof.
3,644^10
OVEN CLEANER
Homer E. Crotty, and Michel T. Zaizal, both of Cincinnati,
Ohio, assignors to Chemed Corporation, Cincinnati, Ohio
Filed Mar. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 713,382
Int. CI. CI Id; /S6
U.S. CI. 252-548 2 Claims
Burnt food and grease is removed from cooking surfaces
by applying an oven cleaning composition comprising from
1.0 to 20 parts alkali metal hydroxide, from 0.4 to 5.0 parts
of sodium gluconate, potassium gluconate or glyconic acid,
from 0.8 to 10.0 parts of polyethoxylated higher fatty al-
kanolamides, from 0.8 to 10.0 parts of higher fatty acid sul-
fonates, from 0.6 to 7.5 parts alkyl benzene sulfonic acid
salts, from 0.4 to 5.0 parts disodium N-fatty alkyl B-
iminodiproprionate. and from 96.0 to 42.5 parts water; and
removing the softened food and grease from the cooking sur-
faces. The composition can be applied to the cooking sur-
faces with a brush or from an aerosol spray can containing a
halogenated hydrocarbon propellant liquid.
3,644,211
DISTYRYLBENZENE-DERIVATIVE SCINTILLATOR
SOLUTIONS
Adam Heller, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to New England
Nuclear Corporation
Original application June 4, 1963, Ser. No. 285,202, now
abandoned. Divided and this application Oct. 30, 1967, Ser.
No. 698,999
Claims priorit\, application Israel, June 27, 1%2, 17.560
int. CI. C09k 1/02; GO It 1/20
U.S. CI. 252-301 .2 3 Claims
Scintillating solutions containing as solute at least one dis-
tyrylbenzene derivative compound from the group consisting
of P,p'-bis-(3,4-methyIene-dioxystyryl)-benzene, 2,2', 3,3'-
tetramethoxy-distyrylbenzene, 4,4 '-diisopropyl-distyryl-
benzene, 2,2'-dimethoxy-distyrylbenzene, 2,2', 5,5'-
tetramethyl-distyrylbenzene, 3,3', 4,4'-tetramethyl-distyryl-
benzene, readily soluble in organic solvents such as dioxane,
xylene and toluene.
3,644,212
ZINC-MAGNESIUM SILICO-GERMAJ^ATE PHOSPHOR
COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF PREPARING SAME
William A. McAllister, Convent Station, and Joseph W.
Sausville, Glen Rock, both of NJ., assignors to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 834,971, June
20, 1969, now abandoned. This appUcation Feb. 18, 1971,
Ser. No. 116^72
Int.CI. C09k//54
U.S. CI. 252— 301.6 F 6 Claims
Phosphor composition is manganese-activated zinc-mag-
nesium silico-germanate which also includes a small addition
of arsenic and lead. In the method of preparing the phosphor
composition, the magnesium is added as the fluoride. Tlie
phosphor is excited by 254 nm. ultraviolet radiations to
fluoresce w:th a narrow-band, very efficient emission which
is concentrated in the green region of the visible spectrum.
3,644,213
STABILIZING AQUEOUS DEIONIZED SILICA SOLS OF
SMALL PARTICLE SIZE AGAINST CELLING
Peter H. Vossos, Berwyn, 111., assignor to Nako Chemical
Company. Chicago, Dl.
Filed Dec. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 781,205
Int. CI. BOlj 13/00. COlb 33/14
U.S. CI. 252-313 S 1 Claim
WAT c nia < 2oS «<. 0a
— ,^
1
[n
f —
i
*Tt«TS<ao£&.»t
<..5-»« >0%5^»t
1
CAT tOt^
»ftD
m>».«Tf • To
i i
Amiom
1
1
1
...
1
t >a-.n.l) .
It:)
I anrf JT art m\t§rnai
I. HI •n« JS ar« aitf-nat
for ••OPUCT A
for PnoDwcr B
A starting aqueous silica sol of greater than 20 percent
solids content and of no more than about 8 millimicrons
average particle size is stabilized by deionization, and by ad-
ding deionized water to the resulting sol before the lapse of
about 48 hours following deionization until the solids con-
centration is reduced to about 1 5 percent
3,644,214
EMULSION BREAKING
Robert B. Akell, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Dei.
Filed Oct 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,181
Int. CI. BO Id 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 252—320 3 Claims
Breaking emulsion forming at the interface in a relatively
immiscible liquid-liquid contacting process by withdrawing it,
adding one comf)onent thereof in an amount sufficient to
shift the composition to the one-phase region of the solubility
diagram, then collecting the product obtained.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—364 see:
Patent No. 3,644,433
895 O.Q.— 53
1460
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644^15
PROCESS FOR CONVERTING LIQUID ANTIOXIDANTS
TO PULVERULENT FORM
Karl-Hans Muller, Grossauhdm, Germany, assignor to
Deutsche Gold-und SUber-Schekieanstalt vormals Roessier,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
Filed Dec. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 881,612
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 3, 1968, P 18 12
352.9
Int.CI. A23ki/00, BOlj 1116
U.S. CI. 252—404 6 Claims
Liquid antioxidants such as are used in milk replacers and
mixed feed compositions are converted to pulverulent form
Jby placing an artive, highly dispersed, synthetic silica into a
mixing vessel and then spraying or pouring the antioxidant
upon the silica while subjecting the mass to a mixing opera-
tion.
A homogeneous mixture between the liquid additive and
the solid components can thus be obtained even in those
cases where the liquid is used only in small amounts.
d. thiobisphenol nickel amine complex; or
e. an amine-N-oxide nickel complex.
3,644,216
CATALYSTS
Roger Egalon, and Ramiro Telia, both of Saint Andre, Nord,
France, assignors to Societe Anonyme: Ugine Kuhlmann,
Paris, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 705,862, Feb. IS,
1%8, now abandoned , Continuation-in-part of application
Ser. No. 386,481, July 22, 1964, now abandoned. This
application Aug. 19, 1%9, Ser. No. 851,434
Intel. BO Ij 1 1 140
U.S. CI. 252—455 R 7 Claims
This invention relates to a method of preparing iron-
promoted catalysts in a pelletized form for the synthesis of
ammonia which comprises the steps of fusing a mixture con-
sisting essentially of iron oxides of the approximate composi-
tion of magnetite together with additional oxides of promoter
metals in a total proportion of the oxides of promoter metals
of from about 1 percent to about 10 percent, rapidly cooling
the fusion product, grinding the fusion product to give fine,
regular granules, reducing substantially completely the fused
granules, coarsely grinding the reduced fused granules, ag-
glomerating the coarsely ground product into pellets by sim-
ple compression and recovering said catalyst in a pelletized
form. The invention also relates to the catalysts so produced
3,644,217
SYNERGISTIC MIXTURE AND USE THEREOF
Henryk A. Cyba, Evanston, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaines, 111.
Rled Dec. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 780,584
Int. CI. C08c 13/08; C08d / 1/04; C08f 45/58
VS. CI. 252-400 9 Claims
Synergistic mixture of a boron compound devoid of
nitrogen and at least one of a hydroxyphenone, an N-hydrox-
yphenylbenzotriazole and a salicylic acid ester. The mixture
is used as an additive to stabilize plastic, resins and fibers
against deterioration due to weathering, oxidation, heat, etc.
3,644,219
PREPARATION OF A CRYSTALLINE
ALUMINOSILICATE-ALUMINA CATALYST
COMPOSITION
Roy T. Mitsche, Island Lake, III., assignor to Universal Oil
Products Company, Des Plaiirrs, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 760,691, Sept.
18, 1968, now Patent No. 3,562345. This application Feb.
11, 1970, Ser. No. 10,637
Int. CI. BO Ij 11/78, 11/40
U.S. CI. 252—442 5 Claims
A method of preparing a catalyst composition comprising
as essential components thereof, a crystalline aluminosilicate
with a mordenite crystal structure containing alumina fixed
in combination therewith. The catalyst composition is aged in
an alkaline media to yield a catalyst substantially improved in
activity, particularly with respect to the transalkylation of al-
kylaromatic hydrocarbons.
3,644,220
METAL HALIDE CONTAINING ZEOLITES AND
METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION
Kenneth K. Kearby, Watchung, NJ., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
C ontinualion (tf Ser. No. 672.690. Oct. 4. 1%7 abandoned
FUed Nov. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 871,627
Int. CI. BO Ij 11/78,11/40
U.S. CI. 252-442 24 Claims
This disclosure relates to novel metal halide containing
zeolites, particularly crystalline aluminosilicate zeolites and
methcxis for their preparation. Such materials are prepared
by treating alkali or alkaline earth forms of crystalline alu-
minosilicate zeolites with a volatile halide of a less positive
metal or nonmetal than the alkali or alkaline earth metals
under relatively anhydrous conditions. The resulting products
may be used as formed or may be washed free of soluble ha-
lides prior to use Utility for these materials is to be found as
adsorbents, particularly selective adsorbents and as catalysts
for acid -catalyzed reactions such as catalytic cracking, al-
kylation, polymerization, isomerization and other carbonium
ion typ)e reactions.
3,644,221
POLYCRYSTALLINE GRAPHITE WITH CONTROLLED
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY
Paul Wagner; James M. Dickinson, and Morton C. Smith, all
of Los Alamos, N. Mex., assignors to The United SUtes of
America as represented by the United States Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,931
Int.CI. H01b//04
U.S. CI. 252-503 1 Claim
3,644,218
CATALYSTS FOR OLEFIN DIMERIZATION
Howard E. Dunn, Evansville, Ind., assignor to Phillips
Petroleum Company
Original appUcation May 5, 1%9, Ser. No. 822,053, now
Patent No. 3,558,738. Divided and this application July 24,
1970, Ser. No. 58,177
InLCI.C07ci/yO
U.S. CI. 252-431 C 9 Claims
A catalyst for olefin dimerization is formed from an or-
ganoaluminum compound and one of the following nickel
complexes:
a. a N.N-dihvdrocarbyldithiocarbamato nickel complex;
b. a bis(pyridinecarboxylato)nickel complex;
c. a thiobisphenol nickel complex;
lOOO 1500
TEMPERATURE. 'C
An electrical resistance element which comprises
polycrystalline graphite containing 0.08 weight percent of
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1461
boron and which has an electrical resistivity that is constant
within a 5 percent band over the temperature range 0°-2500°
C
monomer units containing tertiary amino groups cross-linked
by reaction with a polyquatemization agent are useful for
making anion-exchange membranes.
ERRATUM
For Class 252—522 see:
Patent No. 3,644,505
3,644,222
ABLATIVE EPOXY RESIN COMPOSITION AND
METHOD OF PREPARATION
Gerald J. Fleming, Bowie, Md., assignor to The United States
of America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
Filed Oct. 31, 1967, Ser. No. 679,560
Int.CI. C08gJ0//2
U.S. CI. 260—2 EA 8 Claims
A method of decreasing the erosion rate and thermal con-
ductivity of epoxy resins by the addition of bridged Diels-
Alder anhydride adducts and the resulting ablative composi-
tions.
3,644,223
PROCESS OF PREPARING POLYEPOXIDES
Koji Hashimoto; Noboni Mogi, both of Yokohama-shi, and
Makoto Shindo, Kawasaki-shi, all of Japan, assignors to
Showa Denko Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 527,083, Feb. 14,
1966. This application Aug. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 849,860
InL CI. C08f 7/12
U.S. CI. 260—2 6 Claims
A process for preparing f)olyepoxides comprising
polymerizing or copolymerizing 1,2 -epoxides, using as the
catalyst a composition composed of:
a. A metal salt of a carboxylic acid, e.g . lead, chromium,
m.inganesc. cobalt, nickel or iron salt:
b. at least one organoalummum compound, e.g.. trialk\l-
aluminum and dialkylaiuminum halides; and optionalK
c. at least one ether;
said catalyst composition being prepared by mixing (a), (b)
and (c) and thereafter holding the mixture at a temperature
higher than that at which the 1,2-epoxides are to be
polymerized, for a period ranging from 1 minute to a few
hours.
3,644,224
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING EPOXIDES
Hiroshi Hani, and Yasushi Masuda, both of Kanagawa-ken,
Japan, assignors to Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 862,162
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 4, 1968, 43/71840
Int CI. C08g 23/06, 23/14
U^. CI. 260- 2 A 12 Claims
In the polymerization of an epoxide, a high conversion of
the monomer to the polymer and a high yield of solid
polymer are attained by use of a new catalyst which is
formed by reacting an imide with the reaction product of a
hydrocarbon-aluminum compound with an ether. The
amount of the catalyst required is small in comparison with
the conventional processes.
3,644,226
ANION-EXCHANGE COPOLYMERS
Henri Chabert, Lyon, France, assignor to Rhone-Pouienc
S.A., Paris, France
Filed Sept 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,991
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 1, 1968, 168323
Intel. C08f/ 9/05
U.S. CI. 260—2.1 E 2 Claims
Crystalline, sequence-type, propylene-styrene copolymers
containing quaternary ammonium residues are useful for
making anion-exchange membranes.
3,644,227
SEPARATION OF POLY(2,6-DIMETHYL-l,4-
PHENYLENE OXIDE) FROM ITS BLENDS WITH OTHER
POLYMERS
Arnold Factor, Scotia, N.Y., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed July 7, 1%9, Ser. No. 839,690
Int. CI. C08g 53/22
U.S. CI. 260—2.3 6 Claims
Poly(2,6-dimethyl-l,4-phenylene oxide) can be separated
from a blend of this polymer with any other polymer which is
soluble m dichloromethane. dihromomethane or hromo-
chloromelhane. Initially, the entire hiend is soluble in these
solvents, but on standing the poKphenylene oxide precipi-
tates and can be separated from the balance oi the solution.
Exposing the polymer blend to \apors of these solvents,
also causes the polyphenylene oxide to become insoluble,
so that the poUmer or poKmers with which it is blended
can be extracted away from the insoluble polyphenylene
oxide by use of these solvents. The separated, insoluble
polyphenylene oxide can be rendered soluble by vacuum
treatment, evaporation of the contained solvent, washing
with a polyphenylene oxide nonsolvent, etc. Therefore, this
technique is useful for recovering or separating this
polyphenylene oxide in a useable form from such blends.
3,644,225
ION-EXCHANGE COPOLYMERS AND MEMBRANES
MADE THEREOF
Jean Pierre Quentin, Lyon, and Michel Ruaud, Villeneuve-
Par-Ternay Rhone, both of France, assignors to Rhone-Pou-
ienc S.A., Paris, France
FUed Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 861,187
Claims priority, application France, Sept 27, 1968, 167,943
Int CI. C08f/ 9/00
U.S. CI. 260—2.1 E 22 Claims
Ungrafted copolymers of vinyl alcohol units and vinyl
3,644,228
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF SYNTHETIC
RESINS WHICH CONTAIN URETHANE GROUPS
Hans Joachim Diehr; Rudolf Merten, and Konrad Uhlig, all of
Leverkusen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 4,028
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 29, 1969, P 19 04
232.1
Intel. C08c 17/08
U.S. CI. 260—2.5 AJ 7 ClainK
A process is provided for the production of synthetic
urethane resins from polyhydroxyl compounds, polyiso-
cyanates organic, flame protective agents and, if desired;
blowing agents and other additives in which N-methylol com-
pounds of the structure
R R
j
Acyl - N - (CHO)„- C H - OH
are employed wherein the .Acyl radical represenis ,i -(OH.
-COR . -( OOR . -SO,R . -SO:R or -PO(OR"),
radical in Ahich R is a C| to d^ alk\l radical and R " is a
C, to Cm. preferably C,,. aryl radical. R and R are hvdrogcn
or a C| to Cj alkyl radical and /; is an integer of 1 to 3 are
used in a quanlitv of from about I to about 20 percent by
weight based on the quantit\ of polyisocyanate.
1462
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3 644^29
HYDROPHILIC-POROMERIC FOAM METHOD OF
MAKING, AND ARTICLES MADE THEREFROM
Eugene B. Butter, Kent; Ivan A. Fak, Munroe Falls, and
Lawrene L. Line, Kent, all of Ohio, assignors to The
General Tire & Rubber Company
Filed June 1, 1970, Ser. No. 42,592
Int. CI. C08f 4 7// 0, C08g 22/44
L.S. CI. 260-2.5 AD 15 Claims
This invention relates to a hydrophilic and porumenc foam
made from a blend of plastisol grade vinyl chloride resin, at
least one compatible liquid plasticizer, a stabilizer for said
vinyl chloride resin, a polyurethane precursor and a mixture
of specific emulsifiers.
3 644,230
EXTRUSION PROCESS FOR POLYOLEFIN FOAM
Edward W. Cronin, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Haskon,
Inc., New Castte, Del.
Filed Feb. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 706,661
Int. CI. C08f 47110, 3104; B29d 27ia)
L.S. CI. 260-2.5 E 4 Claims
Post extrusion cell collapse in polyolefin foams is
prevented by the incorporation of a small amount of a partial
ester of a long chain fatty acid and a polyol
polyurethane by washing out the solvent of the solution with
a nonsolvent, the coagulation being conducted in the
presence of an electrolyte.
3,644,234
METHOD OF PREPARING CELLULAR POLYMERS
FROM 0R(;AN1C POLYISOCYANATES AND
W)LYCARBOXYLIC ACID COMPOUNDS
Robin L. Grieve, North Guilford, Conn., assignor to The Ip-
john Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 794,367
Int. CI. C08q 22144
U.S. CI. 260- 2.5 13 Claims
High-tempcrature resistant cellular polymers are prepared
in a one-shot procedure by reacting a polycarboxylic acid or
polycarboxylic anhydride with an organic polyisocyanate in
the presence of a catalytic amount of a monomeric homo-
cyclic pt)lyep<ixide and a tertiary amine The use of the latter
catalyst system permits foam formation to proceed without
the need to supply external heat to the reaction mixture after
the reactants are bri)ught together This permits pouring in
place of the foam-forming system, for example, in the insula-
tion of cavity walls for construction purposes, in trailer walls,
and in cold storage frameworks and the like.
3,644,231
POROUS MEMBER FOR DIFFUSING AIR AND PROCESS
FOR PRODUCING THE SAME
Mitsuni Maruya, Tokyo; Yoshio Oono; Bunji Fukuda, both of
Idiikawa, and Kei\ii Takahashi, Tokyo, all of Japan, as-
signors to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo,
Japan
Fited Mar. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 709,775
Int.CLCOSj 1116. 1118
U.S. CL 260-2.5 F 10 Claims
The invention relates to a method of foaming a solution of
a polyvinyl acetal resin containing a foaming agent and
thereafter impregnating said foam with a precondensatc or
monomer of curable resin The final product is used as a
member for diffusing gas.
3,644^32
FLAME-RESISTANT, NONBURSTING
POLYISOCYANURATE FOAMS
David L. Bernard, Pittsburgh; John K. Backus, Allison Park,
and William C. Darr, Bridgevilte, all of Pa., assignors to
Mobay Chemkal Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed May 24, I %8, Ser. No. 73 1 ,705 /
InLCLC08g22//«, 22/46 ^
VS. CI. 260—2^ AW 4 Claims
Polyisocyanurate foams are prepared by reacting an or-
ganic polyisocyanurate mixture of polyphenyl polymethylene
polyisocyanates wherein from about 10 to about 70 percent
of the total methylene groups are ortho to at least one NCO
group and from about 2 percent to about 20 percent of the
total methylene groups are ortho to two NCO groups on ad-
jacent aromatic rings. The polyisocyanurate foam is prepared
from this mixture of isocyanates in the presence of a
trimerization catalyst and an inert blowing agent and
preferably a foam stabilizer. These foams when subjected to
a flame do not pop and burst into fragments.
3,644,235
POLYURETHANE FOAMS
Michael Alexander Howat Gray, Harlington, England, as-
signor to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilming-
ton, Del.
Filed Feb. 20, 1969. Ser. No. 801,148
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 22, 1968,
8,725/68
Int. CI. C08g 22/44, 5.?/ yO
I .S. CI. 260-2.5 AM 9 Claims
In processes for prcxlucing flexible polyurethane foams
having sag factors higher than 2.5, which pnx:esses include
the step of reaction of a polyiscKyanatc with a polymenc
polvol, the improvement of using as the polyistKyanate an
undistilled primary diamine phosgenation prcxiuct having an
amine equivalent of from 87 to 168, and conducting the
reaction in the presence of a catalyst, a blowing agent, and a
chain extender consisting of a primary amine.
3,644,236
LEAD HLLED POLYURETHANE FOAMS
James Macoustra, Sutton, Surrey, England, assignor to BP
Chemicals (U.K.) Limited, London, England
Fited Feb. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 801,159
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 21, 1968,
8,377/68
Int. CI. C08g 22/44; B32b 27120; E04b 1/74
U.S. CI. 260 2.5 5 Claims
Lead filled polyurethane foams having a Young's Modulus
value above 30,tK)0
3,644,233
PROCESS FOR PREPARING MICROPOROUS FOILS
FROM POLYURETHANES CONTAINING HYDRATED
ELECTROLYTES
Harro Traubel, and Harald Oertel, both of Farbenfabriken
Bayer A.G., Leverkusen Bayerwerk, Germany
Fited July 18, 1968, Ser. No. 745,687
Claims priority, appUcation Germany, Aug. 9, 1967, F 53187
Int. CL C08b 22/44, 53/08; C09d 5/00
VS. CI. 260-2.5 AY 3 Claims
Microporous sheet structures having increased permeabili-
ty to water vapor are prepared by coagulating a solution of a
3,644,237
POLYURETHANE FOAM MATERIALS
Raymond V. Crayvford. Liverpool, and Gavin E. Roscoe,
Formby. both of England, assignors to BIbby Chemicals
Limited, Liverpool. England
Filed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,656
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Mar. 8, 1968,
11324/68
Int. CLC08g 22/44, 53/ /O
U.S. CL 260-2.5 AM 7 Claims
The invention is concerned with the production of polyu-
rethane foams of the kind formed by reaction between a
polyisocyanate (which term includes a di-isocyanate) and a
glycol ester of a tnbasic adduct obtained by reaction between
a reactive dienophile e.g. maleic anhydride and an unsatu-
rated fatty acid or ester The process of the invention is
directed to the production of polyurethane foams of that
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1468
kind which are of finer cell structure and are less fnable than
previous foams of this kind by a more economic method
which also avoids the distillation of unreacted acids from the
tribasic adduct reaction product.
3,644,238
CELLULAR MATERIAL INHIBITED FROM FOULING
WITH MICRO-ORGANISM GROWTH
Richard L. Smith, Atlanta, Ga., assignor to Lockheed Aircraft
Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
Filed May 22, 1%9, Ser. No. 827,0 19The portion of the term
of the patent subsequent to May 27, 1986, has been
disclaimed.
Int. CI. C08g 22/04
U.S. CI. 260- 2.5 AK 4 Claims
A method and apparatus for inhibiting or preventing foul-
ing of open-cell reticulate foam>; which are made of a materi-
al such as polyurethane or the like and which we used as in-
serts in aircraft fuel tanks. The micro-organisms present in
turbine aircraft fuel such as kerosene can prcxJuce a gellike
contaminant which rapidly forms in the cellular structure of
open-cell foams and can completely fill or clog such struc-
ture, thus diminishing the fuel-carrying capacity of the tank
and adding unwanted weight to the aircraft. The formation
and adhesion of micro-organism growth in open cell foams is
eliminated or materially reduced by providing a foam incor-
porating a systemic toxin such as an acid addition salt of
rosaniline. Dyes generally known as "Brilliant green'" or "-
Malachite green" are suitable for use as such systemic toxins.
3,644,239
RETICULATED NYLON STRUCTURES
Theodore H. Fairbanks, West Chester, Pa., assignor to FMC
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Original application May 29, 1967. Ser. No. 641.769. novy
Patent No. 3,4%,266, dated Feb. 17, 1970. Divided and this
application July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,663
Int. CI. B29d 27/00, B29h 7/20. B29c 25100
U.S. CI. 260 2.5 2 Claims
A reticulated nylon structure formed of strands integrally
interconnected by thickened strand junctures at spaced-apart
p<.>inLs so as to form the skeletal structure of a multitude of
polyhedrons whose faces are polygonal, are common to a
polyhedron adjacent thereto, and are open and substantially
free of membranes, with such structure being suitable, for ex-
ample, as a filter.
3,644,240
ROOF LSSULATION ADHESIVE
Harlan E. Tarbell, Torrance; Donald W. Mogg, Redondo
Beach, both of Calif., and Frederick L. Shea, Johnson City,
Tenn., assignors to Grefco, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa.
Continuation-in-part of application Sc-r. No. 493,218, Oct. 5,
1965, now abandoned. This application Oct. 14, 1968, Ser.
No. 767,478
Int. CI. C08d 9/12, C08f 45/52
U.S. CI. 260-4 R 8 Claims
Excellent adhesives are prepared with: asphalt, about 40
parts by weight, an unsaturated rubber such as devulcanized
tire rubber, 1 to 1 8 percent; a saturated rubber such as butyl
rubber, 0.7 to 3 percent, a water-immiscible asphalt solvent,
20 to 41 parts, and water 5 to 20 parts. The devulcanized
rubber, when used, may have been rendered more compati-
ble with asphalt by having been previously compounded with
about half its weight of polyethylene.
3,644,241
ANTISOILING AEROSOL STARCH PREPARED FROM
ETHOXYLATED STARCH AND A FLUOROACRYLATE
OR FLUORO ALPHA SUBSTITUTED ACRY LATE
POLYMER
Pasquale Joseph Falivene, Union City, N J., assignor to Col-
gate-Palmolive Company, Ney* York, N.Y.
Fited Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,764
Int. CI. C08f 45/58
U.S. CI. 260-17.4 ST 8 Claims
Aerosol spray starch compositions containing
fluoropolymer emulsion in alkaline aqueous medium stabil-
ized by ethoxylated starch.
3,644,242
DIALLYL CARBONATE FILLED COMPOSITIONS
David \. Berrx. Columbus, and (iilbert M. (i>nn, Hilliard,
both of Ohio, assignors to Dart Industries Inc.
Filed Apr. 16, 1%9, Ser. No. 816,794
Int. CI. C08f 45/(?4.45//«
U.S. CI. 260- 1 7.4 CL 6 Claims
Compositions compnsing diallyl carbonate polymers and at
least a primary filler such as alpha cellulose, glass fibers,
polyester fibers, and mixtures thereof have better stain re-
sistance and better impact resistance and other strength pro-
perties than prior art compositions recognized as outstanding
for use in dinnerware. The compositions can also contain
such secondary fillers as clay, calcium carbonate, magnesium
carbonate, silica powder and the like. They also have excel-
lent hardness and resistance to chemical attack by alkali and
detergents and have excellent high-temperature prof)erties
3.644,243
THLASPIROACETAL POLYMERS
Frank V. Zalar, South Euclid, Ohio, assignor to The Lubrizol
Corporation, Wickliffe, Ohio
Filed July 3, 1968, Ser. No. 742.179
Int. CI. C08g 23!00
U.S. CI. 260— 18R 10 Claims
Polymers with high tensile and flexural strength, suitable
for molding or milling, are obtained by the reaction of pen-
taerythntol with a thiadialdehyde or derivative thereof, or by
the reaction of a reactive metal sulfide with a 3,9-
bis(halomethyl)-spirobi(meta-dioxane) or a similar spiro in-
termediate "Coptilymers" may be prepared by substituting a
salt of a dithiol for the sulfide.
ERRATUM
For Class 26U — 22 see:
Patent No. 3,644,612
3.644,244
POLY BLTADIENE-POLVMTRILE GRAFT COPOLY .MER
DISPERSIONS STABILIZED WITH HY DROXYLA.MINES
.Michael Frjd, Broomall. and Walter W. Kaminski, Chester.
both of Pa., assignors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company, Wilmington. Del.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969. Ser. No. 791.497
Int. CI. C08g5/ 66/
U.S. CI. 260-23 R 28 Claims
Organosols of polybutadiene-poKnitnle graft copolymers,
stabilized against gelation b> hydrowlamines These com-
positions are useful as can coatings.
1464
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3.644.245
HOT MELT ADHESIVES CONTAINING SILANE
COMPOUNDS
Thomas P. Flanagan, Green Brook, and Ir>ing Kaye, Murray
Hill, both of N.J., assignors to National Starch and Chemi-
cal Corporation. New York, N.Y .
Filed June 25. 1969. Ser. No. 836.642
Int. C\. cost 2 1 /0-4
U.S. CI. 260-23 5 Claims
Hot melt adhesive compositions characterized by their im-
proved adh .-sion under conditions of high humiditv or
moisture, said adhesives comprismg a blend of a synthetic
polymer base and a specified silane compound
polyisoprene with maleic anhydride and subsequent reaction
with a fatty acid salt of a Group II or I\ metal such as zinc
stearate.
3,644,246
LLBRICATING STABILIZERS FOR CHLORINE-
CONTAINING POLYMERS
Merrill Lozanou, East Lyme, Conn., assignor to Chas. Pfizer
& Co.. Inc.. New York. N.Y .
Filed Dec. 1 1. 1969, Ser. No. 884.377
Int. CI. C08f 45i62
U.S. CI. 260-23 XA 5 Claims
Lubricating heat and light stabilizer compositions for
chlorine-containing polymers comprising a mixture of an or-
ganotin carboxvlate and a metal salt of a monoalkyl ester of
an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid, and plastic compositions
prepared therefrom.
3.644.247
ENCAPSULATING ELASTOMERIC COMPOUND
Robert (i. (irunther. Crofton; ( larence K. Chatten. Annapo-
lis, and Alexander I.ebovits, Baltimore, all of Md.. assignors
to The L nited States of America as represented by the Sec-
retary of the Navy
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 731.278. May 22,
1968, now abandoned. This application Aug. 17, 1970, Ser.
No. 64,664
Int. CI. C08d n/OO
U.S. CI. 260-23.7 H 3 Claims
An encapsulating compound for deep submergence use is a
butyl and chlorobutyl copolymer containing reactive chlorine
and having added thereto specific fillers, activators, accelera-
tors and curing agents. The resulting compound is useful in
encapsulating components exposed to deep sea environ-
ments. One such specific compound includes the following
constituents.
P. iris per 100
h\ weiehl of
M)
10
I
3
2/1,5
an elastomeric isohutUene-isoprene
copolymer containing reactive chlorine
filler
lead monoxide
flaked stearic acid
polsclh\lene plasiici/er
diphen> lyuanidinc .md 2-nicrcaptoimid.i/
olmc accelerators
magnesium oxide activ.itor and
zinc oxide ciirinu aueni
3,644,248
PROCESS FOR PREPARING A NOVEL
THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER AND NOVEL
THERMOPLASTIC RUBBER COMPOSITION
Pieter Luijk; Evert Van Gelderen, and Gervinus P. Schipper,
all of Delft, Netherlands, assignors to Shell Oil Company,
New York, N.Y.
Filed June 13. 1969. Ser. No. 833,154
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 4, 1968,
31.986/68
Int. CI. C08f 27/(;o
U.S. CI. 260-23.7 M 9 Claims
A polyisoprene rubber derivative having the properties of a
thermoplastic elastomer is prepared by reaction of
3.644,249
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RESIN COMPOSITION
HAVING EXCELLENT TRANSPARENCY, SURFACE
GLOSS AND IMPACT STRENGTH
Fumio Ide: Kenji Okano, and Seiji Deguchi, all of Hiroshima,
Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Rayon Co.. Ltd. and Nitto
Chemical, Tokyo. Japan
Filed July 8. 1969. Ser. No. 839.946
Claims priority. applicati(m Japan, July 10. 1968, 43/48360;
Juh 12. 1968,43/48854
l).S. CI. 260-23.7 R 4 Claims
P\ C resin compositions of improved transparency, surface
gloss and impact resistance are obtained by mixing the PVC
with a graft polymer The graft is produced by grafting first
methyl methacrylate and then styrene oMo an elastomer of
butadiene, n-butyl acrylate. and styrene in the proportions
shown in the accompanying ternary constitutional diagram.
When the monomer(s) used in preparing the aforesaid graft
polymer have a small quantity of C,,, to C,n saturated fatty
acid dissolved therein, the PVC compositions prepared from
the graft polymer show further improvements in their proper-
ties.
3,644,250
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RESIN COMPOSITION
HAVING EXCELLENT TRANSPARENCY AND IMPACT
STRENGTH
Fumio Ide: Kenji Okano, and Seiji Deguchi, all of Hiroshima,
Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd. and Nitto
Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed July 9. 1969, Ser' No. 840,240
Claims priority, application Japan, July 10, 1968, 43/48360;
July 12. 1968,43/48854
U.S. CI. 260-23.7 R 4 Claims
PV C resin compositions of improved transparency and im-
pact are obtained by mixing the P\ C with a graft polymer
The graft is produced by grafting first styrene and then
methyl methacrylate onto an elastomer of butadiene, n-butyl
acrylate, and styrene in the proportions shown in the accom-
panying ternary constitutional diagram When the
monomer(s) used in preparing the aforesaid graft polymer
have a small quantity of C,,) to C|„ saturated fatty acid dis-
solved therein, the P\C compositions prepared from the
graft polymer show further improvements in their properties.
3,644,251
NONWOVEN FABRICS AND BINDERS THEREFOR
Werner Alfred Wilhelmi, Bussum, Netherlands, assignor to
Nederlandsche Bewoid Maatschappu N.V.
Filed Apr. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 814,456
Int. CI. C08d 9112; C08g 17/16; D06n 3/04
U.S. CI. 260-26 14 Claims
Nonwoven fabrics that have excellent wet strength and dry
strength are formed by adding to an aqueous suspension of
natural and/or synthetic fibers a binder comprising (a) an
anionic polymer latex and (b) a mixture of alkali metal salts
of disproportionated rosin and fortified rosin, precipitating
the binder on the fibers, and forming the treated fibers into a
nonwoven fabric.
3,644,252
ADHESIVE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
STYRENE/ISOBUTYLENE COPOLYMER
Richard S. Shenfeld; Frederick M. Musser, and Girish U.
Kothari, all of Chicago, DL, assignors to Velsicol Chemical
Corporation, Chicago, 111.
Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,317
Int. CLC08f4//;2
U.S.CL 260-27 R / 7 Claims
This invention discloses a new hot-meit, pressure-sensitive
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1465
adhesive composition comprising a primary polymer consist-
ing of a solid, homogeneous and essentially random
copolymer of styrene and isobutylene having a number
average molecular weight of from about 1 ,000 to about
4,000, a heterogeneity index of from about 1.50 to about
2.25 and a styrene content of from about 40 to about 90
weight percent, and a secondary polymer selected from the
group consisting of a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl
acetate, a copolymer of ethylene and an alkyl acrylate, a
|X)lyvinyl-alkyI ether, a terpolymer of ethylene, vinyl acetate
and acrylic acid, and a terpolymer of ethylene, vinyl acetate
and methacrylic acid.
3,644,253
AQUEOUS EMULSIONS
Annin Hiestand, Binningen, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba
Limited, Basel, Switzerland
Filed Apr. 1, 1970, Ser. No. 24,870
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 9, 1969,
5451/69
Int. CLCOSg 5/ /52
U.S. CI. 260—28 8 Claims
Aqueous emulsions are provided, which are used for the
preparation of baths serving to produce wash-fast water-
repellent finishes on fiber materials. These emulsions contain
relative to the dry weight of the components (a) 9 to 54 per-
cent of a methylolaminotriazone etherified with higher fatty
alcohols, (b) 4.5 to 48 percent of a waxy substance and (c)
40 to 55 percent of a reaction prcxluct of an aminoplast
precondensate, a monohydroxy compound, a jx>lyethylene
glycol and an oxygen-containing aliphatic or heterocyclic
amine. The solids content of these emulsions is 10 to 50 per-
cent by weight. For use these emulsions are diluted with
water, and a curing catalyst is added.
3,644,254
COATING COMPOSITIONS
Jimmy S. Dew, Texas City, Tex., assignor to Monsanto Com-
pany, St. Louis, Mo.
Filed May 21, 1968, Ser. No. 730,928
Int. CI. COSf 45/52
VJS. CL 260-28.5 AV 4 Claims
Heat-sealable compositions containing ethylene-vinyl
acetate copolymers, petroleum wax, and at least one
polyethylene resin, and a process for their preparation.
3,644,255
STABLE DISPERSIONS
Darrdl R. Thompson, Charlotte, N.C., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 776,774, Nov.
18, 1968. This application Dec. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 883,648
Int. CI. BOH 17/54; C08f 45/26, 45/32
U.S. CI. 260-29. 1 R 37 Claims
A dispersion of particles in an organic liquid containing, as
an antiflocculating agent, molecules of a polymeric material
represented by the structure
3,644,256
RESORCINOL-FORMALDEHYDE-LATEX ADHESIVE
CONTAINING TIUALLYL CYANURATE WITH HIGH-
RINGBOUND CHLORINE CONTENT
Raymond Broisman, Linden, NJ., assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
nied Aug. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 848,690
Int. CL C08g 5/10
U.S. CI. 260-29.3 4 Claims
A. .^0-95 parts of a resorcinol-formaldehyde-latex ad-
hesive composition.
B. ^-^0 parts i>f an aqueous dispersion of IO-''n percent
of the reaction product of
1 . a composition derived by reacting a triallyl cyanurate
composition having 0.05 to 3.0 percent ring-bound ,j,
chlorine, with 6-10 moles or resorcinol per mole of
cyanurate; and
2. 0.2 to 0.6 mole of formaldehyde per mole of resorcinol
in (1)
These compositions are useful in bonding rubber to rein-
forcing fibers.
3,644,257
ACID CURABLE VINYLACETATE COPOLYMER LATEX-
POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ADHESIVE
Richard Gorham Nickerson, Harvard; Barry Russell Harris,
Concord, and Morris Breslouf, South Acton, all of Mass.,
assignors to Borden Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 772,407
InL CL COSf 15/36, 37/14, 37/18
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 WB 10 Claims
This invention relates to corrugating adhesives comprising
a polyvinyl alcohol and an aqueous emulsion copolymer of
vinyl acetate with a minor amount of a coreactive olefinically
unsaturated carboxylated monomer, to a process of manufac-
turing corrugated paperboard having improved water re-
sistance, said process comprising the steps of applying said
adhesives between at least one nonfluted liner and one fiuted
medium and curing the adhesive while it is at a pH below 6;
and to the resultant corrugated paperboard.
3,644,258
METHOD OF PREPARING HIGH-SOLIDS LATEXES OF
OLEnN POLYMERS
Carl Moore, Midland; James B. Louch, Coleman, both of
Mich., and Russell L. Stainfield, Williamsburg. Va., as-
signors to The Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
FUed Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 808,690
InL CI. COSf 3/42
UJS. CL 260-29.6 H 10 Claims
Ruid. high-solids latexes of normally solid, water and alkali
insoluble thermoplastic organic addition polymers containing
a plurality of acid groups in the polymer structure are
prepared by ( 1 ) heating a low-solids aqueous emulsion of the
polymer, e.g., ethylene/acrylic acid copolymer, at the soften-
ing point of the polymer while simultaneously lowenng the
pH of the emulsion to a value between about 6.0 and about
8.3 and (2) concentrating the emulsion.
7.
X
I
N-
1
LY
1
-(-'■)-j:
L V
where
can be a polymeric segment bearing functional groups
capable oi' bonding to the nitrogen atom, and
X and \ can be any subslituent which does not interfere
with bonding to the nitrogen atom.
3,644,259
METHOD FOR MAKING BREATHABLE POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE FILM
Joe Kobylak, Berea, Ohio, assignor to The B. F. Goodrich
Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 24, 1969, Ser. No. S69363
Int. CI. COSf 29/y*, 45/42
U.S. CI. 260—29.6 MH 5 Claims
Breathable polyvinyl chloride film in thicknesses from
about 1 to 5 mils and having moisture vapor transmission
rates above 50 are prepared by casting a mixture of a vinyl
/
1466
/
/' OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
chloride resin, solvent naphtha, a plasticizer and water and
heating to dry and fuse the film. /
3,644^60
COATING COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
FLUOROCARBON POLYMER AND ALKYL SILICATE
Clifford Hugh Strolle. Springfieid, Pa., assignor lo E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,624
Int. CI. C08f 45/24, 45/34
VS. CI. 260-29.6 F 6 Claims
A composition for priming a surface to improve adhesion
of a fluorocarbon ptilymer topcoat. The composition con-
tains an alkyl silicate, a particulate fluorocarbon polymer and
a liquid carrier.
3,644,261
COATING COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
FLUOROCARBON POLYMER AND ALUMINUM
BOROPHOSPHATE
Clifford Hugh Strolle, Springfield, Pa., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,633
Int. CI. C08f 45/24
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 F 7 Claims
A composition for priming a surface to improve the adhe-
sion of a fluorocarbon polymer topcoat. The composition
contains about 50-90 percent fluorocarbon polymer by
weight and 10-50 percent aluminum borophosphate by
weight and a liquid carrier.
3,644^62
PROCESS FOR INCREASING THE ETHYLENE
CONTENT OF VINYL ACETATE-ETHYLENE EMULSION
COPOLYMERS
Peter Fallon Stehle, Media; Chan K. Wu, Philadelphia, both
of Pa.; Samuel Loshaek, Stamford, Conn., and Jack
Dickstein, Huntingdon Valley, Pa., assignors to Borden Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,410
Int. CI. C08f 45/22
U.S. CI. 260-29.6 R 5 Claims
This invention relates to copolymerizing vinyl acetate and
ethylene in aqueous emulsion in contact with a pressurized
ethylene gas phase and in particular to a method of
copolymerizing substantially larger amounts (^f ethylene into
the copolymer than have heretofore been copolymenzed at
equivalent temperature and pressure, said method compris-
ing adding vinyl acetate to an aqueous emulsifying composi-
tion containing initiator and maintained under ethylene pres-
sure, the rate of vinyl acetate addition during copolymeriza-
tion being such as to maintain the concentration of un-
polymenzed vinyl acetate at a level not exceeding about 3.5
percent by weight of the aqueous emulsifying composition
The resulting latexes of this invention are useful as adhesives
and bases for paints and paper coatings
3,644,263
HIGH POLYMER LATICES AND METHODS AND MEANS
FOR PRODUCING SAME
Oliver W. Burke, Jr., 506 Intracoastal Drive, Fort Lau-
derdale, Fla.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 621,997, Mar. 7,
1967, now Patent No. 3,503,917, Continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 691,823, Dec. 19, 1967, now abandoned ,
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 767,790, Oct. 15,
1968. This application Dec. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 784,596
Int. CI. C08fi// 6,47// <V
U.S. CI. 260-29.7 EM 34 Claims
The preparation of aqueous latices from solvent disper-
sions of elastomers and other high-polymer compositions has
presented problems including excessive viscosity during
processing and foaming and coagulation, which have
produced losses and increased costs. Herein combinations of
steps are disclosed which reduce or eliminate various of these
problems, especially coagulum; enable the preparation of
latices of high-solids content, enable preparation of high-
solids content latices of grafted or filler-extended or filler-
reinforced elastomers, enable preparation of high-solids
"5^ ..
latices of low molecular weight polymer which are then
mixJified to materially increase the molecular weight of the
p<.ilymer. and enable the preparation of improved stable
latices btith dilute and of high-solids content, which are use-
ful for example for adhesive and film-forming purposes. The
process in common with that of related copending applica-
tions is characterized, inter alia, by the establishment of a
flow of steam as a continuous phase into which an emulsion
of a cement of the polymer is dispersed as an aerosol of latex
droplets in a solvent-vapor continuum, followed by
coalescence of the latex droplets and separation of the result-
ing coalesced liquid phase from the resulting solvent-vapor
phase In one embodiment of the present method an unstable
emulsion is prepared employing only a limited quantity of
emulsifier, so that the homogenizing thereof produces an
emulsion the dispersed phase of which is only temporarily of
precursor latex particle size. This unstable emulsion is con-
verted to a stable latex by provisions for dispersing the same
as the aerosol before coalescence of over 5 percent of the
dispersed polymer phase of the emulsion into droplets of
greater than precursor latex particle size, (or for stabilizing
the same by the addition of a secondary emulsifier to the
same before such condition is reached without further reduc-
ing the size of the cement droplets of the dispersed phase) so
that the latex in the aerosol and separated therefrom is kept
free of coagulum during the coalescing of the latex droplets
and the separation and further treatment, e.g., stripping and
concentrating, with or without correlated further additions or
emulsifier to stabilize the latex for storage or use
The separation of the gaseous and liquid latex phases is
preferably effected with the aid of partially concentrated
liquid latex, and in certain embodiments herein disclosed a
mixture of such partially concentrated latex commingled with
water vapor generated therefrom is added to and commin-
gled with the aerosol before or after at least a part of the
aerosol has been coalesced, and the combined liquid phases
and combined gas phases of the resulting mixture are
thereafter separated Also in certain embodiments of the in-
vention a liquid fiow of secondary emulsifier may be added
to the uncoalesced or partially coalesced aerosol, or to the
mixture thereof with the partially concentrated latex, prior to
the separation of the gaseous and liquid phases thereof.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1467
3,644,264
N-ALKYL PYRROLIDONE-PLASnCIZED
COPOLYLACTAM COMPOSITIONS
Thomas J. Hyde, Woodbury, N J., assignor to E. I. du Pont de
Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Dd.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 710,771, Mar. 6,
1968, now abandoned. This application Aug. 1, 1969, Ser.
No. 846,974
Int. CI. C08g 57/44
U,S. CL 260-30.2 R 14 Claims
Polymerizable lactam compositions comprising an anionic
catalyst, a polymerization promoter, 50 to 90 percent of
caprolactam, at least 1 percent of a lactam having seven to
12 carbon atoms in the lactam ring, and 2 to 20 percent of
the plasticizer N-alkyl pyrrolidone, and the manufacture of
impact-resistant articles by casting and anionically polymeriz-
ing the mixture.
therewith as when surface defects are to be eliminated. Use-
ful viscosity decreasing additives include chlorinated biphen-
yl, terphenyl and other aromatic compxjunds having a boiling
point above about 250° C. and a Tg below about 10° C.
3,644,265
STABILIZED SOLUTIONS OF ACRYLONITRILE-
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE COPOLYMERS
Carlhans Suling, Odenthal-Hahncnberg; Heino Logemann;
Dieter Kramer, both of Lcverkusen; Heinz Rachwalsky, and
Herbert Manolph, both of Dormagen, all of Germany, as-
signors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Lcver-
kusen, Germany
Filed Dec. 6, 1968, Ser. No. 781,957
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Dec. IS, 1967, P 16 94
233.9
Int. CL C08f 45/60
VJS. CL 260-32.6 N 5 Claims
This invention relates to a stabilized solution of a
copolymer from acrylonitrile and vinylidene chloride in an
organic solvent, the chlorine content of the copolymer is in
the range from 20 to 60 percent by weight based on the
polymer. The solution of the copolymer contains a salt of a
mercapto sulphonic acid with a guanidine as stabilizing
agent, said salt is present in the solvent in the range of from
0.001 to 5 percent by weight based on the polymer.
3,644,266
SAND CONSOLIDATION COMPOSITION
Bobby G. Hanvberger, Houston, Tex., assignor to Texaco
Inc., New York, N.Y.
Original application Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 786368, now
Patent No. 3,537,522, dated Nov. 3, 1970. Divided and this
application Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 21,228
Int. CI. C08f 45134
VS. CI. 260-32.8 R 9 Claims
Method of and composition for the treatment of uncon-
solidated sandy formations to stabilize the formation com-
prising injecting a treating composition of 2-25 percent of
acrolein dimer and 75-98 percent of an aromatic-type sol-
vent into said formation, effecting polymerization of said
dimer by contact with an acid forming polymerization
catalyst and water, and formation of a fluid permeable con-
solidated sand in said formation.
3,644^67
LOW-VISCOSITY HIGH-STRENGTH THERMOPLASTIC
ADHESIVE
Wiuton J. Jackson, Jr., and John R. Caldwell, both of King-
sport, Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company,
Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Jan. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 6,645
Int.CLC08gJ9//0.5//25
U.S. a. 260—33.6 R 6 Claims
Low-viscosity high-strength thermoplastic adhesives com-
prising a thermoplastic linear polyester, a polymer of a
monoolefmically unsaturated monomer, a viscosity decreas-
ing additive and optionally a granular metallic material. Sub-
strates such as sheets, film or shaped articles are bonded
together with the adhesive, or single substrates are coated
3,644^68
TREATING RUBBER TO ENHANCE FIBER BONDING
Eikhi Morita, Copley, Ohio, assignor to Monsanto Company,
St Louis, Mo.
Filed July 31, 1970, Ser. No. 60,161
Int CI. C08d 9/10
VS. CL 260-38 7 Claims
Fiber to rubber adhesion is enhanced by incorporating into
the rubber a formaldehyde donor and a saturated polymer
comprising alkylene bridged resorcinol.
3,644,269
COLLAPSIBLE MOLD AND MOLDING COMPOSITIONS
HowartI Eugene Hoyt, Huntingdon Valley, Pa., and Robert B.
Dean, Cincinnati, Ohk>, assignors to Borden, Inc., New
Yorli, N.Y.
Continuation of applkation Ser. No. 463342, June 11, 1965,
now abandoned , which is a continuation of appBcatkw Ser.
No. 856345, Dec. 1, 1959, now abandoned. This application
Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 871,528
^ InL CI. C08g 5110
VS. CL 260-38 9 CUms
This invention relates to molding compositions, collapsible
molds made therefrom, and the method of making such
molds wherein granules of a solid nonabsorbent material are
coated with a nontacky layer comprising a potentially unsta-
ble thermosetting resin selected from the group consisting of
the reaction products of formaldehyde with an isoalkylidene
bisphenol and formaWehyde with phenol and an isoalky-
lidene bisphenol, said resin being an alkaline condensation
product which has not been precipitated in acid.
3,644,270
PROCESS FOR COLORING POLYESTERS WITH
RHODAMDSE, XANTHENE OR BENZOPHENYL
SAFRANINE DYES
George Devasia Valiavccdan, Freehold Township, NJ., as-
signor to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilming-
ton, Del.
Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,139
Int. CLC08g J //04
VS. a. 260—40 R 6 Claims
A process for mass-coloring polyesters characterized that
there is admixed with the bis(hydroxyalkyl) aromatic dicar-
boxylic acid ester before carrying out a polyesterification or
condensation, one or more ionic-polycyclic-heterocyclic
dyestuffs selected from the group of substituted xanthylium
and 5-6 mono- and 1-2, 5-6 dibenzophenazinium sodium and
ammonium salts during the polymerization. Polyethylene
terephthalate can be colored in this way and formed into
colored films and filaments.
3,644,271
COMPOSITION AND PROCESS FOR INJECTION
MOLDING THERMOPLASTIC MATEIUAL AND GLASS
FIBERS
Frederick T. TuUey, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to Ethyl Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 15,921
InL CI. C08f 45110; B28b 1/24
VS. CI. 260—41 6 Claims
A composition and process for the manufacture of shaped
articles by injection molding of thermoplastic material and
glass fibers. The process involves the heating and masticating
of from about 20 to about 40 percent weight thermoplastic
material in the form of a powder having a particle size from
about 30 to about 200 mesh, with from about 40 percent to
1468
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February i:^., 1972
about 60 percent weight of the same thermoplastic material
in the form of pellets having a maximum dimension of about
1/16 inch to about 3/8 inch, together with from about 20 to
about 40 percent weight of glass fibers having a maximum
length of about 1/16 inch. The mixture is then injection
molded to produce the article.
3 644,272
MODACRYLIC FIBERS CONTAINING COMPOUNDS OF
THE AZULENE SERIES
Marshall V. Otis, Kingsport, Tenn., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Tiled July 13, 1970, Ser. No. 54,600
Int. CI. D06p 2110; C08f 45114
\]S. CI. 260-41 13 Claims
A modacrylic textile fiber having uniformly dispersed
therein, based on the weight of the fiber, from about 0.00 1 to
about 0.01 weight percent of an acetone-soluble whitening
agent of the azulene series.
3,644,276
ORTHOESTER STABILIZED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
RESINS
Louis L. Wood, 11715 Smoketree Road, Potomac, Md.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 736,256, June
12, 1968, now abandoned , which is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 612,066, Dec. 14, 1966, now abandoned ,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
499,093, Oct. 20, 1965, now abandoned , which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 403,353, Oct. 13,
1964, now abandoned. This appUcation Jan. 30, 1970, Ser.
No. 7,258
Int. CI. C08f 45158
U.S. CI. 260—45.8 A 9 Claims
Vinyl chloride resins are stabilized with orthoesters derived
by the condensation of lower alkyl substituted orthoesters
with polyhydric alcohols such as glycerol, sorbitol, mannitol,
1 ,2,4 butane triol, and 1 ,2,6 hexane triol.
3 644,273
MELT FLOW STABILIZATION OF POLYOLEFINS
Kenneth R. Mills, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to PhiUips
Petroleum Company
Filed Dec. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 882,350
Int. CI. C08f 45104, 45/56
L.S. CI. 260-41 A 10 Claims
A method of incorporating a polymer melt flow stabilizer
into a polymer by absorbing the stabilizer in a porous absor-
bent and incorporating the stabilizer-containing absorbent in
the polymer.
3,644,277
PHENOLIC ISOCYANURATES USED AS STABILIZERS
Jack C. GiUes, Shaker Heights, Ohw, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Original application Oct. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 770,846. Divided
and this application Sept. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76,259
Int. CI. C08f 45160
U.S. CI. 260-45.8 N 13 Claims
Novel mixed esters of isocyanuric acid have been
prepared. These bis-(hydroxyphenylalkylene)alkyl isocyanu-
rate compounds provide excellent stabilization for organic
matenals against oxidative, thermal and photochemical
degradation The stability of »monoolefin homopolymers
and copolymers is particulariy enhanced by the use of sta-
bilizing amounts of the bis-(hydroxybenzyl)isocyanurates.
3,644,274
FURAN NO-BAKE FOUNDRY BINDERS
Frank A. Maunikas, Ckero, 111., assignor to CPC Interna-
tional Inc.
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887367
Int. CI. C08f 45/04
U.S. CI. 260—41 A 13 Claims
Describes a process for the acid-catalyzed polymerization
of a fusible furan resin, by incorporating a source of fluoride
ion in the acid catalyst. Also covers the process for forming
foundry cores or molds from sand using a fusible furan resin
binder and an acid catalyst that contains a source of fluoride
ion.
3 644,278
SUBSTITUTED HYDROXYLAMINE STABILIZERS
Peter Klemchuk, Yorktown Heights, N.Y., assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsdy, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 709^82
Int. CI. C08f 45/60, 45/62
VS. CI. 260-45.8 N 5 Claims
Substituted hydroxylamines exhibit activity and antioxi-
dants for a diverse group of substrate materials above
specific conditions of exposure to an oxidizing environment.
Illustrative embodiments of substituted hydroxylamine an-
tioxidants are bis(p-nitrobenzyl)hydroxylamine and 2-
diethylamino-4,6,-bis(N-n-propyl-N-hydroxyamino-s-triazine.
3,644,275
METHOD FOR THE REDUCTION OF PHOTOCHEMICAL
DEGRADATION IN POLYURETHANES
Albert Thomas Betts, 35, Stonysbotts, Waltham Abbey, and
Norbert Uri, 27, Chestnut Ckise, London, N. 14, both of
England
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 652,698, July 12,
1966, now Patent No. 3,546,159. This applkatkMi Aug. 21,
1970, Ser. No. 66,101
Int. CI. C08g 57/56
U.S. CI. 260-45.7 R 6 Claims
A composition having improved resistance toward
photochemical degradation comprises a polyurethane con-
taining at least about 0.01 percent by weight of a dissolved
alkali metal fluoride selected from the group consisting of
caesium, rubidium, potassium and sodium fluoride.
3,644,279
POLYMERS OF MONO-l-OLEFINS STABILIZED
AGAINST DEGRADATION BY ULTRAVIOLET
LIGHT
Ronald D. Mathis and Jack P. Guillory, Bartlesville,
Okla,, assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. FUed Apr. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 816,819
Int. CI. C08f 45/58, 45/60
U.S. CI. 260 — 45.8 N
7 Claims
Carbazole, indole, a hydrocarbyl - substituted form
thereof or an amide thereof is added to a monoolefin
polymer to stabilize it against the effects of ultraviolet
light. Di - n-octadecyl-3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy benzyl
phosphonate is used in combination with the ultraviolet
light stabilizers.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
146P
3,644,280
STABILIZATION OF POLYCAPROLACTAM WITH A
MIXTURE OF A DI-SUBSTITUTED PHENYLENE
DIAMINE AND A TRI(ALKYLPHENYL) PHOS-
PHITE
Joseph H. Tazewell, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The Fire-
stone Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 12, 1968, Ser, No. 775,172
Int. CI. C08g 57/60
U.S. CI. 260—45.9 R 10 Claims
Nylon 6 is stabilized with a trialkylphenyl phosphite
and di-beta-naphthyl-para-phenylenediamine.
3,644,281
STABLE ORGANIC COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING
A PHENOLIC ANTIOXIDANT
Bernard R. Meltsner, Royal Oak, Mich., assignor to
Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing, Original application July 9, 1965, Ser. No.
470,890, now Patent No. 3,579.561, dated May 18,
1971. Divided and this application Jan. 22, 1970, Ser.
No. 5,099
Int. CL C08c 27/66; C08d 11/04; C08f 45/58
VS. CI. 260—45.85 11 Claims
Hydroxybenzylphenyl carbonates and carboxyiates are
useful as stabilizers for organic material. They may be
used alone or in combination with a dihydrocarbylthio-
dialkanoate.
3,644,282
TERNARY STABILIZER SYSTEM FOR
POLYOLEFINS
Clarence R. Bresson, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,746
Int. CI. C08f 45/58
U.S. CI. 260—45.85 6 Claims
A polymer stabilizer comprising mixtures of diesters of
thiodicarboxylic acids. In another embodiment, said poly-
mer stabilizer further comprises at least one hindered
mono or polyphenolic compound. In another embodi-
ment, said diesters of thiodicarboxylic acids are produced
by reacting a mixture of alcohols characterized by the
formulas ROH and R'OH wherein R and R' are the same
or different and are hydrocarbon radicals selected from
the group consisting of alkyl or cycloalkyl-substituted
alkyl in the range of from 10 to 20 carbon atoms per R
and R' group with at least one thiodicarboxylic acid of the
formula S — (CnH2nCOOH)2 wherein n is an integer from
1 to 6.
3,644,283
AROMATIC AZO BLOCK COPOLYMERS
Hartwig C. Bach, Pensacola, Fla., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis. Mo.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 715,161, Mar. 22, 1968. This application
Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,711
Int CI. C08g 20/20, 20/32, 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—47 CZ 5 Claims
Aromatic azo block copolymers having an azo group
containing wholly aromatic block polymer unit and a
second wholly aromatic non-azo block polymer unit are
prepared and are useful in the preparation of fibers, fila-
ments, films and other shaped articles for application
where thermal resistance, light stability, semi-conducting
and photochromic properties are desired.
3,644,284
ELASTOMERIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING
POLYESTER STABILIZERS
Richard D, Cassar, West Chester, Pa., and Jackson S.
Boyer, Northridge, Claymont, Del., assignors to Sun
Oil Company, Philadelphia, Pa,
No Drawing, Filed Mar, 10, 1969, Ser. No, 805,874
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Feb. 9, 1988, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08c 27/66; C08f 45/58
U.S. CI. 260—45.85 R 14 Claims
An elastomeric composition having improved resistance
to ultraviolet initiated degradation comprising an elas-
tomer containing an ultraviolet stability improving quantity
of a polyester of a polymethylated muconic acid selected
from the group consisting of a.^'-dimethylmuconic acid.
a,a'-dimethylmuconic acid, a.a'./i-trimethylmuconic acid.
a.0,/3'-trimelhylmuconic acid, a.a'.;3,;:i'-tetramethylmuconic
acid and mixtures thereof with a polyethylene ghcol of
a molecular weight in the range of 100 to 1000. said
polyester having a molecular weight in the range of 600 to
20,000.
3,644,285
POLY AROMATIC PYRAZINES
Jerry G, Higgins, Normal, III., assignor to Research
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing, Filed Oct, 12. 1970, Ser. No. 80,154
Int. CI, C08g 33/02
U,S. CI. 260—47 R
7 Claims
Polyaromatic p>razines having high-temperature sta-
bility are prepared by the condensation of bis-a-halo-aro-
matic ketones with ammonia, said polymers having utility
in the form of film and fibers.
The solubility of polymeric polyaromatic polyimides rs
increased by heating with peroxides, preferably in the
presence of a strong acid.
25 Claims
3,644,286
RETICULATED POLYAMIDES AND METHOD
OF PREPARATION
Jean Odier, Antony, France, and Joerg Sambeth. Carouge.
Geneva, and FrIedrich Grundschober, Confignon.
Geneva, Switzerland, assignors to Societe Anonyme
Francaise du Ferodo, Paris. France
No Drawing. Filed June 5, 1968, Ser. No. 784,959
Claims priority, application France, June 5, 1967,
109,040
(Hied under Rule 47(a) and 35 U.S.C. 116)
Int, CI, C08g 33/02
VS. CI, 260—47 CP
Reticulated polyamide comprising divalent radicals
and trivalent radicals which may be aliphatic or aromatic
radicals, substituted or not, or a plurality of aromatic
radicals linked together either directly or by at least one
radical selected from the group comprising the alkyl,
dioxy-alkyl, cyclanilidenes, — S — . — SO2 — . — O — .
— CO — radicals, the divalent radicals and the trivalent
radicals being linked together by the structure:
xo ox
\ /
Rj
/ \
-C-N N-C-
II I I II
O H H O
in which R3 represents a tetravalent radical which may be
an aromatic radical, substituted or not, or a number of
J-.
14-70
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
aromatic radicals linked together directly or by at least
one radical selected from the group of radicals recited
above; X representing a hydrogen or at least one of the
three radicals: R^,
— C-, and — C — R<
O
in which R4 represents an alky! or aryl radical having each
OX group fixed directly on a carbon atom of the tetra-
valent radical, in the ortho or peri position with respect
to the carbon atom on which is fixed the amide group
— NH CO — , the ratio of the trivalent radicals to the
divalent radicals being comprised between 1:20 and 1:5.
The method of preparation comprises essentially the reac-
tion of one or more diamine compounds with at least one
compound of dicarboxylic acid and at least one compound
of tricarboxylic acid.
3,644,287
METHOD OF PREPARING RETICULATED
POLYBENZOXAZOLE
Jean Odier, Antony, France, and Joerg Sambetb, Carouge,
Geneva, and Friedrich Grundschober, Confignon,
Geneva, Switzerland, assignors to Societe Anonyme
Francaise du Ferodo, Paris, France
Filed June 5, 1968, Ser. No. 784,960
Claims priority, application France, June 5, 1967,
109.042
(Filed under Rule 47(a) and 35 U^.C. 116)
Int. CI. C08g 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—47 CP 7 Claims
The method of preparation comprises essentially a grad-
ual heating of a reticulated alkoxyl polyamide mixed with
pyridine hydrochloride in excess and brought up to a tem-
perature between 180° and 220° until the cyclization is
complete.
3,644,288
METHOD OF PREPARING RETICULATED
POLYBENZOXAZOLES
Jean Odier, Antony, France, and Joerg Sambetb, Carouge,
Geneva, and Friedrich Grundschober, Confignon,
Geneva, Switzerland, assignors to Societe Anonyme
Francaise du Ferodo, Paris, France
Filed June 5. 1968, Ser. No. 784,961
Claims prioritv, application France, June 5, 1967,
109,041
(Filed under Rule 47(a) and 35 U.S.C. 116)
Int. CI. C08g 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—47 CP 6 Claims
v,o^
Reticulated polybenzoxazole comprising divalent and
trivalent aliphatic or aromatic radicals, substituted or not,
or a plurality of aromatic radicals bound to each other
either directly or by at least one of the radicals selected
from the group comprising the alkyl, dioxy-alkyl, cyclanil-
idenes, — S, — SO2 — , — O— , — CO-radicals. said di-
valent radicals and said trivalent radicals being coupled
together by the structure:
UO 600
Reticulated polybenzoxazoles and a method of their
manufacture, comprising divalent radicals R, and trivalent
radicals Ro which mav be aliphatic or aromatic radicals,
substituted or not. or a plurality of aromatic radicals bound
to each other either directly or by at least one of the radi-
cals selected f'-om the group comprising the radicals: alkyl,
dioxy-alk\!. cychinilidenes. — S — , — SO2 — , — O — ,
— CO — , said divalent radicals and trivalent radicals being
bound together by the structure:
-c
in which R3 represents a tetravalent radical which may be
an aromatic radical, substituted or not, or a plurality of
said radicals coupled together directly or by at least one
of the radicals selected from the group comprising the
radicals: alkyl, dioxy-alkyl, cyclanilidenes, — S — ,
— SO2 — . — O — , — CO — . the ratio of the trivalent radi-
cals to the divalent radicals being comprised between 1:20
and 1:1, and preferably between 1:20 and 1:5.
-c
N.
y
c-
in which R3 is a tetravalent radical which may be an
aromatic radical, substituted or not, or a plurality of said
aromatic radicals bound together directly or by at least
one of the radicals selected from the group cited above,
the ratio of the trivalent radicals to the divalent radicals
being comprised between 1:20 and 1:1 and preferably
between 1:20 and 1:5. The reticulated polybenzole can
be produced in the form of shaped or moulded objects.
3,644,289
LIGHT SENSITIVE POLYURETHANES PREPARED
FROM HYDROXYL CONTAINING POLYMER
AND AN ISOCYANATO-STILBENE COMPOUND
Adnan A. R. Sayigh and Fred A. Stuber, New Haven,
and Henri Ulrich, North Branford, Conn., assignors to
The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed May 29, 1969, Ser. No. 829,100
Int. CI. C08g 22/00. 22/22
VS. CI. 260—47 CB 8 Claims
Light-sensitive polyurethanes are prepared by reacting
(a) a polymer having a free hydroxyl group in the re-
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1471
earring unit thereof with (b) an isocyanato-stilbene of
the formula :
NCO
c>-
CH=rCH
(lower-alkoxy)r
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 3. The above poly-
urethanes undergo cross-linking on exposure to ultra-
violet light and, accordingly, can be used in photoresist
systems.
3,644,290
ELASTIC MOULDING COMPOSITIONS OF
POLYACETALS AND PROCESS FOR THEIR
MANUFACTURE
Karl-Heinz Hafner, Bad Orb, and Harald Cberdron,
Wiesbaden, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst
Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Hied Dec. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 780,568
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 8, 1967,
F 54,257
Int. CI. C08g 22/14
U.S. CI. 260—67 TN 4 Claims
Elastic moulding compositions on the basis of poly-
acetals are prepared by reacting copolymers of trioxane
containing free amino groups with polyethers contain-
ing isocyanate groups. The elastic moulding composi-
tions so obtained are thermoplastic and distinguished by
high impact strength and are used alone or in admixture
with polyacetals to form shaped particles.
3,644,291
TITANIUM COMPOUNDS AS POLYCONDENSA-
TION CATALYSTS IN PREPARATION OF
LINEAR POLYESTERS
John A. Price, Swarthmore, and Mary J. Stewart, Riddle-
wood, Pa., assignors to FMC Corporation, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 777,460
Int. CI. C08g 17/015
U.S. CI. 260—75 R 10 Claims
Process for preparing linear polyesters comprising
carrying out an ester-interchange reaction between a diol
and a lower dialkyi ester of a saturated aromatic dicar-
boxylic acid or carrying out a direct esterification reaction
between a diol and a saturated aromatic dicarboxylic acid
and then polycondensing the reaction product thereof in
the presence of a polycondensation catalyst selected from
the group consisting of titanium (III) oxalate, titanium
oxyacetylacetonate. titanium disulfide, titanium phosphide,
titanium (II) acetylacetonate, sodium titanium silicate,
titanium tri-acetylacetonate, and titanium ammonium
citrate.
3,644,292
ORGANO MERCAPTO-ANTIMONY COMPOUND
AS POLYCONDENSATION CATALYSTS
Mary J. Stewart, Media, and John A. Price, Swarthmore,
Pa., assignors to FMC Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 779,595
Int. CI. C08g 17/015
U.S. CI. 260—75 R 6 Claims
Process for preparing linear polyesters comprising
carrying out an ester-interchange reaction between a diol
and a lower dialkyi ester of a saturated aromatic dicar-
boxylic acid or carrying out a direct esterification re-
action between a diol and a saturated aromatic dicar-
boxylic acid and then polycondensing the reaction product
thereof in the presence of a catalytic amount of a mer-
capto-antimony catalyst selected from the group consist-
ing of compounds represented by the general formula:
CHr-S
3,644,293
INHIBITING ETHERIFICATION IN CATALYTIC
ESTERIFICATION
Glenn D. Fielder, Beaumont, Tex., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 788,056
Int. CI. C08g 17/003. 17/013; C07c 67/00
U.S. CI. 260—75 R 8 Claims
Undesired ether formation is suppressed in catalytic
esterification by introducing ammonia or preferably an
amine (e.g. trimethylamine) in a reaction mixture con-
taining a carboxylic acid (e.g. terephthalic acid), an
alcohol (e.g. ethylene glycol) and an organo-titanium or
organo-zir:onium esterification catalyst, such as diisopro-
pyl di-trie!hanolamine titanate. It is often preferable to
use a volatile nitrogenous base that can be readily stripped
from the reaction mixture, especially at temperatures suit-
able for condensation of the product ester into the low
molecular weight polyesters known as "prepolymer."
3,644,294
PROCESS AND EQUIPMENT FOR THE CONTINU-
OUS PRODUCTION OF POLYESTERS
Francesco Siclari, Cesano Maderno, and Franco Magnoni,
Milan, Italy, assignors to Snia Viscosa Societa Nazionale
Industria Applicazioni Viscosa S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,628
Claims priority, application Italy, Apr. 11, 1968,
15,146 68
Int. CI. C08g 77 007
U.S. CI. 260—75 M 14 Claims
.\ process for continuous production of a spinnable
polyester mcluding a plurality of steps of precondensa-
tion and of progressive condensation accompanied by
removal of gaseous co-products. The individual steps are
carried on applying thin-layer technique within separate
environments at diflfering temperature and pressure condi-
tions and wherein the walls defining said environments are
so heated to maintain the temperature gradient at the in-
terface of wall and liquid thin layer within a small value
preferably not greater than 6^ C, and the said liquid thin-
layer in each environment prevailingly consists of par-
tially reacted product recycled in same envirormient. An
equipment comprising a plurality of reaction environ-
ments, recycling means and surface heat-exchanging
means for carrying out the process.
3,644,295
SATURATED LINEAR POLYESTERS CONTAINING
A SALT OF CAMPHORSULFONIC ACID
Mary J. Stewart, Riddlewood, and John A. Price, Swarth-
more, Pa., assignors to FMC Corporation, Philadel-
phia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,700
Int. CI. C08g 39/04
U.S. CI. 260—75 S 11 Claims
A polyester composition comprising a '^atu^ated linear
polyester resin containing a minor amount of an am-
monium or metal salt of camphorsulfonic acid.
RiCH— O
\
i
/
Sb-S-(Cn2)nRj
3,644,296
PROCESS FOR THE HIGH-MOLECULAR-WEIGHT
POLYMERIZATION OF LACTAMS
Hendrik Bosch, Geleen, Netherlands, assignor to
Stamicarbon N.V., Heerlen, Netherlands
Filed Dec. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 785,970
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Eke. 22, 1967,
6717621
Int. CI. C08g 20/ IS
U.S. CI. 260—78 L 2 Claims
A process and apparatus are disclosed for the prepara-
tion of high-molecular-weight polymerization products by
ionogenic catalytic polymerization of lactams, in which
one portion of the monomer is mixed with a catalyst and
another portion with a promoter for accelerating the
polymerization, after which these two components are
1472
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
mixed in the liquid state and introduced into a heated
mould in which the polymerization takes place.
3,644,297
NOVEL HIGH TEMPERATURE RESISTANT RESIN
HAVING N-ALKYLHYDRAZIDE UNITS AND A
METHOD OF PRODUCING THEREOF
Hideo Sekiguchi, Yokohama, and Kaxuo Sadamitsu,
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to The Furukawa Electric
Company Limited, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 788,060
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 22, 1968,
43/3,379, 43/3,380
Int. CI. C08g 20/20
U.S. CI. 260—78 R 21 Claims
Novel high temperature resistant resin having N-alkyl-
hydrazide units whose alkyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms,
is prepared by reacting polyoxadiazole with alkyl sulfate
whose alkyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms in concentrated
sulfuric acid. Thus obtained resin is fusible and soluble or
insoluble in organic solvents and can be converted into
polyoxadiazole again by heat-treatment which has higher
temperature resistance.
3,644,298
PRODUCTION OF FIBER-FORMING POLYAMIDES
OF IMPROVED DYEABILITY
Klaus Gerlach, Obemau, Wolfgang Grimm, Erienbach,
and Helmut Linhari, Ascha£fenburg, Germany, as-
signors to Glanzstoff AG, Wuppertal, Germany
Filed Jan. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 790,640
Claims priority, application Germany, Jan. 13, 1968,
P 17 20 886.5
Int. CI. C08g 20/20
VS. CI. 260—78 R 14 Claims
Process for improving the dyeability of high molecular
weight linear fiber-forming synthetic polyamides while
retaining sufficient solution viscosity wherein there is
added to the initial polyamide-forming monomeric re-
actant, prior to or during its conventional polycondensa-
tion. (A) an alkylene diamine such as hexamethylene
diamine and (B) a carbonic acid ester such as ethylene
carbonate. The resulting product has a much higher affin-
ity for acid dyes while avoiding certain disadvantages of
adding (A) or (B) alone.
3,644,299
FIBER-FORMING POLYAMIDES HAVING AN
INCREASED CONTENT OF AMINO GROUPS
Walter Fester, Konigstein, Taunus, Ernst Hanschke, Burg-
hausen (Salzach), and Franz Jakob, Hofheim, Taunus,
Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt
am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,400
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 26, 1968,
P 17 70 057.1
Int. CI. C08g 20/20
U.S. CI. 260—78 TF 6 Claims
Polyamides having an especially high dye affinity with
respect to basic dyestuffs are obtained by adding certain
amounts of a polyamine.
R«
H^N-ZcHlN-C-ZcfoN-NH -.{^-C-/^-NH -.({»^-C-(w)
or H„N-CH,
or a mixture of these polyamines, in which formulae x
represents zero or a whole number from 1 to 30, prefer-
ably zero or a whole number from 1 to 10, Ra represents
H. — CH3, — C2H5, R" represents H, — CH3, — CaHg,
and the bonds of the rings in Formula II preferably being
meta- and para-bonds, to the polyamide-forming starting
material or subsequently to the polyamide. From the modi-
fied polyamides fibers are obtained which have an im-
proved dye affinity with respect to basic dyestuffs.
3,644,300
CROSSLINKING OF PERFLUOROALKYLENE
TRIAZINE POLYMER
Edwin Dorfman and William E. Emerson, Grand Island,
N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation,
Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No I>rawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
634,878, May 1, 1967. This application Apr. 14, 1969.
Ser. No. 816,103
Int. CI. C08f 15/06; C08g 33/02
U.S. CI. 260—78.4 N 12 Claims
This invention is directed to the crosslinking of poly-
mers containing at least one fluoroalkylene triazine unit
typically of the formula:
-(CF,)„
in which n' is at least 4 up to about 20, n^ is at least 1.
However, the invention is also directed to any alkylene-
triazine polymer having at least one fluorine substituent
on the carbon adjacent to the triazine ring. Polymers of
the general type of these polymers described above in-
clude the polymers of the copending application, Ser. No.
533,430, filed Mar. 11, 1966, for example. The cross-link-
ing agent of this invention is selected from the group con-
sisting of amidines and imidines, preferably halogenated
alkyl imidines and amidines, a preferred embodiment
being a perfluoroalkylene such as perfluoroglutarimidine.
Representative amidines typically include perfluoro-
suberamidine and perfluorosebacamidine. The character-
istic structure of the imidine of this invention is typically
represented by the following formula:
NH^
-Tcf;!
L 'j:
-C=NH
in which n is from 1 to 3.
(H))-C-(a<)) -NH,
(I)
HH^-CH^-NH—. CH^ — WHU— CH^-NH-- CH^ [(H)j-
■CH2-NH2
(II)
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1473
3,644,301
l-METHYLCYCLOPROPENE COPOLYMERS
William S. Anderson, Oakland, Calif., assignor to Shell
Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 878,590
Int. CI. C08f 77/00
U.S. CI. 260—78.5 R 9 Claims
Novel copolymers of l-methylcyclopropene useful for
preparing adhesives, coatings, films, fibers and molded
objects are disclosed. The copolymers are prepared by
ordinary polymerization processes.
3,644,305
SPRAY POLYMERIZATION
Alvin J. Frisque, La Grange, and Robert Bemot, Chicago,
III., assignors to Naico Chemical Company, Chicago,
III.
FUed Oct 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,319
Int CI. C08f 7/60
U.S. CI. 260—80.3 N 3 Claims
3,644,302
PREPARATION OF THERMOSTABILISABLE
POLYTHIIRANES
Adrien Nicco and Bernard Boucheron, Bethune, France,
assignors to Societe Ethylene-Plastique, Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. xNo. 782,746
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 14, 1967,
56.856/67
Int. CI. C08f 1/04, 1/74
U.S. CI. 260—79 R 9 Claims
A process for the preparation of thermostabilisable
polythiiranes in which is used at least one monomer
selected from compounds of the group of thiirane and
products obtained by substituting in thiirane at least one
hydrogen atom by one alkyl radical having from 1 to 4
carbon atoms, characterized in that at least one phenyl
phosphine out of the three phosphorus valences is used
as a catalyst and that polymerization is effected in the
absence of solvent or in the presence of at least one aprotic
solvent, and the polymers thus obtained.
3,644,303
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF MODIFIED
POLYETHYLENE POWDERS
Harald Berger, Kelkheim, Taunus, Herbert Bestian,
Frankfurt am Main, and Helmut Korbanka, Gersthofen,
Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesell-
schaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,911
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 2, 1968,
P 18 12 143.2
Int. CI. C08f 75/02, 79/02
U.S. CI. 260—79.3 R 5 Claims
A process for the preparation of pulverulent copoly-
mers prepared by saponifying acrylamide-N-sulfonic acids
consisting of ethylene structural units and vinyl-amide
structural units, and possibly further structural units of
ethylenically mono-unsaturated copolymerizable mon-
omers. The modified polyethylene powders obtained in
accordance with the invention are extremely suitable for
the powdering of rubber sheets and/or rubber granules,
for whirl-sintering coating, as a textile reinforcement to
be ironed into the material, as a supporting base for pig-
ment preparations, as a powder base for pharmaceutical
or cosmetic preparations, as a lubricant for the tablet
manufacture, as well as additives to polyester and poly-
vinyl chloride extrusion material in order to increase the
flow property in the extrusion process and to improve the
impact strength of such polymers.
A new process of polymerization is disclosed by the
use of a spray dryer. Polymer gels and polymers of low
molecular weight can be prepared by this spray polym-
erization method.
3,644,306
HIGH MOLECULAR WEIGHT, VULCAMZABLE
TERPOLYMERS OF ETHYLENE, PROPYLENE
AND ALKENYLSILANES AND PROCESSES
FOR THE PREPARATION THEREOF
Paolo Long! and Francesco Greco, Milan, and Ermanno
Bernasconi, Caronno Varesino, Varese, Italy, assignors
to Montecatini Edison S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 686,688. Nov. 29, 1967. This application Aug. 18.
1969, Ser. xNo. 853,588
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 30, 1966,
30,561 66
Int. CI. C08f 15 '40
U.S. CI. 260—80.71 5 Claims
There are disclosed crosslinked terpolymers obtained
from high molecular weight, normally solid, essentially
linear, addition terpolymers of ethylene, propylene and
alkenylsilanes selected from the group consisting of vinyl-
silane. allylsilane, propenylsilane, butenylsilane. dimeth-
ylallykilane. butenylallyl silane. cyclohexylallylsilane. and
cyclohexylbutenylsilane. which terpolymers contain, by
mols. from 65% to 80% of ethylene, from 20% to 35%
of prop\lene. and from 0.02% to 5.0% of alkenylsilane.
The crosslinked terpolymers are characterized in having
Si— O — Si crosslinks between silicon atoms of the polym-
erized alkenylsilane units in different macromolecular
chains of the terpolymers. as evidenced by examination
of the infra-red spectra thereof. A process for obtaining
the terpolymers with the aid of catalysts prepared from
transition metal compounds and organometallic com-
pounds of aluminum, and a process for crosslinking the
terpolymers in a liquid non-solvent swelling agent for the
terpolymers are also disclosed.
3,644,304
ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE ELASTOMER
Rudolf Adolf Behrens, Gladstone, NJ., assignor to
American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,608
Int. CI. C08f 75/0^
U.S. CI. 260—79.5 B 9 Claims
A vulcanizable composition containing a diene modi-
fied ethylene-propylene elastomer, copper 2-mercaptoben-
zothiazole and a thiuram sulfide or a metal dithiocarba-
mate.
3,644,307
ALKENE STYRENE POLYMERS
Giovanni Biale, Placentia, Calif., assignor to Union Oil
Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 851.475
Int. CI. C08f 7/7i, 7/76
U.S. CI. 260—80.73 9 Claims
A low molecular weight alkene such as ethylene is co-
polymerized with styrene by a low pressure emulsion or
U74
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
suspension polymerization by incorporating a water solu-
ble olefin complexing agent in the aqueous medium used
in the polymerization. In a typical embodiment, ethylene
is contacted with an aqueous emulsion of styrene, a per-
oxide catalyst and an ethylene complexing agent which
is a water soluble salt of a multivalent metal. The polym-
erization can be performed at mild conditions of tempera-
tures from about 10° to about 200° F. and pressures from
about 10 to about 100 atmospheres. Other comonomers
can be included to prepare terpolymers of ethylene, sty-
rene and desired other monomers. The products have im-
proved properties over polystyrene.
or aryl or alkaryl sulphonate and a minor proportion by
weight of an alkyl alkanolamide or a hydroxypolyalkoxy-
amide.
3,644,308
PARTIALLY HYDROLYZED TERPOLYMERS OF
DISSIMILAR VINYL ESTERS AND AN UN-
SATURATED CARBOXYLIC ACID AND PROC-
ESS FOR MAKING THEM
Pieter de Carpentier, Delft, Netherlands, assignor to Shell
Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 20. 1969, Ser. No. 835,227
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 15, 1968,
33,600/68
Int. CI. C08f 27114, 15/40
U.S, CI. 260—80.75 7 Claims
Polymeric compounds useful as a superior baking
enamel component are prepared by a process which com-
prises co-polymerizing ( 1 ) at least one vinyl ester of a
saturated carboxylic acid, (2) at least one alpha, beta
ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid, and (3) at least
one vinyl ester of a saturated carboxylic acid having a
tertiary or quaternary alpha carbon atom and partially
hydrolyzing said polymerization product in an acid me-
dium.
3,644,309
HYDROCARBON-SOLUBLE RUBBERY
COPOLYMERS OF a-OLEFINS
Edward William Duck, Dibden Purlieu, Southampton.
John Howard Farmer, Southampton, and Brian John
Ridgewell, Hythe, Southampton, England, assignors to
The International Synthetic Rubber Company Limited,
Southampton, England
No Drawing. Filed July 19. 1968, Ser. No. 745,982
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 21, 1967,
33,661/67
Int. CI. C08f 15/04, 15/40; BOlj
U.S. CI. 260—80.78 14 Claims
A catalyst system for the preparation of homo- and co-
polymers of a-olefins comprises
(a) a hydrocarbon-soluble compound of vanadium, tita-
nium or zirconium.
(b) a hydrocarbon soluble adduct of
(i) aluminium trichloride or aluminium dichloro-
hydride and
(ii ) a polar compound, and
(c) an organo-metallic compound of lithium.
3,644,310
POLYMER COMPOSITIONS
Hubert Brian Hopkins, Penarth, South Wales, assignor to
Distrene Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 22, 1968, Ser. No. 778,343
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Nov. 29, 1967,
54,264/67
Int. CI. C08f 7/04, 29/02; C08d 5/02
\:^. Cl. 260—80.78 12 Claims
An antistatic agent composition for polymeric mate-
rials comprises a major proportion by weight of an alkyl
3,644,311
REDUCTION OF POLYMER BUILD-UP IN
ETHYLENE COPOLYMERIZATION
Bart A. Diliddo, Seven HIHs, and Bernard F. Cinadr,
Brecksville, Ohio, assignors to The B. F. Goodrich
Company. New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
772,373, Oct. 31, 1968. This application Nov. 3, 1969,
Ser. No. 873,490
Int. Cl. C08f 15/04
U.S. Cl. 260—80.78 6 Claims
In the suspension polymerization of ethylene, propylene
and a polyene in the absence of substantial amounts of
extraneous diluents, particularly in a continuous system,
where polymer build-up interferes with the polymeriza-
tion reaction and causes mechanical problems, the amount
of polymer build-up is reduced by including in the polym-
erization system an aliphatic hydrocarbon solubilizing
agent containing 6 to 10 carbon atoms which comprises
from 5 to about 75 ^c of the total of propylene and ali-
phatic hydrocarbons present in the reaction mixture.
3,644,312
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING
CONJUGATED DIENES
Tai Chun Cheng. Akron, and Adel F. Halasa, Bath, Ohio,
assignors to The Firestone Tire & Rubber Company,
Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,877
Int. Cl. C08d 1/32, 3/06; C08f 15/04
U.S. Cl. 260—83.7 R 17 Claims
Conjugated dienes are polymerized by a new catalyst
system which is more economically and more easily pre-
pared and used than present catalyst systems used for
similar purpose. This catalyst system comprises a com-
bination of a free radical anion component modified by
potassium hydroxide. The free radical anionic component
IS made, in an appropriate solvent, from an alkali metal
and an anion forming compound, such as naphthalene.
The catalyst system is used to polymerize conjugated di-
enes to polymer products of controlled molecular weight,
suitable for easy processing and having properties desir-
able for ultimate use in tires and other molded products.
The molecular weights of the products are increased by
virtue of the modifier as compared to the molecular
weights obtained with the radical anion component alone.
3,644,313
PROCESS FOR POLYMERIZING
CONJUGATED DIENES
Tai Chun Cheng, .Akron, Thomas A. Antkowiak, Cuya-
hoga Falls, and Adel F. Halasa, Bath, Ohio, assignors
to The Firestone Tire & Rubber Company, Akron,
Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,878
Int. Cl. C08d 1/32; C08f 7/2S
}J&. Cl. 260—83.7 R 23 Claims
Conjugated dienes are polymerized by a new catalyst
system which is more economically and more easily pre-
pared and used than present catalyst systems used for sim-
ilar purpose. This catalyst system comprises a combina-
tion of a free radical anion component modified by an
alkali metal alkoxide or aryloxide. The free radical an-
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1475
ionic component is made, in an appropriate solvent, from
an alkali metal and an anion forming compound such as
naphthalene. The alkali metal compound is preferably
potassium alkoxide or aryloxide, but can also be other
alkali metal alkoxides or aryloxides. The catalyst system
is used to polymerize conjugated dienes to polymer prod-
ucts of controlled molecular weight, suitable for easy
processing and having properties desirable for ultimate use
in tires and other molded products. The molecular weights
of the products are increased by virtue of the modifier as
compared to the molecular weights obtained with the rad-
ical anion component alone.
3,644,314
PREPARATION OF COPOLYMERS USING
ORGANOLITHIUM/PYRIDINE COMPOUND
CATALYST SYSTEM
Akira Onishi, Shiro Anzai, Koichi Irako, Ryota Fujio,
Yoshihiro Hayakawa, Mlnoru Kojima, and Hiroshi
Kawamoto, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Bridgestone
Tire Company Limited, Tokyo. Japan
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,705
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 22, 1967.
42/81.899
Int. Cl. C08f 1/28, 1/76, 15/04
U.S. Cl. 260—84.7 17 Claims
Random copolymer is prepared by copolymerizing a
conjugated diene, such as I.3-butadiene and a vinyl-sub-
stituted aromatic hydrocarbon, such as styrene at a tem-
perature of —80° to 150° C. in the presence of a sub-
stantially anhydrous liquid hydrocarbon by means of a
catalyst system consisting essentially of an organolithium
compound and a pyridine compound having the formula
3,644,316
PRODUCTION OF COATINGS AND mPREG^^^
TIONS COMPRISING ALKYLENE GLYCOL
ACRYLIC ACETO ACETATE POLYMERS
Matthias Mara, Bad Durkheim, Heinz Pohlcmann. Lim-
burgerhof, and Hans Klug, Lampertheim, Germany, as-
signors to Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesell-
schaft, Ludwigshafen (Rhine), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778.775
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 25, 1967,
P 16 44 990.4
Int. Cl. C08f 15/16
U.S. Cl. 260—85.5 R 3 Claims
Air-drying coating agents and impregnants which con-
tain (a) an ester of an olefinically unsaturated carboxylic
acid with the acetoacetic monoester of an at least di-
hydric alcohol; (b) at least one other polymerizable
ethylenically unsaturated compound and (c) a conven-
tional polymerization initiator.
R'
wherein R^, R\ R<, RS and R6 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and hydrocarbon radicals and at
least two of them are hydrocarbon radicals selected from
the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl and
aralkyl radicals.
3,644,317
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION OF
VINYL CHLORIDE
Sergio Lo Monaco, Corrado Mazzolini, Luigi Patron, and
Alberto Moretti, Venice, Italy, assignors to Chahllon
Societa Anonima Italiana per le Fibre Tessih Artificiali
S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 783,413
Claims priority, application Italy. Dec. 15, 1967,
23,916/67
Int. CI. C08f i/iO, i/62, 1/80
U.S. Cl. 260—85.5 ' Claims
In the low-temperature polymerization of vinyl chloride
alone, or in admixture with small quantities of other co-
polymerizable monomers, by using as a catalyst a catalytic
system comprising an organic hydroperoxide, sulphur di-
oxide and a compound selected from the group consisting
of alcohols, alcoholates. their derivatives and their mix-
tures, it is possible (according to the present mvention ) lo
stop the polymerization at the desired degree of conver-
sion and to avoid post-polymerization in the reaction mix-
ture as well as during the recovery of the monomers, by
treating the reaction mixture with a water-soluble hy-
droxylamine salt such as the hydrochloride, sulphate,
oxalate, phosphate or acetate.
^
3,644,315
MOISTURE-CURABLE POLYMERS
Irwin J. Gardner, Fanwood, and Thomas A. Manuel,
Westfield, N.J., assignors to Esso Research and Engi-
neering Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 600,725, Dec. 12, 1966. This applicadon
Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,433
Int. Cl. C08d 3/02: C08f 15/04
U.S. Cl. 260—85.3 3 Claims
Moisture-curable polymers are prepared by reacting
an elastomeric or mastic copolymer of a C4-C7 isoolefin
(e.g. isobutylene) with an acyclic conjugated diolefin
yielding type II unsaturation in the copolymer backbone
(e.g. butadiene or piperylene) with a silane (e.g. trichlo-
rosilane) in the presence «f*^peroxide (e.g. benzoyl per-
oxide).
3,644,318
PROCESS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION
OF OLEFINS
Bemd Diedrich and Karl Diether Keil. Frankfurt am
Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning.
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,589
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 21. 1968,
P 17 95 197.2; June 6, 1969, P 19 28 772.0
Int. Cl.C08f; /56,i/02
U.S. Cl. 260—88.2 » Claims
Process for homo- and copolymerizing olefins in the
presence of a mixed catalyst comprising, as component A.
a reaction product of magnesium alcoholates with tetra-
valent halogenated titanium compounds and, as compo-
nent B, organo-aluminum compounds. Already under a
pressure of less than 20 atmospheres the yields per cat-
alyst obtained are so high that the remainders of catalyst
1476
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
need not be removed from the polymer. Optionally, prod-
ucts can also be prepared which have a very narrow
molecular weight distribution and very good color and
corrosion values.
3,644,319
AFTERTREATMENT OF VINYLIDENE FLUORIDE
POLYMERS PREPARED L\ THE PRESENCE
OF ALKYLPEROXYDICARBONATE CO.VIPRISLNG
HEAT TREATMENT OF THE POLYMERS WITH
Shigeru Seki and Hisao Sanada, Iwaki-shf, Japan, as-
«gnors to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 720,365
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 20, 1967.
42/25,361
Int. CI. C08f 3/22
U.S. CI. 260-92.1 4 Claims
A vinylidene fluoride polymer obtained by polymeriza-
tion with the use of organic peroxide as a catalyst is sub-
jected, prior to drying, to a heat treatment at a tempera-
ture of from 70 to 120 degrees C. and in the constant
presence of water in order to cause decomposition and
removal of residual catalyst, whereby the thermal sta-
bility of the polymer is greatly improved. The heat treat-
ment can be carried out by indirect heating from outside,
by blowing steam into a suspension of the polymer in
water, or by fluidized treatment of the polymer with
steam.
3,644.320
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING HIGHLY
CRYSTALLINE POLYOLEFINS
Shotaro Sugiura, Haruo Ueno, Hideo Ishikawa, and
Takefumi Yano. Ube-shi, and Tuneo Shimamura.
Onoda-shi, Japan, assignors to Ube Industries, Ltd.,
Ijbe-siii, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 9, 1968, Ser. No. 782,423
iTc r>. -,.„ ^Int. CI. C08f 7/56, i//0
U.S. CI. 260-93.7 7 claims
A process for producing solid, highly crystalline poly-
olefins which comprises polymerizing the alpha-olefins
with a three-component catalyst system obtained by mix-
mg together an organoaluminum compound, a titanium
trihalide and either a trithiophosphite or trithiophosphate
3,644,322
POLYMERIZATION OF CONJUGATED DIENES
AND MONOVINYL AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
WITH MULTIFUNCTIONAL POLYMERIZA-
TION INITIATORS
Ralph C. Farrar, Bartlesrille, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,204
Int. CI. C08d 1132; C08f 1/74, 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—94.2 % Claims
-An improved multifunctional polymerization is pre-
pared in a two step process by reacting an organomono-
lithium compound with a polymerizable additive and then
contacting the reaction mixture with a polyvinyl aromatic
compound.
3,644,323
PRODUCTION OF HIGH FLUFF BULK DENSITY
PARTICLE-FORM POLYETHYLENES
Donald D. Norwood and Stanley J. Merwil, Bartlesville,
Okla., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,832
Int. CI. C08f 7/;/, 1/66,3/06
U.S. CI. 260-94.9 D 5 Claims
»0 223 230
•eactor temperature."''
A method of producing, in a slurry-type reactor, poly-
ethylenes with a high fluff bulk density by operating the
reactor within very close parameters of monomer con-
centration, temperature, pressure.
3,644,321
POLYOLEFIN PURIFICATION
Michio Koga and Masani Kani, Yokkaichi-shi. Japan,
assignors to Mitsubishi Petrochemical Company Lim^
ited. Tokyo-to, Japan '
No Drawing. Filed July 16, 1969, Ser. No. 842 393
i-.s.o.zJSi^i.f'""'-"'"'""^"'*'^"" ,,.
Af. 1 L , *♦ Claims
After alcohol treatment, a polyolefin is treated with an
alkaline aqueous solution of a pH value of at least 5 in
which catalyst residue separates, thereby causing stratifi-
cation and formation of an aqueous phase in which at least
a majority part of the catalyst residue is suspended and
an oil phase in which the polyolefin is suspended, and the
aqueous phase is then separated from the oil phase Puri-
fication is still further improved by a process step of neu-
tralization of acidic substances prior to the alkaline solu-
tion treatment.
3,644,324
POLYMERS AND COPOLYMERS OF BUTADIENE,
ETC., HAVING RELATIVELY WIDE MOLECU-
LAR-WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION
Adel F. Halasa, Bath, Ohio, assignor to The Firestone
Tire & Rubber Company, Akron, Ohio
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
749,593, Aug. 2, 1968. This appUcation Feb. 2, 1970,
Ser. No. 8,069
Int. CI. C08d 5/04
U.S. CI. 260—94.7 R 2 Claims
Polymers which are homopolymers of hydrocarbon con-
jugated dienes of 4 to 6 carbon atoms or copolymers of
such dienes or copolymers of such dienes with styrene or
a derivative of styrene, which polymers possess objection-
able cold flow, are joined by use of a lithium-based cat-
alyst and titanium chloride to produce a polymer having
no cold flow. The resulting polymers and copolymers have
a broadened molecular weight distribution and excellent
mill-processability.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1477
3,644,325
USE OF AMMONIA IN THE PREPARATION OF
CATALYSTS FOR OLEFIN POLYMERS HAVING
IMPROVED PROCESSABILITY
Reginald F. Roberts, Jr., Baton Rouge, La., assignor to
The Dow Chemical Company, Midland, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,345
Int. CI. C08f 7/56
U.S. CI. 260—94.9 C 5 Claims
Linear olefin polymers having improved processability
are provided by low pressure polymerization of ethylene
monomer in the presence of an aluminum alkyl and tita-
nium trichloride which has been pretreated with a small
amount of ammonia.
where Ar is phenylene, n \s \. The symmetrical azo aro-
matic diamine products are useful for the preparation of
fiber and film forming polyimides having outstanding
thermal resistance and mechanical properties.
3,644.326
EXTRACTING PROTEINS FROM LACTOSERLTVl
Jean Lucien Joseph Pien, Paris, France, assignor to
Genvrain, Paris, France
Filed Nov. 25. 1968, Ser. No. 778.537
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 30, 1967,
130,410
Int. CI. A23c 79/02, 27/00; A23j 7/20
U.S. CI. 260—122 11 Claims
Proteins in lactoserum are continously extracted by a
process involving the steps of adjusting the pH to be-
tween 6.2 and 6.4, heating to 90-100° C for 10 to 30
minutes, acidifying to between pH 4.4 and 4.9 to pre-
cipitate the proteins, cooling to 20-60° C. and centri-
fuging to separate the proteins.
3,644,329 ^^^
WATER.INSOLUBLE MONO- AZO D YESTL FFS
CONTAINING A CFVNAMOYL AMINE COU-
PLING COMPONENT
Jean Marie Louis Le Roy, Saint-Etienne-du-Rou vra> , and
Claude Marie Henri Emile Brouard, Sotteville-Ies-
Rouen, France, assignors to Ugine Kuhlmann, Fans,
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser No- 806 319
Claims priority, appUcation France, Mar. 21, iy«J»,
144.667
Int. CI. C09d 29/00
U.S. CI. 260— 207.1 ^ ^ f*^'^T*
DyestufTs, containing no acid groups, of the tormula.
X
1 Ri
I R;
NH
I
CO
I
CII=CH
(1)
3,644,327
AROMATIC AZOXY COMPOUNDS FROM
AROMATIC NITROSO COMPOUNDS
Martin A. Robinson, Orange, and Thomas J. Hurley, Jr..
Madison, Conn., assignors to Olin Mathieson Chemical
Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,835
Int. CI. C07c 105/00
U.S. CI. 260—143 8 Claims
A process for preparing an aromatic azoxy compound
by reacting an aromatic nitroso compound with carbon
monoxide at an elevated temperature and elevated
pressure.
3.644,328
SYMMETRICAL AROMATIC DIAMINES CONTAIN-
ING A CENTRAL AZO LINKAGE
Hartwig C. Bach and Helmuth E. Hinderer, Durham,
N.C., assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26. 1968, Ser. No. 779,243
Int. CI. C07c 107/06: C09b 27/00, 43/06
U.S. CI. 260—169 4 Claims
Symmetrical aromatic diamines are provided having the
formula
NHr-Ar-fX^nA,— N=N— Ar-fX^nAr— NH2
wherein /i is 0 or 1, X is a divalent radical selected from
the group consisting of
in which A represents the residue of a diazotisable amine,
Ri and R2 each represent an alkyl group having up to
four carbon atoms and X represents a hydrogen atom or
a methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy group.
Coupling compounds of the formula:
^
-N
-C1I=-CII--C0HN
Ri
R2
(II)
-0-, -S-. -c— . —
-S-, -CH=CH-
o
-{-CH=CH-V
in which Ri, R2 and X have the meanings given above.
The dyestuffs are of particular interest for the coloura-
tion of hydrophobic fibres and processes for the prepara-
tion of the dyestuffs and the couphng compounds are
disclosed.
DERIVATIVES OF ESTRADIOL.17^-GLUCOSIDES
Wolfgang Eberlein, Biberach an der Riss, Joachim Heider,
W^hiusen-Oberhofen, and Hans Machleidt and Gun-
ther Engelhardt, Biberach an der Riss, Germany, as-
signors to Boehringer Ingelheim G.m.b.H., Ingelheim
am Rhein, Germany 011^^7
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No 821,557
Claims priority, application Germany, Maj 3, 1968,
P 17 68 351.1-42
Int.Cl.C07c77i/00 4 claims
^tt^oge^^/sfr'lliol-lV^^.glucosid derivatives of the
formula
— N— , — P-. and -P —
k k k
wherein R is a lower alkyl radical and Ar is a divalent
aromatic single ring, fused ring, or multi-nuclear ring sys-
tem, wherein the rings of said multi-nuclear ring system
are connected only through aromatic carbon to aromatic
carbon valence bonds or X radicals, with the proviso that
j£^
1478
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
wherein
Ri is hydrogen or lower alkanoyl, preferably acetyl, and
R2 is lower alkyl, lower alkanoyl. tetrah\dropyranyl, or
MeOsS — . where Me is an alkali metal: the compounds
are useful for the treatment of the menopausal syn-
drome, amenorrhea, endometritis and colpitis.
3,644,331
LOWER ALKOXY INOSINE-5'-PHOSPH.ATES
AND SALTS THEREOF
Ryuji Marumoto, Minoo, Yoshio Yoshioka. Osaka,
Hisashi Aoki, Sulfa, and Jun Toda, Nisbinomiya, Japan,
assignors to Takeda Chemical Industries. Ltd., Osaka.
Japan
No Drawing. Filed June 26. 1968, Ser. No. 740.094
Claims priority, application Japan, June 26, 1967,
42/40.899
Int. CI. C07d 51 54
U.S. CI. 260—211.5 R 7 Claims
The 2-( lower-alkoxy)inObine-5'-phosphatcs f2-meth-
o\y-, 2-etho\y-, 2-n-propoxy- and 2-isopropoxy-inosine-5'-
phosphates) have a high capacity for improving the flavor
of foods and beverages. Moreover, there is a significant
synergistic action therebetween and monosodium gUita-
mate.
3,644,332
PREPARATION OF GRANULAR STARCH
DERIVATIVES
Robert A. Mootb, Tinley Park, and Stanley F. Ciesia,
Brookfield, III., and Hugb J. Roberts, Wauwatosa, Wis.,
assignors to CPC International Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 757,761
Int. CI. C08b 19,01
U.S. CI. 260—233.3 1 Claim
Derivatives of starch heretofore unattainable by aque-
ous reaction techniques as well as increased efficiency of
attainable derivative formulations by aqueous reaction
techniques are achieved by reacting a hvdrophohic reagent
with a granular starch in a three phase system comprised
of (I ) granular starch (2) v(.ater. and (?i a hydrophobic
reagent which is emulsified in the continuous aqueous
phase by an emulsifier.
3.644,333
TRANSESTERIFICATION IN THE PRESENCE OF
A TRANSPARENT EMULSION
Lloyd I. Osipow. New York, and William Rosenblatt,
Spring Valley, N.Y., assignors to the State of Nebraska.
Lincoln, Nebr.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 28, 1969; Ser. No. 794,793
Int. CI. C07c 69/32
U.S. CI. 260—234 R 5 Claim
An improved process for synthesizing organic com-
pounds is provided in which a reaction is conducted be-
tween immiscible reactants, the process comprises com-
bining the immiscible reactants in the presence of water
and suitable emulsifying agents to form a transparent
emulsion, and carrying out a rear^'on between said im-
miscible reactants to form a reac ■ product. TTie im-
provement also provides a process m which water is
distilled from the transparent emulsion to form a micro-
disperison, and a reaction is carried out between two
immiscible reactants, one of which is in the form of very
fine solid particles dispersed in a liquid medium. Further-
more, an improved process of preparing sucrose esters is
provided which comprises employing water as the solvent
for the sucrose component in a transparent emulsion,
distilling off the water to form a microdispersion of
sucrose, and reacting the solid sucrose particles to form
sucrose esters of fatty acids.
3,644,334
7-AZIDO-BENZODIAZEPINES
Robert Ye-Fong Ning, West Caldwell, and Leo Henryk
Stembach, Upper Montclair, NJ., assignors to Hoff-
mann-La Roche Inc., Nutley. N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 11,022
Int. CI. C07d 53/06
U.S. CI. 260—239 BD 14 Claims
7-azido-benzodiazepines and processes for preparing the
foregoing. Such 7-azido-benzodiazepines are useful as
anticonvulsants, muscle relaxants and sedative agents.
3,644,335
PREPARATION OF AMIDINES FROM AMIDES
James Valentine Farley, Cedar Grove, Rodney Ian Fryer,
North Caldwell, and Leo Henryk Stembach, Upper
Montclair. N.J., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.,
Nutley. N.J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
621.434, Mar. 8, 1967. This application May 7, 1968,
Ser. No. 727,339
Int. CI. C07d 53/06
U.S. CI. 260—239 BD 8 Claims
Amides are converted to their corresponding amidines
by reacting the amides with an amino compound in the
presence of a non-aqueous acid reagent, e.g.. p-toluene-
sulfonic acid or titanium tetrachloride. This procedure is
applicable to primary and secondary amines. In a spe-
cific embodiment l.4-benzodiazepin-2-ones are directly
converted into 2-amino-I,4-benzo<iiazepines.
3,644,336
2,3.DIHYDRO - 4 - HYDROXY-5-PHENYL-lH-
1.4-BENZODIAZEPINES AND PREPARATION
THEREOF
Werner .Metlesics, Clifton, and Leo Henryk Stembach,
Upper Montclair, N.J., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche
Inc., Nutley. .N.J.
No Drawing. "Application June 19, 1967, Ser. No. 647,226,
now Patent No. 3.498,973, dated Mar. 3. 1970. which
is a division of application Ser. No. 267,908, Mar. 25,
1963. Divided and this application Dec. 5, 1969, Ser.
No. 882,744
Int. CI. C07d 53/06
U.S. CI. 260—239 BD 3 Claims
Novel 2,3-dih\dro-4-hydro.xy-5-phenyl-lH-1.4-benzodi-
azepines and preparation thereof prepared via reduction
of 2.3-dihydro-5-phen\l-lH-l 4-benzodiazepine 4-oxides,
are described. Ihese novel products are useful as anti-
convulsant agents.
3,644.337
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
3-FORMYLRI^AMYCIN-SV
Hans Bickel and Bruno Fechtig, Binningen, and Wilhelm
Kump, Therwil, Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Corpo-
ration. New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 4, 1968. Ser. No. 734,199
Claims priority, application Switzerland, June 16, 1967,
8,583 67
Int. CI. C07d 87/54
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 22 CWms
.\ new process for preparing 3-formylrifamycin-SV
from 3-aminomethyl-rifamycin S compounds without the
use of an oxidant is based on a finding that 3-amino-
meth>l-rifamycin-S compounds whose amino group in
position 3 is derived from a secondary amine is split by
acids in the presence of water to give 3-formylrifamycin-
SV and the amine corresponding to the amino group in
position 3 of the starting material used. The said 3-amino-
methylrifamycin S compounds probably react in the pres-
ence of acid in a tautomeric form which by addition of
acid gives amine derivatives of 3-formyI-rifamycin-SV; the
latter split hydrolytically into 3-formylrifamycin SV and
an amine. .
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1479
3,644,338
4-AMINOALKYL.3-ARYL-l,4.BENZOXAZEPIN-
5(4H)-ONES
Karl Schenker, Binningen, Switzerland, assignor to
Ciba Corporation, Summit, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806,300
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Mar. 21, 1968,
4,171/68; Feb. 19, 1969, 2,508/69
Iirt.^1. C07d57/J¥
U.S. CL 260—239.3 9 Claims
4-aminoalkyl - 3 - aryl-«l,4-benzoxazepin-5(4H)-ones cf
the formula
in which Ph represents an optionalU substituted o-phenyl-
ene radical, Ph' an optionally substituted aryl radical, R
an aminoalkyl radical disubstituied at the amino nitrogen
atom, in which the ammo nitrogen atom is separated from
the cyclic nitrogen atom by at least 2 carbon atoms, and
R' stands for a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group are
useful as antiphlogislics and as mild analgesics.
3,644,339
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
BENZODIAZEPINE DERIVATIVES
Tom Masuda, Nisbinomiya, Yosbiro Usui, Ibaraki, Yukio
Hara, Kawanishi, and Toshikatsu Komatsu, Nisbino-
miya, Japan, assignors to Takeda Chemical Industries,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,611
Claims priority, application Japan, July 17, 1968,
43/50,306
Int. CI. C07d 53/06
U.S. CI. 260—239.3 6 Claims
Process for producing benzodiazepine compounds of
the formula
Ri
/\
sy
in which Ri and R2 are hydrogen, halogen or nitro, which
involves reacting an anthranyl compound of the formula
3,644,340
PREPARATION OF 21.CHL0R0 STEROIDS
Belig M. Berkoz, Los Altos Hills, Calif., assignor to
Syntex Corporation, Panama. Panama
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,215
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
V]S. CI. 260—239.55 D 7 Claims
A process for preparing 21-chloro steroids which in-
volves the step of treating a 21 -hydroxy steroid with tri-
phenylphosphine and carbon tetrachloride in dipolar
aprotx reaction media. The 21-chloro steroid products
are known, useful anti-inflammatory agents.
/
3,644,341
6-GEM-DIFLUORO PREGNANES
John H. Fried, Palo Alto, Calif., assignor to Syntex
Corporation, Panama, Panama
xNo Drawing. Filed Mar. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 803,955
Int. CI. C07c7 75/00
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 24 Claims
6a,6/?-difluoropregn-4-en-3-ones; optionally substituted
at C-l,2-with methylene, at C-21 with fluoro or chlora,
at C-16 with hydroxy, methyl or methylene, at C-17
with hydroxy or the esters thereof, or C-16 and
C-17 are bridged by a cyclic acetal or ketal, optionally
there is a double bond between C-I,2; exhibit progesta-
tional activity.
3,644,342
OZONOLYSIS OF 2-HYDROXY-3-OXO-:^i «
STEROIDS
Robert J. Chorvat, Raphael Pappo, and Mike G. Scares,
Arlington Heights, HI., assignors to G. D. Searle &
Co., Chicago, III.
No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1969, Ser. No. 821,948
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 9 Claims
Ozonolysis of 2-hydroxy-3-oxo-A' ■♦ steroids results in
A-nor-l,2-seco aldehydo acids, which intermediates are
useful in the manufacture of pharmacologically active 2-
oxa-3-oxo-A* steroids.
3,644,343
PHENYL AND SUBSTITUTED PHENYLSULFONYL-
ALLYL AMINES AND SUBSTITUTED AMINES
Robert E. Manning, Mountain Lakes, NJ., assignor to
Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Hanover. N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 20,110
Int. CI. C07d 87/46
U.S. CI. 260—240 R 7 Claims
Phenyl and substituted phenylsulfonylallyl amines and
substituted amines, e.g., l-(3 - phenylsulfonylallyl )-pyr-
rolidine hydrochloride, are prepared by treating a phenyl
or substituted phenylsulfonyl-2-propen-l-ol with an amine
or substituted amine, treating the resulting intermediate
with SOCI2 and then with sodium carbonate and allowing
the resulting intermediate to rearrange to the final prod-
uct. The compounds are useful as anti-inflammatory
agents
(1)
wherein Ri and Rj have the significances above with (2)
an acid salt of glycine ester, said reaction being carried
in the presence of an organic base under heating. The
finally produced benzodiazepine compounds have excel-
lent pharmacological properties and may specifically be
used as sedative agents.
3,644,344
NITROFURYLACr'yLi'dENE DERIVATIVES
Max J. Mousseron, Montpellier, Herault, France, assignor
to Etahlissements Clin-Byla. Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,656
Claims priority, application France, July 5, 1968,
158,054
Int. CI. C07d 49/30. 51/42
U.S. CI. 260—240 A 3 Claims
('5-nitrofuryl-2)acrylidene derivatives of a cyclic urea
having the formula
o
11
c
OjN-/ ^ CH=CH-CH=rN-N .V R^
(HjC), CHR'
1480
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
in which n is 1 or 2, R' is hydrogen or lower alkyl and
R2 is hydrogen or a carbamoyl group of the formula
— C:0 — NHA in which A is alkyl. alkenyl, aryl, haloaryl,
polyhaloaryl. acyl, haloacyl, polyhaloacyl, aroyl, halo-
aroyl or polyhaloaroyl. have pharmacological properties
which render them useful in combatting staphylococci,
streptococci and in salmonellosis.
3,644,345
BENZOXAZOLYL-l,3,4-OXDIAZOLE
DERIVATIVES
Adolf Emil Siegrist, Basel, Peter Liechd, Binningen, Erwin
Maeder, Aesch, and Leonardo Guglielnietti, Birsfelden,
Switzerland, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel, Swit-
zerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. iN'o.
798,258, Feb. 3, 1969, which is a continuation of ap-
plication Ser. No. 548,413, May 9, 1966. This applica-
tion July 18, 1969, Ser. No. 843,199
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 10, 1965,
6,472/65
Int CI. C09d 23/16; C07d 85/48, 31/40
UJS. CI. 260—240 CA 13 Claims
New benzoxazolyl-l,3,4-oxdiazole compounds are pro-
vided which may be represented by the formula
A,-
0 A
N .\' N
u
0
N N
n-1
wherein A, and A2 are identical and each represents
phenyl, diphenylyl, naphthyl, styryl. stilbenyl. benzox-
azolylphenyl. 1,3,4 - oxdiazolylphenyl, 6 - benzoxazolyl,
thienyl, pyridyl, phenylthienyl, benzoxazolylthienyl,
phenylbenzcxazolyl or 1.3,4-oxdiazolylthienyl residue; B
represents 1,4-phenylene, 2,5-furoylene or 2,5-thienyIene,
and m and n each is 1 or 2. The benzoxazolyl- 1,3,4-
oxdiazole compounds of this invention may be further
substituted by non-chromophoric, monovalent sub-
stituents.
The compounds of the present invention are especially
valuable as optical brighteners for organic materials.
3,644.346
DIBENZOXAZEPINE SEMICARBAZONES
John W. Cusic, Skokie, III., and William E. Coyne, St.
Paul, Minn., assignors to G. D. Searle & Co., Chicago,
HI. » 6 ,
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. xNo. 869,885
Int. CI. C07d 87/54, 93/42
U.S. CI. 260—240 G 4 Claims
Semicarbazones of dibenzoxazepine-N-carboxylic acid
hydrazides and related compounds are described herein.
The compounds are useful as anti-ulcer agents, anti-proto-
zoal agents, and anti-algal agents. They are prepared by
the reaction of the appropriate aldehyde with a semicar-
bazide.
3,644,348
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF 6-CHLORO-
7-SLLFAMYL, 3-POSITION SUBSTITLTED-3 4-DI.
HYDRO-l,2.4-BENZOTHIADIAZINE-l,l.DIOXIDE
Tsutomu Irikura, 72 Shimura Nakadaimachi, Itabashi-
^"V ^^.^' "'^P^"' ^** ^*'8o S"™«' 97, l-chome,
Kohan, Okaya-shi, Nagamo-ken, Japan
Continuation of application Ser. No. 574,371, Aug. 23
1966, which is a continuation-in-part of application
ff'.^il; 100,512, Apr. 4, 1961. This application Apr.
25, 1969, Ser. No. 820,701 ^
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 4 1961
36/7,520; Mar. 6, 1961, 36/7,636 '
Int. CI. C07d 93/34
I .S CI. 260-243 D 5 Caims
I his mvention relates to 6-chloro-7-sulfamy!. 3-posi-
tion substituted-3,4-dihydro-l,2,4 - benzothiadiazine - 1,1-
dioxide of
3,644,347
3-AMLNOMETHYL CEPHALOSPORIN
COMPOUNDS
J. Alan Webber and Earle M. van Heyningen, Indian-
apohs, Ind., assignors to Eli Lilly and Company, Indian-
apolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
703,523, Feb. 7, 1968. This application Feb. 26, 1969.
Ser. No. 802,644
Int. CI. C07d 99/24
U.S. CI. 260-243 C 3 claims
A new class of metabolically stable cephalosporin com-
pounds is disclosed. These compounds have an aliphatic
aminomethyl group in the 3-position of the molecule.
H
Cl-
HjNOjS-
/V\
V^s/
H-CH:-<^^ \
O ^O
The compound exhibits remarkable diuretic and blood
pressure lowering effects. The invention also relates to
processes of preparing the above compound.
3,644,349
NOVEL VITAMIN Bg DERIVATIVE AND THE
PREPARATION THEREOF
Kentaro Okumura and Ichizo Inoue, Hyogo-ken, Tatsuo
Oda, Osaka-shi. and Kazuhiko Kondo, Higashi-Osaka-
shi, Japan, assignors to Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd..
Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed July 10, 1969, Ser. No. 840,849
Claims priority, application Japan, July 19, 1968.
43/51,043
Int. CI. C07d 9i/06
L.S. CI. 260—243 R 4 claims
N-[2-(3-hydroxy - 5 - hydroxymethyl - 2 - methyl-4-
pyridyl) - tetrahydro-1.3-thiazine-4-carbonyl]glycine and
its pharmaceuticajly acceptable acid addition salts. These
compounds are readily absorbed and afford prolonged pyr-
idoxal levels in the body. Pyridoxal free base or an acid
addition salt of pyridoxal is reacted with homocysteinyl-
glycine. Alternatively, a betaine or an alkali metal salt of
(2-methyl-3-hydroxy-5-hydroxymethyl - 4 - pyridyl)-hy-
droxymethane-sulfonic acid is reacted with homocysteinyl-
glycine.
3,644,350
4-(l.SLBSTITLTED-3-PYRROLIDINYL).2H-l,4-
BENZOXAZIN-3(4H>.ONES
Grover Cleveland Helsley, Richmond, Va., assignor to
A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated, Richmond, Va.
No Drawing. Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,658
Int. CI. C07d 87/48
U.S. CI. 260—244 R 5 claims
4 - [ 1 - substituted - 3 - pyrrolidinyl] - 2H - 1,4 - benz-
oxazin-3(4H)-ones prepared by ring closure of 1-substi-
tuted - 3 - (N - chloromethylcarbonyl) - o - hydroxyani-
linopyrrolidines. The compounds are analgetics.
3,644,351
2- A LKYL-7.su BSTITUTED-4«-PYRIMIDO{5',4':4,5]
THIENO{3,2-d][l,3]OXAZIN-4-ONES
Arthur A. Santilli, Havertown, and Dong H. Kim, Wayne,
Pa., assignors to American Home Products Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 874,050
Int. CI. C07d 87/20
\]JS. CI. 260—244 R 5 Claims
This mvention concerns 2 - alkyl - 7 - substituted-4//-
pyrimido[5'.4':4,5]thieno[3,2-^]ll,3]oxazin - 4 - ones
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1481
which are useful intermediates in the preparation of 2-
alkyl - 3,7 - disubstituted thieno[2,3-J:4,5-^']dipyrimidin-
4{3H) - ones which are pharmacologically active as cen-
tral nervous system depressants. Further this invention is
also concerned with a process for preparation of these
intermediate compounds by the reaction of a 5 - amino-2-
substituted thieno[2,3-^]pyrimidine-6-carboxanilide with
a carboxylic acid anhydride.
imidazo[ l,2-c]quinazolines employing intermediates which
are 5-chloro-2,3-dihydroimidazo[l,2-c]quinazolines and
2-chloro-4-ethylenimino-quinazoIiDes.
3,644,352
N-a-AMINO ACYLAMIDO PYRROLES
Richard Rips, Paris, France, assignor to Centre National
de la Recherche Scientifique and Institut National de
la Sante et de la Recherche Medical, both of Paris,
France
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 781,241
Claims priority, application France, Nov. 20, 1968,
176,071
Int CI. C07d 27/26
U.S. CI. 260—247.2 A 5 Claims
N-a-amino acylamido pyrroles of the formula:
HE - cx>
c - is
-2 h
in which
Ri and R2 are each cyclic or acyclic hydrocarbon radicals
Am is a cyclic or acyclic secondary amine radical linked
by its nitrogen atom to the a-carbon atom of the acyl
group,
R5 and Re are each hydrogen or methyl,
and their salts are useful in treating disorders of the cen-
tral nervous system, the cardiovascular system and the
endocrine system.
3,644,353
4, HYDROXY-a'AMINOMETHYL-m-
XYLENE-a',a3.DI0LS
Lawrence H. C. Lunts and Paul Toon, London, England,
assignors to Allen and Hanburys Limited, London,
England
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 20, 1967, Ser. No. 669,263
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 23, 1966,
42,590/66
Int CI. C07d 87/40
U.S. CI. 260—247.5 R 10 Claims
Novel l-phenyl-2-amino ethanol derivatives of the for-
mula:
X CH.CH.NRjRj
/I I
/ V OH Ri
are disclosed. Some have stimulant action and some have
blocking action on /3-adrenergic receptors, a^-tert.-butyl-
aminomethyl-4-hydroxy-m-xylene a'.a^-diol has a particu-
larly marked stimulant action. Pharmaceutical composi-
tions are also disclosed of which aerosols are particularly
effective.
3,644,354
5-SUBSTITUTED-2,3-DIHYDROIMIDAZO
[1,2-clQUINAZOLINES
Goetz E. Hardtmann, Florham Park, and Hans Ott, Con-
vent Station, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc.,
Hanover, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Sept 16, 1968, Ser. No. 760,054
Int CI. C07I 57/72
U.S. CI. 260—247.5 R 31 Claims
The invention discloses 5-N-substituted-2,3-dihydro-
imidazo[l,2-c]quinazolines, e.g., 5-diallylamino-8,9-di-
methoxy-2,3-dihydroimidazo[l,2-c]quinazoline, which are
pharmaceutically active and useful, for example, as hypo-
tensive agents and as coronary dilators. Also disclosed
are processes involved in preparation of said 2,3-dihydro-
3,644,355
PYRIDAZONE DERIVATIVES
Cuno Ebner, Reinach, and Max Schuler, Arlesheim,
Basel-Land, Switzerland, assignors to Sandoz Ltd.,
Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
691,249, Dec. 18, 1967. This appUcation Dec. 4, 1969,
Ser. No. 882,294
Int CI. C07d 51/04
U.S. CI. 260—250 A 7 Claims
Compounds of formula:
in which X signifies chlorine or bromine, Rj signifies hy-
drogen or methyl and R2 signifies methyl or, when Rj
signifies hydrogen, Rj may also signify ethyl, are disclosed
as possessing selective herbicidal activity in cotton and
carrots.
3,644,356
ADAMANTANOPYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AND
INTERMEDIATES THEREFOR
Jiban Kumar Chakrabarti, Frimley, and Stephen Slomo
Szinai, Wokingham, England, assignors to Eli Lilly
and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 821,063
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 21, 1968,
24,224/68
Int CI. C07d 51/46
U.S. CI. 260—251 A 4 Claims
Adamantanopyrimidir.e compounds of the formulae:
II.
R—
'I °
\12^13
*
14
R
R'
in
9 7NH
4 6C=0
\5/
N
I
R"
useful as analgesics and as local anaesthetics; and inter-
mediates useful in the synthesis of the foregoing ad-
amantanopyrimidino compounds. In the above formulae
each R represents hydrogen or C1-C3 loweralkyl, the
sum of :he number of carbon atoms in all three R groups
being not greater than 6; each R' independently represents
hydrogen or straight-chain Cj-Ce alkyl; and each R" in-
dependently represents hydrogen or C1-C3 loweralkyl.
3,644,357
DERIVATIVES OF THIENOI3,4-a]PYRIMIDINE
AND PREPARATION THEREOF
Real Laliberte, Laval, Quebec, Canada, assignor to Ayerst,
McKenna and Harrison Limited, St. Laurent Quebec,
Canada
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 803,083
Int CI. C07d 99/06
U.S. CI. 260—256.5 R 5 Claims
5 - aminothieno[3,4-d]pyrimidin - 4(3H) - one deriva-
tives of Formula I,
R'C=0
V
N
H'NR 0
VCH,
N-R'
1482
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
in which R' represents a lower alkyl group containing
from one to two carbon atoms, a dimethylamino group or
a piperidino group; R^ represents a lower alkyl group
containing from one to two carbon atoms, a phenyl group
or a 3-nitrophenyl group; and R^ represents a methyl
group, a phenyl group, or a 4-biphenylyl group.
3,644,358
ANTI-INFLAMMATORY 1,2,4-TRIAZINES
Patrick Roffey, Camberley, and John Pomfret Verge,
Henley-on-Thames, England, assignors to Lilly In-
dustries, Ltd., London, England
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2.934
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 21, 1969,
3,364/69
Int. CI. cold 51/04, 55/10
U.S. CI. 260—248 AS 3 Claims
A series of substituted pyridazines and 1,2,4-triazines
having anti-inflammatory activity is described. These com-
pounds are prepared from 3.6-disubstituted-s-tetrazines by
treatment with a cyclic enol ether, an acetylenic amine,
an acetylenic ether, a cyclic enol ester, or an imino ether.
3,644,359
EREE-FLOWING CYANURIC ACIDS
Raymond N. Mesiab, Somerset, NJ., and Harold R.
Chancey, Charleston, W. Va., assignors to FMC Cor-
poration, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,911
Int. CI. C07d 55/36
VS. CI. 260—248 A 5 Claims
Cyanuric acid which has been purified by acid digestion
is not free-flowing, and it cakes upon storage. This inven-
tion provides a method of making the acid-digested cya-
nuric acid free-flowing and non-caking.
3,644,360
3-SLBSTITUTED METHYLQUfNOXALINE-
2-CARBOX AMIDE- 1 ,4-DIOXIDES
Marwan J. Abuel-Haj, Groton, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc.
No Drawing. Filed May 5, 1970, Ser. No. 34,871
Int. CI. C07d 51/78
U.S. CI. 260—250
Novel 3-substituted quinoxaline - 2
dioxides having the formula
O
T
10 Claims
carboxamide-1,4-
,^C-NR,R.
O
wherein
X is a 6- or 7-position substituent and is hydrogen, meth-
yl, methoxy, bromo, chloro, fluoro and trifluoro-
methyl;
Y is lower alkylthio, lower alkyl sulfinyl and lower alkyl
sulfonyl;
Ri is hydrogen and lower alkyl; and
Rj is hydrogen, lower alkyl and substituted lower alkyl
wherein the substituent is
(a) amino, mono(lower alkyl)amino, di(lower alkyl)
amino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, N-(low-
er alkyl )piperazino, N-hydroxy( lower alkyl)pipera-
zino, N-(lower alkanoyDpiperazino, N-carbo( lower
alkoxy)-piperazino, pyrrolo, piperazino, imidazoli
dino,
(b) hydroxy, lower alkoxy, carboxy, carbo(lower)
alkoxy, carbamyl, mono(lower alkyl )carbamyl, di-
( lower aikyDcarbamyl, lower alkanoyloxy, lower
alkanoylamino; and
Ri and R2 when taken together with the nitrogen to
which they are attached are pyi^olo, pyrrolidino,
piperidino. morpholino, thiomorphblino, piperazino,
N-( lower alkyl jpiperazino, N-hydrOxy (lower alkyl)
piperazino, N-(lower alkanoyl) piperazino and N-car-
bodower alkoxy ) piperazino; v
and the pharmaceutically-acceptable ackl^ddition salts of
those compounds wherein R3 is substituted lower alkyl
wherein the substituent is selected from group (a); meth-
ods for their preparation; and their use as antibacterial
agents and as agents for promoting growth and improving
feed efficiency of animals.
3,644,361
PHTHALAZINES
Elvio Bellasio, Albate, Italy, Emilio Testa, Ticino, Swit-
zerland, and Giulio Maffii, Milan, Italy, assignors to
Gnippo Lepetit S.p.A., Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,707
Claims priority, application Italy, June 12, 1968,
17,703/68
Int. CI. C07d 57/06
U.S. CI. 260—250 24 Claims
Novel 3.4-dihydro-l-alkoxyphthalazines are prepared
by the reaction of the corresponding 3,4-dihydro-l(2H)-
phthalazinones with a trialkyloxonium fluoborate. The
novel compounds are useful sedative hypnotic and anti-
convulsant agents.
3,644,362
1.2-DIAZABICYCLO[2.2.2]OCTANES
Philip M. Carabateas, Shodack, N.Y., asagnor to Sterling
Drug Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
411,706, Nov. 17, 1964, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 236,705, Nov. 9, 1962. This
application June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,953
Int. CI. C07d 51/02
U.S. CI. 260—250 A 25 Claims
Novel l,2-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanes are prepared by
intra-molecularly cyclizing a 1-aminopiperidine compound
containing in the 4-position a substituent capable of react-
ing with the 1 -amino group to form either one or two
carbon-to-nitrogen bonds, for example, cyclizing a 1-ami-
no-4-Y-[C( =0)B]-piperidine, where Y is H, Ar-lower-
alkyl or Ar where Ar is phenyl and related groups, and
B is O-(lower-alkyl) or R' where R' is lower-alkyl, lower-
cycloalkyl, lower-alkenyl or various substituted lower-
alkyl groups to yield, respectively, 3-oxo-4-Y-l,2-diaza-
bicyclo[2.2.2]octane or 3 - B(or R') - 1,2 - diazabicycio
(2.2.2 ]octane which is used to prepare various 2-sub-
stituted-l,2-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanes or other 3-substi-
tuted-l,2-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanes. The 1,2-diazabicyclo
[2.2.2Joctanes are useful antitussive agents.
3,644,363
1,4-DIOXIDOQUINOXALINYL NITRONES
Hyun Koo Kim, Ashland, Ohio, assignor to Richardson-
Merrell Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,796
Int. CI. C07d57/7S
VS. CI. 260—250 4 Claims
1,4-dioxidoquinoxalinyl nitrones having the formula
H=N-n '
V
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1483
in which R' is an alkyl radical of 1 to 10 carbon atoms
of straight, branched chain or cyclic configuration which
may be substituted with hydroxy, dihydroxy, alkoxy,
acyloxy, halogen, or trihalo groups; or R^ may be a
phenyl radical or a phenyl radical substituted with a lower
alkyl group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a halogen; R^ is
hydrogen, lower alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R^
and R* are chosen from the group consisting of hydrogen,
alkoxy or alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, halogen, tri-
halomethyl. or nitro groups. These new compounds, which
are potent antibacterial agents, are effective orally,
topically and parenterally in low concentrations in in-
hibiting the growth of both gram-negative and gram-
positive bacteria. The compounds may be made by react-
ing an appropriate 2-formylquinoxaline 1,4-dioxide with
an N-substituted hydroxylamine.
3,644,364
COMPOUNDS AND PROCESS
William Crawford Anthony, Kalamazoo, Mich., assignor
to The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 31, 1970, Ser. No. 24,351
Int. CI. C07d 51/34
VS. CI. 260—256.4 H 3 Claims
Process for the preparation of 6-substituted-4-amino-l,2-
dihydro-l-hydroxy-2-iminopyrimidines and 6-substituted-
4-halo-l,2-dihydro-l-hydroxy-2-iminopyrimidines utilized
as intermediates in said process. The 6-substituted-4-ami-
no-l,2-dihydro-l-hydroxy-2-iminopyrimidines prepared by
said process are useful as antihypertensive agents.
3,644,365
CERTAIN BIS(a-AMINOPROPYL)HYDROURACILS
Juergen Habermeier, Allschwil, Daniel Porret, Binningen,
and Wolfgang Seiz, Basel, Switzerland, assignors to
Ciba Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 1. 1969, Ser. No. 881.267
Claims priority, application Switzeriand. Dec. 3, 1968,
18,012/68; Jan. 18, 1969, 310/69
Int. CI. C07d 51/34
VS. CI. 260—256.4 C 4 Claims
New di-N.N'-7-aminopropyI-dihydrouracils. for ex-
ample 1.3-di-(7-aminopropyl)-5,5-dimethyl-5.6-dihydro-
uracil. and their use as curing agents in curable mould-
ing, coating and adhesive compositions which contain a
polyepoxide compound, for example a liquid polyglycidy]
ether of bisphenol A. Curing can be carried out at rela-
tively low temperatures, for example at 40° C. The new
type of curing agent bridges, in respect of its gradation
of reactivity, a gap between aliphatic polyamines and
cycloaliphatic polyamines. The new curing agents further-
more ha\e the advantage relative to the aromatic poly-
amines of being non-toxic.
3,644,366
l-AMINO-3,4-DIHYDROISOQLTNOLINES
Claude Jeanmart, Bninoy, Mayer Naoum Messer. Bievres,
and Pierre Edouard Simon, Boulogne, France, assignors
to Rhone-Poulenc S.A., Paris. France
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 804,672
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 6, 1968,
142,607; Jan. 20, 1969, 6900907
Int. CI. C07d 35/14
VS. CI. 260—286 R g Claims
The 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline derivatives of the formula:
wherein the symbols R represent hydrogen, halogen or
methoxy or together form a methylenedioxy group, A
represents a single bond or a grouping
S-A,
linked by the sulphur atom to the isoquinoline nucleus
and Ai represents an alkylene group of 1 through 5
carbon atoms, and Rj and R2 represent hydrogen, alkyl,
halogenoalkyl, hydroxyalkyl, cyanoalkyl. dialkylamino-
alkyl, 4-methyl-l-piperazinylalkyl. aralkyl, amino, thio-
ureidc, or a C-linked nitrogen-containing 5- or 6-mem-
bered mononuclear heterocyclyl group, or Rj and R2 to-
gether with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached
collectively represent a 5- or 6-membered mononuclear
heterocyclic group, are useful as therapeutics, possessing
in particular anti-tussive and anti-fibrillating properties.
3,644.367
17ct-AZA-D-HOMOSTEROID[17,17a-e]TETRAZOLES
George Rosenkranz and Pierre Crabbe, Mexico City,
Mexico, assignors to Syntex Corporation, Panama, Re-
public of Panama
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 725,536
Int. CI. C07d 10/00
U.S. CI. 260—287 R 6 Claims
17a-aza-D-homosteroid| 17.17a-e lletrazoles of the es-
trane and androstane series exhibit estrogenic or anabolic
activitv.
3.644.368
NOVEL QUINOLINES
Andre Allais, Les Lilas, and Jean Meier, CoeuMIy-
Champigny, France, assignors to Roussel-UCLAF,
Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 23. 1968. Ser. No. 786.398
Claims priority, application France. Dec. 29, 1967,
134,404; Aug. 23, 1968, 163,980
Int. CI. cold 33/52
U.S. CI. 260—287 R 1 Claim
Novel 4 - [ortho-(2'.3'-dihydroxypropyloxycarbonyl)-
phenyl]-amino-quinolines of the formula
d-0CH„-CH-CH5-0R'
0 6r
(1)
wherein the CF3 radical is in the " or 8-position. R and
R' are hydrogen and taken together form a ketonide of
the formula
'y
3
-*'1
P and Q being selected from the group consisting of
alkyl aralkyl and aiyl_and the non-toxic, pharmaceutically
acceptable addition salts when R and R' are hydrogen,
which possess notable anti-inflammatory activity and
intense analgesic activity.
1484
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,369
ISOINDOLO[l,2-a]ISOQUINOLINE-8-ONES
William J. Houlihan and Robert E. Manning, Mountain
Lakes, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Han-
over, NJ.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 15, 1967, Ser. No.
623,239, now Patent No. 3,498,988, dated Mar. 3,
1970, Divided and this appUcation Nov. 17, 1969, Ser.
No. 877,432
Int. CI. C07d 57/04
\5S. CI. 260—289 R 7 Claims
The compounds and certain intermediates are useful
as central nervous system stimulants and anti-inflamma-
tories. They are prepared by converting an i-oindoiol 1,2-
a]isoquinoline to its quaternary ammonium salt by treat-
ment with a lower alkyl halide, e.g. methyl iodide, and
reducing the salt by sodium in liquid ammonia to cleave
the bond common to the five membered ring of the iso-
indolo moiety and six membered ring to the isoquinolino
moiety, thus forming the nine membered N-heterocyclic
ring of dibenz[c,f]azonine. For example, 2,3-dimethoxy-
7-methyl-5,6,7.8-tetrahydrodibenzlc.f lazonine can thus
be prepared from 2,3-dimethoxy-5,6,8,12b-telrah\droi>o-
indoloLl,2-alisoquinoline.
3,644.370
ISOINDOLO[l,2-a]ISOQUINOLINES
William J. Houlihan and Robert E. Manning, Mountain
Lakes, NJ., assignors to Sandoz-Wander, Inc., Han-
over, N J.
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 15, 1967, Ser. No.
623,239, now Patent No. 3,498,988, dated Mar. 3,
1970. Divided and this application Nov. 17, 1969, Ser.
No. 877,452
Int. CI. C07d 57104
U.S. CI. 260—289 R 8 Claims
The compounds and certain intermediates are useful as
central nervous system stimulants and anti-inflammatories.
They are prepared by converting an isoindolo[ l,2-a]iso-
quinoline to its quaternary ammonium salt by treatment
with a lower alkyl halide, e.g. methyl iodide, and reduc-
ing the salt by sodium in liquid ammonia to cleave the
bond common to the five membered ring of the isoindolo
moiety and six membered ring to the isoquinolino moiety,
thus forming the nine membered N-heterocyclic ring of
dibenz[c,f]azonine. For example, 2,3-dimethoxy-7-methyl-
5,6,7.8-tetrahydrodibenz[c.flazonine can thus be pre-
pared from 2.3-dimethoxy-5,6,8,I2b-tetrahydroisoindolo-
[ l,2-a]isoquinoline.
3,644,371
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
TETRAHYDROPYRIDINES
Hermann Oediger, Cologne-Flittard, and Rudolf Merten,
Leverkusen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken
Bayer Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 14, 1968. Ser, No. 775,899
Claims priority, application Germanv, Sept. 18, 1967.
F 54,331
Int. CI, C07d 29/ 3&
U.S. CI. 260—290 H
Tetrahydropyridine of the formula
1 Claim
is produced by hydiolysing an N-carboalkoxytetrahydro-
pyridine of the formula
R -0-C-N 1
in which R' represents a lower alkyl radical, and R2 and
R3 each represents hydrogen or a lower alkyl radical, but
do not simultaneously represent hydrogen, by heating the
N - carboalkoxyietrahydropyridine at a temperature of
from about 200" C. to 300° C. in a pressure-tight vessel
with at least the stoichiometrically necessary quantity of
a solid anhydrous alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth
metal oxide in the absence both of water and of organic
solvents.
3,644,372
1-(4.PIPERIDYL) INDENES
Vasken Paragamian, Dresher, Pa., assignor to McNeil
Laboratories, Incorporated
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
635,370, May 2, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 422,390, Dec. 30, 1964. This
application Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2.959
Int. CI. C07d 29/18,
U.S. CI. 260—293.56 7 Claims
The compounds are of the class of substituted indenes
useful for their pharmacological properties as hypotensive
agents.
3,644,373
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF 3-SUBSTI-
TUTED.1.2.3,4.5,6-HEXAHYDRO-6,ll.DIMETHYL-
8-HYDROXY-2.6-METHANO-3-BENZAZOCINES
Kazuo Kigasawa, Kawasaki, and Mineharu Hiiragi,
Nagatoshi Wagatsuma, and Osamu Kusama, Tokyo,
Japan, assignors to Grelan Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,734
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 6, 1968,
43/89,044
Int. CI. C07d 39/00
U.S, CI, 260—293.54 14 Claims
A method for producing compounds of the formula
wherein R represents a member from the group of alkyl
of up to 10 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl of 3 to 10 carbon
atoms, cycloalkylalkyi of 4 to 10 carbon atoms and
alkenyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, whereby a compound of
the formula
is reacted with thiophenoxide anion.
3,644,374
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
ACYLATED AMIDES
Raoul BuijIe, 44 Dreve Pittoreque, Brussels 18, Belgium,
and Heinz G. Viehe, 36 Avenue Schaveys, Beersel,
Linkebeek, Belgium
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 593,651, Nov. 14, 1966. This application
Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,755
Int. CI, C07d 29/24
U.S. CI. 260—293.88 1 Claim
A process for the preparation of acylated amides is
disclosed wherein an amide, such as N,N-dimethyl pro-
pionamide, is contacted with phosgene in a mole ratio of
phosgene to amide of at least about 1.5 to 1. The acylated
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1485
amide is useful in the preparation of various heterocyclic
compositions by ring closure of the amide with compounds
having two active hydrogens, such as hydroxyl amines.
3,644.375
LACTAM DICARBOXYLIC ACIDS AND PROCESS
FOR PRODUCING THEM
Tsuneo Kobayashi and Kenichi Morita, Kanagawa, Hiro-
shi Kitagawa, Nagoya-shi. Aichi, Toshimitsu Yoko-
yama, Aichi, and Shigeo Makida, Kyoto. Japan, as-
signors to Toray Industries, Inc., Chuo-ku, Tokyo,
Japan
No Drawing. Filed May 2, 1969, Ser. No. 821,493
Claims priority, application Japan, Oct. 18, 1968,
43/75,583
Int. CI, C07d 27/08, 29/22
U,S. CI, 260—293.62 26 Claims
Lactam dicarboxylic acids represented by the general
formula:
CH2
/ \
H N C'T-COOH
I I
o==r M
R represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group
having less than 20 carbon atoms. M represents either
-CH;-CH
I
or
rooii
CH-
I
CHsCoon
Derivatives of the lactam dicarboxylic acid are also dis-
closed.
Process for preparing the diester or diamide of the
above lactam dicarboxylic acid which comprises reacting
3-butene-1.2.3-tricarboxylic acid triester with ammonia
or a primary amine having less than 20 carbon atoms is
also disclosed.
3,644.376
1-03-HYDROXYETHOXY-ETHYL) - 4 - PARA-
CHLOROBENZYLPIPERIDINE AND ITS
LOWER ALKANOYL DERIVATIVES
Yasunobu Sato, Hiromu Takagi, Teruo Tanaka. and
Katsuo Kamoshida, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Sankyo
Company Limited, Chyuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,176
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 11, 1968,
43/24,167; Apr. 12, 1968, 43/24,389
Int. CI. C07d 27/24
U.S. CI. 260—293.82 3 Claims
Novel benzylpiperidine derivatives having the formula
^^^-CH
-CH.CHoOR
wherein X is a halogen atom, preferably chlorine atom,
and R is a hydroxyalkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon
atoms, preferably ^-hydroxyethyl group, or an acyloxy-
alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moiety, the acyl moiety of which may be an aliphatic
acyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an aromatic
acyl group having 6 or 10 carbon atoms in the aromatic
ring, preferably ^-acetoxyethyl group. These novel benzyl-
piperidine derivatives are useful as a non-narcotic anti-
tussive agent and they are prepared by (A) reacting a
benzylpyridine derivative having the formula
X
-CH^
\
wherein X is as defined above with a substituted alkyl
halide having the formula
XCH2CH2OR
wherein R and X are as defined above followed by sub-
jecting the intermediate pyridinium salt to a catalyic
reduction or (B) a benzylpiperidine derivative having
the formula
X
>f
CHj
\
X
N-H
/
wherein X is as defined above with the above-mentioned
substituted alkyl halide.
3.644,377
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
(4-PYRIDYLTHIO)ACETIC ACID
Chester Sapino, Jr.. and Paul David Sleezer, Dewitt. N.Y„
assignors to Bristol-Myers Company, New York, N,Y.
No Drawing, Filed Apr. 8. 1970. Ser. No. 26.753
Int. CI. C07di7/J0
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 G 5 Claims
A new and more efl^cient process for the preparation of
4-(pyridyllhio)acetic acid has been found which produces
yields of approximately 70-95 9c. The process comprises
treating a solution of 4-(l-pyridyl)pyridinium chloride
with 2-mercaptoacetic acid preferably with the aid of
heat. The compound, (4-pyridylthio)acetic acid is a \aiu-
abie intermediate in the preparation of biologically ac-
tive cephalosporins.
3.644,378
PROCESS FOR PREPARING FORMAMIDES
Harry Louis Vale, New Brunswick, and Jelka Pluscec.
East Brunswick. NJ., assignors to E. R. Squibb & Sons,
Inc., New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 25. 1969. Ser. No. 836.654
Int. CI. C07di//50, 31/48
VJS. CI. 260—294.8 F 3 Claims
An improved process for preparing compounds of the
formula
-0
CHo-.X
X'
wherein X is oxy or thio; one Y is aza; the remaining Y is
H
R and R' are the same or different and represent hydrogen,
halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy. trifluroniethyl, tri-
fiuoromethylmercapto, trifluoromethoxy or N.N-dimethyl-
aminosulfonyl; and X' is chloro or bromo. is disclosed.
These compounds are useful in the preparation of di-
hydropyridobenzoxazepines and dihydropyridobenzo-
thiazepines.
3,644,379
2-AMINO-4.5,6,7-TETRAHYDRO - 4.7 - ETHANO-
THIENO[2.3-b]PYRIDINES AND PHARMACEU-
TICALLY ACCEPTABLE SALTS THEREOF
Ian Wellings. Wilmington. Del., assignor to E. I. du Pont
de Nemours and Company. Wilmington. Del.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 23. 1969. Ser. No. 868,898
Int CI. C07di7/50
U.S. CI. 260—294.8 B 7 Claims
This invention relates to the discovery of a group of
compounds herein described as 2-amino-4.5.6.7-telrahy-
dro-4,7-ethanothieno[2.3-bT pyridines which are eflFective
topically against Herpes simplex H^'s'wus, Herpes sim-
plex/2, ALA/SM virus and adenovirus-2.
1486
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
Febriary 22, 1972
3,644.380
PREPARATION OF 3-CYANOPYRIDINE
Ronald Harmetz, Dover, and Roger J. Tull, Metuchen,
NJ., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879.519
Int. CI. cold 31/46
U.S. CI. 260—294.9 8 Claims
A process for preparing ?-cyanopyridine which com-
prises the steps of reacting 2-methyleneghitaronitrile v.ith
chlorine, bromine or iodine and reacting >aid 2-halo-2-
halomethylgUitaronitrile v\ith a Lewis acid producing the
intermediate compound, 3-halo-dihydro-3-cyano-pyridine
wherein the latter compound undergoes dehydro-dehaio-
genation when reacted uiih a base and convened to the
expected 3 - cyanopyriJmcl nicotinonitriie ). The latter
compound is a valuable intermediate for the production
of niacin (nicotinic acid), the anti-pellagra B complex
vitamin.
3,644,381
CERTAIN 1 - [3.(LOWER-ALKYL OR PHENYL
CARBAMOYLOXY)PROPYL]4 - PHENYL-1,2.3.6.
TETRAHYDROPYRIDINES AND DERIVATIVES
THEREOF
Grover Cleveland Helsley, Richmond. Va.. assignor to
A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated, Richmond, \ a.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 13. 1967. Ser. No.
690,097, now Patent No. 3,523,950. dated Aug. H.
1970. Divided and this application Jan. 19, 1970. Ser.
No. 4,129
Int. CI. C07d 31/34
LS. a. 260—295 CA 8 Claims
There are disclosed compositions of matter classified in
the art of chemistrv as derivatives of arylpyridinyl-alkyl
alcohols a> well as processes for making and using such
compositions.
The novel chemical compounds are represented by the
following formula:
N-A-X-Y
wherein R' represents hydrogen, lower alky!, lower alk-
oxy or trifluoromethyl; A represents alk\lene having 2 to
4 carbon atoms; X represents — O — C(0) — ; Y repre-
sents phenyl, substituted phenyl, and NHR- wherein R^
represents hydrogen, lower alkyl. phenyl and substituted
phenyl.
The pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt> of
the arylp\ridinyl-alkyl alcohol derivatives embraced by
the above formula are also included within the scope ot
this invention.
3,644,382
BENZLMIDAZOLE DERIV ATIVES OF BENZOIC
ACID AND ITS ESTERS AND AMIDES
Francois Clemence, Rosny-sous-Bois, and Odile Le Mart-
ret, Paris, France, assignors to Roussel-IJCLAF, Paris,
France
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,298
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 20, 1968.
144,581, June 20. 1968. 155,808, 155,810
Int. CI. C07d 49 38
U.S. CI. 260—295 F 19 Claims
Benzimidazoies of the formula
alkoxy, trihalomethyl and nitro, R is selected from the
group consisting of — COOH, — COOR', and
O A
\
n
R' is selected from the group consisting of aliphatic and
hydroxylated residue of a glycol, A and B are selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally
substituted aliphatic and Ri is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, lower aliphatic hydrocarbon, un-
substiluted and polysubstituted aryl. arylaliphatic, a thien-
yl, a /^pyridyl and a furyl with the proviso that when Ri
is phenvl, X' and X are other than halogen, alkoxy and
tritluoromethyl which compounds possess anti-inflam-
matory and antiviral activity and a novel process for their
preparation.
3,644.383
MANl'FACTl RE OF I,l'-DISl BSTITI TED-4.4'- (OR
-2.2-1 BIPYRIDMJl M SALTS FT<OM M-DISIB-
STITl TED TETKAHYDROBYPYRIDYLS
John Gerard Carey and John Edward Colchester. Run-
corn. England, assignors to Imperial Chemical Indus-
tries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 27, 1969. Ser. No. 811.250
C laims priority, application Great Britain, Mav 29, 1968.
25,774 68
Int. CI. C07d 3!/42
U.S. CI. 260—295 AM 12 Claims
A process for the manufacture of 1.1 '-ciisubsliiuted-
4.4'- (or -2.2'-) bipyrid\lium salts which comprises re-
acting the correspontling l.l'-disubstituted tetrahydro-
bipyridyl with an inorganic oxvacid anhydride which is
capable of accepting hydrogen inns ant! has a redox
potential in water more positive th.in —1.48 volts as com-
pared with the saturated calomel electrode.
(I)
wherein X and X' may be different and are selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl,
3,644,384
CERTAIN 2-(a-HAIOACETYL) - 1,2.3,4-TETRAHY-
DRO - 9H - PYRIDO[3,4-b|INDOLE.3-CARBOX-
YLATES AND DERIVATIVES
John \V. Schuienberg. Bethlehem, N.Y., assignor to
-Sterling Drug. Inc.. New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 9. 1969. Ser. No. 831,750
Int. CI. C07d 3! 3f^
U.S. CI. 260—295 C 3 Claims
New 1.2.3.4.6,7,12.1 2a-octahvdro-2-phenylpyrazino( 2'.
I ':6,1 Ipyridol 3,4-b lindoles having usefLil pyschonioloi
stimulant properties are prepared by thermal cvclization
of a 2-(a-haIo-lower-alkanoyn-3-carbo-lowei alkoxy- 1.2.
3.4-tetrahydro - 9H - p\rido| 3,4-b ;indo'e with an aniline
derivative, and alkali metal aluminum hvdridc reduction
of the resulting 1,2.3.4.6.7.1 2. l2a-octah\d'ol. 4-dioxo-2-
phcnylpyrazino[2',l ' .^\ ipvridoll > -i b 'indole.
3,644.385
aS-O-AC YL-PYRIDOXAL DFRH ATI\ ES
Isamu I'fsumi. Kvoto-shl. Kyoto-fu, Toshiro Watanabe.
Takatsuki-shi. Osaka-fu, Keiichi Kohno, Toyonaka-shi.
Osaka-fu. Isamu Daira, Ka^^anishi-shi, and Akira
Otsubo, Kobe-shi. Japan, assignors to Tanabe Seiyaku
Co., Ltd.. Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25. 1968, Ser. No. 778,793
Claims priority, application Japan, Nov. 27, 1967,
42 76.016
Int. CI. Q01A3L'34
U.S. CI. 260—295.5 R 3 Claims
a^-O-acyi-pyridoxals according to the formula
CHO
UO
_XV-
-ClIzOCOR
C«'-Hj,/
FF.imuARV 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1481
and a method of manufacture thereof by oxidation of the
corresponding a^-O-acyl-pyridoxine using manganese com-
pounds as oxidizing agents.
3,644,386
2-AMINOALKYL PYRR0L-3.YL KETONES
Irwin J. Pacbter, 42 Juneau Blvd.. Woodbury, N.Y.
11797, and Karl Schoen, 83-36 Beverly Road, Kew
Gardens, N.Y. 11415
No Drawing. Application Sept. 1, 1967, Ser. No. 664,942,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
575,303, Aug. 26, 1966, which in turn is a continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 599,387, Dec. 6, 1966.
Divided and this application July 15, 1968, Ser. No.
768,565
Int. CI. C07d 27/26
U.S. CI. 260—296 4 Claims
Process for preparing 2-aminoalkyl pyrrol-3-yl ketones
and derivatives thereof, and oxopyrroles thus produced.
The process is carried out by quaternizing 2-dimethyl-
amino- or 2-piperidinyl-alkyl-pyrrol-3-yl ketones or de-
rivatives thereof, particularly derivatives having bi- and
tricyclic nuclei, and reacting the quaternary salts either
with a base and an amine, or, alternatively, with an
amine only.
3,644,387
CERTAIN SUBSTITUTED (PYRIDYLAMINO) 2-
LOWER-ALKOXY IMINO-2-LOWER-ALKOXY
ETHANES
Dietmar H. Olescb, Chicago, III., assignor to Velsicol
Chemical Corporation, Chicago. III.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 865.172
Int. CI. C07d 31/42
U.S. CI. 260—296 R 6 Claims
This invention discloses compounds of the general for-
mula
s
0 - R
2
N - CH2 -C=K-0-R
\l-r^)
wherein X is selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, nitro, haloalkyl and halogen;
n is an integer from 0 to 3; R' is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R- is selected from the
group consisting of alkyl and haloalkyl; and R^ is alkyl.
The compounds of the above description are useful as
insecticides and acaricides.
3,644,388
PROCESS FOR MAKING 2,3,5-TRICHLORO-
4-PYRIDINOL
Clive Dudley Spencer Tomlin, Maidenhead, and Anil
Sunderji Mangalji, Loughborough, England, assignors
to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, Eng-
land
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,823
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Feb. 25, 1969,
9,954/69
Int. CI. C07d 31130
U.S. CI. 260—297 R 6 Claims
A process for preparing 4-hydroxy-2,3,5-trichloropyri-
dine, which consists essentially of reacting 4-hydroxy-2.3,
5,6-tetrachloro pyridine or an alkali or alkaline earth metal
salt thereof which an alkyl-lithium compound in which
the alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms in a liquid diluent
at a temperature of up to 20° C. and hydrolizing the re-
sulting product. The compound produced by this process
is commercially known as "pyriclor" an effective pre-
emergence and post emergence herbicide against a va-
riety of grasses and broadleaf herbs.
3,644,389
6-HYDROXY-l,3-DIALKYLBENZOTRIAZOLIUM
DERIVATIVES
Robert Frederic Michel Sureau, Enghien-les-Bains, Maric-
Josepbe Jeanne Alicot, Montmorency, and Victor Marie
Dupre. Louvres, France, assignors to Lgine Kuhlmann,
Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed May 26. 1969, Ser. No. 827,964
Claims priority, application France, Dec. 9, 1965,
41,598
Int CI. C07d 55/04; C07f 3/06: C09b 29/36
U.S. CI. 260—299 4 Claims
The present invention relates to new 6-hydroxy-l,3-di-
alkylbenzotriazolium salts of the following formula:
^
alkyl
I
N
11 0-
/
N
N
I
alkyl J
\-^
(I)
wherein X"? represents a mono\alent anion and the alkyl
groups in positions 1 and 3 are the same or different.
3,644,390
2,5-OXAZOLIDINEDIONE DERIVATIVES OF S-OXI-
DIZED SULFUR-CONTAINING AMINO ACIDS
Raffaele Bernetti, Palos Park, and David W. Holty , Naper-
ville, III., assignors to CPC International Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 784,483
Int. CI. C07d 85/34
U.S. CI. 260—307 3 Claims
Amino acid derivatives represented by the following
structural formula:
R1R2C — S — R
I
O
(CHs)o
H
CH-N
\
(
/
C=0
c — o
II
o
where R is selected from the group consisting of alkyl,
aralkyl. aryl, and alkenyl groups, Rj and R2 are selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl. aralkyl. aryl
and alkenyl groups, n is a positive integer ranging from
0 to 5, and .r is either 0 or 1. Polypeptides prepared from
the above amino acid derivatives are useful as temporary
skin substitutes.
3,644,391
PROCESS FOR PREPARING 4(5)-NTTRO-
IMIDAZOLES
William A. Sklarz, Clark, Victor J. Grenda, Warren,
Glenn W. Lindberg, Metuchen, and Albert D. Epstein,
Edison. NJ., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway,
NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772.839
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309 3 Claims
Improved process for preparing 4(5)-nitroimidazoles bv
nitrating imidazole compounds using an anhydrous sul-
1488
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
furic acid and nitric acid reaction medium containing an ceutical compositions and has advantageous properties
excess of free sulfur trioxide during the entire nitration. in the treatment of inflammatory diseases.
3,644,392
l-SUBSTITL TED-5-MTROIMIDAZOLE.
2-CARBOXIMIDATES
David W. Henry, Menio Park, Calif., assignor to Merck
& Co., Inc., Rahway, N J.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
654,290, May 22, 1967, which is a division of applica-
tions Ser. No. 300,675, Aug. 7, 1963, and Ser. No.
567,060, Sept. 12, 1967, now Patent xNo. 3,341,549.
This appUcation May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,991
Int. CI. C07d 49/36
U.S. CI. 260—309 7 Claims
1 -substituted - 5 - nitroimidazole-2-carboximidates and
1-substituted - 5 - nitroimidazole-2-carboxylic acid esters
are prepared from 2-substituted - 5 - nitroimidazoles by
treating a l-substituted-2-cyano - 5 - nitroimidazole with
base and by reacting a l-substituted-2-cyano-5-nitroimid-
azole with a lower alkanol in the presence of base and
treating the product formed with a mineral acid. The 1-
substituted-5-nitroimidazole-2-carboxylic acid esters and
the [-substituted - 5 - nitroimidazole-2-carboximidates are
useful as intermediates in the synthesis of biologically ac-
tive I-substituted-5-nitroimidazole-2-carboxamides.
3,644,396
CHRYSANTHEMUM ACID ESTERS OF 1-SUB-
STITUTED PYRROLIDINOLS
John Martin Clegg, New York, N.Y., and John Swidinsky,
Newark, and Bernard Beau Brown, Westfield, N.J.,
assignors to CPC International Inc.
No Drawing. Filed June 27, 1968, Ser. No. 740,472
Int. CI. C07d 27/04
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 20 Claims
This application covers chrysanthemum acid esters.
More particularly this application covers l-substituted-3-
pyrrolidmol or l-substituled-3-pyrrolidinyl alkyl esters
of chrysanthemum acid, and their use as insecticides.
3,644,393
LECITHIN MIXTURES AND REACTION PRODUCTS
OF 1,2-DISUBSTlTUTED IMIDAZOLINE
Helen I. Thayer, Oakmont, Pa., assignor to Gulf Research
& Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
544,838, Apr. 25, 1966. This application Aug. 29, 1969,
Ser. No. 854,277
Int CI. C07d 49/34
U.S. CI. 260—309.6 2 Claims
The mixture and reaction product of lecithin and cer-
tain 1,2-disubstituted imidazolines are useful as gasoline
antiwear and antifilter-clogging agents.
3,644,397
SUBSTITUTED 2-AMINOMETHYLPYRROLES
Stephen Raines, Plymouth Meeting, Pa., and Csaba A.
Kovacs, Hyattsville, Md., assignors to Richardson-
Merrell Inc.. New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 12, 1968, Ser. No. 775,145
Int. CI. C07d 27/26
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 7 Claims
Compounds having the generic formula:
a
CHs-N-R-
OX
wherein R and R' may be hydrogen or lower alkyl; X
may be either oxygen or sulfur; and Z may be lower alkyl,
lower alkoxy, phenyl, halophenyl, alkoxyphenyl, benzyl,
anilino. lower alkylamino, cyclohexylamino, or phenyl-
acetoxymethyl, have useful pharmacological properties
as central nervous system depressants. The compounds
are prepared by reacting the desired substituted 2-amino-
methylpyrrole with acid chlorides or anhydrides, isocya-
nates, isothiocyanates, or chloroformates to give the
desired amide, urea, thiourea, or carbamate derivative.
3,644.394
CONDENSATION PRODUCTS OF N-COUMARIN
ALKYLPYRAZOLES AND ALDEHYDES
John Albert Gurney, Tarrytown, N.Y., assignor to Ciba-
Geigy Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 24, 1968, Ser. No. 739,139
Int. CI. C07d 49/18
U.S. CI. 260—310 R 6 Claims
Brightening compounds are incorporated as mass bright-
eners of synthetic polyester and polyacrylonitrile mate-
rials to produce a highly fluorescent product characterized
by a high degree of retentivity and stability without affect-
ing the desirable properties of the aforesaid synthetic mate-
rials. A species of the color brightening compounds is bis
[1 - (3-phenylcoumarin-7-yl)-3-methylpyrazol-4-yl]meth-
ane.
3,644,395
PHENYLBUTAZONE-SODIUM-MONOGLYCERATE
Heinrich Urwyler, Reinach, Basel-Land, Switzerland, as-
signor to Geigy Chemical Corporation, Ardsley, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,693
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Dec. 11, 1968,
18,458/68
Int. CI. C07d 49/08
U.S. CI. 260—311 1 Claim
Phenylbutazone-sodium-monoglycerate is prepared in
crystalline form; the compound is comprised in pharma-
3,644,398
l-CARBAMOYL-3-PHENYLPYRROLIDINES
Grover Cleveland Helsley. Richmond, Va., assignor to
A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated, Richmond, Va.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 815,496
Int. CI. C07d 27/04
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 7 Claims
l-carbamoyl-3-phenyipyrrolidines useful as muscle re-
laxants and anticonvulsants are disclosed. The com-
pounds are prepared by reacting 3-phenylpyrrolidines
with lower-alkyl isocyanates and N,N-dilower alkyl car-
bamoyl halides.
3,644,399
PYRROLE LOWER ALKANOIC ACIDS AND
DERIVATIVES
Kevan Brown. Reading, and John Frederick Cavalla,
Iseworth, Middlesex, England, assignors to John Wyeth
& Brothers Limited, Taplow, England
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1969, Ser. No. 821,075
Claims prioritv, application Great Britain, May 7, 1968,
21,615/68
Int. CI. C07d 27/26
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 7 Claims
The invention concerns diaryl furan, thiophene, and
pyrrole lower alkanoic acids and derivatives which are
pharmacologically efficacious as anti-inflammatory agents.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1489
3,644,400
AZIRIDINO MITOSENES
Keizo Uzu, Kinichi Nakano, and Toshinaka Takahashi,
Tokyo-to, Japan, assignors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed July 8, 1969, Ser. No. 839,921
Claims priority, application Japan, July 23, 1968,
43/51,644
Int. CI. C07d 27/54
3,644,404
PROCESS FOR PREPARING HETEROCYCLIC
POLYOLS AND ETHER DERTVATTYES
Peter E. Throckmorton, Prior Lake, Minn., assignor to
Ashland Oil, Inc., Houston, Tex.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1967, Ser. No. 632,562
Int. CI. C07d 61/00
U.S. CI. 260—327 6 Claims
In abstract, the specification discloses a process for pre-
U.S. CI. 260-— 326.3 9 Claims paring a heterocyclic compound of Formula I :
A process for preparmg compounds of the formula
CH,0
CIIs
CHjOCORj
6
/
N-CHs
is provided wherein R3 's NH2 or lower alkyl. These com-
pounds are antibiotics.
(I)
RORi CH}
\ / \
C X
RORs
CHj
comprising reacting a carbonate of Formula II:
(II)
ROR' CH2-0
\ / \
c c=o
/ \ /
RORs CIIr-0
3,644.401
N-(2-BENZOYLPHENYL)-2-PYRROLIDINONES
Peter H. L. Wei, Upper Darby, and Stanley C. Bell, Penn
Valley, Pa., assignors to American Home Products
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 10, 1968, Ser. No. 735,534
Int. CI. C07d 27/08
U.S. CI. 260—326.5 2 Claims
The invention is directed to N-aryl-2-benzoyl-a-oxocy-
clopolymethylene amines which have anticonvulsant prop-
erties particularly in preventing convulsions such as are
produced by metrazol or electric shock.
with an alkali metal thio or seleno cyanate of Formula III:
(III)
QXCN
and formation of the heterocyclic compound by pyrolysis
or hydrolysis of said reaction product. In the above
formulae. X is sulfur or selenium, R^ and R^ are alkylene
radicals cf 0 to 8 carbon atoms, R is alkyl of from l" to 8
carbon atoms or hydrogen and Q is an alkali metal. The
polyols of Formula I are used as radiation inhibitors in the
products of ADM-446.
3,644,402
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING a-PYRROLIDONE
Kazumi Takagi, Teruo Matsuda, and Masahiro Murakami,
Niihama-shi, Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical
Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed May 6, 1969, Ser. No. 822,307
Claims priority, application Japan, May 16, 1968,
43/33,083
Int. CI. C07d 27/05
U.S. CI. 260—326.5 8 Claims
High yields of a-pyrrolidone are obtained by reacting
succinonitrile with hydrogen under pressure in the presence
of a hydrogenating catalyst at a temperature of 80° to
200° C. in a nitrogen-containing basic organic solvent
for a reaction period shorter than 3.7 minutes and then
contacting the thus obtained reaction mixture with water
or aqueous ammonia solution at a temperature of 200° to
300° C. Alpha-pyrrolidone is useful as an important raw
material of 4-nylon and as a raw material for the produc-
tion of N-methyl pyrrolidone and N-vinyl pyrrolidone,
both useful as a high boiling solvent, or as a fiber raw
material.
3,644,403
3-SUBSTITUTED-l.PHENYL-INDOLINES
Antonio Canas-Rodriguez and Peter R. Leeming, Canter-
bury, England, assignors to Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,321
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 18, 1968,
60,083/68
Int. CI. C07d 27/38
U.S. CI. 260—326.11 4 Claims
Novel 3-mono-aminoalkyl - 1 - phenyl - indolines and
2-indolinones are disclosed.
3,644,405
PHTHALIMIDE CONTAINING MONOAZO
DYESTUFFS
Walter Horstmann, Cologne, Dietmar Kalz, Leverkusen,
Gerhard Wolfrum, Opiaden, and Edgar Siegel, Lever-
kusen, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 26, 1968, Ser, No. 779,225
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 6, 1967,
P 16 44 236.7
Int. CI. C09b 29/36
U.S. CI. 260-156 2 Claims
Monoazo dyestuffs free from sulfonic acid groups are
prepared which are valuable new pigment dyestuffs char-
acterized by good fastness to light, solvents and migra-
tion, and by a good thermal stability when used for color-
ing papers, lacquers, varnishes, synthetic materials, pig-
ment paste and printing colors. The dyestuffs correspond
to the general formula
Ki-N=N-
N-NH-C-A
(R)n
where A stands for an optionally substituted alkyl. aral-
kyl, carbocyclic or heterocyclic radical or for the radical
— N
\
Kj
I
1490
where
Ri and Rj, independently of one another, mean hydrogen,
an optionally substituted alkyl, aralkyl or aryl radical;
X stands for an oxygen or sulfur atom or for NH;
Ki is the radical of a monofunctional coupling compo-
nent;
R is a substituent; and
m is an integer from 0-3.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,409
RADI0P.4QI E COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF
PREPARING THE SAME
Ernst Feider and Davide Pitre, Milan, Italy, assignors
to Bracco Indusiria Chimica, Societa per Azioni, Milan,
Italy
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
709,778. Mar. 1. 1968. This application May 28,
1970, Ser. No. 41,724
Int. CI. C07d 27/0%, 29/22, 87/30
U.S. CI. 260—247.2 U Claims
3,644,406
WATER SOLUBLE AZOFORMATE ESTERS
Chester Stephen Sheppard, Tonawanda, and Ronald Ed-
ward MacLeay, Williamsville, N.Y., assignors to Penn-
walt Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 763.342
Int. CI. C07c 107/00, 107/02, 107/04
U.S. a. 260—192 5 Claims
Water soluble azoformate esters of the formula
o
!I
R-0-C-X--N-R'
wherein at least one of R and R' contains a water solu-
bilizing group, such as 2-hydroxyethyl t-butylazocar-
boxylate which are useful as polymerization initiators in
aqueous medium for polymerization reactions such as
vinyl monomer polymerization by the emulsion technique.
3,644,407
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF STEROIDAL
COMPOUNDS BY CYCLIZATION OF A AND B
RINGS
Michael Rosenberger. Bloomfield, and Gabriel Saucy.
Essex Fells, N J., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc..
Nutley, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 4,135
Int. CI. C07c 173/00
U.S. CI. 260—239.55 C 7 Claims
Tetracyclic steroidal molecules may be prepared by
simultaneous cyclization of the A and B ring. The sub-
strate for this cyclization process is a bicyclic polyketone.
The reaction is conducted in the presence of an acid or
preferably an acid-basi! complex system. In a specific em-
bodiment 4-(3,7-dioxo-octyl) - la - methylperhydroindan-
1,5-dione is converted into 19-nor-androsta-4.9( 10)-dien-
3.17-dione in the presence of piperidine acetate. The
steroidal compounds prepared by the process described
herein are useful intermediates in the preparation of
steroids having valuable pharmacological activity.
Compounds of the formula
I-
-Y— Alk— COOII
//
N
CH, CO
are radiopaque, tend to collect in the gall bladder when
ingested orally, and are well tolerated, if X has 2-4 carbon
atoms and is alkylene or alkylenoxyalkylene, Y is a single
carbon-to-carbon bond or oxygen, and Alk is lower alkvl-
ene or phenyl-lower-alkylene having not more than four
carbon atoms in the alkylene group. The physiologically
tolerated salts of the above carboxylic acids have the
same effects. The compounds are prepared by closure of
the rinc
I
N
CHj
CO
when otherwise similar compounds having the group
H— N-CO-X-CHr
are exposed to alkali metal hydroxide in a strongly alkaline
aqueous medium and are precipitated when the medium
is acidified after ring formation.
3,644,408
PROCESS FOR PREPARING MORPHOLINE
DISULFIDE
Harry E. Hill, Wallingford, Conn., assignor to R. T.
Vanderbilt Company, Inc., New York, N.Y.
No I>rawing. Filed Mar. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 807,440
Int. CI. C07d 87/46
U.S. CI. 260—246 B 11 Claims
This disclosure is concerned with an improved process
for preparing morpholine disulfide from morpholine and
sulfur monochloride. In the improved process, morpholine.
solvent, a critical amount of water and a critical amount
of alkali metal hydroxide are mixed prior to any sulfur
monochloride addition.
3,644,410
PREPARATION OF TRIALLYL CYANURATE
Harry D. Gregg, Jr., and Howard V. Lemaster, Mobile,
Ala., assignors to Ciba-Geigy Corporation, Ardsley,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 15,221
Int. CI. C07d 55/50
U.S. CI. 260—248 CS 7 Claims
Triallyl cyanurate is prepared by reacting allyl alcohol
with cyanuric chloride in the presence of an alkaline agent
under specific conditions allowing the preparation of a
very pure product.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1491
3,644,411
BIOSTATIC USE OF SUBSTITUTED PHENYL-
SULFONYL-HYDROXAMINES
Don R. Baker, 3136 Estates Ave., Pinole, Calif. 94564;
Llewellyn W. Fancher, 1662 Foothill Park Circle.
Lafayette, Calif. 94549; and Malcolm B. McClellan,
1112 Arlington Lane, San Jose, Calif. 95129
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
823,217, Feb. 14, 1969, which is a division of ap-
plication Ser. No. 568,372, July 28, 1966, now
Patent No. 3,458,570. This application July 13,
1970, Ser. No. 56,195
Int. CI. AOln 9/16, 9/20, 9/30
U.S. CI. 424—286 12 Claims
This invention relates to the use of certain N-sub-
stituted phenylsulfonylhydroxyamines in bacteriostatic
and fungistatic composiiion.
polyvinylchloride, etc., in the preparation of polyurethane
and vinyl polymers and in the preparation of photoresist
resins.
3,644,414
l-SUBSTITLTED-3-PHENYLPYRROLIDLNES
(; rover Cleveland Helsley, Richmond, Va., assignor to
A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated, Richmond, Va.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 815,495
Int. CI. C07d 27/04
U.S. CI. 260—326.3 4 Claims
l-substituted-3-phenyIpyrrolidines useful as muscie re-
laxants and anticonvulsants are disclosed. The compounds
a-c prepared from ?-phenylpyrrolidines.
3,644,412
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF N-CARBOXY
ANHYDRIDES AND AMINO ACIDS AND DERIV-
ATIVES THEREOF
Yasuo Fujimoto and M. »a>nki Teranishi, Machida-shi,
Japan, a&MRnors to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co.. Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing, filtd Aug. 23, 1968. Ser. No. 754.999
Claims priority ipplicatir.n Japan, Aug. 23, 1967,
■2 53.745
Int. CI. C07d 8:) J 34
U.S. CI. 260—307 B 6 Claims
A process for the preparation of N-carboxy anhydrides
of amino acids having the geneial fornula:
K-ru-co
\
NH-CO
/
O
which comprises reacting an amino acid or the salts there-
of with phosgene in the presence of an organic triester
of phosphoric acid. Preferably, the reaction is carried out
with heating in an organic solvent.
3,644,413
3-PHENYL COUMARINS
Dvrvafula V. Rao, Hamden, Adnan A. R. Sayigh, North
Haven, and Henri Ulrich, Northford, Conn., assignors
to The Upjohn Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 20,062
Int. CI. C07d 7/28
U.S. CI. 260—343.2 8 Claims
Novel alkoxy-substituted 3-phenylcoumarins of the
formula:
'0^ ^, 0
3,644,415
THIABICYCLONONANES AND PROCESS
Edward D. Weil, Yonkers, and Keith J. Smith, Lockport.
N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation.
Niagara Falls. N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser, No. 482.261, Aug. 24, 1965. This application
Aug, 22, T9ftS, Ser. No. 754.732
uif. a. ( 07d 63/04, 65/04
VS. CI. 260—327 n Claims
Beta-sub^ti: lied / - iniaDicyclor3.3.I Inonanes. 9-thia-
bicyclcr4.2.1 ,;i,on.,ne- :,r , ;he 9-oxides and 9-dioxides
thereof are ,icw v:i;mpounds po^'^t-'^'^ing insecticidal and.
fungicidal. nem.iKvida] antibaccrnl, and hcrbiciJal ac-
tivities
3 644.416
SUBSTITL TFD 9-THI aBICVCLONONENES
Edward D. Weil, "i unkers. and Keith J. Smith. Lockport,
N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation,
Niagara Falls, N.^.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
482,297, Aug. 24, 1965, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. xNo. 260,909, Feb. 25. 1963. This
application Aug. 23, 1968, Ser. No. 754,980
Int. CI. C07d 65/04: AOln 9 72
VS. CI. 260—327 TH 16 Claims
Compounds of the formula
wherein t is from 0 to 2, and X is a substituent selected
from the group consisting of halogen, hydrocarbyloxy, hy-
drocarbylthio, acyloxy, acylthio, amino or substituted
amino, carboxyl, or salt, nitrile, amide, ester or acid
halide of carboxyl, — NCO and — NCS.
wherein R is lower alkoxy, Rj is NHCOCH3,
NHCOCH=CH2, NCO
or
NHCOO(CH.CH;0).-C-C = CH.
il !
O R3
wherein n is an integer of from 1 to 3 inclusive and R3 is
alkyl of from 1 to 4 inculsive carbon atoms, and Rj is H
or Ri are prepared. Such compounds are useful, by virtue
of fluorescence in ultraviolet light, as optical brighteners,
as ultraviolet stabilizers for plastics such as polyethylene!
895 O.G.— 54
3,644,417
CORONARY VASODILATOR COMPOUNDS
Abraham Weber, Paris, Jacques Frossard, Champigny,
aad Daniel Bouzard, Franconville, France, assignors to
Mead Johnson & Company, Evansville, Ind
?«o Drawing. Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,671
Int. CI. C07d 93/42; A61k 27/00
U.I. CI. 260-327 B 3 claims
5,5-dioxo-6-methyl-ll - [13 - (N-methyl-N-(l-phenyl-2-
propyl)amino)propyndibenzo[I.2.5lthiadiazepine posses-
ses coronary vasodilator action and freedom from side
effects such as tachycardia and sedative action.
1492
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,418
2,2.BIS(p-CHLOROPHENYL).3,3-
DIMETHYLOXETANE
George Holan, Brighton, Victoria, Australia, assignor to
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
Organization, East Melbourne, Victoria, Australia
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 799,111
Claims priority, application Australia, Feb. 20, 1968,
33,896/68
Int. CI. C07d 3/00
U.S. CI. 260—333 1 Claim
The invention provides a new compound 2,2-bis(p-chlo-
rophenyl)-3,3-dimethyloxetane having insecticidal prop-
erties. It may be made by irradiating a mixture of 4,4'-
dichlorobenzophenone and isobutylene with ultra-violet
radiation or by reacting p-chlorobenzenemagnesium ha-
lide with /j-bromopivaloyl chloride.
3,644,419
2,3,4,9 . TETRAHYDRO - 9 - PHENYL-OXAZIRINO-
[2,3-d][l,4]BENZODIAZEPINES AND PREPARA-
TION THEREOF
Werner Metlesics, Clifton, and Leo Henryk Stembach,
Upper Montclair, N J., assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche
Inc., Nutley, N J.
No Drawing. Application June 19, 1967, Ser. No. 647,226,
now Patent No. 3,498,973, dated Mar. 3, 1970, which
is a division of application Ser. No. 267,908, Mar. 25,
1963. Divided and this application Dec. 5, 1969, Ser.
No. 882,745
Int. CI. C07d 53106, 85/02
U.S. CI. 260—333 1 Claim
Novel 2,3,4,9-tetrahydro - 9 - phenyl-oxazirino[2,3-d]-
[ 1,4] benzodiazepines and preparation thereof prepared
via oxidation of 2,3-dihydro-5-phenyl-lH-l,4-benzodiaze-
pines, are described. These novel products are useful as
intermediates in the preparation of 2,3-dihydro-5-phenyl-
lH-l,4-benzodiazepine 4-oxides, useful as anti-convulsant
agents.
3,644,422
2-(SUBSTITUTED PHENOXYMETHYL)
DIOXOLANES
Akihiko Mine, Minoo-shi, Takeo Satomi, Takarazuka-shi,
Naganori Hino and Katsuzo Kamoshita, Toyonaka-shi,
and Yoshitsugu Suzuki and ShInji Nakai, Takarazuka-
shi. Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical Company,
Ltd., Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 22,996
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 7, 1969,
44/27,050
Int. CI. C07d 13/04
U.S. CI. 260—340.9 4 Claims
Phenoxyacetaldehyde ethyleneacetal derivatives repre-
sented by the formula,
{CD
V- OCHgCH
(CH3)n
CHo
0 - CH2
wherein m and n are 0 or an integer of 1 to 5, and the sum
of m and n is 1 to 5, which may be useful as herbicidal
compositions with high herbicidal activities on both broad-
leaved and grass weeds and lower toxicities on fishes.
3,644,423
ORTHOESTERS DERIVED FROM GLYCEROL
David F. Roswell, Baltimore, David E. Kramm, Laurel,
and Louis L. \Vood, Potomac, Md., and Thomas R.
Steadman, Convent Station, NJ., assignors to W. R.
Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
574.259, Aug. 22, 1966. This application June 10, 1969,
Ser. No. 832,030
Int. CI. C07d 13/04
VS. CI. 260—340.9 4 Claims
In abstract, this invention is directed to an orthoester
having the formula
3,644,420
XANTHENE DERIVATIVES
Stewart Sanders Adams, Bernard John Armitage, Norman
William Bristow, and Bernard Vincent Heathcote,
Nottingham, England, assignors to Boots Pure Drug
Company Limited, Nottingham, England
No Drawing. Hied Aug. 23, 1967, Ser. No. 662,587
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 2, 1966,
39,384/66; Apr. 5, 1967, 15,692/67
Int. CI. C07d 7/42
U.S. CI. 260—335 3 Claims
Xanthene derivatives having utility in the treatment
of peptic ulceration.
where R is hydrogen or lower alky! and R' is lower alkyl
and n is an integer from 1-20 and to a method for pre-
paring said orthoester by reacting glycerol with an ortho-
ester having the formula R — C(OR')3 where R and R'
are as defined supra, all as recited hereinafter.
3,644,421
4-OXA-3-KETO-A1-PREGNENE DERIVATIVES
Alexander D. Cross, Mexico City, Mexico, assignor to
Syntex Corporation, Panama, Panama
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
411,554, Nov. 16, 1964, now Patent No. 3,417,106. This
application Dec. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 780,580
Int. CI. C07d 19/00
U.S. CL 260—340.5 8 Claims
This discloses, as new compounds, 4-oxa-3-keto-A'-
pregnene steroids including the 19-nor derivatives and
those containing optional substitutions at positions C-16
and C-17a. These compounds are progestational agents,
have anti-androgenic, anti-gonadotrophic, and estrogenic
properties and are useful in fertility control, in the treat-
ment of premenstrual tensions, in lowering blood choles-
terol levels, and in the treatment of acne, benign prostate
hypertrophy and hirsutism. Also disclosed are methods
and intermediates useful for the preparation of these
compounds.
3,644,424
GLYCERYL ACETYLSALICYLATE AND ITS
ANALGESIC ANTI-INFLAMMATORY USE
Margaret H. Sheriock, Bloomfield, NJ., assignor to
Schering Corporation, Bloomfield, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
629,414, Apr. 10, 1967. This appUcation Oct 16, 1969,
Ser. No. 867,061
Int. CI. C07d 13/04; C07c 69/84
U.S. CI. 260—340.9 2 Claims
The invention relates to glyceryl acetylsalicylate, to its
use as an analgesic anti-inflammatory agent, and to the
intermediates useful in the preparation thereof. Glyceryl
acetylsalicylate is prepared as follows: Heat salicylic acid
and chloroacetonitrile at reflux in the presence of tri-
ethylamine and transesterify the resulting cyanomethyl
salicylate with excess quantities of 2,2-dimethyl-l,3-di-
oxolane-4-methanol by heating in the presence of potas-
sium carbonate to yield 0,7 - isopropylidenedioxypropyl
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1493
salicylate. Acetylate the sodium salt of /9,7-isopropylidene-
dioxypropyl salicylate and hydrolyze the resulting /3,7-
isopropylidenedioxypropyl-o-acetoxybenzoate to yield /3,7-
dihydroxypropyl-o-acetoxybenzoate. Alternate methods
for the preparation of the desired compounds are also
described.
3,644,425
10-METHYL-13-ETHYLGON-4,9(11)-DIENES
Herchel Smith and David R. Herbst, Wayne, Pa., assignors
to American Home Products Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Original application Aug. 4, 1967, Ser. No. 658,444, now
Patent No. 3,491,131, dated Jan. 20, 1970. Divided
and this application Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No. 821,546
Int. CI. C07d 101/00
U.S. CI. 260—343.2 S 1 Claim
10/3 - methyl-13i3-ethylgon-4,9(ll)-dienes having pro-
gestational and antiestrogenic activity are prepared from
13/3-ethylgon-4-enes by a sequence of reactions, includ-
ing ozonization at the 4-position unsaturation, introduc-
tion of unsaturation at the 9-position, addition of a
methyl group at the 10-position, and reformation of the
A-ring.
3,644,426
PREPARATION OF DELTA VALERO-LACTONES
Robert A. Dombro, Chicago, III., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
578,505, Sept. 12, 1966. This application Aug. 15, 1969,
Ser. No. 850,668
Int. CI. C07d 7/06
VS. CI. 260—343.5 10 Claims
Lactones may be prepared by treating mercaptans or
disulfides with an oxidizing agent such as dimethyl sulfox-
ide in the presence of a polar solvent such as an alcohol,
in an alkaline solution, such as sodium hydroxide at an
elevated temperature. Thus, n-propyl mercaptan can be
converted to alpha, gamma-dimethyl delta-valerolactone.
3,644,427
SYNTHESIS OF 3-HALOALKYL HYDROCARBON-
CARBOXYLATES AND 4-HALOTETRAHYDRO-
PYRANS
Paul R. Stapp, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 11,311
Int. CI. C07d 7/04; C07c 69/00
VS. CI. 260—345.1 9 Claims
A 3-haloalkyl hydrocarboncarboxylate and a 4-halotet-
rahydropyran are produced by reacting a 1-alkene,
(■HCHO)n. a hydrogen halide and an acid halide at a
temperature in the range of —80 to ^30" C, wherein n
is the integer 1 or greater.
3,644,428
PRINS-TYPE REACTIONS
Hugh Stewart Inglis, Stockton-on-Tees, England, assignor
to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, Eng-
land
No Drawing. Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,827
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 29, 1968,
41,358/68
Int. CI. C07d 7/08, 15/02
VS. CI. 260—345.1 16 Claims
A process for reacting a conjugated diolefin, e.g. 1,3-
butadiene, with formaldehyde to give a product compris-
ing a major proportion of a dihydropyran, e.g. 5,6-dihydro-
2H-pyran in which the reaction takes place in the presence
of a Lewis acid catalyst and a substantially non-aqueous
solvent.
3 644 429
SUBSTITUTED BENZ[e]INDENES AND
PHENANTHRENES AND PROCESS
Zoltan George Hajos, Upper Montclair, and Eugene Paul
Oliveto, Glen Ridge, NJ., assignors to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc., Nutley, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
687,463, Dec. 4, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 544,677, Apr. 25, 1966, which
m turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
495,672, Oct. 13, 1965. This application Dec. 23, 1968.
Ser. No. 786,445
Int. CI. C07d 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—345.9 7 Claims
Methods for the preparation of 2,3,3a,4,5,7,8,9,9a/3,9ba-
decahydro - 3a/3 - primary lower alkyl - 7 - 0x0 - IH-
benz[e]indenes and 4,4a/3,4ba,5,6,7,8,8a,9,10 - decahydro-
8a^ - primary lower alkyl - 3H - phenanthren - 2 - ones
by cyclizing compounds of the formula
Ri-CHj-T'-CHj
wherein Rj is hydrogen or lower alkyl; Z' is carbonyl
or CH(0R2'); Rj' is hydrogen, lower alkyl, lower alka-
noyl, benzoyl, nitrobenzoyl, carboxy-lower alkanoyl, car-
boxybenzoyl, trifiuoroacetyl or camphorsulfonyl- T' is
— C(X')=CH— , — C(OR3)=CH— or — Q'^H^;
R3 IS lower alkyl; X' is bromine, chlorine or iodine; Q'
is carbonyl, lower alkylene dioxy-methylene, di-( lower
alkoxy) -methylene or hydroxy-methylene, R4 is lower
primary alkyl and m is an integer having a value of 1 or 2.
The compounds of this series are useful as intermediates
in the synthesis of known steroids which are pharma-
cologically active as fertility control agents.
3,644,430
UNSATURATED ALDEHYDE
Karl-Heinrich Schulte-Elte, Geneva, Switzeriand, assignor
to Firmenich & Cie, Geneva, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 845,101
Int. CI. C07d 1/12
U.S. CI. 260-348 R 3 claims
4,5-«poxy-2-penten-l-aI, which is useful as an interme-
diate in various organic syntheses, is disclosed together
with a process for its preparation which comprises oxidiz-
ing cyclopentadiene by means of singlet oxygen.
3,644,431
DIGLYCIDYL ESTERS OF ALIPHATIC
DICARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Alfred Heer, Birsfelden, and Werner Schaffner, Basel,
!»witzeriand, assignors to Ciba Limited, Basel. Swit-
zerland
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,578
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 30. 1968
14,560/68
.rr. ^. - ^*- CI. C07d 1/J8
U.S. CI. 260—348 A jq claims
New diglycidyl esters of branched-chain paraffin-dicar-
boxyhc acids, the carboxyl groups of N^hich are linked by
a linear Cj-Cio-alkylene chain which is substituted by 2
to 6 Ci-C^-alkyl groups, above all technical trimethyladipic
acid diglycidyl ester. Compared to the known adipic acid
diglycidyl esters, the new diglycidyl esters inter alia pos-
sess the advantages of storage stability, of greater diffi-
culty of saponification of the ester groups and of lesser
water absorption of the cured mouldings. The relatively
low curing temperatures required with the usual hot-curing
agents (for example 60-70° C. with hexahvdrophthalic
anhydride) are surprising. Trimethyladipic acid diglycidyl
ester is above all suitable for use as reactive diluent for
1494
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
other epoxide resins, because in contrast to the known
diluents the mechanical properties of the cured mouldings
are not worsened, but on the contrary, are improved.
3,644,432
PROCESS FOR RECOVERING ETHYLENE OXIDE
Robert Hoch, Brooklyn, and Harold Gilman, Millwood,
N.Y., assignors to Halcon International, Inc.
Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No. 651,012,
July 3, 1967. This application Sept. 30, 1969, Ser.
No. 862,341
Int CI. C07d 1/14
US. a. 260—348 4 Claims
This invention relates to a process for the recovery of
ethylene oxide from the rich cycle gas resuhing from the
vapor phase reaction of ethslene with molecular oxygen
under ethylene oxide forming conditions. Recovery is
effected by scrubbing the rich cycle gas with a non-aque-
ous liquid .ibsorbent in a dry system at cryogenic con-
ditions .iri! thereafter stripping the absorbent from ethyl-
ene oxide absorbate which is then refined to the desired
product. Advantages of the process reside in the elimina-
t:an of the usual glycol make accompanying recovery in
an aqueous system and in the abtention of high ethylene
oxide concentrations in the liquid phase. The inventive
process may advantageously provide an absorbent inven-
tory for continuous process operation by condensation
and recycling of overhead absorbent from the stripper.
The invention is of particular value in an ethane ballasted-
high purity oxygen system utilizing liquid ethane as ab-
sorbent; the high ethane partial pressures may be availed
of to raise the temperature level of the refrigeration re-
quired and thereby reduce its cost.
rubber formulations based on hydroxy! endblocked linear
siloxane polymers and amino cross-linking agents are
prepared by adding silica fillers with surface area in the
range from 100 to 200 m.Vg. and alkali aluminum sili-
cate or alkali earth metal aluminum silicate molecular
sieve to the formulations.
3.644,435 '
6-ALKYL OR 6-ALKE\YI -2.3.DIMETHOXY-5-HY -
DR0XY-1,4.BENZ0QLIN0NES AND HYDRO-
'^^!„f°"'*"' ^"^"^ ^^>^ '^oad, Portola Vallev. Calif.
94026; Joseph C. Catlin, 872 Colorado Ave., Palo Alto.
Calif. 94303; and Glenn Dovie Daves, Jr., 1530 SE.
Blakeney, Beaverton. Oreg. 97005
No Drawing. Filed June 20, 1968, Scr. No. 738,393
U.S. CI. 260-396 R ,3 claims
The disclosure describes novel 6-alkyl and 6-alkenyl
derivatives of 2,.^ - dimethoxy - 5-hydroxy-l,4-benzoqui-
nones and hydroquinones which are useful as antioxidants
and inhibitors of succinoxidase and DPNH-oxidase in
mitochondrial systems. The compounds are prepared by
reacting 2,3 - dimethoxy - 5-hydroxy-l,4-benzohydroqui-
none with an allylic alcohol or by decomposing a diacyl-
peroxide in the presence of 2,3-dimethoxy-5-hydroxy-l,4-
benzoquinone.
3,644,433
INCREASING ALTOIGNITION TEMPERATl RE
OFCS2
John A. Bichard, Point Edward, Ontario, and Jackson
Eng, Samia, Ontario, Canada, assignors to Esso Re-
search and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,489
Int. CI. C23g 5/04
VS. CI. 252—364 2 Claims
A composition of matter suitable for cleaning oil and
gas wells and for sulfiding a hydrotreating catalyst which
comprises carbon disulfide containing 5-40 Iv. percent,
preferably 10-30%, of a refinery stream boiling below
250° P., chosen from the group consisting of catalytically
cracked naphtha and coker naphtha.
3,644,436
BIS(AMIDINOHYDRAZONES) OF STEROIDAL
DIONES
Gerhard R. Wendt, Havertown, Kurt W. Ledig, Philadel-
phia, and Daniel M. Teller. King of Prussia, Pa., as-
signors to American Home Products Corporation, New
York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No
594,390. Nov. 15, 1966. This application Apr. 30, 1969,
Ser. No. 820.646
.re ^. Int. CI. C07c 769/00
VS. CI. 260-397 g Claims
The disclosure is directed to bis(amidinohydrazones)
of gona-3,I7-diones and 18,19-dinorpregna-3,20-diones.
The compounds have cardiotonic activity.
3,644,434
ROOM TEMPERATURE VULCANTZABLE ORGANO-
POLYSILOXANE ELASTOMER MATERIALS
Paul Hittmair, Wolfgang Kaiser, Siegfried Nitzsche, and
Ernst Wohlfarth, Burghausen, Upper Bavaria, Ger-
many, assignors to Wacker-Chemie G.m.b.H., Munich,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 782,771
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 14, 1967,
W 45,346
Int. CI. C08k 1/10
U.S. CI. 260—375 B 6 Claims
Non-slump room temperature vulcanizable silicone
3,644,437
17a - ALKY NYL - 17/i-ALKYLGON-13-ENES, PROC-
ESSES THEREFOR AND PRODUCTS THEREFROM
Reinhardt P. Stein, Conshohocken, and Herchel Smith,
Bryn Mawr. Pa., assignors to American Home Products
Corporation, New Yorx, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 852,448
»To ^. . Int. CI. C07c 769/05, 769/22
U.S. CI. 260-397.3 2I Claims
Compounds of the 17a-(lower) aIkynyI-17/J-(Iower)
alkylgon - 13 - ene series, optionally substituted at C- 16
with (lower )alkyl (I) are provided by treating the corre-
sponding 17a - (lower)alkynyl - 13/3 - (lowe^alkylgon-
I7/i-ols ril) with a solution of phosphorus oxychloride
in dimethylformamide at elevated temperatures for rela-
tively short reaction times. Compounds (I) of the gona-
1.3.5('10)-triene series and the esters of the gona-5-en-3-ol
series are useful to prepare progestationaliy and anti-
androgenically active com.poundb bv known methods.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1495
3,644,438
6-HYDROXYMETHYL-15^,16^-METHYLENE
PREGNENES AND PROCESS
Andor Furst, Basel, Dieter Kagi, Allschwil, Marcel
Muller, Frenkendorf, and Peter Muller, Arlesheim.
Switzerland, assignors to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.,
Nutley, xN.J.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 11, 1970, Ser. No. 18,737
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Apr. 23, 1969,
6,142/69
Int. CI. C07c 769/i2
U.S. CI. 260—397.4 6 Claims
Medicinally valuable 6-methyl-15/:i,16/9-methylene preg-
nenes are obtained from novel correspondingly substi-
tuted 6-hydroxymethyl-15^,]6/3-methylene pregnenes by
a two step procedure. The 6-hydroxymethyl-15/i,16;3-
methylene pregnenes are obtained by treatment of a 6-
unsubstituted-I5/J,16/a-methylene pregnene with formalde-
hyde.
3,644,441
METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION OF 21.FLU0R0-
4,6-PREGNADIENES
Rudolf VViechert, Friedmund Neumann, and Henry
Laurent, Berlin, Germany, assignors to Schering AG,
Berlin and Bergkamen, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
659,000, Aug. 8, 1967. This appUcation Nov. 17, ,^
1969, Ser. No. 871,613 ^^
Int. CI. C07c 767/25
U.S. CI. 260—397.47 2 Claims
1. The method for the production of 2l-f1uoro-delta^>^-
pregnadienes of the general formula:
CH F
I '
c=o
-OR
3,644,439
3-HYDROXY- AND 3-ETHER-l,3,5(10),7-
DEHYDROSTEROIDS
Gordon Hanley Phillipps, Greenford, Middlesex, England,
assignor to Glaxo Laboratories, Limited, Greenford,
England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
559,066, June 21, 1966. This application Mar. 4, 1969,
Ser. No. 804,280
Int. CI. C07c 169/20
U.S. CI. 260—397.4 19 Claims
The process comprises the general steps of reacting a
2,5( 10),7-dehydrosteroid-3-ether with a halogenating
agent and subsequently dehydrohalogenating the reaction
product to yield a 3-hydroxy- or 3-ether-l,3,5(10).7-de-
hydrosteroid. Conveniently the initial reaction is carried
out in a basic medium. The compounds according to the
invention comprise 17a-ethynyl-3-methoxyoestra-2,5(10),
7 - trien-l7-/i-ol 17a-eth\nyl-3-methoxyoestra-l,3.5( 10),7-
tetraen-17/i-ol and its 17-acetate, 17a-chloroethynyl-3-
methoxyoestra-l,3,5( 10).7-tetraen-17/i-ol and 3 - cyclo-
pentyloxy-17a-ethynyloestra- 1,3,5 (10), 7-tetraen-17/d-ol.
wherein X is selected from the group consisting of fluorine
and chlorine and R is acyl radical of a physiologically
tolerable aliphatic carboxylic acid having up to 16 carbon
atoms, comprising:
(a) reacting an ester of a 21-fluoro-6.7-oxido-l,2a-
methylene-delta*-pregnene - 17a - ol - 3.20 - dione
in an organic acid with hydrochloric acid forming
the 6 - chloro-delta^ group and openmg the 1,2-
methylene linkage forming the 1-chloro-methyl
group;
(b) removing the resultant water formed in step (a)
by means of a strong acid, thereby creating a 6x-
delta^ configuration and forming a 4.6-doubIe bond;
(c) effecting reclosure of the l,2o-methylene ring
opened in steps (a) and (b) by the action of a reagent
selected from the group consisting of an organic
base and aluminum oxide, to form a 6-halo-21-fluoro-
1.2a-methylene-delta*6-pregnadiene - 17a-oI - 3.20-
dione ester.
3,644,440
6-SUBSTITUTED.13.POLYCARBON.ALKYL-
18,19-DINORPREGN-4-EN-3-ONES
George H. Douglas. Paoli, Daniel M. Teller, King of
Prussia, and Herchel Smith, Wayne, Pa., assignors to
American Home Products Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
748,606, July 30, 1968. This application May 19, 1969,
Ser. No. 825,974 j^ , 1 o ,
Int. CI. C07c 169/32, 169/34
U.S. CI. 260—397.4 2 Claims
New steroids of the 13 - polycarbonalkyl-18,l9-dinor-
pregn-4-en-3-one series and AMehydro analogs thereof,
substituted at Ce by methyl, chloro, bromo or fluoro; at
Ci7 by hydrogen, hydroxy or acyloxy, and wherein C20
is carbonyl, hydroxymethylene or acyloxymethylene (I)
have hormonal activity, especially as progestational and
anti-estrogenic agents. Means to obtain them are provided
comprising (a) hydrogenating the corresponding fi-methyl-
ene compound (II) to form the 6a-methyl-4-en-3-one
(Id); (b) rearranging (II) with a weak base + Pd/C to
form the 6-methyl-4,6-dien-3-one (le); (c) chlorinating or
brominating the corresponding 3-enol ester (III) to form
the 6-chloro or -bromo-4-en-3-one (If); and (d) either
(1) dehydrogenating (If) with chloranil to form the 6-
chloro or -bromo-4,6-dien-3-one (Ig), or preferably, (2)
reacting the corresponding 6a,7a-epoxide (IV) with HCl,
HBr or HF to form the corresponding 6-chloro, -bromo or
-fluoro-4,6-dien-3-one (Ih).
3,644,442
SUBSTITUTED BIS ORGANO SULFONTS AND
SULFOXIDES AND METHOD FOR THE
PREPARATION THEREOF
Robert A. Grimm, Lakeville, Minn., and Robert C. Slagel,
Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Ashland Oil, Inc., Houston,
Tex.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
544,391, Apr. 22, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part
of abandoned application Ser. No. 458,375, May 24,
1965. This application Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,368
Int CI. C07c 143/90
U.S. CI. 260-400 21 Claims
A class of bis organo sulfone and sulfoxide derivatives
are provided by the reaction of an ethylenically unsatu-
rated compound with sulfur dichloride to form the corre-
sponding dichloride diadduct of which the chloro sub-
stituents are converted to a variety of other functional
groups and thereupon the thioether is oxidized to either
the corresponding sulfone or sulfoxide.
3,644,443
PREPARATION OF CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Ronald L. Shubkin, Oak Park, Mich., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 8, 1969. Ser. No. 883,307
Int. CI. COlc 51/14
VS. CI. 260—413 14 Claims
An integral process for preparing carboxylic acids from
olefins having about 10 or more carbon atoms containing
1496
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 11)72
water and carbon monoxide using a cobalt cataly«;t and a
ketone or ether solvent combined with a cobalt recovery
step which permits direct recycle of the catalyst so re-
covered for use in the carboxylation process.
3,644,444
PRODUCTION OF METAL CHELATES
Felix B. Popper and Albert H. Levesque, Nashua. N.H.,
assignors to W. R. Grace & Co., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
740,488, June 27, 1968. This application Oct. 15, 1970,
Ser. No. 81,177
Int. CI. C07f 3/06, 15 '04, 3/00
VS. CI. 260—429 J 8 Claims
An alkali metal salt of a polyvalent metal chelate of
a chelating aminoacetic acid is formed by:
(1) Boiling a mixture of: (a) water; (b) an amine
precursor of the said acid; (c) formaldehyde: (d) a
cyanide of the polyvalent metal: (e) an alkali metal
hydroxide; and (f) an alkali metal cyanide, and add-
ing thereto the chelating aminoacetic acid in its free
form to react with unreacted polyvalent metal
cyanide.
(2) Boiling a mixture of; (a) water; (b) an amine
precursor of the said acid; (c) formaldehyde: (d) a
polyvalent metal hydroxide or oxide; (e) an alkali
metal hydroxide; and ff) hydrogen c>anide and
adding thereto the chelating aminoacetic acid in its
free form to react with unreacted polyvalent metal
hydroxide or oxide.
3,644,445
CYCLOMATIC METAL CARBONYLS CONTAINING
METAL-METAL BOND
Wolfram R. Kroll, Linden, N J., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
600,032, Dec. 8, 1966. This application Mar. 17, 1969.
Ser. No. 807,998
Int. CI. C07f 5/06
V.S. CI. 260—429 10 Claims
A catalyst formed by the reaction of a transition metai
carbonyl hydride, particularly a Group VI transition
metal, and an organoaluminum compound has unusual
activity, especially as a catalyst for hydrogenation, polym-
erization, dimerization and oxo type reactions.
3,644,446
PREPARATION OF RHODILTVf AND IRIDIUM
HYDRIDE CARBONYL COMPLEXES
Frank B. Booth, Placentia, Donald M. Fenton, Anaheim,
and Kenneth L. Olivier, Placentia, Calif., assignors to
Union Oil Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1969, Ser, No. 838,356
Int CI. C07f 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—429 R 10 Claims
Hydride carbonyl complexes of rhodium and iridium
with biphyllic ligands are prepared by treatment of
rhodium or iridium, complexes or salts thereof with an
alkali metal hydroxide, alkoxide or aryloxide and a bi-
phyllic ligand and a mild reducing agent. In a typical
synthesis a rhodium carbonyl salt is contacted with an
alkali metal alkoxide in the presence of the ligand and
the hydride is formed by subsequent or simultaneous con-
tacting with a reducing agent such as hydrogen, carbon
monoxide or an oxidizable alcohol. The compounds have
utility as hydroformylation catalysts.
3,644,447
TRANSITION .METAL COMPOUNDS
Kamalakant Krishnarao Joshi, Runcorn, England, assignor
to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited, London, Eng-
land
No Drawing. Filed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,801
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 18, 1968,
29,016/68
' Int. CI. C07f 7/28, 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—429 R 4 Claims
Bridged dinuclear transition metal compounds are pre-
pared by the reaction of a first transition metal compound
having two non-chelating ligands containing electron-
donating groups, in cis positions relative to each other,
with a second transition metal compound containing two
displaceable ligands also in cis positions relative to each
other, so that a bridged dinuclear product is formed with
the elimination of the displaccable ligands.
3,644.448
CRYSTALLINE HYDRATES OF ALKALI METAL
SALTS OF ZINC TRANS-1.2.DIAMINOCYCLO-
HEXANE-N.N,N',N'-TETRAACETATE
Robert C. O'Neill, Newark, N.J., assignor to Cooper,
Tmsley Laboratories, Inc., Mystic, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 3, 1967, Ser. No.
606.576. now Patent No. 3,501.576, dated Mar. 17,
1970. Divided and this application Nov. 13, 1969. Ser.
No. 871.289
Int. CI. Cmf3/06
U.S. CI. 260—429.9 3 Claims
The crystalline hydrates of the sodium and potassium
salts of the zinc chelate of trans-1.2-diaminocyclohexane-
N,N,N',N'-tetraacetic acid (NajZnrDTA and
KjZnCDTA )
3,644,449
BIS(PERFLUOROALKYL) NITROXIDE MERCl RIDE
Russell R. Reinhard, Hopewell Junction. N.Y.. and Wil-
liam I). Blackley. Lake Elmo, Minn., assignors io
Texaco Inc.. New York. N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 811,199
Int. CI. C08f i 70
V.S. CI. 260—431 4 Claims
Bis(perfluoroalkyl) nitroxide r.iercuride and method of
preparation comprising contacting bis( perfluoroalkyl)-
nitroxide with mercury at a temperature of between
about 10 and ^5° C., under conditions of agitation,
said mercuride being readily reconvertible at temper-
atures between about 50 and 100' C. into said nitroxide
and mercury reactants.
3,644,450
METHOD OF MAKING ALKYL LEAD
COMPOUNDS
Shirl E. Cook and Kenneth C. Williams. Baton Rouge,
La., assignors to Ethyl Corporation, New York, N.Y,
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 7, 1969, Ser. xNo. 848,358
Int. CI. C07f 7/24
VS. CI. 260—437 R 16 Claims
A method of making alkyl lead compounds and deriva-
tives thereof, wherein an orcanoleadmagnesium halide is
prepared from a Grignard reagent (RMgX, wherein R is
an organic radical and X a halogen) and a lead halide or
lead carboxylate and then reacted with an organic poiy-
halide to form the alkyl lead compound.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1497
3,644,451
ORGANOLEAD MAGNESIUM COMPOUNDS
Kenneth C. Williams and Shirl E. Cook, East Baton
Rouge, La., assignors to Ethyl Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing, Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
848,358, Aug. 7, 1969. This application Oct 17, 1969,
Ser. No. 867,351
InL CI. C07f 7/24
U.S, CI. 260—437 R 1 1 Claims
Stabilized triaJkylleadmagnesium halides as new com-
positions of matter and method of making same wherein
a Grignard reagent (RMgX, whei^ein R is an organic radi-
cal and X a halogen) is reacted with a lead halide or lead
carboxylate in the presence of an ether more basic than
diethyl ether.
3,644,456
DI[aSOCYANATOBENZYL).PHENYL] CARBODI-
IMIDES AND PREPARATION OF ORGANIC
CARBODIIMIDES
Henri Ulrich, Northford, Conn., assignor to The Upjohn
Company, Kalamazoo, Mich.
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 12, 1964, Ser. No.
389,193, now Patent No. 3,522,303, dated July 28,
1970. Divided and this application Mar. 20, 1970, Ser.
No. 21,477
Int. CI. C07c 119/04; C07f 9/22
VS. CI. 260—453 AR 10 Claims
Organic isocyanates (mono- and poly-isocyanates) are
converted to the corresponding carbodiimides using as
catalyst a heterocyclic phosphorus compound of the for-
mula:
3,644,452
METHOD OF MAKING ORGANOLEAD-
SILICON COMPOUNDS
Kenneth C. Williams, Baton Rouge, La., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,877
Int. CI. C07f 7/24
VS. CI. 260—437 R 17 Claims
A method of making organolead-silicon compounds
wherein an organosilicon Grignard reagent is reacted with
a lead halide to form an intermediate organolead-silicon-
magnesium halide and said complex halide is then reacted
with a hydrocarbon or organohalide to form an organo-
lead-silicon compound.
3,644,453
CUPROUS HALIDE AND ADIPONITRILE
COMPLEXES
Olav T. Onsager, Waldwick, NJ., assignor to
Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,379
Int. CI. C07f 7/05
VS. CI. 260—438.1 2 Claims
The present invention is directed to novel chemical
complexes of cuprous bromide, cuprous chloride and adi-
ponitrile. The complexes are useful, for example, as cat-
alysts, as promoters, as a source of adiponitrile, as paint
dryers and the like.
3,644,454
CHROMIUM COMPLEXES OF FLUOROCARBON
ACIDS
Louis G. Anello, Basking Ridge, and Richard F.
Sweeney, Randolph Township, Dover, N J., assignors to
Allied Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772,832
Int. CI. C07f 11/00
U.S. CI. 260—438.5 C 9 Claims
Chromium complexes of propionic and butyric acids
substituted in the 3- or 4-position, respectively, with a
fluorinated alkoxy group, said alkoxy group terminated
with a highly fluorinated branched chain or cyclic fluoro-
alkoxy group. These chromium complexes are useful as
treating agents to impart oil and water resistance to vari-
ous substrates, including paper, leather, and the like.
3,644,455
FERROUS HALIDE ADIPONITRILE COMPLEXES
Olav 1. Onsager, Waldwick, NJ., assignor \o
Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,380
Int. CI. C07c 121/26: C07f 15'02
VS. CI. 260—439 R 2 Claims
The present invention is directed to novel chemical
complexes of ferrous bromide or ferrous chloride and
adiponitrile. The complexes are useful, for example, as
catalysts, as promoters, as a source of adiponitrile. as
paint dryers and the like.
wherein CnHta is alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
from 1 to 3 of which form a chain separating Y from
N, R' is hydrocarbyl (I to 18 carbon atoms) which can
be substituted by halo, nitro, alkoxy, alkylmercapto and
cyano. R" is hydrogen, hydrocarbyl (1 to 18 carbon
atoms) or — CONHR'" where R'" is hydrocarbyl (1 to
18 carbon atoms) and Y is O or — NR" where R" is as
above.
3,644,457
PREPARATION OF STABLE LIQUID DIPHENYL-
METHANE DIISOCYANATES
Klaus Konig and Erwin Muller, Leverkusen, and Hans
Holtschmidt, Leverkusen-Steinbuchel, Germany, as-
signors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft,
Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 708,787
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 8, 1967,
F 51,751
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260—453 SP 1 Claim
Solid 4,4'- and/or 2,4'-diphenyImethane diisocyanate
are reacted with a branched aliphatic dihydroxy com-
pound in the molar ratio of 0.1 to 0.3 mol of dihydroxy
compound per mol of diisocyanate to prepare a product
which is liquid at room temperature.
3,644,458
^-HALOGENOALKYL ISOCYANATES
Klaus-Dieter Kampe, Frankfurt am Main, Germanv, as-
signor to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main, Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed May 7, 1968, Ser. No. 727,347
Claims priority, application Germany, May 9, 1967.
F 52,364
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260—453 AL 1 claim
/3-Ha:ogenoalkyl isocyanates of the formula
R3 Ri
X-c-c-N=c=o
k.
R>
in which X represents a chlorine or bromine atom. Rj, Rj,
R3 and R4 represent hydrogen atoms or saturated or un-
saturated aliphatic, cycloaliphatic. araliphatic, aromatic
1498
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
or heterocyclic radicals are prepared by reacting a lactam basic amines results in lesser contamination of the alkyl
of the formula isocyanate due to a substantial reduction in formation
Ri Rj
II II ^
Ri-C-C-R«
I I
N-C
/ =^
X O
in which X, Rj, Ra, R3 and R4 are defined above, in
the presence of an olefine and or an acetylene with a
radical-forming catalyst. The reaction products are inter-
mediates for the manufacture of compounds used in the
field of plant protection, synthetic materials and textile
finishing.
3,644,459
ISOMERIC MIXTURES OF METHYLCYCLO-
HEXYLENE DOSOCYAiNATE
James M. Cross, New Martinsville, W. Va., assignor to
Mobay Chemical Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Application June 12, 1967, Ser. No. 645,476,
now Patent No. 3,424,792, which is a continuation-in-
part of applications Ser. No. 523,569, Jan. 28, 1966.
and Ser. No. 614,395, Feb. 2, 1967. This application
May 15, 1968, Ser. No. 729,458
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260—453 A 2 Claims
Methylcyclohexylene diisocyanates are prepared by
phosgenating the hydrogenolysis product of tolylene di-
amine. Methylcyclohexylene diisocyanates are provided
wherein from about 85 to about 95 percent of the isomers
have a diequatorial or ee conformation and about 5 to
about 15 percent of the isomers have an axial-equatorial
or ae conformation.
of color bodies.
3,644,460
PREPARATION OF AROMATIC ISOCYANATES
Eric Smith, Madison, Conn., assignor to Olin
Mathieson Chemical Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 777,866
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
\]JS. CI. 260—453 P 19 Claims
The process for preparing an organic iscyanate by re-
acting an organic nitro compound with carbon monoxide
in the presence of a catalyst system comprising (a) a
halide of a noble metal and (b) an aryl halo compound
of a metal selected from Groups lib, Illb and IVb of the
Periodic Table or a complex of (a) and (b). Preferred
aryl halo compounds include diaryl lead dihalides, diary)
germanium dihalides, aryl boron dihalides and aryl mer-
curic halides. The noble metal halide is preferably a
halide of palladium, rhodium, iridium, rhenium, plati-
num, and mixtures thereof. The catalyst system may also
include molybdenum trioxide or another metal oxide.
3,644,461
PREPARATION OF ALKYL ISOCYANATES
Kenneth C. Rennells, Whitehall, Mich., assignor to
The Ott Chemical Company
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 800,778
Int. CI. C07c 119/04
U.S. CI. 260—453 P 6 Claims
A method of dehydrochlorinating an alkyl carbamyl
chloride to provide the corresponding alkyl isocyanate
derivative by heating said alkali carbamyl chlorine in the
presence of a tetraalkylurea which acts as an acid ac-
ceptor, thereby promoting said dehydrochlorination. The
alkyl isocyanate is then separated from the tetraalkylurea
which is now in the hydrochloric acid salt form. Use of
tetraalkylurea as an acid acceptor, compared to prior art
3,644,462
PREPARATION OF AROMATIC ISOCYANATES BY
CATALYTIC CARBONYLATION OF NITRO COM-
POUNI>S
Eric Smith, Madison, and Ehrenfried H. Kober, Hamden,
Conn., assignors to Olin Mathieson Chemical Corpo-
ration
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 806,727
Int. CI. C07c 119/04; C07f 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—453 P 27 Claims
The process for preparing an organic isocyanate by
reacting an organic nitro compound with carbon monox-
ide in the presence of a catalyst system comprising a
halide of a noble metal and an amine composition. Useful
amine compositions include compounds of the formula:
RR'R"N
wherein R, R', and R" are each selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aralkyl, and
>
R'
and wherein not more than two of the R, R' and R" sub-
stituents are hydrogen. Preferred amines include tri-n-
butyl amine, aniline, aniiine-2-sulfonic acid, o-phenylene
diamine, anthranilic acid, N-phenyl anthranilic acid, an-
thranilamide, o-aminophenol, o-aminobenzene thiol, ben-
zyl amine, diphenyl amine, and triphenyl amine. The
noble metal halide is preferably a halide of palladium,
rhodium, iridium, rhenium, platinum, and mixtures there-
of. The catalyst system may also include molybdenum
trioxide or another metal oxide.
3,644,463
PRODUCTION OF ALIPHATIC
l,2.BISTHIOCYANATES
Richard Parke Welcher, Old Greenwich, Conn., assignor
to American Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed May 15, 1968, Ser. No. 729,375
Int. CI. C07c 161/02
U.S. CI. 260—454 5 Claims
Aliphatic 1,2-bisthiocyanates are produced by first pre-
paring a solution of thiocyanogen in a water-insoluble
liquid organic solvent such as toluene having an aqueous
solution of an inorganic halide admixed therewith, draw-
ing off the aqueous phase, adding an alpha-olefin or acetyl-
ene and reacting at a temperature below about 20° C. and
preferably about 0'-10° C.
3,644,464
BIS(ALKENYL)[ETHYLENEBIS(OXYTRIMETHYL-
EN E )]BIS( DITHIOC ARB AM ATE)
John Joseph D'Amico, Akron, Ohio, assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 4, 1968, Ser. No. 773,290
Int. CI. C07c 155/08
U.S. CI. 260—455 A 1 Claim
Compounds of the formula
Cn20(CH2)3NHCSSR
CIl20(CH2)3NHCSSR
where R is allyl, 2-chloroallyl, or cis- and trans-2,3-di-
chloroallyl for controlling foliage fungi.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1499
3,644,465
ETHER CARBONATE DIISOCYANATES
Marwan R. Kamal, Dhahran, Saudi Arabia, and Robert
C. Kuder, Excelsior, Minn., assignors to General Mills,
Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 819,443
Int. CI. C07c 119/04; C08g 22/20
U.S. CI. 260-463 10 Claims
Ether carbonate diisocyanates of the formula
il— (CH2),
n-(CH2)n-j-/ -L
■(CH;)c
(Clio).
CH2NC0
CH2NC0
whPrp
OR II
11 OR
OR
H
C-C
C —
-C
11 0
\
C^
H 0^
= 0 ,
0 H
0--,.
and/or
11
0
/
0 H
c — c
1 1
c-c
1 1
C-C
OR 11
11 OR
II OR
where n is 4 to 19, m is 0 to 15, the sum of n and m is
13 to 19 and R is a monovalent organic radical. Polymers
prepared from such diisocyanates and organic compounds
containing active hydrogens.
3,644,466
a-CYANO-/3,/3-DIPHENYLACRYLIC ACID ESTERS
Albert F. Strobel, Delmw, and Sigmund C. Catino, Castle-
ton, N.Y., assignors to GAF Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
121,820, July 5, 1961, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 13,706, Mar. 9, 1960.
This application May 6, 1966, Ser. No. 548,334
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Aug. 22, 1987. has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C07c 121/40; C08f 45/60; C08g 51 '60
V.S. CI. 260—465 9 Claims
The ultra-violet light absorbing compound of the for-
mula:
(Ar), CN
\ /
C = C
/ \
(An J COOY
wherein:
(1) (Ar)i and {Ar)2 are aromatic carbocyclic nuclei
devoid of nitro and nuclear bonded amine groups and
selected from the class consisting of mono- and bi-
cyclic nuclei, and
(2) Y is a substituted alkyl group selected from the
class consisting of hydroxy alkyl, cyanoalkyl, halo-
alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, hydroxy alkoxyalkyl and carb-
alkoxyalkyl.
across an unsaturated carbon to carbon double bond of
an organic compound in the presence of cyanide ions and
in the presence of dimethyl sulfoxide. Preferably, the di-
methyl sulfoxide is employed in a molar proportion of
at least 0.3:1 with reference to the unsaturated com-
pound.
3,644,468
METHOD OF REACTING HCN WITH L^'SATL-
I^TED^COMPOUND WITH A PYRROLIDONE
Edgar Koberstein, Alzenau, and Wolfgang Nischk.
Wesseling, Germany, assignors to Deutsche Gold- und
>ilber-Scbeideanstalt vormals Roessler, Frankfurt am
Main, Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 613.941,
Feb. 3, 1967. This application Nov. 26, 1968, Ser.
No. 778,939
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 9, 1966
D 49,322
iTc ^, ^^J^}-C^-C07c 121/04. 121/20,121/40
U.S. CI. 260-465 D 13 claims
I'roduction of nitrile group containing organic com-
pounds IS accomplished by addition of hydrogen cyanide
across an unsaturated carbon to carbon double bond
of an organic compound in the presence of cyanide
ions and in the presence of pyrrolidone or a substituted
pyrrohdone, preferably methyl pyrrolidone. The pyrroli-
done compound is employed in a molar proportion of at
least 0.3:1 with reference to the unsaturated compound.
3,644,469
l-(CYANOPHENOXY).2-HYDROXY.3.SEC..
u u . ALKYLAMINO-PROPANES
Herbert Koppc, Werner Kummer, Helmut Stable, and
Karl Zeile, Ingelheim am Rhein, and Werner Trau-
nccker, Munster-Sarmsheim, Germany, assignors to
Boehnnger Ingelheim GmbH, Ingelheim am Rhein,
Germany '
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 784,874
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 18. 1967
B 95,902; Dec. 22, 1967, P 16 43 266.9 '
Ihe portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Aug. 5, 1986, has been disclaimed
ITC ^. -,.« '"*• ^'- ^0^<^ 121/52, 121/66
U.S. CI. 260—465 E 1, Claims
Racemic mixtures and optically active isomers of 1-
phenoxy - 2 - hydroxy - 3 - sec. - alkylamino - propanes
of the formula
W -OCHp-CH-CH,-NK-CH
3,644,467
METHOD OF REACTING HCN WITH UNSATU-
RATED COMPOUND WITH DIMETHYL SULF-
OXIDE SOLVENT
Edgar Koberstein, Alzenau, and Wolfgang Nischk,
Wesseling, Germany, assignors to Deutsche Gold- und
Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler, Frankfurt am
Main, Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 613,941,
Feb. 3, 1967. This appUcation Nov. 26, 1968,
Ser. No. 778,938
Claims priority, application Germany, Feb. 9, 1966,
D 49 322
' Int. CI. C07c 121/04, 121/20, 121/40
U.S. CI. 260—465 D 9 Claims
Production of nitrile group containing organic com-
pounds is accomplished by addition of hydrogen cyanide
wherein R is selected from the group consisting of
—(CH2):
:n
— (CH2)x— NH2 and — (CH2)x.i— OH where x is 0. 1,
2 or 3, carooxyl, alkoxycarbonyl of 1 to 5 carbon atoms
of the alkcxy part and alkenyloxy and alkynyloxy of 2
to 5 carbon atoms, Rj is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen, halogen, lower alkyl and lower alk-
oxy of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, lower alkenyl of 2 to 5 car-
bon atoms, cyano and nitro and R and Ri taken to-
gether may be methylenedioxy, Rj is an alkyl of 1 to 5
carbon atoms and R3 is alkyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms and
their non-tcxic, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition
salts having /3-adrenolytic and blood pressure reducing
properties.
1500
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,470
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING NITRILES
Stanley D. Turk and Ralph P. Williams, Bartlesville,
Olda., assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 791,153
Int CI. C07c 121/02. 121/10, 121/12
U.S. CI. 260—465 B ^ Claims
Tetrahydrothiophene- 1,1 -dioxides (sulfolanes) are em-
ployed as reaction media for conversion of ammonium
aromatic carboxylates to aromatic nitriles.
3,644,475
PRODUCTION OF ADIPONITRILE
Olav T. Onsager, Waldwick, N J., assignor to
Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 811,241
Int. CI. C07c 121/26
U.S. CI. 260—465.8 4 Claims
The process of the present invention provides for the
preparation of adiponitrile through the liquid phase reac-
tion of a 3-halopropionitriIe with a reducing agent from
the group titanium, gold, thallium, tin, lead, phosphorous,
arsenic, antimony, bismuth or tellurium.
3,644,471
PRODUCTION OF 2,5.DICHLOROBENZONITRILE
Eugene P. Di Bella, RocheUe Park, N J., assignor to
Tenneco Chemicals, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791,485
Int. CI. C07c 63/12. 121/52
U.S. CI. 260—465 G 3 Claims
2,5-dichlorobenzoic acid is prepared by heatmg a re-
action mixture comprising 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene, cu-
prous cyanide, and a high-boiling tertiary amine such as
quinoline at about 200°-240° C. to form a cyanation
product comprising 2,5-dichlorobenzonitrile and hydro-
lyzing the cyanation product to obtain substantially pure
2,5-dichlorobenzoic acid.
3,644,472
PREPARATION OF UNSATURATED ALIPHATIC
NITRILES
Teo Paleologo, Ccsare Reni, and Luigi Lugo, Milan, Italy,
assignors to Societa Italiana Resine S.p.A., Milan, Italy
Filed July 25, 1968, Ser. No. 747,733
Claims priority, appUcation Italy, Aug. 1, 1967,
19,063/67
Int CI. C07c i 27/02, 7 2i/i2
U.S. CI. 260—465.3 4 Claims
An olefin is oxidized in the presence of ammonia m a
fiuidized catalytic bed in a reactor having a specific struc-
ture operating in specific conditions. The structure com-
prises a plurality of heat-exchange tubes vertically extend-
ing through the catalytic bed, the tubes comprising exter-
nal ribs or fins subdividing the bed into a plurality of ver-
tically extending intercommunicating component beds in
which a specific "real" height-to-diameter ratio is estab-
lished in operation.
3,644,473
PRODUCTION OF ADIPONITRILE
Olav T. Onsager, Waldwick, N J., assignor to
* Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,758
Int. CI. C07c727 /26
U.S. CI. 260 465.8 ** Claims
Process for the preparation of adiponitrile through the
liquid phase reaction of 3-chloropropionitrile or 3-bromo-
propionitrile with a reducing agent such as a complex con-
taining a transition metal and a Lewis base or a transition
metal carbonyl and a Lewis base.
3.644,476
PREPARATION OF ADIPONITRILE
Olav T. Onsager, Waldwick, N J., asagnor to
Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
801,757 and 801,758, both Feb. 24, 1969. This applica-
tion June 23. 1969, Ser. No. 835,722
Int. CI. C07c 121/26
VS. CI. 260—465.8 5 Claims
A process for the reductive coupling of a compound
having the formula
R
I
XCrii-CH-A
wherein X is CI, Br, or I, R is H or lower alkyl, and A
is — CN,
o o
-COR, -CR
or — CONR2. using as reducing agent zero valent iron or
nickel or compounds thereof. The invention especially
relates to an overall process for the production of linear
dimers of compounds of the formula
R
I
CH»=C-A
by first hydrohalogenation to
R
XCIIi-CH-A
followed by the reductive coupling.
3,644,474
PRODUCTION OF ADIPONITRILE
Olav T. Onsager, Waldwick, N J., assignor to
Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Rled Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,757
Int. CI. C07c727 /26
UJS. CI. 260—465.8 20 Claims
Process for the production of adiponitrile involving the
use of a complex comprised of a transition metal and
3-chloropropionitrile or 3-bromopropionitrile to accom-
plish this preparation.
3,644,477
PRODUCTION OF ADIPONITRILE
Olav T. Onsager, Waldwick, NJ., assignor to
Halcon International, Inc.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
801,757. Feb. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 801,758, Feb. 24,
1969. and Ser. No. 835,722, June 23, 1969. This appli-
cation Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,395
Int. CI. C07c 727/26
U.S. CI. 260—465.8 13 Claims
A process for the reductive coupling of a compound
having the formula
R
I
XCHj-CH-A,
wherein X is CI, Br, or I, R is H or lower alkyl, and A is
o
o
-CN. —COR, -CR, or -CONRj,
using as reducing agent a zero valent reducing metal or
compound thereof in combination with a promoter salt.
The invention especially relates to an overall process for
the production of linear dimers of compounds of the for-
mula
CHi=C-A
February 22, 1972
by first hydrohalogenation to
CHEMICAL
1501
R
I
XCUj-CH-A
followed by the reductive coupHng.
benzene acetate. The 2-substituted benzene acetate prod-
uct can be readily converted to the corresponding 2-sub-
stituted phenol by hydrolysis.
3,644,478
ETHYL 2,2-DIMETHYL.3-(DI-n-BUTYLAMINO)-
CARBONYLCYCLOBUTANEACETATE
Robert R. Mod, Frank C. Magne, and Evald L. Skau,
New Orleans, La., assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of Agriculture
No Drawing. Application Oct. 12, 1967, Ser. No. 683,060,
which is a divsion of application Ser. No. 529,652, Feb.
24, 1966, now Patent No. 3,403,126, dated Sept. 24,
1968. Divided and this application Nov. 13, 1969. Ser.
No. 876,556
Int. CI. C07c 93/18
U.S. CI. 260—468 R 1 Claim
Ethyl 2,2 - dimethyl-3(di-n-butylamino)carbonylcyclo-
butaneacetate, useful as a plasticizer for vinyl chloride
resins, is provided.
3,644,481
PLICATIC ACID ESTERS
John Howard and Terence D. Mcintosh, Vancouver,
British Columbia, Canada, assignors to ITT Rayonier
Incorporated
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
687,092, Dec. 1, 1967. This appUcation Mar. 6, 1968,
Ser. No. 710,775
Int. CI. C07c 69/76
VS. CI. 260—473 F 6 Claims
New compositions of matter comprising alkyl and aryl
esters of plicatic acid, and the use of these esters as anti-
oxidants for fats and oils, are disclosed.
3,644,479
1-INDANCARBOXYLIC ACIDS AND
DERIVATIVES
Peter Frederick Juby and Thomas William Hudyma,
Dewitt, and Richard Anthony Partyka, Liverpool, N.Y.,
assignors to Bristol-Myers Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,963
Int CI. C07c 69/76
VS. CI. 260—469 5 Claims
5-phenyl-l-indancarboxylic acids are useful anti-inflam-
matory agents in the treatment of inflammatory diseases
in animals, including man.
3,644,480
2-SUBSTITUTED BENZENE ACETATE
MANUFACTURE
Mahmoud S. Kablaoui, Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignor
to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,996
InL CI. C07c 69/7-^
U.S. CI. 260—473 R 9 Claims
A method of preparing 2-substituted benzene acetate
of the formula:
3,644,482
(4.HYDROXY.5-ALKYLPHENYL) ALKANOIC ACID
ESTERS OF POLYOLS
Martin Dexter. BriarcUflF Manor, John D. Spivack, Spring
Valley, and David H. Steinberg, Bronx, N.Y., assignors
to Ciba-Geigy Corporation, Greenburgb, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
359,460. Apr. 13, 1964, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 276,192, Apr. 29, 1963, which
IS a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 164,618,
Jan. 5, 1962, which in turn is a continuation-in-part of
application Ser. No. 148,738, Oct. 30, 1961. This ap-
plication Sept. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 861,475
Int. CI. C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260-473 R 2I Claims
Esters derived from (4-hydroxy-5-alkylphenyl)-alkanoic
acids, optionally substituted in the 2- or 3-position of the
phenyl ring by a second alkyl group, and alkane polyols
are stabilizers of organic material normally subject to
oxidative deterioration. They are prepared by conven-
tional esterification techniques. Typical embodiments are
ethylene glycol bis [3 - (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)
propionate] and pentaerythritol tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-
4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate].
O
CHj
-R
where R is a monovalent radical of up to 20 carbons se-
lected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyi and
— CH2COO(CH2)xCH3 where x is an integer from 0 to
17 comprising contacting 2-substituted cyclohexanone of
the formula:
,/\=o
where R is as heretofore defined with a mixture of acetic
anhydride, acetic acid and concentrated sulfuric acid at
a temperature between about 30 and 140° C. utilizing a
mole ratio of sulfuric acid to cyclohexanone of at least
2:1 and a mole ratio of acetic acid to acetic anhydride
of at least about 1:1 and recovering said 2-substituted
3,644,483
CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURE OF FIBER-
FORMING POLYESTERS
Wolfgang Griehl, Chur, Grisons, Switzerland, and Wolf
Dieter Hahn and Joachim Plenz, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany, assignors to Inventa A.G. fur Forschung
und Patentverwertung, Zurich, Switzeriand
Filed Sept. 12, 1967, Ser. No. 667,285
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 16, 1966,
13,427/66
,,„ _ Int CI. C07c 59/52
U.S. CI. 260-475 P g Claims
A process for the continuous manufacture of fiber-
forming polyesters or copolyesters from dicarboxylic acids
and glycols wherein the formation of undesirable diglycols
IS suppressed. The materials are directly esterified by in-
troducing them into a tubular reaction zone at 150-250°
wherein a considerable portion esterifiies. This product
then is introduced into a precondensate of the same ingre-
dients having a degree of polycondensation of 2-6. at a
vacuum of 25-100 torr. The water of reaction and free
glycol immediately evaporate under the influence of the
vacuum. As soon as this reaction product attains a degree
of polycondensation of 2-6. a portion thereof continu-
ously IS withdrawn in proportion to new acid introduced.
The condensate withdrawn then is polycondensed in the
conventional manner to a fiber-forming polyester.
In a preferred embodiment, a part of the givcol is with-
held and subjected to a glycolysis with the precondensate
prior to its entry into the reaction.
1502
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,484
PRODUCTION OF BIS-HYDROXYALKYL ESTERS
OF BENZENE DICARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Enrique R. Witt and Donald R. Larkin, Corpus Christi,
Tex., assignors to Celanese Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Hied Apr. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 718,226
Int CI. C07c 69/80, 69/82
VS. CI. 260—475 P 10 Claims
Process for the production of bis-hydroxyalkyl phthal-
ates by reacting an alkylene oxide with a benzene dicar-
boxylic acid in the presence of a catalyst and in an alkyl-
substituted dioxolane reaction medium. For example
ethylene oxide is reacted with terephthalic acid in a 2-
ethyl, 2-methyl dioxolane reaction medium using a terti-
ary amine catalyst so as to produce bis(2-hydroxyethyl)
terephthalate.
3,644,485
2-HYDROXY.4-(2 - HYDROXYETHOXY) BENZO-
PHENONE ESTERS AND THEIR USE AS
STABILIZERS
Gerald R. Lappin and Wayne V. McConnell, Kingsport,
Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak Company, Roches-
ter, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 816,071
InL CI. C07c 69/76
U.S. CI. 260—475 P 1 Claim
Compositions of matter of the structure
O'^
OH
'/ w
0
II
OCH2CH20-C •
wherein
n=2, 3, or 4
X=polyvalent organic radical derived from an aliphatic,
cycloaliphatic or aromatic polybasic acid
and their use as stabilizers for various polymeric mate-
rials.
3,644,486
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF OX-
ACYLATION PRODUCTS AND OPTIONALLY
HYDROXYLATION PRODUCTS OF CONDENSED
AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
Manfred Boldt and Hans-Jurgen Arpe, Flschbacb, Taunus,
and Lothar Homig, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, as-
signors to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellscbaft
vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning, Frankfurt am Main,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 760,964
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 23, 1967,
F 53,564
Int. CI. C07c 69/14, 69/24, 69/62
U.S. CI. 260—479 R 6 Claims
Catalytic manufacture of oxacylation products and
optionally hydroxylation products of condensed aromatic
cmpounds from condensed aromatic compounds and
saturated aliphatic or cycloaliphatic carboxylic acids and
molecular oxygen in the presence of a noble metal of
sub-group 8 of the Mendeleeff Periodic Table or com-
pounds thereof, the stable valency o. th.s ;. . .^ ..ictai in
said compounds being at most 4.
wherein X- is a halide ion, R and R' independently are
lower alkyl and E is a carbalkoxy group with a dehydro-
halogenating solution comprising an aqueous solution of
a mixture of alkali metal hydroxide and alkali metal
carbonate at a temperature of from about —10° C lo
about 50° C.
3,644,487
SULFUR YLID PRODUCTION
George B. Payne, Berkeley, Calif., assignor to Shell
Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed May 19, 1966, Ser. No. 551,233
Int. CI. C07c 69/52
U.S. CI. 260—481 9 Claims
Method of producing sulfur ylids by contacting a sul-
fonium halide of the formula
[E— Cllr-S— R]+X-
3,644,488
SUBSTITUTED ;9,^'.THIO DIETHYL SULFONES
Albert C. Perrino, Cravston, and Michael G. Israel, Bris-
tol, R.I., assignors to I.C.I. Organics Inc., Providence,
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 26, 1966, Ser. No.
589,529, now Patent No. 3,479,408. Divided and this
application Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,202
Int. CI. C07c 149/20
U.S. CI. 260—481 R 6 Claims
A novel class of sulfones useful as stabilizers in poly-
olefin compositions and polyolefin compositions made
from the same. The sulfones have the formula
R2(2-^r)S02(CR,HCR,HS(CH2)„COOR3)n
R3(2-n)S02(CRiHCR,HS(CH2)n,aOCOR)nOr
O /Ri R,
Ri(2-7j)-S
C-C-.S-R
/
o \n II
3,644,489
N,N-DICHLOROAMINE SALTS AND THEIR
PREPARATION
Julius J. Fuchs, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
745,974, July 19, 1968, now Patent No. 3,530,162,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
661.491, July 11, 1967, which in turn is a conti'nuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 397,022, Sept. 16. 1964,
now Patent No. 3,346,554. This application Jan. 7,
1970, Ser. No. 1,322
Int. CI. C07c 101/10, 101/20, 101/30
VS. CI. 260—482 P 2 Claims
N,N-dichloroamine compounds, such as the sodium salt
of 1 - (N,N-dichloroamino)cyclohexane carboxylic acid,
are prepared by chlorinating the corresponding amine in
the presence of water and a water immisible inert organic
solvent such as carbon tetrachloride while maintaining an
approximately neutral pH, through addition of a strongly
basic acid acceptor such as sodium hydroxide. The N,N-
dichioroamine compounds thus prepared are useful in pre-
paring symmetrical azo compounds such as the di-sodium
salt of azo-bis(cyclohexanecarboxyHc acid).
3,644,490
PREPARATION OF LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT
MONO- AND POLYISOCYANATES CONTAINING
TERTIARY AMINO GROUPS
Hans-Georg Scbmelzer, Cologne-Stammheim, Gunter
Gertel. Cologne-Flittard, Eberhart Degener, Lever-
kusen, and Manfred Dabm, Bergiscb-Neukirchen, Ger-
many, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesell-
scbaft. Leverkusen. Germany
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 20. 1968, Ser. No. 714.446
Claims priorit\. nplication Germany, Mar. 29, l967,
F 51.966
Int. CI. C07c 119/04, 125/06
U.S. CI. 260—482 B 5 Claims
A process for the preparation of non-volatile, low
molecular weight mono- and polyisocyanates containing
tertiary amino groups, which is characterized in that
tertiary amines which contain one or more hydroxyl
groups and or one or more secondary amino groups
and^or one to three primary amino groups are reacted in
known manner with an excess of an aliphatic, cyclo-
aliphatic or araliphatic diisocyanate. at least three mols
of diisocyanate being used for one of these groups which
react with isocyanates, and the excess diisocyanate is
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1503
completely removed by continuous flow distillation and/or bon atoms in the alkane and from 2 to 5 carboxy groups
thin layer distillation under reduced pressure at tempera- and (2) oxalic acid. The said esters are flame-retardants
tures of 80 to 200° C. for polymer systems.
3,644,491
SYNTHESIS OF 2-UREIDOOXYPROPIONIC
ACID ESTERS
Charles D. Adams, Wilmington, Del., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
Filed xNov. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 779,914
Int. CI. C07c 127/14
U.S. CI. 260—482 R 7 Claims
Esters of 2-ureidooxypropionic acid, such as the methyl
ester, are prepared by the steps of
(a) forming acetohydroxamic acid by reaction of
methyl acetate with an acid salt of hydroxylamine
and sodium methoxide in methanol;
(b) forming methyl 2-acetamidooxy propionate by re-
acting the product of (a) with sodium methoxide and
then methyl 2-bromopropionate;
(c) forming methyl 2-aminooxypropionate hydrochlo-
ride by reacting the product of (b) with anhydrous
hydrogen chloride, filtering the reaction mixture and
concentrating the filtrate;
(d) forming methyl 2-ureidooxypropionate by dissolv-
ing the concentrated filtrate in water and then re-
acting it with an alkali metal cyanate.
Ethyl 2-ureidooxypropionate is formed by the same four-
step reaction wherein ethanol replaces methanol, sodium
ethoxide replaces sodium methoxide, ethyl acetate re-
places methyl acetate, and ethyl 2-bromopropionate re-
places methyl 2-bromopropionate. These products are
plant growth regulants as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.
3,282,987.
3,644,492
ESTERS OF HEXAFLUOROPROPYLENE OXIDE
POLYMER ACIDS AND POLYALKYLENE
GLYCOLS
Philip Lee Bartiett, Wilmington, Del., assignor io E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed July 30, 1969, Ser. No. 846,238
Int CI. C07c 69/66
U.S. CI. 260— 484 R 11 Claims
Esters derived from hexafluoropropylene oxide polymer
acids and polyalkylene glycols having the formula:
RfO[CF(CF3)CF20]nCF(CF3)
COO— R»— O (CHR2CHR30 ) yR*
wherein Rf is a perfluoroalkyl radical having 1 to 8 car-
bon atoms, n is an integer of 0 to 100, R^ is an alkylene
radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, R^ is hydrogen or an
alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, R^ is hydrogen or
an alkyl radical having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one of
R2 and R^ in each repeating unit being hydrogen, y is an
integer of 1 to 60, and R* is hydrogen or an alkyl radical
having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. These esters function effi-
ciently as surfactants and emulsifying agents.
3,644,493
2,3-DIHALOALKYL COMPOUNDS
James C. Wygant, Creve Coeur, Richard M. Anderson,
St. Louis, and Erbard J. Prill, Des Peres, Mo., assignors
to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 437.258,
Mar. 4, 1965, now Patent No. 3,317,568, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 405,819,
Oct. 22, 1964, which in turn is a continuation-in-part
of applications Ser. No. 248,853, Jan. 2, 1963, and Ser.
No. 267,783, Mar. 25, 1963, now Patent No. 3,236,659.
This application July 15, 1966, Ser. No. 620,189
Int. CI. C07c 69/34, 69/36, 69/40
U.S. CI. 260—485 H 4 Claims
As new compounds, the 2,3-dibromopropyl esters of
(1 ) alkane polycarboxylic acids having from 1 to 14 car-
3,644,494
2-NITRO-2.CHLORO-n.ALKYL ESTERS
Milton B. Frankel, Menlo Park, Marvin H. Gold, Sacra-
mento, and Henry J. Marcus, West Covina, Calif.,
assignors to Aerojet-General Corporation. Azusa, Calif.
No Drawing. Original application July 30, 1964, Ser. No.
386,379, now Patent No. 3,440,282, dated Apr. 22,
1969. Divided and this application Aug. 19, 1968, Ser.
No. 798,203
Int. CI. C07c 79/40
U.S. CI. 260—485 H 2 Claims
Compounds of the formula
ci
I
Cl
R-C-CH,-O0C-A'-C0O-CH»-C-R
NOi ^fOJ
wherein R is a lower alkyl radical and A' is a lower alkyl-
ene radical containing one or more nitro groups.
3,644,495
PRODUCTION OF HALOGENATED ESTERS AND
UNSATURATED ESTERS
Paul R. Stapp, Bartiesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillip.^ Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889.750
Int. CI. C07c 67/00; C07d 7/04
U.S. CI. 260—491 11 Claims
Alkenyl alkanoates and 3-haloalkyl alkanoates are
produced by reacting 1-alkenes, hydrogen halides. para-
formaldehyde, and nitriies at temperatures in the range
of —80 to 0° C. Cycloaikenylmethyl alkanoates and 2-
halocycloalkyimethy! alkanoates are produced by react-
ing cycloalkenes. hydrogen halides, paraformaldehyde,
and nitriies at temperatures in the range of —80 to 0° C.
3,644,496
PRODUCTION OF ALKENYL ALKANOATES AND
3-HALOALKYL ALKANOATES
Paul R. Stapp, Bartiesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,749
Int. Cl. C07c 67/00
U.S CI. 260-494 8 Claims
Alkenyl alkanoates and 3-haIoalkyl alkanoates are pro-
duced by reacting a hydrogen halide, an alkene, paraform-
aldehyde and an alkanoic anhydride at a temperature in
the range of —80 to —30° C.
3,644,497
CONVERSION OF ETHYLENICALLY LTNSATU-
RATED COMPOUNDS USING HETEROPOLY-
MOLYBDIC AND HETEROPOLYTUNGSTIC
ACIDS AS CATALYSTS
Frank G. Mesich. Corpus Christi, Tex., assignor to
Celanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 1, 1968, Ser. No. 772,817
Int. Cl. C07c 69/14, 31/10
U.S. Cl. 260—497 R 17 claims
Process for the conversion of ethylenically unsaturated
compounds to esters and alcohols wherein the ethvlenical-
ly unsaturated compound and a carboxylic acid are re-
acted in the presence of a free heteropolyacid of molyb-
denum or tungsten. Esters are the main product when
anhydrous conditions are used while a mixture of esters
and alcohols may be produced when water is present
1504
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,498
YELLOW DYE FORMING COUPLERS FOR
COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
Anthony Loria, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application July 6, 1965, Ser. No. 469,887,
now Patent No. 3,408,194, dated Oct. 29, 1968, which
is a continuationMn-part of application Ser. No. 312,894,
Oct. 1, 1963. Divided and this application June 26,
' 1967, Ser. No. 658,971
Int CI. C07c 143/56
VS. CI. 260—507 R 8 Claims
Open chain reactive methylene two-equivalent yellow-
forming couplers in which one of the hydrogen atoms of
the active methylene group is replaced with a cyclooxy
group are used to advantage in color developer solutions
and in light-sensitive photographic emulsion layers of
forming yellow dye images in color photography.
3,644,499
PROCESS FOR PREPARING DETERGENT
SULFONATES
Clarence R. Murphy, Allison Park, Anatoli Onopchenko,
Pittsburgh, and John M. Piatt and Richard Seekircher,
Cheswick, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 784,485
Int CI. C07c 143/02. 143/04
U.S. CI. 260—513 B 7 Claims
A process for stabilizing the pH of sulfonates obtained
from the reaction of an olefinic compound with an alkali
bisulfite which involves contacting an aqueous slurry of
such sulfonates containing an alkaline compound with oxy-
gen.
3,644,500
NAPHTHOIC ACID DERTVATTVES
Howard Jones, Holmdel, NJ., assignor to Merck & Co.,
Inc., Rahway, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 65,322
Int CI. C07c 61/36
V.S. CI. 260—514 R 1 Claim
6-oxo-l-a-naphthoic acid derivatives useful as anti-in-
flammatory agents.
3,644,501
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING FLUORINATED
ACIDS
Joseph D. Park, Boulder, Colo., and Bnice T. Nakata,
East Palo Alto, Calif., assignors to Minnesota Mining
and Manufacturing Company, St Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1968, Ser. No. 732,557
Int CI. C07f 1/02; C07c 61/16. 51/00
\J3. CI. 260—514 R 2 Claims
Fluoroaliphatic vinylic carboxyl-containing compounds
are prepared by the following steps: ftrst, reacting in gas
phase hydrogen bromide with a volatile fluoroaliphatic
compound containing at least one vinylic chlorine atom
in which nondoubly bonded carbon atoms are substituted
only by fluorine and fluoroalkyl groups containing from
one to six carbon atoms, in the presence of a metal salt-
active carbon catalyst, thereby effecting the replacement
of at least one vinylic chlorine atom by bromine; second,
reacting a brominated product c <tep (I) with alkali
metal iodide, the reactants being dissolved in dimethyl-
formamide, thereby effecting a substitution of at least one
vinylic bromine atom by iodine; third, reacting an iodide
resulting from step (2) with a lithium alkyl to produce
an organolithium intermediate compound and subse-
quently treating said intermediate compound with carbon
dioxide to produce a lithium salt which hydrolyzes to a
carboxylic acid. The carboxylic acids of the invention are
much stronger acids than the corresponding saturated
structures and may be converted into useful simple de-
rivatives.
3,644,502
PROSTAGLANDIN SYNTHESIS
Robert B. Morin, Douglas O. Spry, and Kenneth L.
Hauser, Indianapolis, and Richard A. Mueller, Bloom-
ington, Ind., assignors to Eli Lilly and Company,
Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 16, 1968, Ser. No. 784,225
Int CI. C07c 61/36
VJS. CI. 260—514 R i Claim
Prostaglandins are synthesized from o-methoxyphenyl-
acetic acid by introduction of a proper acid side chain,
conversion of the aromatic nucleus to the cyclopentane
nucleus, and introduction of the second side chain. Novel
compounds having a high level of biological activity are
disclosed.
3,644,503
dl-DECAHYDRO-8/3-(t-BUTOXY OR BENZYLOXY).
8a^-LOWER ALKYL - 2-OXO-PHENANTHRENE-l-
ALKANOIC ACIDS
Marinus Los, Trenton, NJ., assignor to American
Cyanamid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application June 4, 1964, Ser. No.
372.690, now Patent No. 3,446,849, dated May 27,
1969. Divided and this application Jan. 6, 1969, Ser.
No. 789,365
Int CI. C07c 61/32
U.S. CI. 260—514.5 2 Claims
This disclosure describes compounds of the class of dl-
2.3,4,4a^,4ba,5,6,7,8,8a-decahydro-8a;9 - lower alkyl - 8/3-
(t-butoxy or benzyloxy) - 2 - oxo - 1 - substituted-phen-
anthrenes useful as intermediates in the synthesis of bio-
logically active steroid moieties.
3,644,504
TRANSFORMATION OF AROMATIC CARBOXYLIC
ACID SALTS
Donald G. Kuper, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 805,892
Int CI. C07c 57/00, 57/52
U.S. CI. 260—515 P 4 Claims
Increase in yield of aromatic polycarboxylic acid salts
is achieved by carrying the transformation process for the
formation of same in an atomsphere consisting essentially
of carbon monoxide and in the presence of a small amount
of water and a catalyst adjuvant of the formula ROH or
ROM, wherein R is alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl radical or com-
bination thereof having from 1 to 15 carbon atoms therein
and M is an alkali metal.
3,644,505
PERFUME COMPOSITION INCLUDING TETRA-
HYDROPYRANYL ETHER OF 3-ENDO-METHYL-
3 . EXO(4' - METHYL - 5 - HYDROXYPENTYL)
NORCAMPHOR
Wayne L Fanta, Colerain Township, Hamilton County,
and William F. Erman, Springfield Township, Hamil-
ton County, Ohio, assignors to The Procter & Gamble
Company, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Original application Mar. 29, 1968, Ser. No.
717,384. Divided and this application Apr. 6, 1970,
Ser. No. 26,132
Int CI. CI lb 9/00; Clld 1/00
U.S. CI. 252—522 1 Claim
The novel odorant compounds, 2-methyl-5-bromo-
pentyl tetrahydropranyl ether and tetrahydropyranyl
ether of 3 - endo - methyl-3-exo-(4'-methyl-5'-hydroxy-
pentyl)norcamphor and a process for preparing 2-methyl-
5-bromopentyl tetrahydropyranyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl
ether of 3-endo-methyl-3-exo(4'-methyl-5'-hydroxypentyl)
norcamphor and 3 - endo-methyl-3-oxo(4'-methyl-5'-hy-
droxypentyDnorcamphor comprising the steps of: (1)
esterifying 2-methyl-4-pentenol; (2) hydrobrominating
the ester in the presence of a free radical catalyst; (3)
reducing the hydrobrominated ester to 2-methyl-5-bromo-
pentanol; (4) etherifying 2-methyl-5-bromopentanol with
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1505
dihydropyran to obtain the novel compound, 2-methyl-5-
bromopentyl tetrahydropyranyl ether; (5) alkylating 3-
methylnorcamphor with the 2 - methyl - 5-bromopentyl
tetrahydropyranyl ether to obtain the novel compound,
tetrahydropyranyl ether of 3 - endo - methyl - 3-oxD(4'-
methyl - 5'-hydroxypentyl) norcamphor; and (6) treating
tetrahydropyranyl ether of 3 - endo - methyl - 3-oxo(4'-
methyl - 5' - hydroxypentyl) norcamphor with p-toluene-
sulfonic acid or hydrochloric acid to obtain 3-endo-methyl-
3-exo(4'-methyl-5'-hydroxypentyl)norcamphor.
lein to acrylic acid, by reacting the unsaturated aldehyde
with oxygen in the presence of a catalyst of the empirical
formula MOaVbWcMndOe.
3,644,506
PREPARATION OF AROMATIC
CARBOXYLIC ACIDS
Roger C. Williamson, Allison Park, Pa., assignor to Gulf
Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. /filed Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,660
Int CI. C07c 63/02
VS. CI. 260^524 R 15 Claims
The improvement in a process wherein a mixture con-
taining in excess of about 13 percent by weight of an
aromatic compound, in which the aromatic group carries
at least one\methyl substituent, is subjected to oxidation
with moleculaT^xygen in an inert reaction medium in the
presence of a cobalt, nickel, chromium or manganese cat-
alyst to obtain the corresponding aromatic carboxylic
acid, which involves controlling the amount of water in
the initial reaction mixture so that it is below about 0.9
percent by weight.
3,644,507
THERMAL PURIFICATION OF TEREPHTHALIC
ACID USING IODINE OR BROMINE CATALYSTS
Enrique R. Witt and Jorge A. Blay, Corpus Christi, Tex.,
assignors to Celanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 780,265
Intel. C07c 57/42
U.S. CI. 260—525 20 Claims
A process for the purification of crude terephthalic acid
(TPA) by heating the crude TPA and a liquid medium in
the presence of an iodine or bromine catalyst to an ele-
vated temperature followed by cooling of the heated mix-
ture so as to crystallize the TPA. The heating required is
to a temperature above about 275° C. and should prefer-
ably be to a temperature such that no TPA remains as
a solid.
3,644,508
PROCESS FOR THE RECOVERY OF
GLYOXYLIC ACID
Robert H. Callighan, Penn Hills Township, Allegheny
County, and Philip X. Masciantonio, Penn Township,
Westmoreland County, Pa., assignors to United States
Steel Corporation
No Drawing. FUed July 23, 1969, Ser. No. 844,160
Int CI. C07c 51/42
VS. C\. 260—526 R 5 Claims
Glyoxylic acid is recovered from the solution resulting
when the hydroperoxide is formed by reacting maleic acid
with ozone in a solvent. The hydroperoxide in the solution
has its free oxygen reduced with sulphur dioxide to form
sulphur trioxide. The sulphur trioxide is then precipi-
tated by reaction with an alkaline earth metal oxide or
other precipitating agent and the glyoxylic acid product
is then easily separated from the precipitate.
3,644,510
PROPYLENE OXIDATION IN THE PRESENCE OF
IRIDIUM METAL
Noel W. Cant and WilUam K. Hall, Pittsburgh, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,805
Int CI. C07c 53/08
U.S. CI. 260—533 R 8 Claims
Propylene is oxidized with oxygen to acetic acid, acro-
lein, etc. by oxidation in the contact presence of iridium
metal.
3,644,509
OXIDATION OF UNSATURATED ALDEHYDES TO
THE CORRESPONDING ACIDS
George C. Allen, Corpus Christi, Tex., assignor to
Celanese Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 796,651
Int CI. C07c 57/04
U.S. CI. 260—530 N 16 Claims
Process for the conversion of unsaturated aldehydes to
the corresponding unsaturated carboxylic acids, e.g. acro-
3,644,511
OXIDATION OF HIGHER OLERNS IN THE
PRESENCE OF IRIDIUM METAL
Noel W. Cant and William K. Hall, Pittsburgh, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
778,805, Nov. 25, 1968. This application Sept 16, 1969,
Ser. No. 858,514
Int CI. C07c 45/04, 53/08
VS. CI. 260—533 R H Claims '
An olefin having from three to eight carbon atoms per
molecule, such as propylene, is oxidized with oxygen to
fatty acids and other oxygenated compounds, such as
acetic acid, acrolein, etc., by oxidation of the olefin in
the contact presence of iridium metal.
3,644,512
PROCESS FOR CONVERTING BUTANE TO
ACETIC ACID
Anatoli Onopchenko, Monroeville, Johann G. D. Schulz,
Pittsburgh, and Richard Seekircher, Cheswick, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Oct 10, 1969, Ser. No. 865,495
Int CI. C07c 53/08
U.S. CI. 260—533 R 5 Claims
A process for converting butane to acetic acid which
comprises subjecting butane to reaction with molecular
oxygen in acetic acid in the presence of a cobalt compound
soluble in the reaction mixture and a xylene, such as para
xylene.
3,644,513
POLYFLUOROISOALKOXYALKYL AMIDO CAR-
BOXYLIC ACIDS AND SALTS THEREOF
Richard F. Sweeney, Dover, Alson K. Price, Morristown,
and Aziz U. Khan, Elizabeth, N J., assignors to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 818,825
Int CI. C07c 707/70,- C07f 7/00
U.S. CI. 260—534 E 27 Claims
Polyfluoroisoalkoxyalkyl amido carboxylic acids of the
formula:
Ri
?-C-Rj
o
F— C-O-R— C— N-R.— C-OH
F— i— R, R|
i,
wherein R1-R4 are each independently selected from the
group consisting of F, CI, alkyl and haloalkyl groups in
which the halogen atoms are CI or F; Rj and R4 when
taken together arc alkylene or haloalkylene groups which
form, with the carbon chain therebetween, a cyclic struc-
ture; R is a member selected from the group consisting of
alkylene and haloalkylene; Rs is a member selected from
the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl, and Re is a
member selected from the group consisting of alkylene.
X
1506
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
monohydroxyalkylene and carboxyalkylene radicals; and
salts thereof containing a cation selected from the group
consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Ca, Ba, Mg, Zn, Hg. Al,
Cr, Sn, Fe, Ag, Cu, Co, Zr, Pb, Mn, or a radical selected
from morpholino, ammonium or an alkyl or hydroxyalkyl
substituted ammonium radical. Preparation by reacting
correspoinding poiyfluoroisoalkoxyalkyl amido carboxylic
acid fluorides or halosulfates with amino acids. The novel
compounds are useful as emulsifying agents, leveling
agents, oil, stain and water repellent agents, additives to
dry powder fire extinguishing compositions and as inter-
mediates to valuable oil, stain and water repellent agents.
3,644,514
PROCESS FOR SEPARATING PURE METHIONINE
FROM THE HYDROLYSIS PRODUCT OF ITS
NITRILE
Mario Bornengo, Novara, and Pietro Pasquino, Vercelll.
Italy, assignors to Montecatini Edison S.p.A., Milan,
Italy
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877,171
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 18, 1968,
23,877/68
Int. CI. C07c 149/20, 149/24
U.S. CI. 260—534 S 4 Claims
1
. i .
1
*
TMCMML T«t»TWCI»T
SLuOOf Vt
»
• 0.*TO*««tOUF EAUtH
"
1
AM 1-* •
..-«*T,.
1
*■
i n J «
i
t)'SsotuT.o* *Ne
DCCOLOMT'OW
'
__.._.i .
HOT f .TdAT.OW
♦
>M 2-*
riLT*4"0H
t
»Ul»f MCT-iOiH'Nt
There is disclosed a method for separating pure meth-
ionine from mixtures comprising it, and more particularly
from the crude reaction product obtained by sulphuric acid
hydrolysis of 2-amino-4-methylmercapto-butyronitrile fol-
lowed by neutralization of the crude hydrolysis product
by means of ammonia. A sufficient quantity of water is
added to the neutralized mass to completely dissolve the
methionine, the solution is heated at 95° C. to 135° C.
under pressure, the insoluble sludges are separated under
heating, and the purified solution is cooled to effect crystal-
lization of methionine having a titer higher than 99%.
3,644,515
BENZENESULFONYL CHLORIDE PROCESS
Sbigeto Suzuki, San Francisco, Calif., assignor to Chevron
Research Company, San Francisco, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed May 1, 1968, Ser. No. 725,949
Int. CI. C07c 143/70
V^. CI. 260—543 R 10 Claims
Benzenesulfonyl chlorides are prepared by the reaction
of benzenesulfonic acids with carbon tetrachloride in the
liquid phase. Ferric chloride catalyzes the reaction.
3,644,516
TRICHLOROPHOSPHONOGUANIDINES
Fawzy G. Sherif, Cherry Hill, N J., assignor to E. I. du
Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,581
Inf CI. C07f 9/25
U.S. CI. 260-543 P 2 Claims
Tnchloropl osphonoguanidines of the general formula
{H,N^.-C-(N'=PCl,):-„
NH-(HC1)„
in which /i = 0 or 1, which are useful for extending mole-
cules having active hydroxyl or amine (NH) groups, as
phosphorylating intermediates to prepare amidophosphoric
esters and the like.
3.644,517
PHOSPHINE SI BSTITUTED OXALYL CHLORIDES
Laszio Joseph Bollyky and Robert Henry Whitman, Stam-
ford, Conn., assignors to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 13, 1967, Ser. No.
667,371, now Patent No. 3,442,813, dated May 6,
1969. Divided and this application Nov. 27, 1968, Ser.
No. 779,646
Int. CI. C07f 9/50
U.S. CI. 260—544 M 3 Claims
A chemiluminescent reactant complex formed by the
reaction of a polycarbonyl halide and a Lewis base, having
the following formula:
t~M^)rk-) J- ]
[v-LL(n.M,)].x
where X is a halide ion and Y is a triphenylphosphine or
a trialkylphosphine group.
3,644,518
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF
NAPHTHA.MIDE DERIVATIVES
Makoto Yoshida, 15 Nakajima, Kanagawa-ken, Odawara-
shi, Japan, and Akio Okumura, 1247 Yoshihama,
Yogawara-machi, Kanagawa-ken, Japan
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
458,403, May 24, 1965. This application Aug. 1, 1968,
Ser. No. 749,340
Int. CI. C07c 103/20
U.S. CI. 260—559 n Claims
A process for preparing l-hydroxy-2-naphthamido
derivatives, from the corresponding nitrile and a 1-
hydro.xy-2-naphthoic acid aryl ester in the presence of a
reduction catalyst, in a single step with a high yield.
3,644,519
BIS(2-FLUORO-2,2-DINITROETHYL AMIDES
Horst G. Adolph, Beltsville, and Mortimer J. Kamlet,
Silver Spring, Md., assignors to the United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Navy
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 790,509
Int. CI. C07c 103/30
U.S. CI. 260—561 K 2 Claims
Amides of 2-fluorcv2,2-dinitroethylamine formed by re-
acting 2-fIuoro-2,2-dinitroethylamine with a mono- or bi-
functional acid halide in the presence of pyridine.
3,644,520
PHENYLETHANOLAMINES
David Hartley, Lawrence H. C. Lunts, and David Jack,
London, England, assignors to Allen & Hanburys Lim-
ited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 10, 1968, Ser. No. 782,742
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 21, 1967,
58,012 67
Int. CI. C07c 103/38, 103/12
U.S. CI. 260-562 A g Claims
Compounds having the skeletal structure
;n-ch
CH.N<
I
and physiologically acceptable acid addition salts thereof.
The disclosed compounds possess stimulant or blocking
actions on adrenergic-receptors.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1507
3,644,521
N-(ALPHA, ALPHA-DIMETHYLBENZYL)-ALPHA,
ALPHA-(DIMETHYLALKYLAMIDES)
George A. Buntin, Wilmington, Del., assignor to
Hercules Incorporated, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Application July 1, 1968, Ser. No. 741.253,
now Patent No. 3,498,781, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 691,941, Dec. 20, 1967.
Divided and this application Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No.
889,812
Int. CI. C07c 103/34
U.S. CI. 260—562 R 2 Claims
Disclosed are the compounds N-(alpha,alpha-dimethyl-
ben/yl) - 2,2 - dimethylpropionamide, N-(alpha,alpha-di-
melhylbenzyl) - 2,2 - dimethylbutyramide and N-(alpha,
aluha-dimethylbenzyl) - 2,2 - dimethylvaleramide, and a
general reaction by which they are made. The compounds
have utility as herbicides.
3,644,522
CATALYTIC HYDROGENATION OF NITROGEN
CONTAINING COMPOUNDS OVER SUPPORTED
RUTHENIUM CATALYSTS
Loren D. Brake and Alvin B. Stiles, Wilmington, Del.,
as.signors to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company,
Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-pari of application Ser. No.
691,954, Dec. 20, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 588,011, Oct. 20, 1966, which
in turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
516,108, Dec. 23, 1965. This application is also a con-
tinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 588,011, Oct.
20, 1966, which is a continuation-in-pari of application
Ser. No. 516,108, Dec. 23, 1965. This application is also
a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 691,979,
Dec. 20, 1967, which is a continuation-in-part of ap-
plication Ser. No. 587,982, Oct. 20, 1966, which in turn
IS a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 516,140,
Dec. 23, 1965. This application is also a continuation-
in-part of application Ser. No. 587,982, Oct. 20, 1966,
which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
516,140, Dec. 23, 1965. This application Apr. 4, 1969,
Ser. No. 813,752
Int. CI. C07c 85/14
U.S. CI. 260—563 D 13 Claims
Organic aromatic nitrogen containing compounds, such
as p-phenylenediamine or 4,4'-methylenedianiline, can be
hydrogenated by admixing the compound with hydrogen
at a hydrogen partial pressure of at least 200 p.s.i.. a total
pressure of from 200 p.s.i. to 15.000 p.s.i.. a temperature
ill the range of from 100° C. to 300° C. in the presence of
from 0% to 200% by weight, based on the weight of
the compound to be hydrogenated. of added ammonia,
and in the presence of from 0.001% to 10% by weight,
based on the compound to be hydrogenated and cal-
culated as metallic ruthenium, of a ruthenium catalyst
supported on an inert carrier selected from the group con-
sisting of calcium carbonate, rare earth oxides, rare earth
carbonates, mixed rare earth oxide-carbonates, and mix-
tures thereof.
3,644,524
COMBATING WEEDS WITH 0-ACYL.3,5-DIALKYL-
4-HYDROXYBENZALDOXIMES
Roger P. Cahoy, Merriam, Kans., assignor to Gulf
Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 30, 1967, Ser. No.
686,809, now Patent No. 3,503,732, dated Mar. 31,
1970. Divided and this application Aug. 19, 1969, Ser.
No. 870,739
Int CI. C07c 757/00
U.S. CI. 260—566 AE 2 Claims
In a variety of crops, including broad-leaf species such
as tomatoes and soybeans, as well as corn and small
grains, particularly rice and wheat, control of noxious
grasses, including crabgrass. wild oats, foxtail and shat-
tercane is obtained by preemergent application of com-
pounds having the structural formula
HO-
o
C=N-0-C-X
in which R and R' are non-primary alkyl or cycloalkyl
substituents having at least 3 carbon atoms and X is an
electronegative substituent. for example, dichloromethyl.
or an unsaturated hydrocarbon structure such as phenyl
or cvclopropyl.
3,644,525
N-ARALKYL-AND-ARVLHVDROXYALKYL-PRO-
PIOPHENONES AND THE SALTS THEREOF
Kurt Thiele, Beethovenstrasse 6,
Frankfurt am Main, Germanv
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807.945
Int. CI. C07c 91/16, 91 26
U.S. CI. 260—570.5 C 17 Claims
Compounds are prepared having the formula
R,
Rj
X — \
>-C-CH-CH.— N
■ ■: y
li 1 \ / ■
R2
0 R, CH-CH-<
1 1 %
K« K;
R«
Ri
where R,. Rj and R3 are the same or different and are hy-
drogen, chlorine, hydroxyl, alkoxy or nitro. R4 is hydro-
gen, methyl or ethyl, R5 is hydrogen or alkyl, Rg is hydro-
gen or methyl, R7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl, Rg is hydro-
gen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl or halogen and R9 is hy-
droxyl or alkyl with at least two carbon atoms. The com-
pounds can be made in the form of their optically active
isomers or diastereoisomers, salts or quaternary ammo-
nium salts.
3,644,523
METHOD OF COMBATING WEEDS
Ralph P. Neighbors, Olathe, and Lee V. Phillips, Over-
land Park, Kans., assignors \o Gulf Research & De-
velopment Company, Pitsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Original application May 29, 1967, Ser. No.
642,174, now Patent No. 3,547,621, dated Dec. 15,
1970. Divided and this application July 31, 1969, Ser.
No. 860,462
Int. CI. C07c 725/00
U.S. CL 260—564 G 6 Claims
Weeds in crops such as oats, corn (maize), wheat and
grain «;orghum are combated by applying to the locus of
of the weeds effective amounts of certain 0-substituted
amidoximes, particularly 0-2,3.6-trichlorobenzoyl and O-
3,6-dichloro-2-methoxy-benzoyl esters of cyclopropane-
carboxamidoxime and isobutyramidoxime.
3,644,526
OXIDATION OF CYCLOHEXANE
Kazumi Takagi and Takaharu Ishida, Niihama-shi,
Japan, assignors to Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,352
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 6, 1968,
43/14,829; Oct. 23, 1968, 43/77,604
Int. CI. C07c 35/08, 45 1 02
U.S. CI. 260—586 B 2 Claims
Cyclohexane is oxidized in a liquid phase in the presence
of such a heterogeneous catalyst as a manganese or cobalt
borate, particularly a cobalt borate having a C0/B2 molar
ratio of 0.5 to 4, whereby the excessive oxidation of cyclo-
hexane and the formation of a borate ester of cyclohexanol
can be inhibited and cyclohexanone and cyclohexanol can
be produced advantageously.
1508
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,527
16-METHYL AND 16-METHYLENE-B-
NORTESTOSTERONES
Kenneth G. Holden, Haddonfield, NJ., and James F.
Kerwin, Broomall, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline &
French Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
373,877, June 9, 1964, now Patent No. 3,488,738. This
application Sept. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 860,404
Int CI. C07c 35/00, 49/00
U.S. CI. 260—586 H 3 Claims
16i3-methyl and 16-methylene substituted ^-nordehy-
droepiandrosterones and 17-methyl-B-nortestosterones are
prepared by using as a key reaction the degradation of a
16 - dialkylaminomethyl-B-nordehydroepiandrosterone to
produce the 16-methylene derivative. This in turn is hy-
drogenated to the 17^-methyl-B-nor compound. These
compounds have prolonged hypotensive activity.
3,644,528
CALCIUM OR MAGNESIUM-KETONE REACTION
PRODUCTS AS POLYMERIZATION INITIATORS
James D. Brown and Carl A. Uraneck, Bartlesville, OV\a.,
assignors to Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 793,549
Int. CI. C07c 49/76
VJS. CI. 260—591 10 Claims
Polymerization initiators are produced from contact-
ing substantially pure calcium or magnesium metal with
diaryl ketones, aryl-substituted cyclopentadienones. or ke-
tones in which the carbonyl group is present in a five-
membered carbocyclic ring to which is attached at least
two fused aromatic rings.
wherein Ri represents hydrogen atom, a straight or
branched lower alkyl group, phenyl group or a substituted
phenyl group having as a substituent lower alkyl, lower
alkoxy, nitro or halogen; Rj and R3 may be the same or
different and each represents a straight or branched lower
alkyl group; and X represents a halogen atom. The present
2-propyny!su!fonium salts exhibit excellent anticoagulant
action and thus they can be used in the treatment of
thrombophlebitis, phlebothrombosis and other vessel
thrombosis and also in the prevention of clotting in surgi-
cal procedures. Such 2-propynylsulfonium salts are pre-
pared by reacting a compound having the formula
Ri— C=C— CH2— X
wherein Rj and X are as defined above with a thioether
compound having the formula
R2 — S — R3
wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above.
3,644,529
0X0 PROCESS
Edmond Rr^fucci, Pittsburgh, and Helen L Thayer and
John V. Ward, Oakmont, Pa., assignors to Gulf Re-
search & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Dtawing^ Filed Aug. 23, 1966, Ser. No. 574.316
\.'-^^' Int. CI. C07c ^5/70
U.S. CI. 260^,^04 HF 14 Claims
An 0x0 process wherein an olefin is reacted with hydro-
gen and carbon monoxide in the presence of a cobalt
carbonyl and a dioxaphosphacyclohexane, preferably in
the presence of a trialkyl amine.
3,644,530
PROCESS FOR PREPARING (2,5-DIHYDROXY-
PHENYL) DIPHENYL PHOSPHINE
Stanley M. Bloom, Waban, and Ronald F. Lambert, Cam-
bridge, Mass., assignors to Polaroid Corporation, Cam-
bridge, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 772,018
Int. CI. C07f 9/28
VS. CI. 260—606.5 P 4 Claims
Organic phosphines containing a dihydroxyphenyl sub-
stituent are prepared by reacting p-benzoquinone and a
primary or secondary organic phosphine.
3,644,531
2-PROPYNYLSULFONIUM SALTS
Yukichi Kishida, Atsusuke Terada, Hiromu Takagi, and
Toshihani Kamioka, Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Sankyo
Company Limited
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 848,713
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 13, 1968,
43/57,559
Int. CI. C07c 149/46
VS. CI. 260—607 B 3 Claims
2-propynyIsulfonium salts having the formula
Ri-C = C-CH,
e/
-s
\
Ri
3,644,532
POLYCYCLIC DIMERCAPTANS
Donald R. Arnold, Lincolndale, N.Y., David J. Trecker,
South Charleston, W. Va., and Charles E. Stehr, Stam-
ford, Conn., assignors to Union Carbide Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
365,527, May 6, 1964, now Patent No. 3,483,102. This
application Oct. 2, 1968, Ser. No. 764,657
Int. CI. C07c 149/26
U.S. CI. 260—609 D 5 Claims
Dimercaptans of cycloadded dimers of a mercaptonor-
bornene, mercapto-cyclohexene or mercaptobicyclo
[2.2.2] octene are disclosed. They are useful in the pro-
duction of polymers and as epoxy curing agents.
» 3,644,533
PHENOLS AND PHENOLIC RESINS
Bobby F. Dannels and Alvin F. Sbepard, Grand Island,
N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation,
Niagara Fails, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application Jan. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 612,334,
now Patent No. 3,539,646, dated Nov. 10, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 276,147,
Apr. 29, 1963. Divided and this application Dec. 29,
1969, Ser. No. 1,941
Int. CI. C07c 43/20
U.S. CI. 260—612 R 4 Claims
Phenols, phenyl ethers, bisphenols, diethers, mixed
phenol ethers and phenolic resins are prepared by reacting
a phenol with a non-conjugated open-chain aliphatic or
cycloaiiphatic polyunsaturated hydrocarbon.
Ri
3,644,534
METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF
HYDROXYALKYL ETHERS
Kenneth G. Reabe, Delmont, and Hans Dressier, Monroe-
ville. Pa., assignors to Koppers Company, Inc.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1968, Ser. No. 778,833
Int. CI. C07c 43/22
VJS. CI. 260—613 D 7 Claims
A process is provided for the production of phenylhy-
droxalkyl ethers such as phenylhydroxypropyl ether, res-
orcinol bis(i3-hydroxyethyl)ether, catechol bis(/3-hydrox-
yethyl)ether, hydroquinone bis(i3 - hydroxybutyl) ether,
pyrogallol tris(^-hydroxyethyl)ether, and phloroglucinol
tris(^-hydroxyethyl)ether by reacting at ambient to 110°
C. a monohydric, dihydric, or polyhydric phenol such as
phenol, resorcinol, cr pyrogallol and an equivalent of
alkylene oxide, such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide,
or butylene oxide per equivalent of phenolic hydroxyl in
the presence of an aqueous medium having a pH of 8-13.
The product is recovered in high yields by cooling and
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1509
separating from the mother liquor. The mother liquor
is then recycled to serve as the aqueous medium for a sub-
sequent reaction.
The prepared compounds have aromaticity, an ether
linkage, and a reactive hydroxyl group which make them
useful as specialized components in polyester and poly-
urethane resin formulations.
3,644,535
ACETYLENIC ETHERS
John Woolley Batty, Eric Milton Chadwick, and James
William Crook, Manchester, England, assignors io Im-
perial Chemical Industries Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,622
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 8, 1968,
37,954/68
Int. CI. C07c 43/14
U.S. CI. 260—615 B 1 Claim
Poly(oxypropylene) and poly(oxyethylene/oxypropyl-
ene) derivatives of certain acetylenic alcohols, a process
for their manufacture and their use as corrosion-restrain-
ing compounds in acid-pickling baths for ferrous metals.
The compounds are particularly suitable for use in hy-
drochloric acid baths and they have little tendency to
foam.
3,644,539
SYNTHESIS OF HINDERED ALKENYL PHENOLS
William H. Stames, Jr., Baytown, Tex., assignor to
Esso Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed July 28, 1969, Ser. No. 845,539
Int. CI. C07c 39/18
U.S. CI. 260—619 R 6 Claims
The hindered alkenyl phenols having the following struc-
ture are useful as antioxidants for hydrocarbons and espe-
cially for polyolefins such as polypropylene and are pro-
duced by t^e reaction of a 2.6-dialkylquinone methide with
"^S^Idehyyde and a phosphorus compound selected from the
groWp_ci>nsisting of a trialkylphosphine and a trialkylphos-
phite to produce the hindered alkenyl phenol having the
following structure:
Ri
3,644,536
PROCESS FOR l,3,5-TRIS(a.HYDROXY-
ISOPROPYDBENZENE
Richard A. Bafford, Tonawanda, N.Y., assignor to
Pennwalt Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 859,193
Int. CI. C07c 29/00
VS. CI. 260—618 R 11 Claims
Preparation of 1,3,5-tris (a-hydoxyisopropyl) benzene
by heating a solvent solution of methylbutynol in presence
of catalytic amount of nickel tetracarbonyl and a triaryl-
phosphite.
3,644,537
PHENOLS AxND PHENOLIC RESINS
Bobby F. Dannels and Alvin F. Sbepard, Grand Island,
N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corporation,
Niagara Falls, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application Jan. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 612,334,
now Patent No. 3,539,646, dated Nov. 10, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 276,147,
Apr. 29, 1963. Divided and this application Dec. 29,
1969, Ser. No. 1,942
Int. CI. C07c 37/00
U.S. CI. 260—619 B 4 Claims
Phenols, phenyl ethers, bisphenols, diethers, mixed
phenol ethers and phenolic resins are prepared by reacting
a phenol with a non-conjugated open-chain aliphatic or
cycloaiiphatic polyunsaturated hydrocarbon.
3,644,538
HINDERED TRISPHENOLS
William H. Starnes, Jr., Baytown, Tex., assignor to Esso
Research and Engineering Company
No Drawing. Original application Nov. 16, 1964, Ser. No.
411,569. Divided and this application Aug. 22, 1967,
Ser. No. 662,287
Int. CI. C07c 37/00, 39/00
VS. CI. 260—619 B 3 Claims
New trisphenols, for example, 1,3,5 - tris(3 - alkyl - 4-
hydroxyphenyl)benzene; 1,3,5 - tris(3 - aryl - 4 - hydroxy-
IIO
CH=CH-R3
where
Ri and R2 are alkyls having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and
R3 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and aryl.
3,644,540
5,7 - DIISOPROPYL-l,l-DIMETHYL-6-HYDROXY.
INDAN AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING SAME
Thomas F. Wood, Wayne, and George H. Goodwin,
Rutherford, NJ., assignors to Givaudan Corporation,
Clifton, NJ.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
674,103, Oct. 10, 1967. This application July 1, 1968,
Ser. No. 741,278
Int. CI. C07c 39/12
U.S. CI. 260—626 R 1 Claim
The novel compound, 5,7-diisopropyl-l,l-dimethyl-6-
hydroxyindan, (I), and a process for preparing it. are
disclosed. I is a colorless crystalline material, M.P. 99"-
100° C., and has a strong and pleasant musk odor, I is
suitable for use in perfumery. I also exhibits properties as
an antioxidant. I is prepared by reacting 2,6-diisopropyl-
phenol and isoprene, in the presence of sulfuric acid or
other alkylating catalysts; at temperatures from —20" to
150° C, depending on the strength of the catalyst.
3,644,541
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL PROCESS
Clarence D. Chang, Princeton, and Albert S. Logiudice.
Bridgewater, N.J., assignors to Pullman Incorporated,
Chicago, III.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 635,586,
May 2, 1967. This application Aug. 25, 1969, Ser.
No. 857,279
Int. CI. C07c 29/08
U.S. CI. 260—641 8 Claims
A method of achieving high conversions of water m a
process for the direct hydration of propylene at elevated
pressures and temperatures in the presence of an aqueous
phosphoric or phosphorous acid catalyst. This is achieved
by maintaining the propylene inlet partial pressure above
a minimum limit, said partial pressure being a function
of reaction temperaiure and catalyst concentration and
simultaneously maintaining the propylene residence time
above a minimum level, said residence lime being depend-
ent upon the reaction temperature, acid concentration and
propylene inlet partial pressure. Preferably the residence
time is held below an upper limit to achieve commercial-
ly acceptable yields. Preferred operating conditions in-
phenyl) benzene; 1,3,5 - tris(2 - hydroxyphenyl) benzene;
and the lower alkyl substituted derivatives thereof, are elude propylene inlet partial pressures below 60 atmos-
effective stabilizers for hydrocarbon especially polyolefins pheres. temperatures between about 408 and 488' K. and
due to low volatility and because the oxidation products acid concentrations ranging between about 25 and about
are not highly colored. 65 weight percent.
1510
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,542
BENZENE OXYCHLORINATION
Walter H. Prahl, Karlsruhe, Germany, Jay P. Eggert,
Bellefonte, Ky., and Sol J. Lederman, Kenmore, Eric
H. Scremin, Niagara Falls, and Albert C. Ulrich.
Buffalo, N.Y., assignors to Hooker Chemical Corpora-
tion, Niagara Falls, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 292,460, July
2, 1963, which is a continuation-in-part of applications
Ser. No. 133,565, Ser. No. 133,801, and Ser. No.
133,802, all Aug. 25, 1961. This application June 17,
1969, Ser. No. 833,822
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
June 18, 1985, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C07c 25/06
U.S. CI. 260—650 R 6 Claims
Nfonochloroben/ene is produced in higher yield with
lower investment and operation costs by a continuous
benzene oxychlorination process which comprises: (1)
passing hydrogen chloride, an oxygen-containing gas and
benzene, said benzene being in excess of that theoretically
required to react with all of the hydrogen chloride;
through at least 2 packed catalytic zones in series, each of
said zones being adapted to cause only a partial conversion
of the reactants to monochlorobenzene and to cause an
increase in temperature of the reaction gas stream. (2)
substantially lowering the temperature of the reaction
gas stream as it passses from one catalytic zone to the
next adjacent catalytic zone by injecting coolant .selected
from the group consisting of benzene, water, inerts. and
mixtures thereof, directly into the reaction gas stream as it
passes between each of said zones in an amount sufficient
to lower the temperature of the reaction gas to the desired
extent, and (3) recovering the monochlorobenzene from
the reaction vapors from the final catalytic zone.
50 (preferably 10 to 30). The molar ratio Pb02/CaF4la is
0.5 to 2 (preferably 0.5 to 1).
3,644,543
PROCESS FOR PREPARING HALOGENATED
ARO.MATICS
Vincent A. Notaro, Monroeville, and Charles M. Selwitz,
Pitcaim, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 839,094
Int. CI. C07c 25100, 25/04
U.S. CI. 260—650 R 10 Claims
A process for preparing a nuclear chloro or nuclear
bromo aromatic compound which involves heating an aro-
matic compound in the presence of a nitiale ion, a ni-
trite ion, NO or NO2, a chloride or bromide ion, water,
oxygen and a fatty carboxylic acid.
3,644 544
PROCESS FOR THE 'production OF
lODOPENTAFLUOROETHANE
Italo Cammarata, Bollate, Milan, and Martino Vecchio,
Milan, Italy, assignors to Montecatini Edison S.p..A.,
Milan, Italy
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
675,761, Oct. 17, 1967. This application Nov. 4, 1968,
Ser. No. 775,956
Claims priority, application Italy, Nov. 16, 1967,
22,759/67
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
Aug. 4, 1987, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C07c 17/20, 17/02
U.S. CI. 260—653.7 10 Claims
A process for the production of iodopentafluoroethane
(C2F5I) wherein tetrafluoroethylene (C2F4) is reacted
with molecular iodine (lo) to yield di-iodopentafiuoro-
ethane (C2F4l2). The latter is reacted in an autoclave
with lead dioxide (PbOa) and hydrogen fluoride (HF) at
a temperature of 25° to 200° C. (preferably 80° C. to
160° ) at a pressure of 5 to 50 atmospheres absolute (ata. ),
preferably 25-36 ata. The molar ratio HF/C2F4I2 is 2 to
3,644,545
IMPROVED VAPOR PHASE FLUORINATION PRO-
CEDURE IN THE PRESENCE OF CATALYST AND
ALKALI METAL FLUORIDE
Walter R. Buckman, Wilmington, Del., assignor to Allied
Chemical Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed June 20, 1968, Ser. No. 738,412
Int. CI. C07c 19/08, 19/20
U.S. CI. 260— 653.7 8 Claims
High conversions of fluorinated hydrocarbons are ob-
tained by reacting saturated, aliphatic halocarbon start-
ing materials containing at least one chlorine atom and
no atoms other than C, H, F or CI, with HF, in the
presence of a catalyst and also in the presence of an
alkali metal fluoride.
3,644,546
REACTION OF A DIALKYL ETHER WITH HCl OR
HBr IN THE PRESENCE OF AN ORGANIC ACID
Russell G. Hay, Gibsonia, and John G. McNulty and
William L. Walsh, Glenshaw, Pa., assignors to Gulf
Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,343
Int. CI. C07c 17/00
U.S. CI. 260—657 12 Claims
Increasmg the reaction rate of a dialkyl ether with
HBr or HCl to produce an alkyl halide which involves
carrying out the reaction in the presence of an organic
acid having from three to seven carbon atoms.
3,644,547
ISOMERIZATION OF ALKYL HALIDES
Louis Schmerling, Riverside, III., assignor to Universal
Oil Products Company, Des Plaines, III.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 755,789
Int. CI. C07c 17/24
US. CI. 260—658 R 10 Claims
Alkyl halides are isomerized by treating a particular
alkyl halide with an aqueous hydrohalic acid at elevated
temperatures above about 200° C. whereby the halogen
substituent is transferred to a carbon atom different from
that of the original compound.
3,644,548
PROCESS FOR PREPARING CYCLODODECA-
TRIENE-1,5,9
Hirosi Takahasi. Kadomi-shi, Osaka, Masanori Tanabe,
Asaka-shi, Muneaki Yamaguchi, Ikeda-shi, Osaka,
and Isao Shiihara, Osaka, Japan, assignors to Asahi
Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Osaka, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 20,417
Claims priority, application Japan, Mar. 24, 1969,
44/22,224
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—666 B 2 Claims
Process for preparing cyclododecatriene- 1,5,9 which
comprising trimerizing butadiene- 1,3 by the use of a ter-
nary catalyst consisting of a titanium compound
lepresented by the general formula
TiXn(OCH2R)4-n or TiXn(OAr)4_n
wherein X is a member selected from the group consisting
of chlorine, bromine and iodine atom. R is a member
selected from the group consisting of hydrogen atom and
alkyl radical containing from 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Ar is
aryl radical and n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, an
organic aluminum halide and a member selected from
the group consisting of acid amides, sulfoxides,
aminoxides and nitrons.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1511
3,644,549
DEHYDROGENATION OF ETHYLBENZENE TO
STYRENE USING SO2 AND FERRITE CATA-
LYSTS IN THE FORM OF SPINELS OR
PEROVSKITES
Robert A. Innes, Wilkins Township, Allegheny County,
and Raymond J. Rennard, Jr., O'Hara Township, Alle-
gheny County. Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & De-
velopment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,904
Int. CI. C07c 15/10
U.S. CI. 260—669 15 Claims
Styrene is produced by the dehydrogenation of ethyl-
benzene using SO2 and certain ferrite catalysts. The ferrite
catalysts in the form of spinels can have the formula:
AaA'bFec04 where A can be Co, Ni, Zn or Mg (pref-
erably Zn or Mg) and A' can be Cr or La. The sum of
a-\-b + c is 3 and only h can be zero. The ferrite catalysts
in the form of perovskites can have the formula:
BdCreFeiOa where B can be La or Y (preferably La) and
d-\-e-\-f^2 and each individually can be 0.5 to 1.5. These
ferrites give very high yields of styrene and are unusually
stable to continuous SO2 dehydrogenation-oxidative re-
generation cycles.
3,644,550
SINGLE STAGE CYCLODIMERIZATION OF
PARAFFINS TO AROMATIC COMPOUNDS
Harold Beuther, Gibsonia, John A. Ondrey, Springdale,
and Harold E. Swift, Gibsonia, Pa., assignors to Gulf
Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,067
Int. CI. C07c 5 26
U.S. CI. 260—673 H Claims
A method for the single stage dimerization of paraffins
and mixtures of parafllns with olefins to aromatic com-
pounds using a mixture of chromia-alumina and bismuth
oxide. Isobutane and isobutane-isobutene mixtures are con-
verted to p-xylene.
3,644,551
SINGLE STAGE CYCLODIMERIZATION
OF OLEFINS
John A. Ondrey, Springdale, and Harold E. Swift, Gib-
sonia, P;{., assignors to Gulf Research & Development
Company, Piusborgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,068
Int. CI. C07c 5/26
U.S. CI. 260—673 . 10 Claims
\ method for the single stage dimerization of olefins
to aromatic compounds using a mixture of chromia-
alumina and bismuth oxide. Isobutene is converted to p-
xylene.
3,644,552
PROCESS FOR SEPARATING META XYLENE
FROM PARA XYLENE
Vincent A. Notaro, Monroeville, Charles M. Selwitz,
Pitcairn, and William L. Walsh, Glenshaw, Pa., as-
signors to Gulf Research & Development Company,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,066
Int. CI. C07c 7/02, 25/02
U.S. CI. 260—674 A 15 Claims
A process for separating para xylene from a mixture
containing para xylene and meta xylene by selectively
halogenating the meta xylene which involves heating the
mixture in the presence of copper, manganese, cerium,
cobalt, vanadium, chromium, iron, nickel, cadmium, tin,
antimony, mercury, bismuth, a noble metal or compounds
of these metals; nitrate ions, NO, NO2 or NO2CI; a chlo-
ride ion or a bromide ion; oxygen; and an inert organic
solvent containing less than about 28 percent by weight
of water.
3,644,553
PROCESS FOR THE DECOMPOSITION OF A SOLU-
TION OF HYDROGEN FLUORIDE-BORON TRI-
FLUORIDE-XYLENES COMPLEX
Susumu Fujiyama and Fumisada Kosuge, Niigata-shi,
Japan, assignors to Japan Gas-Chemical Company, Inc.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,132
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 17, 1968,
43/92,022
Int. CI. C07c 7/10
U.S. CI. 260—674 A 10 Claims
An improved process for decomposing a complex solu-
tion at the time of separating xylenes b\ the formation of
a complex of xylenes, hydrogen fluoride and boron tri-
fluoride is disclo-ed. Inasmuch as only boron trifluoride
and a part of hydrogen fluoride is recovered in vapor
phase the use of utilities is minimized. The process is
characterized by heating a solution of hydrogen fluo-
ride-boron trifluoride-xylenes complex for a liquid resi-
dence time of 1-120 minutes at 2-30 kg. cm. 2 (abso-
lute pressure) with the use of a multistage counter-
counter gas-liquid contactor as a decomposer; withdraw-
ing from the top of the decomposer a gas which con-
tains boron trifluoride in higher concentration than in
said complex solution; and also withdrawing from the
bottom of the decomposer, together with xylenes, liquid
hydrogen fluoride which contains substantially no boron
trifluoride. \ hydrocarbon diluent, when allowed to be
co-present in the decomposition reaction, helps obtain
still better results. .Also, xylenes may be isomer ized at
the same time with the decomposition of said complex.
3,644,554
THERMAL RECOVERY OF ISOAMYLENES FROM
TERTIARY AMYL CHLORIDE
Earl F. Harper. Oakmont, Clarence R. .Murphy, Allison
Park, and William L. Walsh, Glenshaw, Pa., assignors
to Gulf Research & Development Company, Pittsburgh,
Pa.
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,089
Int. CI. C07c 1/30
U.S. CI. 260—677 XA 6 Claims
14 «-**j' CHtOft'CE
t-AlWyi
CHLOaiDE
THCf^MAL
ZC
I >H (
^*
< »i»,i CHCOHIDE
pim
I »1Iyl£NES
22
TOWER
'■*r»yl CMLOBIDE
Isoamylene is recovered from tertiary amyl chloride by
thermally decomposing from 50 to 80 weight percent of
the tertiary amyl chloride and selectively absorbing the
unreacled tertiary amyl chloride and isoamylene in a
liquid tertiary amyl chloride solvent.
3,644,555
PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ACET\ LENE,
OR ACETYLENE AND ETHYLENE BY PYROL-
YSIS OF HYDROCARBONS
Zoltan Nagy and Laszlo Szepesy, Budapest, and Attila
Kovacs and Zsigmond Sebestyen, Veszprem. Hungary,
assignors to Magyar Asvanyolaj es Foldgaz Kiserleti
Intezet, Veszprem, Hungary
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,107
Claims priority, application Hungary, Aug. 28, 1968,
MA-1,884
Int. CL CfSlc 11/24, 3/00
U.S, CI. 260—679 10 Claims
This invention relates to a process for producing acet-
ylene or a mixture of acetylene and ethylene from hydro-
1512
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
carbons, by pyrolysis, carried out by means of the heat
quantity produced by a nearly stoichiometric burning of
a mixture of combustible gases or vapours and an oxidiz-
ing gas, preferably oxygen of technical purity or air en-
riched in oxygen. ^-^
\
3,644,556
PRODUCTION OF HEXADIENES
Toshio Hon, Akira Yamamoto, and Masao Shiraishi,
Mie-ken, Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Petrochemical
Company Limited, Tokyo-to, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Feb. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 797,231
Claims priority, application Japan, Feb. 8, 1968,
43/7,872
Int CI. C07c i/70, 77/72
U.S. CI. 260—680 B 9 Claims
Ethylene and a 1,3-butadiene equivalent substance are
codimerized through the use of a relatively inexpensive
catalyst which is a combination of a copper compound
(1 ), a compound (2) of an element of group V-A of the
Periodic Table, and a compound (3) which is an alkyl
compound or an alkyl halogen compound of an element of
Group I, II, or III. Higher activity and higher selectivity
for producing 1,4-hexadiene are attainable by the use of
a catalyst produced by compounds ( 1 ) and ( 2 ) are pre-
combined and the resulting combination is purified with
an aromatic hydrocarbon or is prepared in the presence
of ethylene.
3,644,557
CATALYST COMPOSITIONS FOR PREPARING
ETHYLENE
Michel Senes, Saint Nazaire, Pierre Lhonore, Doual, and
Jacques Quibel, Malsons-LafiBtte, France, assignors to
Society Chimique de la Grande Paroisse, Azote et
Produits Chimiques
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,756
Claims priority, application France, May 30, 1968,
153,371
Int. CI. BOlj 11142; C07c 3134, 11/02
U.S. CI. 260—683 R 19 Claims
Catalyst compositions can be used in the preparation of
ethylene and propylene by reforming hydrocarbons with
steam, the catalyst having a limited porosity and contain-
ing at least one oxide of the metals of the group formed
by the rare earths and antimony, of which the content by
weight, as oxide, is between 1 and 4%, in association with
a mixture of refractory oxides with high magnesium oxide
content of which the content by weight is between 30 and
70%, and of zirconium dioxide, of which the content is
between 25 and 409c. Catalyst compositions containing
a high content of magnesium from 50 to 70% by weight
and a low alumina content which is at most 20% by
weight and possibly CuO. Applications of these
compositions. - i
3,644,558
PROCESS FOR ISOMERIZING OLEHNS
Giinther Wilke and Borislav Bogdanovi^, Mulheim (Ruhr),
Germany, assignors to Studiengesellschaft Kohle
m.b.H., Malheim (Ruhr), Germany
No Drawing. Filed Oct 20, 1969, Ser. No. 867,928
Claims priority, application Germany, May 14, 1969,
P 19 24 628.7
Int. CI. C07c 5/22, 5/24
U.S. CI. 260—683.2 10 Claims
Process for isomerizing olefins by subjecting an isomeric
mixture of at least one olefin to contact at low temper-
atures for an extended period of time with an r-allyl
nickel compound, a Lewis acid and a phosphine.
3,644,559
DISPROPORTIONATION USING A CATALYST
CONTAINING THALLIUM
Tadeusz P. Kobylinski, Cheswick, and Harold E. Swift,
Gibsonia, Pa., assignors to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 883,277
Int. CI. C07c 3/62, 11/12, 13/00
U.S. CI. 260—683 D 13 Claims
A process for converting, by disproportionation, an
olefin, particularly an alpha-olefin, to a product contain-
ing a mixture of olefins of higher and lower carbon num-
ber than at least one of the olefins in the olefin charge,
which involves contacting the olefin charge with a novel
composition containing molybdenum, tungsten or rhe-
nium and thallium on a support, preferably alumina.
3,644,560
OXYDEHYDROGENATION OF ETHANE
William Q. Beard, Jr., Wichita, Kans., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,594
Int. CI. C07c 11/04, 17/10; BOlj 11/40
U.S. CI. 260—683.3 9 Claims
Process for the oxydehydrogenation of ethane to eth-
ylene by using catalytic quantities of hydrogen halide.
A preferred catalyst includes a low concentration of cop-
per or iron halide with rare earth halide, the ratio of
rare earth halide to copper or iron halide being greater
than 1:1. Other preferred catalyst components include
alkali metal halide and manganese halide.
3,644,561
OXYDEHYDROGENATION OF ETHANE
William Q. Beard, Jr., Wichita, Kans., assignor to Ethyl
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,623
Int. CI. C07c 11/04, 17/10; BOlj 11/40
U.S. CI. 260—683.3 9 Claims
Process for the oxydehydrogenation of ethane to ethyl-
ene by using excess quantities of hydrogen halide. A
preferred catalyst includes a low concentration of copper
or iron halide with rare earth halide, the ratio of rare
earth halide to copper or iron halide being greater than
1:1. Other preferred catalyst compoiftnts include alkali
metal halide and manganese halide.
3,644,562
NICKEL DIMERISATION CATALYSTS
John Robert Jones, Walton-on-Thames, and Thomas J.
Symes, Twickenham, England, assignors to The British
Petroleum Company Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 781,632
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 28, 1967,
58,824/67
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
VS. CI. 260—683.15 D 10 Claims
Linear dimers having an internal double bond are pre-
pared by dimerising an alpha-mono-olefin containing
C^-Cg carbon atoms per molecule in the presence of a
nickel complex of diisobutyrylmethane or dibenzoyl-
niethane and an aluminium alkyl activating agent.
3,644,563
ETHYLENE OLIGOMERIZATION
Ronald S. Bauer, Orinda, Harold Chung, Berkeley, Peter
W. Glockner, Alameda, and Wilhehn Keim, Berkeley,
Calif., and Henry van Zwet, Amsterdam, Netherlands,
assignors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 874,376
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—683.15 D 10 Claims
Ethylene is oligomerized to a mixture of olefinic prod-
ucts of high linearity in the presence of a heterogeneous
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1513
catalyst comprising (a) a nickel chelate of a bidentate
ligand having a tertiary organophosphorus moiety and
a carboxymethyl or carboxyethyl group attached directly
to the phosphorus atom of the organophosphorus moiety
and (b) an inorganic siliceous oxide support.
may be combined with maleamine-formaldehyde resins or
the like to provide coating compositions.
3,644,564
ETHYLENE OLIGOMERIZATION IN THE PRES-
ENCE OF COMPLEX NICKEL-FLUORINE-
CONTAINING CATALYSTS
Henry van Zwet, Amsterdam, Netherlands, and Ronald
S. Bauer, Orinda, and Wilhelm Keim, Berkeley, Calif.,
assignors to Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,789
Int. CI. C07c 3/10
U.S. CI. 260—683.15 D 15 Claims
Ethylene is oligomerized to a mixture of linear olefinic
products in the presence of an organoaluminum-free cata-
lyst which is the product of the reaction of a nickel com-
pound which is an atom of nickel in complex with an ole-
finically unsaturated compound with a fluorine-containing
ligand. The preferred nickel compound is bicyclooctadi-
ene-l,5-nickel. The fluorine-containing ligands are selected
from the group consisting of trifluoroacetic acid, 4.4,4-
trifluoro-3-hydroxy-3-trifluoromethylbutyric acid, perfluo-
ro-propene, hexafluoroacetylacetone and trifluoroacetyl-
acetone.
3,644,565
ALKYLATION PROCESS
Giovanni Biale, Placentia, Calif., assignor to Union Oil
Company of California, Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,724
Int. CI. C07c 3/52
U.S. CI. 260—683.43 14 Claims
Hydrocarbon olefins are converted to higher boiling
products comprising polymers and oligomers of the ole-
fin and alkylates of the olefin with paraffinic hydrocar-
bons in the presence of a Group VIII noble metal distended
on a synthetic zeolite, i.e., an aluminosilicate molecular
sieve, that has been pretreated with hydrogen at condi-
tions to impart selective polymerization or alkylation
activity thereto. In a specific embodiment, ethylene is
polymerized to low boiling oligomers comprising dimers,
trimers, tetramers, etc. by contacting the ethylene under
polymerization conditions with a palladium catalyst de-
posited on a Y molecular sieve that has been pretreated
with hydrogen at a temperature from about 200° to 900°
F. or is polymerized to solid polymer when the hydro-
gen treatment is performed at a temperature from 0°
to 100° F. The ethylene is also reacted under alkylation
conditions with a paraflfin hydrocarbon by contacting the
olefin and paraffin under alkylation conditions with a
palladium deposited on a Y molecular sieve that has
been pretreated by contacting with hydrogen at a temper-
ature of from 100° to about 200° F.
3,644,566
SILICON ACRYLIC COPOLYMERS
Richard D. Kincbeloe, Kansas City, Mo., and Joseph H.
Scherrer, Shawnee Mission, Kans., assignors to Cook
Paint & Varnish Company, Kansas City, Mo.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
563,074, July 6, 1966. This application Nov. 17,
1970, Ser. No. 79,850
Int. CI. C08f 35/02, 29/36; C08g -^7/70
U.S. CI. 260—826 13 Claims
A silicon-acrylic copolymer of a hydroxy functional
acrylic copolymer and an alkoxy functional polyorganosil-
oxanes. The hydroxy functional acrylic copolymer may
consist of a copolymer of hydroxy propyl methacrylate
and, for example, a styrene. The silicon-acrylic copolymer
3,644,567
PROCESS FOR PREPARING BLOCK COPOLYMERS
FROM A TETRAHYDROFURAN POLYMER
Samuel Smith, Roseville, and Allen J. Hubin, White Bear
Lake, Minn., assignors to Minnesota Mining and Manu-
facturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
No Drawing. Original application Feb. 10, 1966, Ser. No.
527,399. Divided and this application June 23, 1970,
Ser. No. 59,768
Int CI. C08g 39/00
VS. CI. 260—829 6 Claims
Block copolymers are prepared by polymerizing a
cationically polymerizable monomer with polycationically
polymer of a tetrahydrofuran. In an example, 10 ml. of
tetrahydrofuran and 0.5 ml. of trifluoromethane sulfonic
anhydride were reacted at room temperature to produce
a dicationically active polytetrahydrofuran. Ethylene
oxide was polymerized onto the ends of the tetrahydro-
furan polymer at room temperature, and the block co-
polymer product then was quenched in dilute aqueous
sodium hydroxide for 70 hours and was washed with
water containing sodium bromide.
3,644,568
POLYESTER COMPOSITIONS
Colm Tilley, Prestbury, David Harris Watson, Faversham,
and Michael Campbell, Wellingborough, England, as-
signors to The Anchor Chemical Company Limited,
Clayton, Manchester, England
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 772,411
Int. CI. C08g 39/10, 45/14
VS. CI. 260—835 8 Claims
An air drying surface coating composition, comprising
unsaturated polyesters, a polymer or copolymer formed
by polymerising the glycidyl ether of a ^S-unsaturated
alcohol of at least 3 carbon atoms either alone or with
other oxirane compounds, and small quantities of metal
salts of organic acids, such salts being soluble in the
composition.
3,644,569
TWO-PART ADHESIVES COMPRISING AiN ISO-
CYANATE TERMINATED PREPOLYMER,
AN ISOCYANATE REACTIVE MONOMER
AND AN UNSATURATED POLYESTER
Gerhard Joseph 'Pietsch and Armand Francis Lewis, Fair-
field, Conn., assignors to American Cyanamid Com-
pany, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 777,142
Int. CI. C08f 29/20; C08g 39 '10, 41/04
VS. CI. 260—835 10 Claims
A two-part adhesive comprising ( 1 ) a saturated poly-
ether or polyester-based. NCO terminated polyurethane
resin and a peroxide catalyst and (2) an unsaturated
polyester resin and a cross-linking monomer containing
an NCO reactive group, is disclosed.
3,644,570
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF RUBBER
MODIFIED NOVOLAK RESINS
Kerry David Jeffreys, Rhiwbina, Cardiff, Wales, assignor
to BP Chemicals (U.K.) Limited, London, England
No Drawing. Filed Sept 24, 1969, Ser. No. 860,808
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Oct. 1, 1968,
46,440/68
Int CI. C08d 9/70; C08g 37/20, 51/24
VS. CI. 260—845 7 Claims
Rubber modified phenolic resole and novolak resins are
prepared by reacting the phenol and aldehyde under the
«»
1514
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
appropriate reaction conditions in the presence of a latex boxylic acid, with vinyl aromatic polymers such as poly-
of a polychloroprene rubber. styrene give shaped articles having an excellent balance of
physical properties.
3,644,571
PROCESS OF HEATING CAPROLACTAM GRAFT
COPOLYMERS TO INCREASE MELT STRENGTH
Raymond P. Anderson and Francis R. Galiano, Oakland
Park, Kan&, assignors to Gulf Research & Development
Company, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 19, 1970. Ser. No. 20,905
InLCI. C08g47/0^
VS. CI. 260—857 G 6 Claims
When olefin-maleic anhydride copolymers are em-
ployed at low levels in hydrolytic polymerization of capro-
lactam to yield grafted caprolactam copolymers, the
resulting polymers upon heating in the solid state at a
temperature of at least 140° C. increase in melt strength
to values considerably above the melt strength of conven-
tional polycaprolactam of equivalent melt index. The
resulting products having high melt strength may be
advantageously used for the manufacture of extruded and
blov -^olded articles.
3,644,572
POLYAMIDE-POLYESTER DISPERSIONS CONTAIN-
ING SECONDARY AND TERTIARY AMINO
TERMINATING MOIETIES ON THE POLY-
AMIDES
Richard E. Mayer, Richmond, and Lamberto Crescentini,
Chester, Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Corpora-
tion, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Hied Nov. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 779,253
Int. CI. C08g4//0^
U.S. CI. 260—857 R 12 Claims
A polyamide having a substantial proportion of primarv
am: 1 end-groups bound to terminating agents contain-
ing tertid.v or unreactive secondary amino groups can
be spun I J filaments, when said polymer is melted or
melt-blended with polyester, without adverse interaction
occurring between the copolymers whereby the resultant
product possesses enhanced dyeability characteristics with
acid dyes.
3,644,573
HEAT STABILIZATION OF POLYESTERS
Kenneth T. Barkey, C Shelburn Hunter, and Walter L.
Predmore, Jr., Rochester, N.Y., assignors to Eastman
Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Filed July 2, 1969, Ser. No. 838,473
Int. CI. C08g 57/55
U.S. CI. 260—860 7 Claims
It has been discovered that polyesters can be stabilized
against the spontaneous degradation which the polyesters
ordinarily undergo when they are heated to temperatures
substantially above their melting points for a period of
time by the incorporation thereinto of a small amount of
one or more 2(5H) furanones which are compatible with
the polyester, are ultraviolet absorbing, and which are,
themselves, stable at said temperature.
3,644,574
SHAPED ARTICLES OF BLENDS OF POLYESTERS
AND POLYVINYLS
Winston J. Jackson, Jr., Herbert F. Kuhfuss, and John R.
Caldwell, Kingsport, Tenn., assignors to Eastman Kodak
Company, Rochester, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 17, 1969, Ser. No. 842,714
Int. CI. C08f 29/10; C08g 39/10
U.S. CI. 260—873 10 Claims
Blends of 1,4-butanediol polyesters such as derived
from 1,4-butanediol and terephthalic or napthalenedicar-
3,644,575
DYEABLE POLYPROPYLENE FIBERS HAVING IM-
PRO\ ED PROPERTIES AND DYEING PROCESS
FOR PRODUCING ARTICLES WHICH HAVE
FASTNESSES
Kazuo Nakatsuka, Fumio Ide, and Kazuo Ito, Obtake-
shi, and Norimasa Yamamoto, Aichi-ken, Japan, as-
signors to Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 30. 1966, Ser. No. 606,090
Claims priority, application Japan, May 23, 1966,
41/32,868
Int. CI. C08f 29/72; D06p 3/00, 5/00
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 16 Claims
A polypropylene composition comprising polypropylene
graft copolymerized with a vinylpyridine and an acrylate
or methacrylate ester, the graft copolymer being prepared
from a polypropylene which has been previously hydro-
peroxidized at temperatures of 70-130° C. The mixture is
subjected to melt-spinning as such or after incorporation
of a monomeric surface active agent and/or an organo-
phosphorus compound to obtain fibers having excellent
stability to heat, light and oxidation, dyeability and color
fastness.
3,644,576
IMPACT-RESISTANT RESINOUS BLENDS CON-
TAINING VINYL CHLORIDE POLYMER AND
METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Eugene J. Sehm, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 5, 1967, Ser. No. 673,055
Int. CI. C08f i7/7S, 29/24
U.S. CI. 260—897 C 17 Claims
Resinous blends are disclosed comprising a vinyl chlo-
ride base resin and a rubbery, essentially completely gelled
and finely particulate polymer of an alkyl acrylate; such
blends being more or less rigid and having high impact
strength, good resistance to heat distortion and broad
processing latitude. A method of making such blends is
shown comprising adding such acrylate to the base resin
as particles of latex-like proportions preferably imbedded
in or dispersed in a hard matrix of a hard vinyl chloride
resin, and fusing the resulting mixture under shear at
320° to 440" F. The resultant impact-resistant blends
are useful in tubing, pipe, sheets and other structural
forms.
3,644,577
VINYL HALIDE POLYMERIC BLENDS
Yoon Chai Lee and Qulrino A. Trementozzi, Springfield,
Mass., assignors to .Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1968, Ser. No. 783,096
The portion of the term of the patent subsequent to
June 24, 1986, has been disclaimed
Int. CI. C08f 29/22. 29/56, 41/12
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 15 Claims
A polymeric blend is prepared from a vinyl halide poly-
mer and an interpolymer formed from a major amount of
an ethylenically unsaturated nitrile monomer and a minor
amount of copolymerizable monomer from the group of
monovinylidene aromatic hydrocarbons, acryhc acids,
acrylic esters and vinyl esters. The blends exhibit signifi-
cantly improved barrier properties in addition to "heat
resistance and processability, while maintaining or improv-
ing other properties including toughness.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1515
3,644,578
CROSS-LINKABLE COMPOSITIONS BASED ON
ELASTOMERS AND ON CROSS-LINKABLE
COPOLYMERS OF VINYL CHLORIDE
Alexis Mathieu, Brussels, Belgium, and Claude Barberot,
Paris, France, assignors to Solvay & Cie, Rue du Prince
Albert, Brussels, Belgium
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 819,988
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 30, 1968,
150,080
Int. CI. C08f 29/24, 37/18
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 19 Claims
The cross-linkable composition contains from 95 to 20%
by weight of one or more elastomers and 5 to 80% by
weight of a cross-linkable vinyl polymer based on vinyl
chloride. The cross-linkable vinyl polymer is obtained by
polymerization of 3 to 50 parts by weight of a mixture of
a diolefin and one or more monomers chosen from the
nitriles and esters of unsaturated monocarboxylic acid
and unsaturated polycarboxylic acid, in the presence of
100 parts of by weight of a copolymer of vinyl chloride
and a monomer containing at least 8 carbon atoms and
which is a vinyl ester of a monocarboxylic acid, an ester
of an unsaturated mono- or polycarboxylic acid or an
alkyl vinyl ether. The present cross-linkable compositions
possess a highly useful combination of characteristics in-
cluding excellent mechanical properties which are re-
tained at high temperature, facility of application at low
temperatures, resistance to abrasion, chemical agent and
low temperature; nonflammability, high thermal stability
and good dielectric properties.
3,644,579
TRANSPARENT THERMOPLASTIC RESIN HAVING
HIGH IMPACT STRENGTH
Masaki Nakajima, Yokohama-shi, Tadayuki Hosogane,
Kawasaki-shi, Shoichi Kobayashi, Tokyo, and Shige-
nobu Ishihara, Fujiwasa-shi, Japan, assignors to Showa
Denko Kabusbiki Kaisha, Tokyo, Japan
No Drawing. Filed May 28, 1969, Ser. No. 828,700
Claims priority, application Japan, Jan. 7, 1969,
44/1,165
Int. CI. C08f 79 70, ^7/72
U.S. CI. 260—876 R 6 Claims
A thermoplastic resin having high transparency and
impact-strength comprising the components of chlori-
nated polyethylene, methylmethacrylate and styrene, and
a process for producing the same.
3,644,580
COPOLYMERS OF PROPYLENE AND AN AMINO-
SUBSTITUTED ACRYLIC COMONOMER
William J. Craven, Passaic, IV.J., assignor to Dart
Industries Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
600,036, Dec. 8, 1966. This applicarion Feb. 16,
1970, Ser. No. 10,098
Int. CI. C08f 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—878 6 Claims
A substantially linear copolymer of propylene and an
amino-substituted acrylic comonomer is disclosed which is
susceptible to dyeing and printing. The copolymer com-
prises a first segment which is a crystalline propylene poly-
mer and having attached to an end thereof a second seg-
ment which is a polymer of an amino-substituted acrylic
monomer having the formula
3,644,581
DIPERESTER FREE RADICAL INITIATOR FOR
GRAFT POLYMEIUZATION
Donald F. Knaack, WUmington, Del., assignor to Avisun
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing, nied Dec. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 781,595
Int. CI. C08f 75/0-/
U.S. CI. 260—878 jo Claims
A polyolefin graft copolymer is prepared by the graft
polymerization of at least one ethylenicallv unsaturated
monomer onto a polyolefin using a diperester free radi-
cal initiator having the formula
CH:
R
i
o
C-0
R"
R'-N
\
R'"
CH3
CH3-C-CH?-CH?
I
O
A
CHs
-c-cnj
i
I
o
k
wherein Rj and Rj are independently selected from
branched alkanoyl radicals having from 4 to 10 carbon
atoms.
3,644,582
GRAFT POLYMERIZATION WITH A PERESTER
INITIATOR AND A PROMOTER
Donald F. Knaack, Talleybrook, Del., assignor to Avisun
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 816,016
Int. CI. C08f 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—878 R jq Claims
A d\e-receptive copolymer is prepared by the graft
polymerization of at least one ethylenically unsaturated
monomer onto a polyolefin in the presence of a per-
ester free radical initiator and a promoter. Suitable pro-
moters are inorganic reducing agents such as a lower
valent salt of a multivalent metal, a hydrosulfite, a sul-
fite, a bisulfite, and a thiosulfate or organic reducing
agents such as a formaldehyde sulfoxylate? hydrazine hy-
drate and hydrazine salts.
3,644,583
PRODUCTION AND RECOVERY OF A SOLID
MIXED HOMO- AND COPOLYMER
Jack S. Scoggin, Bartlesville, Okla., assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
Filed Apr. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 81 '8,709
Int. CI. C08f 15/00
U.S. CI. 260—878 B 3 claims
1-<JP l»»-'i.lwl
Of AC
COW^kCTO*
(1 '***'
•>a«.*MCii i«.*-aK
•^ •..
■ ••fO*OL*'Hta
wherein R is hydrogen or a methyl group, R' is an alkyl-
A solid mixed homo- and copolymer product is
,.,,„, - - produced by a combination of a catalyzed mass homo-
ene group havmg 1 o 8 carbon atoms and R" and R'" and a catalyzed mass copolymerization and the solid re-
are hydrogen or alkyl groups havmg 1 to 4 carbon atoms, covered and washed with an irfipure fraction of the
^^
1516
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
monomers so reacted, the fraction being obtained by a
fractionation of unreacted excess monomers to produce
a stream containing catalyst and any soluble polymer, a
stream containing a mixture of the monomers, using a
portion of the stream of monomers as said impure frac-
tion, fractionating another portion thereof to obtain one
of the monomers for the homopolymerization and a mix-
ture of the monomers for said copolymerization. In an
embodiment a mixed polypropylene-propylene-ethylene
copolymer is produced and recovered and washed with a
stream containing propylene and ethylene, there being
recovered also a stream of propylene substantially free
from ethylene for use in said homopolymerization and a
stream containing propylene and ethylene for use in said
« copolymerization.
modulus of elasticity of at least about 500,000 p.s.i. and
an Izod impact strength at about room temperature of
greater than 4.0 foot pounds per inch of notch.
3,644,584
GRAFT COPOLYMERS BEARING AT LEAST TWO
LNLIKE TYPES OF GRAFT COMPONENTS
Michael Fryd, Broomall, Pa., assignor to E. L du Pont
de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 640,486, May 23. 1967. This application
Aug. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 756,359
Int. CI. cost 19/102, 19/16
U.S. CI. 260—879 28 Claims
Graft copolymers having polymeric backbone>compo-
nents and multiple unlike types of graft compofl'PfffST and
a method for preparing them. The backbone components
can be unsaturated polymers or saturated polymers which
provide grafting sites; the graft components can be poly-
mers of graft copolymerizable vinyl monomers.
The graft copolymers are useful as can coatings, as
film-forming components in coating compositions and as
adhesives.
3,644,585
PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF
POLYBLTADIENE
Motowo Taka>anagi, Fukuoka-shi, and Sbotaro Suciura,
Tetsuro Matsuura, Haruo Ueno, Keiichi Tsuji. Shinzi
Yamamoto. and Fuminori Matumoto, L'be-shi, Japan,
assignors to Lbe Industries, Ltd.. l'be-shi. Yamaguchi-
ken, Japan
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 13, 1968, Ser. No. 783,706
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 19, 1967.
42/80,934
Int. CI. C08f 15^04
L'.S. CI. 260—879 12 Claims
PrtKess for the preparation of polybutadiene by polym-
erizing l.?-butadiene in the presence of a cis-l,4-polym-
erization catalyst, characterized in that trans- 1,4-polybu-
tadiene is added to the polymerization system in advance
of the polymerization reaction, and the polymerization of
1,3-butadiene is performed in the presence of so added
trans- 1,4-polybutadiene.
3,644,587
CHEMICALLY CONTROLLING GRATING AND
Rl BBER PARTICLE SIZE IN MANUFACTURE
OF HIGH IMPACT POLYSTYRENE USING A
2-STEP PROCESS
Arne Finberg, Edison, N.J., assignor to
Mobil Oil Corporation
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 813,269
Int. CI. C08f 15/04
U.S. CI. 260—880 4 Claims
High impact polystyrene is produced by free radical
catalytic bulk prepolymerization of a solution of a rubber
and styrene followed by suspension polymerization. Poly-
mers having improved mechanical and rheological prop-
erties are produced by using in the bulk stage, an azo ini-
tiator during the phase inversion stage and adding a per-
oxide initiator just before the inversion is completed or
thereafter.
3,644,588
BLOCK POLYMER HYDROGENATION PROCESS
Howard L. Hassell. San Leandro, Calif., assignor to
Shell Oil Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,894
Int. CI. C08f 15/04, 27/24
U.S. CI. 260—879 6 Claims
Block copolymers of conjugated dienes and monovinyl
arenes may be substantially completely hydrogenated by
a two-stage process, the first stage under mild conditions
to hydrogenate the diene blocks, the second stage at more
strigent conditions to hydrogenate the monovinyl arene
blocks, the latter stage being conducted in the presence
of certain catalyst modifiers such as alcohols.
3,644,589
METHOD OF IMPARTING SELF-EXTINGUISHING
FLAME PROPERTIES TO IMPACT-MODIFIED
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
Earnest Moore. Akron, and George H. Wear, Mogadore.
Ohio, assignors to The General Tire & Rubber Company
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,091
Int. CI. C08f 45/62
U.S. CI. 260—890 1 Claim
This invention concerns a method of imparting self-
extinguishing flame properties to impact-modified poly-
vinyl chloride based resins by the step of adding to the
resin a compound selected from the group consisting of
organotin maleates, organotin mercaptides, stannous
oxide, and mixtures thereof.
3,644,586
HIGH MODULUS, HIGH IMPACT TERPOLYMER
COMPOSITION
Edward M. Hagerman, Royal Oak, Mich., assignor to
General Motors Corporation, Detroit, Mich,
No Drawing. Filed July 16. 1968, Ser. No. 745,128
Int. CI. C08f 15 04
U.S. CI. 260—880 R 2 Claims
A styrene-acrylonitrile grafted polyisoprene composi-
tion wherein the polyisoprene is polymerized to a high
molecular weight, characterized by a limiting viscosity
number of at least 1.6 in benzene at 30' C, has a tensile
3,644,590
DIENE MTRILE ELASTOMERIC BLENDS
Douglas Coulthard, Sarnia, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Polymer Corporation Limited, Sarnia, Ontario, Canada
No I>rawing. Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,961
Claims priorit>, application Canada, Jan. 16, 1969,
40,288
Int. CI. C08d 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—894 9 Claims
Improved oil-resistant vulcanizate is prepared by vul-
canizing a blend of (1 ) a rubbery copolymer of a 2-al-
kyl butadiene-1,3 and an acrylic nitrile with (2) a rub-
bery copolymer of butadiene-1,3 and acrylonitrile. The
preferred copolymer U) is isoprene/acrylonitrile copol-
Februarv 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1517
ymer. The vulcanizate is characterized by improved tear
strength, compression set and oil-aging properties and is
suitable for the production of thin- v. ailed moulded articles.
3,644,591
SIZING FORMl LATIONS FOR POLYMERIC
MATERIALS
Harold W. Wolf and Stanley E. Ross, Clifton, N.J., as-
signors to J. P. Stevens & Co., Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Aug. 28. 1967, Ser. No.
663,490, now Patent No. 3,502.743. Divided and this
application Oct. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 871,329
Int. CI. C08f 33/08
VS. CI. 260—895 6 Claims
This invention relates to heat and humidity resistant siz-
ing formulations for polyolefin yarns, including poly-
propylene, comprising;
(a) a major amount of a resin component selected from
( 1 ) hydantoin formaldehyde resin.
(2) a copolymer of vinyl pyrrolidone and water
insoluble comonomer,
(3) a copolymer of vinyl acetate and water in-
soluble comonomer, admixed with:
(b) a minor amount of a polyvinyl, containing moiety,
e.g. polyvinyl alkyl ether.
3.644,592
PROPYLENE POLYMER COMPOSITION CONTAIN-
ING SMALL AMOUNTS OF I RKA. PHTHALIC
ANHYDRIDE, AND PVC
Dixie E. Gilbert, Bartlesville. Okla.. assignor to
Phillips Petroleum Company
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 29. 1969. Ser. No. 888,869
Int. CI. C08f 29^24
U.S. CL 260— 897 12 Claims
Polypropylene and block copolymers of propylene and
ethylene are improved in optical properties, gas permea-
bility properties, and other properties by adding thereto
phthalic anhydride, urea, and polyvinyl chloride.
3,644,593
( OMPOSITIONS OF MATTER COMPRISING OXY-
BENZOYL POLYESTERS AND POLYFLUORI-
NATED ADDITION POLYMERS
Bernard E. Nowak, Lancaster, Steve G. Coftis and James
Economy, Buffalo, and Paul J. Steiner, Sn>der. N.Y..
assignors to The Carborundum Company. Niagara
Falls. N.Y.
Filed May 28, 1969. Ser. No. 828,691
Int. CI. C08f 29/22
U.S. CI. 260—900 20 Claims
A composition of matter comprising:
(A) an oxybenzoyl polyester and
( B ) a polyfluorinated addition polymer which is thermally
stable at at least 400= F.
3,644,594
POLYVINYL ACETAL INTERLAYERS CONTAIN-
ING COPOLYMERIC ADDITIVES
George E. MonI and Saul M. Cohen, Springfield, Mass.,
assignors to Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 818,403
Int. CI. C08f 29/50
U.S. CI. 260— 901 8 Claims
Disclosed herem are polyvinyl acetal interlayers hav-
ing improved impact strength which contain from 0.5
to 5.0 parts per hundred parts of polyvinyl acetal resin
(phr. ) of an additive which is the copolymerization
product of at least one vinyl ester and at least one ester
of acrylic methacrylic acid.
3,644.595
REACTIONS OF ELEMENTAL PHOSPHORUS AND
PHOSPHORUS ESTER REACTION PRODUCTS
THEREOF
Chisung Wu, North Brunswick, NJ., assignor to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of abandoned applica-
tion Ser. No. 527,492, Feb. 15, 1966. This application
Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 886,037
Int. CI. C07f 9/02. 9/32. 9 4il
U.S. CI. 260-920 13 Claims
Organophosphorus compositions are prepared by react-
ing elemental phosphorus v\ith an alcohol or mercaptan
and an epoxide or episulfide in the presence of a basic
catalyst. The compositions are useful as intermediates for
preparmg many types of compositions. For instance, they
can be reacted with aldehydes to produce polyoK of uide
utility, they can be oxidized to produce derivatives which
can be reacted with alkylene oxides to produce useful poly-
ols. and they can be reacted with activated olefins to pro-
duce useful compositions.
3.644.596
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF NEl TRAL
POLYPHOSPHORIC ACID ESTERS BY REACTING
PHOSPHORUS PENTOXIDE AND BORIC ACID
ESTERS
Klaus-Dieter Kampe and Edgar Fischer. Frankfurt am
Main, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoecbst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Mcister Lucius & Bruning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 23. 1965. Ser. No.
504,187. Divided and this application Apr. 14. 1969.
Ser. No. 841,645
Int. CI. C07f 9/06, 5/04
U.S. CI. 260-922 2 Claims
A process has been provided lor producing neutral poly-
phosphoric acid ester derivatives which comprises react-
ing an acid ester with phosphoius penloxidc ai a tempera-
ture wiihm the range of - ''H' C. to -^140° C. in the ab-
sence of moisture and in a mole ratio of ester to phos-
phorus pentoxidc from 0.05 to 9 moles ester to 1 mole
phosphorus penloxide. said acid ester being defined by the
general formula
tliOmU— cORjo
I
wherein l^,;j-f„_3 jn which formula R represents a
saturated, unsaturated, oxaikylated, or halogenaied ali-
phatic radical of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic
radical of 1 to 12 carbon atoms. R' and R" each rep-
resents a hydrogen, a saturated, unsuturaicd, oxaikylated.
or halogenated aliphatic or cycloaliphatic radical of I to
12 carbon ato;ns or an aromatic radical of 1 to 12 car-
bon atoms. These compounds are useful as catalysts for
production oi poiyacetalb.
3,644.597
REACTION PRODUCT OF 2,3-DIBROMOPROP \NOL
AND PHOSPHORUS PENTOXIDE
Abraham S. Endler, Flushing, N.Y., assignor to Apex
Chemical Co., Inc., Elizabethport. N.J,
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 794.805
, ^ Int. CI. C07f 9 '08; C09k 3/28
U.S CI. 260-933 9 Claims
The product of the reaction of 2.3-dibromopropanol,
phosphorus penfoxide in an amount sufficient to provide
therein from 1 to 2 atoms of phosphorus per molecule of
2.?-dibromopropanoi. either additional phosphorus pent-
o.xide, phosphoric acid or poly phosphoric acid in an
amount to provide, with the first mentioned phosphorus
pentoxide. a total of 3 to 25 atoms of phosphorus per
molecule of 2.3-dibromopropanol and sufficient free water,
if necessary, to provide, with any combined water that
may be present, a water content o\ 0.8 molecule thereof
for each phosphorus atom in the additional phosphorus
1518
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
pentoxide, the phosphoric acid or the polyphosphoric
acid, is dissolved in water with sufficient ammonia to
adjust the pH of the resulting solution to within the
range from 5 to 8, whereby to provide a water-soluble
flame retardant for textile fibers or fabrics. The reaction
mixture may further include a maximum of 1 molecule
of urea for each 2 atoms of phosphorus in the total num-
ber of the latter. The solution for imparting flame retard-
ing properties to textile materials may include a fire re-
tardant salt, such as ammonium phosphate, along with
the stated reaction product provided that the latter con-
stitutes at least 10 wt. percent of the total solids content
of the solution.
3,644,598
1 - ALKOXY(-.\LKENYLOXY, -PHENOXY) - 1-
THIONO-3-CHLORO(3.ALKYL)PHOSPHOLINES
Reinhard Schliebs, Cologne-Flittard, Hanshelmut Schlor,
VVuppertal-Elberfeld, and Bernhard Homeyer, Opladen.
Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer .\k(ien-
gesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Filed June 3, 1969, Ser. No. 830,122
Claims priority, application Germany, June 14, 1968,
P 17 68 662.3
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; C07d 105/04
VS. CI. 260—936 10 Claims
l-alko\y (-alkenyloxy, -phenoxy )-l-thioiio-3-chloro( 3-
alkyDphospholines, i.e. l-(alko\y. alkenyloxy, chloro-
alkoxy, alkylphenoxy, alkylmercaptophenoxy and chloro-
substituted phenoxy)-3-(chloro and alkyD-A^ and A^-
phospholines, which possess nematocidal, arthropodicidal,
especially acaricidal and insecticidal, and fungicidal prop-
erties.
3,644,599
PHOSPHONATE ESTERS OF POLYPHENYL
ETHERS OF PROPANOLS
Erich Kuehn, Wilmington, Dei., assignor to .\tla.s
Chemical Industries, Inc., Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed May 14, 1968, Ser. No. 728,913
Int. CI. C07f y^r^; C08 22 ■44
VS. CI. 260—951 7 Claims
Pol>ol adjuvants are provided which have the propert\
of imparting flame-retardant characteristics to polyurc-
thane foams. The adjuvants are prepared bv condensini:
at ftast one mole of 3-halo-I,2-propanediol and at least
one%iole of l,3-dihalo-2-propanol with a tetrahalo bi^-
phenol A or. alternatively, with the reaction product of at
least one mole of a phenol, a chiorophenol and at least
one mole of the same or another phenol with at least
one mole of formaldehyde. The condensation products
are subsequentl> reacted with the salt of .i s.itiirated or
unsaturated partial ester of phosphoric acid and optional-
ly brominated in the latter case. Flame-retardant poly-
urethane foams are disclosed containing the novel polvol
adjuvants.
3,644,600
2.HALO-4.ALKYL-PHENYL-PHOSPHORAMIDATES
Ernst Beriger, Neuallschwil, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba
Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Hied Feb. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 802,627
Claims priority, application Switzerland, .Mar. 1, 1968,
3,083/68
Int. CI. AOln 9/36; C07f 9/12, 9/22
U.S. CI. 260—959 10 Claims
Compounds of the formula
Ri R:
\ /
C
/ \
R
X R,
>-0-i' R
-/ \ /
I N
Hal \
R
in which R, Rj and R2 represent aliphatic residues. R3
represents an alkyl group which may be linked with the
phosphorus atom through oxygen or sulfur, X is O or S
and Hal represents a halogen atom. The phosphoric acid
ester amides are effective as selective herbicides as well
.IS plant-growth regulators in useful plant crops.
3,644,601
CONTROL OF ISOMER RATIO IN REACTION
PRODI (TS PREPARED BY PHOSPHORYLA-
TION OF ENOL.\TE IONS
Bernard Miller, .Amherst, Mass., and Howard Margulies,
Princeton Junction, N.J., assignors to American Cyan-
amid Company, Stamford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 659,014,
Aug. «. 1967. This application May 7, 1969, Ser.
No. 822.619
Int. CI. C07f 9/08. 9/ 12; AOln 9 36
U.S. CI. 260—972 6 Claims
Enolate ions are phosphorylated in the presence of a
solvent and a strong base to yield a product mixture con-
taining trans and cis isomers. Certain unique combinations
of solvents and bases provide reaction products in which
the trans isomer predominates while other combinations
provide reaction products in which the cis isomer pre-
dominates. Since one isomer often exhibits superior pcsti-
cidal activity when compared to the other isomer, ihe
processes of this invention provide a convenient route for
obtaining the desired isomer.
3,644,602
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING TRIALKYL
PHOSPHATES
Edward F. OrwoII, Baltimore, Md., assignor to
FMC Corporation, New York, N.V'.
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 749,971
Int. CI. C07f 9 0<V. C07c 31 '30
U.S. CI. 260—974 10 Claims
Process for the pieparation of trislCg to C]2 alkyl)
phosphates from pho-phoryl chloride and a correspond-
ing alkali metal (Cg to Cjt) alkoxide. The alk.tli metal
(Cg to C12) alkoxide is prepared in high yield and high
purity by an alkoxide exchange reaction between an
alkali metal alkoxide of a C4 or C5 saturated primary
alcohol and a Cg to Ci2 alcohol.
3,644,603
METHOD OF MAKING 2-AMINOETHYL
PHOSPHATE
Perttu V. Laakso, Barrington, III., assignor to The
Kendall Company, Boston, Mass.
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 788,031
Int. CI. C07f 9/08
U.S. CI. 260—978 4 Claims
Method of making 2-aminoethyl phosphate in high
yield by evaporating the water of solution from an aque-
ous mixture of 2-aminoethanol and orthophosphoric acid
in equimolar proportions at a temperature not over II H'
C, then heating gradually to a temperature of i.'>0-210
C. at reduced pressure to remove an equimolar propor-
tion of water of reaction.
3,644,604
NUCLEAR FUEL BODY AND PROCESS FOR
MAKING SAME
James Ray Hooker, San Diego, Calif., assignor to the
United States of .\merica as represented by the United
States Atomic Energy Commission
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 877,030
Int. CI. G21c2//02
U.S. CI. 264 — .5 8 Claims
Porous nuclear fuel bodies are made from a mixture
of a thermosetting resin, such as a phenol-aldehyde resol
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1519
resin or a furfural alcohol resin, a curing agent and fuel
particles having fission product-retentive coatings. The
curing agent is included in an amount at least about three
times the amount normally employed to completely po-
lymerize the resin. This substantial excess of curing agent
causes curing to proceed rapidly and entraps gas bubbles
in the hardening polymer matrix. After curing, carbon-
ization is carried out which leaves the coated particles
dispersed in a porous carbon matrix. Fuel particle coat-
ings, particularly pyrocarbon coatings, can form strong
bonds with such thermosetting resins. The excess of cur-
ing agent avoids the establishment of stresses in the coat-
ings that might result ultimately in cracking.
3,644,607
USE OF VAPOR PHASE DEPOSITION TO MAKE
FUSED SILICA ARTICLES HAVING TITANIUM
DIOXIDE IN THE SURFACE LAYER
Rodney A. Raques and Foster L. Gray, Dallas, Tex.,
assignors to Texas Instruments Incorporated, Dallas,
Tex.
Filed Dec. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 886.252
Int. CI. C04b 41/32, 35/14; C23c 11/08; B28b 11/04
U.S. CI. 264—60 4 Claims
3,644,605
METHOD FOR PRODUCING PERMANENT ELEC-
TRET CHARGES IN DIELECTRIC MATERIALS
Gerhard M. Sesslcr, Summit, and James E. West, Plain-
field, N.J., assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories,
Incorporated. Murray Hill, N.J,
Filed Feb. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 798,411
Int. CI. H04r 7,00, 19/00
U.S. CI. 264—22 1 Claim
•-U
u *»
U«TCR1»L « ,
Stable thin film electrets are produced by directing an
electron beam on a dielectric material in a controlled
fashion. Electron absorption in the film and induced
secondary emission, both from the film and from an ad-
jacent dielectric surface, aid in producing stable electrets
with superior charge characteristics and very long life-
times.
3,644,606
PROCESS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF
FOAM SLABS
Jacques Auge, Andre Guillaume, and Claude Tourniaire.
Lyon, France, assignors to Rhone-Poulence S.A., Paris,
France
Continuation of application Ser. No. 675,169, Oct. 13,
1967. This application Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,690
Claims priority, application France, Oct. 18, 1966,
80,424
Int. CI. B29d 27:04
An article composed of a metal oxide having a com-
position of two or more metal oxides the concentration of
which can preferentially or selectively be varied through-
out its thickness. The method for making the article in-
cludes vapor phase hydrolysis of a metal halide deposition
of the resultant metal oxide onto a deposition surface. In
an exemplary mode silicon dioxide is deposited on a depo-
sition mandrel until a predetermined thickness is laid
down. Thereafter a mixture of silicon dioxide and ti-
tanium dioxide are deposited on the previously built-up
silicon dioxide layer. The metal oxide article thus formed
is a porous, amorphous structure. For most uses this
structure is then sintered to form a fused metal oxide
structure. This method of forming an article allows pref-
erential variance of the thermal expansion of a fused
silica crucible or tube throughout its wall thickness.
3,644,608
METHOD OF MAKING A NON-METALLIC
CAST CHILL
John J. Valentine, 1518 .McWood St.,
West Covina, Calif. 91790
Continuation-in-part of abandoned application Ser. No.
582,832, Sept. 29, 1966. This application Nov. 26, 1969,
Ser. No. 880,074
Int. CI. B28b 1/08; B29c 1/02
U.S. CI. 264—71
U.S. CI. 264—47
5 Claims
8 Claims
^^s
A method of and means for producing the various ele-
ments of a metal forming mold, such as a cope, drag, core,
and or chill, by casting each element from an improved
high temperature resistant casting composition and there-
after treating the metal forming surfaces of each cast
element with a mixture of phosphoric acid and furfuryl
alcohol resin to harden the surfaces and impregnate the
latter with carbon. A method of and means for producing
a cast foundry chill involving sealing the op.;n end of a
1-oam slabs are made by feeding a foamable liquid chill form to a selected surface region of a pattern filling
polyurethane mixture between two sheets which are the form with a chill castinc composition, and curing the
brought together at an angle of less than \Q\ sealing the composition to provide a finished chill for use in siibse-
edges of the sheets together, allowing the mixture to quent -molding of a part in a mold cavity conforming to
foam, and s! aping the slab so obi.tined. the pattern.
1520
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,609
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING ACRYLIC
COMPOSITE YARN
Kazumi Nakagawa and Keitaro Shimoda, Saidaiji, Japan,
assignors to Japan Exian Company Limited, Oska,
Japan
No Drawing. Continuation of abandoned application Ser.
No. 817,249, Mar. 7, 1969, which is a continuation of
abandoned application Ser. No. 566,238, July 19, 1966.
This application Mar. 5, 1971, Ser. No. 121.526
Claims priority, application Japan, July 25, 1965,
40/45,518
Int. CI. DOld 5/22
U.S. CI. 264—168 1 Claim
A method of manufacturing an acrylic composite fiber
which contains predominantly acrylonitriie, characterized
by
(a) spinning an acrylic composite fiber composed of
two or more acrylic polymer components tending to
exhibit different thermal behaviors and arranged ec-
centrically along the entire length of said fiber,
(b) stretching said fiber,
(c) crimping said fiber mechanically, and
(d) finally heat-treating said fiber in a relaxed state
with its moisture content adjusted to be from 50 to
120% relative to the dry weight of said fiber.
The present invention also provides for fibers produced
by the aforementioned method, having coil crimps of from
12.4 to 17.3 crimps per 25 mm. of fiber length, and hav-
ing a degree of crimping of between 13.4 to 20.9%.
3,644,610
BIAXIALLY ORIENTING CRYSTALLIZED POLY-
ETHYLENE . 1:2 - DIPHENOXYETHANE-4:4'-
DICARBOXYLATE
Richard Harold Barclay Buteux, Welwyn Garden City,
England, assignor to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited, London. England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
717,960, Apr. 1, 1968. This appUcation Mar. 24, 1970,
Ser. No. 22,383
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 20, 1967.
18,285/67
Int. CL B29d 7/24
U.S. CI. 264—289 2 Claims
Balanced biaxially oriented sheets of polyethylene- 1 : 2-
diphenoxyethane-4:4'-dicarboxylate are made by stretch-
ing crystallized sheets 1.2 to 4x equally in each direction
at a temperature in the range 70-200° C. Crystallization
to an extent of 10-30% based on 100% theoretical is in-
duced by heating at a temperature in the range 80-245° C.
3,644,611
ART OF REMOVING HBER FORMS FROM
CONCRETE COLUTVINS
Howard M. Wiles, 420 Windsor Drive,
Waukesha, Wis. 53186
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,069
Int. CI. B28b 13106
U.S. CI. 264—334 8 Claims
zo'
j4
wire anchored to one end of the form and with the other
end of the wire accessible from the exterior at the op-
posite end of the form where it may be wound on an
arbor to split the form longitudinally.
3,644,612
METHOD FOR HARDENING UNSATURATED
POLYESTER RESINS
Heinz .Meyer and Dieter Schmid, Munich, Hans
Schwarzer, Krailling, and Hansjoachim Twittenhoif.
Strassblach. Germany, assignors to Eleitrochemische
Werke Munchen AG, Hollriegelskreuth, near Munich,
Germany
No Drawing. Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 843,798
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 2, 1968,
P 17 69 898.5
Int. CI. C08g 17/16; C09d 3/64
U.S. CI. 260—22 CA 19 Claims
Method for hardening unsaturated polyester resins
comprising utilizing for the hardening a mixture of metal
accelerator, peroxide and an aliphatic polyamine.
3,644,613
ORAL. NASAL AND LABIAL COMPOSITIONS
CONTAINING MENTHYL KETO ESTERS
Alfred H. Moeller, Tenafly, Michel Demont, River Vale,
and Albert G. Nickstadt, Ridgewood, NJ., assignors to
Nickstadt. Moeller, Inc., Ridgefield, NJ.
No Drawing. Piled May 14, 1969, Ser. No. 824,664
Inf. CI. A61k 7/16
U.S. CI. 424—49 6 Claims
Compositions for application to the oral and nasal
areas of the body are disclosed which contain alpha,
beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, zeta and eta keto esters of
menthol. These compositions impart a long-lasting cool-
ing sensation to tissues of the lips and the mucous mem-
branes of the oral cavity and nasal passages.
3,644,614
ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION PROTECTION COM-
POSITION, CONTAINING A MIXTURE OF CIN-
NAMIC ACID ESTERS
Benno Streschnak. Krefeld, and Willy Doll, Quelle, Ger-
many, assignors to Haarmann & Reimer Gesellschaft
mit beschrankter Haftung, Holzminden, Germany
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 833,360
Claims priority, application Germany, Sept. 5, 1969,
P 19 45 054.5
Int. CI. A61I 23/00; A61k 7/00
U.S. CI. 424—60 2 Claims
A composition highly useful for the protection hu-
man skin against absorption of ultraviolet radiation; the
composition being a mixture of 4-methoxy cinnamic acid
isopropyl ester and at least one ester from the group
consisting of
4-isopropyl cinnamic acid ethyl ester;
4-isopropyl cinnamic acid methyl ester; and
2,4-diisopropyl cinnamic acid methyl ester; and
2,4-diisopropyl cinnamic acid ethyl ester.
A fiber cylindrical form has a length of wire extending
longitudinally along its inner surface, with one end of the
3,644,615
WATER RESISTANT HAIR GROOMING
COMPOSITIONS
Harold Kari Salzberg, Cape Coral, Fla., and Walter G.
Sten, Valhalla, Westchester, N.Y., assignors to Borden
Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed July 1, 1968, Ser. No. 741,302
Int. CI. A61k 7/70
U.S. CI. 424—70 6 Claims
This invention relates to novel hair grooming composi-
tions capable of forming water resistant and alkali soluble
films on hair comprising a proteinaceous substance and
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1521
selective insolubilizing agent selected from the group con-
sisting of formaldehyde and formaldehyde-evolving com-
pounds, and heavy metal compounds and to a method of
setting hair comprising applying said composition to hair
and drying it on the hair to a water-resistant film, where-
by the hair resists deformation on contact with rain o.
water but may be easily washed free of the applied film
by simple shampooing with soaps and detergents.
3,644,616
SYNERGISTIC COMPOSITION OF RIFAMPICIN
AND STREPTOMYCIN
Edward Alexander Konopka, Murray Hill, and Justus
Melchior Gelzer, Summit, NJ., assignors to Ciba Cor-
poration, Summit, NJ.
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 809,967
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
UA CI. 424—114 4 Claims
Rifamycines or their semisynthetic derivatives, in com-
bination with other antibiotics, exhibit synergistic eflfects
against Gram-negative bacteria.
3,644,617
MITOMALCIN AND METHOD FOR ITS
PRODUCTION
Michael Axelrod, Hackensack, and William S. Marsh,
Wanaque, NJ., Koppaka V. Rao. Cambridge, .Mass..
and Charles S. Sodano, Maywood, NJ., assignors to
Pfizer Inc.
FUed May 9, 1968, Ser. No. 727,932
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—115 2 Claims
Mitomalcin, an antibiotic and complexing agent, and its
production by Streptomyces malayensis, a new species of
Streptomyces, and variants thereof are described.
3,644,618
STABLE COMPOSITION OF SYNTHETIC
SODIUM ESTRONE SULFATE
George W. Holden, Preville, Quebec, Canada, assignor
to Charles E. Frosst & Co., Montreal, Quebec, Canada
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
523,252, Jan. 27, 1966, which is a continuation-in-part
of application Ser. No. 241,135, Nov. 30, 1962. This
application Oct. 29, 1968, Ser. No. 771,668
Int. CI. A61k 77/05
U.S. CI. 424—100 6 Claims
The invention disclosed herein relates to a synthetic
sodium estrone sulfate preparation comprising synthetic
sodium estrone sulfate in admixture with a water and alco-
hol soluble extract of pregnant mares' urine.
Streptomyces michiganensis var. amylolyticus is culti-
vated in aerobic conditions in a liquid cultural medium
containing a carbon source, nitrogen source and mineral
salts at a temperature of from 24' to 37° C. over a
period of time of from 72 to 160 hours at a pH of from
6 to 8 ancf that the antibiotic complex thus obtained
is isolated from the fermentation broth by extraction with
suitable solvents and successive precipitation and the
antibiotic complex may be separated into the three com-
ponents Taimycine A, Taimycine B and Taimycine C.
A new antibotic substance called Taimycine and its salts
having antihelmintic and antiprotozoal activity and its
three active antibiotic components called Taimycine A,
Taimycine B and Taimycine C are also described. The
microorganism has been deposited among others at the
Institute of Microbiology of Rutgers University receiving
the index number I.M.R.U. 3932 and at the Institute of
Plant Pathology at the University of Milan (Italy), re-
ceiving the index number I.P.V. 1953.
3,644,620
ANTIPHLOGISTIC
William J. Vittone, Rte. 1, Box 7, Hurley, Wis. 54534
No Drawing. Filed May 22, 1970, Ser. No. 39,884
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—195 2 Claims
An antiphlogistic remedy for external use in the treat-
ment of inflammation of joints as in arthritis, treatment
of degeneration of the bone, bursitis and treatment of the
sinuses, and the method of preparing the particular anti-
phlogistic.
3,644,621
0,0-DIMETHYL PHOSPHOROTHIOATE ESTERS OF
METHYL PYRAZINOLS AS INSECTICIDES
Richard Joseph Magee, Princeton, and James Byron
Lovell, Pennington, N J., assignors to American Cyan-
amid Company, Stamford, Conn.
No Drawing. Original application Sept. 16. 1968, Ser, No.
762,379, now Patent No. 3,505,328, dated Apr. 7,
1970. Divided and this application Feb. 6, 1970, Ser.
No. 9,394
Int. CI. AOln 9/36
U.S. CI. 424— 200 5 Claims
Insecticidal compounds are provided having the for-
mula:
s
M
(CH, 0)2 F-0
CH,)j
This is a divisional application of application Ser. No.
762,379, filed Sept. 16, 1968, and now issued as U.S. Pat.
No. 3,505,328.
3,644,619
ANTIBIOTIC COMPLEX TAIMYCINE AND METH-
OD FOR THE PREPARATION THEREOF
Giuseppe Cassinelli, Rivanazzano, Pavia, and Ernesto
Cotta, Arpad Grein, and Rosanna Mazzoleni, Milan,
Italy, assignors to Societa Farmaceutici Italia,
Milan, Italy
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 734,875,
June 6, 1968. This application July 21, 1970, Ser.
No. 56,773
Claims priority, application Italy, June 6, 1967,
16,923/67
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—121 11 Claims
A microbiological process for the preparation of the
new antibiotic substance Taimycine and its salts consist-
ing of Taimycine A, Taimycine B, Taimycine C. The
process is characterized in that the new microorganism
3,644,622
NOVEL POLYMETHYLENE QUINOXALINE
DIOXIDES FOR TREATING RESPIRATORY
DISEASES AND AS GROWTH PROMOTANTS
James David Johnston, Old Saybrook, Conn., assignor to
Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Application Oct. 18, 1966, Ser. No. 587,406,
now Patent No. 3,485,836, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 463,933, June 14, 1965.
Divided and this application Apr. 9, 1969, Ser. No.
833,231
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—250 6 Claims
Series of 2,3-dihydro-lH-cyclopenta[b]quinoxaline-4.9-
dioxides useful in the control of gram-negative infections
in animals and for the promotion of weight gain and feed
eflficiency of animals and novel feed compositions con-
taining said compounds.
1522
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,623
DIAZEPINE DERIVATIVES OF DITHIOCARBOXYL-
ATES AS DOPAMINE - fi - HYDROXYLASE IN-
HIBITORS
Per Arvid Emil Carlsson, Goteborg, Hans Rudolf Corrodi.
Molndal, and Gosta Lennart Florwall and Svante Bertil
Ross, Sodertalje, Sweden, assignors to Aktiebolaget
Astra. Sodertalje, Sweden
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 11, 1968, Scr. No. 783,131
Claims priority, application Sweden, Dec. 14, 1967,
17,198/67
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—244 10 Claims
Piperazine and diazepine derivatives of dithiocarboxyl-
ates and disulfides having the general formula
3,644,627
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS AND METH-
ODS FOR PRODUCING CORONARY DILATION
WITH 4 - ARYL - 1,4 - DIHYDROPYRIDINE DE-
RIVATIVES
Frjedrich Bossert, Wuppertal-Elberfeld, and Wulf Vater,
Opiaden, Germany, assignors to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft, Leverkusen, Germany
No Drawing. Continuation of application Ser. No.
829,099, May 29, 1969, which is a division of ap-
plication Ser. No. 712,910, Mar. 14, 1968, now
Patent No. 3,485,847, dated Dec. 23, 1969. This
application Nov. 20, 1969, Ser. No. 872,442
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 20, 1967,
F 51,881
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—266 51 Claims
4-phenyl-1.4-dihydropyridines of the formula:
Ri
[CH2)r
a process for their preparation, and a method for the in-
hibition of the enzyme dopamine-/:i-hydroxylase wherein
a therapeutically effective dose of a pharmaceutically ac-
ceptable preparation of a compound of the said general
formula is administered orally, rectally or by means of an
injection to produce a sedative effect.
3,644,624
METHOD OF CONTROLLING HELMINTHIASIS
Lloyd H. Conover, Quaker Hill, and James W. McFarland,
Lyme, Conn., and William C. Austin, Deal. England,
assignors to Pfizer Inc., New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Division of application Ser. No. 661,220,
Aug. 17, 1967, now Patent No. 3,549,624, which is a
continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 515,736,
Dec. 22, 1965, which is a continuation-in-part of ap-
plication Ser. No. 487,654, Sept. 16, 1965, which in
turn is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
428,859, Jan. 28, 1965. This application Nov. 5, 1969,
Ser. No. 870,750
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—251 7 Claims
The preparation of a series of cyclic amidines; namely,
2- [a;-(2-thienyl)alkyll-, 2-l2-( Z-thienyl )vinyl l-A^-tetra-
hydropyrimidines and 1^ - imidazolines, the N - methyl
derivatives and non-toxic acid addition salts thereof, and
their use as anthelmintic agents, is described.
3,644,625
ANESTHETIZATION OF FISH
Richard A. Schoettger, La Crosse, Wis., and Erwin W.
Steucke, La Crescent, Minn., assignors to the United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of
the Interior
No Drawing. Filed Mar. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 807,095
Int. CI. A61d 7/00
U.S. CI. 424—258 1 Claim
A method for anesthetizing fish comprising exposing the
fish to an aqueous solution of a combination of an alkyl
aminobenzoate or the methanesulfonate salt thereof and
quinaldine or quinaldine sulfate.
3,644,626
NOVEL PYRIDONES IN COMPOSITIONS AND
METHODS FOR TREATING INFLAMMA-
TION, PAIN AND FEVER
Brace E. Witzel, Westfield, NJ., assignor to
Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,925
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—263 18 Claims
The treatment of inflammation, pain and fever utilizing
compositions containing alkyl substituted pyridones, thio-
pyridones and pyridines.
R'OOC
COOR'
wherein
R is hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
R' is alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
R" is hydrogen, halogen, or 1 or 2 lower alkyl, lower
alkoxy, nitro, lower acylamino. lower alkylamino or
amino moieties are produced by reacting benzaldehydes
or substituted benzaldehydes with acyl fatty acid esters
of the formula R— CO— CHj— COOR' wherein R and
R' are as above defined with ammonia.
These 4-phenyl-l,4-dihydropyridines are useful in treat-
mg diseases of the circulation, especially those concerning
coronaries. They are particularly useful in the treatment
of angina pectoris.
3,644,628
COMPOSITIONS HAVING TESTOSTERONE AN-
TAGONISTIC EFFECTS AND METHOD OF
USING THE SAME
George Tonelli. 15 Seneca Ave., Emerson, NJ. 07630
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
736,982, June 14, 1968, which is a continuation-in-
part of application Ser. No. 628,295, Apr. 4, 1967. This
application Aug. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 854,284
Int. CI. A61v 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—270 6 Claims
A new use for known compounds of the category 2-
iower alkanoylamino-5-nitrothiazoles is described. These
compounds, when administered to mammals, counteract
the biological effect of testosterone on end organs.
3,644,629
METHOD FOR IMPROVING ANIMAL FEED
EFFICIENCY AND COMPOSITIONS SUIT-
ABLE FOR USE THEREIN
Delbert W. Kolterman, Chadds Ford, Pa., assignor to E. I.
du Pont de Nemours and Company, Wilmington, Del.
No Drawing. Filed Jan. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 792,779
Int. CL A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—273 ^ Claims
This invention relates to the discovery that 5-[2-(meth-
ylthio) ethyl Ihydantoin can be incorporated in the diet of
animals to increase feed efficiency.
Also disclosed are feed compositions and feed concen-
trates containing 5-[2-fmethylthio)ethyl]hydantoin and a
process for preparing 5-[2-(methylthio)ethyl]hydantoin
from ammonium carbonate monohydrate, sodium cyanide
and 3-(methylthio)propanal.
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1523
3,644,630
INDOMETHACIN SUPPOSITORIES
Donald J. Allen, Gwynedd, and Joseph V. Bondi, College-
ville. Pa., assignors to Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, N J.
No Drawing. Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 44,876
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—274 3 Claims
The preparation of suppositories which contain indo-
methacin in a base consisting substantially of polyethylene
glycols is described.
3,644,631
THERAPEUTIC METHODS UTILIZING ARYL
PYRROL-3-YL KETONES
Irwin J. Pachter, Woodbury, and Alan A. Rubin, Rock-
ville Center, N.Y., assignors to Endo Laboratories Inc.,
Garden City, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
584,762, Oct. 6, 1966. This application May 13, 1969,
Ser. No. 824,284
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—274 8 Claims
Therapeutic compositions having anti-inflammatory,
analgetic and antipyretic activities, and methods for re-
lieving pain, reducing fevtr and alleviating inflammatory
syndromes in mammals by means of such compositions,
utilizing certain aryl pyrrol- 3-yl ketones.
3,644,632
HAL0THIETE-1,1-DI0XIDE AS ANTI-
INFLAMMATORY AGENTS
Melvin Harris Rosen, Madison, and Herbert Morton
Blatter, Springfield, NJ., assignors to Ciba Corpora-
tion, Summit, N J.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 17, 1968, Ser. No. 768,546
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—275 1 Claim
2-haIo-3-amino-2H-thiete- 1,1 -dioxides, e.g. those of the
formula
Am
. R-JJ SO2
X= halogen
Ain=dialkylamino or allcyleneimino
R=H or alkyl
exhibit antiinflammatory effects.
3,644,633
METHOD FOR COMBATING SOIL INSECTS
AND TERMITES
Fritz Bachmann, Riehen, Switzerland, assignor to Ciba
Limited, Basel, Switzerland
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 777,906
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Nov. 24, 1967,
16,530/67
Int. CI. AOln 9/28
U.S. CI. 424—278 1 Claim
The invention relates to a method of combating soil
insects and termites with preparations containing as the
active ingredient a carbamate of the general formula
O-CO-N
-R
/
\
Ri
Rj
Xj
in which Ri and R2 represent hydrogen or an aliphatic
group; Xi and X2 represent hydrogen, halogen, an aliphat-
ic or nitro group, and R is the ortho- or meta-position to
the carbamyloxy group represents an aldehyde group
which is acetalized with alcohols and or thioalcohols,
preferably to form a heterocyclic ring containing oxygen
and or sulfur atoms.
3,644,634
BENZENESULFONYL-UREAS WITH
HYPOGLYCEMIC ACTIVITY
Rudi Weyer, Frankfurt am Main, Walter Aumiiller, Kelk-
heim, Taunus, Helmut Weber, Frankfurt am Main,
Karl Muth, Kelkheim, Taunus, and Ruth Heerdt, Mann-
heim, Germany, assignors to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Braning,
Frankfurt am Main, Germany
No Drawing. Application June 3, 1968, Ser. No. 733.759,
now Patent No. 3,494,936, dated Feb. 10, 1970, which
is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 474,174,
July 22, 1965. Divided and this application Nov. 14.
1969, Ser. No. 871,320
Claims priority, application Germany. Aug. 1, 1964,
F 43,640; Aug. 14, 1964, F 43,750
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—275 16 Claims
Benzenesulfonyl-ureas with hypoglycemic activity hav-
ing the general formula
X-CO-NR-Y-
S02-NH-C0-N'H— RI
in which
R is hydrogen, lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl. R^ is:
(a) alkyl. alkenyl or mercaptoalkyl having 2 to 8
carbon atoms,
(b) alkoxyalkyl or alkylmercaploalkyl having 4 to
8 carbon atoms of which at least 2 belong to the
alkylene part of the alkoxyalkyL.or alkylmer-
captoalkyl,
(c) phenyl-lower alkyl,
(d) cycloalkyl-lower alkyl having 7 to 9 carbon
atoms of which 6 to 8 belong to the cycloalkyl
part,
(e) endoalkylene-cyclohexyl. endoalkylene-cyclo-
hexenyl, endoalkylene-cyclohexylmethyl or en-
doalkylene-cyclohexenylmethyl having 1 to 2
endoalkylene-carbon atoms,
(f ) lower alkylcyclohexyl. lower alkoxycyclohexyl.
fg) cycloalkyl having 5 to 8 carbon atoms,
{h) cyclohexenyl, cyclohexenylmethyl,
(i) a heterocyclic ring with 4 to 5 carbon atoms
and 1 oxygen atom or 1 sulfur atom as well as
up to 2 ethylenic double linkages, or
(k) a heterocyclic ring linked to the nitrogen atom
by means of a methylene group and containing
4 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 oxygen atom or 1
sulfur atom as well as up to 2 ethylene double
linkages,
X is:
fa) thienyl or thienoxy which may contain 1 to 2
substituents selected from the group consisting of
halogen, lower alkyl, lower alkoxy. lower alken-
oxy, lower alkoxy lower alkoxy, lower phenalk-
oxy and aryl and a polymethylene chain of 3 to 4
carbon atoms linked by both ends to the thienyl nu-
cleus,
(b) furyl which may contain 1 to 2 substituents se-
lected from the group consisting of halogen and
methyl,
and the thienyl, thienoxy or furyl groups may be linked
either directly or by means of a hydrocarbon chain hav-
ing 1 to 2 carbon atoms to the adjacent carbonyl group.
and
Y is a saturated hydrocarbon chain having 1 to 3 carbon
atoms
and salts thereof.
S95 O.G.— 55
1524
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,635
METHOD AND COMPOSITIONS FOR INfflBITING
MICROBIAL GROWTH
Bryce E. Tate, Ninantic, and Robert P. Allingham,
Groton, Conn., assignors to Pfizer Inc., New York,
N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
310,141, Sept. 19, 1963. Division of application Ser.
No. 591,126, Nov. 1, 1966. This appUcation Apr. 10,
1969, Ser. No. 834,922
Int. CI. AOln 9/28
U.S. CI. 424—283 5 Claims
Inhibiting the growth of bacteria and fungi by applying
to their locus certain 2-alkenylpyromeconic acids.
and a pharmacological carrier are useful to treat bron-
chial spasm in warm-blooded animals and to promote
free breathing, especially when administered by the in-
halation of an aerosol mist.
3,644,636
METHOD OF INDUCING BRADYCARDIA AND
SUPPRESSING TACHYCARDIAC EFFECTS OF
N-ISOPROPYL-NORADRENALINE
Herbert Koppe, Ingelheim, Albrecht Engelhardt, Mainz,
Gerhard Ludwig, Lippramsdorf, and Karl Zeile, Ingel-
heim, Germany, assignors to Boehringer Ingelheim,
G.m.b.H., Ingelheim am Rhein, Germany^
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
619,141, Feb. 28, 1967. This application May 1, 1969,
Ser. No. 821,137
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 26, 1963,
B 73,262; June 24, 1966, B 87,707; Dec. 30, 1966,
B 90,543; Feb. 6, 1967, B 91,070
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—304 3 Claims
Bradycardia comj>ositions having N-isopropyl-noradren-
aline antagonistic activity and method of inducing said
activity in warm-blooded animals using as the active in-
gredient at least one 1-substituted phenoxy-2-hydroxy-
3-N-isopropylamino propane or its nontoxic, pharma-
ceuticaliy acceptable acid addition salt.
3,644,637
FUNGICIDAL MUCONONITRILES
Dennis Ernest Burton, Saffron Walden, Essex, England,
assignor to Fisons Limited, Suffolk, England
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No.
669,305, Jan. 22, 1968. This appUcation July 17, 1969,
Ser. No. 842,707
Claims priority, application Great Britain, July 18, 1968,
34,188/68
Int. CI. C07c 727/30
U.S. CI. 424—304 11 Claims
Fungicidal and pesticidal compositions contain as an
active ingredient a mucononitrile of the formula:
NC— CRi =CR2— CR3=CR*— CN
wherein R^ R', R^ and R* may be the same or different
and are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen,
halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl or alkoxy. In a particular
aspect of the invention compositions are adapted to release
the mucononitrile in vapour form.
3,644,638
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR RELIEVING
BRONCHIAL SPASM WITH PROSTANOIC ACIDS
AND ESTERS
Marvin E. Rosenthale, Havertown, and Milton Lapidus,
Rosemont, Pa., assignors to American Home Products
Corporation, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Continuation-in-part of applications Ser. No.
749,606, Aug. 2, 1968, and Ser. No. 870,990, Oct. 28,
1969. Said application Ser. No. 749,606 being a con-
tinuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 617.072, Feb.
20, 1967, and said application Ser. No. 870,990, being
a division of application Ser. No. 749,606, Aug. 2,
1968. This application Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,659
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—305 28 Claims
Compositions comprising compounds selected from
the family of prostanoic acids and esters or salts thereof
3,644,639
FUNGICIDAL COMPOSITION AND METHOD CON-
TAINING a-SUBSTITUTED SULFONIUM YLIDS
Kenneth Wayne Ratts, Creve Coeur, Mo., assignor to
Monsanto Company, St. Louis, Mo.
No Drawing. Original application May 11, 1966, Ser. No.
549,160. Divided and this application Aug. 8, 1968,
Ser. No. 765,734
Int. CI. AOln 9/24
U.S. CI. 424—308 2 Claims
Fungicidal compositions comprising an inert fungicidal
adjuvant and a fungicidally effective amount of the com-
pound of the formula
CIIj CHj
\ /
o o s o
CjIIi-0-C-C-C-C-<f^ \-N0,
This invention relates to a-substituted sulfonium ylids
and to processes for their preparation. This invention
further relates to fungicidal compositions and to methods
for the control of fungal organisms.
3,644,640
S-SUBSTITUTED MERCAPTO-2,4-DINITROPHENYL
ACETATE ACARICIDES
Arnold D. Gutman, Pinole, and Thomas B. Williamson,
Santa Clara, Calif., assignors to Staufifer Chemical
Company, New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Original application Oct. 6, 1965, Ser. No.
493,569. Divided and this application Sept. 29, 1969,
Ser. No. 870,836
Int. CI. AOln 9/72
U.S. CI. 424—311 6 Claims
A method of killing acarids by the application of S-sub-
stituteJ mercapto-2,4-dinitrophenyI acetates.
3,644,641
2-(3-ANILINOPHENYL)ALKANOIC ACIDS AND DE-
RIVATIVES THEREOF IN ANALGESIC COM-
POSITIONS AND METHODS
Winston S. Marshall, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to Eli
Lilly and Company, Indianapolis, Ind.
No Drawing. Original application Dec. 26, 1968, Ser. No.
787,192. Divided and this application Dec. 24, 1969,
Ser. No. 888,075
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424— 311 4 Claims
Novel alkanoic acids substituted in the 2 position by a
3-anilinophenyl group, their pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, and the corresponding ester and amide derivatives.
The compounds of this invention are useful as anti-
inflammatory agents, and as potentiating agents useful in
obtaining enhanced analgesia when combined with a-d-
propoxyphene.
3,644,642
UREA-CONTAINING RUMINANT FEED
Benjamin B. Wilson and Joseph S. Wortham, Colonial
Heights, Va., assignors to Allied Chemical Corporation,
New York, N.Y.
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 816,107
Int CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—319 6 Claims
Combination of a hydroxamic acid and ethylenedi-
aminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) in a urea-containing rumi-
February 22, 1972
CHEMICAL
1525
nant feed inhibits urease enzymes in the rumen from con-
verting the urea to ammonia. The effectiveness of the
hydroxamic acid in inhibiting and controlling the action
of the enzymes is enhanced by incorporation therewith
of the EDTA.
3,644,643
METHOD OF REDUCING INTRAOCULAR
PRESSURE USING GLYCINE
John C. Krantz, Jr., Gibson Island. Md., assignor to
Unimed, Inc., Morristown, N.J.
No Drawing. Filed Oct. 13, 1969, Ser. No. 865.946
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—319 3 Claims
Intraocular pressure or intraocular tension is reduced
in patients, for example those suffering from glaucoma
or preoperatively to reduce intraocular tension prior to
cataract surgery, e.g. intracapsular cataract extraction
so as to facilitate the operative procedure, is reduced ac-
cording to the invention by the administration to the
patient of an effective amount of glycine. The glycine
can be administered orally or by injection, oral adminis-
tration being preferred.
3,644,644
METHODS OF ANESTHETIZING MAMMALS WITH
N-(TERTIARY AMINO-ALKYL)-BENZAMIDES
Michel Leon Thominet, Paris, France, assignor to Societe
d'Etudes Scientifiques et Industrielles de I'lle-de-France,
Paris, France
No Drawing. Original application June 19, 1968, Ser. No.
738,123. Divided and this application Jan. 12, 1971,
Ser. No. 105,940
Claims priority, application France, June 20, 1967,
111,225; Sept. 5, 1967, 120,026
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—324 5 Claims
The methods of this invention utilize certain N-(terti-
ary amino-alkyl)-benzamides. Such benzamides are signifi-
cantly more potent than cocaine, xylocaine aind procaine
in anesthetizing mammals. They may be \^inistered in
the form of tablets, ampoules or aerosols.
3,644,645
INSECT CONTROLLING COMPOSITIONS AND
METHODS OF USE
Carl Bordence, Ponte Vedra Beach, and John M. Derfer,
Jacksonville, Fla., assignors to SCM Corporation, Cleve-
land, Ohio
No Drawing. Original application Jan. 9, 1967, Ser. No.
607,876, now Patent No. 3,446,843, which is a continu-
ation-in-part of application Ser. No. 479,009, Aug. 11,
1965. Divided and this application July 26, 1968, Ser.
No. 753,031
Int CI. AOln 9/20
U.S. CI. 424—325 49 Claims
Novel insectiphobic compositions comprising beta-di-
alkylaminoalkyl ethers and thio-ethers of defined non-
terpenoid organic alcohols and mercaptans are described.
The compositions comprise the compounds which are used
in conjunction with conventional insectiphobic carriers.
The compositions have been found to be effective insec-
ticides and insect repellents and in certain instances have
been found to be synergizers for conventional insecticides
such as the pyrethrins and allerthrin.
3,644.646
NON-AQUEOUS LIQUID FOR*iULATIONS WITH
BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE INGREDIENTS
Bruno Sander and Heinrich Sperber, Ludwigshafen
(Rhine), Germany, assignors to Badische .Aniiin- & Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft, Ludwigshafen CRhine). Ger-
many
No Drawing. Filed Aug. 19, 1968, Ser. No. 753,749
Claims priority, application Germany, Aug. 24, 1967,
P 16 42 229,0
Int. CI. AOln 9/00, 9/20, 9/32
U.S. CI. 424—325 9 Claims
New non-aqueous liquid compositions containing bio-
logically active ingredients and c>clic di- or triethers,
and their use for controlling pests.
3,644,647
TREATMENT OF GLAUCOMA EMPLOYING 5-(3-
METHYLA.MINOPROPYL - 5H - DIBENZO{a,b]
CYCLOHEPTENE
Maurice Edward Langham, Towson, Md., assignor to the
United States of America as represented by the Secre-
tary of the Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare
No Drawing. Filed Dec. 13, 1967, Ser. No. 690,080
Int. CI. A61f 9/00; A61k 27/00
VS. CI. 424—330 14 Claims
Ophthalmic compositions containing 5-( 3-methylamino-
propyl)-5H-dibenzo[a,d]cycloheptene (or the non-toxic
acid addition salts thereof), hereinafter referred to as
protriptyline. either singly or in combination with a
sympathomimetic amine, as well as methods of treat-
ment of disorders such as glaucoma.
3,644,648
ANTIADRENAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING
TRIPHENYLPROPYL AMINES
Benjamin Blank, Trevose, and William A. Zuccarello.
Philadelphia, Pa., assignors to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories, Philadelphia, Pa.
No Drawing. Original application Apr. 27, 1967, Ser. No.
634,122, now Patent No. 3,507,919, dated Apr. 21,
1970. Divided and this application Dec. 3, 1969, Ser.
No. 879,959
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—330 10 Claims
Pharmaceutical compositions having antiadrenal activ-
ity comprise a triphenylpropyl amine wherein one or two
of the phenyl moieties is substituted. The method of pro-
ducing antiadrenal activity in animals comprises the in-
ternal administration of said compositions.
3,644,649
METHOD OF REPELLING RODENTS USING 2,2'-
THIOBIS(4,6-DI-TERT.-BUTYLRESORCINOL)
Charles H. Fuchsman, Cleveland Heights, Ohio, assignor
to Ferro Corporation, Cleveland, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,559
Int. CI. AOln 9/00, 9/12
U.S. CI. 424—337 1 Claim
Rodent repellents 2,2' - methylenebis(4,6-di-tert.-butyl-
resorcinol) and 2,2' - thiobis(4.6-di-tert.-butylresorcinol ),
of which the latter is a novel compound are taught.
152G
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,650
SOLUTIONS OF GERMICIDAL IODINE
COMPLEXES
Philip M. Sabatelli, Cincinnati, Ohio, Carmen R. Sarge.
Fort Thomas, Ky., Edwin R. Loder, Cincinnati, Ohio,
and Charles A. Bnings, Covington, Ky., assignors to
Chemed Corporation, Cincinnati, Ohio
No Drawing. Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836,967
Int CI. A61k 27100
U.S. CI. 424—341 3 Claims
Iodine complexes having germicidal properties are dis-
closed. The iodine complexes may be prepared by com-
bining elemental iodine with a polyoxyalkylene iodine car-
rier which may include mixed polyethylene-polypropylene
glycols and their monoethers. The iodine complexes so
formed are useful in formulating iodophor compositions
which, upon dilution, produce effective sanitizing solu-
tions.
3,644,651
ALIPHATIC DIOLS AS ANALGESIC AGENTS
John W. Frankenfeld, Atlantic Highlands, and Horace W.
Gerarde, Tenafly, NJ., assignors to Esso Research and
Engineering Company
No Drawing. Filed Sept. 26, 1968, Ser. No. 762,972
Int. CI. A61k 27/00
MS. CI. 424—343 5 Claims
The present invention is concerned with the use of
a number of aliphatic diols which have been tested and
found to be central nervous system depressants. These
compounds are readily synthesized and are useful phar-
macological agents. These compounds are polyalcohols
such as various aliphatic diols which are excellent anal-
gesic and /or anesthetic agents for animals and humans.
3,644,652
METHODS OF COMBATING NEMATODES USING
HEXACHLOROBUTADIENE
Daniel Demozay. \ illeurbanne, France, assignor to Ets
Pechinc>-Progil, Lvon, France
No Drawing. Filed May 13, 1969, Ser. No. 824,299
Claims priorit>. application France, May 14, 1968.
50,012
Int. CI. AG In 9130
U.S. CI. 424—351 1 Claim
The disclosure concerns a parasiticidal composition in-
tended chieflv for the killing of nematodes containing as
an active material hexachlorobutadiene
CCl2=CCI— CCl^CCIj
A method for destroying nematodes consisting of apply-
ing a lethal amount of nematode-killing hexachlorobuta-
diene to the nematodes.
3,644,653
FLAVOURED AND SCENTED PRODUCTS
Serge Tcheiltcheff, Vitr>-sur-Seine, France, assignor io
Rhone-Poulence S.A., Paris, France
No Drawing. Filed Apr. 4, 1969, Ser. No. 813,743
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 5, 1968,
147,207
Int. CI. A23I 7/22; A61k 7/00, 27/00
U.S. CI. 424—358 3 Claims
N.N-dimethyl-2-ethyl-butyramide has a minty flavour
and scent which renders it useful in foods, drinks, medi-
cines, and toilet preparations.
ELECTRICAL
3,644,654
GIANT ELECTRODE
Dieter ZoUner, Eriangen, and Bemhard Reichdt, Numberg-
Laufamholz, both of Germany, assignors to C. Conradty,
Numbcrg, Germany
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,426
Claims priority, appikation Germany, June 13, 1969, P 19 30
052.8
int. CI. H05b 7/06
U.S. CI. 13— 18 2 Claims
A giant electrode of graphite for high-output operation of
electric arc furnaces in which the electrode is provided with
an electric arc stabilizing wick.
3,644,655
RADIATION PROTECTIVE JACKET FOR A VACUUM
FURNACE
Hdmut VoUmer, Balzers-Mals, Liechtenstein, assignor to Bai-
zers Patent-Und Beteiligungs-AktiengeseUschaft, Balzers,
Liechtenstein
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,794
Claims priority, application Germany, July 10, 1969, P 19 34
965.6
Int. CI. H05b 3102
U.S. CI. 13-31 7 Claims
cantilevered from a common base When the tine is struck by
the hammer of a piano action, its vibration is amplified by
the resonant high mass inertia bar A transducer associated
with the tine produces an electrical signal representing a par-
ticular piano tone that is simulated by the individual tine. A
number of advantages accrue from making the mam body
portion of the twisted high mass inertia bar of a cross section
that is elongated in the plane of vibration of the tine of the
tuning fork. Primarily, vibrations of the high mass inertia bar
at overtones of the fundamental of the tine are substantially
reduced.
3,644,657
ELECTRONIC AUDIOFREQUENCY MODULATION
SYSTEM AND METHOD
Francis A. Miller, 6600 N.W. 39th Expressway, Bethany,
Okla.
Contmuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 771,900, Oct. 30,
1968, now abandoned. This application Oct. 20, 1969, Ser.
No. 868,294
Int. CI. Gl Oh 1104
U.S. CI. 84-1.25 37 Claims
MUSIC
:ouRct
504
., I PHASE SHif
'•" NETWORK
ftLPCiO
r,e\EQiTOR
5/0
512
A radiation protective jacket comprises a multiple number
of layers of metal foil which are spaced apart by metal wires
such as molybdenum wires. The jacket is arranged around
the goods to be treated within a vacuum furnace to enclose
the workspace and it is supported in the furnace on support-
ing elements which are held from a holder, for example,
which is mounted adjacent the top of the interior of the fur-
nace. An electrical heating coil is stretched to extend around
the materials to be treated within the center of the radiation
jacket.
3,644,656
TONE GENERATOR WITH VIBRATORY BARS
Clarence L. Fender, FuUertoa, and Haroki B. Rhodes,
Anaheim, both of Calif., aMlgBors to Columbia Broadcast-
ing System, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 60,867
Int. CI. GlOhi/00
U.S. CI. 84— 1.04 17 Claims
The invention is directed to modulation of the amplitude
and frequency of an audiofrequency signal by passing the
signal through at least two parallel channels, with phase-shift-
ing circuitry in the channels providing signals of opposed
phases. A low-frequency band is filtered from the signal in
one of the channels and a high-frequency band is filtered
from the signal in another of the channels and the signals
shifted back into phase. The filtered signals are then com-
bined into an output signal. The high- and low-frequency
bands filtered from the signals are selectively varied to in-
duce vibrato, tremolo, and other tonal effects into the output
signal. In a preferred form of the invention, the high- and
low-pass filters are matched so as to form substantially a 1 80°
phase shift stage with a flat frequency resjxjnse Four stages
are coupled to provide 720° of phase shift. The original au-
diofrequency signal is then summed with the phase-shifted
signal in approximately equal proportions to produce a coor-
dinated effect substantially duplicating that produced by a
rotating speaker. The phase shift is started and stopped in a
manner to duplicate the dynamic effects of starting and
stopping a rotating speaker. A dual channel system is
described for duplicating a multiple speaker system.
/J-K
A tone generator for an electrical piano is formed of a cir-
cular cross section vibratory tine of relatively low mass and a
high mass twisted inertia bar of oblong cross section, both
3,644^58
ENCASED FLUID FILLED TRANSFORMER
Albert J. Kuti, 1009 Woodview PI., and Thomas C. Junk,
3802 MoreficU Road, both of Sharon, Pa.
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 43,532
Int CI. H05k 7100
U.S. CI. 1 74— 1 7 LF 7 Claims
Fluid filled electrical apparatus, such as transformers, and
methods of constructing same, suitable for underground or
1527
1528
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
vault mounting The electrical apparatus includes a metallic cable and a vihration damper suspended below it. Helical
tank or casmg formed of mild or plain carbon steel, which rods are wrapped around the cable and suspender to hold the
suspender m place
3,644,661
DOIBLE-SIDED CIRCUIT HAVING TERMINAL-
RECEIVING PORTIONS
Madhu P. Asar, Columbus, Ohio; John E. Bolin, Greensboro,
N.C., and Harry L. Maddox, Columbus, Ohio, assignors to
Western Electric Company, Incorporated, New York, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 95,809
Int. CI. H05k 1/18
U.S. CI. 174-68.5 17 Claims
has a sprayed metallic coating of corrosion-resistant material
disposed on the external surfaces thereof.
3,644,659
CABLE CONSTRUCTION
Frank A. Campbell, Culver City, Calif., assignor to Xerox
Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Filed Nov. 21. 1969, Ser. No. 878,868
Int. CI. H01by//04
U^. CI. 174-27 3 Claims
,'i
A cable construction is disclosed comprising a flexible
shield, conductor pairs arranged along the inner surface of
the shield and filler strings in the interior thereof resilientlv
urging the conductor pairs into engagement with the shield.
3,644,660
OVERHEAD TRANSMISSION LINE AND ATTACHED
VIBRATION DAMPER
Philip W. Dulhunty, Sefton, New South Wales, Australia, as-
signor to Dulmison (Australia) Pty. Limited, Sefton, New
South Wales, Australia
Filed July 9, 1970, Ser. No. 53,619
Claims priority, application Australia, July 14, 1969,
57,930/69
Int. CI. H02g 7/14
U.S. CI. 174-42 4 Claims
^:^
A vibration damper for an overhead cable having a C-
shaped cushioned elastomer lined suspender engagmg the
'^\^:'
1 ,4n|;n|;nfcbt4;citf:fc{?^iyTigTi;r.ti^
•■ric4gi£gtr44gi-.
A flexible, semirigid substrate, composed of a nonconduct-
ing material, supports a plurality of spaced, longitudinal con-
ductors on one side thereof and a plurality of parallel,
spaced, transverse conductors on the other side thereof.
ITirough hole connections are made through the substrate
between selected longitudinal conductors and selected trans-
verse conductors I"he transverse conductors extend to a
common edge of the substrate, which is formed with a lon-
gitudinal fold The portion of each of the transverse conduc-
tors which extends over the longitudinal fold in the substrate
IS formed with an elongated opening which is disposed sym-
metrically about the axis of the transverse conductor. The
longitudinal opening provides a saddle for receiving a portion
of a terminal which rests in the saddle and can be sub-
sequently soldered with the transverse conductor associated
with the saddle.
ERRAnJM
For Class 178 — 5 see:
Patent No. 3,643,294
3,644,662
STRESS CASCADE-(;RADED CABLE TERMINATION
Hooshang Salahshourian, Fairfield, Conn., assignor to
General Electric Company
Filed Jan. 11, 1971. Ser. No. 105,198
Int. CI. H02g 15/02. GOlr 31/12
U.S. CI. 174-73 R 10 Claims
/8 ^*
24
2f,
28
Electric cable terminating means for substantially inhibit-
ing ionization at the termini in which semiconductive
coatings each having a nonlinear current characteristic are
applied in a cascade arrangement, relative to resistance per
square, onto the insulation layer for a predetermined length
between the high-voltage output end and to the ground
shielding means Each semiconductive coating has a
predetermined resistance per square different in value from
an adjacent coating, or coatings, and cascaded progressively
upward in value from the ground shielding means so that the
semiconductive coating adjacent the shielding means has the
lowermost value A conductive coating is applied at opposite
ends of the cascade onto the insulation layer to £ind in con-
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
)
1529
tact with the high-voltage output end and in contact with the
ground shielding means to establish electrical contact. The
cascaded semiconductive coatings have sufficient resistivity
so that upon application of voltage the electrical stress at the
surface for said length does not exceed the ionization start
level of the cable.
3,644,663
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SYSTEM
Elmer T. Carlson, West Granby, Conn., assignor to BroadhiU
Development Corporation, Granby, Conn.
OriKinal application Aug. 8. 1%9, Ser. No. 848.541.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 769.485.
Oct. 22, l%8, now Patent No. 3.504,097. Divided and this
application Oct. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 80,609
Int. CI. H01b7/i6
U.S. CI. 174—88 B 5 Claims
A stack of insulated electrical conductors of rectangular
external contour, each conductor preferably consisting of
strip laminations, extends through a conduit which has an
open position and a closed position in heat transfer relation
with the insulation. Conduit envelopes are joined at the ends
and conduits are suspended by hangers.
3,644,664
CORRECTION LEVEL ADJUSTMENT FOR VIDEO
NEGATIVE ANALYZER
Robert W. Huboi, Webster; Edward M. Waz, Hilton, and
Thomas G. Seckel, Rochester, all of N.Y., assignors to East-
man Kodak Company, Rochester, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 741,008, June
28, 1968, now abandoned. This application Mar. 16, 1970,
Ser. No. 19,719
Int. CI. H04n 9/04
U.S. CI. 178-5.2 A 4Chiims
•IITC LtVtl MTt
MULTiPLItR
hi
rr , •;„, ».. *-icM
7T"^»^; .
LJ;
I
^' " 14+.,
i;. '«
IMING
PULSES
Photographic color negatives are scanned to prtxiuce red,
green and blue color signals representative of the respective
red, green and blue transmission densities of the negative to
control the electronic reproduction of the negative as a visual
image. The visual image is created by the sequential recon-
struction of the red, green and blue components of the nega-
tive scene over a predetermined time period A logic circuit
receives the red, green and blue color signals during sequen-
tial time periods and stores the red, green and blue color
signals over the total time period A color correction circuit
including at least three matrixes of impedance elements
receives each of the color signals to provide a sequential
color correction signal for each color signal dependent upon
the response of the other color signals over the total time
period. The impedance elements of the matrixes may be ad-
justed to provide color correction signals dependent upon the
various characteristics of the printer on which the negative is
to be printed.
3,644,665
HOLOGRAPHIC FLYING-SPOT SCANNER
Louis H. Enloe, and Arthur B. Larsen, both of Colts Neck,
NJ., assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Mar. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 806.136
Int. CI. H04n 9/56
U.S. CI. 178-6.5 10 Claims
OPtiai •t-'-f-*^* INSCHT I H*'!
I ClUCU-- I ■ SEIUMTW — j-J
ccts '-p" ^ r " '
4
CMKIU
This disclosure relates to a holographic flying-spot scanner
wherein a stationary collimated besmi illuminates the subject
and is then optically relayed via a beamsplitter to a photode-
tector A scanning spot is focused an appropriate distance in
front of the beamsplitter such that the locus of the virtual
image thereof lies in a plane which is in front of, at, or be-
hind, the subject or subject plane, as desired. The detected
interference between the rays of the scanning spot and the
beam passing through the subject is used to reconstruct a
hologrzun of the subject. The plane of the hologram is the
locus of the virtual image of the scanning spot
3,644,666
OPTICAL RANGE DISCRIMINATOR FOR LASER TV
CAMERA
Milton Green, 980 Flanders Road, Mystic, Conn.
Filed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,874
Int CI. GOlc 3/08- H04n 7/18
U.S. CI. 178-6.8 2 Claims
An optical beam scanner having a pair of polygonal cylin-
ders with exterior mirror faces to sweep a continuous m-
1530
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
cident laser beam between particular angular limits in one
direction and between particular angular limits in the trans-
verse direction, simulating line-by-line and frame-by-frame
scanning. Reflections scattered back from objects in the path
of the swept beam and incident to the line-by-line scanner
are redirected by the line-by-line scanner toward a photomul-
tiplier assembly which is angularly adjustable about the line-
by-line scanner for range discrimination. A television moni-
tor, synchronized with the scanners and intensity modulated
by the photomultiplier output, images any reflecting object at
the selected range and within the angular sweep limits of the
beam.
3,644,667
APPARATUS FOR DISPLAYING A TEMPERATURE
DISTRIBUTION PATTERN
Teruo Shimotsuma; Toshihiro Mori; Kazuo Sano, all of
Yokohama-shi, and Seigo Ando, Kawasaki-shi, all of Japan,
assignors to Nippon Kokan Kabusliiki Kaislu, Tokyo,
Japan
Filed June 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 832,219
Claims priority, application Japan, June 15, 1968, 43/41009
Int. CI. H04a 7118
U.S. CI. 178-6.8 2 Claims
L — B»T£ I ,
An apparatus for displaying a temperature distribution pat-
tern which comprises means for obtaining from a television
camera device signals having amplitudes corresponding to
the respective temperature zones involved in the temperature
distribution pattern of a foreground subject, means for divid-
ing these signals into several groups according to said tem-
perature zones and means for displaying on the color televi-
sion image receiving tube a hue distribution pattern cor-
responding to the respective groups of divided signals.
3,644,668
GATED VIDEO INVERTER
Nicholas J. Reeber, Hauppauge, N.Y., asignor to Haidtine
Corporation
nied Sept 25, 1969, Ser. No. 860,896
Int. CI. H04n 5122
U.S. CI. 178-7.1 5 Claims
Disclosed is a gated video inverter which inverts only the
image polarity of an image representative video signal con-
sisting of alternating video and blanking components occur-
ring during respective video and blanking intervals. The in-
verter utilizes a diode combining circuit for combining a sup-
plied video signal and a gate signal to develop a composite
video signal having the character of the supplied video signal
during the video interval and the character of the gate signal
during the blanking interval. The composite video signal is
then mverted to produce an output video signal having the
tH^UT
V'MO
Signal
L :"- J I
I UWINViHTtP OUTPUT
desired inverted image polarity and an uninverted blanking
component
3,644,669
AUTOMATIC BEAM INTENSITY LIMITER WITH A
CURRENT TRANSFORMER COUPLED TO THE ULTOR
LEAD
William H. Slavik, Oak Lawn, 111., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
Franklin Park, Dl.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,507
Int. CI. H04n 5144
U.S. CI. 178-7.5 R 3 Claims
y o
J SOUND I -li r$WEEP~l
'„ «, -I < — ■
^'"•^^ri
An automatic beam intensity limiter circuit for a television
receiver having a "zero" focus cathode-ray tube arrangement
employs a current transformer to sense the pulsating DC cur-
rent in the lead from the high-voltage rectifier to the
cathode-ray tube final anode to produce a control voltage in-
dicative of the beam current intensity since the current in the
high-voltage lead is proportional to the beam intensity. This
control voltage then is utilized to reduce the direct current
voltage in the signal path applying the video signal to the
cathode-ray tube to limit the beam intensity to a predeter-
mined level
3,644,670
TELEGRAPHIC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Lucien Dessy, Jumet, Belgium, assignor to Acec Ateliers De
Constructions Electriqiies De Charleroi, Charleroi, Belgium
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,723
Claims priority, application Belgium, Jan. 30, 1969, 69382
Int. CI. H04I/ 7/05
U.S. CI. 178-17B 3 Claims
A telegraphic transmission system for the transmission of
series of bits of the same number in which each series of bits
V
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1531
to be transmitted is divided into two groups. The transmitter
of the system comprises coding devices assigning to each
even combination of bits of the first group of each series of
bits a frequency chosen in a first group of frequencies for
transmitting such frequency during a first moment, and assig-
ning to each even combination of bits of the second group of
each series of bits a frequency chosen in a second group of
frequencies for transmitting such frequency during a second
moment following the first moment and of the same duration.
The coding devices assign to each odd combination of bits of
the first group of each series of bits a frequency chosen in the
FMOUtUCT &tNE»*TO* b , A , 5 k '
COC'»IO HikH'r
.'hU'm%','t
ETH^H-Eit^
i?^^^-^
m p r t m n r t
r q k
£1L
-lEi.
b t g k c I h J
l£i
(PTT
b ( h J I c d g J
If's ' ' H-|f'i3
c dg k
^ ■ ' I .lilt,
;fi3 ^~-(F5
^!?^
Id n t
IF15' ' I
c f g I I bdq K
m p q ft ' I n q I
second group of frequencies for transmitting such frequency
during the first moment, and assign to each odd combination
of bits of the second group of each series of bits a frequency
chosen in the first group of frequencies for transmitting such
frequency during the second moment. The receiver com-
prises a switching device operated by a pilot clock at the rate
of the moments of transmission, two identical frequency
selectors to which the switching device alternatively applies
the signals received by a detector associated with each selec-
tor, and a decoding device connected to both selectors for
regrouping the two groups of the series of bits.
3,644,671
GRAPHIC DATA ENTRY SYSTEM
AMred D. Scarbrough, Northridge, Calif., assignor to The
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Canoga Park, Calif.
Filed Oct. 21, 1968, Ser. No. 769,251
Int.CI. G08c2//00
U^. CI. 178- 18 10 Claims
■'~m g "-ti E '-^1 ■
'M QHaHHHHS ;,
HHHHHHSH ^
'^ HHHHHHSH
'N aHHHHHQa '
1 aSSHHSHH
matrix of elements interconnected to each other and to ap-
propriate logic circuitry so as to provide for the determina-
tion of relative stylus movement in response to the element
sequences traversed by the stylus
3,644,672
LINE EQUIPMENT DEVICE FOR TELEGRAPH LINES
Roger Teumier, Rueil-Malmaison, and Claude Rousseau,
JoinviUe-le-Pont, both of France, assignors to C. I. T.-Com-
pagnie IndustrieUe Des Telecommunications, Paris, France
Filed Mar. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 808,409
Claims priority, appUcation France, Mar. 19, 1968, 144398
Int. CI. H04I 25102
VS. CI. 178-69 G 10 Claims
The line equipment device comprises a first transistor cir-
cuit connected in parallel with the said line, controlhng the
currents flowing along line wires A and B, a second transistor
circuit detecting the polarity of the said line wire, a third
transistor circuit connected to the second circuit, causing a
delay in the transmission of the state of a line wire, a fourth
transistor circuit connected to the first circuit indicating to
selecting devices the stale of readiness for operation or occu-
pancy of the line equipment, and a fifth transistor circuit
connected to the fourth circuit for use in case of line outings.
3,644,673
PCM TRANSMISSION SYSTEM UTILIZING TWO
LINEAR DECODERS
Shunroku Sasaki, Yokohama-shi, and Shizuo Takebayashi,
Kawasaki-shi, both of Japan, assignors to Fi^jitsu Limited,
Kawasaki, Japan
Filed Aug. 8, 1%9, Ser. No. 848,655
Claims priority, application Japan, Aug. 13, 1968, 43/57755
Int.CLH041 15124
U^. CI. 178-88 1 Claim
:m^
' Aw^ -
A graphic data entry system using a stylus adapted for A dynamic range of decoding RAM signals is divided into a
cooperation with a data entry tablet. The tablet comprises a plurality of ranges by decoding the range of the plurality of
1532
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
ranges which is required to have the highest precision with a
number of bits less than the number of bits of PCM input
signals to provide an output signal. Bias voltage is applied to
the output signal to decode the other ranges of the plurality
of ranges.
3,644^74
AMBIENT NOISE SUPPRESSOR
Olga M. M. Mhchdl, Summit; Carolyn Ross, Berkeley
Heights, and Robert L. WaUace, Jr., Warren Township,
Somerset County, ail of NJ., assignors to BcU Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed June 30, 1969, Ser. No. 837,699
Int. CI. H04b 15100
U.S.C1. 179— 1 P 7 Claims
.^
J^-^^
, run. nwt
1 ^fSSf
' •TTtNIWTOO I
-r— S> f»CTO«
iT
♦
^ 5*1%
lJ
Signals from a desired source, such as a person speaking,
are enhanced relative to unwanted ambient sound by a
speech processor that includes an array of microphones ar-
ranged at equal distances from the desired source. The un-
wanted sound, being "off-center," arrives nonconcurrently at
the individual microphones. The processor continuously ar-
ranges the instantaneous microphone outputs in order of
their relative energy contained, and selects as its output some
one of the microphone outputs that is intermediate in the in-
stantaneous ranking.
3,644,675
POLLING METHOD UTILIZING TELEPHONE
TRANSMISSION AND RECORDING SYSTEM
Frank W. Watlington, "CoraUta", Pembroke, Bermuda
Continuatk)n-in-part of applkation Ser. No. 816,260, Apr.
15, 1969, now abandoned. This appUcation June 4, 1970, Ser.
No. 43,487
Intel. H04m;///0
originating from the telephone number dialed, or other as-
signed numerals (or the telephone subscriber's own
telephone number) are correlated with those recorded in a
memory bank. If any one or all of these checks pass, the
calling party is instructed to dial his voting numerals; if they
do not, the call is rejected.
3,644,676
MULTICHANNEL SIGNAL NORMALIZER
Victor W. BoU«, Stillwater, Okla., assignor to Oklahoma State
University, StUwater, Okla.
Filed Jan. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 1,810
IntCl.GlOiy/00
U.S. CI. 179-15 A 1 Claim
"tifvr st6»MU vfcroft 4
Oi/TPuf 5 &'**i vfCOl* i
-UAyi
An electronic network is comprised of voltage squaring
circuits, differential amplifiers, square root circuits, a
summing amplifier with input isolation resistors and an ad-
justable voltage source, interconnected so as to receive at an
input terminal strip a set of n parallel and time-varying input
signals, collectively identifiable as an input signal vector, and
to convert said input signal vector into a set of n-H parallel
and time-varying output signals collectively identifiable as an
output signal vector, said output signal vector having the pro-
perty of being of fixed length in its hyperspace of nH dimen-
sions and also the property of containing all of the informa-
tion carried in the input signal vector.
3,644,677
SIGNAL DEMODULATING SYSTEM
GiMo Cecchln, Niks, and Francis H. Hilbert, River Grove,
both of lU., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, 111.
Filed Mar. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 17,429
Int a. H04j 3106
US. CI. 179- 15 AW "* 8 Claims
U.S. CI. 179-2 AS
8 Claims
A calling party identification system utilizing the normal
public telephone equipment and a special electronic package
at the receiving terminal. This system may have numerous
usages among them the taking of polls. Identification of the
calling party is achieved using previously assigned digital in-
formation which may include his own telephone number and
which the calling party dials in the normal manner into the
electronic package which processes this digital information
and may either dial back the calling party who has previously
been instructed to "hang up," to ensure that the call is
E VR
PLAYER
Ij II ;>.M, II 1 ItL.p-rLOP Hl-^^ ' r*'^ *
S4 E te
50 w^::;^;"!^-** ^
TRtGGEf*
nAw^ *Cy -LjI-
In an electronic video recording (EVR) system, the color
information is encoded in the form of pulse width modulated
rectangular pulses derived from the EVR scanning pattern,
with the two color signals required being provided in an in-
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1533
terleaved pattern by time division multiplex. The leading
edge of each of the pulses conveys the necessary synchroniz-
ing information and the trailing edge is modulated to
represent the saturation of the particular hue to which the
pulse corresfxjnds. A demodulator for recovering the color
information reconstructs and inverts the color information
signal which then is applied to a demodulator gate in the
form of a differential amplifier controlled by delayed
switching pulses synchronized with the information signal to
alternately enable one or the other of the outputs of this gate.
A circuit is provided for resetting the phase of the flip-flop
controlling the switching of the demodulator gate at the
beginning of each line if the phase of the input signal is not
proper.
addressing and reading systems, as well as a second switching
stage consisting of gates associated with a certain number of
distributors, the two switching stages being connected
3,644,678
CHANNEL REALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD
William G. SchmMt, Rockville, Md., assignor to Communica-
tions Satellite Corporation
Filed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809,340
Int CI. H04j 3100
U.S. CI. 179-15 BA 5 Claims
LREi LREn
LtPlK ' r n LlMn,
Ln«i>.ii
^•^ "-- -LRi«,
ISNiNI
^^^^
LRS..M
together by links and each distributor being accessible by
only one link connecting it to the first switching stage,
whereas a certain number of links are reserved for reciprocal
overthrow.
9
It- m 1 «l
•" 1
/.till
-TT '
w
a
', '-
]■
BBCni
;l
'•"LI
Bncw
-I
I
"■•TT*
^
^
;1
"^
'••K
, 1
3,6444>80
TIME- ASSIGNMENT SPEECH-INTERPOLATION
CONTROL SYSTEM
Kitsutaro Amano, Yokohama-shi; Chuichi Ota, Tokyo; Masao
Hashimoto, Kanagawa-ken; Hisao Kanzald, Tokyo; Yasu-
hiko Sakamoto, Kawasaki-shi, and Nobuyuki Yasoshima,
Tokyo, all of Japan, assignors to Fi^itsu Limited, Kawasaki,
Japan
Filed Sept 19, 1969, Ser. No. 859,285
Claims priority, application Japan, Sept. 25, 1968, 43/69607
Int CI. H04j 5/00
U.S. CI. 179-15 AS 7 Claims
In a time division multiple access communications system
having multiple eround stations and a satellite for communi-
cating signals between ground stations, the channels are pe-
riodically reallocated among the several ground stations
hased upon the traffic load at the time of reallocation. M the
reallocation time, a slack group of channels, representing
presently available channels, are distributed among the
ground stations. The time of the periodic transmission (here-
inafter referred to as transmission hurst) from each ground
station is shifted in time with respect to the time of the trans-
mission hurst from a reference station to accommodate the
reallocation of channels. The transmission hurst times of all
stations are not shitted simultaneously hut are shifted in ac-
cordance with a set ot rules which prevents overlapping he-
tween transmission hursts from adjacent stations.
5»TEll>ItS
SoaSCRlBCRS TRUNKS,
tlCHAM&t PCM
tOUIPMCNT* MODoL*T0R
'vOtCE 1NF0RM4TOH
STaTiOM B
TRUNKS suBSCP'BtoS
I PCM
|K«K)OulATO«
I '° E1CHA.AE
A TASI system for satellite use is disclosed in which voice
signals from the individual trunks are stored prior to being
transmitted and in which TASI control data are transmitted
in a frame preceding the frame in which associated speech
data are transmitted.
3,644,679
HIGH-CAPACITY CONNECTING NETWORK HAVING
BLOCKING CHARACTERISTICS FOR TIME-DIVISION
SWITCHING
Francois Tallegas, Perros-Guirec, France, assignor to C.I.T.-
Compagnic Industriellc Des Tele-Communications, Paris
and Sodetc Lannfamnaise D'Electronique, Lannkm, France
Filed July 7, 1969, Ser. No. 839,551
Claims priority, applkation France, July 5, 1968, 158143
Int CI. H04j 3/00
U.S. CI. 1 79— 1 5 AQ 4 Claims
A connection network having blocking which is formed
like a perfect linked system including a first switching stage
consisting of a certain number of buffer storages with their
3,644,681
CORDLESS TELEPHONE SYSTEM
Dale E. Rke, Panorama City, Calif., assignor to Cardwdl Oil
Corporatkm Ltd. (N.P.L.), Vancouver, B.C., Canada
Filed Feb. 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 798,090
Int. CI. H04q 7!()4
U.S. CI. 179-41 A 5 Claims
A telephone system wherein the portable unit appears and
functions the same as a conventional telephone, but is
cordless, with no direct electrical or mechanical connection
to the telephone lines, and is accordingly fully mobile, as for
example to any desired place within a home or office. A
telephone line termination or base unit forming a part of the
system connects to the telephone line, being fully compatible
1534
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
with existing telephone hne and central office equipment,
and is coupled to the portable unit through a duplex radio
system. The radio transmitter of the portable unit is keyed on
by the hook-switch, and relay means in the base unit is actu-
«-..
"vs
^P>^Ke^
a:>~—
— k"
1/ i 'rj^^o^r
e D
) *■
'tS?
-• >
-t — r
+ V-*
*>-,
editing of a second record carrier, the two record carriers
bearing information that is to be synchronously reproduced.
The first record carrier has both a program signal and a con-
trol signal recorded thereon. The control signal is conven-
tionsilly used to control the rate of information reproduction
from the second carrier during playback. The first record
carrier is physically marked in a humanly sensible form at
V"
a^
o<
"c^ [7>(|[io^
Dtor/om Picrt/ee /'/i.M-'
spfiocKer ^ocrs
ated in response to this carrier frequency to connect the base
unit to the telephone line and key on the base unit trans-
mitter, thereby establishing a complete DC path for signalling
and a complete audio path for conversation.
3,644,682
TALKING CLOCK APPARATUS
Arthur R. Parilla, P.O. Box 127, Mountain Lakes, NJ.
Filed Aug. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 750,030
Int. a. Glib /5//5, 27/22
U.S. CI. 1 79-100. 1 C 1 Claim
'7^"* ■^zzztT'-C.';'^ ■'■^ '" ■
^-
J
Talking clock apparatus for indicating the pa>>sage of the
hour and for also announcing the hour by reproduc'-'^n of
the human voice, the apparatus having a clock, a timer ano .
tape player including a loudspeaker, which timer produces
periodic signals at selected time intervals to start the tape
player, the tape being preprogrammed to announce the time
sequentially by reproduction of the human voice through the
loudspeaker and being synchronized with the actual local
standard time so as to repeat itself with appropriate time an-
nouncements throughout the desired operating cycle. Dis-
placement of the tape itself through the tape player is used to
stop the tape player at the end of each announcement and
before the next announcement is due to start, so that the
time announcement will always remain in phase with the
local standard time indefinitely. If desired, the tape player
may be concurrently used for entertainment, or other pur-
poses, instead of as a talking clock, at the choice of the
owner.
3,644,683
PROCESS AM) APPARATl S FOR MARKINCJ AND
EDITING OF ELONGATED RECORD CARRIERS
Edward H. Braun, 6603 Old Stage Road, Rockville, Md.
Filed May 7, 1969, Ser. No. 822,487
Int. CI. Glib 23/42. i//00
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 B 12 Claims
A method and apparatus for marking a first elongated
record carrier to facilitate its editing in conjunction v^th the
precise intervals of length bearing a predetermined relation-
ship to the control signals recorded thereon thus correlating
predetermined marked lengths of the first record carrier with
predetermined lengths of the second record carrier to
facilitate editing of both without the possible serious loss of
synchronization that could otherwise easily occur due to cu-
mulative phase shift errors, etc. caused by indiscriminate
splicing of the control signal.
3,644,684
CASSETTE TO CARTRIDGE TAPE PLAYER ADAPTER
UNIT WITH SELF-CONTAINED DRIVE MECHANISM
Tom T. Tstyi, Monterey Park, Calif., assignor to California
Auto Radio, inc.
Filed July 25, 1969, Ser. No. 844,770
Int.CI. Gllb2i/04
U.S. CI. 179- 100.2 Z 8 Claims
For a preexisting player system having a recess for receiv-
ing a magnetic tape cartridge, an adapter unit for playing and
recording on magnetic tape cassettes is arranged to
cooperate with both the mechanical drive and the electrical
playback parts of the preexisting system. A housing having a
portion configured to register within the cartridge-receiving
recess includes an upper cassette insert position, for top-
loading of a cassette tape in operative relation to a takeup
drive spindle and a tape drive capstan. When the unit is in-
serted into the recess of the preexisting system, both the
adapter capstan and takeup reel are rotated. Rotational
power may be derived through a belt drive system connected
with an internal roller in engagement with the capstan of the
preexisting system. To record, signals from a microphone are
amplified within the unit. During playback, signals derived
from the playback head are preamplified within the adapter
unit and energize the existing playback system through a
transducer magnetically coupled to the cartridge playback
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1535
head. Electrical power may be derived from the preexisting
system.
The unit may alternatively contain its own drive motor,
powered from the preexisting system in compact configura-
tions having a portion registrable within the cartridge recep-
tacle and a compact protruding portion permitting cassette
top loading. Adapter units may be equipped with their own
battery pack, amplifiers and loudspeakers to function as a
cassette tape record and playback system outside of the
preexisting tape cartridge playback system.
3,644,685
MANUAL MAGNETIC RECORDER
Oliver Moussette, New York, N.Y., assignor to M.G. Dynam-
ics, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 847,846
Int. CI. Glib 5112. 5/36. 27/02
U.S. CI. 179-100.2 B 4 Claims
J?'
3,644,687
CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION IN MULTICONDUCTOR
MEANS
Samuel E. Richards, Jr., Kansas City, Mo., assignor to Com-
munications Research Company, Mineral Wells, Ttx.
Filed May 12, 1969, Ser. No. 823,750
Int. CI. H04m 3/00
U.S. CI. 1 79- 1 75 J 17 Claims
Remote t^^s^iw^
A handheld device for recording magnetic cueing and
starting signal information on a magnetizable surface such as
used on motion-picture film. A recording head is passed over
the film and across the gap head an alternating mmf is
generated by a rotated magnet or an electromagnetic coil
synchronized to the movement of the gap.
3,644,686
TELEPHONE SET SWITCH-HOOK STOP
James McKinnon Kilpatrick, and Gerd Kuhfus, both of Lon-
don, Ontario, Canaida, assignors to Northern Electric Com-
pany Limited, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
Filed Nov. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 87,149
Int. CI. H04m }/08
U.S.CI. 179— 161 2 Claims
A switch-hook stop for use in a telephone set switch-hook
assembly which is operated by means of a force applied from
the weight of a handset. When the housing is removed the
switch-hook stop can be pivoted to place the switch-hook as-
sembly in an onhook position. Replacing the housing auto-
matically pivots the switch-hook stop out of the way and al-
lov« the switch-hook assembly to return to the off-hook posi-
tion and to function normally thereafter.
This specification discloses an improvement in method and
apparatus for identifying at a remote position conductors in a
multiconductor means having the conductors identified at
one end. The improvement is characterized by sequentially
stepping by control signals from the remote position a
sequential stepping switch onto contacts to which the
identified conductors at the one end are connected, until a
specifically identified conductor is connected with the
sequential stepping switch. Thereafter, an identifiable signal
is put on the specifically identified conductor and the con-
ductor carrying the signal at the remote position is identified.
The invention is particularly described with respect to repair-
ing a telephone cable, or reconnecting groups of wire pairs
from one cable to another in a telephone line system. In such
telephonic work, ordinarily, it is advantageous to employ a
second sequential switching device in conjunction with the
sequential stepping switch to be able to monitor a pair of
conductors, or wires, and to thereafter check out each in-
dividual wire of the pair. Also, disclosed is a field monitor
unit to assist the repairman in maintaining a record of the
particular conductor onto which the sequential stepping
switch has been actuated. Other aspects are also described;
such as, a flip-flop mode of operation in which correlated
pairs of wires in a multiwire cable are identified for im-
mediate changing of wires in a group with consequent lessen-
ing of chance of error.
3,644,688
OVERHEAD ELECTRIC SUPPLY SYSTEMS FOR
VEHICLES
Arnold Tustin, Tring, and Richard Geoffrey SeU, Rugby, both
of England, assignors to British Railways Board, London,
England
FUed Jan. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 2,164
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 15, 1%9,
2,414/69
Int. CI. B60a 1/234
U.S. CI. 191-40 10 Claims
A trolley vvare overhead electnc supply system, for supply-
ing power for the propulsion of electric vehicles, comprises a
contact wire which is directly supported by each supporting
1536
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
mast. At points remote from the masts the contact wire is ad-
ditionally supported by soft elastic support members to pro-
vide a liftmg force on the contact wire partially compcnsatmg
for the weight of the contact wire
3,644,689
ELECTRIC SIGNALING DEVICE FOR ALARM CLOCKS
Friedrich Assmus, Schramber«. \V urttembery; Hans Haiu,
SchramberR-Sulgen. Wurttemberj;; Dieter Dietrich, lau-
terbach, Wurttembern. and l.e<) Hartner, Aichhalden,
VVurttemberg. all of ( Germany, assignors to (.ebruder
Junghans (i.m.b.H., Schramberg. VVgrttemberg, Germany
Original application Oct. 4, 1967, Ser. No. 672,819, now
Patent No. 3,534,543. Divided and this application Sept. 22,
1970, Ser. No. 74,313
Int. CI. HOlh/9/55, 2//7S
U.S. CI. 200-11 J 5 Claims
21 '■ -^
■a o n 2- ■«]
71 n ,, 16
SSHT
^^mfe^ft^
^^^^''im
An electric signaling device for battery alarm clocks hav-
ing a switching device with a double contact and a common
contact element and two separate contact elements cooperat-
ing with the common contact element. The separate contact
elements are arranged in stepped relation and the contacts
being operable by the clock movement.
3,644,690
SAFETY SWITCH TO INTERRUPT AN ELECTRICAL
CIRCUIT IN CASE OF COLLISION
Pietro Panettieri, 4 East Britannia Street, Taunton, Mass.
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,221
Int. CL HOlh 351 14
U.S. CI. 200—61.5 8 Claims
Safety switch apparatus connected to motor vehicle igni-
pact resulting from a vehicle collision, the disconnection
being effected by movement of a weight connected to one
contact member Mounts support two contact members and
permit movements of the latter to and from each other. Reset
apparatus restores contact of said two members by a simple
movement.
3,644,691
LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR INSTRUMENT
Shigeni Suzuki, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Ricoh Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,628
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 25, 1969, 44/32509
Int. CI. HOlh 55/ /S
U.S. CI. 200 84 R 10 Claims
170 19
y-P^
18
<^/f//////^////,,,,,ff\
The invention provides an improved float-type liquid level
instrument wherein when a liquid level is higher than or at a
predetermined level, a rod extending from a float moves into
the path of a continuously driven switch-actuating means so
that the latter is retained in inoperative position, but when
the liquid level falls below the predetermined level, the rod
moves away from the path so that the switch -actuating means
continuously moves between a switch-actuating position and
the inoperative position, whereby the switch is intermittently
closed and opened, thereby generating electrical signals. As a
result, a more ngid and larger switch having a longer life may
be advantageously employed and the operation becomes
more reliable and precise than with prior instruments since a
stronger force may be applied through switch-actuating
means to the switch
3,644,692
OSMIUM PLATED CONTACTS
Lawrence Greenspan, New York, N.Y., assignor to Engelhard
Minerals & Chemicals Corporation
FUed Oct. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 79,662
Int. CI. HOlh ;/66, 1102
U.S. CI. 200- 166 C 4 Claims
Contacts for use in nonoxidizing atmospheres are elec-
troplated with a thin coating of osmium to provide longer life
and more reliable performance.
3,644,693
NONSTICKING RELAY CONTACTS
Sheldon S. Bitko, Cherry HiU, N J., assignor to Fifth Dimen-
sion, Inc., Princeton, N J.
Rled Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,128
Int. CK HOlh y/OS
U.S. CI. 200— 166 C 8 Claims
A mercury relay having nonsticking mercury wettable sur-
tion which is automatically disconnected by force of an im- faces, one of the surfaces carrying a button of mercury wetta-
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1537
ble material surrounded by a rim of nonmercury wettable
material, preferably tantalum, which extends beyond the but-
13
10
X
11
B
dividual pipe sections which includes forming the end F>or-
tions of each pipe into true circular configuration and of
larger internal diameter than the intermediate portion of the
pipe section, finishing the circular end surfaces of each pipe
section, bringing the two circular end surfaces of two pipe
sections into contacting and concentrically aligned relation-
ship, excluding air from the contacting end surfaces of the
two pipe sections while heating the adjacent end portions of
the two pipe sections and holding the end surfaces of the two
3*^
tTATIOII Mel It
ton and forms a physical barrier against physical impact
between the mercury wettable surfaces.
3,644,694
PUSHBUTTON CONTROLLING DEVICE
Jean Morin, and Gerard Desperrier, both of Saint-Marcellin,
France, assignors to Societe d'Appareillage Electrique
Saparel, Saint-Marcellin, France
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,636
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 30, 1969, 6913937
Int. CI. HOlh 9// 6
U.S. CI. 200- 167 R 4 Claims
A pushbutton controlling device having two states ob-
tained by manipulation of the single pushbutton comprises, at
its end, a transparent window and has a hollow part closed at
its base by an inner part and carries an indicating part com-
prising two zoned reference marks corresponding to the
starting and stopping of the device. The pushbutton is used
for controlling electrical cutout devices, and also for con-
trolling mechanical, pneumatic or hydraulic elements.
3,644,695
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR JOINING PIPE
SECTIONS AND FORMING A PIPEUNE
Robert A. Shuey, Jr., 4405 Highland Drive, Dallas, Tex., and
John E. Bartley, 666 Bay View Drive, Aptos, Calif.
Filed June 18, 1970, Ser. No. 47,341
Int CI. H05b 5100; B23k J //06
U.S.CL 219-8.5 11 Claims
A method and apparatus for forming a pipeline to be layed
from a vessel below the surface of a body of water, the ap-
paratus having means for causing outer opp>osite end portions
of each pipe section to be of circular form and of larger in-
terior diameter than the intermediate portions of the pipe
sections, means for machining and finishing the opposite cir-
cular end surfaces of the pipe sections so that the end sur-
faces of two sections which are to be welded will have the
proper close fit, welding the two end pxjrtions of the two pip)e
sections by inducing electric currents therein while holding
the two end portions together under pressure in the absence
of air.
A method of forming a long-length pipeline from in-
STATION WO I
ITATiOM MOS
(Uppang)
_r«L
STATION Mo
Iwtidinq)
ST*T>0« "WS
it -fttn ^i»i ftfphwi
ST*i.ot« Noe
'k^j=^=M^^
pipe sections together under pressure to cause the end por-
tions to be welded to one another, the welded portions of the
pipe providing an internal annular upset which is not of
smaller internal diameter than the normal internal diameter
of the pipeline. The method may also include the step of
welding a pair of sections of pipe to one another and then
connecting the pair of joined sections to an end of a pipeline
extending from the vessel into a body of water by apparatus
which is movable with the pipeline relative to the vessel.
3,644,696
MEANS FOR SMOOTHING THE INSIDE SURFACE OF
PLASTIC HOSE
Philip G. Magner, Jr., and Roberi W. Mitten, both of
Wabash, Ind., assignors to The General Tire & Rubber
Company
Filed Aug. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 68,060
Int CI. H05b 5/00, 9/06
U.S.CL 219-10.57 11 Claims
The interior surface of thermoplastic hose may contain
small crevices, patterns and undercuts which serve to in-
crease the frictional resistance to flow of material through
the hose, and which provide sites for the accumulation of
material transported therethrough. This is particularly true of
plastic hose that is sized and calibrated on a mandrel covered
1538
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
with thin moving tapes which leave tape impressions and
ridges on the inside of the hose This problem is solved by the
present invention which utilizes a radiation body which is
supported inside of an axially moving hose and which is
heated by electrical induction. The heat radiated from the
body softens the inside of the hose and allows the surface
tension of the plastic to smooth the interior of the hose. V'ari-
ous means are described for anchoring or supporting the
radiation body within the hose.
3,644,697
PROTECTIVE GAS FOR ARC WELDING
Alfred Krahi, Messer Griesheim GmbH. Landstr. 300, Frank-
furt am Main, Hanauer, Germany
Fded Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 818,150
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 27, 1968, P 17 65
306.4
Int. CI. B23k 9116
U.S. CI. 219-74 9 Claims
A protective gas for the arc welding of matenals such as
high-alloyed ferritic chrome steel, austenitic chrome-nickel
steel and chrome-nickel-molybdenum steel inc'. des a mix-
ture of argon and nitrogen with the nitrogen content being 1
to 20 percent and preferably 5 to 10 percent by volume An
addition of more than trace amounts and up to 10 percent by
volume of oxygen is also proposed. An advantageous form of
the gas contains 5 percent by volume of nitrogen and 3 per-
cent by volume of oxygen.
3,644,698
METALLURGICAL BONDING AND FORMING
PROCESSES AND APPARATUS
Arthur G. Metcalfe, San Diego, and Fred K. Rose, Chula
Vista, both of Calif., assignors to International Harvester
Company, San Diego, Calif.
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,526
Int. CLB23k 11106
U^. CI. 219-83 17 Claims
44 ='HtSS^WE "^
V -^
-J
Methods of and apparatus for forming a continuous solid-
state diffusion bond between metallic members in which the
members to be joined are locally and progressively subjected
to heat and pressure. Heating is achieved by workpiece re-
sistance to controlled electrical current, and pressure is ap-
plied by rotatable electrodes that; generate contact between
the members being joined and produce the deformation
necessary to achieve a specified joint configuration
therebetween, supply the controlled elecfric current to heat
Uie workpiece locally and progressively,/and are maintained
at a temperature which results in^Ssehtially isothermal local
conditions in the workpiece. Preferably, controls capable of
regulating the bonding temperature are provided to insure
that a uniform joint is produced. Methods of and apparatus
for forming metallic members with^arid without bond forma-
tion by the techniques just descdbcd.
3,644,699
CONDENSER SPOT-WELDING MACHINE
Sergei Nikolaevich Mescheryak, uUtsa Yanvarskogo Voss-
tania, 17a, kv. 6; Evgeny Petrovich Stemkovsky, ulitsa
Brigadirskaya, 27, kv. 1; Igor Vladimirovich Pentegov,
Zadorzhny pereuk>k, 13, kv. 14; David Seroenovich
Vorona, ulitsa Scherbakova, 51, kv. 21, and Vladislav
Eduardovich Moravsky, bulvar Led Ukrainki, 2, kv. 50, all
of Kiev, U.S.S.R.
Filed Sept 12, 1969, Ser. No. 857,339
Int. CLB23k// /26
U^. CI. 219-113 3 Claims
r4»
A condenser spot-welding machine, comprising, a rectifier
unit to charge an operating capacitor bank; two gates one of
which ensures the discharge of the capacitor bank, the other
one connecting the capacitor bank for charging; a control
unit wherein servmg as the input is a voltage level setter con-
nected in parallel with the operating capacitor bank, the out-
put being an actuating unit acting on said gates, while said
voltage level setter in the control unit consists of at least two
voltage dividers to whose outputs there are coupled shaping
capacitors alternately connected to the control unit circuits
shaping the control pulses.
3,644,700
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING AN
ELECTRON BEAM
Robert W. Kruppa, Hopewell Junction; Edward V. Weber,
and OIlie C. Woodard, both of Poughkeepsie, all of N.Y.,
assignors to International Business Machines Corporation,
Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,900
Int. CI. B23k 9108
U.S.CL 219-121 EB 51 Claims
A square-shaped electron beam is stepped from one
predetermined position to another to form a desired pattern
on each chip of a semiconductor wafer to which the beam is
applied. For each chip to which the beam is applied, the posi-
tion of the chip relative to a predetermined position is deter-
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1539
mined and the distance in these positions is utilized to con-
trol the position of the electron beam to insure that the
desired pattern is formed on each of the chips separately.
Furthermore, the* position of the beam is periodically
checked against a calibration grid to ascertain any deviations
in the beam from its initial position. These diflferences are ap-
plied to properly position the beam.
3,644,701
CONSUMABLE ELECTRODE FEEDING DEVICE FOR
ARC WELDERS
Makoto Kobayashi, Nishinomiya, and Haruo Miyahara,
Toyonaka, both of Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric
Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,843
CUms priority, appttcatioa Japui, May 26, 1%9, 44/42362
Int. CLB65h 77/20
U.S.CL219— 130 2 Claims
A friction clutch is provided to mechanically engage or dis-
engage a feed roller for feeding a consumable electrode and
a torque-transmitting means for transmitting the torque of a
feed roller driving motor to said feed roller therethrough,
with or from each other. The friction clutch is normally being
held in an engaged position but is brought into a disengaged
position when the travel resistance to said consumable elec-
trode has increased and reached a predetermined value,
whereby feeding of the electrode is stopped and buckling of
the electrode is prevented.
3,644,702
VACUUM PUMP DESIGNED AS DISPLACEMENT PUMP
Marcel Kohler, Balnrs, Liechtenstein, assignor to Balzers
Patent-und BeteUigungs Akticngesellschitft, Baliers,
Liechtenstein
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 22,580
Q\aL*s priority, appUcatk>n Germany, Mar. 31, 1%9, P 19
16 394.1
Int. CI. H05b 7/00
U.S.CL 219-201 5 Claims
sealing fluid covering a discharge valve, heating means are
provided to heat at least that portion of the wall of the
storage vessel located above the level of the sealing fluid
therein. The heating means may include a double jacket
heated by a through-flowing heating medium, or may be an
electric heating jacket surrounding the upper portion of the
storage vessel. A line may be provided to return sealing fluid
from the storage vessel into the pump, this line being in heat-
conducting relation with that portion of the vessel wall
located above the fluid level.
3,644,703
LEAD FOR AIRCRAFT PROPELLER ELECTRICAL
DEICER SYSTEM
Grover O. Nelson, Akron, Ohio, assignor to The B. F.
Goodrich Company, New Yorii, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 65,519
Int. CI. H05b 7/00
U.S. CI. 219-201 9 Claims
A flexible, compact lead containing current-conducting
wires extends within the spinner housing from the propeller
assembly to a propeller blade unit which is relatively rotata-
ble to adjust the pitch of the blade. The wires are encased in
a sleeve having enlarged ends for secure clamping to the
propeller assembly and to a clamping member on the
propeller blade unit. The wear in this part of the system
which receives the greatest stress and twisting is reduced by
the lead construction and when replacement is necessary this
can be done quickly without requiring replacement of the
prof)eller deicer boot.
3,644,704
SNOWMOBILE TOE WARMER
Jack J. Polly, Sr., 2524 Silver Creek Drive, Franklin Park, III.
FUed Mar. 31, 1971, Ser. No. 129,792
Intel. B60I 7/02
U^. CI. 219-202 2 Claims
In a vacuum pump designed as a displacement pump for
drawing off vapor-containing gases and having a discharge
point communicating with a storage vessel having an outlet
aperture for the pumped gases and containing a supply of
A housing is formed of sheet metal encapsulated in plastic.
This housing has an inner chamber with a rearwardly facing
opening to the chamber The housing is attached to the foot-
boardii of a snowmobile. Between the metal walls is an elec-
tric heater. The opening and chamber are of a size to receive
the toe portion of a person's footwear. Insulation is provided
between the heating element and the adjacent exterior of the
housing.
1540
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,705
LOW- VOLT AGE, ELECTRICALLY HEATED SHIRT
Richard L. Johnson, Easton, Conn., assignor to TImdy
Products Coqporation
Filed Sept 23, 1970, Ser. No. 74,790
InLCI. H05b//00
U.S. CI. 219-211 10 Claims
2i
-10
A low-voltage electrically heated shirt adapted to operate
on less than six volts. The low-voltage heater assembly for
the shirt is constructed so that it can be readily dcUched
from a shirt permitting the shirt to be optionally worn either
as a heated shirt or an unheated shirt. The heater assembly
may be also dctachably fastened to the shirt in any of several
adjusted positions. Stretchable bands are operatively con-
nected to the heater assembly to draw the heater assembly
close to the body of the wearer when worn as a heated shirt
to provide for maximum transmission of heat to the body in
any of the adjusted positions.
3,644,706
METHOD FOR SUPPLYING HEATED FLUID TO A
DIVERS CLOTHING
Lcroy N. Larcmo, Houston, Tex., and Mark P. Bai^avich,
New Orleans, La., assignors to Taylor Diving & Salvage
Co., Inc., New Orleans, La.
Original application June 20, 1968, Ser. No. 738,458, now
Patent No. 3,558,852. Divided and this application Nov. 10,
1970, Ser. No. 88,265
Int CI. H05b 3100
U.S. CI. 219-211 1 Claim
A method which is intended to supply heated fluid to
divers' clothing of the type including a fluid inlet connection
communicating with internal fluid circulation passages in the
clothing. The method includes the steps of pumping fluid
from a source thereof into an enclosed chamber and direct-
ing the fluid in a flow path through the chamber to an outlet
communicating with the inlet to the diver's clothing. Heat is
supplied to the fluid in the flow path to raise the temperature
of the fluid. The temperature of the fluid in the flow path
subsequent to heating is sensed and the supply of heat to the
fluid is reduced whenever the sensed tem{>erature exceeds a
predetermined value.
A heating unit which is intended to supply heated fluid to
divers' clothing of the type provided with a fluid inlet con-
nection communicating with internal fluid circulation
passages in the clothing. The unit includes a housing having
an enclosed main chamber. Pump means connected with the
housing includes a pump inlet communicating with a source
of the fluid and a pump outlet communicating with the main
chamber for pumping the fluid therethrough. Chamber outlet
means in the housing communicates with the main chamber
and is adapted to be connected to the inlet connection of the
diver's clothing. The pump outlet and the chamber outlet
means are positioned at opposite ends of a fluid flow path
through the main chamber. Heating means connected with
the housing extends into the flow path for supplying heat to
the fluid therein. Temperature-responsive means connected
with the housing extends into the flow path at a jxjint
downstream of the heating means. The temperature-respon-
sive means is operatively connected with the heating means
to reduce the heat supplied thereby when the temperature of
the fluid exceeds a predetermined value.
3,644,707
SAFETY HEATER FOR PRESSURE DISPENSED
PRODUCT
Christopher HoUet Costello, Summit, NJ., assignor to Col-
gate-Palmolive Compwiy, New York, N.Y.
Continuation of appli<»tion Ser. No. 686,576, Nov. 29, 1967.
This application Sept. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 74,1 12
Int CI. H05b 7/00, B67d 5162
U.S. CI. 219-302 7 Claims
An attachment for heating shaving cream or the like
material being dispensed from an aerosol-type container hav-
ing a depressible hollow valve stem through which the
materia] is discharged includes a casing of heat and electrical
insulation material having a base at its lower end provided
with a downwardly open bore adapted to fit upon the valve
stem. A flow passage having highly heat conductive walls ex-
tends from the bore to a lateral opening in the casing. A con-
fined body of heat storage material, such as water, alcohol,
powdered metal or the like, is sealed within the casing in sur-
rounding relation to the flow passage. The body of heat
storage material is heated by an electrical resistance heating
element arranged within the casing in surrounding relation
thereto. The heating element has such a short connection to
the usual electrical wall outlet that normally the connection
must be broken to enable the user to conveniently dispense
heated material.
3,644,708
PORTABLE HEATING OVEN FOR PREHEATING RIGID
VINYL SHEETS
Dare E. Edwards, 5450 Conway Road, Chelsea, Mich.
FUed July 1, 1970, Ser. No. 51,625
Int.CI. F27d 11102
U.S.CI. 219— 386 1 Claim
A portable heating oven for preheating rigid vinyl sheets
for on-the-job fabrication consisting of an elongated sheet
metal housing, a flat heat transmitting plate disposed in a
horizonul position in the housing and having depending legs
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1541
supported on the bottom wall of the housing, an electric
heating element on the bottom side of the heat-transmitting
plate for imparting heat thereto, and a door hingedly
mounted on the front side of the housing to enable the posi-
//^:
tioning of vinyl sheets to be heated on top of the heat-trans-
mitting plate. The heat-transmitting plate and its leg supports
are of a configuration to allow for expansion of the plate and
the legs when heated.
3,644,709
AUTOMATIC WARMER
Mitsuo Hojo, 3-134, 7-chome Kamikakihana-machi,
Higashisumiyoshi-ku, Osalui, Japan
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33^54
Int. CI. F27d 77/02
U.S. CI. 219—439 1 Claim
Wanning pan comprising heating elements positioned to
heat contents by radiation in addition to heating pan itself by
conduction.
3,644,710
ELECTRIC SURFACE HEATER ASSEMBLY
Lester D. Druginand, and Donald M. Cunningham, both of
Pittsburgh, Pa., assignors to Emerson Electric Co., St
Louis, Mo.
Filed June 5, 1970, Ser. No. 43,828
Int CI. H05b 3168, 3106
U.S. CI. 219-463 9 Claims
A support for a surface-type electric heating element for a
stove top, including an adapter ring, a drip bowl and a spider.
formed as a one-piece sheet-metal stamping, the surface ele-
ment being adapted for plug-in connection with a terminal
block, and having connection with the spider portion of the
support to resist shifting of the surface element that other-
wise might be effected by the thrusting force of the plug-in
operation, and also to resist separation of the surface heater
from its support.
3,644,711
DATA-RECORDING APPARATUS
Willi Haller, Aklingen, Germany, assignor to J. Hengstler
K.G., Aklingen, Germany
Filed June 26, 1970, Ser. No. 50,142
Claims priority, applkation Germany, Oct 18, 1969, P 19 52
659.1
Int CI. G06k 7/04, 9/76
U.S. CI. 235-61.1 31 Claims
i CLOcm cotr
, trrnrm
W» » ♦ •
. ^ ®i .^:v-|
2B| EB IZ8 L'5!
•• I ». I •• *• 1
L J ;
-mtrrmto^j'tm
"W*-
X
:z£>
A clock operable to produce clock pulses and a plurality of
counters are provided, also a plurality of pulse lines, each of
which extends from said clock to one of said counters and is
adapted to transmit clock pulses from said clock to said
counter. A plurality of code carriers are provided, each of
which is associated with one of said counters The code car-
riers are provided with different codes A plurality of code
detectors are provided, each of which is associated with one
of said code carriers and one of said counters and adapted to
removably receive the associated code earner in a control
position and arranged to reject code carriers other than the
associated one. At least one of said code carriers is in said
control position in the associated code detector Each of said
code detectors comprises contacts included in the pulse line
leading from the clock to the associated counter Said con-
tacts are operable to control the transmission of pulses in
said lines in response to a movement of the associated code
carrier to said control position.
3,644,712
ELAPSED TIME COMPUTER
Alberi S. Goodrich, Jr., R. 1, Boggs Hill Road, Newtown,
Conn.
FUed Oct 15, 1968, Ser. No. 767,618
Int CI. G06k 75/00
U.S. CI. 235— 61.8R 36 Claims
Apparatus automatically and repetitively operative upon
insertions of a card, to print the time of insertion and the
1542
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
time between the insertion and the subsequent insertion; data
signals are produced The output signals are compared with
one of the sweep signals to obtain analog voltage signals
for the necessary elapsed lime computation being registered
in a restricted field associated with each prmtline.
3,644,713
LIQUID-SUPPLYING APPARATUS
Ken Hayakawa, Yokohama, and Mitsuaki Tamada,
Sagamihara, both of Japan, assignors to Tokko Ltd.,
Kawasaki-City, Kanagawa-ken, Japan
Filed Mar. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 18,191
Claims priority, application Japan. Mar. 11. 1969, 44/18456;
Mar. 18," 1%9, 44/20643; Apr. 14. 1969,44/28818
Int CL G06k 1112, 19104; G07f 1106; HOlh 43/08
VS. CI. 235—61.9 R 5 Claims
Et— 0^
m
-£F
liT
representative of the line crossings. The analog signals may
be suitably converted to digital signals for storage in a suita-
ble storage medium.
3,644,715
MACHINE READABLE LABEL AND SAMPLE
IDENTmCATION SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME
William J. HoMcrith, Wyckoff, NJ., aarigiior to
Dickinson and Company, Rutherford, N J.
FUed Sept 22, 1969, Ser. No. 859,919
Int CI. GOln 31100; G06k 19102
U.S.CI. 235-61.11 A 2Claims
J I ?7 ?7. '"
J
A liquid-supplying apparatus having a single card reader
connected to each of a plurality of liquid-supplying systems
for supplying different sorts of liquid. The card reader con-
trols the respective liquid supplying system by cooperating
with a discrimination card which consists of a msiin card ano
a subcard disengageably connected in a set.
An improved label for containers and the like is provided.
The label includes an undersheet having a surface of electri-
cally conductive material and an oversheet of insulating
material adapted to overlie the undersheet. The oversheet in-
cludes a plurality of holes punched therein in n pattern in-
dicative, in a prearranged code, of the contents of the con-
tainer A method of identifying specimens is also provided
wherem the hole pattern in the oversheet of one container is
reproduced on a sheet of insulating material which is then
used as an oversheet for the label of subsequent containers
which are to be filled from the sample container.
3,644,714
SYSTEM FOR TRANSLATING DATA FROM A DISPLAY
INTO ELECTRICAL SIGNALS SUITABLE FOR STORAGE
DonaM G. Phillips, 904 S-okes Avenue, CoUingswood, NJ.,
and Robert J. Lubonski, 430 W. Browning Road, Am-8,
BeUnuwr, N J.
FUed May 21, 1969, Ser. No. 826,402
IntCI. G06k mOU
UA CI. 235-61.11 E 4 Claims
A system for translating data from a chart into electrical
signals includes means for focusing the chart on to a storage
tube. The tube is electrically scanned by horizontal and verti-
cal sweep signals. When line crossings on the chart displayed
during said scanning operation are encountered output
3,644,716
INFORMATION CARD
Maaanori NagaU, and Kiyotaka Fukuthinu, both of Kyoto,
Japan, assignors to Omron Tateisi Electronfes Co., Kyoto,
Japan
FUed Dec. 11, 1969, Ser. No. 884,132
Claims priority, applkation Japan, Dec 25, 1968, 43/113323
Int CI. G06k/ 9/02
U.S. CI. 235-61.12 M 6 Claims
An information card of the magnetic-type in which card in-
formation is magnetically recorded. The card comprises a
base sheet made of a thermoplastic material having a desired
rectangular shape and a thickness enough to give the card
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1543
required mechanical strength, and a magnetic sheet consist-
ing of a support layer of the same thermoplastic material as
the material of the card base and a magnetizable layer
formed on one surface of the support layer. The magnetiza-
ble layer may be covered with a protective coating. The mag-
netic sheet and the card base are put together with the other
surface of the support layer being in contact with one surface
of the card base. The card base and the magnetic sheet are
then heated and compressed so that the contacting portions
of the material of the card base and the support layer of the
magnetic sheet are fused together to produce a card of unita-
ry construction. The exposed surface of the card base may be
provided with symbols printed thereon expressing necessary
information, and this surface may be covered by a trans-
parent coating for protection of the printed information.
3,644,717
COUNTER RESET MECHANISM
Howard J. Vocgdin, Cheshire; Ernest G. Hoffnum, MM-
dleflekl, and Lkiyd J. Lapointe, West Hartford, aU of
Conn., assignors to Vecder Industries Inc., Hartford, Conn.
FUed May 7, 1970, Ser. No. 35,406
Int. CI. G06m 1128
VJS. CI. 235-92 C 6 Claims
3,644,718
PULSE-COUNTING ARRANGEMENTS
Colin Terry Osborne, and Michael Keith Burdett, both of
Bradford, Yorkshire, England, assignors to The English
Electric Company Limited, London, England
FUed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,250
Claims priority, appUcation Great Britain, May 20, 1968,
23,888/68
IntCLH03k2//;S
U.S. CI. 235-92 EA 7 Claims
An electromagnetically operated counter comprising a pair
of radially spaced number wheels and a pair of resetting
knobs mounted coaxially therewith each adapted to be in-
dividually axially depressed for resetting the respective
number wheel. The number wheels are interconnected
through an intermediate pinion such that when each wheel is
depressed, the pinion and therefore the other wheel is locked
against rotation. The knobs have teeth for positively
clutching the respective wheel to the knob and a stationary
tooth is adapted to cooperate with the knob teeth for ensur-
ing the wheel is located in a full count position when the
knob is released. A core and clapper subassembly of an elec-
tromagnetic operator is mounted on rearwardly extending
posts of a two-piece frame for being pivotally adjusted about
the axis of one of the posts to set the air gap of the clapper.
A star wheel of a verge drive is mounted on a shaft support-
ing the lowest order counter wheel, and a verge is
reciprocably mounted on the free end of the clapper for
reciprocable movement along an axis transverse to the axis of
the star wheel shaft and has a slot receiving the star wheel
shaft for orienting the verge with respect to the star wheel.
?0 15 .4 «7
COUKT»«G
In a counting circuit, pulses from a counting pulse source
are counted during a counting period and the count is trans-
ferred into a display at the start of the next counting period
where it remains until the end of that period. The circuit in-
cludes a primary counter having a number of successive
stages arranged to count the pulses, but during the transfer
operation the pulses are counted by a secondary counter in-
stead of by the lowest order primary counter stage and a
carry is entered into the second primary counter stage when
the count in the secondary counter reaches the capacity of
the lowest order primary counter stage. Thereafter the pri-
mary counter stages again count the pulses in the normal
manner.
In one application of the counter, the number of pulses
generated during a counting period gives a measure of the
diameter of a workpiece, and the display provides a direct in-
dication of the diameter. The start of each counting period is
determined by a trigger pulse generated by rotation of the
workpiece.
3,644,719
TIME DELAY COMPENSATION IN A CLOSED-LOOP
PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
Roland Roinel, ScyssinM, and Gabriel CbevaUcr, Grenoble,
both of France, assignors to Sodete Gcnerale de Construc-
tions Electriques et Mecaniques, Paris, France
FUed Mar. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 16,212
Claims priority, application France, Mar. 3, 1969, 6905752
Intel. G05f///0;
U.S. CI. 235- 1 50. 1 11 Claims
'fl
iI3^
_^-
The deleterious effect of time lag in an industrial process
on the operation of a closed-loop feedback control system in
which such process is regulated may be substantially
eliminated without sacrificing stotic accuracy of the system
1544
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
by a specially designed process controller. The controller in-
cludes an input and an output network connected in tandem
in the main path of the feedback loop through one input of a
first subtracter. The controller output is coupled to one input
of a second subtracter through an addition^ network whose
transfer function is equal to the product of the input network
transfer function and the equivalent unretarded transfer
function of the controlled process. The output of the addi-
tional network is also coupled to the other input of the
second subtracter through a retardation circuit having the
same delay characteristics as that of the process. The output
of the second subtracter is connected to the second input of
the first subtracter to provide the required process control
signal from the output network.
equal to the sum or difference of the frequencies of two input
signals. Each of the input signals is used to generate a first
pulse train for summation or subtraction at the output of the
system and a second pulse train for controlling the counting
of the pulses of the first pulse train to ensure against error
due to pulse overlap If there is a possibility of error due to
pulse overlap, one of the pulses to be counted is inhibited
while the other is passed to the output. Each inhibited pulse
is replaced by an auxiliary pulse which is then processed in
the same manner as the original pulses.
3,644,720
GAIN MULTIPLIER
Ronald E. Falk, Bristol, Conn., assignor to Chandler Evans
Inc., West Hartford, Conn.
Filed Oct 6, 1969, Ser. No. 863,977
IntCl.G05b///26
U.S. a. 235-150.1
6 Claims
14',
>-
I
-tl
*0
COMMAND
.__^
COMPARATOR
T COUNTER
tr
^
' POSITION 1 ^^[ 1 I
''*1 ■ COUNTER rp
I -X\ W -— > V-^
■20
Circuitry for digitally implementing gain variation as a
function of input signal magnitude. Gain variation, in step-
wise fashion, in either a feedback or forward loop is achieved
by varying the weight given signals applied to a counter. In
the feed forward embodiment, the output of the counter
comprises the circuit output signal while in the feedback loop
embodiment the output of the counter is compared with a
stored count commensurate with the circuit input signal.
3,644,721
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DIGITAL FREQUENCY
ADDITION AND SUBTRACTION
Mark E. Preiser, Sterling Heights, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporatioa, Detroit, Mich.
FBed Nov. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 88,064
InL a. G06f 75/20. H03b 3104
ViS. CI. 235— 150 J 4 Claims
X / ~7 — ~"" — 1^ — ' V ''^ f ^1 \ ''t'j
4.
The digital frequency system of this invention provides an
output signal comprised of pulses which have a frequency
3,644,722
VERTICAL CONTROL SYSTEM
James Hot>bs, and John B. Carocari, both of Overhmd Park,
Kans., assignors to Butler National Corporation, Oak
Brook, Di.
FUed Aug. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 850,770
Int. CI. G06g 7178
U.S. CI. 235-150.23 lo Claims
A vertical control system which allows pilots of aircraft to
control their ascent and descent based on distance and al-
titude information so as to reach a point over the ground at a
desired altitude The set point at which the desired altitude is
to be reached may be offset from a radio transmittmg station
either before or after the station and the desired angle of
descent or ascent may be set into the system so as to control
the aircraft in the desired profile.
3,644,723
CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION SYSTEM
Harvey J. Rosener, Dayton, Ohio, assignor to Allen-Bradley
Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
Original application Feb. 3, 1964, Ser. No. 341,958, now
Patent No. 3,506,812. Divided and this application Aug. 5,
1969, Ser. No. 854,013
InL CI. G06f 7138. 15/34; G06j 1/20
VS. CI. 235—156 10 Claims
caof
-n '^'^ VM ^^ \. '- '*"«' -^ ^'-~ T^^«-, •*-' «
'** tJ fS >» ^.jr
An operational integrator comprising an integrand register
and an accumulator register, a pulse code unit for supplying
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1546
four series of pulses and a carry pulse to transfer the numbers
stored in respective integrand decades to respective as-
sociated accumulator decades in parallel, with provision for
carry between successive accumulator decades in response to
the carry pulse. The number in the integrand register can be
selectively changed in a positive or negative direction to pro-
vide for circular interpolation, for example.
light spots are caused to move more or less randomly in
space as the elongated members flex. Such apparatus may be
3,644,724
CODED DECIMAL MULTIPLICATION BY SUCCESSIVE
ADDITIONS
Stefan Hristov Angekiv, and Sn^anka VhKlimirova Hristova,
both of Sofia, Bulgaria, assignors to Zentralen Institut po
Istchislitelna Technika, Sofia, Bulgaria used to produce an interesting light effect as the illuminated
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 672,501, Oct. 3, ends variously oscillate in space in a darkened environment.
1967, now abandoned. This applkation Mar. 27, 1970, Ser.
No. 23,405
Claims priority, application Bulgaria, Oct. 4, 1%9, 1-1174 3,644,726
Int CI. G06f 7/52 LIQUID CASCADE APPARATUS
U.S. CI. 235—159 10 Claims Anton Pfeuffer, New York, N.Y., assignor to Patent Service
Corporation of America, New York, N.Y., a part interest
Filed Oct 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,249
InLCI.F21p7/00, 1/02
U.S. CI. 240- 1 0 R 9 Claims
A circuit and system for performing multiplication opera-
tions in a desk-top calculator having two registers designed to
receive the multiplier and the multiplicand; the multiplier re-
gister has a number of order positions corresponding to the
multiplication capacity or maximum product while the mul-
tiplicand register has a number of orders corresponding to at
least one more than the maximum number of orders of the
multiplicand to be handled. The value stored in the highest
order position of the multiplier register is read and as long as
it is "0," the contents of the multiplier register is shifted
toward the highest order position. When a nonzero value ar-
rives at the highest order position of the multiplier register, a
"9" is formed in the highest order position of the mul-
tiplicand register and the contents of the multiplier and mul-
tiplicand registers are added, the result being stored in the
multiplier register. The highest order positions of both re-
gisters are similarly summed and the tens value of the highest
order addition is dropped, thereby diminishing the number in
the highest order position of the multiplier register by " 1 "
with each addition. The cycle is repeated until the entire
multiplier has been reduced to zero. The product is found in
the lower order portion of the multiplier register.
3,644,725
LIGHT DISPLAY APPARATUS
Robert L. Lochridge, Jr., 460 California Avenue, Pak> Atto,
CaUf.
Filed Sept 11, 1969, Ser. No. 857,008
Int. CLF21I 77/00
U.S. CL240— 1 SCbrims
Light display apparatus including a plurality of flexible
elongated members joined at one end to a handle means and
having at their other ends means for creating brilliant spots
of light so that by imparting motion to the handle means the
A liquid cascade apparatus for use as an interior decora-
tion consisting of a flat or circular corrugated surface which
may be constructed from plastic panels or cylinders in which
a supply of liquid such as water is evenly disposed from the
top of the corrugated member and permitted to travel across
its corrugated surface while the surface is illuminated with
natural or artificial light. The movement of the liquid across
the corrugated surface provides an ornamental decoration
and produces pleasant arid relaxing sounds.
3,644,727
AIR HANDLING LIGHTING nXTURE
Robert E. Garrett, and Leon D. Dame, both of 1544 West 8th
Street, Los Angdcs, Calif.
Flkd Feb. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 13,645
InLCI.F24f 7i/7S
U.S. CI. 240-47 7 Claims
An encased lighting fixture structure incorporates
fluorescent light tubes and also defines air passage means on
opposite sides having first ends terminating in opposite side
openings and their other ends opening out in elongated bot-
1546
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
torn slots adjacent to the opposite sides and substantially
coextensive therewith. Each of the air passage means in-
cludes an elongated damper member of tapered configura-
tion to define with the passage an air passage of increasing
cross-sectional area towards the end of the member so that
air passing through is distributed from the slot with a substan-
tially uniform air velocity profile. The physical dimensioning
of the casing structure, air passage means, and damper mem-
bers is such as to provide sufficient air volume flow with a
minimum height dimension.
3,644,728
MOTOR-CONTROLLED LAMP
Lawrence E. Hessemer; Richard P. Manning; Harry G.
Sparks, and Walter H. Powers, ail of Jackson, Mich., as-
signors to Sparcraft, Inc., Jackson, Mich.
FUed Aug. 1 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 848,895
Intel. B60q//06
VS. CI. 240-61.9 10 Claims
3,644,730
SELECTIVE REFLECTORS
James C. Ogle, Jr., Toledo, Ohio; Dwight W. Barkley, New
Kensington, Pa., and Arthur I. Bodkins, Winthrop, Mass.,
assignors to Libbey-Owens-Ford Glass Company, Toledo,
Ohio
Filed Aug. 29, 1967, Ser. No. 664,11 1
Int. CI. F21v 7112, 7/22, 29/00
L'.S. CI. 240-103 1 Claim
lt>
An electric motor-controlled lamp capable of being con-
trolled from a location remote from the lamp utilizing a pair
of reversible electric motors mounted wholly within the lamp
housing wherein the lamp may be pivoted by the motors
about both horizontal and vertical axes by energizing the
electric motors. The lamp includes flood and spotlight fila-
ments, the spotlight filament switch including resistor means
connected in series with the electric drive motors to auto-
matically reduce the rate of lamp adjustment when the spot-
light filament is utilized.
3,644,729
CLOSURE FOR A LIGHT nXTURE OR THE LIKE
Ralph M. McFarlin, Pasadena, Tex., assignor to Esquire, Inc.,
New York, N.Y.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 45,957
Int.Cl. F21v 17/00
U.S. CI. 240—73 BC 1 1 Claims
A selective reflector, for a source of visible and invisible
rays of light, made up of a shaped backing member and a
flexible member that carries a light modifying optical coating
and is held in conformity to the shaped backing member; and
in which the carrying member and optical coating are both
capable of transmitting selected rays of light.
3,644,731
APPARATUS FOR PRODUCING AN ION BEAM BY
REMOVING ELECTRONS FROM A PLASMA
Jean-Francois Ek)y, Grenoble, France, assignor to Coaim^
sariat A. L'Energie Atomique, Paris, France
Filed Apr. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 820,078
Claims priority, applkration France, May 15, 1968, 151943
Int. CI. HOIj 39/34
U.S. CI. 250-41.9 9ClaiM
.^^^
m
__ ,/vr..r.-jir.:^-j
48
A closure for a light fixture or the like comprising a wall
having an access opening therethrough and a window con-
nected to the wall for swinging between a closed position in
which it is over the opening and an open position to one side
of the opening to provide access to the interior of the fixture.
The present invention relates to a method of production of
ions wherein a plasma is generated from a target and then
subjected to a number of successive electric fields to sort the
particles which form the plasma by providing the successive
electric fields with increasing amplitudes to slow dov^n the
electrons, collecting said electrons on electrodes and then
causing the ion-enriched beam to converge toweu'ds the exit
aperture by means of a final electric field.
3,644,732
CRYSTALLIZERS
Reuel Shinaar, 1 10 Ash Drive, GrMt Neck Utaiss, N.Y.
Filed Oct. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 872,205
Int. CL GOln 23/12
U.S. CI. 250—43.5 D 16 CMns
The invention relates to improvements in crystallizers and
more particularly, to the elutriation of the mix in a crystal-
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1547
lization vessel, and measurement of the particle size distribu-
tion in the elutriated sample to obtain a control signal for
/
controlling the parameters associated with the crystallization
process.
3,644,733
ELECTRON MICROSCOPE DEFLECTION SYSTEM FOR
DIRECTING THE BEAM AT A PREDETERMINED
ANGLE AND DIRECTION AT THE OBJECT
Otto Wolff, and Dieter Krahl, both of Berlin, Germany, as-
signors to SiemeiK Aktiengeselischaft, Berlin and Munich,
Germany
Filed June 8, 1967, Ser. No. 644,650
Claims priority, appikatkm Germany, June 10, 1966, S
104241
Int CI. HOIJ 37/26; GOln 23/22
VS. CI. 250-49.5 A 1 Claim
3,644,734
THIN LAYER CHROMATOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS
UTILIZING MIXTURES OF FLUORESCENT
SUBSTANCES AND ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION
Masao Inoue, Kawasaki, and Zenzo Tamura, Tokyo, both of
Japan, aarignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.,
Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Original appHcatkn Aug. 28, 1968, Ser. No. 755,984. Divided
and this appiicatk>n Mar. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 17,155
Int CI. GOln 2/ /22
U.S. CI. 250-71 R 8 Claims
A method of qualitative analysis of sampled materials by
thin layer chromatography or paper chromatography using
an adsorbent mingled with a mixture of two or more kinds of
fluorescent substances, which exhibit different excitation £md
emission spectra from each other, and applying an ultraviolet
radiation to said adsorbent.
A particle beam device such as an electron microscope has
a predetermined optical axis and means for directing a parti-
cle beam at a predetermined angle to an object. The beam-
directing means has a first pair of electrical deflecting coils
situated at a first plane for deflecting the beam away from
the optical axis toward a second plane, the first and second
planes each being normal to the optical axis and the second
plane being disposed intermediate the first plane and the ob-
ject. A second pair of electrical deflecting coils are situated
at the second plane for deflecting the beam in a direction o{>-
posite to the direction of deflection provided by the first pair
of deflecting coils so as to direct the beam to the object at
the predetermined angle. The first and second deflecting coil
pairs deflect the beam in a third plane which is perpendicular
to the first and second planes and which contains the optical
axis. An additional pair of electrical deflecting coils are situ-
ated at least at one of the first and second planes. An electri-
cal supply is connected to the additional pair of coils for sup-
plying the latter with an excitation proportional to the excita-
tion of the first and second pairs of deflecting coils thereby
enabling the additional deflecting pair of coils to compensate
for undesired deflections of the beam out of the th d plane
caused by the first and second pairs of deflecting coilb.
3,644,735
LEVELING MECHANISM FOR X-RAY MACHINES
Cornelius Keith Vandervelden, Kansas City, Mo., assignor to
Litton Medical Products, Inc., Des Ptaines, III.
Plied Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,492
IntCI. H05gy/00
U.S. CI. 250-91 2 Claims
n-' "•
A leveling mechanism comprising two eccentrics rotatably
mounted around the mounting shaft of a suspension system
that supports an X-ray head. Respective wrenches for such
eccentrics are mounted to the suspension system and may
cooperatively engage their respective eccentrics to facilitate
leveling of the suspension system in order to prevent drifting
of the X-ray head.
3,644,736
BACK-SCATTERING ABSORBER MATERLVLS FOR
GAMMA-RAYS
Masao Kato; Goro Tanaka, and Seigoro Yamamoto, ail of
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed Nov. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 773,419
Intel. G21f//05
U.S. CI. 250-108 R 5 Claims
Back-scattering absorber materials for -y-rays composing a
mixture consisting of 70 to 90 percent by weight of lead com-
pound, 10 to 20 percent by weight of barium compound and
3 to 10 percent by weight of iron compound, and a vehicle.
In one type of embodiment, polyvinyl alcohol in 25 percent
aqueous solution of 28 to 39 percent by weight of said mix-
ture is used as the vehicle. In another type of embodiment,
the vehicle is a mixture comprising 30 parts of vinyl acetate
as a film-forming agent, 0.2 part of methyl cellulose dissolved
in 1 0 parts of water as a thickening agent, and 4 parts of am-
monium salt of vinyl acetate copolymers in 25 percent solu-
tion as a dispersing and wetting agent, and said vehicle mix-
ture being 25 to 67 percent by weight of the first principal
mixture. Regardless of the type of vehicle, the back-scatter-
1548
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
ing absorption characteristics of the absorber materials are
substantiailly invariant, so far as the composition of the first
said principal mixture is kept constant.
3,644,737
DEMOUNTABLE CELLS FOR SHIELDING
RADIOACTIVE ELEMENTS
Letto Fedi, 29 Avenue de Petit Pare, L'Etang-la-ViUe, and
Charics Glachet, Rue Jean Mennoz-Batiment S., Taverny,
both of France
Filed Dec. 27, 1968, Ser. No. 787323
ClaiuK priority, application France, Dec. 28, 1967, 134171
Int CI. G21f 7102, 7106
U A CI. 250— 108 WS 10 Claims
modating a nng on which is wound a portion of the fluid cir-
culation tube and with curved grooves having a caliber which
corresponds to that of said fluid circulation tube and ter-
minating in said peripheral recess.
h^ ^^^
25
A shielded cell for the safe manipulation of objects or
materials which present hazards arising from radioactive
radiation or other causes and which are to be isolated from
the environment. The construction of the cell entails the use
of a small number of different types of standard reversible
elements of maximum size which are designed for reuse and
are provided in particular with penetrations located in ac-
cordance with operating requirements. The elements to be
interassembled by known means for ensuring compliance
with shielding requirements are essentially endowed with
shapes related to a square unit of which one side is a suitable
multiple of the common thickness of said elements, to
rectangular elements each having a length corresponding to
one side of said square unit of a width corresponding to sim-
ple submultiples thereof, a comerpost provided with means
for assembly and fastening at right angles, and rectangular
elements adapted to carry overlap slabs for covering said
cells.
3,644,738
DEVICE AFFORDING TOTAL BIOLOGICAL
PROTECTION FOR IRRADL\TION OF A FLUID
CIRCULATING WITHIN A TUBE
Jow Bost, 2 Rue Marcel Porte, 38-Grenoble; Danid HoUartl,
37 Route de Chartreux, 38-La Tronche; Michel Peccoud,
Rue des Martyrs, 38-Claix, and Michd Suscillon, 35
Avenue Jean Jaures, 38-Grenoble, all of France
Filed Mar. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 810,157
Claims priority, application France, Apr. 5, 1968, 147251
InLCI. G21fi/00
U.S. CI. 250- 108 R 1 Claim
A device affording total biological protection for the ir-
radiation of a fluid circulating within a tube, said device
being characterized in that it comprises a lead body having
two communicating cavities and two lead elements, one ele-
ment being adapted to carry a radioactive source at one end
thereof and being accurately and removably fitted within one
of said cavities in order to permit of sliding displacement
therein, the second element being accurately fitted within the
other cavity in order to permit of pivotal displacement
therein and provided with a peripheral recess for accom-
3,644,739
APPARATUS FOR DETECTING POSITIONAL ERRORS
UTILIZING HIGH-FREQUENCY MODULATION OF
LIGHT SOURCE AND PHASE-SENSITIVE DETECTOR
Alan Wilkinson, Egham; Stewart Charics Hine, Harrow, and
David Robert Bosher, Hayes, all of England, asrignors to
Electric & Musical Industries Limited, Middlesex, England
FUed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,615
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 9, 1969,
44,390/69
Int. CI. GOln llliO, G02f U28; HOlj 39112
\}S. CI. 250-209 3 Claims
^2i
26^ 4 C^^.
'»
Apparatus is disclosed for detecting error in the position-
ing of a member to which the apparatus is attached in rela-
tion to a reference surface having a different reflectivity from
the surrounding ju-ea. An extended light source modulated at
a frequency high relative to mains frequency is adapted to
produce dispersive illumination for floodlighting the
reference surface and at least two photoelectrically sensitive
devices are arranged for viewing substantially only light
reflected from respective discrete areas on the reference sur-
face spaced in one direction and for producing in coopera-
tion with the reference surface output electrical signals
representative of the illumination received by the devices.
Means are provided for deriving a position error signal de-
pending on the differences between the output signals.
3,644,740
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR BIASING A
PHOTODETECTOR SO AS TO MAINTAIN A SELECTED
FALSE ALARM RATE
Burton E. Dobratz, Manhattan Beach, and Robert P. Fam-
sworth, Los Angeles, both of CaUf., assignors to Hughes
Aircraft Company, Culver City, Calif.
Filed July 22, 1969, Ser. No. 846300
InL CI. GOlc J/05, HOlj 39\12; H03ki/42
U.S. CI. 250-211 J 14 Claims
A circuit for controlling the bias supplied to an avalanche
photodetector so as to maintain a "false alarm" rate within
acceptable limits, while maximizing the photodetector sen-
sitivity for those limits. The circuit is particularly useful in
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1549
conjunction with laser-ranging (distance-measuring) equip-
ment in which a timing interval is normally initiated coin-
cident with the transmission of a light pulse and terminated
coincident with the receipt of the reflected light pulse. The
timed interval is, of course, indicative of the distance of the
reflector from the transmitter and receiver. If the detector
sensitivity is too high, various forms of noise can produce
false alarms, i.e., signals indistinguishable from that attributa-
ble to the reflected light pulse. The subject circuit controls
the bias on the photodetector to maintain a constant false
3,644,742
LASER-ACOUSTIC PROCESSOR FOR ACCOMPLISHING
TIME REVERSAL OF AN ELECTRIC SIGNAL
Michael J. Brienza, Vernon, Conn., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Original appUcation Oct 4, 1967, Ser. No. 672,924, now
Patent No. 3439,245. Divided and this applicatkMi Aug. 6,
1970, Ser. No. 61,793
Int. CI. G02f \128- HOlj 3114; H04b 9100
U.S. CI. 250— 216 6 Claims
I'
''V »»J
■i
■lar
'vamj
U-
9
'^laTaj t^P£
alarm rate, e.g., 1 percent, during the timing intervals of in-
terest, while permitting the detector sensitivity to be max-
imized for that rate. The circuit utilizes a pulse shaper which
continually responds to input signal excursions exceeding a
certain threshold level to control an integrator. If such excur-
sions occur at a rate greater than the desired false alarm rate,
the integrator will modify the detector bias to lower its sen-
sitivity. On the other hand, if such excursions occur at a rate
lower than the desired rate, the bias is modified to increase
the detector sensitivity.
3,644,741
DISPLAY SCREEN USING VARIABLE RESISTANCE
MEMORY SEMICONDUCTOR
Stanford R. Ovshinsky, Bloomflekl Hills, Mich., assignor to
Energy Conversion Devfces, Inc., Troy, Mich.
Filed May 16, 1969, Ser. No. 825,289
Int.CI. HOlI/7/00
U.S. CI. 250-213 R 18 Claims
An acoustic signal is generated in an acoustic ceil such as a
quartz bar, and a laser beam is scanned through the cell in-
tersecting the acoustic signal. An undiffracted beam and a
frequency shifted beam are produced, and both beams are
optically heterodyned at a photodetector to reproduce the
acoustic signal. Depending on the rate and direction of laser
beam scanning, a time compressed, time expanded or time
inverted output signal may be produced. The laser beam may
also be intensity modulated to further vary the output signal.
3,644,743
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANALYSING LOW-
THERMAL EXCITABLE DISPERSIVE SYSTEMS
Bedrich Binek. Prague. Czechoslovakia; Sieglinde Przyborow-
ski, and Werner I llmann. both of Berlin. C;erman> assign-
ors to Ceskoslovenska akademie ved. Prague. Czechoslovakia
Continuation of Ser. No. 592,604, No>. 7. 1V66
Filed Oct. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 868,503
Claims priority, application Czechosk>vakia, Nov. 6, 1%5,
6629/65
Int. CI. GOln 27/26
U.S. CI. 250- 218 8 Claims
An electrically operated display screen including a support
surface on which active layers, preferably of electrolu-
minescent phosphor having a nonlinear voltage-brightness
characteristic and variable resistance memory semiconductor
materials, are deposited one adjacent the other with trans-
parent conductive layers disposed on either side thereof to
provide "tiectrode surfaces for connection to an alternating
current voltage source which substantially excites the elec-
troluminescent layer to generate relatively high-intensity visi-
ble light in those areas thereof where the variable resistance
memory semiconductor material is in the low-resistance con-
dition. The layer of memory semiconductor material has dis-
crete portions which are individually alterable between stable
high- and low-resistance conditions by application of
predetermined amounts of energy to form the desired visible
light patterns on the display screen.
An analyzer for aerosols has a transparent heating
chamber in which a mixture of the aerosol to be analyzed
1550
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
and of a dilutent is heated to the emission temperature of the
dispersee particles in the aerosol, the dilution being sufficient
to produce sequential light pulses from the emitting particles
The pulses of a desired wavelength are transmitted through a
filter to a photomuitiplier whose output pulses are analyzed
in a known manner to obtain data on concentration, size dis-
tribution and composition of the dispersed particles.
3,644,744
WINDSCREEN WIPING SYSTEMS FOR ROAD
VEHICLES
William David Holt, Coinc, Lancashire, England, assignor to
Joseph Lucas (Industries) Limited, Birmingham, England
Filed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21,749
Claims priority, application Great Britain, May 27, 1969.
26,637/69
InL CI. H02g 3100
U.S. CI. 307-10
1 Claim
A windshield wiping system has a wiper motor and a con-
trol switch for the motor, the control switch having an on
position and an off position in serving when moved to its off
position to reverse the flow of current to the wiper motor to
cause the wiper motor to move the wipers clear of the
windshield at which point a limit switch is tripped to stop the
motor. In such a system, means is provided for effecting a
delay between wipes so that the system operates more
satisfactorily in light rain, and in addition a further limit
switch is incorporated to ensure that the wipers park on the
windshield when they axe. operating with the delay.
3,644,745
ELECTRICAL LOCK FOR IGNITION SYSTEMS
George Bell, 30-21 Edwin Avenue, Fort Lee, N J.
FUed Nov. 10, 1%9, Ser. No. 875334
Int. CI. H02g 3100
U.S. CI. 307— 10 7 Claims
1 -: _
89
•'1
••
- i« u ^ -
An electrical lock for vehicular ignition systems having
adapters that are irremovably interposed between a predeter-
mined number of spark plug cable receptacles and their dis-
tributor contacts The adapters being of two types, a nor-
mally open contact type and a normally closed contact type,
the normally open contact-type adapter having a spring-
loaded solenoid which is activated by an electric key closing
an electnc circuit to direct current to the solenoid to over-
come the spnng and close the adapter permitting current to
flow from the ignition system battery through the distributor
contacts through the spark plug cable to the individual spark
plug of the vehicular engine for its operation. The normally
closed contact-type adapter has a spring-loaded solenoid
which permits electric current to flow from the battery,
through the distributor contacts, through the spark plug ca-
ble, to the individual spark plug of the vehicular engine. The
normally closed contact-type adapter is not effected by the
electric key
In the event the electric circuit of the normally closed
adapter is tampered with, to cause current to flow to its sole-
noid, it will activate it to overcome the spring and open the
adapter thus preventing current from flowing to the spark
plug
3,644,746
CIRCUIT-CONTROLLED PROGRAM SWITCH
HAVING SELECTIVE SIGNAL-TRANSFER CIRCUITS
Shunsei Kratomi, 456 Macgawa, Tachibana-machi, Japan
FUed July 7, 1970, Ser. No. 52,969
Claims priority, appUcatlon Japan, July 29, 1969, 44/59375
InL CI. HO^j 3100
UA CI. 307-41 15 Claims
ALU
A two-dimensional-timer-controlled program switch
wherein timing signals aire transmitted to utilization circuits
through selective signal-transfer circuits, each of which in-
cludes timing selectors, at least a channel selector and a
signal transfer device coupling the selectors to an output
utilization means The signal transfer device, which has its
input terminals and output terminals electrically isolated
from each other but also provides a signal transfer path
therebetween, couples timing signals generated by a pair of
cyclically operable switches which preferably take the form
of stepping switches, to an output utilization device in ac-
cordance with the settings of the various selectors of the
selective signal-transfer circuits.
3,644,747
SPARK GAP NANOSECOND PULSE GENERATOR
Bobby R. Gray, Rome, N.Y., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the Air Force
FUed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61,889
Int. CI. H03k 5104
U.S. CI. 307-106 2 Claims
An apparatus for generating a short duration higher peak
voltage pulse from a basic lower pulse voltage of longer dura-
tion A series of spark gaps are arranged such that the total
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
\
1551
'\
voltage from the basic long duration pulse is applied to each in the form of an RC circuit in which the capacitors are zener
gap in succession. A delay line with a fixed delay which is diodes, slightly reverse-biased with respect to desired input
signals applied to the delay line.
3,644,750
TWO-PHASE LOGIC CIRCUIT
David Campbell, Glenrothes, Scotland, assignor to General
Instrument Microelectronics Ltd., Glenrothes, Scotland
Filed Sept 9, 1970, Ser. No. 70,764
Claims priority, application Great Britain, June 17, 1970,
29,469/70
Int. CI. H03k 17160
U.S. CI. 307—208 8 Claims
equal to the total breakdown time of all the other gaps is
connected across each spark gap.
3,644,748
COMBUSTION SUPERVISION APPARATUS
Philip E. Lord, Wobum, Mass., assignor to Electronics Cor-
poration of America, Cambridge, Mass.
FUed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,229
Int. CI. HOlh 35100
U.S. CI. 307- 117 14 Claims
b1 ZZtPgiiOp ^
« 4 ♦'t^ t T
A two-phase logic circuit comprises a double inverter hav-
ing a series of insulated gate field-effect transistors for condi-
tionally charging or discharging the operative node
capacitances. The load PET is in series with a low-impedance
switching FET which is clocked to provide a charging path
during the operative clock intervals
3,644,751
DIGITAL CAPACITANCE METER
WUliam L. Spaid, RR I, South River Road, CedarviUe, Ohio
OrigUial appUcation Oct 28, 1968, Ser. No. 771,026. Divided
and this application July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,728
Int CI. H03k 4108
U.S. CI. 307—228 1 Clahn
Combustion supervision apparatus includes a flame relay
responsive to a flame detector for providing an indication of
flame in the supervised combustion chamber, a control relay,
a magnetically operated lockout device, and a circuit for
checking the continuity of the magnetically operated lockout
device prior to energization of the control relay including in
series with coil of the magnetically operated lockout device
and the coil of the control relay.
3,644,749
DIODE DELAY LINE
MUton E. Wilcox, Mesa, Ariz., assignor to Motorola, Inc.,
FrankUn Park, Dl.
FUed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,337
Int. CI. H03k / 7128
U.S. CI. 307—208 6 Claims
:s&
61 «■
-1-0.
A
Y 8C -^ 81
^ delay line adapted for fabrication in integrated circuit
form and suitable for use in a television receiver or the like is
r^M
•I, -ii-K
^m '-jj'
A fully automatic capacitance meter with decimal readout.
The meter operates cyclically at a relatively high frequency,
acting in an initial sirall fraction of each cycle to charge the
unknown capacitor to a predetermined voltage, discharge the
capacitor at a constant rate to zero voltage, measure the time
interval required for discharge to produce a time analog of
the capacitance, and convert the time analog to a decimal
number. The remaining large fraction of each cycle is used to
display the decimal number. Automatic range switching is ac-
complished by changing the discharge rate.
1552
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,752
ANALOG OUTPUT CIRCUIT
Vemon R. CUak, BartksvUie, Okla., assignor to PhiUips
Petroleuin Company
FUed Jan. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 104,985
Int. CI. H03k 7 7/00
US. CI. 307-229 4 Claims
A circuit to establish an output current proportional to an
input signal comprises an input summing amplifier, having
the output signal therefrom applied to a current amplifier. A
resistor and a bridge rectifier assembly are connected in the
output circuit of the current amplifier. A differential feed-
back amplifier applies an amplified signal, representative of
the potential drop across the resistor, to the input of the
summing amplifier.
3,644,753
BIAS SENSING GATE DRIVER CIRCUITRY
Howard S. Ginsberg, Baltimore, Md., assignor to
Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,056
Int.CI. H03k 17/00
VS. CI. 307-252 Q 2 Claims
Driver circuitry for sensing the direction of bias across
controlled sv^tching devices such as silicon controlled
rectifiers and providing sufficient gate drive therethrough
when the device is forward biased and removing the gate
drive when reverse biased.
3,644,754
CIRCUIT FOR THE CONTACTLESS CONTROL OF
THYRISTORS
Peter Doscfa, Rankstrasse 15, and Emil Benz, Larchenstrasse
10, both of Canton of St. Gall, Switzerland
FUcd Sept 18, 1968, Ser. No. 760,528
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Sept. 27, 1967,
13136/67
InL CI. HOlh 36/00; H03k 17/70, 17/72
ViS. CI. 307-252 N 13 Claims
Circuit for contactless control of thyristor is response to
approachment of predetermined electromagnetic field in-
fluencing means, input means are provided for supplying
input pulses to said circuit and control means are coupled to
thyristor for operating same in response to input pulse in
predetermined amplitude range, translating means are cou-
pled to the input means and control means for applying the
input pulses to control means, the translating means includes
circuit electromagnetic means operable in response to ap-
proachment of said influencing means to establish said input
pulse in said predetermined amplitude range.
3,644,755
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
Richard F. Shaw, North Attleboro, Mass., assignor to Texas
Instruments Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Apr. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 817,757
Int. CI. H03k;7/00
U.S. CI. 307-252 B 6 Claims
A relatively low power level electrical signal is utilized for
controlling the switching action of a plurality of relay net-
works in a power control system so as to control the AC
power being supplied to a load. A plurality of switch
branches are provided each including an AC jxjwer switch
having a pair of power terminals and a control electrode ar-
ranged to carry a relatively high power level signal through
its power terminals. Energization of the power switch is ef-
fected by the application of a relatively low power level
signal to its control electrode through a switch such as a pair
of relay contacts which need have only a relatively low
power-handling capacity in comparison with the power level
to be supplied across the power terminals of the AC power
switch A selectively energizable relay coil is serially con-
nected to the power terminals and is operatively coupled to a
pair of relay contacts in a succeeding switch brand, which in
turn, are coupled to the control electrode of another similar
AC power switch, and, upon closure energize this another
power control switch so that the AC power signal flows
through its power terminals in order to energize a load cou-
pled thereto. The relay contacts coupled to the control elec-
trode need only be sufficient to carry a relatively low power
level signal in order to energize the another AC power
switch, while the load power signal flowing through the
power terminals may be at least an order of magnitude
greater than that supplied to the control electrode for render-
ing the another power switch conductive.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1553
3,644,756
TIME ANALOG CONVERTER CIRCUIT FOR JITTER-
FREE OPERATION
Philippe C. Furois, FishlciU, and Garland H. LatU, HopeweU
Junction, both of N.Y., assignors to International Business
Machines Corporatioa, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 5, 1970, Ser. No. 61,21 1
Intel. H03k/ 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-269 6 Claims
tl.-
*
1"
A time analog converter circuit for providing time stable
circuit operation. The time analog converter is connected to
an overall circuit between two points requiring a time stable
relationship. By using a suitable fixed delay circuit, the time
analog converter receives a signal from each of the two
points at approximately the same time, the time analog con-
verter determines the difference in the time of occurrence of
the two signals and provides a corresponding correcting
signal.
3,644,757
VOLTAGE AND TEMPERATURE STABILIZED
MULTIVIBRATOR CIRCUIT
John R. Rezek, Addison, UL, and Thomas M. Yackisfa, Ham-
mond, Ind., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, Dl.
FUcd Sept 17, 1969, Ser. No. 858,830
Int CI. H03k 3/284
VS. CI. 307-273 16 Claims
1
-^..^^gda^
An integrated circuit monostable multivibrator is provided
with an extremely stable time constant at nominal supply
voltages of 1.2 volts by commutating the timing capacitor of
the multivibrator between boundary conditions which vary
together to compensate for variations in supply voltage and
temperature.
3,644,758
FLIP-FLOP CIRCUIT
Shigeki Matsue, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Nippon Electric
Company, Limited, Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan
FUed July 11, 1969, Ser. No. 841,064
Claims priority, application Japan, July 15, 1968, 43/50128
Intel. H03k3//2
U.S. CI. 307-291 1 Claim
Vet
"^^T
'-24 5 SRj5
A flip-flop circuit having a plurality of input signal ter-
minals and a plurality of current terminals corresponding to
the input signal terminals on a one-to-one basis (correspond-
ing on a "one-to-one basis" is defined in this application to
mean they are equal in number and the relationship being
described exists between the [n]th terminal of one and the
(n]th terminal of the other; the (n-1 ]th the terminal of one
and the [n-l]th terminal of the other; and so on), aiKl a
further current terminal. The output is responsive to the
input signal applied to the input signal terminal correspond-
ing to that one of the current terminals having current flow;
the output being the same as that generated just previously
when the current flow is to said further current terminal. A
plurality of synchronizing signal terminals corresponding to
the plurality of current terminals supplies a current to an as-
sociated one of the plurality of current terminals during the
time when the synchronizing signal at that synchronizing
signal terminal is at a first value, and supplying a current to
said further current terminal when all the synchronizing
signals are at a second value.
3,644,759
SEMICONDUCTOR REPLACEMENTS FOR HOT
CATHODE VACUUM AND GAS-FILLED ELECTRON
TUBE DEVICES
Frederick E. Hanby, Garden Grove, Calif., asrignor to Elec-
tronic Resources, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.
FUcd Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 94,411
Intel. H03k 7 7/00
U.S. CI. 307-305 9 Claims
Semiconductor replacements for hot cathode vacuum and
gas-filled electron tube devices such as diodes and thyratrons
wherein an appropriate semiconductor device is coupled
through a diode to each terminal of the terminal pair
representing the heated cathode connections of the electron
tube device. For electron tube diode replacements, the
coupling device is one or more high-voltage semiconductor
diodes. A resistor may be placed in parallel with each of the
1554
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
diodes connected to the caihode terminals so as to provide a
leakage path for the reverse bias leakage current of the high-
voltage diode. For thyratron replacement, the coupling
device is a silicon-controlled rectifier, coupled to the grid ter-
minal through a suitable coupling means.
coincidentally give rise to good piezoelectric activity and a
temperature stable resonant frequency.
3,644,760
SWITCHING CIRCUIT FOR PULSING THE CONTROL-
CURRENT OF A HALL GENERATOR
Dteter Flachsbarth, Ruckersdorf Bel, Nurnberg, Germany, as-
signor to Siemens Alitlengesellschaft, Berlin, Germany
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,222
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 17, 1969, P 19 19
440.2
Int. CI. HOI r 5/00
U.S. CI. 307—309 5 Claims
A switching circuit for pulsing the control-current of a Hall
generator has a switching component with two current elec-
trodes and a control electrode as well as a Hall generator
with two control-current electrodes and two voltage elec-
trodes. One of the control-current electrodes is connected to
one of the current electrodes of the switching component. A
capacitor is connected between the other of the control-cur-
rent electrodes and the other of the current electrodes of said
switching components, whereby the capacitor discharges
through the Hall generator via the two control-current elec-
trodes and through the switching means via the two current
electrodes when the switching means is turned on. A resistor
has two terminals and one of the terminals is connected to
the other of the current electrodes of the switching com-
ponent. One of the voltage electrodes of the Hall generator
and the other of the terminals of the resistor are adapted for
connection to an energy source, whereby the capacitor is
charged through the resistor and the impedance of the Hall
generator between the other control-current electrode and
the one voltage electrode.
3,644,761
LITaO PIEZOELECTRIC VIBRATORS
Klkuo Doi; Masao Takahashi; Satodii Nanamatsu, and Yoshio
Fi^ino, all of Tokyo, Japan, asagnors to Nippon Electric
Company, Limited, Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan
FUed Sept. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 68,915
Claims priority, applicatioa Japan, Sept 3, 1969, 44/70201
Int. CI. HOI V 7102
VS. CI. 3 10— 9.5 8 Claims
t 50*-
30"-
."' .IW .111 ^IMI _tiM\ UMI .iml
90* 70* 80* 90- 100" MO" 120"
3,644,762
LINEAR INDUCTION MOTOR STATOR
John Frederick Eastham, Long Ditton, England, assignor to
Tracked Hovercraft Limited, London, England
Filed Feb. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 117,461
Int. CI. H02k 41104
U.S. CI. 310-13 21 Claims
7 U A
A Imear induction motor has a polyphase energizing wind-
mg formed of g'oups of generally flat bobbin-type windings
arranged in two or more winding layers, the windings in each
winding layer being generally coplanar with one another.
Each winding group is formed of two or more of the windings
one within the other. In each group the innermost winding
encompasses one or more teeth of the primary member mag-
netic matenal, the next winding encompasses that tooth
together with l' least one of the adjacent teeth, and so on.
3,644,763
LIMH ED ANGLE DC TORQUE MOTOR
Alfred Skrobisch, Huntington, N.Y., assignor to Allard Instru-
ment Corporation, Westbury, N.Y.
FUed Dec. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 96,134
Int. CI. H02k 33102
U.S. CI. 310-36 10 Claims
Piezoelectric lithium tantalate (LiTaOa) single-crystal
vibrator plates employ a range of crystal orientations which
A torque motor has a stator including a rin^ike magnetic
casing containing four circumferentially spaced radial mag-
netic poles. The casing is closed by a base and cover. Wire
coils connected in series are wound on two poles or on all
four poles. Thin magnetic webs connect the ix)les and define
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1555
a ring in which rotates a permanent magnet rotor. The mag-
netic ring constitutes a magnetic bridge which permits the
rotor to float freely when the coils are deenergized. A spring
or auxiliary magnetic means is provided to return the rotor to
a predetermined angular position.
3,644,764
HARMONIC DRIVE FOR DIGITAL STEP MOTOR
Harold R. Newell, Bradford, N.H., assigiior to Mcsur-Matic
Electronics Corporation, Warner, N Jl.
CoDtinuation-Ui-part of appUcation Ser. No. 627^410, Mar.
31, 1967. This appUcation Aug. 30, 1967, Ser. No. 664,331
Int CI. H02k 7106
U.S. CI. 310—49 R 12 Claims
rically projecting parts of the coils. A magnetic conducting
plate supports the magnetic field sensitive element so as to
concentrate the field.
3,644,766
SYNCHRONOUS ALTERNATING CURRENT
ELECTRICAL MACHINES
Austin Hughes, Fossway, Newcastle upon Tyne, England, as-
signor to Intematiooal Research & Devek>pment Company
Limited, Newcastie upon Tyne, England
Filed Aug. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 61^98
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 20, 1969,
41,630/69
Intel. H02k7 9/26
U.S.CL310— 165 7 Claims
so 35
A digital step motor having a wobble plate which rotates
about a shaft, to produce mating contact between two sets of
associated gear teeth, under the influence of a stepping elec-
tromagnetic drive. The wobble plate is coupled to the shaft
about which it rotates by a universal joint free to move axi-
ally but restrained radially of the shaft.
3,644,765
COMMUTATORLESS DIRECT CURRENT MOTOR
Jan Janson, Emmasingel, Eindhoven, Netherlands, assignor to
U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Mar. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 21,412
Claims priority, application Netherlands, Mar. 25, 1969,
6904617
Intel. H02k///00
U.S. CL 310—68 3 Claims
Commutatorless direct current motor preferably for use in
apparatus for the reproduction of music and having a mag-
netic rotor enclosed by stationary coils. Magnetic field sensi-
tive electronic circuit elements to control the supply of elec-
tric current to the stationary coils are located near an axial
boundary surface of the rotor between the rotor and diamet-
31 n
A synchronous AC generator has a DC excited supercon-
ducting field winding on the rotor and a nonsuperconducting
armature winding on the stator. The armature winding is
composed of active conductors and of reactance conductors
connected in series with the active conductors and disposed
in a magnetic shield surrounding the active conductors
whereby the magnetic shield required to prevent large fields
outside the machine due to the superconducting field wind-
ing also serves to provide the reactance necessary in the
reactance conductors to limit short circuit currents.
3,644,767
SEGMENTED STATOR
Sadanand Vithal Kasargod, and Shreeniwas Shankar Abhyan-
kar, both of c/o Electronics Corporation of India Ltd.,
Hyderabad, India
FUed Mar. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 21^62
Intel. H02k 7/72
U.S. CI. 310-254 7 Claims
In the segmented stator assembly disclosed, four teeth ex-
tend inwardly, and rectangulariy relative to each other, from
surrounding segments. The teeth form a bore at the center of
895 O.G.— 56
1556
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the assembled segments. Each tooth has two parallel edges
one of which extends along a line passing through the center
of the bore. The centerline of each tooth is offset from the
bore center. Coil-carrying bobbins arc mounted on respec-
tive teeth so their axes coincide with the centerlines of the
teeth on which they are mounted. The offiset of each bobbin
leaves space for intrusion of an edge of the transversely
directed adjacent bobbin.
thermally conductive collets to the collector. The collet com-
prises a collet jaw, which is in close contact with the collec-
tor, and an adjustable collet shoe which is slidably situated
between the collet jaw and the heat sink. The arrangement
allows lateral and angular displacement of the collector rela-
tive to the heat sink without degradation of the heat transfer
properties.
3 644 768
HOUSING FOR A SEALED BEAM ARC LAMP
RihmU C. McRae, Cupcrtiiio, Calif., anisiior to Varian As-
sociates, Pak) Alto, Calif.
Continiiatioa-iii-part of applicatioa Scr. No. 740345, June
26, 1968, now abandoned. This application July 13, 1970,
Ser. No. 54,180
InLCI.H01j6//iO,6//52
U.S. CI. 313-44 7 Claims
3,644,770
PHOTOEMTTTER HAVING A P-TYPE
SEMICONDUCnVE SUBSTRATE OVERLAID WTTH
CESIUM AND N-TYPE CESIUM OXIDE LAYERS
Ronald L. BcU, Woodside, Calif., aaignor to Varian As-
sociates, Palo AHo, Calif.
ContinuatioD-ln-part of application Scr. No. 660,722, Aug.
15, 1967, now abandoned. This application Jan. 18, 1968,
Ser. Na 698,941
IntCl. H01ji9/06,J//50
U.S. CL 313—94 14 Claims
,10
41.
■♦a*^ "40
Improved housing for a sealed beam arc lamp comprising
an arcuate reflector having radial symmetry with respect to a
beam axis, an optical window disposed substantially normal
to the axis, a mounting ring having a truncated right-circular
conical exterior surface disposed coaxially to the axis, and
externally accessible helical screw threads disposed coaxially
to the axis.
3,644,769
COOLING ARRANGEMENTS FOR VALVES
Matthew CampbeU Kennedy, Chdmsford, England, assignor
to English Electric Valve Company Limited, London, En-
gland
Filed Sept- 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,136
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept 12, 1969,
45,047/69
Int. CI. HOlj 25100
U.S. CI. 313-46 4 Claims
A junction-type photoemitter is disclosed. The
photoemitler includes a heavily doped P-type semiconductive
substrate for absorbing photons of radiation to be converted
into electrons to be emitted. An alkali metal layer such as
cesium metal is formed over the substrate member for filling
the surface energy states of the P-semiconductive substrate.
Finally, a layer of cesium oxide is formed over the alkali
metal layer to provide a low-work function surface facing the
vacuum into which the electrons are emitted from the
photoemitter. The substrate member may be made of a III-V
compound semiconductor or an alloy of two different III-V
compound semiconductors (each compound semiconductor
including one element from the third group of Periodic Table
and another element of the fifth group of the Periodic Table)
to provide a semiconductive band-gap energy which is equal
to or slightly more than the work function of the cesium
oxide layer The P-type semiconductive substrate member is
heavily doped v«th a concentration of acceptor dopant
greater than 3X10'* acceptors per cubic centimeter.
Likewise, the cesium oxide layer is heavily doped with donor
atoms of cesium to provide the relatively low-work function
characteristic of such material. In a preferred embodiment,
the P-semiconductive substrate is formed of InP or an alloy
of InP and InAs. The photoemitter has improved conversion
efficiency in the wavelength range from 0.5 microns to 1.37
microns wavelength.
An arrangement for cooling the collector of a travelling
wave tube includes a heat sink which is connected via good
3 644 771
ELECTRON DISCHARGE TUBES
Matthew Campbell Kennedy, and Peter Tourle, both of Essex,
England, assignors to English Electric Valve Company
Limited, London, England
Filed Sept 10, 1970, Ser. No. 71,135
Int CI. HOlf 7100; HOlj 3104
U.S. CI. 313— 153 7 Claims
An electron discharge tube, for example a travelling wave
tube, which employs a periodic magnetic field, is provided
with at least one pair of adjacent magnets with larger spacing
in the axial direction than is employed between the magnets
of other adjacent pairs. The perturbation of the field due to
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1557
the larger spacing is reduced by providing only one pole
piece interposed between the two magnets on each side of
recombination of the hydrogen and halogen can be
minimized, thus providing a maximum content of halogen in
the fUl for supporting the regenerative tungsten-halogen cy-
cle. Where an aikyl iodide constitutes the hydrogen and
halogen containing component of the fill the hydrogen-com-
bining means may be dispensed with.
3,644,774
IGNITOR FOR AUTOMATICALLY STARTING ARC
LAMPS
Floyd Mdvin Hunsaker, Amherst, Nil., and Allan Joseph
QufaHng, MIddleburg Heights, Ohio, assignors to Union
Carbide Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Sept 30, 1970, Scr. No. 76,677
IntCLH05bJ7/30
U.S.C1. 313— 198 13 Claims
the larger spacing. The remaining pairs of magnets may have
normally spaced pole pieces. The larger spacing may be oc-
cupied by a waveguide connection.
3,644,772
HALOGEN LAMP
YooJI Yuge, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Tokyo Shibaura
Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. Na 29,229
ClalnM priority, appUcation Japan, Apr. 16, 1969, 44/29248
IntCl. H01k//50
UA CI. 313-174
ICIaim
A.
cr.7i.
v.
A lamp having a bulb in which a halide substance and a
nitrogen or inert gas are sealed. The halide substance to be
sealed is in the form of chloroform which amounts to 0.01 to
0.10 micromol per cubic centimeter of the volume of the
bulb.
3,644,773
A HYDROGEN-HALOGEN, FILAMENT LAMP WITH A
HYDROGEN GETTER FLAG
James Richard Coaton, and John Michael Rees, both of Lon-
don, England, assignors to Thorn Lighting Limited, Lon-
don, England
Filed Apr. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 31,480
Int CI. HOlk 1150, 1156
U.S. CI. 313-174 3 Claims
N
A solid elongated refractory ignitor, having a pwinted pro-
jection on one end and a bifurcated slot at the opposite end,
is positioned between, and in contact with, electrode rods of
an arc lamp to improve arc striking therebetween. The
electable ignitor provides an initial short circuit between the
electrodes so that during application of a power supply
between the electrodes, an arc will be automatically struck
therebetween without the need for manual manipulation of
either or both electrodes by an operator.
3,644,775
ELECTRICAL INTERFERENCE REDUCER FOR GATING
APPARATUS OF AN ELECTRON MULTIPLIER
DanaM C. Damoth, Rochester, N.Y., and William H. Shriner,
Blanchester, Ohio, assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed Nov. 7, 1969, Ser. No. 874,838
Int CI. HOlj 1100
U.S. CI. 313-237 3 Claims
13
ci^
Alkyl iodides and other hydrogen and halogen containing
compounds are employed in the fill of tungsten-halogen cycle
electric incandescent lamps, means being provided in the
lamp envelope for combining with hydrogen to reduce the
hydrogen content of the reactive system of the fill whereby
An apparatus for eliminating noise at the oscilloscope out-
put of a magnetic electron multiplier by arranging the output
anodes of the gating section so that the oscilloscope output
anode is located on a different axis than the other output
anodes and is protected from electromagnetic interference
by a shield located between the oscilloscope anode and the
other output anodes. The oscilloscope anode is preferably
cup-shaped to prevent the escape of electrons impinging the
anode.
1558
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,776
BROMINE FILLED BIPOST LAMP WITH A HIGH-
TEMPERATURE RESISTANT GLASS ENVELOPE
Aristide R. DeCaro, Edison, NJ., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Sept 24, 1970, Ser. No. 74,991
Int. CI. HO Ik 1142
U.S. a. 313-318 8 Claims
3,644,778
REFLEX DEPRESSED COLLECTOR
Tbeodore G. Mihran, Schenectady, and Wendell Neugehauer,
Balbton Spa, both <A N.Y., assignors to General Electric
Company
Filed Oct. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,724
Int. CI. HOlj 23102
U.S. CI. 315-5 J8 14 Claims
A relatively low-cost, high-maintenance incandescible
bipost lamp is described. The lamp has a vitreous, high-tem-
perature-resistant glass envelope, an operative atmosphere
containing bromine, with the bipost base secured to a flared
mount structure which comprises a portion of the envelope
of the lamp. The filament is tungsten, and the metallic sup-
port elements within the envelope are also made of tungsten.
3,644,777
CATHODE-RAY TUBE WITH SERPENTINE-SHAPED
TRANSMISSION LINE DEFLECTION MEANS
James B. Thomas, Needham, and Vincent J. George,
WhKhcster, both of Mass., assignors to The United States of
America as represented by tlie United States Atomic Energy
Commission
Filed June 2, 1970, Ser. No. 42,631
InL CI. HOlj 23116, 29/46, 29/70
U.S. CI. 315-3 5 Claims
..^^k±I^
fTwn
A reflex depressed collector is disclosed which facilitates
electron collection on plural electron collecting surfaces in
row form without adverse effects of electron reflection or
back streaming. An electron beam passes by the collectors
and then is radially dispersed by an electrostatic field so that
electrons are given curving trajectories wherein they are first
slowed to an essentially zero forward velocity and then
slightly reaccelerated in a different direction before being
collected on surfaces of the electrodes exposed to the beam
after the beam passes thereby. The electrodes operate at a
voltage lower than that which originally accelerated the
stream, therefore the waste heat delivered to the collector is
reduced and the power conversion efficiency of the device to
which the collector is attached is increased.
3,644,779
CAPILLARY STAGE FOR MICROWAVE TR DEVICES
USING STATIC MAGNETIC HELDS
Harry Goldie, Randallstown, Md., assignor to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,601
InL CI. HOlj 7/46. 19/80
U.S. CI. 315-39 6 Claims
" i^/y-i<>
Improved high-frequency response, cathode-ray tube for
tracking, determining, and recording high frequency, unk-
nown input signals. To this end, the invention provides a sec-
tionalized, round and square cross section CRT having
ceramic, vacuumtight lead-ins; impedance matched, insu-
lated, serpentine traveling wave deflection structures; and an
electron gun incorporating an anode aperture formed with a
protrusion for providing high-electron beam density.
Gaseous discharge TR switch in which two truncated cone
electrodes extend inwardly from the broad sidewalls of a
waveguide with the truncated ends in juxtaposition to form a
discharge gap, the electrodes having a central bore with a
capillary tube extending across the gap and including an
ionizable gas and a magnetic field being disposed with its flux
lines extending parallel to the axis of the tube and to the
electric vectors of the microwave in the waveguide.
<^
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1559
3,644,780
STARTING DEVICE FOR DISCHARGE LAMP
INCLUDING SEMICONDUCTORS PREHEATING AND
STARTING CIRCUrrS
Shigeo Koyama, Neyagawa-shi; MotoUro Obtsuki, Nara-shi;
Keivii Shimatani, Hirakata-shi; Masao Yasuda,
Higashiosaka-shi; Tom Takei, Osaka; Yasutaka Kawai,
Higashiosaka-shi, and Takeshi Matsushima, Nara-shi, all of
Japan, assignors to Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.,
Osaka, Japan
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 887,053
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 27, 1%8. 44/742;
Feb. 6, 1%9, 44/11130; 44/11131; 44/11135
U.S. CI. 315-100 U 10 Claims
between an anode and a cathode having a conical tip, said
arc discharge forming a contraction of the current-carrying
area in the transition region in the vicinity of said cathode,
the points of inflection of said contraction of the current-car-
rying area forming, when extended, an angle a, which com-
prises forcefully projecting a fluid medium along said conical
tip of said cathode into and through said contraction of the
current-carrying area in the transition region in the vicinity
of said cathode at a mass flow density at substantially con-
stant convection rate which is at least sufficient to effect a
rise in the temperature of said arc column at a constant cur-
rent level and below a total fluid medium convection rate at
substantially constant mass flow density which is sufficient to
reduce the angle a below 40° at a constant current level, and
adding a finely dispersed nongaseous medium capable of
causing an enlargement in the angle a, to said fluid medium
forcefully projected along said conical tip at a total fluid
medium convection rate at substantially constant total mass
flow density which is below that sufficient to reduce said en-
larged angle a below 40° at a constant current level.
A discharge lamp starter device which comprises a serial
circuit constituted by a reverse blocking diode thyristor or a
bilateral diode thyristor and a diode, the breakdown voltage
\bo of the thyristor being lower than the rated source voltage
but higher than the terminal voltage of a fluorescent
discharge tube while the blocking voltage V« of the thyristor
having a sufficiently great value with respect to the break-
down voltage Vflo, and a pulse generator circuit constituted
by a pulse transformer, a capacitor and a bilateral diode
thyristor, the two circuits being connected in parallel with
the fluorescent discharge tube to thereby instantaneously
start the fluorescent discharge tube.
3,644,782
METHOD OF ENERGY TRANSFER UTILIZING A FLUID
CONVECTION CATHODE PLASMA JET
Charles Sheer, Teaneck, N J., and Samuel Korman, Hewlett,
N.Y., assignors to Sheet-Korman Associates, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Continuation>in-part of application Ser. No. 805^74, Mar.
10, 1969, now abandoned. This application Jan. 8, 1970, Ser.
No. 1388
Claims priority, application Canada. Dec. 24. 1%9, 70.859
int CI. HOlj 7/24; H05b 31/26
U.S.CI. 315— 111 13 Claims
3,644,781
METHOD OF ENERGY TRANSFER TO A
HETEROGENEOUS FLUID MEDIUM UTILIZING A
FLUID CONVECTION PLASMA JET
Charles Sheer, Teaneck, N J., and Samuel Korman, Hewlett,
N.Y., assignors to Sheer-Korman Associates, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 805,574, Mar.
10, 1969, now abandoned. This application Jan. 8, 1970, Ser.
No. 1,390
Int. CI. H05b 31/26; H05h 1/00
U.S. CI. 315-111 6Chdms
A process for energizing a fluid medium containing an en-
trained condensed phase by means of an arc discharge
A process of energizing a fluid medium by means of an arc
discharge between an anode and a cathode having a conical
tip, said arc discharge forming a contraction of the current-
carrying area in the transition region in the vicinity of said
cathode, the points of inflection of said contraction of the
current-carrying area forming, when extended, an angle <*
which comprises forcefully projecting a fluid medium along
said conical tip of said cathode into and through said con-
traction of the current-carrying area in the transition region
in the vicinity of said cathode at a mass flow density at sub-
stantially constant convection rate which is at least sufficient
to effect a rise in the temperature of said arc column at a
constant current level, and below a total fluid medium con-
vection rate at substantially constant mass flow density which
is sufficient to reduce the angle a below 40° at a constant
current level.
1560
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644,783
DC DETECTION CIRCUIT
Carl R. Snyder, AUcf, Tex., assignor to Esqidre, Inc.
Filed Aug. 18, 1%9, Scr. No. 850,833
Int a. H02h 3/20
U^. CI. 315— 127
4 Claims
3,644,785
ILLUMINATION ARRANGEMENT FOR RECORDING
AND/OR REPRODUCTION IN COLOR
Sven O. Jarmar, Huddinge, Sweden, assignor to Sveriges
Radio Aktiebolag, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Oct. 3, 1%9, Scr. No. 863,553
Claims priority, application Sweden, Oct. 9, 1968, 13595/68
Int.CI. H05b4//i9
U.S. CI. 315-298 18 Claims
S9 '-^
TO AC
LOADS
LIGHT FLU»-[-;o
LISMT fl.UI-122 21
A DC detection circuit in an AC power circuit for detect-
ing DC and for protecting AC loads from the deleterious ap-
plication of a DC current. The DC detection circuit is par-
ticularly applicable to an emergency lighting system having
both AC and DC power sources and AC and DC lighting
facilities for detecting the application of DC and for discon-
necting the AC lighting facilities to prevent their damage and
for lighting the DC lighting facilities.
3,644,784
SOLID-STATE INDICATOR DISPLAYS
Marcus P. Didiey, Minneapolis, and Donald C. Mclntyre,
Roseville, both of Minn., assignors to Honeywell Inc., Min-
neapolis, Minn.
Filed Apr. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 29,093
Int. CI. H05b 33100
U.S.CL 315-169.
5 Claims
An illumination arrangement for use in connection with
picture recording or reproduction in color. The device auto-
matically compensates for changes in the spectral composi-
tion of the light at various light intensities. In one embodi-
ment, the device includes a first lamp and a second, smaller,
lamp, the lamps being coupled such that a change in the
color temperature in one direction of a first lamp is compen-
sated for by a change in the color temperature of a second
lamp, the change in the color temperature of the second
lamp being such in its direction and amount, to compensate
for the change in color temperature of the first lamp.
3,644,786
ELECTRICAL WINDINGS
Dean A. Yannucci, Niles, Ohio, assignor to Westingbouse
Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 67,179
Int CI. H02h 7/04
U.S. CI. 317-15 3aaims
*~\
^:.
^ J
^
TTrifiT''
A display having blocks of display contrasting elements
and individual elements electrically connected in a matrix
such that two input signals to the matrix energize a number
of elements in the form of a pointer which moves in ac-
cordance with the input signals.
An electrical winding structure having first and second
tapped winding portions, and a switching device which
selects and interconnects taps on the two winding portions. A
capacitor is electrically connected between the two winding
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1561
portions at the coil break, i.e., between the ends of the two when, in a given time interval, the difference voltages have
winding sections which are "floating" when the switching zero passages and a given sign, the time interval being equal
device is not in the maximum turn position, to reduce the to the time difference between respective zero passages of
magnitude of surge stresses across the coil break. the auxiliary voltages.
3,644,787
UNDERSEA WYE CONNECTION FOR A SUBMARINE
CABLE SYSTEM
Billy Harold Hamihon, Summit, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Dec. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 97^14
Int CI. H02h 3/24
U.S.CI. 317— 16 5 Claims
A simple and reliable diode and avalanche diode network
for use at the undersea branch point of a submarine cable
system having a main section and two branch sections which
permit powering of the repeaters in all three sections under
normal conditions. In the event of a trouble condition in a
branch, power is continuously and automatically supplied to
the main section and the remaining branch.
3,644,788
REMOTE PROTECTION APPARATUS HAVING A
POLYGONAL TRIPPING REGION
Eckart Maenicke, Berlin, Germany, assignor to Siemens Ak-
tiengesellschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
Filed Sept 11, 1970, Ser. No. 71,589
Claims priority, appUcatkm Germany, Sept. 12, 1%9, P 19
47 037.2
Int CI. H02h 3/26
VS. CI. 317—27 R 16 Claims
A remote protection apparatus has a polygonal tripping re-
gion for fault monitoring a measuring voltage and a measur-
ing current proportional to the voltage and current of a high-
voltage line. Reference impedances provide respective aux-
iliary sequential voltages and a difference voltage forming
circuit arrangement is connected to the measuring voltage
and the reference impedances for providing difference volt-
ages corresponding to the respective differences of the aux-
iliary voltages and the measuring voltage. The logic circuit is
cormected to the auxiliary voltages and the difference volt-
ages and furnishes a tripping signal within a period of time.
3,644,789
OVERCURRENT RELAYS
Mkhad Charles Stephen Simpson, Stafford, England, as-
signor to The English Electric Company limited, London,
Engbmd
Filed Aug. 5, 1968, Ser. No. 750,064
Claims priority, appUcatkm Great Britain, Aug. 3, 1967,
35,634/67
Int CI. HOlh 47/18
U.S. CI. 317-36 TD 11 Claims
This invention relates to an overcurrent relay in which a
voltage is developed proportional to the current in an AC cir-
cuit, a two-state switch is responsive to an overcurrent condi-
tion in which the monitored ventage periodically exceeds a
reference level whereby to assume one state for the duration
of these periods during which this level is exceeded, a storage
circuit progressively accumulates a voltage from a datum
level during each period for which the switch is in its other
state, and a timer is operable whenever the switch assumes its
one state to actuate an output device after a predetermined
delay, the timer being reset by the storage circuit each time
its voltage attains a predetermined magnitude.
The maximum "overshoot" of the relay, i.e., the effect
which could cause the output device to operate and effect
protective action even with an unsustained overcurrent, may
be contained within a period just in excess of one cycle, or
even less, and the pickup/dropoff ratio of the output device
can practically approach the optimum value of 100 percent.
3,644,790
STATIC ANTIPUMP CIRCUIT BREAKER CLOSING
SYSTEM
John M. Koztovic, Greensburg, and William H. South,
McKeesport, both of Pa., assignors to Westinghoase Electric
Corporatkm, PIttabargh, Pa.
Filed Mar. 25, 1970, Scr. No. 22,522
Int CL H02h UOO
VS. CI. 317-54 4 Claims
The use of a charged capacitor in conjunction with the
closing switch associated with a circuit breaker such that
when the closing switch is closed, the cap>acitor discharges
through the switch and the primary of a pulse transformer
creating a pulse in the secondary of the transformer which, in
turn, is used to gate a solid-state control device such as a
triac or silicon controlled rectifier. The cathode and anode of
the solid-state control device is in electrical series with the
1562
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
closing switch and the spring release coil of the circuit
breaker, such that when the previously mentioned pulse is
applied it causes the solid-state device to turn on and con-
duct current through the spring release coil thus actuating
the closing of the circuit breaker. In the event the circuit
s^^'^
3,644,792
REUSABLE CIRCUIT BOARD FOR CONSTRUCTING
LOGIC CIRCUITS USING INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
ELEMENTS
John H. Fields, Pboenix, Ark., assignor to Honeywell Informa-
tion Systems Inc., Ariz.
Filed July 2, 1970, Scr. No. 51,873
InL CI. H05k m 8. 3/32
U.S. CI. 317-101 CC 6 Claims
I f>i2B . 1 '
breaker immediately reopens because of a fault in the pro-
tected circuit or a similar circumstance, the circuit breaker
will not reclose again until the depressed closing switch is
opened, thus allowing the aforementioned capacitor to
recharge.
3,644,791
LIGHTNING ARRESTER WITH PRESSURE RELIEF
MEANS
Charles H. Carotbers, and Philip W. Bogner, both of
BkMMnington, bid., assignors to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,177
Int.Cl. H02h//04
U.S.CL 317-66 6 Claims
■^^D'
-T
r
The device disclosed utilizes a circuit board having pin
connectors mounted thereon for use in combination with an
integrated circuit package and a demountable solderless con-
nector for mounting the package on the board. The combina-
tion, depending upon the electrical connections to the pin
connectors, allows various types of logic structures to be
designed and laid out many times over without degrading or
damaging the circuit board or the electronic elements.
3,644,793
TIMED ON' CYCLE ELECTRONIC TIMING SYSTEM
Ronald J. Ilk, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to Cutler-Hammer,
Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
Fikd May 1, 1970, Ser. No. 33,714
Int. CI. HOlh 47//8
U.S. CI. 317-141 S 8 Claims
Electrical surge protection apparatus, such as lightning ar-
resters, in a fracturable housing are provided with a flexible
diaphragm closing an opening of the housing and resting in a
support means that has one or more projections extending
substantially parallel with the diaphragm when it is un-
stressed. Pressure buildup within the housing causes the
diaphragm to be distended and to rupture due to cutting by
the projections. Such pressure relief means can be imple-
mented in arresters that have provision for creation of an ex-
ternal arc upon failure so that within a structure that is sim-
ple and relatively easy to fabricate there can be provided
both pressure venting and arc transfer means.
An AC interval timer for controlling any AC load such as
the lamp of an infrared heating device, motor, solenoid valve
or the like. The timing system is supplied through a rectifier
from the same AC source that supplies the load and provides
a timed "on" cycle after momentary operation of an activat-
ing switch. Features include a pulse input that causes latching
of the load "on" and prevents false triggering, a timing cir-
cuit that incorporates temperature compensation and good
power supply stability characteristics, and a reset clamp to
insure accurate repeatability and recycling.
February 22, 1972
3,644,794
ELECTRICAL REMOTE-CONTROL SWITCH
Rene Devday, 44, Rue dea TiUeuls, Boulogne, France
Filed Feb. 8, 1971, Scr. No. 113383
Claims priority, application France, Feb. 12, 1970, 7005059
Int CI. HOlh 47/00
U^. CI. 317— 151 6 Claims
ELECTRICAL 1563
at least one substance is added to the nuiterial which
An electrical remote-control switch assembly, comprising
electromagnet means embodying a coil, a fixed core and a
movable armature, and an electrical contact mechanism in-
corporating a movable blade, said armature being operatively
cormected with said movable blade. A control current circuit
serves for pulse excitation of the armature, the coil being ar-
ranged in said control current circuit. According to the in-
vention the core of the electromagnet |>ossesses a substan-
tially T-shaped configuration including a central leg fwrtion
which carries said coil and a transverse leg member, while
the movable armature possesses a substantially U-shaped
configuration embodying a pair of legs interconnected by a
transverse web, said pair of legs extending externally of said
coil at opposite sides thereof The free ends of these legs are
pivotably connected with opposite end portions of the trans-
verse leg member of said T-shaF>ed core, and stop means
limit the pivotal movement of the armature between two sta-
ble terminal positions symmetrically situated relative to the
central leg portion of said core. The contact mechanism is
open when the movable armature assumes its one terminal
position and closed when the armature assumes its other ter-
minal position. A pivotable spring is mounted between the
armature and a support point which is fixed relative to the
core, this spring striving to displace the armature into each
one of its two stable terminal positions and ensuring for an
unstable condition of the armature in its central position in-
termediate such two stable terminal positions where the
transverse web of the armature is located in front of the free
end of the central leg portion of the core.
produces silica or silica gel when oxidized, heated or
hydrolyzed.
3,644,796
ELECTROLYTIC CAPACITOR HAVING INTEGRAL
BLEEDER RESISTOR
John W. Carino, Columbia, S.C., assignor to General Electric
Company
Filed Jan. 4, 1971, Ser. No. 103,527
InL CL HOlg 1/02, 9/00
VS. CI. 317-230 5 Claims
An electrolytic capacitor is provided having an integral
bleed resistor therein to eliminate the need for an external
resistor. The internal bleed resistor is provided by construct-
ing the cover of the capacitor from which the leads protrude
of a material which is slightly conductive. Carbon-filled
plastics can be used to form the slightly conductive cover.
3,644,797
SEMICONDUCTOR ASSEMBLY INCLUDING
APERTURE-MOUNTED, DIAPHRAGM-SUPPORTED
WAFER
Vktor J. Carter, London, England, assignor to Westinghouse
Brake English Electric Semi-Cooductors Linrited, London,
EIngland
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. Na 30,556
Clahns priority, application Great Britain, Apr. 30, 1969,
22,050/69
InL CI. HOII 3/00, 5/00
VS. CI. 317-234 R 10 Claims
7,9,1 5
3,644,795
GAS DETECTING ELEMENT AND METHOD OF
MAKING IT
Naoyoshi Taguchi, 6-8, 2-chome, Hyuga, Torum-ku, Kobe,
Japan
Filed Nov. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 90,271
Claims priority, applkadon Japan, Dec 19, 1969, 44/102827
InL CL HOlg 9/00
U.S.CL317— 230 5 Claims
A gas detecting element which is formed of a semiconduc- A semiconductor assembly including a insulating planar
tor material having electrodes embedded therein and wherein body having a semiconductor wafer mounted in aperture ex-
II 20 n IS 16
1564
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
tending between the major faces thereof. A pair of electri-
cally and heat-conducting diaphragms hermetically sealed to
the body close off the ends of aperture and support the wafer
therewithin, the body itself extending beyond the peripheries
of the diaphragms to prevent surface tracking. A conductor,
including a first, tongue portion which extends into the aper-
ture and a second portion, provides electrical contact with an
inner region of the wafer. A pair of such assemblies is formed
by mounting a second wafer in a second aperture in the
body, and utilizing the second portion of the conductor of
each assembly as one of the diaphragms of the other as-
sembly.
3,644,798
HIGH-POWER INTEGRATED dRCUTT CERAMIC
PACKAGE WITH METALLIC HEAT-CONDUCTING
BODY
Takahiko Ihochi, Kodaira, Japu, assignor to Hitachi, Ud.,
Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 5, 1970, Scr. No. 43,787
Claims priority, appttcation Japan, June 16, 1969, 44/55882
InL a. HOW 3/00, 5/00
VS. a. 317—234 R 10 Claims
'?
17 8 10
[■ ■ 'j' ^v/'v'''.y.- 'A.I
's , { — T-*' — hi 9
An enclosure for a semiconductor device provided with a
ceramic case having an aperture in the bottom; a heat-radiat-
ing portion loosely inserted into the aperture and having a
cylindrical protrusion; a metallic sleeve with a flat portion
connected with the bottom of the ceramic case and a hollow
cylindrical protrusion connected with the radiating portion,
the thermal expansion coefficient of the metallic sleeve being
substantially equal to that of the ceramic case; and a cover
for forming a space for accommodating a semiconductor sub-
strate and the ceramic case; whereby the thermal distortion
generated between the radiating portion and the metallic
sleeve can be absorbed by said hollow cylindrical protrusion.
3,644,799
SEMICONDUCTOR ELEMENT HAVING AT LEAST ONE
CONTROL ELECTRODE
Erich Weisshaar, Aargau, Switieriand, assignor to Transistor
AG, Zurich, Switzerland
Filed Mar. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 21,067
Claims priority, application Switzeriand, Mar. 21, 1969,
4315/69
hA. CI HOll 11/00
U.S. CI. 317-235 R 6 Claims
conductivity-type. One or more zones of another conductivi-
ty-type are diffused into said surface region and are sur-
rounded by regions of said determined conductivity-type.
Said zones of another conductivity-type are each contained
in a pit and the wall regions of the pit exhibit the conductivi-
ty-type of the respective zones. Said pits preferably are
comb-shaped and arranged with interengaging comb teeth.
3,644,800
SEMICONDUCTOR-CONTROLLED RECTIFYING
DEVICE
Yukio Igarashi, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Tokyo Shibau-
ra Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shl, Japan
Filed July 30, 1970, Ser. No. 59,567
Claims priority, appttcation Japan, Aug. 4, 1969, 44/61044
LiiLa.HOll/7/70
U.S. CI. 317-235 AB 2 Claims
A controlled rectifying device comprising a four-layer
wafer, wherein a first layer of N-type, second layer of P-type
and fourth layer of P-type respectively include cathode, gate
and anode electrodes. To one side of the wafer is attached
the cathode electrode, and to the opposite side are the anode
and gate electrodes.
3,644301
SEMICONDUCTOR PASSIVATING PROCESS AND
PRODUCT
Gary S. Sheldon, 14 Seminary St, Union Springs, N.Y.
Continuatkm of appttcation Scr. No. 782,093, Dec. 9, 1968,
now abandoned. This appttcation Jan. 21, 1971, Ser. Na
108,569
InL CI. HOll 1/10, 5/00, 7/66
VS. CI. 317-235 R 2 Claims
»04~(
'\»^J>Vrfj^f'»r'j't'^^:
A semiconductor element, particularly a disconnectable
thyristor comprises at least one control electrode and a
semiconductor body having a surface region of a determined
A semiconductive wafer is selectively protected and etched
so that a grid of intersecting grooves is formed on one or
both major surfaces. The grooves extend below junction
depth. Oxide lip portions overhanging the grooves may be
removed and the grooves may be treated to enhance wetta-
bility. A passivant is then selectively electrophoretically
deposited into the grooves. Where glass is employed the pas-
sivant it is fired after deposition. The wafer may be subdi-
vided into pellets before or after contacts are applied. A
pliant supplemental passivant encapsulates the semiconduc-
tive pellet, and a casement is molded thereabout to complete
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1665
the device. One semiconductive element that may be ob-
tained by the passivation process is characterized by a passi-
vant coating on a beveled periphery that progressively in-
creases in thickness as it approaches a mtyor surface inter-
secting the beveled periphery.
3,644302
RATIO-COMPENSATED RESISTORS FOR INTEGRATED
CIRCUIT
Andrew G. F. DingwaU, Somerville, NJ., Msignor to RCA
Corporation
Filed May 31, 1968, Ser. No. 733^74
Int. CI. HOll 77/00
VS. CI. 317—235 R 10 Claims
located in a vacuum surrounding the cryogenic receptacle.
One plate of the capacitor leads from ambient to the vacuum
area, the other firom the vacuum area through the inner wall
to the cold area. Heat leak along the conducting element is
prevented by the break in the conducting element which the
capacitance form of the lead affords.
3,644304
TIME DELAY IGFETS
Eari S. Schlegd, and George L. Sdmabtc, both of Lansdale,
Pa., assignors to General Instrument Corporation, Newark,
NJ.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,644
InL CLHOli 77/74
VS. CL 317—235 R
ICIahn
The ratio of the resistances of two diffused integrated cir-
cuit resistors of dissimilar geometries is made relatively in-
sensitive to processing variations in the structure of the re-
sistors in different devices. Wider resistors in a given device
are made more sensitive to width variations to match the
greater sensitivity of narrower resistors in that device, and
longer resistors are made more sensitive to length variations
to match the greater sensitivity of shorter resistors. Lower
value resistors are made less sensitive to metallurgical
phenomena that affect contact resistance so that propor-
tionally less contact resistance change is produced by a given
processing variation in the lower value resistors than in the
higher value resistors.
3,644303
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO LOW
TEMPERATURES
Mark W. Uvi, Utica, N.Y., assignor to The United States of
America as represented by the Secretary of the United
States Air Force
Filed Mar. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 808,123
InL CL HOll 7 7/74
VS. CL 317-235 R 1 Chiim
ssssss^
sssss:s
m
fc .^
oom/T ij
•^
■s:.^ ^.v.v.■-^.v.^!.v^.^.v^.' ^v.v.-. ,-,-j,->r
t~"
An electiical lead-in conductor is effected from ambient to
a cryogenic receptacle by means of a vacuum capacitor
* ^yt
4 -*'
g:
Time delay devices, each an enhancement-type Insulated
Gate Field Effect Transistor (IGFET) which comprises ( 1 ) a
substrate entirely of one conductivity type having at the sur-
face thereof source and drain regions of the opposite conduc-
tivity type, and (2) a conductive gate or gates, overlying but
insulated from said substrate. If the device includes one gate,
it may overiie either (a) part of the controlled region of the
substrate between the source and drain regions, or (b) por-
tions of the substrate remote from said controlled region. If
the device includes plural gates, one gate has a floating
potential and overiies the controlled region of the substrate,
and the other biased gate overlies a portion of the substrate
remote from said controlled region. When the source-drain
circuit is biased conventionally, the application of a potential
of the proper polarity to the gate will cause a charge to
migrate slowly from the gate over the surface of the IGFET.
As the charge covers the controlled region, it induces a
change in conductivity type in the surface of the portion of
the controlled region which it covers, thereby causing the
source-drain circuit to become fully conductive after a
predetermined delay. The delay is dependent upon ambient
moisture and temperature, gate configuration, and resistivity
of the IGFET's surface oxide layer. In one type of such
devices, where generally a single gate bridges the controlled
region of the substrate, a source-drain current appears im-
mediately when a potential is applied to the gate; this current
rises gradually to a saturation value. In another type of such
devices, where generally a single gate does not bridge the
controlled region, or where plural gates (with one floating)
are used, the source-drain current begins only a given time
after the application of a potential to the gate but then in-
creases relatively rapidly to saturation value.
1566
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644305
REGENERATABLE ELECTRIC CONDENSER
Hermann Heywang. Munich, Germany, assignor to Siemens
Aktiengeseilschaft, Berlin and Munich, Germany
FUcd July 17, 1970, Ser. Na 55,779
Claims priority, appUcatioo Gennany, July 28, 1970, P 19 38
319.8
IntCI.H01g//74,J//J
U.S. CI. 317-258 . ■ 7 Claims
r'1
m
m
_1
3,644307
FREQUENCY REGULATED INVERTER CIRCUIT FOR A
SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR
Chester J. Z^jac, Thomastoo, Com., assignor to Robertsliaw
Coatrols Company, Richmood, Va.
Filed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,639
Int. CI. H02k 29100
U.S. CI. 318-138 23 Claims
^
^
\1E
-4
fCf^-^j
t
A regenerating condenser employs metal layers in a step>-
shaped cross section having thick and thin portions, the thin
portions having low-heat capacity and the electrical conduc-
tivity of the thick to the thin portions being a preferred ratio
of at least 1.5:1.
3,644306
HIGH-SPEED PRINTER-PAPER FEED ENGINE
Ross A. Beison, Natick, and Gaston A. Palombo, Chelmsford,
both of Mass., assignors to Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis,
Minn.
Filed Mar. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 22^5
InL CI. H02p 5/52
U.S. CL 318-7 14 Claims
•50
79-
■ —4-- : 45
^
VELOCITY \^ .
FUHCTKW
8CNEMTW
33^
Tosm
^>Oi'^>^^'S!^
63
o
2!
r-^''
^•'#-
1
ouco*|
69 73 ~
A high-speed incremental web transport system especially
suited for a high-speed printer application includes two mo-
tors with velocity feedback driven from a common controller
in accordance with a computer originated movement request.
Incremental position transducers allow precise repetitive
spacing and positional stability of the motor shafts. Dif-
ferential tension to be created during printing periods is ob-
tained by controlling motor current. Synchronization control
for skip-type movements prevents a buildup of positional er-
ror.
A frequency regulated inverter circuit for a synchronous
motor for dnving a clock, ela(>sed time indicator and the like,
includes an oscillator circuit having a piezoelectric tuning
fork filter in a feedback path thereof for generating a stable
alternating current output signal having a frequency substan-
tially equal to the resonant frequency of the tuning fork; the
alternating current signal from the oscillator is wave-shaped,
differentiated, and fed to the input of a frequency divider
producing an output pulse upon the receipt of every sixth dif-
ferentiated alternating current signal. The output pulse from
the frequency divider is, in turn, fed through a steering net-
work to a pair of switching transistors for alternately energiz-
ing a synchronous motor which can be used for driving a
clock mechanism, elapsed time indicator or similar timing
mechanisms.
.9,044 ,IHIo
MEANS FOR PROTECTING ELECTRONIC
COMMUTATION MOTOR FROM ACCIDENTAL
OVERLOAD
Robert Favre, 36 Rue de Servan 1000, Lausanne, Switzerland
Continuation-in-part of appUcation Ser. No. 641,566, May 26,
1967, now abandoned. This application Oct. 26, 1970, Ser.
No. 83,754
Claims priority, application Switzerland, May 27, 1966,
7710/66:7711/66
Int CI. H02k 29/00
U.S. CI. 318-138 17 Claims
An induction motor fed from a DC source is commutated
by a transistor bridge controlled by a pilot voltage. A voltage
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1567
proportional to motor current is fed back to the control cir-
cuit to cut off the respective commutation elements when the
motor current becomes excessive. Auxiliary transistorized
circuits protect the commutating elements against overload
by induced reaction current and provide a braking current
for the motor when the supply current is abruptly cut off.
Diodes associated with induction coils protect the commuta-
tion circuit against reversal of the nominal polarity of the
commutating transistors. The effective number of ampere-
turns in the motor winding is increased during starting and
when running at low speed to protect the commutating ele-
ments from overload while providing high torque.
3,644309
SELF-STARTING FOR DC MOTORS
Rdnhard N. Lahde, Los Ahos, Calif., assignor to Lockheed
Aircraft Corporation, Burbank, Calif.
FUed Nov. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 876,757
Int. CI. H02k 29/00
U3. CI. 318— 138 9 Claims
A noncommutating self-starting direct current motor hav-
ing a magnetic rotor which turns through a position in which
the motor field produces no driving torque on the rotor and a
position in which the field produces maximum driving torque
on the rotor, and positioning means for arresting the rotor in
its maximum torque position when the motor field is turned
off so as to condition the motor for automatic restarting
when the field is restored.
3,644,810
SENSING AND CONTROL DEVICE FOR ELECTRIC
MOTOR-STARTING CIRCUITS
Alexander J. Lewus, 9844 North 1 1th Ave., Phoenix, Ariz.
Filed Jan. 20, 1971, Ser. No. 108,029
Int CI. H02p 1/42; HO If 27/06
U.S. CI. 318-221 E 6 Claims
24
z-z.
A versatile sensing transformer for actuating a semicon-
ductor gate in the starting circuit of an electric motor, com-
prising a U-shaped magnetic base, inductive coupled primary
and secondary windings mounted on the base in coaxial rela-
tion to each other and electrically connected to the motor
and the semiconductor gate, an adjustable and removable
magnetic core threaded into the base and projecting axially
of the cores, and a magnetic cap bridging the open end of the
base to form a complete magnetic shell, the cap being ad-
justable toward and away from the coils and core to vary the
overall reluctance of the magnetic circuit.
3,644311
POWER WINDOW PULLDOWN CIRCUIT
Samuel B. Robbins, Rochester, Mich., assignor to General
Motors Corporatkm, Detroit, Mkh.
Filed Aug. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 66,478
Int CI. H02h 7/097
U3. CI. 318-266
6 Claims
Power window apparatus for opening and closing a window
in accordance with the setting of a selectively operable
switch. Upon placement of the switch in a window opening
setting a window drive motor connected to the window is
placed in a first energized condition so as to open the win-
dow. Upon placement of the switch in a window-closing
setting p>ower is supplied through a transistor to the motor so
as to place the motor in a second energized condition and
close the window. Should the motor be stalled by the window
being closed on an obstacle the window travel is reversed by
the resultant decrease in the voltage across the motor arma-
ture causing a bias network to both turn off the transistor and
place the motor in the first energized condition. A limit
switch that is responsive to the window position is provided
to prevent the armature voltage from effecting reversal of the
window when the window is substantially closed so as to
allow the motor to seal the window. A time delay network is
provided for preventing voltage transients generated upon
starting the motor from effecting reversal of the window
travel during a predetermined time.
3,644312
WEB FEED APPARATUS WITH STEPPING MOTOR
DRIVE
Joseph R. Bitto, Peabody, and Clifford M. Hammd,
Winchester, both of Mass., assignors to Mohawk Data
Sciences Corporation, Herkimer, N.Y.
Filed Nov. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 877^55
Int CI. H02k 29/00
U3. CL 318-254 3 Claims
CONTROL *■
CIRCUITS
A web feed device of the type such as may be used to step-
feed a print form line-by-line through a printer employs a 48-
1568
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
pole, four-phase. 192-incrcinent/rev. stepping motor for
feeding a web in either sixth or eighth inch steps. In the eight
step per inch mode of operation the motor rotor is driven to
advance through six angular increments for each feed step.
During the first three increments of excursion pulses
generated by a strobe disk fixed to the motor shaft are sup-
plied to the motor in a sequence phased to accelerate the ro-
tor. During the final three increments of rotor excursion pul-
ses are supplied by a time-delay networic in a sequence
phased to decelerate the rotor to a stop. In the six step per
inch mode of operation the rotor is driven through an eight
increment excursion cycle, accelerating during the first four
increments and decelerating during the last four. The motor
input leads are energized in proper sequence by an encoding
matrix which is switched under control of a timing ring or
shift register. Slewing is effected by driving the shift register
with a train of phase-delayed shifting pulses interposed
between the acceleration and deceleration pulses.
3,644314
nNE POSITIONING SYSTEM
Gunter Flrkert, Dresden, Germany, anignor to Veb Elektro-
mat, Dresden, Germany
Continuation-in-part of application Scr. No. 811,144, Mar.
27, 1969. This application Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,571
Inta.G05b////S
U.S. a. 318-592 10 Claims
3 644313
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL DIGITAL SPEED CONTROL
SYSTEM
Arthur J. Schoendorff, Flint, Mich., assignor to General Mo-
tors Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,073
Int. CI. H02p 5106; G05b 19126
UJS. CI. 318—318 5 Claims
PROPORTiONiw
CONTROL
Signal
generator
A proportional control digital speed control system for a
controlled apparatus having an input logic circuit which sup-
plies a number of pulses to a memory register to generate
and store therein a binary number representing a desired
speed of the controlled apparatus. The input logic circuit
supplies a clock pulse and a series of pulses having a frequen-
cy corresponding to the speed of the controlled apparatus to
a suppressor such that the number of pulses which occur dur-
ing the clock pulse represents the actual speed of the con-
trolled apparatus. The suppressor suppresses a predeter-
mined number of the pulses occurring at the beginning of the
clock pulse and supplies the remaining number of pulses
which occur during the clock pulse to a tracking register to
generate therein a binary number which is equal to the
number which represents the actual speed of the controlled
apparatus less the number of pulses suppressed by the sup-
pressor. When the speed of the controlled apparatus is within
a predetermined magnitude, an in-zone error indicator, in
conjunction with the tracking register and a comparator
which compares the binary numbers within the memory re-
gister and the tracking register, determines the magnitude of
the speed error. A proportional control signal generator is
responsive to the in-zone error indicator to supply a signal
having a duty cycle corresponding to the speed error deter-
mined. An output logic circuit in conjunction with the input
logic circuit, the comparator, and the proportional control
signal generator controls a speed actuator to provide for
maximum acceleration or maximum deceleration when the
magnitude of the error in the speed of the controlled ap-
paratus exceeds the predetermined magnitude and to provide
for varying degrees of acceleration or deceleration when the
magnitude of the error in the speed of the controlled ap-
paratus is within the predetermined magnitude.
IX}-
r^>
[iiTI Sis] [Si]
m
t^^^^ ^-1^-4^-^-^:^;^^!^
The drive system positioning a drum at a selected point on
a raster has a disc mounted on it. The disc has slots spaced at
different radial distances from the center in different sectors.
A light is placed on one side of the disc, photoelectric trans-
ducing means on the other. The photoelectric transducers
are each spaced radially from the center at a distance to cor-
respond to one of the slots. The starting position of the disc is
coordinated to one point. A complete rotation of the disc
corresponds to the distance between points. Light on a
specific photoelectric transducer thus signifies the deviation
of the drum from the selected point.
3,644315
DIGITAL P.I. SERVOCONTROL SYSTEM
Ronald E. Falk, Bristol, Conn., assignor to Chandler Evans,
Inc., West Hartford, Conn.
Filed Nov. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 875,463
Int.CI.G05b7//i6
U3. CI. 318-609 8 Claims
^
i--.
COMMAND
COUNTtB
^
COMF*BATO«
^ d
'-
POSITION
OXjntcR
IN re ORAL
LOGIC
h£}<^>MSW
A digital servosystem having an integral path. The integral
path includes a portion of the proportional step motor con-
trol circuitry and includes means for providing low-frequency
control pulses to the motor at a rate which is a function of
the proportional position of the actuator being controlled.
3 644316
MANUAL AND AITTOMATIC MASTER-SLAVE
CONTROL SYSTEM
KendaU E. Gilbert, Schenectady, N.Y., assignor to General
Electric Company
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,787
Int.CI.G05b//06
U3. CI. 318—663 * Claims
A control system including a slave member and a master
member for maintaining the slave member in alignment with
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1569
the master member in response to the movements thereof
Means are provided for moving the slave member through a
cycle of automatic operation starting from a position of align-
"^
SuBASSCMftLtM
ment with the master member and returning to a position of
alignment with the master member thereby facilitating trans-
ferring of the system from manual to automatic control and
return.
3,644317
PLURAL SUPPLY STEPPER MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEM
Philip J. Rosen, Oak Park, Mich., assignor to The Babcock &
Wikox Company, New York, N.Y.
Filed June 19, 1969, Scr. No. 834,750
Int. CI. H02vi 7/00
U3.CL318— 696 3 Claims
tor through a transformer- rectifier circuit, with the mul-
tivibrator being triggered into oscillation by a start circuit
comprising a relaxation oscillator. Multivibrator operation is
squelched by a negative voltage pulse from a stop circuit
controlled by a relaxation oscillator-type voltage detector
which senses a predetermined charge on the storage capaci-
I ^r^'Zr'^ CI ■"! »ou»J?/~! "y^riT" "! -T? '"T"!
tor. The stop circuit is also controlled by a current-sensing
resistor which detects discharge of the storage capacitor.
Operation of the start circuit is clamped to the stop circuit
through a diode, with the stop circuit having a time constant
sufficient to delay restarting of the multivibrator beyond thf
deionization period of the flashlamp.
3,644319
CONVERTER CIRCUIT FOR AC TO DC WITH
FEEDBACK MEANS
Stuart P. Jackson, 1723 Grace Lane, Columbus, Ohio
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841^35
Int a. H02m 3/32
U3. a. 321-20 7 Claims
ftATTERY ^
A stepper motor control system comprising a constant cur-
rent motor supply for exciting the various phases of the
motor and means for converting a bipolar control signal into
a unipolar signal which in turn controls the rate of pulses for
successively energizing various phases of the motor. The
system further includes means responsive to the bipolar
signal for controlling the direction of movement of the mo-
tor. The constant current supply is responsive to the speed of
the motor independently of the pulse rate to change the ex-
citation of the motor fi-om the constant current supply to a
low-voltage constant voltage supply when the speed of the
motor Is reduced below a predetermined value.
3,644318
ELECTRONIC FLASHLAMP POWER SUPPLY
Fredrick W. Pi«ct, Hamilton, Mass., assignor to GTE Syl-
vania Incorporated
Filed Mar. 10, 1971, Ser. No. 122,793
Int CI. H02m 1/08
U3.CL321— 18 12Clirims
A flash system power supply for charging a storage capaci-
tor employed in operating a flashlamp. A battery-powered
multivibrator-type converter is coupled to the storage capaci-
This invention relates to a circuit for converting direct cur-
rent electric power into alternating current electric power.
Specifically, the invention relates to a converter utilizing a
combination of simple modulation by means of feedback to
produce an output containing reduced voltage variation and
maintaining commutating circuit capability.
3,644320
CONTROL CIRCUITS FOR INVERTERS
John Desmond Ainsworth, Stafford, England, assignor to The
English Electric Company, Limited, London, England
Filed May 11, 1970, Ser. Na 36,155
Cbdms priority, appUcation Great Britain, May 9, 1969,
23,662/69
Int CL H02m 5/14
US. d 321-52 6 ClaiuH
In the transmission of direct current from a rectifier to an
inverter one method of control has been to provide a con-
stant current at the rectifier and a constant extinction angle
at the inverter controlled by a fixed extinction angle order
signal. Instability results with this form of control under cer-
tain operating conditions. In the present invention the ten-
dency to instability is reduced by controlling the extinction
1570
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
angle of the inverter in accordance with the fixed order
signal when the inverter output current is at least equal to a
required level, but increasing the extinction angle when the
inverter current is less than the required level. The extinction
angle is increased under the control of an auxiliary order
3,644322
VARIABLE POSITION MULTIELEMENT CAPACITOR
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER DEVICE
Orestes M. Baycura, 2238 Central Park Drive, Campbdl,
Calif.
Filed Dec. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 100,946
Int. CI. G05f 3/04; H03c 3/20
US. CI. 323-93 4 Claims
\ "* IS ^ '
1 ' " » 6.f ^
n /
^S3
-f-^
signal generated by a summing unit which sums a signal from
a control circuit representing the actual extinction angle, the
fixed order signal, and a signal from an amplifier dependent
on the difference between the actual and required current
levels.
ERRATUM
For Class 323—93 see:
Patent No. 3,644,822
3,644,821
CAPACITANCE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR
DETECTING AN INTERFACE BETWEEN
ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE IMMISCIBLE LIQUIDS
Jack L. Long, Arvada, Cok)., assignor to The United States of
Amerka as represented by the United SUtes Atomk Energy
Commission
Filed Jan. 14, 1969, Ser. No. 791,036
Int. CI. GO Ir 27/26
^37
47
"OUT
^7 ti
A multielement capacitor circuit for providing frequency
mixing and voltage stepdown functions. One embodiment
comprises a three element capacitor circuit where a first AC
input signal is applied to the two outer capacitor plates and a
second AC input signal is applied to the center capacitor
plate and to one of the outer capacitor plates. Also, load re-
sistors may be placed in series with the two input signals or in
parallel with the second AC input signal. A variable voltage
stepdown function is obtained across only one of the load re-
sistors by physically changing the spacing of the center
capacitor plate with respect to the two outer capacitor plates.
The mixed frequency signal is obtained across any one of the
load resistors. Another embodiment comprises a four ele-
ment capacitor circuit.
3,644323
NULLING COIL APPARATUS FOR MAGNETIC
SUSCEPTIBILITY LOGGING
DonaM J. Dowling, and George R. Atwood, both of Houston,
Tex., assignors to Texaco Inc., New York, N.Y.
FUed Jan. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 329
IntCI.G01vJ/70,J//S
UJS. CI. 324-6 5 Claims
U.S. CI. 324-61 R
6 Claims
.My.
An interface level detector comprising a pair of electrodes
each positionable in electrical contact with contiguous im-
miscible liquids wherein at least one of said liquids is electri-
cally conductive, a source of alternating current in electrical
series with the electrodes, means for moving one of said elec-
trodes to the interface of said liquids and a voltage indicator
electrically connected to said source of alternating current
for sensing a change in electrical charge when said moving
electrode reaches the interface between the liquids.
Disclosed is an improved logging apparatus having suffi-
cient sensitivity and environmental stability suitable for mag-
netic susceptibility logging which includes a transmitter
search coil, a receiver search coil, a power supply for provid-
ing alternating current power to the transmitter coil and an
improved nulling coil including a primary winding wired in
series opposition with the receiver coil. The nulling coil in-
cludes construction and mounting features uniquely suitable
to render detectable the small quadrature phase signal
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1571
representing the magnetic susceptibility of borehole forma-
tions.
3,644324
POLAROGRAPH APPARATUS
Geoffrey CccU Barker, Abingdon; Arthur William Gardner,
Dkkot, and Anthony GcraM Pope, Reading, all of England,
assignors to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority,
London, England
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,908
Int. CI. GO In 27/42
U.S. CI. 324-31 7 Claims
3,644326
MOISTURE-MEASURING SYSTEM USING MICROWAVE
AND NUCLEONIC MEASUREMENTS
Wendell H. Cometet, Jr., Columbus, Ohio, assignor to Indus-
trial Nucleonics Corporatkni
FUed Apr. 3, 1967, Ser. No. 628,066
Int. CLGOlr 27/04
U3. CL 324—58.5 9 Claims
,^9
-I "
Ct SWHf
MUIOI
22
/23
rsusf
tISniH
i/1
■20
'la
/^
Polarographic cell impedance components which are
potential dependent are detected by applying a high-frequen-
cy and a low-frequency voltage simultaneously across the
cell. The variation in impedance produced by the low-
frequency voltage results in amplitude modulation of the
high-frequency current through the cell. The amplitude
modulation is detected. The impedance components thus in-
dicated comprise principally the faradaic impedance and the
double-layer electrode capacity. The double-layer electrode
capacity is compensated by inserting an inductor, preferably
variable, in series with the cell so as to resonate at the high
frequency with the double-layer electrode capacity.
3,644325
MAGNETIC DETECTION SYSTEM FOR DETECTING
MOVEMENT OF AN OBJECT UTILIZING SIGNALS
DERIVED FROM TWO ORTHOGONAL PICKUP COILS
Paul D. Davis, Jr., Garland, and Thomas E. McCuUough, Dal-
las, both of Tex., assignors to Texas Instruments Incor-
porated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,574
Int. CI. GOlr 33/00
U3. CL 324—41 15 Claims
"^fe}^;
^> — [ HSr-^
A pair of magnetic field sensors are disposed perpendicular
to one another for sensing, at a single location, different
directional components of a magnetic field. The output
signals from the magnetic field sensors are vectorally com-
bined to provide vector representations of the varying mag-
netic field. The direction of movement of the vector
representations is then determined in order to indicate either
the direction of movement of the object creating the varia-
tions in the magnetic field or the relative position of the ob-
ject with respect to the sensors.
> —
'^ » ^ V '.
>"
1 MMTimmAf *
y-^
fTXHMOCLlCTBtC
I ttllPCT*TUI»I
pcTicnaw wo I fT *i«d i
7-
•ubowtQ
A system for the measurement of the percentage of
moisture content of flowable bulk material online using
microwave and nucleonic measurements, in which a
microwave system has transmitting and receiving antennas
and a readout system connected to the receiving antenna to
measure the attenuation of the microwave signal including a
third antenna to pick up scattered microwave energy to apply
to the microwave readout a correction in accordance with
the level of the scattered energy, the accuracy of readout
being maintained by a PIN diode modulator in the output of
the receiving antenna with a bias control loop for maintain-
ing a constant output with the bias signal applied to the PIN
diode representing moisture content of the material following
correction in accordance with the scattered energy, and in
which variations in mass are corrected by a nucleonic mass
measuring gauge with its rays being aligned in intersecting
relation with the microwave energy at the material being
measured.
3,644327
FREQUENCY SYNTHESIZER METHOD FOR ADDING
MIXED HARMONICS WHICH CORRESPOND TO
SIGNfflCANT DIGITS OF THE SYNTHESIZED
FREQUENCY
Edgar E. LandefeM, 1 135 Durham Cir., MassiUon, Ohk)
FUed May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,241
Int CI. GOlr 23/14; H03b 27/00
U3. CI. 324—79 R 4 Claims
A method of synthesizing a series of frequencies from a
single source utilizing the process of moving the irxlividual
1572
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
frequencies upward in the frequency spectrum before they
are mixed. Specifically, a standard crystal controlled frequen-
jTi^iMm . jTTl— OMM« . jTcl
I
OC00(H99»9«l«*<t
UHf
*N0 *i.iPLif'E»
impact. The apparatus lowers the electrodes rapidly during a
first portion of their downward movement and then, when
the electrodes have reached a predetermined position, at a
slow speed. The change of speed occurs at the same precisely
controlled predetermined position each time the electrodes
cy and its harmonics are used to provide frequency and
deviation measurement means for a frequency modulated
(FM) signal.
3,644,828
DC HIGH- VOLT AGE FOLLOWER ELECTROMETER
Stuart G. Gathman, Cheveriy, Md., anignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed May 19, 1970, Ser. No. 38,675
Int. CL GOlr 1/30, 31/02, 29/22
US. CL 324—123 R 3 Claims
A high-input impedance electrometer tube for measuring
high-atmospheric electric potentials where the high-input im-
pedance is provided by a guard voltage (equal to the at-
mospheric voltage measured) supplied by a charged capaci-
tor capable of large positive and negative excursions.
3,644,829
APPARATUS FOR MEASURING ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS OF A SPECIMEN IN WHICH
TESTING ELECTRODES ARE AUTOMATICALLY
LOWERED RAPIDLY AND THEN SLOWLY INTO
CONTACT WITH THE SPECIMEN
Joseph Y. Chan, Chefanaford, and DInesfa C. Gupta, Cam-
bridge, both of Mass., assignors to GTE Laboratories Incor-
porated
Filed Dec. 22, 1969, Ser. No. 886,908
Int. CL GOlr i//26
U.S. a. 324— 158 P 7 Claims
Apparatus for bringing testing electrodes into contact with
a specimen with a uniform, consistent, reproducible force of
are lowered. After the electrodes have come into contact
with the specimen and have reached a predetermined
lowered position, the downward motion is stopped abruptly.
Stopping of the downward movement occurs at the same
precisely controlled predetermined lowered position each
time the electrodes are lowered.
3,644,830
DATA MODEM HAVING PHASE, FREQUENCY AND
AMPLITUDE DISTORTION COMPENSATING MEANS
Robert Gordon Ragsdale, Hollywood, Fla., assignor to Milgo
Electronic Corporation, Miami, Fla.
Filed Nov. 18, 1969, Ser. No. 877^13
Int. CI. H04b 1/12
U.S. CI. 325-42 1 1 Claims
rt4it*MiTTfe-je
ffittSW J*ra
A high-speed data modem utilizing a two-level, two-polari-
ty data format is disclosed. Digital data is grouped into bit
pairs, one bit of each pair is assigned one of two polarities
and the other bit is assigned one of two amplitude levels. The
bit pairs are modulated with a pair of pilot tones for transmis-
sion over a telephone line utilizing a 2,400-cycle-per-second
bandwidth.
DC noise factors introduced by the telephone line and cir-
cuitry are compensated for by deriving from the received
signal DC noise associated with frequency and phase varia-
tions between the transmitted and received pilot tones. The
DC noise from these tones is converted into digital signals.
The digital signals are applied to add and subtract circuitry of
a divider chain such that phase and frequency translation of
the derived tones, due to telephone line disturbances, are
compensated for by emitting pilot tones from the divider
which cancel out the DC noise.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1573
3,644,831 that senses the current supplied to the output stage of the
MODULATION SYSTEM transmitter, and that supplies current to a preceding driver
Alex Latker, and Johannes J. Vandegraal, both of Lynchburg, stage of the transmitter as an inverse function of the output
Va., assignors to General Electric Company current.
Continuatioa of application Ser. No. 423,093, Jan. 4, 1965,
now abttidoaed. This application Oct. 9, 1967, Ser. No.
685,222 3,644333
Int CI. H04b 1/68, 1/04 EAR-SUPPORTED RADIO RECEIVER
U.S.CI. 325— 137
I »M*Si LOCKED OUTPUT FILTCn LOO^
I 1*^ n
4 ClaiuK Pnmk H. Mcintosh, Chevy Chase, Md., assignor to Lectour
Communicatioiis Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed July 12, 1966, Ser. No. 564,666
InL CL H04b 1/08
MS. CL 325-361 1 Claim
OK. 1 I SVWTM I MOO I
sue --fc*5*C
fc» SI(C-**C*3K.C
U-i
A narrow band transmitter utilizing a modulation
technique in which a variable frequency oscillator is con-
strained to follow the frequency variations of a heavily
limited single sideband signal to produce a constant-am-
plitude, narrow band output signal. The audio intelligence is
applied to a single sideband modulator to produce a single
sideband signal, which is then heavily limited to remove the
amplitude information, with the intelligence being retained in
the zero crossings of the limited signal. The limited S.S.B.
signal controls a phase-loclced oscillator loop, which varies
the frequency of a variable frequency oscillator, forcing it to
follow Uie frequency variation of the limited single sideband
signal. The output from the phase-locked loop is a constant-
amplitude, narrow band signal, the frequency excursion of
which is substantially the same as the frequency excursion of
the audio intelligence. The phase-locked loop may include
frequency multiplication stages and Class-C amplifiers for
processing the output signal from the oscillator to permit
maximum efficiency in operation, since no amplitude infor-
mation is being transmitted.
3,644332
POWER CONTROL CIRCUIT
Ralph R. Sherman, Jr., Forest, Va., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Sept 28, 1970, Ser. No. 76^74
Int CL H04b 1/04; H02h 7/20, H03g 3/30
U.S.CL325— 186 3 Claims
POWCR CONTIVOL
CIRCUIT 10
The output power produced by a radio transmitter is main-
tained at a more nearly constant level by a control circuit
4 — ■
A radio receiver including a printed circuit board having
an oval cutout which fits over the human ear and is sup-
ported by the ear in listening position.
3,644334
FREQUENCY DIVIDER CIRCUITS
John Harry Tayfcir, Cheddar, Somerset, and Roger Stephen
Harris, Wells, Somerset, both of England, assignors to Elec-
tric & Musical Industries Limited, Hayes, Middlesex, En-
gland
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23341
Claims priority, appbcatioa Great Britain, Mar. 29, 1969,
16.577/69
Int. CL H03k 25/06
MS. CL 328—46 7 Claims
A frequency divider circuit for producing an output signal
from an input signal of periodicity t is provided, including
means for deriving an intermediate signal which defines al-
ternate intervals N r and Mr, where N and M are integers,
means for extending the ends of alternate intervals by P r/2.,
where P is aji odd integer, so as to produce a further inter-
1574
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
mediate signal, and means for generating said output signal in
response to said further intermediate signal. Such a frequen-
cy divider circuit is disclosed which is adapted for providing
field synchronizing pulses from line frequency pulses.
3,644^35
PHASE DETECTOR AND DIGITAL PHASE-LOCKED
LOOP
James E. Thompson, Scottsdak, Ariz., assignor to Motorola,
Inc., Franldin Pvk, 111.
Filed Dec. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 99,764
Int. CI. H03d 13/00
U.S. CI. 328— 1 33 13 Claims
S£ DC-tC^Ofl. '0
>
. \
^--i' V r'^
AMA^x a.
, °X'^ * -nj-LTL
There is disclosed a phase detector which operates in a
current mode to detect the phase difference between an
analog input signal and a digital input signal. The phase dif-
ference between these two signals is provided as a current
generated from combined chopping and gain block circuits.
Current-mode operation increases the gain obtainable from
prior art voltage-mode phase detectors and enables con-
venient filter circuit design for integration of the output
signals from the phase detector. The current-mode phase de-
tector may be used in combination with a voltage-controlled
multivibrator circuit to provide a digital phase-locked loop
having a high-loop gain and having improved pull-in and
hold-in ranges. The combined chopping and gain block cir-
cuits enables IC implementation with a minimum number of
external connections.
3,644,836
NONLINEAR COMPENSATION NETWORK
Roy D. Johnson, Annapolis, Md., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Sept 2, 1970, Ser. No. 69,085
Int. CI. G06g 7112; H03k 5/00; H03b 1/00
VS. CI. 328— 143 10 Claims
-_ A compensation network having as an input a nonlinear
transducer generated signal, which produces a linear signal
by balancing out the nonlinearities in the transduced signal.
Compensation is achieved by a plurality of individually
operated slope circuits. Each slope circuit is actuated at a
particular break point or voltage level of the sensor signal.
When actuated the slope circuit produces a signal which
compensates for the nonlinearity. The compensator includes
break point circuits actuating each slope circuit at the
predetermined break point voltage and the break point cir-
cuits are closed-loop design minimizing amplifier instability
and temperature shift
3,644,837
SYNCHRONOUS FACSIMILE GENERATOR
Ronald L. Clark, Indianapolis, Ind., assignor to The United
States of America as represented by the Secretary of the
Navy
Filed Jan. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 1 10,916
Int CI. G06g 7/28
U.S. CI. 328-188 7 Claims
A synchronous facsimile generator having a master tuning
fork oscillator coupled through a squaring circuit to produce
square wave oscillations that are applied to integrated divi-
sion and NAND circuits to produce a plurality of different
combinations of frequency and wave patterns to provide a
plurality of different functions applicable to test a facsimile
recorder of carrier, start, phase, gray scale, and stop, with an
additional tap input for other desired test signals, each
frequency and wave pattern function being applied through a
selector switch to a modulator to modulate the carrier
produced by the master oscillator thereby producing double
sideband, amplitude modulated, phase synchronous with the
carrier signals for test of a facsimile recorder.
3,644338
AMPLIFIER USING BIPOLAR AND FIELD-EFFECT
TRANSISTORS
Stefano Graf, New York, N.Y., assignor to RCA Corporation
Filed June 11, 1970, Ser. No. 45,509
Int CI. H02f 5/00; H03f 3/16
U.S. CI. 330-3 12 Claims
A high-speed, high slew rate operational amplifier com-
prised of bipolar and insulated-gate field-effect transistors
(IGFET's). The amplifier includes a bipolar differential input
stage whose active load is the source-drain path of a first IG-
FET. The source-drain path of a second IGFET is connected
between the output node of the differential input stage and
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1575
the input of the emitter follower output stage. The second
IGFET operated in the common-gate configuration level
•Hm^
>-,
zkjJS"''
shifts the DC level and translates the signal current from the
input stage to the output stage providing voltage gain.
3,644,839
TRANSFERRED ELECTRON AMPLIFIER
Barry Stuart Pertman, Hightstown, and Thomas Edward
Walsh, Kearny, both of N J., assignors to RCA Corporation
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,477
Int CI. H03f 3/04
U.S. CI. 330-5 9 Claims
J9 ,RF INPUT
A transferred electron amplifier characterized by the un-
compensated bulk-type material in the active region having
an nL product larger than about 5x10" cm."* is described
where n is the carrier density and L is the length of the
material between terminals. The amplifier provides high
power, signal amplification at microwave frequencies near
the transit-time frequency.
3,644,840
VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROL
David C. Conner, Dallas, Tex., assignor to LTV Elec-
trosystems, Inc., Greenville, Tex.
Filed May 28, 1970, Ser. No. 41.246
Int. CI. H03b 3104
U.S. CI. 331-lA 21 Claims
I ■awTROL I ' A, U"'
volves closing a sample data frequency servomechanism loop
around a voltage (or current) controlled oscillator. In the
sample data frequency loop, a phase-locked subharmonic
oscillator produces a sampled frequency at a fraction of the
oscillator output. This sampled frequency is applied to a logic
system that produces a frequency error signal b> an
arithmetic operation of subtraction and addition This
frequency error signal is then utilized to adjust the controlla-
ble oscillator.
A variable frequency oscillator is digitally commanded to
any one of a large number of frequencies by a system that in-
3,644,841
FREQUENCY-STABILIZED SINGLE MODE RING
LASERS
Peter William Smith, Little Silver, N.J., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 656,519, July 27,
1967, now Patent No. 3,537,027. This application May 4,
1970, Ser. No. 34.440. The portion of the term of this
patent subsequent to Oct 27, 1987, has been disclaimed.
Intel. HOlsi/OOGOlb 9/02
U.S. CI. 331-94.5 6 Claims
• IJ1>«I»SS
FILTW
^'
4^ rV<
A sensitive frequency discriminant based on the gain
profile of the active medium can be obtained in an ion ring
laser having a Doppler-broadened emission line by promoting
stable competition between oppositely propagating traveling-
wave components of a single transverse mode and by tuning
an auxiliary ring resonator that determines the frequency of
the primary ring resonator to maintain substantially equal in-
tensities of the oppositely propagating waves. The discrimi-
nant is then used to stabilize the auxiliary ring resonator. The
primary ring resonator is stabilized by locking one of its reso-
nant frequencies to a resonance of the auxiliary ring resona-
tor with a feedback circuit. Stable competition is achieved by
providing a selected gain anisotropy of the ion laser active
medium. The anisotropy is selected to be sufficiently large to
inhibit the quenching of one of the oppositely propagating
waves by the other, even though they have the same frequen-
cy. In the typical case of a gas ion laser, a substantial ion drift
rate provides the gain anisotropy.
3,644,842
OPTICAL HIGHER HARMONIC GENERATOR WITH
TEMPERATURE EFFECTING PHASE MATCHING
Teiji Uchida; Shogo Yoshikawa. and Atsufumi Ueki, all of
Tokyo, Japan, assignors to Nippon Electric Company,
Limited, Tokyo. Japan
Filed July 22. 1969. Ser. No. 843.564
Claims priority, application Japan. July 23. 1968, 43/52375
IntCi. HOlsi/00
U.S.CL 331-94.5 2 Claims
An optical higher harmonic generator includes a laser
material, an excitation source for producing the population
inversion in the laser material, and two reflectors constituting
an optical resonator sandwiching the laser material
1576
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
therebetween. A crystal piece having the electro-optical ef-
fect and nonlinear optical effect is disposed within the
interconnected transistors of opposite conductivity type and
a resistor, and wherein a single capacitor is coupled between
D C Supply
m^j]
Amplifier Genefoiof
XTAt
Po»f Supply
resonator and a signal source applies to the crystal piece a
signal having the modulation frequency and voltage necessa-
ry for locking the oscillation modes of the laser
3,644,843
TEMPERATURE STABLE NEGATIVE RESISTANCE
DIODE COAXIAL CAVITY ENERGY CONVERTER
OPERATING IN AN ANTIRESONANT MODE
Bernard E. Sigmon, Tampa, Fla., assignor to Sperry Rand
Corporation
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 49,437
Int. CI. H03b 7//4. H03f J//0
U.S.CL 331-101 4 Claims
the two branches to function with each of the resistors as a
common element in two time-constant circuits.
3,644345
FREQUENCY STABILIZATION METHOD AND
APPARATUS FOR PARAMETRIC AMPLIFIERS AND
OSCILLATORS
Stephen E. Harris, 880 Richardson Court, Palo Alto, Calif.
Filed June 6, 1969, Ser. No. 831,1 14
Int. CI. H03f 7/00
U.S. CI. 331-175 8 Claims
■ \
9
L4
e
\ i
i
la
A coherent radiation beam passes in series through a pair
of nonlinear elements separated by a modifying element, the
nonlinear elements are reversed with respect to each other so
that the effect of the beam in passing through the first is can-
celled or nullified by the second. The modifying element
serves to absorb and shift the phase of a selected frequency
band such that cancellation of that band by the second ele-
ment is prevented and selective amplification of the modified
frequency band is achieved
3,644,846
OPTICAL MODULATION BY SUBMILLIMETER-WAVE
SIGNALS AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF
Thomas James Bridges, Holmdel; Ivan Paul Kaminow, New
Shrewsbury, and Martin Alan Pollack, Colts Neck, all of
N.J., assignors to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incor-
porated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed May 4, 1970, Ser. No. 34,198
Int. CLH01sJ/;0
U.S. CI. 332-7.51 6 Claims
A semiconductor diode coaxial line energy converter
operable as a single port, high-frequency amplifier or oscilla-
tor has enhanced temperature stability and operating power
output level through employment of a coaxial cavity resona-
tor structure working in an antiresonant mode and having
means for increasing the effective junction capacitance of the
active diode.
3,644,844
MULTIVIBRATOR CIRCUITS
Atanasije Bankovic, Belfort, France, assignor to Societe Indus-
trielle Honeywell Bull, Paris, France
Filed Jan. 29, 1970, Ser. No. 6,682
Claims priority, application France, Jan. 31, 1969, 6902.009
Int. CI. H03k 3/282
U.S. CI. 331-113 R 10 Claims
A transistorized multivibrator for furnishing output pulses
having steep edges which are independent of the duration of
the pulses, wherein each of a pair of branches comprises two
\-r^.r^.
UUCR
a
li.
SUeKlUIMtlER-
WAVE
Moouutroa
*-—
iWh
'^)i
TRANSUISSION
UEOIUU
/■
^>^.
SfPtrfliN&eNT
[LtCTBOOCTlC
OrSTAl
0»Tic «»iS
■ OBTHOGONAl. ro
PL*Nt OF OAPEa
SlONAI.
OUT
A continuous-wave cyanide (HCN) laser has been em-
ployed to drive a continuous, traveling-wave lithium niobate
(LiNbOs) electro-optic modulator at signal frequencies of
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1577
964 gHz. ( 3 1 1 Aim. ) and at 89 1 gHz. ( 337 /xm. ). Part of the
power of a visible 0.633-^m. carrier beam is converted into
two visible sidebands, one of which is favored by the choice
of phase-matching angle. In a submillimeter communication
system and in power metering of submillimeter radiation, an-
gular separation of the beams makes attractive the up-con-
version to the visible region, followed by detection. The large
frequency separation of the visible carrier and the sidebands
facilitates precision spectroscopic and metrological applica-
tions.
as,
3,644347
FREQUENCY-FOLLOWING VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED
HLTER PROVIDING SUBSTANTIALLY CONSTANT
OUTPUT AMPLITUDE
John G. Neuman, Grott Pointe Woods, Mich., aarignor to
GcMral Motors Corporatkm, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Nov. 30, 1970, Ser. Na 93,583
Int CL H03b 7/10
U.S.CL 333-17 4Claiins
A filter arrangement for extracting the fundamental
frequency from an input periodic electrical signal controlled
to follow changes in frequency by the input electrical signal
to provide an output sinusoidal signal whose frequency con-
tinuously follows the frequency of the input signal. This filter
arrangement includes a voltage-controlled filter in combina-
tion with a feedback loop comprising an amplitude sensing
circuit, a voltage comparator and an amplifier to provide an
error signal related to the difference between the instantane-
ous output voltage of the voltage-controUed filter and a
reference voltage. This error signal is applied to the voltage-
controUed filter to modify its characteristic response and, ac-
cordingly, to enable the voltage-controlled filter to extract a
fundamental frequency sinusoid which follows frequency
changes by the input signal. Additionally, the instant filter ar-
rangement inherently adjusts for variations in the amplitude
of the input signal to effect autcnnatic gain control providing
a substantially constant amplitude output voltage.
FREQUENCY SELECTING MODULAR COMPONENT
AND ASSEMBLY FORMED THEREFROM
Chester R. KruczelL, Rivcrdale, NJ., aasigiior to General In-
strument Corporation, Newarli, N J.
Filed Aug. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 853,132
Int CL H03h 7/10
VJS. CL 333—70 S 20 Claims
mounted on an insulating support plate having an input and
an output terminal. Each component comprises an L.C. reso-
nant circuit and a plurality of terminals extending therefrom.
Means are provided on the support plate to electrically con-
nect selected terminals of a first module to the assembly
input terminal and to a selected terminal on a second
module, to connect selected terminals on succeeding
modules to one another, and to connect a selected terminal
of the last module to the assembly output terminal. The as-
sembly input and output terminals extend from the support
plate in a direction different from that of the tunable
modules.
3,644349
MULTISECTION ELECTROMECHANICAL BANDPASS
FILTER
Alia Nikolaevna Kalyaeva, prosp. Toreza, 102, korp. 5, kv.
177, and Dmitry Vasflievicfa Pletnev, ul. Komsomola, 10,
kv. 26, both of Lenningrad, U.S.S.R.
Filed June 26, 1969, Ser. No. 836350
Int CL H03h 9/26, 9/28
MS. CL 333-71 1 Claim
^.
^:;iO*-
:^f:
The present invention relates generally to the techniques
of filtering electric oscillations and more particularly to elec-
tromechanical filters effective preferably within the frequen-
cy bandwidth of from a few to lO's of kilocycles per second.
The essence of the invention resides in the fact that in the
herein-disclosed electromechanical filters, the bonds inter-
connecting the mechanical resonators with one another and
with the magnetostrictive converters, are built up of elements
dumbbell-Uke in shape. Such an engineering solution allows
the provision of highly reliable, small-sized narrow -band elec-
tromechanical filters suitable for operation within the
frequency range of from a few to hundreds of kilocycles per
second.
3,644350
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT BAND PASS FILTER
Irving T. Ho, Poughkeepde, N.Y., assignor to International
Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed June 1 1, 1969, Ser. No. 832^03
Int CL HOlp 3/08; HOls 19/00
MS. CL 333—73 2 Claims
e,^
TF^
;:•'
A semiconductor band pass filter is disclosed. The filter is
an integrated circuit device having a semiconductor layer
A frequency-selecting assembly is formed from a plurality with a ground plane on one face and an insulating layer and
of substantially similar tunable modular components an overiying conductive line on the other face. The semicon-
1578
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
ductor layer includes near the insulating layer a highly doped
region which may have substantially the same pattern as the
conductive line. The passed band can be selected by varying
the doping level of the doped region.
3,644351
nVE-PORT GYRATOR CIRCUIT WHEREIN GYRATOR
ACTION IS PRODUCED BETWEEN TWO
NONTERMINATED PORTS
Rkhard W. Danieb, Andover, Mass., assignor to Bell
Teiephooe Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed May 2, 1969, Scr. No. 821359
Int. CI. H03h 7144
U.S. CI. 333-80 R 10 Claims
/
waveguides disposed at an angle thereto, the apparatus
providing a double-mitered, H plane compensated waveguide
bend in which the effective width of the waveguide in the
plane of the bend is narrowed at the mitered comers and in-
creased on a line bisecting the angle of the bend to provide a
low VSWR over a wide bandwidth for both signal paths.
3,644,853
VOLTAGE-CONTROLLED SIGNAL-SEEKING TUNING
SYSTEM
John Y. Ma, Glenview, lU., assignor to Zenith Radio Corpora-
tion, Chicago, 111.
Filed Nov. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 91,894
Int. CI. H03j 3118; H04b 1132
U.S. CI. 334-15 3 Claims
'3 [h^
.Ftt
-i"
•u
♦i,
M,
.COLLECTOS
oo
;0L LECTOR
■BASE
BASE
A class of gyrator circuits is disclosed which is defined by a
set of four matrix equations through the use of a five-pwrt
network analysis. The identifying characteristics of this class
are that each circuit contains three resistors which form ter-
minations of three of the ports in the five-port network and
that gyrator action is produced between the remaining two
ports only when the resistances of two of the resistors are
tuned to be substantially equal. Because of this tuning ability
high-quality gyrator networks may be simulated.
3,644,852
IMPEDANCE COMPENSATED SWITCH FOR A
RECTANGULAR WAVEGUIDE
Thomas K. Aibec, Western Springs, III., assignor to The
Bunker-Ramo Corporatioo, 0^ Brook, HI.
Filed Apr. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,680
InLCI. HOlp 7/02, ///O, 5/02
U.S. CI. 333—98 S 14 Claims
J
Apparatus for selectively switching electromagnetic wave
energy from one hollow pipe waveguide to one of two similar
^ A signal-seeking tuning system for a receiver having a volt-
age-controlled tuner wherein a switching circuit, a low-
leakage storage capacitor, and a metal oxide field-effect
transistor are provided for applying a DC control voltage to
the tuner and maintaining the applied voltage at the value
correspondmg to the selected signal so that the receiver
remains tuned to the selected frequency irrespective of tem-
porary loss of signal or receiver deenergization.
REED SWITCH
Jan Paul Steenmeyer, Hilversum, Netherlands, assignor to
U.S. Philips Corporation, New York, N.Y.
Filed Apr. 20, 1970, Ser. Na 29388
Claims priority, appUcatioa Netherlands, May 9, 1969,
6907099
Int. CI. HOlh 1166
\}S. CI. 335- 153 4 Claims
A reed-type switch having two contact tongues, at least
one of which is provided with a {jermanent magnet polarized
transversely of the longitudinal direction of the contact ton-
gues and parallel to the direction of movement thereof. By
said permanent magnet the adjoining part of the contact ton-
gue concerned is ma^eticaily saturated by a flux passing
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1579
consecutively through the contact tongues and produced by
external means. The direction of said flux at the contact area
is opposite that of the flux of the permanent magnet. The
value of said flux is such that the difference between the two
fluxes is capable of moving the contact tongues from the
open state into the closed state. When the contact tongues
are closed, the magnet will maintain the closed condition.
3,644355
KEYBOARD REED SWITCH
WaHer L. Cherry, and Raymond G. Castle, both of Highland
Park, III., assignors to Cherry Electrical Products Corpora-
tkm. Highland Park, lU.
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,887
Int CL HOlh 5102, 1/66, 3/12
VS. CI. 335-205 8 Claims
»t. n, n
"T
normally hold the switch member in spaced relation to the
circuit terminals.
3,644357
PROCESS AND APPARATUS FOR THE ORIENTATION
OF THE STABLE DIRECTION OF MAGNETIZATION OF
A MAGNETIC LAYER CARRIED BY A CYLINDRICAL
SUPPORT
Rene Femand Victor Girard, Grenobd, and Jacques Le Guil-
lerm, AvriUe, both of France, assignors to Sodetc Indus-
trieUe Honeywell Bull, Paris, France
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,479
CUdms priority, application France, Apr. 25, 1969, 6913136
Int CI. HO If 1/00
U3. CI. 335-209 . 9 Claims
A process and corresponding apparatus providing for ob-
taining circumferential orientation of the stable axis of mag-
netization in a magnetic layer during deposition of the layer
on a cylindrical support. This arrangement includes flat
windings positioned in parallel to the support and being
traversed by polyphase currents and furnishing magnetic field
orthozonal to the axis of the support and rotating around the
same.
A pushbutton keyboard switch embodying an enclosed
reed contact element mounted on a base portion of a switch
in close proximity to a permanent magnet that is movably
supported between a pair of opposing spring members, a
slidable actuator being in contact with one of the spring
members so as to compress the same against the magnet to
increase its kinetic force until it overcomes the resistance of
the opposing spring to effect longitudinal switching move-
ment of the magnet relative to the reed contact element and
to create a tactile feel in the movement of the actuator.
3,644356
ELECTRICAL SWITCH
John M. Scott, 77 Rutledge Drive, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Mar. 8, 1971, Ser. No. 121,725
Int. CI. HOlh 5/02
U.S. CI. 335-207 4 Claims
An electrical switch incorporating circuit terminals and a
switch member movable thereagainst to close an electrical
circuit therebetween in which the switch member is mounted
on a permanent magnet positioned in the electrical switch in
opposed polarity with respect to a second permanent magnet
whereby the repelling action of the permanent magnets will
3,644,858
TRANSFORMER HAVING A NONMETALLIC CASING
Dudley L. Galloway, Sharpsville, Pa., assignor to
Wcstinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
Filed Sept 28, 1970, Ser. No. 75,915
Int. CL HO If 27/02
U.S. CI. 336—92 8 ClaioB
An electrical transformer having a core-winding assembly,
with the core-winding assembly and all other metalhc parts of
the transformer totally enclosed within a nonmetallic casing.
The core-winding assembly is supported in the nonmetallic
casing from the top cover of the casing. The nonmetallic cas-
ing comprises a nonmetallic bottom which is keyed into the
sidewalls of the nonmetallic casing to provide a fluidtight
joint.
1580
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3 644.859
ELECTRICAL WINDING OF SHEET CONDUCTOR
Michad W. Watennan, Milwaukee, Wis., assignor to AlUs-
Chalmera Maoufacturing Company, Milwauliee, Wis.
Filed Aug. 17, 1970, Ser. No. 64,472
Int. a. HOlf 27/25
UA a. 336-187 2CIalMs
3,644361
PROTECTOR FOR ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
Aloysius J. Fister, St. Louis, Mo., assignor to McGraw-Edison
Company, Elgin, lU.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,101
Int. Q. HOlh 85/16
U.S. CI. 337-252 16 Claims
^7
d^ ■/■/•/
I' If til m
CT
.a
II
Ji'
LJMp, 'Olij il il,)._»=^ f^^- ilJ S
JS '28 ■^^
A high-current capacity winding of sheet conductor for
stationary induction apparatus which substantially reduces
eddy current and circulating current losses has a plurality of
coaxial coils each of which is spirally wound from a plurality
of conductor sheets in parallel that extend the entire coil
height with insulation between paralleled sheets and between
spiral turns. Crossover connector strips extending parallel to
the winding axis connect paralleled conductor sheets in the
plurality of coils in series relation and so that the innermost
and outermost of the paralleled conductor sheets of different
coils are transposed and the net flux linkages of the plurality
of flux paths are approximately equal.
3,644360
SELF-RESTORING CURRENT LIMITER
Kiyosiy Yamagata; Kiyosfai Matsuura, both of Fukuyama;
Toshio Ito; Toshio Miyamoto, and YuidU Wada, all of
Amagasaki, all of Japan, assignors to Mitsubishi Denki
Kabushiki Kaisha. Tokvo, Japan
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 3131
Claims priority, application Japan, Apr. 24, 1%9, 44/31641;
44/31642; 44/31643; 44/31644
U3. CI. 337-21 6 Claims
46
l^ 18 14 ^ 16 52 50
54.
iT « jl.40 '"; I " "
An electric fuse has a ceramic housing with annular
grooves adjacent the opposite ends of the outer surface
thereof, and has yieldable annuli disposed within those annu-
lar grooves Those yieldable annuli make it possible to "cold-
form" the confronting edges, of the cuplike terminals of that
electric fuse, into those annular grooves without cracking,
pulverizing or fragmenting the endmost edges of those annu-
lar grooves Also, those yieldable annuli coact with those
confronting edges to limit the rate at which gases and vapors
can escape from that electric fuse.
3,644,862
PROTECTIVE CONNECTION DEVICE IN ELECTRODE
WIRING OF ELECTROLYTIC CELLS
Naokichi Otake; Yutaka Yamanobe, both of Iwaki; Katumi
Siina, Taludiagi, and Kunikatsu Usuba, Iwaki, all of Japan,
assignors to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha,
Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Apr. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 26,567
Claims priority, applkation Japan, Apr. 16, 1969, 44/28961
Int. CI. HOlh 37/76
U.S. CI. 337-408 1 Claim
The disclosed current limiters include self-restoring cur-
rent-limiting material filling one portion of a central hole and
a buffer fluid filling the other portion of the hole with a
piston slidably fitted filled in the hole to isolate the material
from the fluid. Upon the occurrence of short-circuiting cur-
rent the material evaporates to perform the current limiting
operation while a very high pressure due to the evaporated
material moves the piston to compress the fluid. Therefore,
the pressure is buffed.
The anode of an electrolytic ceil is connected to a bus bar
through a connection device in which a lead wire connected
at one end to the bus bar is connected at the other end to the
anode through a solder joint, on which a continuous separat-
ing force IS exerted by a spring-separating mechanism. When
an excess current due to a short circuit in the electrolytic cir-
cuit flows through the lead wire, the solder melts and the
joint IS broken by the separating mechanism to break the cir-
cuit, whereby the electrolytic circuit parts are protected.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1581
3,644363
METALLIC RESISTANCE THERMOMETER
Chang-Chyi Tsuei, Pasadena, Calif., assignor to California In-
stitute Research Foundation, Pasadena, Calif.
Filed Apr. 10, 1969, Ser. No. 815,162
Int. CI. GOlk 7/22
U.S. CI. 338-25 7 Claims
3,644,865
COMBINATION VARIABLE RESISTOR AND
SWITCHING MEANS
Joseph L. Kirby, Thorntown, and George O. Puemer, Frank-
fort, both of Ind., assignors to P. R. Mallory & Co. Inc., In-
dianapolis, Ind.
FUed Nov. 4, 1970, Ser. No. 86,753
Int. CI. HOlc 9/08
U.S. CI. 338- 1 73 7 Claims
A class of alloys, when converted to amorphous form by
quenching from the molten state, is useful for sensing tem-
perature by virtue of a temperature coefficient of electrical
resistivity that is negative over a usefully wide range, includ-
ing the neighborhood of absolute zero. Such alloys comprise
three components: a metal of the platinum series, silicon or
germanium, and an inner member of the first series of transi-
tion metals. A preferred type of composition is Pdgo-j-SijoCrj.,
where x may have any value up to about 8.
3,644,864
COMPOSITE THERMISTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
HAVING STEP-FUNCTION RESPONSE
Hans G. Hirsbrunner, Attleboro, and Lyk E. McBride, Jr.,
Norton, both of Mass., assignors to Texas Instruments In-
corporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Dec. 5, 1969, Ser. No. 882,567
Int. CI. HOlc 7/02
U.S. CI. 338-25 3 Claims
A temperature sensor including first and second FTC
thermistor elements each having a well-defined transition
temperature above which the resistance of the element rises
relatively abruptly and below which it changes relatively lit-
tle, the transition temperature of the second element being
substantially greater than that of the first element. The
thermistor elements are adapted to be substantially identi-
cally thermally resp)onsive to a body whose temperature is
sensed by the sensor. The elements are connected in series-
circuit relationship to cause the sensor resistance to be a se-
ries-equivalent resistance which varies as a function of the re-
sistance of the elements and changes relatively abruptly at
temperatures determined by the transition temperatures of
the elements thereby providing the sensor with a step-func-
tion R vs. T characteristic.
A variable resistor-switch combination comprising an elec-
trical resistance path, electrical switch means integral with
the electrical resistance path, and movable electrical contact
means cooperating with the electrical resistance path and the
electrical switch means.
3,644,866
TIGHTLY BOUND BUNDLE OF FILAMENTS AND
METHOD OF PRODUCING SAME
Lawrence R. Deardurff, Newark, Ohio, assignor to Owens-
Corning Fiberglas Corporation
Filed Jan. 11, 1971, Ser. No. 105,175
Int. CI. HOlci/00
U.S. CI. 338-214 10 Claims
This invention relates to a tightly bound textile strand
product suitable for use as a core element in a jacketed com-
posite product in which coated filaments are held together by
helically wrapping two separate strands of filaments around
the bundle in opposite directions. More particularly, it relates
to an improved high-resistance automotive ignition conduc-
tor and a method of producing the conductor wherein the
overwrapping strands are glass filaments and the ignition
conductor is a bundle of glass filaments coaled with electri-
cally conductive material.
3,644367
GROUNDED FEMALE SOCKET AND PLUG
Edward F. Krause, 105 Sirs Ave., Lindenhurat, N.Y.
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,673
lot CL HOlr 3/06
U3. CI, 339-14 R
A female socket having a plug-receiving or similar body-
receiving opening which terminates in a plug-accommodating
seat, and wherein the necessary positive and negative electri-
cal contacts of the same are located about the socket open-
ing while a ground electrical contact is advantageously
1 Claim
1582
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
located in the plug-accommodating seat. Accordingly, 3,644^9
threaded engaeement of the plug, lightbulb, or the like within ELECTRICAL COUPLING DEVICE AND ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
Albert P. Newman, Springfield Township, Hamilton County,
Ohio, assignor to Empire Products, Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio
,0 nied Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,248
jto ,36 / lnt.C\.HO\r 31108, 11/22
U.S. CI. 339-19
9 Claims
~i — ' i~^ ( i YJ"i'>"*' ^ I \ ^jr-g
'//////////, ////.'y/////y//////
the socket automatically results in operation of the same with
the attendant safety factor of a connection to ground.
3,644368
MODULE HOLDER
David Nevala, Hudson, Mass., assignor to Digital Equipment
Corporation, Maynard, Mass.
Filed Apr. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 31,926
Int CI. H02b l\02\ H05k 1102
U.S. CI. 339- 17 LM 7 Claims
An electncal coupling device is provided for bringing vari-
ous electrical members into electrical connection and also
for disconnecting them, the device utilizing electrical con-
nector components in which the manner of connection and
disconnection is push-pull, good electrical contact being ob-
tained in the connector components by means of an outward
force exerted by a Belleville washer, manipulatable means
being provided to bnng electrical connector components into
and out of engagement.
A holder for retaining plug-in printed circuit cards ar-
ranged side-by-side in rows or tiers comprises a stiff but
resilient strip having spaced-apart grippers projecting, out
from one face thereof. The grippers are spaced apart a
distance equal to the spacing between the cards and each
gripper is arranged to grip the edge of a card. Each gripper
consists of a pair of spaced-apart fingers which resiliently en-
gage opposite faces of the card. The strip is hinged between
the Angers of each gripper so that when the holder is pulled
away ^om the cards, the strip bends backwards, spreading
apart the Angers of each gripper so as to release the interven-
ing card.
3,644,870
INTERCONNECTION DEVICE FOR MULTIPLE
CONDUCTORS
Richard D. Jones, 4724 Fairlee Drive, Little Rock, Arii.
Original application Oct. 9, 1967, Ser. No. 673,886. Divided
and this application Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 870^35
Int. CI. HOlr 13162
U.S. CI. 339-45 M 1 €!«*"»
Auxiliary distribution bypass apparatus for use in associa-
tion vfcith a main electrical power distribution panel, includ-
ing an auxiliary panel located in spaced relation with respect
to the main panel and having distributor circuit plug-in con-
nectors and transfer switches and associated wiring for trans-
ferring distributor circuits extending from the main panel to
the distributor circuit plug-in connectors, and a portable dis-
tribution panel having a main power input and distribution
circuits terminating in plug-in-type connector members, and
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1683
further including a plurality of patch cable assemblies toward each other to deAne a slot therebetween and a
adapted for selective interconnection between the plug-in deflectable tongue integral vnth the base and which is self-
biased into engagement with the bent over sections of the
wings. The male terminal comprises a flat blade having up-
standing ribs for strengthening same and an upstanding tang.
The male terminal is adapted to be cormected to a mating
female terminal of another connector by inserting the same
/2S
connector members of the p>ortable distribution panel and
the auxiliary panel plug-in connectors.
3,644371
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR
Maurice Louis Lafbnt, Paris, France, assignor to Sodete
Anonyme ditc Fraoccko, Paris, France
Filed Feb. 15, 1968, Ser. No. 705324
Chdms priority, appUcatioa France, Apr. 14, 1967, 102783
Int. CI. HOlr 75/62
U.S. CI. 339—46 2 Claims
^22 22i>
4*
between the deflectable tongue and the v^ngs and with the
tang being received within the slot. The tang insures that the
male terminal is inserted right side up so that the ribs are on
the side opposite the tongue and so that a nib on the tongue
will be received within an opening in the male terminal to
lock the two terminals together.
3,644373
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR FOR A RADIO
RECEPTACLE
Wayne D. Daiton; Stanley C. Mackzum; Friedrich H. Mann,
and Paul F. Sensabaugh, all of Lynchburg, Va., assignors to
General Electric Company
Filed Oct 22, 1970, Ser. Na 83,064
Int. CL HOlr 13154
U3. a. 339-79
4 Claims
'" .-.-»iJ-^;f=r=T »
M
The electrical connections between the two sections of the
connector are obtained through the use of coupling elements
carried by an insulating disk disposed in front of the ends of
the cables of the Axed section, locked inside the body of the
fixed section, displaceable axiaily inside of said Axed section
and having no electrical contact with said ends of the cables
when the two sections of the connector are disconnected.
3,644372
HERMAPHRODITIC TERMINAL
Andrew Russo, Jr., Fowler, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Filed Oct 22, 1970, Ser. No. 82394
Int. CI. HOlr 13/28
U3. CI. 339—47 R 3 Claims
In a preferred form, this disclosure relates to a her-
maphroditic electrical connector comprising a one-piece
member made from thin gauge sheet stock having a female
terminal at one end portion, a male terminal at its other end
portion and an intermediate portion which is adapted to be
connected to an electrical lead. The female terminal has a
base, a pair of upwardly extending wings at the sides of the
base and with the wings having sections which are bent over
An electrical device is provided with a receptacle for
receiving a radio. A lever carrying one or more contacts is
1584
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
pivotally positioned on one wall of the receptacle so that with the recess so that at least one of the sharp comers of the
when the radio is inserted in the receptacle, the lever is post projects into the recess and thus into an insulation
pivoted and its contacts brought into engagement with con- coated wire disposed within the recess to form an electrical
tacts on the radio. connection with the wire
3,644374 3,644376
CONNECTOR ELEMENT AND METHOD FOR ELEMENT CONNECTOR FOR BATTERY TERMINALS
ASSEMBLY Orrin H. Thomas, 2 1 20 West Fourth St., WilUamsport, Pa
Harold G. Hutter, BrookfieM, Coon., assignor to The Bunker- Filed Oct. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,745
Ramo Corporatkm, Oak Brook, lU. Int. CI. HOlr / 7/26
FUcd Oct. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 78,718 U.S. CI. 339- 1 14
InU a. HOlr 13/54,17/04
U.S. CI. 339-89 C 8 Claims
1 Claim
A connector element and method for its assembly. A fer-
rule body having an enlarged forward section, a center sec-
tion of reduced diameter having a circumferential groove
formed in it, and an elongated rear section has a coupling nut
mounted for rotation on it. The nut has an opening formed in
its rear of diameter greater than that of the center section but
less than that of the forward section in which the center sec-
tion of the body is partially positioned. The coupling nut also
has a circumferential ridge extending from the opening to the
rear of the nut, which ridge is bent over by a suitable tool
into the groove to lock the body and nut against lateral
movement.
ERRATUM
For Qass 339—91 see:
Patent No. 3,644,938
3,644375
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
Francis A. OX4>ughlin, Scotch Plains, NJ., assignor to
Thomas & Bctts Corporation, Elizabeth, N J.
Filed Jan. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 4388
Int CI. HOlr 9/08
U3. CI. 339—97 R 1 1 Claims
The connector is formed with a longitudinal bore to
receive the rectangular-shaped post as well as with a recess
which extends either longitudinally or transversely of the
bore. In either embodiment, the bore is in communication
A connector for battery terminals having the means for
preventing corrosion, locking or freezing to a battery post,
and wherein there is provided a means for permitting the bat-
tery terminal connector to be installed or removed by the
hand with no tools required.
3,644377
TEST CLIP FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR
Gordon S. Carbooncau, Grand Rapids, Mkh., assignor to
Carbonneau Industries, Inc., Grand Rapids, Mich.
Filed July 10, 1970, Ser. No. 53,781
Int. CI. HOlr 7/ /24
U3. CI. 339- 108 TP 6 Claims
A test clip having opposed spring closed jaws has one elec-
trically conducting jaw and an opposed jaw with a yieldable
and deformable suriface capable of conforming to the shape
of a wire or terminal to which the clip is attached. The
yieldable surface has a high coefficient of friction.
ITT
3,644378
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR
John A. Toedtman, Warson Woods, Mo., assignor to
Blackburn Corporatkm, St. Louis, Mo.
Original appUcation Aug. 17, 1967, Ser. No. 661^18, now
Patent No. 3,480,905, dated Nov. 25, 1969. DivMed and this
appUcatkm Sept 1 1, 1%9, Ser. No. 857,136
Int. CI. HOlr 13/50
U3. CI. 339—213 R 10 Claims
The connector includes a terminal having an outer insulat-
ing cover and an inner conducting portion and a conductor
having an outer insulating cover and a conductor lug
detachably connected to the inner conducting portion of the
terminal. A resilient waterproof sheath extends between and
is in sealing engagement with the insulating covers of both
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1585
the terminal and the conductor. Each sheath end includes in-
ternal, annular ribs having a smaller diameter than the
diameter of the engaged insulating cover material, thus
deforming the insulating material into indentations. The
resulting pressure from the sheath combined with the heat
11
environment within the sheath provides a bonded seal
between the sheath and the insulation material. The terminal
outer insulating cover is formed into a retaining boss which is
engageable by one of the internal, annular ribs at the ter-
minal end of the sheath.
3,644379
SNAP-IN CONTACT TERMINAL
Joseph Frederick Duffieid, Georgetown, Ontario, and Zd-
zislaw R. Godziemba-Dambski, Bolton, Ontario, both of
Canada, assignors to Smith & Stone Limited, Toronto, On-
tario, Canada, by said Duffieid
Continuation of application Ser. No. 716,165, Mar. 26, 1968,
now abandoned. This application Apr. 6, 1970, Ser. No.
23,094
Int. Ci. HOlr 9/08
U.S. CI. 339-217 S 11 Claims
.23.22.^^^14
i 17 ^18 53
plates, cooperating camming parts arranged to squeeze the
contact plates against the fuse terminal, and a screw at the
The invention is directed to a one-piece snap-detent
mounted terminal for use in electrical fixtures. A predomi-
nant feature of the invention resides in the fact that the
disposition of the snap-detent within the fixture augments de-
tent action so that the contact is virtually held substantially
irremovable during use. Further, the terminal can be
manually assembled into the fixture with the utmost ease.
Removal of the terminal, however, requires considerable ef-
fort.
3,644380
FUSE TERMINAL CONNECTOR
Arthur J. Worth, Newark, N.J,, assignor to Federal Pacifk
Electric Company, Newark, N J.
Filed Nov. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 880,605
Int. CI. HOlr 9/70
U.S. CI. 339-270 F 9 Claims
An electrical connector for the blade-type terminal of a
fuse has confronting contact plates to receive the blade-type
fuse terminal, an inverted U-shaped clamping member
pivoted to swing about an axis transverse to the contact
/^-Jf
top of the inverted "U" and arranged to bear against the top
edges of the contact plates, to operate the camming parts
3,644,881
RECORDER FOR ACOUSTIC RANGING SYSTEM
Walter Wystouzii, Ottawa, OnUrio, Canada, assignor to
Canadian Patents and Devek>pment Limited, Ottawa, On-
tario, Canada
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,702
Int. CI. H04b n/OO
U.S. CI. 340-6 R 5 Claims
<iryic'^ Co^raoi.
m^\
TeA'^^MTT^e
A sound ranging system in which coincident sound and
radio pulses are emitted from a transmitting station. A
receiving station is provided with a recorder having a stylus
arm released for movement on reception of the radio pulse.
A marking pulse is fed to the stylus on reception of the sound
pulse, thereby providing an indication of the distance
between the transmitting and receiving stations
3,644,882
MARINE ACOUSTIC VELOCITY PROFILING
Kenneth E. Burg, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instruments
Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed Aug. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 853,646
Int. CI. GOlv 7/25
U.S, CI. 340—7 6 Claims
A marine vessel streams a plurality of hydrophones while
sequentially generating acoustic waves along a marine
traverse at spaced-apart intervals to provide common depth
point coverage of reflecting horizons within the water layer.
The hydrophones receive reflections from the water layer to
generate signals which are then recorded. Cross-correlations
are taken of selected gates of the signals, the gates being re-
lated to one another in dependence upon the horizontal spac-
ing between ones of the hydrophones. Acoustic velocity is
the variable in the cross-correlations. The cross-correlation
products are summed to produce a composite velocity cor-
relation function, the peak point of which provides an indica-
tion of the acoustic velocity of the underwater section
through which the reflections of the acoustic waves travel.
1586
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
Arithmetic operations are performed on the acoustic veloci- an emergency on the bus by automatic data transmission
ties to provide a substantially real-time profile of the acoustic from the bus over the voice channel
"^r
3,644,884
MODLLAR TIMER FOR USE IN TRAFFIC CONTROL
SYSTEMS
John J. Matysek, Crozet, Va., assignor to Remote Controls
Corporation
Filed May 20, 1969, Ser. No. 826,212
Int. CI. G08g 1107
U.S. CI. 340-40 15 Claims
velocity of the intervals between the underwater reflecting
horizons.
3,644,883
AUTOMATIC VEHICLE MONITORING,
IDENTIFICATION, LOCATION, ALARM AND VOICE
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
William M. Borman, Niles, and Donald L. Walker, Addison,
both of III., assignors to Motorola, Inc., Franklin Park, III.
Filed Dec. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 888,519
Int. CI. G08g///2
L.S.CL 340-23 19 Claims
H
r
i> '^ ■>' '''
^V'f !
1 f . • .*
r
VII m
1^
\^
■^^:;^-*
"tw»i, .
i^!«'7 . „.!lt»~
A cyclic timer and a traffic controller incorporating that
timer, and an intersection traffic control system. The timer
includes a plurality of timing modules interconnected so that
when one module completes the timing of its interval, it turns
on the next timing module which, in turn, turns off the
module that just completed its interval. The traffic controller
further includes a switching unit which accepts inputs from
the cyclic timer and in response thereto provides excitation
for an intersection right-of-way indicator such as a traffic
light. The intersection right-of-way control system permits
drivers in preferred directions to continuously receive right-
of-way as they traverse the system and provides preferred
streets for every direction of travel.
3,644,885
LOW LIQUID LEVEL INDICATOR
Bernard G. Radin, Oak Park, Mich., assignor to Ford Motor
Company. Dearborn, Mich.
Filed June 22, 1970, Ser. No. 48,064
Int. CLG01f2J/00
U.S. CI. 340-59 3 Claims
In a computer-controlled bus-monitoring system, each of
the buses in the system is provided with a two-way radio for
communication with the control center on either a voice
channel or a data channel. In addition, each bus includes a
second receiver for receiving signals from signpost transmit-
ters located along the route, with the signpost information
being stored in a temporary storage unit in the bus. The com-
puter continually controls interrogation of all of the buses in
the system on a data channel, with the buses automatically
replying with the stored signpost location plus the time
elapsed since that signpost location was stored in the bus.
Deviations from schedule are displayed on a control console
at the control center. The bus may be alerted to reply on a
voice channel by a special code sent over the data channel
with selective calling of the particular bus being provided,
and a provision also is made for alerting the control center of
"'tt:>t^>''..
-'J'
A low liquid level indicator particularly adapted for use in
an automotive vehicle which includes a probe adapted to
complete an electrical circuit to the container of the liquid
when the liquid is at a satisfactory operating level. A bimetal-
lic pulse-producing means is connected to the source of elec-
trical energy for the vehicle thereby cyclically coupling the
source of electrical energy to the probe through an AC
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1587
coupling means. A voltage divider is formed by means of a
resistor and the impedance of the probe and the container. A
solid-state switching network, which controls a warning
means, is connected to the junction of the resistance and this
impedance. When the liquid is above or equal to the satisfac-
tory operating level, the impedance between the probe and
the container is sufficiently low that the switching network
will not energize the warning means. When the liquid level,
however, falls below this satisfactory operating level, this im-
pedance rises sufficiently to switch the switching network
into a conducting state thereby energizing the warning
means.
3,644386
MONITORING SYSTEM FOR VEHICLE UGHTING
CIRCUITS
Sunud Sabarolf, 5921 McDoiric Avenue, Woodland Hills,
CaUf.
Filed Dec 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885^42
Int. CI. G08b 27/00
U.S. CL 340—80 8 Claims
completing the circuit and actuating the alarm. Realient
mounts within the tube openings support the studs and per-
^^^
3^
rT
<\ »»
r
mit shifting of the bar toward the inner surface in a number
of directions.
ERROR-DETECTING APPARATUS FOR A KEYSTROKE-
OPERATED BUSINESS MACHINE
Frauds C. Marino, Huntington, N.Y., assignor to Digitronics
Corporation, AIlMrtaon, N.Y.
FUed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,689
Int CL G08c 25100; G06I 11 100
U.S.a.340— 146.1 19 Claims
A failsafe, low-power-monitoring system for vehicle
lighting circuits is disclosed which utilizes a characteristic
high initial current transient surge to close a sensitive reed
relay switch coupled to energize an instrument panel light
which indicates when current is flowing through all of the
lamp filaments of the lighting circuit being monitored. The
energizing coil of the reed relay switch is provided with a
predetermined number of turns so that the dropout current is
a predetermined amount less than the steady state current of
the lighting circuit with all lamps functioning, the failure of
one or more of the lamps reducing the current flow to a level
below dropout.
70 r*66J
3,644387
FENDER WARNING DEVICE
Edward J. PhiUps, 1321 Union Avenue, Kansas City, Mo.
FUed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 879,989
Int CL B60q 5100
U.S. CL 340— 102 4 Claims
A warning device for a moving vehicle has an upright,
electrically conductive tube connected in a series energizing
circuit with an alarm, a battery, and a conductive bar
shiftably mounted within the tube for movement into and out
of engagement with the inner surface thereof Three studs
projecting outwardly from the bar through respective
openings in the tube extend outwardly beyond a vulnerable
exterior portion of the vehicle and support a shield in spaced
relationship to the tube. Engagement of the shield with an
obstruction causes the shield and bar to shift in unison with
the bar contacting the inner surface of the tube, thereby
An apparatus which detects errors between the entry of
data in a business machine of the type having a plurality of
selectively and individually operable information keys mova-
ble between a rest and a first commitment level to enter in-
formation into the machine and a record of such information.
Sensing means senses for discrepancies between machine-en-
tered information and the record and an error-indicating
means is energized when a discrepancy is sensed to indicate
such error.
895 O.G.— 57
1588
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3,644389
SYMBOL RECOGNITION SYSTEM, PARTICULARLY
FOR ALPHA-NUMERIC CHARACTERS UTILIZING
ELECTR04)PTICAL TECHNIQUES WITH
NONCOHERENT LIGHT
Claude Skenderofr, and Jean-Pterre Bounm, both of Paris,
France, assignors to Thomson-CSF, Paris, France
Filed Apr. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 31,276
Claims priority, application France, May 6, 1969, 14453
Int. CL G06k 9/08
U.S. CI. 340— 146 J G 5 Claims
[-
(5rt
I'
M ■
M
t
^(5-Nl
E2D-
D
E
N
f
I
c
A
T
I
0
-Si
higher than the scan signal frequency by a recognition mask
system. The parallel different processors derive from the
scanner output signal a plurality of different though related
output signaJs which in effect represent a plurality of scans of
the character in different modes, thereby reducing the need
to rescan nonstandard characters in such different modes.
The parallel different processors utilize ( 1 ) bilevel quantizers
with different threshold levels, thereby to provide a normal-
ized binary signal for characters of nonstandard contrast, and
(2) stacking shift registers, operating at different speeds, for
receiving the outputs of the bilevel quantizers, thereby to
provide a normalized binary signal for characters of nonstan-
dard height. The information in the stacking registers, which
store at any instant a part only of the scanner output signal, is
periodically supplied, by parallel transmission, to respective
groups of nonadjacent initial stages of a high-speed recogni-
tion register which operates asynchronously with the scanner
and at a much higher speed than the scanner. A set of recog-
nition masks, each designed to provide a maximum output in
response to a signal representative of a particular character,
is coupled to nonadjacent subsequent stages of the recogni-
tion register such that complete binary signals from the
stacking register, representing differently processed versions
of the scanner output signal, are inspected sequentially. In
the course of this operation each mask inspects every binary
signal. Identity of the scanned character is indicated by the
mask which produces the highest output.
An optical multiplier, such as a fly's eye lens projects a
symbol to be recognized on a plurality of masks, which are
subdivided into strips, each strip of the mask having
predetermined transparencies and transmitting elementary
sections of the image to associated photoelectric transducers
which are connected to logic circuits identifying those of the
transducers associated with any one strip which, conjointly,
have an extreme (e.g., maximum) output signal. Preferably,
optical or electrical weighting elements are interposed to op-
timize the outputs of the transducers associated with the vari-
ous masks.
3,644,890
OPTICAL CHARACTER RECOGNITION SYSTEM USING
PARALLEL DIFTERENT SCAN SIGNAL PROCESSORS
TO FEED HIGHER SPEED ASYNCHRONOUS
RECOGNITION REGISTER
WUliaffi J. Matthews, Glcnside, Pa., assignor to PhUco-Ford
Corporation, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Dec 29, 1969, Scr. No. 888,455
InL CL G06k 9/12
U A a. 340- 146 J H 5 Claims
•0' i»rfj
An Optical Character Recognition (OCR) system which
scans a character to be recognized to produce a scanner out-
put signal which feeds parallel different processors, the out-
puts of which are inspected sequentially in real time at a rate
3,644391
FIELD POINT ADDRESSING SYSTEM AND METHOD
Alan F. McCrea, Richmond, Va., aasigDor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed Jan. 21, 1970, Scr. No. 4,578
Int CI. H04q 9/00
U.S. CI. 340- 147 13 Claims
H. ,;ii3iii]|'
-Sh
A system and method for addressing a plurality of field
points having a group address and a point address including a
group register for storing the group address of a selected field
point and having counting means included therein for chang-
ing the stored group address, a point register for storing the
point address of the selected field point and having counting
means included therein for changing the stored point ad-
dress, a field point selection input for entering the group and
point addresses for the selected field point, and address
changing inputs including an input for changing the stored
group address in either a forward or backward manner
without changing the stored point address, and an input for
changing the stored point address in either a forward or
backward manner without changing the stored group ad-
dress.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1589
3,644392
RANDOM SELECTION POSITIONING CONTROL
SYSTEM HAVING MULTIDIGIT CONTROL SIGNALS
Oleg Szymber, Elk Grove, III., and Frank P. Bennett, North-
brook, both of III., assignors to GAF Corporation, New York,
N.Y.
Filed Jan. 26, 1970, Scr. No. 5,855
Int CI. H04q 3/00, 5/00
U3. CL 340 - 149 28 Claims
3,644394
SUPERVISORY CONTROL SYSTEM HAVING
ALTERNATE SCANNING
Alan F. McCrea, Richmond, Va., assignor to Robertshaw
Controls Company, Richmond, Va.
Filed Nov. 24, 1969, Ser. No. 879,403
Int. CL H04q 5/00
U3. CL340— 163 20CMnis
A random selection positioning control is shown in which
discrete positions for an object such as a photographic slide
carrier may be commanded in a random manner from any
one of several input sources such as a pushbutton switch, a
rotary switch or a remote data source such as a computer or
a telephone transmission system. The position of the object
to be controlled may be randomly selected while the control
circuit includes means whereby the object will travel the
shortest distance to the selected position in order to minimize
time required for the completion of an operating cycle.
3,644393
CREDIT CARD FOR INFORMATION VERfflCATION
SYSTEMS
William J. Harwood, 3 Yon Road, Hmitington, N.Y.
FUcd Aug. 22, 1967, Scr. No. 662,392
InL CL H04q 3/00, 5/00
U3. a. 340— 149 2 Claims
A memory unit comprising a pair of printed circuit boards,
each board containing a plurality of loop circuits. The cir-
cuits on one board are formed parallel with a given X-axis
and the circuits on the other board are parallel with a given
Y-axis. The two boards are disposed in close proximity to
each other so that their respective circuits effectively inter-
sect and are adapted to receive between them a metallic
plate having formed therein rows of holes some of which are
connected to apertures by means of slots in the plate accord-
ing to the encoded information desired. The holes not so
cormected relative to the slotted holes inhibit voltage induc-
tion at the intersections of the X- and Y-loop circuits where
the unslotted holes are located.
r<xa
A supervisory control system including a plurality of
remote stations each having a hundreds address, a group of
field points associated with each remote station, each field
point having a units address, and a central control station
communicating simultaneously with all of the remote stations
and generating alarm-scanning signals and control signals in
sequential alternation with each signal including a two digit
binary coded decimal address such that two alarm scanning
or control signals are required to address an individual field
point at a remote station whereby alarm scanning and control
function operation may be continuously carried out without
interference therebetween. The system detects off-normal
conditions at the field points by scanning groups until a
group having an off-normal condition is detected at which
time the individual field points of the group are scanned to
locate the field point having the off-normal condition.
3,644395
BUFFER STORE ARRANGEMENT ¥OSL OBTAINING
DELAYED ADDRESSING
Goran Anders Henrik HemdaL Tyreao, and NQs Bertfl Lenn-
marker, Handcn, both of Sweden, assignors to Tdefonak-
tiebolaget LM Ericsson, Stockholm, Sweden
Filed Feb. 5, 1970, Scr. No. 8,937
Claims priority, application Sweden, Feb. 18, 1969, 2240/69
Int a. G06f 13/00; H04q 3/54
UA a. 340—172.5 1 Claim
V
vi^as^
AC
4^1
-M-- --n^
[^ "
or cooNTf,! iP
-•i--''tt-0
■
^^ '■
^^ "
: AJ
AS
#
^N "
i^S **
~^s "
"^ "
^^ "
>•
1
Z2
H
' KtWS-TW i"
A buffer store arrangement in a data controlled telecom-
munication system for delaying by a predetermined number
of periods of a clock frequency the addressing of addresses
separated by a restoration value. The arrangement comprises
1590
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
store cells with registering circuits and restoration circuits in
the input side and reading circuits on the output side, a re-
gistering counter, a reading counter and a clock pulse
generator. Each restoration circuit is connected to the clock
pulse generator so that the restoration value is registered be-
fore the registering counter is activated. A data processor has
an input register, which on its output is connectable to the
registering circuits for registering data in a certain cell and to
the registering counter for stepping at registering, and an out-
put register. By setting the registering and reading counters
so that they point out cells separated by a certain number of
cells containing the restoration value, the desired delay is ob-
tained which corresponds to the product of the clock pulse
period and the said predetermined number of cells.
control point values in engineering units and addresses of
controllers to be adjusted, a memory storing conversion data
for the controllers corresponding to a reset range and a curve
of positioning of the controllers versus control point values, a
calculator receiving the conversion data and the selected
control point value for a controller and calculating a required
position for the controller to provide the selected control
point value, and a comparator receiving the required position
and the actual position of the controller and providing output
signals to move the controller to the required position.
3.644,896
MODEM CONTROLLER
Ashwani K. Chaddha, 83 Brattle Street, Arlington, Mass.
Filed Mar. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 23,924
Int. CI. G06f J/00. H04j 3/00
U.S. CI. 340-172.5 14 Claims
. ^
_ lOC*l lines
>*■.
'^°*™*-. uuLTTLrxriil
I/O 0*TA
COMTROlS ""-TlXXtl^
L»C SELECTION
-2S
/-o
COUVTER
M-
-SJ
22
CONTROLS '"°«'C
-o
CONTROLS CONTROLLDI
"° "" • . .4
UOOOM
DI??&CE
CONTROLS j;
OOLLES
«
umpa FEEDBACK
3,644,898
INFORMATION ASSOCIATION THROUGH LOGICAL
FUNCTIONS DERIVED FROM LANGUAGE
Paul B. Post, South Norwalk, Conn., assignor to United Air-
craft Corporation, East Hartford, Conn.
Filed Apr. 30, 1970, Ser. No. 33,807
Int. CI. G06f 7/30, 15/40
U.S. CI, 340—172.5 16 Claims
A data system for handling selectively controlling modems
for the transfer of data to and from a plurality of remote,
asynchronous data station by way of a serial line multiplexer
interfacing with a small-scale data processor or computer.
The system responds to the presence of a ring on any one of
plural input lines to control the associated modem for the as-
sembly of data characters. The system also operates to con-
trol a selected modem for the transmission of data characters
over an associated output line to a remote data station.
3,644,897
AUTOMATIC CONTROL POINT ADJUSTMENT SYSTEM
AND METHOD
Alan F. McCrea, and Hugh V, Snively, both of Richmond,
Va., assignors to Robertshaw Controls Company,
Richmond, Va.
Filed Jan. 15, 1970, Ser. No. 3,005
Int. CI. G06f /5/46
U.S. CI. 340- 172.5 8 Claims
A system and method for automatically adjusting a control
point including input circuits receiving arbitrarily selected
es-
L* CONSaE
ii' I 'logical
_^jj MEMORY
llS
FI&S ;.5t6
In a data-processing apparatus of a new type, information
consists of a plurality of triplets, each of which is a group of
three words in ordinary language, selected on the basis of
their mutual semantic relevance. The apparatus does not
store the words themselves, but stores, for each triplet, a logi-
cal function of the internally encoded representations of the
words. For any triplet, the three words are entered into the
processor where each word is randomly encoded into a plu-
rality of distinct bits, each associated with a distinct memory
cell in a large collection of cells. A count is made by logical
apparatus associated with each cell, and where a count of
three is achieved by the successive entrance into the proces-
sor of the three words in a triplet, that cell is set into a logical
1 state and becomes a permanent part of the memory of the
apparatus. Inquiry into the apparatus is based on providing
two words, the apparatus in turn supplying the third word in
the case where the two words have previously been entered
as part of a triplet, as described above. Exemplary data han-
dling and control apparatus is also disclosed.
3,644,899
METHOD FOR DETERMINING PARTIAL MEMORY
CHIP CATEGORIES
Conrad J. Boisvert, Jr., Wappingers Falls, N.Y., assignor to
Cogar Corporation, Wappingers Falls, N.Y.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,109
Int. CI.G06f /y/04
U.S. CL 340—172.5 19 Claims
A machine-practiced method for determining partial
memory chip categories. In the case of 128-cell chips having
seven address bits, there are fourteen partial memory chip
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1591
categories; permanently addressing any one of the seven ad-
dress lines with a 1 or a 0 produces an effective 64-cell chip,
any cell of which can be selected depending upon the address
bits extended to the other six address lines. Each address bit
of each bad cell on the chip is examined. Depending on its
ipiPijT rcsT scouiMcei
Ss.iri ,1
1
0 - i!7
15? : S
i SET U> Hf» O'^
' [ StT ■>■ 'O' CWtOW *TWOWOMC3 TO COO j
* 1 PtttWQim ■ IT AMP ^ MO TtlT ttOUtWCt* . ITQWC SOUt 0 «>UtTt
t Rt.an .Kt.wo
I ll' IF Rl tI«T f*ILfO . >TOW . Ill Wtl^CCTtVt IWWQ* ITNOWOlt |
riRPOMI S M Tf St SCMCNCC . »TOW WHM 0 WtlLM-Tt ,
tr RO TI9T f A>lCO .
JTOM ' I* RflMCTiVl IRROR SYHQROMI |
• l>CWfOWM 4 TW TCIT MOUCMCI ■ S^OW «*■»« 0 WmJt-TS
FON E4CH Qf It! CKLLI
( 1 77 rT Tiit FiiLCO . $T0« . IN MSFCCTiVK e»JOR SJWROg
(r> tf RO TfST F*a€D STORf ( IN RCSWCTiyi tRROR «rwOROIIt
FCKTORH S TH TCST UOUfNCC , »TOWt tZHtt 0 RtlULTl
I RCSHCTtVC tmOR SYMtMOMf
3
value, one of two respective partial chip categories is
eliminated. After all cells have been processed in this
manner, the partial chip categories which have not been
eliminated are those applicable to the chip.
3,644,900
DATA-PROCESSING DEVICE
Tetsuya Mizoguchl, Tokyo, Japan, assigiior to Tokyo Shlbau-
ra Electric Co., Ltd., Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Filed Dec. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 881,141
Claims priority, appUcation Japan, Nov. 30, 1968, 43/87729
Int CI. G06f 9/20
MS. CI. 340- 1 72.5 7 Claims
In a data-processing device controlled by a high-speed con-
trol arithmetic unit the average access time is decreased by
preventing the entry into a receiving register of a memory
word which has been found unnecessary during the memory
access period. In case an advance command is being issued
designating one sink code out of a plurality of sink codes as-
signed to a certain receiving register, when the necessity
arises for contrc^ling transfer to another, register due to the
detection of a branch, interruption, etc.* then another sink
code is designated, in place of the originally designated sink
code, out of the remaining codes within said receiving re-
gister without awaiting the termination of the original infor-
mation readout, and that addressed register to which the con-
trol is transferred is read out.
3,644,901
DIGITAL SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING SIGNAL
TRANSFERS BETWEEN REGISTERS AND DATA BUSES
Roy J. Zingg, Ames, Iowa, assignor to Iowa State University,
Ames, Iowa
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,319
Int CI. G06f 75/00. 15/56
U.S. CL 340— 1 72.5 5 Claims
The selective transfer of data signals from selected ones of
a plurality of storage registers to selected ones of a separate
number of data buses is achieved by storing control signals in
control registers associated with each of the storage registers.
The control signals indicate the data bus to which the signal
contents of the storage register associated with that control
register are to be transmitted; and gating circuitry responsive
to the control register signals couple the signal contents of
the registers to the proper data buses. The communication
between registers and buses is maintained until the contents
of one of the control registers is changed. Thus, a number of
registers may communicate with a number of buses simul-
taneously; and the contents of a bus may be operated on
directly. Circuitry is also disclosed for simultaneously
coupling the signal contents of data buses to selected re-
gisters.
3,644,902
MEMORY WITH RECONFIGURATION TO AVOID
UNCORRECTABLE ERRORS
WilUam F. BeausolcU, Poughkeepsie, N.Y., assignor to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 18, 1970, Ser. No. 38,220
Int. CI. G06f 13/00
\}S. CL 340— 1 73 R 10 Claims
[oTTTTjTm „
A memory having circuits for correcting single errors in a
word read from the memory is provided with means to recon-
figure the memory so that a configuration having a double,
^
1592
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
uncorrectable, error is changed to a configuration having two
single, correctable errors. In one embodiment, interchanging
plug-in components for two or more bit positions produces a
new configuration; in another embodiment, the wiring to the
piug-in components is easily changeable.
3,644^3
CODED RECORD METHOD AND APPARATUS
Edwin R. Kolb; John F. Blaha, both of Cleveland, and
Webster C. Roberts, South Euclid, all of Ohio, assignors to
Harris-Intertype Corporation, CleveUnd, Ohio
Orighial application Nov. 3, 1966, Scr. No. 591,734, now
Patent No. 3,588,870. Divided and this application June 17,
1970, Ser. No. 46,900
Int. CI. GUc 75/0'^
U.S. CI. 340—173 R 6 Claims
Coded record manufacture cuid apparatus suitable for stor-
ing digital representations of graphical images, such as
characters, are disclosed herein for use in subsequent
reproduction of the images, as oh the face of a cathode-ray
tube. Images or characters are scanned to obtain electrical
signals indicative of the features thereof and the signals are
recorded as digital representations.
3,644,904
CHIP SELECT CIRCUIT FOR MULTICHIP RANDOM
ACCESS MEMORY
Lamar T. Baker, Hauppage, N'.Y., assignor to General Instru-
ment Corporation, Newark, N.J.
Filed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,925
Int.CI. G11C///40
U.S. CI. 340— 1 73 R 9 Claims
3l-,TT^
-K
-1
«'«--,-J-- ';j'
TC^: -r--^^":
A random access read-write memory comprises memory
sections formed on ^ plurality of chips. The decoding of the
chip select signal inhibits the write command signal from all
but the selected chip, thereby permitting new data to be writ-
ten only at the selected chip.
3,644,905
SINGLE DEVICE STORAGE CELL FOR READ- WRITE
MEMORY UTILIZING COMPLEMENTARY HELD-
EFFECT TRANSISTORS
Lamar T. Baker, West Islip, L.I., N.Y., assignor to General
Instrument Corporation, Newark, N J.
FUed Nov. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 875,968
Int. CI. G 1 Ic / 1/40; H03k 3/286
U.S. CI. 340-173 FF 13 Claims
^v^T
0t
«._,g
~r"
A memory cell for a random-access memory comprises a
data storage element at which data is stored at one of two
discrete levels. When the memory cell is addressed, a signal
corresponding to the stored data signal is developed and is
compared to a reference signal at a comparator, thereby to
produce an output data signal. The comparator may be
formed of two field-effect transistors respectively receiving
the data and reference signals at their gates. The sources of
these transistors may be connected to the substrate to ensure
minimum threshold voltages for these devices.
3,644,906
HYBRID ASSOCIATIVE MEMORY
Arnold Weinberger, Newburgh, N.Y., assignor to Interna-
tional Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 24, 1969, Scr. No. 887,834
Int. CI. G lie 75/00, 5/02
U.S. CI. 340- 1 73 AM 7 Claims
„ 1 1 fi I ll .1 1 . FFp
;4
A memory is disclosed in which words are located by both
associative and nonassociative addressing. The nonassocia-
tive f>ortion of the address defines a general category for the
word being searched and a corresponding portion of the
memory. The associative portion of the address is searched
within the addressed portion of the memory without regard
to the actual memory location. Conventional nonassociative
storage cell arrays are arranged to be addressed as an as-
sociative memory of three-state storage cells.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1593
3,644,907
COMPLEMENTARY MOSFET MEMORY CELL
James R. Gricchi, Catonsvillc, and James R. Hudson, Pcr-
ryville, both of Md., assignors to Westingbouae Electric
Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.
FUed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,603
Int CL Gl Ic 7 7/40, 7/00, 5/02
U.S. CI. 340-173 FF 13 Claims
DIGIT LINE
."XXJT
A semiconductor read/write memory array and memory
cell therefore including complementary metal oxide semicon-
ductor field-effect transistors (MOSFETs) coupled together
as a first and a second inverter circuit with direct cross-cou-
pled connections therebetween for providing a flip-flop cir-
cuit. Each bit of the memory array is comprised of at least
five MOSFET devices operated from a single clocked power
supply source wherein four of the MOSFET devices are
operated as complementary pairs to comprise the first and
second inverters. The flif>-flop circuit is clocked or pulsed for
turning the MOSFET devices "off' of one of the inverters
referred to as the output inverter to trap an electrical charge
at one of the circuit nodes in order to obtain a high input im-
pedance so that the state of the cell can be changed when ad-
dressed or alternatively to preset the logic output state of the
memory cell. The memory cell is coupled to a common in-
put/output digit data line and an address line of the memory
array by means of a selection switch MOSFET so that data is
written into and read out of the memory cell on the same
digit data line through the selection switch MOSFET when
turned "on" by means of a signal applied to the address line.
Furthermore, nondestructive readout of the state of the
memory cell when addressed is achieved by precharging the
digit data line to a predetermined potential prior to the ener-
gization of the selection switch MOSFET during the read
mode.
DOMAIN-PROPAGATION ARRANGEMENT
Andrew Henry Bobcck, Chatham, NJ., assignor to Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Flkd June 29, 1970, Ser. No. 50,778
Int CI. Gllc 79/00, 77/74
U.S. CL 340- 1 74 TF -*^ 11 Claims
CONTRa
CIRCUIT
I iriLI2»T10«|
ClKOin Uj3
An arrangement for moving single-wall domains is
described which employs an in-plane magnetic field to
incline a domain from alignment with an axis of preferred
magnetization of the material in which it is moved. As the in-
plane field reorients, the orientation of the inclination
changes. The changing domain inclination is converted to
domain translation along an axis defmed by a magnetic over^
lay in which a permanent magnetic pattern is printed.
3,644,909
DRIVE ARRANGEMENT FOR READ-ONLY MEMORY
Jozef Furst, Mission Vicjo, Calif., assignor to Datapac, Incor-
porated, Santa Ana, Calif.
FUed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,519
Int. a. G lie 77/00
U.S. CI. 340— 1 74 SP 12 ClaiuK
A linear transformer read-only memory of the type having
an array of magnetic cores linked in different combinations
by a large number of drive lines. Each core is also linked by
an individual sense winding. Whenever a particular drive line
is pulsed, the resultant current produces an output across the
sense windings of those cores which that drive line links.
Several of the drive lines are pulsed through a common
current-limiting resistor. Leakage currents in nonpulsed drive
lines are reduced by an auxiliary load which is controlled to
draw current through the common current-limiting resistor
when none of the drive lines connected to that resistor is
pulsed.
3,644,910
READOUT CIRCUITRY WITH COMPENSATION FOR
SPEED VARIATIONS
Gerald L. Smith, Garden Grove, Calif., assignor to Computer
Mate, Inc., San Clemente. Calif.
Filed Sept. 16. 1970, Scr. No. 72,784
Int. CI. Glib 5/02
U.S. CI. 340- 174.1 H 17 Claims
,"
HOLE
" L66
CVCt-t
Cowtaov
(?tAD ysfofti
CjD^«PARA^CB
An improved read control arrangement for reading the
binary memory information content in a binary memory
information signal independent of the memory medium or
receiving device speed variations during the transmission
of the binary information signal. A magnetic tape, for
example, may have a binary type signal thereon and the tape
may be driven by means that imparts variable speed and
consequentially, a variable rate of binary signal information
transmission from the tape. It will be appreciated that the
variations in speed are those that will normally occur due
to type of tape drive utilized, variations of tape speed dunng
information write in. and/or the lack of costly devices to en-
sure a substantially constant speed tape drive. A binary data
signal is generated from the binary information on the tape and
1594
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
the binary data signal is applied to a read control means. The
read control means receives the binary data signal and is pro-
vided with a first sawtooth generator, a sample and hold means,
a second sawtooth generator, a signal compare means and a
logic control means. The first sawtooth generator commences
generating a linearly rising first ramp voltage signal when the
binary signal goes from its low value magnitude state con-
dition to its high value magnitude state condition and con-
tinues increasing in value throughout the entire high
magnitude data signal pulse until it is terminated by the
binary data signal going from the high value condition to the
low value condition. The magnitude of the first ramp voltage
signal from the first sawtooth generator that is achieved at
the end of its duty cycle, or ramp rate, when it cuts off. is
held by a sample and hold means for a predetermined time
period. A second sawtooth generator has a duty cycle, or
ramp rate, approximately 150 percent longer than the duty
cycle of the first sawtooth generator and is controlled to
provide a lineariy increasing second ramp voltage output
signal commencing at the termination of the first ramp
voltage output signal and continuing Until the second ramp
voltage outlet signal reaches a magnitude that is equivalent
to the voltage in the sample and hold means. Both the output
signal from the sample and hold means, comprising the peak
voltage for the first sawtooth generator and the output
signal from the second sawtooth generator are applied to a
signal compare means which, for example, may be an
operational amplifier. When the second sawtooth generator
output signal reaches the voltage value of the sample and hold
means output signal the operational amplifier generates a
read strobe pulse. The read strobe pulse may be utilized by a
computer as a clock pulse reference signal to indicate the
precise point of time when the binary information in the
binary data signal may be read to obtain a correct reading
of the information thereon. Appropriate controls are pro-
vided to recycle the two sawtooth generators and the sample
and hold means after each cycle of operation.
3,644,912
ALARM SYSTEM
Therron J. Allen, Jr., 7432 Westwood Park Lane, Falls
Church, Va.
Filed Dec. 19, 1969, Ser. No. 886,669
Int. CI. H04in 11104
MS. CI. 340-213 26 Claims
3,644,911
REMOTE POSITION INDICATOR
David John Wiles, Churctado%ni, Gloucester, and John Mil-
ford Wright, Tewlusbury, both of England, assignors to
Dowty HydnuiUc Units Limited
Filed Apr. 8, 1%9, Scr. No. 814,257
InL a. G08c 15100
UACL340— 177VA 5 Claims
zr:3
t— w^^^^^^r— -T— — )■
An alarm system in which the ground conductor of the
building is used to transmit a current from a detecting unit to
a sensing unit which is at the fuse box or service entrance of
the electrical system for the building. The detecting unit in-
cludes a switch which connects the hot wire of the wiring
system to the ground conductor via a high-impedance load so
that some current flows through the ground wire. The sensing
unit operates an alarm when it detects current flow through
the ground wire. The system eliminates the need for separate
wiring from each detector unit to the central sensing unit and
any room in the building or dwelling can be provided with a
detecting unit simply by plugging the detecting unit into an
electrical outlet. An indicator on each detecting unit pro-
vides a visual indication of the correct ground wiring and the
proper connection of the detecting unit to the wiring.
3,644,913
THERMAL CHANGE DETECTOR OF THE LINEAR
THERMOPILE TYPE
Masatoshi Matsui, Tokyo-to, Japan, assignor to Asano Bosai
Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha, Mitaka-shi, Tokyo-to, Japan
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Ser. No. 885,505
InL CI. GOlk 7102; HOlv 1132
\}S. CI. 340-228 R 10 Claims
3 2 4
10
6 5
A remote position indicator for a movable member located
in an inflammable atmosphere which comprises a variable re-
sistor mechanically connected for adjustment by the movable
member, an intrinsically safe power supply arranged to pass
current through the variable resistor, an amplifier comprised
entirely by one or more transistors and one or more resistors
connected to receive the voltage signal delivered by the vari-
able resistor, and a meter connected to receive the amplified
signal delivered by the amplifier whereby to indicate the
position of the movable member.
An improved thermal change detector of the linear ther-
mopile type is disclosed. A transient temperature differential
between adjacent thermopile junctions is obtained by shaping
each link in the linear thermopile asymmetrically and joining
them so that the thermal capacity of the "hot" junctions is
smaller than that of the "cool" junctions. When a rapid rise
occurs in the temperature of the environment, as for example
when a fire breaks out, the "hot" junctions, having less ther-
mal capacity, heat up more quickly than the "cool" junc-
tions. This produces an electric potential across the ther-
mopile which may be used to trigger alarm circuitry.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1595
3,644,914
SLUDGE INDICATOR FOR SEPTIC TANKS
James J. Veasaw, Middle Settlement Road, New Hartford,
N.Y., and John P. Magyar, 1218 Kellog Avenue, Utica,
N.Y.
Filed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 878,833
Int.CI.G08b2//00
U.S. CI. 340-236 1 Claim
* I Remote
, Sensing
16
An opaque sensing device having a light-dependent resistor
and a light source spaced apart so that material to be
analyzed can be passed between them. The light-dependent
resistor is connected to an impedance, such as a series re-
sistor, across a voltage source to cause a fraction of the volt-
age to be present across the light-dependent resistor. A light
source, such as a neon bulb, provides the only illumination to
the resistor, and the impedance of the latter is therefore a
measure of the opacity of the light path. When this sensing
system is immersed in a septic tank, the buildup of sludge in
the tank eventually reaches a level at which the light is inter-
rupted, and the resistance of the light-<lep>endent resistor
changes, resulting in a change in voltage across it. This volt-
age is measured by an indicator outside of the septic system
to determine when the sludge level has reached the immersed
unit. The indicator may consist of a second neon bulb electri-
cally connected across the light-dependent resistor. A nor-
mally closed switch may also be connected in series with the
light source to interrupt current to the latter in order to
create the effect of opaque matter to determine whether the
indicator light will properly show a condition of opacity.
3,644,915
FILTER BYPASS INDICATOR
James R. McBumett, StiUwater, Okla., assignor to AUis-Chal-
mers Manufactwing Company, Milwaukee, Wis.
FUed Aug. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 853,463
Int. CI. G08b 21100
MS. CI. 340-239 F 6 Claims
An oil filter bypass indicator in which the bypass valve is
used as a switch to open and close an electrical circuit. The
indicator may be a light bulb, a buzzer, or any suitable means
to indicate the filter is not filtering and the oil is being
bypassed around the filter through the bypass valve.
3,644,916
SEWER LIFT ALARM SYSTEM
Clarence Oval Payne, Sr., 1813 N. Kichapoo, Shawnee, Okla.
Filed July 3, 1969, Ser. No. 838338
Int.CI. G08b2//(W
U.S. CI. 340—244 4 Claims
An alarm system for sanitary sewers, and the like, to pro-
vide an alert indicating the approach of a |X)tentially dan-
gerous situation which might result in damage or backup of
sewage in a particular location in the sewage system. The
signal system indicates excessive buildup of sewage in any
sewer lift in the sewage system in such a manner that the lo-
cation of the defective lift may be readily ascertained. In ad-
dition, the system is adapted for monitoring the overall situa-
tion at the sewer lift in order to determine the exact trouble,
such as a power failure outside the system, power failure in-
side the system, inadequate operation of the pumping equip-
ment, and the like. A repair of maintenance crew may be
dispatched to the particular malfunctioning lift for correction
of the difficulty prior to sufficient buildup of the sewage in
the lift as to inflict damage in the surrounding area.
3,644,917
SINGLE TERMINAL ELECTRO-OPTICAL INTRUDER
DETECTION DEVICE
David E. Perlman, Rochester, N.Y., assignor to DetectkM
Systems, Inc., East Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Sept 18, 1969, Ser. No. 858,927
IntCI. G08b/7//0
U.S. CI. 340-258 B 8 Claims
StGUL,
"T""
L.
T«GE 1 ' "EC- tP ; ?.
*yp IMP
t
An improved single terminal electric eye including a
modulated luminous diode as a source of radiant energy and
an alarm-activating circuit for detecting any variation, above
or below a steady-state level, in reflected energy incident
upon the transducing element of the electric eye. The alarm-
activating circuit comprises a pair of averaging circuits con-
nected in series and a comparator, connected to the outputs
of the averaging circuits, which transmits an alarm-activating
signal whenever the outputs of the averaging circuits differ.
When the transducer is subjected to constant modulated illu-
mination, the outputs of the averaging circuits are at the
same steady-state level. When, however, the illumination in-
creases or decreases, the outputs of the averaging circuits
tend to follow at different rates, thereby providing an un-
balanced input to the comparator whereby an alarm signal
may be transmitted.
1596
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
3 644^18
INTEGRATING CIRCUIT USING A PROGRAMMABLE
UNIJUNCTION TRANSISTOR
David E. Perlman, Rochester, N.Y., assigiior to Detection
Systems Inc., Rochester, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 16, 1969, Scr. No. 885,567
Int. CI. H03k/ 7/25, 5//59
UA CI. 340-276 2 Claims
«
1
INTRUDER
SENSING
CIRCUIT
ALARM
1 - ' - - ^
I
1
PUT^Ii
A unique integrating circuit adapted for use in condition-
responsive systems for preventing false alarming due to a se-
ries of rapidly occurring transient signals. A programmable
unijunction transistor is used to rapidly discharge the capaci-
tive element of the integrator in response to a slight decrease
in input signal.
3,644,919
SIGNALLING DEVICE FOR INDICATING IMPROPER
POSITION OF A SKIER
WilUam R. Mathauser, P.O. Box 5, Sun Valley, Idaho
Filed Dec. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 99,632
Int a. G08b 21/00; A63b 69/18
VS. CI. 340-279 32 Claims
■\
-/
y'
0'°-f^
4 \ V--' \^\
2Ex ,'
A signalling device for indicating improper position of a
skier or the like comprising means attachable to the body of
the skier and including means responsive to the position of
the skier operatively connected with indicating means for
causing 'a signal to indicate when the skier is not in the
proper position.
displaced, a signalling device and a holding relay for main-
taining energization of the alarm circuit when once tripped.
A key control switch is utilized to interrupt the effect of the
holding relay
3,644,921
ALARM WITH TRUNDLE SWITCH
Richard E. Duggan, Glastonbury, Conn.; Bernard L. Sand-
berg, Kings Point; Manfred Reisner, Woodmere, and Allan
J. Gascoigne, New York, all of N.Y., assignors to Cat
Products, Inc., Melville, N.Y.
Filed Dec. 30, 1969, Ser. No. 889,256
Int CI. G08b 13/02
U.S. CI. 340-283 n Claims
3,644 920
COMBINATION SUPPORT AND ALARM SYSTEM
Mdvyn T. Cartlcdge, 57 Mobile Avenue, N.E., Atlanta, Ga.
Filed Jan. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 79435
Int. CL G08b 13/14
U.S. CI. 340—280 1 Claim
A panel mounts a hook having an upturned end and which
is adapted to support an article and an actuator bar is pivoted
to the panel and overlies the hook so that if the article is
removed from the hook, the bar is displaced. An alarm cir-
cuit is actuated by displacement of the bar and includes a
normally open switch adapted to be closed by the bar when
The invention relates to a burglar alarm system which may
be connectable to portable ofTice equipment of varying types.
The invention provides a noise-generating element such as a
horn which is cormectable to a battery to permit the sound-
ing of the horn when the office equipment is either tilted or
lifted. An angular displacement arrangement permits the
connection of the battery to the noise-generating element
and comprises a cuplike member having an aperture in the
center thereof. A solid of revolution is freely movable on the
bottom surface of said cuplike member to either prevent or
permit the projection of a pin through the aperture, when the
office equipment or other portable equipment on which the
burglar alarm is installed, is either tilted or moved. The pin
prevents the solid of revolution from shutting off the alarm
system once the solid of revolution is moved from its normal
position over the aperture, so that the alarm sound continues
until the alarm is reset by a key mechanism.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1597
3,644,922
HIGH-RESOLUTION HBER OPTIC DISPLAY AND
MICROFILM PRINTER
Richard N. James; James E. Applcquist, both of San Jose, and
Danid M. Roberts, Saratoga, all of Calif., assignors to
image Products Corporatioa, Santa Clara, CaUf .
Filed July 14, 1969, Ser. No. 841,485
InL CI. G09f 9/34
VJS. CI. 340—324 R 6 Claims
4v
A computer output display with a plurality of light sources
shining through optical fibers. A line of rectangular fiber
bundles at the display end display selected characters de-
pending on which fibers are illuminated in each bundle, and
the light source ends of fibers from different bundles are con-
nected to common light sources so that the same characters
are displayed simultaneously on many bundles in the line.
Scanning means for the line limits the operative area of the
line at any instant to a set of fiber bundles which can all dis-
play different characters. The fibers are woven from a con-
tinuous strand while the fiber portions which end up as the
light displaying and light receiving ends of individual fibers
are properly supported in a line and collected into bundles
respectively.
3,644,923
THRESHOLD AND MAJORITY GATE ELEMENTS AND
LOGICAL ARRANGEMENTS THEREOF
Roy P. Foerster, Thousands Oaks, Calif., assignor to The
Bunker-Ramo Corporation, Stamford, Conn.
Origbial application Aug. 24, 1966, Ser. No. 574,790, now
Patent No. 3,522,445, dated Aug. 4, 1970. DivMed and this
applicatkm Jan. 22, 1970, Ser. No. 10,682
Int. CI. H03k 13/00
VS. CI. 340-347 AD 10 Claims
improved threshold and msgority gate circuit elements
providing high "fan-in" and "fan-out" capabilities that per-
mit the practical realization of threshold logic systems.
3,644,924
ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER
Tome KitagucU, Silver Spring, Md., and Herman L. Renger,
Calabasas, Calif., assignors to The Bunker-Ramo Corpora-
tion, Oak Brook, 111.
Filed Dec. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 885^36
Int. CI. H03k 13/02
VS. CI. 340—347 AD 6 Claims
5TA6E
Eri-Eij.
ERt'ti>.-.4r
Edi
Ep2
1
tSH-4-ElP
N-5
EduJ
■^
Edm-2
■^^T
EOi
u
Edn
_x^j_^ . . t ■ i , i ,-t-
A converter responsive to analog input signals for provid-
ing "reflected binary" or Gray code output signals. The con-
verter is comprised of a plurality of stages of essentially two
types; i.e., serial-type stages and parallel-type stages. Each
serial-type stage responds to an input signaJ applied thereto
to yield both a bit output signal and a residual analog output
signal. Two or more serial-type stages are connected in
cascade with the residual analog output signal developed by
each stage being applied as the analog input signal to a suc-
ceeding stage. The last cascaded stage provides its residual
analog output signal in parallel to a plurality of parallel-type
stages. Each p>arallel-type stage provides a bit output signal
and is comprised of one or more differential comparators,
each of which compares the level of the analog input signal
applied thereto with a different decision level.
3,644,925
GASEOUS DISCHARGE DISPLAY PANEL WITH
AUXILIARY EXCITATION CELLS
George A. Kupaky, Mllford, N J., assignor to Burroughs Cor-
poratkHi, Detroit, Mkh.
FUcd Jan. 7, 1969, Scr. No. 791,208
Int CI. HOlj/ 7/50
U.S. CI. 340-378 R 1 1 Claims
This invention relates to threshold and majority logic ele-
ments and threshold logic systems, and more particularly to
A display panel comprising a plurality of gas-filled cells,
each having a pair of energizing electrodes and adapted to be
energized in groups to display characters. The panel also in-
cludes a plurality of cells which are adapted to be energized
so that they glow continuously and facilitate the turning on of
the groups of cells which are used to display a character.
These auxiliary energizing cells are hidden from view so that
1598
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
they perform their function without being seen and without
interfering with viewing of the primary characters.
3,644,926
CHECKBACK SYSTEM FOR VISUAL AND AUDIBLE
INDICATION OF DETECTED PROCESSES
Otto Wildgniber, Eriangen, Gennany, assignor to Siemens
AkticngeseUschaft, Berlin, Gennany
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,456
Claims priority, application Germany, Nov. 14, 1968, P 18 08
773.5
Int. CI. G08b 23100
MS. CI. 340-412 4 Claims
condition or variable being monitored. The event monitoring
system includes saturable core devices having respective
separate saturable cores most desirably each carrying a bias-
ing windmg and a scanning winding, the biasing windings
being connected in series and the scanning windings being
connected in senes. The biasing windings have different
numbers of turns with respect to one another so a predeter-
mined magnitude of biasing current passing through the se-
ries connected biasing windings will saturate the cores to pro-
vide progressively increasing degrees of saturation in the
cores The series connected scanning windings have the same
or similar numbers of winding turns as each other scanning
winding and a scanning current of progressively increasing
value is delivered to the scanning windings to develop an op-
positely directed progressively increasing electromagnetic
field sequentially to unsaturate the cores at predetermined
current values to cause sequential electrical output signals to
be generated thereby. Associated condition responsive means
are connected to each saturable core device, such as across
each scanning windings, and the condition responsive means
is a normally open switch so closure of the switch will
prevent the unsaturation of the core by the scanning current.
The absence of an electrical output signal at the current
value assigned to the core device involved indicates that the
variable involved is normal or abnormal whichever the case
may be. ,
3,644,928
HORIZONTAL SITUATION INDICATOR
Jerauld George Wright, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, assignor to
Her Miyesty the Queen in right of Canada as represented
by the Minister of National Defence
FUed Mar. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 809358
Claims priority, application Canada, Mar. 29, 1968, 16,257
Int CI. GO Is 1146
U.S. CI. 343- 106 R 38 Claims
A checkback system for visual and audible indication of
detected processes comprises a mosaic switchboard assembly
having a plurality of identical modules. Each of the modules
provides a continuous visual signal when it is in inoperative
condition and an intermittent visual signal when it is in
operative condition.
f> 3,644,927
EVENT MONITOR SYSTEM
James Green, Los Angeles, Calif., aasignor to Gulton Indus-
tries, Metuchen, N J.
\^Tkd May 27, 1969, Ser. No. 828,124
Int CI. G08b 26100, 23100
U.S. CL 340—413
15 Claims
Z7
-22
'22
24
zk ^i:^*!^*'
rii^'
'Z2
-21
- "* '«*_ >b "*• '3ar^°,, '«■£*' ^'♦^44*.;
SCAN
50-
4a-
.QEHtHATOfi
BIA5
souacE
"'''^K54. ^52^
11
Jo
44,
^ZS
CENTRAL
CONTROL
STATrON
ftM, ;^fc^ 'f • —r* — '.^ __— 'R*«(5«<i'ft"
An event monitoring system for displaying information of
the condition of a plurality of condition responsive means
which may be electronic switches or relay contacts which
have circuit opening and circuit closing conditions indicating
two possible conditions (i.e., normal and abnormal) of the
A horizontal situation display instrument, primarily for an
aircraft, having a com(>ass card servo driven from a gyrocom-
pass system, a track bar adjustable relative to the compass
card and movable therewith and a meter bar arranged to re-
peat radio bearing information of both geographical bearing
and relative bearing.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1599
3,644,929
TELEVISION MONITORING AND PROGRAM
INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE AND METHOD
Etbor S. Chavez, 7631 Pomelo Drive, Canoga Park, CaUf.
Ftled Sept 21, 1970, Ser. No. 73,747
Int CL H04h 9100
U.S.CI. 346— 1 4 Claims
'S
3,644,931
MULTISTYU RECORDERS WITH STYLI CYCUCALLY
MOVED THROUGH DVTERSTYLUS SPACING
Philip Roland Strii«cr, and Eric Charles Gadand, both of
Devonport, Auckland, New Zealand, aasigDars to The New
ZeiOand Inventkios Devetopment Authority, Wdttagton,
New Zealand
Filed Sept 10, 1969, Ser. No. 856,605
Claims priority, application New Zealand, Sept 10, 1968,
153710
Int a. GOld 15/06; H04n 1/12, 1/18
MS. CL 346—74 E 5 Claims
A continuous real time method for storing information as
to which, if any, channel a particular television or radio set is
tuned to, and the composition of the audience.
3,644,930
MULTISTYLUS RECORDER
iClaus K. Stange, PIttsford, and Thomas K. Robinson, Jr.,
Rochester, both of N.Y., assignors to Xerox Corporation,
Rochester, N.Y.
FUed June 2, 1969, Ser. No. 829,638
Int CL G03g 15/22
MS. CL 346-74 ES 10 Claims
A multichannel recorder has a series of styli, movable
cyclically transversely relative to a sheet of electrosensitive
material movable longitudinally, the styli being connected in-
dividually to a source of voltage through individual trigger
means, triggering of any trigger means causing the voltage to
make a dot on the electrosensitive material at the position of
the appropriate stylus, the combination of the motion and of
the dot resulting in a readable trace appearing on the surface
of the electrosensitive material.
3,644,932
HIGH-SPEED INDENTING RECORDER
John G. Wallace, Ashland, and Edmund Schreiner, Newton-
ville, both of Mass., assignors to Synergistics, Inc.
Filed Oct 8, 1969, Ser. No. 864,846
Int CL GOld 15/02
MS. CL 346—77 8 Claims
s^,- '
A multistylus electrographic recorder including a housing
with a hinged top panel which supports the recording medi-
um path defining structures and a viewing wiiulow as well as
the medium supply and the manual/automatic driving as-
sembly therefor. This latter assembly operates automatically
with the top panel closed and is manually operable with the
top panel in a loading position. Recording, developing and
fusing apparatus are also disclosed.
^/ /-r A
An electromechanical indenting recorder consists of a
solenoid coil, a ferromagnetic housing about the coil, and a
nonferromagnetic plunger that moves inside the core. The
plunger has a ferromagnetic cover attached thereto which
cover extends at least in part over the core and the housing
fonning an annular airgap therebetween. The cover serves to
stop the movement of the plunger by contacting said housing,
and the core cover, core and housing form a magnetic circuit
with the airgap. An indenting iaiife is carried by one end of
the plunger op{)osite from the cover and in operation serves
to make a series ai indentations, usually in a binary code
form, in a suitable receptor sheet such as a pocket credit
card. The plunger and cover are very light such that they can
move rapidly under the influence of the magnetic field
created when the solenoid is energized. The solenoid is ini-
1600
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
tially energized and midway through the stroke of the
plunger the driver current is cut off and the solenoid circuit
remains closed through a diode such that the plunger con-
tinues accelerating towards the stop position under the in-
fluence of the decaying field of the magnetic circuit. The effi-
ciency of the device is high and the excess heat generated is
at a minimum.
;
3,644,933
RESERVOIR-TYPE INKING PEN SYSTEM
Aubrey R. TuUos, and Leslie H. Creed, both of P.O. Box
2373, Odessa, Tex.
Filed May 26, 1969, Ser. No. 827,758
Int CI. GOld 15116
MS. CI. 346-140 21 Claims
gages the serrations and causes the chalk to be rotated, en-
suring against its developing a flattened portion and failing to
mark Spnng load means urge the chalk and its sleeve toward
the glass or other object to be marked.
)
An inking pen system with an ink container reservoir being
a small resilient plastic bottle held by an encircling metal
slide chp which, with the container, entraps a wire rod or bar
serving as a reservoir mounting unit. A capillary metal stinger
passing down through the container top projects to near the
container bottom. A clear plastic capillary tube connects to
the stinger and leads to the pen assembly. The pen has a
capillary metal tube secured to a small metal sleeve which
holds a fiber pen tip and provides a secondary ink reservoir.
The pen unit metal tube is secured to a thin spring leaf metal
pen arm which can be fastened to an operating arm of, for
example, a chart recorder. All metal parts are stainless steel.
3,644,934
DEFECT-MARKING DEVICE
Charks T. Hawkins, Verona, and Laverne O. Parkhill, Lower
BttireU, both of Pa., asdgnors to PPG Industries, Inc., Pitt-
sburgh, Pa.
Filed Oct. 8, 1970, Ser. No. 79,244
Int CI. GOld 15116
U.S.CL 346-141 6 Claims
Particularly for use in the inspection of flat glass ribbon or
sheets traveling at over 200 inches a minute, there is dis-
closed apparatus actuated by an automatic defect-detecting
system and comprising a plurality of chalk marker means.
The chalk marker means include a sleeve grasping a piece of
chalk, with toothlike serrations on the exterior of the sleeve.
When air cylinder means operate to move the chalk to or
from a marking position, a stationary leaf spring member en-
3,644 935
METHOD OF IDENTIFYING CONNECTED REGIONS IN
A LARGE SEGMENTED PATTERN
Janice Richmond Lourie, New York, N.Y., assignor to Inter-
national Business Machines Corporation, Armonk, N.Y.
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 37,282
Int. CI. G06f 3114
U.S.a.444-1 23 Claims
4___
stiici sawiifi KK scuiis
J
GENER4L Flowchart
• ' K
LEGtND
sen' - SUI UMt
BOtSi'Ul.i Of KIMS.'!
HCf j
•51 .fni
'«lLf W HDES :M J»!i
ij !»(•! liC'dt* "MJiNlt.
I SflEC'ED ClOiJf 0' SuIHIElS <i DESiIEO
fHOM iC«l?l 'Mfllilf »•■(, » (01 oil'
* SfiEC'ED ;iOu» a ^IHIt ^ It DfSiltfl
■ 1
I
►ElfOMIiPfif?» 'li:»l "lid
COairM' (OuilAiflT llFi LtlElS il Ai.
iME.S'
'h
i
111 HIIOI 'Mil I« M « UIHIO
;y-,.
>•
Man-computer interactive method of graphically analyzing
an outline pattern containing many arbitrarily bounded re-
gions or pattern components, when the pattern is too large to
be scanned in one piece and therefore must be broken up
into segments or subpanels, the respective borders of which
may extend across some of the regional boundary lines. In
each subpanel, the row zones in the respective regions or re-
gional segments contained therein are scanned and labeled
with identifying symbols. Each subpanel is then matched with
its bordering subpanels to determine the equivalency of dif-
ferently labeled subregions belonging to the same regional
entity among the respective subpanels, and tables of con-
nected "nodes" (zone labels, in this case) are set up on the
basis of these equivalences. Each set of connected nodes
then serves as a reference table for converting the different
labels of its region (which may be in several subpanels) into a
common or universal label for such region throughout the
entire panel.
February 22, 1972
ELECTRICAL
1601
3,644,936
METHOD FOR MEASURING PERFORMANCE OF A
GENERAL PURPOSE DIGITAL COMPUTER
Gary M. HoHwick, Menk> Park, and Kenneth W. Kolence,
Palo Aho, both of CaUf., assignors to Boole & Babbage,
Inc., Palo AHo, CaHf.
Fikd Jan. 23, 1970, Ser. No. 5,443
Int CI. G06f 9119, 1 1106, 7102; G05b 23102
U.S.a.444— 1 9 Claims
interconnecting paths are completed between the input/out-
put component signal points and an assigned pad in a num-
Apparatus and method for determining how a computer
program is performing by sampling the operative conditions
of a number of operating elements of a computer, such as the
elements of the processing unit and the memory thereof. The
information obtained from such sampling can be used to
establish whether the program is "waiting," "executing" or
"actively computing." Thus, a review of this information can
be used to determine if the computer is being adequately util-
ized by the program and, if not, how it can be more effi-
ciently utilized. The information is extracted randomly dur-
ing the execution of the program following which the infor-
mation is categorized and read out so as to be in an observa-
ble form.
3,644,937
CHANNEL-STACKING INPUT/OUTPUT
INTERCONNECTIONS
Donald D. laett, Dallas, Tex., assignor to Texas Instruments
Incorporated, Dallas, Tex.
Filed July 15, 1969, Ser. No. 841,859
Int. CI. G06f 15120
U.S.CI.444— 1 13 Claims
Active components, such as logic gates or flip-flops formed
in a semiconductor substrate are interconnected to input/out-
put bonding pads and other active components in a circuit
array in four separate operations. First, after arranging the
active components in rows, signal points of all components in
one row su^e interconnected by considering the longest inter-
connection and proceeding to the shortest. Next, component
signal points between rows are interconnected again by con-
sidering the longest interconnecting path and proceeding to
the shortest path. Third, input/output component signal
points are assigned to input/output conductive pads. Finally,
bered order. Each operation uses a distinct algorithm to
complete the necessary steps.
UMBILICAL CONNECTOR
Claude C. Slate, Glendale, CaUf., assignor to Hughes Aircraft
Company, Culver City, CaUf.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,556
Int. CI. HOlr 13154
U.S. CI. 339-91 R 4 Claims
An electrical umbilical connector provided with detent
structure for deadfacing the connector during use thereof.
Salient features include a throwaway connector part utilized
for circuit breaking and for protecting another connector
part from flame and weather damage, simplicity of construc-
tion, facility of assemblage and disassemblage and coopera-
ble detents for locking and unlocking respective cotmector
parts. The connector may find use in missile launching appli-
cations as in the launching of a missile from an airplane.
DESIGNS
FEBRUARY 22, 1972
222,985
CHUCK KEY
Josh Harry Ellis, 93 Hastings Parade, North Bondi,
New South Wales, Australia
Filed Mar. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 21,898
Claims priority, application Australia Dec. 24, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DS—05
U.S. CI. D8— 14
222,988
BOTTLE
Robert H. Knies. Fullerton, Calif., assignor to Hunt-
V\ esson Foods, Inc., Fullerton, Calif.
Filed Aug. 5. 1970, Ser. No. 24,316
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D9—01
U.S. CI. D9— 72
/
222,986
CURRENCY HAND TRUCK
Robert M. MacTamahan, 11416 SW. Lynnridge,
Portiand, Oreg. 97225
Filed Nov. 20, 1970, Ser. No. 26,100
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. mi— 02
US. CI. D14— 3
222,989
BUS SHELTER
Arthur Merrill Cohen, 100—11 67th Road,
Forest Hills, N.Y. 11375
Filed Mar. 3. 1970, Ser. No. 21,717
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— OJ
U.S. CI. D13— 1
222 987 \
LIFT GATE LATCH BOLT
Merritt A. Osbom, Cleveland Heights, Ohio, assignor to
Esco Manufacturing, Inc., Chagrin Falls, Ohio
Filed Aug. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 24,636
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D8— 06
U.S. CI. D8— 131
C^D 0
1602
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1603
222 990
TELEPHONE MOUNTING SHELF
Richard Dale Gibson, Indianapolis, Ind., John Neil Mc-
Garvey, Drexel, Pa., and Kenneth Burton Woodard,
Indianapolis, Ind., assignors to Bell Telephone Labora-
tories, Incorporated, Murray Hill, N J.
Filed Oct. 21 ,1970, Ser. xNo. 25,590
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— 99
VS. CI. D13— 1
222.993
EXTRUDED PLASTIC WINDOW TRIM STRIP
Raymond M. DalUire, P.O. Box 220,
Levis, Quebec, Canada
FUed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 22,972
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. HIS— 01
VS. CI. D13— 6
222,994
HEADER BOX FOR WINDOW
Raymond M. Dallaire, P.O. Box 220,
Levis, Quebec, Canada
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 22,975
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. HIS— 01
VS. CI. D13— 6
U.S,
222,991
EXTRUDED PLASTIC WINIX)W STRIP
Raymond M. Dallaire, P.O. Box 220,
Levis, Quebec, Canada
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 22,970
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D25— O;
CI. D13— 6
222 995
SNOWMOBILE COWL
Yves Anselme Lapointe, Quebec City, Quebec, Canada,
assignor to Bombardier Limited, Valcourt, Quebec,
Canada
FUed Jan. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 15,208
Claims priority, application Canada Oct 22, 1968
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D12— 75
U.S. CI. D14— 24
222 992
FLAT TRIM STRIP
Raymond M. Dallaire, P.O. Box 220,
Levis, Quebec, Canada
Filed May 14, 1970, Ser. No. 22,971
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. HIS— 01
U.S. CI. D13— 6
222,996
PORTABLE LOUNGE SEAT
Bruce S. Martin, 2224 N. Puget Sound,
Tacoma, Wash. 98406
FUed Jan. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 20,978
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— 02
U.S. CI. D15— 8
1604
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
222,997
CHAIR
Howard M. Edgar, Torrance, and Reese Lewis, San
Francisco, CaUf., assignors to Borg-Wamer Corpora-
tion, Chicago, Ul.
FUed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 22,376
Term of patent 14 years
InL CI. D6— 02
VS. CI. D15— 1
223,000
ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR PRIMARILY IN-
TENDED FOR CONNECTION TO A DUAL-IN-
LINE INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
Ronald Henry Trickey, Hoddesdon, Hertforddiire, Eng-
land, assignor to Electrosil Limited, Sunderland, Eng-
land
Filed May 23, 1969, Ser. No. 17,307
Claims priority, application Great Britain Nov. 29, 1968
Term of patent 7 years
InL CI. D13— 03
VS. CI. D26— 1
222,998
FISH LURES
Ewell J. Harris, Rte. 3, Box 35-A,
Adrian, Mich. 49221
Filed June 9, 1970, Ser. No. 23,404
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D22— 05
U.S. CI. D22— 27
223,001
ELECTRICAL TESTER
Joseph L. Bonanno, South Orange, N J., assignor to Rapid
Tool and Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Filed Jan. 25, 1971, Ser. No. 109,735
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIO— 05
U.S. CI. D26— 1
222 999
EDUCATIONAL TOY
Ichiro Tachi, Fujisawa, Japan, assignor to Kabushlki
Kalsha Asakusa Gangu, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Aug. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 24,709
Claims priority, application Japan Feb. 26, 1970
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D19— 07
U.S. a. D25— 1
223,002
DATA COLLECTION COMPONENT
James W. Kelso, Los Angeles County, Calif., assignor to
MSI Data Corporation, Montclair, Calif.
Filed Dec. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 26,250
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D14— 02
U.S. CI. D26— 5
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1606
223,003
ENERGY REFLECTOR
Frederick R. Ruble, Stow, Ohio, assignor to Goodyear
Aerospace Corporation, Akron, Ohio
FUed Nov. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 20,227
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D14— Oi
U.S. CI. D26— 14
223,006
WAFFLE COOKING PLATE
Alfred M. Price, Crystal Lake, Dl.,
The Quaker Oats Company
FUed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 23,308
Term of patent 14 years
Int CL D7— 02
U.S. CI. D44— 1
or to
223,004
CHRISTMAS ORNAMENT
Katherine B. Vandewater, P.O. Box 184,
Sherwood, Oreg. 97140
nied May 6, 1970, Ser. No. 22,845
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. Dll— 0-^
U.S. CI. D29— 1
223,007
WAFFLE COOKING PLATE
Alfred M. Price, Crystal Lake, El., assignor to
The Quaker Oats Company
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 23,312
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D7— 02
U.S. CI. D44— 1
223,005
TABLE
Donald Michael Genaro, Haworth, and Rembert Ryan
Stokes, Middletown, NJ., assignors to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated, Murray HiU, NJ.
Filed June 15, 1970, Ser. No. 23,495
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D6— OJ
U.S. CI. D33— 14
223,008
LOCKING TAPE MEASURE OR SIMILAR ARTICLE
Robert J. Gould, Fairfield, Conn., assignor to Evans-
Aristocrat Industries, Inc., Elizabeth, N J.
Filed Oct 12, 1970, Ser. No. 25,430
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. DIO— 04
U.S. CL D52— 1
*»*iM*4*««^ll>«**»«fl^M«fcirt
•mjiM^.mum
1606
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 22, 1972
223,009
POSTAL SCALE
Marvin E. Garfinkle, Stamford, Robert E. Schmeck, Old
Greenwich, and Einar W. Tangard, Norwalk, Conn.,
assignors to Pitney-Bowes, Inc., Stamford, Conn.
FUed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 24,725
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. DIO— 04
U.S. CI. DS2--10
223,012
REAR PROJECTION VIEWER
Carl S. Shirley, 6049 Woodmont Road,
Alexandria, Va. 22307
Continuation-in-part of abandoned design application Ser.
No. 21.137, Jan. 29, 1970. This application Oct. 23,
1970. Ser. No. 25,623
Terra of patent 14 years
Int CI. Die— 03
U.S. CI. D61— 1
223,010
CONTACT LENS CASE
Frederic M. Kirchner and Allan A. Isen, Buffalo, N.Y.,
assignors to GrifiBn Laboratories Incorporated, Buffalo.
N.Y.
Filed Sept. 25, 1970, Ser. No. 25,189
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Die— 06
U.S. CI. D57— 1
223,013
REAR PROJECTION VIEWER
Carl S. Shirley. Alexandria, Va., assignor to General
Educational Technology Corporation, Alexandria, Va.
Continuation-in-part of abandoned design application Ser.
No. 21,137, Jan. 29, 1970. This application Oct. 23,
1970, Ser. No. 25,624
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. Die— 03
U.S. CI. D61— 1
223,011
MOTION MOVIE CAMERA
Masahiro Fukuda, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Fuji Shashin
Film Kabushiki Kaisha, Kanagawa-ken, Japan
Filed June 4, 1970, Ser. No. 23,318
Claims priority, application Japan Dec. 11, 1969
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D16—
U.S. CI. D61— 1
223,014
COMBINED WRITING IMPLEMENT AND HOLDER
Roland Longarzo, 218 Hollywood Ave.,
Valley Stream, N.Y. 11581
Filed Aug. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 24,497
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D19— 06
U.S. CI. D74— 17
February 22, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1607
U.S.
223,015
TIRE DESIGN FOR LOADER TIRE
Marvin E. Beyers, Peoria, III., assignor to
Caterpillar Tractor Co., Peoria, III.
Filed May 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,174
Term of patent 14 years
Int. CI. D12— 75
CI. D90— 20
223,016
TIRE
Raymond P. Hawkinson, 4800 Bywood W.,
Minneapolis, Minn. 55436
Continuation-in-part of design application Ser. No. 14.088,
Oct. 21, 1968. This appUcation Feb. 20, 1970, Ser.
No. 21,547
Term of patent 14 years
Int CI. D12— 75
U.S. CI. D90— 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
TO WHOM i
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 22d DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
Note —Arranged in accordance with the first significani character or word of the name (in accordance with cit> and
telephone directory practice).
Abcor Water Management Company, Inc See—
Hoffman, Robert R , 3,643,805
Abex Industries of Canada, Ltd : See —
Fuliam, John Peter, 3,643,522
Abhyankar, Shreeniwas Shankar See—
Ka&argod, Sadanand Vithal: and Abhyankar, Shreeniwas Shan-
kar,3, 644, 767
Abuel-Haj, Marwan J , to Pfizer Inc 3-Substituted methylquinoxaline-
2-carboxamide- 1,4- dioxides 3,644,360, CI 260-250.
Acec Ateliers de Constructions Electriques de Charlcroi; See—
Dessy, Lucien, 3,644,670
Achelpohl, Fritz; See—
Schwarzkopf, August, and Achelpohl, Fritz, 3, 644, 163
Adair, Raymond K S. Overshoe for golf 3,643,352, CI 36-7.3
Adams, Charles D., to Du Poni de Nemours, E I , and Company
Synthesis of 2-urcidooxypropionic acid esters 3.644,491, CI 260-
483.
Adams, Stewart Sanders, Armitage, Bernard John, Bristow, Norman
William; and Heathcote, Bernard Vincent, to Boots Pure Drug Com-
pany Limited Xanthene derivatives. 3,644,420, CI. 260-335.
Adolph, Horst G ; and Kamlet, Mortimer J., to United States of Amer-
ica, Navy. Bis (2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethyl) amides 3,644.519, CI
260-561
Aerojet-General Corporation: See—
Frankel, Milton B ; Gold, Marvin H., and Marcus, Henry J ,
3,644,494.
Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft; See—
Bestenreiner, Friedrich, Demi. Reinhold. Greis. Ulrich; and
Pfeifer, Josef. 3,644,019
Gunther, Hans; Konigl, Georg. and Kortner, Hans. 3,644.048
Agnihotri, Ram K., to International Business Machines Corporation
Polydiacrylyl photosensitive compositions 3,644,1 18, CI 96-1 15
Agrccology, Incorporated: See—
Houston, Richard K . 3,643,442.
Ahy, Jahangir Madjidi. Signal recording and/or playback apparatus
3,643.963,0.274-43
Ainsworth, John Desmond, to English Electric Company. Limited.
The. Control circuits for inverters 3.644.820, CI 321-52.
Akai Electric Company Limited: See—
Atsumi, Katsuya, 3,643,895
Akell, Robert B., to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company Emul-
sion breaking. 3,644,2 14, CI 252-320
Akoh, Shigcichi: See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko; Nakai. Susumu, Makino, Yoichi, Matsumu-
ra, Hisashi; Tabuchi, Kimitaka, Hiraoka, Michio, Akoh,
Shigeichi; and Orito, Hiroshi, 3,644,078
Aktiebolaget Astra: See—
Carlsson, Per Arvid Emil. Corrodi. Hans Hudolf, Florwall. Gosta
Linnart; and Ross, Svante Bertil, 3.644,623
Aktiebolaget Bofors: See—
Karisson, Hans Egron, 3,643,994.
Aktiebolaget Svenska Kullagerfabriken: See—
Nilsson, Sven Walter, 3,643,52 I
Albee, Thomas K., to Bunker-Ramo Corporation. The. Impedance
comfiensated switch for a rectangular waveguide. 3,644,852, CI.
333-98.
Alden Self-Transit Systems Corporation: See—
Taylor, Paul A., and Boissevain, Thomas A., 3,643,601 .
Alexander, Carl J., to Wells Manufacturing Corporation. Self-adjusting
roller guide. 3,643.536, CI. 83-201 1 5
Alexander, L. Bruce: See—
Bushman, Ronald C; Rickard, Donn J., Webb, John D.; Alex-
ander, L. Bruce; and Church, Cleveland B. ,3,643,7 1 6.
Alexandre, Philippe, to Societe Generale de Constructions Electriques
et Mecaniques (ALSTHOM). Automatic constant downstream level
gate. 3,643,443, CI. 61-22.
Alicot, Marie-Josephe Jeanne: See—
Sureau, Robert Frederic Michel, Alicot, Marie-Josephe Jeanne;
and Dupre, Victor Marie, 3,644. 389.
All-Steel Equipment Inc.: 5^«—
Harris, Everett K.; Ericson, John P.; and Miller, Richard E.,
3,643,323
Allais, Andre; and Meier, Jean, to Roussel Uclaf. Novel quinolines.
3,644,368, CI. 260-287.
Allan, Donald R., to Raychem Corporation. Pipe line saddle assembly.
3,643,986, CI. 285-197
Allard Instrument Corporation: See—
Skrobisch, Alfred, 3,644.763
Allen & Hanburys Limited: See—
Hartley, David; Lunts, Lawrence H. C, and Jack, David,
3,644,520.
Allen and Hanburys Limited: S«—
Lunts, Lawrence H. C , and Toon. Paul. 3,644,353
Allen, Donald J., and Bondi, Joseph V , to Merck & Co , Inc In-
domethacin suppositories 3.644.630, CI 424-274
Allen, Edward L.. to Ingersoll-Rand Company Fluid power tool
3,643,750, CI. 173-170
Allen George C, to Celanese Corporation Oxidation of unsaturated
aldehydes to the corresponding acids. 3.644,509, CI 260-530
Allen. Therron J., Jr. Alarm system 3.644.9 1 2, CI 340-2 13
Allen, Wilford W. Food seasoner apparatus. 3,643,838,0 222-161
Allen. William M.;iW-
Harrington, Herbert A., Allen, William M , and Kuhn, William
C, 3,643,587.
Allen-Bradley Company: See—
Rosener, Harvey J , 3,644,723.
Allied Chemical Corporation: See—
Anello, Louis G; and Sweeney, Richard F., 3,644,454.
Buckman, Walter R. 3.644,545
Kushnick, Julian H., 3.643.971 .
Mayer, Richard E., and Crescentini, Lambeno, 3,644,572
Sweeney, Richard F., Price, Alson K , and Khan. Aziz U.,
3,644,513.
Wilson, Benjamin B., and Wortham, Joseph S., 3,644.642
Ailing, Richard L., to Torrington Company. The High speed roller
thrust bearing. 3.644.007. CI 308-235
Allingham, Robert P.: See—
Tate. Bryce E., and Allingham. Robert P .3.644.635
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company See—
Berg, David A, 3.643,551
Haupt. Robert C, and Peterson. Donald E , 3,643,976.
McBumett. James R, 3,644,915
McDonald, Daniel, 3,643,933
Waterman, Michael W., 3,644,859
Weggel, Ralph W, and Blann, William A., 3,644,193
Alt, Werner: S«—
Henning, Herbert, Alt, Werner, and Rciter, Paul, 3. 643. 93 1 .
Altenpohl, Paul J.: See—
Altenpohl, William F . and Altenpohl. Paul J. .3.643. 790
Altenpohl, William F., and Altenpohl. Paul J. Non-jam lead-on track
for conveyor systems. 3.643,790,0 198-177.
Aluotto, Antonio: 5*^ —
Aluotto, Dominick M., 3,643,590
Aluotto, Dominick M., to Aluotto, Antonio, d/b/a National Baling
Press and Equipment Co Vertical-horizontal baling press
3,643,590,0. 100-53.
Alvey Inc.: See—
Werntz, Charles W. 3.643.788.
Werntz, Charles W., 3,643.789
Amano, Kiuutaro, Ola, Chuichi. Hashimoto, Masao, Kanzaki, Hisao,
Sakamoto, Yasuhiko, and Yososhima. Nobuyaki, to Fujitsu Limited
Time assignment speech interpolation control system 3.644.680. CI
179-15.
Amato, Joseph John, to United States Surgical Corporation.
Mechanized tracheotome 3,643,649.0 1281
Ambroz, Miroslav: See—
Plechac. Bohuslav. Ambroz, Miroslav, and Mudrik
Josef,3,643.339
American Cyanamid Company: See—
Behrens, Rudolf Adolf, 3,644,304
Bollyky, Laszio, and Whitman. Robert Henry, 3,644,5 17
Broisman, Raymond, 3,644,256
Fraioli, Anthony Vincent, and Mohns. John Phillip. 3,644.145
Los, Marinus, 3,644,503
Magee, Richard Joseph, and Lovell, James Byron, 3,644,621.
Miller, Bernard; and Margulies, Howard, 3,644,60 1
Pielsch, Gerhard Joseph, and Lewis. Armand Francis. 3.644.569.
Rauch, Francis Clyde, Murray, Michael Albert, and O'Lenick,
Richard Vincent. 3,644,142
Stockel, Richard Frederick, Herbes, William Frank, and O'Brien,
Samuel James, 3,644,083
Welcher, Richard Parke, 3,644,463
American Home Products Corporation: See—
Douglas, George H.; Teller, Daniel M ; and Smith. Herchel,
3,644,440.
Rosenthale, Marvin E., and Lapidus. Milton, 3.644.638.
Santilli, Arthur A.; and Kim, Dong H., 3,644,35 1
Smith, Herchel; and Herbst, David R , 3,644,425
Stein, Reinhardt P.. and Smith, Herchel, 3,644,437
Wei, Peter H L.; and Bell, Sunley C , 3,644,401
Wendt, Gerhard R., Ledig, Kurt W., and Teller, Daniel M ,
3,644.436.
PI 1
PI 2
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
American Smelting and Refining Company: See—
Stiefken, Charles E, 3,644,138.
American Velcro, Inc , See—
Girard, Laurent H , Hockmeyer, Clive E.; and Ouellctte, Marcel
C ,3,643.316
Ampcx Corporation; See—
Baba, Paul D , and Argentina. Giltan Michael, 3.644,207.
Amsted Industries Incorporated: See—
Resener.BairdE ,3.643.792
Amtlicke Forschungs-und Materialprufungsanstalt fur das Bauwesen,
Otto-Graf-Institut an der: See—
Muller-Welt, Hans. 3,643.512
Anchor Chemical Company Limited. The See—
Tilley, Colin, Watson, David Harris, and Campbell, Michael.
3,644,568.
Andersen. Clifford W . to Wurlitzer Company. The Tone balancing rib
member 3,643,539. CI 84-19
Anderson. Carl P . to SCM Corporation. Typewriter ribbon cartridge
guide support. 3,643,778. CI 197-151
Anderson. Carl P., and Hanson. Thomas E., to SCM Corporation
Typewriter ribbon cartridge. 3,643,777, CI 197-151
Anderson, Carl P., Kennedy. Charles H , and Perry. Donald S.. to SCM
Corporation Ribbon mechanism for cartridge supported ribbons
3,643,779, CI. 197-151
Anderson, Philip J , to Institute of Gas Technology. Gripping device
3,643,500. CI 73-103
Anderson. Raymond P , and Galiano. Francis R.. to Gulf Research &
Development Company. Process of heating caprolactam graft
copolymers to increase melt strength. 3.644.57 I . CI 260-857.
Anderson. Richard M : See—
Wygant. James C . Anderson. Richard M , and Prill, Erhard
J ,3.644.493
Anderson. Richard N.. to Anderson. V. E.. Mfg. Co. Window structure
3,643.377, CI 49-181.
Anderson, V E , Mfg Co : See-
Anderson, Richard N , 3,643,377.
Anderson, William S , to Shell Oil Company 1 -Methylcyclopropene
copolymers 3,644. 301, CI 260-78 5
Ando, Sadanao, and Matsumoto, Nobuki, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh
Underwater case for cameras 3,643.566, CI. 95-1 1 .
Andrews Industries: See—
Ludeman, Edwin H . 3.643.983
Andrews. John W . Schmiel. William J.; Inman. Gene E ; and Jones.
James Phillip, to Railway Supply & Mfg. Co , The Compact textile
tow and method for forming same. 3,643,416, CI 57-142
Andrews, Paul A., and Coyle, Bernard T , Jr , to Polaroid Corporation
Identification cards having diffusion transfer laminations 3,644.1 16,
CI 96-29
Andrushkiw. Bohdan A , and Range. Lynn A . to Chrysler Corpora-
tion Transmission 3,643.520. CI 74-333
Anello. Louis G . and Sweeney. Richard F . to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration Chromium complexes of fluorocarbon acids. 3.644.454,
CI 260-438.5
Angelov, Stefan Hnstov. and Hristova. Snejanka Vladimirova. to Zen-
tralen Institut po Istchislitelna Technika Coded decimal multiplica-
tion by successive additions. 3,644,724, CI. 235-1 54
Anschutz, Erhard. to Feldmuhle Akliengesellschaft Tool arrangement
for a machine tool 3,643,309, CI 29-96
Anthony, William Crawford, to Upjohn Company, The. Compounds
and process. 3.644.364, CI. 260-256.4
Antkowiak, Thomas A See-
Cheng, Tai Chun. Antkowiak. Thomas A.; and Halasa. Adel
F. 3,644.313
Anzai. Shiro: See—
Onishi. Akira. Anzai. Shiro. Irako. Koichi. Fujio. Ryota.
Hayakawa, Yoshihiro. Kojima. Minoru. and Kawamoto.
Hiroshi.3.644,314,
Aoki. Hisashi See—
Marumoto. Ryuji; Yoshioka. Yoshio. Aoki. Hisashi. and Toda.
Jun. 3.644. 331
Apex Chemical Co.. Inc : See—
Endler. Abraham S , 3,644,597.
Appleby, Paul E.. Folden. Denver C; and Riggs. Robert S.. to
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. The Tire building drum
3,644,162, CI 156-415
Applcquist, James E.: See —
James Richard N , Applequist, James E.; and Roberts, Daniel
M ,3,644.922
Apprich. Harry Apparatus for producing a looped fabric. 3,643,472.
CI 66-106
Arant. Gene W.: S^r—
Lee, Robert L. 3,643,332
Arcara, James R : See—
Maywald, Dennis W., Wolff, Solomon, and Arcara. James
R. 3.643.609
Argentina. Giltan Michael: See—
Baba. Paul D , and Argentina, Giltan Michael, 3,644, 207
Argyres, George, and Clendenen, Donald, to Gerber Products Com-
pany Machine for unloading retort crates 3,643,823, CI. 214-310
Arkia Industries. Inc.: See—
Hensel. William E . Jr., and Harlowe, William W , Jr., 3.643.455
Armitage, Bernard John: See-
Adams. Stewart Sanders; Armitage, Bernard John; Bnstow, Nor-
man William, and Heathcote, Bernard Vincent. 3,644,420.
Arndt, Hans F , Maschinenbau: See —
Magin.Berthold. 3,643.341
Arneson. Lawrence E Container package and method and apparatus
for assembling same. 3.643.796. CI 206-65
Arnold. Donald R . Trecker. David J., and Stehr. Charles E . to Union
Carbide Corporation. Polycyclic dimercaptans. 3.644.532. CI 260-
609
Arnold, Loren Glenn: See—
Matthews, Charles Woodrow, and Arnold, Loren
Glenn. 3.643, 748.
Arnold. Richard B., and Smith, Dallas F.. to General Electric Com-
pany Method and apparatus for forming shaped insulators of dif-
ferent lengths 3.64.3.3 17. CI 29-205
Arpc. HansJurgen See —
Boldt. Manfred. Arpe. Hans-Jurgen. and Hornig,
Lothar. 3. 644.486
Asadunan. Manuel, to G I Rubbish Company. Fork excluding flap for
rubbish container 3,643,993, CI 294-73.
Asahi Glass Co . Ltd See —
Hani, Hiroshi. and Masuda. Yasushi. 3,644.224.
Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Matsuda. Shogo, Shimodoi, Yutaka, Yamada, Hiraku. and Takao.
Kiyoshi. 3.644.081
Takahasi. Hirosi. Tanabe. Masanon. Yamaguchi. Muneaki. and
Shiihara.lsao. 3.644.548.
Asahi Kogaku Kogvo Kabushiki Kaisha See —
Kurei. Hiroshi' 3.643.572
Nobusawa. Tsukumo. 3.643,563.
Asamo Bosai Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See —
Matsui. Masatoshi. 3.644.9 1 3
Asano. Hiroaki. Koide. Tsuyoshi. Ohtsu. Ikuo. Hayashi. Shozo; and
Kobayashi. Hiroshi. to Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha. Grinding
machine 3.643.383. CI 51-105
Asar. Madhu P . Bolin. John E.. and Maddox. Harry L . to Western
Electric Company. Incorporated Double-sided circuit having ter-
minal-receiving portions 3. 644. 661. CI 174-68 5
Asberg. Sture. and Timmer. Henrikus Jacobus Maria Method of mak-
ing a rolling bearing assembly 3.643.302, CI 29-1484
Ashland Oil. Inc : i>c—
Grimm. Robert A . and Slagcl. Robert C . 3.644.442.
Throckmorton. Peter E . 3.644.404
Assmus. Friedrich, Flaig. Hans. Dietrich. Dieter, and Hartner. Leo. to
Gebruder Junghans G m b H Electric signaling device for alarm
clocks 3.644,689, CI. 200-11
Astley, Peter James: See—
Wilton. Raymond Charles, and Astley. Peter James. 3. 643. 345.
Astrowski. Raymond M Railway car hydraulically dampened roll sta-
bilizer 3.643.602. CI 105-199.
Atlas Chemical Industries. Inc . See —
Kuehn, Erich, 3,644,599.
Atsumi, Kaisuya. to Akai Electric Company Limited. Tape running in-
dicator 3,643,895, CI 242-201
Atwood. George R.. See—
Dowling. Donald J , and Atwood. George R. 3, 644. 823.
Auge, Jacques, Guillaume, Andre, and Tourniaire. Claude, to Rhone-
Poulence S A Process for the manufacture of foam slabs. 3,644,606,
CI. 264-47
Auger. Raymond N. Multistable wake deflection amplifier 3,643,693,
CI 137-608.
Aumuller. Walter: See —
Weyer. Rudi. Aumuller. Walter, Weber, Helmut. Muth, Karl, and
Heerdt. Ruth, 3,644,634
Austin, William C See —
Conover, Lloyd H . McFarland. James W., and Austin. William
C .3.644.624
Auto Laundry Equipment Sales Company: See—
Rickel, Allen D, 3.643.272.
Autoclave Engineers. Inc See —
Bucceri. Bernard J . 3.643.984.
Automata Corporation: iej"—
Azure.LeoL.Jr. 3.643.348.
A V Corporation N V . The: See —
Dimitracopiiulos. PanayolisC. 3,644,032.
Avisun Corporation See—
Knaack. Donald F, 3,644,581.
Knaack, Donald F . 3,644,582.
Axelrod, Michael. Marsh. William S., Rao. Koppaka V., and Sodano.
Charles S . to Pfizer Inc Mitomalcin and method for its production.
3,644.617. CI. 424-115.
Ayerst. McKenna and Harrison Limited: See—
Laliberte.Real. 3.644.357
Azure. Leo L.. Jr.. to Automata Corporation System and method for
individually programmed automatic test grading and scoring.
3.643.348. CI 35-48
Baba. Paul D . and Argentina. Giltan Michael, to Ampex Corporation.
Lithium-titanium-zinc ferrites 3.644.207. CI. 252-62.59
Babcock & Wilcox Company. The: i>f —
Rosen. Philip J .3.644.817
Bach. Hartwig C . to Monsanto Company Aromatic azo block
copolymers 3.644.283, CI 260-47
Bach. Hartwig C . and Hinderer. Helmuth E., to Monsanto Company.
Symmetrical aromatic diamines containing a central azo linkage.
3.644.328. CI 260-169.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 3
Bachmann, Fritz, to Ciba Limited. Method for combating soil insects
and termites. 3,644.633, CI 424-278.
Bachmann, Peter, to Ebauches Bettlach S.A. Chronograph movement
3.643,422. CI. 58-74.
Backlund, Peter S.: See—
Evans, Robert R , and Backlund, Peter S.,3,644,1 30.
Backus, John K.: See—
Bernard, David L, Backus, John K , and Darr. William
C, 3,644,232.
Badische Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Marx. Matthias; Pohlemann. Heinz; and Klug, Hans, 3,644,3 1 6
Osieka, Hans; Fischer, Adolf, and Kiefer, Hans Eugen, 3,644,1 12.
Sander, Bruno; and Sperber, Heinrich. 3,644,646.
Bafford, Richard A., to Pennwalt Corporation. Process for 1,3,5-tris
(a-hydroxyisopropyl) benzene. 3,644,536, CI. 260-618.
Bagge, Leonard P, to Shell Oil Company. Liquid fuel burner.
3,644.076.CI. 431-284.
Bahnsen, Erwin B., to Steiner American Corporation. Packaging
machine and method and article produced thereby 3,643,397, CI.
53-28.
Bailey, Jay Richard, to McCulloch Corporation. Muffier with reed
valve providing continuous venting. 3,643,759, CI. 181-40.
Baird-Atomic, Inc.; See—
Ploss, Richards ,3,644,017
Bake, Earl A., to Rockwell Manufacturing Company. Valve flow
transition 3,643,914, CI 251-124
Baker, Don R . Fancher. Llewellyn W . and McClellan, Malcolm B
Biostatic use of substituted phenylsulfonyl- hydroxamines
3.644.41 1, CI 424-286.
Baker, Lamar T., to General Instrument Corporation, mesne. Chip
select circuit for multi-chip random access memory. 3.644,904, CI
340-173
Baker, Lamar T., to General Instrument Corporation, mesne. Single
device storage cell for read-write memory utilizing complementary
field-effect transistors. 3,644,905. CI 340-173
Balogh. Roy, to McCabe-Powcrs Body Company Mobile derrick
3.643,815. CI. 212-1
Balzers Patent und Bcteiligungs Aktiengesellschaft: See —
Kohler. Marcel. 3.644.702
Balzers Patent- und Beteiligungs-Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Vollmer. Helmut. 3.644.655
Banjavich. Mark P : See—
Larenzo, Leroy N , and Banjavich. Mark P ,3,644,706.
Bankovic, Atanasije. to Societe Industrielle Honeywell Bull. Mul-
tivibrator circuits. 3.644.844. CI 331-1 13
Barbcrot. Claude: See—
Mathicu. Alexis, and Barbcrot. Claude. 3,644, 578.
Barbet, Robert Louis System for the crating of floatable goods
3.643,400, CI. 53-248
Bardet, Jean-Claude, to Societe Internationale de Mecanique Indus-
trielle S A Shaft rackmg. 3,643,966, CI. 277-80.
Barker. Geoffrey Cecil, Gardner. Arthur William, and Pope, Anthony
Gerald, to United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority. Polarograph
apparatus. 3,644,824, CI. 324-30
Barkey, Kenneth T ; Hunter. C Shelburn, and Predmore. Walter L , Jr .
to Eastman Kodak Company Heat stabilization of polyesters.
3.644.573. CI. 260-860
Barkley, Dwight W : See—
Ogle. James C , Jr ; Barkley. Dwight W., and Bodkins. Arthur
I. .3,644,730.
Barlow, Colin: See—
Woof, William; Barlow, Colin; Gray, Arthur, and Wigram,
Richard.3.643.787
Barnabei, Philip S , and Vettcl. Norbert, to Westinghouse Electric Cor-
poration. Axial positioner and seal for turbine blades. 3.644,058. CI
416-95
Barry-Wehmiller Co.: See—
Shimogaki. Toshio. Suzuki. Saburo. and Shigematsu, Hiroaki,
3,643,780.
Barsby, Charles B Jet engines 3.643.438. CI. 60-22 1
Bartcleit, Ulrich. Regenschcit. Walter; Schroder. Helmut, and Wolf.
Erich, to Werner & Pfleiderer Distributor duct with flexible baffle
plates. 3,643.585, CI 98-121
Barth, Hubert; and Hauk, Klaus, to Deere & Company Wheel weight
assembly for a tractor 3.644.002. CI 301-41
Bartlett, Philip Lee. to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company
Esters of hexafluoropropylene oxide f>olymer acids and polyalkylene
glycols. 3,644.492. CI 260-484
Bartley, John E.: See—
Shuey. Robert A, Jr, and Bartley, John E .3,644.695
Barlsch. Friedrich, and Blum, Heinrich. to Continental Gummi-Werke
Aktiengesellschaft. Apparatus for driving anti-skid studs into the
tread surface of tires. 3.643.315. CI 29-21 I.
Barwick, Frederick E., Ill: See—
McCullough, Robert W ; Smith. Vernon C , Barwick, Frederick
E , III, and Hobgood, James B ,3.644,080
Smith, Vernon C; Hobgood, James Barnette; and Barwick,
Frederick E .111,3,644,079
Batty, John Woolley; Chadwick, Eric Milton; and Crook, James Wil-
liam, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited. Acetylenic ethers.
3,644,535, CI. 260-615.
Bauer, Ronald S ; Chung. Harold. Glockner. Peter W , Keim, Wilhelm.
and Van Zwet, Henry, to Shell Oil Company. Ethylene oligomeriza-
tion. 3,644.563. CI. 260-683.15
Bauer. Ronald S.: See—
Van Zwet, Henry; Bauer. Ronald S., and Keun. Wil-
helm.3.644,564
Baycura. Orestes M Vanable position multi-element capacitor voltage
transformer device. 3,644,822, CI. 323-93
Beard. William Q.. Jr., to Ethyl Corporation. Oxydehydrogenation of
ethane 3,644,560. CI. 260-683.3
Beard, Wilham Q., Jr., to Ethyl Corporation. Oxydehydrogenation of
ethane. 3,644,561 , CI. 260-683.3
Beasley French & Company Limited: See —
Hayes, Bruce Ian, 3,643,557.
Beatrice Foods Company: See—
Harrington, Herbert A.; Allen, William M.; and Kuhn, William C,
3,643,587,
Beausoleil, William F . to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion. Memory with reconfiguration to avoid uncorrectable errort.
3,644,902, CI 340-173
Bechtler, Gunter: See—
Netheler, Heinrich; Bechtler, Gunter, and Bergmann, Wil-
helm,3,644,095.
Becker, Kurt, to Heye, Hermann Machine for the production of glass
bottles or the like. 3.644, 1 1 1 , CI. 65- 1 58.
Becton Dickinson and Company: See—
Holderith, William J., 3,644,715
Bedsole. Raymond A. Method of cooking and imparting natural bar-
becue flavor to pork meat 3,644, 124. CI. 99- 1 07
Beecken, Hermann, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft.
Process for the production of active lead dioxide. 3,644,090, CI. 23-
146.
Beeley, Michael G.; Frisby, Paul W.; and Thompson, Richard D., to
McGraw-Edison Company. Garment finisher and method of finish-
ing garments. 3,644,085, CI 8-150
Begleiter. Manny, to Miner Industries, Inc. Compressed gas supply
system 3.643.677, CI. 137-113.
Behrens. Rudolf Adolf, to American Cyanamid Company. Ethylene-
propylene-diene elastomer. 3,644,304, CI. 260-79.5
Beispel, Robert, to Extek Microsystems. Inc Apparatus for continuous
contact printing. 3,644,040, CI. 355-103
Belgium Standard Limited: See-
Carter, Franklin T , 3,643,589
Belize Plywood and Veneer Company. Inc.: See—
Fitzgibbon, Chester Manfield. 3.643,710.
Bell & Howell Company: See—
Frystak, Richard; and Gould, Irwin M., 3,644,033.
Neff. Joseph J, 3.643,893.
Wilson. James F, 3,643.294.
Bell and Howell Company: See—
Krupotich. Edward A., 3,643,798.
Bell, Archie Y Door hanging work bench. 3,643,935, CI 269-16.
Bell, George Electrical lock for ignition systems 3,644,745, CI 307-
10.
Bell, Ronald L., to Varian Associates. Photoemitier having a p-type
semiconductive substrate overlaid with cesium and n-type cesium
odide layers. 3,644,770, CI. 3 1 3-94
Bell, Stanley C:5ef—
Wei. Peter H L , and Bell. SUnley C, 3,644,401.
Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated: See—
Bobeck. Andrew Henry. 3.644,908.
Bridges, Thomas James, Kaminow, Ivan Paul; and Pollack, Martin
Alan, 3,644,846.
Daniels, Richard W , 3,644.85 1
Enloe, Louis H.; and Larsen, Arthur B., 3,644,665.
Hamilton, Billy Harold. 3,644.787
Mitchell, Olga M M ; Ross, Carolyn A., and Wallace, Robert L.,
Jr ,3,644.674.
Sessler. Gerhard M.. and West, James E , 3,644,605
Smith, Peter William, 3,644,84 1 .
Tolk, Norman Henry, and White, Clark Woody, 3,644,044
Bellasio, Elvio, Testa, Emilio, and Maffii, Giulio, to Gruppo Lepetit
S.p.A Phthalazines 3,644.361 , CI. 260-250
Bellinger, Horst: See—
Heins, Arnold; Eckert, Hans-Wemer; and Bellinger,
Horst,3,644,204.
Bellows, Alfred H., to Polaroid Corporation Folding camera with
developing means. 3,643,565, CI 95-1 1.
Belson. Ross A., and Palombo, Gaston A., to Honeywell Inc. High
speed printer-paper feed engine. 3,644.806, CI. 3 18-7.
Beltran. Delfin J. Medical breathing measunng system 3,643,652, CI.
128-2.08
Bendix Corporation, The: See—
Damoth, Donald C ; and Shriner, William H., 3.644.775.
Jacobson, Oscar D., 3,643,516.
Benerito, Ruth R.: See—
Berni, Ralph J.; Benerito, Ruth R.. McKelvey, John B., Ward. Tru-
man L ; and Soignet, Donald M. 3.644,082.
Benford, James G.; and Stanley, Edward B., to United States Steel Cor-
poration. Method of improving magnetic permeability of cube-on-
edge oriented, silicon-iron sheet stock. 3,644,185, CI. 204-140.5
Benner, Gereld S.: See—
Bryson, Jay G.; Menapace, Henry R.; and Benner, Gereld
S, 3.644,088.
Bennett, Frank P., to GAF Corporation. Random selection system for a
slide projector 3.644,027, CI. 353-25.
PI 4
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Bennett, Frank P., to GAF Corporation. Means for alternately indexing
two slide trays which differ in respective distances between adjacent
slide receiving spaces 3,644,03 I , CI. 353-1 17.
Bennett. Frank P : See—
Szymber. Oleg; and Bennett, Frank P. .3.644.892.
Bennett, Richard H.: See—
Schwarz, John F ; and Bennett, Richard H, 3,643,588
Benning, Gregory M.; and Shipp. Dennis E., to Caterpillar Tractor
Company Router bit for scraper bowl. 3,643,357. CI. 37-141
Benson, Raymond E , to Olin Corporation. Vaporizing Tilting for
propane stove. 3,643,645. CI 126-38.
Benz, Emil: See—
Dosch, Peter; and Benz. Emil,3,644,754.
Berdan, Betty L : See—
Selker, Milton L.; Berdan, Betty L , and Luce, Betty
M. 3,644.105.
Berg, David A., to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company. Hydraulic
cyhnder. 3,643.551, CI. 92-128
Berger, Harald; Bestian, Herbert, and Korbanka, Helmut, to Farb-
werke Hoechst Akticngesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Brun-
ing. Process for the preparation of modified polyethylene powders.
3,644,303,C1 260-79 3
Berger, Richard: See—
Knisse. Gerhard. Berger. Richard; and Egert, Karl-
Heinz.3. 643.440
Bergmann. Wilhelm: See—
Netheler, Heinrich; Bechtler, Gunter; and Bergmann, Wil-
helm,3, 644,095.
Bergum, Bernard C, to ESB Incorporated Method for cycling battery
electrodes in bulk. 3,644,146. CI. 136-76.
Bergwerksverband GmbH: 5^*—
Schmidt, Helmut, 3,643,445.
Beriger, . Ernst, to Ciba Limited 2-Halo-4-alkyl-phenyl-
phospharamidates. 3.644.600. CI 260-959
Berkowitz. Lawrence. Novickis, Georgs. and Sheth. Prafulchandra N ,
to Dickson Paper Fibre, Inc.. mesne Trash separating apparatus and
method 3.643,797, CI 209-2.
Berkoz. Belig M , to Syntex Corporation Preparation of 21-chloro ste-
roids 3,644,340, CI 260-239 55
Berlenbach, Bernard E , to Ski Free Company Ski boot heel binding
3,643,977, CI 280-11.35
Bernard, David L . Backus, John K ; and Darr, William C , to Mobay
Chemical Company. Flame-resistant, non-bursting (wlyisocyan urate
foams 3.644.232. CI 260-2.5
Bemasconi. Ermanno: See—
Longi. Paolo. Greco. Francesco, and Bernasconi. Erman-
no.3,644,306
Bernetti, Raffaele, and Holty, David W . to CPC International Inc 2,5-
Oxazolidinedione derivatives of S-oxidized sulfur-containing amino
acids. 3,644,390. CI 260-307
Bemi, Ralph J , Benerito, Ruth R , McKelvey, John B ; Ward. Truman
L , and Soignet, Donald M . to United States of America. Agricul-
ture Preparation of diethylaminoethyl-cotton using non-aqueous
solvents 3.644.082, CI. 8-116.2
Bemot. Robert: See—
Frisque. Alvin J.; and Bemot, Robert, 3, 644, 305
Berry, David A , and Gynn, Gilbert M., to Dart Industries Inc. Diallyl
carbonate filled compositions. 3.644,242, CI 260- 1 7 4
BertinA Cie: 5**—
Benin, Jean Henri. 3,643,600
Bertin, Jean Henri, to Berlin & Cie Ground-effect transportation
system. 3,643,600, CI. 104-23
Bertoglio, Guido D , to Centra Anstalt. Machine for dosing and filling
thick liquids into bags of plastic material 3,643,399, CI 53-187
Best, Willie Herman: 5^*—
Tyson, David Z., Hunter, Edward E.. and Best. Willie Her-
man.3,643,342
Bestenreiner, Friednch, Demi, Reinhold; Greis, Ulrich, and Pfeifer,
Josef, to Agfa-Gevaert Aktiengesellschaft. Optical apparatus for the
reproduction of superimposed pictures. 3,644,0 1 9. CI 350-162
Bestian, Herbert: See—
Berger, Harald. Bestian. Herbert, and Korbanka, Hel-
mut,3,644,303
Bells, Albert Thomas, and Uri, Norbert. Method for the reduction of
photochemical degradation in polyurelhanes. 3,644,275, CI 260-
45 7
Betulius, Gilbert E,, and Pfeiffer, Norman W , to Chem-Farm Inc
Earthworking implement and support. 3,643,745, CI. 172-413
Beumer, Karl W.; Geany, Gerard M , Haran, John A , Hecker. Edward
P.. Nyman, George E., and Post, Robert E., to International Business
Machines Corporation Apparatus for winding a core and splitting
mulli- strand wires. 3,643,88 1 , CI. 242-4.
Beuther, Harold; Ondrey, John A., and Swift. Harold E.. to Gulf
Research & Development Company. Single stage cyclodimerization
of paraffins to aromatic compounds 3.644.550, CI. 260-673
Bevan. Rhys Dilwyn; and Croon. Ingemar Liss-Albin. Process for
preparing a wood chip pile for digestion by coating the pile with a gas
impermeable layer and product thereof. 3.644. 1 71, CI. 162-70.
Biale, Giovanni, to Union Oil Company of California. Alkene styrene
polymers. 3.644.307. CI. 260-80 73
Biale. Giovanni, to Union Oil Company of California. Alkylation
process 3.644.565. CI. 260-683.43
Bibby Chemicals Limited: See—
Crawford, Raymond V , and Roscoe, Gavin E., 3,644.237
Bichard. John A.; and Eng, Jackson, to Esso Research and Engineering
Company Increasing autoignilion temperature of CS, 3,644,433,
CI 252-364
Bickel. Hans, Fechtig, Bruno; and Kump, Wilhelm, to Ciba Corpora-
tion Process for the manufacture of 3-formylrifamycin-. 3.644,337.
CI. 260-239.3
Bier, Kenneth C. to Holley Carburetor Company. Pressure differential
speed sensor 3.643.639, CI 123-103
Binek, Bedrich, and Ullmann, Werner, to Ceskoslovenska akademie
ved Method and apparatus for analysing low-thermal excitable
dispersive systems 3,644,743, CI 250-218.
Birchall, Thomas D., to Hume, G. W., Company. Can pallelizer.
3,643.822. CI 214-152
Birkhollz, Gottfned, to Schenck, Carl, Maschinenfabrik GmbH.
Electromechanical force measuring cell. 3.643,502, CI. 73-141.
Bimbaum. Manfred E . Braytenbah, Andrew S.; and Richardson,
Arthur W , to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Overspeed pro-
tection system for a steam turbine generator. 3,643.437. CI. 60-73.
Biro. F Joseph Reusable file folder. 3,643.363. CI. 40-359.
Bisque, Ramond E See —
Stevens. Douglas N.; Bisque, Ramond E.. and Bloom, Duane
N ,3,644,094
Bitko, Sheldon S , to Fifth Dimension. Inc Non sticking relay contacts.
3,644,693, CI 200-166
Bitto, Joseph R . and Hammel. Clifford M., to Mohawk Data Sciences
Corporation Web feed apparatus with stepping motor drive.
3,644,812, CI 318-254
Black, Delbert L Valve 3,643,700, CI 137-625 68
Black, Robert D Portable waste recepucle. 3,643,266. CI. 4- 142.
Blackley. William D See—
Reinhard, Russell R ; and Blackley. William D. 3.644,449
Blaha,John F : See—
Kolb, Edwin R , Blaha, John F.; and Roberts, Webster
C ,3,644,903
Blank. Benjamin, and Zuccarello. William A., to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories. Anti-adrenal compositions comprising triphenylprpyl
amines 3.644,648. CI. 424-330.
Blann, William A . See—
Weggel, Ralph W . and Blann, Williaip A ,3.644.193.
Blaser, Harry, to Von Roll AG. Press. ^*«43,592.CI. 100-214.
Blatter. Herbert Morton iW— ^'
Rosen. Melvin Harris, and Blatter, Herbert Morton, 3, 644, 63 2.
Blay, Jorge A.. See—
Witt. Enrique R ; and Blay. Jorge A. .3,644,507.
Bley, Roland See—
Simon. Peter, 3,643,424
Blockley. Walter Vincent: See —
Friedlander. Sidney Lee. and Blockley. Walter Vincent. 3. 643.463
Blodgett. Stewart B Method and apparatus for controlling product
charge weights 3.643.752. CI. 177-122.
Bloom. Duane N : See—
Stevens. Douglas N ; Bisque, Ramond E., and Bloom, Duane
N .3,644.094
Bloom, Stanley M., and Lambert, Ronald F., to Polaroid Corporation.
Process for preparing (2,5-dihydroxyphenyl) diphenyl phosphine.
3,644,530, CI 260-606 5
Bloomquist, Wilbum M.: See—
Sabatka, Winston E., Bloomquist, Wilbum M.; and Reinke,
Raymond W. 3.643.670
Blue, Louis D., to Essex Chemical Corporation. Bobbin sleeve for
winding of textile fibers 3,643,888, CI. 242-1 18.32
Blum, Heinnch: See—
Bartsch. Friednch, and Blum, Heinnch, 3, 643, 3 1 5.
Bobeck, Andrew Henry, to Bell Telephone Laboratories. Incorporated.
Domain propagation arrangement. 3.644.908. CI. 340- 1 74.
Bodkins. Arthur !.: See—
Ogle. James C, Jr., Barkley, Dwight W.; and Bodkins. Arthur
I .3,644.730.
Bodnar, Dean A , Hinman. Charles W . and Nelson. William J . to Stan-
dard Brands Incorporated Method of making a starch conversion
syrup 3,644. 126. CI 99-142.
Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH.: See—
Eberlein. Wolfgang. Heider. Joachim; Machleidt, Hans; and En-
gelhardt, Gunther, 3.644,330
Koppe, Herbert, Kummer, Werner, Stable, Helmut, Zeile, Karl,
and Traunecker, Wemer, 3,644,469
Koppe, Herbert. Engelhardt, Albrecht, Ludwig, Gerhard; and
Zeile. Karl, 3.644,636.
Bogdanovic, Borislav: See—
Wilke, Gunther. and Bogdanovic, Borislav, 3, 644,558.
Bogner, Philip W See—
Carothers, Charles H , and Bogner, Philip W, 3,644 ,79 1 .
Boissevain, Thomas A.: See—
Taylor, Paul A., and Boissevain, Thomas A. ,3,643, 601 .
Boisvert, Conrad J, Jr., to Cogar Corporation. Method for determining
partial memory chip categones. 3,644,899. CI. 340-172.5
Boke, Reinhard. Schmid. Alfred, and Wilke, Heinz, to Bosch, Robert,
GmbH Method for making coils for armatures of electrical
machines or the like 3,643,326, CI. 29-605.
Boldt. Manfred, Arpe, Hc.ns-Jurgen, and Homig, Lothar, to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning.
Process for the manufacture of oxyacylation products and optionally
hydroxylation products of condensed aromatic compounds.
3,644.486. CI. 260-479
February 22. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 5
Bolie. Victor W.. to Oklahoma State University. Multi-channel signal
normalizer. 3.644.676, CI. 179-1.
Bolin, John E.: See—
Asar, Madhu P.; Bolin, John E.; and Maddox, Harry L, 3,644,66 1 .
Bollyky, LaszIo; and Whitman, Robert Henry, to American Cyanamid
Company. Phosphine substituted oxalyl chlorides. 3,644,517, CI.
260-544.
Bondi, Joseph V.; See-
Allen. Donald J.; and Bondi, Joseph V, 3. 644.630.
Bonk, Heinrich Sylvester, to Prontor-Werk Alfred Gauther G.m.b.H.
Exposure time setting devicie for a photographic camera with a
frosted glass plate precision setting and an electronic time setting ar-
rangement. 3,643,560, CI. 95-10.
Bonk, Henry W.; Grieve, Robin L., Nadeau, Herbert G., and Palmer,
Peter G., to Upjohn Company, The. Varied density poly isocyan urate
foam structure. 3,644,168, CI. 161-160.
Boole & Babbage, Inc.: See—
Holtwick, Gary M., and Kolence, Kenneth W., 3.644.936.
Boorum & Pease Company: See—
VogI, Kurt C, 3,643,360.
Booth, Frank B., Fenton, Donald M., and Olivier, Kenneth L., to Union
Oil Company of California. Preparation of rhodium and iridium
hydride carbonyl complexes. 3,644,446. CI. 260-429.
Boots Pure Drug Company Limited: See—
Adams, Stewart Sanders; Armitage, Bernard John, Bhstow, Nor-
man William; and Heathcote. Bernard Vincent, 3,644,420.
Borden, Inc.; See—
Hoyt, Howard Eugene, and Dean. Robert B . 3.644.269.
Nickerson, Richard Gorham. Harns. Barry Russell, and Breslouf,
Morris, 3,644,257
Salzberg, Harold Karl, and Sten, Walter G., 3,644,615.
Stehle, Peter Fallon, Wu, Chan K., Loshaek, Samuel, and
Dickstein. Jack. 3.644.262.
Bordence, Carl; and Derfer, John M , to SCM Corporation. Insect-con-
trolling compositions and methods of use. 3,644,645, CI 424-325
Bordes, Cornelis, to N.V. Industrieele Handelscombinatie. Resilient
system with compensating device for variable force exerted thereby.
3,643,934. CI. 267-155.
Borman, William M.; and Walker. Donald L , to Motorola, Inc. Auto-
matic vehicle monitoring, identification, location, alarm and voice
communications system. 3,644,883, CI 340-23.
Bornengo, Mario, and Pasquino, Pietro, to Montecatini Edison S.p.A
Process for separating pure methionine from the hydrolysis product
ofitsnitrile. 3,644,5 14, CI. 260-534
Borsum, Finn: See-
Eriksson, Per-Olof; and Borsum, Finn, 3, 643,903
Bosch, Hendrik. to Stamicarbon N.V. Process for the high-molecular-
weight polymerization of lactams 3.644,296, CI. 260-78
Bosch, Paul, to Bosch, Robert, G.m.b.H. Regulated hydraulic ap-
paratus. 3,644,063, CI. 4 17-2 I 3
Bosch, Robert, GmbH: See—
Boke,Reinhard;Schmid, Alfred; and Wilke, Heinz, 3,643,326
Bosch, Paul. 3.644,063.
Eckert. Konrad; and Hofcr. Gerald. 3.644.064
Henninges, Karin.and Schulze. Bernd, 3.643,671 .
Lettenmayer. Rolf-Dieter; Schonherr. Erich; and Tittmann. Egon,
3.644.065.
Schneider, Karl-Heinz, 3.644,005.
Stieringer. Albert. 3.644.029.
Widmaier. Dieter. 3.643.433.
Widmaier. Dieter, 3.643.434.
Bosch, Robert, Photokino G.m.b.H.: S*f—
Rube, Helmut, 3,644,028.
Bosher, David Robert: See—
Wilkinson, Alan; Hine, Stewart Charles; and Bosher, David
Robert,3,644.739
Bossert. Friedrich; and Vater, Wulf. to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for produc-
ing coronary dilation with 4-aryl-1.4- dihydropyridine derivatives.
3,644,627, CI. 424-266.
Bost, Jose; Hollard. Daniel; Peccoud, Michel; and Suscillon. Michel.
Device affording total biological protection for irradiation of a fiuid
circulating within a tube. 3,644,738, CI 250-108.
Bostedt, HansGunnar. Transport system. 3,643,785, CI. 193-75.
Bott, John A. Sliding tie-down device 3.643,973, CI 280-179
Bottum, Edward W. Refrigeration suction accumulator. 3,643.465, CI.
62-503.
Bottum. Edward W. Refrigeration suction accumulator. 3,643,466, CI.
62-503.
Boucheron, Bernard: See—
Nicco, Adrien; and Boucheron, Bernard, 3,644, 302.
Bouzard, Daniel: See—
Weber, Abraham; Frossard, Jacques; and Bouzard,
Daniel.3.644.417.
Bovasso, Bernard X. Board game apparatus. 3.643,956. CI. 273- 1 30.
Bower, Walter, to Storey, Thos, (Engineers) Limited. Floating landing
stages. 3.643.448, CI. 61-48.
Boyer. Barton H.. Ill, to Varo Inc. Contact printer for photosensitive
material. 3.644,039, CI. 355-85.
Boyer, Jackson S.: See—
Cassar, Richard D.; and Boyer, Jackson S ,3,644,284.
Boyer, Robert A.; SchuIz, Arthur A., and Schatzman, Edmond A., to
Ralston Purina Company. Method of preparing rehydratable
dehydrated protein products. 3.644. 1 2 1 . CI. 99- 1 7.
Boyes, Bill A. Golf cup reuining holder 3.643.944, CI. 273-34.
BP Chemicals Limited: See—
Hodgson, Stamford, 3.643,444.
BP Chemicals ( U.K. ) Limited: See—
Jeffreys, Kerry David, 3.644,570.
Macoustra. James, 3,644,236.
Bracco Industria Chimica: See—
Felder, Ernst; and Pitre. Davide. 3.644.409.
Bragg, Charles Gail. Cutting device. 3,643,591. CI. 100-95.
Braginetz, Paul A., to Morris, Philip, Incorporated. Combined blade
holder and dispenser. 3.643,794, CI. 206-16.
Braid. Milton, to Mobil Oil Corporation. Lubricating oils or fuels con-
taining adducts of phosphorodithioate esters. 3,644,206, CI. 252-
46.7
Braikevitch, Michael, and Goldwag, Emil, to English Electric Com-
pany, Limited, The. Water turbines. 3,644,053, CI. 4 1 5- 1 73.
Brake, Loren D.; and Stiles, Alvin B., to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I.,
and Company. Catalytic hydrogenation of nitrogen containing com-
pounds over supported ruthenium catalysts. 3,644,522, CI. 260-563.
Brandin, Tore; and Johansson, Sven Yngve David, to Stal Refrigeration
Aktiebolag. Apparatus for cooling a liquid. 3,643,754, CI. 62-196.
Braun, Anton. Free piston engine ignition apparatus. 3,643,638, CI.
123-46.
Braun, Edward H. Process and apparatus for marking and editing of
elongated record carriers. 3,644,683, CI. 179-100.2
Braytenbah. Andrew S.: See—
Bimbaum. Manfred E.; Braytenbah. Andrew S., and Richardson,
Arthur W, 3,643.437.
Brazda. Ladislav. deceased (by Brazdova. Drahuska Brazdova, Dag-
mar, heirs); Prochazka, Miloslav; Kaulich, Karel; and Ozdian, Josef,
said Prochazka. said Kaulich and said Ozdian assors. to Elitex.
Zavody textilniho strojirenstvi generaini reditelstvi. Mechanical
checking device for controlling the operation of spinning unit.
3,643.413. CI. 57-83.
Breidbach. Gunter: See —
Kirschnek, Helmut; Hildebrand. Dietrich; and Breidbach.
Gunter.3,643,270.
Breslouf. Morris: See—
Nickerson. Richard Gorham; Harris. Barry Russell; and Breslouf,
Morris,3,644,257
Breslow, Jeffrey D., to Glass, Marvin, & Associates. Surface projectile
game device with intermittently closed target openings. 3,643,951,
CI. 273-108.
Breslow, Jeffrey D., to Glass, Marvin, it Associates. Skill type game.
3,643.955. CI 273-119
Bresson, Clarence R., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Ternary stabil-
izer system for polyolefins. 3,644,282, CI 260-45 85
Bretschneider, Erich J. F. E , to SIEMAG Siegener Maschinenbau
GmbH. Rolling mill. 3,643,488, CI. 72-191.
Bricknell, William H.: See—
Doel, R Garth; Bricknell, William H., and Osipenko,
Stephen,3,643.7I2
Bridges, Thomas James; Kaminow, Ivan Paul; and Pollack, Martin
Alan, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated. Optical modu-
lation by submillimeter-wave signals and applications thereof.
3,644,846, CI. 332-7.51
Bridgestone Tire Company Limited: See—
Mukai, Tsuneo; and Tezuka, Toshiro, 3,643,723.
Onishi, Akira; Anzai, Shiro, Irako, Koichi, Fujio, Ryota,
Hayakawa, Yoshihiro; Kojima. Minoru, and Kawamoto,
Hiroshi, 3.644,314.
Brienza, Michael J., to United Aircraft Corporation. Laser-acoustic
processor for accomplishing time reversal of an electnc signal.
3,644,742, CI. 250-216.
Briggs, Raymond W.: See—
Jones, Sheldon, and Briggs, Raymond W, 3,644,043.
Bright, Joseph P. Furniture construction. 3.643,529. CI 16-96.
Brinkmann, Kurt: See —
Knechtel. Wilhelm; Brinkmann, Kurt; and Mohr, Hein-
rich.3.643,311.
Briskin. Theodore S.; and Remanick. Allen H., to Sutton Research
Corporation. Method of making a smokable product from oxidized
cellulose. 3,643.667. CI. 131-2.
Briskin, Theodore S.; and Ward, Geoffrey R., to Sutton Research Cor-
poration. Oxidized cellulose smoking products compositions.
3,643,668, CI. 131-2.
Bristol-Myers Company: See—
Juby, Peter Frederick; Hudyma, Thomas William, and Partyka,
Richard Anthony. 3.644.479
Sapino. Chester. Jr.. and Sleezer. Paul David. 3.644,377.
Bristow. Norman William: See-
Adams, Stewart Sanders. Armitage. Bernard John; Bristow, Nor-
man William; and Heathcote. Bernard Vincent,3.644,420.
British Hovercraft Corporation Limited: See—
Winter, Anthony, 3,643,758.
British Petroleum Company Limited, The: See—
Jones, John Robert; and Symes, Thomas J., 3,644.562.
British Railways Board: See—
Tustin, Arnold; and Sell. Richard Geoffrey. 3,644,688.
Broadhill Development Corporation: See—
Carlson, Elmer T., 3,644,663
Broisman, Raymond, to American Cyanamid Company. 'Resorcinol-
formaldehyde-latex adhesive containing triallyl cyanurate with high
ringbound chlorine content. 3,644,256, CI. 260-29.3
PI 6
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Brooks, Robert E., to TRW Inc. Recording microholograms of mag-
nified virtual images. 3.644.01 2, CI. 350-3.5
Brosseau. Louis Philippe, to Formex Ltd. Plastic plugs for use in
concrete forms 3.643.909. CI 249-4 I .
Brouard. Claude Mane Henri Emile: See—
Le Roy, Jean Mane Louis, and Brouard, Claude Marie Henri
Emile, 3,644, 329.
Brown, Bernard Beau; See—
Clegg, John Martin, Swidinsky, John; and Brown, Bernard
Beau, 3,644,396
Brown. Frank E Contact lens case 3.643.672. CI I 34-143
Brown, Gordon M.; and Porter, Kenneth R , to GCOptronics, Inc Ap-
paratus and method of simultaneously inspecting a plurality of sur-
faces of a body by holographic interferometry. 3.644.047, CI. 356-
109
Brown International Corporation. See —
Bushman, Ronald C , Rickard, Donn J ; Webb, John D.. Alex-
ander. L Bruce, and Church. Cleveland B.. 3.643.7 16
Brown. James D ; and Uraneck. Carl A . to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Calcium or magnesium-ketonc reaction products as
polymerization initiators. 3.644.528. CI 260-591.
Brown. Kevan. and Cavalla. John Fredenck, to Wyeth, John. &
Brothers Limited. Pyrrole lower alkanoic acids and derivatives.
3,644.399. CI. 260-326.3
Brown, Martin Kamp, to RCA Corporation. Electron beam tube and
method of adjusting the electrode spacing of an electron gun therein
3.643.299,CI. 29-250 16
Brown. Norman J , to Gillette Company, The Cutters for dry shavers
3,643,330. CI. 30-346 51
Brundell Och Jonsson AB: i>f —
Puna, Erich. 3,643.71 I
Brungs, Charles A See—
Sabatelli, Philip M., Sarge, Carmen R.. Loder. Edwin R., and
Brungs. Charles A .3.644.650.
Brunswick Corporation: See—
Cornell. William D . Schankler, Martin M . and Kenrick, Charles
R ,3,643,959
Torresen. Robert, and Grosvenor, Herbert D., 3.643.945.
Bryan, Graham W See-
Green. David T . and Bryan. Graham W .3.643,85 1 .
Bryan. John K. Cooled airfoil 3.644.059. CI. 4 1 6-97
Bryan. John K Cooled airfoil. 3.644.060. CI 416-97.
Bryant. Clifford F Board game apparatus 3.643,957. CI 273-134
Bryson, Jay G , Menapace. Henry R , and Benner. Gercid S . to
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. The. Preparation of transition
metal oxyhahdes 3.644.088, CI. 23-15
Bucceri, Bernard J . to Autoclave Engineers, Inc Plastic coated ferrule
for a tube coupling 3,643,984, CI 285-94
Buckman. Walter R , to Allied Chemical Corporation Vapor phase
fluonnation procedure in the presence of catalyst and alkali metal
nuoride 3,644,545, CI 260-65 3 7
Buijle, Raoul, and Viehe, Heinz G Process for the preparation of
acylated amides. 3.644.374. CI. 260-293.88
Bunker-Ramo Corporation. The: See—
Albce, Thomas K., 3.644,852
Foerster,Roy p , 3.644,923
Harris, Daniel M , Moore, Jack E , Taylor, Chester E . and Walc-
zyk, Walter H, 3,643.278.
Hutter. Harold G , 3,644,874.
Kilaguchi. Tome, and Renger, Herman L , 3.644.924.
Scarbrough. Alfred D . 3.644,671
Buntin, George A, to Hercules Incorporated N-(alpha. alpha-
dimethylbenzyD-alpha. alpha- (dimethylalkylamides) 3,644,521.
CI 260-562
Burdett, Michael Keith: See—
Osborne. Colin Terry, and Burdett. Michael Keith. 3. 644, 7 1 8
Burg, Kenneth E , to Texas Instruments. Incorporated Marine acoustic
velocity profiling. 3.644.882. CI. 340-7
Burke. John E.. Kaiser. Edward J . and Myers. Charles J . to Lonergan.
J E. Company Mechnical check 3.643,531, CI 82-11
Burke. Oliver W.. Jr. High polymer latices and methods and means for
producing same 3,644.263. CI. 260-29 7
Burlington Industries, Inc ; See—
Zane, Edward Robert, Jr , 3,643,825
Burnop. Victor C E. Colloidal dispersions 3.644. 106. CI 44-5 I
Burock. Russell. Swirsky. David M , and Whitner. Robert A . to
Western Electric Company Methods of using inorganic resists
3,644, 180.CI 204-15
Burroughs Corporation: See—
Kondur, Nicholas, Jr., 3.643.774.
Kupsky. George A.. 3,644.925
Burton, Dennis Ernest, to Fisons Limited Fungicidal mucononitriles.
3.644.637, CI. 424-304.
Bushman, Ronald C , Rickard, Donn J., Webb, John D , Alexander, L
Bruce, and Church, Cleveland B . to Brown International Corpora-
tion Means for sectionizing citrus fruit. 3,643,716, CI 146-3.
Busing, Walter; See—
Weist. Martin, and Busing, Walter.3.644, 190.
Buss AG.: See—
Franz, Peter, and Maier. Andreas. 3.643,874
Busse, Ewald A. Gasket with passageway and vacuum blade for in-
troducing air into barrel of carburetor. 3,643,64 I, CI 123-1 19
Buteux, Richard Harold Barclay, to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited Biaxially orienting crystallized polyethylene- 1 :2- diphenox-
yethane-4 4 -dicarboxylate. 3,644,610, CI. 264-289.
Butler, Eugene B , Fak, Ivan A., and Line, Lawrence L., to General
Tire & Rubber Company, The Hydrophilic-poromeric foam method
of making, and articles made therefrom. 3,644,229, CI. 260-2.5
Butler National Corporation: See —
Hobbs, James, and Carocari, John B., 3,644,722.
Butterworth Hydraulic Developments Limited; See—
Butterworth. Philip, 3,643.548.
Butterworth, Philip, to Butterworth Hydraulic Developments Limited
Fluid pressure operated motors 3,643,548, CI. 91-298
Bycroft, William R Incinerator. 3,643,610, CI I 10-8
Byrne, Charles H Automatic damper on register for combination heat-
ing-cooling system 3,643,862, CI 236-1
Cade, Phillip J., to Electronics Corporation of America. Control ap-
paratus 3.644.074. CI 43 I -26.
Cahoy, Roger P , to Gulf Research & Development Company Com-
bating weeds with o-acyl-3.5-dialkyl-4- hydroxybenzaldoximes.
3.644.524. CI. 260-566
Caiati. Michael I , and Lehle. William L . to H M K . Inc Safety shield.
3.643.972, CI 280- 1 50
Caillouette. James C . to Kay Laboratories. Inc Therapeutic pack for
thermal applications. 3.643.665. CI 128-403
Caldwell. John R See-
Jackson, Winston J . Jr . and Caldwell. John R, 3.644. 267.
Jackson, Winston J , Jr , Kuhfuss, Herbert F , and Caldwell, John
R ,3,644,574
California Auto Radio, Inc : See —
Tsuji,TomT , 3,644.684
California Institute of Technology: See—
Motta, Nathaniel. 3,643.419
California Institute Research Foundation: See—
Tsuei.Chang-Chyi. 3.644,863
Callighan, Robert H . and Masciantonio. Philip X . to United States
Steel Corporation Process for the recovery of glyoxylic acid.
3.644.508, CI 260-526
Cameo, Incorporated See-
Current. James H , and Kilgore, Marion D.. 3.643.737
Cammarata. Italo. and Vecchio. Martino. to Montecatini Edison S p. A.
Process for the production of lodopentafluoroethane 3,644.544, CI.
260-653 7
Camon Inc See—
Toda. Katuhiko. 3.644.026
Campbell. David, to General Instrument Microelectronics Ltd. Two-
phase logic circuit. 3.644.750. CI 307-208
Campbell, Donald A., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation System
for determining leakage inside a reactor containment 3,644,1 72, CI.
17619
Campbell, Frank A . to Xerox Corporation, mesne. Cable construc-
tion 3,644,659, CI. 174-27.
Campbell, Ivan D . to Georgia-Pacific Corporation. Process for con-
trolling the burning of sulfur. 3.644.092. CI. 23179
Campbell. John See—
Lechene. Leo. and Campbell. John, 3, 643, 282.
Campbell. Michael See—
Tillev. Colin. Watson. David Harris. and Campbell,
Michael, 3,644. 568
Canada. Her Majesty the Oueen in the right of, as represented by the
Minister of National Defence: See—
Wright. Jerauld George. 3.644.928.
Canadian Patents and Development Limited: See—
Wyslouzil. Walter. 3.644.881
Canas-Rodriguez. Antonio, and Leeming. Peter R.. to Pfizer Inc. 3-
Substituted' l-phenyl-indolines and mdolinones. 3.644.403. CI 260-
326.1 I
Canficld. Merlyn O Apparatus for photographic printing without a
darkroom 3.644.036, CI 355-44.
Canon Inc See—
L'chiyama, Takashi, 3,643,564
Cant, Noel W , and Hall, William K, to Gulf Research & Development
Company Propylene oxidation in the presence of iridium metal.
3,644.5 10. CI. 260-533
Cant. Noel W . and Hall. William K . to Gulf Research & Development
Company Oxidation of higher olefins in the presence of indium
metal 3.644.51 l.CI 260 533.
Capelti. Federico See-
Papa. Paolo, and Capetti. Federico. 3, 643. 598
Carabateas. Philip M . to Sterling Drug Inc. 1 .2-Diazabicyclo[2.2.2|-
octanes 3.644.362. CI 260-250
Carbonneau. Gordon S . to Carbonneau Industries, Inc. Test clip for
electrical conductor 3,644.877, CI. 339-108
Carbonneau Industries. Inc. See—
Carbonneau. Gordon S. 3.644.877. .
Carborundum Company. The: See—
Nowak. Bernard E . Cottis. Steve G.. Economy, James; and
Steiner. Paul J .3.644.593
Carby. John Gerard, and Colchester. John Edward, to Imperial Chemi-
cal Industries Limited Manufacture of 1 .1 '-disubslituted-4,4■-(or-
2.2'-) bipyridylium salts from 1,1 '-disubstituted
tetrahydrobypyridyls 3.644,383, CI. 260-295.
Cardwell Oil Corporation Ltd ( N.P.L. ); See—
Rice. Dale E .3.644.681
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 7
Carinhas, Jack G.. Jr.: See—
Jackson, Andrew D, Jr , 3,643,802.
Carino, John W., to General Electric Company. Electrolytic capacitor
having integral bleeder resistor. 3,644,796, CI. 3 1 7-230.
Carleton, Robert S.: See—
De Palma, Ted V , and Carleton, Robert S, 3,644,098.
Carlisle Tire and Rubber Division; See-
Parr, Russell Dale; and Dete, Leo Joseph, Jr . 3.643,388.
Carlsen, Jon E. M. Metal casting apparatus 3.643.732. CI 164-309.
Carlson, Elmer T , to Broadhill Development Corporation. Electrical
conduit system. 3,644,663, CI 174-88.
Carlsson, Per Arvid Emil; Corrodi, Hans Hudolf; Florwall, Gosta Lin-
nart; and Ross, Svante Bertil, to Aktiebolaget Astra. Diazepine
derivatives of dithiocarboxylates as dopamine-/3-hydroxylase inhibi-
tors. 3,644,623, CI. 424-244
Carnahan, William Headrest apparatus for a wheelchair 3,643,996,
CI. 297-410.
Carocari, John B.; See—
Hobbs, James; and Carocari, John B ,3,644,722.
Carothers, Charles H.; and Bogner, Philip W , to Westinghouse Elec-
tric Corporation. Lightning arrester with pressure relief means.
3,644,791, CI. 317-66
Carr, William G., to Stamco, Inc. Device for collecting and selectively
dispensing a flowable substance 3,643,704, CI. 141-106
Carrier Corporation: See—
Pilarczyk, Karol, 3,644,054.
Carter. Franklin T . to Belgium Standard Limited. Stationary refuse
packer. 3,643,589, CI. 100-49.
Carter, Victor J , to Westinghouse Brake English Electric Semi-Con-
ductors Limited. Semiconductor assembly including aperture-
mounted, diaphragm supported wafer 3,644,797, CI. 3 I 7-234.
Cartledge, Melvyn T. Combination support and alarm system
3.644,920. CI. 340-280
Casper. Lee A Container for light-sensitive particulate solids
3.643,831, CI. 220-42.
Cassar. Richard D.; and Boyer. Jackson S . to Sun Oil Company
Elastomeric composition containing polyester stabilizers. 3.644.284
CI 260-45 85
Cassinelli. Giuseppe, Cotta, Ernesto. Grein, Arpad, and Mazzoleni.
Rosanna, to Societa' Farmaceutici Italia. Antibiotic complex tai-
mycine and method for the preparation thereof 3.644,619. CI 424-
121.
Castle, Raymond G.; See-
Cherry, Walter L . and Castle, Raymond G, 3,644,855.
Cat Products, Inc.: See —
Duggan, Richard E ; Sandberg, Bernard L., Reisner, Manfred; and
Gascoigne, Allan J , 3,644,92 1
Caterpillar Tractor Company; See—
Benning, Gregory M.,and Shipp, Dennis E., 3,643,357.
Catino, Sigmund C: See—
Strobel. Albert F., and Catino, Sigmund C ,3,644,466
Catlin, Joseph C; See—
Folkers, Karl, Catlin, Joseph C , and Daves, Glenn Doyle,
Jr ,3.644.435.
Cavalla, John Frederick; See-
Brown. Kevan; and Cavalla. John Frederick. 3, 644, 399.
Cecchin, Gildo; and Hilbert, Francis H., to Motorola. Inc. Signal
demodulating system 3.644.677. CI. 179-15.
Cedrone. Vincent N.; See—
Stollman. Richard A., and Cedrone, Vincent N., 3,643,928.
Celanese Corporation: See-
Allen George C. 3.644.509
Mesich. Frank G.. 3,644,497
Witt, Enrique R.. and Larkin, Donald R., 3.644,484.
Witt, Ennque R , and Blay, Jorge A., 3,644,507.
Centra Anstalt: See—
Bertoglio, Guido D , 3,643,399.
Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique; See-
Rips. Richard, 3,644.352.
Certex, Inc.: See—
Milligan. Lee J., and Mayer, Douglas M., 3,643,890.
Ceskoslovenska akademie ved: See—
Binek, Bedrich; and Ullmann. Werner. 3.644.743.
CGR Medical Corporation: See-
Jones, William E. M ; and Richard, James A., 3.643,604.
Chabert, Henri, to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. Anion exchange copolymers.
3.644.226, CI. 260-2.1
Chaddha. Ashwani K. Modem controller. 3,644,896. CI 340- 1 72.5
Chadwick, Eric Milton; See-
Batty, John Woolley; Chadwick. Eric Milton; and Crook. James
William.3,644.535
Chakrabarti, Jiban Kumar; and Szinai. Stephen Slomo. to Lilly. Eli. and
Company. Adamantanopyrimidine compounds and intermediates
therefor. 3,644,356, CI 260-25 1
Chan, Joseph Y.; and Gupta. Dinesh C, to GTE Laboratories Incor-
porated. Apparatus for measuring electrical characteristics of a
specimen in which testing electrodes are automatically lowered
rapidly and then slowly into contact with the slowly into contact with
the specimen. 3,644,829, CI. 324-158
Chance Brothers Limited: See—
Haller, Harry, 3,643,848.
Chancey, Harold R.: See—
Mesiah, Raymond N.; and Chancey, Harold R. 3,644, 359.
Chandler Evans Inc.: See —
Falk, Ronald E, 3,644.720.
Falk. Ronald E, 3,644,815.
Chang, Clarence D., and Logiudice, Albert S . to Pullman Incor-
porated. Isopropyl alcohol process. 3,644,54 1 , CI. 260-64 1
Chatillon Societa Anonima Italiana per le Fibre Tessili Artificiali
S.p.A.: See-
Monaco, Sergio Lo; Mazzolini, Corrado, Patron, Luigi; and
Moretti, Alberto, 3,644,31 7
Chatten, Clarence K.; See—
Grunther, Robert G.; Chatten. Clarence K.; and Lebovits. Alex-
ander,3,644,247
Chavez, Ethor S. Television monitonng and program information dis-
play device and method. 3,644.929, CI. 346-1.
Chelini, Joseph M.; See-
Lang, William J.; and Chelini. Joseph M, 3,644, 1 13.
Chem-Farm Inc.; See—
Betulius, Gilbert E ; and Pfeiffer, Norman W , 3.643,745
Chemed Corporation; See—
Crotty, Homer E, and Zaizal, Michel T , 3,644,2 10
Sabatelli, Philip M.; Sarge, Carmen R , Loder, Edwin R , and
Brungs, ChaHes A , 3,644,650
Chen, Wei-Gwo, to Griffolyn Company, Incorporated Fiber rein-
forced laminated plastic film and method of making same.
3,644, 165. CI. 161-58
Cheng. Tai Chun; Antkowiak. Thomas A.; and Halasa. Adel F.. to
Firestont Tire &. Rubber Company, Tlie Process for polymerizing
conjugated dienes. 3,644.3 1 3, CI. 260-83 72
Cheng, Tai Chun; and Halasa, Adel F , to Firestone Tire & Rubber
Company, The. Process for polymerizing conjugated dienes.
3,644,3 12, CI. 260-83.7
Cherdron, Harald: See—
Hafner, Karl-Heinz, and Cherdron, Harald, 3, 644.290.
Cherry Electrical Products Corporation; See-
Cherry, Walter L , and Castle, Raymond G , 3,644,855
Cherry, Walter L., and Castle, Raymond G , to Cherry Electrical
Products Corporation. Keyboard reed switch 3,644,855, CI 335-
205
Chetwode Marine Sales Limited; See-
Miles. Frederick G, 3,643,506
Chevalier, Gabriel; See—
Rouxel, Roland; and Chevalier, Gabnel,3,644,7 19.
Chevron Research Company: See-
Suzuki, Shigeto, 3,644,5 1 5
Childs, Harry F Filing cabinet 3,643,807, CI. 211-10.
Chin, Wesley S. C. Plastic greenery strips for decorative purposes.
3,644,164, CI 161-25.
Chmura, Bernard J., to Sperry Rand Corporation. Power transmission
3,643,682, CI, 137-489.
Chorvat, Robert J , Pappo. Raphael, and Scaros. Mike G . to Searle. G
D , & Co.Ozonolysis of 2-hydroxy-3-oxo-A' * steroids 3,644,342. CI.
260-239.55
Christensen, Norman B.; Clark, Thomas A., and Webers, Robert J., to
Rex Chainbelt Inc. Hydraulic control Circuit 3,643,696, CI. 137-
625 6
Chrysler Corporation: See —
Andrushkiw, Bohdan A,, and Range, Lynn A., 3,643,520.
Werner. Lawrence E., 3,643,320.
Chung. Harold; See-
Bauer, Ronald S., Chung, Harold, Glockner, Peter W., Keim, Wil-
helm, and Van Zwet, Henry,3,644,563
Church, Cleveland B.: See-
Bushman, Ronald C; Rickard, Donn J., Webb, John D , Alex-
ander, L. Bruce, and Church, Cleveland B ,3,643,7 16
Chvatlinsky, Kurt; See— ,
Kittel, Arthur; and Chvatlinsky. Kurt,3,643,772. /
Ciba Corporation; See—
Bickel, Hans. Fechtig. Bruno, and Kump. Wilhelm. 3.644.337.
Konopka. Edward Alexander; and Gelzer, Justus Melchior.
3,644,616.
Rosen. Melvin Hams, and Blatter. Herbert Morton. 3,644,632.
Schenker, Karl, 3,644,338
Ciba Limited: See —
Bachmann, Fritz, 3,644,633.
Beriger, Ernst, 3,644,600
Habermeier, Juergen; Porret. Daniel; and Seiz, Wolfgang.
3,644.365.
Heer. Alfred; and Schaffner. Werner. 3.644.43 I .
Hiestand, Armin, 3,644,253
Siegrist, Adolf Emil, Liechti, Peter; Maeder, Erwm, and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo, 3,644,345.
Ciba-Geigy Corporation: See-
Dexter. Martin; Spivack, John D.; and Steinberg. David H.,
3.644.482.
Gregg, Harry D, Jr., and Lemaster, Howard V, 3,644,410.
Gumey, John Albert. 3,644,394.
Klemchuk, Peter. 3,644,278.
Ciesia, Stanley P.: See—
Mooth, Robert A.; Ciesia, Stanley F.; and Roberts. Hugh
J. ,3,644,332.
Cinadr, Bernard F.; See—
Diliddo. Bart A., and Cinadr. Bernard F, 3,644. 3 1 1
Cincinnati Milacron Inc.: See —
Richter. Robert C; and Srinath, Shimoga K . 3.643.546
PI 8
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
CIT-Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommunications; See—
Tallcgas. Francois, 3,644,679
Teurnier, Roger, and Rousseau. Claude, 3,644,672.
CK Optical Co., Inc ; S«—
Larraburu, Philip Michel, 3,644,037.
Cla-ValCo.:S«-
Ensign. Harold W., 3,643.707.
Clark Eqipment Company: See—
Link, David H. 3.643,827.
Clark, Merlin O., to Phillips Petroleum Company Method for prevent-
ing the formation of hydrates and ice. 3.644. 107, CI. 48-190
Clark Robert E.. to Revco, Inc. Combination hmge and closmg device
fordoors. 3.643,291, CI. 16-188
Clark Ronald L., to United States of America, Navy. Synchronous fac-
simile generator. 3,644,837, CI. 328-188
Clark, Thomas A.: S*f— ,,.,.. n u .
Christensen, Norman B.. Clark, Thomas A , and Webers. Robert
J .3.643.696.
Clark Vernon R.. to Phillips Petroleum Company Analog output cir-
cuit 3.644.752. CI. 307-229.
Clegg. John Martin. Swidinsky. John, and Brown. Bernard Beau, to
CPC International Inc Chrysanthemum acid esters of 1 -substituted
pyrrolidinols 3,644,396, CI. 260-326.3
Clegg, Samuel E. Apparatus for rooted plant excavating. 3.643.354. CI
Clemence. Francois, and Le Martret, Odile, to Roussel-Lclaf
Benzimidazole derivatives of benzoic acid and its esters and amides
3.644.382. CI 260-295
Clendenen. Donald: See—
Argyres. George, and Clendenen, Donald, 3,643, 823.
Clevite Corporation: i>*—
Selker, Milton L, Berdan, Betty L. and Luce, Betty M,
3,644,105
Coates. Leroy, to Willy Whoper, Inc Rebounding tethered ball
3.643.948. CI. 273-97
Coaton. James Richard, and Rees. John Michael, to Thorn Lighting
Limited. Hydrogen-halogen, filament lamp with a hydrogen getter
nag. 3,644,773, CI. 313-174
Coffey, James P . and Vengrofski. Frank A , to ESB Incorporated Bat-
tery terminal construction and method for forming battery terminals
3.644,149. CI 136-135
Cogar Corporation: See—
Boisvert, Conrad J, Jr., 3,644,899
Cohen, Paul, to Subcom Inc Extcnor operated breech door
3,643,615, CI 114-16.4
Cohen, Saul M : See—
Mont, George E . and Cohen, Saul M. 3,644, 594.
Colchester, John Edward: See—
Carby, John Gerard; and Colchester. John Edward.3.644.383
Colchester Lathe Company Limited. The: See—
Moss. Eric Frank. 3,643,532.
Coleman Company, Inc.: See—
Honaker. Bernard G, Jr, 3.643.646
Coleman Engineering Company, Inc : See—
Reid, Marvin A . and Swift, William R., 3,643.570
Colgate-Palmolive Company: See—
Costello. Christopher Hollet, 3.644,707
Falivene. Pasquale Joseph. 3.644.24 1
Collins & Aikman Corporation: S«f—
McCullough. Robert W , Smith, Vernon C , Barwick, Frederick
E. Ill, and Hobgood, James B , 3,644.080
Smith, Vernon C, Hobgood, James Barnette; and Barwick,
Frederick E. Ill, 3,644,079
Collins and Aikman Corporation: See—
McCullough.RobertW ,3,644,136
Collins, Ronald B Rope flipping racing game 3,643,947, CI 273-86^
Colton, Eldon L Water-ski rope retrieving device. 3,643,886, CI. 242-
86.5
Comatico Tiles, Inc.: See—
Valcntine,JamesR.,Jr.,andMcBee, Ralph C ,3,644,160.
Combustion Engineering. Inc : See—
Garrett. Sheyri W., 3,643,507.
Commercial Screw Products, Inc.: See—
Strah, Frank L , and Trepannier, Edward J., 3,643,695
Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique:5«—
Eloy, Jean-Francois, 3,644,73 1
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization: See—
Holan, George, 3.644,418
Walsh, Alan, 3,644,045
Communications Research Company: See—
Richards, Samuel E., Jr.. 3,644,687
Communications Satellite Corporation: S^*—
Johnson, George B.. Jr., 3,643.897.
Communications Satellite Corportion: See—
Schmidt. William G.. 3.644.678.
Compagnie Generate d' Electricite;i«—
Guillct, Hubert; and Le Goff, Denis. 3,643,568.
Computer Industries, Inc.: See—
Gelb, John, Merwin, Eugene M.. and Richardson. William B .
3.643.334
"^ Conner. David C, to LTV Elcctrosystems, Inc. Variable frequency
control. 3,644,840, CI. 331-1
Conover, Lloyd H., McFarland, James W., and Austin, William C , to
Pfizer Inc. Method of controlling helminthiasis. 3,644,624, CI. 424-
251.
Conradty.C See—
Zollner. Dieter, and Reichelt, Bernhard, 3,644,654.
Container Corporation of America: 5**—
Donaldson, David. 3.643.855
Continental Can Company. Inc : See—
Khoury.NickS, 3,643,832.
Continental Gummi-Werke Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Bartsch, Fricdrich, and Blum, Heinrtch, 3.643,3 15.
Controls Company of America: See—
Matthies. Alan A , 3,643,459.
Contromatics Corporation See—
Sandenburgh, George R . 3,643,916.
Cook John W , and Davis. Lester M , said Davis assor. to said Cook.
Diving sinker member 3,643,370, CI. 43-43.1 3
Cook Paint & Varnish Company: See—
Kincheloe. Richard D . and Scherrer. Joseph H.. 3.644.566.
Cook, Shiri E . and Williams, Kenneth C, to Ethyl Corporation.
Method of making alkyl lead compounds. 3,644,450, CI. 260-437.
Cook.ShirlE See—
Williams, Kenneth C. and Cook. Shirl £.3.644,451.
Cooper, Tinsley Laboratories, Inc : See—
ONeill. Robert C , 3.644.448
Cornell. William D , Schankler. Martin M , and Kenrick, Charles R., to
BrunswickCorporation Golf game 3,643,959, CI. 273-176.
Cornetet, Wendell H , Jr , to Industrial Nucleonics Corporation.
Moisture measuring system using microwave and nucleonic mea-
surements 3,644,826. CI 324-58 5
Corning Glass Works See—
Eckerlin. Herbert M , and Ward, Morris V.. 3,643,35 1
Eckeriin, Herbert M.. 3,643.861.
Corrodi. Hans Hudolf See—
Carlsson. Per Arvid Emil. Corrodi. Hans Hudolf; Florwall. Gosta
Linnart. and Ross. Svante Bertil. 3,644,623
Corrugated Packing and Sheet Metal Company Limited, The: See—
Nicholson, Terence P . 3.643.965
Corson. Bolton L , and Royer. Budd R , to Corson. G & W. H.. Inc.
Method and apparatus for calcining particulate mineral materials.
3,643,932. CI 263-21
Corson, G & W H . Inc See-
Corson. Bolton L , and Royer, Budd R , 3,643,932
Costello. Christopher Hollet, to Colgate-Palmolive Company Safety
heater for pressure dispensed product 3,644,707, CI 219-302.
Cotta, Ernesto i>f—
Cassinelli. Giuseppe, Cotta, Ernesto, Grein, Arpad, and Maz-
zoleni. Rosanna.3.644.619.
Cottis. Steve G: See—
Nowak. Bernard E . Cottis, Steve G.. Economy, James; and
Steiner.Paul J ,3,644,593
Coulthard, Douglas, to Polymer Corporation Limited Diene/nitrile
elastomenc blends 3,644,590. CI 260-894
Coyle. Bernard T . Jr : See—
Andrews. Paul A and Coyle. Bernard T, Jr. 3.644.1 16.
Coyne. William E : See—
Cusic, John W . and Coyne. William E .3.644.346
Cozic. Albert Bilge pump for boats 3,644,062. CI 417-21 I.
CPC International Inc See —
Bernetti, Raffaele, and Holty, David W , 3,644,390
Clegg, John Martin, Swidinsky, John, and Brown, Bernard Beau.
3,644.396
Maurukas. Frank A . 3,644,274
Mooth. Robert A , Ciesia, Stanley F., and Roberts, Hugh J..
3,644,332
Crabbe, Pierre: 5«—
Rosenkranz, George, and Crabbe, Pierre, 3.644. 367.
Cranage Bidwell C . to Stile-Craft Manufacturers. Inc. Latching device
for coupling assembly 3.643.985. CI 285-1 89.
Crans, Roland C , to Holcroft & Company. Gas atmosphere generating
means for heat treating furnaces. 3,644.099, CI 23-281.
Craven, William J , to Dart Industries Inc , mesne. Copolymers of
propylene and an amino substituted acrylic comonomer. 3,644,580,
CI 260-878 „.^^ ^^ . ,
Crawford. Raymond V . and Roscoe. Gavin E., to Bibby Chemicals
Limited Polyurethane foam materials. 3.644.237. CI. 260-2.5
Creed. Leslie H : i><'— ..^ „,,
TuUos, Aubrey R , and Creed, Leslie H, 3.644.933.
Crescentini, Lamberto: See—
Mayer Richard E . and Crescentini. Lamberto.3,644.572.
Cricchi, James R . and Hudson, James R , to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation Complementary MOSFET memory cell. 3.644,907. CI.
340-173 , ^^nc, n\
Crickmcr. Charles D Hydrostatic nser pipe tcnsioner. 3.643.751. CI
175-7
Crockford, Joseph R . to Kimberly-Clark Corporation. Tampon for
directional placement and applicator therefor. 3.643.661, CI. 128-
263 ,
Cromn Edward W . to Haskon. Inc . mesne. Extrusion process for
polyolefin foam. 3.644,230. CI. 260-2.5
, Crook. James William: i«—
Batty, John Woolley, Chadwick. Enc Milton, and Crook, James
William,3,644.535
Croon, Ingemar Liss-Albin: S«*— , .-^^ m
Bevan, Rhys Dilwyn, and Croon, Ingemar Liss-Albin.3.644 171 .
Cross Alexander D, to Syntcx Corporation. 4-Oxa-3-keto-A -
pregnene derivatives. 3.644 ,42 1. CI. 260-340.5
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 9
Cross, James M., to Mobay Chemical Company. Isomeric mixtures of
methylcyclohexylene diisocyanate. 3.644.459, CI. 260-453.
Crotty, Homer E.; and Zaizal. Michel T.. to Chemed Corporation.
Ovencleaner. 3.644.210. CI. 252-152.
Crouch, Ross A., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Stationary mixture
and method for mixing material. 3.643.927, CI. 259-4.
Crown Zellerbach Corporation: See—
Nussbaum, Henry A., Rehr, Henry W., and Tcllier, Clair W.. Jr.,
3,643,939.
Cryer, Edward, to Lucas, Joseph, (Industries) Limited. Position indica-
tors. 3,643,622. CI. 116-124
Cuadros, Alvaro J., to Lorton Laboratories, Ltd. Finger scale for
gynecologic and other measurements of body orifices. 3,643,651, CI.
128-2.
Cubic Corporation: See—
Isbell.WillardD, 3.643.891
Cumberland Engineering Company. Inc.: See —
Peterson. Russell I, Jr., 3,643,880.
Cunningham, Donald M.: See—
Drugmand, Lester D., and Cunningham, Donald M, 3, 644, 710.
Current, James H., and Kilgore, Marion D., to Cameo, Incorporated.
Slip assembly for a well tool 3.643.737, CI 1 66-2 1 6
Curtin, Frank M. Spindle release holder for roll products. 3,643,884,
CI. 242-55.2
Cusic, John W.; and Coyne, William E., to Searle, G D , & Co.
Dibenzoxazepine semicarbazones 3,644,346, CI 260-240
Cutler-Hammer, Inc .: See—
Ilk, Ronald J, 3.644,793
Cuvelier, John A.: See—
Vogel, Charles A., and Cuvelier, John A. ,3,643,892.
Cyba, Henryk A., to Universal Oil Products Company. Synergistic mix-
ture and use thereof 3,644,2 1 7, CI 252-400.
Dahm, Manfred: See—
Schmelzer, Hans-Georg, Gertel. Gunter; Degener, Eberhart, and
Dahm, Manfred.3,644,490
Daira, Isamu: See—
Utsumi, Isamu; Watanabe, Toshiro, Kohno, Keiichi, Daira, Isamu;
and Otsubo, Akira, 3,644, 385.
Daito Mfg. Co , Ltd.: See—
Mochida, Hisashi, 3,643,582
Daitoku, Kouichi; and Shuji Kimura, to Nippon Kogaku K K Camera
capable of combination with a power-driven housing for film-rewind-
ing. 3.643,576, CI. 95-3 1 .
Dalton, Wayne D., Mackzum, Stanley C , Mann, Friedrich H , and Sen-
sabaugh, Paul F., to General Electric Company Electrical connector
for a radio recepUcle 3,644,873. CI. 339-79.
Dame, Leon D.: See—
Garrett, Robert E.; and Dame, Leon D .3,644,727
D'Amico. John Joseph, to Monsanto Company. Bis(alke-
nyl)/ethylenebis(oxytrimethylene)/ bis(dithiocarbamate)
3.644,464, CI. 260-455.
Damoth, Donald C; and Shriner, William H , to Bendix Corporation,
The. Electrical interference reducer for gating apparatus of an elec-
tron multiplier. 3,644.775, CI. 3 1 3-237
Dango & Dienenthal Kommanditgesellschaft: See—
Schneider, Werner, 3,643,508
Daniels, Richard W., to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Five-port gyrator circuit wherein gyrator action is produced between
two non-terminated ports. 3,644,851 , CI. 333-80
Dannels, Bobby F.; and Shepard. Alvin F.. to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration. Phenols and phenolic resins 3.644.533. CI. 260-612.
Dannels. Bobby F.; and Shepard, Alvin F., to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration. Phenols and phenolic resins. 3,644.537, CI. 260-619.
Darr. William C: 5^*-
Bernard, David L.; Backus, John K.; and Darr, William
C, 3,644,232.
Dart Industries Inc.: See-
Berry, David A.; and Gynn, Gilbert M., 3,644,242.
Craven, William J., 3,644,580.
Dasinger, Bruce L.; and Naslund, Lars A., to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company. Detoxification of gram -negative bacteria grown
in a fermentation process. 3,644, 1 75, CI. 195-28.
Data Products Corporation: 5^^ —
Helms, Clifford J.; and Papadopoulos, Stelios B., 3,643,595.
Datapac, Incorporated: See—
Furst.Jozef. 3,644.909.
Daves, Glenn Doyle, Jr.: 5*^—
Folkers, Karl; Catlin, Joseph C, and Daves, Glenn Doyle,
Jr.,3,644.435.
Davis, Billy E.; and Gilliam, Paul V , to Signet Controls, Inc. Calibrat-
ing barrel. 3,643,489, CI. 73-3
Davis, Dewey R.; See—
Taylor, Miller; and Davis, Dewey R, 3,643, 747.
Davis, Lester M.: See-
Cook, John W.; and Davis, Lester M, 3,643.370.
Davis, Paul D., Jr.; and McCullough, Thomas E., to Texas Instruments,
Incorporated. Magnetic detection system for detecting movement of
an object utilizing signals derived from two orthogonal pick up coils.
3,644,825. CI. 324-41.
Davis. Raymond C, to Ingersoll-Rand Company. Fluid-motion ap-
paratus. 3.644.055,CI. 415-21 1
Dean. Robert B.: See—
Hoyt. Howard Eugene; and Dean. Robert B. 3. 644.269.
Deardurff, Lawrence R., to Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation.
Tightly bound bundle of filaments and method of producing same.
3,644,866, CI. 338-214.
De Caro, Aristide R., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Bromine
filled bipost lamp with a high temperature resistant glass envelope.
3,644.776, CI. 313-318.
deCarpentier, Peiter, to Shell Oil Company. Partially hydrolyzed ter-
polymers of dissimilar vinyl esters and an unsaturated carboxylic
acid and process for making them. 3,644,308, CI 260-80 75
De Cesaris, Frederick, to Guild Metal Products, Inc. Table construc-
tion. 3,643,608, CI. 108-157
Deckys, Jonas. Folding compartmented file 3,643,858, CI. 229-72.
Dedoes, Arnold A. Draw bar and hitch connection for tractor drawn
implement. 3,643,746, CI. 172-445.
Deere &. Company: See—
Barth, Hubert; and Hauk, Klaus, 3,644,002.
Denison, Henry Hoyt, 3,643,666.
Hubbard, Arthur Lowell; and Sanderson, Leon Franklin,
3,643,407
Jones, William Archibald, 3,643,409
Kulak, John; and Kirkpatrick, Kenneth Lawrence, 3,643.408
Matthews. Charles Woodrow; and Arnold. Loren Glenn.
3.643.748.
McMullen. Larry Gene. 3,643,904
Miley, Richard Erwin, and Meylink, John Gary, 3,643.636
Weakly. Marlin Earle. 3,643,826
Wilkes, Raymond Steele, 3,643,786
Degener, Eberhart: S*^—
Schmelzer, Hans-Georg; Gertel, Gunter, Degener, Eberhart, and
Dahm, Manfred, 3,644,490
Deguchi, Seiji: See —
Ide, Fumio; Okano, Kenji, and Deguchi, Seiji,3,644,249
Ide, Fumio, Okano, Kenji; and Deguchi, Seiji, 3.644 ,250
Delamare, Guy Robert, to Societe d'Etudes et de Developpemenl des
Aeroglisseurs Marins Terrestres et Amphibies S.E.D.A.M. Flexible
skirts for surface-effect machines 3,643,757, CI 180-127
Dell, Curtis G., Janzen, Dennis W.; and McGhee, John D . to Du Pont
de Nemours, E. I., and Company. Derivative differential scanning
microcalori- meter 3,643,491, CI 73-15
Demag Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kampf-Emden, Gerd, Horst, Heinz, and Klapdohr, Fnedrich,
3,643,999
Demi, Reinhold: See—
Bestenreiner, Friedrich; Demi, Reinhold, Greis, Ulrich, and
Pfeifer,Josef,3,644,019
Demmert, Lawrence E. Mounting mechanism for a seine-hauling
power block. 3,643,365, CI. 43-8
Demont, Michel: See— I
Moeller, Alfred H.; Demont, Michel, and Nicksudt, Albert
G, 3,644,613.
Demozay, Daniel, to Ets Pcchiney-Progil Methods of combating ne-
matodes using hexachlorobutadiene. 3,644,652. CI 424-351
Denison. Henry Hoyt. to Deere &. Company. Stone guard for com-
bines. 3.643.666. CI. 130-27.
Denny. Douglas M.: See-
Denny, Frank E., and Denny, Douglas M ,3.643,367
Denny, Frank E., and Denny, Douglas M. Thumb release attachment
for spinning reel 3,643,367, Ct. 43-25
De Palma, Bruce E., to Polaroid Corporation. Image formation in sta-
ble polarizing media. 3,644,1 I 7, CI 96-35
De Palma, Ted V., and Carleton, Robert S , to Universal Oil Products
Company. Catalytic converter for exhaust gases 3,644,098, CI 23-
288
DePierri, William G., Jr., to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Inhibition of aqueous systems from deposition of scale 3,644,205.
CI. 252-8.55
De Rbuhl. Alonzo M Eyeglass cleaner 3.643,279, CI 15-104 94
Derfer, John M.: See—
Bordence, Carl; and Derfer. John M .3.644.645
Deschamp>s. Nicholas H.. to Sanders Nuclear Corporation. Anisotropic
heat valve 3,643,734, CI. 165-96.
DeSoto Chemical Co., Inc.: 5«—
Gordon, Walter C, 3,643,37 1 .
Desperrier, Gerard: See—
Morin, Jean; and Desfierrier, Gerard,3,644,694
Dessy, Lucien, to Acec Ateliers de Constructions Electriques de Char-
leroi. Telegraphic transmission system. 3,644,670, CI 178-17
Dete, Leo Joseph, Jr.: See—
Parr, Russell Dale; and Dete, Leo Joseph, Jr ,3,643,388.
Detection Systems, Inc.: See—
Perlman, David E., 3,644,9 1 7.
Periman, David E., 3,644,9 1 8.
Detrex Chemical Industries, Inc.: See—
Schlossberg, Louis; and Sokalski, Stanley M , 3,644,152.
Deutsche Edelstahlwerke AG., Firma: See—
Knechtel, Wilhelm, Brinkmann, Kurt, and Mohr, Heinrich,
3,643,311.
Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideansialt vormals Roessler See—
Koberstein, Edgar; and Nischk, Wolfgang, 3,644,467
Koberstein, Edgar; and Nischk, Wolfgang, 3,644,468
Muller, Karl-Hans, 3,644,2 1 5.
Develay, Rene. Electrical remote-control switch 3,644,794, CI. 317-
751.
PI 10
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Dew Jimmy S . to Monsanto Company Coating compositions
Delt' M^rim! sTva'cl'john D.. and Sternberg, Dav.d H . to C.ba-
cl'gy Corporation (4.Hydroxy-5-alkylphenyl) allcano.c ac.d esters
D-aSo' DamJ'/'to Hew'^RoLs, Incorporated Se.f-capt.vat.ng
wedge 3.643,793, CI 198-192 „ ^ . n c
D. Bella, Eugene P . to Tenneco Chemicals Inc. Production of 2.5-
dkhlo^obenzon-tnle 3.644,471. CI 260-465 ,..,,,7
Dick. Roy E Automobile front end alignment equipment 3,643.337.
Diciley^Marclis P ; and Mclntyre. Donald C. to Honeywell Inc Solid
state'indicatordisplays 3.644.784. CI. 315-169
Dickinson. James M; 5*f— c.„,tK Mnrmn
Wagner. Paul. Dickinson, James M , and Smith. Morton
C 3 644.221 r> r
Dickinson. Lawrence C, to Sperry Rand Corporatwn Device or
removing banding material from a bale of crop material 3.643.313,
CI 29-200
Dickson Paper Fibre. Inc : 5«— „ , , . .
Berkowitz. Lawrence. Nov.ck.s. Georgs. and Sheth. Prafulchandra
N. 3.643.797.
"""'Se'^p'^.erTallon. Wu. Chan K; Loshaek. Samuel; and
Dickstein,Jack.3.644.262 u . ai,„»„
Diedrich. Bernd. and Keil. Karl Diether. to Farbwerkc Hoechst Aktien-
gesellschaft vormats Meister Lucius & Brunmg Process for the
Llymerizat.onofolefins 3.644,318, CI 260-88.2 ^, .,
Diehr Hans Joachim, Merten. Rudolf, and Uhlig. Konrad. to Far_
ben'fabnken Bayer Akt.engesellschaft Process ^o/ '^e prcxluction of
synthetic resins which contain urethane groups 3.644.228, CI ZbU-
2.5
Dietrich. Dieter: S«— . ^ j u . „,
Assmus, Friedrich. Flaig. Hans. Dietrich. Dieter, and Hartner.
Leo.3.644.689.
DiFerdinando. Frank L..S«*— li i^.-tiiin
Werner, Kilboume Ralph, and DiFerdinando. Frank L .3,643.3 10
DigiUl Equipment Corporation: See—
Nevala, David, 3.644.868.
Digitronics Corporation See—
Marino. Francis C ,3.644.888 ^ u d c r- „,„,.
Diliddo Bart A., and Cinadr. Bernard F . to Goodrich. B F . Company.
The Reduction of polymer buildup m ethylene copolymerization
3.644.311. CI 260-80 78 , ^, .^
Dille. Roger M . and Schlinger. Warren G, to Texaco Inc Fluid energy
grindingmethodandsystem 3,643.875, CI 241-5.
Dimick, Enoch Alfred, to Johnson, S T , Co Flame stabilizing system
for power gas burners. 3,644,077. CI. 43 1-35 1
Dimitracopoulos, Panayot.s C . to A.V. Corporation N V . The. Au-
diovisual projection slides. 3.644,032, CI 353-120
Dmgwall. Andrew G F . to RCA Corporation. Ratio-compensated re-
sistors for integrated circuit 3.644.802. CI 317-235
Dirks Electronics Corporation; See—
Dirks, Gerhard, 3,644,910 ^ ^ r
Dirks Gerhard, to Dirks Electronics Corporation. Storing device tor
signals. 3,644,910, CI. 340-174.1
Distrene Limited: See—
Hopkins, Hubert Brian, 3.644.3 10
Ditty. RolloG See—
Ellis. RolloG, 3,643.9 18
Diventco, Inc ; i«— .r- -.t^ioAQ
Finley. Robert L. and Sansom. Raymond E.3,643.9()V
Dobratz Burton E.. and Famsworth. Robert P , to Hughes Aircraft
Company Control circuit for biasmg a photodctector so as to main-
um a selected false alarm rate. 3.644.740. CI 250-211
Doel, R Garth. Bricknell, William H., and Os^^"'"'- Stephen, to
Hawker Siddeley Canada Ltd Tree shearing head 3,643,712. CI
144.34
Doi Kikuo, Takahashi, Masao. Nanamatsu. Satoshi. and Fujino,
Yoshio, to Nippon Electric Company. Limited. LiTaO, piezoelectric
vibrators 3.644.761. CI.
Doll. Willy: S«- , ,.. ^,j
Streschnak, Benno. and Doll. Willy.3.644.614
Dombro Robert A . to Universal Oil Products Company Preparation
ofdeluvalero-lactones. 3.644.426. CI 260-343.5
Donaldson. David, to Container Corporation of America. Moulded
container. 3.643.855. CI 229-2.5 , .h .i.r
Donaldson, John G . to Sylvania Electric Products. Inc. Localized elec-
troplating method 3.644, 181. CI 204-15.
Donnan. David H.. to Guaranty National Bank and Trust of Corpus
Christi Holder ofcredit card receiving machine 3.64J,8UV,ui zu-
49
Dorfman, Edwin, and Emerson. William E . to Hooker Chemical Cor-
poration Crosslinking of perfluorOalkylene triazme polymer
3.644.300. CI. 260-78 4
Dosch Peter; and Bcnz, Emil Circuit for the contactless control of
thyristors. 3.644.754. CI 307-252 ,, .^ ..1. A^.r
Douglas. George H.. Teller. Daniel M . and Smith. Herchel. to Amer-
ican Home Products Corporation 6-Substituted- 1 3-polycarbon-
alkyl-l8.19-dinorpregn-4-en-3-ones 3.644.440. CI 260-397 4
Douglas. Lawrence M . to Polaroid Corporation Camera latch
3.643.567, CI 95-11
Doundoulakis. George J :S«— ... - , ^ ^.a-x f.An
Rosenstock. Milton M ; and Doundoulakis. George J .3.643.540
Dow Chemical Company. The: 5«— „ ^ ,, r, 11 1
Moore. Carl. Louch. James B . and Stainfield. Russell L..
3.644.258
Roberts. Reginald F. Jr. 3.644.325.
Dowling. Donald J , and Atwood. George R. to T"aco Inc Mulling
coil apparatus for magnetic susceptibility logging. 3.644.8^ J. Li.
Downey Rogers B. to Polaroid Corporation Apparatus for processing
a strip'of photographic material 3.644.024. CI 352- 1 m
Downey, Rogers B ; and Thomas. Paul W to Polaroid Corporation.
Motion picture processing system 3.643,57V, Li. V3-»y.
Draper. Neal M Method of making laminar garment by autogenous
bonding of continuous webs 3.644.157. CI. 156-160.
Drebes. Armin: S*^— . ... ,^^
Strossner, Johannes, and Drebes. Armin, 3.643.637
Dreher. Karl D . and Holmes. Michael, to Marathon Oil Company.
Wettability control in an oil recovery process 3.643.738, CI. 100-
252
Drent Donald H. to Rospatch Corporation Label stacking.
3.643.556. CI 93-93
Dressier. Hans i«- ■, ^aa c^a
Reabe. Kenneth G . and Dressier, Hans,3.644.534.
Dreyfus. L A Company See-
Phillips, Michael, 3,644,169
Drugmand. Lester D , and Cunningham Donald M to Emereon Elec-
tric Co Electric surface heater assembly 3.644.7 10. CI. 219-463
Duck Edward William. Farmer. John Howard, and Ridgewell. Brian
John, to International Synthetic Rubber Company Limited The
Hydrocarbon-soluble rubbery copolymers of o- olefins. 3.644.JUV,
CI 260-80 78 ,. u . Tj 1 D
Duffield Joseph Frederick, and Godziemba-Dambski. Zdzislaw R..
said DufTield assor to Smith & Stone Limited. Snap-in contact ter-
minal 3.644.879, CI. 339-217 .. r H ,nH
Duggan, Richard E ; Sandbcrg. Bernard L. Reisner Manfred, and
Gascoignc. Allan J . to Cat Products, Inc Alarm with trundle switch
3.644.921, CI 340-283 . „ „ ^ . ,
Duke Bernard, and Levensohn. David Z . to Miracle Pet Products. Inc.
Aquarium gang valve 3.643,694. CI 137-608 r.„„,h..H
Dulhunty, Philip W . to Dulm.son (Australia) P«y' Limited^ Overhead
transmission line and attached vibration damper 3,644.660. C! 1 /4-
42
Dulmison (Australia) Pty , Limited: i>*—
Dulhunty. Philip W .3.644,660 , n . „ „.t^
Duncan Lloyd P . to Zero Manufacturing Company Inflation tube
connection 3,643.630, CI 119-14 47 ^ . , , r ,„,<.fin
Dunn Howard E . to Phillips Petroleum Company Catalysts for olefin
dimerization 3.644,218. CI. 252-431 .
Du Pont de Nemours, E I . and Company: See—
Adams, Charles D .3.644.491.
Akell, Roberta .3.644.214
Bartlett.Phihp Lee. 3.644,492 ,,,,,.,,
Brake. LorenD .and Stiles. AlvmB. 3,644.522^
Dell, Curtis G . Janzcn. Dennis W.. and McGhee. John D.,
Fryd. Michael, and Kaminski. Walter W. 3.644.244.
Fryd. Michael, 3, 644 ,584
Fuchs, Julius J ,3.644.489
Gray. Michael Alexander Howat. 3.644.235.
Hyde, Thomas J ,3.644,264
Kolterman.DelbertW .3.644.629. ,
Krueger. Achim R, 3,644,208.
Sherif, FawzyG .3.644,516.
Strolle. Clifford Hugh. 3.644.260
Strolle. Clifford Hugh. 3.644.261
Thompson, Darrell R . 3,644,255
Valiaveedan. George Devasia, 3.644,270
Wellinss Ian, 3.644,379
DuPont Ronal Charles, to GSW Lim.ted-GSW Limitee. Spout struc-
ture 3,643,987, CI 285-205.
Duore Victor Mane See — . . . ,
Sureau. Robert Frederic Michel. Alicot. Marie-Josephe Jeanne,
and Dupre, Victor Marie,3.644. 389 , a^, -,77 r\
Durst Felix Device for cleaning Venetian blind slats. 3.643.27/, Ci.
15-77.
Eagen. John F..i'«— , . i- ■, ^.aa io<
Gudelis, David A. and Eagen. John F..3.644,195 , ,„ „„
Earley, James Valentine. Fryer, Rodney Ian. and Sternbach Leo Hen-
ryk to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc Preparation of amidmes from
amides 3,644.335. CI 260-239
''^St'eveTDouglasNT Bisque. Ramond E.; and Bloom. Duane N..
3.644,094
Eastern Products Corporation: See—
Olivari. Humbert. 3.643.288 ,. , . j i ;„.„ ;„
Eastham, John Frederick, to Tracked Hovercraft Limited. Linear in-
duction motor stator 3.644,762. CI 310-13
'"^B^rkey^Ken'n'^T^TrHu'nrer. C Shelburn; and Predmore. Walter
Hu^bo^Ro'be^rt W^. War. Edward M.; and Seckcl. Thomas G.,
Jack«n" Wmston J . Jr , and Caldwell. John R.. 3.644.267.
Jack^n. Winston J , Jr , Kuhfuss, Herbert F.; and Caldwell. John
R, 3.644,574.
Jones. Evan T. 3.644,1 19.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 11
Lappin. Gerald R ; and McConnell. Wayne V.. 3.644,485.
Lewis, Alan E.; and Voigt, Frederick W., Jr., 3,644,096.
Loria. Anthony, 3,644,498.
Nelson. Raymond L.. 3,644.034.
Otis, Marehall V.. 3.644.272.
Eaton, Jack, to Van Ert Electric. Conduit threading tool 3.643.991.
CI. 294-19.
Eaves, Robert B.. to Photo-Motion Corporation. Moire motion illusion
apparatus. 3,643,361. CI. 40-106 53
Ebauches Bettlach S.A.: See—
Bachmann, Peter, 3.643,422.
Eberhart. Arthur H . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Variable
capacity refrigeration system and controls. 3.643.462, CI. 62-196
Eberlein, Wolfgang; Heider, Joachim, Machleidt. Hans; and Engel-
hardt, Gunther, to Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH. Derivatives of es-
tradiol-17/3-gluco8ide8 3.644. 330. CI. 260-210.5
Ebersold. Robert C, to Warner & Swasey Company, The. Transmis-
sion assembly. 3,643.519, CI. 74-230.17
Ebisawa, Fumio: See—
Endo, Kumaji; Ebisawa. Fumio; and Muratani, Masao.3.643,850.
Ebner, Cuno; and Schuler, Max, to Sandoz Ltd. Pyridazone derivatives
3,644.355, CI. 260-250.
ECE-Elektrostatik und Chemische Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH..
Firma: See—
Knechtel, Wilhelm. Brinkmann, Kurt, and Mohr. Heinrich,
3.643,311.
Eckerlin, Herbert M . to Corning Glass Works. Fluidic threshold gate
3.643,861. CI. 235-201
Eckerlin. Herbert M.; and Ward. Morns V . to Corning Glass Works.
Fluid operated system for aiding the user in standing and walking and
other applications. 3.643.35 1 , CI. 36-2.5
Eckert. Hans-Werner: See—
Heins. Arnold; Eckert. Hans-Wemer; and Bellinger
Horst.3,644.204
Eckert. Konrad; and Hofer. Gerald, to Bosch. Robert, GmbH Fuel
injection pump for internal combustion engines 3.644.064. CI. 417-
293.
Economy. James: See—
Nowak. Bernard E.; Cottis. Steve G . Economy. James; and
Steiner. Paul J .3.644.593
Edkvist. Ake Evald, to Palson Corporation AB Methods for manufac-
turing corrugated board 3.644, 1 59. CI 1 56-2 1 0
Edwards, Dare E. Portable heating oven for preheating rigid vinyl
sheets. 3,644,708,CI. 219-386.
Effron, Edward; See-
Li. Sik U.; Effron, Edward; and Koros, Robert M, 3,644, 192
Egalon. Roger, and Telia, Ramiro, to Societe Anonyme; Ugine Kuhl-
mann. Catalysu. 3,644,2 1 6, CI. 252-455.
Egert. Karl-Heinz; See—
Knisse. Gerhard; Berger. Richard; and Egert. Karl-
Heinz.3.643.440
Eggert. Jay P : See—
Prahl, Walter H ; Eggert. Jay P . Lederman. Sol J., Scremin, Eric
H . and Ulrich. Albert C ,3.644.542
Egnaczak, Raymond K.. and Squassoni. Gino F . to Xerox Corporation.
Flat plate traveling roller imaging system 3,644.035, CI. 355-3
Ehlscheid, Guenter, to Winkler & Duennebier. Flap folding apparatus
for envelope making machines 3,643.555. CI. 93-62.
Eickenhorst, Franklin C: See—
Fraze, Ermal C; and Eickenhorst. Franklin C ,3.643.833.
Eiger, William H, to General Motors Corporation. Self-loading scraper
with cleaning shield for the blades. 3,643.355. CI 37-4
Elder. Harvey A. Method and apparatus for obtaining bacteriological
information. 3.643,650. CI. 128-2
Elders. Gerald W.. to Pin-Set Corporation. Mine roof pins and ap-
paratus for setting the same 3,643,542. CI. 85-10.
Electric & Musical Industries Limited: See-
Taylor, John Harry; and Harris, Roger Stephen. 3.644.834.
Electric Musical Industries Limited: See-
Wilkinson, Alan; Hine. Stewart Charles; and Bosher. David
Robert. 3.644,739
Electro-Sonic Pollution Control Corporation: See—
Eng, Joseph W.; and Lin, Sunley C. F., 3,643,624.
Electronic Resources, Inc.: See—
Hanby. Frederick E . 3.644.759.
Electronics Corporation of America: See-
Cade, Phillip J, 3,644.074
Lord, Philip E, 3.644. 748
Eleitrochemische Werke Munchen AG: See-
Meyer. Heinz; Schmid, Dieter; Schwarzer. Hans; and Twittenhoff,
Hansjoachim. 3,644,612.
Elias. Brady M.: See—
Hackett, Robert H.; Hartmann, Charles D., and Elias. Brady
M. 3.643. 362.
Elitex. Zavodny textilniho strojirenstvi Generalni reditelstvi: See—
Horatschke, Rudolf; Holy, Zdcnek; Havlas. Jiri; Kostelecky, Pre-
mysl; and Rejnart, Vlastimil. 3,643.990.
Elitex, 2Lavody textilhino strojirenstvi generalni reditelstvi: See—
Prochazka, Miloslav; and Kaulich. Karel. 3,643.414
Elitex. Zavody textilniho strojirenstvi generalni reditelstvi: See—
Brazda, Ladislav; Prochazka. Miloslav; Kaulich. Karel; and Ozdi-
an. Josef, 3,643,413.
Havlas. Jiri; Kostelecky, Premysl; Holy. Zdenek; Rydlo. Jcromir;
and Rejnart. Vlastimil, 3.643.843.
Elliott. James H. Automatic control system for front and loader.
3,643,828, CI. 214-762.
Ellis. Rollo G.. 1/3 to Ditty. Rollo G.. and 1/3 to Gilleran. Gerald T.
Nail extracting device. 3.643.918, CI 254-19.
Eloy. Jean-Francois, to Commissariat a I'Energie Atomique. Apparatus
for producing an ion beam by removing electrons from a plasma.
3.644.731. CI. 250-41.9
Emerson Electric Co.; See—
Drugmand. Lester D.; and Cunningham. Donald M . 3.644,7 10.
Emerson. William E.: See—
Dorfman. Edwin; and Emerson. William E. 3.644. 300.
Emory, John M. G.. Jr ; and Faitani, Joseph J , to United Aircraft Cor-
poration. Smoke reduction combustion chamber 3,643.430. CI. 60-
39.65
Empire Products. Inc.; See-
Newman, Albert P., 3,644.869.
Endler. Abraham S.. to Apex Chemical Co , Inc Reaction product of
2,3-dibromopropanal and phosphorus pentoxide 3.644.597, CI.
260-933.
Endo, Kumaji, Ebisawa, Fumio; and Muratani. Masao, to Japan Drive-
It Co.. Ltd. Pin driving tool. 3.643,850, CI. 227-8.
Energy Conversion Devices. Inc.: See—
Ovshinsky. Stanford R, 3,644.74 1 .
Eng, Jackson: See—
Bichard. John A ; and Eng, Jackson. 3, 644,433
Eng, Joseph W.; and Lin. Stanley C F , to Lin Eng Corporation.
Method of and apparatus for purifying polluted gases 3.643.623. CI.
116-137
Eng, Joseph W., and Lin, Stanley C F., to Electro-Sonic Pollution Con-
trol Corporation. Method of imd apparatus for punfying polluted
gases 3,643,624. CI. 116-137.
Engelhard Minerals & Chemicals Corporation: See-
Greenspan, Lawrence, 3,644,692.
Engelhardt, Albrechl: See—
Koppe, Herbert, Engelhardt, Albrecht; Ludwig. Gerhard, and
Zeile, Karl. 3,644,636.
Engelhardt. Gunther; See—
Eberlein, Wolfgang; Heider, Joachim; Machleidt, Hans; and En-
gelhardt, Gunther. 3.644.330
English Electric Company Limited: See-
Simpson. Michael Charles Stephen. 3.644,789.
English Electric Company. Limited. The: See—
Ainsworth, John Desmond, 3.644.820
Braikevitch, Michael; and Goldwag, Emil. 3,644.053
Osborne, Colin Terry, and Burdett, Michael Keith, 3.644,7 1 8.
English Electric Valve Company Limited; See-
Kennedy, Matthew Campbell, 3,644.769
Kennedy, Matthew Campbell; andTourle. Peter. 3.644.771
Enloe, Louis H ; and Larsen, Arthur B . to Bell Telephone Laborato-
ries. Incorporated. Holographic flying-spot scanner 3.644.665, CI.
178-6.5
Enomoto. Nobuaki. to Kabushiki Kaisha Yashica Mechanism for
winding photographic film 3.643.469. CI. 64-23
Ensign. Harold W , to Cla-Val Co Static-reducing and vapor-reducing
loading valve with low pressure drop. 3,643.707, CI 141-286.
Epstein. Albert D.; See—
Sklarz, William A . Grenda, Victor J.; Lindberg, Glenn W . and
Epstein. Albert D, 3. 644, 391.
Encson. John P.: See-
Harris. Everett K.; Ericson, John P; and Miller. Richard
E, 3,643,323.
Eriksson. Per-Olof; and Borsum, Finn, to Uddeholms Aktiebolag Base
for a spherical container. 3,643.903. CI 248-146
Eriichman. Irving, and Lawrence. Maxwell E., to Polaroid Corpora-
tion. Photographic film assemblage. 3.643,57 1, CI. 95-19
Erman. William F.; See—
Fanta. Wayne I., and Erman, Wilham F .3.644.505.
Erwin, Curtis L., Jr.; and Fosdick. Gene D. Exerciser with work in-
dicating mechanism 3.643.943. CI. 272-69.
ESB Incorporated: See—
Bergum. Bernard C. 3,644.146
Coffey. James P., and Vengrofski. Frank A.. 3,644,149
Esquire. Inc.: See—
McFarlin. Ralph M., 3,644.729.
Snyder, Carl R.. 3.644,783.
Essex Chemical Corporation; See — '
Blue. Louis D, 3. 643. 888
Esso Research and Engineering Company: See—
Bichard. John A; and Eng. Jackson. 3.644,433
Dasinger, Bruce L.; and Naslund. Lars A , 3.644,175.
DePierri. William G.. Jr.. 3.644.205
Frankenfeld, John W; and Gerarde. Horace W, 3.644.65 1.
Gardner. Irwin J.; and Manuel. Thomas A.. 3,644,3 1 5
Gudelis. David A; and Eagen. John F .3,644,195.
Kearby, Kenneth K., 3,644,220.
Kraus. Bemhard J.; and Kim, Dae Sik. 3.643,425.
Kraus, Bemhard J., and Kim, Dae Sik, 3.643,640.
Kroll, Wolfram R., 3,644.445.
Naschke. John H.;and Taylor. Robert L.. 3,644.091
Shmidl. Albert J.; and Winegartner. Edgar C, 3,644.178.
Stames. William H . Jr . 3.644.538
SUmes, William H, Jr.. 3,644.539.
Young. Archie R.. II. 3,644,147.
895 CO.— 58
PI 12
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Eubliuements Clin-Byla: See—
MouMcron, Max J., 3.644,344
Ethyl Corporation: See—
Beard. William O . Jr.. 3,644,560.
Beard. William 0 . Jr.. 3,644,561
Cook, Shirl E., and Williams, Kenneth C, 3,644,450.
MeKsner, Bernard R , 3,644,281
Shubkin, Ronald L , 3,644,443
Tulley , Frederick T., 3,644.27 I .
Williams. Kenneth C; and Cook. Shirl E., 3,644.451 .
Williams, Kenneth C, 3.644,452.
Ets Pechitiey-Progil; See—
Demozay, Daniel. 3,644,652.
Evaas, Richard E.; and Zacher, Harold D Control of contact time in
transport reactors. 3,644,199, CI. 208-1 20.
Evans. Robert R., and Backlund. Peter S.. to Union Oil Company of
California. Powdered wax suitable for emulsions and rubber blend-
ing. 3,644.130.0. 106-270.
Exitaire Company. The; See—
Sheppard, Albert S., 3,643,584
Extek Microsystems, Inc.: See—
Beispcl, Robert, 3,644,040
Fab Fibre Company: See—
Lechene, Leo; and Campbell, John, 3,643,282.
Factor, Arnold, to General Electric Company Separation of poly (2.6-
dimethyl-l,4-phenylene oxide) from its blends with other polymers
3,644,227, CI. 260-2.3
Factory Mutual Research Corporation: See—
Livingston, William L, 3,643,912.
Fahrzeuge und Cerate G.m.b.H. & Co. K.C; See—
Gohl, Helmut, 3,643,356
Fair, Albert Edward Harold. Drying system for a papermaking
machine 3,643,338, CI. 34-6
Fairbanks, Theodore H . to FMC Corporation. Reticulated nylon struc-
tures. 3.644.239. CI. 260-2 5
Faitaai. Joseph J.: See-
Emory. John M. G.. Jr., and Faitani, Joseph J ,3,643,430.
Fak, Ivan A.: See—
Butler, Eugene B., Fak, Ivan A., and Line. Lawrence L, 3, 644, 229
Falivene. Pasquale Joseph, to Colgate-Palmolive Company Anti-soil-
ing aerosol starch prepared from ethoxylated starch and a fluoro-
acrylate or fluoro-alpha substituted aery late polymer. 3,644,241. CI
260-174
Falk. Ronald E . to Chandler Evans Inc Gain multiplier 3,644,720, CI
235-150.1
Falk, Ronald E , to Chandler Evans Inc. Digital P I servo control
system 3,644, 815. CI 318-609
Fanctier, Llewellyn W.: See—
Baker, Don R , Fancher. Llewellyn W , and McClellan, Malcolm
B, 3,644,4 11
Fanta, Wayne I ; and Erman, William F . to Procter &. Gamble Com-
pany, The. Perfume composition including tetrahydropyranyl ether
of 3-cndo-methyl-3-exo(4'-methyl-5 hydroxypcntyl norcamphor
3,644.505, CI 252-522.
Fantastic Fudge. Inc.: See—
Stollman. Richard A. and Cedrone. Vincent N.. 3,643.928
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Beecken, Hermann, 3,644,090
Bo&sert, Fricdnch; and Vater, Wulf. 3.644.627
Diehr. Hans Joachim. Merten. Rudolf; and Uhlig. Konrad.
3.644,228.
Horstmann, Walter, Kalz, Dietmar, Wolfrum, Gerhard; and Siegel,
Edgar, 3,644,405
Kirschnek, Helmut, Hildebrand, Dietrich, and Breidbach. Gunter,
3.643,270
Konig, Klaus. Muller. Erwin; and Holtschmidt. Hans. 3.644,457.
Minz, Franz-Rudolf; and Zirngiebl, Eberhard, 3.644,089.
4' Oediger, Hermann, and Merten, Rudolf, 3,644,37 1.
Schliebs, Reinhard, Schlor. Hanshelmut, and Homeyer. Bernhard.
3,644,598
Schmelzer, Hans-Georg; Gertcl, Gunter, Degcner, Eberhart; and
Dahm, Manfred, 3,644.490
Suling. Carthans; Logemann. Heino; Kramer, Dieter, Rachwalsky,
Heinz; and Marzolph, Herbert, 3,644,265
\ Wamcke. Heinz; and Kahl, Melchior. 3,643,5 1 1 .
Weist, Martin; and Busing, Walter, 3,644,190
Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius &.
Bruning: See—
Berger, Harald, Bestian, Herbert; and Korbanka, Helmut,
3,644.303
Boldt. Manfred; Arpe. Hans-Jurgen; and Homig, Lothar,
3.644.486
Diedrich. Bernd; and Keil, Karl Diether, 3,644,3 1 8
Fester, Walter; Hanschke, Ernst; and Jakob, Franz, 3,644,299.
Hafner, Karl-Heinz; and Cherdron, Harald, 3,644.290.
Kampe. Klaus-Dieter. 3.644.458
Kampe. Klaus-Dieter; and Fischer. Edgar. 3.644.596.
Knisse. Gerhard; Berger. Richard; and Egert. Karl-Heinz.
3.643.440
Weyer. Rudi; Aumuller. Walter; Weber. Helmut; Muth. Karl; and
Heerdt. Ruth. 3.644.634
Farmer, John Howard: See-
Duck, Edward William. Farmer, John Howard; and Ridgewell.
Brian John. 3. 644. 309.
Farnsworth. Robert P.: See—
Dobratz. Burton E; and Farnsworth, Robert P. ,3,644, 740.
Farrar, Ralph C , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Polymerization of
conjugated dienes and monovinyl aromatic compounds with mul-
tifunctional polymerization initiators. 3,644,322, CI. 260-94.2
Faulds. William W Overload torque clutch. 3.643.770. CI. 192-56.
Favre. Robert Means for protecting electronic commutation motor
from accidental overload 3.644.808, CI. 3 1 8- 1 38.
Fechtig. Bruno: See—
Bickel. Hans. Fechtig, Bruno, and Kump. Wilhelm. 3,644, 337.
Federal Pacific Electric Company: See—
Worth, Arthur J ,3,644,880.
Fedi, Letto, and Glachet, Charles Demountable cells for shielding
radioactive elements 3,644,737, CI. 260-108.
Feketc, Ferenc; See—
Gunthcr. Gregory M., Fekete, Ferenc, Liedtke, Ronald R.; and
Stephens, Donald H ,3,643,374
Felbarg. Hector R Illuminating laryngoscope with reflecting means.
3,643.654. CI 128-11
Felder. Ernst, and Pitre. Davide. to Bracco Industrie Chimica.
Radiopaque compounds and methods of preparing the same.
3,644.409. CI. 260-247 2
Feldman. Lewis Fan arrangement for pollution control. 3.643,581, CI.
28-58
Feldmuhte Aktiorgjesellschaft: See—
Anschutz. Erhard. 3.643.309
Fender. Clarence L , and Rhodes, Harold B Columbia Broadcasting
System. Inc Tone generator with vibratory bars. 3.644,656. CI. 84-
1 04
Fenton. Donald M : See—
Booth, Frank B.; Fenton. Donald M . and Olivier. Kenneth
L .3.644.446
Ferrari, Harry M . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Pressurized
fuel element 3,644.174. CI 176-68
Ferro Corporation: See—
Fuchsman, Charles H . 3.644,649
Fester. Walter. Hanschke, Ernst, and Jakob. Franz, to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning
Fiber-forming polyamides having an increased content of amino
groups 3.644,299, CI 260-78
Feuillat, Pierre, and Lyard. Joseph, to Societe Nouvelle de Roule-
ments Cages for roller-bearings. 3.644,006, CI. 308-2 1 3.
Fibco. Inc See —
Fitch, John C ,3.643.924
Field. Edwin C . Kulicke, Frederick W . Jr . and Masso. Richard W . to
Kulicke and Soffa Industries. Inc Method and apparatus for tailless
wire bonding 3.643,32 1 . CI 29-470 1
Fielder, Glenn D , to Mobil Oil Corporation Inhibiting etherification in
catalytic esterification 3.644.293. CI 260-75
Fields, John H . to Honeywell Information Systems Inc , mesne Reusa-
ble circuit board for constructing logic circuits using integrated cir-
cuit elements 3.644,792. CI. 317-101.
Fifth Dimension, Inc See—
Bitko. Sheldon S .3.644.693
Filper Corporation See—
Meissner, Konrad E . McClelland. Ethendge R., and Kilner,
George E, 3,643,717.
Finberg, Arne, to Mobil Oil Corporation Chemically controlling grat-
ing and rubber particle size in manufacture of high impact
polystyrene using a 2-step process. 3,644,587, CI. 260-880.
Finishing Equipment and Supply Co , Inc : See—
Sabatka. Winston E. Bloomquist. Wilbum M . and Reinke.
Raymond W .3.643.670
Finkelstein. Arthur: See—
Pemick. Louis. 3.643,470
Finley. Robert L . and Sansom. Raymond E . to Diventco, Inc Plunger
operated rotatable collet 3.643.969. CI 279-4
Finney. Jack R See—
Schuyler. Richard C . Schuyler. Jacquie G., Griffin. Margaret E.;
Tobias, William E , and Finney. Jack R ,3.643.395.
Firestone. Floyd A Airplane with spatial panorama. 3.643,899, CI.
244-118.
Firestone Tire & Rubber Company. The: S**—
Cheng. Tai Chun, and Halasa. Adel F. 3.644.312.
Halasa. AdelF .3,644,324
Tazewell. Joseph H , 3,644,280.
Firestont Tire & Rubber Company, The: See-
Cheng. Tai Chun, Antkowiak, Thomas A.; and Halasa, Adel F.,
3,644,313
Firkert, Gunter, to Veb Elektromat. Fine positioning system.
3,644,814, CI 318-592
Firmenich & Cie: See—
Schulte-Elte. Karl-Heinrich. 3.644.430.
First Nation Bank in Peru: See-
Roebuck. Malcolm J . 3.643.530
Fischer. Adolf: See—
Osieka. Hans. Fischer. Adolf, and Kiefer, Hans Eugen,3,644,l 12.
Fischer, Artur See—
Mutz, Wolfgang; Killgus, Theodor; and Fischer, Artur,3,643,865.
Fischer, Edgar: See—
Kampe, Klaus-Dieter, and Fischer, Edgar.3,644,596.
Fischer, F L : See—
Sutter, Hermann, 3,643,663
Fismer, William L. Method for lifting flasks and molds. 3,643,725, CI.
164-44
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 13
Fisons Limited: 5««—
Burton, Dennis Ernest, 3,644,637.
Fister, Aloysius J., to McGraw-Edison Company. Protector for electric
circuits. 3,644,861, CI. 337-252.
Fitch, John C, to Fibco, Inc. Highway safety device. 3,643,924, CI.
256-13.1
FiUgibbon, Chester Manfield, to Belize Plywood and Veneer Com-
pany, Inc. Method and machine for making bamboo veneer and
products thereof. 3,643.7 10. CI. 144-3.
Fixler. Jon S., to Industrial Patent Development Corporation. Fluid
pressure operated game. 3,643.953, CI. 273-119.
Rachsbarth, Dieter, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Switchmg circuit
for pulsing the control-current of a hall generator. 3,644,760, CI.
307-309.
Flaig, Hans: See—
Assmus. Friedrich, Raig. Hans; Dietrich. Dieter; and Hartner.
Leo.3,644,689
Ranagan, Thomas P.; and Kaye. Irving, to National Starch and Chemi-
cal Corporation. Hot melt adhesives containing silane compounds.
3.644,245, CI. 260-23.
Reming, Gerald J., to United States of America, Navy. Ablative epoxy
resin composition and method of preparation. 3,644,222, CI. 260-2.
Fleming, Philip F., to Gehl Company. Clutch mechanism having power
disengagement. 3,643,767, CI. 192-21.
Retcher, Augustus: Se«—
Smith, Paul T.; and Fletcher, Augustus,3, 644, 1 84.
Rett, Alexander Campbell, to imperial Chemical Industries Limited.
Lubricating composition. 3,644, 1 43, CI. 117-138.8
Rorwall, Gosta Linnart: See—
Carlsson, Per Arvid Emil; Corrodi, Hans Hudolf; Florwall, GosU
Linnart; and Rots, Svante Bertil,3,644,623.
FMC Corporation: See-
Fairbanks, Theodore H., 3.644,239.
Hogya, Bernard James; and Mc Manamon. Joseph Thomas,
3.644.155.
Mesiah, Raymond N ; and Chancey. Harold R . 3.644,359.
Orwoll. Edward F . 3.644.602
Price. John A.; and Stewart, Mary J.. 3,644,291 .
Rose. Boyd W. 3,643,8 1 7
SheeU. ChaHes E., 3,643,799
Stewart, Mary J.; and Price, John A., 3,644,292
Stewart, Mary J.; and Price, John A., 3,644,295.
Foerster, Roy p., to Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The. Threshold and
majority gate elemenu and logical arrangements thereof. 3,644,923,
CI. 340-347
Folden, Denver C: See—
Appleby, Paul E.; Folden, Denver C, and Riggs, Robert
S, 3,644. 162
Folkers, Karl; Callin, Joseph C. and Daves. Glenn Doyle. Jr 6-Alkyl or
6-alkenyl-2,3-dimethoxy-5-hydroxy-1.4- benzoquinones and
hydroquinones. 3,644,435, CI. 260-396.
Ford Motor Company: See —
Radin. Bernard G., 3,644.885.
Formex Ltd.: See—
Brosseau, Louis Philippe. 3.643.909.
Fosdick.Gene D : See—
Erwin, Curtis L.. Jr., and Fosdick. Gene D. 3.643,943.
Foster Wheeler Corporation: See—
Wadiak, Michael, and Higham, George T., 3,643,701 .
Foucar. Harry G., to United States Steel Corporation. Method for the
production of high purity, high pressure carbon dioxide from a mix-
ture of low pressure mixed acidic gas. 3,643.45 1, CI. 62-28.
Fox. Maurice Rayner; Stewart, Neil David, and Lockett, Alfred Peter,
to Imperial Chemical Industnes Limited. Method of applying
processing liquors to textile materials and apparatus therefor.
3.644. 137. CI. 117-61.
Fraioli, Anthony Vincent, and Mohns. John Phillip, to American
Cyanamid Company. Incorporation of valve metals into current-
producing cell constructions. 3.644,145. CI. 136-6.
France Bed Co., Ltd.: See—
Yamamoto, Haruhiko. 3,643,308.
Frank, Rudi: See—
Kittel, Arthur; Frank, Rudi; and Purr, Horst,3,643,775
Frankel, Milton B.;Gold, Marvin H.; and Marcus, Henry J., to Aerojet-
General Corporation. 2-Nitro-2-chloro-n-alkyl esters. 3,644,494, CI.
260-485.
Frankenfeld. John W.; and Gerarde, Horace W., to Esso Research and
Engineering Company. Aliphatic diols as analgesic agents.
3,644,651, CI. 424-343.
Franz, Peter; and Maier, Andreas, to Buss A.G. Process for the
preparation of intermediates of polyaddition resins. 3,643,874, Ct.
241-3
Fraze, Ermal C: See—
Fraze, Ermal C; and Eickenhorst. Franklin C, 3,643.833.
Fraze, Ermal C; and Eickenhorst, Franklin C , 1/2 to Fraze, Ermal C,
mesne. Easy opening container wall. 3,643,833, CI. 220-54.
Frick Company: See-
Garland, Milton W., 3,643.460.
Fried, John H., to Syntex Corporation. 6-Gem-dif1uoro pregnanes.
3,644 ,341, CI. 260-239.55
Friedlander, Sidney Lee; and Blockley, Waiter Vincent. Passive
microclimate control system. 3,643,463, CI. 62-259.
Fries, Gunter Karl, to Moeller &. Neuman G.m.b.H. Continuously
rotating shears. 3,643,537, CI. 83-305.
Frisby,PaulW.:Se«-
Beeley. Michael G.; Frisby, Paul W.; and Thompson. Richard
D ,3.644,085.
Frisque. Alvin J.; and Bemot. Robert, to NaIco Chemical Company
Spray polymerization. 3,644,305, CI. 260-80.3
Fritschy, Hugo: See—
Futterer, Bodo; and Fritschy, Hugo, 3, 643, 33 1
Friu, Norman George, to International Harvester Company. Blast
valve actuator. 3,643,583, CI. 98-1 19
Froman, William H.: See-
Smith. Russell J.; and Froman, William H, 3,643. 729.
Frossard, Jacques: See-
Weber, Abraham; Frossard, Jacques, and Bouzard,
Danicl,3,644,417.
Frosst, Charles E., &. Co.: See—
Holden. George W, 3,644.618
Fryd, Michael, to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company Graft
copolymers bearing at least twounlike types of graft components.
3.644,584. CI. 260-879
Fryd. Michael; and Kaminski, Walter W. to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I.,
and Company. Polybutadiene-polynitrile graft copolymer disper-
sions stabilized with hydroxylamines 3.644.244. CI. 260-23
Fryer. Rodney Ian: See—
Earley, James Valentine; Fryer, Rodney Ian; and Stembach, Leo
Henryk,3,644,335.
Frystak, Richard; and Gould. Irwin M. to Bell &. Howell Company
Slide magazine. 3.644,033, CI 353-120
Fuchs, Julius J., to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I , and Company N,N-
dichloroamine salts and their preparation. 3,644,489, CI. 260-482.
Fuchsman, Charles H., to Ferro Corporation Method of repelling
rodents using 2,2- thiobis(4,6-di-tert,-butyl resorcinol). 3,644,649,
CI. 424-337
Fueslein, Jerome L., to International Harvester Company Mechanism
for opening and closing an offset disk harrow. 3,643,743, CI. 172-
329.
Fuji Shashin Koki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Numata, Saburo, 3,643,561
Fujimoto, Yasuo; and Teranishi, Masayuki, to Kyowa Hakko Kogyo
Co., Ltd. Process for the production of N-carboxy anhydndes of
amino acids and derivatives thereof 3,644,4 1 2, CI. 260-307
Fujino, Yoshio: See—
Doi, Kikuo; Takahashi, Masao; Nanamatsu, Satoshi, and Fujino,
Yoshio,3,644,76l.
Fujio. Ryota: See—
Onishi. Akira; Anzai. Shiro; Irako. Koichi. Fujio, Ryota,
Hayakawa, Yoshihiro; Kojima, Minoru. and Kawamoto,
Hiroshi,3,644,314
Fujitsu Limited: See—
Amano, Kitsutaro; Ota, Chuichi; Hashimoto, Masao; Kanzaki.
Hisao. Sakamoto. Yasuhiko; and Yososhima. Nobuyaki.
3.644.680
Sasaki. Shunroku; and Takebayashi. Shizuo. 3.644.673
Fujiyama. Susumu. and Kosuge. Fumisada. to Japan Gas-Chemical
Company. Inc. Process for the decomposition of a solution of
hydrogen fluoride-boron trifluoride-xylenes complex 3.644,553, CI.
260-674.
Fukuda, Bunji: See—
Maruya, Mitsuru; Oono, Yoshio; Fukuda, Bunji; and Takahashi,
Kenji,3,644,231
Fukushima, Kiyotaka: See—
NagaU, Masanori;and Fukushima, Kiyotaka,3,644,716
Fukushima, Yoshio, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Light source system.
3,644.030.0.353-98.
Fulk. Walter F.:See-
Klink. Jerome P., and Fulk, Walter F ,3,644,109
Fullam, John Peter, to Abex Industries of Canada, Ltd Low friction
bearing liner fabrication. 3,643,522, CI 74-424 8
Functional Systems Corporation: See—
Keesling, Kari K., Keesling, Thomas B., and Keesling, Clifford E.,
3,643,885
Furnival, Thomas J., to General Motors Corporation. Method of
fabricating a piezoelectric device 3,643,305, CI 29-25.35
Furois, Philippe C, and Latta, Garland H., to International Business
Machines Corporation. Time-analog converter circuit for jitter-free
operation. 3,644,756,0. 307-269
Furst, Andor; Kagi, Dieter, Muller, Marcel, and Muller, PeUr, to Hoff-
mann-La Roche lnc.6-Hydroxymethyl-15^, 16/3- methylene
pregnenes and process. 3,644,438, CI 260-397.4
Furst, Jozef, to Datapac, Incorporated. Drive arrangement for read-
only memory. 3,644,909, CI. 340-1 74
Furst, Stefan, to Reiners, Walter. Warp knitting machine. 3,643,471,
CI. 66-84.
Furukawa Electric Company Limited, The: See—
Sekiguchi, Hideo; and Sadamiuu, Kazuo, 3,644,297.
Furukawa, Yoshinobu: See—
Maeda, Yutaka, Kimura, Hiroshiro; Koshimo, Akio; Kanzaki,
Nagamasa; Yasuzuka, Katsumi. and Furukawa,
Yoshinobu,3,643,4I2
Futterer, Bodo, and Fritschy, Hugo. Meul plate having subilised fric-
tion properties. 3,643,331, CI. 30-346.54
GAF Corporation: See-
Bennett, Frank P., 3,644.027.
Bennett, Frank P., 3,644,03 1 .
Strobel, Albert F.; and Catino. Sigmund C. 3.644.466.
PI 14
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Szymber. Oleg; and Bennett, Frank P.. 3.644.892.
Galiano. Francis R See—
Anderson, Raymond P., and Galiano, Francis R. ,3, 644. 57 1.
Galloway, Dudley L., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Trans-
former having a non-metallic casing. 3,644,858, CI. 336-92
Gallucci. Francis, to United States Steel Corporation. Stacking device
3,643.818, CI. 214-6.
Gardner, Arthur William: See-
Barker, Geoffrey Cecil, Gardner, Arthur William; and Pope,
Anthony Gerald,3,644,824
Gardner, Irwin J . and Manuel, Thomas A , to Esso Research and En-
gineering Company Moisture-curable polymers. 3,644.315, CI. 260-
85.3
Gardone. Anthony J : See —
Snelling. Christopher; and Gardone, Anthony J. ,3, 643,964.
Garland, Milton W , to Frick Company Gravity refrigerant recircula-
tion. 3,643,460,CI. 62-174.
Garrett. Robert E.. and Dame. Leon D. Air handling lighting Tixture
3,644.727, CI. 240-47.
Garrett, Sheyrl W.. to Combustion Engineering. Inc. Means for deter-
mining flow rate and volume of a flowing fluid mass. 3.^3,507. CI.
73-194.
Gascoigne, Allan J.: See—
Duggan, Richard E., Sandberg, Bernard L., Reisner, Manfred; and
Gascoigne, Allan J ,3,644,92 I
Gates, Eugene R. Lure dislodging and retrieving device. 3,643,366. CI.
43-17.2
Gathman. Stuart G.. to United States of America. Navy. DC high-volt-
age follower electrometer 3.644.828, CI 324-123.
Gatland. Eric Charles: See—
Stringer. Philip Roland, and Gatland, Eric Charles, 3,644 ,93 1 .
Gauchet, Yves M., to Societe Anonyme Poclain Lockable suspension
for vehicles. 3.643.970, CI. 280- 1 24
Gause. Smith A . to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Oxide-free
multi-layer copper clad laminate. 3.644,166, CI. 161 -89
GCOptronics, Inc.: See-
Brown, Gordon M ;and Porter, Kenneth R., 3,644,047
Geany. Gerard M.. See—
Beumer, Karl W., Geany, Gerard M., Haran, John A., Hecker, Ed-
ward P., Nyman. George E., and Post. Robert E .3.643,881
Gebr. Bohler Sl Co , Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Plockinger, Erwin, Holzgruber, Wolfgang, and Schneidhofer.
Adolf. 3,643,726.
Gebruder JunghansG.m.b H : See—
Assmus, Friedrich; Flaig, Hans, Dietrich, Dieter; and Hartner.
Leo, 3,644,689
Gehl Company: See—
Fleming, Philip F, 3,643,767
Gehlen. Hermann Walter Amphibious vehicle with auxiliary floating
elements. 3,643,618, CI 115-1
Geiger, Roger Keith: See—
Griffiths, Graham Ernest, Geiger, Roger Keith, and Miles, John
Walter,3,643,917
Geigy Chemical Corporation: See—
Urwyler, Heinrich, 3,644,395.
Geist, Joseph C : See—
Semin, Roy E., and Geist, Joseph C ,3,643,5 18
Gelb, John; Merwin, Eugene M , and Richardson. William B., to Com-
puter Industries, Inc Pen carnage assembly. 3,643,334, CI. 33-18
Gelenkwellenbau GmbH: See—
Kleinschmidt, Hans-Joachim, and Teinert, Karl-Heinz, 3,643,468
Gelin, Robert J., to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. Conductive
mold comprising a non-conducting supporting wall and a conductive
gel coat applied thereto 3,644,1 32, CI 1 17-5 1
Gelin, Robert, to Societe Industrielle Generale de Mecanique Ap-
pliquee S.I.G.M.A. Hydraulic gear pumps and motors. 3,644,072, CI.
418-206
Gelzer, Justus Melchior: See—
Konopka, Edward Alexander, and Gelzer. Justus
Melchior.3.644.616.
General Electric Company: See-
Arnold, Richard B; and Smith. Dallas F., 3,643,3 17
Canno, John W, 3,644,796
Dalton. Wayne D , Mackzum, Sunley C , Mann, Friedrich H ; and
Sensabaugh, Paul F., 3,644,873
Factor, Arnold, 3,644,227.
Gilbert. Kendall E.. 3,644.8 16.
Hilliker. Donald E . and Webb. William M . 3.643.464.
Latker, Alex; and Vandegraaf. Johannes J . 3,644,83 1
Mihran, Theodore G.; and Neugebauer, Wendell,, 3,644,778
Salahshourian, Hooshang, 3,644,662. .
Schuize, James L.,Sr.. 3,643,930. \
Sherman, Ralph R , Jr , 3,644,832
General Foods Corporation: See—
Moores, Ralph G.; and Teitelbaum, Charles L., 3,644, 1 27.
. Pitchon.Esra. 3,644.123
Yeransian. James A., 3,644,1 22.
General Instrument Corporation: See-
Baker, Lamar T. 3,644.904
Baker. Lamar T. 3.644 ,905
Kruczek, Chester R.. 3,644,848.
General Instrument Microelectronics Ltd.: See-
Campbell, David, 3,644,750
General Instruments Corporation: See—
Schlegel, Earl S ; and Schnable, George L , 3,644,804
General Mills, Inc : See—
Kamal. Marwan R , and Kuder, Robert C, 3,644,465.
General Motors Corporation: See —
Eiger. William H, 3.643.355.
Furnival, Thomas J.. 3,643.305.
Gerstle, De Witt F . 3.643.322
Gibas, Jack E. 3.643.525
Gionet, Edmond R , and Hull, Neil A., 3.643,755
Grandel, Leonard F , Schluckebier, Floyd A.; and Kimberlin, Dan
R ,3,643,981
Hagerman. Edward M., 3.644,586.
Hay, Charles N ,3,643,763.
Herring, Lloyd D , 3,643,524.
Jacobs, James W .3.643,461
Lohr.ThomasE, 3,643.289
Ncuman. John G . 3,644,847.
Preiser, Mark E .3,644.721
Robbins, Samuel B , 3,644,81 1 .
Roofe.WillardI, 3,643,318
Roush, Roy W . Jr , 3.643.766
Russo, Andrew. Jr. 3,644,872
Schoendorff. Arthur J ,3,644,813.
Simmons, Edward C , 3,643,68 1 .
Sfeinbarger. Jay O . 3.644,057
Thornburgh, William F . 3,643.526.
Velavicius, Alfonsas, and Toruk, Nicholas, 3.643,378.
Wanner.JoscphW, 3.643.915
General Tire & Rubber Company. The: See-
Butler, Eugene B . Fak. Ivan A., and Line, Lawrence L.,
3.644,229
Magner. Philip G , Jr; and Mitten. Robert W. 3.644.696
Moore, Earnest, and Wear. George H , 3.644.589
Genrich. Kurt, to Sola Basic Industries, Inc. Self-contained pumpless
cooling water system 3,643,678, CI 137-209
Gentilly, Edwin E. Correct head position training device for golfers.
3,643,960, CI 273-183
Genvrain See—
Pien, Jean Lucien Joseph, 3.644,326.
George &CieSP RL: See-
George. Robert. 3,643,873.
George, Robert, to George & Cie S P.R.L Process for fragmenting
scrap metal 3,643,873. CI 241-3
George, Vincent J See-
Thomas. James B , and George. Vincent J. ,3,644, 777.
Georgia-Pacific Corporation: See-
Campbell, Ivan D . 3.644,092.
Mowry, Warren E , 3,644,167
Gerarde. Horace W See—
Frankenfeld, John W , and Gerarde, Horace W ,3,644,651
Gerber Products Company See—
Argyres, George, and Clendenen, Donald. 3.643.823
Ryan, James D , and Hoagland, Raymond L., 3,643,808
Gerlach, Klaus, Grimm. Wolfgang, and Linhari. Helmut, to Glanzstoff
AG Production of fiber-forming polyamides of improved dyeability
3,644.298. CI 260-78
German. Samuil losifovich See—
Timofeev. Mikhail Mikhailovich; Sokolov, Vladimir Leonidovich,
German, Samuil losifovich, Levenberg, Ninel Efimovna; and
Popov, Nikolai Ivanovich,3,644,l44
Gerstle, De Witt F , lo General Motors Corporation. Method for manu-
facturing a shock absorber reservoir tube. 3,643,322, CI. 29-482.
Gertel. Gunter See—
Schmelzer, Hans-Georg, Gertel, Gunter; Degener, Eberhart; and
Dahm, Manfred, 3,644.490
Gibas. Jack E . to General Motors Corporation. Adjustable control
pedals for vehicles 3,643.525. CI 74-512
Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kato. Masao; Tanaka, Goro; and Yamamoto. Setgoro. 3,644,736
Gilbert, Dixie E , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Propylene polymer
composition containing small amounts of urea, phthalic anhydride,
andPVC 3,644.592. CI 260-897
Gilbert. Karen T See—
Gilbert. Stuart John, and Gilbert, Karen T. 3,643,997
Gilbert. Kendall E . to General Electric Company Manual and auto-
matic master-slave control system. 3,644,816. CI. 3 18-663
Gilbert. Stuart John, and Gilbert, Karen T , to Harter Corporation.
Seating unit and web therefor 3,643,997, CI 297-441.
Gilleran. Gerald T See—
Ellis. RolloG ,3.643.918
Gilles. Jack C , to Goodrich, B F., Company, The. Pehnolix isocyanu-
ratesused as stabilizers 3,644,277. CI 260-45.8
Gillette Company. The See-
Brown. Norman J . 3.643.330
Hsiung. Du Yung, and Wolfram. Leszek January, 3,644,084.
Gilliam, Paul V See-
Davis, Billy E ; and Gilliam, Paul V. 3.643,489.
Gilman. Harold: See—
Hoch, Robert, and Oilman. Harold, 3,644.432.
Ginsberg, Arthur, and Hirata. Atsumu, to Royal London, Ltd. Movable
support 3.643.375, CI. 46-208
Ginsberg. Howard S.. lo Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Bias
sensing gate driver circuitry. 3,644,753, CI. 307-252.
Gionet, Edmond R.; and Hull, Neil A., to General Motors Corporation.
Closure installation 3,643.755. CI. 180-69.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 15
Girard, Laurent H.; Hockmeyer. Clive E.; and Ouellette, Marcel C, to
American Velcro, Inc. Method of making separable fattening
devices. 3,643,3 16. CI. 29-400.
Girard, Rene Femand Victor; and LeGuillemi, Jacques, to Societe In-
dustrielle Honeywell Bull. Process and apparatus for the orientation
of the stable direction of magnetization of a magnetic layer carried
by a cylindrical support. 3,644,857, CI. 335-209.
G. I. Rubbish Company: See —
Asadurian, Manuel, 3.643,993.
Gisler, Hans Rudolf: See—
Hartmann, Fortunat; and Gisler. Hans Rudolf. 3, 644,093.
Givaudan Corporation: See-
Wood. Thomas F., and Goodwin. George H.. 3.644,540.
Glachet, Charles: See—
Fedi, Letto; and Glachet, Charles,3,644,737.
Glanzstoff AG: See —
Gerlach, Klaus; Grimm, Wolfgang, and Linhart, Helmut,
3,644,298.
Glass, Marvin, &. Associates: See—
Breslow, Jeffrey D.. 3,643,95 I .
Breslow, Jeffrey D., 3.643,955.
Meyer. Bruton S.; and Glass. Marvin I., 3,643,954.
Glass, Marvin I.: See-
Meyer, Bruton S.; and Glass. Marvin I. .3.643,954.
Glaxo Laboratories. Limited: See—
Phillipps, Gordon Hanley. 3,644.439
Glockner, Peter W.: See-
Bauer, Ronald S.; Chung, Harold; Glockner, Peter W ; Keim, Wil-
helm; and Van Zwet, Henry, 3.644 ,563
Glos. Edmond A., II, 35% to Glos, Gladys M., 15* to Nathan, Thomas
C, and 15* to LaFollette, Jack W Section for disc filter apparatus.
3,643,803, CI. 210-232
Glos, Gladys M.,; See—
Glos. Edmond A., II. 3,643,803
Godwin, Gilbert A.; and Kirkman, Anthony T , to Howe Richardson
Scale Company. Electrical filters for weighing system circuits.
3,643,753, CI. 177-185.
Godziemba-Dambski, Zdzislaw R.: See—
Duffield, Joseph Frederick; and Godziemba-Dambski, Zdzislaw
R, 3,644,879.
Goench, Mahmut I.: See—
Hecker, Roland F.. and Goench. Mahmut I. .3.643,558.
GoeU, William G: See-
Murphy. Robert H . Jr , and GoeU. William G, 3.643. 860.
Gohl. Helmut, to Fahrzeuge und Gerale GmbH. & Co. K.G. Hand-
operated snow removing tool 3,643.356. CI 37-53
Gold. Marvin H.. See—
Frankel. Milton B.. Gold, Marvin H , and Marcus. Henry
J. .3.644,494.
Goldie. Harry, to Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Capillary stage
for microwave TR devices using magnetic fields. 3.644.779. CI 315-
39.
Goldsmith. Alexander, to United States of America. Navy Method of
smoke reduction and apparatus therefor. 3,644.073. CI. 431-2.
Goldwag, Emil: See—
Braikevitch. Michael, and Goldwag, Emil. 3.644. 053.
Gooderum. Leoda J. Zipper foot attachment for sewing machines.
3.643.614. CI 112-240.
Goodrich, Albert S., Jr. Elapsed time computer. 3,644,712, CI. 235-
61.8
Goodrich, B. F., Company. The: See—
Diliddo. Bart A., and Cinadr. Bernard F.. 3,644.3 1 1.
Gilles. Jack C. 3.644.277.
Kobylak, Joe, 3,644.259.
Nelson. Grover O.. 3,644.703
Sehm. Eugene J.. 3,644.576.
Goodwin, Frank E.: See—
Kolb. William P.. Jr . and Goodwin. Frank E. 3.644,042.
Goodwin, George H.: See-
Wood, Thomas F., and Goodwin, George H.. 3, 644, 540.
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The: See—
Appleby, Paul E., Folden, Denver C, and Riggs, Roberi S ,
3.644.162.
Bryson. Jay G., Menapace, Henry R., and Benner, Gereld S.,
3.644,088.
Gracia, Albert J.; Reilly, Patrick J.; and Walters, Sandra J..
3,644.186
Hunter. Edward E.. 3.643.844
Semin, Roy E., and Geist. Joseph C. 3.643.5 1 8.
Tyson, David Z.. Hunter. Edward E.. and Best, Willie Herman,
3,643,342.
Gordon, Sherritt Mines Limited: See—
Vosahlova, Eva A.; and Weir, Donald Robert, 3,644,1 14.
Gordon, Walter C, to DeSoto Chemical Co., Inc. Insecticide ap-
paratus. 3,643,37 l.CI. 43-131
Gorman-Rupp Company, The: See—
McFarlin, SUnley B., 3,644,06 1 .
Gotshall, William W. Reinforcing agent from scrap rubber char.
3,644,131, CI. 106-307
Gould, Gordon, to Holobeam. Inc. Three-dimensional camera.
3.644,01 3, CI. 350-3.5
Gould Inc.: See—
Sabatino, Anthony, 3,643,834.
Gould, Irwin M.: See —
FrysUk, Richard; and Gould, Irwin M, 3.644.033.
Grace. W. R ,& Co.: See-
Popper. Felix B.; and Levesque. Albert H., 3.644.444.
Roswell, David F.; Kramm. David E.. Wood, Louis L.; and Stead-
man, Thomas R.. 3,644,423
Gracia, Albert J.; Reilly. Patrick J., and Walters. Sandra J . to
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. The. Process for irradiating
synthetic rubber to improve green strength. 3,644.186, CI. 204-
159.2
Graf, Stefano, to RCa Corporation. Amplifier using bipolar and field-
effect transistors. 3,644,838, CI. 330-3
Grandel, Leonard F.; Schluckebier, Floyd A.; and Kimberiin. Dan R.,
to General Motors Corporation. Steering column assembly support.
3.643,981, CI 280-87.
Granrath, Gunter, to Kortenbach &. Rauh Kommanditgesellschaft.
Pocket umbrella with three-sectional stick. 3,643,674. CI. 135-25
Grant. Donald W.. to Leesona Corporation. Yam handling 3.643.882,
CI 242-36.
Grasinger. William J.: See —
Petrinjak, Emerick J, and Grasinger, William J ,3,644,156.
Gray, Arthur: See-
Woof. William. Barlow, Colin; Gray, Arthur, and Wigram.
Richard,3,643.787.
Gray, Bobby R., to United States of America. Air Force. Spark gap
nanosecond pulse generator 3,644,747. CI. 307-106.
Gray, Foster L.: See—
Roques, Rodney A., and Gray, Foster L. 3,644.607
Gray, Michael Alexander Howat, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and
Company Polyurethane foams 3,644.235, CI. 260-2.5
Greco. Francesco: See —
Longi, Paolo; Greco, Francesco, and Bernasconi, Erman-
no. 3.644. 306
Green. David T.. and Bryan. Graham W., to United Sutes Surgical
Corporation. Skin sUpler 3,643,85 1 , CI. 225-19
Green, James, to Gulton Industries Event monitor system 3,644,927,
CI 340-413
Green, Milton. Optical range discriminator for laser TV camera
3,644,666, CI. 178-6 8
Green, Ronald A. Combination container-dispenser for viscous materi-
als. 3,643,837. CI 222-101
Greenspan. Lawrence, to Engelhard Minerals & Chemicals Corpora-
tion. Osmium plated contacts. 3.644.692. CI. 200-166
Grefco, Inc : See—
Tarbell. Harlan E . Mogg, Donald W ; and Shea. Frederick L..
3.644.240
Gregg. Harry D . Jr , and Lemasler. Howard V.. to Ciba-Geigy Cor-
poration. Preparation of tnallylcyanurate. 3.644.4 10. CI 260-248.
Grein. Arpad: See—
Cassinelli. Giuseppe. Cotta. Ernesto. Grein, Arpad, and Maz-
zoleni,Rosanna,3,644,619
Greis, Ulrich: See—
Bestenreiner, Friedrich. Demi. Reinhold. Greis, Ulrich. and
Pfeifer.Josef.3.644.019
Grelan Pharmaceutical Co.. Ltd : See—
Kiga&awa. Kazuo. Hiiragi. Mineharu. Wagatsuma, Nagatoshi; and
Kusama, Osamu, 3,644,373.
Grenda, Victor J.. See—
Sklarz, William A , Grenda, Victor J , Lindberg, Glenn W , and
Epstein, Albert D. ,3, 644, 391 .
Griehl, Wolfgang; Hahn, Wolf Dieter, and Plenz, Joachim, to Inventa
A.G. fur Forschung und Patentverwcrtung. Continuous manufacture
of fiber-forming polyesters 3,644,483, CI. 260-475
Grieve, Alan, to Simon-Carves Limited Apparatus for the treatment of
particulate solids. 3,643,926, CI 259-2
Grieve, Robin L.: See —
Bonk, Henry W., Gneve, Robin L . Nadeau. Herbert G.. and
Palmer, Peter G, 3,644,1 68
Grieve, Robin L., to Upjohn Company, The. Method of preparing cel-
lular polymers from organic polyisocyanates and polycarboxylic acid
compounds 3,644,234, CI 260-2 5
Griffin, Margaret E.: See —
Schuyler, Richard C, Schuyler. Jacquie G . Griffin. Margaret E ;
Tobias. William E ; and Finney. Jack R .3,643,395.
Griffiths, Graham Ernest, Geiger, Roger Keith, and Miles, John Walter,
to Shipston Engineering Company Limited. Plastic drain cock.
3,643,917, CI. 251-215.
Griffolyn Company. Incorporated: See-
Chen, Wei-Gwo, 3,644,165
Grimm, Robert A.; and Slagel, Robert C, to Ashland Oil, Inc. Sub-
stituted bis organo sulfones and sulfoxides and method for the
preparation thereof 3,644,442, CI. 260-400.
Grimm, Wolfgang: See—
Gerlach, Klaus; Grimm, Wolfgang, and Linhart, Hel-
mut,3,644.298
Groothuis, Hendrik; and Van de Vusse. Jan G , to Shell Oil Company
Selective crystallization of paraxylene in a water-alkanol mixture
3,643.453, CI. 62-58
Grosvenor, Herbert D.: See—
Torresen. Robert; and Grosvenor. Herbert D, 3, 643, 945.
Grotewold, Wilham H.: See—
Uhtenwoldt, Herbert R.. Grotewold. William H.. and Humes. Nor-
man S, 3,643.382.
PI 16
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Joerg;
and
Grundichober,
Joerg;
and
Grundichober,
Joerg;
and
Grundschober,
Crundschober, Friednch: See—
Odier, Jean, Samberth
Fnedrich.3,644.288.
Odier, Jean; Sambeth,
Friednch,3,644,286
Odier, Jean, Sambeth,
Friedrich,3.644,287
Gronther. Robert G.; Chatten, Clarence K., and Leboviu, Alexander,
to United States of America, Navy. Encapsulating elastomeric com-
pound. 3,644.247, CI. 260-23.7
Gruppo Lepetit S.p.A.; See—
Bellasio, Elvio; Tesu, Emilio; and MafTii, Giulio, 3,644,361 .
Grzyll, John V. Abrasive hand apparel 3,643,386. CI. 51-391.
GSW Limited-GSW Limitee: See—
DuPont. Ronal Charles, 3,643,987.
GTE Laboratories Incorporated; See-
Chan, Joseph Y.; and Gupu, Dinesh C, 3,644,829.
GTE Sylvania Incorporated: See—
Paget. Fredrick W.. 3.644,818
Gualano,EmiiV. Automobile suff holder 3,643,902, CI 248-40.
Guaranty National Bank and Trust of Corpus Christi: See—
Donnan. David H . 3.643.809.
Gudelis. David A,; and Eagen. John F.. to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company. Solvent dewaxing-deoiling process. 3.644.195, CI
208-33.
Guglielmetti, Leonardo: See—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil, Liechti, Peter; Maeder. Erwin; and Gugliel-
metti. Leonardo. 3,644. 345.
Guild MeUl Products, inc.: See—
De Cesaris, Frederick, 3,643,608.
Guillaume, Andre: S<*—
Auge, Jacques, Guillaume, Andre; and Toumiaire.
Claude,3,644,606.
Guillet, Hubert; and Le Goff, Denis, to Compagnie Generale d' Elec-
tricite. Laser synchronizing arrangement for photographic illumina-
tion. 3.643,568,CI. 95-1 1.5
Cuillory,JackP.:S«—
Mathis. Ronald D ; and Guillory. Jack P .3,644,279
Gulf Oil Corporation; See—
Jansen. Hansjorg; Wildi. Paul, and Khne. James A . 3.643,480.
Gulf Research &. Development Company; See—
Anderson, Raymond P.. and Galiano. Francis R., 3.644.57 1
Beuther. Harold. Ondrey, John A., and Swift, Harold E.,
3,644.550
Cahoy, Roger P. 3,644.524
Cant, Noel W ; and Hall, William K , 3,644,5 10.
Cant, Noel W., and Hall, William K.. 3,644,5 1 I
Harper, Earl F , Murphy, Clarence R., and Walsh, William L ,
3,644,554.
Hay, Russell G.; McNulty, John G.. and Walsh. William L ,
3.644.546
innes. Robert A . and Rennard. Raymond J . Jr.. 3,644,549
Kobylinski. Tadeusz P , and Swift, Harold E.. 3,644,559
Murphy, Clarence R , Onopchenko, Anatoli; Piatt, John M., and
Seekircher, Richard, 3.644,499
Neighbors. Ralph P.; and Phillips. Lee V , 3.644,523.
Notaro, Vincent A; and Selwitz. Charles M.. 3.644,543
NoUro. Vincent A.; Selwitz, Charles M.. and Walsh, William L .
3.644.552
Ondrey. John A ; and Swift. Harold E . 3.644.55 1
Onopchenko, Anatoli; Schuiz, Johann G. D.. and Seekircher.
Richard. 3.644.512.
Thayer. Helen I. 3.644.393
Tucci, Edmond R.; Thayer, Helen I., and Ward. John V.,
3.644.529
Williamson. Roger C, 3,644,506.
Gulton Industries: See—
Green, James, 3,644,927
Gunther, Gregory M.; Fekcte, Ferenc. Liedtke. Ronald R . and
Stephens. Donald H.. to Mattel. Inc. Action stage for dancing doll
3.643.374, CI. 46-139
Gunther, Hans; Konigl, Georg, and Kortner, Hans, to Agfa-Gevaert
Aktiengesellschaft. Brightness indicating comparison device.
3.644.048. CI. 356-229
Gupta, Dinesh C: Set-
Chan, Joseph Y., and GupU, Dinesh C, 3,644, 829.
Gurney, John Albert, to Ciba-Gcigy Corporation. Condensation
products of N-coumarin-alkylpyrazoles and aldehydes. 3,644,394,
CI. 260-310.
Gutbier, Heinrich, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method of placing
and holding a fuel-cell battery in inactive maintenance-free ready
condition. 3,644,148, CI 136-86
Gutman, Arnold D.. and Williamson. Thomas B.. to Suuffer Chemical
Company S-substituted mercapto-2,4-dinitrophenyl aceUte acari-
cides. 3.644.640. CI. 424-3 II
Gutshall. Charles E.. to Textron, Inc. Machine screw. 3.643.543. CI.
85-46.
Gynn. Gilbert M: See-
Berry, David A., and Gynn, Gilbert M, 3,644,242
Haantiann &. Reimer Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung: See—
Streschnak, Benno; and Doll. Willy, 3,644.614
Habash, Naman G. Marble game with moving target. 3,643,949, CI.
273-101.
Habermeier. Juergen; Porret, Daniel; and Seiz, Wolfgang, to Ciba
Limited. Certain bis(-aminopropyl) hydrouracils. 3,644,365, CI
260-2564
Hackett, Robert H , Hartmann, Charles D ; and Elias. Brady M., said
Hackett assor to I D L Incorporated, and said Hartmann and said
Elias assors to Heinz, H J , Company. Sign display device.
3.643. 362, CI 40-156
Hafner, Karl-Heinz, and Cherdron, Harald, to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Elastic moulding
compositions of polyacctals and process for their manufacture.
3,644,290. CI 260-67
Haft. David: See-
Pemick. Louis, 3,643,470.
Hagen. Donald H . and Leopold. Donald L.. to Ridge Runner. Inc.
Control for hydraulic forward-reverse steering clutches. 3.643,769.
CI 192-51
Hagerman. Edward M., to General Motors Corporation. High modulus.
high impact terpolymer composition. 3,644.586. CI. 260-880.
Hague. Richard S , to United States of America. Atomic Energy Com-
mission Oil storage method 3.643,441 . CI. 61-0.5
Hahn, Robert S . Youden. David H . and St. Andre, Arthur F., to Heald
Machine Company. The Machine tool 3,644.049. CI. 408- 10.
Hahn. Wolf Dieter: See—
Griehl. Wolfgang, Hahn. Wolf Dieter; and Plenz.
Joachim, 3.644,483
Hajos. Zoltan George, and Oliveto. Eugene Paul, to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc Substituted benzle)indenes and phenanthrenes and
process 3.644.429, CI 260-345 9
Halasa. Adel F ; See-
Cheng, Tai Chun, and Halasa. Adel F. .3.644,3 1 2.
Cheng, Tai Chun, Antkowiak, Thomas A ; and Halasa, Adel
F .3.644.313
Halasa. Add F . to Firestone Tire & Rubber Company. The Polymers
and copolymers of butadiene, etc having relatively wide molecular-
weight distribution 3.644,324. CI 260-94.7
Halcomb. Winston C Distributor for silage or the like. 3.643,819. CI.
214-17.
Halcon International. Inc : See—
Hoch. Robert, and Gilman. Harold. 3.644.432.
Onsager.OlavT , 3,644,453
Onsager, Olav T , 3.644,455
Onsager.OlavT , 3.644,473
Onsager.OlavT. 3.644,474
Onsager. Olav T . 3.644.475
Onsager, Olav T . 3.644.476
Onsager, Olav T , 3.644,477
Haldor Frederik Axel See—
Knudsen.PoulE ,3,644,097
Hall, John A , Sr . to Weatherford Oil Tool Company, Inc. Centralizer.
3.643,739, CI 166-241
Hall, Robert T , and Justen. Donald L . to Kelsey-Hayes Company.
Bottom pour stopper 3.643.680. CI. 137-331
Hall. Roger P . to SCM Corporation Process for curing air-inhibited
resins by radiation. 3.644.161 .CI. 156-272.
Hall. Roger W , and Spicer. John M , said Spicer assor. to said Hall.
Heat exchanger 3,643.733, CI 165-81
Hall, William K See-
Cant, Noel W , and Hall, William K, 3,644,510.
Cant, Noel W , and Hall, William K. ,3,644,5 1 1
Haller. Harry, to Chance Brothers Limited Glass gripping devices.
3,643,848. CI 226-186
Haller. Willi, to Hengstler. J., K G Data-recording apparatus.
3.644,71 I. CI 235-61 I
Ham, Rowland Herbert. Load carrying vehicles. 3.643.907. CI. 248-
439
Hamaguchi. Hachiro. Sakashita. Misao. and Koyama. Mamoru. to Tat-
suta Electnc Wire & Cable Co. Ltd. Soldering filler metal.
3.644.1 15. CI 75-134
Hamby. Robert L . 50% to Wolfe. Richard A. Adjustable vehicle mir-
ror 3.644.02 I. CI 350-304
Hamemik. Edward L , and Kawamoto, Frank T, to Lucas, Joseph, ( In-
dustries) Limited Torch apparatus 3,643,870, CI. 239-4193
Hamemik, Edward L . and Kawamoto. Frank T . to Tescom Corpora-
tion Torch apparatus 3.643.87 1 . CI. 239-4 19.3
Hamilton. Billy Harold, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated
Undersea wye connection for a submarine cable system. 3,644,787,
CI 317-16
Hammel, Clifford M See-
Bitto, Joseph R and Hammel, Clifford M.,3.644,812.
Hammond, Ronald W , to Smith, A O., Corporation. Flow control baf-
fle for a bm unloader 3,643,820, CI. 214-17.
Hanby, Frederick E . to Electronic Resources. Inc Semiconductor
replacements for hot cathode vacuum and gas filled electron tube
devices. 3.644.759. CI. 307-305.
Hanchen. Siegfried Clamping device for an axially moveable plunger
shaft 3,643,765, CI 188-170
Hand, Alton E., to Zurn Industries, Inc. Means to prevent lubricant
from being forced out of bearings and the like. 3,644,004, CI. 308-
36 3 . , „
Hani, Hiroshi; and Masuda, Yasushi, to Asahi Glass Co., Ltd Process
for polymerizing epoxides. 3,644,224, CI. 260-2.
Hanschke, Ernst See-
Fester. Walter, Hanschke, Ernst; and Jakob, Franz,3,644.299.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 17
Hansen, Arne H.; and Hebenstreit, Lester Victor, to Kidde, Walter, &.
Company, Inc. Multi-option control head. 3,643,5 1 5. CI. 74-2.
Hanson, Thomas E.; See-
Anderson, Carl P., and Hanson, Thomas E, 3. 643, 777.
Hansson, Jan Ingvar, to Tetra Pak International AB. Equipment
designed to regulate the flow of, preferably, a sterile liquid and a
dishwashing liquid or a sterilizing agent. 3,643,679, CI. 1 37-24 1
Hanyu, Susumu, and Kasuga, Noboru, to Janome Sewing Machine Co.,
Ltd. Feeding arrangement for zig-zag tewing machine. 3,643,612,
CI. 112-158.
Hara, Yukio: See—
Masuda, Toru; Usui, Yoshiro; Hara, Yukio; and Komatsu.
Toshikatsu,3,644,339.
Haran, John A.: See—
Beumer, Karl W., Geany, Gerard M.; Haran, John A., Hecker, Ed-
ward P., Nyman, George E , and Post, Robert E, 3,643,881 .
Hardin, Bobby O. Apparatus for testing soils in situ. 3.643,498, CI. 73-
101.
Hardtmann, Goetz E.; and Ott, Hans, to Sandoz-Wander, lnc.5-Sub-
stituted-2,3-dihydroimidazo[ 1,2-c) quinazolines. 3,644,354, CI.
260-247.5
Harlowe. Wilham W , Jr.; See-
Hensel, William E., Jr.; and Harlowe, William W., Jr.,3,643,455.
Harmetz, Ronald, and Tull, Roger J , to Merck & Co., Inc. Preparation
of 3-cyanopyridine. 3,644,380, CI 260-294.9
Harnsberger, Bobby G., to Texaco Inc. Sand consolidation composi-
tion. 3,644,266, CI. 260-32.8
Harper, Earl F., Murphy, Clarence R., and Walsh, William L., to Gulf
Research & Development Company. Thermal recovery of
isoamylenes from tertiary amyl chloride. 3,644,554, CI. 260-677.
Harrington, Herbert A., Allen, William M., and Kuhn, William C, to
Beatrice Foods Company, mesne. Smoking machine. 3,643,587, CI.
99-261
Harris, Barry Russell; See—
Nickerson, Richard Gorham, Harns, Barry Russell, and Breslouf,
Morris,3,644,257.
Harris, Daniel M.; Moore, Jack E.; Taylor, Chester E.; and Walczyk,
Walter H., to Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The. Printed circuit panel
scrubbing apparatus. 3,643,278, CI. 15-77
Harris, Everett K.; Ericson, John P.. and Miller. Richard E., to All-Steel
Equipment Inc. Method of making a drawer front. 3.643.323. CI. 29-
511.
Harris, Roger Stephen: See-
Taylor, John Harry, and Harris, Roger Stephen, 3,644, 834.
Harris, Stephen E. Frequency stabilization method and apparatus for
parametric amplifiers and oscillators. 3,644,845, CI. 331-175
Harris-lntertype Corporation; See—
Kolb, Edwin R., Blaha, John F.; and RoberU, Webster C,
3,644,903.
Harrison, Arthur; See-
Jackson, Stewart C; and Harrison, Arthur, 3, 643, 340.
Harter Corporation: See-
Gilbert, Stuart John; and Gilbert, Karen T , 3,643,997
Hartley, David; Lunts, Lawrence H C , and Jack, David, to Allen &
Hanburys Limited. Phenylethanolamines. 3,644,520, CI. 260-562.
Hartmann, Charles D ; See—
Hackett, Robert H ; Hartmann, Charles D ; and Elias. Brady
M .3.643.362
Hartmann, Fortunat, and Gisler, Hans Rudolf, to Sulzer Brothers
Limited Method and apparatus for treating pre-enriched ammonia
3,644,093, CI. 23-204
Hartner, Leo: See—
Assmus, Friedrich; Flaig, Hans; Dietrich, Dieter; and Hartner,
Leo,3,644,689
Harwood, William J. Credit card for information verification systems.
3,644,893. CI. 340-149
Hashimoto, Koji; Mogi. Noboru; and Shindo. Makoto, to Showa Denko
Kabushiki Kaisha Process of preparing polyepoxides 3,644,223, CI
260-2.
Hashimoto, Masao: See—
Amano, Kitsutaro; Ota, Chuichi, Hashimoto, Masao; Kanzaki,
Hisao; Sakamoto, Yasuhiko, and Yososhima,
Nobuyaki.3,644,680
Haskon, Inc.: See—
Cronin, Edward W., 3,644,230.
Hassell, Howard L., to Shell Oil Company Block polymer hydrogena-
tion process. 3,644,588, CI. 260-879
Haubner, John E., to Lamb-Weston, Inc. Method and apparatus for
slicing potatoes. 3.643.72 1 , CI. 146-24 1
Hauk, Klaus: See—
Barth, Hubert; and Hauk, Klaus,3,644,002
Haupt, Robert C, and Peterson, Donald E , to Allis-Chalmers Manu-
facturing Company. Latch for draft arm extension. 3,643,976, CI.
280-478.
Haus, Hans. Copier for making prints of pattern layouts on light-sensi-
tive copy paper. 3,644,041, CI 355-122
Hauser, Kenneth L.: See—
Morin, Robert B.; Spry, Douglas O ; Hauser, Kenneth L.; and
Mueller, Richard A..3,644,502.
Haverberg Auto Laundry Equipment Co., Inc.: See-
Van Brakel, Russel A., 3,643.275.
Havlas, Jiri: See—
Horatechke, Rudolf; Holy, Zdenek; Havlas, Jiri; Kostelecky, Pre-
mysl; and Rejnart, Vlastimil, 3,643,990.
Havlas. Jiri. Kostelecky, Premysl; Holy, Zdenek, Rydio, Jeromir, and
Rejnart, Vlastimil, to Ehtex, Zavody textilniho strojirenstvi General-
ni reditelstvi. Yam supply chamber. 3,643,843, CI. 226-97.
Havstad, Harold R.; See-
Hudson, Allan C, Kinnear, John M.; and HavtUd, Harold
R, 3,643,660.
Hawker Siddeley Canada Ltd : See—
Doel, R Garth, Bricknell, William H , and Osipenko, Stephen,
3,643,712.
Hawkins, Charles T.; and Parkhill, Laveme O., to PPG Industries, Inc.
Defect-marking device. 3,644,934, CI 346-141
Hay, Charles N., to General Motors Corporation Combination hydrau-
lically and mechanically actuable disc brake with hydraulic wear ad-
justment 3,643,763, CI 188-71 8
Hay, Russell G ; McNulty, John G , and Walsh. William L.. to Gulf
Research & Development Company Reaction of adialkyi ether with
HCI or HBr in the presence of an organic acid. 3.644.546, CI 260-
657.
Hayakawa, Ken, and Tamada, Mitsuaki, to Tokico Ltd. Liquid supply-
ing apparatus. 3,644,7 1 3. CI. 235-61 .9
Hayakawa. Yoshihiro: See—
Onishi. Akira. Anzai, Shiro; Irako, Koichi; Fujio, Ryota;
Hayakawa, Yoshihiro, Kojima, Minoru; and Kawamoto,
Hiroshi,3,644,314.
Hayashi, Shozo; See—
Asano, Hiroaki, Koide, Tsuyoshi, Ohtsu, Ikuo, Hayashi, Shozo,
and Kobayashi, Hiroshi, 3, 643, 383.
Haydon, Arthur W., to Tri-Tech, Inc Clock system 3,643,420, CI 58-
24.
Hayes, Bruce Ian, to Beasley French & Company Limited Bag making
machines. 3,643,557, CI 93-93
Hayes, Lawrence E.; See-
Squires, William C, and Hayes. Lawrence E..3.644.I 76.
Hayes. Leonard L.; and Hottinger, Gerald J., to Potlatch Forests, Inc.
Log positioning apparatus. 3,643,715, CI. 144-209
Hays, Russell Duane, to Schaub Engineering Co. Row regulator.
3,643,685, CI 137-501
Hazeltine Corporation: See—
Reeber, Nicholas J., 3,644,668
Heald Machine Company, The: See—
Hahn, Robert S ; Youden, David H., and St. Andre, Arthur F.,
3,644,049.
Uhtenwoldt, Herbert R.; Grotewold, William H , and Humes, Nor-
man S, 3,643,382
Hearn, John R., to Hewlett-Packard Company Acousto-optic band re-
ject light filter and apparatus using same 3,644,01 5, CI 350-149
Heathcote, Bernard Vincent; See-
Adams, Stewart Sanders; Armitage, Bernard John, Bnstow. Nor-
man William; and Heathcote. Bernard Vincent, 3, 644, 420
Hebenstreit, Lester Victor: See—
Hansen. Ame H., and Hebenstreit, Lester Victor ,3 ,643,5 15.
Heberlein & Co., AG: See—
Lorenz, Fritz, 3,643,477.
Hecker, Edward P.: See—
Beumer, Karl W.; Geany, Gerard M ; Haran, John A.; Hecker, Ed-
ward P; Nyman, George E , and Post, Robert E, 3,643,88 1
Hecker, Roland F., and Goench, Mahmut I , to Vari-Typer Corpora-
tion. Automatic setting for photocomposing machine 3,643,558, CI.
95-45
Heckmann, Werner: See-
Quest, Karl, Heckmann, Werner; and Knabc, Uwe, 3,643. 398.
Heer. Alfred, and Schaffner, Werner, to Ciba Limited. Diglycidyl
esters of aliphatic dicarboxylic acids 3.644.43 I . CI. 260-348.
Hecrdt, Ruth; See—
Weyer, Rudi, Aumuller. Walter. Weber. Helmut; Muth. Karl, and
Heerdt. Ruth. 3,644,634
Heider, Joachim: See —
Eberlein, Wolfgang; Heider, Joachim; Machleidt, Hans, and En-
gelhardt, Gunther,3,644,330
Heifetz, Haim. Inflatable forms 3,643,910, CI. 249-65.
Heins, Arnold, Eckert, Hans-Wemer, and Bellinger, Horst, to Henkel
& Cie G.m.b.H. Agent for the post-treatment of washed laundry.
3,644,204, CI. 252-8.8
Heinz, H J., Company: See—
Hackett, Robert H., Hartmann, Charles D ; and Elias, Brady M..
3.643,362
heirs of said Stork, deceased: See-
Stork, Willi, 3,643,552
Heller, Adam, to New England Nuclear Corporation Distyrylbenzene-
derivative scintillator solutions 3,644,21 I , CI 252-301 .2
Helms, Clifford J.; and Papadopoulos, Stelios B., to Data Products Cor-
poration. Printer hammer bank assembly. 3,643,595, CI. 101 -93.
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, to Robins, A. H , Company, Incorporated.
4-( l-Substituted-3-pyrrolidinyl)-2H-l,4- benzoxazin-3(4H)-ones
3,644,350, CI. 260-244
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, to Robins, A. H , Company, Incorporated.
Certain 1 -[3-(lower-alkyl or phenyl carbamoyloxy ) propyl 14-phen-
yl-l,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridines and derivatives thereof 3,644.381,
CI. 260-295.
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, to Robins, A H., Company, Incorporated
l-Carbamoyl-3-phenylpyrrolidines 3,644,398, CI 260-326.3
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, to Robins, A. H.. Company, Incorporated
l-Substituted-3-phenylpyrrolidines 3.644,4 1 4, CI. 260-326.3
PI 18
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Hemdal, Goran Anden Henrik; and Lennmarker, Nils Bertil, to
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson. BufTer store arrangement for ob-
taining delayed addressing 3,644, 89S. CI 340-172. S
Hengsller, J , K. G : See—
Haller. Willi. 3.644.711
Henkel&CieG m bH S«-
Heins, Arnoki, Eckert, Hans-Werner; and Bellinger, Horst
3,644.204.
Henning, Herbert, Alt. Werner, and Reiter, Paul, to Maschinenbau
AktiengesellschaA. Spray system for cooling towers. 3.643.931. CI
261-111
Henninges, Karin; and Schuize, Bernd. to Bosch. Robert. G.m.b.H. Ap
paratus for treating elements of circular outline. 3.643,67 I. CI. 134
118
Henry, David W, to Merck & Co., Inc. 1-Substituted-S-nitroimidazole
2-carboximidates carboxylic acids. 3,644,392. CI. 260-309
Henry. Jennie. Method and apparatus for pleating fabric. 3.643.336
CI. 33-174.
HenscI, William E., Jr.; and Harlowe, William W . Jr , to Arkia Indus
tries. Inc.. mesne. Compositions for absorption refrigeration system
3.643.455. CI 62-112
Henshu Seishi Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Tachibana. Sachihiko; Nakai. Susumu; Makino, Yoichi; Matsumu-
ra. Hisashi. Tabuchi, Kimitaka. Hiraoka, Michio. Akoh.
Shigeichi. and Orito. Hiroshi. 3.644.078
Heob. Norvel J., and Stoor. Jon D.. to MSL Industries. Inc Fan
3.644,066. CI 417-354
Heraeus-Schott Ouarzschmeize G.m.b.H.: See—
Jagdt. Reinhard. and Kloss. Ingo. 3.644.022
Herbes. William Frank: See-
Stockel. Richard Frederick. Herbes. William Frank, and O'Brien,
Samuel James.3,644.083
Herbst. David R: S^«—
Smith. Herchel; and Herbst. David R .3.644.425.
Hercules Galion Products, Inc.: See—
Schwarz. John F . and Bennett. Richard H . 3.643.588.
Hercules Incorporated See—
Buntin. George A , 3.644.521.
Hercules Packing Corporation: 5^*—
Horvath. Guy E. 3.643.968
I Herr. Friedrich, and King. Jurgen. Electric alarm clock with illumina
V bleface 3.643,421, CI 58-50.
Herring, Lloyd D . to General Motors Corporation. Control pedals for
vehicles 3.643.524. CI 74-512
Herrmann, Carl. Associates. Inc See—
Mahl. Gunard O B . 3.643.625
Hertel. Heinrich, and Ruppin, Dierich. said Ruppin assor. to said Her-
tel Explosive-forming device. 3.643,48 1 , CI. 72-56.
Hertel. Heinrich, and Ruppin, Dietrich, said Ruppin. assor to said Her-
tel. Apparatus for shock-deformation of workpieces 3.643.482. CI.
72-56
Hertel. Kenneth L.. to University of Tennessee Research Corporation.
The Method and apparatus for investigating mterfiber friction
3.643.490, CI 73-9
Hessemer, Lawrence E., Manning. Richard P.. Sparks, Harry G.; and
Powers. Walter H , to Sparcraft. Inc Motor controlled lamp
3.644.728. CI 240-61 9
Hess's of Allentown. Inc :S^*—
Murphy.JohnF, 3,644.010.
Hewitt-Robins. Incorporated: See—
Diantonio, Daniel J , 3.643.793.
Hewlett-Packard Company See—
Hearn.JohnR .3.644.015.
Heyc. Hermann: S«—
Becker, Kurt. 3.644.1 11.
Heye. Hermann. Firma: See—
Sendt, Alfred, 3.644.1 10
Heywang. Hermann, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Regeneratable
electric condenser. 3.644,805, CI. 317-258.
Hiestand, Armin. to Ciba Limited. Aqueous emulsions. 3.644.253. CI
260-28.
Higgins. Jerry G., to Research Corporation. Polyaromatic pyrazines.
3.644.285, CI. 260-47.
Higham. George T.: See—
Wadiak. Michael, and Higham. George T ,3,643.701
Highberger, Samuel M. Device for carrying and securing ski equip-
ment 3.643.8l0,CI.211-60
Higley, Willard S Collagen membranes for reverse osmosis desalina-
tion 3,644,202. CI 210-23
Hiiragi. Mineharu: See—
Kigasawa. Kazuo, Hiiragt. Mineharu, Wagatsuma, NagatoshI, and
Kusama, Osamu,3.644.373.
Hilbert. Francis H.: See—
Cecchin.Gildo.andHilbert. Francis H .3.644.677
Hildebrand. Dietrich: See—
Kirschnek. Helmut. Hildebrand. Dietrich, and Breidbach,
Gunter.3,643,270
Hildebrand. Hans, to Norton Company. Endless abrasive belt having an
overlapping joint. 3.643,387, CI 51-399
Hill, Harry E., to Vanderbilt. R. T.. Company. Inc Process for prepar-
ing morpholine disulfide. 3.644.408. CI. 260-246.
Hiller. James J., to Valley Steel Products Company. Flux back-up unit
3,643,853, CI. 228-41.
Hilliker. Donald E , and Webb. William M . to General Electric Com-
pany External ice service 3.643.464. CI. 62-344.
Hinderer, Helmuth E : See—
Bach. HartwigC . and Hinderer, Helmuth E .3.644,328.
Hine, Stewart Charles: See—
Wilkinson, Alan. Hine, Stewart Charles, and Bosher, David
Robert. 3.644.739.
Hinman, Charles W.: See —
Bodnar, Dean A., Hinman, Charles W., and Nelson, William
J .3,644,126
Hino, Naganon See-
Mine. Akihiko. Satomi, Takeo; Hino. Naganori. Kamoshita, Kat-
suzo, Suzuki. Yoshitsugu, and Nakai. Shinji, 3,644,422.
Hirai. Osami: See—
Kokubu. Kaoru; and Hirai. Osami. 3,643. 304.
Hiraoka. Michio See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko. Nakai, Susumu; Makino. Yoichi; Matsumu-
ra, Hisashi. Tabuchi, Kimitaka. Hiraoka, Michio. Akoh.
Shigeichi; and Onto, Hiroshi. 3.644,078
Hirata. Atsumu: S^e—
Ginsberg, Arthur, and Hirata. Atsumu. 3,643. 375
Hirsbrunner. Hans G , and McBride, Lyic E.. Jr.. to Texas Instruments,
Incorporated Composite thermistor temperature sensor having step-
function response 3,644,864, CI 338-25
Hirschberg, Joseph G , to Research Corporation. Image recording
method and device 3,644.014, CI 350-3.5
Hiruma, Kenji. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Eye-level eyepiece shield-
ing device for eye-level and waist-level viewfinder. 3,643,573, CI.
95-42
Hitachi, Ltd See —
Ihochi. Takahiko, 3.644,798.
Hittmair. Paul, Kaiser, Wolfgang, Nitzsche. Siegfried, and Wohlfarth.
Ernst, to Wacker-Chemie G m b H. Room temperature vulcanizable
organopolysiloxanc elastomer materials. 3,644.434. CI. 260-375.
HIadky. Vaclav, to Vyzkumny ustav Tvarecich stroju a Technologic
Tvarcni Work-holding assembly 3.643.486. CI 72-108.
H M K .Inc if*--
Caiati. Michael I . and Lehle. William L.. 3.643.972
Ho. Irving T . to International Business Machines Corporation In-
tegrated circuit band pass filter 3,644,850, CI 333-73
Hoagland, Raymond L See—
Ryan, James D , and Hoagland, Raymond L ,3,643,808.
Hobbs. James, and Carocari, John B , to Butler National Corporation.
Vertical control system 3,644,722. CI. 235-1 50.23
Hobgood, James Barnette: See—
Smith, Vernon C . Hobgood. James Barnette. and Barwick,
Frederick E. 111,3,644,079
McCullough, Robert W , Smith, Vernon C . Barwick, Frederick
E , HI, and Hobgood, James B ,3.644.080
Hobson, H M , Limited See—
Marshall, David, and Lloyd, Arthur Leslie. 3.643.428
Hoch. Robert, and Gilman. Harold, to Halcon International. Inc.
Process for recovering ethylene oxide. 3,644.432. CI 260-348.
Hockmeyer. Clive E See—
Girard, Laurent H , Hockmeyer. Clivc E . and Ouellette. Marcel
C ,3,643,316
Hodges, Roy Kenneth, 50% to Poole, Kenneth Cattle feed trough
treating apparatus and method 3,643,274, CI I 5-56
Hodgson. Stamford, to BP Chemicals Limited Surface stabilisation
process 3.643.444, CI 61-36.
Hofer, Gerald See—
Eckert, Konrad, and Hofer. Gerald. 3,644.064
Hoffman. Ernest G . See—
Voegelin. Howard J.. Hoffman. Ernest G , and Lapointe, Lloyd
J .3,644.717.
Hoffman, Robert R . to Abcor Water Management Company. Inc..
mesne. Membrane system which includes a tube sheet for securing
supported membrane tubes therein 3.643.805. CI. 210-321.
Hoffmann-La Roche Inc See —
Earley. James Valentine. Fryer, Rodney Ian, and Sternbach, Leo
Henryk. 3.644. 335
Furst. Andor. Kagi. Dieter. Muller. Marcel, and Muller, Peter,
3.644,438
Hajos. Zoltan George, and Oliveto, Eugene Paul, 3,644.429.
Metlesics, Werner, and Sternbach. Leo Henryk. 3.644.336.
Mellesics. Werner, and Sternbach, Leo Henryk, 3,644,419
Ning, Robert Ye-Fong, and Sternbach, Leo Henryk, 3,644,334.
Ro&enberger, Michael, and Saucy, Gabriel, 3.644.407.
Hofman, Milos See-
Weigl. Bedrich, Janku, Milos. Prikryl. Milos. Hubeny, Jaroslav;
and Hofman, Milos, 3.643. 30 1 .
Hofmann, Rudolf See—
Vukasovic. Lovro, and Hofmann. Rudolf,3.643.405.
Hogya, Bernard James, and Mc Manamon, Joseph Thomas, to FMC
Corporation. Cleaning and brightening of lead-tin alloy- resisted cir-
cuit boards 3,644,155, CI 156-20.
Hojo, Mitsuo Automatic warmer 3,644,709, CI. 219-439.
Holan. George, to Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
Organization 2.2-Bis(p-chlorophenyl)-3,3-dimethyloxetane.
3.644.418. CI 260-333
Holcroft &. Company: See—
Crans. Roland C . 3,644,099.
Holden, George W . to Frosst. Charles E . & Co. Stable composition of
synthetic sodium estrone sulfate 3,644. 618, CI. 424-100.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 19
Holden. Kenneth G.; and Kerwin. James F.. to Smith Kline & French
Laboratories. 16-Methyl and 16-methylene-B-nortettosterones.
3.644.527. CI 260-586.
Holden. Stanley Joseph, to Vosper Limited. Stabilizer systems for
water-borne vessels. 3,643.617. CI 1 14-126.
Holderith. William J., to Becton Dickinson and Company. Machine
readable label and sample identification systemutilizing the same.
3,644,715. CI. 235-61.11
Hoik, Howard A. Target for ball toss game 3.643.950. CI 273-105.
Hollard. Daniel: See—
Bost, Jose; Hollard. Daniel. Peccoud, Michel; and Suscillon.
Michel. 3.644,738.
Holley Carburetor Company: Sw—
Bier. Kenneth C. 3.643.639
Holmes. Gordon W Paint container 3.643.854. CI. 229-14.
Holmes. Lawrence. Jr. Cycle inhibitor for an electrical typewriter.
3.643.773. CI. 197-16.
Holmes. Michael: See—
Dreher. Karl D.; and Holmes, Michael,3,643,738.
Holobeam, Inc.: See-
Gould, Gordon, 3,644.013.
Holstein & Kappert, Maschinenfabrik Phonix GmbH: See-
Quest. Karl; Heckmann. Werner; and Knabe, Uwe. 3.643.398
Holt. William David, to Lucas. Joseph, (Industries) Limited Wind-
screen wiping systems for road vehicles. 3.644.744, CI. 307-10
Holtschmidt, Hans: See—
Konig, Klaus; Muller. Erwin; and Holtschmidt. Hans,3.644.457
Holtwick. Gary M ; and Kolence. Kenneth W , to Boole &. Babbage.
Inc. Method for measuring performance of a general purpose digital
computer 3.644.936, CI 444-1
Holty.David W See—
Bernetti. Raffaele; and Holty. David W .3,644,390.
Holy. Zdenek: See—
Havlas, Jiri; Kostelecky. Premysl. Holy, Zdenek; Rydio, Jeromir;
and Rejnart. Vlastimil, 3.643.843
Horatschke, Rudolf. Holy. Zdenek; Havlas. Jiri; Kostelecky. Pre-
mysl; and Rejnart. Vlastimil, 3,643,990.
Holzgruber. Wolfgang: See—
Plockinger, Erwin; Holzgruber, Wolfgang, and Schneidhofer,
1 Adolf.3.643.726
Homeyer. Bernhard: See—
Schliebs. Reinhard, Schlor, Hanshelmut; and Homeyer, Bern-
hard. 3,644,598
Honaker, Bernard G , Jr , to Coleman Company, Inc. Flue exhaust and
combustion air intake assembly for undercounter furnace.
3.643.646, CI 126-85
Honety Hydraulic Units Limited: See—
Wiles. David John, and Wright. John Milford. 3.644.91 1.
Honeywell Inc : See—
Belson. Ross A . and Palombo, Gaston A., 3,644.806.
Dickey. Marcus P , and Mclntyre. Donald C . 3.644.784.
Honeywell Information Systems Inc : See-
Fields, John H. 3,644.792
Hoogendoorn. Cornelius, Moody, Mattie; and Schwuttke. Guenter H ,
to International Business Machines Corporation, Method of fabricat-
ing semiconductor structures with reduced crystallographic defects
3,644. 154. CI. 148-187
Hooker Chemical Corporation: See—
Dannels. Bobby F . and Shepard. Alvin F . 3.644,533
Dannels. Bobby F ; and Shepard, Alvin F., 3,644,537.
Dorfman, Edwin; and Emerson, William E.. 3.644.300.
Prahl. Walter H.; Eggert, Jay P , Lederman, Sol J ; Scremin, Eric
H , and Ulrich, Albert C . 3,644.542
Weil, Edward D , and Smith, Keith J , 3,644.4 15
Weil. Edward D ; and Smith. Keith J . 3,644.4 16
Hooker, James Ray. to United States of America. Atomic Energy Com-
mission. Nuclear fuel body and process for making same. 3.644.604,
CI 264-0 5
Hopkins, Hubert Brian, to Distrene Limited. Polymer compositions.
3.644,3 10, CI 260-80 78
Horatschke, Rudolf; Holy. Zdenek; Havlas. Jiri; Kostelecky. Premysl;
and Rejnart. Vlastimil, to Elitex, Zavodny textilniho strojirenstvi
Generalni reditelstvi Method of and device for gripping a moving
yarn end in textile machines, particularly yarn winding machines
3,643.990.CI. 289-1 5
Hori. Toshio; Yamato, Akira; and Shiraishi, Masao. to Mitsubishi
Petrochemical Company Limited. Production of hexadienes.
3,644,556. CI. 260-680.
Hornig. Lothar: See—
Boldt. Manfred; Arpe. Hans-Jurgen. and Hornig,
Lothar.3.644.486
Horst. Heinz: See—
Kampf-Emden. Gerd; Horst, Heinz, and Klapdohr,
Friedrich.3.643,999
Horstmann, Walter; Kalz. Dietmar. Wolfrum. Gerhard; and Siegel.
Edgar, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Phthalimide
containing mono-azo dyestuffs. 3.644,405, CI 260- 1 56
Horvath. Guy E.. to Hercules Packing Corporation Gasket. 3,643.968.
CI 277-166.
Hosogane, Tadayuki: See—
Nakajima. Masaki; Hosogane, Tadayuki; Kobayashi. Sholchi; and
Ishihara. Shigenobu.3.644.579
Hostetter.JohnL. Vise. 3.643,936. CI 269-190
Hottinger, Gerald J.: See-
Hayes, Leonard L.; and Hottinger. Gerald J. .3. 643. 715.
Houlihan. William J.; and Manning. Robert E., to Sandoz-Wander.
Inc.lsoindolol 1.2-a| isoquinoline-8-ones. 3.644.369. CI 260-289
Houlihan. William J.; and Manning. Robert E . to Sandoz-Wander.
Inc Isoindolol l.2-a] isoquinolines. 3.644.370. CI. 260-289
Houston, Richard K., to Agrecology, Incorporated. Agriculture irrigat-
ing method 3,643,442. CI 61-12.
Howard. John; and Mcintosh. Terence D., to III Rayonier Incor-
porated Plicatic acid esters. 3.644.48 1 , CI. 260-473.
Howe Richardson Scale Company: See-
Godwin. Gilbert A.; and Kirkman, Anthony T , 3.643.753.
Howerton.Glen. Locking gun rack 3.643,81 1 , CI 2 I 1-64
Hoyt, Howard Eugene; and Dean. Robert B . to Borden, Inc Collapsi-
ble mold and molding compositions. 3.644,269. CI 260-38
Hristova. Snejanka Vladimirova: See—
Angelov. Stefan Hristov; and Hnstova. Snejanka
Vladimirova.3,644.724.
Hruby. John O , Jr.. to Rain Jet Corporation Reverberating liquid
discharge device 3.643.866. CI. 239-101
Hsiung. Du Yung; and Wolfram, Leszek January, to Gillette Company.
The Treatment of keratin fibers 3.644.084, CI 8- 1 27 5 1
Hubbard, Arthur Lowell; and Sanderson. Leon Franklin, to Deere &
Company. Automatic height adjustment of crop harvester
3,643.407. CI. 56-10.2
Hubbell. Franklin R., III. to Tenneco Inc Off center pinch can for muf-
fler. 3.643.760. CI. 181-48
Hubeny. Jaroslav: See —
Weigl, Bedrich, Janku. Milos; Prikryl. Milos. Hubeny. Jaroslav;
and Hofman, Milos, 3,643. 301
Hubich. Henry O.. to United States of America, Navy, mesne.
Retractable stabilizer fins and drag brakes for missiles. 3.643,599,
CI. 102-4.
Hubin. Allen J.: See-
Smith. Samuel; and Hubin, Allen J .3.644.567
Huboi. Robert W.; Waz. Edward M . and Seckel, Thomas G , to East-
man Kodak Company. Correction level adjustment for video nega-
tive analyzer. 3,644.664. CI. 178-5 2
Hudson, Allan C; Kinnear. John M . and Havstad, Harold R Nasal
cannula. 3.643.660, CI. 128-206
Hudson, James R.: See—
Cricchi. James R.; and Hudson. James R. 3.644, 907
Hudson, Sharon J.. Jr.. to Sharon manufacturing Company Compres-
sor valve assembly and method of producing the same 3,643,687.
CI. 137-512
Hudyma. Thomas William: See—
Juby. Peter Frederick; Hudyma. Thomas William; and Partyka,
Richard Anthony, 3.644.479
Huggins. Homer D.. to Modine Manufacturing Company. Fin and tube
heat exchanger 3.643.735, CI 165-172.
Hughes Aircraft Company: See—
Dobratz. Burton E.. and Farnsworth. Robert P , 3.644,740
Jones, Sheldon, and Briggs. Raymond W . 3.644,043.
Kolb. William P . Jr.; and Goodwin, Frank E , 3.644.042.
LeCompte. George W , 3,643.497
Slate. Claude C ,3,644.938
Hughes. Austin, to International Research & Development Company
Limited. Synchronous alternating current electrical machines
3,644.766. CI. 310-165.
Hull, Neil A: See-
Gionet, Edmond R.and Hull, Neil A .3.643,755
Hulse, Charles O., to United Aircraft Corporation Process of casting
nickel base alloys using water-soluble calcia cores 3,643.728. CI.
164-132
Hume. G. W. Company: See—
Birchall. Thomas D., 3.643.822.
Humes. Norman S.: See—
Uhtenwoldt. Herbert R . Grotewold. William H . and Humes. Nor-
man S. 3.643. 382
Hunsaker, Floyd Melvin, and Quiring, Allan Joseph, to Union Carbide
Corporation. Ignitor for automatically starting arc lamps. 3,644.774.
CI. 313-198.
Hunt. William Grayson. Programmed timer device and dispensing ap-
paratus incorp>orating same 3.643,836. CI 222-70
Hunter, C Shelburn: See—
Barkey, Kenneth T , Hunter, C Shelburn, and Predmore, Walter
L,Jr, 3,644,573
Hunter, Edward E., to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company, The. Ap-
paratus for tensioning fabric. 3.643.844. CI. 226-1 1 1 .
Hunter. Edward E.: See-
Tyson. David Z.; Hunter. Edward E.. and Best. Willie Her-
man.3.643.342.
Hurley, Thomas J., Jr.: See —
Robinson. Martin A.; and Hurley. Thomas J .Jr. .3. 644. 327.
Huthsing, Charles K., Jr Valved head assembly for pressunzed recep-
tacles 3.643.691. CI 137-590
Hutter. Harold G , to Bunker-Ramo Corporation. The Connector ele-
ment and method for element assembly. 3,644.874. CI 339-89
Hyde. Thomas J., to Du Pont de Nemours. E I., and Company. N-alkyI
pyrrolidone-plasticized copolylactam compositions. 3.644,264. CI.
260-30.2
I.C.I./Organics Inc : See—
Perrino, Alben C; and Israel. Michael G.. 3,644.488.
Ide. Fumio: See—
Nakatsuka. Kazuo; Ide, Fumio, Ito, Kazuo, and Yamamoto.
Norimasa,3 .644.5 75 .
PI 20
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Ide Fumio Okano, Kenji, and Deguchi, Seiji, to Mitsubishi Rayon Co.,
Lid and Nitto Chemical Industry Co.. Ltd. Polyvinyl chloride resin
composition having excellent transparency, surface gloss and impact
strength 3,644.249. CI 260-23 7
Ide Fumio; Okano. Kenji. and Deguchi. Seiji, to MiUubishi Rayon Co .
Ltd and Nitto Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Polyvinyl chloride resin
compoMtion having excellent transparency and impact strength
3.644,250, CI 260-23.7
I D L. Incorporated: See— „ . .,
Hackett, Robert H.; Hartmann, Charles D . and Elias. Brady M ,
3.643!362.
Igarashi, Yukio. to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co.. Ltd. Semiconductor
controlled rectifying device. 3.644.800, CI. 3 1 7-235.
Ihochi, Takahiko. to HiUchi. Ltd. High power integrated circuit
ceramic package with meullic heat conducting body 3,644,798, CI
317-234
Ikegai Tekko Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Togashi. Shozo, Makijima, Yoshijima; Tanaka, Ikuo; and Narita,
Kaoru, 3,643,396.
Ikumura, Akio: See—
Yoshida, Makoto;and Ikumura. Akio,3,644,5 18.
Ilk Ronald J . to Cutler-Hammer. Inc .Timed 'on' cycle electronic tim-
ing system 3.644.793. CI 317-141
Image Products Corporation; 5«—
James Richard N , Applequist. James E.; and RoberU. Daniel M ,
3,644,922
Imperial Chemical Industries Limited: See—
Batty, John Woolley; Chadwick, Enc Milton, and Crook, James
William, 3, 644 ,5 3 5
Buteux, Richard Harold Barclay, 3,644.610
Carby, John Gerard, and Colchester, John Edward, 3.644.383
Flett. Alexander Campbell, 3 ,644. 143
Fox. Maurice Rayner; Stewart, Neil David, and Lockett. Alfred
Peter. 3,644,137.
Inghs. Hugh Stewart. 3,644.428
Joshi. Kamalakant Krishnarao. 3.644,447
Tomlin, Clive Dudley Spencer; and Mangalji, Anil Sunderji,
3,644,388
Industrial Nucleonics Corporation: See—
Cometet, Wendell H , Jr , 3,644.826.
Industrial Patent Development Corporation: See—
Fixler, Jon S. 3.643,953.
Industrie Pirelli Sp A.: See—
Longoni. Sergio; and Portinari, Antonio, 3,643,727
Industrie-Hartverchromung Praezisionsmechanik GmbH: See—
Wittel, Karl, 3,644, 182
Ingersoll-Rand Company: See—
Allen, Edward L , 3.643,750.
Davis, Raymond C, 3,644.055
Pauley. Reginald W . 3,643,501
Pauley, Reginald W, 3,643,749
Inglis, Hugh Stewart, to Imperial Chemical Industries Limited Prins-
type reactions 3,644.428, CI 260-345 I
Ingvartsen, Arne Releasable corner joint arrangement for stacking-
frames for loading pallets 3,643,988, CI 287-53 5
Inland Systems, Inc.: See—
Pierce, Edwin A , Knob. Richard W , Roth. Samuel O., and
McKinney, Emery L.. 3.643.393
Inman, Gene E: See-
Andrews. John W ; Schmiel. William J , Inman. Gene E . and
Jones. James Phillip,3,643,4l6
Innes, Robert A , and Rennard, Raymond J , Jr , to Gulf Research &.
Development Company Dehydrogenation of ethylbenzene to
styrene using SO, and ferrite catalysts in the form of spinels or perov-
skites. 3,644,549, CI. 260-669.
lnoue,Ichizo:See—
Okumura. Kentaro; Inoue. Ichizo; Oda. Tatsuo; and Kondo. Kazu-
hiko.3.644.349
Inoue, Masao; and Tamura, Zenzo, to Tokyo Shubaura Electric Co ,
Ltd Thin layer chromatographic analysis utilizing mixtures of
fluorescent substances and ultraviolet radiation. 3,644,734, CI. 250-
71.
Inoue, Mitsuhiro: See—
Kai.Tsunetoshi;and Inoue. Mitsuhiro. 3.644, 1 20
Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicalc: See-
Rips. Richard. 3.644.352.
Institute of Gas Technology: See-
Anderson. Philip J.. 3.643.500.
International Business Machines Corporation: See—
Agnihotri. Ram K . 3,644.1 I 8.
Beausoleil. William F.. 3.644.902.
Beumer. Karl W.. Geany. Gerard M.. Haran. John A.. Hecker. Ed-
ward P.; Nyman. George E.. and Post, Robert E , 3,643,88 1
Furois. Philippe C. and Latta. Garland H. 3.644.756.
Ho. Irving T. 3,644.850
Hoogendoom. Cornelius; Moody. Mattie; and Schwuttke. Guenter
H. 3.644. 154.
Kruppa, Robert W.. Weber. Edward V . and Woodard. OUie C ,
3.644,700
Sheppley. William S., Jr , 3,643,389.
Weinberger, Arnold, 3.644.906. '
International Harvester Company: See—
FriU. Norman George. 3.643.583.
Fueslein. Jerome L . 3.643.743
Metcalfe, Arthur G; and Rose, Fred K. 3.644.698.
International Minerals &. Chemical Corporation: See-
Lang, William J , and Chelini, Joseph M , 3,644,1 13.
International Research & Development Company Limited: See-
Hughes, Austin. 3,644,766
International Synthetic Rubber Company Limited, The: See-
Duck, Edward William, Farmer. John Howard, and Ridgewell,
Brian John, 3.644,309
Inventa A G. fur Forschung und Patentverwertung: See—
Griehl, Wolfgang, Hahn, Wolf Dieter, and Plenz, Joachim.
3.644.483
Inventio Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Schibli, Marcel, 3,643,762.
Iowa State University; See—
Zingg, Roy J ,3.644,901
Irako, Koichi; See—
Onishi, Akira, Anzai, Shiro; Irako, Koichi. Fujio. Ryota.
Hayakawa, Yoshihiro. Kojima. Minoru; and Kawamoto.
Hiroshi, 3,644, 314.
Irikura, Tsutomu. and Suzue, Seigo Process for the preparation of 6-
chloro-7 sulfamyl, 3-position substituted 3,4 dihydro- 1,2,4-
benzothiadriazine 1,1-dioxide 3,644,348. CI. 260-243.
Irwin Malcolm F , to Techniservice Corporation. Splicing of textile
strands 3,643.4 17, CI 57-142.
Isaacson, Max. and Smilg, Benjamin, to Vibrodyne. Inc. Vibratory ap-
paratus 3,643,384, CI 51-163
Isbell, Willard D , to Cubic Corporation Film transport unit.
3.643.891. CI 242-189.
Isett. Donald D . to Texas Instruments. Incorporated Channel stacking
input/output interconnections 3.644.937, CI 444-1.
Ishida, Takaharu See—
Takagi, Kazumi, and Ishida, Takaharu, 3,644, 526.
Ishihara, Shigenobu See—
Nakajima, Masaki, Hosogane, Tadayuki; Kobayashi, Shoichi; and
Ishihara. Shigenobu, 3, 644.579
Ishikawa, Hideo See—
Sugiura, Shotaro, Ueno. Haruo, Ishikawa. Hideo, Yano, Takefumi,
and Shimamura, Tuneo,3,644,320
Ishikawajima-Hanma Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Soh.Dohgi, 3,643.634
Israel, Michael G See—
Pernno, Albert C. and Israel. Michael G ,3.644,488
Isreeli Jack and Kassel, Aaron, to Technicon Corporation Fluid dis-
tribution mamfold 3,643,689, CI 137-561
Ito, Kazuo See—
Nakatsuka, Kazuo, Ide, Fumio, Ito, Kazuo, and Yamamoto.
Nprimasa. 3. 644,575.
Ito. Toshio: See—
Yamagata, Kiyoshi, Matsuura. Kiyoshi; Ito, Toshio; Miyamoto,
Toshio, and Wada, Yuichi. 3.644,860.
ITT Blackburn Corporation See—
Toedtman. John A . 3.644.878.
ITT Rayonier Incorporated See-
Howard. John, and Mcintosh, Terence D, 3,644,481.
Jack, David See-
Hartley, David, Lunts. Lawrence H C, and Jack,
David, 3,644. 520.
Jackson Andrew D . Jr . 35% to Pohl. Lee W . and 25% to Cannhas.
JackG .Jr Bilge scavenger 3.643.802. CI 210-172.
Jackson. David L , to Thomas & Betts Corporation. Method of making
a series of electrical connections 3,643,327, CI 29-628.
Jackson, Stewart C ; and Harrison, Arthur, to Tatton, William. & Co
Limited Methods of drying yams and apparatus therefor. 3.643.340,
CI 34-15. ^ .. , ^w ..
Jackson Stuart P Converter circuit for AC. to DC. with feedback
means 3,644,819. CI 321-20
Jackson Winston J . Jr . and Caldwell. John R.. to Eastman Kodak
Company Low viscosity high strength thermoplastic adhesive.
3.644.267. CI 260-33 6
Jackson Winston J , Jr . Kuhfuss. Herbert F.; and Caldwell. John R, to
Eastman Kodak Company Shaped articles of blends of polyesters
and polyvinyls 3.644.574, CI 260-873.
Jacobs Associates: See—
Williamson. Thomas N . 3,643.998.
Jacobs. James W , to General Motors Corporation Air conditioner
with cycling fresh air periods 3.643.461. CI 62-180.
Jacobsen. Erik Chresten. to Vilh Pedersen A/S. Method for die-cutting
sheet materials by means of a die-cutting machine and a die-^cutting
plant for the performance of this method. 3.643.534, CI. 83-29.
Jacobsen Paul W . to Weber. H G . and Company. Inc. Stacker for
bags and the like 3.643.816. CI 214-614
Jacobson, Earl D Fish lure 3,643,369, CI 43-42.03
Jacobson Oscar D , to Bendix Corporation, The Hydrostatically sup-
ported gyroscope a combined centrifugal and viscous shear rotary
pump 3,643,5I6,C1 74-5 ,^^,Qo-.r'i
Jacobucci. Romeo Tile holding and placement device. 3.643.992. CI.
294-65
Jacoby. Hans See— , ., -, ,«,
Ledergerber, Alfred; and Jacoby. Hans,3.643,307.
Jaeger, Joseph H See- u u i /;ai A^a
Sugarman. Meyer L. and Jaeger. Joseph H. 3,643,628.
Jagdt Remhard, and Kloss, Ingo, to Heraeus-Schott Quarzschmelze
GmbH Optical mirror 3,644 ,022, CI. 350-3 10^
Jahnert, Fritz, and Schollhorn. Martin. »<> teller & Knappich GmbH.
Centrifugal roller for street cleaning devices. 3,643,283. CI. 13-18J.
<
February 22. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 21
Jakob, Franz: See-
Fester, Walter; Hanschke, Ernst, and Jakob, Franz,3,644,299.
James Richard N., Applequist. James E.. and RoberU, Daniel M.. to
Image Products Corporation High resolution fiber optic display and
microfilm printer. 3,644,922. CI. 340-324.
Jamieson, James Barry, to United Kingdom of Great Britain and
Northern Ireland, Minister of Technology in Her Britannic Majesty's
Government of the. Flow control devices. 3,643, 43 1, CI. 60-39.71
Janelid, Ingvar. Power plant driven by a gas turbine, and a method of
operating such a power plant. 3,643,426, CI. 60-39.02
Janku, Milos: See—
Weigl, Bedrich; Janku, Milos; Prikryl, Milos. Hubeny. Jaroslav;
and Hofman, Milos.3,643,301.
Janome Sewing Machine Co., Ltd.: See—
Hanyu,Susumu;and Kasuga, Noboru. 3.643,612.
Jansen, Hansjorg; Wildi, Paul, and Kline, James A., to Gulf Oil Cor-
poration. Forming coil. 3,643,480, CI. 72-56.
Janson. Jan, to U.S. Philips Corporation Commutatorless direct cur-
rent motor 3,644,765. CI. 310-68.
Janzen, Dennis W,: See-
Dell, Curtis G.; Janzen, Dennis W., and McGhee, John
D, 3,643,491
Japan Drive-It Co., Ltd.: See—
Endo, Kumaji; Ebtsawa, Fumio; and Muratani, Masao, 3,643,850.
Japan Exian Company Limited: See—
Nakagawa, Kazumi; and Shimoda, Keitaro, 3.644,609.
Japan Gas-Chemical Company, Inc.: See-
Fujiyama, Susumu; and Kosuge, Fumisada, 3,644,553.
Jarmar, Sven O.. to Sveriges Radio Aktiebolag. Illumination arrange-
ment for recording and/or reproduction in color. 3,644,785, CI. 315-
298
Jeanmart, Claude; Messer, Mayer Naoum, and Simon, Pierre Edouard,
to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. l-Amino-3,4-dihydroisoquinolines.
3,644,366, CI. 260-286.
Jeffreys, Kerry David, to BP Chemicals (UK ) Limited. Process for the
preparation of rubber modified novolak resins. 3,644,570, CI. 260-
845.
Jessett & Henry (Food Machinery) Limited: See—
Swann, William Richard, 3,643,71 8
Johansson, Sven Yngve David: See—
Brandin, Tore; and Johansson, Sven Yngve David, 3,643,754
Johnson. Bobby G Insulated prefabricated building module.
3,643,394, CI. 52-309
Johnson, George B., Jr., to Communications Satellite Corporation,
mesne. Nutation correction system for spin stabilized satellite.
3,643,897, CI. 244-1.
Johnson, Richard L., to Timely Products Corporation. Low-voltage,
electrically heated shirt. 3.644.705. CI. 219-211
Johnson, Richard M.: See-
Young, Joseph v., and Johnson, Richard M, 3, 643,656.
Johnson, Roy D.. to United States of America. Navy Nonlinear com-
pensation network 3,644,836, CI. 328-143.
Johnson. S. T., Co.: See—
Dimick, Enoch Alfred. 3.644,077
Johnston, James David, to Pfizer Inc. Novel polymethylene quinoxaline
dioxides for treating respiratory diseases and as grov^h promotants
3,644,622, CI. 424-250.
Jones, Chandler H., to Owens-Illinois, Inc Bulk shipping container
3,643,856, CI. 229-37.
Jones. Evan T., to Eastman Kodak Company. Photographic materials
and elements. 3,644.1 1 9, CI 96-108.
Jones, Howard, to Merck &. Co., Inc. Naphthoic acid derivatives.
3,644,500, CI. 260-514.
Jones. James Phillip; See-
Andrews, John W . Schmiel. William J.; Inman. Gene E.. and
Jones. James Phillip,3,643.4 1 6.
Jones. John Robert; and Symes. Thomas J., to British Petroleum Com-
pany Limited, The. Nickel dimensation catalysts. 3,644,562. CI.
260-683 IS
Jones, Louis P., to United States of America, Navy. Torpedo guidance
system. 3,643,616, CI 114-21
Jones, Richard D. Interconnection device for multiple conductors.
3,644,870, CI. 339-45
Jones, Sheldon; and Briggs, Raymond W., to Hughes Aircraft Com-
pany. Integrated infrared-tracker-receiver laser- rangefinder target
search and track system. 3,644,043, CI 356-5
Jones, William Archibald, to Deere & Company. Mower blade.
3,643,409, CI. 56-295
Jones, William E. M.; and Richard, James A., to CGR Medical Cor-
poration, mesne. Tillable and translatable top medical table as-
sembly. 3,643,604, CI. 108-5
Jordan, Clarence C. Bow or elastic device for propelling projectiles.
3,643.643. CI. 124-20.
Joshi, Kamalakant Krishnarao, to Imperial Chemical Industries
Limited. Transition meUl compounds. 3,644,447, CI. 260-429.
Jost-Werke GmbH: See-
Werner, Hans; Koschinat, Baldur; and Vormbaum, Otto,
3,643,906.
Juby, Peter Frederick; Hudyma, Thomas William; and Partyka,
Richard Anthony, to Bristol-Myers Company. I-Indancarboxylic
acids and derivatives. 3.644.479, CI. 260-469.
Junes, Norman E. Power takeoff on marine diesel engine. 3,643,642,
CI. 123-198.
Junk, Thomas C: See—
Kuti, Albert J.; and Junk, Thomas C, 3.644,658.
Justen. Donald L.; See-
Hall. Robert T.; and Justen. Donald L .3.643,680
Kabel- und Meullwerke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Kauder.Knut. 3,643,702
Kablaoui, Mahmoud S., to Texaco Inc. 2-Substituted benzene acetate
manufacture 3,644,480, CI 260-473.
Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh: See—
Ando, Sadanao; and Matsumoto, Nobuki. 3.643.566.
Fukushima, Yoshio, 3,644.030
Hiruma. Kenji, 3,643,573
Kadowaki.Tatsusuke, 3,643,894.
Kadowaki,Tatsusuke, 3.643,896.
Tanaka. YoshiUugu. 3,643,776.
Kabushiki Kaisha Yashica: See—
Enomoto. Nobuaki, 3,643,469
Kadowaki, Tatsusuke. to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh Film movement
direction switching device for small movie projectors. 3,643,894, CI.
242-201.
Kadowaki. Tatsusuke, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Device for switching
between film advance and film rewind in movie projectors.
3,643.896, CI. 242-205.
Kagi. Dieter: See—
Furst. Andor; Kagi, Dieter; Muller, Marcel; and Muller,
Peter,3.644,438.
Kahl, Melchior: See—
Warncke, Heinz; and Kahl, Melchior.3,643,51 1.
Kahn, Edward Joel, to Togs, Inc. Two-part snap-fastener 3,643,296,
CI. 24-108.
Kai, Tsunetoshi; and Inoue. Mitsuhiro Photosensitive compositions.
3.644. 120, CI 96-115.
Kaiser, Edward J.; See-
Burke. John E.; Kaiser. Edward J., and Myers, Charles
J. ,3,643,531
Kaiser Industries Corporation; See—
Killin, King Dwight, and Lieungh, Ellis Homer, 3,643,627.
Kaiser. Wolfgang: See—
Hittmair, Paul; Kaiser, Wolfgang, Nitzsche, Siegfried, and Wohl-
farth, Emst,3,644,434
Kalyaeva, Alia Nikolaevna; and Pletnev, Dmitry Vasilievich Multisec-
tion electromechanical bandpass filter. 3,644,849, CI 333-7 1 .
Kalz, Dietmar; See—
Horstmann, Walter, Kalz, Dietmar; Wolfrum, Gerhard; and Siegel,
Edgar,3,644,405
Kamal, Marwan R.; and Kuder, Robert C , to General Mills, Inc Ether
carbonate diisocyanates. 3.644.465. CI 260-463
Kaminow. Ivan Paul; See-
Bridges, Thomas James, Kaminow, Ivan Paul, and Pollack, Martin
Alan, 3, 644,846.
Kaminski. Walter W.: See-
Fryd, Michael; and Kaminski, Walter W, 3,644,244
Kamioka, Toshiharu: See—
Kishida, Yukichi; Terada, Alsusuke, Takagi, Hiromu, and
Kamioka, Toshiharu, 3,644, 53 1 .
Kamlet. Mortimer J.: See—
Adolph, Horst G., and Kamlet, Mortimer J .3,644,5 19
Kammer, Erwin W., to United States of Amenca, Navy Non-destruc-
tive measuring system. 3,643,494, CI 73-67 2
Kamoshida, Katsuo: See —
Sato, Yasunobu, Takagi, Hiromu, Tanaka, Teruo; and Kamoshida.
Katsuo.3.644.376.
Kamoshita, Katsuzo: See-
Mine, Akihiko; Satomi, Takeo, Hino, Naganon, Kamoshita, Kat-
suzo; Suzuki, Yoshitsugu, and Nakai, Shinji, 3, 644,422
Kampe, Klaus-Dieter, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vor-
mals Meister Lucius &. Bruning. /S-HalogenoalkyI isocyanates
3,644,458, CI. 260-453.
Kampe. Klaus-Dieter; and Fischer. Edgar, to Farbwerke Hoechst Ak-
tiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning. Process for the
manufacture of neutral polyphosphonc acid esters by reacting
phosphorus pentoxide and boric acid esters 3,644.596. CI. 260-922.
Kampf-Emden, Gerd; Horst, Heinz; and Klapdohr, Friedrich, to Demag
Aktiengesellschaft. Tunnel driving machine 3,643,999, CI 299-3 1
Kamyr Aktiebolag: See—
Richter, John C. F. C, 3,643.878.
Kanarek, Joseph S. Method of manufacturing tyi>e. 3,643,303, CI. 29-
413.
Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Maniya, Mitsuru; Oono, Yoshio, Fukuda. Bunji; and Takahashi.
Kenji. 3,644,231.
Kangas, Larry G.; and Kline. Robert J, to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company. Magnetic powder applicator 3,643,629,
CI. 118-637.
Kani, Masaru; See—
Koga, Michio;and Kani, Masaru,3,644,321.
Kanzaki. Hisao; See—
Amano. Kitsutaro; Ota, Chuichi, Hashimoto, Masao. Kanzaki,
Hisao; Sakamoto, Yasuhiko; and Yososhima,
Nobuyaki. 3.644.680.
Kanzaki. Nagamasa: See—
Maeda, Yutaka; Kimura, Hiroshiro, Koshimo, Akio, Kanzaki,
Nagamasa; Yasuzuka. Katsumi. and Furukawa,
Yoshinobu,3,643,412.
Kappelmeyer, Rudolf See—
Widmann, Dietrich; Kappelmeyer, Rudolf; Schluter, Kurt, and
Steggewentz. Hennann.3,644.134
PI 22
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22. 1972
Kapur, Chandra: 5«—
McGuire. Mary H; and Kapur,Chandra.3.643.662
Karlsson Hans Egron, to Aktiebolaget Bofore. Excavator with an
operators cab 3.643,994. CI. 296-286
Kasargod Sadanand Vithal; and Abhyankar. Shreeniwas Shankar Seg-
mented stator 3.644.767, CI 310-254.
Kashar. Gail Carleton. Relaxation chamber. 3.643,94 1 , CI. 272-2.
Kassel, Aaron: See—
Isreeli, Jack; and Kassel, Aaron, 3, 643.689.
Kasuga, Noboru: S*f—
Hanyu,Susuniu;and Kasuga, Noboru.3,643,612.
Kato Masao; Tanaka. Goro; and Yamamoto. Setgoro. to Giken Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha Back scattering absorber materials for gamma-
rays. 3.644,736, CI. 250-108.
Kato, Toshikazu: See—
MaUuzaki. Soichiro; Sato, Masanobu; and Kato,
Toshikazu.3.643.562
Kato, Yoshiro; and Uno, Kimio, to Victor Company of Japan, Limited
Temporary stop device for Upe recorder. 3.643,846, CI 226- 181
Katsuyama, Yoshihisa, to Nippon Kogaku K.K. Device for controlling
angle of opening of shutter for movie camera. 3,644.025, CI. 352-
Kauder, Knut, to Kabel- und MeUllvi^erke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktien-
gesellschaft Flexible pipe system 3,643,702. CI. 138-121
Kaulich. Karel See— . ^ .
Brazda, Ladislav, Prochazka, Miloslav, Kaulich, Karel; and Ozdi-
an,Josef.3.643,413
Prochazka, Miloslav, and Kaulich, Karel, 3,643,4 14
Kaut&BuxoHG:S«(r—
Worner. Anton, and Wilbert, Helmut. 3,643.314.
Kawai. Yasutaka: See—
Koyama, Shigeo; Ohtsuki. Motohiro; Shimatani, Kenji; Yasuda,
Masao; Takei, Toru, Kawai, Yasutaka, and Matsushima.
Takeshi, 3, 644.780
Kawamoto. Frank T.; See—
Hamemik, Edward L., and Kawamoto, Frank T, 3,643,870
Hamemik. Edward L.;and Kawamoto, Frank T ,3.643.871
Kawamoto, Hiroshi: See—
Onishi, Akira; Anzai, Shiro. Irako, Koichi. Fujio, Ryota,
Hayakawa. Yoshihiro; Kojima. Minoru; and Kawamoto.
Hiroshi,3,644.314.
Kay Laboratories. Inc.: See—
Caillouette, James C, 3.643.665
Kaye, Irving: See—
Flanagan, Thomas P ; and Kaye, Irving, 3.644.245.
Kayex Corporation: See—
Snelling. Christopher, and Gardone, Anthony J , 3,643,964
Kearby, Kenneth K.. to Esso Research and Engineering Company
MeUl halide containing zeolites and method for their preparation
3,644,220, CI. 252-442
Keesling. Clifford E: 5**- ^,^ ^
Keesling. Karl K , Keesling. Thomas B ; and Keesling, Clifford
E. 3,643,885
Keesling, Karl K , Keesling, Thomas B , and Keesling, Clifford E . to
Functional Systems Corporation. Carpet supply cradle and feeder
mechanism for a carpet measunng and cutting machine 3,643.885,
CI 242-55.
Keesling. Thomas B;S«—
Keesling. Karl K ; Keesling. Thomas B ; and Keesling. Clifford
E .3.643.885
Keil, Karl Diether: See-
Diednch, Bernd; and Keil. Karl Diether, 3,644. 3 1 8
Keim,Wilhelm:S^f- .., ^
Bauer, Ronald S.; Chung, Harold; Glockner. Peter W , Keim. Wil-
helm; and Van Zwet, Henry, 3,644,563
Van Zwet, Henry, Bauer, Ronald S; and Keim. Wil-
helm.3.644.564
Keller* KnappichGmbH: 5«-
Jahnert. Fritz; and Schollhorn, Martin, 3.643,283.
Keller, Wolfgang, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method and device
for crucible-free zone melting a crystalline rod. 3,644,151, CI 148-
16
Kelley, Arnold E , and Wood, Fredenck C , to Union Oil Company of
California. Dual-catalyst hydrofining process. 3,644, 197. CI. 208-89
Kelley. Kork Method and apparatus for effecting gas control in oil
wells 3.643.740, CI. 166-265
Kelly, Joe T , deceased (by Kelly, La Verne S . executrix); and Poett-
mann. Fred H , to Marathon Oil Company Recovery of oil from tar
sands using water- external micellar dispersions 3.644.194, CI 208-
I I.
Kelsey-Hayes Company: See—
Hall, Robert T . and Justen. Donald L., 3,643,680.
Riordan, Hugh E , 3,643,436.
Kendall Company, The: Sef—
Laakso. Perttu V., 3,644.603.
Kendall, Lytton A, Jr.: S«—
Minchenko, HildegardjM.; and Kendall, Lytton A , Jr.. 3,643,483
Kennedy, Charles H: 5«—.
Anderson, Carl P , Jtennedy. Charles H , and Perry, Donald
S. 3.643.779. i'
Kennedy, Matthew Csimpbell, to English Electric Valve Company
Limited. Cpoling atr^ngements for valves. 3,644,769, CI 3 1 3-46
Kennedy. MaiiWie;^ampbell; and Tourle, Peter, to English Electric
Valve Comp^ Limited. Electron discharge tubes. 3.644,771, CI
313-153
Kenrick. Charles R See—
Cornell, William D ; Schankler. Martin M., and Kennck, Charles
R .3.643.959
Kerwin. James F ; See—
Holden. Kenneth G.. and Kerwin, James F. 3,644,527.
Keskitalo, Tage Oskar: See—
Widegraen. Lars Harald, and Keskitalo, Tage Oskar,3, 643.920.
Khan, Aziz U i>*—
Sweeney, Richard F; Price. Alson K.; and Khan. Aziz
U ,3,644,513
Khoury, Nick S . to Continental Can Company, Inc Pull tab arrange-
ment for easy-opening container 3,643,832, CI. 220-54.
Kidde, Walter. & Company, Inc See—
Hansen. Arne H , and Hebenstreit. Lester Victor. 3,643.515.
Kiefer, Hans Eugen: See—
Osieka, Hans, Fischer, Adolf, and Kiefer. Hans Eugen. 3.644, 1 12.
Kigasawa, Kazuo. Hiiragi. Mineharu. Wagatsuma, Nagatoshi; and
Kusama, Osamu, to Grelan Pharmaceutical Co , Ltd Method for the
production of 3-substituted- 1,2. 3, 4, 5,6-hexahydro-6.1 l-dimethyl-8-
hydroxy-2.6- methano-3-benzazacines 3,644.373, CI 260-293.54
Kiker. Paul K : 5?*-
Rejsa. Jack J . and Kiker. Paul K, 3,643,293.
Kilgore. Marion D : See-
Current, James H , and Kilgore, Marion D. ,3.643,737.
Killgus, Theodor Sf?—
Mutz. Wolfgang; Killgus, Theodor, and Fischer, Artur, 3,643,865
Killin, King Dwight. and Licungh, Ellis Homer, to Kaiser Industries
Corporation Apparatus for interchanging coating pots at a coating
line station 3.643.627. CI 118-421
Kilner, George E See—
Meissner. Konrad E . McClelland. Ethendge R , and Kilner,
George E ,3,643,717
Kilpatrtck, James McKinnon. and Kuhfus. Gerd. to Northern Electric
Company Limited Telephone set switch-hook stop. 3,644,686, CI.
179-161.
Kim, Dae Sik: See—
Kraus, Bemhard J ,and Kim, Dae Sik, 3,643,425.
Kraus, Bernhard J , and Kim. Dae Sik. 3.643.640.
Kim. Dong H See—
Santilli. Arthur A., and Kim. Dong H ,3,644,351
Kim, Hyun Koo, to Richardson-Merrell Inc 1 ,4-Dioxidoquinoxalinyl
nitrones 3,644,363, CI 260-250
Kimberlin, Dan R See —
Grandel, Leonard F , Schluckebier, Floyd A , and Kimberlin. Dan
R .3.643.981
Kimberling, Garland W Conveying and stacking apparatus for baked
goods 3.643.7 19. CI 146-98
Kimberly-Clark Corporation See—
Crockford. Joseph R . 3.643,661 .
Schwarz. Eckhard C A.. 3,644.1 39
Kimura.Hiroshiro 5ff—
Maeda, Yutaka. Kimura. Hiroshiro, Koshimo. Akio; Kanzaki.
Nagamasa. Yasuzuka, Katsumi. and Furukawa.
Yoshinobu.3.643.412
Kincheloe. Richard D . and Scherrer. Joseph H . to Cook Paint &
Varnish Company Silicon acrylic copolymers 3.644.566, CI. 260-
826.
King, Donald M : iW—
Pinto, Peter J.; King, Donald M., and McCarthy, Roy
B .3,643.705.
King. Eddie L Spacer and coupling device for cargo pallcu. 3,643,603.
CI 105-366
King, James R Fertilizer spreader marking system 3.643.839, CI. 222-
177
King. Jurgen See—
Herr, Friedrich, and King, Jurgen, 3,643,42 1
Kmnear, John M iff—
Hudson, Allan C . Kinnear, John M , and HavsUd. Harold
R. 3.643.660
Kinney. Alfred W . to Phillips Petroleum Company. Packagmg con-
tainer and closure therefor 3,643.830. CI. 220-44.
Kinoshita, Kunio 5ff —
Takahashi. Nagashige. and Kinoshita. Kunio, 3,643,653.
Kint Bernice V Protective sleeve for chairs. 3,643,905, CI. 248-345.1
Kirb'y, Joseph L , and Puerner, George O., to Mallory, P. R., & Co ,
Inc Combination variable resistor and switching means. 3.644,865,
CI 338-173
Kirchhoff,ChristianH,Jr Paddock 3,643.923, CI. 256-25
Kirkman. Anthony T i>f— ,^. ,-,€-,
Godwin, Gilbert A . and Kirkman. Anthony T. 3.643.753.
Kirkpatnck. Kenneth Lawrence: S«-
Kulak John, and Kirkpatnck, Kenneth Lawrence,3,643.408.
Kirsch, Guenther Pushchair 3,643,980, CI. 280-4 1
Kirschnek Helmut, Hildebrand, Dietrich, and Breidbach. Gunter, to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Process for dyeing anionic
groups containing synthetic fibre matenals. 3.643.270, CI. 8-172.
Kishida Yukichi, Terada, Auusuke; Takagi, Hiromu; and Kamioka.
Toshiharu, to Sankyo Company Limited 2-Propynylsulfomum salts.
3.644.5 31. CI 260-607
Kisling, James W . III. to Schlumberger Technology Corporation. Pro-
grammed offshore formation testers. 3,643.505. CI. 73-155.
KiUgawa. Hiroshi; iW—
Kobayashi. Tsuneo. Morita. Kenichi, Kitagawa. Hiroshi;
Yokoyama, Toshimitsu, and Makida, Shigeo,3,644,375.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 23
Kitaguchi, Tome; and Renger, Herman L., to Bunker-Ramo Corpora-
tion. The. Analog-to-digiUl converter. 3.644,924. CI. 340-347.
Kittel. Arthur; and Chvatlinsky. Kurt, to Olympia Werke AG. Typebar
drive mechanism. 3.643,772, CI. 197-14.
Kittel, Arthur; Frank, Rudi; and Purr, Horst, to Olympia Werke AG.
Apparatus for power driven typewriters and similar machines.
3,643,775, CI. 197-66.
Klaeger, Joseph H. Pneumatic pump activator for oil wells. 3,643,432,
CI. 60-52.
Klapdohr, Friedrich: See—
Kampf-Emden, Gerd; Horst, Heinz; and Klapdohr,
Friedrich,3,643,999
Klee, Gerhard, to Samson Apparatebau AG. Method of and apparatus
for adjusting a device by fluid pressure 3,643,435, CI. 60-54.5
Kleinewefers, Joh., Sohne: See—
Schiffer, Gunter, 3,643,474.
Kleinschmidt, Hans-Joachim; and Teinert, Karl-Heinz, to Gelenkwel-
lenbau GmbH. Constant velocity sliding joint coupling. 3,643,468,
CI. 64-8.
Klemchuk, Peter, to Ciba-Geigy Corporation. Substituted hydrox-
ylamine stabilizers. 3,644.278, CI. 260-45.8
Kline, James A.: See—
Jansen, Hansjorg; Wildi, Paul; and Khne, James A. ,3,643,480.
Kline, Robert J.: See—
Kangas, Larry G., and Kline, Robert J. ,3,643,629
Klink, Jerome P ; and Fulk, Walter F., to Owens-Coming Fiberglas
Corporation. Apparatus for severing linear material. 3,644,109, CI
65-11
Kloss, Ingo: See—
Jagdt, Reinhard; and Kloss, lngo,3,644,022
Klug, Hans: See-
Marx, Matthias; Pohlemann. Heinz, and Klug. Hans,3,644,3 1 6
Knaack, Donald F., to Avisun Corporation Diperester free radical in-
itiator for graft polymerization. 3.644,581, CI 260-878.
Knaack, Donald F., to Avisun Corporation. Graft polymerization with
a perester initiator and a promoter 3,644,582, CI. 260-878.
Knabe, Uwe: See-
Quest, Karl; Heckmann, Werner, and Knabe, Uwe,3,643.398
Knechtel, Wilhelm; Brinkmann, Kurt, and Mohr, Heinrich, 75% to
ECE-ElektrosUtik und Chemische Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH .
Firma. and 25% to Deutsche Edelstahlwerke AG.. Firma Routable
powder dispensing cylinder for an electrostatic powder image fixing
apparatus. 3.643,31 1, CI. 29-125.
Knisse, Gerhard; Berger. Richard; and Egert. Karl-Heinz. to Farbwerke
Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals Meister Lucius & Bruning
Device for reinforcing hydraulic structures. 3.643.440. CI. 61-4.
Knob, Richard W : Sfe-
Pierce, Edwin A.; Knob, Richard W.; Roth. Samuel O.; and
McKinney. Emery L.,3,643,393
Knoer, Peter; and Pieh. Gerhard, to Krems-Chemie Gesellschaft
m.b.H., and Lurva AG. Method and apparatus for continuous frac-
tionation of tall oil and similar mixtures of organic substances with
preliminary plural stage thin film evaporation. 3,644,179, CI. 203-
72.
Knudsen. Poul E.. to Haldor Frederik Axel. Apparatus for control of
heat radiation in zone melting. 3,644,097, CI. 23-273.
Kobayashi, Hiroshi: See—
Asano, Hiroaki; Koide, Tsuyoshi; Ohtsu, Ikuo; Hayashi, Shozo;
and Kobayashi, Hiroshi, 3,643, 383
Kobayashi, Makoto; and Miyahara, Haruo, to Matsushita Electric In-
dustrial Co., Ltd. Consumable electrode feeding device for arc wel-
ders. 3. 644,70 1, CI. 219-130.
Kobayashi, Shoichi: See—
Nakajima, Masaki; Hosogane, Tadayuki; Kobayashi, Shoichi; and
Ishihara, Shigenobu,3,644,579.
Kobayashi, Tatsuo; Maeda, Keisuke; and Uesugi, Kyozo. to Minolta
Camera Kabushiki Kaisha. Photographic camera lens and diaphragm
mounting mechanism. 3,643,578, CI. 95-64.
Kobayashi, Tsuneo; Morita, Kenichi; Kitagawa. Hiroshi; Yokoyama.
Toshimitsu; and Makida, Shigeo, to Toray Industries, Inc. Lactam
dicarboxylic acids and process for producing them. 3,644,375, CI.
260-294.
Kober, Ehrenfried H.: See—
Smith, Eric; and Kober, Ehrenfried H, 3,644, 462.
Kot>erstein, Edgar; and Nischk, Wolfgang, to Deutsche Gold- und
Siiber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler Method of reacting HCN
with unsaturated compound with dimethyl sulfoxide solvent.
3,644.467, CI. 260-465.
Koberstein, Edgar; and Nischk. Wolfgang, to Deutsche Gold- und
Silber-Scheideanstalt vormals Roessler. Method of reacting HCN
with unsaturated compound with a pyrrolidone solvent. 3,644,468,
CI 260-465
Kobylak, Joe, to Goodrich, B. F., Company, The. Method for making
breathable polyvinyl chloride film. 3,644,259, CI. 260-29.6
Kobylinski, Tadeusz P.; and Swift, Harold E.. to Gulf Research &
Development Company. Disproportionation using a catalyst contain-
ing thallium. 3,644,559, CI. 260-683.
Koch. Harald: See-
Vorbach, Gunther; and Koch, Haraid,3.643,S96.
Koch, Theodor. Rifled gun barrel with the interior crou- sectional con-
figuration defining a regular curvilinear polygon. 3,643,364, CI. 42-
78.
KoegeI.Ewald High elocity breathing valve 3,643,686,CI. 137-512.
Koga, Michio; and Kani, Masaru, to Mitsubishi Petrochemical Com-
pany Limited Polyolefin purification 3,644, 32 1, CI 260-93.7
Kohler, Marcel, to Balzers Patent und Beteiligungs Aktiengesellschaft
Vacuum pump designed as displacement pump. 3,644,702, CI. 219-
205.
Kohno, Keiichi: See—
Utsumi, Isamu; Watanabe, Toshiro; Kohno, Keiichi, Daira, Isamu,
and Otsubo, Akira,3,644,385
Koide, Tsuyoshi: See—
Asano, Hiroaki; Koide, Tsuyoshi; Ohtsu, Ikuo; Hayashi, Shozo;
and Kobayashi, Hiroshi, 3,643, 383.
Kojima, Minoru: See—
Onishi, Akira; Anzai, Shiro, Irako, Koichi; Fujio. Ryota;
Hayakawa. Yoshihiro; Kojima. Minoru; and Kawamoto,
Hiroshi.3.644,314.
Kokubu, Kaoru; and Hirai, Osami, to Nippon Seisen Co., Ltd. Method
of simultaneously drawing a number of wire members. 3,643,304, CI.
29-423.
Kolb. Edwin R.. Blaha, John F.; and Roberts, Webster C . to Harris-ln-
tertype Corporation. Coded record method and apparatus.
3,644,903, CI. 340-173.
Kolb, William P , Jr ; and Goodwin. Frank E , to Hughes Aircraft Com-
pany. Laser system for monitoring the motion of objects. 3.644,042,
CI. 356-5.
Kolence, Kenneth W.: See—
Holtwick, Gary M., and Kolence. Kenneth W. 3,644,936.
Kolterman, Delbert W., to Du Pont de Nemours, E I , and Company
Method for improving animal feed efficiency and compositions suita-
ble for use therein. 3,644,629, CI. 424-273.
Komatsu, Toshikatsu: See—
Masuda, Toru; Usui, Yoshiro, Hara, Yukio, and Komatsu,
ToshikaUu,3.644,339.
Kondo. Kazuhiko: See—
Okumura, Kentaro; Inoue, Ichizo; Oda, Tatsuo; and Kondo, Kazu-
hiko,3,644, 349.
Kondur, Nicholas, Jr., to Burroughs Corporation Printing mechanism
with resiliently backed printing element 3,643,774, CI 197-18
Konig, Klaus; Muller, Erwin; and Holtschmidt, Hans, to Far-
benfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Preparation of stable liquid
diphenylmethane diisocyanates. 3,644,457, CI 260-453
Konigl, Georg: See—
Gunther, Hans, Konigl, Georg; and Kortner. Hans, 3. 644 ,048
Koninkliijke Machinefabriek Stork N V : See—
Wiselius, Samuel I., 3,644,056.
Konopka, Edward Alexander; and Gelzer, Justus Melchior, to Ciba
Corporation. Synergistic composition of rifampicin and strepto-
mycin 3,644,616, CI 424-114
Koppe. Herbert; Engelhardt, Albrechi; Ludwig, Gerhard, and Zeile,
Karl, to Boehnnger Ingelheim, G. m.b.H Method of inducing
bradycardia and suppressing tachycardiac effects of N-isopropyl-
noradrenaline 3,644,636, CI 424-304
Koppe, Herbert; Kummer, Werner, Suhle, Helmut, Zeile, Kari; and
Traunecker, Werner, to Boehnnger Ingelheim. GmbH I-
(Cyanophenoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-sec.- alkylamino-propanes
3.644,469, CI. 260-465.
Koppers Company, Inc.: See—
Reabe. Kenneth G ; and Dressier. Hans. 3,644.534
Korbanka. Helmut: See—
Berger, Harald; Bestian, Herbert; and Korbanka, Hel-
mut,3.644.303.
Korber, Kurt Tobacco rod forming machine 3,643,669, CI. 131-84.
Korman. Samuel: See-
Sheer, Charles; and Korman. Samuel. 3.644.78 1 .
Sheer, Charles; and Korman, Samuel, 3, 644. 782.
Koros. Robert M.: See-
Li, Sik U., Effron, Edward; and Koros, Robert M. 3 .644. 1 92.
Kortenbach & Rauh Kommanditgesellschafi: See—
Granrath, Gunter, 3,643,674.
Kortner. Hans: See—
Gunther, Hans; Konigl. Georg. and Kortner. Hans,3.644.048
Koschinat, Baldur: See—
Werner, Hans, Koschinat, Baldur, and Vormbaum, Ot-
to,3,643,906.
Koshimo, Akio: See—
Maeda, Yutaka, Kimura, Hiroshiro. Koshimo, Akio; Kanzaki,
Nagamasa; Yasuzuka, Katsumi. and Furukawa.
Yoshmobu,3.643,4l2.
Kostelecky, Premysl: See—
Havlas, Jiri; Kostelecky, Premysl, Holy, Zdenek; Rydio, Jeromir;
and Rejnan, Vlastimil, 3,643,843
Horatschke, Rudolf, Holy, Zdenek; Havlas, Jin; Kostelecky, Pre-
mysl; and Rejnart, Vlastimil, 3,643.990
Kosuge. Fumisada: See—
Fujiyama, Susumu; and Kosuge, Fumisada, 3, 644 ,553.
Kothari,G Irish U.: See—
Shenfeld, Richard S., Muster, Frederick M., and Kothari, Gihth
U. .3,644,252.
Kovacs, Attila: See—
Nagy, ZolUn; Szepesy, Laszlo; Kovacs, Attila; and Sebestyen,
Zsigmond.3.644,555
Kovacs, Csaba A.: Sec-
Raines, Stephen; and Kovacs, Csaba A. ,3,644, 397.
Kowalczyk, Adam V. Nail chuck. 3,643,852, CI. 227-149.
PI 24
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Koyama. Mamoru; See—
Hamaguchi, Hachiro. Sakaihita. Misao, and Koyama.
Mamoru. 3. 644.1 IS
Koyama, Shigeo, OhUuki, Motohiro; ShimaUni. Kenji; Yasuda. Masao,
Takei, Toru. Kawai. YasuUka. and Matsushima. Takeshi, to Mat-
sushiu Electric Industnal Co., Ltd. Surting device for difcharge
lamp including semiconductor preheating and surting circuits.
3.644,780. CI. 315-100.
Kozlovic. John M., and South, William H., to Westinghouse Electric
Corporation Sutic anti-pump circuit breaker closing system
3,644.790, CI. 317-54.
Kraakman, Hillebrand Johannes Josephus, to U.S Philips Corporation
Hydraulic reciprocating engine. 3,643,547, CI. 91-48.
Krahl, Alfred Protective gas for arc welding. 3.644,697, CI 219-74.
Krahl, Dieter: See—
Wolff, Otto; and Krahl, Dieter,3,644,733.
Kramer, Dieter: See—
Suling, Carlhans, Logemann. Heino; Kramer, Dieter; Rachwalsky,
Heinz, and Marzolph, Herbert.3,644,265.
Kramm, David E.: See—
Roswell. David F ; Kramm, David E., Wood, Louis L., and Stead-
man, Thomas R, 3,644,423.
Krantz, John C, Jr., to Unimed, Inc. Method of reducing intraocular
pressure using glycine. 3,644,643, CI. 424-319.
Kratomi, Shunsei. AND-circuit-controlled program switch having
selective signal-transfer circuits. 3,644,746, CI. 307-4 1
Kraus, Bemhard J., and Kim, Dae Sik, to Esse Research and Engineer-
ing Company. Low polluting internal combustion engine wherein
secondary air is injected into the exhaust ports. 3,643,425, CI. 60-30.
Kraus, Bernhard J., and Kim, Dae Sik, to Esso Research and Engineer-
ing Company. Low polluting internal combustion engine wherein ex-
haust gases are recycled in a controlled pattern. 3,643,640, CI. 123-
119
Krause. Edward F. Grounded female socket and plug. 3,644,867, CI
339-14
Krause, Konrad A. Automatic tape threading system and apparatus.
3,643,889, CI. 242-182
Krautkramer, Dr., J. U.H., Gesellschaft fur Elektrophysik: See—
Niklas,Ludwig, 3,643,495.
Kreisel, George R., Jr. Shopper calculator and comparsion device.
3.643,859, CI 235-88.
Krems-Chemie Gesellschaft m.b.H.: See—
Knoer, Peter; and Pieh, Gerhard, 3,644,1 79.
Kretzschmar. Heinz; and Naumann. Franz, to Organisation Ralfs KG
Transport container for use with a conveyor system. 3.643.784, CI
198-38.
Kroll. Wolfram R , to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Cyclomatic metal carbonyls containing metal-metal bond
3,644.445. CI. 260-429.
Krosel. Hans. Foil feeding unit for bed and platen hot die printing
machine. 3.643.593. CI 101-27
Kruczek. Chester R.. to General Instrument Corporation. Frequency
selecting modular component and assembly formed therefrom
3.644.848, CI 333-70
Krueger, Achim R , to Du Pont de Nemours, E. L, and Company. Leak-
stopping composition. 3,644.208, CI. 252-72.
Krupotich, Edward A . to Bell and Howell Company. Mail weighing
and sorting machine 3,643,798. CI 209-74
Kruppa, Robert W , Weber, Edward V , and Woodard, OIlie C , to In-
ternational Business Machines Corporation. Method and apparatus
for controlling an electron beam. 3,644,700, CI. 2 1 9- 1 2 1 .
Kuder, Robert C&f—
Kamal, Marwan R., and Kuder, Robert C, 3,644,465.
Kuehn, Erich, to Atlas Chemical Industries, Inc. Phosphonate esters of
polyphenyl ethers of propanols. 3,644,599, CI 260-951
Kuhfus, Gerd: See—
Kilpatrick, James McKinnon, and Kuhfus, Gerd, 3, 644 ,686.
Kuhfuss, Herbert F.: See—
Jackson, Winston J., Jr.; Kuhfuss, Herbert F , and Caldwell, John
R .3,644,574
Kuhl, Hans. Pulling assembly for connecting a load to a pulling device
3,643,887, CI. 242-107 3
Kuhn, Gustavo: See—
Polin, Herbert S., and Kuhn, GusUvo.3,643,4 1 8.
Kuhn, William C: See—
Harrington, Herbert A., Allen, William M., and Kuhn, William
C ,3,643,587.
Kulak, John, and Kirkpatrick, Kenneth Lawrence, to Deere St Com-
pany. Protective device for rotary mowers. 3,643,408, CI. 56-17.4
Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc.: See—
Field, Edwin C, Kulicke, Frederick W., Jr.; and Masso, Richard
W, 3,643,321
Kulicke, Frederick W.. Jr : See-
Field, Edwin C, Kulicke, Frederick W., Jr.; and Masso, Richard
W. 3.643.321
Kummer. Werner: See—
Koppe, Herbert; Kummer, Werner; Stahle, Helmut, Zeile, Karl,
and Traunecker, Werner, 3 .644,469.
Kump, Wilhelm: See—
Bickel. Hans; Fechtig. Bruno; and Kump, Wilhelm.3,644,337.
Kuper, Donald G., to Phillips Petroleum Company. Transformation of
aromatic carboxylic acid salts. 3.644,504, CI. 260-5 15.
Kupsky, George A., to Burroughs Corporation. Gaseous discharge dis-
play panel with auxiliary exciution cells. 3,644,925, CI. 340-378.
Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Otake. Naokichi; Yamanobe, Yutaka; Siina, Katumi; and Usuba,
Kunikatsu, 3.644.862
Seki. Shigeru. and S^nada. Hisao. 3,644,3 19.
Kurei, Hiroshi. to Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Camera
structure for preventing improper automatic exposures. 3,643.572.
CI 95-42
Kusama, Osamu: See—
Kigasawa, Kazuo, Hiiragi, Mineharu; Wagatsuma, Nagatoshi; and
Kusama, Osamu, 3, 644, 373
Kushnick. Julian H , to Allied Chemical Corporation. Self-inflating im-
pact absorbing bag for vehicles 3,643,971, CI. 280-150.
Kuti, Albert J , and Junk, Thomas C. Encased fluid filled transformer.
3,644,658, CI. 174-17,
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.: See—
Fujimoto, Yasuo, and Teranishi, Masayuki, 3.644,412.
Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See —
Uzu, Keizo, Nakano, Kinichi, and Takahashi, Toshinaka,
3,644.400
Laakso. Perttu V . to Kendall Company. The. Method of making 2-
aminoethyl phosphate 3.644,603, CI 260-978.
Lachner, Otto, to Lever Brothers Company. Pressure-resistant plastics
bottle. 3,643,829, CI. 215-1
LaFollette.JackW S«^-
Glos, Edmond A . II, 3,643,803.
Lafont, Maunce Louis, to Societe Anonyme dite Francelco. Electric
connector 3.644. 871. CI 339-46.
Lahde. Reinhard N . to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Self-starting
for DC motors 3.644,809. CI 318-138
Laing. Randolph Neil Apparatus for casting large monolithic struc-
tures 3,643,908. CI 249-27
Lala. Louis A Screen pnnting article and method of making same.
3.643,597, CI 101-128 3
Laliberte, Real, to Ayerst. McKenna and Harrison Limited. Derivatives
of thieno | 3.4-a| pyrimidine and preparation thereof. 3.644.357. CI.
260-2565
Lamb-Weston. Inc : See—
Haubner.JohnE .3.643.721 -
Sloan.JerryL ,3.644,129
Lambert. Ronald F : See-
Bloom, Stanley M . and Lambert. Ronald F .3,644.530.
Lamberti. Vincent, and Sepulveda, Ralph R., to Lever Brothers Com-
pany Fabric softener 3,644.203. CI 252-8.75
Landefeld. Edgar E. Frequency synthesizer method for adding mixed
harmonics which correspond to significant digits of the synthesized
frequency 3.644.827, CI 324-79
Lang, William J , and Chelini, Joseph M., to International Minerals &
Chemical Corporation Agglomerate including graft copolymers of
acrylic acid and methyl cellulose and method of making. 3,644.1 13,
CI 75-3
Langham, Maurice Edward, to United States of America, Health, Edu-
cation and Welfare Treatment of glaucoma employing 5-(3-
methylaminopropyl )5H-dibenzo(a,d)cycloheptene. 3,644,647, CI.
424-330
Lapidus, Milton: See—
Rosenthale, Marvin E., and Lapidus, Milton, 3.644, 638.
Lapointe, Lloyd J.: See—
Voegelin, Howard J . Hoffman. Ernest G.. and Lapointe, Lloyd
J ,3,644,717.
Lappin, Gerald R . and McConnell. Wayne V., to Eastman Kodak
Company 2-Hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy) benzophenone esters
and their use as subilizers 3,644,485. CI. 260-475.
Larenzo. Leroy N . and Banjavich. Mark P., to Taylor Diving &
Salvage Co . Inc Method for supplying heated fluid to a diver's
clothing 3.644.706. CI 219-211
Larkin, Donald R ; See—
Witt. Enrique R . and Larkin, Donald R, 3,644,484
Larkin. Robert B . to Mills Products, Inc. Thermosutically controlled
heat shield for window units in pyrolytic ovens. 3,643,647, CI. 126-
198
Larraburu, Philip Michel, to CK Optical Co., Inc. Anamorphic lens
systems. 3.644,037, CI 355-52.
Larsen, Arthur B.: 5^^—
Enloe, Louis H.,and Larsen. Arthur B, 3, 644,665.
La Societe dite Societe Chimique de la Grande: See—
Lhonore, Pierre, Ouibel. Jacques, and Senes. Michel, 3,644,100.
Latker, Alex, and Vandegraaf, Johannes J., to General Electric Com-
pany Modulation system 3.644,83 1 , CI. 325- 1 37.
Latta, Garland H : See—
Furois, Philippe C , and Latta, Garland H, 3,644, 756.
Laurent, Henry: See—
Wiechert, Rudolf; and Laurent, Henry ,3.644,44 1 .
Lavallee, Robert Emergency wheel 3,644,001. CI. 301-38.
Lawrence. Maxwell E.: See—
Eriichman. Irving; and Lawrence. Maxwell £.3.643,57 1.
Lawrence. Owen Napier; and Warne. Eugene Harold, to Lucas,
Joseph, (Industries) Limited Fuel control systems for supplying fuel
to primary and main burners in a gas turbine engine. 3,643,427. CI.
60-39 28
Lawson, Shelby D.. to Phillips Petroleum Company. Production of
motor fuel blending components. 3,644,196, CI. 208-62.
Lease. Robert J., to Sperry Rand Corporation. Power transmission.
3,643,550, CI 91-506
LeBlanc, Placide N. Device for everting a sleeve of flexible material.
3.643.840. CI. 223-42.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 25
Lebovits, Alexander: See—
Grunther. Robert G.; Chatten, Clarence K., and Lebovits, Alex-
ander,3,644,247.
Lechene. Leo; and Campbell, John, to Fab Fibre Company Bristle mat
assembly for brushes. 3,643,282, CI. 15-179
LeCompte, George W., to Hughes Aircraft Company. Tensile loading
apparatus for moving wire. 3,643,497, CI. 73-95.5
Lectour Communications Corporation: See—
Mcintosh, Frank H.. 3,644,833
Ledergerber, Alfred; and Jacoby, Hans, to Werkzeugmaschinenfabrik
Gildemeister & Comp. Aktiengesellschaft. Machine tool. 3,643,307,
CI. 29-38.
Lederman, Sol J.: See—
Prahl, Walter H.; Eggert, Jay P . Lederman. Sol J.; Scremin, Eric
H; and Ulrich, Albert C ,3,644,542
Ledig, KurtW.:S«—
Wendt, Gerhard R., Ledig, Kurt W.; and Teller, Daniel
M, 3.644,436.
Lee, Arlene M.: See—
Lee, Robert L, 3,643,332.
Lee, Robert L.,: See—
Lee, Robert L, 3,643, 332
Lee, Robert L.. 95% to Lee, Robert L , Lee. Arlene M . and 5% to
Arant, Gene W. Method and apparatus for recording jaw move-
ments. 3,643,332, CI 32-19
Lee, Verne E., to United States Steel Corporation. Method of indicat-
ing the level of a molten fluid 3,643,724, CI. 164-4.
Lee, Yoon Chai, and Trementozzi, Quirino A., to Monsanto Company.
Vinyl halide polymeric blends. 3,644,577. CI. 260-876.
Leeds, Kenneth: See—
Lepak,Carley J. .3,644,068.
Leeming, Peter R.: See—
Canas-Rodriguez, Antonio; and Leeming, Peter R, 3,644,403.
Leesona Corporation: See-
Gram. Donald W., 3,643.882
Legg, Morris James: See-
McKay, Peter Henry; and Legg, Morris James, 3, 643,626
Le Goff, Denis: See—
Guillet, Hubert, and Le Goff, Denis,3,643,568.
LeGuillerm. Jacques: See—
Girard, Rene Fernand Victor; and LeGuillerm,
Jacques, 3,644,857.
Lehle. William L.:S«-
Caiali, Michael I., and Lehle, William L, 3,643,972.
Lehner, Fritz: See—
Overdyck, Dieter; and Lehner, Fritz, 3, 643, 476.
Leiy Corporation»The: See—
Smith, ElwockJ Lee, 3,643,872.
Le Martret, Odile: See—
Clemence, Francois, and Le Martret, Odile, 3, 644, 382.
Lemaster, Howard V.: See-
Gregg, Harry D., Jr., and Lemaster, Howard V., 3,644.410. ■
Lennmarker. Nils Bertil: See—
Hemdal. Goran Anders Henrik; and Lennmarker, Nils
Bertil,3,644,895.
Leopold, Donald L.: See—
Hagen, Donald H., and Leopold, Donald L ,3,643,769.
Lepak, Carley J., to Leeds, Kenneth. Pump arrangement 3,644,068,
CI. 4 17-477.
Lermusiaux. Lucien, to Societe de Construction et d'Exploitation de
Materiels et Moteurs S.C EM M Cooling circuit for rotary piston
internal combustion engines. 3,644,070, CI. 418-61.
Le Roy, Jean Marie Louis; and Brouard, Claude Marie Henri Emile, to
Ugine Kuhlmann. Water-insoluble mono-azo dyestuffs containing a
cinnamoyi amine coupling component. 3,644,329, CI. 260-207. 1
Leslie Salt Co.: 5«—
Pinto, Peter J.; King, Donald M ; and McCarthy, Roy B .
3,643,705.
Lester, Robert W., to Lestron International Corporation. Drying ap-
paratus. 3.643.346, CI. 34-202
Lestron International Corporation: See—
Lester, Robert W., 3.643.346
Leitenmayer. Rolf-Dieter; Schonherr, Erich; and Tittmann, Egon, to
Bosch, Robert, G. m.b.H. Apparatus for filling the suction chamber
of a pump at high pump speeds. 3,644,065, CI. 417-300.
Levasseur, John Henry. Detachable brace for culdoscopy operations
3,643,938, CI. 269-328.
Leveikin, Mikhail Shevelevich: See—
Orlov. Nikolai Nikolaevich; Leveikin, Mikhail Shevelevich. and
Pukitis, llmar Alfredovich,3,643,484.
Levenberg, Ninel Efimovna; See —
Timofeev, Mikhail Mikhailovich; Sokolov, Vladimir Leonidovich;
German, Samuil losifovich, Levenberg. Ninel Efimovna, and
Popov, Nikolai lvanovich.3.644,144.
Levensohn, David Z.: S*^—
Duke, Bernard; and Levensohn, David Z., 3,643,694.
Lever Brothers Company: See—
Lachner, Otto, 3,643,829.
Lamberti. Vincent; and Sepulveda. Ralph R . 3.644.203.
Levesque. Albert H.: See—
Popper. Felix B.; and Levesque. Albert H, 3,644,444.
Levi. Mark W.. to United States of America, Air Force. Electrical con-
nections to low temperatures. 3,644,803, CI. 317-235.
Lewis, Alan E.; and Voigt, Frederick W., Jr., to Eastman Kodak Com-
pany. Apparatus for use in a continuous flow reaction for producing
a monomer and or a protopolymer. 3,644,096, CI. 23-263
Lewis, Armand Francis: See—
PieUch, Gerhard Joseph; and Lewis, Armand Francis, 3, 644.569
Lewus, Alexander J. Sensing and control device for electric motor
starting circuits. 3,644,8 1 0, CI 3 1 8-22 1
Lhonore, Pierre;Ouibel, Jacques; and Senes, Michel, to La Societe dite
Societe Chimique de la Grande Apparatus for reforming heavy
hydrocarbons. 3.644. 100. CI 23-288
Lhonore. Pierre: S«e—
Senes, Michel; Lhonore, Pierre, and Ouibel, Jacques, 3,644, 557.
Li, Sik U.; Effron, Edward; and Koros, Robert M. Upflow three-phase
fluidized bed coal liquefaction reactor system. 3.644.192, CI. 208-8
Libbey-Owens-Ford Company: See—
Soreghy, Ivan L., 3,643,756.
Thayer. Arthur G., 3,643,499.
Libbey-Owens-Ford Glass Company: See-
Ogle, James C, Jr., Barkley, Dwight W , and Bodkins, Arthur I.,
3,644,730.
Lieberman, Morris S., to United States of America, Navy. Explosively
actuated cutter 3,643,329, CI. 30-180.
Liechti, Peter: 5**—
Siegrist, Adolf Emil, Liechti, Peter, Maeder, Erwin, and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo, 3, 644, 345.
Liedtke, Ronald R.: See—
Gunther, Gregory M., Fekete, Ferenc; Liedtke. Ronald R , and
Stephens, Donald H. ,3,643,374.
Lieungh, Ellis Homer: See—
Killin, King Dwight; and Lieungh. Ellis Homer, 3, 643,627.
Lightfoot, Marvin E. Convertible lawn sprinkler 3,643.869, CI 239-
289.
Lilly, Eli, and Company: See—
Chakrabarti, Jiban Kumar; and Szinai, Stephen Slomo, 3,644,356
Marshall. Winston S., 3,644,64 1 .
Morin. Robert B . Spry, Douglas O.; Hauser, Kenneth L., and
Mueller, Richard A , 3,644,502
Webber, J. Alan; and Van Heyningen, Earle M , 3,644,347.
Lilly Industries, Ltd.: See—
Roffey, Patrick; and Verge, John Pomfret, 3,644,358.
Limage, Charles R.; Lindahl, Herbert P., and Tjonneland, Elling, to
United States of America, Federal Aviation Administration, mesne
Supersonic air inlet control system. 3,643,676, CI. 137-15.2
Lin Eng Corporation: See—
Eng, Joseph W.; and Lin, Stanley C. F , 3,643,623
Lin,SUnleyC F.: See—
Eng, Joseph W; and Lin, Stanley C F ,3,643,623
Eng, Joseph W., and Lin, Stanley C. F, 3,643,624
Lindahl, Herbert P.: See—
Limage, Charles R.; Lindahl, Herbert P.; and Tjonneland.
Elling,3,643,676
Lindbeck, Simon L.: See —
White. Rowland K, and Lindbeck. Simon L ,3,643,962
Lindberg, Glenn W.: See—
Sklarz, William A., Grenda, Victor J., Lindberg, Glenn W . and
Epstein, Albert D, 3, 644, 39 1
Lmdblom, Karl Thore, to Ostbergs Fabriks AB. Delimbing arrange-
ment 3,643,708, CI 144-2
Line, Lawrence L.: See-
Butler, Eugene B , Fak, Ivan A., and Line, Lawrence L, 3, 644, 229
Linhart, Helmut: See —
Gerlach, Klaus, Grimm, Wolfgang, and Linhart, Hel-
mut,3,644 .298.
Lininger, William W. Sea wave power generator 3,644,052, CI. 415-7.
Link, David H., to Clark Eqipment Company. Clamp attachment for
lift truck and the like. 3,643,827, CI 214-653.
Linstromberg, William J., and Nichols, Duane C , to Whirlpool Cor-
poration. Defrost bimetal for interrupting timed cycle ice maker dur-
ing defrost-two timers 3,643,458, CI 62 155.
Lipner, Stuart. Method of preparing comminuted meat products.
3,644,1 28, CI. 99-108
Lippman, Gerald, to Thermo-Dielectric Machine Co.. Inc. Box manu-
facturing apparatus. 3,643,554, CI 93-36.3
Liquidonics Inc.: See—
Lissau, Frederic, 3,643,5 10
Lissau, Frederic, to Liquidonics Inc Fluid displacement preuure
gauges. 3.643.5 10. CI 73-393.
Littell, F. J., Machine Company: See—
Wiig, Chester M, 3,643,487.
Litton Medical Products. Inc.: See—
Vandervelden, Cornelius Keith, 3,644,735.
Livingston, William L., to Factory Mutual Research Corporation.
Dynamic shutoff valve. 3,643,9 1 2. CI. 251-5.
Lloyd, Arthur Leslie: See—
Marshall, David, and Lloyd, Arthur Leslie, 3,643,428.
Lobiondo, Joseph V.: See—
Lobiondo, Salvatore J., and Lobiondo, Joseph V ,3,644,125
Lobiondo, Salvatore J., and Lobiondo, Joseph V Process for produc-
ing cooked hams. 3,644, 1 25, CI. 99-107
Lochridge, Robert L., Jr Light display apparatus 3.644,725, CI. 240-
1.
Lockett, Alfred Peter: See-
Fox, Maurice Rayner, Stewart. Neil David, and Lock«tt, Alfred
Peter,3,644.l37.
PI 26
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22. 1972
Lockheed Aircraft Corporation: See—
L«hde, Reinhard N.. 3,644,809.
Smith. Richard L, 3,644,238.
Loder, Edwin R.:S*e- „ .*, r-^ « j
Sabatelli. Phihp M.; Sarge, Carmen R.; Loder, Edwin R.; and
Brungi, Charles A. ,3.644.650.
Logemann, Heino: S«— „ u ■ ■.
Suling, Carlhans; Logemann. Heino; Kramer, Dieter; Rachwalsky,
Heinz; and Marzolph, Herbert.3,644.265.
Logiudice, Albert S.: See-
Chang, Clarence D.; and Logiudice. Albert S, 3,644,54 1
Lohr Thomai E., to General Motors Corporation. Infinite position
hold open hinge 3,643.289, CI. 16-142
Lonergan. J. E., Company: See—
Burke, John E., Kaiser, Edward J.; and Myers, Charies J.,
3,643.531.
Long, Jack L., to United Sutes of America, Atomic Energy Commis-
sion. CapaciUnce method and apparatii«k/or detecting an interface
between electrically conductive immisciWe liquids. 3,644.821, CI.
324-61.
Longi. Paolo; Greco. Francesco; and Bemasconi. Ermanno, to Mon-
tecatini Edison S.p.A. High molecular weight, vulcanizable ter-
polymers of ethylene, propylene and alkenylsilanes and processes for
''s the preparation thereof. 3,644.306.0.260-80.71
Longoni. Sergio; and Portinari, Antonio, to Industrie Pirelli S.p.A.,
mesne Process and apparatus for lining conductive tubes with insu-
lating material. 3,643,727. CI. 164-76.
Lopez, John, to Universal Corrugated Box Machinery Corporation
Control attachment for sheet conveying, stacking and discharge
equipment. 3,643,940, CI. 27 1 -76.
Lord, Philip E., to Electronics Corporation of America. Combustion
supervision apparatus. 3.644,748, CI. 307-1 17.
Lorcnz, Fritz, to Heberlein & Co.. AG. Programmed centrifuge drum
for treating sheet- like material. 3.643.477, CI 68-150.
Loria, Anthony, to Eastman Kodak Company. Yellow dye forming
couplers for color photography. 3.644.498. CI. 260-507.
Lorton Laboratories. Ltd.: See—
Cuadros. Alvaro J , 3,643,65 1
Loshaek, Samuel: See—
Stehle, Peter Fallon; Wu. Chan K.; Loshaek, Samuel; and
Dickstein, Jack,3.644.262
Los. Marinus. to American Cyanamid Company. dl-Decahydro-8^-(t-
butoxy or benzyloxy )-8a ^-lower alkyl-2-oxo-phenanthrene-l-al-
kanoic acids. 3.644.503. CI. 260-514.5
Louch, James B.: See-
Moore. Cari; Louch, James B.; and Stainfield, Russell
L..3.644.258
Lourie. Janice Richmond. International Business Machines Corpora-
tion Method of identifying connected regions in a large segmented
pattern. 3.644.935, CI. 444-1.
Lovell, James Byron: See—
Magee, Richard Joseph; and Lovell, James Byron ,3 ,644 ,62 1 .
Lowenstein. M., & Sons, Inc.: See—
Weisz, Herman S.. Schefner, Bernard; and Neely, Lester W.,
3,644,140
Lozanov. Merrill, to Pfizer, Chas., & Co.. Inc. Lubricating subilizers
for chlorine-conuining polymers. 3,644,246, CI. 260-23.
LTV Electrosystems, Inc.: See-
Conner, David C. 3.644.840
Lubonski. Robert J.: See-
Phillips. Donald G.; and Lubonski, Robert J. .3.644.7 14.
Lubrication Sciences, Inc.: See-
Nelson, Robert D , 3.644.1 33.
Lubrizol Corporation. The: See—
Zaiar. Frank v.. 3.644.243.
Lucas. Joseph. (Industries) Limited: See—
Cryer, Edward. 3.643,622
Hamemik. Edward L.; and Kawamoto. Frank T., 3,643,870.
Holt, William David, 3.644,744.
Lawrence. Owen Napier; and Wame. Eugene Harold. 3.643.427.
Luce, Betty M: See—
Selkcr, Milton L.; Berdan, Betty L.; and Luce, Betty
M, 3. 644. 1 05.
Ludcman. Edwin H., to Andrews Industries. Devices for axial align-
ment of pipe or other flanges. 3,643.983, CI. 285-31.
Ludwig, Gerhard: See—
Koppe. Herbert; Engelhardt, Albrecht; Ludwig. Gerhard; and
Zeile. Karl.3.644.636.
Lugo. Luigi: See— "
Paleologo, Teo; Reni, Cesare; and Lugo, Luigi.3.644.472.
Luijk. Pieter; Van Gelderen. Evert; and Schipper. Gervinus P., to Shell
Oil Company. Process for preparing a novel thermoplastic rubber
and novel thermoplastic rubber composition. 3.644.248, CI. 260-
23.7
Lunts. Lawrence H. C; and Toon. Paul, to Allen and Hanburys
Limited. 4. Hydroxy-aaminomcthyl-m-xylene-o'.a' 3-diols.
3.644.353. CI. 260-247.5
Lunts. Lawrence H. C: See-
Hartley. David; Lunts, Lawrence H. C; and Jack,
DavKl,3,644.S20.
Lurva A.G.: See—
Knoer. Peter; and Pieh, Gerhard, 3,644.1 79.
Lyard. Joseph: See—
Feuillat. Pierre; and Lyard. Joseph.3.644,006.
;and
Ed-
Ma, John Y . to Zenith Radio Corporation.\ol»age-controlled signal-
seeking tuning system. 3,644,853, CI. 334-15.
Mac Donald, Kenneth A. Collapsible cabinet. 3,644,01 1, CI. 312-258.
Machleidt, Hans: See—
Eberlein, Wolfgang; Heider, Joachim; Machleidt. Hans; and En-
gelhardt. Gunther.3,644,330.
Macken, John A . to North American Rockwell Corporation. Optical
isolator 3.644,016, CI 350-150.
MacKenzie, James Alexander. Shelving componenU. 3,643.607. CI.
108-111.
Mackie. James, & Sons Limited: See—
Mackie, John K P , 3,643,415
Mackie. John K. P.. to Mackie. James. & Sons Limited. Flyers.
3,643,415, CI. 57-117.
Mackzum,Stanley C: See— ^
Dalton. Wayne D.. Mackzum. SUnley C; Mann. Friedrich H.
Sensabaugh, Paul F .3.644.873.
Maclcay, Ronald Edward: See— ^^
Sheppard, Chester . Stephen; jind Macleay, Ronald
ward. 3, 644 ,406. A
Macoustra. James, to BP Chemicals (U.K^) Limited. Lead filled polyu-
rethane foams. 3,644.236, CI. 260-2.5 UT
Maddox, Harry L: See- ^
Asar, Madhu P.; Bolin. John E.; and Maddox, Harry L. , 3,644,661 .
Maeda, Keisuke: See—
Kobayashi. TaUuo; Maeda, Keisuke; and Uesugi,
Kyozo,3,643.578
Maeda. YuUka. Kimura, Hiroshiro; Koshimo. Akio; Kanzaki.
Nagamasa; Yasuzuka. KaUumi. and Furukawa. Yoshinobu. to Nip-
pon Rayon Company Limited. Method and apparatus for the
production of crimped yams. 3.643,4 1 2. CI. 57-34.
Maeder, Erwin: See—
Siegrist. Adolf Emil; Liechti. Peter; Maeder. Erwin; and Gugliel-
metti, Leonardo. 3.644. 345.
Maenickc, Eckart, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Remote protection
apparatus having a polygonal tripping region. 3.644,788, CI. 3 1 7-27.
MafTii, Giulio: See—
Bellasio, Elvio, Testa. Emilio. and Maffii, Giulio.3.644,361.
Magee. Richard Joseph; and Lovell, James Byron, to American
Cyanamid Company. O.O-Dimethyl phosphorothioate esters of
methyl pyrazinols as insecticides. 3,644,62sl . CI. 424-200.
Magin, Berthold, to Amdt, Hans F.. Maschinenbau. Apparatus and
process for drying skins, pelts, hides, furs, soft leathers, and the like.
3,643,341. CI 34-31
Magladry, Robert E . to Teledync. Inc., mesne. Nuclear reactor of the
mcul hydride control type 3.644. 1 73. CI. 176-42.
Magne. Frank C: See-
Mod, Robert R , Magne, Frank C; and Skau. Evald L. .3.644.478.
Magner, Philip G., Jr , and Mitten, Robert W , to General Tip; &
Rubber Company, The. Means for smoothing the inside surface of
plastic hose. 3,644,696. CI. 219-10.57
Magnoni. Franco: See—
Siclari, Francesco, and Magnoni, Franco. 3.644,294.
Magyar Asvanyolaj es Foldgaz Kiserleti Intezet: See— /s
Nagy. Zoltan, Szepesy. Laszio, Kovacs, Attila; and Sebestyen,
Zsigmond, 3,644,555.
Magyar, John P See—
Veasaw. James J ;and Magyar, John P. .3.644.914.
Mahl, Gunard O B , to Herrmann, Carl, Associates, Inc. Thin film
deposition apparatus. 3.643.625. CI. 1 18-48.
Maicr. Andreas: See-
Franz. Peter; and Maier. Andreas.3.643.874.
Majors, Oliver W Lead-through device 3,643.287. CI. 16-2.
Makida.Shigeo: See—
Kobayashi, Tsuneo; Morita, Kcnichi; Kitagawa, Hiroshi;
Yokoyama, Toshimitsu; and Makida. Shigeo.3.644.375.
Makijima. Yoshijima; See—
Togashi, Shozo; Makijima, Yoshijima; Tanaka, Ikuo; and NariU.
Kaoru,3.643.396
Makino. Yoichi: See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko; Nakai. Susumu; Makino. Yoichi; Mattumu-
ra. Hisashi, Tabuchi, KimiUka; Hiraoka, Michio; Akoh,
Shigeichi, and Orito, Hiroshi,3,644.078.
Mallory. P R .&Co .Inc See-
Kirby. Joseph L.. and Puemer. George O., 3,644,865.
Maloney, John P Jig panel for airfoil. 3.643.900. CI. 244-1 23.
Mander. Robert J.; Ramm. Duane E.; and Simms, Robert J., to Owens-
Illinois, Inc. Tube storage rack. 3,643,812. CI. 21 1-74.
Manevy, Georges, and Matcheret. Georges. Process for proceuing
canned irtadiated ceramic fuel elements. 3,644.104, CI. 23-324.
Mangaiji, Anil Sunderji: See— » .. _
Tomlin, Clive Dudley Spencer; and Mangalji, Anil Sun-
derji,3,644,388.
Mann, Friedrich H: See— ^ ... ... j
Dalton. Wayne D.; Mackzum. Sunley C; Mann. Fnedrich H.; and
Sensabaugh. Paul F .3.644.873.
Manning, Richard P.: See— .„ „ ... r.
Hessemer, Lawrence E.; Manning. Richard P.; Sparks. Harry O.;
and Powers. Walter H. 3.644.728
Manning, Robert E , to Sandoz-Wander. Inc. Phenyl and substituted
phenylsulfonylallyl amines and substituted amines. 3,644,343, CI.
260-240.
Manning. Robert E: See— ,- ,^....,^n
Houlihan. William J.; and Manning. Robert E, 3.644,369.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 27
Houlihan. William J.; and Manning. Robert E. 3. 644. 370.
Mansson. Bo Gustav Emil. Apparatus for separating solids in a whirling
gaseous stream. 3.643,800. CI. 209-144.
Manuel. Thomas A.: See-
Gardner, Irwin J.; and Manuel, Thomas A. ,3.644.315.
Manufacturers Brush Company, The: See—
Schofield. Arthur T.. 3.643.28 1 .
Marathon Oil Company: See—
Dreher, Karl D.;and Holmes, Michael, 3,643,738.
Kelly, Joe T.;and Poettmann, Fred H., 3.644,194.
Marchal. Paul Henri, to Midland-Ross Corporation. Threading a paper
web in a web dryer. 3,643.343. CI. 34-120.
Marcovitch, Jacob, to Rotary Profile Anstalt. High pressure rolling of
workpieces. 3,643,485. CI. 72-96.
Marcus, Henry J.: See—
Frankel, Milton B.; Gold, Marvin H.; and Marcus, Henry
J. ,3,644.494.
Margulies. Howard: See-
Miller, Bernard; and Margulies, Howard.3.644.601.
Marino, Francis C, to Digitronics Corporation. Error detecting ap-
paratus for a keystroke operated business machine. 3,644,888, CI.
340-146.1
Marsh, William S.: See—
Axelrod, Michael, Marsh, William S.; Rao, Koppaka V.; and
Sodano, Charles S. 3,644,61 7.
Marshall. David; and Lloyd, Arthur Leslie, to Hobson. H. M.. Limited.
Fuel control system for a gas turbine engine. 3.643,428. CI. 60-39.28
Marshall, Winston S., to Lilly. Eli, and Company. 2-(3-Anilinophenyl)
alkanoic acids and derivatives thereof in analgesic compositions and
methods. 3,644,64 1 , CI. 424-3 1 1 .
Martin, Stuart A., to McNeil Corporation. Storage racks. 3,643,814,
CI. 211-177.
Martinez, Charles. Building block and structure made therewith
3,643.392, CI. 52-262.
Marumoto, Ryuji; Yoshioka, Yoshio; Aoki, Hisashi; and Toda, Jun, to
Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Lower alkoxy inosine-5'-
phosphates and salts thereof. 3,644,33 1. CI 260-21 IS
Maruya, Mitsuru; Oono, Yoshio; Fukuda, Bunji; and Takahashi, Kenji,
to Kanegafuchi Boseki Kabushiki Kaisha. Porous member for diffus-
ing air and process for producing the same. 3.644,231, CI. 260-2 5
Marwil. Stanley J.: See-
Norwood. Donald D; and Marwil. Stanley J. ,3, 644.323.
Marx. Matthias, Pohlemann, Heinz; and Klug. Hans, to Badische
Anilin- & Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Production of coatings
and impregnations comprising alkylene glycol acrylic aceto acetate
polymers. 3.644,3 16, CI. 260-85 5
Marzolph, Herbert: See—
Suling, Carlhans; Logemann, Heino, Kramer, Dieter; Rachwalsky,
Heinz; and Marzolph, Herbert, 3.644. 265
Maschinenbau-Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Henning. Herbert. Alt, Werner, and Reiter, Paul, 3,643,93 1 .
Masciantonio, Philip X.: See—
Callighan. Robert H.; and Masciantonio, Philip X .3.644,508
Mason, Richard K., to Texitron, Inc. Torque motor op)erated valve.
3,643,699, CI. 137-625 64
Massa, Joseph H., to National Screw & Manufactunng Company, The
High strength structural blind fastener for use in airplanes, rockets
and the like 3,643,544, CI. 85-72.
Massagli, Danie; and Massagli, Marino Ralph, to Tru-Lok Metal
Fabricating Company. Inc. Machine for producing plastic foam-
sheet metal panels. 3,643,306, CI 29-33.
Massagli. Marino Ralph: See—
Massagli, Danie; and Massagli, Marino Ralph. 3. 643. 306.
Massclani, Manlio. Machine to manufacture closing folding elements
and the doors and shutters manufactured with the same. 3.643,713.
CI. 144-86.
Masso. Richard W.: See-
Field. Edwin C; Kulicke. Frederick W.. Jr.; and Masso, Richard
W. 3,643.321.
Masuda, Toru; Usui. Yoshiro; Hara. Yukio; and Komatsu. Toshikatsu,
to Takeda Chemical Industries. Ltd. Process for the production of
benzodiazepine derivatives. 3.644,339. CI. 260-239.3
Masuda, Yasushi: See-
Hani, Hiroshi; and Masuda, Yasushi, 3,644, 224.
Matcheret, Georges: See—
Manevy, Georges; and Matcheret, Georges, 3,644, 104.
Mathauser, William R. Signalling device for indicating improper posi-
tion of a skier. 3,644,919, CI. 340-279.
Mather & Piatt Limited: See-
Woof, William; Barlow, Colin; Gray, Arthur; and Wigram,
Richard, 3,643,787.
Mathieu, Alexis; and Barberot, Claude, to Solvay & Cie. Cross-linkable
compositions based on elastomers and on cross-linkable copolymers
of vinyl chloride. 3.644.578, CI 260-876
Mathis, Ronald D.; and Guillory, Jack P., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Polymers of mono- 1 -olefins stabilized against degradation by
ultraviolet light. 3.644.279, CI. 260-45.8
Matsuda. Shogo; Shimodoi. Yutaka; Yamada, Hiraku; and Takao,
Kiyoshi, to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Process for the
treatment of polyester fiberous materials. 3, 644,081, CI. 8-1 IS.6
Matsuda, Teruo: See—
Takagi, Kazumi; Matsuda, Teruo; and Murakami,
Masahiro, 3,644,402.
Matsue, Shigeki, to Nippon Electric Company Limited. Flip-fiop cir-
cuit. 3,644,758, CI. 307-291.
Matsui, Masatoshi, to Asamo Bosai Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Thermal
change detector of the linear thermopile type. 3,644,913, CI. 340-
228.
Matsumoto, Nobuki: See—
Ando, Sadanao; and Matsumoto, Nobuki, 3,643,566.
Matsumura, Hisashi: See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko; Nakai, Susumu, Makino, Yoichi; Matsumu-
ra, Hisashi; Tabuchi, Kimitaka, Hiraoka, Michio, Akoh,
Shigeichi; and Orito, Hiroshi.3,644,078.
Matsushima, Katsuo, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Sputtering
apparatus. 3,644.191, CI. 204-298.
Matsushima. Takeshi: See—
Koyama. Shigeo; Ohtsuki. Motohiro; Shimatani. Kenji, Yasuda,
Masao; Takei. Toru; Kawai, Yasutaka, and Matsushima,
Takeshi ,3 ,644,780.
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.: See—
Kobayashi, Makoto; and Miyahara, Haruo, 3,644.701.
Koyama. Shigeo; Ohtsuki, Motohiro, Shimatani, Kenji; Yasuda.
Masao; Takei. Toru. Kawai. Yasutaka; and Matsushima.
Takeshi. 3.644.780.
Matsuura. Kiyoshi: See—
Yamagata. Kiyoshi, Matsuura. Kiyoshi; Ito, Toshio, Miyamoto,
Toshio; and Wada, Yuichi.3 .644.860.
Matsuura. Tetsuro: See—
Takayanagi, Motowo; Sugiura, Shotaro; Matsuura. Tetsuro; Ueno.
Haruo; Tsuji, Keiichi; Yamamoto. Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fu-
minori, 3,644, 585.
Matsuzaki, Soichiro; Sato. Masanobu; and Kato, Toshikazu, to Olym-
pus Optical Co., Ltd. Programming shutter for a photographic
camera. 3,643,562. CI. 95-10.
Matsuzawa. Takayoshi: See—
Takashio. Haruo; and Matsuzawa. Takayoshi. 3. 644, 101 .
Mattel. Inc.: See—
Gunther. Gregory M., Fekete. Ferenc, Liedtke, Ronald R.; and
Stephens, Donald H , 3,643.374.
Nash, Alan W. B.; and Prodger. Brian S.. 3.643.372.
Matthews. Charles Woodrow; and Arnold. Loren Glenn, to Deere &
Company. Plow bottom, 3,643,748, CI. 172-704
Matthews, William J., to Philco-Ford Corporation. Optical character
recognition system using parallel different scan signal processors to
feed higher speed asynchronous recognition register. 3,644,890, CI.
340-146.3
Matthies, Alan A, to Controls Company of America. Timer controlled
refrigeration system. 3,643,459, CI. 62-1 57.
Matumoto, Fuminori: See —
Takayanagi. Motowo; Sugiura, Shotaro, Matsuura, Tetsuro, Ueno.
Haruo; Tsuji. Keiichi; Yamamoto. Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fu-
minori.3.644.585.
Matysek, John J., to Remote Controls Corporation. Modular timer for
use in trafTic control systems. 3,644,884, CI. 340-40
Maurice, Jean, to Societe Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo Disc-brake.
actuator, and adjusting means. 3,643,764, CI. 1 88-7 1 8
Maurukas, Frank A., to CPC International Inc. Furan no-bake foundry
binders 3,644.274. CI. 260-4 1 .
Mayer &Cie: See—
Overdyck. Dieter; and Lehner, Fritz, 3,643,476.
Mayer, Douglas M.: See—
Milligan. Lee J.; and Mayer, Douglas M .3.643,890.
Mayer, Otto. Automatically interlockable hinge fitting. 3.643.292. CI
16-144.
Mayer. Richard E.; and Crescentini. Lamberto, to Allied Chemical
Corporation. Polyamide-polyester dispersions containing secondary
and tertiary amino terminating moieties on the polyamides.
3.644,572, CI. 260-857.
Maywald, Dennis W.; Wolff, Solomon; and Arcara, James R. Secunty
container having destruct means. 3.643.609. CI 109-29
Mazzoleni, Rosanna: See—
Cassinelli, Giuseppe; Cotta, Ernesto, Grein, Arpad, and Maz-
zoleni. Rosanna. 3.644.619.
Mazzolini. Corrado: See-
Monaco. Sergio Lo; Mazzolini. Corrado; Patron. Luigi; and
Moretti. Alberto.3.644.3 1 7
McAllister. William A.; and Sausville. Joseph W., to Wettinghouse
Electric Corporation. Zinc-magnesium silico-c^rmanate phosphor
composition and method of preparing same. >.644.212. CI. 252-
301.6
McBee. Ralph C See-
Valentine. James R., Jr . and McBce, Ralph C, 3,644. 160.
McBride, Lyie E., Jr.: See—
Hirsbrunner, HansG.; and McBride, LyIe E, Jr. ,3, 644 ,864
McBurnett, James R., to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company.
Filter bypass indicator. 3,644,9 1 5. CI. 340-239.
McCabe-Powers Body Company: See—
Balogh, Roy, 3,643,815.
McCarthy, Roy B.: See-
Pinto, Peter J., King. Donald M.; and McCarthy. Roy
B..3,643,705
McClellan, Malcolm B.: See-
Baker, Don R.; Fancher, Llewellyn W.; and McClellan. Malcolm
B.,3,644.411.
McClelland. Etheridge R.: See—
Meissner, Konrad E.; McClelland, Ethendge R.; and Kilner,
George E.,3.643,7 17.
McColl, Bruce J., to Owens-Illinois, Inc. Roundwood stump procesior.
3.643.709, CI. 144-3.
PI 28
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
McConnell. Wayne v.. i>e—
Lappin, Gerald R.; and McConnell. Wayne V .3.644.485
McCrea, Alan F.. to RoberUhaw Controls Company Field point ad-
dressing system and method. 3.644.891. CI. 340-147
McCrea. Alan F.. to Robertshaw Controls Company. Supervisory con-
trol system having alternate scanning. 3,644.894. CI. 340- 1 63.
McCrea. Alan F.. and Snively. Hugh V.. to Robertshaw Controls Com-
pany. Automatic control point adjustment system and method.
3.644.897, CI. 340-172.5
McCulloch Corporation: Ste—
Bailey, Jay Richard. 3.643.759.
McCullough, Robert W.. to Collins and Aikman Corporation. Process
for improving the adhesion of polyester fibrous material to rubber.
3.644.1 36. CI. 117-47.
McCullough. Robert W.; Smith. Vernon C . Barwick. Frederick E.. Ill;
and Hobgood. James B.. to Collins & Aikman Corporation. Method
of printing synthetic linear polyester sheet materials. 3.644.080. CI.
8-4
McCullough, Thomas E.: Ste—
Davis, Paul D , Jr.. and McCullough. Thomas £.3.644,825
McDonald, Daniel, to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company. Cooler
for roury kiln. 3.643.933. CI. 263-32.
McElderry. Charles E. Device for gripping and moving a felled tree.
3.643.847. CI. 226-186.
McFarland. James W.:S«—
Conover. Lloyd H.. McFarland. James W., and Austin, William
C .3.644,624.
McFarlin. Ralph M., to Esquire, Inc. Closure for a light Tixture or the
like. 3.644.729. CI. 240-73.
McFarlin. Stanley B.. to Gorman-Rupp Company. The Pump ap-
paratus. 3.644.06 1. CI. 417-203
McGhee. John D.: See—
Dell, Curtis G.. Janzen. Dennis W., and McGhee, John
D ,3,643,491
McGraw-Edison Company: See—
Beeley, Michael G., Frisby. Paul W.; and Thompson. Richard D..
3.644,085.
Fister, Aloysius J , 3,644.861
McGuire, Mary H.; and Kapur, Chandra, to Personal Products Com-
pany. Removable protective liner for nether garments. 3,643.662,
CI. 128-287.
Mcintosh. Frank H.. to Lectour Communications Corporation. Ear
supported radio receiver. 3.644,833. CI. 325-361 .
Mcintosh. Harold A , to Robertshaw Controls Company Modulating
valve. 3,643,913, CI. 251-11.
Mcintosh. Terence D.: See—
Howard, John; and Mcintosh, Terence D., 3,644, 48 1 .
Mclntyre, Donald C: See-
Dickey. Marcus P.; and Mclntyre, Donald C .3.644.784
McKay, Peter Henry; and Legg, Morris James, to Plastic Coating
Limited. Coating of articles with plastics material. 3.643,626. CI
118-58
McKelvey, John B.: See—
Bemi, Ralph J , Benerito, Ruth R , McKelvey, John B , Ward, Tru-
man L , and Soignet, Donald M, 3, 644, 082
McKinney, Emery L.: See-
Pierce. Edwin A.. Knob, Richard W., Roth, Samuel O., and
McKinney, Emery L, 3,643,393.
Mc Manamon. Joseph Thomas: See—
Hogya, Bernard James, and Mc Manamon, Joseph
Thomas,3,644.155.
Mc Millan, Robert L. Dual pull veterinary fetal extractor. 3,643,664.
CI 128-353
McMullen, Larry Gene, to Deere & Company. Pin mounting means.
3,643,904, CI. 248-289
McMurtry, David Roberts, to Rolls-Royce Limited. Jet nozzle.
3.643,868.C1 239-265 39
McNeil Corporation: 5*^—
Martin. Stuart A. 3.643.8 1 4
McNeil Laboratories. Incorporated: See— ^
Paragamian. Vasken. 3.644.372.
McNulty,JohnG.:Sef—
Hay. Russell G.; McNulty. John G.. and Walsh. William
L .3.644.546.
McPeake, John E. Safety door locking device. 3.643.478, CI. 70-212
McRae, Russell C. to Varian Associates. Housing for a sealed beam
arc lamp. 3.644.768. CI 3 1 3-44.
Mead Johnson & Company: See—
Weber. Abraham. Frossard. Jacques; and Bouzard. Daniel,
3.644,417.
Meier. Jean: See—
Allais. Andre, and Meier. Jean. 3,644, 368.
Meinert. Hartmut. to NOLL Maschinenfabrik G.m.b.H. Device for the
continuous mixing of beverage components in a predetermined
quantity ratio. 3.643.688. CI. 1 37-556
Meissner. Konrad E.; McClelland. Etheridge R.; and Kilner. George E.,
to Filper Corporation. Apparatus for handling, orienting and pitting
drupe halves. 3,643.7 1 7. CI. 146-28.
Mekata. Teizo; Yoda. Takashi; and Shiraishi. Masaharu. Fibrilating
flbrous pulp stock in a gas stream. 3,644, 1 70, CI. 162-21.
Melson, Robert E.: 5**—
Voon. Chong Y.; and Melson, Robert £.3,644.103
Melton. Donald F Platform 3.643,761. CI. 182-19.
Melttner. Bernard R.. to Ethyl Corporation. Stable organic composi-
tions containing a phenolic antioxidant. 3.644.28 1 , CI. 260-45.85
Menapace. Henry R.: See—
Bryson. Jay G.; Menapace. Henry R., and Benner. Gereld
S ,3,644,088.
Menning, Walter A Rake and tongs combination. 3,643.410, CI. 56-
400 12
Mercer, Stanley: See—
Ruhemann, Martin Siegfried William; and Mercer, Stan-
ley .3.643.452
Merck St Co.. Inc : See—
Allen. Donald J . and Bondi. Joseph V . 3.644.630.
HarmeU, Ronald, and Tull, Roger J.. 3.644,380.
Henry. David W , 3.644,392.
Jones, Howard, 3.644,500
Sklarz, William A . Grenda, Victor J.; Lindberg, Glenn W.. and
Epstein. Albert D. 3,644,391.
Wiuel. Bruce E , 3,644,626.
Merten, Rudolf: 5**—
Diehr. Hans Joachim. Merten. Rudolf; and Uhlig. Kon-
rad,3,644,228
Oediger, Hermann, and Merten, Rudolf,3,644,37l .
Merwin, Eugene M.: See—
Gelb, John. Merwin, Eugene M., and Richardson, William
B ,3,643.334
Mescheryak. Sergei Nikolaevich; Stemkovsky, Evgeny Petrovich; Pen-
tegov, Igor Vladimirovich. Vorona, David Semenovich; and Morav-
sky, Vladislav Eduardovich. Condenser spot-welding machine.
3,644,699. CI. 219-113
Mesiah. Raymond N., and Chancey, Harold R., to FMC Corporation.
Free-flowing cyanuric acids 3,644.359, CI 260-248.
Mesich. Frank G , to Celanese Corporation. Conversion of ethyleni-
cally unsaturated compounds using heteropolymolybdic and
heteropolytungstic acids as catalysts. 3,644.497. CI. 260-497.
Messer. Mayer Naoum: See—
Jeanmart, Claude; Messer, Mayer Naoum. and Simon. Pierre
Edouard, 3,644.366
Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung:
See-
Schutz, Manfred, 3,643,429.
Mesur-Matic Electronics Corporation: See—
Newell. Harold R . 3.644.764
Metcalfe, Arthur G , and Rose. Fred K.. to International Harvester
Company Metallurgical bonding and forming processes and ap-
paratus 3.644.698. CI 219-83
Metlesics, Werner, and Stembach. Leo Henryk. to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc 2.3-Dihydro-4-hydroxy-5-phenyl- 1 H-I.4-
benzodiazepines and preparation thereof. 3.644.336. CI. 260-239.
Metlesics. Werner, and Stembach. Leo Henryk. to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc 2,3,4, 9-Tetrahydro-9-phenyl-oxazirino [2,3-dl (1,4]
benzodiazepines and preparation thereof. 3,644,419, CI. 260-333.
Meyer, Bruton S , and Glass. Marvin I., to Glass. Marvin. & Associates.
Game with projectile launching rotor. 3.643.954. CI. 273-1 19.
Meyer, Heinz, Schmid. Dieter, Schwarzer, Hans, and Twittenhoff,
Hansjoachim, to Eleitrochemische Werke Munchen AG. Method for
hardening unsaturated polyester resins. 3.644.6 1 2. CI. 260-22. Oca
Meylink. John Gary: See—
Miley. Richard Erwin. and Meylink. John Gary. 3.643. 636.
M. G Dynamics. Inc See—
Moussctte, Oliver. 3.644.685.
Midland-Ross Corporation: See—
Marchal, Paul Henri. 3,643,343
Smith. Russell J . and Froman. William H.. 3.643.729.
Midwestern Instruments. Inc : See—
Roberts. Clyde D. 3.643.849
Mihaila, John, to North American RiKkwell corptoration. Knob as-
sembly for vernier control device. 3.643.523, CI. 74-502.
Mihran, Theodore G . and Neugebauer. Wendell., to General Electric
Company Reflex depressed collector. 3.644,778. CI. 315-5.38
Mikiya.Toshio Portable grinding tool. 3.643. 385, CI. 51-170.
Milan. William T Electronic fuel injection system. 3.643,635, CI. 123-
32.
Miles Electronics Limited: 5*^—
Wilton. Raymond Charles, and Astley, Peter James, 3,643,345.
Miles, F G.. Engineering Limited: See—
Miles. Frederick G. 3.643.506
Miles. Fredenck G.. to Miles. F. G.. Engineering Limited, and Chet-
wode Marine Sales Limited. Marine speedometer. 3,643,506, CI. 73-
186
Miles. John Walter: See—
Griffiths. Graham Ernest; Geiger. Roger Keith; and Miles, John
Walter.3.643.917
Miley. Richard Erwin. and Meylink. John Gary, to Deere & Company.
Engine vibration damper. 3.643,636. CI. 123-41,69
Milgo Electronic Corporation: See—
Ragsdale. Robert Gordon, 3.644.830.
Miller, Bernard, and Margulies. Howard, to American Cyanamid Com-
pany Control of isomer ratio in reaction products prepared by
phosphorylation of enolate ions. 3. 644. 601, CI. 260-972.
Miller. Francis A. Electronic audio frequency modulation system and
method 3.644.657. CI. 84-1.25
Miller. Richard £.: See—
Harris. Everett K.; Ericson. John P.; and Miller, Richard
£ .3.643.323
Miller. Russell W.. Jr. Adjusuble tray for work Uble. 3,643.605. CI.
108-6
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 29
Milligan. Lee J.; and Mayer. Douglas M., to Certex. Inc. Apparatus for
the automatic threading of a flexible medium. 3.643,890, CI. 242-
182.
Mills, Kenneth R.. to Phillips Petroleum Company. Melt flow stabiliza-
tion of polyoleflns. 3,644.273. CI. 260-4 1
Mills Products, Inc.: See—
Larkin, Robert B.. 3.643,647
Milne, John D. Bushing and bushing auembly. 3,643,290, CI. 16-2
Minchenko, Hildegard M.; and Kendall, Lytton A., Jr., to Ohio State
University, The. Sonic system for deformation of sheet material.
3,643.483. CI. 72-56.
Mine, Akihiko; Satomi, Takeo; Hino, Naganori; Kamoshita, Katsuzo;
Suzuki, Yoshitsugu; and Nakai, Shinji, to Sumitomo Chemical Com-
pany, Ltd. 2-( Substituted phenoxymethyljdioxolanes. 3.644,422, CI.
260-340.9
Miner Industries, Inc.: See—
Begteiter, Manny, 3,643,677.
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company: See—
Kangas. Larry G.; and Kline. Robert J., 3,643,629.
Park, Joseph D.; and Nakata. Bruce T., 3,644,501 .
Smith, Samuel; and Hubin, Allen J.. 3.644,567.
Minolta Camera Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Kobayashi. Tatsuo; Maeda, Keisuke; and Uesugi, Kyozo,
3.643,578.
Minz, Franz-Rudolf; and Zimgiebl, Eberhard, to Farbenfabriken Bayer
Aktiengesellschaft. Preparation of sodium carbonate. 3,644.089, CI.
23-63.
Miracle Pet Products, Inc.: See-
Duke, Bernard; and Levensohn. David Z.. 3.643.694
Miranda, Salvatore W. Sealing of underwater fissures. 3.643,741. CI.
166-295
Mitchell, Olga M. M; Ross, Carolyn A, and Wallace, Robert L., Jr., to
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorfwrated. Ambient noise suppres-
sor. 3,644.674, CI. 179-1.
Mitsche, Roy T., to Universal oil Products Company Preparation of a
crystalline aluminosilicate- alumina catalyst comftosition. 3,644,219,
CI. 252-442.
Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Yamagata, Kiyoshi; Matsuura, Kiyoshi; Ito. Toshio. Miyamoto.
Toshio, and Wada. Yuichi. 3.644.860.
Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Nagatomo, Kuniyasu, 3,643,549.
Mitsubishi Petrochemical Company Limited: See—
Hori, Toshio; Yamato, Akira. and Shiraishi. Masao. 3.644,556.
Koga, Michio, and Kani, Masaru, 3.644,32 1 .
Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.: See—
Ide. Fumio; Okano, Kenji; and Deguchi, Seiji, 3,644,249.
Ide, Fumio; Okano, Kenji; and Deguchi, Seiji, 3.644,250.
Nakatsuka. Kazuo; Ide. Fumio; Ito, Kazuo, and Yamamoto,
Norimasa. 3,644,575.
Mitten. Robert W.: See—
Magner. Philip G.. Jr ; and Mitten. Robert W. 3.644,696.
Miyahara, Haruo: See —
Kobayashi, Makoto; and Miyahara, Haruo, 3, 644, 701 .
Miyamoto, Toshio: See—
Yamagata. Kiyoshi, Matsuura, Kiyoshi, Ito, Toshio, Miyamoto,
Toshio; and Wada, Yuichi,3,644,860.
Mizoguchi, Tetsuya, to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd. Data
processing device. 3,644,900, CI. 340- 1 72.5
Mobay Chemical Company: See-
Bemud, David L.; Backus, John K., and Darr, William C ,
3,644,232.
Cross, James M.. 3,644,459
Mobil Oil Corporation: See—
Braid, Milton, 3,644.206.
Fielder, Glenn D., 3,644,293
Finberg. Arne. 3.644,587.
Talley, William A., Jr., 3,643.736.
Mochida, Hisashi. to Daito Mfg. Co., Ltd. Safety mechanism for a flow
conduit damper. 3.643.582. CI. 98-86
Mod, Robert R.; Magne, Frank C; and Skau. Evald L.. to United Sutes
of America, Agriculture. Ethyl 2,2-dimethyl-3-(dibutylamino)-car-
bonyl- cyclobutaneaceUte. 3,644,478. CI 260-468.
Modine Manufacturing Company: See—
Huggins, Homer D.. 3.643,735.
Modrey, Henry J. Sludge scoop for oil Unkers. 3,643,285, CI. I S-246.5
MoelIer& Neuman G.m.b.H. : 5f«—
Fries. Gunter Karl. 3.643.537
Moeller, Alfred H.; Demont, Michel, and Nickstadt, Albert G.. to
Nickstadt-Moeller. Inc. Oral, nasal and labial compositions contain-
ing menthyl keto esters. 3.644.61 3. CI 424-49.
Mogg, Donald W.: See—
Tarbell. Harlan £.; Mogg. Donald W.; and Shea. Frederick
L, 3.644.240.
Mogi. Noboru: See—
Hashimoto. Koji; Mogi, Noboru; and Shindo, Makoto,3,644,223.
Mohawk Data Sciences Corporation: See—
Bitto, Joseph R.; and Hammel. Clifford M.. 3,644.8 12
Mohns, John Phillip: See—
Fraioli, Anthony Vincent; and Mohns, John Phillip.3.644,14S.
Mohr, Heinrich: See—
Knechtel, Wilhelm; Brinkmann, Kurt; and Mohr, Hein-
rich,3.643,3ll.
Mollinger. Sebastian. Roof construction. 3.643, 39 1. CI. 52-83.
Monachesi, Paolo, to Societa' per Azioni Ferrania Camera having
focus adjustment assembly. 3,643,577, CI. 95-45
Monaco, Sergio Lo, Mazzolini, Corrado; Patron, Luigi; and Moretti.
Alberto, to Chatillon Societa Anonima luliana per le Fibre Tessili
Artiflciali S.p.A. Proceu for the polymerization of vinyl chloride
3,644,3 1 7, CI. 260-85.5
Monforts, A.: See—
Reiners. Franz; and Walk. Georg. 3.643,533.
Monsanto Chemicals Limited: See—
Weight, Donald, 3,643,353
Monsanto Company: See —
Bach. HartwigC, 3,644,283
Bach, Hartwig C; and Hinderer, Helmuth £.. 3,644,328
D'Amico, John Joseph, 3,644.464,
Dew. Jimmy S., 3,644.254.
Lee, Yoon Chai;andTrementozzi,Ouirino A., 3,644,577
Mont, George £.; and Cohen, Saul M., 3,644.594
Morita.Eiichi. 3.644.268
Nowotny. Kurt A.; and Street. Robert W . 3.644.209
Ratts. Kenneth Wayne. 3.644.639
Wygant. James C; Anderson. Richard M . and Prill. Erhard J .
3.644.493.
Mont. George E.; and Cohen, Saul M., to Monsanto Company. Polyvi-
nyl acetal interlayers containing copolymenc additives. 3,644,594,
CI. 260-901
Montacie. Marcel, to Union Industrielle Blanzy-Ouest Tool having a
sweeping movement for continuous boring or cutting machine.
3.644.000. CI. 299-86
Montecatini Edison S.p.A.: See—
Bomengo. Mario; and Pasquino. Pietro. 3.644.514
Cammarata. Italo; and Vecchio. Martino. 3.644.544
Longi. Paolo; Greco. Francesco, and Bemasconi. Ermanno,
3,644,306.
Moody, Mattie: See—
Hoogendoom, Cornelius; Moody, Mattie; and Schwuttke, Guenter
H, 3,644, 154.
Moore, Carl; Louch, James B., and Stainfield. Russell L . to Dow
Chemical Company. The. Method of preparing high solids latexes of
olefin polymers. 3.644.258. CI. 260-29 6
Moore. Earnest; and Wear. George H. to General Tire & Rubber
Company. The. Method of imparting self-extmguishmg flame pro-
perties to impact-modified polyvinyl chloride. 3.644.589. CI. 260-
890.
Moore. Jack £.: See—
Harris. Daniel M.; Moore. Jack £ . Taylor. Chester E.; and Walc-
zyk. Waller H, 3,643,278
Moore, James A.: See—
Watwood, Robert P.; and Moore, James A. ,3,643.795.
Moore. William L. Pressure control devices for pneumatic circuits
3.643.684. CI. 137-493.7
Moores. Ralph G.. and Teitelbaum. Charles L.. to General Foods Cor-
poration. Production of solid flavoring compositions. 3.644.127. CI.
99-140
Mooth. Robert A ; Ciesla. Sunley F . and Roberts. Hugh J .loCPC In-
ternational Inc. Preparation of granular starch denvatives.
3,644,332, CI. 260-233.3
Moravsky, Vladislav Eduardovich: See—
Mescheryak, Sergei Nikolaevich, Stemkovsky. Evgeny Petrovich.
Pentegov, Igor Vladimirovich, Vorona, David Semenovich, and
Moravsky, Vladislav Eduardovich. 3. 644. 699.
Morderosian. Lawrence D. Identification structure. 3.643.358. CI. 40-
2.2
Moretti. Alberto: See-
Monaco. Sergio Lo; Mazzolini. Corrado; Patron. Luigi. and
Moretti. Alberto.3.644.3 17
Mori. Toshihiro: See—
Shimotsuma, Teruo. Mori. Toshihiro. and Sano. Kazuo. 3.644.667.
Morimoto. Hideo. Strip machine 3,643.553, CI 93-36
Morin. Jean; and Desperrier. Gerard, to Societe d'Appareillage Elec-
trique Saparel. Push-button controlling device. 3.644.694. CI. 200-
167.
Morin. Robert B.; Spry. Douglas O., Hauser. Kenneth L.. and Mueller,
Richard A., to Lilly, Eli, and Company. Prostaglandin synthesis.
3.644.502. CI. 260-514.
Morita, Eiichi. to Monsanto Company. Treating rubber to enhance
fiber bonding. 3.644.268. CI. 260-38.
Morita, Kenichi: See—
Kobayashi. Tsuneo; Morita. Kenichi; Kitagawa. Hiroshi;
Yokoyama. Toshimitsu; and Makida. Shigeo. 3.644. 375.
Moriyama, Hisao; and Takagi. Katsuhide. to Sankyo Kogaku Kogyo
Kabushiki Kaisha. Focusing device for optical equipment.
3,643.574. CI. 95-440.
Morris. Philip. Incorporated: See—
Braginetz. Paul A.. 3,643.794
Moss, Eric Frank, to Colchester Lathe Company Limited, The. Shaft
support for lathes 3,643.532. CI 82-27
Motorola. Inc.: See—
Borman. William M.; and Walker, Donald L . 3,644,883
Cecchin,Gildo;and Hilbert. Francis H, 3,644,677
Rezek, John R.; and Yackish, Thomas M , 3.644,757
Slavik, William H.. 3.644,669
Thompson. James £., 3,644,835.
Wilcox, Milton E., 3,644,749
Mott. George E.. to Texaco Inc. Marine platform foundation member.
3.643.446. CI. 61-46.5
PI 30
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Motta, Nathaniel, to California Institute of Technology. Apparatus for
fine adjustment of signal frequency. 3,643,419, CI. 58-23.
Moulinage et Retordene de Chavanoz: Ste—
Seguin, Pierre, 3,643.300.
Mousseron, Max J., to Etablissements Clin-Byla. Nitrofurylacrylidene
derivatives. 3,644,344, CI. 260-240.
Moussette, Oliver, to M G. Dynamics, Inc. Manual magnetic recorder.
3.644,685, CI. 179-100.2
Mowry, Warren E., to Georgia-Pacific Corporation. Preparation of
corrugating linerfooard. 3. 644, 167. CI. 161-125.
Moyer, Robert C, to United States Steel Corporation. Apparatus for
continuously processing wire or the like including vibrating means.
3,644,1 89, CI. 204-209.
Moyroud, Louis M. Photographic type composing machine. 3,643.559.
CI 95-4.5
MSL Industries, Inc.: See —
Heob. NorvelJ :andStoor.Jon D.. 3.644.066.
Mudrik, Josef: See—
Plechac, BohusJav; Ambroz, Miroslav, and Mudrik,
Josef,3,643.339
Mueller. Richard A.: See—
Morin, Robert B.; Spry, Douglas O., Hauser, Kenneth L.; and
Mueller. Richard A. .3.644,502.
Mukai, Tsuneo; and Tezuka. Toshiro, to Bridgestone Tire Company
Limited. Pneumatic tire having a belt member 3,643,723, CI. 152-
361.
Muller, Erwin: See—
Konig, Klaus. Muller, Erwin, and Holtschmidt. Hans.3.644.4S7.
Muller. Georg. Kugellagerfabrik KG.: See—
Titt,Georg. 3,643,768.
Muller, Karl-Hans, to Deutsche Gold- und Silber-Scheideanstalt vor-
mals Roessler. Process for converting liquid antioxidants to pulver-
lentform. 3,644.215, CI. 252-404
Muller, Marcel: See—
Furst, Andor; Kagi. Dieter; Muller, Marcel, and Muller.
Peter.3,644,438
Muller, Peter: See—
Furst, Andor, Kagi, Dieter, Muller, Marcel, and Muller,
Peter. 3, 644,438
Muller-Welt, Hans, to Amtlicke Forschungs-und Materialprufungsan-
stalt fur das Bauwesen. Otto-Graf-lnstitut an der Universitat Stutt-
gart. Method and apparatus for working soil samples. 3.643,5 12. CI.
73-432.
Murakami, Masahiro: See—
Takagi, Kazumi, Matsuda, Teruo; and Murakami.
Masahiro. 3,644,402
Muratani, Masao: See —
Endo. Kumaji; Ebisawa, Fumio,and Muratani, Masao,3,643.850
Murphy, Arthur Douglas, to Simon-Carves Limited. Dust sealing
mechanism s for hoppers or the like. 3,643.982, CI. 285-9
Murphy, Clarence R.: 5«—
Harper, Earl F , Murphy, Clarence R.. and Walsh, William
L ,3.644,554
Murphy. Clarence R.. Onopchenko, Anatoli, Piatt, John M., and
Seekircher, Richard, to Gulf Research & Development Company
Process for preparing detergent sulfonates. 3,644,499. CI. 260-5 I 3
Murphy, John F., to Hess's of Allentown, Inc. Tape cassette display fix-
ture. 3.644,0 10, CI. 3 12-135.
Murphy. Robert H., Jr.; and Goetz. William G. Yardtge indicator for
handcart 3.643.860. CI. 235-95
Murphy, Robert H., to Wiremold Company, The. Vanable buoyancy
arrangement. 3,643,449, CI 61-69
Murray, Michael Albert: See—
Rauch, Francis Clyde. Murray, Michael Albert, and O'Lenick.
Richard Vincent.3.644.142
Musser, Frederick M.: See—
Shenfeld. Richard S.. Musser, Frederick M., and Kothari, Girish
U ,3,644.252.
Muth. Karl: See-
Weyer. Rudi, Aumuller. Walter, Weber, Helmut; Muth, Karl; and
Heerdt. Ruth,3,644,634
Mutz, Wolfgang; Killgus, Theodor, and Fischer, Artur, said Mutz and
said Killgus assor. to said Fischer. Vehicle track for use in toy build-
mg kits 3.643.865, CI 238-10.
Myers, Charles J.: See-
Burke, John E., Kaiser. Edward J.; and Myers. Charles
J. .3.643,531
Nadalini. Adino, to Soc. Az. Industrie Meccaniche Padovane Saimp.
Template copying device for machine tools. 3,643,644, CI. 125-1 1.
Nadeau. Herbert G.: See-
Bonk, Henry W.; Grieve. Robin L., Nadeau. Herbert G.. and
Palmer, Peter G .3,644,168.
Nagata, Masanori; and Fukushima, Kiyotaka, to Omron Tateisi Elec-
tronics Co. Information card. 3,644,7 16, CI. 235-61.12
Nagatomo, Kuniyasu. to Mitsubishi Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Axial
piston pump or motor. 3,643,549. CI. 91-505.
Nagy. Zoltan; Szepesy, Laszio, Kovacs, Attila. and Sebestyen, Zsig-
mond, to Magyar Asvanyolaj es Foldgaz Kiserleti Intezet. Process for
the production of acetylene, or acetylene and ethylene by pyrolysis
of hydrocarbons. 3,644,555. CI. 260-679.
Nahas, Joseph A., to United States of America. Navy. Zero breech
grenade launching system. 3.643,545, CI. 89-1.
Nakagawa, Kazumi; and Shimoda, Keitaro, to Japan Exian Company
Limited. Method of manufacturing acrylic composite yarn.
3,644.609. CI. 264-168.
Nakai, Shinji: See-
Mine. Akihiko; Satomi. Takeo. Hino, Naganori; Kamoshita, Kat-
suzo, Suzuki, Yoshitsugu, and Nakai, Shinji, 3,644, 422.
Nakai, Susumu: See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko, Nakai, Susumu; Makino, Yoichi, Matsumu-
ra. Hisashi. Tabuchi, Kimitaka; Hiraoka. Michio; Akoh.
Shigeichi. and Orito. Hiroshi.3.644,078.
Nakajima, Masaki, Hosogane, Tadayuki; Kobayashi, Shoichi; and
Ishihara, Shigenobu, to Showa Denko Kabushiki Kaisha. Trans-
parent thermoplastic resin having high impact strength. 3,644,579,
CI 260-876
Nakano. Kinichi: See—
Uzu, Ketzo; Nakano, Kinichi; and Takahashi,
Toshinaka.3.644.400.
Nakata, Bruce T.: See-
Park, Joseph D . and Nakata. Bruce T .3,644.501
Nakatsuka. Kazuo. Ide, Fumio. Ito, Kazuo; and Yamamoto, Norimasa.
to Mitsubishi Rayon Co.. Ltd. Dyeable polypropylene fibers having
improved properties and dyeing process for producing articles which
have fastcnesses. 3,644.575. CI. 260-876.
Naico Chemical Company: i>^— '
Fnsque. Alvin J , and Bernot, Robert, 3.644.305.
Vossos. Peter H . 3.644,21 3
Nanamatsu. Satoshi See—
Doi, Kikuo, Takahashi, Masao, Nanamatsu, Satoshi; and Fujino,
Yoshio.3,644,761
Narita, Kaoru: See—
Togashi, Shozo, Makijima, Yoshijima, Tanaka, Ikuo; and Narita,
Kaoru, 3,643, 396
Naschke, John H , and Taylor, Robert L., to Esso Research and En-
gineenng Company Clarification of phosphoric acid. 3,644,091, CI.
23-165
Nash, Alan W B . and Prodger, Brian S , to Mattel, Inc. Toy tow truck
3,643.372, CI 46-40
Naslund, Lars A : See—
Dasinger. Bruce L , and Naslund, Lars A, 3,644, 175.
Nathan. Thomas C: See—
Glos. Edmond A , II. 3.643,803
National Baling Press and Equipment Co.: See —
Aluotto. Dominick M , 3,643,590.
National Screw & Manufacturing Company. The: See—
Massa, Joseph H . 3.643.544
National Starch and Chemical Corporation: See—
Flanagan, Thomas P , and Kaye. Irving, 3,644,245.
Naumann, Franz: See—
Kretzschmar, Heinz, and Naumann, Franz, 3,643, 784.
Nederlandschc Bewoid Maalschappij N.V.; See —
Wilhelmi. Werner Alfred. 3.644,25 1 .
Nedlog Company, The: 5^^—
Popinski. Leonard G.. 3.643.835.
Neely, Lester W See—
Weisz, Herman S . Scheffler, Bernard, and Neely, Lester
W .3,644.140
Neff. Joseph J , to Bell & Howell Company. Web threading apparatus.
3.643.893. CI 242-195
Neighbors, Ralph P . and Phillips, Lee V . to Gulf Research & Develop-
ment Company. Method of combating weeds. 3,644,523, CI. 260-
564
Nelson, Grover O.. to Goodrich, B. F , Company, The. Lead for air-
craft propeller electrical deicer system. 3,644,703, CI. 219-201 .
Nelson, Raymond L., to Eastman Kodak Company. Belt transfer
device 3,644,034, CI 355-3
Nelson. Robert D., to Lubrication Sciences, Inc. Layer lattice struc-
tured dry lubricant coating method. 3,644,1 33. CI. 1 17-31.
Nelson, William J.: See—
Bodnar. Dean A., Htnman, Charles W.; and Nelson, William
J .3,644.126.
Netheler, Eppendorf Geraetebau & HinzGmbH: See—
Netheler, Heinrich, Bechtler, Gunter; and Bergmann. Wilhelm.
3.644,095
Netheler. Heinrich. Bechtler, Gunter; and Bergmann, Wilhelm, to
Netheler. Eppendorf Geraetebau & Hinz GmbH. Apparatus for per-
forming chemical analyses. 3,644,095, CI. 23-259.
Neugebauer, Wendell,; See—
Mihran. Theodore G.; and Neugebauer, Wendell„3,644,778.
Neuman, John G, to General Motors Corporation. Frequency follow-
ing voltage controlled filter providing substantially constant output
amplitude 3,644,847. CI 333-17.
Nevala. David, to Digital Equipment Corporation. Module holder.
3,644.868. CI 339-17
New England Nuclear Corporation; See —
Heller, Adam, 3,644.21 I
New Zealand Inventions Development Authority, The; See—
Stringer. Philip Roland, and Gatland. Eric Charles, 3,644,93 1 .
Newell. Harold R.. to Mesur-Matic Electronics Corporation. Harmonic
drive for digital step motor. 3.644.764. CI. 310-49.
Newell Industries Inc.: See—
Vogel. Charles A; and Cuvelier. John A., 3,643,892.
Newman, Albert P., to Empire Products, Inc. Electrical coupling
device and electrical connector. 3,644,869, CI. 339-19.
Newnes, Ray William Lumber stacker stick placer. 3,643,621, CI.
214-8.5
Nicco, Adrien. and Boucheron. Bernard, to Societe Ethylene-
Plastique Preparation of thermostabilisable polythiiranes.
3,644.302. CI 260-79.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 31
Nichols, Duane C, to Whirlpool Corporation. Mechanical bin level
sensing control for domestic ice maker. 3.643.456, CI. 62-137.
Nichols, Duane C; See—
Linstromberg, William J.; and Nichols, Duane C. ,3,643,458.
Nicholson, James H. Longitudinal to rotational motion. 3,643,619, CI.
115-24.
Nicholson, Terence P., 1/2 to Corrugated Packing and Sheet Metal
Company Limited, The. Sealing means. 3,643,965, CI. 277-75.
Nickerson, Richard Gorham; Harris. Barry Russell; and Breslouf, Mor-
ris, to Borden, Inc. Acid curable vinyl acetate copolymer latex-
polyvinyl alcohol adhesive. 3,644,257, CI. 260-29.6
Nicksudt, Albert G.; See—
Moeller, Alfred H.; Demont, Michel; and Nicksudt, Albert
G, 3,644,613.
Nickstadt-Moeller, Inc.; See—
Moeller, Alfred H., Demont, Michel; and NickMadt, Albert G.,
3,644,613.
Niklas, Ludwig, to Krautkramer, Dr., J. U.H., Gesellschaft fur Elek-
trophysik. Programmed ultrasonic pulse-echo apparatus for flaw size
indication in materials testing. 3,643,495, CI. 73-67.9
Nilsson, Sven Walter, to Aktiebolaget Svenska Kullagerfabriken. Seal-
ing means for a transmission mechanism. 3,643, 521, CI. 74-459.
Ning, Robert Ye-Fong; and Sternbach, Leo Henryk, to Hoffmann-La
Roche Inc. 7-Azido-benzodiazepines. 3,644.334, CI. 260-239.
Nippon Electric Company, Limited; See—
Doi, Kikuo; Takahashi. Masao; Nanamatsu. Satoshi; and Fujino.
Yoshio, 3,644,761
Mauue, Shigeki, 3,644.758.
Uchida, Teiji; Yoshikawa. Shogo; and Ueki. Atsufumi. 3.644.842.
Nippon Kogaku K.K.; See—
Daitoku. Kouichi; and Shuji Kimura. 3,643,576.
Katsuyama. Yoshihisa. 3,644,025.
Ono,Shigeo, 3,643,575
Nippon Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Shimotsuma. Teruo; Mori, Toshihiro; and Sano. Kazuo,
3,644,667.
Nippon Rayon Company Limited: See—
Maeda, Yutaka; Kimura, Hiroshiro; Koshimo, Akio; Kanzaki.
Nagamasa, Yasuzuka, Katsumi; and Furukawa. Yoshinobu,
3,643,412.
Nippon Seisen Co.. Ltd.: See—
Kokubu, Kaoru; and Hirai, Osami, 3,643,304.
Nischk, Wolfgang: See—
Koberstein, Edgar; and Nischk, Wolfgang, 3.644. 467.
Koberstein, Edgar; and Nischk, Wolfgang, 3.644.468.
Nitto Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.: See—
Ide, Fumio; Okano, Kenji; and Deguchi, Seiji, 3,644,249.
Ide, Fumio; Okano, Kenji; and Deguchi, Seiji, 3,644.250.
Nitzsche. Siegfried; 5*^—
Hittmair, Paul; Kaiser. Wolfgang; Nitzsche, Siegfried; and Wohl-
farth, Ernst,3,644.434
Nobusawa. Tsukumo, to Asahi Kogaku kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha.
Shutter timing network. 3,643,563. CI. 95-10.
Noguchi, Hikoji. Plastic egg package. 3,643,857, CI. 229-44.
NOLL Maschinenfabrik GmbH; See—
Meinert, Hartmut, 3,643.688.
Nolte. Albert C, Jr.: S«-
Rosenstock. Milton M.; and Doundoulakis. George J.. 3.643,540.
Noonan, Robert J. Holder for pressure cylinders. 3.643.813, CI. 211-
75.
North American Rockwell Corporation; See—
Macken. John A. 3,644.016.
Mihaila, John, 3,643,523.
Paul, William T, 3,643,5 1 7.
Northern Electric Company Limited: See—
Kilpatrick, James McKinnon, and Kuhfus.Gerd, 3,644,686.
Norton Company; See—
Hildebrand, Hans, 3,643.387
Norwood, Donald D.; and Marwil, Stanley J., to Phillips Petroleum
Company. Production of high fluff bulk density particle-form
polyethylenes. 3,644,323, CI. 260-94.9
Notaro, Vincent A.; and Selwitz, Charles M., to Gulf Research &
Development Company. Process for preparing halogenated aro-
matics. 3,644,543, CI. 260-650.
Notaro, Vincent A.; Selwiu, Charles M., and Walsh, William L., to
Gulf Research & Development Company. Process for separating
mela xylene from para xylene. 3,644,552, CI. 260-674.
Novickis, Georgs; See—
Berkowitz, Lawrence, Novickis, Georgs, and Sheth, Prafulchandra
N., 3,643,797.
Nowak, Bernard E., Cottis, Steve G.; Economy, James; and Steiner,
Paul J., to Carborundum Company, The. Compositions of matter
comprising oxybenzoyi polyesters and polyfluorinated addition
polymers. 3,644,593, CI. 260-900.
Nowicki. W*old. Advertising board. 3,643,359, CI. 40-77.7
Nowotny, Kurt A.; and Street, Robert W., to Monsanto Company.
Functional fluid compositions. 3.644.209. CI. 252-78.
Numata, Saburo, to Fuji Shashin Koki Kabushiki Kaisha. Exposure
control system for a single lens reflex camera. 3,643,561 .CI. 95-10.
Nussbaum. Henry A.; Rehr, Henry W.; and Tellier, Clair W.. Jr.. to
Crown Zellerbach Corporation. Method and apparatus for transport-
ing stacked flat articles sequentially to a receiver. 3.643,939. CI.
271-62. '
N.V. Industrieele Handelscombinatie: See—
Bordes, Cornelis, 3,643,934.
Van Der Linde, Franciscus Henricus, 3,643.922.
N.V. Research Holland: See—
Okekerken, Jules Marie, 3,644, 1 83.
Nyman, George E.: See—
Beumer, Karl W.; Geany, Gerard M.; Haran. John A.. Hecker. Ed-
ward P.; Nyman. George E.; and Post, Robert E. 3,643.88 1
O'Brien, Samuel James:Sr«—
Stockel, Richard Frederick; Herbes, William Frank; and O'Brien.
Samuel James,3, 644,083.
O'Cheskey, Theodore H., to United States Filter Corporation. Adjusta-
ble knife blade for dry filter cake discharge. 3.643,806, CI. 2 10-327.
Oda, Tatsuo; 5*^—
Okumura, Kentaro; Inoue, Ichizo; Oda, Tatsuo; and Kondo. Kazu-
hiko.3.644.349.
O'Dell, Jimmy R. Deodorant dispenser 3,644,086, CI. 2 1 -77
Odier, Jean; Samberth, Joerg; and Grundschober, Friedrich, to Societe
Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo. Method of preparing reticulated
polybenzoxazoles. 3.644.288, CI. 260-47
Odier, Jean; Sambeth, Joerg; and Grundschober. Friednch, to Societe
Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo. Reticulated polyamides and method
of preparation. 3,644,286, CI 260-47
Odier, Jean; Sambeth, Joerg; and Grundschober. Friedrich. to Societe
Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo. Method of preparing reticulated
polybenzoxazole. 3.644.287, CI. 260-47
Oediger, Hermann; and Merten. Rudolf, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Ak-
tiengesellschaft. Process for the production of tetrahydropyridines.
3, 644.371. CI. 260-290.
Oertel, Harald: See—
Traubel, Harro; and Oertel, Harald, 3,644.233
Oestereicher, Louis, to Parker-Kalon Corporation. Self-locking
threaded fasteners. 3.643,722. CI. 151-22.
Ogle, James C , Jr , Barkley, Dwight W., and Bodkins, Arthur I , to Lib-
bey-Owens-Ford Glass Company. Selective reflectors 3.644,730, CI.
240-103
Ohio State University, The: See—
Minchenko, Hildegard M , and Kendall, Lytton A., Jr , 3,643,483.
Ohnuma, Kiyoshi, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Hydrau-
lic control system for an automatic transmission for a motor vehicle.
3,643,527, CI. 74-868.
Ohtsu, Ikuo: See—
Asano, Hiroaki; Koide. Tsuyoshi; Ohtsu. Ikuo; Hayashi. Shozo;
and Kobayashi. Hiroshi. 3.643. 383
Ohtsuki. Motohiro; See—
Koyama. Shigeo; Ohtsuki. Motohiro; Shimatani. Kenji; Yasuda.
Masao; Takei, Toru, Kawai. Yasutaka; and Matsushima,
Takeshi.3.644,780
Okano, Kenji; See—
Ide, Fumio; Okano, Kenji, and Deguchi, Seiji, 3,644 ,249.
Ide, Fumio; Okano, Kenji; and Deguchi, Seiji, 3,644, 250.
Okekerken, Jules Marie, to N V. Research Holland Process for coat-
ing an object with a bright nickel/ chromium coating. 3,644,183, CI.
204-38.
Oklahoma State University: See—
Bolie, Victor W., 3,644.676.
Okumura, Kentaro. Inoue. Ichizo, Oda. Tatsuo; and Kondo, Kazuhiko.
to Tanabe Seiyaku Co.. Ltd. Novel vitamin B( derivative and the
preparation thereof. 3.644.349. CI. 260-243
O'Lenick. Richard Vincent;S<*—
Rauch, Francis Clyde; Murray, Michael Albert; and O'Lenick,
Richard Vincent, 3,644, 142
Olesch, Dietmar H., to Velsicol Chemical Corporation Certain sub-
stituted (pyridylamine) 2-lower-alkoxv imino-2-lower-alkoxy
ethanes. 3,644,387, CI. 260-296.
Olin Corporation: See —
Benson, Raymond E., 3,643,645.
Smith, Lester E.. 3.643,698.
Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation: See —
Robinson. Martin A.; and Hurley, Thomas J.. Jr.. 3.644,327.
Smith. Eric. 3.644,460.
Smith, Eric; and Kober, Ehrenfried H., 3,644.462
Olivari, Humbert, to Eastern Products Corporation Telescoping
drapery rod construction. 3.643.288. CI. 16-96
Oliveto. Eugene Paul; See—
Hajos. Zoltan George; and Oliveto. Eugene Paul. 3. 644.429.
Olivier. Kenneth L.; See—
Booth. Frank B.; Fenton. Donald M., and Olivier. Kenneth
L .3.644,446
O'Loughlin, Francis A., to Thomas &. Betts Corporation. Electrical
connector. 3,644.875. CI 339-97.
Olympia Werke AG: See—
Kittel. Arthur; and Chvatlinsky. Kurt, 3.643.772
Kittel, Arthur; Frank, Rudi; and Purr, Horst. 3.643.775.
Olympus Optical Co.. Ltd.; See—
Matsuzaki. Soichiro; Sato, Masanobu, and Kato. Toshikazu,
3.643.562
Takahashi, Nagashige; and Kinoshita, Kunio, 3,643,653.
Omron Tateisi Electronics Co.; See—
Nagata, Masanori; and Fukushima, Kiyotaka. 3.644.716.
Ondrey. John A.; and Swift. Harold E.. to Gulf Research & Develop-
mentCompany. Single stage cyclodimerization of olefins. 3.644,551.
CI. 260-673.
Ondrey. John A.; See—
Beuther, Harold; Ondrey. John A.; and Swift. Harold
£.3.644,550.
PI 32
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
O'Neill. Robert C, to Cooper, Tinsley Laboratories, Inc. Crystalline
hydrates of alkali metal salts of zinc tran$-l,2-diaminocyclohexane-
N,N,N',N'-tetraaceUte. 3.644,448, Ci. 260-429.9
Onishi, Akira; Anzai, Shiro. Irako, Koichi, Fujio. Ryota. Hayakawa.
Yoshihiro; Kojima, Minoru, and Kawamoto, Hiroshi, to Bridgestone
Tire Company Limited. Preparation of copolymers using organolithi-
um pyridine compound catalyst system. 3,644,3 1 4, CI. 260-84.7
Ono, Shigeo, to Nippon Kogaku K.K. Exposure measuring device in a
single lens reflex camera. 3,643,575, CI. 95-42.
Onopchenko. Anatoli; Schuiz, Johann G. D.; and Seekircher, Richard,
to Gulf Research & Development Company. Process for converting
butane to acetic acid. 3,644,5 1 2. CI. 260-533.
Onopchenko, Anatoli: See-
Murphy, Clarence R., Onopchenko. Anatoli, Piatt, John M.; and
Seekircher, Richard,3,644.499
Onsager, Olav T., to Haicon International, Inc. Cuprous halide and
adiponitrile complexes. 3,644,453. CI. 260-438.1
Onsager, Olav T, to Halcon International, Inc. Ferrous halide
adiponitrile complexes. 3,644,455. CI. 260-439.
Onsager. Olav T., to Halcon International. Inc. Production of
adiponitrile, 3,644,473, CI. 260-465.8
Onsager, Olav T.. to Halcon International. Inc. Production of
adiponitrile. 3,644.474, CI. 260-465.8
Onsager, Olav T., to Halcon International, Inc. Production of
adiponitrile 3,644,475. CI. 260-468.8
Onsager, Olav T., to Halcon International, Inc. Preparation of
adiponitnle. 3,644,476, CI 260-465 8
Onsager, Olav T., to Halcon International, Inc. Production of
adiponitrile. 3.644,477, CI. 260-465.8
Oomen, Joris Jan Cornelis, and Visser, Jan Adrianus, to U.S. Philips
Corporation. Stabilizing of aqueous solutions of potassium per-
sulphate. 3,644,150. CI. 136-137.
Oono. Yoshio: See—
Maruya, Mitsuru, Oono. Yoshio, Fukuda, Bunji, and Takahashi.
Kenji. 3.644.231
Orbit Manufacturing Company: See—
Shrivcr. Charles S.. 3.643,3 12.
Organisation Ralfs KG.: See—
Kretzschmar, Heinz, and Naumann, Franz, 3,643,784.
Onto, Hiroshi: See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko, Nakai, Susumu; Makino. Yoichi, Matsumu-
ra, Hisashi, Tabuchi, Kimitaka, Hiraoka, Michio, Akoh.
Shigeichi; and Orito, Hiroshi, 3,644,078
Orlov, Nikolai Nikolaevich, Leveikin. Mikhail Shevelevich. and Pu-
kitis, Ilmar Alfredovich. Device for forming projections on sides of
hollow details. 3,643.484. CI 72-67
Orwoll. Edward F.. to FMC Corporation. Process for producing trialkyi
phosphates. 3,644,602, CI. 260-974
Osborne, Colin Terry, and Burdett, Michael Keith, to English Electric
Company Limited, The. Pulse counting arrangements 3,644,718,
CI. 235-92.
Osieka, Hans, Fischer. Adolf; and Kiefer. Hans Eugen. to Badische
Anilin- St. Soda-Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft. Method of controlling un-
wanted plants. 3.644,1 12. CI. 71-90.
Osipenko, Stephen: See—
Doel. R Garth. Bncknell, William H . and Osipenko.
Stephen,3.643.712.
Osipow, Lloyd I . and Rosenblatt. William, to State of Nebraska, The
TransesteriFication in the presence of a transparent emulsion
3,644,333, CI 260-234
Ostbergs Fabriks AB: See— «
Lindblom, Karl Thore, 3,643,708.
Ota,Chuichi:S«—
Amano, Kitsutaro, Ota. Chuichi, Hashimoto, Masao, Kanzaki,
Hisao. Sakamoto. Yasuhiko. and Yososhima.
Nobuyaki.3.644.680.
Otake. Naokichi; Yamanobe, Yutaka, Siina, Katumi; and Usuba, Ku-
nikatsu, to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Protective con-
nection device in electrode wiring of electrolytic cells. 3,644,862, CI
337-408
Otis. Marshall V., to Eastman Kodak Company. Modacrylic fibers con-
taining compounds of the azulene senes. 3,644,272, CI. 260-41.
Otsubo, Akira: See—
Utsumi, Isamu, Watanabe, Toshiro, Kohno, Keiichi, Daira, Isamu,
and Ouubo, Akira,3,644,385.
Ott Chemical Company, The: See—
Rennells, Kenneth C, 3,644,461.
Ott, Hans: See—
Hardtmann, Goetz E.. and Ott, Hans,3,644,354.
Ouellette, Marcel C: See—
Girard, Laurent H., Hockmeyer. Clive E ; and Ouellette, Marcel
C.,3,643,316.
Overby, Robert R. Modular cabinet construction. 3,644,008, CI. 312-
107
Overdyck, Dieter; and Lehner, Fritz, to Mayer Sc Cic. Yam guide for
circular knitting machines. 3,643,476, CI. 66- 1 1 1 .
Ovshinsky, Stanford R., to Energy Conversion Devices, Inc. Display
screen using variable resistance memory Semiconductor. 3,644,741,
CI. 250-2 1 3
Owens, Edwin G.; and Wiley, J6seph J., Jr., to Westvaco Corporation
Planting apparatus. 3,643.6 1 1 , CI. 1 1 1 -2.
Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation: See—
Gelin, Robert J, 3,644.1 32.
Klink, Jerome P., and Fulk, Walter F . 3,644, 109.
Preston, Jerome A, 3.644,141.
Russell. Robert G.. 3,644,108.
Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation: See—
Deardurff, Lawrence R, 3,644,866. .^
Owens-Illinois, Inc.: See-
Jones. Chandler H , 3.643,856.
Mander, Robert J., Ramm, Duane E., and Simms, Robert J.,
3,643.812
McColl, Bruce J. 3.643.709.
Ryan. William H.. 3,644,046
Ozdian, Josef: See—
Brazda, Ladislav. Prochazka, Miloslav; Kaulich, Karel; and Ozdi-
an. Josef.3,643.4 13
Pachter. Irwin J , and Rubin, Alan A Therapeutic methods utilizing
ary! pyrrol-3-yl Therapeutic methods utilizing aryl pyrrol-3-YL
ketones 3,644.631. CI 424-274.
Pachter. Irwin J . and Schoen. Karl. 2-Aminoalky-pyrrol-3-yl retones.
3,644.386, CI 260-296
Paget. Fredrick W , to GTE Sylvania Incorporated Electronic flash
lamp power supply 3,644.818. CI 321-18
Paleologo, Teo, Reni, Cesare, and Lugo, Luigi, to Societa' Italiana
Resine S.p.A Preparation of unsaturated aliphatic nitriles.
3.644,472, CI. 260-465 3
Palmer, Peter G.: See-
Bonk. Henry W , Grieve. Robin L.; Nadeau, Herbert G ; and
Palmer, Peter G ,3,644,168
Palombo, Gaston A See—
Belson. Ross A , and Palombo, Gaston A. ,3,644, 806.
Palson Corporation AB: See—
Edkvist, Ake Evald, 3,644. 1 59
Palyi. Leslie, to Pora, Nicholas. Two stage hammer mill 3,643,879, CI.
241-55
Panettien, Pietro Safety switch to interrupt an electrical circuit in case
of collision 3,644.690, CI 200-61 5
Paoletta, Rocco E., and Petrou. William, to Perma Horn Sales Cor-
poration Laminated shoehorn 3,643,350, CI 36-2.5
Papa, Paolo, and Capetti, Federico. to Societa' Nebiolo S.p.A. Sheet
transfer roller for use in multi-colour rotary printing presses.
3,643.598, CI 101-420
Papadopoulos. Stelios B.: See —
Helms, Clifford J . and Papadopoulos. Stelios B .3,643,595.
Pappo, Raphael: See —
Chorvat. Robert J.; Pappo, Raphael; and Scaros, Mike
G ,3,644,342
Paragamian. Vasken. to McNeil Laboratories, Incorporated. l-(4-
PiperidyDindenes 3,644,372, CI 260-293.56
Parilla, Arthur R Talking clock apparatus. 3,644,682, CI. 1 79-100 I
Park, Joseph D , and Nakata, Bruce T , to Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company Process for producing fluorinated acids.
3,644,501, CI 260-514
Parker-KaJon Corporation: See—
Oestereicher. Louis, 3,643,722.
Parkhill, Laverne O See—
Hawkins, ChaHes T , and Parkhill, Laveme 0, 3,644,934.
Parkhurst Manufacturing Co , Inc.: See —
Parkhurst, William R , 3,643,975
Parkhurst. William R , to Parkhurst Manufacturing Co., Inc. Retracta-
ble tongue stand for trailers 3,643,975, CI 280-475
Parr, Russell Dale, and Dcte, Leo Joseph, Jr , to Carlisle Tire and
Rubber Division Flexible expansion joint for structures. 3,643,388,
CI 52-58
Partndge, Harvie C, to Smithpac Canada Ltd. Automatic packer cycle
for refuse carrying apparatus 3,643,824, CI. 214-5 10.
Partyka, Richard Anthony: See—
Juby, Peter Frederick, Hudyma, Thomas William, and Partyka,
Richard Anthony. 3,644,479
Pasold, Gunter, to Veb Kombinal Robotron. Doubly refracting crystal
arrangement for reducing apertural defects. 3,644,0 1 8, CI. 350-157.
Pasquino, Pietro: See—
Bomengo, Mario, and Pasquino, Pietro,3,644,5l4.
Patapis, Isidor C Ducted spike diffuser 3,643,901 , CI. 244-130.
Patent Service Corporation of America: See—
Pfeuffer. Anton, 3,644, 726 »
Patron, Luigi: See—
Monaco, Sergio Lo; Mazzolini, Corrado; Patron, Luigi; and
Moretti,Alberto,3,644,317
Patterson, Henry J Re-usable buffing wheel carrier. 3,643,284, CI. 15-
230 19
Paul, William T., to North American Rockwell Corporation. Power
transmitting chain with floating bushing and method of manufacture.
3,643,517, CI 74-254
Pauley, Reginald W , to Ingersoll-Rand Company. Wrenching system
and method 3,643,501, CI 73-133
Pauley, Reginald W , to Ingersoll-Rand Company. Signal inhibitor for
impact wrench 3,643,749, CI 173-12
Payne, Clarence Oval, Sr Sewer lift alarm system. 3,644,916, CI. 340-
244.
Payne. George B., to Shell Oil Company. Sulfur ylid production.
3,644,487. CI 260-481
Payne, William B , to Scripto, Inc. Method of producing a heat treated
beryllium copper tip for a ball point writing instrument. 3,643,319,
CI 29-441
Peate, Norman T Bicycle fork extension. 3,643,974, CI. 280-278.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 33
Peccoud, Michel: See—
Bost, Jose; Hollard, Daniel, Peccoud, Michel; and Suscillon,
Michel, 3,644,738
Pennwalt Corporation: See—
Bafford, Richard A., 3,644,536.
Sheppard, Chester Stephen, and Macleay, Ronald Edward,
3,644,406.
Penny, Peter A., to Remington Arms Company, Inc. Multi-color in-
dicator for a fluid operated system. 3,643,620, CI. 1 16-65.
Pentegov, Igor Vladimirovich: See—
Mescheryak, Sergei Nikolaevich; Stemkovsky, Evgeny Petrovich;
Pentegov, Igor Vladimirovich; Vorona, David Semenovich; and
Moravsky, Vladislav Eduardovich, 3,644, 699.
Pepper, Peter W. Navigational course computer and plotter.
3,643,333, CI. 33-1.
Perlman, Barry Stuart; and Walsh, Thomas Edward, to RCA Corpora-
tion. Transferred electron amplifier 3,644,839, CI 330-5.
Perlman, David E., to Detection Systems, Inc. Single terminal electro-
optical intruder detection device. 3,644,9 17, CI. 340-258.
Perlman, David E., to Detection Systems Inc. Integrating circuit using a
programmable unijunction transistor. 3,644,9 1 8, CI. 340-276.
Perma Horn Sales Corporation: See—
Paoletta, Rocco E., and Petrou, William. 3,643,350.
Pernick, David,: See—
Pemick, Louis, 3,643,470.
Pernick, Louis, 25% each to Pernick, David, Haft, David, and Finkel-
stein, Arthur. Design wheel for knitting machines. 3,643,470, CI. 66-
50.
Peronti, Anthony, 1/2 to White, Michael S Automatic surgery retrac-
tor. 3,643,655, CI. 128-20.
Perrino, Albert C; and Israel, Michael G., to I.C.I./Organics Inc. Sub-
stituted/3,^'-thio diethyl sulfones. 3.644 .488. CI. 260-481
Perry, Donald S.:Se^—
Anderson, Carl P.; Kennedy, Charles H.; and Perry, Donald
S, 3.643,779.
Personal Products Company: See—
McGuire, Mary H , and Kapur, Chandra, 3,643,662.
Peterson, Adolphe C. Compound reaction propulsion means with mul-
tiple thrust. 3,643,439, CI. 60-225.
Peterson, Donald E.: See—
Haupt, Robert C, and Peterson, Donald E ,3,643,976.
Peterson, Russell I., Jr., to Cumberland Engineering Company, Inc.
Material cutting machine and sound absorbing hood therefor.
3,643,880, CI. 241-100.
Petrinjak, Emerick J., and Grasinger, William J , to Westinghouse
Electric Corporation. Method of making a coil bobbin. 3,644,156,
CI. 156-90.
Petrocarbon Developments Limited: See—
Ruhemann, Martin Siegfried William; and Mercer, Stanley,
3,643,452.
Petrolite Corporation: See—
Wilson, Homer M., 3,644,187
Petrou, William: See—
Paoletta, Rocco E.; and Petrou, William, 3,643.350.
Pfaff.G M .AG:S«-
Schwehm, Lothar, 3,643,613.
Pfeifer, Josef: See—
Bestenreiner, Friedrich; Demi, Reinhold, Greis, Ulrich; and
Pfeifer, Josef,3,644 .01 9
Pfeiffer, Norman W.: See—
Betulius, Gilbert E; and Pfeiffer, Norman W, 3,643, 745.
Pfeuffer, Anton, 1/3 to Patent Service Corporation of America. Liquid
cascade apparatus. 3,644,726, CI 240-10.
Pfizer, Chas., & Co., Inc.: See—
Lozanov, Merrill, 3,644,246
Pfizer Inc.: See—
Abuel-Haj, Marwan J., 3,644.360
Axelrod, Michael; Marsh, William S., Rao, Koppaka V.; and
Sodano, Charles S., 3,644,6 17.
Canas-Rodriguez, Antonio; and Leeming, Peter R., 3,644,403.
Conover, Lloyd H., McFarland, James W.; and Austin, William C ,
3.644,624.
Johnston, James David, 3,644,622.
Tate, Bryce E.; and Allingham, Robert P., 3,644,635.
Philco-Ford Corporation: See—
Matthews, William J , 3,644.890.
Phillipps, Gordon Hanley, to Glaxo Laboratories, Limited. ^-Hydroxy-
and 3-€ther-l,3,5,(IO), 7-dehydrosteroids. 3,644.439, CI. 260-397.4
Phillips, Donald G.; and Lubonski, Robert J. System for translating
data from a display into electrical signals suitable for storage.
3,644,7 14. CI. 235-61.11
Phillips, Edward J. Fender warning device. 3,644,887, CI. 340-102.
Phillips Fibers Corporation: See—
Schmick, Hayes J., 3,643,298.
Phillips Industries, Inc.: See—
Phillips, OdisL, 3,643,845
Phillips, Lee v.: 5rf—
Neighbors, Ralph P.; and Phillips, Lee V ,3,644,523.
Phillips, Michael, to Dreyfus, L A. Company. Laminated slabs of
chewing gum base. 3,644,169, CI 99-135
Phillips, Odis L., to Phillips Industries, Inc. Apparatus for feeding strip
stock. 3,643,845, CI. 226-145.
Phillips Petroleum Company: See—
Bresson, Clarence R , 3,644,282.
Brown, James D.; and Uraneck, Carl A, 3,644,528.
Clark, Meriin 0,3,644,107
Clark, Vernon R., 3.644,752.
Crouch, Ross A, 3.643.927
Dunn, Howard E., 3,644,2 1 8.
Farrar, Ralph C, 3,644,322.
Gilbert, Dixie E., 3,644,592.
Kinney, Alfred W., 3,643,830.
Kuper, Donald G., 3,644.504.
Lawson, Shelby D., 3,644,196.
Mathis, Ronald D.; and Guillory, Jack P., 3,644,279
Mills. Kenneth R., 3,644.273.
Norwood. Donald D.; and Marwil. Stanley J . 3,644,323.
Ririe, Otis E, 3,643,406.
Scoggin, Jack S., 3,644,583.
SUnsbury, Roy E.; and Shotton, James A., 3.643,450.
Supp, Paul R, 3,644,427.
Stapp, Paul R, 3,644,495
Supp, Paul R., 3,644,496.
Turk, Stanley D.; and Williams, Ralph P., 3,644,470
Photo-Motion Corporation: See—
Eaves, Robert B., 3,643,361.
Piatt, John M.: 5«—
Murphy, Clarence R.; Onopchenko, Anatoli; Piatt, John M.; and
Seekircher, Richard, 3, 644,499
Pieh, Gerhard: See—
Knoer, Peter; and Pieh, Gerhard,3,644, 179.
Pien, Jean Lucien Joseph, to Genvrain. Extracting proteins from lac-
toserum 3,644,326, CI. 260-122
Pierce, Edwin A., Knob, Richard W , Roth, Samuel O., and McKinney,
Emery L., to Inland Systems, Inc Building construction 3.643,393,
CI. 52-287.
Pietsch, Gerhard Joseph; and Lewis, Armand Francis, to American
Cyanamid Company. Two-part adhesives comprising an isocyanate
terminated prepolymer, an isocyanate reactive monomer and an un-
saturated polyester 3,644.569, CI. 260-835
Pilarczyk, Karol. to Carrier Corporation, mesne. Compressor base and
intercoolers. 3.644,054. CI. 4 1 5- 1 79
Pillsbury Company, The: See—
Rejsa, Jack J.; and Kiker, Paul K., 3,643,293.
Pin-Set Corporation: See—
Elders, Gerald W., 3,643,542.
Pinto, Peter J ; King, Donald M., and McCarthy, Rov B , to Leslie Salt
Co. Liquid dispenser 3,643,705, CI 141-141
Pipitone, Roberto, to Societa' Italiana Telecomunicazioni Siemens
S.p A. Print hammer for high-speed printer 3,643,594, CI 101-93
Piquerez, Ervin. Protective screen for a timepiece casing. 3,643,423,
CI. 58-88
Pitchon, Esra, to General Foods Corporation Process for removing
deleterious acid components from steamed coffee. 3,644,123, CI.
99-71
Pitre, Davide: See—
Felder, Ernst; and Pitre, Davide, 3,644,409
Plasser, Franz; Theurer, Josef, and Schubert, Egon Track surveying
method 3.643,503, CI 73-146
Plastic Coating Limited: See-
McKay, Peter Henry; and Legg, Morris James, 3,643,626
Plechac, Bohuslav, Ambroz, Miroslav, and Mudrik, Josef, to Statni vyz-
kumny usuv kozedelny Leather drying 3,643,339, CI 34-9
Plenz, Joachim: See—
Griehl, Wolfgang, Hahn, Wolf Dieter; and Plenz,
Joachim, 3,644,483.
Pletnev, Dmitry Vasilievich: See—
Kalyaeva, Alia Nikolaevna, and Pletnev, Dmitry
Vasilievich, 3,644,849
Plockinger, Erwin; Holzgruber, Wolfgang, and Schneidhofer, Adolf, to
Gebr. Bohler & Co., Aktiengesellschaft Electric slag remelting
process and apparatus for producing metal ingots having a change in
transverse dimension. 3.643,726, CI. 164-52
Ploss, Richard S., to Baird-Atomic, Inc Electro-optic light modulator
with area selection. 3,644,0 17, CI. 350-150.
Pluscec, Jelka: See—
Yale, Harry Louis; and Pluscec, Jelka,3,644,378.
Pneumatic Scale Corporation: See—
Sterling, Walter S., 3,643,783
Poettmann, Fred H.: See—
Kelly, Joe T; and Poettmann, Fred H ,3,644,194.
Pogonowski, Ivo C, to Texaco Inc. Flexible storage container for off-
shore facility. 3,643,447, CI 61-46
Pohl. LeeW.:S«-
Jackson, Andrew D., Jr , 3,643,802.
Pohlemann, Heinz: See-
Man, Matthias; Pohlemann, Hemz; and Klug, Hans,3,644,316
Poindexter, Everton G.; and Scott, Hugh M Production of seed
sprouts. 3,643,376, CI. 47- 1 .2
Poirot. Eugene M. Automatically operated feeding device 3,643,632,
CI 119-54.
Polaroid Corporation: See—
Andrews, Paul A; and Coyle, Bernard T, Jr.. 3,644,1 16.
Bellows, Alfred H., 3,643,565
Bloom, SUnley M.; and Lambert, Ronald F , 3,644,530.
De Palma, Bruce E , 3,644,1 17.
Douglas, Lawrence M., 3,643,567
Downey, Rogers B.; and Thomas, Paul W., 3,643,579.
Downey, Rogers B., 3,644,024.
PI 34
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22. 1972
w R , & Co
Seiz, Wolf-
Erlichman, Irving, and Lawrence, Maxwell E., 3,643,57 1
Polin, Herbert S , and Kuhn, Gustavo, to Vogel. Paul. Time setting
device for an electronic watch 3,643,4 18, CI. 58-23.
Pollack, Martin Alan See—
Bridges. Thomas James; Kaminow, Ivan Paul, and Pollack, Martin
Alan, 3,644,846.
Polly, Jack J ,Sr Snowmobile toe warmer 3.644,704. CI. 219-202
Polymer Corporation Limited: S^*—
Coulthard, Douglas, 3,644,590
Pool, Samuel T Sliding sinker bait cartridge 3,643.368, CI. 43-4 1 .2
Poole, Kenneth: See—
Hodges, Roy Kenneth. 3,643.274
Pope, Anthony Gerald; See—
Barker, Geoffrey Cecil, Gardner. Arthur William, and Pope,
Anthony Gerald, 3,644.824
Popinski. Leonard G , to Nedlog Company, The Automatic liquid pro-
portioner 3.643,835, CI 222-56
Popov, Nikolai Ivanovich; See—
Timofeev. Mikhail Mikhailovich. Sokolov, Vladimir Leonidovich.
German. Samuil losifovich. Levenbcrg. Ninel Efimovna, and
Popov. Nikolai Ivanovich. 3. 644, 144.
Popper. Felix B . and Levesque. Albert H., to Grace,
Production of metal chelates 3,644,444. CI. 260-429
Pora. Nicholas: See—
Palyi. Leslie. 3.643.879
Porret, Daniel: See—
Habermeier, Juergen, Porret. Daniel, and
gang, 3,644, 365.
Porter. Kenneth R.: See-
Brown. Gordon M, and Porter. Kenneth R .3.644,047.
Portmari. Antonio: See—
Longoni, Sergio, and Portinari. Antonio. 3. 643. 727
Post, Paul B.. to United aircraft Corporation. Information association
through logical functions derived from language 3,644,898, CI 346-
172 5
Post, Robert E : See—
Beumer. Karl W ; Geany, Gerard M ; Haran. John A , Hecker, Ed-
ward P , Nyman, George E , and Post, Robert E ,3,643,88 1
Postel, Edward. Mounting head for article of jewelry containing in-
terchangeable ornaments 3,643,467, CI. 63-29.
Potlatch Forests, Inc.: 5«—
Hayes, Leonard L , and Hottinger, Gerald J , 3.643,7 1 5.
Potters, Cornelis Johannes Theresia, Reinhoudt, Jacobus Pieler, and
Smulders, Hendricus Franciscus Gerardus. to US Philips Corpora-
tion. Automatic toothbrush with a fluid motor 3.643.273, CI 15-22
Powers. Marvin D Pipeline pigs 3,643.280, CI. 15- 104 06
Powers, Walter H: See—
Hessemer, Lawrence E., Manning. Richard P
and Powers. Walter H, 3,644. 728.
PPG Industries, Inc : See—
Hawkins. Charles T, and Parkhill. Laveme O
Prahl, Walter H , Eggerl, Jay P., Lcderman, Sol J
and Ulrich, Albert C , to Hooker Chemical Corporation
oxychlorination 3,644.542, CI 260-650
Predmore, Walter L.. Jr.: 5^*—
Barkey, Kenneth T., Hunter, C Shelburn, and Predmore, Walter
L, Jr., 3,644,573.
Preiser, Mark E , to General Motors Corporation Apparatus and
method for digital frequency addition and substraction 3,644,721,
CI. 235-150 3
Preston. Jerome A , to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. Method
of dispersing reaction of organosilane and poiyolefin 3,644,141 , CI.
1 17-126
Price, Alson K.: See—
Sweeney. Richard F, Price, Alson K., and Khan, Aziz
U, 3,644,513.
Price, Frederick William, and Williams, Derek, to Simms Motor Units
Limited Governor devices. 3.643,514, CI 73-530
Price, John A., and Stewart, Mary J., to FMC Corporation,
compounds as polycondensation catalysts in preparation
polyesters 3.644.291. CI 260-75.
Price, John A.: See—
Stewart, Mary J . and Price, John A. ,3,644. 292
Stewart, Mary J., and Price. John A. .3.644. 295.
Prikryl. Milos: See—
Weigl. Bedrich, Janku, Milos; Prikryl. Milos, Hubeny. Jaroslav.
and Hofman, Milos,3,643.301
Prill.ErhardJ :5«-
Wygant, James C , Anderson, Richard M ; and Prill, Erhard
J ,3.644.493
Prochazka. Miloslav: See—
Brazda, Ladislav, Prochazka. Miloslav; Kaulich, Karel; and Ozdi-
an. Josef, 3,64 3,4 13
Prochazka, Miloslav. and Kaulich, Karel, to Elitex, Zavody textilhino
strojirenstvi generaini reditelstvi. Checking mechanism for detecting
yarn breakages in open end spinning machines. 3,643,4 14, CI. 57-83
Procter & Gamble Company. The: See—
Fanta. Wayne I.; and Erman, William F . 3,644,505.
Prodger, Brian S.: See-
Sash, Alan W B.; and Prodger, Brian S, 3,643, 372.
Progress-Elektrogerate Mauz & Pfeiffer: See—
Worwag. Eberhard. 3,643,276.
Prontor-Werk Alfred Gauther GmbH.: See—
Bonk. Heinrich Sylvester. 3.643.560.
Sparks. Harry G.
3.644.934
Scremin.
Eric H .
Benzene
Titanium
of linear
Puerner, George O : See—
Kirby, Joseph L , and Pucmer, George 0, 3,644. 865.
Pukitis, Ilmar Alfredovich: See—
Orlov, Nikolai Nikolaevich, Leveikin, Mikhail Shevelevich; and
Pukitis, Ilmar Alfredovich. 3,643.484.
Pullman Incorporated: S«e—
Chang. Clarence D . and Logiudice. Albert S., 3.644.541.
Puna. Erich, to Brundell Och Jonsson AB. Tree harvesting machine.
3,643,711. CI. 144-2.
PureticMarioJ Power block. 3,643.921. CI. 254-138.
Purr. Horst See—
Kittel. Arthur, Frank, Rudi; and Purr. Horst,3,643,775.
Oatron Corporation: See—
White. Rowland K . and Lindbeck. Simon L.. 3.643,962.
Ouentin. Jean Pierre, and Ruaud, Michel, to Rhone-Poulenc S.A. Ion
exchange copolymers and membranes made thereof. 3,644,225, CI.
260-2 1
Quest, Karl; Heckmann. Werner, and Knabe, Uwe, to Holstein & Kap-
pert, Maschinenfabrik Phonix GmbH Bottle capping machine
3,643.398, CI 53-77.
Ouibel, Jacques: See—
Lhonore, Pierre. Ouibel. Jacques; and Senes, Michel, 3.644. 100.
Senes. Michel, Lhonore, Pierre, and Ouibel, Jacques, 3.644, 557.
Quiring. Allan Joseph: See—
Hunsaker, Floyd Melvin, and Quiring, Allan Joseph. 3, 644, 774.
Quist, Bernardus B , and Smit, Jacobus A. J., to Shell Oil Company.
Apparatus for the preparation of agglomerates. 3,643,929, CI. 259-
9
Rachwalsky, Heinz: See—
Sulmg. Carlhans. Logemann, Heino, Kramer, Dieter; Rachwalsky.
Heinz, and Marzolph. Herbert. 3.644, 265
Radin. Bernard G . to Ford Motor Company. Low liquid level indica-
tor 3,644.885, CI 340-59
Ragsdale, Robert Gordon, to Milgo Electronic Corporation, mesne
Data modem having phase, frequency and amplitude distortion com-
pensating means 3,644,830, CI 325-42
Railway Supply & Mfg Co . The: See-
Andrews. John W . Schmiel, William J.; Inman. Gene E., and
Jones, James Phillip, 3.643,416.
Rain Jet Corporation See—
Hruby, John O , Jr . 3.643,866
Raines, Stephen, and Kovacs, Csaba A , to Richardson-Mcrrell Inc.
Substituted 2 aminomethylpyrroles 3,644.397. CI. 260-326.3
Ralston Purina Company See—
Beyer, Robert A , Schulz, Arthur A., and Schatzman. Edmond A .
3,644,121
Ramm, Duane E See—
Mander. Robert J . Ramm. Duane E.; and Simms, Robert
J .3.643,812
Range, Lynn A : See—
Andrushkiw, Bohdan A . and Range. Lynn A .3.643.520.
Rao. Durvasula V . Sayigh, Adnan A R , and Ulrich, Henri, to Upjohn
Company. The 3-Phenyl coumarins 3,644,41 3, CI. 260-343.2
Rao, Koppaka V : S** —
Axelrod. Michael. Marsh. William S . Rao. Koppaka V.; and
Sodano. Charles S .3,644,617
Ratts, Kenneth Wayne, to Monsanto Company. Fungicidal composi-
tion and method containing a-substituted sulfonium ylids
3,644,639, CI 424-308
Rauch, Francis Clyde, Murray. Michael Albert, and O'Lenick. Richard
Vincent, to American Cyanamid Company. Protective garment
against white phosphorus. 3.644,142, CI. 1 1 7-1 38.8
Rausch. John J , and Van Thyne, Ray J , to Surface Technology Cor-
poration Abrasion-resistant materials and certain alloys therefor
3,644,153, CI 148-31.5
Raychem Corporation: 5^^—
Allan, Donald R ,3,643,986 ^
RCA Corporation: See-
Brown. Martin Kamp, 3,643.299.
Dingwall. Andrew G F . 3,644.802.
Graf, Stefano. 3.644.838
Perlman. Barry Stuart, and Walsh, Thomas Edward, 3,644,839
Reabe, Kenneth G , and Dressier. Hans, to Koppers Company, Inc
Method for the preparation of hydroxyalkyi ethers 3.644,534. CI.
260-613
Rector, Carl T Underwater diving garment construction. 3,643.264,
CI. 2-2.1
Reeber, Nicholas J . to Hazeltine Corporation. Gated video inverter.
3.644.668. CI 178-7 1
Reed. Clyde E . to Sperry Rand Corporation Method of hydrostati-
cally forming a tunnel structure for a magnetic plated wire memory
array 3,643.325. CI 29-604
Rees. John Michael: See—
Coaton, James Richard, and Rees. John Michael. 3,644,773.
Regenscheit. Walter: 5^^ —
Barteleit. Ulrich. Regenscheit, Walter, Schroder, Helmut; and
Wolf, Erich, 3,643,585.
Rehr, Henry W: 5«- ... _ . „,
Nussbaum, Henry A.; Rehr, Henry W.; and Tellier, Clair W..
Jr ,3.643.939.
Reichelt. Bernhard: See—
Zollner. Dieter, and Reichelt. Bernhard,3,644.654.
Reid. Glenn J , to Williams Products, Inc. Plastic molding apparatus.
3,643,91 1, CI. 249-170.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 35
Reid, Marvin A.; and Swift, William R., to Coleman Engineering Com-
pany, Inc. Dual camera 3,643,570. CI. 95-18.
Reilly, Patrick J: Sc<—
Gracia, Albert J.; Reilly, Patrick J.; and Walters, Sandra
J. ,3,644, 186.
Reiners, Franz; and Walk, Georg, to Monforts, A. Turret lathe
3,643,533. CI. 82-36.
Reiners, Walter: See—
Furst, Stefan, 3.643,471.
Reinhard, Russell R.; and Blackley. William D., to Texaco Inc. BisCper-
fluoroalkyDnitroxide mercuride 3,644,449, CI. 260-432.
Reinhoudt, Jacobus Pieter: See—
Potters, Cornelis Johannes Theresia, Reinhoudt, Jacobus Pieter;
and Smulders, Hendricus Franciscus Gcrardus,3,643,273
Reinke, Raymond W.: See—
Sabatka, Winston £.; Bloomquist, Wilburn M., and Reinke
Raymond W, 3,643,670.
Rcisner, Manfred: See—
Duggan, Richard E., Sandberg, Bernard L ; Reisner, Manfred, and
Gascoigne, Allan J. ,3,644,921.
Reiter, Paul: See—
Henning, Herbert; Alt, Werner; and Reiter, Paul, 3,643,93 1 .
Rejnart, Vlastimil: See—
Havlas, Jiri; Kostelecky, Premysl; Holy, Zdenek, Rydio, Jeromir;
and Rejnart, Vlastimil, 3, 643,843.
Horatschke, Rudolf; Holy, Zdenek, Havlas, Jiri; Kostelecky, Pre-
mysl; and Rejnart, Vlastimil, 3,643,990.
Rejsa, Jack J.; and Kiker, Paul K , to Pillsbury Company, The. Poultry
transfer apparatus and method 3,643,293, CI 17-11
Remanick, Allen H.: See—
Briskin, Theodore S ; and Remanick, Allen H. ,3,643,667.
Remington Arms Company, Inc : See-
Penny, Peter A.. 3,643,620
Remote Controls Corporation: S^f —
Matysek, John J, 3,644, 884
Renger, Herman L.: See—
Kitaguchi, Tome, and Renger. Herman L. 3.644,924
Reni, Cesare: See—
Paleologo, Teo; Reni, Cesare; and Lugo, Luigi, 3, 644.472.
Rennard. Raymond J . Jr.: See—
Innes. Robert A.; and Rennard, Raymond J., Jr ,3,644,549.
Rennells, Kenneth C , to Ott Chemical Company, The Preparation of
alkyl isocyanates. 3,644,461, CI. 260-453.
Research Corporation: See—
Higgins. Jerry G. 3.644,285.
Hirschberg, Joseph G, 3,644,014
Resener. Baird E.. to Amsted Industries Incorporated. Cable conveyor
3.643.792. CI. 198-189.
Revco. Inc.: See-
Clark, Robert E.. 3.643.291.
RexChainbelt Inc.; See—
Christensen. Norman B . Clark. Thomas A
J . 3.643.696.
Reynolds, R J., Tobacco Company: See—
Squires. William C. and Hayes. Lawrence E
Rezek, John R., and Yackish. Thomas M , to Motorola. Inc Voltage
and temperature subilized multivibrator circuit. 3.644.757, CI 307-
273.
Rhindress, Walter H. Hanger. 3,643. 84 1. CI. 223-95.
Rhodes. Harold B.: See-
Fender, Clarence L.. and Rhodes. Harold B ,3.644,656.
Rhone-Poulenc S.A.: See—
Chabert. Henri, 3.644.226
Jeanmart. Claude, Messer. Mayer Naoum. and Simon. Pierre
Edouard, 3,644,366.
Ouentin. Jean Pierre, and Ruaud. Michel. 3,644,225.
Tchelitcheff, Serge, 3,644.653
Rhone-Poulence S.A.: See—
Auge, Jacques. Guillaume. Andre; and Toumiaire. Claude,
3,644,606.
Rice, Dale E., to Cardwell Oil Corporation Ltd (N PL ), mesne.
Cordless telephone system. 3,644.681, CI 179-41
Rich. Maurice E., Jr., to Troxel Manufacturing Company. Saddle sup-
port means. 3,643,995. CI 297-209
Richard, James A.: See—
Jones, William E. M.; and Richard. James A .3.643.604
Richards, Samuel E, Jr., to Communications Research Company Con-
ductor identiHcation in multi-conductor means. 3.644.687. CI 179-
175.3
Richards, William R., to Textron, Inc. Snowmobile ski construction.
3,643,979, CI. 280-28.
Richardson, Arthur W.: See—
Birnbaum, Manfred E., Braytenbah. Andrew S.; and Richardson,
Arthur W, 3.643,437.
Richardson Company, The: See-
Stone, Leslie F., 3.643,876.
Testolin, Reno J., 3,643,379.
Richardson. William B.: See—
Gelb, John; Merwin. Eugene M., and Richardson. William
B, 3,643,334.
Richardson-Merrell Inc.: 5«—
Kim, HyunKoo, 3,644,363.
Raines, Stephen; and Kovacs. Csaba A.. 3,644.397.
Richtcr, John C. F. C, to Kamyr Aktiebolag. Device for feeding dense
cellulosic pulp into a closed container. 3,643,878. CI. 241-48.
and Webers. Robert
3.644.176.
Richter. Robert C. and Srinath. Shimoga K , to Cincinnati Milacron
Inc Tuned damping means for increasing the minimum dynamic
stiffness of a spindle system. 3,643,546, CI. 90-1 1.
Rickard. Donn J.: S««—
Bushman. Ronald C. Rickard, Donn J ; Webb, John D.; Alex-
ander. L. Bruce; and Church. Cleveland 8.3.643,7 1 6
Rickel, Allen D., to Auto Laundry Equipment Sales Company. Wheel
washer construction. 3,643,272, CI. 15-21.
Ricoh Co., Ltd.:S*f—
Suzuki, Shigeru, 3.644,69 1
Ridge Runner, Inc.: See—
Hagen, Donald H.; and Leopold, Donald L., 3.643.769.
Ridgewell, Brian John: See-
Duck, Edward William; Farmer, John Howard; and Ridgewell
Brian John, 3, 644, 309.
Rieter Machine Works. Ltd.: See—
Wuest. Olivier, 3,643.883.
Riggs & Lombard Inc.: See-
Stevens, Brooks. Jr., 3.643,475.
Riggs, Robert S.: See—
Appleby, Paul E.; Folden. Denver C; and Riggs. Robert
S., 3,644,162.
Riordan, Hugh E., to Keisey-Hayes Company Integrating hydraulic
brake booster. 3.643,436. CI 60-54.6
Rips, Richard, to Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, and In-
stitut National de la Same et de la Recherche Medicale N-a-Amino
acylamido pyrroles. 3,644,352. CI. 260-247 2
Ririe, Otis E., to Phillips Petroleum Company Sample scrubber
3,643.406. CI. 55-238.
Risley, Robert F , to Schliu, Jos , Brewing Company Conveyor system
having apparatus for dividing conveyed articles into rows. 3,643,782.
CI. 198-30.
Risley, Robert F , and Smith, Wayne A., to Schliu, Jos., Brewing Com-
pany Deadplate construction for a conveyor system. 3,643,781 CI
198-28.
Ritchie, Edwin E., to Wyatt Corporation Proximity control apparatus
3,643,706.C1 141-160
RobbinsA Myers. Inc.: See—
Zimmer. George H.. 3.643.877.
Robbins, Samuel B., to General Motors Corporation. Power window
pull down circuit. 3,644,81 1,C1. 318-266
Roberts. Clyde D.. to Midwestern Instruments, Inc. Tape xuide
3,643,849, CI. 226-199.
Roberts, Daniel M.: See-
James Richard N . Applequist, James E ; and Roberts, Daniel
M, 3,644. 922.
Roberts, Hugh } . See—
Mooth. Robert A . Ciesla. SUnley F, and Roberts, HuEh
J ,3.644.332
Roberts, Reginald F., Jr.. to Dow Chemical Company. The. Use of am-
monia in the preparation of catalysts for olefin polymers having im-
proved processability. 3.644,325. CI 260-94.9
Roberts, Webster C: See—
Kolb, Edwin R , Blaha, John F , and Roberts, Webster
C ,3,644,903
Robertshaw Controls Company: See—
McCrea, AlanF., 3,644,891.
McCrea, Alan F., 3,644,894.
McCrea. Alan F.; and Snively. Hugh V . 3.644,897.
Mcintosh, Harold A., 3.643,91 3.
Wright,JohnW. 3.643.863.
Zajac. Chester J. 3.644,807
Robins, A. H.. Company. Incorporated: See—
Helsley, Grover Cleveland. 3,644.350
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, 3,644,38 1
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, 3,644,398
Helsley, Grover Cleveland, 3,644,4 14.
Robinson, David V., 1/5 to Rosini, Donald A.
foods. 3,643,586, CI. 99-234
Robinson, Martin A.; and Hurley, Thomas J , Jr , lo Olin Mathieson
Chemical Corpioration. Aromatic azoxy compounds from aromatic
nitroso compounds. 3,644,327, CI. 260-143.
Robinson, Thomas K., Jr.: See—
Stange, Klaus K., and Robinson, Thomas K., Jr.,3,644.930
Rockwell Manufacturing Company: 5*^—
Bake. Earl A. .3.643.914.
Roebuck. Malcolm J., to First Nation Bank in Peru, mesne. Button as-
sembly apparatus. 3,643.530. CI 79-5
Roffey. Patrick, and Verge, John Pomfret, to Lilly Indusuies, Ltd.
Anti-inflammatory 1 ,2.4-triazines. 3,644.358, CI. 260-248
Rolls-Royce Limited: See—
McMurtry, David RoberU. 3,643,868.
Ronning, Richard L Method and apparatus for enhancing the separa-
tion of particulate material from an effluent stream 3,643.404 CI
55-92.
Roofe, Willard I., to General Motors Corporation. Assembly machine
and method. 3,643,3 1 8, CI. 29-434.
Roques, Rodney A., and Gray, Foster L.. to Texas Instrumenu. Incor-
porated. Use of vapor phase deposition to make fused silica articles
having tiUnium dioxide in the surfac»4ayer. 3,644,607, CI 264-60.
Roscoe, Gavin E.: 5«—
Crawford, Raymond V.; and Roscoe, Gavin E, 3, 644,237.
Rose, Boyd W., to FMC Corporation. Combination sucker-feeder
3,643,8 17, CI. 214-6.
Aseptic packaging of
^
PI 36
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Rose, Fred K.See—
Metcalfe, Arthur C; and Rose, Fred K, 3,644.698.
Rosen, Melvin Harris; and Blatter, Herbert Morton, to Ciba Corpora-
lion! Halothiele- 1,1 -dioxide asanti- inflammatory agents. 3,644,632,
CI. 424-275.
Rosen, Philip J., to Babcock &. Wilcox Company. The. Plural supply
stepper motor control system. 3.644.8 17. CI. 318-696.
Rosenberg. Saul R. Method and apparatus for milling peanut butter
3,643,703, CI. 141-1.
Rosenberger, Michael, and Saucy, Gabriel, to Hoffmann-La Roche Inc
Process for the preparation of steroidal compounds by cyclization of
A and B rmgs. 3.644,407, CI. 260-239.55
Rosenblatt, William: Ste—
Osipow. Lloyd I.; and Rosenblatt, William, 3,644, 333
Rosener, Harvey J., to Allen-Bradley Company, mesne. Circular inter-
polation system. 3.644.723. CI. 235-156.
Rosenkranz, George, and Crabbe. Pierre, to Syntex Corporation. 17a-
Aza-D-homosteroid ( 17.l7a-el tetrazoles. 3.644.367, CI. 260-287.
Rosenstock, Milton M.; See—
Rosenstock, Milton M.; and Doundoulakis. George J., 3.643,540.
Rosenstock, Milton M., and Doundoulakis, George J., 80% to Rosen-
stock, Milton M., and 20% to Nolte, Albert C , Jr., mesne. Ap-
paratus, including electronic equipment for providing a tonal struc-
ture for the metronomic divisions of musical time. 3.643.540, CI. 84-
484.
Rosenthale, Marvin E., and Lapidus, Milton, to American Home
Products Corporation. Compositions and methods for relieving
bronchial spasm with prostanoic acids and esters. 3,644,638, CI
424-305
Rosini, Donald A.: See—
Robinson. David V.. 3.643,586.
Rospatch Corporation; See—
Drcnt. Donald H , 3,643.556.
Ross. Carolyn A.: See—
Mitchell. Olga M. M., Ross. Carolyn A , and Wallace, Robert L ,
Jr..3,644.674.
Ross. Stanley E.: See—
Wolf. Harold W , and Ross, Stanley E ,3,644,591 .
Ross, Svante Bertil: See—
Carlsson, Per Arvid Emil. Corrodi, Hans Hudolf, Florwall, GosU
Linnart, and Ross. Svante Bertil, 3,644,623
Roswell, David F , Kramm. David E.; Wood. Louis L , and Steadman,
Thomas R., to Grace, W R., & Co. Orthoesters derived from
glycerol. 3,644,423, CI 260-340.9
Rotary Profile Anstalt; See—
Marcovitch, Jacob, 3,643,485.
Roth, Samuel O: See—
Pierce, Edwin A , Knob. Richard W.; Roth, Samuel O . and
McKinney, Emery L, 3.643, 393.
Roush, Roy W., Jr , to General Motors Corporation. Railway vehicle
brake rigging. 3,643,766. CI. 188-190.
Rousseau. Claude. See—
Teurnier, Roger, and Rousseau, Claude, 3, 644, 672.
Roussel Uclaf: See—
Allais, Andre, and Meier, Jean, 3,644,368
Roussel-Uclaf: See—
Clemence. Francois, and Le Martret. Odile, 3,644,382
Rouxel, Roland; and Chevalier. Gabriel, to Societe Generale de Con-
structions Electriques et Mecaniques. Time delay compensation in a
closed loop process control system. 3,644,719, CI. 235-150.1
Royal London, Ltd.; See—
Ginsberg, Arthur; and Hirau, Atsumu. 3.643,375.
Royer, Budd R.: See—
Corson, Bolton L , and Royer, Budd R, 3, 643.932.
Ruaud, Michel; See—
Ouentin, Jean Pierre, and Ruaud, Michel, 3, 644, 225
Rube, Helmut, to Bosch, Robert, Photokino GmbH., mesne Slide
changer mechanism for slide projectors. 3,644,028. CI. 353-103.
Rubin. Alan A.; See—
Pachter. Irwin J.; and Rubin. Alan A. ,3,644,63 1
Ruhemann, Martin Siegfried William; and Mercer, Stanley, to
Petrocarbon Developments Limited. Recovery of gases. 3,643,452.
CI. 62-22.
Rundell, Herbert A., to Texaco Inc. System for borehole depth and tool
position measurements. 3,643,504, CI. 73-151.5
Ruppin, Dierich; See—
Hertel, Heinrich; and Ruppin, Dierich.3,643.48 1 .
Ruppin. Dietrich; See —
Hertel, Heinrich; and Ruppin, Dietrich.3.643.482.
Russ. Edwin Precision vise. 3,643,937, CI. 269-25 1
Russell, Luther J. Tethered aerial top 3,643,373, CI. 46-61 .
Russell, Robert G., to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation. Method
and apparatus for producing filaments by centrifugal forces.
3,644.108. CI. 65-8
Russo. Andrew. Jr.. to General Motors Corporation. Hermaphroditic
terminal. 3,644,872. CI. 339-47.
Ruth. AlverW. Music teaching aid. 3.643,541, CI. 84-485
Ryan. James D.. and Hoagland. Raymond L.. to Gerber Producu Com-
pany. Gravity feed merchandising rack. 3,643,808, CI. 2 1 1 -49.
Ryan, William H., to Owens-Illinois, Inc Method and apparatus for
measuring interferometer fringe patterns. 3,644,046. CI. 356-106.
Rydlo. Jeromir; See—
Havlas, Jiri. Kostelecky. Premysl; Holy, Zdenek. Rydlo, Jeromir;
and Rejnart, Vlastimil. 3.643.843.
Sabaroff, Samuel. Monitoring system for vehicle lighting circuits.
3.644,886, CI 340-80
Sabatelli, Philip M , Sarge, Carmen R , Loder, Edwin R., and Brungs.
Charles A., to Chemed Corporation. Solutions of germicidal iodine
complexes 3,644,650, CI. 424-341.
Sabatino. Anthony, to Gould Inc Acid dispensers for dry charged bat-
teries. 3.643,834, CI 222-54.
Sabatka, Winston E., Bloomquist, Wilburn M.. and Reinke. Raymond
W . to Finishing Equipment and Supply Co.. Inc. Apparatus for
liquid treatment of flat materials. 3,643.670. CI. 134-1 17.
Sadamitsu. Kazuo; See—
Sekiguchi. Hideo, and Sadamitsu, Kazuo, 3, 644.297
Sadler. Loren G . and Waldrop, Thomas W., to Sperry Rand Corpora-
tion Forage harvester feed roll drive 3,643,720. CI. 146-120.
Sakamoto, Yasuhiko; See—
Amano, Kitsutaro, Ota, Chuichi, Hashimoto. Masao; Kanzaki.
Hisao. Sakamoto. Yasuhiko; and Yososhima.
Nobuyaki. 3.644,680
Sakashita, Misao: See—
Hamaguchi. Hachiro. Sakashita, Misao; and Koyama,
Mamoru, 3,644, 115
Salahshourian, Hooshang, to General Electric Company Stress
cascade-graded cable termination 3,644,662, CI. 174-73
Salzberg. Harold Karl, and Sten. Walter G . to Borden Inc. Water re-
sistant hair grooming compositions. 3. 644.6 1 5, CI. 424-70.
Salzgitter Huttenwerk Aktiengesellschaft; 5*e—
Schneider, Werner, 3.643,508
Samberth, Joerg See—
Odier, Jean, Samberth, Joerg. and Grundschober,
Friedrich. 3,644, 288
Sambeth. Joerg: See—
Odier, Jean, Sambeth, Joerg; and Grundschober,
Friedrich,3,644,286
Odier, Jean. Sambeth, Joerg. and Grundschober,
Friedrich,3,644,287
Samson Apparatebau AG.; See—
Klee, Gerhard, 3,643.435
Sanada, Hisao; See—
Seki, Shigeru; and Sanada, Hisao, 3,644, 3 19.
Sandberg, Bernard L.; See—
Duggan, Richard E . Sandberg, Bernard L , Reisner, Manfred, and
Gascoigne. Allan J ,3,644,92 1 .
Sandenburgh, George R , to Contromatics Corporation. Ball valve and
pipe flange assembly 3,643,9 1 6, CI 25 1 - 1 5 1
Sander, Bruno, and Sperber. Heinrich, to Badische Anilin- &. Soda-
Fabrik Aktiengesellschaft Non-aqueous liquid formulations with
biologically active ingredients 3,644,646, CI. 424-325.
Sanders Nuclear Corporation; See—
Deschamps, Nicholas H , 3,643,734
Sanderson, Leon Franklin See—
Hubbard, Arthur Lowell, and Sanderson, Leon
Franklin,3,643,407.
Sandoz AG; See—
Schweizer, August, 3,643,269.
Sandoz Ltd ; See—
Ebner, Cuno, and Schuler, Max, 3.644,355.
Schweizer, August, 3,643.269.
SandozWander, Inc ; See—
Hardtmann, Goetz E , and Ott, Hans, 3,644,354
Houlihan. William J , and Manning, Robert E., 3,644,369.
Houlihan, William J , and Manning. Robert E., 3,644,370.
Manning, Robert E , 3,644,343
Sankyo Company Limited; See—
Kishida, Yukichi. Terada. Atsusuke, Takagi, Hiromu; and
Kamioka, Toshiharu, 3,644,53 1
Sato, Yasunobu, Takagi, Hiromu; Tanaka. Teruo; and Kamoshida.
Katsuo, 3.644, 376
Sankyo Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha; See—
Moriyama, Hisao, and Takagi, KaUuhide, 3.643.574.
Sano. Kazuo: See—
Shimotsuma, Teruo. Mori, Toshihiro, and Sano, Kazuo, 3,644,667.
Sansom. Raymond E ; See—
Finley, Robert L , and Sansom, Raymond E, 3,643,969.
Santilli, Arthur A , and Kim, Dong H , to American Home Products
Corporation 2-Alkyl-7-substituted-4H-pyrimido(5".4':4,51
thienol 3,2-d 1[ 1 ,3 |oxazin-4-ones 3,644,35 1 , CI. 260-244.
Sapino, Chester, Jr . and Sleezer, Paul David, to Bristol-Myers Com-
pany. Process for the preparation of (4-pyridylthio) acetic acid.
3,644.377, CI. 260-294 8
Sarai. Hiroshi, to Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Vented fuel
tank 3,643,690, CI 137-587
Sarge, Carmen Ri«—
Sabatelli, Philip M , Sarge, Carmen R.; Loder, Edwin R.; and
Brungs, Charles A ,3,644,650.
Sargent-Welch Scientific Company; See—
Shapiro, AscherH, 3,644,051.
Sasaki, Shunroku, and Takebayashi, Shizuo, to Fujitsu Limited. PCM
transmission system utilizing two linear decoders. 3,644,673, CI.
178-88.
Sato, Masanobu; See—
Matsuzaki, Soichiro; Sato, Masanobu; and Kato,
Toshikazu,3,643,562
Sato Yasunobu, Takagi. Hiromu. Tanaka, Teruo; and Kamoshida, Kat-
suo to Sankyo Company Limited. l-(^-Hydroxyethoxy-ethyl)-4-
FEBRUARY22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 37
parachlorobenzyl- piperidine and its lower alkanoyl derivatives.
3,644,376, CI. 260-294.3
Satomi, Takeo: See-
Mine, Akihiko; Satomi, Takeo; Hino, Naganori; Kamoshita, Kat-
suzo; Suzuki, Yoshitsugu; and Nakai, Shinji, 3,644,422.
Sattler, Erich. Dowel for extruded sections of plastics material.
3,643,989, CI. 287-189.36 (^
Saucy, Gabriel: See—
Rosenberger, Michael; and Saucy, Gabriel, 3, 644,407.
Sausville, Joseph W.: See-
McAllister, William A., and Sausville, Joseph W.,3,644,212.
Sayigh, Adnan A. R., Stuber, Fred A.; and Ulrich, Henri, to Upjohn
Company, The. Light sensitive polyurethanes prepared from hydrox-
yl containing polymer and an isocyanato-stitbene compound.
3,644,289, CI. 260-47
Sayigh, Adnan A. R.: See-
Rao, Durvasula V.; Sayigh, Adnan A. R.; and Ulrich, Hen-
ri,3,644,4l3.
Scarbrough, Alfred D., to Bunker-Ramo Corporation, The. Graphic
data entry system. 3,644,671, CI. 178-18.
Scaros, Mike G.: See—
Chorvat, Robert J.; Pappo, Raphael; and Scaros, Mike
G. ,3,644,342.
Schaffner, Werner: See—
Heer, Alfred; and Schaffner, Werner, 3,644,43 1 .
Schankler, Martin M.: See-
Cornell, William D., Schankler, Martin M., and Kenrick, Charles
R ,3.643,959
Schatzman, Edmond A.: See—
Boyer, Robert A., Schulz, Arthur A., and Schatzman. Edmond
A. .3.644,1 21.
Schaub Engineering Co.: See-
Hays, Russell Duane. 3.643,685.
Scheffler, Bernard: See—
Weisz. Herman S.; Scheffler, Bernard, and Neely. Lester
W, 3.644. 140.
Schenck, Carl. Maschinenfabrik G.m.b.H.: See—
Birkholtz. Gottfried. 3,643.502
Schenker. Karl, to Ciba Corporation. 4-Aminoalkyl-3-aryl- 1 ,4-benzox-
azepin-5(4H)-ones. 3.644.338. CI. 260-239 3
Schering AG: See—
Wiechert, Rudolf; and Laurent. Henry. 3.644.44 1 .
Schering Corporation: See-
Sherlock, Margaret H., 3,644,424.
Scherrcr, Joseph H.; See—
Kincheloe, Richard D.; and Scherrer, Joseph H., 3, 644, 566.
Scheu, Rudolf. Apparatus for the production of synthetic plastics
molds for metal casting small dentaJ prosthetic parts, such as crowns
and caps. 3,643,730, CI. 164-235.
Schibli, Marcel, to Inventio Aktiengesellschaft Method and apparatus
for controlling an elevator for medium to high running speed.
3.643.762. CI. 187-29.
Schiffer. Gunter. to Kleinewefers. Joh., Sohne. Apparatus for wet treat-
ing textile fabrics. 3.643,474, CI. 68-8
Schiller. Adam A., to Waukesha Cutting Tools. Inc. Cartridge type
cutting tool with insert lock. 3,644.050. CI. 408-197
Schipper, Gervinus P.: See—
Luijk. Pieter; Van Gelderen. Evert; and Schipper. Gervinus
P. .3.644.248.
Schlegel, Earl S.. and Schnable. George L.. to General Instruments
Corporation, mesne. Time delay IGFETS 3.644.804. CI 3 1 7-235
Schliebs, Reinhard; Schlor. Hanshelmut. and Homeyer, Bemhard. to
Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft l-Alkoxy(-alkenyloxy.-
phenoxy)-l-thiono-3- chloro(3-alkyl) phospholines. 3,644,598. CI
260-936.
Schlinger, Warren G.: See—
Dille. Roger M.; and Schlinger. Warren G .3.643.875.
Schlitz. Jos.. Brewing Company: See—
Risley. Robert F.; and Smith, Wayne A., 3,643,781.
Risley, Robert F., 3,643,782.
Schlor, Hanshelmut: See—
Schliebs, Reinhard; Schlor, Hanshelmut; and Homeyer, Bem-
hard,3,644,598.
Schlossberg, Louis; and Sokalski, Stanley M., to Detrex Chemical In-
dustries, Inc. Method and composition for producing a black matte
finish on ferrous metals. 3,644,152, CI. 148-6.15
Schluckebier, Floyd A.: See—
Grandel, Leonard F.; Schluckebier, Floyd A.; and KimbeHin, Dan
R, 3,643,981.
Schlumberger Technology Corporation: See—
Kisling, James W., ill, 3,643,505.
Schluter, Kurt: See—
Widmann, Dietrich; Kappelmeyer, Rudolf; Schluter, Kurt, and
Steggewentz, Hermann,3,644,l 34.
Schmelzer. Hans-Georg; Gertel. Gunter; Degener, Eberhart; and
Dahm, Manfred, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktiengesellschaft.
Preparation of low molecular weight mono- and polyisocyanates
containing tertiary amino groups. 3,644.490, CI. 260-482.
Schmerling, Louis, to Universal Oil Products Company. Isomerization
of alkyl halides. 3,644,547, CI 260-658.
Schmick, Hayes J., to Phillips Fibers Corporation. Steam crimping of
yarn. 3,643,298, CI. 28-1.4
Schmid, Alfred: See—
Boke, Reinhard; Schmid. Alfred, and Wilke, Heinz,3,643,326.
Schmid, Dieter: See-
Meyer, Heinz; Schmid, Dieter; Schwarzer, Hans, and Twittenhoff,
Hansjoachim,3,644,6l2.
Schmidt, Helmut, to Bergwerksverband GmbH. Hydraulic casing
systems in mine workings. 3,643,445, CI. 61-45.
Schmidt, William G., to Communications Satellite Corportion. Chan-
nel reallocation system and method. 3,644,678, CI. 179-15.
Schmiel, William J.: See —
Andrews, John W.; Schmiel, William J.; inman. Gene E.; and
Jones, James Phillip, 3, 643,4 1 6.
Schnable, George L.: See—
Schlegel, Eari S.; and Schnable, George L, 3,644 ,804
Schneider, Karl-Heinz, to Bosch, Robert, G.m.b.H Method of making
journal constructions. 3,644,005, CI. 308-37.
Schneider, Werner, to Dango & Dienenthal Kommanditgesellschaft,
and Salzgitter Huttenwerk Aktiengesellschaft. Device for removing
gas and furnace charge probes from shaft furnaces and/or for taking
temperature and gas pressure measurements in the interior space of
the furnace. 3,643,508, CI. 73-344.
Schneidhofer, Adolf: See—
Plockinger, Erwin; Holzgruber, Wolfgang, and Schneidhofer,
Adolf,3,643,726.
Schoch, Robert, to Weinmann Aktiengesellschaft. Adjustable closure
device for sports shoes. 3,643,295, CI. 24-70.
Schoen, Karl: See —
Pachter, Irwin J., and Schoen, Karl. 3.644.386.
Schoendorff. Arthur J., to General Motors Corporation Proportional
control digital speec control system. 3,644.8 13. CI. 318-318.
Schoettger. Richard A., and Steucke. Erwin W., to United States of
America, Interior. Anesthetization offish. 3.644.625. CI. 424-258.
SchoHeld, Arthur T.. to Manufacturers Brush Company. The. Rotary
brush. 3.643.28 1. CI. 15-181.
Schollhorn. Martin: See—
Jahnert. Fritz; and Schollhorn. Martin,3.643.283
Schonherr, Erich: See—
Lettenmayer, Rolf-Dieter, Schonherr, Erich, and Tittmann.
Egon. 3,644.065.
Schremer, Edmund: See-
Wallace, John G.; and Schreiner, Edmund, 3,644, 932
Schroder, Helmut: See—
Barteleit, Ulrich; Regenscheit, Walter; Schroder. Helmut, and
Wolf, Erich,3.643,585
Schroeder, Arthur C.Golf-practJCing device. 3,643.961, CI. 273-197.
Schubert, Egon: See—
Plasser, Franz; Theurer, Josef; and Schubert, Egon, 3,643, 503.
Schulenberg, John W , to Sterling Drug, Inc Certain -2(a-haloacetyl)-
1.2.3.4-tetrahydro- 9-H-pyrido 13.4-bl-indole-3-carboxylates and
derivatives 3,644.384, CI 260-295
Schuler. Max; See—
Ebner, Cuno; and Schuler, Max, 3, 644. 355.
Schulte-Elte, Karl-Heinrich, to Firmenich & Cie. Unsaturated al-
dehyde. 3.644,430. CI. 260-348.
Schultheis, Stephen K , to United States of America, Navy Pump fluid
motor with pressurized bearing lubncation system. 3,644,071, CI.
418-83.
Schulz. Arthur A.; See —
Boyer. Robert A . Schulz. Arthur A.; and Schatzman, Edmond
A. .3.644.121.
Schulz. Johann G. D.: See—
Onopchenko. Anatoli, Schulz, Johann G. D., and Seekircher,
Richard.3,644,512.
Schulzc. Bernd: See—
Henninges. Karin; and Schulze, Bernd. 3.643, 67 1
Schuize, James L.. Sr.. to General Electric Company Apparatus for ad-
ding moisture to air. 3,643.930, CI. 26 1 -97
Schutz. Manfred, to Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm Geselischaft mil
beschrankter Haftung. Gas generator construction. 3,643,429. CI.
60-39.46
Schuyler, Jacquie G.; See—
Schuyler, Richard C; Schuyler, Jacquie G., Griffin, Margaret E.;
Tobias, William E , and Finney, Jack R. 3.643, 395
Schuyler, Richard C . Schuyler. Jacquie G., Griffin. Margaret E.;
Tobias. William E.; and Finney. Jack R Reversible wall assembly.
3.643.395. CI. 52-509.
Schwarz. Eckhard C A., to Kimberly-Clark Corporation Opague
polymer flim and method of producing. 3,644, 139, CI 117-118.
Schwarz, John F., and Bennett, Richard H., to Hercules Galion
Products, Inc. Cooking wheel assembly for broiling hot dogs.
3,643,588, CI. 99-427.
Schwarzer, Hans: See-
Meyer, Heinz; Schmid, Dieter, Schwarzer, Hans; and Twittenhoff,
Hansjoachim, 3.644,61 2.
Schwarzkopf, August; and Achelpohl, Fritz, to Windmoller &
Holscher. Welding apparatus 3.644, 163, CI 156-583
Schwehm, Lothar. to PfafT. G. M.. AG. Device for guiding the needle
thread of sewing machines. 3.643,6 1 3, CI. 1 12-218.
Schweizer, August, to Sandoz Ltd., a/k/a Sandoz AG Dyeing synthetic
polyamide fibers with disulfonated diaryl bis azo carbonilides.
3,643,269, CI. 8-41.
Schwuttke, Guenter H.: See—
Hoogendoom. Cornelius; Moody. Mattie. and Schwuttke, Guenter
H ,3,644,154
SCM Corporation: See-
Anderson. Carl P.; and Hanson, Thomas E., 3,643.777.
Anderson. Cari P.. 3.643.778.
PI 38
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22. 1972
Anderson. Carl P ; Kennedy, Charles H.; and Perry, Donald S ,
3,643.779
Bordencc. Carl, and Derfer. John M , 3,644,645.
Hall, Roger P. 3.644, 161
Scoggin, Jack S , lo Phillips Petroleum Company Production and
recovery of a solid mixed homo-and copolymer. 3,644,583, CI. 260-
878.
Scott, Hugh M See—
Pomdexter, Everton G . and Scott, Hugh M ,3,643,376.
Scott. John M Elcctncal switch 3,644,856.C1. 335-207
Scremin, Enc H ; See—
Prahl, Walter H . Eggert, Jay P.; Lcderman. Sol J., Scremin, Eric
H-. and Ulrich. Albert C ,3,644,542.
Scripto, Inc.: 5«f—
Payne, William B. 3.643.3 19.
Searle.G D .&Co.:5«—
Chorvat, Robert J., Pappo, Raphael, and Scaros, Mike G ,
3.644,342
Cusic. John W., and Coyne. William E.. 3.644.346
Sebestyen. Zsigmond: See—
Nagy. Zoltan; Szepesy. Laszio; Kovacs. Attila, and Sebestyen.
Zsigmond, 3.644. 55 5.
Seckel, Thomas G.; See—
Huboi. Robert W , Waz. Edward M , and Seckel. Thomas
G ,3,644,664.
Seekircher, Richard: 5«—
Murphy, Clarence R . Onopchenko, Anatoli; Piatt, John M , and
Seekircher, Richard,3,644.499.
Onopchenko, Anatoli, Schuiz, Johann G. D , and Seekircher,
Richard,3,644,5l2
Seguin, Pierre, to Moulinage et Retorderie de Chavanoz. Apparatus for
producing non-woven scrim fabrics. 3.643.300. CI. 28- 1 .
Sehm. Eugene J , lo Goodrich. B F . Company. The Impact-resistant
resinous blends containing vinyl chloride polymer method of making
same. 3.644.576,C1. 260-897
Seiz. Wolfgang: See—
Habermeier. Juergen. Porret, Daniel, and Seiz. Wolf-
gang.3.644. 365.
Seki, Shigeru. and Sanada. Hisao. to Kureha Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki
Kaisha Aftertreatmenl of vinylidene fluoride polymers prepared in
the presence of alkylpcroxydicarbonate comprising heat treatment
ofthe polymers with water. 3,644,319. CI. 260-92.1
Sekiguchi, Hideo; and Sadamitsu, Kazuo, to Furukawa Electric Com-
pany Limited, The Novel high temjjerature resistant resin having N-
alkylhydrazide units and a method of producing thereof 3.644.297.
CI 260-78.
Sel-Rex Corporation: See —
Smith. Paul T .and Fletcher. Augustus. 3.644,184
Selker, Milton L . Berdan, Betty L . and Luce. Betty M, to Clevite Cor-
poration. Multi-layer bearing. 3.644, 1 05, CI 29-196.3
Sell, Richard Geoffrey: See—
Tustin, Arnold, and Sell. Richard Geoffrey, 3.644.688.
Selwiu. Charles M.: See—
Notaro. Vincent A .and Selwitz, Charles M, 3, 644, 543
NoUro, Vincent A , Selwiu, Charles M , and Walsh. William
L .3.644.552
Semin, Roy E.. andGeist. Joseph C. to Goodyear Tire & Rubber Com-
pany, The Belt and belt drive assembly. 3.643,5 18, CI. 74-2 19
Semon, Albert L Double venturi pressure regulator 3,643,683, CI
137-484.8
Sendt, Alfred, to Heye. Hermann. Firma Glass-making tool and
method of use 3.644,1 10. CI 65-137
Senes. Michel, Lhonore. Pierre, and Ouibel. Jacques, to Societe
Chimique de la Grande Parois&e, Azote et Produils Chimiques
Catalyst compositions for preparing ethylene. 3,644.557. CI. 260-
683
Senes, Michel: See—
Lhonore. Pierre; Quibel, Jacques; and Senes. Michel. 3, 644. 1 00
Sensabaugh, Paul F : See—
Dalton, Wayne D.. Mackzum. Stanley C. Mann, Fnedrich H.. and
Sensabaugh, Paul F, 3.644,873
Sepulveda, Ralph R.: See—
Lamberti, Vincent; and Sepulveda, Ralph R .3.644.203.
Sessler. Gerhard M . and West. James E . to Bell Telephone Laborato-
nes, Incorporated. Method for producing permanent electret
charges in dielectric materials. 3.644.605. CI. 264-22.
Shannon, Thomas E . to United Aircraft Corporation. Variable con-
tour reflector with cooling system 3,644,020, CI. 350-295
Shapiro, Ascher H , to Sargent-Welch Scientific Company Turbo-
molecular and stator pump having improved rotor construction.
3,644 .05 I, CI. 415-90
Sharon manufacturing Company: 5«—
Hudson. Sharon J.. Jr.. 3,643.687.
Sharp, Donald J.; and Sutch. Richard D., to Western Electric Com-
pany, Incorporated. Anodizable cermet film components and their
manufacture. 3,644,1 88, CI. 204-192.
Sharpton, Dallas E. Waste oil recovery unit. 3.643,804.01. 210-242.
Shaw, Richard F.. to Texas Instruments, incorporated. Power control
"system. 3,644.755, CI. 307-252
Shea, Frederick L.: See—
Tarbell, Harlan E.; Mogg, Donald W.; and Shea, Frederick
L, 3.644.240
Sheer, Charles, and Korman. Samuel, to Sheer-Korman Associates,
Inc. Method of energy transfer to a heterogeneous fluid medium
utilizing a fluid convection plasma jet. 3,644,781, CI. 315-111.
Sheer, Charles, and Korman, Samuel, to Sheer-Korman Associates,
Inc Method of energy transfer utilizing a fluid convection cathode
plasma jet 3.644,782. CI 315-111.
Sheer-Korman Associates. Inc.: See —
Sheer. Charles, and Korman, Samuel, 3,644,781.
Sheer, Charles, and Korman, Samuel, 3,644,782.
Sheetz. Charles E . to FMC Corporation. Apparatus for sizing fruit.
3,643.799, CI. 209-84
Sheldon. Gary S Semiconductor passivating process and product.
3.644.801. CI. 317-235
Shell Oil Company See—
Anderson. William S., 3.644,301 .
Bagge. Leonard P . 3.644.076.
Bauer, Ronald S , Chung, Harold, Glockner. Peter W., Keim, Wil-
helm, and Van Zwet, Henry. 3,644.563.
deCarpcntier. Peiter. 3.644.308
Groothuis. Hendrik. and Van de Vusse, Jan G., 3,643,453.
Hassell. Howard L . 3.644.588
Luijk. Pieter. Van Gelderen, Evert; and Schipper. Gervinus P.,
3.644.248
Payne. George B . 3.644,487
Ouist, Bernardus B , and Smit, Jacobus A. J., 3,643,929.
Simpson, Samuel W . 3.643,492
Van Paassen. Cornells W C , and Van Meurs, Hubrecht C. A.,
3.644.201
Van Zwet. Henry. Bauer. Ronald S.. and Keim, Wilhelm,
3,644,564.
Shelley, Shelley W . to Shelley Systems. Inc Modular building struc-
ture 3.643. 390,CI 52-79
Shelley Systems. Inc.: See—
Shelley.ShelleyW ,3,643,390
Shenfeld. Richard S . Musser. Frederick M . and Kothari, Girish U.. to
Velsicol Chemical Corporation Adhesive compositions containing
styrene/iso- butylene copolymer 3.644.252, CI. 260-27.
Shepard, Alvin F : See—
Dannels. Bobby F , and Shepard. Alvin F ,3,644,533.
Dannels, Bobby F . and Shepard. Alvin F. .3,644,537.
Sheppard. Albert S . to Exitaire Company, The. Readily assembled
ventilator housing 3.643,584, CI 98- 1 2 1
Sheppard. Chester Stephen, and Macleay. Ronald Edward, to Pennwalt
Corporation Water soluble azoformate esters. 3.644,406. CI. 260-
192
Sheppley, William S . Jr , to International Business Machines Corpora-
tion Modular electrical enclosure 3.643.389. CI. 52-79.
Sherif, Fawzy G , to Du Pont de Nemours. E. I., and Company.
Trichlorophosphonoguanidmes. 3,644,5 16, CI. 260-543.
Sherlock, Margaret H , to Schering Corporation Glyceryl acetylsal-
icylale and its analgesic anti-inflammatory use 3,644,424, CI 260-
3409
Sherman. Ralph R , Jr . to General Electric Company Power control
circuit 3.644,832. CI 325-186
Sheth. Prafulchandra N See—
Berkowitz. Lawrence. Novickis, Georgs, and Sheth. Prafulchandra
N. 3.643.797.
Shigematsu. Hiroaki See—
Shimogaki. Toshio. Suzuki, Saburo, and Shigematsu,
Hiroaki.3.643.780
Shiihara. Isao See—
Takahasi. Hirosi. Tanabe. Masanori. Yamaguchi, Muneaki; and
Shiihara, Isao, 3,644.548
Shimamura, Tuneo: See —
Sugmra, Shotaro, Ueno. Haruo; Ishikawa, Hideo; Yano, Takefumi;
and Shimamura, Tuneo, 3. 644. 320.
Shimatani. Kenji: See—
Koyama, Shigeo. Ohtsuki. Motohiro. Shimatani. Kenji. Yasuda.
Masao. Takei. Toru, Kawai. Yasutaka. and Matsushima.
Takeshi. 3,644.780
Shimoda, Keitaro: See—
Nakagawa. Kazumi, and Shimoda. Keitaro, 3. 644,609.
Shimodoi. Yutaka: See—
Matsuda. Shogo, Shimodoi. Yutaka; Yamada. Hiraku; and Takao.
Kiyoshi. 3.644.08 I
Shimogaki. Toshio. Suzuki. Saburo; and Shigematsu, Hiroaki, to Barry-
Wehmiller Co Automatic bottle feeder 3,643.780, CI. 198-25
Shimotsuma. Teruo, Mon, Toshihiro; and Sano. Kazuo, to Nippon
Kokan Kabushiki Kaisha Apparatus for displaying a temperature
distnbution pattern 3.644.667. CI 178-6.8
Shindo. Makoto: See—
Hashimoto, Koji, Mogi, Noboru, and Shindo. Makoto,3,644,223.
Shinnar, Reuel Crystallizers 3.644.732. CI. 250-43.5
Shipp. Dennis E : See—
Benning. Gregory M . and Shipp, Dennis E, 3.643.357.
Shipston Engineering Company Limited: See—
Griffiths. Graham Ernest. Geiger, Roger Keith; and Miles. John
Walter, 3.643.917
Shiraishi. Masaharu: See—
Mekata. Teizo, Yoda, Takashi, and Shiraishi.
Masaharu. 3.644, 170.
Shiraishi. Masao: See—
Hon, Toshio. Yamato. Akira. and Shiraishi, Masao, 3, 644, 556.
Shmidl, Albert J , and Winegartner, Edgar C , to Esso Research and
Engineering Company Aromatic ester recovery. 3,644,178, CI. 203-
29
Shotton, James A.: See—
Sunsbury, Roy E , and Shotton, James A. ,3,643,450.
February 22. 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 39
Showa Denko Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Hashimoto, Koji; Mogi, Noboru; and Shindo, Makoto, 3,644,223.
Nakajima, Masaki; Hosogane, Tadayuki; Kobayashi, Shoichi; and
Ishihara, Shigenobu, 3,644,579.
Shriner, William H.;S«—
Damoth, Donald C, and Shriner. William H, 3,644,775.
Shriver, Charles S., to Orbit Manufacturing Company. Method of mak-
ing finned tubing. 3,643,312, CI. 29-157 3
Shubkin, Ronald L., to Ethyl Corporation. Preparation of carboxylic
acids. 3,644,443, CI. 260-4 13.
Shuey, Robert A., Jr.; and Bartley, John E. Method and apparatus for
joining pipe sections and forming a pipeline. 3.644,695, CI. 219-8.5
Shuji Kimura: See —
Daitoku, Kouichi, and Shuji Kimura. 3, 643, 576.
Siclari, Francesco; and Magnoni, Franco, to Snia Viscosa Societa'
Nazionale Industria Applicazioni Viscosa S.p.A. Process and equip-
ment for the continuous production of polyesters. 3,644,294, CI.
260-75.
Siegel, Edgar: See—
Horstmann, Walter; Kalz, Dietmar; Wolfrum, Gerhard; and Siegel.
Edgar,3. 644,405.
Siegel, Matthew. Ruid distribution apparatus preserving alignment of
longitudinal axesof flow 3,643,580, CI. 98-40
Siegrist, Adolf Emil; Liechti, Peter; Maeder. Erwin. and Guglielmetti.
Leonardo, to Ciba Limited. Benzoxazolyl-1.3,4-oxdiazole deriva-
tives. 3,644.345, CI. 260-240.
SIEM AG Siegener Maschinenbau GmbH: See —
Bretschneider, Erich J. F. E., 3,643,488.
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft: See—
Flachsbarth, Dieter, 3,644.760.
Gulbier. Heinrich. 3,644,148
Heywang, Hermann, 3,644,805
Keller, Wolfgang, 3,644, 151.
Maenicke, Eckart, 3,644,788.
Vogelsberg, Dieter. 3,643.41 1
Vorbach, Gunther; and Koch, Harald, 3,643,596.
Vukasovic, Lovro; and Hofmann, Rudolf, 3,643,405.
Widmann, Dietrich; Kappelmeyer, Rudolf; Schluter. Kurt, and
Steggewentz. Hermann, 3,644,134.
Wildgruber. Otto, 3,644,926.
Wolff, Otto; and Krahl, Dieter, 3,644,733
Sigmon, Bernard E., to Sperry Rand Corporation Temperature stable
negative resistance diode coaxial cavity energy converter operating
in an anti-resonant mode. 3,644,843, CI. 331-101
Signet Controls, Inc.: See-
Davis, Billy E.; and Gilliam. Paul V.. 3.643.489.
Siina, Katumi: See—
Otake, Naokichi, Yamanobe, YuUka, Siina, Katumi; and Usuba,
Kunikatsu,3,644,862.
Simmons, Edward C, to General Motors Corporation. Turbulence
dampened float control. 3,643,68 1, CI. 137-429.
Simms Motor Units Limited: See-
Price, Frederick William, and Williams, Derek, 3,643,514.
Simms, Robert J.: See—
Mander, Robert J.. Ramm, Duane E , and Simms, Robert
J, 3,643.812.
Simon, Peter, to Bley, Roland. Fluid tight watch. 3,643,424. CI. 58-90.
Simon. Pierre Edouard: See—
Jeanmart, Claude; Messer, Mayer Naoum; and Simon. Pierre
Edouard,3,644.366
Simon-Carves Limited: 5«r—
Grieve. Alan, 3.643,926.
Murphy, Arthur Douglas, 3,643,982
Simpson. Michael Charles Stephen, to English Electric Company
Limited. Overcurrcnt relays. 3.644,789, CI. 317-36.
Simpson, Samuel W.. to Shell Oil Company. Pour and cloud point
analyzer. 3.643.492. CI. 73-17
Skau, tvald L.: See—
Mod. Robert R.; Magne. Frank C, and Skau, Evald L ,3,644.478
Skenderoff. Claude, to Thomson-CSF. Symbol recognition system, par-
ticularly for alpha-numeric characters utilizing electro-optical
techniques with non-coherent light. 3,644,889, CI. 340-146.3
Ski Free Company: See—
Berienbach, Bernard E.. 3,643,977
Sklarz, William A.; Grenda, Victor J., Lindberg, Glenn W ; and Ep-
stein. Albert D.. to Merck &. Co., Inc Process for preparing 4(5)-
nitroimidazoles. 3.644, 391, CI 260-309.
Skoda narodni Podnik Plzen: See—
Zajic, Vladimir. 3,643,496
Skrobisch, Alfred, to Allard Instrument Corporation. Limited angle
DC torque motor. 3,644,763. CI. 3 10-36
Slagel, Robert C: See—
Grimm, Robert A.; and Slagel. Robert C ,3,644,442.
Slate, Claude C. to Hughes Aircraft Company Umbilical connector.
3,644.938, CI. 339-91
Slavik, William H., to Motorola, Inc. Automatic beam intensity limiter
with a current transformer coupled to the ultor lead. 3,644,669, CI.
178-7.5
Sleczer, Paul David: See—
Sapino, Chester. Jr.; and Sleezer, Paul David. 3,644, 377.
Sloan, Jerry L., to Lamb-Weston. Inc. Method of processing potatoes
prior to combined freeze-drying and air drying. 3,644,129. CI. 99-
207.
Smilg. Benjamin: See—
Isaacson, Max; and Smilg, Benjamin. 3,643, 384.
Smit, Jacobus A. J.: See—
Ouist, Bernardus B.; and Smit, Jacobus A J ,3,643.929.
Smith &. Stone Limited: See—
Duffield. Joseph Frederick, and Godziemba-Dambski. Zdzislaw
R .3.644,879.
Smith. A. O., Corporation: See—
Hammond, Ronald W., 3,643.820.
Smith, Dallas F.:S«—
Arnold, Richard B.; and Smith, Dallas F ,3,643,3 17.
Smith, Elmer L. Tile marking device. 3,643,335, CI. 33-42
Smith, Elwood Lee, to Lely Corporation, The. Device for spreading
granular or powdery material. 3,643,872, CI. 239-655.
Smith, Eric, to Olin Mathieson Chemical Corporation. Preparation of
aromatic isocyanates. 3,644,460, CI. 260-453.
Smith, Eric; and Kober, Ehrenfried H., to Olin Mathieson Chemical
Corporation. Preparation of aromatic isocyanates by catalytic car-
bonylation of nitrocompounds. 3,644,462, CI. 260-453.
Smith, Herchel: See-
Douglas, George H., Teller, Daniel M., and Smith.
Herchel.3,644,440.
Smith, Herchel; and Herbst, David R., to American Home Products
Corporation. 10-Methyl-13-ethylgon-4.9(l 1 )-dienes 3.644,425, CI
260-343.2
Stein, Reinhardt P.; and Smith, Herchel,3,644,437.
Smith, Keith J: 5«—
Weil, Edward D., and Smith, Keith J. ,3,644,415.
Weil, Edward D.; and Smith. Keith J. ,3,644,4 16.
Smith Kline & French Laboratories: See—
Blank. Benjamin; and Zuccarello, William A , 3,644.648
Holden, Kenneth G.; and Kerwin. James F., 3,644,527
Smith, Lester E.. to Olin Corporation. Valve. 3.643.698. CI 137-
625.23
Smith. Morton C: See —
Wagner, Paul; Dickinson, James M.. and Smith, Morton
C .3.644,221.
Smith, Paul T.. and Fletcher. Augustus, to Sel-Rex Corporation Elec-
trolytic gold plating solutions and methods for using same.
3,644, 1 84, CI. 204-46.
Smith, Peter William, to Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated.
Frequency-stabilized single mode ring lasers 3,644,841. CI. 331-
94.5
Smith, Richard L., to Lockheed Aircraft Corporation. Cellular materi-
al inhibited from fouling with micro-organism growth. 3,644,238, CI.
260-2.5
Smith, Russell J.; and Froman, William H., to Midland-Ross Corpora-
tion. Squeeze head assembly for molding machines. 3.643,729, CI.
164-170.
Smith, Samuel, and Hubin, Allen J., to Minnesota Mining and Manu-
facturing Company. Process for preparing block copolymers from a
tetrahydrofuran polymer. 3.644.567. CI 260-829
Smith. Vernon C; Hobgood. James Barnette; and Barwick, Frederick
E., III. to Collins & Aikman Corporation Method for improving the
dyeability and for heat setting synthetic linear polyesters. 3,644.079,
CI. 8-4.
Smith, Vernon C: See—
McCullough, Robert W.; Smith. Vernon C . Barwick, Frederick
E., Ill, and Hobgood, James B, 3.644.080.
Smith, Wayne A.: See—
Risley, Robert F., and Smith, Wayne A. ,3,643. 781
Smithpac Canada Ltd.: See—
Partridge. Harvie C. 3.643.824
Smulders. Hendricus Franciscus Gerardus: 5rr—
Potters, Comelis Johannes Theresia. Reinhoudt, Jacobus Pieter;
and Smulders. Hendricus Franciscus Gerardus. 3. 643. 273
Snelling, Christopher, and Gardone, Anthony J . to Kayex Corpora-
tion. Pull rod seal. 3,643,964, CI 277-24
Snia Viscosa Societa' Nazionale Industria Applicazioni Viscosa
S.p.A.:5«—
Siclari. Francesco; and Magnoni, Franco, 3,644,294.
Snively, Hugh V : See—
McCrea, Alan F. and Snively. Hugh V ,3.644.897
Snyder, Carl R., to Esquire, Inc. DC Detection circuit. 3,644,783, CI.
315-127.
Soc. Az. Industrie Meccaniche Padovane Saimp: See—
Nadalini, Adino, 3,643,644.
Societa' Farmaceutici lta\ia:See—
Cassinelli, Giuseppe; Cotta. Ernesto; Grein, Arpad; and Maz-
zoleni, Rosanna, 3,644,619. /r.
Societa' Italiana Resine S.p.A .See —
Paleologo, Teo; Reni, Cesare; and Lugo, Luigi, 3,644,472.
Societa' Italiana Telecomunicazioni Siemens S.p.A .See—
Pipitone. Roberto, 3,643,594
Societa' Nebiolo S.p.A.:See—
Papa, Paolo; and Capetti, Federico. 3,643,598.
Societa' ptr Azioni Ferrania:S^^—
Monachesi, Paolo, 3,643.577
Societe Anonyme dite Francelco: See—
Lafont, Maurice Louis. 3.644,87 1 .
Societe Anonyme Francaise du Ferodo: 5^^—
Maurice, Jean, 3.643.764.
Odier, Jean; Sambeth. Joerg; and Grundschober, Fnedrich,
3,644,286.
Odier, Jean; Sambeth, Joerg; and Grundschober, Fnedrich,
3,644.287.
PI 40
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22. 1972
Odier. Jean, Samberth, Joerg; and Grundschober, Friednch,
3.644.288
Societe Anonyme Poclain; See—
Gauchct. Yves M , 3.643.970.
Societe Anonyme: Ugine Kuhlmann; See—
Egalon, Roger, and Telia, Ramiro, 3,644.216
Societe Chimique de la Grande Paroisse. Azote et Produits Chimiques:
See—
Senes, Michel. Lhonore. Pierre; and Quibel. Jacques, 3,644.557.
Societe d'Appareillage Eiectrique Saparel:S«—
Morin, Jean; and Desperrier. Gerard, 3,644,694.
Societe de Construction et d'ExploiUtion de Materiels et Moteurs
S.CEM.M See—
Lermusiaux, Lucien. 3.644,070.
Societe deRecherches et de Realisations Industrielles S.RR.i. (Societe
Anonyme): See—
Strube, Henri Robert. 3.643.344.
Societe d'Etudes et de Developpement des Aeroglisseurs Marins Ter-
restreset AmphibiesS.E.D.A.M.;S<f—
Delamare. Guy Robert. 3.643.757
Societe d'Etudes Scientifiques et Industrielles de riie-de-France:5«—
Thominet. Michel Leon. 3.644,644.
Societe Ethylene-Plastiquc: See—
Nicco, Adrien;and Boucheron, Bernard, 3,644,302.
Societe Generale de Constructions Eleclriqucs et Mecaniques
(ALSTHOM):Sf^-
Alexandrc. Philippe. 3.643.443.
Societe Generale de Constructions Electnques et Mecaniques: See—
Rouxel, Roland; and Chevalier. Gabriel, 3,644,719
Societe Industrielle Generale de Mecanique Appliquee S.I.G.M.A.:
See-
Gelin, Robert, 3.644.072
Societe Industrielle Honeywell Bull: See—
Bankovic. Atanasije. 3,644.844.
GIrard, Rene Fcmand Victor, and LeGuillerm, Jacques,
3,644,857
Societe Internationale de Mecanique Industnelle S. A.; See—
Bardct, Jean-Claude, 3,643.966
Societe Lannionnaise d'Electronique:S«—
Tallegas, Francois, 3,644,679
Societe Nouvelle de Roulements: See—
Feuillat, Pierre; and Lyard. Joseph, 3,644,006
Sodano, Charles S.: See—
Axelrod, Michael, Marsh, William S , Rao, Koppaka V ; and
Sodano, Charles S.,3,644,617
Soh, Dohgi, to Ishikawajima-Harima Jukogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Steam
temperature control system. 3,643,634, CI 122-483
Soignet, Donald M.: See—
Bemi, Ralph J , Benento, Ruth R.; McKelvey. John B.. Ward. Tru-
man L.. and Soignet, Donald M, 3.644,082.
Sokalski, Sunley M See—
Schlossberg. Louis, and Sokalski, Stanley M.,3,644,1 52
Sokolov, Vladimir Leonidovich: See—
Timofeev, Mikhail Mikhailovich, Sokolov, Vladimir Leonidovich.
German, Samuil losifovich, Levenberg, Ninel Efimovna, and
Popov, Nikolai lvanovich,3,644,l44.
Sola Basic Industries. Inc.: See—
Genrich, Kurt, 3.643.678.
Solow. Joseph Electronic hood and trunk locking device. 3.643,479,
CI. 70-241.
Solvay & Cie: See—
Mathieu, Alexis, and Barberot, Claude, 3,644,578
Soreghy, Ivan L., to Libbey-Ov^ens-Ford Company Safety circuit con-
trol device. 3,643.756, CI 180-103
Sothen, Andrew G ; and Spaulding, Richard S Screw driven support
forappliancesorthelike. 3.643.9 1 9. CI. 254-98.
South, William H: S«-
Kozlovic, John M , and South, William H, 3,644,790
Spaid, William L Digiul capaciUnce meter 3.644,75 1 , CI 307-228.
Spain, Roy C. Machine for manufacturing a lock tumbler 3,643,324,
CI. 29-566.
Sparcraft, Inc.: 5** —
Hcssemer. Lawrence E., Manning, Richard P , Sparks, Harry G.,
and Powers. Walter H. 3.644,728.
Sparks. Harry G.: See—
Hessemer. Lawrence E., Manning. Richard P.; Sparks. Harry G.;
and Powers. Walter H, 3,644,728
Spaulding, Richard S.: See—
Sothen, Andrew G. , and Spaulding, Richard S. 3,643.9 1 9.
Speece, Richard E pownflow bubble contact aeration apparatus and
method. 3.643,403. CI. 55-53
Sperber, Heinrich: See—
Sander, Bruno; and Sperber, Heinnch, 3.644. 646.
Sperber. Solomon. Game simulating aspects of society. 3,643.958, CI
273-134.
Sperry Rand Corporation: See—
Chmura, Bernard J , 3.643.682.
Dickinson, Lawrence C. 3,643.3 1 3.
Lease, Robert J.. 3,643.550
Reed. Clyde E. 3.643.325.
Sadler. Loren G . and Waldrop. Thomas W . 3.643.720.
Sigmon. Bernard E. 3.644,843.
Yowell. Gordon H , 3,644,067.
Speyer, Fred B , to TRW Inc in-situ carbiding of pyrolyzed com-
posites 3,644, 1 35, CI. 117-46
Spicer, John M.: See—
Hall, Roger W ; and Spicer, John M, 3.643. 733.
Spivack, John D.: See—
Dexter, Martin; Spivack, John D.. and Steinberg, David
H .3.644.482.
Sprowl. Earl D Tilting surface ball game. 3.643,952, CI. 273-1 10
Spry. Douglas O.: See—
Monn, Robert B , Spry, Douglas O.. Hauser. Kenneth L.; and
Mueller. Richard A. ,3,644,502.
Squassoni, Gino F.: See —
Egnaczak, Raymond K.. and Squassoni, Gino F., 3,644 ,035.
Squibb. E R , Sc Sons. Inc.: See—
Yale, Harry Louis, and Pluscec, Jelka, 3.644.378
Squiers, David J , to Texas Instruments, Incorporated. Fail-safe elec-
tronic control system. 3,644,075, CI. 43 1-66.
Squires, William C , and Hayes, Lawrence E , to Reynolds. R J..
Tobacco Company Synthesis of 6-hydroxynicotine. 3,644,176, CI.
195-51
Srinath. Shimoga K : See—
Richter, Robert C , and Srinath. Shimoga K, 3,643,546.
St Andre. Arthur F See—
Hahn, Robert S , Youden, David H , and St. Andre, Arthur
F ,3.644,049
Staat, Aaron A , and Staat, Robert A. Mixing valve structure.
3,643,697. CI 137-625 17
Staat, Robert A : See—
Staat, Aaron A ; and Staat, Robert A ,3,643.697
Stahl, Filip Torvald, to Stenberg-Flygt AB. Sealing ring for face seals.
3.643.967. CI 277-92.
Stable, Helmut: i>f—
Koppe. Herbert. Kummer, Werner; Stahle, Helmut; Zeile, Karl;
and Traunecker, Werner. 3. 644.469
Stainfield. Russell L.: 5^*—
Moore. Carl. Louch, James B.. and Stainfield, Russell
L .3.644,258
Stal Refrigeration Aktiebolag: 5**—
Brandin. Tore, and Johansson. Sven Yngve David. 3,643,754
Stamberger. Paul Self-mflatable hollow bodies for use as cushions and
for like purposes 3.643.268. CI. 5-348.
Stamco. Inc : See—
Cart. William G.. 3,643.704.
Stamicarbon N V See-
Bosch. Hendrik, 3.644.296
Standal, George M Knife grinder 3,643,38 1 . CI 5 1 -3 I
Standard Brands Incorpiorated: See—
Bodnar, Dean A . Hinman, Charles W ; and Nelson. William J ,
3.644.126
Stange. Klaus K . and Robinson. Thomas K, Jr , to Xerox Corporation
Multi-stylus recorder 3.644,930, CI 346-74.
Stanley. Edward B See—
Benford, James G. and Stanley. Edward B ,3,644,1 85.
Stansbury. Roy E . and Shotton. James A., to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany Protecting a buried matenal such as a cable with water soluble
rodent repellent compositions 3.643,450. CI. 61-72. 1
Stapp. Paul R . to Phillips Petroleum Company Synthesis of 3-haloal-
kyl hydrocarbon- carboxylates and 4-halotetrahydropyrans.
3.644.427, CI 260-345 I
Stapp. Paul R . to Phillips Petroleum Company. Production of
halogenated esters and unsaturated esters. 3,644,495. CI. 260-491
Stapp. Paul R , to Phillips Petroleum Company. Production of alkenyl
alkanoates and 3-haloalkyl alkanoates. 3.644.496. CI. 260-494.
Starnes. William H , Jr . to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Hindered trisphenols 3,644,538, CI. 260-619.
Starnes, William H . Jr . to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Synthesis of hindered alkenyl phenols. 3,644.539, CI. 260-619.
State of Nebraska, The See—
Osipow, Lloyd I , and Rosenblatt, William, 3,644.333.
Statni vyzkumny ustav kozedelny: 5*^—
Plechac. Bohuslav. Ambroz. Miroslav; and Mudrik. Josef.
3.643.339
Stauffer Chemical Company: See—
Gutman. Arnold D . and Williamson, Thomas B., 3,644,640.
Steadman, Thomas R. See—
Roswell. David F . Kramm, David E., Wood, Louis L., and Stead-
man, Thomas R ,3,644,423
Steenmeijer. Jan Paul, to U.S. Philips Corporation. Reed switch.
3,644,854. CI. 335-153
Steggeweniz. Hermann: See—
Widmann. Dietrich. Kappelmeyer, Rudolf; Schluter, Kurt; and
Steggewentz. Hermann.3.644,134.
Stehle, Peter Fallon; Wu, Chan K.. Loshaek. Samuel; and Dickstein.
Jack, to Borden. Inc Process for increasing the ethylene content of
vinyl acetate-ethylene emulsion copolymers. 3,644,262, CI. 260-
296
Stehr, Charles E: 5>*—
Arnold, Donald R., Trecker. David J.; and Stehr, Charles
E.3.644.532 .. „ ^
Stein Reinhardt P . and Smith. Herchel. to American Home ProducU
Corporation. 17a-Alkynyl-17/3-alkylgon-13-€nes, processes therefor
and products therefrom. 3,644,437. CI. 260-397.3
Steinbarger, Jay O , to General Motors Corporation. Locking device.
3,644.057, CI 415-218
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 41
Steinberg, David H.: See—
Dexter, Martin; Spivack, John D.; and Steinberg, David
H. 3,644,482
Steinemann, Samuel, to Straumann. Dr.. Ing.. Reinhard. Institut. Im-
plants of titanium or a titanium alloy for the surgical treatment of
bones. 3,643.658, CI. 128-92.
Steiner American Corporation: See—
Bahnsen, Erwin B.. 3^643.397.
Steiner, Paul J.: S«—
Nowak, Bernard E.; Cottis, Steve G.; Economy, James; and
Steiner, Paul J. ,3.644,593
Stemkovsky. Evgcny Petrovich: See—
Mescheryak, Sergei Nikolaevich; Stemkovsky. Evgeny Petrovich;
Pentegov, Igor Vladimirovich; Vorona. David Semenovich; and
Moravtky, Vladislav Eduardovich.3,644,699.
Sten, Walter G.:S«r—
Salzberg, Harold KaH; and Sten. Walter G..3,644,6IS.
Stenberg-Flygt AB: See—
Suhl. Filip Torvald. 3.643,967
Stephens, Donald H.: See—
Gunther. Gregory M.; Fekete. Ferenc. Liedtke. Ronald R.; and
Stephens, Donald H. 3.643.374
Sterling Drug Inc.: See—
Carabateas. Philip M., 3,644,362.
Schulenberg, John W., 3.644,384
Sterling, Walter S., to Pneumatic Scale Corporation. Closure handling
apparatus. 3,643,783, CI. 198-33.
SternbacI), Leo Henry k: See—
Earley, James Valentine; Fryer, Rodney Ian; and Stembach, Leo
\ Henryk,3,644,335.
Metlesics, Werner; and Stembach, Leo Henryk.3,644,336.
Metlesics, Werner; and Stembach, Leo Henryk.3.644.419.
Ning. Robert Ye-Fong; and Stembach. Leo Henryk. 3,644.334.
Steucke, Erwin W.: See—
Schoettger. Richard A.; and Steucke, Erwin W, 3,644,625.
' Stevens, Brooks, Jr., to Riggs &. Lombard Inc. Method and apparatus
for processing knit goods and the like. 3,643,475, CI. 68-18.
Stevens, Douglas N.; Bisque, Ramond E.; and Bloom, Duane N.. to
Earth Sciences. Inc. Process for the recovery of diamond particles
from alumina or silicate wastes. 3.644.094, CI 23-209.9
Stevens, J. P., & Co., Inc.: See—
Wolf, Harold W.;and Ross,SUnley E., 3,644,591.
Stewart, George R. Rotary engine construction. 3,644,069, CI. 418-33.
Stewart, Mary J.; and Price, John A., to FMC Corporation. Organo
mercapto-antimony compound as polycondensation catalysts.
3,644,292, CI. 260-75
Stewart, Mary J.; and Price, John A., to FMC Corporation. Saturated
linear polyesters containing a salt of camphorsulfonic acid.
3,644,295, CI. 260-75.
Stewart, Mary J.: See—
Price, John A.; and Stewart, Mary J. ,3,644,29 1 .
Stewart, Neil David: See-
Fox, Maurice Rayner; Stewart, Neil David; and Lockett. Alfred
Peter.3.644.137.
Stiefken, Charles E., to American Smelting and Refining Company.
Method for preparing an asbestos fiber product of improved filtra-
tion characteristics. 3,644, 1 38, CI. 1 17-100
Stieringer, Albert, to Bosch, Robert GmbH, mesne. Slide projector
3,644,029, CI. 353-103.
Stile-Craft Manufacturers, Inc.: See—
Cranage. Bidwell C, 3.643.985.
Stiles, AlvinB.:Sf«—
Brake. Loren D.; and Stiles. Alvin B. 3.644.522
Stockel, Richard Frederick. Herbes, William Frank; and O'Brien.
Samuel James, to American Cyanamid Company. Durable flame re-
tardant finish for cellulosic textile materials. 3,644,083, CI. 8-1 16.3
Stollman, Richard A.; and Cedrone, Vincent N., to Fantastic Fudge,
Inc. Food mixing machine. 3,643,928. CI 259-6
Stone, Leslie F., to Richardson Company. The. Automatic apparatus
for supplying liquids to roller-mills. 3,643,876, CI. 241-34.
Stoor, Jon D.: See—
Heob, Norvel J.; and Stoor, Jon D ,3,644.066.
Storer. Arthur J. Toe guard 3,643,659, CI. 1 28- 153.
Storey, Thos, (Engineers) Limited: S«—
Bower, Walter, 3,643,448.
Stork, Willi, heirs of said Stork, deceased, assor. to Windmoller &
Holscher. Bag-making machine. 3,643,552, CI. 93-27.
Strah, Frank L.; and Trepannier, Edward J., to Commercial Screw
Products, Inc. Fluid line coupler 3.643,695, CI. 137-614.04
Straumann, Dr., Ing., Reinhard, Institut: See—
Steinemann, Samuel, 3,643,658.
Street, Robert W.: See—
Nowotny, Kurt A.; and Street, Robert W, 3,644 .209.
Streschnak, Benno; and Doll. Willy, to Haarmann &. Reimer
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung. Ultraviolet radiation protec-
tion composition, containing a mixture of cinnamic acid esters.
3.644,6 1 4, CI. 424-60.
Stringer. Philip Roland; and Gatland, Eric Charles, to New Zealand In-
ventions Development Authority, The. Multi styli recorders with
styli cyclically moved through interstylus spacing. 3,644,931, CI.
346-74.
Strobel, Albert F.; and Catino, Sigmund C, to GAF Corporation, a-
Cyano-^,^-diphenylacrylic acid esters. 3.644,466. CI. 260-465.
Strolle, Clifford Hugh, to Du Pont de Nemours. E I., and Company.
Coating compositions containing fiuorocarbon polymer and alkyl sil-
icate. 3,644.260, CI. 260-29.6
Strolle, Clifford Hugh, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Company.
Coating compositions containing fiuorocarbon polymer and alu-
minum borophosphate. 3.644.261. CI 260-29.6
Strong. Barry Colin, to William Cotton Limited. Racked programming
control means. 3.643.473. CI. 66- 1 55
StroMner. Johannes; and Drebes. Armin, to Zundapp-Werke
Gesellschaft mit beschrankter Haftung. Firma Liquid cooled single
or multiple cylinder two cycle combustion engine. 3.643,637, CI.
123-41.72
Strube, Henri Robert, 1/2 to SocieU de Recherches et de Realisations
Industrielles S. R.R.I. (Societe Anonyme). Drying cylinders.
3.643,344. CI. 34-124.
Strumbos, William P. Method for constructing a honeycomb core
strtjcturc. 3,644,158. CI. 156-197.
Struthers Scientific and Intemational Corporation: See—
Svanoe, Hans. 3,644.102.
Stuber. Fred A.: See —
Sayigh, Adnan A. R.; Stuber. Fred A.; and Ulrich, Hen-
ri.3.644.289.
Studiengesellschaft Kohle m.b.H.: See—
Wilke. Gunther; and Bogdanovic. Borislav. 3.644,558.
Stull, James T.. to United States Steel Corporation. Detachable joint
between continuous-casting starter bar and casting. 3,643.731. CI.
164-274.
Subcom Inc.: 5«—
Cohen, Paul, 3,643,615
Sugano, Kumakichi. Incinerator. 3,643,633, CI. 122-1.2
Sugarman, Meyer L.; and Jaeger, Joseph H. Compact liquid toner ap-
paratus with straight through feed. 3,643.628. CI. 1 18-637
Sugiura, Shotaro; Ueno, Haruo; Ishikawa. Hideo. Yano. Takefumi; and
Shimamura. Tuneo, to UBE Industries, Ltd. Process for producing
highly crysulline polyolefins. 3,644,320, CI. 260-93.7
Sugiura, Shotaro: See—
Takayanagi, Motowo, Sugiura, Shotaro; Matsuura, Tetsuro. Ueno,
Haruo; Tsuji, Keiichi; Yamamoto, Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fu-
minori,3,644,585
Suling, Carlhans; Logemann, Heino, Kramer, Dieter; Rachwalsky,
Heinz; and Marzolph, Herbert, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Stabilised solutions of acrylonitrile-vinylidene chloride
copolymers 3,644,265, CI. 260-32.6
Sulzer Brothers Limited: See—
Hartmann, Fortunat, and Gisler, Hans Rudolf. 3.644.093
Sumitomo Chemical Co.. Ltd.: See—
Takagi. Kazumi; Matsuda, Teruo, and Murakami, Masahiro,
3,644,402
Sumitomo Chemical Company, Ltd.: See-
Mine, Akihiko; Satomi, Takeo; Hino, Naganon, Kamoshita. Kat-
suzo, Suzuki, Yoshitsugu, and Nakai. Shinji. 3,644,422.
Takagi, Kazumi; and Ishida, Takaharu, 3,644,526
Sun Oil Company: See—
Cassar, Richard D.. and Boyer, Jackson S., 3,644,284.
Sureau, Robert Frederic Michel; Alicot, Marie-Josephe Jeanne; and
Dupre, Victor Marie, to Ugine Kuhlmann 6-Hydroxy-l,3-dialkyl
benzotriazolium derivatives. 3,644,389, CI 260-299.
Surface Technology Corporation: See—
Rausch, John J.;and Van Thyne, Ray J.. 3.644,153.
Surinx, Hubertus Joannes Josephus. Thermocouple lance. 3,643,509,
CI. 73-354.
Suscillon, Michel: See—
Bost, Jose; Hollard, Daniel, Peccoud. Michel, and Suscillon.
Michel,3,644.738.
Sutch, Richard D.: See—
Sharp. Donald J; and Sutch. Richard D .3,644.188
Sutter, Hermann, to Fischer. F. L. Coagulating instrument 3.643.663.
CI. 128-303.17
Sutton Research Corporation: See—
Briskin. Theodore S.; and Remanick, Allen H.. 3,643,667.
Briskin, Theodore S.; and Ward, Geoffrey R., 3,643.668.
Suzue, Seigo: See—
Irikura, Tsutomu; and Suzue, Seigo, 3, 644, 348.
Suzuki, Saburo: See—
Shimogaki, Toshio; Suzuki, Saburo; and Shigematsu,
Hiroaki.3.643,780
Suzuki. Shigeru, to Ricoh Co.. Ltd. Liquid level indicator instrument
3.644.691. CI. 200-84.
Suzuki, Shigeto, to Chevron Research Company Benzenesulfonyl
chloride process. 3,644.5 15, CI. 260-543
Suzuki, Yoshitsugu: See-
Mint, Akihiko; Satomi, Takeo; Hino, Naganori, Kamoshita, Kat-
suzo; Suzuki, Yoshitsugu, and Nakai. Shinji, 3,644.422.
Svanoe, Hans, to Struthers Scientific and Intemational Corporation.
Crystallization of potassium chloride from camallite decomposition
3.644,102, CI. 23-298.
Sveriges Radio Aktiebolag: See—
Jarmar, Sven O.. 3,644.785.
Swann. William Richard, to Jessett & Henry (Food Machinery)
Limited. Food slicing machines. 3,643.718, CI 146-94
Sweeney, Richard F.: See—
Anello, Louis G.; and Sweeney, Richard F.,3.644,454.
PI 42
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22. 1972
Sweeney, Richard F., Price, Alson K.; and Khan, Aziz U., to Allied
Chemical Corporation. PolyfluoroisoalkoxyalkyI amido carboxylic
acids and salts thereof 3,644,5 1 3, CI. 260-534
Swidinsky, John; Set—
Clegg. John Martin; Swidinsky, John, and Brown, Bernard
Beau.3,644,396.
Swift, Harold E : See—
Beuther, Harold, Ondrey, John A., and Swift, Harold
E, 3.644.550.
Kobylinski. Tadeusz P ; and Swift. Harold E. 3. 644, 559.
Ondrey, John A.; and Swift, Harold E, 3,644,55 1
Swift, William R.S^r-
Reid, Marvin A., and Swift, William R ,3,643.570
Swirsky, David M.: See—
Burock. Russell; Swirsky. David M.. and Whitner, Robert
A. .3.644.180
Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.: See—
Donaldson, John C, 3,644,1 8 1
Symes, Thomas J.; 5«—
Jones. John Robert; and Symes, Thomas J. ,3, 644, 562
Synergistics, Inc.: See—
Wallace, John C; and Schreiner, Edmund, 3.644.932.
Syntex Corporation: See—
Berkoz, Belig M , 3.644.340
Cross. Alexander D., 3.644.42 1
Fried, John H, 3.644,341
Rosenkranz. George; and Crabbe, Pierre, 3.644.367.
Szepesy, Laszio: See —
Nagy, Zoltan; Szepesy, Laszio; Kovacs. Attila. and Sebestyen,
Zsigmond, 3,644. 555.
Szinai, Stephen Slomo: See—
Chakrabarti, Jiban Kumar; and Szinai, Stephen Slomo, 3.644, 356
Szymber, Oleg; and Bennett. Frank P , to GAF Corporation Random
selection positioning control system having multi-digit control
signals. 3.644.892, CI 340-149
Tabuchi. Kimitaka: See—
Tachibana, Sachihiko; Nakai, Susumu; Makino. Yoichi, Matsumu
ra, Hisashi; Tabuchi, Kimitaka; Hiraoka, Michio; Akoh,
Shigeichi; and Orito, Hiroshi. 3.644,078.
Tachibana. Sachihiko. Nakai, Susumu; Makino, Yoichi; Matsumura,
Hisashi, Tabuchi, Kimitaka; Hiraoka, Michio; Akoh, Shigeichi, and
Orito, Hiroshi, to Henshu Seishi Kabushiki Kaisha Apparatus for
producing non-woven fabrics 3,644,078. CI 425-83
Taguchi, Naoyoshi. Gas detecting element and method of making it
3,644,795, CI. 317-230
Takagi, Hiromu: See—
Kishida. Yukichi, Terada, Atsusuke; Takagi, Hiromu; and
Kamioka, Toshiharu,3,644,53l
Sato, Yasunobu, Takagi, Hiromu; Tanaka, Teruo; and Kamoshida,
Katsuo,3,644,376
Takagi, Katsuhide: See—
Moriyama, Hisao; and Takagi, Katsuhide. 3,643, 574
Takagi. Kazumi; and Ishida. Takaharu. to Sumitomo Chemical Com-
pany, Ltd Oxidation of cyclohexane. 3,644,526, CI 260-586
Takagi, Kazumi; Matsuda, Teruo; and Murakami, Masahiro, to Su-
mitomo Chemical Co., Ltd, Process forproducing a pyrrolidone
3,644,402, CI. 260-326.5
Takahashi, Kenji: See—
Maruya. Miuuru, Oono, Yoshio, Fukuda, Bunji; and Takahashi,
Kenji.3,644.231
Takahashi, Masao: See—
Doi, Kikuo; Takahashi, Masao, Nanamatsu, Satoshi; and Fujino.
Yoshio,3,644,761.
Takahashi. Nagashige. and Kinoshita, Kunio, to Olympus Optical Co ,
Ltd. Endoscopic apparatus. 3,643,653, CI. 128-6
Takahashi, Toshinaka: 5^; —
Uzu. Keizo; Nakano, Kinichi; and Takahashi,
Toshinaka,3,644,400.
Takahasi. Hirosi; Tanabe. Masanori; Yamaguchi, Muneaki; and
Shiihara, Isao, to Asahi Kasei Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Process for
preparing cyclododecalriene- 1,5 ,9 3,644.548, CI. 260-666.
Takao, Kiyoshi: 5^;—
Matsuda, Shogo; Shimodoi, Yutaka; Yamada, Hiraku; and Takao,
Kiyoshi. 3,644 .08 1
Takashio, Haruo; and Matsuzawa, Takayoshi, to Tokyo Shibaura Elec-
tric Co., Ltd. Cesium evaporator. 3.644, 101, CI 23-294
Takayanagi, Motowo; Sugiura, Shotaro; Matsuura, Tetsuro; Ueno,
Haruo; Tsuji, Keiichi; Yamamoto, Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fuminori,
to Ube Industries. Ltd. Process for the preparation of polybutadiene.
3.644,585, CI. 260-879.
Takebayashi, Shizuo: See-
Sasaki, Shunroku; and Takebayashi. Shizuo,3,644.673.
Takebe. Kusutugu. Medal stamping machine. 3,643.771, CI. 197-67.
Takeda Chemical Industries. Ltd.: See—
Marumoto, Ryuji; Yoshioka, Yoshio; Aoki, Hisashi; and Toda.
Jun. 3,644.331.
Masuda, Tom; Usui, Yoshiro; Hara. Yukio; and Komatsu
Toshikauu, 3,644,339.
Takei,Toru: See—
Koyama, Shigeo; OhUuki, Motohiro; Shimatani, Kenji, Yasuda
Masao; Takei, Toru; Kawai, Yasutaka, and Matsushima
Takeshi. 3,644, 780
Tallegas, Francois, to CIT-Compagnie Industrielle des Telecommuni-
cations, and Societe Lannionnaise d'Electronique. High-capacity
connecting network having blocking characteristics for time division
switching 3,644,679, CI 179-15.
Talley, William A., Jr., to Mobil Oil Corporation. Subtea production
station 3.643.736, CI. 166-0.5
Tamada, Mitsuaki: See—
Hayakawa, Ken, and Tamada, Mitsuaki,3,644,713.
Tamura, Zenzo: 5**—
Inoue, Masao, and Tamura, Zenzo, 3. 644. 734.
Tanabe, Masanon: See—
Takahasi, Hirosi, Tanabe, Masanori; Yamaguchi, Muneaki; and
Shiihara, Isao, 3.644, 548.
Tanabe Seiyaku Co , Ltd.: See—
Okumura, Keniaro, Inoue, Ichizo. Oda. TaUuo; and Kondo, Kazu-
hiko,3,644.349
Utsumi. Isamu, Watanabe, Toshiro; Kohno, Keiichi; Daira, Isamu;
and Ouubo, Akira, 3,644,385
Tanaka, Goro: See—
Kato, Masao, Tanaka, Goro, and Yamamoto, Setgoro.3.644,736.
Tanaka, Ikuo: See—
Togashi, Shozo, Makijima, Yoshijima. Tanaka. Ikuo; and Narita,
Kaoru, 3.643, 396.
Tanaka, Teruo; See-
Sato. Yasunobu, Takagi. Hiromu; Tanaka, Teruo; and Kamoshida,
Katsuo. 3.644, 376
Tanaka. Yoshitsugu, to Kabushiki Kaisha Ricoh. Line space adjust-
ment device for use with typewriter 3,643,776, CI. 197-1 14.
Tarbell, Harlan E., Mogg, Donald W.; and Shea, Frederick L , to
Grefco, Inc Roof insulation adhesive 3,644.240. CI. 260-4.
Tarcici, Adnan S Solar heating devices. 3.643.648, CI. 1 26-270.
Tate, Bryce E.. and Allingham, Robert P., to Pfizer Inc. Method and
compositions for inhibiting microbial growth. 3,644.635. CI. 424-
283
Tatsuta Electric Wire & Cable Co , Ltd : See—
Hamaguchi. Hachiro. Sakashita, Misao; and Koyama, Mamoru,
3.644.115
Tatton. William, &. Co Limited: See—
Jackson, Stewart C , and Harrison, Arthur, 3,643,340.
Taylor, Chester E S«f —
Harris, Daniel M , Moore, Jack E . Taylor. Chester E.; and Walc-
zyk, Walter H. 3.643,278
Taylor Diving & Salvage Co , Inc.: See—
Larenzo, Leroy N , and Banjavich, Mark P., 3,644,706.
Taylor, John Harry, and Harris, Roger Stephen, to Electric & Musical
Industries Limited Frequency divider circuiU 3,644,834, CI. 328-
46.
Taylor, Miller, and Davis, Dewey R. Fairway tool bar cutter.
3.643,747, CI 172-657
Taylor, Paul A , and Boisscvain. Thomas A , to Alden Self-Transit
Systems Corporation Transportation system 3.643.601. CI. 104-88.
Taylor, Robert L : See—
Naschke, John H , and Taylor, Robert L ,3,644,09 1 .
Tazewell, Joseph H . to Firestone Tire & Rubber Company, The Su-
bilization of polycaprolactam with a mixture of a di-substituted
phenylene diamine and a tri(alkylphenyl) phosphite. 3,644,280, CI.
260-45 9
Tchelitchcff, Serge, to Rhone-Poulenc S A. Flavoured and scented
products 3,644,653, CI 424-358
Technicon Corporation See—
Isreeli, Jack, and Kassel, Aaron, 3,643,689.
Techniservice Corporation; See—
Irwin. Malcolm F . 3,643,417.
Tcincrt, Karl-Heinz; See—
Kleinschmidt, Hans-Joachim; and Teinert. Karl-Heinz.3,643,468.
Teitelbaum, ChaHes L.: See—
Moores, Ralph G; and Teitelbaum. Charles L.. 3.644, 127.
Teledyne, Inc ; See—
Magladry, Robert E., 3,644,173.
Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson: See—
Hemdal, Goran Anders Henrik, and Lennmarker. Nils Bcrtil,
3,644,895
Telesco Brophey Limited; 5«—
Weber, Heinz, 3,643,673.
Telia, Ramiro; See—
Egalon, Roger, and Telia, Ramiro, 3,644. 2 1 6.
Teller, Daniel M ; See-
Douglas, George H , Teller. Daniel M.; and Smith,
Herchel.3.644.440.
; Ledig, Kurt W.; and Teller, Daniel
Rehr, Henry W ; and Tcllicr, Clair W.
Wendt, Gerhard R.
M ,3,644,436
Tellier, Clair W ,Jr:5^^-
Nussbaum, Henry A
Jr ,3,643,939
Tenncco Chemicals, Inc ; See—
Di Bella, Eugene P . 3.644.471
Tenneco Inc ; See—
Hubbell, Franklin R., Ill, 3,643,760.
Terada, Atsusuke; See—
Kishida, Yukichi; Terada, Atsusuke
Kamioka. Toshiharu.3.644,53 1 .
Teranishi, Masayuki: See—
Fujimoto. Yasuo; and Teranishi, Masayuki, 3, 644,4 1 2.
Takagi, Hiromu; and
February 22, 1972
\
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 43
\^
,3,644.449.
, 3,644,825.
3.644.864.
for
Helen I ; and Ward, John
See-
Tescom Corporation; See—
Hamernik, Edward L, and Kawamoto, Frank T, 3,643,871.
Testa, Emilio: See—
Bellasio, Elvio; Testa, Emilio, and MafTii, Giulio,3,644,36 1 .
Testolin, Reno J., to Richardson Company, The. Continuous graining
and apparatus therefor 3,643,379, CI. 51-6.
Tetra Pak International AB; See—
Hansson, Jan Ingvar, 3,643,679
Teumier, Roger; and Rousseau, Claude, to CIT-Compagnie Indus-
trielle des Telecommunications. Line equipment device for tele-
graph lines. 3,644,672, CI. 178-69
Texaco Inc.: See—
Dille, Roger M.; and Schlinger, Warren G , 3,643,875.
Dowling, Donald J, and Atwood. George R., 3,644,823.
Hamsberger, Bobby G., 3,644,266.
Kablaoui, Mahmoud S., 3,644,480.
Mott, George E., 3,643,446.
Pogonowski, Ivo C, 3,643,447
Reinhard, Russell R.; and Blackley, William D
Rundell, Herbert A., 3,643,504.
Texas Instruments, Incorporated; See-
Burg, Kenneth E., 3,644,882.
Davis, Paul D., Jr , and McCullough, Thomas E
Hirsbrunner, Hans G., and McBnde, Lyie E Jr
Isett, Donald D., 3,644,937.
Roques, Rodney A., and Gray, Foster L., 3.644.607
Shaw. Richard F., 3,644,755.
Squiers, David J., 3,644,075
Texitron, Inc.; See-
Mason, Richard K., 3,643,699.
Textron, Inc.; See—
Gutshall, Charles E, 3,643,543
Richards, William R , 3,643,979
Tezuka, Toshiro; See—
Mukai, Tsuneo; and Tezuka. Toshiro, 3, 643, 723
Thayer, Arthur G., to Libbey-Owens-Ford Company Apparatus
shear and fatique testing of pins. 3,643,499, CI. 73- 101 .
Thayer, Helen I , to Gulf Research & Development Company. Lecithin
mixtures and reaction products of 1,2- disubstituted imidazoline
3,644,393, CI. 260-309.6
Thayer, Helen I.: See—
Tucci, Edmond R., Thayer,
v., 3,644,529.
Thermo-Dielectric Machine Co , Inc
Lippman, Gerald, 3,643,554
Theurer, Josef; See—
Plasser, Franz; Theurer, Josef; and Schubert. Egon, 3.643, 503
Thiele, Kurt. N-aralkyl-and-arylhydroxyalkyl-propiophenones and the
salts thereof. 3,644,525, CI. 260-570 5
Thietje, Rudolph N. Self-propelled irrigation system 3,643.867 CI
239-183,
Thomas & Betts Corporation; See-
Jackson, David L., 3,643,327
OLoughlin, Francis A, 3,644.875
Thomas, James B.; and George, Vincent J , to United States of Amer-
ica, Atomic Energy Commission Cathode ray tube with serpentine-
shaped transmission line deflection means. 3,644.777, CI. 315-3
Thomas, Orrin H. Connector for battery terminals. 3,644,876 CI 339-
114.
Thomas, Paul W.: See-
Downey, Rogers B., and Thomas, Paul W ,3,643,579
Thominet, Michel Leon, to Societe d'Etudes Scientifiques et Indus-
trielles de I'lle -de-France. Method of anesthetizing mammals with N-
(tertiary amino-alkyD-benzamides 3,644,644, CI. 424-324
Thompson, Darrell R , to Du Pont de Nemours, E I., and Company
Stable dispersions. 3,644,255, CI 260-29 1
Thompson, James E., to Motorola, Inc Phase detector and digital
phase locked loop. 3,644,835, CI 328- 1 33
Thompson, Richard D.: See—
Beeley, Michael G , Frisby, Paul W , and Thompson, Richard
D.,3,644,085
Thomson, James F, Apparatus for blast treating articles. 3,643,380, CI
51-13.
Thomson-CSF; See—
Skenderoff, Claude, 3,644,889.
Thorn Lighting Limited; See—
Coaton, James Richard; and Rees, John Michael, 3,644,773.
Thomburgh, William F., to General Motors Corporation. Ignition tim-
ing and throttle position control. 3,643,526, CI, 74-860
Thomsbery, George W, to United SUtes Steel Corporation. Apparatus
for automatically centering strip 3,643, 791, CI. 198-184.
Throckmorton, Peter E , to Ashland Oil, Inc. Process for preparing
heterocyclic polyols and ether derivatives. 3,644,404, CI 260-327
Tilley, Colin; Watson, David Harris, and Campbell, Michael, to Anchor
Chemical Company Limited, The. Polyester compositions.
3,644,568, CI. 260-835.
Timely Products Corporation: 5^^ —
Johnson, Richard L, 3,644,705
Timmer, Henrikus Jacobus Maria: See—
Asberg, Sture; and Timmer, Henrikus Jacobus Maria,3.643,302.
Timofeev, Mikhail Mikhailovich; Sokolov, Vladimir Leonidovich, Ger-
man, Samuil losifovich, Levenberg, Ninel Efimovna, and Popov,
Nikolai Ivanovich. Coated electrode for electric arc welding of steel
of various structure. 3,644, 144, CI I 17-205
Lindahl, Herbert P, and Tjonneland.
Schuyler, Jacquie G.
; and Finney, Jack R ,3
, Gnffin.
643.395
Margaret E.
Titt, Gcorg, to Muller, Georg, Kugellagerfabrik K.G. One-way spray
clutch. 3,643,768, CI. 192-41
Tittmann, Egon; See —
Lettenmayer, Rolf-Dieter; Schonherr, Erich, and Tittmann,
Egon, 3,644,065
Tjonneland, Elling; See—
Limage, Charles R.
Elling,3,643,676.
Tobias, William E.: See—
Schuyler, Richard C.
Tobias, William E
Toda, Jun: See—
Marumoto, Ryuji; Yoshioka, Yoshio, Aoki, Hisashi, and Toda
Jun, 3, 644, 331.
Toda, Katuhiko, to Camon Inc. Stopper device for electrically
operated shutter of a camera 3,644,026, CI 95-61
Toedtman, John A., to ITT Blackburn Corporation Electrical connec-
tor. 3,644,878, CI. 339-213
Togashi, Shozo, Makijima, Yoshijima, Tanaka, Ikuo. and Narita.
Kaoru, to Ikegai Tekko Kabushiki Kaisha. Method and apparatus for
wrapping an article. 3,643,396, CI. 53-24.
Togs, Inc.: See—
Kahn, Edward Joel, 3,643,296.
Tokico Ltd.; See—
Hayakawa, Ken, and Tamada, Mitsuaki, 3.644,713.
Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co . Ltd See—
Igarashi, Yukio, 3,644,800
Matsushima, Katsuo, 3,644,191
Mizoguchi, Telsuya, 3,644,900
Takashio, Haruo, and Matsuzawa, Takayoshi. 3,644.101
Tokyo Shubaura Electric Co , Ltd See—
Inoue, Masao; and Tamura, Zenzo, 3,644,734
YugcYooji, 3,644,772.
Tolk, Norman Henry, and White, Clark Woody, to Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Incorporated Method of analyzing a solid surface
from photon emissions of sputtered particles. 3,644,044. CI. 356-85
Tomlin, Clive Dudley Spencer; and Mangalji, Anil Sundeiji, to Impenal
Chemical Industries Limited. Process for making 2,3.5-trichloro-4-
pyridinol. 3.644.388. CI. 260-297.
Tonelli, George. Compositions having testosterone antagonistic effects
and method of using the same. 3,644,628. CI. 424-270.
Toon, Paul: See—
Lunts, Lawrence H. C; and Toon, Paul, 3,644, 353.
Toray Industries, Inc.; See—
Kobayashi, Tsuneo, Morita, Kenichi; Kitagawa, Hiroshi,
Yokoyama, Toshimitsu, and Makida, Shigeo, 3,644,375
Torresen, Robert, and Grosvenor, Herbert D . to Brunswick Corpora-
tion. Control for practice bowling. 3,643,945, CI. 273-54.
Torrington Company, The; See—
Ailing, Richard L., 3,644,007.
Toruk, Nicholas: See—
Velavicius, Alfonsas, and Toruk, Nicholas,3,643,378.
Tourle. Peter: See—
Kennedy, Matthew Campbell, and Tourle, Peter,3.644,77 1 .
Toumiaire, Claude: See—
Auge, Jacques, Guillaume, Andre, and Toumiaire
Claude, 3, 644.606.
Toyama, Nobuo Mouthpiece of wind mstrumenu. 3,643,538, CI 84-
384,
Toyoda Koki Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Asano, Hiroaki, Koide, Tsuyoshi, Ohtsu, Ikuo, Hayashi, Shozo.
and Kobayashi, Hiroshi, 3,643,383.
Toyota Jidosha Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha: See—
Ohnuma, Kiyoshi, 3,643,527.
Sarai, Hiroshi, 3,643,690.
Tracked Hovercraft Limited; See—
Eastham, John Frederick, 3,644,762.
Transistor AG; See—
Weisshaar, Erich, 3,644.799
Traubel, Harro; and Oertel, Harald Process for preparing microporous
containing hydrated electrolytes.
and Stehr, Charles
foils from p>olyurethanes
3,644,233, CI. 260-2.5
Traunecker, Werner: See—
Koppe, Herbert, Kummer, Werner, Stable, Helmut; Zcile, Kar
and Traunecker, Werner, 3,644,469
Traylor, Paul L. Valve. 3,643,692, CI. 1 37-599 1
Trecker, David J.; See—
Arnold, Donald R.. Trecker, David J
E, 3,644,532.
Trementozzi. Quirino A ; See-
Lee. Yoon Chai; and Trementozzi, Quirino A. ,3,644, 577
Trepannier, Edward J.: See—
Strah, Frank L., and Trepannier, Edward J. ,3.643,695.
Tri-Tech, Inc ; See—
Haydon, Arthur W , 3.643,420
Trio Manufacturing Company; See—
Wade, Jesse L , and Vail, Arthur E , 3,643,63 1 .
Troxel Manufacturing Company; See-
Rich, Maurice E , Jr , 5,643,995
Tru-Lok Metal Fabricating Company, Inc.; See—
Massagli, Danie,and Massagli, Marino Ralph, 3,643,306
TRW Inc 5<rf-
Brooks, Robert E., 3,644,012.
Speyer, Fred B , 3,644,135.
895 O.G.— 59
PI 44
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Tsuei, Chang-Chyi, to California Institute Research Foundation.
MeUllic resistance thermometer. 3,644,863, CI. 338-25
Tsuji, Keiichi: See—
Takayanagi, Motowo; Sugiura, Shotaro; Matsuura.Tetsuro; Ueno,
Haruo; Tsuji. Keiichi; Yamamoto, Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fu-
minori,3,644,585.
Tsuji, Tom T , to California Auto Radio, Inc. Cassette to cartridge upe
player adapter unit with self contained drive mechanism. 3,644,684.
CI 179-100.2
Tucci, Edmond R.; Thayer, Helen I., and Ward, John V., to Gulf
Research & Development Company. Oxo process. 3.644,529. CI
260-604,
Tull. Roger J.&e—
Harmetz. Ronald; and Tull, Roger J. ,3.644, 380.
Tulley, Frederick T., to Ethyl Corporation. Composition and process
for injection molding thermoplastic material and glass Tibers
3.644.271. CI. 260-41.
Tullos. Aubrey R.; and Creed. Leslie H Reservoir type inking pen
system. 3,644.933. CI 346-140
Turk. Stanley D.; and Williams. Ralph P.. to Phillips Petroleum Com-
pany. Process for producing nitriles. 3,644.470. CI. 260-465.
Turner. Phillip H.. ta Whirlpool Corporation. Water system for an ice
making apparatus. 3.643.454, CI. 62-66.
Turnquist, Gunnard. Gardening tool. 3.643.744. CI. 1 72-372.
Tustin. Arnold; and Sell, Richard Geoffrey, to British Railways Board.
Overhead electric supply systems for vehicles. 3,644,688, CI. 191-
40.
Twittenhoff, Hansjoachim: See—
Meyer, Heinz; Schmid, Dieter; Schwarzer. Hans; and Twittenhoff.
Hansjoachim. 3.644 .6 1 2.
Tyler. Henry W. Display rack for Upe cartridges. 3.644,009. CI. 312-
117.
Tyson. David Z.. Hunter. Edward E.; and Best. Willie Herman, to
Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company. The. Dryer or heater with
shielding means. 3.643,342. CI. 34-48.
UBE Industries. Ltd.: S«e—
Sugiura, Shotaro. Ueno. Haruo; Ishikawa, Hideo; Yano.Takefumi
and Shimamura. Tuneo. 3.644.320.
Takayanagi. Motowo; Sugiura. Shotaro; Matsuura. Tetsuro; Ueno
Haruo; Tsuji, Keiichi; Yamamoto, Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fu
minori. 3.644.585
Uchida. Teiji; Yoshikawa. Shogo; and Ueki. Atsufumi. to Nippon Elec
trie Company, Limited. Optical higher harmonic generator with tern
perature effecting phase matching. 3,644,842, CI 331-94 5
Uchiyama, Takashi, to Canon Inc. Indicator for flash light photog-
raphy 3,643,564, CI. 95-10.
Uddeholms Aktiebolag: See-
Eriksson, Per-Olof; and Borsum, Finn, 3,643,903.
Uddgren, Gunnar Nils Film holding device. 3,644,038, CI. 355-7 1
Uebel, Philipp, to Wacker-Werke KG Pheumatic vibrator 3,643,925,
CI. 259-1
Ueki, Atsufumi: S<e—
Uchida, Teiji; Yoshikawa. Shogo; and Ueki. Atsufumi. 3. 644, 842.
Ueno. Haruo: See—
Sugiura. Shotaro, Ueno. Haruo; Ishikawa. Hideo; Yano. Takefumi,
and Shimamura. Tuneo, 3, 644, 320.
Takayanagi, Motowo; Sugiura, Shotaro, Matsuura, Tetsuro; Ueno,
Haruo; Tsuji. Keiichi. Yamamoto. Shinzi; and Matumoto. Fu-
minori.3,644,585
Uesugi, Kyozo: See—
Kobayashi, Tatsuo, Maeda, Keisuke, and Uesugi,
Kyozo,3,643,578
Ugme Kuhlmann: See—
Le Roy, Jean Marie Louis; and Brouard. Claude Marie Henri
Emile. 3,644,329
Sureau. Robert Frederic Michel; Alicot. Marie-Josephe Jeanne;
and Dupre. Victor Marie. 3.644.389.
Uhlig. Konrad: See—
Diehr. Hans Joachim. Merten. Rudolf, and Uhlig. Kon-
rad.3.644.228.
Uhtenwoldt. Herbert R.; Grotewold, William H ; and Humes, Norman
S , to HeaJd Machine Company, The Grinding machine 3,643.382,
CI. 51-103.
Ullmann. Werner; See—
Binek, Bedrich; and Ullmann, Werner. 3,644, 743.
Ulnch, Albert C.:S**-
Prahl, Walter H.; Eggert, Jay P., Lederman, Sol J.; Scremin, Eric
H; and Ulrich, Albert C, 3,644,542
Ulrich, Henri, to Upjohn Company, The. Di[(isocyanatobenzyl)-phen-
yllcarbodiimides and preparation of organic carbodiimides.
3,644,456, CI. 260-453.
Ulrich. Henri: See—
Rao. Durvasula V , Sayigh. Adnan A. R.; and Ulrich. Hen-
ri.3,644.413.
Sayigh, Adnan A. R.. Stuber. Fred A., and Ulrich. Hen-
ri.3.644.289.
UMC Electomics Company: See—
Weaver. Preston R., 3.643,5 13.
Unimed, Inc.: See—
Krantz. John C. Jr , 3,644.643.
Union Carbide Corporation: See—
Arnold, Donald R.; Trecker, David J.; and Stehr, Charles E.,
3,644,532.
Hunsaker, Floyd Melvin; and Quiring, Allan Joseph, 3,644,774.
Watwood, Robert P., and Moore. James A., 3,643, 795.\
Wu,Chisung, 3,644,595
Union Industrielle Blanzy-Ouest: See—
Monucie, Marcel. 3.644.000.
Union Oil Company of California: See—
Biale. Giovanni. 3.644,307.
Biale, Giovanni, 3,644,565.
Booth, Frank B , Fenton, Donald M.; and Olivier, Kenneth L.,
3,644,446
Evans, Robert R; and Backlund, Peter S., 3,644,130.
Kelley, Arnold E , and Wood, Frederick C, 3.644,197.
Young, Dean Arthur, 3.644.200.
United Aircraft Corporation: See—
Brienza, Michael J . 3.644,742.
Emory, John M G., Jr ; and Faitani, Joseph J., 3,643,430.
Hulse,CharlcsO ,3,643,728.
Post, Paul B , 3,644.898
Shannon. Thomas E.. 3.644.020.
United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority: S**—
Barker, Geoffrey Cecil; Gardner, Arthur William; and Pope,
Anthony Gerald. 3.644,824.
United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, Minister of
Technology in Her Britannic Majesty's Government of the:5«—
Jamieson, James Barry. 3.643.43 I .
United States Filter Corporation: See—
O'Cheskey. Theodore H . 3.643.806.
United States of America
Agriculture: See—
Bemi. Ralph J.. Benerito. Ruth R.; McKelvey. John B.; Ward.
Truman L.; and Soignet, Donald M., 3,644,082.
Mod. Robert R.. Magne, Frank C, and Skau, Evald L.,
3,644.478.
Air Force: S«—
Gray, Bobby R
Levi, Mark W
3,644,747
3,644,803.
Atomic Energy Commission: See—
Hague. Richard S . 3.643.441
Hooker. James Ray. 3.644.604.
Long. Jack L, 3.644.821
Thomas. James B . and George. Vincent J.. 3.644.777.
Wagner. Paul. Dickinson, James M.; and Smith, Morton C,
3,644,221
Federal Aviation Administration: See—
Limage, Charles R , Lindahl, Herbert P., and Tjonneland,
Elling, 3,643,676
Whitener. Philip C, and Weigel, Robert M., 3.643,898.
Health, Education and Welfare: See—
Langham, Maurice Edward, 3,644,647.
Interior: See—
Schoettger, Richard A , and Steucke, Erwin W., 3,644.625.
Navy: See—
Adolph, Horst G . and Kamlet. Mortimer J., 3,644,5 19.
Clark. Ronald L, 3.644.837.
Fleming. Gerald J , 3.644,222.
Gathman, Stuart G , 3.644,828.
Goldsmith, Alexander, 3,644,073.
Grunther, Robert G, Chatten, Clarence K.; and Lebovits, Alex-
ander, 3,644.247
Hubich. Henry O , 3,643,599.
Johnson, Roy D. 3,644.836
Jones, Louis F., 3.643.616.
Kammer, Erwin W., 3.643.494.
Lieberman. Moms S., 3,643,329.
Nahas, Joseph A., 3,643,545.
Schulthcis, Stephen K., 3,644,07 1.
United States Steel Corporation: See—
Benford, James G. and Stanley, Edward B.. 3,644,185.
Callighan, Robert H., and Masciantonio, Philip X.. 3,644,508.
Foucar, Harry G., 3,643,45 1
Gallucci, Francis, 3,643,818.
Lee, Verne E, 3,643,724
Moyer. Robert C . 3.644.189.
Stull. James T ,3.643,731
Thornsbery, George W., 3,643,791
United States Surgical Corporation: See—
Amato, Joseph John, 3,643,649.
Green, David T , and Bryan, Graham W., 3,643,85 I.
Universal Corrugated Box Machinery Corporation: See-
Lopez, John, 3,643,940
Universal Oil Products Company: See—
Cyba.Henryk A .3.644.217
De Palma. Ted V . and Carleton. Robert S., 3,644.098.
Dombro. Robert A , 3.644,426
Mitsche, Roy T. 3.644.219.
Schmerling. Louis, 3,644.547.
Urban, Peter, 3,644,087
Wilhelm, Frederick C , 3,644,198.
Universitat Stuttgart: See—
MullerWelt, Hans, 3.643,512
University of Tennessee Research Corporation. The: See—
Hertel. Kenneth L.. 3,643.490.
Uno, Kimio: See—
Kato, Yoshiro; and Uno, Kimio,3,643,846.
Upjohn Company, The: See-
Anthony. William Crawford. 3,644,364.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 45
Bonk, Henry W., Grieve, Robin L.; Nadeau, Herbert G.; and
Palmer, Peter G, 3,644, 1 68.
Grieve, Robin L., 3,644,234.
Rao, Durvasula V.; Sayigh. Adnan A R.; and Ulrich, Henri,
3,644,41 3.
Sayigh, Adnan A R ; Stuber. Fred A., and Ulrich. Henri.
3.644,289.
Ulrich. Henri, 3,644,456
Yoon, Chong Y.; and Melson, Robert E., 3,644,103
Uraneck, Carl A: See-
Brown, James D.; and Uraneck, Carl A. ,3,644,528.
Urban, Peter, to Universal Oil Producu Company. Process for
scrubbing SO, from a gas stream. 3,644,087, CI 23-25
Urban, Walter. Slide fastener. 3,643,297, CI. 24-205 13
Uri, Norbert: See—
Betts, Albert Thomas; and Uri, Norbert. 3.644.275.
Urwyler. Heinrich. to Geigy Chemical Corporation Phenylbutazone-
sodium-monoglycerate. 3.644,395, CI. 260-31 1.
U.S. Philips Corporation: See—
Janson, Jan, 3,644,765.
Kraakman, Hillebrand Johannes Josephus, 3,643,547.
Oomen, Joris Jan Comelis; and Visser, Jan Adrianus. 3.644, 1 50
Potters, Comelis Johannes Theresia; Reinhoudt, Jacobus Pieter;
and Smulders, Hendricus Franciscus Gerardus 3 643 273
Steenmeijer, Jan Paul, 3,644,854
van der Maaden, Johan, 3,643,842.
USM Corporation: See-
Wilkinson, Lionel W. G., 3,643.271
Usuba. KunikaUu: See—
Otake. Naokichi; Yamanobe. Yutaka. Siina. Katumi. and Usuba
Kunikatsu,3.644,862.
Usui, Yoshiro: See—
Masuda, Toru; Usui. Yoshiro; Hara. Yukio; and Komatsu
Toshikatsu,3.644.339
Utsumi Isamu; Watanabe. Toshiro; Kohno. Keiichi; Daira. Isamu and
OUubo. Akira. to Tanabe Seiyaku Co , Ltd.a-O-Acyl-pyridoxal
derivatives. 3,644,385, CI 260-295 5
Utterback, Victor I. Pulp chip forming apparatus. 3,643,714, CI. 144-
1 76.
^ u' ^i.^'^' ^^^^°- Kinichi, and Takahashi, Toshinaka, to Kyowa
Makko Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha. Aziridino mitosenes. 3,644,400, CI.
260-326.3
Vail, Arthur E: See-
Wade, Jesse L.; and Vail, Arthur E ,3,643,63 I
Valente. Raymond L. Control method and apparatus for a fabricatme
system. 3.643.535, CI. 83-50
Valentine. James R . Jr , and McBee. Ralph C. to Comatico Tiles. Inc
Method of making multi-layer articles. 3.644. 1 60. CI. 1 56-250
Valentine. John J. Method of making a non-metallic cast chill
3.644.608. CI. 264-71
Valiaveedan. George Devasia, to Du Pont de Nemours, E. I., and Com-
pany. Process for coloring polyesters with rhodamine, xanthene or
benzophenyl safranine dyes. 3,644,270, CI. 260-40
Valley Steel ProducU Company: See—
Hiller, James J. ,3,643, 853.
Van Brakel, Russel A., to Haverbcrg Auto Laundry Equipment Co
Inc.Hubcapwasher. 3,643,275, CI. 15-21
Van de Vusse, Jan G.: See—
Groothuis, Hendrik; and Van de Vusse, Jan G, 3,643 453
Vandegraaf, Johannes J: See—
Latker, Alex; and Vandegraaf, Johannes J. ,3, 644, 83 I
Van Der Linde, Franciscus Henricus, to N.V Industrieele Handel-
scombinatie. Device for the control of the shift movements of a float-
ing body. 3,643,922, CI. 254-172
VanderLoos.Jan. Actuating handle assembly 3.643.528 CI 74-876
van der Maaden. Johan, to US Philips Corporation. Claw mechanism
for advancing a perforated record carrier along a path 3,643.842.
CI. 226-7 1 .
Vanderbilt. R. T.. Company, Inc : See-
Hill. Harry E. 3.644.408
Vandervelden, Cornelius Keith, to Litton Medical Products, Inc
Leveling mechanism for X-ray machines 3,644,735 CI 250-91
Van Ert Electric: See-
Eaton, Jack, 3,643,991
Van Gelderen, Evert: See—
Luijk, Pieter; Van Gelderen, Evert, and Schipper, Gervinus
P. .3,644.248.
Van Heyningen. Earle M.: See-
Webber. J. Alan; and Van Heyningen, Earle M .3,644 347
Van Meurs, Hubrecht C A: See-
Van Paassen, Cornells W C , and Van Meurs, Hubrecht C
A. ,3,644, 201.
Van Paassen, Cornelis W. C , and Van Meurs. Hubrecht C A , to Shell
Oil Company. Evaporation of water during urea adduct formation
3,644,201, CI. 208-308.
Van Thyne, Ray J.: See—
Rausch, John J.;and Van Thyne, Ray J .3,644 153
Van Zwet. Henry: See-
Bauer. Ronald S.; Chung. Harold. Glockner, Peter W.; Keim, Wil-
helm, and Van Zwet. Henry. 3.644.563.
Van Zwet. Henry; Bauer. Ronald S.. and Keim. Wilhelm. to Shell Oil
Company. Ethylene oligomerization in the presence of complex
nickel-fluorine-conuiningcaulysts. 3,644,564. CI 260-683 15
Vari-Typer Corporation: See—
Hecker. Roland F ; and Goench, Mahmut I.. 3.643.558.
Varian Associates: See-
Bell, Ronald L, 3,644,770
McRae, Russell C, 3,644,768.
Varo Inc.: See—
Boyer, Barton H., Ill, 3,644,039.
Vary, Willard E. Color restoration of unilayer and duolayer color
photographic elements. 3,643,569. CI 95-12 2
Vater,Wulf:See-
Bossert, Friedrich, and Vater, Wulf,3,644,627
Veasaw, James J.; and Magyar, John P. Sludge indicator for septic
tanks. 3,644,914, CI. 340-236.
Veb Elektromat: See—
Firkert, Gunter, 3,644,814.
Veb Kombinat Robotron: See—
Pasold, Gunter, 3,644,018.
Vecchio, Martino: See—
Cammarata, Italo; and Vecchio, Martino.3,644,544.
Veeder Industries, Inc : See—
Voegelin, Howard J , Hoffman, Ernest G., and Lapointe, Lloyd J.,
3.644.717.
Velavicius. Alfonsas. and Toruk, Nicholas, to General Motors Cor-
poration. Hinge counterbalance 3,643,378, CI. 49-445.
Velsicol Chemical Corporation: See—
Olesch, Dietmar H . 3.644.387
Shenfeld, Richard S., Musser, Frederick M . and Kothan, Girish
U.. 3.644.252
Vengrofski. Frank A.: See—
Coffey. James P.; and Vengrofski, Frank A. ,3,644 149
Verge, John Pomfret: See—
Roffey. Patrick; and Verge, John Pomfret,3,644,358
Vettel, Norbert: See—
Bamabei, Philip S., and VeHel, Norbert.3,644,058
Vibrodyne, Inc : See-
Isaacson, Max; and Smilg, Benjamin, 3,643,384.
VictorCompany of Japan, Limited: See—
Kato, Yoshiro; and Uno. Kimio, 3.643.846
Viehe. Heinz G.: See—
Buijle. Raoul; and Viehe. Heinz G .3.644,374
Viel.FloydW. Front loader type rock picker. 3.643.821 CI 214-140
Vilh. Pedersen A/S: See—
Jacobsen. Erik Chresten. 3.643.534
Villani, Luciano Spring loaded spectacle hinge 3.644,023. CI. 351-
Vise, Mathias Joseph Table structure for use in motor vehicles
3.643.606. CI. 108-44
Visser. Jan Adnanus: See—
Oomen. Jons Jan Comelis; and Visser. Jan Adrianus 3 644 1 50
Vitovsky Jan. to Vyzkumny ustav Slavlnich Measuring specific sur-
face of powders. 3,643,493, CI 73-38
Vittone, William J. Antiphlogistic. 3,644,620. CI 424- 1 95
Voegelin, Howard J.; Hoffman, Emest G., and Lapointe, Lloyd J to
Veeder Industries, Inc. Counter reset mechanism 3,644,71 7, CI
Vogel, Charles A ; and Cuvelier, John A . to Newell Industnes Inc Rib-
bon feeding system. 3,643.892, CI 242-192
Vogel, Paul: See—
Polin, Herbert S., and Kuhn, Gustavo, 3,643.4 1 8
Vogelsberg, Dieter, to Siemens Aktiengesellscliaft Method and ap
paratus including a routing intermediate storer for SZ twistine of
elements of a cable. 3,643,4 1 1 , CI 57-34.
VogI, Kurt C , to Boorum & Pease Company Loose leaf filine index
and method of making it. 3,643,360, CI 40-104 19
Voigt, Frederick W , Jr.: See-
Lewis, Alan E., and Voigt, Frederick W , Jr. .3,644.096
Vollmer. Helmut, to Balzers Patent- und Beteiligungs-Aktien-
gesellschaft. Radiation protective jacket for a vacuum furnace
3,644,655, CI 1 3-3 1
Von Funk, Irwin Pneumatic pressure conveying system. 3,644,003, CI.
VonRoll AGSee-
Blaser, Harry, 3.643,592
Vorbach. Gunther; and Koch, Harald, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
High speed in-line printer. 3,643,596, CI. 101-93
Vormbaum, Otto: See-
Werner, Hans, Koschinat, Baldur. and Vormbaum Ot-
to,3,643,906
Vorona, David Semenovich: See—
Mescheryak, Sergei Nikolaevich, Siemkovsky, Evgeny Petrovich
Pentegov, Igor Vladimirovich; Vorona, David Semenovich and
Moravsky, Vladislav Eduardovich,3.644,699
Vosahlova. Eva A ; and Weir. Donald Robert, to Gordon. Sherntt
Mines Limited. Method for leaching reduced latente ores
Vosper Limited: See—
Holden, Stanley Joseph. 3.643,617
Vossos, Peter H., to Naico Chemical Company Stabilizing aqueous
deionized silica sols of small particle size against celling 3,644.213,
Vukasovic, Lovro, and Hofmann. Rudolf, to Siemens Aktien-
gesellschaft. Circuit arrangement for automatic control of the volt-
age of an electrical filter 3,643,405, CI 55-105.
Vyzkumny ustav SUvlnich See—
Vitovsky, Jan, 3,643,493
Vyzkumny ustav Tvarecich stroju a Technologie Tvareni See—
HIadky, Vaclav, 3.643,486
PI 46
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Vyzkumny UstavZuslechtovaci:5«—
Weigl, Bedrich, Janku. Milos. Prikryl, Milos; Hubeny, Jaroslav.
and Hofman. Milos, 3,643,301 .
Wacker-ChemieG.m.b.H ;5**— , o , ^ ^ u; m
Hittmair, Paul, Kaiser, Wolfgang. Niusche. Siegfried, and Wohl-
farth, Ernst. 3,644.434
Wacker-WerkeKG:S«-
Uebel.Philipp, 3,643,925.
Wada, Yuichi:S«- . ^ ^ ^^.
Yamagata, Kiyoshi; Matsuura, Kiyoshi; Ito, Toshio. Miyamoto,
Toshio, and Wada, Yuichi, 3.644, 860
Wade, Jesse L , and Vail, Arthur E., to Trio Manufacturing Company
Double wall insulated bird house. 3,643,631, CI 119-23
Wadiak, Michael, and Higham, George T., to Foster Wheeler Corpora-
tion Emergency monowall tube repair kit. 3,643.701. CI 138-97
Wagatsuma. Nagatoshi; See—
Kigasawa, Ka2uo; Hiiragi, Mineharu. Wagatsuma. Nagatoshi. and
Kusama. Osamu, 3,644, 373
Wagner, Paul, Dickinson, James M ; and Smith, Morton C , to United
Sutes of America, Atomic Energy Commission PolycrysuUine gra-
phite with controlled electrical conductivity 3.644,221, CI. 252-
Wamwnght, Albert V, Jr Ski-renovating tool 3,643.328. CI 30-172
Walczyk. Walter H;5ee—
Harris, Daniel M , Moore. Jack E., Taylor, Chester E . and Walc-
zyk, Walter H, 3.643.278
Waldrop, Thomas W See—
Sadler. Loren G . and Waldrop. Thomas W, 3.643,720.
Walk. Georg See—
Reiners, Franz, and Walk. Georg.3.643.533
Walker. Donald L See—
Borman. William M . and Walker, Donald L .3,644,883.
Wallace. John G . and Schreiner. Edmund, to Synergistics, Inc High
speed indenting recorder 3.644,932. CI 346-77
Wallace, Robert L, Jr: See—
Mitchell. Olga M M . Ross, Carolyn A , and Wallace, Robert L .
Jr ,3.644.674
Walsh, Alan, to Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Or-
ganization Atomic absorption spectroscopy. 3,644,045, CI 356-85
Walsh, Thomas Edward See—
Perlman, Barry Stuart, and Walsh, Thomas Edward, 3.644,839
Walsh, William L ; See—
Harper. Earl F . Murphy. Clarence R . and Walsh, William
L ,3,644,554
Hay, Russell G , McNulty, John G , and Walsh. William
L..3.644.546
NoUro, Vincent A.. Selwitz. Charles M . and Walsh. William
L .3.644.552
Walters. Sandra J See—
Gracia. Albert J. Reilly. Patrick J. and Walters. Sandra
J. ,3,644, 186.
Wanner, Joseph W . to Genera' Motors Corporation Elbow coupling
for leveler exhaust conduit. 3.643.915. CI. 251-148.
Ward. Geoffrey R See—
Briskin. Theodore S . and Ward. Geoffrey R ,3.643,668
Ward, John V See-
Tucci, Edmond R . Thayer. Helen I , and Ward. John
v.. 3.644. 529
Ward. Morris VSee-
Eckerlin. Herbert M . and Ward. Morris V. 3.643. 351
Ward, Truman L See—
Berni, Ralph J . Benerito. Ruth R . McKelvey. John B ; Ward. Tru
man L . and Soignet, Donald M ,3,644,082
Warncke, Heinz; and Kahl. Melchior, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft. Sample-inlet valve for gas chromatographs 3.643.51 1.
CI 73-422
Warne. Eugene Harold; See-
Lawrence. Owen Napier, and Warne, Eugene Harold, 3.643,427.
Warner & Swasey Company, The See—
Ebersold, Robert C ,3,643,519
Watanabe, Toshiro: See—
Utsumi, Isamu, WaUnabc, Toshiro, Kohno, Keiichi, Daira, Isamu.
and Otsubo, Akira. 3.644, 385.
Waterman, Michael W.. to Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company
Electrical winding of sheet conductor. 3.644.859. CI. 336-187
Watlington, Frank W. Polling method utilizing telephone transmission
and recording system. 3.644,675, CI 179-2
Watson, David Hams; See—
Tilley, Colin; Watson. David Harris, and Campbell,
Michael,3. 644.568
Watwood. Robert P . and Moore, James A , to Union Carbide Cor-
poration Seed-tape and card-spool-and-row-marker assembly
3.643.795,CI 206-45 14
Waukesha Cutting Tools. Inc. See— \
Schiller, Adam A ,3,644.050. > J
Waz. Edward M See— ^
Huboi. Robert W . Waz. Edward M . and Seckel. Thomas
G .3.644.664
Weakly. Marlin Earle. to Deere & Company Combine clean gram
elevator 3.643.826. CI. 214-519.
Wear. George H : See-
Moore. Earnest, and Wear. George H .3.644.589.
Weatherford Oil Tool Company. Inc.: See-
Hall. John A. Sr. 3,643,739.
Weaver, Preston R , to UMC Electomics Company. Accelerometer.
3,643,513, CI. 73-517.
Webb, John D: See-
Bushman. Ronald C . Rickard. Donn J.; Webb, John D.; Alex-
ander. L Bruce, and Church. Cleveland B..3,643.7I6.
Webb. William M : See—
Hilliker. Donald E . and Webb. William M, 3.643.464.
Webber. J Alan, and Van Heyningen. Earle M . to Lilly. Eli. and Com-
pany 3-Aminomethyl cephalosporin compounds. 3.644.347. CI.
260-243
Weber. Abraham; Frossard. Jacques, and Bouzard, Daniel, to Mead
Johnson & Company. Coronary vasodilator compounds. 3.644,417,
CI 260-327.
Weber. Edward V ; See—
Kruppa. Robert W . Weber. Edward V. and Woodard, Ollie
C. 3.644. 700
Weber. H G. and Company. Inc : See—
Jacobsen, Paul W , 3,643,816
Weber. Heinz, to Telesco Brophey Limited Umbrella. 3,643.673. CI.
135-20
Weber. Helmut See—
Weyer. Rudi. Aumuller. Walter; Weber. Helmut. Muth. Karl, and
Heerdt. Ruth. 3.644.634
Webers, Robert J See-
Christensen. Norman B . Clark. Thomas A.; and Webers. Robert
J .3.643.696
Weggel. Ralph W . and Blann, William A . to Allis-Chalmers Manufac-
turing Company Process and apparatus for the recovery of oil from
shale by indirect heating 3.644.193. CI. 208-11.
Wei. Peter H L , and Bell. Stanley C . to American Home Products
Corporation N-( 2-benzoylphenyl)-2-pyrrolidinones. 3.644.401. CI
260-326.5
Weigel. Robert M.: See—
Whitener. PhilipC . and Weigel. Robert M .3.643.898.
Weight. Donald, to Monsanto Chemicals Limited. Footwear.
3,643.353, CI. 36-44
Weigl. Bedrich. Janku. Milos. Prikryl, Milos; Hubeny. Jaroslav; and
Hofman, Milos. to Vyzkumny Ustav Zuslechtovaci Method of mak-
ing an elastic stitch-bonded fabric 3.643.301. CI 28-76
Weil. Edward D , and Smith, Keith J., to Hooker Chemical Corpora-
tion Thiabicyclononanes and process 3.644.4 15. CI 260-327
Weil, Edward D . and Smith, Keith J , to Hooker Chemical Corpora-
tion Substituted 9-thiabicyclononcnes 3.644.416. CI. 260-327
Weinberger. Arnold, to International Business Machines Corporation.
Hybrid associative memory 3.644.906. CI 340-173.
Weinmann Aktiengesellschaft See—
Schoch. Robert, 3.643.295
Weir. Donald Robert: See—
Vosahlova. Eva A , and Weir, Donald Robert, 3, 644,1 14
Weisshaar, Erich, to Transistor AG Semiconductor element having at
least one control electrode 3,644,799, CI 3 1 7-235
Weist. Martin, and Busing, Walter, to Farbenfabriken Bayer Aktien-
gesellschaft Circuit arrangement for indicating and automatically
eliminating short-circuits in electrolysis cells 3,644,190, CI 204-
228
Weisz, Herman S , Schefner, Bernard; and Neely, Lester W, to Lowen-
stein M & Sons, Inc Method for rendering cellulosic materials
name retardant 3,644,140, CI 117-119.6
Welcher, Richard Parke, to American Cyanamid Company. Produc-
tion of aliphatic 1 .2-bisthiocyanates. 3,644,463, CI. 260-454.
Wellendorf, Erwin W Fold-up implement. 3.643.742. CI. 172-316.
Weliings, Ian. to Du Pont de Nemours. E I . and Company 2-Amino-
4 S 6 7-tetrahydro-4.7-cthanothieno |2.3-blpyridines and phar-
m'aceutically acceptable salts thereof. 3.644.379. CI. 260-294.8
Wells Manufacturing Corporation: See-
Alexander. Carl J .3.643.536
Wcndt. Gerhard R . Ledig, Kurt W , and Teller, Darnel M., to Amer-
ican Home Products Corporation Bis-amidinohydrazones of ste-
roidal d.ones 3,644,436, CI. 260-397
Werkzeugmaschmenfabrik Gildemeister & Comp. Aktiengesellschaft:
See —
Ledergerber. Alfred, and Jacoby, Hans. 3.643.307.
Werner & Pfleiderer See- , ,. .
Barteleit. Ulrich, Regenscheit. Walter, Schroder. Helmut; and
Wolf. Erich. 3.643.585
Werner Hans deceased (by Staub. Carl, administrator). Koschinat.
Baldur. and Vormbaum, Otto, to Jost-Werke GmbH. Retractable
pivot bolt arrangement 3.643.906. CI. 248-361
Werner Kilbourne Ralph, and DiFerdinando. Frank L.. to
Westi'nghouse Electric Corporation Milling wheel structure.
3.643.310. CI. 29-105 ., u .. «•
Werner, Lawrence E , to Chrysler Corporation. Method of mounting
an automobile engine. 3,643,320, CI 29-469.
Wernu, Charles W , to Alvey Inc. Accumulation live roller conveyor.
3,643,788, CI 198-127
Wernu Charles W , to Alvey Inc Live roller conveyor with variable
drive! 3,643,789, CI. 198-127.
West, James E: See— ,^>..-,^i
Sessler Gerhard M , and West, James E, 3,644,605.
Westberg. Russell C. Ski nange 3.643.978. CI. 280-28.
Western Electric Company: See- „ u ^ a
Burock, Russell. Swirsky. David M.. and Whitner. Robert A.,
3,644,180.
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 47
Western Electric Company, Incorporated: See—
Asar, Madhu P., Bolin, John E., and Maddox, Harry L.. 3.644,661
Sharp. Donald J.; and Sutch, Richard D., 3,644,188.
Westinghouse Brake English Electric Semi-Conductore Limited; See-
Carter, Victor J., 3,644,797.
Weitinghouse Electric Corporation: See—
Bamabei, Philip S.; and Vettel, Norbert, 3,644,058.
Birnbaum, Manfred E.; Braytenbah, Andrew S., and Richardson
Arthur W, 3,643,437.
Campbell, Donald A., 3,644,1 72.
Carothers, Charles H.; and Bogner, Philip W., 3,644,791 .
Cricchi, James R.; and Hudson, James R., 3,644,907.
De Caro, ArisUde R., 3,644,776.
Eberhart, Arthur H., 3,643,462
Ferrari, Harry M. 3,644,174.
Galloway, Dudley L, 3,644,858.
Cause, Smith A., 3,644,166.
Ginsberg, Howard S., 3,644.753.
Goldie, Harry, 3,644,779.
Kozlovic, John M.; and South. William H., 3,644,790.
McAllister, William A.; and Sausville, Joseph W., 3,644.212.
Petrinjak, Emerick J.; and Grasinger, William J., 3,644,1 56.
Werner, Kilbourne Ralph; and DiFerdinando, Frank L
3.643.310.
Winkler, Charies L.. 3,643,457.
Yannucci, Dean A., 3,644,786.
Westvaco Corporation: See-
Owens, Edwin G.; and Wiley, Joseph J.. Jr.. 3.643.61 1 .
WettersUd, Lennart. Method and device for providing a control of the
velocity profile of the working medium in the inlet of flow medium
3,643,675, CI. 137-13.
Weyer, Rudi; Aumuller, Walter; Weber, Helmut; Muth, KaH; and
Heerdt, Ruth, to Farbwerke Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft vormals
Meister Lucius & Bruning Benzenesulfonyl-ureas with
hypoglycemic activity. 3,644,634, CI. 424-275.
Whirlpool Corporation: See—
Linstromberg, William J., and Nichols, Duane C. 3.643,458
Nichols, Duane C, 3,643,456.
Turner, Phillip H., 3,643.454.
Zenz. Fred J. 3,643.349.
White. Clark Woody: See—
Tolk. Norman Henry; and White, Clark Woody ,3,644,044
White, Michaels.: See—
Peronti, Anthony, 3,643,655.
White. Rowland K.; and Lindbeck. Simon L . to Qatron Corporation.
Magnetic tape playing and changing apparatus. 3.643.962. CI. 274-
4.
Whitener. Philip C; and Weigel, Robert M., to United States of Amer-
ica. Federal Aviation Administration, mesne Methods and
mechanisms for steering truck wheel axles by a rotauble truck beam
3,643,898, CI. 244-50.
Whitman, Robert Henry: See—
Bollyky, Laszlo;and Whitman, Robert Henry, 3,644,5 17.
Whitner, Robert A.; See—
Burock, Russell; Swirsky, David M.. and Whitner. Robert
A. ,3,644, 180.
Whyte, Francis. Spacer for surgical cast. 3,643.657, CI. 128-91.
Wickersheim, August. Apparatus for packing piece goods, particularly
fruits, into a hose-shaped packing material. 3.643,401 . CI. 53-266
Widegraen, Lars Harald; and Keskitalo, Tage Oskar. Procedure and
device for felhng of timber. 3,643,920, CI. 254-124
Widmaier, Dieter, to Bosch. Robert. GmbH. Hydraulic apparatus
with interconnected hydraulic units. 3.643.433. CI. 60-53
Widmaier. Dieter, to Bosch, Robert. GmbH. Hydraulic apparatus
with axially aligned hydraulic unite. 3,643,434. CI. 60-53.
Widmann. Dietrich; Kappelmeyer. Rudolf; Schluter, Kurt; and Steg-
gewentz, Hermann, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Contact exposure
mask for the selective exposure of photo-varnish coatings for
semiconductor purposes. 3,644.1 34. CI. 1 17-45.
Wiechert. Rudolf; and Laurent. Henry, to Schering AG. Method for
the production of 21-fluoro-4,6- pregnadienes. 3,644,441, CI. 260-
397.47
Wigram, Richard: See-
Woof, William; Barlow. Colin, Gray, Arthur; and Wigram,
Richard,3,643,787.
Wiig, Chester M., to Littell, F. J.. Machine Company. Apparatus for
continuously bending and flexing strip material. 3,643,487, CI. 72-
164.
Wilbert. Helmut: See—
Womcr, Anton; and Wilbert, Helmut,3,643,3 1 4.
Wilcox, Milton E., to Motorola, Inc. Diode delay line. 3,644,749 CI
307-208.
Wildgruber, Otto, to Siemens Aktiengesellschaft. Check back system
for visual and audible indication of detected processes. 3,644,926.
CI. 340-412.
Wildi,Paul:See-
Jansen, Hansjorg; Wildi, Paul; and Kline, James A. ,3,643,480.
Wiles, David John, and Wright, John Milford, to Honety Hydraulic
Units Limited. Remote position indicator. 3,644,91 1,C1. 340-177
Wiles, Howard M. Art of removing fiber forms from concrete columns.
3,644,61 1, CI. 264-334.
Wiley. Joseph J., Jr.: See-
Owens, Edwin G.; and Wiley, Joseph J.. Jr. ,3,643,61 1.
Wilhelm, Frederick C, to Universal Oil Products Company. Hydrogen-
consuming process and catalyst therefor. 3.644,198, CI. 208-1 1 1.
Wilhelmi, Werner Alfred, to Nederlandsche Bewoid Maalschappij
N.V. Nonwoven fabrics and binders therefor 3.644.251. CI. 260-26.
Wilke, Gunther; and Bogdanovic. Borislav. to Studiengesellschaft
Kohle m.b.H. Process for isomerizing olefins. 3,644,558, CI. 260-
683.2
Wilke. Heinz: See—
Boke. Reinhard; Schmid. Alfred; and Wilke. Heinz. 3.643. 326.
Wilkes, Raymond Steele, to Deere & Company. Manure spreader floor
conveyor means. 3.643.786. CI. 198-173
Wilkinson, Alan; Hine, Stewart Charles, and Bosher, David Robert, to
Electric Musical Industries Limited. Apparatus for detecting posi-
tional errors utilizing high frequency modulation of light source and
phase sensitive detector. 3.644.739. CI. 250-209
Wilkinson. Lionel W. G., to USM Corporation. Method and apparatus
for seam forming. 3,643,271, CI. 12-146.
William Cotton Limited: See-
Strong, Barry Colin, 3,643,473.
Williams, Derek: See-
Price, Frederick William, and Williams, Derek.3,643,5 14.
Williams, Gerald G. Play devices. 3,643,942, CI. 272-60.
Williams, Kenneth C, to Ethyl Corporation. Method of making or-
ganolead-silicon compounds 3,644,452. CI. 260-437
Williams. Kenneth C; and Cook. Shirl E.. to Ethyl Corporation. Or-
ganolead magnesium compounds. 3.644.45 1 . CI. 260-437
Williams. Kenneth C: See-
Cook, Shiri E.; and Williams, Kenneth C, 3,644,450
Williams Producte. Inc.: See—
Reid. Glenn J. 3.643,91 1.
Williams, Ralph P.: See-
Turk. Stanley D.. and Williams, Ralph P ,3,644,470
Williamson, Roger C. to Gulf Research & Development Company
Preparation of aromatic carboxylic acids 3.644.506. CI 260-524.
Williamson. Thomas B.: See—
Gutman. Arnold D; and Williamson. Thomas B .3.644.640.
Williamson. Thomas N . 75% to Jacobs Associates Tunneling machine
for non-circular bores 3.643,998, CI. 299-3 1
Willy Whoper. Inc.: See-
Coates, Leroy. 3.643.948.
Wilson. Benjamin B. and Wortham, Joseph S . to Allied Chemical Cor-
poration. Urea-containing ruminant feed 3.644.642. CI 424-319
Wilson. Homer M . to Petrolite Corporation. Instrument for measuring
conductance or capacitance of an electrical load dunne operation
3.644. 1 87. CI. 204-186.
Wilson. James F.. to Bell & Howell Company Apparatus for con-
trolling a plurality of a light sources 3.643.294. CI 1 78-5 4
Wilton. Raymond Charles; and Astley, Peter James, to Miles Elec-
tronics Limited Terrain model viewing device. 3.643.345, CI 35-12.
Windmoller & Holscher: See-
Schwarzkopf, August; and Achelpohl. Fritz, 3,644,163.
Stork, Willi, 3,643,552.
Winegartner, Edgar C: See—
ShmidI, Albert J ; and Winegartner. EdgarC. 3.644. 178.
Winkler & Duennebier: See—
Ehlscheid, Guenter. 3.643.555
Winkler. Charles L., to Westinghouse Electric Corporation Frost de-
tector for refrigeration system. 3.643.457, CI 62- 1 40
Winter, Anthony, to British Hovercraft Corporation Limited Skirte for
air cushion vehicles. 3,643,758, CI 180-128.
Winter, Arthur L. Method and means for maintaining the throat plastic
type closetbend spaced from cement flooring and for securing a
water closet thereto 3,643,267, CI 4-252
Wireman, Wallace H. Method and apparatus for supplying dehydrated
air to air-operated mechanisms 3.643,402. CI 55-33.
Wiremold Company. The: See-
Murphy. Robert H.. 3.643.449
Wiselius. Samuel I., to Koninkliijke Machinefabriek Stork N.V. Cen-
trifugal pump. 3,644,056. CI 415-215.
Wiswell. George C, Jr. Holding unk for marine toilet 3.643.265 CI
4-10.
Witt, Enrique R.; and Blay, Jorge A., to Celanese Corporation Ther-
mal purification of terephthalic acid using iodine or bromine
calalyste. 3,644,507. CI. 260-525.
Witt, Enrique R., and Larkin. Donald R . to Celanese Corporation
Production of bis-hydroxyalkyl esters of benzene dicarboxylic acids
3.644.484. CI. 260-475.
Wittel, Karl, to Industrie-Hartverchromung Praezisionsmechanik
G. m.b.H. Process and apparatus of plating enclosed vessels
3.644.1 82. CI. 204-26.
Witzel. Bruce E.. to Merck &. Co.. Inc. Novel pyridones in composi-
tions and methods for treating inflammation, pain and fever
3,644,626, CI. 424-263.
Wohlfarth, Ernst: See—
Hittmair. Paul. Kaiser. Wolfgang. Nitzsche. Siegfried, and Wohl-
farth. Emsl,3,644,434.
Wolf, Erich: See-
Barteleit, Ulrich; Regenscheit, Waller, Schroder, Helmut, and
Wolf, Erich,3,643,585.
Wolf, Harold W.. and Ross. Stanley E.. to Stevens. J. P . &. Co.. Inc.
Sizing formulations for polymeric materials. 3,644 ,591, CI. 260-89S
Wolfe, Richard A: See-
Hamby, Robert L., 3.644,02 1 .
PI 48
LIST OF PATENTEES
February 22, 1972
Wolff, Otto, and Krahl, Dieter, to Siemens Aktiengesellschafl. Electron
microscope deflection system for directing the beam at a predeter-
mined angle and direction at the object. 3,644,733, CI. 250-49.5
Wolff, Solomon; See—
Maywald, Dennis W ; Wolff, Solomon, and Arcara, James
R .3,643,609
Wolfram, Leszek January: See—
Hsiung, Du Yung; and Wolfram, Leszek January, 3,644,084.
Wolfram, Gerhard: See—
Horstmann, Walter, Kalz. Dietmar; Wolfrum, Gerhard; and Siegel,
Edgar,3. 644,405
Wood, Frederick C: See—
Kellcy. Arnold E, and Wood, Frederick C .3,644,197
Wood, Louis L. Orthoester subilized polyvinyl chloride rcsms
3.644.276,01.260-45.8
Wood. Louis L.: See—
Roswell, David F , Kramm, David E.; Wood, Louis L., and Stead-
man, Thomas R, 3, 644.423
Wood, Thomas F.; and Goodwin, George H., to Givaudan Corporation
5.7-Diisopropyl-l,l-dimethyl-6-hydroxyindan and process for
prepanngsame. 3,644.540, CI. 260-626.
Woodard,OllieC :S«-
Kruppa, Robert W.; Weber, Edward V., and Woodard, OIlie
C, 3 ,644,700.
Woof, William, Barlow, Colin. Gray, Arthur; and Wigram, Richard, to
Mather & Piatt Limited. Sterilising machines. 3.643,787, CI 198-
131
Womer. Anton, and Wilbert, Helmut, to Kaut & Bux oHG Device for
spacing the segments of a commutator, 3,643,3 14, CI. 29-205
Worth, Arthur J., to Federal Pacific Electric Company Fuse terminal
connector 3,644.880. CI. 339-270.
Wortham, Joseph S.: See—
Wilson. Benjamin B.;and Wortham. Joseph S ,3,644,642
Worwag. Eberhard. to Progress- Elektroge rate Mauz & Pfciffer Floor
cleaning machine. 3.643,276, CI. 15-49.
Wnght, Jerauld George, to Canada, Her Majesty the Queen in the right
of, as represented by the Minister of National Defence Horizontal
situation indicator 3.644.928. CI 343-106.
Wnghl, John Milford: See—
Wiles, David John, and Wright, John Milford,3.644.91 1 .
Wnght. John W . to Robertshaw Controls Company Combination con-
trol device having a hydraulic high limit valve assembly. 3,643,863,
CI 236-80
Wu,ChanK.:S«-
Stehle, Peter Fallon; Wu, Chan K ; Loshaek, Samuel; and
Dickstein. Jack. 3,644, 262.
Wu, Chisung, to Union Carbide Corporation. Reactions of elemental
phosphorus and phosphorus ester reaction -products thereof
3,644,595. CI 260-920
Wubbe, Leo J. Windshield wiper 3,643,286, CI. 15-250.38
Wuest, Olivier, to Rieter Machine Works, Ltd Lap detecting stop mo-
tion 3,643,883, CI. 242-36
Wurlitzer Company, The; See—
Andersen, Clifford W , 3,643,539
Wyatt Corporation; See —
Ritchie,EdwinE, 3.643,706
Wyeth. John, & Brothers Limited; i'«—
Brown, Kevan; and Cavalla. John Frederick, 3,644.399
Wyganl, James C. Anderson, Richard M , and Prill, Erhard J , to Mon-
santo Company 2,3-Dihaloalkyl compounds 3.644.493, CI 260-
485
Wyslouzil, Walter, to Canadian Patents and Development Limited
Recorder for acoustic ranging system. 3,644,88 1 , CI. 340-6.
Xerox Corporation; See—
Campbell, Frank A., 3.644.659.
Egnaczak, Raymond K.; and Squassoni, Gino F , 3,644,035
Sunge, Klaus K ; and Robinson, Thomas K., Jr , 3.644,930
Yackish, Thomas M.; See—
Rezek. John R., and Yackish, Thomas M. ,3.644.757
Yale, Harry Louis, and Pluscec. Jelka. to Squibb, E R . & Sons, Inc
Process for preparing formamides. 3,644,378, CI. 260-294.8
Yamada, Hiraku; See—
Matsuda, Shogo, Shimodoi, Yutaka; Yamada. Hiraku. and Takao,
Kiyoshi.3.644,081
YamagaU, Kiyoshi; Malsuura. Kiyoshi, Ito. Toshio, Miyamoto, Toshio,
and Wada. Yuichi. to Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Self-
restoring current limiter. 3.644.860. CI. 337-2 1 .
Yamaguchi. Muneaki: See —
Takahasi, Hirosi; Tanabe, Masanori; Yamaguchi. Muneaki. and
Shiihara.lsao, 3,644. 548.
Yamamoto. Haruhiko, to France Bed Co., Ltd. Method for manufac-
turing mattresses. 3,643.308. CI. 29-91.1
Yamamoto, Norimasa; See—
Nakatsuka, Kazuo; Ide, Fumio, Ito, Kazuo, and Yamamoto.
Norimasa, 3, 644, 575.
Yamamoto, Se^oro: See—
Kato, Masao; Tanaka, Goro; and Yamamoto, Setgoro,3,644.736
Yamamoto. Shinzi: See—
Takayanagi, Motowo; Sugiura, Shotaro; Matsuura. Tetsuro; Ueno.
Haruo, Tsuji, Keiichi. Yamamoto, Shinzi; and Matumoto, Fu-
minori.3,644,585.
Yamanobe, Yutaka; See—
Otake, Naokichi; Yamanobe, YuUka; Siina, Katumi; and Usuba,
Kunikatsu.3,644,862
Yamato, Akira See—
Hori, Toshio, Yamato, Akira; and Shiraishi, Masao. 3, 644, 556.
Yannucci. Dean A . to Wesiinghouse Electric Corporation. Electrical
windings 3,644,786, CI 317-15
Yano, Takefumi: See—
Sugiura, Shotaro, Ueno, Haruo; Ishikawa. Hideo; Yano, Takefumi;
and Shimamura. Tuneo,3,644,320.
Yasuda. M8isao: See—
Koyama, Shigeo, Ohtsuki. Motohiro. Shimatani, Kenji; Yasuda.
Masao. Takci, Toru, Kawai, Yasutaka, and Matuishima,
Takeshi,3,644.780.
Yasuzuka, Katsumi: See—
Maeda. Yutaka, Kimura. Hiroshiro; Koshimo. Akio; Kanzaki,
Nagamasa. Yasuzuka. Katsumi; and Furukawa,
Yoshmobu,3,643,412
Yeransian, James A , to General Foods Corporation. Alkaline treat-
ment ofcoffee 3,644. 122, CI 99-71
Yissum Research Development Company: See—
Zyk, Naomi, 3,644,177
Ylinen, Klaus Johannes Toy football game 3,643,946, CI. 273-85
Yoda. Takashi: See—
Mekata, Teizo, Yoda, Takashi. and Shiraishi.
Masaharu.3.644,170
Yokoyama, Toshimitsu See—
Kobayashi, Tsuneo, Monta, Kenichi. Kitagawa. Hiroshi.
Yokoyama, Toshimitsu, and Makida. Shigeo, 3,644. 375.
Yoon, Chong Y , and Melson, Robert E , to Upjohn Company, The.
Countercurrent solid liquid contacting using flexible bristle screw
night means 3,644, 103, CI 23-310
Yoshida, Makoto, and Ikumura, Akio Process for the production of
naphthamide derivatives 3,644,5 18, CI 260-559
Yoshikawa, Shogo See—
Uchida, Teiji, Yoshikawa. Shogo, and Ueki, Atsufumi,3,644,842.
Yoshioka. Yoshio See—
Marumoto. Ryuji, Yoshioka. Yoshio, Aoki. Hisashi; and Toda,
Jun,3,644,331
Yososhima, Nobuyaki: See —
Amano, Kitsutaro, Ota, Chuichi, Hashimoto, Masao. Kanzaki,
Hi&ao, Sakamoto, Yasuhiko, and Yososhima,
Nobuyaki, 3, 644, 680
Youden, David H See —
Hahn. Robert S , Youden, David H , and St Andre, Arthur
F .3.644,049
Young, Archie R , II. to Esso Research and Engineering Company
Mixed valency transition metal perovskites as cathodic reduction
catalysu 3,644, 147. CI 136-86
Young, Dean Arthur, to Union Oil Company of California. Am-
moniated zeolite catalysts 3.644.200. CI. 208-120.
Young, Joseph V . and Johnson, Richard M Inflatable surgical cast.
3,643,656, CI 128-90
Yoweli, Gordon H , to Sperry Rand Corporation. Power transmission
3,644,067, CI 417370
Yuge, Yooji, to Tokyo Shubaura Electric Co., Ltd. Halogen lamp.
3.644,772, CI 313-174
Zacher, Harold D See—
Evans, Richard E . and Zacher, Harold D ,3,644,199
Zajac, Chester J , to Robertshaw Controls Company Frequency regu-
lated inverter circuit for a synchronous motor. 3,644,807, CI. 318-
138.
Zajic, Vladimir, to Skoda narodni Podnik PIzen Hydraulic load test
device 3.643,496, CI 73-93
Zalar, Frank V , to Lubrizol Corporation. The ThiaspiroaceUl
polymers 3,644,243, CI 260-18
Zalzal, Michel T See—
Crotty, Homer E , and Zalzal, Michel T .3,644,210.
Zane, Edward Robert. Jr. to Burlington Industries, Inc. Sideloading ar-
ticle handling atuchment 3.643.825, CI. 214-512.
Zeile, Karl: See —
Koppe, Herbert, Engelhardt, Albrecht. Ludwig, Gerhard, and
Zeile. Karl, 3,644,636
Koppe, Herbert. Kummer, Werner, Suhle, Helmut; Zeile. Karl;
and Traunecker. Werner, 3. 644, 469
Zelenko, Harry Disposable aquarium filter 3,643,801, CI. 210-169.
Zenith Radio Corporation iff—
Ma, John Y ,3.644,853
Zentralen Institut po Istchislitelna Tcchnika; See—
Angelov, Stefan Hristov. and Hnstova. Snejanka Vladimirova.
3,644,724
Zenz, Fred J , to Whirlpool Corporation Dryer with drum grounding
mechanism. 3,643,349, C! 34-133
Zero Manufacturing Company S«—
Duncan,LloydP, 3,643.630
Ziegler,Hans Railroad grade crossing 3,643,864, CI. 238-8.
Ziering, Sigi Numeral base conversion instructional device 3,643,347,
CI. 35-30
Zimmer George H , to Robbins &. Myers, Inc. Pump with macerator.
3,643,877, CI 241-46 02
Zingg, Roy J , to Iowa State University Digital system for controlling
signal transfers between registers and data buses 3,644,901, CI. 340-
172
Zimgiebl, Eberhard See—
Minz, Franz-Rudolf, and Zirngiebl, Eberhard, 3,644,089.
Zollner, Dieter, and Reichell, Bernhard, to Conradty, C. Giant elec-
trode 3,644,654, CI 13-18
February 22, 1972
LIST OF PATENTEES
PI 49
Zuccarello, William A.: See—
Blank, Benjamin; and Zuccarello, William A. ,3,644,648.
Zundapp-Werkc Gesellichaft mil betchrankter Haftung, Firma: See—
StroMner, Johannes; and Drebet, Armin, 3,643,637.
Zum Industries, Inc.: See—
Hand, Alton E, 3,644,004
Zyk, Naomi, to Yissum Research Development Company Monitoring
penicillin in biological subsunces. 3,644,1 77, CI. 195-103.5
LIST OF REISSUE PATENTEES
TO WHOM
PATENTS WERE ISSUED ON THE 22nd DAY OF FEBRUARY, 1972
NOTE — Arranrea In accordance with the tlrst significant character .>r word of the name (In accordance with city and
^" • •»"»^» telephone directory practice).
27,297.
l{tv
Adams-Russell Co., Inc. : See—
Oleksiak, Joseph. Re. 27,299.
Amerock Corp. : See —
Fowler, Roland V. Re. 27,291.
D'Ercoll, Giacinto C. : See—
Johnson, Howard W., DErcoli, and Knize. He.
Folino Arthur S. Process of printing numbers on terms
27,298, 2-22-72, CI. 270—1. , , .
Fowler Roland V., to Amerock Corp. Latching dt-vicf.
27 291 2-22-72, CI. 292—113. ...
Fredd John V., to Otis Engineering Corp. Operator devices.
Re 27,294, 2-22-72, CI. 91—41. .
Grolet Pierre P. Moulin, and J. Parola. to Institut Irancais
du Petrol des Carburants et Lubrifiants. Apparatus for sub
marine core drilling. Re. 27.292. 2-22-72. CI. 175— (..
Hamilton Watch Co. : See--
Rogers. Donald J., and Van Horn. Re. 27,290.
Ichikawa. Yataro. to Teljin Ltd. Process for the preparation
of aromatic carboxyllc acids. Re. 27,290, 2-22-. 2. (1
Institut Francais du Petrole des Carburants ct Lubrifi-
ants : See — , „ , no- ono
Grolet, Pierre. Moulin, and Parola. Re. 2. .^92
Johnson. Howard W., G. C. DErcoli, E. J^Knize, to So^o Cup
Co Dispenser with cup supporting bristles. He. 2..-J7.
2-22-72, CI. 221—308.
Knize, Elmer J. : See — , ,- o o- oo-
Johnson, Howard W.. D'Ercoll, and Knize. K»';2..29.^
Ludwig, Carl, to McDowell-Wellman Engineering Co KaHroad
car pushing apparatus. Re. 27,300, 2-22-72, CI. 104-1. b.
McDowell Wellman Engineering Co. : Sec —
Ludwig. Carl. Re. 2<.300.
Moulin, Pierre : Sec— ^ „, ^„„
(Jrolet, Pierre, Moulin, and Parola. Re. 27,292.
Oleksiak, Joseph, to Adams-Russell Co., Inc. N-way electrical
power divider wherein N is an odd number Re. 27,299,
2-22-72. CI. 333—8.
Otis Engineering Corp. : See — •
Fredd. John V. Re. 27,294.
Parola. Jean : See —
Grolet, Pierre. Moulin, and Parola. Re. 27,292.
Pechacek, Joseph H. Applicator apparatus attachable to a
wheeled agricultural Implement. Re. 27.295, 2-22-72, CI.
222 — 170
Rogers Donald J., and J. A. Van Horn, to Hamilton Watch
Co Watch calendar setting mechanism. Re. 27,290, 2-22- 1 2,
CI. 58—58.
Solo Cup Co. : See — „ „ ^ ,- ■ » ot on-
Johnson. Howard W.. D'Ercoll, and Knize. Re. 27,29 <.
Teijln Ltd. : See —
Ichikawa. Yataro. Re. 27,296.
U.S. Philips Corp. : See—
Vellex, Robert. Re. 27.293.
Vellex, Robert, by U.S. Philips Corp. Re. 2., 293.
Van Horn. John A. : See—
Rogers. Donald J., and Van Horn. Re. 27,290^
Veilex Robert, bv U.S. Philips Corp.. to U.S. Philips Corp.
Sem'lcondu<tor device for producing and amplifying elec-
trical signals of very high frequency. Re. 27,293. 2-22-72.
CI. 331 107.
LIST OF DESIGN PATENTEES
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. : See—
Genaro, Donald M., and Stokes. 223,0qa. ^oo oon
Gibson. Richard D.. McGarvey. and Woodard. 222.99<r
Beyers Marvin E.. to Caterpillar Tractor Co. Tire design for
loader tire. 223,015, 2-22-72, CI. D90— 20,
Bombardier Ltd. : See—
Lapointe, Yves A .222,995.
Bonanno, Joseph L., to Rapid Tool and Mfg. Co.. Inc. Elei
trlcal tester. 223,001, 2-22-72, CI. D26— 1.
Borg-Warner Corp. : See —
Edgar, Howard M., and Lewis. 222.997.
Caterpillar Tractor Co. : See —
Beyers. Marvin E. 223,015. „„ ^^ ^^, .,^,,^ ,
Cohen, Arthur M. Bus shelter. 222,989, 2-22-72 CI. »l-^7
Dallalre, Raymond M. Extruded plastic window strip. 222.991.
''-22-72 CI D13 — 6.
Dallaire, Raymond M. Flat trim strip. 222,992. 2-22-72.
D13— 6.
Dallaire, Raymond M. Extruded plastic window trim strip
022 993 ''-22-72 CI. D13 — 6.
Dallaire. Raymond 'm. Header box for window. 222,994. 2-22-
Edgar, Howard M.. and R. Lewis, to Borg-Warner Corl). Chair
222-997. 2-22-72, CI. D15— 1.
Electrosll Ltd. : See—
Trlckey. Ronald H. 223,000. „ ^, t-.o , .
Ellis, Josh H Chuck key. 222.985. 2-22-72. CI. D8-14.
Esco Mfg. Inc. : See—
Osborn. .Merrltt A. 222,987.
Evans-Aristocrat Industries. Inc. : See —
Gould, Robert J. 223,008.
Fuji Shashin Film Kabushlki Kaisha : See —
Fukuda Ma.sahiro. 223.011. _ _ ^., . x- . .
Fukuda. Ma'sahlro. to Fuji Shashin Film Kabushlki Kaisha
Motion movie camera. 223.011, 2-22-72 CI. D61-1.
Garflnkle. Marvin E., RE. Schmeck, and L. W, Tanp_ard, to
Pitney-Bowes, Inc, Postal scale. 223.009. 2-22-, 2. ti
Ge?aro7 Donald M., and R, R, Stokes to Bell Telephone
Laboratories. Inc, Table, 223,005. 2-22-72. Cl, D33-14,
General Educational Technology Corp. : See —
Shirley. Carl S, 223.013,
Gibson. Richard D., J. N. McGarvey^ and K. B, ^^ "''^a'-d. t"
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc. Telephone mounting shelt,
222.990. 2-22-72. Cl, D13— 1.
Goodyear Aerospace Corp. : See —
Ruble, Fredrick R. 223.003.
Gould, Robert J., to Evans-Aristocrat Industries, Ino_^ Locking
tape measure or similar article. 223,008, 2-22-(2, ^i-
D52— 1.
Griffin Laboratories Inc^ : See— „„„ ..^
Kirchner. Fredric M., and Isen. 223,010.
Harris, Ewell J. Fish lures, 222,998, 2-22-72, Cl, D22— 27,
Hawkinson, Raymond P. Tire. 223,010, 2-22-72. Cl. D90— 20.
Hunt-Wesson Foods. Inc, : See —
Knles, Robert H. 222,988.
Isen Allan A. : See-
Kirchner. Fredric M., and Isen. 223,010.
Kabushiki Kaisha Asakusa Gangii : See —
Tachi. Ichiro, 222,999, ^ ,, ^,
Kelso James W., to MSD Data Corp. Data collection com-
ponent 223,002. 2-22-72. Cl, D26— 5. „ , ,
Kirchner, Fredric M., and A, A, Isen to Griffin Laboratories
Inc, Contact lens case, 223.010, 2-22-72, Cl, D57-L
Knles, Robert H,, to Hunt-Wesson Foods, Inc. Bottle. 222,988,
o_')o_72 Cl D9 72,
I>apoTnte "yvcs A.\ to Bombardier Ltd. Snowmobile cowl, 222,-
995, 2-22-72, Cl D14— 24,
Lewis, Reese : See —
Edgar. Howard M,. and Lewis. 222,99(.
Longarzo. Roland. Combined writing Implement and holder.
223.014. 2-22-72. Cl. D74— 17.
MSD Data Corp. : See—
Kelso, James W. 223,002, „ „ on
MacTarnahan. Robert M. Currency hand truck. 222,986, 2-22-
Mar"tln, Bruce S.' Portable lounge seat. 222,990, 2-22-72. Cl.
D15— 8,
McGarvey. John N. : See — „„„ „„„
Gibson. Richard D,, McGarvey, and Woodard. 222.990.
Osborn. Merriti A,, to Esco Mfg, Inc. Lift gate latch bolt.
222.987. 2-22-72. Cl. D8— 131,
Pitnev-Bowes. Inc, : See —
Garflnkle. Marvin E., Schmeck, and Tancard. 223,009.
Price. Alfred M,. to The Quaker Oats Co. Waffle cooking plate,
223.006, 2-22-72, Cl, D44— 1.
Price Alfred M,. to The Quaker Oats Co. Waffle cooking plate.
223.007, 2-22-72, Cl, D44— 1.
Quaker Oats Co,. The : See-
Price Alfred M, 223.006.
Price. Alfred M. 223,007.
Rapid Tool and Mfg. Co,, Inc. : See —
Bonanno. Joseph L, 223.001.
Ruble Fredrick R.. to Goodyear Aerospace Corp, Energy re-
flector, 223.003. 2-22-72, Cl. D26— 14,
Schmeck. Robert E. : See — _ , ^^^ ^^^
Garflnkle. Marvin E,. Schmeck, and Tangard. 223,009.
Shirley. Carl S. Rear projection viewer. 223,012, 2-22-72. Cl.
Shlrlev Carl S., to General Educational Technology Corp.
Rear' projection viewer, 223.013, 2-22-72. Cl. D61— 1,
Stokes. Remoert R. : See — , „„„ „„^
Genaro. Donald M.. and Stokes. 223,005.
Tachi Ichiro to Kabushlki Kaisha Asakusa Gangu Educa-
tional tov, 222.999. 2-22-72, Cl. D25— 1.
Tangard. Einar W. : See —
Garflnkle Marvin E,. Schmeck. and Tangard. 223,009.
Trickev Ronald H.. to Electrosll Ltd. Electrical connector
uriniarlly Intended for connection to a dual-ln-line integrated
circuit 223 000, 2-22-72, Cl. D26— 1.
Vandewater. Katherlne B. Christmas ornament. 223,004, 2-22-
72. Cl, D29— 1.
Woodward. Kenneth Burton : See— ooo oon
Gibson, Richard D,, McGarvey. and Woodard. 222,990.
PI M)
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
ISSUED FEBRUARY 22, 1972
Note.— First number, class; second number, subclass; third number, patent number
CLASS 2
105 3.643.310
CLASS 48
72.1
3.643.450
254 3.643.517
CLASS 98
2 IR 3.643.264
125 3,643,311
190 3,644,107
CLASS 62
333 3,643,520
40C 3,643,580
CLASS 4
1484A 3,643,302
CLASS 49
22
3,643.452
424. 8A 3,643.522
58 3,643,581
10 3,643,265
I573B 3,643,312
181 3,643,377
28
3.643.451
459 3.643.521
86 3,643,582
142 3,643,266
1963 3,644,105
445 3.643,378
58
3.643,453
502 3.643.523
119 3,643,583
252 3.643,267
200D 3,643,313
CLASS 51
6 3.643,379
13 3,643.380
31 3.643.381
I03WH 3,643.382
105 3.643.383
163 3.643.384
170EB 3,643,385
391 3,643,386
399 3,643,387
CLASS 52
66
3.643.454
512 3.643,524
121 3.643,584
CLASS S
348 3.643.268
CLASS 8
4 3,644,079
3,644,080
41 3,643,269
115 6 3,644,081
116 2 3,644,082
116 J 3.644,083
12751 3,644,084
205CM 3,643,314
205E 3,643,317
21 IR 3,643,315
400 3,643.316
413 3.643.303
423 3.643.304
434 3.643.318
441 3.643.319
469 3,643.320
470 1 3,643,321
482 3.643,322
112
137
140
155
157
174
180
196
259
344
3.643.455
3.643.456
3.643.457
3.643.458
3.643.459
3.643,460
3,643,461
3,643,462
3,643,754
3,643,463
3.643,464
3,643,525
860 3,643,526
868 3,643.527
876 3.643.528
CLASS 75
3 3.644.113
101 3.644.114
348 3.644.115
CLASS 79
5 3.643.530
3.643,585
CLASS 99
17R 3,644,121
71 3,644,122
3,644.123
107 3.644,124
3,644,125
108 3,644,128
135 3,644,169
140R 3,644,127
142 3,644,126
207 3,644,129
234R 3,643,586
261 3.643.587
150 3,644,085
511 3.643.323
58 3,643,388
503
3,643,465
CLASS 82
172 3,643,270
566 3.643.324
79 3,643,389
3,643,466
11 3.643.531
CLASS 12
604 3,643.325
3.643.390
CLASS 63
27 3,643.532
146C 3.643,271
605 3.643,326
628R 3,643,327
83 3,643,391
262 3,643,392
29R
3,643,467
36A 3.643.533
427 3.643.588
CLASS 13
287 3,643,393
CLASS 64
CLASS 83
CLASS 100
18 3.644,654
CLASS 30
309 3,643,394
8
3,643,468
29 3.643.534
49 3.643.589
31 3.644.655
CLASS 15
2ID 3.643.272
172 3,643.328
180 3,643,329
346 51 3,643,330
346,54 3,643,331
509 3,643.395
CLASS S3
24 3,643,396
23
8
3,643,469
CLASS 65
3,644,108
50 3.643.535
201 15 3.643.536
305 3,643.537
53 3,643,590
95 3,643.591
214 3.643.592
2IR 3.643.275
CLASS 32
19 3.643.332
28 3,643,397
1 1
3,644.109
CLASS 84
CLASS 101
22R 3,643,273
77 3,643,398
137
3,644,110
1,04 3,644.656
27 3.643.593
49 3,643.276
187 3,643,399
158
3,644,111
1,25 3.644,657
93C 3,643,594
56 3,643.274
CLASS 33
248 3,643,400
CLASS 66
195 3,643,539
3,643,595
77 3.643.277
1 3.643,333
266 3,643,401
50A
3,643,470
384 3,643,538
3,643,596
3.643.278
10406R 3,643.280
10494 3.643,279
179 3.643.282
181 3,643.281
183 3.643,283
230 19 3.643.284
18R 3.643.334
42 3.643.335
174G 3.643.336
203 13 3.643.337
CLASS 34
6 3.643.338
9 3,643.339
15 3,643,340
31 3.643,341
CLASS 55
33 3,643.402
53 3.643.403
92 3.643.404
105 3.643,405
238 3,643,406
84
106
111
155
8
3^643,471
3.643,472
3.643.476
3.643.473
CLASS 68
3.643.474
484 3,643,540
485 3,643,541
CLASS 85
10 3,643,542
46 3,643.543
72 3.643.544
128,3 3.643,597
420 3.643,598
CLASS 102
4 3.643.599
CLASS 104
23FS 3.643.600
2465 3.643.285
CLASS 56
18C
3.643.475
CLASS 89
88 3.643.601
250.38 3.643.286
102 3,643,407
150
3.643,477
IF 3.643.545
176 Re27.300
CLASS 16
48 3.643,342
17.4 3.643,408
CLASS 70
CLASS 90
CLASS 105
2 3,643.287
120 3.643,343
295 3,643,409
212
3,643,478
llA 3.643.546
199A 3.643,602
3,643.290
124 3.643,344
400,12 3,643.410
241
3.643.479
CLASS 91
366 3,643,603
96 3.643.288
133 3.643.349
CLASS 57
CLASS 71
41 Re 27,294
CLASS 106
270 3.644.130
307 3.644.131
3,643,529
202 3.643,346
34AT 3.643.411
90
3.644,112
48 3,643.547
142 3,643,289
CLASS 35
34HS 3.643.412
CLASS 72
298 3,643,548
144 3,643,292
12N 3.643,345
83 3.643.413
56
3,643.480
505 3,643,549
188 3.643,291
30 3,643,347
3.643.414
3,643,481
506 3,643,550
CLASS 108
CLASS 17
11 3,643.293
48B 3.643.348
CLASS 36
117 3.643.415
142 3.643.416
3.643.417
3.643,482
3,643.483
CLASS 92
128 3,643.551
5 3.643.604
6 3.643.605
44 3.643.606
CLASS 21
77 3.644.086
CLASS 23
2S0 3.644.087
2,5Y 3.643.350
2 5 3,643,351
7.3 3,643.352
44 ■ 3,643.353
CLASS 58
23 3.643.418
3.643.419
24 3.643.420
67
96
108
164
191
3,643,484
3,643.485
3.643.486
3.643.487
3.643.488
CLASS 93
27 3.643.552
36A 3.643,553
363 3,643,554
1 1 1 3.643.607
157 3.643.608
CLASS 109
29 3.643.609
I5W 3.644.088
CLASS 37
50 3.643.421
58 Re 27.290
74 3.643.422
62 3.643.555
63 3.644.089
2R 3,643,354
CLASS 73
93DP 3.643.556
CLASS 110
146 3.644.090
4 3.643,355
3
3.643.489
3,643,557
8C 3.643,610
165 3.644.091
53 3.643.356
88R 3!643!423
9
3,643.490
CLASS 95
CLASS 111
179 3.644.092
141 3.643.357
90R 3.643.424
I5B
17A
38
67.2
3.643.491
3,643.492
3.643.493
3.643,494
45 3.643.558
2 3,643.611
204C 3.644.093
209 9 3,644.094
259 3.644,095
263 3,644,096
273SP 3,644,097
281 3,644.099
288F 3,644,098
288S 3 644 100
CLASS 40
2,2 3.643.358
CLASS 60
39.02 3.643.426
3.643.559
lOCE 3.643.562
CLASS 112
158R 3,643,612
35 3,643,359
39,28 3,643,427
67.9
3,643,495
lOCT 3.643,561
2I8R 3.643,613
104 19 3,643.360
106,53 3.643.361
3,643,428
3946 3,643,429
93
95,5
3,643,496
3,643,497
3,643.563
IOC 3.643.560
240 3.643,614
CLASS 114
156 3.643.362
39 65 3,643,430
101
3,643,498
3.643.564
16,4 3,643.615
359 3.643.363
3971 3,643,431
3,643,499
IIR 3,643,565
21 W 3.643.616
^ %J %J \M -^ % ^^^ ^ » ■ *#X#
294 3,644,101
298 3.644.102
310 3.644.103
324 3.644,104
CLASS 42
52PJ 3.643.432
103
3,643,500
3,643.567
126 3.643.617
78 3.643.364
CLASS 43
8 3,643,365
17.2 3,643,366
25 3,643.367
412 3,643,368
4203 3.643.369
43 13 3.643.370
131 3.643.371
53A 3.643.433
3.643.434
54 5R 3.643.435
546P 3.643,436
133
14IA
146
151 5
3,643,501
3,643,502
3,643.503
3.643.504
IIW 3.643.566
11. 5R 3,643,568
12,2 3,643,569
18 3,643,570
CLASS 115
18 3.643.618
24 3.643.619
CLASS 24
70SK 3.643.295
73 3,643,437
221 3,643,438
155
186
3,643.505
3,643.506
19 3.643,571
31EL 3,643,576
CLASS 116
65 3.643.620
108 3.643.296
225 3,643,439
194R
3,643.507
42 3,643,572
tl4R 3.643.621
205.13 3.643.297
274 3,643,425
344
3.643.508
3,643,573
124 3.643.622
CLASS 28
CLASS 61
354
3.643.509
3,643.575
137A 3.643.624
ICL 3.643.300
,5 3.643,441
393
3,643,510
44C 3.643,574
137 3.643.623
14 3.643.298
CLASS 44
4 3,643,440
422GC 3.643.511
45 3,643,577
CLASS 117
76E 3.643,301
51 3.644.106
12 3^643,442
432
3,643,512
648 3,643,578
5,1 3.644.132
CLASS 29
CLASS 4«
22 3,643,443
5I7R
3,643,513
89R 3,643,579
31 3,644.133
25,16 3,643.299
40 3.643.372
36R 3.643,444
530
3,643,514
CLASS 9«
45 3.644,134
25,35 3.643.305
61 3.643,373
45D 3,643,445
CLASS 74
29 3,644,116
46 3.644,135
33R 3.643,306
139 3.643,374
46 3,643,447
2
3,643,515
35 3,644.117
47A 3,644,136
38B 3.643,307
208 3,643.375
46 5 3,643,446
5
3.643.516
108 3,644.119
61 3,644,137
91 1 3,643,308
CLASS 47
48 3,643,448
219
3,643.518
IISR 3.644,118
lOOS 3,644,138
96 3.643.309
1,2 3,643,376
69 3,643.449
230, I7A 3,643.519
115 3,644,120
118 3,644,139
PI 51
PI 52
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
119 6
I26GS
138 8LF
138 8N
205
3.644.140
3.644.141
3.644.142
3.644,143
3.644.144
CLASS 118
4S 3.643.625
St 3,643,626
421 3,643,627
6J7 3,643,628
3,643,629
CLASS 119
14.47 3,643,630
23 3,643,631
54 3,643,632
CLASS 122
2 3,643,633
483 3,643,634
CLASS 123
32EA 3,643,635
41 69 3.643.636
4172 3.643.637
46R 3.643.638
I03E 3.643.639
II9A 3.643.640
3.643.641
198C 3,643,642
CLASS 124
20R 3,643,643
CLASS 125
IIPH 3,643,644
CLASS 126
38 3,643.645
85B 3.643,646
198 3.643.647
270 3.643.648
CLASS
IR
2R
2S
208
6
U
20
90
91R
92D
153
206
263
287
303 17
353
403
128
3.64 3.649
3.643.650
3.643.651
3.643.652
3.643.653
3.643.654
3.643.655
3.643.656
3.643,657
3.643.658
3,643.659
3,643.660
3.64 3.661
3.643.662
3.643.663
3.643.664
3.643.665
CLASS 13«
27JT 3.643.666
CLASS 131
2 3.643.667
3.643.668
84C 3.643.669
CLASS 134
117 3.643.670
118 3.643.671
143 3.643.672
CLASS 135
20 3.643.673
25 3.643.674
CLASS 136
6 3.644.145
76 3.644.146
86D 3.644.147
86E 3.644.148
135S 3.644.149
137 3.644.150
13
15 2
I 13
209
241
331
429
484 8
489
493 7
501
512
556
561
587
590
599 I
608
614.04
625 17
625 23
625 6
625.64
625 68
CLASS 137
3.643
3.64 3
3,643
3.64 3
3,643
3,643
3.643
3,643
3.643
3.643
3.643
3.643
3.643
3.643
3.643
3.643
3,643
3,643
3,643
3,643
3,643
3,643
3.643
3.643
3,643
3,643
675
676
,677
.678
,679
,680
,681
,683
,682
,684
,685
,686
,687
.688
,689
,690
.691
.692
693
694
,695
.697
,698
,696
,699
,700
CLASS 138
97 3,643.701
121 3.643,702
CLASS 141
I 3,643.703
106 3,643.704
141 3,643,705
160 3,643,706
286 3.643,707
CLASS 144
2Z 3.643.708
3.643.711
3D 3.643.709
3R 3,643.710
34E 3.643.712
86 3,643,713
176 3,643,714
209A 3,643,715
CLASS 146
3N 3,643,716
28A 3,643.717
94 3,643.718
98 3,643,719
120 3,643,720
241 3,643,721
CLASS 148
16 3.644,151
6 ISR 3.644.152
315 3.644.153
187 3.644.154
CLASS 151
22 3.643.722
CLASS 152
361 3.643.723
CLASS 156
20 3.644.155
90 3.644.156
160 3.644.157
197 3.644.158
210 3,644,159
250 3,644.160
272 3,644.161
415 3,644.162
583 3.644.163
CLASS 161
25 3.644,164
58 3.644,165
89 3,644,166
125 3,644,167
160 3.644.168
CLASS 162
3.644.170
3.644.171
122
185
CLASS 177
3.643.752
3,643,753
21
70
CLASS 164
4
3.643.724
44
3.643.725
52
3.643.726
76
3.643.727
132
3.643,728
170
3.643.729
235
3.643.730
274
3.643.731
309
3.643.732
CLASS 165
81
3.643.733
96
3,643.734
172
3,643.735
CLASS 166
5 3,643.736
216 3.643.737
241 3.643.739
252 3,643,738
265 3,643,740
295 3,643,741
CLASS 172
316 3,643,742
320 3.643,743
372 3,643,744
413 3,643,745
445 3,643,746
657 3,643,747
704 3,643.748
CLASS 173
12 3,643,749
170 3,643,750
CLASS 174
17LF 3.644,658
27 3,644,659
42 3,644,660
68 5 3.644,661
73R 3,644,662
88B 3,644,663
CLASS 175
6 Re. 27,292
7 3.643.751
CLASS 176
19LD 3,644.172
42 3,644.173
68 3.644,174
CLASS 178
5 2A 3.644.664
5 4R 3.643.294
6.5 3.644,665
68 3.644.666
3,644.667
7 1 3,644,668
7 5R 3,644.669
17B 3.644.670
18 3.644.671
69G 3.644.672
88 3.644.673
CLASS
IP
2AS
ISAQ
15AS
15AW
15BA
15A
41A
100 IC
100 2B
100 2Z
161
175.3
179
3.644.674
3.644.675
3,644,679
3.644,680
3.644,677
3.644.678
3.644.676
3.644.681
3.644.682
3.644.683
3.644.685
3,644.684
3.644.686
3.644.687
CLASS 180
69C 3.643.755
103 3.643.756
127 3.643.757
128 3.643.758
CLASS 181
40 3.643.759
48 3.643,760
CLASS 182
19 3.643,761
CLASS 187
29R 3,643.762
CLASS 188
718 3.643.763
3.643.764
170 3.643.765
190 3.643.766
CLASS 191
40 3.644.688
CLASS 192
21 3.643.767
41 A 3.643.768
51 3.643.769
56R 3.643.770
CLASS 195
28R 3,644.175
5IR 3,644.176
103 5R 3,644.177
CLASS 197
67 3.643.771
14 3.643.772
16 3,643,773
18 3,643,774
66 3,643.775
I14R 3,643,776
151 3,643,777
3,643,778
3,643,779
CLASS 198
25 3.643,780
28 3.643.781
30 3.643,782
33AA 3.643,783
38 3,643.784
75 3.643,785
I27R 3.643,788
127 3,643,789
131 3,643.787
173 3.643,786
177R 3,643,790
184 3,643,791
189 3,643,792
192R 3,643,793
CLASS 200
IIJ 3.644.689
61 5 3.644.690
84R 3.644.691
166C 3,644.692
3,644,693
167R 3,644,694
159.2
186
192
209
228
298
3,644.186
3,644,187
3,644,188
3,644,189
3,644,190
3.644.191
CLASS 206
16B 3.643.794
45 14 3.643.795
65E 3,643.796
CLASS 208
8 3.644.192
II 3.644.193
3.644.194
33 3.644.195
62 3.644.196
89 3.644.197
111 3.644.198
120 3.644.199
3.644.200
308 3.644.201
CLASS 209
2 3.643.797
73 3.643.799
74 3,643.798
144 3,643.800
CLASS 210
23 3.644.202
169 3.643.801
172 3.643.802
232 3.643.803
242 3.643.804
321 3.643.805
327 3.643.806
CLASS 211
10 3.643.807
49D 3.643.808
49 3.643.809
60SK 3.643.810
64 3.643.811
74 3.643.812
75 3,643,813
177 3.643,814
CLASS 212
I 3.643.815
CLASS 214
6BA 3,643.817
6C 3.643.818
6H 3.643.816
17CB 3.643.819
I7D 3.643.820
140 3.643.821
152 3.643.822
310 3.643.823
510 3.643.824
512 3.643.825
519 3.643.826
653 3.643.827
762 3.643.828
CLASS 215
IC 3.643.829
CLASS 219
8 5 3.644,695
1057 3.644.696
74 3.644,697
83 3.644.698
113 3.644.699
121EB 3.644.700
130 3.644,701
201 3.644.702
3.644.703
202 3.644.704
211 3.644.705
3.644.706
302 3.644.707
386 3.644.708
439 3.644.709
463 3.644.710
CLASS 220
42B 3.643,831
44R 3,643,830
54 3,643,832
3,643,833
CLASS 221
308 Re27.297
CLASS 222
54 3,643.834
56 3.643.835
70 3.643.836
101 3,643,837
161 3,643,838
176 Re 27,295
CLASS 203
177
3.643,839
29 3.644,178
CLASS 223
72 3.644.179
42
3,64 3,840
CLASS 204
95
3,643,841
15 3.644,180
CLASS 226
3,644,181
71
3,643,842
26 3,644,182
97
3,643,843
38B 3,644,183
1 1 1
3,643,844
46 3,644,184
145
3,643,845
1405 3,644,185
181
3,643,846
186
199
8
19
149
41
3,643.847
3.643,848
3.643,849
CLASS 227
3,643,850
3,643,851
3,643,852
CLASS 228
3.643,853
CLASS 229
25 3.643,855
14B 3,643,854
37R 3.643,856
44R 3.643,857
72 3.643.858
61
61
61
61
CLASS
1
1 lA
llE
12M
61 8R
61 9R
88
92EA
92C
95
150 I
150 23
150 3
156
159
201
235
3,644,71 1
3,644,715
3,644,714
3,644.716
3.644,712
3,644,713
3,643,859
3,644,718
3,644,717
3,643,860
3,644,719
3,644.720
3,644.722
3,644,721
3,644,723
3,644,724
3,643,861
CLASS 236
1 3.643,862
80 3.643,863
CLASS 238
8 3,643,864
lOF 3,643,865
CLASS 239
101 3,643,866
183 3,643,867
265 39 3,643,868
289 3,643,869
403 3,643,870
4193 3,643,871
655 3,643.872
CLASS 240
1 3.644.725
lOR 3,644.726
47 3.644.727
619 3,644,728
73BC 3,644,729
103 3.644,730
CLASS 241
3 3,643,873
3,643,874
5 3,643,875
34 3,643,876
46.02 3.643,877
48 3,M3,878
55 3,643,879
100 3.643,880
CLASS 242
4B 3.643.881
36 3.643.882
3.643,883
55 3.643.885
55 2 3.643,884
86 5A 3,643,886
107 3 3,643,887
118 32 3,643,888
182 3,643,889
3.643,890
189 3.643,891
192 3,643,892
195 3,643,893
201 3,643,894
3,643,895
205 3,643,896
CLASS 244
1 3.643,897
50 3.643,898
118P 3.643,899
123 3,643,900
130 3,643,901
CLASS 248
40 3,643.902
146 3,643.903
289 3,643.904
345.1 3.643.905
361 3.643.906
439 3,643.907
CLASS 249
27 3,643,908
41 3,643,909
65 3,643,910
170 3.643,911
CLASS 250
419 3.644,731
43 5D 3.644,732
495A 3,644,733
PI 53
71R 3,644.734
91 3.644.735
108WS 3.644.737
108R 3.644.736
3,644,738
209 3,644,739
21 IJ 3,644,740
2I3R 3,644,741
216 3.644.742
218 3.644.743
CLASS 251
5 3,643,912
11 3.643,913
124 3,643.914
148 3.643.915
151 3.643,916
215 3,643,917
CLASS
855B
8.75
8.8
467
62.59
72
78
301.2
301.6F
3I3S
320
364
400
404
431C
442
455R
503
522
548
252
3,644,205
3.644.203
3.644.204
3.644.206
3.644,207
3,644.208
3.644.209
3.644.211
3.644.212
3.644.213
3.644.214
3.644.433
3.644,217
3,644,215
3,644.218
3.644,219
3,644,220
3,644,216
3,644,221
3,644,505
3,644.210
CLASS 254
19 3,643,918
98 3,643,919
124 3,643,920
138 3,643,921
172 3.643,922
CLASS 256
13 1 3,643,924
25 3,643,923
CLASS 259
IR
3,643,925
2
3,643,926
4
3,643,927
6
3,643,928
9
3,643,929
CLASS 260
2EA
3,644,222
2A
3,644,224
2
3,644,223
2 IE
3.644.225
3.644.226
2.3
3.644.227
2 5AD
3.644.229
2 5AJ
3.644.228
2 5AK
3.644.238
2. SAM
3.644.235
3.644.237
25AW
3.644.232
2.5AY
3.644.233
2.5E
3.644,230
2.5F
3.644,231
2.5
3.644,234
3,644,236
3.644,239
4R
3,644,240
17.4CL
3.644,242
17.4ST
3,644,241
I8R
3,644.243
22CA
3,644,612
23XA
3.644,246
23R
3,644,244
23
3,644,245
237H
3,644,247
23. 7M
3,644,248
23.7R
3.644.249
3.644,250
26
3.644.251
27R
3.644,252
28
3.644.253
28.5AV
3.644.254
29. IR
3,644.255
29.3
3.644,256
29.6MH
3.644.259
29.6WB
3.644.257
29.6F
3.644,260
3,644.261
29.6H
3,644,258
29.6R
3,644,262
29.7EM
3,644,263
30.2R
3,644,264
32.6N
3,644.265
32. 8R
3.644.266
33.6R
3,644.267
38
3.644.268
3.644.269
40R
3.644.270| 289
4IA
3.644.27:
1 290H
3.644.274
1 293 54
41
3.644.27
29356
3.644.27:
293.62
45 7R
3.644.27J
293 82
45. 8A
3.644. 27<
293 88
45. 8N
3.644.277
2948B
3.644.278
294. 8F
3.644.279
294. 8G
4S85R
3.644.284
2949
45.85
3.644.281
295AM
3.644.282
295CA
45 9R
3.644.280
295C
47CB
3.644.289
295F
47CP
3.644.286
295 5R
3.644.287
296R
3.644.288
47CZ
3.644.283
297R
47R
3.644.285
299
67TN
3.644.290
307B
75M
3.644.294
75R
3.644.291
3.644.292
309
3.644.293
309.6
75S
3.644.295
310R
78TF
3.644.299
31 1
78L
3.644.296
326 11
78R
3.644.297
3.644.298
326 3
78.4N
3.644.300
78. 5R
3.644.301
79R
3.644.302
79. 3R
3.644.303
79 5B
3.644,304
326 5FN
80 3N
3,644,305
326.5
8071
3,644,306
327TH
80.73
3,644,307
80 75
3,644,308
327B
8078
3.644.309
327
3.644.310
333
3.644.311
83.7R
3.644.312
335
3.644.313
340.5
84 7
3.644.314
3409
85 3
3.644.315
85 5R
3.644.316
85 5
3.644.317
343 2R
88 2
3.644.318
343 2S
92 1
3.644.319
343 5
93 7
3.644.320
3.644.321
345 1
94 2
3.644.322
345 9
94 7R
3.644.324
348A
94 9C
3.644.325
348R
94 9D
3.644.323
348
122
3.644.326
375B
143
3.644,327
396R
156
3,644,405
397
169
3,644,328
397 3
192
3,644,406
397 4
207.1
3,644,329
2105
3,644,330
211 5R
3,644,331
397 47
233 3
3,644,332
400
234R
3,644,333
413
239BD
3,644,334
429CY
3,644,335
429J
3,644,336
429R
239 3B
3,644,338
239 3D
3,644,339
4299
239 3P
3,644,337
431
239 55C
3,644,407
437R
23955D
3,644,340
23955
3,644,341
3,644,342
438 1
240CA
3,644,345
438 5C
240A
3,644,344
439R
240G
3,644,346
453AL
240R
3,644,343
453AR
243C
3,644,347
453SP
243D
3,644,348
453A
243R
3,644,349
453P
244R
3,644,350
3,644,351
246B
3.644.408
454
2472A
3.644.352
455A
247 2
3.644.409
463
247. 5R
3.644.353
465B
3.644.354
465D
248AS
3.644.358
248CS
3.644.410
248A
3.644.359
465E
2S0A
3.644.355
465G
3.644.362
465 3
250R
3.644.360
465 80
250
3.644.361
3.644.363
465.8
251 A
3.644.356
256.4C
3.644.365
2564H
3.644.364
468R
2565R
3.644.357
469
286R
3.644.366
473F
287R
3,644,367
3,644,368
473R
289R
3,644,369
475P
3,644,370
3,644,371
3,644,373
3,644,372
3,644,375
3,644,376
3,644.374
3.644.379
3.644.378
3.644.377
3.644.380
3.644.383
3.644.381
3.644.384
3.644.382
3.644.385
3.644.386
3.644.387
3.644.388
3.644.389
3,644.390
3,644,412
3,644,391
3.644,392
3,644,393
3,644,394
3,644,395
3,644,403
3,644.396
3.644.397
3.644.398
3.644.399
3.644.400
3.644.414
3.644,402
3,644,401
3,644,415
3.644.416
3,644,417
3,644,404
3,644,418
3,644,419
3.644.420
3.644.421
3.644.422
3.644.423
3.644.424
3.644.413
3.644.425
3.644.426
3.644.427
3.644.428
3.644,429
3.644.431
3,644,430
3,644,432
3,644,434
3,644,435
3,644,436
3,644,437
3,644,438
3,644,439
3,644,440
3,644,441
3,644,442
3.644,443
3,644,445
3,644.444
3.644.446
3.644.447
3.644.448
3.644.449
3.644.450
3.644.451
3.644.452
3.644.453
3.644.454
3.644.455
3.644.458
3.644.456
3.644.457
3.644,459
3,644,460
3,644.461
3.644.462
3.644.463
3.644.464
3,644,465
3,644,470
3,644,466
3,644,467
3,644,468
3,644,469
3,644,471
3,644,472
3,644,475
3,644,473
3.644,474
3,644.476
3.644.477
3.644,478
3.644,479
3,644,481
3,644,480
3,644,482
3,644,483
479R
481R
482B
482P
482R
484R
485H
491
494
497R
507R
513B
514R
514.5
515P
524R
525
526R
5 30N
533R
534E
5 34S
543P
543R
544M
559S
561K
562A
562R
563D
564G
566AE
570,50
586B
586H
591
604 HF
606 5 P
607B
609D
612R
6I3D
615B
618R
6I9B
6I9R
626R
641
650R
653 7
657
658R
666B
669
673
674A
677XA
679R
680B
683D
683R
683 15D
683 2
683 3
683 43
826
829
835
845
857G
857R
860
873
876R
878B
878R
878
879R
879
880R
880
890
894
3,644,484
3,644,485
3.644,486
3,644,487
3,644,488
3,644,490
3,644,489
3,644,491
3,644,492
3,644,493
3,644,494
3,644,495
3,644,496
3,644,497
3,644,498
3.644,499
3,644,500
3,644,501
3,644,502
3,644,503
3,644,504
Re 27,296
3,644,506
3,644,507
3,644,508
3,644,509
3,644,510
3,644,51 1
3,644,512
3,644,513
3,644,514
3,644,516
3,644,515
3,644,517
3,644,518
3,644,519
3,644.520
3.644.521
3.644.522
3.644.523
3,644.524
3,644.525
3,644,526
3,644,527
3,644,528
3,644,529
3,644,530
3,644,531
3,644,532
3,644,533
3.644,534
3,644,535
3,644,536
3,644,537
3,644,538
3.644,539
3,644.540
3.644.541
3.644.542
3.644.543
3.644.544
3.644.545
3.644.546
3.644.547
3.644.548
3.644.549
3.644.550
3.644.551
3.644.552
3.644.553
3.644.554
3.644.555
3.644.556
3.644.559
3.644.557
3.644.562
3.644,563
3,644,564
3,644,558
3,644.560
3,644,561
3,644,565
3,644,566
3,644,567
3,644,568
3,644,569
3,644,570
3,644,571
3,644.572
3.644.573
3.644.574
3.644.575
3,644.577
3.644,578
3,644.579
3.644.583
3.644.582
3.644.580
3.644.581
3.644.588
3.644.584
3.644.585
3.644.586
3.644,587
3,644,589
3,644,590
895
897C
897
900
901
920
922
933
936
951
959
972
974
978
3,644,591
3,644.576
3.644.592
3.644.593
3.644.594
3.644.595
3.644,596
3.644.597
3,644,598
3,644.599
3.644.600
3.644.601
3.644.602
3.644.603
CLASS 261
97 3.643.930
111 3.643.931
CLASS 263
21C 3.643.932
32 3.643,933
CLASS 264
5 3,644,604
22 3,644,605
47 3,644,606
60 3.644.607
71 3.644.608
168 3.644,609
289 3,644,610
334 3,644.611
CLASS 267
155 3,643,934
CLASS 269
16 3,643,935
190 3.643.936
251 3.643.937
328 3.643.938
CLASS 270
1 Re. 27.298
62
76
2
60
69
CLASS 271
3.643.939
3.643.940
CLASS 272
3.643.941
3.643.942
3.643.943
CLASS 273
34R 3.643.944
54C 3.643.945
85R 3.643.946
86E 3.643.947
97 3.643.948
101 3.643.949
105R 3.643.950
108 3.643.951
no 3.643.952
119A 3.643.954
I19B 3.643.953
I19R 3.643.955
130R 3.643.956
134AD 3.643.957
3.643.958
I76FA 3.643.959
183B 3.643,960
197R 3,643,961
CLASS 274
4F 3,643,962
4J 3,643,963
CLASS 277
24 3,643,964
75 3,643,965
80 3,643,966
92 3,643,967
166 3,643,968
CLASS 279
4 3,643,969
CLASS 280
11.35T 3,643,977
28 3,643,978
3,643,979
41 A 3,643,980
87R 3,643,981
I24F 3,643,970
150AB 3,643,971
150B 3,643,972
179R 3,643,973
278 3,643,974
475 3,643,975
478R 3,643,976
CLASS 285
9 3,643,982
31 3.643.983
94 3.643.984
189 3.643.985
197 3.643.986
205 3.643.987
CLASS 287
53.5 3.643.988
I89 36H 3.643.989
CLASS 289
1.5 3.643,990 1
CLASS 292
113 Re 27,291
CLASS 294
19 3,643,991
65 3,643,992
73 3,643,993
CLASS 296
28C 3,643,994
CLASS 297
209 3,643,995
410 3.643.996
441 3.643,997
CLASS 299
31 3.643,998
3.643.999
86 3.644.000
CLASS 301
383 3.644,001
41 W 3,644,002
CLASS 302
53 3,644,003
CLASS 307
10 3,644.744
3,644,745
41 3,644,746
106 3,644,747
117 3,644,748
208 3.644,749
3,644,750
228 3,644,751
229 3,644,752
252B 3,644,755
252N 3,644,754
2520 3,644,753
269 3,644,756
273 3.644.757
291 3.644.758
305 3.644.759
309 3.644.760
CLASS 308
36 3 3.644,004
37 3.644.005
213 3.644.006
235 3.644.007
CLASS 310
9.5 3.644.761
13 3.644.762
36 3.644.763
49R 3.644.764
68 3.644.765
165 3,644.766
254 3.644.767
CLASS 312
107 3.644.008
117 3.644,009
135 3,644.010
258 3,644.011
CLASS 313
44 3,644,768
46 3.644.769
94 3.644.770
153 3,644.771
174 3.644.772
3.644,773
198 3,644.774
237 3,644,775
318 3,644,776
CLASS 315
3 3,644,777
5 38 3,644,778
39 3,644,779
lOOL 3,644,780
111 3,644,781
3,644,782
127 3,644,783
169 3,644,784
298 3,644,785
CLASS 317
15 3,644,786
16 3,644,787
27R 3,644.788
36TD 3.644,789
54 3,644,790
66 3,644,791
lOlCC 3,644,792
I41S 3,644,793
151 3,644,794
230 3,644.795
3.644,796
234R 3.644.797
3.644.798
235AB 3.644.800
235R 3.644,799
3,644,801
3,644,802
3,644,803
3,644,804
258 3,644,805
CLASS 318
7 3,644,806
138 3,644,807
221E
254
266
318
592
609
663
696
3.644,808
3,644,809
3,644,810
3,644,812
3,644,81 I
3,644,813
3,644,814
3,644,815
3,644,816
3,644,817
CLASS 321
18 3,644,818
20 3,644,819
52 3,644,820
CLASS 323
93 3.644,822
CLASS 324
6 3.644.823
31 3.644.824
41 3.644.825
58 5 3.644.826
61 R 3.644.821
79R 3.644.827
I23R 3.644.828
158P 3.644.829
CLASS 325
42 3.644.830
137 3.644.831
186 3.644.832
361 3.644.833
CLASS 328
46 3.644.834
133 3.644.835
143 3.644.836
188 3.644.837
CLASS 330
3
3.644.838
5
3.644.839
CLASS 331
lA
3.644.840
94.5
3.644.841
3.644.842
101
3.644.843
107A
Re. 27.293
II3R
3.644.844
175
3.644.845
CLASS 332
7 51 3.644.846
CLASS 333
8 Re 27.299
17 3.644.847
70S 3.644.848
71 3,644.849
73S 3.644.850
80R 3.644.851
98S 3.644.852
CLASS 334
15
3.644.853
CLASS 335
153
3.644.854
205
3.644.855
207
3.644.856
209
3.644.857
CLASS 336
92
3.644.858
187
3.644.859
CLASS 337
21
3.644.860
252
3.644.861
408
3.644,862
CLASS 338
25 3,644,863
3,644,864
173 3,644,865
214 3,644,866
CLASS 339
14R 3,644,867
I7LM 3,644,868
19 3,644,869
45M 3,644,870
46 3,644,871
47R 3,644,872
79 3,644.873
89C 3.644,874
91 R 3,644,938
97R 3,644,875
108TP 3,644,877
114 3,644,876
213R 3,644,878
217S 3,644,879
270F 3,644,880
CLASS 340
6R 3,644,881
7 3,644.882
23 3.644.883
40 3.644.884
59 3.644.885
80 3.644.886
102 3.644.887
146.1 3.644.888
146. 3G 3,644.889
PI 54
CLASSIFICATION OF PATENTS
146 3H
147
149
163
172 5
173AM
173FF
I73R
174SP
174TF
174 tC
177VA
213
228R
236
239F
244
2S8B
276
279
3.644,890
3,644,891
3.644.892
3,644,893
3,644,894
3,644,895
3,644,896
3,644,897
3,644,898
3.644,899
3,644,900
3,644,901
3,644.906
3,644,905
3.644,907
3,644,902
3,644,903
3,644,904
3,644,909
3,644,908
3,644,910
3,644,91 1
3,644,912
3,644,913
3,644,914
3,644,915
3.644.916
3.644.917
3,644,918
3,644.919
280
283
324R
347AD
378R
412
413
CLASS
106R
CLASS
I
74ES
74E
77
140
141
CLASS
3 5
149
150
157
162SF
295
304
310
3,644,920
3,644,921
3,644,922
3,644.923
3,644,924
3,644,925
3,644.926
3.644.927
343
3.644.928
346
3,644,929
3,644,930
3.644,931
3,644,932
3,644,933
3,644,934
350
3,644,012
3,644,013
3.644,014
3.644,015
3,644.016
3,644,017
3.644,018
3,644,019
3,644,020
3,644,021
3,644,022
113
130
217
219
25
98
103
1 17
120
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
CLASS
44
52
75
85
103
122
5
85
CLASS
351
3.644.023
352
3.644.024
3,644.025
3.644.026
353
3,644,027
3.644.030
3.644.028
3.644.029
3,644,031
3,644,032
3,644,033
355
3,644.034
3.644.035
3.644,036
3.644.037
3.644.038
3.644.039
3,644.040
3.644.041
356
3.644,042
3.644.043
3,644,044
3.644.045
106
109
229
10
197
7
90
173
179
211
215
218
95
97
203
21 1
213
293
300
354
3 644,046
3,644,047
3.644.048
CLASS 40«
3,644.049
3.644,050
CLASS 415
3.644,052
3.644.051
3.644.053
3,644,054
3,644,055
3.644,056
3,644.057
CLASS 416
3,644.058
3.644,059
3,644.060
CLASS 417
3.644.061
3.644.062
3,644,063
3.644,064
3.644.065
3,644.066
1-0
3,644,067
278
3,644,633
4-7
3,644,068
283
3.644.635
286
3,644,41 1
CLASS 418
304
3,644,636
33
3,644.069
3.644.637
M
3,644,070
305
3,644.638
83
3,644,071
308
3,644,639
206
3,644,072
311
3,644.640
3,644.641
CLASS 424
319
3,644,642
49
3.644,613
3.644.643
60
3,644,614
324
3.644.644
"0
3,644,615
325
3,644,645
100
3,644,618
330
3,644,646
3,644.647
1 14
3,644,616
3,644,648
115
3,644,617
337
3,644,649
121
3,644,619
341
3,644.650
195
3,644,620
343
3,644.651
200
3,644,621
351
3.644,652
244
3,644,623
358
3.644.653
2'iO
3,644,622
CLASS 425
25 1
3,644,624
83
3,644,078
258
3,644,625
CLASS 431
263
3.644,626
2
3,644,073
26
3,644,074
266
3,644,627
66
3,644,075
2-'0
3,644.628
284
3,644,076
273
3,644,629
351
3,644.077
274
3.644.630
CLASS 444
3.644.631
1
3,644,935
275
3.644.632
3,644,936
3.644,634
3,644.937
Classification of Designs
D 8- 14
131
D 9- 72
D13- 1
222,985
222,987
222,988
222,989
222,990
222,991
D14- 3
24
D15- 1
222,992
222,993
222,994
222.986
222,995
222,997
D22-
D25-
D26-
1 1
27
1
222.996
222.998
222.999
223,000
223,001
D29-
D33-
D44 —
5
14
1
14
1
2:3,(X)2
22 3.003
2 2 .' ,004
2 2 3.005
223,006
223,007
223,012
D52-
223,008
223.013
10
223,009
D74-
17
223,014
D57-
1
223,010
D90-
20
223,015
D61-
223,01 1
223.016
/
GEOGRAlPHICAL INDEX
OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
1 1 .S. Slates. Territories and Armed Forces, the (Commonwealth ol Puerto Kico. anci the (!anal Zone)
Alabama 1
Alaska 2
.Ameriian Samoa 3
Arizona 4
Arkansas 5
(lalilurnia 6
(lanal Zone 7
CiAi »rado 8
Connecticut 9
Delaware 10
District of (Columbia 11
Florida 12
(reor^ia ^3
<.uam 14
Hawaii 1,S
Idaho 16
Illinois 17
Indiana 18
Iowa 19
Kansas 20
Kentuckv , 21
Louisiana 22
Maine 23
.Mar>land 24
Massachusetts 25
Michifian 26
Minnesota 27
Mississippi 28
Missouri 29
Montana 30
Nebraska 31
Nevada 32
New Hampshire 33
New Jersev 34
New Mexi((i 35
New ^Ork 36
North (Carolina 37
North Dakota 38
Ohio 39
Oklahoma 40
Ore^icm 41
Pennsylvania 42
Puerto Ri(<. 43
Rhode Island 44
South (Carolina 45
South Dakota 46
Tennessee 47
Texas 48
L'tah 49
Vermont .50
V irjiinia 51
Virjiin Islands 52
\^ ashinjilon ,53
\^ est \ ir^iinia 54
^^ isconsin 55
U yominjz ,56
L.S, Air Force 57
L.S. Armv .58
L.S. Navv 59
(hrsi number in lislinK deniile* l(i< atMin a( ( urdinn 'i' above kev Refer In palenl number in biidv of ihe OfTmal Cazelle lu
name. lo< alum, eu . (
iblain details as lo invenlor
Patents
3.644.004
3.644.4 10
3,643,974
3.644.055
3.644.749
3.644.792
3.644.810
3.644.835
3.643.266
3.643.264
3.643.267
3.643.278
3.643,306
3.643.319
3.643.332
3.643.333
3.643.334
3.643.347
3.643.366
3.643.368
3.643,372
i.643.374
3.643.419
3.643,463
3,643,480
3.643,570
3,643,583
3,643.584
3,643,595
3,643,603
3,643,619
3,643,625
3,643,64 1
3,643,650
3,643,652
3,643,660
3,643,665
3,643,667
3,643,668
3.643,672
3,643,692
3,643,699
3,643,703
3,643.705
3,643,707
3,643,716
3,643,717
3,643,733
3,643,741
3,643,743
3,643,759
3.643,791
3.643,795
3.643.798
3.64 3,806
3.643.817
3.643.822
3.643.823
3.643,837
3.643.838
3.643.862
3.643.863
3,643,866
3.643.869
3.643.875
3.643,884
3.643,885
3,643.889
3.643.891
3.643,892
3,643,893
3,643,897
3,643.902
3,643,913
3,643,935
3,643,949
3,643,950
3,643,977
3,643,986
3,643.993
3,643,998
3.644,008
3,644,012
3,644,015
3,644,016
3,644.037
3,644,039
3,644.040
3.644.042
3.644,043
3,644,068
3,644,069
3.644,071
3,644,077
3,644,130
3,644.133
3,644.160
3.644.164
3.644.197
3.644,200
3.644.202
3.644,207
3.644.209
3.644.21 1
3.644.240
3.644.243
3.644.301
3.644.307
3,644.340
3,644,341
3,644,392
3.644.41 1
3.644.435
3,644.446
3,644.487
3.644,494
3,644,501
3,644,515
3,644,563
3,644,565
3.644.588
3.644.604
3.644.608
3,644.640
3.644.656
3.644.659
3.644.671
3.644.681
3.644,684
3,644,698
3.644,725
3,644,727
3.644.740
3.644.759
3.644.763
3.644,768
3,644,770
3,644.809
3.644.822
3.644.845
3.644,863
3,644.886
3,644,909
3,644,910
3,644,922
3,644,923
3,644,927
3,644,929
3,644,936
3,644,938
3,643,700
3,643,738
3,644,052
3,644,094
10
3.643.491
3,644,194
3.643.855
3,644,821
3.644.2 14
3,643,265
3.644,230
3,643.285
3,644.379
3,643,376
3.644.489
3,643.420
3.644.491
3.643.430
3,644,492
3,643.449
3,644.5 21
3.643.513
3.644.522
3.643.620
3,644.545
3.643.728
3.644,581
3.64 3.840
3.644.582
3.643.851
3,644.599
3.643.916
12
3,643.37 1
3.643.924
3,643.373
3.643.969
3.643.470
3.644.007
3.643.616
3.644,080
3,643.841
3.644.136
3,643.921
3.644.142
3.644.014
3.644.145
3.644.263
3.644.168
3,644,283
3.644.234
3,644.6 15
3,644,246
3.644.645
3,644,289
3.644.830
3,644.327
3,644.843
3.644.360
3.644,870
3.644.408
13
3,643,939
3.644.413
3,644.238
3,644,456
3.644.920
3,644,460
15
3,643,541
3,644,462
16
3,643.659
3.644,463
3,643,715
3,644,517
3.643.81 1
3,644,569
3.644.919
3,644,622
17
Re 27.297
3,644,635
3.643,272
3,644,662
3.643.275
3,644,663
3.643.294
3,644,666
3.643.303
3,644,705
3.643.323
3,644,712
3,643,354
3,644,717
3.643.357
3,644,720
3.643.379
3,644,742
3.643.397
3.644.807
3.643.487
3.644,815
3,643,500
3,644,874
3,643,530
3,644,898
3,643,535
3,644,921
3,643,539
3,643,542
3.64 3,602
3,643,610
3.64 3,628
3.643,631
3,643.645
3,643,649
3.643.655
3.643.666
3.643.678
3.643.685
3.643.691
3.643,698
3,643,719
3.643.748
3.643.766
3,643,786
3,643,796
3.643.803
3.643.820
3.643.826
3.643.832
3.643.835
3,643.876
3.643.951
3.643.954
3,643,955
3,643.972
3,644,027
3,644,031
3.644.033
3.644,073
3,644,084
3.644.087
3.644.098
3.644.1 13
3.644,153
3.644.198
3.644.213
3,644.217
3.644.2 19
3.644.252
3,644,274
3.644.285
3.644.305
3.644.332
3.644,342
3,644,346
3.644.387
3.644.390
3,644.426
Pi 55
PI 56
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
18
19
20
22
23
24
2S
3.644.547
3.644.603
3.644.669
3.644.677
3.644.704
3.644.852
3.644.853
3.644.855
3.644.883
3,644.892
3.643.286
3.643.305
3.643.317
3.643.456
3.643.458
3.643.724
3.643.745
3.643.792
3.644,057
3.644.141
3.644.199
3.644,218
3.644.347
3.644.502
3.644.64 1
3.644.696
3.644.757
3.644.791
3.644.837
3.644.865
3.643.407
3.643.886
3.643.904
3.644.009
3,644.126
3,644.901
3,643,404
3.643.646
3,643,944
3,644,02 1
3,644.086
3.644.523
3.644.524
3,644.560
3,644.561
3.644.571
3,644.722
Re 27.291
3.643,377
3,643,464
3.643.498
3,643,697
3.643.819
3.643.930
3.643.948
3.643.446
3.644.082
3.644.271
3.644.325
3.644,450
3,644,45 I
3,644.452
3,644.478
3,643,938
3.643,268
3.643.288
3,643,296
3.643,329
3.643.335
3.643.392
3,643,497
3,643,545
3,643,569
3,643,586
3,643.599
3.643.90!
3,643.962
3,644.222
3,644,247
3,644,276
3.644,423
3.644,519
3.644.602
3.644.643
3.644.678
3.644.683
3,644.753
3,644,828
3.644.833
3.644.836
3.644.907
3.644.924
Re 27.299
3.643.328
3.643.338
3.643.350
3.643.382
3.643.475
3.643,517
3.643.559
3,643.565
3.643.567
3.643.57!
3.643.579
3.643.601
3.643.783
26
27
3.643.807
3.643.834
3.643.880
3.643.847
3.643.912
3,643.871
3.644.01 1
3.643.978
3.644.024
3.643.979
3.644.049
3.644.404
3.644.05 1
3.644.442
3,644.074
3.644,449
3.644.075
3,644, 56-'
3.644.1 16
3,644,784
3.644.257
29 3,643.442
3,644.530
3.643.492
3.644.577
3.643.588
3.644.594
3.643.630
3.644.601
3.643.632
3.644,690
3.643.788
3.644.748
3,643.789
3.644.755
3,643,815
3.644.777
3,643,830
3.644.806
3,643,853
3.644.812
3,643,961
3.644,818
3.643.975
3.644.829
3.643.985
3.644.85 1
3.644.121
3.644.864
3.644.493
3.644,868
3.644.566
3.644.896
3.644,639
3.644.932
3,644,687
3.643.284
3.644.735
3.643.289
3.644,861
3.643.318
3.644.878
3.643.320
3.644.887
3.643.349
30 3.643.821
3.643.358
31 3.643.518
3.643.378
3.643.936
3.643.436
32 3.643,367
3.643.465
3.643.44 1
3.643.466
33 3.643.316
3.643.520
3.643,734
3.643.524
3.644.444
3.643.525
3.644.764
3.643.526
34 3.643.363
3.643.536
3.643.501
3.643.550
3.643,5 15
3.643.556
3.643.624
3.643.605
3.643.662
3.643.639
3.643.683
3.643.647
3.643.701
3.643.680
3.643.722
3.643.682
3.643.725
3.643.684
3.643.749
3.643.687
3.643.753
3.643.744
3.643.773
3.643.746
3.643.793
3.643.755
3.643.797
3.643,760
3.643.805
3,643.774
3.643.812
3.643.808
3,643.890
3,643,810
3.643.958
3,643,827
3.643.983
3,643,860
3.644,044
3,643,91 1
3,644,058
3,643,918
3,644,08 3
3.643,923
3.644,125
3,64 3.93 7
3.644,128
3.643,945
3,644.138
3.643.959
3,644,147
3,643.973
3,644,155
3,64 3,98 1
3,644.15^
3.643,996
3,644.169
3.643,997
3,644,173
3.644,017
3,644,175
3,644,047
3,644,188
3,644,067
3,644,192
3.644,099
3.644.203
3.644.103
3,644.206
3.644,1 17
3.644,208
3,644,131
3.644.212
3,644,152
3,644,220
3,644,258
3,644.241
3,644,281
3.644.245
3,644,364
3.644.256
3.644,443
3.644.264
3,644,461
3,644,270
3,644,586
3.644,304
3,644.647
3.644.3 15
3.644.708
3.644.334
3.644,72 1
3.644.335
3,644,728
3.644.336
3,644.741
3.644.343
3.644.81 1
3.644.354
3.644.813
3.644,359
3.644.817
3.644,369
3.644.847
3.644,370
3.644.877
3.644,377
3.644.885
3.644.378
3.643.293
3.644.380
3.643.325
3.644.39 1
3.643,386
3.644,407
3,643,439
3.644,419
3,643,454
3,644,424
3,643,638
3,644,429
3.643,670
3.644.445
3.643.742
3.644.448
3.643.761
3.644.453
3.643.769
3.644.454
35
36
3,644.455
3.644,471
3,644.473
3.644.474
3.644.475
3,644.476
3.644.477
3.644.500
3.644,503
3.644.513
3.644.5 16
3.644.527
3.644.540
3.644,54 1
3.644.580
3.644,587
3.644,591
3,644,595
3,644.605
3.644.61.'
^644. 616
3.644.617
3.644.621
3.644.626
3.644.628
3.644.632
3.644.651
3.644.665
3.644.674
3.644.682
3.644.69?
3.644.707
3.644.7 14
3.644.715
3.644.745
3.644.775
3.644.776
3.644.779
3.644.781
3.644.787
3.644.802
3.644.839
3.644.841
3.644.846
3.644.848
3.644.875
3.644.880
3.644.908
3.644.925
3.643.403
3.644.22!
3.644.816
Re 27.293
3.643.3 13
3.643.346
3.643.360
3.643.375
3.643.389
3.64 3.479
3.643.5 10
3,643.516
3.643.540
3,643.554
3,643.558
3.643.581
3.643.590
3.643.609
3.643.615
3,643.623
3.643.651
3.643.654
3.643.661
3.643.677
3.643.689
3.64 3,69 3
3.643.694
3.643.704
3.643.777
3.643.778
3.643,779
3.643,801
3.643,852
3.643,88 1
3.643,899
3.643.940
3.643.956
3.643.964
3.643.968
3.643.971
3.644.013
3.644.034
3,644.035
3.644.054
3.644.059
3,644.060
3.644.1 18
3.644.1 19
3.644,122
3,644.123
3,644,127
3,644.154
3,644,158
3,644.227
3,644.278
3,644,300
3,644.333
37
38
39
3.644.362
3.644.384
3.644.386
3.644.394
3.644.396
3.644.406
3.644.415
3.644.416
3.644.432
3.644.466
3.644.479
3.644,480
3.644.482
3.644.498
3.644.532
3.644.533
3.644.536
3.644.537
3.644,573
3.644.593
3.644.597
3.644.631
3.644.664
3.644.668
3.644.685
3.644.692
3.644.700
3.644.726
3.644.732
3.644,747
3.644.756
3.644.778
3.644.782
3.644.801
3.644.803
3.644.838
3.644.850
3.644.867
3.644,888
3.644,893
3,644.899
3.644.902
3.644.904
3.644.905
3.644.906
3.644.914
3.644.9 17
3.644.918
3.644.930
3.644.935
3.643.298
3.643.351
3.643.394
3.643,395
3.643.416
3.643,747
3,643,825
3.643,836
3,643,861
3,643,872
3,644,079
3,644,124
3,644,176
3,644.255
3.644.328
3.643.927
Re 27.298
Re 27.300
3.643.28!
3,643.322
3.643.337
3.643.342
3.643.355
3,643,384
3.643,393
3,643,402
3,643.410
3.643.461
3.643.462
3,643,483
3,643.499
3.643.519
3.643.523
3.643.529
3.643.544
3.643.546
3.643.587
3.643.597
3.643.627
3.643.681
3.643.695
3.643.729
3.643.756
3.643.763
3.643.813
3,643.814
3.643,828
3.643.833
3.643,844
3.643.877
3.643.900
3.643.915
3.643.919
3.643.952
3.643.957
3.643.960
GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX OF RESIDENCE OF INVENTORS
PI 57
40
42
3.644,046
3.644.061
3,644,088
3.644.105
3.644.108
3.644.109
3.644.132
3.644.135
3.644.156
3.644,161
3.644.162
3.644.186
3.644.210
3.644,229
3,644,242
3.644,259
3.644,268
3,644,277
3.644,280
3.644.31 1
3,644,312
3.644,313
3,644,324
3,644,363
3,644,505
3,644,576
3,644,589
3,644,649
3,644,650
3,644,661
3,644,703
3.644.723
3.644,730
3,644.75 1
3.644.774
3.644.786
3.644.819
3.644.826
3.644.827
3.644.856
3.644.866
3.644.869
3.644.872
3.644.903
3.643.336
3.643.406
3.643.450
3.643.489
3.643.507
3.643.635
3.643.804
3.643.849
3.644.107
3.644.196
3.644.273
3.644.279
3,644.282
3.644.322
3.644.323
3.644.427
3.644,4 70
3,644,495
3,644.496
3.644.504
3.644.528
3.644.583
3.644.592
3.644.657
3.644.676
3.644,752
3.644.915
3,644.916
Re 27.295
3.643.642
3,643.714
3.643.72 1
3.643.943
3.644.129
Re 27.290
3.643.282
3.643.299
3.643.310
3.643.312
3,643.321
3.643,327
3.643.361
3,643.362
3.643.388
3.643,417
3.643.437
3.643.451
3.643.457
3.643.460
3.643.478
3.643.531
3.643.543
3,643,604
3.643.720
3.643.731
3.643.750
3.643.790
3.643.818
3.643.831
3.643.888
3.643.914
3.643.928
3,643,932
3,643,941
3,643,953
3,643.984
3,644,003
3,644,010
3,644.102
3,644,149
3,644.172
3,644,174
3.644,180
3.644.181
3.644,185
3,644.189
3,644,232
3,644,239
3,644.244
3.644,260
3,644,261
3,644,262
3,644.269
3,644,284
3,644,291
3,644.292
3,644,295
3.644,351
3,644.372
3,644,393
3,644,397
3,644.401
3,644,425
3,644,436
3,644,437
43
3,644,440
3.644,484
3.644.499
3.644,506
3.644,508
3,644,510
3.644,51 1
3.644.512
3.644.529
3,644.534
3.644.543
3.644.546
3,644,549
3,644,550
3.644.551
3.644.552
3.644.554
3.644,559
3.644.584
3.644.629
3.644.630
3.644.638
3.644.648
3.644.658
3.644.710
3.644.790
3.644,804
3,644,858
3,644.876
3.644.890
3.644.934
3.643.390
44
45
47
48
3.643.608
3.643.882
3.644.184
3.644.488
3.643.279
3.643.291
3.643.611
3.644.140
3.644.166
3.644.796
3.643,490
3,643,845
3,643.856
3,643.947
3,643.995
3.644,020
3,644,096
3.644.267
3.644.272
3.644,485
3.644.574
Re. 27. 294
3.643.274
3.643.280
3.643.287
3.643.432
3.643.447
3.643.455
3.643.467
3.643,504
3,643,505
3,643,580
3,643.591
3.644,706
3.643.643
3.644.729
53
3.643.656
3.644.783
3.643.664
3.644.823
3.643.676
3.644.825
3.644 840
3.643.686
3.644.882
3.643.736
3.644.93 3
3.643.737
3.644,937
3,643,739
49 3.643.369
3,643.740
3.644.085
54
3,643.751
51 3.643.324
3.643,752
3.643.494
55
3.643.802
3.643.794
3.643.809
3.643.799
3.643.839
3.644.091
3.643,859
3.644.165
3.643.905
3.644,178
3.643.908
3.644.187
3.644.350
3.644.205
3.644.381
3.644.254
3.644.398
3.644,266
3.644.414
3,644,293
3.644.572
3,644,497
3.644.642
3.644,507
3.644.831
3.644.832
3,644,509
3.644.873
3,644.538
3.644.884
3,644.539
3.644,891
3.644.607
3,644,894
3.644.695
3,644,897
3,644.912
3.643.348
3.643.365
3.643.370
3.643.706
3.643.710
3.643.858
3.643.867
3,643.898
3.644.036
3.644.092
3.644.167
3.644.459
3.644.464
3.643.459
3.643.551
3.643.614
3.643,629
3.643,636
3.643.696
3.643.735
3.643.767
3.643.781
3.643.782
3,643.816
3.643.976
3.643.991
3,644,050
3,644.066
3.644.139
3.644.146
3.644.193
3.644.61 1
3.644.620
3.644.625
3.644.793
3.644.859
Design Patents
6
222.988
223.009
18
222,990
223,005
39
222,987
51
223.012
222,997
17 223,006
26
222,998
36 222,989
223.003
223.013
223.002
223,007
27
223,016
223,010
41
222.986
53
222.996
9
223.008
223,015
34
223.001
223,014
223.004
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE:
-(•72
OFFICIAL GAZETTE of the UNITED STATES PATENT OFFICE
February 29, 1972 Volume 895 Number 5
CONTENTS
Page
Issue of February 29, 1972 1609
Patent and Trademark Notices
Trademark Office Actions I6i0
Formula and Table Format 1610
Patent Suits 1611
Patent Notices
Certificates of Correction for the Week of February 29, 1972 1613
Dedications 1613
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale 1613
Disclaimers 1614
Condition of Patent Applications 1615
Reissue Patents Granted 1616
Patents Granted
General and Mechanical 1617
Chemical 1801
Electrical 1899
Design Patents Granted 1998
Index of Patentees PI i
Indices of Reissues and Designs PI 48
Classification of
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 49
Designs PI 52
Geographical Index of Residence of Inventors
Patents (Including Reissues) PI 53
Designs, Plants, and Applicants of Defensive Publications PI 55
The following are mailed nnder direction of the Superintendent of Docnmentj, Government
Printing Office, Washinfton, D.C., 20402, to whom all sabscriptioni thould be made payable and
all commonications addresaed:
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (PATENTS SECTION), issned weekly, »nb»cription $89.00
per annom, foreirn mailinr I22.2S additional; sincle copies $2.00 each.
THE OFFICIAL GAZETTE (TRADEMARK SECTION), isaned weekly, »nb»cription $17.00
per annum, foreign mailing $4.25 additional; single copies 40 cents each.
CIRCULARS OF GENERAL INFORMATION eonearning PATENTS or TRADEMARKS,
price IS centa each.
PRINTED COPIES OF PATENTS are furnished by the Patent Office at 50 cents each;
PLANT PATENTS in color, $1.00 each; copies of TRADEMARKS and DESIGN PATENTS
at 20 centa each. Address orders to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington, D.C., 20281.
Printing anthorized by Section ll(a)3 of Title 36. U.S. Code P.O.
1609
PATENT OFFICE NOTICES
Trademark Office Actions
Effective Apr. 1. 1972, trademark applicants or their
attorneys will be provided with onlj- one carbon copy of any
office action, and the malliog of an additional carbon copy
win be discontinued.
Thl3 change is consistent wltli the current practice In the
patent examining operations and should result in greater
efficiency In the preparation and mailing of office actions.
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Feb. 7, 1972. Commisaioner of Patents.
Insert (2) :
O.Ac
/X
0=4
cs
Insert (3)
Formula and Table Format
lO/E
speed Gamma
Fog Density
Printing
rate
1.45
2.10
0.01
3.71
-38
2.7
2.46
.01
3.41
-6
1.8
2.02
.01
3.55
-20
3.15
2.38
.21
3.67
-6
2.10
2.00
.01
3.92
-18
1.95
2.22
.01
3.63
-26
2.2
2.10
.01
3.63
-18
1.85
1.78
.01
3.25
-38
1.85
2.06
.01
3.57
-29
2. <i5
2.36
.01
3.57
-6
:r-(arc vers v)-
dx
dv
dy
2v-v2
[37 CFR Part 1) Imlde of example
Proposed Submission Requirements \
Notice Is hereby given that, pursuant to the authority cou *
talned In section 6 of the Act of July 19, 1952 (66 Stat. 793 ; al[[][[[\[[[[[[[[
35 U.S.C. 6), the Patent Office proposes to amend Title 37 of 7 '/. '...
the Code of Federal Regulations by revising § 1.52 and by add ^-
Ing a new § 1.58. ll" .............
All persons are Invited to present their views, objections. 12
recommendations, or suggestions in connection with the pro-
posed changes to the Commissioner of Patents, Washington,
D.C. 20231, before April 30, 1972. No oral hearing will be held.
Any written comments or suggestions may be Inspected by any
person upon written request a reasonable time after the clos-
ing date for submitting comments.
These proposed rule changes are Intended to facilitate the
examination, microfilming, and printing of patent applications
and patents.-
When patents are printed, all complex chemical and matho- Section 1.52, If amended as proposed, would require appll-
matical formulas and tables appearing In the text must be cation papers in a form that would permit readily legible
specially hand set and then Inserted Into a space left on the reproductions to be made and certified for use in foreign
composed page. The hand setting Is expensive and results in priority filings, court proceedings and 37 CFR 1.60 continu-
many errors which must later be corrected by Certificates ing applications.
of Correction. The use of submitted camera copy for printing The proposed changes are as follows :
would be inexpensive and error free. Members of both the legal 1- Section 1.52 is revised to read as follows :
and scientific communities have indicated that errors In print- ^ ^ 52 Language, paper, tiriting, margins.
ing formulas and tables are a problem. ^^^^ ^j^^ specification and oath or declaration must be in
Under the proposed rules the applicant would furnish a copy j,,^ English language. All papers which are to become a pari
of all tables and complex formulas, each having an identify- ^j ^^^^ permanent records of the Patent Office must be legibly
Ing number, on bristolboard sheets or the lll<e in a form suit- written or printed In permanent Ink or its equivalent in
able for use as camera copy for printing. The submitted speclfi- quality. All of the application papers must be presented in
cation would contain at the appropriate location either a a form which has sufficient contrast between paper and ink
copy of the Insert plus Its Identifying number or the identify- and of sufficient clarity to permit the production of readily
ing number and a blank space. Although the applications legible copies In any number by photography, electrostatic
would be submitted with the formulas and tables on sheets processes, photo offset, and microfilming. Substitute type-
.separate from the specification texts, the patents would con- written or printed papers and inserts (see S 1.58) may be
tlnue to be printed with the formulas In the text. required If the papers and Inserts originally filed are not of
The formulas and tables could be corrected and amended In '•'*' required quality.
the same manner as drawings '^* '^^*' application papers (specification and claims, oath,
The following is an example of how a sheet of inserts declaration, papers as provided for In || 1.42, 1.43, 1.47, etc.)
might appear ^"'^ "^^^^ papers subsequently Sled, must be plainly written
Chemical Composition °° ^^^ °°^ ^'^^ °^ ^^^ V&per. A wide margin must be reserved
John Doe °° ^^® left-hand side and on the top of each page and the
Docket #123 ''°^^ must not be crowded too closely together. The size of
J gjjpp^ the sheets of paper should be 8 to 8% by 12 Vi to 13 inches
(20.3 to 21.6 cm. by 31.8 to 33.0 cm.), or international A4
(21 cm. X 29.7 cm.). Use of typewritten and double spaced
lines with margins of I'i Inches on the left-hand side and
CHj top Is deemed preferable. The pages of the specification, in-
cluding those containing claims, should be numbered con-
secutively, starting with 1, the numbers being placed in the
center of the bottom margins.
(c) Any interlineation, erasure, or cancellation or other
alteration must have been made before the application was
signed and sworn to or declaration made, and should be clearly
referred to in a marginal note or footnote on the same sheet
0=^ Ay. ) of paper, dated and initialed or signed by the applicant to
Indicate such fact. No such alterations are permissible after
execution of the application papers. (See i 1.66)
Insert (1)
/V^
OH
NCS
1610
February 29, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1611
2. A new § 1.58 is added to read as follows :
i 1.58 Chemical and mathematical formulas and tables.
(a) The specification, including the claims, aud the ub
stract may contain chemical and mathematical formulas, bui
shall not contain drawings or flow diagrams. The description
portion of the specification and the abstract may contain
tables ; a claim may contain tables only if necessary to con-
form to 35 U.S.C, 112.
(b) In the application specification, one-lino furniiilas com-
posed of normal sized Roman and Greek Utters and Arabic
numerals with one level of superiors and Inferiors may ap-
pear in the text. All other tables and chemical and mathe
matical formulas must be presented separately from the
specification on pure white paper as defined in S l>4(a>, for
use as camera copy for Insertion In the specification whei.
printing any patent which may issue.
(c) The size of the separate insert sheets must be 8'j
inches wide (21.6 cm.) by not more than 14 inches (35.6 cm.)
or less than 10 Inches (25.4 cm.) high. A space of at least
1 Inch (2.54 cm.) In height must be left at the top of tiie
sheet (the narrow dimension) for marking and fastening.
The sheets may contain holes as defined in i 1.84 (b) ami
identifying Indicia as defined in § 1.84(1). Amendments may
be made as provlde<l for In § 1.123.
(d) All formulas and tables on the separate insert sheet.-
should be consecutively numbered in the order In which
they appear In the specification, and labeled at their upper
lefthand corners with the word "Insert" before the number
within parentheses (for example, "Insert (3)"). Formulas or
tables which are to appear consecutively In a patent may be
grouped and designated as a single Insert. The location in
the originally submitted specification where an insert Is to
appear in the printed patent should be indicated by a wide
space and the appropriate insert designation.
(0) The width of such formulas and ia\)\e> on the separate
insert sheets should be limited normally to .'. inches (12.7 cm. i.
If It is not possible to limit the width of a formula or tabh'
to ,"> inches (12.7 cm.), it is permissible to present the formula
or table with a maximum width of 10»i inches (27.3 cm.) and
to place It sideways on the Insert sheet, If necessary. In which
case the Insert will appear printed across both columns of
the page In the printed patent. The characters used in such
formulas and tables must be from a type font having capital
letters which are at least 0.0S6 Inches (2.2 mm.) high (elite
type). On the separate insert sheets a space at least three
eighths Inch (9.5 mm.) high should be provided between the
numbered Inserts.
(f) In addition to the separate Insert sheets, reproduction
copies of the formulas and tables may be placed In the specifi-
cation at the locations where they are to be printed. Such
copies should, however, be labeled with an insert designation
as provided In paragraph id) nf this section.
i 1.75 [Amended]
3. Section 1.75 is amended by adding at the end of para
graph (d)(1) the expression. 'iSee §1.5S(a).)"
ROBERT GOTTSCHALK,
Acting Commissioner of Patents.
Approved : January 19, 1972.
J.^MES H. Wakelin, Jr.,
Assistant Secretary for
Science and Technology.
[FR Doc. 72-1394; Filed 2-1-72; 8:4.') a.m.]
Published in 57 FR 25-iO ; Feb. 2, 1972
Patent Suits
Notices under 35 U.S.C. 290 ; Patent Act of 1952
2.637.893. G. Shaw, ARTIFICIAL FILAMENT, filed Mar
"3 1965 D.C. Vt. (Burlington), Doc. 4223, Gilbert Shatr
and Polymers, Inc. v. E. B. i A. C. Whiting Company. Stipu-
lated final order on mandate was filed and shall terminate the
above action for all times, Dec. 2, 1970.
2.727,069. J. P. M. Van Waes, PREPARATION OF UREA,
filed July 25, 1968, D.C. Del. (Wilmington). Doc. 3586, Stami-
carbon, N.V. v. Carolina Nitrogen Corporation et al. Consent
judgment, defendants have infringed. Sept. 20, 1971. Same,
filed July 26, 1968, D.C. Del. (Wilmington), Doc. 3590. Stami-
carbon, N.V. v. Chemical Construction Corporation. Consent
judgment, patent valid and defendant has infringed and Is
permanently enjoined, Oct. 1, 1971. Same, filed Mar. 25. 1969,
D.C. Del. (Wilmington), Doc. 3690, Stamicarbon, y.V. v
.irkla Chemical Corporation. Consent judgment, patent valid
and Infringed, Sept. 2, 1971.
2.761,178, Van Doom and Pease III, OPERATING MECHA-
NISM FOR GIN BREASTS AND MULTIPLE GIN SYSTEM,
filed June IS, 1971, D.C, M.D. Ala. ( Montgomery ^ Doc.
3355-N, Lummus Industries, Inc. v. Continental /Moss-Gordin,
Inc. Case dismissed without prejudice, Sept. 13, 1971.
2.868.272, Poole and Poole, BABY SUPPORTER AND EXER-
CISER, filed June 14. 1971, D.C, Md. (Baltimore), Doc. 71-
029-N, Jolly Jumper Products of America, Limited v. Hutzler
lirothers Company.
2,918.420, R. C. Sablns, ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEM ; 3,108.-
939, same, PLATINUM PLUG-VALVE METAL ANODE FOR
CATHODIC PROTECTION : 2.982.714, same, ELECTROLYTIC
SYSTEM ; 3.362.900. same. SYSTEM FOR CATHODICALLY
PROTECTING A STRUCTURE ; 2.998,371, same. CONTROL
SYSTEM ; 2,934,485. same, DEVICE AND ITS USE FOR PRO-
TECTING ELEMENTS AGAINST GALVANIC DISSOLU-
TION ; 3,054,743. same, ELECTROLYTIC SYSTEM ; Reg. No.
673.493 (CATHANODE), Sabins-Dohrmann Co., filed Sept. 1,
1971, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los Angeles), Doc. 71-209S-JWC,
Sclectro-Chcm Company v. Lockheed Aircraft Corporation
2,934,485. I See 2,918,420.1
2.934,932, H. B. Wagner. HYDRAULIC CEMENT MORTAR
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE, filed Sept. 13.
1971, D.C, CD. Calif, i Los Angeles), Doc, 71-2187-FW, Tile
Council of America v. Continental Chemical Products of Los
-Angeles and John S. Schirm.
2.942.129, Van Dolah and Patterson, POULTRY CHILLING :
3,092,975, R. S. Zebarth, ARTICLE CHILLING METHOD AND
AI'PARATUS ; 3.240,026, Van Dolah and Patterson, POULTRY
CHILLING, filed Sept. 21, 1971, D.C. S.D. 111. (Peoria). Doc.
P-32S6, Swift it Company v. Archer Daniels Midland Com-
pany and Ralfton Purina Company.
2,944,639, W. T. Blake, SHOCK ABSORBER WITH VACU-
U.M COMPENSATOR; 2.944,681, same. RAILWAY DRAFT
APPLIANCE, filed Dec. 16, 1970, DC, N.D. Ill, (Chicago),
Doc. 70c3153, Halliburton Company and William T. Blake v.
Keystone Industries, Inc.^ formerly Keystone Railway Equip-
ment Company, Inc. Case ordered transferred to the Middle
District of Pennsylvania, June 9, 1971.
2.944.681. (See 2,944,639.)
2.982,714. (See 2,918,420.)
2,998,371. (See 2,918,420.)
3.031,725, R. E, Omholt, FLOORING SYSTEMS, filed Sept.
24, 1971, D.C, E.D. Wis. (Milwaukee), Doc. 71-C-4S6, Poxcer-
lock Systems, Inc. v. Duo-Lok, Inc. and Baseman Bros., Inc.
3,054.743. (See 2,918,420.)
3.092.975. (See 2,942,429.)
3.096,148. W. Walker. Jr., ARTICLE STERILIZING, DE-
ODORIZING AND ACCOUNTING PROCESS AND APPARA
TUS, filed Feb. 22, 1971, D.C, E.D.N.Y. (Brooklyn), Doc.
71-C-196, Willis Walker, Jr., M.D. v. C. R. Bard, Inc. and W.
H. Andersen Products, Inc. Stipulation of dismissal. Sept
17, 1971.
3,108,939. (See 2,918,420.)
3.153.976, L. E. Llnder, AMMUNITION RELOADING AP-
PARATUS, filed Sept. 23, 1971, D.C, CD. Calif. (Los Angeles),
Doc. 71-22S6-CC, Western Automatic Reloading Equipment,
Inc. et al. v. Jose Rosan, Sr. et al.
3.168.130. E. W. Turpln, WHEEL SUPPORTING AND TIRE
DISMOUNTING APPARATUS : 3.267.977. same, SUPPORT
DEVICE FOR VEHICLE WHEELS, filed Sept. 11. 1971, DC,
S.D, Ohio (Cincinnati). Doc. 8126, Big Four Automotive
Equipment Corp. v. Harry J. Miller et al.
3,210,767. D. W. Isbell, FREQUENCY INDEPENDENT UNI
DIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS; Re. 25,740. Mayes and Carrel.
LOG PERIODIC BACKWARD WAVE ANTENNA ARRAY ;
3.259.904. Blonder and Srhenfeld, ANTENNA HAVING COM
BINED SUPPORT AND LEAD-IN, remanded June 17, 1971.
DC, N.D. HI. (Chicago), Doc. 66c567, The I'niiersity of IIH-
nois Foundation v. Blonder-Tongue Laboratories, Inc. v, JFD
1612
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
Electronics Corporation. Judgment order entered on June 27,
196S Is vacated. Judgment order on remand, plaintiff Is es-
topped to assert the validity of Pat. No. 3.210.707 : Re 23.740
Is Invalid ; judgment on the amended complaint is entered for
defendant, with prejudice ; defendant Is owner of ,3.259,904.
claim 5 Is Invalid, Sept. 27. 1971.
3,230,673, Frommelt and Fronimelt, DOCK I'ADS WITH
ADJUSTABLE HEAD PAD; 3.403.489, .same. LOADING
DOCK SHELTERS, filed July ,31, 1969. D.C., N.D.N.Y.
(Utlca), Doc. 69-CV-265, Dubuque Awning <t Tent Companu
v, W. B. McOMire Co., Inc. Complaint dismissed with preju-
dice In respect of all claims, defendant recover from plaintiff
Its full costs Incurred In defendant against said claims, judg
ment shall be final except that matters of defendant's rights to
damages, to an injunction and to attorney fees, based on alle-
gations in its answer and its counterclaims are reserved for
future disposition by this court, Sept. 10, 1971.
3,234.123, J. N. Hinde, METHOD OF AND MEANS FOR
TREATING BODIES OF WATER, filed Sept. 17, 1971, DC.
E.D. 111. (Chicago). Doc. 71c2281, Schramm, Inc. v. James
S'elaon Hinde and Hinde Engineering Co.
3,240,026. (See 2,942,429.)
3,259,904. (Se€ 3,210,767.)
3,267,507. P. E. Cos, CONDUCTOR WIRE CLEANING DE
VICE, filed Sept. 7. 1971, D.C., M.D.N.C. (Greensboro I , Doc
C-20S-WS-71, Paul E. Cox v. Oraybar Electric Company, Inc.
3,267,977. (See 3,168,130.)
3,296.636, B. Markwitz, BUOYANCY RING, filed Sept 10,
1971, B.C. Colo. (Denver), Doc. C-3403, Bernard Markuit:
v. Ute Mountain Corporation.
3,362,900. (See 2,918,420.)
3,399,833, A. C. W. Johnson, LOW INTENSITY RADIANT
HEATER SYSTEM AND BURNER THEREFOR, filed June
8, 1971, D.C., E.D. Mich. (Detroit), Doc. 36609, Combustion
Reiearch Corp. v. Charles L. Oreen, doing business as G <f <i
Ra^iiant Pro.
3,403,489. (See 3,230,675.)
3,404,494, H. D. Wolfe, THEATRE AND STAGE CONSTRUC
TION; D. 201,618. same. BUILDING, filed Aug. 21, 1971,
D.C., S.D. W. Va. (Charleston), Doc. 71-182-CH, First Barn
Dinner Theatre, Inc. v. Walter H. Lewis, Jr.
3,408,306, F. J. Boylan, METHOD OF CONTROLLING
FOAMING, filed Oct. 29, 1968, D.C., N.D. Ga. (Atlanta), Doc
12188, Hercules Incorporated v. NOPCO Chemical Co., Inc
Case dismissed and settled by parties, Mar. 18, 1971.
3,458.783. .M. A Rosenberg, HERMETICALLY SEALED
CAPACITOR, filed Sept. 10, 1971. D.C., CD. Calif. (Los
.Vngeles), Doc. 71-2176-.\AH, San Fernando Electric Manu-
facturing Co., Inc V Erie Technological Products, Inc.
3.506,326. A. V. Tantlllo, HINGE MEANS, filed July 7, 1970,
D.C., N.D. HI. (Chicago), Doc. 70cl629, General Bathroom
Products Corp. v. Monarch Metal Products Corp. Judgment
for defendant ; defendant's motion for summary judgment is
denied. The court concludes that the patent issued to plaintiff
Is invalid by virtue of anticipation. 35 U.S.C. i 102(a) and
(b).
S..533.407, G. I. Smith, STRAP TYPE WRIST SUPPORT,
filed Sept. 17. 1971, DC, N.D. Ohio (Cleveland), Doc. C71-
911. King Louis International, Inc. v. House of Champions
Research I.ahoratories, Inc
3„->94.2,V), W I) Uudlnger, HICKEY ROLLER AND METH-
OD, filed Sept 20, 1971, D.C. Del. (Wilmington), Doc. 4227,
Kodel, Inc. and William D. Budinger v. National Plate Orain-
crs. Inc.
3,598.088, Bowman. Bowman and Moeller, LIVESTOCK
DIP APPARATUS, filed Sept. 27, 1971, DC, W.D. Okla.
(Oklahoma City), Doc. 71-621-C, Jim H. Bovman et al. v,
Lloi^d Lanier et al.
Re. 2.5,740. (See 3.210.767.)
Re. 25.899. A. J. Waibel, HIGH PRESSURE VALVE AS
SE.MBLY, filed Sept. 27, 1971. D.C. W.D.N. Y. (Buffalo), Doc.
C-1971-42C. Ingc'soll-Rand Company v. Dresser Industries,
Inc
I). 199.291, F. J. Jahn, DISPLAY STAND FOR PHOTO
GRAPHS AND THE LIKE, filed Oct. 1. 1971, D.C. Conn.
(Bridgeport), Doc. B~374, Textron, Inc., Eaton Paper Com-
pany, Div V. Zell Company and Charles Zell.
1). •i0l,618. (See 3,404,494.)
I). 209.499. C. L. Leavitt, BOBBIN HOLDER, filed Aug. 26,
1969, D.C, S.D.N.Y., Doc. 69-3718, Reynolds Industries Inc.
V. W. H. Collins Inc. Stipulation of dismissal pursuant to
Rule 41(a), Sept. 14, 1971.
I). 220.728. J G Cox, Jr., BOW-MOUNTED STEERING
CONSOLE FOR BOATS, filed Aug. 30, 1971, D.C, ED. Tex.
(Tyler). Doc. TiS.'jI, Joseph O. Cox, Jr. v. Arroicglass Boat <i
Manufacturing Corporation and Black Boat <t Motor Com-
pany, Inc
D. 221.219, T Wlnrow, SOFA, filed Aug. 20, 1971, D.C.
N.D. 111. (Chicago), Doc. 71c2049, Futorian Corporation v.
David Fitchmun rf .Associates, Inc.
Ret. No. 673,493. (See 2,918,420.)
February 29, 1972
U. S. PATENT OFFICE
1613
Certificates of Correction for the Week of Feb. 29, 1972
Re. 27,171
D. 222.013
H,317,369
3,328,349
.!, 328,961
3,484,484
.(,493,857
3.,-)14,293
3,,->2r),918
3,f>33,S70
3,533,942
3,542,230
3,542.963
3,545,719
3,552,350
3,555,082
3,557,702
;?, 558,367
3„-)59,901
3,562,064
3,562,281
3,563,970
3,563,981
3,563,988
3,572,058
3,573,527
3.574,555
3,576.737
3,577,314
3,578.594
3,.-)78,904
3.579.532
3,583,428
3,5S3,909
3,584,037
3,587,314
3,587,902
3,587,930
3,588,321
3,588,420
3,588,442
3,589,007
3,591,002
3,591,563
3,591,593
3,591,927
3,592,109
3,592,637
3,592,685
3,592,850
3,593,384
3,594,371
3,594,603
3,594,743
3.594,747
3,594,760
3,594,805
3,595,010
3,.-)95,070
3,590,174
3.596,221
3.597.250
3,597,661
3,598,102
3,598,204
3,598.335
3.598.330
3,598,918
3,599,154
3,599,50."i
3,599.017
3,599,722
3,599,871
3,600,015
3,000,509
3,000,620
3,000,640
3,600,009
3,600,773
3,000,852
3,600,864
3,001,074
3,601,283
3,601,367
3,601,674
3,602,018
3,602,135
3.002,205
3,002,234
3,602,317
3.602,700
3,002,890
3,603,136
3,003,440
3.603,486
3,003,605
3,603,615
3,003,053
3,603,937
3,603,969
3,604,015
3,604.254
3,604,257
3,004.397
3,004,04(;
:'.,e04,M2
3,005,180
;{.00,'),455
:!,00.'>,70.')
3,007,398
.'!,007,528
3,607,597
3,607.653
3,607,790
3,607,914
3,607,978
3,608.028
3,009,050
3,609,360
3,010,000
3,610,776
3,611,751
3,013,211
3,013,465
3,615,025
3,615,082
Patents Available for Licensing or Sale
3,57S,50C. PROCESS OF TREATING OIL CONTAIN
ING FERMENTATION DISCHARGES. Deutsche Akademie
der WUsenschaften zu Berlin, East Germany. Correspondence
to: Michael S. Striker, 360 Lexington Ave., New \ork. .NY..
10017.
3 584.437. IMPROVED DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING
HORSES. Ravmond N. Boylngton, Star Route, Milford. Maine.
04401.
3 004,993. SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR CONVEYING
MACHINE ENERGIZED BY THREE PHASE CURRENT.
Erich Volkert et al., Efurt, Germany. Correspondence to :
Elton Industries. Inc., 420 Jericho Turnpike, Jericho. N.Y.,
11753.
3,009„'590. ELECTRIC STEAM IRON. Carlos S. Abrah.im.
.Mexico City 1, Mexico. Correspondence to: Michael S. Striker.
360 Lexington Ave., New York. N.Y., 10017.
3 019,557. DEVICE FOR FACILITATING REMOVAL OF
ASPHALT TILE. Lawrence D. McClure, 140 Zartop St.,
Oakley. Calif., 94561.
3.623,749. PORTABLE BICYCLE. Falle R. Jensen, 44 W.
Del Amo Blvd., Long Beach, Calif , 90805.
Dedications
2,903,398. — Howard A. Jones and John A. Oarman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonville. NY. SYNER
QI8TIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Dec. 6, 1960. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
3,600,319.— Burton H. Oedge III, Wyoming, and Charles H.
Brain, Mount Healthy, Ohio. PROCESS FOR APPLICA-
TION OF ENZYMES TO SPRAY-DRIED DETERGENT
GRANULES. Patent dated Aug. 17, 1971. Dedication
filed Nov. 5, 1971, by the assignee, The Procter d Gamble
Company.
Hereby dedicate.* to the Public the entire remaining term
of said patent.
2,990,318. — Howard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonville, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
June 27, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,990,319. — Howard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore.
Md.. and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonville, N.Y. SYNER
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
June 27. 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971. by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
2,995.487. — Howard A. Jones and John A. Garman, Baltimore,
Md., and Berton C. Dickinson, Lyndonville, N.Y. SYNER-
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL COMPOSITIONS. Patent dated
Aug. 8, 1961. Dedication filed Nov. 4, 1971, by the as-
signee, FMC Corporation.
Hereby dedicates to the Public the remaining term of said
patent.
The Department of Health. Education, and Welfare is
offering the following 5 patents for licensing as provided by
Title 4.". C.F.R, Section 6.3.
Inquiries should be addressed to: Norman J. Latker. Chief.
Patent Branch, <;<■ National Institutes of Health. Room .'lAOa.
Westwood Bldg., Bethesda, Md., 20014.
3,017,344.
3,035,889.
3.037,677.
3,037,695.
3,304,990.
NONTHROMBOGEMC PLASTIC SURFACES
AND PREPARATION THEREOF
ADHESION PROMOTING DENTAL MATE-
RIALS.
NITROSOAMINES.
SYNTHESIS OF HOMOPTERAIC AND HOMO-
FOLIC ACID.
EXPLOSION PROOF CENTRIFUGAL EVAPO-
RATOR WITH MAGNETIC DRIVE.
General Electric Company is prepared to grant non-exclusive
licenses under the following 44 patents upon reasonable terms
to domestic manufacturers.
Applications for license under the following patent may be
addressed to: General Electric Company, Control and Drives
Automation Business Division, 3001 East Lake Road. Erie.
Pa.. 16501. Attention : Patent Counsel.
2.896,100. ELECTRODYNAMIC MACHINE
.Applications for license under the following patent may be
addressed to ; Division Patent Counsel, Space Division. Gen-
eral Electric Company, P.O. Box 8555. Philadelphia. Pa .
19101.
3,500.847. APPARATUS AND PROCESS FOR DETECT
ING LIVE BACTERIA.
Applications for license under the following patent may be
addressed to : Patent Counsel, Communication Systems Busi-
ness Division, General Electric Company. Waynesboro, Va.,
22980.
3 009 219. SYSTEM FOR REGULATION OF COLOR TELE
VISION CAMERA SIZE AND CENTERING
CURRENTS.
Applications for license under the following 2 patents may
be addressed to : Division Patent Counsel, Switchpear Equip-
ment Business Div.. General Electric Company. 0901 Elmwood
Ave., Philadelphia, Pa., 19142.
3 614,693. LIQUID COOLING OF ELECTRICAL APPARA-
TUS.
3,617,606. SHIELDED BUSHING CONSTRUCTION.
Applications for license under the following 4 patents may-
be addressed to: Patent Counsel, Data Communication Prod
ucts Department. General Electric Company. Waynesboro, Va..
22980.
METHOD OF OPTICAL RECORDING OF BI
NARY CODES.
3,569,944
3,615,325
METHOD OF MAKING A SLEEVE-TYPE
METAL TO GLASS TO METAL TO METAL
SEAL.
3,621.112. HOUSING FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
3 621 174. LUBRICATIVE ATMOSPHERE FOR SEALED
SWITCHES.
Applications for license under the following 9 patents may
be addressed to : Patent Counsel. Major Appliance Business
Group General Electric Company, Appliance Park, Louisville,
Kv.. 40225.
3,467.458.
REFRIGERATION
TION.
INNER DOOR CONSTRUC-
1614
Vol. 895— official GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
.1,592.771
:!.ri9.'!..'44.
;{,595.036.
.•^.f.03.631.
3.012,827.
3.tU3.f>.'i<V
3.G1S.335.
3.622.47'^.
TrBrL.A.R HEATING ELEMENTS AND MAG
NESIA INSULATION THEREFOR AND
METHOD OF PRODTCTION.
TO HEAT
USED TO
AUTOMATIC CLOTHES DRYER
SHRINK TRANSFER AGENT
CLEAN FABRICS
DISPENSER FOR TREATING CHEMKWL
PUSH TO RELEASE LATCH FRICTION TYPE
FLAT PLATE SURFACE HEATIN(i UNIT
PYROLYTIC CLEANING OF DOUBLE OVENS.
AUTOMATIC ICEMAKER.
CONTINUOUS REGENERATION OF FERRIC
SULFATE PICKLING BATH
Applications for license under the foljowlnp 13 patents may
lie afUiressed to : Patent Counsel. Lamp Business Division,
General Electric Company. Nela Park. Cleveland. Ohio. 44112.
3.1.-)4.fi09.
3.259,993.
3,304,408.
3.348,021.
3,351,329.
3,509,835.
:'..27,").3.T'^.
3.275,359,
3. 314, '^93.
3.335,084.
.3.351.43H
3.361,078.
3.374,179
3,379,502
,3.389,089.
:;.39G.3ii7.
3,470,107
3.541,01--
3,541,022
AND (ILASS TO CERAMIC
FOR HERMETIC
PHOSI'H.\TE
(H.ASS-TO-METAL
SEALS
GLASS COMPOSITION
SEALS
(;R0UP II METALTHORIUM
PHOSPHORS.
METHOD FOR PRODUCING HOMOGENEOUS
CRYSTALS OF MIXED SEMICONDUCTlVi:
MATERIALS
PREPARATION
PHATE.
SILICON
RIAL.
OF THORIUM PYROI'H'iS
CARBIDE LIMINESCENT MATE
GREEN EL /.INC SULFIDE PHOSPHOR
SINGLE CRYSTAL PHOSPHIDE PRODUCTION.
BLUE ELECTROLUMINESCENT PHOSPHOR
AND METHOD FOR ITS PRODUCTION
TRANSISTOR INVERTER LAMP BAI.LASTIN(;
CIRCUIT
SILICON CARBIDE PHOSPHORS
INFRARED EXCITABLE YTTERBIUM SENSI
TIZED ERBIUM OR THULIUM ACTIVATED
RARE EARTH FLUORIDE I.UMl NESl'lCNT
MATERIAL.
INFRARED EXCITABLE YTTERBII'M SENSI
TIZED ERBIU.M ACTIVATED RARE E.VRTH
OXYSULFIDE Ll-MINESCENT MATERl.M.
.\ppIications for license under the followinp 13 patent^ may
he addressed to: Patent Counsel Contractor Equipment Busi
ness Division General ElectrT' Com[iany, 12=:.") Boston .\viv.
Bldff. 21 ES. Bridpeport, Conn.. 00002,
2.942,223.
2.95>>.121.
2.904.307,
3,045,09.".,
3,000,210.
3,000.204,
ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE HEATER
METHOD OF FORMING INTEGR.M. FINNED
SHEATHED HEATERS
SEALING MEANS,
PRINTED WIRING BOARD REPA!
TUS,
POWER OSCILLATOR
POWER AMPLIFIER,
.\I'P.\K,\
ELECTRIC HEATER AND SUPPORT ASSEM-
BLY,
APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING
STRIP.
ELECTRIC HEATING DEVICES.
ELECTRIC HEATER ASSEMBLY FOR A SAUNA
ROOM.
WIRE COATING OVEN APPARATUS
CO.MBINED FILTER INCINERATOR DEVICE
FOR WASTE DISPOSAL SYSTEM.
Disclaimers
Re. 26,910. — Xfartin L. Klein, San Clemente, Hnyr}i ('. Morgan.
.Vnaheini, and Richard H. Rush, Granada Hills, Calif.
HIGH SPEED DATA CONVERSION AND II.VNDLING.
Patent dated Juno 23, 1970. Disclaimer filed Nov. 19,
1971, b.v the assignee, yortli An^crican KockivcU Cor-
poration.
Hereb.v enters this disclaimer to claims 0, s. 18, 19 and
'_'2 of said patent.
3,336.707. — WiUiam J. Hor<ian. Jr., Pit tsburpli. Pa. STRUC-
TURAL GASKET CURTAIN WALL. Patent dated Aup.
22, 19G7. Disclaimer filc<i Nov. 20. 1971, by the as.slKuee,
I'PG Industries, hic.
Hereb.v enters this disclaimer to claims 1 and .3 of said
patent.
.■■.,402,007.— A'riri'n Gerlach, Stockholm. Sweden. FILM FEED-
ING MECHANISM. Patent dated Sept, 17, 190s Dis
olaimer filed Nov. 8, 1971. by tlie assit:n.'c, Kant man
KfHiak Co in pun II.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to (lainis 10 and 21 of* said
patent, ~" — — ■
::.40<),520. — Dudlci/ 7'. /,(/,sA, Westniont, 111. DOUBLE
WALLED CRYOGENIC \ESSEL. Patent dated Oct. 22,
196S. Disclaimer filed -Nov. 12, 1971. by the assignee,
('hiciujo /{ridf/r t< Iron Co
Hereby enters this disclaimer t.. claim>
t>f said patent.
1.
0 and
.3,552,470. — Frederick S. MeU'dlfc, Columbus, Ohio ROO.M
AIR CONDITIONER MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT. Pat
ent dated .Tan. 5, 1971. Disclaimer filed Nov. 10. 1971,
by the assi>;nee, WcstinfihoiLic KIrrtric Corporation.
Hereby enters this disclaimer to all of the claims of said
patent.
PATENT EXAMINING CORPS
R. A. WAHL, Assistant Commissioner
F. H. BRONALGH, Deputy Assistant Commissioner
CONDITION OF PATENT APPLICATIONS AS OF FEBRU.\RY 8. 1972
PATENT EXAMINING GROUPS
Actual
Filing Date
of Oldest
New Case
Awaiting
Action
CHEMICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
GENERAL CHEMISTRY AND PETROLEUM CHEMISTRY, GROUP 110-M. STERMAN, Dlrecipr.. .--.-...---. 1-00-71
InorKanlc Compounds, Inorganic Compositions; Organo-Metai and Organo-Metallold Chemistry; Metallurgy; Metal Stock;
Electro Chenilstry; Batteries; Hydrocarbons; Mineral Oil Technology; Lubricating Compositions; Gaseous Compositions;
Fuel and Igniting Devices.
OVNFRAT ORGANIC CHEMISTRY, URDU? 120—1. MARCUS, Director s-lH-70
Iletomcycli? Amldesi Alkaloids; Azo; Sulfur; Misc. Esters; Carbohydrates; Herbicides; Poisons; Medicines; Cosmetics; Steroids;
0x0 aadjOxvi-Qulnones; Acids; Catboxylic Acid Esters; Acid Anhydrides; Acid Halldes.
irmn Polymer chemistry, plastics and molding, group ho-l. j. bercovitz, Director 10-23-70
Synthetic Resins; Rubber; Proteins; .Macromolecular Carbohydrates; Mixed Synthetic Resin Compositions; Synthetic Resins
With Natural Polymers and Resins; Natural Resins; Tleclaiming; Pore-Forming; Compositions (Part) e.g.: Coating; Molding;
Ink- Adhesive and Abrading Compositions; Molding, Shaping, and Treating Processes.
COATING AND LAMINATING, BLEACHING, DYEING AND PHOTOGRAPHY GROUP 160-A^ P^KENT^Director^. 1-25-71
Coating- Processes and Misc. Products; Laminating Methods and Apparatus; Stock Materials; Adhesive Bonding; Special Chem-
ical Manufactures; Special Utility Compositions; Bleaching; Dyeing and Photography.
SPECIALIZED CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES AND CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, GROUP 170-W, B. k:NIGHT, Director^ vlu-70
FerUlUere;Fo^sStntaVlon; Analytical Chemistry; Reactors; Sugar and Starch; Paper .Making; Gla« Manufacture, Gas,
Heating and Illuminating; Cleaning Processes; Liquid Purification; Distillation; Preserving; Liquid and Solid Separation, Gas
and Liquid Contact Apparatus; Refrigeration; Concentrative Evaporators; Mineral Oils Apparatus; Mlsc, Physical Processes.
ELECTRICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS AND RELATED ELEMENTS, GROUP 210--N ANSHER, Director.. .^.. 6-08-71
Qeneration and Utllifatlon; General Applications; Conversion and Distribution; Heating and Related Art Conductors; Switches,
Miscellaneous.
•SECURITY GROUP 220— R. L. CAMPBELL, Director „ --. ^ . . i^ , ^ t, \„ ^^ '^
■^ Ordnance Firearms and Ammunition; Radar, Underwater Signalling, Directional Radio, Torpedoes, Seismic Exploring, Radlo-
Actlve Batteries; Nuclear Reactors, Powder Metallurgy. Rocket Fuels; Radio-Active Material.
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL, GROUP 230-J. F^ CROUCH Director... 2-03-71
Communications; Multiplexing Techniques; Facsimile; Data Proc*sslng, Computation and Conversion; Storage Devices and
Related Arts, ^ , „. -,
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SYSTEMS AND DEVICES, GROUP 260-W. L. CARLSON, Director.. 3-04-,l
Seini-Conductor and Space Discharge Systems and Devices; Electronic Component Circuits; \\ ave Transmission Lines and
Networks; Optics; Radiant Energy; Measuring.
PHYSICS, GROUP 280— R. L. EVANS, Director -_ ---.-VV ; 1 04-71
Photography; Sound and Lighting; Indicators and Optics; Measuring and Testing; Geometrical InstrumenU.
DESIGNS, GROUP 290-R. L. CAMPBELL, Director - 1-04-71
Industrial Arts; Household, Personal and Fine Arts.
MECHANICAL EXAMINING GROUPS
HANDLING AND TRANSPORTING MEDIA, GROUP 310— A. BERLIN, Director l-0f)-71
Conve?o«: Hoists; Elevators; Article Handling Implements; Store Service; Sheet and Web F««dU.g,Dlspenstog; Fluid Sprto^^^^^^^
Fire Ext nguishers; Coin Handling; Check Controlled Apparatus; Classifying and AKortlng Solids, fioats. Shins Aeronautics^
Motor and Land Vehicles and Appurtenances; Railways and Railway Equipment; Brakes; Rigid Flexible and Special Recep-
tacles and Packages.
vfATFRTAI SHAPING ARTICLE MANUFACTURING, TOOLS, GROUP 320-D. J. STOCKING, Director ----.---- 12-08-70
Sftcmring Pro^es^^ Assem^^^^ Machines; Special Article Making; Metal Deforming; Sheet Metal and W^re
Wnrkinc- Metal Fusion-Bonding Metal Founding; Metallurgical Apparatus; Plastics Working Apparatus; Plastic Block
Sid Earthenware ApSatusTK for Shaping or Dividing; ^Vork and Tool Holders Woodworking; Tools; Cutlery;
J&cks
AMUSEMENT, HUSBANDRY, PERSONAL TREATMENT. INFORMATIO^, GROUP 330-A^.RUEGG, Director 12-02-70
Amusement and Exercising Devices; Projectors; Animal and Plant Husbandry; Butchenng; Earth Working and Excavating,
Fl"Eet^ Tobacco; Artificial Body Members; Dentistry; Jewelry; Surgery; Toiletry; Printing; Typewriters; Stationery;
Information Dissemination.
HFAT POWER AND FLUID ENGINEERING GROUP 340— M. M. NEWMAN, Director_ 2-11-71
Power Plants; Combustion Engines; Fluid Motors; Pumps; Turbines; Heat Qeneration and Exchange; Refrigeration; VentUation;
Drying; Vajjorlzing; Temperature and Humidity Regulation; Machine Elements; Power Transmission: Fluid Handling, Lu-
brication; Joint Packing.
CONSTRUCTIONS SUPPORTS, TEXTILES, CLEANING, GROUP 360— T. J, HICKEY, Director.... ■ --. l-a4-,l
Joints- Fasteners; Rod, Pipe and Electrical Connectors; MlsceUaneous Hardware; Locks; BuUdlng Stnicttiree; Closure Op*rators;
Bridges- Closures; Earth Engineering; Drilling; Mining; Furniture; Receptacles; Supports; Cabinet Stnictnre8,^Centrifugal
Separations; Cleaning; Coating; Pressing; Agitating; Foods; Textiles; Apparel and Shoes; Sewmg Machines; Wmdmg and
Reeling.
Expiration of patents: The patents f^thln the rang_e o f nu^_b.^ tadlca^^^^^ Z^'l^y^Z Law
the same reasons, or have lapsed under the provisions of 38 U.S.C, 181
Patents
Plant PatenU.
Numberj 2.700,764 to 2,702.900, Inclusive
Nambera 1,345 to 1,3M, InduslTe
1615
REISSUES
FEBRUARY 29, 1972
Matter enclosed In heavy brackets 1 1 appears In the original patent but forms no part of this reissue specification ; matter
printed in Italics indicates adOitlons made by reissue.
27,301
CAN CLOSURE PLUG
Robert S. Lutzker, Scarsdale, N.Y., assignor of thirty-
three and one-third percent to Lawrence D. Lutzker,
Scarsdale, N.Y.
Original No. 3,445,030, dated May 20, 1969, Ser. No.
711,557, Mar. 8, 1968. Application for reissue Feb.
6, 1970, Ser. No. 9,141
Int. CI. B65d 43/10
\]S. CI. 220—60 11 Claims
27,302
METHOD OF MAKING DISPENSING CONTAINERS
William S. Schneider, Glendale, and Arthur P. Corella,
Hollywood, Calif., assignors of eleven and one-quarter
percent to Wayne V. Rodgers, South Pasadena, Calif.,
and ten percent to Carl Schneider, Peninsula, Calif.
Original No. 3,552,087, dated Jan. 5, 1971, Ser. No.
650,077, June 29, 1964, which is a division of Ser. No.
391,130, Aug. 21, 1964. Application for reissue July
15, 1971, Ser. No. 159,146
Int. CI. B65b 9/06
U.S. CI. 53—28 34 Clahns
A closure for sealing a can opening defined in the top
end wall of the can comprising a substantially resilient
member which is provided with a peripheral groove of
decreasing depth from front to rear. The front portion The method involves making a "stand-up" package
is slid into place with the edge walls of the opening re- from flexible film of the heat sealable variety, by crush-
ceived in the groove. The decreasing depth of the groove ing and flattening one end of a tube and then thermally
facilitates snapping the remainder of the member into molding or setting the film to form stiffened, self-sustaining
place to seal the opening. folds.
1616
PATENTS
GRANTED FEBRUARY 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
3,644,939
AIR DAMPED HEARING PROTECTOR EARSEAL
Fred P. Beguin, Sturbridge, Mass., assignor to American Op-
tical Corporation, Southbridge, Mass.
Filed Oct. 12, 1970, Ser. No. 80,064
Int. CI. A41d//06
U.S. CI. 2-209
5 Claims
for flushing, it forces water from the float chamber into the
siphon either alone or with water from the inlet valve, to start
a siphoning action to empty the flush lank At the same time
the float opens the inlet valve to supply additional water to
start the siphon and to keep the valve ^ppen until the flush
tank is refilled at which time the float h^ been raised to its
■— -— ^---'--''-^•^^''^"'•'''"^^
20 22 32 24
A hearing protector earcup having an earseal in the form
of an annular envelope of highly flexible plastic sheet materi-
al held tightly against a rigid inwardly directed flange of the
earcup. Capillary holes are provided through the rigid earcup
flange in communication with larger openings in the en-
velope of the earseal wherewith airflow through the capillary
orifices, into and from the earseal envelope, is exploited to
achieve greater wearing comfort and strong damping of
vibrations of the earcup resulting from excitation by ambient
low-frequency sound waves. An additional small opening
through an outer wall of the cup vents its interior
3,644,940
FLUSHING DEVICE
Vernon D. Roosa, 184 Wood Pond Road, West Hartford,
Conn.
Filed July 8, 1970, Ser. No. 53,170
Int.CI. E03d///0
U.S. CI. 4—47 26 Claims
A flushing device for toilets having a float directly con-
nected to the movable part of an inlet valve to form a unitary
moving element. A siphon empties the flush tank and
becomes inactive until a full tank is flushed again. When the
float, which is slidably mounted in a chamber, is forced down
normal position. Provisions are made for preventing a reverse
flow from the tank into the inlet pipe dunng failure of the
water supply and for filling the toilet bowl to the desired level
at the end of the flushing operation. Provision is also made
for conserving water by flushing a predetermined quantity of
water for solids and considerably less water for liquids and by
providing means for regulating the amount of water to be
flushed by the flushing unit.
3,644,941
SWIMMING POOL LINER
Ralph L. Kuss, Findlay, Ohio, assignor to R. L. Kuss & Co.,
Inc., Findlay, Ohio
FUed Dec. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 94,871
Int. CI. E04hi//6, J//.S
U.S. CI. 4-172.12 11 Claims
An aboveground swimming pool having rigid sidewalls,
vertical corners, Jind a flexible plastic liner. Each corner of
1617
1618
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
the liner has a
sidewalls. exten
thermal barrier interjacent the liner and the
ding the vertical height of the pool. The ther-
3.644,943
DEVICE FOR CLEARING BLOCKAGES IN THE
OUTLETS OF SINKS, BATHS OR THE LIKE
Giuseppe Parodi fu Leonardo, and Giuseppe Perodi di Fran-
cesco, both of 5/2 Via Benedetto da Cesino, Genoa, Italy
Filed Dec. 31, 1968, Ser. No. 788,301
ClaimsprioriO. application Itah.Jan. 4. I y68, 829,420
Int. CI. E03d 5109
U.S.CL 4-255 2 Claims
mal barrier retards ice formation in the corners of the pool to
prevent damage to the liner.
3,644,942
SWIMMLNG POOL LINER SUPPORT MEANS
Donald C. Haight, 174 West Allerton Ave., Milwaukee, Wis.
Filed June 10, 1970, Ser. No. 44,947
Int. CI. E04hJ//6,J//*
U.S. CI. 4-172.19 17 Claims
A device for clearing blockages in the outlets of sinks,
baths or the like comprises an elastomeric cup to the base of
which is fixed a reciprocable handle. An annular pressing
member engages the cup adjacent the rim and acts between
the rim and the base of the cup or between the rim and the
handle to bias the cup to its expanded condition so that in
use the rim is held in engagement with the bottom of the bath
or the like as the handle is reciprocated.
3,644,944
AMBULANCE COT CONSTRUCTION
EIroy E. Bourgraf, Cincinnati, and Kenneth R. Self, Washing-
ton, both of Ohio, assignors to Ferno-Washington, Inc.,
Greenfield, Ohio
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,044
Int. CI. A61g 1/02.7/10
U.S. CI. 5— 62 9 Claims
A preformed liner support or so-called filler device of tri-
angular cross section which is designed for fast and easy in-
stallation in an above-the-ground swimming pool or other
pool utilizing a flexible plastic water-retaining liner. Said tri-
angular filler device is positioned on the ground along the
bottom of the pool sidewalls, within the pool interior, and is
designed to provide support means for the lower portion of
said plastic liner to prevent the same from being ruptured by
the weight of the water in the pool, as well as eliminating the
possibility of water pressure forcing said liner beneath the
bottom edge of said pool sidewalls.
.An adjustable ambulance cot construction wherein the pa-
tient-supporting frame of the cot is adjustable to effect the
Trendelenburg position in which the patient's feet are
elevated relative to the head, the cot frame being pivotally
movable relative to one end of the undercarriage or other
support on which the cot frame is mounted, the cot frame
being releasabiy held in the elevated position by means of
spring-biased slotted arms interconnecting the cot frame and
a portion of the undercarriage, the arms being movable from
an extended to a retracted position, thereby raising and
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1619
loMiering the foot end of the cot. The invention is applicable
to elevating and nonelevating types of cots, and in the former
case contemplates an improved undercarriage which enables
the entire cot frame to be raised or lowered irrespective of
whether the cot frame is in a horizontal position or in the
Trendelenburg position.
3,644,945
ADJUSTABLE HOSPITAL BEDS
Robert Goodman, Philadelphia, and David G. Kilpatricli, Bala
Cynwyd, both of Pa., assignors to Goodman Brothers
Manufacturing Company, Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,545
Int. CI. A6lg 7/00, 7/]0
U.S. CI. 5-63 9 Claims
An adjustable bed of the so-called "hospital type" which
may optionally be verticall> or angularly adjusted as a unit
and which is provided with a bedspring having articulated
sections which are relatively angularly adjustable. The bed is
provided with electrical control means for all the adjustments
which may selectively be operated either by the nurse or
other attendant or by the patient occupying the bed. This
control means is provided with an electrical network, which
is so constructed that it eliminates any possibility of electrical
discharge which may cause a shock to the operator or which
may cause a fiammable spark.
3,644,946
ADJUSTABLE BED
Leonard W. Swatt, Los Angeles, Calif., assignor to Acme
Spring Company, Los Angeles, Calif.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,722
Int. CI. A61g 7/00, 7/10
U.S. CI. 5-68 12 Claims
r-^
spring directly thereon. The bedboard comprises a stationary
seat section mounted on the frame, and head and thigh sec-
tions pivoted at fixed points relative to the frame and seat
section and tillable relative thereto. A foot section is pivoted
to the thigh section for relative rotative movement
therebetween. The foot section is connected to the frame by
pivoted levers and the head and thigh sections have lever
arms pivotally mounted thereon at one end and carrying rol-
lers at their opposite ends mounted on trackways on the
frame. Separate motor actuators individuall> rotate the arms
pivotally mounted on the head and thigh bedboard sections
to tilt them as the rollers ride on the trackways on the frame
The actuators are individually operated in opposite directions
to adjust the bed by manual control.
3,644,947
INFANT-SUPPORTING DEVICE FOR A CRIB
Robert F. Padera, 4725 North Sayre Ave., Harwood Heights,
III.
Filed July 24, 1970, Ser. No. 58,086
Int. CI. A63g 23/04: A47d 9 '00
U.S. CI. 5-92
1 Claim
J7 ^
'-'^rJJ.
A device for safely supporting an infant upon a crib for use
while changing its diaper or clothing, the device spanning the
sides of the crib at one end below and protected at two sides
by a side and end railing of the crib
3,644,948
ADAPTER UNIT FOR INTERCONNECTING BEDFRAMES
AND HEAD AND FOOTBOARDS
Harry Fredman, 908 South Washington St., Peoria, III.
Filed Jan. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 791.241
Int. CI. A47c 19/02
U.S. CI. 5-296 4 Claims
-72
— f -v St i- jt^m. ~ —^ ■,M-JL- ;\n adapter unit in the form of a slotted bracket for at-
tachment to a bedframe in a horizontally and vertically ad-
justed position with upwardly projecting hooks thereon for
engagement under the conventionally provided pins on a
An adjustable bed comprising a rectangular frame on headboard and with cooperating bearing surfaces' to stabilize
which are mounted rigid bedboard sections supporting a coil and rigidify the engagement. The adapter unit is constructed
1620
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
for mounting selectively at either side of the bedframe for
various-size bedding and is capable of adapting to the varying
widths of headboards.
clothes dirty This device also includes a slotted end for en-
gaging the air tank petcock in order to release therefrom.
3,644,949
MULTIPLE INFLATABLE PILLOW
Jack Diamond, 5135 Wissioming Road, Washington, D.C.
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,090
Int. CI. A47g 9IOOi A47c 2 7108
U.S. CI. 5-338
1 Claim
An air cushion having plural superposed independently in-
flatable cushioning pads.
3,644,950
PATIENT SUPPORT SYSTEM
Edward R. Lindsay, Jr., Clearwater, Fla., assignor to Milton
Roy Company, St. Petersburg, Fla.
Filed Aug. 1, 1969, Ser. No. 846.719
Int. CI. A47c27/0«
U.S. CI. 5-347 5 Claims
In a bed for supporting and treating a hospital patient, a
lamination of low and medium density plastic foam is en-
closed in a pressurized container. An open pore foam layer
on top of the container produces a flow of air from the top of
the foam layer for patient ventilation. Control of the volume
of air varies the degree of ventilation. The container is di-
vided into airtight zones which can be independently pres-
surized to control the relative firmness of the support in dif-
ferent zones. The pressurizing air for the container is con-
trolled to vary the relative firmness of support.
3,644,951
COMBINATION TRUCK WHEEL UNLATCHING HOOK
AND PETCOCK RELEASE DEVICE
Donald A. Colburn, 13 State St., Manchester, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 26, 1970, Ser. No. 885,625
Int. CLB25f y/04
U.S. CI. 7-lG 2 Claims
y'
^
An extension rod device for unlatching and pulling the
lever on a trailer truck's fifth wheel without getting the users
3,644,952
CANOPY FRAME ASSEMBLY FOR CAB OF AIRPLANE
LOADING AND UNLOADING RAMP
Gerald S. Hatch, South Ogden, Utah, assignor to Stanray Cor-
poration, Chicago, III.
Filed July 29, 1970, Ser. No. 59,130
int. CI. B65g niOO
U.S. CI. 14 71 9 Claims
A passenger loading and unloading ramp, bridge, tunnel,
gangway t)r conveyance for airplanes provided at its outer
end with a cab having a flexible canopy structure providing a
weathertight seal between the cab and the fuselage of the air-
plane around a doorway with which the passageway through
the cab registers The canopy structure includes i canopy
frame assembly which includes a series of canopy frames
spaced-apart longitudinally of and enclosing the passageway
through the cab. each frame having the general configuration
of an inverted U and including laterally spaced, generally
upright arms located on opposite sides of the passageway and
connected at their lower ends to the supporting structure of
the cab. The canopy frames are rigid transversely of the
passageway through the cab, but the arms of the frames are
flexible longitudinally of the passageway. With this construc-
tion, the canopy frame assembly may flex as required to per-
mit the canopy structure to achieve weathertight seals with a
wide variety of airplane fuselage configurations.
3,644,953
SHEET-CLEANING APPARATUS
Robert W. Christiansen, Hudson, Wis., assignor to Minnesota
Mining and Manufacturing Company, St. Paul, Minn.
Filed June 8, 1970, Ser. No. 44,317
Int. CI. B08b/y/00
U.S. CI. 15-1.5 7 Claims
An inexpensive manually operated device for thoroughly
cleaning photographic film negatives. The device includes
two pneumatically inflated cylinders that press two lengths of
wiping cloth into even and intimate contact with opposite
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1621
surfaces of a negative passed between the lengths of cloth.
The device blows ionized air across the negative after it is
tioning a bottle containing cleaning fluid, and a base cup for
holding the cleaning fluid into which the eyelashes on the
yJ^
wiped clean to neutralize any static electrical charges present ^
on the negative. body member may be lowered for cleaning and brushing
without the user's fingers being immersed in the liquid.
3,644,954
APPARATUS FOR TREATING SYNTHETIC TURF 3,644,956
Richard D. LeGrand, Gary, N.C., assignor to Monsanto Com- TRANSVERSE WINDSHIELD-WIPING APPARATUS
pany, St. Louis, Mo. Eric C. Parker, Kettering, Ohio, assignor to General Motors
Filed Sept. 24, 1970, Ser. No. 75,052 Corporation, Detroit, Mich.
Int. CI. A47I 11118 Filed Aug. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 67^63
U.S. CI. 15-50 C 8 Claims Int. CI. B60s //i2, 7/44
U.S. CI. 15-250.16 N 3 Claims
Apparatus is provided for rejuvenating artificial turf sur-
faces in which the pile lay has become unacceptable. Briefly,
the apparatus comprises means to spray liquid on the surface
followed by a moving belt, which contacts the surface and
moves in a direction opposite the pile lay and which is heated
to a temperature at least as high as the boiling point of the
liquid. The belt is followed by rotatable brushes which buff
the turf surface. As an additional feature, if the surface
requires cleaning, the liquid employed is a detergent solution
and an additional set of brushes are provided Ijetween appli-
cations of detergent and the belt. The machine is passed over
the surface manually by having an operator push it in the
desired direction, or it may be power driven.
3,644,955
FALSE EYELASH CURLING AND CLEANING DEVICE
Kathleen Mackiernan, Canton, Mass., assignor to Stephen T.
Goode, Chicago, Ul., a part interest
Filed Mar. 22, 1971, Ser. No. 126,401
Int. CI. B08b 11102; A45d 2148, 44/18
U.S. CI. 15-104.92
A false eyelash curling and cleaning device having a unita-
ry body member providing a rounded surface for curving the
base thread portion of a pair of false eyelashes, with a curved
rim for curling the lashes proper, a cord for holding the
eyelashes during storage and cleaning, said body member
having means for removably housing a brush and for posi-
6 Claims
In a preferred form, this disclosure relates to a windshield-
wiping apparatus comprising a pair of windshield wipers and
an actuating mechanism operatively connected with the
wipers for reciprocating the latter transversely of the
windshield while maintaining the wipers in a generally verti-
cal disposition between first and second positions during
running operation and for moving the wipers between a park
position adjacent the lower edge of the windshield and its
generally vertical run position when operation is initiated and
terminated. The actuating mechanism includes a generally
horizontally extending guide means, a trolley operatively
connected with the wipers and which is supported and guided
for reciprocable movement in opposite directions through a
first path by the guide means during running operation, and a
parking means including an auxiliary guide means extending
transversely of the main guide means for guiding the trolley
for movement through a second path to cause the wipers
operatively connected therewith to be moved from their
generally vertical run position toward their park position
when of>eration is being terminated. ,
\
1622
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
3,644,957
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADE
Raymond A. Deibel, West Falls, and William C. Riester, Wil-
iiamsville, both of N.Y., assignors to Trico Products Cor-
poration, Buffalo, N.Y.
Filed May 20, 1970, Ser. No. 39,010
Int. CI. B60s 1138
L.S. CI. 15-250.42 3 Claims
spaced on opposite sides of the transverse centerline of the
headband which aid in securing the headband to a mop han-
dle.
A windshield wiper blade includes a pressure -distributing
frame having a series of levers arranged in partially over-
lapping relationship flexibly connected together; a lower ar-
ticulating frame member retained by claws disposed at the
free ends of adjacent lever members retains a rubber flexible
blade interlocked with a blade-receiving seat in the lower
frame member. Primarily for cold weather use the frame is
enclosed by a rubber weather-protecting hood interlocked
with the lower frame member and the rubber blade. An arm-
attaching element is secured to the upper side The lever
members are connected together with a plastic or other non-
metallic substantially cylindrically shaped connector, the
connector includes annular grooves adjacent each end which
form a head at each end and a spacing flange intermediate
the ends. The annular groove at one end of the connector is
received in a keyhole slot adjacent an end of the lever The
annular groove at the other end is slidably received in a
keyhole slot formed intermediate the ends of an adjacent
lever, the levers thus being spaced apart at their points of
connection by the intermediate flange of the connector ele
ment.
3,644,958
MOP AND METHOD OF MAKING SAME
Theron V. Moss, 3175 Falmouth, Shaker Heights, Ohio
Filed Oct. 19, 1970, Ser. No. 81,965
Int. CI. A47I 13124
L'.S. CI. 15-229 A 14 Claims
3,644,959
DEVICE FOR CLEANING PHOTOSENSITIVE MEMBER
IN ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY
Wasaburo Ohta, Yokohama, Japan, assignor to Ricoh Co.,
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan
Filed June 17, 1970, Ser. No. 47,098
Claims priority, application Japan, June 24, 1969, 44/60108
Int. CI. G03g 15116
U.S. CI. 15 256.52 9 Claims
A device for cleaning or removing the toner particles
which cling to photosensitive cylinders used in electrophoto-
graphic processing, comprising a rotating cleaning brush for
removing the clinging toner particles from the photosensitive
cylinder and means for in turn, cleaning the toner from the
brush comprising a rotating shaft having a plurality of disks
arranged thereon at ingles to the rotational axis of the shaft
m such a manner that the peripheral portions of the disks
enter into the bristles o^ the brush, and the clinging toner is
removed fri)m the brush by the combined rotational and axial
movement of the peripheries of the disks. The gradual oscil-
lating motion of the disk peripheries with respect to the bris-
tles avoids sudden bending and springback of the bristles so
that the toner is effectively prevented from being scattered or
dispersed
3,644,960
FLOOR-CLEANING AND RUG-SHAMPOOING
APPARATUS
Stanley Danzig, 4 Center St., Cresskill, N.J.
Filed May 21,1 970, Ser. No. 39,429
Int. CI. A47I 11130
U.S. CI. 15-322 7 Claims
A mop having a relatively long fabric headband, and a pair
of transverse members, preferably pieces of twine, disposed
underneath the outer layer of headband material equally
00 '96 96 9*
A surface-cleaning and rug-shampooing apparatus of the
type wherein rotating cleaning and shampooing brushes are
spaced by spiral wipers that direct the brushed-off material to
the inlet of an air suction conduit at the center of the rotating
brushes wherein the conduit consists of an open-ended
chamber at the center of a rotating brush housing that com-
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1623
municates with a stationary housing formed with an outlet for
connection to a suction pump. The stationary housing sup-
ports a motor and encloses a gear casing connecting a motor
shaft to a driven shaft on which the brush housing is secured,
and provides a passage between the chamber and the suction
outlet therein.
3,644,961
SELF-SUPPORTING CURTAIN TRACK ARRANGEMENT
Wilhelm Hachtel. 6994 Niederstetten, West (Jermanv
Filed Jan. 28, 1 970, Ser. No. 6,411
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 3, 1969, P 19 10
680.0
Int. CI. A47h 1110
U.S. CL 16-94 D 29 Claims
A track for curtain slides or rollers is made extremely rigid
by vertical ribs extending from its top and bottom. It supports
the slides or rollers by horizontal wings extending from its
sides. Supporting arms extend from a wall and have
downward directed dovetail ends which engage in comple-
menting dovetail grooves in an intermediate member secured
at the end of the track. A closing member is secured to the
other end of the intermediate member for carrying a decora-
tive end portion or for attaching the track to a wall.
3,644,962
CURTAIN ROD
Wilhelm Hachtel, 6994 Niederstetten, Germany
Filed Oct. 23, 1969, Ser. No. 868,752
Claims priority, application Germany, Dec. 7, 1968, P 18 13
338.5
InLCL A47h//04
U.S. CI. 16—96 6 Claims
21 19 16
A curtain rod which is rigid in the vertical plane has sup-
porting wings and guide means for curtain suspension mem-
bers extending from both sides.
3,644,963
PROCEDURE FOR THE REMOVAL OF THE BONES
FROM HAMS AND SIMILAR CUTS OF MEAT
Federico Terranova, 45 Parkview Drive N.E., Grand Rapids,
Mich.
Filed July 24, 1969, Ser. No. 844,575
Int. CI. A22c 1 7104
U.S.CL 17-46 3 Claims
A ham or a structurally similar cut of meat is conditioned
for a coaxial rotary meat-stripping operation by removal of
the kneecap and pinbone. The pinbone is removed by a tool
surrounding the pinbone, and moved axially to a sufficient
depth to isolate it from the adjacent leg bone, and preferably
to a sufficient degree to sever it from its connection thereto
at the upper extremity of the pinbone The kneecap is
removed by a nipping operation from the side.
3.644,964
APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING THE VARIATION OF
SLI\KR I)EI,I\KRKI) FROM A t XRDINt. MACHINE
John Maximilian Jules Varga, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, as-
signor to Carding Specialists (Canada) Limited, Toronto,
Canada
Filed Aug. 29, 1969. Ser. No. 854,170
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Sept. 3, 1968,
41,750/68
Int. CI. D01h5/J*
U.S. CI. 19— 240 10 Claims
The invention comprises a method of and means for con-
trolling the count of a sliver while being fed from a carding
machine to ensure a substantially uniform sliver, the sec-
tional size of the sliver being related to a valve setting and
passed through sensing means so that any slight variation in
the sliver size is sensed and magnified to operate the valve
which operates a fluid motor which in turn operates variator
control means capable of causing correction of the sliver
size.
■1
1624
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
3,644,965
SNAP FASTENER
Edward Joel Kahn, Baltimore, Md., assignor to Togs, Inc.,
Baltimore, Md.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 819,144, Apr.
25, 1969, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser.
No. 781,296, Oct. 14, 1968, now abandoned. This application
Oct. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 863,060
Int. CI. A44b 1132
L.S. CI. 24—90 R 5 Claims
The invention disclosed is for a two-part snap-on fastening
device which includes a button member having a stud pro-
jecting therefrom, and a foundation member securable to a
garment. The projecting stud mates with the foundation
member in a semipermanent fashion so that disengagement
does not result during normal wearing conditions. In a
preferred embodiment, the button portion is made of rela-
tively hard material having a stud integral therewith, the free
end of which is bulbous and adapted to be inserted into the
somewhat resilient foundation member and form a semiper-
manent connection therewith
3,644,966
LINE CLAMP
Edward Ted Higgins, Saginaw, Mich., assignor to Line and
Rope Clamp, Inc., St. Charles, Mich.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 819,754, Apr.
28, 1969, now abandoned. This application Mar. 19, 1970,
Ser. No. 21,064
Int. CI. F16g 11/00
U.S. CI. 24- 1 34 QA 10 Claims
x^a so
lin holddown rope, clothesline or the like. It comprises a
blocklike body provided with open-ended spaced parallel
first and second holes for passage of first and second loop-
forming portions of the associated line A median portion of
the body has a third hole providing a passage for a clamping
pin for oriented space parallel portions of the line. This pin
has readily accessible manually actuatable handling and
latching means.
3,644,967
SAFETY BELT BUCKLE
Louis Romanzi, Jr., Brighton Township, Mich., and Robert C.
Pfeiffer. Lexington, Ky., assignors to Irvin Industries Inc.,
Lexington, Kv.
Filed Dec. 4, 1968. Ser. No. 781,016
Int. CI. A44b 11/26
L.S. CI. 24-230 AK 14 Claims
<mw
A pushbutton-type safety belt buckle having a movable
latch member for releasable retention of a tongue connector
plate in operable engagement with a catch dog member, and
cam means for relative translatory linear movement of the
latch member to enable release of the tongue connector plate
from the catch dog member on movement of the pushbutton
by depression thereof
3,644,968
APPARATUS FOR RELAXING YARNS
David Robert Elliott, and John Michael Greenway, both of
Harrogate, England, assignors to Imperial Chemical Indus-
tries Limited, London, England
Filed Dec. 31, 1969, Ser. No. 889,518
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Dec. 31, 1968,
61,962/68
Int. CI. D02g //OO
U.S.CL 28—1.2 8 Claims
A line clamp for use when called upon to manually bend Apparatus for relaxing yarns comprising a fluid device for
and form an adjustable nooselike eye at an end portion of a tensioning and forwarding the yarn to a hot relaxation zone
bendable boat tying line, a tent staking or stay rope, a tarpau- wherein tension is caused to fall.
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1626
3,644,969
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING YARNS SHOWING NOVEL
VARYING COLOR EFFECTS
Rene Guillermin, Bron, and Jean Joly, Brindas, both of
France, assignors to Societa Rhodiaceta, Paris, France
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 649,089, June
16, 1967. This application Nov. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 879,880
Claims priority, application France. June 28, 1966.67290
Int. CI. D02gy/y2
U.S. CI. 28-72.14 2 Claims
Yarns showing novel color effects varying along their
length are made by feeding a thermoplastic yam into a con-
fined space, so forming a long stack of uniform cross section
of folded yarn in the said space, by means of a jet of fiuid at a
temperature sufficient to set the resulting crimp in the yam,
and feeding a dye solution, preferably two or more dye solu-
tions at different locations to the same cross section of the
stack, under conditions such that the resulting intensity of
color of the yam due to each dye falls off across the stack
from the point or points of application.
3,644,970
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING AN ANODE MEMBER
FOR AN X-RAY TUBE
Yoshitaka Seki, and Kaname Tanabe, both of Yokohama,
Japan, assignors to Tokyo Shibaura Electric Co., Ltd.,
Kawasaki-shi, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 723399, Apr.
23, 1968, now abandoned. This application July 7, 1970, Ser.
No. 52,824
Claims priority, application Japan. Apr. 28, 1%7, 42/27129
Int. CI. HOlj 9/76, 9/44
U.S. CL 29-25.18 3 Claims
A method of manufacturing an anode member for an X-
ray tube comprising the steps of preparing a cylindrical metal
body with uniform thin thickness, inserting said metal body
into a press mold in which at least one portion of its die hole
is formed into a cylindrical shape and the other portion of
said die hole assumes a polygonal cross section, inserting a
cylindrical filler into the metal body, and applying pressure
to the metal body through said filler to form part of the body
into a polygonal shape in cross section.
or angular contact ball bearings and loose guiding rings for
spheric roller bearings by forming the material, which may be
sheet metal or wire, to a spring formed unit, cutting a coil of
the unit, joining the overlapping ends of the coil by welding,
whereupon the joint is pressed to such an extent that the
thickness of the material is uniform all around the unit and
thereupon giving the unit the final shape in a press i
3,644,972
METHOD FOR PRODUCING BEARING
HEMISPHERICAL CAVITIES
John L. Evans, Oakland, and Anthony G. Rubino, Nutley,
both of N J., assignors to The Singer Company, New York,
N.Y.
Filed June 24, 1969, Ser. No. 836,025
Int. CI. B21d 53/10; B23p 11/00
U.S. CI. 29-149.5 2 Claims
^0,
DIVIDING %tAM
n ^1
-%
. ,BEAHINC HALF
\>' , IS
¥^ n
\/X \///M
\/.'/\ \/\
11 \ 1
10 '
SPHEHiCAl
\
CENTER
^VENT HOlE
Method of manufacturing high-accuracy bearing for gas
gyro using casting techniques The bearing cavity is formed
using a die or tool in the form of an accurately machmed half
sphere fastened to a fiat baseplate. The baseplate is fitted
with locating pins that locate the outer diameter of the hous-
ing half. The die used in said method is an aluminum alloy
coated with a thin film of a silicone rubber coating.
3,644,973
METHOD OF MAKING BAI ' STUDS FROM METAL
RODS
Michio Abe, Kasugai, Japan, assignor to Tokai Cold Forming
Co. Ltd.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 715,207, Mar.
22, 1968, now Patent No. 3,553,826, dated Jan. 12, 1971.
This application Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No. 26,202
Int. CI. B21d 53/10- B23p 11/00, 17/00
U.S.CL 29-149.5 B 4 Claims
3,644,971
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING ROLLING BEARING
COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT MANUFACTURED
ACCORDINC; TO THE METHOD
Gunnar Bertil Axbard, (;otebors. Sv*eden. assignor to SKF
Industrial Trading and Development Co. N.V.
Filed May 15, 1970, Ser. No. 37,689
Claims priority, application Sweden, May 16, 1969, 6935/69
Int.CLB21d5i//2
U.S. CL 29— 148.4 C 3 Claims
The method for manufacturing rolling bearing components
such as cages and cage portions for deep groove ball bearings
A method of making a ball stud from a metal rod, compris-
ing the steps of cutting from the metal rod, a blank having
1626
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
generally the same volume and outer diameter as that of a
finished ball stud, forwardly extruding one end of the blank
positioned within a die cavity to form a taper, stem and
shank portions, forming a preliminary cylindrical shape with
a shallow cavity on the other end of the blank, the diameter
of said preliminary cylindrical portion being smaller than the
outer diameter of a finished spherical head, backwardly ex-
truding the other end to form a preliminary cylindrical shape
having a wall of generally the same thickness as that of a
finished spherical head portion, and upsetting the prelimmary
cylindrical shape to form a spherical hollow head portion in
the die cavity, whereby the upsetting operation is achieved
with an application^ of a mixture of oil and air to pressurize
the inner space of the spherical hollow head portion.
3,644,974
PROCESS FOR MANUFACTURING COMBUSTION
CHAMBER AND/OR NOZZLE OF A ROCKET
Michael Simon, Hamburg-Othmarschen, Germany, assignor
to Maschinenfabrik Augsburg-Nurnberg Aktiengeselischaft
Filed Mar. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 807,703
Claims priority, application Austria, Mar. 15, 1968, A
2619/68
Int.CI. B21d5i/00
U.S. CI. 29-157 3 Claims
Process for manufacture of a combustion chamber and/or
nozzle of a rocket engine wherein a plurality of straight pipes
are first longitudinally disposed and bonded together to form
a cylindrical chamber and then the chamber is shaped to
form a nozzle configuration, the pipes possibly additionally
including cooling pipes and inserts disposed therein
3,644,975
METHOD OF MANUFACTURING A HEAT EXCHANGER
Keiichi Kimura. 2-304, Osakabe, ^ ao. .japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 649,325, June
27, 1967, now abandoned. This application Dec. 24, 1969,
Ser. No. 887,826
Int. CI. B21d 5i/02
U.S. CI. 29-157.3 V 9 Claims
3,644,976
METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING SUPERHEATER
AND/OR REHEATER MODULES
James C. Roberts, Jr., Avon, Conn., a&signor to Combustion
Engineering, Inc., Windsor, Conn.
Filed Apr. 21, 1970, Ser. No. 30,370
Int. CI. B21d 5 3 102 i B23p 15126
U.S. CI. 29- 1 57.4 5 Claims
A mcthtxl for shop assembly of superheater and/or re-
heater mtxlules wherein a segment of a superheater or re-
heater header, as it is formed in the shop, is accurately posi-
tioned in a vertical orientation with respect to a fixed
reference base. A lifting and shipping frame is particularly
positioned on the reference base with -espect to the header
segment Individual tube panels are placed in the frame and
joined to the header until a complete module is built up. The
module ma\ then be conveniently shipped in its frame to the
erection site where it may be positioned and joined to similar
modules to torm the unitary superheater or rehcater struc-
ture.
3,644,977
APPARATUS FOR ALIGNING THE ENDS OF ADJOINING
LENGTHS OF PIPE
L. Travis Valentine, 1303 Davon Ln., Houston, Tex.
Filed Dec. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 881,839
Int.CI. B23p 19100
U.S. CI. 29-200P 6 Claims
o '^^^ o-
/V'
— &
w
!■•'
I J
Method and apparatus for mounting fins unto pipes for a
heat exchanger comprising the steps of placing a predeter-
mined number of pipes into the orifices of one or more fins,
the outer diameter of the pipes being less than the orifices,
sealing liquid in said pipes, and heating said liquid to a super-
heated vapor to expand said pipes so as to expand the outer
diameter of the pipes to tightly fit within the orifices.
The present disclosure relates to apparatus for aligning the
ends of adjoining lengths of pipe so that they may be con-
veniently welded together, such as in the construction of
pipelines and the like A cylindrical housing having a pair of
drive wheels rotatably journaled therein is movably sup-
ported inside the pipe lengths to be welded together. A plu-
rality of elongated shaft members are pivotally attached to
each of the dnve wheels in spaced relation around the
peripheries thereof, said shaft members each having one end
extending outwardly from the sides of the housing and being
slidably secured therein so that rotation of the drive wheels
causes the shaft members to be moved inwardly or outwardly
with respect to the housing. Means are attached to the hous-
ing for selectively rotating the drive wheels, and a shoe for
contacting the inside surfaces of the pipe without causing
damage thereto is attached to each of the shaft members.
The apparatus of the present disclosure is positioned with the
shoes inside adjoining ends of the lengths of pipe and the
drive wheels are rotated so that the shoes are extended out-
wardly against the inside surfaces thereof, thereby securing
the ends of the lengths of pipe in an aligned position.
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1627
3,644,978
ASSEMBLY FIXTURE FOR CONSTRUCTING
SUPERHEATER AND/OR REHEATER MODULES
Robert P. Sullivan, Chattanooga, and John N. McClain,
Signal Mountain, both of Tenn., assignors to Combustion
Engineering, Inc., Windsor, Conn.
Filed Apr. 28, 1970, Ser. No. 32,573
Int.CI. B23p 75/26
U.S. CI. 29-202 R 9 Claims
^VW9o~~
4^^=^
=^^^
"^77
>
y
=ffl
a
P
r
/''
A fixture for shop assembly of superheater and/or reheater
modules including a structural frame having accurately
machined surfaces to enable exact positioning of a segment
of a superheater or reheater header in a particular orienta-
tion with respect to a lifting and shipping frame mounted on
a fixed reference base. The module may then be completed
by placing individual superheater or reheater tube panels in
the frame and joining them to the header.
3,644,979
DEVICE FOR FITTING CONDUCTOR PLATES
Ernst Bura, Bickenbach, Germany, assignor to Fernseh
GmbH, Am Alten Bahnhof, Germany
Filed Mar. 27, 1970, Ser. No. 23,325
Claims priority, application Germany, Apr. 3, 1969, G 69 13
559
Int. CI. H05k U104
U.S. CI. 29-203 B 5 Claims
3,644,980
COMPONENT REMOVAL DEVICE
Charles A. Class, Jr., Oreland; Robert M. Van Zyl.
HiU, and Donald C. Sedberry, Oreland, all of Pa.,
to Pace, Inc., Silver Spring, Md.
Filed June 25, 1969, Ser. No. 836,391
Int. CI. HOlr J/00
U.S. CI. 29-203 B
Lafayette
assignors
I
3 Claims
An apparatus to permit the removal of soldered com-
ponents from a mounting surface. A molten solder bath is
employed to heat the securing solder to its melting point. A
spring loaded gripper device holds the component during the
heating operation. When the securing solder becomes liquid
the component is lifted from the mounting surface by the
gripper device. During this removal process a vacuum is ap-
plied to the mounting area to remove the liquid solder from
the mounting holes and the surrounding surface.
3,644,981
DEVICE FOR FACILITATING PULLUP OR SLIDERS ON
SLIDE FASTENER CHAINS
Pertti O. Gustavsson, Bogesundsgatan 6, Boras, Sweden
Filed Mar. 18, 1970, Ser. No. 20,556
Claims priority, application Germany, Mar. 1^, 1969, P 19
13 873.9
Int. CI. B23p 19104
U^. CL 29-207.5 SL 1 1 Claims
4L-S£^
A device for fitting electrical components upon conductor
plates comprising a frame for accommodating the plates and
a cover capable of being closed upon the frame, the inner
side of the cover being provided with a layer of foam materi- Device for facilitating pullup of sliders on slide fastener
al which with a membrane also on the cover forms an ad- chains, in which storage means containing rows of sliders,
justable air cushion which can be varied by pumping air into which may differ in color or style from each other, are mova-
it to accommodate electrical components of varying height ble in a direction transverse to the rows to align a selected
1628
\.
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
X
row of sliders with gripping means which ar&sqiovable from a
rest position distant from the storage means to an advanced
position for gripping in the advanced position a slider at the
end of the selected row and for withdrawing the gripped
slider from the storage means during return of said gripping
means to the rest position while holding in said rest position
the slider in a position facilitating pull up of the latter with a
slide fastener chain.
3,644,982
VALVE STEM EXTRACTOR-INSERTER
Jimmy J. Anderson, 3032 Karia Circle, Shreveport, La.
Filed July 31, 1969, Ser. No. 846,406
Int. CI. B23p 19104
U.S. CI. 29-213 5 Claims
A tool for removing stems from and inserting stems into
nonrising stem, valve assemblies while the valve assembly is
under fluid pressure is provided which comprises an adjusta-
ble attachment assembly for clamping the tool to a valve
bonnet, a hollow cylindrical tool housing made up of readily
separable sections and an extractor-inserter shaft equipped
with a stem carrying workhead. The extractor-inserter shaft
is carried within the tool housing and is both axially slidable
relative to the housing and rotatably mounted within the
housing, about its longitudinal axis, to effect the insertion or
removal of a valve, stem from a valve assembly. A lower sec-
tion of the cylindrical tool housing is provided with a valve
for sealing off the upper portion of the housing to permit the
removal of an extractor stem with the damaged valve stem
from the workhead of the extractor-inserter shaft and the
mounting of another valve stem on the workhead of extrac-
tor-inserter shaft even when the valve is under pressure.
torn wall of the cylinder assembly is removable to permit
rapid assembly and disassembly of the cylinder, even after
the cylinder has been subjected to prolonged and/or extreme-
ly heavy service
3,644,984
KINETIC DEPOSITION OF PARTICULATE MATERIALS
Kiyoshi Inoue, No. 182, 3-Chome, Tamagawayoga-machi,
Setagaya-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 574,056, Aug.
22, 1966, now Patent No. 3,416,617, and a continuation-in-
part of 629.633, Apr. 10, 1967, now Patent No. 3,461,268,
and a continuation-in-part of 696,757, Jan. 10, 1968, now
Patent No. 3,552,653. This application Mar. 4, 1969, S«r. No.
805,117
Int.CI. B21d26//2
L.S. CI. 29-421 6 Claims
3,644,983
EASILY SERVICED TELESCOPING CYLINDER
Charles E. Margala, 2610 Hubbard Road, Youngstown, Ohio
Filed Nov. 6, 1969, Ser. No. 874,438
Int. CI. B22d 191 1 0; B23p 7100
U.S.CL 29-401 4 Claims
A telescoping cylinder in which the annular stops which, in
cooperation with the collars on the lower ends of the inner
sleeves, limit the upward travel of the inner sleeves are per-
manently welded to the inner walls of the sleeves. The bot-
Method of high-energy-rate deposition of particulate
materials upon a receiving surface whereby the particles are
propelled against the receiving surface with sufficiently high
kinetic energy to effect bonding between the particles and
the surface The high-kinetic-energy propulsion of the parti-
cles IS effected by impulsive spark discharge. Apparatus for
the repeated propulsion of unit masses of such particles
whereby a belt having a series of encapsulated particle
masses is passed intermittently between the discharge source
and surface, the belt forming one of the discharge electrodes.
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1629
3,644,985 /
PROCESS FOR PRODUCING PROBE HEADS, AND
PROBE HEAD FOR INTERNAL COMPARISON
MEASUREMENTS
Hermann Koltgen, Martin-Buber-Strasse 50, Darmstadt, Ger-
many
Filed Aug. 21, 1969, Ser. No. 851,863
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Aug. 24, 1968,
12852/68
Int. CI. B23ki//02
U.S. CI. 29-481 8 Claims
a)
72
23
1 w
turn, allows tuning of the transformer in accordance with the
novel method of the present invention which represents con-
siderable simplification over the complex method previously
required to tune the prior art, layer-wound transformers.
3,644,987
METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING
SUPERCONDUCTORS
Ernst Scheffler, Langenhagen, and Gerhard Ziemek, Han-
nover, both of Germany, assignors to Kabel-und Metall-
werke Gutehoffnungshutte Aktiengesellschaft, Hannover,
Germany
Filed Mar. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 16,335
Int.CI. HOlv 1 1100
U.S. CI. 29-599 8 Claims
0
d)
a
Process for producing probe heads for accurate instru-
ments intended to be used for internal measurements and for
gauging bores or other passages or cavities. The process com-
prises applying a closure member to the end of a tube, secur-
ing them together, forming a central longitudinal slit extend-
ing axially inwardly from the outer extremity of the closure
member into the end of the tube adjacent the closure
member, and forming the opposite end of the tube for at-
tachment to a holder.
3,644,986
METHOD OF TUNING HIGH-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
FOR TELEVISION RECEIVER
Jugal K. Verma, Portsmouth, Va., assignor to General Elec-
tric Company
Filed Nov. 26, 1969, Ser. No. 880,221
Int. CI. GOIr , G05f
U.S. CL 29-593 6 Claims
A method of tuning a high-voltage transformer for televi-
sion receivers and the like wherein the primary and high-volt-
age windings are wound around and axially spaced from one
another in a plurality of axially spaced circumferential slots
provided on the exterior of hollow, electrically insulative coil
form means, the interior of which surrounds a portion of the
transformer core means. The axial spacing of the primary
and high-voltage windings that is provided by the unique con-
struction of the novel slotted coil form means permits the
coefficient of coupling between the primary and high-voltage
windings novel to be made both ideal and constant. This, in
A tin-plated copper wire is lined with a tape containing
niobium to form a closed sleeve around the wire The sleeve
is drawn onto the wire and heat-treated to obtain diffusion of
tin into the niobium.
3,644,988
METHOD OF FABRICATING COMPOSITE
SUPERCONDUCTIVE CONDUCTOR
Glenn A. Anderson, Nashua, N.H., assignor to Avco Corpora-
tion, Cincinnati, Ohio
Original application Feb. 20, 1968, Ser. No. 706,840, now
Patent No. 3,504^14. Divided and this application Nov. 12,
1969, Ser. No. 871,278
Int. CI. HOlc moo
U.S. CI. 29-599 2 Claims
A ribbon-type multilayer composite superconductive con-
ductor having a large surface area including internal surfaces
exposed to the coolant. The internal passages are formed by
winding a superconductive conductor on a first ribbon of
conductive material disposed between and separating two
outer ribbons of conductive material whereby in combination
with said ribbons the space between adjacent turns of the su-
perconductive conductor defines passages on both sides of
said inner ribbon, the passages on one side preferably being
disposed at an angle to the passages on the other side of the
inner ribbon and the normal material intermediate the turns
of the superconductive conductor providing a low-resistance
shunt path in the event one or more turns are driven into the
normal slate.
Ifi80
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1631
3,644,989
METHOD OF JOINTING ELECTRICAL CABLES AND
TOOL THEREFOR
John Edward Morby, Banbury, England, assignor to Alcan
Research and Development Limited, Quebec, Canada
Filed Jan. 6, 1970, Ser. No. 947
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Jan. 8, 1969.
1,255/69
Int. CI. H01r4J/00. H05k
L.S. CI. 29-628 6 Claims
3,644,991
SHKVRFO \SSF\IBI A FOR MK( HAMCAI SHAV KR
Paul Kobler, 81 Fenimore St., Lynbrook, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 795,889
Int. CI. B26b 19142
U.S. CI. 30—34.2 7 Claims
On a mechanical shaver with a shaving head comprising a
pluralitv of rcm<nahlc shearheads, skin-stretching means and
selective iiiterengagmg mounting means of said shavmg head,
said shearheads to present a prestretched skin to an adjoming
shearhead.
3,644.992
RAZOR ASSEMBLY
John E. Bennett. Jamestown, N.Y., and Richard Craig Briggs,
Warren. Pa., assignors to Sylvania Electric Products Inc.
Filed Apr. 7, 1970, Ser. No 26,327
Int. CI. B26b2///6.2//54
U.S. CI. 30-64 7 Claims
Fo-- forming an electrical connection between a cable,
which may be coated with a nondraining insulating material,
and a ductile metal ferrule into which the cable is inserted a
special compression tool is employed. The compression tool
consists of a support and a punch, which tapers stepwise and
IS also tapered between adjacent steps so that the punch may
progressively pull more metal into the depression formed by
the punch and yet may be withdrawn easily from the depres-
sion.
76' 54 50
3,644,990
CLUTCH MECHANISM
Le Roy W. Crookes, East Brunswick, N.J., assignor to Ronson
Corporation, Woodbridge, N J.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,665
Int. CI. B26b 19110
U.S.CL 30-34.1
A razor blade holder for a razor blade having at least one
cutting edge mounted in a protective casing comprising a
combination housing, handle, and head adapted for receiving
the blade, the combination comprises a first member having
8 Claims an aperture therein and a second member adapted to join to
the first member to form the combination, a blade latching
means mounted in said lower member and adapted for en-
gaging the protective casing of the blade, and a one-piece
blade releasing means housed in the combination and com-
prising a button extending through the aperture in the first
member and an end for contact with the protective casing
when the blade is inserted into the casing and on the opposite
end. When the blade is in the holder pressure exerted on the
button provides movement to the portion of the blade releas-
ing means that is in contact with the protective casing
thereby ejecting the blade from the holder.
A mechanism is provided for selectively engaging and dis-
engaging the auxiliary long hair trimmer of an electric dry
shaver to the shaver drive means. The long hair trimmer.
3,644,993
EDGE-TRIMMING DEVICE
Leiand Chupp, 210 South 23rd SL, Goshen, Ind.
Filed Feb. 9, 1970, Ser. No. 9,551
Int. CI. B26b 29100
U.S. CI. 30-280
A device for trimming the edge of an object, such as an ar-
ticle of manufacture, including a hand-held guide member
6 Claims
which is driven by the same source as is the main shaving having an object-engaging part and a grip part. The object-
head of the shaver, mav be engaged or disengaged at any engaging part of the guide member has a longitudinal groove
time whether or not the shaver is energized. formed therein which conforms in cross section generally to
the shape of the object at the edge thereof. The grip part has
a transverse groove formed therein which intersects the lon-
gitudinal groove in the object-engaging part. A cutting blade
is disposed within the transverse groove of the grip part and
is anchored to the guide member The cutting blade
orotrudes into the longitudinal groove of the object-engaging
part with its cutting edge so positioned that as the object-en-
gaging part is positioned over the edge of the object and slid
therealong, the cutting edge will engage a portion of the edge
and remove it.
3,644,994
WALLBOARD-CUTTING APPARATUS
Runar Lind, 199 New Jersey Ave., Bergenfield, N J.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 885,052
Int. CI. B26b 3108
U.S. CI. 30-292
5 Claims
A cutter for wallboard employing two parallel rods with ro-
tary cutters on one set of aligned ends. Means are provided
for varying the separation between cutters without varying
the spacing between the rods. A support for a wallboard edge
can be moved back and forth in the axial direction along the
rods to vary the separation between cutters and support as
desired.
3,644,995
DENTURE OR A DENTAL PLATE
Bruno Olsson, 85 Oxford PL, SUten Island, N.Y.
Filed Feb. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 11,535
Int. CI. A61c 13100
U.S. CI. 32-2
1 Claim
the teeth being provided with a laterally extending projec-
tion, such as the rounded head of a pin, to enable said head
to be finger-engaged to facilitate the dislodgement and
removal of the denture from within the mouth
3,644,996
PREFABRICATED DENTURE CONSTRUCTION AND
METHOD
Milton L. Weinkle, 420 Lincoln Road, Miami. Fla.
Filed Sept. 29, 1969, Ser. No. 861,617
Int. CI. A61c 13100
U.S. CI. 32-2 1 Claim
Denture bases in a plurality of standard sizes are mass
produced and stocked by dentists in order to fit and tailor a
set of artificial dentures to an individual patient during a sin-
gle visit. The standard denture bases are made by use of
reusable mold assemblies which include cavity-forming
bodies made of an elasticallv deformable material.
3,644,997
DENTURE DEVICE WITH A SUCTION DIAPHRAGM
Jose de Jesus Fernandez, 430 N.E. 29th, Miami, Fla.
Filed Mar. 29, 1971, Ser. No. 129,029
Int. CI. A6Ic 13124
U.S. CL 32-3 7 Claims
This invention pertains to a dental plate providing an en-
larged aperture through the molded structural material
thereof and a flexible diaphragm, molded into said material,
in enclosing relation to the hole. Lever means are provided
which is operable, after the dental plate is properly seated in
the mouth to, first, exf)el the air between the dental pla^e
structure and the gingival tissues of the mouth and. second,
to selectively create a comfortable degree of partial vacuum
between the dental plate and the gingival tissues to hold the
A denture or dental plate comprising a gum portion in dental plate firmly in place. Detent means are provided to
which a plurality of teeth are mounted, with one or more of lock the lever means in any of a plurality of positions.
1632
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
3,644,998
DENTAL INSTRUMENT
Victor H. Rubino, 1088 N. Main St., West Hartford, Conn.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 829,187, June 2,
1969, now abandoned. This application Nov. 16, 1970, Ser.
No. 89,835
Int. CI. A61ci//0
U.S. CI. 32-61 14 Claims
\
^
— ' — ^^^ — r
ture carrying a marking means and a curve follower means
that are rigidly interconnected. The frame structure is mova-
ble along the frame section in engagement with a longitudinal
edge thereof, and the curve is mounted on the frame struc-
ture for movement therewith in the transverse direction and
for movement relatively thereto in the longitudinal direction
of the section with a speed, the ratio of which to the relative
speed between the frame structure and the section is the
same as the scale of the curve in the longitudinal direction.
3,645,000
DRAPERY-MEASURING DEVICE
Sadie Gass, 1119 Lincoln St., Hollywood, Fla.
Filed June 4, 1969. Ser. No. 830,353
Int. CI. G01b-?//0
U.S. CI. 33-137
3 Claims
A tooth-extracting instrument having a housing and includ-
ing a pair of jaws having opposing beaks defining a plurality
of spaced-apart tooth-engaging surfaces for complementary
clamping engagement with opposite faces of a tooth to be ex-
tracted. One of the jaws is fixedly mounted on the housing
The other of the jaws is supported in generally parallel rela-
tion to the fixed jaw by the housing for movement generally
toward and away from the fixed jaw in response to rotation
of an axially elongated handle journaled by the housing. The
movable jaw is further arranged for slight angular movement
relative to the fixed jaw to permit the various tooth-engaging
surfaces to be brought into positive clamping engagement
with a tooth to be extracted in response to axial rotation of
the handle
3,644,999
APPARATUS FOR MARKING ONE OR MORE LINES ON
A FRAME SECTION OR THE LIKE
Borre Ben^t I Irichsen. Konysbers. Norway, assi^;nor t(» \ S
KonysberK \ apenfahrikk. Konnsbcrj;, Norway
Filed June 9, 1969, Ser. No. 831,366
Claims priority, application Norway, June 10, 1968, 2258
Int. CI. B43I 1 31 10
U.S. CI. 33-23 C 11 Claims
The invention comprises a simple and reliable mechanical
marking device for marking on a frame section for the ship-
building industry a line that becomes straight when the sec-
tion is bent to the desired curvature of the frame. The device
operates with a physical curve representing the inverted form
of the desired curvature and having a reduced scale in the
longitudinal direction. The device compnses a frame struc-
A drapery-measuring device comprising an elongated
member having alternate elastic and inelastic sections, each
of which is respectively equal in length to the other similar
sections in the device; m the preferred form, each inelastic
section begins at a line extending transversely of the elon-
gated member where cne end of an inelastic section is
stitched to a continuous elastic web, the piece comprising
three portions across the width of the elongated member, the
portions having their ends opposite the common portion ter-
minating in stair-step fashion Suitable markings may be pro-
vided
3,645,001
CARRIAGE AND RAIL ASSEMBLY FOR A HIGH-
RESOLUTION MECHANICAL POSITIONER
Robert H. Bosworth, Convent Station, and Burton W. Roney,
Wavne, both of N J., assignors to The Bendix Corporation
Filed Jan. 28. 1970, Ser. No. 6,627
Int. CI. G01b5//4
U.S. CI. 33-162 6 Claims
A carriage and rail assembly for a high-resolution mechani-
cal positioner suitable for application to apparatus such as
optical benches, inspection fixtures, machine tools and
photography fixtures for effecting extreme position accuracy
and resolution with low friction. The mechanical positioner
may include an adjustable top plate or slide block mounted
in parallel relation with respect to a baseplate or carriage
block by means of mounting rods. Carriage rods or tracks ex-
tend perpendicular to the mounting rods and are fixed at op-
posite ends in flanges which project at right angles to op-
posite end portions of the baseplate or carriage block, while
additional positioning rods or tracks are fixed at opposite
ends in flanges which project at right angles to opposite end
portions of the adjustable slide block. An actuating member
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1633
by means of bushings or antifriction bearings is slidably
mounted on the respective carriage and positioning rods in
an arrangement in which the actuating member is mechani-
cally coupled to the slide block through the positioning rods
which are inclined in a predetermined angular relation to the
carnage rods so that a horizontal positioning of the actuating
member effects a vertical adjustment of the position of the
slide block relative to the carriage block. The ratio of the
horizontal adjustment of the actuating member relative to the
vertical adjustment of the slide block is dependent upon the
predetermined inclined angular relation of the positioning
rods to the carriage rods in an arrangement such that the
slide block may be adjusted with extreme position accuracy,
resolution and with low friction.
3,645,004
DRYING OF EFFLORESCENT MATERIAL
Christopher John Ogle, Cornwall, England, assignor to En-
glish Clays Levering Pochin & Company Limited,. Corn-
wall, England
Filed Aug. 25, 1969, Ser. No. 852,670
Claims priority, application Great Britain, Aug. 27. 1968,
40,972/68
Int. CI. F26b 3/00
U.S. CI. 34-9 7 Claims
3,645,002
LINEAR MEASURING INSTRUMENT
Willy Hefti, Lausanne, Switzerland, assignor to Hebor S. A.,
Lausanne, Switzerland
Filed Oct. 27, 1969, Ser. No. 869,626
Int. CLGOlb 5/22,5/00,5/75
U.S. CI. 33-172 R 6 Claims
A linear measuring apparatus comprises support feet for
placing on a reference plane. A rod is movable perpendicu-
lariy to the plane against the action of a return spring. An ex-
tremity of the rod has a sidewardly protruding flange with
vertical play equal to its own thickness. The rod has a rack
driving a pinion with a pointer which directly indicates a
measurement with reference to the plane, taken from either
the upper or lower surface of the flange.
3,645,003
DRAPERY-MEASURING DEVICE
Sadie Gass, 1119 Lincoln St., Hollywood, Fla.
Filed Dec. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 884,815
Int. CI. B43I 9/08
U.S. CI. 33-192
5 Claims
A drapery-measuring device has a continuous elastic strip
on which is a series of uniformly spaced indicia bearing
plastic sleeve elements each connected to the elastic strip
only at a single transverse line, as by a single row of stitching
or grommets.
A process for drying an efflorescent material which is in
the form of a paste or slurry. The process comprises pressure
filtering the paste or slurry to express water and to form a
filter cake the solids content of which is at least 50 percent
by weight. The filter cake is thereafter divided into small dis-
crete particles which are contacted with air having a tem-
perature, being less than 100° C. and a relative humidity,
being less than 90 percent RH, which will not cause loss of
water of crystallization from the efflorescent material.
3,645,005
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE MANUFACTURE
George Roman Dychdala, Norristown, Pa., and Robert James
Cox, Brownsville, Tex., assignors to Pennwalt Corporation,
Philadelphia, Pa.
Filed Apr. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 28,529
Int. CLF26b i/00
U.S. CI. 34-22 4 Claims
Calcium hypochlorite compositions, containing at least
about 65 percent CaOCD^ on a dry weight basis and which
are resistant to exothermic, self-propagating decomposition,
are prepared by charging the wet crystals of neutral calcium
hypochlorite dihydrate from the synthesis operation to a
dryer and removing the product therefrom when the water
content is within the range of 6 percent to 15 percent by
weight.
3,645,006
PARTICULATE MATERIAL-DRYING APPARATUS AND
METHOD
Robert J. ..nderson, Toledo, Ohio, assignor to The Andersons,
Maumee, Ohio
Filed Sept. 8, 1969, Ser. No. 856,009
Int. CI. F26b 3/00
U.S. CI. 34-22 7 Claims
A method of drying particulate material, particulariy that
which, like grain, has a critical degree of heat tolerance,
1634
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
while the material forms and moves through a bed of materi-
al, utilizing a heated dry gaseous medium and passing the
3,645,008
ARTIC LE HAVING HANDLE PORTION WITH
INTERNAL DESICCANT-CONTAINING CARTRIDGE
Kurt Delsack. 8409 Westmont Terrace, Bethesda, Md.
Filed Oct. 16, 1970, Ser. No. 81,416
Int. CI. F26b 2/ /06
U.S. CI. 34-81 - 9 Claims
same to and in direct contact with the bed-forming and
traversing material.
3,645,007
HAIR DRYER AND FACIAL SAUNA
Scott, Lombard, III., assignor to Sunbeam Cor-
Chicago, III.
Filed Jan. 14, 1970, Ser. No. 2,736
Int. CI. A45d 20124
U.S. CI. 34-60
William H.
poration,
1 1 Claims
Means for drying handle portions of articles such as tennis
rackets or the like subject to being wetted by perspiration in
use. comprising desiccant-containing cartridge earned in
chamber interiorly of handle portion and passageways com-
municating chamber with exterior surface of handle portion.
,A moisturcproof container is shown for storing and/or drying
the cartridges, the container preferably including a desiccant
matenal having greater adsorptivity than the desiccant
material of the cartridges.
3,645,009
GLOVE- AND BOOT-DRYING DEVICE
Calvin Eugene Ketchum, 1855 Labona Drive, Eugene, Oreg.
Filed Apr. 13, 1970, Ser. No. 27,826
Int. CI. F26b 25100
U.S. CI. 34-104 1 Claim
A hair dryer of the type having a rigid hood within which a
person's head is positioned in order to dry the hair bv means
of heated air di.scharged through perforations on the inner
wall of the hood toward the hair to be dried. Means are pro-
vided to circulate steam into the helmet and out through the
perforations whereby the steam fills the volume under the
hood. A detachable extension is provided on the hood to ex-
tend the lower edge of the hood downwardly to honzontal
plane thereby providing an enclosure within which the entire
head may be received for the purpose of treating the hair and
face with steam. Control means on the enclosure permit ad-
justment of the level of steam enclosed within the hood and
the extension.
A device for attachment to hair dryers and the like which
will serve to dry wet articles, such as boots and gloves. This
device includes a swivel-type base upon which is supported a
tubular element having a multiple number of openings for the
passage of heat from the dryer in order to dry the articles,
particularly from the inside.
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1635
3,645,010
CLOTHES DRIER
Takashi Korekawa, Osaka, Japan, assignor to Matsushita
Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Osaka, Japan
Filed Aug. 3, 1970, Ser. No. 60,508
( laims prioritv, application Japan, \ix^. 11. IVb*^. 44 64941:
44,64943; 44 64944: 44 64945: 44 64946; 44 64947; 44 6494S
Int. CI. F26b 11102
U.S. CI. 34-133 2 Claims
3,645,012
CARD FEEDER FOR INSTRUCTIONAL DEVICES
Raymond H. Fiehler, Kirkwood; John J. Dickman, Lemay.
and Max Diamant, University City, all of Mo., assignors to
Missouri Research Laboratories, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 699,485, Jan. 22,
1968, now abandoned. This application Mar. 23, 1970. Ser.
No. 21,804
Int. CI. G09b 3i00, B65h 3^04
U.S. CI. 35-9 R 1 Claim
This invention relates to a drum-type clothes drier in which
the wet clothes put into a rotating drum are stirred and dried
in a hot blast supplied thereinto. The rotating drum is pro-
vided with a projection on the inner surface thereof for stir-
ring the clothes put therein to accelerate the drying.
3,645,011
MOTION SYSTEM WITH THREE RECIPROCATING
ACTUATORS FOR FLIGHT SIMULATION
Oliver E. Callanen, Falls Church, Va., assignor to Melpar
Inc., Falls Church, Va.
Filed Feb. 17, 1969, Ser. No. 799.687
Int. CI. G09b 9108
U.S. CL 35-12 P 31 Claims
A motion system for general purpose flight simulation in-
cludes three spaced-apart hydraulic actuators for imparting
translation to respectively associated reciprocable pistons or
rams. One of the actuators is positioned vertically in a plane
containing the longitudinal or roll axis of a grounded flight
trainer and the other two actuators are equally spaced from
the roll axis at vertical positions on either side of the trainer
in a plane containing its transverse axis. The reciprocable
rams are so pivotally connected to and support the trainer at
the forward end and respective sides so to enable the trainer
to undergo independent rotation about its pitch and roll axis,
such that vertical translation of the forward ram produces
rotation of the trainer about its pitch axis, and that unequal
vertical translations of both of the other rams produces rota-
tion of the trainer about its roll axis
A card feeder for instructional devices, such as teaching
machines, wherein a card, the forward face of which, having
inscribed question and multiple choice answers, is presented
to the viewer and with the rearward face being suitably
adapted for cooperating with a photoemissive source to ef-
fect requisite energization of indicators for signaling the cor-
rectness or incorrectness of the answer chosen, said feeder
incorporating mutually contacting dnve and driven belts for
effecting separation of inadvertently mutually adhering cards
moving therebetween for feeding of a single card into view-
ing position to assure accuracy in energizing the appropriate
indicators; said drive belt having spaced-apart transversely
extending ribs for defining recesses compatible with the size
of the cards being accommodated.
3,645,013
TEACHING MACHINE USING ELECTRICALLY
CONDUCTIVE TRAINING CARDS
Koiyi Takeuchi, Tokyo, Japan, assignor to Kabushiki Kaisha
Gakushu Kenkyusha, Tokyo, Japan
Filed Dec. 12, 1969, Ser. No. 884,472 ^
Claims priority, application Japan, Dec. 28, 1968. 43/1 14457
Int. CI. G09b 7100
U.S. CI. 35-9 C 7 Claims
12-e
A teaching machine is provided with a plurality of nor-
mally open electric current paths each connected to an in-
dicator. The current paths are arranged in accordance with a
predetermined program and are individualK closed to actu-
ate the indicator by means of an electrically conductive train-
1636
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
ing card which is positionable on the teaching machine. Each
training card has vanous pairs of correlated indicia on one
side and electrically conductive paths on the other side, the
conductive paths being arranged to overlie and make electri-
cal contact with respective ones of the current paths of the
teaching machine when the training card is positioned
thereon Each training card is also provided with an aperture
adjacent each indicia and a pair of plugs are provided which
are insertable through individuaF apertures and function to
close one of the current paths and thereby actuate the indica-
tor when the user inserts the plugs through the apertures cor-
responding to one of the pairs of correlated indicia
3,645,014
SIMULATOR COMPUTER
Arnold Bramson, Silver Spring, and Wilbur H. Day, An-
napolis, both of Md., assignors to Singer-General Precision,
Inc., Binghamton, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 803,703, Mar. 3,
1969, now abandoned. This application Dec. 29, 1969, Ser.
No. 888,423
Int. CI. B64g 7100; G09b 9I0H
U.S. CI. 35— 12 1 7 Claims
base member imprinted with alphamerics except ETANIM, a
Tirst central member slidably mounted on the base member
having a series of windows for viewing a selected group of
alphamerics from among those imprinted on the base
member, a second central member slidably mounted on the
first central member having a window positioned at right an-
gles to the series of windows on the first central member, and
a top member mounted on the second central member and
affixed to the base member The window of the second cen-
tral member permits viewing a single indicium from among
the selected group of alphamerics viewed through the series
of windows in the first central member. The top member has
a window for viewing the single indicium observable through
the window in the second central member. The top member
has imprinted thereon the letters ETANIM, and the positive
integers if desired, and has two sets of Morse indicia cor-
resptinding to these alphamerics. Means are provided for
sliding the first and second central members relative to the
top and bottom members. The alphameric indicia on the base
member are positioned such that the sum of any Morse in-
dicium selected from each of the two sets of Morse indicia by
movement of indicating means associated with the central
members will cause display of an alphameric corresponding
to the sum in the window of the second central member.
3,645,016
SHOCK ABSORBER DEMONSTRATION STAND
Johii A. Wiegand, Northbrook, III., assignor to Maremont
Corporation, Chicago, III.
Filed Aug. 1 1, 1970, Ser. No. 62,798
Int. CI. G09b 25100
U.S. CI. 35 50 9 Claims
This system provides means for computing the forces and
moments on and developed by the rotary wing of rotary-wing
aircraft for realtime simulation purposes. The system in-
cludes a plurality of control signal generators for generating
information relating to various components of rotary-wing
aircraft and means to compute from these resultant signals
quantities representative of the final resultant forces on the
aircraft, its rotary wing, and other components. In particular,
this specification describes equipment for computing the
forces and moments developed by and on the rotary wing by
utilizing aircraft design data and data produced in actual
night t^sts.
3,645,015
MORSE CODE TEACHING DEV ICE
Dagobert F. Pfeiffer, 120 Hartley St., Hamden, Conn.
Filed Aug. 10, 1970, Ser. No. 62,315
Int. CI. G09b//2*
U.S. CI. 35-14 7 Claims
4Z^Z3. 33 ^G
ETANIM yin iXfc- * '7n\
A shock absorber demonstration stand having a frame and
a movable lever arm, a plurality of shock absorbers are
mounted on the frame and are compressible upon actuation
of the lever arm and restored to their uncompressed state by
a spring, the difference in rates of decompression being
represented by the angle of tilt assumed by a bar connecting
the ends of the shock absorbers.
A device for teaching Morse code comprising four fiat
members in superposition. These four members comprise a
3,645,017
SKI BOOT CONSTRUCTION
Horst R. Hickmann, Cincinnati, Ohio, assignor to AMF Incor-
porated, New York, N.Y.
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 815,289, Apr.
11, 1969, now abandoned. This application Mar. 18, 1970,
Ser. No. 20,694
( laims prioritv, application Canada. Dec. 8, 1^64, 6^.252
Int. CI. A43b 00100
U.S. CI. 36-2.5 AL 53 Claims
A ski boot construction including a flexible inner boot por-
tion separable from an outer boot portion. The outer boot
comprises substantially rigid to^ and heel shells hinged
together and a closure member hinged to the heel shell.
Buckles and clasps are provided so that the shells and the
February 29, 1972
GENERAL AND MECHANICAL
1637
closure may be fastened in a unitary structure about the 3,645,019
inner boot. Cooperating means are provided in the interior of APPARATUS EQUIPPED WITH WORM MEANS FOR
DIGGING A DITCH OR THE LIKE
Raphael Mengis, Muhiehofstrasse 14, 6030 Ebikon, and Hans
Mengis, Kirtenhofstrasse 38, 6000 Luzern, both of Switzer-
land
Filed Feb. 2, 1970, Ser. No. 7,689
Claims priority, application Switzerland, Feb. 27, 1969,
2924/69
Int. CI. E02f 5/04
U.S. CI. 37-82 6 Claims
the outer boot and the exterior of the inner boot to fix the
inner boot with respect to the outer boot.
ERRATUM
For Class 36—58.5 see:
Patent No. 3,646.497
3,645,018
METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXCLUDING SILT
FROM A DREDGING OPERATION
Jan l)e Konin^. Soetendaal 20. Amsterdam, and Komke >an
der Veen, 21 Prof, Dr. Hesselaan, Jutphaas. both of
Netherlands
Continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 729,229, May 15,
1968. This application Mar. 28, 1969, Ser. No. 811,396
Int. CI. E02f 3/88
U.S. CI. 37-58 7 Claims
An apparatus for digging a ditch by means of worms and
capable of being secured to a vehicle, which apparatus com-
prises a group of at least four closely situated cooperating
worms each disposed in an essentially upright position. Each
of these worms has worm threading, with two respective ones
of said worms cooperating with one another to define a front
pair of worms and the remaining two worms cooperating with
one another to define a rear pair of worms. Each worm of the
front pair is in tandem with resp)ect to a given worm of the
rear pair. There is also provided means for imparting rota-
tional movement to the worms of both pairs from the inside
towards the outside when viewed from the front of the ap-
paratus with each of the respective two worms which are ar-
ranged in tandem having the same direction of rotation and
with their threading engaging with one another.
3,645,020
BOOM-MOUNTED ROTARY-WHEEL TRENCH
EXCAVATOR
DragoUub Beslin; Benko Beherano, both of Zemun, and
Radivoj Mirkovic, Belgrade, ail of Yugoslavia, assignors to
Strojna Tovama Trbov^je, TrovUe, Yugoslavia
Filed Sept. 2, 1969, Ser. No. 854,657
Int. CI. E02f 5/08
U.S. CI. 37-91 11 Claims
^^^ ""'
By measuring pressures in the particulate solid material
surrounding a suction pipe at known points spaced along the
pipe, sand of one known specific gravity which is covered by
a layer of silt of another specific gravity may be dredged to
the exclusion of the silt Due to the difference in specific
gravities, the approximate location of the interface between
the sand and silt may be monitored and the lower end of the
pipe moved so as to maintain it below such interface at all
times during the dredging operation.
A vehicle supported by caterpillar tracks has an outrigger
arm carrying a rotatable drum with its axis slightly inclined to
the direction of travel so that a front face of the drum.
equipped with an array of cutting blades, bites into the soil to
dig a trench as the vehicle moves forward. A conveyor belt
extends at an acute angle into the open rear face of the drum
to carry off detached clods while a retractable stop projects
inwardly from the drum periphery to entrain larger fragments
toward a scraper disposed above the belt within the drum.
1638
OFFICIAL GAZETTE
February 29, 1972
3,645,021
ARRANGEMENT IN LOADER BUCKETS AND THE LIKE
PROVIDED WITH DIGGING BLADES
John Teodor Sonenid, Hudiksvall, Sweden, assignor to Sven-
ska Hymas Aktiebolag, Hudiksvall, Sweden
Filed Sept. 30, 1968, Ser. No. 763,850
Claims priority, application Sweden, Sept. 28, 1967,
13364 67: Ma\ 17. 1%8,674S 68
Int. CI. E02f 9128
L.S. CI. 37 141 10 Claims
An arrangement fcr a loader bucket provided with digging
teeth which are reciprocably displaccable in thcjr longitu-
dinal direction to create a picking action of the teeth against
the surface to be broken and penetrated The apparatus in-
cludes a leaf-spring arrangement which is in engagement with
and actuated by a drive mechanism so as to create an oscil-
lating movement of the teeth in the direction of swing One
end of the spring is connected to hammer means adapted to
actuate, by means of impact, one or more digging teeth in a
direction of movement awav from the loader bucket.
3,645,022
INDICATING MEANS FOR GOLF CLl B COVER AND
THE LIKE
Robert F. Anderson, 3613 13th St., Menominee, Mich.
Filed Nov. 3, 1969, Ser. No. 873,206
Int. CI. G09f J//<^
U.S. CI. 40^10 5 Claims
20^ -^
An indicating device comprising a backing, a resilient an-
nular retaining cover having a central opening affixed thereto
and a removable thin transparent panel or disk held between
the cover and the backing, the disk carrying a numeral or
other indicia on the side adjacent the backing.
or about an object and further including a tether strap at-
tached to or adapted to be attached to an encodable identifi-
cation device and to the band so that the identification
3,645,023
PROVIDING IDENTIFICATION
Roger V. Larson, Murray, Utah, assignor to Bio-Logics. Inc..
Salt Lake City, I tah
Filed Sept. 15, 1969, Ser. No. 858,039
Int. CI. G09f J//4
U.S. CI. 40-21 C 1 Claim
An identification combination comprising a band adapted
to be fitted about the wrist, leg, neck or the like of a patient
device can be held away from the patient for transfer of in-
formation therefrom without removing the identification
device from the patient.
3.645,024
DISPLAY DEVICES
MeMn B. Herrin. and Lenard H. Herrin. both of 15th &
Huntingdon SLs., Philadelphia, Pa.
Continuation of application Ser. No. 710,184, Mar. 4, 1968,
now abandoned. This application May 28, 1970, Ser. No.
41,537
Int. CI. G09f 1 100
U.S. CL 40-124.1 I 7 Claims
A display device having four embodiments, each of which
comprises front and rear members that are telescopically in-
terconnected, in one embodiment, the front member has a
face on which material to be displayed can be mounted. The
rear member is scored so that an easel stand or a hook
receiving hole can be formed therein. In a second embodi-
ment, the front face has a coin slot therein and the front and
rear members are held together by top and bottom covers. In
a third embodiment, the material to be displayed is on a
fabric which is supported by the telescoping front and rear
members, and in a further embodiment, the display device